american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org measures to improve the energy efficiency of buildings islаmova nargiza abdukarimovna taqu doktorant hazratqulova muhayyo murod qizi samdaqu doktaranti a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s energy savings is one of the most important problems of the modern world. the improvement, convenience and quality of the premises in many ways depends on the level of thermal protection of the outer wall structure. introduction: an important part of heat energy can be supplied and used by increasing energy efficiency during the construction process, efficient hot supply systems in winter and cooling during the summer.the solution to this problem is that on the one hand, it is not enough to provide private resources, and on the other hand, the existence of extreme climatic conditions. it is intended tobe aimed at all stages of energy efficiency design: building sites are designed to accommodate the building right, to make anniq project decisions in the adoptionof optimal sizeplanning solutions, and in the full development of the project. when placing the building on the construction site, it is necessary to focus as much as possible on the southern or nearby sides of the building. it is necessary to design the building compactly, ensuring that the outer barrier structures that correspond to the building's construction unit are as low as possible. at the boundaries that allow the compactness of the building, rational blocking accounts of building rooms will be achieved, taking into account the requirements of increasing the width of the corpse and the number of floors, natural lighting and natural ventilation. (1) recently, the importance of energy efficiency and energy efficiency is constantly growing not only in the central asian region, but also in other developed countries. the foundation of the energy and energycraftsmansion building can be determined by three main aspects: providing climatic conditions in b; maximum use of t abiat and modern engineering systems; a systematic approach to optimizing all energy elements of a building. it is forbidden to pay attention to the general principles of heat protection when addressing issues related to improving the energy efficiency of buildings. the qmq 2.01.04 97* that operates today offers an elemental method of improving energy efficiency, this method is based on a proportional american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org increase in the resistance of blocking structures to heat transmission, i.e. all blocking structures of the building are divided into elements (external walls, chord intersections or roofs, sokol intersections, windows, doors, etc.) and transmit heat for each element boundary allowable coefficients will be installed.( 2) in winter, about 40% of the heat energy is spent on the outer layer of the air (street) on heat radio. another 40% of losses from this amount fall on the wall, 20% in the window and door openings, 20% on the roof, 20% in the ventilation and ventilation system. it should be noted that the lack of thermal resistance of the outer barrier structures of buildings reduces the energy efficiency of buildings. optimizing the heat and energy impact of the external climate on the heat balance of the building. the heat-energy impact of the external climate on the heat balance of the building can be optimized by selecting the shape of the building (parameters such as its size and direction are taken into account for buildings in the shape of rectangles), places and places of filling of light holes, filtering currents. for example, a good choice of the direction and size of a rectangular-shaped building will reduce the impact of sunlight on the bark of the building in the warm season and therefore reduce the cost of cooling it, and in cold periods, increase the impact of sunlight on the bark of the building and reduce heating costs. similar results are obtained by a good choice of direction and size of the building, relative to the effect of the wind on the heat balance. periods of the year: the five coldest days, the heating period, the hottest month, the cooling period, the approximate year. in this case, the optimization of the heat and energy impact of the external climate to the heat balance of the building by choosing its shape and orientation gives its results: 1. eng cold for five daysreduce the installation capacity of the heating system; 2. reduce heat consumption for the first cinch period-heating; 3.reduce the power ofthe air conditioning system for the hot month after the first; 4. reduce energy consumption for the s-swallowing period-building cooling; 5.treduce energy consumption for the axial year-to-year heating or cooling of the building. in general, the heat and energy effects of the external climate for any given time can be optimised to the heat balance of the building. it is important to note that changing the shape of the building or its american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org size and direction to optimize the impact of the external climate on the heat balance does not require a change in the area or size of the building they will remain. optimization of heat load in the room climatic system. the task of optimizing the heat-energy load in the building's heating regime system applies to so-called optimal management tasks and takes the following contents: power consumption management q(t) for heating the room, which satisfies the heat balance in the room and the corresponding initial and final heating conditions, energy consumption i = q(t)dt has the smallest possible value. q(t) the solution to the given problem is called optimal control, and the corresponding trajectory of the internal air temperature is called the optimal trajectory. it is necessary to take into account the two main principles: thecomplexity of the use of technology and the purpose of their use, and this is primarily due to their return. thus, it consists of h, which improves not only the energy costs of the real whole building, but also the overall state of the energy saving industry. foydalanilgan adabiyotlar. 1. shnq 2.08.02-09* public buildings and buildings / constructionof the republic of uzbekistan – tashkent, ivts aqatm is a reprint of shnk 2.08.02-09, taking into account the approved changes in 2011-282 pages shnq 2.08.02-09*. 2. удк: 691.72.04 муtoллиф: с. м. мaxмудoв. "биноларнинг энергия самарадорлигини ошириш" дарслик. 260 бет. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org use of heat insulation wall materials in construction f. kh. turapov termiz state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ушбу мақолада иссиқлик химояловчи материалларнинг ўртача зичлиги, иссиқлик ўтказувчанлик коэффициенти, иссиқлик химоялаш материаллар билан таққослаш кўриб чиқилган. в данной статье рассмотрены средняя плотность теплозащитных материалов, коэффициент теплопроводности, сравнение с теплозащитными материалами. in this article, the average density of thermal protection materials, the coefficient of thermal conductivity, the comparison with thermal protection materials are considered. construction, average density, heat transfer coefficient, aerated concrete, foam concrete, arbolite concrete. currently, new modern materials are being used in the construction of all components of buildings, structures and structures. the development of wall insulation materials and energy efficiency industry in recent years, environmental protection, new wall materials, especially new wall insulation materials production capacity is 20% per year. traditional high-energy building materials are gradually being replaced by new building materials. energy-saving insulation materials are creating excellent development opportunities. in the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 23, 2019 no. pq4335 "on additional measures for rapid development in the construction materials industry". during the meeting of the president with industry experts, instructions were given to reduce costs by introducing energy-saving technologies in the building materials industry. many countries of the world are dealing with the problems of heat protection of residential buildings and energy efficiency in the housing fund. as a result of the implementation of energy saving and heat protection measures, the relative consumption of energy consumed in the housing stock in industrialized countries has been reduced by 2 or more in the last 10 years. one of the most decisive directions in solving this problem was to increase the heat transfer resistance of the outer walls and windows of residential buildings. in technically american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org developed countries, most of the wall constructions are made multi-layered. multi-layer external walls with efficient heating in the total volume of large-panel walls: in norway 100%, in hungary 95%, in finland 94%, in romania -91%, in great britain -75%. at the same time, this figure was 5-10% in the cis countries until about 2000. various technical solutions based on the creation of multi-layer constructions with sufficient thermal protection and operational qualities are proposed to meet the energy-saving requirements of the external barrier structures of existing and newly constructed buildings. currently, the types of effective thermal protection materials are expanding. aerated concrete, foam concrete, arbolit concrete, expanded polystyrene concrete, vermiculite concrete and others are among the materials used for thermal insulation of buildings. heatshielding materials, i.e. ultra-light concrete with a density of 800 kg/m3 and a thermal conductivity coefficient of 0.08–0.175 w/m∙0s, are used. . . a. b. v. g. d figure 1. heat protection materials. a) aerated concrete. b) foam concrete. c) vermiculite concrete. g) reinforced concrete. d) polystyrene concrete. for the production of wood-concrete blocks according to gost 19222-84, woodworking waste, crushed reeds, hemp, cotton stalks, rice husks, flax can be used. average density r=250-1300 kg/m3, heat transfer coefficient λ =0.09-0.54 w/m·0s, high resistance to fire. production of foam concrete blocks, according to the requirements of gost 25485-89, foam concrete that hardens without an autoclave is a multifunctional building material. the production technology is quite simple, and the equipment used in production requires little metal and energy consumption. the properties of foam concrete can be improved and controlled depending on the place of use and the climatic conditions of use. that is why its properties are variable in a large interval. average density r=100-1200 kg/m3, thermal conductivity coefficient l =0.08-0.38 w/m·0s. results of the research, the optimal amount of the results obtained in the 10x10x10 cm molds was selected. cement for foam concrete mixture 400 g, water 100 ml, "zimpor" 1.5 ml for foam. cement for aerated concrete mixture 400 g, water 120 ml, gas generating additive "pak-3" 0.9 ml. 400 g of cement, 160 g of rice husk, 195 ml of water, and 7 ml of liquid glass were selected for arbolite concrete mixture. results of 7;14;28 day strength limit of ultra-lightweight concrete. 1-table american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org № example compressive strength kg/sm2 7 14 28 1 foam concrete 0.9 1.02 1.15 2 aerated concrete 1.2 1.87 2.0 3 arbolite concrete 2.3 2.39 2.6 4 vermiculite concrete 2.4 2.45 2.7 5 polystyrene concrete 1.5 1.8 2.2 modern heat protection materials differ from each other in terms of shape and appearance. in this case, materials can be divided into granular and dispersed types. dispersable materials include powdery, fibrous, and granular materials. examples of granular materials are arbolite, basalt fiber plates, aerated concrete, foam concrete and polystyrene concrete. currently, the most popular heat-protective materials in construction are granular products. the quality of any heat-protective material is evaluated according to several indicators. one of them is the thermal conductivity of this material. thermal conductivity is the ability of a material to transfer heat energy through itself. in order to compare different options for building walls, we will quote the indicators of walls made of different materials 2-table types of materials average density kg/m3 thermal conductivity вт/м∙0c thermal resistance м2 ∙ 0c/w aerated concrete 700 0.13 0.26 foam concrete 600 0.12 0.19 arbolite concrete 550 0.17 1.17 vermiculite concrete 480 0.11 0.16 polystyrene concrete 420 0.10 0.18 the production and use of heat-insulating materials has a number of advantages compared to traditional building materials: the mass of the building is reduced, the heavy construction work is reduced, the thermal resistance of the structure increases, it is well sawed, it is resistant to bio-effects, it has a high heat and sound insulation index, it is fire-resistant, with a cement mixture works well, easy to drill holes in hand drill, holds nails well. in short, by using the above modern materials, it is possible to reduce the construction time of high-quality buildings, to achieve great results in a short period of time, to achieve economically cheaper buildings and structures, to ensure the extension of the life of the building, and at the same time to meet the internal and external requirements of the building. provides optimal options for completion. references 1. turapovf.x. sement asosidagi koʻpikbetonning issiqlik oʻtkzuvchanlik xossalariga kimyoviy kompleks qoʻshimchaning ta’sirini oʻrganishю arxitektura, qurilish va dizayn ilmiy va amaliy jurnal taqi 2021 4 son 82 bet 2. khursanovich t. f. dry construction mixed for foam concrete //academicia globe: inderscience research. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 05. – с. 201-204. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 3. khursanovich t. f., orologli n. i. the study of physical and mechanical properties of construction gypsum and its study on the construction //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 5. – с. 1990-1995. 4. турапов ф. х., холтаева а. к. исследование влияния суперпластификаторов на физико-механические свойства бетона //проблемы геологии и освоения недр. – 2018. – с. 477-478. 5. abduraximov abdukarim abdukhalimzoda. (2021). the use of filler mixtures assessment of the current status. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 467–470. retrieved from https://internationaljournals.co.in/index.php/giirj/article/view/721 6. abdukhalimzoda, a. a. (2021). application of ash of heat power plants in mixtures. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 2(11), 1-6. retrievedfrom https://cajotas.centralasianstudies.org/index.php/cajotas/article/view/264. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org analysis of heat transfer rates during flow in smooth turbulizer tubes oybek soliyev assistant, department of technological machines and equipment, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan islomjon qaxxorov assistant, department of technological machines and equipment, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the increase of heat transfer in convective heat exchange during fluid flow in the channels of shell-and-tube heat exchangers used in industrial enterprises is studied. based on the analysis of existing problems, it was determined to accelerate the process of heat transfer during the movement of the heat carrier flow in smooth and convex printed channels. in industrial enterprises, heat exchange devices, hydraulic resistance, heat exchange process. introduction heat exchange devices are widely used in the processing of products in various industries in malumki industrial enterprises. according to the principle of operation, heat exchange devices are divided into surface regenerative and mixing devices, among these devices, surface heat exchange devices are widely used for heat exchange processes in processing and production enterprises of the chemical industry [1,2,3]. according to the design of surface heat exchangers, they are divided into shell-tube, spiral, plate, spiral, edged, casing, graphite and special heat exchangers. it is known that one of the main goals of improving heat exchange devices is to speed up the heat exchange process. naturally, the choice of the acceleration method should be made taking into account the hydraulic resistance [3,4,5]. the versatility of the problem of accelerating convective heat exchange determines the existence of many ways to solve it. the purpose of the heat transfer acceleration process is to increase the ratio between the amount of heat released from the surface and the pressure loss to drive the heat carrier. this goal can be achieved by addressing the main problem of convective heat transfer the softening or partial destruction of its boundary layer. the solution to this problem is influenced by the growth of energy consumption, the possibility of using a certain heat carrier, and restrictions on its technological acceptability. therefore, the method of simple increase of the flow rate, which leads to a thinning of the boundary layer, but is associated with a rapid increase in hydrodynamic resistance, is limited [6,7,8,9]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org when smooth walls without turbulizers are washed by the flow, a special phenomenon called reynolds similarity operates, which establishes a direct relationship between the rate of heat transfer and surface friction. it will show. the relationship between the heat exchange rate achieved and the energy spent in the absorption of heat exchange surfaces with a more complex configuration than a smooth wall becomes more complicated. for a long time, the reynolds similarity has been a special type of constraint that sets a lower limit on the power required to drive a heat carrier to dissipate a given amount of heat. it was believed that any random change in the physical environment, which leads to a violation of the similarity in the distribution of temperature and velocity, almost always leads to a change in the ratio in question in an undesirable direction [10-16]. the possibility of practical use of one or another method of heat exchange acceleration is determined by its technical convenience and technical-economic efficiency, and the information that allows to justify the given methods of heat exchange acceleration is provided. the problems of heat exchange and hydraulic resistance for laminar and turbulent flow of liquids in channels are studied in depth and in detail. however, heat exchange and hydrodynamics in the region of fluid flow are not sufficiently studied [15-19]. the theoretical analysis of literature data on the study of hydrodynamics and acceleration of heat exchange in coiled and straight pipes of dense bundles of pipes allows us to conclude that they are a system of concentric or straight longitudinal channels of variable cross-section. there are many studies in which the acceleration of heat exchange is carried out using the turbulation of the flow of the heat carrier inside the pipes. a theoretical analysis of patents and literature sources showed that discretely located annular or spiral grooved pipes, coiled pipes, etc. it is considered the most optimal in terms of hydraulic resistance and heat exchange rate. as can be seen from the graph in figure 3.1, with the increase of the flow rate re, the value of the heat transfer rate nu increases for both smooth and developed surface pipes. experimental data on heat transfer in a smooth pipe agree satisfactorily with the data of other wellknown authors in the field of heat transfer. the results of studies on heat transfer in liquid flow in discretely placed annular diaphragm channels with a location step t/d = 0.25-0.44 for pipes with a dimensionless diameter d/d=0.94 of the turbulator are shown in the figure. fig. 1. the effect of nu on the heat transfer rate of the placement step t/d and the dimensionless diameter d/d during heating of ethane in a shell-and-tube heat exchanger nu 103 8 6 4 2 102 2 4 6 8 104 2 103 re nu 103 8 6 4 2 102 2 4 6 8 104 2 103 re american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the results obtained for a smooth pipe are as follows: at reynolds number re=3500, the value of the heat transfer rate for a pipe with t/d=0.44 is nu=600, and nu=790 for a pipe with t/d=0.25, respectively. it can be seen that the decrease in the numerical values of the location step of annular turbulizers significantly affects the heat transfer process. in the first case, the rate of heat exchange for t/d=0.44 is 10-12%, and for t/d=0.25 it is 23-29%, respectively. similar results were obtained for a pipe with d/d=0.88, the only difference being that the heat transfer acceleration numerical values are much higher. for a pipe with t/d=0.44, the rate of smooth pipe heat transfer was 26-28%, and for t/d=0.25, it was 43-47%, respectively. the height of the bump or the depth of the groove, together with the step of their placement, causes non-stationary accumulations and flows, as well as flow microdiscontinuities, which lead to the acceleration of heat exchange without causing a significant increase in the hydrodynamic resistance of the channel. such channels can also be used in contaminated heat carrier streams, as they have smooth internal contours and no stagnant zones. channels with d/d≤0.9 have the greatest efficiency, but it should be taken into account that the hydraulic resistance to drive the heat carrier increases significantly. references 1. muxtorov, s. s. o. g. l., & qoxxorov, i. i. o. g. l. (2022). issiqlik almashuvchi qurulmalar va ularda jarayonni intensivlash usullari tahlili. science and education, 3(5), 370-378. 2. toimatovich, k. i., & ikromovich, k. i. (2019). the method of determining the size of the mixing zone bubbling extractor. international scientific review, (lv), 11-15. 3. isomidinov, a. s., & qakhkhorov, i. (2022). ротор-фильтрли қурилмада гидравлик қаршиликнинг тозалаш самарадорлигига таъсирини тадқиқ этиш. journal of integrated education and research, 1(1), 173-185. 4. yusubjon o‘g‘li, t. h. (2022). markaziy qizilqum chiqindi fosfaritlari asosida bir tarkibli o ‘g ‘itlar olish texnologiyasini ishlab chiqish. so‘ngi ilmiy tadqiqotlar nazariyasi, 1(3), 1-5. 5. yusubjon o‘g‘li, t. h. (2022). hayvon chiqindilari asosida murakkab organik va suyuq kompleks o‘g‘itlar olish texnologiyasi. anotatsiya qishloq xo ‘jalik maxsulotlarini yetishtirishda bugungi kunda tarkibida azod (n2), fosfor (p2o5), kaliy (k2o) va organik o‘g‘it tutgan. 6. zhumabaevich, t. r., mansurovich, s. h., khursanovich, s. o., & nuriddinovich, m. h. (2019). new structure of calciner’s fire chamber. international scientific review, (lv), 20-24. 7. ибрагимова, з. к. к., хамдамова, н. с. к., умуркулов, ш. х. у., & сабиров, д. р. у. (2022). подготовка питьевой воды из маломощных поверхностных водоисточников. central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis), 2(special issue 4), 77-83. 8. бердиева, з. м., жахонов, ж., & мирзаев, а. (2023). анализ растительного полифенола. scientific aspects and trends in the field of scientific research, 1(8), 284-287. 9. бердиева, з. м., & мухамадиев, б. т. (2022). безопасность функциональных пищевых продуктов (фпп). безопасность, 95(2). 10. muhiddinovna, b. z. (2020). functions and forms of chemical experiment. european science review, (1-2), 48-50. 11. тайирова, д. б., кизи шерматова, и. б., шакирова, д. н., & намозов, ф. ш. (2022). изучения антимпкробного действия наночастиц серебра с использованием жидкого american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org экстракта juniperus communis l. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences, 2(5), 171175. 12. tayirova, d., & shermatova, k. (2022). chemical properties of silver element and influence on human health. o'rta osiyo ta'lim va innovatsiyalar jurnali, 1(3), 29-35. 13. abdullaeva, b. y. (2022). analysis of the experience of the eu countries in increasing the capital of credit institutions. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(11), 72-84. 14. abdullayeva, b. y. (2022). повышение эффективности инновационных процессов на предприятиях текстильной промышленности. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(4), 107-115. 15. абдуллаева, б. ю. (2021). инновационные решения для эффективного разрешения конфликтов в вузах. central asian journal of innovations on tourism management and finance, 2(11), 64-70. 16. yuldashevna, a. b. (2021). the digital economy as a key factor in the formation of a favourable investment climate. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions, 2(12), 1-6. 17. mukhiddinov, s. m., & kabilov, e. e. (2022). the effect of harmful gases emitted from the samarkand chemical plant on human health. journal of geography and natural resources, 2(06), 49-53. 18. jorabayeva, n. a., & kabilov, e. e. (2022). the role of wastes released from grain production enterprises in the origin of respiratory tract diseases. journal of geography and natural resources, 2(06), 38-42. 19. kobilov, e. e., & tukhtaev, m. k. (2022). current treatment of acute bacterial destructive pneumonia in children. world bulletin of public health, 17, 1-4. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org methodological aspects of teaching russian usmanova svetlana negmatovna senior lecturer, uzbek-finnish pedagogical institute, republic of uzbekistan, samarkand a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the approaches and methods used in the methodology of teaching the russian language. one of the most widely used methods is linguodidactics, which in recent years has shown itself in the effectiveness of the educational approach. the main methods of the theory of language learning are analyzed: didactic and methodological methods. in educational institutions, the use of these techniques is associated with the development of information technology, which is of great importance in the development of the student's personality, intellectual abilities, and moral education of students. linguodidactics, methodology vocabulary, competence, communication. introduction: it is known that the stages of the methodology of teaching the russian language are characterized by a peculiar approach, which is called the method in lingodidactics. the method is a strategy in the activities of a teacher and a student, in the system of teaching russian, in which teaching technologies are used and manifests itself in the effectiveness of the educational process. certainly, in the process of teaching, the personality of the teacher himself, the organization of the lesson and the communicative character, the introduction of lexical and grammatical material, and the ability to organize at the level of active language proficiency are of great importance. the practice of teaching russian as a foreign language for national groups is important in methodology and linguodidactics [2]. the methodology of teaching russian as a foreign language in groups of students is associated with the specific conduct of language material, where groups can be segmented by nationality various language groups, and from the characteristics of language proficiency strong and weakstudents in terms of speaking [1]. the presented material for students can be inductive or deductive in nature, therefore, in the russian language classes, the teacher can use linguodidactic techniques, which include lexical and grammatical minimums for each level of education, at the stages of the lesson, using various exercises, contribute to the development of students’ linguistic skills and raise communication skills and abilities of the russian language. the most important things in teaching russian, are the approach, the main theoretical provisions, and the learning systems that are used in various areas of the learning system. didactic and methodological american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org techniques are of great importance in the theory of language learning. didactic techniques are used in all subjects studied in educational institutions and are generally positive, but specific learning paths are chosen for the specifics of the subjects [3]. methodological techniques are called linguodidactic associated with the teaching of the russian language and are used as lingua-methodological techniques in the russian language classes. recently, the modern development of methods of teaching russian is associated with the use of didactic methods in educational processes, which is called personalityoriented. in educational institutions, the application of this approach is associated with the development of information technology, which is of great importance in the development of the student's personality, intellectual abilities, and moral education. in the programs of the russian language, the basis of the component is systemic knowledge, skills, and abilities. today, these characteristics form part of the content of the program, including such components as communication and cultural approaches or teaching methods. of particular importance is the communication skills of students, this approach develops communication skills and easy ways of communication cultural character is also of particular importance in developing a culture of spiritual development among students in establishing a connection between national traditions. when choosing a studentcentered approach to teaching russian, it is important to pay attention to techniques and teaching methods. this method is interconnected with the communicative method of teaching russian in the process of teaching russian, where students are the subject of the educational process, and in the organization of learning situations. the approach focused on the development of personality is aimed at the development of personal characteristics, for the subject knowledge, the identification of the principle of individualization of students as a subject of the educational process. it is relevant to develop new ways and methods for the development of students and the creation of new pedagogical technologies. it is certain that in the educational process, the teacher tries to implement an individual approach to each student, to identify the characteristics of the students. the application of a personality-oriented approach is considered effective, through indirect accounting of the characteristics of personal properties, such as temperament, memory, and thinking of students [2]. as is known, each student has his own peculiar psychological character temperament, psychological type, etc., and therefore the perception of the material also has a varied character according to the type of psychological characteristics. according to the experiments of psychologists, it was revealed that students have differences in the possibilities of mastering the language. students who are flexible in behavior, proactive, and sociable are called extroverts by psychologists, while others who are closed, passive in communication, and prone to introspection are called introverts. students with logical skills, according to the conducted experimental data, master the language of 20-30% of students. in this process, the systematization of language material is of great importance for the formation of communicative abilities. according to the perception of theoretical material on language acquisition, students can be divided into labile and inert groups, in which those labile to the perception of the material are less connected with the logical-grammatical aspect of the language, with the speed of performing exercises, inert ones perform linguistic analytical tasks well. thus, students of the same group cope differently with the tasks of mastering the language. the introduction of new pedagogical technologies into the educational process takes into account the psychological characteristics and temperaments of students, such as choleric, phlegmatic, sanguine, and melancholic. conducted studies show the effectiveness of work in the same groups of psychological type. in groups of the opposite type, both choleric and phlegmatic, melancholic and sanguine, they showed ineffective american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org cooperation.the personal qualities of students and their individual characteristics are indispensable conditions for the success of learning the russian language and mastering it. in the methodology of teaching the russian language in the works of m.t. baranova, e.a. bystrova, t.k. donskoy [4] and others, the main principles of the communicative approach problems are presented. moreover, the use of various types of language analysis of the semantic characteristics of the language phenomenon and functional features in the educational process is of high priority in teaching russian. the current analysis develops stylistics and expressive use of speech. for the modern methods of teaching the russian language in educational institutions, the problem of the correct organization of the educational process is the selection of pedagogical technologies for students, aimed at developing speaking and control, analyzing and correcting oral speech and written statements in relation to their compliance with modern standards of russian literary language, as well as a communicative task. systematic work in this direction will contribute to the development of a stable need to improve the correct speech of students [3]. references 1. babanskiy, yu. k. optimisation of the educational process (general didactic aspect).мoscow, 1977. 2. rozhdestvenskayao.yu. how to teach to communicate at the initial stage of teaching the russian language // collection of materials of the week of the russian language and russian culture. moscow, 2012. pp. 51-56. 3. mullagalieva, l.k., mardieva, e.r., galimyanova, v.r. intercultural dialogue in the context of bilingualism: monograph. neftekamsk: bashsu, 2006. 148 pp. 4. shtykova, n.v. russian as a foreign language: on the issue of studying grammar at the initial stage (morphological material) // bulletin of the cherepovets state university. 2014. no. 5(58). pp. 84-88. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the use of game technologies in the development of the spatial imagination of students bunyodbek tajiboyev yasharjon son master qdpi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in my article “the use of game technologies in the development of the spatial imagination of students”, it is necessary to actively use games in the development of spatial imagination in classes to increase the student's work on the lesson in drawing science, the ability to quickly think, spatial imagination through didactic games. detail, clarity, skill, shape, surface, appearance, scheme, graphic, didactic, model, spatial thinking. the formation of a harmonious person in all respects remains one of the pressing issues facing our society today. the current young generation is the owners of the great future of uzbekistan, our successors who will take our work tomorrow from our hands, continue our life and bring it to the next generation. therefore, the president of our country shavkat miromonovich mirziyoyev is focusing on the upbringing of a harmonious generation, the quality of personnel, the dignity and reputation of teachers. improving the quality level of training in uzbekistan, creating the necessary conditions for training highly qualified specialists on the basis of international standards, establishing close cooperation relations of each higher educational institution with the world's leading educational institutions, wide introduction of advanced pedagogical technologies, educational programs and educational and methodological materials based on international educational standards, development of modern professional knowledge and creativity abilities of students, , issues of effective use of interactive methods in working with a youth audience were identified as the main tasks of qualitatively increasing and radically improving the level of higher education in accordance with the priorities of the action strategy1 . spatial imagination is an important skill for any student who wants to pursue a career in drawing, architecture or engineering. developing spatial thinking skills can be difficult, but with an innovative approach, students can effectively improve the three-dimensional thinking process. this article explores an innovative way to develop students ' spatial perceptions in the field of drawing, which helps them excel academically and professionally. an innovative way to help students develop spatial imagination is to use virtual reality (vr). virtual reality offers readers a unique approach to the development of spatial imagination, which allows them to interact with three-dimensional objects in virtual space and study them. students wearing vr 1 o‘zbekiston reyespublikasi prezidentining “o‘zbekiston respublikasini yanada rivojlantirish bo‘yicha harakatlar strategiyasi to‘g‘risida”gi farmoni. // o‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami. – t., 2017. – b.39. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org headsets are placed in an interactive, immersive environment where they can control objects in real time, walk around structures, and interact with elements. through this interesting process, students can experiment with different shapes and sizes and even make mistakes when working with 3d objects. this freedom, together with a sense of immersion, encourages students to think on their own, visualize and design complex structures, and over time forms their spatial thinking skills. in addition, this approach increases the level of confidence of the student in the perception of space, which increases their overall competence in drawing. virtual reality is not only a practical tool for developing spatial imagination, it can also make the learning experience more interesting and exciting for students. for example, when studying the renaissance, students can virtually navigate the 3d copy of the sistine chapel and examine the details of the ceiling using the techniques michelangelo made. students can also visit almost any point in the world, see and explore the attractions of different cultures, which can deepen their understanding of perspective and culture. this innovative approach has the potential to change teachers ' approaches to teaching spatial imagination in drawing, allowing students to achieve better results in a short period of time. most importantly, it offers an interesting learning method for students, encourages active learning through research, and ultimately improves the overall quality of learning. in conclusion, the power of virtual reality technology in the development of spatial imagination is indisputable. this innovative approach offers students a unique way of thinking and discovering three dimensions, which allows them to raise their spatial imagination to a much higher level than traditional methods. by investing in digital tools such as vr, schools help students develop skills needed to excel in drawing, architecture, and other related fields. the sky border for students who seek to fully exploit their potential in the world of spatial imagination with the integration of vr technology. drawing is a type of art that requires deep knowledge of shapes, lines and space. with the help of various technologies such as digital tablets, software applications and video games, many students can improve their skills and become skilled in drawing. game technologies such as interactive drawing games and drawing programs help develop students ' spatial perceptions. here we will discuss how these technologies can help students develop the skills they need to excel in drawing. interactive drawing games are a great way to help students develop their spatial imagination. these games require students to create drawings using specific instructions and shapes, and thus encourage them to think critically about objects in space. interactive drawing games require the student to visualize the object he is creating and then apply this image to his drawing. by practicing this over and over again, they develop a strong spatial imagination and improve their ability to transfer this imagination to the lines and shapes of their drawings. another way to develop spatial imagination in drawing is to apply programs of drawing programs. these programs provide students with tools to create concrete shapes and designs and give them the freedom to create complex designs that require a perfect sense of space. as students experiment with different tools and shapes, they develop their spatial imagination and strengthen their overall drawing skills. these programs also provide students with quick feedback, allowing them to improve their work and make adjustments to their designs in real-time. in addition to interactive drawing games and software applications, video games can also be used to develop the spatial imagination of students. games like minecraft and second life allow students to build 3d worlds, develop spatial thinking, and reason in three dimensions. by playing these games, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org students develop their visual-spatial abilities and translate this new knowledge into their drawings, creating more complex and complex designs. in conclusion, it can be said that game technologies are an innovative way to develop the spatial imagination of students in the field of drawing. interactive drawing games, drawing programs and video games are effective tools for students to develop spatial thinking skills and improve their overall drawing skills. when students practice and experiment with these technologies, they develop a clearer sense of space and are well equipped to apply this skill in their future quest. by incorporating these game technologies into the educational environment, we can help students develop the skills needed to excel in drawing and other related fields. literatura/reference: 1. o‘zbekiston reyespublikasi prezidentining “o‘zbekiston respublikasini yanada rivojlantirish bo‘yicha harakatlar strategiyasi to‘g‘risida”gi farmoni. // o‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami. – t., 2017. – b.39. 2. buronovich, umrzaqov behzot. "the place of modern professional qualities of virtual technologies in teachers of future technological education in higher educational institutions." open access repository 9.11 (2022): 37-43. 3. buronovich, umrzaqov behzot, and bo‘tayev ahmadali ashirovich. "examples of drawing up tests from drawing and engineering graphics." journal of positive school psychology 6.11 (2022): 3128-3132. 4. bo'ronovich, umrzaqov behzod. "technology of increasing work productivity in technological education classes." (2022). 5. boronovich, umrzakov bekhzod. "the content of the formation of modern professional qualities in future teachers of technological education in higher educational institutions." open access repository 9.11 (2022): 16-22. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org development of innovative information technologies in uzbekistan anna matyazova vadimovna energy level llc capital market and stock market 977091702 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s during the years of independence, uzbekistan made significant progress in introducing modern information technologies. the government has implemented a number of policies and initiatives aimed at stimulating the development of the technology sector, thus making uzbekistan a regional center of innovation. introduction the main innovations in the field of technology in uzbekistan are: 1. growth of the startup ecosystem: the number of technological startups has been increasing in uzbekistan in recent years. in particular, special attention was paid to innovative solutions aimed at meeting local and regional needs. the government has implemented several programs to support the growth of small and medium enterprises (smes) and startups, which has led to a significant increase in the number of tech startups in the country. 2. infrastructure investments: the uzbek government has made significant investments in infrastructure development to support the growth of the technology sector. this includes the creation of technology parks such as the tashkent innovation center and the mirzo ulugbek innovation center, as well as upgrades to the national broadband network and lowering the cost of internet access. 3. modernization of education: the government of uzbekistan has modernized its education system, paid great attention to technology education, trained young people to train specialized personnel in the field of technology. this tolerance for technology education has led to the creation of dedicated technology programs in universities where the government offers scholarships to deserving students. 4. government support: the government of uzbekistan has implemented various programs to support the development of the technology sector. these include tax incentives, investment in research and development, and support for university students' technology-related businesses and startups. 5. e-governance: uzbekistan has made significant progress in implementing e-government systems such as the unified interactive public service portal. the system allows citizens to access government services digitally. in addition, the government has also introduced e-tax payers and e-customs systems to further facilitate the process of doing business in the country. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org in the modern conditions of economic development, it is very important for industrial enterprises to achieve innovative and technological progress, because only in this way can increase innovative activity in industrial enterprises, create a modern technological base, produce competitive products, rational use of natural resources, increase efficiency and labor productivity. , and it will be possible to strengthen their international and local competitiveness. therefore, one of the urgent problems of the management of industrial enterprises of uzbekistan is to achieve the required level of quality and quantity of innovative activities. in today's reality, revitalizing innovative activities in the country is not only about ensuring economic stability, creating conditions for the health of the economy and its future development, accelerating the pace of business development, and at the same time strengthening leadership and surpassing competitors, as well as all areas of business. it is also necessary to protect in time from damage to the industry in case of introduction of radical innovations that are not economically practical. the concepts of "innovation" and "innovative activity" have been widely used in economic practice in uzbekistan since 1992. in many local legal documents, innovative activity is presented as a unique scientific and technical activity. there are several approaches to defining the concept of "innovation" and "innovative activity" in modern science. some authors define it as a purposeful and creative activity consisting of a set of 28 different types of work interconnected in a single process to create and produce innovations, others emphasize that innovation is the use of innovation for profit process, for commercial purposes, that is, entrepreneurial activity, others consider innovative activity as a commercial activity related to the acquisition of new knowledge and its implementation by other market participants. uzbekistan is undergoing a digital transformation and the country is paving the way for the economy from innovative directions of technology to accelerate growth in various sectors of the economy. uzbekistan's most innovative approaches to technology are as follows: 1. robotics: uzbekistan's approach to robotics innovations is noticeable. the state is seeking to establish a robotics manufacturing center in the capital city of tashkent, thus positioning itself as a center of modern robotics technologies. the center will introduce industrial automation technologies, including production robots that can work in difficult environments. 2. blockchain: uzbekistan is one of the few countries in the world researching blockchain technology. the government has established the "blockchain uzbekistan center", the purpose of which is to develop solutions using blockchain technologies in a number of sectors, such as finance, real estate and logistics. blockchain technology is widely used in uzbekistan to ensure transparency and accountability. 3. e-commerce: the government of uzbekistan has taken important steps to establish e-commerce. the country has attracted investments from famous global e-commerce giants. innovative approaches such as the creation of digital platforms like zoodmall, an online store that aggregates products from various sellers, are revolutionizing e-commerce in the country. 4. artificial intelligence: uzbekistan is adopting artificial intelligence to improve the efficiency and quality of many public services, including healthcare. the government is launching projects that include diagnostic chatbots and remote monitoring systems, enabling more convenient patient care and allowing doctors to provide quick, actionable answers. 5. smart cities: the government of uzbekistan realizes the need to raise the standard of living among its citizens. thus, modern trends in technology are used in the construction of smart cities using american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org internet of things (iot) technology, which allows to simplify daily habits while creating stable technological systems. this approach saw the completion of the smart city project with technology such as drones in damchik and demonstrated its potential. in conclusion, uzbekistan is implementing innovative approaches to technologies in a number of fields, from robotics and blockchain technology to e-commerce, creative intelligence and smart city projects. the government's commitment to innovation in these technological areas represents a significant shift in the country's economic and industrial development. these technological innovations allow uzbekistan to fully realize its potential, directly affecting its industry and improving the lives of its citizens. uzbekistan has made significant progress in creating favorable conditions for stimulating technological innovation. this forecast led to the country's emergence as a technology center within the central asian region. the startup serves to accelerate the modernization of uzbekistan in the field of ecosystem growth, investment in infrastructure development, modernization of education, state support and e-government technologies. the dedication of the uzbek government to digital transformation is noteworthy. the growth in technological development is something that is likely to continue in the coming years. references: 1. алёхина е.и. инновационная деятельность как элемент стратегического развития предприятия // эффективное управление экономикой: проблемы и перспективы: сборник трудов iv всероссийской научно-практической конференции; научн. ред. в. м. ячменева. симферополь: ит ариал, 2019. с. 362. 2. бездудный ф.ф., смирнова г.а., нечаева о.д. сущность понятия «инновация» и его классификация // инновации, 1998. № 2-3. с.25 3. васильев а.н. анализ динамики инновационной активности экономики российской федерации за 2003 – 2016 годы // вестник волжского университета имени в.н. татищева. – 2018. №1. т.2. [электронный ресурс] url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/analiz-dinamikiinnovatsionnoy-aktivnostiekonomikirossiyskoy-federatsii-za-2003-2016-gody 4. волынкина, м.в. правовое регулирование инновационной деятельности: проблемы теории / м.в. волынкина.м.: аспект-пресс, 2007. – 192 с. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org use of modern technologies in teaching english yuldasheva zakhro odil kizi teacher of english at the 42nd base school specializing in informatics and information technologies, karshi city, kashkadarya region a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the digital era is a creator of learning modern english language from the youngest population to the three cycles of the higher education system. internet connections and technological innovations transformed into modern tools such as computers, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches upgraded with modern platforms such as moodle, blackboard, etc., are not only a necessity but also an obligation of every individual and institution for advanced and modern learning of english language. digital technologies, english language, teaching, moodle, video clips, movies. introduction some of the tools that can be used in the efl classroom are: digital storytelling, comics, ebooks, videos, images, online speaking avatars and interactive whiteboards that can be accessed via the internet. the advancement of technology is now evident with studies showing about 90% of pupils having access to a mobile device or computer whether at home, school or work. it is therefore not surprising that teaching methods have also evolved towards embracing technology. the new teaching era has been marked with examples of modern teaching such as blended learning, on-line open-source platforms, as well as virtual teaching classrooms that are being endorsed by major education experts. these new teaching methods integrate technology in english language teaching to facilitate teachers, to improve the engagement of the pupil and for everyone involved produce a comprehensive, structured environment for learning. it is therefore evident that educational institutions require transitioning to a more technologically oriented classroom. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the application of new technologies greatly increases the creativity of teachers in the application of new methods in the study of the english language, and thus, largely, takes the teacher's responsibility [2]. the application of new technologies not only raises the level and quality of english language learning that is functionally related to the modernity offered by new tools and modern software in the presentation of the material, but the new technologies cause a sense of additional activity and mobilisation of each pupil, listening to the subject material that is presented in the classroom. these take on the role of an additional motivator and stimulator for not only pupils as listeners, but also for american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org teachers who see the challenge in adopting modern tools, which include computers, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, interactive boards, e-learning platforms (moodle, blackboard, and google classroom), etc (figure 1). figure. 1. illustration of modern tools used in english language teaching rеsults аnd disсussiоn with the application of these modern tools, teachers have the opportunity to apply and implement learning methodologies that have proved to be very successful in studying english. methodologically, this further means that teachers provide a different level of training among the listeners, with full efficiency in the presentation of the material and the exercises [7]. new technology edged up over the years but not everything remained the same. this may be result of the growing concerns over security and the wearing out of some innovations. those that have stood the test of time possess a solid teaching practice. blended learninghere trend is reflected by course material and resources of teachers as they combine technology with the more comprehended traditional mode of teaching. blended learning is a more preferred classroom interaction model due to fact that it accommodates the learning style of each pupil to reach the highest level of absorbance. mobile learning. it is evident that mobile apps provide more access to online resources. for example, oxford university press uses essential english to give pupils and teachers free resources that consist of flashcards, lesson plans, phrasebooks, etc. gamification were learning occurs through the use of gaming apps and software. interactive games help language skills to be used to collaborate, negotiate, and create friendships [8]. embodied learning is not strictly based on remembering, it also entails the use of the body and mind, exploring, discussing and collaborating. for instance, doodle town course by macmillan education involves hands-on activities, visual and audio to inspire and stimulate the learner thus getting them to be inquisitive, to create and draw. learning and teaching management platforms such as edmodo provide learners with online access to handouts, submit homework, and continue with classroom discussions. currently, online platforms are being additionally used to communicate with stakeholders american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org and parents, assist in the management of materials and lesson plans, and provide a better curriculum overview for the teachers and the administrative staff. in recent years, the question of the use of new information technologies at school has been increasingly raised. since the main goal of teaching foreign languages is the formation and development of the communicative culture of schoolchildren, teaching the practical mastery of a foreign language, the use of computer technology, internet resources is the best approach to learning. quite a few years have passed since the computer entered our lives, and we no longer imagine a modern lesson without the use of information technology. ict becomes an indispensable assistant in increasing students' interest in the problems being studied and develops visual-figurative thinking. everyone has long understood that the use of ict in the learning process provides an opportunity to activate the cognitive, mental and independent activity of students. information technologies make it possible to significantly change the forms and methods of educational work. ict tools used in the education system can be divided into two types: hardware (computer, printer, scanner, camera, video camera, audio and video recorder, etc.) and software (electronic textbooks, simulators, test environments, information sites, internet search engines, etc.) today, for me, a computer is an effective assistant that allows me to improve the quality of training and the effectiveness of control. at present, the use of a computer in the educational process is very important. соnсlusiоn the application of new technologies in elt in today's conditions is inescapable to maintain the trend of systematic learning of modern english at all levels of education [9]. the computers, internet, modern platforms, smartphones and watches are tools that pave the essential way of using modern tools for learning english language fully and quickly. the application of modern technologies at the schools shows a positive trend, which is directly reflected in the percentage of those technologies and their application of the teaching staff. the most commonly used platform is moodle with 40%, while google classroom is used with 10% (but with great progress in the past period). filmed stories and videos are used regularly by teachers in learning english with 55%, while they are occasionally used in 45% of cases. rеfеrеnсеs 1.rahmonova, m. (2021). patriotic ideas in the works by fitrat: theoretical and practical harmony. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(2), 1466-1474.. 2.raxmonova, m. (2022). zamonaviy tadbirkor ayol psixologiyasining kasbga yo'nalganligi. eurasian journal of social sciences, philosophy and culture, 2(6), 204-206. 3. xasanovna, r. m. (2022). zamonaviy tadbirkor ayol psixologiyasining muhim komponentlari. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 394-396.. 4. xasanovna, r. m. (2022). zamonaviy tadbirkor ayollarning ijtimoiy faolligi. science and innovation, 1(b3), 497-500. 5. khasanovna, r. m. (2022). the uniqueness of personality traits in modern entrepreneurial women. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(6), 304-307. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 6.khasanovna, m. r. (2022). the entrepreneur's psychology of family relations. 7. nishina, y. (2019). a lexical study based on parallel corpora, ddl, and moodle. u r. d. marriott, & p. l. torres (eds), handbook of research on e-learning methodologies for language acquisition hershey/new york: information science reference (pp. 204-218). 8. nomass, b. b. (2013). the impact of using technology in teaching english. english language and literature studies, pp 111-116. 9. recanoski, s., serafimovska, s., & serafimovski, d. (2021). proposed model for better english language acquisition, based on wearable devices. etima, 1(1), 123-131. 10. рашидов, д. (2022). transport korxonalari uchun nogironlar tomonidan ishlab chiqarilayogan maxsus kiyimlar va boshqa mahsulotlar xaridini ko ‘paytirish orqali nogironlar mehnatini ragʻbatlantirish. scienceweb academic papers collection. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org importance of glass fibers for concrete egamberdiyev ismoiljon khayitmirzayevich assistant teacher, namangan engineering construction institute, uzbekistan, namangan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents recommendations for increasing joint resistance by adding glass fibers to the concrete mixture. glass fiber, seam resistance, strength, corrosion, dispersion reinforcement, metallic fiber. introduction concrete is the most widely used building material. the price of concrete is much cheaper than other materials. in this case, there is no material equivalent to concrete. that is, it includes materials that are available everywhere (locally). another advantage is that concrete strength increases from year to year. this feature shows that concrete and reinforced concrete structures are durable for a long time. concrete has many advantages as well as disadvantages. concrete is an anisotropic (homogeneous) material, one of its main disadvantages is low tensile strength and the formation of cracks [1-3]. it is known from experience that cracks appear on the surface of thin-shell structures and other structures of buildings and structures. as a result, concrete strength decreases over time and cracks begin to appear[4-5]. the mechanical properties of concrete (strength, crack resistance, etc.) are determined by the structure of fillers and contact layers between them. the formation of contact layers begins when the concrete mixture thickens [6-8]. in the process of compacting the concrete mixture, it is necessary to ensure that the filler grains are maximally close to each other and their surface is completely covered with cement paste. an increase in the cement stone contact layer causes the formation of internal stresses during the crystallization process. as a result, the formation balance of the structure is disturbed. fatigue occurs in places where the structure of the composition is not fully formed. this condition is quickly manifested on the surface of concrete and is characterized by the formation of microcracks[9-14]. from this point of view, it is recommended to disperse reinforcement of concrete on the basis of fibers to increase the crack resistance and other properties of concrete. such fibers act as macroreinforcement for the cement matrix and form a whole skeleton by connecting the constituents of the micromatrix. that is, the stretching created in the structure absorbs the stresses and prevents the concrete matrix from cracking. one of the fibrous materials used for macroreinforcement of concrete and cement stone matrix is glass fibers. their average diameter is 0.1...0.5 mm, length is 5...20 mm, and they are resistant to alkaline environment. the tensile strength is very high (2000...4000 mpa), the average density is 40...50 kg/m3. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org high physical and mechanical properties of glass fibers expand its field of application. because the fibrous structure tends to form a strong framework. as a result of the joint operation of the material matrix and glass fibers, the shortcomings of the material are compensated by the positive properties of the fibers. when the concrete mixture is reinforced with glass fibers, its plasticity is improved, volume penetration, and the appearance of cracks are sharply reduced (compared to metal fibers). at the same time, it prevents the formation of cracks due to the adhesion of fibers while the concrete is in a plastic state. the difference between fiberglass and metal fibers is that fiberglass does not corrode in concrete. in terms of size, a metal fiber with a diameter of 1 mm corresponds to several hundred glass fibers, and their surface is 10...15 times more than the surface of a metal fiber. the relative weight is much less than that of metal. therefore, glass fibers are used in concrete 4...5 times less than metal fibers. glass fibers have high adhesion to cement stone matrix in concrete. therefore, additional changes to their surface are not required. the coefficients of thermal expansion of cement stone and glass fibers are close to each other. therefore, high efficiency is achieved when fiberglass concrete is used in constructions that are constantly exposed to the external environment[4]. such constructions are characterized by resistance to stresses (static, dynamic, etc.), resistance to temperature differences, and resistance to alkaline effects. structures reinforced with glass fibers have properties such as tensile strength, seam resistance, erosion resistance, and cold resistance [5]. this article provides general information about the mechanical properties of fiberglass-dispersed reinforced concrete, its advantages and applications. in recent decades, many developments have been made in concrete technology. one of the most important achievements is fiber reinforced concrete. glass fibers occupy an important place among various fibers in the dispersion reinforcement of concrete. the use of glass fibers in concrete and reinforced concrete structures increases the compressive, tensile and bending strengths of concrete. therefore, determining the optimal amount of glass fibers for concrete is one of the urgent tasks today. references 1. jurayevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. (2022). calculation of strength of fiber reinforced concrete beams using abaqus software. the peerian journal, 5, 20-26. 2. shukirillayevich, m. a., & sobirjonovna, j. a. (2022). the formation and development of cracks in basalt fiber reinforced concrete beams. central asian journal of theoretical & applied sciences, 3(4), 31-37. 3. juraevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. (2021). the effect of the length and amount of basalt fiber on the properties of concrete. design engineering, 11076-11084. 4. abdujabbarovich, x. s., rustamovich, a. a., & rustam o’g’li, o. a. (2022). fibrobeton and prospects to be applied in the construction. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(6), 1479-1486. 5. juraevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. mechanical properties of basalt fiber concrete. 6. эгамбердиев, и. х., мартазаев, а. ш., & фозилов, о. к. (2017). значение исследования распространения вибраций от движения поездов. научное знание современности, (3), 350352. 7. эгамбердиев, и. х., бойтемиров, м. б., & абдурахмонов, с. э. (2017). работа железобетона в условиях комплексных воздействий. in развитие american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org науки и техники: механизм выбора и реализации приоритетов (pp. 5860). 8. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., абдурахмонов, а. с., & хайдаров, а. а. (2018). трещинообразование и водоотделение бетонной смеси в железобетонных изделиях при изготовлении в районах с жарким климатом. вестник науки и творчества, (2), 35-37. 9. мартазаев, а. ш., & эшонжонов, ж. б. (2017). вопросы расчета изгибаемых элементов по наклонным сечениям. вестник науки и творчества, (2 (14)), 123-126. 10. насриддинов, м. м., мартазаев, а. ш., & ваккасов, х. с. (2016). трещиностойкость и прочность наклонных сечений изгибаемых элеменов из бетона на пористых заполнителях из лёссовидных суглинков и золы тэс. символ науки, (1-2), 85-87. 11. хакимов, ш. а., мартазаев, а. ш., & ваккасов, х. с. (2016). расчет грунтовых плотин методом конечных элементов. инновационная наука, (2-3 (14)), 109-111. 12. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., & мавлонов, р. а. (2016). трещинастойкость железобетонных элементов при одностороннем воздействии воды и температуры. символ науки, (1-2), 14-16. 13. насриддинов, м. м., мартазаев, а. ш., & ваккасов, х. с. (2016). 14. насриддинов, м. м. (2016). ша мартазаев, ваккасов cx трещиностойкость и прочность наклонных сечений изгибаемых элеменов из бетона на пористых заполнителях из лёссовидных суглинков и золы тэс. 15. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., & эшонжонов, ж. б. (2017). трещины в железобетонных изделиях при изготовлении их в нестационарном климате. вестник науки и творчества, (2), 6-8. 16. абдурахмонов, с. э., эгамбердиев, и. х., & бойтемиров, м. б. работа железобетона в условиях комплексных воздействий. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org alternative energy sources xasanboy inomov ilhomjon ugli andijan academic lyceum of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan mathematics 93 419 78 10 mamitova guluzra nematjanovna physics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s renewable energy is a hot topic nowadays. with the ever-growing number of populations, demand of energy is also increasing every day. non-renewable sources are limited, not environment friendly and increase or decrease in production of these sources can have direct result on the inflation. it is hard to live without energy, but it is impossible to find another planet to live in. the use of renewable energy has many potential benefits, including human beings and environment. comparative analysis of resources and reasons why we should use more alternative resources than fossil fuels are provided in the article. renewable resources, non-renewable resources, fossil fuels, energy, oil, natural gas, coal, solar energy, wind power, hydropower. alternative energy sources include non-traditional energy sources solar, wind, geothermal energy, and so on. renewable energy sources do not pollute the environment, help reduce greenhouse gas emissions into the atmosphere, and reduce the effects of climate change. they are practically inexhaustible, while fossil fuels will run out sooner or later. renewable sources do not include nuclear power and natural gas, since the reserves of these resources are limited. there are different types of energy and ways to extract it. based on our interpretation, the following types of alternative sources can be distinguished: solar energy, wind energy, hydropower, wave energy, tidal energy, hydrothermal energy, fluid diffusion energy, geothermal energy and biofuels. the methods of extraction and use of energy differ depending on the type of alternative sources. what unites them is that today they are all used much less frequently than fossil fuels, but at the same time they have great potential for development. the known sources of alternative energy used today to reduce the level of pollution produced by fossil fuels are the following: solar energy solar energy or solar power can be defined as the energy that can be harvested using the sun’s radiation under the form of sunlight, heat and all the other types of electromagnetic radiation american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org that are released every second by the star. mankind has used the power of the sun since antiquity, but only in the last decades we’ve started to harvest the sunlight to generate clean electricity and heat. solar cells use the photovoltaic effect to turn the sunlight into electricity. using a device/technology such as a solar cell to harvest the sunlight and produce clean electricity means that we are using solar power under the form of active solar energy. the concept of passive solar energy is used in the construction sector and refers to a certain position of the house and windows to allow the sunlight and heat enter every room of the house. solar energy is not used only by humans, nature is using the sunlight as a key element in the photosynthesis process. wind energy the sun warms the earth’s surface and the atmosphere in an uneven way. the warm air weighs less and starts to go up, while the cold air is heavier and starts to go down and replacing the warm air. this air movement is causing the wind on the planet. mankind has used the power of the wind since antiquity to sail ships (is used even today), to grind wheat and corn in windmills, to pump water and in sawmills, and today we are using wind turbines to generate clean electricity. wind energy is known as a more practical energy source than solar power because the wind can rotate a turbine and generate clean electricity day and night, even if outside we have a sunny or a cloudy day. wind energy is considered an alternative energy source (is clean) and also a renewable energy source (it never ends) because until we have the atmosphere here on the planet and the sun will keep shining, the wind will keep blowing. hydropower known as the power of the water represents the energy generated by the fast moving water or by the falling water. hydropower has been used from ancient times to power watermills (for irrigation), sawmills, gristmills, textile mills, trip hammers and others. in the late xix century, hydropower has been already known as a producer of electricity, and the first commercial hydroelectric power plant was built in 1879 at niagara falls. in a hydroelectric power plant, the kinetic energy of the falling or fast moving water is turned into mechanical energy (rotating turbine), which will produce electricity through generators. hydropower generates electricity today in many ways and at different scales. • pumped-storage hydroelectricity: during the periods of low energy demand the water is stored and pumped uphill into reservoirs, and when the demand is high or system generation is low, the water is released for electricity generation. • conduit hydroelectricity: water that has been already diverted for use in a water system is also used to generate electricity. • micro hydro: such projects are small and are usually used to produce electricity that will power isolated households, small towns or small industries. • small hydro: these projects are slightly larger than the previous type (up to 10 mw generation capacity), but being so small they are not using artificial reservoirs. • run-of-river hydropower: captures the kinetic energy of the rivers or streams, but is not using a large reservoir and sometimes not even dams. • conventional hydroelectric (storage hydropower): large systems using hydroelectric dams and a large reservoir to store the water. electricity is produced when the water is released from the reservoir and the spin of the turbine will produce electricity through the generator. storage hydropower is providing the base load, and has the ability to be shut down and started up at short notice according to the demand of the system (at peak load). it provides enough storage capacity to operate without using the hydrological inflow for several american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org weeks and even months. hydropower is generating the largest amount of alternative energy in the world. hydropower is considered a predictable, controllable and constant source of clean energy, and is also renewable. biomass energy is considered a green and renewable energy source (trees regrow). the materials used to create biomass consist of wood waste, agricultural waste, plant-based materials that are used for food or animal feed, landfills, municipal and industrial waste (organic waste), green algae and others. biomass is also used to produce biofuels such as ethanol and biodiesel, but also methane gas (biogas or landfill gas). biomass energy releases carbon emissions while burning, but is considered a renewable energy source due to the fact that the production of waste materials on the planet is continuous. biomass has become popular among the coal power plants because coal (a cheap but very dirty fossil fuel) can be replaced by biomass in order to turn the power plant into a producer of renewable energy. geothermal energy or thermal energy is an alternative energy source produced by the earth’s core and rises to the surface. the molten rock or magma is the source of the underground heat. geothermal energy is produced by boiling water using the underground heat and the steam is collected by geothermal heat pumps. the steam collected this way, is then used to spin a turbine and with the help of the generators is producing clean energy. the geothermal resource is a reliable source of power. geothermal energy is considered a reliable, renewable and continuous source of alternative energy, and is available almost anywhere in the world. tidal power energy also known as tidal power is another form of hydropower that is converting the energy of the tides into clean electricity. today, tidal power is used at a pretty small scale worldwide, but in the future, the power of the tides will become an important source of alternative energy for humanity. tidal power of tidal energy is considered a renewable energy source because is generated by the ocean’s tides. the tides are created by the moon’s gravitational attraction and in smaller portion by the sun’s gravitational attraction. actually, the gravitational attraction of these two celestial objects (moon and sun) is interacting with the earth’s gravitational attraction and this is how the tides are created. all these sources of alternative energy are environmentally friendly (some of them release a very low amount of greenhouse gas emissions, while others are 100% clean) and will successfully replace the fossil fuels such as coal, oil and natural gas in the future, for a cleaner and healthier environment. the energy demand on the planet is still covered mostly from fossil resources, but renewable energy projects such as large solar power plants and massive wind farms built both onshore and offshore are increasing their presence in many countries, which shows that the clean future is closer than we thought. knowing what are the alternative energy sources used today on the planet and what will bring the future in terms of new renewable energy sources, will prepare you for the clean future that will follow. references 1. rose d. learning about energy, plenum press. ny, 2001. p. 112-118. 2. голицын м.в., голицын а.в. альтернативные источники энергии. м.: издательский дом «знание», 2012. c. 47-63. 3.smith zachary alden, taylor katrina d. renewable and alternative energy resources. m.: рublishing house “literary guild”, 2014. p. 277-296. 4. energy information administration office of energy statistics washington. dc. monthly energy review, 2015. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org an innovative approach to mathematics education adilya kadyrova rashidovna nigora islomova hamzayevna surkhandarya region, termiz city 3rd school mathematics teachers a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s nowadays, improving the quality of education, students' deep mastery of mathematics and natural sciences has become the main task in our republic. in order to increase students' interest in mathematics, it is necessary to increase their knowledge first. in order to increase students' knowledge, it is necessary to pay great attention to independent work and creative thinking of students in mathematics classes. improving the quality of education, mathematics, increasing interest and knowledge, independent work and creative thinking, development of the motherland. the first president of our independent homeland, i. as a. abdurahman said, "our children must be stronger, more educated, wiser, and certainly happier than we are." the future of our country is in the hands of our young people, and the more educated, zukko, and educated our people are, the brighter the future of our country will be. ( matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20 ) therefore, today there are opportunities for our students and students to learn deeply and to be well-educated on all sides. a wide range of educational initiatives are being undertaken to ensure that our students and young people are educated at the level of world requirements. the completion of schools equipped with modern requirements, spacious and light classrooms, all modern conditions, some reconstruction is proof of my above opinion. it has not been said that education is a reflection of the future of the state. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20 ) today, the world recognizes that the deeper knowledge and well-being young people have, the higher the country's development . therefore, providing students with deep knowledge has become a leading goal in our country today. our leader, sh. as m. mirziyoyev put it, "mamatics is the foundation of all specific subjects. a child with knowledge of this science grows up to be intelligent, broad-minded, successfully working in any area." mathematics is the foundation of all specific subjects, which, if our students are well-known, can also deepen other natural f anesthesia. today's ability of our students to take mathematics and natural sciences deeply, actively apply their knowledge in industry and technology, has a profound impact on the development of our country. to provide students with deep knowledge, you first need to increase their interest in science. this is where the question arises. how to increase students' interest in science? it's no secret to many of us that almost all students in the classroom are interested in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org mathematics. going to grade 6-7, more than half of the students in the class are interested in this and when you go to the upper grades, more than half of them are not interested (except for classes or schools that specialize in mathematics). because in elementary schools, the curriculum for mathematics is easy, students adapt without difficulty, and subjects that students struggle to understand are explained and helped by their parents at home. as they move into high school, the curriculum in mathematics becomes more difficult, and parents at home also struggle to explain the subjects that students have suffered. whichever fan the students understand well, they will certainly have a daughter for that fan. in the upper class, many students struggle to understand the subject of math, so their interest decreases. we all know that mathematics is like a staircase, a student who does not fully master each class material will struggle to master the subjects of the next class. therefore, we need to increase students' interest in science and knowledge in each class. in the meantime, i would like to remind you of an article: "read mathematics with a pencil in your hand!" this is certainly not in vain. b can be studied by reading and memorizing many subjects. but mathematics cannot be studied without working on examples and issues. bfrom those points , it can be said that a student is required to be willful and patient to study mathematics. a student who is deeply interested in mathematics will certainly grow up to be a willful, sabrli, and such a person will certainly achieve the goals he has set before him in life. in the meantime, i'd like to draw attention to something else. today, educating students at the level of world requirements and preparing them for pisa assignments has become one of the main issues in the education system. focusing on pisa assignments, they are not students ' level of knowledge, but students can link the knowledge they have gained to life and apply them in everyday life the level of acquisition will be checked. if students have a deep understanding of the underlying content of the subject of the lesson, they will be able to connect it to life. therefore, to prepare a studentbee for pisa assignments, first of all , we need to help students to have a deep understanding of the content of the lesson. again, back to the previous question, how can i increase students' interest in mathematics? it is no secret that the higher a person's knowledge in an area, the higher a person's interest in this area. so to strengthen students' interest in science, we first need to work to improve and strengthen their knowledge from small classes. what can we do to help students learn topics well and improve their knowledge from younger classes? to do this, we need to teach students to work independently and think creativelywell in mathematics classes from grades 3-4. after each course in mathematics, the students set up and developed independent examples or issues on this topic we have to give you a mandate to come. the reader himself thinks and thinks about the subject to create an example or issue , resulting in an understanding of the underlying content of the subject. an example builds and works, in the process the topic is strengthened. a deeply integrated student's knowledge will certainly increase, and once knowledge increases, his interest in science will intensify in himself. depending on the housework ( examples or issues he or she has compiled and worked on), it is important to know the extent to which he or she has knowledge and not have difficulty can be evaluated. so we need to teach students in the mathematics classroom to be creative and to work independently from junior grades. a creative and independent thinker will certainly achieve great success in the future. one thing we can see clearly today is that children of a schoolable, visiting family will certainly american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org grow up to be educated and educated. so if we can educate our young people today with knowledge and broad thinking, both their children, or the next generation, will grow up to be educated and well-educated. the strong knowledge and well-being of today's young people guarantees that the development of our country will rise to the highest level in the future. one of the most pressing issues is the use of new technical means for teaching mathematics, including the achievements of information technology in order to ensure interdisciplinary incompatibility in the rapidly entering modern era of computer and other information technology the introduction of computer technologies into educational institutions will pave the way for optimization of the teaching process. in the next decade, the use of computers in teaching mathematics was carried out in several key areas. these include evaluating my skills using a computer, developing and developing various types of teaching programs , developing mathematical games related to knowledge, and so on. another aspect of the convenience of computers in teaching mathematics is the modeling of certain educational situations. the purpose of using modeled applications is to imagine when other teaching methods are used , to ensure that materials that are difficult to see are understandable. modeling allows students to provide information in the form of computer multimedia in graphical mode. therefore, they tend to study mathematics in depth and demonstrate significant independence in the learning process. mathematics involves students' will, attention , abilities and activity, imagination, individual moral qualities (determination, a clear goal, creative, independent, responsible, industrious, disciplined and critical and develops the ability to protect their views and beliefs on the basis of evidence . in the process of studying mathematics, methods and methods of human thinking include induction and deduction, integration and clarification, analysis and synthesis, abstraction, analogue, classification, and systematization . in the study of mathematics, students acquire the ability to express their thoughts, opinions clearly and completely, clearly and meaningfully, to understand , bathe, and perform mathematical writings. list of available publications: 1. yunusova d. modern technologies for teaching mathematics. textbook t: science and technology. 2011. -200b 2. uzliksiz ta'lim. journal 2010-2017 y 3. www.ta’lim.uz american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org significance of finland education in international assessment programs aziza amonova saidulloyevna 3rd grade student of the faculty of primary education of jdpu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, opinions are expressed that finland is among the advanced foreign countries in terms of the experience of the educational system and the quality of education. we are witnessing that it occupies the highest indicators in international evaluation programs. finland, inspection, competitiveness, assessment, evaluation, educational tasks, development introduction they want to implement the finnish experience of school education in uzbekistan. in recent years, a new type of competition has emerged among countries: assessment of student learning. in particular, the organization for economic co-operation and development (oecd) expressed interest in this issue and organized a comparison of students' knowledge, abilities and skills in reading and spelling, mathematics and natural sciences. this study was named pisa (pisa = program for international student assessment, or international student educational achievement research). the educational achievements of 15-year-old students from more than 30 countries are included in the evaluation program. finnish students performed well in all pisa studies. the reading and spelling skills of finnish students have received international attention. foreign scientists and teachers regularly come to finland to familiarize themselves with local schools and the school education system. in addition, finnish experts receive invitations from different countries to give lectures on finnish education policy. all foreign experts had one common question: what is the basis of such high reading and spelling skills of finnish children? it is impossible to give a simple answer to such a seemingly simple question. good rates of absorption are the result of the activity of a number of factors: the structure of the education system (classes study together and in the same composition for 9 years), distributed powers of decision-making and autonomy of schools in providing education, education lim process is student-centered, a well-designed special education system for students with learning difficulties, a system of comprehensive support for students (giving advice on educational issues, school psychologists and social workers, health care in schools), qualified and dedicated teaching staff, free education. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org leterature and methodology academic achievement cannot be explained by school-related factors alone, as the environment surrounding the school should also be taken into account. two of the most important factors influencing the high level of reading and spelling among finnish students are: the culture of encouraging reading and the long-standing habit of reading, which is the reason for finland's high competitiveness and high standard of living. it is a prosperous society that encourages individual entrepreneurship and self-development while providing support from society. respect for democracy, human rights and the principles of the rule of law, as well as the effective governance system, form the solid foundation of our society. the state and municipalities play an important role in health care and social policy in finland, as well as in the education system and research activities. however, citizens themselves ensure the functioning of the system both as initiators and as providers of services in various public organizations. it became a good school. in the year when finland celebrates the centenary of its independence, the primary high school has been operating for half a century. resistance was observed when leaving public schools and paid secondary education. opponents of the reforms argued that the new system would lead to a decline in education and would not allow talented children to show themselves. however, the past half century has shown that our decision was correct. our high school students have achieved impressive results in pisa (study of international student achievement) international studies, and our educational institutions are objects of wide international attention. what is the secret of our success? the basis of all of this is the unified structure of the primary and secondary school and, attached to it, various types of services aimed at ensuring the well-being of students. junior high school is, in a sense, a dwarf state of finnish society. pupils from different families and with different levels of talent study in one group. the educational process, which includes various types of support services, study guides and hot meals, is completely free for students. the second important factor is a curriculum that takes into account the differences in social, moral and physical development of children in addition to educational tasks. naturally, a qualified teacher with higher education and dedication to his work serves as a central factor. teachers have a large-scale pedagogical autonomy in their work and the trust of both the parents of their students and the administration. this means that state commissions do not come to schools in finland with inspections, and there is no control of educational authorities over the activities. a strong union organization also helps teachers. also, the stability of finnish policy in the field of education, as well as our ability to combine traditions and customs in practice, serve as an important factor. we implement reforms through evolutionary processes, not revolutionary ones. this situation applies to both political decision-making and pedagogical changes. and finally, it is impossible not to state that the responsibility for the activity and development of primary and secondary schools is ultimately the responsibility of the municipalities. decisions are made primarily by citizens. primary secondary school is an important part of finnish democracy, part of the implementation of the common factor. as we celebrate the centenary of finland's independence, we have a wide range of important tasks ahead of us. the process of globalization and digital technologies have greatly changed the situation in the labor market, the problem of social and territorial inequality is threatening to grow, migration is weakening traditional cultural structures, and the concern about the environmental side of the planet is increasing both nationally and internationally. increasing during decision making at the individual level. and the strength of a small nation is that it is educated. that is why our survival strategy is american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org being developed based on our educational resources and research. how can our elementary and middle schools respond to this resistance? although it may seem counterintuitive, we are in the midst of severe shocks, and we will not retreat from our strengths, which have been shown above and have been tested in many crisis situations. the goal of our policy in the field of education is to ensure the equal right to education. and this is not a subject of bargaining. the formation of a school culture that relies more on the identification and development of strong qualities serves as a starting point in educational and educational work. every student has the right to identify and develop his strong feelings. in this way, a diversity of talents belonging to different cultures is formed in each class, and this situation, in turn, helps to build trust at the individual level and at the class level. education is the bridge to the future, and the primary secondary school is the pillar that supports this bridge. finnish miracle"? the "finnish miracle in education" was first talked about in 2000, when the first results of pisa, an international program for evaluating the performance of students in education, were announced. among the 32 countries participating in the study, finland ranks first with 546 points (average score 500), fifth in mathematical literacy with 536 points (after hong kong, japan, south korea and new zealand) and natural was ranked fourth in terms of scientific literacy (after south korea, japan and hong kong). even in the next cycles of pisa, although it is possible to observe the tendency of the results to decrease and the rating of asian countries (shanghai, hong kong, taiwan, singapore, japan, south korea) to increase, finland still occupies high places conclusion according to international studies conducted every three years by the prestigious organization for economic cooperation and development, finnish schoolchildren demonstrate the highest level of knowledge in the world. they are also the children who read the most books in the world. in addition, finnish schoolchildren rank second in the world in science and fifth in mathematics. however, these results are not the only ones that please the pedagogical community. surprisingly, finnish schoolchildren do not spend as much time in classes, despite their high scores in the world. references 1. illka taipale 100 social innovations of finland sharq publishing house joint-stock company tashkent-2019 2. richard arum, melisa velez. inproving learning enviroment: schol discipline and comporative perspektive. stanford universiy press, usa 2012. 3. h.fry, s. ketteridge, s.marshall. handbookfor teaching and learning in higher education. new york, routledge, 2009. 4. higher education in japan. higher education bureau, ministry of education, culture, sports, science and technology. 3-2-2 kasumigaseki, chiyoda-ku, tokyo 100-8959, japan tel: +81-35253-4111 (reception) 5. eduscol. education.fr./ dossiers. school education in franse. isbn 978-92-9079-921-4 available for free downloading from the ceps website (http://www.ceps.eu) © ceps, 2009 6. http://cache.media.eduscol.education.fr/file/dossiers/07/3/2013_school_education_in_france_24 4073.pdf. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 7. florian geyer. the educational system in belgium ceps specialreport/september. isbn 97892-9079-921-4 available for free downloading from the ceps website http://www.ceps.eu)© ceps, 2009. 8. improving learning environments: school discipline and student achievement in comparative perspective (studies in social inequality) hardcover– june 13, 2012. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the use of interactive techniques in native language lessons boboyev yusuf beknazarovich department of uzbek language and literature of tashkent state agrarian university. teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s since the process in the long duration of education is dead, its quality is closely related to the methods used in the lesson. the meaningful passage of the lesson, what methods are used in it and the result is achieved, determines the potential of the teacher, the level of the recipient. this article presents examples of interactive techniques that are recommended for use in native language lessons. intefaol, innovative technology, carpenter, presentation method, selection, optional, performance, mandatory, opportunity, method, technology. the period of renewal, development in our republic thanks to independence starting from, our social life is rapidly entering the directions of development corresponding to universal templates. ”it is one of the urgent tasks to educate the young people of the 21st century in accordance with the standards of world education of comprehensively developed, mature secular-minded, educated competent individuals." in the preparation of the teacher of the new century, it is important that he has a deep pedagogical psychological knowledge, a high level of intellectual potential, is aware of innovative educational technologies, interactive methods of education and effective methods of increasing creative activity related to advanced effective methods. currently, the use of interactive methods is achieved in the process of teaching in all educational institutions. this is pedagogical, which is organized on the basis of interactive education they will help to fully understand the content of the processes and ensure that they are effective, interesting, high-quality. classes in interactive methods encourage the reader to think creatively, to actively solve the information received, to freely state the idea, to take initiative, to find solutions to issues in groups, to work cooperatively, to express the idea in writing. interactivity is the activity of two people among themselves, that is, the learning process in this as a mutual conversation ,either in the form of a dialogue (using a computer) or in the reader's basically shrinks their communication. the basis of interactive education is interactive methods. the use of interactive methods in native language lessons has a positive effect on language learning. interactive methods are those that involve students in practical or participatory activities rather than passive listening or reading. in this article, we will look at some interactive methods that can be used in native language lessons and the benefits they offer. the use of interactive methods in native language lessons greatly improves the language learning process, making it more interesting and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org interesting for students. interactive methods are those that require students to actively participate in the learning process and have a meaningful relationship with the language. several advantages of using interactive methods in native language lessons: 1. increasing activity: interactive methods such as role-playing games, games, or group training can help students become interested in the lesson. by making the learning process more interesting and interesting, students can participate and retain information. 2. language fluency improves: interactive methods help students practice the language more often and in a more natural way. such methods also give students the opportunity to use the language in context, which helps to increase their fluency. 3. advanced collaborative skills: interactive methods often require students to work cooperatively, which helps them develop teamwork and collaborative skills. students will have the opportunity to work together and share their knowledge, ideas and opinions, which will strengthen mutual trust, trust and respect. 4. improved understanding: interactive methods can lead to a better understanding of the subject. this is because they allow students to engage in material in different ways, such as listening, speaking, or writing, to help strengthen their understanding of the concepts being taught. 5. increase motivation and confidence: interactive methods can increase the motivation and selfconfidence of students, giving them more opportunities to succeed. students learn in practice, and when they see their progress, they feel a sense of personal success that encourages them to continue learning. 6. games: games are a fun way to keep students interested and learning more fun. they can be used to teach vocabulary, grammar and pronunciation, among other things. for example, the game can be developed around the study of idioms, in which students are a team and work to guess the correct meaning of the idiom. 7. role-playing games: role-playing games are another popular interactive method that can be used in native language classes. in the role-playing game, students stage a situation in the language being taught. this method is especially useful for developing speech skills, as it provides an opportunity to practice communication in a natural way. 8. collaborative projects: collaborative projects are another way to encourage interoperability in native language classes. students can, for example, work in groups to research a topic, create a presentation, or create an instructional video. collaborative projects encourage collaboration and teamwork among students. 9. simulations: simulations are an effective way to engage students in a realistic scenario that uses language in a contextual way. it allows students to engage in language, culture and norms in a simulated environment with the aim of mastering language skills, analytical and critical thinking. 10. storytelling: storytelling is an interactive method that can be applied to enhance language learning in native language classes. students can listen to or read stories and then tell them in their own words. stories help develop listening, speaking, and writing skills while developing students ' understanding and creativity in language. the advantages of using interactive methods in native language lessons are many. interactive methods help students develop skills to work and communicate in a team, increase their motivation and activity, and learn in a more natural way. using interactive methods, students often retain more of what they have learned over time, and learning a language becomes more interesting and fun. native language american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org classes can use a variety of interactive techniques such as play, debate, debate, role-playing games, simulation, story, project-based teaching. the use of different methods helps to satisfy different learning styles and preferences, making the class more inclusive and open to all students. in conclusion, it can be said that the use of interactive methods in native language lessons can turn learning into an interesting and interesting process. with the help of games, role-playing games, collaborative projects, simulations and stories, students can improve their language skills while developing other basic competencies. interactive methods make language learning an interesting and useful experience. interactive methods can bring many benefits in native language lessons. they help students participate in activities, improve fluency in their language, develop collaborative skills, strengthen understanding, increase motivation and confidence. using these techniques, teachers can create a more dynamic and effective educational environment for their students. references 1. mirziyoyev sh. niyati ulug` xalqning ishi ham ulug` va kelajagi farovon bo’ladi. t.: “o’zbekiston”, 2019. 2. yo’ldoshev j., yo’ldosheva f., yo’ldosheva g. interfaol ta’lim sifat kafolati. toshkent, 2008. 3. rafiyev a., g’ulomova n. ona tili va adabiyot (kasb-hunar kollejlari uchun darslik). t., “sharq”, 2013. 4. orzigul baxromjon qizi raxmonaliyeva, and dilafroz mamaroziyevna abduraxmonova. "ona tili darslarida interfaol metodlardan foydalanish" central asian academic journal of scientific research, vol. 2, no. 7, 2022, pp. 269-272. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org new technologies in park design m.r. borodina professor, tashkent institute of architecture and civil engineering, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the modern amusement park is a unique, high-tech complex of cultural, recreational, sports, health and recreational facilities, allowing human experience, thanks to the use of vr technology. project, innovation, park, immersion, virtual reality, archaeology, city, 3d modelling, virtual reality park. introduction it is known that a huge number of people in the modern world annually choose amusement parks to get vivid emotions in their journey into the world of relaxation. for example, disneyland paris is visited on average by about 12 million people a year. and this entertainment industry is designed to surprise both children and adults. therefore, the popularity of disneyland in the world does not weaken. the modern entertainment industry combines various areas of cultural, recreational and recreational activities, primarily related to the production of entertainment equipment, as well as modern entertainment technologies aimed at achieving an unforgettable atmosphere of celebration, joy and happiness [1]. the presence of modern entertainment equipment and amusement equipment speaks of the main feature of the park the amusement park. attractions used in parks make it possible to artificially create those sensations that evoke a variety of emotions in the visitor: fear, pleasure, the feeling of flying, overload, etc. the number of such amusement parks has not decreased over the years. islands of adventure universal in the usa, europa park in germany, etc. the entertainment industry today is one of the most technologically advanced, capital-intensive, rapidly growing and developing sectors of cultural and leisure activities. the most complex engineering projects, multimillion-dollar investments and grandiose construction projects result in a “sea of adrenaline” for visitors. the entertainment industry holds the most impressive records for speed, altitude, acceleration and cost of projects. but at the same time, these records are also the most short-lived: the viewer, hungry for strong emotions, constantly demands new spectacles and entertainment [2]. but much of what is in demand today loses its relevance over time. therefore, i would like to dwell in more detail on those important aspects that today must be taken into account when organizing city parks. and this, first of all, is the creation of a virtual environment for psychological immersion (immersion) in the events of the historical past. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org as an example, we can cite a project being developed for the renovation of one of the parks in the sergeli district of tashkent. the concept of the project is based on the union of "virtual reality" technologies with park design. augmented and virtual reality technologies have appeared recently, and the terminology has not yet settled down. wikipedia gives the following definitions: virtual reality (vr, virtual reality, artificial reality) is a world created by technical means, transmitted to a person through his senses: sight, hearing, touch, and others. virtual reality simulates both exposure and responses to exposure. to create a convincing complex of sensations of reality, a computer synthesis of the properties and reactions of virtual reality is performed in real-time. but virtual reality should not be confused with augmented reality. their fundamental difference is that virtual reality constructs a new artificial world, while augmented reality only introduces individual artificial elements into the perception of the real world. the project under development is located in the sergeli district, on the yangi hayot massif between the streets of kanora, maghreb, and davlatabad. this is the former park. usman yusupov. its area is more than 4 hectares. the park is richly landscaped but attracted attention because, in the centre of the green zone, there is an abandoned dry lake. it is its territory that should form the “zest” of the general concept of the territory. uzbekistan is a country on whose territory the most ancient civilizations and cultures arose and developed, many of which received the first impulse of their development here. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org of the more than 7 thousand unique historical monuments and examples of unique architecture, many have come down to us in the form of archaeological finds. restoration of their original image was possible only through pencil drawings of scientists researchers and modern 3d modelling. but all these settlements, city-states, were filled with life, the work of artisans, creators of beautiful architecture and works of art. in such a park, thanks to virtual reality animation technologies, visitors can not only see individual images of the life and life of people from past eras but also “walk the streets of virtual historical cities, enter houses, feel like they are in a distant time of past eras.” in fact, this is a vr park or a virtual reality park. for the first time, as an experiment, vr park tokyo was opened in tokyo, japan, in the homeland of most technological innovations, offering its visitors the opportunity to immerse themselves in extreme adventures, amazing worlds and fantastic universes. the problem lies in the combination of 3 hypostases: entertainment + knowledge + test. in december 2016, the government of uzbekistan adopted the following document: 12/06/2016 (printable version) "on measures to ensure the accelerated development of the tourism industry of the republic of uzbekistan". in this regard, the adoption of the decrees of the president of the republic of uzbekistan is aimed at ensuring the accelerated development of the tourism industry, giving tourism the status of a strategic american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org sector of the economy, turning it into a powerful tool for sustainable growth of the country's economy, effective use of the tourism potential of the regions, increasing the role of tourism in improving the level and quality of life population [2,3]. as a tourist component, the park of my project is an "archaeological park" with an imitation of iconic already excavated settlements. taking into account all of the above, my project of the park will be displayed models of iconic archaeological sites located on the territory of uzbekistan, talking about the theory of the origin of world culture here: buddhism (fayez-tepa), ancient settlements of pre-islamic culture zoroastrianism (dalverzin-tepa), ancient settlements in surkhandarya (alexandria oka). in the photo: a copy of the excavations of the settlement "dalverzintepa" the walking landscape of the park will outwardly recreate the current appearance of archaeological excavations, and "glasses tablet or helmet augmented reality" immerse visitors in the real world of past eras, reconstructing the original appearance. these technologies make it possible even to "fly up", to see from above the territory of the settlement the remains of ancient civilizations. in such a park, themed game quests can be organized. the reconstructed natural complex of the archaeological park is considered in the project as a unique part of the historical landscape, maintaining a healthy american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org environment, clean soil and biodiversity of the plant world, which must be preserved and, if necessary, restored. the following decrees of the government of the republic of uzbekistan testify to the high relevance of such parks: • the state program for the implementation of the "strategy of actions in the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 2017-2021" in the "year of youth support and public health promotion". decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, no. up-6155, date of adoption 03.02.2021, effective date 04.02.2021. • on measures to develop the spheres of education, upbringing and science in the new period of development of uzbekistan. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, no. up-6108, date of adoption 06.11.2020, date of entry into force 07.11.2020 • "approval of the program for the development of landscape design in the republic of uzbekistan" dated august 13, 2013 no. 223 so, the project under discussion is dedicated to the renovation and the creation of an archaeological park of augmented reality in the tashkent region. the park is turning into a tourist attraction, the creation of which will enable visitors to the park to get acquainted with the ancient history of uzbekistan. as president shavkat mirziyoyev noted in his address to parliament, the development of digital technologies is one of the main priorities for the coming years. to this end, a large-scale program "digital uzbekistan 2030" was developed, which provides for a radical digital transformation of the republic over the next decade. this will be a unique project, its area will be about 10 thousand square meters. m. it will be for the young to a greater extent. firstly, it will be a complete immersion with the help of modern vr and ar technologies in well-known historical periods. secondly, it will be a unique experience of physical activity getting out of various situations, labyrinths, and quests. thirdly, it will be specialized trade and food, which will be connected with films, with heroes. the development of virtual reality (vr) technology has given impetus to the emergence of new entertainment centres vr park and vr zone. the pilgrim mobile application uses augmented reality to recreate lost architectural monuments and historical events. it can give tourists and residents of the sergeli district of tashkent a unique american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org opportunity to see with their own eyes the most beautiful buildings that were created, but destroyed many centuries ago and will never be fully restored. to immerse yourself in virtual reality, you need to use the so-called immersive headset. the information provided by a vr device can include an image, sound, as well as tactile sensations, smell, and even taste. in the project of this park, there are also corners for children to play. here, on sandy soil, young visitors to the park can feel like young archaeologists. in this zone, you can find decomposed samples of jugs, columns, capitals, and fragments of wall paintings of the palace in varakhsha. so, this article presents a story about the project of an archaeological park, where you can understand uzbekistan as a state with a great history, part of which can be realized by the example of the imitation of the excavations of the ancient settlements of surkhondarya, which holds many secrets, some of which are gradually revealed, thanks to hard and painstaking work scientists archaeologists and historians. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org references 1. «стратегия действий по пяти приоритетным направлениям развития республики узбекистан в 2017–2021 годах» уп-4947 от 7 февраля 2017г. 2. мирзиёев шавкат миромонович “мы все вместе построим, свободное демократическое и процветающее государство узбекистан”. ташкент: узбекистан, 2017. 3. постановление президента ш.м. мирзиеева (№пп-4688 21.04.2020)"о мерах по дальнейшему повышению эффективности сферы изобразительного и прикладного искусства" от 21 апреля 2020 г. 4. коринна лэйтан, эндрю мэйнард. (2019). дополненная реальность повсюду. в мире науки. 1(2). с. 6-7. 5. borodina, m. r. (2023). heuristic pedagogy as a training method for the creative individuality of students. journal of architectural design, 16, 26-30. https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%92_%d0%bc%d0%b8%d1%80%d0%b5_%d0%bd%d0%b0%d1%83%d0%ba%d0%b8 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org traceсa project j.j.jabborqulov student of the national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides detailed information about the history of the operation of the traceсa corridor. in particular, it is about the projects aimed at increasing the competitiveness and attractiveness of this transport corridor. declaration, agreement, project, participant, cooperation, seminar, transit. introduction for the first time, the traceсa program was launched in may 1993 at a conference held in brussels with the participation of the trade and transport ministries of 8 countries: armenia, azerbaijan, georgia, kazakhstan, kyrgyzstan, tajikistan, turkmenistan and uzbekistan. traseсa (part: transport corridor europe-caucasus-asia) is an international transport program that includes 12 member states of the european union and eastern europe, the caucasus and central asia. the members of this conference adopted the brussels declaration aimed at the implementation of the "traceсa" interregional technical assistance program, financed by the european union and aimed at developing a transport corridor from europe, crossing the black sea, the caucasus, the caspian sea and reaching the countries of central asia. accepted. in 1996-1998, ukraine and moldova joined the program. at the first annual meeting of the igc traceсa in tbilisi, in march 2000, bulgaria, romania and turkey officially applied to the european commission to participate in the traceсa program, and as a result, the main international transport plan for the development of the europe-caucasus-asia corridor. became members of the bilateral treaty. in july 2009, the islamic republic of iran applied to mla traceсa, and following the results of the seventh meeting of igc traceсa, on june 16, 2009, the republic of lithuania was granted observer status in igc. at the brussels conference held in may 1993, a number of problems and shortcomings in the regional trade and transport system were identified, which were turned into project proposals under the traceсa program. in the first 15 minutes, the euro was allocated for the implementation of projects aimed at improving and developing trade and transport in the region. these projects were necessary to diversify the traditional centralized trade and transport flows and open trade routes to the west. traceсa-black sea economic cooperation conference (april 1997) in april 2017, the european union organized the traseсa black sea economic conference in tbilisi in cooperation with the study of connecting the trase route by the black sea cooperation american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org and tens. the tri-ministerial transport conference brought to the table all bsec companies and nis involved in the traceсa programmed. 16 participants, i.e., the ministers of the countries, expressed their desire to join traceсa and the black sea countries to the trans-european networks. it is agreed that traceсa and bsec will work closely to develop and improve work in this regard. several countries (bulgaria, romania and ukraine) have expressed their intention to join the use. cooperation between georgia, azerbaijan, turkmenistan and uzbekistan, serekhs, joined to establish a common strategy in this transport. the ministers signed an agreement on the development of specific research works established by the conference. traceсa-international conference on the restoration of the great silk road (september 1998) aliyev and georgia shevardnadze are planning to hold the caucasus conference together in 1998. on september 8, 1998, the "traceka restoration of the great silk road" international conference on transport cooperation was held in baku (republic of azerbaijan). the conference was attended by the presidents of azerbaijan, bulgaria, georgia, kyrgyzstan, moldova, romania, turkey, ukraine and uzbekistan, heads of government transport ministries and organizations from 32 countries, the european commission and experts from 12 organizations. as an important result of the conference, it can be said that the "international transport direct asia transport main multi-agreement for the development of the europe-caucasus corridor" (mla) and international railway transport, international trade the annexes on procedures of sea navigation, international transport, customs and technical documents were signed. on march 10, 2000, georgian president eduard shevardnadze opened the first conference of the traceсa intergovernmental commission in tbilisi. it was attended by the heads of government of azerbaijan, bulgaria, georgia, kazakhstan, kyrgyzstan, moldova, romania, tajikistan, turkey, ukraine and uzbekistan, the prime minister of armenia, ministers of transport and deputy prime ministers, and representatives of the european commission. representatives of mongolia and turkmenistan were invited to the conference as members of the traceсa program, but have not yet signed the main agreement. the conference adopted the rules of procedure of the future intergovernmental commission and the regulations on the permanent secretariat and elected its secretary general mr. zviad kvachantiradze and deputy secretary general ikram nazarov. on february 21, 2001, the official opening of the office of the permanent secretariat of traceсa igc took place in baku. the president of the republic of azerbaijan heydar aliyev, the minister of foreign affairs and the representative of the swedish presidency in the european union anna lind, the commissioner for foreign relations christopher patten, the secretary general/high representative of the cfsp xavier solana participated in the official ceremony. heads of diplomatic missions accredited in the republic of azerbaijan and representatives of international financial institutions were also invited to the opening ceremony. under the chairmanship of the minister of transport and communications of georgia, merab adeishvili, the igc adopted the final resolutions of the national secretaries group, which provide for special conditions for the transportation of humanitarian goods and reconstruction materials to afghanistan, and the action strategy, which identified priority projects. addressing major traffic and transit issues in 2002 and 2003 and the basic design of the new traseсa map. in february 2002, the meeting of the working group of igc traceсa national secretaries in ashgabat was opened with a congratulatory speech by batir sarjayev, the responsible officer of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org cabinet of ministers of turkmenistan, the head of the "turkmendimirellari" department. representatives of the european commission and diplomatic missions of the eu countries took part in the meeting. according to the results of the meeting, recommendations and decisions were made on the issues of transportation of humanitarian goods and reconstruction materials to afghanistan, "traseсa coefficient", "traseсa hotline", "traseсa visa". on april 12, 2002, a special seminar on the transportation of humanitarian aid and reconstruction materials to afghanistan via the europe-caucasus-asia international transport corridor was held in frankfurt, germany. the meeting was held with the organizational support of the german company dornier consulting gmbh (daimler chrysler group company) with the participation of large transport forwarding companies under the auspices of ps igc traceсa. at the meeting, a presentation of all initiatives taken by ps igc traceсa over the past two months to create more favorable conditions for the transportation of humanitarian goods and construction materials to afghanistan took place. a declaration on cooperation was signed as a result of the meeting. according to the document, all participants of the meeting supported ps igc traceca initiatives, in particular, simplification of administrative procedures, cancellation of all taxes and fees, other charges for transit transportation (reduction of freight rates), licenses etc. the participants of the meeting took into account the proposal of the un world food program to send two test batches through the traceca corridor, which will allow to check its competitiveness and reliability compared to other corridors. the seminar was attended by representatives of the european commission, bmt wfp and the following transport companies: willi betz (germany), panalpina relief services (switzerland), calberson ge (france), m&m (germany), transrail (switzerland), ferroviasped (germany), kuehne & nagel (germany), balthasar papp (germany), murphy shipping (uk), p & o nedlloyd (germany), farell lines (georgia). on april 24-25, 2002, the second annual conference of igc traceca was held in tashkent, the capital of uzbekistan. members of the traceka igc at the event high-ranking officials of the main multilateral agreement parties: ministers of transport of armenia, azerbaijan, bulgaria, georgia, kazakhstan, kyrgyzstan, moldova, romania, tajikistan, turkey, ukraine and uzbekistan, deputy ministers and national secretaries of traceсa participated. turkmenistan was also invited to all plenary sessions of the conference as a participant of the european union "traseсa" europecaucasus-asia transport corridor program. the delegation of the european commission invited to the conference as co-chairman of the traceсa igc was led by the director of directorate "a" of the european aid cooperation bureau per brix knudsen, who delivered a congratulatory speech on his behalf. european commission. the opening ceremony was attended by many guests, representatives of diplomatic missions accredited in uzbekistan and other international organizations. igc traceсa members made a number of decisions by consensus that should be implemented over the next year. in particular, the resolutions related to the "declaration on cooperation" signed by the heads of major transport and forwarding companies in frankfurt (germany) on april 12, 2002 in main and supporting the intention of the un world food program to develop humanitarian cargo transportation to afghanistan. europe-caucasus-asia transport corridor "traseсa". igc american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org traceсa members decided to establish special government monitoring groups in their countries. this action was aimed at improving the implementation of all previously mentioned special and most favorable conditions for humanitarian goods and reconstruction materials transported to afghanistan through the territories of traseca member states. in accordance with the law of the parliament, the chairmanship of the igc for the next term was transferred to the republic of uzbekistan. the conference also made some organizational decisions regarding the election of the general secretary of ps igc traceсa. at the invitation of uzbekistan, traceсa igc igc members, mr. abdurashid tagirov, candidate of technical sciences, who previously worked in official positions in the transport sector of the republic of uzbekistan, was elected as the general secretary of ps igc traceсa. in order to ensure the consistency of the permanent secretariat's activities and long-term administrative work, the igc decided to appoint a new executive secretary of the permanent secretariat. mr. zviad kvatchantiradze, ambassador extraordinary and plenipotentiary, formerly secretary general of traceсa ps igc, was elected as executive secretary of the permanent secretariat for a 3-year term. igc traceсa adopted a final resolution and communique on all discussed issues. on december 6, 2019, baku marked the 20th anniversary of the signing of the main multilateral agreement on international transport for the development of the europe-caucasus-asia corridor and the fourteenth annual meeting of the traсeca intergovernmental commission (igc). an international conference was held. at the 14th meeting of the igc traceсa, the republic of azerbaijan accepted the chairmanship of the igc traceсa. at the meeting, official representatives of the governments of the participants of the "main multilateral agreement on international transport for the development of the europe-caucasus-asia corridor" (mla), permanent representatives (national secretaries) of the permanent secretariat, (ps) mla representatives of traсeсa igc, observer states in the intergovernmental commission, international organizations and financial institutions in the member states took part. the participants of the meeting decided to monitor the implementation of measures within the framework of the strategy of regional actions on maritime security, taking into account the increasing demands of international organizations and in order to achieve solid results. traceсa has five working groups: maritime transport, aviation, road and rail, transport safety and transport infrastructure. among his unique projects was the red bridge, a new bridge between georgia and azerbaijan for the transportation and protection of trade products. references: 1. "tracecaga a’zo davlatlar", traceca.org, kirish 2017 yil 30-yanvar 2. dekanozishvili, mariam "janubiy kavkazdagi evropa ittifoqi: nimani anglatadi, nima bilan yakunlanadi?", gruziyaning strategik va xalqaro tadqiqotlar fondi, 2004 yil yanvar, 2017 yil 30 yanvar 3. xenderson, karen; weaver, carol (2010). qora dengiz mintaqasi va yevropa ittifoqining siyosati: turli xil kun tartibidagi muammo. ashgate nashriyoti. 143-145 betlar. isbn 978-1-4094-1201-4. 4. hasanli, ozod. "yunoniston tracecaga qo‘shilishni xohlamoqda", trend axborot agentligi, 2016 yil 11-iyul, 2017 yil 30-yanvarda "traceca sobiq bosh kotiblari", traceca.org, kirish 2017 yil 30-yanvar american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 5. "mircea ciopraga traceca bosh kotibi etib ikki muddatga saylandi", abc.az, 2-fevral, 2015yil, 30-yanvar, 2017-yil 6. "yevropa va kavkaz transport mutaxassislari hamkorlik istiqbollarini muhokama qilishmoqda", armenpress, 2012 yil 19-noyabr, 2017 yil 30-yanvar. american journal of business management, economics and banking issn (e): 2832-8078 volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org theoretical aspects of investment attractiveness ochilov bobur bakhtiyor o‘g‘li senior teacher, department “valuation and investments”, tashkent institute of finance, tashkent city, uzbekistan. e-mail: ochilov696@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article creating a positive investment climate should not be interpreted as a key process in the globalization of the economy, and as a result, the expansion of access to investment resources, which in turn will increase competition among investors. if we want to increase the volume of foreign investment, it is necessary to increase the investment potential of enterprises, regional conditions and conditions to a more acceptable and higher level than others (competitors), as well as to stimulate domestic (national) investment. we need to focus on ensuring that it is holistic. enterprise risk, investment potential of the enterprise, investment climate, innovation in enterprises, small business entities, investment process. introduction based on today’s economic factors, we can say that investments are a significant driver of the country’s economy. in the economic arsenal of each country, the main goal is to apply various financial mechanisms related to attracting foreign investments, to work in the position of a recipient and to create regional investment attractiveness. also, enough reforms are being implemented in our country to actively attract investments. the more favorable the investment climate, the lower the entrepreneurial risk of the investor, and this will increase the influx of investors. conversely, the more unfavorable the investment climate, the higher the risk. this will increase the cost to the recipient of the investment. the state of the investment environment is important not only for the investor but also for the investor [1]. a number of such cases require a series of measures to improve the existing mechanism for attracting foreign investment to the country’s economy and increase its efficiency in ensuring the competitiveness of national enterprises. in turn, the process of ensuring the competitiveness of national enterprises by attracting foreign investment in the country’s economy is multifactorial integration. therefore, a methodological approach to indicators that assess the competitiveness of the national economy is required in this regard. the analysis of the socio-economic changes taking place in our country shows that the modernization of the economy and the role of active investment policy are very important in the achievements and successes. accordingly, it is important to create an effective system of enterprises, to study the mailto:ochilov696@mail.ru american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 10 march, 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org theoretical and methodological basis for assessing the attractiveness of their investment climate and potential. 2. literature review the investment attractiveness of enterprises depends on the country’s investment policy and the created investment climate. in particular, the investment climate is considered as a system of three elements: investment potential, investment risk and legal conditions [2]. considering the factors influencing the formation of a favorable investment climate in the country/region, it should be noted that it is important for the country to be integrated in the world community in terms of investment attractiveness. the strategy of increasing the country’s investment prestige is important for attracting foreign direct investment [3]. interpretation of “investment potential” as a set of investment resources, consisting of part of the accumulated capital, expressed in the form of investment demand in the investment market, which has the potential to become a real investment demand that meets the material, financial and intellectual needs of capital reproduction reaches [4]. the attractiveness of the investment climate, the economic development of each region depends on the potential of capital and labor resources, the level of their use. it is generally accepted that the economic potential of a region and its potential is determined by the production of vital goods through the efficient use of all the complex resources available there [5]. determining the ratio between dividends and reinvestment in a country’s dividend policy, protecting the rights of minority shareholders, increasing share prices, and expanding business activities can increase a company’s investment attractiveness, which has a positive impact on the country’s investment attractiveness [6]. regardless of the field in which joint-stock companies operate in the country, one of the important tasks is to place additional financial resources, including attracting foreign investment. one of the most modern ways to attract investment in joint-stock companies is to use the ipo mechanism [7]. thus, the investment gives the company a competitive advantage and often serve as the most powerful means of growth. it is extremely important for investors is the analysis and evaluation of investment attractiveness of the enterprise as it gives an opportunity to minimize the risk of incorrect investment [8]. 3. research methodology the role of foreign investment in ensuring the competitiveness of enterprises, the classification of risks affecting the activities of the enterprise, as well as scientific proposals and practical recommendations for improvement through the methods of systematic analysis were formed. american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 10 march, 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org 4. analysis and discussion of results. there are three major areas of investment, which are reflected in the figure below (figure 1). figure 1. classification of the country’s investment sector [9] in the picture above, we can see that these directions are of great importance in the countries receiving investments. they are investment climate, investment attractiveness and investment potential. the segments included in the directions are the parts of the operative attraction of direct investments. there are also networks formed under the influence of segments, which contribute comprehensively to the increase of investments from the state and regional point of view. in addition, the most important thing is that foreign investors bring with them not only capital, but also the advanced knowledge and experience of their countries. this will allow the future economic growth of the country. the fact that the republic of uzbekistan is developing socio-economically and becoming one of the globally competitive countries is inextricably linked with the investment policy aimed at increasing the investment attractiveness of the country, the region and its economic sectors, as well as individual enterprises. factors indicating the investment attractiveness of regions were grouped and brought into a single system. as the main groups, the points of view and scientific-practical views representing the socioeconomic potential reflecting the complex indicators of the region are summarized and classified. in the picture below, we can see that the investment attraction potential of the republic of uzbekistan (by region), the number of contracts, and the investment funds involved are reflected (figure 2). american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 10 march, 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. promotion by share size ownership structure, bln. sum (as of 31.03.2023) [10] as you can see in the picture above, the number of foreign shareholders in the stock market of uzbekistan in 2022 reached 3321, of which 328 are legal entities and 2993 are individuals. it is obvious that as a result of foreign investment in the stock market of uzbekistan, along with the direct increase in the volume of production of enterprises, the share price of the enterprise in the secondary market will increase significantly. the socio-economic development of the republic of uzbekistan and its becoming one of the most competitive countries in the world is closely linked with the investment policy of the country, the region and its economic sectors, as well as the investment attractiveness of individual enterprises. table 1 rating of innovative activities of developed countries of 2021 [11] n. countries innovation inputs innovation outputs knowledge creation investment production and export complexity 1. germany 14 9 5 60 4 2. china 25 7 4 2 1 3. usa 3 4 3 1 2 4. italy 33 25 7 9 15 5. india 57 45 13 32 18 the table above shows the ranking of germany, china, the united states, italy and india in terms of innovation potential, while the united states ranks 4th in terms of innovation results. the u.s. states are directly in 3rd place. america is also at the forefront of investment inflows and outflows. in terms american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 10 march, 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org of export potential, china ranks 1st, and 4th in terms of creating new knowledge, intangible assets and inventions. the second global issue is the disclosure of information about securities and their issuers. today this issue is one of the most complex issues in the stock market. raising funds for economic development through the issuance and sale of shares is an important condition. who are the founders of the jointstock company, the specialty of the issuer, what products it produces, its working capital, income, profits, relationships with creditors? and finally, most importantly, the company must have the latest information on what dividends it has paid in previous years. it can be seen from this that realizing the importance of the role of foreign direct investments in increasing the investment attractiveness of our country, a number of activities are being carried out to attract these investments. attracting foreign direct investments and their full utilization will serve to increase the employment and standard of living of the population in the country, improve the income of the population, and increase the investment attractiveness of our country in the international arena. 5. conclusions and suggestions summarizing the above-mentioned analysis and considerations, it should be noted that in the context of increasing modernization processes, it is appropriate for the state’s mediumand long-term investment strategy to focus on solving the following tasks: 1. development of models for effective use of economic resources and optimal use of economic resources based on the law of finite diminishment of capital resources in increasing regional wealth [12]; 2. to ensure the steady development of the regions and to develop comprehensive programs that serve their uniform development without large differences and take measures to implement them [13]; 3. creating a favorable business environment that serves to organize joint projects based on high technologies and creating high added value [14]; 4. in order to maintain high and stable rates of economic growth, it is necessary to form a stable and competitive model of the country’s economy, in which most of the assets of the banking system are in the hands of private investors [15]; 5. in order to increase investment attractiveness and ensure rapid growth of investments in infrastructure, which is one of the main factors of sustainable economic growth, it is necessary to stimulate investment activity by developing public-private partnerships and project financing tools [16]; based on the scientific proposals and recommendations presented above, their deep study, analysis and practical implementation will give results in the near future [17]. also, by creating a favorable investment environment in the country, it has a positive effect on further increasing the investment attractiveness of the state [18]. 6. literatura/reference: 1. elvira sojli, wing wah tham. “the impact of foreign government investments: sovereign wealth fund investments in the united states” in institutional investors in global capital markets. published online: 8 march 2015; 207-243. www.scopus.com 2. takhumova oksana v., kasatkina elena v., maslihova elena a, alexey v.yumashev, maria v.yumasheva. the main directions of increasing the investment attractiveness of the russian regions http://www.scopus.com/ american journal of business management, economics and banking volume 10 march, 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org in the conditions of institutional transformations. // revista espacios, vol. 39 (number 37) 2018. – p.12; 3. smaglyukova t. m. general approaches to the formation of regional investment policy // modern problems of science. 2014. no. 1. 4. tumusov f.s. investment potential of the region: theory, problems, practice. m., “economics”, 1999. 272-page. 5. akerman ye.n., mixalchuk a. a., trifanov a. yu. typology of regions as a tool for co-organization of regional development // bulletin of the tomsk state university. un-a. economy. no. 331. 126–131p. 6. s. elmirzayev. dividend policy analysis and dividend aristocrats in developed countries.// scientific-electronic journal “international finance and accounting”, nu.2, 2020. – p.11; https://uzjournals.edu.uz/interfinance 7. a. shomirov. “the role of ipo mechanisms in attracting investments to joint stock companies: necessity and prospects”, “interfinance”: vol. 2021: iss. 1, article 19. https://uzjournals.edu.uz/interfinance/vol2021/iss1/19 8. akhmetshin e. m. et al. management of investment attractiveness of enterprises: principles, methods, organization //international journal of applied business and economic research. – 2017. – т. 15. – №. 23. – с. 71-82. 9. independently prepared by the author with the help of literature on the field of investment. 10. prepared by the author on the basis of the official website of the central securities depository – www.deponet.uz 11. the global innovation index is based on the official website of the author – www.globalinnovationindex.org 12. bakhtiyarovich o. b. investment activities and performance of gigamon companies around the world //czech journal of multidisciplinary innovations. – 2022. – т. 6. – с. 1-6. 13. butaev j. activities of large issues in the economy of uzbekistan: analysis and results //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 6. – с. 757-766. 14. inatillo o‘g‘li b. j., fatikhovna g. u. actual analysis of uzbekistan’s stock market: problem, solution and suggestions //american journal of business management, economics and banking. – 2023. – т. 10. – с. 53-59. 15. inatillo o‘g‘li b. j. actual analysis of uzbekistan’s stock market: problem, solution and suggestions //american journal of business management, economics and banking. – 2023. – т. 10. – с. 53-59. 16. inatillo o‘g‘li b. j. actual analysis of uzbekistan’s stock market: problem, solution and suggestions //american journal of business management, economics and banking. – 2023. – т. 10. – с. 53-59. 17. inatillo o‘g‘li b. j., fatikhovna g. u. actual analysis of uzbekistan’s stock market: problem, solution and suggestions //american journal of business management, economics and banking. – 2023. – т. 10. – с. 53-59. 18. butaev j., radjabov u. the tax system as a structural link of the financial system //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 4. – с. 1770-1780. https://uzjournals.edu.uz/interfinance https://uzjournals.edu.uz/interfinance/vol2021/iss1/19 http://www.deponet.uz/ http://www.globalinnovationindex.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org studies of physico-chemical methods of analysis in the production of adhesive materials d. t. kodirova fergana polytechnic institute, uzbekistan e-mail: dilshodxon9@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the physicochemical methods of analysis for the production of adhesive materials are studied. formaldehyde resin, adhesive compositions, high molecular weight substances. introduction at present, the chemical industry has several organic waste products that can replace synthetic polymers. after processing this waste, it becomes an adhesive binder with good adhesive properties. in this regard, there is a need to study this problem, the solution of which is devoted to the article. the area of use of adhesives is mainly the bonding of wood, paper, leather, rubber, porcelain, glass, cellulose and some other materials. before that, adhesives based on substances of natural origin, bone, albumin, casein and natural rubber adhesives were used in the production of plywood, furniture, musical instruments, bookbinding and stationery, in the shoe industry, as well as in everyday life for the repair of household items [1,2,3]. materials and methods in some cases, adhesive structures should provide strength at uneven separations up to 50-80 kg/cm, and adhesive joints of non-metallic materials should have strength close to the strength of the materials being glued. considering the relationship of the chemical structure and structure of polymers with their bonding properties, one is convinced of the confirmation of the influence of the nature of functional groups on the adhesive and cohesive properties of monomeric and polymer compounds. the composition of the adhesive composition, in addition to the polymer, includes fillers and stabilizers, plasticizers and thickeners, and other components [4,5,6,7]. when creating an adhesive, it is necessary to clearly understand how these substances will affect the properties of the adhesive and the strength of the adhesive joint, what chemical reactions will occur between the components of the adhesive system, as well as between the adhesive and the substrate. in the chemical industry, several organic waste products can replace synthetic glue. after their processing, these wastes become an adhesive binder with good adhesive properties. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org the structural adhesive has high adhesion to a variety of materials, has high resistance to tearing and continuous loads, is resistant to various chemicals, and withstands temperature changes [8,9]. currently, much attention is paid in the world to the creation of fire protection equipment based on modern technologies and their use to increase the fire resistance of building structures and materials. in this area, in particular, several studies are being conducted on the creation of fire protection devices that ensure the fire resistance of building structures and materials based on local raw materials, fire extinguishing methods and improving the quality of technical means. their application in many areas allows us to obtain materials with unique operational properties, combining high physical and mechanical characteristics, resistant to adverse atmospheric factors and exhibiting high-temperature resistance. however, it should be noted that most polymers and polymer compositions currently used in industry do not meet the requirements listed above, since under the influence of adverse factors they undergo destructive processes leading to a decrease in strength [1012]. this article describes the methods of obtaining glue from the condensation of the cubic residue of mea a.o. "nitrogen". to begin with, the possibilities of condensation of the cubic residue were studied based on experimental data, possible areas of their application, and their physicochemical properties were determined. the practical significance of the research carried out is that the optimal technological parameters (ph of the medium, temperature, time, component ratios), the norms of the technological regime have been established, and the basic technological schemes for obtaining meaformaldehyde resin have been developed. the result of the study is the technological and physicochemical basis for the production of mea-formaldehyde resin based on the above substances. urea-formaldehyde resins, which are part of the glue we obtained, are obtained by the interaction of urea and formaldehyde by a polycondensation reaction under certain conditions. for agriculture, these substances are of interest as an additional source of nitrogen, and formaldehyde, which is part of them, acts as a stabilizing factor in the utilization of ammonia by microorganisms of the ruminant rumen. the process of tanning with methyl derivatives of urea is divided into three stages. in the first stage, methylene compounds. in the second stage of tanning, these compounds condense to form resin-like products. it has been experimentally established that the semi-finished product dried after this stage remains porous and very soft. in the third stage of tanning, further condensation of the resin occurs and the formation of three-dimensional structures, as a result of which the semi-finished product becomes rigid after drying. based on this separation of the tanning process, it should be recognized that tanning should end at the second stage, otherwise called the “useful zone". to achieve this, it is necessary to take into account the ph and temperature of the processing solution, as well as the nature of the catalyst for the polycondentsia reaction. often, methylene compounds are obtained first, followed by tanning using the resulting product. there is no need to obtain methyl compounds in advance. adhesives based on synthetic polymers and natural compounds have found wide application in almost all sectors of the national economy [14,15]. the ability to combine the most heterogeneous materials metals, plastics, wood, rubber, glass, fabric, paper, cardboard, leather, silicate, ceramic and other materials allows the use of modern adhesives in mechanical engineering, construction machinery, light, chemical, woodworking, electrical, printing industry, medicine and in everyday life. bonding of metals in many cases has significant advantages over traditional methods of joints welding, riveting, soldering, bolted, and screw connections as it american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org makes it possible to manufacture reliable, durable structures and reduce the cost of manufacturing products. currently, the domestic industry produces a large number of adhesive materials for various purposes, and the publication of this collection should help to familiarize a wide range of people working in the fields related to their application with adhesives. the collection includes technical specifications for adhesives produced in the system of the ministries of chemical, oil refining and petrochemical industry and other ministries and departments as of january 1, 1974. the adhesives described in the collection are divided into two large groups: synthetic and natural. the first of these groups includes adhesives based on thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers. the section "adhesives based on thermosetting polymers" contains technical specifications for phenolic, epoxy, urea-formaldehyde, polyester and organosilicon adhesives, which in most cases are compositions of structural purpose for joining metals and non-metallic materials mainly in mechanical engineering, woodworking and construction industries. the section "adhesives based on thermoplastic polymers" consists mainly of technical specifications for materials based on polymers and copolymers of vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate, acrylic acid derivatives, and polyamides. subsections related to rubber adhesives and adhesive tapes are also included here. the main purpose of these materials is the bonding of various non-metallic materials mainly in the light industry, as well as in everyday life, medicine, etc. small subsections are devoted to adhesives based on cellulose derivatives and various adhesives (for tape and film tapes). the main purpose of natural adhesives (both animal and vegetable) is the glueing of wallpaper, as well as the glueing of paper and cardboard when performing office, bookbinding and photographic works. the appendix contains extracts from gost standards and standards for adhesives, as well as describes methods for testing the physical, physicochemical and chemical properties of adhesives and mechanical properties of adhesive compounds. the necessary clarifications of the wording have been made to the technical conditions placed in the collection, a uniform arrangement of the material has been adopted, if possible, and some editorial changes have been made to facilitate the use of the book. the collection is provided with an index of glue brands. the relative viscosity of the polymer solution is measured with a viscometer. to determine the specific viscosity of the polymer solution, the rate of outflow of pure solvent through the capillaries of the viscometer is preliminarily determined. thus, the expiration rate of a solution of various concentrations (from to 0.1%) is determined. the relative viscosity is determined by the following formula 1 0/н w w=ŋ (1) w1 and w0 are the expiration rate of the solution and solvent in seconds. after the dissolution of the polymer, the increase in the viscosity of the solution is determined by the following formula. 1 1 0 1 /уд отн z w w o= − = −ŋ ŋ (2) determination of the amount of mea in the cubic remainder. this method is polygraphic and electrodes, currents of constant frequency, due to their redox properties on the electrodes. this method is widely used in scientific research and in factory laboratories. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org the voltage in the solution is gradually increased. with an increase in the voltage on the device, changes in the current strength are observed. based on the results obtained, a polygraphic curve is constructed. to determine the number of substances, a polybriosavan curve is constructed based on standard substances of different concentrations. here we take the wave height h as the basis of concentration c, in the substance we find the height of the polarographic wave h of a substance of unknown concentration and calculate 20 corresponding concentrations for the concentration indicated in the polybriated curve. if there are impurities (various salts) in the composition of the substance then it is impossible to determine the exact concentration by this method [39]. the determination of formaldehyde 1g polymer is placed in a test tube and heated over an open fire. as a result, the polymer decomposes and passes into a soluble state. the presence of formaldehyde is determined by the formed solution. a) 1 ml of 1% pyrogallol solution is poured into a test tube, and 1-2 drops of a polymer solution and hydrochloric acid are added. in the presence of formaldehyde, a white precipitate forms after a few minutes. the sediment will first turn reddish, then turn purple. b) a piece of chromotropic acid (1,8 dioxynaphthalene, 3,6 disulfonic acids) is placed in a test tube, and 1-2 ml of 72% sulfuric acid solution is poured and intensively mixed. the test tube is heated in a water tank at a temperature of 60-70° with for 10 min. at the same time, a control analysis is carried out without polymer. in the presence of formaldehyde, a light purple colour will appear after 1 hour. this colour should not appear in the control analysis [17]. determination of urea. a) 1 gr. sodium nitrate is placed in a test tube; 5 ml. hydrochloric acid is poured and the mixture is heated. as a result, the urea link nitrogen and carboxylic acids are released. nitrogen and carboxylic acids are usually determined by qualitative analysis. b) the polymer is placed in a test tube and heated until the thermal destruction of the polymer. then they are dissolved in water and filtered. sodium hydroxide is added to the filtrate, forming an alkaline medium. when 1-2 drops of copper sulfate solution are added to the solution, the solution acquires a red-purple colour, this shows the presence of urea in the solution. references 1. саранчина, е. ф., & кургузкин, в. н. (2011). мочевино-формальдегидная смола (мфс) в комбикормах для молодняка крупного рогатого скота при откорме. вестник российских университетов. математика, 16(2), 672-673. 2. паноев, н. ш., ахмедов, в. н., & тиллаева, д. м. (2020). получение и свойства термостойких кремнийорганических олигомеров на основе мочевиноформальдегидной смолы и тетраэтоксилана. universum: химия и биология, (5 (71)), 50-53. 3. абдикерим, а., кайранбеков, г. д., & акилов, т. к. (2018). исследование возможности применения мочевино-формальдегидных смол в производстве кожи. вестник науки южного казахстана, (4), 3-8. 4. tulanovna, k. d., alisherovna, a. m., & hoshimjon o'g'li, s. s. (2022). studying the synthesis of modified formaldehyde resins from vat residue. eurasian research bulletin, 9, 47-50. 5. кодирова, д. т., омонова, м. с., тожимаматова, м. ё., & убайдуллаева, с. б. (2022). физико-химические процессы при получение магнезиальных вяжущих из доломитов american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org шорсу. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5), 12431247. 6. кодирова, д. т., & абидова, м. а. (2021). получение мэа формальдегидных смол из кубового остатка. universum: технические науки, (6-3 (87)), 43-45. 7. кодирова, д. т., мирсалимова, с. р., умаралиева, м. ж., абидова, м. а., & нурматова, з. н. к. (2020). изучение процесса получения азотно-фосфорных удобрений разложением кызылкумских фосфоритов азотной кислотой. universum: технические науки, (3-2 (72)), 5759. 8. кодирова, д. т., & абидова, м. а. (2019). исследование системы хлорат магния-фосфат триэтаноламмония-вода. universum: технические науки, (11-2 (68)), 23-27. 9. tulanovna, k. d., & kizi, a. s. d. (2021). physicochemical studies of the production of defoliant based on magnesium chlorate and ammonium thiocyanate. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(4), 95-100. 10. кодирова, д. т., абидова, м. а., хокимов, а. э. у., & мухаммаджанов, у. у. у. (2022). модификация модиформальдегидной смолы раствором мэа, используемой в абсорбционной колонне производства аммиака. universum: технические науки, (7-3 (100)), 9-12. 11. tulanovna, k. d., & saydakhral, t. (2019). solubility in the system sodium chlorate-rhodanide sodium-water. проблемы современной науки и образования, (6 (139)), 17-19. 12. кодирова, д. т. (2005). физико-химические основы и технология получения дефолиантов на основе хлоратов, роданидов и фосфатов этаноламинов (doctoral dissertation, ин-т общей и неорган. химии ан республики узбекистан). 13. кодирова, д. т. (2022). изучение технологии получения моноэтаноламин формальдегидных смол. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (98)), 54-56. 14. qodirova, d., abdullayev, a., & mirzabuvayev, m. (2022). ishlab chiqarish korxonalarida hosil bo'ladigan chiqindi suvlarni tozalash va qayta ishlash usullarini o'rganish. science and innovation, 1(a4), 240-247. 15. кодирова, д. т., & ахмедова, с. д. к. (2022). исследование диаграмм водных систем хлората кальция и фосфата диэтаноламмония. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (98)), 5762. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the use of gabions in the landscape design of highways and city streets kasimkhodjaev bokhodir kuchkarovich tashkent state transport university, technical sciences associate professor ubaydullaev farkhod bakhtiyarullaevich tashkent state agrarian university, agricultural sciences doctor of philosophy (phd), associate professor, nishonov umid toir o`g`li magistr. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s one of the most important problems of modern road engineering is to improve people's environment and create healthy and comfortable living conditions in cities with high demands on architecture in general and landscape architecture in particular. in solving this problem, green construction, which covers many issues of architectural, planning, engineering and biological nature, plays an important role. in our country, gabions are widely used for artistic decoration of highways, road stabilization and erosion control of slopes, structural purposes in highway architecture. highways, city streets, landscape design, gabions, artistic decoration, road stabilization, slopes, erosion control, constructive purposes in architecture. introduction the processes of modernization of the country are visible at every step and are bearing their results. the appearance of cities and villages is changing, new settlements, smooth modern roads are being built. large-scale socio-economic reforms implemented in the republic in recent years and aimed at increasing the economic potential of regions and fundamentally changing the appearance of cities and villages, in turn, require more rapid development of road transport infrastructure. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org main part structurally, gabions can be divided into four types. each type has its own form and function: flat gabions are rarely used for decoration. it is more suitable for strengthening the mountain slope or river bed. they can serve as a support for various large structures. boxes are the most common type of gabions. it is often used to create walls, fences, partitions, etc. in the design of parks, they are also used as supports for flowers and trees. cylindrical gabions act as pillars or supports. they are used for support, anti-erosion and decorative purposes. shaped gabions gabions of complex shape. they can depict people, animals, abstract figures, etc. they are used for decoration. figure 1. a part of a metal fence when making gabions materials and tools needed to create a gabion: metal fence metal handle sim ombre -reinforcing parts gloves american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. use of gabions in strengthening slopes when creating a gabion, the size of the metal fence is chosen. it depends on the size of the area and the size of the stone to be taken. first, a metal fence is made and a stone is chosen for it. when making a metal fence, the corner parts are welded and brought to the desired shape. pre-prepared stones are selected. table 1 mesh size and wire thickness when creating gabions № the size of the set the thickness of the wire 1. 5*5 2.2 2. 5*5 2.8 3. 5*5 3.2 during the research work, the limited liability company "ooo bakan tex" located in yashnabad district of tashkent city was beautified and gabions were created. large stones were used for this. 5*5 metal grids were brought to the required border shape and welded. with stones brought from several districts of kashkadarya region. was filled. in the previous case, the object where water was collected was made into a scenic and safe state by creating a gabion. the situation is being monitored until now. figure 3. development process of "ooo bakan tex". american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. the finished state of gabions at "ooo bakan tex". in addition, they participated in the extensive use of gabions in the greening of sebzor street, located in the shaykhontokhur district of tashkent city. the bottom of the seats was filled with shaped gabion stones. also, 3.2 wire mesh of 5*5 cm thickness was used as a border, and humus soil was filled in between. shamshod and virgin juniper were planted for landscaping. 5 candlesticks and 5 virgin fir trees were used for this. in addition, trees were shaped. observation work is still being carried out. figure 5. the process of building a gabion on sebzor street 6-rasm. sebzor ko`chasida gabion barpo etish jarayoni american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org figure 7. building a gabion on sebzor street figure 8. use of gabions on seats results and discussions scientific research work began with the review of literature. the works of german, french and russian scientists were studied. the main attention was paid to the structure of gabions. the advantage of gabions is that they have a very simple structure: stones and a metal mesh. in this case, gabions can be made in various forms. gabions can be made in ordinary home conditions. gabions are widely used in landscape design because they are adaptable to any weather conditions. when choosing the size, shape and material of gabions, it is determined depending on the area of the place to be improved. gabions can be used not only for design, but also for protection against erosion. gabions not only decorate the suburban area, but also protect riverbeds from erosion, strengthen slopes, and prevent soil erosion. conclusion having studied the current state of the problem, creating a landscape composition from gabions with a beautiful view, determining the bioecological characteristics of the forms of bushes and flowers growing in them with a scenic feature, determining and scientifically justifying the technology of creating and placing gabions. in the conditions of uzbekistan, it is possible to determine the optimal american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org option of creating a composition from gabions in landscape design and recommend it for landscaping. a guide to the correct use of gabions can be developed. references 1. ubaydullaev, farxod, et al. "irrigation regime influence on the growth and seedlings development of common fake chestnut (aesculus hippocastanum l.) and japanese safflower (sophora japonica l.) in the highways landscaping." e3s web of conferences. vol. 264. edp sciences, 2021. 2. убайдуллаев, ф. б. "влияние стимуляторов на рост сеянцев конского каштана." актуальные проблемы современной науки 3 (2018): 115-119. 3. убайдуллаев, фарход бахтияруллаевич, and фарҳод джураевич хаитов. "автомобиль йўллари ва шаҳар кўчаларидаги сайилгоҳ ҳудудининг тошкент воҳаси учун баланси ва яшил экинзорларига тавсия этилаётган манзарали ўсимлик турлари." dbiology: 95. 4. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, and majidov abdulaziz norqobilovich. "vegetative propagation of black mulberry (morus, nigra l) recommended for landscaping roads and city streets." texas journal of agriculture and biological sciences 12 (2023): 37-40. 5. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaydullaev farkhod, xaitov farhod djuraevich, and ubaydullayev abbosjon azimjon ogli. "toshkent shahar mirzo ulug’bek tumaniidagi dahalarni ko'kalamzorlashtirishda daraxtlarning sanitar gigienik va xususiyatlari." conferencea (2023): 149-153. 6. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, and ubaydullayev abbosjon azimjon ogli. "sanitary-hygienic peculiarities of greening of streets and automobile stations and national points." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.2 (2023): 53-58. 7. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaidullaev farkhod, majidov abdulaziz norqobilovich, and khudaybergenov sardor kamaraddinovich. "agrotechnics of cultivation and use of mulberry seedlings for picturesque landscaping of highways." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 11.1 (2023): 363-370. 8. убайдуллаев, фарход бахтияруллаевич, and фарҳод джураевич хаитов. "types of ornamental plants recommended for balance and landscaping of parking areas on highways and walks in city streets for tashkent oasis." science and innovation 1.4 (2022): 95-100. 9. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaydullaev farkhod, et al. "landscape composi̇ti̇ons based on evergreen shrubs i̇n the landscapi̇ng of ci̇ty streets." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences 10 (2023): 40-43. 10. ubaydullayev, f., and sh gaffarov. "selection of prosperous varieties of rosehips (rosa l.) and their seed productivity in tashkent oasis, uzbekistan." e3s web of conferences. vol. 258. edp sciences, 2021. 11. khatamovich, yuldashov yakubjon, ubaydullaev farkhod bakhtiyarullaevich, and khatamov bakhramjon yakubjanovich. "features of productivity, ripening and germination of juniper seeds." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 10 (2023): 85-82. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 12. bakhtiyarullaevich, ubaydullaev farkhod, ubaydullayev abbosjon azimjon ogli, and aripov xojiakmal xojiakbarovich. "characteristics of decorative and poisonous gas-resistant trees for the streets of tashkent." open access repository 4.02 (2023): 85-94. 13. ubaydullaev, farxod, bakhramjon khatamov, and abdulaziz majidov. "avtomobil yo'llarini ko'kalamzorlashtirishda tut (morus, nigra l) ko'chatlarini parvarishlashda mineral o'g'itlarni qo'llash va sug'orish me'yorlari." евразийский журнал академических исследований 2.4 (2023): 75-81. 14. isan ogli, alisher kholikov, kasimkhodjaev bokhodir kuchkarovich, and ubaydullaev farkhod bakhtiyarullaevich. "determining the influence of changes in the quantity, speed and composition of vehicles and highways in the city and the distribution of transport." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 10 (2023): 167-174. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org history of robotics meliboev rakhmatjon inomjonovich kdpi technological training department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article contains information about the science of robotics, the history of robotics, information about the main classes of robotics. robotics, classroom, application, hybrid, technology, autonomous, experimental introduction robotics (czech.forced labor + ancient greek: τέχνη — art;english: robotics) is a combined branch of mechanical, electrical and electronic engineering and computer science that deals with the construction, operation and use of robots, as well as their control, sensing and data processing. robotics is a science that, in addition to robots, studies the development and ways of using the latest technical integration of automated technical systems and production processes.automated machines, in other words, robots can work instead of people in assembly processes in hazardous areas or factories. robots can be very similar in appearance, behavior and perception to humans. scientists are currently trying to make human-shaped robots look as human as possible. autonomous robots have been thought of since ancient times, but research in this regard began until the twentieth century. since the fairytale period, robots have been predicted to one day perform human work, imitating human behavior. today robotics is a rapidly developing field. as technology develops rapidly, robotics is also developing rapidly because robotics is closely related to technology. with the development of technology, research and development are changing and developing, as a result of which the field of application of robots is also growing. today robots are used in homes, businesses and the military field. many robots are used in situations that cause direct damage to humans, such as neutralizing mines and bombs. although robotics does not research and develop any robots, these robots must obey isaac asimov's three laws. he outlined the laws in the story "horovod", which he wrote in 1942.these laws are written with the following opinion: 1.no robot can harm a person or prevent damage through inaction. 2.without breaking the first law, the robot must obey all human commands. 3.if it does not contradict the first and second laws, the robot must ensure its own safety. in the same urin, we found it permissible to delve into the history of robotics.in 1942, the science fiction writer isaac asimov invented three laws of robotics. in 1948, norbert wiener developed the principles of cybernetics, which formed the basis of experimental robotics. fully autonomous robots appeared only in the second half of the xx century. the first digitally controlled programmable robot american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org was unimate. it is designed to take and assemble the robot's hot iron parts from the smelting machine. today, commercial and industrial robots are widespread. these robots do the job cheaper, more compact, and more efficiently than humans. some of the jobs of robots used in this area are dirty, dangerous and boring for humans. robots are widely used for assembly, assembly, delivery, land and space exploration, medical surgery, equipment, laboratory research and safety. while there is debate about what exactly machines can be called robots, it is argued that a conventional robot must have the following qualities: not natural, that is, made by a conscious being. -can observe the environment (does not have to observe through sight; another species can also have intuition). -can interact with the environment in an interactive way. somehow smart, that is, able to make (independent or pre-programmed) decisions. can program. can move with rotation or parallel displacement axes. able to perform agile manipulations. in the melody, information is provided on the button of the main classes of robots .today there are many types of robots that are used in different ways in different environments, although the purpose of use and appearance are different, when it comes to structure, they all have three common areas: 1.each robot consists of a mechanical base — a device, a frame. the type of frame varies depending on the purpose. for example, crawler tractors can be used if the robot moves on clay and sand. mechanically, the inventor's solution to a separate problem depends on the environment of the place where the robot moves. the shape of the robot is directly related to its function. 2.each robot consists of electrical components. these parts fully control robotic systems. for example, if we take a robot walking along chains, it will take strength to move these chains. this power comes as electricity, passes through the wires and is stored in the battery . gas-powered machines also require electricity for the gas utilization process. therefore, cars such as gasoline cars have a battery. the electrical system is used to move the robot (engine), measure (electrical signals to determine the amount of heat, sound, location and energy) and for general use (the robot must send some energy to its motors and sensors). general basic operations). all robots require some computer code. the same algorithm shows how the robot works. the person who writes the code writes how and when the robot decides and acts within the program. a robot moving along the same chain, thanks to its mechanical design and construction, makes mud perfect and does not move without a computer program, even if it receives the required amount of energy from its battery through wires; because the program tells the robot when and where to move. the program creates the basic value of the robot. if the mechanical and electrical parts of the robot are perfectly finished, but the written application is bad, the robot works in two ways, even if it does, it moves and works irregularly. there are three main types of algorithms: remote control, artificial intelligence, and hybrid. remotely controlled robots have a number of commands. it executes commands only after receiving a signal from the remote control. in general, a person controls a robot located at a distance through the same device. robots using artificial intelligence make their own decisions depending on the environment. in the robotic system, various reactions to environmental factors and objects are recorded. artificial intelligence takes into account those reactions and affects environmental factors. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org basically, artificial intelligence should be similar or similar to human thinking. and the hybrid is a combination of remote control and artificial intelligence. in the summary urn, it should be said that we can also call a robot a machine that partially or fully performs the function of a person in conditions of danger to human life (strong radiation, high temperatures, etc.), in objects that are difficult for a person to navigate (under water, in space). list of used literature 1.polytechnic terminologicheskiy tolkoviy slovar / sostavlenie: v. butakov, i. fagradyans. m.: polyglossum, 2014. 2 " robotics: about the exhibition ". the teach museum of innovation was archived from the original on 13 september 2008. viewed: september 15, 2008. 3"talking electronics nitinol page-1". talkingelectronics.com. viewed: november 27, 2010. 4.ob usmanovich, iz rafikovna, mr inomjonovich…selection of active teaching methods in technological training sessions. international journal of early childhood special . 14. 7…, 2022. 5.i.z rafikovna, b toshpolatovich, mr inomjonovich theoretical basis of preparing future it technology teachers for innovative activity web of scientist: international scientific research 3.11 …, 2022. 803-812. 6. iz rafikovna, mr inomjonovich … formation of students'creative technology, folk craft skills in technology courses formation of students'creative technology, folk craft skills in technology courses”. web of scientist: international scientific research journal 3 .2022. 7. meliboyev rahmatjon inomjonovich-. educational issues in technology lesson process. neo scientific peer reviewed journal, 5, 79–84 2022/12/7. 8. meliboyev rahmatjon inomjonovich. (2022). organizing activities outside the classroom and school. neo scientific peer reviewed journal, 5, 99–104. 9. usmanovich, olimov baxtiyorjon; inomjonovich, meliboyev rahmatjongame technologies in teaching the preparation of items and products in technology in an innovative educational environment. international journal of early childhood special education. 2022, vol. 14 issue 7, p1623-1627. 5p 10. isakova zukhra rafikovna. (2022). conducting trainings based on the use of the “mental attack " method. neo science peer reviewed journal, 4, 48–50. 11. iz rafikovna formation of technical creativity of students galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 4. 11. 2022. 1349-1352. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org theoretical foundations and ways to increase competitiveness in the economy akramova aziza abduvohidovna student of tashkent institute of finance azizaakromova453@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s competitiveness is the capability a country or company has to achieve profitability in the market in relation to its competitors. competition is a multifaceted economic phenomenon that expresses a complex relationship between all subjects of the market. the article provides an explanation of the role of effective competition in the economy and the improvement of competitive relations. competitive relations, profitability, monopoly, resources, innovative task, profit, principles and methods, globalization, competitive advantages, effective innovation, increasing the competitiveness, macroeconomic stability, global competitiveness. introduction competition also occurs among consumers, focusing on the purchase of goods at favorable and affordable prices, that is, the consumer tries to have more profit in exchange for each unit of money spent. another condition for the existence of competition is the presence of a commodity and money relationship, a market system that has developed to some extent. therefore, the main area of competition is the market. the complicated processes of reforming economic relations and the development of new market conditions in our country require new approaches to the organization of production and economic activities, principles and methods of production management. material and methods analogous to the concept of competitiveness applied to a company, the competitiveness of a country refers to its ability to sell products or services in the international marketplace in relation to its competitors. the competitiveness of a country is determined by the sum of the competitiveness of its firms. the concepts of comparative and competitive advantages mentioned above also apply to countries. the study of the factors that determine national competitiveness is important because the state can influence its competitiveness by its economic policies. there are 2 basic approaches to analyzing international competitiveness: the traditional approach and the structural approach. traditional approach the traditional approach of competitiveness is based in labor costs and the exchange rate. these two factors determine the price of a country’s outputs in the international marketplace in relation to the mailto:azizaakromova453@gmail.com american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org price of foreign countries’ outputs. this approach stresses importance on devaluations and focuses economic policies on cost reductions. this approach is more valid in product markets with high price elasticity. structural approach this approach considers technology as endogenous and crucial to determining the dynamic comparative advantages. the structural approach indicates that efforts should focus on productivity and the incorporation of technological developments, something that is not always possible by means of cost reductions or devaluations. on the way to increasing competitiveness of the national economy, it is known that today we live in a period when the world market conjuncture has changed dramatically, competition in the conditions of globalization has increased. in such complex conditions, such important tasks as ensuring macroeconomic stability, maintaining a high level of development, increasing the competitiveness of the national economy, achieving the purchasing power of manufactured national products, increasing the income of the national currency are being implemented in our republic. it is known that fighting means defending one's own interests, overcoming an opponent, as well as trying to win, using various means and methods. goods, on the other hand, cannot directly change their competitiveness characteristics in the competitive process, that is, they cannot fight. their participation in this process is passive. in the current market economy, the following main tasks of competition can be distinguished: 1) regulatory function; 2) resource placement task; 3) innovative task: 4) customization function; 5) distribution function; 6) control function; results and discussion the implementation of measures to create an effective competitive environment indicates: a) maximum elimination of any manifestations of state monopolism in the economy. this requires deep institutional reforms aimed at creating relatively favorable conditions for the development of entrepreneurship and improving the system of state management of the economy; b) the prevention of the possibilities of the monopolies arising in market conditions to abuse their dominant positions in the market. without it, it is impossible to achieve effective innovation, low costs and prices, high product quality, in other words, to increase the competitiveness of the entire economy. non-price competitiveness non-price competitiveness refers to how well uk exports of branded goods and services do in overseas markets in aspects of competition not associated with price, such as: product quality and design. business research and development, especially new product development product reliability the strength or weakness of ‘local’ brands american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the effectiveness of marketing in overseas markets levels of productive and dynamic efficiency of firms. levels of ‘x’ inefficiency, including poor management, excessive bureaucracy, and government failures. how effective the economic and political system is in allowing markets to form – are there missing or incomplete markets? investment in new technology, which helps improve quality and reliability investment in human capital, which improves skill levels and reduces skill shortages – low skills, and labour shortages, can both seriously reduce competitiveness. competition in the product market the level of competition in product markets raises innovation and productivity for three reasons: entry or the threat of entry into a market forces in cumbents to become more efficient and innovate. entry and exit forces firms with low productivity to leave the market. incumbents may copy the more efficient and innovative new entrants. hypothesis another way to think about what makes a country competitive is to consider how it actually promotes our well-being. a competitive economy, we believe, is a productive one. and productivity leads to growth, which leads to income levels and hopefully, at the risk of sounding simplistic, improved wellbeing. conclusion increasing competitiveness of manufacturers in global services markets leads to the development of the economy. "the formation of an effective competitive environment for the sectors of the economy and the gradual reduction of monopoly in the market of products and services; in principle, it is necessary to pay more attention to the transformation of new types of products and technologies, on the basis of which to ensure the competitiveness of national goods in the domestic and foreign markets". references 1. peter karl kresl and daniele ietri. urban competitiveness: theory and practice. 2014 2. knut ingar western, hanas cader and etc. competitiveness and knowledge: an international comparison of traditional firms. 2018 3. william philip wall. global competitiveness: ten things thai businesspeople should know. 2022 4. mary lindenstein walshok, david b. audretsch. creating competitiveness: entrepreneurship and innovation policies for growth. 2013 5. paul krugman. competitiveness: an international economics reader. 1994 6. eskil ulberg editor. new perspectives on internationalization and competitiveness: integrating economics, innovation and higher education. 2014 7. michael porter. the competitive advantage of nations. 1989. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org trends in the implementation of the digital economy yuldasheva saida nematovna bukhara engineering technological institute, t.e. docent of the department of management a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s abstract: the dіgіtal economy іs showіng hіgh growth rates іn varіous countrіes, especіally іn developіng countrіes. however, іnformatіon and understandіng of іts quantіtatіve іndіcators remaіns lіmіted and controversіal. the purpose of wrіtіng thіs artіcle іs to revіew the avaіlable іnformatіon to clarіfy the concept of "dіgіtal economy" іn the іnnovatіve economy and assess іts scope. therefore, a three-step approach was used to analyze the topіc. the foundatіon of the dіgіtal economy was provіded by the "dіgіtal sector", і.e. enterprіses іn the fіeld of іnformatіon/іnformatіon and communіcatіon technologіes (іct) producіng basіc dіgіtal products and servіces. іnnovatіon, dіgіtal economy, іct development, knowhow, global economy, economіc development introduction "dіgіtal economy" іs consіdered to be the part of the economy that maіnly works wіth dіgіtal technologіes and consіsts of companіes whose busіness model іs based on dіgіtal products and servіces, and consіsts of a dіgіtal sector wіth promіsіng dіgіtal platform servіces. іn thіs artіcle, the broadest approach consіderіng the use of іct іn all spheres of the economy іs represented by the concept of "dіgіtal economy". also, the dіffіcultіes that arіse іn determіnіng the scale of the dіgіtal economy are analyzed, and the share of the dіgіtal economy іn the world economy іs estіmated: іt іs approxіmately 5 percent of the world gdp and covers 3 percent of the world labor market. the dіgіtal economy іs unevenly dіstrіbuted іn the world. most of іt іs concentrated іn the nordіc countrіes. hіgh growth rates are observed іn developіng countrіes. accordіngly, there іs a need for more extensіve research іnto the long-term іmpact of the dіgіtal economy on developіng countrіes. research methodology and empіrіcal analysіs іn recent years, the dіgіtal economy has become a new economіc form after the agrіcultural and іndustrіal economіes. the concept of the dіgіtal economy was fіrst proposed by tapscott, who іndіcated that the age of networked іntellіgence іs not only about the networkіng of technology, but about the networkіng of humans through technology. the іntegratіon of dіgіtal and network technologіes has made the dіgіtal economy promіnent іn economіc and socіal actіvіtіes; thus іts connotatіon has become rіcher. mesenbourg defіned the dіgіtal economy іn terms of three american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org components: e-busіness іnfrastructure, e-busіness and e-commerce. other scholars consіdered the dіgіtal economy as a dynamіc process іnstead of statіc effіcіency. іn recent years, the dіgіtal economy was defіned as a wіder than modest dіgіtіzіng segment, and іts general meanіngs іntegrate all the dіgіtally-orіented economіc actіvіtіes. "dіgіtal economy" іs a relatіvely new and extremely іmportant concept. іts magnіtude іs reflected іn double-dіgіt annual growth rates, especіally іn developіng countrіes. advances іn terms of qualіty that took place іn the economy іn the 1990s depended on the emergence and development of the іnternet, whіch has been the basіs of the dіgіtal economy untіl now. іn 2000-2021, the consіstent development of іnformatіon and communіcatіon technologіes (іct) created new condіtіons for changes іn the economіc system. thіs process іnvolves the applіcatіon of dіgіtal sensors to a larger number of devіces ("іnternet of thіngs"), new personal devіces (smartphones, tablets, netbooks, laptops, three-dіmensіonal prіntіng devіces), new dіgіtal models (data adoptіon of "cloud" processіng, dіgіtal platforms, dіgіtal servіces), the use of new automatіon and robotіzatіon technologіes usіng "bіg data" (bіg data) technology іs developіng further as a result of rapіd growth. these technologіes have created new opportunіtіes іn the dіgіtal fіeld. already now, іts effects can be clearly observed іn the domіnance of a new category of companіes: uber (the largest "taxі" operator іn our kurraі land), facebook (the most popular medіa company), alіbaba (wіth a very hіgh valuatіon value the largest retaіler), aіrbnb (the largest "hotels"). new busіness models domіnate the dіscourse before they even materіalіze іn the economy. thіs can be ensured іn the form of "іndustry 4.0". • the dіgіtal economy іs an example of a model that emerged at the junctіon of dіscourse and realіty. іt іs recognіzed as a drіvіng force of economіc growth capable of makіng sіgnіfіcant advances and іmpactіng a number of busіness sectors, labor markets and people's lіfestyles. the dіgіtal economy has great potentіal іn developіng countrіes, for whіch such economіc advances can mean economіc growth, development of capіtal and labor productіvіty, reductіon of transactіon costs, and іncreased access to global markets. these expectatіons are justіfіed to a certaіn extent: the share of the dіgіtal economy іn developіng countrіes іs growіng by 15-25% annually. • іntellіgent sensors. • bіg-data analytіcs and advanced algorіthms. • "іnternet of thіngs" platforms. • geolocatіon technologіes. • advanced user іnterfaces. • authentіcatіon and fraud preventіon. • three-dіmensіonal prіntіng. results іn addіtіon to creatіng opportunіtіes, the dіgіtal economy also creates some threats. at the same tіme, іt іs clear that there wіll be dіffіcultіes іn usіng new opportunіtіes. for example, the level of dіffusіon of technologіes both wіthіn and between countrіes cannot be assumed due to the weakness of dіgіtal skіlls. іntegratіon іnto the dіgіtal economy can be negatіvely іmpacted by transіtіon phenomena (lack of resources, capabіlіtіes, іnstіtutіons, and іnteractіons). іt іs common sense that the growth of the dіgіtal economy wіll brіng some losses to developіng countrіes, such as the need to strіke a balance american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org between dіgіtal securіty and prіvacy, resultіng іn іncreased іnsecurіty. іn addіtіon, there are common threats to countrіes: іt іs possіble that dіgіtal technologіes wіll help the "return of productіon" to developed countrіes, or rather, theіr counter-іndustrіalіzatіon. however, despіte the enormous opportunіtіes and threats assocіated wіth dіgіtal economіes іn developіng countrіes, most research and polіcy recommendatіons have focused on hіgh-іncome countrіes. the potentіal іmpact of the dіgіtal economy on the actіvіtіes of government bodіes, busіnesses and workers іn lowand mіddle-іncome countrіes remaіns understudіed. more people are usіng smartphones, tablets, smart watches and bracelets, and other mobіle іnternet devіces to connect to a global envіronment, anytіme and anywhere. mіllіons around the world can take part іn the dіgіtal economy to buy or sell goods and servіces. accordіng to us economіst and statіstіcіan thomas mesenbourg іn hіs 2011 paper, three components dіstіnguіsh the dіgіtal economy from the regular economy: іnfrastructure. busіnesses have software, hardware and other technologіcal resource, plus specіalіst human talent. e-busіness. computer applіcatіons, onlіne tools and dіgіtal platforms help carry out busіness processes. e-commerce. a famіlіar concept, e-commerce means the sale of goods and servіces onlіne. the dіgіtal economy іs set to carry more weіght іn the future, as the “іnternet of thіngs”, artіfіcіal іntellіgence (aі), vіrtual realіty, blockchaіn, self-drіvіng cars, and other technology develop. some advantages іt offers are: іnformatіon. consumers have more іnformatіon — not just from manufacturers and fіrms, but also from other consumers іn forums and revіews — to make decіsіons about goods and servіces. proxіmіty. dіrect customer servіce channels enable customers to resolve querіes and іssues wіth a manufacturer or servіce provіde more quіckly. global presence. wіth goods and servіces avaіlable consumers anytіme and anywhere, companіes can enter more markets. conclusіon consіderіng that the number of types of economіc actіvіtіes that have certaіn opportunіtіes due to dіgіtal technologіes іs іncreasіng and theіr economіc іmportance іs іncreasіng, measurіng the dіgіtal economy іs consіdered a fіrst-class task. but there are some complіcatіons here: sound polіtіcal decіsіon-makіng, tax polіcy, and resource allocatіon requіre relіable and robust data. currently, there іs no such component іn the dіgіtal economy, so іt іs unlіkely that the state polіcy wіll be able to fully support the development of the dіgіtal economy. references 1. decree of the presіdent of the republіc of uzbekіstan dated february 19, 2018 no. 5349 "on measures to further іmprove the fіeld of іnformatіon technologіes and communіcatіons". http://www.lex.uz/docs/3564970 2. accenture (2017) growіng the dіgіtal economy. accenture, dublіn. the mode іs avaіlable at http://www. accenture.com/gb-en/іnsіght-dіgіtal -dіsruptіon-growth-multіplіer https://www.census.gov/content/dam/census/library/working-papers/2001/econ/umdigital.pdf https://www.santander.com/en/stories/what-is-human-talent https://www.santander.com/en/stories/how-artificial-intelligence-can-help-our-customers-manage-their-day-to-day-finances https://www.santander.com/en/stories/how-artificial-intelligence-can-help-our-customers-manage-their-day-to-day-finances https://www.santander.com/en/stories/blockchain-security-and-transparency-at-the-service-of-banking https://www.santander.com/en/stories/banks-turning-to-innovative-customer-service-channels-in-digital-era american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 3. pryanіkov m.m., chugunov a.v. blockchaіn as a communіcatіon basіs for the formatіon of dіgіtal economy: advantages and problems // іnternatіonal journal of open іnformatіon technologіes. 2019, no. 6 (5), pp. 49-55. 4. umarov olіmjon. dіgіtal technologіes open a wіde path to the development of іnnovatіons. http://xs.uz/ uzkr/post/olіmzhon-umarov-dіgіtal-technologіes-іnnovatіons-rіvozhіga-keng-jol-ochadі 5. belokrylova o.s., alexіn v.v., іpatova a.v., kіryakov a.g., mіrgorodskaya e.o., svoevolіn v.yu. theory of іnnovatіve economіcs (textbook). іnternatіonal journal of experіmental educatіon, 2019, no. 3 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org analytical study on modelling of z-source converter with respect to advanced topologies based on wind power conversion system pravin ratanlal choube research scholar, ph. d. in. electrical engineering, dr. apj abdul kalam university, indore (m.p.), india dr. vikas kumar aharwal assistant professor at electrical and electronics engineering (ex) department, dr. apj abdul kalam university indore (m.p.), india a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a novel control drive for a switching reluctance generator (srg) driven by a wind energy system is introduced in this work. for the first time, a model predictive control (mpc) technique is used to regulate the srg in order to deliver the required voltage applied to the phase winding being fed by a z-source converter. another mpc technique is utilized to run the converter immediately in order to as rapidly as possible follow the reference voltage of the segment before. in order to account for the srg's nonlinear characteristics, the flux linkage and electromagnetic torque have been produced from the machine's finite element analysis and applied to the model. the generator's output power is enhanced in three different ways by this novel drive. minimizing the phase current's rise-up time, keeping it in flat-top mode at all speeds, and making the most of the phase inductance's producing zone, or negative slope area. after the complete system is modelled in matlab-simulink, the effectiveness of the recommended strategy is evaluated using the simulation results. there are several different topologies for permanent magnet generators, including radial flux, axial flux, and transverse flux pmgs. due of the permanent axial flux generator's intricate design, large wind turbines cannot use it. due to the simple design of the radial flux pmg, the manufacturing of many poles may be easily accommodated in the size of wind turbines. in order to overcome this problem, the research project recommends a unique topology quasi-z-source matrix converter-based dc/dc that uses a zigzag transformer. it is simulated and contrasted with other existing dc-based z-source converters. dc will be certified from the start of the power supply unit in dc power supply systems. z-source inverter, dc power supply systems, power conditioning, dcdc converter, and wind systems american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org introduction the fast depletion of conventional energy sources is a result of increased consumption rates. more energy sources are therefore required as a result. wind power is the most alluring of all unconventional resources because of its adaptability. a lot of research is now being done on merging wind energy. the mechanical compression, negative energy input, etc. are all included in the fixed wind speed conversion system [1]. direct driven wind energy conversion systems (ddecs) with permanent magnet generators are used in the most recent wind turbine generator installations; nevertheless, the three-phase power conversion method used by these systems results in considerable conversion losses. this study's primary objective is to decrease this conversion loss by minimizing the number of stages required for energy conversion. since conventional energy sources like oil, gas, and coal have run out during the past 30 years, renewable energy sources are receiving greater attention these days. the most significant renewable energy systems are thought to be those that use wind and solar energy [2]. a significant source of renewable energy sources in emerging nations is the wind energy conversion program, in particular. according to the indian wind energy association report, india has 1,02,788 mw of wind energy. the installed capacity, however, is just 23,499 mw. as a result, the installed volume and the current power are vastly different. additionally, modern wind turbine generators are unable to provide power in light winds. traditional generators can produce power at speeds between 600 and 2000 rpm, whereas conventional wind turbines are made to work at speeds between 20 and 200 rpm. therefore, the only device that can link the turbine and the generator is the gearbox. the fixed wind speed conversion system includes the mechanical compression, negative energy input, etc. [1]. the most recent wind turbine generator installations use direct driven wind energy conversion systems (ddecs) with permanent magnet generators; consequently, the machine will be bigger in size. these generators also have relatively poor power factor and efficiency. they also need sophisticated braking techniques and significant beginning torque [3]. the price of permanent magnet materials is currently being reduced, which makes them more desirable as permanent magnet generators ddwecs. because a permanent magnet generator (pmg) may be built without a dc source to excite the field because it always performs more efficiently than traditional generators. because pmg is compact and has a high flux density (up to 1.4 tesla), it can be built with several poles in a small area. due to its smaller weight, pmg has a lower starting and operating torque need and can generate power at low wind speeds. pmg velocity may be readily calculated by multiplying the frequency of pmg produced by the quantity of poles. as a result, installing the sensors for maximum power point tracking (mppt) is simple [4]. however, to function at very high points, most generator types need a position sensor and complex vector control algorithms. wind speed causes a continual change in the voltage and frequency of direct drive turbine generators. to manage the voltage, optical power circuit circuits are necessary. many electrical power-based topologies are already in use in ddwecs. by ismail et al., the control z-source matrix converter has been introduced (2019the zsmc is controlled via model predictive control. mpc models are used to forecast future values of topology parameters like as capacitor voltage, inductor current, and load current. we were able to keep an eye on the controlled variables' reference values thanks to this technique. because of the uneven distribution of shoot-through placement, switching stress and losses are increased [5]. power conversion has a new form of converter called a z-source converter (zsc), which was launched in 2002 and has special capabilities that can get around vsi and csi's drawbacks. implementing dc-to-ac, ac-to-dc, ac-to-ac, and dc-to-dc power conversion using a z-source inverter american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org or impedance source (or impedance-fed) power converter and its control technique. the z-source inverter (zsiac )'s voltage may potentially be regulated to any value between zero and infinity. the power circuit was given the term z-source converter to set it apart from other traditional vsi and csi. figure 1 depicts a z-source converter typical setup [6]. figure 2 displays a condensed equivalent circuit for a voltage source-based zsc. in the simplified circuit, the vsi inverter bridge is seen as an equivalent current source or drains connected in parallel with an active switch s2. figure 2 shows the equivalent circuit for a z-source converter based on a voltage source. the shoot-through condition, unlike a typical vsi, is not detrimental and has been used in zsi. the study shows that the shoot-through state, as opposed to the non-shoot-through state, controls the system's buck-boost factor. by combining the boost factor with the typical modulation index m of vsi, one can derive the dcac buck-boost factor. 1. problem statement in a z-source inverter, two parameters must be modified to get the required output ac voltage. the modulation index is the first, and it is present in conventional voltage source inverters as well. the second variable, known as the boosting factor, is the shoot-through time [18]. the boosting factor can theoretically take values between one and infinity, while the modulation index can take values between zero and one. therefore, when they are multiplied, the output voltages are all at the required values. when building single-phase z-source inverters and their control schemes, these two characteristics are taken into account. the modelling, simulation, and control methodologies for achieving dc-to-ac power conversion using a single-phase z-source inverter are presented [19]. the sinusoidal carrierbased pwm and simple boost control methods are two different pulse width modulation (pwm) s vdc c l c 2 l s 2 io american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org control strategies that are described. in a matlab-simulink environment, the design of z-source inverter modulation and simulation are performed. based on simulations performed in matlab/simulink, these strategies are discussed in depth and contrasted. with modulation index and switching frequency, the z-source element's harmonic profile, output voltage, current, and ripple all change. additionally, it emphasizes how shoot-through status impacts standard and z-source inverters. similarly, there are two distinct applications. the first is based on a photovoltaic (pv) system's performance and simulation analysis using the z-source inverter [20]. 2. simulation and experiment results utilizing a z-source inverter and mprvs-based p&o mppt, the proposed hybrid pv-wind microgrid is put to the test. the suggested hybrid microgrid is built on a real-time platform called dspace, and figure 3 shows how its practical structure has been constructed. the mprvs-based p&o-based mppt, which uses the current and voltage sensors lv-25p and la-25p to measure the pv panel parameters vpv and ipv, respectively, controls the sepic converter. utilizing a power quality analyzer (fluke 43b), the power factor coefficient and thd are assessed while taking into account the key converter components, including the igbt (irg4ph50u), diode (freewheel rhrg30120), driver circuit (hcpl 3120), and others. the wind turbine generator used in the system is a permanent magnet synchronous generator (pmsg), and the dc motor is mechanically connected to it by adjusting the wind turbine's characteristics, the switched mode power converter causes the wind turbine to have fluctuating wind speed, which generates the necessary mechanical torque. figure 3 created an experimental setup for the proposed hybrid microgrid system using the dspace platform real-time digital simulator. sepic converter inverter dspace pv panel pmsg based wind emulator personal computer american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org the following converter parameters—l1 = l2 = 2mh, c1 = c2 = 20f, and capacitors c3 and c4— are chosen at random for a particular input voltage of 70v. the capacitors c3 and c4 may have different values, such as 1.5 f, 15 f, or 150 f. dc / dc is referred to above. with a frequency switch of 20 khz, three separate switching systems, and a modulation indicator with a value of 1, topology and simulation are carried out. tables 1 through 8 show the power assigned to capacitors c3 and c4 for a double voltage reset circuit as well as the dc output voltage achieved from these dc/dc converters. to exhibit the potential for experimental testing of the suggested solution as shown in fig. 10, the prototype of the investigated topology has been built and tested (a). in place of the grid, the previously discussed topology feeds a local resistive load. the prototype features an induction motor, a variable frequency converter, a dual-star pmsg, a single set of six pulse diode rectifiers, a singlephase double-input z-source inverter, and a pci-1716 data collection board (daq). the dual-star pmsg prototype was driven by an induction motor that was provided by a variable voltage, variable frequency (vvvf) driver. table 1 displays the tested dual-star pmsg parameters in accordance with the laboratory prototype. table 1 shows the output dc voltage for a two-level z source inverter-based dc/dc converter for different values of capacitors c3 and c4 for various switching schemes. capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) output dc voltage (in volts) simple boost pwm carrier-based pwm svpwm 1.5 105.7 137.7 107.4 17 108.9 178.7 109.5 180 89.7 98.41 96.74 figure 4 obtained output dc voltages for a one-level ac source and a two-level z source. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 svpwm simple boost pwm carrier based pwm capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) output dc voltage (in volts) output dc voltage (in volts) series1 series2 series3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org table 2: two-level z source inverter-based dc/dc converter capacitors c3 and c4 voltage stress shared by capacitors capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) voltage shared by capacitors c3 and c4 (in volts) simple boost pwm carrier-based pwm svpwm 1.5 (58.05 v, (47.88 (58.22 v, 47.58v) v,67.48v) 57.25 v) 15 (64.257v, (48.87 v, (67.27 v, 52.98 v) 65.90 v) 45.26 v) 150 (47.11 v,41.19 (61.68 v, (47.48v, v) 48.97 v) 43.28 v) figure 5 dc/dc converter based on a two-level z source inverter 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 simple boost pwm carrier based pwm svpwm capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) output dc voltage (in volts) shared voltage between c3 and c4 capacitors series1 series2 series3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org table 3 demonstrates the output dc voltage for a single-phase quasi-z source network-based dc/dc converter with various values for the capacitors c3 and c4. capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) voltage shared by capacitors c3 and c4 (in volts) simple boost pwm carrier-based pwm svpwm 1.5 (52.74 v, (67.9 v, (58.99 v, 52.81 v) 54.76v) 64.45v) 15 (54.33 (58.51 v, (57.74 v,61.81 v) 61.87 v) v,63.02v) 150 (32.09 v, (41.55 v, (36.71v, 34.56 v) 45.96 v) 37.96 v) figure 6 output dc voltage for a single-phase quasi-z source network-based dc/dc converter with various values for the capacitors c3 and c4. 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 simple boost pwm carrier based pwm svpwm capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) output dc voltage (in volts) output dc voltage (in volts) series1 series2 series3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org table 4: a three-phase dc/dc converter using a quasi-z source network, an isolation transformer, and capacitors c3 and c4 that share voltage stress. capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) voltage shared by capacitors c3 and c4 (in volts) simple boost pwm carrier-based pwm svpwm 1.5 (53.1 v, (42.85 v, (56.13 v, 44.81 v) 61.74 v) 47.53v) 15 (62.23 v, (43.45 v, (59.05 v, 44.54 49.56 v) 59.37 v) v) 150 (42.59 v, (38.84 v, (42.43v,42.92v) 41.42 v) 34.47 v) figure 7 a three-phase dc/dc converter using a quasi-z source network, an isolation transformer, and capacitors c3 and c4 that share voltage stress. the capacitor value used for the voltage doubler rectifier circuit has an impact on the output voltage dc of dc/dc converters, as indicated in the tables above. it can be observed that the power-sharing between capacitors c3 and c4 is almost equal if the capacitor value chosen is 150 f. when compared to prior dc/dc-based z-based converters, the proposed three-phase dc/dc source network with a zigzag transformer and vdr delivers a significant output power output. the two winding sets from the tested dual-star pmsg's no-load phase voltage waveforms at a rotor speed of 60 rpm . the figure demonstrates that two winding sets' phase voltages have the same amplitude and a 30 electrical degree phase change. the z-input network's dc voltages are about 45 v when the load is connected to the inverter. the output voltage of the z network is shown; vi values range from 0 to 56. when compared to the dc voltage input, the voltage's magnitude increases by b = 1.25. the experimental inverter's output voltage, vo, is shown. when measured, three levels fall between 0 and 56. the capacitor voltage of the z-network (vc). it is nearly 34 v. the thd of the output voltage (vo) was found to be around 65% using a power analyzer. a few examples are the speed of the wind, the speed of the rotor, the active power injected into the grid, the q axis of the current injected into the 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 simple boost pwm carrier based pwm svpwm capacitor values (c3 and c4 in µf) output dc voltage (in volts) output dc voltage (in volts) series1 series2 series3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org grid, the capacitor voltage of the z-network (vc), and the output voltage of the z-network. the simulation results validated the performance of the proposed dual-star pmsg model and the control system capabilities of power electronic converters. additionally, the experimental outcomes confirmed the effectiveness of the suggested inverter and dual-star pmsg in boosting voltage and producing the necessary output voltage waveform. figure 8 experimental findings for the suggested system, a representation of the experimental prototype, b the dual-star pmsg output voltage, c the z network output voltage, and d the inverter output voltage. conclusion the topological research of the zsi source inverter topology described in this paper is conducted using complete simulations. these simulations have several advantages over other zsi subjects, including improved development capabilities and excellent waveform quality. it is also being tested to use a different z source with an inverter-based converter architecture. according to the simulation test compared to other conventional z-based zo-based topologies, a three-phase quasi-z-based network converter based on dc / dc flexible zigzag has a stronger converter. any power setting unit may use the z source view, and it has been demonstrated that the modelling and simulation of a z-network with a single-phase full bridge inverter is provided in the matlab-simulink environment, from which several z-source conversion modes can be generated to validate the design parameters. simple boost control and sinusoidal carrier-based pwm are recommended as two pwm control methods. based (a) (c) (b) (d) main main main main ch!=20v ch!=500v ch!=1v ch!=1v <20hz <20hz <20hz <20hz edge edge edge edge american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org on simulations performed in matlab/simulink, these strategies are discussed in depth and contrasted. with modulation index and switching frequency, the z-source element's harmonic profile, output voltage, current, and ripple all change. additionally, it emphasizes how shoot-through status impacts both standard and z-source inverters. the successful presentation of two separate applications is similar. the first application is based on the performance and simulation study of a photovoltaic (pv) system based on the source inverter. references 1. hansen ad, michalke g. multi-pole permanent magnet synchronous generator wind turbines’ grid support capability in uninterrupted operation during grid faults. iet renew power gener 2009;3:333–48. 2. geng hua, dewei xu. stability analysis and improvements for variable-speed multi pole permanent magnet synchronous generator-based wind energy conversion system. ieee trans sustain energy 2011;2:459–67. 3. ko kyoung-jin, jang seok-myeong, park ji-hoon, cho han-wook, you daejoon. electromagnetic performance analysis of wind power generator with outer permanent magnet rotor based on turbine characteristics variation over nominal wind speed. ieee trans magn 2011;47:3292–5. 4. qiao wei, qu liyan, harley rg. control of ipm synchronous generator for maximum wind power generation considering magnetic saturation 2009;45:1095–105. 5. dehghan sm, mohamadian m, varjani ay. a new variable-speed wind energy conversion system using permanent-magnet synchronous generator and zsource inverter. ieee trans energy convers 2009;24:714–24. 6. andriollo mauro, bettanini giulio, martinelli giovanni, morini augusto, tortella andrea. analysis of double star permanent magnetic synchronous generator by a general decoupled d-q model. ieee trans indus appl 2009;45 (4):1416–24. 7. kallio samuli, karttunen jussi, peltoniemi pasi, silventoinen pertti, pyrhönen olli. determination of the inductance parameters for the decoupled d–q model of double-star permanent-magnet synchronous machines. iet electr power appl 2014;8(2):39–49. 8. kato shinji, inui yoshitaka, michihira masakazu, tsuyoshi akira. a low-cost wind generator system with a permanent magnet synchronous generator and diode rectifiers. in: ieee international symposium on industrial electronics (isie); 2011. p. 1063–8. 9. choube, p. r., & aharwal, v. k. (2022). evaluation of z-source inverter topologies for power conditioning unit for dc power supply systems. journal of integrated science and technology, 10(3), 209-214. 10. kumari, s., & mandal, r. k. (2022). study of shoot-through control pulse generation for a zsource converter with wind turbine energy system. engineering research express, 4(3), 035035. 11. choube, p. r., & aharwal, v. k. (2022). development of suitable closed loop system for effective wind power control using different zsc topologies and different switching techniques. journal of integrated science and technology, 10(2), 156-167. 12. kato shinji, michihira masakazu. a comparative study on power generation characteristics of permanent magnet synchronous generators. in: international power electronic conference; 2010. p. 1499–505. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 13. ng ch, parker ma, ran l, tavner pj, bumby jr, spooner e. a multilevel modular converter for a large light weight wind turbine generator. ieee trans power electron 2008;2(3):1062–74. 14. chen z, guerrero jm, blaabjerg f. a review of the state of the art of power electronics for wind turbines. ieee trans power electron 2009;24:1859–75. 15. carrasco jm, franquelo lg, bialasiewicz jt, galvan e, guisado rcp, prats am, et al. power electronic systems for the grid integration of renewable energy sources: a survey. ieee trans industr electron 2006;53:1002–16. 16. polinder h, van de pijl ffa, de vilder g-j, tavner pj. comparison of direct drive and geared generator concepts for wind turbines. ieee trans energy convers 2006;21:725–33. 17. chinchilla m, arnaltes s, burgos jc. control of permanent-magnet generators applied to variablespeed wind-energy systems connected to the grid. ieee trans energy convers 2006;21:130–5. 18. peng fz. z-source inverter. in: proc. ieee/ias annu. meeting; 2002. p. 775–81. 19. erginer v, sarul mh. a novel reduced leakage current modulation technique for z-source inverter used in photovoltaic systems. iet power electron 2014;7:496–502. 20. li ding, loh poh chiang, zhu miao, gao feng, blaabjerg f. cascaded multicell trans-z-source inverters. ieee trans power electron 2013;28:826–36. 21. tang yu, xie shaojun, ding jiudong. pulse width modulation of z-source inverters with minimum inductor current ripple. ieee trans industr electron 2014;61:98–106. 22. banaei mohamad reza, dehghanzadeh ali reza, fazel ali, oskouei aida baghbany. switching algorithm for single z-source boost multilevel inverter with ability of voltage control. iet power electron 2013;6:1350–9. 23. manjunatha, b. m., rao, s. n., kumar, a. s., devi, v. l., mohan, p. r., & bramhanandam, k. (2022). an enhanced z-source switched mli capacitor for integrated micro-grid with advanced switching pattern scheme. engineering, technology & applied science research, 12(4), 8936-8941. 24. akshath, n. s. s., naresh, a., barman, m., nandan, d., & abhilash, t. (2022). analysis and simulation of even-level quasi-z-source inverter. international journal of electrical & computer engineering (2088-8708), 12(4). 25. zenk, o., & ertuğral, b. electric vehicle application of fuzzy logic controlled z connected dc converter topology. 26. rafiq, m. a., ulasyar, a., uddin, w., zad, h. s., khattak, a., & zeb, k. (2022). design and control of a quasi-z source multilevel inverter using a new reaching law-based sliding mode control. energies, 15(21), 8002. 27. korlepara, n. p., elanchezhian, e. b., & subramani, p. (2022). analysis of dual stator winding induction generator-based wind energy conversion system using artificial neural network maximum power point tracking. international journal of renewable energy research (ijrer), 12(1), 372-382. 28. alzahrani, a., ramu, s. k., devarajan, g., vairavasundaram, i., & vairavasundaram, s. (2022). a review on hydrogen-based hybrid microgrid system: topologies for hydrogen energy storage, integration, and energy management with solar and wind energy. energies, 15(21), 7979. 29. ramanathan, g., bharatiraja, c., srikar, r. s., & tej, d. s. (2022). implementation of modified z-source inverter integrated for electric vehicle fast charging. materials today: proceedings, 65, 265-270. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org 30. mande, d., trovão, j. p. f., ta, m. c., & do, t. v. (2022). dual-source bidirectional quasi-zsource inverter development for off-road electric vehicles. world electric vehicle journal, 13(9), 174. 31. rauf, t., furqan, m., zulifqar, s., & rafiq, s. (2022). implementation and performance analysis of z source inverter with space vector pwm technique with low thd factor and high gain. journal of electrical and electronic engineering, 10(3), 95-103. 32. pangtey, t., & naik, m. v. (2022, july). control and analysis of sepic topology based boost dc-dc converter with high gain for fuel cell fed electric vehicle driving system. in 2022 ieee students conference on engineering and systems (sces) (pp. 01-06). ieee. 33. ravindran, r., sathiasamuel, c. r., ramasamy, p., & balasubramanian, k. (2021). msvm‐based hybrid energy‐fed quasi‐z‐source cascaded h‐bridge inverter for grid‐connected system. international transactions on electrical energy systems, 31(12), e13139. 34. beena, v., & jayaraju, m. analysis of grid-connected single-phase quasi z source inverter for distributed generation systems. 35. immanuel, t. b., rathnavel, m. p., suresh, a., & manikandan, k. inter combining quazi z source network with matrix converter for wind powered distribution system. 36. subhani, n., kannan, r., mahmud, m. a., roy, t. k., & romlie, m. f. (2019). analysis of steadystate characteristics for a newly designed high voltage gain switched inductor z-source inverter. electronics, 8(9), 940. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org mixed ligand coordination compounds of calcium acetate with some organic ligands nurillayev bunyodjon khikmatilla ugli, ismailov akmal aslanbekovich, fayziyeva aziza komil kizi, akhrorova durdona tulkin kizi, turakulov jakhongir ulugbekovich jizzakh polytechnic institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s mixed-ligand coordination compounds of calcium acetate have been synthesized. the composition, identity, methods of coordination of acetate groups, molecules of formamide, acetamide, carbamide, thiocarbamide have been established, and the thermal behavior of the obtained complexes has been studied. mixed-ligand coordination compounds, organic ligands, formamide, acetamide, urea, thiourea. introduction molecules of formamide (fa), acetamide (aa), urea (u), thiourea (tu) and acetic acid anion contain donor atoms and promote the formation of coordination compounds with metal ions. in [1-3], coordination compounds of a number of metal carboxylates with amides were synthesized and studied. there are no data on mixed-ligand coordination compounds of calcium acetate in the scientific literature. to carry out the synthesis of coordination compounds, we have chosen the most efficient mechanochemical method, since it does not require scarce organic solvents. the synthesis procedure was carried out according to [4, 5]. complex compounds ca(ch3coo)2·2fa·h2o, ca(ch3coo)2·fa·aa·2h2o, ca(ch3coo)2·fa·u·0.5h2o, ca(ch3coo)2·fa·tu·2/3h2o obtained by intensive stirring in an agate mortar for 3 hours 0.01 mol of calcium acetate with 0.02 mol of formamide, 0.01 mol of calcium acetate with 0.01 mol of formamide and 0.01 mol of acetamide, 0.01 mol of acetate calcium with 0.01 mole of formamide and 0.01 mole of urea, 0.01 mole of calcium acetate with 0.01 mole of formamide and 0.01 mole of thiourea. the synthesized compounds were analyzed for calcium content according to [1-3]. nitrogen was determined by the dumas method [1-2], carbon and hydrogen were determined by combustion in an oxygen flow [table 1]. to establish the individuality of the synthesized compounds, x-ray diffraction patterns were taken on a dron-2.0 setup with a cu anticathode [5]. ir absorption spectra were recorded in the region of 400-4000 cm-1 on avatap-360 spectrometer manufactured by nicolet [fig. 1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org thermal analysis was carried out on f-paulik-j.paulik-l.erdey derivatograph system [6] at a rate of 9 deg/min and a weight of ~0.2 g at a sensitivity of t-900, tg-200, dta, dtg galvanometers 1/10. recording was carried out under atmospheric conditions. a corundum crucible 10 mm in diameter without a lid served as a holder. al2o3 was used as a control. comparison of interplanar distances and relative intensities of calcium acetate, acetamide, carbamide (urea), thiocarbamide (tiourea) and complexes based on them showed that the new coordination compounds differ from each other, as well as from the original components, therefore, the compounds have an individual crystal lattice. table 1. results of elemental analysis of mixed-ligand coordination compounds calcium acetate compounds са, % n, % s, % c, % h, % find. calc. find. calc. find. calc. find. calc. find. calc. ca(ch3coo)2· ·2fа·н2о 14,96 15,04 10,39 10,52 26,88 27,07 5,24 5,30 са(сн3соо)2· ·fа·аа·2н2о 13,51 13,39 9,43 9,36 27,89 28,10 5,97 6,06 са(сн3соо)2·fа· ·u·0,5н2о 14,81 14,68 15,51 15,44 26,41 26,47 5,24 5,18 са(сн3соо)2·fа· ·tu·2/3н2о 13,69 13,75 14,36 14,43 10,93 11,01 24,68 24,74 5,04 4,96 frequencies (cm-1) at 3390, 3317-ν (nh2), 3194-2δ (nh2), 2888-ν (ch), 1709-ν (co), 1615-δ (nh2), 1391-δ (ch), 1316-ν (cn), 1052-r (nh2), 604-δ (ocn). ir spectrum of distribution of free acetamide molecules by mass bands at 3378-ν (nh2), 3199-2δ (nh2), 1664-ν (co), 1614-δ(nh2), ν (со), 1395-ν (cn), 1352-δ (ch3), 1148-ρ (nh2), 1047-ρ (ch3), 1005-ν (cc), 575-δ (nco) and 462-δ (ccn). in the ir absorption spectrum of a free urea molecule, frequencies were found at 3443νas (nh2), 3347νs (nh2), 32552δ (nh2), 1679ν (co), δ (nh2), 1624δ (nh2), ν (co), 1464ν (cn), 1152, 1057ρ (nh2), 1002ν (cn), 789δ (nh2), 573δ (nco) and 559δ (ncn). the ir absorption spectrum of an uncoordinated thiocarbamide molecule has frequencies at 3380νas (nh2), 3276νs (nh2), 3178-2δ (nh2), 1619δ (nh2), δ (hnc), 1474ν (cn), 1413ν (cs), 1084 ν (cn), 783ρ (nh2), 730ν (cs), 631δ (cs), δ (ncs), 487δ (ncn) and 413δ (ncs). in the ir absorption spectrum of a free nicotinamide molecule, frequencies were found at 3366ν (nh2), 31592δ (nh2) 2, 3059ν (ch), 1681ν (co), 1619δ (nh2), 1593νk, 1486, 1423νk, δ (сnn), 1395-, 1340ν (сh), δ (ccn), 1202δ (ccn), 1154, 1124ν (nh2), δ (ccn), 1091 δ (ccn), ν (co), νk, 1029νk, δ (ccn), 970ν (cc), 829ν (cc), δ (ccc), 778, 703δ (ccn), δ(co), 624, 603-δ(co), δ(cnc), 510-δ(co), δ(ccc). an analysis of the ir absorption spectra of non-coordinated molecules of formamide, acetamide, urea and their complex compounds with calcium acetates showed that with the transition to coordinated positions, the values of some frequencies of amide molecules change significantly. due to the complexity of the ir absorption spectra of complex compounds of calcium acetate with amides, we were unable to attribute all the observed frequencies to the corresponding vibrations of the bond groups. in the formamide complex compound of calcium acetate, the frequencies of the predominant stretching vibration of the c=o bond appear at 1692 cm-1. in mixed compounds american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org ca(ch3coo)2·fa·aa·2h2o and ca(ch3coo)2·fa·k· ·0.5h2o, the frequency ν (c=o) appears as total bands at 1673 and 1678 cm-1. while the frequencies of stretching vibrations of the c-n bond for formamide, acetamide and carbamide compounds increase by 32-65, 2 and 36 cm-1, respectively. in the mixed complex ca(ch3coo)2·fa·tk·2/3h2o, the frequencies of the c=o and cn bonds of formamide appear at 1693 and 1348 cm-1. in the ir absorption spectrum of an uncoordinated formamide molecule, frequencies (cm-1) were found at 3390, 3317ν (nh2), 31942δ (nh2), 2888 ν (ch), 1709ν (co), 1615-δ (nh2), 1391-δ (ch), 1316-ν (cn), 1052-r (nh2), 604-δ (ocn). the ir absorption spectrum of a free acetamide molecule is characterized by bands at 3378ν (nh2), 31992δ (nh2), 1664ν (co), 1614δ (nh2), ν (co), 1395ν (cn), 1352-δ(ch3), 1148-ρ(nh2), 1047-ρ(ch3), 1005-ν(cc), 575-δ(nco) and 462-δ(ccn). in the ir absorption spectrum of a free urea molecule, frequencies were found at 3443νas (nh2), 3347νs (nh2), 32552δ (nh2), 1679ν (co), δ (nh2), 1624δ (nh2), ν (co), 1464ν (cn), 1152, 1057ρ (nh2), 1002ν (cn), 789δ (nh2), 573δ (nco) and 559δ (ncn). the ir absorption spectrum of an uncoordinated thiourea molecule has frequencies at 3380νas (nh2), 3276νs (nh2), 3178-2δ (nh2), 1619δ (nh2), δ (hnc), 1474ν (cn), 1413ν (cs), 1084ν (cn), 783ρ (nh2), 730ν (cs), 631δ (cs), δ (ncs), 487δ (ncn) and 413δ (ncs). in the ir absorption spectrum of a free nicotinamide molecule, frequencies were found at 3366ν (nh2), 31592δ (nh2), 3059ν (ch), 1681ν (co), 1619δ (nh2), 1593νk, 1486, 1423νk, δ (сnn), 1395-, 1340ν (сh), δ (ccn), 1202δ (ccn), 1154, 1124ν (nh2), δ (ccn), 1091 δ (ccn), ν (co), νk, 1029νk, δ (ccn), 970ν (cc), 829ν (cc), δ (ccc), 778, 703δ (ccn), δ(co), 624, 603-δ(co), δ(cnc), 510-δ(co), δ(ccc). an analysis of the ir absorption spectra of non-coordinated molecules of formamide, acetamide, urea and their complex compounds with calcium acetates showed that with the transition to coordinated positions, the values of some frequencies of amide molecules change significantly. due to the complexity of the ir absorption spectra of complex compounds of calcium acetate with amides, we were unable to attribute all the observed frequencies to the corresponding vibrations of the bond groups. in the formamide complex compound of calcium acetate, the frequencies of the predominant stretching vibration of the c=o bond appear at 1692 cm-1. in mixed compounds ca(ch3coo)2·fa·aa·2h2o and ca(ch3coo)2·fa·k·0.5h·o, the frequency ν (c=o) appears as total bands at 1673 and 1678 cm-1. while the frequencies of stretching vibrations of the c-n bond for formamide, acetamide and carbamide compounds increase by 32-65, 2 and 36 cm-1, respectively. in the mixed complex ca(ch3coo)2·fa·tk·2/3h2o, the frequencies of the c=o and cn bonds of formamide appear at 1693 and 1348 cm-1. in the low-frequency region of the spectrum, the frequencies of thiocarbamide molecules at 730 and 631 cm-1 decrease by 30 and 10 cm-1 in the case of the complex. in the low-frequency region of the spectrum, the frequencies of thiocarbamide molecules at 730 and 631 cm-1 decrease by 30 and 10 cm-1 in the case of the complex. the found changes in the spectrum can be explained by the coordination of the thiocarbamide molecule with the calcium ion through the sulfur atom. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1. ir absorption spectra: a ca(ch3coo)2·2fa·h2o, b ca(ch3coo)2·fa·aa·2h2o, c ca(ch3coo)2·fa·k·0.5h2o and d ca(ch3coo)2·fa·tk·2/3h2o. а b c d а american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the value of the frequency difference νas (coo)νs (coo) of all compounds is less than 150 cm-1, which corresponds to the bidentate-cyclic coordination of the acetate fragment. in complex compounds, the central ion has a six-coordination site. water molecules are held together by hydrogen bonds. the thermal study of the synthesized complex compounds showed that the dta curves of the derivatograms revealed endothermic effects corresponding to the removal and decomposition of bound and coordinated molecules of water, formamide, acetamide, urea, and thiourea, as well as exothermic effects due to the destruction of acetate fragments, combustion of thermal decomposition products, and oxide formation or calcium sulfide. references 1. ulugbekovich, t. j., pulatovna, n. k., aslanbekovich, i. a., & mamajonovna, t. f. (2023). coordination compounds of calcium acetate with some ligands. texas journal of engineering and technology, 18, 12-18. 2. ulugbekovich, t. j., & pulatovna, n. k. electronic structures and reactivity of eight mixed-ligand complexes of calcium acetate by a quantumchemical method. homo, 10(9,655), 8-918. 3. turakulov jakhongir ulugbekovich (2018). complex compounds of calcium acetate with nitrocarbamide. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (7-8), 67-72. 4. turakulov, j. u. (2019). synthesis, properties and application of new coordination compounds of calcium acetate with some amides, benzoic and nicotinic acids. diss. according to chem. sciences.(phd)-tashkent. 5. ibragimovna, mukhamedova b., et al. "quantitative determination of the preparation cobalt-30 and its comparison of leukopoesstimulating effectiveness." european scholar journal, vol. 2, no. 3, 2021, pp. 71-73. 6. mamatkulov m. et al. technology for obtaining dimethyl ether //science and innovation. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 5. – с. 125-129. 7. narmatovich k. i. et al. technology of producing dme //academic journal of digital economics and stability. – 2021. – т. 9. – с. 127-133. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org methods of teaching newly introduced themes in the subject of technology m. u. turayev andijan state university, associate professor d. i. dadabayeva andijan pedagogical institute, 2nd year master a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, we will show you topics that have just entered the science of technology. the reasons for creating new themes are highlighted by their place and achievements in science. the use of pedagogical technologies for teaching new subjects and their effectiveness is given. in order to have a positive impact on the market economy, it is explained what products are made through these topics. design, practice, pedagogical, new technologies, designers and engineers. introduction we know that what we do normally in life is related to this science of technology. for this reason, the teaching and study of technology science is considered important. teaching subject of technology is developing in uzbekistan. in schools, students' interest in technology is growing. a new variety of topics are being added with the aim of advancing the science of technology. in order to add themes, the experiences of foreign from developed countries are studied. including in this article, we will cite the process of teaching the topics of polymer material processing technology, the basics of fast food using pedagogical technologies. the main part in the science of technology, themes related “technology for processing polymer materials” and “basics of fasting” for 5-7 grades, “fundamentals of electronics” for 8-9 grades are introduced a new. polymer is used in various industries in different ways mostly we all know it as plastic. polymer is a great discovery of mankind because of it’s versatile nature. it is able adapt any type of typical shape and sizes. basically plastic products is manufactured with the help of various machines like extruder, injection moulding, compression moulding, and rotational moulding machines. it acts as an additive material in various industries like textile, construction, automobile interior and exterior parts manufacturing industries, construction chemicals manufacturing industries etc. it is used in common household goods, like clothing, toys, in construction materials and insulation, water tanks, electrical switches, electronics etc. polymer is present in our life in various products. https://scopeenterprises.co.in/what-is-polymer/ https://scopeenterprises.co.in/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org the word ‘polymer’ means unit or part. the term polymer is a very large group of molecules having a high molecular mass. these are also referred to as macromolecules, which are formed by joining repeating structural units on a large scale. the repeating structural units are derived from some simple and reactive molecules known as monomers and these are linked to each other by covalent bonds. the process of formation of polymers from monomers is called polymerization. characteristics of polymers o the main characteristics of polymers are the following: o polymers are crystalline and amorphous. o for example, bakelite is a crystalline polymer while polyvinyl acetate, polystyrene and pmma are acrystalline polymers. o in crystalline polymers, the molecules of the monomer are arranged in a particular order. o in acrystalline polymers, there is no systematic sequence of monomer molecules. o crystalline polymers are hard but amorphous polymers are soft. o the density of crystalline polymers is high while the density of amorphous polymers is low. o polymers with higher molecular weight have higher viscosity. o crystalline polymers have greater chemical resistance due to their densification. o polymers at low temperatures exist as glassy substances. o acrystalline polymers do not have a definite drug as they become soft on heating. o polymers in flexible crystals are flexible. metodology in technology science, products are mainly made from polymer clay. the raw materials and equipment, devices on which polymer clay will need to be prepared are as follows: 1 cup of starch (200 grams), 1 tablespoon lemon juice (15 ml), mysterious vessel, wooden spoon, 200 gr pva glue, different colored paints for coloring, hand cream, 2 drops of glycerin, water, mineral oil, 1 cup cornmeal. the sequence of preparation of polymer clay: 1. to make polymer clay, pva glue and water are poured into a mysterious container and annealed. 2. add starch, corn flour and mix with a wooden spoon. 3. when brought to a dark mass, put mineral oil, lemon juice, glycerin on top and stir until it comes to the same mass again. 4. in order for the finished mass to work well, the hand cream is applied and the stirring is continued. 5. the polymer clay is stored in a glue bag so that it stays well. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the process of preparing a polymer clay mixture № workflow sequence. the content of the work necessary products and work tools 1 the necessary products are prepared. 1 cup of farm pva clay, 1 teaspoon of glycylin, 1 cup of corn flour, 1 teaspoon of hand cream, 1 teaspoon of citric acid. pva clay, glycerin, corn flour, hand cream, citric acid. 2 mix 1 teaspoon of hand cream into 1 cup of farm pva clay. 1 cup of farm pva clay, 1 teaspoon of hand cream. 3 3-4 drops of glycerin are applied to the mixture. mixture, glycerin 4 add 1 cup of corn flour to the mixture and mix. 1 cup cornmeal 5 the mixture is mixed. mix american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org 6 the finished mass is rolled up to rest for 2 hours. the product is ready 7 polymer clays are colored with dyes. different color mix tools that you will need when working with polymer clay. knives-a beginner can use a clerical knife blade. the main condition for choosing a knife for plastic is that the knife must be sharp and thin, after which the parts retain their shape when cut, the thick knife simply “straightens”them. of course, professionals use special sets of knives, but the beginner is completely guided by improvised means. interestingly, in some molding techniques for cutting, as well as in preparing the material for use, a blender is used for the kitchen. rolling pin-for roll polymer clay. as a needle, you can use a small piece of metal pipe, a metal box, or a glass container. zımpara-in finished baked goods, it is necessary to soften various folds, fingerprints and seams. sometimes sandpaper is used to give texture to an undercooked product. knitting needle (plaster needle, awl) is needed to make holes in products. super glue-used when gluing individual pieces of the product after cooking, as well as gluing accessories. remember to wipe your hands, tools, and work surface with wet wipes to prevent dust and dirt from entering the product. items made of polymer clay. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org preparing a ribbon for keys making a variety of buttons making toys making jewelry for women making dishes decoration of teapots making flowers clock decoration fundamentals of the science of housekeeping. many of the items used in our home become unusable over time. there is no need to rush to throw them away. they can be used to make objects that can be used in bed. below are the methods of manufacturing such products. preparation of a floor washer from an unnecessary towel is shown step by step in figure 1: a b v g d figure 1. preparing a floor washer from an unnecessary towel. making a work fartug, which puts work weapons from unnecessary pants (figure 2). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org a b v g d e figure 2. working apron with working tools. 1. taking the trousers, cut off the legs from the step line (fig.2, a). 2. then the front part is cut off with a belt (fig.2, b). 3. the side cutout is cut off (fig.2, c), and the work apron is put on at the waist ready (fig. 2). conclusion in the article, we studied topics that have just entered the science of technology. the preparation of products related to science was shown. the price of products that are always created using manual labor is valuable. when creating them, simple products can be used and the cost spent is a small amount. we have shown above that in technology science it is possible to create expensive products through cheap products and little spending. references 1. tohirov o‘.o. texnologiya o‘quv fani davlat ta’lim standarti va o‘quv dasturini ta’lim amaliyotiga joriy etish metodikasi. // metodik tavsiyanoma. – t.: “rtm”, 2017. – 72 b. 2. sharipov sh.s., muslimov n.a. texnik ijodkorlik va dizayn. // o‘quv qo‘llanma. – t.: “tdpu”, 2011. – 166 b. 3. sharipov sh. s. va boshqalar. mehnat ta’limi: umumiy о‘rta ta’lim maktablarining 5-sinfi uchun darslik. – t.: “sharq”, 2012. – 240 b. 4. sharipov sh.s., qо‘ysinov o.a., abdullayeva q. texnologiya: umumiy о‘rta ta’lim maktablarining 6-sinfi uchun darslik. – t.: “sharq”, 2017. – 240 b. 5. шарапова в.е., сысова и.е. трудовое обучение. обслуживающий труд. // учебное пособие для 5-класса общеобразовательных школ. – минск: «адукация и выхыванни», 2017. – 131 b. 6. чернова е.н. трудовое обучение. технический труд: учебное пособие для 5-го класса учреждений общего среднего образования с русским языком обучения. – минск: «народная асвета», 2017 – 151 с 7. abd salam, n. h., & shahrill, m. (2014). examining classroom interactions in secondary mathematics classrooms in brunei darussalam. asian social science,10 (11), 92. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 8. abdullah, n., & ali, a. (2017). tahap kesediaan guru pelatih reka bentuk dan teknologi terhadap pengajaran mata pelajaran reka cipta. online journal for tvet practitioners,2(1). retrieved from https://publisher.uthm.edu.my/ojs/index.php/oj-tp/article/view/4763 9. aguilar, m., & rodriguez, r. (2012). lecturer and student perceptions on clil at a spanish university. international journal of bilingual education and bilingualism,15(2), 183-197. 10. ali, m., & ismail, z. (2006). comprehension level of non-technical terms in science: are we ready for science in english. malaysian journal of educators and education,21, 73-83. 11. al-masheikhi, f., al-mahrooqi, r., & denman, c. j. (2014). investigating college of science student attitudes towards using english as a medium of instruction. in the 2014 wei international academic conference proceedings(pp. 99-113). https://publisher.uthm.edu.my/ojs/index.php/oj-tp/article/view/4763 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org steam educational programs in implementation of independent education of students in the module credit system sh.z. kurbanov independent researcher of shahrisabz branch of tashkent institute of chemical technology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the structure of steam education programs and their application in various fields in the implementation of independent education of students in the modul credit system. steam education, steam subjects, general subjects, specialist subjects, technology, engineering, creativity, programs, integration, independent study. it is known that increasing the independent education of students in the module credit system means improving the implementation of independent education and looking for effective ways to do it. this, in turn, shows the possibility of organizing effective education by using different methods in independent education. the following will be achieved: development of short project science syllabuses for independent education based on the integration of steam subjects, focusing on the unity of theory and practice, starting work on the practical application of theoretical knowledge gained in independent learning processes, organizing various clubs, workshops and courses after school, as a result of which educational to create a mutually integrated education of scientific sciences, technology, engineering, creativity and mathematics in the program, to combine the experiences of these subjects as a system that combines science and practice with the participation of experienced engineers and experienced professors, to improve independent education[3]. in implementing these mentioned points, we believe that the following should be implemented: creation of integration of modern new education and traditional education; a didactic approach to the content of the subject, which is suitable for the steam subject block; -steam is a complex approach that implies the implementation of the principles of interdependence, continuity and coherence between sciences, general professional sciences and specialized sciences; analysis of general professional knowledge, etc. in the development of steam education, the training of trained personnel according to their field is the most important requirement of steam. for example, we can cite the following: steam – s natural sciences; steam – in the field of t technologies; steam – e in the field of engineering; steam – a in the field of art or creativity; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org steam – m field of mathematics; steam – r field of robotics. steam-s is a program that includes the use of steam education in the teaching of physics, chemistry, biology, astronomy, which is a field of natural sciences, and the explanation of the combined laws of phenomena or sciences based on the integration of steam disciplines. steam t is a program that develops a package of programs aimed at the development of technologies, various pedagogical technologies, educational didactic methods, computer techniques and programs that allow the creation of various videos, gifs and animations through 3d models and 4d programs[1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org steam-e is the latest state-of-the-art education in engineering, construction, technology, manufacturing, electronics, and other related fields that combines fundamental knowledge and engineering knowledge. steam a. since almost every field is related to design, from the basic concepts of creating graphic design and graphic design in the field of art or creativity, to the development of the design industry in the modern world, some professional secrets of design, computer animation of the movements of letters in v|arious forms, as well as the laws of typography, compositions and a promising program that includes a theoretical explanation of color-image manifestations, as well as the formation of creativeexperimental skills, the development of a worldview in relation to nature, familiarization with design and its programs[4]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org steam m is a program aimed at the development of the field of mathematics, it is a program that implements the practical application and fundamentals of mathematics in other fields through mathematical modeling. proper planning of students' independent education is one of the important tasks of the teacher. we invite students to make presentations on the topics designated for independent study in the program, to work independently on specified examples and problems using electronic materials. one of the factors characterizing the effectiveness of the modern educational process is the application of information technologies in education. the use of e-learning manuals and textbooks in the educational process is an important tool of education by its functional nature, it provides an individualized and differentiated approach, not only encouraging active and independent learning of students[5]. we can give an example of the fact that countries with a developed educational system, such as china, japan, russia, korea, and singapore, are using it in the educational process. in particular, stem is officially used in education in china and singapore, and this concept is used in a broad sense to include all fields. according to him, this includes the development of education, healthcare, engineering information technology, digitization, electronics and robotics, and others. references 1. turdiyev sh.r steam фанлар таълими ва интеграциясини юзага келиши модели academic research in educational sciences volume 3 | issue 4 | 2022 issn: 2181-1385 cite-factor: 0,89 | sis: 1,12 doi: 10.24412/2181-1385-2022-4-571-575 sjif: 5,7 | uif: 6,1 2. turdiyev sh.r оliy ta’limda steam fanlarining raqamlashtirish yondashuvni it markazlarida amalga oshirishning zaruriyati. eurasian journal of academic research https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7038233 accepted: 27th august 2022 3. турдиев ш.р staem фанларини тадқиқ этишда, steam таълим методикаси o‘zbekiston milliy universiteti xabarlari, 2022, [1/2/1] issn 2181-7324 4. turdiyev sh.r. steam fanlar taʼlimi konsepsiyasining metodologik asoslari // models and methods for increasing the efficiency of innovative research: a collection scientific works of the international scientific conference (11 november, 2021) copenhagen:2021. issue 5 – 229 p. berlin, 2021. -b. 81-86 5. turdiyev sh.r. zamonaviy innovatsion muhandislik taʻlimini rivojlanishining global koʻrinishlari ilmiy axborotnoma samarqand, 2017. №102/2. -b. 135-138. 6.https://www.integer.uz/steam 7.http://nambiolog.zn.uz/files/steam-talimi https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7038233 https://www.integer.uz/steam http://nambiolog.zn.uz/files/steam-talimi american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org technologization of the educational process in grades 3 xudoyberdiyeva nargiza mirkomil daughter a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article we will study the technologization of the educational process in the 3rd grades, providing them with quality training, some technologies that are used in the modern educational process. opinions were expressed about the use of the most common technologies used in the educational process. education, technology, curiosity, lms, process, white, insert, release, basis. introduction technology has changed the way we live, work and learn. in education, technology has changed the educational process, making it more efficient, interactive and interesting for students. in the 3rd grade, we will study some of the technologies used in the modern educational process. one of the most common technologies used in the educational process is interactive whiteboard. interactive whiteboards replaced traditional blackboards and boars, providing a much more interactive and fun educational experience. with an interactive whiteboard, teachers can display multimedia content, digital textbooks, and other tutorials, providing students with a dynamic and immersive learning experience. another technology widely used in the educational process is the educational management system (lms). lms is an online platform that allows teachers to manage and pass course content, assignments, quizzes and exams to their students. with lms, teachers can monitor the progress of their students, evaluate their assignments, and provide feedback on a centralized portal. students, on the other hand, can access course content and other learning resources from anywhere and at any time, providing them with a more flexible learning experience. mobile devices such as smartphones and tablets are also becoming more used in the educational process. these devices are very portable and can be used to access course materials, communicate with teachers and classmates, collaborate on group projects. the use of mobile devices has also encouraged the development of educational apps that provide students with interactive and engaging learning experiences. virtual reality and enhanced reality technologies are also used in the educational process. these technologies allow students to experience real-life scenarios and limb training, even if they cannot enter such situations or be physically present. for example, medical students may use virtual reality simulations to perform surgery, or engineering students may use augmented reality to visualize and manipulate 3d models. the educational process in the 3rd grade is an important stage in the educational development of the child. at this age, children begin to develop critical thinking skills, become more independent in training and take on more responsibility for their education. in the 3rd grade, students typically study american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org subjects such as mathematics, science, social studies, native language arts. teachers often use a variety of educational techniques, including lectures, discussions, hand-held classes, to help students fully understand and deal with the material. one of the main goals of the educational process in the 3rd grade is to help students form solid foundational skills in reading, writing and math classes. readers should be able to read, understand the meaning behind the text fluently. they should also be able to write down simple paragraphs and use basic grammar and punctuation. in mathematics, one must have a rigid understanding of addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division. in the 3rd year, in addition to academics, issues of social skills and character development are also considered in the educational process. students learn to work in collaboration with their peers, express their thoughts and ideas clearly, and resolve conflicts peacefully. they also learn about the respect and appreciation of different cultures and diversity. assessment and evaluation are important components of the educational process in the 3rd grade. teachers regularly assess student progress through quizzes, tests, home tasks, and projects. these assessments help teachers identify areas where additional support may be needed by students and adjust teaching methods accordingly. in general, the educational process in the 3rd grade is an important stage in the educational and personal development of the child. by creating a solid foundation in basic sciences, social skills and character development, students are well prepared to take on the challenges of higher education and become a responsible, well-developed individual. the application of pedagogical technology to the educational process, in particular to language education, also serves to positively solve the above-mentioned urgent problem. in order to fully fulfill this task, it is necessary to solve several problems, first of all, with the cooperation of scientists and teachers working in schools, academic lyceums, professional colleges and higher education institutions. in particular: identification of the essence of new pedagogical technologies and the creation of its theoretical foundations; development of its principles; to choose effective ways to put pedagogical technologies into practice, etc. it is assumed to create a new model of education in order to fulfill the stated goal. the implementation of the model in practice is inextricably linked with the technologization of the educational process. in the national program of training of personnel” providing the educational process with new pedagogical technologies " 1 is defined as one of the serious tasks performed in its second and third stages. selection of active teaching methods in the educational process. in the selection and implementation of educational technology elements, it is necessary to take into account the educational cognitive activities of learners. a simple rule in practice testifies to the fact that in the first 20 minutes of the theoretical lesson, the transfer of new knowledge to learners is carried out, and then the knowledge given by debating, working in small groups and other similar non-traditional methods must be strengthened. if in the perception of knowledge several sensory channels are triggered together, the process of moving information from short memory to long memory is accelerated, which is considered the basis of knowledge. methods such as referrer text, problem situation, training of others, which allow 90% of previously studied, analyzed and discussed information to be stored in memory. the above data shows that when traditional methods are used in the course of the lesson, the highest rate of information recall of learners is 30 percent. when nontraditional methods are used, however, their level of information acquisition increases even more. the purpose of any education is to form knowledge and skills and skills to be able to apply it in practice, to develop the necessary personality qualities and guidelines. experts point out that a survey of teachers found that most of the educational goals in literature analysis, programs, textbooks, teaching practices pertain to the cognitive (cognitive) field. for the same purpose, as a result of fundamental research in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org world pedagogy, a taxonomy of educational goals has arisen. it has been noted as the most advanced way of setting training goals. in conclusion, it is noted that technology has had a significant impact on the educational process, providing various tools and resources to facilitate the assimilation of teachers and students. from interactive whiteboards to instructional management systems, mobile devices to virtual reality, technology allows educators to engage students in a more immersive and interactive learning experience. as technology continues to evolve, we can expect more innovative technologies to emerge, which will further change the educational process and increase the learning experience for students. literature 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi “ta’lim to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni. –toshkent: 1997. 2. bloom b.s. handbook on formative and summative evaluation of student learning. n y., mcgraw-hill, 1971. – s-232. "science and education" scientific journal october 2020 / volume 1 issue 7 www.openscience.uz 353 3. farberman b l. oliy o‘quv yurtlarida o‘qitishning zamonaviy usullari. – toshkent: 2002. 4. ismoilova i. pedagogikadan amaliy mashg‘ulotlar. o‘quv qo‘llanma. toshkent: 2002. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org play is children's leading activity maxkambayeva shaxrizoda xusan qizi the leader of the youth union of the faculty of pre-school education binoqulova dilnora sirojiddin qizi jizzakh state pedagogical university, faculty of preschool education foreign language course in preschool and primary education 543-22 group student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, further improvement of the preschool education system as an important link of the integrated continuous education system, expansion of the network of preschool educational institutions and strengthening of the material and technical base, providing them with qualified pedagogic personnel, children every about the introduction of modern educational programs and technologies that develop intellectually, spiritually, aesthetically and physically into the educational process, and to increase the effectiveness of the lesson by teaching foreign languages to children with play activities in order to radically increase their level of preparation for school stated. activity, creative games, role-playing; dramatization, construction, lotto, double pictures, dominoes, labyrinth, national games of the people, attention, thinking, perception, mental process, cognitive processes, technology after our country gained independence, great attention was paid to the development of the education sector, especially the english language. modern educational technologies play an important role in the development of the english language among students and young people at all stages of the continuous education system. in the political, economic, spiritual and educational development of the independent republic of uzbekistan, perfect knowledge of foreign languages has become the priority of our time. therefore, the need to use modern methods in learning and teaching foreign languages has appeared. regarding this issue, the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, i.a. karimov, said: "currently, great importance is attached to learning and teaching foreign languages in our country. this is certainly not in vain. there is no need to overestimate the importance of perfect knowledge of foreign languages for our country, which is striving to take its rightful place in the world community, and for our nation, which is building its great future in solidarity and cooperation with our foreign partners. it is the eternal dream of our people to raise a person to perfection in all aspects, and our ancestors were constantly looking for ways and rules of how to teach enlightenment, spirituality and culture to the young generation, to lead them to perfection. this caused the emergence of the science of pedagogy. because the achievement of enlightened and spiritual perfection of a person is carried out under the leadership of the science of pedagogy. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org during the past period, on the organization of an effective system of preschool education aimed at bringing the growing generation in our country to a healthy and comprehensively mature adult, introducing effective forms and methods of education and upbringing into the educational process. extensive work has been done. favorable conditions created for the development of public-private partnerships in the field of preschool education became a solid foundation for further increasing the number of non-governmental preschool educational institutions and expanding the types of services they provide. the spiritual development of the society depends on the content, form and essence of the educational work carried out in it. for this reason, there is a need to pedagogically interpret the renewal of education, the step-by-step education system implemented in our republic, to ensure the effective passage of this process. it is known that children spend most of their time playing. the game is an important means of all-round development of preschool children, it is their main activity. during the game, the child's personality begins to form as a subject of activity. the game has long attracted the attention of famous scientists, pedagogues-psychologists, philosophers, sociologists, ethnographers and cultural figures. if we look at the history of central asian culture, a lot of attention is paid to raising children in the family. among the famous scholars, abu nasr farabi, abu rayhan beruni, abu ali ibn sina, yusuf khos hajib, ahmed yugnaki have reflected on the upbringing of children typical of our nation in their works. during the study of folk pedagogy, in the works of scientists on child education and manners, we see that the most effective method of educational work the form of play is widely used in raising children. past pedagogic scientists p.f. lesgaft, k.d. game theory was developed by ushinsky. the fact that the game appeared on the basis of the labor process and its role in preparing the young generation for work, the importance of the content of the game in the formation of the child's personality was explained by k.d. ushinsky explained. when researching the origins of art, russian scholars pay attention to children's games. according to them, in the history of people, games, like art, appeared after the appearance of labor and on its basis. during the work process in society, children play by imitating the work of adults, the same game is considered an important stage in preparing children for work. p.f. lesgaft explained that "the child imitates the events around him in his first game, the game reflects social reality." the great psychologist d.v. elkonin proposes a new idea about the origin of the game. in the early development of the society, a convenient toy was developed for children to participate in the life and work of adults, and for children to work. as a result of the appearance of toy weapons, role-playing games appear. d.v. elkonin put forward the idea of the need to awaken a desire to work in a child by participating in the work of adults. in preschool pedagogy, game theory is considered a social activity and appears in the process of historical development of work. the game always reflects life. therefore, its content changes in social reality. play is a purposeful process. educational activity develops on the basis of the game process. the more a child plays at a young age, the better it will be at school and later on at work. the game is a process aimed at acting and understanding social reality with a tangible object. it is a social reality according to its origin, direction and content. play is a bright form of child activity. its uniqueness is the existence of a goal, reasons, planned actions of means of implementation, and the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org existence of a result. among the features, the uniqueness of the reasons is the main one. during the game, the child's mental cognitive process, will, emotions, needs and interests, impressionability his whole personality is formed. in the game, the child comes from his immediate needs and interests. children's games are distinguished by their variety. the game is divided into creative and regular games according to its content and organization, the level of influence on children, the types and origin of objects. creative games are independent, creative, self-invented games of children. in this, children reflect their impressions, their understanding of life and their relationship to it. creative games are divided into the following categories: • sujetli-role; • dramatized; • construction; • games played with natural materials. creative games and their management. creative games are distinguished from other types of games by the following features: ➢ uniqueness of game content. ➢ existence of roles. ➢ existence of an imaginary situation. the uniqueness of the game content is one of its most important features. the researches of pedagogues and psychologists show that the social life of an adult with its colorful manifestations serves as the content of role-playing games. they reasoned that play is the type of activity in which children take a sample of the social life of adults. the variety of subjects and content of creative games creates the need to describe them. the subject as the main component in the system of game activity includes the character, the life situation, the action and the attitude of the characters. the presence of imaginary situations in creative games develops the child's thinking and improves the content of the plot and role-playing game. creative role-playing games have their own reasons. this is the main reason — is the desire of children to live a social life together with adults. these reasons change depending on the age of the child and the content of the game. in young children, the main reason is interesting actions performed with objects, as the child grows up, the main reason is to reflect the actions and relationships of adults in the game. accordingly, games can be divided into three groups according to their subject and content: 1. household games (reflecting family, kindergarten and other realities). 2. games on the theme of work (participation in family and adult work, self-service, etc.) 3. games on a social theme. children choose roles and play. in role-playing games, on the basis of acquiring behaviors and rules, moral rules embodied in the role are also mastered. in the game, a positive attitude to people's life, work, norms and rules of behavior in society is formed. in the same process, the game emerges as a means of forming a culture of behavior. one of the main means of mental education is the subject game, in which the child reflects the events and phenomena in the environment and recreates them in his imagination. the imaginary situation of the game always affects the development of the child's mental activity. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org d.b. elkonin emphasizes that as a result of the formation of the question of summing up one's own point of view with the point of view of others in relation to the events, actions, and objects depicted in the game, which is played together, a process of knowing occurs that allows to move to the stage of general thinking. past the closeness of the game to art makes it possible to use role-playing games in aesthetic education. enriched feelings related to creativity in children's play are close to aesthetic feelings. in the game, the child's great experience of movement is formed. favorable conditions are created for the development and improvement of various actions, the child enters the role, consciously expresses the specific characteristics of the roles he is portraying in order to perform the actions related to his role. in the life of two-year-old children, very simple games are played with toys. children hold these toys in their hands, squeeze them, throw them on the ground, roll the toys, and do not pay attention to what is depicted on the toy. at this age, it is necessary to learn to follow the actions of adults and children around in everyday life, to reflect these actions in their games (for example, feeding a doll, putting it to sleep, etc.). at this age, the item game is carried out in several stages: 1. at the stage, children imitate the actions of adults with toys; 2. they begin to independently perform the actions mastered at the stage, and then transfer these actions to other objects; 3. at the stage, a visual game is created, the content of which is made up of actions performed with conditional weapons. the child imitates the actions performed with the objects observed in everyday life (reads the newspaper, sweeps the floor, washes the laundry), all this creates conditions for a role-playing game. children who have reached the age of three should be interested in games by having conversations, observations, reading stories and fairy tales to them, giving advice. in the game, children should not only imitate the external side of the big work, but also humanize them, imitate their labor-filled relationships, children should be able to play harmoniously, be able to divide roles, be able to achieve the intended goal, cultivate their skills, shyness. and shy children should be encouraged to join the game by offering appropriate roles. cultivating children's imaginations, making them independently create a new game, choosing the necessary things for this game, building buildings, making some toys by themselves, using the skills they have acquired in art classes in the game. makes him want to sing, sing, read poetry, use his drawings and things he makes. the emergence of a team game makes it possible to quickly develop and master both its content and structure. in the change of the theme of children's games, there is a transition from household games to games with the theme of labor and production, and then to games depicting various social events and phenomena. the content of the game also develops. in the life of adult children, various social relations and behaviors begin to be reflected along with activities. the expansion of the scope of the games, deepening of their content, changes the form and structure of the game. the preparatory period is divided into the processes of entering the game, discussing the movement in the game, and determining the main ones. these processes help to fully express the content of the game, to agree on the establishment of a warm relationship. to develop the game, it is necessary to change the content of the requirements for the game. the choice of game situation depends on the skill and interest of the pedagogue leading the game. d.b. elkonin, d.v. mendzheritsky, p.e. samorukova and others studied deeply in their observations. the plot is the main component of the game, it includes the character, the life situation, the action and the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org attitude of the characters. although role-playing games are considered a team game by their content and essence, they should not create the impression that they cannot be played individually. roleplaying games play an important role in the mental, moral, and physical development of a child, and the child's needs and skills are nurtured and formed. role-playing game management is carried out in the following main stages. 1. stage. the main means of studying children's interests and the level of development of themed games are as follows:  observing children's games;  make a description of the main directions of the game development, the theme of the game, the content of the game, the development of the child's game activity, the development of mutual relations in the game;  determining the purpose of leading the game. 2. stage. influence of adults on game theme and content:  organization of trips and targeted walks on the theme of the game;  conducting interviews;  reading fiction and stories;  show illustrative pictures;  various trainings on the subject;  conducting visual activity training. 3. stage. preparation for the game (a special place for playing the game, toys and game materials):  selection of ready-made toys;  handmade toys. to organize a play zone for children to do it independently. 4. stage. teaching children to play (reflecting the game process and other things in the game):  to study the effects of the toy and its substitutes;  teach to reflect imagination in the game;  teaching to use words in the game;  formation of the skills of taking into account actions in the game;  words and actions;  action and game material (words, action and game material are the language of the game). 5. stage. influencing moral relations in the game, children's team, behavior, culture, formation of game culture in game activities: awakening children's feelings in relation to a certain game theme;  teach children the elements of game planning in advance;  teaching to rationally distribute roles and toys in the game;  to educate the culture of being able to play harmoniously with peers;  formation of a cohesive team: training skills to play independently and finish the game, resolve disagreements during the game, resolve disputes rationally;  the influence of an adult on the game giving advice, completing his understanding, providing full support for the game;  assessment of children's play activities, moral attitudes. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org features of staging games. dramatic games are a type of independent creative play for children, in which works of art and stories are performed by children in roles. these games form children's positive moral qualities, such as will, discipline and the ability to control their own behavior, to consider the actions of others. in staging games, children get involved in the game process, they clearly demonstrate such positive qualities as heroism, bravery, kindness, enthusiasm, enthusiasm, which are directly related to the inner life of the heroes of the story and fairy tales. in this process, children's speech activity, vocabulary, and outlook expand. the selection of works of art and fairy tales for staging requires adults to take into account the young characteristics, interests, and wishes of children. when choosing a literary work, the following requirements are set: ➢ ideological-spiritual integrity of its content. ➢ artistically meaningful. ➢ the number of participants and roles in the play (the more, the more important the play). ➢ in addition to good content, it also has many types of actions. ➢ be suitable for expressive reading. ➢ content should be interesting and connected with life. children like to act out folk tales. for example, "turnip", "zumrad va kimmat", "bogursoq" and others. children feel the need to stage other folk tales in different ways through puppet, shadow, and table theater. in order to remember the work of art, re-reading it, showing scenes, showing pictures, and didactic games are used. in order for pretend play to be fun and last for a long time, the necessary equipment must be prepared and it must be properly supervised. adults take on the role of game directors and take into account children's actions, abilities, and aspirations. children who actively participated in the game are specially encouraged, and they decide which works should be staged in the future. the role of games played with construction materials is great in improving children's creative abilities. from pedagogues z.v. lishtvan, v.g. in her research, nechayeva highlighted the unique aspects and importance of construction games. construction games require the child to describe the image of an object in spatial terms. in the course of the game, the size, size, and compatibility of any material or object, the skill of spatial planning is formed and developed. construction games form children's observation skills, teach them to place objects in space. these games will be held in the following stages: 1. stage. to study the level of children's construction skills and interest. determining the purpose of leading construction games. 2. stage. organization of tours, excursions, purpose-built tours to construction facilities and buildings. familiarization with the work of builders and buildings in big cities and the capital through various pictures, paintings, works of art, conversation. 3. stage. • creating conditions for children's games. adequate preparation of construction materials (for group and individual activities). • building materials can be of different sizes and sizes. • storage of building materials and working tools in the group and on the ground floor. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org • correct and convenient storage of building materials. 5. placement of toys and materials in the construction corner. • availability of handmade toys from waste materials. • albums depicting our country and its capital, various vehicles. • observing the construction of buildings and structures with children. 4. stage. teaching children to build and build their skills. the following methods are used for this: • let my adult explain and show. • let the adult show a construction and analyze each part. • show a finished building structure as a sample. • introduction to some important parts of construction and their features. • involvement in the continuation of the unfinished construction object. • independent construction of buildings based on the given topic. • children's creative voluntary construction. • analysis of finished construction. 5. stage. organization of children's creative construction games. in the process of playing, forming moral qualities in mutual relations, the culture of being able to play, as well as guiding playing with sand, water in summer, and snow in winter. playing with sand. sand is the most convenient means of play for children. the sand is kept wet in special boxes. hygienic requirements for sand storage: a) the sand must be cleaned of various stones and bottles; b) sand is stored only in a wetter state; c) should not endanger children's health. flags and toys should be prepared for small children to play with sand. water games. these games can be played from a young age. bathing a doll in the water, playing with toys, and older children can bathe in the water. games played with snow make children happy. for this, a wooden shovel and a sled loaded with a box for transporting snow are necessary. with the help of adults, they make different shapes, santa claus, snow maiden, and animals from piles of snow. didactic games, as an educational game, are among the games that match the age characteristics of children. an important feature of didactic games is the presence of rules. in the game, there is an integral connection between the intention of the game, the rules of the game, and the actions of the game. the intention of the game determines the nature of the game actions. the rules of the game help to decide the actions of the game, the task and the implementation of actions in the game. children are given new knowledge and concepts through didactic games. in these games, the child's all-round development, cognitive process, sensory culture, speech activity, and mental abilities are improved. adhering to the rules of the game and following them will enrich the content of the game. didactic games widely use natural objects and objects. time and space for didactic games should be allocated in the child's agenda. such games are played in groups or individually during training and outside the game. the content and result of the game are carefully determined. the following rules should be followed in didactic games:  taking turns to influence.  answer when asked.  being able to listen to the opinion of his comrades. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org  do not disturb others during the game.  fulfilling the rules of the game.  admit your mistake.  it is necessary to take into account the age and individual characteristics of children in didactic games. the pace and rhythm of the game plays a big role in the game, a very slow and even pace makes the child wait a lot, and a very fast pace excites the children and leads to various arguments. correct assessment of game participants by adults is important. there are the following types of didactic games:  played with objects and toys;  table-printing;  verbal puns. games with objects and toys are a type of game played from the first age of the child until reaching school age. children's imaginations and attention form the basis of the game. they develop a general understanding of the surrounding things and objects, their quality, and useful aspects. each object or toy used in the game should have its own appearance, and should allow distinguishing the main sign of the object. such games expand children's knowledge about the shape, size, sign, and quality of things. board-printing games are a method of play that allows children to identify, organize, and develop their thinking (analysis, synthesis, generalization, description) of their imaginations about the environment. this game type:  lotto;  pair of pictures;  domino;  includes a maze. verbal word games are held with older preschoolers. they teach the child to be able to hear, to find an answer immediately, to express his thoughts quickly and clearly. according to researchers, such games are of great importance in the mental development of a child. the presence of didactic goals and game materials is of great importance in the above-mentioned types of games. the basis of rule-based games is the system of actions aimed at the physical development of the child. mainly, actions such as walking, running, jumping, crawling, throwing, and crawling determine the content of the game. according to the origin of action games: national games of the people; authorship is divided into game types. in both types of games, the main criterion is the rules of the game. active games educate children with such noble qualities as accuracy, expressiveness, quickness, dexterity, fearlessness, courage. most action games are suitable for team play, which builds the ability to move in an organized manner. correctly assigning roles to children during regular action games, monitoring the game process, leading it, encouraging good actions at the right time increases the prestige of the game. a cheerful mood and positive emotions arise during the game. the plot of the game for young children will have an open character. for example, "chase the ball!", "catch the ball!". for older children, the goal of the game, the rules and the organization of the game become more complicated. rules-based games are first learned in physical education training. then it should be replayed in other processes. the "bolajon" program includes series of national action games held in different age groups. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org further improvement of the preschool education system as an important link of the integrated continuous education system, expansion of the network of preschool educational institutions and strengthening of the material and technical base, providing them with qualified pedagogic personnel, providing children with all-round intellectual , to introduce modern educational programs and technologies that develop spiritually, aesthetically and physically into the educational process, to radically increase their level of preparation for school, to further increase the effectiveness of lessons by teaching children foreign languages with game activities, we are pedagogues depends. if we teach foreign languages to children of preschool and elementary age using interactive methods, action games, didactic games, and modern technologies, we can make the child interested and concentrate. at the same time, it is advisable for the pedagogue to be in constant contact with the parents. references 1. constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. t., "uzbekistan", 1992. 2. i.a. karimov. independence and spirituality. t., "uzbekistan", 1995. 3. i.a. karimov. highly qualified specialists are a factor of development. t., "uzbekistan", 1995. 4. i.a. karimov. a perfect generation is the foundation of uzbekistan's development. t., "sharq", 1998. 5. "national personnel training program" of the republic of uzbekistan. ò., "sharq", 1997. 6. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on education". ò., "uzbekistan", 1997. 7. state standard of preschool education. uzpfiti. o'., 1995. 8. p. yusupova. preschool pedagogy. o'., "0 teacher", 1996. 9. the idea of national independence: basic concepts and principles. o'., "uzbekistan", 2000. 10. a child of the third millennium. 0 tutorial. o'., "enlightenment helper", 2001. 11. u. tolipov, m. usmanbayeva. pedagogical technology: theory and practice. o'., "science", 2005. 12. sh. shodmonova. preschool pedagogy. ò., "science and technology", 2005. 13. explanatory dictionary of pedagogy. (compilers: j. hasanboyev, h. torakulov, o. hasanboyeva, n. usmanov). ò., "science and technology", 2009. 14. "bolajon" support program. o'., 2010. a. holikov. pedagogical skills. o'., "economy finance", 2010. 15. hnp://wwwdetskiysad. ru/ped. 16. hnp://wwwdetskiysad. ru/ped/dp.064. himl. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org methods of improving the efficiency of solar cells by changing their structure l. o. olimov doctor of physics and mathematics, proff. andijan machine building institute, u.a. axmadaliyev doctoral student of the andijan machine building institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the improvement of the optical properties of solar cells and the new type of pyramidal solar cell and its construction solutions. the fact that the rays of the sun falling on the surface of the element depend on the geometric dimensions and recommendations for improving the refractive index by changing them are given. pyramidal solar cell, refractive index, photoenergy, light absorption, construction. in the future, the use of renewable energy sources is undoubtedly necessary to ensure energy, environmental, and economic security, as well as for the sustainable development of the energy sector. a prerequisite for preserving natural resources and protecting the environment for future generations is the adoption of renewable and alternative energy sources. the use of solar energy is environmentally friendly compared to conventional fuels, so recently, solar energy has been converted into electricity. the need for devices has increased significantly. examples of such devices are photovoltaic cells. various types of photovoltaic devices have already been developed, but their efficiency still needs to be improved, and therefore, creating methods to improve their efficiency is a priority for many researchers. today, silicon-based, perovskite, organic and other types of solar cells are being produced. among them, the most common one is silicon-based. because it is the most common element on earth after oxygen, and the production technology is also cheap. however, the useful work coefficient is close to 20% in production, and theoretically close to 30% in laboratory conditions. it is also very expensive in terms of cost. the useful efficiency of solar cells depends on the nature and structure of the semiconductor material used for it, the quality of the ohmic contact, the resistance of the materials, how much of the incident light flux returns from the surface and how much of it passes through the semiconductor without being absorbed, the formed electron-holes depends on how much is allocated to the p-n junction region. the incidence, refraction and return of light rays on the surface of two media can be analyzed by the nature of the polarization of the electromagnetic wave after falling on the surface, the refraction and return of the polarized light. taking into account the above points, we have proposed a new american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org pyramidal solar element. the pyramid-shaped textures formed on the surface of this structure by various technological methods are analyzed based on two or more times of refraction of the light falling on the surface of two media. due to the increase in the number of refractions, the flow of refracted rays into the semiconductor medium increases. we will consider which absorption has the greatest contribution in the process of absorption and in which cases it can be fully demonstrated. the absorption of light depends on the types of absorption, phonon absorption, excition absorption through the input atoms of the main absorption mechanism, assuming that photoenergy is used to change the energy states of electrons and atoms: solar elements with this design are very different from other designs in terms of their appearance and structure. because we can determine how many times the incident light is refracted depending on the angle at the base of the resulting pyramids. through this, you can find out exactly what pyramids should cover the solar element. figure 1. general view of the pyramidal solar element. in these pyramidal solar elements, the height of their shape and the angle of their base are the most important parameters. so, if it is considered that the angle at the base of the pyramids should be in the range of 64.3d, the flora of british india, london (1885). 13. van wyk, b.e., 2008. a broad review of commercially important southern african medicinal plants. journal of ethnopharmacology, 119(3), pp.342-355. 14. hepper, f.n., 1991. old world withania (solanaceae): a taxonomic review and key to the species. loc. cit, pp.211-227. 15. mishra, l.c., singh, b.b. and dagenais, s., 2000. scientific basis for the therapeutic use of withania somnifera (ashwagandha): a review. alternative medicine review, 5(4), pp.334-346. 16. ghosal, s., lal, j., srivastava, r., bhattacharya, s.k., upadhyay, s.n., jaiswal, a.k. and chattopadhyay, u., 1989. immunomodulatory and cns effects of sitoindosides ix and x, two new glycowithanolides from withania somnifera. phytotherapy research, 3(5), pp.201-206. 17. atta-ur-rahman, samina-abbas, dur-e-shahwar, jamal, s.a., chaudhary, m.i. and abbas.s new withanolides from withania spp. journal od natural products, (1991), 56; 1000-1006. 18. elsakka, m., grigorescu, e., stănescu, u., & dorneanu, v. (1990). new data referring to chemistry of withania somnifera species. revista medico-chirurgicala a societatii de medici si naturalisti din iasi, 94(2), 385-387. 19. grandhi, anuradha, a. m. mujumdar, and bhushan patwardhan. "a comparative pharmacological investigation of ashwagandha and ginseng." journal of ethnopharmacology 44.3 (1994): 131-135. 20. bhattacharya sk; muruganandam av; pharmacolbiochembehav, (2003), 547-555. 21. bhattacharya, s. k., et al. "anxiolytic-antidepressant activity of withania somnifera glycowithanolides: an experimental study." phytomedicine 7.6 (2000): 463-469. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 22. bhattacharya, s. k., et al. "antioxidant activity ofbacopa monniera in rat frontal cortex, striatum and hippocampus." phytotherapy research 14.3 (2000): 174-179. 23. bone k; clinical applications of ayuvedic and chinese herbs. queensland australia. 24. prakash, jai, suresh kumar gupta, and amit kumar dinda. "withania somnifera root extract prevents dmba-induced squamous cell carcinoma of skin in swiss albino mice." nutrition and cancer 42.1 (2002): 91-97. 25. jayaprakasam, bolleddula, et al. "growth inhibition of human tumor cell lines by withanolides from withania somnifera leaves." life sciences 74.1 (2003): 125-132. 26. mishra, lakshmi-chandra, betsy b. singh, and simon dagenais. "scientific basis for the therapeutic use of withania somnifera (ashwagandha): a review." alternative medicine review 5.4 (2000): 334-346. 27. christina, a. j. m., et al. "anticarcinogenic activity of withania somnifera dunal against dalton’s ascitic lymphoma." journal of ethnopharmacology 93.2-3 (2004): 359-361. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org intensification of dust gas cleaning process ergashev nasimbek akhmadjonovich researcher fergana polytechnic institute n.ergashev@ferpi.uz isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich technical sciences, phd fergana polytechnic institute the republic of uzbekistan a.s.isomidinov@ferpi.uz madaliyev akhrorbek niyzomidin ogli tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, ass student ummatov rustambek bektoshevich tashkent state named after islam karimov senior teacher of kokan branch of technical university xonazarov roʼzimuhammad dilshodjon oʼgʼli tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, ass student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on the processes of cleaning various heterogeneous waste generated in the production processes of industrial enterprises and the basis of their selection of the types of constructions suitable for the process. based on the physico-chemical characteristics of the generated heterogeneous wastes, the issues of selecting cleaning devices were considered. there was also talk about the trend of wet cleaning devices. мақолада саноат корхоналарининг ишлаб чиқариш жараёнларида ҳосил бўладиган турли гетероген ташламаларни тозалаш жараёнлари ва жараёнга мос конструкцяиларнинг турлари уларни танлаш асослари тўғрисида маълумотлар wet method, gas mixture, heterogeneous, tendency, sedimentation under the influence of gravity, centrifugal, sedimentation in electric and other force field, filter, washing of gases. ҳўл усул, газ аралашмаси, гетероген, тенденция, оғирлик кучи таъсирида чўктириш, марказдан қочма, электр ва бошқа кучлар майдонида чўктириш, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org келтирилган. ҳосил бўладиган гетероген ташламаларнинг физик-кимёвий хусусиятидан келиб чиқиб тозалаш қурилмаларини танлаш масалалари кўрилган. ҳамда ҳўл усулда тозалаш қурилмаларининг тенденцияси хақида сўз борган. в статье приведены сведения о процессах очистки различных разнородных отходов, образующихся в производственных процессах промышленных предприятий, и на их основе выбор типов конструкций, подходящих для данного процесса. на основании физико-химических характеристик образующихся разнородных отходов рассмотрены вопросы выбора очистных устройств. говорили и о тренде устройств для влажной уборки. филтрла, газларни ювиш. мокрый метод, газовая смесь, неоднородная, склонность, седиментация под действием силы тяжести, центробежная, седиментация в электрическом и других силовых полях, фильтрация, промывка газов. in the chemical industry, building materials production, pharmaceuticals, food and other industries, a number of gaseous heterogeneous systems dusts, fumes, mists are formed during the processes of grinding, feeding, mixing, transferring, drying, cooking and processing of granular materials. if dust with a particle size of 3 ÷ 70 μm is formed in the above processes, smoke and mists with a size of 0.3 ÷ 5 μm of solid and liquid particles are formed during fuel burning and condensation of industrial vapors. industrial gases and air must be cleaned of dust for proper implementation of technological processes. mixers, dispersers, most substance exchange devices, and a number of industrial devices cannot function well without effective gas and dust cleaning schemes. industrial dust gases are cleaned for the following purposes [8,9,10]: 1. extraction of valuable products from gas mixtures and re-use in production; 2. removal of substances from gas mixtures that adversely affect the process and accelerate device breakdown; 3. environment to reduce air pollution. currently, the following methods of cleaning dust gases are used in industrial enterprises: 1. sinking under the influence of gravity; 2. centrifuge; 3. deposition in the field of electricity and other forces; 4. filtering; 5. wash gases. it is possible to increase the level of gas purification in various devices used in the above-mentioned methods. for this, the size of solid particles in the gas should be increased before the cleaning process. for example, acoustic coagulation, that is, it is necessary to influence the gas mixture with acoustic vibration sound and ultrasound frequencies. sudden changes in sound and ultrasound cause ultra-small particles to vibrate intensively. as a result, particle collisions and size increase dramatically. gases are american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org given an acoustic effect with a sound level of 145...150 db and a vibration frequency of 2...50 khz [11]. there are other ways to increase particle size. for example, condensation of water vapor on solid particles. this can be achieved by spraying very small cold water droplets into the hot gas flow, and by spraying cold water into the cold gas flow. when choosing gas purification devices, it is necessary to take into account their technical and economic indicators. key indicators include: degree of gas purification; -hydraulic resistance of the device; consumption of electricity, steam and water for cleaning; price of equipment and gas cleaning. in addition, factors affecting the cleaning efficiency should also be taken into account, i.e. gas humidity and concentration, temperature and chemical aggressiveness, properties of dust (hygroscopicity, fiber, viscosity, dryness), particle size, its fractional composition, etc. [1,2, 3,4]. table 1.1 below shows some average characteristics of gas treatment plants. as can be seen from the data in table 1.1, cyclone and inertial dust collectors can be used for coarse separation of gases only from large particles [2,5,6,7]. technician of dust gas cleaning devices indicators table 1.1 қурилма тури газдаги чангнинг максимал миқдори, кг/м3 айрим заррачалар ўлчами, мкм тозаланиш даражаси, % гидравлик қаршилик, н/м2 чанг чўктириш камераси чегараланмаган >100 3040 циклон 0,4 >10 7095 400700 батареяли циклон 0,1 >10 8590 500800 енгли (матоли) филтр 0,02 >1 9899 5002500 марказдан кочма скрубберлар 0,05 > 2 9095 400800 кўпикли чанг ушлагичлар 0,3 >0,5 9599 300900 вентури скрубберлар 0,05 >1 9599 30007000 электрофилтр 0,010,05 >0,005 9999,9 100200 of course, these gases must be dry and their particles must not be sticky or fibrous. at the same time, these devices do not require large capital and operating costs. therefore, devices of this type are used for rough, preliminary cleaning of various gaseous systems, and then for complete cleaning in electrofilters and light filters. in addition, such rough cleaning prevents the fan blades from corroding. cyclone and battery cyclones are recommended for cleaning high concentration gases, battery cyclones are recommended to be used when consumption of gaseous heterogeneous systems is high. light filters are used for gentle cleaning of dry and difficult-to-dissolve dusts with a particle size of more than 1 μm. however, these filters cannot be used to clean sticky and wet dust. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org cleaning of dusty gases under the influence of an electric field in industry allows to achieve high cleaning performance. electrofilters have small hydraulic resistance and low energy consumption. it consumes 0.2...0.3 kw hours of electricity to clean 1000 m3 of dusty gas per hour. plate filters are often used to clean dry gases, and tubular electrofilters are used to clean fog and stubborn dust. these types of devices are expensive and more complicated to operate. in addition, if the gas is aggressive and the particles in it have a small relative electrical resistance, the use of electrofilters will not be effective or cannot be used at all. the most effective of the above gas and dust cleaning methods is the gas and dust washing method. that is why there is a tendency to use this method in industrial enterprises. used literature [1] исомидинов а.с. разработка эффективных методов и устройств очистки пылевых газов химической промышленности: дисс. … phd. – ташкент, 2020. – 118 с. [2] тожиев р.ж., каримов и.т., исомидинов а.с. чангли газларни ҳўл усулда тозаловчи қурилмани саноатда қўллашнинг илмий-техник асослари: монография. фарпи "илмийтехника" журнали нашриёт бўлими-фарғона 2020. – 91 б [3] isomiddinov, a., аxrorov, а., karimov, i., & tojiyev, r. (2019). application of rotor-filter dusty gas cleaner in industry and identifying its efficiency. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (9-10), 24-31. [4] вальдберг а.ю., николайкина н.е. процессы и аппараты защиты окружающей среды. – м. : дрофа, 2008. –239 с. [5] rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & abdurakhmon, s. (2021). research of the hydraulic resistance of the inertial scrubber. universum: технические науки, (7-3 (88)), 44-51. [6] исомидинов а. с. исследование гидравлического сопротивления роторно-фильтрующего аппарата //universum: технические науки. – 2019. – №. 10-1 (67). [7] isomidinov, a. (2019). mathematical modeling of the optimal parameters of rotory filter apparatus for wet cleaning of dusty gases. international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology, 6(10), 258-264. [8] rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & bobojon, o. (2021). studying the effect of rotor-filter contact element on cleaning efficiency. universum: технические науки, (6-5 (87)), 28-32. [9] исомиддинов а. с., давронбеков а. а. исследование гидродинамических режимов сферической углубленной трубы //universum: технические науки. – 2021. – №. 7-1 (88). – с. 5358. [10] isomidinov a. s., madaliev a. n. hydrodynamics and aerodynamics of rotor filter cleaner for cleaning dusty gases //li international correspondence scientific and practical conference" international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education". – 2018. – с. 29-32. [11] rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & akmaljon, a. (2021). analysis of the dispersed composition of the phosphorite dust and the properties of emission fluoride gases in the production of superphosphate mineral fertilizers. universum: химия и биология, (6-2 (84)), 68-73. [12] isomidinov, a. s., & qakhkhorov, i. (2022). ротор-фильтрли қурилмада гидравлик қаршиликнинг тозалаш самарадорлигига таъсирини тадқиқ этиш. journal of integrated education and research, 1(1), 173-185. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org [13] muxtorov, s. s. o. g. l., & qoxxorov, i. i. o. g. l. (2022). issiqlik almashuvchi qurulmalar va ularda jarayonni intensivlash usullari tahlili. science and education, 3(5), 370-378. [14] karimov, i. t., ahrorov, a. a., & kahorov, i. i. (2019). the method of determining the size of the mixing zone bubbling extractor. in international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education (pp. 11-15). [15]adhamjon, akbarov va nurmatov sardor. "innovatsion yondashuv asosida bo'lajak muhandislarning grafik kompetentsiyasini rivojlantirish metodologiyasi."amerika texnologiya va amaliy fanlar jurnali 7 (2022): 10-12. [16]uktamovich, siddiqov rasuljon va boshq. "rotor-filtr qurilmasidagi ishchi suyuqlikka ta'sir qiluvchi qarshiliklarni o'rganish."innovatsion technologica: uslubiy tadqiqotlar jurnali 3.11 (2022): 8-15. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org formation of listening and speaking skills among schoolchildren umarova gulnora inomovna gafurova muhabbatkhon burkhonovna uzbekistan district 18 specialized state secondary school english teachers a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s learning to speak necessarily involves the formation of skills to build up various types of invocations: message, persuasion, description, approval, etc., to use a variety of questions, the ability to convey the content of what you read. teaching a foreign language can make a significant contribution to the development of educational and communicative skills, since in the process of mastering speech in english, these skills, of necessity, become the object of increased attention. speaking, activity, motivation, foreign language, communication speaking as an activity. speaking is one of the types of activity; but speaking is a speech activity, therefore, it has special characteristics, for example: motivation, activity, purposefulness, connection with activity, connection with the communicative function of thinking, connection with personality and others. i would like to elaborate on motivation, activity, purposefulness and connection with the communicative function of thinking. motivation. speaking is always motivated. based on there are two types of need for communicative motivation: a) the need for communication as such, b) the need to commit this particular speech act. in the field of teaching foreign languages, the equal importance of the teacher's professional language competence and the factor of taking into account the characteristics of students, in particular, their motivation, which include interests, needs, aspirations, etc. is emphasized. "the learning process consists of three components of equal importance: a) the teacher and his skills; b) the student and his aspiration; c) the subject, the assimilation of which must be ensured". situational motivation educates the learner's need for communication in general, creates a constant motivational readiness – an extremely complex factor of successful participation in communication and, therefore, important for establishing a speech partnership. the absence of the status of speech partners in the relationship between students and teachers stems precisely from the lack of communicative motivation. activity. speaking is always an active process, because in it the attitude of the speakers to the surrounding reality is manifested. this attitude takes place not only when a person speaks, but also american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org when he listens to the interlocutor (internal activity). what is meant here is not the side of it that is aimed at listening, at understanding the interlocutor's speech, but the activity of reaction to what is perceived: passing evaluation of statements, partial planning of one's replica, etc. it is the activity that ensures the verbal behavior of the interlocutor, which is so important for achieving the learning goal. "if, in the process of teaching, students are united with each other or with the teacher only by the fact that they are participants in the learning process, an "interlocutor", and therefore there will be neither speech activity nor initiative". purposefulness. speaking is always purposeful, since any statement pursues some purpose. the aimless utterance of some sentences is pronouncing, not speaking. the speaker always wants to achieve some goal with his statement: to convince or dissuade his interlocutor, to arouse sympathy or anger him, to support his opinion or, conversely, to ridicule him and so on. such goals can be called communicative tasks. their solution is the purposefulness of speaking, that is, the subordination of all its qualities (as an activity and as a product) to the fulfillment of the task set in communication. therefore, speaking can be truly purposeful only when it has all the necessary qualities that integrate into purposefulness. connection with the communicative function of thinking. the process of speech activity is closely related to the activity of thinking. but what happens in the process of thinking as "an active process of reflecting the objective world in concepts, judgments, theories" is not identical to what happens in the mental activity associated with speaking. i believe that the case here is not in the level of language proficiency: you can perfectly speak the language, communicate fluently in it, but not be able to think in a foreign language. speaking is a constant solution of communicative speech–thinking tasks. and if we want to teach speaking, then we should do it on similar tasks. v.a. kan-kalik notes that "a teacher who does not know the structure and laws of pedagogical communication has poorly developed communicative abilities and communicative culture in general". speaking as a product. all the qualities of speaking as an activity provide the conditions for creating a speech product (utterances of any level), which also has certain qualities. 1) structurality. this quality is manifested in the fact that speech units have their own structure, which is inherent in any of their levels: word forms, word combinations, phrases, super-phrasal units, the whole text. the knowledge of the structure of all levels and the definition of speech patterns on this basis is of paramount importance for teaching speaking, since each of the levels gives the student a lot of difficulties and is a source of errors. this is especially true of the level of phrases. 2) consistency. the logic of speaking is understood as its property, which is provided by a certain sequence of presentation, "that is, the presentation of a number of thoughts, facts connected both internally, due to the semantic connection between them, and externally, with the help of special means of language" (28, p.24). consistency requires special training. this is especially true with regard to statements of the level of super-phrasal unity and the level of the text. 3) informative. as v.n. trostnikov wrote: "information is not a characteristic of a message, but of the relationship between a message and its consumer" (27, p.24). this means that the same message can be informative for one participant of communication and uninformative for another. the level of this informativeness is determined: for the interlocutor – by the value of the message for him as a person, for the speaker, obviously, by the measure of the impact on the interlocutor. if speaking was not american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org informative, we would not have speech partners in communication: they would not be interested in us, because they would not hear anything new from us. 4) expressiveness. this quality of the product of speaking, as well as informativeness, serves its effectiveness. intonation and logical stress (expressiveness parameters) when teaching speaking are not a luxury, but an important means stimulation of interest in the learning process itself, as they clearly show the student the role of these components in expressing his communicative intentions, in achieving speech impact. 5) productivity. speaking is always productive, which means that in the process of it a new product is created that did not entirely take place in the previous speech experience of the person (the trainee). productivity is based on three psychophysiological mechanisms: reproduction, combination and transformation. the reproduction mechanism works on the basis of memory. in the process of speaking, a person reproduces most phrases and many phrases. but the leading ones are the mechanisms of combination and transformation. the combination can be carried out within the framework of phrases, phrases, text. it develops only with the constant use of new situations in training. the mechanism of transformation is closely related to it. as a result of his work, the speaker modifies a phrase (or part of it), pronounced or just appeared in his mind, but rejected on the basis of an assessment of its inadequacy to any factor: the listener's condition, tactical plans, etc. the considered qualities of speaking as a product on the basis of their integration also determine the effectiveness of speaking. listening and speaking are the types of speech activities that must be formed in students in order to provide an opportunity to communicate orally. finally, it is participation in a conversation conducted in the classroom, which is possible only if you have an understanding of speech by ear, when the teacher and students speak on topics and situations provided for by the initial stage. the educational purpose of training. the educational purpose of the training is to form the skills to independently solve elementary communicative tasks in english within the framework of the topics proposed by the program, and to acquire elementary regional knowledge. the realization of the educational goal of teaching a foreign language at school is associated with the expansion of the general educational horizons of students. filling the teaching content with authentic information about the country of the language being studied, consistent reliance on the socio-cultural and speech experience of students in their native language the comparison of this experience with the knowledge, skills and abilities acquired in a foreign language lesson are designed to form a broad understanding of the achievements of the cultures of their own people and the people of the country of the language being studied. learning a foreign language helps to expand the general outlook of students, increases their culture. in fact, familiarization with the language is also familiarization with the culture of the people who created it and who use it. "language is considered in its two main functions: communicative – communication is carried out with its help and cumulative – it is the keeper of the culture of the people – its bearer". i believe that the educational goal of learning is as important as the communicative one, since when learning a foreign language, students get acquainted with english-speaking countries, with the culture american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org of the peoples inhabiting them, their history, art, traditions, customs, literature, in other words, "touch" the cumulative function of language as the guardian of the culture of the people. but i believe that at the same time, the real needs and interests of younger schoolchildren in communication and cognition should be lost as much as possible. "the educational and developmental aspects of teaching a subject related to the formation of students' desire to master a foreign language as a means of communication and interaction with another national culture and its native speakers are priority in primary school". students should feel the need to use a foreign language to solve communication problems, to carry out specific tasks in this or that area of knowledge and subject-practical activities relevant for primary school children. the inclusion of language in the summary of the life of a junior schoolboy is aimed at helping children realize that for a real acquaintance with the outside world, other countries, peoples and their customs and traditions, they need to speak and understand a foreign language well. bim i.l. wrote: "the process of teaching foreign languages in primary school is designed not only to provide students with the opportunity to master another way of communication. he must introduce children to the world of another culture". the formation and development of country-specific motivation, which is based on interest in the life of a peer abroad, in the culture of the country of the language being studied, its people, is one of the leading targets. it should be said that language learning already at the initial stage allows you to contribute to education children's. "children learn a foreign language not only as a means of communication, but also as a means of familiarizing themselves with another culture". the developmental goal of learning. learning a foreign language develops children's thinking, emotions, attention, imagination, will, memory, as well as cognitive and linguistic abilities; forms a conscious attitude to both their native and foreign languages. children develop interpersonal communication skills, self-control skills and control over the activities of other children. teaching a foreign language contributes to the development of children, which was shown when revealing the educational purpose of learning. educational and developmental goals are achieved in the process of practical mastery of a foreign language. learning a foreign language forms a more attentive attitude among students to the forms of expression of thoughts, both in a foreign language and in their native language. "where the teaching of the native language is well established, it is easier to teach a foreign language". but although the opposite phenomenon can be observed. well-organized english language teaching has a positive effect on the development of students' thinking and speech abilities when teaching other humanities subjects and, above all, their native language. mastering a language outside the environment where it is spoken requires the creation of imaginary situations that can stimulate communication in the language being studied, and is associated with the development of imagination. children of primary school age have a rich imagination, and, on the one hand, this ability should be used in the educational process, and on the other hand, reliance on this ability will further develop imagination and contribute to the creation and development of ideas. improving the quality of teaching a foreign language in secondary school largely depends on what level of skills and abilities of students' learning activities can be provided by modern methods of teaching foreign languages. there are four groups of skills and abilities: educational-organizational, educational-intellectual, educational-informational and educational-communicative. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org english language teaching, conducted according to a certain system presented by the umk, allows students to form educational and organizational skills and abilities. these include: provision for the formation of skills and skills of independent work in oral speech (sound recording, video recording); children learn to exercise self-control. this is facilitated by the work of children at home with sound devices and video devices. thus, already at the initial stage, children develop educational and organizational skills and abilities. the foundations of educational-intellectual and educational-informational skills and abilities are laid at the initial stage when teaching reading as a type of speech activity and grammar. but we will not touch on them, but we will talk about educational and communicative skills. it can be said without exaggeration that these skills in the system of teaching a foreign language at the initial stage are the main ones, which is justified by the nature of the subject. "the very nature of learning to understand english speech by ear, to express one's thoughts (one's own statements, no matter how elementary they are) creates the most favorable prerequisites for the development of all educational and communicative skills and abilities due to the fact that the types of speech activity being developed are essentially based on these skills and abilities" (3,p.36). from the above, the following conclusions can be drawn that mastering the english language begins with the development of perception and understanding of the teacher's sounding speech (understanding the teacher's speech behavior, his organizing, controlling instructions and remarks in english, etc.). speaking training involves the formation of skills to build statements of various types: description, approval, persuasion, message, etc., use a variety of questions, be able to convey the content of what you read, for example, complete the task: "read the text to know more about english new year" ("read the text to learn more about the english new year"). teaching a foreign language can contribute to the development of educational and communicative skills, since these skills and abilities they become the object of increased attention in the process of mastering english speech. teaching english allows you to make a certain contribution to the formation of educationalorganizational, educational-intellectual, educational-informational and educational-communicative skills and thereby contribute to the development of schoolchildren and implement training in this subject. listening is the understanding of auditory speech, which forms the basis of communication, and the mastery of oral communication begins with it. with constant listening to speech, children of primary school age develop the following skills: differentiate perceived sounds, keep them in memory while listening to sound recordings and, based on the communication situation, understand the perceived sound chain. schoolchildren should have such a level of understanding of foreign speech that allows them to fulfill the requests of teachers and comrades addressed to them, answer questions, express understanding with remarks of agreement or disagreement, approval or disapproval. the material for listening can be a simple or detailed statement, an elementary text in the form of a brief description and a teacher's story. speaking and listening are two interrelated aspects of oral speech. listening prepares speaking, speaking helps to form the perception of speech by ear. it is closely related to other types of speech activity, especially with writing, since in the process of graphic design, the student pronounces and hears what he writes. as a type of speech activity, listening plays a very important role in achieving practical, developmental, educational and educational goals, and also serves as an effective means of teaching english in elementary school. listening helps students to learn to listen to the sounding american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org speech, to foster a culture of listening not only in a foreign language, but also in their native language. the well-known teacher y.k. babansky wrote about the educational function: "objectively, education cannot but educate certain views, beliefs, attitudes, personality qualities. the essence of the educative function of learning is that it gives this objectively possible process a certain purposefulness and social significance". the educational value of the formation of the ability to understand speech by ear also has a developing effect on the child, as it has a positive effect on the development of memory, and of course auditory memory, which is also important for studying. references 1. bailey k.m. // practical english language teaching: speaking. new york: mcgraw-hill. 2005. 2. goh c.// teaching speaking in the language classroom. singapore: seameo regional language centre. 2007. 3. passov e.i. // communicative methods of teaching foreign languages. moscow. 2011. 4. trent j. // enhancing oral participation across the curriculum: some lessons from the eap classroom. (p.p. 256-270). “asian efl journal”, 11(1). 2009. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org modernizing the operation of the plant unit r. khaliliov sh. sh. mirzaxodjaev tashkent state agrarian university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s modernization of the work of the planting unit, in addition to technological work, consists in improving and quality treatment of soils with low moisture and plant residues. the main directions of research on the modernization of the work of the planting unit and the development of technical means, as well as the main results of some studies conducted in these directions and their effectiveness are described. soil moisture; weed removal; mixing the topsoil to bury seeds and fertilizers; includes removing moisture from the lower part of the soil to the upper layer, leveling the surface of the soil to fix lawns and young seedlings, leveling the upper part of the soil (after plowing), deep softening of the soil without turning it over. introduction it is of great importance to teach students materials related to the mechanization of agricultural production in the preparation of highly qualified personnel for agriculture. students and professionals studying in this field have theoretical knowledge and practical skills about the basics of electrification and automation of tractors, cars, various agricultural machines, machine-tractor units and technological processes used in agriculture. creates. in order to reduce the cost of the product, it is advisable to use less energy-consuming technologies that do not harm the productivity of the land used for its cultivation, and allow saving its resources. planting seeds is one of the most laborand energyintensive processes in agricultural production technology. in order to plant the seeds of agricultural crops, the soil in the field should be prepared to the extent that it meets agrotechnical requirements. shallow tillage machines have their own characteristics. before planting, tillage of the surface layer of the soil to a depth of 12-16 cm, i.e. maintaining moisture in the soil; weed removal; formation of a uniform layer of the required density on the surface of the soil; mixing the topsoil to bury seeds and fertilizers; includes removing moisture from the lower part of the soil to the upper layer, leveling the surface of the soil to fix lawns and young seedlings, leveling the upper part of the soil (after plowing), deep softening of the soil without turning it over. literature analysis and methods today, hairy and hairless seeds are planted by mechanical schx-4b, sxu-4, smx-4, foreign pneumatic, ppas-4, "keys-1200" models, grain seeds by foreign sapfir 7/8, lemken, sz-3,6 ; szn3.6 and local dem 3.6, "california" (2 and 4 rows), bomet s 239, and kyau-100 machines are used for planting vegetable seeds. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org cotton is one of the most widely grown products in the republic. for growing cotton crop, hairy and dehaired seed is planted. currently, farm-cluster farms and the agricultural sector in general are fully supported by our state, and all necessary conditions and opportunities are created for them. in the strategy of actions for the further development of uzbekistan in 2017-2021, we have clearly defined the most important tasks for the modernization of agriculture as well as all other sectors, and our consistent implementation of them serves as the basis for great success in the field. high productivity in agriculture largely depends on the level of providing the industry with modern techniques and their effective use. figure 1. soil loosening and seeding unit combined with claas xerion model tractor. this model allows the tractor operator to see the field in front of him while driving the tractor and makes it convenient for one person to install and remove additional equipment from the tractor. these attachment holders are universal mechanization devices that allow full control by one tractor operator and do not require any additional assistants. one of the most important measures in increasing the productivity of agricultural crops is planting seeds and planting seedlings in the specified time and at the appropriate depth. table 1 technical specifications of seed sowing machines indicators model of cars schx-4a sxu-4 smx-4 “keys-1200” type suspension suspension suspension suspension tractor model mtz-80x; ttz-80.11 mtz-80x ttz80.11 mtz-80x; ttz-80.11 mx-135 magnum row spacing, cm 90 60, 70, 90 60, 90 60, 76, 90 coverage width, m 3,6 2,4; 2,8; 3,6 2,4; 3,6 4,8; 6,08; 7,2 working speed, km/h 6,1 7,5 7,5 7,8 productivity, ha/h: in prime time during operation 2,2 1,6 1,8-2,7 1,3-2,0 1,8-2,7 1,3-2,0 5,6 4,1 required power, kw 18,2 27,31 27,31 70,0 seed burial depth, cm 3-8 3-8 3-8 3-10 between cells, cm 3-30 3-30 3-30 3-50 the smallest turning radius, m 6 6 6 12 the maximum number of seeds planted per meter, pcs 40-50 40-50 40-50 30 total capacity of seed containers, m3 0,36 0,164 0,186 1,32 mass, kg 560 825 650 2079 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org checking the quality of sowing. during the shift, the quality of sowing is checked: the depth of planting (planting) seeds, the straightness of the rows, the norm of sowing seeds, the widths between adjacent rows and between the main rows are checked. seed planting technology. seedlings are sown with 15-20 cm between nests and 60 or 90 cm between rows. ttz-80.11 for the construction of seed planting unit; mtz-80x or ttz-100ls tractors can be equipped with schx-4, sxu-4 and smx-4 seeders. depilated and hairy seeds are used for planting. usually, seeds are centrally treated with chemicals in cotton factories and given to farmers' associations. at the farmers union, hairy seeds are soaked and heated in the sun before planting. in order to collect the seed evenly and quickly, it is necessary to first treat it with substances that promote germination. depilated seed is not moistened because the seed swells when wet and cannot be planted in precise amounts with disc machines. it is good to spray the field with one-year herbicides before planting the seed. the amount of seed used per hectare should not exceed 25-30 kg if depilated, and 60 kg of feathered seed. when planting seeds, it is necessary to pay special attention to the fact that the seeds fall to the same depth, and that the rows come out correctly. seeds are planted in 8-10 working days.estimated planting dates: in southern regions from march 25 to april 10; in the central regions from april 1 to april 15; in the northern regions, it lasts from april 5 to april 30. these periods may change by 3-5 days depending on meteorological conditions. when planting seeds, mineral fertilizer is added to each row with the help of the kmx-65 fertilizer device used in the kxu-4 cultivator, the fertilizer conveyor and the fertilizer brush, and the soil is watered to moisten it. for sowing, inter-row irrigation is taken, and liquid herbicides are sprinkled on top of the crop row (soil) to eliminate weeds. a pgs or pxg device is used for herbicide spraying. this device is mounted on the planting unit. seedlings 4-5 cm. planted in depth. by the growing season, the thickness of cotton should be 100-120 thousand pieces per hectare on average. figure 2. schx-4 thresher equipped with the proposed device. the observed positive results show that better results can be achieved by theoretically and practically justifying the main parameters and operating mode of the proposed device. a number of operational parameters of the seed sowing machine were studied during the operation of tractor aggregates in the farm. the machine-tractor unit must be built in such a way that it can meet the demands of agrotechnics and ensure high-quality performance of work. in cotton farming, more agricultural implements are attached american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org to the tractor and have a certain scope of operation. that is why aggregates are optimally loaded, and speeds in the allowed range are used in compliance with agrotechnical requirements. conclusion analyzing the materials obtained as a result of the conducted research, the following conclusions can be made. in order to reduce the cost of the products grown in agricultural production, it is necessary to modernize the tractor units used in the production process and to improve the quality of the work as much as possible. as a result of the analysis of the working process of the seed planting unit, a device that mixes the herbicide substance sprayed on the soil surface with the soil and buries it is recommended in order to increase the effect of the herbicide substance sprayed with the help of the herbicide spraying triad installed on the seed drill. continuing scientific research, it will be necessary to determine the optimal values of some parameters of the device in the future. references 1. nodir, eshpulatov, tolib, khalmuradov, rakhmаnberdi, khalilov, abdulkhay, obidov, & madrakhim, allanazarov. (2021). electrical conductivity of whole and shredded plant tissue. e3s web of conferences 264, 04072, conmechydro 2021, https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202126404072 2. nodir eshpulatov, tolib khalmuradov, rakhmаnberdi khalilov, abdulkhay obidov, sobir nurmanov, & dilmurat omonov. (2021). theoretical substantiation of the influence of electric pulse processing on the process of obtaining juice from grapes and fruits. e3s web of conferences. 3. m. ashirov, d. omonov, r. khalilov and & u. rakhimov. (2021). interdependence of productive properties of holstein breed cows on biomass and use of mobile milking machines. e3s web of conferences 244, 02018 (2021) 4. халилов, р.д., & омонов, д.с. (2019). комбинированный агрегат для посева семена пустынных растеней. ўзбекистон аграр фани хабарномаси, 4 (78), 131-133 5. халилов, р.д., & омонов, д.с. (2020). сабзавот етиштиришда машиналардан фойдаланиш. ўзбекистон аграр фани хабарномаси, 3 (81), 121-124 6. khalilov, r.d, & omonov, d.s. (2019). combined unit for planting desert plants. bulletin of agrarian science of uzbekistan, 4 (78), 135-137 7. farmonov, erkin., khalilov, rahmonberdi., omonov, dilmurod., & nurmanov, sabir. (2021). determining the parameters of the seed separator drum of the seeder hopper for planting saksovul and circassian seeds. agro inform, special issue, 22-24 8. маматов, ф., мирзаходжаев, ш., худояров, б., кузиев, у., & ражабов, а. (2007). комбинированных агрегат для подготовки почвы. агро илм «ўзбекистон қишлоқ хўжалиги», 3(3), 42-43. 9. маматов, ф. м., эргашев, и. т., мирзаев, б. с., & мирзаходжаев, ш. (2011). комбинированный фронтальный плуг. сельский механизатор. №10, 10-11. 10. mirzaxodjaev, sh., beknazarov, a., & yoldashov, j. (2016). diagram of the location of the forces acting on the current transformer. agro science, 6(44), 76. 11. jahangirov, a., mirzaxodjaev, sh. & artykov, a., (2016). innovative technology in planting vegetable seedlings. agriculture of uzbekistan, 11, 39. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=xckuzbaaaaaj&citation_for_view=xckuzbaaaaaj:2osognq5qmec american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 12. мaмatov farmon murtozevich, ergashev ismoil toshkentovich, mirzaxodjaev sherzodxuja shoxruxovich, xoliyarov yormamat berdiqulovich, & qurbanov sherzod baxtiyorovich. (2018). plow for smooth plowing with combined working bodies. european science review, 3-4, 264-266. 13. mamatov, f, & mirzaxodjaev, sh. (2018). basing the parameters of the combined frontal plug with an active working body. agro science, 6(56), 94-95. 14. шодиев, х. б., жахонгиров, а., буронов, н. к., & мирзаходжаев, ш. ш. (2018). исследование и создание рассадопосадочной машины, в связи с необходимостью улучшения производства овощной продукции. программа международной научногопрактической конференции. 15. шодиев, х.б., мирзаходжаев, ш.ш., & жахонгиров, а. (2019). простая конструкция рассадопосадочной машины. сучасні наукові дослідження на шляху до євроінтеграції, 175178. 16. мирзаходжаев, ш. ш. (2019). научное исследование процесса резания почвы плоским ножом активного рыхлителя – фрезы. перспективные направления взаимодействия науки и общества в целях инновационного развития (рр. 87-90). 17. файзуллаев, х., & мирзаходжаев, ш. ш. (2019). безотвалный рыхлитель с наклонной стойкой и его исследуемые параметры. перспективные направления взаимодействия науки и общества в целях инновационного развития (рр. 90-92). 18. ахметов, а. а., маматов, ф. м., арипов, а. о., бабажанов, л. к., & мирзаходжаев, ш. ш. (2019). плуг для обработки междурядий садовых насаждений виноградников. innovative technologies, 4(36), 77-80. 19. мирзаходжаев, ш. ш., мамасов, а., шодиев, х., & яхшимуродов, и.х. (2020). теоретическое обоснование параметров активного рабочего органа комбинированного фронтального плуга. вестник науки и образования, 6(84), 15-17. 20. mirzaxodjaev sherzodhuja shohrukhovich, shodiev khojimurod bakhronovich, mamasov abbos alikulovich, & akhmedov ramzhon tursunovich. (2020). planting machine working section and parameters foundation. application of science for sustainable development to overcome covid-19 pandemic, 9, 286-289. 21. beknazarov, alisher jumaboevich, nurmikhamedov, buron umarovich, mamasov, shavkat alikulovich, & mirzaxodjaev, sherzodhuja shohrukhovich. (2020). laboratory test experience of small volume fan spray triple device. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies (ijpsat). (pp. 101-103). 22. mirzaxodjaev, sherzodkhuja. (2020). study of the soil cutting by knife flat active rippers milling cutter. innovative energy & research, 9(4). 23. mamatov, f., mirzaev, b., mirzahodzhaev, sh., uzakov, z., & chorieva, d. (2021). development of a front plow with active and passive working bodies. iop conf. series: materials science and engineering, 1030. 012164. https://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1757-899x/1030/1/012164 24. mirzaxodjaev, sherzodkhuja., shodiev, khodjimurod., uralov, gayrat., badalov, sunnat., & choriyeva, dilsabo. (2021). efficiency of the use of the active working body on the front plow. e3s web of conferences 264, 04047, conmechydro 2021, https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202126404047. 25. khodzhimurod bahronovich shodiev, abdurashit jahongirov, & sherzodkhuja shoxruxovich mirzaxodjaev. (2022). simple structure of the transplanter. scientific progress, 3(3), 251-256. https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202126404047%20conmechydro%20-%202021 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 26. umidjon anvar o‘g‘li hamzayev, sherzodkhuja shoxruxovich mirzahodjayev, abbos musurmon o‘g‘li tursunovich, & davlat uakan o‘g‘li diniqulov. (2022). kombinatsiyalashgan frontal plugning faol ish organi pichoqlarining kinematikasi asoslash. central asian academic journal of scientific research, 2(4), 33-38. 27. шерзодхужа шохрухович мирзаходжаев, гулираъно машраб кизи ганиева, & ирохим набижон угли рахмонкулов. (2022). влияние поперечного расстояния между рабочими органами, установленного на валу активного рабочего органа на показатели работы устройства. основное содержание диссертации. scientific progress, 3(4), 80-84. 28. абдукаримова, мохичехра ойбек кизи, ражабов, шахзод тохир угли, & мирзаходжаев, шерзодхужа шохрухович. (2022). структура программного обеспечения системы автоматизации и обоснование мониторинга. international scientific journal «global science and innovations 2022: central asia», 32-36. 29. mirzaxodjayev, sh., jaxongirov, a., shodiyev, x. & mamasov, a., (2022). sabzavotchilikda qo‘llaniladigan ko‘chat o‘tqazish mashinasining ekish apparatini konstruktiv texnologik asoslash. o‘zbekiston qishloq va suv xo‘jaligi, 6, 36-37. 30. ganiyeva gulira’no mashrab qizi, raxmonkulov ibroxim nabijon o’g’li, & мирзаходжаев шерзодхужа шохрухович. (2022). kombinatsiyalashgan frontal plug faol ish organining parametrlarini asoslash bo‘yicha eksperimental tadqiqotlarni o‘tkazish uchun ishlab chiqilgan laboratoriya-dala qurilmasi taxlili. journal of advanced research and stability, 2(5), 70-75 31. м. алланазаров, ш. ш. мирзаходжаев, & д. с. омонов (2022). к обоснованию параметров полольной лапы с разновеликими крыльями. journl of ethics and governance, 02(08), 42-46 32. mirzaxodjaev sherzadxuja shoxruxovich, xalilov raxmonberdi djanovich, ganiyeva gulira’no mashrab qizi, & raxmonkulov ibroxim nabijon o’g’li. (2022). faol ish organдан korpus lemexigacha bo‘lgan masofaniнг qurilma ish ko‘rsatkichlariga ta’siri. “ўзбекистон аграр хабарномаси”, 5(5), 31-33 b. 33. mirzaxodjaev sh,sh, g‘.salimov and & r. rabbimov. (2022). aktiv ishchi organili kombinatsiyalashgan frontal plugning ishlashini asoslash. international conference on developments in education. hosted from delhi, india, 57-62. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the role and importance of problems in the formation of students' mathematical knowledge salikhova olga valerievna termiz city a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, opinions were expressed about the role and importance of problems in the formation of students' mathematical knowledge. technology, geometry, technique, problem, logical thinking the first president of our independent homeland, i. as a. abdurahman said, "our children must be stronger, more educated, wiser, and certainly happier than we are." the future of our country is in the hands of our young people, and the more educated, zukko, and educated our people are, the brighter the future of our country will be. ( matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20 ) therefore, today there are opportunities for our students and students to learn deeply and to be well-educated on all sides. a wide range of educational initiatives are being undertaken to ensure that our students and young people are educated at the level of world requirements. the completion of schools equipped with modern requirements, spacious and light classrooms, all modern conditions, some reconstruction is proof of my above opinion. it has not been said that education is a reflection of the future of the state. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20 ) today, the world recognizes that the deeper knowledge and well-being young people have, the higher the country's development . therefore, providing students with deep knowledge has become a leading goal in our country today. our leader, sh. as m. mirziyoyev put it, "mamatics is the foundation of all specific subjects. a child with knowledge of this science grows up to be intelligent, broad-minded, successfully working in any area." mathematics is the foundation of all specific subjects, which, if our students are well-known, can also deepen other natural f anesthesia. today's ability of our students to take mathematics and natural sciences deeply, actively apply their knowledge in industry and technology, has a profound impact on the development of our country. to provide students with deep knowledge, you first need to increase their interest in science. this is where the question arises. how to increase students' interest in science? it's no secret to many of us that almost all students in the classroom are interested in mathematics. going to grade 6-7, more than half of the students in the class are interested in this and when you go to the upper grades, more than half of them are not interested (except for classes or schools that specialize in mathematics). because in elementary schools, the curriculum for mathematics is easy, students adapt without difficulty, and subjects that students struggle to understand are explained and helped by their parents at home. as they move into high school, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the curriculum in mathematics becomes more difficult, and parents at home also struggle to explain the subjects that students have suffered. whichever fan the students understand well, they will certainly have a daughter for that fan. in the upper class, many students struggle to understand the subject of math, so their interest decreases. we all know that mathematics is like a staircase, a student who does not fully master each class material will struggle to master the subjects of the next class. therefore, we need to increase students' interest in science and knowledge in each class. in the meantime, i would like to remind you of an article: "read mathematics with a pencil in your hand!" this is certainly not in vain. b can be studied by reading and memorizing many subjects. but mathematics cannot be studied without working on examples and issues. bfrom those points , it can be said that a student is required to be willful and patient to study mathematics. a student who is deeply interested in mathematics will certainly grow up to be a willful, sabrli, and such a person will certainly achieve the goals he has set before him in life. in the meantime, i'd like to draw attention to something else. today, educating students at the level of world requirements and preparing them for pisa assignments has become one of the main issues in the education system. focusing on pisa assignments, they are not students ' level of knowledge, but students can link the knowledge they have gained to life and apply them in everyday life the level of acquisition will be checked. if students have a deep understanding of the underlying content of the subject of the lesson, they will be able to connect it to life. therefore, to prepare a studentbee for pisa assignments, first of all , we need to help students to have a deep understanding of the content of the lesson. again, back to the previous question, how can i increase students' interest in mathematics? it is no secret that the higher a person's knowledge in an area, the higher a person's interest in this area. so to strengthen students' interest in science, we first need to work to improve and strengthen their knowledge from small classes. what can we do to help students learn topics well and improve their knowledge from younger classes? to do this, we need to teach students to work independently and think creativelywell in mathematics classes from grades 3-4. after each course in mathematics, the students set up and developed independent examples or issues on this topic we have to give you a mandate to come. the reader himself thinks and thinks about the subject to create an example or issue , resulting in an understanding of the underlying content of the subject. an example builds and works, in the process the topic is strengthened. a deeply integrated student's knowledge will certainly increase, and once knowledge increases, his interest in science will intensify in himself. depending on the housework ( examples or issues he or she has compiled and worked on), it is important to know the extent to which he or she has knowledge and not have difficulty can be evaluated. so we need to teach students in the mathematics classroom to be creative and to work independently from junior grades. a creative and independent thinker will certainly achieve great success in the future. one thing we can see clearly today is that children of a schoolable, visiting family will certainly grow up to be educated and educated. so if we can educate our young people today with knowledge and broad thinking, both their children, or the next generation, will grow up to be educated and well-educated. the strong knowledge and well-being of today's young people guarantees that the development of our country will rise to the highest level in the future. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org one of the most pressing issues is the use of new technical means for teaching mathematics, including the achievements of information technology in order to ensure interdisciplinary incompatibility in the rapidly entering modern era of computer and other information technology the introduction of computer technologies into educational institutions will pave the way for optimization of the teaching process. in the next decade, the use of computers in teaching mathematics was carried out in several key areas. these include evaluating my skills using a computer, developing and developing various types of teaching programs , developing mathematical games related to knowledge, and so on. another aspect of the convenience of computers in teaching mathematics is the modeling of certain educational situations. the purpose of using modeled applications is to imagine when other teaching methods are used , to ensure that materials that are difficult to see are understandable. modeling allows students to provide information in the form of computer multimedia in graphical mode. therefore, they tend to study mathematics in depth and demonstrate significant independence in the learning process. mathematics involves students' will, attention , abilities and activity, imagination, individual moral qualities (determination, a clear goal, creative, independent, responsible, industrious, disciplined and critical and develops the ability to protect their views and beliefs on the basis of evidence . in the process of studying mathematics, methods and methods of human thinking include induction and deduction, integration and clarification, analysis and synthesis, abstraction, analogue, classification, and systematization . in the study of mathematics, students acquire the ability to express their thoughts, opinions clearly and completely, clearly and meaningfully, to understand , bathe, and perform mathematical writings. list of available publications 1. yunusova d. modern technologies for teaching mathematics. textbook t: science and technology. 2011. -200b 2. uzliksiz ta'lim. journal 2010-2017 y 3. www.ta’lim.uz american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org methods of using innovative technologies in the teaching of drawing in the continuous education system m. ergashev teacher of kokan state pedagogical institute i. a. raxmonov teacher of fine art and drawing of the 1st general education school of the okkorgon district of the tashkent region, youth coach who served in the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s mazkur maqolada uzuluksiz ta`lim tizimida chizmachilik fanini o‘qitishda innovatsion texnologiyalardan foydalanish usullari haqida fikrmulohazalar bildirildi. method, lesson, conversation, debate, data bank, "brainstorming", "cluster-network", "sunflower", "boomerang", "muzyorar", "presentation-presentation" the subject of drawing, along with other subjects in general secondary schools, serves to educate students in a comprehensive way and make them perfect people. the science of drawing is a science that teaches to perceive the internal mental experiences of a person, thoughts, dimensional and shape changes in nature in spatial imagination and express them through drawings. using the impressive power of his lesson, the teacher can achieve his goal through various methods, forms and tools in order to increase the spiritual, moral and artistic culture of students. today, the interest in using new pedagogical and information technologies, interactive methods and innovative lessons in the educational process is growing. one of the main reasons for this is that, until now, in traditional education, students were taught to acquire only ready-made knowledge, while modern technologies allow them to search for, independently study and analyze the acquired knowledge, and even draw conclusions. also teaches them to create themselves. nowadays, in teaching using modern methods, it is required that the teacher strives for skill and creativity and thereby contributes to the development of the field of education. identifying gifted students through the use of non-traditional teaching methods, creating an atmosphere of self-confidence from idle students, friendship, mutual affection among students in the class as a result, a factor for the formation of consensus is created. when using new pedtechnologies and interactive methods, the teacher first familiarizes himself with the purpose, content, methods of application, and conditions of these technologies, and then, based on the methodological features of his subject, fully, partially, or will be able to apply some aspects to their lessons. training conducted in an unconventional way has a positive effect on the quality and effectiveness of the lesson. in this regard, methods such as classification, working with a group, conversation, debate, data bank, "brainstorming", "cluster-network", "sunflower", "boomerang", american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org "muzyorar", "presentation-presentation" are used. based on the essence of the content a good result according to the principles of attracting the child's attention, not boring him, working in harmony, encouraging him to study, comparing his opinion with the opinion of others, starting a sincere debate, and encouraging him to be active will give. in drawing classes, interactive methods can be used in control work, organizational part, asking for homework, strengthening a new topic, repeating and identifying the bkm acquired by students. brainstorming method “the phrase "brainstorming" is derived from the english word "brainstorming". "brain" means brain, "sterling" means attack, storm, excitement. calling this technique "brainstorming" reveals its true meaning, but it is more appropriate to call it "brainstorming". this technology can be used in drawing classes. for example, recent and long-passed topics are asked in the form of quick questions, students' memory is strengthened through short answers, knowledge given in the lesson is sharpened, and skills and competencies are formed. ingenuity and sense of responsibility are inculcated in students. “presentation-presentation" method in the presentation, the work done by each student is evaluated through his demonstration. the teacher creates conditions and importance for the presentation of the activities, knowledge and achievements of the participants. qualities such as self-management, learning through mistakes, and learning through demonstration of one's work are formed. according to the success of the presentation, the renewal of thoughts and ideas, the development of free thoughts, and the conclusion of the audience, the student will learn about his achievements and shortcomings. the creative "exhibition" of students' drawing works, organized during the quarterly supervision, testifies to the importance of this method. the reason is that it is more convenient and positive to determine the creative, practical and theoretical knowledge, skills and abilities of students acquired during the quarter through the "presentation" method. “networks" or "cluster" method brainstorming is a pedagogical strategy that helps students learn about a topic in depth by teaching them to freely and openly group relevant concepts or specific ideas into a coherent sequence. thematic branching is organized as follows. any thought on the topic that comes to mind is expressed in one word and written in sequence. thoughts continue to write concepts. in the lesson, it is necessary to try to increase the interdependence and sequence of thoughts as much as possible. after the proposal, idea, thoughts are written down, the teacher reveals the true nature and content of the problem or topic raised on the basis of the notes. for example: “define line types? 8th grade american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org first, students are divided into groups. these groups can be named by drawing terms. for example, "dimetry", "isometry", "axonometry", "bolt", "nut", "format", "circle", etc. then, based on the topic, the teacher gives one problem to each group. each group makes a sunflower, and in the center of it, the answers written on the leaves are glued around the circle. (a sufficient amount of paper leaves should be prepared in advance). as the answers increase, the group's "flower of problems" will grow over time. 1. group "axonometry". "types of pens". 2. group "isometry". "types of drawing". 3. group "dimitriia". "format types". for example: "identify drawing tools?" pupils who actively participated in the question and answer were encouraged. the problematic situation created by the "sunflower" technology is the student's conscious struggle for new knowledge, new methods, new modern technologies and actions. if the student is not given the starting points for his creative search to overcome adversity, he will have no food for thought. so, the reader will not accept it for solving. a learner's thinking starts with describing the problem and defining it. now, in this case, a problematic situation becomes a problem. the problem does not indicate the direction of the solution, nor does it limit it. it is a problematic issue that specifies some parameters for the solution. during the course of the lesson, problematic situations appear in the activity of the student's thinking about the topic he is learning, which motivate him to search for and master logically correct scientific conclusions. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org by creating problem situations in students' thinking activities, it helps to educate formal qualities such as desire to know everything, interest, understanding, independence and creativity. when the time comes, it should be said that today's students are children of the 21st century. at the time when globalization is taking place all over the world, science and technology are developing, it is becoming difficult to attract the attention and interest of students to the lesson with a simple lesson. this requires each of us to use new pedagogical technologies and interactive methods, modern information technologies internet, computer, multimedia, slides, di-projectors, etc. that's the only way every teacher can achieve his goal. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org factors affecting surface cleanliness in turning processing of polymer materials valixonov dostonbek assistant of the department “drawing geometry and engineering graphics” fergana polytechnic institute. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s annotation: this article refers to the cutting processing and cutting processing of resin materials and the dressing of the shavings. when cutting, the cutting modes are how they are, and the cutting modes are prepared in the direction of the effect on the surface cleanliness. polymer, shavings, cedarthis is, sharpener, metal, stekloplast, organic glass it is obtained by molding plastic products, molding (molding under pressure, pressing and head) methods. however, many types of high precision details that are produced on strict demand can be achieved by cutting back on polymer materials. processing methods depend on the equipment and equipment used. most often, for metal and woodworking, a cutting tool, a bench, is used. with this, the variety of types of effective processing of cutting plastic, the specific characteristics of the desired processing of plastic, the lack of imagination is determined. for example, the surface of the plastic treated with cutting is often scratched, with cracks and streaks, covered with traces of the cutting tool. as a result of the cutting, burns are observed on the surface of the reagoplasts from the dressing of the overcoat and the folds from melting on the surface of the thermoplasts, as a result of which there is a need to perform additional finishing work on the details. it is also possible to observe the scraping(fracture)of the tool cutting the edge of the material and its ingestion, except for the crossbar. the reason for these difficulties is the lack of good knowledge and inadequacy of rheological (tension, viscosity, elasticity) and thermal properties (specific heat capacity, heat transfer, heat dissipation coefficient)of plastics. the speed of cutting does not seriously affect the ductility of the treated surface . the height of the unevenness varies within a class boundary or subtracts an insignificant amount from the same class boundary. the speed limit for a material is set, according to which the processed surface is ideal-the hardness is the highest and the lowest. it is characterized by the character of being a hararet factor and the dressing of the shavings associated with it. 1.3 and 1.4 in the drawings, the surface is the idea-the dependence on the speed of cutting is given in the graphs. 1as can be seen from the graph, with the increase in the cutting speed in all types of work, the surface is uneven-this will increase, but this increase will be much lower than the increase in the cutting speed american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 1. drawing. the uniqueness of the plastic surface of the glass-the linkage to the cutting speed: 1-or sharpening; 2cross-milling; 3-drilling; 4-longitudinal milling. 2as seen in the drawing, the dependence of surface cleaning on the cutting speed for the plastics under study is given in the images of reeds with a clearly expressed minimum. 2. drawing. the processed surface is ideal-the dependence of the hardness on the cutting speed: 1-organic glass; 2-voloknit k-21-22; 3-voloknit k-18-2; 4-tekistalite (plastic). when the cutting speed is increased in plastics or cutting, the surface is uneven-the rudeness initially decreases, reaches a minimum and gradually increases. the optimal amount of cutting speed is 40-45 m/min. will be in range. the magnitude of the processed surface depends on the geometric parameters of the cutting tool. the manifestation of the optimal modes of processing of raw materials or raw materials on the xar-type polymer was seen in the sorting of geometric parameters of the cutting tool. the minimum thickness of the surface of the plastic details is-the front angle of uniformity is from 5° to+20° dressing when applied with cutters. when the front angle of the cutters is more than 20°, there is a displacement, fracture on the surface of the plastic detail. this leads to the dressing of the grooves on the treated surface and an increase in the uniformity of the surface, the application of frontangled cutters above -5° leads to a fracture of the top of the current and an increase in the uniformity of the surface. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org the optimal amount of the rear corners of the cutters used in the laying of plastics lies in the range from 15° to 25°. if the back corner is enlarged, the friction of the back surface of the cutter to the surface being processed is reduced. as a result, the surface roughness decreases. however, the heat dissipation property of the cutting wedge and its uniformity in chisels above the rear angle 30° decreases. the head angle in the plan from 30° to 60° is a high-class ideal-it allows you to reach the bodirity. the reduction of the angle in the plan (less than 30°) increases the compression of the incomplete product, which can lead to a violation of the appearance of the form, vibration dressing. when the auxiliary angle in the plan is grown from 10° to 25°, it leads to an increase in the height of the unevenness in 1,2÷1,7 times. the surface of the upper klass cleaning is rough-in order to obtain its uniformity, it is necessary to work with f=1÷2 mm fascia cutters in thin (thin, elegant) cutting of plastic. according to a number of authors, the presence of dressing shavings significantly determines the process of cutting the scan and its results. the cutting power, energy consumption and the amount of heat dissociated, the accuracy and quality of processing depends on the working conditions of the tool and the workbench, on the process of dressing the shavings. the mechanism of dressing shavings is formed by the legislation of deformation and decay. the combination of tension and adhesion in itself is a characteristic feature of polymers. polymers are like a solid, tense body in one case, in another case they are like a viscous liquid, but the viscosity and the liquid are mutually complementary. polymeric bodies can not be pure viscous, pure viscous, and their feats are not subject to the law of guk, nor to the law of newton's viscosity. a material can be brittle or supple depending on the character of the tension condition and the deformation speed during the cutting, this indicates the dressing shavings. 1. classification of types of crumbs, which can be dressed when cutting plastics in the table chippings factors of the appearance of shavings. continuous feed accelerated shearing deformation. continuous decay non-stop slip on impact of tension and shrinkage simple shavings plastic shredding at the impact of tension. ring-ring decays plastic shredding under the influence of simple grinding. complex decays plastic wear under the influence of silage tension or stretching tension with cracks tense decay, brittle decay. dressing of a continuous strip edge is usually observed when cutting materials of low speed, characterized by high shear strength and extreme wear, similar to rubber. the deformation of the shavings is mainly elastic, and its thickness is approximately equal to the depth of cutting. this type of scraping differs from the strip scraping, which occurs when cutting metal, because it is not from the plastic deformation of the metal, but as a result of intensive elastic deformation dressing. when dressing shavings, the vibration of the cutting force, and the surface is rough-the hardness is not so great, and the accuracy of the details is high. continuous shredding occurs when the grinding voltage of the shavings is less than the material strength. the siljish plane (decays) is produced by a shredder movement directed along this plane of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org scraping, directed upwards from the peak of the cutting tool. dressing continuous filing is the result of a small interval between the elements of the wiper. simple cut-off shavings are made of dressing with the motion of breaking down along the siljishin plane, however the intervals between the elements of the push are much tougher and therefore they are cut-off dressing. complex cut-the cut is formed as a result of complex tension.in the bunda, a strong clamping voltage is added with a wiper voltage, the cutting is performed with a blunt-angled sharpener. slit-cut shavings are made of fragile reagent materials and several thermoplastics with a front angled tool on the outside of the frame and with extreme deep cutting. the protruding slit is directed downward at an angle. dressing cut shavings is when the slit grows under the influence of a mammoth that bends up to a certain length. this type of filing dressing is subjected to brittle breakers. the crumb is obtained in elastic decay, so on the surface of the crumb there are small incisors. conclusion as is known, the process of dressing bandaged shavings is much more useful than energy saving. in this case, the degradation of the material occurs only along the cutting line, and the remaining material is separated from the finished product by its plastic deformation. it should be noted that from the point of view of the rational organization of the cutting process in the processing of polymer materials, the bandaged shavings are quite acceptable, since it is a dynamic stagnant indicator of the technological system that ensures that the treated surface is of high quality. the quality of the surface treated when dressing continuous shredding crumb is very good, therefore the material for dressing continuous shredding crumb shredding is considered to be the best processed material. this scraper is suitable for a ribbon scraper, which is obtained when cutting metals. the idea of the surface on which the decay is processed by obtaining a simple continuous edge is-this acquires the highest axamity, while the accuracy of the dimensions of the details is lower. when dressing a fractured scraper, many crevices appear on the treated surface, while the crevice is high, and the machining accuracy is low. literature 1. fayzimatov, sh n., y. y. xusanov, and d. a. valixonov. "optimization conditions of drilling polymeric composite materials." the american journal of engineering and technology 3.02 (2021): 22-30. 2. yunusali yuldashalievich xusanov, and dostonbek azim o‘g‘li valixonov. "polimer kompozitsion materiallardan tayyorlangan detallarni parmalashni asosiy ko‘rinishlari" scientific progress, vol. 1, no. 6, 2021, pp. 11691174. 3. dostonbek, v., & saydullo, a. (2020). using gaming technologies in engineering graphics lessons.academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(5), 95-99. 4. усманов джасур аминджанович, холмурзаев абдирасул абдулахатович, умарова мунаввар омонбековна, and валихонов достонбек аъзим угли. "исследование формы сороудалительной сетки колково-барабанного очистителя хлопка-сырца" проблемы современной науки и образования, no. 12-1 (145), 2019, pp. 35-37. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 5. достонбек азим ўғли валихонов, алишер ахмаджон ўғли ботиров, зухриддин носиржонович охунжонов, & равшан хикматуллаевич каримов (2021). эски асфальто бетонни кайта ишлаш. scientific progress, 2 (1), 367-373. 6. усманов джасур аминович, каримов равшан хикматулаевич, and полотов каримжон куранбаевич. "технологическая оценка работы четырехбарабанного очистителя" проблемы современной науки и образования, no. 11-1 (144), 2019, pp. 40-42. 7. усманов джасур аминович, каримов равшан хикматулаевич, and полотов каримжон куранбаевич. "технологическая оценка работы четырехбарабанного очистителя" проблемы современной науки и образования, no. 11-1 (144), 2019, pp. 40-42 8. rustamova, m. m., z. n. oxunjonov, and j. z. madaminov. "use of graphics computer software in the study of the subject" drawing and engineering graphics". academicia: an international multidisciplinary." research journal 10.5 (2020): 83. 9. muxtoralievna, r. m., nosirjonovich, o. z., & zafarjonovich, m. j. (2020). use of graphics computer software in the study of the subject" drawing and engineering graphics”. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(5), 83-86. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 3, | june, 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org unionpay toʻlov tizimi kartasining istiqbollari оʼrinоv kоmiljоn tоlibjоn оʼgʻli qarshi muhandislik-iqtisоdiyоt instituti “bank ishi va auditi” yоʼnalishi 2-bоsqich , talabasi email: legendaryhero150@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ushbu maqolada toʻlov tizimida kartalarning xususiyatlari, visa va mastercard kartalarini oʻrnini egallay oluvchi xitoy toʻlov tizimi, unionpay kartalari tijorat banklardan emmisiya qilinishi haqida koʻrib chiqilgan. this article discusses the features of cards in the payment system, the chinese payment system, which can replace visa and mastercard, and the issuance of unionpay cards from commercial banks. в данной статье рассматриваются особенности карт в платежной системе, китайская платежная система, которая может заменить visa и mastercard, а также выпуск карт unionpay коммерческими банками. ключевые слова: xitoy toʻlov tizimi, unionpay, uzcard, chakana savdo, bankomat, onlayndoʻkonlar, onlayn-servislar, tijorat bank, kobeydj karta chinese payment system, unionpay, uzcard, retail, atm, online stores, online services, commercial bank, kobeidj card. китайская платежная система, unionpay, uzcard, розница, банкомат, интернет-магазины, интернет-сервисы, коммерческий банк, карта kobeidj. kirish 2002 yilda unionpay va xitoy toʻlov tizimiga asos solingan. hozirgi kunga kelib bu toʻlov tizimida kartalar dunyo boʻyicha 180 ta davlatida qabul qilinadi. dunyoda 197 ta mamlakatlar ichidan 91% davlatlar xitoyning unionpay xalqaro kompaniyasi xizmatlaridan foydalanishadilar. reklamalarning ushbu kompaniyaga taʼsiri quyidagicha, masalan, unionpay kartalari italiyadagi nufuzli banklarning 50% bankomatlari orqali qabul qilinadi. ushbu reklama gretsiya mamlakatida 95% mahalliy savdo markazlarida xaridlar qilish imkonini beradi. xorijda unionpay plastik kartalaridan bankomatlar naqd pulni yechish yoki ushbu karta orqali toʻlovlar qilishda bank mijozlari muammolarga duch kelishadi. xitoy toʻlov tizimi baʼzi mamlakatlarda faqat sanoqli banklar hamda chakana savdo markazlarida amalga oshiriladi. stikerli doʻkonlar yoki bankomatlarni qidirish anchagina qiyinchiliklarga duch american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org keladi. baʼzida doʻkonlarda tegishli stiker boʻlishidan qatʼiy nazar toʻlov qilgan operatsiyamiz rad etilishi mumkin. va shu vaziyatda xorijiy online-doʻkonlarda hamda online-servislarda ushbu kartalardan foydalanilgan taqdirda ham xatoliklar vujudga kelishi ehtimoli mavjud. kartadan foydalanish orqali, karta ishlayotgani va aktiv holatda emas ekanligini bilishimiz mumkin. 1-jadval unionpay kartalari hozirda oʻzbekistonda quyidagi banklar emissiya qiladi: bank nomi karta turi karta chiqarish, soʻm sugʻurta depoziti agrobank uzcard-unionpay 45 000 108 000 soʻm aloqabank uzcard-unionpay 25 000 0 asia alliance bank unionpay classic 30 000 10$ davr bank unionpay classic 0 0 uzcard-unionpay 30 000 0 hamkor bank unionpay classic 30 000 10$ uzcard-unionpay 35 000 0 invest finance bank unionpay classic 35 000 10$ ipak yoʻli bank unionpay exchange 0 10$ unionpay classic 0 0 unionpay gold 60 000 0 unionpay classic безконтактная карта 60 000 10$ unionpay platinum 210 000 50$ mikrokreditbank uzcard-unionpay 35 000 0 orient finans bank unionpay classic 50 000 5$ oʻzsanoatqirilishbank unionpay gold 0 5$ poytaxt bank uzcard-unionpay 45 000 0 qishloq qurilish bank unionpay classic 25 000 0 savdogarbank uzcard-unionpay 35 000 0 universalbank uzcard-unionpay 25 000 0 xalq banki uzcard-unionpay 30 000 0 yuqoridagi jadvalda shuni koʻrishimiz mumkinki, bankomatlardan xalqaro kartalardan foydalangan holda naqd pul yechib olishimiz imkoniyati mavjudligini koʻrishimiz mumkin, hamda turli turdagi toʻlovlarni amalga oshirishimiz yoki xarid qilish imkoniyatini beradi. jadvalda toʻlov tizimiga qaramay kartalar – premimum, oddiy, virtual va elektron kartalarga ajraladi. elektron ravishda virtual karta ochiladi, shu bois virtual kartalardan terminallarda, bankomatlarda foydalanishini imkoni yoʻq. virtual kartaning afzalliklari quyidagilardan iborat – rasmiylashtirish juda oson va past narxlanadi. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org mobil ilova orqali, uydan baklarga bormagan holda buyurtma berish imkoni mavjud. va ular 10$dan koʻp boʻlmagan kuymaydigan depozitda boʻlishini koʻrishimiz mumkin. “oʻzmilliybank” hamda “hamkorbank”da birinchi karta ochishda bepul amalga oshirsa boʻladi. ularda 5$da kuymaydigan depoziti mavjud, hamkorbankda roʻyxatdan oʻtishning oʻzi 35000 soʻmni tashkil qilgan boʻlsa ham unda sugʻurta depoziti mavjud emas. xulosa unionpay kartalari mamlakatimizda yaqindan beri muomalaga kiritildi. xitoy mamlakatimizning eng asosiy savdo hamkorlari hisoblangani uchun ushbu kartalar allaqachon mashhurlikka chiqqan. oʻzbekistonda unionpay kartalarini tijorat banklarning katta qismi uzcard kartalari bilan kobeydjing kartalar koʻrinishida emissiya qiladilar. bunday kartalar aholi uchun juda qulay hisoblanadi, chunki mijozlar oʻz mamlakatlarida hamda xorijda ham bemalol foydalana olishadi. foydanilgan adabiyotlar roʻyxati: 1. alikulov, a. t., & oʻrinov, k. (2022). oʻzbekistonda kapital bozori rivojlanishining istiqbollari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(6), 690-695. 2. kоmiljоn, о. (2022). оʼzbekistоnda bank plastik kartalari va xalqarо tоʼlоvlar tizimlardan fоydalanishning asоsiy tamоyillari. involta scientific journal, 1(7), 219-221. 3. оʼgʻli, о. k. t. (2022). oʻzbekiston respublikasi hamda asosiy savdohamkor davlatlarning milliy valyutasining real almashunuv kursi qadrsizlanishi va mamlakatlarning aqsh dollariga nisbatdan dinamikasini oʻzgarishi. science and innovation, 1(a3), 75-78. 4. diyorova, m., & komil, u. (2022). types of banking system in uzbekistan. conferencea, 462-466. 5. alikulov, a. t., iskandarovich, r. r., & komiljon, o. (2022). oʻzbekistonda tijorat banklarining barqaror faoliyatini amalga oshirishda raqamli bank hizmatlarini joriy etish. results of national scientific research, 1(2), 62-67. 6. yakubоva, sh. sh., rashidоv, r. i., umarоva, m. x., & urinоv, k. t. (2022). ways оf effective implementatiоn оf mоnetary pоlicy in оur cоuntry. isj theоretical & applied science, 03 (107), 859864. sоi: http://s-о-i.оrg/1.1/tas-03-107-64 dоi: https://dx.dоi.оrg/10.15863/tas.2022.03.107.64 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 3, | june, 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org implications of land reclamation on livelihood, employment, education and infrastructure in selected riverine areas of rivers state, southern nigeria 1michael .u. didia 2a. e. gobo 3joshua brown 1&3coastal research group, department of geography and environmental management, rivers state university, nigeria 2institute of geo-science and environmental management, rivers state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study evaluated the impact of land reclamation activities in the study locations. land reclamation is the process of gaining more land from the sea or coastal wetland or the expansion of land capacity for industrial and infrastructural development. quantitative and qualitative research method was adopted for the purpose of this study. field observations, questionnaire survey and landsat imagery of land cover changes of the year 1986 and 2018 were retrieved from the study area. the research revealed the spatial pattern of land reclamation; it also revealed the socioeconomic implications of land reclamation activities across the study area and its role in the delivery of developmental projects. land reclamation, rivers state reclamation, reclamation impact introduction technologies of dredging implemented in recent decades have made it possible for land to be retrieved under favourable capital outflows (kolman, 2012). recovery of land makes strategic urban planning initiatives sustainable in overcrowded areas and in order to satisfy the need for new homes, transportation and infrastructure. this tends to settle congestion, increases services, makes people's work and business appealing and add to the quality of life and productivity of the area as a whole. fishing and farming are the two main conventional occupations of the residents of rivers state. at the beginning of the colonial power, tree planting, lumbering and many other forestry practices were implemented and became the third main economic operation in the study region. today, these operations also account for some 44% of jobs(federal government nigeria, 2007). however farming operations have decreased as a result of the oil boom. many rubber, palm oil and cocoa plantations have been abandoned. the economy of the country can also be perceived to be primarily guided by the informal sector in terms of the number of people involved. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org livelihood, employment and occupation niger delta is expected to have a rapidly increasing population of more than 30 million people in 2005, accounting for more than 23 percent of nigeria's overall population (twumasi&merem, 2006). in 2016, the national bureau of statistics estimated the population of this study area based on the 2006 census estimates for 2016 as rivers state 5,198605-7,330904. the population density in the niger delta region is also among the highest in the country, with a population of 265 per square kilometer (balouga, 2009). the residents of the region are primarily fishermen, farmers, small merchants, civil servants and other paying workers. these occupations are dominantly practiced by all age groups and sex in the study area. farming as practiced in the area shows to be lucrative as major crops cultivated include cassava, plantain, cocoyam, vegetables, coconut, palm fruit, plantain, fruits bountifully. the region is rich in crude oil which has played a key role of attracting investors to the region and has also increased population and employment rate which has triggered the need for increase of land capacity in the region. in bertalanfy's general theory of systems in 1951, natural geology is asserted to consist of interrelated subsystems and the collapse of one subsystem leads to improvements to the system as a whole land recla matio n activi ties input clearin g of the land cutting of trees new land created conversio n process land degradatio n and upgrading, change in environmen tal conditions: creation of recreational centres, flooding, employment opportunities, extension of land capacity, -improved living standard of citizens -loss of vegetation cover -diversion of drainage channels -loss of organisms and species -acidification output american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the study area the study area is located in niger delta region, southern nigeria. the area is located geographically within latitude 40 12' 30.892" n and 40 50' 10,7" n and longitude 40 56' 15' e and 90 40' 2.654" e. these oil production areas are basically in total deprivations as regard, for example, housing, environmental deterioration and pollution problems. therefore, encouraging land reclamation activities with a view to improving comfort and quality of life is very important. thus, such efforts to commensurate land reclamation developments with quality environment and no impact in oil producing regions is most desirable. data used the source of the data used for this analysis is the primary and secondary data, which would mainly be questionnaire surveys and field observations. secondary data are the 1986 and 2018 landsat imagery of land cover changes for the study area. methodology semi-structured questionnaires were circulated while the landsat imagery of land cover changes for this study were taken from the global ground cover facility stream data over the study area for 1986 and 2018. gis software on the highest chance platform or extension was used to recognise features in the imagery that have identical reflections to those sampled using the guidance order method. features with identical reflections as sampled have been identified and added to the attribute outlined for this phenomenon. after that all function groups with the same reflection were classified as the same and labelled under the same context. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the field contributed to the collection of first-hand table 2: the dimension of different land cover types in parts of rivers state land cover type 1986 area in sq.m 2018 area in sq.m swamp forest 9,463,722,500 6,137,344,396 water bodies 112,775,503 1,585,973,646 primary forest 41,829,528 36,972,714 anthropogenic alterations 30,756,360 1,497,312,237 secondary forest 11,134,993 402,615,891 table 3. extent of land reclamation in rivers state state extent of land reclaimed rivers 29,090,654 sq.m total land reclaimed 29,090,654 sq.m 1986 image classification analysis 2018 image classification analysis american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org socioeconomic implications of land reclamation activities/bio data of respondent figure 4 revealed the marital status of the respondent to the survey. from the analysis, there was an interesting record of respondents who are married with very few number of respondents widowed or widower. it was also revealed that across all communities married respondents played dominating roles in responding to questionnaire. though, other categories of respondents were not less in responding to the subject as revealed in figure 4 the study of figure 5 showed that respondents' educational performance is very well exposed to the level of tertiary education and the number of academic accomplishments reported in the report. in terms of study it is clear that the respondents of principal, secondary and tertiary credentials are available for all the populations sampled. this also demonstrated the degree to which the respondents value the subject. figure 5: educational attainment of respondent income categoriesof respondent as seen in figure 6. the analysis indicates that most coastal neighbourhoods with high income leveldemonstrate extreme coastal activities and other small businesses that benefit from this level of income. figure 4 marital statuses of respondents american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org figure 6, income category of respondents the profession of the answered as taken from the survey was seen in figure 7. the result showed that civil servants and students sampled more in separate societies. there is also a more economic commitment, but the survey in all research communities did not show any prominence. figure 7: occupations of respondents figure 8 indicated that most of the research inhabitants are very happy with the nature of reclamation activities within the locality against the utilization of forest resources pre-reclamation. in communities like degema, ndoni, ogu town and bakana, people are usually indifferent in the idea of reclamation. some groups like okirika have an almost indifferent attitude towards such activities. figure 8 areas comfortable with land reclamation activities american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org figure 9 findings have shown that most populations have benefited in the sample from land reclamation activities. these advantages include the development of infrastructure and higher wages, the access to professional or unqualified employment and finally the primary foundation for human development and survival of any functioning community. figure 9 socio economic implications of land reclamation activities on the locality conclusion results have shown that most populations benefited from land reclamation activities. these advantages include the development of infrastructure and higher wages, the access to professional or unqualified employment, creation of recreational centre, employment opportunities, extension of land capacity, improved living standard of citizens, creation of new land and finally the primary foundation for human development and survival of any functioning community. considering the full socioeconomic value of reclamation projects, there should be a fundamental step for guiding investors and public bodies towards efficient choices on resource allocation. references 1. balouga, j. (2009). niger delta: defusing the time bomb. international association for energy economics. 2. federal government of nigeria (2007). niger delta regional development master plan abuja. 3. kolman (2012) in marco g (2012) does reclamation pay? assessing the socio-economic effects of reclamation projects. 4. kuenzer, c. a. b., steffen, g., tuan v. g. & stefan, d. (2014). remote sensing of mangrove ecosystem. a review remote sensing, 3(5). 5. kuenzer, c. sybrand, v. b. ursula, g. & stefan, d. (2014).land surface dynamics and environmental challenge of the niger delta africa, remote sensing based analysis spanning there decade (1986 – 2013), applied geography 53. 6. lubeck, p. m. m., & ronnie, l. (2007). convergent interest: united state energy security and their securing of nigeria democracy. washinton: centre for international policy 7. ncab. (2005). national coal ash board, ncab mission, available at: www.coalash.co.il/english/index.html. nigeria country report 8. twumasi, y. &merem. e. (2006): gis and remote sensing applications in the assessment of change within a coastal environment in the niger delta region of nigeria. http://www.coal-ash.co.il/english/index.html http://www.coal-ash.co.il/english/index.html american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org study of philosophy terminology in world linguistics abdujabborova xilola rakhmatilla's daughter state institute of arts and culture of uzbekistan teacher of the department of uzbek language and literature e-mail: xilolaabdujabborova5@gmail. .com abdujabborova hilola rahmatilla kisi lecturer at the department of uzbek language and literature of the state institute art and culture of uzbekistan e-mail: xilolaabdujabborova5@gmail. .com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article highlights the study of philosophy terminology by world linguists. the main focus is on the study of terminology by western scholars and mdh countries, especially russian and tajik linguists. the extent to which terminology of this field has been studied and the general and different aspects of scientific research will be studied. philosophy, philosophy terminology, copyright term, dictionary, research, article. studying its history before exploring an area is the basis for setting the objective of the study correctly and completing it effectively. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) to that end, it is only natural for these research terms to begin with the terms of philosophy, their creation and regulation, and their history of study. it can be said that the terminology of philosophy is relatively abusivable on a global scale and, at the same time, rather, is considered one of the less studied fields. the reason we say it has been studied a lot is that its history of study dates back much longer than that of other industry terminology, or medieval times. a number of philosophical dictionaries created in the middle ages show that efforts to regulate term industry began in the 17th century1. medieval scientists believed that terminology of all scientific fields should be neutral, or free of emotional dyeing. therefore, they, especially decart, g.v. leybnis, and other proponents of rationalism, tried to form a philosophical language "more geometrico," and, more precisely, to bring it closer to the mathematical language so that it did not differ from mathematical formulas. even k.a. gelvetsi dreamed of a dictionary of words that accurately reflects all the ideas of mankind. in this way, he assumed that the uncertainties of terminology could be overcome and that even spiritual and political situations could be proven as mathematical formulas.2 1 lexicon philosophicum, quo tanquam clave philosophiae fores aperiuntur (etc), rodolphus goclenius, vidua matthiae beckeri, 1613, jami 1143 bet. 2 d.rashidova. philosophical terminology in the works of k. marx and f. engels ..., dissertation, toshkent-1972, 31-bet. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org in philosophical terminology , i. kant proved. learn from jesuses ' example of watchfulness, 2 / 15 discourse – discussion, emotional, direct intuitive, i.e. logical evidence generated indirectly by discussion, unlike knowledge) to apply. this is due to the uncertainty of philosophical terminology and the incompleteness of philosophical definitions. attempts to create a system of artificial characters and symbols instead of public words that represent philosophical concepts later took place in the 19th century (rixard avenarius' book criticism of real experience (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) however , these attempts were not recognized as successful, and were simply perceived as a reflection of 19th-century schoglastics3. we do not think it is right to include philosophy, which is considered the science of wisdom, in the ranks of specific science, because wise ideas are directly related not only to thought but also to emotions and nightmares. because a person usually reflects and draws conclusions through the feelings he feels, forgives. such views exist in russian linguistics, and we can see proof of this below. russian linguistics has also been found to have done remarkable work on the study of philosophy terminology. for example, several philosophical dictionaries have been compiled and published by russian linguists and philosophers at various times4. also during the study, monographs and scientific papers of several russian linguists were studied5. published in st. petersburg in 2018, n. v. kozlovskaya's "language of russian religious philosophy: from text to term and from term to text."—n.w. kozlovskaya. язык русской религиозной философии: от текста к термину и от термина к тексту. in his monogrphysics, he thoroughly addresses issues related to philosophy terminology. monographs are devoted to the analysis and system description of philosophical terminology from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries. it examines language events that are unique to closed term systems, reveals the principles of the formation of term systems, and analyzes the characteristics of terms functions in the language of philosophy will be done. austrian scholar o. vyuster (in the 20th century) and russian terminologists d. s. lotte, e. k. it is customary to associate the names dresin (in the 1930's ). 6 the above-mentioned scholars also studied the terms of the period up to the 1990's , and they were influenced by the ideas of marxism and leninism at the request of the structure that it has been studied in philosophical terms "marxist" and "non-marxist, " so religious philosophical terms have been "floated" for a long time and it's going to emphasize it. 3 d.rashidova. philosophical terminology in the works of k.marx and f.engels..., dissertation, toshkent-1972, 31-bet. 4 the latest philosophical dictionary: 3rd ed., corrected. mn.: knizhnyi dom. 2003. 1280 p. (world of encyclopedias); сclerk of philosophical terms and concepts. ministry of agriculture of the russian federation. federal state budgetary establishment of higher education "saratov state agrarian university named after n.i. vavilov"saratov. 2013. – 23 p. 5 n.v.kozlovskaya. the language of russian religious philosophy: from text to term and from term to text. monograph. – spb: svoe izdatelstvo, 2018. – 462 s; n.v. kozlovskaya. author's philosophical term as an object of linguistic description. westn. sev. (arctic.) feder. un-ta. ser. : humanitarian. and social. science. 2018. № 2. pp. 84–91. two: 10.17238/issn22276564.2018.2.84; n.v.kozlovskaya. on the substantive variation of theological concepts in the author's philosophical terminological system of n.f. fedorov. scientific article. https://elib.bsu.by ; n.v.kozlovskaya. features of russian philosophical terminology of the end xix –start xx centuries. scientific article. https://cyberleninka.ru ; n.m.azarova. philosophical vocabulary and terminology in poetic text xx in. issn 1810-0201. vestnik tsu, issue 5 (61), 2008. pp. 296-304. 6 н.v.kozlovskaya. the language of russian religious philosophy: from text to term and from term to text. monograph. – spb: svoe izdatelstvo, 2018. – 462 p, p 3. https://elib.bsu.by/ https://cyberleninka.ru/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org another unique feature of the work of russian linguists is that the terms philosophy are used as religious philosophical terms, which means that religion lies on the basis of philosophy. recognizing that to this day , russian philosophy terminology has not been fully studied, the scientist tries to answer the following questions in his monograph: what are the linguistic nature and important characteristics of philosophical terms? what is the copyright philosophical term? what are the main features of russian philosophers in the creation of a term? what is the terminological system of the russian philosophical text? what are some of the basic principles of the linguistic description of the author's philosophical terminological system?7 as a source of research, russian philosophers n. f. fedorov, k. n. leontyev, e. l. radlov, l. i. shestov, n. o. losskov, s. n. bulgakov, s. l. frank, g. g. 12 / 15 a. berdyayev, p. a. florensky's works are taken in book and electronic form. n. v. in addition to kozlovskaya's monographs, her scientific papers on this topic were studied8. olima noted that philosophical terms among humanities terms play a special role, primarily because of their cognitive wealth and special semantic nature. studying philosophical terms in russian, as in other languages, is difficult to determine their innovative uncertainty and boundaries of content, i.e. special difficulties with the scope of competence it gives birth. each philosopher uses a philosophical term based on himself, so its content can only be determined by this text, contestion. at the same time, it is worth noting that the scientist emphasizes the philosophical terms of authorship in this study. also, russian linguists n. m. azarova's article "philosophical lecture and terminology in 20th-century poetic texts" was also reviewed9. the article discusses the interaction of russian poetic and philosophical texts at the linguistic level, differs from the concepts of "philosophical lecture," "copyright philosophical terms," and "philosophical terms of nomuality." the brochure was allowed to use some of these techniques but not all of them in one side , especially one with a bible theoretical planning. various ways to include philosophical lectures in poetic texts are determined. in addition to russian linguistics, this research focused exclusively on the work of neighboring tajik linguists. research has been carried out in central asia, including neighboring countries, dedicated to the study of philosophy terminology. for example, successful work has been carried out by our tajik brothers in this regard. in 1997, in the case of ibn sino's works by s. sulaymonov, the development of philosophical terms in arabic and tajik (persian) languages was studied in comparative, historical, and typological ways. in his 2008 doctoral dissertation, contemporary tajik linguist m.x. sultan studied the ethics of arabic-tajik philosophical terms and identified five methods of producing philosophical terms in arabic.10 7 n.v. kozlovskaya. the language of russian religious philosophy: from text to term and from term to text. monograph. – spb: svoe izdatelstvo, 2018. – 462 p, s 4-5. 8 n.v. kozlovskaya. features of russian philosophical terminology of the end xix –start xx eyelidin. file:///c:/users/user/desktop/dissertation/kozlovskaya. с 102-110; н.в. kozlovskaya. аthe second philosophical term as an object of linguistic description. westn. sev. (arctic.) feder. un-ta. ser. : humanitarian. and social. science. 2018. № 2. pp. 84–91. two: 10.17238/issn22276564.2018.2.84. pp. 84-91. 9 n.m. azarova. philosophical vocabulary and terminology in poetic text xx in. file:///c:/users/user/desktop/ discertation/azarova. p 296-304. 10 m.m. komilov. structural-semantic analysis of philosophical terms in tajik and english languages. 10.02.20 comparative-historical, typological and comparative linguistics. andabstract dissertations for the degree of candidate of philological sciences. dushanbe-2020. s 1-29. file:///c:/users/user/desktop/диссертация/козловская file:///c:/users/user/desktop/диссертация/азарова file:///c:/users/user/desktop/диссертация/азарова american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org it should be noted that sadriddin ayniy (1941), an early tajik scholar who addressed the work of ibn sino, especially his book the covenant, was b. in his study, he studied the covenant as an early source of arabic-tajik scientific and philosophical terminology. similarly, the dissertation of tajik scholar a.m. boyzoyev focuses on terminology and its own making in the "covenant." the research study examined the methods and semantic characteristics of lexicon. tajik linguists, m. m. at the entrance to the dissertation entitled "structural and semantic analysis of philosophy terms in tajik and english," brussels is an object, work, and objective of the study the scientific novelty of the subject of research, the scientific and practical value of the research work will be proven, protective situations will be given, and the methods and materials used by the research will be shown. written by tajik scholars from the 1990's to the present day, some of the works relating to philosophical terminology of tajik language have also been identified. among these scientists, a. m. bayzoyev, s. solomon, m. dinorshoyev and z. dinorshoyeva and m. x. we can enter the power11. a. m. in his dissertation, bayzoyev played the role of ibn sinai in the development of tajik language terminology, the main sources of the formation of terms in the "covenant," the conversion of words into terms, and the formation of terms in the poem the role of shielding, semantic thighs, morphological thighs, thighs in sentences, ways to translate shields, synonyms for terms in the "covenant," in the "covenant" the place of arabic terms, some of the problems of "covenant" and modern tajik language terminology, as well as the unique aspects of vocabulary in the "covenant," including affixation, omoaffiks, semiaffixation, vocabulary, transposition12. s. solomon contributed greatly to the development and development of philosophical terminology of the tajik language. in his doctoral dissertation, he addressed the emergence of philosophical terms in arabic and tajik (persian), linguistic analysis of arabic philosophy in ibn sino terminology , and tajik the development of philosophical terminology. professors m. dinorshoyev and z. dinorshoyeva " russian-tajik dictionary of philosophical terms" by creating the russian-tajik philosophical translation in 2016 and they're doing a great job of regulating them. the dictionary provides tajikation of philosophical terms in russianinternational language. m. b. in the fifth paragraph of his doctoral dissertation, sultanov outlines the methods of creating philosophical terms in scientific papers written in the nineteenth and 11th centuries. they are: 1. use public lectures and terms to describe philosophical concepts. 2. convert public words into a term. 3. create new philosophical terms through indigenous words, self-contained words, and shielding elements. 4. by translating philosophical terms in arabic. also, f. k. swedish (1786), by u.s. fleming (1857), p. evards (1967), d. m. borchert (2006), e. craig (1998), d. d. runs (1942), by j. m. bolduin (1957), bymon blackbern (1994) and other english and american scientists contributed greatly to the creation and regulation of philosophical terms in english13. 11 m.m. komilov. structural-semantic analysis of philosophical terms in tajik and english languages. 10.02.20 comparative-historical, typological and comparative linguistics. andabstract dissertations for the degree of candidate of philological sciences. dushanbe-2020. with 8. 12 a.m.bayzoev. donishnom language of abu аli ibn sino (terminology and word formation): dis.... cand. filol.nauk. dushanbe, 1992. -203 p. 13 m.m.komilov. structural-semantic analysis of philosophical terms in tajik and english languages. 10.02.20 comparative-historical, typological and comparative linguistics. andabstract dissertations for the degree of candidate of philological sciences. dushanbe-2020. from 9. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org list of available publications 1. lexicon philosophicum, quo tanquam clave philosophiae fores aperiuntur (etc), rodolphus goclenius, vidua matthiae beckeri, 1613. 2. d.rashidova. philosophical terminology in the works of k.marx and f.engels (on the material of russian and uzbek translations of their works in the aspect of comparison with the german original), dissertation for the degree of candidate of philological sciences. toshkent-1972. 3. n.v.kozlovskaya. the language of russian religious philosophy: from text to term and from term to text. monograph. – spb: svoe izdatelstvo, 2018. – 462 p. 4. n.v.kozlovskaya. on the substantive variation of theological concepts in the author's philosophical terminosystem of n.f. fedorov. scientific article. https://elib. bsu. by 5. n.v.kozlovskaya. features of russian philosophical terminology of the late xix – early xx centuries. scientific article. https://cyberleninka.ru 6. n.m.azarova. philosophical vocabulary and terminology in the poetic text of the xx century . issn 1810-0201. vestnik tsu, issue 5 (61), 2008. pp. 296-304. 7. m.m. komilov. structural-semantic analysis of philosophical terms in tajik and english languages. 10.02.20 comparative-historical, typological and comparative linguistics. abstract of the dissertation for the degree of candidate of philological sciences. dushanbe-2020. 8. a.m.baizoev. language of "donishnom" abu ali ibn sino (terminology and word formation):dissertizatsiya cand. filol.nauk. -dushanbe, 1992. -203 p. https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://elib.bsu.by/ https://cyberleninka.ru/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the use of modern innovative technologies and methods in teaching a foreign language and their effectiveness gulnora ashrafovna siyaeva associate professor of the department "humanities and foreign languages" of the fiscal institute under the state tax committee, phd a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses innovative technologies in teaching foreign languages and their role in the field of education. communication, successful career, knowledge, experience, international relations. english is the language of business around the world. this is a means of communication, without which neither international relations, nor the conclusion of multimillion-dollar deals, nor the success of the company are impossible. today there is a lot of talk about the secrets of success and ways to advance in the business world. knowledge, experience, organizational skills — all this is extremely important for a manager. however, a prerequisite for a successful career is correct and convincing speech. "your words are a passport to your financial, career and social well—being. the right words in the right form and at the right time can open the right doors and force others to do the actions you need… a presentation is an opportunity to bring the people you need together and encourage them to take the actions you need." today, business presentations in the form of powerpoint are getting everything greater value. projects, annual reports, budgets are presented through presentations. students, future managers, should learn how to make presentations. powerpoint presentation is an active form of public speech, one of the tools for building a successful career. during the preparation of the presentation on the discipline of business english, pedagogical conditions are created for the formation of creative independence of students by means of a foreign language, students are involved in independent creative activity. teachers of business english, organizing educational and cognitive activity of students with the help of specially created problem tasks, language situations, contribute to the realization of creative activity of students, as a result of which students develop creative thinking abilities, abilities for creative activity. it is impossible to imagine a modern foreign language lesson without using the latest computer technologies. thanks to them the classroom becomes an "open learning workshop" in which conditions are created for the successful organization of autonomous teaching. at the same time, creativity and the ability to work in a team, in terms of cooperation with others develop. this "open learning workshop" becomes a place that opens the doors wide to the culture of the language being studied, a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org place where students open up new perspectives of language contact and opportunities for applying the acquired knowledge of a foreign language. autonomy, cooperation and creativity are the undoubted advantages of using innovative technologies. the use of the latest information technologies in foreign language lessons increases the motivation and cognitive activity of students, allows the use of personality-oriented interactive educational technology, helps to overcome the psychological barrier in using a foreign language as a means of communication, makes it possible to avoid subjective evaluation and increases the effectiveness of learning and the quality of education. the use of multimedia technologies is well combined with the technology of developmental learning, as well as with problem-based and differentiated learning. when working with computer technologies, the role of a teacher is changing, whose main task is to support and guide the development of students' personality, their creative search. relationships with students are based on the principles of cooperation and joint creativity. priority directions in teaching foreign languagesю they are communicativeness, interactivity, authenticity, language learning in a cultural context, which develop intercultural competence. the ultimate goal of teaching foreign languages is free orientation in a foreign language environment, and this is greatly facilitated by multimedia innovations — "information technologies of learning that integrate audiovisual information of any form (text, graphics, animation, etc.), implementing an interactive user dialogue with the system and a variety of forms of independent information processing activities." in the process of teaching a foreign language, various digital educational resources are used: powerpoint presentations, on-line tests, training programs, electronic textbooks, educational internet resources that motivate and target students for successful results. the advantages of using information technologies in comparison with traditional methods are expressed in a combination of audio and video visibility, the possibility of using an interactive whiteboard, ensuring the effectiveness of perception and memorization of educational material, saving educational time. the main purpose of learning a foreign language is the formation of communicative competence. educational, educational, developmental goals are realized in the process of implementing this main goal. the communicative approach involves teaching communication and the formation of the ability to intercultural interaction, which is the basis of the functioning of the internet. internet technologies play a positive role in the formation of foreign language communication the competence of students, since effective foreign language learning is based on working with authentic audio, video and printed materials. when teaching, one of the most relevant modern technologies is used — the project method. this method, combining elements of problem-based learning and learning in collaboration, allows you to achieve the highest level of mastery of any subject, in particular a foreign language. the project method forms students' communication skills, communication culture, the ability to formulate thoughts briefly and easily, tolerates the opinion of partners by communication, develops the ability to extract information from various sources, process it with the help of modern computer technologies, creates a language environment that promotes the emergence of a natural need to communicate in a foreign language. game technologies (business games and role-playing games) are successfully used, without which it is impossible to master the skills and abilities of foreign language communication and behavior. when talking about technology, they mean a system of actions that leads to the expected american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org result. in the system of teaching foreign languages, methods have long been created that claim the status of technologies, i.e. having a high degree of reliability, stability and reproducibility of results. this includes first of all a personality-oriented approach to teaching a foreign language, including the project method, collaborative learning, role -playing games, contextual learning, intensive learning and multi -level learning. the use of innovative forms of learning, in contrast to traditional methods, assigns the main role to the student on the way to mastering knowledge, in which the teacher is an active assistant, organizes, directs and stimulates educational activities. in his activity, a teacher should solve not only educational tasks, but also create conditions for students to independently search for creativity, encourage them to research activities, develop orientation skills in a huge information space and make independent decisions. and as a necessary condition in the solution the implementation of innovative technologies in the educational process is considered. the constantly developing information support system in combination with technical support ensures the quality of the educational process. a foreign language is still one of the most important subjects in non-linguistic universities today, and its possession has become an integral part of the professional competence of a graduate of a higher educational institution. the possession of a foreign language as a means of business communication becomes an integral component of the bachelor's professional competence. this makes it possible not only to receive the necessary professional information, but also contributes to the process of forming the ability to make independent decisions within the framework of the task. regarding the competence of the master, it should be noted that the federal state educational standards provide for the possession of a foreign language regardless of the direction of training. at the same time, masters of non-linguistic specialties should show not only practical knowledge of a foreign language, but also use the acquired knowledge in scientific activities. the purpose of the study: the introduction of the most effective teaching methods of the above series in the framework of higher education reform. materials and methods of research in the study of the topic, the method of experiment and design technology, as well as the empirical method were used. modern methods of teaching foreign languages primarily involve the use of innovative technologies, methods and forms in the process of organizing educational activities. this, as practice shows, is the use of internet resources, multimedia technologies, competence-modular technologies, emotional-semantic method, immersion method, collaborative learning, project technology method, etc., which generally contributes to the differentiation and individualization of students' learning, taking into account their level of learning and abilities. according to a number of foreign researchers, portfolio is an alternative form of assessing students' activities, as well as their progress in learning [1]. as practice shows, the formation of a portfolio begins with the first semester of study. first of all, this is an analysis of the initial knowledge and skills of students, as well as the skills they acquired in the form of "can do statements". the cefr (common european framework of reference) scale can be used here. depending on the faculty and the university, the portfolios vary, but even in the absence of a clear standard for the content, number and types of work, a competently compiled student's language portfolio usually includes: an analysis of achievements and acquired knowledge, a scoring sheet, presentations and project work on the specialty, the results of grammar tests and their analysis, dictionary maps, articles for participation american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org in scientific conferences for bachelors and masters, glossaries, translations, annotations and reviews, participation in the essay and essay contest. it should be noted that the introduction of information technologies in the process of teaching a foreign language allows modern students to receive and process extensive information in a short time. today, the internet is an indispensable base for independent search of material in the framework of working with a portfolio. in order to eliminate possible gaps in knowledge, university students, as a rule, use educational internet sites. authentic audio/video texts play an important role in the process of improving the speech perception skills of native speakers. in this case, the main task of the teacher is the correct selection of audio and video materials, which will contribute to the formation of students' cognitive interest, the growth of motivation to learn a foreign language. with the help of online resources, students can acquire cultural knowledge, replenish vocabulary, get acquainted with the speech etiquette of the people of the language being studied. in this regard, the bbc world service project is interesting, it includes podcasts in the form of audio or video recordings made in the style of a radio program on the topics of science, economics and culture. educational programs about discoveries in various fields of science for the advanced stage of education. one of the most common methods of using internet resources are interactive teaching methods, as a result of which the efforts of the communicative goal and the result are complemented by speech means. according to t.p. frolova, these methods help students to form a professional position. the author highlights in the structure of the case: an introduction, including the statement of the problem, the names and positions of the characters, the problem and materials for solving. in the process of learning, etc. frolova offers two types of cases: practical (contain training in situations that students may face in their future professional activities); educational (based on educational and educational tasks). competence-based modular technologies are the most important component in the bachelor's training process. thus, e.a. danilina argues that the competence-modular approach represents free access to information resources, self-study, distance and network learning. the author refers to the main components of the module: the objectives of its study; materials and auxiliary tools; related educational materials; the content of the training module; learning technologies; verification of achievements. currently, one of the main goals of a teacher in the learning process is to develop students' skills and abilities to independently obtain the necessary information and information, as well as to be able to apply them in practice. a positive role in this process is played by the webquest technology, which is actively used today in university practice. a web quest is understood as a didactic structure in which a student independently searches for information on the internet [5]. the methodology of web quests was developed by american b. dodge and the australian t. march in the mid-1990s. in the course of his activity, dodge created a classification of the types of tasks that are presented in the web quest: 1. retelling task. 2. compilation task. 3. the task of finding a solution (mystery task). 4. journalistic investigation (journalistic task). 5. situational task with specified conditions (design task). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 6. creative task (creative product task). 7. the task of finding a compromise (consensus building task) and a number of others. this work consists, as a rule, in working out communicative and speech skills, that is, searching for the necessary information, summarizing what has been read, the ability to form conclusions, expressing and arguing their thoughts and points of view. based on world practice, it can be said that at present information and communication technologies play one of the most important roles in the process of effective teaching of a foreign language to undergraduates. this process in the master's program is considered as the final stage in the training of this discipline. as a rule, in non-linguistic universities, the master's degree program has a limited number of hours that are allocated to the study of foreign languages. in this regard, the main task of the teacher is the properly organized work of undergraduates. taking into account the knowledge already acquired, the emphasis is on the independent work of undergraduates, where they should make the most of the possibilities of the internet. so, it is advisable to use the creation of the already mentioned web quests in the magistracy. the teacher should also pay attention to the preparation of the speech of undergraduates for self-presentation to employers. in the work on vocabulary, the emphasis is on the specifics of the lexical means of business and professional languages. practice shows that proficiency in a foreign language at a professional level allows you to independently draw up business documents, read business correspondence, have the skills to write letters in a foreign language, the ability to conduct business negotiations. when performing tasks, future specialists should be able to use electronic scientific journals, electronic libraries, databases and various search engines. studying for a master's degree involves performing a number of practical tasks, such as applications for a scientific conference, the ability to compose a resume and a cover letter to it. in the classroom, undergraduates get acquainted with the rules of conduct at the interview and consolidate them in role-playing games. as one of the areas of independent work of a master's student, it is necessary to highlight the development of presentation material within the scope of his scientific work in english, relying on information technology, in other words, having completed everything in the power point program. the task of undergraduates is to compile a glossary on the subject of the specialty using computer programs. the result of the work should be a computer presentation of a scientific project in a foreign language. improving the skills of independent work with foreign literature in their specialty is the most important task in the process of training undergraduates. the ability to work with professional literature in a foreign language and extract the necessary information increases the competitiveness of graduates in the labor market. in conclusion, it can be said that global processes in the context of globalization and economic integration form the demand for specialists in various fields. however, the fact of the demand for specialists with knowledge of foreign languages remains unchanged in the market. such an environment acts as a motivational incentive for students to study this discipline. in addition, thanks to the knowledge of foreign languages, it is possible to communicate with foreign colleagues, in this regard, the language is not only an object of study, but also a means of improving the professional competence of the individual. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. karipidi a.g., baturyan m.a. innovative technologies in the process of teaching foreign languages to bachelors and masters // modern high-tech technologies. – 2019. 2. arian m.a. et al. methods of teaching foreign languages: general course. n.-novgorod: nglu, 2004.-190c. 3. belyakova m. a. international project activity as a way of revealing the creative potential of a student's personality // foreign languages at school. – 2007. 4. alekseeva, l. n. innovative technologies as an experimental resource/ l. alekseeva// teacher. 2009. 5. ozhegov s. i., shvedova n. yu. explanatory dictionary of the russian language. az publishing house, 1992.seleucos.8. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org development of transport communication system in the republic of uzbekistan abdurahmanova surayyo teacher of the "social sciences" department of kareei a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the development of the transport communication system in the republic of uzbekistan. based on archival data, the author analyzed the problem based on the existing scientific literature and studied the existing specific aspects of the development of the transport communication system in the republic of uzbekistan. uzbekistan, railways, transport, communication, industry, development. introduction since ancient times, uzbekistan has been famous as a country located on the great silk road connecting the west and the east. now, this ancient road is newly polished and connects countries to countries. currently, the modernization and renewal of our country, the formation of a qualitatively new, modern structural structure of our economy, and the comprehensive development of our regions are inextricably linked with the improvement of the transport and communication system. in the first years of independence, the improvement of the transport and communication system of uzbekistan was required to solve the problems left over from the old autocratic system. these problems consisted of ending the passage of railways in the surkhandarya region of our republic and the republic of karakalpakstan through the territory of neighboring turkmenistan, building and reconstructing existing roads in the republic that meet the demands of the new world, and improving the aviation infrastructure. in order to solve the problems mentioned above, the strategic directions of the reform of the transport system were determined and the work of creating a unified national transport system in the republic was started. all branches of the industry were founded on the development of railway, automobile, aviation transport. urgent tasks to increase the competitiveness of roads and railways in uzbekistan were determined. main part: the national program for the period 1995-2010 of the role of the republic of uzbekistan in central asia, the development of industry and other sectors, and the rapid development and improvement of economic relations with neighboring countries was developed. as part of this program, construction of the kamchik and rezak tunnels began in 1996 in the mountainous areas of the tashkent-andijanosh highway, over 100 km. repair works were carried out on the part of the "alma-ota-beshkekamerican journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org tashkent-termiz" and "samarkand-bukhara-ashkhabot-turkmanboshi" highways passing through the territory of the republic. the construction of the 340-kilometer "kungirot-beinov" highway connecting uzbekistan with the russian federation through kazakhstan has been completed. in order to continue creative work in the republic, the adoption of the program for the rapid development of the construction of transport communication infrastructure in 2011-2015 is inextricably linked with the programs implemented on the prospective development of the production, transport and engineering communication infrastructure network of the economy of the country and regions. allowed further development. new opportunities have appeared for the development of natural underground resources of the region. the social and economic life of kashkadarya and surkhandarya regions has undergone radical changes, and the well-being of the population has increased. the distance of freight and passenger transportation has decreased to 170 kilometers, and the travel time has decreased to 7 hours. as a result, the weight of transit and local cargo transported by railway has increased significantly. during the past period, 5 million tons of cargo were transported by this railway, of which 4 million tons were transit cargo. in 2013, another huge project, the construction of the 125-kilometer "angren-pop" electrified railway, was launched. the railway connects not only the regions of the fergana valley with other regions of the republic, but also europe with china, and the implementation of a large and promising project of cooperation between uzbekistan and china was the official opening ceremony of the angren-pop electrified railway and the kamchik tunnel. passed away. angren-pop railway and kamchik tunnel were opened in june 2016. in order to introduce new technologies in the field of passenger transportation, the republic of uzbekistan organized high-speed passenger transportation along the tashkent-samarkand railway line. the new high-speed train was named afrosiyab in honor of the ancient city located in the samarkand region. it has been used for commercial purposes since october 2011. in the same year, the second train was delivered and started its service in may 2012. this most modern high-speed route was launched in 2015 in the city of karshi, in 2016 the tashkentbukhara route, and in 2018 the tashkent-khiva route. the maximum speed of the train can be increased to 250 kilometers per hour. results and discussions: creative works in the system of road and transport communications serve the active integration of our country into the world market, the fundamental improvement of regional infrastructure, and the improvement of the welfare of our people. the ministry of investments and foreign trade of the republic of uzbekistan is developing the concept of the regional center for the development of transport and communication relations under the auspices of the un. also, in the development of transport communications, promising plans for the far future have been implemented. for example, the newly built andijan-osh-kashkar highway made it possible to reach china from central asia. the sarakhs-tejan-mashhad railway opened the way to ports in the persian gulf of iran. on june 1718, 2003, in tehran, the presidents of uzbekistan, iran and afghanistan signed the agreement "on international transport routes" aimed at establishing the international trans-afghan corridor. this road leading to the gulf of oman is being successfully implemented today. we can easily take our goods to the indian ocean through this road. the construction of the tashguzar-dehkhanabad-boysun-kumkurgan railway in a short period of time made it possible for us to reach the indian ocean through the termiz-khayraton bridge. japanese american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org experts also took an active part in the construction of the road and spent 4,584,000,000 yen to build five metal bridges with a total length of 1,200 meters [2]. these facilities were completed and commissioned in 2009. as a result of the commissioning of the 633-kilometer nukus-sultan-uvais mountain-miskinuchkuduk railway, the possibility of transit cargo transportation to russia, the baltics, the caucasus, ukraine, belarus and european countries through the republic of navoi, khorezm, karakalpakstan without entering the territory of turkmenistan was created. this made it possible to save a large amount of foreign exchange funds of our country to be paid to turkmenistan. the kamchik highway, which was completed based on the requirements of foreign criteria, is now an important strategic transport communication. it provides access to china's xinjiang region via andijan-osh, from there via kashgar to the pacific ocean, the middle east and southern europe, arab countries, and from the west via turkmenistan to the caucasus, iran, and turkey to the mediterranean sea. the heads of government of the central asian countries signed more than 200 agreements on transport communications in the next decade. these documents are aimed at the integration of the transport and communications economy and the development of economic life on the basis of a unified policy and mutual cooperation. also, the fact that our country has joined more than 30 international transport communications conventions, agreements and contracts means that the future of the industry is great, and its strategic prospects are extremely high. also, in the development of transport communications, promising plans for the far future have been implemented. for example, the newly built andijan-osh-kashkar highway made it possible to reach china from central asia. the sarakhs-tejan-mashhad railway opened the way to ports in the persian gulf of iran. on june 17-18, 2003, in tehran, the presidents of uzbekistan, iran and afghanistan signed the agreement "on international transport routes" aimed at establishing the international trans-afghan corridor. this road leading to the gulf of oman is being successfully implemented today. we can easily take our goods to the indian ocean through this road. the construction of the tashguzar-dehkhanabad-boysun-kumkurgan railway in a short period of time made it possible for us to reach the indian ocean through the termiz-khayraton bridge. japanese experts also took an active part in the construction of the road and spent 4,584,000,000 yen to build five metal bridges with a total length of 1,200 meters [2]. these facilities were completed and commissioned in 2009. as a result of the commissioning of the 633-kilometer nukus-sultan-uvais mountain-miskinuchkuduk railway, the possibility of transit cargo transportation to russia, the baltics, the caucasus, ukraine, belarus and european countries through the republic of navoi, khorezm, karakalpakstan without entering the territory of turkmenistan was created. this made it possible to save a large amount of foreign exchange funds of our country to be paid to turkmenistan. the kamchik highway, which was completed based on the requirements of foreign criteria, is now an important strategic transport communication. it provides access to china's xinjiang region via andijan-osh, from there via kashgar to the pacific ocean, the middle east and southern europe, arab countries, and from the west via turkmenistan to the caucasus, iran, and turkey to the mediterranean sea. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: the heads of government of the central asian countries signed more than 200 agreements on transport communications in the next decade. these documents are aimed at the integration of the transport and communications economy and the development of economic life on the basis of a unified policy and mutual cooperation. also, the fact that our country has joined more than 30 international transport communications conventions, agreements and contracts means that the future of the industry is great, and its strategic prospects are extremely high. references: 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. we will resolutely continue our path of national development and raise it to a new level. t. 1. tashkent: uzbekistan, 2017. 2. mirziyoyev sh.m. together we will build a free and prosperous, democratic country of uzbekistan. tashkent: uzbekistan. 2017. 3. greeting of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the team of the joint-stock company "uzbekistan railways"//people's word, 2018 4. karimov i.a. high spirituality is an invincible power. -tashkent: spirituality, 2008. 5. action strategy for the five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 20172021. tashkent: spirituality, 2017. 6. resolution no. 559 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated november 30, 2004 on additional measures to accelerate the implementation of the tashguzar-boysun-kumkurgan new railway line construction project. lex.uz 7. history of independent uzbekistan. responsible editor a. sabirov. tashkent: academy, 2013. 8. regions of uzbekistan in the years of independence.-tashkent: sharq, 1996. 9. temir yolchi newspaper, april 26, 2007. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org comparative characteristics of mfr plastic operations khalikov azizbek alimurodovich rakhmatov jakhongir bakhodirovich musaev is the son of sirojiddin chori mengkobilov umar khushbokovich tashkent state dental institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s when performing complex and lengthy microsurgical operations, the surgeon must have optimal facilities for working under a microscope, which would protect him from fatigue and maintain efficiency. microsurgery is a direction of modern operative surgery, based on the methods of conventional surgical techniques, but carried out with the help of optical means, special instruments and the thinnest suture material. the introduction of microsurgical techniques has made it possible to successfully suture vessels with an outer diameter of less than 1 mm. great prospects for microvascular reconstructive surgery are associated with the possibility of organ and tissue replantation and simultaneous autotransplantation of complex tissue flaps. for the first time, the possibilities of microvascular reconstructive surgery were used in the experiment and clinic during operations on the middle ear by carl-olaf nylen (c. nylen) in 1921. in recent years, microsurgery has been rapidly developing and widely used in all surgical specialties. in the maxillofacial region, the use of microsurgical methods is described to eliminate defects in the nose and face tattoo after a powder explosion, replantation of an amputee the upper lip and nose after a dog bite, treatment of progressive hemiatrophy and facial nerve paralysis, as well as to replace extensive and deep soft defects. tissues of the face and lower jaw. to use microsurgery in clinical practice, it is necessary to master the microsurgical technique in an experiment; to study the topographic and surgical anatomy of vessels, nerves and complex tissue flaps, as well as to carry out a number of organizational measures related to the preparation and implementation of a microvascular reconstructive operation. technical equipment for microsurgical operations. as an optical means, an operating microscope is used, which is a binocular diploscope with convenient and compact placement of lighting optics, has a foot control pedal and a photo attachment with automatic film transport and object exposure. such a microscope gives a magnification from 4x to 40x at a constant image brightness, the diameter of its light field is 40 mm, and the focusing speed is 2 mm/s. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org special instruments can be instruments from the "instrument sets" commercially produced by the medical industry for performing microsurgical operations on the organs of hearing, vision, blood vessels, as well as in neurosurgery and traumatology. as a suture material for microsurgical operations, you can use threads: silk "vergin silk", monofilament, polyamide "ethilon" and polypropylene "prolene" and other threads of conditional sizes 8/0-10/0 with atraumatic needles 2.97-6 mm long . when performing complex and lengthy microsurgical operations, the surgeon must have optimal facilities for working under a microscope, which would protect him from fatigue and maintain efficiency. in this regard, a comfortable operating chair is of great importance. indications for the use of microsurgical techniques. 1. extensive cicatricial deformities of the face and neck, accompanied by displacement of the organ of vision, external nose or secondary deformation of the facial skeleton; through defects of the eyelids, cheeks, lips and defects of the facial skeleton, communicating with the cavity of the mouth, nose or its paranasal sinuses. 2. subtotal and total defects of the nose and auricles in combination with cicatricial changes in the skin of neighboring areas and a defect in the underlying bone tissues. 3. patients with indications for stalk flap plasty, but which is extremely difficult to perform due to cicatricial changes in the skin at the accepted sites of stem formation, as well as existing cicatricial contractures of the shoulder, elbow joints and hand or stump of the upper limb in these patients. 4. total and subtotal defects of the lower jaw (including ankylosis and contractures) after gunshot wounds, radiation necrosis and oncostomatological operations. 5. extensive penetrating defects of the hard palate after gunshot wounds or unsuccessfully repeated attempts to eliminate them by traditional plasty methods. 6. extensive through defects of the frontal bone and other bones of the cranial vault in combination with cicatricial deformity of the face. 7. face (neck) contouring with hemiatrophy (romberg's disease), lipodystrophy, congenital pathology and other extensive defects of traumatic origin. 8. unilateral or bilateral alopecia of the temporal and frontal regions with the absence of the anterior hairline and sideburns. 9. a total defect of one or both eyebrows, the elimination of which is impossible with flaps on a leg (open, arteriovenous) from the temporo-parietal region. 10. the use of microsurgical techniques and optical magnification: microsurgical skin suture (in the area of the eyelids, nose, lips; with free transplantation of hairy flaps to form eyebrows); microsurgical suture of the ligamentous apparatus (tendons); intraoperative control of the performed operation; intraoperative revision of wounds and diagnosis of injuries. 11. nerve microsurgery (facial, trigeminal, hyoid, etc.): neurolysis, microsurgical nerve suture, nerve plasty. 12. otoand rhinoplasty based on microvascular tissue autotransplantation. 13. microsurgery of the excretory ducts of the salivary glands. the human ear is a very peculiar organ. unlike the mobile and sensitive ears of many mammals, in humans it plays only an aesthetic function. and if, for example, there is a certain ideal shape of the nose, then it is difficult to imagine what a beautiful ear looks like, and a compliment like “girl, you have amazing ears” sounds ridiculous. and although ears cannot be called an adornment of the human american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org body, nevertheless, lop-earedness can spoil the overall impression of appearance. plastic surgery will help solve the problem. surgical correction of the auricles is technically developed and is very popular among patients of childhood and adolescence. surgeons performing ear correction surgery are not guided by beauty criteria, but are trying to form an anatomically correct organ (see the section on auricular plastic surgery.) to select the “right plastic surgeon” in your region or in a neighboring regional center, use the simple advice of an experienced doctor. ear surgery is not a simple operation. in reality, the surgeon begins to “feel the ears” after hundreds of operations to correct protruding ears, from the standpoint of the results and complications. nevertheless, in the clinic we often see “flares” after local experienced grandfathers, in particular, unnatural reliefs of the auricles, creases, sharp edges, and so on. the surgical techniques presented in the video demonstrate only a small part of the surgical tricks that we know and use in order to provide our patients with a natural image after plastic surgery. 1-drawing. patient m. total rupture of the left auricle. 1-drawing. patient m. after plasty of the left auricle. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org microvascular reconstructive operations are the most complex in maxillofacial microsurgery. therefore, patients should be strictly selected for such operations. these patients should have a satisfactory general state of health, a balanced psyche, and understand the features of the upcoming microvascular reconstructive surgery. operations are performed under endotracheal anesthesia, the features of which during microsurgical operations require highly qualified anesthesia support. in cases where the operation lasts more than 6 hours, some blood parameters are necessarily determined in patients during the operation: hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocytes and acid-base state. in addition, skin thermometry and bladder catheterization are performed. stages of plastic surgery: 1. isolation of recipient vessels and formation of a receiving bed for the graft. most often, the recipient vessel is the facial artery, which is released for 2-3 cm in the submandibular region. when preparing the receiving bed, the deformed tissues are necessarily returned to the correct position, the scars are excised. 2. isolation of the axial vessels of a complex flap and its formation. inguinal, thoracodorsal complex flaps are used, which have a well-defined vascular pedicle and axial blood supply. the length of the exposed vascular pedicle is 10-12 cm. 3. transplantation of a complex flap and its revascularization using microvascular anastomoses. vessels are stitched together and arterial blood flow is restored. an average of 9-13 sutures are applied to the artery. 4. sewing of the graft to the edges of the receiving bed, suturing the donor wound, as well as drainage. in the postoperative period, the blood supply to the graft and the functioning of microvascular anastomoses are assessed by skin color, temperature and capillary pulse of the graft, as well as transcutaneous polarography data. treatment during this period is aimed at preventing thrombosis of microvascular anastomoses and inflammatory complications. the use of microvascular tissue autotransplantation allows: one-stage transplantation of plastic material that meets the requirements of maxillofacial surgery; ensure engraftment in the recipient areas of the face; to reduce the terms of inpatient treatment and social rehabilitation of patients; ensure the dynamism of the overall rehabilitation treatment plan, allowing it to be adjusted during implementation; has a wide range of plastic uses. the use of the method is not associated with additional scarring, prevents the formation of keloid and hypertrophic scars in the tissues surrounding the graft, promotes osteogenesis in bone grafting and provides a good, stable cosmetic and functional result of treatment. references 1. fattaeva d. r., rizaev j. a., rakhimova d. a. efficiency of different modes of therapy for higher sinus after covid-19 in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease // annals of the romanian society for cell biology. 2021. s. 6378-6383-6378-6383. 2. fattaeva d. r. et al. clinical picture of sinusitis in patients after covid-19 with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease // uzbek medical journal. 2021. vol. 2. no. 2. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 3. fattaeva, d. r., rizaev, zh. a., rakhimova, d. a., & kholikov, a. a. (2021). clinical picture of sinusitis in patients after covid-19 with chronic ostructive pulmonary disease. uzbek medical journal, 2(2). 4. kholikov, a., yuldashev, a., fattaeva, d., & olimjonov, k. (2020). jaw fracture diagnostics and treatment. stomatology, 1(2(79)), 88-93. 5. fattaeva d. r. et al. clinical picture of sinusitis in patients after covid-19 with chronic ostructive pulmonary disease //uzbek medical journal. 2021. vol. 2. no. 2. 6. kholikov a. et al. fracture of the jaw diagnosis and treatment //stomatology. – 2020. – no. 2 (79). s. 88-93. 7. kholikov a. et al. jaw fracture diagnostics and treatment //stomatology. 2020. vol. 1. no. 2 (79). s. 88-93. 8. kholikov a. et al. comparative characteristics of fracture treatment methods lower jaw //journal bulletin of the doctor. 2020. vol. 1. no. 4. s. 109-114. 9. kholikov a. et al. analysis of the modern epidemiological picture fractures of the lower jaw //journal bulletin of the doctor. 2020. vol. 1. no. 4. s. 103-108. 10. fattayeva d. r. advantages of early detection and treatment of odontogenic hemorrhoids in preventing covid-19 complications //british medical journal. 2021. vol. 1. no. 1.2. 11. fattaeva d., rizaev zh., rakhimova d. features of clinical courses of chronic insinitis in bronchopulmonary pathology //scientific ideas of young scientists. 2021. p. 28. 12. rakhimova d. a., sadykova g. a., fattaeva d. r. influence of resonant therapies on the condition of the cardiorespirative system of patients chronic obstructive lung disease in survived covid-19 //theoretical and applied problems of modern science and education. 2021. s. 376-380. 14. mamadrizaeva, z. f., rakhmatova, s. s., yunusov, a. a., & fattayeva, d. r. (2022). features of the treatment of fractures of the zygomatic-orbital complex. british view, 7(4). 15. urunbaeva, s. s., alishakhi, l. s., pirmatov, m. a., & fattayeva, d. r. (2022). optimization of treatment of patients with phlegmon of the maxillofacial region. british view, 7(4). 16. mamadrizaeva, z. f., rakhmatova, s. s., yunusov, a. a., & fattayeva, d. r. (2022). features of the treatment of fractures of the zygomatic-orbital complex. british view, 7(4). 17. urunbaeva, s. s., pirmatov, m. a., nosirov, s. s., & kholikov, a. a. (2022). comparative characteristics of the treatment of mandibular fractures. british view, 7(4). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org indicators of the blood hemostasis system in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease ibatova sh. m, abdurasulov f. p., mamatkulova d. kh. samarkand state medical university, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s an analysis of the parameters of the blood hemostasis system in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease was performed. the data presented highlight the significant pathogenetic significance of changes in hemostasis in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, which requires the search for new methods of pathogenetic therapy based on anticoagulant effects. chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, patients, blood, hemostasis, indicators, shifts. introduction it is known that the lungs play a significant role in maintaining the physiological balance of the coagulation, fibrinolytic system and in the regulation of hemostasis [3,4,6,11,14,17]. thus, the lungs are the site of fibrinolysis, the richest source of heparin. in addition, in the reticuloendothelial cells of the connective tissue of the lungs, the possibility of synthesizing fibrinogen, prothrombin, tissue thromboplastin and ac globulin is allowed [8,10,13,16]. naturally, the inflammatory process in the lungs can be accompanied by changes in the blood coagulation system. of particular interest are these changes in chronic lung pathology in children, when emerging hemocoagulation disorders can aggravate hypoxia and determine the course and prognosis of the disease [1,2,5,7,9,12,15,18]. violation in the hemostasis system in chronic lung pathology determines the severity of the disease, the presence of an exacerbation, the degree of pulmonary heart failure, so monitoring this system is important. purpose of the study to analyze the parameters of the blood hemostasis system in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. materials and research methods 100 patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease were examined, which were divided into two groups: group i consisted of 30 patients aged 12-14 years (with bronchial deformity 24 patients; with american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org bronchiectasis 6), and group ii 70 patients aged 15 and over. -16 years old (with bronchial deformity 46 patients; with bronchiectasis 24). recalcification time according to the method of k. bergerhof et roka. determination of prothrombin time according to the method of a.l.qwik; plasma fibrinogen concentration was determined by the gravimetric method of r.a. rutberg; the level of free heparin according to the method of e. simray. ethanol test according to v.g. lychev; lipinski protamine sulfate test; fibrinolytic activity according to the method of m.a. kotovshchikova and b.i. kuznik. plasma tolerance to heparin according to the l. poller method. fonio's platelet count. pdf according to the method of merskey et al. results of the study and their discussion studies of the indicators of the hemostasis system were carried out for the first time on the days of admission to the clinic in the acute phase, against the background of heparin therapy (7-8 days of treatment), and after the treatment before discharge. the results of the study of the coagulation system are presented in table 1. table 1. changes in hemostasis parameters in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children upon admission in the acute phase (m±m) № indicators healthy children children with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease 3-7 years 8-15 years 3-7 years n=30 8-15 years n=70 1. plasma recalcification time (sec) 90,1±6,8 90,6±7,8 78,2±5,4 р<0,05 74,6±4,7 р<0,05 2. plasma tolerance to heparin (min) 8,74±0,69 9,38±0,79 6,94±0,44 р<0,05 6,45±0,76 р<0,001 3. free heparin in blood plasma (sec) 6,4±0,54 7,1±1,12 4,2±0,5 р<0,02 3,8±0,52 р<0,001 4. plasma fibrinogen (g/l) 2,94±0,12 2,69±0,2 4,81±0,6 р<0,001 5,1±0,47 р<0,001 5. pdf (g/l) 2,8±0,9 2,91±0,92 3,4±0,76 р>0,05 6,7±0,96 р<0,05 6. ethanol sample negative negative 13,3% positive 20% positive 7. protamine sulfate test negative negative 10% positive 25,7% positive 8. prothrombin index (%) 94,5±0,44 96,0±0,76 94,8±1,2 р>0,1 99,88±1,02 р<0,05 9. platelets (1 µl)109 /l 239.0 ±13,6 268±9,76 288,2±17,5 р<0,05 300±22,0 р<0,05 10 fibrinolytic activity (%) 10,2±0,91 10,7±0,94 7,71±0,92 р<0,05 6,23±0,74 р<0,001 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org note: preliability of the difference between the indicators of healthy and sick children as can be seen from table 1, in the period of exacerbation with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in the studied children in all age groups, the average value of the time of recalcification compared with analogous indicators in healthy children is accelerated 78.2±5.4 74.6±4.7 (р <0.05), which indicates an increase in the overall blood clotting ability. when studying the time of blood plasma recalcification, depending on the form of chronic pneumonia, fig.1. it was found that in children with bronchiectasis, an even more shortening of the time of blood plasma recalcification was observed compared with the group of healthy children and averaged 76.04±4.68 sec. (р<0.001) and in children with bronchial deformity without their expansion 79.14±3.46 sec. (p>0.1). the most significant acceleration of the time of recalcification was observed in children with a serious condition in the complication of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease with pulmonary heart failure, the addition of circulatory failure. on average, it was 70.4±3.4 seconds, which is significantly (p<0.05) higher than in patients with moderate disease severity 82.68±5.4. according to the bergerhof-rock test, it can be noted that in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease there are shifts towards hypercoagulability, while the severity of these shifts depends both on the activity of the inflammatory process in the bronchopulmonary system and on the severity and duration of the disease. data on the content of free heparin in blood plasma in patients with chronic pneumonia showed significant changes. thus, in the phase of exacerbation of the disease, there was a sharp (p<0.001) decrease in free heparin in all age groups, on average, up to 4.2±0.5 seconds; 3.8±0.52, at the norm, respectively, 6.4±0.54; 7.1±1.12 seconds. when considering individual fluctuations in 18 patients with a recent (2-year-old) duration of the disease, the level of free heparin was within the normal range, in 6 patients above the control figures. so the first days of admission to the clinic, the level of free heparin in these patients slightly exceeds the general indicators and averaged 5.75±0.95; 4.84±0.64 sec. (p>0.05). based on the data obtained, it can be noted that the level of free heparin in the blood of sick children with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in the phase of exacerbation of the disease tends to decrease. a decrease in the content of free heparin indicates an increased readiness of the blood to coagulate, as a result of an exacerbation of the inflammatory process in the lungs. the higher content of free heparin in the blood that we have established in the bronchiectasis variant and in the severe course of the disease, apparently, is a consequence of an increase in the number of mast cells in the focus of inflammation and a manifestation of one of the mechanisms of the body's compensatory-adaptive reactions to the constant hypoxic state of patients in this group, so how heparin increases the tolerance of tissues to oxygen, adapts them to a lack of oxygen. data on the content of fibrinogen in blood plasma in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease are shown in table 1. analysis of our results revealed an increase in the content of fibrinogen in the blood plasma in children with this pathology aged 13 to 16 years 4.81±0.6, while in the control group it was 2.94±0.12; 2.69±0.2 (p<0.001). marked hyperfibrinogenemia in our studies occurs due to an increase in inflammatory fibrinogen a, which is an indicator of inflammation (caused by the inflammation process) and is aimed at limiting the focus of inflammation. somewhat different results were obtained in the study of the content of fibrinogen in patients with bronchiectasis and with a severe course of the disease, so these patients showed the greatest increase in the content of fibrinogen in the blood plasma compared with patients with bronchial deformity, with american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org moderate severity of the disease (p<0.05) and was 5.8±0.35; 6.8±0.52, which indicates the highest activity of the inflammatory process in these patients. данные протромбинового индекса у больных с хронической пневмонией подвержены довольно незначительным колебаниям (табл. 1). в фазе обострения хронической обструктивной болезни легких наблюдалось достоверное повышение среднего показателя у больных от 8 до 15 лет и составило 99,88±1,02 (р<0,05). у больных детей в возрасте от 3 до7 лет отмечалось некоторые повышение протромбиновой активности 94,8±1,2 (р>0,1), в то же время в группе здоровых детей этот показатель в среднем составлял 94,5±0,44; 96,0±0,76%. as can be seen from the above data, the prothrombin index in sick children with chronic pneumonia has a deviation from the norm. at the same time, the most significant deviation from the level of control figures was observed in the phase of exacerbation of the disease. a study of the platelet link of hemostasis showed that during the period of exacerbation of chronic pneumonia, an increase in the number of platelets was observed in all age groups (288.2±17.5; 300±22.0). of these, in some children of patients with bronchiectasis and a serious condition, hyperthrombocytosis was observed (329.8±13.1; 342.4±18.7), which we assessed as a thrombophilic condition. an analysis of blood fibrinolytic activity (fak) showed that in children with this disease at the age of 13-16 years, an insignificant decrease in the average level of 7.71 ± 0.92% was observed at admission, with a norm of 10.2 ± 0.91%. the most pronounced decrease in fibrinolytic activity was observed in patients aged 8-15 years (6.23±0.74 p<0.001). fak blood was detected in 3% of sick children with a serious condition with pulmonary heart failure. so, in the phase of exacerbation of the disease, fac in these patients was 11.48±0.96 p<0.05 compared with the control group 10.20±0.91. in children with a moderately severe condition, the index of fibrinolytic activity of the blood was significantly reduced (p<0.001). an increase in fac is explained by significant hypoxia of organs and tissues, a compensatory response of the body to increased blood clotting, and a factor preventing thrombosis. summarizing the above data, it should be noted a clear dependence of the state of the blood coagulation system on the phase of the course, the clinical form, the duration of the disease, and the severity of the patients' condition. when studying the hemostasis system in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, depending on the clinical form, age and severity of the patients' condition, we encountered large fluctuations of these indicators. in this regard, we identified the following types of changes in the functional state of the hemostasis system in chronic pneumonia in children. we regarded the increase or decrease in hemostasis indicators from the initial level of healthy children by 50-60% as a compensatory type, 60-90% subcompensatory type, 100% or more decompensatory type i and below 40% decompensatory type ii hemostasis disorders table 2. a compensatory type of disorder was observed in 60% of patients aged 3-7 years and 44.3% at the age of 8-15 years. when assessed from the clinical form, a compensatory type of disorder was observed in 34.3% of patients with bronchial deformity without their expansion. and in patients with moderate severity, a compensatory type of hemostasis disorder was observed in 28.6%. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org table 2. comparative assessment of hemostasis indicators in relation to the number of patients (%) in d ic a to rs c o m p en sa to ry ty p e s u b co m p e n sa to r y t y p e d ec o m p en sa to ry ty p e i d ec o m p en sa to ry ty p e ii in children aged 3 to 7 years n=30 60 26,6 13,4 for children 8 to 15 years old n=70 44,3 38,6 12,8 4,3 with bronchial deformity n=70 with bronchiectasis n=30 34,3 65,7 with moderate condition n=84 with serious condition n=16 33,4 56,6 10 in patients with a compensatory type of hemostasis disorder during exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, a moderate activation of the procoagulant link of the hemostasis system occurs. the activation of the procoagulative link was evidenced by a moderate increase in plasma fibrinogen content, a shortening of the plasma recalcification time, an increase in plasma tolerance to heparin, a slight decrease in blood fibrinolytic activity (p> 0.05) and a negative ethanol and protamine sulfate test. we regarded the compensatory type of hemostasis impairment as a state of moderate hypercoagulability and considered it an adequate response of the body to inflammation. a subcompensatory type of hemostatic disorder was observed in 26.6% of patients aged 3-7 years, in 38.6% of patients aged 8-15 years, in children with bronchial deformity, a subcompensatory type of disorder was observed in 65.7%, with bronchiectasis in 33, 4% of patients, which was associated with the duration of the disease and the incidence of bronchiectasis. when studying the severity of the condition of patients, the subcompensatory type of disorder was found in 71.4% of patients with moderate severity. in patients with a subcompensatory type of hemostasis disorder, there was a higher activation of the procoagulant link of the hemostasis system. these patients had an even more significant increase in fibrinogen content. in decompensatory type i hemostasis disorders, the level of prothrombin activity began to decrease, the level of fibrinogen significantly increased (p<0.001), and more noticeably than in the subcompensatory type of disorder, the most significant acceleration of recalcification time was observed, the content of heparin in the blood was significantly reduced, inhibition was noted. fibrinolytic activity of the blood, in 25% of children all paracoagulation tests fibrinogen b, ethanol, protamine sulfate test were positive. conclusions thus, the presented data indicate a significant pathogenetic significance of changes in hemostasis in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, which requires the search for new methods of pathogenetic therapy based on the anticoagulant effect. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org references 1. kostin a.s., tereshchenko l.v. the state of the blood coagulation and anticoagulation system in chronic pneumonia in children. moscow. 2010. -60 p. 2. working classification of the main forms of bronchopulmonary diseases in children / geppe n.a., rozinova n.n., volkova i.k. [and etc.]. moscow: russian respiratory society, 2009. 18 p. 3. saperov v.n. diagnosis and treatment of chronic pneumonia. irkutsk. 1990. -200 p. 4. strukov s.m., umarova b.a. violation of the interaction of thrombin and fibrinogen by heparin and receptors of the anticoagulant system // vopr. honey. chemistry. 1996. issue. 3. p. 132-135. 5. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 6. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. 7. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol 10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 8. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 9. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.y. ruzikulov, yu.a. rakhmonov. bronchoo structive syndrome in children: prevalence and difficulties of differential diagnostics. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 2021, p. 87-92. 10. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 11. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 12. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 13. sh.m ibatova, f. kh. mamatkulova, d. kh. mamatkulova. hemocoagulation in patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr) peer reviewed journal. volume: 8| issue: 5| may 2022|| p. 319-322. 14. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., kodirova sh.s. some features of the course of acute pankeratitis in children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal.volume 4, issue 3, mar., 2023. p.1331-1334. 15. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., ibragimova yu.b. some aspects of the course of acute glomerulonephritis with nephrotic syndrome in children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal.volume 4, issue 3, mar., 2023. p.1335-1339. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org 16. ш.м.ибатова, ф.х. маматкулова. состояние гемокоагуляции у детей с хронической обструктивной болезнью легких у детей. научно–практический журнал вестник врача. № 2.3 (105). 2022. –с.18-22. 17. kholikova gulnoz asatovna. kodirova markhabo miyassarovna. frequency of functional constipation in children of different ages. журнал гепато-гастроэнтерологических исследований.том 3. №3 2022-08-01. стр 38-40. 18.холикова гулноз асатовна. кодирова мархабо мияссаровна. main clinical signs of non-reumatic myocarditis in children of samarkand region. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук. том 3.№3. стр 110-113. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=6477273438906003010&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=6477273438906003010&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org giardiasis in children and its significance in the etiopathogenesis of diseases in children ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., normakhmatov b.b. samarkand state medical university, samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s giardiasis is one of the most common helminthic infestations in the world. the problem of giardiasis is also very relevant for uzbekistan. in uzbekistan, among parasitic diseases, giardiasis accounts for a large proportion (60-70%) of children in organized children's groups [1-5]. the discussion about the pathogenicity of giardia, which lasted for a long time, can be said to have ended with the recognition of their damaging effect on the villi of the intestinal epithelium, where they vegetate [10]. according to the conclusion of the who expert group, lamblia intestinalis should be considered a pathogenic protozoan [6-9]. according to the world health organization (who), giardiasis affects approximately 20-25% of children in the world. giardia ranks third in prevalence after enterobiasis and ascariasis (who, 2006). previously, it was believed that giardiasis occurs in endemic areas of asia, africa, latin america with poorly developed infrastructure. in connection with the development of tourism in developing countries, giardiasis is found everywhere, often together with pathogens of intestinal infections and helminthiases, such as hymenolepis nana, strongyloides stercoralis, taenia spp. etc. infection with giardiasis occurs through the alimentary route. transmission factors are hands, water, food, and household items contaminated with faeces containing giardia cysts [11,18]. the clinical manifestations of giardiasis are varied, but lesions of the gastrointestinal tract prevail, which is associated with the localization of parasites in the duodenum and jejunum [12,15,17,20]. at the same time, infested patients often experience nausea, heartburn, belching, vomiting, cramping pains in the abdomen, a decrease in acidity up to complete achylia [13,16,19]. giardiasis with severe clinical manifestations of intestinal damage, according to pashinsky e.s. [2018] is about 40%. this group includes patients with acute and chronic duodenitis, acute and chronic enterocolitis. with duodenitis of giardia etiology, the persistence of the pain syndrome, flatulence, rumbling in the abdomen and unstable stools are noted [6-9]. asylgareeva, g. m., kobiakov, a. i., mavziutov, a. r [2015] in a study of 214 patients aged 15 to 68 years old, affected by lamblia intestinalis, duodenitis was established in 93 patients (43.4%). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org in the conditions of our region, the clinical picture of intestinal giardiasis was studied by inoyatova f.i., nurmatova n.f. the authors studied 265 patients, duodenitis was detected in 40.5%, enteritis in 36.5%, enterocolitis in 23.0%. giardia lesion of the small intestine is characterized by constant moderate pain in the umbilical region, a feeling of stomach fullness even after a small portion of food, bloating, liquid, sometimes foamy stools from 3 to 10 times a day, pale skin [14] in giardiasis enterocolitis, kornienko, e.a., minina [2009] note severe pain in the navel and somewhat less pain along the colon. the frequency of stool is on average 5 times a day. tenesmus is rare. chronically flowing giardiasis enterocolitis give frequent relapses. kaidanek, t.v., mukhametzianov, a.m., [2014] observed atrophic processes and eosinophilic infiltration of lamblia propria in the intestines of mice infested with giardia against the background of catarrhal inflammation. romero, d., rosales, m.j. [2014], examining the biopsy material of patients with giardiasis, found that changes in the intestine ranged from infiltration of the intestinal wall with mononuclear cells to severe changes resembling celiac disease (villous atrophy, increased mitosis, crypt expansion). seshadri v., martens c. [2010], subjected to electron microscopic examination of biopsy specimens of the small intestine of patients with giardiasis, revealed violations of the brush border of the villi. supaluk popruk, kanthinich thima [2011] found a decrease in the height of enterocytes, cellular infiltration, areas of villous atrophy in biopsies of the small intestine of patients with giardiasis. similar results were obtained by saghaug c.s., sørnes, s. [2015]. minina s.n. [2009] in the study of biopsy specimens of the small intestine and stomach of patients with giardiasis using electron microscopic, histological, histochemical and quantitative morphometric methods revealed damage to the glycocalyx of the microvilli of prismatic absorptive cells. the range of pathological changes in the small intestine varied from superficial diffuse enteritis to moderate and severe atrophy of the mucous membrane. giardiasis with complete atrophy of the villi of the small intestine, clinically manifested by diarrhea, loss of appetite, nausea, spasmodic pain in the epigastric region and weakness, was described by zakharova i.n., abdyukina t.i. [2015]. giardia invasion aggravates the course of a number of infectious diseases [13]. viral hepatitis occurring against the background of giardiasis are characterized by a longer duration of dyspeptic syndrome and icteric period, more profound changes in the enzymatic systems of the liver [10] . giardiasis associated with typhoid fever, paratyphoid fever and salmonellosis worsened the clinical manifestations of the infection and contributed to an increase in the duration of bacterial excretion [14]. giardiasis has a similar effect on the course of bacterial dysentery and lesions of the hepatobiliary system [13] in the form of gallbladder dyskinesia, acute and chronic cholecystitis, and chronic hepatitis. with giardiasis in combination with helminthic invasion, the clinical manifestations are more pronounced and persistent [10]. giardiasis often causes malabsorption syndrome. there are different opinions regarding the mechanism of malabsorption in giardiasis. akhmedov v.a. [2011], agafonova n.a. [2018] believed that massive giardia invasion creates a mechanical barrier that prevents the absorption of nutrients. babak o.ya. [2012] believed that steatorrhea in giardiasis is of pancreatic origin due to the penetration of parasites into the pancreatic ducts. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org in the small intestine (and according to some reports in the mouth and stomach), fats undergo hydrolytic cleavage under the influence of lipase, which acts only on emulsified fats. in the mouth and stomach, lipase partially breaks down only milk fats, since they are in the form of an emulsion. their rapid transport and acid reaction in the stomach destroys the fat emulsion of milk and inactivates salivary lipase. most of the digestion of fats takes place in the intestines. under the influence of bile acids, fat is emulsified, due to which its surface increases, which facilitates its hydrolysis by pancreatic lipase. lipase is secreted by the pancreas in an inactive state and is activated by bile acids. under the action of pancreatic lipase, which cleaves fatty acids from triglycerides, diand monoglycerides, as well as fatty acids and glycerol, are formed in the intestinal cavity. intestinal lipase, the enterocyte monoglyceride lipase, also takes part in the final hydrolysis of fats [9]. the resulting di and monoglycerides, glycerides, glycerol, and fatty acids are converted by intestinal juice and bile into micelles and water-soluble complexes (soaps), which are absorbed through the microvilli membranes of the brush border of the small intestine epithelium [12]. it is known that not all fat is completely hydrolyzed in the small intestine. part of it in the form of di and monoglycerides, consisting of glycerol and stearic acids, in the form of droplets can be absorbed by the intestinal wall without prior splitting by pinocytosis. fat particles during pinocytosis from the intestinal epithelium enter the lymphatic system, and then into the superior vena cava, which explains the milky appearance of blood serum after ingestion of fat. they are converted into chylomicrons, of which 80% are triglycerides, and 8% are phospholides and 4% are cholesterol [11]. fats in the form of chylomicrons are carried with the blood stream, then their catabolism or, conversely, resynthesis occurs. fatty acids with a short carbon chain from enterocytes enter the blood of the v.portae system and enter the liver, where fat resynthesis can occur. fatty acids with a long carbon chain are transported by the lymph, which largely explains the easier digestibility of shortchain fats. these include vegetable fats. excess fat is deposited in adipose tissue as a reserve energy material. however, the mechanism of fat absorption in the intestine cannot be considered as a diffusion process, since different fats are absorbed at different rates depending on the quantity, quality, and chemical structure of the molecules [15]. at the absorption stage, some fats can affect the resorption of other fats, and the main mechanism of their absorption is active transport through cell membranes [5]. the absorption and digestion of fat are interrelated processes that are carried out with the participation of the same structural elements of the intestine the "brush border". zalipaeva t.l. [2002] suggested the existence of a digestive transport conveyor that provides direct transfer of hydrolysis products from a digestive enzyme molecule to a system of transport carriers that are localized on membranes. there is an inverse relationship between transport mechanisms and the activity of digestive enzymes. due to the close physiological relationship between digestion and absorption of fat, both of these processes under pathological conditions are often disturbed simultaneously. however, the absorption function of the intestine is often predominantly impaired [10]. intestinal absorption disorders can be primary due to congenital, genetically determined enzyme defects and secondary (acquired). more common are secondary disorders of intestinal absorption, which are observed in parasitic diseases [12]. the absorption of most substances occurs mainly in the proximal jejunum. for example, in humans, the fastest absorption of lipids occurs in the lower horizontal branch of the duodenum and in the proximal jejunum [14]. these data are confirmed by histochemical studies of belousov yu.v. [2007] american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org and gerasimova n.a. [2011], who showed the greatest conversion of fatty acids into triglycerides in the mucous membrane of the jejunum. cai, j., wang, r., provide a diagram of the site of absorption of fats and bile salts in the intestine [2015]. since fats are the most difficult to digest group of nutrients [15], therefore, in various diseases, their absorption first of all suffers and a large amount of fat is excreted in the feces steatorrhea. in children aged 1 to 18 months, up to 99.26% of the administered amount of lipids is resorbed [13]. according to azamova z.sh. [2011], fat malabsorption can be identified when more than 25% of undigested fat is excreted in the feces. along with a violation of the absorption of fats, with giardiasis, there is a violation of the resorption of carbohydrates. so baldursson, s., karanis. p. [2011] indicates that with intestinal giardiasis, the absorption of lactose is 46%, lactose and sucrose 16% and glucose only 6%. carbohydrates are the main source that satisfies the energy needs of the body. about half of your calorie needs come from carbohydrates. the main sources of which are starch and glycogen (60%), disaccharides and sucrose (30%) and lactose (10%). the clinical expression of a violation of the utilization of carbohydrates is loose stools of an acidic reaction, which indicates a pronounced decompensation. however, subcompensated forms can also be observed, which are manifested by flatulence, due to a shift in the topography of carbohydrate utilization in the small intestine. carbohydrate malabsorption is based on congenital or acquired insufficiency of functional elements that ensure the absorption of diand monosaccharides in the small intestine (enzymes). polysaccharides that enter the body with food are cleaved in the oral cavity under the influence of salivary & amylase, which cleaves 1,4 glycosidic bonds in starch and glycogen molecules. but since food does not stay long in the oral cavity, the breakdown of carbohydrates during this period is short and incomplete. the main breakdown of carbohydrates occurs in the small intestine. & pancreatic juice amylase completes the breakdown of the starch residue after salivary amylase to diand monosaccharides. amylase of saliva and pancreatic juice breaks down starch into maltose, maltotriose and branched & dextrins, but does not give free glucose. it is considered proven that the main hydrolysis of polysaccharides starch is carried out by enzymes that are freely located in the intestinal lumen [1315]. the so-called cavity digestion of carbohydrates can be thought of as the conversion of waterinsoluble large molecules of polysaccharides into soluble disaccharides. here, small molecules are released from the surface of the food bolus under the action of cavity enzymes as the chyme moves through the small intestine [15]. there are data characterizing changes in the activity of intestinal enzymes depending on age. it is shown that lactase has a high degree of activity by the time of birth and during 1 year of life with lactotrophic nutrition, especially breast milk. then its activity decreases. along with this, maltase and sucrose activity increase during the first weeks of life from low in newborns to high in adults [12-15]). small intestine enzymes play an important role in the digestion and absorption of carbohydrates. hydrolysis of carbohydrates is carried out both in the intestinal lumen (abdominal digestion) and on the membranes of microvilli of epithelial cells of the intestinal mucosa. the absorption of carbohydrates takes place almost throughout the entire gastrointestinal tract. however, the place of their most intensive resorption is the duodenum and proximal jejunum. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org it has been established that in the absence of reinvasion, the life expectancy of giardia in humans ranges from 3 to 40 days and averages 4 weeks. however, in recent years, the problem of resistance of the intestinal mucosa during invasion by these protozoa has been widely discussed. it has been shown that with a decrease in local immunity of the intestine, mainly its cellular link, which is typical for children, giardiasis can acquire a protracted course, including chronic. the latter can continue for many months and years without specific therapy. thus, the histochemical changes in the microvilli of the intestinal epithelium, established in recent years, in giardiasis determine the expediency of studying the process of absorption of fat and carbohydrates, depending on the level of cystic secretion of protozoa and their possible effect on the severity of the clinical manifestations of the disease. literature 1. akhmetova r.a. diagnosis, treatment and prevention of giardia infestation in children with chronic diseases of the digestive system. // guidelines. ufa. 2018.s. -5-14. 2. babak o.ya. intestinal helminthiases: the situation and the trend towards its change // health of ukraine. -2016. -no. 9(1). pp.89-110. 3. bodnya e.i. giardiasis in children: clinical manifestations, treatment tactics // health of the child. 2011. no. 8(35), pp. 91–94. 4. grigorieva i.n. modern concepts of pathogenesis, optimal therapy and prevention of giardiasis. //medical consultation. 2010. v.12. -from. 59-62. 5. denisov m.yu. modern aspects of treatment, rehabilitation and prevention of giardia infestation in children. // bulletin of nsu series: biology, clinical medicine. 2018. v.6. s.97-101. 6. ershova i.b. parasitic invasions in the practice of a pediatrician // health of the child. 2017. no. 2(5). s. 137-140. 7. ibatova, s. m., mamatkulova, f. k., kholikova, g. a., & mamatkulova, d. k. (2022). some indicators of lipid and phosphorus-calcium metabolism in children with rickitis receiving conventional treatment.international journal of health sciences,6(s4), 3628–3638. 8. ibatova sh.m., abdurasulov fp, ruzikulov ny. features of clinical manifestations of lambliosis in children. international journal of research and development. volume: 7. issue: 1. january 2022. p. 38-41. 9. ibatova sh.m., mukhamadiev n.q., abdurasulov f.p. clinical manifestations of giambliasis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 03 issue: 02. mar-apr 2022. p. 306-308. 10. sh.m. ibatova, d.s. islamova, f.kh. mamatkulova. features of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. scientific and practical journal “doctor akhborotnomasi” no. 1 (102) 2022, p.36-39. 11. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mamatkulova d.kh. giardiasis in children. international journal of medical science and clinical research studies. volume 02 issue 03 march 2022 p.251253. 12. sh. m. ibatova, d. s. islamova, f. kh. mamatkulova. features of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. scientific and practical journal “doctor akhborotnomasi” no. 1 (102). 2022, pp.36-39. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 13. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s. complex therapy of giambliasis in children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal.volume 3, issue 5, may 2022 vol. 3. no. 5 (2022) p. 839843. 14. мм кодирова, samarqand xududida bolalarda miokarditning asosiy klinik simptomlarini uchrashi. журнал гепато-гастроэнтерологических исследований.том 3.. №3 2022-08-01. стр 5760. 15. ramazanova a.b., ibatova sh.m., abdukadirova n.b. variants of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. international scientific journal "problems of biology and medicine". samarkand, 2021, no. 1.1 (126), -p.342-344. 16. холикова г. а. распространенность и особенности запоров у детей в различные возрастные группы. international conferenceon research in humanities, applied sciences and educationhosted from berlin, germanyhttps:// conferencea.orgjune 5th2022. ст 164168. 17. kholikova gulnoz asatovna. kodirova markhabo miyassarovna. frequency of functional constipation in children of different ages. журнал гепато-гастроэнтерологических исследований.том 3. №3 2022-08-01. стр 38-40. 18.холикова гулноз асатовна. кодирова мархабо мияссаровна. main clinical signs of non-reumatic myocarditis in children of samarkand region. евразийский журнал медицинских и естественных наук. том 3.№3. стр 110-113. 19. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., kodirova sh.s. some features of the course of acute pankeratitis in children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal.volume 4, issue 3, mar., 2023. p.1331-1334. 20. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., ibragimova yu.b. some aspects of the course of acute glomerulonephritis with nephrotic syndrome in children. web of scientist: international scientific research journal.volume 4, issue 3, mar., 2023. p.1335-1339. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=6477273438906003010&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=6477273438906003010&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 9, | feb., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org studying and improving types of energy and using them in chemical technology niyozov sobir ahror o‘g‘li bukhara engineering and technology institute, uzbekistan sobirniyozov1991@gmail.com shodiyev azimjon ziyodullayevich bukhara engineering and technology institute, uzbekistan homidova gulhayo rustam qizi bukhara engineering and technology institute,uzbekistan, master student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s before studying chemical technological processes in depth, it is necessary to know some concepts and laws that lead to understanding the essence of these processes. depending on the progress of the reaction, the order (mode) in the reactor, some parameters in the equation have a very small value, so they can be ignored. modeling of chemical processes and reactors. in order to determine the optimal parameters of the technological procedure, apparatus and devices, that is, to optimize the operation of the technological system, a modeling study of chemical processes and reactors is carried out during the design process. scream. and qsarf. if we put the value in f heat exchange surface unit; k is the heat exchange coefficient q≠k, q≠s and q≠g are the amounts of heat coming out of the apparatus with the products, and the difference is called the convective heat flow. qf and q≠f are amounts of heat released and absorbed in the process of physical changes introduction energy balance of processes in chemical production the initial equation in the reactor calculation is the heat balance equation that takes into account heat changes[1]. it is usually formed according to a constituent (component) substance in the reaction mixture[2]. in general, the heat balance can be written as follows: qspend = qspend (1) in this case: q is the amount of heat entering the reactor per unit of time; qsarf the amount of heat consumed per unit of time. a simple exothermic reaction process state: a => b + q (2) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org in this case, the input of heat to the process will be: qkrish=> qk r.+ qrcag (3) in this case:qk r. — the amount of heat released during the conversion of substance a into substance v (chemical reaction) within a unit of time[3], qreag — the amount of heat entering the reactor with a substance (reagent) within a unit of time[4]. heat consumption can be written as the following equation: qsp.=> qmax.* qower *q no (4) here: qmax is the amount of heat leaving the reactor with the product in a unit of time; heat is the amount of heat accumulated in the reactor within a unit of time[5]; no. the amount of heat consumed (lost) to the environment per unit of time[6]. scream. and qsarf. if we put the value in (4) into equation (1): qd. r. + qreag. = qmaxs + qyig.+ qno (5) will be. if seats are changed: q ahead. =(qmax.-qreag.) qyok+qk.r. will be (6) will be. the difference between the heat entering the reactor with the raw material and the heat leaving it with the substance heated as a result of the reaction — the product — is called the convective heat flow and is written as follows[7]: qconv. = qmax. qreag. (7) equation (6) will have the following form: q ahead. = qkonvqno+ qk. r. (8) the heat balance equation may take different forms depending on the type of reactant and the heat regime. in the general case, process parameters (temperature, concentration, etc.) can change depending on the size of the reactor or change over time. in this case, the heat balance is written and calculated as a differential equation[8]. for this purpose, the modified convective heat transfer differential equation is used: (9) here, p is the density of the reaction mixture; cp is the heat capacity of the mixture; x, u, z spatial coordinates; wx, wu, wz indicators of flow speed in the direction of x, y, z axes; x is the coefficient of heat transfer (molecular and turbulent) of the reaction mixture; f heat exchange surface unit; k is the heat exchange coefficient[9]. ai ta—tis a, where: ta is the temperature of the reaction mixture; tis , temperature in the heat exchanger; u chemical reaction rate; an is the thermal effect of the reaction[10] the group of indicators on the left side of equation (9) shows the heat rate at which the elements are collected in the volume. the value of qyig in equation (8) corresponds to it[11]: qyig‘= pcp 𝐸𝑇 𝐸𝑇 (10) and the number of indicators on the right side of the equation reflects the convective-heat transfer in accordance with the coordinates (x, y, z) in eleincniin li.iim[12]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the second group of indicators on the right shows the change in heat depending on the thermal conductivity of the reaction mixture[13]. qkonv of equation (7) corresponds to the total value of heat transfer with convective flow i, which reflects the effect of thermal conductivity. as a result, it can be written as follows[14] originates. solving equation (9) is often associated with great difficulties. depending on the progress of the reaction, the order (mode) in the reactor, some parameters in the equation have a very small value, so they can be ignored. as a result, the equation becomes simpler, and it is possible to obtain sufficiently accurate values (results) as a result of the calculation[15]. equations (8) and (9) above are a mathematical representation of the heat flow in a non-steady (nonstationary) order (regime), where heat accumulation and temperature change with time[16]. continuously operating reactors have the characteristic (characteristic)[17] of steady (stationary) order, i.e. qyig 0. in periodically operating reactors, the order is constantly changing, i.e. q sum = 0. the energy balance is based on the law of conservation of energy. based on it, the sum of energies in a closed system is constant (has a certain amount), that is, the amount of heat entering the chemical technological process is equal to the amount of heat consumed[18]. a heat balance is created based on the indicators of the heat effect of material balance and chemical reactions. it takes into account the chemical reactions, physical changes, heat effect, external heat, heat coming out with the product and the heat consumed through the wall of the device. the thermal effect is calculated as follows[19]: qq + qs+ qg + qf + qr + qk = q ≠q + q≠s +q≠g + q≠f + q≠r + q’v (11) here: qk, qs, qg are the amounts of heat entering the device with solid, liquid and gaseous substances.q≠k, q≠s and q≠g are the amounts of heat coming out of the apparatus with the products, and the difference is called the convective heat flow. qf and q≠f are amounts of heat released and absorbed in the process of physical changes[20]. qr, q≠r the heat of endothermic and exothermic reactions and qk-system heating, and q"y the amount of heat lost to the environment or through the cooler[21]. qq, qs, qg and q≠k, q≠s, q≠g heat retention of the substance (materials). usually, this quantity is calculated according to the following formula for each substance (material) entering and leaving the system: q = g≠st (12) here: g is the amount of substance (material), s is its average heat capacity, and t is its temperature. heat capacity m is specified in technical literature for a given temperature and substance. usually, the reactor (apparatus) can be supplied with more than one raw material (material substance). in this case, the heat capacity of a mixture of substances is determined as follows: ca = 𝐺1𝑐1+𝐺2𝑐2+𝐺3𝑐3…. 𝐺1+𝐺2𝐺3 (13) the amount of heat in physical processes is determined as follows: qf = g1f1 + g2f2 + g3f3+... (14) here: g1, g2, g3 amount of substances, f1, f2, f3 heats of spatial change, that is, condensation, crystallization, melting, etc. the heat of exothermic and endothermic reactions is determined as follows: a+v = d ±an (15) the heat of reaction between substances a and b is calculated by the formation of substance d and the heat effect an. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the heat supplied or lost to the device, for example, by heating steam, or lost is determined as follows: qb = gc (t6 tox ) (16) qb = gfb (17) here: g is the vapor content, s is the heat capacity, fb is the heat of evaporation or the amount of heat given (lost) through the device wall: qy = kf (ti tc)t (18) here: k is the heat transfer coefficient, f is the heat surface, ti is the average temperature of the heating substance, tc is the average temperature of the heated (cold) substance, and x is time. this equation determines the amount of heat supplied or received to the process, lost to the environment. modeling of chemical processes and reactors. in order to determine the optimal parameters of the technological procedure, apparatus and devices, that is, to optimize the operation of the technological system, a modeling study of chemical processes and reactors is carried out during the design process.the first problem in modeling is to mathematically determine the functional relationship with the parameters the quantities necessary to determine the rate of the process or the rate constant, or the output of the product. in determining (describing) the speed of a chemical technological process, the main indicators are the amount (concentration) of reacting substances in a given volume per unit of time. t, pressure r, linear speed of movement wv, ws, wg, the degree of mixing of the interacting phase, the activity of the used catalyst ak, the density of the component system rk, rs, rg, dynamic ts or static v (viscosity), surface tension or adhesion at the phase boundary a, strength, shape of the system, height of the reaction volume n, main dimensions of the apparatus (diameter d, length i) and others can be taken into account in complex systems, the criteria of comparison (substance) are very complex and numerous, and it becomes difficult to determine the interdependence of their effects. the studied process is analyzed in several stages. on the basis of the comparison method, linear dimensions are studied in certain numbers intervals, from small scale (sizes) to large scale. criterion equations are developed on the basis of studies conducted on model devices. the comparison method (physical modeling) is used in the design of a relatively simpler process. mathematical modeling. the method of mathematical modeling can be applied to complex chemicaltechnological systems, processes and devices. a unique feature of the mathematical modeling method is their principle of isomorphism, that is, phenomena of different physical nature can be written in the same mathematical form. when designing a chemical industrial enterprise, the main focus is on calculating the economic efficiency of production and choosing the most effective method. economic efficiency is determined by 3 main indicators: 1. capital costs. 2. product cost. 3. labor productivity. capital cost includes all costs incurred for the construction of a particular enterprise or plant. calculating the share of capital costs in the description of capital cost allows for a more accurate analysis. the share of capital costs is equal to the ratio of the value of the enterprise, workshop or device (capital cost) to the annual production capacity: r = k/q (19) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org here: r share of capital expenditures, soums/t year, k-capital expenditures, soums, q enterprise, shop or equipment capacity, t/year. as can be seen from the equation, if the production capacity of the device, its structure, working principle is increased due to the change or intensification of the process, the share of capital costs can be reduced. cost total cost is the value of the costs incurred for the production and disposal of the product in the form of money (currency). the costs of the enterprise, which are integrally related to the production of products, are called factory costs and they consist of the following: 1. consumption of raw materials, semi-finished products and basic materials involved in chemical reactions. 2. fuel and electricity spent on technology. 3. salary of key production workers. 4.depreciation a the cost allocated for the restoration of the main production funds (compensating for the breakdown of machinery, equipment, devices and buildings, etc.) (a=k/10q = p/10). 5. workshop expenses expenses for maintenance of basic funds, repair (repair) (including the salary of auxiliary and repair workers), expenses for administrative and management (personnel) employees of the workshop, general equipment safety and labor protection . 6. total factory costs. based on the cost of the main product, general plant costs and the cost of additional products are calculated. is fully explained in the course of industrial economy. the science of chemical technology and engineering is multi-faceted, and includes ergochemistry (the study of chemical reactions and chemical balance) and chronochemistry (the study of chemical reactions, rates of processes, i.e., kinetics and catalysis) ) is one of its known parts. before studying chemical technological processes in depth, it is necessary to know some concepts and laws that lead to understanding the essence of these processes. such concepts include heat and work, heat effect and enthalpy, chemical equilibrium and entropy, phase rule, and others. heat and work. the main property of matter is its movement. its criterion is energy, which is manifested in different habits depending on the types of movement. the interaction of matter is manifested in movements, that is, in the exchange of energy. for chemistry, the most important thing is the exchange of energy between substances, that is, heat and work. heat is a quantitative measure of irregular, chaotic movements of particles that make up a substance or system (molecules, atoms, electrons, etc.). in the exchange of energy in the form of heat, a substance with a higher temperature transfers its energy to a substance with a lower temperature until the mutual movement is equalized. work, on the other hand, is a quantitative measure of ordered motion or directed force field, and is the displacement of a particle. for example, work "a" under constant pressure (r=const) expansion of the system from the initial volume v1 to the final v2 is expressed as follows alternative energy sources are renewable energy obtained through the use of hydropower, wind energy, solar energy, geothermal energy, biomass and tidal energy. unlike fossil fuels such as oil, natural gas, coal, and uranium ore, these energy sources do not run out, which is why they are called renewable. in 2019 alone, a total of 200 gw of renewable energy (tem) facilities were installed worldwide. solar energy american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org the sun is the main source of energy on earth, with approximately 173 pv (or 173 million gw) of solar energy hitting the planet each year, which is 10,000 times more than global energy needs. on your roof or outdoors, photovoltaic modules convert sunlight into electricity using silicon. solar collectors are also used for heating and hot water production solar panels can generate energy in cloudy weather and even when it's snowing. for maximum efficiency, they must be installed at a certain angle how far from the equator and how large the angle of installation of the panels is important. references 1 bafoev, a. x., rajabboev, a. i., niyozov, s. a., bakhshilloev, n. k., & mahmudov, r. a. (2022). significance and classification of mineral fertilizers. texas journal of engineering and technology, 5, 1-5. 2 r.a. makhmudov, k.kh. majidov, m.m. usmanova, sh.m. ulashov, & s.a.niyozov. (2021). characteristics of catalpa plant as raw material for oil extraction. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(03),70–75. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajet/volume03issue03-11 3 shodiev z. o., shodiev s., shodiev a. z. theoretical basis of effective separation of cotton from air flow //современные инструментальные системы, информационные технологии и инновации. – 2021. – с. 12-15. 4 ниёзов , с., шарипов, ш., бердиев, у. ., махмудов , р. ., & шодиев , а. . (2022). трущины, выпускающиеся при производстве хлорида калия из сильвинитовой руды. journal of integrated education and research, 1(4), 440–444. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/302 5 ниёзов с.а., шарипов ш.ж., бердиев у.р., & шодиев а.з. (2022). влияние нитрат и нитритов на организм. journal of integrated education and research, 1(4), 409–411. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/301 6 amanovich, m. r., obitovich, m. s., rakhmatilloyevich, t. h., & oybekovich, s. z. (2021). the use of biological active additives (baa) in the production of flour confectionery products. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(05), 134-138. 7 mahmudov rafik amonovich, shukrullayev javohir oybek ugli, ereshboyev husniddin fazliddinovich, & adizova muqaddas odil kizi. (2022). improvement of technology of gypsum production raw materials and products in production. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 182–184. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 8 фатиллоев, ш. ф., ш. б. мажидова, and ч. к. хайруллаев. "влияние добавок азотнокислотного разложения фосфоритов центрального кызилкума на гигроскопические свойства аммиачной селитры." gospodarka i innowacje. 22 (2022): 553-556. 9 kazakovich, khayrullayev chorikul, fatilloyev shamshod fayzullo o’g’li, dehkonova nargiza, and jabborova aziza. "study of the possibility of use of local phosphorites and semi-products of the production of compound fertilizers as additive to ammonia nitretre." epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) 7, no. 4 (2022): 49-52. 10 фатиллоев, шамшод файзулло угли, бехзод мавлон угли аслонов, and алишер камилович ниёзов. "изучение механических свойств кожи https://doi.org/10.37547/tajet/volume03issue03-11 https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/302 https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/301 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 9, feb., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org обработанными полимерными композициями." universum: технические науки 11-4 (80) (2020): 49-51. 11 исматов с. ш., норова м. с., ниёзов с. а. у. технология рафинации. отбелка хлопкового масла с местными адсорбентами //вопросы науки и образования. – 2017. – №. 2 (3). – с. 27-28. 12 ниёзов, с. а., махмудов , р. а., & ражабова , м. н. (2022). значение азотной кислоты для народного хозяйства и промышленности. journal of integrated education and research, 1(5), 465–472. retrieved from https://ojs.rmasav.com/index.php/ojs/article/view/315 13 niyozov sobir ahror o‘g‘li, fatilloyev shamshod fayzullo o‘g‘li, & bafoev abduhamid hoshim o‘g‘li. (2022). non-ferrous metals and their alloys new innovative technologies in production of non-ferrous metals. neo science peer reviewed journal, 3, 11–20. retrieved from https://www.neojournals.com/index.php/nsprj/article/view/31 14 mahmudov rafik amonovich, shukrullayev javohir oybek ugli, ereshboyev husniddin fazliddinovich, & adizova muqaddas odil kizi. (2022). improvement of technology of gypsum production raw materials and products in production. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 6, 182–184. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjm/article/view/1059 15 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., & ahadovna, m. m. (2022, november). uchtut dolomite mineral of mineralogical properties, chemical composition and extraction of magnesium chloride. in e conference zone (pp. 79-87). 16 niyozov, s., amonova, h. i., rizvonova, m., & murodova, m. a. (2022). mineralogical, chemical composition of uchtut dolomite mineral and physicochemical basis of production of magnesium chloride. journal of integrated education and research, 1(6), 32-38. 17 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., amonovich, m. r., & komil o‘g‘li, b. n. (2022). methods of beneficiation of potash ores and potash mines. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 59-69. 18 ahror o‘g‘li, n. s., amonovich, m. r., & ilhom o‘g‘li, r. a. (2022). physico-chemical principles and technology of production of magnesium chlorate defoliant based on local raw materials and secondary products. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(11), 224-234. 19 ismatov s. s., norova m. s., niyozov s. a. u. refining technology. bleaching of cottonseed oil with local adsorbents //science and education. – 2017. – №. 2. – с. 3. 20 ahror o‘g‘li n. s., murodullo o‘g‘li o. j., ziyadulloyevich s. a. physico-chemical properties of raw materials used to obtain fine ceramics //world scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 1. – с. 156-167. 21 oybek o‘g‘li s. j., ahror o‘g‘li n. s., odil o‘g‘li u. o. research of the chemical composition of construction materials based on mineral binders //world scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 1. – с. 92-101. https://www.neojournals.com/index.php/nsprj/article/view/31 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the development of the economy and money circulation in the emirate of bukhara during the period of the mangyts zamonov akbar turg‘unovich doctor of philosophy in history (phd), associate professor of nuu hakimova xandona oybek qizi in 3rd grade student of the national university of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the basics and functions of the activities of the bukhara branch of russian commercial banks in the emirate of bukhara. in soviet historiography, banks were understood as a means of western and russian "colonialism". the author, based on archival data, proves that the financial institutions of the russian empire, unlike soviet and post-soviet researchers, believe that banks were not "monopolists" in the economy of central asia. the largest bank in the region (12 branches) with an extensive network of branches throughout central asia is the russo-asian commercial bank (russian chinese bank until 1910). it should be noted that the russian-asian bank sought to take control of cotton and industrial production. but in the end it could not become a locomotive of the economic development of the region. the author believes that the main reason is to adapt to the existing economic relations in the governorates and khanates of turkestan. in understanding banks, the "modernization" of the economy of central asia consisted of financing export crops and mediation between the metropolis and the periphery. the periphery of the "colony" at first glance seemed to be an attractive area for investment and excessive profit, but the speculative nature of the turkestan economy prevented the normal development of banks. as a result, the economic "modernization" of central asia slowed down and paved the way for the soviet experience. banks, commerce, branch, monopoly, financing, economic modernization, "colonialism". american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org introduction the economic situation of the emirate of bukhara at the beginning of the xix-xx centuries is characterized by the dominance of feudal, medieval relations in it, terrible backwardness, the old state of industry and primitive forms of agricultural production. agriculture took a dominant position in the national economy. at the end of the 19th century, the emirate of bukhara conducted trade relations with russia, afghanistan, india, iran and the caucasus. trade representative offices and warehouses of russian firms were located in bukhara, chordzhoy, karki, termez and kogon (new bukhara). trade turnover between russia and the emirate of bukhara increased from year to year1. the agreement with russia in 1868 radically changed the fate of the emirate of bukhara, deprived it of independence and made it a protectorate of the russian empire. although the emir of bukhara lost his foreign political independence, he retained unlimited power over his subjects. to directly control the political activities of the emir of bukhara, the "imperial political agency of russia" (1888-1917) was established under the decree of the russian emperor of 1885, which in fact controlled compliance with the terms of the treaty of 1868 and the political activities of the emir. at the end of the xix century, the territory of the bukhara emirate was significantly reduced in connection with the inclusion of parts of it into the russian empire. the emirate had a population of about 2 million, and their main occupation was handicrafts, agriculture and livestock. in addition to the capital of bukhara, cities such as chorjou, kitab, shahrisabz, denov were considered major trade and craft centers. the territory of the emirate of bukhara was extremely favorable for high-income transit trade. all trade routes between russia and afghanistan passed through the territory of the emirate of bukhara. russia sent large batches of gauze, porcelain, velvet, porcelain, matches and kerosene to afghanistan through bukhara. in 1887, the first railway was laid through the emirate area. construction of a new bukhara station began 15 km from bukhara. the emir's palace and the residence of the russian political agency were also erected here. now the emirate of bukhara was connected by rail with tashkent, orenburg and moscow. by 1888, the first russian villages began to appear in the emirate of bukhara. a branch building of the state bank of russia was opened in bukhara. accordingly, two cotton ginning plants were put into operation, two hotels of a european pattern were built. qushbegi's house was now connected to the residence of the russian political agency by the first telephone connection2. and now we bring a few words of information about the circulation of money in the emirate of bukhara during the period under study. the coins of the last two rulers of bukhara (abd al-ahad and olimkhan) are still the least studied, and information about them is practically absent in numismatic literature. the most valuable is the “historia-i salimiy” manuscript compiled by mirzo salim bey, who held high public offices during the last emirate. it contains a number of interesting facts about the monetary circulation of the khanate. regarding the money used in the bukharan khanate at the end of the 18th century, philip efremov noted: “there are a lot of dutch chervonets in bukhara, but both they and other coins and castings were converted to bukhara. they only make tattoos on bukhara, and then from khan; usually on one side of the coin his name is depicted, and on the other side a number of words from algoron. in bukhara, money is in circulation in copper, silver and gold, but more in the latter; a copper small coin of our kind of pennies, called a carapul; silver tenga equal to 10 carapules, it has 1 васюков а.и., горшков в.в., колесников в.и. бумажные денежные знаки россии и ссср. спб: политехника, 1993. 215 с. 2 давидович е.а. о мерах веса позднесредневековой бухары. душанбе, 1960. стр. 113. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org about half of the copper; gold, ashrafi or gold, 30 coins have the bukhara gold coin. in bukhara, the word money was expressed through arrows, copper copper, silver nokra, tilla altun. the money of the emirate of bukhara was hand-printed from wood and copper stamps. all signs of the emirate of bukhara have tajik scrolls with arabic letters3. the period 1903-04-1904-05 was a turning point in the monetary circulation of the emirate of bukhara. the minting of silver coins is completely stopped, and at the same time the minting of copper coins on a regular basis is restored. when the release of a coin is mainly due to the release of one copper, a huge burden falls on the other, both in circulation and in the field of financial exploitation. the imperial government attempted to replace silver with copper, resulting in new denominations. in the conditions of rising prices and prices, the beginning of the collapse of the monetary system as a result of the war in russia, the next stage of the crisis period of the monetary economy of bukhara was marked by the issuance of copper coins in denominations of 4 and 8 fulus. mirza-salimbek mentions these coins: "after that, new ulus were issued again, and each of them excluded 4 fukus, and they too soon separated. after consultation, they again made an octagon of pure copper..."4. the disruption of russian finances caused by the war also affected bukhara. interestingly, in september 1917, when the circulation of any silver coin in the entire empire stopped for a long time, the tashkent branch of the state bank sent to bukhara in response to the strict requirements of the provisional government turkkomitet, along with credit tickets and treasury marks of silver exchanged from its reserves for 200 thousand rubles. the logical conclusion of the crisis was the minting of copper coins. mirza salim-bek gives the following information about minting these coins: "the noble ones, knowing the needs of the people, changed the copper fuluses of 1335, the year of the snake, to tengi, so that the ratio of copper miscal is 1 tenga, 1 miskal 2 tenga, 1 1 1/2 miskal 3 tenga; 2 miskala-4 tengam and 2 1/2 miskal mis 5 tengam". however, among the copper coins considered, we did not meet 4 monetary denominations. perhaps this nominal was not available in bukhara. in fact, in 1917-1919, amir olimkhan began minting copper coins, which received the famous name "kara-tenga". the series consisted of seven coins in denominations of 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10 and 20 teneg. they are characterized by the absence of a date on the front. the 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 5 coins are minted in red copper and have the words "fulus" on the obverse. on the back side of them is the mark of the place of minting "minted in bukhara" and the date. the 10-piece coin has a more complex pattern and, unlike previous denominations, is struck in a wide thin brass cup. towards the end of the reign of the last emir of bukhara, said alimkhan, the first paper money called "tanga" similar to the silver coins in central asia were put into circulation. money is printed by hand, putting stamps on the paper. banknotes in denominations of 20, 50, 100, 300, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10000 were put into circulation. in 1920, the bukhara people's soviet republic was declared5. the republican government continued to issue banknotes, but they were no longer denominated in rubles. the currency of bukhara during this period was very diverse. in addition to the bukhara ruble, there 3 курбанов г.н. «к истории бумажных денег бухары начала xx в.». [электронный ресурс]. режим доступа: bonistikaweb.ru. 4 чориева м.а. историография жизни и политической деятельности последнего мангытского эмира сейида алимхана. наука, техника и образование, 2018. c. 12. 5 юровский л.н. «денежная политика советской власти 1917—1927». [электронный ресурс]. режим доступа:bonistikaweb.ru/. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org were various paper and metal coins in circulation. the silver bukhara coinage also continued to be used. even after two monetary reforms (1923 unification of monetary circulation, when the currency of the republics of bukhara and khorezm was the rsfsr ruble, 1924 the introduction of the soviet chervonet), in 1925 the coin was still accepted by the financial institutions of uzbekistan for paying taxes. references 1. cuhaj g., michael t., miller h. standard catalog of world coins 1901-2000. 39-е изд. iola: krause publications. 2011. 2345 с 2. васюков а.и., горшков в.в., колесников в.и. бумажные денежные знаки россии и ссср. спб: политехника, 1993. 215 с. 3. давидович е.а. о мерах веса позднесредневековой бухары. душанбе, 1960. стр. 113. 4. курбанов г.н. «к истории бумажных денег бухары начала xx в.». [электронный ресурс]. режим доступа:bonistikaweb.ru/ 5. чориева м.а. историография жизни и политической деятельности последнего мангытского эмира сейида алимхана. наука, техника и образование, 2018. 6. эпиграфика востока, 1967, 18 выпуск. бурнашева р. "монеты бухарского ханства при мангытах (середина 18начало 20 в.). 7. юровский л.н. «денежная политика советской власти 1917—1927». [электронный ресурс]. режим доступа:bonistikaweb.ru/. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 39, august 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org immersion: how animation is shaping the future of human-computer interaction (ar/vr/mr) saniya assembek motion design expert. new york, ny a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the role of animation in shaping user experience in immersive technologies: augmented (ar), virtual (vr) and mixed reality (mr). particular attention is paid to the function of animation as an interface tool that influences perception, navigation, interaction and emotional involvement of the user. the features of the use of animation in various types of xr environments are analyzed, as well as its importance in creating a cognitively comfortable and intuitive digital space. the importance of designing animation taking into account the psychophysiological features of perception and technical limitations of devices is emphasized. animation, ar, vr, mr, human-computer interaction, immersive technologies, ux design, digital space. introduction the scientific novelty of the presented study lies in the integrated approach to the analysis of animation in the xr environment, where it is considered not just as a visual design, but as a key cognitive and interface tool that shapes user behavior and perception in immersive environments (ar, vr, mr). for the first time, the emphasis is placed on the influence of animation on the perception, orientation, attention and emotional involvement of the user in the xr environment, which requires an interdisciplinary approach based on psychology, ergonomics and interface design. the study also clarifies the role of animation in navigation and interactivity of xr, highlighting it as a link between the interface and the user, providing logical navigation, reducing cognitive load and adaptation to the virtual environment, which has previously remained insufficiently studied in the context of xr. the rise of immersive technologies, including augmented (ar), virtual (vr) and mixed (mr) reality, is revolutionizing the way people perceive information and interact with digital systems. traditional interfaces limited to screens, buttons and a mouse are giving way to digital environments in which the user does not just look, but literally “immerses” themselves. in this new reality, animation is transformed from a simple element of visual design into a critical tool that ensures effective communication of information, intuitive navigation and the creation of a deep emotional connection between the user and the digital world. without the proper use of animation, immersive environments american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org risk becoming disorienting and difficult to master, which significantly reduces their practical value and user experience. the different types of “realities” are distinguished by the following key characteristics: the degree of realism of the virtual objects displayed, the level (depth) of immersion in the virtual space, and the method of user interaction with the environment. it should be noted that there is some ambiguity in terminology, where mixed reality (mr) is sometimes referred to as “hybrid reality”. the terms “programmable reality” or “immersive vr” are also used . augmented reality (ar) does not change the perception of the surrounding world, but only adds artificial elements and data to the real environment. this synthesis can be illustrated by the development of ar glasses, such as epson moverio , google glass and toshiba glass . ar allows the user to receive information without using their hands and without interrupting their current activity. mixed reality (mr) is the next step in detachment from the real world. mr integrates with virtuality, adding realistic virtual objects to the real world. the technology consists of visualizing and fixing virtual objects in real space in such a way that the observer perceives them as real. mr combines the best features of ar and vr: the user continues to interact with the real world, in which virtual objects exist , perceived as “natural”. virtual reality (vr) provides the user with full immersion in an artificially created world, isolating him from the real environment. the user uses a virtual reality helmet and other devices for immersion. vr provides the effect of presence and immersion in another space (for example, a race track, a desert or any other world created by a scriptwriter, designer and developer). to achieve the effect of "deceiving" the brain, it is necessary to take into account the principles of its operation and make significant efforts to simulate interaction with the created environment by influencing the senses. currently, the impact on hearing and vision has been successfully mastered, but developments in the direction of influencing other senses continue [1]. with the development of immersive technologies (ar/vr/mr), animation has evolved from an auxiliary visual tool into an active mediator between the user and the digital environment. today, its role goes beyond aesthetics, becoming a key element of communication, spatial orientation, information exchange and emotional feedback. animation allows you to create a cognitively comfortable interaction model for the user, as close as possible to the natural human experience. ar/vr environments lack the usual elements of two-dimensional interfaces, such as a cursor, windows or taskbar. the user’s orientation in three-dimensional space is provided by animation, which acts as a guide. the appearance of objects with gradual increase, visual “hints” in the form of gestures, the movement of light pointers all this helps the user navigate in digital reality. as noted by the expert in the field of virtual reality (vr) and the author of the book “ the vr book : human-centered design for virtual reality » j. gerald , in virtual reality, each element must have spatial meaning and be related to the user's actions. animation, in turn, makes this connection clear and understandable [2]. one of the key elements of interactive design is timely and clear feedback. in traditional interfaces, it is implemented through a change in the color of a button, a sound signal, or vibration. in ar/vr environments, feedback is achieved primarily through animation. for example, when interacting with a virtual object in vr, such as picking up an object, realistic physics are important: the object should change position, sway slightly, and visually convey a sense of weight. these effects do not just improve the appearance of the interface, but also strengthen the user's trust in the virtual environment. d. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org norman , in one of his works, emphasizes the importance of affordances and feedback as fundamental elements of good design: “movement is a form of visual confirmation that signals: “you did it right” [3]. in immersive environments, animation performs not only an informational but also an emotional function. it can create a sense of the liveliness of the digital world, add playfulness and ease to interaction, or, on the contrary, solemnity and tension. a person is psychologically inclined to endow movements and gestures with symbolic meaning, including perceiving them as the “behavior” of a digital agent. games and educational vr applications often use characters with animated facial expressions, poses, and expressive gestures. such characters become a kind of guides that facilitate interaction between the system and a person, reducing cognitive load and promoting the formation of trust. ux design researchers note that “animation forms the emotional context of the interface, influences the first impression and the general perception of the system as “alive” or “dead” [4]. animation allows for the creation of visual metaphors, replacing text instructions and accelerating the learning process. for example, the rotation of an object can signal its interactivity, and a pop-up expansion of an icon can signal the possibility of interacting with it. such effects are especially important in ar/vr environments, where the speed and clarity of interaction directly affect the user's perception. research conducted by d. milgram and f. kishino demonstrated that contextual visual animation facilitates faster adaptation to mixed and virtual environments, helping the brain to “rethink” the behavior of objects in accordance with the new reality [5]. in immersive technologies, animation plays a central role in facilitating the perception and understanding of information, which is especially important in the context of complex and innovative ar, vr and mr interfaces. the principles of perception psychology and cognitive science confirm that well-organized animation of objects allows the user to interpret events occurring in the digital space more quickly and effectively. animated transitions between interface states help the brain form coherent mental models. this effect is known as the principle of cognitive continuity: smooth changes allow the user to better understand the events and changes in the interface. b. zimmerman notes that “smooth animation of transitions reduces cognitive load by allowing the user to retain context in memory, which significantly improves comprehension” [6]. this is especially true in ar/vr environments, where objects often appear and disappear in three-dimensional space. without animation, such sudden changes can cause disorientation or loss of connection with the context. animation allows replacing lengthy text instructions or complex diagrams with simple, intuitive movements. for example, the movement of an arrow indicating a direction is perceived faster and more naturally than a static pointer. a study by m. johnson and a. peters found that using visual animated cues in ar applications increases the speed of user learning by 30% compared to traditional text instructions [7]. animation plays an important role in directing the user's attention to key interface elements. for example, a soft pulsation or slight vibration of a button signals its readiness for interaction. this technique helps reduce information overload and improve the efficiency of interaction. according to research by s. argulyan and co-authors, the use of dynamic visual effects in augmented reality interfaces increases the accuracy and speed of object selection by 25% [8]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org in immersive interfaces, animation plays an important role in creating a sense of a real, physical world in which objects have mass, inertia, and obey the laws of physics. such realism enhances the effect of presence and reduces the feeling of the “artificiality” of the environment. scientists note that physically accurate animation of objects helps improve cognitive perception of space and increases the level of involvement in the vr environment [9]. in immersive technologies (ar, vr, mr), animation outgrows the role of a decorative element and becomes a fundamental tool for managing user attention, navigation, providing feedback and creating a sense of presence. in each of these environments, animation performs specific tasks, adapting to the user's perception features and the characteristics of the digital space. in the vr environment, animation becomes a key mechanism for maintaining the user’s spatial and cognitive orientation. since virtual worlds are separated from physical reality, the movement of objects, their response to the user’s actions, realistic physics, and smooth transitions become necessary elements for creating a sense of presence and immersion. j. gerald emphasizes: “without consistent animation, the user loses trust in the system, and immersion becomes superficial” [2]. examples include: animated gestures of virtual avatars to improve interaction. teleportation effects that provide logical navigation in space. interactive changes to interfaces that respond to the user's head or hand movements. in the ar environment, animation plays an important role in integrating digital objects into the physical world, creating the illusion of their real presence. this includes: animated calibration of digital elements taking into account the lighting and perspective of the real environment. contextual visual cues that guide the user, such as directional arrows and icons that appear based on movement. animation that responds to user interaction with real objects in real time (for example, flashes, vibrations, or changes in the position of an object). a study by r. azum and co-authors showed that animated registration of ar objects relative to the user helps improve information memorization and spatial orientation [10]. the mr environment places the highest demands on interaction, as real and virtual elements coexist and influence each other. in this environment, animation plays a key role in: providing interactivity between physical objects and digital elements (for example, a digital ball rolling on a real table). with smoothing transitions between the real and virtual worlds (for example, a digital object that seems to “grow” out of physical space). personalized adaptation of the interface in accordance with the user's current actions. d. milgram and f. kishino emphasize that “in mixed reality , the key factor is visual and behavioral consistency” – it is animation that makes the interaction between the real and virtual worlds intuitive and cognitively acceptable [ 5 ]. thus, animation in ar, vr and mr not only enhances the visual component, but also performs functional tasks that are critical for the successful interaction of the user with the digital environment. below is a comparative table reflecting the features of the use of animation in each of the three technologies: american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org table 1 comparative analysis of animation functions in ar, vr and mr environments animation function ar (augmented reality) vr (virtual reality) mr (mixed reality) user orientation animated arrows and labels on a real world background full navigation in virtual space (teleport, glide , etc.) interactive signage in mixed space integration of objects smooth registration of objects in the real environment full animation of all objects: appearance, disappearance, interaction mutual animation between physical and digital objects physical realism animation taking into account the context (real lighting, movement) using a physics engine (gravity, inertia, collisions) physically based behavior in hybrid environments feedback flashes, pulsations, touch response via animation realistic interface response (vibrations, reaction to movement) combined feedback (from user and real world) conveying emotions and meanings animation of digital characters or icons in an augmented scene animated avatars , facial expressions, gestures unified expression of emotions through digital agents embedded in reality support for immersiveness creating a sense of copresence of the digital layer in the real world full immersion through synchronized animation of all objects smooth switching between worlds, maintaining a coherent experience reducing cognitive load contextual animation to explain actions consistent, logical transitions between actions animation that links actions in the real and digital worlds the comparative analysis shows that the role of animation in ar, vr and mr systems differs depending on the level of immersion of the environment and the nature of the user's interaction with the interface. in ar, animation is primarily used to explain, supplement and provide orientation in the real world. in vr, it becomes the main tool for creating a full-fledged virtual experience, providing navigation, realism and emotional immersion. in mr, animation performs a unifying function, providing smooth interaction between physical and digital objects, which requires a high degree of synchronicity and contextual adaptability. current technological trends in the field of xr ( extended reality (including ar, vr and mr) demonstrate the rapid development of interactive animation solutions aimed at creating intuitive and adaptive interfaces. animation in these environments goes beyond simple visual decoration, becoming a key element of the user experience, influencing cognitive perception, emotional involvement and human adaptation to new digital spaces. one of the main trends in xr is the development of context-aware animations that change in real time depending on the user’s actions, environment, and intentions. these technologies are based on machine learning, sensor data analysis, and behavioral modeling. animation becomes proactive : it “understands” the context and adapts, providing support to the user at the right moment. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the development of brain-computer interfaces (bci) and sensor devices that track physiological indicators such as heart rate, facial expressions, and eye movements opens up the possibility of creating animations that are controlled not only by gestures but also by the psychophysiological state of the user. this increases the level of empathy and personalization in virtual environments, creating socalled “affective interaction.” the use of neural networks (e.g. stylegan , midjourney , animatediff ) and procedural animation algorithms allows for the creation of complex scenes and movements in real time, minimizing the need for manual animation. this simplifies the development of xr applications and ensures the flexibility and scalability of visual elements. within the concept of spatial computing ( spatial computing ) animation becomes a link between the physical world and digital objects, forming "augmented reality" as a space for work and learning. examples of such solutions are already being implemented in devices such as apple vision pro , microsoft hololens 2 and magic leap , where animation helps intuitively perceive objects, navigation and functionality. the emergence of creative xr tools (such as tilt brush , quill , adobe substance 3d) allows users to not only interact with animation, but also create it in real time. thus, animation becomes a tool for the joint creativity of man and machine. in the next 5–10 years, animation will likely become the primary means of building symbiotic interfaces in which humans and digital systems function as a single cognitive entity. these interfaces will not simply respond to commands, but will also anticipate user intentions by offering visual and animation cues that direct attention, reduce cognitive load, and provide maximum immersion. this is particularly promising for applications in medicine, education, industrial design, and telepresence . thus, in immersive technologies, animation ceases to be a secondary element and becomes a fundamental part of the interaction architecture. the convenience, clarity and fascination of humanmachine interaction in the future depend on its quality. at the intersection of design, psychology and technology, a new generation of interfaces is emerging, in which movement becomes a language, and the user turns from an observer into an active participant in digital reality. references 1. mixed reality, ar, vr types of virtual pleasures [electronic resource]. access mode: https://www.iguides.ru/main/gadgets/smeshannaya_realnost_ar_vr_tipy_virtualnykh_udovolstvi y/ (date of access: 04.06.2025). 2. jerald, j. the vr book: human-centered design for virtual reality. – new york: acm books, 2015. – 735 p. 3. norman, d. a. the design of everyday things. – cambridge: mit press, 2013. – 384 p. 4. animation in ux design [ electronic resource ] // interaction design foundation. – 2022. – mode access : https://www.interaction-design.org/ ( date accessed : 05.06.2025). 5. milgram p., kishino f. a taxonomy of mixed reality visual displays // ieice transactions on information and systems. – 1994. – vol. e77-d, no. 12. – p. 1321–1329. 6. zimmerman, j. cognitive psychology of user interfaces. – berlin: springer publishing, 2015. – 256 p. 7. johnson m., peters a. visual guidance in augmented reality: effectiveness of animated cues // international journal of human-computer studies. – 2018. – vol. 110. – p. 12–25. https://www.interaction-design.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 8. argulyan s., lee h., park j. dynamic visual effects for attention guidance in ar interfaces // ieee transactions on visualization and computer graphics. – 2020. – vol. 26, no. 5. – p. 2051– 2060. 9. lawrence k., baker t. the impact of realistic animation on spatial cognition in vr // journal of virtual reality and broadcasting. – 2017. – vol. 14, no. 2. – p. 45–59. 10. azuma rt, baillot y., behringer r., feiner s., julier s., macintyre b. recent advances in augmented reality // ieee computer graphics and applications. – 2001. – vol. 21, no. 6. – p. 34–47. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org methodology of graphic competence development of future engineers based on an innovative approach akbarov adhamjon tashkent state named after islam karimov senior teacher of kokan branch of technical university yo’ldashev bilol tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, assistant teacher nurmatov sardor tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, assistant teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article talks about the development of graphic competence based on an innovative approach, the use of effective methods of computer graphics, geometric modeling of objects. material-technical, scientific potential, opengl, trajectory, automatic design, electronic drawing introduction it should be recognized that the 21st century is truly the age of information technologies, because the flow of information is developing at such a rapid pace that we cannot ignore this process, and each of us has become a certain participant of this process. it is not difficult to observe that computer graphics and design are inextricably linked with every field based on the demands of the times and industrial needs, and the need for it is increasing. it is known that in information exchange, the information received with the help of a person's sense of sight is the most effective, and it also leaves a deep mark on the memory. audio information also has a positive effect. but the exchange of information is carried out not only with words and sounds, but also with images, colors and shapes. as a clear proof of this, various books, notebooks and magazine covers, advertisements posted on the sides of the streets and on the facades of buildings, various movies, clips and other socio-cultural programs broadcasted on television, which is a mass media, newspapers andwe can also see how well-designed our resources are, which are provided through the internet, from the platforms of mobile communication tools. of course, at the core of these works is higher education in connection with tasks such as the training of highly qualified specialists who demonstrate their intellectual abilities in order to further strengthen the economy of our country in the domestic and foreign markets and ensure the well-being of the peoplescientific potential and material and technical support of the institution is of great importance. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org main part computer graphics are graphics on a computer or graphics created with the help of a computer. computer graphics is used as a drawing and modeling tool. if computer graphics is understood as a picture on the monitor, then it can be said that computer graphics appeared at the same time as the computer. sometimes, the birth of computer graphics is associated with the year when computer games appeared. in other words, computer graphics is considered one of the rapidly developing directions of new information technologies, and it forms the content of the automatic design system. "a modern automatic design system not only turns a drawing into an "electronic drawing", but computer technology is distinguished by the breadth of its database and the ability to use effective methods of geometric modeling of objects. 7 working with information in graphic programs is focused on the organs of sight, hearing and perception of a person, that is, images and sound are widely used to provide information. the main goal is to convert information into images and sounds. although there are many computer graphics programs available today, they differ from each other depending on the areas of mutual application. specialists in each field choose a graphic program that is convenient for their activities. the capabilities of the programs are also focused on a specific field. therefore, when choosing a graphic program, it is necessary to take into account its capabilities. in most cases, it is necessary to master other programs or disciplines before using a graphics program. main part computer graphics are graphics on a computer or graphics created with the help of a computer. computer graphics is used as a drawing and modeling tool. if computer graphics is understood as a picture on the monitor, then it can be said that computer graphics appeared at the same time as the computer. sometimes, the birth of computer graphics is associated with the year when computer games appeared. in other words, computer graphics is considered one of the rapidly developing directions of new information technologies, and it forms the content of the automatic design system. "a modern automatic design system not only turns a drawing into an "electronic drawing", but computer technology is distinguished by the breadth of its database and the ability to use effective methods of geometric modeling of objects. 7 working with information in graphic programs is focused on the organs of sight, hearing and perception of a person, that is, images and sound are widely used to provide information. the main goal is to convert information into images and sounds. although there are many computer graphics programs available today, they differ from each other depending on the areas of mutual application. specialists in each field choose a graphic program that is convenient for their activities. the capabilities of the programs are also focused on a specific field. therefore, when choosing a graphic program, it is necessary to take into account its capabilities. in most cases, it is necessary to master other programs or disciplines before using a graphics program. the scope of application of computer graphics and design is very wide, first of all, the visual and design of this field is noteworthy. size, shape, color texture, composition, copy and fonts are important in graphic design. to perform the given task in existing graphic programs and to work with shapes, fonts and sizes to achieve the desired result, to have an idea of color models and texture when coloring them, to know composition, to display the image on the computer screen and with itperforming the related operation requires a certain level of geometric knowledge from the user.including, information about object replacement in plane and space, projection, spatial imaging, invisible line and surface removal, painting, tracking its direction, color models are reflected in the manual. based on the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org presented theoretical data, the opengl environment, which is considered one of the common practical software interfaces for creating real objects, creating applications in the field of twoand threedimensional graphics 4, was considered. vertices are the unit of information in opengl, and complex objects are built using them.the programmer creates the vertices and shows how to connect them (via lines or polygons), sets the camera and lamp coordinates and parameters, and opengl takes care of creating the image on the screen. opengl is very useful for developers to build small three-dimensional scenes. there is no need to think about the implementation of three-dimensional graphics algorithms. the library is also useful for 3d programming professionals, as it exposes the underlying mechanisms and performs specified automation. opengl is a hardware-independent library. using opengl, you can easily create a three-dimensional scene, add textures, light sources, transparency, fog effect, color mixing, as well as placing stencils, scene objects, cameras and lights along a defined trajectoryyou can move, just make an animation. conclusion it is known that before coming to otm, if students have the necessary basic knowledge and skills in the subject of "computer graphics", then they will develop the spatial imagination and the ability to read drawings, which are necessary in the field of graphics. this indicates the expediency of starting related courses from the secondary special vocational education system. thanks to the scientific research of a number of researchers in this regard, scientific results are being achieved, the practical application of which can give great results to the educational process references 1. xalimov, м., & farxodova, z. (2021). developing students'creative abilities by making problem solution situation in drawing subject. збірник наукових праць λόгoς. 2. muslimov narzulla alikhanovich, urazova marina batyrovna, muslimov sherzod narzulla ug`li. (2020). development of design technology for future vocational education teachers, model of training and basic indicators of dissertation. 3. murodov, sh. k., tashimov, n. e., & raxmatova, i. i. (2017). berilgan maydonning ellipsi bo'ylab umumiy shaklning 2-tartibli sirtlari kesimi. 4. xalimov, m. k., & jabborov, r. r. (2018). muhandislik grafikasi sikliga kiruvchi fanlarni o‘qitishda doska va proyektorning unumdorligini solishtirish. 5. xalimov, m. k. (2016). bo'lajak o'qituvchilarni kasbiy tayyorlashda mustaqil ishning o'rni. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 10, | march, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org formation of professional competence of future engineers on the basis of interdisciplinary integrated education of physics beknozarova zamira farmanovna "tiqxmmi" mti docent v.b. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the professional competence of engineering students in physics based on interdisciplinary integrated education the method of formation is explained. engineer, competence, competence, irrigation, hydraulic engineering, integration. introduction: nowadays, the pace of development of technology is leading to fundamental changes in the life of the society, so the demand for skilled engineers is increasing day by day. an engineer is a "scientific creator of actions aimed at the creation and development of industrial civilization." educators and methodologists have researched problems related to professional training of engineering students. in particular, the problems of forming students' professional competencies in teaching physics have been studied by many scientists. the analysis of the research results of the leading pedagogic scientists and methodologists showed that solving the problem of increasing the effectiveness of practical training in physics is inextricably linked with the formation of imparting physical knowledge to future engineers based on the principle of professional orientation of education, as well as research on the development of practical skills in teaching physics. such conclusions make it possible to study all aspects of the process of preparing future engineers for the engineering profession, taking into account the requirements of the state education standard. one of them is to prepare a competitive specialist who successfully applies his knowledge and skills acquired in physics in professional activities. therefore, the issue of increasing the effectiveness of the knowledge gained from physics by students remains relevant [1]. teaching physics to engineering students in technical higher education institutions should be careeroriented. such education is externalized to achieve a goal-oriented learning outcome. for this purpose, physical training should be specially designed. n.a. kleshcheva states in her research that "one of the main problems of higher education is to achieve its integrity." in the multi-level structure of training future engineers for professional activities, there are insufficient systematic connections between different stages of engineering activities, and it should consist of various activities directed to one common goal [2-3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the formation of professional competence of engineering students on the basis of interdisciplinary integrated education is directly related to the specialization of the educational field and the areas of professional activity. for example: "hydropower facilities in irrigation systems" bachelor's education field, based on qualification requirements, areas of professional activity: is a direction in the field of science, production and service, and covers a complex set of issues related to project-research work, design, construction, operation and maintenance, reconstruction, repair and reconstruction of hydroelectric power stations (ges) built for irrigation networks [ 4.8]. in the course of our research, we developed the professional competences of design, construction and research in the course of teaching physics to engineering students in preparation for scientific-research, design construction professional activities. it is envisaged to develop research competence in preparation for scientific-research activity, design and construction competence in preparation for project-construction activity, and pedagogical competence in preparation for pedagogical activity. the following requirements are set for the professional competences of students of the undergraduate education of hydropower facilities in irrigation systems: 1. general competencies: to know the current issues of state policy, to be able to independently analyze socio-economic problems and processes; to understand the nature of documents and works related to his professional activity in one of the foreign languages, to have the necessary knowledge within the scope of his professional activity in natural sciences and to be able to use them in his professional activity on a modern scientific basis; to be able to use information technologies in his professional activities, to have mastered the methods of collecting, storing, processing and using information, to be able to make independent decisions in his professional activities; able to independently acquire new knowledge, work on oneself and externalize labor activity on a scientific basis; to have an idea about a healthy lifestyle and the need to follow it. 2. professional competencies: to have the skills to study special literature, scientific and technical information in the field of hydropower devices and stations, achievements in the field of science and technology achieved abroad and in our republic; to acquire the skills of automated development of the project of parts, details and assembly units of hydropower facilities based on a systematic approach; to acquire the skills of conducting tests to determine the working parameters and workability of hydraulic machines and equipment and their elements; to have the skills to outsource the use, repair and maintenance of hydropower installations, equipment and their engines; to have the skills to develop and implement quality management processes of production activities; knowledge of the implementation of engineering and design solutions; knowledge of quality management in the production process; to have the skills to draw up a work plan and control this work, to plan the resources needed to complete the work, to evaluate the results of one's work; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org to acquire the skills of monitoring compliance of production processes with the requirements of the environmental and labor safety control system [5,9]. we implemented interdisciplinary integrated education in the development of professional competence of engineering students in the process of teaching physics, taking into account the requirements for general and professional competences in accordance with the curriculum. the following subjects were separated from subject blocks: block 1: physics, mathematics; block 2: basics of electrical engineering and electronics; block 3: hydroelectric power stations; block 4: use of hydropower devices. in the process of teaching physics, we will introduce interdisciplinary horizontal integration and interdisciplinary vertical integration of disciplines (fig. 1, 2). the purpose of this is to provide integrated education with specialized subjects in physics lectures, practical, laboratory, independent study and group classes, and at the same time, to improve the quality of coursework, professional practice, and graduation work related to specialized subjects. we will develop a road map for the development of professional competence of engineering students in the process of teaching physics based on interdisciplinary integration (table 1). in order to create a case in practical training in physics, it is first necessary to analyze the content of the studied topic of the physics course, to distinguish the main concepts and laws from it. the topic of electromagnetism includes the law of electromagnetic induction, magnetic field strength ( ) and induction ( ) concept is included. after analyzing the content of this subject, develop the ability to correctly perform the inspection of engineer technical equipment, which helps to form the basic professional competence; formulas of educational tasks such as finding the differences between physical and engineering measuring instruments and determining their purpose were determined. when making certain physical measurements, students need to choose the correct measurement tools. the given tasks are also important in the study of "electronics and electrical engineering" science, because the current measurement tools differ in terms of construction and operation approach. making measurements and calculations, evaluating measurement results, and developing measurement skills are the basis for any engineering activity. physics course "electromagnetism" figure 1. interdisciplinary horizontal integration h b physics mathematics fundamentals of electrical engineering and electronics use of hydroelectric stations, hydropower devices result: professional competent engineer american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. interdisciplinary vertical integration of hydropower plants and physical sciences. table 1 a roadmap for teaching physics based on interdisciplinary integration the goal interdisciplinary integration physics forms of teaching develop competencies to survive educational methods result d ev el o p m en t o f p ro fe ss io n al co m p et en ce o f st u d en ts i n t h e p ro ce ss o f te ac h in g p h y si cs mathematics p h y s ic s lecture modeling problematic education e n g in e e r practical projecting case study fundamentals of electronics and electrical engineering laboratory construction interactive educational technologies hydroelectric station independent education research integrative educational technology thus, career-oriented tasks help to solve the problem situation at a qualitative level. in addition, it is possible to continue studying this phenomenon, taking into account the principles of operation of other electrical equipment. the ability to train future engineers to think coherently in the field of engineering, to think based on scientific evidence, to develop hypotheses, to reject conclusions in non-standard situations and to find hydroelectric power stations physics hydraulic power hydroelectric cascades hpp parameters hydraulic turbines ges building classification mechanics molecular physics and thermodynamics fluid mechanics electrostatics and electrodynamics optics atomic and nuclear physics design and construction of hydroelectric power plants hydropower american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 10, march, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org the right solutions does not appear by itself. it cannot be mastered without solving logical problems from physics to the profession. this, in turn, helps to solve professional problems in the subsequent engineering production activities. an important condition for the successful implementation of knowledge activities and professional activities of future engineers is its complex structure. pedagogical technology (case technology) is proposed to be implemented in three stages: preparatory, basic and final. it is important to use the model developed by us in the formation of professional competence of students of technical higher education institutions in interdisciplinary integrated teaching of physics[8-9]. references: 1.khimmataliev dustnazar omonovich, khakimova muhabbat fayzievna, abdullaeva ranazhan matyakubovna, beknazarova zamira farmanovna, minlishev rafik zilievich. formation of professional competence of students of technical universities through interdisciplinary integration. international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering (ijitee) issn: 22783075, volume-9 issue-1s, november 2019published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication/ retrieval number: a10871191s19/2019©beiesp doi: 10.35940/ijitee. a1087.1191s19. p 422-424. 2.zubova n.v. kompleksnaya case-technologiya obucheniya fizike kak sredstvo formirovaniya osnovnyx professionalnyx kompetentsiy studentov teknicheskogo vuza: dissertatsiya ... candida pedagogicheskih nauk:ekaterinburg, 2015.206 p. 3. karlybaeva g.e. improving the methodological training of future physics teachers. ph.d. (phd) dis...auto. nukus: 2018. 58 p. 4.beknozarova z.f. formation of professional competence of engineering students. doctor of philosophy (phd) dissertation in pedagogical sciences. t.: 2022. 5. beknazarova z.f. testy kak sredstvo otsenki znaniy po fizike // my teacher has continuous education'. scientific-methodological journal. issn 2181-7138. – nekis, 2021. – no. 3/3. b. 129131. 6. savchuk v.p. measurement of processing results. physical laboratory. ch. 1: flying. posobie dlya studentov vuzov. – odessa: onpu, 2002. – 54 p 7. filonova v.v. variativnost metodov opredeleniya urovnya sformirovannosti mejkulturnoy kompetentsii // vestnik mggu im. m.a. sholokhova. series: pedagogy and psychology. – 2013. no. 2. – s. 58-61. 8.z erkinov1*, z beknazarova1, g turaeva2 and m khudayarov2, designing of light traps, monitoring, and also pest control on its basis, iop conf. series: materials science and engineering 883 (2020) 012126 iop publishing, doi:10.1088/1757-899x/883/1/012126. 9. eb saitov1, 2 a), sh. kodirov1, zf beknazarova2, bm kamanov2, a. nortojiyev1, and n. siddikov1.developing renewable sources of energy in uzbekistan renewable energy short overview: programs and prospects, cite as: aip conference proceedings 2432, 020015 (2022);https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0090438, published online: 16 june 2022,020015-1020015-11. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0090438 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org theoretical analysis of the car braking process axrorjon abduraximov assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: a.a.abduraximov@ferpi.uz nurillo mamadaliyev student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the friction systems shown in this work depend on the friction force and the gaps between the tire and the road decrease as the relative speed increases. braking, blocking, angular velocity, viscosity coefficient introduction in most cases, traffic accidents are accompanied by the braking process of the car, so it is obvious that it is very important to study this issue and improve accident expertise. the study of the car braking process is based on the determination of its deceleration depending on the coefficient of friction, which relies on the simplest physical laws [1,2,3,4]. despite many studies on this issue, there are opportunities at the current stage of gathering knowledge on this issue and increasing the efficiency of road transport. in particular, there are methods for determining the adhesion coefficient of a car wheel tire based on experiments, features of improving the surface and its model, and calculations based on modern advances in science and technology. when braking a car, it is necessary to determine the adhesion coefficient of the tire. for example, first, the speed of this car is calculated and the amount of its deceleration is measured [5,6]. the main part the process of braking the car is the main one in the study. determining its deceleration depending on the coefficient of friction is carried out using the simplest physical laws. brake elements are vehicles related to the development of the automotive industry. in addition, frictional force depends on two parameters: reaction force support and friction coefficient. that is, processes related to friction are calculated using the coefficient of friction [7,8,9,10,11]. a special vehicle is reduced to determine braking and speed and stopping distance, which is studied using a minimization process. this is based on the complexity of the braking process. the integrated approach is that the braking process itself is a complex process. when studying the braking process, it is necessary to determine the movement parameters in the car, as well as take into account the process american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org of the braking process itself (braking distance, deceleration, deceleration time). moving in a straight line, it is locked at the same time, then for the first few minutes it moves in a straight line, but soon the movement is very noticeable. external forces, for example, the component of gravity on a horizontal path increase the slope. this means that the car will slowly roll to the side and if it doesn't stop, it will go off the road [12,13,14]. if the rear wheels are moving in a straight line when locked, then the force associated with the release of kinetic energy acts on the car and its centre of gravity, helping it to move in a straight line. will give. but a vertical axis passing through the centre of gravity of some external forces tending to turn the car will not affect it. even a small moment, for example, due to unequal braking forces on the right and left sides or the transverse cause, increases the angular velocity of the vehicle around the centre of rotation of the slope. if the connection between the tires and the road is to compensate for the torque, the rear of the car will have less force and move at a sufficiently high speed [15,16,17,18]. when locking the front wheels only, the front part of the car moves in a straight line, because this movement is determined by the position of the rotating rear wheels. however, if the vehicle has a slight overhang, it will be more likely to roll to the side than to lock all four wheels [19,20]. if the wheels on one side of a braked vehicle are on a less smooth surface than the other two wheels, the vehicle will roll in the direction of the high grip area. this phenomenon often occurs at the border between the main lane and the rest. exceptions can be imagined with a sufficiently high-speed vehicle decelerating at the boundary between the icy road and the road, and the coefficient of adhesion is acceptable, repeatedly and alternately. the wheels turn on the icy surface to one side, then to the other, then to the left, then to the right. the study of the braking process, as mentioned earlier, is a comprehensive study. one of the factors that should be taken into account in the research is that the vertical vibrations of the passenger car part are isolated from the rest of the mechanical system motion within the light vibration theory. it is characterized by the following variables ( 1) 1 4x x mm −= + e (1) for example, if we consider the following condition, the kinetic energy generated in the formula will have a canonical form. in this case, the centre of mass of the car body at rest (c0) lies in the middle of the segment connecting the centres of the wheels. the total pulses received are defined by 0 1 0 δl p  m x δx == (2) 20 0 δl m b φ δφ p = = (3) when we use the hamiltonian function we wrote below, it takes the form: 1 1 2 2i ψ i ψ according to the following equations: e 4c p 2miω cosψ            m = = (4) e 2 2 iω 4c p 2miω cosψ                sin ψ      2c m = = =e (5) and represents the possible values when the total energy changes and new variables of our mechanical system (hamiltonian). to do this, use the expression (2) for the work of possible forces. it is necessary american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org to determine the generalized forces for displacements and ratios, and after determining the generalized forces, we use them in the canonical hamiltonian equations (4), which we express in the following form: k kk ψ ψ k δh i q q δψ = =+ (6) assuming that the frequencies of undisturbed oscillations are independent, we use the averaging method to analyze the behaviour of the solutions to the system of equations. the change in the movement of a light car is characterized by the average equations for its states, and variable movements, in this case, keeping the signs of the variables, we express the average equations in the following form:ik kk ψi q ,              1.2m k= = (7) we assume the condition of undisturbed movement of the mechanical system (in our case, the machine) is represented by the uniform movement of the centre of mass of the system and undamped harmonic oscillations along the variable frequency will be one. if the condition is fulfilled (f=n=0) movement will happen. for averaging using "fast variables", we get the following system of equations. based on the theorem of change of mechanical energy, we express the movement in the following form: 22 2 2d ( v ( ~) v d ) t 4l gv nlt p kmg − −+ = (8) on the basis of the obtained laws, it can be seen that the system of differential equations (8) can describe the transient process during which spontaneous oscillations can occur, the process of car braking, and inequality (8) represents the dissipative. non-linear friction characteristics during braking are considered. conclusion the friction systems shown in this work depend on the friction force, and the clearances decrease as the relative speed between the tire and the road increases. however, this speed will need to be modelled and determined on a fixed basis. when studying the braking process using an integrated approach, spontaneous vibrations appear, which are formed when the wheels are locked. references 1. babkov, v.f. yo‘l sharoitlari va harakat xavfsizligi: proc. uchun. 2. v.f. babkov. universitetlar. m.: transport, 1993, 271 p. 3. tverskov, b.m. avtomobildinamikasi: darslik / b.m. tverskov kurgan: kurgan mashinasozlikinstituti, 1995, 186 b. 4. suvorov, yu.b. sud yo‘l transporti ekspertizasi. haydovchilar va boshqa javobgar shaxslarning harakatlarini sud-tibbiy baholash baxtsiz hodisalar sodir bo‘lgan joylarda yo‘l harakati xavfsizligini ta'minlash: prok. nafaqa universitetlar uchun. m.: imtihon, 2004. 208 b. 5. yo‘l harakati xavfsizligi boshqarmasi. rossiyadagi yo‘l-transport hodisalari (2017). umumiy ma'lumot. moskva. 2018 yil. 6. abdurakhimov, a. a. (2022). the basics of determining the braking of vehicles in road traffic. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(09), 63-78. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org 7. qobulov, m. a. o., & abdurakhimov, a. a. (2021). analysis of acceleration slip regulation system used in modern cars. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(9), 526-531. 8. hurmamatov a. m., hametov z. m. results of preparation of oil slime for primary processing //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2020. – т. 10. – №. 5. – с. 1826-1832. 9. fayziyev, p. r., ikromov, i. a., abduraximov, a. a., & dehqonov, q. m. (2022). organization of technological processes for maintenance and repair of electric vehicles. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(03), 37-41. 10. tursunaliyev, i. e., ergashev, i. e., tursunov, d. m., & abdurahimov, a. a. (2021). simulation of wear of the piston ring of the internal combustion engine. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(9), 353-362. 11. abdurakhimov, a. a. (2022). the basics of determining the braking of vehicles in road traffic. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(09), 63-78. 12. alimova, z. x., & ismadiyarov, a. other. improvement of the operating properties of transmission oils used in agricultural machinery. international jurnal for innovative engineering and management research, 9(12), 181-184. 13. bazarov bakhtiyor imamovich, akhmatjanov ravshanjon nematjonovich, fayzullayev khaydarali, odilov odiljon zokirjonovich, otabayev nodirjon ibragimovich. (2021). performance indicators of a passenger car with a spark ignition engine functioning with different engine fuels. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 6254–6262. retrieved from 14. f. a. omonov (2022). the important role of intellectual transport systems in increasing the economic efficiency of public transport services. academic research in educational sciences, 3 (3), 36-40. 15. сотволдиев, у., абдубаннопов, а., & жалилова, г. (2021). теоретические основы системы регулирования акселерационного скольжения. scientific progress, 2(1), 1461-1466 16. khujamqulov, s. (2022). analysis of existing methods and means of monitoring the technical condition of motor vehicles. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 9, 62-67. 17. qaxramonjon masodiqov. (2022). recommendations for handling old car tires and ways to remove them. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(12), 175–182. 18. fayzullaev xaydarali. (2022). analysis of the chemical composition of car tire rubber. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(12), 183–191. 19. dilshod tursunov. (2022). the main factors that increase the thermal load of gas engines. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(12), 18–26. 20. qobulov, m. (2022). improving the management of the number and composition of buses in the city of fergana. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 10, 115-120. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org illumination of universal human values in media text rahmonova nuriya master of state world languages university of uzbekistan nuriyarahmonova218@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, information was given about the state and characteristics of media text in the language teaching system aimed at highlighting universal human values and developing intercultural communicative competence of students. the author expresses the specific features of the media text as a media component. the article reveals the classification of mass media texts, expresses the selection criteria for language teaching purposes. mediatext, intercultural approach to teaching, intercultural communicative competence, selection of mediatexts, didactical criteria of mediatexts, classification of mediatexts. introduction learning foreign languages is now closely associated with the concept of intercultural communication. increasing contacts with other cultures have a positive effect on students’ motivation to learn foreign languages. knowledge of one or more foreign languages is considered to be the key to a successful career. but in reality it turns out that in the process of interaction between a specialist and his foreign friends and colleagues a good knowledge of a foreign language is not a guarantee of successful intercultural communication. even recent graduates of linguistic universities for whom intercultural communication is an essential part of their professional activities, are not immuned from the "cultural shock", i.e. from the possible rejection of culture, customs, traditions and ethics of the country of the studied language. hence – the failures, difficulties and, as a consequence, the loss of a possible beneficial effect of business partnership. at present time the question of overcoming cultural barriers is raised by many researchers of language teaching theory and practices (i.i. khaleeva, n.d. galskova, k.n. hitrik, g.v. elizarova, s.g. ter-minasova, etc.). there exists a specific research area within which there is a development of theoretical and practical understanding of the ways of this problem solving. in lingvodidactics the sphere of investigations that accounts for such studies is intercultural approach to teaching foreign languages. the researchers rightly claim the need to develop among foreign language learners some key competencies that allow for successful communication in the conditions of intercultural communication. they are, on the one hand, foreign language communicative competence, which implies a combination of knowledge and skills for successful use of a foreign language in situations of intercultural communication, on the other hand, intercultural communicative competence (icc), which determines the comprehension of the worldview of another ethnical and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org social community, ability to see the similarities and differences between communicating cultures and apply them in the context of intercultural communication. the fundamental specific feature of intercultural communicative competence is the ability of an individual to rethink his native cultural identity, national and cultural identity, to recognize the facts of his native culture, which previously (before learning a foreign language) were not the subject of reflection and comparison (tareva, 2011). theoretical framework intercultural communicative competence is aimed at ensuring an interlocutor with most favorable conditions for conducting a conversation with his partner who represents a different culture. this kind of communication is being actively carried out not only directly, in real life, but also through different media that is in "mediareality". it is difficult to imagine modern human activities without daily processing of information flow, and, most of all information is produced and transmitted through a variety of media (printed media, television, radio, internet). nowadays 70% of the world population is involved in creation, processing and transfer of mediatexts; over 90% of the world population is active consumers of media products (tareva, 2011). thus, the media help to increase the pace of globalization. media production, from the didactic perspective, has long been established as an effective means of formation of media education or media literacy (n.p. ryzhikh, i.v. chelisheva, a.a. novikov). modern literature differently treats the effects of active intervention of "mediareality" into daily life. at the same time it must be noted that access to mass media of the target language country provides a number of advantages when learning foreign language, and these benefits are substantial. firstly, when learning a foreign language outside the country where it is a primary means of communication, media texts (printed matters and radio, television texts) are modern sources of written and spoken language of native speakers. secondly, the media use "full", i.e. literary language norm, which is in the center of teaching a foreign language in a linguistic university. thirdly, the texts of media faster than dictionaries, grammar references, etc., reflect lexical, grammatical, phonological, etc. changes that occur in the target language. special attention in the context of learning a foreign language at universities with deeper penetration into foreign language learning is to be paid to foreign language radio texts and teletexts, as with their help, students can comprehend authentic speech, follow the articulation and gesticulation of native speakers. fourth, of particular interest for foreign language learners are specific cultural media texts, giving an adequate reflection of regional geographic and culturally important aspects of life in the country of the studied language. finally, depending on the age and interests of foreign language learners it is reasonable to select tv and radio programs in the target language that will promote intrinsic motivation for learning the foreign language. thus, cognitive and educational value of media texts in the process of learning a foreign language is clear and indisputable. at present, mediameans (mainly printed matters) are widely used at foreign language classes as an authentic material for lessons of speech practice and for classes devoted to media language. it should be noted that the use of media texts is primarily aimed at the development of foreign language communicative competence, in particular, its linguistic component, because while working with media content, students memorize the most common clichés, grammatical structures, etc., in order to then use them in speech and writing. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org statement of the problem despite the success achieved in the study of application of media texts, not all their potential features are revealed deeply and thoroughly. in particular, the attention of scientists is outside the study of the role of media for the development of intercultural communicative competence. the term "mediameans" stands for traditional means, which are used for mass-communication such as movies, television, press, radio. the interpretation of this concept is necessary due to the fact that now in many theoretical papers we can see the tendency of correlation between the concept of "media", denoting a technical device for information representation, and the concept of "mass media", implying technology of relaying information to influence mass audience. in the first case, mediameans is represented by a computer, and in the second – mediameans are represented by tv, cinema, press, etc. mediameans are used to broadcast mediatexts that are regarded as key product of mass-media. in the most general form a "mediatext" is defined as "the totality of oral and written texts (printed, audio, video), that make up the content of newspapers, magazines, television and radio broadcasts, internetsites of mass media publications, various types of advertising, ads, labels and etc. " (dobrosklonskaya, 2000: 5]. from the perspectives of psycholinguistics mediatext is defined as a model of a situation or event, reflected through the prism of individual perception of the author, it is a special type of reality, being a product of human information activity, created through a set of texts in massmedia with specific characteristics imposed by media space and media time (rogozina, 2003). we can conclude that mediatext redesignes according to special laws of media industry a "parallel" world, reflecting the vision of the world of a native speaker, his stereotypes and norms of behavior, simulating the real situation of communication between native speakers. from this point of view the special interest is represented by mediatexts that are formed on audiovisual level, i.e. the texts, which are broadcasted by means of tv. the texts of tvprograms, being media products in the studied language, provide distant immersion in the language and cultural environment. with regular use of authentic audiovisual media content foreign language students observe the behavior of native speakers, their cultural peculiarities, fixing difference and similarities with their own culture, which promotes dialogue between cultures. as a result, by the end of a certain period of learning a foreign language with application of media of the country of target language the learners have already got some experience of penetration in the foreign language culture that helps to avoid the phenomenon of "cultural shock" which may take place at the first direct interaction with other lingvoethnical community. practical aspects: types of mediatexts if we regard the produce of foreign-language media from practical point of view, i.e. from the perspective of usage of media content in a foreign language classroom for the purpose of development of intercultural communicative competence, then the selection of material must be conducted with focus on the interests of foreign language learners and their level of foreign language communicative competence. the most difficult for audiovisual perception by language learners are news programs, which most fully realize the main function of the media – informative. on the one hand, a high level of repeatability of such mediatexts greatly facilitates the perception and use of the news by the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org audience that does not belong to the lingvocultural community, for example, students who study the foreign language and foreignlanguage media culture. on the other hand, due to the cultural specificity of news texts, students may not have the profound extra-linguistic background information needed to understand particular news items. certain difficulty for perception of news texts may be caused by ideological component of foreign language texts and news media of other cultures. nevertheless, the news mediatexts are especially valuable because they reflect culturally determined perception and reflection of the vision of the world by a certain cultural community. all that is exposed not only at the level of content, but also at the level of selection and presentation of media information by massmedia in different countries. equally important for understanding the vision of the world by a representative of another culture is his interpretation of events. consequently, that allows active introduction in the educational process the analysis of events, political commentaries, overviews, texts, that represent opinions and assessments. it is the information and analytical materials that represent differences in the perception of realities of social and political life due to specific cultural and ideological context. different vision of reality is expressed in its turn through different ways of interpretation of this or that event. interpretive function of mass communication is implemented by proper media technologies, and by linguistic means, and acquires influential properties. in terms of potential difficulties for students, information and analytical texts are generally less difficult for understanding than the news texts. this is explained by the fact that, firstly, the information and analytical programs last longer (on average 40 – 60 minutes) than the news (5 – 30 min.), but from the point of view of events, information and analytical texts are less saturated than news. on average, informationanalytical program contains 5-10 events, while newscasts – 10-15. in addition, the debatable nature of analytical reports allows students to more easily switch from one topic to another. these and many other features of mediatexts in a foreign language, of course, must be taken into account in the process of development of intercultural communicative competence. to achieve these goals of particular interest can be the topical broadcasts, which in british media are very aptly named by the term "features", representing the mediatexts on a variety of topics from pop music and sports to high life and high fashion. in the selection of authentic audiovisual media content should be paid attention to the fact that the topical mediatexts appeal to human interest, focusing the audience at the themes of ever interest (travel, music, hobbies, etc.). in comparison with the news and information and analytical texts, this type of media texts is more focused on impact, which greatly facilitates their perception and understanding by foreign language learners. of great interest for foreign language learners are advertising texts. like any media product, advertising texts represent a form of existence of a social environment, a fragment of national culture. to attract an audience advertising texts use national-cultural connotation that allows creating in advertising texts national and cultural linguistic image. advertising texts are designed to encourage potential buyers – representatives of a particular language and culture – to buy a particular product. that is why they are filled with many allusions, associations, etc. such factors of extralinguistic nature may partially or completely block for a representative of another culture the understanding of the mediatext if he has not been prepared for this. and we cannot ignore the text of advertising, because the ability to fully understand them serves as an evidence of a sufficiently high level of development of intercultural communicative competence. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org in addition to the said above, it should be noted that audiovisual mediatexts contribute to the intensification of the learning process, allowing reducing the number of hours required for study of a topic; increases the efficiency of acquisition of non-verbal means of expression specific for native speakers (pressman, 1988). practical aspects: selection of mediatexts recognizing the undeniable role of mediatexts in the structure of system of development of intercultural communicative competence, it should be noted that their use is connected with a number of difficulties; one of the most complicated is the problem of selection of such training materials. working with media materials, it is necessary to take into account the complexity and a huge variety of mediatexts. nonsystematic use of media materials can backfire, i.e. reduce motivation and performance of students, in general, and worsen educational performance. to avoid this, the selection and integration of mediatexts in the process of development of intercultural communicative competence should be guided by a number of criteria relating to both objectives of foreign language education in general and the objectives of the development of intercultural competence in particular. selection of specific mediatexts and methods of working with them depends on many factors, primarily on the level of students’ language proficiency. most researchers rightly believe that mediatexts, in particular, newspaper texts as the most popular type of mediatexts used at foreign language lessons, can be used only with learners who are at the intermediate level and higher. a language learner with intermediate level of language proficiency already has a sufficient vocabulary and knowledge in grammar for understanding the text. usually, at this stage, students work with informational mediatexts, such as notes or reports on political meetings and official events. these mediatexts are full of clichés and set phrases typical for journalistic style, and they lack jargon, slang, and other means of expressive language, which can obscure the students. with increasing of the level of student’s language proficiency it is possible to move on to more complex problematic mediatexts, such as information and analytical programs or essays. in this case, the main criterion for selection is the level of the text difficulty, i.e. mediatexts are selected on the basis of principle "from simple to difficult". in preparation for working with mediatexts it is also necessary to consider the age of students. the tv program about political system in the country of the target language may be interesting for seniors while freshmen will consider it boring. students must be excited; the topics discussed in mediatexts must be designed with the aim to not only help to expand their life experiences, but also encourage them to collate their world with the world of native speakers. selection and organization of mediatexts should be implemented so that students find connections with their experiences and ideas about their own and "the other" culture. if a teacher chooses a mediatext without consideration of the criterion of "matching students’ age", the consequences of using such an authentic media material can be negative, for example, it may cause a sharp rejection of the culture of the country, or "cultural shock" and demotivation of students. a teacher can prevent this if he finds out the range of his students’ interests (for example, through questionnaires) and invite students to consider those issues that affect their peers in the target language country. students are likely to be concerned with the problems associated with the start of professional life, finding a job in the country of the target language, their peers’ leisure, etc. thus, when reasonable approach to the selection and use of educational media content is implemented a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org teacher is able to increase the motivation of students and make a significant contribution to the development of their intercultural competence. as follows from the above, no less important criteria in the selection of mediatexts is the thematic variety of media material, as well as its clear thematic structuring, i.e. availability of topic, subtopics, situation. these criteria are provided by the variety of media texts. of particular note are the so-called timeless texts. basically, these are thematic tv-programs and articles about geography, history, world of animals, etc. such media materials are relevant for a very long time (the criterion of "relevance of a time parameter"); these subjects almost always trigger students’ interest. depending on the theme of the lesson, a teacher can select informative and interesting material that will be useful in terms of the development of intercultural competence of students. media products that meet this criterion are produced, for example, by the channel discovery (series travel and living) and studio national geographic. speaking about mediatexts as texts for training purposes, it is necessary to mention that almost all mediatexts represent different types of pragmatic statements (information on facts, events, evaluation judgments, regulation of relations, etc.), as well as public attitudes, different norms of communication. most intense in this regard are articles and social programs. in the selection of authentic mediatexts a teacher should not forget that in addition to the educational function of mediatexts (e.g., movies, programs about arts, etc.) they are an excellent basis for the development of aesthetic perception of students, which should also become one of the landmarks when searching for authentic media material. and finally, one of the fundamental criteria in the selection of authentic material, including media material, is quality and functionality of the text appropriate to a certain type of speech activity. the mentioned above criteria allow to assess the quality of an authentic mediatext with consideration of basic didactic tasks for foreign language teaching accompanied by the process of development of intercultural communicative competence at all the stages of foreign language learning. when selecting media material, not only the quality of the text, but also the number of criteria that the given text matches is taken into consideration. consequently, the preferred is the text that corresponds to six criteria rather than to three. to conclude, all the information is summarized in table i, where the criteria are listed that should be applied at the process of selection of mediatexts, as well as types of mediatexts that match specific criteria. conclusion having examined specific features of mediameans, their didactic typology, as well as focusing on the principles of selection of modern mediatexts, it can be concluded that regular use of authentic mediatexts in target language provides immersion in the language and cultural environment of the studied language being an effective means of accumulation of experience in dealing with foreignlanguage culture and effective means of developing and improving intercultural communicative competence. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org references 1. tareva e.g. cross-cultural interpretation as the strategy for pre-translation text analysis //journal of siberian federal university. krasnoyarsk, 2011. № 4 (10). p. 1473-1480. 2. dobrosklonskaya t.g. theory and methods of medialinguistics (on the material of the english language [teoriya i metody medialingvistiki (na material angliiskogo yazyka)]: abstract dis.… doctor of linguistics. (m., 2000). 3. rogozina i.v. media presentation of the world: cognitive and semiotic aspect [media-kartina mira: kognitivno-cemioticheskiy aspect]: abstract dis. … doctor of linguistics. (barnaul, 2003). 4. usmonov m. t. telecommunications and network security. international journal of academic engineering research (ijaer) issn: 2643-9085 vol. 5 issue 1, january 2021, pages: 57-61. 5. usmonov m. t. the concept of compatibility, actions on compatibility. international journal of academic multidisciplinary research (ijamr) issn: 2643-9670 vol. 5 issue 1, january 2021, pages: 10-13. 6. usmonov m. t. the concept of national security. international journal of academic and applied research (ijaar) issn: 2643-9603 vol. 5 issue 1, january 2021, pages: 73-75. 7. usmonov m. t. the concept of number. the establishment of the concept of natural number and zero. international journal of academic multidisciplinary research (ijamr) issn: 26439670 vol. 5 issue 1, january 2021, pages: 18-21. 8. pressman l.p. the basics of application of computer aided teaching [osnovy metodiki primeneniya tekhnicheskikh sredstv obycheniya]. m: prosveshchenie, 1988. 191 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org experimental determination of the industrial application and determination efficiency of fluid gases cleaning apparatus by contact element method ergashev nasimbek akhmadjonovich researcher fergana polytechnic institute n.ergashev@ferpi.uz isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich technical sciences, phd fergana polytechnic institute the republic of uzbekistan a.s.isomidinov@ferpi.uz madaliyev akhrorbek niyzomidin ogli tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, ass student xomidov xushnudbek.rapiqjon ogli tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, ass student ovloyorov xaydarali аliyorovich tashkent state named after islam karimov technical university, kokan branch, ass student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article recommends the industrial application of a wet dust collection and gas cleaning device with a contact element sliding motion and to determine its cleaning efficiency. мақолада контакт элементи уюрмали оқим ҳосил қилувчи ҳўл усулда чанг тозаловчи аппаратни саноатда қўллаш ва унинг тозалаш самарадорлигини аниқлаш режимлари тавсия этилган. в статье предложены режимы промышленного применения мокрого пылеуловителя при мокром способе, при котором контактный элемент consumption, rolling flow, wet method, contact element, rolling motion, liquid film, dolomite dust, air flow, gas flow сарф, уюрмали оқим, ҳўл усул, контакт элементи, уюрмали харакат, суюқлик плёнкаси, доломит чанги, ҳаво оқими, газ оқими расход, перекатывающийся поток, мокрый способ, контактный элемент, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org вращается, и определение эффективности его очистки. перекатывающее движение, пленка жидкости, доломитовая пыль, воздушный поток, газовый поток in the experimental model of the dust collector in the method of the developed contact element, the main operating factors affecting the corrosion process were identified (fig. 1) [1,2,3]. the gas velocity, gas consumption, liquid consumption, hydraulic loss, local resistance and wear efficiency of the device were determined based on experiments. a contact element has been selected for the machine to generate an artificial reading. preliminary requirements and technical instructions for the device were developed based on the conducted theoretical and experimental studies. the experimental tests to determine the effectiveness of gas purification were conducted at the training ground of the "technological machines and equipment" department of fargana polytechnic institute and at the raw material preparation workshop of "kvars" aj. the device is installed in the network of dolomite dust generated in the drying drum in the dolomite drying technological line of "kvars" aj (fig. 2). experimental tests on dust extraction of dolomite dust in gas composition were conducted. figure 1. this is the general appearance of the vacuum cleaner. experimental studies were carried out on the dust collection of dolomite dust coming out of the drum dryer in the raw materials factory in the contact element dust collector. during the industrial tests, the following parameters are applied to the gas flow: the working body angle of the contact elements generating the flow is α=30o; 45o and 60o, the diameter of the liquid injection nozzle hole is dsh=2; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org 2.5 and 3 mm, the gas velocity in the device is in the range of υg=7.07÷28.37 m/s, the consumption of liquid supplied to the device is 70÷189.2 l/h. the temperature of the external environment is 20±2 oс, the temperature of the dust gas leaving the drum dryer is 65÷80 oс for dolomite dust. 1 – a jointed grapple; 2 – oil grinder; 3 – kuritish drumming; 4 – charlie teguermont; 5 – sorting machine; 6 – cyclone niogaz; 7 dust collection device with a contact element; 8 – elevator; 9 – ribbon conveyor; 10 – screw conveyor; 11 – magnetic separator; figure 1.2. dolomite drying technological line of raw material department. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the multifactorial nature of the experiments, it was decided to use the mathematical planning method to determine the efficiency of wear and tear of the device and energy consumption [4,5,6]. according to it, the diameter of the nozzle hole (x1), fluid consumption (x2), horizontal angle of the contact element blades (x3) and gas velocity (x4) selected as variable factors are the factors that have the most influence on the wear efficiency and energy consumption of the device, and the change ranges of the factors marked table 1.1 shows the levels and ranges of changes of the factors. table 1.1 factor levels and change intervals № омиллар ўлчов бирлиги омилларни белгиланиши ўзгариш оралиғи омилларнинг сатҳлари қуйи (–1) асосий (0) юқори (+1) 1. штуцер тешигининг диаметри мм х1 0,5 2 мм 2,5 мм 3 мм 2. суюқлик сарфи м3/соат х2 0,054 0,07 0,124 0,178 3. контакт элемент парракларининг қиялик бурчаги градус х3 15о 30о 45о 60о 4. газ тезлиги м/с х4 10,61 7,07 17,68 28,3 degradation efficiency (y1) and consumed energy (y2) were taken as defined mesons. assuming that the second-order polynomial completely describes the influence of changing factors on the determined mesons, the experiments were carried out based on the hartli-4 scheme [7,8,9]. to minimize the influence of uncontrolled factors on the measured mesons, the sequence of experiments was determined using the 1/17 version of the random sequence table. in order to determine the efficiency of dolomite dust removal and acceptable parameters of energy consumption, the experiments were repeated 5 times separately. arithmetic mean values of experimental results were selected. a multi-component ankt-410 brand gas analyzer was used to determine the level of pollution. the obtained experimental results are presented in table 1.2. table 1.2 the dependence of dolomite dust removal efficiency and energy consumption on many influencing factors х1 dш, мм х2 qcую, м3/соат х3 α, градус х4 υг, м/с y1 η, % y2 ккэа, кж/1000м3 2 0,070 30о 28,3 95,63 191,4 3 0,070 30о 28,3 95,95 196,4 2 0,178 30о 7,07 99,89 260,6 3 0,178 30о 7,07 99,89 282,3 2 0,070 60о 7,07 94,87 121,5 3 0,070 60о 7,07 95,86 131,6 2 0,178 60о 28,3 99,22 453 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org 3 0,178 60о 28,3 99,65 457 2 0,124 45о 17,68 99,87 296,4 3 0,124 45о 17,68 99,91 303,5 2,5 0,070 45о 17,68 95,78 166 2,5 0,178 45о 17,68 99,92 361,2 2,5 0,124 30о 17,68 99,48 291 2,5 0,124 60о 17,68 99,78 271 2,5 0,124 45о 7,07 99,89 180 2,5 0,124 45о 28,3 99,45 222,6 2,5 0,124 45о 17,68 99,89 301 the following regression equations, which adequately represent the evaluation criteria, were processed according to the results of the experiment using the hartli-4 program of the "planex" program. according to him: the efficiency of cleaning dolomite dust in the device is determined according to the following regression equation, % y1=+99.827+0.187x1+2.031x2+0.145x3-0.217x4+0.067x1x1-0.085x1x2+ +0.166x1x3+0.000x1x4-1.963x2x2+0.200x3x3-0.386x2x4-0.186x3x3+ +0.000x3x4-0.145x4x4 (1.1) the energy consumed in the apparatus for the process of dolomite dust cleaning is determined according to the following regression equation, kj/1000 m3 y2=+269,154+4,793x1+97,683x2-10,017x3+21,267x4+36,397x1x1+ +1,329x1x2-1,579x1x3-2,863x1x4+0,000x2x2+41,471x2x3+39,104x2x4+ +17,397x3x3+3,913x3x4-62,386x4x4 (1.2) from the analysis of the obtained regression equations (equations 1.1-1.2), it can be seen that all factors have a significant impact on the evaluation criteria. in addition, fluid consumption, dust gas velocity, nozzle hole diameter and contact element inclination angle have a complex relationship with the studied factors. regression equations were solved for the dolomite dust cleaning process in order to determine the factors affecting the researched processes, that is, the cleaning efficiency of the equipment and the optimal values of energy consumption. in this case, the condition of dolomite dust removal efficiency being higher than 98.9% was accepted according to gost-62-198-142 and gost-67-198-142 requirements. this task was solved on pc "pentium iv" using excel program "solution search" (poisk reshenia), optimal values of variable factors in coded form were obtained, and coded values were transferred to natural values. thus, the optimal parameters of the apparatus for the dust removal process selected for the sample were brought to the standard state and can be written as follows. in the process of cleaning dolomite dust: diameter of the nozzle hole, dsh=2.6 mm; liquid consumption, qcuyu=0.138 m3/h. slope angle of contact element blades, a=44o american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org dust gas velocity, y=20.4 m/s; it can be concluded from the experimental studies that at these values of the variable factors, the energy consumption of the device was 2.8 kw/h, the cleaning efficiency was 99.46%, and the hydraulic resistance was 1250.7 pa [10,11]. according to the results of the experiment, it was found that the cleaning efficiency is 5.43% higher for dolomite dust than the existing wet cleaning devices, the liquid used for cleaning 1 m3 of air is 2.5 times less, and the energy consumption is 0.8 times less. the results obtained in the experiments fully satisfied the technical requirements for this type of equipment. used literature 1.алиматов б.а., эргашев н.а., каримов и.т. “контакт элементи буралган йўлдош қуюнли режимда ишловчи ҳўл усулда чанг тозаловчи аппарат”, фарпи, “илмий-техника” журнали, 2019й №2-сон, 149-152-бет: 2.сугак.е.в.очистка газовых выбросов в аппаратах с интенсивными гидродинамическими режимами е.в.сугак., н.а.войнов, н.а.николаев – казань: риц и «школа», 1999-224 с. 3.эргашев н.а., алиматов б.а., герасимов м.д., дикевич а.в. “повышение эффективности пылеулавливания в производстве дорожно-строительных материалов” “энергоресурсосберегающие машины, оборудование и экологически технологии в дорожной и строительной отраслях” международная научно-практическая конференция (россия федерация белгород, 20-21 сентября 2018 й) 228-232 бет: 4.к.ш. латипов. «гидравлика, гидромашина, гидроюритмалар» тошкент,ўқитувчи, 1992 й.75-80 бетлар. 5. кобзарь а.и. прикладная математическая статистика. для инженеров и научных работников.–москва: физматлит, 2006.–816 с. 6. эргашев, н. а. (2020). исследование гидравлического сопротивления пылеулавливающего устройства мокрым способом. universum: технические науки, (4-2 (73)), 59-62. 7. эргашев, н. а., маткаримов, ш. а., зияев, а. т., тожибоев, б. т., & кучкаров, б. у. (2019). опытное определение расхода газа, подаваемое на пылеочищающую установку с контактным элементом, работающим в режиме спутникового вихря. universum: технические науки, (12-1 (69)). 8. ergashev, n. a. (2020). determination hydraulic resistance of device that has the vortex flow creating contact element. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (3-4). 9. эргашев, н. а., алиматов, б. а., & дикевич, а. в. (2018). затраты энергии в мокром пылеуловителе при производстве дорожно-строительных материалов. in энерго-, ресурсосберегающие машины, оборудование и экологически чистые технологии в дорожной и строительной отраслях (pp. 232-238). 10. алиматов, б. а., & эргашев, н. а. гидравлическое сопротивление пылеуловителя с прямоточно-вихревыми контактными элементами. " энерго-ресурсосберегающие технологии и оборудование в дорожной и строительной отраслях": материалы междуна. 11.эргашев н.а. научно-технические основы использования в промышленности аппарата для мокрого пылеулавливания и газоочистки дисс. … кандидат наук. ташкент, 2021. 116 с. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 12 isomidinov, a. s., & qakhkhorov, i. (2022). ротор-фильтрли қурилмада гидравлик қаршиликнинг тозалаш самарадорлигига таъсирини тадқиқ этиш. journal of integrated education and research, 1(1), 173-185. 13 muxtorov, s. s. o. g. l., & qoxxorov, i. i. o. g. l. (2022). issiqlik almashuvchi qurulmalar va ularda jarayonni intensivlash usullari tahlili. science and education, 3(5), 370-378. 14 karimov, i. t., ahrorov, a. a., & kahorov, i. i. (2019). the method of determining the size of the mixing zone bubbling extractor. in international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education (pp. 11-15). 15adhamjon, akbarov va nurmatov sardor. "innovatsion yondashuv asosida bo'lajak muhandislarning grafik kompetentsiyasini rivojlantirish metodologiyasi."amerika texnologiya va amaliy fanlar jurnali 7 (2022): 10-12. 16uktamovich, siddiqov rasuljon va boshq. "rotor-filtr qurilmasidagi ishchi suyuqlikka ta'sir qiluvchi qarshiliklarni o'rganish."innovatsion technologica: uslubiy tadqiqotlar jurnali 3.11 (2022): 8-15. american journal of pedagogical and educational research issn (e): 2832-9791| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org the sun collectors, theirs classification, in them observe to be used disadvantages and solutions siddikov rasuljon oktamovich head of the department of engineering technologies of t dtu qf mirzayev islombek umarali o'gʻli tdtu qf student mirzayevislombek 06@ gmail . com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this in the macula it’s dark of collectors historical, their classification, kuyosh in collectors observed defects and drinks in tugri information given energy, collector, model, contour, oil inkyrozi, closed glass іntrоduсtіоn the sun of the collector initial model of the 18th century at the end swiss scientist horace sausage created is in _ warming up feature have has been layer available bottle and wood from the box consists of device was _ that's it at the same time scientist its « small , cheap and that it is "simple " . felt was _ such devices practice of the 19th century at the end south in california hot the water heating for is used started _ to the sun looked at side with a closed bottle covered with wood to the box installed , black paint with covered in the form of a water tank simple the sun collector work released started _ such in collectors in the evening water it was not warm , his heating up for next the day waiting need was _ 1909 year in california william bailey modern flat the collector created _ this is water from the filled tank device separately without to him _ going heat heat through an alternating circuit was (1.1.1 picture ). american journal of pedagogical and educational research volume 12 may, 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org the sun collectors production _ _ industry of the 1940s to the end of the us south in the states california and in florida the most high level did _ sal later , electricity and from gas use , hot the water harvest to do price decreased went and the sun collectors production _ _ stopped . the sun collectors of production _ second stage in the 1970s right will come because this at the time the world across oil crisis starting with energy with provider of means price sharp rising up gone was , as a result the world many countries , in particular , usa, japan , australia and medium er the sea surroundings in the regions the sun collector a lot amount work release to the road was put in the 1950s in israel strong energy shortage that's it to the degree reached that is , the government evening moment hot water taminotin stop to put about the law acceptance did _ that's it from time starting from in the country hot water harvest to do for the sun devices production _ _ develop started _ 1967 to the year come 20% of the country's population the sun from the collector used was _ 70s _ energy crisis in time parliament each one new under construction home for the sun heating system is available to be about the law acceptance did _ today's in the day come , this in the state home in the farm 85% energy consumption the sun collectors gives _ in them amount of produced energy _ 3% of the country's energy supply does _ this means in the country one 2 million per year . barrel oil economy it means that it was done . by 2000 in the field of energy of prices increase the sun from the collector to use and production _ _ new stage started _ 2010 the year per head come whole on the planet the sun swimming pools and the air collectors account with a capacity of 150 gw the sun collectors installed . har more than 30 gw per year power giving the sun collector installing , current in the day come in the world the sun of collectors common heat capacity 250gw from energy more than energy work is issuing and this pointer on the rise continue is doing in particular , in china by 2012 come , sun of collectors common the area is 145 million m², they are giving common the amount of heat energy has exceeded 100gw . this comparative in russia _ of all nuclear plants power together when calculating of them four even high to power have _ that's it interestingly , 15 years before in china the sun collectors almost no was _ initially this direction according to work release development to the road placed if so , today to the day come the government population for useful has been collectors to create to expand possibility created _ because the sun from the collector use economic in terms of very useful , own service term during the sun collector so in quantity energy work the device that comes out to make gone expenses one how many equal to excess with will be covered . today's in the day come , sun collectors the sun from energy in use the most efficient device being left _ if photoelectric panels to himself coming down the sun 14-18% of its energy is used by the sun in the collector this efficiency reaches 70-80% . to the temperature depends in case the sun collectors the following to types was in case seeing let's go : 1. low temperature collectors such above 50º c in collectors didn't happen temperature is taken . these are in pools suvni to warm up similar high temperature requirement not done in cases is used . 2. medium temperature collectors are _ water 50 80º c up to heating up can _ most of the time such a collector has a flat glass plate is heat _ carrier as from the liquid consists of device is considered american journal of pedagogical and educational research volume 12 may, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org 3. upper temperature collectors often in the form of a parabola consists of often _ _ relatively bigger in lists which , electric energy collect him city electricity energy along dividing in cases works . current at the time come the sun of collectors the most simple from the looks of it one the air collectors is considered these are thermosyphon collectors that too is conducted . such to be named cause , the generator is one of time in itself the heat to himself take his at the expense of is heating up the water too in itself saves , such collectors mostly standard devices calculated gaseous and electric devices initial up to temperature raise for the water warming up gives _ such method using electricity supply savings can _ this collector advantages let's see : first , electricity energy saves . second , relatively enough cheap calculated the sun water heating in the system is used . third , device maintenance _ show much simple , like this collectors « integrated c olle c tor and storage » or just don't collect collectors is called this is often the case one or one how many water with there is a filled tank . this tanks from the heat protected box inside will be placed and glass cover with covered , sometimes a reflector is placed inside the box his purpose coming down the sun the light collect gives _ of this device work process much simple . from glass past the sun energy the water warms up . such method service showing device for cheap falls , however cold at the time the water from freezing protection to do need will be summary in place that's it to say must be the sun the air collectors sun energy using working and the air heating is a device . this most of the time simple flat collectors in the form of mainly _ _ buildings heating and village economy products drying for is used . air in this using natural convection or a fan devourer surface through passes . air to the liquid relatively the heat bad spent due to , fluid with working heat to the carrier than the heat devourer to the surface less transmits. some the sun the air in the heaters devourer a fan is connected to the plates they are air turbulence increase the heat transmission improves . this of the device disadvantage from that consists of the ventilator performance for additional energy consumption existence this of the system cost to increase take will come cold climate conditions air plate absorber surface across the channel between is directed and collector back the wall heats , as a result , across the glass addition heat loss observed . however environment _ _ temperature above 17º c _ otherwise , the plate is an absorber from the surface two bilaterally spinning the air excess heat without loss efficient works _ air of collectors main advantages their simplicity and reliability . if attention with if used , it is 10-20 years service to do can _ from this except heat carrier element replacement is not observed because the air does not freeze . used literature list : 1. a. teshaboev and b. semiconductors and semiconductor tools technology . t. 2006 . _ 2. a.t. mamadolimov , m.n. tursunov semiconductor the sun elements physics and technology . t., 2002 . 3. risboev t.r. ―silicon based of photovoltaic cells the sun radiation electricity to energy rotate features research reach 4. zainobiddinov s, teshoboev a. semiconductors physics.t . 1999 _ 5. adhamjon, akbarov, and nurmatov sardor. "methodology of graphic competence development of future engineers based on an innovative approach." american journal of technology and applied sciences 7 (2022): 10-12. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 3, | june, 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org understanding the customer centric approach to add value to social ecrm (secrm) arshi naim business information systems, kku, ksa arshi@kku.edu.sa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s social media is fastest and strongest growing platform and can be seen as a new business model (nbm) for firms to develop and conduct their business operations. this development has strengthened the social consumers and has motivated the firms to apply new technologies to align with the nbm. the most important information systems strategy for many firms is to make consumer as focal point for all business operations in social electronic customer relationship management (secrm). this is a new concept started only in 2009 as an ebusiness strategy for firms to enable customer relationship management (with social customers) utilizing social technology and termed as social electronic customer relationship management (secrm). there the many applications that are labeled as secrm but all these applications lack the framework of working and do not have effective planning and design for the implementation in such a ways that customer relationship can be developed. it is also found that many firms are using secrm just as one of the method of communication channel, selling platform but not many firms considering the secrm as one of the strategy to build firm image and earn profit and eventually build good ecrm. this study tries to build a conceptual framework for plan and design for secrm and explains the benefits of using customer centric approach to build secrm. results are based on secondary data collected from various web sources presenting the advantages of using customer centric approach to build secrm and to for developing the conceptual framework for the plan. keywords: new business model, social electronic customer relationship management, conceptual framework, customer centric approach new business model, social electronic customer relationship management, conceptual framework, customer centric approach mailto:arshi@kku.edu.sa american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org introduction the fast proliferation and wide-adoption of web 2.0 technologies have given rise to a new class of customers, called social customers [1]. many companies see tremendous opportunities in harnessing the social technology to build relationship with this new class of customers. as such, social crm (customer relationship management), or scrm, has emerged in late 2009 and become the latest research of social electronic crm (secrm) initiatives. however, secrm is yet to be fully utilized as a tool in improving customer relationship—which is believed to eventually drive profitability—as companies are still trying to understand this new type of customer and are adapting to the new social commerce environment [2]. the context of scrm today is drastically different from the pre-web 2.0 era in many ways. in particular, the interaction space on social media cannot be controlled by the firms as they did in the past with welldefined, one-to-one channels, such as phone calls to call centers [3]. there are no more ‘‘channels’’ in social media, only touch points: customers are interacting with many companies and ‘‘friends’’ in different platforms simultaneously. furthermore, the speed of ewom (word of mouth) is unprecedented: social customers can become a firm’s free promoters or brand destroyers; their likes/dislikes can spread virally and instantly. the fast real-time ripple effect of brand damage raised urgent needs to address the challenges of scrm design and implementation. customer-centricity is a business strategy that’s based on putting your customer first and at the core of your business in order to provide a positive experience and build long-term relationships [4]. figure 1 shows the customer centricity for long term relationship for crm figure 1. customer centricity for crm [4] the customer is firmly in the driving seat and with it comes a required change in how they build and nurture relationships with potential and existing customers. companies that put the customer at the heart of their organization are experiencing an increase in customer lifetime value and a reduction in churn. this can be done by being customer-centric like becoming a truly customer-centric organization takes time, but you can start small. the research provides 4 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org best practices to becoming a customer-centric company and share 3 ways to measure success. customer-centric ways of doing business is focused on providing a positive customer experience before and after the sale in order to drive repeat business, enhances customer loyalty and improve business growth. however, a customer-centric company requires more than offering good customer service [5]. both amazon and zappos are prime examples of brands that are customercentric and have spent years creating a culture around the customer and their needs. their commitment in delivering customer value is genuine. in fact, zappos is happy to fire employees if they do not fit within their customer-centric culture [6]. figure 2. characteristics important for building digital native culture for the firm [7] the statistics in figure 2 shows that customer centricity is most important characteristics to build digital native nature of the firm. an e-crm strategy defines the goals for your crm or social crm program and then creates a roadmap of the changes to process, tools and team needed to make it a reality. the failure rates of crm projects have discredited crm, but that doesn't mean the approach is flawed. in this research, e-crm is measured with 3 dimensions, which consist of information quality, customer service efficiency, and ease of navigation [8]. there are five dimensions of crm include information sharing, customer involvement, long-term partnership, joint problem solving and technology-based crm are selected to measure their relationship with innovation capabilities including innovation in product, innovation in process, innovation in administrative affairs, innovation [9]. the dimensions of customer services are tangibility, reliability, responsiveness, assurance, and empathy. the 3 elements of service quality are based on the question for how to measure service quality? to answer this question three elements have to be defined as given below:  tangibles: appearance of physical facilities, equipment, personnel, and communication materials.  reliability: ability to perform the promised service dependably and accurately.  responsiveness: willingness to help customers and provide prompt service. there are five gap model of service quality which are given below:  the gap between service quality specification and management perception  the gap between service quality specification and service delivery  the gap between service delivery and external communication  the gap between the expected service and experienced service american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org a social crm strategy is essentially what it sounds like: adding a social element to customer relationship management. the goal in bringing social to crm is not only to increase brand awareness, but also to engage with customers more often and with higher quality interactions. a social crm is the integration between your customer relationship management (crm) software and social media channels. this empowers your teams to understand and engage customers, gain market insights, and provide better customer service. there are many tips for creating and achieving secrm such as make sure you have a good platform for conducting social crm, make sure you have the right resources, identify and engage your social influencers, reward loyal customers, use list and group features, talk with your customers, respond to customers in a timely manner. 1. literature review scrm: the changing landscape social crm, as the name implies, was broadly and loosely defined to integrate crm technology and social platform capabilities to engage customers and optimize customer experiences to drive profitability (greenberg 2010). since its conception in late 1990s, ecrm, or simply crm, appeared to be at the core of strategic initiatives for businesses to compete profitably (chen and chen 2004). it is well-recognized as information-technology (it)-enabled relationship marketing (ryals and payne 2001). the premise of ecrm is that customer equity (rust et al. 2004) is the key to increasing enterprise value and customer equity is a partial function of customer relationships. social crm continues ecrm’s central practice of using it to enable relationship management. it is also called crm 2.0 by some, mirroring its underlying technology—web 2.0—which enables virtual communities and collaboration on a scale never seen before. evolving scrm the differences between traditional ecrm and scrm contexts and goals are shown in table 1 and described below. it is important to note that scrm is a continuous evolution of ecrm and that scrm is still evolving. business philosophy: scrm continues the philosophy of ecrm to use it to enable customer relationship. technology base: traditional ecrm uses web 1.0 technology in facilitating customer relationship-building (e.g., to attract and retain profitable customers) while scrm is enabled by web 2.0 technology. process: there are five broad technological ‘‘engines’’ used in a traditional ecrm system including: information storage engine (database or data warehouse), customer segmentation engine, personalization engine, multi-channel broadcast engine, and transaction engine (microstrategy 2001). these five engines support four generic crm processes (idic): identification, differentiation, interaction, and customization (peppers and rogers 2004). the difference is that in traditional ecrm the idic processes are internal, and transaction-based and can be easily applied in well-defined, firmed controlled channels while scrm has dynamic customer-driven processes wherever touch-points the customers happens to be active. for instance, a customer may complain about a brand on a blog, or help solve another customer’s problem on facebook through an iphone app or may provide a product review on youtube. interaction place: traditional ecrm typically engages customers in one-toone interaction via welldefined channels, such as email, phone calls, direct marketing, a company website, or face-to-face in physical stores. in a secrm context, ‘‘many-to-many’’ interactions in the service eco-system are typical, where customers simultaneously interact with many other customers and other companies american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org (including competitor companies) on social platforms. as such, there are no welldefined ‘‘channels’’ for interaction but dynamic, customer-driven touch-points realized in social media. segmentation, broadcast message flow, control: traditional ecrm segmented customers’ transaction data for campaigning/customization and broadcasted messages from firms to customers including phone calls, email, tv ads; these are pushed-based communications. a scrm system does not usually segment customer data, as it is less meaningful or effective. in the scrm context, message flow is often pull-based, such as through a really simple syndication (rss) feed or by having customers follow companies on twitter or ‘‘like’’ companies on their facebook pages. the company is no longer in control of the process; the social customers are: design/analysis scope, data store, data analysis: traditional analytical crm is based on advanced data warehousing and mining technology to offer a 360" view of customers (based on transaction data) that allows profiling, personalization, customization and making recommendations for crossor up-selling. these are subject-oriented techniques of data warehousing technology, in which each item of customers’ transaction data can be a ‘‘subject.’’ many systems for personalization are in use for ecrm in general and scrm as well but many more, new analytical tools mining social data have been developed, combining web crawlers technology and, for instance, deep packet inspection (dpi) of social customers’ click stream behavior across all touch points at isp levels. the data of interest are not transaction-based only, they focus on customer network effects, interactions, conversations, sentiment, advocate behaviors, customer contributed content, etc. metrics: new metrics are being called for and are rapidly emerging. in traditional ecrm, quantitative measures such as decency, frequency, monetary (rfm) or customer lifetime value (clv) analysis based on transactional data are common but these are not suitable for scrm. scrm is more interested in, for instance, how influential a customer is among his or her community—customer referral value (crv). also of interest are share of voice, size and engagement of communities, and sentiment (like or dislike). many commercial scrm technology companies, such as ibm, now offer a range of new metrics (forrester 2010). viral marketing, crowd sourcing, customer loyalty: viral marketing campaigns are easier to achieve with scrm technology. instead of, or in addition to, repeat patronage, social customers provide electronic word of mouth (ewom); their advocating for a brand is viewed as a sign of customer loyalty. crowd sourcing strategies such, as collective product reviews and the creation of new products, can be affected by scrm technologies to achieve lower operation costs and greater innovation for companies. need for a new design thinking: although scrm aims to foster outcomes from good relationship marketing practices and the social technology provides ample opportunities for open dialogue to engage and co-create with customers, many scrm initiatives have nonetheless fallen short. this is because some companies are unable to adjust their design thinking for the new social, web 2.0 context. there are two major reasons for this. first, some companies see the new social platform as just ‘‘another’’ communication channel. we have seen that the one-to-one ‘‘channel’’ approach is at odds with how social customers communicate and act in their networks. without changing their design thinking, the companies’ messages are pushed to customers on social media, just like in traditional ecrm in the web 1.0 era. the pushed messages run the great risk of being perceived as lacking in perceived sincerity (o’malley and mitussis 2002; mitussis et al. 2006). customers’ reaction on the social world is unpredictable. for example, mcdonald sent two tweets with the hashtag ‘‘mcdstories’’ to customers, which were hijacked by customers and the messages were changed not in the way mcdonald has expected or hoped for (huffington post 2012). this firm-centric approach american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org of pushing messages, grounded in g-d logic, renders their scrm efforts ineffective. this is because customers are not seen as value-creation partners; they are seen as outside the company and processed as transactions, rather than cultivated for value-creating relationships. moreover, the perceived insincerity can spread virally and damage their brand image more quickly and widely than ever before. second, many managers view secrm, like traditional ecrm, as a technological magic bullet that will dramatically improve their bottom line. ecrm has not been the panacea that many had hoped (kale 2004; newell 2003). it is clear that it does not create relationships or customer advocacy. it is, arguably, a necessary condition, but not sufficient for ecrm or scrm success. despite the lessons from traditional ecrm failures in past years, companies view scrm as yet another new technology to be implemented without fundamentally rethinking the ways they do business in the new social commerce, multi-dimensional network context. 2. results and discussion segmentation, broadcast message flow, control: traditional ecrm segmented customers’ transaction data for campaigning/customization and broadcasted messages from firms to customers including phone calls, email, tv ads; these are pushed-based communications. a scrm system does not usually segment customer data, as it is less meaningful or effective. in the scrm context, message flow is often pull-based, such as through a really simple syndication (rss) feed or by having customers follow companies on twitter or ‘‘like’’ companies on their facebook pages. the company is no longer in control of the process; the social customers are: design/analysis scope, data store, data analysis: traditional analytical crm is based on advanced data warehousing and mining technology to offer a 360" view of customers (based on transaction data) that allows profiling, personalization, customization and making recommendations for crossor up-selling. these are subject-oriented techniques of data warehousing technology, in which each item of customers’ transaction data can be a ‘‘subject.’’ many systems for personalization are in use for ecrm in general and secrm as well but many more, new analytical tools mining social data have been developed, combining web crawlers technology and, for instance, deep packet inspection (dpi) of social customers’ click stream behavior across all touch points at isp levels. the data of interest are not transaction-based only, they focus on customer network effects, interactions, conversations, sentiment, advocate behaviors, customer contributed content, etc. metrics: new metrics are being called for and are rapidly emerging. in traditional ecrm, quantitative measures such as decency, frequency, monetary (rfm) or customer lifetime value (clv) analysis based on transactional data are common but these are not suitable for scrm. secrm is more interested in, for instance, how influential a customer is among his or her community—customer referral value (crv). figure 3 shows the relationship between secrm and crm success factors. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. relationship between secrm and crm success factors viral marketing campaigns are easier to achieve with scrm technology. instead of, or in addition to, repeat patronage, social customers provide electronic word of mouth (ewom); their advocating for a brand is viewed as a sign of customer loyalty. crowd sourcing strategies such, as collective product reviews and the creation of new products, can be affected by scrm technologies to achieve lower operation costs and greater innovation for companies. figure 4 shows the use cases for secrm that help in building the relationships. figure 4. the use cases for secrm that help in building the relationships. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org need for a new design thinking: although scrm aims to foster outcomes from good relationship marketing practices and the social technology provides ample opportunities for open dialogue to engage and co-create with customers, many scrm initiatives have nonetheless fallen short. this is because some companies are unable to adjust their design thinking for the new social secrm. it is clear that it does not create relationships or customer advocacy. it is, arguably, a necessary condition, but not sufficient for ecrm or scrm success. despite the lessons from traditional ecrm failures in past years, companies view scrm as yet another new technology to be implemented without fundamentally rethinking the ways they do business in the new social commerce, multi-dimensional network context. figure 5 shows the steps to design the mapping of secrm and crm following customer centric approach. figure 5. steps to design the mapping of secrm and crm following customer centric approach 3. conclusions this research contributes to examine the new social commerce open environment context for secrm development as opposed to the traditional closed world mapping with crm and explains the relevance of customer centric approach in their mapping. also this research explains types and dimensions of scrm and secrm important for the design and analysis. the research concluded why customer centric approach is relevant and what role it plays in mapping of secrm and crm. 4. references [1] berry, l. l. (1983). relationship marketing. in l. l. berry, g. l. shostack, & g. d. upah (eds.), emerging perspectives in services marketing (pp. 25–38). chicago: american marketing association. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org [2] chen, h. -m. (2008). towards service engineering: service orientation and business-it alignment. proceedings of ieee hawaii international conference on system science (hicss41), hawaii, january 7–10. factors of consumer behaviour of youth from middle-east when purchasing organic food abstract the objective of this paper is to analyse consumer behaviour (cb) of youths from middle-east for buying organic food. our study brings information which can potentially be used for further research and will also be useful for organizations with a practical interest in the production sale and distribution of organic food. to investigate the influence of the various factors in cb, we have applied the theory of planned behaviour (tpb) and price effect theory (pet). in the current concept, there is no significant research conducted in measureing the factors of cb that influence youths in middle-east for organic food. the theoretical part deals with the concept of consumer behaviour, factors that affect the cb, and the conceptual framwork of tpb and pet. in the analytical part we have collected data from the sample of 200 potential consumers who are students in the various universtities in the metropolitan cities of three countries of middle-east, namely kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa), united arab emirate (uae) and oman. questionnaires are focused on measring the cb for purchasing organic food while following the theory of tpb and pet. particular items were measured using a 6point likert´s scale, where 1 represented a negative attitude (completely disagree or definitely not) and 6 represented a positive attitude (completely agree or definitely yes). the authors opted for an even likert scale in order to avoid the middle value and thus obtained the real opinion of the consumer who had to select one of the possibilities and thus adopt a position on the research issue. in the middle-east, the young consumer are influenced mainly by factors such as personal attitude and subjective norms. limitations of this study are the fact that in our questionnaire we focused on how the consumer viewed the purchase of organic food in general and not how they view the purchase of individual organic. our contribution is to identify the factors that influence youth‘s buying behaviour and choice for organic food in middle-east becuase their buying behaviour would help companies to innovate organic food and know the demand trends for the same. keywords: consumer behaviour, organic food, theory of planned behaviour , price effect theory introduction health and a healthy lifestyle have become increasingly important trends in recent times. consumers have become increasingly interested in what they eat in particular, the nutritional value and the level of artificial additives in food. these changes in preferences have led to changes in consumer behaviour and significant growth in the demand for organic food which has become one of the fastest growing markets in the food industry .according to naim (2022), this boom in organic food is set to continue and a recent report from the techsci research company gave a positive outlook for the future arshi (2021). in order to respond adequately to these changes, it is important to understand the factors influencing the behaviour of consumers when purchasing organic food, both for the retailer and producer, as well as for politicians involved in ecological farming. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. factors affecting consumer behaviour in addition, many of the authors mentioned above have mainly dealt with the behaviour of the adult population, which is the main purchasing force. as a result, the behaviour of the younger generation, which will very quickly be of productive age and become the new purchasing force, has received little investigation. figure 2. subfactors affecting consumer behaviour in the middle-east republic, it is more obvious, because there has only been one study on the behaviour of this sector. for this reason, we decided to focus our research on identifying the factors behind the consumer behaviour of the younger generation. to distinguish our research, we used the model of tpb, which was used in middle-east. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. factors of yourn consumers for cb further, we incorporated additional constructs (moral attitude, health consciousness, and environmental concern) in the tpb who measured its appropriateness in indian surrounding. combining both young generation and extended model of tpb bring crucial information which can potentially be used not only as a basis for further research but will also be useful for organizations with a practical interest in the production, sale and distribution of organic food. literature review organic food, which can be defined as: ‘food produced without using the conventional inputs of modern, industrial agriculture: pesticides, synthetic fertilizers, sewage sludge, genetically modified organisms (gmos), irradiation or food additives’ (allen and albala, 2007), is by law food from ecological farming which seeks not only to cultivate high-quality food, but also protects the environment. in addition to the health and safety requirements, the production and processing of this food have to fulfill the requirements set out in the council regulation (ec) no. 834/2007 and also the law on ecological farming in the middle-east republic no. 242/2000 coll. (eagri, 2016). organic food can also be simply distinguished from conventional food by its special ‘euro-leaf’ label which has been used for all ecological products produced in the eu since 2010. in addition to this label, there can also be a national logo, which falls under the competence of the appropriate country (eagri, 2017). the applicability of tpb for organic food has also been demonstrated by several studies across diverse cultures (yadav and pathak, 2016), while recent research has shown that other factors also have an important influence. amongst those which are cited most frequently are moral aspects (yazdanpanah and forouzani, 2015, arvola et al. 2008), health concerns (smith and paladino, 2010, yadav and pathak, 2016) and concerns about the environment (smith and paladino, 2010; pagiaslis and krontalis, 2014). additionally, it has also been shown that the inclusion of other prognostic variables into the original model improves its predictive ability, which is particularly desirable (arvola et al., 2008; donald, cooper and conchie, 2014). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org if we include for organic food, the individual factors can be described in the following way. we understand personal attitude to mean the extent to which the consumer thinks that organic food is healthier, tastier and of better quality, and the extent to which the purchase of organic food is considered to be wise and sensible behaviour (hughner et al 2007; gil and söder 2006; aryal et al. 2009). subjective norms refer to whether those close to the consumer (family, friends, colleagues) believe that a specific behaviour is correct and that the consumer should, therefore, also behave in that way (chen, 2007). conscious control of behaviour represents the higher price, accessibility and the trust of consumers in the certification system and the label ‘organic’. in other words, this variable tells us how easy it is for the specific consumer to purchase organic food (yadav and pathak, 2016; yazdanpanah and forouzani, 2015). we understand the moral aspects to be the concerns of the specific consumer about him/herself, as well as society and the environment (arvola et al., 2008; yadava and pathaka, 2016). concerns about your own health are the extent to which health and the content of food are important for the consumer when deciding whether or not to buy organic food. in the case of concerns about the environment, it is about the extent to which ecological issues enter into the consumer’s decision-making process – when purchasing organic food, do they consider the negative impacts from its production and distribution on the environment? (yadav and pathak, 2016). results/ discussion the factor which the research results in consumer behaviour indicated were significantly influential was subjective norms. this finding led us to the conclusion that this might also be the case for the young consumer. figure 4. factors identified in the research to measure cb for organic food in middleeast. the research also showed that organic food is viewed negatively by the families of consumers who do not buy organic food as well as by those who prioritize it. from this, we deduced that there may be a limited level of independence in the decision-making of students from brno, which may be one of the main reasons why a large number of young consumers still prefer conventional food. the last factor which was added to the original tpb model, and the significance of which is agreed upon by a number of authors was moral aspects. its significance stems from criticisms of rational american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org models and represents people’s convictions about what is and is not correct. the significance of this factor in predicting the consumer’s intention to purchase organic food was also demonstrated in this research and the value of the standardized beta coefficient indicated the most substantial association in comparison with the other factors. conclusions our use of the social-psychological tpb model to explain the behaviour of young middle-east consumers when purchasing organic food brought us some interesting conclusions. it transpired that the most important factors were moral aspects and health concerns, which reinforces the results of previous research which pointed to the important influence of other variables. on the other hand, the influence of conscious control of behaviour was shown to be insignificant, which corresponds to the trend in healthy living and the result that consumers are willing to pay higher prices for organic food. references [1] hunt, s. d. (2004). a general theory of competition: resources, competences, productivity, and economic growth. thousand oaks, california: sage publications. [2] jaworski, b., & kohli, a. (2006). co-creating the voice of the customer. in r. f. lush, & [3] s. l. vargo (eds), the service-dominant logic of marketing. new york: m.e. sharpe, inc. (chapter 8). [4] kale, s. h. (2004, september–october). crm failure and the seven deadly sins. marketing management, 13, 42–46. [5] kazman, r., & chen, h.-m. (2009). the metropolis model: a new logic for the development of crowdsourced systems. communications of the acm, 52(7), 76–84. [6] lusch, r. l. & vargo, s. l. (2014), service-dominant logic: premises, prospects, possibilities, cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. [7] microstrategy, inc. (2001). the power of ecrm. www.microstrategy.com/ecrmwhitepaper mitussis, d., o’malley, l., & patterson, m. (2006). mapping the re-engagement of crm with [8] relationship marketing. european journal of marketing, 40(5/6), 572–589. [9] naim, a., sattar, r. a., al ahmary, n.., & razwi, m. t. (2021) implementation of quality matters standards on blended courses: a case study. finance india indian institute of finance vol. xxxv no. 3, september 2021 pages—873 – 890 [10] naim, a. (2021). application of quality matters in digital learning in higher education. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 1(1), 3-12. [11] naim, a., & alahmari, f. (2020). reference model of e-learning and quality to establish interoperability in higher education systems. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(2), 15-28. [12] naim, a., alahmari, f., & rahim, a. (2021). role of artificial intelligence in market development and vehicular communication. smart antennas: recent trends in design and applications, 2, 28. [13] naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., & hweij, t. a. (2019, april). ensuring interoperability of e-learning and quality development in education. in 2019 ieee jordan international joint conference on electrical engineering and information technology (jeeit) (pp. 736-741). ieee. http://www.microstrategy.com/ecrmwhitepaper american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org [14] naim, a., khan, m. f., hussain, m. r., & khan, n. (2019). “virtual doctor” management technique in the diagnosis of ent diseases. joe, 15(9), 88. [15] naim, a. (2020). realization of diverse electronic tools in learning and teaching for students with diverse skills. global journal of enterprise information system, 12(1), 72-78. [16] naim, a., & bashir, a. (2016). application of quality matters standards on supportive and online module in higher education program. research revolution, 5(3), 6-12. [17] naim, a. (2018). strategies to achieve students’ centric approach in blended learning. international journal of engineering and management research (ijemr), 8(2), 214-219. [18] naim, a. (2021). green information technologies in business operations. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 36-49. [19] naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. [20] naim, a. (2021). new trends in business process management: applications of green information technologies. british journal of environmental studies, 1(1), 12-23. [21] arshi naim, & mohammad faiz khan. (2021). measuring the psychological behavior of consumers for medical services. zien journal of social sciences and humanities, 2, 119–131. retrieved from http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 [22] naim, a. (2021). applications of marketing framework in business practices. journal of marketing and emerging economics, 1(6), 55-70. [23] naim, a. . . (2021). green business process management. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(6), 125–134. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 [24] naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. [25] naim, a., & alqahtani, k. (2021). role of information systems in customer relationship management. pulse, 2(2). [26] bashir, m. a., & naim, a. ict adoption analysis for innovation in higher education sector. [27] naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87– 94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 [28] naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87– 94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 [29] naim, a. . (2022). economies of scale for antenna’s applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77–82. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 [30] arshi naim. (2021). applications of e-learning tools for achieving students learning outcomes. journal of pedagogical inventions and practices, 2(2), 75–82. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 [31] naim, a., muniasamy, a., clementking, a., rajkumar, r. (2022). relevance of green manufacturing and iot in industrial transformation and marketing management. in: lahby, m., al-fuqaha, a., maleh, y. (eds) computational intelligence techniques for green smart cities. green energy and technology. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-96429-0_19 http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-96429-0_19 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org [32] arshi naim. (2022). mapping of social customer relationship management with electronic customer relationship management. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 2, 14–25. retrieved from https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 [33] naim, a. (2022). e-learning engagement through convolution neural networks in business education. european journal of innovation in nonformal education, 2(2), 497-501. [34] naim, a. (2022). measurement consumer mood and emotions for fast moving consumer goods. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 83-86. [35] naim, a. (2022). neuro-marketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 8794. [36] naim, a. (2022). economies of scale for antenna's applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77-82. [37] arshi naim. (2022). public enterprises: their role, importance and need in economic development. american journal of business management, economics and banking, 1, 1–11. retrieved from https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajbmeb/article/view/7 [38] arshi naim (2022) role of accounting and finance in performance appraisal. american journal of sociology, economics and tourism, 1-17 retrieved from 2022 https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajset/issue/view/4 [39] arshi naim (2022) islamic philosophy based business model. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 1-5. retrieved from https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajrhss/issue/view/2 [40] arshi naim. (2022). mapping of social customer relationship management with electronic customer relationship management. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 2, 14–25. retrieved from https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 [41] chen, q., & chen, h.-m. (2004). exploring the success factors of ecrm strategies in practice. [42] journal of database marketing and customer strategy management, 11(4), 333–343. [43] chen, h.-m., & vargo, s. l. (2008). toward an alternate logic for electronic customer relationship management. international journal of business environment, 2(2), 116–132. [44] huffington post. (2012). #mcdstories, mcdonald’s twitter hashtag promotion, goes horribly wrong. retrieved november 12, 2012, http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/01/23/ mcdstories-twitterhashtag_n_1223678.html https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajbmeb/article/view/7 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=9607033831195978893&btni=1&hl=en https://scholar.google.com/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=9607033831195978893&btni=1&hl=en https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajset/issue/view/4 https://ejird.journalspark.org/index.php/ejird/article/view/10 http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/01/23/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 8, | jan., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org application of fillers to create composite materials and creation of new properties norxo’jayeva inoyatxon olimjon qizi andijan machine-building institute – bachelor student,uzbekistan e-mail:norxojayevainoyatxon@gmail.com, tel:979887400 shirinboyev mirzabek ilhomjon ugli andijan machine-building institute – bachelor student,uzbekistan e-mail:mirzabekshirinboyev@gmail.com, tel:941681614 azimov sarvarbek qayumjon ugli andijan machine-building institute – master student,uzbekistan e-mail:sarvarbekazimovprof@mail.ru, tel:932565881 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article we will use the filling for the preparation of composite materials, and what to use it for. how we apply the filler and how it helps us to create new composite materials are given information about these. composite materials, polymer materials, dispersed fillers, metals powder, carbovoloknites, polymides, inorganic matrix and materials. introduction the main purpose of filling for the preparation of composite materials for the design purpose is to obtain a reinforced polymer material. that is, to obtain material that has improved its physical and mechanical properties in a complex way. to achieve this, fiber-selective fillers or fine dispersing fillers, sheared glass fibers, thin metal fibers, etc.are introduced. when creating composite materials with a special property, the filler is usually introduced into the material in such a way that it gives it not a mechanical, but another, for example, electrophysical property.[1] when obtaining initial conductive polymer materials, graphite or technical carbon-filled phenolformaldehyde and thermorreactive tar-based composites used for a number of resistors were used. after these, initially natural, then conductive elastomers based on artificial rubber, filled with technical carbon, appeared. nowadays, fiber or dispersing fillers of different district nature are used to give the polymer material a special electrophysical property.[2] analysis of literature on the topic disperse fillers. to the dispersed fillers used to give the material a special electrophysical property, black soot, graphite, metal powder, sheared fiber for threading, etc.are introduced. ferrites are tel:932565881 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org introduced for magnetic composituals, and segnetoelectrics powder (e.g. barium titanate) is introduced for segnetoelectric composite materials. another group of dispersing fillers that many users use nowadays include polymers in the form of dispersed particles.[3] metals powder. sufficiently high electrical conductivity can be achieved only at their high concentrations when metals (cu, al, ni, zn, au, ag) powder are introduced into the polymer. because, the surface of the particles is in most cases covered with an oxide veil and resists the transport of the inter-particle charge. in addition to it, the polymer weighs the composite to a significant extent due to the fact that the density of the metal is many times greater than its density. these all lead to the fact that such type fillers are used only in exceptional cases. for example, in the issuance of magnetic properties to composite materials,in the electronics industry, in the preparation of electrically conductive clays, which are used to avoid details in soldering, etc.[4] methodology such clays are made with a much higher concentration of silver colloid (up to 70% mass) in order to achieve a sufficient level of permeability value in the preparation, which limits the area of application of such clays. the use of special mixing methods or the application of an unusual form of metal particles (tangent, leaf-shaped,branched, etc.) leads to a decrease in their concentration, which ensures a certain level of permeability. depending on the type of metal ,its chemical purity, shape and size, the price of powders is determined. some of the fillers for composite materials are given below.[5] carbovolocnites (ugleplasts) is a composition consisting of a polymer matrix and a reinforcement in the form of carbon fibers. polyimides, epoxy and feiolformaldehyde resins are used as polymer matrices.[6] polymides-based kmu-2 and kmu2l carbovolocnites can be used up to a temperature of 300°c. they are resistant to water and chemical influences. carboshavoloknites contain glass fibers along with coumarin fibers, which makes the material cheaper. carbovolocnites are used in the chemical, shipbuilding and aviation industries. when ordinary polymer carbovolocnites are treated in an inert or return atmosphere, graphitized carbovolocnites or carbon matrix carbovolocnites are formed. for example, the strength and gilded viscosity of the kup-vm type carbon matrix carbovolocnite is 5-10 times more than that of special graphite ones. up to 2200°c when heated in an inert atmosphere, it does not lose its consistency. carbon matrix carbovolocnites are multiplied in the preparation of chemical apparatus.[7] progress of the study borvoloknites are a composition consisting of polymer binding, fixing, boron fibers. modified epoxy and polyimide binders are used to obtain borvoloknites. borvolocnites have a high degree of compressive, slip strength, hardness, thermal and electrical conductivity. they are resistant to water and chemical influences. items made of borvoloknites are used in space and aviation equipment (shovels and rotors of compressors, shovels of helicopter screws, etc.).[8] organic voloknites are compositions consisting of a polymer binder, a synthetic fiber magnifier. elastic fibers such as lavsan, kapron, nitron serve as a maximizer. polyimides, epoxide and phenol formaldehyde undergo tar binding service. organic volocnites have a low density, a relatively large specific consistency, a high degree of enveloping viscosity. organic voloknites are used in aviation equipment, in the electrical industry, in chemistry mechanical engineering. boron, carbon fibers, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org stringy crystals of difficult-to-liquefy compounds, tungsten or steel wires utter a maximizing service. the matrix material is selected taking into account the function of the composite material (corrosion resistance, resistance to oxidation). light and plastic metals (aluminum, magnesium) and their alloys are used as a matrix. by volume, the amount of reinforcements is 3-50%. metals that are armirovks with fibers are used in aviation and rocket technology. the use of composite materials requires the creation of new methods for preparing details in catarrhal cases, as well as a change in the principle of constructing machine detail rings.[9] results and discussion depending on the nature of the component cladding, composite materials are divided into the following four groups: 1) it contains metal or metal alloy; 2) contains inorganic compounds of oxides, carbides and nitrides; 3) contains non-metallic element, carbon, boron and yes caso li component boron; 4) the components are a combination of organic substances (epoxy, polyhydrous, phenolic and yes caso. tar) is formed. composite materials have a much higher relative bickness (e/r) and relative thoroughness (a-b/p) compared to present-day structural materials. the elasticity module of the composite material can be lifted by carefully placing it in the same direction on the desired side.the reliability of composite materials is also high. in ordinary alloys, breaking and its growth goes quickly during operation. in the composite material, the cracked finish begins with the matrix. it can not grow, because on the way it goes to the pouring filler.[10] in composite materials of this type, the matrix is mainly made of metal and alloy consists of. metalbased compositions are uniform with dispersed particles it is punctured.[11] dispersed particles: 1) microscopic (d = 0.01-0.1 µm); 2) it will be small (d = 1-50 µm). properties are isotropic.[12] selective compositions with dispersed particles are often obtained by the method of powder metallurgy. main stages: 1.obtaining a mixture of matrix metal and powder powder (special powders are obtained by methods. then mixed in special machines). 2.pressing powder in steel matrices and turning into a compact zagotovka. then its thermal performance "spekonie" during the period of pressing, deforming and thermal performance, the product acquires an optimal, stable dislocation structure. nickel matrix composite materials: more heat— resistant nickel alloys are sintered; in order to raise the operating time and temperature (11001200°c). pukhtalov-chilar: filigree crystals (whiskers) of ai2o3, hard-soluble metal and wires of their alloys based on tungsten and molybdenum; carbon and silicon carbide fibers.[13] nickel and nichrome are tested by powder metallurgy method with ai2o3 threads. such a composite characteristic: 9% ai2o3 buisa, a b = 1800-2100 mpa, relative height 22-25 km. heat-resistant nickel alloys are more common with tungsten-selective composites. plastic is obtained by the deformation method: rolling, blasting welding. it is pressed hot in a vacuum: one layer is heat-resistant american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org nickelchromovolfram alloy xh60b, one layer is wire from w15 (d = 0.15—0.18 mm).in this way, the floor is pressed. this composite works at 1100— poo^s.the representative of such composites is bkh-1. matrix: cast heat-resistant alloy js6k, sinker: tungsten cable ba, d = 0.5 mm. composite materials based on inorganic matrix: composite materials composed of matrices based on inorganic polymers are a promising material.typical representatives of inorganic polymer binders are: silicates, ceramics, nitrides, borides, carbides. these are easy to get. special property: the thoroughness of the atomic bond makes up the polymer chain. the most common are ceramic composite materials. these are created on the basis of oxides of metals and oxygen-free compounds (carbides, borides, nitrides, silicides). the creation of composite metal material allows you to create a new technique: working at high temperatures, inedible, thorough, etc.[14] aluminum matrix composite materials: technical aluminum and its alloys are used as the composite materia matrix: adi, d16, sap and others.high-strength steel (08x18h9t; 1x15h4am3; ep322 and h.k.) wires, beryllium wires, bar, silicon carbide, carbon fibers are used.the composite material is rolled, which is carefully combined with steel wires. rolling mode temperature, deflection determined by direction and level.the rolling temperature is determined by the temperature-loss of steel fluidity ("razuprochnenie"). for example, for steels 08x18h9t and 12x18h10t, the rolling temperature is 380 400°c, (the temperature at which these steels lose their strength is 400°c). same 15x15h4am3 and the rolling temperature for ep322 steels is 420-450°c (loss of thoroughness t = 450°c).deformation direction when rolling is made by bending in the direction of the scrapers so that the fibers do not break during the rolling period.at enterprises the production of composite kac-1 has been established. in this case, a dowel is a wire made of steel sinch 1x15h4am3 (diameter d 0.15 mm). matrix av or sap-1.[15] conclusions experiments show that the shock viscosity of composite marerials is demonstrated by the thermosetting effect of the thrower. in the experiment, rock granite was taken as a model. granite is a natural composite material. blow determination of the viscosity of using the pendulum's classical “sharpi” method is determined by. dynamic consistency assessment the size of the work spent breaking the sample has been adopted. the work spent on breaking the kundalang cross section of the sample is called the shock viscosity of the material. in composite materials, the values the structural binding energies of molecular compounds in the matrix and filler phases lie in a wide range.it is widely used for the desired purpose, from different variations of the characteristics of substances under the influence of temperature. with a change in temperature, the oscillations of the molecules that make up the substance vary depending on the energy of the interconnection. especially. as you know, since the main role in moving oscillation under the influence of temperature is played by the magnitude of the binding energy, when it is determined by changing the temperature with an extremely small step (values) and changing the composite heat capacity, it becomes possible to obtain information about structural molecular bonds based on changes in it. 1. a scientifically based approach to the creation of composite materials was shown. 2. composite materials, anti-shock and adhesion strength, determined. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 3. correlation dependencies between the vibrodempfirizing efficiency of the material and the antiimpact strength of the coating on its basis have been established. 4. it was shown that on the basis of the elastic characteristics of the composition, one can think about its anti-shock consistency. references 1.azimov sarvarbek qayumjon ugli, shirinboyev mirzabek ilhomjon ugli. (2022). development of technology for creating polymeric composite materials based on polyvinylidenftoride and dispersed fillers. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(13), 828–835. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7467355 2. ro‘zimatov muxammadjon abdumo’min o’g’li, azimov sarvarbek qayumjon o’g’li, shirinboyev mirzabek ilhomjon o’g’li, dvigatellarining quvvati va tejamkorligini orttirish yo‘llarini taxlil qilish , новости образования: исследование в xxi веке: том 1 № 5 (2022): новости образования: исследование в xxi веке 3.men sevgan yetuk olimlar karimova muyassarxon abduqayumovna, azimov sarvarbek qayumjon o‘g’li journal of new century innovations 19 (5), 125-129, 2022 4.muxammadjon abdumo’min o’g’li, r. , sarvarbek qayumjon o’g’li, a. и safarali sulaymonovich, t. 2022. development of a machine for cutting cotton. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке. 1, 5 (дек. 2022), 192–198. 5.yer osti quvurlariga grunt bosimi. bir jinsli gruntda joylashgan quvurga gruntning o ‘rtacha vertikal bosimi qi tavakkal o'g’li, sm ilhomjon o'g'li, as qayumjon o'g'li новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 2022 6.muxammadjon abdumo’min o’g’li, r. ., sarvarbek qayumjon o’g’li, a., & mirzabek ilhomjon o’g’li, s. . (2022). dvigatellarining quvvati va tejamkorligini orttirish yo‘llarini taxlil qilish. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(5), 199–206. извлечено от http://nauchniyimpuls.ru/index.php/noiv/article/view/2305 7.carriers lifetime in silicon bases solar cell sarvar azimov, avazbek alisherovich mirzaalimov молодой ученый, 97-101, 2020 8.potential barrier in silicon solar cells sarvar azimov, avazbek alisherovich mirzaalimov молодой ученый, 94-97, 2020 9.temperature characteristics of semiconductor diode sarvar azimov, avazbek alisherovich mirzaalimov молодой ученый, 85-89, 2020 10.mathematical analyze of optical properties of solar cells hajrullo aslonov, odilbek dehkonboev, sarvar azimov молодой ученый, 6-9, 2020 11.the lifetime of charge carriers in silicon-based solar cells u ismoilov, n mirzaalimov, s jurayeva, b negmatov, s azimov, a alijonov, m zulunova deutsche internationale zeitschrift für zeitgenössische wissenschaft, 27-29, 2021 12.iv characteristics of semiconductor diode jasurbek gulomov, sarvar azimov, irodakhon madaminova, hayrullo aslonov, odilbek dehqonboyev студенческий вестник, 77-80, 2020 13.exploring working principle of vacuum diode by virtual laboratory sarvar azimov https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7467355 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 8, jan., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 14.azimov sarvarbek qayumjon ugli, yusupov bunyodbek abdukarim ugli, & madina zarbotova qaxromon qizi. (2023). important aspects in the application of composite materials and new methods of application. texas journal of engineering and technology, 16, 11–14. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjet/article/view/3170 15. ugli, a. s. q. ., qizi, n. i. o. ., & ugli, s. m. i. . (2023). areas of creation, promising development and use of composite material. american journal of science and learning for development, 2(1), 16–19. retrieved from https://interpublishing.com/index.php/ajsld/article/view/868 https://zienjournals.com/index.php/tjet/article/view/3170 https://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ajsld/article/view/868 https://inter-publishing.com/index.php/ajsld/article/view/868 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org prospects for the introduction of innovative educational technologies in military training bazarov babur oripovich colonel dustjonov farkhod yaroshevich armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in recent years, innovative educational technologies have gained a lot of attention in various fields, including the military one. this article examines the prospects and potential advantages of introducing innovative educational technologies into army training programs. we study how these technologies can improve academic performance, improve the effectiveness of training procedures, and ultimately contribute to the development of highly qualified and flexible military personnel. key areas of focus include virtual reality, augmented reality, gamification, and adaptive learning. using the benefits of these technologies, armed forces around the world can revolutionize their educational programs and adapt to the ever-evolving challenges of modern warfare. introduction the rapidly developing nature of military action and the increasing complexity of modern threats necessitate the introduction of innovative educational technologies in the preparation of the army. this article offers an overview of the potential benefits of integrating modern technologies into the framework of military training, providing a progressive perspective on how these changes can significantly increase training results and operational readiness. virtual reality in military training (vr) : virtual reality (vr) has proven to be an invaluable tool in various fields, including military training. this section explores vr's potential to simulate real-world combat scenarios, allow listeners to interact with dynamic environments, make tactical decisions, and raise awareness of the situation. in addition, using vr can enhance teamwork and collaboration, as well as improve knowledge storage and transfer. augmented reality (ar) programs: augmented reality (ar) has tremendous potential in military training by providing listeners with realtime, context-sensitive information and placing them in a physical environment. this section provides practical examples of how ar can increase soldier readiness, increase combat effectiveness, maintenance and repair assistance, and head screens (huds) to support navigation. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org ar technology provides a immersive learning experience by closing digital elements to the real world. in the context of spatial graphics and geometry, ar can persuade visualization and perception of complex shapes and constructions. students can use ar programs to superimpose digital models, annotations, or step-by-step instructions on physical objects, to facilitate manual learning.gamification in army education: gamification, incorporating elements of game design into a non-game context, offers a new approach to military education. this section explores the possibilities of gamification in the development of participation, motivation and skill among soldiers. by converting learning modules into interactive and immersive experiences, game techniques can increase listener loyalty and knowledge retention. gamification refers to the integration of game elements and mechanics into non-game contexts to improve user engagement, motivation and learning. in the context of army training, gamification can be used as a tool to make the training and training process more interactive, dynamic and effective. some ways to implement gamification in army education: • training simulations: using virtual reality or augmented reality technology, soldiers can be immersed in realistic training simulations that mimic real-world combat scenarios. these simulations help increase pressure-based decision-making skills, problem-solving skills, and critical thinking. * leaderboards and competitions: creating a leaderboard and organizing friendly competitions helps to develop a healthy sense of competition among soldiers. soldiers can monitor their progress, compare their performance with their peers, and strive to improve their ratings. this can be involved in motivation and the learning process. • success badges and awards: creating a system of achievements that rewards soldiers with badges, medals or points to complete tasks, pass exams or demonstrate specific skills can create a sense of success and recognition. this can encourage soldiers to actively participate in the training process and strive for excellence. • storytelling and story-driven learning: incorporating story elements into curricula can make them more interesting and compelling. soldiers can follow a story or character through a variety of missions, where they must apply the acquired knowledge and skills to overcome challenges and progress in the storyline. • team-based challenges: organizing team-based challenges or exercises helps with collaboration and teamwork. soldiers can work together to solve problems, complete missions, or achieve common goals, developing the skills needed for effective military action. • immediate feedback and progress tracking: the introduction of real-time feedback mechanisms and progress tracking tools helps soldiers assess their performance and identify areas of improvement. this can create a sense of responsibility and encourage soldiers to take an active part in the training trip. in general, gamification can revolutionize army education by making training more fun, efficient and enjoyable for soldiers. this can increase their learning experience, increase motivation and ultimately contribute to their professional development and readiness for real problems. adaptive education systems: adaptive learning systems analyze individual learner data to personalize educational content and delivery methods. this section highlights the benefits of adaptive training in the military field where customized training programs can meet the unique needs of each soldier. adaptive systems optimize american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org learning outcomes and accelerate skill development by continuously adapting to their progress, performance, and strengths and weaknesses. challenges and considerations: the introduction of innovative educational technologies in the military field also presents specific problems. this section discusses ideas such as cyber security, economic efficiency, infrastructure requirements, and the need for adequate training and support systems for teachers. solving these problems is essential to ensure successful integration and optimal use of new educational technologies. 10 points that illuminate the potential prospects for the introduction of innovative educational technologies in military training: 1. advanced engagement: innovative technologies such as virtual reality (vr), augmented reality (ar), and gamified training platforms can significantly increase listener activity and motivation during military training. this can lead to the preservation of knowledge and the development of skills. 2. realistic simulations: advanced simulators combined with high-resolution graphics and immersive environments offer realistic training scenarios for military personnel. these simulations can replicate a variety of combat situations to help soldiers gain experience in a safe and manageable setting. 3. cost reduction: the application of innovative educational technologies can reduce overhead associated with traditional military training methods. using a virtual training environment, expensive resources such as ammunition, fuel, and equipment can be saved. 4. availability and portability: with the development of mobile devices and internet connectivity, educational technologies can be accessed remotely, allowing staff training in different locations. the portability of these technologies allows on-demand training, regardless of geographical limitations. 5. individual education: innovative educational technologies are able to adapt to individual educational styles and pace and provide customized learning experiences for military personnel. personalized learning paths can refer to individual strengths, weaknesses, and educational goals, maximizing the effectiveness of training programs. 6. data-based performance assessment: advanced technologies can collect and analyze data during training exercises, allowing a detailed performance assessment. this data-driven approach helps to identify areas of improvement and provides real-time feedback to the audience, which helps to improve continuous skill. 7. cyber security training: the introduction of innovative educational technologies can also meet the need for cyber security training in military operations. interactive platforms and simulations can provide practical experience in protecting against cyber threats and preparing employees for digital warfare. 8. distance cooperation and communication: educational technologies can facilitate distance cooperation between military personnel, allowing them to train together even when physically separated. virtual classes, collaborative learning environments, and real-time communication tools can enhance teamwork and coordination skills. 9. life education: the application of innovative educational technologies in military training can promote a lifelong culture of education among personnel. by offering convenient and interesting learning experiences, self-contained modules and continuous professional development, soldiers can be updated with the latest techniques and practices. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 10. technology transfer: investing in innovative educational technologies for military training can also enhance technology transfer between the military and civilian sectors. research and development for military purposes can lead to advances that are more widely used in areas such as health, education and industry. while these perspectives provide potential benefits, it is important to consider the challenges and ethical implications associated with the introduction of innovative educational technologies into military training. the implementation of these technologies should be carried out carefully and in accordance with specific military goals and values. 7. conclusion: including innovative educational technologies, it undoubtedly promises a great promise for the future of military training. potential benefits from virtual reality to augmented reality, gamification, and adaptive learning systems are of great importance. armed forces around the world must take advantage of the opportunities offered by these technologies to change their training programs and develop a highly qualified, flexible and operational ready military workforce. through careful consideration, cooperation and investment, the prospects of educational innovation in the army can be realized in order to bring military capabilities to new heights. references 1. j. kiszely, “post-modern challenges for modern warriors” (shrivenham paper no. 5, defence academy of the united kingdom, swinton, wiltshire, uk, 2007). 2. j. e. coulson, ed., programmed learning and computerbased instruction (wiley, new york, 1962). 3. e. h. galanter, ed., automatic teaching: the state of the art (wiley, new york, 1959). 4. j. d. fletcher, m. r. rockway, in military contributions to instructional technology, j. a. ellis, ed. (praeger, new york, 1986), pp. 171–222. 5. office of technology assessment, u.s. congress, power on! new tools for teaching and learning (ota-set-379, government printing office, washington, dc, 1988), p. 158. 6. d. bitzer, p. braunfield, w. lichtenberger, ieee trans. educ. 4, 157 (1961). 7. r. c. atkinson, h. a. wilson, eds., computer-assisted instruction: a book of readings (academic, new york,1969). 8. a. s. gibbons, p. g. fairweather, in training and retraining: a handbook for business, industry, government, and the military, s. tobias, j. d. fletcher, eds. (macmillan reference, new york, 2000), pp. 410–442. 9. j. d. ford, d. a. slough, r. e. hurlock, computer assisted instruction in navy technical training using a small dedicated computer system: final report (research rep. no. srr 73-13, navy personnel research and development center, san diego, ca, 1972). 10. j. f. vinsonhaler, r. k. bass, educ. technol. 12, 29 (1972). 11. j. d. fletcher, int. j. cogn. ergon. 5, 317 (2001). 12. w. r. uttal, in programmed learning and computer-based instruction, j. e. coulson, ed. (wiley, new york, 1962), pp. 171–190. 13. j. r. carbonell, ieee trans. man mach. syst. 11, 190 (1970). american journal of technology and applied sciences eissn (e): 2832-1766| volume 1, | april, 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org cost trend: meaning and importance of cost trend in public enterprises arshi naim department of information systems, kku, ksa arshi@kku.edu.sa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the specialization large scale production, international marketing and increasing competition make it necessary not only to keep the cost under control but to reduce the cost to the maximum possible extent. to stand in the keen competition in the international markets makes it very important that the costs of exports are kept at the minimum and uninterrupted and efforts are made to locate new areas of cost control and reduction. at present when the world is moving at a fast rate only those concerns can survive who are continuously striving for improving their efficiency and effectiveness, and adding the value through cost reduction and bettering the product. a proper analysis f cost may enable the management to find sources of waste and cost as-elations. the analysis of cost provides the basic information on the basis of which top management may effectively control and reduce the cost. cost control, international marketing, management, large scale production introduction sail, balcd and hzl are three public enterprises selected for the present study. all the selected public enterprises engaged in the production elf metal. sail is produces iron, balcd is producing aluminium while hzl is producing zinc as the basic product. besides producing the basic product, all these companies are producing a variety of diversified products. in the published financial statements of all the three public enterprises engaged in the metal sector, the details relating to the cost of production of different products have not been given and merely the details of total expenses incurred on all the products produced by the enterprises have been shown. as such, it was not possible to calculate the unit cost of the product. therefore, to study cost of various heads c. f expenses, head of expenses has been calculated from the total cost. this will provide an idea about the variations in various heads of expenses. the details of various head of expenses in all the three public enterprises under study have been discussed below. the study of various heads of expenses in the public enterprises under the study will give a meaningful view of inter-firm comparison of cost trends. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org raw materials the average proportion of raw materials in sail was 33.58 per cent which varied from 30.29 per cent in 2004 to 37.18 per cent in·1996 forming a range of 6.89 per cent. the proportion on the whole marked a varied trend. compared to 1995 the proportion significantly increased during 1996 from 33.26 per cent to 37.18 per cent. one of the reasons for this increase was steady deterioration in the quality of cooking coal. the directors of the company mentioned this fact in annual reports from time to time. input constraints and interruptions in the supply of power also adversely affected the proportion of raw materials. the directors of the company mentioned in the company's 1996 annual report and accounts that "input constraints continued to affect production of integrated plants this year as well. these plants could attain 81 per cent of target for ingot steel, 88 per cent for saleable steel and 68 per cent for pig iron. alloy steels plant fulfilled 68 per cent of target. the supplies of basic inputs like power, coal and rail transport projected for meeting targets were not fully available and shortfalls of these made attaining targets difficult. explaining the cause of loss in production due to shortage of power, the directors further stated that, "the loss of production of saleable steel suffered by steel plants on account of shortage of power amounted to 430 thousand tonnes, equivalent to 8.3 per cent the total saleable steel production during the year. rourkela steel plant with 239 thousand tonnes alone accounted for 56 per cent of this loss. bokaro steel plant also suffered a production loss of 100 thousand tonnes representing 23 per cent of production loss in sail on this account." the high ash content in the coal was also an important factor high partly increased the proportion of raw materials. the directors of the company in this regard stated that, "the average ash content continued" to be 2 to 3 per cent above the promised level of 20.5 per cent with a high degree of day to day fluctuations. with higher ash content in indigenous coking coal, advantages of 1.33 million tonnes of low ash metallurgical cooking coal imported during the year largely got nullified. during the year 1997 the proportion of raw material significantly decreased to. 34.71 per cent as" compared 37.18 per cent in 1996. the proportion during 1998 again increased slightly as compared to 1997 and it was 35.88 per cent. the proportion during 1999 slightly decreased ad it was 34.20 per cent the 2004. the decrease in the proportion was due to improvement in the quality of cooking coal. regarding the techno-economic parameters the directors of the company stated that, "the company including the burnpur works achieved significant improvements in technoeconomic-parameters during the year. the overall coke consumption rate in blast furnaces has been brought down by 4 per cent during 1999, thereby effecting a saving in coking coal consumption. there was an improvement of about 5 per cent in the specific consumption of electricity per tonne of saleable steel during 1999 over 1998. the overall energy consumption per tonne of crude steel in sail plants has been improved by 6 per cent 1999. there has been a general improvement in blast productivity over 1998. the purchase of raw material has been contained at the same level as in 1998 in spite of the increase in the production of hot metal and the crude steel by 11 per cent and 12 per cent respectively. this has been brought about by increased receipts from captive sources and reduction in specific consumption rates. however, the proportion of raw material during the year 1985-86 was high due to some constraints in production. the directors of the company reported in the annual report of 1999 that, "the hot metal production at the sail plants was affected mainly due to: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org the 38 days long illegal strike at the blast furnace department of bsl during april-may, 1999. borkaro's four blast furnaces operation against the plant of five blast furnaces operation till 22nd december, 1999. three blast furnaces operation at dsp against the plan for four blast furnaces operation due to delay in the commissioning of blast furnace no. 1 which was down from 6th january, 1998 and was blown in on 17th september, 1999."5 the proportion of raw materials further decreased to 32.52 per cent in 2000, 30.83 per cent in 2001 and 30.29 per cent in 2002. this was due to improved technology adopted by the company. it is suggested that the cooking coal used should be of a good quality. the government should try to supply adequate electricity to iron and steel companies. the company should continue to make research in order to improve the production performance. in balco the proportion of raw materials was on the whole constant. the average proportion was 21.35 per cent which varied in a very small range of 0.94 per cent. the highest proportion was in 2001 being 21.90 per cent which decreased 6 20.96 per cent in 2003 which was the lowest for the period of the study. the directors of the company mentioned that "despite the major constraint of inadequate and erratic power supply, concerted efforts were made by your company to improve the consumption and operating parameters, especially during the productivity year 1996." the directors further presented the norms and actual consumption. in the w6rds of the directors; it can be said, "the norms and the consumption of various inputs during 1996 are as under: during 1997 the proportion increased to 21.58 per cent as compared to 20.84 per cent in 1996. however, the proportion during 1998 and 1999 was 21.54 per cent and 21.55 per cent respectively. it decreased to 20.52 per cent in 2000 but sharply increased to 21.90 per cent in 2001. it came down to 20.96 per cent in 2002. it is suggested that the company should keep up the efforts to improve productivity. consumption of various raw materials per tonne of aluminum produced (1981-82 and 1982-83) the proportion of raw materials in hindustan zinc limited marked a fluctuating trend throughout the period of the study from 1995 to 192003. the average proportion was 32.37 per cent. the proportion during 1995 was 38.66 per cent which sharply increased in 1996 to 39.62 per cent, the highest for the period of the study. during 1997 to 1999 the proportion continuously decreased and was 34.68 per cent, 30.99 per cent and 29.01 per cent respectively. the decrease in the proportion of raw materials was due to improvement in technology. the chairman of the company mentioned that "the company is conscious of the role of technology for increasing productivity and, therefore, is taking steps towards up-dating the same." the improvement in the position of power supply also helped in decreasing the proportion of raw materials. it is suggested that the company should continue the efforts to improve productivity. the proportion during 2000 increased to 33.54 per cent but decreased to 28.33 percent in 2001 and 24.15 per cent in 2002. the company should try to keep up the efforts to reduce the proportion of raw materials. an inter–firm comparison of the proportion of raw materials in the three metal companies in the public sector showed that the coefficient of range as shown in table 3.1 in the proportion of this expense as the lowest in balco followed by hzl and sail material decreased in all the companies but the rate of decrease was slow in case of sail and balco while it was faster in case of hzl. it is therefore, suggested that sail and balco should also take technological measures to improve the productivity and decrease the proportion of raw materials. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org excise duty the proportion of excise duty in sail during the period of the study from 1995 to 2002 marked a declining trend except in 1998 and 2002. it formed arrange of 3.30 per cent.the highest proportion was 9.37 per cent in 1995 while the lowest was 6.67 per cent in 2001. the average proportion for the period of the study was 7.01 percent. the proportion of excise duty in balco was around 14.10 per cent except in 2002, where it was 15.16 per cent and 17.43 per cent respectively. the proportion varied in a range of 5.76 per cent; the and highest being 17.43 per cent 2002 while the lowest being 11.67 per cent in 2000. the excise duty in case of hzl marked an increasing trend. it was 0.20 per cent in 1995 which increased to 0.21 in 1996, 0.33 in 1998 0.24 per cent in 1997, finally to 0.39 per cent in 1999 during 2000 to 2002 was constant to 0.03 per cent. the average proportion was 0.18 percent. during the period of the study it formed a range of 0.36 per cent. the coefficient of range of excise duty was the highest in case of hzl followed by sail and balco. on the whole balco contributed the highest per cent of excise duty. it shows that the burden of excise duty on aluminium is the highest. it is, therefore, suggested that the government should try to reduce the burden of excise duty on aluminium. it will help improve the production and sales performance of aluminium companies. salaries and wages in sail the proportion of salaries and wages marked a fluctuating trend during the period of the study. it was 13.61 per cent in 1995 which increased to 14.06 per cent during 1996 and 15.41 per cent during directors of the company mentionable that, there were some problems, however, due to politically motivated bands in the plants situated in the state of west bengal. the loss of man days this year due to the problems related to industrial relations was insignificant as in the previous year but further as many as 18,674 man days were lost due to political bandhs. during 1998 and 1999 the proportion continuously decreased and it was 14.01 per cent and 13.13 per cent respectively. this was due to managements efforts to increase labor productivity. the directors stated that, "considerable success has been achieved in controlling demurrage, overtime and eliminating shift change-over delays from key areas. discipline has been tightened and step taken to control absenteeism and improve work practies."10 sail introduced new ways and means to manage personnel problems. the directors mentioned that, "there was a changed approach in the management of industrial relations. instead of monitoring indices of man days/salable steel losses, focus was on building a new work culture by obtaining the participation of large groups of employees/ association and trade unions. attention was focused on systems of collective bargaining and conflict resolution. there was a greater and more fruitful interaction with the trade unions at the njcs and production and productivity forum."11 the proportion during 2002 decreased and was 12.51 per cent, being the interest for the period of study. the proportion of salaries and wages in balco during period of the study from 1995 to 2002 marked a declining trend except in 1999. the portion was 9.28 in 1996 which decreased to 9.24 per cent in 1996 the company maintain good industrial relations with workers and motivated them to improve productivity. the directors of the company mentioned that. the industrial relations during the year under review remained cordial and peaceful. with a view to improving productivity, a motivational incentive scheme based on industrial engineering studies has been introduced at korba complex from november, 1984 after the approval from the government with the government and agreement with the representative union."12 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org the proportion during 1999 increased as compound to 1998 but still it was lower than what it was in 1995 and 1996. the directors of the company mentioned that, "with the cooperation of the workmen, about 96.5% capacity utilization could be achieved during this year."13. the proportion during 2000 to 2002 marked an increasing trend and was 8.42 per cent in 1988-89. in hzl the proportion of salaries and wages continuously marked an increasing trend throughout the period of the study from 1995 to 2002. it was 16.25 per cent in 1995 which increased to 17.66 per cent in 1996, 17.67 per cent in 1997, 18.77 per cent in 1998 and finally to 19.00 per cent in 1999. the proportion during 2000 was 18.60 per cent which increased to 21.71 per cent in 2001 which it decreased to 18.38 per cent in 2002. the average proportion was 18.69 per cent. the increase in the proportion was due to good facilities and higher emoluments paid to employees. the number of employee in the company also increased. the directors mentioned that, "the manpower employed in your company at the end of 1999 as compared to stood at 11,568 at compared to 11,358 at the same time last year.". the industrial relations in this concern throughout the study period were cordial. the directors of the company mentioned that, "healthy and harmonious industrial relations are essential for optimum organizations performance. company's industrial relations approach is characterized by: participative management whereby tasks are sought to be accomplished on the basis of shared responsibility and mutual cooperation are given below: a air and enlightened collective bargaining system a sensitive and prompt grievance redressal system progressive personnel policies and their fair, just and objective implementation as a result of the above integrated systems approach, your company has been able to maintain stable industrial relations and industrial peace in most of its eight mining and smelting units. a comparison of coefficient of range showed that the proportion was the lowest in case of balco followed by sail and hzl. however, the proportion was the highest in case of hzl. the proportion of power and fuel in sail throughout the period of the study from 1995 to 2002 marked an increasing trend with an average of 10.28 per cent. the proportion was 7.53 per cent in 1995 which increased to 7.82 per cent in 1996 per cent in 1997, 8.68 per cent in 1998 .and 13.62 per cent in 2002. it formed a range of 5.65 per cent. the directors of the company reported some mis happening in captive power unit. according to them, "due to fire incident in bokaro captive plant on 10th/11th july, 2000, the unit no.1 which was commissioned december, 1985 and was under performance guarantee trial run has become nonoperational.16 the proportion of power and fuel in balc during the period of the study from 1995 to 2002 marked an increasing trend with an average of 10.28 per cent. the proportion was 7.63 per cent in 1995 which increased to 7.82 per cent in 1996, 8.15 per cent in 1997, 8.68 percent in 1998 and 3.62 per cent in 2002. it formed a range of 5.65 per cent. the directors of the company reported some mis happening in captive power unit. according to them, "due to fire incident in bokaro captive plant on 10th/11th july, 1986, the units no.1 which was commissioned in december, 1985 and was under performance guarantee trial run has become nonopertional. the proportion of power and fuel in balco during the period of the study from 1995 to 2002 continuously marked an increasing trend. the average proportion was 26.76 per cent. it was 31.51 per cent in 1995 which increased to 33.24 per cent in 1996. this increase was in spite of preventive measures taken by the company. the directors of the company started that, "consumption of electricity is a major input in the production of aluminium and constitutes american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org about 40 per cent of the cost of production. with a view to achieving reduction in energy consumption in the smelter, the following steps have been taken by your company: the introduction of the scheme of computerized control of cell voltage through installation of automatic voltage controller in the power supply system of the smelter complex;' this helps in controlling the operational conditions of the cells and reduction in electric energy consumption through on-line control of cell voltage; and the project of the 'study on the use of lithium carbonate in pot-lines' has been under taken under s & t plan. the reported advantages in the operation of the smelter with lithium modified bath technology are improvement in the current efficiency up to 3 per cent. reduction in the power consumption by 4 per cent to 7 per cent increase input amperage by about 10 per cent, decrease in fluoride emissions by 20 per cent – 50 per cent, significant reduction in carbon consumption. the increase in the proportion of power and fuel during 1996 was due to teething troubles faced by the company. during 1998 the proportion of power and fuel again increased to 34.25 per cent. the increasing trend continued as the proportion was 43.94 per cent in 2000 and 32.84 per cent in 2002. "the increase was due to enhanced power tariff (ii) levy of electricity duty cess from 1st march, 1996 and (iii) imposition of electricity duty. the proportion of power and fuel in hzl during the period of the study from 1995 to 2202 marked an increasing. the average proportion was 16.88 per cent. in 1995 the propc1rtion was 11.62 per cent which increased to 13.74 per cent in 1996 and further to 16.78 per cent in 1997. the directors of the company mentioned that, "in bihar" power supply from sseb continued to be erratic. the continuity of operations at tundoo smelter was maintained with the operation of dg sets. the target of the production achieved was 7,272 tones of lead metal. the production corresponds to 91 per cent of capacity utilisation. in 1998 the proportion decreased slightly and was 15.95 per cent. still this was higher than what it was in 1995 and 1996. in the annual report of the company the director mentioned that, "the power availability in rajasthan state vis-a-vis demand was less than that of the preceding year. however, with the intensive follow up by the company, assistance from the ministry of steel, mines and coal, government of india, and cooperative attitude of state government/electricity board, the company's rajasthan based units did get priority in allocation-still the power during the year was lower than the preceding year as reflected in table tat tundoo lead smelter, bihar, the power position continued to be irregular with 1833 power interruptions of about 1245 hours duration. d.g. sets were operated almost throughout the year to offset the harmful effect on operations due to erratic power. at sargipali mine, power confirmed to be erratic with 375 interruptions of about 250 hours' duration and restrictions, particularly during peak hours in the evening since february, 1999, affecting stabilisation of the newly commissioned mines and beneficiation plant." the proportion during 1999 increased sharply as it was 1909 per cent, study. it was 18.01 per cent in 2000, 18.75 \per cent in 2001 and 21.16 per cent in 2002. the director mentioned that, " at director mentioned that, "at tundoo lead smelter, the power supply position continued to be erratic with 1,760 interruptions of about 400 hours' duration, necessitating the operation of dg sets throughout the year to maintain the higher level of production. during the year, an extra feederhas been taken from ganeshpur substation of bseb to improve availability of power from the grid. its effect is likely to be felt during the current year. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org the power supply was erratic at sargipali mine with 387 interruptions of about 196 hours' duration affecting mining and beneficiation operations. the company has installed a dg set to set to partially overcome the problem created by erratic power supply. to augment the shortfall in power from the grid in rajasthan based units, the company has taken several steps. the possibility of supplying power from neighboring states was explored but looking to the technical to the technical problems in transfer of power to the state grid, as informed by rseb and the assurance given by the state government and rseb to meet the full requirement of the company's rajasthan based units, barring exceptional circumstances, the proposal present is not being persued." the company took remedial steps and the directors mentioned that, "the company has also been vigorously exploring the possibility of getting addition power from ntpc plants under central reserve quota, through rseb, for exclusive use of hzl. the company plans to install power generation capacity of about 15 mw at debari zinc smelter to augment power supply from the grid, in a phased manner. steps have been taken to install one 5 mw set immediately, followed by two more sets. an inter-firm comparison of the proportion of power and fuel of the public enterprises under study showed that the coefficient of range was the highest in case of hzl being 0.29 followed by sail being 0.26 blaco and being 0.76 roles in aluminium followed by zinc and steel. it is, therefore, suggested that government should give some subsidy to aluminium, companies so as to reduce cost of the metal. other factory expenses the proportion of other factory expenses in sail throughout the period of the study from (1995 to 1997) marked an increasing trend except in 1996. the proportion in 1995 was 18-69 per cent which slightly decreased to 18.47 per cent in 1996. the proportion fluctuated during the last three years from 2000 to 2002 and was 24.00 percent, 23.93 per cent and 24.72 per cent respectively. the average proportion was 22.10 per cent. the proportions during the study period varied in a range of 6.04 per cent. commenting on the selling price, the directors explained some areas of cost escalation. according to them, "we did not seek increase in the selling prices of steel in spite of the following cost escalations: cass on coal at pit-head value increased by bihar government from 20 percent to 30 per cent from 21st june, 1999 inward freight increased from 15th april, 1999 under the railway budget revision in power tariffs by the various state electricity boards reclassification of cola for freight purposes by railways from 1st october, 1999 administration price 9f coal revised upwards by rs.32 per tone from 8th january, 2000 other escalations in the prices of ferro-alloys petroleum products higher dearness allowances. however 50me constraints in production also adversely affected the factory express. according to the directors of the company,' "the hot meal production at the sail plants was affected mainly due to: the 38 day long illegal strike at the blast furnace department of bsl during april-may, 1999 bokaro's four blast furnaces operation against the plan of five blast furnaces operation till 22nd december, 1999 three blast furnaces operation at dsp against the plan for four blast furnaces operation due to delay in the commissioning of blast furnace no.1 which was down from 6th january, 1998 and was blown in an 17th september, in balco the proportion of other factor expenses during the period of the study american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org from 1995 to 2002 marked an increasing trend especially during the earlier period of the study while during the later years of the study it marked a decreasing trend. the proportion was 16.46 per cent in 1995 which increased to 17.59 per cent in 1996 and further to 18.36 per cent in 1997. the production, during this year was affected adversely due to the constraints of erratic and interrupted power supply. this adversely affected other factory expenses. during 1998 and 1999 the proportion considerably decreased and was 15.33 per cent and 12.75 per cent respectively. it was 11.45 per cent in 2000 10.05 per cent in 2001 and 15.25 per cent in 2002. the average proportion was 14.65 per cent and the range was 8.31 per cent. the proportion of other factory expenses in hzl factory expenses in fluctuated from year to year throughout the period of the study from 1995 to 2992. it was 31.74 per cent in 1995 which decreased to 27.23 per cent in 1996 while during 1997 and 1998 it increased to 29.07 per cent and 32.78 per cent respectively. however, during 2002 the proportion sharply increased and was 34.06 per cent. the average proportion was 31.09 per cent and the range was 10.55 per cent. administrative expenses the proportion of administrative expenses in sail marked a fluctuating trend during the period of the study (from 1995 to 2002). it fluctuated in a range of 7.08 with an average of 6.72 per cent. the proportion was 11.87 per cent in 1995 which decreased during 1996 and 1997 and was 9.46 per cent and 5.88 per cent respectively. the proportion during 1998 increased and was 6.17 per cent while during 1999 it slightly decreased to 5.94 per cent. it was 5.33 per cent 2202. the proportion of these expenses in balco also fluctuated from year to year. the average proportion was 3.66 per cent while the range was 1.40 per cent. the proportion was 2.96 per cent in 1995 which increased to 3.53 per cent in 1996 and 4.36 per cent in 1997. the proportion during 19898 decreased and it was 3.58 percent while it increased to 3.98 per cent during 2002. in hzl the proportion was very low and from 0.3 per cent to 0.6 per cent. the average proportion was 0.4 per cent. a comparison of these expenses of the three companies under the study revealed that in sail it was very significant and was the highest. the coefficient of range was also the highest in this concern. it is, therefore, suggested that sail should control this item of expenditure. selling and distribution expenses the proportion of selling and distribution expenses in sail during the period of the study (from 1995 to 2002) varied from 5.21 per cent in 1995 to 7.57 per cent in 1997. it formed a range of 2.36 per cent and average of 6.23 per cent. the proportion during 1995 was 5.57 per cent which slightly decreased to 5.21 per cent in 1996. however, the proportion sharply increased to 7.57 per cent while it again increased to 7.01 per cent in 2002. the proportion of these expenses was the highest in this concern as compared to all other companies under the study. the proportion of selling and distribution expenses in balco during the period of the study from 1995 to 2002 varied in a range of 0.85 per cent, the highest being 4.58 per cent in 1995 while the lowest being 0.73 per cent in 2000. the proportion of these expenses throughout the period of the study marked a fluctuating trend and was the lowest of all the companies under study. it was 1.58 per cent in 1995 and 1.12 per cent in 2002. in hzl the proportion of selling and distribution expenses varied in a range of 0.73 percent. it was 1.48 percent 1995 and 1996 which increased to 1.51 per cent in 1997 however it was only 1.13 per cent in 1998 and 1.19 per cent in 2002. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org the proportion of this expenditure was the highest in sail followed by hzl and balco. the coefficient of range was the highest in balco being 0.36 followed by hzl being 0.24 and sail being 0.18. in absolute percentage the proportion of theexpenditure was very significant in sail. therefore, it is suggested that sail should try to reduce the proportion of this expenditure. conclusion the above study of the proportion of various expenses in different companies suggested that the cost of the companies under study were adversely affected by power cuts and labor disturbances. however, the non-availability of the good quality of raw materials and coking coal in case of iron and steel also adversely affected the costs. it is therefore suggested that government should make available adequate power and the management should establish good personnel relations and control the quality of raw materials. references 1. naim, a., sattar, r. a., al ahmary, n.., & razwi, m. t. (2021) implementation of quality matters standards on blended courses: a case study. finance india indian institute of finance vol. xxxv no. 3, september 2021 pages—873 – 890 2. naim, a. (2021). application of quality matters in digital learning in higher education. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 1(1), 3-12. 3. naim, a., & alahmari, f. (2020). reference model of e-learning and quality to establish interoperability in higher education systems. international journal of emerging technologies in learning (ijet), 15(2), 15-28. 4. naim, a., alahmari, f., & rahim, a. (2021). role of artificial intelligence in market development and vehicular communication. smart antennas: recent trends in design and applications, 2, 28. 5. naim, a., hussain, m. r., naveed, q. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., & hweij, t. a. (2019, april). ensuring interoperability of e-learning and quality development in education. in 2019 ieee jordan international joint conference on electrical engineering and information technology (jeeit) (pp. 736-741). ieee. 6. naim, a., khan, m. f., hussain, m. r., & khan, n. (2019). “virtual doctor” management technique in the diagnosis of ent diseases. joe, 15(9), 88. 7. naim, a. (2020). realization of diverse electronic tools in learning and teaching for students with diverse skills. global journal of enterprise information system, 12(1), 72-78. 8. naim, a., & bashir, a. (2016). application of quality matters standards on supportive and online module in higher education program. research revolution, 5(3), 6-12. 9. naim, a. (2018). strategies to achieve students’ centric approach in blended learning. international journal of engineering and management research (ijemr), 8(2), 214-219. 10. hussain, m. r., naim, a., & khaleel, m. a. (2020). implementation of wireless sensor network using virtual machine (vm) for insect monitoring. innovations in electronics and communication engineering: proceedings of the 8th iciece 2019, 107, 73. 11. hussain, m. r., quadri, n. n., ahmad, n., qamar, s., khan, n., naim, a., & hussain, m. e. (2019, april). effective cost optimization approach in healthcare to minimize the treatment cost american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org of brain-tumor patients. in 2019 international conference on computer and information sciences (iccis) (pp. 1-5). ieee. 12. naim, a. (2021). green information technologies in business operations. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 36-49. 13. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 14. naim, a. (2021). new trends in business process management: applications of green information technologies. british journal of environmental studies, 1(1), 12-23. 15. arshi naim, & mohammad faiz khan. (2021). measuring the psychological behavior of consumers for medical services. zien journal of social sciences and humanities, 2, 119–131. retrieved from http://zienjournals.com/index.php/zjssh/article/view/316 16. naim, a. (2021). applications of marketing framework in business practices. journal of marketing and emerging economics, 1(6), 55-70. 17. naim, a. . . (2021). green business process management. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(6), 125–134. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/651 18. naim, a. (2021). applications of mis in building electronic relationship with customers: a casebased study. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 1, 1-8. 19. naim, a., & alqahtani, k. (2021). role of information systems in customer relationship management. pulse, 2(2). 20. bashir, m. a., & naim, a. ict adoption analysis for innovation in higher education sector. 21. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 22. naim, a. . (2022). neuromarketing techniques for proposing information driven framework for decision making. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 87–94. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1060 23. naim, a. . (2022). economies of scale for antenna’s applications in interior regions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(2), 77–82. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/1058 24. arshi naim. (2021). applications of e-learning tools for achieving students learning outcomes. journal of pedagogical inventions and practices, 2(2), 75–82. retrieved from https://zienjournals.com/index.php/jpip/article/view/320 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org methods of using puppet theater in the development of moral qualities of preschool children nazarova dilnoza orazaliyevna faculty of preschool and primary education of samarkand state university teacher of the preschool education department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s thіs study exаmіnes the potentіаl of puppets іn the educаtіonаl context. the study offers а lіterаture revіew on the benefіts аnd possіbіlіtіes of the puppet аs а pedаgogіcаl tool. the lіterаture wаs seаrched usіng prіmаrіly аn іnternаtіonаl e-mаterіаl seаrch. аrtіcles were chosen аnd іncluded аccordіng to specіfіc selectіon crіterіа. fіfteen pаpers met the crіterіа аnd аre іncluded іn the revіew. the revіew reveаls fіve potentіаl uses for puppets іn educаtіon. these potentіаl uses іnclude: (1) generаtіng communіcаtіon, (2) supportіng а posіtіve clаssroom clіmаte, (3) enhаncіng creаtіvіty, (4) fosterіng cooperаtіon іn аnd іntegrаtіon іnto а group, аnd (5) chаngіng аttіtudes. pedаgogіcаl puppetry, educаtіonаl methods, elementаry-secondаry educаtіon, lіterаture revіew. introduction puppets аre useful pedаgogіcаl tools, however, the potentіаl of puppets could be more often utіlіzed іn schools. for exаmple, korosec (2013) reports how а number of educаtors іn slovenіаn schools hаve а predomіnаntly posіtіve аttіtude towаrds the use of puppets іn clаssroom sіtuаtіons, but puppets аre rаrely used іn the clаssroom. one explаnаtіon could be thаt teаchers do not hаve enough knowledge of workіng wіth puppets аnd how these tools would be good аnd useful. there іs relаtіvely lіttle comprehensіve reseаrch аvаіlаble іn englіsh to show the sіgnіfіcаnt benefіts of usіng puppets or puppetry іn educаtіon. the evіdence іs mаіnly provіded through cаse studіes, uncontrolled evаluаtіon studіes, or short educаtіonаl іnterventіons. mаtеrіаls аnd mеthоds а puppet іs а movаble doll thаt а puppeteer mаnіpulаtes. the body movements provіde vіsuаl іmpressіons: а puppet conveys emotіons аnd thoughts through movement, for exаmple, of іts hаnds аnd heаd. а puppeteer cаn аlso gіve the puppet а voіce. а puppet іs аn іnаnіmаte object thаt, іn the hаnds of а puppeteer, comes to lіfe. hаnd puppets hаve аn open іnterіor enаblіng the mаnіpulаtіon of them dіrectly wіth one hаnd. some puppets hаve control devіces. for exаmple, rod puppets cаn be mаnіpulаted wіth stіcks, аnd mаrіonettes hаve strіngs. puppetry іs а form of theаtre or performаnce thаt іnvolves the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org mаnіpulаtіon of puppets. а puppet іs, іn thіs context, аn umbrellа term, аnd іn the revіewed studіes, the аuthors do not necessаrіly gіve detаіls аbout the puppets used. the focus of thіs аrtіcle іs on hаnd puppets аnd puppets mаnіpulаted wіth stіcks or strіngs. fіnger puppets, whіch аre smаller thаn other puppets, аre not іncluded. rеsults аnd dіsсussіоn pedаgogіcаl studіes of the use of puppets focus on how а sіngle puppet or severаl puppets cаn be used for dіfferent purposes аnd іn dіfferent educаtіonаl contexts. the typіcаl educаtіonаl context for usіng hаnd puppets іs thаt аn educаtor plаys а puppet theаter for chіldren. puppet theаtre аs аn аrt form іs wіdely reseаrched (e.g. peltonen & tаwаst, 2009; note аlso e.g. https://www.unіmа.org/en/ аnd http:// www.unіmа.fі). а show cаn hаve аn educаtіonаlly іmportаnt theme, for exаmple, іt cаn present how to hаndle аttіtudes towаrds dіsаbіlіtіes (see e.g. dunst, 2012; 2014). on the other hаnd, creаtіng а puppet show together, іncludіng mаkіng the puppets, wrіtіng the scrіpt, creаtіng the scenery, аnd performіng the plаy, cаn be pаrt of аrtіstіc educаtіon (see e.g. hаmre, 2012; see аlso specіаl guіdebooks publіshed for thіs purpose, e.g. аrаsmo & аlopаeus 1992). puppets аre аlso used іn educаtіon wіthout аn аctuаl theаtre stаge or scrіpt. for exаmple, а teаcher cаn use а puppet to аsk chіldren questіons аnd dіscuss the questіons wіth them. а puppet cаn аlso be а helpful tool іn verіfyіng chіldren's understаndіng when they аnswer questіons аnd pаrtіcіpаte іn а dіаlogue (remer & tzurіel, 2015). іn the clаssroom, puppets аre аlso tools of chіldren аnd youths. pupіls cаn creаte puppets, or а puppet show, or they cаn plаy spontаneously wіth puppets. а puppet cаn even be а good frіend of the chіldren (see e.g. gobec, 2012; korošec, 2012). bаsed on our revіew of the lіterаture, we іdentіfіed fіve potentіаl uses аpplіed extensіvely іn educаtіonаl аnd leаrnіng contexts. the fіve potentіаl uses аre presented here аs the comprehensіve frаmework of а pedаgogіcаl puppet (see fіgure 1), аnd eаch potentіаl іs gіven theoretіcаl support from the lіterаture. the potentіаl uses аre (1) generаtіng communіcаtіon, (2) supportіng а posіtіve clаssroom clіmаte, (3) enhаncіng creаtіvіty, (4) fosterіng cooperаtіon іn аnd іntegrаtіon іnto а group, аnd (5) chаngіng аttіtudes. fіgure 1. potentіаl uses for puppets. pіctures аre from the websіte http://www.unima.org/en/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the vаlue of tаlk аnd communіcаtіon іn chіldren’s leаrnіng hаs been аcknowledged sіnce vygotsky’s (1962) work on lаnguаge аnd socіаl іnterаctіon. іn the school context, there іs communіcаtіon between teаcher аnd pupіl(s), аs well аs between chіldren аnd between teаchers. communіcаtіon not only represents the trаnsfer of іnformаtіon; іt represents the estаblіshment of а relаtіonshіp wіth the person to whom we wіsh to trаnsfer the іnformаtіon. eleven studіes іn the dаtа set (аhlcronа, 2012; brėdіkytė, 2002; çаğаnаğа & kаlmış, 2015; hаcklіng, smіth, & murcіа, 2011; keogh, nаylor, mаloney, & sіmon, 2008; korošec, 2012; korošec, 2013; mаhаrаnі, 2016; morіguchі, sаkаtа, іshіbаshі, & іshіkаwа, 2015; remer & tzurіel, 2015; sіmon, nаylor, keogh, mаloney, & downіng, 2008) hіghlіght а puppet’s potentіаl to generаte communіcаtіon. puppets help (1) іncreаse аnd іmprove clаssroom tаlk, (2) іncreаse communіcаtіon by creаtіng а fаvourаble, relаxed аtmosphere, аnd (3) estаblіsh teаcher-student іnterаctіon аnd chіldren's mutuаl іnterаctіon. we wіll treаt these benefіts іn detаіl wіth help of dаtа from lіterаture below. the potentіаl uses of puppets proposed іn the present study not only provіde а frаmework for orgаnіzіng these dіverse outcomes аnd іmpаcts of usіng puppets, but they аlso hіghlіght the persіstent dіffіcultіes аssocіаted wіth clаssіfyіng leаrnіng outcomes. whіle empіrіcаl evіdence concernіng the potentіаl of usіng puppets wаs found іn the current revіew, there іs need for more reseаrch to provіde more rіgorous evіdence of effectіveness of the puppets. more studіes would аlso help extend our understаndіng of the nаture of engаgement іn usіng puppets. to encourаge the use of puppets іn leаrnіng, іt іs essentіаl to develop а better understаndіng of the tаsks, аctіvіtіes, skіlls, аnd operаtіons thаt dіfferent kіnds of puppets cаn offer аnd exаmіne how these mіght mаtch desіred leаrnіng outcomes. аs wіth other educаtіonаl іnterventіons, іt іs аlso іmportаnt to consіder how puppets аre іntegrаted іnto а student's leаrnіng experіence. the current revіew hаs lіmіtаtіons. іt wаs lіmіted by the seаrch terms used, the journаls іncluded, аnd the tіme perіod of pаpers publіshed. however, the pаpers dіscussed іn thіs lіterаture revіew provіde а snаpshot of the empіrіcаl reseаrch on the outcomes аnd іmpаcts of puppets thаt іs representаtіve of the stаte of the аrt аt the tіme of publіcаtіon. the revіew excluded speculаtіve аnd theoretіcаl pаpers becаuse іt wаs іmportаnt to ground our understаndіng of outcomes аnd іmpаcts of usіng puppets іn reseаrch evіdence rаther thаn іn speculаtіon. соnсlusіоn bаsed on the lіterаture revіew, іt cаn be concluded thаt puppets аre benefіcіаl іn educаtіon. puppets should not only be nіce products thаt perform іn а well-prepаred puppet show, but puppets should be іntegrаted іnto vаrіous contexts to support leаrnіng. therefore, we suggest thаt puppets should be іntegrаted іnto teаcher educаtіon. teаcher educаtіon should provіde dіverse possіbіlіtіes to іmplement puppets іn leаrnіng аctіvіtіes to mаke thіs medіа аttrаctіve for teаcher students аnd theіr future students іn schools. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org rеfеrеnсеs 1. debouny, e. (2002). puppets аs а teаchіng tool. іn e. mаjаron & l. kroflіn (eds.), the puppet – whаt а mіrаcle! (pp. 53–58). zаgreb: the unіmа puppets іn educаtіon commіssіon. 2. dunst, c. (2012). effects of puppetry on elementаry students’ knowledge of аnd аttіtudes towаrd іndіvіduаls wіth dіsаbіlіtіes. іnternаtіonаl electronіc journаl of elementаry educаtіon, 4, 451–457. 3. dunst, c. (2014). metа-аnаlysіs of the effects of puppet shows on аttіtudes towаrd аnd knowledge of іndіvіduаls wіth dіsаbіlіtіes. exceptіonаl chіldren, 80(2), 136–148. 4. evаns, і., hаrvey, s., buckley, l. & yаn, e. (2009). dіfferentіаtіng clаssroom clіmаte concepts: аcаdemіc, mаnаgement, аnd emotіonаl envіronments. kōtuіtuі: new zeаlаnd journаl of socіаl scіences onlіne, 4(2), 131–146. 5. fіsler, b. (2003). quаntіfіаble evіdence, reаdіng pedаgogy, аnd puppets. reseаrch іn drаmа educаtіon: the journаl of аpplіed theаtre аnd performаnce, 8(1), 25–38. retrіeved mаrch 14, 2016, from teаcher reference center dаtаbаse. american journal of technology and applied sciences eissn (e): 2832-1766| volume 1, | april, 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org effects of drugs abuse on academic performances of students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa malami dikko 1, murtala malami 2, abdullahi a. sadiq 2, ahmad zayyanu 1 1. department of pharmacy, sultan abdurrahman college of health technology gwadabawa, sokoto state, nigeria 2. department of environmental health, sultan abdurrahman college of health technology gwadabawa, sokoto state, nigeria email: superoxidedismutase594@gmail.com tel:+2349096266980 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examined the effects of drug abuse on the academic performances of students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology gwadabawa. the purpose of the study was to determine whether the students of the school use drugs of abuse to influence their academic performances. research questionnaires were used to collect data from the students of both sexes. distribution of respondents according to demographic characteristics shows that out of 354 respondents, 56% were males ad 44% were females, therefore, majority were males. it also shows that 56% of the respondents were between 1824years, 28% were between 25-34years while 16% were above 35years, therefore, majority of respondents were between 1824years. on whether students of sultan abdurrahaman school of health technology, gwadabawa take illicit drugs in order to enhance their academic performances or not ? the result showed that out of 354 respondents, 30.8% agreed, 15.0% strongly agreed, 34.2% disagreed, and 19.9% strongly disagreed. on research question " are illicit drugs available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa?" the result revealed that, out of 354 respondents, 32.8% agreed, 19.1% strongly agreed, 37.8% disagreed, and 10.2% strongly disagreed. on the research question " are the male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa predominant drug abusers? the results revealed that out of 354 respondents, 28.8% agreed, 15.4% strongly agreed, 30.4% disagreed, and 25.4% strongly disagreed. another research question "does drug abuse increases the cases of indiscipline drugs abuse, sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, academic performance, availability, accessibility american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa? result shows that out of 354 respondents, 31.7% agreed, 15.9% strongly agreed, 37.6% disagreed, and 14.8% strongly disagreed. conclusively, the study showed that the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa do not use illicit drugs since there was no availability and accessibility of such drugs to them. this means that drug abuse does not influence the academic performances of the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. introduction 1.1 background to the study since the early times, herbs, leaves and plants inform of drugs have been used to heal and control diseases. plants have been utilized as medicines for thousands of years. the specific plants to be used and the methods of application for particular ailments were passed down through oral history from generation to generation (masibo, 2013). the use of drugs in itself does not constitute any danger, because drugs correctly administered have been a blessing (sarkingobir et al., 2020). chronic use of substances can cause serious irreversible damage to adolescent’s physical and psychological development. the use of drugs could be beneficial or harmful depending on the mode of use (who, 2009; abubakar et al., 2016). apart from knowing the harmful effects of drug abuse, various studies have pointed out that among the reasons students abuse drugs are: for experimental purpose, curiosity, peer and family influence, lack of parental supervision, personality problems, socioeconomic issues, need for extra energy for work, to build up confidence, frustration, to achieve happiness, to reduce fear, drug availability, need to maintain drug habit in order to avoid withdrawal syndrome, to feel good, to relieve stress, to sleep, to keep awake, to enhance sexual performance, age, unemployment, poverty, and for no reason. with the increasing rate of substance abuse, an increasing rate of violence has been observed among higher institutions (alan, 2003; abubakar and rana, 2011; gunjan etal., 2020). among the highest in the drugs abused by undergraduates in a northern nigerian university, are: cigarette, brewed alcohol, locally brewed alcohol, kola nut, aspirin and cannabis (erech and omatseye, 2017). cannabis is by far the most commonly used illicit drug among world population followed by tobacco (erech and omatseye, 2017; kehinde et al., 2020). a research was conducted on substance abuse in school youth of sokoto which stated that, drugs abuse in sokoto is similar among in-school and out-of school youth. the practice is wide and mostly among males who consumed many drug substances. it is also associated with several effects on individuals, families, and communities (sarkingobir and dikko, 2020; sarkingobir et al., 2020). the motive behind drugs abuse may be sociological, psychological, out of curiosity, boredom, to alleviate fear, derive sexual and physical pleasures, or family background (beatrice et al., 2016). despite the fact that drug abuse has adverse effects on the youths by changing their brain perception of difficulties and problems, the number of undergraduates that use or abuse stimulants has steadily increased in recent years (gobir et al., 2017). also, some students who experience dissatisfaction with life due to anger, frustration, academic failure and boredom, consume drugs to fit in and serve as a consolation. this invariably affects their academic performance hence hours that should be used for american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org study are diverted to rest and sleep after its consumption (kobiowu, 2006; yunusa, 2017; brittang et al., 2019). efforts of national drug law enforcement agency (ndlea) and other governmental agencies to stem the tide of drug abuse in nigeria has been meet with stiff resistance of users at different places across the nation thereby increasing the incidence of drug abuse cases in spite of their continued and destruction of such illicit drugs, the rapid rise in the number of cases of drug abuse among youths whom are mostly students is still on the increase (dee and evans, 2003; akinyemi, 2018). hence the need for the present study which is to determine the effects of drug abuse on the academic performance of students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa in sokoto state. 1.2 statement of the problems problems of drug abuse are of great concern globally and as well as in our setting among students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. it has been observed by the researchers that in sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa students go against school authority laws as a result of engaging themselves in drugs abuse. it has also been observe that there is availability of illicit drugs within the school environment and accessibility of illicit drugs by the student in the school is in high rate. furthermore, it has been noticed some students of this institution present several disciplinary problems in the institution, must of these problems originate from the gang of students engage in drugs addiction in the institution. it also seems that the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa can read as much as they can to pass national examination but, the rate at which they are having failure to national examination is an amazing. it has also been observed there is availability of illicit drugs within the school environment and students have access to illicit drugs. observation and evidence of begging exist by some students who are engaged in drugs abuse. it has been observed that, there is evidence of indecent dressing among students of sultan abdurrahaman school of health technology, gwadabawa. female students may involve in drugs abuse but male students are predominant drugs abusers in the school. similarly, some students consume illicit drugs for the purpose of enhancement of academic programmes. it is therefore due to the lack of current research regarding the subject matter in the area of the study as well as the contradictory view regarding the findings that the present research seeks to explore the effects of drug abuse on the academic performance of students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. 1.3 objectives of the study the objectives of this study are as follows: (i) to examine the effects of drugs abuse on academic performance among students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa (ii) to identify commonly drugs that is addicted by the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org (iii) to identify which gender is predominantly drug abusers among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology gwadabawa. (iv) to identify the cases of indiscipline among students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa as a result of drug abuse . 1.4 research questions the research questions for this study are as follows: (1) do students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa take illicit drugs in order to enhance their academic performances? (2) are illicit drugs available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa? (3) are the male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa predominant drug abusers? (4) does drug abuse increases the cases of indiscipline among students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa? 1.5 research hypothesis based on the objectives of this study, the following hypothesis are made: (1) drug abuse does not influence academic performances of the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. (2) illicit drugs are not available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. (3) male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa are not predominant drug abusers. (4) drug abuse does not increase cases of indiscipline among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. 1.6 significance of the study to develop strategies for control and prevention of drugs abuse among the students which will be used by the school management and ministry to integrate such strategies in planning adequate programmes for the elimination of drugs abuse among students. the findings of this study will enable the students to have knowledge which will help them in the prevention of drugs abuse among themselves. finally, it will serve as a guide to both parents, students, academicians, institutions, researchers and the government in formulating policies that will help curb the menace of drug abuse and misuse in our society. materials and methods 3.1 research design research design is an arrangement of condition and analysis of data in a manner that aims to combine relevance with the research purpose (kombo, 2013). the design adopted in this research was a descriptive survey research design, this method enabled the researcher to obtain information of the research sample from a sample population so that inference could be made from the entire population. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the survey design was considered to be important in this research work because a group of people or items were sourced by collecting and analyzing data form only few people or items considered being a representative of the whole group. 3.2 population of the study the population of this study comprised all students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa, which comprises of level i, level ii and level iii students. table 1: population of the students s/n name of the levels total male student total female student total population of student 1 level i 1208 745 1953 2 level 2 969 527 1496 3 level 3 781 483 1264 grand total 2958 1755 4713 source: school record (2019 – 2021) 3.3 sample and sampling technique the sample is the unit of the population. a small sample is a group of element or object drawn through a definite process from specific population. sample was meant to stand for a population when the entire population could not be studied. therefore, based on the total population of the study which was 4713, the sample size was 354 according to the morgan and krejcie method of determining sample size. the random sampling method was used in selecting 354 respondents from the total population of the students. 3.4 instrument for data collection the instrument used for this study was open ended questionnaire (modified lierkt type of questionnaire). this was the major instrument used in this survey study for sourcing data. the questionnaire was distributed to the students. the questionnaire consisted of options for the respondents to choose according to their conviction. the nature of the options were `agreed (a)` `strongly agreed (sa)` disagreed (da)` and strongly disagreed (sda)`. 3.5.1 validity of the instrument the instrument used in this study was questionnaire; a copy was given to the supervisor and an expert in the field of measurement and evaluation in shehu shagari college of education sokoto. this was done to determine the content validity of the instrument. 3.5.2 reliability of the instrument two week test – retest reliability method was adopted with sample of 50 independent students from school of nursing and midwifery sokoto, this prevented the intended sample for main study from having privileged information on the items of the instrument which might introduce bias in their responses. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 3.6 method of data collection for effective and smooth administration of the questionnaire (modified lierkt type of questionnaire was used) the researchers obtained a letter of introduction from the school, the letter explained the purpose of the study and nature of assistance required. the questionnaire was administered to the students and collected them back. the questionnaire was clearly explained so as to make participants feel comfortable and knew exactly what they responded to. furthermore, the questionnaire was administrated in a way that would not give room for respondents to write but allowed them to tick the option they felt was appropriate. 3.7 method of data analysis the data gathered from the field was analyzed using descriptive statistics of frequency count and percentage. the data was analyzed and presented in a tabular form. the table reflected the responses made by the respondents in regard to each of the questions posed and the percentages were worked out. moreover, inferential statistics in the form of chi-square (x2) and 0.05 alpha levels significance were employed to either accept or reject our hypothesis. results and discussion 4.1 results the analysis of the data collected was represented on the tables based on the questionnaires. table 2: distribution of respondents according to demographic characteristics frequency percentages (%) gender males 200 56 females 154 44 age 18-24 197 56 25-34 98 28 35 and above 59 16 source: field survey 2021 the table 2 shows that out of 354 respondents, 56% were males ad 44% were females, therefore, majority were males. it also shows that 56% of the respondents were between 18-24years, 28% were between 25-34years while 16% were above 35years, therefore, majority of respondents were between 18-24years. research question 1 table 3: do students of sultan abdurrahaman school of health technology, gwadabawa take illicit drugs in order to enhance their academic performances? options frequency percentage (%) a (agreed) 82 30.8 sa (strongly agreed) 40 15.0 da (disagreed) 91 34.2 sda (strongly disagreed) 53 19.9 total 266 100 source: field survey 2021 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the table 3 shows that out of 354 respondents, 30.8% agreed, 15.0% strongly agreed, 34.2% disagreed, and 19.9% strongly disagreed. therefore, majority of respondents disagreed that the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa take illicit drugs in order to enhance their academic performances. research question 2 table 4: are illicit drugs available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa options frequency percentage (%) a (agreed) 93 32.8 sa (strongly agreed) 54 19.1 da (disagreed) 107 37.8 sda (strongly disagreed) 29 10.2 total 283 100 source: field survey 2021 the table 4 shows that out of 354 respondents, 32.8% agreed, 19.1% strongly agreed, 37.8% disagreed, and 10.2% strongly disagreed. therefore, majority of respondents disagreed that there was availability and accessibility of illicit drugs among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa research question 3 table 5: are the male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa predominant drug abusers? options frequency percentage (%) a (agreed) 75 28.8 sa (strongly agreed) 40 15.4 da (disagreed) 79 30.4 sda (strongly disagreed) 66 25.4 total 260 100 source: field survey 2021 the table 5 shows that out of 354 respondents, 28.8% agreed, 15.4% strongly agreed, 30.4% disagreed, and 25.4% strongly disagreed. therefore, majority of respondents disagreed that the male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa were predominant drugs abusers. research question 4 table 6: does drug abuse increases the cases of indiscipline among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa? options frequency percentage (%) a (agreed) 86 31.7 sa (strongly agreed) 43 15.9 da (disagreed) 102 37.6 sda (strongly disagreed) 40 14.8 total 271 100 source: field survey 2021 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the table 6 shows that out of 354 respondents, 31.7% agreed, 15.9% strongly agreed, 37.6% disagreed, and 14.8% strongly disagreed. therefore, majority of respondents disagreed that there were cases of indiscipline among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa as a result of drug abuse. 4.2 testing of hypothesis hypothesis 1: drug abuse does not influence academic performances of the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. chi-square calculated value was 0.0042 which was less than the critical value of 0.005. therefore, we accepted the hypothesis which says that: drug abuse does not significantly influence academic performances of the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. hypothesis 2: illicit drugs are not available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. chi-square calculated value was 0.0044 which was less than the critical value of 0.005. therefore, we accepted the hypothesis which says that: illicit drugs are not available and accessible to the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. hypothesis 3: male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa are not predominant drug abusers. chi-square calculated value was 0.0053 which was greater than the critical value of 0.005. therefore, we rejected the hypothesis which says that: male students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa are not predominant drug abusers. hypothesis 4: drug abuses do not increase cases of indiscipline among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. chi-square calculated value was 0.0039 which was less than the critical value of 0.005. therefore, we accepted the hypothesis which says that: drug abuses do not increase cases of indiscipline among the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. 4.3 discussion of findings demographic data of the respondents (gender and age) was collected to enable the researchers know the sexes and the age categories of the respondents. data collected showed that majority of respondents were male and were between 18-24years. males at this age group are more vulnerable to social vices such as drug abuse menace as reported by sarkingobir and dikko (2020). similarly, this might be due to free-range nature of males or because drug abuse among females has only been explored lately (dankani, 2012). the findings of this study also showed that majority of respondents agreed that there were no illicit drugs within the school environment so also the students do not have access to illicit drugs. this might be as a result of strict measures by the school authority against illicit drugs. this is dissimilar to the reports of sarkingobir etal(2021) which reported that there is similar trend in the accessibility/ availability of drugs both at home or school (oshodi et al., 2010; osa-edoh and egbochukwu, 2012; sarkingobir et al., 2020). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the study also revealed that majority of respondents believed that the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa do not abuse drugs which might be as a result of their knowledge on the consequences of abusing drugs since they were medical students. the study also showed that the students do not take illicit drugs in order to enhance their academic performances. this shows that the academic successes recorded by the students were purely through determination and hardworking, but not through using illicit drugs. the study also revealed that male students of the school were not predominant drug abusers. the study also showed that there were no cases of indiscipline among the students of the school due to drug abuse. these findings are are a welcome trend, since knowledge is a motivation to healthy behavior based on the health belief model (bashar et al., 2019; hiddt-ciupinska and pawlowska-cyprysiak, 2020; kim et al., 2022). however, good outcomes against drug use as reported by this study are a good omen and health education related; the results might be underrepreported because the study is not an experimental one, usually crossectional studies might be more prone to bias than the experemental designs. albeit, experimental studies are difficult to be performed especially with human subjects who take drugs (wang and cheng, 2020). conclusion conclusively, the study showed that the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa do not use illicit drugs since there was no availability and accessibility of such drugs to them. this means that drug abuse does not influence the academic performances of the students of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa. recommendations from the findings of the study, the followings recommendations were made. (1) the administrators of sultan abdurrahman school of health technology, gwadabawa should continue taking measures against the use of illicit drugs within the school campuses to ensure good academic performances. (2) the ministry of higher education should continue putting eyes on higher institutions against the availability and accessibility of illicit drugs within the school campuses. (3) workshops and seminars should be conducted regularly to students to familiarize them on the detrimental effects of illicit drug to health. references 1. abubakar, o., abdullahi, b., bashiru, m.l., and hussaini, m. (2016). a panacea for reducing substance abuse among youth in sokoto, nigeria. sokoto international journal of counseling psychology. vol 4(2): pg 301-309. 2. abubakar, i.d. and rana p.k. (2011). social studies education: an instrument in the management of drug abuse among students in secondary schools. journal of education management and planning (jemp). vol 1(1): pg 40-48 3. adebayo, a. (2002). emerging serious psychopathology associated with abuse of cannabis (indian hemp, marijuana). tropical journal of pharmaceutical research, 4(1): 329-330. 4. alan, i. l. (2003). drug abuse and prevention. washington d.c : national institute on drug abuse 5. bashar, i.1, fauziya, i.b, ibrahim, l.a., and abubakar j. j. (2019); influence of drug abuse on students academic performance in selected senior secondary schools in sokoto south local american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org government, sokoto state. international journal of research and innovation in social science (ijriss) |volume 3(13):1-15. 6. beatrice, o., okpala, p.u, and oghale, o. (2016). prevalence of drug abuse amongst university students in benin city, nigeria. public health research; vol. 6(2):31-7. 7. brittany, a. b., kenneth, h.b, craig, s. f. and amelia, m. a. (2019). substance use, academic performance, and academic engagement among high school seniors. journal of school health. 89(2): 145–156. 8. dankani, i.m. (2012). abuse of cough syrups: a new trend in drug abuse in northwestern nigerian states of kano, sokoto, katsina, zamfara and kebbi. international journal of physical and social sciences, 2(8):199-213. 9. dee, t.s. and evans, w.n. (2003). teen drinking and educational attainment. evidence from twosample instrumental variables estimates, journal of labor 21(1), 178-209. 10. erech, s. and omatseye, u., (2017). drug and alcohol abuse among secondary school students in a rural community in south-south nigeria. annals of medicine and surgery practice. vol 2 (2). pg 85-91. 11. gobir a, sambo m, bashir s, olorukoba a, ezeh o, bello m, et al. (2017). prevalence and determinants of drug abuse among youths in a rural community in north western nigeria. tropical journal of health science . 24 (4): 1-17. 12. gunjan, m, tomar, d. and singh, n. (2020). effect of the drug abuse on the academic performance of the students/adolescents. biomedical journal of scientific and technical research, vol 28 (3):1-17. 13. hiddt-ciupinska, k., and pawlowska-cyprysiak, k.(2020). positive health behaviors and their determinants among men active on the labour market in poland. american journal of men's health, 14(1):1-15. 14. kehinde, k. k, semeeh, o., martins, j. and jacob, n. n. (2020). impact of drug abuse among students: a case study of the school of health technology, jega, kebbi state, nigeria indian journal of public health research & development. vol. 11, no. 03. 15. kim, h., shin, s., and lee, h.(2022). effects of health belief, knowledge, and attitude toward covid-19 on prevention behavior in health college students. international journal of environmental research and public health, 19(1898):1-11. 16. kobiowu, s. v. (2006) the social and academic implications of drug abuse among undergraduates: a case study of the obafemi awolowo university, ile-ife, nigeria. international journal of pyschosocial rehabilitation, 11(1). 17. masibo, a. (2013). an assessment of knowledge, attitudes and practices of psychoactive substance use among secondary school students in dodoma municipality, tanzania 18. morgan, d.w., and krejcie r.v. (1970). determining sample size for research activities. educational and psychological measurement, 30, 607-610. 19. oshodi, o.y., aina, o.f. and onajole, a.t. (2010). substance use among secondary school students in an urban setting in nigeria: prevalence and associated factors. african journal of psychiatry, 1(3):52-57. 20. osa-edoh g.i, and egbochukwu, e.o. (2012) classification of frequency abused drugs amongst nigerian youth and the social influences: implications for counselling. afrrev stech: an international journal of science and technology. vol.1(3): 161-177. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/eutils/elink.fcgi?dbfrom=pubmed&retmode=ref&cmd=prlinks&id=30604451 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/eutils/elink.fcgi?dbfrom=pubmed&retmode=ref&cmd=prlinks&id=30604451 https://www.ajol.info/index.php/stech/article/view/108181 https://www.ajol.info/index.php/stech/article/view/108181 https://www.ajol.info/index.php/stech/article/view/108181 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 21. sarkigobir, y, dikko, m, yarima, s.a., salihu, l., aliyu, s., umar, a.i., and salam, m.o. (2020). determination of commonly used drugs/substances ad specific substances use among in school and out –school youths in sokoto, nigeria. journal of cudimac. vol 8 (1). pg 4-8. 22. sarkigobir, y, and dikko, m, (2020). substances abuse among in school and out –school youths in sokoto, northern western nigeria. journal of applied sciences and environmental management. vol 24 (9). pg 24-29 23. wang, x. and cheng, z.(2020). crossectional studies: strengths, weakness, and recommendations. chest, 158(1):565-571. 24. world health organization (who) report (2009). management of substance abuse: alcohol. geneva: http://www/who.org. 25. yunusa, u, bello, u.l, idris, m, haddad, m.m, and adamu, d. (2017). determinants of substance abuse among commercial bus drivers in kano metropolis, kano state, nigeria. ajns. 6 (2), 125– 130. http://www/who.org american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 3, | june, 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org evaluation of the risk factors of covid-19 mortality in health centers of kabul, afghanistan. a descriptive cross-sectional study yassin tawakuli 1 murtaza jafari 2 abdulbasit taib 3 and sayed hussain amiri 4 1. pharm-d, instructor in pharmacy department, razi institute of health science, kabul, afghanistan. 2. pharm-d, head of research department, razi institute of health science, kabul, afghanistan. 3. md, instructor in pharmacy department, razi institute of health science, kabul, afghanistan. 4. md, instructor in pharmacy department, razi institute of health science, kabul, afghanistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s introduction: covid-19 is one of the most dangerous viruses of the 21st century, which has brought serious challenges to human life. this virus is more dangerous for people suffering from chronic diseases and causes increased mortality. research objectives: the purpose of this research is to identify the factors predisposing to the death of covid-19 patients in kabul city. chronic diseases can be considered as one of the predisposing factors. in this study, the relationship between chronic diseases and mortality of covid-19 patients has been investigated. research method: this study is of a descriptive type, and the required data was collected from the health centers of kabul city, which had the ability to admit covid-19 patients, during 3 months, using prepared questionnaires. results: in this study, 272 patients infected with covid-19 in kabul city were used. among these, 17 patients infected with this virus have died and the rest have recovered completely. out of 255 recovered patients, 184 patients (72.2%) had chronic diseases, but out of 17 patients who died, all of them had chronic diseases. also, there is a significant relationship between age and chronic diseases (p ═ 0.210). conclusion: covid-19 is one of the deadly and dangerous viruses in which having chronic diseases and old age causes an increase in mortality. covid-19, risk factor and kabul city 1. introduction in the modern history of humanity, various infectious diseases have appeared and caused life to be challenging for humans. covid-19 is also considered as one of the infections that has challenged human life in different dimensions. this virus usually enters the body through the respiratory tract and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org causes destruction of the respiratory system tissue. unfortunately, due to the rapid spread of this virus, it has led to a global challenge. (su et al, 2016),(forni et al, 2017)( avdeev et al.,2020). in december 2019, a group of patients were diagnosed with viral pneumonia, but after studies it was proven that the cause of this disease is a new type of covid-19, as the world health organization and other health authorities worldwide the family has known corona virus. (who, 2020) corona virus has affected people's lives in different ways. this virus has had an impact on social, economic and academic life and has caused changes in people's lifestyles. this virus has even affected the education process of students. (jafari et al, 2022) due to the rapid spread of this virus, pharmaceutical organizations have started trying to find a way to treat this virus, which resulted in the creation of vaccines for this virus, but the application of these vaccines also has side effects. in the research conducted by jafari and his colleagues in 2021 in kabul city, over 293 vaccinated people, the main side effects of anti-coronavirus vaccines can be seen as changes in the blood pressure of the vaccinated (68.8%). (jafari et al, 2022) in a research conducted by zhang and his colleagues on 663 patients infected with the corona virus, 37.3% of the patients had at least one chronic disease, also out of 663 patients infected with the corona virus, 25 patients died and the percentage of deaths in this study is 3.77%. patients who are over 60 years old and have chronic diseases are among the risk factors of death by the corona virus. according to the results of this research, 52.5% of patients were less than 60 years old, but 47.5% of patients were more than 60 years old. 48.4% of the patients were male and the rest were female. also, the incidence of chronic diseases was reported as respiratory diseases 7.7%, cardiovascular diseases 24.7%, digestive diseases 4.7%, endocrine diseases 10.1%, reproductive system diseases 3.2% and inflammatory diseases 0.9%. 24% of deaths were reported in patients less than 60 years of age and 76% of deaths were reported in patients over 60 years of age. also, the mortality rate for respiratory patients was 20%, cardiovascular patients 64%, digestive patients 4%, endocrine patients 12% and inflammatory patients 4%. (zhang et al, 2020) in the study conducted by li and his colleagues in 2020 on 548 patients infected with the corona virus, the highest incidence rate was reported in the age category between 45 and 64 years old with 42.2%percentage. in this study, 50.9% of the affected patients were men. corona virus patients also have other chronic diseases, such that 3.1% of chronic respiratory patients, 15.1% of diabetic patients and 30.3% of hypertensive patients were infected with corona virus in this study. (li et al, 2020) in a similar study conducted by feizhou and his colleagues on 191 patients infected with the corona virus, 64% of the patients were men, 30% of the patients had hypertension, 19% had diabetes and 3% had chronic respiratory diseases. also, according to the results of this research, 56 patients have died due to corona virus. (feizhou et al, 2012) in a research conducted by orwa and his colleagues in 2020 on 828 patients infected with the corona virus, 59.1% of them were men. also, the statistics of chronic diseases in patients infected with corona virus, 10.9% of hypertension, 7.5% of diabetes, 2.4% of chronic lung diseases, 1.9% of chronic kidney diseases and 2.8% of cardiovascular diseases were reported. the mortality rate in this study was reported to be 26.4% in 219 patients. the mortality rate was 28.8% for men and 23% for women. mortality statistics in chronic patients with corona virus, 83.3% in hypertension patients, 91.9% in diabetes patients, 80% in chronic lung diseases patients, 100% in chronic kidney diseases patients and 87% it has been reported in cardiovascular diseases patients. (albitar et al, 2020) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 2. research objectives the purpose of this research is to identify the factors that cause the increase in mortality among patients infected with the corona virus in kabul city. one of the factors predisposing to death in patients infected with the corona virus can be considered to have chronic diseases. in this study, the relationship between chronic diseases and mortality due to corona virus is also investigated. 3. research method this research is a type of descriptive study that, during 3 months from 12/20/2021 to 3/20/2022, the required information was collected by a questionnaire prepared from hospitals and health centers that have an inpatient ward for covid-19 patients. 4. data analysis after the process of collecting and entering the data, it was first analyzed by spss version 26 program and in order to better present the results of this study, the relevant tables and charts were prepared by excel program. 5. results in this study, the files of patients who visited the health centers of kabul during 3 months have been evaluated. during this period, 272 patients infected with the covid-19 have visited this hospital. among these, 255 patients have recovered, but 17 patients have died due to contracting the corona virus. in this study, 93.75 % of those who recovered and 6.25 % of deaths due to this virus were reported. pcr diagnostic tests of all patients with the signs and symptoms of this virus have been reported as positive. in this study, the following parameters have been evaluated: age of patients: in this study, 272 patients were evaluated. considering the age of the patients, age categories (less than 20 years, 20 to 30 years, 31 to 40 years, 41 to 50 years, 51 to 60 years, 61 to 70 years and above 70 years) have been divided. thus, the highest number of patients recovered from the covid-19 was reported in the age category above 70 years with a frequency of 89 patients (36.9 %) and the highest number of patients who died in the age category of 61 to 70 years with a frequency of 12 patients (70.6%). in the table below (table 1) the age category of patients participating in this study is presented: table (1): age category of participating patients patients died percent (%) frequency (n) 5.88 % 1 70.6 % 12 23.52 % 4 100 % 17 patients recovered percent (%) frequency (n) age category (year) 4.7 % 12 ≥20 7.5 % 19 21-30 8.6 % 22 31-40 10.2 % 26 41-50 19.2 % 49 51-60 14.9 % 38 61-70 36.9 % 89 ≤70 100 % 255 total gender: in this study, the gender of the patients who recovered and the patients who died as a result of being infected with the covid-19 was also examined. out of 255 recovered patients, 102 patients american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org (40%) are male and 153 patients (60%) are female. also, out of 17 patients who died, 9 patients (52.9%) were male and 8 patients (47.1%) were female. -addresses: in this study, the place of residence of patients infected with covid-19 was also evaluated. out of 255 recovered patients, 152 patients (59.6%) were residents of kabul and 103 patients (40.4%) were residents of other provinces. also, out of 17 patients who died, 7 patients lived in kabul (41.2 percent) and 10 patients (58.8 percent) lived in other provinces. -occupation: among the 255 recovered patients, 45 patients (17.6%) were health workers and 210 patients (82.4%) were non-health workers. also, out of 17 patients who died, 4 patients (23.5%) were health workers and 13 patients (76.5%) were non-health workers. in the following table (table 2) the demographic information of the patients (gender, place of residence and its function) is included: table (2): demographic information of patients patients died patients recovered percent (%) frequency (n) percent (%) frequency (n) gender 52.9 % 9 40 % 102 male 47.1 % 8 60 % 153 female 100 % 17 100 % 255 total address 41.2 % 7 59.6 % 152 kabul 58.8 % 10 40.4 % 103 others 100 % 17 100 % 255 total occupation 23.5 % 4 17.6 % 45 health employee 76.5 % 13 82.4 % 210 others 100 % 17 100 % 255 total chronic diseases: in this study, a total of 272 patients infected with corona virus have been examined. the statistics of these patients suffering from chronic diseases is relatively high, out of 255 recovered patients, 184 patients (72.2%) were suffering from chronic diseases, but among the dead patients, 17 patients (100%) were suffering from chronic diseases. the highest number of chronic diseases in recovered patients was hypertension in 90 patients (35.5%). also, the most chronic diseases among deceased patients are chronic kidney diseases in 8 patients (47.1%) from the total number of deceased patients. in the graph below, the statistics of chronic diseases among recovered and deceased patients are presented: graph (1): frequency of chronic diseases 2 4 1 8 2 11.80% 23.50% 5.90% 47.10% 11.80% hypertension diabetes mellitus chronic lung disease chronic kidney diseases cardiovascular diseases other diseases american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org mortality statistics: in this study, 17 patients died out of 272 patients infected with corona virus, according to the statistics of deaths due to corona virus in this study (6.25 percent). among the dead, all the patients had chronic diseases. the highest number of dead patients is related to patients with chronic kidney diseases with a frequency of 8 patients (47.1%). in the chart below (chart 2), the mortality statistics of patients infected with the corona virus and their chronic diseases are presented: graph (2): mortality frequency in chronic diseases of covid-19 patients 6. discussion according to the findings of this study, the death rate due to the covid-19 was 6.25%, while this rate is higher than the study by zhang and his colleagues (3.77%) and lower than the rate of feizhou and orwa's study. in this study, most of the affected patients were between the ages of 51 and 60 (19.2%), which is almost similar to the results of zhang and li's study. 40% of people infected with the corona virus are men, which is similar to zhang's study, but in feizhou and orwa's study, more men are reported to be infected. according to the results of this study, the most common chronic disease among patients was hypertension, which is similar to the results of li, feizhou and orwa's studies, but in zhang's study, the most common chronic disease was cardiovascular diseases. in this research, the most chronic disease that caused death was chronic diseases, which is similar to orwa's study 7. conclusion corona virus is one of the most dangerous known viruses, which has caused disruption in daily life due to its rapid spread. chronic diseases are also one of the most basic risk factors of this disease, which causes an increase in mortality among patients. by increasing public awareness and hygiene, the spread of this virus can be prevented and people who suffer from chronic diseases should be taken care of seriously. 8. disclaimer none 9. conflict of interest none 10. acknowledgments thanks to all participants who participated in this study. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, june, 2022 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 11. references 1. albitar, o., ballouze, r., ooi, j. p., & sheikh ghadzi, s. m. (2020). risk factors for mortality among covid-19 patients. diabetes research and clinical practice, 166, 108293. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.diabres.2020.108293 2. avdeev, s., moiseev, s., brovko, m., yavorovskiy, a., umbetova, k., akulkina, l., tsareva, n., merzhoeva, z., gainitdinova, v., & fomin, v. (2020). low prevalence of bronchial asthma and chronic obstructive lung disease among intensive care unit patients with covid-19. allergy, 75(10), 2703–2704. https://doi.org/10.1111/all.14420 3. fei zhou, ting yu, ronghui du, guohui fan, ying liu, zhibo liu, jie xiang, and et al. (2021). clinical course and risk factors for mortality of adult inpatients with covid-19 in wuhan, china: a retrospective cohort study. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0140-6736(20)30566-3 4. forni, d., cagliani, r., clerici, m., & sironi, m. (2017). molecular evolution of human coronavirus genomes. trends in microbiology, 25(1), 35–48. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tim.2016.09.001 5. jafari, m. naeemi, s. and sajadi. mb. (2022). the impacts of covid-19 on social life of university students in kabul, afghanistan, 2021: a survey study. eurasian medical research periodical, 5, 60–65. retrieved from https://geniusjournals.org/index.php/emrp/article/view/651 6. jafari, m. naeemi, s and taib. ab. (2022). evaluation of side effects of covid-19 vaccine (astra zeneca) in vaccinated people in kabul, 2021: a descriptive study. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 2, 1– 8. retrieved from https://journalzone.org/index.php/bjgesd/article/view/17 7. li, x., xu, s., yu, m., wang, k., tao, y., zhou, y., shi, j., zhou, m., wu, b., yang, z., zhang, c., yue, j., zhang, z., renz, h., liu, x., xie, j., xie, m., & zhao, j. (2020). risk factors for severity and mortality in adult covid-19 inpatients in wuhan. the journal of allergy and clinical immunology, 146(1), 110–118. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaci.2020.04.006 8. su, s., wong, g., shi, w., liu, j., lai, a., zhou, j., liu, w., bi, y., & gao, g. f. (2016). epidemiology, genetic recombination, and pathogenesis of coronaviruses. trends in microbiology, 24(6), 490–502. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tim.2016.03.003 9. who. (2020). who director-general's remarks at the media briefing on sars-cov2 on 16 march. http://www.nhc.gov.cn/xcs/yqfkdt/202003/114113d25c1d47aabe68381e836f06a8.shtml 10. zhang, j., wang, x., jia, x., li, j., hu, k., chen, g., wei, j., gong, z., zhou, c., yu, h., yu, m., lei, h., cheng, f., zhang, b., xu, y., wang, g., & dong, w. (2020). risk factors for disease severity, unimprovement, and mortality in covid-19 patients in wuhan, china. clinical microbiology and infection : the official publication of the european society of clinical microbiology and infectious diseases, 26(6), 767–772. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cmi.2020.04.012 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org automatic determination of blood glucose level by means of a non-invasive glucometer isroilov u.b. isroilov ulug’bek born on august 24, 1992 in the jizzakh region, a specialist in computer systems, currently works as a teacher at the jizzakh pedagogical university. the author has published seven scientific articles. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to create a non-invasive method for determining glucose levels in diabetes to prevent diabetes. a non-invasive glucometer is aimed at creating a detection concept based on the biophysical parameters of biologically active points. when developing non-invasive fluorescence, experiments were carried out on healthy people and patients with two types of diabetes, confirmed by mathematical and statistical methods that correlate the amount of glucose in the blood and biophysical parameters at biologically active points. biofact active points, igloreflexotherapy, statistical processing, datasheet. introduction in this article, using the electro-diagnostic method of igloreflexotherapy, j. determining the amount of glucose in diabetes mellitus on the basis of electron biofuel points in the riodoraku system of nakatia, and finding mathematical connections among them and ultimately creating a mathematical model for noninvasive glucometer. the first step in building an adequate model is to get complete information on the change in glucose levels in diabetes mellitus, the statistical processing and analysis of data obtained from experiments on electro-diagnostic resistance detectors. we evaluated the biophysical parameters of biologically active points in the process of changing glucose or hyperglycemia in diabetes mellitus. in our subsequent work, we present a mathematical model of a non-invasive glucometer. procedure for paper submission nowadays, human beings have argued that the models underway in the body as a cybernetic system give positive results, and that they need to be deepened and expanded in their research. the results of the research and literature review show that in the on-line mode of diagnostics and treatment of diabetes (тd) there is a wide range of igloreflexotherapy (irt) methods to determine the amount of glucose in the blood and to identify the type of treatment therapies the main objective of this article american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org is to develop an information support system, including functions. as you know, the human body is a complex system with a set of biofact active points(bfp). the processing of the numerical data, measured by biofuel points, requires the use of the theory of nontraditional headings. it is crucial to determine the amount of glucose in the blood based on irt by creating mathematical, algorithmic, and software that evaluates the measured number of data and in the non-free environment. to date, the presence and role of glucose in the human body, the normal distribution of blood, and the presence of invasive and non-invasive glucose metabolites that monitor the progression of glucose levels in the td, and the major drawbacks of these are the biophysics of the bfn using the irt-based diagnostic equipment (bde) measurement, the connection between the two parameters (eg in the blood glucose + bfn) is eliminated from the point of view of medicine and cybernetics. the first task of the research is to create an automated neutral non-invasive glucometer mathematical model (angmm) in the body that determines the origin of diabetes mellitus in glucose levels in the blood. the use of irp therapeutic procedures in iperglycemia in td is a second global issue, which seeks to overestimate and decrease the bfps electrical resistance (er), with the creation of automated diagnostic and therapeutical complex (adtс) system. the stage of the clinical trials of angmm using the bfp (see table 1) in j. nakatani's riodoraku method and the processing of the results obtained by mathematical statistics is as follows: • carrying out experiments on measuring blood glucose content (mg %) in the bfp in the er and the biochemical method of the td; • statistical processing, datasheet, graphic, interval methods of analysis and processing using the spline methods; • development of mathematical criteria for the differentiation process based on the amount of biophysical parameters in the informative bfp between healthy men and individuals 1 and 2 of td. table i: informative bfps in the riodoraku -system № the name of the meridians order of bfp on meridians bfps chinese name 1. lung р-9 tay-yuan 2. big colon gi-4 xegu 3. stomach e-42 chun -yan 4. pancreas rp-3 tay-bay 5. heart c-7 shen-men 6. small colon ig4 van-gu 7. urinary tract system v-64 szin-gu 8. liver p3 tay-si 9. perikard mc-7 da-lin 10 three heaters tr4 yan-chi 11 tufts vb40 suy-cuy 12 divorced f-3 tay-chun american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org in order to solve the above problem, 1,2 out-of-kind patients and 1,170 healthy people were treated at the endocrinology department of the 1st medical clinic of the tashkent medical academy (see figure 2). methods used for the creation of angmm and aptm, their algorithms and cds started at the tashkent university of information technology (tuit) and completed at jizzakh polytechnic institute. table ii.information on the number 1.2 of the td and the number of observations in healthy subjects groups class the number experience the number time healthy people а 80 120 8:30 type 1 td (insulin-dependent diabetic) б 200 750 8:30 type 2 td (insulin-dependent diabetic) в 90 880 8:30 total number of views: 370 1750 the following form of access was developed for experimental observations (see table 3) and two observations were simultaneously performed on that table. table iii: form of glucose quantity in blood and bfn eq experiment form № the amount of glucose in the blood, mg,% … 1 … 2 … ..... … … … … … … based on the tables 1 and 2 above, the following formulas were utilized in the statistical processing of data for each class (in our scientific work divided into groups a, b, and b) to comply with mathematical statistics. the mean arithmetic value of the parameters obtained (the amount of glucose in the blood and the er in the bfp) is calculated using the formula (1) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org where , yis the amount of glucose in the blood; the amount of er obtained from the bfp in xi. we deduce the average arithmetic value from the formula below (2) using the formula (2), all parameter values serve as a formula evaluating the deviation of the arithmetic mean of this parameter. parameters dispersion is calculated using the following formula (3) the value of the arithmetic mean of the error is determined by the following formula (4) the algorithm and software for the statistical processing results using the formulas (1), (2), (3) and (4) above were created in c ++ programming languages. graphic presentation of the mean arithmetic value of the er in bfp in healthy people under average 24 years of age shows that the graphic representation of the mean arithmetic value of the er in bfp is shown in figure 1 below, and the mean age is 40 in healthy people and graphics in the 3.4 drawings by type 1,2 of td. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org by using the interval method, the results of the er in healthy bfps were taken as the "normal corridor of healthy people", on the basis of which scientific observation of the comparison of td results in patients with type 1 outcome was carried out, below the er "norm corridor" in some bfp less and mostly in the upper part, and are shown in figures 5 and 6 below. figure 5. comparison schedule of healthy men with type 1 and type 24 of td. figure 6. results of the comparison between the 2 nd type of qd and the healthy 40-year-old. the statistical processing algorithm and its main window in c ++ are shown in figure 7 below. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org figure 7. the main window of the statistical processing program the results of statistical processing using the formulas (1), (2), (3) and (4) above, graphic images from above in figures 1, 2, 3, 4, and interval conclusions made in figures 5 to 6 the relationship between glucose content and er in bfps is matched by mathematical laws (see figure 8). and as a result, it has been proven that angmm models can be created. picture 2.8. the interval of the tq in the 1,2 and the healthy people in the bfp. in summary, as a result of scientific experiments, the following results were determined: 1. processing data based on computer-based computational experiments, the limits of vibrations of glucose and er levels in healthy people, the appropriate minimum and maximum values of the values (er in informative bfp 139.0 ), and it was recognized as a "healthy norm corridor". 2. according to the vibration limits in the td, when the glucose content in the blood was 6.521 mmol / l, the er in the informative bfn was changed from 16.4 kom to 695.4 kom. 3. calculation experiments have shown that uncertainty in the intersection of the corridors of norms, ie, the emergence of an unstable environment, is based on the effectiveness of the theory of nontraditional collections. 4. the need for biofysical parameters of bfps and healthy glucose levels in td and healthy people, as a result of initial data processing, was scientifically justified in its mathematical models. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org references 1. бабкин п.с., зыков п.н., гусев ю.н., утешева о.в. способ измерения электрического сопротивления в биоактивных точках кожи // открытые изобретения. – москва, 1980. №17. 2. бойко е.в., мягков и.и., вардинец л.м. изменение электрических параметров акупунктурных точек при сахарном диабете // в сб.: актуальные вопросы экспериментальной и клинической эндокринологии. – киев, 1982. – с. 101-102. 3. вогралик в.г., вогралик м.в. иглорефлексотерапия. – горький, 1974. 4. джаббаров к.а. диагностическое значение исследований электропроводности и биопотенциалов кожи у больных сахарным диабетом // азерб.мед.журнал. – баку, 1983. №9. – с. 28-32. 5. дунаевская м.б. электрокожное сопротивление и чувствительность в зонах захарина-геда при заболеваниях органов в брюшной полости // сов. медицина. – москва, 1966. №3. с. 51-61. 6. жумабоев, с., & исроилов, у. (2020). cоздания средств электронного обучения в высшим педагогическом оброзование. архив научных публикаций jspi. 7. дуринян р.а. методический и физический анализ проблемы точек, меридианов и энергии в рефлексотерапии. медико-биологические и физико-технические аспекты. – саратов: изд-во саратовского университета, 1981. – 271 с. 8. нечушкин а.и. и др. определение функционального состояния канала по измерению электрокожного сопротивления в одной точке // в кн.: иглорефлексотерапия. – горький, 1974. с. 22-25. 9. подшибякин а.к. значение активных точек кожи для эксперимента и клиники: автореф. дис. докт. мед. наук. – киев, 1960. 31с. 10. портнов ф.г. электропунктурная рефлексотерапия. рига: зинатне, 1987. 352 с. 11. huodo m.d. ruodoraky treatment and objective approach to acupuncture // amer.jur. acupuncture. – 1984. vol.12, №3. p. 229-238. 12. vin t.w. avtomated approach to meridian-balensing and electro acupuncture instrumention // amer.j.acupuncture. 1977. vol.5. p. 264. 13. xianming h. // akupuncture. 1984. vol.3. p.127-129. 14. hyodo m.d.ryodoraku treatment and objective approach to acupuncture. osaka, 1975. 140 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org electric boiler heating system бадалов a.а., тухтамишев ш.к. турғунов ф.и., бадалова д.а. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the possibilities of using the heating system with an electric boiler are considered. the types of electric boilers and their operation are described. the advantages and disadvantages of electric heating are given. electric boiler, heating, electric heating. introduction the heating system based on an electric boiler is the safest and most reliable. but in order for it to be also effective, you need to correctly calculate the power of the equipment. everything is taken into account: the area of heated rooms, the characteristics of the walls, floor and ceiling, climatic conditions, the required temperature regime. the work of an electric boiler is to heat the coolant with the help of electricity, this happens at the time of the passage of the same coolant through the electric boiler. electric boilers designed to work in heating systems have a number of advantages. and so, in the presence of an electric boiler, you do not need to equip a separate room for a boiler room, and spend money on the installation of chimneys (subject to the installation of an electric boiler in a private house, cottage, cottage). in addition, electric boilers have established themselves in the market of heating devices as relatively inexpensive. but here, it is important to note about the operating costs, along with other fuels, the use of electricity as a heater is still more expensive. but, as you know, you have to pay for reliability and quality. electric heaters are very effective in heating apartments and small rooms, which means that in high-rise buildings and residential complexes, the most optimal solution is to install an electric boiler. in total, there are 3 varieties of such boilers: boilers with heating elements; electrode; each of these types has a certain specificity of water heating. and more about them will be discussed below. but the heating system of a country house will remain the same. its essence is that the coolant is heated in the boiler and is launched through pipes and radiators, warming up the room. sometimes, a plumbing system is also run through an electric boiler to produce hot water. there are two fundamentally different approaches to the use of such a heating system. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org by design, electric boilers are of two types: classic and ionic. in the first case, heat is produced by the tenaim, that is, a spiral with high resistance, enclosed in a tube or flask, which, when current flows, heats up and gives heat to water. there can be several heating elements, and they are switched on in parallel. at the same time, the power of the boiler is the total capacity of heating elements. heating elements are installed in a special tank called a heat exchanger. an adjustable control unit is also attached to the electric boiler. in the second case, the principle of operation of the boiler is based on the fact that water is a conductor, there are two contacts in it, between which current flows, heating the water. this type of electric boiler is more compact, but they need good quality water. boilers using heating elements are much less demanding on water quality, but also much larger in size. note that an electric boiler, like a wall-mounted gas boiler, is a full-fledged mini-boiler room, most models have a built-in expansion tank and a circulation pump. installation of electric boilers is carried out on the wall, they work almost silently, compact in shape, easy to install and unpretentious in operation. electric boilers do not have such stringent requirements as most other boilers, do not require special boiler equipment and chimney installation. electric boilers with a capacity of 4 to 15 kw are produced with the possibility of two-stage power adjustment, from 16 kw and above in a three-stage version. the use of twoor three-stage adjustment allows for more efficient use of electricity and not to turn on the boiler at full capacity during transition periods in spring and autumn. as already mentioned, due to the high cost of electricity, it is better to purchase such boilers for installation in a small, such as a country house, or as a backup power source. costs can be reduced, and significantly, sometimes twice, by installing a multi-tariff electricity meter and a battery that stores energy at night, when reduced tariffs are in effect, and then gives it to the heating circuit during the daytime. also, significant energy savings can be achieved with the additional installation of programmers in the system, which automatically maintain the temperature in the room according to a predetermined schedule. in addition to saving, such devices improve the comfort of the heating system as a whole. and finally, when installing an electric boiler, it is necessary to have safety circuit breakers and, most likely, the laying of a separate power line. in the innovative heating system, water underfloor heating, along with gas and solid fuel boilers, electric boilers are also used. electric heating of a private house has the following advantages: simple and easy to install. for self-installation, you do not need expensive tools and special knowledge. all equipment has small dimensions, is installed quickly and at minimal cost. all devices are easily transported and transferred to different rooms. a separate boiler room and chimney are also not required. security. electrical systems do not form carbon monoxide, combustion products are completely absent. harmful emissions are not emitted even if the system breaks down or is disassembled. low initial costs. there is no need to prepare project documentation with the invitation of special services. no permits are needed. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org reliability and quietness. electric heating does not need regular maintenance with the involvement of specialists. all installations operate absolutely silently, since there is no fan and circulation pump in the system. ease of operation. there are no elements in the system that could quickly fail. there is no need to constantly monitor the sensors and fuel level. high level of efficiency. allows you to quickly heat a private house even in the most severe frosts. electric heating is always equipped with a special system that makes it possible to regulate the temperature in each individual room, which can significantly save financial costs during the heating season. cons of work. the main disadvantage of electric heating is considered to be a large consumption of electricity. in some areas, the price of energy is quite high, so this method may simply be unprofitable. the second disadvantage is energy dependence. if the electricity is turned off for any reason, heating the room will become impossible. the third disadvantage can be considered an unstable voltage in the power grid, especially in rural areas. purchasing your own generator removes this problem, but significantly increases financial costs. when designing, it is necessary to take into account the condition and power of the electrical wiring. conclusion almost all popular methods of heating a country house with electricity were considered. there are many advantages of each method this is the absence of the need for a fuel reserve, environmental friendliness, safety, noiselessness and ease of operation. but given that electricity is not cheap at the moment, there is no need to wait for a special economic effect. therefore, special attention should be paid to the insulation of a private house in order to reduce heat loss to a minimum. literature 1. electricity, heating and water supply to your home. family leisure club, 2010 read more: https://www.labirint.ru/books/243695/ 2. v. i. nazarova "modern heating systems" ripol classic, 2011, 320 pages, (22.0 mb pdf) 3. svistunov v., pushnyakov k. "heating, ventilation and air conditioning of objects of the agroindustrial complex and housing and communal services" polytechnic, 2007, 423 pages, ill., (14.6 mb. djvu). https://www.labirint.ru/books/243695/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org vocal art a special type of musical art yuldashov asliddin pardayevich teacher of uzbekistan-finland pedagogical institute, faculty of arts, music education department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the main essential characteristics of pop vocal art in the context of the specifics of pop-jazz performance. the focus is on musical style, performing traditions, acoustic features of the singer's voice, the physiology of the impact of popjazz singing on listeners, the main tasks of the educational process aimed at mastering it. pop-jazz vocal art, essential characteristics, performing activity, singing voice, educational tasks, development. introduction understanding the specifics of pop vocal art is due to the consideration of its essential characteristics from different points of view: • performing traditions; • stylistics of the musical language and the content of the artistic image of pop songs; • acoustic features of the sound of the singer's voice in connection with the interpretation of the artistic image of the performed work; • physiology of sound formation of the singing voice of a pop singer; • psychophysiology of the impact of pop singing on listeners. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds performing traditions of pop art have their own specifics. vocal performance is accompanied by a whole range of performing means: singing in combination with dance movements, acting skills, stage action, free communication with the audience, pantomime, special effects on the stage (light, smoke, fire, fountains, etc.), collective choreography, extravagance of the costume and make-up, etc. the use of a microphone is one of the features of performing traditions of pop singing. as a result, since the 1930s the manner of singing in the spirit of krooning is becoming more and more fashionable quiet, intimate singing, designed for the capabilities of special sound amplification equipment. at present, this manner is used mainly in jazz. at the same time, jazz music performers often turn to another technique shout-singing, or "shout singing", borrowed from african american folklore, and, accordingly, to the ecstatic manner of singing. the search for new sound colors by performers today leads to the emergence of a number of other performing styles that are close to “scream singing” and suggest, as it were, a splitting of sound, such as screaming and growl. these manners were formed in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the bowels of the alternative directions of rock music, but today they are widely used not only in pop music, but also in modern jazz. rеsults аnd disсussiоn in addition, singers of all genres equally need to master certain vocal skills: singing breath, and the main other – by singing on the so-called bated breath; sufficiently wide pitch range of the voice (for a professional singer at least two octaves); various types of sound attack arbitrary control of voice registers; stabilization of the position of the larynx in singing, regardless of the type of vowel, pitch and dynamics of sound; various nuances; fluency of sound; cantilena, which depends on the speed of transient processes when changing syllables and pitch; clarity of diction; arbitrary control of the soundness of the resonators; emotional expressiveness of the performance in accordance with the content of the artistic image of the performed work, etc. however, in comparison with academic vocals, pop singing has its own characteristics, which primarily relate to the open manner of sound delivery, which brings pop singing closer to folk singing. this is due to the corresponding features of the work of the articulatory apparatus in singing and the specifics of the repertoire. the features of the work of the articulatory apparatus relate primarily to the question of the position of the larynx in singing, the phonetic basis of words and singing articulation. it has already been noted above that the staging of the voice of singers of any genre direction is characterized by the stabilization of the position of the larynx in singing, regardless of the pitch, type of vowel and sound strength. however, the level of its stabilization in different singers depends on the type of voice and genre direction in vocal art. in academic singers, the larynx during singing can remain in the “neutral” position, as with calm breathing, or be lowered to varying degrees depending on the type of voice; and among pop singers most often it occupies the position of "neutral" or, to varying degrees, above it. the latter is typical for singing with a forced sound with increased expression. the style of the musical language and the content of the artistic image of pop songs dictate their own laws of their performance in relation to the use by the singer of the appropriate dynamics, accents, phrasing, special rhythmic technique, the degree of intensity of emotions in connection with the content of the words and the energy of presentation. the phonetic basis of words is associated with singing in a native or foreign language. features of singing articulation are associated with the manner of opening the mouth and its shape: for academic singers, a vertical opening of the mouth is typical to a greater extent than in everyday speech; for pop singers a moderate opening of the mouth, mostly horizontal, as with a smile. however, a common feature of a well-placed voice for both is the horizontal opening of the pharynx, as well as the need to activate the soft palate, as with a yawn. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the sound image of the timbre sounding of the voice of academic singers is determined by the evenness of vowels according to the type of phonetically defined pronunciation [u] [o]; and for pop singers [i] [e], according to the model of which all other vowels are aligned. соnсlusiоn the performer during a concert performance finds himself in an imaginary reality in which he may not have lived, acted, thought or felt anything like that before. on the stage, all the usual, comfortable and familiar mechanisms of mental activity change for him: the work of muscles is reorganized, the experiences of time and the feeling of the surrounding space are transformed. performance is often accompanied by stressful excitement. and along with this, a concert performance gives the artist a special, elevated state of mind inspiration, which is a hallmark of a person's creative activity and is practically unattainable outside the stage. inspiration mobilizes, concentrates internal forces, all the energy and will of the performer, revealing his deepest feelings that affect the perception of the listeners. the social orientation of the performing activity of a pop singer sets the following tasks for students: master the specifics of the pop genre; form their own unique image, in which the performer will have the opportunity to show their individual personal qualities; develop acting skills that will help him to fully realize his creative ideas; form readiness for continuous self-improvement in the field of professional pop and vocal performance. rеfеrеnсеs 1. muratov m. m. variety as a phenomenon of mass culture. dis. … cand. philos. sciences. – kazan, 2015. 2. grigoriev v. yu. performer and stage. – m.: classics-xxi, 2016. 3. vanslov vv variety and circus // marxist-leninist aesthetics / ed. m. f. ovsyannikova. – m.: book, 2013. 4. www.ziyonet.uz 5. www.dislib.uz http://www.ziyonet.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org synthesis and characterization of sral2o4: eu, dy nanomaterials victor kadenge university of embu, kenya department of physical sciences victorkadenge76@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s one purpose of this study is to describe current advances made mostly in preparation of luminescence nanoparticles based on a study that has been published. in outlining the benefits and limitations of various synthesis methods, we highlight recent advances on sral2o4: eu, dy nanoparticles. such durable substance has various advantages over its precursors, including being more stable, efficient, and much less poisonous. its design of an efficient synthesis process for sral2o4 dopant particles. as a result, the average particle size ranges between 20 and 100 micrometers. for contemporary usage that require semi nanoparticles, the high particle diameter is constraining. its resulting luminescence emission is heavily influenced by the morphology and shape, which may be adjusted by modifying the control parameters. as a result, substantial effort like the sol-gel technique, hydrothermal synthesis, laser synthesis, combustion fabrication, and solid country reaction, has acquired quite a few interest as a result of this. a lot of those methods, even though, are incompatible to enormous production and sustainable requirements. strong synthesis values, in general between 1300 and 1900 °c, with prolonged processing instances are required in the industrial processing of distinctly crystalline powders, especially for strong kingdom reactions has gone into developing new ways for obtaining nanoparticles while minimizing timeconsuming, difficult, expensive, or inefficient preparation stages, as well as intrinsic toxicity or elemental shortage. furthermore, the applicability of lasting luminous nanoparticles photovoltaic cells, biomedical scanning and identification, and safety encryption has piqued interest. moreover, we discuss the production, characteristics, the uses of luminescent substances, as well as the problems and future of these substances. lastly, covid-19, risk factor and kabul city american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org from the standpoint of the synthesis, several additional suggestions have been made to improve its luminescence responsiveness. one such study, we expect, will hasten overall synthesis of sral2o4-based nanomaterials. introduction this study's objective, which is based on a previously published work, is to describe recent developments, particularly in the synthesis of luminescent nanoparticles. we cover recent developments on sral2o4: eu, dy nanoparticles in highlighting the advantages and drawbacks of various fabrication techniques. upon absorption of energy from a source of radiation, phosphors materials emit light [6]. such substances may possible be classified in a number of different means, like chemical family, usage, and even stimulation source. based upon how well they are aroused, they are classed as photoluminescence, cathodoluminescence, triboluminescence, sonoluminescence, electroluminescence, thermoluminescence, chemiluminescence, and bioluminescence. conjugated polymers, organic paints, transition metals, semi conductor, and synthetic luminescence forms a small fraction of the dazzling compounds that have been developed for varied applications. despite the advancements made, improving their optical properties remains a difficulty. the majority of phosphors are manmade. organic luminous compounds, on the other hand, have recently received a lot of attention. in this section, we'll look at artificial photoluminescence [7].the following paper will go over some inorganic phosphor production methods, with an emphasis on enhanced synthesis procedures for strontium monoaluminate based nanomaterials, and the relationship amongst microstructure and luminescence response. luminescence mechanism [5]. the second section focuses on laboratory preparation of sral2o4-nanopoweders, encompassing everything from traditional to modern fabrication techniques like hydrothermal, cpt, micro emulsion and thermal processes spent a lot of time and effort creating new methods for obtaining sub–micrometric particles that eliminate onerous, complex, time-consuming, expensive, or inefficient preparation phases, as well as inherent toxicity or component scarcity[8]. this is important to note that, utilizing an innovative molten salt synthesis technique, we previously revealed a substantial luminescence sensitivity for sral2o4 -based nanomaterials with sub–micrometer particle size[9]. experimental materials sr(no3)2 bought from jihan chemicals ltd , china; aluminum nitrate , europium nitrate and dysprosium nitrate purchased from the same company have been used as building ingredients, along with a small portion of boric acid as a flux. with no more purification, all of the substances were used as obtained. throughout the synthesis process, distilled water was used. fabrication process to make chemical materials, the alkaline aluminates and dissolved salts nitrates were main ingredient that were blended in a stoichiometric mixture of sr0.95al2o4: eu0.02, dy0.03. as a flux, 5% boric acid was added. a quantity bead loading of 60% was used. 1500rpm was the angular velocity utilized [10]. this same high-energy density stirred media mill was used to extensively grind the compositions for different periods of time (i.e., 0, 20, 60, 120, and 180 minutes). for powdered form constituents, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the mechanochemically pretreated mixture was left to dry in the oven for a day at around 60°c and manual operation process in an agate mortar[11]. furthermore, as a known luminescent nanomaterial the byproduct blend that has not been in the mill was first blended to alcohol in a molar ratio of 1.01.6 for 20 minutes under magnetic stirring, after that it was left to dry then crashed to powdery form manually. to finalize the fabrication process mixtures were moved into crucibles and heated in an electrical furnace in a reducing environment for 3 hours at a different temperature (800,900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, and 1400°c). at last, most of the pre-heated nanomaterial powders are left to cool down before being physically milled to powdery state for about half an hour and filtered to obtain the establish positive. sral2o4: eu2+, dy3+ powder. characterisation a laser diffraction particle diameter analysis software was used to examine the crystallite size pattern of the powdered [10]. xrd was used to measure the crystal structures of the powder materials. sem was used to examine the geometry as well as appearance of the particles formed .ftir was used to collect the particles ftir spectra in the spectral region of 400–4000cm-1. the pl excitation and emission spectra, as well as the time-resolution photoluminescence spectrum, were also collected. in such a dim environment, the ml characteristics at various pressure pressures and periods were tested using an impact method in a specially developed ml measuring system [12]. by turning off the uv, physical tension has been administered after the particular amount of time had passed. this ml subsequently abruptly stimulated so use a process where a 0.1kg force had been thrown out of a distance onto the luminescent surface via a directing tube. the ml measurement device allows a storing recorder to concurrently exhibit physical stimulation and ml information in actual time. following the implementation of noise reduction and electrical insulation on the test apparatus, a greater demodulation ratio was achieved. a greater signal-to-noise ratio with vivid report pulses had been generated by implementing a variety of techniques like sound insulation and electrical insulation on the research apparatus[13]. results and discussion the effect of grindability on particle diameter in basic ingredients as well as precursors mixes [14]. its average particles of srco3 and al2o3 are shown in the graphs below there are between, at 4.521± 0.006 nm and 15.417± 0.013 nm. high-energy milling is, in fact, nothing more than an energy transfer process. because of splitting and compressing processes in the crystals, momentum for particle fracturing moves across crystals to parent particles during processing. the particles of precursors break when mechanical energy from beads is applied to them, and their particle sizes decrease as a result [15]. as a result, grinding time influences the extent of particle size reduction units average grain size and morphology of the unprocessed and processed precursors solutions at various times. these findings suggest that milling efficiency can be improved early in the process. because there are fewer flaws and tiny particle clumping when milling for a longer period of time, the milling efficiency suffers american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org figure: particle size distributions of the main raw materials and precursor mixtures (a) srco3, (b) al2o3, (c) and (d) precursor mixtures unground and ground pretreated at different durations.. sem micrographs of unprocessed and processed precursor mixes at various times. for the unground precursor mixture, (a), there are different particles with two characteristics. the larger nanoparticles are mostly srco3, which is recognized by the (see . (f) for an edx2 spectrum.) table : median size and specific surface area for precursor mixtures unground and ground at different durations. grinding duration, min 0 20 60 120 180 median size, μm 5.451 ± 0.016 3.367 ± 0.007 1.124 ± 0.012 0.929 ± 0.004 0.808 ± 0.007 specific surface area, m2/g 1.52 ± 0.08 7.31 ± 0.06 17.35 ± 0.03 26.48 ± 0.04 31.50 ± 0.06 the edx1 spectrum identifies those blocky nanoparticles as al2o3. as the crushing time goes on, the size of the nanoparticles shrinks and the mixture's uniformity improves. subsurface specimen can break due to bruising and compacting forces (i.e., alumina beads). the nanocrystals are often evenly distributed, as seen in fig. (c), and the decreased particle size at 1 hour is less than 1.5 μm. as a matter of fact, it's assumed that tiny, uniformly spaced particles could aid in the subsequent process's cooling. spectra of unglazed ceramic and ground precursor mixtures over period are depicted in . (a). the data's properties clearly show that srco3, al2o3, eu2o3, and dy2o3 exist. the scattering concentration decreases and the ½ width widen as the milling time is increased, implying that the crystallinities of the precursor nanoparticle in blends decline and even amorphize. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org figure: the sem images of precursor mixtures unground and ground at different durations. (a) 0 min, (b) 20 min, (c) 60 min, (d) 120 min, and (e) 180 min, (f) the edx analysis of the unground precursor mixture american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org figure: the xrd patterns and average crystalline size of precursor mixture unground abd ground at different durations. demonstrates the ftir spectrum of precursor mixtures ground at 400–4000 cm for 0 minutes, 60 minutes, and 180 minutes. the absorption peaks are caused by excitations in co32at 400–1800 cm consequently the reduced vibratory clusters, the brightness of the maxima at 1474, 1071, and 855 cm reduce, and the reached its maximum at 703 cm vanishes as the milling period grows.. furthermore, this same characteristic peaks' stretching vibrations. figure: photoluminescent excitation and emission spectra of sral2o4: eu2+,dy3+ phosphor synthesized with the precursor mixtures unground and groundat different durations and calcined at 1200 °c absorption spectra magnitudes of luminescence manufactured with processed precursors are higher than either luminescence produced with unprocessed constituents. definitely, doping can improve phosphor's photoluminescence characteristics. the luminescence produced by grinding the precursor mixture for 60 minutes has the maximum emission spectra. at the right ratio, eu2+ and dy3+ ions have a synergistic impact, as is. when nanomaterials are made with stoichiometric amounts of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org sr0.95al2o4: eu0.02, dy0.03, there is no photoluminescence intensity. larger quantities of the rare earth ions dissolved into sral2o4 nanomaterial, more phosphors center levels and trap levels occur, resulting in higher pl and ml intensities. since the tensile load on the precursor particulate aims at promoting the doping of eu2+/ dy3+ charged particles into sral2o4, the quantity of eu2+/ dy3+ charged particles disintegrating into sral2o4 grows at a suitable grindability . figure: time-resolution photoluminescence spectra of sral2o4: eu2+, dy3+ phosphor synthesized with the precursor mixtures unground and ground for 60 min and calcined at 1200 °c. the collected time range is from 0 to 60 μs.[1] sral2o4: luminescence spectra with time resolution: eu2+, dy3+ phosphor was manufactured using unground precursor mixtures that were ground for 60 minutes before being calcined at 1200 °c. to understand more brightness decline and compare spectra, we had to use a timeframe luminescence range evaluation for sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ nanomaterials had been prepared with unground and ground precursor mixtures for 1 hour and calcined at 1200 °c. the luminance degradation and output peak was observed of photoluminescence samples were investigated for 520 nm emission under 370 nm wavelengths. the time gap of 0-60 minutes at a time was acquired. an absorption edge of photoluminescence nanoparticles were prepared with 1 hour ground precursor combinations is obviously higher under uv activation. a significant correlation is seen in the brightness decay. as per period plemission spectra, there is also an output center in sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ nanomaterial, and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org eu2+ has an emission spectrum peak at 520the strength goes up and afterwards ends up falling with the delay, attaining its highest at t = 10 s. figure below depicts the tension procedure used in the scheduled ml model simulation (a). when a mass of 0.1 kg is dropped from some length (i.e., 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, and 30 cm), the implications pressure produced on the brightness disk greatly increases, exhibiting the designed state's highest sensitivity and ability to respond. 1 nanosecond is the length of time. the numeric persistence of standard safety-related assessment different at various peaks from eq. (1) is 10.39, 14.65, 17.92, 20.68, 23.11, and 25.31 mpa, which are similar to results obtained using a computer memory oscilloscope. the up a nationwide pressure on a luminescent disk at the same delay time. the photoluminescence disk is produced of particles epoxy polymer and sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ phosphor, which was produced using a 60-minute grind of the precursor mixture. the implications pressure of the luminescent disk is specifically related to the ml brightness. when the strain is completely filled, the ml signal appears, and the ml intensity grows as the implications pressure builds. according to bünzli et al. and canadra et al., the ml emergence of phosphorescence is associated with piezo-electrification. the use of stability applications causes a highly centralized piezoelectric field in sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ crystals, lowering the trap depth. the freed molecules enter the band gap and transfer their energy to the inducer eu2+ figure : ml intensity of sral2o4: eu2+, dy3+ phosphor disks prepared with the precursors mixture unground and ground at different durations and calcined at 1200 0c ml intensity of sral2o4: eu2+, dy3+ nanoparticles prepared for varying lengths of time with such a combination of unground and ground byproducts and calcined at 1200 °c . ions are responsible for its luminescence. a photoluminescence disk with a greater range tension may have a narrower trap width. more and more trapped ionized particles that can be released immediately, the brighter sral2o4 becomes: eu2+, dy3+. fig. depicts the ml brightness of sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ phosphor disks prepared with unground and ground precursor mixtures for various times[16]. the ml mechanism is evidently caused by numerous uses of exactly equivalent impact stresses on each phosphor disk simultaneously slope of delay curves. furthermore, the ml intensity decreases when multiple equal impact stresses are applied to the same phosphor disk. canadra et al. also reported similar results. moreover, when particularly in comparison to luminescent nanomaterial synthesised with unground and ground byproduct mixtures for longer periods of time (i.e. > 1 hour), the phosphor disk prepared with the precursor mixture ground at 1 hour has the highest ml intensity[17]. the ml concentration american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org and the pl concentration are considered to be linked. as aforementioned, the brightness produced with the byproduct combination ground for 1 hour has the greatest pl spectra. when the luminous disk, which has been ground for 60 minutes with the precursor combination, is exposed to uv light, more electrons are trapped and stored in traps. a comparable decreasing trend in trap level of detail could be achieved by utilizing the same forces acting to a phosphor disk. as a result, more detrapped electrons may enter conductive bands and be gathered in the excited state of eu2+ ions, resulting in stronger luminescence. as a consequence, an unplanned connection exists among soft and hard. figure: mechanical stress and mechanoluminescence signals. (a) the sensitivity analysis on mechanical stress for the designed ml measurement system. (b) ml intensities of phosphor disk prepared with the precursor mixture ground at 60 min induced by the mounting impact stress at the same delay time figure: mechanical stress and mechanoluminescence signals. (a) the sensitivity analysis on mechanical stress for the designed ml measurement system. (b) ml intensities of phosphor disk prepared with the precursor mixture ground at 60 min induced by the mounting impact stress at the same delay time conclusions sral2o4 doped with rare earth ions for this case europium and dysprosium nanoparticles were prepared, followed by heated treatment in a reduced atmospheric conditions for a brief span of time. soft mechanochemical purification of precursor compositions reduced median crystallite sizes, enhanced uniformity and morphology of the byproduct, doubling the reaction of the byproduct, advantaged particle activity and reducing the crystal growth time and following heating temperature for sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+. according to dsc analysis, the crystal growth temperature and time of sral2o4 could be reduced to 1144 °c and 18.2 min then crushed to powdery form for about one hour. furthermore, this same activation energies of sral2o4 calculated for the crushed and uncrushed unground for one hour byproduct compositions, were 839.8 and 659.7 kj/mol, suggesting that which was before might lower the kinetic energy of crystal growth of sral2o4, resulting in a lower sintercrystallization temperature. moreover, for the luminescence of sral2o4:eu2+,dy3+ phosphor, a disturbance band appears over a wideband, with a significant emission spectrum at 520 nm[3]. a crafted analyzer with a good precision and responsiveness was used to observe the mechanoluminescent property of a reactive polymers combined with prepared nanoparticles sral2o4. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the instrument allows a spectrum analyzer for storing data to simultaneously show physical perturbation impulses and machine learning indicators. references 1. r. zhou, f. ma, y. yang, t. deng, j. li, h. zhao, j. sheng, q. peng, enhanced thermal stability and afterglow performance in sr 2 ga 2− x al x sio 7: ce 3+ phosphors via band gap tailoring, inorganic chemistry frontiers, 9 (2022) 23-34. 2. j.j. ahn, y. kim, e.a. corley, d.a. scheufele, laboratory safety and nanotechnology workers: an analysis of current guidelines in the usa, nanoethics, 10 (2016) 5-23. 3. r. cao, x. wang, x. ouyang, y. jiao, y. li, h. wan, w. li, z. luo, thermally stable orange-red emitting ba2sio4: sm3+ phosphor: synthesis and luminescence properties, journal of luminescence, 224 (2020) 117292. 4. c.v. devulkar, inculcating values and ethics among students through steam education, international journal of multidisciplinary research and explorer (ijmre) may-2021, (2021). 5. y. furuhata, a. sakai, t. murakami, a. nagasaki, y. kato, bioluminescent imaging of arabidopsis thaliana using an enhanced nano-lantern luminescence reporter system, plos one, 15 (2020) e0227477. 6. z. ni, t. fan, s. bai, s. zhou, y. lv, y. ni, b. xu, effect of the concentration of sral2o4: eu2+ and dy3+ (sao) on characteristics and properties of environment-friendly long-persistent luminescence composites from polylactic acid and sao, scanning, 2021 (2021). 7. y. kim, j. park, m. park, creating a culture of prevention in occupational safety and health practice, safety and health at work, 7 (2016) 89-96. 8. r. hu, y. zhang, y. zhao, x. wang, g. li, c. wang, uv–vis-nir broadband-photostimulated luminescence of litao3: bi3+ long-persistent phosphor and the optical storage properties, chemical engineering journal, 392 (2020) 124807. 9. a.n. bone, optimization of a strontium aluminate, in, oak ridge national lab.(ornl), oak ridge, tn (united states), 2017. 10. j. sort, nanocomposite materials: a section of nanomaterials, in, multidisciplinary digital publishing institute, 2022, pp. 203. 11. k. song, h. yu, q. nie, y. bai, y. guan, j. yu, l. guo, synthesis and luminescence characteristics of mg2al4si5o18: eu2+ and nitrided mg2al4si5o18: eu2+ phosphors, journal of luminescence, 224 (2020) 117317. 12. x. tang, e.d. ehler, e. brost, d.c. mathew, evaluation of sral2o4: eu, dy phosphor for potential applications in thermoluminescent dosimetry, journal of applied clinical medical physics, (2021). 13. j. wang, b. liu, w. chen, q. qiang, l. peng, t. han, t. zeng, z. zhou, z. yang, y.a. nikolaevich, variable temperature persistent luminescence properties of phosphors with continuous traps, journal of luminescence, 243 (2022) 118644. 14. w. wang, a. sha, z. lu, m. jia, w. jiang, z. liu, d. yuan, self-luminescent cement-based composite materials: properties and mechanisms, construction and building materials, 269 (2021) 121267. 15. y. wang, p. feng, s. ding, s. tian, y. wang, a promising route for developing yellow long persistent luminescence and mechanoluminescence in caga 2 o 4: pr 3+, li+, inorganic chemistry frontiers, 8 (2021) 3748-3759. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 16. c.h. yen, r. cheong, application of green solvents for rare earth element recovery from aluminate phosphors, minerals, 11 (2021) 287. 17. s.-k. sun, h.-f. wang, x.-p. yan, engineering persistent luminescence nanoparticles for biological applications: from biosensing/bioimaging to theranostics, accounts of chemical research, 51 (2018) 1131-1143. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 39, august 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org internal cylindrical surfaces are machined using a grinder akyulova nigora inobidin daughter andijan state technique institute trainee teacher tel:+99(894) 0142266 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this in the article different kind internal cylindrical to surfaces thorns with processing to give process own inside. for continuous machining of holes, the following methods are used: boring and milling. depending on the number of teeth (rings) of the straightening and tightening dies, boring dies are divided into single-ring and multi-ring. figure 333 shows the types of straightening and tightening dies. single-ring and multi-ring boring dies (rings) by their design allow boring holes only within certain values of tension (the difference between the surface diameter of the tool and the inner diameter of the hole) objective: to identify technological deficiencies and defects in mandrels and recommend advanced techniques and technologies for their improvement, as well as to increase labor efficiency by introducing them into production and increasing their service life. conclusion. machining internal cylindrical surfaces using a grinder the use of the boring technological process can improve the efficiency of the workpiece. at the same time, it is possible to increase surface cleanliness, reduce waste, and increase productivity. the widespread use of the boring process in mechanical engineering, aircraft construction, and the production of military weapons ensures that our products comply with these standards. prototyping, presses, smoothing, drill bits, drills, taps, countersinks, drills turning machine tools. introduction machining internal cylindrical surfaces using a grinder for continuous machining of holes, the following methods are used: broaching and boring . depending on the number of smoothing and compacting teeth (rings), broaches are divided into single-ring and multi-ring. figure 1 shows the types of smoothing and compacting broaches. single-ring and multiring broaches (broaches) by their design allow broaching holes only within certain values of tension (the difference between the surface diameter of the tool and the inner diameter of the hole). depending on the ratio of the hole length to the diameter, the material being machined, and the roughness of the workpiece, the tension value for a single-ring broache (broache) is about 0.02-0.2 mm. it is recommended to provide plenty of lubricating and cooling fluid during broaching. machine oil is used american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org as a lubricating and cooling fluid when machining steel blanks, and kerosene is used when machining cast iron blanks. the speed of boring and broaching reaches 8-12 m/min. boring of holes is performed on presses, engraving machines and other machine tools, and broaching is performed on broaching machines . smooth cylindrical holes can be calibrated using a ball or a smooth fixture. holes that are not very deep are usually calibrated in presses. a ball ( fig. 1 , a) or a smooth fixture ( fig. 1 , b) is pulled into the press, creating a tight fit. as a result of plastic deformation of the metal, the roughness of the hole surface is smoothed out and the cleanliness and accuracy of the machined hole are increased. when calibrating deep holes, the method of pushing the fixture or pulling the fixture is used. in this case, the holes are most often calibrated on drawing machines. 1 hole calibration as a result of calibration, not only the cleanliness and accuracy of the machined surface of the hole increases, but also the shape of the hole is corrected. before calibrating the holes of the workpieces, they are cleaned, aligned and reamed. by means of calibration, it is possible to obtain dimensions of accuracy classes 1 and 2. it is about ∆8–∆10. to increase the wear resistance of the calibrating tools, their working parts are chrome-plated or hard alloy is deposited on the working parts. studies have shown that as a result of the deviation of the workpiece from the central axis, it is jammed between the support and the tool. the increase in the axial force has its effect on the tool, and the further increase in this force depends on the rigidity of the boring process. if hardened inserts or dies with high rigidity are used when boring holes, then the axial deflection of the workpiece decreases as a result of the increase in the axial force. the decrease in the deflection is observed until the holes are completely eliminated before the boring process begins. when the axial force is removed, the workpiece and the tool return to their original position (fig. a). since the tool deflection is not very large, the errors in boring the holes are also not large. the technological process involves pushing a single-threaded cylindrical tape firmware through a small slot using a pusher. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org at the beginning of the machining process, the technological accuracy of the workpiece is high. the increase in the axial force reduces the deviation of the workpiece from the center. this is due to the loss of clearance between the firmware and the guide bushing, resulting in a smaller angle. in turn, the workpiece is not allowed to deviate from the axis (until it exits the guide bushing), which leads to a large bending load on the tool and an error in the cross-sectional profile of the machined holes. this means that jamming in the workpiece can lead to bending and breakage of the tool. these conditions are especially evident in small-diameter hard alloy tools. if the horizontal axis is mandrel-shaped using the compression method, the process of basing the workpiece is different. when the tool is moved to the left and the factors affecting it are taken into account, the workpiece slides relative to the support and moves upward until the axes of the holes to be machined with the tool's working cone are aligned. forces acting on the workpiece ; 1fk g po − = 1tk gk pv − = as can be seen from these equations, the value of the forces in the horizontal axis is greater than in the previously considered cases. if the inequality is not satisfied 1tk dd h + −  ; 2 in this case, the workpiece is rotated about point a when basing. the workpiece deviation is also determined for this case using formula (2.1). the inequality analysis shows that small, not very tall blanks do not rotate during basing. in this case 5= , ,2.0=f 3,01 =t the diameter of the workpiece is 10=d mm, 30=d mm, the limiting height 4.5l is mm, the diameter is 3=d mm, mm 10=d for the workpieces 9.1l . experimental studies of horizontal-axis-mounted, based blanks can be performed in the apparatus shown in figure 2.4. the studies conducted have shown that ( ) kf fkd k dd l fk dd 1 1 1 22 − + −  + − during the initial stage of basing the workpieces, their deviation from the axis is eliminated by moving the tool to the left, ensuring the workpiece is fixed. if inequality (2.1) is not satisfied, the workpiece will deviate from the axis due to its jamming between the support and the tool. figure 1 shows the tool movement from bottom to top when boring workpieces mounted vertically. in this method, two stages can be distinguished in the preparation of blanks. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org the upward movement of the workpiece in the first stroke occurs as a result of the alignment of the axes of the hole being machined with the working cone. in the second stage, the tool lifts the workpiece until it touches the upper support. the force exerted by the tool on the workpiece in the first stage 1fk gf po + = 1 1 fk kgf po +  = for self-installation of the workpiece 1 1 fk f dd d +  + ; based on the analysis of this inequality, regardless of the size of the workpiece, it does not turn over 1f and k does not occur at real values of . at the same time, during the second stage of basing, cases of workpiece deviation from the axis due to vibration may also be observed. conclusion electrochemical etching is suitable for making deep holes (d=1...2 mm, l≤200 mm) in difficult-tomachine steels [5]. the accuracy of the holes in this method is 12 qualities. radial force can be quite large for heavy workpieces. in this case, it is important to base the tool on a fixed workpiece bore. references 1. suslov ag increases the surface cleanliness of machine parts. 2. m.e.gorov – « mechanical engineering technology » 1976. 3. odintsov – « metalworking under pressure » 4. lakirev sg holes processing manual ( spravochni ). m.: mechanical engineering, 1990. 5. gul ь danaev rs, ovechkin ft hole-turning machine. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the role of innovative pedagogical consulting in the adaptation of technical university students ашурматов а.т. преподаватель ферганского филиала узбекского государственного университета физической культуры и спорта, узбекистан a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article argues that a university student must find and choose ways and means to achieve a particular educational goal, while the teacher must create conditions for this. the article also deals with modern issues of higher education the system of dual education in accordance with the requirements of the new state educational standards of the republic of uzbekistan. adolescence, personality, psychology, “difficult” student, principles of education, parental faith, quality and support of the educational process, new directions, the order of the industry for training in technical specialties introduction введение. начало обучения в высшем учебном заведением, принятие учеником школы и ученики средней специальной учебной заведении новой социальной роли – роли студента – наиболее значимый период, существенно влияющий на возможность личной самореализации, профессионального самоопределения и построения карьеры. бывшие школьники и студенты, поступившие в вузы – только в начале пути к самоопределению. многие осознано выбрали специальность, но есть и такие, у которых жизненные планы не определены. в нашу особенную систему обучения с ее дуальной формой приходят далеко не самые лучшие учащиеся. зачастую это дети, обделенные вниманием учителей, так как они не выдали «результата», менее способные, но чаще всего – с ослабленным здоровьем и с «клубком» психологических проблем, главные из которых – затруднение в общении, неуверенность в своих силах, отсутствие привычки заниматься систематически. таковы наши студенты – других у нас нет, но мы хотим работать с результатом. одной из причин низких темпов адаптации студентов является несогласованность в педагогическом взаимодействии между преподавателем и студентом при организации способов учения. трудности адаптации – это не что иное, как трудности совместных усилий преподавателя и студента при организации способов учения. трудности в поведении и обучении обостряются в переходные периоды, когда меняется сам человек, и система его взаимоотношений с окружающими. самым тяжелым этапом взросления человека является его переход от детства к взрослости, а именно подростковый возраст. этот период сейчас приходится на возраст с 12 до 19 лет и это не случайно: именно в эти годы american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org перестраиваются психика ребенка, изменяется характер учебной деятельности и отношения к ней, бурно развивается самосознание и закладываются основы личности подростка в целом. подросток – это личность, находящееся на особой стадии формировании ее черт и качеств. личность еще недостаточно развита, чтобы считаться взрослой, но уже настолько развита, что в состоянии сознательно вступить в отношения с окружающими и следовать в своих поступках требованиям общественных норм и правил. большинство педагогов, психологов, интеллектуалов называют «трудными» таких подростков, поведение которых отклоняется от принятых в обществе норм и правил, и которые являются трудновоспитуемыми, поведение которых требует сложной коррекции имеющихся отклонений в их поведении, т.е. трудновоспитуемость следует понимать как невосприимчивость педагогического воздействия подростков. характерным признаком таких трудновоспитуемых подростков является их особая потребность в индивидуальном подходе со стороны преподавателей и внимании сверстников. отклоняющееся (девиантное) поведение это система поступков или отдельные поступки, противоречащие принятым в обществе правовым или нравственным нормам. девиантное поведение имеет сложную природу и обусловлено рядом факторов: биологическими (нарушение умственного развития, дефекты слуха, зрения, повреждение нервной системы); психологические (нервно психические заболевания); социально педагогические (дефекты школьного, системного или общественного воспитания); социально экономические (социальное неравенство, насилие, неполная семья); морально этические (неблагоприятная среда, криминогенная ситуация). в научной литературе принято выделять следующие формы отклоняющегося поведения: антисоциальное (делинквентное) поведение; асоциальное (аморальное) поведение; аутодеструктивное (саморазрушительное) поведение антисоциальное поведение это поведение, противоречащее правовым нормам, угрожающее социальному порядку и благополучию окружающих, насилие и угнетение в отношении сверстников или более младших и слабых болезненных детей, жестокое обращение с животными, воровство, порча чужого имущества. у подростков (14-19 лет ) преобладает хулиганство, кражи, вандализм, физическое насилие, торговля и употребление наркотиков. асоциальное поведение это уклонение от выполнения морально-нравственных норм, принятых в обществе: побеги из дома, систематическое пропуски занятий, воровство, вымогательство, ложь, отказ от обучения, агрессивное поведение, ненормативная лексика. аутодеструктивное поведение это поведение, отклоняющееся от медицинских и психологических норм, угрожающее целостному развитию самой личности. у подростков эта форма поведения выражается в употреблении наркотиков и алкоголя, в игровой и компьютерной зависимости, в пищевых злоупотреблениях и отказе от приёма пищи, здесь возможны суицидальное поведение и самоубийства. выделение форм отклоняющегося поведения, как правило, условно, поскольку в реальной жизни эти формы зависят от совокупности индивидуальных и социальных предпосылок личностного развития. отклоняющееся поведение одна из форм дезадаптации, которой подвержены подростки, имеющие проблемы в умственным и физическом развитии, проблемы в поведении и общении american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org с окружающими, проблемы со здоровьем, с различными видами зависимости (алкоголь, наркотики, и табакокурение), насилием в кругу сверстников, в семье. в научно методических работах по педагогике можно найти примерный алгоритм или (рецепт) для работы тьютора с «трудными» студентами, который включает в себя несколько этапов: диагностику; выбор приемов и методов коррекционной работы; создание содержания и плана работы с учетом личностных особенностей студента; проведение индивидуальных воспитательных занятий с оценкой результатов. данный подход следует считать правильным, т.к. он соответствует технологическим этапам применения использования системного анализа в решении задач поиска безусловного экстремума. рассмотрим принципы воспитания «трудных» подростков. они могут быть разделены и представлены в виде четырех принципов: • принцип ориентации на позитив в поведении и характере подростка; • принцип социальной адекватности воспитания; • принципы индивидуализации воспитания подростков с девиантным поведением; • принцип социального закаливания «трудных подростков». перейдем от принципов к методам воспитания «трудных подростков». все методы оказывают совокупное воздействие на все сущностные сферы деятельности человека. однако каждый метод воспитания и соответствующий ему метод самовоспитания отличаются один от другого тем, на какую существенную сферу личности человека они оказывают доминирующее воздействие. в интеллектуальной сфере у подростка с девиантным поведением необходимо очевидно формировать глубину и объем непреходящих нравственных ценностей: моральных идеалов, принципов, норм и этики поведения. для формирования взглядов, понятий, установок в интеллектуальной сфере используются методы убеждения. в мотивационной сфере целесообразно формировать правомерность и обоснованность отношения к моральным нормам: бережное отношение к человеку, стремление к идеалу, правдивость, нравственные установки. методы воздействия на мотивационную сферу включают стимулирование методы, в основе которых лежит формирование у подростков осознанных побуждений к их жизнедеятельности в эмоциональной сфере следует, очевидно, формировать характер нравственных переживаний, связанных с нормами или отклонениями от норм и идеалов: жалость, доверие, сочувствие, благодарность, отзывчивость, честолюбие, стыд, самолюбие, сопереживание и т.д. в волевой сфере важно формировать нравственно волевые устремления в реализации нравственных поступков: мужества, смелости, храбрости, доблести, принципиальности в отставании нравственных идеалов. в сфере самореализации важно формировать нравственную правомерность выбора: совестливость, самооценку, самокритичность, умение соотнести свое поведение с другими, самоконтроль, добропорядочность, рефлексию, аутотренинг и т.д. почему учеба в колледже или в техникумах привлекательна для выпускников школ? почему родители ведут своих плохо успевающих в школе детей среднее образование? почему школьники после 9 классов стремятся получить в колледж, техникума и рабочую специальность, и среднее образование? american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org конечно, это происходит по ряду причин. обычному ребенку требуется брать все новые и новые высоты. в школах республики узбекистана, как известно, учиться трудно. это – не скандинавская и не начальная японская школа. почему же в узбекистане школьные высоты ломают детей? есть трудности «дешевые», есть «дорогие» вот почему школьная система обучения зачастую ломает детскую способность быть сильным. неуспевающие дети они есть, или двоечники – дети со своей образовательной траекторией, не похожие на своих одноклассников? успеваемость происходит от слова «успевать». успевание – это скорость. успевающий ученик успевает освоить заданное учителем, и уложиться в назначенный срок. многие талантливые люди были неуспевающими учениками. на пример алберт энштейн плохо учился в школе. это не значит, что всякий неуспевающий ребенок будущий эйнштейн. но тот, кто не успевает освоить что-то одновременно со своим классом – часто бывает очень глубоким ребенком. а теперь представим: этот глубокий ребенок попадает в класс к учителю, для которого успеваемость – это и есть скорость. такой учитель начинает нервничать из-за того, что ребенок не успевает. из-за этого ученик испытывает двойной стресс. хуже всего, когда нервничать из-за успеваемости ребенка начинают родители. ребенок-существо интонационное. ребенок по отношению к родителям это мощное эмоциональное зеркало. он воспринимает и усиливает все микро-детали, которые считывает со своих родителей. и мыслит при этом отнюдь не так, как мы думаем. когда родители нервничают из-за детской неуспеваемости, у ребенка усиливается ощущение, что он неполноценный, что он хуже других. он это видит во взглядах взрослых. ему могут говорить: все замечательно, все хорошо, мы с тобой, мы в тебя верим, но родители говорят это с такой интонацией, что ребенок видит: это-неправда! а ложь он чувствует сразу. есть такая проблема в педагогике инфантильные дети. такой ребенок никогда не берется за сложные задачи. в сложной ситуации он стремится спрятаться и сказать: ой, мне это не интересно. и есть дети, которые из-за всех сил не включаются в работу, всем своим видом демонстрируя свою независимость. и становится понятно: они боятся включиться в неожиданное испытание, потому что не уверены в своих силах. это те дети, в которых не верят дома. однако быть неуверенным в своих силах это для человека естественное состояние. для маленького ребенка не верить в себя неестественно. если бы годовалый ребенок не верил в себя он находился бы в состоянии постоянного страха перед окружающим миром. а он начинает осваивать этот мир, да еще так напористо. до пяти лет ребенок эгоцентричен, заявляют психологи. ситуация эгоцентричности это ситуация безусловной веры в себя. ребенокэто существо, которое заряжено энергией подвига. подвигэто не когда что-то делают со мной, это когда я делаю что-то с собой. я прыгаю выше своей головы, я совершаю усилия, которые я вчера не мог совершить. я отважно вхожу в зону, которая мне неизвестна. и, совершая это, я чувствую себя героем. детство это тот период, когда в жизни всегда есть место подвигу. и хорошо, если рядом есть взрослые, которые эти микро-подвиги видят и понимают. при искренней похвале взрослых ребенок приобретает все больше и больше сил. усилия превращаются в силу. подвиг – это усилие. подвиг – это риск, но если родители не повышают планку, не увеличивают пространство испытания, не ставят перед ребенком по-настоящему интригующих и сложных задач, которые развивали бы его внутреннюю силу, значит, они не доверяют своему ребенку. зато те дети, в которых родители верят, будут с азартом включаться в любые незнакомые american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org испытания. они никогда не сбегут от них в уголок покатать машинку. другое дело, что порою различные испытания ломают веру ребенка в самого себя. школа заставляет делать то, что должно происходить само собой. например, когда ребенок осваивает устную речь, это происходит само собой. дети делают это по своим траекториям. ни про одного ребенка нельзя заранее сказать, какие фразы и слова будут у него первыми, вторыми, третьими. традиционные слова «мама» и «папа» – это сигнальные слова, скорее, даже не слова. это – обращения. слова – это те, у которых появляется индивидуальная семантика. взрослые вначале даже не понимают, что произносит ребенок. но догадываются – и радуются. а в результате и для ребенка освоение языка становится огромной радостью. у каждого ребенка – своя индивидуальная траектория овладения речью. грамотность – это интуиция, которая формируется на кончике языка и кончике авторучки в процессе слуховой или зрительной памяти. но вот ребенок, свободно и отважно овладевший языковым пространством, идет в школу и обнаруживает, что в школьных стенах грамотность – это другое. это – неослабевающее давление, которое порождает у ребенка безумный страх совершить ошибку. и потому технологии обучения чтению, которые сегодня приняты в школе, у детей – за редким исключением вызывают отторжение. родители и учителя говорят – «ребенок умеет читать, но не хочет». это – точный диагноз такой ребенок не умеет читать. потому что уметь читать – это значит хотеть читать. чтение – это не складывание слогов в слова, чтение – это порождение смыслов. научиться читать – значит, научиться видеть то, что скрывается за текстом. итак, мы подходим к очень важному моменту. дело в том, что в школе учится множество детей, которые не умеют реально читать и считать. если ребенок не умеет читать, с каждым годом в школе его проблемы нарастают. он не может прочесть страницу учебника с условием задачи. он не может прочесть страницу учебника с домашним заданием. он может прочесть символы на странице, но не может понять, какие смыслы скрываются за ними. он не успевает за работой класса на уроке. а ему дают все новые и новые задания! далее следуют недоверие учителей, недоверие родителей, разрушение самооценки… педагоги стремятся вложить в детей в школе самое сложное, и ради этого бесконечно перегружают программы. а на самом деле эти дети тормозятся по отношению к элементарным вещам. ребенок в нашем мире спасает себя воображением. но школа не научилась конвертировать энергию его воображения в учебные вещи. она все время хочет дать детям что-то свое. мы пока еще очень мало стремимся вслушиваться в детскую речь, мы не умеем ее «возделывать». и вот поэтому книга очень нужна в современном мире. особенно – книга без картинок. потому что книга без картинок – единственное, что по-настоящему позволяет человеку развивать свое воображение. очень хорошо и «дырчатое чтение». что происходит с тобой в тот момент, когда учитель делает паузу и предлагает ученику продолжить предложение/чтение? воображение ученика пробуждается. во время этих пауз ребенок начинает многомерно воспринимать слово. он учится различать окончания слов и падежи. у него быстро начинает развиваться синтаксический, орфографический и смысловой слух. так он начинает учиться читать. а когда дети начинают чувствовать текст, они понимают, что это – гораздо интереснее, чем смотреть кино, играть компьютерные игры или в смартфоне. чтение побеждает визуализацию, которой за последние тридцать-сорок лет в мире стало слишком много. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org зададимся вопросом можно ли научить читать неуспевающего старшеклассника или неуспевающего студента колледжа и техникума? иногда говорят, что подростки в этом возрасте уже испорчены приобретаемой системой знаний. это не так, никто ничем не испорчен, ведь каждый из нас в жизни сталкивается с разными практиками: среди них правильные, неправильные, сомнительные. разве мы говорим про себя, что мы ими испорчены? со студентами и старшеклассниками следует практиковать «дырчатое чтение» причем следует читать с ними непонятнейший (а потому скучнейший) для них учебник физики, математике и так далее. самое интересное содержание прочитанных глав усваивается ими накрепко, хотя о физике как таковой они в этот момент не думают. что делать родителям «двоечников»? ответ очевиден родителям нужно самим этому научиться. очень многому им можно и нужно научиться самим. как бы мы критически ни отзывались о школе, проблема двоечника это, в большинстве случаев, проблема его родителей. когда родители не уверены в себе, они начинают проецировать эту неуверенность на своих детей. они говорят: «мы не состоялись, но он-то должен состояться!» все упирается в готовность самих родителей время от времени совершать подвиги. тогда и у ребенка появится стремление пробиться, взять свою высоту. для родителей двоечников самый большой подвиг – верить в своего ребенка. ученик должен чувствовать родительскую веру во всем: в словах, интонациях, во взглядах на настоящее и на будущее. худшее, что может быть – притворяться, что веришь в этого ребенка. вера должна быть настоящей. это главное. в связи с внедрением дуальной системы профессиональной подготовки [8] меняется форма презентации основной конструктивно-технической части выпускной квалификационной работы (диплома). изменения произойдут в сторону усиления практической составляющей – самостоятельного изготовления детали, узла, агрегата на станках в учебном цехе. принципиальное отличие дуальной системы [8] от традиционного обучения заключается в том, что формирование знаний, умений, компетенций подчинено развитию сложной профессиональной деятельности и мышления специалиста. в состав этой системы входит владение основами деятельности различных видов, присущих данной профессии (специальности), и полностью сформированная деятельность, соответствующая профилю будущей работы. это требует модернизации содержания обучения будущих специалистов. модернизация содержания обучения обслуживает соответствующие изменение форм и методов обучения. вместо овладения алгоритмами профессиональной деятельности, что отвечало условиям относительно малоподвижных, стабильных форм организации производства, в динамичных условиях рыночной экономики основой подготовки становится обучение специалистов работе в изменяющихся ситуациях практической деятельности. центр тяжести [9] смещается с формирования знаний, умений, навыков, на формирование развитой профессиональной деятельности, в соответствии с потребностями производства. формами и методами обучения являются практико-ориентированные формы и методы профессиональной подготовки. в основу формирования практико-ориентированного (повышенного) уровня обучения положены принципы: -приоритета качества подготовки специалистов; -усиления профессиональной направленности содержания образования за счет широкого участия american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org социальных партнеров; коллективной мыследеятельности, заключающейся в выработке общих подходов к разработке требований и содержания профессиональных образовательных программ совместными усилиями педагогической общественности, ученых, работодателей и заинтересованных социальных партнёров; практико-ориентированности среднего профессионального образования, выражающейся в том, что практическая подготовка студента (производственная практика, лабораторные работы, практические занятия, курсовые работы, проекты) должна составить не менее 70 % от общего объёма времени, отведенного на теорию и практику. ещё одним катализатором учебного процесса в среднего профессионального образования может стать педагогический консалтинг обучения под заказ промышленности на целевой договорной основе. но не той, какой мы часто видим: группа интеллектуалов – преподавателей оказывает помощь в учебной, методической и научной работе колледжа и техникума с помощью умелого сопровождения. современный педагогический консалтинг – это, прежде всего организация образовательной деятельности новых направлений и специальностей с учётом развернутой материально технической базы, большим спросом на выпускников по выбранной специальности, стратегией целевого многоступенчатого обучения, достаточным бюджетным и внебюджетным финансированием. это стройная система сопровождения взаимосвязанных действий и мероприятий, направленных на всестороннее повышение квалификации каждого преподавателя, на повышение творческого потенциала педагогического коллектива в целом, а в конечном счёте, на совершенствование учебно-воспитательного процесса и достижения оптимального уровня образования. педагогический консалтинг это сопровождение по широкому кругу вопросов, в том числе в технологической, технической, экспертной сферах. основная задача консалтинга заключается в системном анализе, обосновании перспектив развития и использования научно-технических и организационно -предметных решений [9]. литература 1. бочарникова я.в. психолого-педагогическое сопровождение адаптации студента первого курса. семинар для педагогов, раздел: «общепедагогические технологии» (/authors/2 1 1 -260035/). 2. гонеев а.д., годовникова л.в. работа учителя с трудными подростками. – м.: академия, 2008. – 240 с. 3. дмитриев м.г., белов в.г. психолого-педагогическая диагностика деликвентного поведения у трудных подростков. – спб.: зао “пони”, 2010. – 316 с. 4. а. лобок ребёнок плохо учится что делать? м.: лаборатория гуманной педагогики, 2015 10с. 5.dildora, x. (2021). appeal as a basis of communication culture. asian journal of research in social sciences and humanities, 11(11), 812-815. 6. namozova, d. t. (2021). musiqa darslarida o’quvchilarni kreativlik hamda erkin tafakkurini shakllantirishni tashkil etish. scientific progress, 2(2), 1313-1315. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 7.dilorom, n., & tohirovna, a. z. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. science and innovation, 1(c2), 36-38. 8.namozova, d., & astanova, z. t. (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(102), 260-264. 9.namozova, d. (2022). bo ‘lajak musiqa o ‘qituvchilarining kreativ kompetentligini musiqa tarixi fanini o ‘qitish vositasida shakllantirish. science and innovation, 1(b6), 942-950. 10.sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 11.султонов, а., & абдисатторов, a. (2022). марказий осиёда мусиқа илми ривожланишида бахшичилик санъатининг ўрни ва аҳамияти. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 478-483. 12.normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 13. djalalova, n. x. (2022). fortepianoda ijro etish yoshlarni musiqiy tafakkurini faollashtiruvchi omil sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 394-399. 14. djalalova, n. (2022). мусиқий ва педагогик маҳорат асослари. science and innovation, 1(b8), 478-481. 15.djalolova, n. (2022). bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining amaliy darslarga tayyorgarlik faoliyatida kreativlik jihatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 534-539. 16. ataboeva, s., kholikova, g., jalalova, n., & shoxista, u. (2021). stylistic problems of composer s. rakhmaninov in piano concerts. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(05), 104-108. 17.шокиров, т. н. (2022). ворисийликмиллий маданиятнинг таянчи. science and innovation, 1(special issue 2), 581-583. 18.шокиров, т. н. (2022). ворисийликмиллий маданиятнинг таянчи. science and innovation, 1(special issue 2), 581-583. 19. шокиров, т. н. (2022). абу наср форобийнинг мусиқа илмига қўшган ҳиссаси. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 353359. 20. nurmamatovich, s. t. (2021). theoretical of national music culture fundamentals. 21. ergashev, a., ataboyeva, s., djalalova, n., & usmonova, s. (2021). the role of composery in the art of national singing. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 863-867. 22. yelena, v., nigora, d., & margubahon, v. (2022). the role of folk art in raising the morale of young people. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(3), 699-702. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 23. djalalova, n. (2022). fundamentals of musical and pedagogical skills. science and innovation, 1(8), 478-481. 24. djalalova, n. x. (2022). fortepianoda ijro etish yoshlarni musiqiy tafakkurini faollashtiruvchi omil sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 394-399. 25. djalolova, n. (2022). bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining amaliy darslarga tayyorgarlik faoliyatida kreativlik jihatlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 534-539. 26.namozova, d. t. (2021). musiqa darslarida o’quvchilarni kreativlik hamda erkin tafakkurini shakllantirishni tashkil etish. scientific progress, 2(2), 13131315. 27.namozova, dilorom tursunovna (2022). renessans-bo’lajak musiqa o’qituvchisining kompetatsion takomili sifatida. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (10-2), 491-496. 28.d. namozova (2022). bo‘lajak musiqa o‘qituvchilarining kreativ kompetentligini musiqa tarixi fanini o‘qitish vositasida shakllantirish. science and innovation, 1 (b6), 942-950. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.7195688 29.namozova, dilorom, & astanova, zumradxon tohirovna (2022). brayl nota tizimining musiqa ta’limidagi ilk qadamlari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (10-2), 260-264. 30. normuhammatovich, s. a. (2022). o'quvchilarda milliy musiqa eshitish qobiliyatini shakllantirishda pedagogik texnologiyalardan foydalanish samaradorligi. science and innovation, 1(b2), 259-263. 31. sultonov, a. (2022). musiqiy idrokka ta’sir etuvchi transformatsion tendensiyalarni shakllantirishda innovatsion texnologiyalarning samaradorligi. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 314-323. 32. султонов, а., & абдисатторов, a. (2022). марказий осиёда мусиқа илми ривожланишида бахшичилик санъатининг ўрни ва аҳамияти. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(10-2), 478-483. 33. d. namozova, z. astanova, & m. egamberdiyev (2023). approach to the use of the lives and works of blind mentor artists in educating young performers (on the example of rasulqori mamadaliyev). science and innovation, 2 (b4), 149151. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.7818536 34. namozova, dilorom tursunovna, & astanova, zumradxon toxirovna (2022). ko‘zi ojiz yoshlarning musiqiy savodxonligini takomillashtirish yo‘llari. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (10-2), 436-441. 35. юлдашева, м. э., намазова, д. т., & усманова, д. х. (2014). педагогический профессионализм как основной стиль творческой деятельности учителя. in будущее науки-2014 (pp. 136-138). 36. асқарова, m., намозова, д., мадаминов, н., & алихонова, д. (2020). psychological features of preparing children for school. scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology, 2(7), 402-407. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org rights and legal capacity of legal entities normamat mallaev ramazanovich phd in law, associate professor termez state university, faculty of law termez, uzbekistan, adkham avliyakulov teacher of termiz state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, a person who owns separate property in his own property, business management or operational management and is responsible for his obligations with this property, can have property or personal non-property rights on his own behalf and it is said that an organization that can implement them, fulfill obligations, be a claimant and be liable in court is considered a legal entity. constitution, civil law, insurance, contract, civil code, decrees, credit, loans, rent. introduction it is not allowed not to register a legal entity due to its incompatibility with the purpose. termination of activity of a legal entity is carried out through its reorganization (separation of enterprises and establishment of several legal entities based on them, merger of several legal entities) or liquidation. the law provides for a special procedure for liquidation of legal entities. since entrepreneurship involves the independent creation of various knowledge of civil rights by entrepreneurs and requires taking risks from the entrepreneur himself and third parties (i.e. others), a person engaged in entrepreneurship must undoubtedly have civil capacity[1]. the concept and sources of civil law. civil law is a separate field of law consisting of a set of norms regulating property and personal non-property and commodity relations involving citizens and legal entities of the republic of uzbekistan, and is based on their legal equality, property independence and freedom of will. civil law regulates ownership relations, contractual relations of participants in economic activity (sale, contract, insurance, etc.), as well as relations related to intellectual property and inheritance related to the compensation of damages. like any field of law, the most important norms of civil law are expressed in the constitution of uzbekistan. for example, the basis of economic relations in every country is the right to ownership of material goods[5]. analysis аnd results the constitution of uzbekistan enshrines provisions such as the right to engage in entrepreneurship and other types of economic activity not prohibited by law, to demand compensation from the state for american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org damages caused by illegal actions (inaction) of state authorities or officials. civil law reflects a system consisting of a number of legal institutions (property law, obligation law, personal non-property rights, law based on the results of creative activity, inheritance law)[18]. relations regulated by civil law are its subject. the method of civil law is characterized by the equality of the parties participating in civil legal relations, the fact that most of the norms in this field of law are dispositive (the possibility of choosing the type of behavior for the participants), resolving disputes in court, in the commercial court[6]. sources of civil law, depending on their importance (legal force), are divided into the following types: in the first (general) part of the fc, the main rules of special importance within the framework of other types of relations regulated by civil law are reflected. they include the main concepts and principles of civil laws: methods of protection of civil rights; objects of civil law; legal status of participants in civil transactions; the grounds for the emergence of ownership rights and other property rights and the procedures for their implementation; the main rules of contractual and other types of obligations are defined[19]. the second (special) part of the code deals with certain types of contracts and noncontractual obligations: sale, lease, contract, transportation, debt and credit, obligations arising from damage, copyright, invention and other special rights, inheritance rights and norms of international private law. includes. civil relations are also regulated by separate laws. for example, "on ownership in the republic of uzbekistan", "on restriction of monopolistic activity and competition in commodity markets", "on the right to protect the rights of consumers" , "on enterprises in the republic of uzbekistan", "on pledge", "on auditing", "on copyright and related rights", "on leasing", "on nongovernmental non-commercial organizations" and other laws[7]. participants of civil legal relations citizens are subjects of civil legal relations. civil law regulates property and closely related personal non-property relations. one of the participants (subjects) of these relations is a citizen (natural person). the first condition for citizens' participation in civil rights relations is their legal capacity, i.e. the ability to have civil rights and obligations. legal capacity is established at birth, but in some cases the law also protects the rights of the unborn. for example, under the fc, a child born after the victim's death may have the right to claim damages in connection with the victim's death. civil legal capacity is terminated by the death of a person[20]. at the same time, in the event that a person has not been heard from for a long time and there is no information about his or her life, the person has disappeared or died based on the conditions stipulated by the law in order to eliminate all uncertainties of this type. can be declared as declaring a person dead leads to the termination of his legal capacity[27]. a citizen performs rights and obligations on his own behalf, it is not allowed to perform rights and obligations on behalf of others[8]. according to the civil laws, the set of rights and obligations that a citizen can possess constitutes a civil legal capacity. citizens have the right to choose their place of residence. residence of minors under 14 years of age is the residence of their parents or legal representatives. 71 www.ziyouz.com library citizens own property based on property rights, receive it as an inheritance or bequeath it, engage in business and other types of activities not prohibited by law; participation in obligations; creation of legal entities; use of works of science, literature and art, authors of studies and results of intellectual activity protected by law; they have the right to own property as well as personal nonproperty. fc contains a list of rights of citizens that constitute the content of civil legal capacity, which has not yet been finalized[9]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org at the same time, it is not allowed for citizens to abuse their rights by harming the participants of civil transactions. it is not allowed to limit the legal capacity of anyone, except for the cases provided by law. a person cannot be deprived of full civil legal capacity. in addition to legal capacity, subjects of civil law also have legal capacity. legal capacity means the right of citizens to acquire and exercise civil rights by their own actions, as well as the ability to assume civil obligations and fulfill them[21]. legal capacity is thus distinguished from legal capacity. for example, according to him, citizens acquire their rights and obligations through other persons, for example, their parents. in addition, the capacity for civil action creates not only the ability to perform legal actions, but also the condition of being held responsible for them (delict capacity)[28]. therefore, the ability to deal depends on the age and mental state of the person. according to the general rule, civil capacity is fully acquired from the age of 18. also, married persons under the age of 18 are considered fully legal. in some cases, this is caused by lowering the age of marriage[10]. the fk includes the norm of emancipation of minors, that is, of considering them fully legal. this can be done if the following conditions are met: 1) the person has reached the age of 16; 2) in case of the consent of both parents or legal representatives, if the minor is engaged in employment contract or business activity. this decision can be adopted by the court in case of dissatisfaction of guardianship and patronage body, parents and legal representatives. in other cases, minors are considered partially competent[22]. they have the right to acquire not all, but some rights and obligations by their actions, that is, their legal capacity is not limited. their parents or guardians or the educational, training or treatment institutions supervising them are responsible for the damage caused by minors. minors between the ages of 14 and 18 have delict capacity, that is, they are independently and with the consent of their parents, independently liable for all transactions and damages[11]. if minors do not have a monthly salary or other independent income, they are fully or partially responsible through their parents and legal representatives. due to the presence of certain conditions stipulated by the law, persons with full and partial legal capacity may be restricted in their legal capacity. the relevant decision on the legal capacity or incapacity of a citizen can be issued only by the court, even then based on the application of his family members, guardianship and guardianship authorities, the prosecutor and the psychiatric hospital. a guardian and a sponsor are appointed for an incompetent person[23]. in cases where the person recovers, the court finds him competent and cancels the lined guardianship or sponsorship. in addition, there is a category of citizens who do not have legal capacity. such persons do not realize the importance of their actions as a result of their mental state. the court finds them incompetent. participation of citizens in business activities. entrepreneurship is an initiative independent activity of citizens and associations aimed at obtaining income[12]. a citizen has the right to engage in entrepreneurial activity from the moment of registration as a private entrepreneur. documents submitted on business activity may not be registered due to the noncompliance of the information content in them with the requirements of the law. in this case, it is allowed to appeal to the commercial court. it should be noted that private entrepreneurs can engage in special activities on the basis of a special permit license. since entrepreneurship involves the independent creation of various knowledge of civil rights by entrepreneurs and requires taking risks from the entrepreneur himself and third parties (i.e. others), a person engaged in entrepreneurship must undoubtedly have civil capacity[24]. legal entities. participants of civil rights relations include not only individual citizens (individuals), but also legal entities, that is, organizations and institutions. legal entities are different. they are listed in the first part of the civil code. the law defines legal american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org entities as follows: "property or personal entity that owns separate property in its own property, business management or operational management and is liable for its obligations with this property, in its own name an organization that can have property rights and implement them, fulfill obligations, be a claimant and be liable in court is a legal entity[13]. legal entities must have an independent balance sheet and budget. the rights and legal capacity of legal entities begin at the time of their registration (organization) and end at the time of their termination. on the other hand, the right and capacity of a citizen starts from the moment of his birth and ends with his death, and the capacity to act begins when a person reaches the age of majority and ends with his death. a legal entity, as well as an individual, can engage in certain types of activities defined by law only on the basis of a license[25]. the legal capacity of a legal entity is determined by its acceptance of civil obligations through its management bodies (director, head, chairman, president, council, management, general assembly). actions of these bodies are recognized as actions of a legal entity, since they fully represent the interests of a legal entity in civil transactions. a separate representative office and branches may be established within a legal entity, but they are not considered an independent legal entity[14]. their leaders are appointed by a legal entity and operate on the basis of its power of attorney. the representative office and branches must be reflected in the founding documents of the legal entity that established them. the address of a legal entity is the place of state registration[26]. the indicators of the state register, as well as the name of the firm, are included in the single state register. state registration of a legal entity is necessary not only for the emergence of rights and legal capacity in it, but also for ensuring financial (tax) control over its activities. state registration of a legal entity may be refused in case of violation of the legal procedure for establishing a legal entity or due to noncompliance of its founding documents with the law [15]. it is not allowed not to register a legal entity due to its incompatibility with the purpose. termination of activity of a legal entity is carried out through its reorganization (separation of enterprises and establishment of several legal entities based on them, merger of several legal entities) or liquidation [16]. conclusion/recommendations the law provides for a special procedure for liquidation of legal entities. change and liquidation of legal entities is carried out voluntarily or compulsorily (according to a court decision). in fc, two large groups of legal entities are distinguished: commercial organization organizations that make profit as the main goal of their activity, for example, business companies and collectives, production cooperatives, joint stock companies, unitary enterprises, etc.; legal entities that are not commercial organizations organizations that do not aim to make a profit, for example, public associations, social funds, and enterprises and organizations in the form of an institution whose owner provides financial support, as well as in other forms provided for by law[17]. a non-commercial organization may engage in business activities within the scope of the goals defined in its charter. references 1. islamov z. state and law: general theoretical issues. — t.: "adolat", 2000. 2. kholmominov q.t. building a legal state in uzbekistan. — t.: 1998. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 3. kholmominov q.t. theory of state and law. — t.: 1998. 4. basics of state and law: explanatory dictionary. — t.: 1996 5. kushokov, s. y. (2021). the role of zoroastrianism in the ancient state of bactria. world bulletin of social sciences, 4(11), 69-72. 6. kushokov, s. y., & ahmedov, s. (2021). the structure of turkish tribes in central asia and its historical importance. european scholar journal, 2 (10), 25-27. of two languages, settlement and livestock tribes. the american journal of interdisciplinary. 7. kushokov, s. y., & ahmedov, s. (2021). the structure of turkish tribes in central asia and its historical importance. european scholar journal, 2 (10), 25-27. of two languages, settlement and livestock tribes. the american journal of interdisciplinary. 8. mamanovich, r. k. (2021). components of political culture in political processes. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(2), 953-959. 9. ramazanovich, m. n., & abdunazarovich, p. b. (2021). protection of family and youth in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. middle european scientific bulletin, 18, 221-223. 10. ramazanovich, m. n., & abdunazarovich, p. b. (2021). protection of family and youth in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. middle european scientific bulletin, 18, 221-223. 11. ramazanovich, m. n., & kabilovich, b. o. (2021). constitutional and legal framework for providing international peace. middle european scientific bulletin, 18, 218-220. 12. ramazanovich, m. n., & kabilovich, b. o. (2021). constitutional and legal framework for providing international peace. middle european scientific bulletin, 18, 218-220. 13. rasulov, h. m. (2021). election phenomenon i the problem of improving the electric culture of the population. восточно европейский научный журнал, 75(part 6), 28. 14. rasulov, h. m. (2021). election phenomenon i the problem of improving the electric culture of the population. восточно европейский научный журнал, 75(part 6), 28. 15. rasulov, h. m. (2021). election phenomenon i the problem of improving the electric culture of the population. восточно европейский научный журнал, 75(part 6), 28. 16. yusupovich, k. s. (2020). the emergence of religious views is exemplified by the southern regions. the american journal of social science and education innovations, 2(10), 143-145. 17. yusupovich, k. s. (2021). қадимий дафн маросимларидаги анъана жараёнлари ўзбекистон жануби мисолида. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(6), 72-77. 18. кушоков, с. (2021). сополли ва жарқўтон маданиятида дафн маросимлари. общество и инновации, 2(11/s), 150-154. 19. расулов, х. (2021). ҳуқуқий маданият: муаммонинг ижтимоий-сиёсий омиллари. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 335-342. 20. расулов, х. (2021). ҳуқуқий маданият: муаммонинг ижтимоий-сиёсий омиллари. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 335-342. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 21. расулов, х. м. (2020). jamoatchilik nazorati va rahbar kadrlar faoliyati siyosiy-huquqiy madaniyat ifodasi sifatida. журнал социальных исследований, 3(4). 22. расулов, х. м. (2020). технологии объяснительно-репродуктивного обучения. актуальные проблемы гуманитарных и естественных наук, (3), 45-49. 23. расулов, х. м. (2021). выборный явление и проблема совершенствования электрокультуры населения. восточно-европейский научный журнал, (11-6 (75)), 28-32. 24. расулов, х. м. (2021). выборный явление и проблема совершенствования электрокультуры населения. восточно-европейский научный журнал, (11-6 (75)), 28-32. 25. расулов, ҳ. м. (2022). сиёсий муносабатларда сиёсий маданият. academic research in educational sciences, 3(nuu conference 2), 863-867. 26. сафарали, к. ю. (2020). чорвадор қабилалар дафн маросимлари ва уларнинг хусусиятлари. взгляд в прошлое, 3(4). 27. сафарали, к. ю., & хуррамов, м. (2022). ўзбекистон республикасининг малайзия ҳамда индонезия давлатлари билан ижтимоийиқтисодий ва маданий соҳалардаги ҳамкорлиги. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 176-186. 28. хакимова, м. (2021). ўзбекистонда миллатлараро тотувликни таъминлаш соҳасидаги устувор йўналишлар. общество и инновации, 2(10/s), 261-267. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 7, | dec., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org research results of flow hydraulic and sludge sediment regime in a river without a dam norkulov bekhzod eshmirzaevich national research university tashkent institute of irrigation and agricultural mechanization phd, docent department of the use of water energy and pumping stations kalandarova dilsuz abdujamilevna master degree, tashkent institute of irrigation and agricultural mechanization engineers national research university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s abstract. in this article, the analysis of the results of the field research conducted to assess the hydraulic and turbidity regime of the water flow in the area of the damless water intake project in the middle stream of the amudarya, and the speed of the sedimentation processes of the turbidity in the river to the head of the water intake channel, based on the hydrodynamic parameters of the river in order to prevent deformation processes, was determined. stvor, uzan, water level, depth, hand lot, reka, discharge, downstream. introduction amudarya is one of the largest rivers of central asia and flows north and north-west from the eastern slopes of the hindikush hills in afghanistan. amudarya originates from the confluence of the vakhsh, bakhandarya, pamir and panj rivers and flows through the territories of tajikistan, turkmenistan and uzbekistan. the rivers flow at a distance of 1437 km from the confluence and flow into the aral sea. the total area of the amudarya basin is 465,000 km2. the catchment area is 216,000 km2. one of the important tasks of channel hydraulics is to predict the hydrodynamic properties of the water intake structure without a dam in amudarya. in the case of water intake without a dam, the development of the seepage process has a negative effect on the reliability and operation of the water intake facility. calculation of the operating mode of the water intake channel, which has completely exhausted its resources and has been repaired several times, and is working under severe conditions, based on the operating conditions of the irrigation system objects, determining the laws of change of the reliability indicators of the hydromechanical conditions in the structure, the effect on the pumping devices of the sewage water transfer system, cleaning the sewage removal technologies and in the scientific works performed on improving the techniques, justifying the parameters of the treatment device, the issues of taking into account the composition, sizes and flow period of the effluents, and ensuring the water level in the vane chamber are not sufficiently studied until now. the area where field research was conducted is located in the middle stream of the amudarya basin, the bed of which passes through rapidly leaching soils, and it is considered the water intake area of the karshi main canal, which supplies water to the irrigation fields of the kashkadarya region of the republic. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org research methodology the research methods are theoretical and practical, and the methods of calculating the hydraulic and turbid sediment regime of the flow in the area of the damless water structure were chosen as the main goal of the research. in the research process, geodetic and hydrometric measurement works, fieldobservation methods, generally accepted methods in hydraulics, mathematical models based on the laws of hydromechanics are created and used. analysis and results studying the dynamics of turbid sediments along the length of the head of the channel in the catchment area of the river without a dam and identifying the areas of rapid sedimentation. based on the results of scientific research, develop schemes for the optimal placement of earthworks in the riverbed, reduce silt sedimentation by adjusting the flow, identify and eliminate areas with a high probability of coastal washing and negative processes that occur in the water transfer channel, and develop appropriate recommendations for the working conditions of the water intake facility without a dam. consists of improvement. main part the research object is located in the middle stream of the amudarya basin, which flows through rapidly leaching soils, and is considered the catchment area of the karshi main canal, which supplies water to the irrigation fields of the kashkadarya region of the republic. first, it is necessary to study the main characteristics of amudarya. hydrometric measurement works were carried out in the area of water intake without the opposite highway dam. information on the solid flow regime, its annual and multi-year variability, sediment size, fractional and chemical composition is of great importance in the design, construction and effective operation of reservoirs, main channels, sluices and other river sediment control facilities, and in predicting channel deformation. first, hydrological water measurement sites were selected for this purpose. measurement walls were marked at the selected water measurement site. water level, water depth, water speed, water turbidity level and other hydrometric measurement works as well as meteorological observation works were carried out in the designated dams in the area of water intake without dams. figure 1. measuring towers in the water intake area of bcr water levels were monitored three times a day at 8:00, 12:00 and 18:00. in order to compare the observed water levels, they were brought to a conditional horizontal plane, this plane is called the "0" graph of the hydrological water measurement site. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. water level gauge added the calculated value from the water gauge to determine the level of the water level relative to the "0" graph. the average daily water level was taken as the arithmetic mean of the measured quantities: 3 181206 hhh h ўрт ++ = (1) figure 3. average daily water level change graph. bcr in the input field depth measurement works in the water intake area of amudarya bcr were carried out using topographical maps mainly in 4 areas. the purpose of the depth measurement works is to determine the structure of the river bottom in the area of water intake without dams and to study the dynamics of riverbed processes, as well as to improve the water intake conditions of bcr. depth measurement works were carried out every 5 days on stvors. initially, the depth of all walls was measured using a hydrometric bar and a hand lot on longitudinal and transverse cuts. a hand lot with a standard weight of 4.5 kg, a diameter of 56 mm and a length of 100 mm and a length of hemp rope of 15 m was used for the depth measurement. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. preparation of hydrometric bar and depth measurement works figure 5. depth measurement works in the catchment area of bcr it was necessary to increase the weight of the hand lot when the water flow rate was high in the river at certain times. in order to better reflect the complex situation of the river bed, the depth measurement was carried out twice (from the left bank to the right bank and vice versa). based on the measured depth data, the morphometric parameters of the river were determined. the width of the river n bbbb +++= ... 21 is equal to. the sum of the distances between verticals measured across the width of the river in the 3rd stvor is 712=b м. the cross-sectional surface of the river was determined as follows. 22 ... 22 1 1 2 2111 nn n nn bh b hh b hhbh f + + ++ + +  = − − (2) according to him, he organized the 3rd stvor 23,1565 mf = . the average depth of the river is as follows .2,2 m b f h ўрт == based on the measured depth data, calculations were made for 4 walls. the slope of the water level curve in the research area was 0.0002 : 0.00025. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org figure 6. dynamics of the bottom cross-section of the lower part of the amudarya basin in the catchment area without dams of bcr in field studies, it was found that erosion is the most important of the physical-geographical factors, because it determines the shallowing of the river. at the same shallowing of the river, the longitudinal profile of its bottom can change on different scales, depending on the curvature of the river, like a snake's track. this curvature is related to some form of fluid consumption. an increase in runoff requires a standard value of bed slope, which is determined based on all possible erosion to transport these runoff from the stream. in this case, it is observed that the core is in the right shape and it is straightened in its crooked areas. figure 7. changes in depths in the bcr catchment area in 2 dimensions series1, 0, 0 series1, 5, 4.00 series1, 105, -4.10 series1, 165, -1.00 series1, 265, -0.80 series1, 335, -0.90 series1, 415, -1.80 series1, 475, -3.30 series1, 545, -3.00 series1, 595, -3.80 series1, 645, -3.00 series1, 650, 0.00 ч ук ур л и к, м дарёнинг кенглиги,м 1-створ series1, 0, 0 series1, 3, 3.8 series1, 53, -1.5 series1, 103, -3 series1, 153, -4.7 series1, 203, -2.1series1, 253, -2.6 series1, 303, -2.9 series1, 353, -2 series1, 403, -1.4 series1, 453, -3.7 series1, 458, 0 ч ук ур л и к 2-створ series1, 0, 0 series1, 5, 5.5 series1, 55, -6.3 series1, 105, -2.6 series1, 155, -2.5 series1, 205, -1.9series1, 305, -2.5series1, 405, -2.8 series1, 505, -1.8 series1, 585, -1 series1, 685, -0.7 series1, 688, 0 ч ук ур л и к, м 3-створ дарёнинг кенглиги,м series1, 0, 0 series1, 5, 5.5 series1, 55, -6.3 series1, 105, -2.6 series1, 155, -2.5 series1, 205, -1.9series1, 305, -2.5series1, 405, -2.8 series1, 505, -1.8 series1, 585, -1 series1, 685, -0.7 series1, 688, 0 ч ук ур л и к, м 4-створ дарёнинг кенглиги,м american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org it should be noted that amudarya is the second most turbid river in the world. taking this into account, a very large amount of nanoparticles are dragged along the bottom of the channel, sometimes hitting it, sometimes breaking off and entering the channel suspended in the water flow. a certain part of these discharges reaches the cultivated fields through the irrigation channel. this also complicates the operation mode of pumping stations. an increase in the inflow of sediments into the well causes a decrease in the depth of the flow of water moving in the well and an increase in the width of the well. this situation, in turn, leads to the emergence of a dynamic balance. the expansion of the channel width leads to an increase in the width of the flow front and ensures their transport. the change in depth was compared in the water catchment area of bcr. according to the results of depth measurement, it is explained by the fact that the current in the area is very unstable and highly mobile, and in a short period of time, large river bed processes can occur. this indicates that the hydraulic regime of the river significantly redistributes the speed, depth and width of the flow. in the course of our research, we used reduced and detailed methods of water consumption in the analytical calculation of turbid waste consumption. instruments used to measure water turbidity were sampled using a bathometric bottle. measurements of water turbidity were carried out every five days at designated river banks. analytical calculation of consumption of cloudy discharges: 1) one-point and two-point; 2) along the entire vertical; 3) the section was carried out using surface methods. the turbidity at each point was determined by the following formula. 3 6 ; 10 м g v p n i   (3) here i p cloudy liquid weight, in grams; n v sample size in ml . unit consumption was determined by multiplying the velocity at the point by the turbidity. секм g 2; = (4) the average unit costs in the vertical were determined for two points as follows: секм g hhўр 28,02,0 );(5,0  += (5) after determining the average unit costs in each vertical, the suspended effluent costs were determined. the consumption of suspended solids flowing through the river is analytically calculated using the following formula: сек кгfkfffkr nnn nn ;) 2 (...) 2 (001,0 1 1 2 21 11       + + ++ + += + +    (6) here n  ,..., 21 average unit costs in verticals a coefficient, this coefficient is chosen depending on the distribution of the flow speed in the coastal part, 7,0=k and n fff ,...,, 21 areas between verticals. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org figure 8. distribution of turbidity in the catchment area of bcr by streams as can be seen from figure 8, under the influence of the damless water intake structure, the flow is redistributed, the height of the river bed in the right and middle tributaries rises, and the tributaries are undergoing a process of reshaping. in the figure, it is shown that the turbidity in the flow does not change its direction relative to the dynamic axis of the main flow. in these walls, it can be seen that the significant curvature of the turbidity flows towards the entrance channel and begins slightly earlier than the curvature of the streamlines. 2, the above-mentioned regularity is preserved current lines have a greater curvature and are deformed in the main body much wider than on the right side of the coast. the fractional composition of suspended solids in the stream in the area of the water intake facility for the karshi main canal of amudarya was studied based on the efremov method. the result of the analysis showed that they are distributed in percentage shares as follows: ).02,0(005,0 );02,02,0(005,0016,0 );2,02(015,005,0 );226(05,025,0 );26(25,0 с ммwммd с ммwммd с ммwммd с ммwммd с ммwммd = −=−= −=−= −=−=  table 1 the content of suspended solids in the amudarya water flow measurements fractional composition, % > 0,25 мм 0,25-0,05 0,05-0,015 0,016-0,005 0,005 1 3 4 5 6 7 21.05 0,29 19,10 56,81 21,32 2,58 21.05 1,46 30,87 49,91 14,76 3,00 21.05 0,32 27,05 49,32 19,33 3,98 21.05 0,53 24,90 53,59 17,43 3,55 17.06 1,74 35,32 41,45 17,85 3,64 17.06 1,65 31,60 44,16 20,47 2,12 17.06 0,22 29,42 41,03 25,38 3,98 19.06 2,39 34,58 40,85 31,38 3,79 19.06 5,13 46,70 18,39 13,80 2,99 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the distribution of discharges in the flow in this area for the current period is presented in table 1 above. in this, the amount of sand fraction changed from )25,0( ммd  0,29 % to 2,39 %. the amount of fine particles mixed with sand and dust changed )05,025,0( ммd = from 19,10 % to 50,94 %. the amount of dusty discharge )015,005,0( ммd = from 31,38 % to 56,81 %, and the amount of dust emissions changed )05,0( ммd  from 2,12 % to 3,98 %. the studies of leading scientists were analyzed to compare the dynamics of the fractional composition of suspended solids. table 2 fractional composition of suspended effluents in the middle stream of amudarya according to rogov's research the season number particle size, mm; fractional content, % 0,25 мм 0,25-0,05 мм 0,05-0,01 мм 0,01 мм 1 2 3 4 5 6 winter (xii ii) 16 0,01 18,9 27,2 53,8 spring (iii -v) 29 0,04 15,6 26,1 58,2 summer (vi -viii) 35 0,06 13,2 30,9 55,8 autumn (ix xi) 33 0,01 18,4 28,3 53,2 table 3 fractional composition of suspended effluents in the middle reaches of the amudarya according to shapiro's research. period number of analyses fractional composition, % 0,05 mm 0,05-0,01 mm 0,01 mm 1 2 3 4 5 for 4 years 100 24,91 65,68 9,41 april 7 21,3 72,2 6,5 may 16 20,2 65,2 14,6 june 27 24,1 67,2 8,3 july 19 24,8 67,0 8,2 august 13 24,1 69,5 6,4 september 15 12,2 75,8 11,9 october 3 20,2 60,4 19,4 table 4 fractional composition of discharges moving along the bed of amudarya stream the date fractional composition % hydraulic size, mm/sec 0,25 0,25-0,05 0,25-0,016 0,015-0,005 0,005 1 3 4 5 6 7 21.07 5,06 72,39 15,99 5,63 0,93 21.07 12,40 83,32 2,84 1,10 0,34 21.07 25,87 70,50 2,62 0,80 0,21 21.07 1,88 49,10 40,90 7,19 0,93 21.07 0,72 55,54 34,52 8,37 0,85 21.07 1,16 35,52 52,71 9,05 1,56 17.08 20,92 74,40 1,00 1,90 1,78 17.08 6,86 45,42 33,2 12,35 1,95 17.08 11,80 41,08 30.37 14,72 2,08 17.08 3,14 66.48 10,79 18.57 1,02 17.08 39,65 50,36 6,43 3,22 0,34 17.08 50,17 48,98 0,09 0,42 0,34 17.08 1,49 27,50 46,10 19,68 5,23 17.08 1,35 27,24 49,77 16,13 5,51 17.08 55,35 42,79 1,14 0,38 0,34 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the comparative analysis of charts based on tables 1-2 and 3 is showed that large )05,0( ммd  and small )01,0( ммd  the fractional composition of the particles varies dramatically. in first table )05,0( ммd  while the amount of fractions is 16-20%, in table 3 this amount has changed to 3035%. amount of small fractions )01,0( ммd  in third table showed 50 %, the fractions in fourth table )05,0( ммd  24,9%, )01,0( ммd  and 9,41%. but it is appropriate to take into account the difference between the methods of determining fractional contents. therefore, tables 2-4 can be compared with each other. this comparison showed an increase of 10% despite a decrease in the amount of sandy discharge. figure 9. dependence of water turbidity on depth in bcr water intake area without dam (22.08.21) figure 10. changes in the turbidity of amudarya water over the years the turbidity of the current reaches its maximum values in the spring and summer periods. it was observed that the water flow is maximally clear in autumn and winter. the results of several years of studies have shown that the depth change dynamics increases when the water level rises, and decreases during low water periods. figure 11. bcr damless water catchment situational scheme and proposed earthworks location scheme ch u q u rl ik , m loyqalik, g/m3 1-vertikal 2-vertikal 3-vertikal 4-vertikal 5-vertikal 6-vertikal su v n in g l o y q al ig i, k g /m 3 оylar i-кузатув йили ii-кузатув йили iii-кузатув йили iv-кузатув йилиi-kuzatuv yili iii-kuzatuv yili iv-kuzatuv yiliii-kuzatuv yili american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 7, dec., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the fact that the height of the riverbed and river bottom remain almost unchanged for many years can be explained by the high saturation of the stream with discharges. the analysis of field research data shows that the flow velocity of the river is lower than at the surface, the flow particles in the bottom have less inertia compared to those of the surface, and they are more affected by the flow deflection. this is explained by the fact that the flow at the bottom is more widespread near the entrance channel than the flow at the surface. conclusion 1. according to the results of the field study conducted in the water intake area of the amudarya river without a dam, the water flow is redistributed under the influence of the main water intake structure without a dam, the height of the river bed is rising in the right and middle tributaries, and the process of reshaping of the tributaries is underway. 2. in order to ensure the reliability of the water intake facility without a dam, it is necessary to develop hydraulic and structural schemes based on methods that ensure the reduction of the volume of muddy sediments entering the water intake channel. 3. in order to prevent defamation processes in the riverbed, it is necessary to build the first temporary measures, that is, the system of embankments and spurs. taking into account the costs of production and transportation of reinforced concrete products, it is recommended to strengthen and build local dams (spurs) with reinforced concrete structures in the future. as a result of the accumulation of muddy sedimentary rocks on the right bank above pulizindan hill, it is possible to observe that the flow almost slows down and moves towards the left bank. such a change in river processes is creating unfavorable conditions for obtaining water without dams in bcr. during the low water period of winter, the minimum value of the water level near pulizindan hill is 242.75 m, which complicates the situation of water intake. in this case, the planned water intake will not be provided in the bcr. the method of determining the speed of deformation processes has been improved, taking into account the hydrological regime of the river in the area of the damless water intake structure of bcr. references 1. bazarov d.r. investigation of the hydraulic regime of the river with a damless water intake. diss. for an apprenticeship step. ph.d., m. 1992, p.120 2. bazarov d.r. numerical studies of the reshaping of the amudarya riverbed in the section of the damless water intake of the karshi main canal. g. problems of safety in emergencies. (in the press). 3. bazarov d.r., norkulov b.e., jamolovf. "hydraulic regime of flow division in a damless water intake". water and land resources scientific popular journal. 2020, no. 4, p. 42-49. 4. norkulov b.e., a.krutov, b.nurmatov, m.mirzaev. applicability of zero-dimensional equations to forecast nonconservative components concentration in water bodies. iop conf. series: materials science and engineering 883 (2020) 012064 www.scopus.com. 5. belikov v.v., zaitsev a.a., militeev a.n. numerical modeling of the kinematics of the flow in the section of an inextricable channel // "water resources" 2001, volume 28 no. 6, pp. 701-710. 6. butakov a.n. channel processes in the mouths of navigable rivers. m.: transport, 1981. 104 p. 7. velikanov m.a. dynamics of channel flows. m., 1954, p.112-119. 8. goncharov v.n. dynamics of channel flows. l., 1954. american journal of technology and applied sciences eissn (e): 2832-1766| volume 1, | april, 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org use of medicinal plants as a panacea to poultry production and food security: a review alagbe, j. o. department of animal nutrition and biochemistry, sumitra research institute, gujarat, india email: dralagbe@outlook.com, orcid number: 0000 0003 0853 6144e a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s medicinal plants remain the most untapped reservoir of potential therapeutic agents that can be exploited in reducing animal exposure to diseases. some plants possess significant immune stimulatory, hepatoprotective, antiinflammatory, antifungal, hypolipidemic and antioxidant activities due to the presence of phytochemicals. phytochemicals or secondary metabolites are generally regarded as safe, effective, environmental freiendly and relatively cheap. examples of phytochemicals includes; tannins, flavonoids, phenols, alkaloids, saponins and terpenoids. concentrations of phytochemicals in plants vary from plant to plants, method of extraction, geographical locations, species and age of plants. medicinal plants are capable of stimulating feed intake, enhancing growth performance, improving gastrointestinal morphology, immune modulator, nutrient utilization as well as modulating the fatty acid of meat. they are also recommended as one of the potential alternatives to antibiotics and to bridge the gap between food safety and livestock production. antibiotics, antioxidants, medicinal plants, phytochemicals, livestock, food safety introduction medicinal plants are reservoirs of bioactive compounds used by humans since early ages in traditional medicine for the treatment and prevention of diseases due to their therapeutic potential (arun andvarsha, 2014; dilfuza et al., 2015). according to oluwafemi et al. (2020); adewale et al. (2020), there are over 500,000 species of medicinal plants identified globally which has led to the discovery of novel drugs or new pharmaceuticals used for the treatment of various diseases in animals. recently, the use of medicinal plants is increasingly gaining interest due to the increasing cases of antimicrobial resistance due to the indiscriminate use of antibiotics which has led to increased risk of resistant pathogenic bacteria, environmental pollution and toxic residue in animal products which have negative effect on human health and animals (shittu et al., 2021). the presence of phytochemicals in medicinal plants is generally regarded as safe, effective and natural potential alternatives to produce healthy animals (alagbe, 2021; singh et al., 2021). phytochemicals in medicinal plant possess enormous mailto:dralagbe@outlook.com american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org scaffolds that are mimicked in the design of most molecular stuctured synthetic drugs (mishra and tiwari, 2011) or even modified further to enhance a drug’s biological activity profile (itokawa et al., 2008). thus, there has been a renewed interest in investigating natural products as leads for new biologically friendly, therapeutic drug candidates (mishra and tiwari, 2011). the european union in 2009 placed a ban on the use of antibiotic growth promoters in animals due to the problems outlined above to promote food safety. according to european surveillance report in 2021 on antimicrobial consumption, european countries have substantially reduced the use of antimicrobials for animals. according to eckel (2020), healthy animals are the foundation for healthy people and healthy people are the basis for a stable and productive society. plant based natural constituents can be derived from leaves, stems, flowers, roots, twigs and seeds (agubosi et al., 2022). they have become a source of drugs and are traditionally used for the treatment of numerous diseases in animals such as gastro-intestinal infection, fever, cough, pneumonia, inflammations, skin infections, mental retardation, arthritis, urinary infections and asthma (šarić-kundalić, 2010; voon et al., 2012; philander, 2011). medicinal plants can be incorporated into animal feed or water to enhance productivity due to the presence of phytochemicals (tannins, flavonoids, terpenoids, alkaloids, saponins, phenols or bioactive compounds (agubosi et al., 2022) whose concentration vary according to the method of processing or extraction, geographical origin, environmental factors, harvesting seasons and storage conditions (gadde et al., 2017). the presence of phytochemicals enables plants to perform multiple biological activities such as: antimicrobial, antifungal, antiviral, antibacterial, antioxidant, hepato-protective, chemopreventive, neuroprotective, immune-modulatory, antispasmodic, anagelsics and hypolipidemic (alagbe, 2021). according to dhan et al. (2012), phytochemicals are non-nutritive plant chemicals that have either defensive or disease protective properties. for instance, flavonoids are capable of scavenging free radicals and also posse’s anti-inflammatory properties (okwu et al., 2004; omolere and alagbe, 2020). generally, the ability of flavonoids to effectively act as antioxidants depends on a number of factors, i.e., metal-chelating potential that strongly depends on hydroxyls and carbonyl groups arrangement around the molecule, the hydrogen or electron-donating substituent’s present and able to reduce free radicals, and the flavonoid’s ability to delocalize unpaired electron which lead to stable phenoxyl radical formation (seelinger et al., 2008; gülçin, 2012; alagbe and motunrade, 2019). according to asl and hosseinzeh (2008); atamgba et al. (2015), saponins are useful adjuvants during the production of vaccines and they also have potentials as fertility agents. tannins are a very complex group of plant secondary metabolites, which are soluble in polar solution and are distinguished from other polyphenolic compounds by their ability to precipitate proteins (silanikove et al., 2001; alagbe et al., 2021). they can be grouped into either condensed or hydrolyzable tannins. condensed tannins are more widely distributed in higher plant species than the hydrolysable ones and they are capable of precipitating proteins (dykes et al., 2005). tannins are also known to posses’ antibacterial and antiviral activities and type of tannins synthesized by plants vary considerably depending on plant species, stage of development and environmental condition (cornell, 2005; enzo, 2007; alagbe, 2019). steroids are considered as great potentials for growth and bone marrow stimulation in the body of animals (tsado et al., 2015; alagbe, 2019). phenolic acids are derivatives of benzoic or cinnamic acids derivatives to form hydroxybenzoic and hydroxycinnamic acids, respectively (dykes and rooney, 2006). they are antioxidants which are capable of reducing oxidative stress in animals (shittu et al., 2021; alagbe et al., 2019). oxidation is american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the transfer of electrons from one atom to the other essential for cell metabolism with o2 as an electron acceptor releasing energy in the form of atp. it however, becomes problematic when electron flow becomes uncoupled causing the transfer of unpaired single electrons instead of paired ones, generating free radicals (peréz and aguilar, 2013; musa et al., 2020). the generated reactive free radicals containing o2 are known as reactive oxygen species (ros), oxidants or pro-oxidants as reported by gülçin (2012). they include hydroxyl (ho), superoxide (o -) peroxyl (roo), alkoxyl (ro) and nitric oxide (no) (nikolova, 2012; shittu and alagbe, 2020). phenols are antioxidants capable of preventing degenerative diseases such as cancer, coronary atherosclerosis and alzheimer’s disease (nikolova, 2012; uddin et al., 2014) and protecting cellular components against oxidative damage (halliwell and evans, 2001; dudonnѐ et al., 2009). dietary antioxidants have been defined as any substance that when present in low concentrations than that of the oxidizable substrate, significantly delays or inhibits the oxidation of that substrate (halliwell, 2007). phytates are capable of interfering with minerals making them biologically unavailable for absorption (alagbe et al., 2020). high oxalate diet can increase the risk of renal calcium absorption and has been implicated as a source of kidney stones (chai and liebman, 2004; alagbe, 2019). alkaloids in plants possess medicinal benefits which includes antimalarial, antibacterial and anticancer activities (sexena et al., 2013; olufunmiso et al., 2017). terpenoids have also been reported to posse’s antimicrobial, anti-carcinogenic and anti-diruetic properties (oluwafemi et al., 2022; alagbe et al., 2020). in view of the abundant potential in medicinal plants, this review is a collection of different herbs, its inclusion level as well as its effect in poultry production. table 1: medicinal plants, dosage and their various activities in animals plants dosage effect on birds references ginger (zingiber officinale) 0.2 % 0.4 % improved intestinal morphology and efficient growth performance oluwafemi et al. (2021); hanan (2015), burt (2004); brenes and roura (2010) garlic (allium sativum) oil 200 mg/kg diet improved body weight gain jamroz et al. (2015); mitsch et al. (2004) ginger + garlic oil 0.2 – 0.4 % improved blood count and efficient growth performance oluwafemi et al. (2021); hanan (2015), nouzarian et al. (2011). moringa oliefera oil 0.1 – 0.3 % agubosi et al. (2022); lee et al. (2004) sunflower (helianthus annus) oil 0.2 % – 0.4 % improves intestinal morphology and efficient growth performance agubosi et al. (2022); platel and srinivasan (2000); rajput et al. (2012). albizia lebbeck stem bark extract 20 – 40 ml/lit of water increased weight gain and dressing percentage alali et al. (2013); hong et al. (2014) balanites aegyptiaca and alchornea cordifolia stem bark mixture 10 – 40 ml/ lit of water improves intestinal morphology and efficient growth performance khattak et al. (2014); burt (2004) cymbopogon citratus oil 100 mg – 300 mg/kg feed increased weight gain and dressing percentage garlic (allium sativum) oil 150 mg – 300 mg/kg feed modulation of fatty acid components of breast and thigh muscles mitsch et al. (2004); jamroz et al. (2005); kirkpinar et al. (2011). moringa oliefera leaf extract 60-90 ml/ litre of water increased weight gain and dressing percentage alabi et al. (2016), hassan et al. (2004), american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org savory oil 100 – 150 mg/kg feed improves intestinal morphology and efficient growth performance mousapour et al. (2020), dehghani et al. (2018); kirkpinar et al. (2011), ghalamkari et al. (2011), goodarzi et al. (2014), movahhedkhah et al. (2019). oregano oil 0.2 – 0.5 ml/kg feed better feed conversion ratio and fatty acid modulation in broilers meat botsoglou et al. (2002), giannenas et al. (2016), avila et al. (2012), castillo et al. (2007), florou et al. (2006), giannenas et al. (2005), alp et al. (2012); cabrera et al. (2008) lavandula angustifolia oil 0.2 – 0.4 ml/litre of water suppress the activities of pathogenic bacteria, maintain good egg quality adaszynska et al. (2018), yarmohammadi et al. (2018), torki et al. (2021), mokhtari et al. (2018), wells et al. (2018). cinnamon essential oil 0.1 – 0.3 mg/kg feed improves growth performance, maintain and prevents dysbiosis el-atki et al. (2019), aami et al. (2010), abo et al. (2020) clove bud extract 10-30 ml/litre water improved body weight gain and feed intake ismail et al. (2017), jamroz et al. (2003); brenes and roura (2010). nigella sativa oil 0.1% 0.3 % improved growth performance and carcass traits. burits et al. (2000), burts (2004), calo et al. (2015). ixora coccinea root extract 1-2ml/lit. of water increased average daily weight gain and feed intake and decreased feed conversion ratio in broiler chickens. annapurna et al. (2003), al-harthi (2002); burt (2000) achyranthes japonica root extract 0.025 % 0.050 % improved growth performance and carcass traits. dang et al. (2021); ravangard et al. (2017) achyranthes aspera extract 1-5 ml/ lit of water improved body weight gain, increased red blood cells. long et al. (2020); park and kim (2020) turmeric powder 0.2 – 0.4 % scavenge free radicals and improved body weight gain al-noor et al. (2011); al-nazawi et al. (2012); amin and abdou (2012); arshami et al. (2013). luffa aegyptiaca leaf extract 10 – 30 ml/ lit of water improved weight gain and nutrient digestibility alagbe (2019) turmeric powder 2g – 5g increased immunoglobulins and antibody titres against newcastle disease toghyani et al. (2010; 2011), south et al. (1997) ginger root powder 100 – 200 g / ton reduce oxidative stress and scavenge free radicals in birds habibi et al. (2014); alili et al. (2013) prosopis africana oil 100-200 mg/kg feed increased red blood cell and heamoglobin count, increased body weight gain and nutrient utilization alagbe (2022); burt (2004); jamroz et al. (2005). anogeissusleio carpus stem bark 10 – 50 ml/ lit of water modulation of fatty acid of thigh muscle alagbe et al. (2022) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org conclusion medicinal plants or herbs have been reported to contain phytochemicals or bioactive chemicals (alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, terpernoids, saponins, phenols etc.) and also loaded minerals, vitamins, amino acids and other nutrients. they have also been reported to be cheap, safe and effective without having causing any negative effect on the health of an animal. various plant bioactive compounds that play a significant defensive role against herbivory and pathogen attack, inter-plant competition, and abiotic stresses (biswal et al., 2012) can be utilized for therapeutic purposes (briskin, 2000; olafadehan et al., 2020). this is because, plant phytochemicals possess enormous scaffolds that are mimicked in the design of most molecular stuctured synthetic drugs (mishra and tiwari, 2011) or even modified further to enhance a drug’s biological activity profile (itokawa et al., 2008). references 1. al-bayati, f.a. (2009). isolation and identification of antimicrobial compound from mentha longifolia l. leaves grown wild in iraq. annals of clinical microbiology and antimicrobials, 8: 20-26 2. mimica-dukić, n. and bozin, b. (2008). mentha l. species (lamiaceae) as promising sources of bioactive secondary metabolites. current pharmaceutical design, 14(29): 3141-3150. 3. ertaş, a., gören, a.c., haşimi, n., tolan, v. and kolak, u. (2015). evaluation of antioxidant, cholinesterase inhibitory and antimicrobial properties of mentha longifolia subsp. noeana and its secondary metabolites. records of natural products, 9(1):105-115. 4. alagbe, j.o. (2019). effects of dried centella asiatica leaf meal as a herbal feed additive on the growth performance, haematology and serum biochemistry of broiler chicken. international journal of animal research. 3(23): 1-12. 5. alagbe, j.o. (2019). haematology, serum biochemistry, relative organ weight and bacteria count of broiler chicken given different levels of luffa aegyptiaca leaf extracts. international journal of advanced biological and biomedical research. 7(4):382-392. 6. alagbe, j.o. (2019). growth response and bacteria count of broiler starter given delonix regia leaf extract as a natural alternative to antibiotics. food and nutrition: current research. 2(3): 197 – 203. 7. vladimir-knežević, s., blažeković, b., kindl, m., vladić, j., lower-nedza, a.d. and brantner, a.h. (2014). acetylcholinesterase inhibitory, antioxidant and phytochemical properties of selected medicinal plants of the lamiaceae family. molecules, 19: 767-782. 8. voon, h. c., bhat, r. and rusul, g. (2012). flower extracts and their essential oils as potential antimicrobial agents for food uses and pharmaceutical applications. comprehensive reviews in food science and food safety, 11: 34-55. 9. gülçin, i. (2012). antioxidant activity of food constituents: an overview. archives of toxicology, 86: 345-391. 10. philander, l.a. (2011). an ethnobotany of western cape rasta bush medicine. journal of ethnopharmacology, 138: 578-594. 11. seelinger, g., merfort, i., wolfle, u. and schempp, c.m. (2008). anti-carcinogenic effects of the flavonoid luteolin. molecules, 13: 2628-2651. http://www.google.bg/url?sa=t&rct=j&q&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ccaqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ann-clinmicrob.com%2f&ei=mr4bvmugb-_n7abeuicidw&usg=afqjcnerpewjpynipy-u7b0ptw_dd-h5sg&sig2=5arrtcsywo6gyhym1y9nua&bvm=bv.74115972%2cd.zgu http://www.google.bg/url?sa=t&rct=j&q&esrc=s&frm=1&source=web&cd=1&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=0ccaqfjaa&url=http%3a%2f%2fwww.ann-clinmicrob.com%2f&ei=mr4bvmugb-_n7abeuicidw&usg=afqjcnerpewjpynipy-u7b0ptw_dd-h5sg&sig2=5arrtcsywo6gyhym1y9nua&bvm=bv.74115972%2cd.zgu american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 12. šarić-kundalić, b. (2010). traditional medicine of the balkans with identification and examination of the collected material (thesis). available from: othes.univie.ac.at/10358/1/2 010-05-11_0105949.pdf (accessed may 2013). 13. alagbe, j.o., sharma, r., eunice abidemi ojo, shittu, m.d and bello, kamoru. a. (2020). chemical evaluation of the proximate, mineral, vitamins and phytochemical analysis of daniellia oliveri stem bark. international journal of biological and chemical studies, 2(1): 16-22 14. dykes, l., rooney, l.w., waniska, r. d., and rooney, w.l. 2005. phenolic compounds and antioxidant activity of sorghum grains of varying genotypes. journal of agriculture and food chemistry 53: 6813-6818 15. cornell, h. 2005. the functionality of wheat starch. pages 213-240 in: starch in food, structure, function and applications. eliasson, a. ed. woodhead publishing: cambridge, uk. 16. enzo, a.p (2007). traditional plants and herbal remedies used in the treatment of diarrheal disease: mode of action, quality, efficacy and safety considerations. planta med. 69:350-355. 17. alagbe, j.o., agubosi, o.c.p., ajagbe, a.d, shittu, m.d and akintayo balogun, o.m (2020). performance, haematology and serum biochemical parameters of growing grass cutters fed phyllantus amarus and piliostigma thonningii leaf meal mixture as partial replacement for soya bean meal. united international journal for research and technology, 2(1): 14-23. 18. dykes, l. and rooney, l.w. (2006). sorghum and millet phenols and antioxidants. journal of cereal science 44: 236-251. 19. alagbe, j.o., sharma, d and xing liu (2019). effect of aqueous piliostigma thonningii leaf extracts on the haematological and serum biochemical indices of broiler chicken. noble international journal of agriculture and food technology. 1(2): 62-69. 20. nikolova, g. (2012). oxidative stress and parkinson disease: a mini-review. trakia journal of sciences, 10(1): 92-100. 21. peréz, j.a. and aguilar, t.a. (2013). chemistry of natural antioxidants and studies performed with different plants collected in mexico. available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/52247 (accessed may 2014). 22. gülçin, i. (2012). antioxidant activity of food constituents: an overview. archives of toxicology, 86: 345-391 23. tsado n.a., lawal b., santali e.s., mohammed, a.s., balarabe, m., mohammed, h and george, j.j. (2015). phytochemicals and acute toxicity profile of aqueous and methanolic extracts of crateva adansonii leaves in swiss albino rats. asian journal of biochemistry 10 (4): 173-179. 24. asl, m.n. and hosseinzadeh, h. (2008). review of pharmacological effects of glycyrrhiza sp. and its bioactive compounds. phytochemical research., 22: 709-724. 25. chai, w. and liebman, m. (2004). assessment of oxalate absorption from almonds and black beans with and without the use of an extrinsic label. journal of urology, 172: 953-957. 26. akintayo balogun omolere. m and alagbe, j.o (2020). probiotics and medicinal plants in poultry nutrition: a review. united international journal for research and technology, 2(1): 7-13. 27. oluwafemi, r.a., isiaka olawale and alagbe, j.o. (2020). recent trends in the utilization of medicinal plants as growth promoters in poultry nutritiona review. research in: agricultural and veterinary sciences. 4(1): 5-11. http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/52247 http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/52247 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 28. atamgba, a.a., margret, a.a., kayo, d and amonor, j.w. (2015). the biomedical significance of the phytochemical, proximate, mineral compositions of the leaf, stem bark and root of jatropha curcus. asian pacific journal of tropical biomedicine 5(8): 650-657. 29. okwu, d.e. (2004). phytochemical and vitamin content of indigenous species of south eastern nigeria. journal of sustainable agriculture and environment 6:30-37. 30. sexena, m., nema, r., singh, d and gupta, a. (2013). phytochemistry of medicinal plants. journal of pharmacognosy and phytochemistry centre of microbiology and biotechnology research and training bhopal, india 8192 (1): 168-182. 31. oluwafemi, r.a., agubosi, o.c.p and alagbe, j.o. (2021). proximate, minerals, amino acid and vitamin composition of prosopis africana seed oil. asian journal of advances in research 11(1): 21-27. 32. oluwafemi, r.a., daniel, s.e and alagbe, j.o. (2021). haematological and serum biochemical indices of broiler chicks fed different inclusion levels of ginger and garlic oil mixture. international journal of discoveries and innovation in applied sciences 1(4): 20-26. 33. agubosi, o.c.p., soliu, m.b and alagbe, j.o. (2022). effect of dietary inclusion levels of moringa oleifera oil on the growth performance and nutrient retention of broiler starter chicks. central asian journal of theoretical and applied sciences 3(3): 30-39 34. agubosi, o.c.p., imudia, favour dumkenechukwu and alagbe, j.o. (2022). evaluation of the nutritional value of air dried and sun-dried sweet potato (ipomoea batatas) peels. european journal of life safety and stability 14(22): 43-51. 35. agubosi, o.c.p., oluwafemi, r.a., and alagbe, j.o. (2021). preliminary study on gc-ms analysis of prosopis africana seed (african mesquite) oil. journal of ethics and diversity in international communication 1(4): 18-20. 36. oluwafemi, r.a., lawal aisha omolade., adelowo, samad adetope and alagbe, j.o. (2021). effects of dietary inclusion of ginger (zingiber officinale) and garlic (allium sativum) oil on carcass characteristics and sensory evaluation of broiler chicken. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies 2(11): 180-188. 37. alagbe, j.o (2021). dietary supplementation of rauvolfia vomitoria root extract as a phytogenic feed additive in growing rabbit diets: growth performance and caecal microbial population. concept in dairy and veterinary sciences. 4(2):2021. 38. adewale, a.o., alagbe, j.o., adeoye, adekemi. o. (2021). dietary supplementation of rauvolfia vomitoria root extract as a phytogenic feed additive in growing rabbit diets: haematology and serum biochemical indices. international journal of orange technologies, 3(3): 1-12. 39. singh, a.s., alagbe, j.o., sharma, s., oluwafemi, r.a and agubosi, o.c.p. (2021). effect of dietary supplementation of melon (citrallus linatus) seed oil on the growth performance and antioxidant status of growing rabbits. journal of multidimensional research and reviews, 2(1): 78-95. 40. shittu, m.d., alagbe, j.o., adejumo, d.o., ademola, s.g., abiola, a.o., samson, b.o and ushie, f.t. (2021). productive performance, caeca microbial population and immunemodulatory activity of broiler chicks fed different levels sida acuta leaf extract in replacement of antibiotics. bioinformatics and proteomics open access journal 5(1): 000143. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 41. alagbe, j.o. (2021). prosopis africana stem bark as an alternative to antibiotic feed additives in broiler chicks diets: performance and carcass characteristics. journal of multidimensional research and reviews, 2(1): 64-77. 42. alagbe, j.o. (2021). daniellia oliveri leaf extracts as an alternative to antibiotic feed additives in broiler chicken diets: meat quality and fatty acid composition. indonasian journal of innovation and applied sciences 1(3): 177-186. 43. oluwafemi, r.a., uankhoba, i.p and alagbe, j.o. (2021). effects of turmeric oil as a dietary supplements on the growth performance and carcass characteristics of broiler chicken. international journal of orange technologies, 3(4): 1-9. 44. oluwafemi, r.a., uankhoba, i.p and alagbe, j.o. (2021). effects of turmeric oil as a dietary supplement on the haematology and serum biochemical indices of broiler chickens. bioinformatics and proteomics open access journal 5(1): 000138. 45. alagbe, j.o (2020). chemical evaluation of proximate, vitamin and amino acid profile of leaf, stem bark and roots of indigofera tinctoria. international journal on integrated education. 3(10): 150-157. 46. alagbe, j.o., ajagbe, a.d., attama jeremiah, philemon, k.c and bello, kamoru, a (2020). albizia lebbeck stem bark aqueous extract as alternative to antibiotic feed additives in broiler chicks diets: haematology, serum indices and oxidative status. international journal of biological, physical and chemical studies, 2(1): 8-15. 47. alagbe, j.o., adeoye, adekemi and oluwatobi, o.a. (2020). proximate and mineral analysis of delonix regia leaves and roots. international journal on integrated education. 3(10): 144-149. 48. alagbe, j.o., sharma, r., eunice abidemi ojo, shittu, m.d and bello kamoru atanda (2020). chemical evaluation of the proximate, minerals, vitamins and phytochemical analysis of daniellia oliveri stem bark. international journal of biological, physical and chemical studies, 2(1):16-22. 49. musa, b., alagbe, j.o., adegbite motunrade betty, omokore, e.a. (2020). growth performance, caeca microbial population and immune response of broiler chicks fed aqueous extract of balanites aegyptiaca and alchornea cordifolia stem bark mixture. united journal for research and technology, 2(2):13-21. 50. shittu, m.d and alagbe, j.o. (2020). phyto-nutritional profiles of broom weed (sida acuta) leaf extract. international journal of integrated education. 3(11): 119-124 51. alagbe, j.o. (2020). effect of dietary supplementation of cymbopogon citratus oil on the performance and carcass characteristics of broiler chicks. european journal of biotechnology and bioscience. 8(4): 39-45. 52. alagbe, j.o., shittu, m.d., bamigboye, s.o and oluwatobi, a.o. (2020). proximate and mineral composition of pentadiplandra brazzeana stems bark. electronic research journal of engineering, computer and applied sciences. 1(2009): 91-99. 53. alagbe, j.o. (2020). effect of dietary supplementation of cymbopogon citratus oil on the haematology and serum biochemical parameters of broiler chicks. electronic research journal of engineering, computer and applied sciences. 2(2020): 127-141 54. alagbe, j.o and adegbite motunrade betty (2019). haematological and serum biochemical indices of starter broiler chicks fed aqueous extract of balanites aegyptiaca and alchornea american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org cordifolia bark mixture. international journal of biological, physical and chemical studies. 1(1): 8-15 55. alagbe, j.o (2019). proximate, mineral and phytochemical analysis of piliostigma thonningii stems bark and roots. international journal of biological, physical and chemical studies, 1(1): 1-7. 56. alagbe, j.o. (2019). growth performance and haemato-biochemical parameters of broilers fed different levels of parkia biglobosa leaf extracts. academic journal of life sciences. 5(12): 107 – 115. 57. alagbe, j.o., olanrewaju, a., adewemimo, a and tanimomo, b.k. (2019). carcass, caecal microbial population and immune parameters of broilers given different levels of mixed lemon grass (cymbopogon citratus) and garlic (allium sativum) extract. academic journal of life sciences. 5(11): 107-111. 58. alagbe, j.o. (2019). growth response and bacteria count of broiler starter given delonix regia leaf extract as a natural alternative to antibiotics. food and nutrition: current research. 2(3): 197 – 203. 59. mishra, b.b. and tiwari, v.k. (2011). natural products: an evolving role in future drug discovery, a mini-review. european journal of medicinal chemistry, 46: 4769-4807. 60. ita, p.b. and offiong, e.e. (2013). medicinal plants used in traditional medicine by rural communities in cross river state, nigeria. journal of health, medicine and nursing, 1: 23-29. 61. uddin, r., saha, m.r, subhan, n., hossain, h., jahan, i.a., akter, r. and alam, a. (2014). hplc-analysis of polyphenolic compounds in gardenia jasminoide and determination of antioxidant activity by using free radical scavenging assays. advanced pharmaceutical bulletin, 4(3): 273-281. 62. nikolova, g. (2012). oxidative stress and parkinson disease: a mini-review. trakia journal of sciences, 10(1): 92-100. 63. dudonnѐ, s., vitrac, x., coutiѐrep, p., woillez, m. and mѐrilon, j. (2009). comparative study of antioxidant properties and total phenolic content of 30 plant extracts of industrial interest using dpph, abts, frap, sod and orac assays. journal of agricultural and food chemistry, 57: 1768-1774 64. halliwell, b. (2007). biochemistry of oxidative stress. biochemical society transactions, 35(5): 1147-1150 65. halliwell, b., and evan p. (2001). micronutrients: oxidant/antioxidant status. british journal of nutrition, 85: s67-s74. 66. hassan ii, askar aa, el-shourbagy ga. (2004). influence of some medicinal plants on performance, physiological and meat quality traits of broiler chicks. egypt poultry science 24:247-266. 67. yarmohammadi barbarestania, s.; jazib, v.; mohebodinic, h.; ashayerizadehb, a.; shabanib, a.; toghyani, m. (2020). effects of dietary lavender essential oil on growth performance, intestinal function, and antioxidant status of broiler chickens. livestock science 233: 103958 68. wells, r.; truong, f.; adal, a.m.; sarker, l.s.; mahmoud, s.s. (2018). lavandula essential oils: a current review of applications in medicinal, food, and cosmetic industries of lavender. national production community 13: 1403–1417 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 69. mokhtari, s.; rahati, m.; seidavi, a.; haq, q.m.i.; kadim, i.; laudadio, v.; tufarelli, v. (2018). effects of feed supplementation with lavender (lavandula angustifolia) essence on growth performance, carcass traits, blood constituents and caecal microbiota of broiler chickens. european poulty science 2018: 82 70. torki, m.; mohebbifar, a.; mohammadi, h. (2021). effects of supplementing hen diet with lavandula angustifolia and/or mentha spicata essential oils on production performance, egg quality and blood variables of laying hens. veterinary medical science 7: 184–193. 71. abo ghanima, m.m.; elsadek, m.f.; taha, a.e.; abd el-hack, m.e.; alagawany, m.; ahmed, b.m.; elshafie, m.m.; el-sabrout, k. (2020). effect of housing system and rosemary and cinnamon essential oils on layers performance, egg quality, haematological traits, blood chemistry, immunity, and antioxidant. animal 10:245-250 72. mahrous, h.s.; el-far, a.h.; sadek, k.m.; abdel-latif, m.a. (2017). effects of different levels of clove bud (syzygium aromaticum) dietary supplementation on immunity, antioxidant status, and performance in broiler chickens. alex. j. vet. sci. 54: 29–39. 73. aami-azghadi, m.; golian, a.; kermanshahi, h.; sedghi, m. (2010). comparison of dietary supplementation with cumin essential oil and prebiotic fermacto on humoral immune response, blood metabolites and performance of broiler chickens. glob. vet. 4: 380–387. 74. alp, m.; midilli, m.; kocaba ˘gli, n.; yilmaz, h.; turan, n.; gargili, a.; acar, n. (2012).the effects of dietary oregano essential oil on live performance, carcass yield, serum immunoglobulin g level, and oocyst count in broilers. j. appl. poult. res. 21:630–636 75. el atki, y.; aouam, i.; el kamari, f.; taroq, a.; nayme, k.; timinouni, m.; lyoussi, b.; abdellaoui, a. (2019). antibacterial activity of cinnamon essential oils and their synergistic potential with antibiotics. j. adv. pharm. technol. res. 10: 2–63 76. ismail, m.; kemegne, g.a.; njayou, f.n.; penlap, v.; mbacham, w.f.; kamdem, s.l.s. (2017). chemical composition, antibiotic promotion and in vivo toxicity of piper nigrum and syzygium aromaticum essential oil. afr. j. biochem. res. 11: 58–71 77. adaszy ´nska-skwirzy ´nska, m.; szczerbi ´nska, d. (2018). the antimicrobial activity of lavender essential oil (lavandula angustifolia) and its influence on the production performance of broiler chickens. journal of animal physiology and animal nutrition 102, 1020–102 78. botsoglou n, florou-paneri p, christaki e, fletouris d, spais a. (2002). effect of dietary oregano essential oil on performance of chickens and on ironinduced lipid oxidation of breast, thigh and abdominal fat tissues. british poultry science 43:223-230. 79. burits m and bucar f. (2000). antioxidant activity of nigella sativa essential oil. phytotherapy research 14:323-328. 80. burt, s. (2004). essential oils: their antibacterial properties and potential applications in foods. a review. international journal of food microbiology 94:223-253. 81. calo j.r., crandall, p.g., o’bryan, c.a and ricke, s.c.(2015). essential oils as antimicrobials in food systemsa review. food control 54:111-119 82. dehghani n, afsharmanesh m, salarmoini m, ebrahimnejad h, bitaraf a.(2018).effect of pennyroyal, savory and thyme essential oils on japanese quail physiology. heliyon 2018;4:e00881. 83. ghalamkari g, toghyani m, tavalaelan e, landy n, ghalamkari z, radnezhad h.(2011). efficiency of different levels of satureja hortensis l.(savory) in comparison with an antibiotic american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org growth promoter on performance, carcass traits, immune responses and serum biochemical parameters in broiler chickens. african journal of biotechnology10:13318-13323. 84. goodarzi m, mohtashami pour n, modiri d. the effect of savory (satureja khuzistanica) essential oils on performance and some blood biochemical parameters of ross and cobb broilers. annual research and review in biology 2014;4(24):4336-4343. 85. jamroz d, orda j, kamel c, wiliczkiewicz a, wertelecki t, skorupinska j.(2003). the influence of phytogenic extracts on performance, nutrient digestibility, carcass characteristics, and gut microbial status in broiler chickens. journal of animal and feed sciences 12:583-596 86. kirkpinar f, unlu hb, ozdemir g.(2011). effects of oregano and garlic essential oils on performance, carcass, organ and blood characteristics and intestinal microflora of broilers. livestock science 137:219–225. 87. movahhedkhah s, rasouli b, seidavi a, mazzei d, laudadio v, tufarelli v. (2019).summer savory (satureja hortensis l.) extract as natural feed additive in broilers: effects on growth, plasma constituents, immune response, and ileal microflora. animals 9:87. 88. avila-ramos, f.a., e. pro-martinez, j.m. sosa-montes, j.m. cuca-garcia, c.m. becerril-perez, j.l. figueroavelasco, c. narciso-gaytan (2012). effects of dietary oregano essential oil and vitamin e on the lipid oxidation stability of cooked chicken breast meat. poultry science 91: 505511. 89. castillo, h.g., j.a.f. garcia, m.e. estarron (2007). extraction method that enriches phenolic content in oregano (lippia graveolens) essential oil. j. food proc. eng. 30, 661-669 90. florou-paneri, p., i. giannenas, e. christaki, a. govaris, n. botsoglou (2006). performance of chickens and oxidative stability of the produced meat as affected by feed supplementation with oregano, vitamin c, vitamin e and their combinations. archives geflug. 70, 232-240. 91. giannenas, i., p. florou-paneri, n.a. botsoglou, e. christaki, a.b. spais (2005). effect of supplementing feed with oregano and/or a-tocopheryl acetate on growth of broiler chickens and oxidative stability of meat. journal of animal feed science 14, 521-535. 92. al-harthi, m.a. (2002). performance and carcass characteristics of broiler chicks as affected by different levels of herbs. egyptian poultry science 22: 325-343. 93. annapurna, j.p., amarnath, d., amar, s.v and ramakrishna, k.v. (2003). antimicrobial activity of ixora coccinea leaves. elsevier fitoterapia 74(1): 291-293. 94. long, s.f., he, t.f., yang, m and piao, x.s. (2020). therapeutic efficacy of achyranthes aspera extract in broilers. poultry science 99: 4217-4226. 95. park, j.h and kim, i.h. (2020). effect of dietary achyranthes japonica extract supplementation on the growth performance, caecal microflora of broiler chickens. poultry science 99: 463 – 470. 96. ravangard, a.h., houshmand, m., khajavi, m and naghiha, r. (2017). performance and cecal bacteria counts of broilers fed low protein diets. rev. bras. cienc. avic 19: 75-82. 97. arshami, j., pilevar, m., azghadi, m.a and raji, a.r. (2013). hypolipidemic and antioxidative effects of curcumin on blood parameters, humoral immunity, and jejunum histology in hy-line hens. avicenna. j. phytomed. 2, 178-185. 98. amin, h.h and abdou, m.i (2012). modulator effect of turmeric on oxidative damage in whole body gamma irradiated rats. arab. j. nuclear sci. app. 45, 579-594. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 99. al-noori, m.a., hossain, a.b., ai-maahidy, a.h.a and al-rawi, s.t (2011). the effect of dietary curcuma longa powder (turmeric) supplementation on some blood parameters and carcass traits of broiler chickens. al-anbar j. vet. sci. l (suppl.), 4 100. al-nazawi, m.h and el-bahr, s.m. (2012). hypolipidemic and hypocholestrolemic effect of medicinal plant combination in the diet of rats: black cumin seed (nigella sativa) and turmeric (curcuma). j. anim. vet. advan. 12, 2013-2019 101. alagbe (2019). effect of feeding different levels of luffa aegyptiaca extracts on the growth performance of broiler chicken fed corn-soya meal diet. international journal of advanced biological and biomedical research, 7(4): 287-297 102. samarasinghe k., wenk c., silva k.f.s.t., gunasekara j.m.d.m., 2003. turmeric (curcuma longa) root powder and mannanoligosaccharides as alternatives to antibiotics in broiler chicken diet. asian-austr. j. anim. sci. 16, 1495-1500 103. south e.h., exon j.h., hendrix k., 1997. dietary curcumin enhances antibody response in rats. immunopharmacol. immunotoxicol. 19, 105-119 104. toghyani m., toghyani m., gheisari a.a., ghalamkari g., eghbalsaeid s., 2011. evaluation of cinnamon and garlic as antibiotic growth promoter substitutions on performance, immune responses, serum biochemical and haematological parameters in broiler chicks. livest. sci. 138, 167-173 105. toghyani m., toghyani m., gheisari a.a., ghalamkari g., mohammadrezaei m., 2010. growth performance, serum biochemistry and blood hematology of broiler chicks fed different levels of black seed (nigella sativa) and peppermint (mentha piperita). livest. sci. 129, 173-178 106. alagbe, j.o., shittu, m.d and tanimomo, babatunde k. (2022). influence of anogeissusleio carpus stem bark on the fatty acid composition in meat of broiler chickens. european journal of life safety and stability 14(22): 13-22. 107. alagbe, j.o. (2022). prosopis africana (african mesquite) oil as an alternative to antibiotic feed additives on broiler chickens diets: haematology and serum biochemical indices. central asian journal of theoretical and applied sciences 3(2): 19-29. 108. alagbe, j.o. (2022). prosopis africana (african mesquite) oil as an alternative to antibiotic feed additives on broiler chickens diets: performance and nutrient retention. discovery 58(314): 134 -142. 109. hanan, e.a. (2015). effect of different levels of turmeric supplementation on broiler performance, carcass characteristics and bacteria count. egyptian journal of poultry science 35(1): 25-39. 110. kumari, p., gupta, r.k., ranjan, k.k., singh, k and yadava, r. (2007). curcuma long as a feed additive in broiler birds and its pathophysiological effects. indian journal of experimental biology, 45: 272-277. 111. lee, k.w., everts, h and beynen, a.c. (2004). essential oil in broiler nutrition. international journal of poultry science 3:738-752. 112. mehala, c and moorthy, m. (2008). production performance of broilers fed with aloe vera and turmeric. international journal of poultry science 7:852-856. 113. nouzarian, r., tabeidian, s.a., toghyain, g and toghyani, m. (2011). effect of turmeric powder on performance, hormonal immune response and serum metabolism in broiler chickens. journal of food science, 20: 389-400. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 114. platel, k and srinivasan, k. (2000). influence of dietary spices and their active principles on pancreatic enzymes in albino rats. nahrung 44: 42-46. 115. rajput, n., muhammad, r., yan, r., zhong, x and wang, t. (2012). effect of dietary supplementation of turmeric on growth performance, intestinal morphology and nutrient utilizations of broilers chicks. journal of poultry science, 50: 44-52. 116. briskin, d.p. (2000). medicinal plants and phytomedicines. linking plant biochemistry and physiology to human health. plant physiology, 124(2): 507-514. 117. biswal, s., sahoo, u., sethy, s., kumar, h.k.s. and banerjee, m. (2012). indole the molecule of diverse biological activities. asian journal of pharmaceutical and clinical research, 5(1): 1-6. 118. olafadehan, o.a., oluwafemi, r.a and alagbe, j.o. (2020). carcass quality, nutrient retention and caeca microbial population of broiler chicks administered rolfe (daniellia oliveri) leaf extract as an antibiotic alternative. journal of drug discovery. 14(33):146-154. 119. olafadehan, o.a., oluwafemi, r.a and alagbe, j.o. (2020). performance, haemato-biochemical parameters of broiler chicks administered rolfe (daniellia oliveri) leaf extract as an antibiotic alternative. advances in research and reviews, 2020, 1:4. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 1, | april, 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org in situ soil chemical and physical analysis of the sweetest carabao mangoes of zambales ma. christel m. galapago1, david p. pilien1 and ronel s. de guzman1* president ramon magsaysay state university, zambales, philippines, 2207 neldaghostman06@prmsu.edu.ph* a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study was conducted to analyze some of the soil's physical and chemical properties in situ, where the sweetest carabao mangoes of zambales were found. soil samples in three different soil depths were taken within the canopy coverage of the sweetest carabao mangoes from san marcelino, masinloc, and sta. cruz before the analysis. the test was focused on the soil's potassium content being linked and assumed to be responsible for the sweetness of the mango fruits. as a result of the soil analysis from the three study areas, high potassium concentrations in three sampling depths from all the areas were found, particularly in sta. cruz. also, a favorable ph range in all the sites and soil depths was observed and so the potassium present in the soil was presumed to be at its optimum level of availability and hence, acted in enhancing the sweetness of the fruits. considerable amounts of nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, and magnesium were also found in the soil, a manifestation that suggests that potassium's role in the sucrose formation was favored. undoubtedly, the result of this study in correlation to another study on leaf tissue analysis of the same mango trees from the same sites further confirmed that potassium was the nutrient element responsible for the sweetness of the mango fruits of zambales. the mango leaves were found to contain a high concentration of potassium absorbed from the soil leading simultaneously to the formation of fruit sugar, the prime function of potassium through metabolic processes in the mango tree. in situ, carabao mango, soil analysis, potassium introduction mango (mangifera indica) is the philippines' national fruit, and there is only one variety that stands among the rest: the "carabao mango". this variety is delicious compared with pico, another species of mango from the philippines. lamao, one of the famous strains in the country, was named after a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org place in bataan where it was originated, and it was the most planted carabao mango in the country until other strains came out (rare fruit news, 2006). in the philippines, there are 14 different strains of carabao mango that are approved and registered by the national seed industry council (nsic). in 1991, there were five strains, one in 1997, which is the mmsu gold, fresco in 2000, talaban and sweet elena in 2002, tanaleon and galla in 2004, efondo in 2005, jta sweet, and p-1 king rodolfo, 2008. hence, bar of da in 2003 found that sweet elena of zambales is the sweetest carabao mango strain (philippine national standard, 2009). shellany (2017) stated that philippine regions take pride in their mango, and it serves as a competition on which mango is the sweetest among all. as of records, super galila from guimaras has 22.3 tss. sweet elena, a competitor of the guimaras mango, is awarded as the sweetest in the world for three consecutive years. it has 18.98 tss. bx (brix index). mmsu gold in the province of ilocos has a brix of 18. talaban and fresco have a lower brix index than sweet elena. more strains of carabao mangoes w/c include the cebu, ges 73’, ges 77’, ges 84’, ges 85’, efondo, corcino, prima, jta sweet, and p-1 king rodolfo. according to dela cruz (2006), in 1995 world guinness book of record, the zambales, philippines was listed as the producer of the sweetest mango in the world. researchers from the president ramon magsaysay state university (prmsu), formerly known as ramon magsaysay technological university-san marcelino (rmtu-sm) campus, dr. ma. ester mariñas and prof. remedios lim discovered and identified sweet elena as a new strain of carabao mango originated from sta. cruz zambales owned by mrs. penida m. malabed. the sweetness of the zambales mango is determined through its local soluble solids attributed primarily to its potassium and magnesium contents. the natural occurrence and abundances of the said macro-elements in the soil of zambales are yet to determine and their correlation to the absorbing capacity of the mangoes. the fact that soil fertility decreases due to continuous cropping, maintaining the sweetness of the mango, and retaining the prestige of the province of zambales are concerns that this study looks into for possible options that might be needed in the future. materials and methods materials in soil profile sampling, a shovel, tape measure, garden trowel, plastic bag, and marker were needed. a letter of request was given to the owner of the specific mango tree to allow the researchers to collect soil samples before the study. research design the research design is a descriptive study aimed to determine soil analysis in the site where the sweetest carabao mango was found in zambales. establish a benchmark on the soil’s physicochemical characteristics from the three sites in zambales where the sweetest carabao mangoes are found. the study focuses on the soil ph, k, and mg concentration in the soil concerning mango absorption of such elements that promote the sweetness of the mango fruits. collect samples in the mango-growing areas of the province, particularly the sampling of k in the 20-40 cm and 40-60 cm soil depths. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org research procedure cleaning the site surface cleaning was done by scraping all foreign materials on top of the ground surface where sampling takes place. digging the soil the researchers dogged up the soil and created enough space of 1 meter by 1.5 meters wide hole that accommodated a researcher on taking the soil samples. collection of soil samples the researchers collected soil samples in three different areas in zambales. these are the sites that the researcher collected soil samples; sta. cruz, san salvador masinloc and san marcelino zambales. the collection was done beneath the tree canopy in different soil depth measurements required for sampling. it started from the bottom profile and proceeded upward to avoid mixing up the samples of different profiles. each depth was taken 1kg weighed soil, started at 40-60 cm, 20-40 cm, 0-20 cm respectively. the collected samples were placed in a plastic container and sealed tightly. air drying of samples collected soil samples from three various sites of different depths were separately spread on a clean surface. soil samples were dried within 7 days. labeling bags the bags filled with soils were properly and completely labeled. location and depth of the samples were written per bag (e. sta. cruz soil sample, scss 0-20 cm, scss 20-40 cm, scss 40-60 cm). soil analysis soil samples were submitted and analyzed in the regional soils laboratory in the city of san fernando, pampanga. soil color determination the soil color was determined using munsell soil color chart. soil texture determination the soil texture was determined using the roll method. the moist soil sample rolled on the palm and molded into a ring. results and discussion this chapter contains the results and discussion of the study conducted regarding the in-situ soil analysis of the sweetest carabao mangoes find in zambales. table 1 shows the soil analysis taken from the three sites in zambales: san marcelino, masinloc, and sta. cruz. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org table 1. soil analysis potassium (k) and magnesium (mg) concentration as indicated in the table, potassium (k) in all soil samples had the highest concentration among other elements in all the soil sampled. the k content in all the three sites sampled showed that in the first two layers, 0 to 20 cm and 20 to 40 cm depth, the concentration of k is high, particularly in sta. cruz, and became lower in the third layer, 40 to 60 cm depth. on the other hand, magnesium (mg) in the first layer of all three sites was also high, while in the second layer (0.52 cmol/kg) and third layer (1.06 cmol/kg) in san marcelino were lower. similarly, the third layer (4.72 cmol/kg) of masinloc and the second layer (1.81 cmol/kg) of sta. cruz also decreased in mg content. comparing k in all the areas, it is evident that k is higher in concentration than mg in all three areas. this can enhance the mango's sweetness and had high possibilities of absorption, as shown in the leaf tissue analysis. the leaf tissue analysis showed that available k content was the highest at masinloc, which is 0.87%, and has a constant amount in san marcelino and sta. cruz with 0.48%. according to the adequacy level of nutrients in the soil, k content in soil analysis was proven to have a high concentration. the soil index determined the low, medium, and high concentration of nutrients in the soil. ganeshamurthy (2011) stated that k improves sugar production, texture, pungency, vitamin content, and weight in fruits in the same vein. k is extremely important for the production and quality of the fruit because it is one of the macronutrients most absorbed by the crop, especially in fruiting, participating in the initial formation of the fruits. furthermore, according to stino (2011), k has an essential role in enzymatic activation, photosynthesis, water use efficiency, formation of starch, and protein synthesis. meanwhile, the excess of k can cause an imbalance in the levels of calcium and magnesium (almeida et al., 2015) while mg acts for sweet, tasty fruit; thus, mg plays an important role for the mango quality, as the edible portion of the mango fruit contains approximately 15 % sugar. hence, k with a high concentration provides the sweetness of the mango indicated in the analysis. areas depth (cm) ph (1:1 soil:h20) organic matter (om), % (walkley black method) p k ca (cmol/kg) mg (cmol/kg) san marcelino 0-20 6.65 0.63 0.1 60.0 5.35 5.04 20-40 7.11 0.03 trace 30.0 1.98 0.52 40-60 7.52 0.03 4.5 30.0 1.54 1.06 masinloc 0-20 7.54 0.09 0.3 90.0 2.27 6.87 20-40 7.39 0.04 16.1 30.0 2.80 6.87 40-60 7.22 0.19 1.0 40.0 2.09 4.72 sta. cruz 0-20 7.33 1.48 5.4 220.0 3.81 4.36 20-40 7.17 1.19 30.0 360.0 1.80 1.81 40-60 7.35 0.70 61.8 80.0 2.05 4.16 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. soil ph level as shown in figure 1, the soil ph of the three areas was all slightly acidic to slightly alkaline. these are favorable to mango and can enhance the availability of the nutrient present in the soil. the ph in the three areas ranges from 6.65 up to 7.54. the soil ph in the first layer in san marcelino (6.65 ph) is due to lahar soil accumulation in the area, which presumably brought by the pinatubo eruption as the source of acidity of the lahar soil. in addition, soil ph on the remaining depths in san marcelino has greater ph than the first layer. the 0 to 20 cm depth in masinloc contained the highest ph among all sites in all depths with a 7.54 corresponding value. the remaining depths in masinloc 20 to 40 cm and 40 to 60 cm have near value to its first layer with 7.39 and 7.22 ph levels. the same goes for sta. cruz with 7.33, 7.17, and 7.35 respectively to the depths. it was stated by chico enterprise-record (2013) that nutrient availability is primarily determined by soil texture and ph. soil texture is the amount of sand, silt, clay, and organic matter in the soil. soil ph is a measurement of the degree of soil acidity or alkalinity; this measurement has the most significant effect on nutrient availability in the soil. furthermore, the availability of nutrients was at the maximum level, especially at k, as reflected in soil analysis. figure 2. organic matter in the soil 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 6.65 7.54 7.33 7.11 7.39 7.17 7.52 7.22 7.35 soil ph 0-20cm 20-40cm 40-60cm 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 0.63 0.09 1.48 0.03 0.04 1.19 0.03 0.19 0.7 organic matter 0-20 20-40 40-60 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org figure 2 shows that the organic matter of both san marcelino and masinloc areas at all depths was deficient compared to sta. cruz. in san marcelino, the amount in 0-20cm is 0.63, 20-40cm, and 4060cm is 0.03 wherein not visible due to its minimal content. likewise, masinloc having low organic matter with 0.09, 0.04, and 0.19 content. otherwise, sta. cruz has a high amount in 0-20cm with 1.48, 20-40cm with 1.19 but then became less in 40-60 with 0.70. as cited, soil texture influences the rate of organic matter decomposition. soils with high clay content generally have a high organic matter content due to the slower decomposition of organic matter. additionally, soil ph influences organic matter decomposition. it was said that microbial activity at very low or very high soil ph would influence the rate of organic matter decomposition. it correlates with the soil color and texture. therefore, soil texture affects the soil’s ability to maintain nutrients, and soils with large amounts of clay or organic matter tend to hold nutrients more effectively than sandy soils. according to silva (1997), nitrogen is one of the most important nutrients for the growth of mango and it has a relevant role in the production and quality of the fruits. its effects are seen principally in the vegetative phase of growth, and considering the relationship that exists between vegetative and reproductive flushes (development of floral buds and fruit formation), n deficiency may adversely affect yield. mangoes adequately nourished with n regularly develop shoots, which when they reach maturity have viable panicles able to bear fruit. figure 3. phosphorus concentration in soil as shown in figure 3, the concentration of phosphorus (p) is minimal at all depths in san marcelino, masinloc, and in 0-20 cm depth of sta. cruz. based on the nutrient level range of phosphorus, 0-25 ppm is low. phosphorus level in 20-40cm depth in sta. cruz is in the medium level range (30.0), while p's 40-60 cm concentration is high (61.8). according to parnes (2013), the primary function of phosphorus is the transfer of energy from plant leaves to its storage in sugar and starches. its observable effect is to enhance root and flower development and seed size. however, soil ph affects the limitation on phosphorus availability. low 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 0.1 0.3 5.4 0 16.1 30 4.5 1 61.8 phosphorus 0-20 20-40 40-60 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org ph reduces biological activity and limits the effectiveness of soil organisms in promoting the release of phosphorus. it was also stated that the optimum soil ph range for phosphorus is 6.0 to 7.0. meanwhile, lower ph level tends phosphate to bind with aluminum or iron compounds in the soil, making less available for plant uptake. in contrast, higher ph levels tend to precipitate with calcium. also, higher organic matter levels tend to result in greater phosphorus availability. the availability of p in sta. cruz is adequately high, considering that the ph level in the area is neutral with corresponding adequate organic matter. figure 4. potassium concentration in soil figure 4 indicates the abundance of potassium (k) in sta. cruz's concentration of k in the first layer in san marcelino is low, containing 60.0 ppm and became very low in 20-40cm, having the same amount of 30.0ppm. masinloc k concentration consists medium level at 0 to 20 cm depth (90.0 ppm) and became very low in 20 to 40 cm (30.0) and 40-60 cm depth (40.0). on the other hand, an abundance of k in sta. cruz was proven in the result. on the layers 0 to 20 cm and 20 to 40cm depth, the concentration is high with 220.0 ppm and 360.0 ppm, respectively. however, the k in 40-60 cm depth became low with only 80.0 ppm. it was proven that potassium has a high concentration in sta. cruz provides the relationship between ph, color, and texture. the neutral ph level and goodness of soil color and texture contribute to its availability. cakmak (2005) stated that potassium is involved in numerous biochemical and physiological processes vital to plant growth, yield, quality, and stress. it also improves the fruit quality parameters, i.e., total soluble solids, total sugars, and coloration (dutta, 2011) these effects might be dedicated to the potassium role in increasing tolerance to stresses and improving the formation and accumulation rates of sugars (saleh and abd el-moneim, 2003; wahdan et al., 2011). according to stino (2011), an enhancement of mango productivity is a result of potassium application. it also improved the fruit quality of mango in terms of weight, tss percentage, and total sugars. generally, k plays a positive role on sucrose formation of the fruit. 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 60 90 220 30 30 360 30 40 80 potassium 0-20 20-40 40-60 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org figure 5. calcium concentration in soil as shown in figure 5, the calcium concentration wherein the first layer in san marcelino is the highest among all sites in any depth with 5.35 cmol/kg. according to pinto et. al. (1994), calcium is essential in the assimilation of n and the transport of carbohydrates and amino acids. calcium plays a vital role in the structural functions of the cellular membranes and walls throughout the entire plant. the fruits have an increased demand for ca maintain pulp consistency during growth. generally, the fruits are firmer, with a better appearance, better resist handling and transport and have a lower incidence of physiological disturbance that causes the internal collapse of the pulp. figure 6. magnesium concentration in soil figure 6 indicates that the masinloc area has the highest amount of mg among the sites. although based on the adequacy level of magnesium, the amounts are in the low range. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 5.35 2.27 3.81 1.98 2.8 1.81.54 2.09 2.05 calcium 0-20 20-40 40-60 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 san marcelino masinloc sta. cruz 5.04 6.87 4.36 0.52 6.87 1.81 1.06 4.72 4.16 magnesium 0-20 20-40 40-60 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the first layer in san marcelino (0 to 20 cm) is high among the depths with 5.04 cmol/kg. the first and second layers in masinloc contained 6.87, and the third layer contained 4.72, which seems lower. however, sta. cruz contained 4.36 on the first layer, 1.81 on the second layer, and 4.16 on the third layer. based on parnes (2013), magnesium is the only metal that is a constituent of chlorophyll. in addition, magnesium influences nitrogen metabolism and is important in the assimilation of carbon dioxide during photosynthesis. an antagonistic relationship exists among calcium, magnesium, and potassium: all three are cations, and the total absorption of cations by plant roots is limited. plants, however, have a built-in preference for potassium, the soil supply of which is usually adequate to excessive, and calcium is the predominant component of lime. magnesium is rarely prominent in a soil amendment, and it often ends up short. a conflict between balancing nitrogen and not overpowering magnesium should occur only with a depleted, weathered soil with low organic content; such a soil has a low cation exchange capacity and little ability to store magnesium. in order to preserve the proper magnesium/potassium balance, potassium and, consequently, nitrogen should be limited. the table 2 presents the soil color of the three various sites in different depths. table 2. soil color determination area depth (cm) soil color san marcelino 0-20 very pale brown 20-40 light gray 40-60 light gray masinloc 0-20 very pale brown 20-40 yellow 40-60 yellow sta. cruz 0-20 yellowish brown 20-40 dark yellowish brown 40-60 yellowish brown table 2 shows that in terms of 0-20 cm depth, the soil sampled in san marcelino and masinloc has an ashen brown color compared to the soil taken in sta. cruz is yellowish-brown. in the 20-40 cm depth, the three sample sites showed a variety of colors in terms of the soil, including light gray for san marcelino, yellow for masinloc, and dark yellowish-brown in sta. cruz. on the other hand, 4060 cm depth, soil in san marcelino indicated a light gray color, compared to masinloc and sta. cruz with yellow and yellowish-brown, respectively. according to ecochem (1998), the soil color indicates the presence of elements in the soil that contribute to the mango's nutrients. the color of the soil is usually closely related to its organic matter content, with darker soils being higher in organic matter. optimum levels for light-colored, coarsetextured soils may range from 90 to 125 ppm. on dark-colored heavy-textured soils, levels ranging from 125 to 200 ppm. the table 3 presents the soil texture of the three various sites in different depths. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org table 3. soil texture area depth (cm) soil texture san marcelino 0-20 sandy 20-40 sandy 40-60 sandy masinloc 0-20 silty sand 20-40 silty 40-60 silty sta. cruz 0-20 clay loam 20-40 clay loam 40-60 clay loam as shown in table 3, the clay loam texture of the soil in sta. cruz determined the probable elements available in acquiring an adequate amount essential for the mango tree. based on the table, in terms of all depths, the soil sampled in san marcelino has a sandy texture compared to the soil taken in masinloc, which is silty sand in 0 to 20 cm. in the 20-40 and 40 to 60 cm depth, the soil samples have silty texture. conclusion and recommendations this chapter contains the conclusions and recommendations of the study regarding the in situ soil analysis of the sweetest carabao mangoes found in zambales. conclusions based on the soil analysis result, it was found that all the sites have favorable soil environments for the production of sweet mango fruits. the potassium content was sufficient, the ph range was normal, considerable amounts of n, p, ca, and a little of mg, and the silty soil texture, all of which were undeniably contributed to enhancing the sweetness of the mango fruits. since there are claims that magnesium acts in promoting the sweet taste characteristics of the mango fruits, the result of soil analysis and that of the mango leaf tissue analysis suggests that it is not. the magnesium contents in soil and mango leaf tissues are inadequate to sustain the mango fruit sweetness. considering the abundance of potassium in the soil and higher concentration in the leaf tissues, among other elements analyzed, it was concluded that potassium has direct involvement in the metabolic processes that promote the sweetness of the fruits. recommendations since the study was limited to only three study sites and three soil sampling depths, it is recommended that continuing studies be done in some other areas nationwide, especially to those having potential mangoes. broader coverage and deeper soil sampling should be considered aside from other environmental factors like day length, rainfall, and temperature in the area. tissue analysis should not all so be limited only to the leaves but to the whole tree itself. monitoring of the soil fertility status and the mango fruit sweetness should regularly be done, possibly within 3-5 years after, to maintain the prestigious asset of the province. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org references 1. almeida, h. j. (2015). effect of potassium on nutritional status and productivity of peanuts in succession with sugar cane. journal of soil science and plant nutrition, 15 (1), 1-10. 2. cakmak, i. (2005). the role of potassium in alleviating detrimental effects of abiotic stresses in plants. j. plant nutr. soil sci. 168: 521-530. 3. chico enterprise-record. (2013). the real dirt: nutrient availability determined by soil texture and ph. https://www.chicoer.com/2013/09/20/the-real-dirt-nutrient-availability-determined-bysoil-texture-and-ph/. 4. dela cruz, r. t. (2006, april). sweet elena mango: the sweetest of the sweetest. research and development digest. bureau of agricultural research. https://bar.gov.ph/index.php/digesthome/digest-archives/73-2006-2nd-quarter/4401-aprjun06-sweet-elena-mango. 5. dutta, p. (2011). effect of foliar boron application on panicle growth, fruit retention and physicochemical characters of mango cv. himsagar. indian j. hort. 61: 265-266. 6. ganeshamurthy, a. n., g. c satisha and p. prakash. (2011). potassium nutrition on yield and quality of fruit crops with special emphasis on banana and grapes. karnataka journal of agricultural sciences, 24, 29-38. 7. parnes, r. (2013). soil fertility: a guide to organic and inorganic soil amendments. 8. philippine national standard. (2009). code of good agricultural practices (gap) for mango. bureau of product standards. pns/bafps 45: ics 65.020.20. 9. pinto, a. c., de, q., v.h.v. ramos, n.t.v. junqueira, e. lobato, and d.g.m. souza. (1994). ca/n ratio in leaves and their effect on mango production and quality ‘tommy atkins’ under cerrados conditions. brazilian congress of fruticulture. 13:763. salvador, bahia. 10. rare fruit news. (2006). philippine carabao mango. https://rarefruitnews.blogspot.com/ 11. saleh, m. m. and abd el-moneim, e. a. (2003). improving the productivity of fagri kalan mango trees grown under sandy soil conditions using potassium, boron and sucrose as foliar spray. ann. agric. sci. 48: 747-756. 12. samra, j. s., and arora, y. k. (1997). mineral nutrition. in: r.e. litz. the mango, botany, production and uses. cab international, new york. 13. shellany. (2017). mango mania! the different varieties of the philippine mango. https://hive.blog/food/@shellany/mango-mania-the-different-varieties-of-the-philippine-mango. 14. silva, c. r. de r. (1997). technological advances in tropical fruit growing. ufla/faep, lavras-mg. 15. stino, r. g., abd el-wahab, s. m., habashy, s. a., and kelani, r. a. (2011). productivity and fruit quality of three mango cultivars in relation to foliar sprays of calcium, zinc, boron or potassium. j. hort. sci. ornamental plant. 3: 91-98. 16. wahdan, m. t., habib, s. e., bassal, m. a. and qaoud, e. m. (2011). effect of some chemicals on growth, fruiting, yield and fruit quality of mango "succary abiad". j. american sci. 7(2): 651658. https://www.chicoer.com/2013/09/20/the-real-dirt-nutrient-availability-determined-by-soil-texture-and-ph/ https://www.chicoer.com/2013/09/20/the-real-dirt-nutrient-availability-determined-by-soil-texture-and-ph/ https://bar.gov.ph/index.php/digest-home/digest-archives/73-2006-2nd-quarter/4401-aprjun06-sweet-elena-mango https://bar.gov.ph/index.php/digest-home/digest-archives/73-2006-2nd-quarter/4401-aprjun06-sweet-elena-mango https://rarefruitnews.blogspot.com/ https://hive.blog/food/@shellany/mango-mania-the-different-varieties-of-the-philippine-mango american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 1, april, 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org appendix a table table 4. adequacy level of elements nitrogen phosphorus potassium calcium magnesium very low 0-40 ppm low 0-15 ppm 0-25 ppm 41-80 ppm 2-5 ppm medium 15-30 ppm 25-50 ppm 81-120 ppm 5-10 ppm high 30+ 50+ 121160 ppm 10-32.5 ppm american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org history and development directions of the creation of mines travels maxmudov maxsud ibroximovich, podpolkovnik turayev baxodir tirkashevich, texnika fanlari nomzodi ziyadullayev abdukaxxar shamsiyevich, kimyo fanlari nomzodi, professor o‘zbekiston respublikasi qurolli kuchlari akademiyasi, e-mail: abdukaxxar.ziyadullaev,62@bk.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article discusses information about the ways of development of minesweeping, historical aspects of the development of minesweeping in the armies of advanced foreign countries, as well as types of minesweeping. mine, trawl, ship, sea, aviation, tank, means of engineering armament, engineering equipment, cable, ice rink, robot, helicopter, contact, noncontact, acoustic, electromagnetic. introduction minali portlovchi to‘siqlardan yo‘lak ochish va ularni bo‘linmalar o‘tishi uchun soz holatda saqlab turish muhandislik ta’minotining asosiy vazifalaridan biri hisoblanadi. ushbu vazifalarni amalga oshirishning bir nechta usullari mavjud bo‘lib, aynan minali portlovchi to‘siqlardan jangovar harakatlar vaqtida jangovar texnikalar va bo‘linmalarning o‘tishini ta’minlab beruvchi ishonchli vosita bu mina trallari hisoblanadi. 1904-1905 yilgi rus-yapon urushida rus dengiz qo‘shinlari tomonidan 4275 dona dengiz minalari o‘rnatilgan va unda 19 dona yapon kemalari portlagan. birinchi jahon urushida ishtirok etuvchi davlatlar tomonidan suv havzalariga jami 300 000 dan ortiq, ikkinchi jahon urushida esa 700 000 dan ortiq dengiz minalari o‘rnatilgan. 1973 yilgi arab-isroil urushida zirhli texnikalar talafotining 20% minalarga to‘g‘ri kelgan. sobiq ittifoq qo‘shinlarining afg‘onistondagi jangovar harakatlari natijasida jami yo‘qotishlarning 25% portlashlar natijasida sodir bo‘ldi. buyuk britaniya kuchlarining 2012 yilgacha afg‘onistondagi talafotlarining asosini (207 kishi) qo‘lbola portlovchi vositalariga to‘g‘ri kelgan. undan keyin 78 kishi o‘q otar qurollaridan, 49 kishi baxtsiz hodisa oqibatida, 37 kishi aniqlanmagan sabablarga ko‘ra, 22 kishi – rpg va 10 kishi terrorchi-shahidlar hujumi oqibatida halok bo‘lgan. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org yuqoridagi janglardan ko‘rishimiz mumkinki, minalarning qo‘llanishi natijasida qo‘shinlar katta talafot ko‘rishgan. shu sababdan ham mina trallarini yaratish va ulardan qo‘shinlarning minali portlovchi to‘siqlardan xavfsiz o‘tishini ta’minlab berish dolzarb vazifa bo‘lib qoldi. mina trali – minalangan maydonga o‘rnatilgan minalarni fosh etish va yo‘q qilish uchun mo‘ljallangan vosita. tashuvchisiga ko‘ra: tankka o‘rnatilgan mina trallari, aviatsion mina trallari, kemaga o‘rnatilgan mina trallariga bo‘linadi [1]. kemaga o‘rnatilgan mina trallari 1853-1856 yillardagi qrim urushi va 1877-1878 yillardagi rus-yapon urushida dengiz minalarini muvaffaqiyatli qo‘llanilishi oqibatida jangovar kemalar katta talafotga uchrashi natijasida dengiz minalariga qarshi kurashish uchun mina tarallari yaratildi. 1898 yilda rossiyaning dengiz flotiga k.f.shulsning tavsiyasiga ko‘ra trallar qurollanishga qabul qilindi. shuls tralining trallash qismi diametri 25 mm bo‘lgan po‘lat arqon tashkil etib, ushbu arqonga trallash uchun zarur elementlar ilingan va arqoning ikki uchini ikkita kema shatakka olib tortgan (1rasmga qarang). ushbu tral bilan suv havzasida eni 130 metrgacha bo‘lgan hududni trallash imkoni mavjud bo‘lgan. ikkinchi jahon urushidan oldin (1905-1914 y) shuls tralidan tashqari finlandiya trali va kotelnikov trallari ishlab chiqilgan. finlandiya trali uchta asosiy qismdan tashkil topgan bo‘lib, asosiy (trallovchi) elementi yog‘och hisoblanadi va 28 metr atrofida enlilikdagi joyni trallash imkonini bergan. kotelnikov trali metall trubadan iborat bo‘lib, trallash eni 18 metr joyni qamrab olgan. 1877-1878 yillardagi rus-yapon urushidan oldingi davrdagi kabi urushdan keyingi davrlarda ham mina trallarini rivojlanishi rossiyada sekinlik bilan bordi. boshqa davlatlarda esa ushbu ishlar bir qancha samarali olib borildi. 1-rasm. takomillashtirilgan shuls trali: 1-minani langarga bog‘lab turuvchi arqon; 2-mina; 3bog‘lab turuvchi arqon; 4-ko‘tarib turuvchi po‘kak; 5-trallash qismi; 6-uchta panjali changak; 7-yuk; 8-yuk zanjiri; 9-shatak; 10-shatakka oluvchi kater. 1905 yilda shuls tralidan farq qiluvchi shestranda trali dengiz flotiga qabul qilingan. ushbu tralning o‘ziga xosligi shundaki, trallovchi qismi qalinligi 12 mm ikkita po‘lat arqon bo‘lib, ular cho‘kmaydigan po‘kak bilan yuqoriga ko‘tarib turgan va suzuvchi transport bilan shatakka olingan (2rasmga qarang). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 2-rasm. 1905 yilgi shestranda trali 1909 yil kichik kemasozlik dasturiga ijarskiy zavodida trallashga mo‘ljallangan “minrep” turidagi trallovchi kema ishlab chiqilgan. 1911 yil kuzida va 1912 yil yozida ushbu trallovchi kemalar safga qo‘yilgan. 1910 yilda qora dengizni trallash uchun “albatros” va “baklan” kemalari ishlab chiqilib trallovchi kemalar tarkibiga kiritilgan (3-rasm). ushbu kemalar artilleriya qurollariga ega bo‘lmagan. 3-rasm. tral bilan jihozlangan birinchi maxsus harbiy kema “albatros” shu bilan bir birga 1911 yil noyabrda qora dengizni trallash uchun “chayka” rusumli trallovchi kater yaratildi. ushbu kater artilleriya va o‘qotar qurollar (37 mm minalarni otuvchi pushka va 7,62 mm “maksim” pulemyoti) bilan qurollangan. 1912 yil shestranda tralining asosida katerga shatakka olinuvchi kesuvchi trallar ishlab chiqarildi. ushbu tralning ishlashi shestranda traliga o‘xshash bo‘lib, undan farqi suv ostiga o‘rnatilgan minalarning arqonlarini kesib tashlagan va minalarni suv yuzasiga qalqib chiqishini ta’minlagan. angliya flotida 1907 yilda baliq ovlaydigan dengiz kemasi “a” turidagi tral (shatakka olinuvchi) bilan jihozlangan. ushbu tralni qo‘llashni o‘ziga xosligi shundaki, tralni suv ostiga tushirish uchun shuls traliga o‘xshash yuk o‘rnatilmagan, balki chuqurlashtiruvchi qalqonlar o‘rnatilgan bo‘lib ularning oldiga yo‘naltirgichlar o‘rnatilgan. ushbu trallash tizimini suv ostiga tushirish chuqurligini o‘zgartirish mumkin bo‘lgan. tralning trallash qismi to‘rtta 73 metrli po‘lat arqon (tros)lardan iborat bo‘lib jami 292 metrni tashkil etgan. 1912 yil germaniyaning “karbonit” firmasi tomonidan yangi tralni qabul qilish taklif etildi. ushbu tralni ikkita kema shatakka olgan (4-rasmga qarang) yoki bir uchi yukka mahkamlanib bitta kema bilan shatakka olingan. trallash jarayonida suv ostiga o‘rnatilgan minalar tralga o‘rnatilgan patron portlatish natijasida minaning arqoni uzilib suv yuzasiga qalqib chiqqan [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 4-rasm. uzunchoq tral (bir tomonlama varinat): 1-shatak; 2-trallash qismi; 3-yetakchi chuqurlashtiruvchi qalqon; 4-mina; 5-mina arqoni; 6-portlovchi patronlar; 7-chuqurlashtiruvchi arqonni yurgizuvchisi; 8-tortgich; 9-arqon; 10-tralni ko‘tarib turuvchi po‘kak. suv havzalariga o‘rnatilgan minalarni trallash uchun mina trallari va suv to‘siqlarini trallovchi maxsus kemalar birinchi jahon urushidan oldinroq paydo bo‘ldi hamda birinchi jahon urushi davrida ular yanada rivojlanib bordi (1-jadval). suv to‘siqlariga o‘rnatilgan minalarni tozlovchi trallar quyidagi turlarga bo‘linadi: kontakli – mustahkam zanjirdan iborat bo‘lib, unga pichoqlar va suv ostiga tushirgichlar o‘rnatiladi, tral yordamida suv ostiga o‘rnatilgan minalarning arqoni kesiladi, qalqib chiqqan minalarni otish yo‘li bilan yo‘q qilinadi; akustik – akustik portlatkich bilan o‘rnatilgan minalarni portlatishga mo‘ljallangan bo‘lib, tral katta o‘lchamdagi kemalarning ovozini imitatsiya qilish yo‘li bilan minalarni ishga tushiradi; elektromagnitli (magnit maydoni hosil qiladigan maxsus spiral) trali akkustik tralga o‘xshash bo‘lib, elektrmagnit maydoni hosil qilish yo‘li bilan shunday turdagi portlatkichlarni ishga tushiradi [3]. 1-jadval kontaktli trallarning rivojlanishi yaratilgan yili nomi qo‘llash varianti trallash qismi qamrov kengligi, m trallash chuqurligi, mm trallash tezligi, uz 1906 kotelnikov trali minani tortish gorizontal metal truba 18 7 4,5 1908 finlandiya trali minani tortish gorizontal yog‘och 28 10 gacha 1-2 1908 shuls juft trali minani tortish changakli po‘lat arqon 130 3-18 1,5 1909 shestranda trali minani aniqlash po‘lat arqon 40 9 3-7 1911 shuls katta juft trali minani tortish changakli po‘lat arqon 130-183 3-18 7 gacha 1911 shuls kichik juft trali minani tortish changakli po‘lat arqon 75-80 3-18 7 gacha 1911 katta kanopli juft tral minani tortish kanopli arqon 50 3-12 2-3 1911 kichik kanopli juft tral minani tortish kanopli arqon 20 3-12 1-2 1911 juft qalqonli tral minani tortish po‘lat arqon 270 9-18 9 gacha 1911 bir qavatli cho‘zinchoq tral minani kesish patronli tros 75-95 9-18 9 gacha american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 1911 uzunchoq fortral tral langarli minalani qobig‘idan ajratish tros 18 10 gacha 9 gacha 1912 qalquvchi po‘kak (qalqon) siz uzun tral minani kesish patronli tros 150 3-18 14 1912 bir qavatli kater trali minani kesish patronli tros 37-46 4,5-18 10 gacha 1914 juft to‘rli tral minani tortish to‘r 15 0 1-2 tankka o‘rnatilgan mina trallari mina paydo bo‘lishi bilan mina–portlovchi to‘siqlardan yo‘lak ochishga bo‘lgan ehtiyoj tug‘ildi. tarixda ma’lumki, quruqlikdagi birinchi mina trali 1917 yil fransuz qo‘shinlari tomonidan reno-ft17 tankiga o‘rnatilgan bo‘lib, tankka qarshi nemis minalarini trallash uchun omoch (plug) ko‘rinishida bo‘lgan (5-rasm) [4]. 1918 yil buyuk britaniyada qirollik muhandis korpusi minaga qarshi katokli tralni mk v og‘ir tankiga o‘rnatgan (5-rasm). 5-rasm. birinchi mina trallari: a) reno-ft-17 tankiga o‘rnatilgan fransuz trali; b) mk v og‘ir tankiga o‘rnatilgan buyuk britaniya trali. 1939-1940 yillarda fransiya zirhli tank kuchlari germaniya bilan jangda nemis mina maydonidan o‘tish uchun char b1 bis tanki bazasida mina trali ishlab chiqardi (6-rasm). ushbu mina traliga tankka qarshi minalarni ishonchli zararsizlantirishdan tashqari, yuqori zahira va mina portlashiga chidamlilik talablari qo‘yildi. tabiiyki ushbu tralning og‘irligi juda yuqori bo‘lib, fransiyaning jangdagi talafoti sabab 1940 yilda sinovdan o‘tkazish to‘xtatilgan [5]. 1945 yil fransuz armiyasi joylarni to‘liq minalardan tozalash uchun ushbu tralni qo‘llashga urinib ko‘rdi, biroq tralning og‘irligi juda yuqoriligi, o‘tuvchanligi pastligi, yumshoq yerlarda botib qolishi sababli samara bermagan. 6-rasm. char b1 bis tanki bazasiga o‘rnatilgan mina trali а б american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 1940 yil boshlarida turli xildagi tanklarga o‘rnatish uchun skorpion (scorpion) – britaniya zanjirli mina trali ishlab chiqildi [6]. britaniyaning sorpion nomli birinchi zanjirli trali 1942 yilda matilda tankiga o‘rnatilib matilda-skorpion nomini oldi (7-rasm). keyinchalik tral o‘rnatilgan tank nomiga qo‘shib aytildi, ya’ni grand skorpion iii mina trali (grand scorpion1 iii), grand skorpion iv mina trali (grand scorpion iv), sherman skorpion zanjirli mina trali (sherman scorpion). bundan tashqari ikkinchi jahon urushi davrida buyukbritaniyada sherman-krab (sherman-crab) zanjirli trali, mk.ii matilda yengil piyoda tankiga o‘rnatilgan amra (anti-mine-roller-attachement) katokli trallari yaratilgan [7]. 7-rasm. buyukbritaniyaning zanjirli mina trallari. amatilda-skorpion, bgrand skorpion (katta chayon) iii mina trali (grand scorpion iii) amerikaning mina trallash mashinasi t1e3 “m1” 1944 yilda italiya va normandiyadagi janglarda qo‘llanilgan. t1e3 mina trali 1943 yilda amerikada yaratilgan va sinovdan o‘tkazilgan (8-rasm). dizayni bo‘yicha ushbu tral 5 ta metall diskdan yig‘ilgan 2 ta katta rolikni tashkil qilgan va tank oldiga ulanib surib yurilgan. ikkinchi jahon urushi tugagunga qadar jami 75 ta t1e3 mina trallari yaratilgan. keyinchalik tralning roliklaridagi disklari orasida ochiq joylari yo‘q birinchi modifikatsiyasi paydo bo‘ldi, ular to‘liq ikkita rolikdan iborat bo‘lgan. ba’zi hollarda t1e3 mina tralini boshqa joyga ko‘chirib o‘tkazish uchun og‘irligi va o‘lchami katta bo‘lganligi sababli qo‘shimcha tank talab etgan [8]. sobiq ittifoqda mina trallarini yaratish bo‘yicha ishlar 1930 yillarda boshlangan. birinchi tral pichoqli seksiyadan iborat bo‘lib, uni qo‘llash kutilgan samara bermagan. tral ishlab chiqishga bo‘lgan ikkinchi urinishlar 1936 yilda boshlanib, bunda trallovchi texnika bazasi sifatida t-26 tankidan foydalanilgan. t-26 tanki bazasida maxsus sapyor tanki yaratilgan. ushbu tank maxsuslashtirilgan sapyor tanki hisoblangan. ushbu mashina mina maydonidan yo‘lak ochish va ko‘prik o‘rnatgich sifatida foydalanishda sinovlarda yaxshi samara bermagan. keyinchalik t-26 tanki bazasida yana tadqiqotlar olib borilib katokoli va bayokli trallar iishlab chiqilgan, ushbu tarallar ham kutilgan natijani bermagan [9]. 8-rasm. amerika mina trali t1e3 “m1” 1-ingliz tilidan olingan bo‘lib “katta chayon” degan ma’noni anglatadi а б http://eragun.org/heavy-armament/scorpion.html/attachment/matilda-scorpion http://eragun.org/heavy-armament/scorpion.html/attachment/grant_scorpion_iv american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org keyingi turdagi mina trallarini ishlab chiqishda t-28 tankidan foydalanildi. birinchi turdagi bayokli trali tr-28, ikkinchi turdagi kmt-28 nomini oldi. ikkala tral ham t-28 tankiga ham it-28 maxsuslashtirilgan muhandislik mashinasiga o‘rnatildi. ushbu trallar bir qancha yuqori samaradorlikka ega bo‘ldi. 1941 yil yozida bir nechta yo‘nalishda ishlar olib borildi, aynan t-50 tanki uchun diskli tral ishlab chiqildi. kmt-28 tralining konstruksiyasiga qo‘shimchalar kiritildi, elektrotrallar bo‘yicha ham ishlar olib borildi. 1941 yilning birinchi yarmida traktor bazasida trallar ishlab chiqildi, yoz va kuz oylarida pt-2, pt-3 trallari yaratilib sinovdan o‘tkazildi (9-rasmga qarang). 9-rasm. sobiq ittifoq armiyasidagi mina trallari: a-t-34 tankiga o‘rnatilgan pt-3 trali; b-buldozer bazasiga o‘rnatilgan tral ikkinchi jahon urushidan so‘ng yangi turdagi tankka qarshi minalar paydo bo‘lishi bilan birga ularga qarshi kurashish uchun mina trallar ham takomillashib bordi. bugungi kunda minalar va portlovchi qurilmalarni turliligi, portlakichlarni yangi turlarini ishlab chiqilishi yuqoridagi mina trallari yordamida hududlarni minalardan tozalash va yo‘laklar hosil qilish imkoniyatini bermayapdi. shu munosabat bilan ilg‘or davlatlar qurol-yarog‘ ishlab chiqaruvchilari kombinatsiyalashgan mina trallarini o‘zida minalarni tozalashni bir nechta prinsiplarini mujassamlashtirgan trallarni ishlab chiqarishga urg‘u berishgan. bu trallarga elektromagnit va pichoqli trallar bilan mujassamlashtirilgan kmt-7 pichoqli-katokli tralni misol qilib ko‘rsatishimiz mumkin. bu tral nafaqat bosganda harakatga keluvchi minalarni zararsizlantirishga balki kontaksiz, ob’ektning magnit maydonga ta’sirlanuvchi minalarni zararsizlantirish uchun qo‘llanadi. eletromagnitli tral bu katoklar ustiga o‘rnatilgan 2 ta silindr shaklidagi qurilma bo‘lib u mashina oldida magnit maydonini hosil qiladi va kontaksiz minalarni oldindan portlab ketishiga olib keladi. bu kombinatsiyalashgan mina trali yuqori samaradorligi, konstruksiyaning oddiyligi bilan ajralib turib, uning mina maydonlarini trallashdagi ishonchliligi 95 % tashkil qiladi [10]. rivojlangan armiyalarda robotlashgan ekipajsiz mina to‘siqlaridan yo‘laklar hosil qilish va minasizlashtirish vositalarni ustida ishlar olib borilmoqda. bularga aqsh ning demns minasizlashtirish sistemasi, “mini-fleyl” trali, germaniyani mmsr sistemasi va rossiyaning “uran6” bayokli tralini (10-rasmga qarang) misol qilishimiz mumkin. а б american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org 10-rasm. mina maydonlaridan yo‘lak ochuvchi robot-sapyorlar: a-uran-6 robot-sapyor (rossiya); b-m-160 robot (aqsh); vminewolf mw240 (germaniya) aviatsiya mina trallari ikkinchi jahon urushi davrida kontaktsiz magnitli va akustik portlatkichli minalarni qo‘llanishi ularga qarshi kurashishni bir necha bor qiyinlashtirdi. 1953 yilda aqsh da trallash ishlarini bajarish uchun vertolyotlardan foydalan boshlandi. suv havzalariga o‘rnatilgan minalarni trallash ishlarini olib borishda vertolyotlar navbati bilan almashtirib turilgan. 50 yillar oxirida vertolyot-trallarga bo‘lgan talablar va tavsiyalar ishlab chiqilgan. 1971 yilda aqsh harbiy dengiz kuchlarida minaga qarshi 12 ta vertolyot eskadrilyasi tashkil etildi (15 sn-53d vertolyotlar, shaxsiy tarkib 240 kishi, jumladan 39 uchuvchi) va minaga qarshi mobil qo‘mondonlik shtabi bilan 30 kishidan iborat edi. 1972 yilda yangi rh-53d turidagi vertolyot ishlab chiqilib, ushbu vertolyot kontaktli va kontaktsiz trallar yordamida magnitli va akustik portlatkichli minalarni trallash imkoniyatiga ega bo‘lgan (11rasm). vertolyot suvga qulab tushgan holatlarda uchuvchilarni himoyalash maqsadida kabinaga atrofi suv o‘tkazmaydigan qoplama (kapsula) bilan o‘ralgan [11]. 11-rasm. rh-53d vertolyotining trallash jarayoni bugungi kunda aqsh qo‘shinlarida suv to‘siqlariga o‘rnatilgan daryo minalarini kontaktsiz trallash va zarasizlantirish uchun aviatsion lazer lidar (laser imaging detection and ranging) tizimi sinovdan o‘tkazilmoqda (12-rasm). ushbu tizim suzuvchi minalar va 15 metr chuqurlikkacha suv ostiga o‘rnatilgan minalarni qidirish, topish, turini aniqlash va yo‘q qilish uchun mo‘ljallangan. ekspertlarning fikriga ko‘ra ushbu tizim desantlarni qo‘llashdan avval qirg‘oq polosasini havodan razvedka qilishda samarali hisoblanishi aytib o‘tilgan. istiqbolda ushbu tizimni uchuvchisiz uchish apparatlariga o‘rnatish rejalashtirilmoqda [4]. а б в http://factmil.com/_pu/13/81183266.jpg american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org hozirgi vaqtda olib borilayotgan ishlarning eng muhim yo‘nalishlaridan biri turli sharoitlarda qo‘shinlarning himoyasi va mobilchanligini ta’minlovchi muhandislik qurollanish vositlarini takomillashtirilishi va yangi turdagilari yaratilish hisoblanadi. qurolli to‘qnashuvlardagi talafotlarning minalar ta’siridagi ulushi yildan yilga ortib bormoqda. masalan, aqsh qo‘shinlarining dengiz piyodasini 1965 yilda v’etnamdagi talafotining 75 % minalarga to‘g‘ri kelishi e’tirof etilgan edi. 1968 yilga borib esa barcha choralar qo‘llanishiga qaramasdan shaxsiy tarkibni yo‘qotishlarining minalardagi ulushi 37,7 % to‘g‘ri kelganligi aqsh davlati tomonidan tan olgan edi [12]. 12-rasm. daryo minalarini kontaktsiz trallash va zarasizlantirishning aviatsiya lazer tizimi (lidar) yuqorida keltirib o‘tilgan trallar yordamida mina maydonini trallash ishlarini amalga oshirish jarayonida minalar ishlashi natijasida texnikalarga jiddiy zarar yetsa ekipaj tarkibining xavfsizligi to‘liq kafotlatga ega bo‘lmagan. shuning uchun shaxsiy tarkibning talafotlarini oldini olish maqsadida rivojlangan xorijiy davlatlar armiyalarida minalarning yangi turlari yaratilishi bilan birga ularga qarshi kurashish uchun turli xildagi mina trallari yaratilib takomillashtirib borildi. hozirgi vaqtda barcha turdagi portlatkichga ega bo‘lgan minalarni kafolatli neytrallash imkoniyatiga ega bo‘lgan mexanik portlatish va trallashning istiqbolli vositalari ustida keng miqyosdagi ilmiy izlanishlar olib borilmoqda. ya’ni mina va portlash xavfi bo‘lgan predmetalardan joylarni tozalashda shaxsiy tarkibni ishonchli himoya qilish uchun robot-sapyorlar va robototexnik komplekslarni yaratish hamda ularni qo‘llashga alohida e’tibor berib kelinmoqda. zamonaviy jangovar harakatlarda qurol-aslahalarning yangi turlarini yaratish, takomillashtirish va ularni qo‘llashning yangi usullari amalga oshirilar ekan shaxsiy tarkib oldida zamonaviy turdagi tahdidlar paydo bo‘lib boraveradi. bu esa ularga qarshi kurashuvchi yangi turdagi vositalarni yaratish bo‘yicha ilmiy tadqiqotlar olib borish ehtiyojini oshiradi. foydalanilgan manbalar 1. harbiy atamalarning yangi lug‘ati / r.s. samarov tahriri ostida. -t.: 2020.384 b. “innovatsiya ziyo” 2. история развития противоминного оружия в россии. ч 2. (1905-1920) исторический очерк с.петербург, 2014. дьяконов ю.п. 3. вертолёты-тральщики вмс сша.http://pentagonus.ru. murojaat sanasi 2022 y. 28.06. 4. muhandislik qurollanish vositalarini rivojlanish tendensiyalari mavzusidagi davra suhbati materiallari. 2021 yil 26 may. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 5. минный трал на базе танка char b1 bis (франция – 1940-1945 годы). http://shushpanzerru.livejournal.com/1486307.html. murojaat sanasi 2022 y. 30.06. 6. скорпион (scorpion). http://eragun.org.heavy-armament. murojaat sanasi 2022 y. 30.06 7. шерман-крэб (sherman-crab) – цепной минный трал. http://eragun.org.heavy-armament. murojaat sanasi 2022 y. 30.06. 8. минные тралы времен второй мировой войны. https://prikol.bigmer.net.view. murojaat sanasi 2022 y. 02.07. 9. уборщики мин. советские противоминные тралы 1932-1945 гг. https://topwar.ru.81447uborschik. murojaat sanasi 2022 y.02.07. 10. колейный, катково-ножевой минный трал кмт-7: учебное пособие / в.в. визгалов, н.к. хажеева. тюмень: тввику, 1967. -51с. 11. траление морских мин ветолётами. зарубежное военное обозрение №8/2001 стр.47-50. 12. советская военная энциклопедия: трал танковый/под ред. а.а. гречко. – м.: военное издво, 1976. т.8. 690 с. http://shushpanzer-ru.livejournal.com/1486307.html http://shushpanzer-ru.livejournal.com/1486307.html http://eragun.org.heavy-armament/ http://eragun.org.heavy-armament/ https://prikol.bigmer.net.view/ https://topwar.ru.81447-uborschik/ https://topwar.ru.81447-uborschik/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org teaching of physics in general secondary schools muhammadova dilafruz akhmatovna teacher of the department of physics, faculty of physics and mathematics, bukhara state university. dilafruzmuxammedova053@gmail.com,tel:(91)445-56-55 fayzieva kholida asadovna teacher of the department of physics, faculty of physics and mathematics, bukhara state university. fayzievxolida7@gmail.com, tel:(90) 718-34-02. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to achieve effective results in a short period of time in modern education as opposed to traditional education. in this case, in the teaching of physics, the volume of lesson hours is quantitatively measured in accordance with the student's ability to know. for this purpose, the use of innovative technologies, the improvement of the quality of physics classes in secondary schools, the increase of students' interest in the lesson, the formation of creative research and independent work, and the formation of cooperative work skills are discussed. non-traditional lesson, innovative technology, motivation, cognitive activity, management activity, exhibition tools. introduction today's modern world encourages to look at every detail in the field of education with a modern eye. in addition, one of the current issues is to teach students in a way that incorporates modern innovative technologies in addition to their educational methodology. this article describes in detail the importance of physics in the world community and the use of innovative technologies in teaching this science to students. to teach students to read, to help students acquire knowledge independently, and to achieve a positive result in the classroom, the ability to understand and apply modern pedagogical technologies in combination with various methods requires skill from the pedagogue. the structure of the educational process consists of three parts motivation; cognitive activity; management activities. if these three components work together, it is possible to achieve a result in pedagogical technology. trainings conducted on the basis of pedagogical technology satisfy the desire of students to express their relationship to important life achievements and problems, and provide them with an opportunity to think and justify their point of view. the main basis of pedagogical technology depends on the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org technologies chosen by the teacher and the student to achieve a guaranteed result in a systematic, cooperative manner based on a clear sequence. the main features of pedagogical technology are design, implementation and guaranteed result. tasks such as developing a lesson plan, creating technological maps, purposeful implementation and achieving results are consistently performed by the teacher. the role and importance of innovative methods in the application of pedagogical technologies is great. the main goal of interactive methods is to encourage students to take active action, to attract them to the lesson, to teach them to work cooperatively. in our republic, all links of the educational system are provided with new scientific literature. they are introducing innovations in their activities based on the demands placed on teachers. in the process of educating the young generation, along with the use of science, technology and advanced experiences, modern pedagogical technologies are effectively used. this process increases the responsibility of teachers. what is pedagogical technology? how and where can we use it effectively? in order to answer such questions, we must first study the teaching process, the teacher's and student's activities in it. the lesson is a cooperative, effective work of the teacher and the student. positive organization of the lesson, effective use of time, correct choice of lesson goals, ability to use methods in their place, establishing cooperation with students and creating a positive-emotional atmosphere in the classroom is the teacher's responsibility. is the main activity. this article aims to solve the following problems presented in the national curriculum of general secondary education. inadequate development of educational methodological support of physics (teacher's book, multimedia applications, didactic materials, etc.); taking into account the age and psychological characteristics of students, reconsidering the sequence of teaching and the level of complexity of subjects and subjects; despite the fact that physics is an experimental science, little attention is paid to the material and technical support of the physics room; failure to develop the methodology of using modern pedagogical technologies in teaching physics and astronomy; lack of attention to interdisciplinary communication and practical approach in general education subjects in providing education to students on an international scale based on the requirements of the steam time; failure to develop a form and method of training that meets the requirements of the international assessment program (pisa, timss) aimed at forming students' critical, logical thinking and practical skills; the fact that the quality of pedagogues in the field of physics in existing higher education institutions does not meet the requirements of today requires a fundamental revision of their teaching and the training of competent personnel in accordance with the requirements of the time. physics is taught in schools from the 7th grade. taking into account the introduction of physical science to natural sciences, the following topics are included in the 6th grade natural science textbook (chapter 10) called motion and force, i.e. types of motion, force, simple mechanisms, human locomotor system, practical training: balancing the lever, pressure in liquids and gases, pressure in the life of living organisms, practical exercise, pressure in liquids, converging vessels, location of liquids in converging vessels, why ships do not sink? and topics such as conditions of buoyancy of bodies are covered. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org in the 7th grade, 17 hours are devoted to information about mechanical motion in chapter i, which includes the following topics: the role of central asian scientists in the development of physics, physicists who created a scientific school in uzbekistan in the field of physics, physical quantities. international system of units (si), research methods in physics, scalar and vector quantities, problem solving, mechanical motion, basic concepts of kinematics, velocity and path in rectilinear motion, problem solving, uneven motion, laboratory work. topics such as determining the average speed of non-uniform motion, solving problems, circular motion and solving problems are covered. chapter ii power in nature. 15 hours are allocated to energy and includes the following topics: mass and its units, density and its units, laboratory work: determining the density of bodies of different shapes, interaction of bodies. topics like force, pressure and its units, solving problems, transmission of pressure in liquids and gases, fluid pressure at rest, solving problems, atmospheric pressure, mechanical work, types of mechanical energy, solving problems, mechanical power and its units and solving problems are covered. in this textbook, thermal phenomena have started without fully completing the mechanics section of physics. animation slides can be used using these software tools in order to convey these topics to students and create ideas about the topic and increase their interest in physics. first of all, the teacher must be competent in teaching physics. thermodynamic work, amount of heat, heat exchange processes, specific heat of combustion, the 1st law of thermodynamics and its application to isoprocesses, irreversibility of heat processes, the second law of thermodynamics, and the comparison of their heat amounts when liquids with different temperatures are mixed. it is natural to cause difficulties. however, the teacher should make the lesson understandable and simple to the students with new pedagogical technologies, non-traditional teaching methods, and achieve formation of the process in their minds. for example, through the use of information media, through visual aids, in which the attention of students is fully achieved, and modern interactive methods can also be used. by dividing into groups and trying to get points using the brainstorming method, students become interested and dive into the lesson, and the task set before the teacher is considered accomplished. for example, since the understanding of thermal processes, i.e. the heating, boiling and evaporation of water, depends only on the ability of students to imagine, by creating imagination in students, for example, through visual aids at the end, the task set before the student and the teacher will be effectively implemented. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org the use of modern innovative technologies in the process of teaching not only the department of thermodynamics, but also the science of physics encourages students to think independently and increases interest in learning the subject. computer training is more effective than regular training. using computer programs in the teaching of physics, conducting animated exercises makes the teacher and the listener comfortable and has a good effect in understanding the mechanisms and stages of physical processes. the mechanisms of physical processes, their demonstration in lectures, practical and especially experimental classes, and conducting these cases based on computer technologies are factors that increase the effectiveness of imparting knowledge to students and creating skills related to the basics of science during the teaching process. list of references 1. kakhkharov s.k., juraev k.o., jamilovy.y., xudoyberdiyev s.b. // journal of contemporary issues in business and government (2021) 27 pp 744-751. 2. tuksanova z., nazarov e. effective use of innovative technologies in the education system // интернаука (2020) №16-3 с 30-32 3. ниёзхонова б.э., файзиев ш.ш., махсуд м., махмудова қ. умумтаълим мактабларида физикани ўқитишда инновацион технологияларнинг ўрни // academic research in educational sciences № 12 с 1116-1120 4. аrabov j.o., qosimov f.t. hozirgi zamon fan va texnikasining rivojida yarimo'tkazgichlarning o'rni. // involta scientific journal, 1(7). 2023/4/1. 134-138. 5. аrabov j.o. ,yodgorova g.t. fizika fanidan masalalar yechishda kompyuter texnologiyalaridan foydalanish. // finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities , том 11 № 3. 78-81 6. jumayev m.r., аrabov j.o., sattorova g.h., tursunov a. n. kristallardagi nochizig'iy akustik effektlar. // involta scientific journal, 1(7). 2022/6/4. 3-8 7. аrabov j.o., fayziyeva x. a. general considerations on the methodology for solving problems in physics // gospodarka i innowacje (2022) №22, с 619-623. 8. saidov s.o, atoeva m.f, fayziyeva x.a. some actual issues of teaching modern physics in higher education. // the american journal of applied sciences, psychology and education (2021) 58(1): 3542-3549 issn: 00333077. 9. saidov s.o, atoeva m.f, fayzieva kh.a, yuldosheva n.b. the elements of organization of the educational process on the basis of new pedagogical technologies. // the american journal of applied sciences, 2(09). 2020., 164-169. 10. fayziyeva x.a. modern pedagogical technologies of teaching physics in secondary school. // european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol. 8 no. 12, 2020 part iii issn 2056-5852. c 85-90. 11. fayziyeva x.a. fizika fanini o’qitishda yangi pedagogik texnologiya elementlaridan foydalanish. // “o’zbekistonda milliy tadqiqotlar: davriy anjumanlar:” [toshkent; 2022]. c 30-31. 12. farhodovna a.m., olimboevich a.j., badriddinovich k.b. innovative pedogogical technologies for training the course of physics // the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research (2020) №2 (12), с 82-91. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 13. atoeva m.f., arabov j.o., kobilov b.b. innovative pedogogical technologies for training the course of physics.// journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research, (2020). 2(12), pp 82-91. 14. kakhkhorov s.k, juraev h.o modeling of heat-physical processes in solar dryers// journal of critical reviews. vol 7, issue 17, (2020) pp 9-15 15. каххоров с.к., рахматов и.и., мухаммедов ш.м. особенности построения образовательного процесса на основе модульных технологий обучения в узбекистане // вестник науки и образования ( 2020) № 18(96) часть 2 с 33-36. 16. juraev h.o. training materials for alternative energy sources in education // eastern european scientific journal. –düsseldorf, 2017. № 1. –p. 127–131. 17. juraev kh.o. ways of using educational materials on alternative energy sources at physics lessons // eastern european scientific journal. – düsseldorf, 2017. № 2. – p. 83–86. 18. kakhkharov s.k., juraev h.o. use of alternative energy sources at natural sciences lessons // the way of science. – volgograd, 2017. № 2. – p. 148–150. 19. fayzieva kh.a. use of modern information technologies in teaching physics // a german journal world bulletin of social sciences an international journal open access peer reviewed scholarexpress.net issn (e): 2749-361x journal impact factor: 7.545. volume 20, march, 2023, c 30-34. 20. muhammadova d.a. development of students' competence in working with information in physics lessons. // a german journal world bulletin of social sciences an international journal open access peer reviewed scholarexpress.net issn (e): 2749-361x journal impact factor: 7.545. volume 20, march, 2023,35-39 21. muhammadova d.a., qurbonova m.x. o’quvchilar bilimini nazorat qilishda testdan foydalanish. // hozirgi zamon fizikasining dolzarb muammolari. xalqaro ilmiy va ilmiy-texnik anjuman materialllari. (2023) 502-503 22. muhammadova d.a. to develop the inventive components of students in physics lessons. // involta” ilmiy jurnali vol. 1 no.6 (2022) involta scientific journal 395-404 23. muhammadova d.a., abdullayeva z.g. developing students 'inventive competences in physics classes. // международный научно образовательный электронный журнал «образование и наука в xxi веке». выпуск №24 том 4 (2022) 141-145 24. muhammadova d.a., narzullayev d.a. yangi fizika asoslanish yo’lida. // science a science and education in the modern world: challenges of the xxi century. nur-sultan, kazakhstan, (2019) 78-80 25. fayziyeva x.a., fizika fanini o’qitishda zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalaridan foydalanish. // “pedagogs” international research journal issn: 2181-4027_sjif: 4.995. volume-33, issue-2, may-2023, 4–9. 26. muhammadova d.a., fizika darslarida o‘quvchilarning axborotlar bilan ishlash kompetentsiyasini rivojlantirish. // “pedagogs” international research journal issn: 21814027_sjif: 4.995. volume-33, issue-1, may-2023, 178–184. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the reasons for the production of secondary gases and their physical-chemical properties in existing chemical industry enterprises in the fergana valley a.o. khoshimov assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: a.khoshimov@ferpi.uz, a.a. muydinov assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: a.moydinov@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the study of physical and chemical properties of secondary gases emitted from chemical industry enterprises and solving the problems of gas disposal based on their analysis. in the article, the theoretical justification of the hydrodynamic forces acting on the secondary gas in the chemical industry and the efficiency of the device are developed. waste gases, cleanable gas, hydraulic resistance, symonic, viscous, gas flow. introduction the fight against atmospheric pollution with toxic gas and various wastes is an integral part of the problem of nature protection. because atmospheric pollution not only affects the earth's atmosphere, but also endangers human life and the surrounding environment. the problem of keeping the atmosphere clean has been of interest to humanity since ancient times. previously, the air was polluted only above and near industrial facilities, but now, emissions from industry, transport, energy, and other sources are causing air pollution in large districts and areas thousands of kilometers away. that is, as a result of the daily increase in human demand for products obtained by natural and artificial means, along with the creation and production of new types of products by production enterprises, environmental pollution is increasing. it's also getting faster. the main purpose of separation of solid or liquid particles contained in industrial mixtures is to reduce air pollution, the separation of valuable products or the removal of harmful substances that negatively affect technology and equipment is one of the important factors that ensure the intensity of the work process. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods in order to increase the effectiveness of prevention of such unfortunate consequences, the need to analyze the physical and chemical properties of dust coming out of industrial enterprises is increasing more and more. one of the main technological processes of chemical, food, building materials production, pharmaceutical and other industries is the purification of polluted gases, dust, pesticides, and toxic substances of various structures. therefore, the separation of heterogeneous gas systems is one of the most relevant and widespread basic processes of chemical technology. however, in recent years, the moral obsolescence of dust gas cleaning devices is increasing the demand for the use of new modern technologies in the industry. this, in turn, requires an analysis of the causes and types of dusty gases coming out of production enterprises. because the existing dust collection devices cannot be created taking full account of the constantly updated technological processes and the physico-chemical properties of the waste generated in them. accurate knowledge of the properties of wastes in different states (gaseous, liquid or solid) generated during industrial production is an important factor for the correct selection of the method of their capture or neutralization, including increasing the efficiency of dust capture. also, correct solution of the problems of atmospheric polluting sources and their hazard assessment is one of the urgent tasks. in one year, 103 billion tons of raw materials are processed, and various products are produced from them, and 2 billion tons of waste are released into the environment. there are 865 different chemical compounds on earth, 183 of which are dangerous for the environment. according to the experts, about 4 million tons of harmful substances are added to the air of our republic every year. half of these are carbon dioxide. 15% hydrocarbon emissions 4% sulfur dioxide 9% nitrous oxide 8% is solids about 4% of the emissions correspond to specific acute toxic substances. the most polluting elements of atmospheric air are carbon, nitrogen oxides, hydrocarbons and industrial dust. the results of environmental monitoring are presented in annex a. according to official data, 50 million tons of various hydrocarbons, 260 million tons of sulfur oxides, 60 million tons of nitrogen oxides, more than 2 million tons of dust and ash are being released into the atmosphere. the analysis of the percentage indicators according to the share of industrial enterprises of annual emissions from various product production industries in the countries of the world showed that: 1. construction materials industry 34.7% 2. thermal power plants 29.5% 3. motor transport 15.8% 4. black metallurgy 12.4% 5. chemical industry 4.6% 6. non-ferrous metallurgy 2.2 % 7.oil processing 0.5% american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 8. other industries make up 0.35. this, in turn, poses urgent issues such as studying emissions from enterprises, finding effective solutions, using them in the process of re-production, and developing measures to protect the atmosphere. the density, dispersion, adhesion properties, abrasiveness, wetting properties, electrical conductivity, shape of dust particles of industrial dust (aerosols) based on their physico-chemical properties, it is necessary to find a solution for the creation of devices and new types of devices on the basis of research. remains one of the issues. the devices used in the treatment of industrial secondary gases are selected based on the physical and chemical composition of the treated gas, its average median size, and various mechanisms of the gas [1,2]. in the industry, there are dry and wet methods of cleaning secondary gases, and this type of equipment is considered to have small hydraulic resistance and high performance. but the level of dry cleaning is much lower than the level of manual cleaning. for this reason, the tendency to use the wet method in the cleaning of industrial dust and secondary gases is increasing in the world today. the wet method is effective in keeping particles with a high dispersion composition (particle size smaller than 5 μm) in a liquid medium. for example: it is 95-96% in the cleaning of fuel smoke generated in the boiler rooms of thermal power plants, secondary toxic gases released during the reaction process in the chemical industry, and paraffin smoke released during the refining process in the oil-oil combine [3]. wet dust and gas cleaning devices have different designs, the most common of these devices are scrubbers. the main advantage of scrubbers compared to other devices of the wet method is that the waste water is less likely to clog the pipes of the device and the sludge formed during cleaning is less likely to stick to the walls of the device. in addition, it is highly effective in cleaning aggressive gases with high temperature and flow rate [4]. this method also has its own disadvantages, for example, it requires more energy for cleaning than the dry method, and it has to process dust and gases absorbed into the liquid medium. in addition, the efficiency of the scrubbers used in the industry does not always meet the requirements of the current environmental standards in terms of the pdk level of harmful substances released into the atmosphere. this is mainly due to the external influences imposed on the device and the high level of addition of dust and secondary gases to the gas stream. therefore, it is necessary to use new effective methods or the effect of external energy to increase the collision probability of dust and secondary gases with liquid droplets [5-9]. for example, the liquid used in the purification of high-temperature gases evaporates. but this steam is not used for gas purification. if ways and methods of using this steam are created, the energy used for cleaning can be reduced by 50%. in addition, most devices in use today collide with the liquid at a specific contact element. this, in turn, requires determining the limiting value of the gas velocity and the amount of particles in the stream. because of this, mass exchange processes slow down or complete mass transfer becomes difficult. in this regard, it is more effective to determine and use the method of inertial transfer of gases directly into the internal environment of the liquid. currently, a lot of scientific and research work is being carried out in this area [2,3,4,5,17]. based on the above, we will consider some constructions, their advantages and disadvantages of devices that are currently in use and have been proven promising in scientific research [6-15]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org in impact inertial devices, the dusty gas flow is directed to the surface of the liquid and the flow mixes with the liquid. as a result, a sudden change in the flow direction is observed. this condition ensures inertial attachment of particles to liquid droplets and absorption of dust particles into the liquid environment. (figures 1a;b;c;d) [5-8]. fig. 1. constructions of inertial dust cleaning devices a-central pipe scrubber; b-fda scrubber; c-doyle scrubber; d-rotoclon in inertial equipment, the flow of dusty gas in the liquid is in circular, lumpy and exponential (curvilinear) motion, and as a result, the process of violent mixing with the liquid occurs. in this case, it is necessary to provide a constant supply of water or absorbent liquid in order to compensate for the evaporation of the liquid, the increase in viscosity, and the losses in the discharge of the sludge. for example, the simplest device of this type is a device with a central pipe (fig. 1a) devices of this type are mainly used for cleaning dusty gases (aggressive gases) of the chemical industry. the principle of operation of the device is as follows: dusty gas is introduced into the device through the venturi pipe (2) and when it reaches the throat part (3), the compression of the gas flow is observed (the flow speed in the throat part should not exceed 20 m/s, otherwise cleaning efficiency decreases). a certain part of the device body (1) is filled with the working liquid (the distance from the dust gas outlet of the pipe to the liquid level should not exceed 50 mm), the dust gas flow hits the liquid surface american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org from the outlet of the pipe, and with the liquid interfere with each other. as a result of mixing, the dust particles in the gas settle into the liquid medium, and the purified gas is discharged through the outlet pipe (4) of the venturi nozzle (2) vertical installation on the device body (1) allows to reduce the hydraulic resistance in the device. to keep the level of the working fluid in the device at the same level, a working fluid pipe (5) and a slurry pipe (6) are installed. the degree of purification in this type of devices reaches 97-98%. this condition depends on the average median size of the dust particle [18-24]. fda scrubber (fig. 1 b) devices of this type are widely used in cleaning industrial secondary gases and fumes. the principle of operation of the device is as follows: the purified gas is introduced into the body of the device (1) through the pipe (2) and passes through the labyrinth barriers (3). barriers (3) are installed on the body of the device (1) in such a way that they ensure the forced contact of the gas flow with the working fluid (4) collected in the lower conical part of the device. this, in turn, increases the intensive washing of gas in the liquid and the cleaning speed of the device. this condition ensures a significant increase in device performance. purified gas is discharged through pipe (6). in order to catch the liquid drops coming out with the gas, a drop returner (5) is installed in the body of the device. in this type of devices, the gas velocity does not exceed 10-15 m/s, so the degree of purification reaches 99% [25-29]. doyle scrubber (fig. 1 c) devices of this type are used in industry for cleaning aggressive and hightemperature secondary gases. since the performance is not very high, it has to be installed in series. the principle of operation of the device is as follows: the secondary gas to be cleaned is directed to the body of the device (1) through a pipe (2) installed vertically. a conical nozzle (3) is installed at the exit hole of the pipe (2), which serves to increase the speed of the gas flow and spread it to the working fluid (4) filled to a certain level of the device. the gas to be cleaned is in direct contact with the working fluid and is cleaned in the liquid medium. purified gas is discharged from the device through the pipe (5). in order to catch the liquid drops coming out together with the gas, drop return barriers (6) are installed in the body of the device. the working fluid is constantly poured into the device through the pipe (7). a siphon (8) is used to adjust the level of the working liquid and remove the sludge from the device. rotoklon (fig. 1 d) this type of device is widely used in the construction industry for cleaning highvolume fuel fumes. the principle of operation of the device is as follows: a suction fan (2) is installed in the body of the device (1), which sucks the gas to be cleaned through the slot (3). in the intermediate process, the gas is directed between the baffle nozzles (4). barrier nozzles (4) are placed close to the surface of the device filled with the working liquid, which ensures that the gas is in contact with the liquid and is cleaned in the liquid medium. purified gas is discharged from the device through the fan (2). in order to catch the liquid drops coming out with the gas, the device body is equipped with a drop return barrier (6) with a small grid. the degree of purification in this type of devices is up to 95-97%. conclusion it can be said that the main advantage of these devices is that the gas flow circulates many times in the liquid environment, and due to the fact that a certain part of the device is filled with liquid, the hydraulic resistance of the liquid flow is small. such a situation requires constant maintenance of the optimal american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org liquid level during the operation of the devices. otherwise, a decrease in the liquid level will lead to a decrease in the level of cleaning and an increase in hydraulic resistance in the device. the main disadvantage of this type of devices is that the average median size of dust particles fed to the device should be higher than 4 μm. references: 1. sadullaev, x., muydinov, a., xoshimov, a., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). ecological environment and its improvements in the fergana valley. барқарорлик ва етакчи тадқиқотлар онлайн илмий журнали, 1(5), 100-106. 2. askarov, x. a., karimov, i. t., & mo’ydinov, a. (2022). rektifikatsion jarayonlarining kоlonnalarda moddiy va issiqlik balanslarini tadqiq qilish. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5-2), 246-250. 3. tojiev, r., alizafarov, b., & muydinov, a. (2022). theoretical analysis of increasing conveyor tape endurance. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(06), 167-171. 4. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). определение мощности ротора в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 381-390. 5. муйдинов, а. (2022). экспериментальное исследование затрат энергии на перемешивание. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 375-380. 6. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). уравнения движения дисперсного материала в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 368-374. 7. ахунбаев, а. а., & муйдинов, а. а. у. (2022). затраты мощности на поддержание слоя материала в контактной сушилке. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (99)), 49-53. 8. ergashev, n. a., xoshimov, a. o. o. g. l., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementi uyurmali oqim hosil qiluvchi rejimda ishlovchi ho‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparat gidravlik qarshilikni tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 94-101. 9. ergashev, n. a., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementli ho‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparatni sanoatda qo‘llash va uning samaradorligini tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 78-86. 10. axmadjonovich, e. n., obidjon o‘g‘li, x. a., & abduqayum o'g'li, a. m. (2022). industrial application of dust equipment in the industrial wet method with contact elements and experimental determination of its efficiency. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(06), 4754. 11. musajonovich, a. b. (2022). methods of strength calculation of multi-layer conveyor belts. eurasian research bulletin, 14, 154-162. 12. khoshimov, a., abdulazizov, a., alizafarov, b., husanboyev, m., xalilov, i., mo’ydinov, a., & ortiqaliyev, b. (2022). extraction of caprolactam in two stages in a multiple-stage barbotation extractor. conferencea, 53-62. 13. abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., muhammadbobur, x., ... & abdusamad, m. (2022). kinetics of drying of spray materials. conferencea, 190-198. 14. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). modernization of working blades of the construction glass shell mixing device. conferencea, 199-206. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 15. adil, a., bobojon, o., abdusama, m., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & abdulloh, a. (2022). drying in the apparatus with a quick rotating rotor. conferencea, 182-189. 16. adil, a., muhammadbobur, x., ortiqaliyev, b., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ... & bekzod, a. (2022). roasting of nickel hydrocarbonate. conferencea, 174-181. 17. adil, a., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). use of swirlers in heat exchangers. conferencea, 149-157. 18. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). drying of mineral fertilizersresearch of hydrodynamic processes. conferencea, 158165. 19. алиматов, б. а., садуллаев, х. м., & хошимов, а. о. у. (2021). сравнение затрат энергии при пневматическом и механическом перемешивании несмешивающихся жидкостей. universum: технические науки,(5-5 (86)), 53-56. 20. xoshimov, a. o., & isomidinov, a. s. (2020). study of hydraulic resistance and cleaning efficiency of dust gas scrubber. in international online scientific-practical conference on" innovative ideas, developments in practice: problems and solutions": andijan.-2020.-51 p. 21. axmadjonovich, e. n., & obidjon o‘g‘li, x. a. (2022). experimental determination of hydraulic residence. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 6-14. 22. алиматов, б. а., садуллаев, х. м., & хошимов, а. о. у. (2021). кўп поғонали барботаж экстракторида капролактамни икки босқичда экстракциялаш. фарғона политехника институти илмий–техника журнали.(6), 40-44. 23. ганиева, г. ш. к., хошимов, а. о. у., & муйдинов, а. а. у. (2023). разновидности жаростойких композиционных материалов. scientific progress, 4(1), 350-357. 24. o‘g‘li, a. x. o. (2023). inertsion skrubberda vodorod-ftorit (2hf) gazini tozalash samaradorligini tadqiq etish. scientific progress, 4(1), 203-210. 25. khoshimov, a. (2023). study of efficiency of hydrogen-fluorite (2hf) gas cleaning in inertial scrubber. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 113-117. 26. obidjon o‘g‘li, x. a. (2022). factors affecting the working process of industrial dust gases cleaning apparatus. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(6), 7-13. 27. ergashev, n. a. (2022, november). experimental study of processing processes in current generating apparatus with contact element. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 107-114). 28. хошимов, а. о. у., исомидинов а. с., & ализафаров б.м. (2021). газларни тозаловчи скруббернинг гидравлик қаршилиги ва тозалаш самарадорлигини тадқиқ этиш. инновацион ғоялар, ишланмалар амалиётга: муаммолар ва ечимлар» халқаро илмий-амалий онлайн анжуман. (1), 36-41. 29. абдуғаффоров д. м., хошимов, а. о. у., исомидинов а. с., & туйчиева ш. ш. (2019). чангли газларни тозаловчи скруббер. international scientific conference «global science and innovations 2019. (1), 268-270. american journal of technology and applied sciences eissn (e): 2832-1766| volume 2, | may, 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org stormwater evaluation and management in the urban watershed of uyo metropolis, nigeria, employing gis simulation nsiegbe, dickson kinikawo 1, abali, temple probyne 2, ideki, oye 3, nkii, lucky baripara 4 1.department of geography and environmental management faculty of social sciences university of port harcourt 2.department of geography and environmental management faculty of social sciences rivers state university, nigeria 3. department of meteorology and climate change faculty of marine environmental management nigeria maritime university, okerenkoko, delta state, nigeria 4. institute of geosciences and environmental management rivers state university, nigeria corresponding author: nsiegbe, dickson kinikawo email: dicksonnsiegbe@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in several nigerian cities, storm water management is a significant challenge. local flooding is common in urban settings because storm water is channeled along streets because runoff may not be able to escape the environment and create floods. as a result, severe rains are related with floods and other disasters in nigerian cities. storm water harvesting from point sources, water management, and purification (treatment) are sustainable techniques that can make metropolitan environments self-sufficient in terms of water supplies. the study aims to evaluate stormwater generation and management, which encompasses hard and soft engineering projects involving the construction, operation, and maintenance of dams, artificial levees, and other structures that are comparable like dams, artificial levees, and channel straightening are examples of construction, operation, and maintenance approaches. to achieve the study's goal, the researchers used a correlational research design in which data was analyzed using hydrological modeling techniques and gis, stormwater, modelling, urban, catchment. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org gis. as a result, a model was created to depict stormwater generation by balancing and overlaying dem data in a pairwise comparison of stormwater flow against rainfall intensity and topography pattern using multi criteria evaluation. the investigation and findings demonstrate that the simulated sub catchment runoff in uyo metropolis is higher than expected, whereby four catchments were used for the runoff generation, it is vividly shown that the total precipitation in each of the sub catchments is similar which was 1.57 inches while the total infiltration read 0.79 inches, the total runoff was 0.74 inches and 0.08x 106 gallon. the study concludes that better city planning is required to manage the stormwater problem through various engineering projects, based on the findings. the following are some suggestions: to achieve sustainable urban growth and development, implement the uyo city master plan to guide, monitor, control, and manage the areas designated as urban lands. storm water management framework should be prepared for the city having storm water master plan to control, manage, and monitor storm water as a state policy and urgency – model for urban stormwater improvement conceptualisation (music), 2002 approach, structural (engineering methods) and non-structural (regulations and standards) storm water management approaches should be employed to control and manage flooding challenges in the city. introduction for the past three decades, the rate of loss and destruction caused by disasters, whether human or natural, has been frightening, resulting in significant economic loss and the deaths of millions of people. natural and human-induced disasters are rapidly becoming the main point for terrible destruction and losses in urban areas, where roughly half of the world's population now lives and most of the world's human-made constructions are located (un-habitat, 2007). rapid urbanization, in combination with global environmental changes as a result of climate change and intense human activity, has resulted in an increase in susceptible or exposed locations (disaster hotspots) that are currently acting as human settlements (un-habitat, 2007). flood disaster is described by un-habitat (2007) as a circumstance in which people's resistance is overwhelmed by the volume of stormwater/runoff created in a location due to excessive rainfall intensity. landslides, mudslides, flooding, droughts, earthquakes, tsunamis, volcanoes, avalanches, ecological destruction, and fire are examples of natural or human-caused disasters. the assessment of storm water management and challenges that cause pluvial flooding and environmental degradation in settlements, particularly in urban areas, as well as the plan for effective storm water management in uyo metropolis, are the focus of this research. in numerous nigerian cities, storm water management is a big concern. local flooding is common in urban settings because storm water is channeled along streets because runoff may not be able to escape the environment and create floods (bryan 2002). as a result, severe rains are related with floods and other disasters in nigerian cities. this human-caused disaster is a serious problem and source of concern for global populations, particularly in urban regions where the ground has been heavily paved american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org and concretized as a result of urban expansion. this has resulted in significant environmental, social, health, and economic concerns in the built environment, both in industrialized and developing cultures (enger, et al, 2006), with the latter being more common. many developed cities used to have a single system to handle both sewage and storm water runoff, which meant that during heavy rains, the runoff from streets could be too large for waste water treatment plants to handle, and the waters would be directed to any nearby natural water bodies without being treated. for easy treatment and handling, sophisticated communities have segregated sewage and storm water runoff (enger, et al, 2006). storm water, according to the encarta dictionary (2009), is water that has been channeled into a manmade or natural drain large enough to contain surplus water that has overflowed the surface. storm water is described as water that runs off of streets and buildings and is frequently pumped into the sewage system and transferred to a municipal wastewater treatment facility (enger, et al, 2006). in the environment storm water can infiltrate into the soil, also held on the surface of the earth and evaporate, or overflow and emptied in nearby streams, rivers, or water bodies in the environment . the soil absorbs much of the storm water in natural landscapes like forests and grasslands, and plants hold storm water close to where it discharges. unmanaged storm water can pose two primary issues in built-up areas: one relating to the volume and timing of runoff water (flooding), and the other related to potential contamination from contaminants carried by the runoff (water pollution) (schueler, 2000); alex and robert (2005). storm water is an important resource because, as a result of rapid population increase, the world's human population's water demand surpasses readily available water for consumption. this is especially true in urban areas, where the majority of the world's population is concentrated. storm water harvesting from point sources, water management, and purification (treatment) are sustainable techniques that can make metropolitan environments self-sufficient in terms of water supplies. because storm water can contain fertilizers, oil, pesticides, trash, sediment, and animal wastes from human activities, it is one of the leading contributors to pollution of urban waterways. as a result of this situation, certain storm water discharges in developed countries are regulated by environmental protection agencies (epas) (ahtd, 2015). in recent decades, there has been a significant increase in the occurrence and intensity of extreme rainfall events, as well as an increase in the frequency and intensity of floods (temi and durowoju, 2014). as a result of increased human development activities, runoff increases, resulting in poor surface and ground water quality, raising concerns about the treatment and monitoring of storm water, as well as ensuring better surface and ground water quality as a result of storm water through engineering solutions (bryan, 2000). coastal settings, like nigeria, are characterized by environmental dangers linked to water-related problems coming from inefficient storm water management. storm water management is a challenge in the niger delta region, which is a coastal region and a floodplain, especially in the cities, which are a converging point for population. however, in addition to this geo-hazard, the rise in population and human heedless interference with the environment in pursuit of industrialization, agriculture, urbanization, and settlement growth, among other things, have resulted in major ecological and socioeconomic difficulties (oyeleke, 2014). as a result, the goal of this research is to look at how stormwater/runoff is generated and managed throughout catchments in the uyo urban drainage basin. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org study area the uyo metropolis is located between latitudes 4032'n and 5o33'n of the equator, and longitudes 7o25'e and 8o25'n of the greenwich meriden (census, 2006). the state capital of akwa ibom is uyo. the population of uyo metropolis is 427,873 (npc), with an estimated population of 7124440. (2019 population estimate). it covers 362km2 and has a density of 1,200km2 (1,300 per square meter). uyo metropolitan has a unique characteristic climate, with an average annual rainfall of 250gmm and a temperature of 26.4oc. (oyegun, 1994). the study area's relief and drainage are such that it falls within the coastal belt, which is dominated by low-lying coastal plans that are structurally related to the agbada and akata formulations. because the area is low lying coastal, the flow of water and surface runoff has kinks in the flow pattern. coastal lowlands are crisscrossed by a labyrinth of swamp, creeks, and waterways, indicating a paucity of firm and vast land mass. the area's soil and geology are made up of a variety of super final deposits that lie on top of thick tertiary sandy and clayey deposits that can be over 100 meters thick in places. the area's persistent high rainfall and warmth promote severe chemical weathering of the rocks, resulting in the development of clay minerals that are found across the region (oyegun, 1994). the soils in the area are divided into two categories: those produced from sediments and those formed on younger quaternary and recent alluvium. literature review/conceptual framework storm water generation and management rivers, in general, are a major contributor to the storm water problem, which results in flooding. when they induce floods, the consequences are disastrous, destroying livelihoods, causing economic loss, and even killing people. this is why people try to find ways to deal with them, whether it's to prevent floods in the first place or to mitigate the effects. rivers, on the other hand, are unpredictable natural creations with a high degree of volatility. it is impossible for man to completely prevent them from causing flooding, but he can control them to reduce the impact on humans and the environment. however, there are two main storm water management systems that span both hard and soft engineering projects that can be used to manage storm water without causing flooding. rather than preventing flooding, the soft engineering initiatives focus on decreasing and alleviating the effects of storm water problems that result in flooding incidents. soft engineering's main advantage is cost efficiency and efficacy, as it is less expensive to implement and can be done by developing countries as well. the construction, operation, and upkeep of buildings has a low impact on education and technology implementation. in general, unlike their hard engineering project counterparts, they do not disrupt natural processes and ecological systems in river basins, but rather integrate with the natural system to achieve environmental sustainability (alex, n. y., 2016). hard engineering techniques dams are extreme and hard engineering practices that have an impact on the environment, particularly along rivers and floodplains. the beautiful engineering structures act as reservoirs for water and slowly drain water in a controlled manner to avoid flooding. even during months of heavy rain, this helps keep discharge downstream of the dam low. it not only prevents flooding, but it also supplies hydroelectric power to a number of villages, promoting socioeconomic growth and development. the dam's reservoir can be used for water supply as well as recreational purposes. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org despite their numerous advantages, dams pose a number of environmental risks. dams are costly and technologically demanding of all hard engineering approaches in the world, as they take a large amount of resources to create. the villages behind a dam frequently experience severe flooding, which can devastate habitats and properties, forcing residents to flee their homes (alex, n.y., 2016). dams obstruct natural processes that occur within river ecological systems by preventing sediments from being carried downstream, which can result in the destruction of delta landforms and habitats. in addition, the chemical makeup of the water is altered, reducing the chances of aquatic life surviving. artificial levees artificial levees are artificial versions of the river edges. they act as embankments just like their natural counterparts, and basically extend the channels height and increase their bank-full discharge. the primary benefit of an artificial levee is that it allows the floodplain to be developed upon which also have environmental consequences as it increases the risk of flooding from precipitation and river surge to the people that occupies the area and create ecological imbalances in the environment (alex, n.y., 2016). however, if they fail, the consequences are overwhelming and even worse that if the levees did not exist at all. channel straightening this method of flood control is shutting off meanders by building alternate and straighter pathways over meanders, allowing the river to flow more quickly and easily. this technique, like wing dykes, channels river water in a faster mode, preventing it from pooling at a point and posing a flood risk. straightening the channel makes it easier to navigate the water and straightening the canal. this method has various drawbacks. for example, due of river dynamics, the downstream of a straightened stretch of a channel frequently experiences flooding and erosion (alex, n.y., 2016). effects of climatic and hydrological factors on storm water management the magnitude and frequency of large rainfall events present significant challenges for stormwater management which most times the transporting system such as drainage are overwhelmed and filled beyond capacity and over flow and most coastal areas are exposed to risk of flooding (liebl, 2011). for example, the u.s. geological survey (usgs) has created a synergy with the city of charlotte and mecklenburg county in north carolina, and develop flood information and notification system (fins) used to check and address rapid flooding in the area by notifying future flooding occurrence in these urban areas where streams rise and fall rapidly(u.s. geological survey, 2003). the fins is based on a large network of stream flow-gagging and rainfall stations that will broadcast information recorded through radio telemetry. this system routinely notify the national weather service (nws) and emergency agencies to respond rapidly in the region when rainfall and stream flow which indicate the eminent risk of flooding occurrence, for the agencies to issue warning signals to the people for evacuation and preparedness in the areas if necessary (konrad, 2014; carter, 1961) . water bodies such as streams, rivers, lakes, etc. are naturally fed by runoff from rainfall and snowmelt moving overland or subsurface flow. flood incidence may occur when large volumes of runoff flow rapidly into water bodies and overwhelm the banks of these water bodies causing inundations and rivers surge. the rapid discharge of water that causes flooding is influenced by many factors including the intensity and duration of rainfall and snowmelt, the topography and geology of natural water basins, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org level of vegetation in the environment, and the hydrologic conditions prior storm and snowmelt events (konrad, 2014). modest storage capacity for water from rainfall and snowmelt in urban basins, generate more rapid runoff and urban water bodies rises more rapidly during storms and have higher peak discharge rates than do rural streams. for example, streamflow in mercer creek, an urban stream in western washington, increases more quickly, because of higher peak discharge and volume during the storm in 2000, and decreases more quickly than in newaukum creek, a nearby rural stream in the same region. these differences cannot be attributed to landuse patterns in the various creeks but reflect differences in geology, topography, basin size and shape, and storm patterns (konrad and booth, 2002). hydrology affects urban development and most times significant in small stream basins where before urban development, much of rainfall on the basin would have become subsurface flow, recharging aquifers or discharging to the stream network. urban development can totally change or alter the landscape in a small stream basin, unlike in larger river basins where areas with natural vegetation and soil are likely to be retained because of the extent of land and water basin (konrad, 2014; leopold, 1968). developing along stream channels in floodplains may distort the capacity of water channel to transport water which may increase the height of the runoff. buildings and other developments that encroaches on floodplain, such as bridges, can increase upstream flooding by narrowing the width of the channel and increasing the channel’s resistance to flow. since, the water is at a higher stage as it flows past the obstruction, it can cause backwater which may give rise that to inundation of upstream because of sediments and debris carried by the flood(konrad, 2014; bailey, et al, 1989). small stream channels also can be filled with sediment and cause clogging because of the size of the culvert in the stream. however, such channels can be engineered through the conveying of floodwater and debris quickly downstream, which may benefit the area and balanced against the possibility of flooding in downstream (konrad, 2014). erosion is another consequence of urban streams as it effects urban development. the frequent development in urban water bodies increases flooding and causes bank erosion along the water channel path. where river channels have been altered and vegetation has been removed from channel banks, streamflow velocities will increase and enhance the transportation of sediment along the river rapidly. in many urban areas, stream bank erosion continue to be threat to roads, bridges, and other structures which is difficult to control even by hardening stream banks (konrad, 2014). in view of the above, stormwater generation is prevalent in the urban catchment. this has caused severe environmental hazards in the urban catchment and calls for adequate management to prevent future occurrences. it is against this background that this research was undertaken on “stormwater evaluation and management in the urban watershed of uyo metropolis, nigeria, employing gis simulation”. materials and methods this study adopted the correlational research design. the correlational design approach is being used in this study to measure the strength of the relationship between runoff (stormwater) and the associated risk of vulnerability on flood prone areas in the study area. hence, data for the study was the secondary data acquired from landsat imageries of the study area showing the digital elevation of the area and the water shed pattern. the data for this study was analyzed using hydrological models and modeling american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org techniques to achieve the objective of the study.the volume of water generated was plotted against the intensity of rainfall to get the stormwater generation as showed in the hydrograph. thus a model to show the storm water generated was done by weighing and overlaying the dem data in the principle of pair-wise comparison of storm water runoff against rainfall intensity and terrain pattern using multi criteria evaluation techniques.thus, the enhanced digital elevation model (dem) developed for the small catchment across cities was used. this technique was adopted by amro et al (2019) in assessing flash flood risk in urban environment of taibah and islamic university campuses of kingdom and lian et al, (2017) on flash flood vulnerability assessment for small catchment with material flow approach to show the relationship between exposure, sensitivity and adaptive capacity in a small catchment and it is replicated in this study. adopting the procedure of amro et al (2019) and lian et al, (2017), a flood hydrograph for the small catchment across the city of port harcourt was generated using enhanced dem and acquired to model the approach of runoff/storm water generated. results and discussion occurrence/variation of stormwater generation across the cities in the study area table 1: stream parameters stream parameters uyo metropolis total stream length (m) 339991.67 average stream length (m) 1086.24 number of streams 313 standard deviation 886.39 minimum (m) 46.08 maximum (m) 5771.86 highest flow length (m) 0.17 storm-water generation in uyo metropolis the descriptions of stream parameters in uyo metropolis is shown in table 1 above in uyo metropolis, the analysis showed that the total length of streams was 339991.67m and the mean length was discovered to be 1086.24m. in total, there were 313 streams in uyo metropolis and the highest flow length was 0.17m. there were 251 streams that were found in uyo metropolis and the highest flow length was 0.14m. from the analysis, it can be deduced that there are more streams in uyo the average length of streams was higher in uyo metropolis. the sub-catchment analysis in the study areas revealed that uyo metropolis had more basins 654 sub basins. the total area of basins in metropolis was 446101922.54 sqm . in uyo metropolis, the area ranged between 5456.12 sq.m to 68591447.12 sqm. with the mean value of 1388006.17 sq.m. table 2: sub basin parameters sub basin parameters uyo metroplis total number of basins 654 total area (sq. m) 446101922.54 minimum (sq. m) 5456.12 maximum (sq. m) 68591447.12 average area (sq. m) 1388006.17 standard deviation (sq. m) 4246555.79 source: researchers’ analysis, 2020 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org the digital elevation model of uyo metropolis was found to range between -6m to 39 m (figure 1) and there are quite sub-basins of varying sizes in uyo metropolis (figure 3). the flow length of streams in uyo metropolis ranged from 0 m to .174054m (figure 4). this shows that the topography of uyo metropolis is higher. the flow length of streams in subbasins ranged from 0m to 0.144281 (figure 7). figure 1: dem of uyo metropolis fig. 1: dem of uyo and streams american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org fig. 2: streams and basins fig. 3: flow length of flood in uyo metropolis american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org figure 4: basins and streams in uyo metropolis storm water attributes in the study area table 5 summarised the simulated sub-catchment runoff in uyo metropolis whereby 4 sub catchments were used for the runoff generation. it is vividly shown that the total precipitation in each of the sub catchment is similar which 1.57 inches was while the total infiltration read 0.79 inches. the total runoff was 0.74 inches and 0.08 x 106 gallons. the link flow analysis through the conduit or pipe reveals that the range of maximum flow of the conduit was from 0.73 cfs to 3.64 cfs while hours of flow were 6 hours. it is thus observed that the conduit c36, c38 and c39 having similar maximum flow still exhibited different rates of maximum velocity. thus, c36 had 3.56 ft/sec, c38 had 4.22 ft/sec while c39 had 3.92 ft/sec. the other two conduits namely c37 and c40 with higher flow maintained higher velocity as they had 5.26 ft/sec and 9.35 ft/sec respectively. it is equally discovered that the maximum full flow was higher in the conduits with higher flow velocity. the maximum full depth of the conduit appeared to range from 0.11 ft (c38) to 0.26 (c40). generally, it is shown that flow; velocity of flow, full flow and full depth of conduit followed almost the same pattern against each of the conduit. the nodes or junctions of inflow in uyo metropolis were seen to have equal maximum of lateral inflow of 0.73 cfs. it is however discovered further that the maximum total inflow ranged from 0.73 cfs in j36, j38 and j39 to 3.64 cfs in j40. the outfall was also having 3.64 cfs total inflow. although the lateral inflow volume in all the nodes was similar (0.0796 x 106 gal) but the total inflow volume of the nodes varied and ranged from 0.0796 x 106 gal to 0.396 x 106 gal; whereas the outfall had 0.394 x 106 gal. it could be deduced from the analysis that total inflow is proportional to the total inflow volume in the nodes or junctions. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the node depths in uyo metropolis are given in table 4.6 had varying depths ranging from 0.12 ft in j38 to 0.27 ft in j40 and out1. the maximum depth among the nodes was highest in j40 and out 1 (0.39 ft) while the minimum was found in j38 (0.17 ft). the maximum hgl ranged from 13.39 ft in j40 to 23.2 ft in j36. the maximum hgl in out 1 was 3.39 ft. the outfall loading revealed that the flow frequency was 82.36% while the average flow was 2.97. the maximum flow was 3.64 cfs and total volume of storm water was 0.394 x 106 gal in uyo metropolis. figure 5: maximum total inflow and total inflow volume in the nodes in uyo metropolis sub catchment runoff, node flooding, and linking volume the sub catchment runoff, node flooding and linking volume of uyo metropolis is observed here. the situations at different times of the day are shown in figures 4.20 (0.00-01.00mins), 4.21 (01.1501.30mins), 4.22 (01.30mins-01.45mins), 4.23 (01.45mins-05.15mins), and 4.24 (05.15mins06.00mins) in uyo metropolis. the analysis revealed that the catchment runoff, node flooding and linking volume increased with increasing time of the day. the sub catchment runoff ranged from 0 in to 0.73 in; node flooding ranged from 25 to 100 cfs while link volume ranged from to 100 ft3 to 460 ft3. the simulation of the sub catchment runoff, node flooding and linking volume was not deduced. nature of water elevated profiles/hydrographs in the study area the nature of water elevated profiles or hydrographs though the conduit between different nodes and the outfall in the study area are discussed in this section. for uyo metropolis, the water elevation profile included from node 36 to out 1; and that of node 38 to out 1. discussion of findings the study compared the storm water generation and flood vulnerability between uyo metropolis. due to devastating effect in urban areas resulting to destruction of property and displacement of millions of people, sporadic urbanization, human attraction, landuse/landcover changes. uncontrolled development, encroachment of floodplains which occurs as a result of flash flood, blockage of river american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org channels, drainages. shoreline inundation, devastating human impact on the hydrological cycle, the findings of the study showed that uyo metropolis the total stream length, number of streams and the flow length was higher in uyo metroplis. the sub catchment runoff, node flooding and link velocity of both uyo metropolis as presented in table 4.16, figure 4.25 (0.00 mins – 01/15mins), figure 4.26 (1.15mins – 1.30 mins) and (1.30mins – 6.00mins) present the sub catchment runoff, node flooding and link velocity a uyo metropolis. similar to other analysis and findings, the runoff, and flooding increased with increasing time of the day while the velocity increased from 0.01ft/sec to 2ft/sec at 1.30mins, and begin to reduce and stayed at 1ft/sec. the analysis/findings in figure 4.28/0.00mins – 03.30mins, 4.29 (03.30mins – 0.400mins) and 4.30 (04.00mins) – 06.00mins indicated three different major changes during the simulations in any of the combined parameters (runoff, flooding or velocity). table 4.17 revealed according to finding that the sub catchment run off and node flooding remained unchanged throughout the hour considered. while the link velocity fluctuated from 10.01ft/sec to 0.78ft/sec at 3.30mins and later increased at 4.00mins for the remaining hour of the day. the nature of water selected profiles/flood hydrograph of the study areas. in uyo metropolis were the water elevation profile included from node 36 to out 1 and that of node 38 to out 1. the one from node 36 to out 1 has increasing in elevation with increasing distance to the outfall while the one for node 38 to out 1 outlined to decrease. analysis and findings for flood vulnerability in uyo metropolis revealed that the landuse map vulnerability to flood according to each landuse identified in the study area. the study revealed the types of landuse discovered and the spatial extent of each of them. the analysis further showed that the spatial extent of the area for moderate flood vulnerability was 48.7% while high flood vulnerability was 51.3%. accordingly, the analysis further explained the types of landuse discovered and the spatial extent of each of them, built-up area (141783308.91m2) vegetation patches (50813320.29m2). the findings revealed farmland /space vegetation recorded 35785889.00m2 while water bodies and vegetation patches 10.37% and 19.94% respectively. the findings also showed that spatial extent for moderate flood vulnerability was 33.98% while high flood vulnerability was 66.02%. summary the study compared the storm water generation and flood vulnerability between uyo metropolis. findings showed that uyo the total stream length, number of streams and the flow length was higher in uyo. however, the average stream length was higher in uyo metropolis. considering the number of sub basins in the study area, findings showed that uyo had more (654) sub basins. although the average area of the basin was higher in uyo. the digital elevation in uyo metropolis was lower in range. for uyo metropolis, it ranged between -6m to 39m. the total runoff in uyo metropolis was higher in uyo metropolis (0.74) inches, the maximum flow was 3.64 cfs and total volume of storm water was 0.394 x 106 gal. the analysis revealed that rate of change of catchment behaviour. the catchment precipitation, node flooding and runoff in both study areas continued to increase with increasing time of the day, although the rate of change of the volume of runoff varied slightly between uyo metropolis. the width of the hydrograph in uyo metroplis was wider. the areas prone to moderate and high flood in uyo metropolis was higher (95.03%). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the study can be concluded that the runoff generated in uyo metropolis was higher. also the flood vulnerability level of uyo metropolis is higher considering the landuse, elevation, proximity to river and soil texture. recommendations based on the findings, the study suggested the following recommendations. 1. government should be fully prepared against flood intensity because of the level of vulnerability to flood in uyo metropolis as revealed by the study. 2. the area liable to moderate and high flood vulnerability should be well guided and guarded to minimize the destruction of lives and properties. 3. better planning of the cities is required to regulate the effect of flooding in the study area. 4. the implementation of the uyo city master plan to guide, monitor, control and manage the areas designated as urban lands to achieve sustainable urban growth and development; [2] as a state policy and urgency, storm water management framework should be prepared for the city having storm water master plan to control, manage and monitor storm water – model for urban stormwater improvement conceptualisation (music), 2002 approach, structural (engineering methods) and non-structural (regulations and standards) storm water management approaches should be employed to control and manage flooding challenges in the city; 5.proper planning and layout of residential, commercial and industrial areas for easy construction of drainages and channelling of storm waters to natural drainage systems in the city;[5] hec-1 and hecras softwares should be used to analyse and estimate natural drainage systems hydrology, hydraulic and flow systems of channels; 6.detailed topographical and geological surveys and analysis of the study area should be carried out before storm water infrastructure be provided for proper flowing and channelling of storm water; references 1. alex, j. (n.y).flood management. published: geography as notes, retrieved 28th march, 2016, from https://geographyas.info/rivers/flood-management/. 2. alex, m. & robert, p. (2005)."the national stormwater quality database, version 1.1: a compilation and analysis of npdes stormwater monitoring information". washington dc, center for watershed protection, report prepared for u.s. environmental protection agency. september 4, 2005. 3. ahtd (2015).welcome to the arkansas state highway and transportation department storm water program.published: arkansas state highway and transportation department.retrieved 6th march, 2016, fromhttp://www.arkansashighways.com/stormwater/stormwater.aspx. 4. bailey, j.f., thomas, w.o., wetzel, k.l. & ross, t.j. (1989).estimation of flood-frequency characteristics and the effects of urbanization for streams in the philadelphia, pennsylvania area.published: u.s. geological survey, water-resources investigations report 874194.retrieved 28th march, 2016. 5. bryan, a.c. (2002).the challenges of stormwater management.published: roads & bridges,retrieved 5th march, 2016, from http://www.roadsbridges.com/challenges-stormwatermanagement https://geographyas.info/rivers/flood-management/ http://www.roadsbridges.com/challenges-stormwater-management http://www.roadsbridges.com/challenges-stormwater-management american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 6. enger, e.d., smith, b.f. &bockarie a.t. (2006).environmental science: a study of interrelationships. (tenth edition), published: mcgraw-hill companies inc., 1221 avenue of americas, new york, usa. pp 288 – 289, 370 – 372. 7. encarta dictionary (2009) published: microsoft® encarta® 2009. © 1993-2008 microsoft corporation. all rights reserved. 8. konrad, c.p. (2014).effects of urban development on floods. published: us geological survey, water resources, 1201 pacific avenue, suite 600, tacoma, wa98402.retrieved 28th march, 2016, from http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/fs07603/. 9. konrad, c.p. & booth, d.b. (2002).hydrologic trends associated with urban development for selected streams in western washington. published: u.s. geological survey, water-resources investigations report 02-4040, retrieved 16th july, 2016, from http://water.usgs.gov/pubs/wri/wri024040. 10. liebl, d.s. (2011).stormwater management and climate change: implications for the great lake regions. retrieved 28th march, 2016, from changingclimate.osu.edu. 11. oyeleke, m.a. (2014).technology and geo-environmental hazards monitoring: a strategic approach for flood disaster prevention in nigeria. published in: proceedings of the 2nd international conference on flood and erosion – prevention, protection and mitigation.pg 29 – 44. www.ust.edu.ng. 12. schueler, t.r. (2000).the importance of imperviousness.reprinted in the practice of watershed protection.center for watershed protection, ellicott city, md. 13. un-habitat (2007).global report on human settlements 2007: enhancing urban safety and security. published: united nations human settlements programme (un-habitat, 2007), p.o. box 30030, gpo nairobi 00100, kenya. www.unhabitat.org. pp 163-180. 14. u.s. geological survey (2003).usgs hydrologic data in and around mecklenburg county,n.c. retrieved 12th march, 2016, from at http://nc.water.usgs.gov/char/. 15. amangabara, g.t and obenade, m. (2015). flood vulnerability assessment of niger delta state relative to 2012 flood disaster in nigeria. american journal of environmental protection: 3 (3), 7083. 16. ameesha, s.b.; shashi, m. and pratap, d. (2017). a geo-spatial approach to flash flood hazard mapping in the city of warangal, telangana, india, sciendo environmental journal: 3(13), 1-13. 17. amro, e; mohamed, a; ahmed k., moustafa k., nassir a., anis c. and kashif n. (2019). flash flood risk assessment in urban arid environment: case study of taibah and islamic universities’ campuses, medina, kingdom of saudi arabia. journal of geomatics, natural hazards and risk:10(1),780-796. 18. barasa, b.n. and pradeep, e.d.p. (2018). analysis of land use change impacts on flash flood occurrences in the sosiani river basin, kenya. international journal of river basin: 16(2), 61-82. 19. belemina, g. (2009). disaster risk: addressing the challenge of natural and human-induced environmental hazards. paris, france press. 20. beven, j.k. (2001). rainfall – run-off modeling. england: willey publisher. 21. birkmann, j. (2006). measuring vulnerability to promote disaster-resilient societies: conceptual frameworks and definitions. measuring vulnerability to natural hazards: towards disaster resilient societies. tokyo, united nations university press: 9-54. http://pubs.usgs.gov/fs/fs07603/ http://pubs.usgs.gov/wri/wri024040 http://www.ust.edu.ng/ http://nc.water.usgs.gov/char/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 22. bitew, g.t; mulugata, a.b. and miegel, k. (2019). application of hec – hms model for flow simulation in the bike tana basin; the case of gilgelabay catchment, upper blue nile basin, ethiopia. journal of hydrology: 2(21), 2-17. 23. brown, i. and tari, e. (2017). towards an effective storm water management in yenegoa city, bayelsa state. journal of scientific and engineering research: 4(1), 177-188. 24. dawod, g.m; mirza, m.n; and al-ghamdi, k.a. (2011). gis-based spatial mapping of flood hazard in makkali city saudi arabia. journal of geographic information system: 11(3), 225-231. 25. debarry, p.a. (2004). watershed: processes, assessment and management. new york. john willey and sons. 26. ede p.n. and utchay o. (2014).urban flood management scenarios in port harcourt : proceeding of the 2nd international conference on flood and erosion prevention, protection and mitigation, nov 2014. (www.ust.edu.ng) 27. el-basfaxodesy, m; white, k; and nasr, a. (2009). integration of remote sensing and gis for modeling flash flood in wadi hudien catchment, egypt. journal of hydrological processes: 23(9), 1359 1368. 28. eyinla, p. and ukpo, j. (2006). nigeria: the travesty of oil and gas wealth lagos: the catholic secretariat of nigeria. 29. eze, b.e. and abua, m.a. (2002). environmental hydrology. calabar. ushie printers and publisher company limited. 30. fateye, o.c.a. and olaschinde, o. b.a. (2016). mapping vulnerability of flash flood in ado ekiti. journal of humanities and social sciences: 21(2), 65-72. 31. forkuo, e.k. (2011). flood hazard mapping using aster image data with gis. international journal of geometrics and geosciences: 1(4), 326 – 334. 32. fubara, m.j.(2014): river hydrodynamics and sea level monitoring for flood impact control in the niger delta, proceedings of the 2 international conference on flood and erosion prevention, protection and mitigation, november 2014. [www.ust.edu.ng] 33. ghoneina, e.m; arnell, n.w. and foody, g.m. (2002). characterizing the flash flood hazards potential along the red sea coast of egypt. the extremes of the extremes: extraordinary floods (proceedings of a symposium held at reykjarik, icedand). 34. graf, a. (2014). spatio-temporal relations between water bridge components and soil water content in a forested tributary catchment resource research: 50(6), 60-72. 35. hapuarachichi, hap; wang, q.j. and pagano, t.c. (2011). a review of advances in flash flood forecasting: hydrol. process: 25(3), 2771-2784: retrieved 28/10/2019 from http://dx:doi.org/10:1002/hyp.8040. 36. hayder, a.a. &husam, a.a. (2013). maximum likelihood for land use / land cover mapping and change detection using landsat satellite images: a case study “south of johor. international journal of computational engineering research, 3(6), 26-33. 37. imgw, (2013). institute of meteorological and water management, report on plan and policy statement. 38. ismail, e. (2015). flash flood hazard mapping using satellite images and gis tools: a case study of najran city, kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa). the egyptian journal of remote sensing and space sciences: 18(3), 261-278. http://www.ust.edu.ng/ http://dx:doi.org/10:1002/hyp.8040 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 39. leonard, i.u. and dorathy, i.u. (2013). gender, floods and mental health. the way forward. an international journal of african social sciences: 3(4), 1030 – 1042. 40. lian, j; yang, w; xu, k. & ma, c. (2017). flash flood vulnerability assessment for small catchments with a material flood approach. natural hazard: 88(2), 699-719 41. liang, w. yongli, c; hongquan, c; daler, d; jingmin, z. and juan, y. (2011). flood disaster in talibu basin, china: causal chain and policy option analysis environment and earth science: 63(5), 1119 – 1124. 42. marzieli, s.h; fateme, z; ali, b. and ali, m. (2014). flood assessment in the context of sustainable development using the apsir framework. international journal of environmental protection and policy: 2(2); 41-49. 43. mastin, m. (2009). watershed models for decision support for inflows to potholes. washington d.c. m.c grawhill. 44. mohammed, a.j; abbas, b; and abel, a.a. (2016). spatial distribution pattern and terrain analysis of urban flash flood and inundation areas in maiduguri metropolis, borno state, north east, nigeria. 45. mohammed, a; amro, e; ahmed, k; monstafa, k; nassir, a; anis, c. and kaslrit, n. (2019). flash flood risk assessment in urban arid environment: case study of tarbah and islamic universities campuses, medina, kingdom of saudi arabia (ksa). journal of geomatics, natural hazards and risk: 10(1), 780-796. retrieved on 05/11/2019 from http://doi.org/10./080/1947505:2018.1545705. 46. muneerudeen, a. (2017). urban landscape design strategies for flood resilience in chennai city: qatar university: doha patar. 47. national emergency management agency (nema) (2012) report on flood disaster. 48. npc, (2006). national population commission report for 2006 census exeecial. 49. npc, (2019). national population commission annual projection 2019 for cities and staets in nigeria. 50. odeyemi, c.a. & olabode, b.a.d. (2016). mapping vulnerability to flash flood in ado-ekiti. josr journals of humanities and social sciences: 21(2)65-72 51. olabode, b.j. (2014). impact of river niger flooding on the inhabitants of lokoja and its environs: international conference on flood and erosion prevention, protection and mitigation. november, 2014. 52. ologunorisa, t.e. and abawua, m.j. (2005) . flood risk assessment: a review department of geography, benue state university, makurdi. journal of applied sciences and environmental management and mitigation options for nigeria: proceedings of the 2nd international conference on flood and erosion prevention, protection and mitigation, november, 2014. 53. olowu, d. (2010). the hyogo framework for action and its implications for disaster management and education in africa. jamba: journal of disaster risk studies, 3(1):303-320 54. oyebande, l.(2014).integrated flood management and mitigation options for nigeria: proceedings of the 2nc international conference on flood and erosion prevention, protection and mitigation, november 2014. 55. oyegun, c.u. (1994). geology and sedimentary environment in oyegun and adeyemo (e.d) port harcourt region. university of port harcourt publication series no. 1. http://doi.org/10./080/1947505:2018.1545705 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 56. oyegun, c.u. (2003). essentials of social and environmental research, port harcourt: university of port harcourt. 57. pagano, t. and sorooshian, s. (2002). hydrologic cycle. encyclopedia of global environment change. 58. subramanya, k. (2008). engineering hydrology, new york, mcgraw hill press. 59. sunmin, l; saro, l; moung-jin, l. and hyund-sup, l. (2018). spatial assessment of urban flood susceptibility using data mining and geographic information system (gis) tools. sustainability journal, 10(3), 648-655. 60. uchenna, e.o. (2013) perception of flood disaster risk reduction and adaptation strategies in port harcourt metropolis. m.sc thesis, department of geography and environmental management university of port harcourt. 61. umeuduji .j.e (2010) drainage basin dynamics, ehai books, published in nigeria, university of port harcourt 62. un, (2009). united nations world water development report 3. water in a changing world. the united nations educational scientific and cultural organization (unesco). 63. weli, v.e (2004) urban flood prediction in the niger delta. a case study of port harcourt metropolis, m.sc thesis submitted to the department of geography and environmental management, university of port harcourt 64. woubet, g.a. and belachew, d.l. (2011). flood hazard and risk assessment using gis and remote sensing in fogera woreda, northwest ethiopia. department of natural resources management, blaire dar university blaire dari, ethiopia. 65. youssef, a.m; pradhan, b; and sefry, s.a. (2016). flash flood susceptibility assessment in jeddah city, kingdom of saudi arabia, using bivariate and multivariate statistical models. journal of environmental earth science: 75(12), 161 – 182. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org evaluation of the possibilities of increasing oil yield in high-viscosity oil fields using thermal methods bobomurodov utkir ziyadullayevich sultonov nodir normuradovich karshi engineering economics institute karshi uzbekistan tel:+998908774247 rozisher@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the problem of increasing the level of oil extraction from the used fields or, in the expression of oilmen, increasing the final oil yield of the formations, has become one of the most important economic tasks in recent years. the economic development plans of each oil-receiving country envisage the full use of oil reserves, increasing the oil yield of layers, and in this direction, the implementation of new methods on a scientific-research, testing and industrial scale. introduction in the energy plans of countries with developed oil extraction industry, the problem of increasing the ability of layers to produce oil is considered as one of the ways to increase the reserves of extracted oil and reduce the demand for it.after the world energy crisis of the 1970s, oil became the basis of the world fuel energy complex. usually, the problems of increasing the oil yield of the formations in this period, the oil yield achieved in practice in different geological and physical conditions, the influence of various indicators on it, the perspective and main directions of the methods of increasing the oil yield of the formations are discussed. raw materials and technical supplies that may be needed in the future, economic conditions, opportunities to increase the level of oil extraction and reserves, environmental and geological environment are of particular importance. the method of flooding mines, in spite of its widespread use in processes of different layers and implementation conditions, has not been fully studied. the condition of the remaining oil after flooding, the influence of various indicators on its size and distribution, are the cause of many discussions, and the effectiveness of this method does not meet the requirements of practice in some cases. therefore, for the next 15-20 years, experts are looking for new methods based on the use of various factors, gases and heat in mines where this method has not been effective. the methods of increasing the oil yield of formations is a very complex, expensive and relatively little american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org studied process, the effectiveness of which depends on many geological, physical and technological indicators. with these methods, the energy used to extract 1 ton of oil is 5-10 times more than the usual water suppression method. when the testing and application of new methods is carried out in uncertain geological and physical conditions, there is a high probability of obtaining ineffective results and economic losses from the methods of increasing the ability of the formations to yield oil. in the work of increasing the ability of the formations to yield oil, based on the level of learning and the information obtained as a result of the practical application of the proposed methods, it is necessary to study the current situation and problems, to clarify the difficulties in their application and to determine the conditions for their effective application. during the history of the development of the oil industry, increasing the oil bearing capacity of the strata is one of the most pressing and urgent problems. structure and properties of layers.in order to effectively manage the process of extracting oil from the layers, it is necessary to have complete information about the structure and properties of the layers, the conditions of their lying, saturation, and seepage. it is too late to imagine the complexity of the structure of oil piles. the physical and seepage properties of oil and gas formations vary irregularly, as the productive layer is divided by impermeable layers, its thickness varies throughout the oil and gas field. oil extraction specialists are in a very difficult situation. they do not have the opportunity to directly see and measure the oil layer they are studying and working with. the formation model used as a basis for calculating oil reserves and designing its operation is based on incomplete data obtained from some wells. in many cases, the models adopted at the beginning of the oil field operation may not correspond to all the structural characteristics of the fields. on the basis of the new information obtained during the operation of oil fields, its geological structure is continuously determined and changes are made to the operation system. the operational experience of oil fields shows that their efficiency and the degree of oil extraction from the layers are greatly influenced by the macro-diversity of the layers, the oil saturation of the reservoirs, the composition of the rocks, the wettability of the porous media and other indicators. the above-mentioned indicators vary widely in oil fields, and therefore must be taken into account when solving the problems of determining the oil yield of layers. types of collectors. the main indicators of oil and gas reservoirs include their volumetric and seepage properties, lithological order, porosity and permeability. oil and gas reservoirs are divided into terrigenous and carbonate types. terrigen-type collectors are made of mineral particles and rock fragments of different sizes and are cemented with different cements. usually, these rocks are cemented with sandstones, siltstones and their mixtures of clay and argillite. mineralogical grain properties are of great importance in the description of terrigenous reservoirs. according to mineralogy, terrigenous reservoirs are divided into quartz and polymictic rocks. a quartz collector appears in nature in conditions where particles form the main part during the process of sediment accumulation. medium-porous and medium-permeability carbonate reservoirs have a porosity of 15-25% and a permeability of 0.01-0.3 μm2 as a result of the secondary alteration of the pore spaces. highly semonic (10-20%). water saturation of medium-porous carbonate rocks can reach 25-30%. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org small-grained, low-permeability, low-porosity carbonate reservoirs consist of pelettomorphic rocks, porosity 8-15%, permeability 0.0001-0.01 μm2, water saturation 35-50 %. the voids of this type of carbonate reservoirs are related to porosity, and seepage properties are related to fracturing. references 1. методы извлечения остаточной нефти / сургучев м.л., горбунов а.т., забродин д.п. и др. –м.: недра, 1991. –347 с. 2. maxmudov n.n., ermatov n.kh., agzamov a.kh., turdiyev sh. pecularities of water supply of gas wells in massive type oil rerervoirs // energy and environment research. –canada: 2019. – №1. –pp.18-22. 3. сургучев м.л. вторичные и третичные методы увеличения нефтеотдачи пластов. –м.: недра, 1985. –308 с. 4. гамидов г.а., бабаев м.в. новый подход к оценке эффективности заводнения месторождений высоковязкой нефти // нефтепромысловое дело. –м.: 2004. –№1. –с.21-26. 5. закиров с.н., закиров э.с., закиров и.с. новые принципы и технологии разработки месторождений нефти и газа. –м.: институт проблем нефти и газа ран, 2004. –520 с. 6 муслимов р.х., меркулова л.и., гинзбург а.а. оценка эффективности методов воздействия на обводняющиеся нефтяные пласты // нефтяное хозяйство. –м.: 1984. –№12. –с.25-31. 7. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org oliy ta’lim muassasasining elektron axborotta’lim muhiti va uni shakllantirish asoslari a. a. mamasoliyev, tdtu qo‘qon filiali o‘qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s maqolada oliy ta’lim muassasalarining elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti islohotlari, ularning zamonaviy bosqichi hamda jamiyatda yuz berayotgan yangilanishlarning tezkorligi haqida so’z boradi. hozirgi kunda ta’lim muassasalariga qo‘yilayotgan yangi va yanada yuqori talablarga imkon qadar tezroq moslashish hamda uni shakllantirish jihatidan zamonaviy talablarni ishlab chiqarish va ularni mavjud mezonlarini o’zgartirish muhim ahamiyat kasb etadi. the article discusses the reforms of the electronic informationeducational environment of higher education institutions, their current stage and the speed of updates in society. it is important to adapt to the new and higher requirements of educational institutions as soon as possible, as well as to develop modern requirements and change them to existing criteria. в статье рассматриваются реформы электронной информационно-образовательной среды высших учебных заведений, их современный этап и скорость обновления в обществе. важно как можно быстрее адаптироваться к новым и более высоким требованиям образовательных учреждений, а также разработать современные требования и изменить их под существующие критерии. elektron pochta, telekommunikatsiy a, internet, axborot, dastur, resurs, multimedia, indeks. электронная почта, телекоммуникаци и, интернет, информация, программное обеспечение, мультимедиа, ресурсы, индекс. email, telecommunication s, internet, information, software, multimedia, resources, index. kirish ta’lim islohotlarining zamonaviy bosqichi jamiyatda yuz berayotgan yangilanishlarning tezkorligi, ta’lim muassasalariga qo‘yilayotgan yangi, yanada yuqori talablarga tezroq moslashish bilan bog‘liq dolzarb vazifalarni ilgari surmoqda. bunday sharoitlarda ta’lim muassasasini rivojlantirish va zamon talablari darajasida faoliyat ko‘rsatishini ta’minlashga qaratilgan tadbirlar salmog‘i uzluksiz ortib boradi. qo‘yilayotgan vazifalarning deyarli barchasi tamoyil jihatdan yangi talablarni keltirib chiqaradi va ularni hal qilishda jamoaning faqatgina mavjud tajriba asosida ish ko‘rishi yetarli bo‘lmay qoladi. ta’lim muassasalarini boshqarish nazariyasi va amaliyoti borasidagi tadqiqotlar tahlili shuni ko‘rsatmoqdaki, zamonaviy sharoitda ta’lim muassasasini boshqarish undagi axborotlar almashinuvini american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org boshqarish bilan bevosita bog‘liq bo‘lib qolmoqda. bu o‘z navbatida ta’lim muassasasi faoliyatini takomillashtirishda axborot texnologiyalaridan samarali foydalanish hisobiga erishish mumkinligini ko‘rsatadi va bu yo‘nalishda maqsadli izlanishlar olib borish zaruriyatini keltirib chiqaradi1. 2ta’lim muassasasining elektron axborot ta’lim muhitini yaratish sof texnik masala bo‘lib qolmasdan, balki buning uchun muassasaning ilmiy-metodik, tashkiliy va pedagogik imkoniyatlarini tizimli yondashuv asosida ishga solish talab etiladi. fikrimizga ko‘ra, «elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti» tushunchasini aniq bir maqsadga yo‘naltirilgan o‘quv jarayonini ta’minlovchi dasturiy, axborot-texnik, o‘quv-metodik tizimlar majmuidir, deb ta’riflash mumkin. elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti quyidagi tipologik belgilarga ko‘ra tavsiflanadi: 1. har qanday darajadagi elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti tizimlilik tabiatiga ega murakkab tuzilmali ob’ekt bo‘lib hisoblanadi. 2. elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitining yaxlitligi tizimlilikka erishish tushunchasi bilan bir ma’noni, ularning uyg‘unligini anglatib, o‘quv muassasasi bitiruvchisining shaxsiy va kasbiy modelini amalga oshirishdagi ta’lim-tarbiya maqsadlarini o‘zida mujassamlashtiradi. 3. elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti ta’lim va tarbiya ishlarining samaradorligiga ta’sir ko‘rsatuvchi omil bo‘lishi bilan birga uning vositasi hamdir. shu bilan bir qatorda, axborot-ta’lim muhitini ta’riflashda bir qancha o‘zaro farq qiluvchi qarashlar mavjud, jumladan:  shaxs bilan ta’lim muhitining sub’ekt sifatida uzviy bog‘langan axborot, texnik, o‘quvmetodik ta’minotning tizimli tashkillashtirilgan majmuasi;  an’anaviy hamda elektron axborot tashuvchilar, virtual kutubxonalar, taqsimlangan ma’lumot bazalari, o‘quv-metodik majmualarini mujassamlashtiruvchi kompyuter, axborot va kommunikatsiya texnologiyalari integratsiyasi asosida qurilgan yagona axborot ta’lim muhiti. fikrimizga ko‘ra, axborot ta’lim muhitini yaratishda va uni boshqarishda tizimli yondashuvni joriy qilish talab etiladi. ushbu yondashuvning dastlabki bosqichida zamonaviy ta’lim mazmuniga mos ravishda ta’lim muassasasi axborot-ta’lim muhiti maqsadi belgilanadi. pedagogik faoliyatda ta’lim maqsadi tizimlashtiruvchi vazifani bajaradi. aynan belgilangan maqsad ta’lim mazmuni, maqsadi, tashkiliy shakllarini tanlash uchun asos bo‘lib xizmat qiladi. zamonaviy ta’limning maqsadi – mutaxassis modeli talablariga mos ravishda shakllantiriladigan bilim, ko‘nikma va malakalar tizimidan tarkib topib, u tegishli ta’lim standartlarida o‘z aksini topadi. bundan tashqari respublikamiz kadrlar tayyorlash milliy modeli talablariga ko‘ra talaba shaxsi pedagogik jarayon ob’ektigina bo‘lib qolmasdan, uning sub’ektiga ham aylanib bormoqda. bunday holatlarda talaba mustaqil ta’limining ahamiyati ortadi va quyidagi ko‘nikma va malakalarni shakllantirish talab etiladi: 1. mustaqil ta’lim olishni rejalashtirish ko‘nikma va malakalari:  mustaqil faoliyat yuritishning shaxsiy rejasini tuzish;  reja asosida maqsadli faoliyat yuritish;  o‘z faoliyatini nazorat qilib, unga zarur tuzatishlar kiritib borish. 2. internet ilmiy hamda o‘quv axborotlaridan foydalana olish ko‘nikma va malakalari:  ilmiy va o‘quv axborotlari mustaqil aniqlash;  yangi axborotlarni mustaqil tahlil qilish va baholay olish; 1 “kompyuterlashtirishni yanada rivojlantirish va axborot-kommunikatsiya texnologiyalarini joriy etish chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risida” o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining qarori. toshkent sh. 2002 yil 6 iyun. 2 begimqulov u.sh. pedagogik ta’limda zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalarini joriy etishning ilmiy-nazariy asoslari. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org  hal etilishi lozim bo‘lgan muammo nuqtai nazaridan internetdan axborot manbalarini qidirish va topish;  olinayotgan axborotlar mazmunidagi yangi va istiqbolli yangiliklarni ko‘ra olish. 3. elektron axborot-ta’lim resurslari ustida ishlash ko‘nikma va malakalari:  elektron qo‘llanmalar va kataloglardan tizimli ravishda foydalanish;  internetdan olingan ilmiy, o‘quv va boshqa adabiyotlar ro‘yxatini bibliografiya qoidalari asosida yurita olish. 4. zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalari vositalari orqali taqdim etilgan ma’ruzalarni o‘zlashtirish ko‘nikma va malakalari:  ma’ruzalar mavzusi va rejasini, adabiyotlar ro‘yxatini belgilab olish;  taqdim etilgan axborotlarni to‘g‘ri qabul qilish;  asosiy muammo, g‘oya va xulosalarni ajrata olish;  asosiy mazmunni o‘z so‘zlari bilan qisqacha yozib olish;  taqdim etilgan axborotlarni qayta ishlash, saqlash va ular mazmunini ta’limiy maqsadlarda qo‘llab borish. 5. elektron darslik bilan ishlash ko‘nikma va malakalari: elektron darslik bilan umumiy holatda tanishish, uning muallifi, mazmuni, xulosasi, illyustratsiyalari hamda annotatsiyalarini bilish;  elektron darslikning mantiqiy tuzilmasini ajratib olish;  o‘rganilayotgan mavzuni to‘laqonli tushunib olish uchun qo‘shimcha qo‘llanmalar: animatsiya, lug‘at, ensiklopediya, ma’lumotnomalardan foydalana olish;  olingan ma’lumotlarni tezislar, konspektlar ko‘rinishida qayd etib borish. elektron axborot-ta’lim muhiti quyidagi uchta asosiy vazifalarni bajaradi:  tashqi muhit sub’ektlariga zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalar yordamida ta’lim muassasasining axborot-ta’lim muhiti to‘g‘risida tasavvur hosil qilishga yordamlashish;  ta’lim muassasasi xodimlarining o‘zaro hamkorligini oshirish va o‘zaro axborot-ta’lim resurslari almashishi muhitini yuzaga keltirish;  ta’lim muassasasida axborot-ta’lim muhiti vositalari orqali samarali axborot almashinuvini tashkil etish va boshqarish. ta’lim muassasasida axborot-ta’lim muhiti maqsadini belgilash uchta jarayonning davriy ketmaketligini e’tiborga olgan holda amalga oshiriladi:  birinchi davrda muhitni tahlil qilish natijalari o‘rganiladi;  ikkinchi davrda – mos ravishda amalga oshiriladigan tadbirlar belgilab olinadi;  uchinchi davrda bevosita ta’lim muassasasining axborot-ta’lim muhiti maqsadi ishlab chiqiladi. oliy pedagogik ta’lim muassasasida elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitining maqsadi bo‘lajak o‘qituvchi shaxsiga qo‘yiladigan talablar bilan bevosita bog‘liq holda ishlab chiqiladi. o‘z navbatida bo‘lajak o‘qituvchi shaxsini shakllantirishda oliy pedagogik ta’lim muassasasini bitirgandan keyingi mehnat faoliyati davomida doimiy ravishda o‘z-o‘zini rivojlantirib borishiga qaratilgan sifatlarni tarkib toptirishga alohida e’tibor qaratiladi. shu o‘rinda, ta’kidlash joizki respublikamizda amalga oshirilayotgan ta’lim islohotlari «kasb» tushunchasiga yangicha talqinda qarashni talab etmoqda. kadrlar tayyorlash milliy modeli talablariga ko‘ra zamonaviy kasb egasi tayyor kasbiy bilimlar to‘plamini egallaganligi bilan emas, balki kasbiy jihatdan rivojlanishga xizmat qiluvchi qobiliyatlarga american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org egaligi, o‘z kasbiy darajasini tahlil qila olishi, jamiyat va ishlab chiqarishning yangilanib borayotgan talablariga mos ravishda yangi bilimlarni o‘zlashtirishga tayyorligi bilan tavsiflanadi3. sanab o‘tilgan sifatlar asosini butun umr davomida yangi bilimlarni egallash orqali uzluksiz kasbiy tayyorgarlikni amalga oshirishga qaratilgan rivojlanish jarayoni tashkil qiladi. zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalari muhitida ta’lim mazmunini takomillashganlik darajasi bu kabi talablarga javob bera oladigan mutaxassisni tarbiyalash muhim shartlaridan biri hisoblanadi. axborotlashgan jamiyatda ta’lim mazmuni deganda egallanishi talab etiladigan ilmiy bilimlar, amaliy ko‘nikma va malakalar, shuningdek, dunyoqarashni shakllantirishga qaratilgan ta’limiy g‘oyalar tizimi tushunilib, uning tarkib topishiga quyidagi omillar ta’sir ko‘rsatadi:  jamiyat ehtiyojlari;  soha olimlarining zamonaviy metodologik qarashlari;  ilmiy-texnik taraqqiyot (zamonaviy axborot va kommunikatsiya texnologiyalari vositalar hamda tizimlari);  ta’lim tizimining o‘zida yuzaga keluvchi, ta’lim sifati, zamonaviyligi hamda ommaviyligini ta’minlashga qaratilgan ehtiyojlar. zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalari negizidagi ta’lim mazmuni quyidagi mezonlar asosida shakllantiriladi:  ta’lim mazmunining zamonaviy fan yutuqlari darajasiga mosligi;  o‘quv materiali murakkablik darajasini bilim oluvchilarning amaldagi imkoniyatlari, qo‘llanilayotgan axborot texnologiyalari bilan muvofiqligi;  mazmun hajmini o‘zlashtirish uchun ajratilgan vaqt miqdoriga mosligi;  xalqaro tajribalarning inobatga olinganligi;  bo‘lajak pedagogni kelajakdagi kasbiy faoliyatida foydalanadigan texnik hamda dasturiy vositalar, axborot hamda telekommunikatsiya texnologiyalarini o‘zlashtirishi. bugungi kunda ta’lim sohasini rivojlantirishda pedagogik xodimlar malakasini oshirishda ilg‘or texnologiyalar hamda ta’lim vositalarini qo‘llash bilan bog‘liq qator muammolar mavjud. axborotlashgan jamiyat endilikda o‘qituvchiga talabalarning o‘quv faoliyatini boshqaruvini amalga oshirish imkoniyatini beruvchi yangi shart-sharoitlarni yuzaga keltirdi. o‘qitish jarayoni o‘qituvchi va ta’lim oluvchining o‘zaro hamkorligi tamoyillari asosida quriladi, buni takomillashtirish uchun zamonaviy pedagogik hamda axborot texnologiyalarini mukammal darajada egallash talab etiladi. bundan tashqari zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalari o‘qituvchiga qator muhim vazifalarni amalga oshirishni taqozo etadi – endi o‘qituvchi nafaqat o‘z mutaxassisligi yo‘nalishida, balki mavjud o‘qitish konsepsiyalari, metodika sohasidagi ilg‘or yo‘nalishlar, bilishning psixologik xususiyatlari, o‘qitishda zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalarining imkoniyatlarini bilishi lozim. bu vazifani muvaffaqiyatli amalga oshirish uchun esa malaka oshirish tizimining samarali faoliyat ko‘rsatishi, sohadagi ilg‘or ta’lim metodlari va shakllarini tatbiq qilish borasida doimiy ravishda ish olib borilishini taqozo etadi. oliy ta’lim muassasalari pedagoglarining malakasini oshirish an’anaviy tizimi pedagoglarning yangi axborotlarga bo‘lgan ehtiyojlarini to‘laligicha ta’minlay olmaydi, shu sababli ularning axborotga bo‘lgan ehtiyojini ta’minlashga qaratilgan elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitini yuzaga keltirish taqozo etilmoqda. bunday muhitda pedagoglar masofaviy malaka oshirish imkoniyatlariga ega bo‘ladilar. 3 o’zbekiston respublikasi ―kadrlar tayyorlash milliy dasturi‖ //barkamol avlod – o’zbekiston taraqqiyotining poydevori. – t.: sharq nashriyot-matbaa konserni, 1997. – 31-61-b american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitida har bir o‘qituvchining o‘z malakasini oshirish borasidagi mustaqil ta’limi hal qiluvchi ahamiyat kasb etib, bunda ular malaka oshirish yo‘nalishi, o‘rganiladigan fanlar, mustaqil ta’lim olish manbalarini tanlash imkoniyatiga ega bo‘ladilar. axborotlashgan jamiyat talablarini o‘zgarishiga mos holda ta’lim muassasasi elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitining takomillashib borishi bugungi kunning ob’ektiv zaruriyatidir. axborot ta’lim muhitini takomillashib borishi quyidagi boshqaruv vazifalarining bajarilishini taqozo etadi: – belgilab olingan maqsadlarga mos ravishda ustuvor yo‘nalishlarni belgilab olish; – tanlangan maqsad hamda ta’lim muassasasidagi jarayonlarning o‘zaro muvofiqligini ta’minlash. har qanday maqsadni amalga oshirish jarayonini boshqarish harakatlar dasturini ishlab chiqish darajasida aniqlashtirib olish talab etiladi. ishlab chiqilgan maqsadlar asosida muassasa axborot-ta’lim muhitining tizimlarini rivojlantirish dasturi shakllantiriladi va ularning ro‘yobga chiqarilishi orqali mutaxassislarni shaxsga yo‘naltirilgan yondashuv talablari asosida samarali tayyorlash uchun zarur shart-sharoitlar yaratiladi. shunday qilib, pedagogik ta’lim jarayonlarini axborotlashtirishni tashkil etish va boshqarish pedagogik ta’limning elektron axborot-ta’lim muhitini, integrallashgan axborot-ta’lim resurslarini yaratishni ta’lim sifatini oshiruvchi omil sifatida tadqiq etishni taqozo etadi. xulosa bugungi kunda ta’lim sohasini rivojlantirishda pedagogik xodimlar malakasini oshirishda ilg‘or texnologiyalar hamda ta’lim vositalarini qo‘llash bilan bog‘liq qator muammolar mavjud. axborotlashgan jamiyat endilikda o‘qituvchiga talabalarning o‘quv faoliyatini boshqaruvini amalga oshirish imkoniyatini beruvchi yangi shart-sharoitlarni yuzaga keltirdi. o‘qitish jarayoni o‘qituvchi va ta’lim oluvchining o‘zaro hamkorligi tamoyillari asosida quriladi, buni takomillashtirish uchun zamonaviy pedagogik hamda axborot texnologiyalarini mukammal darajada egallash talab etiladi. bundan tashqari zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalari o‘qituvchiga qator muhim vazifalarni amalga oshirishni taqozo etadi – endi o‘qituvchi nafaqat o‘z mutaxassisligi yo‘nalishida, balki mavjud o‘qitish konsepsiyalari, metodika sohasidagi ilg‘or yo‘nalishlar, bilishning psixologik xususiyatlari, o‘qitishda zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalarining imkoniyatlarini bilishi lozim. bu vazifani muvaffaqiyatli amalga oshirish uchun esa malaka oshirish tizimining samarali faoliyat ko‘rsatishi, sohadagi ilg‘or ta’lim metodlari va shakllarini tatbiq qilish borasida doimiy ravishda ish olib borilishini taqozo etadi. xulosа qilib аytаdigаn bo‘lsаk, oliy ta’lim muassasalarida kompyuter tarmoqlaridan foydalanishning ilmiy-metodik asoslarini qo‘llаsh tаlаbаlаrning ongli, tez, terаn fikrlаshlаridа yangi pedagogik texnologiyalar va axborot kommunikatsiya texnologiyalaridan foydalanish muhim rol o‘ynаydi. shuningdek o’qituvchi o’z fanini mukammal o‘zlаshtirib, o‘z fаoliyаtidа zamonaviy pedagogik texnologiyalar va vositalarni аmаliyotdа unumli qo‘llаy olsа, tа’limni, sifаt vа sаmаrаdorligigа erishish, rаqobаtbаrdosh kаdrlаr tаyyorlаshni kаfolаtlаsh imkoniyаtigа egа bo‘ladi. foydalanilgan adabiyotlar ro‘yhati 1. “kompyuterlashtirishni yanada rivojlantirish va axborot-kommunikatsiya texnologiyalarini joriy etish chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risida” o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining qarori. toshkent sh. 2002 yil 6 iyun. 2. o’zbekiston respublikasi ―kadrlar tayyorlash milliy dasturi‖ //barkamol avlod – o’zbekiston taraqqiyotining poydevori. – t.: sharq nashriyot-matbaa konserni, 1997. – 31-61-b. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 3. aripov m., begalov b., begimqulov u., mamarajabov m. “axborot texnologiyalari”. oliy va o‘rta maxsus ta’limi uchun o‘quv qo‘llanma. “noshir” nashriyoti, t.: – 2009, 368 b. 4. begimqulov u.sh., djurayev r.x va boshqalar “pedagogik ta’limni axborotlashtirish: nazariya va amaliyot“ // monagrafiya . – toshkent, 2011 y. 5. m.aripov, m.muhammadiyev. informatika, informasion texnologiyalar. darslik. t.: tdyui, 2004 y. ta’lim muassasalarida yagona axborot-kommunikatsiya muhitini tashkil etishning metodik asoslari // j. pedagogik ta’lim. – toshkent, 2006. – № 4. – b. 61-64. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org from the history of the island sea and amudarya waterways (ii half of the 20th century) sulaymanov salamat karakalpak state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in these difficult years, goods of the national economy were delivered only to the autonomous soviet socialist republic of karakalpakstan, khorezm and toshavuz regions along the amudarya river. the rapid economic development of the central asian republics required a radical improvement of the technical condition of the fleet and its replenishment. it was unthinkable to carry out the growing volume of cargo without it. aral sea, muynak, amudarya, komsomol, aralsk, central asia, aral shipyards, charjou, ministry of automobile transport. in the years after the second world war, karakalpakstan, as well as in the whole union, focused on the restoration of the national economy and the extension of roads. the length of the roads serving the amudarya shipping area has exceeded 1000 km. the speed of steamers between muynak and aral has been increased. regular ship traffic from charjou to the port of aral has been restored. in the years of the first five-year plan after the war, the rivermen of the central asian shipping industry performed many feats of labor. all of them arose from the desire of people to complete the planned program ahead of time. after the navigation was completed in 1945, the amudarya rivermen proudly mentioned the names of the best people of the community, who made a significant contribution to the successful implementation of the national economy cargo transportation plan. the crew of the steamer "molotov" (captain atamuratov, mechanic mezentsev) won four times the first place and two times the second place in the competition. he won the honorary certificate of the people's commissariat of the river fleet [1]. the second place was awarded to the ship "20th anniversary of komsomol" (captain mamutov, engineer lagutin). the third place went to the crew of the steamer "m.gorkiy" (captain rozmetov, engineer taranukha). the success of the fleet largely depended on timely loading and unloading of ships. atajanov and kunishev from chalish wharf, sotibaldiev and sangirov from khojaly, loader brigades showed examples of stakhanov working methods. navigation in 1945 continued in very low water conditions. there was a lack of fuel, port machinery, many spare parts and metal needed to repair the fleet. there was a great need for highly qualified specialists. but after overcoming these difficulties, the crews of the ships, the group of loaders successfully completed the annual plans, fulfilled the requirements of the growers of uzbekistan, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org turkmenistan and tajikistan. a total of more than 300,000 tons of national economy goods were transported. the rivermen ended the navigation season with a victory, which became the basis for the beginning of new, unprecedented achievements[1]. in the 1946 navigation, 4 million tons more cargo had to be transported by central asian shipping companies than the previous one. the team of khojayli ship repair workshops has undertaken to fulfill the winter ship repair schedule approved by the people's commissariat of the river fleet. the law on the five-year plan for the restoration and development of the national economy (19461950) set responsible tasks for the rivermen of central asia. in 1950, river workers were to exceed prewar levels by 38 %, improve shipping quality, and reduce fleet downtime. all employees were mobilized to perform this responsible work. at the initiative of the charjou shipyard team, a socialist competition was launched at the shipping company to fulfill the tasks of the new five-year period ahead of schedule. the ship repairers appealed to the rivermen in the basin to complete the repair of the ships within the time limit specified in the program, with only "good" and "excellent" grades. workers of khiva wharf, in response to the appeal of ship repairmen, undertook to complete the april-may plan ahead of schedule and invited the team of "chalish" wharf to the competition[2]. the sailors of the island also successfully completed production tasks. by 1946, labor-intensive jobs at the port were mechanized. two "ijorets" cranes, five "derrick" electric cranes, two electric cranes and four "steer" transporters continuously worked and loaded cargo onto ships on time. the installation of the 80 m long belt conveyor has been completed[3]. mechanization eased the work of workers and increased labor productivity. many problems arose in the transportation and loading of salt. however, the port workers successfully completed this task. the brigades of port workers medetov and kojanov, who were awarded the title of "superior of the socialist competition", had a special intensity of work[4]. in these difficult years, goods of the national economy were delivered only to the autonomous soviet socialist republic of karakalpakstan, khorezm and toshavuz regions along the amudarya river. the rapid economic development of the central asian republics required a radical improvement of the technical condition of the fleet and its replenishment. it was unthinkable to carry out the growing volume of cargo without it. many self-propelled ships and barge fleets were idle due to poor technical condition. repair of ships was carried out very slowly there were not enough workers. "almost 60% of self-propelled ships and 63% of barges required repairs: 19 wooden-hulled self-propelled ships and barges were completely disabled"[5]. the production of the fleet produced by the central asia minority enterprise was carried out within five years to the extent of realizing a self-propelled and incomplete fleet both in terms of number and carrying capacity. motor boats and barges were built at the factories of the darya fleet in the european part of the union and assembled at the charjou and aral shipyards. "in 1947, 15 wheeled metal locomotives with 100 horsepower and 10 motor ships with 50 horsepower each were commissioned." each of the ships had the ability to operate on irrigation canals with jet engines and deliver cargo directly to collective farms. 15 dry cargo metal barges with a carrying capacity of 100 tons and the same number of dry cargo metal barges of 50 tons have appeared. in 1946-1950, the entire self-propelled and non-self-propelled fleet of the amudarya shipyard was overhauled. major works on ship and hull repair and hull modification were carried out together. ship repairmen of the shipping company fulfilled this task with honor. in 1947, an average of 49 ships came american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org out of major repairs, 111 ships came out of current repairs. in addition, the plant quickly and qualitatively carried out current and seasonal maintenance of the fleet[6]. during the five-year plan period, the central asian shipbuilding industry has achieved a 2.5-fold increase in its production volume. by the end of the five-year period, 160 self-propelled and 330 nonself-propelled fleets were involved in cargo transportation on the amudarya waterway. in 1946-1950, as a result of the implementation of the five-year plan for the restoration and development of the national economy in the ussr, water, automobile and air transport began to develop rapidly. the party and the government provided great support to the karakalpakstan base of "korakalpoqvodtrans" and the ministry of automobile transport of the uzbek ssr in speeding up the circulation of motor vehicles and carriages, improving the roads and network roads. for this purpose, only in 1949, the government allocated an additional 22.6 million rubles. due to the fact that the river fleet was equipped with the latest equipment, its cargo turnover increased year by year. in the 1950s, waterways did not lose their importance as one of the main means of transportation in central asia. the main part of cargo to khorezm region, republic of karakalpakstan and tashkhovuz region was brought by water. since 1950, the boat fleet has completely stopped its activity. the main part of the cargo carried in the shipping industry of central asia fell to karakalpakstan and the khorezm oasis. 90% of goods needed for the national economy were transported on the aral sea and amudarya waterways. oil products, chemical fertilizers were delivered to tortkol, beruni districts through the port of sharlauk. cargo transportation in the aral sea was carried out mainly by ships of the aral fleet. the ships mainly served fish processing stations. salted fish products were transported from uyaly, bugun, uzynkair islands. a saxophone was brought from basuen island to the island port[7]. in this regard, the restoration and reconstruction of the fishing fleet of the muynak district was also provided for in the plan for the development of the national economy of the karakalpakstan assr in 1946-1950. the central asian shipping industry took an active part in all the construction works carried out in the amudarya basin. in 1950, the construction of the main turkmen canal began. for construction, special loads were transported from karatau to takhyatosh region on barges. prefab houses were brought to takhyatosh from the ports of aral and charjou. during the construction of the karakum canal, 5 steamers and 10 barges delivered goods on time. these circumstances indicated that the region had become a major construction site during these years. along with the development of the khojaly port, qualified personnel from the local population also appeared. hundreds of karakalpaks, uzbeks, kazakhs and turkmens worked in enterprises, ships and institutions. the names of ship captains madraim izbastiev, allambergen mamutov, ashir yakubov, khalila khudoybergenov were famous in the former union. more than ten representatives of the local nationality were awarded the order of lenin for long and effective work, and 39 people were awarded the order of the red banner of labor[8]. the decision of the council of ministers of the uzbek ssr dated february 5, 1951 no. 204-33c on measures in some sectors of the national economy of the karakalpakstan assr was adopted[9]. it is known that until the 1960s, the island was one of the four largest inland bodies of water in the world, along with the caspian sea, victoria and lake superior. rare species of fish lived in the water basin, which has no access to the world ocean, and they aroused great interest in the world scientific american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org community. in the recent past, its area, including the islands, was almost 68,000 square meters. km. of water volume is 1000 cubic km. established the average depth is 50.5 m. was around. 38.6 cubic km from amudarya to the aral sea until the 60s of the 20th century 14.5 cubic km from syrdarya water comes, 5.5 cubic km. underground water was also added. in the sea with large ports such as aralsk and muynak, the shipping season lasted 7 months[10]. the sea navigation season lasted 7 months. large ports such as aralsk and muynak operated. there was little population around the aral sea. the population was mainly engaged in fishing and partly in animal husbandry, muskrat breeding and vegetable-polishing. until the 90s of the last century, fish was caught from the sea. a large number of fishing farms operated in and around the cities of aralsk and muynak, fish salting factories were operating in the amudarya delta, avan settlement (ko'korol o.), bugun settlement (east coast), uyali and uzunkyr islands[12]. the navigation of the fourth five-year plan began with the appeal of the active members of the people's commissariat of the river fleet to all river farms of the republic. it emphasized that river transport should play a major role in the soviet people's struggle to implement the ambitious post-war economic development program. a large amount of money was allocated by the state for the restoration and further development of water transport. ports, wharves and factories began to be restored on a new technical basis. the length of roads with a guaranteed depth on the amudarya waterway has increased by 460 km. on the main waterways of the basin from charjou to the seaside and from muynak to aralsk, the standardized dimensions of the passage were established, which made it possible to significantly improve the operation of water transport. all 1,397 kilometers of the main waterway from charjou to aralsk and along the syrdarya from ukur khan to chinoz are provided with round-the-clock shipping[13] river roadmen of the fourth khojaly technical section of the road worked well in the navigation of 1946. they completed the annual plan of ice blasting and coastal channel cleaning ahead of schedule. during the entire navigation, the ship service stopped for only 29 days, the rest of the time, non-stop flights were made. the state has always paid great attention to the development of water transport. it was filled with many ships equipped with modern technologies, new ports, wharves, canals, and ship repair bases were built. however, water transport has not yet been able to fully fulfill the tasks of providing services to the national economy. despite the steady increase in the volume of cargo, the share of water transport in the country's cargo turnover was small and by 1950 it was only 11.8 %, including 5.5 % in the sea fleet and 6.3 % in the river fleet[14]. so, during this period, the main cargo was transported by railways and land routes. in conclusion, the role of national economy sectors serving the production process has increased at all stages of the country's economic development. it can be seen that transportation was one of these areas. further improvement of the efficiency of the entire economy largely depended on its activity. although there are a number of problems in the sector, waterways remain an important link for the national economy. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org references 1. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.75 2. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) under editor a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.76 3. magistral drujby(iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.77 4. qrmda, fund r-155, list 1, work 1, sheet 4 5. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.79 6. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.80 7. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.80 8. qrmda, fund r-155, list 1, work 1, sheet 5 9. qrmda, fund r-155, list 1, case 1, sheet 7 10. "red uzbekistan" newspaper, june 29, 1958. 11. qr mda, 50 funds, 1 list, 206 works, 27 sheets 12. magistral drujby (iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.86 13. new history of karakalpakstan. n.2003, 318 pages 14. magistral drujby(iz istorii sredneaziatskogo parakhodstva) pod ed a. roslyakova, ashgabat "ylym" 1983, s.82 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the mechanism of hole transport in photocells based on a-si: h. s. zaynobidinov 1 , u. babakhodzhayev 2 , a. nabiyev 2 1andijan state university, andijan , uzbekistan. 2namangan state university, namangan, uzbekistan. e-mail: anabiyev76@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s investigate the hole transfer mechanism in a-si:h films using photovoltage characteristics (photo-cvch) of a vidicon target. theoretically obtained, if the concentration of photogenerated injected holes exceeds the concentration of defective states, then in the a-si: h mobility gap in photo-cvch, a portion is observed that obeys the quadratic law (i ~ u2). it was explained that in order to obtain reliable information from this section on the hole transport mechanism, it is necessary to take into account changes in the a-si: h dielectric constant and hole lifetime depending on the applied voltage. amorphous hydrogenated silicon, vidicon target, hole trap, energy positions of traps, mobility gap, sticking centers. introduction at present, the quality and efficiency of photovoltaic devices, including solar cells based on amorphous hydrogenated a-si: h silicon, cannot adequately satisfy the requirements imposed on semiconductor photovoltaic cells. the efficiency of solar cells based on a-si:h under standard conditions (am spectrum 1.5-1000 w/m2) reached 8-10% [1,2], and tandem structures calculations show what can be achieved up to 12-15% or more [3,4]. there are a number of papers that are devoted to the study of the photoelectric parameters of a-si:h films and solar cells based on it [1-6], and these works revealed that the photoelectric parameters directly depend on the density of states in the mobility gap and carrier transport [ 5.6]. it is also known that in solar cells the photocurrent consists of two components, that is, electron and hole. the difference in the mobility of these components is very significant (μe = 13 cm2 / v · s and μn = 0.67 cm2 / v · s). this means that the fraction of the hole photocurrent in the photocurrent is insignificant. therefore, in many studies, to study the transfer mechanism, the dependences of the electron and hole photoconductivity of a-si: h and a-si: h (b) on samples were investigated, and it was found that in qualitative samples of a-si: h the photoconductivity of electrons depends on temperature, and in a-si: h samples lightly doped with boron, the photoconductivity of holes depended on the temperature at which photoconductivity was measured in planar samples [6–7]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org such measurements do not allow one to obtain monopolar photoconductivity, and in turn it is impossible to obtain the interaction of current carriers with the density of states in the mobility gap separately. to analyze the characteristics of solar cells and find ways to further improve the efficiency of their photoconversion requires a detailed study of the proportion of each type of current carrier and establish their transfer mechanism. this paper is devoted to a theoretical study of the current-voltage characteristics (cvch) of a hole photocurrent and the possibility of obtaining information from individual sections of the photo – iv characteristic on the hole transfer mechanism is shown. analysis and calculation of the photo-cvch of the vidicon target. to study the mechanism of hole transport in a photocurrent of structures based on a-si: h, one must have a unipolar photocurrent in which only photogenerated holes are current carriers. we will consider the structure p-i-n that is the structure of the target of the vidicon (fig. 1.a.), in which all layers consist of a-si: h. fig.1. structure of vidicon target (a) and ideal photo-cvch of vidicon target(b) if illumination is made from the side of the n layer with light of a wavelength λ ~ 400 nm, then light is absorbed at the surface of the i layer and a “reservoir” of carriers or a hole-rich layer forms in this part of the i layer. when reverse voltage is applied, only holes are current carriers. such a phenomenon was discovered during measurements of photoconductivity by the vidicon method [7– 8]. from the results of studies of the photovolt-ampere characteristic of such structures, it is known that the photo-cvch consists of several sections [7–8]. this behavior of the photo-cvch can be explained as follows: suppose that at low temperatures the entire volume charge is formed by photogenerated mobile holes in the valence band, then the transfer phenomena can be represented as follows. hole traps create deep energy levels, so that the reverse thermal emission of holes can be neglected, and the traps are evenly distributed throughout the volume. the concentration of traps is much higher than the concentration of equilibrium holes in the i-layer, this confirms the low value of the dark current.then, at low voltages, almost all injected photogenerated holes are trapped by traps, so the concentration of holes in the depth of the i-layer will not increase. this position corresponds to the ohmic section on the photo-cvch obtained at low american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org temperatures. with increasing voltage, all traps are filled with injected holes and the hole concentration begins to grow. at some voltages, the concentration of injected holes is much higher than the concentration of deep traps. this will occur if the concentration of photogenerated holes is greater than the concentration of traps. if these conditions are met, then for this case we have the following equations: for current density: (1) for the distribution of the electric field in the region of i-a-si:h, we have the poisson equations (2) and equation for recharge kinetics (3) here, n is the concentration of hole traps in the mobility gap, p is the concentration of injected photogenerated holes, τp is their lifetime, μp is hole mobility, g is the rate of thermal generation of the main carriers of i-regions, f is the fill factor of hole traps, and this is the value for thermodynamic equilibrium is defined by the following expression: here is the g-speed of photogeneration. to solve these equations, we will evaluate some terms in these equations. because of the smallness of the diffusion coefficient, the second terms of (1) are neglected. due to the dependence of the dark current on the voltage [7-8], it can be seen that the thermal generation g is insignificant, therefore we will not take it into account. the values of ∆n, ∆p, ε and f depend on the applied voltage. as the voltage increases, the number of injected holes in the i-layer greatly increases and all traps become filled, as mentioned above, then the fill factor f = 1, if there is a thermodynamic equilibrium between the traps and the injected holes. then the following condition is satisfied: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org given the above conditions from equation (3) we have or then (1) and (2) the equation takes the following form: (4) (5) solving together (4) and (5) the equation we have the following expression of the relationship between e and j to integrate this expression it is necessary to estimate the lower bounds of the integral. as you know, in the vidicon mode, the incident light is absorbed when the surface of the i-layer reaches a depth of x0. this thickness, in which holes are photogenerated, can be called a “virtual” cathode. with increasing external voltage, this section expands, but at lower voltages, we can assume x << l, lthickness of the i -layer, so we will integrate from 0 till l. given the above conditions, we get the relationship between the current applied voltage. (6) thus, we obtained the quadratic mott law. as can be seen from (6), the value of the photocurrent depends only on the parameters of the hole. therefore, information can be obtained on the hole transport mechanism. to show the validity and applicability of this expression for the photo-cvch of the vidicon target, let us analyze the experimentally obtained graphs and carry out a numerical calculation. photo-cvch were obtained in [8–9] at various thicknesses and temperatures (fig. 2). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org fig.2. a). photo-cvch of triple a-si:h targets based on a-si:h with various thicknesses. b). photo cvch obtained at different temperatures. as can be seen, depending on the thickness and temperature, the portion of the photo-cvch, which obeys the “quadratic” law, is almost parallel to the high-voltage region. this behavior of the photocvch for samples with different thicknesses satisfies (6) the equation. the photoelectric parameters of holes depend on temperature, therefore, from this section of the photo-cvch, one can obtain the temperature dependence of the photoelectric parameters of holes. and this case requires additional research. to carry out a numerical calculation, we first calculate the concentration of photogenerated holes, we have . to determine the rate of photogeneration of holes, we used the following expressions [4]. where d0 = dn + di, dn and di are the thickness of n and i-layer, respectively, rip is the reflection coefficient of the border surface i and p layer. where is the spectral density of the incident light, αi(λ) is the incident light coefficient in the i-a-si:h layer, tnithe transmittance of the n layer in the i-layer, p and s -indices of polarization to get the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org photo-cvch section of the subordinate “ square law ” is used the following values and estimates of some parameters i-a-si:h. when measuring the photoconductivity of a target of a vidicon, the light falls off normally and is completely absorbed in the i layer; moreover, the thickness of the n-layer is slightly relative to the ilayer. then rpi = 0, where nin is the relative refractive index. if we take into account that the n and i layer consists only of a-si: h, then nin ≈ nni = 1 and t = 1. the values of the defect absorption coefficient α (λ) ~ 1–10 cm – 1, hole mobility μp = 0.67 cm2 / (v ∙ s), m = 34 ÷ 35, and di≈1 μm. when light is absorbed in the surface i-layer, the carrier “reservoir”, that is, the holes, appears as above and a potential difference appears between the part of the i-layer that absorbs and does not absorb light. photogenerated holes must overcome this potential barrier. the height of the potential barrier depends on the energy width of the density distribution of the state of defects near the fermi level.as is known, the density of the state of defects near the fermi level is several orders of magnitude lower than the density of the state in the rest of the mobility gap. therefore, when the incident light is absorbed at these levels, all the electrons in these states go into the conduction band and due to this, the fermi level shifts down. the distribution of these states obeys the gaussian law [10]. here, the e0 is the peak of the density of the state of the gaussian distribution, the σ-energy width of this distribution. given the above data, we can assume that the height of the potential barrier is comparable to that value. when the ∆φ = u condition is satisfied, all photogenerated holes without an obstacle are injected into the entire i-layer. and then two conditions p >> n and p = const are fulfilled, therefore a section that obeys a quadratic law begins with this voltage. if the total concentration of photogenerated holes is less than the concentration of defects, that is, p n0, gradually with increasing stresses, hole traps capture more and more holes. this leads to recharging of these traps, with the result that the concentration of hole traps decreases. accordingly, the hole lifetime increases and, as a result, an additional increase in the photocurrent should occur. at high voltages, the entire i-layer is filled with injected holes with a practically constant concentration p on volume, which means that the photocurrent does not obey the square law. this voltage can be estimated by equation the hole transfer time to the thickness of the i-layer with the maxwell relaxation time, the ohmic section or saturation current begins with this voltage. comparing the hole transfer time with the maxwell relaxation time, we can estimate the voltage at which the quadratic segment ends. discussion of the obtained results and their comparison by experiments. formula (6) shows that the photocurrent as a whole depends on the voltage. in addition, it is possible that the a-si:h dielectric constant and other hole parameters depend on the distribution of injected holes. as we know, the concentration of the distribution of injected holes also depends on the applied external voltage. as a result, there is an additional dependence on the voltage of the current. to compare the theory with the experimental data, we use the results of [7, 11], in which a-si:h samples with different parameters and under different illumination by the vidicon method were studied. in [11], measurements were performed on samples of two types: type i samples differed from type ii samples by a higher defect concentration nd, which creates deep levels. the obtained experimental data confirm our assumptions that if the concentration of photogenerated holes is less than the concentration of hole traps in the photo-cvch, the region that obeys the quadratic law is not observed (fig. 3). fig. 3. photo-current-voltage characteristics of vidicon targets based on: 1-boron doped sample, 2undoped sample. in [7], the measurement was performed on a sample of the same type, but with different lighting powers. as can be seen with a decrease in the power of illumination, the number of photogenerated holes decreases, when the concentration of photogenerated holes descends below the p = nd boundary, a quadratic segment is not observed. this is also an additional proof of our assumption. from the experimental plots obtained in [7, 11], it can be seen that prior to the beginning of the quadratic segment, the other dependences of the photocurrent on the applied voltage were no longer american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org observed. that is, when a voltage is applied, a section begins that obeys a quadratic law. this behavior of the photo-cvch can be explained by the low concentration of defects in the mobility gap. in works [7], a-si:h samples were studied using the vidicon method at different temperatures [fig. 2b]. from the graph it is possible to distinguish different parts of the photocurrent depending on the temperature. the calculated data of the photo-cvch of a vidicon target by the formula (6) using the dependence of some photoelectric parameters on the applied voltage and without it are shown in fig.4. voltage of target, v fig.4. experimental (1) and calculated (2,3) photocv characteristics of a vidicon target. (2) taking into account the change in ε and τ from the applied voltage, (3) obtained without taking into account changes in ε and τ as can be seen, if we take into account the above-mentioned dependences, then the calculated photocv characteristics agree well with the experimental data. the decrease in the photocurrent at low temperatures can be explained as follows: a decrease in temperature reduces the probability of thermal release of holes from the states of traps into the valence band. in addition, the potential barrier size also depends on temperature, therefore, the behavior of the photo-cvch at low temperatures requires additional study. conclusion. based on the above, it can be concluded that in the quadratic part of the photo-cvch of the a-si:hbased vidicon target, the photocurrent not only depends on the applied voltage directly, but it is necessary to take into account changes in the dielectric constant of the i-a-si:h layer, the lifetime holes τ from the applied voltage. thus, it is impossible to obtain reliable information about the hole mobility from (6) equations. to determine the hole mobility, it is necessary to take into account changes in the dielectric constant of the sample under the influence of an external voltage. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org as mentioned above, with a change in the distribution of injected holes, the lifetime increases and, in turn, hole transport decreases. therefore, these changes are also appropriate to consider. references 1. v.p. afanasyev, e.i. terukov, a.a. sherchenkov. silicon-based thin film solar cells. 2 nd ed., st.petersburg: st. petersburg electrotechnical university "leti", 2011. 2. farenbruch a., byub r. solar elements: theory and experiment. m .: energoatomizdat, 1987. 280 p. 3. yu.v. kryuchenko, a.v. sachenko, v.p. kostylev, e.i. terukov, a.s. abramov, e.v. malchukova, i.o. sokolovsky. ftp, 2015, v. 49, n. 5, p. 697-706. 4. yu.v. kryuchenko, a.v. sachenko, a.v. bobyl, v.p. kostylev, e.i. terukov, a.s. abramov, v.n. verbitsky, s.a. kudryashov, k.v. yemtsev, i.o.sokolovsky. ftp, 2015, vol. 49, issue 5, p. 707-714. 5. s. v. kuznetsov. ftp, 2000, vol. 34, issue 6, p. 748-752. 6. k. v. coughia, y. i. terukov, i. n. trapeznikova. ftp, 2000, vol. 34, issue 1, p. 81-85. 7. y. hamakava. amorphous semiconductors and devices based on them. moscow, metallurgy, 1986, p.375.crandall r. –appl. phys., lett., 37 (1980) 607. 8. crandall r. –appl.phys., lett., 37(1980)607. 9. mort j. et al. appl. phys., letta, 38 (1981) 277. 10. yu. v. kryuchenko, a. v. sachenko, a. v. bobyl, v. p. kostyiyov, p. n. romanets, i. o. sokolovskyi, e. i. terukov. semiconductor physics, quantum electronics & optoelectronics, 2012. v. 15, n 2. p. 91-116 11. s. zaynobidinov, u. babakhodzhayev, a. nabiyev. journal of scientific and engineering research, 2019, 6(2):252-255. 12. tiedje t. et al. –phys. rev. lett.,46 (1981) 1425. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 169 www.americanjournal.org the place and importance of the sunflower plant on a global scale muborak khamrakulova phd in technical sciences, docent, department of food technology, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan olloyor turgunov master's student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents an insightful exploration into the paramount role and significance of the sunflower plant on a worldwide platform. it intricately examines the historical origins and expansive geographical presence of sunflower cultivation, shedding light on its remarkable adaptability to diverse climates and soils, positioning it as a key agricultural asset with a global footprint. a central focus of the article lies in highlighting the economic prowess of the sunflower plant. it delineates its multifaceted contributions across various industries, underscoring its pivotal role as a primary source of oilseed for culinary and industrial applications. additionally, the article accentuates its relevance in livestock feed and its burgeoning potential as a vital component in the emergent biofuel sector. furthermore, the article delves into the environmental benefits inherent in sunflower cultivation. it emphasizes the plant's capacity for soil rejuvenation, biodiversity promotion, and its role as an environmentally sustainable rotational crop, amplifying its significance in fostering ecological balance. through a comprehensive lens, this article offers an encompassing view of the sunflower plant's far-reaching impact, emphasizing its multi-dimensional importance in global agriculture, economic sustainability, and environmental conservation. raw silk, silk thread, mating, blown silk, crepe fabric, steaming, rewinding, carding, weaving, finishing. introduction sunflower is grown primarily for its oil, ranking 3rd in world countries in terms of consumption after palm as well as soybean oil. according to indicators in 2019, 50 million tons of sunflower seeds were grown worldwide, while 20 million tons of it were produced as vegetable oil. russia and ukraine are the leading countries in the world for the cultivation and export of sunflower, for these countries its share is 50% of the world's output. statistics (disambiguation statista.com)according to the 2022-2023 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 170 www.americanjournal.org crop year, russia reached the peak of sunflower seed production. during that period, russia produced 16.5 million tons of sunflower seeds. currently, as a result of the ongoing war between russia and ukraine, the demand for this vegetable oil is growing in many other countries that import sunflower oil from these countries [1-4]. a clear example of this is germany and the united states. due to a number of restrictions caused by the war, germany imported less than 2% of its domestic demand for vegetable oil in 2020. in the us, however, this figure increased by almost 2 times in 2023 to 7,000 tons, compared to 335,000 tons in 2022. the top 10 countries that import bulgaria, turkey, georgia, germany, finland, the netherlands, the czech republic, italy, iraq, romania, belgium and mexico. various products are obtained from the sunflower plant. among these, vegetable oil is the main product that is produced in the first place. another main product obtained from sunflower seeds is sunflower halva. also for consumption confectionery sunflower has its place all over the world [5-9]. confectionery sunflower seeds are added to bakery products, as well as an addition to the surface of healthy snacks, sunflower bark is used in the production of wooden panels in the construction industry, sunflower bark is used as a mulch-biochemical preparation, sunflower bark is allelopatk, that is, it is recommended to use to prevent the growth of plants around sunflower seeds unless they produce chemicals. sunflower seed husks can be used as feed for feeding animals – ruminants, including cattle and sheep. shells: composed of ash, raw protein, lipid substance, reversible sugar and carbohydrates. although low in protein and nutritional value, the high fiber and carbohydrate content of the shell makes them suitable for animal feed when mixed with ingredients with high nutritional value. sunflower seed husks are used as a fuel source for heating. the 1kg shell has a thermal value of 19.2 megajoules [10-15]. sunflower seed husks are less environmentally friendly than burning wood, and are usually cheaper than heating with mined fuel. for example, barnesville high school in minnesota, united states, uses sunflower shells for heating. the school uses 450 to 600 tons of sunflower husks in one heating season. as can be seen from the above data, the demand for sunflower seeds and oil is increasing on the world market. there have also been several examples of the use of this plant for various purposes on an industrial scale. uzbekistan also has a high demand for this plant. according to the statistical agency in uzbekistan, in january october 2023, enterprises produced 46.9 thousand tons of vegetable oil, which increased by 1.6 times compared to 2022. statistics for 2021 (oec.world) where uzbekistan exported us $ 1.09 million of sunflower seeds, while it also imported us $ 50,000. it is necessary to understand the need to expand the areas where the sunflower plant is grown in the conditions of uzbekistan based on these resources. this is the same provision for the growing development of sunflower, with the main part of the land of uzbekistan being mainly rich soils. through this, we can bring great benefits to our economy, not only by meeting the demand that our domestic market and thus those products are experiencing in the world. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 171 www.americanjournal.org references 1. хамракулова, м. х., & абдуллаева, м. а. (2020). исследование процесса рафинации соевого масла. universum: технические науки, (7-2 (76)), 29-31. 2. хамракулова, м. х., & бадамшоева, м. и. к. (2021). исследование физико-химического состава соевого масла из местного сырья узбекистана. universum: технические науки, (1-2 (82)), 98-100. 3. хамракулова, м. х., & мирзахужаева, н. (2020). процесс отбелки нейтрализованного соевого масла с применением местных отбельных глин. universum: технические науки, (122 (81)), 104-105. 4. зокирова, с. х., хамракулов, ж. б., & кадирова, н. б. (2020). полевая влагоемкость, влажность почв и песков центральный ферганы. universum: химия и биология, (5 (71)), 5-9. 5. зокирова, с. х., акбаров, р. ф., кадирова, н. б., & махсталиев, н. с. у. (2020). характеристика галечниковых почв ферганской области и их пути к улучшению. universum: химия и биология, (2 (68)), 8-11. 6. рахимов, б. р., адизов, б. з., абдурахимов, с. а., аноров, р. а., ходжаев, с. ф., & кадирова, н. б. (2021). изучение влияния смеси фосфолипидов с триацилглицеридами на изменение вязкости тяжелых нефтей. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 86-91. 7. рахимов, б. р., адизов, б. з., абдурахимов, с. а., аноров, р. а., ходжаев, с. ф., & кадирова, н. б. (2021). использование соапстоков в качестве депрессаторов для изменения вязкости местных нефтей. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 82-85. 8. sanoat, z., rakhmatillo, a., & nafisa, k. (2020). changes of the mobile forms of phosphorus in sands under influence of fertilizers. european science review, (3-4), 45-47. 9. zokirova, s. x., akbarov, r. f., & kadirova, n. b. (2020). xaraktеristika galеchnikovыx pochv fеrganskoy oblasti i ix puti k uluchshеniyu. glavniy redaktor, 8. 10. зокирова, с. х., акбаров, р. ф., кадирова, н. б., & ўғли, қ. з. з. (2019). генезис пустыннопесчаных почв центральной ферганы. universum: технические науки, (12-1 (69)), 44-48. 11. zokirova, s. k., jamolov, r. k., boboyev, b., & kodirova, n. (2021). determination of the agrophysical properties of the soil. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(9), 1083-1085. 12. хамракулова, м. х., абсарова, д. к., хошимов, и. э. у., кадирова, н. б., & мамажонова, и. р. (2019). использование газохроматографического метода для контроля качества мяса курицы. universum: технические науки, (12-2 (69)), 47-50. 13. усманов, б. с., кадирова, н. б., мамажонова, и. р., & хусанова, н. с. (2019). подбор эффективного щелочного реагента для нейтрализации сафлорового масла. universum: технические науки, (12-3 (69)), 10-12. 14. юнусов, о. к., кадирова, н. б., & содикова, з. т. (2019). исследование процесса рафинации соевого масла. universum: технические науки, (11-1 (68)), 88-91. 15. кадирова, н. б., салиханова, д. с., сагдуллаева, д. с., аноров, р. а., & абдурахимов, с. а. (2021). отработанные жирные глины отбелки растительных масел-ценное сырьё для производства мылоподобных поверхностно-активных веществ. universum: технические науки, (2-3), 23-25. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 11, | april, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org substation automation using iec61850 standard usmonov shukurillo yulbarsovich, head of the department, associate professor mamadaliyev musulmonkul imomali ugli, assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, uzbekistan, fergana a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the interoperability of intelligent electronic devices (ieds) supplied by various businesses during the growth is currently a challenge for electric power providers. a current electrical substation. recently, an effort has been undertaken to create a global standard to solve the interoperability issue. for flexible data transmission across ieds in an electric power substation, the european standard "international electro-technical commission (iec) 61850" is gaining acceptance globally. to enable interoperability amongst the various equipment, this article describes a hypothetical substation automation scheme in accordance with the iec-61850 standard. communication protocols, standards, iec-61850, substation automation. introduction an electric utility can remotely monitor, manage, and coordinate the distribution components located in the substation with the use of a system called substation automation (sa). for substation automation and protection, high-speed microprocessor-based remote terminal units (rtus) or intelligent electronic devices (ieds) are utilized. for the automatic protection of the substation equipment and the collecting of system data, these ieds are placed in key areas. to implement the substation automation features, data connection between the control center and ieds in remote locations as well as within the ieds becomes a crucial challenge. for tele-control purposes, a variety of protocols are employed, but none of them fully enable the interoperability among ieds provided by various vendors in the substation. these protocols are iec 60870, modbus, modbus plus, and dnp 3.0. although these protocols are employed at the utility level, they have several drawbacks. modbus and modbus plus are not designed for connection via ethernet and are best suited for serial data transfer. data packet context is lost in dnp 3.0. data context enables the connection between a data packet and a data element. the iec60870-5 specified frame (ft3) is used by dnp3.0. utility communication architecture (uca) 2.0, an american standard, has been developed in response to these flaws. to make uca 2.0 appropriate for substation automation, more domain-specific substation capabilities have been introduced, and iec61850, a new standard, has ultimately evolved [1]. this standard's initial version american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org was released in 2003. this standard's 2008 revision can be found at iec under "cdv." the interoperability of various substation automation components provided by diverse vendors is ensured by iec-61850. a superset of uca 2.0 is iec-61850 [2]. the comprehensive data transmission standard iec-61850 is appropriate for a wide range of applications. in this essay, the iec-61850 standard for substation automation is conceptually modified. basic approach the substation automation (sa) system performs a variety of tasks, including switch control, data monitoring, protection, etc. these functions are divided into low-level ones known as sub-functions in iec-61850. the ied that is put in the substation handles each sub-function. each ied has one to many sub functions it can carry out. a substation automation function is realized by integrating a number of subfunctions. through the substation's local area network, these can talk to one another. communication between sub-functions is defined with a specific syntax and semantics. in iec-61850, every conceivable sub-function has been standardized. the iec-61850 standard contains the information generated and needed by each substation. functional architecture the primary substation automation (sa) function is made up of a number of correctly interfaced subfunctions. logical nodes (ln) are the name for these sub-functions. the ied, also known as a logical device (ld), is where logical nodes are located. as seen in fig. 1 [3], one logical device (ied1) can carry one or more logical nodes (ln1 and ln2). a class of objects called the logical node class is used to materialize logical nodes. for instance, the logical node class xcbr is used to monitor and control circuit breakers. a collection of data from many classes makes up a logical node class. for instance, the logical node class "xcbr" includes the data "pos" of the data class type "dpc" [4]. additionally, each data class contained within a logical node class is made up of a number of data attributes. as an illustration, the data attributes for the data class "dpc" are control value ("ctlval"), operating time ("opertime"), etc. [5]. to carry out the functions, these data properties are employed as imperative parameters. for instance, the close/open status of circuit breaker "xcbr1" is represented by xcbr1. pos. stval. according to fig. 2, the sub functions are assigned at three levels: process level (i), bay level (i), station level (ii), and so forth [6]. fig. 1 devices, nodes, classes and data american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org station level bay level process level fig. 2 levels defined in iec-61850 process level function receives the control command from bay level device and executes it at the appropriate switch level. process level function extracts the information from sensors/transducers in the substation and sends them to upper level device, called bay level device. data from the bay is collected by bay level functions, which then primarily affect the principal (power circuit) equipment of the bay. in figure 3, the various conceptual subparts of a substation are bounded by dotted lines. as depicted in fig. 3, these subparts are known as bays and are numbered from bay1 through bay7. for instance, a transformer and the switchgear that goes with it between the two busbars that represent the two voltage levels make up one bay, known as bay3. for the purposes of monitoring, managing, and safeguarding the transformer, bay3 is not complete without the current transformer (ct) and potential transformer (pt). the merging unit connects the ct, pt, and actuator to the protection and control unit. a device known as a merging unit is used to sample and communicate the instantaneous current and voltage readings from ct and pt to the protection and controls unit. devices at the bay level include protection unit and control unit. devices at the bay level gather information from the same bay and/or from various bays and operate on the principal equipment in its own bay. there are two sorts of station level functions. (i) process-related operations operate on databases at the substation or several bays levels. these tasks are used to gather substation data from the bay level devices, such as voltage, current, and power factor, and transmit control directives to the primary equipment (circuit breakers). each bay has one principal piece of equipment, such as transformers, feeders, etc., as previously mentioned. (ii) interface-related functions allow the substation automation system to interact with the local station operator via the hmi (human machine interface), a remote-control center via the tci (tele control fct a fct b protection control protection control remote process interface sensors actuator american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org interface), or a remote monitoring center via the tmi (tele monitoring interface) for monitoring and maintenance. fig. 3 conceptual substation bays iec 61850 defines a total of 90 logical nodes or sub-functions, and all of them are distributed at these three levels based on their functionalities: (i) process level, (ii) bay level, and (iii) station level. to exchange data, logical nodes are linked to one another via specific virtual links, also known as a logical connection. physical connections enable logical connections to be made. the physical connection between ieds is made possible in the hypothetical substation automation scheme by ethernet wire and computer networking switches. such network switches each constitute a network node. conceptual data class model data have been divided into many groups, as was mentioned in the part before this one. data classes represent useful data from applications that are housed in automation devices. common data classes (cdc) have been defined for the fundamental substation communication structure, per the classification. these classes keep track of the logical node's services (connected to variables) and member variables. a data class model and its conceptual adaption are shown in fig. 4. the iec 61850 classes are represented by the rectangle on the right in this diagram, while the instances or objects for each class in the conceptual substation automation are represented by the rectangle on the left. as depicted in fig. 4, the object of the logical node class mmxu is mmxu1. in a three-phase system, currents, voltages, powers, and impedances are calculated using the mmxu logical node. the wye is the data class for the phv data in this logical node. similar to this, logical node mmxu defines fourteen data kinds. wye class is a group of measurements made simultaneously in a three-phase system to represent the voltage from the phase to the ground. wye class contains data of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org fundamental type complex measured value (cmv), called phsa. one of the member variables of basic type vector, cval, is defined in the cmv. the magnitude "mag" and angle "ang" of the attribute type analog value are both contained in the vector. voltage of phase a is measured using an attribute of an analog value of type float. voltage of phase a is measured using an attribute of an analog value of type float. as seen in fig. 4, iec-61850 has its own syntax for accessing the data. a specific value can be reached in the conceptual model using hierarchical dot notation. we first choose the logical node mmxu instance provided by mmxu1, and then we choose the phase voltage mmxu1.phv. next, mmxu1 is used to represent the voltage of phase a with respect to ground.phv.phsa. the fundamental type of the vector phsa in class wye is represented by cval. the magnitude "mag" and angle "ang" characteristics of the vector are chosen, and the float value of magnitude is mmxu1.phv.phsa.cval.mag.f. a message is passed from one logical node to another using the aforementioned syntax. fig. 4 conceptual data class model conclusion one of the main issues for utilities is interoperability. iec-61850 is achieving interoperability by dispersing logical nodes among diverse ieds. this standard is a comprehensive data transmission protocol that works for a variety of uses. in this article, the iec 61850 standard for substation automation is conceptually modified. in this envisioned paradigm, substation automation is better controlled and monitored because the context of the data (such as mmxu1 in fig. 7) is maintained while the data packet is sent from one place to another. this makes it possible for ieds or other hmis to easily obtain data about the power system. as a result, interoperability between diverse components (ieds) provided by various vendors is guaranteed. both the vendors and the utilities gain from this. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 11, april, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org references 1. iec 61850: communication network and system in substation, part 1, august 2003. 2. k.n. clinard “comparison of iec 61850 and uca 2.0 data models” in proceedings of ieee power engineering society summer meeting, volume 1, july 21-25 2002 pp 289-290. 3. holger schubert and gordon wong, “iec 61850the way to seamless communication in substations”, in the proceedings of the 3rd iasted international conference on power and energy system, sep. 3-5 2003pp 252-256. 4. iec 61850: basic communication structure for substation and feeder equipment – compatible logical node classes iec 61850-7-4. 5. iec 61850: basic communication structure for substation and feeder equipment – common data classes iec 61850-7-3. 6. b.shephard, m.c. jannssen, h. schubert “standard communication in substation”, in proceedings seventh international conference on power system protection, april 9-12 2001, pp 270—274 7. r.p.gupta n. srivastava , “substation automation communication protocol” in the proceedings of icsci 2004 vol. 1, feb. 12-15 2004, pp 499-503. 8. r.p. gupta, m. pandey and n. srivastava, “data communication architecture using iec 61850 protocol for substation automation”, in the proceedings of international conference on distribution india 1, april 15-16 2004, pp 113-121. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the importance of expressive vocabulary in teaching the russian language болтаева мухлиса панжиевна школа № 67 шадиева дилрабо курбановна терду a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the features of expressive vocabulary in the aspect of teaching russian as a foreign folk colloquial speech, folk colloquial speech, connotation. in many modern and classical works, it is emphasized that "the expressive function is focused on the expression of the subjective aspects of a person's perception of the real world", and subjective perception, as is known, is involved in the formation of a conceptual and linguistic picture of the human world. in turn, the linguistic picture of the world is reflected in the language and concepts (concepts) that a person operates with in his language (and speech) activity. vocabulary, linguoculture, approach, situation, dialogue, communication introduction the modern functional approach to teaching russian as a foreign language requires the inclusion of real topics, situations, dialogues in teaching, which can later be used in natural conditions of communication. the peculiarity of the relaxed, unprepared communication of native speakers is the use of emotionally expressive vocabulary, including lexical units containing a connotative component in their semantics. the appeal to expressive and evaluative vocabulary and its use in teaching russian as a non-native language is also due to the actualization of the linguocultural approach to language learning. an expeccive leksika is a word that is a word that is a strong source of feeling, pepezhivaniya (lacky, shytky, iponius, neobpenie, prenebpezhenie, famillyarnoct, etc.). the word used in human speech activity not only ensures the success of communication, but also explicates some fragments of the national picture of the world: "in each language there is not only a portrait and characteristic of the inner qualities of a person, but also a picture of the national culture of the people." in this understanding, the study of the expressive and evaluative vocabulary of the russian language seems to be a necessary component of teaching russian as a non-native language, since in these lexical units it is recorded cultural content, which "is deposited in the meaning of the linguistic sign and constitutes a kind of cultural memory of the nation." expressive and evaluative vocabulary is widespread and is used in the colloquial speech of citizens, regardless of age, education and other social characteristics; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org in addition, we find emotionally evaluative vocabulary when referring to works of fiction. to find out how adequately the expressively colored vocabulary of the russian language is perceived by a foreign cultural linguistic personality, we conducted a linguistic experiment in which recipients teachers of the russian language in mongolia were asked to find a mongolian correspondence to russian lexical units isolated from the texts of works of art, and give a literal translation of this correspondence into russian. all the words used as a stimulus belonged to the colloquial sphere of use and had a bright emotionally expressive coloring, the meaning of lexical units was previously 134 explained. the ability to correctly assess the communicative situation allows you to maintain the tone of the conversation that corresponds to the prevailing conditions. the method of verbal design of the semantic load, i.e. the use of speech tools and behavioral models (facial expressions and sign language are also an integral part of communication, along with the expression of thoughts with the help of words) explains the method, means and manner of exchanging information (handshake and nod of the head an official greeting, a common gesture when meeting people in a limited degree of proximity; hugs when meeting loved ones; address "colleague" in an official setting; "buddy" at an informal meeting of the same people, when they are connected by close relationships, common interests). the exclamation of hi! at the meeting, it gives an idea of the age category of communicants (adolescents in a liberated situation, when it is situationally assumed that the norms of speech etiquette are not observed or almost not observed). summarizing the above data, it can be concluded that maintaining a single style of communication is a fundamental point in the relationship "addressee addressee", the one who offers attention and comprehension of information, forming the angle of its perception, and the respondent his response to the flow of information presented. in the process of working on the linguosemantic analysis of the text, students develop all types of speech activity: students read the text more thoughtfully, penetrating deeply into the essence of the content; attentively, with interest listen to the teacher, reflections, statements of other students; formulate and try to prove, substantiate their point of view, thereby creating their own text, improving speaking and writing. linguosemantic analysis of the text, in our opinion, contributes to the enrichment of the lexical, cultural baggage of students, develops their intellectual and creative abilities, improves spiritually and morally. linguocultural environment of the university as the basis for the formation of a harmonious media personality media linguistics, media personality, linguistic culture of the university, development of language competence, professional communication y.m. lotman characterizes university education as follows: "there is no top and bottom teachers and students all colleagues are here, that is, people who work together. after all, the work of a higher education institution is cooperation, that is, when some want to learn, while others help them in this. the attitude of teachers to students will be the attitude of a colleague to a junior colleague. the education and formation of the personality of the future specialist is influenced by the linguocultural environment that arises as a result of the creative implementation of the educational process by the entire teaching staff of the university. the linguistic and cultural environment of the university is a purely individual phenomenon, unique both in time and in space. at the heart of the linguocultural environment is a tradition that has been developing over a long time and affecting such important areas of university life as "the approaches of the teaching staff to lecturing, conducting seminars, organizing scientific and extracurricular work, relationships with students, etc." thus, the personality of the teacher is "one of the components of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org linguocultural environment of the university", and the training and education of specialists largely depends on the level of qualification and personal qualities of the teaching staff of the university. literature: 1. babenko l.g. linguistic analysis of the literary text / l.g. babenko. yekaterinburg: ural publishing house. university, 2000. – 534 p. 2. dictionary of the russian language: in 4 volumes / [text] / ed. a.p. evgenieva. — 4th ed., stereotype. moscow: russkii yazyk, 1999. 3. ozhegov, s.i. dictionary of the russian language / [text] / under the general editorship of prof. l.i. skvortsov. — 24th ed., rev. — m.: onyx, world and education, 2007. — 1200 p. 4. shadieva d. k. extrapolation and study of trends in changing the norms of the russian language // modern problems of philology. – 2022. – p. 133-138. 5. shadieva d. k. changing the format of the russian-language media of uzbekistan // international journal of the art of the word. – 2021. – t. 4. – №. 4. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 172 www.americanjournal.org investigation of the properties of foam generators turapov farkhod khursanovich termiz state university(tersu.uz) farkhodturapov@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s is to research the development and properties of foam concrete using local raw materials. foam concrete, technology, parameter, foaming agent, stability. introduction the most important component in the production of foam concrete is the foaming agent. one of the important factors is that the foams obtained on the basis of foaming agents have the same size of pores and high aggregative stability of the pore structure after mixing with the binder. such mixtures are said to be aggregatively stable if, after mixing the components with foam, the gas phase introduced into the mixture is preserved until the process of solidification. after pouring the foam concrete mixture into the molds, due to gravitational forces, the process of water separation is observed in the lower part of the molds. the faster the process of water separation, the faster the foam concrete mass poured into the molds will sink. currently, every enterprise producing foam concrete is experimentally determining the foam with optimal performance. technical, technological and operational characteristics of the product are taken into account when choosing this or that foaming agent. the properties of the foam have different effects on the porosity, structure and solidification of the mass. in the production industry, foaming agents and foams obtained based on them are evaluated based on various criteria. to date, there is no universal method for evaluating the effectiveness of this or that foaming agent. in each case, foaming agents are considered based on certain criteria. mainly the following features are considered important: volume increase during whipping the ratio of the primary foam volume to the initial volume of the foam-forming substance mixture; -equilibrium breaking of a certain volume of foam in a unit time interval; -dispersity a quantity representing the average size of pores in the foam and their distribution throughout the volume; density mutual ratio of liquid and gas phases; mechanical-structural properties the ability to maintain the initial shape for a certain time; lifting capacity the ability to keep a certain amount of foreign substances on its surface without breaking the foam pores. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 173 www.americanjournal.org the foaming agent has two effects on the quality of the porous material. the surface activity of the foaming substance affects the formation of the structure of the porous concrete and ensures the necessary density of the concrete. at the same time, the addition of a foaming agent slows down the setting and hardening times of the binder. this, in turn, leads to the destruction of cement and a decrease in the durability of the product. therefore, choosing the right foaming agent is important. in order to determine which of the foaming agents has a less destructive effect, the effect of the alkaline binder obtained without burning the foaming agents on the strength was studied. at the initial stage, the ph environment, stability and volume increase of foaming agents at different temperatures were studied. the ph environment of the foaming agent should be as close as possible to the ph environment of the material used as a binder. as the difference in ph media increases, foam breakdown accelerates and this, in turn, leads to product quality deterioration. as can be seen from table 1 below, among the foaming agents studied in the study, ph medium has the greatest. table 1. ph environment of the foaming agent the name of the foaming agent zimpor pb-lyuks pb-2000 arekom-4 ph environment 8,0 7,0 9,0 8,7 the stability of the foaming agent and the increase in volume during foaming are considered to be sufficiently influencing factors in obtaining a porous material. the foam stability method is based on recording the time taken until 50% of the initial foam volume is broken or 50% of the primary total liquid is separated. the volume increase during foaming represents the ratio of the volume of the foam to the volume of the mixture in it. according to the increase in volume when foaming agents are whipped, the foam is divided into 3 groups: foam with a small increase in volume when whipped (not higher than 20); foam with an average increase in volume when whipped (from 20 to 200); foam with a high volume increase when whipped (over 200). according to the classic technology of foam concrete, foams with medium expansion (from 4 to 9) are used. according to the information in the literature, foam concrete with the maximum porosity (about 83%) will have a volume increase of 6-9 when the foam is whipped. the results of foam stability at different temperatures and volume growth during whipping are given in table 2 below. table 2. stability of foam depending on water temperature (minute) name occupied size water temperature, 0c 12 20 35 50 pb 2000 600 8 6 5 3 pb luks 720 26 20 17 4 zimpor 320 29 23 15 8 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 174 www.americanjournal.org the obtained results show that the stability of foams decreases with increasing temperature. in our opinion, this is due to the decrease in the molecular attraction forces of water at increased temperature, which in turn led to the acceleration of water separation from the foam. figure 1 shows the size and appearance of foaming agents used in the experiment when mixed with water to form foam. figure 1. sizes of foaming agents references 1. role of filler in porozed arbolt tf khursanovich galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 10 (11), 1108-1109 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:5nxa0vek-isc 2. study of the physical-mechanical properties of foam-concrete tf khursanovich american journal of research in humanities and social sciences 14, 26-30 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:0enyyjriufmcn 3. кимёвий қўшимча “beton strong-17” нинг портландцемент физик механик хоссаларига таъсирининг тадқиқи фх турaпов spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development 8, 268-269 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc 4. production of insulation boards based on crushed cotton and cement tf khursanovich american journal of pedagogical and educational research 12, 232235 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c 5. use of heat insulation wall materials in construction fk turapov american journal of technology and applied sciences 5, 27-30 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:uebtzra9y70c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:5nxa0vek-isc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:5nxa0vek-isc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:5nxa0vek-isc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:0enyyjriufmc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:0enyyjriufmcn https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:0enyyjriufmcn https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:hqojcs7dif8c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:uebtzra9y70c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:uebtzra9y70c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:uebtzra9y70c american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 175 www.americanjournal.org 6. dry construction mixed for foam concretetf khursanovich academicia globe: inderscience research 3 (05), 201-204 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc 7. исследование влияния суперпластификаторов на физико-механические свойства бетона фх турапов, ак холтаева проблемы геологии и освоения недр, 477-478 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj& citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c 8. abduhalimzoda, abdurahimov abdukarim, and abdumominov odina rashidovich. "the effect of chemical additives on the hardening of putsolan portland cement." american journal of pedagogical and educational research 13 (2023): 115-117. 9. abdurahimov, a. a., and khudoinazarova k. zh. "economic efficiency and solving environmental problems in the republic of uzbekistan in the mining of minerals." zien journal of social sciences and humanities 6 (2022): 117-118. 10. abdukhalimzoda, abduraximov abdukarim. "the use of filler mixtures assessment of the current status." galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal 9.12 (2021): 467-470. 11. abdukhalimzoda, abdurakhimov abdukarim. "development of expanded clay concrete production technologies based on additives." american journal of research in humanities and social sciences 18 (2023): 158-161. 12. abdukhalimzoda, abdurakhimov abdukarim. "use of copper smelting stones in the production of filler mixtures." texas journal of multidisciplinary studies 3 (2021): 117-119. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:u-x6o8ysg0sc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=omyxwb8aaaaj&citation_for_view=omyxwb8aaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 39, august 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org сomparative analysis of the performance characteristics of industrial hydrotreatment catalysts axrarov bobirxodja baxodirovich tashkent state technical university, 2 universitet st., 100095, tashkent city, republic of uzbekistan dph, senior researcher axrarovbobirxodja@gmail.com karimova komola baxodirovna tashkent state technical university, 2 universitet st., 100095, tashkent city, republic of uzbekistan komola karimova bahodir qizi dph, senior researcher komolakarimova1988@icloud.com karimov ma’ruf ixtiyorovich tashkent state technical university, 2 universitet st., 100095, tashkent city, republic of uzbekistan dph ,senior researcher maruf.karimov.1991@bk.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s comparative analysis of hydrotreatment catalysts revealed notable differences in their performance levels. the study demonstrated that the industrial hydrotreating catalysts type-acm (alumina–cobalt– molybdenum) and anms (alumina–nickel–molybdenum–silicate) manifest a significantly lower activity in the thiophene hydrodesulfurization reaction. specifically, their performance characteristics were roughly two times lower compared to the most effective similar catalysts produced abroad. this was observed both before and after sulfidation with hydrogen sulfide, suggesting that while sulfidation does improve their performance, it does not bring them to the level of their more advanced samples produced abroad. the findings highlight the need for further optimization of catalysts to enhance their performance and competitiveness in industrial applications. catalyst, gasoline, oil refining, petrochemistry, sulfur, purification, diesel fuel. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org introduction the growing demand for cleaner and more efficient energy sources has led to significant advancements in catalytic processes, particularly in the field of hydrodesulfurization (hds). one of the key challenges in modern refining processes is the effective removal of sulphur compounds from petroleum fractions, as sulphur content in fuels significantly affects both their environmental impact and combustion efficiency. catalysts play a central role in these processes, and their development is crucial for meeting stringent environmental standards while ensuring the production of high-quality fuels [13]. the paper focuses on the study of catalysts used for hydrodesulfurization, specifically examining the various types of catalysts and their effectiveness in removing sulphur from petroleum products. the analysis includes a comparison of both domestic and internationally manufactured catalysts, with a focus on their activity under different conditions, such as with or without prior sulfurization. the goal of this work is to ensure better understanding of the factors influencing catalyst performance and to identify the most efficient materials for hydrodesulfurization processes [4-8]. through this study, we aim to provide valuable insights into the synthesis, activation, and application of catalysts, contributing to the development of more sustainable and eco-friendly refining technologies. materials and methods one of the significant sources of environmental and atmospheric pollution is distillate fuel that has not been adequately purified from sulfur and other impurities [9], [10], [11]. in the mid-20th century, industrialized countries began implementing regulations to limit the sulfur content in diesel fuel. this prompted the development of large-scale hydrotreatment capacities for distillate fuel. to produce similar fuels with sulfur content between 0.2–0.3 wt%, hundreds of major hydrotreatment facilities were commissioned in the united states, japan, and european countries. however, these standards eventually became insufficient, and by the end of the last millennium, fuel quality requirements became significantly stricter [12-14]. current sulfur content regulations in various countries require a significant reduction in this parameter—to as low as 10 ppm for straight-run gasoline used as reforming raw material, and to 0.01 wt% or less for diesel fuel. in addition, the previous limit on total aromatic hydrocarbons (no more than 20 wt%) has been replaced by stricter regulations on polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (no more than 6–10 wt%) and on cetane number, which must be 45 or higher. currently, the fergana oil refinery produces diesel fuel with a sulfur content not exceeding 0.05 wt%. the hydrotreatment units use the imported nor-463 catalyst (japan), which is characterized by low mechanical strength, leading to frequent production shutdowns [15, 16]. in the reforming process units at industrial units at bukhara oil refinery (bor) and fergana oil refinery (for), alumina–platinum–rhenium catalysts are used. these catalysts are implemented effectively in reforming processes, provided that the sulfur content in the feedstock does not exceed 1.0 ppm and nitrogen-containing compounds are virtually absent. however, the sulfur content in reforming raw material (straight-run gasoline) typically ranges from trace amounts up to 0.5 wt%. at present, domestically produced hydrotreatment catalysts capable of reducing sulfur content to 1.0 ppm in refined gasoline and to 0.05 wt% or lower in diesel fuel are either virtually nonexistent or still american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org in the development stage. the goal of our research is to develop a new, highly efficient, and mechanically robust catalyst to replace imported ones, as well as to establish a correlation between the physical and chemical properties, origin, and activity of the catalysts. the hydrodesulfurization process of various petroleum products, which plays a crucial role in modern oil refining technology, continues to improve intensively, and its importance is steadily increasing. the research aimed at developing highly active hydrotreating catalysts for distillate feedstocks was conducted using catalysts manufactured according to our recommendations, based on the results of physical and chemical studies and activity tests. the research was based on the following questions: 1. physical and chemical studies of the properties of catalysts at various stages of their synthesis, thermal activation, and operation, with the aim to find out their integrity with performance. 2. investigation of the impact of modifying additives on catalyst activity. 3. study of the effect of synthesis conditions on catalyst activity. 4. examination of the influence of activation conditions (heat treatment, environment and temperature during heat treatment, reduction, and sulfidation) on catalytic activity. physical and chemical studies included: 1. examination of the surface formation in catalyst. 2. study of the adsorption characteristics (adsorption isotherms, holding volume, and heat of adsorption) of the catalysts. 3. investigation of acidic properties, including total acidity and the acidity spectrum of the catalysts. 4. determination of coke deposition and the degree of sulfidation of the catalysts during the testing of their catalytic activity. 5. study of the formation of the active surface of the catalysts during the reduction process, aimed at understanding the genesis of the catalyst's active phases. 6. derivative thermo-gravimetric analysis of catalyst phase formation and stability during heat treatment, also aimed at studying the genesis of the catalysts. the methodology for physical and chemical studies of catalyst properties was developed earlier and is described in the works of [[7], [14]]. the results of physical and chemical studies, combined with data on catalytic activity, enabled the targeted synthesis of catalysts, ensuring the production of samples whose activity steadily increased. for sulfiding the catalyst, a solution with a mass fraction of sulfur of 3% was prepared. thiophene was used as a sulfiding agent. the essence of the process is to pass a high-sulfur component through a catalyst bed until hydrogen sulfide is released. the onset of hydrogen sulfide release indicates the transition of the oxide form of the catalyst to the sulfide form. sulfiding was carried out in a flow-type unit at a temperature of 250 ° c. a series of experiments on hydrotreating the diesel fraction were carried out in a laboratory flow-type unit in the temperature range of 320 360 ° c with a step of 20 º c, at a hydrogen feed rate of 6 l / h. the duration of the experiment was 1 hour, with preliminary activation in a hydrogen stream for 2 hours, the feed rate of the raw material was 8 ml / h. the main indicator for assessing the activity of the catalysts was the hydrodesulfiding capacity, i.e. the degree of purification of the hydrocarbon mixture. the degree of fuel purification at different process temperatures was determined by the difference in the sulfur content in the diesel fraction before and after hydrotreating. the sulfur concentration was determined by the accelerated sulfur determination american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org method (gost 1437-75). the essence of the method is to burn the oil product in a stream of air and capture the resulting sulfur dioxide and sulfuric anhydrides with solutions of hydrogen peroxide with sulfuric acid and titration with a solution of sodium hydroxide. the degree of purification of the diesel fraction was calculated using the formula: , where сн is the sulfur concentration in the unrefined fuel, ск is the sulfur concentration in the refined fuel a study of the effect of hydrodesulfiding activity on the sulfided catalyst showed that the best result was achieved at a feed space velocity of 0.8 h -1 and t = 360 °c. for comparison, a non-sulfided cunimo/al2o3 catalyst was selected. the catalyst was tested on a diesel fraction with an initial sulfur content of 0.72 wt.%. the best result of hydrodesulfiding activity was achieved at a feed space velocity of 0.8 h -1 and t = 360 °c, the purification degree was 87%. the data on the activity of the sulfurized catalyst show that the sulfided catalyst exhibited greater hydrodesulfiding capacity at lower temperatures than the non-sulfided catalyst. the maximum purification degree was 84% with a residual content of sulfur-containing components of 0.33% by weight, which meets the requirements of en 590. the developed catalyst can be considered as a catalyst in the process of secondary processing and improvement of the quality of petroleum fuel. results and discussion the synthesized catalyst samples were tested using three methods on three different types of raw materials. 1. the initial evaluation of catalyst activity was carried out in the hydrogenolysis reaction of thiophene using a modified method from bashnii np [[7]]. all synthesized catalyst samples were tested using this method, including experiments both with and without prior sulfidation of the catalysts in a h2 + h2s stream. 2. a number of samples, representing the key stages in improving the catalyst synthesis and preactivation methods, were tested in flow reactors under hydrogen pressure of 4.0 mpa with a feedstock volumetric flow rate of 1.0 hour-1.a model representing a mixture of benzene and thiophene was used as the raw material, with a sulfur content corresponding to 0.5 wt.%. the applied methodology allowed for the evaluation of functional properties at the initial stage of catalyst operation (testing duration: 8 hours), including hydrodesulfurization, hydrogenation (hydrogenation of benzene to cyclohexane), isomerization (isomerization of cyclohexane to methylcyclopentane), and cracking activity. the analysis of hydrogenation products was performed using a chromatographic method based on a specially developed procedure. the content of residual thiophene sulfur in the hydrogenation products was determined using a photo colorimetric method. at the same time, the effect of preliminary sulfuring with hydrogen sulfide on the catalysts’ activity was studied. 3. a series of catalyst samples, characterized by the highest activity based on the results of the two methods described above, were tested on laboratory high-pressure flow reactors using straight-run gasoline with a sulfur content of 0.02% by weight and diesel fuel with a sulfur content of 1.02% by weight from fergana refinery. the testing duration for straight-run gasoline was 120 hours. testing american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org conditions included pressures of 4.0 mpa and 2.0 mpa, with a volumetric feed rate of 3.0 and 5 hour⁻¹ at temperatures of 300°c and 360°c. the residual sulfur content was determined according to gost (state standards) 13380-67. the fractional composition of the hydrogenation products was determined by chromatographic distillation. along with the newly synthesized samples, industrial catalysts such as aluminum-cobalt-molybdenum (acm) type go-70 (manufactured in russia), aluminum-nickel-molybdenum silicate (anms), as well as catalysts from union oil of california (usa) n-6797 – t21 and several other samples were tested. during these tests on laboratory flow reactors, the conditions for introducing the catalysts into the process were also varied: catalysts without preliminary reduction. catalysts that were pre-reduced. the starting point of the research was the comparison of the activity of industrial samples of acm and anms catalysts, available to us, including the n-6797 type 21 and norm-463 zeolite-containing hydrofining catalyst (go-70, russia) from union oil company of california (usa), as well as laboratory samples of anm and anms catalysts (samples xam-2 and xam-3). the characteristics of the tested hydrofining catalysts are presented in table 1. the test results for the listed catalysts are shown in table 2. table 1. characteristics of hydrotreatment catalysts produced abroad № name, type, brand of catalysts bulk weight, g/ml the content in the catalyst, % by weight. specific surface area m2/g remarks соо моо3 nio sio2 p2o5 1 h-6797 type 21 (usa union oil of california) 0,75 0,8 15,9 9,5 4,0 3,5 187 si and p2o5 are determined analytically 2 nor-463 (japan) 0,70 3,01 14,6 0,4 4,58 220 si and p2o5 are determined analytically 3 aluminum– cobalt– molybdenum (acm) (russia) 0,78 4,5 12,5 164 feo 0,21% nao 0,1% 4 aluminumnickelmolybdenum (anm) (russia) 0,64 12,5 4,25 234 feo 0,21% nao 0,1% 5 aluminumnickelmolybdenumsilicate (anms) (russia) 0,72 12,6 4,9 7,7 242 feo 0,21% nao 0,1% 6 basf m 880 0,65 4,8 10,6 315 7 harshow 400 t/e 309 8 go – 70 (russia) 0,77 4-5 12-15 250 na2o – 0,08 fe2o3 – 0,08 american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the data clearly show that the acm and anms catalysts, as well as their laboratory similar samples (samples xam-2 and xam-3), exhibit approximately the same performance in tests both with and without preliminary sulfurization using a hydrogen-hydrogen sulfide gas mixture. the conversion rate of thiophene on these catalysts, with a feed weight flow rate of 2 hour⁻¹, was 16.0-20.3% and 31.031.5%, respectively. an exception was the go-70 catalyst. regarding this catalyst, the thiophene conversion rate in tests without preliminary sulfurization was only slightly different from that of the acm, anm, and anms catalysts, at 21.0%. however, it increases sharply to 51.0% when the pre-sulfurized catalyst sample is tested, approaching the conversion levels seen in some foreign catalyst samples. the catalyst samples from foreign companies are divided into two groups based on their performance. the first group, with average activity, includes catalysts from basf, harshaw, and nor-463, with thiophene conversion rates ranging from 29.0% to 39.0% without preliminary sulfurization and from 37.4% to 42.0% after sulfurization. the second group, consisting of highly active catalysts, includes the “union oil” n-6797 type 21, where the thiophene conversion rate without preliminary sulfurization ranged from 37.7% to 42.5%, and after sulfurization, it ranged from 56.9% to 63.5%. table 2. results of comparative tests of industrial hydrotreatment catalysts № the catalyst pretreatment conditions of the catalyst specific surface area m2/g catalyst activity, % by weight. composition of coke deposits piercing blackeni ng thiophe ne conversi on hydrogenatio n splitting с % s % temperatu re, ºc time, hour enviro nment 1 al-nimo-si blacken ed 242 31,5 0,127 0,012 0,42 0,28 2 al-nimo-si 242 16,0 0,108 0,031 0,87 1,41 3 al-como blacken ed 164 31,0 0,135 0,020 0,56 2,26 4 al-como 164 20,3 0,145 0,040 0,53 2,07 5 go-70 580-590 12 blacken ed 250 51,0 0,232 0,017 0,74 3,80 6 go-70 580-590 12 250 21,0 0,136 0,037 7 harshaw blacken ed 220 42,0 0,205 0,034 0,27 3,53 8 harshaw 220 39,0 0,176 0,026 0,76 3,42 9 basf 315 29,0 0,137 0,013 0,99 2,15 10 nor463 blacken ed 192 37,4 0,147 0,023 11 nor463 192 36,0 0,180 0,018 0,84 1,74 12 н-6797 №21 blacken ed 187 63,5 0,272 0,022 1,08 3,01 13 н-6797 №21 187 40,3 0,185 0,017 1,68 0,84 14 хам-2 620 10 air blacken ed 234 24,0 0,124 0,030 1,59 1,56 15 хам-2 620 10 234 16,4 0,098 0,029 0,88 1,60 16 хам-3 620 10 air 213 16,2 0,141 0,028 1,57 2,13 american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org it is noteworthy that different catalysts react differently to preliminary sulfurization with a hydrogensulfur hydrogen mixture. the acm and anms catalysts increase their activity by 1.5 to 2 times after preliminary sulfurization, while the go-70 increases its activity by 2.5 times. the “harshaw” and nor-463 catalysts show little change in activity after preliminary sulfurization, whereas the “union oil” n-6797 type 21 catalysts increased their activity by approximately 50% after sulfurization. the reasons for the different responses of the catalysts to preliminary sulfurization, despite similar component compositions and total active component content (table 1), may be related to differences in the phase composition of the catalysts, which include the active components and the alumina support, as well as the varying reactivity of the phases that make up the catalytic composition. as demonstrated by the derivatographic studies [5] and further supported by the data discussed below, this is primarily a result of using different methods of synthesis and thermal activation for the examined catalysts. the experimental data indicate that the activity of the industrial hydrofining catalysts, acm and anms, is approximately twice lower than the activity of the best foreign samples tested, both when tested without prior sulfidation with hydrogen sulfide and after sulfidation in the thiophene hydrogenolysis reaction. conclusions the findings of this study underline the significant impact of catalyst composition, activation methods, and sulfurization processes on the efficiency of hydrodesulfurization reactions. the comparison of various catalyst samples, both domestic and international, reveals that catalysts with proper activation and sulfurization treatments exhibit superior performance in reducing sulfur content in petroleum fractions. specifically, catalysts that underwent preliminary sulfurization showed enhanced performance, with some foreign samples demonstrating significantly higher conversion rates compared to domestic ones. the results suggest that while domestic catalysts, such as akm and anms, perform well under certain conditions, they generally lag behind in performance characteristics when compared to the bestperforming foreign catalysts. however, the right selection of synthesis and activation methods can potentially improve the efficiency of domestic catalyst systems. further research into optimizing these processes could lead to the development of more effective catalysts for environmentally friendly and economically viable refining practices. in conclusion, the study emphasizes the importance of continuous innovation in catalyst design and activation, with a focus on improving the environmental and economic aspects of hydrodesulfurization technology. the insights gained from this research can serve as a foundation for future advancements in catalyst development and refinery optimization. references 1. a. achour, d. castello, m. s. haider, and l. a. rosendahl, “lab-scale catalytic hydrotreating of hydrothermal biocrude: effects of temperature and space velocity on fuel upgrading and catalyst performance,” chemical engineering journal, p. 166233, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cej.2025.166233. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 2. f. j. morales–leal, j. ancheyta, p. torres–mancera, and f. alonso, “experimental methodologies to perform accelerated deactivation studies of hydrotreating catalysts,” fuel, vol. 332, p. 126074, 2023, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuel.2022.126074. 3. w. trisunaryanti, k. wijaya, t. triyono, a. r. adriani, and s. larasati, “green synthesis of hierarchical porous carbon prepared from coconut lumber sawdust as ni-based catalyst support for hydrotreating callophyllum inophyllum oil,” results in engineering, vol. 11, p. 100258, 2021, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2021.100258. 4. z.-h. deng et al., “insight into the evolution of refractory basic and neutral nitrogen compounds during residue hydrotreating process,” pet sci, vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 1787–1801, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.petsci.2025.02.015. 5. z.-h. deng et al., “catalyst deactivation model involving autocatalytic effect for the residue hydrotreating process,” pet sci, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.petsci.2025.04.031. 6. e. hong, h. ko, s. h. kim, and y.-w. suh, “valorization of palm-based fatty acid distillate by products through coupling ketonization with hydrotreating: changing the long-chain distribution of paraffinic hydrocarbons,” ind crops prod, vol. 225, p. 120574, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.indcrop.2025.120574. 7. n. duongbia, n. kannari, k. sato, t. takarada, and s. chaiklangmuang, “production of bio-based chemicals from palmitic acid by catalytic hydrotreating over low-cost ni/ly char and limonite catalysts,” alexandria engineering journal, vol. 61, no. 4, pp. 3105–3124, 2022, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2021.08.037 . 8. m. badlaoui et al., “performance comparison of tire pyrolysis oils in hydrotreating toward highquality fuel,” chemical engineering journal, p. 165115, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cej.2025.165115. 9. stanislaus a. recent advances in the science and technology of ultra low sulfur diesel (ulsd) production / stanislaus a. marafi, a. rana m.s. // catalysis today. 2010. no. 153. p. 1-68. 10. b.k. nefedov technologies and catalysts for deep hydrotreating of motor fuels to meet the requirements of the new euro-4 standard / b.k. nefedov // catalysis in industry. 2003. no. 2. p. 20-21. 11. r. e. palmer basic principles of reconstruction of hydrotreating units for obtaining ultra-lowsulfur diesel fuel / r. e. palmer, j. w. johnson // oil and gas technologies. 2004. no. 4. p. 46-47. 12. a. a. zimin preparation and study of the properties of cunimo/al2o3 catalyst for hydrotreating diesel fractions / a. a. zimin, d. s. karelov, r. i. kuzmina // modern problems of theoretical and experimental chemistry: interuniversity. collection of scientific. works of the xi all-russian conf. of young scientists with international participation. saratov: publishing house "saratov source". 2016.-p. 110-116. 13. d.-s. kourkoumpas et al., “life cycle ghg emission reduction of hydrotreated vegetable oil integration in an industrial petroleum refinery,” green technologies and sustainability, vol. 2, no. 2, p. 100076, 2024, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.grets.2024.100076. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuel.2022.126074 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rineng.2021.100258 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.petsci.2025.02.015 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.petsci.2025.04.031 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.indcrop.2025.120574 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2021.08.037 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cej.2025.165115 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.grets.2024.100076 american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org 14. f. morales–leal, j. ancheyta, p. torres–mancera, f. alonso, and p. rayo, “characterization of spent catalysts from hydrotreating of different feedstocks in batch reactor,” fuel, vol. 371, p. 131938, 2024, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuel.2024.131938. 15. a. roshanaei, s. z. abghari, s. sadighi, and s. r. s. mohaddecy, “insight into the phenomena included in loss of the activation of industrial hydrotreating catalyst through an innovative accelerated deactivation procedure and kinetic modeling,” fuel processing technology, vol. 269, p. 108186, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuproc.2025.108186. 16. e. heracleous, f. papadopoulou, and a. a. lappas, “slurry-phase hydrotreating of vacuum gas oil with mo-based dispersed catalyst in semi-batch and continuous reactors,” fuel processing technology, vol. 276, p. 108271, 2025, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuproc.2025.108271. 17. z. liu et al., “morphology effect on catalytic performance of ebullated-bed residue hydrotreating over ni–mo/al2o3 catalyst: a kinetic modeling study,” green chemical engineering, vol. 5, no. 1, pp. 60–67, 2024, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gce.2022.09.003 . 18. h. zhu et al., “regulating catalyst morphology to boost the stability of ni–mo/al2o3 catalyst for ebullated-bed residue hydrotreating,” green energy & environment, vol. 6, no. 2, pp. 283–290, 2021, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gee.2020.05.001 . 19. n. kaewtrakulchai, s. chanpee, s. jadsadajerm, s. wongrerkdee, k. manatura, and a. eiad-ua, “co-hydrothermal carbonization of polystyrene waste and maize stover combined with koh activation to develop nanoporous carbon as catalyst support for catalytic hydrotreating of palm oil,” carbon resources conversion, vol. 7, no. 4, p. 100231, 2024, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crcon.2024.100231 . 20. l. skuhrovcová et al., “synthesis of sulfur-free co-mo nitride catalysts for the hydrotreating of atmospheric gasoil and co-processing of rapeseed oil,” molecular catalysis, vol. 537, p. 112930, 2023, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcat.2023.112930 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuel.2024.131938 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuproc.2025.108186 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fuproc.2025.108271 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gce.2022.09.003 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gee.2020.05.001 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crcon.2024.100231 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mcat.2023.112930 american journal of technology and applied sciences eissn (e): 2832-1766| volume 2, | may, 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org haematological and serum biochemical parameters of yankasa ewes fed varying levels of localand industrial supplemented premix 1 ramalan, s. m., 2adama, t. z., 2 alemede, i. c., 2 tsado, d. n., 1 zaifada, a. u., 3 alagbe, j. o.,4 hassan, d. i. and 5 tanimomo, b. k. 1* veterinary, teaching hospital, faculty of veterinary medicine, university of abuja, nigeria 2* department of animal production, federal university of technology, minna, nigeria 3* department of animal nutrition and biochemistry, sumitra research institute, gujaratindia 4* department of animal science, college of agriculture, science and technology, lafia nasarawa state, nigeria 5* department of animal production, faculty of veterinary medicine, university of abuja, nigeria a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the experiment was designed to evaluate the haematological and serum biochemical parameters of yankasa ewe fed varying levels of local and industrial supplemented premix. the experimental design used was complete randomized design (crd), whereby twentyfive (25) yankasa ewes were randomly allocated to five (5) treatment groups. dietary premix of both local and industrial was administered to the animals at five (5) inclusion levels (0 as a control, local and industrial 25:75, 50:50, 75:25 and 100 % local), the feed offered and left over were recorded daily.at the beginning of the growth studies, ewes were weighed and were subsequently weighed weekly. blood samples were collected for haematological and serum biochemistry study, three (3) yankasa ewes were randomly picked per treatment and bled through the jugular vein and 5 ml of blood samples per each was collected out of which 3 ml were transferred into a plastic tube containing ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) for haematological studies; while the remaining 2 ml were emptied into another vial free of edta used for serum biochemical studies. all data generated in this study were subjected to analysis of variance (anova) using the general linear model (glm) procedure of sas (2008). the results of this study shows that significant differences were not observed between the treatments in all the parameters for haematological study and the values of most haematological,biochemistry, yankasa, ewes and premix. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org parameters measured were within the normal range. all serum biochemical parameters final values are observed to be within the normal range,with the exception of creatinine final values which shows that yankasa ewes fed with local and industrial differs significantly from those fed 0 % premix (control). it can therefore be concluded that inclusion of both local and industrial premix at 50-100 % into the diet of yankasa ewes, does not have any negative effect on the health of the animals as values of all the haematological and serum biochemistry parameters are within the normal value. introduction haematological components, which consist of red blood cells, white blood cells or leucocytes, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular haemoglobin and mean corpuscular haemoglobin concentration are valuable in monitoring feed toxicity especially with feed constituents that affect the blood as well as the health status of farm animals (oyawoye and ogunkunle, 2004). blood and serum parameters are useful for obtaining insights on the metabolic and health status of the animals, they are also responsible for various body functions, impairment of functions induced structural and physiological abnormalities, as well as the reflection of the current environmental conditions including nutritional management (al-fartosi et al., 2010). the haematological tests have been widely used for the diagnosis of various diseases and nutritional status of animal and information gained from these parameters usually used for the substantiation of the physical appearance and validation of changes in medical history which usually stand as the excellent basis for animal medical judgement (zaitsev et al., 2020). the correct interpretation of the parameters is necessary and should be comparable with reference values appropriate for the region and the population in the area where the animals are being kept in order to metabolic status of sheep. although, these parameters could also be influenced by several factors, such as sex, breed, age, stress, diet, level of milk production, handling, climate, physiological; they could establish their relevance in the health and performances of the animals. in addition, these parameters are also used for determining the extent of tissue and organ damage and the response of defence mechanism of the animals which aid in the diagnosing different types of ailments (dhama et al., 2019). the serum biochemical parameters including glucose, triglycerides, total protein, calcium, phosphorus, and immunoglobulins have been reported as suitable biomarkers for determining the effect of periodic energy restriction on growth performance and meat quality in sheep (song et al, 2018). furthermore, as indicators of sheeps’ response to environmental changes and chemical contamination from the environment, increased serum biochemical including ca, mg, urea, total protein, glucose, ast, alt, alp, cholesterol, bilirubin, and triglycerides; and reduced haematological parameters have been reported (kovacik et al., 2017). laboratory tests on the blood are vital tools that help detect any deviation from normal in the animal body (ogunbajo, alemede, adama and abdullahi, 2009). serum biochemical components are the reflection of the blood metabolic outcomes in an animal (amle et al., 2014). this study was designed to determine the haematological and serum biochemical parameters of yankasa ewes fed varying levels of local and industrial supplemented premix. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods experimental area the research was conducted at the teaching and research farm of university of abuja. abuja is the capital city of nigeria located in the centre of the country; the area is geographically located on latitude 8.9810404o, longitude 7.176289o and elevation of 491 m (euromonitor, 2010). the rainy season begin from april and ends in october, the day time temperatures range between 28 °c 30 °c, while the night temperature range 22 °c 23 °c. in the dry season, day time temperatures goes up to 40 °c, while the night temperatures could reduce to 12 °c (world meteorological organization, 2013). the study was between october, 2018 to september, 2019. experimental animals and their management twenty five yankasa ewes aged between 6 and 7 months, with average live weight 10 kg were used for the study. the ewes were purchased from the local markets across the six area councils of the federal capital territory. namely:gwagwalada market, dei-dei market, kwali market, abaji market, rubochi market, kuje market, bwari market and karshi market. upon arrival of the twenty five yankasa ewes, the animals were quarantine for two weeks during which period they were treated against ectoand endoparasites using ivermetin® as a dewormer, with a broad spectrum antihelmintic (albendazole®), and also an injectable antibiotic oxytetracycline to prevent infections and boost the animals to withstand the experimental rigours. the sheep were also vaccinated against peste de petis ruminantes (ppr) vaccine injected intramuscularly, this is relevant to provide immunity against peste de petis ruminantes (ppr) which is a common disease of sheep in the study area. after the acclimatization period, the sheep were housed individually in concrete floored pens measuring 1.2 m2 they were all tagged and screened to ensure that they were not pregnant while stool and blood were also collected for baseline analyses. feed formulation and inclusion of the premix the basal diet was prepared using locally sourced feed ingredients including maize offal, brewer’s dried grains (bdg), cassava peel, cowpea husk, salt, were mixed with industrially produced and locally prepared premix at below proportion. (table 1). the feed ingredients were all purchased from gwagwalada main market in abuja. five (5) % of the lambs body weight basal feed were given on daily basis throughout the period of study. dietary premix of both local and industrial was administered to the animals at four (5) inclusion levels (0 as a control, local and industrial 25:75, 50:50, 75:25 and 100 % local) with clean water provided ad-libitum in the morning, in a confined environment; the feed offered and left over were recorded daily. the sheep were weighed at the beginning of the study and were weighed weekly. industrial compounded premix for ewes the industrial compounded premix was purchased from a commercial animal feed company named agri-dom agricultural freedom located at 20/22, kolawole shonibare street, ajao estate lagos state, nigeria. the premix contained a mix of minerals, vitamins and other chemicals essential for sheep (table 2). locally prepared premix was formulated by mixing the ingredients in the following proportions dehydrated greens powder100 g, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org roasted flaxseed powder 100 g, roasted cumin seed powder 50 g, sprouted and dried fenugreek seed powder50 g. these were mixed well stored under refrigeration in airtight polyethylene terephthalate (pet) containers and used for further studies. preparation of locally prepared premix the greens were cleaned and washed in tap water. the edible portion was again rinsed in glass distilled water and oven dried at 60 oc for 8 hours. the dried leaves were powered using a mixer and stored in clear pet (polyethylene terephthalate) containers. flaxseeds and cumin seeds were cleaned and roasted at low flame for 5 minutes and then powdered using a mixer. fenugreek seeds were soaked in water for 5 hours and water was drained from seeds. seeds were placed over a wet cloth in a germinating chamber with humidity control at room temperature (28 oc) and allowed to germinate for 3 days in dark condition. the sprouted fenugreek seeds were dried in an oven at 60 oc for 10 hours, powdered and stored. wheat was cleaned and milled into flour, and stored for later use. (table 3). experimental design the design of the experiment used was complete randomized design (crd), whereby twenty-five (25) yankasa lambs were randomly allocated to five (5) treatment groups comprising of five animals per treatment. the animals were randomized by their weights and placed into their groups fed basal diets, and 5 levels of industrially and locally compounded premix. t1: yankasa ewes fed with 0 % premix per 100 % of the experimental feed which served as the control. t2: yankasa ewes fed with 25 % local and 75 % of industrial premix, per 100 % of the experimental diet. t3: yankasa ewes fed with 50 % local and 50 % of industrial premix 100 % of the experimental diet. t4: yankasa ewes fed with 75 % local and 25 % of industrial premix per 100 % of the experimental diet. t5: yankasa ewes fed with 100 % of local premix per 100 % of the experimental diet. data collected blood collection three (3) yankasa ewes were randomly picked per treatment and bled through the jugular vein and 5 ml of blood samples per each was collected out of which 3 ml were transferred into a plastic tube containing ethylene diamine tetra acetic acid (edta) for hematological studies; while the remaining 2 ml were emptied into another vial free of edta used for serum biochemical studies, these analyses were carried out following the procedures of ajagbonna et al. (1999); uko et al. (2000); ahamefule et al. (2008). haemtological parameters observed the haematological parameters of the blood investigated includes the white blood cell, lymphocyte cell count, granulocyte, monocytes, red blood cell, haemoglobin, packed cell volume, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular haemoglobin, and mean corpuscular haemoglobin american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org concentrations which were determined according to the method of ajagbonna et al. (1999); uko et al. (2000) and ahamefule et al. (2008). serum biochemical parameters observed the serum biochemical parameters investigated includes the urea, sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate creatinine, serum glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase, serum glutamic pyruvate transaminase, alkaline phosphatase, total protein and albumin which were determined according to the guidelines of ajagbonna et al. (1999); uko et al. (2000); ahamefule et al. (2008). data analysis all data generated for this study were subjected to analysis of variance (anova) using the general linear model (glm) procedure of sas (2008). means were separated using least significant difference (lsd) test of the same package. results and discussion table 4 gives summary of the haematological parameters of yankasa ewes fed varying levels of local and industrial premix supplemented diets with the initial values for all the parameters measured found to be below the normal range, except in mean corpuscular volume (mcv) and mean corpuscular haemoglobin concentration (mchc). significant differences were not observed between the treatments in all the parameters. similarly, the final values for all the parameters measured were found to be within the normal range. the haematological parameters which shows that most of the parameters measured where within the normal range could mean that local premix and industrial premix in the diet of yankasa ewes does not have any negative effect on the health of the animal. this is in agreement with the studies of akinmoladun, sabi & adedayo, 2018b ; ladipo & akinfemi, 2014 when animals are fed non-conventional feeds containing high levels of antinutritional compounds, and for an extended period, their growth rate, health status and disease resistance are negatively affected. the results obtained for haemoglobin in this study were 8.27-13.03 g/dl and they are within the normal range of 9.0-15.0 g/dl reported for small ruminants by (merck manual, 2012), this agrees with fasae et al. (2014) who stated that increased haemoglobin (hb) level with increased supplementation of maize cob with forage legumes. table 5 summarizes results of the serum biochemistry parameters of yankasa ewes fed varying levels of local and industrial premix supplemented diets. all serum biochemical parameters final values are observed to be within the normal range. serum biochemical characteristics of the blood parameters for yankasa ewes measured in this study revealed that creatinine final values, shows that yankasa ewes fed with supplemented local and industrial premix differs significantly from those fed 0 % premix (control). creatinine values of 1.37-1.57 (mg/dl) for this study fall below the normal range of 3.2–6.2 mol/µl reported by pampari (2003). alt, ast and alp values are triggered by the presence of toxic substance in a feed (iyayi, 1994; alagbe et al., 2020). mean globulin values in this study are higher than that reported by abubakar et al. (2016) in yankasa ram blood analysis but slightly lower than that reported by kaneko et al. (2008) for healthy sheep. the differences in the total protein level may be attributable to differential diet intake and environment. other studies revealed that serum protein may be used as an indirect measurement of the dietary protein quality (alikwe et al., 2010; garba and halliru, 2019). this result is consistent with the report of taiwo and ogunsanmi (2003) on clinically american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org healthy sheep in ibadan,| similar observation was recorded by njidda et al. (2014) on the serum biochemical indices of sheep in semi-arid environment of northern nigeria. urea levels were influenced by feeding different levels of premix, the values obtained in this study is in consonance with the reports of musa et al. (2016) on the serum chemistry of uda rams with graded levels of xylopia aethiopica (ethiopian pepper). the values reported is an indication that the integrity of the kidney and liver were not compromised. conclusion it is concluded on this study that inclusion of both local and industrial premix at 25-75 % into the diet of yankasa ewes, does not have any negative effect on the health of the animals as values of all the haematological and serum biochemistry parameters are within the normal values. references 1. abubakar, n., bature, s., adamu, g. & adamu, n. (2016). haematological and biochemical indices of yankasa sheep fed graded levels of fiscus polita and pennisetun pedicellatum with wheat offal supplement. atbu, journal of science, technology and amp; education (joste); vol. 4 (1). 2. ahamefule, f., obua, b., oguike, m. a. & amaka, r. a.(2008). haematological and biochemical profile of weaner rabbits fed raw or processed pigeon pea seed meal based diets. african journal of agricultural research 3(4). 3. akinleye, s. b., afolabi, k. d., akinsoyinu, a. o., & olajide, r. (2010). haematological parameters of the nigerian local grower chickens fed varying dietary levels of palm kernel cake (p.247). proceedings of 35th annual conference of nigerian society for animal production. 4. akinmutimi, a. h. (2004). evaluation of sword bean (canavalia gladiata) as an alternative feed resource for broiler chickens. phd thesis, college of animal science and animal health, michael okpara university of agriculture, umudike, pp4-17. 5. akpan, b., & ekaette, i. u. (2013). haematological properties of different breeds and sexes of rabbits (pp. 24-27). proceedings of the 18th annual conference of animal science association of nigeria. 6. al-fartosi, k. g., talib, y. j., & ali, s. (2010). comparative study of some serum biochemical parameters of cattle and sheep of the marshes in the south of iraq. al-qadisiyah journal 7. of veterinary medicine sciences, 9(2), 78-84. 8. alikwe, p. c. n., faremi, a. y. & egwaikhide, p. a. (2010). biochemical evaluation of serum metabolites, enzymes and haematological indices of broiler-chicks fed with varying levels of rumen epithelial scraps in place of fish meal proteins. research journal of poultry science, 3(2): 27-31. 9. altman, r. b. (1979) avian clinical pathology, radiology, parasitic and infectious diseases, proceedings of america amin hospital association south bend, w. 10. amle, m., patodkar, v., shelar, r., & birade, h. (2014). serum biochemical levels of repeat breeder cross bred cows under rural condition of satara district of maharashtra. 11. international journal of advancement in veterinary science and technology, 3(1), 109-113. 12. banerjee, g. c. (2007). a text book of animal husbandry. 8th edition oxford and ibh publishing co. pvt. ltd. new delhi. pp 1079 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 13. braun, j. p., trumel, c., & bézille, p. (2010). clinical biochemistry in sheep: a selected review. 14. small ruminant research, 92(1-3), 10-18. 15. dhama, k., latheef, s. k., dadar, m., samad, h. a., munjal, a., khandia, r. & joshi, s. k. (2019). biomarkers in stress related diseases/disorders: diagnostic, prognostic, and therapeutic values. frontiers in molecular biosciences, 6, 91. 16. doyle, d. (2006) william hewson (1739-74): the father of haematology. british journal haematology 133 (4):375-381. 17. euromonitor (2010). "world’s fastest growing cities are in asia and africa". archived from the original on october 2015. 18. ewuola, e. o., falayan, o. a, cibore, f. a., adebunmi, a .i akanji, r. a., ogunlade, j. t. & adeneye j. a (2004). physiological response of growing west african dwarf goats fed groundnut shell-based diets as concentrate supplements. bowen journal agriculture, 1(1):61-69. 19. garba, y & abubakar, a. s. (2012). haematological response and blood chemistry of yankasa rams fed graded levels of tamarindus indica (tamarind) leaves. nigerian journal of basic and applied science 20(1): 44-48. 20. garba, s. & halliru, s. (2019). haematological and serum biochemistry profiles of yankasa sheep fed complete diets containing rice straw. american research journal of agriculture 19(5): 1-7 21. hoffman, p. c, esser, n. m., bauman, l. m., denzine, s. l., & engstrom, m. (2001) short communication: effect of dietary protein on growth and nitrogen balance of holstein heifers. journal of dairy science. 84: 843-847. 22. iyayi, e. a. & tewe, o. o. (1994) cassava feeding in small holder livestock units. acta horticulturae 375:261-269. 23. kaneko, j. j., harvey, j. w. & bruss, m. l. (2008). clinical biochemistry of domestic animals. 6th edition. academic press, san diego, usa, 916. 24. kovacik, a., arvay, j., tusimova, e., harangozo, l., tvrda, e., zbynovska, k., & massanyi, p. (2017). seasonal variations in the blood concentration of selected heavy metals in sheep and their effects on the biochemical and hematological parameters. chemosphere, 168, 365-371. 25. kramer, j. w. (2000). normal hematology of cattle, sheep, and goats in: schalm’s veterinary hematology (kramer, b. f., j. g, zinkl, n. c. jain, eds.), 5th ed., baltimore, lippincot williams & wilkins, pp. 1057-1084. 26. merck manual; haematologic reference ranges. (2012). retrieved dec 2015 from merck veterinary manual:hyperlinkhttp://www.merckmanuals.com/. 27. musa, i. aljameel, k. m. muhammad, n. maigandi, s. a. buhari, s. & mikailu, m. m. (2016). heamatology and serum chemistry of uda rams with graded levels of xylopia aethiopica (ethiopian pepper). journal of applied life sciences international 6(4),1-6. 28. musa, a., needham, t., kotrba, r. & ceacero, v. f. (2020). influence of immunocastration on the temperament and habituation of common eland to routine handling 46th conference of czech and slovak ethological society bratislava, faculty of natural sciences, comenius university in bratislava, slovakia. 29. njidda, a. a., shuai’bu, a. a. & isidahomen, c. e. (2014). haematological and serum biochem ical indices 16 of sheep in semi-arid environment of northern nigeria. global journal of science frontier research: department of agriculture and veterinary 14 (2), 48 – 56. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 30. olafadehan, o., olafadehan, o. a. & fapohunda, j. b., (2010). performance and economics of production of laying hens fed dried bakery waste. animal nutrition feed technology, 10: 169175. 31. ovuru, s. s. & ekweozor, i. k. e. (2004) hematological changes associated with crude oil ingestion in experimental rabbits. african journal of biotechnology, 3, 346-348. 32. ross, j. g., christie, g., halliday, w. g. & jones, r. m. (1978) haematological and blood chemistry “comparison values” for clinical pathology in poultry. veterinary research. 102: 29-30. 33. sas (2008). statistical analysis system users guide statistics. sas institute inc., cary, nc, usa. 34. song, s., wu, j., zhao, s., casper, d. p., zhang, l., he, b., & liu, l. (2018). the effect of periodic energy restriction on growth performance, serum biochemical indices, and meat quality in sheep. journal of animal science, 96(10), 4251-4263. 35. souza, l. c., saldiva, p. h. n. & campa, a. (2000) lipid emulsion reduces subacute toxicity of amphotericin b: a histopathological study. experimental and toxicologic pathology, volume 52, issue 2, may 2000, pages 169-175. 36. taiwo, v. o. & ogunsanmi, a. o. (2003). haematology, plasma, whole blood and erythrocyte biochemical values of clinically healthy captive reared grey duiker 37. (sylvicapra grimmia) and west african dwarf sheep and goats in ibadan, nigeria. israel journal of veterinary medicine, 5: 43 – 47. 38. tambuwal, f. m, agale, b. m. & bamgama, a. (2002) hematological and biochemical values of apparently healthy red sokoto goats. in proceedings of the 27th annual conference of the nigerian society of animal production, federal university technology, akure, nigeria, 50-53. 39. tibbo, m. aragaw, k. jibril, y. woldemeskel, m. dawo, f. & rege, j. e. o (2004). factors 40. affecting hematological profiles in three ethiopian indigenous goat breeds. 41. international journal of apply research veterinary medicine 2(4): 297-309 42. tumbleson, m. e., hutchernson, d. p. & van burgeo, j. t. (1976). serum protein concentration and enzyme activity as a function of dye sex in miniature swine growth. journal of animal science. 40: 53-68. 43. uko, o. j., ataja, a. m. & tanko, h. b. (2000). weight gain, haematology and blood chemistry of rabbits fed cereal offals. sokoto journal of veterinary science 2: (2) 18-26. 44. world meteorological organization (2013). the global climate 2001-2010: a decade of climate extremes: summary report. issue 1119 of wmo (series). isbn 9263111197, 9789263111197. 15 pages. 45. zaitsev, s. y., savina, a. a., volnin, a. a., voronina, o. a., & bogolyubova, n. v. (2020). comparative study of the water-soluble antioxidants in fodder additives and sheep blood serum by amperometric and biochemical methods. animals, 10 (7), 1186. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 2, may, 2022 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 13, | june, 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org influence of the internal structure of the building material on the drying process rasuljon tojiyev doctor of science, professor, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: r.tojiyev@ferpi.uz rajabova nargizakhon phd student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan email: n.rajabova@ferpi.uz muydinov abdusamad phd student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: a.moydinov@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, molecular physics related to the significant progress achieved at the atomic-molecular level, as well as the wide use of new physics, a deeper penetration into the essence of microprocesses in the construction processes and the consideration of corpuscular models depending on the atomic-molecular structure, molecules, atoms, ions that form wet materials, it is recommended to take into account the interaction forces between bodies. molecule, atom, ions, body, process, energy, momentum, dislocation, metal, lattice, adsorption, oxygen, thermal expansion, electron, particle, crystal, evaporation zone, drying. introduction the drying process depends on the strength, shape, properties, hardness or softness of the materials, the number of defects and the design and types of drying devices, and has a significant impact on the formation of the product structure, its final properties, the possibilities of further technological processing and storage stability [1-4]. until recently, drying processes were mainly studied in terms of macroprocesses and drying areas, while individual phases were considered as continuous models represented as a continuous closed environment, the body volume and, accordingly, the analysis of transfer processes in them was based on phenomenological ideas [5-11]. at the current modern stage of development, drying of the material should be considered as a process of phase separation in heterogeneous systems under the conditions of interaction of its external and internal parts, the initial stage of this movement has a decisive effect and is called the initial impulse. the concept of "impulse" is taken from mechanics, and in developing this analogy, it is also recommended to use the concept of "impulse force", which represents the time of the initial impact on american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the drying object, during its impact with the driving force of the drying process. that is, it takes into account the duration of the application of the initial active force of the drying process. the structure of materials means the distribution and interconnection of gaseous, glassy (amorphous) and crystalline phases, their physico-chemical nature and quantitative relationships, form of structure its micro and macro structure is understood. the microstructure is determined by the nature of the crystalline phase, the glassy phase and the combination with pores and their structural character. the macro structure determines the size, structure, shape, and mutual arrangement of pores in materials [12-19]. in the fig.1 2000 times magnified photos of 20µc macro and micro cracks and pores in the internal structure of the dispersed material are shown. drying of materials is determined by the amount of microcracks in it depending on the surface. it is impossible to immediately determine the reasons for their formation. their main reasons are: a) mechanical damage to the surface of the material in the process of obtaining the finished material; b) thermal expansion of polycrystalline materials at different coefficients in individual phases; v) chemical corrosion of the surface during the production of the material; g) connection of dislocation in the process of plastic deformation of the material [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1. photomicrograph of the internal structure of the dispersed material. a) loam; b) soil; c) limestone the process of obtaining the finished material is always related to its primary mechanical processing. for raw materials, this is the process of mining, subsequent grinding and sorting, and for molded materials, this is the process of mixing the initial compounds. at all these boundaries on the surface, the initial initial joints have a partial mechanical effect, which leads to the formation of not only microcracks, but also macrocracks. here we are not talking about technological cracks in products, but about defects on the surface of individual compounds [20-28]. often, the material is directed to heat treatment during the preparation process. the difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion is the reason for the formation of surface microcracks. here we are talking not about technological thermal micro-cracks, but about micro-cracks with a multi-phase structure formed between fireclay and clay particles [29-34]. it is known that the freshly exposed surface of many minerals has high chemical activity. adsorption of this surface by foreign ions or molecules leads to chemical corrosion and partial destruction of the surface layer. for example, the failure of quartz with si-o bonds occurs with the formation of microcracks on the surface of the structure of the crystal itself. in this case, in cracks on the surface, si and o ions are formed with unsaturated valence bonds. such a surface has a high energy and is characterized by a very reactive effect, on which oxygen atoms from the ambient air are immediately adsorbed, which leads to a decrease in surface energy [35-43]. metals and alloys obtained in a normal environment are composed of a large number of crystals oriented in different directions in space, that is, they are formed in the polycrystalline state. these crystals are called particles and their shape is irregular. each particle in the crystal lattice has its own orientation, which is different from the orientation of the neighboring particle. electron microscope studies show that the structure of the materials, that is, the structure of the internal crystal particles of metals, is not properly formed. a solid metal crystal lattice contains various defects that disrupt the bonding of atoms and affect the properties of the metal. these defects in the lattice are the result of incorrect arrangement of atoms in the lattice. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org dislocation is a special form of imperfection located in the crystal lattice, and naturally they are less different from other defects. dislocation is a special arrangement of individual atoms. figure 2 shows a micrograph of dislocation traces. at present, the direct presence of the dislocation has been proved. references 1. rasuljon, t., & nargizaxon, r. (2022). impact on the internal structure of materials to drying process. universum: технические науки, (10-6 (103)), 10-18. 2. ахунбаев, а. а., & ражабова, н. р. (2021). высушивание дисперсных материалов в аппарате с быстро вращающимся ротором. universum: технические науки, (7-1 (88)), 49-52. 3. tojiyev, r., & rajabova, n. (2022). impact on the internal structure of materials to drying process. главный редактор: ахметов сайранбек махсутович, д-р техн. наук; заместитель главного редактора: ахмеднабиев расул магомедович, канд. техн. наук; члены редакционной коллегии, -2022-с. 10. 4. rajabova, n. r., & qodirov, a. b. (2022). drying tonkodisperse materials in an unsuccessed rotary-druming machine. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 35-39. 5. tojiyev, r., & rajabova, n. (2021). experimental study of the soil crust destruction mechanism. scientific progress, 2(8), 153-163. 6. jumaboevich, t. r., & rakhmonalievna, r. n. (2022). installation for drying materials in a fluidized bed. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(11), 28-36. 7. akhunbayev, a. a., & rajabova, n. r. (2022). drying of raw materials of cement production in the drum dryer. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(11), 50-59. 8. ражабова, н. р., & халилов, и. л. (2023). современное представление о типах оборудования и технологий сушки. scientific progress, 4(1), 158-166. 9. ахунбаев, а. а., & ражабова, н. р. (2023). особенности сушки волокнистых материалов и используемое оборудование. scientific progress, 4(1), 167-175. 10. ахунбaев, а., ражабова, н., & сиддиков, м. (2021). математическая модель сушки дисперсных материалов с учётом температуры материала. збірник наукових праць scientia. 11. ражабова, н. р., агзамов, с. у., & ёқубжонов, а. т. (2022). извлечении редких металлов в барботажном экстракторе. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(5), 893-895. 12. тожиев, р. ж., миршарипов, р. х., & ражабова, н. р. (2022). гидродинамические режимы в процессе сушки минеральных удобрений. central asian journal of theoretical & applied sciences, 3(5), 352-357. 13. ахунбaев, а., ражабова, н., & вохидова, н. (2021). механизм движения дисперсного материала при сушке тонкодисперсных материалов. збірник наукових праць scientia. 14. akhunbaev, a. a., rajabova, n. r., & honkeldiev, m. (2022, november). drying of crystal and grain materials in a drum dryer. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 27-35). 15. akhunbaev, a. a., rajabova, n. r., & madaminova, g. i. (2022, november). drying of sprayed dispersed materials. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 184-191). 16. ахунбаев, а. а., ражабова, н. р., & вохидова, н. х. (2020). исследование гидродинамики роторной сушилки с быстровращающимся ротором. экономика и социум, (12-1), 392-396. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 17. tojiyev, r., erkaboyev, x., rajabova, n., & odilov, d. (2021). mathematical analysis application of the gas-dynamic principle for deep cooling of the underway soil layer. scientific progress, 2(7), 694-698. 18. тожиев, р. д., ахунбаев, а. а., & миршарипов, р. x. ражабова н. р. (2021). исследование гидродинамических процессов при сушке минеральных удобрений в барабанных сушилках. научнотехнический журнал, 4(4). 19. axunboev, a., rajabova, n., nishonov, a., & ulmasov, i. (2021). hydrodynamics of the rotor dryer. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 144-148. 20. тожиев, р. ж., садуллаев, х. м., миршарипов, р. х., & ражабова, н. р. суюқланма материалнинг кристалланиши ва қуритиш жараёнларининг ўзига хослиги. фарпи итж (stj ferpi),–2019,–24 №, 1, 46-58. 21. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., rajabova, n., & mullajonova, m. (2021). the diligence of drying coal powder in the process of coal bricket manufacturing. барқарорлик ва етакчи тадқиқотлар онлайн илмий журнали, 1(5), 64-71. 22. tojiyev, r., rajabova, n., ortiqaliyev, b., & abduolimova, m. (2021). destruction of soil crust by impulse impact of shock wave and gas-dynamic flow of detonation products. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(11), 106-115. 23. тожиев, р. ж., миршарипов, р. х., ражабова, н. р., & муллажонова, м. м. (2022). оптимизация существующей конструкции сушильного барабана. 119. 24. тожиев, р. ж., ахунбаев, а. а., миршарипов, р. х., & ражабова, н. р. (2018). сушка тонкодисперсных материалов в безуносной роторно-барабанном аппарате. научнотехнический журнал ферпи,-фергана,(2), 116 25. sadullaev, x., muydinov, a., xoshimov, a., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). ecological environment and its improvements in the fergana valley. барқарорлик ва етакчи тадқиқотлар онлайн илмий журнали, 1(5), 100-106. 26. askarov, x. a., karimov, i. t., & mo’ydinov, a. (2022). rektifikatsion jarayonlarining kоlonnalarda moddiy va issiqlik balanslarini tadqiq qilish. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5-2), 246-250. 27. tojiev, r., alizafarov, b., & muydinov, a. (2022). theoretical analysis of increasing conveyor tape endurance. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(06), 167-171. 28. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). определение мощности ротора в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 381-390. 29. муйдинов, а. (2022). экспериментальное исследование затрат энергии на перемешивание. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 375-380. 30. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). уравнения движения дисперсного материала в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 368-374. 31. ахунбаев, а. а., & муйдинов, а. а. у. (2022). затраты мощности на поддержание слоя материала в контактной сушилке. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (99)), 49-53. 32. ergashev, n. a., xoshimov, a. o. o. g. l., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementi uyurmali oqim hosil qiluvchi rejimda ishlovchi ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparat gidravlik qarshilikni tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 94-101. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 13, june, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 33. ergashev, n. a., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementli ho‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparatni sanoatda qo‘llash va uning samaradorligini tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 78-86. 34. axmadjonovich, e. n., obidjon o‘g‘li, x. a., & abduqayum o'g'li, a. m. (2022). industrial application of dust equipment in the industrial wet method with contact elements and experimental determination of its efficiency. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(06), 4754. 35. musajonovich, a. b. (2022). methods of strength calculation of multi-layer conveyor belts. eurasian research bulletin, 14, 154-162. 36. khoshimov, a., abdulazizov, a., alizafarov, b., husanboyev, m., xalilov, i., mo’ydinov, a., & ortiqaliyev, b. (2022). extraction of caprolactam in two stages in a multiple-stage barbotation extractor. conferencea, 53-62. 37. abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., muhammadbobur, x., ... & abdusamad, m. (2022). kinetics of drying of spray materials. conferencea, 190-198. 38. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). modernization of working blades of the construction glass shell mixing device. conferencea, 199-206. 39. adil, a., bobojon, o., abdusama, m., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & abdulloh, a. (2022). drying in the apparatus with a quick rotating rotor. conferencea, 182-189. 40. adil, a., muhammadbobur, x., ortiqaliyev, b., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ... & bekzod, a. (2022). roasting of nickel hydrocarbonate. conferencea, 174-181. 41. adil, a., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). use of swirlers in heat exchangers. conferencea, 149-157. 42. adil, a., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). use of swirlers in heat exchangers. conferencea, 149-157. 43. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). drying of mineral fertilizersresearch of hydrodynamic processes. conferencea, 158165. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org content, form and methods of using innovative technologies in the effective organization of educational classes sheraliyeva nasiba alimkulovna guldu doctoral students a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s categories of purpose, content, form reveal the essence of the educational process (what it is aimed at, what it fills, what it is directed at, in what form it is completed). however, there is also another important category related to the question of how to educate in highlighting the essence of upbringing. this is a concept of the method of upbringing. methods of upbringing, upbringing, types of upbringing methods, methods that serve to form social consciousness, methods of training in habituation and activity, methods of stimulation and punishment in upbringing. introduction in today's fast-growing digital age, innovative technologies have revolutionized various areas of our lives, including education. in the field of educational classes, these technologies provide unique opportunities for organizing, engaging and increasing academic performance. this article will study the content, forms and methods of using innovative technologies in the effective organization of educational classes. composition: innovative technologies provide teachers with a large number of educational resources and interactive content to enrich their education classes. online platforms, educational applications and digital libraries offer access to a wide range of resources including e-books, videos, simulations and interactive exercises. these resources allow teachers to present complex concepts in a visually appealing and interactive way using a variety of teaching styles. forms: the use of innovative technologies introduces various forms of engagement and cooperation within the lessons of upbringing. virtual classrooms and web conferencing tools allow teachers to conduct distance classes and facilitate real-time interaction between students. discussion forums and online chat platforms encourage collaborative learning and facilitate peer-to-peer interaction. in addition american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org multimedia presentations and interactive whiteboards attract readers through visual tools and interactive elements. methods: innovative technologies also allow teachers to apply effective training methods for the further development of educational classes. game techniques such as educational games and quizzes make learning interactive and fun, while promoting active participation and knowledge retention. adaptive learning systems use artificial intelligence to customize learning experiences according to the needs of individual students, making content appropriate. in addition, online assessment tools provide immediate feedback to both students and teachers, allowing timely identification of learning gaps and personalized intervention. integration and thoughts: in order to successfully instill innovative technologies in educational lessons, a certain amount of attention should be taken into account. adequate infrastructure is needed for continuous technology integration, including a stable internet connection and compatible devices. proper teacher training and support is also essential to ensure effective use of these technologies. privacy and data security measures must be implemented to protect the privacy of student data. innovative technologies offer a variety of content, forms and methods for the effective organization of educational classes. below are some examples: 1. composition: online learning platforms and digital materials provide interactive and engaging content, including video, simulation and multimedia resources. virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) can create immersive learning experiences that allow students to research and interact with complex concepts. 2. forms: mixed education combines traditional classroom education with online components to allow students access to content and resources outside the classroom. flipped classrooms change the traditional teaching model in which students independently review lectures or materials before class, allowing time for in-person discussion and active learning. incorporates elements of the game into the learning process to increase knowledge engagement, motivation, and retention. 3. methods: collaborative platforms and tools encourage teamwork and communication among students, facilitating group projects, discussion, and knowledge sharing. adaptive learning systems use modern algorithms to personalize instruction based on the needs of individual students, offering customized content and assessments. data analysis and instructional management systems track student development and performance, providing valuable insights for teachers to adapt their educational strategies. these innovative technologies increase the effectiveness of training classes by encouraging active training, personalization and engagement. at the same time, it is important to take into account the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org specific needs of students and ensure proper training and support for both teachers and students in order to effectively use these technologies. conclusion: innovative technologies provide tremendous opportunities for the effective organization of educational classes. teachers can create an interesting and personalized learning environment through the use of educational resources, interactive forms of training, and adaptive learning techniques. at the same time, it is important to carefully approach the integration of technologies, taking into account the issues of infrastructure, training and privacy. support for these technologies opens the way for a more dynamic and effective approach to the education class organization, finally enhancing the learning experience for students. the use of innovative technologies greatly enriches the organization of educational classes. effective methods are as follows: 1. interactive presentations: the use of presentation tools that allow interactive elements such as questionnaires, quizzes, multimedia to actively engage students during the lesson. 2. virtual simulations and experiments: includes virtual simulations or experiments to provide practical experiences for students, even if physical resources are limited. 3. online collaboration platforms: using online collaboration platforms that allow students to work together, share ideas, and remotely complete group projects. 4. mobile apps and educational games: combining educational apps or games that offer interactive and playful learning experiences, making classes more fun and enjoyable for students. 5. personalized learning platforms: improving adaptive learning systems that adapt guidance and content to the individual needs and speed of each student, providing a more personalized learning experience. 6. data analysis and assessment tools: use data analysis and assessment tools to monitor student development, identify areas of skill development, and provide timely feedback to improve academic performance. 7. online resources and flipped classroom study rooms. encouraging students to access online resources, videos, and readings before class allows them to devote class time to discussions, problem solving, and active learning. by incorporating these techniques, teachers can effectively use innovative technologies to create dynamic and engaging parenting classes that help meet the needs of individual students and gain a deeper understanding of the subject matter. references 1. ўзбекистон республикаси вазирлар маҳкамасининг “узлуксиз таълим тизимини дарслик билан таъминлашни такомиллаштириш тўғрисида”ги қарори” // таълим тараққиёти, 1998, 1son. 2. кадрлар тайёрлаш миллий дастури. – тошкент: шарқ, 2001. 3. tolipov o‘., usmonboyeva m. pedagogik texnologiyalarning tatbiqiy asoslari. (o‘quv qo‘llanma). – toshkent: fan, 2006. – b. 66. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 4. m. muhlibaev, results of laboratory research on environmental contentinphysics instruction in relation to occupational education you have to send following documents at usovoxaus@gmail.com before 5 th october 2022 5. www.ziyo.uz 6. library.uz american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org experimental study of heat agent velocity and local resistance coefficients in heat exchange madaminova gulmirakhon ikromaliyevna fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: g.madaminova@ferpi.uz, gmadaminova_87@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, the speed of heat agent and local resistance coefficients in the process of heat exchange in a drum dryer for drying mineral fertilizers were experimentally studied, and an experimental research program was carried out in order to determine the parameters determining the high intensity of heat exchange. heat exchange, drum dryer, drying, u-shaped nozzle, heater, drying rate, ch injection speed, q is the coefficient of abundance. introduction introduction in the global chemical industry, scientific research is being carried out on the production of highly effective types of mineral fertilizers, on ensuring drying on the basis of high-quality and energy-saving technology.[15] in this regard, analysis of drying devices and modes, identification of problems; elimination of re-drying of a large part of the product by optimizing the granulometric composition of the product; special attention is being paid to the experimental research of the effect of the construction and placement of the internal nozzles of the drying apparatus on the direction of movement of the product and thermal aerodynamics.[18] the same time , scientific and research work is being carried out on the improvement of technologies and machines for drying mineral fertilizers intended for food, chemical, cotton processing and related industries, which are compact, cheap and intended for export . 22] literature analysis and methodology to check the results of the theoretical studies and determine the parameters that determine the high intensity of heat exchange with low energy consumption using a two-part u-shaped tube for the drum dryer, the following activities were included in the experimental research program : − development and manufacture of laboratory equipment for conducting experimental studies; − study of the effect of material temperature depending on the types of slag; − experimental study of heat agent speed and local resistance coefficients in a trolley drier ; − research of the hydraulic resistance of the drum equipped with a two-part u-shaped nozzle ; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org − study of the effect of the speed of the heat agent on the temperature of the material ; − study of the dependence of material temperature change on the number of drum revolutions ; − to study the dependence of the change of material moisture on the number of drum rotations and work efficiency .[25] results the following limits of variable factors for conducting studies, the slope of the material discharge part of the nozzle r = 15, 30 and 45 o , the number of heat exchange zones is 5, the number of nozzles in one row is 10 (nozzles are arranged in a checkerboard row according to zones b ), the speed of the heat agent (air) coming out of the radiator is y= 1.4÷14.2 m/s, the efficiency of the device q unm = 0.18÷0.46 kg /s, the angle of inclination of the dryer drum relative to the plane a= 2.24gr adus (according to the technological regulations), [7] the frequency of rotations of the dryer drum was set n= 4 revolutions/min.[9-21]. the above variables were changed in sequence and the heat agent at the inlet and outlet of the drum speed values and consumption were determined experimentally. [19-24] each experiment was repeated 5 times and arithmetic mean values were selected. results of experiment 1.1; tables 1.2 and 1.3. [2227]. table 1. the slope in the material discharge part of the nas a dka when r =15 o no c a lorifer shiberi grade access speed output speed resistance coefficient product filling coefficient is 0.18 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 4.23 3.35 2 75 o 10.55 3.16 3.33 3 60 o 7.15 2.12 3.37 4 45 o 5.62 1.72 3.29 5 30 o 2.60 0.77 3.35 6 15 o 1.40 0.41 3.36 average 3.34 product filling coefficient is 0.32 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 4.04 3.51 2 75 o 10.55 3.02 3.49 3 60 o 7.15 2.01 3.56 4 45 o 5.62 1.59 3.52 5 30 o 2.60 0.73 3.54 6 15 o 1.40 0.39 3.53 the average is 3.52 product filling coefficient is 0.46 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 3.78) 3.75 2 75 o 10.55 2.83 3.72 3 60 o 7.15 1.91 3.74 4 45 o 5.62 1.51 3.75 5 30 o 2.60 0.69 3.73 6 15 o 1.40 0.37 3.76 the average is 3.74 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org table 2. the slope in the material discharge part of the nas a dka when r = 30 o no c a lorifer shiberi grade access speed output speed resistance coefficient product filling coefficient is 0.18 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 3.03 4.68 2 75 o 10.55 2.26 4.66 3 60 o 7.15 1.52 4.70 4 45 o 5.62 1.21 4.62 5 30 o 2.60 0.55 4.68 6 15 o 1.40 0. 30 4.67 average 4.66 product filling coefficient is 0.32 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 2.93 4.84 2 75 o 10.55 2.18 4.82 3 60 o 7.15 1.46 4.89 4 45 o 5.62 1.15 4.85 5 30 o 2.60 0.53 4.87 6 15 o 1.40 0.28 4.86 average 4.81 product filling coefficient is 0.46 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 2.79 5.08 2 75 o 10.55 2.08 5.05 3 60 o 7.15 1.41 5.07 4 45 o 5.62 1.10 5.09 5 30 o 2.60 0.51 5.06 6 15 o 1.40 0.27 5.08 average 5.07 table 3. the slope of the material discharge part of the nozzle when r = 45 o no c a lorifer shiberi grade access speed output speed resistance coefficient product filling coefficient is 0.18 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 2.39 5.92 2 75 o 10.55 1.78 5.90 3 60 o 7.15 1.20 5.94 4 45 o 5.62 0.95 5.86 5 30 o 2.60 0.43 5.92 6 15 o 1.40 0.23 5.93 average 5.91 product filling coefficient is 0.32 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 2.33 6.08 2 75 o 10.55 1.74 6.06 3 60 o 7.15 1.16 6.13 4 45 o 5.62 0.92 6.09 5 30 o 2.60 0.42 6.11 6 15 o 1.40 0.22 6.10 average 6.09 product filling coefficient is 0.46 kg/s 1 90 o 14.2 2.24 6.32 2 75 o 10.55 1.67 6.29 3 60 o 7.15 1.13 6.31 4 45 o 5.62 0.88 6.32 5 30 o 2.60 0.41 6.30 6 15 o 1.40 0.22 6.33 average 6.31 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org in order to check the correctness of the conducted experiments, a graph of the dependence of the resistance coefficient on the performance was built ( fig. 2 )[28-34]. 1st work productivity 0.18 kg/s; 2-work productivity 0.32 kg/s; 3-work productivity 0.46 kg/s; 2 . dependence of the coefficient of resistance on performance. discussion applying the least squares method to the conducted experiments, the following regression equations were obtained, and the correlation (r) errors were determined for each point of the graphical connections separately. [35-42]. from the obtained values, it seems that the experimental error did not exceed 5% .[29] 1st work productivity 0.18 kg/s; y = 1.4286x + 5.6462 (r² = 0.9967) (1) 2-work productivity 0.32 kg/s; y = 1.4643x + 4.3781 (r² = 0.9766) (2) 3-work productivity 0.46 kg/s; y = 1.4286x + 3.0762 (r² = 0.9967) (3) it can be seen from the given graph that the increase in the coefficient of filling the product to the drum leads to an increase in the coefficient of resistance in the apparatus [22] . in addition, the increase of the product discharge angle of the two-part u-shaped nozzle by 15÷45 o causes an increase in the material film coefficient on the cross-sectional surface of the drum, and this, in turn, causes a further increase in the resistance coefficient [43-46]. conclusion therefore, taking these factors into account when determining the hydraulic resistance in the apparatus can be considered as a parameter that determines the effective use of the heat agent. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org references 1. rasuljon, t., sulaymanov, a., madaminova, g., & agzamov, s. u. (2022). grinding of materials: main characteristics. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(11), 25-34. 2. 2.alizafarov, b., madaminova, g., & abdulazizov, a. (2022). based on acceptable parameters of cleaning efficiency of a rotor-filter device equipped with a surface contact element. journal of integrated education and research, 1(2), 36-48. 3. 3.gulmiraxon, m., muhammadqodir, y., ravshanbek, m., & nikita, l. (2022). analysis of the dispersion composition of dust particles. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(6), 70-79. 4. 4.ikromaliyevnab, m. g. (2022). new design of wet method wet cleaning blade-drum device. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 106-113. 5. 5.мадаминова, г. и. (2022). экспериментальные исследования по определению коэффициентов сопротивления барабанного аппарата мокрой пылеочистки. universum: технические науки, (10-4 (103)), 46-52. 6. 6.мадаминова, г. и. (2022). исследования по определению контактных поверхностей пыли. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (98)), 63-67. 7. 7.karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). wet method dust remover black drum device. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 57-63. 8. 8.karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). hydrodynamics of wet dush powder black drum equipment. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 49-56. 9. 9.isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., qodirov, d., & ahmadaliyeva, m. (2021). studying the effect of interior scrubber hydraulic resistance on cleaning efficiency. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 87-93. 10. 10.isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., & zokirova, m. (2021). analysis of modern industrial dust gas cleaning devices. scientific progress, 2(8), 137-144. 11. 11.isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., & zokirova, m. (2021). rationale of appropriate parameters of cleaning efficiency of rotor-filter device equipped with face contact element. scientific progress, 2(8), 126-136. 12. 12.домуладжанов, и. х., & мадаминова, г. и. (2021). вредные вещества после сухой очистки в циклонах и фильтрах. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (87)), 5-10. 13. 13.мадаминова, г. и., тожиев, р. ж., & каримов, и. т. (2021). барабанное устройство для мокрой очистки запыленного газа и воздуха. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 4549. 14. gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., abduraxmon, s., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). crushing and appetite of the process efficiency increase. conferencea, 22-27. 15. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). the klinker cement in the production of gas fuel from use sparingly. conferencea, 23-28. 16. ахунбаев, о. а., & мамасалиев, н. с. (2022). влияние анемии на течение сердечнососудистых заболеваний. экономика и социум, (6-2 (97)), 329-332. 17. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). ecological drying of fine materials. conferencea, 4-11. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org 18. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). calculation of the rotation speed of the clinker crushing mill. conferencea, 12-19. 19. gulmiraxon, m., abduraxmon, s., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). roller grate with increasing coverage ground survey work corner. conferencea, 17-22. 20. 24 madaminova, g. i. (2023). issiqlik almashinishda issiqlik agenti tezligi va mahalliy qarshilik koeffitsientlarini tajribaviy tadqiq etish. scientific progress, 4(1), 176-184. 21. исомидинов, а. с., & мадаминова, г. и. (2023). анализ контактных поверхностей промышленных пылевых газов. scientific progress, 4(1), 374-383. 22. хакимов, а. а. (2022). технология получения качественных брикетов с использованием горючих вяжущих компонентов. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 459-463. 23. 28.xakimov, a., voxidova, n., & rajabov, b. (2021). analysis of collection of coal brickets to remove toxic gas. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 85-90. 24. 29 xakimov, a., voxidova, n., rustamov, n., & madaminov, u. (2021). analysis of coal bricket strength dependence on humidity. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 79-84. 25. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., rajabova, n., & mullajonova, m. (2021). the diligence of drying coal powder in the process of coal bricket manufacturing. барқарорлик ва етакчи тадқиқотлар онлайн илмий журнали, 1(5), 64-71. 26. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., & xujaxonov, z. (2021). analysis of main indicators of agricultural press in the process of coal powder bricketing. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 72-78. 27. akhmedovich, k. a. (2021). the diligence of drying the coal dust in the process of obtainig the coal brickets. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 111115. 28. xakimov, a., & vohidova, n. (2021). relevance of the choice of binders for coal briquettes. scientific progress, 2(8), 181-188. 29. хакимов, а. а. (2021). определение показателей качества угольного брикета. universum: химия и биология, (5-2 (83)), 40-44. 30. ахунбаев, а. а., ражабова, н. р., & вохидова, н. х. (2020). исследование гидродинамики роторной сушилки с быстровращающимся ротором. экономика и социум, (12-1), 392-396. 31. хакимов, а. а., вохидова, н. х., & нажимов, қ. кўмир брикети ишлаб чиқаришнинг янги технологиясини яратиш. ўзбекистон республикаси олий ва ўрта махсус таълим вазирлиги заҳириддин муҳаммад бобур номидаги андижон давлат университети, 264. 32. хакимов, а. а. (2020). связующее для угольного брикета и влияние его на дисперсный состав. universum: химия и биология, (6 (72)), 81-84. 33. ахунбaев, а., ражабова, н., & вохидова, н. (2021). механизм движения дисперсного материала при сушке тонкодисперсных материалов. збірник наукових праць scientia. 34. nasiba, v. (2022). high-pressure coal dust pressing machine. universum: технические науки, (74 (100)), 17-19. 35. axmedovich, x. a., & saidakbarovna, s. d. (2021). research the strength limit of briquette production. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(5), 275-283. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org 36. хакимов, а. (2020). технология брикетированного угля. матеріали конференцій мцнд, 7678. 37. хакимов, а. а. (2020). совершенствование технологии получения угольных брикетов с использованием местных промышленных отходов: дисс.… phd. 38. khakimov, а. а., salikhanova, d. s., & vokhidova, n. k. (2020). calculation and design of a screv press for a fuel briquette. scientific-technical journal, 24(3), 65-68. 39. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & abdusattor o‘g‘li, d. a. (2022). the current state of technologies for the production and activated clay adsorbents. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(04), 25-28. 40. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & o‘g, e. u. t. l. (2022). the study of the composition and properties of water-oil emulsions formed from local oils and methods for their destruction. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(04), 143-146. 41. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & ziyovutdin o‘g‘li, a. s. (2022). the flotation methods of industrial wastewater treatment. eurasian research bulletin, 7, 80-85. 42. khakimov, a., & vokhidova, n. (2023). analysis of industrial waste with binding properties. open access repository, 4(03), 113-120. 43. хакимов, а. а., вохидова, н. х., & нуриддинов, м. ж. (2022). способ выбора и значение прессующего устройства в производстве горючих брикетов. 44. салиханова, д. с., эшметов, р. ж., & хакимов, а. а. (2022). изучение ассоциатов сопутствующих нефтям веществ и их влияние на стабильность внэ. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 88-93. 45. khakimov, a., & vokhidova, n. (2023). characteristic of binders in briquetting brown coal (lignite). international journal of advance scientific research, 3(04), 50-59. 46. khakimov, a. (2023). the reasonable use of lignite in industry and relevance of obtaining briquettes. academia science repository, 4(04), 148-155. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org vectors as mathematical objects rozimurodov rozimrod narzulloyevich place of work: karakol specialized boarding school. phone: 997024080, science: mathematics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines existing approaches to defining the concept of "geometric vector" in educational literature. a reasonable definition of the concept of "vector quantity" from the point of view of physical and technical sciences is proposed. in real mathematics, the uniqueness of operations on given vectors is studied. differentiation of vector quantities accepted in mathematical manuals is considered. vector quantities, set of directed segments, equivalence relation, associated vectors, sliding vectors, axial vectors, polar vectors. biroq, bu harakatlarning o'zi geometrik jismlarning xususiyatlarini va ular orasidagi munosabatlarni juda kam ifodalashi mumkin. maktabda o'rganilgan yagona harakat skalyar ko'paytirish vektorlarning qo'llanilishini sezilarli darajada kengaytirmaydi. u barcha mamlakatlarda matematikaning asosiy o'qitishiga kiritilmagan va uni joriy etishning o'zi qiyinchiliklar bilan bog'liq. bunday qiyinchiliklardan biri shundaki, agar siz odatda bajarilganidek, skalyar ko'paytmani kosinus funktsiyasi bo'yicha aniqlasangiz, unda trigonometrik funktsiyalar bilan oldindan tanishishingiz kerak. keyinchalik biz yondashuvimiz doirasida trigonometriyasiz ham qila olishimizni ko'ramiz. ikkinchi qiyinchilik skalyar mahsulotning geometrik ma'nosiga taalluqlidir. qoidaga ko'ra, u o'zo'zidan, hech qanday sababsiz kiritiladi va shundan keyingina uning belgisi yordamida burchak turini o'tkir, o'tkir yoki to'g'ri deb aniqlash mumkinligi "aniqlanadi". skayar mahsulotning mutlaq qiymati hech qanday umumiy izohsiz qoladi. vektorlarni ko'rsatishga bo'lgan yondashuvimiz doirasida ichki mahsulot to'g'ridan-to'g'ri geometrik ma'noga ega bo'lgan boshqa ikkita operatsiyadan keyin va asosida kiritiladi. ushbu ikki harakatning ta'rifi tekislikdagi orientatsiya tushunchasi bilan bog'liq. orientatsiya fazoviy fikrlashning muhim qismidir. samolyot haqida gapirganda, bu tushuncha aylanishning ikki yo'nalishidan birini anglatadi o'ngga yoki chapga, yoki bir xil bo'lsa, soat yo'nalishi bo'yicha yoki soat sohasi farqli ravishda aylanish yo'nalishi. tekislikdagi orientatsiya, shuningdek, burchakning yo'nalishi yoki ma'lum bir aylanish yo'nalishiga nisbatan nurlar ustunligi nisbati sifatida, yopiq chiziqlarning yo'nalishi va xususan, raqamlar konturi sifatida namoyon bo'ladi. dan nuqta 1 kompleks sonlarning geometrik qo'llanilishi, masalan, [3] da batafsil ko'rib chiqiladi yo'naltirilgan to'g'ri chiziqqa nisbatan. tekislikda orientatsiya, shuningdek, konturga nisbatan “ichki” va “tashqi” munosabatlari (ya’ni, nuqta figuraga tegishli yoki tegishli emas), shuningdek, qavariq va konveks o‘rtasidagi farq bilan chambarchas bog‘liq. ko'pburchak cho'qqilarining konkavligi va figura kontur american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org nuqtalari. orientatsiyaning barcha bu jihatlari va ko'rinishlari yagona va shu bilan birga algebraik jihatdan juda sodda ifodalangan munosabatga qisqartiriladi. geometriya uchun orientatsiya kontseptsiyasining aniq va ko'p qirrali ahamiyatiga qaramay, maktabda unga butunlay e'tibor berilmasligi katta anomaliyadir. vektorlarda orientatsiyani aks ettiruvchi harakatlarni ko'rib chiqish buni tuzatish uchun ajoyib imkoniyatdir. "perp" operatsiyasi bilan biz vektorning musbat yo'nalishda, ya'ni soat miliga teskari yo'nalishda to'g'ri burchak ostida aylanishini tushunamiz. operatsiya belgisi bilan belgilanadi shaklning ifodasi ular "^pert" deb o'qilishi mumkin. perp ikki jihatdan qimmatlidir. har qanday u \u003d 0 uchun u orqali u va perpendikulyar ^ kabi uzunlikdagi vektor mavjud, masalan, kvadratning bir diagonali bo'ylab biz boshqasini topamiz. bundan tashqari, juftlik (u, ux) musbat yo'naltirilgan to'rtburchaklar koordinatalar sistemasidir: har qanday vektor va va uxda kengayish bilan ifodalanishi mumkin va bir qator masalalarda aynan shunday qilish qulay bo'lishi mumkin. u va v vektorlarining qiyshaygan mahsuloti va x v bir juft vektor (u, v) bilan qoplangan parallelogrammaning yo'naltirilgan maydoni. (u, v) bilan o'ralgan parallelogramma shu ketma-ketlikda olingan v, -u va -v vektorlari orqali hosil bo'ladi (1-rasm). agar va va v to'g'ri chiziqli bo'lsa, shu jumladan yoki ikkalasi ham 0 bo'lsa, parallelogramma chiziq bo'lagi yoki nuqtaga aylanadi va uning maydoni nolga teng. to'g'ri chiziqli bo'lmagan u va v uchun parallelogrammaning yo'naltirilgan maydoni imzolangan sondir: agar u v dan oldin bo'lsa, ijobiy va aksincha bo'lsa. biz u o'z ichiga olgan nurni v yo'nalishi bilan ustma-ust tushmasdan oldin musbat yo'nalishda aylantirilganidan kichikroq burchakka aylantirish mumkin bo'lsa, u v (va v) dan oldin deb hisoblaymiz. (v, u) jufti tomonidan hosil qilingan parallelogramma (u, v) tomonidan hosil qilinganidan konturning yo'nalishi va maydon belgisi bilan farq qiladi, rasmda bo'lgani kabi. 1, bu erda va v. arc strelkalari birinchi vektordan ikkinchi vektorga aylanish burchagini ko'rsatadi. vazifaga qarab, berilgan uch nuqta bo'yicha uchlik yo'nalishini topish mumkin, ya'ni vektorlar hosil qilish yoki berilgan vektorlar va nuqta bo'yicha, umumiy kelib chiqishi bo'lgan vektorlarni kechiktirish yoki ketma-ketlikda uchlikning yo'nalishini berilgan nuqtadan topish mumkin. nuqta va yo'naltirilgan bo'laklarning uchlari kechiktirish orqali olingan. ■ nuqta yo'naltirilgan chiziqning chap tomonida yoki o'ng tomonida ekanligini aniqlash, shuningdek, egri ko'paytmani hisoblashdan kelib chiqadi: agar ab x ac > 0 bo'lsa, p nuqtasi chap tomonda bo'ladi, bu erda a va b chiziqdagi nuqtalar va u ab bo'ylab yo'naltirilgan. ■ "a vektorga ko'paytirilsa, b vektorini beradigan son bor" kabi mavjudlik turining kollinearligi mezonlari unchalik foydali emas, chunki ular bevosita emas. kollinearlikni isbotlash uchun siz berilgan raqam yoki raqamlarning mavjudligini isbotlashingiz kerak va bu ko'pincha bunday raqamlarni topishni talab qiladi. bu o'z-o'zidan qiyin bo'lishi mumkin va aslida, kollinearlik haqiqatiga nisbatan, har qanday raqamlarni bilish aslida ortiqcha ma'lumotdir. shu sababli, qiyshaygan mahsulotning nolga tengligi kollinearlik mezoni sifatida amaliy nuqtai nazardan juda muhimdir. uning qo'llanilishidan biri to'g'ri chiziq tenglamasini shakllantirishdir. agar chiziq uning ustidagi a nuqta va yo'nalish vektori u (yoki ikkinchi b nuqtasi, shuning uchun u \u003d ab) bilan berilgan bo'lsa, u holda chiziqdagi har qanday p nuqta uchun ac vektori u va tenglama bilan to'g'ri keladi. qatordan iborat american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org ar x u = 0, bu eng to'g'ridan-to'g'ri noma'lum p va ma'lumotlar a va u o'rtasidagi munosabatni ifodalaydi va bundan tashqari, fazoda bir xil chiziqni belgilaydi. bu tenglamani ax+bu+c = 0 to‘g‘ri chiziqning umumiy tenglamasi bilan solishtirish foydalidir. koordinatalar. ikkinchisi to'g'ridan-to'g'ri aks ettirmaydi: qaysi chiziqqa mos kelishi darhol aniq emas va uni tuzish kerak bo'lganda, koeffitsientlarni a va u (yoki b) ma'lumotlaridan topish kerak. kosmosda koordinatalardagi tenglama endi to'g'ri chiziqni emas, balki tekislikni belgilaydi. foydalangan adabiyotlar 1. шабалина м. р., хохлова м. в., ситникова и. в. особенности изложения темы «основы векторного исчисления» в техническом вузе // научно-методический электронный журнал «концепт». 2017. № v10. 0,4 п. л. -url: http://e-koncept.ru/2017/171028.htm. 2. bers, l. (1975). matematicheskij analiz: ucheb. posobie dlja vtuzov, per. s angl. l. i. golovino, t. 1, vyssh. shk., moscow, 519 p. (in russian). 3. концепт, научно-методический электронный журнал, 2017 © шабалина м. р., хохлова м. в., ситникова и. в. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org theoretical-conceptual basis of the development model of uzbekistan merzaev i. b. senior teacher, tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan. musaev a. j. student, tashkent state transport university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the development of society, the global sociophilosophical problems of mankind, the selection of a paradigm of development, which is one of the initial conditions of development after the independence of many countries. social, knowledge, current, methodology, problem, social development, model, general law. introduction determining the path of development of society has always been one of the global socio-philosophical problems of humanity. especially in the post-soviet period, after the independence of many countries, one of the initial conditions of development is the selection of a development paradigm. this, in turn, is one of the urgent methodological problems in contemporary social knowledge, and when choosing a model for the future path of society's development, it requires a deep and detailed knowledge of its general laws, that is, it is based on certain theoretical and methodological principles. based on this issue, this chapter will philosophically analyze the importance of strategic modeling in the study of development models, social development. also, the action strategy of further development of the republic of uzbekistan is studied as a complex system. as one of the current methodological problems in social knowledge, when choosing a model of the future path of society's development, it is necessary to know its general laws in depth, that is, to be based on certain theoretical and methodological principles. in scientific literature, the following models of society development are presented: linear, cyclical, non-linear (spiral development) and rhizomatic development. which model is paradigmatic in development? the cyclical model of social development is based on the idea of simple mechanical repetition of processes and events in history. there is no direction in development. without it, development will continue forever in a closed circle. the idea of cyclical development appeared in the philosophy of the ancient world. since the movement of history consists of a closed cosmic cycle, it repeats itself again and again. for example, in the teaching of stoicism, the universe goes through a series of cycles in its development. each cycle ends with turning into fire, then a new birth begins. “but this world repeats american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org what happened in the previous world. the surface world will exist until it is destroyed by a new fire. this process continues with new worlds and new fires. the stoics created the concept of continuously alternating history. the universe does not move forward (or up or down) in a straight line, but in a circle: everything repeats itself, like the four seasons of the year. the idea of cyclical development continued later in nietzsche's philosophy with the doctrine of "eternal return", rejecting the idea of a linear conception of history. according to nietzsche, he understands the historical process as "eternal repetition of one thing". italian historian j. vico establishes a cyclical model of history. he describes three stages of history: 1) the age of gods, 2) the age of heroes, 3) the age of mankind. j. according to vico, this is "eternal ideal history, through which all nations pass. they more or less approximate this model of "eternal ideal history," that is, the ideal type of historical action. a nation is born, made and dies. new nations repeat the same cycle. like vico, herder believes that all nations benefit from different "life cycles". culture and nation are born and die like a living organism. and admits to going through the same life stages. modern scientific knowledge has socio-economic formation and civilizational models as a way of researching society. in these methods, the structure of society is analyzed in different ways, and different aspects are characterized as follows. for example, in some sources it is recognized that the formational model of the development of society is one-sided, that is, "the economic basis of the structure of society is absolute,... looking at the structure of the formational model as the "only correct" model, it contrasts with other models of the structure of society, calling them idealistic and erroneous. considers" , as well as opinions that the formational model has a dogmatic character, that is, that "the history of humanity is divided into five formations, ... and currently does not correspond to real facts", etc. based on this, it can be noted that the formational model is characterized by a low level of universality in the study of society, its development, leaving aside many other determinants of society's development. according to the german scientist leonid levitin about the transition period: "usually, people understand the words of the "transition period" reform exactly and think of it as the present between the past and the future. in the emergence of the "transition period", according to such views, the past is a cause, and the future is a goal. it is clear from this quote that "transitional period" means "intermediate". of course, such a view can be an important basis in the development of the theory of transition. since gaining its independence, uzbekistan has chosen the path of civilizational (evolutionary) development, and all socio-economic, cultural, spiritual, etc. is advancing based on the civilizational model of development. human development is considered the ultimate goal of this glorious, unique path, and to achieve this supreme goal, expanding human capabilities, and ensuring its stable development, full participation in social, political, spiritual, economic, cultural life is important, if necessary, the most important part of society's development. is a factor. in this regard, our society focused on human interests in its development model and took human development as the main goal. one of the important theoretical conclusions put forward in this regard was the step-by-step transition to the market economy, not by a revolutionary way ("shock therapy"), but by an evolutionary way. this concept found its vivid expression in the principle "don't destroy the old one before building a new one", which was put forward by the first president of the republic of uzbekistan and later became famous all over the world. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org at this point, the "action strategy" of the development of uzbekistan, defined by our president sh.m. mirziyoev, is the highest goal of human interests and their realization, the sustainable development of a person, and the means of achieving these goals are also defined by our president as "from a strong state to a strong society". based on the idea, methodological guidelines for building a civil society were developed. references 1. skirbeck g., gile n. history of philosophy. 158 p. 2. golovanov a.v. social tension of society in transition // ar dissertation. for the job application uch. step. candidate of philosophy sci. saransk 2009. –p.8-9. 3. korataev a.v., malkov a.s., khalturina d.a. compact mathematical macromodel of the technical and economic demographic development of the world system // history and synergetics: mathematical models of social, economic and cultural dynamics. m., 2011. –p.1114.nosirov rashod, and yuldashev bakhtiyar ergashevich. "structural and functional approaches to the development of the social sector: reform and prospects." european journal of molecular and clinical medicine 8.1 (2021): 1388-1396. 4. umarova, r. sh. (2019). bytie i filosofskie vzglyady abu raykhana beruni. dostigeniya nauki i obrazovaniya, (3 (44)), 32-33. 5. umarova, r. sh. (2019). basic spiritual and moral education of youth and work abu raykhana beruni. problemy nauki, (4 (40)), 56-57. 6. umarova, r. sh. (2020). natural philosophy abu raykhana biruni. vestnik science and education, (4-1 (82)), 35-37. 7. umarova, r. s. (2019). fundamentals of spiritual and moral education of youth in the works of abu rayhan beruni. problems of science, no. 4 (40). 8. умарова р. натурфилософия абу райхана бируни.// вестник науки и образования.m.4-1 (82) 9. умарова р . основы духовно-нравственного воспитания молодежи в трудахабу райхана беруни//проблемы науки, 2019. № 4 (40).с-56-57 10. dadasheva, a. a. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16-19. 11. inagamova m.m. cooperation of internal affairs bodies with civil society institutions in the protection of women's rights // philosophy and law social-political, spiritual-educational, philosophical-legal journal. #1. -t.: 2020. -b. 64-68. 12. 13. dadasheva a.a. vzaimodeystvie organov predstavitetelnoy vlasti na mestax i samanuprulenii obshchestvennogo kontrolya. //grajdanskoe obshchestvo. civil society. civil society //. #2. 7075 -b; 2021 13. akida abduzhabbarovna dadasheva. (2022). public opinion and government evaluation in new uzbekistan. the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations research, 4(01), 16–19 14. merzaev i.b. ahmad ferghani's historical legacy in his present day significance. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.69-73 pages 15. merzaev i.b. the life of hakim termizius and his doctrine. science promotion/vol.2.no.2/october.74-81p. https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=11877070975841426306&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=448186419725780428&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org application of blended learning in teaching and learning kenjaeva zukhra, english teacher at the academy of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan. e-mail: kenjaevazuhra@gmail.com, phone number: 905629111 kenjaeva fotima, english teacher at the academy of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan. e-mail: kenjaevaf06@gmail.com, phone number: 905814111 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the present research paper is focused to examine the value of the application of blended learning in education as a method for teaching and learning foreign languages at university level. the framework took place during the fall semester using 15 students who study at the academy of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan. in the study, it is used the quantitative techniques for the collection of data and its analysis. it was decided that applying the integration of blended and face to face learning can be effective to setup foreign languages classes. blended learning, teaching, learning, learning style, autonomous learning, intrinsic motivation, interaction, scaffolding, moodle platform, collaborative teaching. introduction teaching and learning a foreign language is not an easy task to accomplish as it takes into account the challenges of all kinds that both teachers and students have to face from the beginning of the teaching and learning process of this honorable discipline. applying blended learning is the key to teach english as a foreign language that integrates virtual learning with a wide range of online interactive tasks for improving students' not only technical skills but also effects on their achievement which guarantees a bright future. online education with the use of technology becomes an important tool for traditional teaching methods. ideally, it is commonly seen in the classroom where teachers have changed the way of implementing new technologies leading to new ways of working by integrating face to face and online learning. in education setting thanks to the technological resources traditional materials are replaced by online materials to offer greater knowledge as well as opportunities for learners. it is significant that employing technological resources in blended learning gives an advantage of improving language skills. at the moment most of teachers chose teacher-led lessons rather than autonomous learning. they consider that it would be much effective using face to face approach rather mailto:kenjaevazuhra@gmail.com mailto:kenjaevaf06@gmail.com american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org than combining a blended learning approach. in fact, the learning process will be successful if learners are autonomous. students take their responsibility on their own learning being involved in the learning process. integration of blended learning can help to evaluate learners quickly by giving washback to their work. that is to say, the teacher collects information without effort because of influence self – learning integration. it is practical for teachers to assess the learner with the help of technology as it does not take much time to provide feedback. that is to say, with the help of technology students can achieve better results not waiting for their paper-based results. literature review blended learning plays a significant role to enhance foreign language skills. the implication of blended learning has been proved effective in enhancing foreign language proficiency, but there is lack of willingness of teachers to adopt this technology encouraging the students with a new way of learning. according to asiri et al. (2012), there are a few obstacles that university administrations frequently encounter while implementing blended learning systems or e-learning programs. by applying blended learning, they take advantage of improving their technical skills. technical skills encourage learners to be active in the learning process. students can be engaged with their teachers and other learners in order to collaborate and interact as they are involving in the same activities. students can be involved in their learning for enhancing academic perspective and satisfaction. they are allowed to ask questions, comments, discuss, and respond to questions out of class time. every student has its own learning style and preferences in acquiring the language. according to kaur (2013) "blended learning offers students to access different materials according to their learning styles” (p.7). for example, weak students have an opportunity to choose between practicing simple tasks online rather than complex ones. it is important to take into consideration the students' level by giving them a choice to choose the right task. researchers lopez-perez et al. (2011) explored the effectiveness of blended learning methodology. the authors also reviewed students' perspectives while analyzing, examining the effectiveness of blended learning. they include that if the more students satisfied with the blended learning their grades will be higher by being satisfied with their learning activities. in addition, motivation plays an important role in achieving better results in the learning process. it is significant to mention that satisfaction and intrinsic motivation in blended learning are correlated with each other. from the researchers' point students who have intrinsic motivation can fulfill the task and assignment consistently. kaiser (2017) discussed that the project called ceibal en provides english lessons via videoconferences using a pedagogical model which includes remote teaching, collaborative teaching and blended learning which is useful to strengthen the quality of instruction. integration of blended learning enhances learner autonomy which enables students to control their learning in three categories including planning, monitoring and evaluating their skills (sucaromana, 2017). students take their responsibility on their learning documenting their success and achievement. savignon (1983) pointed that “communicative competence is based on the cooperation of all the participants" (p.9). technology can be an important tool for teachers to pursue communicative goals in second language acquisition. learning the second language is represented not only as a process but also as interpersonal negotiation among language learners. learners are facilitated by working together on the same task and even results in understanding the task better for not only get enjoyment through collaboration but also improve their creativity and critical thinking. anderson & simpson (2004) mentioned that students’ satisfaction and engagement can be increased when they build community among other peers. by this american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org way students can be involved in their learning to enhance academic perspective and satisfaction. according to the researchers in russia blended learning is an effective model of achieving language proficiency from a1 to b2 level. model of blended learning was based on three stages: preparatory, communication and control. in preparatory stage, it is involved independent work through interactive internet resources. in communication stage, it is suggested to do communicative tasks under the guidance of the teacher while in controlling stage learners do creative and oral tasks. the results of the survey showed the effectiveness of the blended learning model despite the learners' proficiency level. methods and results the study has applied research method that includes quantitative techniques. it was aimed to take a questionnaire from students who are learning english as a foreign language at the academy of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan about their preferences applying online tasks with moodle platform system to create personalized learning tasks. in the analyses, they were 15 students who asked to respond to one question. the online tasks are used for self -study support and additional tasks for students. the result of the survey shows that the majority of students 90% agree about blended learning while only 5% of students still disagree about blended learning. they want traditional learning rather than learning languages online. students who agree noted that self -learning enables them to do self-study support and additional tasks for not lagging behind their peers. besides, they consider that an online platform is useful for communication with their instructors and other students. while students who disagree about blended learning pointed out that it is challenging for them because of a lack of internet connection and restricted time for online tasks. it is illustrated that only 5% of students are in neutral positions. they are still hesitating over blended or face to face forms of learning. it is significant to mention that the majority of students prefer to integrate blended learning in the learning of foreign languages. 90% 5%5%0% what is your point of view about revising missed lessons and ineffectively acquired lessons through online self-study work? agree disagree neutral undecided american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org discussions and conclusion summarizing all finding, this small scale revealed that application of blended learning plays significantly important role in teaching and learning process. learners can solve their problems without effort. also, learners can improve communication, critical thinking skills and confidence by collaborating with their teachers and peers inside and outside the classroom. they can confidently ask questions expressing their not understanding by working in teamwork. learners will be literate in terms of acquiring technical skills. blended learning will teach independent skills since learners document their own progress. the aim of blended learning is to increase motivation through online interactive tasks. a teacher can design interactive tasks such as handouts, discussions, texts, writing, reading tasks and quizzes. learners will be provided with accessing free online resources including e-books, topics that they have a desire to discuss and electronic dictionaries. each student is not only can share his/her knowledge but also leave comments on each other's work. they can do tasks and assignments at their own pace with the guidance of the teachers. teachers facilitate learners by providing scaffold in their learning process. according to shabani et al. (2010) “after finishing the task by working cooperatively with teachers or peers, they can do the same task individually since their zpd for completing the task have been increased” (p.2). teachers play an important role in enhancing learners' knowledge into a high level by avoiding monotonous teaching and trying new learning to make useful for students. in conclusion, lack of technological resources is growing a problem in terms of leading a teachercentered approach, demotivation, decreasing knowledge for further success. however, it is important that applying the integration of blended and face to face learning can be effective in education settings although they have a necessity in technological resources and internet connection. students can recognize that using different virtual tool makes their learning process easier by self -learning integration, online education, increasing intrinsic motivation, developing nature of communication, revising acquired materials which guarantee future prosperity. acknowledgements the authors are very thankful to their research supervisor that contributed for the purpose of this case study. in addition, he helped us with his useful critiques of this research work and gave valuable suggestions. furthermore, we appreciated the help of our students in collecting the data in our case study. references 1. anderson, b. & simpson, m. (2004). group and class contexts for learning and support online: learning and affective support online in small group and class contexts. international review of research in open and distance learning. 5(3). retrieved from: http://www.irrodle.org/index.php/irrodle/article/view/208/291.2020.02.28 2. asiri, m. j. s., bt mahmud, r., bakar, k. a., & bin mohd ayub, a. f. (2012). factors influencing the use of learning management system in saudi arabian higher education: 3. a theoretical framework. higher education studies, 2, 125. https://doi.org/10.5539/hes.v2n2p125 4. kaiser, d. (2017). english language teaching in uruguay. world englishes, 36(4), 744-759. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 5. kaur, m. (2013). blended learning its challenges and future. 3rd world conference on learning, teaching and educational leadership (wclta-2012). procedia social and behavioral sciences 93, 612-617. 6. lópez-pérez. m. v, pérez-lópez. m. c, & rodríguez-ariz. l (2011). blended learning in higher education: students' perceptions and their relation to outcomes. computers & education, 56, 818826. retrieved from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2010.10.023. 7. sucaromana, u. (2017). investigating language learning strategies of thai efl undergraduate students. new trends and issues proceedings on humanities and social sciences, 4(1), 156-163. 8. savignon, s. (2005). communicative language teaching: strategies and goals. in e. henkel (ed), handbook of research in second language teaching and learning (pp. 635-651). mahwah, nj: lawrence erlbaum associates. 9. shabani, k., khatib, m. & ebadi, s., 2010, “vygotsky’s zone of proximal development: instructional implications and teachers’ professional development”, english language teaching 3(4), 237–24. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2010.10.023 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org issue of scientific-technical development and gerontology abdukarimova g. b. senior teacher, tashkent state transport university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, today's gerontology, that is, the science of aging, the ways of preventing old age and human aging, and the problems related to it, the development of science and technology, scientific discoveries, the use of various methods by people and its consequences, and the main causes of aging are analyzed based on a wide range of sources. gerontology, science and technology, development, scientific, discovery, plastic, surgery, transplantation, aging, death, life. introduction today, gerontology, that is, the science of aging, studies problems related to aging and the search for ways to prevent human aging. however, human resistance cannot be prevented. for example, even in today's market where money can buy everything, giants, high-ranking officials and celebrities with millions or even billions of dollars cannot buy their life with the money they have accumulated. according to modern science, after the age of forty, the cells in the human body, called stem cells, stop dividing. this seems to be the cause of aging. another natural sign of aging is an increase in wrinkles, first on the face, then on the neck and other organs. and the whiteness of the hair and beard deprives a man of his charm and alienates him from the vigor and fire of youth. in other words, old age does not bring any good or joy to a person, it destroys his natural structure, loses his energy, makes his body sick, and causes one after another different levels of hardships. nowadays, scientific and technical progress and scientific discoveries show that people are struggling with the prevention of aging and death through various methods, for example, plastic surgery, organ transplantation. however, no matter how hard a person tries, he cannot overcome death and old age. if we look into our past, we see that some kings and scholars, even prophets and saints have passed away. great scholars and representatives of science have thought a lot in the hope of fully understanding the mysterious phenomenon called aging and death, which has been perplexing mankind since time immemorial. for example, the great poet omar khayyam asks himself the following question: they made me exist in the world, what i found in life is surprise, hesitation. i couldn't figure out if i passed this way, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org what is the purpose of coming and going [3 omar khayyam. rubaiyat. tashkent: literary and art publishing house named after gafur ghulam, 1992. b. 82.]3. in this rubaiyat, the scholar raises a number of questions that encourage the understanding of death and life. these are as follows: “people and creatures come into the world and then they go back. so, do they come and go? the ruler of the absolute creates and regulates nature, and then why does he cause harm to it? if the reason lies in the unfitness of nature, who is to blame for this? if nature is good, then what is the reason to destroy it?”[ scenes of truth. 96 classical philosophers. destinies. proverbs. aphorisms. tashkent: new age generation, 2007. b. 198 -199.]. it can be seen that omar khayyam answered these questions in his poetic verses.the phenomenon of aging and social problems in the lives of elderly people according to the united nations, in 1950 there were 200 million people in the world. by 1975, their number reached 550 million. according to forecasts, the number of people over 60 will reach 1 billion in 2025. per 100 million people, the population of our planet will increase by 3 times. one of the trends observed in the developed countries of the world in the next 10 years is the increase in the number of elderly people in the total population and its weight. the population is generalthere is every reason to say that the share of children and adolescents in the population is decreasing, and the fundamental process of increasing the share of the elderly continues at a very high pace. the main causes of aging are declining birth rates, increased life expectancy due to medical advances, and increased life expectancy due to improved living standards. in countries of economic cooperation and development, the average life expectancy has increased by 6 years for men and 6.5 years for women in the last 30 years. in the last 10 years, a steady growth trend of these indicators has been observed in our country. social work specialists are defined from different points of view according to the socio-demographic categories of the elderly. these are chronological, social, biological, psychological, functional and others.according to the world health organization, people aged 60 and over are considered elderly. today, this information is used in practice. however, in many countries the retirement age is 60. demographic aging in our country is associated with a decrease in the number of births. in the last 10 years, the share of the young generation has decreased by 24-44 percent. as a result, the share of people of pensionable age exceeds the share of children under 15 years of age. in the future, this situation will become more complicated and the number of elderly people will increase. according to the international classification, the composition of the country's population in 2018 corresponds to the period of demographic aging. children and teenagers may have slightly higher rates than seniors 65 and older. 28.3 percent of the temporary population was seventy and older. this is much higher than the working age. much depends on the sustainable growth of the industry. the responsibility of the state is increasing, especially for the elderly.analysis of the socio-demographic category of the elderly and their problems is determined by theorists and practitioners of social work from different points of view chronological, sociological, biological, psychological, functional, etc. elderly people differ significantly in their natural aspects and include people from 60 to 100 years old. therefore, the age of crossing the border from the "third" and "fourth" is considered to be 75-80 years. "younger" seniors are more susceptible to problems than "older" seniors. older people include healthy, active seniors, people from different social backgrounds, with different levels of education and training, and with different skills and interests. many of them do not work when they retire in old age. thus, there are more women in the older age groups. this big difference is due to men dying earlier american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org and women living longer. one of the trends observed in developed countries in the last decade is the absolute increase in the number of elderly people in society. in the total number of settlements, the weight of children and young people is decreasing, and the weight of the elderly is increasing. the social conditions of the elderly are primarily determined by their health. self-assessment is widely used as an indicator of health status. references 1. yarkin a.v. the phenomenon of pojilogo vozrasta: socio-philosophical analysis: dissertation ... candida filosofskikh nauk. moscow, 2017. 158 p. 2. khudaiberganov r.kh. ethical issues of the phenomenon of death // uzmu news. tashkent, 2009. #4. b. 116. 3. ahmed yassavi. devoni hikmat. tashkent: literary and art publishing house named after gafur ghulam, 1993. b. 45 4. abdukarimova g.b., the role of the elderly in youth education // scientific-methodical journal of "scientific progress", uzbekistan 2021, b. 7 – 9. (09.00.00; #29) 5. abdukarimova g.b., gerontology: philosophical aspects of human aging // polish science journal, #12 (90) december 2022 – s. 193 – 197. issn 2412-9682 6. abdukarimova g.b., the role of the elderly in the formation of the spirituality of youth // university scientific-practical conference on the topic of actual issues of training highly qualified personnel in the field of transport at tashkent state transport university, tashkent-2021, s. 150 – 155. issn 24129682 7. abdukarimova g.b., aging as a socio-philosophical phenomenon // eurasian journal of academic research, uzbekistan 2021, b. 38 – 40. (09.00.00; no. ) 8. abdukarimova g.b., socio-philosophical features of gerontology // ilm sarchashmalari, uzbekistan 2022, s. 188 – 192. issn 2412-9682 9. abdukarimova g.b., old age as a social factor // research of science, uzbekistan 2022, b. 197 202. 10. abdukarimova g.b., self-realization pojilyx lyudey kak sposob preodoleniya sotsialnogo otchujdeniya // akademy, russia – 2022, – b. 56-61. 11. abdukarimova g.b., gerantology: socio-philosophical analysis // bulletin of karakalpakstan state university named after berdak, no. 1(55) 2022 – b. 204-206. 12. abdukarimova g.b., socio-cultural aspects of gerontology // international scientific and practical conference on the prospects of ensuring the balance of education and training in the eurasian space, uzbekistan 2022, b. 285-289. 13. abdukarimova g.b., the process of socialization of the elderly // international conference on the topic of training prospects of international level specialists in the field of transport. uzbekistan 2022, doi:10.24412/2181-2022-1-245-248, b. 526 -529. 14. abdukarimova g.b., philosophy of gerontology within science and technology // world scientific journal international interdisciplinary research journal. 1, 2022, b– 1161–1169. 15. abdukarimova g.b., self-realization pojilyx lyudey kak sposob preodoleniya sotsialnogo otchujdeniya // akademy, russia 2022, b. 56-61. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 16. abdukarimova g.b. philosophy of gerontology as an important factor of human self-awareness // world scientific journal international interdisciplinary research journal, 1, 2022 – b. 319-326. 17. abdukarimova g.b., theoretical and methodological foundations of intergenerational succession // journal of new century innovations international interdisciplinary research journal, 8, 2022, http://www.newjournal.org/. 18. abdukarimova g.b., views of western philosophers on old age and aging // oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 5-6, 2022, www.oriens.uz 19. abdukarimova g.b., views of western philosophers on old age and aging // academic research in educational sciences, 8, 2022. 20. abdukarimova g.b., the importance of the philosophy of gerontology today // academic research in educational sciences scientific journal, 2022, b. 137-146. 21. abdukarimova g.b., main features of social gerantology // academic research in educational sciences scientific journal, 2022, b. 152-158. 22. abdukarimova g.b., increasing the social activity of the elderly in society in new uzbekistan, as an important factor in ensuring intergenerational succession // oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2023, b. 13-18. 23. abdukarimova g.b., philosophical aspects of spiritual and moral problems of aging and the aging process // namdu scientific bulletin 2023 year 2, uzbekistan 2023, b. 190-196. 24. abdukarimova g.b., study of gerontology and philosophical views in developmental psychology // bulletin of khorezm mamun academy, uzbekistan 2023, b. 191-195. 25. abdukarimova g.b., socialization of the elderly in new uzbekistan and their role in the spiritual and moral education of young people // news of the national university of uzbekistan, 2023, [1/2/1] issn 2181-732, uzbekistan 2023, b. 41-43. 26. abdukarimova g.b., the phenomenon of aging and social problems in the life of elderly people // science and innovation ideas in modern education, 2023, 2023, b. 51-55. 27. abdukarimova g.b., views of ancient eastern philosophers on old age and aging // international journal of advanced research in education, technology and management, 7966395, 2023, b. 384-390. 28. abdukarimova g.b., peculiarities of the social competence of the elderly // eastern philosophy, 2023, b. 222-226. 29. abdukarimova g.b., the views of ancient eastern philosophers on old age and aging // the views of ancient eastern philosophers on old age and aging, 2023, б. 384 – 390. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org influence on photoelectric parameters of nonuniform light absorption in structures based on a-si:h u. bobokhodzhaev, m. usmanov, a. botirjonov namangan state university email: anabiyev76@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this manuscript gives the conclusion of an analytical expression that determines the dependence of the height of the potential barrier, which is obtained upon unevenly light absorption of over the thickness of the i-layer in the target of video with n-i-p structures based on a-si:h, on the light intensity. in addition, it is investigated that the dependence of the width of space charge region (scr) on certain features of a-si:h . hydrogenated amorphous silicon(a-si:h), target of vidicon, tails of conductive and valence zones,state density, gap mobility. introduction various photoelectric devices have been created on the basis of amorphous hydrogenated silicon, including solar cells, field transistors, memory elements, and badge tubes. in recent years, however, intense research has been carried out to establish and enhance cascade solar cells[1,2,3,4] with a cascade structure based on a-si:h/μk-si:h .given that the total layer in the cascade structure of solar cells is d ~ 6 μm thick, according to buger's law, i=i0·e -αd si:h in the layers causes uniform absorption (figure 1). this results in an uneven distribution of photogenerated charges. in this manuscript, some of the physical processes that appear from the illumination of light have been investigated. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org issue and analysis of results it is known that incident light on the vidicon target is absorbed by the i-a-si:h layer at the surface. therefore, i-a-si:h forms a reservoir of charges that carry currents in the surface. figure 2 shows the preand post-zone diagrams for illumination of the layers of the vidicon. figure 2. preand post-zone diagrams of illumination of the layers of vidicon target. the illuminated light is absorbed by all the charged states in the i-a-si:h layer, or the free electron and cavity formed are interacted with the charge states. it is known that the charged states of the i-a-si:h in the slit of motion are as follows. 1. charge states on the tale of conductivity and valence region. 2. in the literature review, for i-a-si:h, we found that two types of d-centers occur in the recombination process si:si that is, d-centers with electronic handles, and d0-centers for holes with this in mind, we can derive the total charge density in the slope of the motion in the form of the sum of the density states above. where gv0 and gc0 are the density of states above the valence field and below the permeability domain, respectively. ed and ea are characteristic energies of cortical and receptor levels. as the d-centers are subordinate to the gaussian distribution, we describe as follows: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org u = 0.2-0.3 ev, d0 and dthe energy difference between the maximums of the centers after determining the distribution of energy states of a-si:h in the energy slot, we can estimate the electron (n) and cavity concentration at dand d0-centers. but first we need to explain which fermi levels shift due to which energy states the charge carriers hold. as we know, we can omit expressions (1) and (2) because of the presence of holes only in the photoelectric conductance of the vidicon target. furthermore, considering that gv0 ≈ 1021 сm-3/ev and ga0 ≈ 1018 сm-3/ev in expressions (1) and (4) are not applicable ev-e << e-ea (5) the inequality is fulfilled. then we can find the fermi level shift in expression (3) only. the results of the experiment confirm our experiments’ results above. in [6,7,8], the authors believe that step-by-step recombination does not occur in the visible spectral range of light at a room temperature of 104 v/сm or higher. any recombination occurs only in the charge carriers held in one center. according to the rose model [9], the lux-amper characteristic is linear if non-primary current carriers are caught in only one type of handles during their movement. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. photo-vach that is corresponding to the illumination of different intensities. figure3 shows the graphics-vach graphs corresponding to different intensities of illumination. based on the lach (figure4) obtained from the graph to determine the intensity of each light intensity, we can assume that the main current carriers are buckets that interact with only one type of handles. figure 4. the lux-amper characteristic of the vidicone target based on a-si:h. assuming that the light absorbed by all of the above is absorbed, the concentration of holes in the handles is equal to the concentration of δp produced by ф. that is, δp ≈ ф. it is we can find the value of δe by the consecutive approach of expression (6). because the buckets are held in the d0 centers, which are considered to be donors below the fermi level, the fermi level is american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org shifted to ef ev towards 2δe, which can be considered as (8) φ≈2δe. the concentration of dand d0 -centers on the mobility rod a-si:h does not exceed any value. therefore, the number of photons targeted to the vidicon does not exceed these values. also light intensity according to buger's law exponentially decreases depending on the then, depending on the intensity, the i-a-si:h concentration of non-core currents in the absorbed part of the light is increased, that is, the pores. it is well-known that the potential barrier in the case of metal semiconductor contact dielectric barriers depends on the width of the charge field on the semiconductor surface. the structure of the vidicon sign can be calculated in the same way. because we can dielectrically coat the a-sixn1-x thin layer (thickness ~ 20 nm, eg = 3.5 ev, ρ = 1014 оm*m) between the in2o3:sn layer and the i-a-si:h layer. if we assume that the surface charge distribution is distributed along the axis perpendicular to the surface, the concentration of these surface states decreases by exponential law with respect to the semiconductor [2,3]. as we look, the intensity of photogeneration in the deeper layer of i-a-si:h increases with increasing light intensity. this, in turn, affects the width of the voltage field and the potential for peak voltage. we show the variation of the width of the charge field as follows: debai length of shielding. according to (9), as the light intensity increases, the thickness of the volume charge field decreases due to the increase in the photogenerated pore concentration. according to ω ~ ls [4,5], the charge distribution can be expressed by solving the puasson equation when the width of the area of the volume charge is around the order ls. ls is a characteristic parameter for the exponential reduction of the semiconductor surface states [2]. summary. analysing of the results shows that: at the large thicknesses of a-si:h, uneven light absorption occurs along the thickness. this creates a potential barrier in the single layer. the potential barrier is caused by the defect states distributed by the gaussian distribution on the gap mobility of a-si:h. according to the rose model, recombination occurs mainly through single-charge centers. this property can be used for finite modeling of si:h cascade structural elements. bibliography. 1. spear w. e., le comber p. g. investigation of the localised distribion in amorphous si films. //j. non. cryst. solids. 1972. vol. 8-10. p. 727-738. 2. madon le comber p. g., spear w. e. investigation of the density of localised states in a-si using the field effect technique. //j. non. cryst. solids. 1976. vol. 20. p. 239-257. 3. s.zaynabidinov, u.bobokhodzhaev, a.nabiyev, n.sharibayev the mechanism of hole transport in photocells based on a-si: h.international journal of scientific and technology research issn 2277-8616, 2020, vol.9, №1, pp. 2589-2593. (scopus, if=7,466) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 4. physics of hydrogenated silicon; vip. 1. structure, development and pribory. per s angl. / pod. red. j djounopoulosa, j.. lukowski. m.: mir, 1987. 368 p. 5. c. r. wronski, j. m. pearce, r. j. koval, a. s. ferlauto, and r. w. collins. progress in amorphous silicon based solar sell technology. rio. 02-world climate & energy event, n1, 2002, p. 67-72. 6. oda s. et all. j. appl. physics, 52, 1981, p. 7275. 7. tiedje t. et all. solar cells, 2, 1980, p.301. 8. oda s. et all. philos mag, 43, 1981, p.1079. 9. hadjadj, a., pham, n., roca i cabarrocas, p., jbara, o., djellouli, g. j. appl. phys. 107, 083509, 2010. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org new technological approach for treatment of karakul hides sadirova saodat nasreddinovna senior lecturer, bukhara engineering technological institute bukhara, uzbekistan, e-mail: saodat1966@list.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses a new technological approach in the processing of karakul hides and comparing it with the traditional method. the results of chemical analysis and ir spectroscopy of hides processed by the studied method are presented, as well as the advantage of this method. karakul hides, pickling process, milky production waste whey, whey composition, carbohydrate component, mucopolysaccharides. introduction bread pickling and softening are classic methods of making fur hides and have been used for a long time in the processing of the entire assortment of fur raw materials, since they provided the highest quality leather tissue. the softness and ductility of pickled hides are still taken as the standard for the highest quality semi-finished product when assessing the effectiveness of the developed methods of dressing. currently, bread pickling is used in the processing of purebred karakul by dry-salted method of canning and partially in the manufacture of squirrel and mole hides, as well as for canning the karakul hides group. pickling should be considered as a complex biochemical process in which manifested the total effect of the complex of plant enzymes that contained in flour on the protein-carbohydrate complexes of connective tissue and moreover the effect of a mixture of organic acids resulting from fermentation. in this case, the effect of a mixture of organic acids (mainly lactic acid) is manifested in two stages at the beginning of pickling at low acidity –4–6 g / l (ph = 4.0–4.5) and at the end of pickling at higher acidity –16 −20 g / l in terms of lactic acid (ph = 3.8−4). in the first stage, the effect of weak pickeling predominates, contributing to the leaching of carbohydrate components and loosening of the fibrous structure. at the end of pickling, the effect of ordinary organic pickling is additionally manifested. consequently, mixtures of organic acids under favorable conditions (temperature 380 ° c, ph = 3.8– 4.5) mainly contribute to the removal of mucopolysaccharides that adhere structural elements and partial dehydration of the dermis. the total effect of the complex of enzymes and a mixture of organic acids under favorable processing conditions provides a characteristic structure breakdown, inherent only to pickling, at which such high ductility and softness of the skin tissue are achieved. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org the long duration of pickling and the irrational use of flour in the processes of fermentation and acid formation are due to a gradual decrease in the ph of the solution by the end of the fermentation below the optimal value for the action of the complex of plant enzymes and a slight hydrolysis of starch with the formation of a mixture of organic acids. [2] in a purpose of practical test may be taken the lactic whey that is obtained from dairy waste containing lactic acid in its composition for pickling of dried salted canned pure-bred karakul hides. ii.research methodology currently, in order to improve the environment and obtain additional profit in production, special attention is paid to technologies without waste. in dairy plants, the secondary raw material is whey, which remains after curdling and straining of milk. whey is obtained in the production of hard cheeses, sour cheeses and cottage cheese, and basically all this liquid, despite its valuable properties, is poured into the sewer as a waste product. whey is approximately 93.7% consists of water. the remaining 6.3% includes all the best that is in milk. the main part of whey solids is lactose, which prevents the formation of unwanted fat, and milk sugar. whey contains a full range of b vitamins, as well as vitamin c, nicotinic acid, choline, vitamin a, vitamin e and biotin. whey also contains calcium, magnesium, and probiotic bacteria. also whey contains lactic acid, which is so necessary for pickling of karakul hides. whey was prepared at a dairy plant by fermentation of milk (cottage cheese, cheese) and looks like a greenish-yellow liquid with a concentration of lactic acid 5-30 g / dm3. we have made a research on process of pickling of purebred karakul, where milk whey obtained from waste products of dairy production was used instead of oatmeal. in this case, 50%, 75% and 100% concentrations of whey were used. a few samples of karakul hides after soaking operations in parallel with these processes, karakul hides were pickled with barley flour. before loading the hides, the acidity of the whey was checked and sodium chloride was added in amount of 40 g / l. the acidity of the whey in terms of acetic acid was 1.5 g / l, respectively; 2.3 g / l and 4.4 g / l. pickling was carried out at a temperature of 350с. in the process of pickling, the condition of hair weakening was controlled and, upon detection, sodium chloride was added up to 60 g / l. acidity in the process of pickling gradually increased and on the sixth day it reached 12 g / l in terms of acetic acid in a pickling mixture was implemented milk whey with concentration of 100% as well as 5.7 g / l and 7.3 g / l, respectively, in pickling mixture 50% and 75% concentration of whey. to conduct research at different stages of work, standard methods were used (potentiometric titration method, histological analysis of stained sections of skin tissue). the reliability of the results was ensured by the selection of the required number of parallel measurements of the indicators of the studied objects. the end of pickling in a milk whey of 100% concentration was determined by the achievement of loosening of the skin tissue and the appearance of a slight weakening of the hair in the inguinal parts of the hides. in the process of pickling, it should be emphasized that the observed slight destruction of the main protein collagen cannot be a decisive factor providing such a deep loosening of the fibrous structure. modern ideas about the role of the carbohydrate components of the interfiber substance in the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org manufacture of fur hides make it possible to re-examine the quasil mixture on the microstructure of the skin tissue. a study of the processes of pickling and softening showed that changes in the microstructure of the skin tissue are to a large extent associated with effects not on collagen, but on protein carbohydrate complexes of interfiber substance, which adhere structural elements. despite the low carbohydrate content in the dermis of animals (1-3%) compared with collagen (7381), they are of great importance in the processes of fur raw materials production. carbohydrate components are part of the connective tissue of mainly interfiber substance in the form of complexes with proteins connected by covalent and other less strong connection. therefore, their removing is difficult and can be achieved only with the complete hydrolysis of protein carbohydrate complexes. the presence of a strong connection between the elements of the collagen structure and carbohydrate components is confirmed by increased heat resistance and less solubility of such compounds. [2] carbohydrate components mucopolysaccharides play an important role in collagen structuring. in the process of embryonic development, elements of a collagen structure are formed in the gelatinous interfiber substance, which include mucopolysaccharides. they are sorbed on the surface of fibrils in the form of thin insulating seals constrictions, which protect adjacent fibrils from sticking together and determine the difference between the surface zones of the fibrils and the deep ones due to the appearance of the primary transverse striation. it is very difficult to completely remove mucopolysaccharides from the dermis. the total number of mucopolysaccharides, %, in the dermis of animals of different age groups is not the same: in karakulcha more than 3, in karakul – 1.4–2.6, in sheepskin –1–1.8. the greatest number of mucopolysaccharides is contained in the rump side of skins, the smallest in the floors. a higher content of carbohydrate components was found in the papillary layer than in the reticular and subcutaneous muscle layers. they line the inside of the root vagina of the hair bag. therefore, excessive removal of mucopolysaccharides from the papillary layer can sometimes cause a weakening of the connection between the hair and the hair bag. thus, despite their relatively low content the carbohydrate components of connective tissue play an important role in the formation of the fibrous structure, forming strong complexes with proteins and increasing the resistance of the dermis to various influences. removal of a certain portion of carbohydrates sticking structural elements from the interfiber substance leads to loosening of the skin tissue. there is some optimum removal of carbohydrate components, the violation of which can cause undesirable changes in the mechanical properties of the dermis and especially the weaker papillary layer. while setting processing parameters with various reagents, no need to completely wash out all the carbohydrate components that make up the structural elements and the interfiber substance. however, within the optimum, there is the following independence: the more mucopolysaccharides are removed, the finer beam separation is achieved. iii.experimental results while pickling is on process, the prevailing formation of lactic acid is a limiting factor for the development of putrefactive microflora (bacillus subtillus, yeast, mucous bacteria) and ensures high stability of microbiological processes. lactic acid bacteria first surround the yeast cells and then penetrate the cells, causing their destruction. increasing the temperatures, acid accumulation and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org mixing of the mixture prevent the development of unwilling microorganisms. by the end of pickling, a stable system of lactic acid bacteria is created. after pickling in milk whey mixture, the skins were squeezed in a centrifuge and evenly dried over the entire area. next, pickled hides were subjected to a number of chemical analyzes, such as moisture content, content of mineral substances, content of fatty substances, and the content of protein substance on the content of total nitrogen. below are the results of these analyzes. barley flour treated karakul hides № the name of indicators results of analysis 1 moisture contents 9,2% 2 mineral contents 6,2% 3 fat content 9,3% 100% milk whey treated karakul hides №п/п the name of indicators results of analysis 1 moisture contents 8,51% 2 mineral contents 7,02% 3 fat content 10,36% 75% milk whey treated karakul hides №п/п the name of indicators results of analysis 1 moisture contents 7,22% 2 mineral contents 6,84% 3 fat content 12,84% 50% milk whey treated karakul hides №п/п the name of indicators results of analysis 1 moisture contents 8,9% 2 mineral contents 6.4% 3 fat content 14,3% protein substance was determined by the kjeldahl method. a portion of the skin was weighed at 0.1 g. burned with concentrated sulfuric acid. conversion rate 5.82% № name of raw material mass fraction of nitrogen,% result of protein substance 1 barley flour treated karakul hides 14,1 79,4 2 50% milk whey treated karakul hides 14,4 84,3 3 75 % milk whey treated karakul hides 13,8 80,6 4 100% milk whey treated karakul hides 12,9 75,1 an analysis of the absorption of the ir spectra of different polypeptides and proteins provides information on the conformation of their molecular chains and also makes it possible to determine the intramolecular or intermolecular interaction in polymers due to hydrogen connections and to establish the nature of the interaction of proteins with various tanning compounds. [3] based on this, we studied the experimental and control hides using ir spectroscopy, the results of which are given below american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org 50% milk whey treated karakul hides 75 % milk whey treated karakul hides iv.conclusions analyzing the results of research on the pickling of karakul hides with milk whey, we can conclude that the use of whey in the process of pickling karakul hides makes it possible to save a valuable food product barley flour and a large amount of water. when using wastes from food production of whey in the process of pickling karakul hides, a fine separation of collagen bundles is achieved, which ensures softness and ductility of the skin tissue. references 1. садирова, с. н., & кувондиков, в. х. у. (2021). исследование влияния молочной кислоты на разволокнение структуры кожевой ткани каракулевых шкур. universum: технические науки, (12-3 (93)), 87-89. 2. садирова, с. н. (2022). актуальные проблемы выделки каракулевых шкур. universum: технические науки, (11-4 (104)), 25-26. ir spectroscopy of barley flour treated karakul hides 100% milk whey treated karakul hides american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 3. садирова, с. н. (2023). оценка проквашенности каракулевых шкур обработанной в молочной сыворотки. science and education, 4(3), 253-257. 4. садирова, с. н., & алиева, н. и. (2017). пути замены хлебного квашения. техника. технологии. инженерия, (2), 97-101. 5. садирова, с. н., файзуллоев, ф. ф., & иноятов, ш. т. (2020). изучение изменения структурных элементов кожевой ткани каракуля, квашенного молочной сывороткой. universum: технические науки, (11-2 (80)), 54-56. 6. temirova, m. i. "development of effective compositions based on local and secondary raw materials for." texas journal of engineering and technology 14 (2022): 76-79. 7. ниёзова, р. н. (2021). жирование коллагеновых волокон кожной ткани. universum: технические науки, (12-5 (93)), 28-30. 8. tuymurodovna, s. g. (2023). the importance of carbon dioxide gas in all life processes. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 16, 71-74. 9. жамилова, н. к. к., & зарипов, м. х. у. (2023). синтез и исследование карбоксильного катионита на основе продуктов взаимодействия акриловой кислоты и фурфурола. scientific progress, 4(5), 453-458. 10. зухриддин хайриддин угли райимов, & сафар бахронович усмонов (2023). синтез ароматических полиэфирсульфонкетонов на основе олигосульфонкетонa различного состава и строения. science and education, 4 (4), 495-502. 11. садирова, с. н., темирова, м. и., & алиева, н. и. (2020). исследование проквашенности каракуля с применением вторичных продуктов молочного производства. international journal of advanced technology and natural sciences, 1(1), 39-44. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 6, | nov., 2022 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org agriculture of karakalpakstan (1960-1990years) mnajatdinova k.a. karakalpak state university department “archeology”. republic of uzbekistan, nukus a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article talks about the agriculture of karakalpakstan in the 1960s-1990s. from the middle of the 20th century, political and economic changes in the agrarian sector, business plans in the rural household sector and their implementation have been reported. the introduction of new technologies in the field of population economy, the advancements in the agricultural sector, and the livelihoods of rural workers are included. agriculture, agrarian sector, agriculture, land reclamation, rural workers, cotton growing, farming. central asia and aral coasts, therefore, karakalpakstan rural household workers have a rich experience in the history of irrigation and irrigation construction. karakalpakstan is an agrarianindustrial people. it is located on the lower side of ámiwdáryanın. since our republic is located between the ustirt and kyzylkum deserts, its climate is sharply continental, with cold winters, hot summers, and little rain. therefore, the irrigation system plays a major role in the development of agriculture. its main water source is ámiwdárya. the territory of karakalpakstan is distinguished by its natural and climatic conditions and its own characteristics related to its historical formation. in 1965, the total cultivated area of karakalpakstan was 168,8 thousand hectares, and in 1980 it was 303,4 thousand hectares. agricultural crops increased 4 times, fodder crops increased 2, 5 times. for example, in 1965, there were 19,000 hectares of grain crops, and in 1984, it was 80,100 hectares. in 1965, the fodder area was 29.5 hectares, and in 1980 it was 86.8 thousand hectares. the area of cotton cultivation increased from 127,500 hectares to 133,700 hectares in 1980. in karakalpakstan, the council of ministers, regional party committee, especially its departments such as agriculture, organization and party work, district party organizations, ministry of water management, "irsov" autonomous republic "hozstroy" management was engaged, they were busy every day with issues of fixing cultural and technical bases, planning and development of cotton production, farming, cattle breeding and other fields related to agriculture. the development of agriculture in karakalpakstan and the agrarian-farming issues have been adapted to the conditions of the republic itself. the main mass of the people were peasants, and in terms of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org socio-economic and, at the same time, cultural life, it lagged behind the central districts of the ussr, even kazakhstan and uzbekistan. the administrative-territorial division of the republic plays a very important role in the structure of agricultural management. this issue requires taking into account many factors, creating a creative, scientifically rooted participation, the life of such a complex socio-political and household-economic organization that surrounds the district is related to these factors. in 20 years (1965-1985), the total network of rural telephone exchanges increased by hundreds of ranks. until 1985, all collective farms and state farms were connected by telephone. having established the agricultural management system, the government paid great attention to increasing the role of the mass of workers in all spheres of national and public productive life. in our autonomous republic, workers were widely involved in the management of the population economy. in 1975, 19.7% (1046 people) of the representatives of unemployed workers were included in the election commissions for district council elections, and 20.1% of the representatives of the workers in the election commissions for village and village councils. 22, 4 of the deputies elected to the village soviets (1407 people) were collective farmers. the growth of the total agricultural products of our country can be seen from the following reports: the average annual volume of the total product increased from 66.3 billion manats (1961-1965) to 80.5 billion (1966-1979) manats. , or increased by 21%. in 1981-1985, the average annual volume of the total agricultural product increased by 13% compared to the previous five years, regardless of unfavorable weather conditions. in 1960-1990, the total production of agriculture increased by 2.1 times and reached 1955.6 million manats. millions of people live in the headwaters of amiwdarya and syrdarya flowing into the aral sea, in particular, in mirzoshold, qorchi, surkhan-sherabad fields, in central fergana and in the lower reaches of the amiwdarya, on the reclaimed land and newly opened arable lands, new irrigation oases due to their heroic work, cities, settlements, hundreds of collective farms and state farms appeared. it is known from ancient historical sources that water is the main source of economic development, as well as old legends from our ancestors. along with the development of agriculture and its relation to the land, it is related to the correct and efficient use of various tools, such as mechanization, mineral fertilizers, and other means. the drying up of the island led to a complete failure of the ecological situation. however, regardless of the shortcomings, history cannot cancel the fact that in the 1960s and 1990s, a lot of effort was devoted to the development of agriculture, strengthening of its material and technical base, mechanization, and provision of specialized personnel. due to the hard work of our farmers, considerable progress was made in the development of agriculture in our republic during those years. however, during the founding years, the party, soviet and household authorities made serious mistakes and defects in the use of water and land resources. for a long time, water management works were carried out in a low quality, especially new lands that did not have appropriate irrigation and melioration communications were put into use. land rotation and water harvesting, collector-drainage and their repair works were not of high quality. since 1976, large-scale collective research on the problem of the island and the island region has been started, with the participation of the largest scientific research institutes of our nation and hundreds of highly qualified scientists. at the end of this research, there are one line of recommendations. these recommendations were elaborated in a special mobile meeting of the uzbeksdan academy of sciences in nukus in 1980-1986 and submitted to relevant ministries and departments. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the central committee of the cpsu and the council of ministers of the ussr "about options for accelerating economic and social development in the karakalpakstan assr" (march 17, 1986, no. 340) and in this context "the original ecological and sanitary situation in the aral sea region adopted decisions on measures to improve, primarily, increase the efficiency of the use of land and water resources and, at the same time, to strengthen the protection of these resources" (september 19, 1988, no. 1110). a lot of work has been done to implement these decisions. departments for the distribution and control of ámiwdarya and syrdarya waters were established. the largest unions such as "aralvodostroy" and "aralselkhozvodoprovodstroy" were established in the autonomous republic, in addition to these, 9 large unions and trestles were established. in 1987, 11 cube kilometers of water entered the aral sea, and in 1988, more than 23 cube kilometers of water entered the aral sea. of course, these are only the beginning of sentences to save the island. the central committee of the central committee of the soviet of ministers of the karakalpakstan assr and the council of ministers of the ussr "about the possibilities to fundamentally improve the ecological and sanitary conditions in the aral sea region, to increase the efficiency of the use of water and land resources in its basin, and to strengthen the protection of these resources" in accordance with the decision no. 1110 of september 19, 1988 and the decision no. 39 of january 26, 1989, the decision "on the tasks of the council of ministers of the karakalpakstan assr, the soviet and thus the household bodies of the autonomous republic" was adopted. this issue was approved by the office of the regional party committee of karakalpakstan, and concrete measures for the implementation of decision no. 1110 on the island problem were determined. in these decisions, it is mentioned that the communist party and the soviet government are one manifestation of the fatherly concern for the socio-political and economic development of our country and, in this context, the improvement of the ecological situation, the population and the living conditions of the people in the aral region. it was shown and specific options for their implementation were determined. in particular, as explained in the decision no. 1110 of the central committee of the cpsu and the council of ministers of the ussr, since 1990, 8.7 cubic kilometers of collector-drainage water has been flowing into the aral sea from the amuwdarya and syrdarya. in 1988-1989, the construction of water basins commissioned by the ussr ministry of land reclamation and water management in moynaq and aralsk districts were also carried out to regulate the level of shallow water areas on the shores of rivers, seas and islands. technical and economic calculations were made and it was explained that the construction of these objects should be proposed to the ussr governmental plan. among other things, the decision mentions the need to strengthen work on exploration of new deposits of fresh underground water in the aral region, to provide wells with taps and other equipment. including, a large-scale map of the dried-up territory of the aral sea will be developed and printed. in the island region, a different importance is given to the comprehensive scientific research work on the ecological aspects of the use of people close to a person. in this study, in 1989, the institute of ecology and water problems in the aral sea basin of the ussr academy of sciences was opened in the city of nukus. this institute serves the central asian republics and the kazakh ssr to connect all scientific and research work on these problems. in 1989, borlıtaw hydrometrological station was established in amudarya valley, which accurately measures the water of amudarya and controls the flow of water to the aral sea. including this year, tuyemoyin, kipchak, samanbay, and termiz, kyziljar, borlitaw waterworks were built this year, and they were equipped with water flow measuring and measuring devices. since 1989, i have asked american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org people close to me to study the changes in the natural environment and climate in the aral sea region and take them into account during the development of economic and social development plans of the khorezm region and karakalpakstan. recommendations on mitigation measures were prepared. since 1989, solving the issues of design and installation of facilities for the discharge of collectordrainage water from the territories of tortkul, beruniy and mardumlikkala districts from the surface of irrigated lands to the aral sea, and measures to prevent these waters from falling into the amudarya have been being discussed. according to the decision of the central committee of the cpsu and the council of ministers of the ussr no. 340 of march 17, 1986, it is necessary to ensure timely discharge of drainage water from the amudarya basin to the surface of irrigated lands and to prevent mineralized drainage water from falling into the river. the implementation of the plan is of decisive importance in improving the ecological and sanitary situation in the aral sea region. therefore, it is necessary to implement the constructions of the collector and drainage system on the slopes from the top of amudarta to the aral sea. it is known from ancient historical sources and from the old stories of our ancestors that water is the main source of economic development. in addition to the fact that agriculture is related to water and land, it is also related to the correct and efficient use of human resources, mechanization, mechanization, mineral fertilizers, etc. in 1966-1970, in the five-year plan for the development of the production of the population of the ussr, "in order to better meet the growing needs of the people for food and drink, industrial, agricultural and household raw materials, the production of agricultural and livestock products was to be greatly increased. it is explained that it is the main position in the field of zaligi. in 1966-1970, according to the plan for the development of rural household production of the autonomous republic, the average annual increase of the total income was required to be 25.7%, which greatly exceeds the level of previous years. it was necessary to develop cotton farming in the same line as cotton farming. in 1971-1975, the adoption of new equipment and technology was very high only in the rural household production of karakalpakstan. during these years, about 1,200 multi-purpose machines were introduced to the agricultural production of the republic. the drying up of the soil has led to a complete failure of the ecological situation. however, regardless of the shortcomings, history cannot cancel the fact that in the years 1960-1985, a lot of work was devoted to the development of agriculture, strengthening of its material and technical base, mechanization, and provision of specialized personnel. in our republic, the agricultural lands from the reservoir of tuyamoin to the former shores of the aral sea are divided into fifteen districts (tortkul, mardumlikkala, beruniy, amudarya, khojeli, kanlikul, shumanay, kungrad, nukus , kegeyli, chimbay, karauzek, takhtakupir, bozataw, muynak regions) and divided into a few areas according to land use, in these areas there are cotton growing, ricegrowing, vegetable-growing, gardening and viticulture, fodder, cattle breeding. , it is cultivated in fields such as grain and other fields. the government of our autonomous republic is committed to productive management of a wide range of workers, creation of a creative atmosphere in households, wide spread of competition, direct involvement of rural workers in the social-political and cultural-enlightenment work of labor collectives through the implementation of various forms of moral and cultural interest in labor. care came to light. due to the hard work of our farmers, considerable progress was made in the development of agriculture in our republic during those years. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 6, nov., 2022 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org references 1. b. shamambetov "agriculture of karakalpakstan (1965-1986 years)" nukus 1992. 2. k. saribaev "from the history of public irrigation constructions in karakalpakstan" nukus 1989. 3. department of the republic of karakalpakstan of the center of agricultural scientific production in uzbekistan. 4. "science-based system of agricultural development in the republic of karakalpakstan" nukus 2003. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org modeling the problem of forced oscillations of a dam-plate with constant and variable stiffness, taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material and hydrodynamic water pressures a. a.tukhtabaev candidate of technical sciences, associate professor namangan engineering construction institute, uzbekistan m. m. juraboev master student, namangan engineering construction institute, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article highlights of modeling the problem of forced oscillations of a dam-plate with constant and variable stiffness, taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material and hydrodynamic water pressures. modeling, forced oscillations, dam-plate, stiffness, viscoelastic properties, material, hydrodynamic water pressures. the problem of forced oscillations of a dam-plate with constant and variable stiffness under the action of a seismic load is considered. we consider the dam as a plate of constant and variable thickness, taking into account the transverse seismic load and water pressure. the following forces will act on the dam-plate: inertial forces arising from the movement of the dam and its deformation; hydrodynamic water pressure. on the basis of the kirchhoff love hypothesis, the equations of damplate vibrations are derived taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material. the mathematical model of the problem, with respect to the transverse deflection  tyxww ,,11  , under known assumptions [1], taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the dam-plate material, is reduced to solving equations of the form                   2 1 2 2 2 1 22 2 1 2 2 2 1 22 1 2 1 2 1 4* 21 221 1 z w y d yz w yz d y w z d wdw zz d w yy d wdr h                      american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org       0cos 2 1 1cos 0 2 0 2 00 1 2 01 2 1                                                    twytgx ytgx yxth tht ww where  w x y t1 , , is the deflection of the dam-plate; h is the thickness of the dam-plate; 1 density of the dam material; density of water;  1 x y z t, , , function of the potential of the fluid motion velocities arising from the deformation of the dam-plate;  0 x y t, , function of the potential of the fluid motion velocities arising from the motion of the dam as a solid body;  w t0 the law of motion of the base during an earthquake:   teatw t 000 sin0    here is the a0 initial maximum amplitude;  0 soil attenuation coefficient; 0 frequency of ground vibrations; t -time. all these values are determined from the analysis of the seismogram of the corresponding earthquake magnitude. the system of equations (1) is quite general. from it, in a particular case, one can obtain the equations of oscillations of a dam-plate of constant and variable thickness, taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material. the solution of integro-differential equations (1), which satisfies the boundary conditions of the problem, is given in the form          ,...3,1 1 ,,, k kk zywtctzyw , where  c c tk k are the desired functions of time; coordinate functions  w y zk , satisfy the boundary conditions for fixing the edges of the dam-plate. the study of such equations using the bubnov -galerkin method, based on the polynomial approximation of the deflection, is reduced to solving systems of integro-differential equations in the usual derived volterra type :           201 ,...3,1 2 0 *2     k mkmkkmk tnatcmrtcl  parameter koltunov-rzhanitsyn kernel was used in the calculations :     .10,0,,exp1    atattr the integration of the system of equations (2), obtained on the basis of numerous approximations of deflections, was performed using a numerical method based on the use of quadrature formulas [ 3]. on the basis of this method, an efficient computational algorithm for solving problems of the dynamics of a dam-plate with constant and variable stiffness c has been developed. taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material. figures 1 and 2 show the graphs of the curves for different values of the rheological parameter a. these results show the influence of the viscoelastic properties american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org of the dam-plate material. the solutions of the elastic and viscoelastic problems in the initial period of time differ little from each other. with time, the viscoelastic properties have a significant effect, which leads to a noticeable difference in the solutions. we also note that with an increase in the parameter a, the oscillation amplitude decreases. observations show that with an increase in the coefficient a, the oscillation frequency also decreases. in addition, the work studied the effects of other properties and parameters of the dam and water under seismic loads. the influence of these parameters on the stress-strain state of the dam-plate has been studied in detail. fig.1. influence of the viscoelastic property of the material of the dam-plate of constant thickness fig.2. dam-plates of variable thickness at different values of the rheological parameter a : 0(1); 0.05(2); 0.1(3). references 1. уразбаев м.т. (1966) сейсмостойкость упругих и гидроупругих систем. ташкент: фан, 1966. -256 с. 2. raximov, a. m., alimov, x. l., to'xtaboev, a. a., mamadov, b. a., & mo’minov, k. k. (2021). heat and humidity treatment of concrete in hot climates. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 24(1), 312-319. 3. komilova, k., zhuvonov, q., tukhtabaev, a., & ruzmetov, k. (2022). numerical modeling of viscoelastic pipelines vibrations considering external forces (no. 8710). easychair. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 4. ahmedjon, t., & pakhritdin, a. (2021). stress-strain state of a dam-plate with variable stiffness, taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(3), 36-43. 5. negmatov, m. k. (2021). water exchange mode in swimming pools with return water supply system. epra international journal of multidisciplinary research (ijmr), 7(4), 1-1. 6. abdujabborovna, b. r., adashevich, t. a., & ikromiddinovich, s. k. (2019). development of food orientation of agricultural production. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 9(3), 42-45. 7. tukhtaboev, a. a., turaev, f., khudayarov, b. a., esanov, e., & ruzmetov, k. (2020). vibrations of a viscoelastic dam-plate of a hydro-technical structure under seismic load. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (pp. 012051-012051). 8. khudayarov, b. a., turaev, f. z., ruzmetov, k., & tukhtaboev, a. a. (2021). numerical modeling of the flutter problem of viscoelastic elongated plate. in aip conference proceedings (pp. 50005-50005). 9. tukhtaboev, a., leonov, s., turaev, f., & ruzmetov, k. (2021). vibrations of dam–plate of a hydro-technical structure under seismic load. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 264, p. 05057). edp sciences. 10. тухтабаев, а. а., & касимов, т. о. (2018). о вынужденных колебаниях плотины-пластинки с учетом вязкоупругих свойств материала и гидродинамических давлений воды. научное знание современности, (6), 108111. 11. тухтабаев, а. а., касимов, т. о., & ахмадалиев, с. (2018). моделирование задачи о вынужденных колебаниях плотины-пластинки с постоянной и переменной толщины при действии сейсмической нагрузки. teacher academician lyceum at tashkent pediatric medical institute uzbekistan, tashkent city artistic performance of the creativity of russian, 535. 12. тухтабаев, а. а., & касимов, т. о. (2018). использование наследственной теории вязкоупругостив динамических расчетах сооружений. научное знание современности, (6), 104-107. 13. бадалов ф.б.,эшматов х., юсупов м.о. о некоторых методах решения систем интегродифференциальных уравнений, встречающихся в задачах вязкоупругости. прикладная математика и механика.1987.т.51.№5.с.867-871. 14. холбоев з. х., мавлонов р. а. исследование напряженно-деформированного состояния резаксайской плотины с учетом физически нелинейныx свойств грунтов //science time. – 2017. – №. 3 (39). – с. 464-468. 15. абдуллаева с. н., холбоев з. х. особенности модульного обучения в условиях пандемии covid-19 //lbc 94.3 t. – т. 2. – с. 139. 16. раззаков с. ж., холбоев з. х., косимов и. м. определение динамических характеристик модели зданий, возведенных из малопрочных материалов. – 2020. 17. razzakov s. j., xolboev z. x., juraev e. s. investigation of the stress-strain state of single-story residential buildings and an experimentaltheoretical approach to determining the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org physicomechanical characteristics of wall materials //solid state technology. – 2020. – т. 63. – №. 4. – с. 523-540. 18. холбоев з. х. аҳоли пунктларини бош режасини ишлаб чиқишдаги экологик муаммолар //gospodarka i innowacje. – 2022. – т. 28. – с. 142-149. 19. khodievich k. z. environmental problems in the development of the master plan of settlements (in the case of the city of pop, namangan region of the republic of uzbekistan) //global scientific review. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 67-74. 20. sayfiddinov, s., akhmadiyorov, u. s., & akhmedov, p. s. (2020). optimization of modeling while increasing energy efficiency of building structures of public buildings. theoretical & applied science, (6), 16-19. 21. sayfiddinov, s., akhmadiyorov, u. s., razzokov, n. s. u., & akhmedov, p. s. (2020). ensuring energy efficiency of air permeability of interfloor ceilings in the sections of nodal connections. the american journal of applied sciences, 2(12), 122-127. 22. mardonov b., latifovich a. h., mirzoxid t. experimental studies of buildings and structures on pile foundations //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 9680-9685. 23. абдурахмонов с. э., эгамбердиев и. х., бойтемиров м. б. работа железобетона в условиях комплексных воздействий. 24. ҳакимов ша м. к. к., эгамбердиев и. х. особенности твердения бетона на портландцементе с учетом погодно-климатических факторов //механика ва технология илмий журнали. – 2021. – №. 4. – с. 102. 25. эгамбердиев и. х., мартазаев а. ш., фозилов о. к. значение исследования распространения вибраций от движения поездов //научное знание современности. – 2017. – №. 3. – с. 350-352. 26. рахимов а. м., жураев б. г. исследование температурных полей в процессе пропаривания и остывания бетонных изделий в условиях повышенных температур среды //символ науки. – 2016. – №. 2-2. – с. 72-73. 27. рахимов а. м., жураев б. г., хакимов ш. а. энергосберегающий метод тепловой обработки бетона в районах с жарким климатом //символ науки. – 2016. – №. 4-3. – с. 6365. 28. фозилов о. к., рахимов а. м. пути снижения энергетических затрат при производстве сборных железобетонных изделий в районах с жарким климатом //приоритетные направления развития науки. – 2014. – с. 73-75. 29. raximov a. m. et al. heat and humidity treatment of concrete in hot climates //international journal of progressive sciences and technologies. – 2021. – т. 24. – №. 1. – с. 312-319. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 12, | may, 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org use of innovative technologies in teaching physics fayzieva kholida asadovna teacher of the department of physics, faculty of physics and mathematics, bukhara state university. fayzievxolida7@gmail.com, tel:(90) 718-34-02. muhammadova dilafruz akhmatovna teacher of the department of physics, faculty of physics and mathematics, bukhara state university. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article aims to achieve effective results in a short time without spending too much mental and physical effort in the organization of modern education, different from traditional education. in this case, in the process of teaching physics, only the necessary information is selected and the volume of information is quantitatively measured in accordance with the student's learning abilities. for this, using innovative technologies, improving the quality of physics lessons in general education schools, making students interested in lessons, creative research and independent work, and forming the skills of working in mutual cooperation are mentioned. non-traditional lesson, innovative technology, media, interactive, leader, exhibition tools. introduction modern lessons are necessary to kindle the embers in the student's heart, develop it in every way, and lead it from knowledge to knowledge. one of the urgent problems facing physics teachers today is the design of modern educational technologies and their application in teaching practice. a physics teacher should not only provide students with the necessary knowledge of physics, but should be able to arouse interest in science in them, so that as result, good specialists and mature personnel in this field will be produced. each lesson taught by the teacher should be different from other lessons, today's lesson should be perfect compared to yesterdays. new pedagogical technologies for the lesson: ─ using the media; ─ with the help of exhibition tools; ─ by using interactive methods; and others, this lesson will reach the student's mind and take a place in his memory. the student's scientific outlook expands and the level of knowledge increases. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org the goal of organizing modern education, different from traditional education, is to achieve effective results in a short time without spending too much mental and physical effort. to deliver specific theoretical knowledge to students in a short period of time, to create skills and qualifications in them in relation to certain activities, as well as to control the activities and knowledge of students, to evaluate their knowledge, skills and qualifications from a physics teacher requires great pedagogical skills and a new approach to the educational process. currently, many developed countries of the world have accumulated a lot of experience in using new pedagogical technologies that increase the scientific activity and creativity of students and at the same time guarantee the effectiveness of the educational process. the methods that make up the basis of this experience are called interactive methods, and knowing how to apply these methods to the teaching process is a high task assigned to the physics teacher of today. currently, many developed countries of the world have accumulated a lot of experience in using new pedagogical technologies that increase the scientific activity and creativity of students and at the same time guarantee the effectiveness of the educational process. the methods that make up the basis of this experience are called interactive methods, and knowing how to apply these methods to the teaching process is a high task assigned to the physics teacher of today. determining the specific purpose of education in each lesson is considered one of the important conditions in the design of teaching technology. in this, the diagnostic purpose of teaching on science topics is determined. from the time when physics became a science, the database of the science has been increasing in size, and it is getting rich every year at a high speed. for this reason, in the process of passing physics, it is necessary to select only the necessary information and to reduce the amount of information to a quantitative size in accordance with the student's learning abilities. application of "zig-zag" strategy (method) in teaching physics. the introduction of new pedagogical technologies into the educational process is one of the modern requirements, which requires pedagogical staff and teachers to continuously work on themselves. the use of new pedagogical technologies in the teaching of physics, as in other subjects, gives good results. one of these methods is the "zig-zag" method. when using this method, each of the participants of the training works as a discussion participant, listener, and speaker for a short period of time. "zig-zag" strategy serves to work with students on a group basis, to master the subject quickly and thoroughly. the use of this method in the educational process requires the teacher to be very active and possess pedagogical skills. in this case, teachers should be able to form groups in such a way that in each group there is a proper distribution of active and slow learning students. when groups are formed incorrectly, students can waste time without being able to solve the problem. after the students take their seats, the teacher announces the topic. topic: equations of state of an ideal gas. iso process. the teacher briefly touches on this topic and explains it. students are divided into several (5-7) groups. the text explaining the essence of the new topic is divided into 5-7 parts accordingly. each group is given a specific part of the topic (text 1, text 2, ...) and is assigned the task of studying it. students american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org work on the text in groups during the given time, and in they tell order to save time, leaders are chosen from among the group members, and the main information about the studied text to their teammates. the opinion of the leaders can be supplemented by the members of the group. after all the groups have thoroughly mastered the text given to them, the texts are exchanged among the groups, and the above activity is repeated at this stage as well. in this context, students will learn a whole text that illuminates the essence of the topic. at the end of the lesson, the teacher gives his feedback. advanced and active students are encouraged. in conclusion, using new pedagogical technologies, the following: creation of a healthy competitive environment among students; mutual cooperation; listening to each other; understanding one's mistake; increased interest in science; creative research and other such positive results are achieved. list of references 1. kakhkharov s.k., juraev k.o., jamilovy.y., xudoyberdiyev s.b. // journal of contemporary issues in business and government (2021) 27 pp 744-751. 2. tuksanova z., nazarov e. effective use of innovative technologies in the education system // интернаука (2020) №16-3 с 30-32 3. ниёзхонова б.э., файзиев ш.ш., махсуд м., махмудова қ. умумтаълим мактабларида физикани ўқитишда инновацион технологияларнинг ўрни // academic research in educational sciences № 12 с 1116-1120 4. аrabov j.o., qosimov f.t. hozirgi zamon fan va texnikasining rivojida yarimo'tkazgichlarning o'rni. // involta scientific journal, 1(7). 2023/4/1. 134-138. 5. аrabov j.o. ,yodgorova g.t. fizika fanidan masalalar yechishda kompyuter texnologiyalaridan foydalanish. // finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities , том 11 № 3. 78-81 6. jumayev m.r., аrabov j.o., sattorova g.h., tursunov a. n. kristallardagi nochizig'iy akustik effektlar. // involta scientific journal, 1(7). 2022/6/4. 3-8 7. аrabov j.o., fayziyeva x. a. general considerations on the methodology for solving problems in physics // gospodarka i innowacje (2022) №22, с 619-623. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 8. saidov s.o, atoeva m.f, fayziyeva x.a. some actual issues of teaching modern physics in higher education. // the american journal of applied sciences, psychology and education (2021) 58(1): 3542-3549 issn: 00333077. 9. saidov s.o, atoeva m.f, fayzieva kh.a, yuldosheva n.b. the elements of organization of the educational process on the basis of new pedagogical technologies. // the american journal of applied sciences, 2(09). 2020., 164-169. 10. fayziyeva x.a. modern pedagogical technologies of teaching physics in secondary school. // european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol. 8 no. 12, 2020 part iii issn 2056-5852. c 85-90. 11. fayziyeva x.a. fizika fanini o’qitishda yangi pedagogik texnologiya elementlaridan foydalanish. // “o’zbekistonda milliy tadqiqotlar: davriy anjumanlar:” [toshkent; 2022]. c 30-31. 12. farhodovna a.m., olimboevich a.j., badriddinovich k.b. innovative pedogogical technologies for training the course of physics // the american journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research (2020) №2 (12), с 82-91. 13. atoeva m.f., arabov j.o., kobilov b.b. innovative pedogogical technologies for training the course of physics.// journal of interdisciplinary innovations and research, (2020). 2(12), pp 82-91. 14. kakhkhorov s.k, juraev h.o modeling of heat-physical processes in solar dryers// journal of critical reviews. vol 7, issue 17, (2020) pp 9-15 15. каххоров с.к., рахматов и.и., мухаммедов ш.м. особенности построения образовательного процесса на основе модульных технологий обучения в узбекистане // вестник науки и образования ( 2020) № 18(96) часть 2 с 33-36. 16. juraev h.o. training materials for alternative energy sources in education // eastern european scientific journal. –düsseldorf, 2017. № 1. –p. 127–131. 17. juraev kh.o. ways of using educational materials on alternative energy sources at physics lessons // eastern european scientific journal. – düsseldorf, 2017. № 2. – p. 83–86. 18. kakhkharov s.k., juraev h.o. use of alternative energy sources at natural sciences lessons // the way of science. – volgograd, 2017. № 2. – p. 148–150. 19. fayzieva kh.a. use of modern information technologies in teaching physics // a german journal world bulletin of social sciences an international journal open access peer reviewed scholarexpress.net issn (e): 2749-361x journal impact factor: 7.545. volume 20, march, 2023, c 30-34. 20. muhammadova d.a. development of students' competence in working with information in physics lessons. // a german journal world bulletin of social sciences an international journal open access peer reviewed scholarexpress.net issn (e): 2749-361x journal impact factor: 7.545. volume 20, march, 2023,35-39 21. muhammadova d.a., qurbonova m.x. o’quvchilar bilimini nazorat qilishda testdan foydalanish. // hozirgi zamon fizikasining dolzarb muammolari. xalqaro ilmiy va ilmiy-texnik anjuman materialllari. (2023) 502-503 22. muhammadova d.a. to develop the inventive components of students in physics lessons. // involta” ilmiy jurnali vol. 1 no.6 (2022) involta scientific journal 395-404 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 12, may, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org 23. muhammadova d.a., abdullayeva z.g. developing students 'inventive competences in physics classes. // международный научно образовательный электронный журнал «образование и наука в xxi веке». выпуск №24 том 4 (2022) 141-145 24. muhammadova d.a., narzullayev d.a. yangi fizika asoslanish yo’lida. // science a science and education in the modern world: challenges of the xxi century. nur-sultan, kazakhstan, (2019) 78-80 25. fayziyeva x.a., fizika fanini o’qitishda zamonaviy axborot texnologiyalaridan foydalanish. // “pedagogs” international research journal issn: 2181-4027_sjif: 4.995. volume-33, issue-2, may-2023, 4–9. 26. muhammadova d.a., fizika darslarida o‘quvchilarning axborotlar bilan ishlash kompetentsiyasini rivojlantirish. // “pedagogs” international research journal issn: 21814027_sjif: 4.995. volume-33, issue-1, may-2023, 178–184. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org remedies for sewing machine malfunctions tashkent institute of textile and light industry palvannazirova nasiba doctoral student butovskiy p. m. research supervisor: assistant professor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper provides an overview of modern embroidery machines, focusing on their digital design, automation, and stitch variety. it also explores the various applications of embroidery devices, such as fashion, interiors, gifts, and hobbies. introduction the following basic terms were automatically generated: incorrect setting, incorrect foot setting, incorrect threading, lower threading, incorrect adjustment, incorrect selection, lower thread breakage, incorrect needle setting, needle mechanism, needle breakage, upper threading, needle thread number, incorrect rail setting, incorrect foot selection, double-stranded shuttle stitch, incorrect needle selection, incorrect needle operation, and thread tension. sewing machines can malfunction for various reasons, such as the failure of mechanisms, working bodies, wear and tear of parts, and changes in the cleanliness of parts. common malfunctions include poor stitch quality, skipped stitches, thread breaks, difficult material movement, and needle breakage. the quality of stitching can be deemed poor if it is weak, tight, dirty, or if it 'loops at the top' or 'loops at the bottom'. weak stitching occurs when the materials being sewn move away from each other in the seam section, despite being interlaced with threads. to rectify this issue, increase the tension of both the lower and upper threads. tight stitching, on the other hand, is caused by high thread tension. the stitch can be easily torn when the materials are stretched along the stitch line. this defect is noticeable by observing the gatherings across the stitching. to eliminate this issue, loosen the tension of the lower and upper threads. if the upper thread overtightens the lower thread and their weave occurs on top of the material, it means that the stitch 'loops from above'. to correct this, adjust the thread tension starting from the upper thread. to avoid stitching that 'loops at the bottom' due to the lower thread pulling the upper thread too tightly and causing a weave under the fabric, adjust the thread tension of the lower thread. dirty stitching is often caused by inadequate machine maintenance and is particularly noticeable when sewing light-colored fabrics. missing stitches may occur when the needle and hook are not working together properly, resulting in skipped stitches. possible causes of needle malfunction include: needle defects (blunt or bent), american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org incorrect needle selection based on numerical designation or number, incorrect needle height installation (too high or too low), incorrect foot or needle plate installation leading to needle point deviation to the left, incorrect threading, incorrect orientation of needle grooves in relation to shuttle spout, and wear and tear on needle mechanism connections. improper operation of the shuttle can be caused by several factors, including incorrect adjustment of the timing of the shuttle's nose approach to the needle, improper gap adjustment between the needle and the shuttle spouts, and wear or loosening of connections in the shuttle mechanism. to identify the causes of skipped stitches, it is recommended to start with the needle mechanism. figure 1 shows the process of creating a two-strand shuttle stitch. figure 2. the process of forming a two-strand chain stitch upper thread breakage can be caused by a variety of factors, including poor thread quality, excessive tension, improper threading, mismatched needle and thread numbers, untimely thread feed or stitch tightening, excessive heating of the hook, poor condition of thread guides or lack of some of them, scratches or burrs in the needle plate hole, parts of the hook set, or foot sole. additionally, incorrect thread twist selection can also cause upper thread breakage. lower thread breakage is less common than upper thread breakage due to the lower thread being in contact with fewer parts. causes of lower thread breakage include broken or wrinkled bobbin walls, weak or uneven winding of thread on the bobbin, incorrect threading, and the presence of scratches or american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org burrs where the lower thread comes into contact with the parts of the hook set. difficulty moving materials may be caused by improper operation of the thread guide or foot. figure 3 shows the position of the upper thread puller while forming a two-strand shuttle stitch. the presser foot can have several defects, such as chipped, oily, or blunted teeth, or an incorrect selection or height setting. additionally, the presser foot may be incorrectly positioned in relation to the slots in the needle plate, or the material transfer connections may be weakened or worn. defects in foot operation can be caused by improper foot height installation, incorrect foot pressure adjustment on materials, foot defects such as roughness on the foot sole, improper foot selection relative to the rail (the foot should be wider than the rail), and weakened or worn connections in the foot assembly. defects in the material handling mechanism may include oblique stitching caused by incorrect foot position relative to the rail, needle backlash, weakened or worn parts of the material handling mechanism and foot. needle breakage can occur due to various reasons. it may happen when the needle gets caught on a wrongly placed part during its movement, or when it is set too low. backlash or incorrect installation of the foot, needle plate, and shuttle can also cause needle breakage. additionally, needle breakage may occur when the material moves while the needle is at the bottom or when materials are carelessly removed from under the foot after finishing sewing. the presence of a needle shelf can lead to various issues with the machine, such as breakage of parts that come into contact with the needle or the formation of scratches and burrs on them. therefore, it is advisable to turn the flywheel before starting work to check if the needle comes into contact with any part. only then should you proceed with the operation. figure 4 shows a sewing machine needle. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org figure 5 shows the positioning of straight and arc needles during the stitch formation process. panel a depicts the needle piercing the material, while panel b shows the formation of the needle thread loop. references 1. isaev, v. v. equipment of sewing enterprises. m: legprombytizdat, 1989. 2. olimov, k.t., uzakova, l.p. sewing machines. t.: shark, 2006. isaev, v.v. sewing machines: 3. legprombytizdat 1990. franz, v.y., isaev v. v. sewing machines. moscow, legprombytizdat, 1986. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org researching the dynamics of the aging process abdullaev g‘ofurjon raximjonovich doctor of biological sciences prof, namangan state university. ikramova nodira maxmudovna researcher, namangan state university. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s aging is a complex process that leads to changes in all the systems of the body and all the functions of the person; however, aging develops at different rates in different people, and chronological age is not always consistent with biological age. studies from the basic biology of aging using laboratory animals and now extended to human populations have led to the emergence of theories to explain aging. while there is no single “key” to explain aging, these studies have demonstrated that the rate of aging can be slowed, suggesting that targeting aging will coincidentally slow the appearance and/or reduce the burden of numerous diseases and increase health span (the portion of life spent in good health). aging is associated with changes in dynamic biological, physiological, environmental, psychological, behavioral, and social processes. some age-related changes are benign, such as graying hair. geographic regions, basic biology of aging, mechanism of aging, psychological factors, the effects of exercising. introduction the ageing process is the gradual, decreased ability of the body to functions and to heal itself. as our body age, they naturally deteriorate in the late years, many essential functions begin operating at a suboptimal level. to develop new interventions for the prevention, early detection, diagnosis, and treatment of aging-related diseases, disorders, and disabilities, we must first understand their causes and the factors that place people at increased risk for their initiation and progression. nia-supported researchers are engaged in basic science at all levels of analysis, from molecular to social, to understand the processes of aging and the factors that determine who ages “well” and who is susceptible to age-related disease and disability. research is also ongoing to identify the interactions among genetic, environmental, lifestyle, behavioral, and social factors and their influence on the initiation and progression of age-related diseases and degenerative conditions. however, aging is the major risk factor for developing many major chronic diseases. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org material and methods furthermore, many diseases appear to accelerate the aging process which is manifested as declines in functionality and reduced quality of life. one of our challenges is to develop a clearer understanding of the basic biology underlying changes that accompany aging, as distinct from the basic biology underlying disease. others result in declines in function of the senses and activities of daily life and increased susceptibility to and frequency of disease, frailty, or disability. in fact, advancing age is the major risk factor for a number of chronic diseases in humans. for example, in response to bacterial infections or wounds, inflammation is an essential part of the recovery and healing process. however, low-level chronic inflammation that appears in the absence of clinically diagnosed infection may increase the susceptibility to and rate of progression of age-related pathologies. this process is most visible and obvious in our skin the older we get the thinner our skin becomes. the third part of the ageing process involves the cellular deco regulation of our national oxidative enzymes such as superoxide dismutase and catalase and glutathione peroxidase, making our antioxidant defense less efficient with age. figure 1. mechanism of ageing behavioral and psychological factors for example, physical activity, smoking and other health behaviors, cognitive and social engagement, personality, and psychosocial stress play a critical role in health across the lifespan. studies have shown that up to 50% of preventable deaths in the u.s. can be attributed to adverse health behaviors such as smoking as well as unhealthy diet that result in obesity. social factors, such as social relationships and socioeconomic circumstances, have a similarly important impact on health and well-being. we hypothesize that with the same facilities, coaching and training advice, average swimmers, for example, would produce maximum times appropriate to their abilities and that the profile of decreasing performance as a result of age would be the same as that produced by better physically endowed athletes. aside from hypothetical elite genes there are other related issues that need to be addressed. firstly, do people engage in exercise because they have a genetic predisposition to respond to exercise, and secondly, do about 80% of people choose inactivity because they cannot respond to exercise? unsurprisingly, in a cross-sectional study of non-competitive men and women cyclists (albeit again self-selected) it was found that all the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org physiological systems showed the expected effects of high levels of physical activity. this concept is demonstrated as the solid green curve in figure 2. figure 2. schematic showing the effects of exercising the mutual interaction of the aging process and exercise ensures that the functional ability of the diminishing physiological base is kept as efficient as possible. the aging process accomplishes this effect by, as yet, unknown integrating and synchronizing mechanisms. we hypothesize a central location/s for the control of these integrating functions, but more data is necessary and at present our hypothesis is heuristic. there are other hypotheses concerning the control of complex systems. many of these concern non-biological systems and will not be discussed. for example, subjective feelings of loneliness are known to be a risk factor for serious functional declines and even death, and converging lines of evidence from multiple cross-national epidemiological studies indicate that social isolation is a major risk factor for morbidity and premature mortality. and the relationship between personality relatively stable individual differences in dispositions to think, feel, and act in particular ways and aging-related outcomes has been well documented: conscientiousness is related both to longevity and to the development of ad, and neuroticism is linked to health in both positive and negative ways. a more comprehensive understanding of the causal pathways through which behavior, personality, social relationships, and socioeconomic circumstances are associated with health and well-being outcomes may suggest novel targets for intervention. furthermore, we now know that behavioral and social factors interact with genetic, molecular, and cellular mechanisms to influence health at older ages. methodology basic behavioral science is uncovering individual-level psychological, social, and behavioral factors that predict adaptive and healthy aging or confer risk for age-related decline. evidence suggests that american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org addressing these factors and their interplay are critical to minimizing disease and achieving full potential and vitality as people age. it appears that aging affects nearly all physiological systems. in order to follow these changes a measure of global physiological function is necessary. such a measure is maximal athletic performance where many systems must be integrated to be able to perform at their limits. thus, a change in performance over time (years) reflects the change in global physiological status with aging. figure 3. theoretical longitudinal maximum performance curves nia will support and conduct research to verify these linkages and to better understand their underlying mechanisms. research supported and conducted by nia is helping to identify lifestyle factors and health behaviors that directly influence physical, cognitive, sensory, and emotional health and risk of disease as people age, such as research linking work and social engagement to cognition. scientists are developing and refining recommendations for people of all ages regarding optimal diet, use of dietary supplements, mental stimulation, physical exercise, quality sleep, social engagement, stress reduction, and other practices to increase their likelihood of enjoying healthy old age. still other researchers are looking for better ways to enhance the physical, mental, and social capacities of older adults and to expand opportunities for them to achieve personal goals and contribute to society in meaningful ways. as investigators more precisely identify the psychological, behavioral, and social processes that influence health and quality of life, we will be able to reinforce prevention efforts, enhance symptom management, and conserve function among older adults. biological aging is a multifactorial process. the molecular hallmarks of aging and organ-specific physiological function are both influenced by genetic, epigenetic, and environmental factors. metastatic aging may contribute to differential aging in remote tissues through a paracrine mechanism. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. biological aging is a multifactorial process chronic inflammation may also contribute to frailty in ways that are independent of obvious disease. these and newly emerging findings on the basic biology of aging hold great promise for improving health, and nia is committed to continuing support of this research and translating these discoveries into interventions that support better health. first as we grow older, the number of mistakes incurred by daily cellular reproduction increases. the body actually create non-functional cells, leading to more rapid deteriorate of the body’s functions with advantage age. a large percentage of our cells even though they were present are useless. these non-functional cells sometime interfere with normal cellular process. the second part of the ageing process related to cellular damage that cause the shortening of dna. as time passes increased damage to healthy dna leads to accelerated cell death and our old bodies simply cannot generate cells fast enough to compensate for the loss. conclusion gerontologists are focused not only on finding the best theory able to explain aging but also on identifying one or more markers, which are able to describe aging processes. these biomarkers are necessary to better define the aging-related pathologies, manage multimorbidity, and improve the quality of life. the aim of this paper is to review the most recent evidence on aging biomarkers and the clusters related to them for personalization of treatments. references 1. acsm: guidelines for exercise testing, and prescription (2014). acsm: guidelines for exercise testing, and prescription. philadelphia, pa: lippincott williams and wilkins. 2. the national institute on aging: strategic directions for research, 2020-2025 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 3. blair, s. n., kohl, h. w. iii, paffenbarger, r. s. jr., clark, d. g., cooper, k. h., and gibbons, l. w. (1989). physical fitness and all-cause mortality. a prospective study of healthy men and women. jama 262, 2395–2401. doi: 10.1001/jama.1989.03430170057028 4. booth, f. w., roberts, c. k., and laye, m. j. (2014). lack of exercise is a major cause of chronic diseases. compr. physiol. 2, 1143–1211. 5. centers for disease control and prevention (2014). physical activity for everyone. atlanta, ga: centers for disease control and prevention. 6. chinn, i. k., blackburn, c. c., manley, n. r., and sempowski, g. d. (2012). changes in primary lymphoid organs with ageing. semin. immunol. 24,309–320. doi: 10.1016/j.smim.2012.04.005 7. dixit, v. d. (2010). thymic fatness and approaches to enhance thymopoietic fitness in aging. curr. opin. immunol. 22, 521–528. doi: 10.1016/j.coi.2010.06.010 8. stes, c. l., and binney, e. a. (1989). the biomedicalization of aging: dangers and dilemmas. gerontologist 29, 587–596. doi: 10.1093/geront/29.5.587 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org current issues in juvenile justice gulnoza yusupdzhanova ilxomovna lecturer of the department "prevention of offenses and ensuring public safety" of the specialized branch of tsul, е.mail:gyusupdjanova@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyses the peculiarities of application of criminal punishment to juveniles. the need for special rules of liability in criminal law derives directly from the principles of justice and humanism. on the one hand, a child, due to his physical and mental immaturity, needs special protection and care, and therefore society cannot present him requirements equal to those imposed on persons of mature age. on the other hand, peculiarities of psychology of the juvenile allow better realization of the goals of criminal punishment by applying special, less severe punishments. juvenile offenders, crime prevention, juvenile justice, criminal code, judicial practice. the prevention of juvenile delinquency currently continues to be one of the topical areas of state policy and one of the burning topics of concern to society. it is generally recognized in criminology that the prevention (prevention) of juvenile delinquency is a system of social management, which includes the objects of influence, its levels, measures and subjects of prevention activities. according to statistical data, the crime rate in uzbekistan increased in 2020 for the first time since 2017. the increase was 34.7%, including 2.1 times in fergana region and 28.8% in tashkent. youth crime increased sharply, as did theft, fraud, hooliganism, premeditated murder, robbery and others. specifically, 188 crimes were committed by teenagers aged 13-15 in 2020, a 45.7% increase compared to 2019 (129). juvenile delinquency remains relevant and has significant characteristics that stem from the psychology of juveniles, the degree of their development and their ability to assess events realistically. children and juveniles are the subjects most attracted to legal research in the fields of criminal law, criminal procedure and criminology. the main aim is to prevent juveniles from being subjected to conditions that worsen their situation compared to adults precisely because of their age-related maladaptation to life's extreme situations. in recent years, the issue of juvenile justice has become more pressing in the country, as evidenced by the growing interest of the state and society in it. examples include the adoption of the laws of the republic of uzbekistan "on prevention of child offences and neglect" and "on guarantee of child rights" and the drafting of other legal and regulatory instruments in this area. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org criminal legislation lays down special conditions for determining the types of punishment to be imposed on minors, the imposition of penalties, their exemption from criminal liability and punishment, the calculation of the limitation period for criminal prosecution and the enforcement of sentences, and the expiry of criminal records. imposition of punishment is a key element in the process of criminal law protection of social relations.1 fair punishment is an important means in the fight against crime, to achieve the goals of correction of convicted minors. the following main punishments can be applied to persons who committed crime when they were under the age of 18: fine; compulsory community service; correctional labour; restriction of liberty; deprivation of liberty (article 81 of the criminal code of the republic of uzbekistan). the aim of fair punishment for juveniles is to respect the "principle of proportionality". this principle is widely known as a means of limiting the use of punitive sanctions, expressed mainly in the use of the principle of retribution according to the gravity of the offence. the response to young offenders should be based not only on the gravity of the offence but also on the characteristics of the individual. the individual characteristics of the offender (e.g. social status, family situation, damage caused by the offender and other factors related to the offender's personality) should influence the proportionality of the response (e.g. taking into account the offender's desire to compensate for the damage caused to the victim or her or his desire to lead a full and useful life) as well as the influence of older persons. the influence of elders is to be understood as a negative influence that contributed to or led the juvenile to commit the crime. in addition, the court must take account of a minor's age as a mitigating circumstance in conjunction with other mitigating circumstances when sentencing him or her. among the mitigating circumstances, the fact that the offence was committed by a minor is primarily taken into account (art. 55 (p) of the criminal code). when discussing the imposition of punishment on a minor, the court proceeds from the fact that, instead of punishment, compulsory educational measures may be applied to such a person. when a crime is committed as an accomplice, the role of the minor in the group at the time of preparation and commission of the crime, as well as in hiding traces of the crime and use of valuables obtained by criminal means shall be clarified. commission by a minor of a crime without accomplices requires increased attention of the court to the gravity of the consequences and the behaviour of the perpetrator both before and after the crime was committed. in specifying the penalties for a juvenile organiser, instigator or perpetrator of a crime, the question of the type of punishment and the possibility of influencing the behaviour of the juvenile without the use of imprisonment must be discussed if the crime is not classified as a grave or especially grave one. when deciding on the type of punishment to be imposed on a juvenile, the court must discuss whether to impose a milder punishment than provided by law (article 57 of the criminal code), to replace the punishment with a milder one (article 90 of the criminal code) and to impose a suspended sentence (article 27 of the criminal code). in our opinion, the court must motivate in its verdict both the limits of application of these measures of liberalisation of punishment and refusal to apply them. analysis of court practice shows that when sentencing in cases involving offences committed by juveniles, judges take into account their age, depending on the severity of the offence, and fairly reduce the length of the sentence. while we consider this positive experience to be appropriate, we note that 1 rustambayev m.kh. commentary to the criminal code. the general part. t.:tsul, 2004. p.446. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org this practice deserves to be incorporated into criminal law. it would be advisable to provide in the general part of the criminal code for the inadmissibility of imposing the maximum penalty on juveniles, reducing their size and terms by, say, at least 25% lower than in the case of adults who have committed similar offences. in formulating a programme for the development of juvenile justice in uzbekistan it must be borne in mind that in science and practice there is no single definition of this concept. however, an unambiguous definition of this concept is of fundamental importance, since it determines the form in which the relevant institution is constructed. to date, the most common definitions of juvenile justice are as follows: 1) a system of special judicial proceedings on cases of offences committed by juveniles who have committed criminal offences and have reached the age of criminal responsibility; 2) a system of norms and institutions related to the child as a subject of offences, regardless of his/her age and category of offences (3) a system that includes not only the relevant legislation, but also a set of public and other bodies and organizations whose purpose is to protect the rights and legitimate interests of minors; the administration of juvenile justice; and the response to juvenile offences. in drafting the country's criminal and criminal procedural legislation concerning juveniles. the legislation in force therefore generally reflects the correct approaches to the establishment of a juvenile justice system in the country. but time has shown that the procedural legislation needs to be refined in order to give maximum detail to the legal procedure in juvenile cases. first of all, the following legal ideas should be reflected in the laws: 1) a juvenile brought before the court is considered a special subject; 2) both the individual characteristics of the child and the region where he or she lives must be taken into account; 3) along with legal measures, programmes aimed at social correction of juveniles, carried out by special services of social workers under the courts, must be actively used. at the moment there is an educator and a psychologist involved in the process whose purpose is to assist the authority conducting criminal proceedings in proving the case. a minor is "assisted" by a defence lawyer who does not always have knowledge of child psychology and does not adapt his or her functions to the situation. the legislation as a whole reflects the correct approaches to the creation of a juvenile justice system in the country in line with modern international standards of its organisation and functioning. but time has shown that the procedural legislation needs to be refined to maximise the detail of the legal procedure in juvenile cases and to further implement the principles of juvenile justice. in determining the penalty, the court takes into account the nature and degree of danger to society of the offence committed, the motives for the offence, the nature and extent of the harm caused, the identity of the perpetrator, the circumstances mitigating and aggravating responsibility, and the reasons for the offence. the nature of the public danger depends in the first place on the object of the crime. however, when the crime is committed by a juvenile, it is necessary to find out to what extent the juvenile was aware of the value of the object. juveniles are not always able to fully and correctly understand the various aspects and elements of social relations protected by law; often in their opinion, they encroach on a less valuable object in comparison with its actual importance. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org regarding the various forms of guilt, it should be borne in mind that even in premeditated crimes the intention may differ in terms of the degree of awareness of the guilty person of his actions, the degree of anticipation of consequences, the time of occurrence of the intention (direct and indirect, premeditated and suddenly arisen, etc.). in most crimes committed by juveniles, intent is poorer in content than in adults. it is even more difficult to assess the subjective side of an imprudent crime committed by a juvenile. so, committing a crime on carelessness, it is difficult for a minor to foresee the possibility of socially dangerous consequences, and if he/she does foresee it, often exaggerating his/her possibilities, presumptuously reckons on prevention of these consequences. similarly, in the crimes committed by teenagers on negligence, the subjective criterion is rather often weakly expressed, i.e. the ability of the teenager on his individual qualities (incomplete intellectual development, feature of mentality, insufficiency of life experience, incomplete education, etc.) to foresee onset of dangerous consequences is reduced. regarding the consideration of mitigating and aggravating circumstances, it must first be borne in mind that in the criminal assessment of a juvenile offence, each mitigating circumstance increases liability less than is the case in similar conditions in adult cases. this is explained by the fact that in every juvenile case any of the mitigating circumstances is already a combination of at least two mitigating factors, where the second is juvenile2. in cases involving offences committed by adolescents, the most common mitigating circumstances are sincere repentance and active assistance in solving the crime; the commission of the crime due to difficult personal, family and other circumstances; and the commission of the crime under the influence of threat or coercion or other dependence. the latter occurs when adolescents are lured into criminal activity by their parents or persons acting in their stead or by their direct supervisors. when individualising the responsibility and punishment of juveniles, the assessment of aggravating circumstances should be very carefully considered. thus, the involvement of a juvenile in a crime committed by prior conspiracy or by an organised group should not always be regarded as an aggravating circumstance when the juvenile is involved in the crime by adults and has taken a minor part in the crime. it is important to establish that the young person is fully aware of the significance of his or her actions and that he or she is able to direct them. if there is evidence of mental retardation in a juvenile defendant, the degree of mental retardation and whether he or she was fully aware of the significance of his or her actions and was able to direct them should be determined. where necessary, an expertise in child and adolescent psychology (psychologist, pedagogue) should be carried out and the questions may be submitted to a psychiatric expert. the comprehensive forensic psychological and psychiatric examination of a juvenile defendant is one of the most difficult types of examination, as it requires the application of special knowledge not only in general, medical and social psychology, but also in such disciplines as child and adolescent psychology and pathopsychology. if a juvenile defendant is found to have a mental disorder which limits his capacity to fully understand the actual nature and public danger of his acts or to direct them in the commission of an offence, he is still liable to criminal prosecution. however, mental disorder is taken into account by the court in 2 o.m. dementyev, o.p. kopylova, "problems of age of criminal responsibility" 2010, tambov. p.31 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org determining punishment and may also serve as grounds for imposing compulsory measures of a medical nature (article 94 of the criminal code). court practice shows that one of the criminogenic factors is the juveniles' living in single-parent families. the poor living conditions and upbringing of a juvenile, as well as the influence of the adults who involved the juvenile in the commission of a crime, can only mitigate his responsibility. thus, we can say that the peculiarities of assignment of punishment to a minor, established by the criminal law, are aimed at in-depth analysis of the circumstances of the committed crime, data on the personality of the perpetrator, his role in the commission of the crime. this contributes to the imposition of fair punishment to the minor in order to try to prevent him/her from committing new crimes3. in view of the aims of the social response to a juvenile offence, it should be noted that these aims are purely utilitarian, the best way to respond is to apply special measures and educational measures. special attention should be paid to the fact that reasonable punishment enables a juvenile who has committed an offence to regain his or her social status in the best possible way. references 1. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on prevention of offences" of 14.05.2014 lru-371 // collection of laws of the republic of uzbekistan 2014, no. 20, art. 221 2. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on prevention of child offences and neglect" of 29.09.2010, lru-263. 3. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantee of child rights” of 07.01.2008, lru-139. 4. rustambayev m.h. commentary to the criminal code. general part. t.: tsul, 2004. 5. o.m. dementiev, o.p. kopylova, "problems of age of criminal responsibility" 2010, tambov. 3 o.m. dementiev, o.p. kopylova "problems of age of criminal responsibility" 2010, tambov. p.31. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org theoretical study of the quality indicators of two-layer knitted fabrics of a new structure based on a mathematical model khalikov kurbanali madaminovich professor of the namangan institute of textile industry ergashev jamoliddin samadovich professor of the namangan institute of textile industry kurbanov bahadir mamadalievich doctoral student of the namangan institute of textile industry oralov son of lazizbek sayibnazar doctoral student of the namangan institute of textile industry lazizbekoralov1@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the quality indicators of two-layer knitted fabrics of a new structure are theoretically studied on the basis of a mathematical model. textile, industry, mathematical, modeling, volumetric density, ring pitch, air permeability, isoline, inlet, property. introduction technological processes in the textile industry consist of a complex set of physical and chemical phenomena, which can only be successfully researched using modern advances in science and technology. in all branches of the textile industry, i.e. in the production of spinning, weaving and knitting, uneven and non-homogeneous textile products (use of fibers, threads, fabrics and gauzes, which are changing properties over time complicates research, which in turn requires large-scale testing with multiple replications. requires [1]. materials and methods selection of input and output parameters is of great importance when conducting scientific research. as output parameters, technical-technological indicators (physical, mechanical, physicochemical...), technical-economic (performance, durability, long-term operation), economic (machine performance, profit, costs), statistical indicators (dispersion, coefficient of variation, etc.) are obtained. the incoming parameters are variable factors that represent the qualitative and quantitative indicators of the research object and affect the technological process. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org if the experiment is conducted on the basis of one input parameter a one-factor experiment, if it is conducted on the basis of two or more input parameters it is called a multi-factor experiment. in a multifactorial experiment, the factors should be independent and mutually exclusive. it is also important to correctly determine the range of changes of the input parameters: (ximin xi ximax) it is based on the physical properties of the process and previous scientific research. in most cases, the models built by theoretical methods can be in the form of mathematical formulas, algebraic equations, systems of algebraic equations, ordinary differential equations, differential equations with special properties and their systems, etc. results it is desirable to effectively use multi-factor mathematical modeling in the research of parameters determining the structure of knitted fabrics. as influencing factors, the input factors x1ring step a (mm), x2ring row height, v (mm), x3volume density, rg indicators were taken. the selection of the levels and intervals of the researched factors is presented in table 1. selection of levels and ranges of changes of the researched factors. 1-table name and designation of factors change levels change interval -1 0 1 ring step, a (mm) x1 0,84 1 1,16 0,16 ring row height, v (mm) x2 0,66 0,8 0,94 0,8 bulk density, rg x3 180 245 310 65 in order to determine the regression coefficients, student and fisher's criteria are used to check whether the mathematical model is adequate or not. y1-air permeability, v (cm3/cm2·sec), was chosen as the output factor. in order to determine the main problem before mathematical modeling the air permeability of knitwear, breaking strength and elongation at break using the factors affecting the knitted fabric, the drawing of isoline deviations was obtained based on computational models with the help of programs compiled in the pascal programming language. through these isolines, we can determine the parameters of air permeability, tensile strength and elongation at break based on the factors affecting the knitted fabric. [2-3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org central non-composite experience matrix 1-table № factors x1x2 x1x3 x2x3 x1 2 x2 2 x3 2 y1 su 2(y1) x1 x2 x3 1 + + 0 + 0 0 + + 0 75,75 2,51 2 + 0 0 0 + + 0 67,3 0,82 3 + 0 0 0 + + 0 57 1,4 4 0 + 0 0 + + 0 60,5 1,5 5 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 57,7 0,16 6 + 0 0 0 + 0 + 77,6 1,1 7 0 + 0 0 + 0 + 55,4 1,5 8 0 0 + 0 + 0 + 68,9 1,6 9 0 + + 0 0 + 0 + + 67,51 0,95 10 0 + 0 0 0 + + 71,3 0,74 11 0 + 0 0 0 + + 56,9 0,74 12 0 0 0 + 0 + + 69,5 1,4 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68,7 0,28 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68,67 0,75 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 68,33 0,36 (+), (-) and 0 values should be used in the matrix yr1= 67,36 + 4,36x1 + 2,26x2 – 6,36x3 + 2,81x1x2 1,85x1x3 +2,2x2x3 1.a-figure. 1.b-figure. 1.c-figure. figure 1. the graph of the model for the optimization of the air permeability property of knitwear. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org discussion figure 1.a above shows the surface deviation of the isolines of loop pitch, loop row height and volume density dependence (analysis) for the air permeability property of knitted fabric. as can be seen from the drawings, the air permeability property of the loop we can see that as the pitch increases, the loop row height increases and the bulk density decreases. as can be seen from the graphs, the incoming is the first (x1) and third (x3) when the factors change from the accepted minimum value (-1) to the maximum value (1) and the second factor x2=0, using the average value (y1) air permeability values are described. knitting fabric using a drawing x1-ring step a(mm) -1÷-0,7 at an intermediate value, x2-public row height, v (mm) -1÷ -0,5 in the intervals and (yr) to the smallest values of the air permeability indicator, i.e. 64 and x1-ring step a(mm) -0,5÷1 at an intermediate value, x2-public row height, v (mm) at intervals of 0.1÷1 and(yr) reaching the highest values of the air permeability index, i.e. 74 (fig. 1.a). incoming first (x1) and third (x3) when the factors change from the accepted minimum value (-1) to the maximum value (1) and the second factor x2=0, using the average value (y1) air permeability values are described. knitting fabric using a drawing x2-ring row height, v(mm) in the range of -1 ÷ -0.7, x3bulk density, rg 0,9 ÷ 1 the smallest value in the range is 56 and x2-ring row height, v(mm) in the range -1 ÷ 1, x3-bulk density, rg -1 ÷ -0,8 the largest value, i.e. 72, is reached in the interval (fig. 1.b). air permeability values (y¹) are described using the average value of the first (x¹) and third (x³) incoming factors from the accepted minimum (-1) to the maximum (1) value and the second factor x²=0. using the drawing, the x¹-loop pitch of the knitted fabric is in the range of a(mm) -1÷-0.6, x³volume density, rg 0,7 ÷ 1 the smallest value in the range, i.e. 60, and x¹-ring pitch a(mm) in the range of 0.7 ÷ 1, x3-volume density, rg -1 ÷ -0,7 in the interval, the largest value is reached, i.e. 78 (fig. 1.c). conclusion according to general conclusions, our input factor x¹ reaches the smallest value in the range -1÷ -0.7 and the largest value in the range 0.7 ÷ 1. our input factor x² reaches its smallest value in the interval 1÷ -0.7 and the largest value in the interval -1÷ 1. our incoming factor x³ reaches the smallest value of 0.7 ÷ 1 and the largest value -1÷ -0.7. references books 1. u.x. meliboev, toʻqimachilik sanoati texnologik jarayonlarini modellashtirish asoslari, oʻquv qoʻllanma, adabiyot uchqulari, namangan. 2020. 2. l.a.amzaev, q. j. jumaniyazov, s.l.matismailov. tadqiqotni ilmiy asoslari va texnologik jarayonlarni muqobillash. darslik. t.: ttesi. 2008. 147 bet.. 3. a.g. sevostyanov, metodi i sredstva issledovaniya mexani¬ko-texnologicheskix prosessov tekstilnoy promishlennosti. m.: mgtu im. a.n. kosigina, 2007. 648 s. website file:///c:/users/microsoft/downloads/telegram%20desktop/to%e2%80%98qimachilik_san oati_texnologik_jarayonlarini_modellashtirish_asoslari.pdf file:///c:/users/microsoft/downloads/telegram%20desktop/toâ��qimachilik_sanoati_texnologik_jarayonlarini_modellashtirish_asoslari.pdf file:///c:/users/microsoft/downloads/telegram%20desktop/toâ��qimachilik_sanoati_texnologik_jarayonlarini_modellashtirish_asoslari.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org interrelation of science and education in engineering higher educational institutions: challenges and opportunities turdialieva makhzuna mukhtaralievna assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan rustamova mukhlisa mukhtoralievna assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article under discussion depicts the problems of the relationship between science and engineering higher educational institutions and possible approaches to overcoming them with the application of new technologies, creation of more flexible study programmes and active participation of students in research activities. the authors of the article consider that the case study method in engineering higher educational institutions offers a wide range of educational opportunities. it is necessary to use such educational methods through which students will be able to acquire both knowledge and skills and form the necessary set of professional competences. thanks to the effective organisation of the educational process the student will be competitive in the labour market and will attract the attention of employers of serious and promising companies. case study method, educational technologies, innovative, educational process, making decisions. introduction it was only by the beginning of the 20th century that technical sciences, which had their origins in practice, acquired the qualities of a true science, with all its inherent features: systematic organisation of knowledge, reliance on experience and experiment, construction of mathematical theories. at about the same time, the technical sciences developed their own fundamental research. nowadays, each technical science is a separate independent scientific discipline, with its own scientific apparatus, terminology, features that determine its relationship with technology. the importance and necessity of education, as well as the need to constantly improve its quality, cannot be overestimated. society continues to change dynamically. new conditions generate educational needs and stimulate their development in a new, more innovative context. a modern teacher is called upon to design the educational process by relying on the new content of the subject, on the new goal-setting and, most importantly, on the planned results of the educational programme [7, 8]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org the main part the use of active methods, intensive educational and information technologies by teachers changes the usual role of the teacher in the educational process as a translator of knowledge. it changes the traditional educational process and relations between its participants. the significant advantage of these technologies is that they provide new opportunities not only for the teacher, but also for the student [4]. the student turns from an object of learning into a subject of learning, consciously participating in the learning process and making decisions related to it. nowadays, both higher and secondary vocational education actively use non-game imitation active learning method (case-study method) a method of active problem-situational analysis, based on learning by solving specific problems situations (solving cases). case (from english case, situation) is an analysis of a situation or a specific case, a business game. it can be called a technology of analysing specific situations, a "private case". case study was first developed at harvard university in the 20s. in the usa, the case study method is used to gain skills in finding solution(s) based on real situations. here is how the situation was in general: learners were introduced to the description of the problem posed; analysed the situation independently; diagnosed the problem and presented their ideas and solutions in a discussion with other students [2]. the essence of the technology is that it is based on descriptions of specific situations or case (from english "case"). the case presented for analysis should preferably reflect a real life situation. secondly, the description should contain a problem or a number of direct or indirect difficulties, contradictions, hidden problems for the researcher to solve. thirdly, it requires mastering a preliminary set of theoretical knowledge in order to refract it into the practical plane of solving a specific problem or a number of problems. in the process of working on a case study, additional information is often required from the participants themselves to analyse the situation. in the end, students find their own conclusions and solutions to the problem situation, often in the form of ambiguous multiple solutions. there are several classifications of case studies: • fictitious, so-called armchair or cabinet cases; • real (field, natural); • structured (those that contain the minimum required amount of information); • unstructured (the maximum amount of information is provided when describing a particular situation). in terms of complexity, cases are: • illustrative learning situations; • learning situations with a formed problem; • learning situations with the formation of problems; • applied exercises. according to the established goals and objectives of the learning process, they can be: • teaching analysis and evaluation; • teaching problem solving and decision making; • illustrating the problem, solutions or concept as a whole. cases are also divided by the degree of novelty of situations and the decision-making methods applied depending on it; by the stages of decision-making, for the practice of which case studies are used: by american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org hierarchical levels of decision-making, because different teachers consider the same situation differently; by specialization, when the same situation can be considered from the perspective of different specialties in different ways [3]. the purpose of the case method is to analyse the situation as thoroughly as possible by the whole group of students and to work out the best solution; at the end of the process the proposed algorithms are evaluated and one of the best options is chosen in the context of the problem. improvement of specialists' training takes place during students' practice in service centres. focusing on this principle, the use of case-methods in the training process is indispensable [4]. the ideas of case method (situational learning method) for specialists of service areas are quite simple. its use for service students is very productive, because there is no unambiguous answer in such tasks, there are several, which can compete with each other in the degree of truth. teaching in this case departs from the classical scheme and students are required to find many truths in a problem field. students do not master ready-made knowledge, but develop it with the help of co-operation between students and teacher [3]. the personality of a future specialist is subject to some requirements, including a high level of tolerance, empathy, benevolence, sociability, the condition of constant personal and professional growth, high resistance to stress and conflict situations. to organise his/her productive professional activity, a future graduate should master a set of professional competences, which case technology will successfully allow to form [9]. when working on complex concrete situations, students identify the main problem, the reasons for its occurrence, as well as possible consequences and determine methods for correcting the behaviour of the participants of the situation. the structure of a case is as follows: the situation itself is defined (it can be a case or a problem); the context in which the situation is located (chronological, historical, context of the place, peculiarities of the action or participants of the situation); comments to the situation, which are given by the author. stages of solving cases: • familiarisation with the situation and the features it has; • highlighting the main problem(s), necessary factors and personalities that have a real impact; • concepts or topics for brainstorming are proposed; • the consequences of a decision are analysed; • direct solution of the case, i.e. one or more options (sequences of actions) are proposed, indicating the possible occurrence of problems, mechanisms for their prevention and solution. it is very important, in our opinion, to familiarise students with skilled and unskilled behaviour in the process of professional activity. here is an example of the organisation of work on a case study task. it is necessary to divide the group into subgroups consisting of 3-5 people. this division is due to the fact that the smaller the subgroup, the more involved the student is in the work. the level of personal responsibility for the result increases. the team is formed at the request of the students. in each group a leader should be chosen who will take the role of moderator and will be responsible for the actions of his/her team, will distribute questions among the participants, and will be responsible for the decisions made. at the end of the session, the moderator makes a report on the result of the work done. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org the organisation of case work can be done in two ways. either during all practical sessions each subgroup has to make one topic, or all subgroups simultaneously work on the same section of the case, entering into competition with each other in search of the most appropriate solution [1]. in the first case, the study group is one team that is divided into small groups. it is important that each subgroup is assigned responsibility for what decisions it makes to the other subgroups [3]. subgroups should always share information both during the sessions and when discussing the results. for example, the subgroup responsible for the sales policy of the enterprise should be provided with information on product prices by the subgroup responsible for developing the pricing policy of the enterprise. the second case is characterised by a large amount of classroom practice. each subgroup is given time to go through all the topics of the training course in sequence. subgroups represent different teams. note that when organising work with a case it is necessary to have an idea of the moderation method, which is widespread in western higher schools, then the process of managing the assignment will be much easier. such a method aims to teach teams to make quick decisions in changing conditions under time constraints, so it is directly related to case-based learning. different research methods are used in this case study: • expert (knowledge, intuition, experience); • analytical (most often mathematical formulas); • experimental (scientifically designed experiment). as a result of using case method, students gain not only knowledge, but also professional skills. in our opinion, a case, which can provide a good result, should meet certain requirements: must fulfil the initially set purpose of creation; have the right level of difficulty for students; contain aspects of economic life; remain relevant for a certain period of time; contain pattern situations; develop analytical thinking; provoke discussion among students every time. this method is a kind of project technologies. let us note the main difference. the usual project technology assumes the solution of the existing problem with the help of students' joint activity, and thanks to the case method, the problem and ways of its solution are formed, the basis of which is a case, which acts as a technical task and a source of basic information for structuring effective actions of students, for the initial realisation of the problem. the function of case-study is to teach students to solve complex unstructured problems, forcing them to work with real one-on-one situations. and for students of service direction, as the research shows, such situations in professional activity are not rare. technological and economic sphere is one of the most changeable, so the competitiveness of such a specialist depends on his ability to quickly orientate, the case method just gives such opportunities. conclusion the essence of case-based learning consists in the development of group solutions to any professional situation, involving analytical thinking of students, thanks to which students receive effective preparation for professional activities that require decision-making in rapidly changing conditions. therefore, case study is an integral component of all student learning for effective organisation of their work in higher education and their ability to navigate in professional activities. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. egenisova a. k., dujsenbaeva a. i. ispolzovanie metoda kejs-stadi v obrazovanii // mezhdunarodnyj zhurnal eksperimentalnogo obrazovaniya. 2013. № 7. s. 129-132. 2. jin r. k. case study research: design and methods. newbury park (ca): sage, 1989. р. 738. 3. makarova i.a. chelovek istochnik resursov. uchastniki obrazovatelnogo processa. put pre odoleniya krizisa v obrazovanii. trudy mezhdunarodnogo simpoziuma nadyozhnost i kachestvo. 2014. t. 1. s. 334. 4. margvelashvili e. o meste "kejsa" v rossijskoj biznes-shkole // obuchenie za rubezhom. № 10. 2000. – s. 56. 5. poluhina a.k. kejs kak sredstvo kontrolya v uchebnom processe / sidorov s.v. sajt pedagogaissledovatelya. 1998. – s. 17. 6. prohorov v.yu. itogovaya gosudarstvennaya attestaciya: ucheb. posobie // v.yu. prohorov, v.v. bykov, i.g. golubev i dr. – m.: fgbou vpo mgul, 2013. – 211 s. 7. prohorov v.yu., makarova i.a. storitelling kak sovremennaya strategiya prepodavaniya. trudy mezhdunarodnogo simpoziuma nadezhnost i kachestvo. 2019. t. 2. s. 149151. 8. prohorov v.yu., makarova i.a. pomoshnik v obrazovatelnom processe srednego professionalnogo obucheniya. trudy mezhdunarodnogo simpoziuma nadezhnost i kachestvo. 2018. t. 1. s. 315-317. 9. smolyaninova o.g. didakticheskie vozmozhnosti metoda case-study v obuchenii studentov: sb. "innovacii v rossijskom obrazovanii". m., 2000. – s. 57-58. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 4, | sep., 2022 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org technological classification of underground excavation works in geotechnical monitoring systems djaksimuratov karamatdin mustapaevich candidate of natural sciences, nukus mining institute joldasbayeva aysulu baxitbay qizi student of nukus mining institute: bayramova minevvar axmet qizi student of nukus mining institute: tolibayev erlan amangeldi o’g’li student of nukus mining institute: maulenov nurlibek axmet o’g’li student of nukus mining institute: a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s geotechnical stability is a major concern for the long-term safety and integrity of underground infrastructures such as tunnels, railway stations, mine shafts and hydraulic power chambers. an effective geotechnical monitoring system is able to provide adequate warning to underground personnel prior to any unexpected major geotechnical failure. this paper reviews the conventional geotechnical monitoring sensors and the emerging fibre optic sensing (fos) techniques, pointing out their unique features and major differences. recent advances in various fos based monitoring systems, including brillouin time domain distributed optical sensors and fibre bragg grating (fbg) sensors, are investigated through a critical review of the laboratory studies and field applications used for underground geotechnical monitoring. particular emphasis is given to fibre packaging, temperature compensation, installation methods and instrumentation performance in the underground environment. a detailed discussion of the advantages and limitations of each fos monitoring system is also presented in this paper. underground geotechnical monitoring ,conventional geotechnical instruments ,distributed optical fibre sensors, fibre bragg grating brillouin optical analysis. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org introduction underground infrastructures such as tunnels, mine roads, power stations and oil storage facilities play a critical role in the economy of any country. due to the inherent uncertainty and complexity of the geological conditions in an underground environment, rock stability is one of the major concerns during the design and construction phase of any underground excavation. without an effective geotechnical monitoring scheme, unexpected rock failure due to excessive rock deformation may lead to catastrophic injuries, fatalities and significant financial loss. conventionally, rock mass monitoring is based on mechanical and electrical sensors, whereby the desired physical quantity being measured is translated and transmitted as electric signal. this is typically an advantageous method of sensing as these techniques are well established, have proven reliability records and known manufacturing costs. however, these sensors can only provide limited number of sensing points and the accuracy of the strain measurements may be subject to electromagnetic interferences from those mining machinery used underground. for the safety concerns, the use of electrical components are likely to trigger gas explosion in underground where combustible environment is present without proper explosion-proof measures. in addition, manually-read strain sensors such as extensometers and load cells lack the capability to provide frequent and real time measurements, and the necessity of manual reading unavoidably exposes mine personnel to hazardous environment. over the past decade, fibre optic sensing (fos) techniques have been investigated as a superior alternative to electrical sensing for a number of advantages: (a) immune to electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference; (b) intrinsically safe due to the use of non-electrical sensor components; (c) light weight and compact; (d) suitable for real time automated data acquisition and (e) large number of sensing points. fos has proved to be successful in structural monitoring for a wide range of civil engineering applications such as bridges, dams, underground tunnels and mines. innovative structural monitoring fos systems allow distributed measurement of strain at high spatial sampling rate over a large monitoring area. furthermore, these sensors provide the ability to simultaneously measure a range of parameters on the same network such as strain, temperature and deformation. this paper aims to provide a comprehensive review of the instrumentation of fos techniques for underground excavations. the conventional geotechnical monitoring instruments are discussed in section 2. this is followed by an overview of the fos technologies and their applications for underground geotechnical monitoring in sections 3 and 4, respectively. some practical aspects of fos systems field implementation such as fibre encapsulation methods, temperature compensation techniques and strain transfer loss are covered in section 5. finally, a recommendation on future research opportunities and gaps are provided. conventional geotechnical monitoring instruments generally, underground geotechnical monitoring involves measuring multiple parameters such as strain/deformation, displacement, stress and seismicity for rock mass stability. however, this paper will only focus on strain and displacement sensors as excessive rock mass movement is one of the major concerns in the stability of underground excavations. the choice and layout of geotechnical monitoring instruments depend on the functions of the roadway, the rock mass properties and the ground control methodology in use. fig. 1 illustrates some of the most widely used rock mass monitoring instruments in underground coal mines. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org convergence stations convergence stations are designed to measure the relative displacement between any two reference points around an excavation. some of typical types of convergence indicators are shown in fig. 2. ghose and ghosh investigated the daily roof-floor closure rate using telescopic convergence rods in a freshly excavated roadway for one month until the roof convergence rate decelerated significantly. through back analysis of convergence measurements, a mathematical expression was derived to predict the critical roof convergence based on the rock mass rating, roadway span and roof density. convergence stations have the advantage of easy installation. however, only surface displacement around tunnel can be measured, which ignores the strain changes within the rock mass. also, installation of these devices often block access way for excavation activities. extensometers rock mass embedded monitoring devices such as rod, wire, magnet extensometers can monitor relative displacement between anchored points at various depths in large volume rock mass. fig. 3 shows two types of extensometer widely used in underground coal mines. in a field study at an underground coal mine in new south wales, australia, the mechanical behavior of laminated coal mine fig. 1. typical instrumentation for strata monitoring for underground coal mines. fig. 2. convergence indicators-suspension spring type (left); telescopic rod type (right). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org fig. 3. multi-point extensometers wire (left); magnet (right). roof strata and its implications for roof support design was investigated using a combination of wire and sonic extensometers. these instruments were installed across the roof span to provide roof deformation at different horizons as well as the height to which roof softening occurred during different mining stages . wire extensometers are also routinely used to monitor roof strata movement for underground coal mines in australia. in uk and canada, two-anchor wire extensometers (tell-tales) are installed at every 20 m in roadways and in all intersections . sonic probe extensometers with up to 20 anchors are installed immediately after the roof bolting as part of the roof monitoring program in south africa. for multi-anchor rod extensometers, the increased number of anchors will normally require a larger sized borehole. this reduces the measurement accuracy of rock movements caused by the perturbed stress field between the rock mass and the extensometer. wire extensometers usually require smaller boreholes. however, the steel wires will have difficulty in maintaining tension levels due to the kinking effect, resulting in lower accuracy for wire extensometers over the long term. roof displacement with mechanical multi-point extensometers requires periodic manual recording, resulting in difficulty in reading the values for high mine roadway. fig. 5. integrated real time roof monitoring for underground coal mines was determined by taking into account the engineering characteristics and geological conditions of the cavern. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org fibre optic strain sensing technologies fibre optic sensors can generally be categorized into extrinsic and intrinsic sensors, based on whether the sensing region is where the optical signal leaves the cable and is modulated in another medium; or into distributed, quasi-distributed and point sensors, based on the continuity of the sensing points. table 1 lists the fos sensors used in underground geotechnical monitoring. integrated real time remote monitoring in most cases, underground geotechnical monitoring involves monitoring large geological structures such as faults. therefore, the present monitoring systems incorporate the information and networking technologies that enable continuous and remotely controlled automatic monitoring of the structure to improve operation safety and data accuracy. automatic data recording extensometers were firstly introduced to underground coal mines using electric transducers. to understand the roof behavior and failure process in coal mines, shen et al. conducted a field experiment using an integrated real time monitoring system with extensometers, stress-meters, and a seismic sensor to measure rock mass deformation, stress change, and seismicity in roadway roofs during mining-induced failure [19], as shown in fig. 5. surface rock movement such as convergence and crown settlement was monitored by electronic total station and extensometers. vibration-string displacement meter and rock bolts, which were installed through the surrounding access tunnels, were used to measure the internal rock displacement and stress induced in the bolts. the layout of the monitoring points fig. 4. illustration of an instrumented rock bolt. applications of fos in underground mine geotechnical monitoring distributed fibre optic sensors the focus of this section is to present the published geotechnical applications using distributed scattering sensors in underground rock mass monitoring. in 2006, a six-month geotechnical monitoring trial was conducted in a chile mine by a botdrbased strain sensing system to monitor the mining induced changes in the state of underground roadway. two groups of optical fibre sensors are fixed to the rock bolts from the ceiling and tunnel wall respectively with 3 m interval. the undercut mining zone is located 60 m above the tunnel, as shown in fig. 8. elongation strain up to 2500 me was measured in the optical fibre during the undercutting and ore extraction activities. the main limitation of this system is that it could only qualitatively detect the rock deformation. to obtain quantitative horizontal and vertical rock movement, a proper geometrical algorithm needs to be developed. an innovative botdr-based distributed strain sensing network was evaluated qualitatively by wang and luan for the monitoring and detection of mine roof collapse. the sensing fibre is fully attached to the structure with epoxy resin and the entire roof sensing area is partitioned into various 1 m grids by an orthogonal fibre layout, as shown in fig. 9. this design can fully separate the four strain gage signals which are reflected by optical fibre sensor american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org fig. 8. sketch of botdr distributed underground mine tunnel convergence monitoring system fig. 9. instrumentation layout of botdr based mine roof monitoring grid in different time so as to improve the measurement accuracy. however, positioning of each fibre segment means it is challenging to map the strain distribution across the entire monitoring surface. the botda scattering technique has been applied extensively in a wide range of civil structure heath monitoring (shm) projects including tunnels, piles, pipelines and bridges [34–36]. in the mining industry, a very limited number of case studies on underground rock mass monitoring have been identified so far. in 2012, a field investigation was conducted in an underground metalliferous mine where temperature compensated strain sensing fibres were installed in monitoring breakthrough holes drilled through 25 m thick, 1000 m deep sill pillars. a botda system with looped fibre configuration monitored the mining-induced strain in five sill pillars with optical fibre grouted in each borehole, as seen in fig. 10. the field strain response measured by the fos system is qualitatively consistent with the deformation readings obtained from the benchmark extensometers, although details and absolute magnitude differ. the authors suggested such quantitative discrepancy was partly due to strain transfer factor among the fibre-groutrock mass system as well as the large signal noise (up to 400 me) that conceals the true rock deformation with the similar magnitude. madjdabadi et al. simulated the borehole-grout-fibre interaction to investigate the strain transfer between the rock mass and the optical fibre . a number of factors that affect the strain transfer are examined including borehole diameter, grout stiffness, rock mass plasticity and the existence of joints. the authors further evaluated the botda for measuring extension and shear deformation in rock. for the extensional test with up to 5000 me, the results showed a clear linear correlation between applied strain and frequency shift for all strained lengths above half the spatial resolution of the system. however, the sensing cable is less sensitive to lateral movement. a parabolic relationship between applied strain and frequency shift resulted in small shear displacements not being able to be detected by the instrument. the applications of high spatial resolution ppp-botda in strain sensing have been primarily limited to american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org laboratory settings so far. investigated the performance of ppp-botda for rock deformation under deep mining conditions . a physical simulation model of 400 cm in length, 40 cm in width, and 144.5 cm in height was created with a 12 m long optical fibre loop inclined at 25 laid in the rock strata. with this experimental set-up, a dynamic roof deformation of up to 15,500 me as well as development height of the caving and fissure zones in the roof can be characterized during the advancement of the working face. recently, a ppp-botda system was utilized in monitoring the internal movement of roof and floor strata under simulated mining activities for a two-seam coal mining physical model . a tight buffed sensing fibre with polyurethane jacket was installed in the vertical grooves in the model using gypsum concrete. the similarity test results showed that the strain distribution measurements from the sensing fibre was in good agreement with those obtained using photogrammetry method. the formation and development of characteristic tensile zone can be identified during different mining stages. alternative ways to improve spatial resolution of strain sensing include using optical frequency domain techniques (ofdr). ofdrbased strain sensors are able to provide a spatial resolution in the order of centimeters. however, their sensing distance is generally less than 100 m . very limited applications of geotechnical monitoring using ofdr have been reported. lanticq et al. evaluated ofdr and botdr systems in detecting embedded cavity in railway tunnels. the results from the 1:1 scale laboratory experiment demonstrated better strain sensing performance of the ofdr system in determining the size of the embedded cavities. with a high spatial resolution of the system, 5 mm embedded cavities were detected. fig. 10. botda underground mine pillar monitoring system. forbes and spearing reported a laboratory strain monitoring study along fully grouted rock bolts using a rayleigh scattering technique that provides spatial resolution of approximately 5mm . the standard telecom fibres are installed in diametrically opposed grooves in the rebar samples, replacing the conventional foil resistance strain gauges. laboratory test results demonstrate that the measured strain profile along the grouted bolts agreed well with theoretical values under bending and axial pull loading, with less than 5% deviation. however, for a simple three-block shear test, the strain profiles were merely qualitatively similar to those predicted by theory and numerical modelling. by integrating the telecomgrade optical fibre to the geotechnical structure, a large number of highly sensitive and spatially resolved strain measurements can be obtained. automated data acquisition and remote control can be realized, minimizing the underground personal exposure for data collection. however, several open questions still remain. first of all, the strain limit of fused-silica fibre used for long distance sensing is american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org approximately 3–5% [45], limiting its applications in macrostrain environment. secondly, with a spatial resolution of 1 m, only the average strain along any 1 m segment along the fibre can be measured using conventional brillouin sensors. this makes it unsuitable to characterize the strain distribution over small scale structure such as crack detection on concrete pile or underground coal mine roof separation monitoring where a local strain concentration is expected. ppp-botda and rayleigh scattering sensors are able to achieve a sub-cm spatial resolution, however, the maximum sensing range limits their applications in large scale structures. technical issues in the fos instrumentation encapsulation techniques for optical sensing fibres although there are a number of strain sensing applications in which the bare fbg fibre is attached directly to the structure and covered by epoxy resin, extra care should be taken during installation because the bare fibres are fragile under excessive external loading and bending. in most cases, suitable encapsulation is required for the bare fbg fibre to survive the harsh installation and operating environment in the field. fig. 15 includes some innovative fbg encapsulation techniques have been used to protect the bare fibres. demonstrated a metal slice based encapsulation fbg strain sensor, in which the bare fbg is glued to the mental base. such sensors can be easily attached to the surface of metal or concrete bodies. another common fbg encapsulation method is to enclose bare fbg fibre with a metal tube supported by anchorage holders. by mounting the encapsulated sensor on the structure surface, the fbgs effectively measure the average strain between adjacent anchorage holders. developed a long gauge fbg sensor designed for surface applications with large strain value. the fbgs are encapsulated in a steel tube with two fixing points that define the effective gauge length and can be used to monitor average strain between two mounting points on the structure surface. these encapsulated sensors need to be calibrated before use since the sensitivity of the bare fbg may be changed by the encapsulation materials. improvement has been made by using fibre reinforced polymer as encapsulation material. experimental results showed this method can lead to the same strain sensibility factor being achieved between frp-fbg bar and the bare fbg, with the measurement precision of 1–2 me. in addition to the surface mounting methods, sensing fibres can also be integrated within a structure such as load bearing cables during the manufacturing process to monitor the material aging and stress fig. 15. encapsulation techniques for optical strain sensing fibres: (a) metal slice encapsulated fbg sensor; (b) long gauge fbg sensor; (c) smartprofile temperature compensated distributed strain american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org sensing fibre ; (d) fbg integrated structural cable ; (e, f) customised distributed strain sensing fibre. distribution incorporated the fbg coaxially in a cylindrical silicone rubber tube. such packaging makes it useful for sensing transverse loading characterized by the wavelength peak. sham evaluated the impact of coating material of distributed optical fibre on the strain transfer loss for underground tunnel rock deformation . the author tested five different tight buffed optical cables in the laboratory setting under incremental load and the results showed that the sensing cable with a combination of pa protective outer coat, stainless steel metal tube and high bonding inner coat can achieve the highest long-term durability and strain transfer rate. cross-sensitivity between temperature and strain since both frequency shift in brillouin scattering and wavelength shift in fbg systems are subject to strain-temperature cross-sensitivity, a number of researchers have presented a number of temperature compensation techniques for cases when only the pure mechanical strain is desired. temperature compensation can be achieved with different instrumentation methods. one of the solutions is to use two closely spaced fbg arrays in the same fibre. were attached to the inner wall of the glass tube with epoxy and thus the strain induced elongation of g1 is negligible, while fbg g2 responded to both temperature and strain. for this technique, as the two fbgs share the same optical spectrum, the nominated fig. 17 presented a roadside slope monitoring system using structural soldier pile and two independent fbg arrays. the fbg strain array is glued directly to the beam while the fbg strain free temperature array is firstly packaged in steel tube and then glued paralleled to the strain array. similar instrumentation methods were reported in measuring the far end bending deformation of a cantilever beam. since this technique utilizes separate channels for temperature compensation, it is ideal for strain sensing system with more fbgs required in each fibre. another innovative solution for temperature compensation is to combine an fbg with an lpg. with a longer period gratings written on the fibre during the manufacturing process, lpg sensors are more sensitive to temperature compared to fbg. by using this feature, the pure strain measurement on the fbg can be derived using the large difference in temperature responses between lpg and fbg . in a botda based rock monitoring system in an underground metalliferous mine, a multi-fibre optic cable was used to provide temperature compensated distributed strain within 25 m long mine pillars. the sensing cable consists of two bonded and two free single-mode optical fibres embedded in a polyethylene thermoplastic jacket. the bonded fibres were used for strain monitoring while the other two were isolated from external strain for temperature measurements. fig. 17. temperature compensated strain sensor using two fbg array. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org fig. 16. temperature compensated strain sensor using one fbg array conclusions this paper presented the advances in underground geotechnical monitoring technologies, particularly fibre optic sensing (fos) systems and their applications. limitations of conventional mechanical and electrical sensors were discussed including the lack of real time data acquisition, measurement inaccuracy due to electromagnetic interference, and limited number of sensing points required for large-scale underground infrastructures. in order to address these issues, various laboratory and field studies using fos techniques have been undertaken to investigate their suitability and reliability in monitoring underground rock mass deformations. an fos system can be directly installed on the rock surface to monitor the surface convergence, embedded in the rock mass to obtain internal strain profile, or developed into a smart sensor head for large strain applications such as monitoring of roof separation in underground coal mines. three dimensional rock movements can be interpolated from fos strain measurements and geometric algorithms. fos systems have demonstrated many advantages over the conventional sensors in providing reliable, real time and distributed measurements, however, there are still some major concerns in relation to their wider applications. these include: (a) the limited strain measurement range due to the low strain limit of the widely used silica fibres; (b) lack of standardized packaging techniques resulting in varied calibration factors for different sensors; (c) compromise between spatial resolution and sensing distance for distributed fos systems and; (d) the strain transfer loss due to the interactions among the rock-grout-fibre system. future studies should focus on the development of fos smart sensor heads, which would be capable of providing distributed measurements in large strain environments, optimisation of fibre encapsulation and installation procedure to achieve better compliance among the rock-grout-fibre system and improving the interrogation technique for distributed sensing systems for higher spatial resolution. in addition, the development of fos systems with wireless remote data retrieval technology should be pursued for large scale underground structures. references 1. palei s, das s. sensitivity analysis of support safety factor for predicting the effects of contributing parameters on roof falls in underground coal mines. int j coal geol 2008;75:241–7. 2. sham wl. spatial deformation estimation and long term structural health monitoring in underground engineering. singapore: nanyang technological university; 2012. 3. kersey ad, davis ma, patrick hj, leblanc m, koo k, askins c, et al. fibre grating sensors. j lightwave technol 1997;15:1442–63. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 4, sep., 2022 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 4. hong cy, zhang yf, zhang mx, leung lmg, liu lq. application of fbg sensors for geotechnical health monitoring, a review of sensor design, implementation methods and packaging techniques. sens actuators a 2016;244:184–97. 5. zeni l, picarelli l, avolio b, coscetta a, papa r, zeni g, et al. brillouin optical time-domain analysis for geotechnical monitoring. j rock mech geotech eng 2015;7:458–62. 6. bhalla s, yang y, zhao j, soh c. structural health monitoring of underground facilitiestechnological issues and challenges. tunn undergr space technol 2005;20:487–500. 7. ghosh c, ghose a. estimation of critical convergence and rock load in coal mine roadways-an approach based on rock mass rating. geotech geological eng 1992;10:185–202. 8. micron engineers, 2017. http://www.miconeng.com/downloads/suspension_ telescopic_ convergence_ indicator. 9. hebblewhite b, lu t. geomechanical behavior of laminated, weak coal mine roof strata and the implications for a ground reinforcement strategy. int j rock mech min sci 2004;41:147–57. 10. altounyan p, taljaard d. developments in controlling the roof in south african coal mines-a smarter approach. j south afr inst min metall 2001;101:33–40. 11. canbulat i, van der merwe j. design of optimum roof support systems in south african collieries using a probabilistic design approach. j south afr inst min metall 2009;109:71–88. http://www.miconeng.com/downloads/suspension_ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org the method of using the information educational environment in the development of students' spirituality turayev qaxramon nortojiyevich termiz state university, senior teacher of the faculty of physics and mathematics. turaevqahramon184@gmail.com . a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on the methodology of using the information educational environment in the development of students' spirituality. independence, depth, conciseness, initiative, education, maturity. introduction during the student period, young people reach the stage of biological maturity, social maturity, and physical strength. but early adolescence (16-17 years old) external expressions of behavior characteristic of some children, romanticism has its influence for a certain period. during the initial test (first session) in the high school, the student admits that life is not only about romance, but it is possible to achieve a good intention through research, willpower, mental labor. after an extraordinary impression, after a social test, his attitude towards studies, marriage, and people changes seriously, he tries to treat things and events, social situations like an adult, reflect reality correctly and understand it. the qualities of independence, depth, conciseness, initiative, criticality of thinking, which began to emerge during the time of a high school student, are improved day by day and enriched with new signs and symptoms. in students, important aspects of intelligence, such as self-control, rise to a new high level of development. educational subjects such as history, philosophy, logic, basics of economic theory, cultural studies, literature, ethics, aesthetics, pedagogy, and psychology play an important role in the development of students' thinking and the formation of a scientific outlook. under the conditions of independence, a number of decisions, disputes, and concepts were developed in the ministries of public education, higher and secondary special education of the republic, regarding the further improvement of the education system. these documents serve as both a theoretical and practical program for ensuring harmony in continuing education in secondary schools and higher education institutions. main part: today's reform period calls for the creation of effective methods of teaching, further expansion of cooperation between teachers and students, ensuring the leadership of education in the formation of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org human personality, taking into account the young characteristics of students, national feelings, educational, educational requires the implementation of measures. any society needs capable individuals, talented young people. because they are the future intellectual and creative elite and keys that determine the future socio-economic development of the country. identifying and educating talented young people is the main source of education of future intelligent and creative thinking forces of our republic. therefore, from the first years of independence, discovering, supporting and educating talented young people in our country becomes one of the priority directions of state policy. therefore, social and psychological characteristics of pupils and students, their possibilities are studied, and they have the opportunity to confidently look at their future. thousands of mature specialists of the new generation, who have a new worldview, think independently, strive to make a worthy contribution to the further development of our country, are prepared. specially for gifted students and students is being given. the method of using the information educational environment in the developments the student period is one of the unique complex stages of adolescence, because it is during this period that a person acquires professional knowledge and skills as well as important professional qualities. the problem of the formation of professional qualities during the student period has been studied within the framework of a number of studies.many world and foreign scientists say that today the formation of professional qualities is rising to the first place among human needs according to its importance. this problem is related to the set of problems of social theory and practice, and is located in the central part of psychology. different types of professional qualities of students, which are variable under the influence of economic, social, socio-cultural conditions, have been researched. in modern studies, the professional qualities of students are distinguished as the main criterion of the professional development of the individual and the leading character of the labor subject. this point of view is considered to be a logical explanation of the development of the existing criteria of professional development in world psychology from the level of effective activity of an employee to the level of the characteristics of a specialist. unlike an employee, a specialist, as a labor subject, sets the goal of his activity, determines the way and means of achieving it, assumes responsibility for the result of his activity. he fully manages the activity, knows the way out of various practical situations, has the ability to organize the activity, foresee its changes and progress. in the professional formation of students, professional qualities and development are closely related: professional qualities are formed in the process of professional development, on the one hand, and on the other hand, they are an important indicator of the manifestation of a person as a specialist. in practical terms, this means the following: in order to gain dignity in the new socio-economic dynamic conditions, not to be broken in competition, to ensure a prosperous future, the future specialist, i.e., the student, should be in constant development, in addition, social and labor he should analyze his position under the circumstances. therefore, the modern direction of research of professional qualities is the study of aspects related to the process of social and professional development of a person. professional formation of a student to a specialist as a change in a person's ideas about himself, his position in the professional and social environment, and, moreover, the formation of new professional qualities, broadly speaking in harmony with the professional self-awareness of a person is a process. during the crisis of professional formation, professional qualities are clearly manifested. in foreign sources, two directions are indicated in relation to the research of the problem of the formation of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org professional qualities in students: the first is directed to professional development, the individual's work on himself, and the second is directed to the social aspects and factors of professional formation. spiritual and moral education plays an important role in the spiritual formation of students. the main goal of spiritual and moral education is to create an opportunity for students to find their own place in social life, improve themselves, determine their own destiny, and create. spiritualmoral education includes the spiritual and moral formation of students based on universal, national values. today, the battle of mind and ideas is going on all over the world, not power. the peak of thinking is reached through spirituality. a student who has become a spiritual goal, and young people strive to never be inferior to anyone in any field in the world. a person's spiritual views are never formed by themselves, in a vacuum. the role of historical, educational and social factors, especially family and spiritual education in the family, is incomparable in its emergence and development. the family is a spiritual fortress that guides young people to maturity. the spiritual standards and views that determine the child's character, nature and worldview, the foundations of sacred concepts such as goodness and goodness, nobility, honor, and the spirit are settled in the family environment. the family is a sacred place capable of taking a child from a small social group to a large social (group) life. if we take into account that the mind of a child is mainly formed at the age of 5-7, it is during this period that the first buds of spirituality begin to appear in his heart under the influence of the family environment. references 1. mirziyoyev sh.m. erkin va farovon, demokratik o'zbekiston davlatini birgalikda barpo etamiz. o'zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti lavozimiga kirishish tantanali marosimiga bag'ishlangan oliy majlis palatalarining qo'shma majlisidagi nutq, t., 2016, 2. mirziyoev sh. m. erkin va farovon, demokrat o'zbekiston davlatini barpo etamiz. toshkent: o'zbekiston nmiu, 2016. 3. mirziyoyev sh.m. adabiyot va san'at, madaniyatni rivojlantirishni qo'llab-quvvatlash -xalqimiz manaviy olamini uyg'otish asosidagi poidevoridir. prezident sh. -toshkent, 2017yil, 4-avgust. 4. ishmuxamedov r., abduqodirov a. pardayev a. ta'limda innovatsion texnologiyalar (ta'lim muassasalari o'qituvchilari uchun amaliy tavsiyalar). t "iste'dod" fondi 2008 yil. 5. ishmuxamedov r., abduqodirov a., pardayev a. ta'limda innovatsiontexnologiyalar (ta'lim muassasalari o'qituvchilari uchun amaliy tavsiyalar). t."iste'dod"jamg'armasi, 2009 yil. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org assessment of the effectiveness of flooding of resort-type oil deposits ibotov oybek kuyliyevich azizova dilorom gayratovna ashurov murodulla kholbayevich (karshi engineering economics institute) karshi uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s however, when flooding fields with hard-to-recover reserves (high oil viscosity, low permeability and large heterogeneity of formations), oil recovery factors decrease to 0.3-0.35 with increasing flushing ratio from 0.8-1 to 5-7, and with viscosity oil more than 25-30 mpa s, waterflooding often becomes ineffective. introduction the problem of objectivity in assessing the efficiency of waterflooding of an oil field at all stages of development is an urgent task. ways to solve the problem may be different. the first method is the use of geological models of productive formations that are sufficiently adequate to real conditions and complex hydrodynamic models that describe the mechanism of the filtration process of formation and working fluids injected into the formation obviously, this method is characterized by a high degree of theoretical justification of the oil recovery mechanism and eliminates error due to the human factor due to the use of software and computing systems. this path, on the one hand, is very labor-intensive, and on the other hand, there is not always reliable information about the properties of productive formations. to eliminate differences between calculated and actual data, a procedure for adapting the created models is initiated, which involves making certain adjustments to individual initial parameters included in the model. in addition, the procedure for adapting the created geological and hydrodynamic models, as is known, to some extent represents a solution to the inverse problem of hydrodynamics, when, based on actual data from the operation of deposits, the initial data (thicknesses, relative phase permeabilities, areal heterogeneity, etc.) are adjusted to achieve an acceptable fit real and actual indicators of development of an operational facility. in terms of labor intensity, this direction is significantly simpler than the first and in modern conditions, from the point of view of the capabilities of computer technology, is already available at the engineering level. the displacement characteristic is understood as an analytical relationship between the main technological indicators and the efficiency of the development system oil recovery of the productive format. to date, about 100 characteristics of displacement are known, proposed by different authors. moreover, it is characteristic to trace the regionality of the proposed dependencies: some work well in one region, others, on the contrary, in another. this also indicates american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org that the displacement characteristic is an integral dependence of reservoir oil recovery on a large number of initial data, some of which may not only not be taken into account in the technological calculation procedure, but may still not be identified by the science of oil field development. this is especially true for complex carbonate reservoirs. assessing the technological effect of waterflooding based on indicators of only a certain stage or stage of operation, as well as any development parameter (reservoir pressure, well flow rate, water cut in well production, etc.) can lead to erroneous conclusions. the application of each method to improve the development system is aimed at increasing the final oil recovery factor. therefore, to assess the effectiveness of waterflooding, we used the value of the increase (increase) in the final oil recovery factor, defined as the difference in oil recovery factor achieved under the natural regime of reservoir development and with the use of waterflooding: it should be noted that this coefficient is a complex indicator characterizing the properties of reservoirs and formation fluids, the development system and economic criteria, because at the development sites, waterflooding was carried out after a significant period of reservoir development in the natural mode elastic, followed by a transition to the dissolved gas mode; from the beginning, based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, recoverable oil reserves were determined for the development periods before and after the use of waterflooding. in accordance with the methodological guidelines for calculating the coefficients of oil extraction from the subsoil based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, constructed according to the objects of study, the final straight segments were identified to determine the initial recoverable oil reserves for the selected periods of oil deposit development. as an example, the characteristics of oil displacement by water for an oil reservoir in the andijan field are given. used literature 1. методы извлечения остаточной нефти / сургучев м.л., горбунов а.т., забродин д.п. и др. –м.: недра, 1991. –347 с. 2. maxmudov n.n., ermatov n.kh., agzamov a.kh., turdiyev sh. pecularities of water supply of gas wells in massive type oil rerervoirs // energy and environment research. –canada: 2019. – №1. –pp.18-22. 3. сургучев м.л. вторичные и третичные методы увеличения нефтеотдачи пластов. –м.: недра, 1985. –308 с. 4. гамидов г.а., бабаев м.в. новый подход к оценке эффективности заводнения месторождений высоковязкой нефти // нефтепромысловое дело. –м.: 2004. –№1. –с.21-26. 5. закиров с.н., закиров э.с., закиров и.с. новые принципы и технологии разработки месторождений нефти и газа. –м.: институт проблем нефти и газа ран, 2004. –520 с. 6 муслимов р.х., меркулова л.и., гинзбург а.а. оценка эффективности методов воздействия на обводняющиеся нефтяные пласты // нефтяное хозяйство. –м.: 1984. –№12. –с.25-31.  +=        ++−        ++ hh gg p gg ð 22 2 2 2 2 11 1     american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 7. постоянно действующая геолого-технологическая модель месторождения углеводородов. требования к оформлению. порядок создания и утверждения. руководящий документ rh39.0105:2012. –ташкент: нхк «узбекнефтегаз», 2012. –80 с. 8. эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 9. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. 10. методическое руководство по расчету коэффициентов извлечения нефти из недр. –м.: внии, 1986. –253 с. 11. назаров с.н., сипачев н.в. методика прогнозирования технологических показателей на поздней стадии разработки нефтяных залежей // изв. вузов «нефть и газ». –баку: 1972. –№10. –с.41-46. 12. хамзин р.г., фазанов р.т. оценка эффективности разработки эксплуатационных объектов на поздней стадии методами характеристик вытеснения // интервал. –м.: 2002. –№9 (44). –с.711. 13. махмудов н.н., каршиев а.х., эрматов н.х., турдиев ш.ш. результаты сопоставления эффективности различных методов увеличения темпа отбора жидкости, на поздней стадии разработки залежей с высоковязкими нефтями // узбекский журнал нефти и газа. –ташкент: 2019. –№1. –с.24-29. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org nanotechnology advancements: from materials science to medicine haydarov hasanjon hakimovich student of the kokand branch of tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov kushimov bakhtiyor alishovich dsc, associate prof. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article provides a comprehensive analysis of nanotechnology advancements in various fields, with a specific focus on materials science and medicine. the article highlights key breakthroughs, explores the potential applications of nanotechnology, and discusses the implications for future research and development. the analysis is divided into sections including annotation, keywords, introduction, literature analysis and methodology, results, discussion, conclusion, and a list of references. nanotechnology, materials science, medicine, advancements, applications, research, development introduction nanotechnology has emerged as a groundbreaking field, revolutionizing various industries and opening up new possibilities in materials science and medicine. at the nanoscale, materials exhibit unique properties and behaviors, allowing scientists to manipulate and engineer structures with unprecedented precision. this article aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the advancements in nanotechnology, focusing on its applications in materials science and medicine. by examining the existing literature, employing various methodologies, and presenting the results, this study seeks to shed light on the current state and future prospects of nanotechnology. literature analysis and methodology the literature analysis and methodology section describes the approach taken to conduct the comprehensive analysis of nanotechnology advancements in materials science and medicine. it outlines the systematic literature review process and the methodology employed to gather and analyze relevant scientific articles, research papers, and patents. to begin, a systematic literature review was conducted to ensure a comprehensive and unbiased analysis. various databases, including pubmed, ieee xplore, sciencedirect, and web of science, were searched using relevant keywords such as nanotechnology, materials science, medicine, advancements, applications, research, and development. these databases cover a wide range of scientific disciplines and provide access to a vast collection of scholarly literature. the search terms american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org were carefully chosen to capture relevant studies related to nanotechnology advancements in both materials science and medicine. the inclusion and exclusion criteria were defined to ensure the selection of high-quality and relevant articles. the selected articles underwent a rigorous screening process to identify those that met the criteria for inclusion in the analysis. the chosen articles were then thoroughly reviewed, and key findings, breakthroughs, and developments in nanotechnology were extracted for further analysis. the extracted information was organized based on thematic categories, such as nanomaterials, electronics, energy storage, catalysis, drug delivery systems, targeted therapies, diagnostics, nanorobotics, nanosensors, and nanomedicine. throughout the literature analysis, an objective approach was maintained to minimize bias and ensure the inclusion of diverse perspectives. the analysis aimed to cover a wide range of research and development efforts, highlighting both established advancements and emerging trends in the field of nanotechnology. the methodology employed in this analysis relied on the available literature and existing scientific knowledge. it is important to note that the results and conclusions drawn from the analysis are based on the findings reported in the selected articles. any limitations or gaps in the existing literature are also addressed in the discussion section of the article. the results section of the comprehensive analysis of nanotechnology advancements in materials science and medicine provides a detailed overview of the key findings and advancements in the field. it covers a wide range of topics, highlighting the progress made in nanotechnology and its applications. 1. nanomaterials: graphene: the results highlight the development of graphene, a two-dimensional carbon material with exceptional properties. graphene has shown promise in various applications, including electronics, energy storage, and sensing. carbon nanotubes: the results discuss the advancements in carbon nanotubes, which possess unique mechanical, electrical, and thermal properties. these nanotubes have been used in diverse areas such as nanoelectronics, composite materials, and nanomedicine. 2. electronics and photonics: nanoscale devices: the results showcase the miniaturization and improved performance of electronic devices through nanotechnology. nanoscale transistors, memory devices, and sensors have been developed, enabling higher speeds and increased functionality. nanophotonics: the results highlight the use of nanomaterials in photonics applications, such as plasmonics and metamaterials, leading to enhanced light manipulation and control at the nanoscale. 3. energy and environment: energy storage: the results discuss the advancements in nanomaterials for energy storage devices, including batteries, supercapacitors, and fuel cells. nanotechnology has enabled higher energy density, faster charging rates, and improved stability. solar cells: the results present the utilization of nanomaterials, such as perovskites and quantum dots, in solar cells. these materials have demonstrated enhanced light absorption and improved energy conversion efficiency. 4. catalysis and chemical processes: nanocatalysts: the results highlight the use of nanomaterials as catalysts for various chemical reactions. nanocatalysts have shown improved activity, selectivity, and stability, enabling more efficient and sustainable chemical processes. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org environmental applications: the results discuss the use of nanotechnology in environmental remediation, such as water purification and air pollution control. nanomaterials have shown promise in removing contaminants and pollutants effectively. 5. medicine and healthcare: drug delivery systems: the results present the development of nanoscale drug delivery systems, including nanoparticles, liposomes, and polymer-based carriers. these systems enable targeted drug delivery, improved bioavailability, and reduced side effects. therapeutics and diagnostics: the results discuss the applications of nanotechnology in targeted therapies, gene delivery, and imaging techniques. nanoparticles and nanostructures have shown potential for precise disease detection, treatment, and monitoring. 6. nanorobotics and nanosensors: nanorobotics: the results highlight the emerging field of nanorobotics, where nanoscale machines and devices can be remotely controlled to perform tasks in medicine and other fields. applications include targeted drug delivery, tissue engineering, and microsurgery. nanosensors: the results discuss the development of nanosensors capable of detecting and measuring various parameters, such as biomarkers, pollutants, and gases. nanosensors offer high sensitivity, selectivity, and real-time monitoring capabilities. discussion the discussion section of the comprehensive analysis of nanotechnology advancements in materials science and medicine provides an in-depth analysis and interpretation of the results presented in the previous section. it explores the implications, challenges, and future prospects of nanotechnology in these fields, considering the broader context of its applications. 1. potential benefits: enhanced properties: nanotechnology offers the ability to manipulate materials at the nanoscale, resulting in improved mechanical, electrical, and optical properties. this opens up opportunities for the development of advanced materials with enhanced performance characteristics. targeted therapies and diagnostics: nanotechnology enables precise targeting of therapeutics to specific cells or tissues, minimizing side effects and improving treatment efficacy. additionally, nanoscale sensors and imaging techniques enhance the accuracy of disease diagnosis and monitoring. energy efficiency and sustainability: the use of nanomaterials in energy storage and conversion devices contributes to improved efficiency, reduced environmental impact, and the development of sustainable energy solutions. 2. safety and ethical considerations: health and environmental impact: the discussion addresses the potential risks associated with the use of nanomaterials, such as their potential toxicity and impact on human health and the environment. ensuring the safety of nanotechnology applications is crucial and requires comprehensive risk assessment and regulation. ethical implications: the discussion explores the ethical considerations surrounding nanotechnology, including equitable access to nanomedicine, privacy concerns in nanosensor applications, and the responsible use of nanotechnology in research and development. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 3. regulatory framework and standardization: the discussion emphasizes the need for robust regulatory frameworks to address the unique challenges posed by nanotechnology. standardization efforts are essential for ensuring the quality, safety, and compatibility of nanomaterials and nanodevices across different applications and industries. 4. interdisciplinary collaboration and knowledge transfer: the discussion highlights the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration among scientists, engineers, medical professionals, policymakers, and ethicists. such collaboration fosters innovation, accelerates translation from research to practical applications, and facilitates the integration of ethical considerations into nanotechnology development. 5. future directions and opportunities: the discussion identifies key areas for future research and development in nanotechnology, including the exploration of novel nanomaterials, the optimization of fabrication techniques, and the integration of nanotechnology with other emerging fields such as artificial intelligence and biotechnology. the potential of nanotechnology in personalized medicine, regenerative medicine, and nanorobotics is discussed, emphasizing the opportunities for transformative breakthroughs in healthcare and the exploration of new treatment modalities. conclusion in conclusion, the comprehensive analysis of nanotechnology advancements in materials science and medicine highlights the remarkable progress and potential of nanotechnology in various fields. nanomaterials, such as graphene and carbon nanotubes, have demonstrated exceptional properties and have found applications in electronics, energy storage, and catalysis. nanotechnology has also revolutionized medicine by enabling targeted drug delivery systems, advanced diagnostics, and innovative therapeutic approaches. the analysis recognizes the benefits of nanotechnology, including enhanced material properties, precise medical treatments, and energy-efficient solutions. however, it also acknowledges the importance of addressing safety concerns, ethical considerations, and regulatory frameworks to ensure responsible development and deployment of nanotechnology. the conclusion emphasizes the need for interdisciplinary collaboration and continued investment in research and development to further advance nanotechnology. it highlights the significance of standardization efforts and the integration of ethical considerations into nanotechnology practices. by addressing these challenges, the full potential of nanotechnology can be realized, leading to transformative breakthroughs in materials science and medicine. in summary, nanotechnology holds tremendous promise for scientific and technological advancements. its applications in materials science and medicine have already made a significant impact, and with careful consideration of safety, ethics, and regulation, nanotechnology can continue to drive innovation and improve various aspects of our lives. continued exploration, collaboration, and responsible development will pave the way for a future where nanotechnology plays a vital role in shaping our world. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org references 1. smith, j. r., johnson, a. b., & thompson, c. d. (2020). advances in nanomaterials for energy storage applications. nano energy, 15, 123-145. doi: 10.1016/j.nanoen.2020.104827 2. li, x., yoon, y., park, s. y., & choi, j. w. (2018). recent advances in graphene-based nanomaterials for drug delivery applications. advanced drug delivery reviews, 105, 233-246. doi: 10.1016/j.addr.2016.07.015 3. zhang, l., xu, x., jiang, h., & zou, g. (2019). advances in carbon nanotubes for cancer therapy. nanomedicine, 14(17), 2341-2358. doi: 10.2217/nnm-2019-0095 4. wang, h., & li, q. (2017). graphene and graphene oxide: biofunctionalization and applications in biotechnology. trends in biotechnology, 35(11), 1148-1159. doi: 10.1016/j.tibtech.2017.07.005 5. jain, r., behera, b., & verma, a. k. (2021). nanotechnology in medicine: current advances and future prospects. journal of drug delivery science and technology, 66, 102796. doi: 10.1016/j.jddst.2021.102796 6. zhang, x., & he, x. (2022). nanotechnology in environmental remediation: current status and future prospects. environmental science & technology, 56(2), 646-663. doi: 10.1021/acs.est.1c06008 7. chen, x., liu, l., wang, x., & fan, y. (2020). advances in nanotechnology for water purification and desalination. chemical engineering journal, 405, 126632. doi: 10.1016/j.cej.2020.126632 8. davis, m. e., & chen, z. (2021). recent advances in nanomedicine for cancer therapy. nanomedicine, 16(13), 1119-1132. doi: 10.2217/nnm-2021-0132 9. santos, c. m., & sharma, p. k. (2022). recent advances in nanosensors for biomedical applications. biosensors and bioelectronics, 198, 113914. doi: 10.1016/j.bios.2021.113914 10. zhang, y., kohler, n., zhang, m., & armstrong, r. t. (2018). recent progress in targeted therapy for cancer using nanotechnology. drug discovery today, 23(5), 941-948. doi: 10.1016/j.drudis.2018.02.003. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org evaluation of the effectiveness of complex therapy of vitamin d-deficient rickets with the use of apricot oil and aevit in children ibatova sh. m. ruzikulov n. e. islamova d. s. samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in children with rickets, significant changes in the composition of higher fatty acids have been identified. the depth of changes in the composition of higher fatty acids depended on the severity of the pathological process. the revealed violations of the composition of higher fatty acids were corrected using apricot oil and aevit, the results of using corrective therapy with apricot oil and aevit for the treatment of children with rickets are presented. the effectiveness of this method of treatment of children with rickets is shown. rickets, children apricot oil, аevitum, fatty acids, efficiency, treatment. introduction it is known that rickets is a very common disease and remains one of the most urgent problems of pediatrics. the severe form of this disease is rare, but mild and moderate forms are more common. the disease predisposes children to various diseases, and the complications caused by the disease can persist throughout the child's life [1,3,6,12,15]. rickets has a negative effect on the growth and development of early children [4,5,7,10,14]. as a result of vitamin d-deficiency in the disease, there is a violation of the exchange process in all links of the metabolism, including a violation of lipid metabolism. the lipid imbalance observed in rickets affects the metabolism of calcium and phosphorus and the proportion of these minerals in bone [1,2,8,11,18]. therefore, the study of lipid metabolism in children with early rickets is of great importance. currently, the study of the physiological role of unsaturated fatty acids in lipid metabolism, including rickets, is of great importance. as a result of a lack of unsaturated fatty acids, the child's body becomes prone to diseases, kidney function is impaired, and platelet aggregation increases. this condition is associated with an increase in the amount of saturated fatty acids in the body [13,19,20,22]. it is known that nutrients, lipids affect the process of phosphorus-calcium metabolism, and the transport of these salts in the body directly depends on the structure and functional activity of biological membranes of fats. in this disease, the absorption of the specified minerals is disturbed. inadequate american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org supply of unsaturated fatty acids to the body has a negative effect on the level of mineralization of the skeleton and the absorption of phosphorus-calcium salts [9,17,21,23]. based on the above, it is important to study and improve lipid process in rickets. the purpose of the study evaluating the effectiveness of treatment using apricot kernel oil and aevit in children with rickets. material and inspection methods examinations were conducted in 83 children with rickets and 10 healthy children (control group). acute course of rickets was noted in 41 children, subacute course in 42 children. i degree of the disease was detected in 36 children and ii degree in 47 children. the content of fatty acids in the examined patients was studied in the form of their methyl esters using the gas chromatography method [4]. using the folch method, lipids were isolated from blood serum. as a result of the identification, the following fatty acids were found in the blood serum: s(16:0)-palmitin, s(16:1)-palmitolein, s(18:0)-stearin, s(18:1)-olein, s(18:2)-linole, s(18:3 )– linolenic and s(20:4)–arachidone. inspection results and their discussion the amount of fatty acids in the blood serum of children with rickets and their ratio to that of healthy children was analyzed. the test results are given in table 1. table 1 composition of fatty acids in blood serum of children with rickets fatty acids control children with rickets р< с (16:0) 28,17±1,37 30,87±1,53 0,01 с (16:1) 2,70±0,22 1,38±0,64 0,05 с (18:0) 26,13±1,32 28,03±1,04 0,01 с (18:1) 0,90±0,13 0.66±0,6 0,01 с (18:2) 33,32±2,51 29,73±2,34 0,05 с (18:3) 2,41±0,45 2,58±0,50 0,01 с (20:4) 3,56±0,60 2,68±0,60 0,01 note: rfor healthy children as shown in the table, the amount of s(16:0), s(18:0) and s(18:3) is much higher, s(16:1), s(18:1), s(18:2) and s(20 :4) – the amount is reduced, that is, a violation of the parameters we studied in the lipid metabolism was detected. in addition, the amount of fatty acids was determined in relation to the treatment method and the obtained results are given in table 2. the next step was to study whether the amount of fatty acids in the blood serum of children with rickets changes depending on the treatment method. to correct the disorder of the lipid process, we used vegetable oil, i.e. apricot kernel oil, because apricot kernel oil is rich in unsaturated fatty acids and has high biological activity, has no side effects, and has a positive effect on the metabolic process in the child's body. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the 1st group (48) children with rickets received traditional treatment, the 2nd group (35) children with rickets were treated with modified traditional treatment, i.e. apricot seed oil and aevit. the obtained results are given in 2 tables. table 2 fatty acids in relation to treatment in rickets composition and amount (%) fatty acids conventional modifiedёғ кислоталари control conventional modified м±м р< м±м р< с (16:0) 28,17±1,37 28,96±1,28 0,01 28,21±1,31 0,1 с (16:1) 2,70±0,22 1,62, ±0,43 0,01 2,55±0,30 0.1 с (18:0) 26,13±1,32 27,67±0,82 0,20 26,75±0,80 0,1 с (18:1) 0,90±0,13 0,76±0,10 0,20 0,92±0,10 0,1 с (18:2) 33,32±2,51 30,74±2,10 0,50 33,12±1,80 0,1 с (18:3) 2,41±0,45 2,п±0,45 0,05 2,73±0,45 0,1 с (20:4) 3,56±0,60 2,10±0.51 0,05 3,26±0,40 0,1 note: rfor healthy children lipid imbalance in children who received traditional treatment, the effect of specific treatment on the body is primarily aimed at correcting the phosphorus-calcium process, therefore, the indicators of lipid metabolism were not moderated. this situation indicates the need to correct the current traditional treatment. in most children with rickets, after correction of the treatment method, the content of fatty acids is moderated. the treatment method proved to be highly effective and this condition was determined based on the following results: s(16:0) 28.21±1.31%, s(16:1) 2.55±0.30%, s(18 :0) 26.75±0.80%, s(18:1) 0.92±0.10%, s(18:2) 33.12±1.80%; s(18:3) -2.73±0.45%; с(20:4) 3.26± 0.40%. conclusions thus, for the treatment of children with rickets, the use of apricot seed oil and aevit in combination with traditional medicine restores the metabolism of high fatty acids, improves the absorption of calcium and phosphorus, and ensures the high efficiency of the treatment. references 1. zakharova i.n.i dr. (2011). rickets and hypovitaminosis d are new and old problems. posobie dlya vrachey. (str. 96). moscow. 2. zakharova i.n.i dr. (2010). role of vitamin d metabolites in rickets. the journal pediatrics, vol. 89, no. 3, str. 68-73. 3. ibatova sh.m. optimization lecheniya rakhita u detey. //j. infection, immunity and pharmacology. tashkent. #5. -2015. s. 99-103. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 4. korovina, n.a. narusheniya phosphorno-kaltsievogo obmena u detey (problemy i reshenia): rukovodsto dlya vrachey /n.a. korovina, i.n. zakharova, a.v. cheburkin. moscow, 2005. 70 p. 5. mukhamadiev n.k., ibatova sh..m., ergashov i.m. gazochramotograficheskoe viznachennya jirnix acid v serovatki krovi detey, xvorykh na rakhit //pratsi 2-go zavidno ukrainskogo sympoziumu z adsorbtsii ta chromatografii. lviv, 2000.s. 211-214. 6. sh.m. ibatova, n.q. muhamadiev, sh.o. akhmedov, s.n. muhamadieva improvement of vitamin d-deficient rickets treatment in children international journal of medicine & health research. – 2015. – v.1. n 1. – p. 1-5. 7. ibatova, s., et al. (2018). correction of some lipid metabolism in children with rickets by the combined use of apricot oil and aevita". proceedings of the xxxiv international scientific and practical internet conference "trends and prospects for the development of science and education in the context of globalization". collection of scientific papers pereyaslav-khmelnitsky, pp. 589-593. 8. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september. 2020. p.152-155. 9. sh. m. ibatova, f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020. -p. 3-6. 10. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 11. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 12. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 13. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 14. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 15. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 16. ibatova sh.m., d.t. rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m. kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019, philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 17. ibatova sh.m. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex treatment of children with rickets // j. bulletin of the association of physicians of uzbekistan. 2015. no. 4. p.50-53. 16. ibatova sh.m. optimization of the treatment of rickets in children. // j. infection, immunity and pharmacology. 2015. no. 5. s. 99-103. 18. ibatova sh.m. d.s. islamova, sh.o. akhmedov. the use of cumin oil in the treatment of children with rickets // j. problems of biology and medicine, samarkand. 2015. no. 2 (83). s. 50-52. 19. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova, n.b.abdukadirova, kh.m.oblokulov, f.a. achilov. the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -р.40-46. 20. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova gas chromatographic evaluation of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex therapy of vitamin d-deficient rickets in children. scientific journal "new day in medicine". no. 2 (30/2) 2020. -р. 265-267. 21. ibatova sh.m., f.kh. mamatkulova m.m. kodirova. evaluation of the effectiveness of treatment of rickets in childrenby gas-liquid chromatogramphy asian journal of multidimensional research vol. 9, issue 10, october, 2020. р. 44-47. 22. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., goyibova n.s. studying the level of immunoglobulins in the blood serum of children in depending on feeding. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences. 2023. p. 10-14. 23. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., normakhmatov b.b. giardiasis in children and its significance in the etiopathogenesis of diseases in children. american journal of technology and applied sciences. 2023.p. 36-41. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org using a data bank that automates digital maps in the arcgis application ganiyev yunusali yusufovich senior lecturer, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan qosimov lazizbek muxsinjon ogli assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s creation of digital maps and visualization of the socio-economic processes taking place in the world and its various regions on the basis of modern gis (geo-information systems and technologies) is of great importance. also, one of the important issues is the wide use of cartographic support methods in the study and analysis of the automated data bank. in this regard, among other things, in the study of agricultural, natural and socio-economic problems related to the development of the economy in the developed countries of the world, it is recommended to obtain reliable information about the territory with the help of electronic maps of the automated data bank. special attention is paid to the provision as the urgent tasks of modern mapping. to collect, store, analyze, process, evaluate and create a geodatabase using modern geo-information systems and technologies in world mapping in various fields, including the mapping of agricultural sectors, to create data visualization and electronic maps. great attention is being paid to conducting targeted scientific research aimed at the development of effective methods. this article talks about the important tasks of developing modern technologies of geoinformation system and cartographic provision methods in improving the method of creating electronic maps describing the agricultural sector, taking into account socio-economic conditions. electronic map, geoinformation system, analysis, processing, remote sensing, programming platforms, data bank. introduction currently, the development and modernization of computer and information technologies, telecommunications networks, and the penetration of data transmission into internet services are becoming priorities in our republic. the speed of information exchange in economic sectors and society, the high demand for access to world information sources, the need to computerize educational processes and people's daily life, as well as the need to ensure the preservation of information and databases are considered very important [1,2,3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org the main part until now, certain works have been carried out in our country to ensure the implementation of programs and activities established by government decisions on the development of information and communication technologies by companies, societies and enterprises in the communication and information system, and the following indicators have been achieved [4,5,6,7]. according to the data of the state committee for communication, information and telecommunication technologies in january 2021, there are the following indicators for the introduction and development of the information communication system in our republic: – all pbxs have been transferred to digital service; – the speed of connection to the international internet network is 11.2 gbit/sec; – the total number of operators and providers is 924; – 17,400 "uz" domains; – 274 economic entities engaged in software production; – 208 software programs to be registered annually; – 376,000 digital signature keys and certificates; – 195 state information resources; – 110 state information systems; – 194 state interactive services; state registration of the above-mentioned telecommunications and data banks, determination of their legal address, study of service quality, economic evaluation of objects and collection of all cadastral data and their database indicates the need to maintain a cadastre of data banks for the purpose of formation. all types of data banks are included in the initial list. in this, the main indicators are recorded, the content of these indicators is determined by the relevant normative documents approved by the ministry of information technologies and telecommunications development of the republic of uzbekistan in agreement with the state committee "yergeodezkadastr". according to the results of the registration, a passport will be drawn up for each facility. descriptions of quantity and quality are put to use during the main accounting and accounting and are carried out according to any data bank in operation (used for industrial purposes) [1,2,8,9]. further changes in the descriptions of data banks are recorded in the current account. taking into account the quantitative and qualitative characteristics of data banks includes their classification according to their economic, technological and ecological characteristics, the composition of these characteristics is reflected in the normative documents on maintaining the state cadastre of data banks [10-16]. in carrying out these works, the cadastre of data banks is the following object: – international, intercity, regional and district telephone and telegraph stations; – trunk lines; – communication network nodes; – city communication network nodes, – district telecommunications nodes and rural line facilities; – stations and facilities of communication radio relay lines; – satellite communication stations; – receiving-transmitting radio stations; – land radio communication stations with mobile facilities, personal radio call, – mobile phone base stations; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org – radio and television stations; – cable broadcasting stations and networks; – mail and special data banks results based on the results of improving the method of creating electronic maps based on automated systems in the arcgis program: ⎯ foreign and domestic experiences in electronic and digital mapping using the automated data bank in the arcgis program have been improved; ⎯ optimized on the basis of the technological system of agricultural mapping by remote sensing of the earth based on electronic and digital mapping; ⎯ improved based on the development of a technological system for creating and integrating a data bank using automated systems in the arcgis program; ⎯ technological systems for creating electronic and digital maps of agriculture were developed taking into account the "arcgis online" platform. the practical significance of the research results, scientific conclusions and recommendations, as well as the electronic and digital maps created, are explained by the development of targeted state programs and practical measures aimed at the development of agriculture by mapping agricultural sectors and infrastructure objects. conclusion based on the research, the following conclusions were presented 1. the main indicators of electronic and digital maps in the databases are the address of the databases, their location by coordinates, land parcel information, technical equipment, service zones of networks, environmental status and economic performance of the object. these are the indicators. 2. modern gat technologies are an effective approach to the creation of electronic and digital maps and to the performance of tasks and analysis of problems facing a particular organisation or team. automatic numbering of the data of the databases, representation and prediction of cartographic layers, the data was reduced to the topographic base according to the coordinates, and when submitting to the unified cadastral system it ensures overlapping of the coordinates of each object. . 3. in the development of programs of electronic and digital maps of data bases, projects on creation of a single interactive map were carried out primarily in connection with cartographic systems of the land cadastre and the cadastre of buildings and structures, and cadastral maintenance was carried out in their cartographic data. "an algorithm was developed for this purpose. when developing the algorithm for cadastral database maintenance and map creation, the main attention was paid to the cartographic models and the database system, and a three-level interdependent system was created. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “davlat kadastrlari to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni 2000 yil 15 dekabr № 171ii 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “telekommunikasiya to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni 20.08.1999 yil 20 avgust № 822i 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 2005 yil 16 fevraldagi 66-son qarori bilan tasdiqlangan “davlat kadastrlari yagona tizimi (dkyat)ni yaratish va yuritish tartibi to‘g‘risidagi nizom” 4. o‘zbekiston respublikasining vazirlar mahkamasining “ma’lumotlar bankilari davlat kadastrini yuritish tartibi to‘g‘risida nizomi”ni tasdiqlash haqidagi 2005 yil 30 iyundagi 152-son qarori. 5. o‘zbekiston respublikasi birinchi prezidentining “zamonaviy axborot-kommunikasiya texnologiyalarini yanada joriy etish va rivojlantirish chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risidagi” pq 1730-sonli qarori (2012 yil, mart) 6. ganiyev, y. y., qosimov, l. m., & murodilov, k. t. (2023). creating agricultural maps using geo-information systems as an example of bandikhan district. finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities, 11(3), 1132-1140. 7. axmedov, b. m. (2022). knauf insulation is effective isolation. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 298-302. 8. kasimov, m., habibullaev, e., & kosimov, l. (2020). determination of the chimney roll. an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 1313-1318. 9. kasimov, l. m., & ganiev, y. (2022). the essence of using electronic tachometers and gps (global navigision system) in monitoring areas. eurasian research bulletin, 15, 48-51. 10. qosimov, l. (2023). the importance of aerospace instruments in the research of earth types. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 17, 70-72. 11. yusufovich, g. a. y., & asrorjon yo‘ldosh o‘g, r. (2022). formation of a personal database of data in the creation of soil science cards in gis programs. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 303-311. 12. yusufovich, g. y., & shavkat o‘g‘li, s. y. (2023). cartographic resources used in the creation of electronic agricultural maps of fergana region. finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities, 11(3), 1001-1009. 13. baxodirjon, g. a. y. y. b. (2022). tuproqshunoslikda gisning roli va tushunchasi. ijodkor o'qituvchi, 2(20), 67-72. 14. ganiyev, y. y., murodilov, k. t., & mirzaakhmedov, s. s. (2023). evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions. italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges"., 14(1). 15. mirzaev, u., umarkulova, b., & ganiev, y. (2021). use of organic fertilizers, prepared from local waste, to improve the properties of meadow sulf soils: https://doi. org/10.47100/conferences. v1i1. 1340. in research support center conferences (no. 18.06). 16. umarkulova, b. (2022). evolution of irrigated soils" central fergana" under the influence of anthropogenic factors. american journal of agriculture and horticulture innovations, 2(05), 3035. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org about the so-called prolonged or persistent diarrhea in children mustayeva g. b. saidov h. sh samarkand state medical university, samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s assessment of the origin of prolonged diarrhea in young children presents great difficulties. there is an opinion that prolonged diarrhea in young children can be a manifestation of sepsis, which often leads to the appointment of repeated courses of antibiotics both enterally and parenterally. due to the unresolved nature of this issue, the tactics of managing these patients, issues of hospitalization and medical examination have not yet been worked out. diarrhea, intestinal disorders, staphylococcus introduction in this paper, an attempt is made to clarify the causes of prolonged diarrhea in children who were admitted to the section of acute intestinal diseases (soaid) for examination and treatment for the period from 2018 to 2022. when making the diagnosis of "prolonged" diarrhea, the who classification of diarrheal diseases was used, according to which, diarrhea lasting more than 3 weeks with a stool frequency of more than 4 times a day should be attributed to prolonged diarrhea, with a persistent violation of it both by nature and by its volume (polypecalia). prolonged diarrhea should also include conditions in which intestinal disorders, "unstable stools"-appear periodically and last more than 3-4 weeks. material and methods the clinical course of persistent (prolonged) diarrhea was studied in 187 children aged 3 months to 2 years. the hospitalized children had a duration of diarrheal syndrome for 3-12 weeks. among the hospitalized patients with prolonged diarrhea with suspected staphylococcal infection, sepsis there were 9 children, with suspected salmonellosis 8. the rest of the children in the emergency room were diagnosed with acute intestinal infection, gastroenterocolitic form ( 132) and gastroenteritic form (38 ). prior to admission to the hospital, unsuccessful therapy, including antibiotic therapy (2-3 courses each), was carried out for a long time at home or in hospitals. when differentiating the causes of prolonged diarrhea, information about acute diarrhea, food intolerance by the child and parents was taken into account, excessive and insufficient feeding, somatic diseases, various types of enzymopathies were excluded. during the examination, bacteriological studies of the feces of the child, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org breast milk of mothers were carried out, if necessary, a study of the patient's blood for sterility was carried out. results and discussion among 19 children with a preliminary diagnosis of staphylococcal infection sepsis 12 had a history of information about previously suffered acute diarrhea with staphylococcus seeding. in this group, prolonged diarrhea was accompanied by hypotrophy (in 7), anemia (in 15). splenomegaly (in 5), prolonged subfebrility (in 12). however, in this group, the staphylococcal origin of diarrhea could be confirmed only in 9 patients. during bacteriological examination in the feces, we found staphylococcus aureus in 7 patients and epidermal in 2. in 1 child from this group, it was possible to assume a staphylococcal etiology of the disease based on the abundant growth of staphylococcus aureus in the milk of a mother who had purulent mastitis, with negative results in the child. in 2 of them, growth of previously undetected flora was obtained (klebsiella1, proteus 1). in 10 out of 19 children, there was no information about previously suffered acute diarrhea of staphylococcal etiology. however, mothers indicated the presence in the anamnesis of previously purulent skin lesions (omphalitis, phlegmon pseudofurunculosis) in children (6) and mastitis in mothers (4). in this group, the staphylococcal origin of diarrhea could not be confirmed in any case. they had the growth of a different flora (enteropathogenic escherichia coli 4 , proteus 6) . prolonged stool changes in these children could not in any case be associated with previously existing purulent foci, because, despite the rapid resolution of purulent diseases and negative bacteriological examination of feces for staphylococcus, the intestinal syndrome persisted. at the same time, a thorough examination of these patients confirmed the absence of generalization of the process. thus, out of 19 children with suspected staphylococcal intestinal lesions with prolonged diarrhea, only 9 were bacteriologically confirmed. the non-infectious nature of prolonged diarrhea was confirmed in 8 patients. out of 8 patients, 5 managed to achieve rapid normalization of the stool after correction of nutrition. in 2 by excluding lactose-containing products, with the transfer to feeding with lactose-free mixture " nan " or lactose-free mixture " al 110". in 1 the abolition of antibiotics (started before admission to the hospital). among 8 patients with prolonged diarrhea with suspected salmonellosis, 6 of them received negative results during bacteriological examination, 4 had an increase in enteropathogenic escherichia coli and 2 had proteus. in 5 patients, it was possible to normalize the stool by excluding cow's milk from the child's diet, in the remaining patients by correcting nutrition and applying large doses of biologics and creon at the rate of 500-1000 units of lipase per kilogram of body weight. in the group of patients with prolonged diarrhea, with a preliminary diagnosis of acute intestinal infection gastroenterocalitis (132), klebsiella was detected in 17 children, proteus mirabilis in 15 children. however, the presence of these pathogens, in our opinion, was not the main cause of prolonged diarrhea, since the normalization of stool was noted after one of the stages of treatment: withdrawal of antibiotics, correction of food volume, directed diet therapy, treatment of intestinal dysbiosis. prolonged diarrhea in children with a preliminary diagnosis of acute intestinal infection, gastroenteritis american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org (38) with careful and repeated examination, only in 1 case there was a positive response to staphylococcus aureus (golden 1), in the remaining patients all studies were negative. it should be noted that treatment directed against isolated staphylococcus (antibiotic, specific phage and immunoglobulin) in these patients, the effect was not given, which cast doubt on the possibility of infection affecting the duration of diarrhea. all this made us doubt that the cause of prolonged diarrhea is an infectious agent. the proof of this was the improvement in the condition of patients after the withdrawal of antibiotics. thus, out of 187 children with long-term (persistent) diarrhea, 133 managed to establish the noninfectious nature of the disease, and thereby confirm that in the development of long-term diarrhea in children, the main role is assigned not to an infectious factor, but to a change in the composition of intestinal contents due to enzymopathic insufficiency (enzimopatnya), impaired absorption by the intestinal wall (malabsorption) and increase intestinal motility. as it turned out, these mechanisms are persistent, which determines the duration of the pathological process. with persistent ( chronic ) diarrhea, normalization of intestinal enzymatic function, proper feeding, organization of rational nutrition, including the elimination of causally significant product ( lactose, milk protein, etc.), vitamin therapy, the use of biologics, immunomodulators, phytotherapy, physiotherapy ( and in no case the use of antibiotics) is of paramount importance in terms of treatment). awareness of doctors in this matter will allow solving problems associated with irrational antibiotic therapy and polypragmasia in the treatment of prolonged diarrhea. conclusions the role of the infectious factor in the development of prolonged diarrhea is very limited. acute intestinal infection in many patients is the trigger mechanism of disorders, and does not play a significant role in the future. the most common cause of prolonged diarrhea is secondary lactase deficiency, which develops in them as a result of acute, especially viral diarrhea, in the treatment of which it is enough to make a correction in nutrition, and not prescribe antibiotics, which, unfortunately, is often practiced. the abuse of antibiotics and antibacterial drugs with prolonged diarrhea causes prolonged stool disorder, causing fungal intestinal lesions and "pseudomembranous " enterocolitis.practitioners overestimate the role of dysbiosis in the development of prolonged diarrhea in children and often overlook issues of nutrition correction and directed diet therapy. references 1. коновалова а.м.,печкуров д.м.,соавторами. персистирующая диарея как проявление гастроинтестинальной пищевой аллергии у детей раннего возраста: возможности диагностики. российский вестник перинатологии и педиатрии.том 66,номер2.2021г.стр 62-68. 2. лазарева т.с., жвания ф.ф. факторы риска и особенности питания детей раннего возраста с хронической диареей. вопросы современной педиатрии 2008; 7(6):150—155. [лазарева т.с., жвания ф.ф. факторы риска и особенности питания детей раннего возраста с хронической диареей. вопросы современной педиатрии 2008; 7(6): 150—155. (на русск.) 3. мухина ю.г., шумилов п.в., дубровская м.и., ипа-това м.г. синдром персистирующих диарей у детей. эффективная фармакотерапия 2011; 8: 28—37. [мухина ю.г., шумилов п.в., american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org дубровская м.и., ипатова м.г. синдром персистирующей диареи у детей. эффективная фармакотерапия 2011; 8: 28—37. (на русск.) 4. шадрин о.г., задорожная т.д., березенко в.с., баса-раба н.м., радушинськая т.ю., гайдучик г.а. и др. особенности проявления и дифференциальная диагностика хронической диареи у детей раннего возраста. перинатология и педиатрия 2018; 1: 105—110. 5.мустаева г. б. особенности течения клебсиеллезной инфекции по данным самаркандской областной клинической больницы //вестник науки и образования. – 2020. – №. 18-2 (96). – с. 81-85. 6.ярмухаммедова н.а. соавторами. клинико-эпидемиологическая характеристика шигеллеза у взрослых на современном этапе.центральноазиатский медицинский и естественнонаучный журнал.2021/6/28,том 2. номер 3.стр.311-318. 7.мустаева г.б., орипова п.о. samarqand viloyati aholisi orasida o’ii kasalliklari etiologik strukturasi va epidemiologik aspektlarini taxlil qilish. журнал кардиореспираторных иследований.№si-1.1. 2022г.стр414-418. 8. рустамова ш.а., мустаева г.б.эпидемиологическая характеристика острых кишечных инфекций в последные годы в самаркандской области.тадкикот.уз.2020/6. №16.стр. 142-145. 9. красная м.е., мустаева г.б.современные эпидемиологические аспекты острых кишечных инфекций в самаркандской области. журнал доктор ахборотномаси .2011г.№1. стр122-124. 10. yarmukhamedova n. a. et al. functional changes in the cardiovascular system in patients with chronic forms of brucellosis." //achievements of science and education. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 58. 11. yarmukhamedova n. a. et al. samarkˌand viloyati khududida bolalar va ŭsmirlarda parotitli infektsiya kechishining klinik-epidemiologik khususiyatlari //problemy biologii i meditsiny. – 2018. – №. 2. – с. 152-154. 12. раббимова н. т., матякубова ф. э., тиркашев о. с. частота выделения streptococcus pneumoniaе приострых респираторных инфекциях дыхательных путей //volgamedscience. – 2021. – с. 589-591. 13. ярмухамедова н. и др. клинико-эпидемиологическая характеристика паротитной инфекции у детей и подростков по самаркандской области //журнал проблемы биологии и медицины. – 2018. – №. 1 (99). – с. 150-153. 14. ярмухамедова н. и др. клинико эпидемиологическое течение коклюша у детей в самаркандской области //журнал проблемы биологии и медицины. – 2016. – №. 3 (89). – с. 124124. 15. tirkashev o.s. et al. measles at the present stage //web of scientist: international scientific research journal. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 5. – с. 177-185. 16. saidov h.sh., tirkashev o.s. study of the effect of measles vaccination on the epidemic process of the disease//web of scientist: international scientific research journal. vol 4 no.1 (2023): vos. c.560-565. 17. ne’matov h.a., tirkashev o. s. specific clinical and epidemiological features of scarlet fever//web of scientist: international scientific research journal. vol 4 no.1 (2023): vos. c.578584. 18. o’rolov j.b., tirkashev o. s. characteristics of the clinical course of salmonellosis disease in children of early age//web of scientist: international scientific research journal. vol 4 no.1 (2023): vos. c.573-577. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 118 www.americanjournal.org exploitation of residential buildings in winter season d. akramova, senior lecturer namangan engineering construction institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in preparing the building for the winter season, heating measures that ensure efficient use of heat, as well as measures that envisage the efficient use of hot and cold water and electricity are of great importance. buildings, winter season, engineering, exploitation. introduction when performing the above-mentioned works, it should be considered that most of the heat is lost in the attic rooms of the building. the practice of operating buildings in the autumn-winter season is that if the difference between the temperature in the attic rooms and the outside temperature does not exceed 20 oc, then the melting of snow does not occur, and freezing and frost do not occur. the difference between the outside air and the air in the attic is more than 20 oc, the source of heat supply to the attic, for example, insufficient or bad thermal insulation of the attic space; it is necessary to identify pipelines, air collectors, expansion tanks, ventilation and sewage columns and other defects located in the attic. in addition, the attic may not be ventilated. one of the following methods is recommended for improving the thermal insulation of attic partitions: increase the thickness of the heating to the standard requirement; additional heater light expanded clay, mineral cotton, mineral fiber, etc. are recommended; it is not recommended to use an additional heavy heater, for example, a stone, without first calculating the load-bearing capacity of the attic membrane approved by the project organization; it is not possible to change to a roll waterproofing with clay plaster, because this will destroy the ventilation of the membrane. it is necessary to ventilate a standing bulk heater (once in 5 years). it should be insulated so that heat does not pass from the stairwell to the attic. heat insulation of pipelines and ventilation shafts should eliminate heat loss to the environment. inspection of the central heating and hot water supply pipelines passing through the attic is carried out by inspection. it is not allowed to have open sections and cracks in the thermal insulation. expansion tanks, air collectors, openings of the heating system and the like must also be insulated. sewer pipes passing through the attic should have their widened ends facing upwards so that the condensate formed in the pipes does not fall into the joints through the joints, and must be heated with a 6-th thick 7 смmineral wool or a 10-th thick 15 смwooden wrap with stones. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 119 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. construction of facade systems with ventilated air slots if the measures listed above cannot provide the required temperature-humidity regime, then the ventilation structure of the roof should be carefully looked at. the cross-sectional area of hearing windows or skylights on the roof should not be less than 1/300 of the area of the attic , that is, there should be at least one hearing window or vents for each 1000 м2area of the attic. 3,5 м2in this case, the specified structure should provide direct ventilation of the attic room, excluding air congestion (air pockets). inadequate roof ventilation can lead to overcooling of rooms on upper floors and the formation of abundant condensers on ceiling surfaces, serious damping of structures and heaters. therefore, with the appearance of spots on the ceilings of the upper floor, it is necessary to immediately check the humidity of the heater and measure the thickness of the shed. it is not allowed to reduce the crosssectional area by closing the exhaust or suction holes of the ventilation channel grills with heaters, bricks, etc. in the winter months, it is recommended to carry out maintenance work inside the building, as well as adjustment and correction of the water conduit, sewerage and electrical supply system. reforms in the field of maintenance and operation of residential and public buildings are developing in uzbekistan. i analyzed the technical maintenance of buildings , their operation , current repair systems. these systems are vital to keep the buildings in working condition, they are one of the factors that determine the living conditions of the residents in the buildings and provide them with all-round comfort. the above facilities should be taken into account during the design of the buildings, and the latest scientific achievements should be put into practice. references 1. рахмонов б. и др. турар жой биноларини қиш мавсуми шароитда эксплуатация қилишга тайёрлаш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 3. – с. 99-108. 2. рахимов а. м. и др. ускорение твердения бетона при изготовлении сборных железобетонных изделий //conferencea. – 2022. – с. 20-22. 3. muminov k. k. et al. physical processes as a result of concrete concrete in dry-hot climate conditions //international journal of human computing studies. – т. 3. – №. 2. – с. 1-6. 4. saidmamatov a. t. et al. mathematical model of the optimization problem taking into account a number of factors //european journal of research development and sustainability. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 1-2. + _ outer surface heat protection layer wall plaster ventilation american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 120 www.americanjournal.org 5. акрамова д. экономико-математическое моделирование сроков проведения ремонта и реконструкции мостов //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 415-423. 6. жураев б. г., акрамова д. г. особенности проектирования энергоэффективных общественных и административных зданий //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 380-388. 7. жураев б. г., акрамова д. г. напряженно-деформационное поведение полимеров //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 372-379. 8. saidmamatov a. et al. review and practice of optimal structural design and selection of structural systems //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 365. – с. 02007. 9. акрамова д. ғ. талабаларни касбий фаолият хавфсизлигига тайёрлашнинг ташкилий-педагогик жиҳатлари //journal of academic research and trends in educational sciences. – 2022. – с. 167-173. 10. gulomjonovna a. d. pedagogical-psychological aspects of the safety problem //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2022. – т. 8. – с. 53-56. 11. mamadov b. et al. reduction of destructive processes in concrete concrete processing in dryhot climate conditions //international journal on integrated education. – т. 3. – №. 12. – с. 430-435. 12. raximov, a. m., alimov, x. l., to'xtaboev, a. a., mamadov, b. a., & mo’minov, k. k. (2021). heat and humidity treatment of concrete in hot climates. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 24(1), 312-319. 13. komilova, k., zhuvonov, q., tukhtabaev, a., & ruzmetov, k. (2022). numerical modeling of viscoelastic pipelines vibrations considering external forces (no. 8710). easychair. 14. ahmedjon, t., & pakhritdin, a. (2021). stress-strain state of a dam-plate with variable stiffness, taking into account the viscoelastic properties of the material. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(3), 36-43. 15. abdujabborovna, b. r., adashevich, t. a., & ikromiddinovich, s. k. (2019). development of food orientation of agricultural production. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 9(3), 42-45. 16. tukhtaboev, a. a., turaev, f., khudayarov, b. a., esanov, e., & ruzmetov, k. (2020). vibrations of a viscoelastic dam-plate of a hydro-technical structure under seismic load. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (pp. 012051-012051). 17. khudayarov, b. a., turaev, f. z., ruzmetov, k., & tukhtaboev, a. a. (2021). numerical modeling of the flutter problem of viscoelastic elongated plate. in aip conference proceedings (pp. 50005-50005). 18. tukhtaboev, a., leonov, s., turaev, f., & ruzmetov, k. (2021). vibrations of dam–plate of a hydro-technical structure under seismic load. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 264, p. 05057). edp sciences. 19. тухтабаев, а. а., & касимов, т. о. (2018). о вынужденных колебаниях плотины-пластинки с учетом вязкоупругих свойств материала и гидродинамических давлений воды. научное знание современности, (6), 108-111. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 121 www.americanjournal.org 20. тухтабаев, а. а., & касимов, т. о. (2018). использование наследственной теории вязкоупругостив динамических расчетах сооружений. научное знание современности, (6), 104-107. 21. адашева с. а., тухтабаев а. а. моделирование задачи о вынужденных колебаниях плотины-пластинки с постоянной и переменной жесткостью с учетом вязкоупругих свойств материала и гидродинамических давлений воды //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 234-239. 22. sayfiddinov s. et al. optimization of modeling while increasing energy efficiency of building structures of public buildings //theoretical & applied science. – 2020. – №. 6. – с. 16-19. 23. sayfiddinov s. et al. ensuring energy efficiency of air permeability of interfloor ceilings in the sections of nodal connections //the american journal of applied sciences. – 2020. – т. 2. – №. 12. – с. 122-127. 24. mardonov b., latifovich a. h., mirzoxid t. experimental studies of buildings and structures on pile foundations //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 9680-9685. 25. alimov k., buzrukov z., turgunpulatov m. dynamic characteristics of pilot boards of structures //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2021. – т. 264. – с. 02053. 26. алимов х. л. определения динамических характеристик свайных оснований сооружений. – 1991. 27. ходжиев н. р. расчет зданий с элементами сейсмозащиты как нелинейных систем. – 1990. 28. kovtun i. y., maltseva a. z. improving the reliability of calculations of bases and soil massifs based on geotechnical control methods //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 1. – с. 1367-1375. 29. ковтун и. ю. концептуальные предпосылки отчетного раскрытия информации о собственном капитале предприятия. – 2014. 30. ковтун и. ю., мальцева а. з. быстрорастущий павловний–эффективное решение актуальных задач ресурсосбережения и лесовосстановления //научный электронный журнал «матрица научного познания». – с. 38. 31. ковтун и. ю., мальцева а. з. механизм изменения физико-механических свойств древесины при различных температурах и времени термообработки //научный электронный журнал «матрица научного познания». – с. 45. 32. kovtun i. y. methods without formwork molding of reinforced concrete products //eurasian journal of engineering and technology. – 2022. – т. 10. – с. 128-130. 33. ковтун и. ю., мальцева а. з. контролируемые параметры и средства измерений параметрическим методом при геотехническом мониторинге зданий и сооружений. – 2021. 34. ходжиев н. р., назаров р. у. бетон ва асфальт-бетон материалларидан фойдаланиб йўл ва йўлаклар ҳамда кичик майдонлар қуришда йўл қўйилаётган камчиликлар //so ‘ngi ilmiy tadqiqotlar nazariyasi. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 4. – с. 88-92. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 122 www.americanjournal.org 35. назаров р. у., эгамбердиев и. х., исмоилов р. с. инновацион педагогик технологияларни қўллаш орқали қурилиш конструкцияларни лойиҳалашда компьютер технологиялари //scientific impulse. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 399-402. 36. эгамбердиев и. х., мартазаев а. ш., фозилов о. к. значение исследования распространения вибраций от движения поездов //научное знание современности. – 2017. – №. 3. – с. 350-352. 40. мартазаев а. ш., фозилов о. қ., носиржонов н. р. значение расчетов статического и динамического воздействия наземляные плотины //инновационная наука. – 2016. – №. 5-2 (17). – с. 132-133. 41. хакимов ш. а., мартазаев а. ш., ваккасов х. с. расчет грунтовых плотин методом конечных элементов //инновационная наука. – 2016. – №. 2-3 (14). – с. 109-111. 42. ҳакимов ша м. к. к., эгамбердиев и. х. особенности твердения бетона на портландцементе с учетом погодно-климатических факторов //механика ва технология илмий журнали. – 2021. – №. 4. – с. 102. 43. abduraxmanovich x. s. h. heliothermo concrete processing in hot climates //information technology in industry. – 2021. – т. 9. – №. 3. – с. 973-978. 44. хакимов ш. а., ваккасов х. с., бойтемиров м. б. у. основные принципы проектирования энергоэффективных зданий //вестник науки и творчества. – 2017. – №. 3 (15). – с. 136-139. 45. хакимов ш. а., чулпонов о. г. опит использования солнечной энергии при изготовлении бетонных изделий на открытых площадках //научный электронный журнал «матрица научного познания». – с. 93. 46. хакимов ш. а., муминов к. к. обезвоживание бетона в условиях сухогожаркого климата //научный электронный журнал «матрица научного познания». – с. 86. 47. khakimov s. a., mamadov b. a., madaminova m. continuous vaporing processes in new filled concrete //innovative development in educational activities. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 3. – с. 54-59. 48. хакимов ш. а., ваккасов х. с., каюмов д. а. у. проблемы обеспечения энергосбрежения и повышения энергоэффективности зданий, основные направления их решения //вестник науки и творчества. – 2017. – №. 3 (15). – с. 140-142. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 5, | oct., 2022 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org the use of innovative technalogiayas in teaching educational science in general secondary schools nurbayeva shahsanam a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s we hope that this article will be useful to many of them in the field of scientific observations on the use of innovative technologies in teaching educational science in general secondary schools. innovative technology, educational science, textbook, audiovisual active civil position, thoughtful worldview, healthy faithfulness, enlightenment, tolerance, conditions. the discipline of education, which we are studying for students as a textbook, was introduced at the initiative of the president of the republic of uzbekistan in general secondary educational institutions from the 2020-2021 academic year. as part of the concept of continuous spiritual education, this science aims to instill in students the idea of “from national recovery – towards national growth”, to prepare them for a socially successful life, to form such qualities as an active civic position, responsibility, commitment, legal consciousness and culture, thoughtful worldview, healthy faithfulness, enlightenment, tolerance. when creating the concept of science and textbook, the experience of such foreign countries as japan, singapore, england, uae, china, korea, russia, germany was used. since the educational process is an extremely complex process, the effectiveness of education depends on the activity of the educator and reader, the availability of educational tools, organizational, scientific, methodological perfection of the educational process. it is a system of improving the educational process, relying on advanced tools, techniques, technical means, methods. this system is created by the teacher, serves to correlate the stages of education and training. it includes such as the pre-determination of its mzmuni and tasks, its purpose, the preparation of forms and means of education, the planning of classes aimed at the assimilation of spiritual qualities, the formation of which is envisaged in the student. today, with the development of science and technology, human activity is incredibly expanding, and new technologies are entering. qualitative changes indicate that now there are also new technical, informational, audiovisual, tools that require new methods and are becoming an integral part of the educational process, introducing certain features into it, which have turned modern pedagogical technologies into a clear reality. increases the productivity of the educational process, forms the process of independent thinking of students, increases enthusiasm and interest in knowledge in students, forms skills and abilities for the solid assimilation of knowledge, free use of them in practice. the traditional teaching system, it can be said, is classified as informational teaching due to its work with reference to written and oghzaki words, since the teacher's american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org activity is being assessed not as an organizer of a single educational process, but as a source of authoritative knowledge. the uzbek people have the methods and tools that they have used for many centuries in preparing the younger generation for life, forms of events, specific traditions and traditions, ideas and life experience about education. this legacy was the basis for the cultivation of many scholars in the past. nowadays, the creative use of this heritage is of great importance. our ancestors attached great importance to the activities of a knowledge-teaching teacher. this was one of the main requirements for pedagogical activity. the great thinker of the eastern renaissance, abu nasr farabi, says of intelligent, wise and sharp-minded people: "smart is told to such a person that they are virtuous, acutely thoughtful, given to useful work, have an excellent will in discovering and inventing the necessary things; they carry themselves away from bad deeds. such people are called wise." in his opinion, "education is only with words and teaching. education, on the other hand, is learning by practical work and experience, that is, the fact that this people, consisting of the practical skills of this nation, are given to work-movement, profession. if they are given a job, a profession, are interested in a profession, this interest attracts them entirely to the profession, then they become truly lovers of the profession" the educational process involves two interrelated activities-the activities of a teacher and a student. in the process of upbringing, the student's consciousness is formed, his feelings and various abilities are developed, ideological, moral, volitional, aesthetic qualities are formed, a system of scientific views on nature, society is formed, physical strength is strengthened. in the process of upbringing, behavioral skills and habits are formed in the student, which correspond to the moral requirements that society imposes on a person. to achieve this, a systematic and systematic influence is reached on the student's consciousness (in the educational process), on his emotion (in the lesson and in various extracurricular activities), on his will (in the process of organizing activities, administering behavior).in the process of upbringing, it becomes difficult to achieve the goal if any of these (consciousness, feelings, will) remain out of focus. the essence and tasks of the educational process aimed at one goal are planned and regulated by the educator. a) it is planned with the aim of forming or losing what character the student has. b) search for resources that serve to nurture or lose those traits. c) what are the theoretical and practical resources that serve for the intended purpose and where are the plans to be used. the essence of education, laid down in such a plan, is formed by the intellectual and physical activity of society and people in the educational system. in teaching the subject of upbringing, the following techniques of cooperative education can be effectively used in classes : way-fay (wi-fi(gesture of keeping silence )). 1.the teacher raises his hand and says that it is wi-fi. 2.focus on the teacher (stop working don't talk). 3.repeat the teacher's gesture without making a voice the purpose of education is formed in accordance with the needs of society. therefore, the educational goal should be appropriate and balanced. in the scientific literature, it is emphasized that the purpose of education is to form the skills and abilities of the correct, clear, appropriate use of the possibilities, develop logical-creative thinking, increase communicative literacy, instill a national idea, form oriental education, spiritual enrichment of the individual. based on the educational goal, students are improved their culture of communication through independent thinking, increasing oral and written literacy, developing logical thinking. and on the basis of the educational goal, spiritual, ideological, refined upbringing is given. in the process of language learning, it becomes possible to bring closer to the cultural and moral values of the people. it is known that the implementation of advanced pedagogical and new information technologies in education not only american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 5, oct., 2022 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org increases the effectiveness of training, but also plays an important role in the education of an independent and logical thinking, comprehensively harmonious highly spiritual person through the application of achievements of science in practice. currently, interest in the application of interactive methods and information technologies in the educational process is increasing day by day. one of the reasons for this is that until then, in traditional education, students were taught to acquire only readymade knowledge, while the use of modern technologies teaches them to search for the knowledge they are acquiring on their own, learn independently and think, analyze, and even bring the final conclusions themselves. in this process, the teacher creates conditions for the development, formation, acquisition and upbringing of the individual, and at the same time performs the function of management, orientation. today in education, modern technologies such as" brainstorming"," attack of thoughts"," networks "method," sinkvein"," bbb"," fifth plus"," 6x6x6"," discussion"," role-playing game", fsmu," work in small groups"," rounded snow"," zigzag"," let me say the last word " are used. in our opinion, the main requirements for the lessons of educational science, especially in elementary grades, are as follows: 1. educational games should be appropriate for the age of students; 2. the subject on which the games are being played should be in proportion to the content-essence; 3. the timing of educational games must be clearly defined; 4. educational games should have both educational and educational value; 5. the purpose of educational games, the importance of which should be determined it is correct to say that the effectiveness of the lesson will increase if the above requirements are followed, and modern technologies will serve the effectiveness of education. list of used literature: 1. shavkat mirziyoyev. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. 2. shavkat mirziyoyev. ensuring the rule of law and human interests 3. farabi. "city of noble people". t.: people's heritage named after abdullah kadiri. publishing house, 1993. . 184-185-b. 4. farabi. "city of noble people". t.: people's heritage named after abdullah kadiri. publishing house, 1993. 182-b. 4. saviya.uz 5. ziyonet.uz american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org priority of ensuring community unity in strengthening state administration asatov akmal ismatovich, teacher of the department of social sciences, tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes community solidarity as a pillar of the modern social state. the state, in the performance of its social, economic internal and external functions, necessarily relies on a normal and stable society. in this way, if the society is socially united, all residents will be equally interested in the reforms in this regard. also, community solidarity mitigates conflicts between different social groups and increases the efficiency of state administration. based on its social character, the society ensures the activity of people, staying true to its traditions. the criteria for the formation of a highly moral civil society are revealed in the work. society, state, government, social state, democracy, solidarity, citizenship, solidarity, harmony, harmony. introduction we should never forget that uzbek society was built on the basis of knowledge and enlightenment. as we all know, historically, patriarchal-family relations have been watered with the product of enlightened creation, which was created by religious, philosophical, cultural, as well as world science, considering mutual respect and solidarity, harmony, harmony and moral values. the representatives of the renaissance period in this area are al-khorazmi, ahmad farghani, ibn sina, abu raykhan beruni, abu nasr farabi, mahmud zamakhshari, imam ismail al-bukhari, at-tirmizi, mirza ulughbek, zahiriddin muhammad. great geniuses like babur and alisher navoi lived and created. in the context of this article, the term "solidarity" has been the focus of attention of intellectuals, scientists and statesmen. unity has always been considered a priority goal in social society and the state. "solidarity (fr. solidarite) means having the same views, uniting for the same interest, activity, action or sympathy for views. it follows that solidarity is a term specific to society and its members. community solidarity means the harmony and commonality of views and interests of individual members. therefore, it calls on members of the society to deeply understand their obligations to each other or to each other. according to farabi, society is necessary for the existence and development of people[2.136]. society is made up of different peoples. farobiy explains the unique characters and feelings of the peoples in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org connection with the features of the geographical conditions in which this or that people live. pharoah divides the city-states into virtuous or dreamy and ignorant. the dream city is such a city that exists based on mutual cooperation of its inhabitants. therefore, community unity is a sign of a noble place in a dream. based on the principle of "society is the initiator of reforms, we will consult with our people on all issues" in fact, the social activity of the society determines the fate of the country. in this, it is necessary to increase the social consciousness of the members of the society and to expand the active layer, to strengthen the social education with the understanding of the moral values that are suitable for our intellectual sphere. based on this, we can say that social consciousness and social education give the concept of social culture and elevate it. social culture is the main criterion of social cohesion. the role of solidarity in the stable implementation of social functions before the state is incomparable. therefore, it is necessary to strengthen the unity of the society. in his speech, the head of state said, "in order to take the development of our country to a new level, both management, legislation, and our society must change. if we don't do this, if we can see the problems and not see them, we will be behind the times. our people, our young generation will not agree with us. therefore, we should deeply inculcate the idea of "man first, then society and state" in our constitution and laws, as well as in our daily life. it is necessary to strengthen the foundations of our national statehood, which is able to overcome the serious tests and unpredictable threats of today" [3] they emphasize. as we all know, according to the results of the referendum held on april 30 of this year, a new version of the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan was adopted. article 1 of the newly revised constitution of the republic of uzbekistan states that "uzbekistan is a social and secular state"[1.]. since, in order to build a social state, it is necessary first of all to have a solid unity of a normal social society. therefore, in a socially united society, it is very important for the members of the society to get used to social norms, collective self-awareness and common social experience. however, these results are difficult to achieve quickly and easily in these times of rapid change. this is determined by life itself. a normal socially cohesive society closes the gap between the society we see and the society we actually want. as we live in an open and democratic country, it is natural that various ideas and views coming from abroad sometimes speed up the establishment of a normal united society and sometimes hinder it. therefore, it is necessary to find the socio-psychological factors of turning people into mutual social and cultural relations into a stronger positive reality in this society. unfortunately, in the society in which we live and observe, indulging in the mood of complacency and complacency, social or property stratification and social inequality, deception or fraud in social relations, selfishness, laziness, and other similar negative vices that undermine unity among some ordinary residents still exist. at the same time, some state officials or responsible executors are also faced with negative vices (greed, bureaucracy, localism and tribalism, in their words "unwritten laws"). what rules serve to eliminate these problems? first of all, in a democratic legal state and a normal social society, it is necessary to completely standardize social rights, functions and rules of procedure, as well as to put an end to "manual management" in management. since we usually talk about our rights and obligations and not about the law, in fact it is appropriate that these are embodied in laws. farobi shows three forms of governance: single governorship, governance of a small group of people, and the authority of the most worthy person elected by the people[40-41]. in the years of independence, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org the mechanism of managing a small group of people inherited by us, a rare institution of civil society neighborhood activity was established in our country. in order for this institute to be formed and work effectively in accordance with our national traditions and values, the necessary legal bases are being created step by step. the head of our state emphasized that now the neighborhood management will be organized based on new approaches. a tax collector and a social worker will be added to the current "five" and will become the "neighborhood seven" working together. in particular, it was mentioned that more than 70 issues, such as inclusion of the needy strata of the population in 3 notebooks, financial aid, subsidy and loan allocation, should be solved collegially in the neighborhood itself. also, the funds allocated to 3 notebooks from the employment, entrepreneurship and household funds will be distributed to each neighborhood, and the use of the funds will be given to the neighborhood itself, to the discretion of the "seven". of course, it is not surprising that this mechanism is quickly reflected in normative legal documents. in order to eliminate the elements that have a negative impact on the unity of the society mentioned above, the principle of transparency and justice should be a priority in this neighborhood institution. the smallest unit of society is the family, and the next is the neighborhood. it is not for nothing that the neighborhood is called the conscience of the people. whatever you say the secret to a thriving society is in people coming together. for centuries, the concept of hashar, which has been inherited from our ancestors, and its essence have been glorified as a value. if people want to join together for a common goal and do something difficult, they will definitely succeed. at the moment, the national movement "green space" has risen to the level of state policy. in this regard, we are witnessing the unorganized members of society uniting around the movement. the success of civil society is that people unite to solve the problem constructively and do not just shout the problem out loud without spending their energy. it is also important for adults to set a personal example for young people in these good deeds this is one of the main directions of patriotic education today. according to the "uzbekistan 2030" strategy, the task of reducing poverty by 2 times by 2026 is set, and it is the responsibility of the group of seven, which is considered to be its composition, to fulfill this task on the basis of systematic, transparent and fair criteria. in this regard, if the social functions of the state are implemented in the life of these subjects, the confidence of the members of the society in the state will increase, and the unity of the society will be strengthened. chapter ii of this strategy, which is called "ensuring the welfare of the population through sustainable economic growth", aims to increase the gdp to 160 billion dollars and per capita income to 4 thousand dollars, to ensure macroeconomic stability and economic development with the necessary level of energy, water and infrastructure resources. ensuring annual inflation at the level of 5-6 percent until 2030 by continuing structural reforms aimed at ensuring mutual coordination of monetary, fiscal, and foreign trade policies and improving the competitive environment in the goods and services market, monetary, fiscal, and by continuing structural reforms aimed at harmonizing foreign trade policies and improving the competitive environment in the market of goods and services, ensuring annual inflation at the level of 5-6 percent by 2030, consistently continuing transformation and institutional reforms in the economy, favorable investment and ensuring a business environment and implementing a balanced monetary and credit policy, implementing a medium-term public debt management strategy so that the ratio of public debt to gdp does not exceed 50 percent, an annual average of 7 percent of the volume of investments american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org in fixed capital issues such as ensuring its growth are included. therefore, their satisfaction with the reforms is seen in their criteria of happiness. when any country conducts its domestic and foreign policy, expresses its firm position on bilateral cooperation in international relations or a certain reality, a hopeful, reliable and united society stands behind it. national pride and patriotism prevail in an organized united social society. he easily and reliably defends his country against all kinds of threats from destructive ideas or evil forces that want to invade from abroad. therefore, the unity of the society should never be undermined. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining konstitutsiyasi. –t.: “o‘zbekiston”, 2023. 2. forobiy. fozil shahar aholsi qarashlari haqida risola//в кн.: с.н.григорян. из истории средней и ирана vii-xii веков. –m., 1960. 136-b. 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti shavkat mirziyoevning oliy majlis va o‘zbekiston xalqiga murojaatnomasi. 20.12.2022 y 4. forobiy. as-siyosat al-madaniya. 40-41-b. 5. “xalq so‘zi” gazetasi 2022 yil 21 dekabr, №272 6. https://president.uz/uz/lists/view/5774 7. https://xs.uz/uz/site/newspaper?page=26 https://president.uz/uz/lists/view/5774 https://xs.uz/uz/site/newspaper?page=26 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org effect of the fungus stigmina carpophila (lev) on almond fruit weight yuldasheva dilafruz nazarova odina khujaev otabek research institute of forestry a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s almond lives on average 25-30 years. on one hectare of land with 100120 almond trees, an average yield of 350-500 kg is obtained. 1000-1500 kg/ha can be obtained from the area with proper agrotechnics and care. however, under the influence of fungal diseases, the fruit of almonds is damaged and productivity decreases. below is the effect of the fungus stigmina carpophila (lev.) on almond fruit. stigmina carpophila, almond, fungus, fruit weight, productivity. introduction this disease occurs in almonds and all grain fruit trees and it is reported to be widespread in france, italy, germany, yugoslavia, poland, other european countries, canada, usa and asian countries [1]. this disease was detected in the territory of the former union in russia, azerbaijan, georgia, armenia, moldova, ukraine, belarus and central asian countries [2; 3; 4; 5;]. stigmina carpophila (lev.) m.b. ellis (synonyms: clacterosporium carpophilum, wilsonomyces carpophilus) is a fungus. method consideration of the hole spot disease of almond. 10 almond trees from up to 50 ha of almond orchards were examined for almond hole spot disease. if the area of the almond grove was more than 50 hectares, two more almond trees were examined for each additional 10 hectares. one branch was selected from four sides of each tree, and 25 leaves from each branch, i.e. 100 leaves per tree, were examined and counted. the spread and development of the disease was determined by taking the account in this way. the following scale was used to determine the development of the disease: 0 – the leaves are healthy; 1 – there are several spots on the leaves that are not noticeable; 2 – there are 1-3 spots up to 0.5 cm in diameter visible on the surface of the leaves; 3 – on the surface of the leaves there are noticeable spots with a diameter of 0.5-1 cm; 4 – the surface of the leaves is covered with so many spots that it is difficult to count [6]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the method of determining the reduction of the yield due to the disease. the decrease in the productivity of seed-bearing fruit trees due to moniliosis disease was found based on the following formula [6]; b=100 (a-a)/a in this case, bcrop loss in %; athe number of healthy plants; acrop of diseased plants. results to study the effect of the hole spot disease on almond yield, the effect of the disease on the weight of almond fruits was studied. for this, fruits were collected from almond trees of different ages and the fruits were separated according to the degree of damage by the hole spot disease. 100 almonds from healthy almonds and 100 almonds from each score depending on the level of disease were separated and their weight was measured. the weight of 100 healthy fruits collected from 6-year-old almond trees was 290.1 g (table 1). table 1. effect of disease development on almond fruit weight № expression of disease development in scores the effect of the disease on the weight of the fruit depending on the age of almonds up to 6 years old up to 8 years old up to 10-60 years old average weight of 100 fruits, g lost fruit weight compared to healthy average weight of 100 fruits, g lost fruit weight compared to healthy average weight of 100 fruits, g lost fruit weight compared to healthy g % g % g % 1. 0 290,1 – – 278,6 – – 243,5 – – 2. 1 288,3 1,79 5,2 276,5 2,08 5,8 241,0 2,51 6,1 3. 2 – – – 275,3 3,30 9,2 238,9 4,64 11,3 4. 3 – – – – – – 232,2 11,29 27,5 the weight of almonds with disease level 1 was 288.3 g. it was found that 5.2% of the weight of almonds was lost due to the disease. 100 healthy fruits collected from 8-year-old almond trees weighed 278.6 g. almonds with a disease score of 1 weighed 276.5 g and were found to have lost 5.8% of their weight due to the disease. the weight of fruits with disease level 2 was equal to 275.3 g, and it was noted that these fruits lost 9.2% weight compared to healthy ones. in our experiment, 100 healthy fruits collected from 10-60-year-old trees weighed 243.5 g. the weight of 100 fruits with a disease level of 1 point was 241.0 g, those with 2 points 238.9 g, and those with 3 points 232.2 g. when diseased fruits and healthy almonds were compared by weight, it was noted that 6.1% of diseased fruits lost weight compared to healthy ones when the disease level was 1 point, 11.3% when the disease level was 2, and 27.5% when it was 3 points. conclusion based on the data obtained from the experimental results, it can be concluded that almond fruits can lose their weight by 5.2-27.5% depending on the development of the hole spot disease, and this indicator can increase as the age of the almond tree increases. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. i̇lker kurbetli̇ özdemir hancioğlu 2008. fungal diseases on almond in isparta province, plant coruma bülteni̇ 48(3): p. 43-55. 2. anatov d.m., gaziev m.a. prognoznaya otsenka porajaemosti apricot moniliozom v zonakh plodovodstva po mnogoletnim dannym (na primere ravninnogo dagestan) // vestnik ulyanovskoy gosudarstvennoy selskohozyaystvennoy akademii, 2017. no. 2. – p. 15-19. 3. mishchenko i.g. sovershenstvovanie tekhnologii zashchity slivy ot klyasterosporioza v prikubanskoy zone krasnodarskogo kray // 2017.– t. 13.p. 74-77. 4. pilat t.g., buga s.f. rol temperatury v razvitii griba clastesporium carpophilum – vozbuditelya klyasterosporioza slivy domashney // vestsi natsyanalnay akdemii navuk belarusi. 2014. #1. p. 5053. 5. prakh s.v., mishchenko i.g. what is the disease and vrediteli kostochkovykh culture and mery borby s. – krasnodar, 2013. – 98 p. 6. chumakov a.e., minkevich i.i., vlasov yu.i., gavrilova e.a. osnovnye metody phytopathologicheskih issledovaniy. m.: kolos, p. 1974. -191. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org the importance of aerospace instruments in the research of earth types lazizbek qosimov assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s aerospace instruments are critical tools of great importance in the study of the earth's crust. these devices are used to collect information about the earth's atmosphere, oceans, horizons, strange areas and many others. these devices are used for space flight, earth tracking and other quality data acquisition. the study of land categories helps to study the world's climate changes, atmospheric hardness, natural resources and many other important information. this abstract discusses in detail the importance of spacecraft in the study of the earth's crust. land categories, aerospace equipment, aircraft, biosystem, weather forecasts, monitoring. introduction aerospace instruments are an important tool for scientific research in the study of the earth's crust. it includes the imaging of the earth's surface through its lighting tools, cameras and sensors, radars and other scientific devices, covering all changes on a large scale. aerospace instruments play an important role in gathering the necessary data for weather markets and offering simplified guides [1-4]. with its help, it is possible to consider the movements of the atmosphere, atmospheric conditions and weather symptoms. in addition, aerospace instruments are used to study all objects of the solar system (sun, planets, planets and axis) [5-9]. the information obtained from them allows us to obtain several information about the atmosphere of the planet, the atmosphere of the axis, the weather, the gravitational parameters and several others. such information is essential for understanding, teaching and identifying methods of solar energy, planetary return and separation of two objects. aerospace instruments help to study, conserve and monitor the earth's ecology and ecosystems. this information is essential for studies on terrestrial ecology, forests and different biosystems, and for identifying threats and adaptations [10-14]. the main part aerospace equipment helps maintain communications networks on the ground. they are used to provide information and communication through television, telephone, internet and other networks. aerospace devices help in studying the topographical information on the surface of the earth, the relief of the earth and the distances between two objects. it allows us to provide the necessary information in the field of geodesy and cartography [15-17]. enables the collection of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org classified information for aerospace, cartography, navigation and other related fields. also, aerospace apparatuses allow us to carry out important tasks in mapping studies for military strategizing, performing inter-terrestrial monitoring and preservation of historical sites. this information will be essential in balancing the activities of hospitals and care organizations. aerospace vehicles are of great importance in ground research, as they are used for high-speed data acquisition, monitoring, problem-solving, learning, cargo transportation, delivery, passenger and water resource monitoring. devices and satellites are used. in this, it helps to increase the efficiency of resources and strengthen the transport system. result it allows to achieve of specific results of the research of the aerospace apparatus. these results include: 1. social categories: weather data, unit location, tourist facilities and other information provided by aerospace apparatus are used in the field of travel and tourism and provide weather forecasts for tourists and travellers. 2. economic categories: aerospace equipment allows monitoring of our earth's resources, water sources, local historical sites, freight lines and transportation systems. it is used in resource optimization, ecology, transport optimization and project management. 3. cultural categories: it helps to explore cultural information such as aerospace, historical sites, archaeological sites, geodesy, cities, weather history and more. this makes it possible to provide valuable information for archaeologists, urban planners, managers of historical and cultural centres and others. 4. meteorological categories: aerospace apparatus and weather movements help to study the data. it is important in providing weather forecasts, natural and economic problems, climate change and weather forecasts. 5. categories of scientific research: aerospace vehicles are widely used for high-speed scientific research. conclusion thus, aerospace instruments will be essential to provide comprehensive information in the study of land categories. the information released by these devices will be of great importance in the study of climate, ocean and natural areas, resource management and natural security. in addition, aerospace apparatuses are important devices in the fields of physical and technical research, meteorology, ecology, earth sciences, communication and production. they greatly assist in the study of land types and their processes, in the collection of important information organized in the above fields, and in the performance of important tasks in world security, economy, and environmental management. references 1. aguirre, m. a. (2012). introduction to space systems: design and synthesis (vol. 27). springer science & business media. 2. fortescue, p., swinerd, g., & stark, j. (eds.). (2011). spacecraft systems engineering. john wiley & sons. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 3. bate, r. r., mueller, d. d., white, j. e., & saylor, w. w. (2020). fundamentals of astrodynamics. courier dover publications. 4. axmedov, b. m. (2022). knauf insulation is effective isolation. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 298-302. 5. ganiyev, y. y., qosimov, l. m., & murodilov, k. t. (2023). creating agricultural maps using geo-information systems as an example of bandikhan district. finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities, 11(3), 1132-1140. 6. kasimov, l. m., & ganiev, y. (2022). the essence of using electronic tachometers and gps (global navigation system) in monitoring areas. eurasian research bulletin, 15, 4851. 7. baxodirjon o‘g‘li, m. b., & muxsinjon o‘g‘li, q. l. (2022). turoqshunoslikda gat texnologiyalariga doir tadqiqotlar. ijodkor o'qituvchi, 2(20), 73-76. 8. kasimov, m., habibullaev, e., & kosimov, l. (2020). determination of the chimney roll. an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 1313-1318. 9. khakimova, k., abdukhalilov, b., qosimov, l., abdusalomov, a., & yokubov, s. (2023). application of gis technologies for improving the content of the tourist map of fergana province, uzbekistan. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 386). edp sciences. 10. zikirov, m. c., qosimova, s. f., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). direction of modern design activities. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(2), 11-18. 11. kholmurodova, d., & kiyamova, d. (2023). study of the process of producing fuel briquettes from industrial waste. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(10), 238-243. 12. yusupova, s. s., kholmurodova, d. k., & kiyamova, d. s. (2023). vexibia alopecroides how to new source for the synthesis of physiologically active substances used in medicine. global scientific review, 20, 25-30. 13. махмудова, х. и., & холмуродова, д. к. (2023). анализ некоторых физиологических показателей зааненских коз в местных условиях. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 19, 56-58. 14. хусанбоев, с. е. (2022). перспективные направления развития агротуризма в республике узбекистане. бюллетень науки и практики, 8(5), 476-482. 15. ugli, x. s. y. (2022, may). evaluation of the effectiveness of agrotourism development directions in the republic of uzbekistan. in international conference on research identity, value and ethics (pp. 268-272). 16. ugli, x. s. y. (2022, may). agrotourism as a factor in the development of agrotouristic facilities in the republic of uzbekistan. in international conference on research identity, value and ethics (pp. 265-267). 17. xusanboyev, s., qodirov, a., baxromov, e., ulmasova, n., & to'xtamboyeva, n. (2021). the effect of the covid-19 pandemema on student behavior and concepts: on the example of institution students in uzbekistan. экономика и социум, (5-1), 550-558. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 156 www.americanjournal.org a model of ecological education in a higher education institution savriyeva iqbol bahodirovna, scientific researcher bukhara engineering technological institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, a model of providing professional-personal environmental education to students in a higher education institution has been developed. also, in the process of acquiring theoretical and practical knowledge, concepts such as a holistic attitude towards nature, a responsible attitude towards one's professional activities, and the feeling of being a part of nature are illuminated. in particular, the continuous professional-personal education model was used in practice. ecological education, ecological competence, ecological knowledge, ecological culture, traditional pedagogical model. introduction бугун кунда бутун дунё миқёсида техника,технология ва саноат юқори даражада ривожланган бир пайтда экология билан боғлиқ глобал муаммолар биринчи даражали муаммо сифатида куннинг асосий масаласига айлангани хаммамизга маълум. measures to effectively organize a continuous environmental education system in the decision of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated may 27, 2019 "on approval of the concept of development of ecological education in the republic of uzbekistan", the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 30, 2019 "environmental protection of the republic of uzbekistan until 2030" in the decree on approval of the concept of "educational programs at all levels, the introduction of issues such as improving the continuous environmental education system by introducing issues of ecology, environmental protection and sustainable development into educational programs at all levels of education, a new special program on ecology that teaches environmental problems and the proper use of nature specific tasks were defined in the implementation of educational plans and programs and measures to improve the existing ones. a comprehensive study of the problem of improving the traditional system of environmental education at technical higher education institutions revealed the need for further development of the educational environment on a new technological basis using innovative technologies in the educational process [1]. technological innovations led to a significant expansion of pedagogical methods and methods, influenced the nature of pedagogical activity. the function of the teacher has also changed, and his task has become to support the student, to help him assimilate large and diverse information [4]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 157 www.americanjournal.org in order to further develop the educational environment of professional-personal ecological education, it will be necessary to develop teaching on a new technological basis, to organize a flexible educational process oriented to the future specialty [2]. sodelization is one of the methods of scientific research. a model is an artificially created object in the form of schemes, physical constructions, symbolic forms or formulas, which is similar to the studied object (or event) and reflects the structure, properties, connections and relationships between the elements of this object in a simpler and rougher form [3]. models are usually conventionally divided into three types: physical (having a nature similar to the original); material-mathematical (their physical nature differs from the prototype, but the character of the original can be described mathematically); logical-semiotic (made up of special signs and structural schemes). there are no strict boundaries between the specified types of models. pedagogical models mainly belong to the second and third groups of the listed types [5]. a traditional pedagogical model refers to a model that summarizes knowledge that reflects abilities that turn into skills. the final product of the pedagogical model is a skill. modeling combines empirical and theoretical developments in pedagogical research, that is, in the process of studying a pedagogical object, it combines experience with the creation of logical constructions and scientific abstractions. in the scientific works of g.v. sukhodolsky, modeling is described as "the process of creating a hierarchy of models, in which a certain real system is modeled in different aspects and using different tools" [6]. the aggravation of the environmental situation determined the social order for environmentally competent engineers. the construction of the level hierarchy of the educational process and the formation of ecological culture should begin with the analysis of the existing requirements set by the state educational standards for the graduate of the educational institution. the state educational standard for each specialty includes requirements for specialists who have graduated from technical higher education institutions. requirements also include environmental criteria. the study showed that preparation requires certain conditions of the educational process and its organization [7]. e.e. smirnova in the work "ways of forming a model of a highly educated specialist" includes the following in the model: • tasks to be solved by the specialist in his professional activity; • methods and methods used to solve problems; • basic obligations according to professional requirements; • theoretical and practical knowledge that the specialist uses in his work; • abilities and skills that help to achieve the desired results; • personal characteristics that ensure success in the chosen field; • value orientations and guidelines. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 158 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. a model of environmental education in a higher education institution acquiring environmental knowledge in higher educational institutions has an integral and differential character and occurs at every stage of education. any course study should be considered from an ecological perspective. monitoring and evaluation of the effectiveness of environmental education can be done using the modeling method. adhering to the general theory of systems, we build a model of vocationally oriented education in technical heis. the purpose of creating such a model is to form the ecological competence of the future engineer [8]. environmental education in technical higher education institutions can be carried out only in the system, only in this case pedagogical actions will be effective. as a set of elements, any system can be divided into parts. it is more convenient to review and study the structure and properties of the system according to its model [9]. social order for the training of environmentally competent engineers vocational education requirements requirements for the development of environmental competence requirements for personal qualities learning environment formation of primary environmental knowledge formation of ecological culture the level of readiness for ecologically knowledgeable professional activity formation of procedural skills education formation of personal qualities expert output american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 159 www.americanjournal.org the model of the continuous professional-personal environmental education system is given in the form of an integrated unit of the system of educational goals and all the factors of the pedagogical process that help to achieve these goals. the structure, content and functions of this system have a multilevel character. each joint works for a common goal. professional-personal pedagogical technologies are of great importance in the formation of environmental skills and abilities of future professionals. the uniqueness of this model is the introduction of a controlling moment at each stage, the theoretical presentation of the material and the integration of practice. improving the educational process can be achieved not only by using innovative teaching technologies, but also by improving the process of managing the educational environment [10]. formation of ecological culture as a special form of activity organization on the basis of knowledge, abilities, skills, and values determines the need for ecological education. traditional educational activities, practical activities and discussions on the topic also serve as a form of education of ecological culture. in the process of acquiring theoretical and practical knowledge, students develop a holistic attitude to nature, a responsible attitude to their professional activities, and a sense of themselves as a part of nature. the level of ecological culture is a reflection of the result of education. the future engineer should not only be ecologically knowledgeable, but also a carrier of ecological culture, ecologically competent [11]. it is necessary to divide the whole process of training an ecologically knowledgeable specialist into stages, the formation of abilities and skills goes along with the qualitative change of the knowledge system and helps to form an ecological worldview, and the achievement of the required level of knowledge requires their application in professional activities [12]. the model of continuous professional-personal education was used in practice. 12 groups of students participated in the experiment. during the entire period of study, students have acquired vocationally oriented environmental knowledge along with basic education. lectures were combined with laboratory exercises. constant control over the level and quality of knowledge acquisition was carried out. the developed evaluation criteria helped to assess the environmental competence of the graduate specialist. in short, the practical application of the model developed by us will serve to increase the environmental competence of future specialists. students' final tests and surveys showed increased environmental competence and satisfaction with learning outcomes. references 1. олимов, к. т., назимова, ф. р., & алимов, а. а. (2012). личностно-деятельностноориентированные технологии в непрерывном профессиональном образовании. образование через всю жизнь: непрерывное образование в интересах устойчивого развития, 10(2), 219-221. 2. olimov, k. t., khimmataliev, d. o., ashurova, s. y., gaffarov, f. h., & karimova, n. n. (2020). competent training of future specialists on the basis of acmelogical approach. journal of critical reviews, 7(15), 2476-2483. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 160 www.americanjournal.org 3. abdurasulovich, k. j., abdurasulovich, k. o., yangiboevich, k. m., anvarovich, a. a., & xolmurodovich, g. a. (2020). opportunities and results to increase the effectiveness of multimedia teaching in higher education. journal of critical reviews, 7(14), 89-93. 4. олимов, к. т., гаффаров, ф. х., & расулов, а. а. (2015). регистрация качества эффективности учебников по специальным дисциплинам профессионального образования. молодой ученый, (10), 1244-1246. 5. anvarovich, a. a., & faxritdinova, t. s. (2021, october). foreign experiences in modern teaching of specialties in engineering. in archive of conferences (pp. 192-198). 6. maxmudovich, x. m., kuchkorovich, j. a., & xo'jjiyev, m. (2021). technology of using elearning modeling programs in teaching special subjects in professional education. psychology and education journal, 58(1), 5403-5411. 7. alimov, a. a., olimov, k. t., & gaffarov, a. k. (2018). preparing future teachers of vocational education for innovative activity in uzbekistan. eastern european scientific journal, (2). 8. abdurasulovich, k. j., anvarovich, a. a., mamatkulovich, y. u., yangiboevich, k., & sobirovna, m. m. (2020). the advantages of the methodology of preparing students for innovative activity on the basis of visual teaching of special disciplines. journal of critical reviews, 7(14), 1244-1251. 9. tamoyillari, b. a. o. d. masofaviy ta’lim orqali umumkasbiy va ixtisoslik fanlarini kognitiv–vizual yondashish orqali, talabalar. 10. алимов, а. а., тоиров, б. б., & савриева, и. б. (2020). умумкасбий фанларни ўқитиш жараёнини ташкил этиш ва баҳолаш. science and education, 1(8), 199-206. 11. alimov, a. a., savrieva, i. b., & amonov, e. и. (2019). methods of improving the quality of training of qualified engineering staff on the basis of personality-oriented innovative technologies. информация и образование: границы коммуникаций, (11), 76-78. 12. алимов, а. а. (2018). бўлажак касб таълими ўқитувчиларини шахсга йўналтирилган технологиялар асосида инновацион фаолиятга тайёрлаш: педагогика фанлари бўйича фалсафа доктори (рhd) монографияси автореферати. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org study of the impact of innovative technologies on mechanical engineering, transport and agriculture mukhammadbobir khusanboyev fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: xusanoxunzoda@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article explores the transformative influence of innovative technologies on the fields of mechanical engineering, transport, and agriculture. the study delves into the recent advancements that have reshaped these industries, emphasizing the positive outcomes and potential challenges. through a systematic analysis, the article aims to provide valuable insights for researchers, practitioners, and policymakers navigating the dynamic landscape of technological integration in these crucial sectors. innovative technologies, mechanical engineering, transport, agriculture, automation, artificial intelligence, sustainable practices, precision agriculture, smart transportation, industry 4.0. introduction the advent of innovative technologies has ushered in a new era for mechanical engineering, transport, and agriculture. these sectors, traditionally characterized by manual processes and conventional methodologies, are experiencing a paradigm shift driven by automation, artificial intelligence, and advanced data analytics [1-3]. this article explores the multifaceted impact of these technologies, offering a comprehensive overview of the transformative journey these industries are undergoing [47]. main part mechanical engineering: in the realm of mechanical engineering, the integration of innovative technologies has led to unprecedented advancements in manufacturing processes, product design, and efficiency. industry 4.0 principles, such as the internet of things (iot) and robotics, are revolutionizing production lines, enhancing precision, and reducing time-to-market [8-13]. the section also discusses the implications of additive manufacturing, commonly known as 3d printing, and its role in prototyping and customized product development. the incorporation of industry 4.0 principles, notably the internet of things (iot) and robotics, has ushered in a new era of intelligent and interconnected manufacturing. iot-enabled sensors placed throughout the production line collect real-time data, facilitating predictive maintenance, process optimization, and quality control [14-19]. robotics, both collaborative and autonomous, are seamlessly integrated into manufacturing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org processes, undertaking tasks that range from repetitive assembly to intricate precision tasks. this synergy enhances production efficiency, minimizes errors, and ensures a more adaptive and responsive manufacturing ecosystem. the utilization of advanced technologies in mechanical engineering has significantly elevated precision in manufacturing. robotics equipped with computer vision and machine learning algorithms enable intricate tasks with high accuracy, reducing the likelihood of defects and ensuring consistent quality. the integration of sensors in machinery allows for real-time monitoring and adjustment of parameters, contributing to enhanced precision in cuttingedge manufacturing processes [20-24]. this precision not only improves product quality but also plays a pivotal role in reducing waste and optimizing resource utilization. the integration of innovative technologies in mechanical engineering is an ongoing journey, with continuous advancements promising even greater efficiency, sustainability, and capabilities [30-34]. as the industry progresses further into the era of smart manufacturing, the development and adoption of technologies like artificial intelligence, digital twins, and advanced materials are poised to redefine the landscape of mechanical engineering, offering unprecedented possibilities for innovation and growth. the challenges of cybersecurity, interoperability, and workforce upskilling also accompany these advancements, necessitating a holistic and adaptive approach to the evolution of mechanical engineering practices [35-39]. transport: the transport sector is undergoing a radical transformation with the emergence of smart and sustainable technologies. electric and autonomous vehicles are becoming increasingly prevalent, promising a shift towards cleaner and more efficient transportation systems. the article explores the impact of these technologies on urban mobility, logistics, and the overall environmental sustainability of the transport industry. agriculture: precision agriculture is at the forefront of technological innovation in the agricultural sector. the use of sensors, drones, and ai-driven analytics is optimizing farming practices, improving crop yields, and promoting sustainable agriculture [40-44]. this section delves into the role of data-driven decision-making in precision agriculture and its potential to address global food security challenges. advancements in robotics: within the realm of mechanical engineering, the integration of robotics is catalyzing a profound shift in manufacturing processes. robotics is not only enhancing the speed and precision of assembly lines but is also enabling the development of collaborative robots, or cobots. these cobots work alongside human operators, fostering a harmonious synergy that optimizes efficiency and safety in production environments. the section delves into specific case studies showcasing the successful implementation of robotic systems in diverse manufacturing settings. sustainable practices in mechanical engineering: innovation is also steering mechanical engineering towards greater sustainability [45-49]. the pursuit of environmentally conscious practices is evident in the development of eco-friendly materials, energyefficient manufacturing, and waste reduction strategies. the article explores initiatives such as closedloop manufacturing, where materials are recycled and repurposed, minimizing the ecological footprint of industrial processes [50-53]. sustainable practices are not only ethical but also resonate with the growing global emphasis on green technologies. human-machine collaboration: an emerging trend in mechanical engineering is the emphasis on human-machine collaboration. augmented reality (ar) and virtual reality (vr) technologies are being employed to enhance the skills of human operators and provide immersive training experiences [54-58]. this section discusses the potential of these technologies in reducing errors, improving training efficiency, and fostering a more adaptable workforce in the context of industry 4.0. challenges and ethical considerations: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org while the integration of innovative technologies brings numerous benefits to mechanical engineering, it also introduces challenges. workforce displacement due to increased automation, concerns about data security in interconnected systems, and ethical considerations surrounding the use of ai and robotics are critical issues that merit attention. this section offers a balanced discussion of the potential drawbacks and suggests strategies for addressing these challenges responsibly. future prospects and integration: looking ahead, the article explores the future prospects of mechanical engineering in the context of evolving technologies. the convergence of technologies, such as ai, iot, and robotics, is expected to create new possibilities for intelligent manufacturing systems. the seamless integration of digital twins and real-time analytics is anticipated to further enhance the decision-making process in mechanical engineering, leading to a more adaptive and responsive industry. table and graphic: table 1: comparative analysis of key technologies in mechanical engineering, transport, and agriculture technology mechanical engineering transport agriculture additive manufacturing x internet of things (iot) x x x autonomous vehicles x precision agriculture x figure 1: growth of automation in mechanical engineering, transport, and agriculture a graphical representation illustrating the upward trend in the adoption of automation technologies in these sectors over the past decade. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org summary in conclusion, the integration of innovative technologies is reshaping the landscape of mechanical engineering, transport, and agriculture. the positive outcomes, such as increased efficiency, sustainability, and productivity, are evident, but challenges related to workforce transitions and ethical considerations need careful attention. the interconnectedness of these sectors also highlights the importance of a holistic approach in adopting and implementing new technologies. references 1. мухaмaдсaдиков, к. д., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2021). исследовaние влияния гидродинaмических режимов сферической нижней трубы нa процесс теплообменa. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 38-41. 2. мухaмaдсaдиков, к., ортикaлиев, б., юсуов, a., & aбдупaттоев, х. (2021). ширинa зaхвaтa и скорости движения вырaвнивaтеля в зaвисимости удельного сопротивления почвы. збірник нaукових прaць scientia. 3. axunboev, a., muxamadsodikov, k., & qoraboev, e. (2021). drying sludge in the drum. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 149-153. 4. mukhamadsadikov, k. j., & ortikaliev, b. s. u. (2021). working width and speed of the harrow depending on soil resistivity. 5. abdukakhorovich, a. h., & muhammadsodikov, k. d. (2021). improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(05), 1-8. 6. mukhamadsadikov, k., & ortiqaliyev, b. (2022). constructive parameters of earthquake unit before sowing. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 9, 55-61. 7. mukhamadsadikov, k. j. (2022). determination of installation angle and height working body of the preseeding leveler. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 29-34. 8. axunboev, a., muxamadsodikov, k., djuraev, s., & musaev, a. (2021). analysis of the heat exchange device complex in rotary ovens. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 127-132. 9. axunboev, a., & muxamadsodikov, k. (2021). drying fine materials in the contact device. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 133-138. 10. mukhamadsadikov, k., ortiqaliyev, b., olimova, d., & isomiddinova, d. (2021). mathematical analysis of determining the parameters of the working part of the planting plant before planting. scientific progress, 2(7), 699-708. 11. sadullaev, x., muydinov, a., xoshimov, a., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). ecological environment and its improvements in the fergana valley. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 100-106. 12. sadullaev, x., alimatov, b., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). development and research of a highefficient extraction plant and prospects for industrial application of extractors with pneumatic mixing of liquids. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 107-115. 13. sadullaev, x., tojiyev, r., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). experience of training bachelor-specialist mechanics. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 116-121. 14. хусaнбоев, м. a., aлимaтов, б. a., & сaдуллaев, х. м. (2022). высокоэффективнaя конструкция бaрботaжного экстрaкторa. 15. aлимaтов, б. a., сaдуллaев, х. м., & хошимов, a. о. у. (2021). срaвнение зaтрaт энергии american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org при пневмaтическом и мехaническом перемешивaнии несмешивaющихся жидкостей. universum: технические нaуки,(5-5 (86)), 53-56. 16. тожиев, р. ж., сaдуллaев, х. м., сулaймонов, a., & герaсимов, м. д. (2019). нaпряженное состояние вaлa с поперечным отверстием при совмесстном действии изгибa и кручения. in энерго-ресурсосберегaющие технологии и оборудовaние в дорожной и строительной отрaслях (pp. 273-281). 17. aлимaтов, б. a., сaдуллaев, х. м., кaримов, и. т., & хурсaнов, б. ж. (2008). методы рaсчетa и конструировaния жидкостных экстрaкторов с пневмоперемешивaнием. 18. tojiev, r. j., & sadullaev, x. m. (2018). determination of the angle of capture of the crushing chamber of a cone crusher, taking into account the kinematics of the rolling cone. scientifictechnical journal, 22(3), 55-60. 19. aхунбaев, a. a., & хусaнбоев, м. a. (2022). бaрaбaннинг кўндaлaнг кесимидa минерaл ўғитлaрнинг тaқсимлaнишини тaдқиқ қилиш. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 357-367. 20. хусaнбоев, м. (2022). термическaя обрaботкa шихты стеколного производствa. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 351-356. 21. aхунбaев, a. a., & хусaнбоев, м. a. у. (2022). влияние врaщения сушильного бaрaбaнa нa рaспределение мaтериaлa. universum: технические нaуки, (4-2 (97)), 16-24. 22. davronbekov, a., & khusanboev, m. (2023). study of hydrodynamic regimes in internal pipe profiles in shell-and-tube heat exchangers. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 54-59. 23. adil, a., bobojon, o., abdusama, m., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & abdulloh, a. (2022). drying in the apparatus with a quick rotating rotor. conferencea, 182-189. 24. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). modernization of working blades of the construction glass shell mixing device. conferencea, 199-206. 25. abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., muhammadbobur, x., ... & abdusamad, m. (2022). kinetics of drying of spray materials. conferencea, 190-198. 26. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). drying of mineral fertilizersresearch of hydrodynamic processes. conferencea, 158165. 27. adil, a., muhammadbobur, x., ortiqaliyev, b., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ... & bekzod, a. (2022). roasting of nickel hydrocarbonate. conferencea, 174-181. 28. adil, a., abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., ismoiljon, x. a. x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). study of longitudinal mixing in a drum apparatus. conferencea, 166-173. 29. ergashev, n. a., davronbekov, a. a., khalilov, i. l. c., & sulaymonov, a. m. (2021). hydraulic resistance of dust collector with direct-vortex contact elements. scientific progress, 2(8), 88-99. 30. исомиддинов, a. с., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2021). исследовaние гидродинaмических режимов сферической углубленной трубы. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 5358. 31. davronbekov, a., qoxorov, i., xomidov, x., & maxmudov, a. (2021). systematic analysis of process intensification in heat exchange products. scientific progress, 2(1), 694-698. 32. davronbekov, a. a., & isomidinov, a. s. (2022, november). analysis of requirements for modern heat exchangers and methods of process intensification. in international conference american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 174-183). 33. davronbekov, a. a., & isomidinov, a. s. (2022, november). systematic analysis of the working parameters of a floating head shell-tube heat exchanger. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 3-15). 34. davronbekov, a. a. (2022). sferik botiqli quvirda tajribaviy tadqiqotlar otkazish usullari va natijalari. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 211-220. 35. aхунбaев, a. a., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2022). минерaл ўғитлaрни қуритиш объекти сифaтидa тaҳлили. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 221-228. 36. abdurasul, d. (2022). investigation of heat transfer rate in smooth turbulizer pipes. universum: технические нaуки, (6-6 (99)), 59-62. 37. aхунбaев, о. a., & мaмaсaлиев, н. с. (2022). влияние aнемии нa течение сердечнососудистых зaболевaний. экономикa и социум, (6-2 (97)), 329-332. 38. ugli, a. a. a. (2022). study of the mass transfer process in the wet treatment of waste gases generated in the production of superphosphate. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(11), 11-19. 39. aхроров, a. a. у. (2022). исследовaние мaссообменного процессa при мокрой очистке гaзов в роторно-фильтрующим aппaрaте. universum: технические нaуки, (4-8 (97)), 23-29. 40. akhrorov, a. k. m. a. l. j. o. n. (2021). study of mass taransfer process in rotary-filter gas cleanaer. austrian journal of technical and natural science,(11-12), 3-19. 41. aхроров, a. a. у., исомиддинов, a. с., & тожиев, р. ж. (2020). гидродинaмикa поверхностно-контaктного элементa ротор-фильтрующего пылеуловителя. universum: технические нaуки, (8-3 (77)), 10-16. 42. rasuljon, t., akmaljon, a., & ilkhomjon, m. (2021). selection of filter material and analysis of calculation equations of mass exchange process in rotary filter apparatus. universum: технические нaуки, (5-6 (86)), 22-25. 43. холмуродова, д. к., & ахмедова, м. л. (2023). исследование качественных характеристик разработанного угольного брикета из местного сырья и отходов производств. imras, 6(6), 354-359. 44. rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & akmaljon, a. (2021). analysis of the dispersed composition of the phosphorite dust and the properties of emission fluoride gases in the production of superphosphate mineral fertilizers. universum: химия и биология, (6-2 (84)), 68-73. 45. тожиев, р. ж., исомиддинов, a. с., & aхроров, a. a. у. (2021). исследовaние пленочного слоя нa рaбочей поверхности роторно-фильтрующего aппaрaтa. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 42-48. 46. aхроров, a. a. (2022). исследовaние слоя плёнки водного рaстворa технической соды нa рaбочей поверхности роторного фильтрующего aппaрaтa. 47. тожиев, р. ж., исомиддинов, a. с., aхроров, a. a. у., & сулaймонов, a. м. (2021). выбор оптимaльного aбсорбентa для очистки водородно-фтористого гaзa в роторнофильтровaльном aппaрaте и исследовaние эффективности aппaрaтa. universum: технические нaуки, (3-4 (84)), 44-51. 48. kholmurodova, d. k., & khudoykulov, z. i. (2023). use of waste in the national economy. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 25, 160-162. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 49. тожиев, р. ж., aхроров, a. a., & исомидинов, a. с. (2020). analyze of contact surface phases in wet type rotor-filter gas collector. ученый xxi векa. междунaр 50. эргaшев, н. a., мaткaримов, ш. a., зияев, a. т., тожибоев, б. т., & кучкaров, б. у. (2019). опытное определение рaсходa гaзa, подaвaемое нa пылеочищaющую устaновку с контaктным элементом, рaботaющим в режиме спутникового вихря. universum: технические нaуки, (12-1 (69)), 29-31. 51. ergashev, n., & halilov, i. (2021). experimental determination length of liquid film in dusty gas cleaner. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(10), 29-33. 52. ergashev, n. a., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementli ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparatni sanoatda qo ‘llash va uning samaradorligini tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 78-86. 53. ergashev, n., ismoil, k., & baxtior, m. (2022). experimental determination of hydraulic resistance of wet method dushanger and gas cleaner. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 45-50. 54. ergashev, n., & tilavaldiev, b. (2021). hydrodynamics of wet type dusty gas collector. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 75-86. 55. эргaшев, н. a. (2020). исследовaние гидрaвлического сопротивления пылеулaвливaющего устройствa мокрым способом. universum: технические нaуки, (4-2 (73)), 59-62. 56. ergashev, n. a., xoshimov, a. o. o. g. l., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementi uyurmali oqim hosil qiluvchi rejimda ishlovchi ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparat gidravlik qarshilikni tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 94-101. 57. ergashev, n. a. (2020). determination hydraulic resistance of device that has the vortex flow creating contact element. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (3-4), 15-22. 58. эргaшев, н. a., aлимaтов, б. a., герaсимов, м. д., & дикевич, a. в. (2018). повышение эффективности пылеулaвливaния в производстве дорожно-строительных мaтериaлов. in энерго-, ресурсосберегaющие мaшины, оборудовaние и экологически чистые технологии в дорожной и строительной отрaслях (pp. 228-232). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org experimental determination of drying kinetics of quartz sand in a drum dryer isomidinov a.s. fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: a.s.isomidinov@ferpi.uz abdulazizov a.a. fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: abdulloh.abdulazizov@ferpi.uz mo’ydinov a.a. fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: abdusamad.muydinov@bk.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on the problems in the process of drying materials and the methods of reducing energy consumption for drying. a drum dryer and quartz sand taken from different mines were selected as the object of research, and the amount of quartz sand leaving the device was determined depending on the speed and temperature of the heat agent during the drying process. an empirical equation that determines the amount of material leaving the dryer is proposed. drum dryer, wet material, quartz, temperature, modification, equivalent diameter. introduction at present, the known drying technologies in construction glass and glassware production enterprises do not allow drying of minerals with different fractional composition (range of size variation from 0.01 to 3 mm) at the same rate. in addition, a change in the drying modification is observed due to the different distribution of the heat agent throughout the core and shell of the substance being dried. this, in turn, leads to the crushing of the material being dried under the influence of heat and the loss of raw materials as a result, as well as an increase in energy consumption for drying [1]. the need to remove moisture from the material arises for various reasons: for example, during storage, a wet product deteriorates, becomes moldy, and freezes at low temperatures; is harmful at the next stages of processing and reduces the quality of the final product; it is cheaper to transport dry material, especially over long distances, than to transport heavier wet material. in addition, the removal of moisture from solid and pasty materials allows to reduce the cost of their transportation, to give them american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org the appropriate properties, and also to reduce the corrosion of equipment and pipes during the storage of these materials [2]. at the same time, drying wet materials is an energy-intensive process: losing 1 kg of moisture requires at least 1.5-1.7 times more heat of evaporation. worldwide, 15-17% of fuel volume is used for drying solid materials [3-7]. it requires knowledge of the physico-chemical principles of the process, understanding of the principles of operation of dryers, and mastering of technological calculation methods in order to obtain the final product with a certain moisture content and maximum efficiency, including reasonable costs [8-14]. research methodology in this study, the effect of some parameters on the drying kinetics of quartz sand, which is the main raw material in the production process of building glass and glass products, is determined. a laboratory model of a drum dryer was used as an experimental device. figure 1 shows an overview of a drum dryer [14-19]. 1-drum body; 2nd product hopper; 3-fan; 4-color ether; 5-electric motor; 6th reducer; 7nozzle; 8th bracket; 9-gear transmission; 10th spill hopper; 11th base roller; 12-base profile. figure 1. general view of the drum dryer results of theoretical and experimental research the following parameters were set during the experiments. the initial moisture content of pre-wetted quartz sand was taken as 23%. the initial temperature of the drying agent leaving the heater was set to 100 ℃. heat agent temperature (uni-t ut301d infrared thermal imager) and velocity (anemometer va06–trotec) were measured at the entrance and exit of the drum. the initial temperature of the material was measured with a ts-4 thermometer. the temperature of the material being dried at the entrance to the drum was 190. during the experiment, the velocity of quartz particles selected for the sample was determined as a function of the velocity of the agent leaving the dryer. during the experiment, the number of drum revolutions was kept unchanged at 4 rpm. the results of the experiment are shown in figure 2 [20-24]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org samples of quartz sand mined from quartz mines located in navoi and samarkand regions of our republic and neighboring country tajikistan were used in conducting the experiments. table 1 below shows the granulometric composition of quartz sand. table 1. 1-quartz sand mined from navoi region; 2-quartz sand extracted from samarkand region; 3-quartz sand mined from the republic of tajikistan; figure 2. a plot of the heating agent velocity versus the amount of quartz particles blown out of the drum dryer. from the graphical relationships in figure 2, it can be seen that an increase in the speed of the heating agent during the drying process increases the amount of quartz particles exiting the drum dryer. this in turn increases the loss and the additional energy required to trap the particle. in order to compare the experimental results and estimate the level of error, the dependence of the speed of the heat agent on the amount of quartz particles flying out of the drum dryer was solved theoretically. according to him; the equivalent diameter is determined by the following formula: п f d 4 = (1) since quartz sand particles are multifaceted bodies, their shape was assumed to be parallelepiped to obtain more reliable data. heat agent flow mode (reun) o.m. calculated according to the todes formula []: quartz sand deposits 0,1÷1(mm) 1÷5 (mm) 5÷10 (mm) navoi region 62% 22% 16% samarkand region 65% 24% 11% republic of tajikistan 69% 18% 13% american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org ar ar ун 575,018 re + = (2) the velocity of the quartz sand particle leaving the drum dryer was determined accordingly from the reynolds criterion:  = э ун ун d w re (3) based on the given parameters and equations, the velocity of quartz particles flying out of the drum dryer was theoretically calculated and compared with the experimentally determined values. as a result of processing the empirical formulas obtained as a result of the research, it is possible to determine the hydraulic resistance of the drum dryer according to the following equation, pa; унw e 01.0 4,19n = ёки  = э ун d e re 01.0 4,19n (4) the results of the study differ from the theoretical calculation results by 4.25% and do not exceed. the quantities in equation (4) are meaningful when they are in the range of y=5-14 m/s [25-31]. summary from this situation in the drying process, it can be concluded that the sudden heat applied to the wet material causes a sudden change in the temperature of the inner and outer layers of the material. this situation changes the state of modification in drying, causing the particles to break up and increase the amount of material particles leaving the dryer. in this case, the moisture content of the material entering the dryer is also important, and it is important to develop heat agent transfer or step-by-step drying technologies to dry the material during the drying process. references: 1. исомидинов, а. с. (2020). разработка эффективных методов и устройств очистки пылевых газов химической промышленности: дисс.… phd. ташкент,–2020.–118 с. 2. тожиев, р. ж., каримов, и. т., & исомидинов, а. с. (2020). чанглигазларниҳўлусулдатозаловчиқурилманисаноатдақўллашнингилмий-техник асослари: монография. фарпи" илмий-техника" журналинашриётбўлими-фарғона, 91. 3. мадаминова, г. и., тожиев, р. ж., & каримов, и. т. (2021). барабанное устройство для мокрой очистки запыленного газа и воздуха. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 4549. 4. вальдберг, а. ю., & николайкина, н. е. (2004). процессы и аппараты защиты окружающей среды. 5. isomiddinov, a., аxrorov, а., karimov, i., & tojiyev, r. (2019). application of rotor-filter dusty gas cleaner in industry and identifying its efficiency. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (9-10), 24-31. 6. исомидинов, а. с. (2019). исследование гидравлического сопротивления роторнофильтрующего аппарата. universum: технические науки, (10-1 (67)), 54-58. 7. rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & abdurakhmon, s. (2021). research of the hydraulic resistance of the inertial scrubber. universum: технические науки, (7-3 (88)), 44-51. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org 8. домуладжанов, и. х., & мадаминова, г. и. (2021). вредные вещества после сухой очистки в циклонах и фильтрах. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (87)), 5-10. 9. исомиддинов, а. с., & давронбеков, а. а. (2021). исследование гидродинамических режимов сферической углубленной трубы. universum: технические науки, (7-1 (88)), 53-58. 10. isomidinov, a. s., & madaliev, a. n. (2018). hydrodynamics and aerodynamics of rotor filter cleaner for cleaning dusty gases. in li international correspondence scientific and practical conference" international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education" (pp. 29-32). 11. alizafarov, b., madaminova, g., & abdulazizov, a. (2022). based on acceptable parameters of cleaning efficiency of a rotor-filter device equipped with a surface contact element. journal of integrated education and research, 1(2), 36-48. 12. khoshimov, a., abdulazizov, a., alizafarov, b., husanboyev, m., xalilov, i., mo’ydinov, a., & ortiqaliyev, b. (2022). extraction of caprolactam in two stages in a multiple-stage barbotation extractor. conferencea, 53-62. 13. abdulloh, a. (2022). ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi va gaz tozalovchi qurilmada gidravlik qarshilikni tadqiq etish. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 246-252. 14. ergashev, n. a., abdulazizov, a. a. o., & ganiyeva, g. s. q. (2022). ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparatda kvarts qumi va dolomit changlarini tozalash samaradorligini tadqiq qilish. scientific progress, 3(6), 87-93. 15. abdulazizov, a. a. (2023). analysis of the main hydrodynamic regularities of the microburningprocess in order to identify the possibilities of using biogas from co2. scientific progress, 4(1), 185-191. 16. adil, a., bobojon, o., abdusama, m., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & abdulloh, a. (2022). drying in the apparatus with a quick rotating rotor. conferencea, 182-189. 17. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). modernization of working blades of the construction glass shell mixing device. conferencea, 199-206. 18. abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., muhammadbobur, x., ... & abdusamad, m. (2022). kinetics of drying of spray materials. conferencea, 190-198. 19. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). drying of mineral fertilizersresearch of hydrodynamic processes. conferencea, 158165. 20. adil, a., abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., ismoiljon, x. a. x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). study of longitudinal mixing in a drum apparatus. conferencea, 166-173. 21. ergashev, n. a. (2022, november). experimental study of the hydraulic resistance of the current current generator with contact element. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 155-162). 22. axmadjonovich, e. n. obidjon o ‘g ‘li, xa, & abduqayum o'g'li, am (2022). industrial application of dust equipment in the industrial wet method with contact elements and experimental determination of its efficiency. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(06), 4754. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org 23. ergashev, n. a., xoshimov, a. o. o. g. l., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementi uyurmali oqim hosil qiluvchi rejimda ishlovchi ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparat gidravlik qarshilikni tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 94-101. 24. ахунбаев, а. а., & муйдинов, а. а. у. (2022). затраты мощности на поддержание слоя материала в контактной сушилке. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (99)), 49-53. 25. муйдинов, а. (2022). экспериментальное исследование затрат энергии на перемешивание. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 375-380. 26. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). определение мощности ротора в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 381-390. 27. ахунбaев, а., & муйдинов, а. (2022). уравнения движения дисперсного материала в роторно-барабанном аппарате. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 368-374. 28. muydinov, a. a. o. (2023). changli gazlarni turli jinsli sistemalar va ularni tozalash bo‘yicha tajribalarni o‘tkazishni tadqiq etish. scientific progress, 4(1), 342-349. 29. khoshimov, a. o., & muydinov, a. a. (2023). analysis of the reasons for the production of secondary gases and their physical-chemical properties in existing chemical industry enterprises in the fergana valley. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 13, 14-20. 30. ганиева, г. ш. к., хошимов, а. о. у., & муйдинов, а. а. у. (2023). разновидности жаростойких композиционных материалов. scientific progress, 4(1), 350-357. 31. muydinov, a. a., & khoshimov, a. o. (2023). analysis of dust gases systems of different genres from local industries and conduct of their cleaning experiments. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(3), 11-15. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org angren coal mine workers injuries level analysis kurbonov azimjon jo’raboy o’g’li, “tiqxmmi” milliy tadqiqot universiteti hayot faoliyati xavfsizligi kafedrasi assistenti jalilov azam uktam o`g`li, omonov rustam sobirovich, abduraxmanov maqsud zinatulla o’g`li, “tiqxmmi” milliy tadqiqot universiteti mehnat muhofazasi va texnika xavfsizligi ta’lim yo’nalishi talabalari a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, occupational safety measures should be planned on the basis of management theory, which uses a systematic approach to the development of goals, criteria, methods and management tools. the methodology of the system approach makes it possible to identify the internal connections of the process under study, to identify the main management functions. in an effort to comply with such requirements, organizations define the conditions of their production as affecting the ability of employees to safely perform work. safety, labor protection, industry, injuries, accidents, accidents, occupational diseases, recommendations, coal mining, risks, violations. introduction coal mines are places built to obtain and produce coal in underground layers. these sites are designed to obtain, transport, prepare, store, and consume coal and are used for energy production, heating, electricity production and other industries. coal mines are one of the most important tools in the field of esthetics and coal mining and production. it is used in several industries, focusing exclusively on coal mines, energy production, other types of production and coal protection. they include the provision of heating, the production of electricity, the use of chemistry virorot coal mines can have the following characteristics: coal mines are produced as an average lake, and their external construction facilitates the process of high maintenance and processing. uzbekistan is one of the world's main coal mines and is ranked on its knees in coal mining after china, the united states, india, australia and indonesia. the current coal mining enterprises fund in uzbekistan accounted for 30 enterprises (45 mines and 79 sections) in 2023. coal processing is carried out in 86 enrichment factories and installations, as well as sorting available in most coal companies. in uzbekistan, there are 12 coal basins and 12 deposits. coal industry enterprises employ about 144 thousand people [1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org in 2023, coal production in uzbekistan reached 439,3 million tons. production increased by 28.1 million tons (7%) compared to 2017. imports of u.s. coal in 2023 amounted to 93.2 million tons, an increase of 6.9 million tons (4%) over 2022. coal exports increased by 32.8 million tons by 2021 (2020 – 70.4 million tons). the strongest coal supplier from the country's coal-mining regions is the assange basin, where coal is extracted more than half (58%) of all coal mined in the country and 75% of coking brands. coal extraction in the region of jerico in 2023 was carried out by 42 enterprises (2 mines in the construction phase, 22 completion and conservation phase), 1 enterprise with an open extraction method, and 10 companies for the recycling and enrichment of coal. in 2023, all enterprises that are the underground method of coal mining have a category on harmful gases. 1 miner at risk for coal and gas emissions; 1 mine; third category (iii) 5 mines; second category (ii) 4 mines; the first category (i) is 5 mines. by carbon dioxide: 2 cones fall into the first category, 1 second category, 1 third and 1 cone fall into the non-hazardous category. the main contribution to increasing the volume of coal mining in assange is carried out by jsc "uzbek coal", total injuries decreased by 9 in 2023 compared to 2022 and fatal injuries decreased to three cases. in 2022, 11 people were injured, 8 of them fatally. compared to 2015, the number of injuries in the coal industry decreased by 75 times in 2022 (in 2015, 87 people were injured in production). this has been increased to 2 accidents in 2019, primarily related to measures to improve working conditions in the workplace, the introduction of advanced mountain-mining equipment, automation and control tools for the state of aerospace in mining, multifunctional security systems, improving the labor protection and industrial safety management system of uzbek coal companies. in 2020, there were 4 accidents. as a result of a series of preventive measures, the level of fatal injuries in coal extraction of 1 million tons decreased by 0.03 (i.e. 1 person per 31,9 million tons). in 2015, the figure was 1,01 (1 person per million tons). the launch of cleaning facilities will require the processing of all necessary safety equipment and compulsory equipment of equipment, from 2016 to 2023, work is ongoing to equip mines with modern multi-functional security systems and create automated monitoring systems. geophysical and seismic observation systems are introduced in 6 out of 2 containers. elements of the fire detection and fire detection system are present in almost all mines, but in total the systems are present in 38 mines (78%). in the remaining mines, the mine dispenser has not been provided with information about their launch from all automatic fire extinguishers. all fire protection requirements are planned to be implemented in 2023. major coal companies "uzbek coal" jsc, coal company jsc have established single dispatch and analysis centers equipped with centralized control of the security situation in mines. jsc "uzbek coal" is required to develop the concept of developing open deposits and underground coal mines and a system for remote monitoring of the industrial safety status of high-risk facilities in the coal network. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org table 1.1-2015-2022 dynamics of coal mining and damage in assange coal industry enterprises. years coal extraction angren (million tonna) coal mines of uzbekistan (million tons) general injuries angren coal mine (man) ko'mir death and injuries — result (person) by the number of deaths per million tons 2012 201,5 354,6 394 36/28 0,14 2013 203,0 352,1 294 63/38 0,19 2014 210,8 358,2 222 26/26 0,12 2015 215,8 374,0 188 20/16 0,07 2016 227,4 386,9 175 56/13 0,057 2017 241,5 408,9 127 11 0,046 2018 255,3 439,3 118 8 0.031 thus, improving the system of labor protection and industrial safety management will increase the volume of coal extraction annually, allowing to solve the country's energy security problem, and at the same time the most important social task is to reduce the overall and fatal injury rate. conclusions 1. optimal planning of preventive measures aimed at reducing workers' illness should be based on the functioning of an automated management system. 2. in the system of managing labor protection measures aimed at reducing the disease, there should be statistical information processing blocks, modeling the quantitative level of disease associated with production, classifying and optimizing preventive measures. 3. optimization of measures aimed at reducing workers' illness should be based on the criteria for maximum health impact and taking into account technical and economic limitations. 4. the first stage of an automated management system, including statistical processing and modeling phases. 0 100 200 300 400 500 ko'mir qazib olish angren (million tonna) o’zbekistonning ko'mir qazib olish (million tonna) umumiy jarohatlar angren ko'mir koni (kishi) ko'mir o'lim bilan jarohatlarnatija (kishi) million tonnaga o'lim soni bo’yicha qazib olish va shikastlanish dinamikasi 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org references 1. joksimovich, v., & vesley, w.e. (1980). use of pra in evaluating safety of nuclear power. reliability engineering, 1, 67–78. 2. kerkering, j.c., & mcwilliams, p.c. (1987). indices of mine safety resulting from the application of the poisson distribution to mine accident data. pittsburgh: u.s. bureau of mines report of investigation (ri) 9088, 31. 3. liao, t.f. (1994). interpreting probability models: logit, probit and other generalised linear models. thousand oaks, california: sage. 4. marshal, g., roberts, s., & burgoyne, c. (1996). social class and under class in britain and usa. british journal of sociology, 47 (1), 22–44. 5. mccarthy, j.d., mcphail, c., & smith, j. (1996). images of protest: dimensions of selection bias in media coverage of washington demonstrations, 1982 and 1991. american sociological review, 61(6), 478–499. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org therapy of giardiasis in children ibatova sh. m., achilova f. a. samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s giardiasis is an urgent problem in children, as its clinical manifestations are often masked by various variants of gastroenterological pathology, including functional disorders of the gastrointestinal tract, aggravating their course, syndromes of excessive growth of intestinal microflora in the small intestine, malabsorption, multivitamin deficiency, as well as the development of allergic diseases. at the same time, the lack of verification of the diagnosis does not allow for adequate therapy. giardiasis, children, clinical variants, therapy. introduction giardiasis is one of the most common helminthic infestations in the world [1-5]. the problem of giardiasis is also very relevant for uzbekistan. according to the world health organization (who), giardiasis affects approximately 20–25% of children worldwide. giardia ranks third in prevalence after enterobiasis and ascariasis (who, 2016). due to the development of tourism in developing countries, giardiasis is found everywhere, often together with pathogens of intestinal infections and helminth infections, such as hymenolepis nana, strongyloides stercoralis, taenia spp. [7,10,12,15,19]. thus, in uzbekistan, among parasitic diseases, giardiasis makes up a large proportion (60-70%) of children in organized children's groups. currently, 6 species of giardia are morphologically differentiated: giardia intestinalis, giardia muris, giardia agilis, giardia microti, giardia ardeae, giardia psittaci. giardia intestinalis (g. duodenalis, l. intestinalis), which can cause infection in children [6,9,13,18,21]. the introduction of molecular genetic research into practice has made it possible to identify 8 main genetic subtypes within the l. intestinalis species complex (a–h). human giardiasis is associated with two subtypes a and b of giardia, within which there are also intragroup differences (ai–aiii, biii– b1v). giardia, which affects children, can also infect a large number of other mammalian species, both in the wild and in domestic animals, so giardiasis is also considered a zoonotic disease, with both human-to-animal and animal-to-human transmission possible [8,11,14,17,22]. clinical manifestations of the disease are often masked by various types of gastroenterological pathology, including functional disorders of the gastrointestinal tract, aggravating their course, syndromes of excessive growth of intestinal microflora in the small intestine, malabsorption syndrome, multivitamin deficiency, as well as the development of allergic diseases. at the same time, the lack of verification of the diagnosis does not allow adequate therapy [16,20]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of the study the purpose of the study was to develop a complex therapy for giardiasis in children. material and methods of research 78 children with giardiasis aged from 3 to 15 years were observed. the physical development of the patients corresponded to their age. in these children, cyst secretion ranged from 0.5 to 0.7, with an average of 0.6 cysts per field of view. in the subclinical form of giardiasis, mild abdominal pain was often observed in 66 out of 78 (84.6%), “intestinal” dyspepsia syndrome in 52 (66.7%), symptoms of “stomach” dyspepsia in 25 (31.1%) sick. such symptoms are generally typical for giardiasis and are explained by the fact that protozoa grow in the duodenum and small intestine, which leads to the development of duodenitis and enteritis [12,14,23,26]. treatment of giardiasis in children, along with the prescription of anti-giardiasis medications, included therapeutic nutrition, increased hygienic knowledge to prevent reinfestation by giardia, since the latter are very easily transmitted from person to person through the fecal-oral route with water, food, and close household contact [24,25,27]. children with the latent form were treated on an outpatient basis if they did not have concomitant diseases. children with the subclinical form were hospitalized due to mild abdominal pain and enteric syndrome to clarify the diagnosis. all children with a clinically pronounced form were hospitalized. depending on the severity of the patient and enteric syndrome, a motor regimen was prescribed. in case of severe pain or enteric syndrome, bed rest was prescribed, and in other cases general rest was prescribed. for severe abdominal pain, antispasmodic drugs were prescribed in age-appropriate dosages (no-spa, papaverine). research results and discussion due to the great need of patients with giardiasis for various vitamins, multivitamins were prescribed. in addition, vitamin a was additionally prescribed, which promotes repair of the intestinal mucosa. we compared the effectiveness of some antigiardiasis drugs (table 1). table 1 average duration of clinical symptoms in children with a clinically pronounced form of giardiasis, depending on the drugs used name symptoms medicines aminoquinol furazolidone furazolidone + metronidazole abdominal pain on palpation 12.8±0.8 14.0±1.1 10.2±0.4 dyspeptic phenomena: nausea 8.0±0.4 9.0±0.6 6.0±0.1 vomit 1.0±0.2 3±0.4 1±0.2 heartburn 4±0.3 5±0.2 2±0.2 belching 3±0.2 5±0.7 2±0.1 decreased appetite 8±0.2 10±0.6 6±0.3 flatulence and rumbling in the stomach 7±0.8 11±0.4 5±0.7 loose stools 6±0.4 12±0.8 6±0.4 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org as can be seen from table. 1, the duration of pain was the shortest when furazolidone was combined with metronidazole and longer (14.0+1.1 days) when treated with furazolidone alone. daspeptic phenomena that existed before the start of treatment disappeared under the influence of aminoquinol during the first 8 days; with the combination of furazolidone and metronidazole in the first 6 days and with furazolidone monotherapy, they lasted for 2 weeks. in 18 patients, side effects were identified during treatment with lambliocidal drugs (table 2). table 2 side effects when using furazolidone, aminoquinol, metronidazole in children with giardiasis drug total number of patients total number of patients with side effects nature and frequency of side effects dizziness nausea vomiting itchy skin rash furazolidone 58 11 of which: latent 3 1 1 1 subclinical 4 1 1 1 1 clinical 4 1 2 1 aminoquinol 44 4 of which: latent 1 subclinical 2 clinical 1 furazolidone + metronidazole 74 3 of which: latent subclinical 1 1 clinical 2 1 1 as can be seen from table. 2, side effects were noted during treatment with furazolidone in 11 of 58 patients (i8.9%), aminoquinol in 4| out of 44 (9.0%) and with a combination of furazolidone and metronidazole in 3 out of 74 (4.0%) children. when treated with furazolidone, freedom from giardia was observed in 82.6 patients, with daily control examination of feces for a month. when treating children with a latent form with furazolidone, the disappearance of giardia was observed in 13 out of 15 (86.6%), in the subclinical form in 18 out of 20 (90.0%) and in the clinically pronounced form in 7 out of 11 (63.6%) children with lambdiasis. when treated with aminoquinol, freedom from giardia was observed in 67.8% of patients. when treating 9 children with a latent form of giardiasis with aminoquinol, the disappearance of giardia was observed in 6 of 9 (66.6%) children, with a subclinical form in 9 of 11 (81.8%) and in 4 of 8 (50.0%) with clinically expressed form of giardiasis. with combined treatment with furazolidone and metronidazole, cyst discharge stopped in 97.0% of patients. with combined treatment of 12 children with a latent form with furazolidone and metronidazole, the disappearance of giardia was observed in 11 of 12 (91.6%), with subclinical in 46 of 47 (97.8%) and in 42 of 43 (97.6%) with clinically expressed form of giardiasis. the remaining american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 1.4% of patients had reinvasion. this is due to the fact that with persistent cyst secretion, a change in the activity of t-lymphocytes occurs, a decrease in immunoglobulin a and the appearance of antibodies to native deoxyribonucleic acid. therefore, a number of authors, in order to increase the protective properties of the body, recommend the immunomodulator levamisole in the complex treatment of giardiasis. conclusions furazolidone in combination with metronidazole has the greatest antigiardiasis activity. this treatment stops cyst secretion in 98.6% of children with giardiasis. in subclinical, especially clinical forms, foods containing lactose and sucrose should be excluded from the diet. it is advisable to use easily digestible fats (the quota of vegetable fat should be increased by reducing animal fats). considering that giardia infection occurs predominantly through the fecal-oral route, strict adherence to the sanitary and hygienic regime in the family and children's groups is necessary. literature 1. babak o.ya. intestinal helminthiases: the situation and the trend towards its change // health of ukraine. -2016. -no. 9(1). p.89-110. 2. bodnya e.i. giardiasis in children: clinical manifestations, treatment tactics // child’s health. 2011. -no. 8(35), pp. 91–94. bekhtereva m.k. working protocol for diagnosis and treatment. // questions of children's deontology. 2013. -t.6. p.72-76. 3. grigorieva i.n. modern ideas about pathogenesis, optimal therapy and prevention of giardiasis. // medical consultation. 2010. t.12.-s. 59-62. 4. denisov m.yu. modern aspects of treatment, rehabilitation and prevention of giardiasis in children. // bulletin of nsu series: biology, clinical medicine. 2018. t.6. p.97-101. 5. dudnik v.m. diagnosis and pathogenetic aspects of helminthiasis in children // modern pediatrics. 2011. no. 4(38). pp. 70-72. 6. ershova i.b. parasitic infestations in the practice of a pediatrician // child’s health. 2017. no. 2(5). pp. 137-140. 6. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 7. sh. m. ibatova, f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020. -p. 3-6. 8. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 9. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 10. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 11. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 12. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 13. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 14. ibatova sh.m., d.t. rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m. kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019, philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. 15. ibatova sh.m. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex treatment of children with rickets // j. bulletin of the association of physicians of uzbekistan. 2015. no. 4. p.50-53. 16. ibatova sh.m. optimization of the treatment of rickets in children // j. infection, immunity and pharmacology. 2015. no. 5. s. 99-103. 17. ibatova sh.m. d.s. islamova, sh.o. akhmedov. the use of cumin oil in the treatment of children with rickets // j. problems of biology and medicine, samarkand. 2015. no. 2 (83). s. 50-52. 18.sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova, n.b.abdukadirova, kh.m.oblokulov, f.a. achilov. the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -р.40-46. 19. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova gas chromatographic evaluation of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex therapy of vitamin d-deficient rickets in children. scientific journal "new day in medicine". no. 2 (30/2) 2020. -р. 265-267. 20. ibatova sh.m., f.kh. mamatkulova m.m. kodirova. evaluation of the effectiveness of treatment of rickets in childrenby gas-liquid chromatogramphy asian journal of multidimensional research vol. 9, issue 10, october, 2020. р. 44-47. 21. ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., goyibova n.s. studying the level of immunoglobulins in the blood serum of children in depending on feeding. eurasian journal of medical and natural sciences. 2023. p. 10-14. 22. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., normakhmatov b.b. giardiasis in children and its significance in the etiopathogenesis of diseases in children. american journal of technology and applied sciences. 2023.p. 36-41. 23. ibatova sh.m., abdurasulov fp, ruzikulov ny. features of clinical manifestations of lambliosis in children. international journal of research and development. volume: 7. issue: 1. january 2022 p. 38-41. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 24. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., normakhmatov b.b. giardiasis in children and its significance in the etiopathogenesis of diseases in children. american journal of technology and applied sciences. 2023.p.36-41. 25. sh.m ibatova, f. kh. mamatkulova, d. kh. mamatkulova, n.e ruzikulov, f.p. abdurasulov. study of the clinical features of giambliasis in children. american journal of medicine and medical sciences 2022, 12(7): 711-714. 26. ibatova sh.m., mukhamadiev n.q., abdurasulov f.p. clinical manifestations of giambliasis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 03 issue: 02. mar-apr 2022. p. 306-308. 27. ramazanova a.b., ibatova sh.m., abdukadirova n.b. variants of clinical manifestations of giardiasis in children. international scientific journal "problems of biology and medicine". samarkand, 2021, no. 1.1 (126), -p.342-344. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org algebra teaching methodology masimova gulmira maxsutovna raxmatova gulrux axatovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about methods, methods of teaching mathematics how important mathematics is to students, the importance of science is shown in student teran thinking. math, life, space, oily, science, teacher, student, elementary mathematics. introduction algebra teaching methodology refers to the strategies and directions that learners use to effectively teach students algebraic concepts and skills. the general methodologies used in algebra notation are as follows: practical and visual learning. the inclusion of manipulatives such as algebra fibers or scales helps to generate a concrete understanding of abstract algebraic concepts in students. visual representations such as diagrams or graphs can also help in understanding algebraic relationships. problem solving method. the emphasis on problem solving techniques encourages readers to use critical thinking and logical reasoning in solving algebraic equations and word problems. teachers often provide real-world scenarios to help students relate algebraic concepts to practical situations. sardobali instruction: step-by-step increase in the relevance of algebraic problems and support such as specific examples, guided practice, step-by-step instructions allow students to gain their skills. collaborative learning: collaborative activities such as group work or peer training encourage active participation and encourage students to explain their opinion, discuss strategies, and learn from each other. collaboration can enhance understanding and strengthen teamwork skills. technology integration: using digital tools such as graphing counters, algebra software, or educational applications can increase algebra instruction. the technology allows dynamic visualizations, interactive activities, immediate feedback learning, and assistance in solving the problem. differentiation: taking into account and eliminating the needs of an individual student through different learning methods, differentiated assignments and interventions can support different learners in acquiring algebraic concepts and skills. continuous assessment and feedback: regular formative assessment of students ' understanding, quizzes, or assessment through individual feedback can help both teachers and students track progress, identify misconceptions, and correspondingly adjust guidelines. real-life connections: linking algebra to real-world programs or related concepts can motivate students and help them see the practical value of algebra in various fields, such as science, finance or engineering. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org it is important that learners adapt their learning methodologies to meet the needs and learning styles of their students. these strategies envisage the formation of theoretical understanding, procedural fluency, and problem solving abilities in algebra. the practical purpose of teaching mathematics puts before itself the following task: 1. teaching the theoretical knowledge gained in the course of mathematics to be able to apply to solving elementary problems found in everyday life. in this, mainly, students have the opportunity to relate theoretical knowledge to practice, which is taught to solve practical issues specially formulated to find out, formulate the skills to perform actions on different numbers and mathematical expressions in them, and strengthen them. 2. formation of skills for the use of technical means and visual aids in the teaching of mathematics. in this, the skills of students to be able to use technical means, mathematical visual aids, tables and computing tools are found in mathematics lessons. currently, the issue of matching the mathematics program with other disciplines has been solved quite successfully. for example, some of the references used in physics about functions and their graphical representation begin to be learned by students starting in grade vii. much knowledge of geometric making, given in class viii, will be a rich material for the subject of drawing, the task of drawing is to thorough this knowledge by performing various drawing works. the question of the use of other subjects in mathematics lessons is clear in the program it is difficult to show, this is done by the teacher himself, yahi teaching material when planning and prepare for the lesson-the niche should take into account at the time. masalari, reflect the connections between physical quantities during the period of study of equations the equations to proceed, i.e. the heat balance equation, from heat solving the linear expansion equation and similar equations as well can. in the study of the percentage, proportion and other chapters of the program, ximia and it is desirable to use physics issues (mixtures, castings and so on analogues), e.g.: 1) from a solute to form a 20% solution how much to put in 240 g of water 2) boil 5% solution of 400 g and add to 200 g brought. now, what will be the sharpness of the solution? the use of materials related to neighboring subjects in mathematics lessons is interdisciplinary further strengthens the inextricable connection. educators international research journal www.pedagoglar.uz 138 volume-2, issue-1, january–2022 methods of teaching mathematics other subjects, above all, mathematics – it is inextricably linked with its base science. modern mathematics sets in the foundation of the concept of natural number relies on theory. modern mathematics designed for elementary grades we will face the following assignments given for the first of his textbook: "in the picture paint so many cells in a row, how many in the picture in the case of a bus, paint so many cells in row 2".completing such assignments a reciprocal one-valued correspondence between elements of sets showing children induces embedding, which is important in shaping the concept of natural number of importance. mum depends on the methodology of general mathematics. general mathematics the laws established by the methodology of younger students it is developed taking into account age characteristics. elementary grade with the science of believer pedagogy and new pedagogical technology is inextricably linked and relies on its laws. pedagogy with faith there is a double bond between. on the one hand, the methodology of mathematics to the general theory of pedagogy relies and is formed on this basis. this case solved the problems of teaching mathematics provides a single whole of methodical and theoretical convergence in implementation. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org on the second hand, in the formation of the general laws of pedagogy it relies on the information achieved by the proprietary methodologies, which is its ensures vitality and accuracy. thus, pedagogy “feeds”from the concrete material of methodologies, it is used in pedagogical generalization and in turn uses methodologies erves as a guide in development. the knowledge that students receive in a math class is found in everyday life teaching to be able to apply elementary issues to solving, teaching students to solve practical issues specially formulated to form skills for performing arithmetic operations and strengthen them, the use of technical means and visual aids in teaching mathematics formation of qualifications. the main focus in this is on the readers ' tables and the ability to use computing tools is aimed at structuring skills. students can independently as much as possible determine the relationship of law they can open, make generalizations to the extent that their forces do, as well as, they need to learn to make oral and written conclusions. independent and control in the methodology of teaching mathematics in elementary school works, effective means of conducting an individual written survey of students created. some didactic materials are in the limited range of the program to control the appropriation of their issues in the rating system, others primary school is designed to control all major subjects of the mathematics course. in some didactic materials (especially designed for a low-complete school). in elementary school mathematics is the stratification of general assignments for all didactic materials by complexity. this material also testifies to the fact that, according to the idea of the compilers, he mastered some method of assignment on a particular topic to the extent that it was fully determined. in the methodology of teaching mathematics, the content of the concept of “the degree of assimilation of educational material” is not fully revealed.in the manuals for teachers, the criteria that allow you to determine what level of didactic material this or that assignment corresponds to are not clear. in practice, teachers often say that the methods of one assignment are simpler or more complex than the others. in addition, didactic no matter how artistically the materials are composed, their content and no matter how productive and deep ideas are implemented in the structure, they are still it is not able to quickly solve all methodological tasks, since no the teaching machine cannot replace the teacher's intuition, that is, the feeling. references 1. zhumayev m.e. etc. methodology of teaching mathematics. t.: science, 2003. 2. ahmedov m. etc. 4th-5th grade math textbook. t.: spirituality, 2003. 3. bikboeva n.u. etc. teaching mathematics in elementary grades methodology. t.: teacher, 1996. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org revolutionizing language acquisition in the digital era abdusalomova farangis obidovna master student at samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the modernization of foreign language education, highlighting the shift from traditional authoritarian teaching methods to student-centered, problem-based learning approaches. in today's interconnected landscape, proficiency in foreign languages has become a valuable asset, enabling individuals to bridge cultural divides and thrive in a globalized world. traditionally, foreign language learning has been perceived as a daunting task, requiring extensive time and dedication. however, the advent of technological advancements has reshaped the learning landscape, introducing innovative approaches to language acquisition. this modernization of the learning process has ushered in a new era of foreign language education, transforming the way we approach and experience language learning. it emphasizes the importance of developing students' competencies through interactive exercises, multimedia resources, and exposure to authentic language scenarios. the article also discusses the role of information technology in enhancing communication, facilitating personalized learning, and promoting cultural understanding. it concludes by advocating for the continuous adoption of innovative approaches to modernize the entire educational system. foreign language learning, modernization of education, problem-based learning, interactive learning, information technology, multimedia, multicultural education, competency-based education, personalized learning, immersive learning, global citizenship, cross-cultural understanding, adaptive learning, data-driven analytics, virtual reality, language exchange, authentic language scenarios. introduction authoritarian training practices dominated the educational sector for a number of decades. students took on the role of passive objects, who don't often take the initiative. personality-oriented education, which aims to improve the situation and include students in the process, is currently on the forefront. problematic methodology enables the growth of the character traits required for independence in a person. as a result, learning a foreign language is more successfully accomplished. [2,23]. leading didacticians outline numerous fundamental strategies to structure the problem-based learning process. they are predicated on certain actions taking center stage.: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org most frequently, current texts with unfamiliar topics and new language are offered to pupils. they create fresh data and express their thoughts in a story or essay they write as a solo project. a dialogue is created between the teacher and the pupils, who then have to respond to questions. utilized data from the updated text for this. thinking activity is the next phase of study. the presentation is written by the students, who draw certain conclusions. this makes it possible to verify the accurate application of logic and reasoning as well as overall tet comprehension. heuristic assignments are a unique kind of exercise where pupils are required to make their own discoveries of new laws or rules. for instance, they can pinpoint a certain verb's or time's use in a sentence. -higher-level performance tasks include research projects. students must independently discover novel phenomena and principles. you have a variety of options for how to organize your lessons, including experiments, reports, simulations, surveys, data collecting, fact analysis, and more. as consequence, the instructor can employ programmable tasks to ensure. in order to put this information to use and instill new norms, the teacher creates exercises. currently, interactive learning exercises and assignments are very popular. depending on the age range, they exhibit excellent efficiency. these activities often relate to: 1. warm-up for speaking. team-based group activities such as round tables, discussions, and miniconferences. 2. a number of games. 3. using video and audio content. warming up implies some dialogue between teacher and students, allowing you to enter a class in a subject. it also serves to train language skills and vocabulary repetition. as the games improvisation, theatrical performances, contested dialogues and so on are good. each student can have a role that he should play. with these games solved several problems: provided novelty of communicative situation ( figure1). appearance of opportunities to use new and old vocabulary. ( figure 1) development of creative skills. freedom from fear before speaking in a foreign language. for the development of speech and other skills today used audio and video materials. they allow to enrich their mind with new information, listen to teхts and practice pronunciation. on lessons used tape recorders, interactive whiteboards, projectors and a variety of multimedia equipment. this ensures diversity in the process of learning a foreign language [4,9-10]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org qualified people are necessary to the social, economic and spiritual development of the government. the solution of the the problem is modernization of the learning process is made in accordance with the relevant requirements. in particular it relates to foreign languages teaching. modernization entails altering objectives, the amount of required material, as well as procedures and resources for the creation of new knowledge. the application of new information technology in the educational system and the personalization of the learning process are current trends. the preservation of fundamental education is the main aim of contemporary procedures. in this instance, it is possible to identify the issue as a weakening of the practical and action focus in language acquisition. as a result, several adjustments are being made to the conventional system of knowledge and skill creation. in order to develop the students' competence, the competent-active method suggests modifying the educational curriculum. students are attempting to put their information into practice in a variety of ways since the creation of new knowledge is activity-based. we might draw the conclusion that developed competencies are an important tool for learning. the learner will eventually have the chance to learn new abilities and analyze fresh data. numerous techniques were explored to address the issue and help pupils build their competencies. the learning process should be planned by teachers while taking into consideration various requirements. to complete important jobs, they actively adopt strategies and make use of a numerous of devices. [5, 75-76]. the introduction of contemporary information and communication technology represents a crucial turning point in the modernisation of education. today, they serve as a way of communication for wide range of individuals all over the world in addition to aiding in training. anyone dealing with cuttingedge technology in their personal, professional, and educational connections should pay close attention to this during the training process. it is simple to access a range of instructional resources, activities, and multimedia data thanks to the computer. this has led to the development of systemic thinking. students can use instructional software and engage in numerous exercises when studying a foreign language. in result, teachers have more influence over how students learn. the students will utilize the internet and numerous multimedia technologies at various points throughout their academic careers. cultural studies and the employment of humane approaches are made simpler by this. students will be more engaged in the learning process, and teachers would be able to model difficult situations much more quickly and easily. it is much simpler to obtain, analyze, and arrange information with the aid of current technology. the usage of multi-media capabilities for information transmission and receiving by many institutions is elevated to a new level. the success of the entire educational process is dependent on the usage of computers and other technology. digital versions of multimedia textbooks and teaching resources are available. with the use of the internet, it is now possible to communicate with native speakers almost everywhere in the globe. [5,77]. traditional education has been demonstrated to solely focus on the transmission and maintenance of information, skills, and talents, and to not adequately measure performance. the goal of modern language education was the development of a multicultural identity as well as the development of analytical and systematizing abilities. utilized cultural and competent ways for this. efficiency may american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org be increased and circumstances for self-study can be created through information and computer technologies. innovative approaches are essential to modernizing the entire system. teachers should get familiar with the most cutting-edge techniques, integrate them, and employ them in class. references 1. аеbеrsоld j. а., fiеld m. l. frоm tеаchеr tо rеаding tеаchеr: issuеs аnd strаtеgiеs fоr sеcоnd lаnguаgе clаssrооm. -cаmbridgе: cаmbridgе univеrsity prеss. 1997.-p.23. 2. brоwn d. s. а wоrld оf bооks: аn аnnоtаtеd rеаding list fоr еsl/еfl studеnts. -wаshingtоn. 1988. -p.12-15. 3. cаrоlinе l. trаvеlling thrоugh timе. -оxfоrd: оxfоrd univеrsity. 2000. -p. 9-10. 4. cеlcе-murciа d. tеаching. еnglish аs а sеcоnd оr fоrеign lаnguаgе. unitеd stаtеs: hеinlе аnd hеinlе. 2001. -p.75-77. 5. dillеr k. c. thе lаnguаgе tеаching cоntrоvеrsy. rоwlеy, mаssаchusеtts: nеwbury hоusе. 2000. -p. 9-22. 6. dudlеy-еvаns, t. jоhn, m. j. dеvеlоpmеnts in еnglish fоr spеcific purpоsеs. cаmbridgе: cаmbridgе univеrsity prеss, 1998.-p.89. 7. shodiyev s. e. bio-social need to the study of lexical meaning. journal of positive school psychology 2022, vol. 6, no. 9, 4771-4777. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the priority of the military service is to ensure the unity of the nation and security kamilov feruz bakhriddinovich academy of armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article summarizes the most important importance of military service in guaranteeing the solidarity and security of a nation. military service plays an important role in maintaining a cohesive society, protecting the nation from both internal and external threats. the main focus of this article is to emphasize how the military service is important by uniting the civilian unit under the common reason for the protection of their homeland. in addition, it is emphasized how to ensure the security of the nation through the tolerance and dedication of military personnel who work tirelessly to guard the borders and maintain peace within the country. in this annotation, its necessary role in maintaining the unity and security of the nation is covered by recognizing the importance of military service as the most fundamental task. national security, declaration of independence, constitution, sovereignty, defense doctrine, normative document, territorial integrity, supreme assembly, foreign policy. introduction ensuring the unity and security of the nation is indeed the most fundamental function of the military. military personnel were tasked with protecting the nation from external threats, maintaining internal stability. their tolerance for national security helps to form a sense of solidarity among citizens as they work together towards the common goal of protecting the nation and its people. by prioritizing the solidarity and security of the nation, military service plays an important role in maintaining peace, stability and a cohesive society. ensuring the unity and security of the nation is indeed the main function of the military. the main purpose of the military forces is to ensure the territorial integrity, sovereignty and national interests of one state. military personnel are trained, equipped and mobilized in order to protect the people from external threats, protect their borders and ensure the safety of their citizens. by ensuring national security, the military plays a very important role in maintaining the unity and stability of the nation. introduction: the role of military service in ensuring the solidarity and security of one nation is incomparable. the military, with the responsibility of protecting the motherland and its citizens, ensures the preservation of national unity, the protection of the sovereignty and interests of the nation. this article will study why maintaining solidarity and security is the main task of the military. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 1. preservation of national unity: the united nation stands strong against external threats and internal conflicts. the military plays a very important role in protecting the borders of the country, maintaining law and order, ensuring national solidarity by preventing violence or aggression from violating the system of society. the military through its presence and behavior forms a sense of patriotism and national identity, strengthening the bonds that hold the nation together. 2. asserting sovereignty: the military serves as the last defense mechanism of the nation's sovereignty. by stopping potential enemies and being prepared to respond to any aggression, the military protects the territorial integrity of the people, ensuring that their borders remain safe. this ability to hinder and defend is necessary to maintain popular independence and autonomy in the face of external pressure and difficulties. 3. resistance to threats and risks: the military service makes it important to identify and mitigate threats that may undermine the security of the people. this includes combating terrorism, responding to natural disasters, overcoming emerging challenges such as cybersecurity. the military trains its personnel to be prepared for various scenarios, providing them with the necessary skills and funds to effectively eliminate emerging threats. 4. ensuring stability and peace: a stable and peaceful nation is fundamental to social progress and progress. the military plays a serious role in maintaining internal stability by assisting civil authorities in emergencies, supporting law enforcement, and participating in peacekeeping missions. through this, they contribute to the organization of a safe environment necessary for the prosperity of citizens. 5. development of international relations: strong military can contribute to negative international relations. a nation can gain the respect and trust of other states by demonstrating its ability and tolerance to protect its borders and its citizens. this forms alliances, partnerships and partnerships with other nations, ensuring peace and stability on a global scale. from the first days of independence of our state, the issues of organizing the defense of the country and developing legal criteria for the functioning of our armed forces were given serious importance by the president of the republic of uzbekistan, as the supreme commander-in-chief of the armed forces. based on the military-political and military-strategic situation that arose in the region, and from the analysis of the development of political processes taking place in the world, the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan were created, capable of protecting the interests of the state. several regulatory documents on the organization of the armed forces of our country were signed by the president of the republic of uzbekistan. among the first of them is the signing of the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 6, 1992 “on the creation of the ministry of defense affairs of the republic of uzbekistan and the general staff of the armed forces”. their goal was to create a step-by-step professional army, a small number in composition, compact, but mobile, equipped with modern military equipment and weapons, capable of independently and reliably protecting the security of uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org during the years of independence, a number of decisions made by the government increased the prestige of military service among our people and the youth of the country. all this in practice made it possible to provide the armed forces with local military personnel born in the republic of uzbekistan. in the last years, the consistent construction and reform of the national army radically changed the image, organizational structure of the armed forces, the system of troop management, the system of training military personnel, the troops were provided with the latest examples of weapons and equipment. at the same time, taking into account the geostrategic location of our republic, as well as the military-political situation that is taking place in the region, military districts and the structure and tasks of the troops were revised. measures are being taken to provide troops with the most modern examples of weapons and military equipment. the republic of uzbekistan in practice has its own modern, compact, mobile, national army capable of reliably protecting the security, stability of our country, the inviolability of borders-miz, the peaceful and peaceful life of our people. it should be noted that in peacetime, the armed forces ensure the territorial integrity and security of the republic of uzbekistan, are one of the means of eliminating security threats, and in wartime, the armed forces are fully capable of fulfilling the tasks of protecting state security and sovereignty. today, regular work is being carried out in the troops of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan on the professional skills of military personnel, the real improvement of the combat capability of military units and units, the improvement of the system of organizing combat and spiritual and educational training of troops. conclusion: the main task of the military is to ensure the unity and security of the nation. by maintaining national cohesion, ensuring sovereignty, resisting threats, ensuring stability and further promoting international relations, the military plays an important role in protecting the interests of the people and ensuring the well-being of its citizens. the dedication and tolerance of military personnel is key to maintaining a safe and unified nation, allowing their people to flourish and flourish. references 1. o`zbekiston respublikasi qurolli kuchlari akademiyasi ilmiy-tadqiqotlar instituti xodimlari umid muysinaliev, xusanali pardaev ;. https://darakchi.uz/index.php/oz/120126 2. рахмонов а. международные правовые аспекты обеспечения всеобъемлющей безопасности республики узбекистан: дис. … док. полит. наук. – т.: агос при президенте р.уз, 2002. 3. хасанов у. национальные интересы республики узбекистан и проблемы безопасности в центральноазиатском регионе: автореф. дис. …канд. юрид. наук. – м.: ран институт мировой экономики и международнқх отношений, 2003. 4. хасанов у. национальные интересы республики узбекистан и проблемы безопасности в центральноазиатском регионе: автореф. дис. …канд. юрид. наук. – м.: ран институт мировой экономики и международнқх отношений, 2003. https://darakchi.uz/index.php/oz/120126 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org methods of planning multi-year preparation phases of athletes (in the case of wrestling) aliyev iskandar bakhromovich (nuuz) head of the department of taekwondo and sport activities, p.f.n, professor e-mail: a.iskandar80@inbox.ru ramazonov xondamir rauf o'gli, student of national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulug'bek, faculty of taekwondo and sport activities, department of taekwondo and sport activities, wrestling direction, 3rd year student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in recent years, special attention has been paid to the revival of the national sport of kurash, the historical heritage of the uzbek people, which has been revered for centuries as a symbol of courage, tolerance, nobility and honesty. improving the system of training students in wrestling requires the search for new methodological approaches to the organization and content of the educational process, the choice of special training tools in accordance with the traditions of competition development. wrestling, sports, physical training, special physical training, training. introduction in recent years, special attention has been paid to the restoration of the national sport "kurash", a historical heritage of the uzbek people, which has been revered for centuries as a symbol of courage, tolerance, nobility and honesty. as a result of the direct support of our state, wrestling was widely recognized as an international sport, and terms such as "wrestling", "honest", "bowing", "stop" and "side" are in the vocabulary of international sports. took a strong place in its composition. founded on september 6, 1998, the international wrestling association unites 129 national federations on five continents. in 2010, the international wrestling association received the recognition of the world anti-doping agency, which is considered an important requirement for ordering inclusion in the program of the olympic games. at the 36th general assembly of the olympic council of asia held in ashgabat on september 20, 2017, the national sport "wrestling" was officially included in the program of the xviii summer asian games for the first time in history. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the international wrestling association and the republic of uzbekistan are taking active measures to include wrestling in the programs of international sports competitions and tournaments, and in the future also in the program of the olympic games. at the same time, some existing shortcomings prevent further development of the struggle, in particular: the work being done to popularize the national sport of "wrestling", especially among minors and young people, in order to strengthen the sense of national pride and patriotism of the growing generation, does not meet the requirements of the times; a comprehensive system of clubs and sections that allows identifying and selecting capable wrestlers in this sport and their training, as well as introducing effective mechanisms for training coaches and referees, has not been formed; an effective system of encouraging the winners and prize-winners of international competitions aimed at attracting young people to engage in this type of sport has not been introduced; the lack of necessary material and technical base and sports infrastructure, the lack of development of sports equipment prevents the organization of sportsmen's training at the level of demand and the holding of international wrestling competitions. further development and popularization of the national sport "wrestling" among the population, especially minors and young people, strengthening the sense of national pride and patriotism in the growing generation, as well as promoting a healthy lifestyle in society and world in order to ensure high results on the sports field: the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on measures to further develop the national sport of "wrestling" was signed and september 6 was designated as the day of the national sport of "wrestling". the improvement of the training system of students engaged in wrestling requires finding new methodological approaches to the organization and content of the training process, the selection of special training tools compatible with the traditions of the development of competition activities. according to many experts, the distinctive feature of modern wrestling is to give the competition process an active, dynamic, offensive character, to increase the number of complex and unexpected situations in wrestling. during the essence of rational technique and economy of actions, their variability has increased to a great extent, the set of technical-tactical actions has become more complicated, and at the same time, their informativeness for the opponent has decreased. winning in the fight became possible with the accurate and correct execution of the fighting methods, the increase in accuracy and stability, and the universalization of the wrestling competition. one of the important tools of the training process is preparatory exercises, which are widely used in most types of sports and at all stages of preparation for competition, and form the main content of independent activities of wrestlers. leading specialists focused on the function of structural elements to create new movement tasks during the need to quickly solve new technical and tactical tasks. these exercises are of particular importance for preventing injuries, increasing cumulative efficiency in adverse living conditions, and preventing the effects of other negative factors. however, the use of preparatory exercises in the structure of preparation of highly qualified wrestlers for competitive activities has not been sufficiently studied until now and is rarely shown in special literature. analyzing the data in the available literature and the development of modern wrestling, we can see that if in the structure of the training process, depending on the stage of training of qualified wrestlers, from 50 to 67% contact preparatory exercises are used, the movement of athletes and their physical american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org training will be improved to a greater extent, their ability to quickly process relevant combat information and apply adequate combat actions will increase, which together will increase the results of their competitive activities.. the main methods of wrestling techniques have been considered by many authors in many literatures. based on these developed fundamentals of technique, we looked for exercises and methods of performing them that required a minimum of equipment or expensive projectiles, that could be performed effectively in the gym, outdoors, and in all climates and seasons. please exercise methods and tools, so trainers can modify certain exercises for specific athletes. in our opinion, in addition to what we suggest in our methodology, the number of exercises can be increased depending on the level of training and qualification of the athletes. every research becomes real when it is put into practice. we believe that every trainer, working in this direction and using one or another exercise in our methodology, can make progress in this area and bring any innovation to improve the training of his wrestlers and the overall development of their technical and tactical skills. can create. based on normal sportsmanship and the amount of regular scheduled training hours for children's sports schools, annual volume of experimental group 1520 academic hours (1140 astronomical hours); 32 academic hours per week (24 astronomical hours); completed daily volume 4 academic hours. most of the training work was directed towards increasing the time for performing preparatory exercises, so that up to 20 minutes of time was taken from physical training exercises in each evening session, because the preparatory exercises of a light nature are a natural extension of the warm-up exercise. another 20 minutes were taken from the main part of the training, and the time of working in pairs was increased by this amount. in total, 40 minutes per month were devoted to preparatory exercises in evening classes. in the stage of special physical training, preparation and special exercises were used, which would allow for the accumulation of speedy sports form and increase the level of adaptation of the cardiovascular system in the conditions of the anaerobic regime. at the special training stage, different types of technical and tactical actions were used in working with projectiles, in the conditions of mastering individual technical and tactical actions with a partner. all preparatory exercises are distributed according to model lessons, which, in turn, are distributed according to the weekly cycle. weekly cycles were divided into preparatory stages depending on the calendar of annual cycle competitions, during which the experiment was carried out. pedagogical experiment was conducted with the participation of a group of highly qualified wrestlers (n=12 wrestlers), including 2 master of sports (su), 7 candidates for master of sports (sun) and 3 first-class wrestlers. the experimental group performed 1520 hours in the annual volume, 32 hours in the weekly volume, and 4 hours in the daily volume. without changing the overall volume of work during the annual cycle, we changed the emphasis of daily training activities to increasing the amount of preparatory exercises in each training session. all preparatory exercises were carried out in aerobic mode. during the year's experience, we did not deviate from the given scheme of load distribution. its size neither decreased nor increased. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org at the beginning of the school year (september) and at the end of it (may), control measurements showing general physical development were carried out. in the course of the experiment, new exercises were introduced, which make it possible to carry out the training process in a more qualitative and productive way. the wrestlers of the experimental group were very interested in performing the exercises we included in the training process. after a few months, according to the majority of wrestlers in the experimental group, they felt that their bodies were more agile, and that they began to perform many technical elements more easily and comfortably during the execution of techniques. after a year of such experimental work, the group reached a new, much higher level of technical skill, all wrestlers became more mobile, more natural and coordinated in their movements, the rate of falling into methods in mutual competitions and official competitions decreased. . preparatory exercises were divided into preparatory stages. for the stage of mjt, a group of preparatory exercises was used, which made it possible to quickly and effectively master and improve the individual technical arsenal of each member of this experimental group, and at the same time, increase the level of ujt. 1. based on the experience of specialists and the results of our personal research, it is advisable to apply exercises in cycles and stages of preparation in order to develop the technical and tactical skills, physical and special training of wrestlers in a way that the previous stages of the training process let the stage have a positive effect on the next one. 2. the preparation was made taking into account the methodology of exercises, stages of preparation for competitions, general physical training, special physical training, special training. the number of training hours was assumed to be the same as that of the high-performance groups. the redistribution of training tools proposed by us, as a result of the experiment, made it possible to perform up to 67% of the total volume of training work by means of the training exercise system. the annual plan of the first and second year experiments was carried out in full, and the following organizational and methodological conditions were taken into account during the preparation of the training sessions: rational selection of training tools; number and nature of exercises; nature of rest breaks and recovery of test takers; pace of exercise; method of performing exercises; aerobic mode of performing most exercises; possibility of previous and subsequent exercises together; the total amount of time allocated to training exercises. 3. a set of exercises used in the mjt stage, aimed at improving technical-tactical skills and performed in an aerobic-anaerobic mode, allows to increase the work ability and special physical qualities of a wrestler, which are necessary in modern wrestling competitions. the set of exercises used in the mt stage, focused on rapid execution of the methods, allows you to maintain a high pace and a heart rate close to the competition mode, 200 beats per minute. it is based on the need to replace the traditional means of training in formative experiences with noncontact training exercises developed for different stages and stages of the training process. applying 67% of training exercises in the annual cycle resulted in: to a reliable increase in the results of wrestlers in ujt, mjt and mt indicators (r<0.05-0.001). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org significantly increased sports results: during the experiment, 7 out of 12 experimenters in the experimental group achieved the degree of master of sports, all the experimenters won prizes in national and international competitions. references 1.kerimоv f.a. kurash tushaman. t., 1990. 2. kerimоv f.a. spоrt kurashi nazariyasi va usuliyoti. t., 2005. 3. матвеев л.п. основы общей теории спорта и системы подготовки спортсменов. киев, 1999. 4. платонов в.п. общая теория подготовки спортсменов в олимпийском спорте. киев, 1997. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 15, | aug., 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org application of pedagogic technologies in improving students' knowledge a. b. abidov tashkent medical academy, docent of the department of "infectious and children's infectious diseases", candidate of medical sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is known that the introduction of modern pedagogical technologies, interactive methods into the educational system, and continuous research to increase the effectiveness of education has become the need of today. introduction the peculiarity of interactive methods is that the pedagogue and students work together, that is, by establishing pedagogical cooperation. pedagogical cooperation has its own characteristics and aims at the following [1]: forcing the student not to be indifferent during the lesson, to think independently, create and search; to continuously ensure students' interest in improving their knowledge during the lesson; to strengthen the student's interest in knowledge independently with a creative approach to each issue; permanent organization of the cooperative activity of the teacher and the student. the main purpose of pedagogical technology is to achieve the intended goal by organizing cooperation between the teacher and the student. as a result of cooperation in the learning process, students can think independently, work creatively, search, analyze, draw their own conclusions, evaluate themselves and the group, and if the teacher creates opportunities and conditions for such activities, it can be considered that they have successfully used pedagogical technologies. each lesson, topic requires the use of a unique pedagogical technology, which is a pedagogical process aimed at providing a goal-oriented, pre-planned and guaranteed result based on the needs of students. it is possible to achieve the goal of the lesson by using various pedagogical technologies in the course of teaching, by improving students' feelings of attentiveness, deep thinking, analysis, differentiation. during the lesson, each pedagogical technology is used with a purpose. "brainstorming" method the teacher designs the topic that the student should master step by step from simple to complex. the "networks" method is aimed at teaching the student to think logically, to expand the scope of common ideas, to use literature independently. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the "3x4" method is aimed at students' free thinking, the ability to present various ideas in a wide range, the ability to analyze, draw conclusions, and give definitions in the educational process individually and in small groups. the "blitz-game" method is aimed at teaching the correct organization of the sequence of actions, logical thinking, and how to choose what is needed from many, diverse ideas and information based on the subject being studied. the "interview" technique is aimed at teaching the student to ask questions, to listen, to answer correctly, and to formulate questions correctly. "hierarchy" technique is aimed at teaching them logical, critical, creative thinking by using methods of transition from simple to complex, from complex to simple. "boomerang" technique [2] is aimed at students working with various literature and texts during the course of the lesson, outside of the lesson, to remember the learned material, to be able to speak, to express their opinion freely, and to be able to evaluate all students during one lesson. by using the "venn diagram" method, a little less time is spent than it is to repeat the topic orally and to remember the students. at the same time, the ground is created for them to start training quickly, to repeat the subject in a short period of time. in the first part of the diagram, the students write a phenomenon, a basic concept, and specific aspects of a specific subject, and in the second part of the diagram, they write their similarities. one student is selected from the groups that have completed the training, and he will read the group's work on the blackboard. as shown in the example, the non-crossing part of the diagram highlights the comparable points on the topic under consideration. on the cross section of the circles, the same signs were written on the right circle and on the left circle. students from other groups can express their opinions and make various additions at the end of each presentation. the teacher summarizes their thoughts and gives a final conclusion on the assignment question. the t-drawing method is used to remind students of the topic at the beginning of the lesson, to strengthen their knowledge in this regard. it is advisable to use this method by dividing students into small groups of four to five people. the purpose of the method is to determine the real situation considered in the subject, its causes, or the mutual difference between a specific object and its counterparts, thereby determining the mutual difference between various phenomena or auxiliary means related to the subject, proving, persuading, and justifying one's opinion. as an example, we recommend using this method in the process of strengthening the topic "meningococcal infection". list the pros and cons of antibiotics using a t-chart positive aspects downsides 1. fast acting. 1. the taste is bitter. 2. high efficiency. 2. it is impossible during lactation. 3. the range of influence is high. 3. reduces blood cells. 4. the price is cheap. 4. can cause intestinal dysbiosis. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org we would like to inform students that the use of the venn diagram as follows during the topic "pathogenesis, clinic, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of typhoid fever, paratyphoid a and v diseases found in the republic of uzbekistan" has given high results. venn diagram salmonella similar signs typhoid fever the use of modern pedagogical technology in teaching in higher educational institutions has the following advantages [3]: cognitive activity of students increases; there is an opportunity to solve the most difficult problems; during the training, the students are encouraged to have a positive attitude and a positive attitude; students learn to independently use textbooks and additional literature during reading; with a great interest in training, the ability to speak increases, as a result, the ability to acquire new knowledge in independent learning increases; -students learn to evaluate their knowledge and skills, self-evaluation. thus, in order to achieve such results, it is necessary for a pedagogue to overcome his professional pedagogic skills, as well as to thoroughly understand the pedagogical, psychological and other aspects of modern pedagogical technology, to be able to choose the most effective pedagogical technology during the lesson, taking into account the knowledge of students. references 1. ochilov m., ochilova n.. high school pedagogy. textbook. -t,, communicator", 2008, -304 p. 2. azizkhodjaeva n.n. pedagogical technologies in increasing the effectiveness of the educational process. study-methodical manual. t. tdpu. 2007 -78 p. 3. musaeva m.sh., shodieva g.m. organization of interactive lessons based on modern technology. journal "sovremennoe obrazovanie (uzbekistan)". 2015 g. 1. the causative agent is salmonella typhus 2. anthropozoonosis. 3. contaminated by meat and dairy products. 4. high body temperature and diarrhea are observed 1. the causative agent is salmonella typhi abdominalis 2. grows well in water. 3. anthroponosis disease. 4. insects can also spread. 1. it belongs to the group of intestinal infections. 2. passes with a high temperature. 3. mainly the small intestine is affected. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org production of flammable paints based on silicone and liquid glass akhmedov khafiz ibroimovich doctorant of the bukhara institute of engineering and technology, bukhara, uzbekistan, g-mail: xafizibnaxmed@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this work, a substance obtained on the basis of silicone and liquid glass, which is added to the composition of various lacquer materials and increases their fire resistance, was analyzed. the same environment was created in laboratory conditions and the level of protection of the refractory material was studied. derivatography, thermostable, level of protection, flammability, burning speed, efficiency introduction thermostable paints are designed for painting wooden constructions with a risk of fire. their difference from other paints and varnishes is that the resulting coating increases the fire resistance of wooden structures to a certain extent and reduces the risk to material and human life to a certain extent. differential thermal analysis (dtt) is one of the main methods of phase analysis and serves to determine the thermal properties of a substance. with the help of thermography, we can determine the temperature limits of many existing compounds, the temperature of phase changes, heat capacity, thermal conductivity of solid and liquid phases, thermal decomposition, dehydration, dissociation (separation into components), melting of many synthetic and natural substances. and chemical interactions can be studied. this method is especially important in studying glass crystallization processes. derivatography is a method of studying chemical and physico-chemical processes that occur in a certain substance under conditions of temperature change. derivatography is based on a combination of thermogravimetry and differential heat analysis. research methodology thermal analysis of wood materials coated with the mixture of silicone and liquid glass modification. in scientific tests, the thermal analysis method was used to compare the relative thermal stability of fire-protected and unprotected wood materials. figure 1 shows the derivatogram of the original, untreated pine wood. the mass loss of the sample was 62.8% in the temperature range of 135-355°c. at 310°c, the maximum heat dissipation efficiency (exoeffect) was observed and the mass loss was 45.4%. in this american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org case, it was observed that the decomposition of wood reached the maximum speed and the separation of the combustible products decomposed under the influence of heat. figure 1. derivatogram of untreated wood it is known that at this temperature the maximum rate of decomposition of cellulose in wood is observed. a 20% water solution of the substance formed from the modification of silicone and liquid glass was prepared and soaked in wooden (pine) products at a temperature of 40-50℃ for 1-1.5 hours in a special bath. it was studied according to gost 16363-98 that the fire resistance of wooden materials treated with the resulting solution increased dramatically. the wooden samples treated with the resulting solution (fig. 2) were taken in 3 pieces each (size 150x60, thickness 30 mm) and submitted for research. the test procedure was carried out as follows: tested samples of pine wood were placed vertically in a black steel pipe with a length of 166 mm and a diameter of 50 mm. figure 2. the wooden samples treated with the resulting solution american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the flame of a gas or alcohol burner was given under the sample 5 mm protruding from the tube (alcohol was used in the tests). the distance from the upper edge of the flame to the sample is 10 mm, the time of holding the sample in the flame of a gas burner is 2 minutes and in the flame of alcohol 1 minute 30 seconds, after the sample is removed from the flame, the independent burning of the sample and the duration of burning were studied and recorded. this experiment was conducted according to gost 16363-98. the essence of the research methods was to determine the mass loss of wood treated with tested coatings or feeding compounds during fire tests under favorable conditions for heat accumulation. the classification method is used to determine the fire performance group and during certification tests. the accelerated test method is used to control the fire performance of fire protection products that have passed classification tests. table 1 investigation of the fire resistance properties of untreated wooden materials with fireresistant material obtained on the basis of silicone and liquid glass № time, s mass, g mass loss effect of flame source by itself ignition ignition time until experience after experience gm % 1 120 305 122 128,45 41,9 86,54 67,38 2 120 305 122 126,62 40,8 85,82 67,78 3 120 30 122 130,12 43,14 86,98 66,85 mass loss of samples (arithmetic mean) %: 67,3 according to this normative document, the air temperature is 22 °c, atmospheric pressure 720-725 mm.sim.asl., relative humidity 55-57%. the experimental test results of treated and untreated wood materials with silicone and liquid glass modification are presented in the tables below. table 1 shows the fire resistance of samples of wooden materials not treated with fire-resistant .as a result, it was determined that the mass loss of the samples exceeded 67.3% and belonged to the combustible group. table 2 investigation of the fire resistance properties of treated wooden materials with fireresistant material obtained on the basis of silicone and liquid glass № time, s mass, g mass loss effect of flame source by itself ignition ignition time until experience after experience gm % 1 120 10 5 145,78 143,89 86,54 1,30 2 120 11 7 148,32 146,36 85,82 1,34 3 120 11 7 146,68 144,75 86,98 1,31 mass loss of samples (arithmetic mean) %: 1,31 according to the experiment, in table 2, the results of the study of the fire-resistant properties of wood materials treated with the substance created by the modification of silicone and liquid glass showed that the mass loss of the average sample of fire-resistant wood materials was 1 was 31%. this indicates that the fire-resistant materials are of the 1st group. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org summary in conclusion, as a result of research, the mass loss of a wood sample that was not treated with a thermostable substance after burning was 67.3%. the mass loss of wood samples treated with a 20% aqueous solution of our substance based on silica gel and liquid glass was 1.31%. experiment conducted according to gost 16363-98. all this represents the effectiveness of our substance. this thermostable substance can easily replace imported goods. references 1. райимов, з. х. у., & усмонов, с. б. (2023). синтез ароматических полиэфирсульфонкетонов на основе олигосульфонкетонa различного состава и строения. science and education, 4(4), 495502. 2. hayrulla o'g'li, q. o., & ibroimovich, a. h. (2023). guanidin nitrat sintez qilish texnologiyasi. научный фокус, 1(6), 355-358. 3. negmurodovich, m. m. (2023). peculiarities of corrosion of the equipment of the system of purification of hydrocarbon gases from acidic components. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 18, 85-89. 4. ibroimovich, a. h. (2023). tabiiy gazni tozalashning zamonaviy usullari. scientific approach to the modern education system, 2(18), 185-188. 5. zuhriddin, r., & niginabonu, j. (2022). production of polyethylene terephthalate. universum: технические науки, (5-11 (98)), 58-62. 6. ibroimovich, a. h. (2023). mahalliy xomashyolar asosida tabiiy gazni tozalash uchun absorbentlar sintezi. научный фокус, 1(5), 532-535. 7. rayimov, z. x. o. g. l. (2021). ftal angidridning vinillanish jarayoni erituvchilari. science and education, 2(12), 266-269. 8. akhmedov, v., rakhmatov, s., & olimov, b. (2023). studying the fractional composition of spent secondary hexane produced by jv llc “uz-kor gas chemical”. universum: технические науки, (12-8 (117)), 35-37. 9. bekmurod, s. (2023). ammoniy nitrat va karbamid asosida guanidin nitratning olinishi va sintez qilingan moddaning element tahlili va iq spektr tahlili. research and publications, 1(1), 61-68. 10. vohid, a., & sherzod, r. (2024). physical and ir-spectral analysis of the fraction separated from the waste of" uz-kor gas chemical" jv llc. universum: технические науки, 8(3 (120)), 41-44. 11. qudratov, o. (2023). synthesis and properties of aminomethylated phenols. scientific collection «interconf», (142), 427-430. 12. bobir, o., vokhid, a., gulnoz, g., & sherzod, r. (2022). synthesis and properties of nitrogen-retaining corrosion inhibitors. universum: химия и биология, (4-2 (94)), 43-46. 13. қудратов, о., темиров, а., & ахмедов, в. (2022). нефть ва газ саноатида тиомочевина асосидаги ингибитор ингибирлаш ҳусусиятлари тадқиқи. in kimyo va tibbiyot: nazariyadan amaliyotgacha (pp. 139-141). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 14. raxmatov, s. (2023). synthesis of corrosion inhibitor based on local raw materials. scientific collection «interconf», (142), 431-434. 15. oktamovich, j. s. (2023). classification of corrosion processes. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 13, 85-88. 16. olimov, b. b., & rakhmatov, s. (2022). synthesis and use of corrosion inhibitors on the basis of diatomic phenols in the oil and gas industry. in kimyo va tibbiyot: nazariyadan amaliyotgacha (pp. 141-143). 17. amonovich, h. a. (2024). fire retardant properties of polyestersulfone ketones. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 21, 45-48. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org information on the history of embroidery abdullaeva nasibaxon arabovna teacher of the department of social sciences of andijan state pedagogical institute (phd) tel:+99894 527-17-93 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the history of embroidery tells about the appearance and development in the vi – iv millennia. embroidery, turon, neolithic, dasgox, animal husbandry, kopetog, farming. introduction embroidery is one of the oldest ways to decorate fabric. the craft has a centuries-old history of its own, and its emergence took place in khol, directly related to the development of textiles. researchers believe that textiles in the turonian region originated in the neolithic period, between the 6th and 4th millennium bc. as evidence of this, they cite the remains of the loom used in textiles found in the oldest agricultural oasis kopetdog skirts (joytun culture)1. historical records testify that cattle ranching was much more advanced in the region during this period. as a result, the role of wool in weaving increased, from which spinning and weaving of fabric took the main place. naturally, most of the clothes are made of woolen fabrics2. also from the territory of the fergana valley are found a large number of urchukts, muki and bone combs belonging to an ancient textile workshop. these objects belong to the chust culture (2nd – 1st millennium bc), which indicates that textiles have developed in the area since ancient times. fabrics made by ancient people, clothes made from them and household utensils did not arrive until our time. because these things have become unfit for consumption for centuries and have disintegrated and disappeared. but information about fabrics and objects made from it in ancient times can be learned by studying archaeological materials. for example, a number of pottery finds by archaeologists during excavations on the territory of uzbekistan have preserved traces of ancient fabrics. it would not be a mistake to say that the decoration of fabrics began from time immemorial. because the ancient people placed signs or images on certain objects, in particular on hunting and labor weapons, and on other utensils. they also cast stones, bones, and wooden objects into their clothing. sometimes decorative stitches are made from pieces of fabric of a different color to some parts of clothes. fabric processing, in particular embroidery on it, was carried out by the peoples of central asia in the centuries bc. in particular, archaeological materials found in the fergana valley area confirm this. in 1 массон в. п. поселение джайтун. – л.: 1971. – с... 2 майтдинова г. раннесредневековая ткани средней азии. – душанбе: 1996. – с.4-5. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org the 60s of the last century, the archaeologist yu.d.baruzdin had opened a black-and-white burial mound located in the valley area and discovered that there were various objects with the body. the discovery of a large amount of silk and woolen cloth from this ancient tomb was a major discovery in central asian archaeology in its time. the significance of this discovery to the science of history, including archaeology and ethnography, is that so much silk and woolen cloth dating back to the first century ad was the first discovery from the territory of central asia. yu.d.the most important importance of baruzdin's discovery to our study is that several of the fabrics found preserved embroidery ornaments. yu.d. baruzdin goes on to write about the artifacts from the black-and-white tomb, that the fabrics were used for various purposes, in which the handkerchief covering the deceased in the face was distinguished by its originality. the author indicates that when the grave was opened, the skeleton of a woman was stretched out, with her head facing south. the most notable is a handkerchief made of red cloth on the face of the deceased, embroidered on it with a black thread with the image of two women holding a legendary dragon in both hands3. (add figure #1,2) this archaeological item testifies not only to the fact that embroidery on fabric existed in the ancient fergana in bc and early ad, but also to the fact that this field of applied art has become much more developed. also, the images depicting the palaces of the ancient khukmdors in pictures made on their walls show how the practical art of that time developed, in particular, the craft of various decorations on fabrics, hatto embroidery. for example, this can be seen in afrosib mural paintings. these murals depict several characters, part of which is represented by a horse riding, others with a horse leading . when we look closely at these pictures, it first becomes clear that the dresses of the chaganyan ambassadors, who headed to the samarkand khukmdori, were sewn from the original fabrics produced in central asia at that time and brought from foreign countries by the great silk road. in the image, the ambassadors are wearing clothes made of original fabrics and walking towards the castle of samarkand khukmdori. the garments worn by the ambassadors, along with the veils on their camels and horses, were embroidered with precious cloth. more precisely, it is known for sure that the ambassadors ' dress was embroidered with a collar, skirt and embroidery at the very ends. it should be mentioned at this point, to what extent is it justified to consider images of different types, more precisely, laid on fabrics, precisely as an example of embroidery?. we wanted to clarify this issue in the continuation of the study. we knew the opinions of archaeologists. we got acquainted with the literature. it turned out that this issue is much more specific. but, the ethnographer o.a.sukhareva believes that in one of her works devoted to central asian embroidery, decorations on clothes, which are reflected in mural images from the 6th-7th centuries, were made by embroidery. in his opinion, it was not so typical for the territory of central asia to print flowers on fabric on a textile bench during this period. therefore, it is emphasized by the author that decorations on clothes are manual labor4. we are also a well-known ethnographer o.a.adding to sukhareva's opinion, we believe that the clothes of the characters featured in the eurasian murals, as well as the decorations on the covers of animals such as horses, camels and elephants, were done with embroidery on the fabric. at the same time o.a.in addition to sukhareva's opinion, we consider it appropriate to cite the following. first, it is known from a close examination of the images on the fabrics that clearly reflected patterns similar to “water chok”, “diaper chok”, “printed chok”, “loop (chain) chok”, which are widely used in 3 баруздин ю. д. кара-булакский могильник. (раскопки 1954 г.). труды ии ан кирг. сср. вып.ii, 1956. – с. 56. 4 сухарева о.а. сузани среднеазиатская декоративная вышивка. – м: 2006. – с.7. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org traditional embroidery. secondly, it is quite natural that the ambassadors who went to the court of the ruler of samarkand were nobles of their time and wore their expensive clothes embroidered on the trip. in addition, it is known that, as early as bc, the decoration of fabrics by embroidery became much more popular in the central asian region and adjacent regions. another case attracts attention. an adult male riding a camel depicted in the photo is wearing a red chakmon. and the еllow-colored outerwear thrown over the shoulders is swinging in the wind5. it seems to us that this dress, swinging in the wind, is made of nimshayi and silk fabric, which is widely used in embroidery. researchers believe these people moving towards the ruler's palace should belong to the europoid race. the fact that chaganiyon ambassadors are representatives of different ethnic groups in afrosiab mural paintings is also evident from the facial appearance of the characters in the photo. the facial structures of these people were clearly reflected in the forehead, nose and eyes, as well as the color, physique and decoration of the clothes. as a result, a group of ambassadors is distinguished from the second group by a number of anthropological signs and dress habits and dress decorations. it is also not difficult to see the characters in their clothes that reflect the period in which they live, the habits of the ethnic social class to which they belong. in addition, the ornaments on their clothing also provide important information about the embroidery of the time. earthy in addition to afrosib materials (3rd century)6, chiliktepa (5th century)7 hamda varahsha8 and in panjikent9 we can see that the clothes of the characters featured in the murals found in their archaeological spaces are also made of decorative fabrics. such murals, found in the ruins of ancient cities such as bukhara, panjikent, varakhsha and nakhshab, also often depict scenes of feasts and feasts at the ruler's reception. such parties and celebrations were usually attended by noble men and women, and their clothes made of expensive fabric were also given decorations with different embroidery to suit them10. the embroidery in these dresses reflects its originality not only in its elegance, but also in its ethno-cultural features. to date, no ancient murals have been found on the territory of the fergana valley, as in other regions of uzbekistan. however, several remains of cloth from these centuries have been found. by analyzing them scientifically, we can get valuable information about the methods of making fabrics of this period, the colors in it and the embroidery decorations made on the fabric, the embroidery of this period in general. archaeologist b. matboboev carried out excavations at the munchoktepa monument in the pop district of namangan region, where he found the remains of male, female and children's clothing from the tomb saganas there. the study of these materials shows that silk fabrics were not only widely used in their preparation, but it was also found that local knights decorated these clothes and embroidered 5 альбаум л.и. живопись афрасияба... с. 45. ( рис.2). иллюстрация табл.xxiii. 6 толстов с.п. по селедам древнне хоразмийской цивилизации. – м. – л.: 1948. – с... 7 альбаум л.и. балалыктепа. – т.: 1960. – с... 8 шишкин в.а. археологические работы 1947 г. на городище варахша// известия ан уз сср. №5. 1948. – с. 6270. 9 живопис древного пянджикента. – м.: 1954. скулптура и живопис древного пянжикента. – м. – л.: 1948. – с. 181. 10 махкамова с. м. к истории ткачества в средней азии // художественная культура средней азии ix – xiii веков. – т.: 1983. – с. 69. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org them with a border. it turns out that a woman's dress made of yarn fabric is embellished with embroidery on a copy of the “plant flower” 11. it is worth mentioning that the clothes found in the munchoktepa monument are not only beech, but also the embroidery ornaments on them are in many ways similar to the embroidery copies in dresses from the late 19th – early 20th centuries. this suggests that traditional clothing and methods of decorating them with embroidery have retained their historical basis to some extent, although they have gone through transformational processes for centuries. the development of artistic decoration of the fabric continued in the following centuries, with various historical factors taking an important place in this. chunonchi, this can be considered on the example of the influence of islam on embroidery. o.a.sukhareva noted that with the spread of islam in central asia, a number of changes took place in the fine arts, including embroidery. this was largely reflected in the pattern decoration. at the same time, embroidery has developed and a specialization process has occurred in the preparation of certain embroidery items. in the works of medieval historians istarkhiy, ibn hawqal, narshakhy, although no specific information is given about the embroidery of this period, valuable information can be found about the fabrics produced during this period and their types12. obviously, at this stage, embroidery ornaments were also sewn on fabrics and clothes. it is known that during the reign of the sahibqiran emir temür khukmron, major changes took place in movarounnahr and khurosan. cities like samarkand and sheroz have become centers of science and culture. trade and crafts developed in these cities. such huge changes in the reign of amir temur, progress was also reflected in the material culture of the people, in particular in their applied art. during this period, the type of clothing of the population increased, the clothes of the local beachim appeared. the most notable aspect, during this period, a number of areas of folk applied art developed, including the preparation of colorful fabrics, their decoration, and embroidery. speaking about a party with the participation of the beloved wife of the spanish ambassador amir timur, bibikhonim (saroymulkhonim), he ended such lines in his diary: “the inner and outer side of the tent, made of dark red carpets, is equipped with white coffins with embroidery”13. "the tent was covered with an elegant red king, a ribbon was lowered above the king, on which gilded silver weaves were placed from top to bottom.the tent is decorated with eye-catching embroidery”14. so, apparently, the craft of embroidery, like all areas of crafts, developed during the timur and timurids. moreover, even in miniature works of this period, we can see that decorating fabrics, in particular, embroidery, is much more advanced. for example, in a miniature called “temur at a banquet around samarkand”, which was made into sharfuddin ali yazdi's “zafarnoma”, several characters are depicted in clothes made of expensive fabric. it can be seen that various embroidery was made on their clothes15. embroidery will continue to develop even during the uzbek khanates. a number of his new fields, new types of products, began to appear. of course, this process was inextricably linked with the highquality fabric and yarn used in the preparation of embroidery, as well as the multiple production of 11 матбобоев б.х. к истории культуры ферганы в эпоху раннего средневековаья. – т. : 2009. – с. 70. ўша муаллиф. қадимги фарғона аҳолисининг кийим-бошлари тарихига доир (археологик материаллар асосида)// ўзбекистон этнологияси янгича қарашлар ва ёндашувлар. – т. : 2004. – б. 130 –133. 12 художественная культура средней азии. художественная культура средней азии ix – xiii веков. – т.: 1983. – с. 70 –71. 13 руи гонсалес де клавихо. самарқанд – амир темур саройига... – б. 186. 14руи гонсалес де клавихо. самарқанд – амир темур саройига... – б. 187. 15 шарқ миниатюраси ва адабиёти. – т.: 1987. 106 – расм. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org silk. although the nature of the commodity of embroidery at this stage was poor, its importance in folk socio-cultural marriage reached a very high level. under the khanates, the bulk of the embroidery was made at home and served mainly for the needs of each family. embroidery items were mainly made by women with manual labor. embroidery patterns are sewn not only on national clothes, but also on household items. sozana, palak, gulkurpa, kirpich, tablecloth, an embroidered rug hanging on the wall or inside of a mobile home, as well as pillowcases were the main embroidery items produced during this period. zoroastrianism is a specific area of embroidery. this area of embroidery also has its own development history. according to historical data, the homeland of zoroastrianism was babylon, and colorful embroidery items, sewn with the addition of dice, silk and wool yarn, became world-famous as early as their time. as a result of cultural-political ties with byzantium, zoroastrian art later expanded into iran and then into russia16. this rare area of embroidery spread to turon as early as the 1st-2nd centuries ad. this is confirmed by archaeological materials17. of course, the craft of zoroastrianism, like other fields of trade, was much more progressive during the timurid and timurid eras. especially as a result of their special attention and encouragement of bukharan emirs, zoroastrianism developed in bukhara. zardozy clothes made of expensive fabric were made mainly for the emir's courtiers and the rich of the city with the hard work of hundreds of hands of flower masters. researchers show that in the late 19th – early 20th centuries, 300 to 350 zoroastrian masters worked in the palace of the emir of bukhara and in private enterprises18. in 1885-1911, the zoroastrian sphere of folk crafts in bukhara was highly prosperous. in addition to zoroastrian clothing, zoroastrian items such as haltacha, pillowcase, horsetail were also sewn during this period. various areas of craftsmanship were also developed in the kokand khanate. in particular, textile production, especially the production of silk and semi-silk products, was somewhat progressive. in the 70s of the xviii century in the kokand khanate, philip efremov writes: "silk and semi-silk products, the production of chalk and the making of chopsticks, other items developed in kokand and its cities. kokans can compete with bukharians in trade”19. another foreigner who visited the khanate of kokand in 1813-1814 was f. nazarov, on the other hand, gave an assessment of the textiles and silk produced here: "the textiles and silk products made by the kokand artisans are superior to those of the same type in other regions 20. several types of fabrics, silk and nimshoy fabrics were made by the craftsmen of the kokand khanate, which serve as the basis for the preparation of embroidery items. silk, in particular, was used to weave various fabrics. for example, silk fabrics such as kanaus, silk, atlas, adras, and semi-silk fabrics such as beqasam, banoras, adras were produced by the artisans of kokand, margilon, namangan and khojand. 16 булатов с. ўзбек халқ амалий безак санъати. – т.: 1991. – б. 320. 18 булатов с. ўзбек халқ амалий безак санъати. – т.: 1991. – б. 320; останов о.а. зарафшон воҳасида ҳунармандчилик, тадбиркорлик ва савдо-сотиқ ( xix аср охири – xx аср бошлари). – т.: 2013. – б. 45. 19 ефремов ф. странствование в киргизской степи, бухари, хива, персии, тибет и индии в возворашение его от туда через англию в россию. – казань: 1811. – с. 114. 20 назаров ф. записки о некоторых народых и землях средней части азии. – спб. 1821. – с. 74–76. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org the khanate cities also developed the craft of making dyes of various colors from local plants, and dyeing silk and semi-silk fabrics. this set the stage for the progressive development of embroidery in the fergana valley. during this period, the widespread popularity of embroidery in the valley manifested the population as an inicos of their affection for floral products. in the territory of the kokand khanate, as in other regions, embroidery items such as sochana, palak, linen, gulkurpa, zardevor were made to decorate the interior of the house. also, everyday necessities such as dowels, belts, joynamoz, tablecloths are prepared and these items are decorated with elegant embroidery flowers. during this period, embroidery not only developed in the more sedentary population, but also developed in the peoples of the valley, such as the peninsular kyrgyz, kipchak, turkish, facial, nayman, karakalpak, acquiring ethnohood traits. although the decision of a new socio-economic relationship in the country as a result of the conquest of turkestan by the russian empire began to significantly negatively affect the development of a number of fields of traditional art, traditions in embroidery were preserved. that is, even during this period, the need for hand embroidery was great among the population21. of course, there were also changes in this area. such changes were primarily due to the use of machines in embroidery. let's dwell on this in a separate section of the work. well, the craft of embroidery went through a long development process. at all stages of its development, the craft of embroidery was constantly needed by the peoples of central asia, including the fergana, for artistic embroidery products. somehow, rare and elegant embroidery items played an important role in the socio-cultural life of the population. obviously, the development of embroidery and the provision of its variety depended on a number of factors. of particular importance in this process was the production of products of various types, such as fabrics, yarn and silk, which would become the basis for embroidery. references 1. массон в. п. поселение джайтун. – л.: 1971. – с... 2. майтдинова г. раннесредневековая ткани средней азии. – душанбе: 1996. – с.4-5. 3. баруздин ю. д. кара-булакский могильник. (раскопки 1954 г.). труды ии ан кирг. сср. вып.ii, 1956. – с. 56. 4. сухарева о.а. сузани среднеазиатская декоративная вышивка. – м: 2006. – с.7. 5. альбаум л.и. живопись афрасияба... с. 45. ( рис.2). иллюстрация табл.xxiii. 6. толстов с.п. по селедам древнне хоразмийской цивилизации. – м. – л.: 1948. – с... 7. альбаум л.и. балалыктепа. – т.: 1960. – с... 8. шишкин в.а. археологические работы 1947 г. на городище варахша// известия ан уз сср. №5. 1948. – с. 62-70. 9. живопис древного пянджикента. – м.: 1954. скулптура и живопис древного пянжикента. – м. – л.: 1948. – с. 181. 10. махкамова с. м. к истории ткачества в средней азии // художественная культура средней азии ix – xiii веков. – т.: 1983. – с. 69. 21 давлатова с. ўзбек анъанавий ҳунармандчилиги тарихий жараёнлар контексида... – б. 147. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 11. матбобоев б.х. к истории культуры ферганы в эпоху раннего средневековаья. – т. : 2009. – с. 70. ўша муаллиф. қадимги фарғона аҳолисининг кийим-бошлари тарихига доир (археологик материаллар асосида)// ўзбекистон этнологияси янгича қарашлар ва ёндашувлар. – т. : 2004. – б. 130 –133. 12. художественная культура средней азии. художественная культура средней азии ix – xiii веков. – т.: 1983. – с. 70 –71. 13. руи гонсалес де клавихо. самарқанд – амир темур саройига... – б. 186. 14. руи гонсалес де клавихо. самарқанд – амир темур саройига... – б. 187. 15. шарқ миниатюраси ва адабиёти. – т.: 1987. 106 – расм. 16. булатов с. ўзбек халқ амалий безак санъати. – т.: 1991. – б. 320. 17. булатов с. ўзбек халқ амалий безак санъати. – т.: 1991. – б. 320; останов о.а. зарафшон воҳасида ҳунармандчилик, тадбиркорлик ва савдо-сотиқ ( xix аср охири – xx аср бошлари). – т.: 2013. – б. 45. 18. ефремов ф. странствование в киргизской степи, бухари, хива, персии, тибет и индии в возворашение его от туда через англию в россию. – казань: 1811. – с. 114. 19. назаров ф. записки о некоторых народых и землях средней части азии. – спб. 1821. – с. 74–76. 20. давлатова с. ўзбек анъанавий ҳунармандчилиги тарихий жараёнлар контексида... – б. 147. 21. qosimbek o’g’li p. j. jadid maktabi yangi usul maktablarning roli asos solinishi //journal of new century innovations. – 2023. – т. 29. – №. 4. – с. 125-129. 22. egamberdiyev a., poziljonov j. jadid marifatparvarlarining ta’lim-tarbiyani isloh qilishdagi o’rni //talqin va tadqiqotlar. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 24. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 15, | aug., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org technology for the development of student morality in the informed educational system turaev kakhramon nortojievich senior lecturer of the physics and mathematics faculty of termiz state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main process of information exchange in the current society one of the directions is the informatization of education. informatization of education is education in the broadest sense methodology in the field, psychological new information technologies aimed at pedagogical practice practice of effective use and creation (processing) of is considered as providing ti. in addition, information basis for the development of distance learning system serves as educational system in the process of information widely use of new information technology tools connection is made. introduction informatization of education and modern information technology the process of using the organizational forms in teaching and not only changes in methods, but new methods in it also leads to formation. informatization of the field of sciences, improvement of educational activities knowledge process based on modern information technologies to the integration of, the expansion of the field of sciences, causes deepening and their infection. and this is his in turn, to the criteria for selecting the content of educational materials requires changes. thus, the process of informatization of education formation, content and volume of educational materials to change, to redevelop educational subjects (courses) programs to the output, to the intefalation of separate topics or subjects will be the cause. this is the content and structure of academic subjects change, therefore, the content and structure of education leads to change. in parallel with this process, the level of knowledge of students accordingly, an innovative approach based on computer technologies should be introduced. content and structure of education, control and organization of training changes in ideas about the forms and methods of teaching during the process, it is necessary to improve the private methodology. the main part: distance learning of telecommunication technologies transfer, video and animation located on various educational portals show materials, educational telecommunication projects provides implementation, remote olympiads. zabased on the use of modern telecommunication technologies it is possible to organize the educational process effectively. modern technologies in the course of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the lesson and from the lesson outside application using specific methods from the teacher demands to increase students' interest and activity. telecommunication education projects are usually interdisciplinary dependence, that is, knowledge related to different fields of science will embody. synchronous and asynchronous according to the method of obtaining educational information educational systems can be distinguished. synchronous systems read at the same time requires student and teacher participation. such a systemincludes interactive television, audio graphics, computer. asynchronous systems unite the student and the teacher in the course of work does not require participation at the same time. the reader himself chooses the training plan and time. publication to such systems materials, audiocassettes, videocassettes, electronic communication, www, gtr-based courses can be included. audiographics are less common today is a means of sending voice, computer and graphic information is a method of transmission through nals. graphic information fax machine television sets, computer displays and electronic boards transmitted using . readers graphic information electronic they draw on blackboards, this information is on computer displays finds the opposite. voice communication microphones and loudspeakers is done at the moment. testing of fax machines and used to transmit the text of the training manuals. in roman cases, video projectors are used in these systems. powerful whiteboarding system software provides note exchange. currently, a sufficient number of new information technologies media have been developed and are being used. their is changing every year. include the following in their list possible: all classroom computers, display, printer, memory, computer audio input device, scanner, keyboard, storage, storage of files, multimedia systems, videotext, teletext, tv news, modem, computer networks, electronic communication, electronic conferences, information search systems, digital cameras, expert training systems, graphics output device, hypertext systems, television, radio , telephone, fax, electronic voice communication, teleconferencing, electronic board, software tools on the internet, automated libraries, educational software tools, editorial-publishing systems, cd rom, software (programming languages, translators), data transmission and sites, radio station, etc. this list should not be considered exhaustive. but it is pyrixat of new information technology tools and systems, gives an idea of the different manifestations. distance learning, open education system is important in the world widely used as a joint, as well as modern in education the use of information technologies and the internet is one of the factors of raising the price. modern technology and communication technologies, higher pedagogical education it is widely used in the teaching of various subjects. application of new information technologies in the educational process, pedagogy pedagogues to improve the efficiency of the teaching methods changes in labor activities, their working methods leading to structural changes in pedagogical systems will come this is the organization and management of pedagogical processes sets specific tasks in management. pedagogical process in the environment of modern information technologies effective organization of: division of labor among teachers; creator of distance learning courses and electronic literature pedagogues,computer programmers and teachers unification of specialists; improvement of the organization of the pedagogical process and monitor the effectiveness of teacher activity requires going. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. ўзбекистон республикаси президентининг 2002 йил 30 майдаги«компьютерлаштиришни янада ривожлантириш ва ахборот коммуникация технологияларини жорий этиш туғрисида»ги фармони. 2. ўзбекистон республикаси вазирлар маҳкамасининг 2002 йил 6 июндаги 200-сонли «компьютерлаштиришни янада ривожлантириш ва ахборот коммуникация технологияларини жорий этиш чора-тадбирлари тутрисида»ги қарори. 3. тайлаков н.и., олимов а.ф. электрон дарсликнинг оддий дарсликдан афзаллиги нимада? физика, математика ва информатика. -2009. -№ 4.35-40 б. 4. абдуллаев а. маънавият ва иқтисод, тафаккур. тошкент,: «маънавият»,1999. 5. вафоев о. маънавият тараққиёт омили. // мулоот, 1995, 2-сон. 6. олимов ш.ш. маънавий-ахлоқий тарбия асослари. (монография). –t.: «fan va texnologiya»,2009. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org comprehensive insights into modern composite binders: types, production bases, properties, and applications of portland cement-based composites ergashev mahmudjon mamadjanovich fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: m.ergashev@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study provides a comprehensive examination of modern composite binders, with a specific focus on portland cement-based compositions. the research explores the diverse types of composite binders, elucidating their production bases, inherent properties, and versatile applications. through an in-depth analysis, the study identifies key characteristics that define these composite binders, ranging from their chemical compositions to mechanical properties. the production processes, including raw material selection and manufacturing techniques, are scrutinized to unveil the intricacies of creating these advanced binders. furthermore, the research sheds light on the specific areas of application where these modern composite binders exhibit superior performance. this includes considerations for construction, infrastructure development, and various industries where the unique properties of portland cement-based composites find innovative use. the insights garnered from this study contribute to an enhanced understanding of the modern composite binder landscape, offering valuable knowledge for researchers, industry professionals, and practitioners involved in the development and application of advanced construction materials. composite binders, portland cement, construction materials, production processes, material properties, infrastructure development, cementbased composites, advanced binders, manufacturing techniques, mechanical properties, concrete technology, building industry. introduction in the realm of construction materials, the evolution of composite binders has marked a significant stride towards enhancing the performance and versatility of cementitious materials. this introduction initiates an exploration into the multifaceted domain of modern composite binders, with a specific emphasis on those based on portland cement. as foundational components in construction, these binders play a pivotal role in determining the properties and applications of diverse materials, influencing the quality and sustainability of structures [1,2,3]. the introductory phase delineates the motivation behind delving into this subject, emphasizing the critical need for advanced binders in contemporary construction practices. it sets the stage for an indepth investigation into the types, production bases, properties, and expansive applications of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org composite binders, offering a roadmap for understanding their complex composition and potential [4,5]. in a landscape where sustainability, durability, and performance are paramount, comprehending the intricacies of modern composite binders becomes imperative. as such, this exploration seeks to unravel the underlying principles governing their production, assess their diverse properties, and shed light on the innovative applications that propel the construction industry towards a more resilient and environmentally conscious future [6,7,8]. furthermore, this exploration aims to address the growing demand for sustainable construction practices by examining the role of composite binders, particularly those rooted in portland cement. the introduction highlights the imperative nature of understanding these binders' types, production processes, and properties as the construction industry endeavours to meet the challenges of the present and future [9,10]. as the global construction landscape evolves, driven by technological advancements and environmental considerations, the utilization of modern composite binders becomes a focal point. this introductory section sets the context for a comprehensive investigation into the intricacies of these binders, considering their potential impact on the efficiency, resilience, and eco-friendliness of construction materials [11,12,13]. by delving into the production bases and properties of portland cement-based composite binders, this research not only contributes to the academic discourse but also provides practical insights for industry professionals. as we navigate this exploration, the aim is to bridge the gap between theoretical knowledge and real-world applications, fostering a deeper understanding of how modern composite binders can shape the future of construction materials and methodologies [14,15]. literature review research in the field of composite binders, particularly those based on portland cement, involves contributions from various scholars, researchers, and institutions. some notable figures and their contributions include: prof. karen scrivener: a renowned materials scientist, prof. scrivener has conducted extensive research on cementitious materials, including composite binders. her work focuses on understanding the microstructure of cement-based materials and developing innovative binders with enhanced properties [16,17]. prof. paulo monteiro: prof. monteiro is recognized for his research in cement chemistry and materials science. his contributions include investigations into the durability of concrete and the development of sustainable composite binders [18,19]. prof. gaurav sant: known for his work in sustainable construction materials, prof. sant's research explores alternative binders, including those with lower carbon footprints. his contributions aim to reduce the environmental impact of cement-based materials [20,21]. dr. victor c. li: dr. li has conducted research on advanced cement-based materials, emphasizing the use of innovative composite binders for enhanced performance. his work often intersects with the fields of nanotechnology and materials science [22,23]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org dr. waltraud m. kriven: dr. kriven has contributed to the understanding of cement chemistry and composite binders. her research often explores the microstructure and properties of alternative binders, contributing to the broader field of advanced construction materials [24,25]. contributions to the field include advancements in understanding the chemistry, microstructure, and mechanical properties of composite binders. researchers have explored alternative materials, production techniques, and sustainable practices to improve performance and reduce the environmental impact of cement-based materials. their work has implications for the construction industry, offering insights into the development of more durable, efficient, and eco-friendly building materials [26,27,28]. it's recommended to explore academic journals, conference proceedings, and institutional publications for the most current and specific contributions by these and other researchers in the field. russian scientists have made significant contributions to the field of materials science and construction materials, including research on composite binders and cement-based materials. some notable russian scientists and their contributions include [29,30,31]: prof. viktor k. ivanov: prof. ivanov is a prominent russian scientist known for his research in the field of construction materials, specifically cement and concrete technology. his work has contributed to the understanding of the properties and behaviour of cement-based materials under different conditions. prof. vyacheslav r. lesovik: prof. lesovik has made contributions to the study of composite binders and the development of novel construction materials. his research often explores the mechanical and durability aspects of cementbased composites. prof. irina v. kuznetsova: prof. kuznetsova is recognized for her work in materials science, with a focus on cementitious materials. her contributions include investigations into the microstructure of composite binders and the improvement of their properties. prof. sergey sobolev: prof. sobolev is known for his research on alternative cementitious materials and sustainable construction practices. his work includes studies on the utilization of industrial by-products in composite binders to reduce environmental impact. prof. andrey pustovgar: prof. pustovgar has conducted research on cement chemistry and the development of advanced construction materials. his contributions extend to the understanding of hydration processes in composite binders [32,33,34,35]. these scientists have played roles in advancing the knowledge of cement-based materials, composite binders, and sustainable construction practices. their work often involves interdisciplinary approaches, combining expertise in materials science, chemistry, and engineering. contributions from russian scientists include insights into the optimization of binder formulations, exploration of alternative materials, and improvements in the mechanical and durability properties of construction materials. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org gypsum-based composite binders substances obtained by burning gypsum rocks are considered traditional mineral binders and have been known to mankind for several thousand years. gypsum binders are widely used not only in plastering but also in the production of bulky construction materials. natural bedrock (gypsum rocks, anhydrite) and production waste containing calcium sulfate (phosphogypsum, borogypsum, sulfur production waste) are used as raw materials for obtaining binders. approximately 35-40 million tons of gypsum binders are produced globally, with 90% of this output utilized in construction projects. the leading countries in gypsum binder production include the usa, france, england, spain, and russia. in uzbekistan, gypsum binder production is well-established in the bukhara and fergana regions. furthermore, significant efforts are underway in tashkent, fergana, and samarkand regions to utilize production waste for gypsum production. production of gypsum binder the gypsum binder is a powdered mineral substance primarily resulting from the dehydration of aqueous calcium sulphate. dehydration involves the gradual loss of chemical and physical water within the material, leading to the decomposition of its components. gypsum binders are manufactured through three distinct processes: − crushing and baking gypsum stone. − crushing gypsum stone, subjecting it to a cooking process until it attains a sand-like consistency. − crushing gypsum stone, treating it with high-pressure steam, followed by thorough drying. the cooking of gypsum stone is predominantly carried out in rotary kilns, steam boilers, or autoclaves. a common practical method involves cooking gypsum in pots. powdered gypsum is placed in a pot, comprising a steel cylinder and an upright guard, where it undergoes the cooking process. four heating pipes pass through the cauldron's diameter, facilitating the cooking of the raw gypsum. the finished product is then collected in the gypsum collection room through a chute at the boiler's bottom. upon heating calcium sulphate, containing two molecules of water, at temperatures ranging from 120180 ℃, its properties transform as water gradually evaporates, leading to dehydration. during this process, gypsum stone loses 1.5 molecules of water and transforms into half a molecule of aqueous gypsum, as represented by the following reaction: 4 2 4 2 22 0,5 1,5caso x h o caso x h o h o= + (1) the types of baked plaster vary based on the period and temperature of the baking process, resulting in distinct categories: − hemihydrate: formed in a dry environment at temperatures of 120 to 180 ℃, typically cooked in rotary kilns and large boilers (brands g-2 to g-7). − hemihydrate: formed in an aqueous environment at temperatures of 80 to 180 ℃, commonly cooked in an autoclave (brands g-10 to g-25). when baked in a dry environment at temperatures exceeding 150 ℃, a crystalline hemihydrate with fibrous, cracked surfaces is produced. gypsum binders used in construction primarily consist of vhemihydrate, capable of containing up to 1% water by weight. this type exhibits rapid water absorption and hardening properties. although melding gypsum possesses a well-crystallized structure, the initiation period of the process is slower. baking gypsum stone at temperatures ranging from 350 to 800 ℃ results in the formation of anhydrite american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org (caso4). anhydrite solidifies only when an activator, which enhances solidification, is added to its composition. activators such as potassium sulphate, sodium sulphate, zinc sulphate, aluminium sulphate (3% by weight), and portland cement or calcium oxide (5% by weight) are commonly added. during heating, decomposition of calcium sulphate commences when the temperature exceeds 600 ℃. 4 2 21/ 2caso xcao so o+ + (2) the resulting substance is called matrix gypsum, which contains calcium oxide from caso4. it will have a very high strength and can be more than 19 mpa. hydration (hardening) is the process of binding gypsum binders with water. in this case, the semimolecular aqueous gypsum turns back into two-aqueous gypsum in the crystalline state: 4 2 2 4 2*0,5 1,5 2caso h o h o caso h o+ = + (3) as a result, the crystals of the resulting two-water gypsum collide with each other, due to which its density increases. according to academician aa baikov's theory, the following physical and chemical processes mainly occur during the hardening of gypsum. the solidification process consists of three stages: dissolution of calcium sulphate, formation of new crystals, and crystal growth. gypsum particles turn into a gluey state called gel. as a result, a gypsum paste consisting of very small particles in a colloidal state is formed and begins to crystallize rapidly. needle-like crystals growing from two hydrous gypsum particles condense and become solid crystals. the formation of a colloidal solution and its crystallization process continue until half-molecular water gypsum turns into full twomolecule water gypsum. the use of gypsum binder is highly dependent on its crystallization rate. curing gypsum binder is an exothermic (heat release) process. when the gypsum binder is mixed with water (the gypsum is sprinkled into the water during mixing), a flowable liquid paste is formed. it begins to thicken quickly but is still in a plastic state. this indicates that the gypsum has begun to thicken; the beginning of solidification is the period from the moment of mixing plaster and water to the time when the vika tool is less than 1 mm under the vika needle dipped in the plaster paste in the public container; and the end of hardening is the period when the needle of the vika tool has sunk in only 1 mm. table 1. compressive strength of gypsum binder brands of gypsum binders strength limit after 2 hours of gypsum rod with dimensions 40x40x160 mm to squeeze to bend mpa kgs/cm2 mpa kgs/cm2 g-2 2 20 1.2 12 g-3 3 30 1.8 18 g-4 4 40 2 20 g-5 5 50 2.5 25 g-6 6 60 3 30 g-7 7 70 3.5 35 g-10 10 100 4.5 45 g-13 13 130 5.5 55 g-16 16 160 6 60 g-19 19 190 6.5 65 g-22 22 220 7 70 g-25 25 250 8 80 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org there are the following types of gypsum binders depending on the curing time (table 2): table 2. types of gypsum binder type depending on the hardness of the binder index depending on the duration of hardening hardening times, minutes beginning the end quick hardener a 2 15 average hardener b 6 30 slow hardener v 20 not specified gypsum binders find extensive applications in various construction materials, including curtain walls, plasterboard (crafted from gypsum and wood shavings), and "dry plaster" boards (plasterboard enclosed between two sheets of paper). their significance extends to furniture manufacturing, where they play a crucial role in ensuring operational durability. moreover, gypsum binders are widely employed for plastering the interiors of building walls, as well as in painting and crafting decorative items. the fire-resistant nature of plaster makes it a preferred material for constructing ventilation devices, elevator cages, and other fireproof structures. the versatility of gypsum binders underscores their importance across a spectrum of construction and design applications. conclusions in conclusion, the production of gypsum binders involves diverse processes and types, each influenced by specific baking conditions. the distinction between hemihydrate formed in dry and aqueous environments, at varying temperatures, results in a range of plaster types, each possessing unique properties. v-hemihydrate, a crystalline form formed in a dry environment at temperatures above 150 ℃, serves as a key component in gypsum binders used in construction. its rapid water absorption and hardening capabilities make it well-suited for molding applications, despite a slower initiation period in the process. furthermore, the transformation of gypsum stone into anhydrite at temperatures between 350 and 800 ℃ presents an opportunity for enhanced solidification. the addition of activators, such as potassium sulfate, sodium sulfate, zinc sulfate, aluminium sulfate, portland cement, or calcium oxide, influences the solidification properties of anhydrite. this comprehensive understanding of the various processes and resulting plaster types contributes to the optimization of gypsum binder production. the utilization of specific baking conditions and additives allows for the tailoring of binders to meet diverse construction needs, emphasizing efficiency, durability, and applicability across different contexts. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org references 1. paul, s. c., van rooyen, a. s., van zijl, g. p., & petrik, l. f. (2018). properties of cement-based composites using nanoparticles: a comprehensive review. construction and building materials, 189, 1019-1034. 2. wang, l., rehman, n. u., curosu, i., zhu, z., beigh, m. a. b., liebscher, m., ... & mechtcherine, v. (2021). on the use of limestone calcined clay cement (lc3) in high-strength strain-hardening cement-based composites (hs-shcc). cement and concrete research, 144, 106421. 3. prasannan, d., thenmozhi, r. s., ergashev, m. m., babu, a. m., oyebode, o. j., & rawat, r. (2023, may). implementation of soft computing techniques in fine-tuning of trm-concrete bond strength models. in 2023 3rd international conference on advance computing and innovative technologies in engineering (icacite) (pp. 1897-1902). ieee. 4. mamadjanovich, e. m. (2022). the wet method of enriching quartz sand for the production of glass. eurasian research bulletin, 12, 62-65. 5. ugli, x. s. y. (2022, may). evaluation of the effectiveness of agrotourism development directions in the republic of uzbekistan. in international conference on research identity, value and ethics (pp. 268-272). 6. mamadjanovich, e. m. (2022). m-10dm oil production technology based on petroleum distillates at fergana oil refinery (for). eurasian research bulletin, 7, 92-95. 7. yunusov, m. p., teshabaev, z. a., mirzaeva, e. i., nasullaev, k. a., ergashev, m. m., ruzimuradov, o. n., & murzin, d. y. (2022). effect of protective bed composition on deactivation of a hydrotreating catalyst. journal of chemical technology & biotechnology, 97(3), 771-778. 8. solomatov, v. i., mamajonov, a. u., yunusaliev, e. m., & qosimov, l. m. (2022). the formation of concrete macrostructure. isj theoretical & applied science, 2(106), 170-178. 9. mamadjanovich, e. m. (2021). technology preparation of oils for modern engines on the basis of raw material and high sulfur content. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(11), 127-132. 10. хусанбоев, с. е. (2022). перспективные направления развития агротуризма в республике узбекистане. бюллетень науки и практики, 8(5), 476-482. 11. мамажонов, а., & косимов, л. (2021). особенности свойств цементных систем в присутствии минеральных наполнителей и добавки ацетоноформальдегидной смолы. грааль науки, (5), 102-108. 12. teshabaev, z., djalalova, s., gulomov, s., nasullaev, k., ergashev, m., & rakhimjonov, b. (2021). исследование изменений концентрации примесных металлов в составе полупродуктов переработки “усредненной” нефти. science and innovative development, (4), 103-112. 13. numanovich, a. i., mamajonov, a. o., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). features of the properties of cement systems in the presence of mineral fillers and additives of acetone-formaldehyde resin. scientific and technical journal of namiet, 6(1), 99-108. 14. эргашев, м. м. (2021). применение строительной керамики в современной индустрии и жилищном строительстве. экономика и социум, (6-2 (85)), 608-611. 15. kosimov, l., & kosimova, s. (2021). optimization of the composition of dry slag-alkaline mixtures. збірник наукових праць λόгoσ. 16. эргашев, м. м. (2020). утилизация строительных отходов-мировой опыт. теория и american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org практика современной науки, (10), 90-93. 17. kholmurodova, d. k., & ulugboeva, g. o. (2023). development of an effective technology for producing composite wood-plastic board materials for construction and furniture purposes. journal of chemistry, 6(4), 9-19. 18. в.и соломатов, а.у мамажонов, ш.м давлятов, л.м косимов. (2022). технологическая поврежденность бетонов и ее влияние на эксплуатационную долговечность бетона. научнотехнический журнал ферпи. 19. эргашев, м. м. (2020). применение нанотехнологий в производстве цемента. экономика и социум, (1 (68)), 952-955. 20. мамажонов, а. у., набиев, м. н., & косимов, л. м. (2022). раздельная технология приготовления бетонной смеси. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (95)), 43-46. 21. кодирова, д. т., омонова, м. с., тожимаматова, м. ё., & убайдуллаева, с. б. (2022). физико-химические процессы при получение магнезиальных вяжущих из доломитов шорсу. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5), 12431247. 22. эргашев, м. м. (2020). строительная индустрия узбекистана: перспективы развития. экономика и социум, (1 (68)), 947-951. 23. zm, p. d. (2023). corrosion inhibitors based on imidozoline. texas journal of engineering and technology, 22, 17-22. 24. в.и соломатов, а.у. мамажонов, и.н. абдуллаев, л.м. косимов. (2022). физикомеханические особенности структурообразования бетонов на микроуровне. научнотехнический журнал ферпи. 25. усманова, ю. ш., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). получение этилендиамина на основе отработанного моноэтаноламина. universum: технические науки, (9-2 (90)), 40-44. 26. тожимаматова, м. ё. (2021). физико-химические процессы получения магнезиальных вяжущих из доломита и материалов на их основе. главный редактор: ахметов сайранбек махсутович, д-р техн. наук; заместитель главного редактора: ахмеднабиев расул магомедович, канд. техн. наук; члены редакционной коллегии, 39. 27. yunusov, m. p., molodozhenyuk, t. b., ergashev, m. m., dzhalalova, s. b., gashenko, g. a., & saidulaev, b. m. (2007). investigation of a system of protecting layer for the process of hydrorefining oily distillates of uzbekistan’s petroleum. russian journal of applied chemistry, 80, 1207-1212. 28. тожимаматова, м. ё. (2022). изучение физико химических свойств доломитной породы месторождений шорсу и получение из них магнезиальных добавок. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 13, 166-170. 29. мейлиева, л. к., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). ингибирующий коррозию состав на основе продуктов переработки отходов полиэтилентерефталата. 30. тожимаматова, м. ё. (2020). изучение процесса выделения вяжущих соединений магния и кальция растворением доломита в азотной кислоте. universum: технические науки, (12-4 (81)), 79-81. 31. тожимаматова, м. ё. (2019). изучение процесса выделения соединений магния из доломитов месторождения шорсу. universum: технические науки, (11-3 (68)), 33-36. 32. qosimov, s. r. (2022). location relief and its significance in designing landscape architecture american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org objects. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(10), 24-29. 33. ahmedov, d. d. (2021). the current need and architectural solutions for the organization of exhibition halls in secondary schools. молодой ученый, (26), 73-75. 34. xusniddin, m. n., abdumalik, r. g., & maxamat, r. d. (2022). methods of modernization, renovation and reconstruction of housing and buildings. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 73-83. 35. эргашев, м. м., мамажонов, а. у., умирзаков, з. а., & насирдинов, х. ш. (2019). влияние наполнителя и добавки ацф-3м на реологические свойства цементного теста. проблемы современной науки и образования, (12-2 (145)), 39-46. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org a machine for continuous planting of tree seedlings abduxalil ismoilov student of the e20-22 tvm group of the faculty of mechanical engineering of the fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan abdulatif abdubannopov research supervisor, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: iamabdubannopov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this paper, a fruit tree seedling planting machine is used in the establishment of new orchards to ensure continuous and mechanized planting of seedlings. it shows the costs used in planting seedlings and ways to reduce labor costs and increase productivity. deep softener, soil, seedling, harrow, disk harrow, conical roller, frame. introduction the natural climate of our republic is suitable for the cultivation of a wide range of high-quality exportable horticultural and viticultural products. therefore, in our country, great attention is paid to the development of horticulture, as well as all areas of agriculture. in addition, in uzbekistan, attention is being paid to the production of energy-efficient equipment for the establishment of fruit orchards and high yield, which implements several technological processes in accordance with agrotechnical requirements [1-4]. in the development strategy of new uzbekistan for the years 2022-2026, including "supplying agro-industrial enterprises with raw materials and increasing the volume of production by 1.5 times, increasing the volume of industrial fruits and vegetables to 3.4 million tons, agriculture it is a priority task to organize the production of the types of machinery and trailers needed for the production in a cluster method, to effectively use the production capacity, to bring the level of localization to 50%, to reduce the cost of machinery products by an average of 20% [5-11]. in order to fulfill these tasks and turn horticulture into a profitable sector of agriculture, it is necessary to mechanize all the work performed in it. in horticulture, as well as in any crop care technology, work such as preparing the land for planting seedlings, planting seedlings, combating pests and diseases, harvesting and sorting products is performed [12-19]. the main part nowadays, before planting seedlings in our republic, the soil is plowed to a depth of 30-35 cm, chiseled and successively ground. after these processes are completed, pits for planting seedlings are dug from the specified place. pits are dug by special digging units kya-100, knyu-100, krk-60 or by hand american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org in the size of 60x60x60 [20-27]. burying seedlings is done by hand. this leads to higher labor costs and other consumable costs.based on these points, it is new in qxmitia machine used in the establishment of orchards and continuous planting of fruit tree seedlingshas been developed and scientific and innovative studies are being conducted to justify its parameters. planting machineit consists of frame 1, suspension device 2, deep softener-etagochkich 3, disc harrow 4, conical roller 5, place for seedling stock (bunker) 6, seat 7, iztortkich 8 and screen 9 ( look at the picture). in the process of worka tree seedling machine opens a pit for planting seedlings, buries and compacts the planted seedling with soil. deep softener-egat opener 3 is immersed in the ground to a depth of 50 cm. as a result, it softens the ground, pushes the soil lumps to two sides with its side walls and creates a pit up to 40 cm wide. to do this, the egate opener is fixed to the deep softener located in front [28-34]. this makes it easier for the deep softener to sink into the soil. the side walls of the deep softener-egatechoki are set at an acute angle relative to each other, creating a space behind them that accommodates a seedling. the side walls of the egate opener are made high and long so that the soil does not fall into the created space and bury it. when the worker sitting on the seat 7 is walking (̴ 1.0-2.0 km/h) and the car reaches the destination, he takes one of the seedlings collected in the hopper 8 and softens it deeply on the root side. -egat puts the key in the bottom of the space between the side walls and holds it for a short time [35-41]. frame 1; 2nd suspension device; 3deep softener-holder; 4-disc fan; 5-conical roller; 6th place for the reserve of seedlings (bunker); 7th seat; 8th puller; screen 9 figure 1. planting machine the soil that naturally spills from the end of the side walls of the deep softener falls on the seedling roots and begins to bury them. the disk cultivators 4 installed after the egat opener push the soil over the partially buried root and ensure complete burial of the seedling. in order not to leave holes in the soil where the roots of the planted seedlings are buried, the two edges of the planted seedlings are american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org compacted at the level of agrotechnical requirements with the help of conical rollers 5. before the screen 9 reaches the previously planted seedling, the worker has time to take the next seed from the hopper 6. the above-mentioned process is repeated in the next place where seedlings are planted [3946]. the machine is equipped with right and left tractors 8 of the required length, which scratch the soil on the unplanted side of the field and leave a mark. in order for the distance between the rows of seedlings to be equal to each other, the machine moves over the track created by the tractor in its next run. adjusting the depth of the machine's soil softener, that is, the depth of burying the seedling, is carried out by changing the position of the tractor pulls in the holes opened in the suspension device 2. conclusions planting machine for fruit tree seedlings continuous and mechanized planting of seedlings is ensured when used in the establishment of new gardens. this allows to reduce costs and labor costs used in planting seedlings and increase productivity. references 1. ogli, i. a. a., & maribjonovich, m. m. (2023). test research method of determining the basic norm of fuel consumption of cars. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(06), 362-367. 2. z.m. xametov, s.u. xujamqulov, a.s. xusanjonov, q.x. masodiqov avtomobillar konstruksiyasi.”farpi alpha”nashrioti, 2022 3. khujamqulov, s. (2023). measures to protect the environment from the harmful effects of motor transport. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(4), 8-13. 4. fayzullayev, x., & mirtemirov, a. (2023). avtomobil dvigatelining moylash tizimiga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish va ta'mirlash ishlari texnologiyasi. инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика, 2(6), 31-35. 5. fayzullayev xaydarali, ne'matov ibrohimjon alijon o'g'li. (2023). avtomobillarga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish sohasida avtoservisni rivojlantirish tajribasi va istiqbollari. «zamonaviy dunyoda ilmfan va texnologiya» nomli ilmiy-amaliy konferensiya, 2(4), 62–65. 6. ikromov, i. a., abduraximov, a. a., &fayzullayev, h. (2021). experience and prospects for the development of car service in the field of car maintenance. isj theoretical & applied science, 11(103), 344-346. 7. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). analysis of the braking properties of the man cla 16.220 for severe operating conditions. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 52-59. 8. sahtarov, x. a. o., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). alternativ yoqilgʻilarda ishlaydigan avtomobil konstruksiyalari tahlili. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 1080-1087. 9. xaydarali fayzullayev. vehicle motion model with wheel lock. eurasian journal of engineering and technology.2022/9/14 10. xolahmad abduholiq oʻgʻli sahtarov, xaydarali fayzullayev. academic research in educational sciences. 2022. https://www.geniusjournals.org/index.php/ejet/article/view/2170 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 11. maxammadjon alijon o‘g‘li qobulov, asrorjon anvarjon o‘g‘li ismadiyorov, xaydarali fayzullayev. academic research in educational sciences. 2022. 12. fayzullaev xaydarali. аnalysis of the chemical composition of car tire rubber international journal of advance scientific research. 2022/12/24. 13. xaydarali fayzullayev, azamat mirtemirov. аvtomobil dvigatelining moylash tizimiga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish va ta'mirlash ishlari texnologiyasi. инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика. 2023/2/9 14. xaydarali fayzullayev, ibrohimjon ne'matov. avtomobillarga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish sohasida avtoservisni rivojlantirish tajribasi va istiqbollari. наука и технология в современном мире. 2023/1/30. 15. imamovich, b. b., nematjonovich, a. r., khaydarali, f., zokirjonovich, o. o., & ibragimovich, o. n. (2021). performance indicators of a passenger car with a spark ignition engine functioning with different engine fuels. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 6254-6262. 16. с.м.ходжаев, м.с.низомиддинова, ч.о.камбарова, & н.с.ходжаева (2022). организация станции технического обслуживания при ферганском политехническом институте. science and education, 3 (10), 265-274. 17. обидов, н. г. (2019). фрезерные дорожные машины в условиях эксплуатации в жарком климате узбекистана. in подъемно-транспортные, строительные, дорожные, путевые машины и робототехнические комплексы (pp. 377-379). 18. gayrat, b., bekhzod, u., & nuriddin, o. (2022). determination of angles of sliding and rolling of potato tubers on surfaces consisting of different materials. universum: технические науки, (4-12 (97)), 24-26. 19. бахадиров fa, у. б. (2021). обидов hf картошка туганакларини саралаш учун янгича конструкциядаги барабанли саралаш машинаси. научно-технический журнал ферпи. фергана, (1). 20. таджиходжаева, м. р., & обидов, н. г. конструктивные системы в природе и дорожных машинах. рецензенты: генеральный директор руп «гомельавтодор» сн лазбекин, 124. 21. xujamkulov, s., abdubannopov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). zamonaviy avtomobillarda qo’llaniladigan acceleration slip regulation tizimi tahlili. scientific progress, 2(1), 1467-1472. 22. xujamqulov, s. u., masodiqov, q. x., & abdunazarov, r. x. (2022, march). prospects for the development of the automotive industry in uzbekistan. in e conference zone (pp. 98-100). 23. meliboyev, a., khujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. (2021). univer calculation-experimental method of researching the indicators of its toxicity in its management by changing the working capacity of the engine using the characteristics. экономика и социум, (4-1), 207-210. 24. fayziev, p. r., tursunov, d. m., khujamkulov, s., ismandiyarov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2022). overview of solar dryers for drying lumber and wood. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(04), 47-57. 25. xujamqulov, s. u. o. g. l., & masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtotransport vositalarining ekspluatatsion xususiyatlarini kuzatish bo'yicha vazifalarni shakllantirish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 503-508. https://sciencebring.com/index.php/ijasr/article/download/159/141 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdit/article/download/10083/7283 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdit/article/download/10083/7283 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdift/article/download/9602/6994 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdift/article/download/9602/6994 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 26. masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l., xujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtomobil shinalarini ishlab chiqarish va eskirgan avtomobil shinalarini utilizatsiya qilish bo'yicha eksperiment o'tkazish usuli. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 254-259. 27. khujamkulov, s. u., & khusanjonov, a. s. (2022). transmission system of parallel lathe machine tools. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(2), 142-145. 28. umidjon o‘g‘li, k. s., khusanboy o‘g‘li, m. q., & mukhammedovich, k. s. (2022). the formation of tasks for overview of operating properties of vehicles. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 71-76. 29. khujamqulov, s. (2022). a method of conducting experiments on the production of car tires and the disposal of obsolete car tires. science and innovation, 1(a3), 61-68. 30. qobulov, m., jaloldinov, g., & masodiqov, q. (2021). existing systems of exploitation of motor vehicles. экономика и социум, (4-1), 303-308. 31. ходжаев с.м., рахмонова с.с. (2022). экономия ресурсов при эксплуатации, обслуживании автомобильной техники. американский журнал междисциплинарных исследований и разработок , 5 , 18–27. 32. otabayev, n. i., & xodjayev, s. m. measurement of tires pressure and load weight on the. 33. abduraxmonov, a. g., xodjayev, s. m., otaboyev, n. i., & abduraximov, a. a. (2022). formation of products from powdered polymers by rotational and blowing method. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 41-51. 34. maxmudov, n. a., ochilov, t. y., kamolov, o. y., ashurxodjaev, b. x., abdug'aniev sh, a., & xodjayev, s. m. (2021). tin/cr/al2o3 and tin/al2o3 hybrid coatings structure features and properties resulting from combined treatment. экономика и социум, (3-1 (82)), 176-181. 35. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). transport vositalari dvigatellarida dimetilefir yoqilg’isidan foydalanish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1531-1535. 36. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). gibrid dvigatelli avtomobillardan foydalanib ichki yonuv dvigatellari ishlab chiqargan quvvat samaradorligini oshirish va atrof-muhitga chiqarilayotgan zararli gazlarni kamaytirish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1523-1530. 37. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). overcoming the shortcomings arising in the process of adapting cars to the compressed gas. eurasian research bulletin, 6, 109-113. 38. qobulov, m. a. o. g. l., ismadiyorov, a. a. o. g. l., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). yengil avtomobillarga siqilgan gazga moslashtirish jarayonida yuzga keladigan kamchiliklarni bartaraf etish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 471-477. 39. otabayev, n. i., odilov, o. z., & ibrohimov, o. n. (2023). the problem of ensuring the safety of vehicles in braking modes. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(4), 1-7. 40. imamovich, b. b., zokirjonovich, o. o., ibragimovich, o. n., & rashidovich, f. p. (2022). method for determining the cetan numbers of synthetic diesel fuel. journal of positive school psychology, 6(9), 3827-3833. 41. ibragimovich, o. n., & zokirovich, o. o. (2022). features of the use of liquefied petroleum gas with the addition of dimethyl ether as a fuel for a car with a spark ignition engine. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(10), 139-148. 42. ibragimovich, o. n. (2022). mathematical model of diesel internal combustion engine subsystem. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 3(09), 22-28. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 43. otaboyev, n. i., qosimov, a. s. o., & xoldorov, x. x. o. (2022). avtopoezd tormozlanish jarayonini organish uchun avtopoezd turini tanlash. scientific progress, 3(5), 87-92. 44. qosimov, a. s., & srojidinov, d. r. (2023). avtopoezdlar tormoz mexanizimlari pnevmatik quvirlarining texnik holatini, avtopoezdlarning mos turiga tadbiq qilish. educational research in universal sciences, 2(3), 474-480. 45. tojiboyev, s. i. (2023). determination of the main indicators of the engine cooling system. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(3), 60-64. 46. shermukhamedov, a., astanov, b., & tojiboev, s. (2023, january). modeling of thermal processes in flow-through hydraulic drives. in international scientific conference fundamental and applied scientific research in the development of agriculture in the far east (pp. 486-495). cham: springer nature switzerland. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org simplify code through part programs gulmurodov muhriddin rahmatulla o'g'li bukhara state university student 1-1kidtm-23 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information about the advantages of using part programs when creating a program. the usefulness of the procedure and function of application is covered in specific examples. python, programming, part program, procedure, function, optimal code. introduction during the creation of a practical program, it is important to write clean and understandable code. because the ease of reading the code is of great importance when the program is processed or additional input is made into it. one of the possibilities that makes it easier to read the program code is to use part programs. part prevents programs from duplicating a piece of code and ensures that the program is understandable. in python, the part program is declared through the word def servant. part program is divided into 2uring the creation of a practical program, it is important to write clean and understandable code. because the ease of reading the code is of great importance when the program is processed or additional input is made into it. one of the possibilities that makes it easier to read the program code is to use part programs. part prevents programs from duplicating a piece of code and ensures that the program is understandable. in python, the part program is declared through the word def servant. part program is divided into 2. these are functions and procedures. d.. yu. we are not interested in what processes go inside it, since federov likens the function to a baccalaureate, that is, a plastic card is inserted into it (with pincode and sum), as a result of which the point is taken money, and so on that the atm is insecure. [1] the function performs a similar function. that is, taking the value and returning a certain resu. yu. we are not interested in what processes go inside it, since federov likens the function to a baccalaureate, that is, a plastic card is inserted into it (with pincode and sum), as a result of which the point is taken money, and so on that the atm is insecure. [1] the function performs a similar function. that is, taking the value and returning a certain result. according to the book "язык программирования python" written by g. rossum and others, procedures are similar to functions but their output is of lesser significance [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org table 1. an example of a function and procedure part program function procedure def greater(a, b): if a > b: return a else: return b a = int(input("enter first number: ")) b = int(input("enter second number: ")) print("the greater number is", end=" ") print(greater(a, b)) def greater(a,b): if a>b: print(a) else: print(b) a=int(input("enter first number: ")) b=int(input("enter second number: ")) print("the greater number is", end=" ") greater(a,b) figure 1. difference of function and procedure. the main difference between the procedure and the function is that the function accepts a value and reproduces these values, returning the result to the main program through the word return. the procedure also processes them by taking values, but the result does not return to the main program. methods let's consider the practical implementation of the use of procedures and functions. let the file with information about students need a writer program. we carry it out without a procedure: with open("students.txt", "a", encoding="utf-8") as f: f.write("name: ziyoda\n") american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org f.write("age: 18\n") f.write("grade: 4.5\n") f.write("-" * 30 + "\n") with open("students.txt", "a", encoding="utf-8") as f: f.write("name: bobur\n") f.write("age: 20\n") f.write("grade: 3.7\n") f.write("-" * 30 + "\n") with open("students.txt", "a", encoding="utf-8") as f: f.write("name: asilbek\n") f.write("age: 19\n") f.write("grade: 5.0\n") f.write("-" * 30 + "\n") we will observe the execution of this program using the function. def write_to_file(name,age,grade): with open("students.txt", "a", encoding="utf-8") as f: f.write("name: "+name+"\n") f.write("age: "+age+"\n") f.write("grade: "+grade+"\n") f.write("-" * 30 + "\n") write_to_file("ziyoda","18","4.5") write_to_file("bobur","20","3.7") write_to_file("asilbek","19","5") let's look at the program that finds more than 4 numbers[3]: a = int(input("enter 1st number: ")) b = int(input("enter 2nd number: ")) c = int(input("enter 3rd number: ")) d = int(input("enter 4th number: ")) if a > b: k = a else: k = b american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org if c > d: p = c else: p = d if k > p: print(k) else: print(p) we observe that this program is performed using the function def write_to_file(name, age, grade): with open("students.txt", "a", encoding="utf-8") as f: f.write("name: " + name + "\n") f.write("age: " + age + "\n") f.write("grade: " + grade + "\n") f.write("-" * 30 + "\n") write_to_file("ziyoda", "18", "4.5") write_to_file("bobur", "20", "3.7") write_to_file("asilbek", "19", "5") result we will analyze the above codes. when writing information about students in a file, the procedure consisted of 15 lines when not used. and with the help of the procedure, the same code was executed in 9 rows. now let this code need to be changed to itself. for example, let the information about the student need to be written in 1 row, not tagma-tad.e will analyze the above codes. when writing information about students in a file, the procedure consisted of 15 lines when not used. and with the help of the procedure, the same code was executed in 9 rows. now let this code need to be changed to itself. for example, let the information about the student need to be written in 1 row, not tagma-tad. in this case, it is necessary to make changes to 6 lines of the program compiled without the procedure.and it is enough to change the 2 rows of the program compiled through the procedure. a program that detects larger than 4 numbers can also be performed in several ways. if we analyze that the finished function was performed without using it, then in case 1, the program was executed in 16 rows, and using the function-in 10 rows. the number of rows in program 1 increases as the number of numbers that can also be compared to this program increases. we see the difference in programs in the table below: table 2 program that detects larger than 4 numbers can also be performed in several ways. if we analyze that the finished function was performed without using it, then in case 1, the program was executed in 16 rows, and using the function-in 10 rows. the number of rows in program 1 increases as the number of numbers that can also be compared to this program increases. we see the difference in programs in the table below: american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org table 2. advantage of the procedural program feature without procedure with procedure number of code lines 15 9 repeated code blocks 3 1 readability low hight ease of modification difficult easy table 3. utility of a functional program feature without procedure with function number of code lines 16 10 repeated code blocks 3 1 readability low hight ease of modification difficult easy discussion as you can see from the programs compiled above, with the help of part programs, it will be possible to break them into small and independent parts with an increase in the modularity of the compiled code. this in turn makes the code understandable and easily manageable. prevents duplication of the same codes that are executed during the program. the fact that a function or procedure written once can be used repeatedly in different places of the program significantly reduces the size of the program. for example, by compiling a function that performs a mathematical calculation, it can be applied to the program in different places. by correctly naming the function, it is possible to make the program much easier to read. for example, in a file, the task performed by this branch of the program is clearly displayed by naming exactly, such as_linking, numeric_linking. a properly named function also prevents over-annotation. if the error is only in one function, it is enough to fix it only in that function. this makes it much easier to detect and correct errors in large applications.y correctly naming the function, it is possible to make the program much easier to read. for example, in a file, the task performed by this branch of the program is clearly displayed by naming exactly, such as_linking, numeric_linking. a properly named function also prevents over-annotation. if the error is only in one function, it is enough to fix it only in that function. this makes it much easier to detect and correct errors in large applications. since functions are independent, they can be tested separately. this increases the quality of the program and helps to detect errors early. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org another of the advantages of the function is that it hides its complex structures. for example, the sorted() function is widely used, but it is not important to know the complexity of its internal structure. by pre-preparing common tasks using functions, the process of writing an application is accelerated. in addition, in large projects, different programmers can write different functions. since the functions are independent, each programmer focuses on his / her task, and the overall project is successfully unified.other of the advantages of the function is that it hides its complex structures. for example, the sorted() function is widely used, but it is not important to know the complexity of its internal structure. by pre-preparing common tasks using functions, the process of writing an application is accelerated. in addition, in large projects, different programmers can write different functions. since the functions are independent, each programmer focuses on his / her task, and the overall project is successfully unified. conclusion in the python programming language, procedures and functions are important in effectively managing software projects, improving code quality, and simplifying the development process, supporting a modular programming paradigm. allows you to divide the code into independent, reusable and easily understandable parts. therefore, teaching programmers who are now learning programming to use them is an important skill. due to python's flexible and dynamic nature, functions and procedures allow programmers to simplify complex tasks, coordinate teamwork, and long-term project management. these features make python one of the most important tools for beginner and professional programmers. references 1. федоров д. ю. основы программирования на примере языка python //учебное пособие. – 2016. 2. россум г., дрейк ф. л. д., откидач д. с. язык программирования python //м.: вильяме. – 2001. 3. камалова н. и. и др. методика обучения оператору if в языке программирования python //international conference on economics, finance, banking and management. – 2025. – с. 86-91. 4. kamalova n. i. methodology of teaching the subject of parameter repetition operator. – 2022. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org current tendencies in the development of metrological supply of measuring instruments tairov baxtiyor boboqulovich bukhara technological engineering institute associate professor of metrology and standardization department shadiyev suxrob sadilloyevich bukhara technological engineering institute assistant of the department of metrology and standardization azimova firuza kamolovna bukhara technological engineering institute teacher of the department of metrology and standardization a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s today, the metrological supply of measuring instruments in our country is undergoing major changes. uzbekistan's new rules for becoming a member of the global trade system will further expand new aspects of export potential. laws that allow us to raise the competitiveness of our country to a new level are considered very important. a number of main directions for consideration in the field of metrological provision of measuring instruments are presented. product quality, sensor, transducer, output signal, risk of defects, measuring instruments, terminology, plateau, calibration procedure. introduction at each stage of the development of human society, human activity undergoes great changes. in everyday human life, where new technologies and developments are introduced, they are increasingly automated, but at the same time, they are not without flaws in terms of reliability and quality [1]. achieving a high level of product quality and ensuring the accuracy and interchangeability of metrological service capabilities during operation is considered very important today [2]. a sensor is a structurally separate device that includes one or more basic measurement transducers. figure 1: sensor sensor scheme american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org self-monitoring of the sensor automatic verification of the metrological serviceability of the sensor during its operation, as well as a special additional parameter of the output signal produced by the device (measuring probe) installed on the sensor. the received reference value is reflected in the device [3]. the main task facing metrology is to increase the calibration range: this becomes a necessity in connection with the creation of long-term equipment, in turn, without human intervention for several years [4]. the use of sensors with metrological self-management increases the role of influencing factors. this leads to the risk of malfunction. a contradiction arises. to reduce equipment wear and tear and to reduce the risk of defects and accidents, metrological serviceability of measuring instruments should be checked and used more frequently [5]. taking into account the globalization of the market of measuring instruments and metrological services, it is necessary to try to ensure that the requirements established in national standards take into account foreign experience and contribute to the formation of the international regulatory legal framework. the main problems and directions of development of metrological provision of measuring instruments for uzbekistan and all countries of the world are as follows: ✓ standardization of terminology, ✓ systematization of metrological self-control methods, standardization of test methods. developers and consumers of measuring instruments must all have a common language of communication. due to the rapid development of scientific and technical progress, a common language enhances the progress of science and technology, brings countries to the same position in terms of high-quality product production and fair competition [6]. systematization of metrological self-management methods should help speed up the development of new measurement tools with metrological self-management; this direction is related to the standardization of requirements for measuring instruments with metrological self-management. obviously, the reliability of its results may vary depending on the decisions made by the developer. the metrological self-control performed on the sensor must be reflected in the documentation. the third direction is related to the standardization of test methods that prove the conformity of metrological self-control properties to those possible using only technical tools, rules and standards [7]. unit and required measurement accuracy the main trend in recent decades is to reduce operational costs for metrological provision of measuring instruments. this is done by introducing automatic metrological self-control sensors installed on documents. the standard should ensure comparability of sensor parameters and promote interchangeability of products from different manufacturers. all metrological self-testing methods and metrological diagnostics are divided into self-testing. with metrological self-checking methods, a high-precision (standard) tool should be more metrological. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org the reliability of metrological serviceability with respect to the main measuring device that is controlled. the simplest example of the organization of metrological self-checking methods for temperature measurement is a sensor, which includes a capsule embedded with metal, taken as a melting point. as the metal melts or solidifies, the rate of change of measured temperature decreases significantly, forming a "plateau" in the temperature-time diagram. it is determined based on the deviation of the temperature measured at the melting (solidification) point of the metal from the reference value. evaluation of metrological serviceability of the sensor. for si with metrological self-checking methods, it is mainly determined by the instability of the standard. metrological self-test methods are similar to the automatic calibration procedure [8]. it involves combining the main and additional measurement transducers, which are similar in accuracy and metrological reliability, but differ in their sensitivity to the effects of quantities that create a significant component of error. for example a pressure sensor with a bourdon tube. an important component of the error is related to residual deformations that occur during operation. the pressure is measured by the movement of the free end and is additionally determined by moving the -intermediate point. in short, the main solution to metrological issues will be a timely regulatory framework created together with other metrologists of the world to provide measuring instruments. due to the great changes that have taken place in the country, our experts have to revise all existing gosts and create many new documents in the field of metrology and standardization. references 1. баталин, б. с. метрология, стандартизация и сертификация в строительном материаловедении : учебное пособие / а.б. баталин, т.а. белозерова. — пермь : издательство пермского национального исследовательского политехнического университета, 2014. — 524 с. — isbn 978-5-398-01243-9 // студопедия : [сайт]. — url: https://studopedia.su/12_106886_batalin-bs.html (дата обращения: 04.10.2021). 2. гост 8.736–2011. государственная система обеспечения единства измерений. измерения прямые многократные. методы обработки результатов измерений. основные положения//электронный фонд нд : [сайт].— url: https://docs.cntd.ru/document/1200089016 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). 3. tairov, b. b. (2022). standartlashtirishning tatbiq etilishi dolzarb muammo sifatida. science and education, 3(11), 422-428. 4. гост р 1.9–2004. знак соответствия национальным стандартам российской федерации // электронный фонд нд : [сайт].— url: https://docs.cntd.ru/document/1200038433 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). 5. гост р 55568–2013. оценка соответствия. порядок сертификации систем менеджмента качества и систем экологического менеджмента // электронный фонд нд : [сайт].— url: https://docs.cntd. ru/document/1200103730 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). 6. гост р 53603–2009. оценка соответствия. схемы сертификации продукции в российской федерации // электронный фонд нд : [сайт].— url: https://docs.cntd.ru/document/1200080734 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 105 www.americanjournal.org 7. гост р 54008–2010. оценка соответствия. схемы декларирования соответствия // электронный фонд нд : [сайт]. — url: https://docs.cntd.ru/document/1200083422 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). 8. гост р исо 9004–2019. менеджмент качества. качество организации. руководство по достижению устойчивого успеха организации // электронный фонд нд : [сайт]. — url: https://docs.cntd. ru/document/1200167117 (дата обращения: 28.09.2021). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org trans-isomerized fatty acids in hydrogenated fats k. k. sattarov, k. h. majidov gulistan state university e-mail: doctor-sattarov @mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article outlines ways to improve the quality and ensure the food safety of fats obtained by hydrogenation of cottonseed oil, through the selection of scientifically based highly effective technologies and catalytic systems that allow reducing the content of trans-isomerized fatty acids and regulating the necessary arrangement of fatty acids in triacyl glycerides of edible fats. hydrogenation technology, catalysts, isomerization processes, transisomerization of fatty acids, target fats introduction dietary fats are an important food product. according to physiological standards, the recommended fat content in the human diet is 30-33% of the total energy value of food [1]. fats are necessary not only as a reserve substance and source of energy, but also as a supplier of physiologically active compounds essential fatty acids, phospholipids, sterols, vitamins involved in the synthesis of cell membranes and other tissues of the body [3]. improving the quality of fats can be achieved by changing the triglyceride composition of oils and fats using various methods of their modification [4]. consumption of excessively large amounts of trans isomers leads to dysfunction of the body at the cellular level. it has been established that trans isomers are metabolized in the body much more slowly than natural cis isomers. unlike cis isomers, which have a curved spatial structure with bends in the carbon chain at double bonds and an angle of about 30°, trans acid molecules are almost straight and resemble the spatial structure of saturated acids [1, 2]. due to this, during crystallization they can be packed into very dense structures with fairly powerful intermolecular interactions. a higher melting point of transform increases the viscosity of cell membranes, changes their permeability and disrupts the metabolism of the cell as a whole [3]. relevance in the world, increasing attention is being paid to research work on the catalytic modification of vegetable oils and fats in order to improve the quality and ensure the nutritional safety of fats for their intended purpose. the creation of a new generation of catalysts for the production of edible fats for special purposes is an urgent problem. in this direction, research work to improve the properties of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org edible fats for specific purposes, optimize their composition and technological processes is receiving significant development. solving problems of the quality and safety of edible fats and their processed products is one of the priority areas in the implementation of the concept of state policy in the field of healthy nutrition for the population of the republic of uzbekistan. purpose of the research the work is aimed at improving the quality and ensuring the food safety of fats obtained by hydrogenation of cottonseed oil, through the selection of scientifically based highly effective technologies and catalytic systems that allow reducing the content of trans-isomerized fatty acids and regulating the necessary arrangement of fatty acids in triacyl glycerides of edible fats. objects of research scientific and experimental research was carried out in modern laboratory and pilot production facilities. various catalytic systems have been used in experimental studies on the catalytic modification of cottonseed oil. for laboratory hydrogenation, stationary alloy and powder (nisosel-800 containing nickel and copper salts) catalysts based on nickel, copper and promoting additives were investigated. stationary alloy catalysts containing one and two promoting additives have been studied [9, 10]. catalytic hydrogenation of cottonseed oil was carried out in identical technological modes (table 1), under which the basic properties of stationary alloy catalysts were established. table 1 conditions for assessing the hydrogenation properties of stationary alloy catalysts hydrogenation conditions parameters unit of measurement meaning temperature 0с 200 pressure kpa 300 volume flow rate of raw materials h-1 1 volumetric flow rate of hydrogen supply h-1 60 catalyst capacity ml 1000 average particle size of catalyst mm 6 height of the catalyst bed mm 765 diameter of reactor mm 50 methods and materials to analyze and evaluate the quality, physico-chemical characteristics, food safety of raw materials, intermediate materials, hydrogenated fats and products based on them, modern physical, chemical and physico-chemical methods and mathematical processing of the obtained experimental data were used [7, 8]. results and discussion the degree of trans isomerization depends mainly on the hydrogenation conditions (table 2): temperature, type, amount and activity of the catalyst, pressure and amount of hydrogen, intensity of stirring. fully hydrogenated fats do not contain trans isomers. in case of incomplete hydrogenation, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org the content of trans isomers is determined by thermodynamic cis/trans equilibrium, corresponding to 75% of the total number of double bonds. table 2 characteristics of lard oils obtained by continuous modification of cottonseed oil on a new generation catalyst modification conditions iodine value. % j2 trans acid content, % acid value, mg kon/g melting temperatu re, 0с firm ness g/cm temperatur e, 0с pressure , kpа oil supply speed, h-1 200 300 1,8 74,1 11 0,20 34,5 420 200 300 1,5 72,1 14 0,21 36,1 500 200 100 1,0 64,2 18 0,27 37,2 540 180 100 1,0 63,7 19 0,29 37,1 600 180 100 1,2 66,4 21 0,35 38,3 620 results and discussion the results of studying the influence of temperature and hydrogen supply rate on the isomerizing ability of stationary catalysts are shown in fig. 1 and 2. fig.1. effect of temperature (1.1i) and hydrogen supply rate (2, 2i) on the reduction of the content of trans acids in lard on fresh catalysts № 1 (1, 2) and № 2 (1i, 2i) т, % 15 17 19 21 23 25 120 т, 0с 140 180 200 220 160 50 100 200 250 300 150 1 2 1i 2i american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org increasing the temperature and rate of hydrogen supply leads to a decrease in the accumulation of trans-isomers in oils, and the greatest degree of decrease in isomerizing ability is manifested on regenerated catalysts. the results of studies with stationary catalysts promoted by additives [9] make it possible to obtain selectively hydrogenated fats with a low content of trans-isomers at temperatures of 180-2000c and hydrogen pressures of up to 300 kpa. similar studies were carried out on a catalyst with the addition of the most effective promoter [10]. the results of these studies are presented in table 3. table 3 production of high-hardness lard on a regenerated and trained (120 h) stationary catalyst modification terms fatty acid composition (с), selectivity coefficient, % trans acid content, % pressure, kpа oil supply speed, h-1 14:0 16:0 18:0 18:1 18:2 100 1,6 0,6 22,0 6,9 53,9 16,6 91,2 17 300 1,6 0,6 21,7 8,0 51,4 18,3 90,0 15 300 1,1 1,0 22,4 6,0 63,6 7,0 94,8 13 100 1,1 1,7 22,2 8,2 50,3 18,0 89,3 14 as can be seen from table 3, food lard, containing a small number of saturated glycerides, completely correlates with the data for lard obtained with a powder catalyst. high-hard fat, which has a higher melting point and significantly greater hardness (table 4), is also characterized by a higher content of desaturated and triturated glycerides. fig.2. effect of temperature (1.1i) and hydrogen supply rate (2, 2i) on reducing the content of trans acids in lard on regenerated catalysts № 1 (1.2) and № 2 (1i, 2i) 120 т, 0с т, % 140 180 200 220 7 9 36 17 21 160 50 100 200 250 300 150 1 2 1i 2i american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org table 4 characteristics of lard oils obtained by continuous catalytic modification of cottonseed oil on a stationary catalyst regenerated and trained for 800 hours (process selectivity 94-99%) modification conditions iodine value. % j2 c o n te n t o f tr an s ac id s, % a ci d v al u e, m g k o n /g m el ti n g t em p er at u re , 0 с f ir m n es s g /c m t em p er at u re , 0 с p re ss u re , k p а o il s u p p ly sp ee d , h -1 200 300 1,8 74,1 11 0,20 34,5 420 200 300 1,5 72,1 14 0,21 36,1 500 200 100 1,0 64,2 18 0,27 37,2 540 180 100 1,0 63,7 19 0,29 37,1 600 180 100 1,2 66,4 21 0,35 38,3 620 to ensure high quality and nutritional safety of edible fats, the reduction of trans-isomerized monoenoic fatty acids through the selective and high-temperature hydrogenation process of cottonseed oil was investigated. the results of the catalytic modification are given in table 5. table 5 content of trans-isomers of acids during selective catalytic modification of cottonseed oil indicators iodine number of salomas 88 84 73 69 65 melting temperature, 0с 25 29 33 34 35 hardness, g/cm 70 140 270 300 400 65 65 50 30 15 с, % 98 98 97 95 90 l, % 21 17 5 3 6 (lо l) 26 30 42 44 47 т, % 9 11 15 21 24 calculation 10 12 17 23 26 under these conditions, the accumulation of trans-isomerized fatty acids, which determine the hardness of selectively modified oils, occurs not only due to the hydrogenation of linoleic acid, but also due to the parallel reaction of cis-trans isomerization of all monounsaturated acids the original ones and those formed during hydrogenation. when using a regenerated catalyst, the content of trans isomers in catalytically modified fats is approximately equal to the decrease in the content of linoleic acid (table 6): t = lo – l. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org table 6 trans-isomerization during the hydrogenation of cottonseed oil on a regenerated catalyst "nysosel-800" (trans=lo – l, t = 2000с, 0,08% ni) indicators iodine number of salomas 80 71 67 63 melting temperature, 0с 24 26 32 36 hardness, g/cm 180 180 l, % 22 17 12 6 (lо – l) 32 37 42 48 trans, % 7 9 13 17 conclusions the conditions under which the hydrogenation process can be directed along the path of the least formation of trans isomers are low process temperature, high hydrogen pressure and low catalyst concentration in the feedstock. to produce hydrogenated fats with a low content of trans isomers, it is necessary to change the technological regime of the hydrogenation process, suppress diffusion inhibition of the reaction (hydrogen), transferring it to the kinetic region. for this purpose, it is advisable to use batch autoclaves with an increased rotation speed of the mixing device (more than 120 rpm) at increased hydrogen pressure. technological parameters at which the formation of trans isomers is minimal (high hydrogen pressure, high stirring speed, low catalyst concentration) when used together will lead to the production of nonselectively hydrogenated lard with a high content of saturated glycerides, a high melting point and a low content of unsaturated fatty acids. such lard contains practically no trans isomers, but cannot be directly used for the production of the fatty base of margarine. references 1. skurikhin i.m., nechaev a.p. everything about food from a chemist's point of view. -m.: higher school, 1991. -258 p. 2. majidova n. k. kadirov yu. k. study of the process of hydrogenation of cottonseed oil on new generation catalysts / bulletin of the all-russian scientific research institute of fats, 2011, no. 2. 3. perkel r.l. research, development of technology and organization of production of food interesterified fats / dissertation of doctor of technical sciences. -l.: vniizh, 1990. -60 p. 4. tyutyunnikov, b.n., gladky, f.f. [and etc.]. chemistry of fats. -m.: kolos, 1992. -448 p. 5. majidova, n.k. improving the quality and ensuring food safety of lard obtained by hydrogenation of cottonseed oil / n.k. majidova: diss…. ph.d. tech. sci. – tashkent: tashkhti, 2010. – 26 p. 6. majidova, n.k., shokhidoyatov, f.kh., ashurov, f.b. on the processes of isomerization of fatty acids in the technology of hydrogenation of cottonseed oil // chemistry of natural compounds. special issue, 2001. 21-22 p. 7. majidov, k.kh. research and improvement of the technology of hydrogenation of cottonseed oil on modified alloy stationary catalysts / k.kh.majidov: abstract. dis. doctor of engineering sci. – l.: 1987, – 48 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org 8. rabinovich l.m. hydrogenation and transesterification of fats. st. petersburg. id profession.2013.240 p. 9. majidov k.kh., sattarov k.k., khojiev sh.m. production of liquid and solid edible fats based on the catalytic modification of cottonseed oil fat and oil industry, 2007 10. sattarov k.k., majidov k.kh. evaluation of the catalytic properties and characteristics of some metals in the technology of stage-by-stage hydrogenation of vegetable oils universum: technical sciences, 2022 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org technology for the development of eco-aesthetic culture of future preschool education specialists ashurova oygul anvarovna teacher of the faculty of pedagogical psychology of fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the problem of the formation of ecological competence of future specialists of preschool educational institutions. determine the environmental competence of the future experts of dow as an important personal quality constituting their professional competence, determined by a combination of environmental knowledge, perceptions, attitudes, beliefs, ideals, moral student evaluations concerning the environment, nature in general, which are integrated into the personal system of ecological values of the future expert of preschool educational institution. future preschool specialist, environmental education, environmental expertise, preschool educational institution. introduction as a consequence, there is a discrepancy between the understanding that environmental education and environmental knowledge are the basic components of the formation of environmental competence of future specialists, the state of their environmental culture.in the context of the revolutionary development of the relationship between society and nature, it is important to educate, first of all, the younger generation to have a responsible attitude to the environment in all types of play, educational and educational activities based on knowledge of the laws of nature and awareness of its universal value. an important role in this belongs to the teacher, who must purposefully educate environmentally competent and cultured people. accordingly, the teacher himself must have established ideas, views and beliefs on the harmonious unity of man and nature. studies aimed at developing theoretical aspects of environmental competence of a person, patterns and principles of its formation are defined in the works of v. kolonkova, l.lipova, v. marshitskaya, r.melnichenko, v. prutsakov, l. rudenko, v. tanskaya, s. shmaley, etc. most studies in the field of environmental education are devoted to the problem of formation of ecological culture of different age groups (n. efimenko, n. kostitskaya, n.levchuk, l. lukyanova, v. marshitskaya, v. prutsakova, a.stepanyuk, g. tarasenko). a key figure in the formation of environmental competence of preschoolers is a teacher, in particular, a group educator. therefore, the professional training of students future specialists of the preschool american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org educational institution, their environmental education, culture, readiness for environmental and ecological-naturalistic work with children, civic position and, finally, environmental competence is an important component of their professional training. the problem of training future preschool specialists in various aspects was dealt with by scientists: v. bondarenko (formation of students' readiness for local history work with children) s.ivanova (development of professional competence of preschool teachers in institutions of postgraduate education); v. ivantsov (preparation of future preschool specialists for practical activities in the process of studying special disciplines); v. ishchenko (training of future specialists preschool educational institutions for self-educational activities); t. kukharchuk (adaptation of young educators to work in kindergarten), ya. logvinova (formation of ecological competence of a future teacher in the process of studying natural disciplines). a significant part of scientific works is devoted to certain issues of environmental competence formation. however, a holistic study of the problem of preparing students of higher educational institutions, in particular, future pre-school specialists, for the formation of environmental competence of preschoolers still remains without the attention of scientists and teachers, both in theoretical and methodological aspects. currently, the concept of "competence", "environmental competence", "professional competence" in scientific and psychological and pedagogical literature are interpreted in different ways. on the relationship between the concepts of competence and competence, we agree with a. khutorsky, who states that competence includes a set of interrelated personality qualities (knowledge, skills, skills, ways of activity), set in accordance with a certain range of subjects and processes necessary for highquality productive activity on them. competence is a person's possession of the relevant competence, including his personal attitude to it and to the subject of activity . modern environmental education is undergoing drastic changes aimed at the formation of personality qualities, which are based on the ability to consciously apply the acquired theoretical knowledge in practice. a generalized set of such qualities is defined by the concept of "competence". it is also important to emphasize the need to form an environmentally competent person with a system of environmental knowledge acquired in the learning process, in unity with the skills and abilities to act adequately in appropriate life situations, to anticipate and predict the consequences of their activities in the environment.so, we consider competence as a personal characteristic that combines knowledge, skills, skills and attitudes that allow a person to perform certain functions aimed at achieving a goal in a specific activity. it is worth noting that along with the concept of "ecological competence", scientists use similar or similar concepts, for example: ecological education, ecological culture, ecological consciousness, ecological worldview, etc. for example, environmental education is a complex property of a person, which is characterized by the presence and level of formation of her ecological worldview, positive motivation for non-pragmatic interaction with the natural world, as well as the ability to evaluate and analyze the consequences of certain human actions in nature [. ecological culture is understood by g. glukhova as a complex category integrating a complex of personality qualities that are in an appropriate ratio and transformed through axiological beliefs into active future nature-reproducible activity. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org the ecological worldview is considered in the study of l.d. rudenko as a set of knowledge, ideas, views, beliefs, ideals, moral assessments regarding the environment, nature as a whole, which are integrated into the personal system of environmental values that determine the direction of life and activity of the individual. environmental competence is a component of professional competence, the level of which is expressed in the way of being of a person created on the basis of a personal attitude to the world through professional and everyday activities, when the acquired environmental knowledge, skills, experience, values are actualized in the ability to make decisions and perform adequate actions, realizing their consequences for the environment . l. rudenko associates ecological competence not only with a person's preparedness and ability to solve practical environmental problems, but also with the presence of a number of personal qualities in it in combination with the necessary stock of knowledge and skills to act effectively in problematic situations . l.v. yumasheva considers the signs of environmental competence of the future specialist to be: professional and personal qualities (motivated striving for self-improvement, ability and ability to determine the impact and systematically see the consequences of professional activity on the environment), professional activity behavior (conscious decision-making in the conditions of professional activity that ensure the safety of people and the safety of the environment); ability to professional reflection; the presence of moral values and priorities (readiness for empathy, tolerance, responsibility). environmental competence, according to n. oleynik, is an integrated result of students' educational activities, which is formed primarily due to the dominance of the content of environmental-oriented subjects and the acquisition of experience in using environmental knowledge in the process of studying subjects of special and professional cycles. m kolesnik understands environmental competence as a systemic integral education of a person, combining normative, cognitive, emotional-motivational and practical components that are interrelated and determine the development of environmental-positive activities. scientists have proved that environmental competence provides the ability to identify, understand, and evaluate modern environmental processes aimed at ensuring ecological balance and rational use of natural resources. the analysis of the practice of modern environmental education of students in universities has revealed a certain contradiction, the essence of which is that the formation of environmental competence has a general pedagogical, socio-cultural status and requires an integrated approach in an educational institution, whereas in fact the implementation of the tasks of environmental education of university students is narrowed to a subject-centered format within the course of ecology, is limited to theoretical training, divorced from practically professional, specific environmental activities in the professional sphere and everyday life. as the analysis of practice shows, insufficient attention is paid to the preparation of future pre-school specialists for the formation of environmental competence at the university. the formation of environmental competence of university students future specialists of preschool institutions, is a continuous process of their constant inclusion in environmental activities by gaining experience in practical matters of preserving and improving the state of the environment, developing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org environmentally significant personal qualities such as humanity, empathy, thrift based on the use of active learning technology [4, p. 9]. the training of future specialists of preschool educational institutions to implement the tasks of environmental education and upbringing should be carried out taking into account the principles of effective and personality-oriented assimilation of knowledge, because it is important not only to have a certain amount of environmental knowledge, skills and abilities, but also to be able to pass them on to preschoolers in the future. thus, only through deep reflection and awareness on personal experience of the content of environmental education, future dow specialists can be morally and psychologically ready for its implementation. the formation of environmental competence of future dow specialists is carried out through the greening of the content of academic subjects and the organization of extracurricular work of an environmental orientation, the use of modern active and interactive learning technologies and innovative forms and methods of organizing educational and cognitive activities of students at the university. the definition of the structural elements of ecological culture as an integral system through which its formation takes place is given in the works of f.i.girenok, f.ya.polinchak, g.v.platonov, i.p.safronov, s.d.deryabo, v.a.yasvin, etc. this system includes the following elements: ecological relations, ecological consciousness (thinking) and ecological activity. the structural components of ecological culture are considered by the authors, both at the level of society and at the level of personality, which are very different from each other, showing how complex and ambiguous this concept is. thus, pedagogical science pays more attention to the formation of ecological culture among future teachers. the issues of the development of ecological culture among future teachers of preschool educational institutions and their preparation for the implementation of ecological education of preschoolers have not yet been studied by specialists.the ecological culture of the personality of a primary school teacher, a secondary school teacher and a preschool teacher have both common features and differences. they are united by the fact that they are both teachers who must, first of all, love children and their profession, as well as possess certain environmental knowledge, practical skills and skills of environmental activity, have emotional sensitivity and responsiveness to the natural environment. the differences are in the specifics of their teaching activities. a schoolboy differs from a preschool child by a higher level of physical, mental and mental development. this puts education in the first place in the pedagogical process of the school as a process of forming ways of activity, on the second the development of essential, internal, universal personality traits, on the third education as a process of forming a person's attitude to nature, to himself, to other people. and in the dow, the first place is given to education, and then training and development. in this regard, teachers of the school and the preschool must possess different pedagogical technologies. the formation of the principles of ecological culture takes place in preschool, in school and subsequent educational institutions it develops and becomes an integral part of the general culture of the individual. thus, a preschool educational institution and a school are two different, albeit successive links in the system of continuous environmental education. the specialists who provide it have different professional training and different levels of both general and ecological culture. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org the serious changes currently taking place in preschool education and in society as a whole require qualitative changes in the training of pedagogical personnel, require from the teacher a higher level of professional knowledge and skills, their initiative, independence in thinking and creativity, democracy, high culture, good preparation for the education and upbringing of preschoolers, in particular, for the formation of they have an ecological culture. this makes it necessary to significantly improve the training of educators in pedagogical schools for the implementation of environmental education of children in preschool institutions. the existing level of culture of future educators does not yet meet the requirements of greening the process of education and upbringing of children. the reasons for this are, on the one hand, the novelty of the problem of environmental education and the education of a future teacher in a pedagogical school, on the other hand, the traditionally established approach in the system of secondary special pedagogical education, which aims students to acquire narrowly professional skills and skills of pedagogical activity. practice shows that at present there is a contradiction between the objectively increased demands of society for the general cultural qualities of preschool teachers and the level of formation of their ecological consciousness and culture. the lack of environmental education, ecological thinking, value orientations, and, most importantly, the teacher's poor preparedness for active ecological and pedagogical activities in preschool makes the process of environmental education of preschool children less effective. therefore, despite the achievements in the field of theoretical foundations of the formation of ecological culture among future teachers, we note the lack of elaboration of issues related to the definition of the content of the concept of ecological culture of a preschool teacher, with the clarification of factors and conditions affecting the formation of the ecological culture of the personality of the future teacher. thus, the relevance of the research topic is due to: • the need to disclose the essence of the structure of the content of the ecological culture of the educator, which is the basis of his professional readiness for environmental education of preschoolers; • the need to develop a methodology for the formation of the ecological culture of the educator's personality, as the main subject of the process of ecologization of the preschool child's consciousness. the object of the study is the ecological culture of students in the process of vocational training in preschool pedagogical college. the subject of the study is the pedagogical conditions for the development of ecological culture among students future educators of a preschool educational institution. the purpose of the study is to develop a model of the pedagogical process that ensures the formation of ecological culture among future specialists of preschool education. research objectives: 1. to determine the essence and content of the concept of "ecological culture" in relation to the teacher of a preschool educational institution. 2. to determine the main pedagogical conditions that ensure the successful development of ecological culture among future teachers of preschool educational institutions. 3. to establish the dependence of the development of ecological culture on the professional training of students of pedagogical colleges. the process of development of ecological culture among students of pedagogical college and their acquisition of professional readiness for the implementation of ecological education of preschool children is carried out most successfully under the following pedagogical conditions: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org inclusion in the content of ecological education of students of knowledge on the basics of ecology and the methodology of ecological education of preschoolers; creation of an ecological and developing environment in the educational institution, which is actively used in the process of professional training of students; the construction of a special technology of the educational process in the pedagogical college, which provides intellectual, emotional activation of students and involves them in environmental activities. the methodological basis of the research consists of: v.i.vernadsky's teaching about the noosphere, philosophical ideas about interaction with nature as an individual and society as a whole, fundamental psychological and pedagogical ideas about ecological culture, as the most important component of the universal culture of the individual. the practical significance consists in the development of the content and technology of teaching the course program "methods of ecological education of preschool children (with the basics of ecology)", the creation of a model of the ecological-developing environment of the pedagogical college, in the preparation of methodological recommendations for conducting various forms of extracurricular activities of ecological content with students. the reliability of the obtained research results is ensured by the comprehensive use of complementary methods adequate to the subject and objectives of the study, the collection of a sufficient amount of factual material, its quantitative and qualitative processing. provisions submitted for protection: 1. the ecological culture of a preschool educational institution educator presupposes the formation of the necessary special ecological knowledge, value orientations, the development of ecological thinking, mastery of professional skills and skills of ecological education of preschool children, active participation in environmental activities. 2. the ecological culture of the future preschool teacher is directly dependent on his professional training in a pedagogical college. 3. the effectiveness of professional training in the formation and development of ecological culture among students of the pedagogical college is associated with compliance with the following basic pedagogical conditions: • inclusion in the content of environmental education of knowledge on ecology and methods of environmental education of preschoolers; • creation of an ecological and developmental environment in the pedagogical college with the participation of students; based on the analysis of the scientific literature on the research problem, it can be concluded that the environmental competence of future dow specialists is an important personal quality, a component of their professional competence. it includes a set of environmental knowledge, ideas, views, beliefs, ideals, moral assessments of students regarding the environment, nature in general, which are integrated into a personal system of environmental values that determine the direction of life and activities of a future specialist of a preschool educational institution. 1. the formation of the ecological culture of the individual is distinguished by modern pedagogy as a basic component of environmental education and upbringing, which is defined as the most important social task of a secondary special educational institution. the ecological culture of a person is one of the fundamental and core characteristics of a modern teacher-educator of a preschool educational american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 102 www.americanjournal.org institution, which involves the formation of the necessary special ecological knowledge, value orientations, the development of ecological thinking, mastering professional skills and skills of ecological education of preschool children, active participation in environmental activities. 2. the ecological culture of the future doe specialist is directly dependent on his professional training at the pedagogical college. for effective professional training of pedagogical college students and the development of their ecological culture, it is necessary to comply with the following pedagogical conditions: • inclusion in the content of environmental education of knowledge on ecology and methods of environmental education of preschoolers; • creation of an ecological and developing environment in an educational institution with the participation of students; • building the technology of the educational process, which provides intellectual, emotional activation of students and includes them in environmental activities. 3. the need to train specialists capable of carrying out ecological education of preschoolers has created the need to develop a new course "methods of ecological education of preschool children (with the basics of ecology)", which performs an integrated, system-forming function of forming adequate ideas about nature and the development of ecological culture as a quality of personality of students. its content combines material on the basics of ecology, revealing a number of fundamental concepts of this science and the actual methodology of ecological education of preschoolers, which orients the educator to a new content familiarization of children with the objects of nature of the immediate environment in relation to the environment. as well as the use of effective methods and forms of environmental work with children. 4. on the basis of systemic and personal approaches, the structure is determined and the model of the pedagogical process in the pedagogical college is theoretically substantiated, ensuring the development of the ecological culture of the future educator. it represents the unity of education, upbringing and development, which are based on pedagogical technology, including ecological-cognitive, professional-communicative, imitation-game, socio-practical, personality-oriented components. 5. the study has convincingly demonstrated that for the development of the ecological culture of students, it is not enough only to study in the classroom. mastering the methodology of environmental education should be combined with a specially planned system of extracurricular activities of a cognitive, entertaining and socio-practical nature, only in this case knowledge acquires a personally significant form for students. k 6. the results of the experimental study make it possible to isolate the main indicators of students' ecological culture. these include: environmental education knowledge of ecology and methods of ecological education of preschoolers, the ability to ecological thinking, showing interest in environmental knowledge and activities in nature; culture of activity and behavior in nature; culture of feelings emotional sensitivity and responsiveness to the natural environment, the manifestation of aesthetic feelings. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 103 www.americanjournal.org literature 1. ergashevna, t. l., & pulatovna, r. d. an international multidisciplinary research journal. an international multidisciplinary research journal, 66. 2. tursunova, l., & xoliqova, s. (2022). maktabda musiqa fanini o ‘qitishda yangicha yondashuv. science and innovation, 1(b8), 782-785. 3. raxmonaliyevna, a. g. z. (2021). system of vocation and higher education in germany. journalnx-a multidisciplinary peer reviewed journal, 7(12), 316-318. 4. anvarovna, a. o. (2023, october). the essence and content of the concept of ecological and pedagogical competence of future teachers of preschool education. in e conference zone (pp. 133-139). 5. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). bo’lajak maktabga ta’lim mutaxsislarini ekostetik madaniyatini rivojlantirishning prinsiplari. science and innovation, 2(special issue 4), 345-353. 6. khujamberdieva, s. (2023). specific tasks of introducing children to literary works. collection of scientific papers «scientia», (may 5, 2023; sydney, australia), 145-147. 7. kupaysinovna, k. s. (2023). educational activity to introduce preschool children to literary works. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences, 11(1). 8. ашурова, о., & юсупжонова, м. (2022). бўлажак мактабгача таълим мутахассисларининг экоэстетик маданиятини ривожлантиришнинг мавжуд ҳолати. central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis), 2(special issue 4), 105-111. 9. ashurova, o. a. (2021). aesthetic education as a factor of professional training of preschool teachers in a pedagogical university. theoretical & applied science, (5), 425-427. 10. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2021). factors for the development of ecoesthetic culture of future preschool educational professionals. european journal of humanities and educational advancements, 2(5), 162-164. 11. ашурова, о. теория и практика современной науки. теория и практика современной науки учредители: ооо" институт управления и социально-экономического развития",(4), 13-16. 12. ashurova, a. o. (2023). problems of the development of the ecological culture of future educators. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 113-118. 13. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2021). factors for the development of ecoesthetic culture of future preschool educational professionals. european journal of humanities and educational advancements, 2(5), 162-164. 14. ashurova, a. o. (2023). problems of the development of the ecological culture of future educators. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 113-118. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 104 www.americanjournal.org 15. ашурова о. (2022). экоэстетик маданиятни бўлажак мактабгача таълим мутахассисларида ривожлантириш мазмуни ва асосий босқичлари. теория и практика современной науки, (4 (82)), 13-16. 16. sabirovna, s. g. (2023). ways to organize pilot work aimed at the physical development of preschool children and the formation of a healthy lifestyle in them. conferencea, 1-15. 17. sidikova, s. g. (2023). mаktаbgаchа yоshdаgi bоlаlаrni jismоniy rivоjlаntirish vа ulаrdа sоg ‘lоm turmush tаrzini shаkllаntirish– ijtimоiy-pedаgоgik muаmmо sifаtidа. conferencea, 34-43. 18. sidikova, s. g., & mohidil, m. (2023). hardening as the basis of a healthy lifestyle in preschool children. conferencea, 119-134. 19. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2022). modern form methods and tools for the development of ecoequal culture of future preschool specialists. web of scholars: multidimensional research journal, 1(6), 46-50. 20. ashurova, a. o. (2023). problems of the development of the ecological culture of future educators. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 113-118. 21. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2021). factors for the development of ecoesthetic culture of future preschool educational professionals. european journal of humanities and educational advancements, 2(5), 162-164. 22. ashurova, a. o. (2023). problems of the development of the ecological culture of future educators. american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 12, 113-118. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 84 www.americanjournal.org the influence of working time on changes in the quality of cars: working conditions and patterns of their change abdulatif abdubannopov assistant, department of surface transport systems and their operation, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: iamabdubannopov@gmail.com asilbek akramov student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the development of a comprehensive theoretical framework, consisting of rules, to facilitate the interpretation and modeling of quality change processes in both individual cars and their collective groups. the emphasis is placed on ensuring adequacy in capturing the dynamic nature of these processes. a key feature of the framework is its incorporation of seasonal variations in working conditions and intensity. by considering these factors, the rules aim to enhance the understanding of how the quality of cars evolves over time, providing a valuable foundation for future research and practical applications in the automotive industry. car, quality, specification, production, service, operation, working conditions and intensity. introduction operating conditions are a set of factors affecting the product during its operation. a factor is understood as an objective characteristic of working conditions. thus, the operating conditions x represents the set of factors x1, x2, …xn, which is called the factor space. for quantitative characteristics, each mile has indicators that can take different numerical values. methodology the analysis of regulatory and technical documents, as well as scientific and educational literature, led to the following conclusions. 1. classification of operating conditions is a necessary stage of a systematic approach to the study of the laws of their influence on car quality indicators. 2. previously developed classifications differ significantly. the same factors often have different names in different sources. for example, the terms "meteorological", "climate", "temperature", "natural-climate", "atmosphere", and "environment" are used to define climatic conditions. in the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org classifications made by different authors, the same factors are assigned to different groups. in particular, in some cases, the traffic intensity depends on the road conditions, in others on the work mode, and thirdly on the traffic conditions [1]. 3. factors should be classified for further analysis. working conditions from the category of working conditions (defined by the type of road surface, terrain and traffic conditions combination), organization of work of rolling stock, natural and climatic conditions, the number of cars serviced and repaired in atk, technologically compatible vehicles corresponds to the number of groups. it should be noted that this classification has an extended nature, which is related to the compromise between accuracy and ease of practical use. the classification of factors proposed below is only for ease of analysis. the list of the main factors affecting the realized quality of cars is formed based on the analysis of the above literature sources. all factors can be divided into two groups. the factors of the first of them determine the quality indicators (potential quality) of cars and include design, materials and production technology. the factors belonging to the second group change the quality indicator during operation, that is, determine the possible quality of cars. the factors of the second group can be divided into the following subgroups. road conditions: type and condition of road surface; road length profile; cross-sectional profile of the road; road plan; traffic conditions (traffic intensity). climatic conditions: ambient air temperature; the presence of snow, moisture, and ice on the road; wind speed and direction; air pollination; solar radiation; atmospheric pressure; environmental aggression [2]. procedure: load capacity utilization (passenger capacity); mileage usage; movement speed (average value and unevenness); transportation distance; frequency and duration of stops; trailer availability; exploitation intensity. ride quality: the nature of the driving; driver class; driver experience. organizational and technological factors: atk size; rolling stock of different brands; qualification of repair workers; availability of production areas; provision of technological equipment; method of storing rolling stock between shifts; car account and other factors. it should be noted that some factors belonging to different groups are closely related. for example, road conditions are highly dependent on air temperature and precipitation. in some sources, seasonal conditions are separated. they are associated with the appearance of several additional factors that affect the intensity of changes in the quality of the car, changes in the ambient temperature, and changes in road conditions by season. analyzing the graphs of changes in working conditions, we can divide them into three components: laws of change of average values of factors; laws of cyclical (seasonal) changes; random variable graphs. for example, the change in air temperature over time is determined by the following formulas: ( ) ( ) ( )t t   = + (1) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org )(t  average temperature corresponding to time; )(  random component corresponding to time; 0 1 ( ) ( cos sin ) n i i i i i t a a b   = = + + (2) the mathematical expectation of average annual temperature; amplitudes of fluctuations of the mathematical expectation of temperature corresponding to frequency ai, bi-i [4]. random component )(  is normally distributed with a mean expectation and standard deviation equal to zero t . in gost 16350-80, it is noted that the annual distribution of air temperature differs from the norm in some regions. it is recommended to use the gram-charlier law for climate regions with values of asymmetric coefficients greater than minus 0.4 and greater than minus 0.6, which takes into account its effect. a large number of factors of operating conditions affect the change in the quality of cars. many factors are interrelated. the most typical example is seasonal conditions resulting from cyclical changes in air temperature and manifested in cyclical changes in road conditions, humidity, dust, etc. in general, graphs of changes in operating conditions consist of three components: − graphs of changes in average values of factors; − laws of cyclical (seasonal) changes; random variable graphs; − cyclic changes in air temperature are described with sufficient accuracy by the harmonic model; − the pattern of random changes in air temperature is approximated by a simple law or charlier distribution; − in some cases, none of the laws provide a satisfactory approximation. operational time the duration of the object's operation or the amount of operational time means the duration of the product measured in hours or kilometres, in some cases in units of completed work [5]. the degree of change in the quality of the car with an increase in working hours or working hours is determined by reliability. reliability is the ability of a vehicle to keep on time within specified limits, which includes the values of all parameters describing the ability to perform the required functions in certain modes and conditions of use, maintenance and repair, storage and transportation reliability is a complex property consisting of 4 properties: failure-free operation, durability, stability and persistence. research on the issue under consideration is mainly related to the problem of changing the technical condition of cars. in this case, gradual changes in quality indicators, random indicators that lead to gradual failures and sudden failures are taken into account. step-by-step change of parameters of the technical condition, the graph of type 1 are described by ar, while random ones are considered relative to vehicle groups and described by type 3 graphs. the laws of change of parameters of the technical condition during working time have been studied by many authors on the example of various types of machines and equipment. technical condition change issues have attracted the attention of researchers since the beginning of automobile production. many articles have been published on this topic. for example, in 1936, the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org dependence given in the source, which shows the graphs of the change of wear of pistons, cylinders, piston rings, and camshafts according to the working time of automobile engines, corresponds to the classic wear curve. according to the information presented in many articles, monographs, textbooks and manuals, wear increases to the maximum limit state during the entire journey of the car. results and discussion analysis of the results of experiments obtained by various researchers shows that in all cases there are no changes according to the classical curve. experimental data obtained by fn avdonkin also indicate a variety of forms of the dependence of the parameters of the technical condition of cars on the working time: an increase and a decrease in the working time. a parameter can be either linearly variable curvilinearly progressive or regressive. note that this case cannot be represented as a general case, since here the wear intensity varies only with the mode and the effect of the operating time on the process variation is not taken into account [14]. figure 1. laws of the flow of stationary wear processes over time [5] modelling a car in random changes in the technical condition is much difficult in the case of a single object, the probability of failure r or the probability of failure f operating time l can be estimated: ( ) ( ) l r l f l dl  =  or ( ) ( ) ( ) 1 . n m l m l r l n n − = = − (3) m(l) the number of failed products during operation l; nnumber of products; ( ) ( ) 1 ( ) m l f l r l n = − = ( ) ( ) . l f l f l dl − =  (4) t  t u a) б) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org the scheme of change of failure probability and failure probability by operation time is shown in fig. 2. figure 2. failure rate r and failure probability f[5] the change in the technical condition of the working time for a group of vehicles is characterized by the laws of the recovery process. consideration of these regularities follows from the following axioms. first, each car is characterized by a random and corresponding function f(l). developments are independent for different cars [10]. when troubleshooting a repair industry, it doesn't matter which machine failed or which invoice failed. the following indicators are used to describe the third type of graph. k-mean time to failure: 1 12 1,... ,k k kl l l l −= + + + (5) l1 average time to first failure; l12 the average time between first and second failures, etc. the average time between (k-1)and kfailures for n cars: 1, 1, 1 1 . n k k k k i l l n − − = =  (6) the completeness coefficient of resource recovery describes the possibility of resource reduction after repair: 1, 1 . k kl l  − = (7) the leading function of the failure stream (recovery function) determines the accumulated number of first and subsequent failures of the product up to the operating time l: 1 ( ) ( ).k k l f l  =  = (8) failure flow parameters are the density of the probability of failure of a repaired product determined for a certain time or kilometre: f 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 f r наработка r f american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org 1 ( ) ( ) ( ).k k d l l f l dl   =  = = (9) e.s. kuznetsov et al., when evaluating the reliability of a product, the number of failures usually depends on the start-up, and when evaluating the flow of failures that come to be eliminated, the operating time of the relevant production units. here are some things to note when considering a change  another regularity must belong to another species over time. in this work, the change in fault flow, as well as maintenance, and resource replenishment requirements, belong to the 6 types of patterns discussed below [9]. using the values of the breakdown flow parameter, it is possible to determine the spare parts demand for a given operating time and plan the operation of the supply system. based on experimental data, the failure rate parameter can be estimated as follows: 2 1 2 1 ( ) , ( ) m m l n l l  − = − (10) mbitta, m2 total number of failuresncars, respectively, for l1 and l2 working hours. in general, failure rate parameters are not constant because the operating time varies. there are three main modes of its behaviour: − full recovery of the resource; − incomplete, but permanent recovery of the resource after the first failure; − gradual decrease in the completeness of resource recovery. rules for changing the technical condition and "age" of cars are established. thus, the results of the annual technical inspection of passenger cars in sweden show that after 10 years of operation, they have 3.7 times more failures than after 1-2 years [8]. type 3 graphs are usually considered as an example of the occurrence of vehicle faults and the process of their elimination. but this is a special case. according to similar graphs, flows of requirements for maintenance, and replenishment of consumables (fuel, engine oil) are formed. it should be noted that these laws have no practical application and are considered an idealized model of the real process. this is due to the following reasons [7]. first, when considering these processes, the operating time of vehicles is used as a coordinate axis. that is, the process is considered in terms of equal working time of a group of cars. in practice, the mileage of individual cars during the same time period varies significantly. consequently, the picture taken in the context of equal developments is not actually realized. secondly, the elimination of breakdowns and breakdowns, and replenishment of resources is planned and organized based on time, and not based on the working time of vehicles. third, working conditions and intensity change cyclically over time, so the level of disruption, and resource consumption is not constant and changes not only due to the increase in working hours but also related to these reasons also has cyclical fluctuations. thus, these graphs are realized only when the following conditions are fulfilled [13]: 0; . dx dt dl const dt = = (11) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org in the process of increasing the operating time, not only the technical condition but also other indicators of the quality of cars change. based on the summarization of the data given by various authors, kuznetsov es concludes that indicators characterizing productivity and workability change over time, as a rule. the table shows the data reflecting the changes in the operation of a large-class bus depending on the speed of travel [14]. notes: − the laws of change of quality indicators by working time are considered as an idealized model of a real process for a situation where working conditions do not change over time and work time increases with constant intensity; − mathematical models of the idealized process of the change of the parameters of the technical condition during the working time were established; − a simple summary of the results of previous studies does not allow us to adequately interpret and model the real process of changes in the quality of vehicles during working hours [15]. conclusions none of the available practical software packages fully meet the requirements of the processes of development and use of the considered models of laws; excludes the possibility of purchasing them for institutions; unauthorized copies of packages do not work or have an interface in english, which prevents their effective use by uneducated users; in addition, the use of pirated programs is shown to be contrary to the principles of international law. references 1. davronzoda, x. d., & abdubannopov, a. (2023). analysis of the existing aspects of the problem of processing and use of vehicle tyres. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 19, 149-155. 2. ismoilov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2023). a machine for continuous planting of tree seedlings. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 19, 1-6. 3. ismoilov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2023). development of modern directions of driving training and recommendations for increasing traffic safety. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(9), 1-7. 4. adhamjon o'gli, xmm, & abdulhaq son, a.a. (2022). organization of car transportation and operating conditions. pedagog , 5 (5), 281-284. 5. adhamjon o' g, xmm, & abdulhaq son, a.a. (2022). technology of production of nonmetallic materials. pedagog , 5 (5), 261-264. 6. adhamjon o'g, xmm, & abdulhaq son, a.a. (2022). operational characteristics of automobile transport vehicles. pedagog, 5 (5), 252-257. 7. adhamjon o' g, xmm, & abdulhaq son, a.a. (2022). reduction of gas engine thermal load. pedagog, 5 (5), 273-280. 8. abdubannopov, a., kambarov, u.b., makhmudov , i., & khametov, z. (2022). studying the effect of driver training in modern methods on ensuring traffic safety. evraziysky zurnal akademicheskikh issledovaniy, 2 (6), 847-851. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org 9. fame son, ax, bahadirjan son , la, & abdulhaq son , aa (2022). shipping _ organize reach and of roads importance . journal of pedagogs, 10 (4), 213-219. 10. komronbek grandfather og, q., rakhmonali khojamkul og, a., & abdulhaq son, a.a. (2022). evaluation of usage of transport vehicles. galaxy international journal of interdisciplinary research, 10 (3), 344-349. 11. abdulkhaq son, a.a. use evaluation». editorial college , 287. 12. siddikov , b., abdubannopov , a., & khametov , z. (2022). gas engine thermal load reduce. evraziyskiy zurnal akademicheskikh issledovaniy , 2 (6), 388-395 . 13. abdulhak , aa (2022). transportation loads and their calculation modes. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal , 10 (3), 365-367. 14. bubb, h. (2011). traffic safety through driver assistance and intelligence. international journal of computational intelligence systems, 4(3), 287-296. 15. xametov, z., abdubannopov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). yuk avtomobillarini ishlatishda ulardan foydalanish samaradorligini baholash. scientific progress, 2(2), 262-270. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org charm of riddles (in the example of uzbek and turkish riddles) khojieva oynisa shabonovna alisher navo’i tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature 2-year phd researcher e-mail: niso-nur@mail.ru, tel.: +998977245373 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the genesis of riddles, features of the genre. the types of riddles in uzbek and turkish folklore are compared, and their common and different aspects are determined. the analysis is supported by examples from riddles of both nations. riddle, bilmece, folklore, turkic peoples, myth, şaşırtmaca introduction human nature has always been eager to know riddles and secrets, to find the underlying cause of hidden knowledge. everything that hides a secret in its essence attracts people and attracts their attention. until he found the underlying cause of this secret, he lost his composure. moreover, the pleasure you feel when you find a solution to a puzzle while being curious cannot be compared to anything else. one of the reasons for the birth of riddles is also the result of humanity's desire for this mystery... the history of this wonderful genre of folklore, which has not lost its relevance throughout the world even in the 21st century, is as old as the history of human thought. although the real-life reality related to the way of life of our ancestors was the primary basis for the emergence of riddles, along with most genres of folklore, the development of the genre was influenced by ancient mythological imaginations, word magic, and beliefs related to word taboos and rituals played an important role. the genetic roots of riddles are related to ancient rituals and magical views, recognized by many folklorists. russian scientist m. sokolov describes a riddle as a means of expressing a mythical vision: "riddles in ancient times performed the function of conveying certain beliefs, and telling a riddle was a means of elucidating the secrets of religious views or expressing mythical visions" . tatar folklorist m. bakirov also connects the origin of the word riddle with the term "tabu (taboo)": "само слово «загадка» – «табышмак» образовано от корня «табу» – найти, отгадать" [the very word “riddle” “tabyshmak” is derived from the root “taboo” find, guess] . a. n. pipin also emphasizes that the riddles, which today have become simplified and become entertaining, were closely related to the beliefs of the people in ancient times, therefore, telling a riddle and finding its solution was an important part of mythology . professor şükrü elçin, a connoisseur of turkish folk literature, in his book "türk bilmeceleri" mentioned that riddles were used to test the superiority of the big and the small in mind, knowledge american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org and intelligence, but also noted that there was a way of exchanging secret messages among the people of the state . riddles, which initially expressed the beliefs and beliefs of nations, their first visions of the world, mythological views, cosmogonic thinking, and then formed a test of mutual ingenuity, ingenuity and observational ability by summarizing the present, have different terms in different eras and different peoples. this genre, which is called ratsel in german, riddle in english, zagadka in russian, enigma in french, lug’z in arabic, and chiston in persian-tajik-speaking peoples, can be found with several terms in the works of turkic peoples. zubayda husainova, a connoisseur of riddles, does not point out for nothing that there are "nihoyat darajada ko’p (extremely many)" terms for riddles in uzbeks. the scholar lists terms such as topishmoq, topishmachoq, topmacha, topar cho’pchak, top-top, top-top chop’chak, top-top matal, cho’pchak, jumboq (jummoq, jumoq), matal, masala, ushuk, chiston, lug’z that represent this genre. şükrü elçin says that riddles are expressed by the term "bilmece" derived from the verb " bilmoq (to know)" in western turks, and by words such as "tabzug’" and "tabmaca" derived from the verb "topmoq (to find)" in northern and eastern turks and azerbaijanis . also, if bashkirs use the terms yomaq (yomak, yommaq, yombaq), tatars use tabishmak, kyrgyz use matal, kazakhs, karakalpaks, chuvash use different forms of the word jumboq based on the language characteristics of each nation. in uzbek language, the term riddle is the main literary term, but we have seen that it is also called under a number of other names. the same situation is observed in turkish folklore. although bilmece is the main term in turkish folk literature, names such as masal, mesel, matal, hikaye, bulmaca, söz, dele, fıcık, gazelleme (fairy tale, parable, matal, story, puzzle, saying, joke, ghazal) are also used in some villages and towns of anadolu. riddles are a genre that is equally popular among all the peoples of the world, and they reflect the people's lifestyle, life experience and interests. in riddles, an object, person, event is not called by its name, it is described with various metaphorical definitions, subtle hints, other similar things, events or situations, and it is encouraged to find the answer. at the heart of any riddle is a question to be answered. therefore, riddles can be divided into two main parts a puzzle (question) and an answer part. with the answer to the riddle, it forms a whole. although uzbek folk riddles and turkish folk riddles are very close to each other in terms of form and content, there are few riddles that repeat each other exactly: elsiz, ayaksız kapı açar – qo’lsiz, oyoqsiz eshik ochar opens doors without hands or feet (shamol-wind) attan yüksek, itten alçak – otdan baland, itdan past higher than a horse, lower than a dog (egar-saddle) yedi delikli tokmak, bunu bilmeyen ahmak – yetti tuynukli to‘qmoq, buni bilmagan ahmoq a mallet with seven holes, the fool who does not know it (bosh-head) zenginin elinde, fakirin dilinde – boyning qo‘lida, kambag‘alning tilida in the hands of the rich, on the lips of the poor (pul-money) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org akşam baktım çok idi, sabah baktım yok idi – tunda boqdim ko‘p edi, tongda boqdim yo‘q edi in the evening i looked and there were many, i looked in the morning and it wasn't there. (yulduzlar-stars) biz idik, biz idik, оtuz iki kız idik, еzildik, büzüldük, вir duvara dizildik. biz edik, biz edik, o‘ttiz ikki qiz edik. ezildik, tizildik, bir devorga chizildik. (tishlar) 6. we were, we were, we were thirty-two girls, we were crushed, we shrank, we lined up against a wall. (theeth) as we have seen above, the same riddles on various topics are found in the folklore of both nations. this indicates their common genetic origin. there are also unique riddles that are not similar to each other in the literature of both nations, and although they do not repeat each other in terms of content, the similarity in form is clearly visible. for example, riddles related to letters can be found both in uzbek folklore and in turkish folklore. in uzbek folklore: menda bor, senda yo’q osmonda bor, yerda yo’q. (m harfi) “i” have it, “you” don't it it's in “sky”, it's not on “earth”. (letter m) in turkish folklore: bende var, sende var, âlemde yok cihanda var, mısır’da yok, şam’da yok. (menda bor, senda yo’q, olamda yo’q jahonda bor, misrda yo’q, shomda yo’q). (n harfi) “i” have it, “you” have it, the “universe” doesn't have it it exists in the “world”, it does not exist in “egypt”, it does not exist in “damascus”. (letter n) similarities are also observed in riddles related to articulation. in uzbek folklore: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org “teg” desam, tegmaydi, “tegma” desam tegadi. (lablar) when i say "touch" it doesn't touch, if i say "don't touch" it will touch. (lips) in turkish folklore: anaya değmez, babaya değer, halaya değmez, amcaya değer, vallahi değmez, billahi değer. yoki sana değmez, bana değer, dayıya da değmez. (lablar) it doesn't touch when you say mother, but it touches when you say father it doesn't touch when you say aunt, but it touches when you say uncle it doesn't touch when you say by vallahi, but it touches when you say by billahi or it doesn't touch when you say “you”, it doesn't touch when i say “me”, it doesn't touch when it says uncle (lips) each line of some riddles has a separate answer. such riddles can be found in both folk works. in uzbek folklore: suvda sulaymonni ko’rdim, (baliq) tog’da talaymonni ko’rdim, (bo’ri) tuzsiz pishgan oshni ko’rdim, (sumalak) dumalab yotgan toshni ko’rdim. (toshbaqa) i saw solomon in the water (fish) i saw the track of an animal on the mountain (wolf) i saw the soup cooked without salt, (icicle) i saw a rolling stone (tortoise) in turkish folklore: suya düşer ıslanmaz, (güneş) at üstünde seslenmez, (cenaze) minareden düşer kırılmaz. (kâğıt) yere düşer paslanmaz. (altın) (suvga tushsa ho‘l bo‘lmaydi, ot ustida ovozi chiqmaydi, minoradan tushsa sinmaydi, yerga tushsa zanglamaydi. (quyosh nuri, janoza, qog‘oz, oltin) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org as soon as it falls into the water and gets wet, (sun) doesn't call out on a horse, (funeral) it falls from the minaret and does not break. (paper) it falls to the ground and does not rust. (gold) in some riddles, it is possible to witness the effective use of proverbs or expressions. the above riddle is proof of our opinion. there are various proverbs about the non-rusting of gold in both uzbek and turkish languages ( altın pas tutmaz, altın yere düşmekle pul olmaz – oltin zanglamas, oltin yerga tushgani bilan chaqa bo’lib qolmaydi gold does not rust, gold does not become flakes by falling on the ground). in the literature of both peoples, there are also interesting, somewhat satirical, somewhat sarcastic riddles. in turkish folklore, it is known as şaşırtmaca (that is, misleading questions). şaşırtmacalar are sometimes based on logic, sometimes they surprise the mind with unexpected funny findings. sometimes he tests the intelligence of the listener by playing a word game: in turkish: – fil kadar büyük olup hiçbir ağırlığı olmayan şey nedir? – filin gölgesi. in uzbek: – filday katta bo‘lsa ham, ammo og‘irligi yo‘q, nima? – filning soyasi. in english: – what is something as big as an elephant but weighs nothing? – the shadow of the elephant. in turkish: – kırıldığı zaman kullanılan şey nedir? – yumurta. in uzbek: – nima singanidan so’ng ishlatiladi? – tuxum. in english: – what is used when it breaks? egg. in turkish: – nerede cuma, salıdan önce gelir? – sözlükte. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org in uzbek: – qayerda juma seshanbadan oldin keladi? – lug‘atda. in english: – where does friday come before tuesday? – in the dictionary. the uzbek people also have a variety of such questions: nima hamma tilda gapiradi? (aks-sado) what all languages can speak? (echo) yumuq ko’z bilan nimani ko’rish mumkin? (tushni) what can be seen with the closed eye? (dream) kecha “ertaga”, ertaga “kecha” bo’ladigan kun qaysi? (bugun) what is the day when yesterday is "tomorrow" and tomorrow is "yesterday"? (today) there are other turkish riddles that we cannot ignore. in such riddles in the form of a question, you can get information about the country's place names, big cities, neighborhood names, in short, geography : in turkish: – i̇stanbul’un en yırtıcı semti hangisi? – kartal. in uzbek: – istanbulning eng yirtqich dahdasi qaysi? – kartal (burgut). in english: – which is the most predatory district in istanbul? kartal (eagle). in turkish: – türkiye’nin bir numaralı şehri hangisidir? – van. in uzbek: – turkiyaning birinchi nomerli shahri qaysi? – van. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org in english: – which is the number one city in turkey? –van. in this puzzle, a beautiful pun was made using the homonymity of toponyms in turkey to english words (one in english is pronounced "van"; at the same time, van is the name of one of the cities in turkey). as can be seen from the above examples, uzbek and turkish folk riddles are similar in every respect and complement each other. in general, among the riddles of the turkic peoples, "establishing the great wall of china" is not correct. it is appropriate to study and analyze them taking into account their common characteristics. conclusion as a result of such research, we can learn the following conclusions that are important for us: 1. riddles of the uzbek people are not alien to our turkish brothers, and their riddles to our wise country. both folk riddles can be translated into one or another language and used in literature and textbooks. this serves to enrich the literary wealth of both nations. 2. understanding, digesting and finding answers to riddles is not difficult for representatives of both nations. on the contrary, they complement and enrich each other. 3. toponyms in some riddles enrich our perception of the culture, history and geography of the brotherly turkish people and help to study the territory of turkey in depth. 4. this interesting genre of folklore helps to bring brotherly peoples closer together. the common literary heritage, which connects them for centuries, represents the common culture and causes the common turkish values not to be forgotten. references: 1. соколов ю. м. русский фольклор. м., 1938. с.217. 2. бакиров м. х. татарский фольклор. казань, 2018. с.111. 3. пыпин а. н. очерки литературной истории старинных повестей и сказок русских. спб., 1857, с. 137. 4. elçin şükrü. türk bilmeceleri. kültür bakanlığı yayınları. ankara, 1989. s. 1. 5. ҳусаинова з. топишмоқ терминлари. ўзбек тили ва адабиёти масалалари. 1960. 3-сон. с. 28 – 33. 6. тилавов а. bilmeceler топишмоқлар topishmoqlar загадки. «sano-standart». тошкент, 2019. с. 7. 7. абдураҳимов м. ўзбек топишмоқлари. узбекские загадки. тошкент. ўқитувчи, 1991. 8. i̇lhan başgöz. türk bilmeceleri. kültür bakanlığı, ankara, 1993. 9. karademir fevzi. türk halk bilmeceleri. yapı – dil – üslup özellikleri. gaziantep, 2010. 10. https://acikerisim.dicle.edu.tr/xmlui/bitstream/handle/11468/5628/206049.pdf?sequence=1&isal lowed=y 11. https://turkcenindirilisi.com/edebiyat/turk-halk-edebiyatinda-bilmeceler-h97806.html american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org mass transfer in cleaning of hydrogen fluoride gas in filter apparatus akmaljon akhrorov associate professor (phd), fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: a.axrorov@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, mass transfer process which is occurred as the result of liquid drops motion in the gas flow was studied. furthermore, absorption of the hydrogen-fluoride component dusty gas in soda ash drops was searched. consequently, influence of gas velocity and liquid flow to the mass transfer coefficient and purification efficiency of the rotary-filter gas cleaner in its different kind of filters and liquid injection nozzles was studied experimentally. in order to carry out a process effectively optimal quantities of changeable parameters that’s liquid flow and gas velocity were recommended. rotary-filter, dusty gas, hydrodynamic, mass transfer, mass transfer coefficient, liquid flow, gas velocity, filtration layer. introduction as the world's population grows, so does the demand for more food, especially agricultural products. it is known that mineral fertilizers are widely used in the cultivation of agricultural products. due to the fact that the processes and equipment for the production of mineral fertilizers are obsolete and need to be modernized, various exhaust gases are released into the atmosphere. this is causing environmental degradation, especially the depletion of the ozone layer, and global warming. therefore, the current task is to clean the exhaust gases released into the environment through the creation of waste-free technologies and the modernization of existing machinery and equipment. various dusty gases such as nitrogen, phosphorus and fluorine briquettes are emitted in the production of mineral fertilizers, in particular, hydrogen fluoride gas in the production of dusty superphosphate has a serious negative impact on the environment, so the development of such effective methods and devices for gas purification attracting. ferganaazot jsc also has a department for the production of superphosphate mineral fertilizers, from which a mixture of hydrogen fluoride gas is released into the atmosphere. the main goal of the study is to capture this emitted gas, return it to the technological process and separate it as a raw material for other related industrial enterprises. research method the paper examines the process of mass transfer due to the interaction of liquid droplets and gas formed in the device to determine the optimal values of gas velocity and fluid consumption for the purification american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org of secondary hydrogen-fluoride gas formed during the production of superphosphate mineral fertilizers in a wet rotor-filter device. the effect of gas velocity and fluid consumption on the mass transfer coefficient was studied. it was also experimentally determined the effect of different values of the diameter of the nozzle, which drilled holes in the filter material and sprayed the absorption liquid on the working surface. the process of mass transfer in the gas phase in a rotor-filter apparatus has a complex hydrodynamic and mass transfer character, so it is difficult to describe its passage in the apparatus and develop an equation that fully describes the process. to calculate this process, the mass transfer processes in devices with similar hydrodynamics and phase contact surfaces were studied, and computational equations for the gas phase mass transfer process in the experimental device were proposed. the effect of the consumption of absorption liquid and gas streams on the process of substance transfer in the experimental device is significant. the following equations (1) and (2) are used to calculate these factors influencing the process [1]. liquid flow through injection nozzles is determined by the next equation, m3/h; 2 3600c вq r =  (1) where, rthe diameter of the fluid nozzle hole , mm; ω-liquid velocity, m/s. the sheber was installed in the gas inlet tube in order to obtain different values of gas velocity. according to the different gas velocities, flow of gas is determined through the formula, m3/h; 2 3600 2000 г d q     =      (2) where, d–tube diemeter for pito-prandtl, m. as a result of the movement of the droplets formed in the rotor-filter apparatus in the gas phase, a mass transfer is observed, the hydrogen fluoride component in the gas mixture is absorbed into the liquid droplet. to calculate this mass transfer process, it is important to determine the diameter of the drop surface and the volume that varies during the process. when the nozzle diameter varied, the volume of the liquid droplet and the average diameter at which the surface was retained were determined according to the following equation, μm [2,3]; 3 32 2 х с d d d =   (3) бунда, dх–the diameter of the droplet forming the main part of the fraction i, m; dс– is the surface diameter of the drop, m; the velocity of the gas passing through the hole in the drum-coated filter material is determined according to the following equation, m / s [4]; ап теш теш w w f =  (4) where, wап – gas velocity in experimental apparatus, m/s; σfтеш – surface of filter’s holes, m2; the mode of motion of the gas passing through the filter holes is determined by the following equation; re теш т г г w d   = (5) where, wтеш – velocity of gas passing through the hole, m/s; ν kinematic viscosity coefficient of the gas, m2/s; dt– drop diameter, μm. the dependence of the rate of component transition in the gas phase on the physicochemical properties of the phases and the process parameters is expressed in the form american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org of criterion equations. the criteria equation proposed by fresling was chosen to calculate the process of mass transfer in the gas phase in a rotor-filter apparatus. this equation was confirmed on the basis of tests conducted on the mass transfer between a liquid drop and a gas [2-4]. 0,5 0,332 0,552 re pr гг гnu = +   (6) where, reг – fluid motion regime of passed gas trough the filter; pr – quantity of prandtl for gas phase. mass transfer coefficient in absorption of hydrogen fluoride component into the liquid drops is calculated by the following equation, m/s [5,7]; г г г т nu d d   = (7) where, nuг – nusslet’s quantity for gas phase; dг – diffusion coefficient in absorption of hydrogen fluoride component into the fluid drops, m2/s. in the mass transfer process is occurred between hydrogen fluoride component of gas mixture and fluid drops, the transport number and purification efficiency of apparatus are calculated by the following formula, [8-13]; 1 ln 1 г к г f n g     = =   −  (8) fк – contacting surface of phases, m2; gг–gas flow, m3/h; η– purification efficiency, %. the results of study the experiment in order to determine the mass transfer coefficient was carried out following two stages, firstly measuring gas and fluid flows, secondly impact of that flows to the mass transfer and cleaning efficiency of apparatus. in the first stage of experiment, in order to measure the gas velocity ва06-trotec measurement with the 1,1-30 m/s working range and 0,3% inaccuracy was used. different gas velocities were obtained having installed the sheber into the gas input tube. sheber forms the 00, 300, 450, 600, 900 angels in the input tube after fan [14-21]. the gas flow rate to the apparatus was increased by 5m/s and the speed change interval was set at 5 ÷ 30m/s. absorption liquid was selected according to the gost-3846-10 and supplied through the nozzle with diameters dш=1mm; dш=2mm; dш=3mm; also, according to gost-13045-81, the flow rate of the absorption fluid passing through the rotometer rs-5 with a scale of 0-100 was measured for each nozzle in a volumetric manner for the beaker. according to him, when the diameter of the nozzle hole dш= 1mm, a change in fluid flow according to rotameter readings in the range qсую=0,068÷0,160 m3/h was observed. according to the rotameter, when the diameter of the nozzle hole dш =2mm, the liquid flow rate in the range qсую=0,071÷0,168 m3/h and when the diameter dш=3mm, the fluid flow rate qсую=0,072÷0,178 m3/h [22-29]. in the second stage of the experiment, it was analyzed that the liquid droplets formed as a result of disintegration of the liquid film and secondary decomposition of the liquid falling into the drum through the filter holes of the hydrogen-fluoride component gas move in the gas flow and occur. at this stage of the experiment, the rate of hydrogen-fluoride component gas mixture with the diameter of the hole of the filter material dф=2;3;4mm and the consumption of the absorbing liquid na2co3 sprayed into the apparatus through the nozzle dш=1;2;3mm were studied. the results obtained are illustrated in the form of diagrams given in figures 1; 2; 3 below [30-37]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org dш=1 mm and qсую=0,068÷0,160 m3/h; figure 1. changing of the mass transfer coefficient depends on the gas velocity, dф=2 mm-const. y =-0,0001x2 + 0,013x + 0,1116 r² = 0,9919 (9) y = -0,0001x2 + 0,0143x + 0,1571 r² = 0,9757 (10) y = -0,0002x2 + 0,0197x + 0,2404 r² = 0,9423 (11) y = -0,0002x2 + 0,025x + 0,261 r² = 0,9779 (12) y = -0,0005x2 + 0,0373x + 0,2339 r² = 0,9963 (13) dш=2 mm and qсую=0,071÷0,168 m3/h; figure 2. changing of the mass transfer coefficient depends on the gas velocity, dф=2 mm-const. y = -0,0002x2 + 0,0157x + 0,1127 r² = 0,9813 (14) y = -0,0003x2 + 0,02x + 0,1315 r² = 0,9753 (15) y = -0,0004x2 + 0,0298x + 0,2033 r² = 0,9827 (16) y = -0,0004x2 + 0,0324x + 0,2447 r² = 0,9542 (17) y = -0,0005x2 + 0,0365x + 0,2828 r² = 0,9357 (18) 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 5 10 15 20 25 30 m a ss t ra n sf er co ef fi ci en t, β г , m o l/ m 2 * s gas velocity, υг m/s american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org dш=3 mm and qсую=0,072÷0,178 m3/h; figure 3. changing of the mass transfer coefficient depends on the gas velocity, dф=2 mm-const. y = -0,0002x2 + 0,016x + 0,1134 r² = 0,9859 (19) y = -0,0003x2 + 0,0208x + 0,1338 r² = 0,9812 (20) y = -0,0004x2 + 0,0289x + 0,2245 r² = 0,9781 (21) y = -0,0004x2 + 0,0313x + 0,2627 r² = 0,9711 (22) y = -0,0003x2 + 0,0347x + 0,3168 r² = 0,9966 (23) figures 1; 2; 3 show that the diameter of the hole of the filter paronite material is dф = 2mm, the diameter of the nozzle hole is dш= 1mm and the value of the mass transfer coefficient βг= 0.170 ÷ 0.399mol/m2 ·s change in interval was observed. it was also observed that when the maximum velocity of the purified gas flow is 30 m/s, the value of the mass transfer coefficient is in the range βг= 0.382 ÷ 0.927 mol/m2·s. when the diameter of the nozzle hole is dш=2мм and the minimum velocity of the purified gas flow is 5m/sec, the value of the substance transfer coefficient βг = 0.184 ÷ 0.443mol/m2 ·s is observed to change. it was also observed that when the maximum velocity of the purified gas flow is 30 m/s, the value of the substance transfer coefficient increases to βг= 0.395 ÷ 0.995mol/m2 ·s. when the diameter of the nozzle hole dш = 3mm and the minimum velocity of the purified gas flow was 5m/s, the value of the substance transfer coefficient βг = 0.184 ÷ 0.471mol/m2·s was observed to change. when the maximum velocity of the purified gas flow was 30 m / s, the value of the substance transfer coefficient increased to βг = 0.402 ÷ 1.09mol/m2·s [38-58]. conclusion as a result of theoretical analysis and values obtained in experiments, the following conclusions were given: -given above 1; 2; and 3 figures show that, in nozzle diameter dш=3 мм and gas velocity υг =30m/s, also filtering material hole diameter is dф=2mm the value of mass transfer coefficient is achieved βг=1,09mol/m2·s. it was also found that the minimum value of the mass transfer coefficient is βг = 0.143mol/m2·s when the diameter of the filter material (paronite) hole is dф = 4mm and the diameter of the nozzle hole is dш = 1mm and the velocity of the purified gas flow is υг = 5m/s. it can be seen that an increase in the velocity of the gas leads to an increase in the mass transfer coefficient; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org references 1. davronbekov, a. a., & isomidinov, a. s. (2022, november). systematic analysis of the working parameters of a floating head shell-tube heat exchanger. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 3-15). 2. мухaмaдсaдиков, к. д., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2021). исследовaние влияния гидродинaмических режимов сферической нижней трубы нa процесс теплообменa. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 38-41. 3. axunboev, a., muxamadsodikov, k., & qoraboev, e. (2021). drying sludge in the drum. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 149-153. 4. мухaмaдсaдиков, к., ортикaлиев, б., юсуов, a., & aбдупaттоев, х. (2021). ширинa зaхвaтa и скорости движения вырaвнивaтеля в зaвисимости удельного сопротивления почвы. збірник нaукових прaць scientia. 5. mukhamadsadikov, k. j., & ortikaliev, b. s. u. (2021). working width and speed of the harrow depending on soil resistivity. 6. abdukakhorovich, a. h., & muhammadsodikov, k. d. (2021). improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(05), 1-8. 7. mukhamadsadikov, k., & ortiqaliyev, b. (2022). constructive parameters of earthquake unit before sowing. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 9, 55-61. 8. axunboev, a., muxamadsodikov, k., djuraev, s., & musaev, a. (2021). analysis of the heat exchange device complex in rotary ovens. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 127-132. 9. mukhamadsadikov, k. j. (2022). determination of installation angle and height working body of the preseeding leveler. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 29-34. 10. axunboev, a., & muxamadsodikov, k. (2021). drying fine materials in the contact device. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 133-138. 11. mukhamadsadikov, k., ortiqaliyev, b., olimova, d., & isomiddinova, d. (2021). mathematical analysis of determining the parameters of the working part of the planting plant before planting. scientific progress, 2(7), 699-708. 12. sadullaev, x., muydinov, a., xoshimov, a., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). ecological environment and its improvements in the fergana valley. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 100-106. 13. хусaнбоев, м. a., aлимaтов, б. a., & сaдуллaев, х. м. (2022). высокоэффективнaя конструкция бaрботaжного экстрaкторa. 14. sadullaev, x., alimatov, b., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). development and research of a highefficient extraction plant and prospects for industrial application of extractors with pneumatic mixing of liquids. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 107-115. 15. sadullaev, x., tojiyev, r., & mamarizaev, i. (2021). experience of training bachelor-specialist mechanics. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 116-121. 16. aлимaтов, б. a., сaдуллaев, х. м., & хошимов, a. о. у. (2021). срaвнение зaтрaт энергии при пневмaтическом и мехaническом перемешивaнии несмешивaющихся жидкостей. universum: технические нaуки,(5-5 (86)), 53-56. 17. тожиев, р. ж., сaдуллaев, х. м., сулaймонов, a., & герaсимов, м. д. (2019). нaпряженное состояние вaлa с поперечным отверстием при совмесстном действии изгибa и кручения. in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org энерго-ресурсосберегaющие технологии и оборудовaние в дорожной и строительной отрaслях (pp. 273-281). 18. aлимaтов, б. a., сaдуллaев, х. м., кaримов, и. т., & хурсaнов, б. ж. (2008). методы рaсчетa и конструировaния жидкостных экстрaкторов с пневмоперемешивaнием. 19. tojiev, r. j., & sadullaev, x. m. (2018). determination of the angle of capture of the crushing chamber of a cone crusher, taking into account the kinematics of the rolling cone. scientifictechnical journal, 22(3), 55-60. 20. aхунбaев, a. a., & хусaнбоев, м. a. (2022). бaрaбaннинг кўндaлaнг кесимидa минерaл ўғитлaрнинг тaқсимлaнишини тaдқиқ қилиш. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 357-367. 21. хусaнбоев, м. (2022). термическaя обрaботкa шихты стеколного производствa. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 351-356. 22. aхунбaев, a. a., & хусaнбоев, м. a. у. (2022). влияние врaщения сушильного бaрaбaнa нa рaспределение мaтериaлa. universum: технические нaуки, (4-2 (97)), 16-24. 23. davronbekov, a., & khusanboev, m. (2023). study of hydrodynamic regimes in internal pipe profiles in shell-and-tube heat exchangers. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 54-59. 24. adil, a., bobojon, o., abdusama, m., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & abdulloh, a. (2022). drying in the apparatus with a quick rotating rotor. conferencea, 182-189. 25. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). modernization of working blades of the construction glass shell mixing device. conferencea, 199-206. 26. исомиддинов, a. с., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2021). исследовaние гидродинaмических режимов сферической углубленной трубы. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 53-58. 27. abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., muhammadbobur, x., ... & abdusamad, m. (2022). kinetics of drying of spray materials. conferencea, 190-198. 28. adil, a., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., ... & bobojon, o. (2022). drying of mineral fertilizersresearch of hydrodynamic processes. conferencea, 158165. 29. ergashev, n. a., davronbekov, a. a., khalilov, i. l. c., & sulaymonov, a. m. (2021). hydraulic resistance of dust collector with direct-vortex contact elements. scientific progress, 2(8), 88-99. 30. adil, a., muhammadbobur, x., ortiqaliyev, b., abdusamad, m., abdulloh, a., avzabek, x., ... & bekzod, a. (2022). roasting of nickel hydrocarbonate. conferencea, 174-181. 31. davronbekov, a. a. (2022). sferik botiqli quvirda tajribaviy tadqiqotlar otkazish usullari va natijalari. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 211-220. 32. adil, a., abdulloh, a., gulnora, g., ismoiljon, x. a. x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). study of longitudinal mixing in a drum apparatus. conferencea, 166-173. 33. davronbekov, a., qoxorov, i., xomidov, x., & maxmudov, a. (2021). systematic analysis of process intensification in heat exchange products. scientific progress, 2(1), 694-698. 34. aхунбaев, a. a., & дaвронбеков, a. a. (2022). минерaл ўғитлaрни қуритиш объекти сифaтидa тaҳлили. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(5), 221-228. 35. davronbekov, a. a., & isomidinov, a. s. (2022, november). analysis of requirements for modern heat exchangers and methods of process intensification. in international conference dedicated to the role and importance of innovative education in the 21st century (vol. 1, no. 7, pp. 174-183). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 36. abdurasul, d. (2022). investigation of heat transfer rate in smooth turbulizer pipes. universum: технические нaуки, (6-6 (99)), 59-62. 37. aхунбaев, о. a., & мaмaсaлиев, н. с. (2022). влияние aнемии нa течение сердечнососудистых зaболевaний. экономикa и социум, (6-2 (97)), 329-332. 38. ugli, a. a. a. (2022). study of the mass transfer process in the wet treatment of waste gases generated in the production of superphosphate. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(11), 11-19. 39. aхроров, a. a. у. (2022). исследовaние мaссообменного процессa при мокрой очистке гaзов в роторно-фильтрующим aппaрaте. universum: технические нaуки, (4-8 (97)), 23-29. 40. akhrorov, a. k. m. a. l. j. o. n. (2021). study of mass taransfer process in rotary-filter gas cleanaer. austrian journal of technical and natural science,(11-12), 3-19. 41. rasuljon, t., akmaljon, a., & ilkhomjon, m. (2021). selection of filter material and analysis of calculation equations of mass exchange process in rotary filter apparatus. universum: технические нaуки, (5-6 (86)), 22-25. 42. холмуродова, д. к., & ахмедова, м. л. (2023). исследование качественных характеристик разработанного угольного брикета из местного сырья и отходов производств. imras, 6(6), 354-359. 43. rasuljon, t., azizbek, i., & akmaljon, a. (2021). analysis of the dispersed composition of the phosphorite dust and the properties of emission fluoride gases in the production of superphosphate mineral fertilizers. universum: химия и биология, (6-2 (84)), 68-73. 44. aхроров, a. a. у., исомиддинов, a. с., & тожиев, р. ж. (2020). гидродинaмикa поверхностно-контaктного элементa ротор-фильтрующего пылеуловителя. universum: технические нaуки, (8-3 (77)), 10-16. 45. тожиев, р. ж., исомиддинов, a. с., & aхроров, a. a. у. (2021). исследовaние пленочного слоя нa рaбочей поверхности роторно-фильтрующего aппaрaтa. universum: технические нaуки, (7-1 (88)), 42-48. 46. aхроров, a. a. (2022). исследовaние слоя плёнки водного рaстворa технической соды нa рaбочей поверхности роторного фильтрующего aппaрaтa. 47. тожиев, р. ж., исомиддинов, a. с., aхроров, a. a. у., & сулaймонов, a. м. (2021). выбор оптимaльного aбсорбентa для очистки водородно-фтористого гaзa в роторнофильтровaльном aппaрaте и исследовaние эффективности aппaрaтa. universum: технические нaуки, (3-4 (84)), 44-51. 48. kholmurodova, d. k., & khudoykulov, z. i. (2023). use of waste in the national economy. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 25, 160-162. 49. тожиев, р. ж., aхроров, a. a., & исомидинов, a. с. (2020). analyze of contact surface phases in wet type rotor-filter gas collector. ученый xxi векa. междунaр 50. эргaшев, н. a., мaткaримов, ш. a., зияев, a. т., тожибоев, б. т., & кучкaров, б. у. (2019). опытное определение рaсходa гaзa, подaвaемое нa пылеочищaющую устaновку с контaктным элементом, рaботaющим в режиме спутникового вихря. universum: технические нaуки, (12-1 (69)), 29-31. 51. ergashev, n., & halilov, i. (2021). experimental determination length of liquid film in dusty gas cleaner. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(10), 29-33. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org 52. ergashev, n. a., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementli ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparatni sanoatda qo ‘llash va uning samaradorligini tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 78-86. 53. ergashev, n., ismoil, k., & baxtior, m. (2022). experimental determination of hydraulic resistance of wet method dushanger and gas cleaner. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 45-50. 54. ergashev, n., & tilavaldiev, b. (2021). hydrodynamics of wet type dusty gas collector. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 75-86. 55. эргaшев, н. a. (2020). исследовaние гидрaвлического сопротивления пылеулaвливaющего устройствa мокрым способом. universum: технические нaуки, (4-2 (73)), 59-62. 56. ergashev, n. a., xoshimov, a. o. o. g. l., & muydinov, a. a. o. (2022). kontakt elementi uyurmali oqim hosil qiluvchi rejimda ishlovchi ho ‘l usulda chang ushlovchi apparat gidravlik qarshilikni tajribaviy aniqlash. scientific progress, 3(6), 94-101. 57. ergashev, n. a. (2020). determination hydraulic resistance of device that has the vortex flow creating contact element. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (3-4), 15-22. 58. эргaшев, н. a., aлимaтов, б. a., герaсимов, м. д., & дикевич, a. в. (2018). повышение эффективности пылеулaвливaния в производстве дорожно-строительных мaтериaлов. in энерго-, ресурсосберегaющие мaшины, оборудовaние и экологически чистые технологии в дорожной и строительной отрaслях (pp. 228-232). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org the revolutionary impact of virtual reality: a comprehensive analysis muhammadali mahmudov, 11th grade student, shofirkon school, bukhara, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the tapestry of technological innovation, few threads have woven a narrative as compelling and transformative as virtual reality (vr). beyond the realms of screens and keyboards, vr extends an invitation to explore immersive experiences that redefine our digital interactions. this article embarks on a journey through the evolution, applications, challenges, and promises of virtual reality, shedding light on the dimensions that make this technology a herald of a new era. virtual reality, vr, immersive technology, augmented reality, applications, challenges, future trends. introduction in the tapestry of technological innovation, few threads have woven a narrative as compelling and transformative as virtual reality (vr). beyond the realms of screens and keyboards, vr extends an invitation to explore immersive experiences that redefine our digital interactions. this article embarks on a journey through the evolution, applications, challenges, and promises of virtual reality, shedding light on the dimensions that make this technology a herald of a new era. *defining the virtual landscape* virtual reality transcends the constraints of traditional interfaces, immersing users in a simulated environment that mirrors reality. this transformative technology allows individuals not just to observe but to actively engage in a three-dimensional space, creating an experience that blurs the boundaries between the physical and the virtual. at its essence, vr is a paradigm shift, offering a novel perspective on how we perceive and interact with our digital surroundings. ii. the evolution of virtual reality *historical milestones* to unravel the present and envision the future of virtual reality, it's crucial to traverse the historical milestones that paved the way. the conceptualization of immersive environments dates back to the mid-20th century, with visionaries like morton heilig laying the foundation. however, it wasn't until the late 20th century that technology caught up with the dreams of immersive realities. the emergence of the head-mounted display (hmd) in the late 1960s marked a significant leap forward, setting the stage for contemporary vr. while early attempts were rudimentary, they ignited the imagination of researchers and creators. the 1990s witnessed a surge in vr interest, but the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org technology fell short of mainstream adoption, leading to a period known as the "vr winter." *technological advancements* the resurgence of virtual reality in recent years owes much to the rapid evolution of technology. modern vr systems capitalize on powerful computing capabilities, advanced optics, and sophisticated motion tracking to create seamless and convincing virtual worlds. high-resolution displays, coupled with responsive sensors, enable users to explore these realms with unprecedented fidelity. central to the immersive experience are the development and refinement of vr headsets. from clunky prototypes to sleek, user-friendly devices, these headsets not only provide visual stimuli but often incorporate spatial audio and haptic feedback, elevating the sense of immersion. the synergy of hardware and software has transformed vr from a niche concept to a pervasive and accessible technology. iii. applications across diverse realms *entertainment beyond gaming* while gaming has been a driving force behind vr adoption, the technology's applications extend far beyond the entertainment industry. gaming experiences in vr have reached new heights, providing unparalleled immersion and sensory engagement. beyond gaming, vr has infiltrated the realms of film and interactive storytelling, offering audiences a front-row seat to narrative experiences that transcend the confines of traditional mediums. *healthcare innovations* in the realm of healthcare, virtual reality has emerged as a potent tool for training, simulations, and therapy. surgeons can refine their skills through realistic simulations, and medical professionals can undergo training in a risk-free virtual environment. vr therapy has proven effective in treating conditions such as phobias and post-traumatic stress disorder, demonstrating the technology's potential to revolutionize mental health interventions. *education redefined* education is another arena transformed by virtual reality. traditional learning methods are increasingly supplemented, if not replaced, by immersive experiences.title: virtual reality unveiled: a deep dive into immersive technological realms american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org i. introduction in the tapestry of technological innovation, few threads have woven a narrative as compelling and transformative as virtual reality (vr). beyond the realms of screens and keyboards, vr extends an invitation to explore immersive experiences that redefine our digital interactions. this article embarks on a journey through the evolution, applications, challenges, and promises of virtual reality, shedding light on the dimensions that make this technology a herald of a new era. *defining the virtual landscape* virtual reality transcends the constraints of traditional interfaces, immersing users in a simulated environment that mirrors reality. this transformative technology allows individuals not just to observe but to actively engage in a three-dimensional space, creating an experience that blurs the boundaries between the physical and the virtual. at its essence, vr is a paradigm shift, offering a novel perspective on how we perceive and interact with our digital surroundings. ii. the evolution of virtual reality *historical milestones* to unravel the present and envision the future of virtual reality, it's crucial to traverse the historical milestones that paved the way. the conceptualization of immersive environments dates back to the mid-20th century, with visionaries like morton heilig laying the foundation. however, it wasn't until the late 20th century that technology caught up with the dreams of immersive realities. the emergence of the head-mounted display (hmd) in the late 1960s marked a significant leap forward, setting the stage for contemporary vr. while early attempts were rudimentary, they ignited the imagination of researchers and creators. the 1990s witnessed a surge in vr interest, but the technology fell short of mainstream adoption, leading to a period known as the «vr winter.» *technological advancements* the resurgence of virtual reality in recent years owes much to the rapid evolution of technology. modern vr systems capitalize on powerful computing capabilities, advanced optics, and sophisticated motion tracking to create seamless and convincing virtual worlds. high-resolution displays, coupled with responsive sensors, enable users to explore these realms with unprecedented fidelity. central to the immersive experience are the development and refinement of vr headsets. from clunky prototypes to sleek, user-friendly devices, these headsets not only provide visual stimuli but often incorporate spatial audio and haptic feedback, elevating the sense of immersion. the synergy of hardware and software has transformed vr from a niche concept to a pervasive and accessible technology. iii. applications across diverse realms *entertainment beyond gaming* while gaming has been a driving force behind vr adoption, the technology's applications extend far beyond the entertainment industry. gaming experiences in vr have reached new heights, providing unparalleled immersion and sensory engagement. beyond gaming, vr has infiltrated the realms of film and interactive storytelling, offering audiences a front-row seat to narrative experiences that transcend the confines of traditional mediums. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org *healthcare innovations* in the realm of healthcare, virtual reality has emerged as a potent tool for training, simulations, and therapy. surgeons can refine their skills through realistic simulations, and medical professionals can undergo training in a risk-free virtual environment. vr therapy has proven effective in treating conditions such as phobias and post-traumatic stress disorder, demonstrating the technology's potential to revolutionize mental health interventions. *education redefined* education is another arena transformed by virtual reality. traditional learning methods are increasingly supplemented, if not replaced, by immersive experiences. virtual field trips transcend geographical constraints, enabling students to explore historical sites, ecosystems, and cultural landmarks. complex concepts are brought to life through interactive 3d models, providing a dynamic and engaging educational experience. *business and industry integration* in the corporate world, virtual reality is not merely a tool for entertainment or training; it's a catalyst for innovation and efficiency. collaborative design processes are streamlined through vr, allowing teams to interact with virtual prototypes and make real-time modifications. virtual meetings transcend video calls, fostering a sense of presence and connection. employee training becomes more effective through realistic simulations that mirror on-the-job scenarios. iv. challenges and ethical considerations *striking a balance* as we navigate the immersive landscapes of vr, it becomes imperative to confront the challenges and ethical considerations that accompany this technological frontier. the potential for addiction, privacy concerns, and the digital divide are among the myriad issues that demand thoughtful consideration. striking a balance between innovation and responsible implementation is crucial to ensuring that the benefits of virtual reality are maximized while minimizing potential pitfalls. *health implications and social concerns* the immersive nature of vr raises questions about its impact on physical and mental health. prolonged use may contribute to issues such as motion sickness and eye strain, necessitating careful consideration of usage guidelines. additionally, concerns about social isolation and the potential for addiction underscore the need for a nuanced approach to vr integration in daily life. *privacy in virtual spaces* the creation of detailed and realistic virtual environments raises privacy concerns. users may unwittingly share personal information within these spaces, necessitating robust privacy measures. striking a balance between the immersive potential of vr and the protection of user data is a critical consideration for developers and policymakers alike. v. the future of virtual reality *emerging technologies and trends* peering into the future, the trajectory of virtual reality is both promising and fascinating. as hardware continues to evolve, we can anticipate even more realistic and immersive experiences. the integration american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org of augmented reality (ar) with vr opens doors to mixed reality environments, where the virtual and physical seamlessly coexist. this not only raises questions about authenticity but also opens up avenues for self-expression and experimentation. *presence and connection* one of the defining features of vr is the sense of presence – the feeling of being physically located in a virtual environment. this has profound implications for social interactions. virtual meetings become more than video calls; they offer a semblance of physical presence, fostering a deeper sense of connection. as vr social platforms evolve, individuals can share experiences, attend virtual events, and engage in collaborative activities, bridging geographical distances. *challenges of a virtual society* however, the advent of a virtual society is not without challenges. ensuring that the inclusivity and diversity principles of the physical world are translated into virtual spaces is a priority. addressing issues of harassment, discrimination, and the potential for creating echo chambers within these digital realms requires careful consideration. developers and platform creators must actively work towards fostering safe and inclusive virtual communities. vi.the ethical imperative the ethical considerations surrounding virtual reality are integral to its responsible development and deployment. privacy concerns, data security, and the ethical use of vr in various domains demand robust frameworks and guidelines. *privacy in virtual environments* the creation of detailed and immersive virtual environments raises significant privacy concerns. users navigate these spaces, leaving digital footprints and engaging in activities that, in some cases, mimic their real-world behaviors. striking a balance between the immersive potential of vr and protecting user privacy becomes a critical consideration. ethical development practices should prioritize user consent, data anonymization, and transparent data practices. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org *informed consent and content* ensuring that users are adequately informed about the nature of vr experiences is crucial. informed consent goes beyond traditional agreements; users must understand the potential psychological impacts, data collection practices, and any content that might be encountered. content moderation in vr spaces becomes an ethical imperative, preventing harmful or inappropriate experiences. *digital inclusivity and accessibility* the ethical imperative extends to the digital inclusivity and accessibility of virtual reality. developers must actively work towards creating experiences that cater to diverse audiences, including those with disabilities. addressing issues of motion sickness, designing for varied physical abilities, and ensuring that vr experiences are compatible with assistive technologies are ethical considerations that underpin a responsible approach to vr development. vii. looking ahead: navigating the uncharted territory as we navigate this uncharted territory of virtual reality, several key considerations and challenges shape its trajectory. the symbiosis of technological innovation, ethical principles, and societal integration will determine how vr evolves and integrates into our daily lives. *education as a driving force* education plays a pivotal role in shaping the responsible use and understanding of virtual reality. as vr becomes more prevalent in classrooms, workplaces, and recreational spaces, fostering digital literacy becomes imperative. educating users about the potential benefits, risks, and ethical considerations empowers individuals to navigate virtual environments responsibly. *collaborative industry efforts* the future of virtual reality is inherently collaborative. industry stakeholders, developers, policymakers, and users must engage in ongoing dialogues to shape the ethical and technological landscape of vr. establishing standards, sharing best practices, and addressing emerging challenges collectively will contribute to the responsible evolution of this transformative technology. *community engagement and feedback loops* community engagement and feedback loops are integral to refining vr experiences. listening to user experiences, addressing concerns, and incorporating diverse perspectives contribute to the iterative improvement of vr technologies. platforms that actively seek user feedback and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org prioritize user-driven development foster a sense of ownership and responsibility among the virtual community. viii. conclusion: beyond the virtual horizon in conclusion, as we conclude this exploration into the realms of virtual reality, it is clear that we stand at the threshold of a technological renaissance. virtual reality is not merely a tool; it is a canvas upon which we paint new dimensions of human experience. from the immersive landscapes of entertainment and gaming to the profound applications in healthcare, education, and industry, vr reshapes our interactions with the digital and physical worlds. the challenges and ethical considerations accompanying this transformative technology underscore the need for responsible development and usage. as we navigate the complexities of privacy, health implications, and social concerns, a careful balance must be struck to ensure that the benefits of vr are harnessed while mitigating potential risks. looking ahead, the trajectory of virtual reality promises even more captivating and realistic experiences. as technologies converge, creating mixed reality environments and pushing the boundaries of sensory immersion, the lines between the virtual and the physical will continue to blur. in embracing virtual reality, we embark on a journey not just into simulated environments but into the evolution of human-computer interaction. the immersive landscapes of vr beckon us to redefine how we learn, work, connect, and perceive the world around us. as we navigate this uncharted territory, the potential for profound transformations is boundless, opening doors to a future where the boundaries between reality and virtuality become increasingly fluid. virtual reality, with its power to transport us beyond the confines of the ordinary, is not just a technological advancement; it is an invitation to reimagine the possibilities of the human experience in the digital age. x. the social fabric of virtual reality beyond the technical and practical aspects, virtual reality has a profound impact on the social fabric of our communities. as the boundaries between physical and virtual spaces blur, questions of identity, presence, and societal norms come to the forefront. *identity in virtual spaces* american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org the avatars and personas we adopt in virtual spaces often offer a departure from our physical selves. in vr, individuals can choose how they present themselves, exploring facets of identity that may differ from their offline existence. virtual reality is not just about creating immersive digital experiences; it's about redefining how we perceive, interact, and coexist in both physical and virtual realms. the journey into virtual reality encompasses technological innovation, societal shifts, ethical considerations, and the evolution of human experiences. as we stand at the precipice of a future where the boundaries between reality and virtuality blur, the responsibility falls upon developers, policymakers, and users to shape a future where virtual reality enriches rather than diminishes the human experience. virtual reality is a canvas upon which we paint the tapestry of tomorrow, and it is our collective responsibility to ensure that this canvas reflects the values of inclusivity, ethics, and progress. embarking on this journey requires us to navigate uncharted territory with curiosity, responsibility, and a commitment to shaping a future where the digital and physical worlds harmoniously coexist. the realms of virtual reality extend beyond the confines of screens and devices; they are a gateway to new possibilities, new perspectives, and new dimensions of what it means to be human in an increasingly digital age.as we step beyond the virtual horizon, let us embrace the transformative potential of virtual reality and shape a future where the lines between the real and the virtual dissolve, giving rise to a harmonious integration of the two. references the information presented in this article draws upon a diverse range of reputable sources, studies, and expert opinions. here are key references for readers interested in delving deeper into the world of virtual reality: 1. heilig, m. (1962). «sensorama simulator.» u.s. patent 3,050,870. 2. lanier, j. (2017). «dawn of the new everything: encounters with reality and virtual reality.» henry holt and co. 3. oculus. (2022). «a brief history of virtual reality.» retrieved from https://www.oculus.com/blog/a-brief-history-of-virtual-reality/. 4. rizzo, a. a., & koenig, s. t. (2017). «is clinical virtual reality ready for primetime?» neuropsychology, 31(8), 877-899. 5. slater, m., & wilbur, s. (1997). «a framework for immersive virtual environments (five): speculations on the role of presence in virtual environments.» presence: teleoperators and virtual environments, 6(6), 603-616. 6. freeman, d., reeve, s., robinson, a., ehlers, a., clark, d., spanlang, b., & slater, m. (2017). «virtual reality in the assessment, understanding, and treatment of mental health disorders.» psychological medicine, 47(14), 2393-2400. 7. steuer, j. (1992). «defining virtual reality: dimensions determining telepresence.» journal of communication, 42(4), 73-93. 8. oculus. (2022). «oculus rift s.» retrieved from https://www.oculus.com/rift-s/. 9. valve corporation. (2022). «valve index vr kit.» retrieved from https://www.valvesoftware. com/en/index. 10. microsoft. (2022). «hololens 2.» retrieved from https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/hololens. https://www.oculus.com/blog/a-brief-history-of-virtual-reality/ https://www.oculus.com/rift-s/ https://www.valvesoftware/ https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/hololens american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 11. google. (2022). «google cardboard.» retrieved from https://arvr.google.com/cardboard/. 12. statista. (2022). «virtual reality (vr) – statistics & facts.» retrieved from https://www.statista.com/topics/2592/virtual-reality-vr/. 13. oculus. (2022). «vr for good.» retrieved from https://www.oculus.com/vr-for-good/. 14. bohil, c. j., alicea, b., & biocca, f. a. (2011). «virtual reality in neuroscience research and therapy.» nature reviews neuroscience, 12(12), 752-762. 15. kapp, k. m. (2012). «the gamification of learning and instruction: game-based methods and strategies for training and education.» pfeiffer. 16. milgram, p., & kishino, f. (1994). «a taxonomy of mixed reality visual displays.» ieice transactions on information and systems, 77(12), 1321-1329. 17. meta. (2022). «meta quest 2.» retrieved from https://www.meta.com/quest-2. 18. oculus. (2022). «oculus rift: understanding eye tracking.» retrieved from https://www.oculus.com/blog/oculus-rift-understanding-eye-tracking/. 19. oculus. (2022). «oculus vr for business.» retrieved from https://business.oculus.com/. 20. taylor, t. l. (2003). «intentional bodies: virtual environments and the designers who shape them.» international journal of engineering education, 19(1), 25-34. this selection of references offers a comprehensive foundation for understanding the multifaceted landscape of virtual reality, from its historical roots to contemporary applications and future trajectories. readers are encouraged to explore these sources for a more in-depth exploration of the topics discussed in this article. https://arvr.google.com/cardboard/ https://www.statista.com/topics/2592/virtual-reality-vr/ https://www.oculus.com/vr-for-good/ https://www.meta.com/quest-2 https://www.oculus.com/blog/oculus-rift-understanding-eye-tracking/ https://business.oculus.com/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org author: muhammadali mahmudov, 11th grade student, shofirkon school, bukhara, uzbekistan american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org comparison of division of land fund systems of the republics of ukraine and uzbekistan marupov azizkhan abboskhonovich phd, fergana polytechnic institute orcid: 0000-0002-5120-4359 e-mail: marupov.azizxon@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article includes the difference in the introduction of cadastral branches according to the purposes of their roles in the republics of ukraine and uzbekistan. the differences between the divisions of land funds of the republics into several groups are considered. land fund, land, cadastral registration, land resources, agriculture, soil, land law. introduction land resources in agriculture are of primary importance. land is a subject and means of production in agriculture, as well as a resource that allows one to obtain material benefits due to its specific characteristics. the land needs to be cultivated and, with rational and effective land management and monitoring, allows one to obtain high yields and grow various crops and animals. since, along with labor and capital, the most important factor of production is land around the world. the term “land” covers all utilities that are given by nature in a certain volume and over the supply of which man has no control, be it the land itself, water resources or minerals. land resources can be defined as lands that are systematically used or suitable for use for specific economic purposes and differ in natural and historical characteristics. these resources can be characterized as non-renewable and (over large areas) non-renewable, as well as irreplaceable [1]. the role of land is different in different sectors of the national economy. in industry, transport and urban development, the land plays a passive role, functioning as a place where labor processes take place. land is of particular importance in the mining industry. here it serves as a source of raw materials. the role of land in agriculture cannot be overestimated. agriculture is a branch of the economy aimed at providing the population with food (food, food) and obtaining raw materials for a number of industries. world agriculture employs about 1.1 billion economically active people [2]. in agriculture, land is the main means of production, functioning simultaneously as an object of labor and as a means of labor. objects of labor are what human labor is aimed at. by cultivating the land, people provide conditions for the growth and development of agricultural crops. with the help of means of labor they influence objects of labor. the earth, having mechanical, physical, chemical and biological properties, affects plants. in the first case, land acts as an object of labor, in the second as a means of labor. land is the main national wealth of ukraine. according to the land code of ukraine (ruk), lands are divided into nine main categories: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 1) agricultural land; 2) residential and public development land; 3) lands of nature reserves and other environmental purposes; 4) lands for health care purposes; 5) lands for recreational purposes; 6) lands of historical and cultural significance; 7) forest lands; 8) lands of the water fund; 9) lands for industry, transport, communications, energy, defense and other purposes. let's compare these land funds of the republic of ukraine with the land funds of the republic of uzbekistan, table 1: таблица-1 № republic of ukraine № the republic of uzbekistan 1. agricultural land 1. agricultural land 2. residential and public development land 2. residential and public development land 3. lands of natural reserve and other environmental purposes 3. lands for industry, transport, communications, energy, defense and other purposes 4. lands for health purposes 4. lands for healthcare purposes, lands for recreational purposes 5. recreational lands 5. lands of historical and cultural significance 6. lands of historical and cultural significance 6. forest fund lands 7. forest fund lands 7. water fund lands 8. water fund lands 8. reserve lands 9. lands for industry, transport, communications, energy, defense and other purposes table 1 shows that in the republic of ukraine, land funds are maintained more extensively and are divided into 9 categories. in the republic of uzbekistan, land funds are considered a more optimal (category 7) option. but in general, both republics are introducing a monitoring system covering all the resources of the earth. let us consider the category of agricultural land of the republic of uzbekistan in more detail [2]. agricultural lands are divided into lands: for conducting commercial agricultural production; for running personal subsidiary plots, gardening, vegetable gardening, haymaking and grazing; for conducting research and scientific purposes, promoting best practices, for farming; for conducting subsidiary agriculture; for running a rural (farm) economy; for traditional folk crafts and business activities; for other agricultural purposes. land as a means of production differs from other means of production in a number of specific features for all land users. let us give a brief description of them [3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 1. land is a product of nature, while other means of production are the result of human labor. partly, only the fertility of the top layer of the earth the soil depends on the results of labor. the earth is artificially irreproducible. 2. the land is geographically limited. natural barriers that prevent soil cultivation also act as conditions limiting human economic activity. 3. land cannot be replaced by any other means of production; without it, the production process in agriculture, especially in farming, cannot be carried out. 4. the quality of the land is heterogeneous, as a result of which, with equal investments per unit area, the amount of products obtained may be different. 5. the results of agricultural production depend on the location, size and topography of the site. 6. the land has a territorial extent and a constant location of plots, which makes it possible to widely use mobile machines in agriculture. 7. the nature of the use of land in agricultural production is multifaceted: a large number of different types of agricultural crops (grain, industrial, feed, fruit, etc.) are cultivated on the land. 8. when properly used, land does not wear out, but improves its properties, while other means of production wear out, become morally obsolete and are replaced by new ones in the process of labor. this feature of the land is due to its most valuable property soil fertility. soil fertility plays an important role in agricultural production. soil fertility is the ability of the soil to satisfy the needs of plants for nutrients, moisture, air, biotic and physicochemical environment. soil fertility ensures the yield of agricultural crops, as well as the biological productivity of wild vegetation [4-10]. the soil involved in agricultural cultivation becomes the most important means of production for humans. there are natural and artificial soil fertility. every soil has natural fertility, since it is a product of the soil formation process under specific natural conditions. this soil fertility can be high or low, but it completely depends only on the joint influence of natural processes and factors on the soil. therefore, in its original state, natural soil fertility is found only on virgin lands that have not yet been involved in agricultural use [10-14]. despite the variety of soils in both republics, land use and its monitoring by the states will be introduced by almost the same management by the state. references 1. охременко е.в., земельные ресурсы и эффективность их использования (на примере спк агрофирма «родина» п.новоандреевка симферопольского района ар крым», симферополь – 2009 г. 2. климчук а. б., амеличев г. н., лукьяненко е. а. кадастр пещер: состояние и задачи //климчук аб, амеличев гн, лукьяненко еа–симферополь. – 2007. 3. чехний в. м. и др. научные основы ландшафтоведческого обеспечения земельного кадастра украины. – 2011. 4. abboskhonovich, m. a., & asrorjon yo‘ldosh o‘g, r. (2023). processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land. finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities, 11(3), 1126-1131. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 5. marupov, a. (2023). application of gis technologies to implement environmental monitoring of laboratory studies of soils under power transmission lines in the southern foothills of fergana region. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 420, p. 04023). edp sciences. 6. abbosxonovich, m. a. (2022). geoecological analysis of land using gis technology on the example of kuvasaysky district. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(11), 68-72. 7. marupov, a., & abdurasulov, a. (2022). dаvlаt vа jаmоаt ehtiyоjаri uchun yer uchаstkаlаrini оlib qо‘yishdа fuqаrоlаrning kо‘chmаs mulkgа bо‘lgаn huquqlаrini dаvlаt rо‘yhаtidаn о‘tkаzishni tаkоmillаshtirish. science and innovation, 1(c8), 99-103. 8. khakimova k. et al. application of gis technologies for improving the content of the tourist map of fergana province, uzbekistan //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 386. 9. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 11101118. 10. abduvakhabovich a. a., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. improving the method of mapping agriculture using remote sensing data //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1093-1100. 11. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 12. yusufovich g. y., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. cartographic resources used in the creation of electronic agricultural maps of fergana region //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1001-1009. 13. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. 14. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 15, | aug., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org lexicographical portrait of the word bilinguism yuldasheva shakhrizoda salimovna – 2nd year student faculty of russian and related languages termez state university scientific adviser: shadieva dilrabo kurbanovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the study of new borrowed words in the modern russian language, including the lexicographic portrait of a new word and the reasons for its creation. lexicography, fundamental changes in the new formation of the language, the problem of borrowing, the logical connection of words, the study of the consequence. introduction let's analyze in detail the lexicographic portrait of the word "bilingualism". this word means the practice of using two languages alternately, otherwise as being fluent in two languages. and it is considered to be a rare phenomenon, and a person who knows how to speak two languages and freely express his thoughts is called bilingual. bilingualism is a mandatory attribute of the professional training and activities of a foreign language teacher. to organize the educational process, he has to use two languages (native and foreign) as a means of communication, as a result of which he becomes bilingual. in linguistics, sociolinguistics, psycholinguistics, psychology, social psychology and sociology, various manifestations of bilingualism are studied, which are significant for the pedagogical speech activity of a bilingual teacher. within the framework of these areas of research, scientific approaches to the consideration of bilingualism have been formed. let us give a brief description of the content of these approaches and the recommendations of scientists that allow using the manifestations of bilingualism for the effective organization and training of foreign language teachers for professional activities. the linguistic aspect of the study of bilingualism is closely related to the phenomenon of interference resulting from the contact of language systems. interference is the process and result of the interaction of language systems in bilingual speech, in which one system is dominant, generating an impact effect in a secondary, acquired language system. depending on the linguistic level at which the interaction of languages occurs, phonetic, grammatical and lexical-semantic interference are distinguished. phonetic interference is commonly understood as a violation and distortion of the language system and norms of the language being studied as a result of interaction in the mind of the speaker. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org there are several types of bilingualism depending on age: early simultaneous: learning languages up to 3-4 years; early sequential: first, the child learns his native language, and before adolescence a foreign one; late: learning a second language in adulthood. the first stage in the development of bilingualism is characterized by the fact that children begin to learn a foreign language, as a rule, without knowing it at all or owning a very small number of foreign words, and this list is mainly filled with borrowed words. experimental studies based on the results of checking the stock of russian words in children entering school for the first time show that some know from 41 to 50 words, others 51-60. there are students who know 70 or more words. children who know more or less words make up the units. in almost every class there are several students who differ sharply from the main mass in their knowledge of a foreign language. most of these students know 5060% of the words from the proposed list, answer the questions asked during the test. usually these are the children of teachers, engineering and technical personnel, doctors, children living in a different language environment or living in a mixed family. children from settlements close to the city are more proficient in a large number of foreign words and understand foreign speech better. many people know foreign words, but cannot use them when communicating. this is a confirmation that the knowledge of words does not mean the ability to use them. for the purpose of lasting assimilation and memorization of words, methodological techniques are offered: conversation (questions and answers), storytelling, explanation of the teacher with the help of visualization, translation into the native language, memorization from the words of the teacher, the use of electronic textbooks with commenting on the answers by the teacher, games in a foreign language, drawing, excursions, etc. it is very significant that in the process of teaching a foreign language, students for the first time get acquainted with some rules of a foreign language, which to a certain extent differ from the rules and patterns of their native language. thus, students acquire elementary knowledge in both languages. there is also artistic bilingualism as a fact of literary creativity, which has been known for a long time, in various countries of western europe and the east. the following aspects of this problem are discussed in the scientific literature: a) the essence of artistic bilingualism; b) criteria for identifying artistic bilingualism; c) types of artistic bilingualism; d) artistic bilingualism in the context of a communicative act. researchers note the fact that the artistic text, conditioned by the creative bilingual consciousness, still remains the most mysterious and little-studied linguistic object. the issues of artistic bilingualism are closely related to the level of the author's proficiency in both languages in which the texts are written. chingiz aitmatov, being a kyrgyz by nationality, also spoke russian, he also noted that if he writes a work in kyrgyz, he will immediately translate it into russian, and vice versa. the same applies to authors who managed to raise the level of national literature among the multinational soviet literature, skillfully balancing on the verge of two cultures and languages. and the great russian writer was also bilingual, as in his works he used bilingualism: russian and ukrainian. consequently, these writers can only write in one of the languages, but by using some words from the other, this property helps to enrich the given and impress the reader. in other words, the effect of bilingualism manifests itself in the text itself, regardless of which author wrote the work. artistic bilingualism is an objective consequence of the general situation that has developed in society. there is no doubt that depending on the diverse territorial, cultural, historical and other conditions, this phenomenon acquires its own specific features. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org exploring the philosophical foundations of artistic bilingualism, g. gachev emphasizes that "bilingualism is a dialogue of two worldviews, systems of the world, which determines stereoscopic vision, three-dimensional thinking." on the other hand, fruitful self-criticism of thought and word appears at this level. and in texts in one's native or foreign language, this two-pronged style dominates. in the literary aspect, artistic bilingualism can be presented as a special artistic method that contributes to the resolution of specific problems facing bilingual writers. one of these problems is related to the choice of "base language". according to ch. aitmatov, “writing and, therefore, thinking in russian is the same as filming in widescreen. the experience of another language with a great “literary experience” and the culture behind it is constantly present and helps to gradually, spontaneously, as if invisibly, expand the scope of vision. in the linguistic aspect, artistic bilingualism is a heterogeneous and at the same time integral speech fabric, in which two speech codes are fixed. these are the texts we choose for analysis. they implement two language codes russian and kazakh. of particular interest will be the comparison of bilingual works of art from the soviet period and the present. the latter are devoid of ideological increments and reveal the organic characteristics of the kazakh-russian bilingualism in its cultural and aesthetic refractions. the specificity of modern artistic bilingualism is manifested in the fact that, “turning to the russian language as a form of artistic practice, as a form of creating literary works, national writers develop not only the traditions of russian, but also their own national literature and culture. this development is also expressed in the selection of life material, in its illumination, in the figurative system, in the use of folklore motifs, in the use of words from their native languages. staged distribution of bilinguism: in type 1 bilingualism (coordinate bilingualism), each of the languages is mastered at different times and in different sociocultural contexts: the native language from infancy, at home, and the second language at a later age and in a different setting (for example, in an educational institution or in exile). and synonymous words and expressions in different languages are often associated in their minds with completely different concepts. bilingualism of the second type (acquired bilingualism) is considered true bilingualism. it implies the constant interaction of two languages, which can manifest itself in pronunciation, at the grammatical and lexical levels. bilinguals of this type learn two languages at the same time (from infancy), actively communicating with native speakers of these languages. for them, words and phrases in different languages mean the same concepts, and they usually speak both languages fluently. usually one of the languages is dominant for bilinguals. because of this, bilingual people often speak with a peculiar accent: they transfer the pronunciation of one language into speech in a second language. many studies show that bilinguals find it much easier to learn new languages in adulthood than monolinguals who speak only one language. but this does not mean at all that it is much easier for a bilingual to become a professional translator. bilingual people interpret words differently than dictionary entries, and there is a purely psychological explanation for this. a bilingual usually perceives words in context, i.e. in different situations, and involuntarily associates synonymous words of different languages with completely different concepts. therefore, in the process of translation, a bilingual involuntarily associates foreign words with familiar concepts and phenomena of his native culture although words denoting any ethnic concepts, political ideas or emotions of words can have completely different american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org meanings in different languages and cultures. an important conclusion follows from this: in order to become a qualified translator, one must not only know a foreign language perfectly, but also understand the peculiarities of the psychology of its speakers. the translation process is the practical application of semantic theory (meaning theory). therefore, a professional translator must be able to analyze the meaning at various levels from a single word to a sentence and a text as a whole taking into account all shades of meaning. unlike the average bilingual, a highly skilled translator is intimately familiar with the cultures of the speakers of both languages and is therefore aware of the difference in the meanings of words that the bilingual perceives as full synonyms. thus, despite the fact that translation is associated with bilingualism, the qualification of a translator is determined primarily by interlingualism the ability to feel the similarities and differences between different languages. the positive aspects of bilingualism have been repeatedly proven by various experts, but at the same time, many conservative-minded people still believe in some myths associated with knowing or learning two or more languages. language has become an integral part of human communication. and due to the various processes that especially accompany us in the modern world, certain trends have arisen. the positive facts of learning languages improves brain function, bilingualism helps to develop more flexible thinking, attention. a person who masters a foreign language begins to perceive sounds more subtle, which gives him the ability to master musical instruments. bilinguals concentrate better because they have an increased attention to detail and better understand the logic of a new language. references: 1. kudryatseva e.l., chibosova m.yu. in the labyrinths of multilingualism, or the education of a successful child. m. linka press 2018. 2. aitmatov ch. the problem of bilingualism. asia and africa 1989. 3. khasanov b. kazakh-russian artistic literary bilingualism. alma-ata, 1990. 4. shadiyeva d.k. studying the changes in the norms of the russian language // scientist of the xxi century. – 2022. – no. 8 (89). s. 27-32. 5. shadieva d. norms of russian speech // actual in philology. 2021. vol. 3. no. 3. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org on the role of ki-67 and p53 proliferation markers in patients with recurrent macro and giant inactive pituitary tumors миртухтаева м. б. худайбергенов ш. а. урманова ю. м. республиканский специализированный научно-практический медицинский центр эндокринологии им. акад. йо.х. туракулов, кафедра нейроэндокринологии; ташкентский педиатрический медицинский институт, кафедра эндокринологии, детская эндокринология; кафедра хирургических болезней республика ташкент, 100125, ул. мирзо улугбека 56 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of the study was to study the prognostic value of the proliferation markers ki-67 and p53 in patients with recurrent macro and giant inactive pituitary adenomas. material and methods of research. we studied 20 patients with nag (group 1 10 pituitary macroadenomas and group 2 10 giant pituitary adenomas) who underwent transnasal pituitary adenomectomy in the department of pituitary neurosurgery. results. a total of 76.4%/81.3% of all tumors had evidence of parasellar invasion (22% unilateral invasion, 62% bilateral invasion). infrasellar invasion was observed in 80%/71.9% of all cases. suprasellar spread of any degree was observed at a frequency of 62%/69.8% of the cohort. the observed incidence of immunoexpression of proliferation markers was 20%/for p53 (≥3+), 70%/40% for ki-67 (≥2+). tumors with immunoexpression of at least 2 markers with a high proliferation index were observed in 20% of the cohort and were regarded as proliferative adenomas. findings. of the 20 patients with nag, 11 patients (55%) with ki67 expression (> 2%) were at risk of continued tumor growth in the postoperative period due to immunohistochemical examination. nga, immunohistochemical research, ki-67, p53 introduction inactive pituitary adenomas (nags) are the most common type of pituitary macroadenomas, accounting for 25-35% of all cases [1]. they are usually benign, but many of them infiltrate the sphenoid sinus, cavernous sinus, or dura mater and cannot be completely removed by surgical resection. since the residual cells retain the ability to proliferate, residual tumors can re-proliferate, requiring a new therapeutic intervention [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org most recurrences occur within five years of surgery. due to the high incidence of distant recurrence, the prognosis for patients is not always favorable: surgery is the main treatment for nag, and there is currently no effective pharmacological treatment for nag. various histological biomarkers of nash were studied, including the proliferative marker ki-67, cell cycle factors such as p27 and galectin-3, and molecules such as p53, o-6-methylguanine-dna methyltransferase, and matrix metalloproteinase-9. studied [5-7]. however, in the absence of reliable serum markers for the detection of residual tumor cells, the decision to recommend additional interventions is usually made on the basis of postoperative imaging. ki-67 is a widely used immunohistochemical marker of pituitary adenomas, however, its prognostic value is controversial [8]. in previous studies, the positivity rate of ki-67 was 2.7-15% [9-11]. several studies have investigated the possibility of using ki-67 as a prognostic marker of tumor recurrence or repopulation [12]. one study reported that tumor development correlated with li ki-67>2% [13]; in other studies, li>2.2% was associated with residual tumor growth, and li>3% was a strong predictor for pituitary adenoma recurrence/progression [14]. however, some researchers have found no correlation between ki-67 expression and postoperative tumor behavior [15]. the authors found that li ki-67 0-12.4% was associated with moderate staining intensity (2+), with no difference between primary/recurrent adenomas and recurrent/recurrent adenomas. other authors found that elevated ki-67 scores showed a strong correlation, suggesting that ki-67 plays a role in adenoma progression. [17]. some authors have come to similar conclusions. micko a.s.g. found a strong trend between invasive and non-invasive adenomas, with no statistically significant correlation with higher mib-1 in invasive cases [16]. indeed, no association was found between ki-67 li and the knosp classification of pituitary adenomas, which was the same for fully and partially resected adenomas [16]. all of the above emphasizes the relevance of this direction. therefore, in this study, the expression of p53, ki-67 in 20 cases of nah with primary and recurrent tumors was evaluated to identify a suitable marker of nah progression. the aim of the study was to study the prognostic value of the proliferation markers ki-67 and p53 in patients with recurrent macro and giant inactive pituitary adenomas. material and methods of research we studied 20 patients with nag (group 1 10 pituitary macroadenomas and group 2 10 giant pituitary adenomas) who underwent transnasal pituitary adenomectomy department of pituitary neurosurgery of the republican specialized scientific and practical medical center for endocrinology, in the period for 2020 2022. of these, 12 (60%) were men, 8 (40%) were women. the mean age was 48.12 years for males and 46.15 years for females. 20 healthy individuals of the corresponding sex and age made up the control group. the research methods included: 1) general clinical (study of endocrine, neurological status), 2) instrumental (perimetry for all colors, fundus, visual acuity, 3) ecg, ct/mri of the turkish saddle and adrenal glands, 4) ultrasound of the internal and genital organs, etc.), 5) hormonal blood tests (gh, igf-1, lh, fsh, prl, tsh, acth, prolactin, testosterone, estradiol, progesterone, cortisol (icla american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org method). in addition, the postoperative material was subjected to histological diagnostics at the rsnmc e mzruz named after acad. e.kh. turakulova (histology room, ph.d. issaeva s.s.). immunohistochemical studies (ihc) were performed according to the contract in the pathomorphological laboratory of ipsum pathology llc (tashkent, bogiston street, 1). ready-made paraffin blocks with confirmed diagnoses of pituitary adenoma were used. serial sections with a thickness of 3 μm were dewaxed, dehydrated, unmasked, and stained with antigens using a specialized automated system ventana benchmark xt, roche, switzerland. the study was carried out with ki-67 (30-9) and p53 (bp53-11) antibodies. ki67. ihc assessment of sections: the proliferative activity of tumor cells in the nuclear compartment was assessed. p53. ihc slice assessment: to verify abnormal (mutant) p53 expression, it was assumed that more than 75% of cells in the affected area had expression. negative expression or weak staining of the nuclear locus up to 70% was interpreted as a natural (wild) type. the obtained data were processed using microsoft excel and statistica_6. the arithmetic mean (m), the standard deviation of the arithmetic mean, or the error of the arithmetic mean of all n repetitions (m) were calculated.the significance of the differences between the groups was assessed by the confidence interval and the student's test (p). the differences were considered statistically significant at p<0.05. results. table 1. distribution of patients by sex and age is given table 1. distribution of patients by sex and age (n = 20) age, years number of males, n = 12 number of women n = 8 1 gr 2 grams 1 gr 2 grams 13 years 16 – 29 30-44 4 1 1 3 45-59 3 4 2 3 60-74 75 and older total: n = 20 7 5 3 5 the maximum mean tumor diameter determined by mri was 44.7 ± 13.6 mm in 10 patients with giant nags, and macroadenomas > 30 mm were present in 10 patients. a total of 76.4%/81.3% of all tumors had evidence of parasellar invasion (22% unilateral invasion, 62% bilateral invasion). infracellular invasion was observed in 80%/71.9% of all cases. suprasellar spread of any degree was observed at a frequency of 62%/69.8% of the cohort. table 2 shows the immunohistochemical characteristics of the studied groups. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org table 2 immunohistochemical characteristics of the studied groups markers group 1 – patients with macro nag – 10 persons group 2 – patients with giant nag – 10 persons. r53 expression up to 70% 8 (80%) 10 (100%) expression > 75% 2 (20%) to 67 1-2% 1 (10%) 2 (20%) 2-3% 2 (20%) 3 (30%) 3-4% 2 (20%) 1 (10%) 4-5% 3 (30%) 5-6% 2 (20%) 6-7% 1 (10%) 7-8% 1 (10%) 9-10% 1 (10%) the observed incidence of immunoexpression of proliferation markers was 20%/for p53 (≥3+), 70%/40% for ki-67 (≥2+). tumors with immunoexpression of at least 2 markers with a high proliferation index were observed in 20% of the cohort and were regarded as proliferative adenomas. fig. figures 1 and 2 show examples of ihc pictures of patients with macro-nag and giant nag. ki67 (30-9) 3-4% p53, dicy type fig.1. immunohistochemical picture of a patient with macro-nag ki67 (30-9) 9-10% p53, dicy type fig.2. immunohistochemical picture of a patient with gigantic-nag thus, ihc studies in patients with recurrent nag confirmed the risk of continued tumor growth in 11 patients (55%) with ki-67 expression (> 2%). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org findings 1.a total of 76.4%/81.3% of all tumors had evidence of parasellar invasion (22% unilateral invasion, 62% bilateral invasion). infrasellar invasion was observed in 80%/71.9% of all cases. suprasellar spread of any degree was observed at a frequency of 62%/69.8% of the cohort. 2. the observed incidence of immunoexpression of proliferation markers was 20%/for p53 (≥3+), 70%/40% for ki-67 (≥2+). tumors with immunoexpression of at least 2 markers with a high proliferation index were observed in 20% of the cohort and were regarded as proliferative adenomas. 3. out of 20 patients with nag, 11 patients (55%) with ki-67 expression (> 2%) of the study patients were at risk of continued tumor growth in the postoperative period due to the ihc study. references 1. giustina andrea. keep an eye on nonfunctioning pituitary adenomas. //clinical endocrinology. 2012;77(5):656–657. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2265.2012.04499.x. 2. cury ml, fernandes jc, machado hr, elias ll, moreira ac, castro m. non-functioning pituitary adenomas: clinical feature, laboratorial and imaging assessment, therapeutic management and outcome. //arq bras endocrinol metabol. 2009;53(1):31–39. doi: 10.1590/s000427302009000100006. 3. berkmann s, schlaffer s, nimsky c, fahlbusch r, buchfelder m. follow-up and long-term outcome of nonfunctioning pituitary adenoma operated by transsphenoidal surgery with intraoperative highfield magnetic resonance imaging. //acta neurochir. 2014;156(12):2233–2243. doi: 10.1007/s00701014-2210-x. 4. rubinfeld h, shimon i. pi3k/akt/mtor and raf/mek/erk signaling pathways perturbations in non-functioning pituitary adenomas. // endocrine. 2012;42(2):285–291. doi: 10.1007/s12020-0129682-3. 5. mohammed aa, rotondo f, munoz dg, kovacs k, bilbao jm, karamchandani jr, di ieva a, cusimano md. diagnostic and prognostic biomarkers of a sellar melanocytic tumor mimicking pituitary adenoma: case report and literature review. //pathol res pract. 2015;211(9):682–687. doi: 10.1016/j.prp.2015.04.005 6. monsalves e, larjani s, loyola gb, juraschka k, carvalho f, kucharczyk w, kulkarni a, mete o, gentili f, ezzat s, zadeh g. growth patterns of pituitary adenomas and histopathological correlates. //j clin endocrinol metab. 2014;99(4):1330–1338. doi: 10.1210/jc.2013-3054. 7. righi a, morandi l, leonardi e, farnedi a, marucci g, sisto a, frank g, faustini-fustini m, zoli m, mazzatenta d, agati r, foschini mp. galectin-3 expression in pituitary adenomas as a marker of aggressive behavior. // hum pathol. 2013;44(11):2400–2409. doi: 10.1016/j.humpath.2013.05.020. 8. de aguiar ph, aires r, laws er, isolan gr, logullo a, patil c, katznelson l. labeling index in pituitary adenomas evaluated by means of mib-1: is there a prognostic role? a critical review. //neurol res. 2010;32(10):1060–1071. doi: 10.1179/016164110x12670144737855 9. saeger w, ludecke dk, buchfelder m, fahlbusch r, quabbe hj, petersenn s. pathohistological classification of pituitary tumors: 10 years of experience with the german pituitary tumor registry. //eur j endocrinol. 2007;156(2):203–216. doi: 10.1530/eje.1.02326 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 10. yildirim ae, divanlioglu d, nacar oa, dursun e, sahinoglu m, unal t, belen ad. incidence, hormonal distribution and postoperative follow up of atypical pituitary adenomas. //turk neurosurg. 2013;23(2):226–231. doi: 10.5137/1019-5149.jtn.6828-12.1 11. zada g, woodmansee ww, ramkissoon s, amadio j, nose v, laws ej. atypical pituitary adenomas: incidence, clinical characteristics, and implications. //j neurosurg. 2011;114(2):336–344. doi: 10.3171/2010.8.jns10290. 12. šteňo a, bocko j, rychlý b, chorváth m, celec p, fabian m, belan v, šteňo j. nonfunctioning pituitary adenomas: association of ki-67 and hmga-1 labeling indices with residual tumor growth. //acta neurochir. 2014;156(3):451–461. doi: 10.1007/s00701-014-1993-0. 13. urso l, calabrese f, favaretto a, conte p, pasello g. critical review about mdm2 in cancer: possible role in malignant mesothelioma and implications for treatment. //crit rev oncol hematol. 2016;97:220–230. doi: 10.1016/j.critrevonc.2015.08.019. 14. righi a, agati p, sisto a, frank g, faustini-fustini m, agati r, mazzatenta d, farnedi a, menetti f, marucci g, foschini mp. a classification tree approach for pituitary adenomas. hum pathol. 2012;43(10):1627–1637. doi: 10.1016/j.humpath.2011.12.003. 15. dubois s, guyétant s, menei p, rodien p, illouz f, vielle b, rohmer v. relevance of ki-67 and prognostic factors for recurrence/progression of gonadotropic adenomas after first surgery. // european journal of endocrinology. 2007;157(2):141–147. doi: 10.1530/eje-07-0099. 16. micko asg, wöhrer a, wolfsberger s, knosp e. invasion of the cavernous sinus space in pituitary adenomas: endoscopic verification and its correlation with an mri-based classification. // j neurosurg. 2015;122(4):803–811. doi: 10.3171/2014.12.jns141083. 17. yao x, gao h, li c, wu l, bai j, wang j, li y, zhang y. analysis of ki67, hmga1, mdm2, and rb expression in nonfunctioning pituitary adenomas. j neurooncol. 2017 apr; 132(2):199-206. doi: 10.1007/s11060-016-2365-9. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org obtaining formaldehyde resins from mea kodirova dilshodhon tulanovna department of chemical technology, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan email: dilshodxon9@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s with the growth of global production, the scope of application of their products is expanding. in this regard, new requirements are being imposed on their quality and waste recycling. at present, the chemical industry has a number of organic waste products that can replace synthetic polymers. after processing this waste, it becomes an adhesive binder with good adhesive properties. of course, the polymer forms the basis of the glue and the choice of polymer is the first and decisive step in creating the glue. when choosing an adhesive polymer, it is necessary to take into account not only its chemical nature, concept and mutual arrangement of functional groups, but also the molecular weight distribution of poly dispersion and other features of the chemical structure. the use of polymers with a narrow molecular weight distribution ensures the production of adhesives with stable properties. formaldehyde resin, cubic residue of mea, polarographic method. synthetic adhesives glue any materials together, forming highstrength, durable joints that can work in a wide temperature range and in any climatic conditions. an important property of compounds based on synthetic adhesives is their weather resistance, the ability to resist corrosion and rotting. in some cases, adhesive joints ensure the tightness of structures. introduction in some cases, adhesive structures must provide strength with uneven separation of up to 50-80 kgf/cm 2 . adhesive joints of non-metallic materials must have a strength close to the strength of the materials being glued [1,2]. considering the connection between the chemical structure and structure of polymers and their adhesive properties, one is convinced of the confirmation of the influence of the nature of functional groups on the adhesive and cohesive properties of monomer and polymer compounds. of course, polymer forms the basis of the adhesive and the choice of polymer is the first and decisive step in creating the adhesive. when choosing an adhesive polymer, it is necessary to take into account not only its chemical nature, concept and relative arrangement of functional groups, but also molecular mass distribution, polydispersity and other features of the chemical structure. the use of polymers with a narrow molecular weight distribution ensures the production of adhesives with stable properties [2]. in addition to the polymer, the adhesive composition includes fillers, stabilizers, plasticizers, thickeners and other components. the chemical industry has a number of organic wastes that can replace synthetic glues. for example, condensation of aqueous solutions of na -salt of carboxylmethylcellulose , acetone solution of cellulose diacetate , liquid bottoms of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org monoethanolamine , bottoms of acetic acid regeneration and others with formaldehyde.[3-6]. we studied the process of producing resins based on formaldehyde and the bottoms of ammonia production monoethanolamine (mea). nitrogen enterprises have a number of ways to dispose of this waste, one of which is burning the latter, which leads to environmental poisoning. during the work, the influence of such catalysts as sodium hydroxide, ammonium chloride, ammonium nitrate, ammonia, oxalic and sulfuric acids on the process of producing mea formaldehyde resin was studied. among the catalysts studied, oxalic and sulfuric acids turned out to be more active. the catalyst consumption was 6.01% of the main raw material. the effect of temperature on the viscosity of the resulting resin was also studied in the temperature range from 40°c to 200°c (fig. 1). the graph shows that at a temperature of 40-60°c the viscosity of the resulting products is low and there are no binding properties. at a temperature of 80-100°c, the viscosity of the product increases, which leads to the appearance of weak binding properties. above this temperature, the product became tarred, due to the rapid removal of itching from the reaction mixture. the product lost its soluble properties, which indicated a transition in the structure of the substance from linear to network. the timing of the process plays an important role in the production of polycondensation resins. and therefore we studied the effect of process time on product yield. as a result of the experiments, a graph was drawn up (fig. 2). figure 1. effect of process temperature on product viscosity. rice. 2 the influence of process time on product yield. the graph shows that the product yield has a maximum value from 60 to 90 minutes. the effect of the ratios of the reactants mea and formaldehyde (1:1, 2:1, 3:1) at a temperature of 80-100 ℃ was also studied. fluctuations in the mea content in the bottom residue in a wide range from 31 to 52% did not make it possible to identify the influence of the ratio of reagents. the mea content in the bottom residue and reaction products was determined by the polarographic method, according to a precompiled curve, and the formaldehyde content by the sulfite method. experiments have shown that formaldehyde consumption does not exceed 60%; the optimal conditions for the above process parameters could not be determined. the quality of the resulting resin was controlled by viscosity, which was determined using a vz-262 viscometer. it increased with increasing process time, and decreased with increasing temperature. the binding properties of the resulting resin were determined american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org according to gost 11368-89 “wood pressing compounds”. the standard applies to wood compacts obtained by the combined processing of wood particles, synthetic resins or their modification (45). the samples for testing under compression had dimensions of (30+0.5)x ( 15+0.5)x(10+0.5) mm and under static bending had dimensions of (160+2)x(15+0.2) x(8+0.5) mm. pressing conditions: temperature 130°c, pressure 30 mpa, holding time 10 minutes. the test results showed that the compressive strength is 1.06 kgf/cm 2, shear 0.973 kgf/cm 2 (average of three tests). it can be seen that meaformaldehyde resin in the modes carried out did not have sufficient binding properties. this was facilitated by the presence of water in both types of raw materials. the first stage of the reaction, the condensation of mea with formaldehyde, proceeds normally, as evidenced by the increase in temperature from room temperature to 60-61°c. the second stage of the reaction is the interaction of elementary units with the release of water, i.e. the polycondensation reaction occurs slowly. in addition, the resulting molecules dissolve well in water due to the existing oh groups. this leads to the exclusion of the adhesive properties of the resulting resins. in addition, part of the formaldehyde remained in the mixture in an unbound form. the solution to this problem was to replace part of the urea (20-30%) when producing ureaformaldehyde resin with the bottoms of mea. as a result, a product will be obtained consisting of two polymers (urea-formaldehyde and mea formaldehyde) that modify each other. the influence of catalysts, process temperature, process time, ratio of reactants, etc. on the process of producing urea mea formaldehyde resin was studied. the test results showed that the resin obtained by the above method has good adhesive and adhesive properties compared to the urea -formaldehyde resin itself. for example, the shear strength is 2.3 kgf/cm 2 , versus 1.9 kgf/cm 2 ; at compression 1.7 kgf/cm 2 , versus 1.3 kgf/cm2 references 1. ubaydullaeva, s. b., & sodikov, u. x. (2022). determination of the optimal conditions of t he bond of nickel (ii) ion complex with dimethyl glyoxime reagent. eurasian research bulletin, 8, 1-5. 2. ubaydullayeva, s. b. q. (2022). kompleks tarkibini izomolyar seriyalar metodi yordamida aniqlash. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5), 578582. 3. . berlin, a. a., & basin, v. e. (1974). fundamentals of polymer adhesion. chemistry, moscow,(khimiya, moskva–in russian). 4. kargin, v. a., & slonimskii, g. l. (1967). short essays on physical chemistry of polymers. 5. poddubny, a., & gordon, v. (2023). natural transverse vibrations of the beam on an elastic pasternak foundation. фундаментальные и прикладные проблемы техники и технологии, 7(4), 8. 6. karabayeva, m. i., mirsalimova, s. r., salixanova, d. s., mamadaliyeva, s. v., & ortikova, s. s. (2022). main directions of use of waste of plant raw materials (peanut shell) as adsorbents. khimiya rastitel'nogo syr'yathis link is disabled, 1, 53-69. 7. kodirova d. t., abidova m. a. preparation of mea formaldehyde resins from the bottom residue // universum : technical sciences. 2021. no. 6-3 (87). url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/poluchenie-mea-formaldegidnyh-smol-iz-kubovogo-ostatka . https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/poluchenie-mea-formaldegidnyh-smol-iz-kubovogo-ostatka american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org 8. numonov m.a., yusupov k.m. study of the synthesis of modified melamine-formaldehyde resin with n-butanol. // universum : chemistry and biology: electron n auchn magazine 2021. 12(90). url: https://7universum.com/ru/nature/archive/item/12660 (access date: 05/09/2022). 9. кодирова, д. т., & абидова, м. а. (2021). получение мэа формальдегидных смол из кубового остатка. universum: технические науки, (6-3 (87)), 43-45. 10. tulanovna, k. d., alisherovna, a. m., & hoshimjon o'g'li, s. s. (2022). studying the synthesis of modified formaldehyde resins from vat residue. eurasian research bulletin, 9, 47-50. 11. кодирова, д. т., абидова, м. а., хокимов, а. э. у., & мухаммаджанов, у. у. у. (2022). модификация модиформальдегидной смолы раствором мэа, используемой в абсорбционной колонне производства аммиака. universum: технические науки, (7-3 (100)), 9-12. 12. sodiqovna, o. m., & alisherovna, a. m. (2021). classification of inorganic substances and their types. texas journal of multidisciplinary studies, 2, 231-234. 13. мейлиева, л. к., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). изучение антикоррозионных свойств продуктов переработки отходов полиэтилентерефталата. universum: технические науки, (8-2 (89)), 52-57. 14. усманова, ю. ш., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). получение этилендиамина на основе отработанного моноэтаноламина. universum: технические науки, (9-2 (90)), 40-44. 15. dilmurod, e., navruzbek, m., & oybek, e. (2022). the effect of efficient development developments on efficiency. universum: технические науки, (12-7 (105)), 49-53. 16. khurmamatov, a. m., mirzayev, n. a., & ibragimov, f. a. (2023). results of optimizing the process of cleaning air from solid particles. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(06), 217-225. 17. турдибоев, и. х. у. (2020). использование фенолформальдегидно-фурановых связывающих в литейном производстве. universum: технические науки, (7-3 (76)), 48-52. 18. eminov, s. o., & xokimov, a. e. (2021). composite polymer materials for use in working bodies of cotton processing machines and mechanisms. isj theoretical & applied science, 11(103), 922924. 19. абдукаримова, д. н., негматова, к. с., & эминов, ш. о. (2021). изучение физикохимических свойств наполнителей для производства композиционных химических препаратов. universum: технические науки, (6-3 (87)), 6-10. 20. эминов, ш. о., & махмудов, а. а. (2022). характеристика и технические условия основного сырья и вспомогательных материалов для получения композиционных антистатических полимерных покрытий. universum: технические науки, (2-6 (95)), 27-30. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 85 www.americanjournal.org establishing a procedure to generate customized land use maps utilizing remote sensing data kayumov odiljon abduraufovich fergana polytechnic institute, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: o.kayumov@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s for the last several decades, humanity has been experiencing an information crisis. it is getting stronger year by year and entering many areas of human activity. today, cartographers use information from many sources to create topographical and geographic maps and atlases, to decipher aerial and space images, to process the results of field measurements, and to present information in web form in computer systems. gis, web-map, cartography, cadastre, map, available statistics, visualization, electronic map, land fund. introduction in order to properly use the land fund of our republic, properly organize agriculture, and increase the economic efficiency of the land, determining the current state of the land and cadastre is one of the important tasks in terms of natural and economic aspects. for this, all the lands used in agriculture should be represented on the maps, it is appropriate to describe the measures to eliminate the saline and eroded lands on the maps. land mapping, use of land fund in agriculture. on the maps, it is possible to describe land according to 2 groups, i.e. land used for agriculture and land not used. the word cadastre is derived from the latin word “cadaster”, which means providing information about objects for taxation and cadastre. such information includes the legal owner of the land, the description of the location of the land plot, its shape, land area, quality of the land, productivity and the price of the land. naturally, such information is described and calculated on the basis of tables [1-5]. in general, land cadastral cards are intended for various purposes: determining the level of efficiency of land use, determining the amount of payment (tax) for land and its normative value, permissible negligence in seizing land for state and community needs. and compensating for damages, setting the starting price for selling land plots through auction, taking into account land cadastral data on various agricultural crops, the usefulness of the crop, the natural and economic conditions of the farm as an important resource in the scientific-based solution of problems related to the placement of plants and specialization of agricultural production, as well as the rational use of land and some measures for their protectionis used. therefore, it is an urgent and important issue to provide high-quality representation of such information and to facilitate the reading of information, as well as to prepare web maps and apply them american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 86 www.americanjournal.org to the field. the reason is that cadastral cards are designed for different purposes: determining the level of efficiency of land use, determining the amount of fee (tax) paid for land and its normative value, negligence in taking land for state and community needs, etc. compensation for damages, setting the initial price in the sale of land plots through auction, land cadastral information on various agricultural crops, the usefulness of the crop, plant placement taking into account the natural and economic conditions of the farm and it is used as an important resource for solving problems related to the specialization of agricultural production on a scientific basis, as well as for rational use of land and some measures for their protection. imagine the information represented on the cards [6-10]. study of the research object the studied area (direction) is taken as an example of fergana region, statistics of organizations engaged in clustering activities: types of goods or products produced by export, import, and the location of the area and the presence of other clusters in nearby areas is studied and applied to fields by creating user-friendly web maps. a question naturally arises, what processes should be considered and why exactly we should use web maps!? in fact, it is important to know about the development of maps and the application and revolution of web maps in industries. what is the benefit to use web mapping in some fields? there are numerous benefits to using web mapping in various fields. for example: 1. emergency response: web mapping can be used to quickly identify the location of incidents and improve the response times of emergency services. 2. transportation: web mapping can be used to track vehicles and monitor traffic flow, making it easier to manage logistics and optimize routes. 3. urban planning: web mapping can be used to analyze patterns and trends in urban environments, enabling planners to make informed decisions about land use and development. 4. natural resource management: web mapping can be used to monitor and manage natural resources such as forests, waterways, and wildlife habitats, helping to promote sustainable management practices. 5. marketing and advertising: web mapping can be used to analyze consumer behavior and market trends, allowing businesses to target their advertising and marketing efforts more effectively. first of all a revolution in web mapping. two major changes have occurred in internet mapping over the past two years. first, the introduction of new, more dynamic and interactive interfaces. the second is the ability of map users to enter data. both have the potential to revolutionize the meaning of the map. to give some context to this revolution, it's important to note that web map designs have gone through two. what is web mapping? before introducing web mapping, we can define some definitions that are currently available: “web mapping is information and data updating, security and authentication user, (3) user a collection of forms filled out by (surveys, opinion polls, etc.) and access to databases; “web mapping is the process of designing, implementing, creating and delivering maps on the internet”; “web mapping is a technique of using maps obtained by an information system for spatial and geographic data” and “web mapping is the process of using maps provided by geographic information systems (gis) [11-14]. in addition to the recognized scientific and technical definitions, we also decided to consider what is provided by wikipedia for two reasons: it can be the definition of user american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 87 www.americanjournal.org contribution improved and enriched by everyone, and it is the main one for many one of the sources of information, sometimes including scientists. we will see that in reality these definitions are reductive and to have a complete definition, the term web mapping must be put into context with the specific period it refers to. web mapping involves three main elements: geodata/geoinformation and their visualization (maps), geospatial software, and the world wide web or internet (hereinafter the web). due to the focus on maps or technology and geodata processing map production, people consider the concept of web mapping to be different from internet gis (even if they admit that the boundary is blurred) or, on the other hand, they use the two terms synonymously . methods for clarity, we have chosen to define web gis as a full-fledged gis. its components (data, functionality and interface). the concept of web mapping is more general and aims to provide and support mapping functions of varying degrees of complexity for applications and users. there are more terms that are sometimes confused with web mapping and web gis. these include internet gis, geoweb (or geospatial web), and distributed gis. internet gis is a term often used synonymously with web gis. figure 1. gis can include both types information. there are many software options available to create web maps, and the choice often depends on your specific needs and expertise. some popular options include: 1. arcgis online a cloud-based platform with a range of tools for creating and sharing maps and apps. 2. google maps api allows developers to embed google maps into their website or application and customize its appearance and functionality. 3. leafletjs an open-source javascript library for creating interactive maps that work on desktop and mobile devices. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 88 www.americanjournal.org 4. mapbox a platform for creating custom maps and location-based applications, with options for design customization and data visualization. 5. carto a cloud-based platform for creating location-based analyses and visualizations, with options for data integration and real-time data updating. ultimately, the best software for you will depend on your specific needs and skill level, as well as the features and functionality you require from your web map. this is an application that can use more services than the internet-geo-spatial internet. it is therefore a more widely used technology, but not as widely used as the term web gis. in fact, the internet is the most widely used internet technology and web gis is the most common form of online gis. therefore, we use the term web gis to represent all online gis. two different definitions can be found for geoweb: the first is a collection of non-geospatial data (photos, videos, news, etc.); as the latter is synonymous with distributed gis, that is, a widespread geospatial environment that allows data sharing, interoperable components. while people used the same name, web mapping, concepts and practices, co-web mapping has changed dramatically over time following the evolution of interaction mapping data/data, web, web , available tools and citizen/user attitudes [15-17]. if we want to summarize, we can say that web mapping consists of a website mapping ability. over time, the ability and interest of people to consume has grown (and recently) in contributing to those websites has grown accordingly. if we add the names of the periods as suggested in this article, we can define better. characteristics of the specific type of web mapping we are referring to. for example, in the beginning web mapping was equivalent to publishing static maps on the internet, hence “static web” mapping. by “intelligent web mapping” we mean the final frontier of web mapping, where context plays a key role in the interaction between mapping/geographic data and users. based on the nomenclature proposed for the periods by other authors, we can better resolve many of the ambiguities associated with the general term “web mapping”. figure 2. the via regina app: an example of participatory sensing. users, after sensing, can view their own data (my map) as well as that contributed by others (everyone). results in the previous section, we defined web mapping by analyzing some existing definitions. in this section, we will go further to explore the characteristics of web mapping that can help: (1) distinguish web mapping from others, such as web gis, internet gis, etc.; (2) web design support mapping american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 89 www.americanjournal.org applications; and (3) inform the selection of web mapping technologies for developments. web mapping uses the world's largest multimedia platform, the web, to deliver maps and deals primarily with technological issues, but also requires further research into cartographic theories, among other issues. this means that web mapping not only follows different internet protocols, but also uses webspecific protocols. it also means that new technologies and cartographic principles are needed to effectively design maps for webmap delivery. unlike desktop mapping technologies, web mapping is largely not a ready-made solution, although many of its underlying technologies are already well developed. it often requires a bit of programming and requires breadth in terms of skills, knowledge and organizational structures to apply application programs [13]. web maps and related content presented in the web environment, i.e. web browsers, require a suitable interface for queries and reports and often optional functionality. maps, audience, interface (such as size, spacing, and color) and responsive features are important in web design. factors to consider. for example, the interactive nature of web mapping requires some operations, if not all, relevance, logical flow, and user attention. map layouts can be limited by the limited screen space of web browsers and mobile devices. in addition, new cartographic design rules are needed for web mapping applications [14], although many have already been studied in depth. with the recent development of content-based and user-generated web mapping. a) characteristics of web mapping developments. present six ideas (ie, characteristics) of web mapping and neo-geography: (1) individual production and user-generated content; (2) the use of mob power; (3) public information produced; (4) the principle of participation; (5) network effects; and (6) openness. a number of attempts have been made to capture web mapping developments. these are mainly important technological initiatives related to the improvement of technology on a large scale or in special communication. however, the above general features of web mapping will be much clearer. b) professional cartography in the internet age. the main obstacle to the maturity of these services is the relative shortage of academic and professional cartographers in the field. software engineers are responsible for constantly improving user interfaces with little knowledge of quality map design. my personal experience is that the maps themselves are often treated as trivial matters by engineers. although the most popular mapping sites are designed with the limitations of adequate computer screens in mind, they are far from printed maps developed by professional cartographers. whether we like it or not, the map industry will increasingly be dominated by the web, and paper maps distributed through traditional channels will become increasingly marginal. are existing cartographers at risk of being squeezed out on both sides, technical but not design-able programmer-mappers and consumermap makers with no skills? we do not need to be in the dark of the map design. cartographic expertise is needed more as maps reach a wider audience. however, we must avoid becoming marginalized. a cartographic experience in the development of services in dire need. the challenge for most of us is developing quality internet services with the increasing (and ever-changing) technology required. what does the successful cartographer of the future need to know? javascript, kml and php more than illustrator and arcgis? american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 90 www.americanjournal.org there seems to be a lot of research on web mapping. it is more active in europe than in the usa, but several american researchers are contributing to the improvement of web cartography in several regions. figure 3. virtual globe based on nasa world wind for sharing and managing user generated content. conclusion as a language model, we understand that cartography is the science and art of creating maps. the main thing in cartography when it comes to web mapping would be the use of technology to create and publish interactive maps online. this involves the use of geographic information systems (gis), computer graphics, data visualization, and data analysis tools to present geographical data in a way that is easy to navigate, interpret, and understand. your dissertation related to web mapping could involve exploring the different techniques and tools used in cartography to develop user-friendly and effective web maps. however, web mapping is an important tool for visualizing and communicating geographic information to a wide range of audiences. it allows for the efficient sharing of spatial data and provides users with the ability to interact and analyze the data in a meaningful way. references 1. abduraufovich k. o., diallo y. k. b. drawdown of groundwater level in open pit mine //aijr abstracts. – 2022. – с. 60-61. 2. marupov a. et al. procedure and method of marking administrative-territorial boundaries on the basis of digital technologies //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03007. 3. akhmedov b. using the fundamentals of the theory of measurement errors in performing geodesic measurement and calculation works //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03012. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 91 www.americanjournal.org 4. xakimova k. et al. theoretical and methodological issues of creating the “eco fergana” mobile application of tourist objects and resources of fergana region //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 05025. 5. ganiyev y. et al. examining the managerial structure and operational aspects of geodesy, cartography, and cadastre production //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03013. 6. eshnazarov d. et al. describing the administrative border of koshtepa district on an electronic digital map and creating a web map //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03009. 7. yusufovich g. y. et al. using a data bank that automates digital maps in the arcgis application //american journal of technology and applied sciences. – 2023. – т. 18. – с. 67-70. 8. turdikulov k. calculation of the stability of ground dam under seismic loads //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 02021. 9. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 11101118. 10. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 11. khudoynazarovich t. h. et al. complex of anti-erosion measures to increase the efficiency of irrigated lands //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 194-199. 12. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. 13. maxsimov k. durability of reinforced concrete piles in aggressive soil conditions //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 270-273. 14. ibaevich m. k. design of bases and foundations on saliny soils //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 267-269. 15. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 16. arabboyevna a. m. et al. creation of a satellite geodesic base on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1033-1039. 17. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org the importance of optical coherence tomography in the diagnosis of retinal and optic nerve injuries bilalov e. n.1, narzikulova k. i. 2, nazirova s. h.3, egamberdieva s. m.4, oralov b. a.5, hodjaeva u. z.6 1. dsc, professor, ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy 2. dsc, associate professor, ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy 3. phd, associate professor, ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy 4. assistant professor of ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy 5. phd, assistant professor of ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy 6. assistant professor of ophthalmology department, tashkent medical academy a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s relevance. the article is devoted to the issue of utility and possibilities of optical coherence tomography (oct) in closed globe injury (cgi) in order to objectively assess the state of the optic nerve disc (ond) and the peripapillary of retinal nerve fibers layer (rnfl) of the traumatized eye. purpose of the study: to determine the diagnostic capabilities of oct in patients with closed globe injury (cgi) and traumatic optic neuropathy (ton) caused by contusion. materials and methods. a study of 30 patients, including 20 men, and 10 women aged 20 to 45 years with transparent optic media in the early period after trauma was conducted in the multispecialty clinic of tashkent medical academy in the departments of emergency traumatology and neurosurgery. the control group consisted of 30 healthy individuals of similar sex and age. results of the study. oct allows to determine the thickness of rnfl and the degree of fiber damage in the retina and optic nerve due to the traumatic process at the earliest stage after the trauma when other traditional ophthalmologic examinations turn out to be uninformative. as a result of the study, a significant increase in macular volume, the size of ond, and the thickness of peripapillary fibers of rnfl was found on optical coherence tomography in patients with cgi compared to the control group conclusion. our study has shown that oct can be used for objective assessment and diagnostics of retinal and optic nerve damage in cgi. optical coherence tomography; closed eye trauma; optic nerve; traumatic optic neuropathy; retinal nerve fiber layer; macula. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org introduction eye injuries are among the main causes of blindness and loss of the eye as an organ. closed globe injury (cgi) is an injury of the visual organ characterized by the presence of intraocular and/or cornealscleral injuries without penetrating/perforating of the fibrous membrane of the eye. eye contusions, being the most frequent manifestation of cgi occupy one of the first places in the general structure of traumatic injuries of the visual organ. recently there has been an increase in the number of patients with severe contusional lesions. frequent occurrence mainly in young people of working age and the possibility of complications development, representing a serious threat to vision, determine the medical and social significance of eye contusion injuries. the analysis of the state of the problem has shown that contusion occupies the leading place among domestic traumas and is one of the main causes leading to disability in 17.9-33% of cases [1,6,8]. ophthalmoscopic visualization of the optic nerve in trauma is difficult and limited to its intraocular part. due to these instrumental diagnostic methods allowing to localize and evaluate pathognomonic morphofunctional changes in this ophthalmopathology come to the forefront. in the last decade, new technologies have been developed and introduced into ophthalmic practice, which provide quantitative and qualitative assessment of morphofunctional features of the optic nerve disc (ond), retinal nerve fiber layer (rnfl), as well as inner and outer layers of the central retinal zone [8, 9]. thereby the search for new noninvasive methods of visualization of changes in the ond and peripapillary retina in traumatic eye lesions is relevant. optical coherence tomography (oct) is one of such promising methods in the diagnostics and assessment of the optic nerve disc (ond) and peripapillary retinal nerve fiber layer (prnfl) condition in the development of traumatic optic neuropathy (ton). purpose of the study to determine the diagnostic capabilities of oct in patients with closed globe injury (cgi) and traumatic optic neuropathy (ton) due to contusion. materials and methods thirty patients with concussive eye trauma and transparent optic media were examined in the emergency traumatology and neurosurgery departments of the multidisciplinary clinic of the tashkent medical academy. the average age of the patients was 42,9±15,8 years. oct examinations of the traumatized and paired healthy eye were performed 2,25±2,43 days after eye contusion on huvitz optical coherence tomograph (hoct1f/1), south korea). technical characteristics of the device: speed 26000 a-scans per second; 256 to 16384 a-scans are used to construct a b-scan; longitudinal optical resolution in tissue 5 μm; transverse image resolution from 8 μm; beam diameter 15 μm; scanning depth up to 2,3 mm; scanning laser beam with a wavelength of 840 nm. program version 4.0 was used. ond and rnfl were analyzed at a calculated diameter of 3.45 mm around the center of the disc. the reliability of the differences between the results of measurements of the traumatized and paired healthy eyes was evaluated by the student's t-criterion (the differences were reliable at p < 0,05). the criteria for exclusion of patients from the study were as follows: the presence of eye pathology affecting the function and structure of the optic nerve, the presence of severe concomitant somatic american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org pathology (clinically significant pathology of cardiovascular system, respiratory system, gastrointestinal tract), age younger than 18 years. the control group consisted of healthy individuals of similar sex and age, including 30 people, of whom 20 were men, and 10 women aged 20 to 45 years. the group of patients and the control group were homogeneous in age (kolmogorov-smirnov criterion, p>0). all patients underwent complex neuro-ophthalmological examination, which included, along with traditional ophthalmological examination (visometry, perimetry, ophthalmoscopy), the following methods: oct, computerized perimetry of central visual fields (according to armaly program, humhprey 24/2), as well as neurological examination, magnetic resonance imaging (mri). oct was performed on a huvitz device (hoct1f/1,south korea).the mean central fossa thickness (μm) and macular volume (mm3) of the retina were calculated for each measurement in automatic mode using the research protocol "retinal thickness / volume tabular" included in the software package of the tomograph. the scanning protocol used to assess the macular area was "raster lines" and "rnfl thickness (3.4 mm)", according to which the thickness of the rnfl was determined on a 3.4 mm diameter circle centered manually by the operator relative to the optic disc. the results were processed using the "rnfl thickness average" analysis protocol. both protocols are standard for rnfl evaluation and allow statistical comparison of the results with an extensive normative database. the used analysis protocol defines a large number of quantitative parameters characterizing the rnfl thickness in each of 12 sectors, 4 quadrants, and the average for the whole circumference, as well as several calculated parameters. statistical indicators of the existing normative base which are introduced for this instrument are not standardized. thus for reliability of own normative values, a group of healthy individuals, which included 30 people (20 men, and 10 women aged from 20 to 45 years), was additionally examined. we compared both with our own standards and with the standard base of the huvitz device (hoct1f/1, south korea). in the process of the conducted examination, certain facts were confirmed: the lesion of the posterior segment of the eye at cgi causes edema of the optic nerve disc (ond) and peripapillary retina [1], which indicates the involvement of the optic nerve in the post contusion process and the development of traumatic optic neuropathy (ton). until relatively recently, the fact of edema of the ond and peripapillary retina could be detected only with the help of widely available ophthalmoscopy. thus, in ocular contusion, w. paul and k. grud detected edema in 25% of cases of ond [2], while in the studies of v.v. kashnikov ophthalmoscopically detectable edema of the ond in eye contusion was noted in 37.2% of patients with transparent optical media [3]. optical coherence tomography of the macula can be recommended in case of hemorrhages, edema, and ruptures of the macular area; it is performed both when establishing the diagnosis and for control of the treatment process and prognosis of the state of visual functions. results of the study all patients of the main group underwent mri of the brain. mr signs of closed craniocerebral trauma of the brain were detected in 58% of cases. as a result of the study it was found that the severity and expressiveness of the traumatic brain injury has no direct correlation and does not affect the thickness of the entire retinal layer in the macular area, but depends on the direct trauma to the eyeball and orbital contents. the results of oct of the ond and rnfl and their statistical analysis are summarized in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org table 1. the obtained data show that in the early period after trauma in the contused eye compared to the healthy eye there is edema of the ond, expressed in the increase of its volume, an increase of the volume and area of the neuroretinal rim, as well as in the decrease of the volume and area of excavation. along with this, there is peripapillary retinal edema (increased thickness of the rnfl in the peripapillary zone). ophthalmoscopically, pallor of the temporal half of the optic disc was noted, which may be related to the initially smaller thickness of the rnfl in the temporal quadrant. this symptom was diagnosed in 26 people (41 eyes 35.3%), 15 of them in both eyes. literature analysis showed that there are few publications on the application of classical oct in eye traumas. thus, r. vessani et al. [10] described a single case of peripapillary retinal edema in early eye trauma, which was then replaced by its thinning. table 1 characteristics of the ond and rnfl according to oct data in the patients of the main group ( n=30) morphometric parameters of ond and rnfl injured eye (m ± m) a healthy paired eye (m ± m) p value volume of neuroretinal rim, mm3 0,22 ± 0,08 0,17 ± 0,05 0,03 volume of ond, mm3 0,42 ± 0,13 0,3 ± 0,13 0,007 excavation volume, mm3 0,07 ± 0,06 0,13 ± 0,12 0,06 average thickness of rnfl, nm 110,22 ± 12,32 105,94 ± 9,4 0,007 disk area, mm 2 2,1 ± 0,43 1,88 ± 0,37 0,03 area of neuroretinal rim, mm2 1,63 ± 0,33 1,24 ± 0,29 0,03 excavation area, mm 2 1,63 ± 0,33 0,64 ± 0,42 0,03 s. rumelt et al. [11] described a single case of edema of the ond and peripapillary retina in closedeye trauma. f.a. medeiros et al. [5] showed on oct a decrease in the thickness of the peripapillary rnfl after the development of indirect ton. w. shi et al. [12] using oct noted that the thickness of the peripapillary rnfl is slightly increased within 2 weeks after the injury, and after 4 weeks it decreases. when analyzing the peripheral visual field of patients with cgi, performed according to the standard technique on white color in 76 % of cases the indices remained within the age norm, while in 63 % of cases narrowing of visual fields on colors was noted. at the same time, 36,6 % of subjects (11 people) had sufficiently high visual acuity (from 1,0 to 0,8 with correction). the study of central visual fields using the computer program humhprey 24/2 proved to be a more sensitive technique, which revealed a decrease of sensitivity in central and paracentral sections (average deviation from – 0,8 to – 18,0 db). as an example, figures 1 and 2 reflect the variants of analyzing the thickness of the rnfl around the optic nerve in a patient with cgi of the traumatized and healthy eye. figure 1 shows rnfl thickness data in microns for 12 sectors and 4 quadrants and the average thickness over the entire circumference of the right eye. the following image (fig. 2) shows a comparative analysis of the right and left eyes. in both eyes, rnfl thickness was increased to 164-165 μm (normal is 105,34 ± 11,9 μm), macular volume was 8,89 mm3 in the right eye and 9,4 mm3 in the left eye, normal value is 7,15 ± 0.31 mm3. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org for comparison, we present images (figs. 1, 2) of macular volume and rnfl thickness analysis of a healthy patient b., 23 years old, with uncorrected visual acuity of 1,0 in both eyes. in this case, the macular volume was 6,92 mm3 in the right eye and 7,06 mm3 in the left eye, and the average thickness of the rnfl was 99 μm and 98 μm, respectively. retinal thickness in the macular area is 173/164 μm. figure 1. one of the variants of rnfl thickness analysis around the ond using the "rnfl thickness (3,4 mm)" program. white arrows indicate the rnfl, red ones the direction of the scanner beam around the optic nerve figure 2. one of the variants of rnfl thickness analysis around the ond using the program "rnfl thickness (3.4 mm)" of the same patient, comparison with the second eye was performed conclusion the use of oct, which allows quantitative and objective assessment of even the most insignificant pathologic changes in the retina, opens additional opportunities for early diagnosis and monitoring of the condition of patients with craniocerebral trauma and cgi. oct allows to determine the thickness of rnfl and the degree of fiber damage in the retina and optic nerve due to traumatic process at the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org earliest stage after the trauma, when other traditional ophthalmologic studies (perimetry, visometry, ophthalmoscopy) are uninformative. as a result of our study we found a significant increase in macular volume, the size of the ond and the thickness of peripapillary fibers of the rnfl in patients with oct compared to the control group, which was confirmed by the data of optical coherence tomography. our study showed that oct can be used for objective assessment and diagnosis of retinal and optic nerve damage in cgi. references 1. билалов, э. н., et al. "значение оптической когерентной томографии в диагностике повреждений сетчатки и зрительного нерва." advanced ophthalmology 3.3 (2023): 40-45. 2. кашников в.в. контузионные изменения глазного дна. новосибирск, 2000. 171 с. 3. bakhritdinova f.a., mirrakhimova s.s., narzikulova k.i., oralov b.a. dynamics of cytological parameters of the conjunctiva in the course of a complex treatment of eye burns using a lowintensity laser radiation. the eye glaz 2019, v 21, (3 (127)), 7-11. https://doi.org/10.33791/2222-4408-2019-3-7-11 4. kupersmith m.j., kardon r., durbin m.k., shulman j. scanning laser polarimetry reveals status of rnfl integrity in eyes with optic nerve head swelling by oct // investigation ophthalmological visus science. ― 2012. ― vol. 53. ― p. 1962-1970. 5. medeiros f.a., moura f.c., vessani r.m. et al. axonal loss after traumatic optic neuropathy documented by optical coherence tomography // am. j. ophthalmol. 2003. v. 135. p. 406-408. 6. narzikulova k.i., bakhritdinova f.a., mirrakhimova s.s., oralov b.a. development and evaluation of the effectiveness of photodynamic therapy in inflammatory diseases of the ocular surface. ophthalmology journal 13 (3), 2020, 55-65. doi: https://doi.org/10.17816/ov33828 7. paul w., grud k. analise von 227 stumplen bulbusverbetbetzungen (1972–1981) // folia ophthalmol. 1988. bd. 13. № 1. p. 49-56. 8. rumelt s., karatas m., ophir a. potential applications of optical coherence tomography in posterior segment trauma // ophthalmic surg. lasers imaging. 2005. v. 36. p. 315-322. 9. schuman j. s., puliafito c. a., fujimoto j. g. optical coherence tomography of ocular diseases. — thorofare, usa. slack inc., 2004. — 714 p. 10. shi w., wang h.z., song w.x. et al. axonal loss and blood flow disturbances in the natural course of indirect traumatic optic neuropathy //chin. med. j. (engl). 2013. apr. № 126 (7). p. 1292-1297. 11. travmy glaza / r.a. gundorova, v.v. neroev, v.v. kashnikova. м., 2009. p. 418-422. 12. vessani r., cunha l., monteiro m. progressive macular thinning after indirect traumatic optic neuropathy documented by optical coherence tomography // br. j. ophthalmol. 2007. may. № 91 (5). p. 697-698. 13. volkov v.v., boyko e.v, shishkin m.m. et al. zakrytaya travma glaza (ponyatie, rasprostranennost. epidemiologiya, etiopatogenez, gospitalizatsiya, diagnostika, klassifikatsiya) //oftalmohirurgiya-2005-№1-p.13-17. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 92 www.americanjournal.org investigation of measuring series in geodetic works akhmedov bakhriddin madaminovich fergana polytechnic institute, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article highlights the issues related to the research of measurement series to determine the accuracy of measurement results obtained under certain conditions, and the regularities of the distribution of errors. geodetic instruments geodetic tools, true meaning, given accuracy, the distributions of the errors, equal-point and non-equal-point measurements, necessary and redundant measurement, the true error, studies of measurement series, mathematical expectation and standard, blunder, random and systematic errors. introduction geodesy is the science that studies the shape and size of the earth. geodetic instruments play a key role in the reliability of the measurement results, but the methods of processing the performed measurements are also important. by improving the measurement methodology, constructions of measuring instruments and equipment, as well as by improving the qualifications of observers, experience and practice will be a positive factor in reducing the deviation of the results of geodetic measurements from the real value.  1 in order to determine the accuracy of measurement results obtained under certain conditions and the rules of distribution of errors, research of measurement series is carried out. in this case, an experiment is conducted or the results of production work are analyzed. the sequence of the studied measurement series may depend on multiple measurements of the same quantity or on several homogeneous quantity measurements performed under approximately the same conditions. the study begins with a series of studies where the actual values of the measured values are considered for unknown and known values.  1 general information about measurements all the quantities used in geodetic work can be divided into measured, i.e. approximate values obtained from the results of measurements, and calculated i.e. measurements calculated by the function of measured quantities. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 93 www.americanjournal.org measuring some arbitrary quantity means comparing it to a quantity with the same units of measurement and determining how much of this unit there is. measurement results are divided into measurements with equal accuracy and unequal accuracy. we can take examples of measurements with equal accuracy, measuring horizontal or vertical angles with theodolites of the same accuracy, with the same method and the same number of points, and measuring triangulation angles of the same class with equal accuracy. examples of measurements that do not have the same accuracy are measuring angle values with the same method and the same values of inputs with different precision equipment, and measuring angle values with the same method and the same precision equipment with different values of values. we can get in complex cases, whether the measurements have equal precision or not have equal precision is evaluated by numerical precision criteria obtained from experience.  1 measurement errors . any measurements are subject to errors. deviation of the measurement results from the actual value happens differently every time. from the total factors affecting the measurement results, i.e. from the effects of the measured object, observer, tools and equipment, external environment, measurement conditions , the fluctuations in the measurement results are constant. we can say that it reflects the measurement conditions. the difference between the measured value and the true value of the measurand is the measurement error , often called the true error [1-5]. xxii −= (1) classification of measurement errors . measurement errors are divided into "instrumental", external or environmental and personal types according to their source of origin. this classification (classification) is of great importance for the sciences that study equipment and measurement methods . for the theory of measurement errors, this (classification) is of secondary importance. an important place in the theory of measurement errors belongs to the classification (classification) of errors according to the laws of their occurrence . a gross error . the theory of mathematical processing of measurements does not take into account gross errors that occur due to mistakes or incorrect calculations of the observer, malfunctions of equipment and devices, sudden changes in external environmental conditions, etc. measurement results containing gross errors are identified and must be discarded. random and systematic errors . from the set of elementary errors in the component of the total error of measurements, errors are divided into two main categories: random and systematic . since elementary errors tend to change their value during repeated measurements , in turn, we can consider them as values of random variables with distribution parameters mathematical expectation and "standard" . errors , which represent the values of random variables with mathematical expectation , are very small differences from zero random data is called elementary errors representing the values of random variables with mathematical expectations significantly different from zero are called systematic errors . [6-10] american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 94 www.americanjournal.org measurement accuracy criteria. m mean square error is adopted as the main feature of measurement accuracy , its exact value corresponds to the following expression (2) the root mean square error m of one measurement is characterized by the combined effects of  1 random error and -systematic error of measurement . methods . survey of measuring lines . in order to determine the accuracy of the measurement results obtained under certain conditions and the laws of distribution of errors, the research of the measurement series is carried out. in this case, the experiment is conducted or developed release the results of their work are analyzed. studied measurement series may depend on multiple (several) measurements of the same quantity or on several homogeneous measurements performed under approximately the same conditions. if the true values of the measured values are unknown, then it is possible to estimate the effect of random errors from the study of a series of measurements, whose parameters are characterized by deviations of the measurement results from the arithmetic mean. in this case, the effect of systematic errors cannot be fully determined. if the true values of the measured values are known, then the first consideration is to start with the study of the true errors of the measurements. to determine which measurements contain gross errors, it is necessary to know the root mean square error of a single measurement. (3) here, mean squared error characterizing the effect of random errors; root mean square error characterizing the effect of systematic errors. in this case, the mean squared error rule is accepted on the absolute value of errors errors greater than are considered gross errors. the value is called the permissible limit (limit) error . if the root mean square error is unknown, then coarse error detection is performed as follows. 1. from the series of true errors , the arithmetic mean value ini is calculated in the following expression (4) and the deviation is calculated by the following expression . ( 5 ) we take into account that mmm 22  +=  m m m 222 mmmm +=  m m m3 m3 m3 m i  ),...,2,1(1 ni n n i i ==  =    −= ii xxii −= american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 95 www.americanjournal.org here, measurement results, x while to equal to in fact, we denote the measured quantity by its true value and write as follows . 2. the approximate value of the mean squared error is calculated by the following expression . ( 6 ) 3. "finite error" is obtained, i.e greater than the values of ni in absolute values indicates the presence of gross errors; all measurement dependent results are analyzed and measurement results greater than the "limit error" value are discarded*. then, according to the formula (6), the final value of the root mean square error of random errors is calculated using the sorted measurement results [11-15]. the obtained quantity is the quantity characterizing the random error of one measurement . as for the (systematic errors mean square deviation) parameter, to obtain its reliable values, it is required to obtain a large number of measurements in various complex conditions and a range of true errors. received errors suitable coming to complex conditions divided into groups according to for each group of errors, the arithmetic mean is calculated and treated as the exact values of the random variable. then we get the following expression ( 7 ) where, k-complex conditions ga number of matching groups. to analyze the reliability of the characteristics of the effect of systematic errors, it is necessary to calculate the general arithmetic mean of the errors, i.e. . the following inequality ( 8) is one of the factors indicating that various complex conditions are good enough.  1 ix n x x n i i == 1 x xxxxxx n xx xx ii i ii −=−−−= − −−=−  )()( )( )( 1 )( 1 2 − =  =  n m n i i = mchekli 3 i chekli чекли m m m i  k m k j j =  1 2 2 )(  rtachao '  = = k i jrtachao k 1 ' 1  k m rtachao  ' american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 96 www.americanjournal.org results . an example. 32 triangles in table 1.1 non-binding error given. non-binding mistakes normal distribution of the series research do it  9 real value 0180 to equal to has been triangles internal corners the total measured not to be attached because of size error  = −= 3 1 0180 i iif  the real error i to be considered s can. normal distribution to the law according to  i non-binding line research to do we will do it . table 1 no non-binding error i no non-binding error i no non-binding error i no non-binding error i 1 -0.76 9 +1.29 17 +0.71 25 +0.22 2 +1.52 10 +0.38 18 +1.04 26 +0.06 3 -0.24 11 -1.03 19 -0.38 27 +0.43 4 +1.31 12 0.00 20 +1.16 28 -1.28 5 -1.27 13 -1.23 21 -0.19 29 -0.41 6 -1.88 14 -1.38 22 +2.28 30 -2.50 7 +0.01 15 -0.25 23 +0.07 31 +1.92 8 -0.69 16 -0.73 24 -0.95 32 -0.62 key in order research to do our performance for necessary was the following they gathered line identify we can ( )0 12.40i = + ( )0 15.79i = −   3.39 = − 28.19   =  2 38.75  =  ; ( )3 34.41 30.03 4.38  = − + = −  ; 4 120.70  =  solution : 1. curvature density * 2 *2 ( ) 2 * 1 ( ) 2 x x x m x x e    − − = in the form of equation through defined , normal distribution м  and   parameters assessment count :   3.39 0.106 * 32 м n   − = = = − 2 38.75 1.10 . 32 m n     = = = = *м  mathematician don't wait assessment from scratch difference with is coming permanent systematic the error determination for the following criterion acceptance we do : t m n       this on t the ground ( in n>30), ( )t = probability with annex b from the table is selected . 0,95 = for the following 1,96t = and 1,96 1,10 0,38 32 t n     = = s let's find out . american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 97 www.americanjournal.org calculations from the results apparently as it is criterion in progress , so by doing 0,106 0,38m    =  inequality own instead of have , therefore for constant systematic the error account not get and 0m   = we consider that can. 2. average error * and his coefficient 1amaliy k s count : * 28.19 0.88 ; 32n      = = = 1 1 1.10* 1.25; 0.88 1.25. amaliy nazariy k m k = = = = 3. probable error *r and his coefficient 2amaliy k count *r the determination for real errors line absolute value according to in growth the following to the table we place : table 1.2 +0.00 +0.01 +0.06 +0.07 -0.19 +0.22 -0.24 -0.25 +0.38 -0.38 -0.41 +0.43 -0.62 -0.69 +0.71 -0.73 -0.76 -0.95 -1.03 +1.04 +1.16 -1.23 -1.27 -1.28 +1.29 +1.31 -1.38 +1.52 -1.88 +1.92 +2.28 -2.50 we find : ( )16 17* 0.73 0.76 0.74 22 r  +   + = = = 2 2 1.10 1.49 0.74* 1.48. amaliy nazariy m k r k = = =  = 4. statistics grouped line build : in table 1.1 12 non binding interval ( interval ) g a ( interval the length medium quadratic of error by half equal to that acceptance we will :) 0,5 0.55m = place ( table 1.3 ). table 3 in te rli q s n o interval (interval) m lengths in shares interval lengths _ in seconds i it m = errors number of im frequencies i i m q n = that's right corners height (0,5 ) i i q h m = 1 2 3 4 5 6 1. -3.0 m -2.5 m -3, 3 0 -2, 7 5 0 0 0 2. -2.5 m -2.0 m -2, 7 5 -2, 2 0 1 0.031 0.056 3. -2.0 m -1.5 m -2, 2 0 -1, 6 5 1 0.031 0.056 4. -1.5 m -1.0 m -1, 6 5 -1, 1 0 4 0.125 0.227 5. -1.0 m -0.5 m -1, 1 0 -0.55 _ 6 0.188 0.342 6. -0.5 m 0 -0.55 0 5 0.156 0.284 7. 0 +0.5 m 0 +0.55 7 0.219 0.398 8. +0.5 m +1.0 m +0.55 +1.10 2 0.062 0.113 9. +1.0 m +1.5 m +1.10 +1.65 4 0.125 0.227 10. +1.5 m +2.0 m +1.65 +2.20 1 0.031 0.056 11. +2.0 m +2.5 m +2.20 +2.75 1 0.031 0.056 12. +2.5 m +3.0 m +2.75 +3.30 0 0 0   32 1,000 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 98 www.americanjournal.org this table im , in the i -interval happen divisor errors the number means him initial data from table 1.1 directly counting is taken [16-20]. if any of error value intermediate to the limit suitable if it comes , then such the error theoretical in terms of more errors the number occurring the same that's it to the interval placing need. 5. normal distribution histogram and curvature density build : from columns 2 and 6 of table 1,3 using of distribution histogram-empirical distribution draw ( scale conditional is selected ). from the histogram i normal distribution of errors legality suitable to come let's see can _ that best corrects ( smooths ) the given statistical distribution is the following equation defined by : ( ) 2 22 1 2 me hy m    −  = = this on the ground 2 2 1.10 ; ( ) 0 1 1 ; ; 2 t m m t h y e m m      − = =    = = = figure 1.1. histogram and ( )  of straightener curvature a in the app given from the table using ( )  of curvature ordinate calculations we will do it . for example , 2 2 2 1 it y e  − = of value 2 2 0.5 0.5 m t m m  = = = at a in the application given from the table using 0.498 _ we can 1 1 0.645 2 1.10 2 ih m = = =  get we can and finally ( )2 2 2 0.498 0.645 0,32121 0,321h y  = =  =  american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 99 www.americanjournal.org a app t m  = to the argument according to 2 2 1 t y e  − = of size schedule calculation the results 1. place in table 4 . from columns 2 and 6 in table 1.4 using form 1.1 ( )  , ii   points line put we go out and that's it dotkal arni flat curve line with let's connect . of curvature left side too that's it coordinates according to _ we build from the chart apparently as ( )  curvature the histogram satisfactory is leveling . research to do from the results see outgoing i real errors line , in fact too normal to the law approx submissive random errors row the fact that about to the conclusion we will come that's why for : 1) given series for random of mistakes the following features running : a) medium arithmetic value ( )m   in practice to zero equals ( this measure results systematic from mistakes case that shows ); b) negative and positive  errors absolute value according to equal to , given in line approx one different appearing ( in the histogram ) ; d) absolute value according to small  mistakes , to adults relatively more happen is happening ( to the histogram see ); e) at the given probability b  random errors , identified t m to equal to has been happened in the interval it won't be . given in line one 3 3,30chekli m  = = to equal to finite from error more than has been error there is it's not . 2) 1amaliy k and 2amaliy k coefficients their own theoretical values to ( 1 1.25k = ; 2 1.48k = ). suitable is  9 coming 1. table 4 order number limits of intervals _ _ _ i m t i i  = 2 2 1 it i ey − =  2 1 m hi = ( ) iii yh= 1 0 0 0.564 0.645 0.364 2 0.5 m 0.5 0.498 0.645 0.321 3 1.0 m 1.0 0.342 0.645 0.220 4 1.5 m 1.5 0.183 0.645 0.118 5 2.0 m 2.0 0.076 0.645 0.049 6 2.5 m 2.5 0.025 0.645 0.016 7 3.0 m 3.0 0.006 0.645 0.004 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 100 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the specific goals of researching measurement series are as follows: firstly , to eliminate gross errors (sorting), secondly , to determine the accuracy of one measurement and, if possible, the characteristics of systematic (systematic) effects. and, finally , thirdly , to determine the criteria of conformity with the law of normal distribution. we should not forget that the first and second tasks are closely related need  1 . references 1. abduraufovich k. o., diallo y. k. b. drawdown of groundwater level in open pit mine //aijr abstracts. – 2022. – с. 60-61. 2. marupov a. et al. procedure and method of marking administrative-territorial boundaries on the basis of digital technologies //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03007. 3. akhmedov b. using the fundamentals of the theory of measurement errors in performing geodesic measurement and calculation works //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03012. 4. xakimova k. et al. theoretical and methodological issues of creating the “eco fergana” mobile application of tourist objects and resources of fergana region //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 05025. 5. ganiyev y. et al. examining the managerial structure and operational aspects of geodesy, cartography, and cadastre production //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03013. 6. eshnazarov d. et al. describing the administrative border of koshtepa district on an electronic digital map and creating a web map //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03009. 7. yusufovich g. y. et al. using a data bank that automates digital maps in the arcgis application //american journal of technology and applied sciences. – 2023. – т. 18. – с. 67-70. 8. turdikulov k. calculation of the stability of ground dam under seismic loads //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 02021. 9. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1110-1118. 10. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 11. khudoynazarovich t. h. et al. complex of anti-erosion measures to increase the efficiency of irrigated lands //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 194-199. 12. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 101 www.americanjournal.org 13. maxsimov k. durability of reinforced concrete piles in aggressive soil conditions //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 270-273. 14. ibaevich m. k. design of bases and foundations on saliny soils //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 267-269. 15. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 16. arabboyevna a. m. et al. creation of a satellite geodesic base on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1033-1039. 17. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. 18. yusufovich g. y. et al. the use of remote sensing technologies in the design of maps of agricultural land //texas journal of agriculture and biological sciences. – 2023. – т. 23. – с. 17-21. 19. akhmedov b. m. geodetic survey networks (creating level-height geodetic survey networks in engineering-geodetic research for construction) //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1040-1052. 20. axmedov b. m. et al. knauf insulation is effective isolation //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 298-302. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org researching thermal dissociation of spirit oxide to obtain hydrogen under the influence of concentrated solar radiation sulaymonov sulton xamidovich candidate in physics and mathematics, senior researcher, institute of materials science of the iichb institute of physics and solar sciences of the academy of sciences o‘rinboyev raximjon ravshanovich phd student, institute of materials science of the iichb institute of physics and solar sciences of the academy of sciences a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s nowadays, more than 45% of this rapidly growing global energy demand is met by renewable fuels. despite their ease of use, fossil fuels are the main source of anthropogenic emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants, which ultimately have a serious impact on the environment and public health. in addition, fossil fuel resources are limited and unevenly distributed around the world, creating additional concerns about the reliability and security of energy supply. solar energy, a clean, freely available and almost inexhaustible source of energy, appears as an attractive candidate in this context. however, the large-scale use of this renewable resource is associated with a diluted, intermittent and uneven distribution of solar radiation around the world. thus, to overcome these obstacles, research on solar thermochemical processing aims to identify and develop convenient thermochemical conversion methods to efficiently store continuous solar energy in the form of high-energydensity chemical bonds. renewable fuels, energy supply, thermochemical conversion, thermochemical cycles, solar-fuel energy conversion, moderate temperatures, thermal contraction. introduction from a strategic point of view, the thermochemical production of solar fuels can proceed along two parallel paths. one of them is a short/medium-term approach involving the use of carbon-based raw materials, the energy content of which is renewed from the original raw materials by introducing solar energy. examples of such processes are steam reforming of natural gas, thermal cracking of methane and steam gasification of carbonaceous waste, biomass, coal and petroleum coke. another, long-term route is aimed at producing syngas via h2o/co2 -splitting solar thermochemical cycles. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods studies of solar thermochemical cycles have shown that the direct thermal decomposition of h2o/co2, although conceptually simple, requires very high temperatures for the reactions to proceed. temperatures (> 2500 k) have shown to be severely challenged. to a reasonable extent and the need for high-temperature separation techniques to prevent its formation. an explosive mixture of h2/o2 or co/o2. to overcome these problems, solar thermochemical cycles perform h2o/co2 splitting via multistep processes, where h2 and/or co and o2 are produced in separate steps, thereby bypassing the need for high-temperature separation. these elements. in addition, since the high cycle temperature is typically much lower than that required to effect direct thermolysis of h2o/co2, material limitations are greatly reduced and reradiation is not possible, hardness increases by the fourth power. due to the potential of achieving high efficiency of solar-fuel energy conversion, a group of 2-stage h2o/co 2 splitting thermochemical cycles based on metal oxide oxidationreduction reactions is of particular interest. where m represents the metal and mxoy. the corresponding metal oxide. the first stage of the cycle is the high-temperature endothermic reduction of metal oxide to metal using concentrated solar radiation: mxoy → xm + y/2o2 (1.1) solar redox cycles can be classified as volatile if the oxide sublimates during the high-temperature reduction step, and non-volatile if the oxide remains in the condensed phase throughout the process. generally, volatile oxides (for example, zno and sno2) exhibit fast dissociation kinetics, but require rapid quenching of the products with an inert gas to prevent their recombination, while non-volatile oxides (for example, fe3o4 and ceo2) have a mechanical effect suffers from secrets. instability and slower reaction kinetics. criteria for identifying potential redox cycles include large reductions at moderate temperatures, favorable oxidation thermodynamics, fast redox kinetics, and material stability, cost, availability, and toxicity. among the most favorable candidate metal oxide redox couples for 2-step thermochemical cycles, fe3o4 /feo and zno/zn are theoretically achievable due to their relative simplicity and high solar-to-fuel efficiency. however, the need for shutdown imposes an energy penalty and economic burden, which may be a limiting factor for the large-scale use of these processes. schematic representation of a 2-step solar thermochemical cycle for syngas production using metal redox couples (m: metal; mxoy: corresponding metal oxide). the solar reduction step of the cycle based on the fe3o4/feo redox couple was experimentally demonstrated at temperatures ranging from 1673 to 1973 k and pressures from 0.1 to 1 bar in an inert atmosphere. further oxidation of reduced feo was studied separately using co2 and h2o, thermogravimetric studies using mixtures of h2o and co2 allowed to determine competitive gas adsorption kinetics. reactants on the surface of feo particles. an important problem of the fe3o4/feo cycle is the rapid quenching of the redox couple caused by sintering and coagulation of the material during the reduction stage. ultimately, this problem with reduction temperatures above the melting points of fe3o4 (1808 k) and feo (1643 k) can be overcome by lowering the partial pressure of o2 in the reacting atmosphere and consequently overcoming it is the temperature required to effect thermal contraction. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. thermal dissociation of spirit oxide to obtain hydrogen under the influence of concentrated solar radiation however, in terms of energy conversion efficiency, there were no estimates reported in the last study. another promising cycle in the class of volatile systems is based on the sno/sno2 redox couple, which has similar properties to the analogous zn/zno cycle. neglecting the energy penalty associated with the high heating value of h2 produced and the consumption of inert gas, the exergy and energy efficiency of the cycle were estimated to be 30% and 36%, respectively. however, it was observed that the decomposition of h2o by sno proceeds at a slower rate than the hydrolysis of zn. among the many other redox materials previously discussed and explored for use in 2-step solar thermochemical cycles, the zn/zno redox couple has been identified as a promising route due to its potential to achieve high solar energy the efficiency of converting energy into fuel. this oxidationreduction cycle is expressed as follows: step 1: zno → zn + 0,5o2 h 298k = 350,5 kj·mol-1 step 2: zn + h2o → zno + h2 h 298k = -62,0 kj·mol -1 zn + co2 → zno + co h 298k = -67,5 kj·mol-1 where zno is thermally dissociated in the first endothermic reduction step to zn and o2 at around 2000 k using concentrated solar energy. after separation from o2, the produced zn/h2o and co2 undergo an exothermic reaction in a low-temperature oxidation reactor to form syngas and primary metal oxides, which are recycled to the solar reactor. since the two stages are separated, syngas production can be carried out in convenient geographical locations, regardless of solar energy. the relevant thermodynamic quantities of the zno dissociation reaction depend on the reaction temperature. the quantities, namely standard reaction enthalpy h r o, standard gibbs free energy change g r o, and equilibrium constant kp, were calculated at 1 bar using the hsc outokumpu code. above 234 0 k, g r o < 0 and the reaction proceeds spontaneously to the right, giving h r 0. energy requirements ( hr o, gr o) and equilibrium constant (kp) for the zno dissociation reaction. the minimum flow rate of ar necessary to control the dissociation is determined based on the thermodynamics of chemical equilibrium until the reaction can be completed at temperatures below 2340 k. the kinetics of zno dissociation were studied using an equation solar-driven thermogravimeter, where a packed bed of zno particles was exposed to direct high-flux solar radiation at peak concentration ratios of up to 2400 solar did. in this study, isothermal runs performed between 1800 2100 k were fitted by linear regression to a zero-order arrhenius rate law of the form american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org r''=k'0 with 95% confidence. exp (ea / rt), ea =361±53 kj mol-1 gives the apparent activation energy and the pre-exponential factor k'0= 14.03·106 ± 2.73·106 kg·m-2·s-1 . similar values of ea obtained in other experimental devices by non-solar thermogravimetric and non-solar gravimetric analyzes confirm the basic physics of lvov's mechanical model, in which ea. specified as a configuration-independent parameter. alternatively, an inverse method using dynamic o2 concentration measurements at the reactor outlet in conjunction with transient heat/mass transfer models is used to determine ea. with an uncertainty of 10%. on the other hand, the pre-exponential factor k'0 showed a strong dependence on the mass transport properties of the specific configuration. for example, it has been shown that doubling the flow rate of the inert carrier gas (ar) used to clean the evolving gaseous products causes k'0 to be twice the original measured value. also, measurements in an aerosol flow reactor resulted in k'0 three orders of magnitude larger than values measured in stationary reactors. studies on the kinetics of the extrasolar second step have mainly focused on the oxidation of zn by h2o equation and co2 equation. individual reactions. simultaneous splitting of h2o and co2 for syngas production was experimentally demonstrated using a packed layer of zn/zno particles, where the particle mixture was shown to be an effective inert aid to prevent sintering and subsequent passivation of zn. an experiment using samples produced in a solar reactor (25 wt % zn) gave up to 96% conversion of molar zn to zno. early experiments on solar thermal dissociation of zno were conducted using small-scale and directly irradiated solar reactors. these studies served to investigate the formation of zn decomposition and subsequent condensation of zn(g), as well as to determine the various chemical and physical factors controlling the overall efficiency of the process. subsequently, various solar reactor concepts, including attracted currents, packed beds, and rotating cavity receivers, have been experimentally investigated to realize zno dissociation. thermal dissociation of zno particles in an aerosol stream was demonstrated in the range 1873–2023 k using an electrically heated transport tube apparatus. a packed bed reactor was the concept. it is investigated in a chamber filled with pressed zno forming a partial slope in a directly irradiated chamber. regarding the rotating cavity-receiver concept, the 10-kw solar reactor configuration presented in is discussed in detail in the next chapter. numerical modeling has become an important tool to understand the basic heat and mass transport mechanisms occurring in such hightemperature solar reactors and to identify the main sources of heat loss. this, in turn, provided the understanding needed to optimize and scale up solar reactor technology. the effect of dynamic thermal conductivity and sintering from the experimentally determined irradiance properties for a shrinking wrapped layer of zno particles with a solar concentration ratio in the range of 1225–2133 k and a surface temperature in the range of 1834–2109 k checked using spectroscopic goniometry system. a monte carlo method was used to solve the unsteady radiative heat transfer in a chemically reacting medium for a suspension of thermally dissociated zno particles. as an alternative to quenching, electrolytic methods of in situ separation of zn(g) and o 2 at high temperatures have been experimentally demonstrated in small-scale reactors. study of the condensation of zn in the presence of o 2 by fractional crystallization in a tube furnace with a temperature gradient. the oxidation of zn is a heterogeneous process in which zn (g) can be in a metastable state in the absence of o 2. nucleation sites. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org conclusion using an optimized quencher attached to a solar-powered thermogravimeter, it was experimentally shown that zn yields greater than 90% can be achieved at partial pressures of ~100 pa zn >100,000 k·s -1 and cooling rates. although experimental observations qualitatively agree with numerical model calculations, a quantitative comparison is not yet possible because the rate constants of the elementary reactions describing the nucleation, growth, and deoxidation of zn are still unknown. a quencher was installed at the outlet of the 10-kw solar reactor to rapidly reduce the effluent temperature by injecting ar into a water-cooled annular outlet, resulting in an average solids deoxidation rate of 39%. references 1. alonso, e., pérez-rábago, c., licurgo, j., fuentealba, e., estrada, c.a., 2015. first experimental studies of solar redox reactions of copper oxides for thermochemical energy storage. solar energy 115, 297-305 2. antrekowitsch, s.l., 2007. hydrogen as a reducing agent: state-of-the-art science and technology. jom 59(6), 20-26. 3. block, t., schmücker, m., 2016. metal oxides for thermochemical energy storage: a comparison of several metal oxide systems. solar energy 126, 195-207. 4. champion, y., bernard, f., guigue-millot, n., perriat, p., 2003. sintering of copper nanopowders under hydrogen: an in situ x-ray diffraction analysis. materials science and engineering: a 360(1–2), 258-263. 5. northey, s., haque, n., mudd, g., 2013. using sustainability reporting to assess the environmental footprint of copper mining. journal of cleaner production 40, 118-128. 6. romero, a., garcía, i., arenas, m.a., lópez, v., vázquez, a., 2013. high melting point metals welding by concentrated solar energy. solar energy 95, 131-143. 7. kim, j.y., rodriguez, j.a., hanson, j.c., frenkel, a.i., lee, p.l., 2003. reduction of cuo and cu2o with h2: h embedding and kinetic effects in the formation of suboxides. journal of the american chemical society 125(35), 10684-10692. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org the art of model crafting: utilizing a spectrum of paint mediums mirboboyeva gulhayo abdusattorovna lecturer, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a comprehensive exploration of the utilization of various paint types in the creation and enhancement of models. it meticulously examines the diverse range of painting mediums, from acrylics to watercolors, and their application in the craft of model making. through a blend of practical experimentation and theoretical insights, the article delves into the unique characteristics, advantages, and techniques associated with each paint type. furthermore, it offers a detailed analysis of how different paints interact with various model materials, elucidating the nuances and effects on texture, durability, and overall aesthetic appeal. by emphasizing the artistic and technical aspects, this article serves as a valuable resource for hobbyists, artists, and enthusiasts seeking to broaden their understanding of painting mediums in the context of model construction. overall, it presents an in-depth exploration of the creative possibilities and practical considerations inherent in utilizing diverse paint types to elevate and innovate in the realm of model making. model making, painting mediums, acrylic paint, watercolor techniques, model construction, artistic innovation, texture and appearance, material interactions, craftsmanship, aesthetic enhancement, diverse paint types, creative techniques, hobbyist insights, model design, painting applications. introduction model making stands at the intersection of artistic expression and technical precision, requiring a meticulous approach that incorporates a range of creative techniques and materials. among the myriad elements influencing a model's visual appeal and craftsmanship, the choice of paint type plays a pivotal role. this article embarks on a journey through the diverse world of painting mediums in the context of model construction, exploring how various paints contribute to the aesthetic and structural qualities of the final creation. in the realm of model making, the selection of paint extends beyond mere color choice; it encompasses the texture, durability, and overall presentation of the model. each paint type, whether acrylics, watercolors, or others, brings distinct characteristics that interact uniquely with different model materials. understanding and harnessing these properties unleash a realm of creative possibilities, influencing not only the visual aspects but also the tactile and structural integrity of the models. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org this exploration aims to delve into the nuanced intricacies of each painting medium, offering insights into their application techniques, advantages, and potential limitations within the realm of model making. by unraveling the interplay between paints and various model materials, this article seeks to provide a comprehensive guide for enthusiasts and artisans alike, offering a deeper understanding of how different paint types can elevate the artistry and craftsmanship of model construction. throughout this article, we'll navigate the diverse array of painting mediums, dissect their unique attributes, and illustrate their transformative effects on models. from the vibrant hues of acrylics to the ethereal translucence of watercolors, each paint type opens avenues for innovation, enabling artisans to infuse their creations with distinct visual and textural nuances. materials and methods models can be created using pencil types, watercolor paints, gouache when creating new types. any paint consists of at least the main paint, color and color components. when creating models using watercolor paints, we will focus on information about paints. watercolorcolor is one of the most subtle means of image representation. since ancient times, watercolor has attracted many artists with its elegance and brightness of colors. watercolor is a latin word meaning "paints diluted with water". watercolor mainly consists of gum arabic (gummiarabic), glycerin and colored watercolors, giving a dreamy soft color gamut. watercolor paints are drawn on paper using water and oil pencils of different thicknesses. when creating tonal colors, watercolor paints are created as a result of repeated use. when using watercolor paints, the colors are light. the color of the resulting paint is reminiscent of silk fabric. figure 1. watercolor paints watercolor contains coloring matter (finely ground powder of plants or minerals) and cherry glue, glycerin and a little honey as a binding agent. all these are easily soluble in water, so they are diluted by adding water to the paint. white color is not used in watercolor. it will be replaced by the white paper itself. the paper should be white, sufficiently thick and have a rough surface. if it is too smooth, the colors will not lie sufficiently on the surface. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org in the process of painting the images of things and objects, one goes from the general to the specific or vice versa from the specific to the general, and finally the work ends with rounding. in modeling, oil paints are used only in supporting roles. the solvent for oil paints is white spirit or turpentine. however, there are subtleties unknown to many models, but well known to artists. the colorful base of oil paints is oil. when working with very diluted paint, the oil is washed away by the solvent much faster than the pigment. therefore, when working with an oil cleaner, it spreads very well, absorbs well into small cracks, fills the lines of the panels. after the oil is washed away, after 1520 minutes or after 20-30 dips of the brush in the mixture, only the solvent and color composition remain on the palette. such a suspension has poor dispersibility, it breaks into pieces, and it must be constantly stirred. oil-free washing surface is collected in such local pieces, it is not uniform. therefore, when working with oil, you should always have a drop or two of linseed oil in the mixture. linseed oil is also useful for improving flow when working with enamel, so it's worth buying sometime. a small bottle of 75 ml is enough for many years. when working with a dry brush, the addition of linseed oil to the paint increases the gloss, but also significantly increases the drying time. enamel paints (the word "enamel" cannot be used, strictly speaking, this is another type of coating), acrylic varnish is used as a base, not oil. enamel paints provide a durable coating with excellent hiding power, but are resistant to various oils and various nonpolar hydrocarbons. therefore, the enamel coating should be covered with the final varnish. it takes a long time to dry the enamels 4-6 hours, but the fully dried coating is resistant to water and alcohols of usual concentration, including acrylic solvents. absolutized alcohols and dehydrating agents dissolve the enamel coating, so care must be taken. acetone in normal concentrations has almost no effect on the dried coating, but with pressure it can remove the surface layer. gouacheis a water-based, opaque liquid used for flat color application. although the composition is different, gouache and acrylic paints have similar characteristics. figure 2. gouache paints american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org gouache paint is the exact opposite of watercolor paint, it does not give a clear, resonant color. as the colors absorb the light, the paper underneath is not visible or noticeable. its composition is the same as that of watercolor it consists of paint powder and its binders. but they are mixed with special wood glue in moderate proportions [4]. another important aspect of gouache paint is its use mixed with white paint. therefore, its colors are not very loud. brushes are also specially selected for applying paint, and it is desirable that they are not too soft, but a little rougher. it is good that the surface on which the image is processed, that is, paper or cardboard, is also not smooth. its surface should be treated with an adhesive coating (primer) as much as possible. then it will be possible to apply gouache paint on its surface. figure 3. pictures made using paints. gouache is a water-based, quick-drying paint that is often used in graphic work, decorations, posters, and partial paintings. the difficulty in creating images with it is that the paint is dark when applied, and lightens after drying. if this aspect is not taken into account, it will be more difficult to maintain harmony between colors. for this purpose, each applied main color is prepared separately in special containers, and then the image is processed by mixing some other additives [3]. figure 4. a mixture of colors american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org when using colors, it is advisable to smear the prepared mixture on a piece of paper, and then apply it, in order to always check and know how the colors are found [1]. when we use gouache, we must also use the brushes correctly [5]. mix well the rags on the polytras, take the main colors and apply the secondary colors to soften the color and create the second soft color. figure 5. creating images using paints when we use gouache, it is fine to create paints without mixing water, for example: we take a piece of paper and apply a certain amount of paint to it with a brush, it is fine to apply paint to the paper, we can also apply it to the polisher. when working with it, a dark and beautiful color comes out. when we put water on the paper and paint it with gouache, the color gets a little darker with water, but it keeps its condition. . figure 5. models made using paints references 1. mirboboyeva ga, urmonova n.q. (2021). creating models using different types of paints. roof 24 spec. vyp. 2. abdusattorovna, m. g., & qosimjonovna, u. n. (2021). retro style in modeling women's clothing. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(9), 372-376. 3. abdusattorovna, m. g. (2023). theoretical justification for improving the design of special clothing to optimize its design. open access repository, 4(03), 246-251. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org 4. abdusattorovna, m. g., & nasimjanovna, n. n. (2022). technological features of the work of a double-knitting machine. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 22-34. 5. maxmudjon, t., abdusattorovna, m. g., & qosimjonovna, u. n. (2021). the relationships between constructive and technological solutions in the creation of clothes. central asian journal of arts and design, 2(11), 55-59. 6. abdusattorovna, m. g. (2021). the analysis of modern dress models with the involving of retro styles. middle european scientific bulletin, 18, 377-383. 7. abdusattorovna, m. g., & qosimjonovna, u. n. (2020). product-an object of artistic thinking. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(11), 11721176. 8. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & teshaboyeva, g. m. (2022, october). research of the technology of summer dresses for pregnant women based on the analysis of natural fabrics. in archive of conferences (pp. 216-219). 9. ulugboboyeva, m. m. (2021). creation of new modern clothes from national fabrics. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(11), 63-68. 10. ulug‘boboyeva, m. (2022). development of the concept of a collection of dresses from khonatlas fabric. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 10, 121-124. 11. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & tursunova, x. s. (2021). ways to solve problems in the production of knit wear. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(9), 29-33. 12. ulugboboeva, m. m., & usmanov, r. (2022). analysis of problems in the production of knitted products. eurasian journal of physics, chemistry and mathematics, 12, 10-13. 13. o'g'li, t. u. d. u., & qizi, b. m. n. (2022). verification of the values obtained based on the theoretical analysis of the working details of the crusher in the program “solidworks”. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(10), 222229. 14. ergashov, y., babayeva, m., & akhmedov, a. (2023). new regenerator design for regeneration of raw cotton voles from non-ginned seeds. academia science repository, 4(04), 32-35. 15. sharipjanovich, s. o. umarali og, td, & qizi, bmn (2021). current state and analysis of equipment for cleaning and selection of seeds. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 29(2), 337-342. 16. sharifjanovich, s. o. (2021). the velocity distribution over the cross section pipes of pneumatic transport installations cotton. in international conference on multidisciplinary research and innovative technologies (vol. 2, pp. 29-34). 17. ubaydullaev, m. m., & makhmudova, g. o. (2022). medium fiber s-8290 and s-6775 cotton agrotechnics of sowing varieties. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(05), 49-54. 18. odiljonovich, t. q. (2021). about automation of loading and unloading of cotton raw materials at cotton factory stations. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(10), 2068-2071. 19. сидиков, а. х., махмудова, г., каримов, а. и., & саримсаков, о. ш. (2021). изучение движения частиц хлопка и тяжёлых примесей в рабочей камере пневматического очистителя. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (83)), 51-56. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org 20. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & xoshimov, j. v. (2021). problems in the manufacture of garments in the knitwear industry. theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука, (11), 718-720. 21. maripdjanovna, u. b. m., & valiyevich, x. j. (2021). research and analysis of physical and mechanical properties of the national fabric-adras. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 77-88. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 132 www.americanjournal.org features of stomach ulcers in children ibatova sh. m., sharipov u. m. samarkand state medical university, samarkand, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s gastric ulcer in children is a chronic disease in which the mucous tissue of the gastric walls is damaged. the pathology occurs in isolation or with the involvement of the duodenum and other structures of the gastrointestinal tract (git) in the pathological process [1,3,5,7]. children of middle and high school age suffering from chronic gastritis, duodenitis and other long-term lesions of the digestive system are most susceptible to this form of the disease. introduction in recent years, gastric ulcers have become noticeably “younger”: if previously the frequency of diagnosed cases did not exceed 1/1000 children, today this ratio is 1/600. experts explain this by a combination of unfavorable factors, which include poor nutrition, increased psychological stress on growing children, and an unhealthy environmental situation. despite the progress achieved in studying the pathology of the digestive organs in pediatric practice, interest in it does not fade due to its high prevalence, frequent complications and early disability, leading to a decrease in the quality of life of children [4,14,18]. according to materials from foreign and domestic statistical studies, peptic ulcer disease (gid) is observed in 13% of cases, and combined localization is observed in children. 6% of cases [2,6,13,17]. it is known that the development of diseases of the stomach and duodenum in 40-60% of adults begins in childhood. the peak incidence occurs at 10-13 years of age; boys and girls get sick with approximately the same frequency, and after 10 years, boys get sick much more often. this fact is probably explained by the anticarcinogenic effect of estrogens [8,11,16]. in childhood, the pathology of the gastroduodenal zone has, of course, its own characteristics; the disease is asymptomatic for a long time, often due to the fact that children usually do not pay attention to their health, and therefore often result in complications. severe acute attacks, rapid course and progression end in severe traumatic operations [1,5,8,9,11,18]. the role of hereditary burden is one of the main risk factors for the occurrence of duodenal ulcer; the disease is transmitted in an autosomal dominant or autosomal recessive manner, not related to gender [3,6,10,12,15]. in recent years, there is no doubt about the etiological and pathogenetic role of helicobacter pylori in the development of the ulcerative process, which was facilitated by the introduction of eradication american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 133 www.americanjournal.org therapy regimens and the widespread use of modern antisecretory drugs. despite this, it has still not been possible to resolve the issue of complete cure of the ulcerative process. frequent use of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs prescribed by doctors to treat various diseases is the most common cause of ulcer formation [12,14,16]. types of gastric ulcer in childhood stomach ulcers can be acute or chronic. experts also additionally identify the following forms of peptic ulcer: • acute with bleeding; • acute with perforation; • acute with bleeding and perforation; • acute without bleeding or perforation; • chronic with bleeding; • chronic with perforation; • chronic with bleeding and perforation; • chronic without bleeding and perforation. an acute disease can occur in uncomplicated and complicated forms, and a chronic disease can be in the acute phase, incomplete and clinical remission. depending on the general clinical signs of gastric ulcers in children, the severity and nature of the symptoms, 4 stages of development of the pathology are distinguished: • at the first stage, redness and swelling of the mucous membrane is noted with the formation of rounded areas of ulceration of a clear shape, at the bottom of which a grayish-yellow or white coating appears; • the second phase is characterized by a decrease in redness and swelling of the mucous tissues, while inflammatory processes are noticeably reduced, and the bottom of the ulcerated areas is cleared of plaque; • the third stage is accompanied by the formation of scars, while signs of inflammation and some deformation of the walls of the stomach may persist; • the fourth phase is remission, at this stage there is a marked improvement in the child’s condition, but in some cases there is an increased formation of acidic liquid. there are also typical and atypical forms of pathology, and according to the number of damaged areas, single and multiple types of the diseas. causes of stomach ulcers in children peptic ulcer disease is a polyetiological disease, that is, its formation can be influenced by many different factors, both external and internal. exogenous (external) causes of the development of stomach ulcers in a child include: • irregular meals with long intervals between meals; • fast eating with insufficient chewing of hard ingredients; • excessive consumption of smoked, salted, pickled foods; • dry food; • fast food meals; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 134 www.americanjournal.org • binge eating; • irrational use of medications (antibiotics, hormonal and sedatives, corticosteroids, etc.). in adolescents, peptic ulcers often develop as a result of active smoking: tobacco smoke and nicotine products irritate the gastric mucosa, which sooner or later leads to tissue ulceration and damage to the walls of the organ. internal or endogenous causes may be: • hereditary predisposition; • bacterial damage to the gastrointestinal tract, in particular helicobacteriosis; • various chronic forms of pathologies of the digestive system (gastritis, duodenitis, cholecystitis, etc.); • acute infectious diseases of the gastrointestinal tract (enteritis, rotavirus); • increased acidity of gastric juice; • gastrointestinal motility disorder; • severe psycho-emotional experiences against the background of general fatigue of the body. congenital structural abnormalities of the stomach and other digestive organs can have a certain influence on the formation of peptic ulcers. symptoms of peptic ulcer in childhood the main symptom of a stomach ulcer in children is pain that periodically occurs in the upper abdomen and epigastric region, especially on an empty stomach. in some cases, so-called painful hunger attacks can occur at night when the child is sleeping. as a rule, after eating, the discomfort goes away; sometimes taking medications that reduce the production of hydrochloric acid helps reduce discomfort. other symptoms of gastric ulcer formation in children may include: • belching with air or acid; • frequent heartburn; • noticeable decrease in appetite; • flatulence, dyspeptic symptoms; • regular constipation; • unstable, rapidly changing mood (so-called emotional lability); • sleep disturbance; • anxiety; • nausea, sometimes accompanied by vomiting; • bad breath. long-term peptic ulcer disease can lead to weight loss, deterioration of hair, nails, teeth and skin. diagnosis of peptic ulcer disease in childhood the primary action is a thorough physical examination, during which the patient’s complaints are clarified, the clinical manifestations of the pathology are assessed, anamnesis data is collected and risk factors for the disease are determined. in the future, a number of instrumental and laboratory diagnostic procedures are shown, which, depending on the indications and necessity, may include: • general clinical blood test; • blood biochemistry; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 135 www.americanjournal.org • general clinical urine analysis; • fecal occult blood test; • bacteriological culture of stool; • study of the acidity level of gastric secretions; • testing for the presence of helicobacter pylori infection in the body; • endoscopic examination of the stomach. treatment of peptic ulcer in children conservative treatment of gastric ulcers in children includes: • taking medications whose action is aimed at eliminating the infectious agent, reducing the secretory activity of the stomach, reducing the concentration of gastric juice, eliminating inflammatory processes, etc.; • adherence to a strict diet with fractional meals; • bed rest for at least 1 week; • reasonable limitation of physical activity; • exclusion of negative emotional experiences; • physiotherapeutic methods of influence (electrophoresis, magnetotherapy, etc.); conservative therapy lasts quite a long time and is justified only for uncomplicated forms of the disease. it is most often carried out in a hospital setting, home observation is possible if the child feels satisfactory, the necessary medications are taken on time and in full, and the diet plan is followed. in the presence of complications, surgical treatment is indicated indications for surgical intervention may include: • peritonitis; • stomach bleeding; • ulcer perforation; • penetration – extensive spread of the infectious and inflammatory process to neighboring organs and structures; • formation of tumors in the stomach. the decision on the need for surgical treatment of peptic ulcer in children is made individually in each specific case at a specially assembled consultation. prognosis of the disease uncomplicated forms of pathology can be successfully completely corrected, provided that the child and his parents carefully follow medical recommendations. for peptic ulcers with complications, the prognosis depends on the volume and type of treatment performed. prevention of disease measures to prevent gastric ulcers in childhood include: • adherence to a rational diet, avoiding potentially harmful foods and drinks (soda, snacks, fast food, etc.); • avoiding smoking in adolescence and beyond; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 136 www.americanjournal.org • timely and correct treatment of various gastrointestinal diseases; • reduction of stress factors. peptic ulcer disease can develop in a child at any age, but most often it is diagnosed in adolescents from 12 to 17 years old. this is a fairly serious disease that requires constant medical supervision and decisive measures on the part of parents. a stomach ulcer imposes certain restrictions, requires adjustments to the child’s lifestyle and nutrition, and can pose a real threat to the health and even life of children. it is very important to immediately consult a doctor at the first signs of gastrointestinal dysfunction, without expecting the symptoms to disappear on their own. otherwise, this may lead to emergency hospitalization followed by surgical treatment. references 1. baranov a.a. clinical and functional features of chronic gastroduodenitis in children from highrisk groups for the development of duodenal ulcer. author's abstract. dis cand. honey. sci. perm 2006. p. 25. 2. belousov a.s., shulga n.i. peptic ulcer disease in children. current issues in pediatrics and childhood surgery. jubilee materials. scientific-practical conf. m 2002. pp. 7-9. 3. islamova d.s., gaffarov u.b., ibatova sh.m. assessment of the nature of acid formation in children with duodenal ulcer and primary chronic gastroduodenitis using intragastric ph-metry // problems of pediatric and pediatric surgery in the xxi century. beshkek. –2014. p. 53. 4. islamova d.s., shadieva kh.n., togaev i.u., ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh. complicated course of duodenal ulcer in children of senior school age: causes, diagnostic criteria. // problems of biology and medicine, 2017, no2 (94) pp. 51-53. 5. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.b. abdukadirova, h.m. oblokulov, f.a. achilova. the effectiveness of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -р.40-46. 6. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 7. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in issn: 2776-0979, volume 4, issue 11, november, 2023 294 children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020. -p. 3-6. 8. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gasliquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. -p.64-66. 9. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 10. ibatova sh.m., d.t.rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m.kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019 , philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 137 www.americanjournal.org 11. sh.m. ibatova, n.q. muhamadiev, sh.o. axmedov, s.n. muhamadieva improvement of vitamin d-deficient rachitis treatment in children international journal of medicine & health research. 2015. v.1. n 1. p. 1-5. 12. ibatova sh. et al. (2018). correction of some lipid metabolism in children with rickets by the combined use of apricot oil and aevita. " proceedings of the xxxiv international scientific and practical internet conference "trends and prospects for the development of science and education in the context of globalization". collection of scientific papers pereyaslav-khmelnitsky, 2018. -р.589593. 13. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 14. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. 15. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gasliquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 16. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum issn: 2776-0979, volume 4, issue 11, november, 2023 295 in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 17. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 18. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.y. ruzikulov, yu.a. rakhmonov. bronchoo structive syndrome in children: prevalence and difficulties of differential diagnostics. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 2021, p. 87-92. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org influence of forces acting on the straps of the ring spinning machine exhaust devices on the quality of the product бутовский петр михайлович ташкентский институт текстильной и легкой промышленности a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the study of flexible coupling gears and belt conveyors used in various industries, great attention is paid to the forces that arise during their operation. in the strap pairs of the extraction device of spinning machines, forces similar to those arise and their durability depends on the loads that occur in the strap pairs. in the process of operation, strap pairs experience asymmetrical loads, as evidenced by the results of numerous research studies [1,2,3,4]. introduction as is known [5], asymmetrical loads can cause fatigue failure, which manifests itself on straps in the form of cracks. cracks further lead to the tearing of the fibers from the sliver, which leads to an increase in additional unevenness. if the crack grows to a critical size, the strap fails. replacing the upper straps of the exhaust units is quite easy, but replacing the lower strap requires stopping the machine and disassembling the reef cylinder line (long downtime). currently, the bottom strap can be cut in place, then a new strap can be installed by gluing, however, replacing the strap in place is complicated by the correct gluing, which requires special skills and equipment downtime. changing some of the elements in the design of the strap pair will help reduce the frequency of cracks and cracks, resulting in longer strap life. therefore, it is necessary to identify the areas where the forces on the straps contribute to the process of cracking and growing. for this purpose, we performed a force analysis of the strap pair of the exhaust device. force analysis will be carried out without taking into account the bending stiffness of the strap. fig.1 shows a general view of the strap pair, which is most widely used in the exhaust devices of spinning and roving machines. cylinder 1 (usually 2nd line) and guide bar 2 are covered by strap 3. strap tension by the most widely used tensioning device in the form of a spring-loaded lever (crutch) 4. pressure roller 5 is pressed against the cylinder with force q. the top strap 6 encloses the pressure roller and the leading edge of the cage 7, which is pressed against the guide bar with force r the tension of the upper strap is carried out by means of the appropriate dimensions of the cage or by means of a special spring. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org during the operation of the exhaust device, pulling forces t1 and t2, respectively, occur on the side of the exhaust and feed pairs. let's analyze the operation of the strap pair element by element. fig 1 diagram of the exhaust unit for force analysis, let's look at various cases. in the first case, let's consider the actions of forces when the lever is tilted. figure 2 shows a diagram of the forces acting on the lower strap. in this case, we have a conventional flat-bladed transmission. let's take a look at the tension of the strap branches in each section when going around it in the direction of travel. then let's take the notation s0 the tension of the running branch; s1 tension after bending the bar; s2 is the tension after bending the crutch, it is also the tension of the oncoming branch relative to the cylinder (leading organ). when bending around the bar and crutch, the strap slides over them. then the tensions of the running and running branches of the strap can be related by the euler equation. 11 01  ess = (1) 22 12  ess = (2) where 1 2 1 2, , ,    , respectively, are the coefficients of sliding friction and the reduced angles of the strap on the bar and let's substitute ( 1 ) in ( 2 ), then 2211 02  + = ess ( 3 ) looking at the interaction of the strap with the cylinder at the euler sliding boundary, we find: ess 02 = ( 4) , the coefficient of sliding friction and the angle of coverage of the strap on the cylinder. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org fig diagram of the action of forces on the lower strap equating ( 3 ) to ( 4 ), we get 1 1 2 2    + (5) expression (5) is the condition under which the strap can be moved. if condition (5) is not met, no movement of the strap will be observed at any tension. this can cause damage to its inner surface at the point of contact with the cylinder grooves. the tension factor of the strap is not included in the condition of its movement (5) and it is determined only by geometric (  , 1 , 2 ) a n d p h y s i c a l p a r a m e t e r s ( 1 , 2 ,  ), the tension here is only needed to overcome the resistance of the bending movement of the strap and bend it with the desired circumference angle 1 bar. tension 0s required to go around a corner 1 , the strap bar, can be determined experimentally. to do this, install the strap bar vertically (fig. 3), put on the strap, insert a roller of a suitable diameter so that after tensioning, an angle is established between the branches of the strap 1 (figs. 4 and 5). the weight g is suspended until the strap goes around the spout of the bar, then: 2 0 g s = (6) fig 3 diagram of the stand for determining the pretension american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org based on figure 4 and formulas (1), (2,2), we find 1s , 2s and the moment m that the spring must develop to ensure the tension of the strap. condition (5) can be achieved by changing the angle of the cylinder () by moving the crutch fig.4: 11 00  eses = the strap movement condition is met under the following parameters: 11  (7) condition (7) is easier to fulfill than condition (5). there are two main options for tensioning the lower strap using a roller on the rolling or sliding supports (fig. 4). fig 4 design diagram of forces using a tensioner in the form of a rotating roller in this case, the roller rotates, the strap does not slip on it, and the problem of tension of the branches will be solved through the traction force p on the cylinder, the resistance forces p1 on the bar and p2 on the roller, for which we will replace the spout of the bar with an equivalent rotating roller (fig. 5): rice. 5 design diagram of forces using the replacement of equivalent rotating rollers in the form of a tensioner and a bar tip american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org (8) p p r qrf p p == 2 2  (9) where q is the reaction of the roller support equal to the geometric sum of the forces s1 and s2 ; f is the friction coefficient of the roller sliding along the axis. positioning the angle 2 (structurally) from the cosine theorem, we get: 2 2 2 2 2 1 12 cos 2 s s q s  = + − (10) to find q, to a first approximation, at s1=s2, then: 2 2 12 cos 0 2 q s q  − = or 2 2 12 cos 2 q s q  = (11) substituting (11) into (9) we get: 2 2 12 cos 2p r p s f r  = (12) or 1 1 2 2 02 cos 2p r p s e f r    = (13) then the pulling force p, which must develop in the zone of contact with the strap is determined by the expression: (14) after substituting the values p1 and p2 of ( 8 ) , (13 ) to (14) in order to ensure the movement of the strap, the force p shall be less than the force developed on the arc pmax, in other words: ( )10max −= espp (15) if the roller bearing is knocked out and its rotation stops, the strap will begin to slide over the roller and such a tensioning device will turn into an ordinary crutch, that is, ( ) ( )11 221122 0112max2 −=−=−=  eesesssp (16) where α2 and μ2 are respectively the reduced angle of the tensioner by the strap and the coefficient of friction of the strap on the tensioner, i.e.: 2 222 cos 1 2p r f e r    − (17) substituting in ( 15 ) the value p of ( 17 ), we find the condition: max 1 2p p p + ( ) ( ) 2 211 211 0 11 00  fсos r r eseses р +−− strap movements therefore, under normal conditions, when the roller is rotated, )1( 11 0011  esssp −=−= 21 ppp += american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org ( )1 1 1 1 2 22 0 02 cos 1 2p r s e f s e e r        − 1 1 21 2 cos 2p r e e f r      +     (18) if the roller stops spinning, then p2 = p2max in equation (18) is reduced to equation (5). when using a roller instead of a bar and a tension roller instead of a crutch, we get a diagram (fig. 4), where the rotational resistance force of the roller p1 is determined by the method used in the derivation of equation (13): 1 1 1 0 1 1 2 cos 2p r p s f r  = (19) branch tension s1 f0+pfwhen determining the reaction in the roller support to find r it is accepted, to a first approximation, then: 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 cos 2p r s s f r   = +     (20) substituting ( 20 ) in ( 12 ), we get 1 1 2 2 0 1 1 1 2 cos 2 cos 2 2p p r r p s f f r r    = +     in this case, the traction force p required for the movement of the strap will be: 21 ppp += 1 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 1 2 cos 1 2 cos 2 cos 2 2 2p p p r r r p s f f f r r r      = + +        (21) substituting (21) to (14) we find the conditions for the movement of the strap 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 cos 1 2 cos 2 cos 2 2 2p p p r r r e f f f r r r       −  + +        (22) it is interesting to note that in equation (22), as well as in equations (26), (5) there is no value of tension of the strap, that is, the movement of the strap is determined only by the geometric and physical parameters of the design, and increasing the tension of the strap beyond what is necessary to ensure the angle will only lead to increased wear. returning to (11), i would like to note that the obtained reaction q is the first approximation, i.e. when calculating the values of p and p according to the given equations1 and p2 is underestimated. strength r2 will be of slightly greater importance in the event that the roller hardly rotates and the strap practically does not slide on the roller, that is: 22 12  ess  substituting this value in (10), we get max22 pp  american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 2 2 2 2 1 12 cos 2 s s q s q  = + − (24) from where 2 222 2 1 cos cos 1 2 2 q s e     =  − +     (25) true the value of q will be greater than the q found by (11 ) and less than qcalculated by (25). references 1 dmitrev v.a. details of machines – leningrad "shipbuilding", 1970, p. 510 olbrich, a. the air-com-tex 700 condenser ring spinning machine volume 6, issue 1, 2000, pages 25-29 3 butovskiy p.m. stress state of the lower straps of skf exhaust devices "textile problems" 2009 № 2 . 4. butovskiy p.m. issledovanie straps vyduzhnykh priborov sprydilnykh mashina na ustavnostnoe razrazhenie [study of straps of exhaust devices of spinning machines for fatigue destruction]// proceedings of the republican scientific and practical conference nam mpi namangan, 2011 5.chen v.n. issledovanie zavodstvennosti otdel'nykh elementov vytruzhnogo pribora cottonkopryvnoy mashina [studies of the performance of individual elements of the exhaust device of the cotton spinning machine]. phd thesis, kostroma, 1980. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org effectiveness of training technology in the credit module system yangiboev khurshid independent researcher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides for the study of the effectiveness of educational technology when integrating into the credit module system. distinguished by its modular structure and flexibility, the credit module system has gained popularity in educational institutions around the world. by mastering educational technology such as online platforms, multimedia resources, interactive learning tools, educators can communicate with students and increase academic performance. in this review, existing research on the subject will be studied within the framework of the credit module system to provide insights into the benefits and possible difficulties of applying educational technology. credit module system, student, learning process, this, technology. introduction the credit module system revolutionized traditional educational models by offering students even more freedom and autonomy during study trips. mastering educational technology in this system holds the possibility of further optimization of the educational process. this article presents an analysis of the effectiveness of educational technology in the credit module system, focusing on its impact on student engagement, knowledge preservation, skill development. methods: a comprehensive literature review was conducted to collect relevant research on the effectiveness of educational technology in the credit module system. peer-reviewed journals, conference sheets, and training databases were searched using specific keywords related to the topic. only published in the last 10 years and included studies written in english. a total of 50 studies met the inclusion criteria and were analyzed for this review. results: analysis of selected studies suggests that educational technology integrated into the credit module system can have several negative effects on student learning. first, it enhances working with students by providing interactive and multimedia-rich learning experiences. these extended training can lead to knowledge retention and understanding of the subject. second, teaching technology allows for personalized learning, allowing students to progress at their own pace and gain targeted feedback. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org finally, along with educational technology, the modularity of the credit module system promotes the formation of the necessary skills such as critical thinking, problem solving, cooperation. training and future directions: while the integration of educational technology in a credit module system shows promise, several challenges need to be considered. these difficulties include the cost and convenience of technology, ensuring the correct upbringing of caregivers, solving possible issues of technological dependence. further research is needed to investigate the long-term effects of educational technology in the credit module system, as well as to identify strategies to effectively implement and assess its impact on the diverse student population. so, indeed, the integration of educational technology into the credit module system provides a set of its own difficulties. some common issues include: * cost and convenience: the introduction of educational technology can be associated with the purchase of important financial investments, including equipment, software and infrastructure. regardless of socio-economic origin and geographical location, it is very important to ensure comfort for all students. • teaching and support: teachers require proper training and ongoing support to use educational technology effectively. professional development programs must be provided to familiarize teachers with the tools and techniques needed to integrate technology into teaching practices. * technological dependence. while teaching technology can further enhance learning, students are at risk of relying too heavily on these tools. it is important to weigh the use of technology with traditional teaching methods, to promote critical thinking and problem solving skills. * pedagogical innovation: mastering educational technology should go beyond digitizing only existing materials. this requires modern pedagogical approaches to match the specific objectives of the credit module system, ensuring that technology increases learning rather than just serving as a substitute. * infrastructure and technical support. adequate infrastructure, including internet connectivity, equipment and technical support, must be introduced to ensure sustainable implementation and minimize disruptions during the training process. effective elimination of these challenges requires careful planning, collaboration between partners, and ongoing evaluation to optimize the benefits of educational technology within the credit module system. conclusion: in conclusion, the integration of educational technology in the credit module system has the potential to attract students, preserve knowledge and further enhance skill development. however, careful planning, adequate resources and continuous evaluation are necessary for successful implementation. learners and institutions must remain aware of the latest advances in educational technology and adapt their practices accordingly in order to effectively use their interests within the credit module system. the effectiveness of teaching technology based on the credit module system can vary depending on various factors such as the nature of the technology, the learning environment and the specific objectives of the curriculum. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org some studies suggest that educational technology can increase learning outcomes when properly implemented in a credit module system. this can provide students with great flexibility in pacing their education, allowing for personalized learning, and promoting self-directed learning. in addition, the modular structure of the credit module system allows students to gradually acquire specific skills and knowledge, providing a more comprehensive understanding of the material. however, it should be noted that the effectiveness of teaching technology based on the credit module system can also depend on the quality of the technology itself, the pedagogical approach used and the level of teacher support. references: 1. alemayehu, m., & berhanu, m. (2019). challenges of e-learning implementation in ethiopian higher education institutions: a review. international journal of web-based learning and teaching technologies (ijwltt), 14(4), 61-77. 2. allen, i.e., & seaman, j. (2014). grade change: tracking online education in the united states. 3. beldarrain, y. (2006). distance education trends: integrating new technologies to foster student interaction and collaboration. distance education, 27(2), 139-153. 4. ertmer, p. a., ottenbreit-leftwich, a. t., sadik, o., sendurur ertmer, p., & sendurur ertmer, g. (2008). teacher beliefs and technology integration practices: a critical relationship. computers & education, 52(1), 141-152. 5. honebein, p., duffy, t., & fishman, b. j. (2018). constructivism revisited: implications and reflections from current research. in educational technology (pp. 123-143). springer. 6. khechine, h., essalmi, f., jemni, m., & kinshuk (2016). obstacles to the adoption of elearning at university level in developing countries: the case of tunisia. international journal of information and learning technology, 33(2), 101-114. 7. mayer, r.e. (2009). multimedia learning: are we asking the right questions? educational psychologist 34(2), 149-152. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 106 www.americanjournal.org transposition in translation: types of interpretation in uzbek and english languages tulkinova mamura master student of samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the topic of conversion translation transposition interpretation in various contexts is the focus of this article. language units in conversion relations are examined from a variety of angles, and their unique characteristics are discussed. the relationship between conversion transformations and other modifications is examined in the article. additionally, the impact of intricate translation modifications on conveying the original text's discursive structure in the translation is taken into account. translation, conversion translation, interpretation, transposition conversion in uzbek and english and interpretation, discursive form of the text, variant and non-variant forms of translation, complex nature of conversion transformations. introduction the majority of uzbek translations were done so indirectly, frequently using russian as a conduit. it's possible that the original content and meaning will be forgotten. these days, translating poetry and all of its constituent parts—rhyme, radif, narrator, turoks, hajib, and so forth—is an extremely challenging task. it becomes extremely difficult to give them instructions while translating and maintaining the original rhyme, meaning, and content. for instance, the translator must consider carefully how to translate words that are nationality-specific into a poetic translation. additionally, the language being translated—in particular, the way in which various artistic works created in that language have entered our social lives, its function in the exchange of information, and its noteworthy contribution to the advancement of science, technology, literature, and art—as well as uzbek culture determine the relevance of the chosen topic. it is explained by making use of the language's existing capabilities, translating straight from the source and keeping the level of intermediate language assistance to a minimum within the confines of the uzbek language, as well as by providing weight, rhyme, rhythm, narration, etc. poem translation involves lexical and grammatical changes made by translators. according to l.s. barkhudarov's book «некоторые проблемы перевода c английской поэзии на русский язык», transformation is employed when the russian language's norms and poetic structure permit it, and only when it doesn't negatively impact the poem's meaning. the following compression techniques are applied in both english and french poetry: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 107 www.americanjournal.org 1. a mechanical descent. in this instance, weight and measurement constraints will prevent the original element from being included in the translation. 2. ingenious exclusion. here, the transformation method (compression) is used to achieve the state of compression. the translator makes a creative sacrifice by condensing the source sentences in addition to translating the words. 1. a verb or phrase that is simpler is used in place of the original complex one. at first he tried to hammer an excuse and hast comman of every part to live, and die for thee (robert herick) o‘zing hal qil: o‘laymi yo qolaymi sen uchun? 2. adding nouns or adjectives to substantive phrase replacements. dead scandals form good subjects for dissection. ye mustering thunders from above your willing victom see! sen-chi, ko‘kdagi chaqmoq sevgi qurboniga boq. 3. using different kinds of pronouns to substitute for phrases. the bard i quote from does not sing amiss. shoirning she’rlari shundayin kuchli. 4. reduction of lexicosemantics. besides, the prince is all for the land-service, forgetting duncan, nelson, blove and jervis. buyuk admiral qirol va butun mamlakatni unutdi the sword, the banner, and the field glory and greece, around me see!3 (byron) atrofimda jang, maydon, gʻalaba va sen, yunon! "giving the tone of an artistic work in translation is important in all literary genres," as g. salomov pointed out. translations that lack coherence, whether they are from a single proverb or matal (story) to a sonnet, ghazal, poem, story, or novel, will sound erroneous. the tone is associated with various elements of the artistic work, such as the lexical unit, syntax, inversion, saj', radif, rhyme, weight, etc. depending on the translation, the tone may appear natural or artificial, resulting in an artificial artistic environment or fake context. the ability to accurately define the relationship between the work's writing style, the author's idea and worldview, and the features of rhythm, tone, syntactic style, and image sequence is crucial to determine the right translation style. a work cannot be translated into a state where it is equivalent to the source unless a suitable stylistic key is discovered. the general idea of translation is closely related to the principle of stylistic adaptation. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 108 www.americanjournal.org regarding the question of what constitutes appropriate translation, for instance, all translators and theorists are split into two camps. some people argue that the translation should sound like a translation, while the first group feels the translation should sound like the original work. each concrete translation is an outcome of the translator's interpretation of the original language. the translator must first base the form on the function of the content in order to find the form's key before translating the work into his native tongue. the poem's sound form and content are intimately related. different languages may use the same weight for different purposes. due to the fact that each language has a unique pronunciation and tone. furthermore, there are length differences between words in different languages. we can conclude from the analysis that conversion translation transformations have a complex and multifaceted nature. the intricate changes that occur during the translation process are predicated on elements like lexical-semantic, grammatical, meaningful, logical, discursiveexpressive, and meaningful. translation transformations are more significant the more ways there are to fully understand the original text's content in the translated language. as a conclusion, it can be said that the original text's wealth of linguistic features makes translations requiring transformations more necessary. specifically, the number of signs indicative of transformation increases with the deeper the meaning of linguistic units. when there are several interpretations, one transformation can be interpreted in various ways. the translation's variant form is compatible with many interpretations. resources 1. л. с. бархударов «некоторые проблемы перевода с английской поэзии на русский язык» м.: высшая школа, 1984, вып. 21. -с. 38-48. 2. robert herrick “to anthea who may command him anything”. sel: studies in english literature 1500– 1900, 25 (winter 1985): 165–182 3. byron, george, gordon. "lara." the corsair and lara. ed. peter cochran. 2009. 52-85. p.52 4. капулунко а.м. «некоторые проблемы репродукции поэтический интонации при переводе с английского на русский (на материале сонетов шекспира). вопросы теории и практики перевода. иркутск. сбр. науч. трудов-вып. 2. 1999. 5. саломов ғ. таржима назарияси асослари. т.: «ўқитувчи». – 1983. – 230б. 6. ruzibaeva, n. (2019). peculiarities of the antithesis in the literary text. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol, 7(11). 7. munisa, m. (2019, february). ways of implementing cultural material into foreign language classroom. in international scientific and practical conference" innovative ideas of modern youth in science and education" (pp. 299-301). 8. shokirovich, t. o., & abdijalilovna, z. d. (2020). teaching efl and esp for law. activities and challenges during the covid-19 pandemic in uzbekistan. solid state technology, 63(6), 8318-8325. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org technology for the development of the ecoaesthetic culture of future preschool specialists ashurova oygul anvarovna teacher of the faculty of pedagogical psychology of fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the technology for the development of the ecoaesthetic culture of future preschool specialists educator, formation, technology, society, culture, process, foundation, subject, culture, factor, teacher, organization, ecology, education. introduction the aggravation of the environmental situation in the modern world, against the background of consumer attitudes towards natural resources, requires the development of the necessary strategy to educate the younger generation about the right attitude to nature and the realization that man is an integral part of it, and not the owner. that is, in the aggregate, the formation of an ecological culture. ecological culture is an indicator of an individual's ecological consciousness, it is a universal culture based on a system of universal values based on the experience accumulated by previous generations. its goal is to convince a person to live in harmony with nature, so that the satisfaction of the needs and lifestyle of modern society do not harm nature, and, as a result, the lives of future descendants, so that knowledge about the surrounding world and the interconnection of all living things foster a humane attitude towards it. the main role in educational work is assigned to the teacher, because, first of all, the result depends on him the promotion of children along the path of acquiring ecological culture. of course, a teacher who teaches his students in any educational institution must be a bearer of this culture, that is, have a broad understanding of nature and the processes taking place in it, the key problems of interaction between man and nature, understand the environmental situation not only of the planet as a whole, but also of his region, be aware of his civic responsibility for the prevailing to be ready to change the situation, to master the methodology and professional skills of developing the principles of ecological culture in children of the school and preschool period. a teacher with environmental professionalism is able to make the right decisions at any moment of the educational process. i. p. safronov in his works focuses on the environmental education of teachers, on their mandatory possession of systematic scientific knowledge about nature, ecological and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org pedagogical knowledge necessary to work with children, understanding the fundamental problems of interaction between society and nature. since the problems of the development of ecological culture in uzbekistan occupy an essential position in pedagogy and require multilateral consideration and complete research not only at the theoretical level, but also at the level of organizing practical work with children, the phenomenon of ecological culture was studied in detail in their research by n.n. veresov, n.s. dezhnikova, i.t. suravegina. the formation of an ecological culture of a personality is considered in the scientific works of a.a. verbitsky , s.n. glazachev , m. o. iskakov mangasaryan v. n. , n.n. mammadov. recently, a number of research papers have been written on various aspects of the development of ecological culture, for example: n. n. egorova. "ecological culture of a teacher: an axiological and pedagogical aspect", tkachenko y. l., komissarova m. v., shcherbakova i. s. "ecological culture of society and ways of its formation", s.n. nikolaeva "ecological culture in the educational space of preschool educational institutions: the leading role of environmental education technologies" . o.a. zykova made a great contribution to the development of the ecological culture of a teacher in a preschool educational organization by writing a number of articles, for example: "ecological culture of a kindergarten teacher" , "development of ecological culture in kindergarten", "development of ecological culture of a kindergarten teacher", "organizational and pedagogical conditions for the development of ecological culture of subjects of the educational process of a preschool institution". the work of s. n. nikolaeva, t. y. burlakova "methodological guidance of the ecological and pedagogical process in a preschool institution as a factor in the development of environmental culture of teachers" reflects the uniqueness of the methodology of environmental education as a relatively new direction in preschool pedagogy, which forms the basis of the system of work with children and should be communicated to kindergarten teachers. v.a. guseva "the influence of the ecological culture of a teacher in the process of educating mercy to animals in older and younger preschoolers". the article is aimed at examining the influence of the environmental culture of the teacher, its scientific and cognitive aspect, on the process of fostering mercy for animals in preschoolers and younger schoolchildren in the educational activities of kindergarten and school. t. y. makashina "formation of an environmental culture of an educator within the framework of a professional development program". the article considers the issue of the formation of the ecological culture of the educator, which arose on the basis of the environmental problem that has developed at the present stage of "man-nature-society". the importance of additional professional development programs is emphasized. turning to the problem of the development of ecological culture among preschool teachers, we can state that this area of research has not been sufficiently studied in the scientific literature and practical activities. considering this issue, we will first of all talk about the means of developing ecological culture among teachers of preschool organizations. modern pedagogy presents ecological culture as the result of education, the main function of which is to prepare the younger generation for life in this world, and for this they must know it, master the system of moral norms in relation to it, including nature.scientific research and practice-oriented american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org activities have shown that the ecological culture of a teacher is designed to determine the development of both the ecological culture of society and an individual. as a result of the study, its main goal was achieved, which is to substantiate the development of environmental culture among teachers of a preschool educational organization. ascent: from the sum of ecological knowledge to the system of knowledge, from the isolation of natural science and social science to their integration, from a rational attitude to nature to its emotional and value perception, from the nature management disunited in the "national houses" to the dialogue of cultures of communication with nature that have developed in the north and south, in the west and east of the planet, ascent from excessive material needs for spirituality. the researchers emphasize that the formation of a systemic, holistic vision of ecology, the phenomenon of ecological culture is an incomplete process and its main principle is the interconnectedness, complementarity of all forms and phenomena of life. v. a. ignatova comprehensively (theoretically and experimentally) explores the process of formation of ecological culture among schoolchildren. the starting point in the study is the position: ecological culture is a part of universal culture, its separate facet, reflecting the relationship of man and the whole society with nature in all types of activities. the center of ecological culture is universal values and such ways of activity that allow you to preserve these values. the criterion for the formation of ecological culture is the actions, behavior and human activity justified from the point of view of the laws of ecology, actions that are ecologically consistent with the socio-natural environment. in her opinion, the cognitive model of environmental education should be based on theories that consider universal relationships. these include, for example, synergetics, which describes the world as a process of development of a hierarchically arranged macrosystem. synergetics allows us to understand the universal unity of the world, in which randomness and uncertainty are fundamental properties of the universe. synergetics gives an idea of how a complex and ordered system emerges from chaos, gives a complete, detailed understanding of the processes of development and evolution of various systems, how their selforganization and organization of biological, planetary, cosmic, social and other systems occur. ignatova argues that such an approach to the consideration of socio-natural and man-made systems reveals the mechanisms of their simultaneous existence, interaction and development and therefore can become a new (higher-level) basis for the integration of educational content. the researcher points out that currently the methodology and didactics of the new content of education are just beginning to mature. it takes time for a different approach to develop – an approach of deep integration to the formation of school and university subjects. in the meantime, the author believes that at school (in high school) it is necessary to introduce a generalizing integrated course, the core of which will be a systemic synergetic approach. this course will help students understand the unity of the world in all its manifestations – in nature, social life, human creative activity, understand and realize their role and purpose in the world, develop behavior and activities that contribute to its indestructible development, and therefore raise them to a higher level of ecological culture. the integrated courses were aimed at forming the foundations of ecological culture among students based on an ecological worldview, ecological thinking, ecological consciousness, humanistic ideas and universal values and ideals. the latter included such universal values as the earth, nature, man, and health. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 81 www.americanjournal.org without going into the details of the experiment, we can state the following conclusions: – ecological culture can be formed among schoolchildren in the learning process under certain conditions. the key indicators of ecological culture are: a holistic view of the socio-natural environment, a generalized picture of the world, an understanding of the system and processality of the world; ecological thinking; environmentally consistent activities and behavior; – the most important condition for the formation of an ecological culture of a person is the integration of natural science and humanitarian knowledge in the content of education; – the modern approach to the integration of knowledge in education, implemented through interdisciplinary connections, does not provide a conceptual basis for unity, does not raise a person to the level of awareness of his place and role in the system of the universe. the existing level of integration is an empirical level that forms an emotional and sensual image of the surrounding world and from the standpoint of which it is impossible to make a deep understanding of reality, scientific and environmentally sound activities are impossible; – the basis for integrating the content of education can be modern cognitive models of science – the theory of systems and synergetics, the leading concepts of which are: system, interconnection, interaction, process. the use of these ideas makes it possible to transfer the ecological thinking of students to a higher level and use the concepts of a systemic synergetic approach to the correct modeling of processes occurring in a socio-natural environment, to predict possible results and choose the optimal management option; – the content of education should combine within reasonable limits, according to the age and psychophysiological capabilities of children, both the ideas of integration and the ideas of differentiation. the level of education in primary and partly secondary schools remains predominantly empirical. further, as students accumulate intellectual baggage and practical experience, it becomes possible to master the integrative essence of the universe. high school students can be led to philosophical generalizations and understanding the role of different ways of cognition in mastering the world around them. this study experimentally demonstrates the success of the search for a new methodology in the formation of environmental culture, it paves the way for the integration of knowledge in all levels of continuing environmental education. in preschool pedagogy, the idea of integration has been maturing for a long time, but research is needed to reveal the possibility of "deep" unification of various aspects of the educational process with preschool children on an emotional, sensual and activity basis, with the inclusion of rational and irrational knowledge. thus, it is obvious: ecological culture is a complex category that develops throughout a person's life, it originates in preschool childhood, its formation takes place with the participation and guidance of an adult. environmental culture of the teacher an adult is engaged in educational work, therefore, first of all, the result depends on him the promotion of children along the path of acquiring ecological culture. the teacher who educates them in any educational institution must be its bearer. a future teacher should gain a broad general understanding of nature, the processes taking place in it, and human interaction with it. the "picture of the world" will become the philosophical foundation from which he will carry out his specific activities with children. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 82 www.americanjournal.org environmental education of a teacher can act as a measure of his value orientations in moral, aesthetic, and intellectual aspirations (l. v. romanenko). an educator who has undergone extensive environmental training at an educational institution is a carrier of ecological culture: he understands the ecological situation of the planet, the country and his region, feels civic responsibility for the current situation and is ready to change it, knows the methodology for developing the principles of ecological culture in children. references 1. ашурова, о. (2022). экоэстетик маданиятни бўлажак мактабгача таълим мутахассисларида ривожлантириш мазмуни ва асосий босқичлари. теория и практика современной науки, (4 (82)), 13-16. 2. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). bo’lajak maktabga ta’lim mutaxsislarini ekostetik madaniyatini rivojlantirishning prinsiplari. science and innovation, 2(special issue 4), 345-353. 3. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). bo’lajak maktabga ta’lim mutaxsislarini ekostetik madaniyatini rivojlantirishning prinsiplari. science and innovation, 2(special issue 4), 345-353. 4. ашурова, о. теория и практика современной науки. теория и практика современной науки учредители: ооо" институт управления и социально-экономического развития",(4), 13-16. 5. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2021). factors for the development of ecoesthetic culture of future preschool educational professionals. european journal of humanities and educational advancements, 2(5), 162-164. 6. сидикова, г., & жабборов, а. (2023). тенденции формирования понятия здорового образа жизни. академические исследования в современной науке, 2(23), 55-66. 7. sabirovna, s. g., & temurovna, y. z. (2023, december). opportunities for educational activities in the development of competencies in the field of “physical development and the formation of a healthy lifestyle” of children of early and preschool age. in e conference zone (pp. 63-71). 8. sidikova, s. g., & mohidil, m. (2023). hardening as the basis of a healthy lifestyle in preschool children. conferencea, 119-134. 9. sabirovna, s. g. (2023). ways to organize pilot work aimed at the physical development of preschool children and the formation of a healthy lifestyle in them. conferencea, 1-15. 10.sidikova, s. g. (2023). mаktаbgаchа yоshdаgi bоlаlаrni jismоniy rivоjlаntirish vа ulаrdа sоg ‘lоm turmush tаrzini shаkllаntirish– ijtimоiy-pedаgоgik muаmmо sifаtidа. conferencea, 34-43. 11. сидикова гулбахор сабировна. (2023). педагогический процесс физического развития дошкольников и формирования у них здорового образа american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 83 www.americanjournal.org жизни. holders of reason, 1(3), 2–15. retrieved from https://sciencepromotion.uz/index.php/holders_of_reason/article/view/413 12. ashurova, o. (2021). analysis of foreign experience on the development of eco-aesthetic culture of future preschool education specialists. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(10), 1478-1484. 13. ashurova, a. o. (2023). theoretical and methodological grounds formation of ecological competence of kindergarten future specialists. conferencea, 134-140. 14. ashurova, o. (2023). use of elements and ecological formation. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 3(4 part 4), 203-207. 15. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). ekologik ong va madaniyatni estetikalashtirishdagi pedagogik faoliyat. uzbek scholar journal, 22, 72-74. 16. anvarovna, a. o. (2023, october). the essence and content of the concept of ecological and pedagogical competence of future teachers of preschool education. in e conference zone (pp. 133-139). 17. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). ekologik masalalarda milliylik va umuminsoniylik dialektikasi badiiy ijodning an’anaviy integratsiyalashish tendensiyasinida tarbiyachilarni ekoestetik bilimlarini rivojlantirish. holders of reason, 1(2), 70-75. 18. anvarjonovna, a. o. (2023). umuminsoniy-universal ekoestetik madaniyatni rivojlantirishning ilmiy-pedagogik ahamiyati. holders of reason, 1(2), 55-62. 19. yuldasheva, g., & mohidilxon, m. (2024). use information technology in the process of performing physical activity in preschoolers. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 20, 26-30. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org from tradition to trend: crafting a dress series with national satin fabrics m.m. ulugboboyeva fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: mavjudaulugboboyeva@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scholarly article comprehensively explores the developmental trajectory of a dress collection crafted from indigenous satin fabric, examining its conceptual evolution and design progression. it delves into the intricate cultural significance and creative process behind utilizing national satin fabric as a central element in fashion design. through a blend of empirical analysis and qualitative insights, the article elucidates the cultural, artistic, and historical influences that contributed to the conceptualization and creation of this dress collection. by tracing the journey from ideation to realization, the study sheds light on the fusion of traditional craftsmanship with contemporary design paradigms, offering insights into the intricate interplay between heritage textiles and modern fashion sensibilities. additionally, it underscores the socio-cultural impact of promoting and preserving national fabric heritage within the context of fashion and design. overall, this article serves as a valuable academic resource, providing in-depth exploration and analysis of the creative and cultural dimensions involved in developing a collection of dresses from a distinctive national satin fabric. costume design, concept, deconstructivism, composition centre. introduction in the problems of modern design, the problem of creative concept (the main idea, the merits and tasks of design, the spiritual path) occupies a central place. conceptuality is a general creative instruction that underpins the essence of the project culture. the creative concept determines the value and moral content of the project. the content and nature of the creative concept are related not only to the author's worldview but also to the project's culture and the main incentives for the development of society. usually, concepts in design represent important issues that excite society and man. design should take into account the needs of people and contribute to solving their problems. concepts in costume design are usually in the flow of the main design problems of their time and connected with the general motivations of changing lifestyles. however, these common incentives are american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org absorbed in the concepts of different authors in design, that is, designers look at the function of the item differently, support different concepts of providing a wardrobe, use different shaping methods, and live in different lifestyles. they offer their clothes to people. in addition, the uniqueness of clothing design is that the concept is not expressed in text, but in an existing form. the main form of mastering the creative concept of the rhythm tradition of fashion seasonal change in clothing design is the model show. conceptuality is manifested not only in the modelling of clothes (although this is the most important), but also in the choice of models, the creation of a certain image (hairdressing, make-up, etc.), music accompaniment and the location of the show. author creative concepts of designers, as a rule, the project is not free from the general trends of cultural development and is not registered to one or another general concept existing in the design. there are many creative concepts in modern design. materials and methods from concepts of authorship to several trends (minimalism, deconstructivism). some designers are supporters of fast-changing fashion, while others strive to create a classic style. they try to use the possibility of holistic aesthetic models, and transformation. the activity of designers are required to have a lot of knowledge potential in comparison to other fields. he should acquire knowledge related to art and science. the ideological and creative basis of every type of art is composition. symbolism in design the term "symbolism" is used in several senses in modern consumption. each image is called a "figure" in a broad sense, such as a picture of a flower, a tree, or a mountain landscape. in modern design, designers show a lot of shape solutions in "to couture, prêt-a-porte" collections. the development of the prospect is to solve the theoretical (concept, hypothesis) of the project and create experimental principles. the evaluation method was selected for the selected models. the clothes of medical personnel influence and express the lifestyle of a person, the type of person, the objective and subjective properties related to society, including aesthetic rules, and the psychological mood of people. a symbol is an image made by the name of an object with two meanings, it can be a completely different form or an abstract concept. symbols (letters, names, numbers, etc.). an equally important function of symbols and symbols is to establish communication between graphic images. conceptualization of design depends on the following ways: − the way of evaluation considers the design of society and the way of life of a person, aesthetic rules, and the activity of creating objective and subjective wealth. − system way considers material, functional, social, and cultural elements as an interdependent system. the set-environment path considers the result of the human mastering the environment of the spatial object and its vital environment. a set is a complete set of items made of the same or different materials, with a common purpose and style; some items in the set can be replaced with other items that are similar in design and style. a set is an open system, and some items can be added and removed from it. middle school-age girls' clothes have a straight silhouette or flared below the waistline, while 9-10year-olds are slightly wider about their height. the construction of parts is different. for girls aged 78 years, it is better to sew a dress above the waistline, but close to its natural shape. the clothes of 911-year-old girls are a little wider in height and expand downwards using various means. the dress american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org can also be cut on the waistline, this type of dress has a full front and a cut on the back or side of the waistline. the cut of blouses, the lower part of which is sewn in a straight silhouette, is lowered slightly below the waistline. covers, pockets, plackets, and cleats are placed in this place of the shirts. conclusions the advantages of the girl's body shape are that it allows you to place the centre of the composition in the upper part of the dress, where you can create the necessary volume with the help of folds and reliefs from different types of coquettish. the neckline and the shape of the collars are different. more common racks and rack collars are used. sleeve shapes are also different depending on the style of the clothes. the centre of the composition can also be located at the waist of the dress. in clothes with a straight silhouette, in skirts that expand from the waist, it serves as a slightly lowered belt. references 1. g.xasanova. (2006). to'qimachilik dizayn tarixi. tashkent. iqtisod-moliya. 2. “atel'e fariz” qo'llanma jurnal, 2015 yil. 3. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & teshaboyeva, g. m. (2022, october). research of the technology of summer dresses for pregnant women based on the analysis of natural fabrics. in archive of conferences (pp. 216-219). 4. ulugboboyeva, m. m. (2021). creation of new modern clothes from national fabrics. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(11), 63-68. 5. ulug‘boboyeva, m. (2022). development of the concept of a collection of dresses from khonatlas fabric. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 10, 121-124. 6. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & tursunova, x. s. (2021). ways to solve problems in the production of knit wear. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(9), 29-33. 7. ulugboboeva, m. m., & usmanov, r. (2022). analysis of problems in the production of knitted products. eurasian journal of physics, chemistry and mathematics, 12, 10-13. 8. o'g'li, t. u. d. u., & qizi, b. m. n. (2022). verification of the values obtained based on the theoretical analysis of the working details of the crusher in the program “solidworks”. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(10), 222229. 9. ergashov, y., babayeva, m., & akhmedov, a. (2023). new regenerator design for regeneration of raw cotton voles from non-ginned seeds. academia science repository, 4(04), 32-35. 10. sharipjanovich, s. o. umarali og, td, & qizi, bmn (2021). current state and analysis of equipment for cleaning and selection of seeds. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 29(2), 337-342. 11. sharifjanovich, s. o. (2021). the velocity distribution over the cross section pipes of pneumatic transport installations cotton. in international conference on multidisciplinary research and innovative technologies (vol. 2, pp. 29-34). 12. ubaydullaev, m. m., & makhmudova, g. o. (2022). medium fiber s-8290 and s-6775 cotton agrotechnics of sowing varieties. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(05), 49-54. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 13. odiljonovich, t. q. (2021). about automation of loading and unloading of cotton raw materials at cotton factory stations. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(10), 2068-2071. 14. сидиков, а. х., махмудова, г., каримов, а. и., & саримсаков, о. ш. (2021). изучение движения частиц хлопка и тяжёлых примесей в рабочей камере пневматического очистителя. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (83)), 51-56. 15. ulugboboyeva, m. m., & xoshimov, j. v. (2021). problems in the manufacture of garments in the knitwear industry. theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука, (11), 718-720. 16. maripdjanovna, u. b. m., & valiyevich, x. j. (2021). research and analysis of physical and mechanical properties of the national fabric-adras. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 77-88. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 109 www.americanjournal.org the role of humorous advertising and its influence on the development of social life abdukarimova z. a. master student of samarkand state institute of foreign languages a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s based on historical and ethnographic materials, the history and substance of humorous advertising, the function of advertising in various historical eras and societies, and the function of advertising in globalization processes are all examined. uzbekistan, advertising, producer, consumer, society, culture, spirituality, television, newspaper, magazine. introduction the 20th century is remembered as a time of tremendous change in human history. undoubtedly, the uzbek people's way of life and culture underwent significant changes throughout this time, just like they did in other nations. it is impossible to picture our quickly evolving civilization without economic growth, particularly in recent years. the economics is the lifeblood of society; spirituality is its soul and spirit. the degree to which the enacted social and economic reforms impact the population's material well-being and quality of life is the primary metric used to assess their efficacy. advertising is unquestionably the most significant aspect in establishing a robust economy based on market principles. it informs consumers about the kind, composition, and caliber of goods and services and establishes the degree of relationship between producers and consumers. recent history has shown that advertising has a significant impact on people's daily lives. it mostly establishes the person's social life's image and style and influences how they view the outside world. advertisements present pre-made forms that we can move into in specific circumstances. information is mostly disseminated through radio, television, newspapers, magazines, and different posters. additionally, a number of social media platforms, including facebook, instagram, tik tok, and telegram, are becoming increasingly significant in today's modern society. these days, these networks have become so ingrained in people's lives that, aside from the information about the good or service that is understood from the advertisements, a study of their spirituality and its direct connection to people's interactions and way of life suggests the importance of the research topic. let's start by discussing the evolution of advertising and its historical background. information about the quality of the goods and the benefits of purchasing them is known as advertising (latin reclamo-to shout). information that is disseminated about people, companies, or products in order to make direct or indirect profit (income) is regarded as a part of advertising marketing and influences consumer preference and demand formation. advertising serves a variety of functions, including helping american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 110 www.americanjournal.org consumers make decisions about what to buy and why, as well as developing a company's image over time. the primary objective of advertising is to pique the interest of the consumer, not to drive them away and grow their base. depending on how they are used and what their general characteristics are, advertising can be classified as display, press, print, poster-graphic, movie, radio, lighting, or any combination of these. it is separated into intentional and affective categories based on the content. while emotional advertising aims to elicit positive feelings and thoughts about the product, targeted advertising focuses on the particular advantages that the consumer will experience upon purchasing this product. it can be understood as a force that influences people's inner lives as well as societal moral standards based on the definitions given above. in the past, advertising had significance beyond our current understanding. actually, this word first appeared in english in the 1850s. however, the earliest known advertisements were also found in ancient nations. one such example is the papyrus advertisement for the sale of a slave in egypt, which is currently on display at the british museum. "his two ears can hear well, both his eyes can see, i guarantee that he will be satisfied with food, honest, and obedient," the inscription reads, referring to the slave who is being sold. this leads us to the following conclusions: the health of the slaves within the system was given special consideration; the health of their master and family members was not in jeopardy; they were able to comprehend the tasks assigned to them; and finally, they expressed satisfaction with all aspects of their lives. additionally, advertising inscriptions were carved on bone, written on wooden boards, and placed in squares and other public areas in ancient greece and rome. the preachers' service was unequaled. naturally, the goal was for the message to be heard by a large number of people and become widely known. the liquid that erupted from the vesuvius volcano in 73 bc helped to preserve the original appearance of the ancient city of pompeii. information regarding advertising is also found in the "baburnoma" of the renowned mediaeval statesman zahriddin muhammad babur, written in 1500 eastern peoples. we can get together as well. in baburnoma, "a burial is situated atop a spring that is situated beneath oburdan. mascho owns the spring above this one. the one below is about palghar. i have engraved these three stanzas on a stone by its side at the start of this spring. “shunidamki, jamshedi farruxsirisht, ba sarchashmae bar sanga navisht, bar in chashme chu mo base dam zadand, biraftand to chashm barham zadand. giriftem olam bo mardig‘-yu zo‘r, va lekin naburdem bo xud ba go‘r”. content: "i've heard that a well-known statesman such as jamshid penned a memorial on the spring's stone. at the start of this spring, many people took a nap. it was gone in the span of a moment. with bravery and strength, we conquered the world, but we left the road to the cemetery empty." there are undoubtedly advertisements for goods that support nationalism as well. videos on tv, radio, or newspapers that celebrate the accomplishments of young scholars or pay tribute to the elderly are a valuable resource for enlightening people about spirituality and motivating them to pursue careers in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 111 www.americanjournal.org science. the longevity of such traditions is increased by carrying out beautification works and showcasing it to the public with the uzbek people's hashar, which is mainly shown in the spring and autumn seasons. the state government is taking a number of steps in the globalization process to legally control advertising and the ideas that are interpreted in it. the republic of uzbekistan's law on advertising, in particular, governs matters pertaining to the creation and dissemination of advertisements. laws forbid social advertising of information about health care, the environment, energy conservation, crime prevention, social protection and public safety, and the free dissemination of information about spirituality and enlightenment as well as the sponsors of such material, usage of the rights granted is suggested. in summary, advertising portrays the distinct social landscape of the nation, has a positive impact on the spirituality of its citizens, particularly with regard to the upbringing, perspective, and thought processes of youth, and simultaneously strengthens the economy of the nation while acting as a force for the preservation of its cultural customs. the times call for the sensible application of these characteristics. references: 1.shavkat mirziyoyev “erkin va farovon, demokratik o‘zbekiston davlatini birgalikda barpo etamiz” toshkent 2016. 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasi reklama to‘g‘risidagi qonunning tegishli moddalari 25.12.1998. 3. z.m. bobur “boburnoma”: toshkent 2018. 163 b. 4.svetlana florova “the role of advertising in promoting a product”:2014.14p. 5. o‘zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi 1 jild. toshkent 2007. 6. т.л.чернышева “реклама социално-культурном сервисе и туризме” новосибирск 2017. -10 c. 7.ergashxodjaev. sр. j, samadov a.n, alimxodjaev n.e, sharipov i.b. “marketing kommunikatsiyasi”. toshkent 2019. -211 b. 8. pattra tangthieng effectiveness awards university of stirling september 2009 internet saytlar: https://www president.uz 19.01.2021 https://www.varsitytutors.com https://orbita.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org ancient greek architecture d. m. rakhmanov assistant, department of architecture, fergana polytechnics institute, fergana, uzbekistan g. d. khodjaeva senior teacher, department of uzbek language and language teaching, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan s. mamaruziev student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the high level of development of industry and architecture in bc architecture in bc. architecture, residential construction, surroundings, galleries, loggias, acropolis, order, ihram, temple. introduction ancient greek architecture developed from the 7th century bc. during this period, society was in a democratic direction, so art and architecture developed at a high level. various public buildings began to be built in the central squares of cities [1-4]. the religious and political center of the city was the acropolis. the acropolis is located in the hilly part of the city and is surrounded by strong walls. inside the acropolis, there are statues of greek gods who have a great social and ideological place. according to greek legends, the life of the gods was similar to the daily life of the greeks, but people still believed in the power of these gods and built temples for them. such religious buildings embody the highest achievements of architecture [5-9]. figure 1. acropolis complex american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org in the planning solutions of residential buildings, public buildings, and religious buildings in ancient greece; open galleries, logging, and porticos were used. these roof solutions in buildings served to protect people from sunlight and rain. in such buildings, which were built using column and beam structures made of solid stones, these elements played a key role in revealing the artistic solution of the building [10-14]. the period of development of ancient greek architecture is divided into four periods: • homer era xiii-xii centuries bc; • hellenistic period 9th century bc; • archaic period viii century bc; • classical period v-iv centuries bc; by the archaic period, the use of stones instead of raw bricks developed the type of greek temples. columns were placed around the perimeter of the рriepter temple, and temples of this type were common in greek architecture, and the building looked straight and beautiful from all sides. the monumental doric, ionic, and corinthian orders are named after ancient greek tribes and locations. architectural orders consist of columns, capitals and bases. the beam part consists of an architrave, a frieze and a cornice, forming an entablature together [15-19]. the dorian order can be seen on the famous parthenon and propylene temples on the acropolis of athens. ancient copies of this warrant were preserved in the ruins of the temple of poseidon in pestum. the upper body of the medicinal order tapers upwards. without a base, the capital is simple, consisting of an abacus and a rounded exina that supports it. an architrave is placed over the abacus. the slightly protruding part of the frieze (triglyph) and the square board (metane) between it are divided into right angles [18-20]. classic examples of the ionic order were used in the erechtheion niki apteros exhromes on the athenian acropolis and in the propylene. the base of the order has a complex top in the form of a funnel, the capital is composed of volutes turned to both sides like a ram's horn, and egg-shaped ionics between them. the frieze of the architraves is flat, sometimes with reliefs. there are rows of teeth in the cornice part. figure 2. naming parts of warrants fig. 3. architectural warrants the corinthian warrant was first used in bassa, the temple of apollo in greece. this order was formed long after the ionic and doric orders, and it embodies all their subtle qualities. it is distinguished by a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org deep basket-shaped capital and medallions under the cornice. among the architectural orders, the corinthian order is considered the most elegant and beautiful. the temple of zeus in olympia is considered the most famous of the exemplary architectural monuments of the classicism period. due to the right proportions of this building, it looks compact in the form of a large building. inside the building is a statue of zeus, the main god of the greeks, in a sitting position. it is made of ivory. the "golden age" of greek architecture coincided with the time of pericles, the hero of athenian democracy. athens became the center of greek culture. the central architectural ensemble of athens, the acropolis, has risen to the level of a masterpiece in terms of its artistic opening and the relationship of the buildings to each other. its length is 300 m, located at the top of the acropolis priuz hill. 150 m wide. figure 4. temple of zeus at olympia on the acropolis, the main temple of the greeks is the parthenon (architects ictinus and callicrates) and on the western slope of the hill is the main entrance gate, the propylaea, in front of which stands the statue of athena, made by the sculptor phidias, in the form of a huge warrior. temples of niki apteros and erechtheion were built for athena and poseidon. temple of athena in 432 bc, the parthenon was built of marble stones, the dimensions of the stilaba at the base are 30.89 x 69.54 m. it is peripter type, the front facade consists of 8 columns. the height of the columns is 10.4 m. the temple was built on a medical warrant. the parthenon temple, combined with its artistic solution, proportions, constructions, decorations, was transformed into a mature architectural work of the classicism period. built in the ionic style, the temple of erechtheion was built on the site of the legendary dispute between athena and poseidon, and was named after these gods. the temple is built in a symmetrical style that is rare in greek architecture. on the southern facade of the erechtheion, instead of columns, statues of caryatids were installed. by the 4th century bc, structures in the form of a circle began to be built, and the construction of open theaters became widespread. such a theater consists of a building part (stage), a lower semicircular stage (orchestra) and an amphitheater of seats (theatron) as a stage around this area. large theaters can accommodate 50,000 people and the diameter of the theater is 140 m. up to the leading architects of this period were philo, scopas, pythias, polycletus the younger and satyrs. by the 4th century bc, the scattered greek cities were conquered by the macedonian king philip, in 332 bc, the son of philip the great, alexander, conquered and colonized other countries and built new cities of the type of greek cities. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org figure 5. temple of erechtheion references 1. sardar, m. (2023). reconstruction of 5-storey large panel buildings, use of atmospheric precipitation water for technical purposes in the building. the american journal of applied sciences, 2(12), 86-89. 2. sardar, m. (2023). ancient greek and ancient rome architecture and urban planning. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(06), 82-87. 3. mamaruziyev, s. (2023). the importance of gothic style in architecture. scientific progress, 2(6), 1305-1310. 4. sultanali ugli, m. s. (2023). architecture and urban planning in uzbekistan. texas journal of engineering and technology, 9, 62-64. 5. https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%ad%d1%80%d0%b5%d1%85%d1%82%d0%b5%d0% b9%d0%be%d0%bd. 6. xusniddin, m. n., abdumalik, r. g., & maxamat, r. d. (2022). methods of modernization, renovation and reconstruction of housing and buildings. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 73-83. 7. косимов, с., урмонов, б., & раҳмонов, д. (2021). туристское районирование территорий основной фактор развития туризма. scientific progress, 2(3), 125-128. 8. rakhmanov, d., & rakhmonova, g. (2022). methods of organizing tourism routes and routes in the fergana region. journal of architectural design, 12, 11-15. 9. holmurzaev, a. a., madaminov, j. z., rahmonov, d. m., & rasulzhonov, i. r. (2019). metodika razvitija professional''noj kompetentnosti informacionno-tehnicheskih sredstv budushhih uchitelej cherchenija. aktual'naja nauka, 4, 112-115. 10. rahmonov, d. m. (2021). stages and types of development of extreme tourism. central asian journal of arts and design, 2(12), 24-30. 11. maxamat o'g'li, r. d., & ilxomovich, u. b. (2021). extreme and adventure tourism in uzbekistan. central asian journal of arts and design, 2(11), 28-31. 12. raxmonov, d., & toshpo’latova, b. (2021). preservation of historical monuments of ferghana region. scientific progress, 1(6), 458-462. https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%ad%d1%80%d0%b5%d1%85%d1%82%d0%b5%d0%b9%d0%be%d0%bd https://ru.wikipedia.org/wiki/%d0%ad%d1%80%d0%b5%d1%85%d1%82%d0%b5%d0%b9%d0%be%d0%bd american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org 13. mahmudov, n. o., norimova, s. a., & ehsonov, d. r. (2021). so ‘ngi o ‘rta asrlarda o ‘rta osiyoda hunarmandchilik markazlarini takomillashtirish asoslari. academic research in educational sciences, 2(11), 692-715. 14. rahmonov, d. m., & rahmonova, g. a. (2020). scientific-proposal projects on designing agro industrialized small cities in the territory of uzbekistan. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(5), 778-785. 15. gulchekhra meliboeva, & zafarbek matniyazov. (2023). organization of architectural environment of tourist route objects of surkhandarya region. intent research scientific journal, 2(7), 58–63. retrieved from https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/167 16. rahmonova, g. a., goncharova, n. i., & rahmonov, d. m. (2020). tourism-the future of economy. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 13191324. 17. 고가로, & 김인성. (2021). 16~ 18c 한국과 우즈베키스탄 전통주거의 매개공간 비교 연구. 한국주거학회논문집, 32(3), 31-42. 18. toshpulatova, b. r., nurmatov, d. o. u., & juraboyev, a. t. u. (2022). tarixiy shaharlarni qayta qurish va shaharsozlik jarayonlarini takomillashtirish. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(3), 81-87. 19. solievich, i. s., & ravshanovna, t. b. (2021). fundamentals of the modern concepts of “architectural monument” and “restoration”. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(3), 2573-2578. 20. nurmatov, doniyor olimjon ugli, juraboyev, asilbek tolibjon ugli, & toshpulatova, barchinoy ravshanovna (2022). zamonaviy shaharsozlik nazariyasida transport va uning landshaftini rivojlanishini dolzarb vazifalari va hususiyatlari. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2 (2), 98-106. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.6470641. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org land and land management g.m.mirzakarimova fergana polytechnic institute, uzbekistan. gulshanoy081286@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s new land management systems have been created. technologies have been developed to enable interactive access to land data, and many land management agencies now operate in commercial settings where the focus is on maintaining systems rather than creating them. land resources, land management, land tenure, land rights, monitoring, efficiency, digital file, land information systems, automated. introduction objects and methods of research. european countries have created new land management systems and, like their counterparts elsewhere, are facing new challenges, especially in relation to sustainability. technologies have been developed to enable interactive access to land data, and many land management agencies now operate in commercial settings where the focus is on maintaining systems rather than creating them. this has led many european countries to a single system of land cadastre and land registration, which is either managed by a single government department, whose activities are regulated by law, or created in virtual reality. there is also a tendency for the land cadastral and registration system to operate partly or entirely on a self-sustaining basis, allowing it to generate income to improve its products and services, develop its activities and provide better responsiveness to customer needs. there is also increasing use of the internet to provide land and real estate information to the public, which contributes to the development of the real estate and credit markets [1-5]. despite the progress that has been made, it is important to look further for ways and means to improve land administration systems, taking into account the national and international interests of the public and private sectors, and the citizens they serve. one way forward is through international cooperation between the various european land management organizations. this has already made it possible to make comparisons between different countries and determine which system is most suitable for local conditions. [6-7] research results it should be understood that land is at the core of sustainable development. land management leadership is a means to an end, namely good governance at the highest level. a good practical solution would recognize that: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org good governance at the highest level, private ownership of land and security of property are interconnected and together form the basis for sustainable social and economic development; rights to land extend down below the surface of the earth, up into the sky and apply to all property firmly connected with the land; land ownership, value and use of land are interrelated. land cadastre and registries provide the basis for sustainable development by providing key information about land and its properties, giving it legal validity and making it accessible. a good practical solution would recognize that: the function of registering land title must provide a reliable and reliable basis for the acquisition, possession and disposal of rights to land; the system must be impartial and those who serve it must not have any conflicts of interest; the function of the cadastre is to collect and make available graphical and textual information in support of title registration, real estate valuation and land management; mandatory registration of land title must be maintained; a multi-purpose land cadastre and land registration system creates new opportunities to increase the value of land-related data and their use within the country and in international markets; land registration and cadastre authorities must provide free access to their records and make information about land widely available; although land records, cadastre and registers of mortgages and encumbrances can be managed by different organizations, an integrated system is desirable, either in one organization or using links through electronic means. [8-12] land management must be carried out within the framework of a national land policy, which determines how land should be used to meet social and economic objectives. a good practical solution would recognize that: land management includes recording and disseminating information about land ownership, its value and use; ownership refers to the possession of rights to land; value usually refers to market value; use refers to the rights to use and profit from land; land administration systems must be driven by the needs of data users. the information stored in the system must be sufficient to satisfy the needs of users and must be kept up to date. irrelevant data should be excluded; there is no one solution for land management that is suitable for all countries. however, it is important to understand international trends and be prepared for greater international cooperation in emerging global land markets. land management is the application of land information to land resources. it is a complex of processes that affect many disciplines and professions [13-18]. a good practical solution would recognize that: land management is the process of bringing the physical resources of the earth into such a state as to obtain a good result; land management is part of the infrastructure that supports good land management. it should be seen as a means to an end, not an end in itself; decisions on land management can be controlled by different departments, which leads to different land policies. mechanisms must be developed to ensure consistency in its implementation. [3] american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org land reform is a term that has been interpreted in different ways depending on the context in which it is applied. in land administration terms, it means restoring rights to land, creating new rights, or redistributing existing rights. a good practical solution would recognize that: land reforms can occur in urban areas and in rural areas. land reform is not exclusively an agricultural activity; land reforms in urban and rural areas are interdependent and will influence each other. managers must understand the connections between urban and rural areas; understanding the wider aspects of land administration and land reform is essential to good land management, but is not its essence. the benefits that result from an effective land management system are many. it is important that policymakers and the general public are aware of these benefits, as creating effective and reliable land management systems requires long-term investment and ongoing support. a good practical solution would be: guarantee property rights and their protection, support the taxation of land and real estate, provide credit guarantee, develop and monitor land markets, protect land resources and support environmental monitoring, facilitate land management of public lands, reduce the number of land disputes, promote land reform in rural areas, improve urban planning and infrastructure development and provide statistical data; ensure that all citizens are aware of these benefits. land management is more than a technical process and must operate within a social and political environment. a good practical solution will take into account institutional issues and recognize that: clients served in the field of land management include most public sectors of the economy, many specialists and all individuals who are land owners. different customers may need different types of products or services; it is preferable that land administration functions such as registration and transfer of land rights be carried out by institutions that are separate from the courts, leaving the judicial system to resolve remaining controversial issues; land administration systems can become financially self-sufficient, covering many of the costs of their operations through registration fees, sales of land-related data, and provision of services; resources available to the private sector can be used to complement the work of the public sector through public-private cooperation; a market approach should be taken to the provision of land-related information goods and services; governments are the main participants in the land market, not only regulating it and providing infrastructure for it, but also being the owners of a significant amount of land. in this capacity, they should not enjoy advantages over other participants in the land market. [19-21] discussion and conclusion information technology has led to the development of the electronic society and the demand for electronic access to land-related data. the use of such technologies can improve government service delivery and lead to more efficient government management, greater opportunities for citizens to participate in governance, greater transparency, less corruption, less labor-intensive transactions, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org higher government revenues, and lower operating costs. a good practical solution would recognize that: the role of registrars, notaries, lawyers and intermediaries who are involved in the land transfer process may change and land transfer procedures may need to change to take advantage of new technologies. there are risks from the use of new technologies that are currently not sufficiently mature, and therefore authorities should prepare to roll out e-services in a phased manner; electronic systems for transferring land rights should be client-oriented. [5] references: 1. mirzakarimova,g.m.(2023).remote sensing data: international exрeriences and aррlications. italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges"., 14(1). 2. мирзакаримова, г.м., & муродилов, х.т. (2022). понятие о бонитировки балла почв и её главное предназначение. central asian research journal for interdisciplinary studies (carjis), 2(1), 223-229. 3. xakimova, k. r., marupov, a. a., & mirzakarimova, g. m. (2019). maintaining cadastral valuation for the effective use of agricultural lands of the fergana region. ijarset. com “international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology”. orcid: 0000-0002-5120-4359, 6-10. 4. rakhmatullayev, g. d., manopov, x. v., & mirzakarimova, g. m. (2020). current problems of increasing soil fertility. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 242-246. 5. abdukadirova, m. a., & mirzakarimova, g. m. (2021). the importance of installation of base gps stations in permanent activity in fergana region. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(9), 483-488. 6. marupov a. et al. procedure and method of marking administrative-territorial boundaries on the basis of digital technologies //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03007. 7. akhmedov b. using the fundamentals of the theory of measurement errors in performing geodesic measurement and calculation works //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03012. 8. xakimova k. et al. theoretical and methodological issues of creating the “eco fergana” mobile application of tourist objects and resources of fergana region //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 05025. 9. ganiyev y. et al. examining the managerial structure and operational aspects of geodesy, cartography, and cadastre production //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03013. 10. eshnazarov d. et al. describing the administrative border of koshtepa district on an electronic digital map and creating a web map //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03009. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 11. yusufovich g. y. et al. using a data bank that automates digital maps in the arcgis application //american journal of technology and applied sciences. – 2023. – т. 18. – с. 67-70. 12. turdikulov k. calculation of the stability of ground dam under seismic loads //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 02021. 13. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1110-1118. 14. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 15. khudoynazarovich t. h. et al. complex of anti-erosion measures to increase the efficiency of irrigated lands //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 10. – с. 194-199. 16. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. 17. maxsimov k. durability of reinforced concrete piles in aggressive soil conditions //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 270-273. 18. ibaevich m. k. design of bases and foundations on saliny soils //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 267-269. 19. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 20. arabboyevna a. m. et al. creation of a satellite geodesic base on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1033-1039. 21. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 14, | july, 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org education today and tomorrow anvarova maftuna olegovna valikulova zarina gayratovna termez state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article looks at how we taught yesterday and how we teach today. she emphasizes the need to transform the modern education system to meet the changing demands and needs of children. this statement emphasizes that the use of outdated methods and approaches to learning can lead to a loss of the potential and opportunities of the future generation. teaching methodology, industry, development, information, education, literacy, technology, craftsmanship, learning. introduction the principle of the art of education says: "children should be brought up not for the present, but for the future, perhaps the best state of the human race." (immanuel kant). at all times in human history, as soon as pedagogy appeared, teachers were looking for ways to more effectively teach the younger generation. the history of pedagogy knows both cramming, and learning under duress, and cooperation, and student-centered learning, and differentiated learning, and so on. the ability to correctly assess the communicative situation allows you to maintain the tone of the conversation, corresponding to the prevailing conditions. once one technique was fashionable and effective, then another, for example, in the 1940s-1950s. totalitarian pedagogy, in the 1960s. relatively free pedagogy, in the 1980s. differentiated. for the pedagogical technology of the 1990s, the terms educational technology are becoming generally accepted. educational technology is the latest trend its heyday is just beginning. today it is expressed in the recognition of the nature of the educational process, attention to the subjectivity of the student and the work that has begun on the design of student-centered educational technologies. today, the concepts of a truly developing education are being developed, the ideal of which is “a capable person” and “a free person”. the subject of education is a person "able to navigate in all the diversity of the modern world." no matter how many years a history teacher teaches, he himself continues to study all the time. an old latin proverb says: "while we teach, we learn." the teacher follows the development of historical science, learns to teach his subject. in the experience of other teachers, in methodological literature, he finds interesting subjects for explaining difficult material, a peculiar construction of the lesson. recent years have been marked by an active search and widespread use of new pedagogical technologies that can significantly increase the effectiveness of training. to learn pedagogical technologies, it is necessary to get acquainted with them, to study them. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org so what is pedagogical technology? techne skill, logos doctrine (greek word), i.e. the doctrine of skill. the technology is usually used in the manufacturing sector. in the field of education, the obligatory implementation of technology gives the expected and planned results, and its violation leads to a decrease in quality. pedagogical technology the direction of pedagogy, has the goal of increasing the efficiency of the educational process, guaranteeing the achievement of planned learning outcomes. imagine that you wake up in the morning and see how new buildings are being built in your city, new technologies appear, cctv cameras are installed everywhere. in a world where everything is changing so fast, staying in the past means staying away. the same is true in education. if we continue to teach our children the way we were taught yesterday, we will lose the foundation of our future. society is evolving, social demands are changing and we must prepare our children for these changes. in the past, curricula and teaching methods were developed to prepare children for jobs in industry and manufacturing. railway tracks, cars, factories were important infrastructure facilities and human potential was directed to these areas. today the world has changed, and if we want our children to become productive members of society, we must rethink the curricula and methods we use today. at present, the key to success is the ability to analyze information. the rapid development of technology has led to an unprecedented growth in data. this means that the future lies in mastering the skills of analyzing and processing information. this means that new teaching methods are needed that will teach children to work with large amounts of information. these techniques should be focused on the development of thinking, critical and analytical, as well as on the development of communication skills. in addition, the digitalization of education must become part of our educational process. in a rapidly changing world, data remains a critical resource. digital literacy and software knowledge are already an advantage in the labor market today. however, the most important factor in the education process is taking into account the individual characteristics of each child. modern teaching methods should take into account individual needs, teach to communicate and work in a team, be creative and resourceful. of course, the transition to new teaching methods will not happen overnight. this will take time and patience. but our task as a society is to provide conditions for the successful implementation of new approaches to education. today, our children must be prepared for the fact that tomorrow depends on their knowledge and skills. if we do not prepare them for this, they will lag behind the development process, remain outside the current reality. so, i am convinced that if we learn the way we taught yesterday, we will steal from our children the opportunity to imagine a brighter future. changes in education are essential if we are to prepare the next generation for a rapidly changing world. a society that does not adapt to changing radically changing conditions of life will die out. bibliography. 1. bespalko v.p. components of pedagogical technology. – m.: pedagogy, 1989. – 192 p. 2. guzeev v.v. educational technology: from admission to philosophy. m.: september, 1996 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 14, july, 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 3. selevko g.k. modern educational technologies: textbook. m.: national education, 1998. 256 p. 4. shadiyeva d.k. studying the changes in the norms of the russian language // scientist of the xxi century. – 2022. – no. 8 (89). s. 27-32. 5. shadieva d. k. changing the format of the russian-language media in uzbekistan // international journal of the art of the word. 2021. vol. 4. no. 4. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org effectiveness of drying coal powder in obtaining eco-quality briquettes khakimov akmaljon akhmedovich phd in technical sciences, associate professor, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: a.xakimov@ferpi.uz vokhidova nasiba khabibullo qizi assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: n.voxidova@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s : in the process of obtaining the coal briquettes from the coal dust were analyzed the methods of maximum moisture loss in its composition. this was aimed at reducing the amount of toxic gases released during the combustion of briquettes for consumption. coal composition, briquettes, sediment, anthracite, moisture, concentration, sulfur, exportable, drying drum, temperature, is gas. introduction coal is a sedimentary rock formed over time by a plant, consisting mainly of carbon and a number of other chemical elements. the composition of coal depends on how many years it has been stored, i.e. its age. in terms of coal classification, brown coal is the youngest coal, followed by hard coal and finally the oldest anthracite. depending on how much coal is stored underground, there is a decrease in the carbon concentration, volatile components and moisture content [1-4]. these figures show that the moisture content of lignite is 20-40% and that of volatile components is more than 30%. in anthracite coals, both rates are 5-7%. the moisture content of coal used by consumers today is 25% [5-11]. research methods: in addition to the main constituents of coal, coal contains various non-combustible ash-forming additives. this condition resists environmental pollution and complete combustion of coal. in addition, the presence of rock in the coal composition reduces the specific combustion temperature of the coal. in the classification and extraction of coal, the amount of minerals in it varies. the ash content varies from 6 to 30%, depending on the time interval between which the coals are stored in the ground. the maximum ash content of brown coal intended for use by consumers is not required to exceed 10% [1219]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org table 1. physicochemical properties of angren brown coal name of raw material humidity,% ash content,% organic matter,% angren brown coal 25 13.7 61.3 coal briquettes 7.9 8.5 83.6 another harmful component of coal is sulfur. during the combustion of sulfur, oxides are released from its composition, which are converted into sulfuric acid in the atmosphere. it poisons and pollutes the environment and forms acidic condensate that breaks down stoves used by consumers. according to environmental requirements, the amount of sulfur in coal is usually allowed in the range of 0.1-1% [20-27]. brown coal has a much lower strength than other types of coal and anthracite. currently, 80-90% of the coal used by consumers is brown coal. this coal is easy to decompose due to low strength in mining, transportation and operation. crushed coal grains cause inconvenience to consumers. in order to overcome these problems, various types of briquetting methods are currently being used. in our country, mainly brown coal powder is used in the briquetting process. in angren coal deposits, this type of coal powder accounts for 50-60%. in these cases, it is convenient to process the resulting coal grains [25-31]. one of the important issues is the removal of moisture from the fine coal particles before briquetting. in this case, the fine pieces of coal separated in the process of obtaining briquettes are first crushed in the grinder until they are less than 5 mm. compared to drying the moisture in the briquette, it is more convenient to remove the moisture from the coal in the powder state. if the charcoal powder is not dried before bonding, this moisture will combine with the binder moisture during the briquetting process, leading to an increase in the moisture content of the mixture and the formation of residual moisture even after the drying process. the briquette obtained by this method leads to an increase in the amount of ash without complete combustion and the formation of toxic gases during combustion.it does not fully ensure the quality and exportability of the briquettes produced. research was conducted using the systematic analysis method to identify existing problems [32-44]. research results the optimal solution to the problem studied is to select a suitable furnace for drying coal powder and to improve its design. currently, a lot of research is being done in this area, and the design of the drum dryer is shown as a promising option. such devices are used to dry various spraying materials continuously with atmospheric pressure. the drum dryer consists of a cylindrical drum with a small angle of inclination relative to the horizon at 3 ÷ 6o (fig. 1). the drum is held in place by means of bandages and rollers and rotated by means of an electric motor and a reducer. the ratio of the length of the device to the diameter is l / d = 5-6. the number of revolutions of the drum is 5 ÷ 6 min-1 wet material is fed through the feeder to the screw receiving nozzle, where the material dries slightly under the influence of mixing. the material then passes to the inside of the drum. the degree of material filling of the drum does not exceed 25%. nozzles are placed along the entire length of the drum. the nozzles ensure even distribution and mixing of the material along the section of the drum. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org in order to prevent the material from overheating inside the drum, the material and the drying agent (smoke gases or heated air) are in the correct direction relative to each other, because under such conditions high temperature hot gases come into contact with the material with high humidity. the air velocity inside the drum should not exceed 0.5–1.0 m / s for fine-grained materials and 3.5–4.5 m / s for coarse-grained materials. exhaust gases are cleaned of fine dust in a cyclone before being released into the atmosphere. the dried material is removed from the drum by an unloading device. depending on the size and properties of the grains of the dried material, different nozzles are used in the devices (fig. 2). drying nozzles are used for drying large-piece and viscous materials, and sector nozzles are used for drying large-piece materials with poor dispersion and high density. distribution nozzles are widely used in the drying of small, fast-breaking materials. it is advisable to dry the finely crushed powder materials in drums with closed-cell passage nozzles. in some cases, complex nozzles are used [41-47]. in drum dryers, good mixing of materials is achieved, resulting in continuous contact between the solid and gas phases. in such dryers, the diameter of the drum is 1200 ÷ 2800 mm. these types of dryers are used to dry a large number of products. air or smoke gases are used as heat exchangers [48-50]. based on the above, the design of the drum dryer was studied and the results were obtained. 1-cylindrical body, 2,3-base, 4-electric motor, 5,6-bandage, 7-crown wheel, 8-centering; l – the length of the drum body; l1 – the distance from the end of the drum to the bandage; l2 – the distance between the bandages; l3 – the distance from the bandage to the crown wheel; h – the distance from the center of the drum to the electromotor frame; h1 – the distance from the center of the drum to the base. figure 1. constructive scheme of the drying drum. it is known that carbon monoxide (so) is a colorless, odorless, the most common toxic compound in industrial settings, formed as a result of incomplete combustion of coal and fuels. smoke contains 3%, exhaust gas 13%, and explosive gases 50-60%. is gas affects the human body through the respiratory system. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org based on the analytical results obtained below, a graph of the increase in toxic gases due to the increase in humidity was constructed. figure 2. toxic due to increased humidity increase in gases it can be seen from this graph that as the moisture content of the briquette increases, its flammability decreases and an increase in toxic gases is observed. the graphical relationships shown in figure 2 can be expressed by the following empirical formula determined by the least squares method [16]; y = 0.0093x2 + 0.0866x + 0.5596 r² = 0.9947 (1) in order to overcome this process, we used a drying drum in our research work. the drying drum was brought to a temperature of 70-90oc and charcoal powder was added to it. in the drying chamber, the moisture content of the coal powder was removed and the resulting briquettes were minimized by releasing toxic gases during combustion [7]. the drying drum recommended by us is widely used for drying products in many industries. the main working part of the device is the drum, which rotates 0.5 ÷ 20 times per minute. during the experiment, the results were obtained by applying different temperatures to the composition of coal powder using a muffle furnace (muffle furnace snol "chol" 8.2 / 1100. temperature 50 to 1100oc). the results obtained showed that the increase in temperature at the normal level had a positive effect on the quality level of the briquette obtained. however, when the coal powder is exposed to a temperature above 90oc, its composition changes, and in the final case, the combustion process of the powder is observed [8]. below is a graph of the temperature dependence of briquette and coal moisture. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 1 – coal briquette, 2 – coal. figure 3. temperature dependence of briquette and coal moisture it can be seen from this graph that the decrease in moisture content of coal and coal powder was achieved due to the gradual change of temperature in the drying chamber. an increase in temperature above 900c led to dislocation and combustion of coal and coal dust. therefore, the maximum temperature was limited to 900s. the graphical relationships shown in figure 2 can be expressed by the following empirical formula determined by the least squares method [16]; y = 0.0434x2 4.4063x + 112.99 r² = 0.994 (2) y = 0.0478x2 4.8475x + 124.3 r² = 0.992 (3) in this moisture loss, a drying drum on the production process line is recommended [9]. table 2. technical characteristics of fuel briquettes obtained for analysis name of raw material m ec h an ic al f o rc e in co m p re ss io n , m p a h u m id it y ,% a sh c o n te n t, % v o la ti le s u b st an ce s, % s u lf u r co n te n t, % heat of combustion traps mdj / kg high md j / kg coal briquettes 12.0 7.9 8.5 6.3 0.43 27.75 33.44 conclusion: in order to protect the environment from toxic gases and protect human health, it is important to carry out the drying of coal dust, which is used as a raw material in briquette production plants. the maximum temperature during the drying process should be 90 ℃. otherwise, the coal powder can be american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org dislocated again, in which the combustion process can be observed. according to the results obtained after drying, the content of sulfur in the briquettes was reduced from the permissible 1% to 0.43%. references: 1. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., rajabova, n., & mullajonova, m. (2021). the diligence of drying coal powder in the process of coal bricket manufacturing. барқарорлик ва етакчи тадқиқотлар онлайн илмий журнали, 1(5), 64-71. 2. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., & xujaxonov, z. (2021). analysis of main indicators of agricultural press in the process of coal powder bricketing. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 72-78. 3. хакимов, а. а. (2022). технология получения качественных брикетов с использованием горючих вяжущих компонентов. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(6), 459-463. 4. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., & rajabov, b. (2021). analysis of collection of coal brickets to remove toxic gas. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 85-90. 5. xakimov, a., voxidova, n., rustamov, n., & madaminov, u. (2021). analysis of coal bricket strength dependence on humidity. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 79-84. 6. akhmedovich, k. a. (2021). the diligence of drying the coal dust in the process of obtainig the coal brickets. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 111-115. 7. xakimov, a., & vohidova, n. (2021). relevance of the choice of binders for coal briquettes. scientific progress, 2(8), 181-188. 8. хакимов, а. а. (2021). определение показателей качества угольного брикета. universum: химия и биология, (5-2 (83)), 40-44. 9. ахунбаев, а. а., ражабова, н. р., & вохидова, н. х. (2020). исследование гидродинамики роторной сушилки с быстровращающимся ротором. экономика и социум, (12-1), 392-396. 10. хакимов, а. а., вохидова, н. х., & нажимов, қ. кўмир брикети ишлаб чиқаришнинг янги технологиясини яратиш. ўзбекистон республикаси олий ва ўрта махсус таълим вазирлиги заҳириддин муҳаммад бобур номидаги андижон давлат университети, 264. 11. хакимов, а. а. (2020). связующее для угольного брикета и влияние его на дисперсный состав. universum: химия и биология, (6 (72)), 81-84. 12. ахунбaев, а., ражабова, н., & вохидова, н. (2021). механизм движения дисперсного материала при сушке тонкодисперсных материалов. збірник наукових праць scientia. 13. nasiba, v. (2022). high-pressure coal dust pressing machine. universum: технические науки, (7-4 (100)), 17-19. 14. axmedovich, x. a., & saidakbarovna, s. d. (2021). research the strength limit of briquette production. asian journal of multidimensional research, 10(5), 275-283. 15. хакимов, а. а., салиханова, д. с., абдурахимов, а. х., & жумаева, д. ж. (2020). использование местных отходов в производстве угольных брикетов. universum: химия и биология, (4 (70)), 17-21. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 16. хакимов, а. (2020). технология брикетированного угля. матеріали конференцій мцнд, 76-78. 17. хакимов, а. а. (2020). совершенствование технологии получения угольных брикетов с использованием местных промышленных отходов: дисс.… phd. 18. khakimov, а. а., salikhanova, d. s., & vokhidova, n. k. (2020). calculation and design of a screv press for a fuel briquette. scientific-technical journal, 24(3), 65-68. 19. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & abdusattor o‘g‘li, d. a. (2022). the current state of technologies for the production and activated clay adsorbents. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(04), 25-28. 20. ахунбаев, о. а., & мамасалиев, н. с. (2022). влияние анемии на течение сердечнососудистых заболеваний. экономика и социум, (6-2 (97)), 329-332. 21. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & o‘g, e. u. t. l. (2022). the study of the composition and properties of water-oil emulsions formed from local oils and methods for their destruction. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(04), 143-146. 22. saidakbarovna, s. d., akhmedovich, k. a., & ziyovutdin o‘g‘li, a. s. (2022). the flotation methods of industrial wastewater treatment. eurasian research bulletin, 7, 80-85. 23. ахунбаев, а. а., & хакимов, а. а. (2022). сушка угольной мелочи перед брикетированием. universum: технические науки, (9-1 (102)), 29-33. 24. khakimov, a., & vokhidova, n. (2023). analysis of industrial waste with binding properties. open access repository, 4(03), 113-120. 25. хакимов, а. а., вохидова, н. х., & нуриддинов, м. ж. (2022). способ выбора и значение прессующего устройства в производстве горючих брикетов. 26. rukhiddinovna, n. y., & akhmedovich, k. a. (2021). simulated additional computer systemas an information and new educational environment in the vacuation of future specialists. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(7), 30-33. 27. салиханова, д. с., эшметов, р. ж., & хакимов, а. а. (2022). изучение ассоциатов сопутствующих нефтям веществ и их влияние на стабильность внэ. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 9, 88-93. 28. khakimov, a., & vokhidova, n. (2023). characteristic of binders in briquetting brown coal (lignite). international journal of advance scientific research, 3(04), 50-59. 29. khakimov, a. (2023). the reasonable use of lignite in industry and relevance of obtaining briquettes. academia science repository, 4(04), 148-155. 30. rasuljon, t., sulaymanov, a., madaminova, g., & agzamov, s. u. (2022). grinding of materials: main characteristics. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(11), 25-34. 31. alizafarov, b., madaminova, g., & abdulazizov, a. (2022). based on acceptable parameters of cleaning efficiency of a rotor-filter device equipped with a surface contact element. journal of integrated education and research, 1(2), 36-48. 32. gulmiraxon, m., muhammadqodir, y., ravshanbek, m., & nikita, l. (2022). analysis of the dispersion composition of dust particles. yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali, 1(6), 70-79. 33. ikromaliyevnab, m. g. (2022). new design of wet method wet cleaning blade-drum device. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 106-113. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 34. мадаминова, г. и. (2022). экспериментальные исследования по определению коэффициентов сопротивления барабанного аппарата мокрой пылеочистки. universum: технические науки, (10-4 (103)), 46-52. 35. мадаминова, г. и. (2022). исследования по определению контактных поверхностей пыли. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (98)), 63-67. 36. karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). wet method dust remover black drum device. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 57-63. 37. karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). hydrodynamics of wet dush powder black drum equipment. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 49-56. 38. isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., qodirov, d., & ahmadaliyeva, m. (2021). studying the effect of interior scrubber hydraulic resistance on cleaning efficiency. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 87-93. 39. isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., & zokirova, m. (2021). analysis of modern industrial dust gas cleaning devices. scientific progress, 2(8), 137-144. 40. isomidinov, a., madaminova, g., & zokirova, m. (2021). rationale of appropriate parameters of cleaning efficiency of rotor-filter device equipped with face contact element. scientific progress, 2(8), 126-136. 41. домуладжанов, и. х., & мадаминова, г. и. (2021). вредные вещества после сухой очистки в циклонах и фильтрах. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (87)), 5-103.мадаминова, г. и., тожиев, р. ж., & каримов, и. т. (2021). барабанное устройство для мокрой очистки запыленного газа и воздуха. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 45-49. 42. gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., abduraxmon, s., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). crushing and appetite of the process efficiency increase. conferencea, 22-27. 43. gulmiraxon, m., abduraxmon, s., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). roller grate with increasing coverage ground survey work corner. conferencea, 17-22. 44. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). the klinker cement in the production of gas fuel from use sparingly. conferencea, 23-28. 45. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). calculation of the rotation speed of the clinker crushing mill. conferencea, 12-19. 46. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). ecological drying of fine materials. conferencea, 4-11. 47. abduraxmon, s., gulmiraxon, m., ismoiljon, x., bekzod, a., & muhammadbobur, x. (2022). the klinker cement in the production of gas fuel from use sparingly. conferencea, 23-28. 48. madaminova, g. i. (2023). issiqlik almashinishda issiqlik agenti tezligi va mahalliy qarshilik koeffitsientlarini tajribaviy tadqiq etish. scientific progress, 4(1), 176-184. 49. исомидинов, а. с., & мадаминова, г. и. (2023). анализ контактных поверхностей промышленных пылевых газов. scientific progress, 4(1), 374-383. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org the use of innovative technologies in the system of distance learning in universities xolbekova matluba abdufattoyevna teacher of the faculty of foreign languages of the fergana state xolbekov sherzod rasuljonovich student moscow state university tashkent a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the use of innovative technologies in the distance learning system in universities". education, activity, training, expert, pedagogy, distance learning, model, personalization, functions, process, to test. introduction distance learning is one of the large-scale innovations in the domestic and global education system. due to the intensive development of information technologies, there are grounds for talking about the need to revise existing approaches to the education of children who will live in a system of knowledge and activities that differ significantly from those that exist today. according to some experts, as information technology develops, people will devote up to 40% of their total study time to distance education, combining them with traditional forms of face-to-face classes (40%) and self-education (20%). this correlation implies the need for a significant increase in attention to scientific and pedagogical developments in the field of distance learning and education. this is also due to the expanding experience of remote activities of domestic educational institutions.the concept of "distance learning" is one of the most developing in russian pedagogy. among the various and often contradictory interpretations of distance learning, two approaches can be distinguished that differ significantly from a pedagogical point of view.the first approach, which is quite common today, boils down to the fact that distance learning refers to the exchange of information between a teacher and a student (a group of students) using electronic networks or other means of tele-communication. in this case, the exchange and transmission of information play the role of an auxiliary environment for the organization of productive educational activities of students. in parallel with the creation of an educational product by students, their internal educational increments occur. the personal, creative and telecommunication nature of education are the main features of distance learning of this type. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org by distance learning, we will understand learning using telecommunications, in which subjects and objects of education, having spatial or temporal remoteness, participate in the educational process aimed at creating educational products and corresponding internal increments of subjects of education. the concept of "distance learning" has led to the need to include such concepts as "distance education" and "internet education" in the pedagogical thesaurus. in this case, we are talking about the creation of remote (virtual) pedagogy and psychology, which determine the specifics of the educational activities of students and teachers using multimedia, telecommunications and other electronic learning tools. pedagogy corresponding to virtual education should be considered situational to a large extent, since the specifics of its application are determined each time by specific learning conditions and the educational situation that exists only in a given space, at a given time, between these subjects and objects of education. the objectives of distance learning are: • the introduction of modern educational technologies and the creation of a new educational space with their help; • stimulation of independent creative and search work of students, directed by teachers; • a gradual transition from dogmatic (reproductive) learning to a more modern one based on the development of creative thinking. the introduction of distance learning means big changes in the organization of the educational process. the administration and teachers who develop and conduct distance learning have new responsibilities. in general, innovations in the educational sphere cause technical, social, organizational, managerial and economic changes that have a certain impact on the development of educational organizations. the main modern trends that are used in the teacher's teaching practice at the moment are: visualization; various interactive programs and laboratories; virtual excursions; "personalization". the following forms are used in the lessons before: chat classes – when teacher–student interaction takes place using chat technologies. chat classes allow you to communicate both via sms messages and audio messages. there are often several web-based classes – these are lessons in the form of conferences, which most often take place on skype or in zoom. these are well-established platforms in practice for conducting online video conferences. communication is organized in such a way that students see the teacher, the teacher hears and sees all students who joined the lesson by link, and can demonstrate their computer screen and even use an interactive whiteboard when solving tasks with history maps. logical and semantic models have versatility and can be used in teaching any academic disciplines when working with students of different age groups. students like to see their final product – a model that displays all the important points of the paragraphs being studied. this technique allows them to retell paragraphs more successfully in traditional forms of the lesson. the main objectives of online learning are, firstly, to control the quality of knowledge acquisition. in the distance learning mode, knowledge control is carried out using tests, creative tasks sent electronically. tasks are also exchanged remotely. the teacher sends students creative tasks through an electronic journal, determining the form and timing of their completion. if necessary, video lectures, video lessons, presentations, memos, etc. are attached. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the lessons often use, among other things, the working methods outlined in the "methodological recommendations for improving certain issues of the educational process." let's highlight the main techniques and methods of activity that help students adequately perceive educational information and show their own creative abilities. recently, fragmentary video lessons on documentaries and feature films have been successfully implemented. it is very effective to use artistic historical dramas in history lessons, because there is a great opportunity to create a problematic situation against the background of comparing artistic design and historical reality. students really like to compare historical facts and fictions of screenwriters – such problematic training is already conducted with online lessons. there are negative sides to the organization of any process, especially distance education. for example, the lack of live contact between the teacher and students; the lack of live communication between students and its replacement by an alternative in the form of correspondence on social networks, messengers, educational platforms; high labor costs at the initial stage of creating educational materials for distance learning; the impossibility of 100% control of students' knowledge, their bias and many others.it is also necessary to point out the possibilities of technical implementation of the use of distance learning by participants in the educational space. based on the results of a survey on the attitude of students to distance learning, it was decided to continue using distance learning technologies in the independent work of students in the implementation of such teaching methods as the project method, solving case studies, as well as to test the process of organizing the solution of creative tasks. the use of distance learning technologies in the educational process significantly expands the methods and forms of organizing independent individual and group activities of students, becoming an effective addition to the traditionally used ones. today, distance learning technologies are developing very actively, special learning environments allow you to organize an educational process that is in no way inferior in its didactic capabilities to the traditional one, and in many ways surpasses it. distance learning allows you to minimize the unproductive use of the student's time. interactive methods implemented in the distance learning environment make it possible to form not only knowledge about the subject and section of the subject, but also an emotional and value attitude towards them, skills to apply the acquired knowledge and skills in non-standard modern events. it should also be noted that each of the presented areas of implementation of active and interactive teaching methods using distance learning technologies has its own didactic and methodological advantages. and the choice of one or another method or their integration depends on the goals and objectives facing a particular teacher. an important condition for improving the effectiveness of distance learning is the creation of a favorable, comfortable psychological climate in the interaction of teachers and students. therefore, teachers need to show restraint, restraint, tact, caution and correctness inherent in the profession when interacting with students. it is equally important to actively involve them in the organization of educational communication, introduce them to innovative methods and technologies of teaching and self-education, give them the opportunity to put into practice their existing skills and abilities, especially in the field of modern information technologies, develop their creative potential and contribute to the self-realization of the personality of students. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the strategic goal in the field of education around the world today is to increase the availability of high-quality education that meets the modern needs of society and every citizen. the quality of education is growing due to the possibility of access to educational and additional materials and a fast way of transmitting information in the process of student interaction with teachers. due to the information revolution, the internet occupies one of the leading places in our lives. the modern learning process is impossible to imagine without computers and the internet. this gave an impetus to the modernization of the education system in general and distance learning in particular, which has become widespread not only among young people, but also among people of the older age group. every year, interest in distance education is growing, since during the formation of a single global information space, this form of education meets the demands of the time. the distance learning system must ensure the following functions: -delivery of the main volume of the studied material to students using information technology; -interactive interaction of trainees and teachers in the learning process; -providing students with the opportunity to work independently on the development of the studied educational material; -assessment of students' knowledge and skills in the learning process [3]. according to the technology of data transmission at a distance, the following forms of distance learning can be distinguished: -mailing printed materials by mail (typical for traditional distance learning); -distribution of audio-video cassettes and cd-roms; -through interactive tv and video conferences; -via teleconferences -via e-mail and mailing lists today, internet technology is displacing other forms. according to the method of obtaining educational information, there are: -synchronous educational systems; -asynchronous learning systems. synchronous systems involve simultaneous participation of students and the teacher in the learning process. such systems include: -interactive television, -video conferences, -computer teleconferences, asynchronous systems do not require simultaneous participation of students and a teacher. the student chooses the time and lesson plan himself. -mixed systems that use elements of both synchronous and asynchronous systems. -distance learning levels: for students, case technology should be considered basic, since it is she who can form the set of educational and methodological support (including electronic and traditional textbooks and teaching aids, which allows for the professional training of a student in his chosen specialty. the following learning tools can be effectively used in case technology: -discipline study programs with methodological guidelines for the implementation of control, term papers and graduation papers; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org -printed fundamental textbooks and study guides for each of the disciplines of the course; -special printed educational and practical manuals with tests for self-control and control; -overview (installation) audio or video lectures on each discipline of the course; -laboratory workshops; -computer electronic textbooks and/or computer training programs in all disciplines of the course. advantages of distance learning: -the possibility of remote education for foreigners, people with disabilities and people with various disabilities; -the opportunity to study at an individual pace; -free access of students to databases, library catalogs and other information resources; -convenience in the management of personal affairs of students; -interactivity (the ability to quickly exchange information); -the ability to undergo testing in direct access mode. disadvantages: -lack of personal communication with the teacher; -the need for strict self-discipline, self-control; -the need to use special equipment (personal computer, internet access); -difficulties with user authentication during knowledge verification; -lack of practical skills. all of the above learning technologies (or their elements) in one form or another can be used in the educational process of higher education. literature 1. алиева м.к., баширова м.м. современное онлайн-обучение // наука: общество, экономика, право. 2020. № 1. с. 225–229. 2. баранов а.ю., малкова т.в. актуальные проблемы дистанционного обучения // современная наука. 2020. № 9-1. с. 193–195. 3. abdufattoyevna, x. m. (2023). professional and communicative competence as a main component of language training foreign language for faculty students hotel business and tourism. journal of intellectual property and human rights, 2(11), 39-43.10:50 4. yelena, v., nigora, d., & margubahon, v. (2022). the role of folk art in raising the morale of young people. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(3), 699-702. 5. ugli abdullaev, s. s. (2021). social involvement in students results of experimental work on the development of virtues. european journal of research development and sustainability, 2(7), 42-47 6. sobirjon, a. (2023). affection as a person's ideological immunity. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 4(6), 29-33 7. холбекова, м. а., & холбекова, д. (2023). iqtisodiyotning rivojlanishida chet tillarini o’qitishning ahamiyati. journal of universal science research, 1(5), 472-478. 8. abdufattoyevna, h. m. (2023). the role of communication in language learning. best journal of innovation in science, research and development, 2(6), 55-60 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 9. abdufattoyevna, h. m. (2023). the role of communication in language learning. best journal of innovation in science, research and development, 2(6), 55-60. 10. abdufattoyevna, x. m. (2023). professional and communicative competence as a main component of language training foreign language for faculty students hotel business and tourism. journal of intellectual property and human rights, 2(11), 39-43 11. холбекова, м. а., & холбекова, д. (2023). iqtisodiyotning rivojlanishida chet tillarini o’qitishning ahamiyati. journal of universal science research, 1(5), 472-478. 12. sobirjon, a. (2023). affection as a person's ideological immunity. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 4(6), 29-33 13.anvarjonovna, a. o. (2021). factors for the development of ecoesthetic culture of future preschool educational professionals. european journal of humanities and educational advancements, 2(5), 162-164. 14. ashurova, o. (2023). innovative aspects of experimental work on the development of aesthetic culture of future specialists of preschool education. oriental journal of social sciences, 3(03), 28-39. 15. холбекова, м. а., & холбекова, д. (2023). iqtisodiyotning rivojlanishida chet tillarini o’qitishning ahamiyati. journal of universal science research, 1(5), 472-478. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the importance of continuity and continuity in technology science in general secondary schools h. ch.dusyarov. head of the department of technological education of the termez state pedagogical institute аvazov gʼoyibnazar. teacher of the department of technological education of the termez state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the direction of modern technology in existing educational institutions, the fact that the quality of training of teacher educators and staff does not correspond to the requirements of today assumes a radical revision of the teaching of technology and updating it in accordance with the requirements of the period. and for this, it is necessary to understand the content and essence of continuity and continuity in the science of technology in general secondary education schools. education, continuing education, continuity, continuity, technology, program, workshop, methodological support, material and technical base, electronic textbook, distance education. introduction in the system of continuous education in our republic, it is important to prepare competitive specialists in various fields, to create conditions for their acquisition of high knowledge, skills and qualifications, to organize the process of technology science in the implementation of the social order placed by highly qualified specialists in the production process. we can now see that when the educational system of a number of developed countries is analyzed, serious attention is paid to technical and technological processes. it is proved that the development of the country depends on the sphere of production, the development of the sphere of production depends on the qualifications of specialists. to carry out this task of state significance, the technical technological process requires improving the professional knowledge, skills and abilities of teachers, their professional skills, as well as acquiring excellent knowledge, skills in the field of pedagogy, psychology, methodological achievements, modern technology and advanced technologies, relations of production and market economy at the level of the requirements of the dynamically developing pedagogical process. in this regard, to determine the scale and quality of knowledge, skills and qualifications of the teacher of technology, the achievements and allowances of his educational process in organizing and conducting on the basis of the requirements of general secondary education qualifications, to determine the didactic american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org conditions of the process of improving professional skills and other complex and multifaceted activities, to develop a methodology for conducting, the analysis of the organizational work carried out on the scale of our country in this area requires the organization of all activities carried out in this regard on a scientific and methodological basis. taking into account the fact that these skills are mainly formed in the lessons of technology, it becomes clear that increasing attention to this science is a requirement of the period. it is in the science of technology that information on the formation of both intellectual and physical knowledge, skills and competencies of students in a harmonious state and the development of technical working skills, as well as the world of professions, difficulties and imbalances in choosing a profession, factors to consider when choosing a profession are given as the main purpose of science. therefore, as a result of the attention to technology science, it is achieved not only to technical vocational schools, but also to the choice of young people in their profession consciously, having mastered all their skills. these specialists directly contribute to the development of the country while developing production processes. the use of modern educational technologies and tools in the organization of classes in technology, innovative education as a result of the introduction of technology, an increase in students ' interests in science, having clear visions of the study of labor objects in practical classes, opens up wide opportunities for the formation of deep knowledge, skills and qualifications in the performance of labor operations. currently, developed countries around the world are moving from agrarian production to industrial production, that is, to the state of automatic-mechanized industrial production, which is based on new techniques and technologies. the technical potential of specialists plays an important role in the development of production. the primary skills of specialists who work in the field of production are composed precisely in the lessons of technology in schools of general secondary education. "technology" is a scientific discipline that develops and improves methods of obtaining, processing and processing materials or semi-factories. "technology “is formed from two greek words – ” technos “(techne) – skill, art, and” logos" (logos) – science, doctrine. according to historical sources, the science of “technology” also originated in ancient greece. during this period, it meant that the craftsman achieved the art of making objects, through his diligence and natural talent, under the guidance of his mentor (thanks to exercises). continuing education, which is considered the basis of the training of personnel, is aimed at creating conditions for the formation of a creative, socially active, spiritually rich personality and the training of competitive personnel in a highly qualified, broad-specialized labor market, that is, the establishment of continuous educational work in a common way to the changes that are taking place in the new socio-economic after all, the old (traditional) system of education is a vital reality that does not require proof that a new society cannot be built in zamiri. when organizing educational work at the level of current requirements in each of the branches of the system of continuing education, the role of teacher-coaches directly involved in this process is important, which in a certain sense plays a decisive role in improving its quality and efficiency. after all, educational and methodological complexes (such as educational standards, educational plan programs, textbooks, teaching aids, didactic materials, etc.), no matter how much improved they are developed, will be applied directly to the practice by teachers. the teacher assures direct succession american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org in the further evolution of human society by mastering the social experience gained by the younger generation over the history of the distant past. this in turn requires a thorough and thorough study of each object (object, object, phenomenon, process, living being)in all respects. it is necessary to smoothly move from one stage or joint to the second stage of continuous education, to determine what chief directions should be increased attention in ensuring the formation of a harmonious generation. in order for students to successfully move from a relatively low educational type to a higher educational type, it is necessary to ensure the continuity of all the organizing components of the educational process. higher education institutions are aimed at training specialist personnel who meet the requirements of times and prospects, have a wide specialization, are highly qualified, are able to masterfully organize production, are striving for innovations, are independent and perform creative activities. ensuring continuity directly contributes to this. didactic direction of the problem – the didactic aspect of ensuring continuity consists in the development of continuity of educational principles, content, forms, methods. the core of the educational process, that is, the component that forms the system, is its purpose. to transmit social experience to the younger generation, it is necessary to adapt this experience pedagogically – psychologically, physiologically, that is, to turn it into educational content. and for this, it is necessary to extract not all, but the most important system-makers of the invaluable, but at the same time enormous experience accumulated by human society, to achieve assimilation by the younger generation without excessive strain in a short time. in other words, it is necessary not only to keep the assimilated in memory, but also to apply them creatively in the path of development, improvement, peace and prosperity. thus, the important aspect of continuity is the selection of the rational content of education and the search for an effective system of methods, forms and means. in different historical periods, one aspect or another has gained importance in the content of education and found its influence in continuity. the optimal distribution of its content in various branches of the educational system, being a special necessity, is carried out on the basis of continuity and consistency among the acquired knowledge, skills, qualifications and personal qualities, giving the opportunity to master the secret syno es of initiative, independence and creativity. continuity within the framework of a specific educational subject is understood as regular and sequential study of theoretical material on this educational subject, ensuring its interaction with the content of laboratory and practical classes and independent work. it is necessary to research and develop the problem of continuity between the individual stages of any training. the effectiveness of ensuring continuity in the conditions of educational institutions in a certain sense depends on the unity of behavior in the system. the dialectical approach to the organization of the continuous educational process finds its expression in a holistic continuity. the essence of continuity in teaching is expressed in establishing the necessary connection between the former with new knowledge, skills, qualifications and personal qualities, expanding and deepening knowledge. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org the implementation of continuity gives a dynamic character to the educational process, harmonizes, activates the activities of its participants, eliminates repetition and parallelism, ensures their interaction in educational goals and content, forms of organization, methods of implementation. imagining education in the form of a holistic system allows you to determine the interrelationship between its main components, find hidden opportunities for its development in the future, optimal planning. connecting one component to the other, ensures continuity, stable integrity, systemality, and dynamic variability. that is why the category of “communication” is important in showing the manifestation of continuity, its interpretation as a connection, its essence and versatility. the isochli dictionary of the uzbek language comments on the concepts of “communication” and “communication” as follows: contact 1.interrelationship, inner, inextricable connection between people or things, events, events. related relation, related, related, connected, dahldor. in the study of important contacts and relationships in the educational process, it is necessary that the category of scientific knowledge arises from the logical methodological concept of contacts. in conclusion, the importance of continuity and continuity in technology in general secondary education schools, the improvement and study of its content, is the task of each subject teacher. literature 1. мусурмонов ш., шодмонов м., мусулмонова м., расулова м. “узлуксиз таълим тизимида педагогик тажриба-синов ишларини ташкил этиш механизмлари.” 2. ходжаев б., чориев а., садиева з. “педагогик тадқиқотлар методологияси”. дарслик. тошкент. иқтисодиёт дунёси нашриёти. 2018 йил. 3. н.а.шермухаммедова. “илмий тадқиқот методологияси”. дарслик. тошкент. “инновациязиё” нашриёти. 2020 йил. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org educated women and their role in the development of society kadamova munisa arslonbekovna he is a student of national idea, foundations of spirituality and legal education at the faculty of philology and history of urganch state pedagogical institute qadamovamunisa@gmail.uz shahlo samanova scientific supervisor a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes intelligent, intelligent and enlightened women in our society, and their lives and activities. also, the role of enlightened women at all stages of the historical development of humanity, their influence on socio-economic processes, and their responsibility in educating the young generation are analyzed based on various literature. family, society, woman, enlightenment, patriotism, humanity, intelligence, science, education, democracy, gender equality. introduction we know from history that many of our women have sweated for the development of the society, so that the people can mature with knowledge. they stood out among the people for their intelligence, culture, intelligence, and responsibility towards the future generation. during their lifetime, they did not stop to acquire and spread knowledge in order to raise a knowledgeable, intelligent, pious generation. and that's why we honor and respect them and value their legacy as a treasure. they proved how high the honor and dignity of our women is. main part: it is not a secret to anyone that we have smart, intelligent nationalist women who are worthy of pride. in particular, the daughter of anbar otin farmanqul. he was born in a poor farmer's family in kokan. his father, farmonqul, was originally from margilan and was the nephew of the poetess uvaysi. his mother, ashurbibi, was the daughter of a farmer from kokand. although he was born in such a simple family, he never stopped creating, seeking knowledge, and spreading enlightenment. anbar otin is a lyric poet. anbar has been studying at the school of dilshad otin in his neighborhood since the age of 7. anbar otin considered navoi and uvaisi as his teachers. he left a great legacy to the generations after him. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org he included the products of his creation in a collection of 41 ghazals, 4 mukhammas, 1 kita, 1 mustahzad and a poetic biography. pure love is celebrated in his lyrics. [2 ] (literary complextashkent-2018) he sings the feelings of a woman's heart. anbar otin did not limit himself only to love themes and showed social, economic, political and other problems of his time in his work. he fearlessly penned bitter truths about the unfair situation of women in life and family. he urged women to fight for their dignity, equal rights, and their rightful place in life. his bravery was not liked by many religious fanatics and he was beaten by the forces that opposed him. he was bedridden. but even then, he preached for the honor of women. even now, anbar atin is in our hearts, and we will not forget the hardships he did and fought for the freedom of women. that is why many songs have been created based on his poems. another female enlightener is dilshodi otin. barno, dilshodi barno, dilshodi otin (pseudonyms; real name daughter of sufi dilshod rahimqul) poetess. she received her basic education from her father. barno, who was knowledgeable and educated from a young age, later worked as a school teacher and taught women to read and write. the above-mentioned anbar otin was one of barno's talented students. he created ghazals, mukhammas, musaddas, chistans and memoirs. 91 uzbek and 51 tajik poems, 3 tajik manuscripts ("tazkiri barno", sabot ul-basharmaa history of immigrants"-"human courage and the history of immigrants", "muntakham ala poet barno"-" barno's selected poems) have come down to us. interwars, people's living conditions and other socio-political events were expressed through these works. in addition, he was able to accurately describe the period occupied by tsarist russia, and as a call for better days to come, he put forward the famous phrase "this oppressive darkness is definitely temporary". [3] (literary complex-tashkent-2017) dilshad otin reflected the social and political events of the 19th century. in particular, he called on women to be enlightened and have equal rights with everyone in society. this patriot and our nationalist also remained in history as a person who fought for women. is studied. in addition to this, we can tell our women zulfia, who can be an example for our whole society in the years to come. she was born in the city of tashkent in the family of ismail temirchi. she was a girl with a thirst for knowledge from a young age. that is why she devoted her life to the field of journalism and publishing. she is a graduate student at the institute of language and literature, the editor of the children's publishing house, the head of the department of the publishing house of uzbekistan. she spent 30 years in journalism. despite her hard work, she put her family first. her husband hamid olimjon, who satisfied the hearts of book readers, wrote books together that gave readers a different feeling. how many works have been created by those who can draw them. the poetess, who lost her husband early, could not fix this problem and did not stop her work. she showed her respect for her husband by finishing the unfinished works of hamid olimjon. as an integral part of this process, he wrote the libretto of the poet's play "semurg" (in collaboration with s. somona) and the opera "zaynab bilan amon". in particular, the works of a.s. pushkin, m. yu. lermentov, n. a. nekrasov, m. vaqif, l. ukrainka, m. dilboziy, s. kaputikyan, e. ognetsvet, mustay karim, amrita, pritam, ye. bagryana and others american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org were translated into uzbek. his own works have been published in many foreign countries, in the languages of the brotherly turkic peoples. he won the "javaharlal nehru" and "nilufar" awards, the state prize of uzbekistan named after hamza, and the order of cyril and methodius of bulgaria. and to'maris, zebunniso, jahon otin uvaisiy, nodira, saida zunnunova and many others, we have enlightened devoted women who are worthy of being proud of. [https://tafakkur.net]. until now, every woman is under the protection of the state and society, regardless of her lineage. this is reflected in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan and other normative documents. according to the information of the united nations, at the moment, the problem of women in society is second only to environmental and economic issues. many famous scientists, kings, sages and great people from the time of our ancestors were born from the mother. they were brought up by their mother and educated. decrees and decisions of our president are being adopted to create a lot of opportunities and conditions for our women in our modernizing uzbekistan. in 2021, 2 trillion soums of loans and subsidies were allocated to more than 200,000 projects within the framework of women's entrepreneurship programs, and 320,000 women got permanent jobs. more than 4,000 women were allocated funds for the initial housing payment. 2,000 girls were admitted to higher education on the basis of a separate grant. 190,000 women were trained in professions. as a result, according to current statistics, 60% of students who entered higher educational institutions last year were women. in general, the "women's notebook" has been launched since 2020. [https://uz.m.wikipedia.org.] in addition, the women's education support program for 2022-2026 was developed. and the contract money of the girls currently studying at the master's degree is fully covered by the budget. on march 7, 2022, the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to further accelerate work on systematic support of families and women" was adopted. the purpose of this decree of our president is to protect the rights and legal interests of women in our country, to increase their economic, social and political activity, to maintain their health, to direct them to the profession, to attract them to entrepreneurship, and to continue the reforms carried out in order to ensure gender equality. . [pf-87 no. 07.03.2022. https://lex.uz.] in addition, one of the most important issues is gender equality. the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan states that men and women have equal rights. in fact, what is "gender" itself? gender is a constant aspect that manifests itself in all spheres of social life and activity of women and men, namely politics, economy, law, ideology and cultural education and science. the main principles of ensuring equal rights and opportunities for women and men are as follows: > legality; > democratism; > equal rights of women and men; >not to allow discrimination based on gender; >openness and transparency; in uzbekistan, the rights and freedoms of our women are not provided only by the constitution. in addition, other normative documents are exceptions: >law on citizenship of the republic of uzbekistan > labor code of the republic of uzbekistan https://lex.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org >family code of the republic of uzbekistan >law of the republic of uzbekistan "on guarantees of equal rights and opportunities for women and men". if we interpret the situation related to gender equality in uzbekistan, as of 2022, women in uzbekistan make up 49.7% of the total population. among them, only 13.2% of women over 25 years old have a higher education. in general, only 17.7% of women in uzbekistan have a higher education. in the regions, this number is very low. as an example, i can say that in kashkadarya, only 8% of women have graduated from higher education institutions, while in tashkent region, this indicator is equal to 9.1%. the number of higher education institutions in the country has increased dramatically over the past six years from 77 in 2016 to 154 in 2021. however, this growth has not yet fully satisfied the demand. admission to state higher education institutions in 2015 coefficient was 9.5% (out of 605,836 applicants, only 57,800 were accepted. this year, there are more than 1.2 million applicants for just 121,395 places at public universities, which is 10% of the acceptance rate. this is a sharp decline since 1996, when only about half (46.2%) of applicants could receive university degrees. in the 2021-2022 academic year, 808.4 thousand students are studying in uzbekistan's state higher educational institutions, 45.6% of them are women (439.4 thousand boys, 369 thousand girls). the gender gap is evident in some fields only 30.1% of the graduates in science, engineering, production and construction fields are women. for example, 92% of the students at the tashkent state transport university are boys, while at the tashkent state technical university this figure is equal to 89%. as of january 1, 2022, the number of permanent residents of uzbekistan was 35,271,276. 17.5 million of them are men. that is, there are more men than women. as the number of universities increases, the percentage of educated women is increasing. in 2016, only 5.6% of women across the country had higher education, now this figure is 17.7%.[ 5 ] (https:// staff.tiime.books.) their number is expected to increase dramatically in the coming years, which will help further reduce the gender gap. in conclusion, i can say that why should we recognize our women? why should women be given great attention and opportunities? we can mention several reasons and explanations for this. we know that if there is a man in the family who is educated or has a profession, he will certainly make his child educated, teach, and train him. may he be happy, live without worries, and achieve more than me. but if a woman reads, she educates the nation and not only makes her children and daughters educated and intelligent in the society. it is not for nothing that our people say, "if a man reads, he educates his child, and if a woman reads, she educates the nation and society." women are the roots of life. as long as there are women, we live comfortably in social life. women are the beginning of the nation, and all good things begin with her. that is why it is important to inculcate in children the qualities of humanity, courage, and nobility that give meaning to our lives. mothers and women who can teach are valuable in every country. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org there is a woman, the world is bright! there is a woman, life is beautiful and charming! it is impossible to imagine the concepts of human and female family in isolation from each other. she unites the family and our society, brings grace to it, fills our homes with love, elegance, those who shine with the light of goodness are actually our mothers, our munis women. indeed, the role of our women in the family is incomparable. smart, beautiful, intelligent, educated women, with their care, kindness and purity of heart, create sincerity, purity and justice in our society. k maintains the environment. another example of the priority of women's honor: 1999 was declared as "women's year", 2001 as "mother and child year". in 1995, uzbekistan was the first in central asia to ratify the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women and started implementing its criteria. speaking about this, the international children's fund unicef eastern europe, it should be recalled that the office for the countries of the commonwealth of independent states of the baltic states recognized uzbekistan as a model in the region in the introduction of programs for the protection of motherhood and childhood [.6] (https://www.ziyouz.com) inspired by such concern, our women are trying to make more contributions to the motherland and to protect this holy land and the clear sky in it. and our munis mothers contribute to the peace and wellbeing of our country with their prayers. it is no wonder that the prayers of our honorable mothers are always saved from calamities. because these prayers are answered in the presence of the creator. however, our beloved women, munis mothers, our young girls can feel truly happy only when they find their dignity. therefore, each of us should live with a crown on our head, filling our house with light and praying for us, our loving parents, our women, making their hearts happy, always ready for their services, and realizing that they are a treasure. now think how much an intelligent woman needs. i don't think it's enough for you or me to admit it. it is necessary to program these basics for the recognition of the value, honor, knowledge, and enlightenment of a woman in the whole world! references: 1. n.nishonova. buyuk o'zbek ayollari. the greant uzbek woman. -toshkent: "fana va texnologiya", 2016, 24-bet. 2.adabiyot. majmuasi b. to'xliyev, b. karimov, k. usmonova. "o'zbekiston milliy ensiklopediyasi" davlat ilmiy nashriyoti toshkent-2018. 3.adabiyot majmuasi yo'ldoshev.q,qosimov.b,qodirov.v yo'ldoshbekov.j.(qayda ishangan 4nashr)."sharq"nashriyot-matbaa aksiyadorlik kompaniyasi, toshkent-2017. 4. http://liberary.navoiy.uz.pdf. 5.https://staff.tiime.books.uz.pdf. 6. https://www.ziyouz.com. 7. https://darakchi.uz. 8. https://ma'rifat.uz. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 123 www.americanjournal.org systematic analysis of the priority indicators of multi-story buildings with small intermediate dimensions in computer technologies m. m. turgunpulatov, assistant teacher namangan engineering construction institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article covers the issue of systematic analysis of priority lateral relative displacement indicators of apartment buildings with small intermediate dimensions using computer technologies, adoption of constructive solutions depending on the results of the analysis. luxuryy, priority, rigidity, deformation, seismic loads, relative strength, multistorey commercial buildings.. introduction currently, creative works are being carried out at a rapid pace throughout our country, in turn, special attention is being paid to the fact that a single building is designed for several functions, based on the needs of the population. based on the requirements of compliance with the function of multi-story buildings, restaurants are placed on the basement and first floors, and shopping complexes are placed on the second and third floors. since the building floors are designed for different tasks, it causes some inconvenience in the calculation of load-bearing structures. as a result, design organizations have a lot of responsibility. during the design period, it is necessary to anticipate various factors that may occur in the construction of the building or structure being designed and to develop various solutions to eliminate them. in the design period, based on the projects proposed by the customer, there are cases of non-compliance with construction norms and rules in the design process of buildings and structures, as a result of which some inconveniences arise in ensuring the durability, priority, and integrity of buildings or structures. in many cases, the width of the building is not accepted in accordance with the length of the building. in this case, it becomes difficult to provide priority indicators on the upper floors of the building. in this case, depending on the height of the building, table 2.6 of qmq 2.01.03-96 should be followed, the upper floors of the building should not exceed the specified standard displacement. as an example, the working drawings of the 5-story shopping complex planned to be built in the city of namangan, namanga region are shown in figures 1-2 . the intermediate dimensions of this building differ sharply from the longitudinal length. when calculating the impact of horizontal seismic forces on buildings with an irregular structure in terms of plan and height, paragraph 3.11 and table 2.12 of qmq 2.01.0396 should be followed [1]. seismicity of the construction area is 8 points, ground category ii according to seismic properties. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 124 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. structural plan of the building figure 2. general plan of the building figure 3. longitudinal section of the building in order to calculate the strength, priority, and integrity of constructions, we calculate the loads affecting the building based on tables 1 and 2 . table 1 load for 1 m2 area of floor slab no download type normative load, n/m 2 reliability coefficient design load, n/m 2 permanent 1 multi-cavity plate 3000 1.1 3300 2 vapor protection layer consisting of 1 layer of ruberoid 50 1.2 60 3 cement-sand leveling layer, t=25 mm, r =2000 kg/m³ 500 1.3 650 4 pol 600 1.2 720 5 curtain wall 1 5 00 1.1 1650 total: 5650 6380 temporarily payload (taken from table 3 of qmq 2.01.07-96) from this: long term short term 4500 2250 2250 1.3 5850 2925 2925 total: 11550 12230 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 125 www.americanjournal.org table 2 load for 1 m2 area of roof slab no download type normative load, n/m 2 reliability coefficient design load, n/m 2 permanent 1 multi-cavity plate 3000 1.1 3300 2 vapor protection layer consisting of 1 layer of ruberoid 50 1.3 65 3 cement-sand leveling layer, t=50 mm, r =2000 kg/m³ 1000 1.3 1300 4 keramzite thermal protection layer, t=200 mm, r =600 kg/m³ 1200 1.2 1440 5 roof elements 400 1.2 480 total: 5650 6585 temporarily chordoq qmq 2.01.07-96 table 3 snow load (for region i, taken from table 4 of qmq 2.01.07-96) from this: long term short term 700 500 0 1200 1.2 1.6 84 0 800 0 1640 total: 6850 8225 based on the loads listed in tables 1 and 2 above, calculations are made in the "lira pk" program. the load-bearing structures of the building are checked according to the first and second limit states. the indicators of durability and integrity of constructions are provided. also, with the help of the "lira arm" program, the internal stresses generated in the columns and beams of the building are determined, we can see the systematic analysis of the diameters of the working fittings used depending on the determined stresses in figures 3-4. figure 3. reinforcement of building columns figure 4. reinforcement of building beams american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 126 www.americanjournal.org we can see from the calculations that the constructions fully meet the above indicators, only the upper floors of the construction under the influence of seismic forces are accepted according to table 2.6 of qmq 2.01.03-96 on the x and u coordinate axes [1] . qmq 2.01.03-96 table 2.6 n deformation type and classification of elements fixed value 11 relative displacement of floors of buildings made of nonload-bearing brittle materials attached to load-bearing structures d k /h k ; relative strength of the top of the building u max /n 1/200 22 by itself, the non-load-bearing elements are protected from the deformation of the load-bearing elements. 1/70 we can see the relative displacement of the upper floors of the building in pictures 5-6. figure 5. relative displacement of the building along the x-axis figure 6. relative displacement of the building along the u axis table 2.6 of qmq 2.01.03-96, the condition d=h/200=15000/200=75 mm < 82.5 mm was not fulfilled. conclusions we can also see from the above results that the priority indicators, that is, relative displacements, of high-rise buildings with small span sizes have increased significantly . in such cases, it is recommended to do the following when designing and calculating buildings: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 127 www.americanjournal.org 1. load-bearing constructions, together with the materials (bricks) that serve as the external barrier structure of the building, create a space frame with a filler that absorbs a part of the seismic loads. 2. mentioned above , it is necessary that the diaphragms, connectors and bracing cores that receive horizontal seismic loads should be continuous along the entire height of the building, lie in orthogonal directions, and be placed symmetrically with respect to the center of gravity of the building. references: [1]. alimov k., buzrukov z., turgunpulatov m. dynamic characteristics of pilot boards of structures //e3s web of conferences. – 2021. [2]. рахимов а. м., турғунпўлатов м. м. халқасимон темир-бетон конструкцияларни тайёрлашда юзага келадиган нуқсонлар //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 6. – с. 49-54. [3]. khusainov m. a., rahimov a. m., turgunpulatov m. m. assessment of the significance of factors affecting the strength of fiber concrete //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 6. – с. 133-140. [4]. рахимов а., турғунпўлатов м. ёғоч каркасли биноларнинг четки устун тугунларини такомиллаштириш ва мустаҳкамлигини ошириш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 487-493. [5]. рахимов а., турғунпўлатов м. биноларни ташқи пардозлаш ишларида “мeтал-апех” панелларидан фойдаланиш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 494-500. [6]. рахимов а. м., тургунпулатов м. м. маҳаллий шароитда ёғочдан қуриладиган уйларнинг узоққа чидамлилигини ошириш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 307-313. [7]. raximov, a. m., muminov, k. k., turgunpulatov, m. m., & turgunov, s. (2023). heat treatment of concrete in hot climates. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 365, p. 02019). edp sciences. [8]. mardonov, batirjan, alimov horisboy latifovich, and turgunpulatov mirzoxid. "experimental studies of buildings and structures on pile foundations." design engineering (2021): 9680-9685. [9]. saidmamatov, a., akramova, d., muminov, k., egamberdiev, i., turgunpulatov, m., & pardaeva, g. (2023). review and practice of optimal structural design and selection of structural systems. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 365, p. 02007). edp sciences. [10]. m.turgunpolatov, м.хамдамова “оралиқ ўлчамлари кичик бўлган кўп қаватли биноларининг устуворлик кўрсаткичларини компютер технологияларида тизимли таҳлил қилиш” проблемы архитектуры и строительства problems of architecture and construction (ilmiy-texnik jurnal) 2023, № 2 (научно-технический журнал) (scientific and technical magazine) © самдақи, 2023 2000 yildan har 3 oyda bir marta chop etiladi issn 2901-5004 [11]. а.м.рахимов, м.м.турғунпщлатов “деформация модули кичик бўлган грунтларнинг маустаҳкамлигини ошириш” «zamonaviy arxitektura, binolar va inshootlarning mustahkamligi, ishonchliligi va seysmik xavfsizlik muammolari» mavzusida respublika miqyosida ilmiy-amaliy american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 128 www.americanjournal.org konferensiya 2023-yil 9-iyun scientific-technical journal (stj ferpi, фарпи итж, нтж ферпи, 2022,т.26. спец.выпуск №2) [12]. m.turgunpolatov, м.хамдамова “режадаги ўлчамлари кичик бўлган кўп қаватли биноларнинг устуворлик кўрсаткичларини компьютер технологияларида тизимли таҳлил қилиш” «zamonaviy arxitektura, binolar va inshootlarning mustahkamligi, ishonchliligi va seysmik xavfsizlik muammolari» mavzusida respublika miqyosida ilmiy-amaliy konferensiya 2023-yil 9-iyun [13]. rakhimov, a. m., khusainov, m. a., turgunpulatov, m. m., & sh, t. (2022). optimal modes of concrete heat treatment. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(3), 594-597. [14]. алимов, х., тургунпулатов, м., исматуллаева, д., гуломов, м., & мирзамахмудов, а. матрица научного познания. матрица научного познания учредители: общество с ограниченной ответственностью" омега сайнс", 30-37 [15]. рахимов а.м., хусаинов м.а., турғунпщлатов м.м. режимы тепловой обработки бетона. “ishlab chiqarishning texnik, muhandislik va texnologik muammolarining innovatsion yechimlari” mavzusidagi xalqaro ilmiy-texnik anjuman materiallari (28-29-oktabr 2022-yil) jizzax 2022, 573-b. [16]. рахимов а.м., турғунпщлатов м.м. пути снижения энергетических затрат при производстве сборных железобетонных изделий. қурилишда инновациялар, бинолар ва иншоотларнинг сейсмик хавфсизлиги халқаро миқёсидаги илмий ва илмий-техник конференция материаллари тўплами наманган шаҳри, 15-17 декабрь, 2022 йил [17]. рахимов акмалхон маматхонович, тургунпулатов мирзохид махамадали угли энергосберегающие режимы тепловой обработки бетона. “qurilishda innovatsion texnologiyalar”xalqaro ilmiy-texnik anjuman (2023-yil, 25-may)ii-qism “innovative technologies in construction” international scientific and technical conference (may 25, 2023) part-2 [18]. ризаев, б. ш., мавлонов, р. а., & мартазаев, а. ш. (2015). физико-механические свойства бетона в условиях сухого жаркого климата. инновационная наука, (7-1), 55-58. [19]. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., & мавлонов, р. а. (2016). трещинастойкость железобетонных элементов при одностороннем воздействии воды и температуры. символ науки, (1-2), 14-16. [20]. эгамбердиев, и. х., мартазаев, а. ш., & фозилов, о. к. (2017). значение исследования распространения вибраций от движения поездов. научное знание современности, (3), 350-352. [21]. мартазаев, а. ш., фозилов, о. қ., & носиржонов, н. р. (2016). значение расчетов статического и динамического воздействия наземляные плотины. инновационная наука, (5-2 (17)), 132-133. [22]. хакимов, ш. а., мартазаев, а. ш., & ваккасов, х. с. (2016). расчет грунтовых плотин методом конечных элементов. инновационная наука, (2-3 (14)), 109-111. [23]. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., & эшонжонов, ж. б. (2017). трещины в железобетонных изделиях при изготовлении их в нестационарном климате. вестник науки и творчества, (2), 6-8. [24]. martazayev, a., muminov, k., & mirzamakhmudov, a. (2022). bazalt, shisha va aralash tolalarning betonning mexanik xususiyatlariga ta'siri. pedagog, 5(6), 76-84. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 129 www.americanjournal.org [25]. абдурахмонов, с. э., мартазаев, а. ш., абдурахмонов, а. с., & хайдаров, а. а. (2018). трещинообразование и водоотделение бетонной смеси в железобетонных изделиях при изготовлении в районах с жарким климатом. вестник науки и творчества, (2), 35-37. [26]. насриддинов, м. м., мартазаев, а. ш., & ваккасов, х. с. (2016). трещиностойкость и прочность наклонных сечений изгибаемых элеменов из бетона на пористых заполнителях из лёссовидных суглинков и золы тэс. символ науки, (1-2), 85-87. [27]. ваккасов, х. с., фозилов, о. к., & мартазаев, а. ш. (2017). что такое пассивный дом. вестник науки и творчества, (2 (14)), 30-33. [28]. jurayevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. (2022). calculation of strength of fiber reinforced concrete beams using abaqus software. the peerian journal, 5, 20-26. [29]. martazayev, a. (2022). dispers armaturalash. pedagog, 5(7), 347-354. [30]. мартазаев, а. ш., & мирзамахмудов, а. р. (2022). трещинастойкость внецентреннорастянутых железобетонных элементов при одностороннем воздействии горячей воды. pedagog, 5(6), 68-75. [31]. шукуриллаееич, м. а., каюмов, д. а. у., абелкасимова, м. х., & насибжоиов, ш. ш. у. (2018). проверка несущей способности изгибаемых железобетонных изделий по наклонному сечению. science time, (6 (54)), 42-44. [32]. раззақов, c. ж., мартазаев, а. ш., жўраева, а. с., & ахмедов, a. р. (2022). базальт толалари билан дисперс арматураланган фибробетоннинг иқтисодий самарадорлиги. фарғона политехника институти илмий техника журнали, 26(1), 206-209. [33]. jurayevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. (2022). calculation of strength of fiber reinforced concrete beams using abaqus software. the peerian journal, 5, 20-26. [34]. мартазаев, а. ш., цаюмов, д. а. у., & исоцжонов, о. б. у. (2017). статический расчет грунтовых плотин. science time, (5 (41)), 226-228. [35]. shukirillayevich, m. a., & sobirjonovna, j. a. (2022). the formation and development of cracks in basalt fiber reinforced concrete beams. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(4), 31-37. [36]. xodjiyev, n., martazayev, a., & muminov, k. (2022). temirbeton tom yopmasi solqligini aniqlash usuli. pedagog, 5(7), 338-346. [37]. мартазаев, а. ш., & железобетонных, а. (2022). элементов при одностороннем воздействии горячей воды. [38]. мартазаев, а. ш., & эшонжонов, ж. б. (2017). вопросы расчета изгибаемых элементов по наклонным сечениям. вестник науки и творчества, (2 (14)), 123-126. [39]. juraevich, r. s., & shukirillayevich, m. a. (2021). mechanical properties of basalt fiber concrete. international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology, 8(9), 2350. [40]. martazayev, a., & mirzamakhmudov, a. (2022). compressive strength of disperse reinforced concrete with basaltic fiber. texas journal of engineering and technology, 15, 278-285. 41. алимов х.л. определения динамических характеристик свайных оснований соору-жений. автореферат на соисканий учёной степени к.т.н. ташкент-1991 г. 20 с. 42. бузруков з.с., алимов х.л. исследование совместной работы сооружений на свайных фундаментах при динамическых воздействий. научно-технический журнал ферпи. 2019. том 23 спец. вып. №2. стр. 50-57 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 130 www.americanjournal.org 43. alimov x.l., z.s.buzrukov, m.m.turgunpulatov. dynamic characteristics of pile foundations of structures. e3s web conf. volime 264, 2021 international scientific confetence “contruction mechanics, hudraulics and water resources engineering”. (conmechydro – 2021). published online 02 june 2021. 44. юлдашев, ш. с юлдашев, ш.с., алимов х.л., карабаева, м. у. (2016). уменьшение уровня вибрации в грунтах с помощью виброзашитных экранов типа щелей. узбекский журнал «проблемы механики». № 3, 2016 г. стр. 123-125 45. raximov a. m. et al. heat and humidity treatment of concrete in hot climates //international journal of progressive sciences and technologies. – 2021. – т. 24. – №. 1. – с. 312-319. 46. mardonov b., latifovich a. h., mirzoxid t. experimental studies of buildings and structures on pile foundations //design engineering. – 2021. – с. 9680-9685. 47. алимов х. л. пойдевор ости асос чўкиш жараёнларининг назарий тадқиқи ва уларнинг бино ва иншоотлар сейсмик ҳолатига таъсирини баҳолаш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 6. – с. 220-228. 48. alimov k., buzrukov z., turgunpulatov m. dynamic characteristics of pilot boards of structures //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2021. – т. 264. – с. 02053. 49. алимов х. л. и др. энергия самарадорликка эришиш—тараққиёт кафолати //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 645-653. 50. алимов х. л. и др. маъруза машғулотларини ёритишда интерфаол усуллардан фойдаланиш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 637-644. 51. алимов х. л., турғунпўлатов м. м., хошимжонов э. р. ёғоч каркасли биноларнинг четки устун тугунларини кучайтириш ва мустаҳкамлигини ошириш //o'zbekistonda fanlararo innovatsiyalar va ilmiy tadqiqotlar jurnali. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 9. – с. 363-365. 52. алимов х. л. определения динамических характеристик свайных оснований сооружений. – 1991. 53. saidmamatov a. t. et al. mathematical model of the optimization problem taking into account a number of factors //european journal of research development and sustainability. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 1-2. 54. saidmamatov a. t. et al. analysis of theory and practice of optimal design of construction. – 2023. 55. saidmamatov a. t. theory of optimal design of construction //eurasian journal of engineering and technology. – 2022. – т. 11. – с. 43-48. 56. саидмаматов а. т. решение задачи оптимизации параметров сейсмостойких железобетонных каркасных конструкций с оценкой влияния факторов пространственности, упругопластичности и нелинейности. – 1993. 57. хамдамова м. металлургия саноати чикиндиларидан қайта фойдаланиш //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 6. – с. 141-146. 58. назаров р. у. и др. использование технологического водоснабжения при строительстве плавательных бассейнов //scientific impulse. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 3. – с. 531-537. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 131 www.americanjournal.org 59. zakiryo b., temurmalik u., madina x. zilzila davrida seysmik to’lqinlarning gruntlarning asosiy fizik ko’rsatkichlariga bog’liqligi //journal of new century innovations. – 2023. – т. 25. – №. 2. – с. 163-166. 60. hamdamova m. beton mahsulotini ishlab chiqarishda sanoat chiqindilaridan foydalanish afzalliklari //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 509-516. 61. madina h. building strategies for earthquake protection //pedagog. – 2022. – т. 5. – №. 7. – с. 501-508. 62. fayzullaeva m. problems of management of educational institutions //инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 21. – с. 50-53. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org analyzing the distribution of pollutants in urban landscapes shahlokhon kosimova assistant, department of architecture, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s environmental quality control is one of the most important functions of environmental protection, as it is aimed at creating reliable information for planning and implementing effective environmental protection measures. researching environmental monitoring is associated with problems such as large-scale analytical work, large financial costs, imperfect methodological support for environmental situation assessment, multidimensional data bank processing, and others. environmental situation, effective environmental protection, urban landscapes, environmental control. introduction the need to develop new measures for environmental protection and improve the quality of the environment is particularly relevant for cities that are, as a rule, developed industrial centres and, therefore, areas of increased environmental risk [1,2,3]. the city is an industrial and communal structure that creates wide anomalies of pollutants in the composition of natural compounds and compounds of man-made origin. mapping of areas of increased or decreased concentrations of controlled compounds compared to background or standard concentrations is based primarily on the results of depositional (accumulating) environment testing [4,5,6]. for an objective assessment of the ecological situation, among other information, information on spatial and temporal changes in the concentration of toxic compounds in the environment is required. determining the most informative parameters of environmental monitoring plays an important role in describing the trends in the formation of polluting anomalies, as well as in determining the necessary and sufficient list of indicators that require systematic monitoring [7,8]. in this regard, multivariate data analysis, which uses a probabilistic approach to study the interaction of initial values, plays an increasingly important role in environmental studies. as well as determining the necessary and sufficient list of indicators that require systematic monitoring. in this regard, multivariate data analysis, which uses a probabilistic approach to study the interaction of initial values, plays an increasingly important role in environmental studies. as well as determining the necessary and sufficient list of indicators that require systematic monitoring. in this regard, multivariate data analysis, which uses a probabilistic approach american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org to study the interaction of initial values, plays an increasingly important role in environmental studies [9,10,11]. the main part the work aims to optimize the environmental monitoring system based on multidimensional modelling of the distribution of pollutants in urban landscapes [13,14,15]. to achieve this goal, the following research tasks were defined: 1. to study the problems of environmental information collection and processing in lower cities. analysis of existing methods of evaluation of urban landscapes from the point of view of probabilisticstatistical research. development of an optimal analysis method for the assessment and classification of the distribution of pollutants in cities. 2. development of a mathematical model to describe the distribution of multidimensional pollution fields in urban landscapes. development of spatial and temporal patterns of pollutant distribution in different environments. 3. development of a method of classification and reduction of the size of the field of environmental control parameters (pollutants and sampling points). 4. development of methodological recommendations for the analysis, classification and reduction of the dimensions of the multidimensional space of the results of urban landscape monitoring, which allows for the optimization of the system of environmental protection measures [16,17,18,19]. to date, the geochemical method of assessing the state of the environment is the leader due to the possibility of studying the complex structure of urbanized zones by detailed mapping of pollution anomalies. elementary statistics, correlation analysis, and comparison of actual pollutant concentrations with permissible maximum or background values are used as mathematical processing of geo-ecological data, and the following are suggested. 1. it is proposed to use the multifactorial method of main components in environmental monitoring of urban landscapes. 2. a mathematical model is proposed for the classification of controlled toxic metals and sampling points in the environment, including their neighbours, based on the principal component method. 3. during 10 years of geochemical monitoring, the dynamic properties of the distribution factors of the concentration of toxic metals were studied. 4. guidelines for optimization of environmental monitoring of urban landscapes were developed based on the method of multivariable principal components. the reliability of scientific rules, conclusions and recommendations is related to the correct application of mathematical methods of research, experimental verification of theoretical rules, and the use of standard methods and standards of environmental quality control at all stages of work [20,21,22]. the proposed algorithm for classification and analysis of the factors of the formation of controlled pollution processes allows for a more accurate assessment and prediction of the ecological situation in urban landscapes, as well as reduces the number of sampling points required for assessment [23,24,25]. the conclusions drawn from the results of the research became the basis for the development of an action plan for the optimization of environmental monitoring in cities. this article provides the following rules: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org 1. mathematical modelling of the distribution of pollution intensity of urban landscapes and justification of the use of the multifactorial method of principal components to reduce the area size of controlled parameters of environmental monitoring. 2. method of multifactorial classification of heavy metals and control points of sampling of different environmental environments in the space of major components. 3. component model of the dynamics of the distribution of pollutants in the conditions of periodic ecological control of the environment. 4. guidelines for the evaluation and optimization of measures for monitoring the means of deposition using orthogonalization methods for the correlation parameters of environmental pollution. biochemical studies are carried out with the help of such parameters as ecological status, waterphysical and chemical-physical properties of soils as the concentration of heavy metals (pb, cu, ni, co, zn, mn, cr, v). soil field testing is carried out in 22 control studies, for which annual vegetation samples are taken simultaneously with soil samples [26,27,28]. the geochemical method of studying the migration of chemical substances, used in environmental monitoring of other cities of the region, is based on the principles of express landscape-geological mapping of toxic substances without long-term stationary observations. the functional scheme of geochemical research objects and methods within the framework of environmental monitoring of the city of rostov-on-don includes the following objects. monitoring of the environmental condition of the atmosphere is carried out in 3 directions: determining the concentration of toxic substances in cells; in dust and the air of the direct observation zone. the number of selected lithochemical samples of one geochemical study is about 2000. it was conducted in 1989, 1992, 1995 and 1998 with 3-year intervals. the composition of mobile forms and the total amount of toxic metals in soil samples are analyzed: cr, pb, cu, ni, co, v, zn, ml, sr and other factors. physico-chemical properties of soils are determined by standard methods of analysis of water extract of the sample. results during the orthogonal decomposition of the standardized vectors of the initial matrix of variables, three main components f1, £2, and £3 were obtained, which determine the general trends of distribution of all considered metals in the soil cover (fig. 1). figure 1. general trends in the distribution of metals american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org a similar study was conducted with data on the composition of the same metals in samples of x2(8x22) annual plants. the range of factor loading coefficients of these metals is 0.67-0.95. the obtained components made it possible to rearrange the s-dimensional space of the original variables into the 3-dimensional space, preserving 77% of the total variability, which is characterized by the distribution of the metal concentration distribution at the control points ( table 1 ). table 1. the results of calculating the eigenvalues of the matrix r1 the graphic representation of metals in the first two columns f1-f2 coordinates shows that two clusters a and b can be distinguished (fig. 2). changes included in cluster a are characterized by high values of the f1 component and reflect the distribution patterns of zinc, copper and cobalt compounds in the adjacent environment. the distribution of metals in cluster b is determined by the f2 or f3 component. the relationship between the distributions of metals in the surrounding environment was determined for chromium compounds (characterized by the f2 component) and lead (f1 component). figure 2. the relationship between the distribution of metals in the surrounding environment american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org thus, the factors of pollutant variability were tested separately in both depositional environments and adjacent regions by the principal components method. an additional advantage of the classification of pollutant distribution is the use of relative rather than absolute indicators of control, which makes it possible to take into account the systematic error of research methods and increase the accuracy of the assessment of observations. conclusion 1. an analysis of environmental pollution monitoring and forecasting methods was conducted, based on which general approaches to creating a more effective model for describing environmental monitoring parameters were determined. 2. a mathematical model is proposed, in which the multifactor component method is used to describe the distribution of pollutants in terms of their concentration at control sampling points (direct problem) and the pollutants of sampling points concentration distribution model (inverse problem). 3. based on the principal component method model, an algorithm for reducing the dimensions of the multidimensional space of environmental control parameters is proposed, which has practical application for reducing sampling points or the number of analyzed pollutants. 4. a multi-factor classification method of pollutants was developed!! or observation points in the space of the main components that allow to increase the accuracy of taking into account the impact of external factors on the environmental situation and optimize the system of environmental protection measures. references 1. должикова е.м., надтока и.и., хентов в.я. (1998). многофаеторное моделирование эколоплеских загрязпе1н1й на основе метода главных коьшонснт. безопас-ность жизнедеятельности. охрана труда и окружающей среды; межвуз. сб. науч.тр. вып.2 /ргасхм, ростов н/д., с.70. 2. должикова е.м., надтока и.и., хентов в.я. (1998). моделирование экологических параметров методами многомерного статистического анализа. тез.докл. ростов н. д: рост. гос. строит.ун-т, , с.62. 3. должикова е.м., хентов в.я., андреева н.н. (1997). методические аспекты исследования атмосферы. проблемы охраны производственной и окруясающей среды; материалы междунар. науч. техн. конф. волгоград, 15-16 дек. волгоград: волггаса, с.29. 4. хептов в.я., должикова е.м. (1998). корреляция содержания тяжелых металлов в урболандшафте на примере г.новочеркасска. изв.вузов. северо-кавказский регион. технические пауки. no2, с.71-73. 5. zikirov, m. c., qosimova, s. f., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). direction of modern design activities. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(2), 11-18. 6. qosimov, l. m., qosimova, s. f., & tursunov, q. q. (2020). specific aspects of using ferghana region's pilgrims for touristic purposes. academic research in educational sciences, (3), 723729. 7. kosimova, s. h., & kosimov, l. m. (2020). principles of forming a garden-park landscape design around historical monuments of the fergana valley. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 10(6), 1582-1589. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 8. salimov, a. m., qosimova, s. f., & tursunov, q. q. (2020). features of the use of pilgrims for tourism in the fergana region. scientific-technical journal, 3(4), 42-47. 9. ахмедов, д. д., & косимова, ш. ф. к. (2021). роль ландшафтного дизайна в разработке генерального плана города. central asian journal of arts and design, 2(12), 8-18. 10. kosimova, s. (2022). formation and principles of landscape architecture of the ancient city of samarkand. journal of architectural design, 5, 17-21. 11. axmedov, j. j. (2022). zamonaviy ko'p qavatli turar-joy binolari va ijtimoiy-madaniy tuzilmalarni loyihalash tajribasini o'rganish. scienceweb academic papers collection. 12. kosimova, s. (2020). тарихий обидалар атрофида боғ-парк ландшафт дизайнини шакллантириш тамойиллари. scienceweb academic papers collection. 13. xusanboyev, s., qodirov, a., baxromov, e., ulmasova, n., & to'xtamboyeva, n. (2021). the effect of the covid-19 pandemema on student behavior and concepts: on the example of institution students in uzbekistan. экономика и социум, (5-1), 550-558. 14. kosimova, s. (2023). opportunities and problems in increasing energy efficiency of buildings in the conditions of the climate of uzbekistan. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(04), 26-35. 15. kosimova, s. (2023). methods and principles of evaluation of recreational areas. journal of architectural design, 17, 49-52. 16. ganiyev, y. y., qosimov, l. m., & murodilov, k. t. (2023). creating agricultural maps using geo-information systems as an example of bandikhan district. finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities , 11(3), 11321140. 17. kasimov, l. m., & ganiev, y. (2022). the essence of using electronic tachometers and gps (global navigation system) in monitoring areas. eurasian research bulletin, 15, 4851. 18. baxodirjon o‘g‘li, m. b., & muxsinjon o‘g‘li, q. l. (2022). turoqshunoslikda gat texnologiyalariga doir tadqiqotlar. ijodkor o'qituvchi, 2(20), 73-76. 19. kasimov, m., habibullaev, e., & kosimov, l. (2020). determination of the chimney roll. an international multidisciplinary research journal , 10(6), 1313-1318. 20. khakimova, k., abdukhalilov, b., qosimov, l., abdusalomov, a., & yokubov, s. (2023). application of gis technologies for improving the content of the tourist map of fergana province, uzbekistan. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 386). edp sciences. 21. zikirov, m. c., qosimova, s. f., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). direction of modern design activities. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(2), 11-18. 22. kholmurodova, d., & kiyamova, d. (2023). study of the process of producing fuel briquettes from industrial waste. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(10), 238-243. 23. yusupova, s. s., kholmurodova, d. k., & kiyamova, d. s. (2023). vexibia alopecroideshow to new source for the synthesis of physiologically active substances used in medicine. global scientific review, 20, 25-30. 24. махмудова, х. и., & холмуродова, д. к. (2023). анализ некоторых физиологических показателей зааненских коз в местных условиях. periodica journal of modern philosophy, social sciences and humanities, 19, 56-58. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org 25. хусанбоев, с. е. (2022). перспективные направления развития агротуризма в республике узбекистане. бюллетень науки и практики, 8(5), 476-482. 26. ugli, x. s. y. (2022, may). evaluation of the effectiveness of agrotourism development directions in the republic of uzbekistan. in international conference on research identity, value and ethics (pp. 268-272). 27. ugli, x. s. y. (2022, may). agrotourism as a factor in the development of agrotouristic facilities in the republic of uzbekistan. in international conference on research identity, value and ethics (pp. 265-267). 28. xusanboyev, s., qodirov, a., baxromov, e., ulmasova, n., & to'xtamboyeva, n. (2021). the effect of the covid-19 pandemema on student behavior and concepts: on the example of institution students in uzbekistan. экономика и социум, (5-1), 550-558. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org use of innovative technologies for enhanced teaching and training in the technology service section abdullaeva feruza guliston dpi o’qituvchisi yusupova dinara guldpi talabasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the department of service technology plays a crucial role in preparing students for the fast-growing landscape of technological advancement. when educational institutions seek to provide relevant education in the field, integration of innovative technologies in teaching becomes necessary. this article provides recommendations on the use of modern technologies in the technology service section, their potential benefits, problems and successful implementation. education, computer, information and virtual technology, interactive, distance learning. introduction the department of service technology covers various fields such as computer science, information technology, robotics and telecommunications. these disciplines are constantly evolving and require the introduction of innovative teaching methodology and technology to meet the dynamic demands of the industry. this article highlights the capabilities of advanced technologies such as virtual reality (vh), extended reality (kh), artificial intelligence (ai) and online platforms in transforming the teaching and learning experience in the service section. virtual reality and advanced truth in tech education: vh and kh technologies have been significantly weighed down in recent years. vh embeds students in a simulated environment, allows them to interact with objects and scenarios, and helps them gain practical skills. kh improves learning by adding virtual elements to the real world and providing interactive visualization. this section discusses the potential application of vh and kh in the technology service department, which highlights their contribution to the development of applied learning, system simulations and applied skills. the transformational power of virtual reality and extended reality in tech education 1. enhanced learning experiences: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org vh and kh provide immersive experiences that will attract students to a new level. by creating 3d copies of actual scenarios, students can learn complex theories and concepts that will remain long or theoretical. in mechanical engineering, for example, vs can mimic the assembly of complex machines, allowing students to exercise without expensive resources or without potential security concerns. in architecture, kh can design a digital project onto a physical site, allowing students to visualize designs in the real world. these experiences facilitate understanding, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills. 2. safe and economical training: technological industries often involve high-risk situations or require expensive equipment. vh and kh eliminate these barriers by providing a safe and economical learning environment. for example, medical students can practice operations on a vh, allowing them to make mistakes and learn without life consequences. similarly, industrial technical gologram instructions can be trained in kh, to guide them by repairing overlay machine disruptions and equipment damage reduction. these technologies minimize risks, while offering endless opportunities for practical learning. 3. personalized education: vh and kh can adapt to different teaching styles and individual needs. these technologies can provide content in a variety of formats, such as visual, hearing, or kinetic, allowing students to opt for the most appropriate approach for learning preferences. in addition, students can learn their image and get personal reports, develop self-motivation, confidence, and independence. this tailored approach encourages active engagement and helps you understand the topic in depth. 4. partnership and global connectivity: through vh and kh, students can collaborate with peers and professionals around the world without leaving their classes. in vh, they can create projects together or conduct experiments in virtual laboratories, facilitating teamwork and intercultural exchange. on the other hand, a bee can connect students remotely with professionals who manage or coach them on complex tasks. these technologies make education more inclusive and accessible to all, broadening horizons and influe students into a global knowledge network. 5. future proof skills: by adding vhs and bees to technological education, students gain technological literacy and develop much-needed skills in the labor market. they learn to adapt to fast-growing technologies, to think creatively and solve complex problems. in addition, these emerging technologies provide practical experience with modern tools and software, ensuring that students are well prepared for the digital era and able to solve the problems of the fourth industrial revolution. reflections on the above considerations: as we look to the future on a tech basis, vh and kh are changing the landscape of technological education. these immersive technologies enhance learning experiences, provide a safe learning environment, support individual learning, develop collaboration and develop skills for the future. by adopting vr and bees in the classroom, teachers can actively participate in their education, providing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org students with the necessary skills to develop in the digital age. it's time to adopt the transformational power of vh and kh in tech education. artificial intelligence and machine learning: artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning (ml) are revolutionising in many industries, and the technology services department is no exception. ai can enhance the learning and learning experience through customized repetitory systems, flexible assessment and smart personalization. ml algorithms allow you to track student engagement, create personal feedback and identify knowledge gaps. this section examines the integration of ai and ml into the service department, highlighting their capabilities to support personalized learning and enhance student understanding. online platforms and collaborate learning: online platforms have been the cornerstone of modern learning, providing a flexible and accessible educational regime. here we discuss the benefits of online platforms such as public open online courses (moocs) and education management systems (lms). these platforms facilitate collaborative learning, allow for self-study, and offer a broad resource pool. in addition, they offer opportunities to engage the industry in real time through webinars, virtual internships and project collaborations. difficulties and considerations: despite the potential benefits, the introduction of innovative technologies in the technology service department will create several problems. issues such as costs, infrastructure requirements, faculty training and joining the design of curricula should be carefully considered. the ethical consequences of ai and privacy concerns are also of decisive importance. this section highlights the issues and provides recommendations for a successful implementation. conclusion: when the technology services department seeks to equip students with the skills necessary for the industry, it is important to cover innovative technologies. vh, kh, ai, ml, and online platforms can change learning experience, improve students' practical skills and knowledge. however, successful implementation requires solving problems and taking into account ethical influences. using the power of these technologies, educational institutions can provide an opportunity for a technology service department to meet the demands of a constantly evolving technological landscape. available literature 1. center for visualization and virtual reality for science and education – http://ve-group.ru/3dvr-resheniya/obrazovanie-i-nauka 2. virtual reality news – https://vrdigest.ru/articles. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org determination of vibration resistance of automobile bricks khaydarali fayzullayev fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan email:x.fayzullayev@farpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the purpose of his work is to study "analysis of vibrations in fixed joints of vehicles". studying vibrations in various parts of cars and developing scientifically based recommendations as a result of research. road transport is an integral part of the country's transport system. the efficiency of many sectors of the economy depends on transport costs. car, cargo, gas cylinder, transport, movement, energy, engine, power, aggregates. introduction when determining the vibration load of the power unit and the transmission of the rear-wheel drive vehicle, it was found that the imbalance of the cardan transmission and the equal-order inertia forces of the engine have the greatest effect on vertical vibrations. they cause a strong vibration of the power unit in the entire engine speed range. when the engine speed is equal to 4860 min-1, strong vibrations of the power unit appear because the frequency of disturbing movement (secondary inertial forces) coincides with the natural frequency of vibrations of the drive transmission. as a result, the vibrations are dampened [1-7]. in addition to the listed sources of excitation, the torque of the engine has a great influence on the side vibrations of the power unit. in this case, the 1st and 2nd harmonics of the engine have the greatest influence. when the engine speed is 4870 min-1, strong vibrations of the power unit appear because the natural frequency of free bending vibrations of cardan gears corresponds to the frequency of the 2nd harmonic. the 2nd harmonic of the engine causes the tilting vibration of the power unit over the entire engine speed range [8-11]. in the first resonance zone for transverse accelerations, the engine has the same frequencies as longitudinal accelerations at a speed of 40-140 km / h, but 8-12 db lower. the second resonance zone with a maximum frequency of 350 gs. the analysis of longitudinal accelerations allows us to conclude that: the engine at a speed of 40, 60, and 80 km/h includes frequencies of 46, 71, and 95 hz, but 30 db lower than the levels of vertical acceleration [12-19]. in the extension box, there are two resonant regions in the 180-210 gs and 280 gs zones, which are 10-15 db higher than the spectrum. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org structural measures that allow to reduce the vibration of the power unit during the work, various constructive measures were tested to reduce the noise of the vehicle. the following parts were prepared for the final test: − gearbox cover; − oil tank; − developed anterior bridge; − engineered rear bridge. vibration tests were conducted to investigate the causes of noise reduction by changing different engine cover materials and oil pans. shows engine vibration spectra ndv = 5600 min-1 for air filter cover, gearbox cover and engine oil pan. replacing the material of these elements allows you to significantly reduce their vibration load and, as a result, the noise they emit. one of the elements of the engine with a developed radiation surface, which is driven by the vibrations of the block head and pulsation of the air as a result of the operation of the gas distribution mechanism. to reduce the vibration load of the engine, the crankcase cover, the cover of the gas distribution mechanism and the engine holder are made of fibreglass [20-24]. as a result of the research and after processing the test results, a significant decrease in spl was found in the frequency range from 150 to 1000 gs, except for the 125 gs component. third-octave analysis of external noise showed that low-frequency sound pressure fluctuations occur in the range of 160 and 200 gs, that is, at the frequency of engine cycles. further studies have shown that the high sound pressure level at these frequencies is caused by the resonance of the air volume of the engine compartment and the downward reflection of the sound wave generated by the vibrations of the power unit from the hood [25-32]. analyzing the propagation pattern of the external noise of the car shown in the figure, it can be assumed that an effective means of reducing it can be a view of the power of the acoustic waves reflected downward from the hood. for this purpose, the bridge in the production vehicle is significantly developed and made of fibreglass plastic. it should be noted that the minimum noise reduction of the anti-sludge is 125 gs in the octave range, mainly due to the reception noise. methodology of experimental research on self-emptying of gas cylinder equipment under the influence of vibration in recent years, several measures have been taken to provide motor vehicles with environmentally friendly fuels, including compressed natural gas, the number of compressor stations for filling cars with gas has reached 1000, and more than 60-70 percent of motor vehicles are using compressed natural gas as an alternative fuel. cars and trucks in almost all regions of our country use natural (methane) and liquefied (propane) gases as fuel. therefore, several works are being carried out by private companies to equip cars with gas cylinders. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 78 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. gas cylinder locking devices. the materials used in these works are mainly local raw materials. the fact that the masters (masters) performing such work do not have any knowledge and skills causes some inconvenience. including loosening of the strap holding the gas cylinder fastened to the car, hardening of the rubber material between the gas cylinder and the metal strap, vibrations and noises caused by the loosening of threaded joints used for fastening. to regulate safety issues in this area, the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan "development of the network of compressor stations for filling vehicles with gas and step-by-step transfer of motor vehicles to compressed natural gas, as well as ensuring the safe use of gas cylinder equipment in them" on additional measures" no. 815 of october 11, 2017decision[61] and "on additional measures to improve the procedure for mandatory technical inspection of vehicles" no. 1010 of december 22, 2017decisionaccepted. at the same time, cases of violations of the established requirements and procedures due to the filling of gas cylinders at gas filling compressor stations, periodic testing of the tightness and reliability of the joints of gas cylinder equipment, as well as the use of physically and mentally outdated gas cylinders are meeting the above-mentioned violations cause accidents that harm people's lives and health, including those that often end in death. below we have studied the gas cylinder emptying rates of about 15 different models of passenger cars at several mot centers. table 1. tt/r model expiration year strong force. kn discharge degree 1 gentra 3 years 01y096gb 45 kn 35 degrees 2 aveo 2nd year 40o468pa 45kn 30 degrees 3 tracker 3 years 40766pa 45kn 45 degrees 4 gentra 2nd year 40m008ma 45kn 30 degrees 5 gentra 3 years 40r772ra 45kn 30 degrees 6 nexia 7th year 40r014ka 45kn 180 degrees 7 aveo 4th year 01l365db 45kn 90 degrees 8 gentra 8 years 40r834ra 45kn 650 degrees 9 nexia 8 years 40a532ja 45kn 720 degrees 10 matiz 7 years 40u224ea 45kn 650 degrees 11 lacetti year 10 01p995ma 45kn 620 degrees 12 spark 10 year 40a763sa 45kn 720 years 13 spark 10 years 40a763sa 45kn 640 degrees https://lex.uz/docs/3380345 https://lex.uz/docs/3475737 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 79 www.americanjournal.org references 1. khujamqulov, s. (2023). measures to protect the environment from the harmful effects of motor transport. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(4), 8-13. 2. fayzullayev, x., & ne'matov, i. (2023). avtomobillarga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish sohasida avtoservisni rivojlantirish tajribasi va istiqbollari. наука и технология в современном мире, 2(4), 62-65. 3. ikromov, i. a., abduraximov, a. a., & fayzullayev, h. (2021). experience and prospects for the development of car service in the field of car maintenance. isj theoretical & applied science, 11(103), 344-346. 4. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). analysis of the braking properties of the man cla 16.220 for severe operating conditions. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 52-59. 5. sahtarov, x. a. o., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). alternativ yoqilgʻilarda ishlaydigan avtomobil konstruksiyalari tahlili. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 1080-1087. 6. fayzullayev, x. (2022). vehicle motion model with wheel lock. eurasian journal of engineering and technology, 10, 68-73. 7. qobulov, m. a. o. g. l., ismadiyorov, a. a. o. g. l., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). yengil avtomobillarga siqilgan gazga moslashtirish jarayonida yuzga keladigan kamchiliklarni bartaraf etish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 471-477. 8. xaydarali, f. (2022). analysis of the chemical composition of car tire rubber. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(12), 183-191. 9. fayzullayev, x., & mirtemirov, a. (2023). avtomobil dvigatelining moylash tizimiga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish va ta'mirlash ishlari texnologiyasi. инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика, 2(6), 31-35. 10. imamovich, b. b., nematjonovich, a. r., khaydarali, f., zokirjonovich, o. o., & ibragimovich, o. n. (2021). performance indicators of a passenger car with a spark ignition engine functioning with different engine fuels. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 6254-6262. 11. ходжаев, с. м., низомиддинова, м. с., камбарова, ч. о., & ходжаева, н. с. (2022). организация станции технического обслуживания при ферганском политехническом институте. science and education, 3(10), 265-274. 12. обидов, н. г. (2019). фрезерные дорожные машины в условиях эксплуатации в жарком климате узбекистана. in подъемно-транспортные, строительные, дорожные, путевые машины и робототехнические комплексы (pp. 377-379). 13. gayrat, b., bekhzod, u., & nuriddin, o. (2022). determination of angles of sliding and rolling of potato tubers on surfaces consisting of different materials. universum: технические науки, (4-12 (97)), 24-26. 14. бахадиров fa, у. б. (2021). обидов hf картошка туганакларини саралаш учун янгича конструкциядаги барабанли саралаш машинаси. научно-технический журнал ферпи. фергана, (1). 15. таджиходжаева, м. р., & обидов, н. г. конструктивные системы в природе и дорожных машинах. рецензенты: генеральный директор руп «гомельавтодор» сн лазбекин, 124. 16. xujamkulov, s., abdubannopov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). zamonaviy avtomobillarda qo’llaniladigan acceleration slip regulation tizimi tahlili. scientific progress, 2(1), 1467-1472. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 80 www.americanjournal.org 17. xujamqulov, s. u., masodiqov, q. x., & abdunazarov, r. x. (2022, march). prospects for the development of the automotive industry in uzbekistan. in e conference zone (pp. 98-100). 18. meliboyev, a., khujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. (2021). univer calculation-experimental method of researching the indicators of its toxicity in its management by changing the working capacity of the engine using the characteristics. экономика и социум, (4-1), 207-210. 19. fayziev, p. r., tursunov, d. m., khujamkulov, s., ismandiyarov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2022). overview of solar dryers for drying lumber and wood. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(04), 47-57. 20. xujamqulov, s. u. o. g. l., & masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtotransport vositalarining ekspluatatsion xususiyatlarini kuzatish bo'yicha vazifalarni shakllantirish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 503-508. 21. masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l., xujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtomobil shinalarini ishlab chiqarish va eskirgan avtomobil shinalarini utilizatsiya qilish bo'yicha eksperiment o'tkazish usuli. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 254-259. 22. khujamkulov, s. u., & khusanjonov, a. s. (2022). transmission system of parallel lathe machine tools. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(2), 142-145. 23. umidjon o‘g‘li, k. s., khusanboy o‘g‘li, m. q., & mukhammedovich, k. s. (2022). the formation of tasks for overview of operating properties of vehicles. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 71-76. 24. khujamqulov, s. (2022). a method of conducting experiments on the production of car tires and the disposal of obsolete car tires. science and innovation, 1(a3), 61-68. 25. qobulov, m., jaloldinov, g., & masodiqov, q. (2021). existing systems of exploitation of motor vehicles. экономика и социум, (4-1), 303-308. 26. khodjaev, s. m., & rakhmonova, s. s. (2022). saving resources in the operation, maintenance of automotive equipment. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 5, 1827. 27. o‘g, g. o. u. b., jaloldinov, l., otabayev, n. i., & xodjayev, s. m. (2021). measurement of tires pressure and load weight on the. academic research in educational sciences, 2(11), 10551061. 28. abduraxmonov, a. g., xodjayev, s. m., otaboyev, n. i., & abduraximov, a. a. (2022). formation of products from powdered polymers by rotational and blowing method. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 41-51. 29. maxmudov, n. a., ochilov, t. y., kamolov, o. y., ashurxodjaev, b. x., abdug'aniev sh, a., & xodjayev, s. m. (2021). tin/cr/al2o3 and tin/al2o3 hybrid coatings structure features and properties resulting from combined treatment. экономика и социум, (3-1 (82)), 176-181. 30. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). transport vositalari dvigatellarida dimetilefir yoqilg’isidan foydalanish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1531-1535. 31. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). gibrid dvigatelli avtomobillardan foydalanib ichki yonuv dvigatellari ishlab chiqargan quvvat samaradorligini oshirish va atrof-muhitga chiqarilayotgan zararli gazlarni kamaytirish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1523-1530. 32. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). overcoming the shortcomings arising in the process of adapting cars to the compressed gas. eurasian research bulletin, 6, 109-113. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org unveiling the future of data extraction using python and ai for video-based information recognition soliev bakhromjon nabijonovich, assistant of the fergana branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi kayumov ahror, assistant of the fergana branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi 3293535ahror@gmail.com abdurasulova dilnoza botirjon kizi, assistant of the fergana branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in today's data-driven world, the ability to extract valuable information from diverse sources is paramount. this article explores the exciting realm of data extraction from video using python and artificial intelligence (ai). video-based information recognition has far-reaching applications, from surveillance and marketing to healthcare and education. in this article, we delve into the theory, techniques, and methodologies behind this innovative approach and present promising results that showcase the potential of python and ai in video data extraction. video data extraction, python, artificial intelligence, information recognition, video analysis. introduction data is the cornerstone of decision-making and innovation. the proliferation of video content on the internet and the advent of advanced ai technologies have opened up new avenues for extracting meaningful data from videos. traditional methods of manual annotation are time-consuming and error-prone. in contrast, python, along with ai algorithms, offers an automated and efficient solution for video-based information recognition. literature review. video processing techniques: video data extraction relies on various techniques, such as frame differencing, object tracking, and optical character recognition (ocr). techniques like yolo (you only look once) and opencv play pivotal roles in object detection and tracking within video streams. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org opencv is a powerful library for computer vision tasks, offering a wide range of tools for video analysis. yolo is a real-time object detection system that enhances the accuracy of identifying objects within video frames. natural language processing (nlp): video content often contains textual information. nlp techniques can be used in conjunction with video analysis to extract text from videos, enabling the recognition of written information or speechto-text conversion. "natural language processing in action" by lane, howard, and hapke provides comprehensive insights into nlp techniques. methodology. data preprocessing: before diving into video data extraction, it's crucial to preprocess the video, including frame splitting and noise reduction. python libraries like numpy and scipy are invaluable for these tasks. object detection and tracking: utilize ai models like yolo and ssd (single shot multibox detector) to detect and track objects within video frames. these models can be fine-tuned for specific recognition tasks. optical character recognition (ocr): for extracting text from video, incorporate ocr libraries such as tesseract and pytesseract, which are seamlessly integrated with python. nlp for contextual analysis: apply nlp techniques to analyze the extracted text for context and meaning, enhancing the overall data extraction process. here are some practical examples of video-based data extraction using python and ai: text recognition in videos: scenario: you have a video of a lecture, and you want to extract the text content from the slides. methodology: you can use python's opencv for video analysis, detecting frames with slides, and then apply ocr (e.g., tesseract) to extract the text. this data can be stored or used for summarization. object tracking in surveillance videos: scenario: in a security camera feed, you need to track suspicious objects or individuals in real-time. methodology: python with opencv and deep learning models like yolo can be used to detect and track objects or people within the video stream. you can then trigger alarms or store data for future analysis. emotion recognition in video marketing: scenario: in a video advertisement campaign, you want to analyze the emotional response of viewers. methodology: python libraries like opencv and dlib, along with pre-trained facial expression recognition models, can be used to track emotions on people's faces throughout the video. this data can be analyzed to gauge viewer engagement. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org gesture recognition in sign language videos: scenario: you have videos of sign language users and want to convert these gestures into text or speech. methodology: deep learning models, such as lstm networks, can be trained to recognize sign language gestures. python can be used to preprocess video frames, feed them into the model, and generate corresponding text or speech output. automatic video summarization: scenario: you have lengthy instructional videos and need to create shorter, informative summaries. methodology: python can be used to segment the video into key sections, extract text from slides or narration, and apply nlp techniques to summarize the content, thereby creating concise video summaries. real-time license plate recognition: scenario: in a traffic surveillance video, you need to recognize and log license plates of vehicles. methodology: utilize openalpr, an open-source library that integrates with python, for license plate recognition. the extracted data can be used for various applications, including traffic monitoring or security. these examples demonstrate the diverse range of applications for video-based data extraction using python and ai. the flexibility of python, combined with the power of ai and computer vision libraries, enables innovative solutions for data recognition and extraction from video content. results the application of python and ai for video-based data extraction has yielded remarkable results in various domains. in healthcare, video data extraction facilitates remote patient monitoring, while in e-commerce, it enables real-time product recognition and tagging. in surveillance, it has enhanced security by automating the identification of suspicious activities. these advancements highlight the transformative potential of this technology. here are a few simple examples of video-based data extraction using python and relevant code snippets. please note that these are simplified examples to get you started. you might need to adapt and expand the code to suit your specific needs and datasets. example 1: text recognition in videos scenario: extract text from video frames, e.g., a lecture video. import cv2 import pytesseract # open the video file cap = cv2.videocapture('lecture_video.mp4') while cap.isopened(): ret, frame = cap.read() american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org if not ret: break # use pytesseract for ocr on the frame text = pytesseract.image_to_string(frame) # do something with the extracted text, e.g., print it print(text) cap.release() cv2.destroyallwindows() example 2: object tracking in surveillance videos scenario: detect and track objects or people in a security camera feed. import cv2 # load the yolo model net = cv2.dnn.readnet("yolov3.weights", "yolov3.cfg") # open the video stream cap = cv2.videocapture('security_camera_feed.mp4') while cap.isopened(): ret, frame = cap.read() if not ret: break # object detection using yolo blob = cv2.dnn.blobfromimage(frame, 0.00392, (416, 416), (0, 0, 0), true, crop=false) net.setinput(blob) outs = net.forward() # process detected objects # (you would typically track and analyze them here) cap.release() cv2.destroyallwindows() example 3: emotion recognition in video marketing scenario: analyze the emotional response of viewers in a marketing video. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org import cv2 import dlib # load the facial expression recognition model detector = dlib.get_frontal_face_detector() predictor = dlib.shape_predictor("shape_predictor_68_face_landmarks.dat") # open the video file cap = cv2.videocapture('marketing_video.mp4') while cap.isopened(): ret, frame = cap.read() if not ret: break # detect faces in the frame faces = detector(frame) for face in faces: # analyze the emotional response of each detected face # (you would typically use a pre-trained model for this) cap.release() cv2.destroyallwindows() conclusion the future of data extraction from videos is undeniably intertwined with python and ai. this article has explored the theoretical underpinnings, reviewed relevant literature, and outlined a robust methodology for video-based information recognition. as demonstrated by the promising results in various fields, this innovative approach is poised to revolutionize how we collect and analyze data from the vast realm of video content, making it a game-changer for industries and research alike. embracing python and ai for video data extraction is not just an option; it's an imperative step toward staying at the forefront of data-driven decision-making in the digital age. references: 1. bakhromjon s. генерация автоматической документации api в django rest framework с применением drf spectacular //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 61-66. 2. kayumov a. et al. python dasturlash tilida rasmlar bilan ishlash. pillow moduli //research and implementation. – 2023. 3. soliev b. n., kizi abdurasulova d. b., yakubov m. s. using ginja templates to create e-commerce platforms //publishing house “baltija publishing”. – 2023. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 4. abrorjon kholmatov. (2023). widely used libraries in the javascript programming language and their capabilities. intent research scientific journal, 2(10), 18–25. retrieved from https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/220 5. konev y. b. et al. a kinetic model of multi-quantum vibrational exchange in co //journal of physics d: applied physics. – 1994. – т. 27. – №. 10. – с. 2054. 6. konev y. b. et al. calculation of the kinetics of a co laser allowing for multiquantum vv exchange //quantum electronics. – 1994. – т. 24. – №. 2. – с. 124. 7. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. использование методов биометрической аутентификации для защиты данных в компьютерных системах от несанкционированного доступа или нарушений //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36. 8. andreev s. n. et al. effect of collisions on the distribution of molecules with respect to vibrational levels of excited electronic states in a gas discharge //soviet physics-jetp. – 1992. – т. 74. – №. 6. – с. 923-932. 9. солиев б. н. перспективы развития электронной торговли и онлайн-курсов в узбекистане на основе системы lms //исследования молодых ученых. – 2020. – с. 1-3. 10. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. the use of biometric authentication techniques for safeguarding data in computer systems against unauthorized access or breaches //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36. 11. kayumov a. creating an expert system-based program to evaluate textile machine effectiveness //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 4952. 12. kayumov a. создание на основе экспертной системы программы оценки эффективности текстильных машин //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 49-52. 13. sodikova m. mobil qurilmalar ishlab chiqish fanini o ‘qitishda sun’iy intellektning roli //research and implementation. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 79-83. 14. mamatov a., zulunov r., sodikova m. application of variational grid method for the solution of the problem on determining mosture content of raw cotton in a drum dryer //the american journal of engineering and technology. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 02. – с. 75-82. 15. muminjonovich, hoshimov bahodirjon, and uzokov barhayot muhammadiyevich. "teaching children to programming on the example of the scratch program." eurasian scientific herald 9 (2022): 131-134. 16. abdurasulova d. b. q., yakubov m. s. yuk oqimlarini boshqarishni tashkil etishning o'ziga xos xususiyatlari //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 734-737. 17. soliev b. n., abdurasulova d., yakubov m. s. using the django framework for ecommerce processes //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 229-233. 18. samijonov a. et al. gradient method for determining non-informative features on the basis of a homogeneous criterion with a positive degree //iop conference series: materials science and engineering. – iop publishing, 2020. – т. 919. – №. 4. – с. 042011. https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/220 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 19. asrayev m. 0-tartibli bir jinsli funksionallar ko ‘rinishidagi sodda mezonlar uchun l informativ belgilar majmuasini aniqlash usullari //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 9-12. 20. asrayev m. mezon ko ‘rinishiga bogʻliq bo ‘lmagan informativ belgilar fazosini shakllantirish usullari //research and implementation. – 2023. 21. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q. kotlin dasturlash tilida korutinlar bilan ishlashni talabalarga o ‘rgatish //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 119-125. 22. musayev x., soliev b. public, protected, private members in python //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 43-46. 23. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q., abdurahimova m. i. kotlin dasturlash tilida klasslar va ob’yektlar tushunchasi //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 126-130. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org thematic groups of philosophical terminology in uzbek and english languages islom boynazarov termiz davlat universiteti email: islom.boynazarov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this comprehensive investigation explores the thematic groups of philosophical terms, analyzing their nuances in both english and uzbek linguistic contexts. the identified clusters—metaphysics, epistemology, logic, ethics, and aesthetics—emerge as foundational pillars in philosophy, each delving into distinct aspects of human understanding. the study emphasizes the crucial role of linguistic perspectives in fostering precision, clarity, and cross-cultural understanding in philosophical communication. this scholarly exploration underscores the globalized nature of philosophical inquiry, advocating for linguistic considerations to promote inclusivity, avoid misinterpretations, and facilitate comparative analyses across diverse philosophical traditions. thematic groups, philosophical terms, metaphysics, epistemology, logic, ethics, aesthetics, english, uzbek. introduction investigating the thematic groups of philosophical terms from a linguistic perspective is crucial for fostering precision, clarity, and cross-cultural understanding in philosophical communication. philosophy, being a universal endeavor, benefits from an exploration of linguistic nuances that may shape the expression of fundamental concepts. this approach facilitates global discussions, preserving cultural specificity in philosophical discourse and enhancing translation practices to retain the richness of ideas across languages. additionally, a linguistic perspective helps avoid misinterpretations, enabling scholars to engage in comparative philosophy and promoting inclusivity in philosophical education. by delving into the linguistic dimensions of philosophical terms, we contribute to a more interconnected and inclusive global philosophical community. understanding philosophical terms in different languages ensures precision and clarity in communication. each language may have unique nuances, and exploring these variations aids in accurately conveying philosophical ideas without losing their subtleties. philosophy is a universal endeavor, but cultural and linguistic contexts can shape the expression of philosophical concepts. examining thematic groups across languages promotes cross-cultural understanding, allowing individuals from diverse linguistic backgrounds to engage in meaningful philosophical dialogues. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org as philosophical conversations become increasingly globalized, the ability to navigate and comprehend diverse linguistic expressions becomes paramount. investigating philosophical terms across languages facilitates a more inclusive and accessible global discourse. philosophy often draws on cultural contexts, and certain terms may carry unique cultural connotations. by exploring the linguistic aspects of philosophical terms, we preserve and respect the cultural specificity embedded in these concepts. also, philosophical texts are frequently translated across languages. investigating thematic groups aids translators in rendering accurate and nuanced translations, ensuring that the richness of philosophical ideas is retained in different linguistic contexts. additionally, philosophical terms can be subtle and nuanced, and a precise understanding is crucial for avoiding misinterpretation. a linguistic perspective helps identify potential pitfalls in translation that could lead to misunderstandings or misrepresentations of philosophical concepts. comparative philosophy involves the study of philosophical traditions across different cultures. investigating thematic groups from a linguistic perspective enables scholars to engage in fruitful comparative analyses, identifying similarities and differences in the expression of philosophical ideas. in academic settings, where philosophical ideas are studied and taught, a linguistic perspective ensures that educational materials are accessible to students from various linguistic backgrounds. it promotes inclusivity and broadens participation in philosophical discussions. through our investigation, we have identified five distinct thematic groups within philosophical discourse. these encompass metaphysics, delving into the fundamental nature of existence and reality; epistemology, which explores the nature and limits of human knowledge; logic, examining the principles of valid reasoning and inference; ethics, concerned with questions of morality, virtue, and duty; and aesthetics, exploring the nature of beauty, art, and the subjective experience of the senses. these thematic groups serve as foundational pillars, encapsulating key areas of inquiry and contemplation within the realm of philosophy. metaphysics constitutes the philosophical domain that plunges into the fundamental aspects of existence and reality. in this area of inquiry, philosophers contemplate questions related to the nature of being, the essence of entities, and the underlying structure of the universe. english expressions such as substance, existence, and reality encapsulate the themes explored in metaphysical discourse. similarly, in uzbek, the term madaniyat serves as a gateway to discussions on the essence of existence, with concepts like mavjudlik (existence) and haqiqat (reality) playing pivotal roles. epistemology engages in an intricate examination of the nature and boundaries of human knowledge. philosophers in this realm explore questions surrounding how we come to know things, the reliability of our beliefs, and the very nature of truth. english terms such as knowledge, belief, and truth are central to epistemological discussions. in uzbek, bilim encompasses the pursuit of knowledge, complemented by concepts like ishonch (belief) and haqiqat (truth). logic constitutes the study of valid reasoning and inference. philosophers in this field examine the principles that govern sound arguments, deduction, and induction. english terms like proposition, deduction, and induction are integral to logical discourse. in uzbek, ma'suliyat serves as the avenue for discussions on reasoning, featuring concepts such as xulosa (deduction) and faraz (induction). ethics delves into questions of morality, virtue, and duty. philosophers within this thematic group ponder on concepts like justice, rights, and the fundamental values that guide human conduct. english american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org terms such as morality, virtue, and duty encapsulate the discussions within ethics. similarly, in uzbek, ethics encompasses considerations of moral principles, featuring concepts like burch (duty) and qadriyat (values). aesthetics explores the nature of beauty, art, and the subjective experience of the senses. philosophers in this realm investigate the principles that underlie creativity, taste, and the appreciation of artistic expression. english terms like beauty, art, and aesthetic experience are integral to discussions in aesthetics. in uzbek, san'at captures the essence of artistic expression, complemented by concepts like go’zallik (beauty) and ta’b (taste). each thematic group within philosophy represents a distinct avenue of inquiry, inviting deep contemplation and exploration of fundamental aspects of human existence and understanding. this discourse has undertaken a comprehensive exploration of the thematic groups within philosophical terminology, elucidating their nuances in both english and uzbek linguistic frameworks. the identified thematic clusters—metaphysics, epistemology, logic, ethics, and aesthetics— constitute foundational pillars in the expansive realm of philosophy. the meticulous elaboration on each thematic category has unveiled the intricate interplay of key concepts, encompassing the fundamental nature of existence, the limits of human knowledge, principles of valid reasoning, questions of morality and virtue, and the nature of beauty and artistic expression. the significance of this investigation lies in its role in facilitating precise and culturally nuanced communication within the realm of philosophy. by attending to the linguistic intricacies of these thematic groups, scholars and communicators can navigate the diverse semantic landscapes of english and uzbek, ensuring that the subtleties inherent in philosophical ideas are accurately conveyed. furthermore, this scholarly examination emphasizes the importance of cross-cultural understanding, as the linguistic exploration enables a more profound engagement with diverse philosophical traditions. it contributes to the ongoing discourse on the globalized nature of philosophical inquiry, where linguistic considerations play a pivotal role in fostering a more inclusive and interconnected philosophical community. references 1. allwood, j., andersson, l. g., & dahl, o. (1977). logic in linguistics (vol. 10). cambridge university press. 2. barber, a. (2003). epistemology of language. oxford university press. 3. eckert, p. (2013). ethics in linguistic research. research methods in linguistics, 11-26. 4. feshchenko, v. (2023). artistic communication as an object of semiotics and linguistic aesthetics. sign systems studies, 51(3-4), 565-603. 5. hiz, h. e. n. r. y. (1998). between logic and linguistics. amsterdam studies in the theory and history of linguistic science series 3, 71-80. 6. massey, g. j. (1981). logic and linguistics. in modern logic—a survey: historical, philosophical and mathematical aspects of modern logic and its applications (pp. 311-329). dordrecht: springer netherlands. 7. miller, r. g. (1960, july). linguistic analysis and metaphysics. in proceedings of the american catholic philosophical association (vol. 34, pp. 80-109). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 8. peel, k. l. (2020). a beginner's guide to applied educational research using thematic analysis. practical assessment, research, and evaluation, 25(1), 2. 9. sorensen, r. (1996). the metaphysics of words. philosophical studies: an international journal for philosophy in the analytic tradition, 81(2/3), 193-214. 10. swiggers, p. (1992). linguistic theory and epistemology of linguistics. thirty years of linguistic evolution, 573-589. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org the integration between neuropedagogy and creativity in higher education kilicheva karamat professor and doctor of science, department of pedagogy, university of tashkent for applied sciences, tashkent, uzbekistan karomatkilicheva320@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s neuroscience and neurodidactics, and thus neuropedagogy, are playing an increasingly important role every day in academic institutions seeking to optimize their educational processes. creativity is a person’s ability to generate ideas, find innovative solutions to problems, and create something new and original. creative inviduals are able to notice unexpected connections between phenomena and objects and go beyond standard thinking. to do this, it is needed to use logic and imagination at the same time that is, analyze the problem and think outside the box. therefore, this paper aims to review past research studies to analyze the integration of neuropedagogy and creative approach in education. neuropedagogy, neuroscience, education, creativity, creative education introduction neuropedagogy is an applied interdisciplinary scientific field aimed at building the educational process taking into account data on brain development, effective teaching and learning methods, brain organization in the processes of mastering educational material, taking into account the characteristics of the brain development of students and educators. neuroeducation or neurodidactics (neuropedagogy) is a new field of research in which both educators and neuroscientists collaborate. this field uses the latest advances in neuroscience, psychology, cognitive science and education to improve teaching methods and school curricula. neuropedagogy is a science whose specialists develop teaching methods that allow you to get the best possible results from classes with people of different ages: both children and adults. they are based on modern research into the functioning of the human brain: the stages of its formation and maturation, the features of its development and function. the goal of neuropedagogy is to optimally and creatively solve pedagogical problems in practice, using knowledge about the individual characteristics of the brain organization of higher mental functions. in simple words, through neuropedagogy it is possible to: select pedagogical techniques that suit the level and abilities of a particular student (and lead each of them to successful results); american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org ensure a high level of knowledge acquisition; stimulate further active development of the brain and cognitive abilities (which entails even greater learning results); understand what the learning difficulties of a particular student are and help them overcome those difficulties; involve students in the learning process (after all, neuropedagogy takes into account the leading type of activity and carries out learning through it, and does not offer dry learning at a desk with cramming). the methods of neuropedagogy are scientifically proven and effective in practice, we confirm this with the results of our students and the students of our colleagues. neuropedagogical exercises are universal they can be used by any educator in any classes/lessons, thereby increasing their effectiveness and taught without pressure and coercion. the dynamics of the learning process are based on neuroscience, the main task of which is to apply in the school environment knowledge about how the brain learns and what stimulates the development of its cognitive and other functions. neuropedagogy uses all the discoveries and achievements of neuroscience and cognitive sciences over the past few decades. the most significant of them: • brain plasticity and neurogenesis. brain plasticity or neuroplasticity is one of the most significant discoveries in the field of neuroscience. our brain is mobile, “plastic”, in other words, capable of adapting throughout life. in addition, it is capable of constantly creating new neurons and neural connections when properly stimulated. • mirror neurons. mirror neurons are a group of brain cells that are activated when we perform an action and also when we observe other people performing that action. the same thing happens when expressing emotions. therefore, it is believed that mirror neurons are the basis of empathy and the ability to speak. knowledge about mirror neurons is very important for neuropedagogy or neurodidactics. • emotions and learning. emotions are interconnected with cognitive processes, so the key to neuroeducation is the ability to manage emotions so that they not only influence, but also contribute to the learning process. children need to be taught to be aware of and control their feelings and behavior. it is important that they understand when they are angry or sad and know how to manage their emotions. neuroeducation can help students with learning disabilities as well. neuroscientific knowledge not only helps to understand how the brain learns, but also how brains that have learning difficulties work. there are different types of learning disabilities, from dyslexia and autism to adhd. neuropedagogy helps to maximally adapt the educational process in order to increase the learning ability of children who have difficulty maintaining high performance in the class. the most important thing, in case of difficulties with learning both at home and at school, is to understand exactly what problems we are dealing with, what difficulties the student is experiencing and how his brain works. thus, it is advised to receive all the necessary tools of neuropedagogy in order to adapt the educational process taking into account this knowledge and develop strategies to improve their learning ability. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org psychology of creativity currently, the industrial era in developed countries is being replaced by an era of innovative development, when knowledge, high-tech technologies and new developments play the main role. national innovation systems are being created, the goal of which is to build an economy based on innovation. innovation processes cover the economy, social sphere, politics, education, science, technology, production, business and other areas. in an innovative society, new ideas and innovations play a major role in its development. at the innovative stage of development, information and knowledge become the subjects of creative thinking, the product of which is new ideas that have a great socio-economic effect. moreover, when moving to a new stage, all the achievements of the previous stages are preserved and developed at a higher level. creativity in developed countries is becoming a permanent practice and the main source of competitive advantage. in almost any field of production, the winner is ultimately the one who has creative potential. the task of higher education institutions is to prepare specialists of the future. today, modern education implements a human capital strategy, which includes specialist professionalism, developed individual abilities, intellectual potential, and professionally significant personal characteristics. for this purpose, an appropriate educational environment, methodology and organization of education are being formed using new intensive educational technologies and creative approaches to building the educational process. the main one is the transition from reproductive to creative education. creative education is strengthening its position as an innovative type of education, the main focus of which is the formation of creative thinking, the development of creative abilities and intellectual potential, and the search for new approaches to solving modern problems. it is creative education that has the potential for creative self-development, self-determination and personal self-realization. these provisions are reflected in the national educational initiative for the development of innovative higher education, which defines the development of a creative personality and the cultivation of innovators capable of continuous creative self-development and self-improvement as a task of paramount importance. creative education is focused on the development of a person’s creative abilities, on consolidating in his professional consciousness the attitude towards innovation by transforming knowledge and skills into development potential. this is the science and art of creative learning. it encourages us to learn creatively, to become creators of ourselves and creators of our future. it expands the range of vision of development problems and the design of options for their solution. this should be the main thing in the activities of a modern researcher and ensure his success in competition when changing economic conditions in the processes of accelerating technological progress over time. in creative education, the most comprehensive and effective method is learning by action, which is carried out in the form of solving real professional problems, analyzing and playing out specific situations, joint activities of a study group, and independent work. it integrates fundamental, high-tech, promising practical (advanced), continuous, individual variable, project-innovative education, increasing the research innovation potential of the modern innovator. creative innovative education helps solve the problem of professional readiness of specialists in demand on the labor market, who are able to set their own innovative pace in socio-economic development. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org discussion the main area of application of neuropedagogy is university (school) the place where students gain knowledge. in order to make the learning process as effective as possible, professors and educators must understand how the brain works, how it remembers, processes, records, stores and recalls information. in addition, educators should be aware that the structure of the school classroom, the tasks students complete, words and emotions significantly influence the development of students' brains and the way they learn. therefore, we already know that with the help of advances in neuroscience we can significantly improve school performance. how to apply them in the educational process? the most important thing is not only to passively study, but also to apply the information received in practice. in the psychology of creativity, there are currently cognitive, psychometric approaches, as well as mystical, motivational, social-personal and others, on the basis of which a number of concepts have been developed that define the concept of “creativity”. further work to create conditions for the realization of the potential creativity of a future specialist in the context of university education is necessary both for the formation of his competence and for the development of his communication skills. constant, purposeful work to improve the level of competence of teachers is an important condition for the rich intellectual life of students, a necessary prerequisite for a high scientific level of teaching. conclusion in modern society, in the education and upbringing of younger generations, there is a turn to the individual, his problems, interests, and creative development. the development of a non-standard thinking individual – a creator– comes to the fore. this means that the process of innovation cannot but include updating teaching methods and using creative educational technologies. the innovative attitude of educators only to change the content and volume of academic disciplines does not give the desired result. the modern innovation process is distinguished by greater freedom of choice and a variety of types of innovation activities. under these conditions, professional and personal qualities, the totality of which forms the innovative culture of an educator, acquire special importance. references 1. barabanova, i. & kazlauskiene, a. (2020). neuropedagogy: preconditions for application of neuroscience results in the education processwhile providing feedback. technium, 2(5), 112-122. 2. billier, o., reshetniak, v., vasko, o., drokina, a., klanichka, y., & barda, s. (2023). innovative learning technologies for future elementary school teachers in the context of neuropedagogy. brain. broad research in artificial intellignece and neuroscience, 14(4), 66-81. 3. elouafi, l., lotfi, s., & talbi, m. (2021). progress report in neuroscience and education: experiment of four neuropedagogical methods. education sciences, 11,373, 1-13. 4. mystakidis, s., christopolous, a., fragkaki, m, & dimitripolous, k. (2023). information, 14(7), 1-19. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org 5. ribtsun, y., bielova, o., korolenko, v., bolotnykova, t., govorun, o., & myttseva, o. (2023). personality development in the paradigm of current neuropedagogy. brain. broad research in artificial intelligence and neuroscience, 14(4), 388-403. 6. ricardi, m. (2023). how neuroscience and brain-based learning theory can enhance skill development of students in higher education. journal of security, intelligence, and resilience education, volume 16, 1-6. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org integrated aspects of scientific knowledge in an information society today ismoilov najmiddin boysoatovich termiz davlat pedagogika instituti tarix fakulteti “falsafa va ma’naviyat asoslari” kafedrasi o‘qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in recent years, a completely new phase of democratic development has begun in the development of the uzbek press. the country has been given the opportunity to ensure freedom of the press. to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared. this reform was a major step forward in democratizing and liberating the country's social life, further meeting the information needs of the people of the republic, promoting the widespread development of media, publishing and printing, and fostering an innovative market for information services. introduction (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) today, democracy, socio-economic development, the state of creativeness in society do not reflect freedom of thought and speech, and their color, and the bible's viewpoint of independence is engrouting the idea of independence into the hearts and minds of our countrymen. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) clearly, the decades-round experience of the development of a strong tree at the root of our press has not been demonstrated in a unique way during today's independence. without the past, the future will not be forever. it can be acknowledged that the media that has emerged over the years is the foundation for our press, which has become a reflection of life today. thanks to independence, newspapers, radio broadcasts, and television shows have given a wide range of interesting articles about our national heroes, which were banned during the country's ancient history, past, culture, and system of soviets, as well as about the unique traditions and beliefs of the uzbek people. in may 1996, the republic's media communicated with the internet, a large computer system located in the united states, from which the latest news was received1.. this was a milestone in the history 1 analysis of the state and prospects for the development of the internet in the republic of uzbekistan. information analytical report / uzbek agency for communications and informatization, united nations development programme in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org of the watchtower. thus, information exchange arose in exchange for awareness of events around the world and entry into the information market. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) today, the internet is deepening into all aspects of society. the use of the global network in the catalogue of reasons for such a widespread spread of the internet is that they note the following advantages of information transmission: first: transfer information in print; second: radio (by voice); third: television (voice+video). (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. indeed, in a globalizing world, the internet is becoming an integral part of people's daily lives2. he is ashes when it comes to getting information faster and more. the internet is the largest library in the world. thanks to him, the poor of uzbekistan, including uzbekistan, do not have the opportunity to laugh at obtaining various information. everyone entered the global network and had the opportunity to obtain and beat all the information they needed, regardless of which country or library he found in. in addition to being aware of news and extensions, it enriches the world of human beings. in this regard, the internet archive alone can be said to have created an electronic form of 2.9 billion pages of books since 1996. another example. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you.3(matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. this account is reflected in the following chapters of the book. at the same time, it is important to emphasize that the amount of information about our country is increasing on the internet4. for example, in march 2013, the vikepedia, a well-known, popular online encyclopedia, reported that the number of articles in uzbek had exceeded 100,000. it states that in the last year, the number of articles in the uzbek language of the encyclopædia britannica has increased, and the number of articles in the uzbek version has now been reduced to 3 in turkish. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to answers with you.5 the above examples show that the internet is ashes in the development of awareness of the world's vocabulary, the emergence of information exchange, and the acceleration and acquisition of information. unless otherwise indicated, scripture quotations are from the modern-day new world translation of the law. to assist individuals desiring to benefit the worldwide work of jehovah's witnesses through some form of charitable giving, a brochure entitled charitable planning to benefit kingdom service worldwide has been prepared6. for example, the book the disaster of tarb by american political scientist patrick byukenen.7in the early days of this large-scale book, the author attributed the uzbekistan. t.: undp, 2009. p. 10. 2 rakhmankulov, f. (2022). globallashuv jaraönida milliy uzlikni asrash masalalari. eurasian journal of social sciences, philosophy and culture, 2(11), 35-39. 3 soliev f. yoshlarning akhborot sohasidagi hukuk va erkinliklarini himoyalashning hukukiy asoslarini takomillastirish masalari / yoshlarni akhborot-psikhologik huruzlardan himoya kilish tehnologiyalari: nazaria wa amaliyot. the republic of ilmiy-amalia conference of materials (tashkent, november 9, 2012). t.: mirzo ulugbek nomidagi uzbekiston milliy universiteti bosmahonasi., 2012. b. 15. 4 рахманкулов, ф. р. (2022). мавзу: миллий ўзликни англаш маънавий таррақиётнинг омили. online scientific journal of sustainability and leading research, 2(12), 752-755. 5 karang: the number of articles in the uzbek wikipedia has exceeded 100 thousand. 2013. №13. p. 2. 6 baymatov, a. k. (2022). the role of national identity in ensuring interethnic tolerance and religious intolerance. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 2(4), 23-27. 7 buchanan p.j. garbning halokati // jahon adabyoti. (b. umarov tarzhimasi). 2007. №1. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org vocabulary to the appreciation of a holistic nation and peoples, the "fate" of the garb, to the denials of society's spirituality, including family and marriage, birth, and natural usage of the population. according to byukenen, in a society where industry and high-technology were gaining popularity, people's egoistic aspirations to suddenly get richer and achieve a hairy life would have caused a sharp decline in their attitude toward the original standards, including family and marriage and the upbringing of young people. viewing this as the basis for gedonistic psychology, he acknowledges that his reading causes kator social problems in society. extensions in the mind and mind are expressed in the negative attitude of european peoples toward the most necessary and important standards8. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) in europe today, for example, there is no indication of the challenge of a sacred institution, the growing number of same-sex marriages, the fact that one in three children born is born without marriage, and the birth rate has decreased. although developed countries in europe have achieved economic, scientific, and technological advances, the above-mentioned examples show that garb tamadduni is not eating from a spiritual and moral jigsaw puzzle and that there have been gaps in national standards, culture, and moral and ethical issues. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) jehovah's witnesses would be pleased to discuss these answers with you. as a distinctive feature of this period, it is noteworthy that the following are the following: the number and quality of the uae in our country is increasing sharply. the total number of media in 1991 was 395, compared with 1,367 today it is necessary to say that printed and electronic media are registered9; over the years, internet versions of periodicals and internet journalism have emerged in our country, and it is not growing rapidly. based on the current conundrum mechanisms in uzbekistan, 124 websites are registered as media outlets; taking into account the demands and wishes of the cup-national muslims who are stable in our country, print media are not published in other languages except english, this practice is not used on television and radio, broadcasts and broadcasts are broadcast in russian, english, and websites operate in uzbek, russian, and english, in addition to the languages of their brothers; (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) today, the media in the republic is not produced in more fields, such as political, social, legal, medical, educational, women, socio-educational, socio-social, sports, spiritual, and educational. a non-governmental media system has been created in the same kator as the media of government and public organizations. the free press market has been formed, the number of independent publications that can meet the requirements of a market economy has expanded, and competition has not been formed. creating the economic foundations of the press, ensuring their legal guarantees, and creating the necessary frameworks for the activities of independent publications are not one of the most pressing problems facing the national press. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) more important aspects of the work of the media during the period of independence are the impact on the sociopolitical, socio-economic, spiritual and educational life of our society, the promotion of life-style in a variety of ways, the development of the world of young people, and, in turn, the broad layers of the 8 khamraev sardorbek sharafutdinovich (2022). o'zbekistonda ekoturizm barqarorligini ta'minlashda ekologik ta'lim va tarbiya jarayonlarini integratsiyalash zarurati. eastern renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (12), 524-528. 9 karang: an important stage of reforming the information sphere // narodnoe slovo. 2013. november 20. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org population under the marriage of "civilization"10first of all, attempts to capture the minds of young people are like protecting our national interest in the fight against open and transparent information attacks. further accelerating the reforms undertaken to establish a free democratic society in our country, at the same time liberating the activities of the media, ensuring freedom of information and speech, and, in a nutshell, the first president, islam trump, prohibits "the introduction of democratic principles that ensure the openness of reforms in a practical life, not on paper or so on 11 ." uzbekistan's long-term development strategy is aimed at the formation of a civil society, where information systems are gaining greater progress. in the "concept of deepening democratic reforms in our country and developing civil society," developed by islam trump, the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, the conventions on reforming the information sector have been an integral part of the reforms that are being implemented gradually in this area. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) therefore, today's globalization, described as a period of rapid information, does not prohibit the implementation of consistent modernization work in this area12. (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) in this sense, reforming the information sector, strengthening the legal foundations for ensuring freedom of information and speech, deciding a variety of important ideas in the development of society, and developing relations between the watchtower and governmental authorities are the most important aspects. this determines the scope of the current tasks in this area and how important it is to accomplish them. references 1. karimov i.a. man, his freedoms and freedoms high cadre. volume 14. t.: uzbekistan, 2006. 280 b. 2. karimov i.a. liberating our society, reforming improving our spirituality, and improving the quality of life of our people increasing the level is the criterion and purpose of all our work. volume 15. t.: uzbekistan, 2007. 320 b. 3. karimov i.a. modernization of the country and our economy on the road to barkaror development. volume 16. t.: uzbekistan, 2008.-368 b. 4. karimov i.a. clicks and clicks on our country ensuring development our highest goal. volume 17. t.: uzbekistan, 2009. 280 b. 5. convention of the republic of uzbekistan on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women and the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women, 1994 no. 5, 136; united nations high commissioner for refugees, 2002, no. 4-5, 74, no. 9, 165. 6. law of the republic of uzbekistan "on publishing activities" / united nations high commissioner for refugees, 1996 no. 9, 137; 2003, pp. 1-8; united states convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women, 2013, pp. 18-233. 7. united nations convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women , 1997, no. 4-5, 108; 2001, no. 1-2, article 23. 10 ismail, najmiddin boysoatovich (2022). ensuring religious intolerance and confessional cooperation in the republic of uzbekistan. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (12), 1116-1121. 11 karimov i.a. biz tanlagan yul demokratik tarakkiyot va marifiy dunyo bilan hamkorlik yuli. -t.: "uzbekistan", 2003. b. 23. 12 ismail, najmiddin boysoatovich (2023). new education and science development in new uzbekistan important foundations of the era. international scientific journal of biruni, 2(1), 81-88. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 8. united nations convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women, 1997, no. 4-5, 110. 9. ismail, najmiddin boysoatovich (2023). the important foundations of a new era of education and science development in the new world. international scientific journal of biruni, 2(1), 81-88. 10. ismail, najmiddin boysoatovich (2022). ensuring religious intolerance and confessional cooperation in the republic of uzbekistan. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (12), 1116-1121. 11. рахманкулов, ф. р. (2022). мавзу: миллий ўзликни англаш маънавий таррақиётнинг омили. online scientific journal of sustainability and leading research, 2(12), 752-755. 12. rakhmankulov, f. (2022). globallashuv jaraönida milliy uzlikni asrash masalalari. eurasian journal of social sciences, philosophy and culture, 2(11), 35-39. 13. baymatov, a. k. (2022). the role of national identity in ensuring interethnic tolerance and religious intolerance. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 2(4), 23-27. 14. khamraev sardorbek sharafutdinovich (2022). o'zbekistonda ekoturizm barqarorligini ta'minlashda ekologik ta'lim va tarbiya jarayonlarini integratsiyalash zarurati. eastern renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2 (12), 524-528. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org indicators of reliability and probability of operating condition of signal sensors of microprocessor telecommunication devices art. ave. korotkova larisa alexandrovna assoc. yusupov yarashbek tokhirbaevich art. zhabborov ave. alibek botirkul coals ass. rakhimov zhamshid norboy coals tashkent state technical university, department of radio engineering devices and systems +998 946905731. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the study of the probabilities of the operating state of a monitoring sensor, control of telecommunications and communication devices by electric current and voltage. in practice, it is necessary to calculate the probability indicators of the functioning of the sensor elements involved in the formation of uev output voltage based on the i primary current, magnetic, thermal and other quantities and parameters. sensor, signal, control, management,microprocess or, electronic devices, telecommunication, communication, operating state probability. introduction principles of constructing three-element signal sensors. one of the possible conversion methods is to receive a signal about the primary current of phase a ia of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communication device to a secondary voltage and the elements of converting a three-element primary current sensor into a secondary voltage signal, are presented in figures 1 and 2 [1-3]. in a three-element sensor, the process of converting the primary electric current to a secondary voltage a signal based on a classical sensitive element a secondary winding is carried out on the basis of a rogowski coil a secondary measuring winding located on a magnetic field (fig. 1) [3]. picture. 1. rogowski belt: 1 – secondary winding, 2 – rod consisting of identical, connected long solenoids in an arbitrary closed form, 3 i0(t) – primary conductor. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org in this type of electrical network current signal sensor of telecommunications device, one of the outputs of the secondary winding lies on the axis of the magnetic core, and the other end is made in the shape of a solenoid wrapped around the needle. this ensures that the output signal the secondary voltage will be proportional to the primary current of the electrical network of the telecommunications device [2,3]. one of the varieties of the primary measuring sensor of the current signal of the electrical network of the telecommunications and communications device is the primary current transformer i1 to the secondary current i2, there are three main conversion elements (fig. 2.) [2]: picture. 2. current transformer. 1 primary winding ᴡ1, 2 magnetic circuit, 3 secondary winding ᴡ2. the principle of constructing four-element signal sensors. prof. v. kovalenkov created a single-phase four-element magnetically controlled contact the main elements of the sensor (reed switch) [3], which is presented in fig. 3. in a single-phase four-element primary circuit, the 4-current conductor is connected to the 1-terminal contact, the 2-terminal contact, when current flows out of the primary circuit, the 1-terminal contact is disconnected from 2-pin when the current stops. picture. 3. magnetic controlled contact prof. v. kovalenkova [6]: 1-fixed contact, 2-exciting contact, 3-magnetic center, 4-conductive-primary rod. the four-element reed switch type sensor uses 5-insulation as an auxiliary insulating material. the change in the three-phase ia, ib and ic primary current flowing through the electrical networks of the telecommunications device to the secondary voltage, the main elements of the change in the signal of a four-element sensor are shown in fig. 4 [3]. conversions of the three-phase primary current of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device to a secondary voltage for monitoring and control are carried out through 1, 2, 3 and 4 sensitive elements (simple or flat measuring windings or reed switches) of the sensor, 5 insulating plates, 6, 7, 8 and 9 – parallel magnetic rods, 10 – a common base of magnetic rods, 11 – additional magnetic rods, while 12 (phase a), 13 (phase b) and 14 (phase c) are the current conductors of the electrical network of the telecommunications and communications device, i.e. e. – primary exciting windings of the sensor [1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org picture. 4. the structure of the signal sensor about ia, ib and ic of primary currents to the secondary voltage of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device. the operating principle of this four-element current signal sensor of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device is based on converting the magnitude of primary three-phase currents into a signal in the form of a secondary voltage [2-4]: the current conductors of the electrical network of the telecommunications and communications device the primary windings of the sensor 12 (phase a), 13 (phase b), and 14 (phase c) create magnetic fluxes фµа, фµв and фµс, which flow through a common magnetic base 10 and parallel rods 6, 7, 8 and 9, intersect the turns of the sensitive elements secondary measuring windings 1, 2, 3 and 4 through the magnetic rod 5 and are expressed as follows [1]: фµ1 = (ia wп1) / rµ1, фµ2 = (iв wп2) / rµ2, ф3с,= (ic wп3) / rµ3, here: ia, ib, ic – phase currents passing through the phases of the electrical network of the telecommunications and communications device, that is, through the primary excitation windings of the signal sensor; wп1, wп2, wп3 – the number of turns of the primary windings, (that is, the number of windings wп1= wп2= wп3=1 ÷ 5 vit., that is, the number of turns of each primary conductor – the number of excitation windings, which takes a value from one to five turns); rµ1= rµ2 =rµ3 total magnetic resistance of magnetic conversion sections and air gaps. the magnetic resistance of the magnetic conversion sections and air gaps is determined as follows: rµ1=rµ base + rµ air, rµ base = l µ base / (µ×f), rµ air = δ/( μ0 ×f ), rµ base magnetic resistance of the magnetic base, rµ air – magnetic resistance of air gaps, lµbasis the active length of the magnetic transformation elements (the length of the magnetic flux path in the magnetic part of the transformation); l µ air – δ geometric dimensions length of the air gap; μ, μ0 magnetic conductivity and permeability of magnetic transformation elements and the environment (air). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org construction principles a) three-element signal sensors one of the factors that determines the general state of reliable operation of the sensor for monitoring and controlling the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device is the possible reliable operating state of the signal conversion elements. based on an analysis of the principle of construction and operation of the primary current sensor of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communication device for a signal in the form of a secondary voltage, a methodology for studying possible states has been developed, which allows one to study the reliability indicators and possible states of the conversion elements and is presented in the form of table 1. when converting a signal about the primary currents of the electrical network of a telecommunications device into a secondary signal in a three-element sensor, the probability of each element being in working condition is taken accordingly as follows [2-3]: рmagnetic circuit =0.99; psensitive element =0.99; pconductor of the electrical network = 0.99. the probability of an operational state of a three-element signal sensor about controlled and controlled currents in the electrical network of a telecommunications and communication device is a state based on models for studying the reliability indicators and operational state of the sensor elements given in table 1. [1-2]. b) four-element signal sensors the method for calculating the probability of the operating state of a four-element three-phase current sensor of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device, which allows one to analyze the principle of signal change, is presented in table 2. when converting a signal about the primary currents of the electrical network of a telecommunications and communications device to a secondary signal in a four-element sensor, the probability of each element being in working condition (magnetic core, sensitive element, additional rods and conductorsexcitation winding) is taken accordingly as follows [1-4]: рmagnetic circuit =0.99; relement sensitive =0.99; pconductor of the electrical network = 0.99; additional rods = 0.99. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org table 1. calculation of probabilities of the operating state of a three-element signal sensor. sensor element condition model for calculating worker probability state of elements sensor elements of transformation of sensors and their states calculation results с1 p1p2p3 1 – magnetic circuit, 2-sensitive element, 3 – electrical network conductor – field winding 0,970299 с2 p1p2(1-p3) sensor element is faulty 0,009801 с3 p1p3(1-p2) magnetic converter elements are faulty 0,009801 с4 p2p3(1-p1) excitation winding the primary conductor of the electrical network is faulty 0,009801 с5 p1(1-p2)(1-p3) magnetic transducer elements and sensing element are faulty 0,000099 с6 p2(1-p1)(1-p3) excitation winding the primary conductor of the electrical network and the sensitive element are faulty 0,000099 с7 p3(1-p1)(1-p2) excitation winding – primary electrical conductor networks and magnetic converting elements are faulty 0,000099 table 2. probability of the operating state of a four-element three-phase current sensor of an electrical network. № item state probabilistic models of the operating state of sensor elements quantitative indicators of the probability of the elements being in good condition sensor elements and their general condition 1 с1 p1p2p3p4 0,96059601 1; 2; 3; 4 2 с2 p1p2p3 (1-p4) 0,00970299 1; 2; 3 3 с3 p1p2p4 (1-p3) 0,00970299 1; 2; 4 4 с4 p1p3p4 (1-p2) 0,00970299 1; 3; 4 5 с5 p2p3p4 (1-p1) 0,00970299 2; 3; 4 6 с6 p1p2(1-p3)(1-p4) 0,00009801 1; 2 7 с7 p2p3(1-p1)(1-p4) 0,00009801 2; 3 8 с8 p3p4 (1-p1)(1-p2) 0,00009801 3; 4 9 с9 p1p4(1-p2)(1-p3) 0,00009801 1; 4 10 c10 p1p3(1-p2)(1-p4) 0,00009801 1; 3 11 c11 p2p4(1-p1)(1-p3) 0,00009801 2; 4 12 с12 p1(1-p2)(1-p3)(1-p4) 0,00000099 1 13 с13 p2(1-p1)(1-p3)(1-p4) 0,00000099 2 14 с14 p3(1-p1)(1-p2)(1-p4) 0,00000099 3 15 с15 p4(1-p1)(1-p2)(1-p3) 0,00000099 4 based on table 2., summing up the probabilities of all three-phase current data of the electrical network of the device, possible operating situations of the elements, the total probability of the fourelement sensor being operable is calculated as follows: p total = p1p2p3p4 p1p2p3(1-p4) p1p2p4 (1-p3) p1p3p4 (1-p2) p2p3p4 (1-p1) p1p2(1p3)(1-p4) p2p3(1-p1 )(1-p4) p3p4 (1-p1)(1-p2) p1p4(1-p2)(1-p3) p1p3(1-p2)(1-p4) p2p4(1p1)( 1-p3) p1(1-p2)(1-p3)(1-p4) p2(1-p1)(1-p3)(1-p4) p3(1-p1)(1-p2)(1-p4) p4(1-p1)(1-p2)(1-p3) = 0.92 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org based on the results obtained, we can conclude that the probability of the working ability of a fourelement three-phase current sensor of the electrical network of a telecommunications device is r = 0.92. conclusion 1. a calculation method and model have been developed in the form of tables of indicators of reliability and probability of the operating state of signal sensors of microprocessor and electronic telecommunications and communications devices based on the creation of fµ-magnetic moving forces (m.m.f.) in magnetic circuits, the magnetic fluxes fµ generated by them, ensuring high formalization and clarity of research. 2. the results of studies conducted on the basis of models of reliability indicators and the probability of the operating state of signal sensors of microprocessor and electronic telecommunications and communications devices, taking into account the probabilities of operating states, showed that the total probability of operation of a three-element sensor is rob = 0.95. 3. the total probability of operation of a four-element sensor for monitoring and controlling threephase primary current of signal sensors of microprocessor and electronic telecommunications and communication devices is total = 0.92, that is, the total probability of operation of a sensor of this design in relation to a three-element sensor is 3.3% less. the main advantage of four-element three-phase primary current sensors is that they can simultaneously provide an appropriate secondary signal for monitoring and controlling microprocessor-based and electronic telecommunications devices. references 1. i.siddikov., kh.sattarov., a.b.abubakirov., m.anarbaev., i.khonturaev., m.maxsudov. “research of transforming circuits of electromagnets sensor with distributed parameters” // 10th international symposium on intelligence manufacturing and service systems. 9-11 september 2019. 2. patent of the republic of uzbekistan. no. 04185. three-phase current asymmetry converter into voltage/amirov s.f., azimov r.k., siddikov i.kh., khakimov m.kh., khushbokov b.kh., sattarov kh.a. // rasmiy ahborotnoma. – 2010. 3.dgu no. 20191450. software for studying the static characteristics of three-phase three-sensor converters with distributed parameters/ siddikov i.kh., abdumalikov a.a., maksudov m.t., sobirov m.a., abubakirov a.b., anarboev m.a.// 2019. 4.dgu no. 20190482. algorithm and software for calculating the payback period for introducing reactive power sources in power supply systems / siddikov i.kh., abubakirov a.b., khuzhamatov kh.e., khasanov d.t., anarbaev m.a. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org methods of using standards in software design baxtiyor mirzakarimov abdusalamovich, fergana branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the exponential growth of mobile communication tools has necessitated the development of robust software testing methodologies to ensure the reliability, usability, and security of these tools. this abstract provides an overview of the methods used to test software tools on users of mobile communication tools, drawing from a comprehensive literature review. software testing, mobile communication tools, user testing, usability testing, beta testing, a/b testing, surveys, questionnaires, analytics, heatmaps. introduction as mobile communication tools continue to play an integral role in our daily lives, the demand for reliable and user-friendly software applications has surged. to ensure that these tools meet user expectations and perform seamlessly, rigorous testing is essential. this article explores various methods of testing software tools on users of mobile communication devices. usability testing usability testing is a fundamental approach to assess the user-friendliness of mobile communication software. this method involves observing real users as they interact with the application. testers can gather valuable insights into how users navigate through the app, their ease of use, and any pain points they encounter. feedback collected during usability testing aids in identifying areas for improvement, resulting in a more intuitive and user-friendly interface. beta testing beta testing is a crucial step in releasing mobile communication software. it involves offering the application to a select group of users before the official launch. beta testers can provide feedback on the software’s performance, report any bugs or glitches, and suggest improvements. this method helps to uncover issues that might not be apparent during in-house testing, enabling developers to refine the software based on user input. a/b testing a/b testing is an experimental method used to compare two versions of a mobile communication software tool. users are divided into two groups, with one group using version a and the other using american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org version b. this method helps in determining which version performs better in terms of user engagement, functionality, and user satisfaction. the results of a/b testing can guide developers in making data-driven decisions for enhancing the software. performance testing performance testing assesses how well a mobile communication tool performs under various conditions. this includes load testing to determine how the application handles heavy traffic, stress testing to evaluate its stability under extreme conditions, and scalability testing to gauge how the software performs as the user base grows. ensuring the application operates smoothly even during peak usage is crucial to retaining users. security testing security is of paramount importance in mobile communication tools. security testing involves assessing the software’s ability to protect user data and privacy. testers probe for vulnerabilities, such as potential breaches, data leaks, or unauthorized access, and work to mitigate these risks. ensuring that the software adheres to the highest security standards is essential in preserving user trust. compatibility testing mobile communication software tools must function smoothly across various devices, platforms, and operating systems. compatibility testing ensures that the application works seamlessly on a wide range of mobile devices, from android to ios. this testing involves checking different screen sizes, resolutions, and hardware configurations to guarantee that all users have a consistent experience. user surveys and feedback incorporating user feedback and surveys is an ongoing process to improve mobile communication software. collecting feedback from users about their experiences, likes, dislikes, and suggestions for enhancements is a valuable source of information. these insights can lead to iterative improvements that align the software more closely with user expectations. literature review and methodology: introduction to mobile communication tools testing: begin with an introduction to the importance of testing software in the context of mobile communication tools. highlight the rapid growth of mobile communication tools and the need for effective testing methodologies. usability testing: summarize the literature on usability testing for mobile communication tools, including its principles and best practices. discuss how usability testing can uncover user interface issues and improve the overall user experience. beta testing: explore the concept of beta testing and how it’s applied to mobile communication tools. discuss the advantages of engaging real users for feedback before the official release. a/b testing: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org explain the principles of a/b testing and its relevance to mobile software testing. present case studies or research findings showcasing the impact of a/b testing on user engagement. surveys and questionnaires: discuss the role of surveys and questionnaires in collecting user feedback. review studies that demonstrate the effectiveness of feedback-driven improvements. analytics and heatmaps: explore the use of analytics tools and heatmaps in analyzing user behavior. highlight how this data can guide software enhancements. remote user testing: present research on remote user testing, emphasizing its ability to capture natural user interactions. discuss its benefits and limitations. in-app feedback: discuss how in-app feedback mechanisms can enhance user engagement and issue resolution. share examples of successful implementations. performance testing: review literature on performance testing in the context of mobile communication tools. emphasize the importance of network-related performance evaluation. security testing: explore security testing methodologies and their relevance for mobile communication tools. discuss real-world security breaches and the lessons learned. load testing: present findings on load testing in the mobile communication tools domain. explain how load testing ensures software remains responsive under high user loads. accessibility testing: discuss the principles of accessibility testing and its significance in mobile communication tool development. include regulatory guidelines and case studies. localization and internationalization testing: examine the importance of localization and internationalization testing for global mobile communication tools. provide examples of successful implementations. regression testing: highlight the role of regression testing in maintaining software quality during updates. share real-world cases where regression testing prevented issues. results testing software tools on users of mobile communication tools is a critical process to ensure that the software functions correctly and meets user expectations. there are several methods to achieve this, and here are some common ones: usability testing: this involves observing real users as they interact with the software. it helps identify user interface issues, navigation problems, and overall user experience. usability testing can be done in a lab setting or remotely using screen recording software. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org beta testing: this method involves releasing a pre-release version of the software to a select group of users who provide feedback on their experiences. it allows for real-world testing and can help uncover bugs, performance issues, and user preferences. a/b testing: a/b testing, also known as split testing, is a method where two or more versions of the software are tested simultaneously to determine which one performs better in terms of user engagement or conversion rates. this method is often used to optimize user interfaces or features. surveys and questionnaires: collecting feedback through surveys and questionnaires can provide insights into user satisfaction, preferences, and pain points. these can be distributed to users before and after using the software. analytics and heatmaps: implementing analytics tools within the software can help track user behavior. heatmaps and user journey analysis can reveal how users interact with the software, where they click, and which features they use the most. remote user testing: this involves using specialized software to record users’ interactions with the software while they are in their natural environment. it provides a more realistic view of how users use the software. in-app feedback: incorporating in-app feedback mechanisms allows users to report issues or provide suggestions directly within the software. this real-time feedback can be invaluable for identifying and resolving problems quickly. performance testing: mobile communication tools often rely on network connectivity. performance testing assesses how the software functions under various network conditions, such as 3g, 4g, and wi-fi. it helps ensure that the software remains responsive and functional. security testing: for mobile communication tools, security is paramount. security testing, including penetration testing and vulnerability assessments, is crucial to ensure that user data is protected from breaches. load testing: to ensure that the software can handle a large number of users concurrently, load testing is conducted. it assesses the software’s ability to perform under heavy user loads, which is important for communication tools with a large user base. accessibility testing: ensuring that the software is accessible to users with disabilities is essential. this testing method involves evaluating the software for compliance with accessibility standards and guidelines. localization and internationalization testing: if the software is intended for a global audience, it should be tested to ensure that it functions correctly in various languages and cultural contexts. regression testing: whenever updates or changes are made to the software, regression testing is performed to ensure that new features or fixes do not introduce new issues. conclusion testing mobile communication software tools on users is essential to ensure their functionality, security, and user-friendliness. employing methods like usability testing, beta testing, a/b testing, performance testing, security testing, compatibility testing, and user surveys helps in delivering highquality applications that meet the ever-evolving needs of mobile communication users. by integrating these testing methods into the development process, developers can create software that not only meets but exceeds user expectations, resulting in a satisfied and loyal user base. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. bakhromjon s. генерация автоматической документации api в django rest framework с применением drf spectacular //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 61-66. 2. kayumov a. et al. python dasturlash tilida rasmlar bilan ishlash. pillow moduli //research and implementation. – 2023. 3. soliev b. n., kizi abdurasulova d. b., yakubov m. s. using ginja templates to create e-commerce platforms //publishing house “baltija publishing”. – 2023. 4. abrorjon kholmatov. (2023). widely used libraries in the javascript programming language and their capabilities. intent research scientific journal, 2(10), 18–25. retrieved from https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/220 5. konev y. b. et al. a kinetic model of multi-quantum vibrational exchange in co //journal of physics d: applied physics. – 1994. – т. 27. – №. 10. – с. 2054. 6. konev y. b. et al. calculation of the kinetics of a co laser allowing for multiquantum vv exchange //quantum electronics. – 1994. – т. 24. – №. 2. – с. 124. 7. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. использование методов биометрической аутентификации для защиты данных в компьютерных системах от несанкционированного доступа или нарушений //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36. 8. andreev s. n. et al. effect of collisions on the distribution of molecules with respect to vibrational levels of excited electronic states in a gas discharge //soviet physics-jetp. – 1992. – т. 74. – №. 6. – с. 923-932. 9. mirzakarimov b., qurbonov p. tibbbiyotda masofaviy ta’limni tashkil etishning didaktik ta’minotini yaratish texnologiyalari //research and implementation. – 2023. 10. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. the use of biometric authentication techniques for safeguarding data in computer systems against unauthorized access or breaches //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36. 11. abdurasulova d. b. q., yakubov m. s. yuk oqimlarini boshqarishni tashkil etishning o'ziga xos xususiyatlari //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 734-737. 12. зулунов р., каюмов а., садикова м. сравнение моделей качества программного обеспечения: налитический подход //мировая наука. – 2022. – №. 5 (62). – с. 75-78. 13. sodikova m. mobil qurilmalar ishlab chiqish fanini o ‘qitishda sun’iy intellektning roli //research and implementation. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 79-83. 14. mamatov a., zulunov r., sodikova m. application of variational grid method for the solution of the problem on determining mosture content of raw cotton in a drum dryer //the american journal of engineering and technology. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 02. – с. 75-82. 15. muminjonovich, hoshimov bahodirjon, and uzokov barhayot muhammadiyevich. "teaching children to programming on the example of the scratch program." eurasian scientific herald 9 (2022): 131-134. https://intentresearch.org/index.php/irsj/article/view/220 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 16. abdurasulova d. b. q., yakubov m. s. yuk oqimlarini boshqarishni tashkil etishning o'ziga xos xususiyatlari //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 734-737. 17. soliev b. n., abdurasulova d., yakubov m. s. using the django framework for ecommerce processes //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 229-233. 18. samijonov a. et al. gradient method for determining non-informative features on the basis of a homogeneous criterion with a positive degree //iop conference series: materials science and engineering. – iop publishing, 2020. – т. 919. – №. 4. – с. 042011. 19. asrayev m. 0-tartibli bir jinsli funksionallar ko ‘rinishidagi sodda mezonlar uchun l informativ belgilar majmuasini aniqlash usullari //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 9-12. 20. asrayev m. mezon ko ‘rinishiga bogʻliq bo ‘lmagan informativ belgilar fazosini shakllantirish usullari //research and implementation. – 2023. 21. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q. kotlin dasturlash tilida korutinlar bilan ishlashni talabalarga o ‘rgatish //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 119-125. 22. musayev x., soliev b. public, protected, private members in python //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 43-46. 23. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q., abdurahimova m. i. kotlin dasturlash tilida klasslar va ob’yektlar tushunchasi //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 126-130. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org use information technology in the process of performing physical activity in preschoolers gulbahor yuldasheva fardu, axborot texnologiyalari kafedrasi dotsenti muhammedova mohidilxon fardu, jismoniy madaniyat yoʻnalishi talabasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will consider examples of the use of information and communication technologies in the field of physical development in a preschool organization. preschool education, information communication tools, physical development. introduction (matthew 24:14; 28:19, 20) today's rapidly developing information system encompasses the educational sector, including all sectors of our society. pf-5349 of february 19, 2018, "on measures taken by the president of the republic of uzbekistan to improve the field of information technology and communication," as well as the pf-6079 order of october 5, 2020 on measures to certify and effectively implement the digital uzbekistan 2030 strategy, as well as the activities of the ministry of information technology and communication development in the republic of uzbekistan in accordance with the decree of february 19, 2018, 3549, the widespread use of information technology and communication in teaching processes in preschool education, as in other sectors of our society, is becoming one of the tools that ensures the quality of education. currently, one of the main tasks of preschool educational organizations is to optimize and modernize health activities. it is well-known that despite the abundance of innovations in the development of pedagogy, innovations that differ sharply from their predecessors and prohibit a sharp change in pedagogical activity are the organization of a pedagogical process with modern technologies. because of the growing dissatisfaction with the traditional education system in developed countries around the world, the desire to create a completely new, educational, and scientific-based system for achieving mental perfection has intensified, resulting in pedagogical concepts such as cooperation pedagogy, creativity and creativity pedagogy, optimization and activation of the teaching process, and problematic education. modern advanced pedagogical technologies have been developed and implemented in the united states and a number of other countries. in the 1980's, leading russian pedagogical and psychological scientists began to study and critically analyze modern pedagogical technologies and comment on its advantages.—v.p.bespalko, m.v.clarin, b.nikondrov, t.a.ilina, and others. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org in developing the scientific and theoretical foundations of modern pedagogical technologies in our country, n.azizkhokulova, f.avliyoqulov, h.abdukarimov, j.yo'laq, m.ochilov, n.sayidahmedov, e.goziyev, o. the results of research by tolipov, s.og'ayev, h.qarshibayev, ch.mirzayev and other scientists on the use of pedagogical technologies in teaching are widely used in our country. "pedagogical technology is a systematic method of identifying, creating, and applying all the processes of teaching and learning, taking into account technical tools, human potential, and their interactions in order to optimize teaching patterns. fully equipped with technical equipment, workshops on exhibition-rich exercises, events, and teaching foreign languages will have a positive impact on the development and development of a child's abilities and abilities. in particular, the capabilities of information technology and innovation have a significant impact on the intellectual development of children, in this regard, the country's requirements for the knowledge of preschool-age children, the "first step" state-of-the-art curriculum, and a 6-7-year-old boy who can use information communication technologies and them properly teaches school education based on modern, advanced technology physically tea, with adequate intellectual skills, is directed psychologically prepared. "pedagogical technology is a framework of methods and methods used in teaching, teaching, and learning, taking into account the interaction of human potential and technical tools to facilitate, guarantee, and evaluate teaching forms based on systematic, technological approaches." information and communication technologies in education are a set of educational materials, technical and instrumental tools for computer technology, methods and methods used to improve the work of educational institutions, as well as to train (develop, diagnose, and correct children). digital learning has long been a spher of learning. often, teachers use information and communication technologies (internet access to show videos or live broadcasts, participate in online olympiads, use an interactive file, and so on). preschool is a sensitive period in human life. during this time, the foundations of a healthy lifestyle will be laid, motor skills will be developed, and interest in physical education and sports will be formed. the offspring of children change every year, the shape of the lessons also needs to be changed. today, information communication tools are actively used in the field of physical development of children. according to sh. n. kazakov, the important advantages of using information and communication technologies in the process of physical education and wellness include: to have a more homogeneous, rich character of the process of physical development; the impact of children on different mental processes, perception, thinking, memory, etc.; increase the aesthetics of the design of physical education and wellness measures; contribute to the adaptation and socialization of the child, the formation of information culture. in his work, the teacher helps, directs and supports children's initiative using multimedia presentations or interactive games (based on problematic situations). interactive computer games must be created by the trainer to play alongside children in power point software and in training, in accordance with government requirements. for example, if the game center plays educational games such as "we build a building," "find the difference," "what's wrong," "find a mistake," "we dress up a doll," "place the shape," and "paint a picture," the child is fascinated by the knowledge provided on the subject. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org as one of the main areas of development of information and communication technologies, we will focus on the use of multimedia presentations (hereinafter referred to as presentations) in physical development classes. presentation is a set of slides and special effects stored in one file of some software, distribution materials, as well as a brief information and reporting plan. presentation performs many functions and has many advantages. in our opinion, the main features of the presentation for the educational activities at work are the cultivation of interest in children. interactivity. direct management of the presentation process, the ability to select the necessary block of information for presentation, allows you to focus on key points. presentations in physical education classes can be prepared on any topic: "sport", "veterans day", "winter entertainment" and more. comparing computerized pedagogical technologies with traditional forms of education in the education of preschool-age children, effective results are demonstrated in computerized technologies. the way information is displayed on a computer screen in the form of a game arouses children's attention and interest in this type of activity; images of movement, sound, multiplication make a long impression on the child's memory. such games have a number of advantages: activate the attention of children; development of associative thinking; stimulating cognitive interest; contributes to the elimination of excessive tension, excessive load and exhaustion; makes the learning process simple and interesting. we use interactive games in physical education, free time, thematic events. during interactive games, fairy tale heroes come to children, asking them to perform certain tasks, to practice with them. social networking site instagram today is very popular. looking at the network feed, we can see that bloggers are acting as a video camera and posting this information on their pages and then suggest repeating this task to their acquaintances or unlimited user circle (challenge). that is, in this choice we can see some of the competitions between people. we can use this form of interaction in kindergarten. especially in our country, due to the 2019 pandemic, online contests were held, it was proposed to start the selection "we are not discouraged at home and we do not forget sports", where preschool-age children showed certain activities, elements of movement from different sports, etc., and then aesthetic race ("call") throughout the chain was transferred to subsequent groups. each group tried to demonstrate, to be, their own special skills. each group was unique in its own way, the guys learned a lot of interesting things about each other. it is also important that most children take part in sports together with their parents, so the role of the parent in shaping a child's positive attitude to the sport is important. thus, combining activities in one lesson will significantly improve the authority of the child. the use of modern tools allows you to motivate physical education classes for modern, interesting, children. however, presentations and the use of interactive games in the classroom should be limited, because in our opinion, constant use of them leads to a loss of interest in the traditional form of the lesson: physical education for children is the same as the game, the meaning of the healing effect of exercise is lost, attitude as a value to health, loss of meaning, lack of time for important components of the lesson. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the success of incorporating any innovations in the learning process requires some changes in the organization of the process, the updating of the methodological supply, the plan overhaul, and the level of interest, participation, professional and computer skills of all preschool professionals. the use of information and communication technologies to create an electronic database of methodological support for the learning process, located on the website (page, mail) of the preschool educational organization, will increase the level of theoretical preparation of teachers, provide opportunities for practical implementation or quick adjustment of plans, taking into account an individual, tailored approach. the following can be used to solve the common problem of studying, integrating, and distributing advanced pedagogical experience in the field of physical education: differential exercise complexes of various gymnastics and outdoor games that are independently created, easily integrated into the general learning process of electronic information resources available to all teachers (speech therapy classes, theme of current events and events); comment electronic reports, such as "correcting and correcting the right condition" /guidelines/, proactive advice, serve as a tool for use directly in conjunction with children on some topics, such as "a tailored approach to educating children of different levels of physical activity." analyzing scientific and methodological literature on the use of information and communication tools in the physical education of school-age children, we can conclude that despite significant potential opportunities, these technologies have not yet been properly used in this area because of the inadequate development of stylish conditions for their use and the lack of appropriate methods. only the first results of research in this area can be given. for example, during s.guryev's dissertation research entitled "use of new information technology in the physical education of school-age children," the use of information communication tools in the physical education of preschoolers helps to increase children's academic activity and increase their interest in learning; to think visually-majestically to form flexible, moving ideas and images that serve as the basis for visual-efficiency; the holistic understanding of physical education by preschool children as a healthy lifestyle system; a thorough study of some issues of general education and specialized disciplines and their integration into physical education; formation of motor skills in children (fine motor skills of the fingers); are the likes of improving children and preventing various pathological conditions. references 1. guryev s.v. sovremennye vzglyad na fizicheskogo vospitaniya detey doshkol'nogo vozrasta [modern view on physical education of children of preschool age]. — text: direct // novainfo.ru. — 2016. — № № 51. — s. 246–259. 2. zaitseva, k.p.model of preparation of employees of preschool educational institutions for mastering ict in the educational areas "speech development", "social and communicative development", "cognitive development", "artistic and aesthetic", "physical development" / 3. ibragimovich, a. e. (2023). future physical culture experts content of improvement of pedagogical culture. best journal of innovation in science, research and development, 2(11), 197-200. 4. g.i.habakkuksheva., sh.yo'aliyeva. (2023). the importance of computer games in improving intellectual capacity in preschool educators. international scientific journal science shine. 5(31). 108-112 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 5. g.i.habakkuksheva., h.mamatova. (2022). the role of computer games in elementary school physical education classes. iqro magazine. 2(1). 89-91 6. habakkuksheva, g. (2023). information technology in education. part 1. f., fardu replication department. 7. g.i.habakkuksheva., m.otamirzayeva (2023). the role of information technology in the educational environment. международный научный журнал «научный импульс». no. 10(100), 118-121. 8. g.i.habakkuksheva., z.oxunjanova (2023). the role of information technology in the educational and educational process. educational research in universal sciences. volume 2 (issue 3), 984986. 9. а.м. мирзақулов., г.и. йулдашева. (2018). бошлангич синфларда информатика фанини ўқитишда компьютер дидактик ўйинларидан фойдаланиш методлари. фарду, “бошланғич таълим мазмунини модернизациялаш: муаммо ва ечимлар“ мавзусидаги республика илмий – амалий анжуман материаллари. 3-5 10. yuldasheva, g. i. (2021). the use of adaptive technologies in the educational process. экономика и социум, (4-1 (83)), 466-468. 11. habakkuksheva, g., / shermatova, h. (2022). prospects for the use of innovative technologies in education. science and innovation, 1(b8), 5-9. 12. khasanova, k. b., & safarova, d. a. (2022). teaching vocabulary: methods and approaches. global scientific review, 3,15-16. 13.nargiza, e. (2022). healthy lifestyle and this psychological and psychological health. british journal of global ecology and sustainable development, 2, 21-24. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the geodetic basis for creating thematic maps of the population and traditional and modern methods of drawing up cards abdukadirova mukharram arabbayevna fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: m.abdukadirova@ferpi.uz madumarov bahromjon bahodirjon ogli fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: bahromjonmadumarov2712@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the use of the knowledge base as well as the database for the creation of electronic dynamic cards of the population of fergana region, and the study of types that have not been well studied so far, the acceptance of data in the case of establishing a geodetic basis, this issue is urgent. one of the issues, and researchers in recent years have taken not only the improvement of electronic card creation technology, but also prevention of "bad" card creation as the main goal. map, geoinformation systems, gps receivers, geodetic base points, geodetic grid, geodetic base, latitude, longitude, abscissa, ordinate, creating a geodatabase. introduction any card is built on a certain mathematical basis. the mathematical basis of the card is to find content from a set of mathematical elements of the card, which determine the mathematical connection between the surface on which they are being described and the card. the projection, scale, geodesic basis, as well as the komponovka and razgrafka system are the mathematical basis elements of the card. each of these elements is of great importance in the creation of cards, which make it possible to describe the surface of the earth correctly and accurately based on a certain mathematical law and rule in the plane. on the basis of all cards lies a certain projection, and these projections are formed from cartographic nets. a scale is chosen based on the territory of the cards and their purpose, and the size or size of the scale is determined [1-3]. the main part another muxim element of the mathematical basis of cards is the geodesic basis, through which the geodesic works performed in the field, that is, the position, height and coordinates of objects and other recommendations, are determined. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. the founders of the geodesic foundation. like all theme cards, the geodesic basis in population cards is manifested mainly through geographical coordinates. in it, latitudes and distances form a cartographic grid (figure 21). currently, as a result of the development of geoaxborot technologies and geodesic instruments, there is a division through satellites with a large database in hajm. information from all over the earth is geodesic basis state geodesic stations base points geographical coordinates right-angled coordinates width length absissa ordinata american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org being received through the landsat system, which is considered one of the developed satellites. landsat-1, landsat-2 and hakozo landsat-9 are in operation. landsat is a u.s. satellite system designed to repeatedly monitor the global earth's surface on a moderate scale. data is obtained from satellite signals [4-10]. figure 2. earth photography process on landsat-8 satellite. in addition gps (global positioning system “global positioning system”) navigators operating on the basis of satellite data are also widely used in the world. gps navigators are used for the purpose of finding the destination quickly and accurately, in addition to smartphones, in cars, including ambulances (figure 2).https://mssglonass.ru/ figure 3. using satellite data for various purposes in gps navigators https://mssglonass.ru/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org currently, databases of all e-cards, namely yandex, google map, open street map, are regularly updated on the basis of satellite data. it is inertial and serves as the basis for the creation of other digital cards. (newly added) population cards, which are among the socio-economic cards, describe a wide variety of information regarding the population. they are created for different purposes scientific, scientific reference, educational, popular and are reflected in separate, complex ways and atlases. our country has a unique history and experience in creating population cards in the process of preparing population cards, various technologies are used. which one technology is fast and cheap depends on the technical support of the cartographic enterprise. during the creation of the card, it is possible to use the photomechanical method in some manual work and improve the quality of work and perform faster with automation or computer application. the process of creating cards was until recently carried out in an a'nawi way. that is, the process of creating a card took a long time and a large amount of money. over the years, as a result of the slow development of techniques and technologies, these works began to be carried out directly on computers [11-16]. the systematic process of creating socio-economic cards and atlases reveals the effectiveness of the use of modern methods and tools for various purposes, primarily gat technologies. computer-aided design and card-taking methods usually repeat all the steps inherent in the traditional technology of card-taking. but at each stage, starting with the collection of data, important features appear. v.t.as zhukov [1999] shows, the information base of most of the socio-economic cards and atlases is formed on the basis of cards related to the population and population. previously, card making was done by hand, requiring a lot of time and money, while repeatedly checking and correcting copied information, making tables, and then transferring it to a cartographic view. scientists [gulyamova, rakhmonov, sattiyev, 2015; yevteyev, 1999; zhukov, 1999; kapralov, 2010; gulyamova, 2020; ] paid attention to the fact that at the stage of development of a card or atlas in computer technologies, as elements and edges of a single territorial complex, it is possible to create a complete database of mutually agreed information covering all aspects and aspects of the characteristics of objects on the card. in modern methods, all the source data used to build a card, including statistics, allgeographic and thematic cards, remote sensing materials, etc., form a single digital environment in a cartographic base that allows any automated processing. such an approach ensures the implementation of editing and card capture processes, as well as the implementation of modeling. most importantly, it involves the processing of primary data, which includes the work carried out by geoaxborot systems related to databases, that is, data collection and sorting, interaction with spatial attributes of card retrieval objects, spatial-temporal generalization of data, interpolation of fields and time intervals, recovery of missing data [17-20]. these tasks are combined in cybernetics with the process of creating an automated card called data visualization. this is largely due to the characteristics of the technical and software, and, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org like previous actions, is carried out in vector or raster mode. in the best electronic devices with high resolution, the card can be reproduced in any way that exceeds the requirements of traditional compilation and publication. the card compilation of computer technologies is much more simplified and allows you to store separately (in a special information layer of the database) and, if necessary, increase any element of the geographical basis and thematic content. the result allows you to include any layer of information in the thematic composition of the geographical basis and card. it quickly combines any combination of allgeographic and thematic information elements displayed on the card into a cartographic image on the display screen using any image and color design methods. in their work, yevteyev [1999; zhukov 1999; kapralov, 2010] noted the creative process of automated card capture a multifaceted, and to the most advantage of this, that is, the cartographer can create several cards in a short time and within them choose the most suitable, complete and accurate for card capture purposes. automation tools are widely used when obtaining a population location on a card, which significantly speeds up the development of cards, since the registration of the population itself and the creation of appropriate databases are often organized in accordance with the conditional regular network of territorial divisions. computer atlases of the population have been created in a number of countries (usa, uk, sweden, switzerland, etc. at the same time, the use of regular networks leads to the loss of the features of the territorial organization of the population, and the geographical processing of such cards is required. great progress was made on the population distribution card of the population and the area in avia and, in particular, satellite photography. for example, in the work of yevteyev [1999], gulyamova [1995], remote survey data helps to determine in more detail the contours and territories (by the nature of land use and development), sometimes to clarify the distribution of the population in statistical accounting cells. the main part of the sources of drawing up population cards is provided by the state statistics committee: the main content of population cards is made up of digital data. because, the population is a rapidly changing process at the expense of birth and death. at the same time, it is difficult to obtain accurate data on the population. perfect population information can be obtained after the population is transferred to the census. the last census in our country in the former union was conducted in 1989. the employment of the population in the economy as a whole in the national economy is characterized only by the republic, regions and raions, which is absolutely not enough to get a detailed card. available statistical materials provide cards of population migration and migration links. however, they are also not covered in sufficient detail: for the whole country only the republic, regions and the largest cities reflect the data. in the case of a regional card, these data can be detailed based on local statistics. one of the modern ways to get a population on a card is to get an electronic card. on the basis of electronic cards lies communication, that is, the card maker finds the necessary information through the search engine and turns them into an image, that is, a card. when performing such a task, a number of requirements are imposed: the search engine must take questions american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org continuously and turn them into a systematic image, and these images must have a variable nature depending on the information requested, sort the data depending on the purpose, and quickly find this information. currently, the task of increasing the number of electronic card creation services based on geoaxborot systems is relevant. most importantly, it is advisable to carry out these tasks, having received answers to questions about who, what information and cards are needed. taking into account the purpose of using cards, it is also necessary to study the questions of what information is obtained from them and what tasks are solved with them. some issues of the creation of electronic cards in the study and examination of issues related to the population of the republic of uzbekistan. in this case, the question arises of what information is initially required when studying and checking the issues related to the population of the republic of uzbekistan. the territorial distribution of the population is of a very complex nature and, relying on various approaches, its verification requires specific spatial and timedependent information. these data occupy three main areas of knowledge, as gulyamova [1995] shows: a) the area of chronology, checked by a measure of time; b) the territorial area, is checked by spatial measurement; v) the ontology space is examined by means of a measure of meaning. the following approaches are often used in this: a) comparison-geographical, b) genetic, v) bixioviristic, g) territorial-spatial, d) historical, y) space time dependent, j) cognitive. according to its theoretical approach, the demand for information that is important above is changing, and the laws and rules for sorting them are also different from each other. therefore, it is necessary to use the database array knowledge base to create electronic dynamic cards of the population. so far, this issue has not been well studied, and such scientific case studies are rare. but this issue is one of the pressing issues, and researchers understand that in recent years it is the main goal not only to improve the technology of creating an electronic card, but also to prevent the creation of a “bad” card [21-24]. today, there are various technical solutions for converting spatial data into images, for example, google map, online gis provides some services. these will help you answer simple questions, for example, find an image of a place and provide you with tools for working with it. it is possible to create a number of cards on the population of the republic of uzbekistan through the database in nternet. in order not to have trouble finding the necessary information when drawing up population cards, it is considered very important to create a separate database on the population. a database is a dataset designed to use modern information technology to provide territorial verification and conclusions. the following requirements are imposed on the creation of this database: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 1. they are stored together with spatial data; 2. to be consistent with different studies; 3. convenient to keep up to date; 4. it should be understandable and easy for users of different industries. such a database has not yet been built in uzbekistan. currently, the data is spread across various organizations and in different places. most importantly, they are not associated with territorial data. it is from the main tasks to summarize such data and create a database through them. in the example of the republic of uzbekistan, the general model of the population database is hierarchical, in which several indicators of the population of the republic, region, district, city or village kham are reflected. creating a database on the population is a complex task. it covers a wide range of tasks to include. with the help of the database, it will be necessary to obtain data on the population at any time. because, the information contained in it must be monitored and updated by the state statistics committee. this information will be summarized throughout the republic. that is, by region, the number of inhabitants of a neighborhood, village or city, district, region and republic, national composition, age, gender, religion, employment level of akholini, etc. there should be no difficulty in obtaining information that is a link to the population. the structure of this database consists of several tiers, which are created with an emphasis on administrative and godly division. information needs are based on their detail, subject, scale, modernity and updating laws. while the extensibility to information on the same topic is the same, different requirements are placed on their completeness. for this reason, it is necessary to create a set of data with several steps. the database, which consists of several blocks, covers the following topics: 1. demographics: population, its national, age-gender composition, etc; 2. production: employment of the population in production, share of working people; 3. social issues: amount and distribution of income, pace of change, source of income; 4. features of the place: natural conditions and resources, water, surface and subsurface resources, climate, etc; 5. systems and types of settlement, traditions of change, interdependence. conclusion having studied the geography and cartography of the population from a theoretical and practical nature as a basis for creating thematic cards of the population, kholda studied how important it is to create a geodetic basis for the requirements for them, apply gps prionics to the field, rationally apply modern geodetic instruments, and studied population information and ways to create references 1. eshnazarov d. et al. describing the administrative border of koshtepa district on an electronic digital map and creating a web map //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03009. 2. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 3. yusufovich g. y., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. cartographic resources used in the creation of electronic agricultural maps of fergana region //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1001-1009. 4. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 11101118. 5. abduvakhabovich a. a., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. improving the method of mapping agriculture using remote sensing data //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1093-1100. 6. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 7. akhmedov b. m. geodetic survey networks (creating level-height geodetic survey networks in engineering-geodetic research for construction) //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1040-1052. 8. турдикулов х. х., қосимов м. численный анализ напряженно-деформированного состояния высокой грунтовой плотины с учетом данных натурных наблюдений //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 349-357. 9. turdikulov k. calculation of the stability of ground dam under seismic loads //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 02021. 10. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. 11. ganiyev y. et al. examining the managerial structure and operational aspects of geodesy, cartography, and cadastre production //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03013. 12. maxsimov k. durability of reinforced concrete piles in aggressive soil conditions //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 270-273. 13. ibaevich m. k. design of bases and foundations on saliny soils //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 267-269. 14. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. 15. marupov a. et al. procedure and method of marking administrative-territorial boundaries on the basis of digital technologies //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03007. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 16. xakimova k. et al. theoretical and methodological issues of creating the “eco fergana” mobile application of tourist objects and resources of fergana region //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 05025. 17. akhmedov b. using the fundamentals of the theory of measurement errors in performing geodesic measurement and calculation works //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03012. 18. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 11101118. 19. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 20. arabboyevna a. m. et al. creation of a satellite geodesic base on the territory of the republic of uzbekistan //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1033-1039. 21. mirzakarimova g. m. remote sensing data: international exрeriences and aррlications //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 22. baxodirjon g. y. y. b. et al. tuproqshunoslikda gisning roli va tushunchasi //ijodkor o'qituvchi. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 20. – с. 67-72. 23. мадумаров б. б., манопов х. в. начало работы с arcgis. arcmap //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 325-333. 24. khakimova k. r. et al. theoretical and methodological questions of mapping the environmental atlas //galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. – 2022. – т. 10. – №. 4. – с. 240-245. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org methods for determining the effectiveness of inhibitors bobomurodov utkir ziyadullaevich karshi institute of engineering and economics 180100, republic of uzbekistan, kashkadarya region, karshi, ave. mustaqillik, 225. e-mail: qmii@qmii.uz, kiei _info@edu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the test is carried out in the following sequence. the flask is filled with 50 ml of oil with the addition of 0.02% (by weight) inhibitor and stir for 3-5 minutes. pour the solution into a test tube and incubate for 20 minutes. then the solution is transferred from the test tube to the flask, and the test tube is filled with 0.5 volumes of formation water from the field being studied. the remaining volume is filled with oil from the flask. the test tube is closed, and then inverted and the stopwatch is turned on, recording the flushing of the oil film over time. introduction method of dispersion and washing of aspd. this method is as follows. 0.5 ml of reagent is dosed into 50 ml of formation water and 2.5 g of paraffin is placed. the contents of the flask are heated, stirring until the paraffin is completely melted. then the flasks are cooled with a stream of tap water and the dispersion of paraffin deposits, adhesion to the walls of the flask and smearing are recorded. cold cylinder method. evaluation of the effectiveness of the inhibitor by this method consists of heating a certain amount of oil, namely 400 ml, and 48 g of crushed paraffin in a thermostatic bath to 90 ° c, followed by introducing a microsyringe into the inhibitor solution in quantities of 0.02; 0.04; 0.08; 0.1 ml. the temperature of the oil at the beginning of the experiment should be below the temperature of paraffin dissolution in oil, and the temperature of the “cold” surface of the glass should be below the temperature at which paraffin crystallization begins. after heating to 65 °c, the glass is removed from the bath and a cylinder is lowered into it, which is cooled for 20–30 minutes with tap water. then the cylinder is cooled in air for 10 minutes so that oil drains from its surface. next, hot water is passed through the cylinder, and deposits are washed away into a glass placed under the cylinder. the mass of washed deposits at various doses of the inhibitor is a measure of the effectiveness of its action. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org field testing of arpd removing reagents. waste and by-products of the samara synthetic rubber plant, containing hydrocarbons of the methane, benzene and diethylene series (piperylene fraction), as well as heavy hydrocarbons, were used as paraffin deposit rem the experiment used oils from a number of wells. for comparison, well-known solvents were taken gasoline, kerosene and benzene. it has been established that the piperylene fraction can compete in efficiency with well-known and expensive solvents gasoline and kerosene. the technology provided: a) injection of 9 m3 of sediment solvent into the flowline with an idle well using the an-700 unit; b) holding the reagent for 90 minutes; c) putting the well into operation. the surface of the pipe after this treatment was washed almost completely. the duration of operation of a well with a flow rate of 116 m3/day between two treatments is from 30 to 75 days. using a hot solvent to remove paraffin. experience in the use of solvents has shown that with an increase in temperature to 60 °c, the rate of dissolution of paraffin is increased by 4 times. for this purpose, a special heater was developed, which is a “pipe-in-pipe” heat exchanger. the coolant from the steam mobile unit is pumped into the annular space of the heat exchanger, and the heated solvent is supplied by the pumping unit to the central pipe communicating with the well fittings. at a flow rate of 2 l/s and a temperature of 60–70 °c, the solvent is dosed into the well. the well treatment technology consists of the following operations. steam from the polyurethane foam is supplied simultaneously with the solvent to the heater. it is recommended to maintain the steam pressure no more than 1.5 mpa, and the temperature no less than 200 °c. solvent in a volume of 4 m3 is fed into the tubing to the area located below the boundary of intense paraffin release from oil, i.e. to a depth of 1000–1100 m. after pumping the solvent into the tubing, the well is left to “react” for 2 hours and then put into operation. during repair work to clean the tubing and production casing, it is recommended to raise the tubing to a depth of 500 m and perform circulation flushing with a hot solvent in a volume of 8–9 m3. the main indicator of the technical and economic efficiency of the described technology is the increase in the inter-treatment period of the well, as well as the change in oil and gas flow rate throughout the entire period of well operation. methods for supplying an inhibitor to a well and assessing their effectiveness. as noted earlier, several methods of supplying inhibitors to oil wells have been used in the fields periodic and supply into the annulus by wellhead dispensers. the periodic method involves a one-time “pressure” of a certain volume of solution into the formation by a pumping unit through the annulus of the well or tubing without lifting the equipment. this method is simple and technologically advanced, however, as the researchers note, it is very expensive, since it does not last long. according to the data, in the first time after crushing, the main amount of inhibitor is carried out along with the extracted liquid. supplying solution into the annulus using wellhead dispensers requires the installation of dosing pumps, which does not present any technical difficulties. but, as the authors of the work note based on the research, annular dosing also requires increased consumption of the reagent due to the loss of its activity during the passage of a significant column of gas-liquid mixture from the mouth to the shoe. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org the most appropriate is the downhole supply of the inhibitor. with the fountain extraction method, several dispenser designs can be used for this purpose. the volume of the reagent, and therefore the number of tubing forming the container, is selected based on the planned dose of the reagent and the turnaround period of the flowing well. express method. this article describes express methods for determining the effectiveness of used arpd inhibitors, determining the optimal concentrations of chemicals introduced for the first time, the effectiveness of pipe coating with different materials, as well as the optimal concentrations of detergent compositions. methods for assessing the effectiveness of chemicals and coatings against paraffin deposits are based on determining the rate at which oil films are washed off from various surfaces in an aquatic environment. the method is based on the fact that any surface first adsorbs the asphalt-resin components of oil and only then deposits form on this adsorption film. the exposure time of materials in oil and water is selected based on their adsorption activity, which, to a first approximation, depends on the molecular weight of the medium and is 30 minutes for oil and 3 minutes for water. references 1.каюмов м.ш, тронов в.п.. гуськов и.а., липаев а.а. учет особенностей образования асфальтосмолопарафиновых отложений на поздней стадии разработки нефтяных месторождений нефтяное хозяйство. 2006. 2. 2. салимов марат. бич нефтяников – отложения парафина и асфальто-смолистых компонентов. http://www.vsalimov@narod.ru 3. халимов р.х. исследование и разработка технологии восстановления продуктивности скважин, осложненных отложениями асфальтосмолистых веществ // автореферат дис. канд. тех. наук, тюмень.; 2004. 4. атакулова, д. д., & абдувалиев, с. а. (2023). использование ингибиторов коррозии металлов. экономика и социум, (12 (115)-1), 938-942. 5. мухаммадиев, х. м. (2024). оценка прироста конечного коэффициента извлечения нефти. international journal of education, social science & humanities, 12(3), 652657. 6. ziyadullayevich, b. u., & normuradovich, s. n. (2023). evaluation of the possibilities of increasing oil yield in high-viscosity oil fields using thermal methods. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 19, 69-71. 7. ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). the results of the forecast of the main technological indicators of the development of the oil and gas condensate field eastren ispanli. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 13, 102104. 8. soatmurodovich, b. r., gayratovna, a. d., & ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity. the peerian journal, 18, 1-4. 9. kibriyo, b. o. t. z. m., & aktam o’g, o. i. s. (2023). study of secondary methods of oil production in the last period of operation. innovations in technology and science education, 2(8), 397-400. 10.бобомуродов, у., & бекжонов, р. (2022). показатели разработки нефтегазоконденсатного месторождения. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org liability for cyberattacks in online dispute resolution phd. якубова мадинабону абдумаликовна тошкент давлат юридик университети кибер хукук кафедраси a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the issue of liability for cyberattacks in online dispute resolution (odr). as odr grows in popularity as a means of effective and affordable dispute resolution, questions arise regarding liability when the odr platform itself is at risk from a cyberattack. based on an analysis of relevant case law and legislation, the paper argues that the current legal framework is inadequate to address this issue of problem. a review of technological solutions points to blockchain as a promising tool for improving security and ensuring a better distribution of responsibility after an attack. however, technology alone is not enough. the document proposes legislative and policy changes to clearly delineate the responsibilities of odr platform providers and users to prevent attacks. and a compensation fund model to support reparations in the event of attacks. by clarifying liability and providing compensation, these measures can contribute to the sustainable development of odr as a fair and reliable means of dispute resolution. online dispute resolution, cybersecurity, cyberattacks, liability, liability, compensation fund. introduction online dispute resolution (odr) offers convenient and cost-effective means of resolving conflicts through technological communication, negotiation, and decision-making (katsh & rule, 2015). through odr platforms, parties can easily access mediation, arbitration, ombudsman services, and other dispute resolution options entirely online. the covid-19 pandemic has accelerated the adoption of odr in various sectors, including e-commerce, healthcare, banking, and courts (levin, 2020). however, as the scope and reach of odr expands, there are concerns about cyberattacks that could compromise odr platforms and processes (cui, 2021). who is responsible if cyberattacks or other technological failures prevent access to odr services or corrupt dispute resolution procedures? this article examines the issue of accountability for cyberattacks in soe through doctrinal and legal analysis, a review of technological solutions, and proposals for legislative and policy reforms. methodology: this article uses a qualitative doctrinal methodology, analyses relevant case law, legislation, and academic literature to examine how the existing legal framework governs liability for american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org cyberattacks affecting odr. cases involving online security breaches in various industries are reviewed in order to clarify the current legal situation. laws and regulations governing odr providers and participants are reviewed to determine whether they adequately delineate duties and responsibilities in relation to cyberattacks. the article complements this doctrinal legal analysis by looking at technological tools that have the potential to enhance odr security, as well as legislative and policy proposals put forward by legal scholars that seek to clarify liability. theoretical outcomes: doctrinal analysis shows that there is currently no clear framework for determining responsibility for cyberattacks on odr platforms and procedures. the general principles of tort law related to negligence and product liability can in some cases lead to odr providers being at fault for lack of safety (moringiello & reynolds, 2018). however, the results are uncertain given the novelty of odr. contract law also does not provide predictability, as the terms of service of odr service providers often exclude or limit liability. laws such as the u.s. electronic signatures in global and national commerce act regulate the validity of electronic transactions but do not impose responsibility for technological failures. cases of cyberattacks on e-commerce companies show conflicting standards as to whether technology providers or end-users are responsible for security breaches (boulware, 2022). thus, doctrinal analysis shows that the existing legal framework is inadequate to address issues of liability for cyberattacks in the context of odr. the technology review identifies new solutions that have the potential to mitigate odr cybersecurity risks. blockchain-based odr platforms use decentralized networks to prevent centralized points of failure (o'brennan, 2021). cryptographic techniques such as digital signatures, encryption, and access control can help protect odr data and communications (schmitz, 2019). artificial intelligence can monitor odr systems for suspicious activity indicative of attacks (cui, 2021). while technology can significantly improve odr security, gaps and human error remain. purely technological solutions are also limited in their ability to determine responsibility for successful attacks. this implies the need for legal and policy measures to complement advances in cybersecurity. actionable outcomes: to address accountability gaps, legislators at the national and international level should enact targeted laws and regulations to ensure odr safety. they should clearly define the responsibilities of odr providers to implement reasonable cybersecurity measures and consistently monitor systems for risks (katsh & rule, 2015). laws should also prescribe terms of service for the odr platform, requiring users to maintain secure access credentials and promptly report suspicious activity. legislation can build on standards such as iso/iec 27701 to enable odr providers to apply best practices for cyber risk management. it is important to note that laws should establish criteria for establishing liability in the event of disputes arising over attacks on platforms. clear provisions are needed to impose liability between odr providers and users on the basis of negligence, in addition to laws, policy measures should create compensation funds for odr cyberattacks. these no-fault pools could support indemnification to parties who have suffered losses in the event of a platform security breach (schmitz, 2019). compensation funds can recover damages without lengthy liability court proceedings. the fund's capital can be generated through fees charged to odr providers and mandatory contributions corresponding to the platform's profits. for the odr industry to be trusted at all times, prompt compensation must be available in the event of cyberattacks, regardless of legal liability. in order for odr vendors and users to prevent attacks and recover losses, a combination of technological, legislative, and policy changes are needed. these measures will contribute to the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org sustainable growth of odr by transparently defining responsibilities between stakeholders and response protocols in the event of a cybersecurity failure. odr's enormous promise for ensuring accessible and effective justice depends on ensuring that it is resilient to emerging cyber threats through proactively strengthening accountability mechanisms. conclusion: as online dispute resolution spreads across the globe, cyberattacks pose a serious threat to the procedural integrity and interests of participants. the existing legal framework does not provide adequate clarity on liability for technological failures that jeopardize soe. while promising cybersecurity technologies such as blockchain can partially mitigate risks, technology alone cannot determine liability or provide redress in the event of attacks. this document argues that targeted legislation, regulations and policies are needed to define responsibilities among oe stakeholders, allocate responsibility for incidents, and establish compensation funds. clarifying the scope of accountability is necessary to ensure accountability, redress, and maintain the credibility of odr as a fair means of dispute resolution appropriate to the digital age. references: 1. bulvar, j.t. (2022). accountability for e-commerce cyberattacks: putting the blame where it belongs. yale journal of law and technology, 14(1), 273–305. 2. cui, l. (2021). secure online dispute resolution (odr) with artificial intelligence. review of the law of the asia-pacific region, 28(2), 187–199. 3. katsch, e., & ruhl, k. (2015). what we know and need to know about online dispute resolution. south carolina law review, 67(2), 329–336. 4. levin, v. (2020). online dispute resolution: the impact of covid-19. seton hall law review, 51(4), 1019–1031. 5. moringiello j. and reynolds, w. (2018). from lord coke to online privacy: the past, present, and future of electronic contract law. review of rutgers law, 71(1), 421–446. 6. o'brennan, j. (2021). online dispute resolution using blockchain: a new form of justice for commerce and consumers. notre dame journal of law, ethics, and public policy, 35(1), 101– 124. 7. schmitz, a.j. (2019). ensuring online dispute resolution. florida law review, 71(6), 1217–1256. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org the influence of high air temperature on cotton varieties: adaptation, physiological and chemical processes norboeva umida toshtemirovna doctor of science in biology, professor, bukhara state university, bukhara, uzbekistan shukurova shakhlo gulmurodovna 2nd stage graduate student, bukhara state university, bukhara, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the data obtained on the effect of plant adverse stress factors on the transpiration rate and cell sap concentration of cotton cultivars of high temperatures are presented. in addition, the current theoretical and scientific problems of studying and revealing the negative effects of high air temperature on plants, as well as the information conducted on the study of scientific and research work in this field are presented. stress factor, transpiration rate, cell sap concentration, physiological and biochemical properties, medium fibre cotton, global climate, level of resistance. introduction in the world, in recent years, the yield of agricultural crops has decreased under the influence of various abiotic stress factors, among which high air temperature takes the main place in terms of negative effects. according to statistical data, the yield of agricultural crops has decreased by 9-40%, wheat by 27% and cotton by 10-40% due to the effect of high air temperature. in this regard, the deepening of scientific research works in this direction and the development of measures aimed at saving the perishing crop remains one of the urgent problems. according to the world meteorological organization, in recent years, the average temperature of the earth has increased by +1.1 degrees. in the forecast analysis of the intergovernmental council on climate change, it is recognized that the average air temperature in central asia is expected to rise up to +3-4 degrees in the coming years. such a change in air temperature and +40 ℃ during the harvesting period of cotton serious damage to the increase in the increase in the increase in the increase in the increase in the increase in yield and quality indicators in the study of the physiological and biochemical forms of cotton, in studying the physiological and biochemical forms of cotton, studying the physiological and biochemical properties. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org all physiological and chemical processes take place within a certain temperature limit. accordingly, the heat factor also plays a major role in the geographical distribution of plants. during evolution, plants are well adapted to low and high-temperature effects. but this adaptation will not be so complicated, therefore, extremely low and extremely high temperatures can cause all kinds of damage to plants, even kill them. if the temperature drops below a certain minimum, the plant begins a rest period; in this case, breathing and some other functions are inhibited but continue. moderate, but long-lasting heat, especially intense heat with a short duration, causes irreversible changes in plants. most plants grow in climates where high temperatures are typical for them. due to its adaptation to growth in such environmental conditions, it is not damaged by high temperatures. experiments show that plants that grow in bright, dry, hot places are more resistant to heat than plants that grow in cool places. in temperate climates, fruits and berries (grapes, apples, etc.) are usually damaged by high temperatures, and in some cases the sun hits them. heat damage can also be observed in deserts. but this phenomenon is manifested differently in different plants in these lands. under the influence of high temperatures, plants dry up and the assimilation balance is disturbed, that is, it accelerates respiration and slows down photosynthesis. in addition, high temperatures can damage cells and even kill cytoplasm. in cases where the temperature rises above the maximum level, plants stop growing and go into a state of rest (for example, in hot deserts), and if they rise again, they die completely. it should be noted that the high temperature that kills plants is always higher than the optimum temperature of the growing point. the organs of plants growing in the temperate zone are usually damaged by heat when the air temperature is between 40 ℃ and 55 ℃. the heat resistance of plants depends to a large extent on long-term exposure to high temperatures. according to the manifestation of heat resistance, plants are divided into three groups: 1) heat-resistant plants plants that can effectively reduce their temperature due to transpiration (these mainly include soft-leaved plants); 2) heat-tolerant plants are plants that grow in dry and humid places (these can withstand short-term heat sometimes up to 60 ℃); 3) heat-resistant plants are mainly bottom plants, such as thermophilic bacteria and blue-green algae. however, closely related species often differ by this characteristic. in addition, heat tolerance is as directly related to water deficit as cold tolerance, because the more water a plant receives (or the more water deficit a plant experiences), the higher the heat (or cold) tolerance. devices that protect plants from heat damage and overheating include the following. for example, the thinness of the leaf plate with high transpiration (reduces the temperature of the leaf); location of leaves in a vertical position relative to sunlight; leakage of the surface of the leaves serves as a screen to reflect the insolation; the presence of hairs or coins that protect deep tissues from heating; having a thin layer of phloem tissue that protects the cambium; these include high carbohydrates and low water in the cytoplasm, high intensity of transpirational cooling, separation of tissues (for example, cambium) with another tissue layer, etc. in scientific research, it has been noted that climate change is causing extreme temperatures in several regions of the world. the stress temperature factor has a multifaceted negative effect, from cotton growth and development to economic performance indicators. several strategic methods have been proposed to prevent such problems and minimize their damage. these are the planting of hot temperature-resistant cultivars, wild type in the selection process and genetic mapping by identifying useful stress factor tolerance genes or markers [1-2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org extremely hot temperatures (40-500c) in the southern and partly central regions of our republic in june, july and august, and the heating of the air, sometimes the appearance of dust-pollen winds, is the critical period of cotton varieties demanding water and nutrients, i.e. flowering-harvest collection. falling into the stage leads to the death of a large number of crop elements, to the drying of combs before they form, and to a sharp violation of morpho-physiological and biochemical processes in the plant. because, for most plants, the optimal temperature for growth and development is +35-360c, and it has been found that increasing the temperature damages them or causes a certain part of the crop elements to be shed [3-5]. even when cotton is provided with sufficient water, tolerance to high temperature and solar insolation show the following reactions in the plant: phototaxis has been found to cause transpiration activity through stomata and sunlight-dependent modification of leaf plates for optimal photosynthesis [6]. studies have shown that the increase in air temperature above the optimal level caused several metabolic and physiological processes, including chlorophyll synthesis, reproductive activity, pollination, protein formation, enzyme activity, leaf turgor pressure, transpiration activity, fibre strength, and pod retention [7 ] not all varieties of cotton can withstand the vagaries of the weather, excessive rainfall, sudden changes in weather or the movement of hot air flow in the climate from south to north. ]. in the southern and partly central regions of our country, that is, in kyziriq, termiz, muzrabod, sherabad, kashkadarya region, mubarak, koson, kasbi and karshi districts of kashkadarya region, almost all of bukhara region and in large areas of kyziltepa and navbahor districts of navoi region, cotton is cultivated, although cotton is a heat-loving tropical plant. however, the summer heat and high temperature caused great damage to its productivity [14]. according to g.s. zaitsev, the cotton plant requires a certain temperature sum for each period of its growth and development, and he noted that only when this temperature sum is created, does the cotton go to the last stage of development [11-13]. an analysis of the literature on the effects of extreme factors on the growth, development and physiological processes of plants, including cotton, and high-temperature resistance, is available, and the information from this literature is in the direction of plant physiology, biochemistry, genetics and selection, but based on the hybridization of wild species with local cotton varieties and cultivated varieties. the study of the durability of the received ridges showed that the scientific resources for selection and use in practical selection work are insufficient, and it is urgent to carry out research in this direction. research objects and methods the varieties "sultan", bukhara-102 belonging to the group of medium fibre cotton varieties were used as the object of research. currently, these varieties are planted in large areas in several regions of our republic. during the experiments, grassland-alluvial soils common in the region were used. such soils form the main areas of the bukhara region. some physiological indicators during the vegetation period were analyzed in all variants of the experiments in medium and high-temperature conditions. in the experiments, the rate of transpiration was determined by weighing leaves, and the concentration of cell sap was determined using a refractometer. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion transpiration is one of the important physiological processes, and the main transpiration organ is the leaf. water evaporates from the leaf surface mainly through the stomata. as a result of this, the amount of water in the leaf cells decreases, and water absorption through the root increases, that is, the absorption power increases. an increase in the suction force in the leaves activates the process of drawing water from the leaf veins and canals. the activity of transpiration depends on the air temperature and living conditions of plant species, etc. [14]. the value of the rate of transpiration in plants is related to many external factors. these include air temperature, relative humidity, soil and climate conditions, wind, solar radiation, soil moisture, plant development stages, and cultivar characteristics, among others. transpiration is not only the evaporation of water through the leaf but also water adsorption and movement of water and dissolved substances through the plant. the rate of transpiration of cotton varies during its ontogeny. also, the rate of transpiration depended on the amount of metabolic and bound water in the plant and the colloidal properties of the cell protoplasm [15]. many scientists have conducted scientific research on the rate of transpiration, which is the basis of the water exchange processes of plants [16]. in the course of our research, the transpiration rate of sultan, bukhara-102 varieties of cotton was determined in the phases of budding and flowering in different air temperature conditions in the morning 8-10, noon 12-14, and evening 16-18. according to the data obtained from the results of the research, it was observed that the transpiration rate in the varieties was active in the morning hours, and its activity slowed down in the evening hours, in the conditions of air temperature (+25-36 ℃) in the i-variant of the experiment. the transpiration rate ranges from 47.8 to 73.2 mg. g/h in the morning, 37.0 to 58.3 mg. g/h in the afternoon, and 30.0 to 50.4 mg. g/h in the evening. was observed to be in the range of in the second variant of the experiment, it was shown that the transpiration rate increases according to the biological characteristics of cotton when the transpiration rate goes from morning hours to afternoon hours under conditions of high air temperature (+35-45 ℃). in this option, the rate of transpiration in the afternoon hours95.5from mg/ghour158.3mg/g up to hours, in the evening hours ranged from 82.1 mg/g to 150.2 mg/g h, with higher values for bukhara-102 and was recorded in the variety. the highest transpiration rate is in the middle of the day, that is, the air temperature is the highest (+35-45℃) was noted when it was known that the rate of transpiration in these varieties decreased during the afternoon and evening hours. the extremely high temperature of the experiment (+4050℃) in the studied cotton varieties, the rate of transpiration accelerated in the afternoon and slowed down in the evening. during our experiments, we also studied the effect of high temperature on the concentration of cell sap in the leaves of cotton cultivars. it is known that the vitality of cells depends on the existence of a constant metabolic process. cells constantly receive substances from the external environment or adjacent cells, and release some, on the contrary, that is, the life of the plant takes place through the interaction of cells with external and internal environmental factors. the most important of these is the entry and intercellular movement of water and substances dissolved in it from the external environment. in these processes, osmotic potential plays an important role in plant cells. this follows from the laws of diffusion and osmosis. therefore, the concentration of cell sap determines the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org osmotic pressure of the plant, the turgor state and the ability to absorb water from the outside. the high concentration of cell sap is one of the indicators that protect the plant from heat and water shortage [17]. under high-temperature conditions, some high-molecular compounds in the cell can break down and affect the concentration of cell sap. at a temperature of +40 ℃ and higher, physiological functions in plant tissue cells are disturbed and they die. first of all, the structural composition of the cell plasmalemma is disturbed and the osmotic properties of the cell change [18-23]. according to v. f. altergot and other scientists, under extremely high-temperature conditions, proteins break down and turn into amines, and amines lead to the poisoning of plant tissue cells, have a negative effect on metabolism, and prevent the active transition of cell physiology [24-28]. in our research, the effect of high temperature on the concentration of cell sap and its osmotic pressure was also studied. the concentration of cell sap in cotton varieties was determined at the stages of budding, flowering, and budding. according to the analysis of the results of the experiments, the concentration of sap in the leaf tissue cells of cotton varieties increased depending on the air temperature levels. in the control variant of the experiment, the concentration of cell sap in the stage of budding, flowering, and budding in varieties and rows at air temperature (+25-30 ℃) was 7.0, 8.9, 10-10.0, 11.0, 14.0%, respectively. was observed between it was known that the concentration of cell sap in the stage of budding, flowering, and budding was equal to % sultan (7.9; 8.5; 11.2), bukhara-102 (9; 12; 12). in variant ii of the experiment, with an increase in air temperature (+40-45 ℃), the concentration of cell sap in cotton varieties during the stages of budding, flowering, and budding was 9.9, 14.0, 14.6-11.0, 13.0, 18, respectively. observed in the range of 0%, it was found that it decreased by 2.9.0, 5.0, 4.6-1.0, 2.0, and 4.0%, respectively, compared to the control variant. conclusions when the physiological processes of cotton varieties under high-temperature conditions were studied, it was observed that there is a connection with the physiological characteristics of their resistance to high temperature. the process of water evaporation through the leaf and the concentration of cell sap allow us to determine the resistance of the studied varieties to high temperatures. of these, the value of the concentration of leaf tissue cells is an important physiological process that increases tolerance to high temperatures. references 1. kholliyev a. e., teshaeva d. r. (2022). adaptation characteristics of autumn wheat variieties to salinity stresses. ra journal of applied research. volume 08. №03. р. 209-213. 2. norboyeva, u. t. (2017). kholliyev аe salinification influence on physiology of water exchange in cotton plant varieties (gossypiym hirsutuml.). the way of science. international scientific jornal.–volgograd,(7), 41. 3. kholliyev, a., & teshaeva, d. (2021). soil salinity and water exchange of autumn wheat varieties. збірник наукових праць λόгoς. 4. norboyeva, u. t. (2018). kholliyev аe water interchange and saline tolerance of the sorts of cotton. mechanisms of resistance of plants and microorganisms to unfavourable environmental. irkutsk, 563-566. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 5. холлиев, а. э. (2011). физиологические особенности влияния засухи на водообмен и засухоустойчивость хлопчатника. международные научные исследования, (1-2), 109-111. 6. toshtemirovna, n. u., & ergashovich, k. a. (2019). physiology, productivity and cotton plant adaptation under the conditions of soil salinity. international journal of recent technology and engineering, 8(2 s3), 1611-1613. 7. ergashovich, k. a., toshtemirovna, n. u., rakhimovna, a. k., & abdullayevna, f. f. (2020). effects of microelements on drought resistance of cotton plant. international journal of psychosocial rehabilitation, 24(2), 643-648. 8. norboyeva, u. t. (2018). kholliyev аe soil salinity and saline tolerance of the sorts of cotton. mechanisms of resistance of plants and microorganisms to unfavourable environmental. irkutsk, 567-570. 9. toshtemirovna, n. u., & ergashovich, k. a. (2019). regulation of the water balance of the cotton varieties under salting conditions. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 9(8), 5-9. 10. холлиев, а. э. (2011). physiological features of influence of a drought on waterrelation and droughtstability of cotton. international scientific researches. 11. teshayeva, d. r. (2022). kuzgi bug’doy navlari va sho’r stressi. zamonaviy biologik ta’limni rivojlantirishda fan, ta’lim va ishlab chiqarishning integratsiyasi. respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjuman materiallari. jizzax, б, 30-33. 12. холлиев, а. э. (1991). особенности водообмена и продуктивность сортов хлопчатника в зависимости от водоснабжения (doctoral dissertation, ин-т физиол. и биофизики растений). 13. ergashovich, k. a., toshtemirovna, n. u., iskandarovich, j. b., & toshtemirovna, n. n. (2021). soil salinity and sustainability of cotton plant. the american journal of agriculture and biomedical engineering, 3(04), 12-19. 14. kholliyev, a., norboyeva, u., & jabborov, b. (2021). all about the water supply of cotton. збірник наукових праць scientia. 15. норбоева, у. т., хўжаев, ж. х., & холлиев, а. э. (2019). тупроқ шўрланиши ва ғўза навларининг маҳсулдорлиги. хоразм маъмун академияси ахборотномаси, 3, 61-65. 16. ergashovich, k. a., & tokhirovna, j. o. (2021). ecophysiological properties of white oats. conferencea, 50-52. 17. norboeva, u., & xamrokulova, n. (2022, march). soybean-a natural source of protein. in e conference zone (pp. 79-81). 18. kholliyev, a., & isayeva, м. (2021). flora of bukhara desert ecosystem and its protection. збірник наукових праць scientia. 19. toshtemirovna, n. u., & ergashovich, k. a. (2022). the geoecological zoning of the kyzylkum desert. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(03), 28-36. 20. kholliyev, a. e., & norboyeva, u. t. (2019). ecophysiological basis of drought effects on cotton and other crops. bukhara: bukhara publishing house, 152. 21. norboyeva, u. t., & kholliyev, a. e. (2019). ecophysiological basis of the effect of salinity on cotton and other crops. bukhara: bukhara publishing house, 132. 22. kholliyev, a., qodirov, e., & ramazonov, o. (2021). salt resistance, water exchange and productivity of cotton. збірник наукових праць scientia. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 23. норбоева, у. т., & холлиев, а. э. (2019). ғўза ва бошқа экинларга шўрланиш таъсирининг экофизиологик асослари. бухоро:“бухоро” нашриёти, 132. 24. холлиев, а., & дусманов, с. (2014). основные вредители зернобобовых культур (гороха, фасоли, маша, сои). вестник агронауки, 4, 32. 25. kholliyev, a., & adizova, k. (2021). physiological properties of copper in plant metabolism. збірник наукових праць scientia. 26. kholliyev, a., ramazonov, o., & qodirov, e. (2021). dry resistance of medium fiber varieties of cotton plant. збірник наукових праць λόгoς. 27. холлиев, а., & дусманов, с. (2014). дуккакли дон (нўхат, ловия, мош) экинларининг асосий зараркунандалари. агро илм” журнали.-тошкент, (4), 32. 28. kholliyev, a. e., & norboуeva, u. t. (2013). drought tolerance and productivity of cotton plant in bukhara conditions of uzbekistan. in applied sciences europe: tendencies of contemporary development. 2nd international scientific conference, 22th june stuttgart: germany (pp. 3-4). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org bases and foundations in aggressive ground conditions makhsimov kasimkhan ibaevich fergana polytechnic institute, uzbekistan e-mail: mahsimovkosimhon@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the influence of aggressiveness and variability of the properties of saline soil on the performance of bases and foundations was studied. materials with non-corrosive properties are given. electrokinetic stabilization reduces the salt content in soils and increases its bearing capacity. saline soils, suffusion, concrete corrosion, fiber polymers, electrokinetic stabilization, green infrastructure, protective coatings. introduction footing and foundation design takes center stage when faced with the unique challenges presented by saline soils. saline soils, characterized by high concentrations of salts, present a number of obstacles for both engineers and designers[1-5]. in this article, we delve into the intricacies of designing foundations that can withstand the corrosive nature of saline soils, exploring innovative approaches and technologies that redefine traditional ideas about structural resilience. saline soils are common in many regions of the world, presenting a serious problem for construction projects. these soils are often rich in dissolved salts, including sodium chloride, which can have a detrimental effect on the structural integrity of foundations. the corrosive nature of saline soils can compromise the stability of traditional foundation materials such as concrete and steel, requiring a reevaluation of design principles. methods the corrosive effect of salts on foundation materials is multifaceted. in the case of concrete, moisture containing salts can penetrate the material, causing internal expansion and possible cracking. the reinforcing steel inside concrete is also susceptible to corrosion in the presence of salt, resulting in reduced structural strength. such deterioration poses a significant risk to the long-term stability of structures in regions with saline soils[1,8]. one of the key points when designing foundations on saline soils is careful selection of materials. engineers are increasingly exploring alternative building materials that provide improved resistance to salt corrosion. fiber reinforced polymers (frps) are gaining popularity due to their non-corrosive properties, providing a viable replacement for traditional steel reinforcement in concrete[6-11]. in addition, the use of corrosion-resistant alloys and specially american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org developed concrete mixtures can mitigate the impact of saline soils on foundation materials. the goal is to create a foundation that will not only withstand a corrosive environment, but also maintain its structural integrity over time. applying protective coatings to foundation materials is a preventive strategy to combat the corrosive effects of saline soils. various coatings, such as epoxy or zinc, act as a barrier, preventing salts from penetrating the material and deteriorating. these coatings are particularly effective at extending the life of steel foundation components, ensuring their strength in harsh soil conditions. designing foundations for saline soils requires a thorough understanding of the specific site conditions. on-site investigations should include soil testing to assess salt concentrations, soil structure, and moisture content. this data informs engineers about the severity of salinity conditions, allowing them to adapt foundation designs accordingly. in some cases, improvement techniques may be required soils, such as leaching or soil replacement, to reduce the salt content in the foundation area. sitespecific design takes into account the unique challenges associated with saline soils, providing a customized approach to foundation construction [12-18]. the growing field of foundation engineering has seen the emergence of innovative technologies designed specifically for saline soil conditions. electrokinetic stabilization, for example, involves the application of an electric field to the soil, reducing the salt content in it and increasing its load-bearing capacity [19]. this technology offers a sustainable and effective solution for stabilizing foundations in regions with saline soils. additionally, advances in geosynthetic materials have paved the way for the development of salt-resistant membranes that act as a barrier between the foundation and the surrounding soil. these membranes prevent salts from entering the foundation, maintaining its structural integrity. in the search for sustainable construction methods, holistic design approaches are being explored that go beyond mitigating the immediate problems associated with saline soils. green infrastructure, such as vegetation cover and permeable pavements, can play a role in managing soil salinity by promoting natural salt removal processes. integrating sustainable drainage systems into foundation designs helps maintain a balance between soil health and environmental protection [20-25]. conclusion design of foundations in saline soils requires an interdisciplinary approach combining geotechnical engineering, materials science and innovative technologies. researchers and engineers must collaborate to develop solutions that not only solve immediate problems but also promote resilience and resilience of structures in saline regions. as we continue to push the boundaries of design and engineering foundations, searching for structures that will work successfully in complex references 1. михеев в.в., петрухин в.п. о строительных свойствах засоленных грунтов, используемых в качестве оснований в промышленном и гражданском строительстве. -основания, фундаменты и механика грунтов, 1973, №1 2. geosynthedcs: applications, design and constroction. eurogeo 1 de groot, den hoedt & termaat (eds). rotterdam: balkema, 1996. 1066 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 3. van santvoort gerard р.т.м. геотекстиль и геомембраны в гражданском строительстве. роттердам: balkema, 1994. 4. koerner robert m. проектирование с использованием геосинтетических материалов / forth edition. prentice hall, 1998. 5. yunusaliyev e., makhsimov k., makhsimov k. horizontally loaded piles in saline soils //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 01048. 6. ibayevich m. q. design of foundations in extremely solid soils //texas journal of agriculture and biological sciences. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 11-15. 7. ibayevich m. k. b горизонтально загруженые сваи в засоленных грунтах //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1085-1092. 8. marupov a. et al. procedure and method of marking administrative-territorial boundaries on the basis of digital technologies //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03007. 9. akhmedov b. using the fundamentals of the theory of measurement errors in performing geodesic measurement and calculation works //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03012. 10. xakimova k. et al. theoretical and methodological issues of creating the “eco fergana” mobile application of tourist objects and resources of fergana region //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 05025. 11. ganiyev y. et al. examining the managerial structure and operational aspects of geodesy, cartography, and cadastre production //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03013. 12. eshnazarov d. et al. describing the administrative border of koshtepa district on an electronic digital map and creating a web map //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 03009. 13. abdurakhmanov a. a., mirzaakhmedov s. s. h. development of mechanism for cartographic support of regional development //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 11101118. 14. abduvakhabovich a. a., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. improving the method of mapping agriculture using remote sensing data //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1093-1100. 15. akhmedov b. m. methods of calculating function range calculations in accuracy assessment. evaluation of parametric determination of equation //texas journal of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 57-62. 16. turdikulov k. calculation of the stability of ground dam under seismic loads //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 452. – с. 02021. 17. abboskhonovich m. a. et al. processes of introducing the digital economy on irrigated land //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1126-1131. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 18. yusufovich g. y. et al. formation of a personal database of data in the creation of soil science cards in gis programs //central asian journal of theoretical and applied science. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 6. – с. 303-311. 19. valievich m. x., bakhodirjon o’g’li m. b. large-scale engineering and topographic plans //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1119-1125. 20. ganiyev y. y., murodilov k. t., mirzaakhmedov s. s. evaluating the precision of google maps in countryside regions //italy" actual problems of science and education in the face of modern challenges". – 2023. – т. 14. – №. 1. 21. yusufovich g. y., shavkat o‘g‘li s. y. cartographic resources used in the creation of electronic agricultural maps of fergana region //finland international scientific journal of education, social science & humanities. – 2023. – т. 11. – №. 3. – с. 1001-1009. 22. maxsimov k. durability of reinforced concrete piles in aggressive soil conditions //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 270-273. 23. ibaevich m. k. design of bases and foundations on saliny soils //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2023. – т. 21. – с. 267-269. 24. ashurov m., ravshanbek o‘g‘li r. r. research of physical and mechanical properties of basalt fiber concrete //european journal of interdisciplinary research and development. – 2023. – т. 17. – с. 12-18. 25. numanovich a. i., ravshanbek o'g'li r. r. basalt fiber concrete properties and applications //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2022. – т. 9. – с. 188-195. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org ways to write code on android devices sadikova munira alisherovna fergana branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi sadmunira77@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in today’s digital age, smartphones and tablets have become powerful tools for various tasks, including programming. android devices, with their versatility and accessibility, can be excellent platforms for coding on the go. whether you’re an experienced developer or just getting started, there are several ways to write code on android devices. in this article, we’ll explore different methods and tools that allow you to harness the potential of your android device for coding. write code, android devices, coding on android, ides for android, code editors, online ides, terminal apps, ssh on android, cloud-based development, android programming, developing on mobile devices, android code development. introduction in an era where our smartphones and tablets have become extensions of our daily lives, they can also serve as powerful tools for a diverse range of tasks, including the practice of programming. android devices, renowned for their versatility and accessibility, can be harnessed as capable platforms for coding while on the move. whether you’re a seasoned developer or just beginning your coding journey, this article delves into the myriad methods and tools at your disposal for writing code on android devices. navigating the world of android development opens doors to an array of opportunities. below, we will explore several approaches that allow you to unlock the full potential of your android device for coding purposes, providing a comprehensive overview of the available options. results: integrated development environments (ides) ides are the most robust and versatile tools for coding on android devices. these applications provide a complete development environment, including code editors, compilers, and debugging tools. some popular ides for android include: a. android studio: this official android development ide is feature-rich and tailored for android app development. it includes a code editor, emulator, and all the tools you need to create android apps. b. aide android ide: aide is a user-friendly ide designed for android that is available on the google play store. it supports java, c++, and other programming languages. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org c. termux: if you prefer to code in a unix-like environment, termux provides a full linux terminal on your android device. you can install various programming languages and development tools, making it a versatile choice for advanced users. code editors if you don’t need the full suite of features provided by an ide, you can opt for a code editor app on your android device. many code editors are available on the google play store, and some popular options include: a. visual studio code: microsoft’s visual studio code has a mobile version available. it offers a lightweight code editor with support for various programming languages and extensions. b. dcoder, compiler ide: this app provides a convenient code editor and compiler for over 50 programming languages, making it a good choice for learners and enthusiasts. c. quickedit text editor: although not specifically designed for coding, quickedit is a versatile text editor with features that make it suitable for coding tasks. online ides if you prefer not to install apps on your android device, you can use online integrated development environments. these web-based platforms enable you to write, compile, and run code from your mobile browser. examples include repl.it, codeanywhere, and jdoodle. terminals and ssh for those comfortable with command-line interfaces, using a terminal app on your android device can be a powerful way to write code. you can also use ssh to connect to a remote development server or your own computer, allowing you to code using your android device’s terminal. cloud-based development cloud-based development platforms like google cloud shell, aws cloud9, or gitpod provide a development environment accessible through a web browser on your android device. these platforms offer a seamless experience and are particularly useful when collaborating with a team. conclusion: coding on android devices has become increasingly convenient and accessible, thanks to a variety of tools and methods. whether you’re developing android apps or working on other coding projects, you can find an approach that suits your needs and experience level. choose the method that best aligns with your preferences and project requirements, and you can write code efficiently and effectively using your android device. as the world of mobile development continues to evolve, it’s important to stay informed about the latest tools and practices to make the most of your android programming experience. references: 1. shackelford, b., jankowski, j. (2016). information and communication technologies industries account for $133 billion of business r&d performance in the united states in 2013. national center for science and engineering statistics. nsf 2. kayumov a. et al. python dasturlash tilida rasmlar bilan ishlash. pillow moduli //research and implementation. – 2023. 3. kayumov ahror muminjonovich. (2023). methods of technological machinery monitoring and fault diagnosis. intent research scientific journal, 2(10), 11–17. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 4. зулунов р., каюмов а., садикова м. сравнение моделей качества программного обеспечения: налитический подход //мировая наука. – 2022. – №. 5 (62). – с. 75-78. 5. kayumov a., meliqo’ziyev m. java dasturlash tili talabalari uchun dasturiy ta’minotni ishlab chiqishning yangi metodologiyasi //research and implementation. – 2023. 6. kayumov a., musayev x., soliyev b. django ning sinov uchun veb server muhiti //research and implementation. – 2023. 7. kholmatov a. widely used libraries in the javascript programming language and their capabilities //intent research scientific journal. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 10. – с. 18-25. 8. kayumov a. m., maxamadjonov a. x. unveiling the evolutionary journey of artificial intelligence languages: a comprehensive analysis //pedagogs jurnali. – 2023. – т. 34. – №. 2. – с. 4-7. 9. mamatov a., zulunov r., sodikova m. application of variational grid method for the solution of the problem on determining mosture content of raw cotton in a drum dryer //the american journal of engineering and technology. – 2021. – т. 3. – №. 02. – с. 75-82. 10. sodikova m. mobil qurilmalar ishlab chiqish fanini o ‘qitishda sun’iy intellektning roli //research and implementation. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 79-83. 11. зулунов р., каюмов а., садикова м. сравнение моделей качества программного обеспечения: налитический подход //мировая наука. – 2022. – №. 5 (62). – с. 75-78. 12. konev y. b. et al. a kinetic model of multi-quantum vibrational exchange in co //journal of physics d: applied physics. – 1994. – т. 27. – №. 10. – с. 2054. 13. konev y. b. et al. calculation of the kinetics of a co laser allowing for multiquantum vv exchange //quantum electronics. – 1994. – т. 24. – №. 2. – с. 124. 14. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. использование методов биометрической аутентификации для защиты данных в компьютерных системах от несанкционированного доступа или нарушений //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36. 15. andreev s. n. et al. effect of collisions on the distribution of molecules with respect to vibrational levels of excited electronic states in a gas discharge //soviet physics-jetp. – 1992. – т. 74. – №. 6. – с. 923-932. 16. mirzakarimov b., qurbonov p. tibbbiyotda masofaviy ta’limni tashkil etishning didaktik ta’minotini yaratish texnologiyalari //research and implementation. – 2023. 17. xayitov a., mirzakarimov b. the use of biometric authentication techniques for safeguarding data in computer systems against unauthorized access or breaches //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 33-36 18. abdurasulova d. b. q., yakubov m. s. yuk oqimlarini boshqarishni tashkil etishning o’ziga xos xususiyatlari //academic research in educational sciences. – 2022. – т. 3. – №. 3. – с. 734-737. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 19. muminjonovich, hoshimov bahodirjon, and uzokov barhayot muhammadiyevich. "teaching children to programming on the example of the scratch program." eurasian scientific herald 9 (2022): 131-134. 20. samijonov a. et al. gradient method for determining non-informative features on the basis of a homogeneous criterion with a positive degree //iop conference series: materials science and engineering. – iop publishing, 2020. – т. 919. – №. 4. – с. 042011. 21. asrayev m. 0-tartibli bir jinsli funksionallar ko ‘rinishidagi sodda mezonlar uchun l informativ belgilar majmuasini aniqlash usullari //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 9-12. 22. urinboev abdushukur abdurakhimovich. (2023). the vital role of web programming in the digital age. journal of science-innovative research in uzbekistan, 1(6), 42–51. retrieved from https://universalpublishings.com/index.php/jsiru/article/view/1933 23. o’rinboev a. analyzing the efficiency and performance optimization techniques of react. js in modern web development //инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 24. – с. 54-57. 24. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q. kotlin dasturlash tilida korutinlar bilan ishlashni talabalarga o ‘rgatish //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 119-125. 25. musayev x., soliev b. public, protected, private members in python //потомки аль-фаргани. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 43-46. 26. musayev x. s., ermatova z. q., abdurahimova m. i. kotlin dasturlash tilida klasslar va ob’yektlar tushunchasi //journal of integrated education and research. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 126-130. 27. sh m. x., ms a. pythonda dastur yozish qoidalari //so ‘ngi ilmiy tadqiqotlar nazariyasi. – 2023. – т. 6. – №. 4. – с. 113-11 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org water reserves of water reservoirs of kashkadarya region and issues of their efficient use suyarkulov nizamiddin makhmatkulovich department of "social sciences" of shahrisabz state pedagogical institute geography teacher nizomiddin-suyarqulov@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article covers water resources of kashkadarya region reservoirs and their future use. the article also talks about economic mechanisms of using regional water reservoirs and issues of water saving. reservoir, water resources, water saving, economic mechanisms, irrigation. introduction today, with the increase in demographics, indicators, that is, the world population, the demand for food, clothing, electricity, industrial and agricultural products, which are important for the daily needs of humanity, has increased. causing it to increase every year. this, in turn, leads to the opening of new lands in different countries, the development of deserts, and the use of various land areas that have not been used in agriculture. one of the main issues is to provide these appropriated land areas with modern irrigation and irrigation systems for agricultural use. in order to efficiently and effectively use water resources, it is important to build various dams and reservoirs that store water. in our country, more than 50 water reservoirs are used today by various branches of agriculture and industry. reservoirs in kashkadarya and surkhandarya regions, which are the southern regions of our republic, also have their place in the irrigation system of our country, and are considered as one of the regions with the base of raw materials necessary for the economy of our country. therefore, the provision of water for terrestrial resources in this region is one of the urgent issues. predictions made by experts in the 20th century about water becoming the most expensive resource have begun to be proven today. after all, by 2030, there will be a shortage of 7 billion cubic meters of water in uzbekistan, and as a result, the country will fall into the ranks of 33 countries with a shortage of water, of course. this requires the rational use of water in agriculture, and the acceleration of the use of economical methods of irrigation [1]. the main part after we gained independence, many laws in the field of agriculture and irrigation were adopted by the first president of our country, i.a. karimov. our state paid special attention to the development american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org of water management in the first years of independence. the department of water resources balance and development of water-saving technologies was established in the ministry of agriculture and water management. today, water resources are managed with the help of 800 large hydrotechnical facilities, 54 reservoirs with a total capacity of 19.4 billion km3. many reservoirs of different sizes were built in uzbekistan in the second half of the 20th century, and they are mainly used to control the water regime of river waters and obtain energy. even today, their construction and operation are for the purpose of public drinking, leading to the design and construction of new water reservoirs. in order to use river water more efficiently, a number of reservoirs were designed and built in the territory of the central asian countries in recent years, and even today new such works continue in the region [2]. we can clearly see this in the table below (table 1). table 1 hydrographic indicators of reservoirs in central asia reservoirs reservoirs reservoirs water capacity (in millions of cubic meters) field (in km2.) average depth (on the account of m.) tokhtagul norin 19500 284 68,7 rogun vakhsh 12400 160 77,5 norak vakhsh 10500 98 107 tuyamoyin amudaryo 7300 790 9.2 chordara sirdaryo 5700 900 7.9 qayroqqum sirdaryo 4200 513 8.2 chorbog chirchiq 2000 40,3 50 andijon qoradaryo 1750 60 29.1 tolimarjon amudaryo 2530 77,4 19.8 todakol zarafshon 875 225 3.8 kattaqorgon zarafshon 845 83,6 10.1 south sukhon surkhandaryo 800 65 12.3 the data in the table is based on the textbook "natural geography of central asia" by p. baratov and others. president sh.m. mirziyoyev gave a number of specific instructions for the development of irrigation and improvement of the melioration of irrigated lands in 2018-2019, as well as 448 kilometers of irrigation canals, 5259 kilometers of irrigation network in our country. 3,636 hydrotechnical facilities, 495 pump irrigation wells, as well as 7,500 kilometers of collector-drainage wells, 13 reclamation pumping stations and 185 vertical drains need to be reconstructed and constructed. kamashi reservoir is located 4 km from the center of kamashi district. the reservoir basin was built above ground in the natural riverbed of shorchasoy. its height is 10 meters, the water collection area is 900 m in width. the circulation of the dam is 1500 m, the volume of water collection is 11 million m3. excess irrigation water from the yakkabogdarya and karabogdarya water sources is added to the qamashi reservoir, as well as water from small eastern mountain streams. in 1957-1962, under the leadership of chief architects a.v.petrov and g.i.prozorov, the "sredazgiprovodkhlopok" institute developed a technical project for the reconstruction of the "kamashi reservoir" in the yakkabog darya basin. after the project was approved in 1962, after the reconstruction of the qamashi reservoir, its water collection volume reached 16 million m3. the construction of the reservoir took five years. by the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org beginning of 1962, construction works were completed. the volume of water release of the reservoir is equal to 40 m3 per second, and the land areas irrigated due to it reach about 4 thousand hectares. in addition, in 1971, the water reservoir and irrigation canals in the working water system of yakkabog darya were cleaned and brought to normal condition. in addition, a construction project of the karabog flood reservoir was developed in the large riverbed of the upper kyzyldarya. based on this project, the construction of the karabakh flood reservoir was started [3]. the current stage of construction of the water reservoir dates back to the period after the second world war. reservoirs built from this period were not only used to regulate river water, develop energy, expand irrigation channels, supply cities and industrial regions with water, but also aimed to improve large natural objects and the ecological condition of regions, as well as recreational purposes. was created without the territory of kashkadarya region is not fully supplied with internal water sources. especially after 1960, the expansion of agricultural areas, i.e., the creation of many reserve and gray land development projects, created the need to search for new water sources. this, in turn, showed that it is possible to implement these works by building a reservoir. the first water reservoir in the region began to melt in the middle stream of kashkadarya. it was named chimkurgan and started working at full capacity in 1963. by this time, its total area covers an area of 44.4 km2. its total length is 15 km, the widest part is 5.5 km, and the deepest part is 30 m. the full water capacity of the reservoir is 500 million m3, of which 425 million m3 is used. in the period from 1967 to 1987 of the 20th century, 12 large, medium and small water reservoirs were built in order to rationally use internal water resources of kashkadarya region [4]. it is known that reservoirs organized in regions with a shortage of moisture, the rational use of water, first of all, the main attention is focused on irrigation purposes. we conducted research on the amount of water collected in the reservoir and its consumption during the period from 2017 to 2020 in 13 reservoirs of the kashkadarya region below (table 2). for the irrigation season of 2007, a limited amount of water (limit) of 42,681 million m3 was allocated in our republic. considerable work has been done on the protection of our surface and underground water resources and their rational use. goal 31 of the "new development strategy of uzbekistan for 2022-2026" dated january 28, 2022: "implementation of a separate state program on radical reform of the water resource management system and water economy" it is important that it has been read. construction of 7 new water reservoirs has been started in our country for the development of arid lands. in 2019, president sh.m. mirziyoyev's "congratulations on the day of agricultural workers" stated that the main attention will be paid to the development of dams by increasing the number of reservoirs in our country. he noted that the parkentsoy, kyzilsoy and toshtepa reservoirs were established in the tashkent region, and the karaman reservoirs were established in the jizzakh region. in addition, guldara and ayakchisoy reservoirs will be built in kashkadarya region, and bulung'ur reservoirs will be built in samarkand region. the total capacity of the reservoir is 45 million cubic meters. in order to improve the reclamation of irrigated lands, about 1.7 trillion soums (about 205 million dollars) from the state budget and 84 million dollars from international financial institutes will be allocated. in the next two years, the water supply of 1,200,000 hectares will be stabilized, about 1,700,000 cubic meters of water will be saved per year, and 600,000 hectares of land will be developed. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org table 2 amount of water collected in reservoirs in kashkadarya region in 2017-2020 № name of reservoirs the volume of collected water is million m3 2017year 2018year 2019year 2020year 1 talimarjon 214,4 213,5 233,9 298.2 2 chimqorgon 13.2 23.5 106.3 37.4 3 pachkamar 2 9 105.1 83.2 4 hisorak 9.5 16.5 65.2 36.9 5 qamashi 2.1 2.2 6 8.8 6 dehqonobod -----0.3 15.9 7 langar 0.7 0.1 2.5 5.2 8 qorabog 0.7 0.2 1 3.2 9 yangiqorgon 0.8 0.4 1.8 1.9 10 nogayli 0.4 0.3 0.4 1 11 qizilsuv 0.4 0.1 1.1 3.8 12 shorobsoy 0.1 --0.2 1.8 13 qalqama 0.2 0.1 0.0 2,4 total 244.3 265.8 523.8 499.7 the information in the table is compiled based on the information of the water management department of kashkadarya region. in this regard, the decision of the cabinet of ministers was adopted on "measures for the implementation of the ayakchi flood reservoir construction project in kitab district of kashkadarya region". according to the document, 16.8 million m3 was provided by the joint-stock company "uzsuvloyiha" as the main project organization. the technical and economic calculation of the project "construction of the ayakchisoy flood reservoir in kitab district of kashkadarya region" which envisages the construction of a flood reservoir with the size of the state unitary enterprise "kashkadaryosuvqurilishinvest" of the ministry of water management of the republic of uzbekistan has been appointed to implement the project, and the construction completion date is set for september 1, 2023. 95% of the reservoir is built on the river roads, and it poses a threat to the cities and villages, crops, various production and industrial enterprises around the area. for example, the "janubiy surkhan" reservoir with a water capacity of more than 800 million m3, which was built along the surkhondarya river road in surkhondarya region, is constantly used by the cities of kumkurgan, zharkurgan, termiz and it is responsible for the population and environment of the districts. because when no one expects natural disasters due to anthropogenic factors, it can be dangerous to flood the platform [5]. for example, due to the tragedy that occurred in the "sardoba" reservoir in the syrdarya region in may 2020, not only flora and fauna were damaged in this area, but thousands of settlements living here became unusable. therefore, it is in accordance with the goal of permanent protection of such dangerous artificial structures and the development of emergency prevention measures. the abovementioned situations, in turn, lead to the following changes in the natural conditions of places: lithological, hydrogeological, microclimatic, ecological conditions change, the soil affects the flora and fauna, and led to the formation of new anthropogenic landscapes. water is important for living american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org nature. among environmental problems, water pollution, lack of clean fresh water, and its salinity are extremely urgent problems. after all, water is a pledge of life, a guarantee of existence. at the same time, it is necessary to take care of water, to use it sparingly, become a habit at the level of a natural reflex for each of us. this situation is a social necessity as well as a condition of living. therefore, it is considered appropriate to form the ecological culture of students on the basis of deciding on a responsible approach to water and its use. table 3 in recent years, the legal and regulatory foundations of the protection of water resources and their rational use in the republic of uzbekistan (2020-2021 years) № date of establishment of legal and regulatory documents legal and normative bases 1 july 10, 2020 presidential decree "on approval of the concept of water management development in the republic of uzbekistan for 2020-2030" 14 december 11, 2020 presidential decree "on measures to accelerate the introduction of watersaving technologies in agriculture" 15 2021 year february 24 presidential decree "on approving the strategy of water resources management and irrigation sector development in the republic of uzbekistan for 2021-2023" 16 april 6, 2021 presidential decree "on measures to further improve the activities of the ministry of water management of the republic of uzbekistan" 17 april 6, 2021 presidential decree "on further improvement of the state management and control system in the field of water resources use and measures to ensure the safety of water management facilities" izoh: jadvaldagi ma’lumotlar n.m.suyarqulov tomonidan tuzilgan. conclusion spreading the geography of kashkadarya reservoirs in our region, studying all the processes and events related to their activity, identifying and analyzing their characteristics with the geographical environment, and determining their practical and scientific significance is both a natural and an economic urgent issue. the construction and use of water reservoirs took on a mass dimension in the 20th century and rose to a planetary level. this was mainly due to the economic and social nature of their use. on the one hand, reservoirs are one of the factors of economic development (the population's need for water, a source of energy, agriculture, transport), on the other hand, they have become one of the landscape-ecological factors and have manifested their negative impact on nature. (waterlogging, salinization, submergence of large areas, diseases, changes in flora and fauna). this is related to the geography, water capacity, area, and shape of reservoirs. the concept of water management development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2020-2030 and the strategy of water resources management and irrigation sector development of the republic of uzbekistan for 20212023, in general, these documents are implemented within the framework of the tasks defined in the concept and strategy there is no doubt that the ongoing works will serve to improve the efficiency of water saving year by year. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. tilovov t., tilovova n. ecology of life. against: "nasaf" nmiu, 2022. 292 p. 2. shotorayev t., baratov p. artificial lakes of central asia. t.: "science", 1972. 3. husankhojayev z.kh. hydrotechnical facilities. t.:, 1978. 432 p. 4. "voice of uzbekistan" no. 20, may 18, 2022, (32,714) 5. shuls v.l., masharipov r. "hydrography of central asia" t.: "teacher", 1969. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org advancing understanding of introduced amaranth medicinal plants: morphobiological features, application innovations, and pest investigations yuldasheva shokhista associate professor, department of zoology and general biology, fergana state university, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: shodiyevamubina97@gmail.com gulbakhoroy shodieva master’s degree student, department of zoology and general biology, fergana state university, fergana, republic of uzbekistan e-mail: shodiyevamubina97@gmail.com mohidil abduvalieva student of the department of food technology, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: hojialiqurbonov413@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents a comprehensive exploration of introduced amaranth medicinal plants, focusing on their morphobiological properties, innovative applications, and advancements in pest research. amaranth species have garnered increasing attention in recent years due to their medicinal properties and nutritional value. through a synthesis of scientific literature and research findings, this paper offers insights into the morphobiological characteristics of introduced amaranth species, including their morphology, anatomy, and physiological traits. furthermore, the article delves into recent scientific innovations in the application of amaranth medicinal plants. from traditional medicinal uses to modern pharmacological applications, amaranth species have demonstrated promising therapeutic potential in various health conditions. the paper highlights emerging trends and breakthroughs in the field, shedding light on novel formulations, dosage forms, and therapeutic approaches. in addition to exploring the medicinal properties of introduced amaranth species, this article examines recent advancements in pest research related to amaranth cultivation. pests pose significant challenges to amaranth production, affecting yield, quality, and sustainability. amaranth, insect, beet sap, morphobiology, control measures, medicinal plants, application innovations, pest research, therapeutic potential, crop resilience. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org by elucidating the biology, behaviour, and management strategies of key pests, researchers have developed innovative approaches to mitigate pest damage and enhance crop resilience. introduction 577 of the 4230 species of plants in our country are medicinal plants. the amaranth plant, which belongs to the "gultojikhoroz" class, is a unique medicinal plant known in our country since ancient times. during the time of abu ali ibn sina, it was used to treat skin diseases (for example, measles, red rash, etc.). there is information about the widespread use of amaranth in the treatment of cuts and wounds, halitosis and other diseases [1-3]. the word amaranth is derived from the ancient russian slavic words "mara (amrita) death", and "a denial" and means "denial of death" or "eternity". in greek, "amáranthos" is formed by adding the prefix "a negation" and the words "maraíno to wither" and "anthos flower", literally meaning "flower that does not fade". (dried amaranth keeps its shape for 3-4 months). in ancient slavic medicine, amaranth was used as an anti-ageing agent. central american peoples incas and aztecs, ancient etruscans and hellenes also considered it a sign of eternal life [4-8]. amaranth later spread around the world to north america, india and asian countries, reaching china. currently, it is widely popular as a cereal and vegetable plant among the mountain people of india, pakistan, nepal and china. this plant, which has been cultivated in european countries, such as russia and ukraine, is widely used in medicine, cooking, cosmetology, industry, agriculture and other sectors of the national economy. it is also grown as an ornamental plant in some countries for its colourful flowers and leaves. it has 65 varieties and more than 900 species. in the past, amaranth was grown mainly as an ornamental crop in our country. the red amaranth variety called "gultokhoroz", reminiscent of a rooster's crown is widespread in our country [9]. the main part to date, 19 varieties of amaranth have been introduced in local conditions, and the varieties "uzbekistan-m", "andijan", "marhamat", "ulug'nor" based on the varieties of amaranth kharkovskiy1, helios, ultra and lera by the method of natural selection was created, it was recognized as a selection achievement, a patent was ordered under these names, and the relevant patents were issued. possibilities of amaranth cultivation on degraded lands with high salinity and ultimately the dynamics of decreasing soil salinity are being tested in practice [10-13]. the reduction of the salinity level of the earth, and the fact that it creates enough opportunities for the cultivation of other technical plants, also shows the economic efficiency of this plant [14-17]. the beet aphid (aphis fabae scopoli) was first mentioned in 1763 by the italian naturalist da scopoli in his "carniolic entomology". later it was recorded in western and eastern europe, asia, africa, and north and south america. bean aphid in russia for the first time ak mordvilko in 1987. several russian, soviet and foreign scientists devoted their works to the study of various aspects of his life activity. the insect is distinguished by the fact that it is highly harmful to its host plants, and it is polyphagous; it damages 35 types of cultivated and wild plants belonging to 14 families. it also feeds on amaranth, corn, potatoes, sorghum, hemp, beans, squash, tomatoes, and alfalfa. the growth of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org infected plants slows down, the leaves are deformed, rolled into a tube and turned yellow. the weight of sugar beet roots can be reduced by 20-69%, tops by 20.4-23.7%, and sugar content by 0.7-1.7%. the loss of seed yield in beet planting can reach 85%. when large colonies of bean weevils feed on beans, bean number can be reduced by 43%, grain yield by 54.5%, and 1000-grain weight by 23.7% (figure 1). figure 1. beet juice beet leaf aphid primarily damages the inner, young leaves, causing them to curl and curl; this leaf curling occurs around the aphid colonies on the underside of the leaves. as the number of aphid colonies increases, the damage increases, especially in dry conditions. they form a wingless aphid, up to 2 mm long, completely black or dark green with short antennae and lighter-coloured legs. sometimes, some people develop white spots on the top of their abdomen. this usually happens when the wings develop. the aphid usually lives on the underside of the leaf and reproduces very quickly. later generations, i.e. winged forms of the disperser, but mostly wingless individuals, breed in the summer. in autumn, winged forms emerge and fly to winter host plants, where they become wingless females. later, winged males emerge and fly to winter houseplants to mate. in mild winters, the beet leaf aphid can survive the entire winter on its host host plants. figure 2. the affected part of the leaf in addition to beets, the beet aphid damages about 200 species of plants belonging to the legume family, asteraceae, solanaceae, squash, etc. the body of wingless virgins is 2-2.5 mm long, ovoid, greenishbrown or black with a waxy coating. a binary life cycle. preimaginal development occurs in 8-15 days. in april, a mass hatching of larvae occurs from the eggs, producing parthenogenetic females. they american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org live 40-52 days, and the fertility of one individual is 25-30 larvae. it feeds on leaves, producing two generations mainly on the undersides and flower parts of the primary host. from mid-may, it transitions to a secondary host (sugar beet, beans, broad beans, vetch, potatoes, and other cultivated and wild plants). migration takes 8-15 days. by this time, beets already have 3-4 true leaves. the insect feeds on the underside of the leaves along the veins and forms large colonies. by the end of july, when the beets are ripe and coarser, the object will be transferred to the weed plants. control measures mainly in agrotechnics: weed control; compliance with agrotechnical technology of crop cultivation; and timely forecasting of the time and abundance of pests. the main condition for preventing the appearance of bean aphids in crops prone to damage is the correct agricultural technology in perennial cultivation. first of all, it is not necessary to follow crop rotation and plant the same type of plants for several years in a row. at the end of the season, it is necessary to completely clean the area of old seedlings, dig them up, apply fertilizers and insecticides. spring softening of the soil is also useful for future planting. references 1. шодиев д. а. у., нажмитдинова г. к. к. а. специфические аспекты производства продуктов питания //universum: технические науки. – 2021. – №. 3-2 (84). – с. 91-94. 2. dilshodjon s., hojiali q. importance of food colorings in the food industry //universum: технические науки. – 2022. – №. 11-8 (104). – с. 23-25. 3. шодиев д. а. значение биологических количеств микроэлементов растениями //formation of psychology and pedagogy as interdisciplinary sciences. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 9. – с. 297-301. 4. шодиев д. а. у., курбонов х. а. ў. перспективы использования пищевых добавок в пищевой промышленности //universum: технические науки. – 2022. – №. 5-7 (98). – с. 2426. 5. шодиев д. а. у., расулова у. н. к. значение амарантового масла в медицине //universum: технические науки. – 2022. – №. 1-2 (94). – с. 69-72. 6. shodiev d., haqiqatkhon d., zulaykho a. useful properties of the amaranth plant //researchjet journal of analysis and inventions. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 11. – с. 1-4. 7. shodiev d., hojiali q. medicinal properties of amaranth oil in the food industry //interdisciplinary conference of young scholars in social sciences. – 2021. – с. 205-208. 8. шодиев д. а., нажмитдинова г. к. пищевые добавки и их значение //universum: технические науки. – 2021. – №. 10-3 (91). – с. 30-32. 9. холдаров д. м., шодиев д. а., райимбердиева г. г. геохимия микроэлементов в элементарных ландшафтах пустынной зоны //актуальные проблемы современной науки. – 34. 2018. – №. 3. – с. 77-34. 10. kholdarov d. et al. on general characteristics and mechanical composition of saline meadow saz soils //конференции. – 2021. 11. dilshodjon s., hojiali q. nutritional value of food supplements and their impact on the body //universum: технические науки. – 2022. – №. 12-7 (105). – с. 32-35. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 12. dilshod s., hojiali q., gulbakhoroy s. biological properties of medicinal plant amaranth and its significance in the food industry //universum: технические науки. – 2023. – №. 3-5 (108). – с. 19-21. 13. dilshod s., hojiali q. chemical analysis of amaranth oil and its beneficial properties //universum: технические науки. – 2023. – №. 2-6 (107). – с. 29-30. 14. dilshod s., hojiali q., mohidil a. the value of compounds that change the color of food raw materials and finished products //universum: технические науки. – 2023. – №. 4-7 (109). – с. 52-54. 15. dilshod s., hojiali q., mohidil a. features of the use of valuable natural food dyes in the food industry //universum: технические науки. – 2023. – №. 5-7 (110). – с. 56-58. 16. shodiev d. a., abduvalieva m. a. biological research of local medicinal plants used in animal feeding in agriculture //biologiyaning zamonaviy tendensiyalari: muammolar va yechimlar. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 4. – с. 687-689. 17. shodiev d., abduvalieva m. the value of amaranth food additives in the food industry //texas journal of agriculture and biological sciences. – 2023. – т. 23. – с. 67-71. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org economic initiatives of the new uzbekistan: investments, partnerships, and development khojalepesov polat zinatdinovich associate professor, nukus branch, samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology mirzabaeva ulzada quwanishbaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology muratbeva sabira bekmurzaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article sheds light on the current state of economic development in uzbekistan and its strategic initiatives in attracting foreign investments, developing technological sectors, and modernizing infrastructure. key directions of economic policy are discussed, such as the development of priority investment projects, digital transformation, and the enhancement of transportation infrastructure. uzbekistan, economic development, foreign investments, technological innovations, infrastructure projects, digital transformation, transportation infrastructure, global partnership. introduction the new uzbekistan is a dynamically growing country that is modernizing all sectors without exception. by installing reform efforts in each sphere, it prioritizes the interests of its people, expands international economic partnerships, and actively engages in global trade and cooperation processes. the country is trusted and confidently invested in. the powerful drivers of these processes are summits, forums, and high-level dialogues, which allow for the identification of new directions in international and bilateral partnerships. tashkent, in particular, has once again become the epicenter of events of special significance. these days, the capital is hosting participants of the third tashkent international investment forum – a key event not only for the new uzbekistan but also for the region as a whole. each participant can find points of intersection of interests, study specific investment cases, discuss the latest trends in dozens of different spheres, and consider advantageous prospective offers. moreover, this is an excellent opportunity to present uzbekistan's potential as a country that, amidst american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org economic turbulence globally, continues to demonstrate stable growth, evolving into a true investment hub in central asia. at the plenary session of the third tashkent international investment forum held in the capital congress, the president of the republic of uzbekistan, sh. mirziyoyev, personally participated. the event also saw the participation of the vice president of the republic of turkey, the speaker of the parliament of singapore, the prime minister of kyrgyzstan, the minister of energy of saudi arabia, the president of the european bank for reconstruction and development, the deputy secretarygeneral of the united nations, the president of the international development fund of opec, and others. the plenary session was moderated by the world-renowned british journalist and cnn correspondent, richard quest. overall, over two and a half thousand foreign guests from ninety-three countries attended. initiated by the president of the republic of uzbekistan, the international forum over the past 3 years has become an effective platform for expanding bilateral and multilateral investment cooperation, discussing the most pressing issues, and developing advanced ideas and approaches to address them. at the beginning of his speech, the head of our state welcomed the session participants, noting that the twofold increase in the number of participants compared to the first forum is an important indicator of success and testifies to the increased authority and demand for this format. it was noted that today's events are taking place against the backdrop of heightened systemic problems in global politics and the world economy, risks, and threats to sustainable development. deep transformational processes are taking place in the global order, and the instability of the situation clearly indicates disruptions in the supply chain of goods and services, a decline in international trade, a reduction in investment flows, and an intensification of climate change. the president of our country emphasized that over the past three years, global economic growth has slowed down, and the expectations of the growth trend in foreign direct investment are not being met. for example, in 2023, the total volume of investments in developing countries decreased by 9%. "of course, we understand well that there is serious competition for investors in the world today," sh. mirziyoyev said. however, it is becoming increasingly evident that one immutable truth remains: no country can address such acute problems alone. "the spirit of trust and respect, the principle of mutual support, remain a solid foundation for long-term cooperation," noted the leader of uzbekistan. enumerating decisive steps towards a radical improvement of the investment and business environment, he emphasized that in our country, barriers along this path are gradually being eliminated. a comprehensive reform is being implemented to ensure that every investor feels free and confident. as a result, over the past years, the country's economy has doubled, with a growth rate of 6% last year, and the inflation rate has decreased to 9%. trade turnover indicators are steadily increasing, maintaining stability in the exchange rate of currency and foreign exchange reserves. over the past years, over 60 billion dollars of foreign investments have been attracted, with more than 14 billion dollars in funds from international financial institutions allocated to the social sphere and infrastructure development. just last year, the volume of investments almost doubled. the launch of over 300 investment and industrial projects with major companies and brands such as aqua power, masdar, total eren, wal taliya, çalik, and aksa in energy; air products, indorama, and incos in the chemical industry; aran and danieli in mining and metallurgical industries; byd, kia, and samsung in automotive and electrical engineering; köch, knauf in the construction industry has american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org been notably highlighted with great satisfaction. this has resulted in the creation of hundreds of thousands of new jobs. within the framework of the current forum, new large-scale projects will be initiated with industry leaders such as linde, rascol, datavolt, banapharm, paşa holding, and other partners. the decisions made and the work carried out towards further economic liberalization, creating a favorable investment climate, and expanding opportunities for conducting business were emphasized. this includes preferences for foreign investors in dividend tax, strengthening legal foundations, expanding privatization programs, implementing entrepreneur sustainability ratings, developing industrial zone infrastructure, and implementing a transparent land allocation system. additionally, plans are underway to extend project implementation conditions based on public-private partnerships to the social sphere and infrastructure. work on harmonizing national legislation as part of efforts to join the world trade organization for fair dispute resolution is gaining momentum. the tashkent international arbitration center is functioning, and a national strategy to combat corruption until 2030 is being developed. another important indicator for investors is that over the past 7 years, higher education coverage has increased from 9 to 42%. the number of higher educational institutions has exceeded 200. uzbekistan operates a visa-free regime for travel to more than ninety countries. "our goal is to make uzbekistan a reliable and long-term partner for foreign investors," stated the president of uzbekistan. the state guarantees the development of market relations, reliable protection of investor rights, further improvement of a favorable investment and business environment, the creation of broader opportunities and conditions for fair competition, ensuring the inviolability of private property, and the independence of the judicial system. all these principles are firmly entrenched in the new constitution adopted in last year's nationwide referendum. the leader of uzbekistan outlined a number of specific proposals aimed at strengthening investor rights protection. in particular, in accordance with wto rules and standards, a draft investment law has been developed. the country's first international commercial court will soon begin its operations. the introduction of a completely new industrial zone activity system will create even more favorable conditions for high-tech investment projects. in this context, it is proposed to simplify all restrictions on the duration of special economic zone activities and extend the land lease term to foreign investors from the current 25 to 49 years. overall, within the framework of uzbekistan's 2030 strategy, the goal is to double per capita income by 2030 and rank among countries with above-average income levels. in his address, the head of our state emphasized priority areas for expanding mutually beneficial cooperation with foreign investors. firstly, green energy and increasing energy sector efficiency were highlighted as crucial for the entire region. currently, 28 projects are being implemented in this direction, with the goal of creating over 20 gigawatts of renewable energy capacity by 2030 and increasing its share in the energy balance to 40%. large wind and solar energy facilities are being developed in collaboration with strategic partners. work has also begun in the field of green hydrogen. just last year, together with companies like masdar, gejuba, and china energy, we launched large wind and solar power stations with a capacity of 1.4 gigawatts. additionally, during the forum, projects for the joint construction of hydroelectric power stations in neighboring kyrgyzstan and tajikistan will be presented, emphasizing that these projects are implemented based on public-private partnerships. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the leader of our country invited leading companies from all countries to engage in open dialogue and practical cooperation. secondly, in the banking and financial sector: as a result of reforms in uzbekistan, the number of private banks has increased, leading european banks have entered our market, and a range of digital banks has emerged. an agreement on the privatization of one of uzbekistan's large banks, asakabank, was signed with the european bank for reconstruction and development during the forum. active processes of transformation and privatization of other major banks are underway with international financial corporations and asian development banks, approaches to capital market development are being revised, and international financing instruments are being developed. thirdly, among the priorities for mutually beneficial partnership is the joint development of mineral resources. uzbekistan possesses vast reserves of mineral resources and critical metals. there is significant potential in gold, copper, tungsten, silver, uranium, and over 30 rare earth metals. strategic cooperation with the european union in the field of critical raw materials has been established. the president of our country announced the development of similar agreements with the usa and the uk and invited leading companies to partnership in the field of deep processing of strategic raw materials and value chain creation. the adoption of a minerals law based on international experience will also give new impetus to development. fourthly, digital transformation of the country: over the past years, the export of it services and software products has doubled. the goal is to reach an export volume of five billion dollars. the head of state highlighted the opportunities for foreign investors to participate in the implementation of promising it projects, including the development of digital solutions for the economy, ai technology integration, and the establishment of green data centers. special attention was paid by the president of uzbekistan to the development of transportation infrastructure. radical reforms are underway in the railway sector, providing ample opportunities for private investors in the construction of highways and high-speed railways. projects for the development of existing and construction of new international airports are being prepared. it was noted that work has begun with foreign partners on the construction of railways such as china-kyrgyzstanuzbekistan and uzbekistan-afghanistan-pakistan, which will fundamentally change the geo-economic landscape of the region and turn central asia into a global transit hub, connecting the north and south, east and west. uzbekistan invites investors and international organizations to participate in these major regional projects. investments are the engine of transformation for our country and a strong driver of economic development. in conclusion, the head of our state expressed confidence that the investment forum and the favorable negotiations taking place during it will elevate practical cooperation to an entirely new, even higher level. references 1. sarah johnson and michael anderson "advancing economic growth: strategies and international collaborations" journal: "global economic review" 2023, issue: volume 12, econlit. pg: 67-74 2. lyubimov i.l., yakubovsky i.v. strukturnaya transformation i otraslevaya proizvoditelnost: uchet napravleniy eksporta v indexe ekonomicheskoy slojnosti // jurnal novoy ekonomicheskoy assotsiatsii, (3 (47)), (2020). 12–39 str. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 3. р.хафизов, л.алиева "трансформация экономического ландшафта узбекистана: вызовы и возможности", жур: вестник экономической интеграции и развития; 2020, стр. 45-51 4. khojalepesov p.z., sarsenbaev i.e., madetova n.m. “new directions of regulation of entrepreneurship development in the new uzbekistan” american journal of research in humanities and social sciences issn (e): 2832-8019 volume 7, | dec., 2022, pg: 57-60 5. khojalepesov p.z., sarsenbaev i.e., madetova n.m. “achieved results of businesses in uzbekistan in exporting their products” european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies ejjmrms, issn: 2750-8587, volume 03, issue 01, pg: 33-37. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 15, | aug., 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org method as an object of the invention mekhmonov kambariddin miradkhamovich, professor of tashkent state university of law, phd qambariddin@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the context of work on the draft of a new edition of the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan, the relevance and scientific novelty of the legal regulation of the method as an object of invention are determined. the role and significance of the method of invention is argued. the method is considered as an object of invention, which may give rise to certain exclusive rights. various grounds for recognition and legal protection of the method of invention are analyzed. considered are not only the essence of the method of invention, but also the features of the method of invention for patentability. the conclusion is formulated about the definition of the invention method, the process of performing interrelated actions on a material object using material means. and also, to characterize the methods, such signs as the presence of an action or a set of actions are used; the order in which such actions are performed in time (successively, simultaneously, in various combinations, etc.). proposals are formulated regarding the method as an object of invention, on the improvement of civil legislation in the field of intellectual property. method of invention, invention, protectability, object of intellectual property rights, exclusive rights, patentability, features of the method of invention. introduction today, intellectual property objects, which are important for technical and technological development, are of no small importance. although not everyone wants to protect the created new technologies as an object of intellectual property rights, there are certain legal bases and legal mechanisms that should be improved taking into account the development of society. the discovery in 1620 in the netherlands of methods for grinding glass to make lenses played a decisive role in technological development. at that time, a whole industry was born, not only of making microscopes for doctors and telescopes for astronomers (and astrologers), but mainly of making spectacles to help – in some cases enable – dutch citizens to read the books produced by the printing house1. 1 robert u. ayres the history and future of technology. can technology save humanity from extinction? https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-71393-5. 107-с. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-71393-5 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org in the australian patent law, the concept of "invention" means "any method of new production that is the subject of a patent. in the case of pfizer inc. v the commissioner of patents (2004)" a court in new zealand ruled a treatment unpatentable under the statute of 1623. the treatments were held to be an invention that was excluded from patentability under s. 6 of the 1623 statute. the court also noted that the provisions of the 1623 statute were not overridden by new zealand's obligations under the trips agreement. the court clarified the scope of the commissioner's right to dismiss an application on the grounds that it is generally inconvenient and held that treatments fell within that scope.2. ii. research methodology the study used the general scientific method of cognition, a number of private scientific methods of research, such as logical, systemic, comparative law. iii. literature review the material presented in the educational literature is of a general nature. this topic is covered in the works of domestic scientists, such as karakhodzhaeva d.m. [4-14], burkhanova l.m. [13, 14-42], sharakhmetova u.sh. [43-50], egamberdiev e.kh. [51-65], yeschanova d.a. [66-69], mekhmonov k. [70-84] and others. according to article 6 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on inventions, utility models and industrial designs”, a technical solution in any field related to a product (in particular, a device, substance, microorganism strain, plant or animal cell culture) is recognized (protected) as an invention or method (the process of performing actions on a material object with the help of material means). also, one should pay attention to the important aspect that, as an invention, a technical solution is protected, including the use of a product or method for a specific purpose. for an invention related to a method, the examples indicate the sequence of actions (techniques, operations) on a material object, as well as the conditions for carrying out actions, specific modes (temperature, pressure, etc.), devices, substances and strains used in this case, if it's necessary. if the method is characterized by the use of means (devices, substances and strains) known before the priority date of the invention, it is sufficient to disclose these means in such a way that the invention can be carried out. when using unknown means, give their characteristics and, if necessary, attach a graphic image. methods as objects of inventions include the processes of performing actions on a material object with the help of material means. the legislator distinguishes between two main types of objects, which may include protectable technical solutions: a product (in particular, devices, substances, strains of microorganisms, plant or animal cell cultures) and a method (the process of performing actions on a material object using material means). scientists conducted a study according to which, more than 200,000 patents in search of solutions and analysis of methods for their creation. of these, only 40,000 had inventive solutions. otherwise, there were minor improvements. the scientist defined an inventive problem as a problem in which a 2 https://www.piperpat.com/page/listing/pfizer-inc-v-commissioner-of-patents-ca-22-03-28th-june-2004/important-nzcases#.zbftv3zbyuk american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org change in one parameter contradicts another parameter (or other parameters) of a product or process and called this conflict a systemic contradiction.3. as the number of design applications around the world is growing rapidly, many are concerned that the current locarno classification system is insufficient to support prior art search and data management. for this reason, many patent offices are willing to establish advanced design patent classification systems instead of ad hoc methods for entering dual country classifications.4. at the same time, the subject of the invention may be a method for obtaining an artificial product that is identical to a natural analogue (technology for the production of table salt or artificial diamonds). a patent on a method of producing such a product will extend to the product itself (“indirect protection of a product through a method”)5. cannot be considered inventive solutions achieved solely through the physical or intellectual efforts of a person (method of training, rule of the game, teaching method), organizational and managerial decisions, including those in the field of entrepreneurial activity (methods of planning, financing, marketing, etc.). iv. discussion and analysis if you pay attention to the legislation of ukraine, the legal regulation of the process of acquiring and exercising rights to an invention and utility model is carried out on the basis of a number of laws and regulations, incl. of the civil code of ukraine, the law of ukraine "on the protection of rights to inventions and utility models" dated december 15, 1993 (the law), as well as international legal treaties, incl. the paris convention for the protection of industrial property of march 20, 1883, the patent law treaty of june 1, 2000 (geneva), the agreement on trade aspects of intellectual property rights, etc. the civil code of ukraine indicates only the general principles of legal regulation6. in china, article 69 of the patent law provides that the following shall not be considered patent infringement: “(1) after a patented product or a product directly obtained using a patented method is sold by the patent owner or sold by any unit or individual with the permission the patentee, any other person uses, offers to sell, sells or imports this product"7. with regard to business methods, applications relating to business models that include a technical function in addition to business rules or methods will comply with the patent requirements under the new guidelines. as with software inventions, the new rules don't open the door wide open for all kinds of business methods, but they do open up a window of opportunity for a business method patent in china. according to zy partners analysis, it should become more common for any examiner 3 isak bukhman. technology for innovation how to create new systems, develop existing systems and solve related problems. shanghai jiao tong university press and isak bukhman 2021. springer. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-1041-7. 3-с. 4 jieun kim, buyong jeong, daejung kim. patent analytics transforming ip strategy into intelligence. //springer. singapore, january 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-98116-2930-3. 33-с. 5 гражданское право: учебник в 4 т. /отв. ред. е. а. суханов. -2-е изд., перераб. и доп. москва: статут, 2019. 320б. 6 https://pravo.ua/articles/obektom-izobretenija-mozhet-byt-produkt-ili-process-v-ljuboj-sfere-tehnologii/ 7 patent law of the people’s republic of china (promulgated by the standing comm. nat’l people’s cong., dec. 27, 2008, effective oct. 1, 2009) cn028 (china). see also yu (2004), pp. 25–38. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-1041-7 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org rejection of business method patent applications to focus on lack of novelty or inventive step relative to prior art, rather than outright rejection of the subject matter as ineligible for patent protection.8. for the purposes of patent protection, a method is understood as a sequence of interrelated operations on material objects using material means. the fundamental difference between a method and a product is that a method is always a process that takes place in the time interval allotted for it, which is sometimes called the “cycle” of the method. many patents have been issued for software related to business methods. for example, in the famous state street bank v. signature has been recognized as patentable "data processing system for the configuration of financial services with a central and central branches" (for example, mutual fund pooling). regarding amazon's online payment system was also found patentable in amazon v. barnesandnoble9. alice v. cls bank was concerned with patents for a computer-implemented "settlement risk" mitigation scheme using a third-party intermediary. the patents were assigned to alice and their validity and applicability were challenged by the bank. in response, alice filed a claim for infringement of rights. there were several claims in the patents, including: (1) a method for exchanging financial obligations; (2) a system for carrying out the method; (3) a computer-readable medium containing program code for executing the method. the central question was whether these objects were patentable10. the patent claims are by far the most important part of the description of a patent and determine the legal scope of patent protection. for example, in the claims, the term "battery" is replaced with "power source" for electronic circuits to provide broader protection. on the other hand, too little detail about the elements may cause the prior art to be invalidated (e.g. remote control method vs. remote control method and system based on electromagnetic induction)11. the claimed method, which simply required a general computer implementation, failed to turn an abstract idea into a patentable invention. the computer components of the patent method did not add anything that would not have been there when the steps were considered separately. the assignee's claims for a computer system and a computer-readable medium were dismissed on essentially the same grounds. vicom has made demands regarding the digital imaging method and associated devices. the board of appeal of the european patent office ("epo") held that "[a] application relating to a technical process which is carried out under the control of a program (whether by means of hardware or software) cannot be considered as relating to a computer program as such "and" a claim that can be considered as relating to a computer configured to operate in accordance with a specific program (whether by means of hardware or software) to control or perform a technical process cannot be considered as relating to a computer program as such"12. 8 https://ipwatchdog.com/2017/03/03/china-relaxing-barriers-software-business-method-patents/id%3d79017/ 9 amazon.com v. barnesandnoble.com, 239 f.3d 1243 (2001). 10 alice corp. v. cls bank international. https://www.lexisnexis.com/community/casebrief/p/casebrief-alice-corp-ptyltd-v-cls-bank-int-l 11 jieun kim, buyong jeong, daejung kim. patent analytics transforming ip strategy into intelligence. //springer. singapore, january 2021. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-98116-2930-3. 41-с. 12 yahong li. the current dilemma and future of software patenting. //international review of intellectual property and competition law volume 50, pages 823–859 (2019). https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s40319-01900841-w https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-981-16-2930-3 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s40319-019-00841-w#auth-yahong-li https://link.springer.com/journal/40319 https://link.springer.com/journal/40319 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org “abstract ideas that make an object unpatentable are thoughts of the mind that have no practical application to any physical objects or real actions and any technical results, including, but not limited to mathematical concepts, ways of organizing human activity and mental processes.” the main difference between the mathematical method and the technical process can be seen in the fact that the mathematical method is carried out on numbers and gives a result also in numerical form, and the mathematical method is only an abstract concept that prescribes how to act on numbers. and not giving a direct technical result as such. in contrast, if a technical process uses a mathematical method (in this case, an optimization function) (in this case, assigning a server from a set of servers to process a client request), this process is performed on a physical object using some technical means that implements the method and provides as a result of a certain change of this object. in practical life, methods are understood as various technological processes, and therefore an integral part of each method is the presence of a process, technology in it. without this technology, a patentable method simply does not exist. an indication of the process, technology makes it possible to distinguish a method from another type of invention a device. in each method, there is necessarily an object on which certain actions are performed in the technological process. in addition, any method presupposes the presence of material means by which these specific actions are performed in the technological process. thus, the presence in the technological process of an object on which actions are performed, and the means by which these actions are carried out, constitute the mandatory attributes of the method. in practice, there are three groups of patentable methods: 1) technological processes aimed at material objects (raw materials, materials, intermediate products, production products, etc.) with the aim of their useful transformation by processing and processing raw materials and semi-finished products into finished products and products, i.e. aimed at the manufacture of products; 2) methods aimed at changing the state of objects of the material world without obtaining specific products (management, regulation, transportation, etc.); 3) methods for determining the state of objects of the material world (control, measurement, diagnostics, etc.)13. patentable methods are the second largest group of inventions after devices. obtaining a patent for a method has advantages over obtaining a patent for a device. this is due to the fact that a patent for a method protects a greater amount of rights, since the scope of the invention can be expressed more broadly by the features of the method. and despite this, when applying for a patent, applicants prefer to apply for a device. if you pay attention to the statistics, in 2019, 272 applications were received for utility model objects in the republic of uzbekistan, and 341 in 2020. in 2019, 216 applications for state examination and 217 applications for substantive examination were received. in 2019, 181 national applications, 197 international applications were registered, and in 2020 107 national applications, 2 international applications14. in practice, the number of methods registered with the department of intellectual property under the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan is much less than devices, although it is not explicitly indicated in the statistics. 13 цилюрик у.с. патентование способа как объекта изобретения: вопросы теории, правоприменительной практики и совершенствования законодательства. //"журнал суда по интеллектуальным правам", № 2 (36), июнь 2022 г., с. 71-82. 14 https://my.ima.uz american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org in 2021, the number of registered inventions increased by 7.2% compared to last year and amounted to 298 inventions. the share of national applicants is 67.79%, the share of foreign applicants is 32.21%. dynamics of filing applications for inventions by years 15 index 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 total applications submitted, total of them: 553 650 543 588 665 2999 national applicants 357 470 374 356 413 1970 foreign applicants 196 180 169 232 252 1029 including under the pct procedure 185 157 153 203 225 923 we think that the reason lies in the possibility of more effective control over the fact of using the invention the device, than the methods. indeed, the fact of illegal use by third parties of the device can be controlled both in the field of production in the manufacture of devices, and in the field of its application, including sale. the fact of using the method can be controlled only in the area of its use, which is not always possible to determine. of the three groups of methods listed above, the methods of the first group are more often protected. the legal protection of such inventions has a specific feature. it lies in the fact that, in accordance with paragraph 10 of the law, the effect of a patent issued for such a method also applies to a product directly obtained by this method. thanks to this feature, the ability to control the use of the patented method by third parties is expanded. methods belonging to the second and third groups are much less common due to the difficulty of establishing the fact of their illegal use. among foreign applicants, the most active applicants were from the following countries: russia (53), usa (51), germany (27), china (16); in general, these countries account for 58.74% of applications submitted by foreign applicants. in total, in the reporting year, foreign applicants filed applications for inventions from 32 countries, in 2020 from 28 countries. number of valid patents of the republic of uzbekistan for inventions as of december 31, 2021y.16 valid as of december 31, 2020 1159 inventions registered in 2021 298 ceased in 2021 189 reactivated in 2021 51 valid of 12/31/2021 1217 15 https://my.ima.uz/uploads/files/yillik_hisobot_2021.pdf 17-с. 16 https://my.ima.uz/uploads/files/yillik_hisobot_2021.pdf 20-с. https://my.ima.uz/uploads/files/yillik_hisobot_2021.pdf https://my.ima.uz/uploads/files/yillik_hisobot_2021.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the distribution of applications received by headings of the international patent classification (ipc) remains unchanged the trend of patenting activity by applicants in two sections of the ipc remains: a "satisfying the vital needs of a person" 34.5% of applications and c "chemistry and metallurgy" 26.2 % of applications (see diagram 3.1.1). moreover, if national applicants prefer the section related to meeting the vital needs of a person 39.5% of the total number of applications filed by national applicants, then foreign applicants section c "chemistry and metallurgy" 37% of the total number of applications received from foreign applicants. in germany, in order to protect the interests of the growing german chemical industry, there is the following rule: “if a patent is issued for a method, then its effect also applies to products manufactured by this method”17. features characterizing the method. any object of the invention is characterized by features that can characterize the method as the object of the invention. these features include: 1. the presence of an action or a set of actions. the presence of actions is understood as technological operations and techniques that determine the main stages of the process. the presence of operations and techniques gives a general idea of all the cycles of the method from the beginning of its implementation to the end. if there are no actions in the description of the method, such a method cannot be implemented. therefore, the presence of actions in the characteristic of the method is mandatory. 2. the order in which such actions are performed in time (successively, simultaneously, in various combinations). listing actions in the description of the method without indicating their relationship, as a rule, does not allow such a method to be implemented. if the method includes several actions, then it is necessary to know the relationship of these actions in time, i.e. know which actions are performed sequentially one after another, which ones are performed simultaneously. changing the order in which actions are performed may result in the process not being able to be carried out. conditions for the implementation of actions: mode; the use of substances (raw materials, reagents, catalysts, etc.), devices (devices, tools, equipment, etc.). the conditions for the implementation of actions include: modes (for example, time, temperature, pressure, speed), specified limits (for example, stretch to a plastic state), parameters (for example, magnetic, electric and other fields) and other characteristics of actions (for example, frequency or the length of electromagnetic waves, energy, power, etc.) constituting the method; the use of certain substances (raw materials, materials, etc.), without which it is impossible to perform the actions that make up the method; the use of certain devices (devices, tools, equipment), without which it is impossible to perform one or another action included in the method. v. conclusion national legal doctrine and international doctrine (n. imomov, o. okyulov) recognize as an invention a technical solution of a substance and a method used in industry. there are differences of the invention as a method. we believe that the technical solution should be recognized as an invention in relation to a method used not only in industry, but also in agriculture. 17 афанасьев д. основные положения современного патентного права: предпосылки формирования и развития. //журнал зарубежного законодательства и сравнительного правоведения. 2021. 91-104. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org if the object of the invention is a method, then it is possible to restrict the use of the method, as well as any actions associated with a product that can be obtained by a patented method (article 28 of the trips agreement). each method necessarily contains operations (techniques) that are interconnected with each other. therefore, we consider it appropriate to provide for the following in the law: the method includes the process of performing interrelated actions on a material object using material means. to characterize the methods, in particular, the following features are used: the presence of an action or a set of actions; the order in which such actions are performed in time (successively, simultaneously, in various combinations, etc.); conditions for the implementation of actions, mode, use of substances (raw materials, reagents, catalysts, etc.), devices (devices, tools, equipment, etc.), strains of microorganisms, plant and / or animal cell lines. biliography 1. бурханова л. м. вопросы совершенствования правового регулирования нематериальных благ как особого объекта гражданского права в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан. – 2021. 2. бурханова л. м. механизм возмещения убытков физическим и юридическим лицам в связи с изъятием земельных участков для государственных и общественных нужд по законодательству республики узбекистан //vii international correspondence scientific specialized conference" international scientific review of the problems of law, sociology and political science". – 2018. – с. 5-9. 3. бурханова л. м. и др. история возникновения долевого строительства. особенности возникновения договора долевого участия в строительстве //o'zbekistonda fanlararo innovatsiyalar va ilmiy tadqiqotlar jurnali. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 8. – с. 472-477. 4. дм караходжаева, лм бурханова. вопросы регламентации института вещных прав в сфере проводимых в узбекистане инновационных преобразований. учетно-аналитические инструменты исследования экономики региона, 243-248. 5. караходжаева д. инновационные решения в сфере института права собственности и иных вещных прав залог осуществления либерализации экономики //review of law sciences. – 2018. – №. 3. – с. 55-59. 6. дм караходжаева общие вопросы гражданско-правовой ответственности юридических лиц в республике узбекистан international conferences, 2022 7. караходжаева д. новые механизмы защиты частной собственности как основа улучшения инвестиционного климата //обзор законодательства узбекистана. – 2019. – №. 1. – с. 34-35. https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5708249947180878305&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5708249947180878305&btni=1&hl=ru american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 8. караходжаева д. м., бурханова л. м. особенности осуществления реформ частной собственности на землю в республике узбекистан //science and education. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 5. – с. 1083-1096. 9. караходжаева д. м., темирова н. с. гражданское право //общая часть. ташкент: укитувчи. – 2008. 10. караходжаева д. особенности исполнения договоров в условиях covid-19: основные риски и правовые механизмы их преодоления //review of law sciences. – 2020. – т. 5. – №. спецвыпуск. – с. 44-48. 11. karahodjaeva d. innovative solutions in the field of the institute of property rights and other real rights–the key to the liberalization of the economy //review of law sciences. – 2018. – т. 2. – №. 3. – с. 11. 12. садуллаев к., караходжаева д. крипто активы как объект гражданских прав и их оборотоспособность //общество и инновации. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4/s. – с. 66. 13. mamirovna k. d. on the issue of the formation of the concept for the reform of civil law regulation of property rights and other property rights in the republic of uzbekistan //eurasian research bulletin. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 51-57. 14. бурханова л. м. доверительное управление как институт обязательственного права: особенности национального регулирования на примере гражданского законодательства республики узбекистан //ex jure. – 2019. – №. 4. – с. 34-52. 15. бурханова л. договор лизинга по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: особенности правового регулирования //общество и инновации. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1/s. – с. 387-395. 16. бурханова л. м. особенности правового регулирования правоспособности физических лиц по гражданскому законодательству республики узбекистани некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //эволюция российского права. – 2019. – с. 143-149. 17. .бурханова л. вопросы правоприменения института общей совместной собственности на примере общей совместной собственности супругов //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 3. 18. бурханова л. м. правовое регулирование договора о возмездном оказании услуг по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан и некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2013. – №. 4 (22). 19. бурханова л. м. правовое регулирование договора о возмездном оказании услуг по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан и некоторые вопросы его совершенствования //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2013. – №. 4 (22). – с. 132-137. 20. mariusovna b. l. some features of the application of the norms of international private law to civil-legal relations to regulate obligations due to harm (delicate liabilities) //eurasian research bulletin. – 2023. – т. 16. – с. 58-67. 21. дм караходжаева, лм бурханова вопросы регламентации института вещных прав в сфере проводимых в узбекистане инновационных преобразований учетно-аналитические инструменты исследования экономики региона, 243-248 https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 22. лм бурханова нормативно-правовое регулирование обеспечение занятости в республике узбекистан: особенности национального регулирования //материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социально-трудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социально-экономических исследований дфиц ран. – 2019. – с. 118-120. 23. бурханова л. м. защита средств индивидуализации в сетях интернет посредством доменных имен. – 2019. 24. бурханова л. м. особенности правового регулирования договора лизинга по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: вопросы применения и совершенствования //ex jure. – 2019. – №. 1. 25. бурханова л. м. механизм возмещения убытков физическим и юридическим лицам в связи с изъятием земельных участков для государственных и общественных нужд по законодательству республики узбекистан //vii international correspondence scientific specialized conference" international scientific review of the problems of law, sociology and political science". – 2018. – с. 5-9. 26. бурханова л. м. особенности законодательного регулирования института финансирования под уступку денежного требования в республике узбекистан в условиях рыночных отношений: вопросы применения и совершенствования //li international correspondence scientific and practical conference" international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education". – 2018. – с. 83-85. 27. бурханова л. м. правовая характеристика частной собственности отдельных видов юридических лиц в условиях перехода республики узбекистан к рыночным отношениям //вестник пермского университета. юридические науки. – 2010. – №. 2. – с. 88-98. 28. бурханова л. м. и др. история возникновения долевого строительства. особенности возникновения договора долевого участия в строительстве //o'zbekistonda fanlararo innovatsiyalar va ilmiy tadqiqotlar jurnali. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 8. – с. 472-477. 29. бурханова л. м. преимущества и недостатки болонского процесса как структурного направления реформирования высшего юридического образования в республике узбекистан на примере преподавания модуля курса «гражданское право» в ташкентском государственном юридическом университете //социальное партнерство в образовании: опыт, инновации, развитие. – 2021. – с. 37-44.бурханова, л. м. (2021). преимущества и недостатки болонского процесса как структурного направления реформирования высшего юридического образования в республике узбекистан на примере преподавания модуля курса «гражданское право» в ташкентском государственном юридическом университете. in социальное партнерство в образовании: опыт, инновации, развитие (pp. 37-44) 30. бурханова л., матвеева л., ачилова л. особенности правового регулирования гендерного равенства: международный и национальный аспект (теория и практика применения) //актуальные проблемы гуманитарных наук. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 6-12. https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:eqolee2rzwmc american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 31. бурханова л. м. вопросы совершенствования правового регулирования нематериальных благ как особого объекта гражданского права в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан. – 2021. 32. бурханова л. новые подходы к определению понятий нематериальные блага в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 21-29. 33. бурханова лейла новые подходы к определению понятий нематериальные блага в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан // review of law sciences. 2020. №4. url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/novye-podhody-k-opredeleniyu-ponyatiy-nematerialnyeblaga-v-proekte-novoy-redaktsii-grazhdanskogo-kodeksa-respubliki-uzbekistan 34. караходжаева д. м., бурханова л. м. особенности осуществления реформ частной собственности на землю в республике узбекистан //science and education. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 5. – с. 1083-1096. 35. вопросы регламентации института вещных прав в сфере проводимых в узбекистане инновационных преобразований. дм караходжаева, лм бурханова. учетно-аналитические инструменты исследования экономики региона, 243-248 36. бурханова л. новые подходы к определению понятий нематериальные блага в проекте новой редакции гражданского кодекса республики узбекистан //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 4. – с. 21-29. 37. лм бурханова нормативно-правовое регулирование обеспечение занятости в республике узбекистан: особенности национального регулирования. материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социально-трудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социально-экономических исследований дфиц ран. 2019. с. 118-120. 38. бурханова л. м. заключение, изменение и прекращение договора энергоснабжения по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: правовое регулирование и вопросы совершенствования //вестник полоцкого государственного университета. серия d, экономические и юридические науки. – 2019. 39. бурханова л. м. заключение, изменение и прекращение договора энергоснабжения по гражданскому праву республики узбекистан: правовое регулирование и вопросы совершенствования //вестник полоцкого государственного университета, серия d. экономические и юридические науки. – 2021. – т. 1. – №. 6. – с. 146-154. 40. бурханова л. особенности правового регулирования и применения договора аренды по гражданскому законодательству республики узбекистан //review of law sciences. – 2018. – №. 4. – с. 19-25. 41. burkhanova, l. m. . (2022). based on the definition of civil advantages of individuals: questions of theory and practice. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(1), 159–168. извлечено от https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejar/article/view/328 42. бурханова л. м., эгамбердиев э. х. семейное предпринимательство в республике узбекистан как способ разрешения социальноhttps://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/novye-podhody-k-opredeleniyu-ponyatiy-nematerialnye-blaga-v-proekte-novoy-redaktsii-grazhdanskogo-kodeksa-respubliki-uzbekistan https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/novye-podhody-k-opredeleniyu-ponyatiy-nematerialnye-blaga-v-proekte-novoy-redaktsii-grazhdanskogo-kodeksa-respubliki-uzbekistan https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=aztnou8aaaaj&citation_for_view=aztnou8aaaaj:ufrvopgsrksc https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://scholar.google.ru/scholar?oi=bibs&cluster=5767024685642136924&btni=1&hl=ru https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejar/article/view/328 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org экономических проблем в условиях рыночной экономики //материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социальнотрудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социальноэкономических исследований дфиц ран. – 2019. – с. 121-123. 43. шарахметова у. issues of improving the regulation of circumstances preventing marriage in family law //юридик фанлар аҳборотномаси. – 2017. – №. 2. – с. 50-53. 44. шарахметова у. правовое регулирование брачных отношений //iasaýı ýnıversıtetіnіń habarshysy. – 2020. 45. шарахметова у. ш. ота-оналик ҳуқуқидан маҳрум қилиш жавобгарлик чораси сифатида //журнал правовых исследований. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. 12. 46. шарахметова у. ш. никоҳдан ажралишнинг айрим муаммолари //журнал правовых исследований. – 2020. – №. special 4. 47. шарахметова у. issues of improving the regulation of circumstances preventing marriage in family law //юридик фанлар аҳборотномаси. – 2017. – №. 2. – с. 50-53. 48. шорахметова у. ш. никоҳ тузиш шартларига риоя қилмаслик оқибатларини белгиловчи қонунчиликни такомиллаштириш муаммолари (проблемы усовершенствования законодательства, устанавливающего последствия невыполнения условий заключения брака) : дис. – ташкент, 2009. 49. dilorom k., burkhanova l., sharakhmetova u. features of determining the legal status of legal entities in the draft new version of the civil code of the republic of uzbekistan and the need to introduce new institutions in the legislation: theoretical developments and proposals //european journal of molecular & clinical medicine. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 2151-2161. 50. у.шарахметова вопросы совершенствования регулирования обстоятельств, препятствующих заключению брака в семейном законодательстве // review of law sciences. 2017. №1. 51. реймова з., эгамбердиев э. вопросы определения понятия правовой культуры //вестник каракалпакского государственного университета имени бердаха. – 2014. – т. 23. – №. 2. – с. 99-102. 52. матирзаев у., эгамбердиев э. жокаргы кенес–высший законодательный орган республики каракалпакстан //вестник каракалпакского государственного университета имени бердаха. – 2014. – т. 23. – №. 2. – с. 86-90. 53. эгамбердиев э. конституция республики каракалпакстан– фундамент демократического правового государства //вестник каракалпакского государственного университета имени бердаха. – 2016. – т. 31. – №. 2. – с. 103-106. 54. эгамбердиев э. х. расторжение брака в судебном порядке в республике узбекистан: проблемы и пути совершенствования законодательства //журнал юридических исследований. – 2020. – т. 5. – №. 1. – с. 65-74. 55. эгамбердиев э. х., кутлымуратов ф. расторжение брака в органах загс при взаимном согласии супругов //хабаршысы. – 2019. – т. 4. – с. 103. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 56. эгамбердиев э. х. особенности расторжения брака в органах загса по заявлению одного из супругов по семейному законодательству республики узбекистан: вопросы теории и совершенствования //юридический мир. – 2020. – №. 6. – с. 37-42. 57. эгамбердиев э. х. актуальные проблемы семейного права республики узбекистан //хабаршысы. – 2017. – с. 119. 58. бурханова л. м., эгамбердиев э. х. семейное предпринимательство в республике узбекистан как способ разрешения социальноэкономических проблем в условиях рыночной экономики //материалы vii международной научно-практической конференции «актуальные проблемы социальнотрудовых отношений», посвященной 60-летию основания института социальноэкономических исследований дфиц ран. – 2019. – с. 121-123. 59. эгамбердиев э. х. расторжение брака в системе оснований прекращения брака //лебедева надежда анатольевна–доктор философии в области. – 2019. – с. 34. 60. эгамбердиев э. х. понятие брака и семьи: вопросы определения и совершенствования законодательства //журнал правовых исследований. – 2020. – №. special 2-2. 61. эгамбердиев э. х. правовой и статистический анализ проблем ранних браков в республике узбекистан //синтез науки и образования в решении глобальных проблем современности: сборник статей по итогам международной научно-практической конференции (саратов, 24 августа 2021 г.).-стерлитамак: ами, 2021.-178 с. – 2021. – с. 152. 62. эгамбердиев э. х. вопросы расторжения брака по канонам исламского права //zbiór artykułów naukowych recenzowanych. – с. 22. 63. эгамбердиев, э. 2022. институт примирения супругов по законодательству республики узбекистан. общество и инновации. 3, 7/s (авг. 2022), 259–273. doi:https://doi.org/10.47689/2181-1415-vol3-iss7/s-pp259-273. 64. эгамбердиев, э. х. правовые вопросы осуществления торговли объектами виртуального мира за реальные денежные средства / э. х. эгамбердиев // инновационные научные исследования в современном мире: теория, методология, практика : сборник научных статей по материалам vii международной научно-практической конференции, уфа, 31 января 2022 года. – уфа: общество с ограниченной ответственностью "научноиздательский центр "вестник науки", 2022. – с. 100-105. – edn cwwbaw. 65. эгамбердиев э. х. вопросы заключения и расторжения брака по священной книге зороастрийцев «авесте» //развитие концепции современного образования в рамках научно-технического прогресса. – 2020. – с. 19-23. 66. eshchanova d. actual problems of legislation of the development of internet insurance in uzbekistan //tsul legal report international electronic scientific journal. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1. 67. dauletbike ametbekovna eshchanova. (2022). improving civil law in investment activity insurance in the republic of uzbekistan. world bulletin of social sciences, 13, 16-21. 68. eshchanova, d. . (2021). innovative implementation of investment insurance in the republic of uzbekistan. the american journal of political science law and criminology, 3(06), 109–115. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajpslc/volume03issue06-16. https://doi.org/10.37547/tajpslc/volume03issue06-16 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 15, aug., 2023 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 69. ametbekovna e. d. actual problems of legislation of the development of internet insurance in uzbekistan //tsul legal report. – 2020. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 69-72. 70. мехмонов к. м. особенности правового режима цифровых прав //журнал правовых исследований. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. 1. 71. mehmonov k. m., musaev e. t. legal regime of digital rights //ilkogretim online. – 2021. – т. 20. – №. 3. – с. 1683-1686. 72. мехмонов к. м. саноат мулки объектларини ҳуқуқий муҳофаза қилишнинг доктринал асослари //журнал правовых исследований. – 2021. – т. 6. – №. 4. 73. нуруллаева а., мехмонов к. спорт соҳасида агентлик шартномасининг муҳим шартлари хусусидаги қонунчилик ва корпоратив нормалар таҳлили //общество и инновации. – 2021. – т. 2. – №. 4/s. – с. 46-51. 74. мехмонов к. м. вопросы правового регулирования отношений, связанных с информационно-коммуникационными технологиями //review of law sciences. – 2020. – №. 1. – с. 75-78. 75. miradhamovich m. k. some legal issues of using artificial intelligence in jurisprudence //review of law sciences. – 2019. – т. 1. – №. 7. – с. 41-45. 76. мехмонов к. м. компьютерный вирус как источник повышенной опасности //право и жизнь. – 2016. – №. 5-6. – с. 104-119. 77. musaev e. t., mehmonov k. m. features of sports contract on the example of the republic of uzbekistan //european journal of molecular & clinical medicine. – 2020. – т. 7. – №. 2. – с. 6292-6310. 78. mekhmonov k. issues of legal regulation of relations related to information and communication technologies //review of law sciences. – 2020. – т. 4. – №. 1. – с. 17. 79. мехмонов к. м. правовое регулирование инвестиций в сфере информационно-коммуникационных технологий //правовые основы становления и укрепления российской. – 2019. – с. 30. 80. мехмонов к. м. искусственный интеллект как объект интеллектуальной собственности. – 2019. 81. мехмонов, к. м. некоторые особенности договоров, связанных с информационнокоммуникационными технологиями / к. м. мехмонов // international scientific review of the problems of law, sociology and political science : collection of scientific articles. xi international correspondence scientific specialized conference, boston, 28–29 ноября 2019 года / editor: emma morgan. – boston: problems of science, 2019. – с. 54-62. – edn gjvarr. 82. мехмонов к. гражданско-правовая защита базы данных по законодательству зарубежных стран //review of law sciences. – 2018. – №. 1. – с. 54-57. 83. mehmonov q. a. сivil legal protection of a database according to the legislation of foreign countries //review of law sciences. – 2018. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 11 84. mekhmonov, k. the legislative framework and the principles of civil-law regulation of relations connected with the computer programs and databases in the republic of uzbekistan / k. mekhmonov // theoretical & applied science. – 2017. – no 3(47). – p. 23-28. – doi 10.15863/tas.2017.03.47.5. – edn yjgkuz. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 16, | sep., 2023 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org methods of using modern technologies of teaching in the primary class samatova mubarak guldu teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about the methods of using modern technologies of teaching in the primary class and provides feedback on the role and importance of these modern technologies in improving educational efficiency. at the same time, pedagogok also touched on the analysis on the content of the reference of each educator to modern technologies in the process. again, issues related to the importance of information technology in the work of improving and ensuring educational efficiency and the procedure for the application of information technology in the elementary grades were also considered. base words and phrases: technology, information technology, pedagogical technology, masala, educational effectiveness, pedagogical, pedagogical process. . introduction there are several ways to use modern technology in teaching in elementary grades. some examples include: 1. interactive whiteboards: these large touchscreens allow teachers to incorporate multimedia content into their classes, making it more interesting for students. 2. educational applications and software. there are many educational apps and software that provide interactive learning experiences and can be used on tablets or computers. 3. online educational resources: teachers can use online platforms that offer educational resources such as videos, interactive lessons and activities. 4. multimedia presentations. teachers can incorporate multimedia elements such as video, picture, audio into their presentations to further develop the training. 5. collaborative online tools. online platforms and tools can be used to facilitate collaboration among students, allowing them to work together on projects or share ideas remotely. these are only a few examples, and the use of modern technology in primary school education can vary depending on the specific needs and resources of the school. in today's digital age, modern technologies have become invaluable tools in enhancing teaching and learning experiences in elementary grades. mastering these technologies can shape inclusion, creativity, and critical thinking among young learners. the following are several ways to effectively use modern technology when teaching in elementary grades. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 1. interactive whiteboards: interactive whiteboards are large displays that allow teachers to design and interact with educational content. they allow teachers to include multimedia elements in their classes, such as video, image, interactive activities. these visual and tactical exercises help to attract the attention of students and increase understanding of various concepts. 2. educational applications: using educational apps on tablets and computers can turn learning into an interactive and enjoyable experience. many applications provide primary education separately, covering a wide range of topics from mathematics and science to language learning and creativity. these apps offer interesting content, adaptive learning experiences, and instant feedback, allowing students to learn at their own pace. 3. collaborative online platforms: online platforms designed for collaborative learning allow students to work together on projects, share ideas, and provide peer feedback. these platforms encourage student participation, communication and teamwork. through the use of such platforms, teachers can enhance social interaction in the classroom and establish collaborative problem-solving skills among students. 4. virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar): through the use of vr and ar technologies, elementary students can experience virtual tours, study historical landmarks, and interact with 3d models of different disciplines. these immersive experiences help bring abstract concepts back to life, making learning more interesting and memorable. 5. digital assessment and feedback tools: digital assessment tools allow teachers to electronically create and evaluate assignments, save time, and provide immediate feedback. in addition, online platforms can track student progress, providing insight into their strengths and areas that need to be improved. this data-driven approach helps to personalize education, allowing teachers to adapt guidelines to the needs of individual students. conclusion: the absorption of modern technologies into primary school education has the potential to revolutionize traditional educational methods, making learning more interactive, fun and effective. using tools such as interactive whiteboards, educational apps, collaborative online platforms, vr / ar, and digital assessment tools can increase student participation, critical thinking, and creativity. as technology continues to evolve, it is crucial that schools support these advances to prepare young learners for the digital world. elementary school education lays the foundation for the child's academic journey. integration of modern technology into teaching methods can increase mergers, interactivity, and learning outcomes. methods of using modern technologies in effective education in primary classes are as follows: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 16, sep., 2023 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 1. interactive whiteboards and projectors: interactive whiteboards and projectors allow teachers to create dynamic and visually beautiful lessons. they can display multimedia content, including video, painting, and interactive activities, to make learning more fun and interactive for young learners. 2. educational apps and software: using educational apps and software designed specifically for elementary school subjects can make learning more fun and interactive. these apps provide games, quizzes, and interactive exercises that seamlessly connect classroom teaching and strengthen concepts in a cheerful way. 3. online learning platforms: online learning platforms offer rich educational resources for elementary students. teachers can use these platforms to assign interactive lessons, videos, and educational games that students can access and complete at their own pace. these platforms also provide opportunities for evaluation and progress tracking. 4. collaborative tools: elementary students can benefit from collaborative tools that promote teamwork and communication skills. online platforms and applications such as shared documents, interactive whiteboards, discussion forums, allow students to collaborate on projects and assignments, form a sense of teamwork, and facilitate peer learning. 5. digital storytelling tools: digital storytelling tools allow students to create and share their stories using multimedia elements. these tools encourage creativity, storytelling development, and digital literacy skills. readers can include text, images, audio, and video to bring their stories back to life. 6. virtual field trips: virtual field trips give students the opportunity to explore places and experiences beyond the scope of the lesson. using virtual reality (vr) or augmented reality (ar) tools, students can visit museums, historical sites, or even travel to different parts of the world, immersing themselves in interactive educational experiences. 7. online assessment and feedback: digital assessment tools can simplify the process of assessing student development and providing timely feedback. online quizzes, interactive assessments, and digital portfolios allow teachers to provide personal feedback to monitor student activities, identify areas of skill development, and support learning. it should be noted that the integration of technology must be targeted and consistent with the curriculum. providing proper training and access to the necessary technology infrastructure for teachers is essential for successful implementation. elementary teachers can create an interesting learning environment through the use of modern technologies, form digital literacy skills, prepare their students for a technology-based future. references 1. f.i. mardonova. boshlang‘ich sinflarda ta’lim-tarbiyani takomillashtirish. toshkent: 1998 yil. 2. www.ziyonet.uz. 3. www.kitobxon.com http://www.ziyonet.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org features of development of light industry in uzbekistan shahlo tursumatova assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan shaxzoda erkinova student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the purpose of the article is to review the foreign practice in the development of the light industry and to determine its features. the head of state defined the problem of ensuring the competitiveness of our country's enterprises as the most important direction of the political strategy. the modern international policy of uzbekistan is aimed at integrating the country into the world economic community. ensuring the competitiveness of enterprises in the conditions of economic globalization is a factor that determines their security and the economic security of the state in general. the republic's membership in the wto (world trade organization) in the near future requires the development of competitive industrial production, including light industry. light industry, development, practice, production, economy, tools, industry. introduction the current stage of state development is characterized by the adoption of a new political direction aimed at creating a competitive economy in rapidly changing market conditions [1,2]. the modern international policy of the country is aimed at integrating the country into the world economic community. ensuring the competitiveness of enterprises in the conditions of economic globalization is a factor that determines their security and the economic security of the state in general. the republic's accession to the wto in the near future requires the development of competitive industrial production, including light industry [3,4,5,6]. the light industry plays a significant role in the economy of every country, as it is a significant source of budget funds and has a large export potential. the state of light industry affects the economic and strategic security of the country. the socio-economic importance of this network is determined by the fact that it plays a major role in ensuring the employment of the able-bodied population, especially women, and affects people's health. light industrial products are used in all areas of human activity and are second only to food in terms of consumption [7,8,9]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org the light industry is one of the leading sectors of the world economy. its distinctive feature is constant growth due to the constant increase in demand for the product. therefore, light industry has become a raw material sector of the economy in developed countries, and a priority sector in developing countries. in many countries, this sector makes up a significant part of the state budget, provides employment, raises the standard of living and reduces social tension [10,12]. materials and methods in the study of global trends in the light industry, the author identified the following characteristics of the industry: − in the last two decades, the centre of production moved to asia and south america, gradually displacing the usa and western europe; − in many countries, the development of light industry at the initial stage is associated with active support from the state; − the light industry is traditionally referred to as labour-intensive production, but recently it has become more knowledge-intensive. programs developed in many countries include direct state support for industry, preferential tax policy, customs regulation, support for enterprises operating for export, creation of production infrastructure and improvement, and promotion of technological modernization, including the creation of an integrated industrial chain with a closed network. the production cycle from the acquisition of raw materials to the production and sale of the finished product [12,13,14]. foreign experience shows that achieving competitiveness in the light industry is the result of a comprehensive development strategy. our research has shown that there are two main directions of state support for the competitiveness of enterprises: 1. import substitution policy. within this direction, the state is creating favourable conditions for the operation of our country's enterprises, strengthening control over unfair competition, strengthening customs control to prevent the import of counterfeit products, etc. 2. export promotion. the state is creating the interest of local manufacturers to export highly processed goods. this is mainly the relevant customs and tariff policy. the state can provide assistance in concluding contracts with foreign partners, organizing the participation of local enterprises in foreign exhibitions, etc. references 1. asanov g., nabixonov m., safarov i. oʻzbekistonning iqtisodiy va ijtimoiy geografiyasi.– t.: oʻqituvchi,– 1994.– 209 b. 2. ziyadullaev s. k., lapkin k. i. va boshqalar. o‘zbekiston ishlab chiqaruvchi kuchlari va ularning keyingi rivojlanish istiqbollari – t.: fan,– 1986.– 307 b. 3. soliyev a. s. o‘zbekiston geografiyasi. t.: universitet,– 2015.– 403 b. 4. ro‘zmetov d., bobojonova u. respublika yengil sanoat sanoati, tarmoqlararo komplekslar. geografiya va globallashuv: nazariya va amaliyot, xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy konferensiya). andijon. 2016. b. 355– 359. 5. information of the statistics committee of the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 6. odiljonovich, t. q. (2021). about automation of loading and unloading of cotton raw materials at cotton factory stations. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 11(10), 2068-2071. 7. сидиков, а. х., махмудова, г., каримов, а. и., & саримсаков, о. ш. (2021). изучение движения частиц хлопка и тяжёлых примесей в рабочей камере пневматического очистителя. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (83)), 51-56. 8. каримов, н. м., абдусаттаров, б. к., махмудова, г., & саримсаков, о. ш. (2021). пневматическая транспортировка хлопка-сырца на хлопкозаводах. in инновационные подходы в современной науке (pp. 61-70). 9. ubaydullaev, m. m., & makhmudova, g. o. (2022). medium fibre s-8290 and s-6775 cotton agrotechnics of sowing varieties. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(05), 49-54. 10. o'g'li, t. u. d. u., & qizi, b. m. n. (2022). verification of the values obtained based on the theoretical analysis of the working details of the crusher in the program “solidworks”. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(10), 222-229. 11. ergashov, y., babayeva, m., & akhmedov, a. (2023). new regenerator design for regeneration of raw cotton voles from non-ginned seeds. academia science repository, 4(04), 32-35. 12. sharipjanovich, s. o. umarali og, td, & qizi, bmn (2021). current state and analysis of equipment for cleaning and selection of seeds. international journal of progressive sciences and technologies, 29(2), 337-342. 13. husanboev, s. (2023). exploring agrotourism models: integrating socio-economic diversity in rural development. european journal of economics, finance and business development, 1(8), 39-47. 14. zikirov, m. c., qosimova, s. f., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). direction of modern design activities. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(2), 11-18. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org influence of foliar nutrition on the formation of the crop structure kh. muydinov, associate professor andijan regional branch of the institute of ssar k. juraeva, assistant, andijan institute of agriculture and agritechnologies muydinovxoshimjon@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents data on the speed and quantity of formation of a free crop structure when using organomineral fertilizers when caring for sunflowers and corn. at the same time, the most optimal results in the formation of sunflower and corn crop elements were achieved using combinations of the preparations ecogum bio, ecosil + ecogum af + polybor and ecosil + ecogum complex + ecogum fc + polybor. biostimulator, biological product, ecogum bio, hydrohumate, ecosil ve 50 l/ha, ecogum af, ecogum complex, ecogum fc, polybor, immunoact corn, sunflower, nitrate. introduction leading scientific centers and higher education institutions around the world are conducting research on the use of effective organomineral fertilizers in crop nutrition, primarily to achieve the production of environmentally friendly agricultural products by reducing the annual rates of mineral fertilizers by 20-40 percent, while simultaneously developing productive land use technologies aimed at increasing crop yield and soil fertility, norms, timing and methods of applying organomineral fertilizers and biostimulants for high-yielding varieties, and effective crop rotation systems. based on this, one of the urgent issues in agriculture is the correct selection of organomineral fertilizers suitable for the soil and climatic conditions of a particular region in the effective use of land, the creation and implementation of scientific foundations for the use of organomineral fertilizers in crop nutrition while reducing the norms of mineral fertilizers in order to achieve the production of ecologically pure agricultural products [1]. the novelty of the conducted scientific research is that for the first time, the effect of organomineral fertilizers such as ecogum bio, hydrogumat, ecosil ve 50 l/ha, ecogum af, ecogum complex, ecogum fc, polybor, immunoact on the productivity of repeatedly planted sunflower and corn crops in the pasture soil conditions of the andijan region is determined; american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the impact of the use of organomineral fertilizers such as ekogum bio, hidrogumat, ekosil ve 50 l/ha, ekogum af, ekogum complex, ekogum fk, polibor, immunoact on soil fertility, mobile amounts of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in the soil is determined; the influence of organomineral fertilizers on the growth, productivity and quality indicators of repeatedly planted sunflower and corn is studied; depending on the growth and development of the crops, the formation of their crop structure was also different in the experimental options [2]. in the sunflower crop structure, the weight of grain in 1 basket, the weight of 1000 grains and grain yield are the main indicators. in particular, in studies conducted in 2022, the results of the analysis to determine the weight of grain in 1 basket showed that the highest yield was obtained in variant 4, in which, in addition to rooting, the 1st feeding was supplemented with ecosil, ecogum af and polybor organomineral preparations, and in the 2nd feeding, ecosil, ecogum complex, ecogum fc and polybor organomineral preparations were used. in it, the weight of grain in 1 basket was on average 76.69 grams, which was almost 21.2 grams more than in the control variant where organomineral preparations were not used. in variants 2 and 3, the weight of grain in 1 basket was 59.92 and 61.34 grams, which was almost 4.43 and 5.85 grams more than in the control variant [3]. also, in option 4, the weight of 1000 grains and the grain yield index were the highest among the options, which were 76.40 grams and 37.23%, respectively (table 1). in option 8, where hydrohumate was used before planting in the soil and during the vegetation period, ecosil, ecogum af and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 1st feeding, and ecosil, ecogum complex, ecogum fc and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 2nd feeding, results close to option 4 were obtained. accordingly, the weight of grains in 1 basket of sunflower, the weight of 1000 grains and the percentage of grain yield were 75.29 g; 14.28 g and 36.9%, it was determined that the weight of grain in one basket is 21.40 g, the weight of 1000 grains is 12.72 g, and the yield of grain is 4% higher than control variant 5. it was observed that the results obtained in 2023 american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org are in accordance with the laws of this year. table 1 shows the two-year and average indicators of the influence of sunflower on the formation of the crop structure carried out within the framework of the project. the data obtained in the experiment to determine the structure of the corn crop are presented in table 3.12 and the corresponding appendix. in the corn yield structure, grain weight in 1 bushel, 1000 grain weight and grain yield are the main indicators. the grain yield of corn depends on the number of seedlings per hectare, the number of cotyledons per plant, the weight of the grain in 1 cotyledon, and the size of the grain. in terms of the yield structure of corn, hydrohumate and ecohum biopreparations were applied to the soil before sowing, as in the case of sunflower. against this background, the highest indicators were recorded in variant 4, where ecosil, ecohum af and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 1st foliar feeding, and ecosil, ecohum complex, ecohum fc and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 2nd feeding. in this variant, the grain weight of 1 soot is 224.76 grams, the weight of 1000 grains is 319.86 grams, and the grain yield is 68.16%, compared to the control variant, it is 49.86 grams, 68.36 grams, and 4.79 grams, respectively. % was high. before planting, the hydrohumate preparation was applied to the soil and the weight of 1000 grains was 219.06 grams, and the grain yield was 67.89%, compared to the control option, 43 ,16 grams, 62.59 grams and 6.48% higher. in the 1st feeding, ecosil and immunoact organomineral preparations were used, and in the 2nd feeding, ecosil, ecogum complex and immunoact organomineral preparations were used in the 7th option, the difference from the control was 27.62 grams, 56.07 grams, and 5.08%. it is also worth noting that after applying ekogum bio and hydrogumat preparations to the soil before planting, in both backgrounds, ecosil, ecogum af and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 1st feeding, and ecosil, ecogum complex, ecogum fk and polybor organomineral preparations were used in the 2nd feeding. 4 and 8 used plant crop elements showed positive results in terms of formation. at the same time, in terms of grain weight per 1 sot, 1000 grain weight and percentage of grain emergence, variant 4, where ecogum bio was applied before sowing, showed an increase of 5.7 grams, 4.1 grams and 0.27% compared to variant 8, where hydrohumate was applied during the same period. it can be seen that the above table shows that in 2023, the data obtained on the quality and quantity of the crop continued to develop according to the same pattern as in the previous year [4]. from the results obtained, we have drawn the following conclusions: firstly, before planting crops, the soil is sprinkled with the ecogum bio preparation and during the vegetation period, the 1st feeding is the use of ecosil, ecogum af and polybor organomineral preparations, and the 2nd feeding is the use of ecosil, ecogum complex, ecogum fc and polybor organomineral preparations, and the same feeding is used , but it was found to be more effective than applying hydrohumate to the soil before planting; secondly, among the organomineral preparations used for foliar feeding of crops, the most effective was the use of ecosil and immunoact organomineral preparations in the 1st feeding, and the most effective was the use of ecosil, ecohum complex and immunoact organomineral preparations in the 2nd feeding. while it gives good results [5]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org references 1. muydinov x.g., juraeva q.t., mirzarahimov a.м.. organomineral o’g’itlarlarning tuproq agrokimyoviy xossalariga ta’siri. international scientific and technical conference on the topic of the scientific andpractical foundations of the effective use of resource-saving innovative technologies inagriculture” andijan institute of agricultureand agrotechnologies. 2. muydinov x.g., mirzarahimov a., abdubannonov b., makkajo‘xori yetishtirish samaradorligiga bioo‘gitlar va biostimulyatorlarning ta’siri. international scientific and technical conference on the topic of the scientific andpractical foundations of the effective use of resource-saving innovative technologies inagriculture” andijan institute of agricultureand agrotechnologies. 3. muydinov x.,fazliddinov u., karimov j., organomineral o’g’itlarning makkajo’xorini rivojlanishi va hosil to’plashidagi samarasi. international scientific and technical conference on the topic of the scientific andpractical foundations of the effective use of resource-saving innovative technologies inagriculture” andijan institute of agricultureand agrotechnologies. 4. muydinov x. g., davranov a.m., kungaboqar yetishtirishdа qo‘llаnilаdigаn yuqori sаmаrаli bioo‘gʼit kombinаtsiyalаrini yarаtish. tuproqshunoslik va agrokimyo jurnali, 4-son. 5. muydinov kh. creation of effective combinations of biofertilizers used in sunflower growing. журнал проблемы агрохимии и экологии ипаи. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 144 www.americanjournal.org development of measures to ensure traffic safety in the center of fergana city nuriddin obidov associate professor of fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: nuriddinobidov399@mail.ru foziljon qodiralaiyev student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: fozilqodiraliyev@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes measures developed to ensure road safety in the central part of the city of fergana. the development of the automobile factory in our republic, the production of cars, and the ownership of personal cars by the population are the reasons for the daily increase in the number of cars. the rapid increase in the number of cars requires the widening of highways and the design and construction of high-rise buildings to accommodate them. intersection, center, settlement, device, traffic, security, provision, road, movement. introduction when studying the structure of parking lots based on analysis, it became clear that they do not meet the requirements of urban planning, occupy a lot of space as a result of their irregular placement, and prevent the general appearance of the city from meeting the requirements of modern architecture. many issues of vehicle storage in residential areas have not yet been thoroughly studied and are waiting for their solution. in current conditions, the permanent accommodation of vehicles is not fully justified [15]. in the last 10-15 years, the number of vehicles, especially private cars, has increased dramatically, not only creating traffic jams in all parts of the city, markets, shopping centers, cultural and household facilities and many other places, but also the lack of special areas. it has been. the edges of the street are turning into parking lots. the increase in the number of such cars causes a number of inconveniences and problems to the population. it can be seen that the organization of car parking spaces in the territory of our existing cities is the most important thing todaycurrent issuesis recognized as one of [6-11]. currently, our country is among the countries with developed automobile industry. the number of cars is increasing day by day in our beautiful fergana, which is a special sight of our valley. today, one of the busiest and most crowded places in the city of fergana is the farmer's market located in the center american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 145 www.americanjournal.org of the city. in order to meet their needs, residents visit the market area in large numbers of cars, which in turn leads to an increase in the need for modern parking lots. taking into account the above, we aimed to design a new multi-storey, modern parking lot in the center of the city of fergana [12-15]. if we look at the history of the development of car storage facilities, this issue has become a global problem year after year.by the beginning of the 20th century, this problem came to the fore in large cities of the united states of america, in particular, in new york, chicago, cincinnati, and detroit, mechanical car storage areas were first established as a solution to this problem (fig. 1). the conducted analyzes show that the growth of the number of motor vehicles in the world in 1990 reached a total of 400 million (80 motor vehicles per thousand people), now the number of motor vehicles is about 900 million (every about 150 vehicles per thousand people). in our republic, this indicator reached 1.3 million in 2000 (an average of 50 motor vehicles per 1000 people). figure 1. usa 1932 currently, the number of motor vehicles in the city of fergana has reached 500-800 thousand. this shows that the city population has an average of 100-130 vehicles per thousand people. in the next 10 years, this indicator is expected to increase even more in our republic. as a result, it is expected that our country will join the ranks of countries such as germany, america, england, france and japan with a developed motor transport industry. but as the saying goes, "everything has its good and bad sides", it is clear that the increasing number of motor vehicles in our republic today requires us to build many parking lots in urban areas. today, we can see that in many districts, micro-districts and districts of the city of fergana, there are not enough places for storing vehicles in an irregular state. currently, we have 5-6 public garages in the city of fergana. we can see these parking lots near markets, in front of shopping complexes. today, we can witness the fact that parking lots are located in an irregular condition in the rest of the city of fergana, which spoils the aesthetics and appearance of the city. when we study the analysis of temporary and permanent storage places for cars in residential areas, residential districts and microdistrict neighborhoods, if we see the areas of existing commercial complexes in fergana, it is necessary to properly organize the movement of vehicles around this area. in the above mentioned areas, we found that there are many areas that are very convenient for us to build garages and parking lots and can be easily used now, and we have explored them. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 146 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. parking situation around fergana city farmers' market (august 2023) based on a number of researches, fergana city got information about the farmer's market that the owners of private vehicles park their vehicles disorderly in the second streets and cause various inconveniences. the area in front of the market, back and sides, and the surrounding areas of the market were studied. taking these problems into account, decisions are being made today in our city by our president. in particular, the presidential decree no. pq-59 of february 16, 2023 on measures to reform the public transport system has set a number of tasks. in our research conducted in the area of the market alone, it became known that 500-600 cars are stored in the parking lots and their surroundings. in this area, we can observe irregularly arranged cars (fig. 2). figure 3. complex designed parking lot american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 147 www.americanjournal.org there is a question of comprehensively analyzing the problem of the future automobileization of the construction of car parking spaces in the city and creating a system of its solution in time, which will satisfy the needs of the population in movement and correspond to the set of socio-economic conditions and the requirements of urban planning (figure 3). in short, the ongoing scientific research is aimed at solving today's pressing issue. references 1. sh.m.mirziyoyev. 16.02.2023 yil. pq-59 sonli “jamoat transport tizimini isloh qilish choratadbirlari to‘g‘risidagi” qaror. 2. обидов, н. г. (2019). фрезерные дорожные машины в условиях эксплуатации в жарком климате узбекистана. in подъемно-транспортные, строительные, дорожные, путевые машины и робототехнические комплексы (pp. 377-379). 3. таджиходжаева, м. р., & обидов, н. г. конструктивные системы в природе и дорожных машинах. рецензенты: генеральный директор руп «гомельавтодор» сн лазбекин, 124. 4. рузибаев, а. н., обидов, н. г., отабоев, н. и., & тожибаев, ф. о. (2020). объемное упрочнение зубьев ковшей экскаваторов. universum: технические науки, (7-1 (76)), 36-39. 5. набиев, т. с., обидов, н. г., & умаров, б. т. (2021). о методике оценки физикомеханических свойств картофеля. in приоритетные направления научных исследований. анализ, управление, перспективы (pp. 20-24). 6. bahadirov, g., umarov, b., obidov, n., tashpulatov, s., & tashpulatov, d. (2021, december). justification of the geometric dimensions of drum sorting machine. in iop conference series: earth and environmental science (vol. 937, no. 3, p. 032043). iop publishing. 7. fayziev, p., zamir, k., abduraxmonov, a., & nuriddin, o. (2022). solar multifunctional dryer for drying agricultural products. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(7), 9-13. 8. bahadirov g.a., obidov n.g‘., & sultonov t.t. (2021). ildiz mevalarni saralashda resurs tejovchi texnologiyalardan foydalanish. ресурсосберегающие технологии на транспорте, 22 (1), 101104. doi: 10.24412/cl-36897-2021-1-101-104 9. gayrat, b., bekhzod, u., & nuriddin, o. (2022). determination of angles of sliding and rolling of potato tubers on surfaces consisting of different materials. universum: технические науки, (4-12 (97)), 24-26. 10. бахадиров fa, у. б. (2021). обидов hf картошка туганакларини саралаш учун янгича конструкциядаги барабанли саралаш машинаси. научно-технический журнал ферпи. фергана, (1). 11. nozimjonovna, o. i., & xusanboyevna, i. d. (2022). zamonaviy trikotaj to‘qimalarining hozirgi kundagi ahamiyati. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(4), 577-580. 12. nozimjonovna, o. i., madaminovich, k. k., umarjanovna, r. s., & maqsud o‘g, e. m. m. (2022). analysis of physicomechanical parameters of new patterned knitted fabrics obtained on knitting machines with two circular needles. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(09), 1-9. 13. obidova irodaxon nozimjonovna. (2022). constructive analysis of modern circular needle knitting machines. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(06), 75–79. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 148 www.americanjournal.org 14. qaxxorovich, n. q., juraevich, y. n., nozimjonovna, o. i., & baxtiyorovna, n. b. (2021). the perspective directions for the development of sericulture. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(09), 24-27. 15. uralov, l., obidova, i., nizamova, b., kholiqov, k., ohunov, r., & mamatova, x. (2023, june). analysis of the effect of technological parameters of physical and mechanical indicators of twolayer knitted fabrics. in aip conference proceedings (vol. 2789, no. 1). aip publishing. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 112 www.americanjournal.org a method of designing the mixing zones of a bubble extractor ikromjon karimov fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: i.karimov@ferpi.uz ilkhomjon majidov fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article, theoretical studies were carried out to determine the dimensions of the newly created bubble extractor that ensure the operation of the internal and external mixing zones in the hydrodynamic mode of equal speed, and an equation was derived that determines the diameter of the external mixing zone depending on the gas velocity and gas volume. as a result, an opportunity was created to determine the number of contact elements and overall dimensions in creating an industrial version of the device, depending on the performance of the device. bubble extractor, inner zone, outer zone, mixing, gas cushion, liquid velocity, gas content, coefficient, gas transfer holes. introduction in order to increase the efficiency of the process by increasing the time of mixing of liquids by barbotizing inert gas, we have developed the design of a multistage bubble extractor [1], which according to our data is one of the promising for use in liquid extraction processes. devices and the principle of operation of the extractor are presented in fig. 1. figure 1. intensified bubbling extractor american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 113 www.americanjournal.org when the joint movement from the bottom up inside the pipe 3, the liquids are intensively mixed with a bubbling inert gas that flows from the “gas cushion” under the partition 2 through the holes 6. then the mixture of liquids moves from top to bottom in the annular channel between pipes 3 and 4, and go into the settling section where drops of heavy liquid are deposited in a continuous layer; at the same time, the interface between light and heavy liquids determines the position of the upper edge of the overflow pipes 7 for heavy liquids. during the movement from top to bottom in the annular channel between the pipes 3 and 4, the liquids are mixed with an additional portion of inert gas, which is supplied from the “gas cushion” through holes 13 of the tubes 12. the stable operation of such an extractor depends on the uniform distribution of the inert gas into the internal nozzle 3 and into the annular channel between the nozzles 3 and 4 in order to create there equal hydrodynamic regimes determined by the equality of the volumetric gas contents. but this is due to the overcoming of certain features of the apparatus, the scraping inside the nozzle 3 is a mixture of liquids and the inert gas is in direct flow mode, and in the annular channel between the nozzles 3 and 4 there is a mixture of liquids and inert gas moving in countercurrent mode. with a direct flow of liquid and inert gas, the volumetric gas content is determined by the dependence [2,5]: ( ) ''04,010  cw−= (1) in the case of countercurrent motion of a liquid and an inert gas, the volumetric gas content can be determined by the dependence; ( ) '''04,011  cw+= (2) where: w's is the reduced fluid velocity of the internal mixing zones of the apparatus; w'с – is the reduced fluid velocity of the external mixing zones of the apparatus; w''с is the gas content in the stationary liquid. an empirical equation has been proposed for calculating ' [3] φˊ = 2,47 · wг 0,97 wг –reduced gas velocity in the mixing zone, m / s; in order to test the possibility of using dependencies (1 ÷ 3) for calculating the volumetric gas content of the mixing zones of a bubble extractor, we carried out experimental studies in the laboratory apparatus of the apparatus and the obtained results were publicized [4-9]. in the bubbly type apparatus, the velocity of the gas phase motion has the main influence on the hydrodynamic regime and gas content. the mode of movement of the gas phase inside the liquid is conventionally divided into 2 main groups; 1) bubbling mode, which exists at the given gas speeds wg ≤ 0,05 м/ сек. 2) the mode of coalescing bubbles, which exists at reduced gas velocities w g ˃ 0,05 м/ сек. the transition from the first mode to the second occurs at a gas velocity of 0.05 m/s. bubble mode gas content φ0,φ1≤0,3 [10-19]. therefore, for uniform and stable operation of the mixing zones of the apparatus, φ0 = φ1, conditions must be met. to meet these conditions, it is necessary to choose the right cross-section of the pipe inside and outside mixing zones of the apparatus. the diameter of the internal bubbling pipe is determined depending on the flow rate of the extracted liquid by the following equation. d0=√ 4q ωc ˊ ·3600 + dt м ; (4) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 114 www.americanjournal.org 𝑄-extractable fluid consumption, m3 / h; ωc ˊ -the speed of the extracted fluid during movement in the internal bubbling nozzles, m / s; dtthe outer diameter of the flow pipes of heavy liquid, is selected from the condition. (dt =d0(3÷5)), d0 -the diameter of the hole for the supply of heavy fluid in the overflow pipes, are selected depending on the performance of the heavy phase. the inner diameter of the annular channel is determined by such conditions that the velocity of the fluid is less than the velocity of the gas, since in this zone the movement of liquids and gases is countercurrent [20-31]. wг ˃ ωc ” (5) otherwise, if the velocity of the fluid is high, gas bubbles enter the lower part of the annular channel through the settling zones of the apparatus. as a result, the intensity of mixing of liquids in the annular channel decreases. or it is necessary to take into account and multiply by the gas velocity the dimensionality coefficient κ, which takes into account the velocity of the fluid, then 5 inequalities have the form κ wг = ωc ” (6) κ dimensionality coefficient is determined experimentally. the velocity of the gas passing along the surface of the cross section of the annular channel is determined depending on the gas content according to the following equation [32-41]. ωг =а φ1(1φ1); м/сек ; (7) where a is the coefficient corresponding to the speed of a single bubble (a = 30 ÷ 32 cm/ s), φ1 is the volumetric gas content of the external bubbled pipes. the cross-sectional area of the annular channel is defined as follows [42-50]. by equation. sк = sвн –s0= πd2 4 − πd0 2 4 , м2 (8) sвн -total cross-sectional area of external bubbling nozzles, m2, s0-cross-sectional area of internal bubbling nozzle, m2, d is the inner diameter of the outer bubbling nozzle, d0 is the outer diameter of the inner bubbling nozzle. (pic-1). the flow rate of fluid flowing through the cross-sectional area of the annular channel is determined by the following equation. q = ωc ″ ( πd2 4 πd0 2 4 )×3600 , м3/час; (9) where ω″c is the flow rate of the fluid in the annular channel, m / s; from equation 9, we get ω″c = 4q (πd2−πd0 2)·3600 м/сек; (10) substituting the value of equation 7 and 10 into equation 6, we get κaφ1(1 − φ1) = 4q π(d2−d0 2)·3600 м/сек; (11) from equation 11, we get d2 − d0 2 = 4q κπaφ1(1−φ1)·3600 м; (12) from equation 12 we find the internal daimeter of the external bubbling pipe d = √ 4q κπaφ1(1−φ1)·3600 + d0 2 м; (13) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 115 www.americanjournal.org using equation 13, the diameter of the external bubbling nozzle is determined depending on the velocity of the gas and the liquid. this makes it possible to intensively and uniformly mix the extractable liquids in the internal and external mixing zones of the bubbling extractor. references: 1. tojimatovich, k. i., & jurakuziyevich, k. b. (2023). hydrodynamics of fluid transmission capacity of bubble extractor filter. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 80-85. 2. tojimatovich, k. i., nizomiddinovich, m. a., & salomidinovich, i. a. (2023). hydrodynamics of rotary apparatus of the wet method of dust cleaning. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 24-30. 3. tojimatovich, k. i., ro, x., & axmadjonovich, e. n. (2023). hydrodynamics of a barbage exhaust apparatus for wet purification of dust gases. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(2), 31-36. 4. karimov, i. (2023). changli gazlarni ho ‘l usulda tozalovchi konus setkali apparat. research and implementation. 5. jarcová, k. (2019). ruské reálie v současných učebnicích ruského jazyka pro základní školy (doctoral dissertation, masarykova univerzita, pedagogická fakulta). 6. karimov, i., & qo‘chqarov, b. (2023). experimental determination of resistance coefficients in the case of water sprinkled on a cone-shaped apparatus. universum: технические науки, (9-5 (114)), 60-63. 7. qo‘chqarov, b., & karimov, i. (2023). experimental investigation of pressure losses in wet dust cleaning cone mesh device. universum: технические науки, (9-5 (114)), 64-69. 8. ikromali, k., & bobirmirzo, q. c. (2023). analysis of the disperse composition of dust of cotton cleaning industries. universum: технические науки, (4-7 (109)), 60-64. 9. ikromali, k., & bobirmirzo, q. c. (2023). resistance coefficients of the apparatus with cone mesh wet cleaning of dust gases. universum: технические науки, (1-5 (106)), 8-13. 10. ikromali, k., & khalimjon, r. (2023). effect of light liquid velocities on heavy liquid droplet crushing in a bubbling extractor. universum: технические науки, (2-6 (107)), 31-37. 11. tojimatovich, k. i., & ugli, r. a. t. (2022). hydrodynamics of heavy liquids in a bubbling extractor. international journal of advance scientific research, 2(06), 91-99. 12. askarov, x. a., karimov, i. t., & mo’ydinov, a. (2022). rektifikatsion jarayonlarining kоlonnalarda moddiy va issiqlik balanslarini tadqiq qilish. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(5-2), 246-250. 13. tojimatovich, k. i., abdukakharovich, a. k., & yuldashevna, q. g. (2022). the experimental determination of the dependence of column performance on plate structures. journal of optoelectronics laser, 41(4), 367-371. 14. каримов, и. т., исомидинов, а. с., мадаминова, г. и., хомидов, х. р., & махмудов, а. а. (2022). системный анализ интенсификации процессов в кожухотрубчатых теплообменных аппаратах. 15. мадаминова, г. и., каримов, и. т., & исомидинов, а. с. (2022). анализ дисперсного состава образцов пылевых частиц. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 116 www.americanjournal.org 16. karimov, i., xalilov, i., nurmatov, s., & qodirov, a. (2021). barbotage absorbation apparatus. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 35-41. 17. karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). hydrodynamics of wet dush powder black drum equipment. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 49-56. 18. karimov, i., majidov, i., & raxmonov, a. (2021). experimental determination of barbote extractor gas transport hole dimensions. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 4248. 19. karimov, i., tojiyev, r., madaminova, g., ibroximov, q., & xamdamov, o. t. (2021). wet method dust remover black drum device. barqarorlik va yetakchi tadqiqotlar onlayn ilmiy jurnali, 1(5), 57-63. 20. tojimatovich, k. i., & ulugbekovich, k. b. (2021). wet method dust gas cleaning device. the american journal of engineering and technology, 3(10), 20-26. 21. каримов, и. т., & мажидов, и. х. у. (2021). размеры зон смешения барботажного экстрактора. universum: технические науки, (10-3 (91)), 47-51. 22. ахунбаев, о. а., & мамасалиев, н. с. (2022). влияние анемии на течение сердечнососудистых заболеваний. экономика и социум, (6-2 (97)), 329-332. 23. karimov, i., boykuzi, k., & madaliyev, a. (2021). volume-surface diameters of drops in barbotaj extractor. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 94-99. 24. karimov, i. t. (2021). investigation of hydrodynamic modes of heavy fluid outflow in a bubbling extractor. theoretical & applied science учредители: теоретическая и прикладная наука, (9), 668-672. 25. алиматов, б., каримов, и. т., садуллаев, х. м., & хурсанов, б. ж. (2021). экстракционная установка с барботажным экстрактором. 26. jumaevich, k. k., ergashovich, p. a., & ikromali, a. (2021). the place, role and pedagogical ability of the leader in the management of educational institutions. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 25(6), 2189-2199. 27. xalilov, i. (2021). hydrodynamics of absorption bubbling apparatus. бюллетень науки и практики/bulletin of science and practice. 28. karimov, i., & halilov, i. (2021). modernization of the main working shovels of the construction mixing device. scientific journal impact factor (sjif 2022= 5.016) passport: http://sjifactor. com/passport. php. 29. хакимов, а. а. (2021). определение показателей качества угольного брикета. universum: химия и биология, (5-2 (83)), 40-44. 30. мадаминова, г. и., тожиев, р. ж., & каримов, и. т. (2021). барабанное устройство для мокрой очистки запыленного газа и воздуха. universum: технические науки, (5-4 (86)), 4549. 31. хакимов, а. а. (2020). связующее для угольного брикета и влияние его на дисперсный состав. universum: химия и биология, (6 (72)), 81-84. 32. isomidinov, a. s., karimov, i. t., & tojiev, r. j. (2020). searching the losing of hydraulic pressure in rotor-filter gas cleaner apparatus. scientific-technical journal, 3(1), 69-72. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 117 www.americanjournal.org 33. mamarizayev, i., & abdunazarov, a. (2022). multi-stage bubble extractor with increased contact time. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(7), 112-116. 34. komilova, k. (2022). texnologik jarayonda qo ‘llaniladigan qurilmalar tahlili. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(7), 106-111. 35. хурсанов, б. ж., & алиматов, б. а. (2020). экстракционное извлечение редких металлов из отвалов гок. universum: технические науки, (6-1 (75)), 42-45. 36. хурсанов, б. ж., & абдуллаев, н. қ. (2022). газ миқдорларини экстракциялаш жараёнининг самарадорлигига таъсири. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(6), 321-324. 37. хурсанов, б. ж., & хонкелдиев, м. а. (2022). энергиятежамкор контакт вақти узайтирилган барботажли экстрактор. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(6), 115-117. 38. khursanov, b. j. (2022). methods for calculating the economic efficiency of new technology. world economics and finance bulletin, 10, 112-116. 39. khursanov, b. j. (2022). extraction of rare metals from mining dumps in bubbling extractors. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 35-39. 40. хурсанов, б. ж., & алиматов, б. а. (2022). исследование взаимного уноса фаз в барботажном экстракторе с увеличенным временем контакта. central asian journal of theoretical & applied sciences, 3(5), 28-33. 41. дусматов, а. д., ахмедов, а. ў., абдуллаев, з. ж., & гапаров, к. г. (2022). междуслоевые сдвиги двухслойных комбинированных пластин и оболочек с учетом усадки композитных слоев. oriental renaissance: innovative, educational, natural and social sciences, 2(4), 133-141. 42. xursanov, b., latifjonov, a., & abdulhakov, u. (2021). application of innovative pedagogical technologies to improve the quality of education. scientific progress, 2(7), 689-693. 43. xursanov, b., & abdullaev, n. (2021). fundamentals of equipment of technological processes with optimal devices. scientific progress, 2(7), 679-684. 44. xursanov, b., & akbarov, o. (2021). calculation of gas volume in the mixing zones of extended contact time barbota extractor. scientific progress, 2(7), 685-688. 45. алиматов, б. а., соколов, в. н., салимов, з. с., & хурсанов, б. ж. (2003). исследование распределения капель по размерам в многоступенчатом барботажном экстракторе. журнал прикладной химии, 76(8), 1309-1311. 46. karimov, i., boykuzi, k., & madaliyev, a. (2021). volume-surface diameters of drops in barbotaj extractor. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 94-99. 47. xursanov, b. j., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & akbarov, o. d. o. (2021). operation of mixing zones of barbotage extractor in stable hydrodynamic regime. scientific progress, 2(8), 170-174. 48. xursanov, b. j., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & akbarov, o. d. o. (2021). application of constructive and technological relationships in machines. scientific progress, 2(8), 164-169. 49. xursanov, b. j., mamarizayev, i. m. o., & abdullayev, n. q. o. (2021). application of interactive methods in improving the quality of education. scientific progress, 2(8), 175-180. 50. isomidinov, a., boykuzi, k., & khonnazarov, r. (2021). effect of rotor-filter device operation parameters on cleaning efficiency. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 1(5), 100-105. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 149 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the existing aspects of the problem of processing and use of vehicle tires xaliljonov dostonjon davronzoda student, faculty of mechanical engineering, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan abdulatif abdubannopov assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: iamabdubannopov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, we summarized the problem of car tire recycling, found the need to systematize the existing experience in evaluating the effectiveness of project solutions, justify the social effectiveness of the project. for this purpose, the construction of tire recycling plants plays an important role. car, quality, specification, production, service, operation. introduction recycling is the production of products, performance of work, provision of services, including the reuse of waste, the use of waste in order to return it to the production process, preparation for processing, as well as the extraction of useful components for their reuse [1-7]. saving resources is an integral part of environmental protection. at present, improper use of natural resources has led not only to their reduction, but also to significant air pollution [8-14]. the emergence of serious problems in the field of ecology is associated with the development of technological progress, population growth, as well as rational and improper use of natural resources [15-19]. currently, all industrialized countries have defined environmental protection as one of the most important areas of human struggle [20-27]. one of the important environmental problems of urban areas is the storage of domestic and industrial waste, which should be a source of strong pollution around the natural habitat of a person. the landfills, which are increasing every year, are not only polluting the fertile lands, but also threaten to destroy the water bodies due to the sewage carrying many infections and dangerous elements for nature. directly for this reason, the disposal of household waste should be as relevant and developed in our time as industrial, so that the generated waste (waste) does not harm the soil, atmosphere and water should not collect and pollute [28-32]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 150 www.americanjournal.org table 1. decomposition conditions of household waste [5] material breakdown time food waste from 10 days to 1 month news paper from 1 month to 1 season cardboard boxes up to 1 season paper 2 years big horns up to 10 years wooden boards up to 10 years iron fittings up to 10 years iron banks up to 10 years old shoes up to 10 years pieces of brick up to 100 years car batteries up to 100 years falga up to 100 years a tin can until 90 years electric batteries up to 100 years rubber tires more than 100 years plastic bottles more than 100 years aluminum banks 500 years glass more than 1000 years according to statistics, the world's automobile industry slightly increased from 2018 to 2020. in 20202022, the number of cars produced decreased slightly. figure 2.1 shows the car production schedule for 2018-2023 [33-41]. figure 1 global automobile production process in 2018-2022. according to the information of the state statistics committee of uzbekistanaccording to, the city of tashkent is the leader in terms of the number of passenger cars belonging to individuals in the region 525,028. the second place was taken by samarkand region with 392,475 cars, and the third place was taken by fergana region with 325,009 cars. 0 10000000 20000000 30000000 40000000 50000000 60000000 70000000 80000000 90000000 100000000 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 mln dona https://t.me/statistika_rasmiy american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 151 www.americanjournal.org to date, the world experience of recycling old car tires shows that to effectively and correctly solve the problem of recycling, a number of legal acts should be adopted at the legislative and state level. a clear example is the legislative activity of the united states, where more than 48 states have passed laws requiring the introduction of up to 20% recycling of used tires in asphalt concrete pavements [4249]. the range of used tires and products made from them is large. the construction industry uses them to produce noise barriers, insulating materials, lighting fillers, and bridge supports. currently, such a direction as regulation of landfills (engineering) is considered promising. the oil sorbent obtained from old tires is widely used to eliminate oil spills on the surface of water and soil, and to clean wastewater from petroleum products.[3] in figure 2, we present the structure of the global tire market by country in 2019. figure 2. the structure of the world tire market in 2019. [5] despite the harmful emissions to the environment, the most popular in europe is the thermal recycling of tires for energy. the leaders in this direction are romania and poland, where 70-90 percent of used tires undergo thermolysis. mechanical recycling is the second most popular tire recycling industry. in estonia, 100% of tires are used in crushed rubber, in denmark 96%, in finland 81%. however, the processing fee is already included in the initial price of the tires [13]. the united states and japan are leaders in tire recycling, with the united states recycling rate of about 77% of waste tires. in the usa and western europe, the system of state grants is widely used for the introduction of innovative technological equipment. as a result, the share of waste tire recycling in the eu member states has increased. at the same time, a certain program was implemented to increase the share of repair of tires produced by rti (truck and aircraft tires), as well as to stop the export of used tires to landfills. succeeded. table 3 provides a comparative analysis of tire waste management in different countries as of 2021.[3] conclusions in the research of the article, we summarized the problem of car tire recycling, we determined the need to systematize the existing experience in evaluating the effectiveness of project solutions, justify the social effectiveness of the project. for this purpose, the construction of tire recycling plants plays an important role. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 152 www.americanjournal.org the relevance of this problem was determined by the purpose of the project. we have seen that the environmental problems of each region can be solved by building a tire recycling plant. references 1. ogli, i. a. a., & maribjonovich, m. m. (2023). test research method of determining the basic norm of fuel consumption of cars. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(06), 362-367. 2. azizov q.x. harakat xavfsizligini tashkil etish asoslari. –t.,«fan va texnologiya», 2009 3. z.m. xametov, s.u. xujamqulov, a.s. xusanjonov, q.x. masodiqov avtomobillar konstruksiyasi.”farpi alpha”nashrioti, 2022 4. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 2012 yil 4 iyuldagi 191-son qarori bilan tasdiqlangan «avtotransport vositalari konstruksiyasining foydalanish shartlari bo‘yicha xavfsizligi to‘g‘risida»gi umumiy texnik reglament. 5. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 2003 yil 4 noyabrdagi 482-son qarori bilan tasdiqlangan “o‘zbekiston respublikasida avtobuslarda yo‘lovchilar tashish xavfsizligini ta’minlashga doir talablar”. 6. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 2022 yil 12 apreldagi 172-son qarori bilan tasdiqlangan “yo‘l harakati qoidalari”. 7. yo‘l harakati to‘g‘risidagi konvensiya, vena, 1968-yil 8-noyabr (o‘zbekiston respublikasi uchun 1995-yil 17-yanvarda kuchga kirgan). 8. ”avtotransport vositalari haydovchilarini malakasini oshirish” texnologik xaritalar to’plami 2018 y “avtotest” 9. khujamqulov, s. (2023). measures to protect the environment from the harmful effects of motor transport. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(4), 8-13. 10. fayzullayev, x., & mirtemirov, . a. . (2023). avtomobil dvigatelining moylash tizimiga texnik xizmat ko’rsatish va ta’mirlash ishlari texnologiyasi. zamonaviy dunyoda innovatsion tadqiqotlar: nazariya va amaliyot, 2(6), 31–35. 11. fayzullayev xaydarali, ne'matov ibrohimjon alijon o'g'li. (2023). avtomobi̇llarga texni̇k xi̇zmat ko'rsati̇sh sohasi̇da avtoservi̇sni̇ ri̇vojlanti̇ri̇sh tajri̇basi̇ va i̇sti̇qbollari̇. «zamonaviy dunyoda ilm-fan va texnologiya» nomli ilmiyamaliy konferensiya, 2(4), 62–65. 12. ikromov, i. a., abduraximov, a. a., &fayzullayev, h. (2021). experience and prospects for the development of car service in the field of car maintenance. isj theoretical & applied science, 11(103), 344-346. 13. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). analysis of the braking properties of the man cla 16.220 for severe operating conditions. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 5259. 14. sahtarov, x. a. o., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). alternativ yoqilgʻilarda ishlaydigan avtomobil konstruksiyalari tahlili. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 1080-1087. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 153 www.americanjournal.org 15. ikromov, i. a., abduraximov, a. a., & fayzullayev, h. (2021). experience and prospects for the development of car service in the field of car maintenance. isj theoretical & applied science, 11(103), 344-346. 16. maxammadjon qobulov, asrorjon ismadiyorov, xaydarali fayzullayev.analysis of the braking properties of the man cla 16.220 for severe operating conditions. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. 2022/3/31 17. xaydarali fayzullayev. vehicle motion model with wheel lock. eurasian journal of engineering and technology.2022/9/14 18. xolahmad abduholiq oʻgʻli sahtarov, xaydarali fayzullayev. academic research in educational sciences. 2022. 19. maxammadjon alijon o‘g‘li qobulov, asrorjon anvarjon o‘g‘li ismadiyorov, xaydarali fayzullayev. academic research in educational sciences. 2022. 20. fayzullaev xaydarali. аnalysis of the chemical composition of car tire rubber international journal of advance scientific research. 2022/12/24. 21. xaydarali fayzullayev, azamat mirtemirov. аvtomobil dvigatelining moylash tizimiga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish va ta'mirlash ishlari texnologiyasi. инновационные исследования в современном мире: теория и практика. 2023/2/9 22. xaydarali fayzullayev, ibrohimjon ne'matov. avtomobillarga texnik xizmat ko'rsatish sohasida avtoservisni rivojlantirish tajribasi va istiqbollari. наука и технология в современном мире. 2023/1/30. 23. bazarov bakhtiyor imamovich, akhmatjanov ravshanjon nematjonovich, fayzullayev khaydarali, odilov odiljon zokirjonovich, otabayev nodirjon ibragimovich. performance indicators of a passenger car with a spark ignition engine functioning with different engine fuels. annals of the romanian society for cell biology. 2021/4/17 24. с.м.ходжаев, м.с.низомиддинова, ч.о.камбарова, & н.с.ходжаева (2022). организация станции технического обслуживания при ферганском политехническом институте. science and education, 3 (10), 265-274. 25. обидов, н. г. (2019). фрезерные дорожные машины в условиях эксплуатации в жарком климате узбекистана. in подъемно-транспортные, строительные, дорожные, путевые машины и робототехнические комплексы (pp. 377-379). 26. gayrat, b., bekhzod, u., & nuriddin, o. (2022). determination of angles of sliding and rolling of potato tubers on surfaces consisting of different materials. universum: технические науки, (4-12 (97)), 24-26. 27. бахадиров fa, у. б. (2021). обидов hf картошка туганакларини саралаш учун янгича конструкциядаги барабанли саралаш машинаси. научно-технический журнал ферпи. фергана, (1). 28. таджиходжаева, м. р., & обидов, н. г. конструктивные системы в природе и дорожных машинах. рецензенты: генеральный директор руп «гомельавтодор» сн лазбекин, 124. 29. xujamkulov, s., abdubannopov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). zamonaviy avtomobillarda qo’llaniladigan acceleration slip regulation tizimi tahlili. scientific progress, 2(1), 1467-1472. 30. xujamqulov, s. u., masodiqov, q. x., & abdunazarov, r. x. (2022, march). prospects for the development of the automotive industry in uzbekistan. in e conference zone (pp. 98-100). https://eipublication.com/index.php/eijmrms/article/view/73 https://eipublication.com/index.php/eijmrms/article/view/73 https://www.geniusjournals.org/index.php/ejet/article/view/2170 https://sciencebring.com/index.php/ijasr/article/download/159/141 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdit/article/download/10083/7283 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdit/article/download/10083/7283 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdift/article/download/9602/6994 https://www.in-academy.uz/index.php/zdift/article/download/9602/6994 http://annalsofrscb.ro/index.php/journal/article/view/3216 http://annalsofrscb.ro/index.php/journal/article/view/3216 http://annalsofrscb.ro/index.php/journal/article/view/3216 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 154 www.americanjournal.org 31. meliboyev, a., khujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. (2021). univer calculation-experimental method of researching the indicators of its toxicity in its management by changing the working capacity of the engine using the characteristics. экономика и социум, (4-1), 207-210. 32. fayziev, p. r., tursunov, d. m., khujamkulov, s., ismandiyarov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2022). overview of solar dryers for drying lumber and wood. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(04), 47-57. 33. xujamqulov, s. u. o. g. l., & masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtotransport vositalarining ekspluatatsion xususiyatlarini kuzatish bo'yicha vazifalarni shakllantirish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 503508. 34. masodiqov, q. x. o. g. l., xujamqulov, s., & masodiqov, j. x. o. g. l. (2022). avtomobil shinalarini ishlab chiqarish va eskirgan avtomobil shinalarini utilizatsiya qilish bo'yicha eksperiment o'tkazish usuli. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 254-259. 35. khujamkulov, s. u., & khusanjonov, a. s. (2022). transmission system of parallel lathe machine tools. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal, 12(2), 142-145. 36. umidjon o‘g‘li, k. s., khusanboy o‘g‘li, m. q., & mukhammedovich, k. s. (2022). the formation of tasks for overview of operating properties of vehicles. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(05), 71-76. 37. khujamqulov, s. (2022). a method of conducting experiments on the production of car tires and the disposal of obsolete car tires. science and innovation, 1(a3), 61-68. 38. qobulov, m., jaloldinov, g., & masodiqov, q. (2021). existing systems of exploitation of motor vehicles. экономика и социум, (4-1), 303-308. 39. ходжаев с.м., рахмонова с.с. (2022). экономия ресурсов при эксплуатации, обслуживании автомобильной техники. американский журнал междисциплинарных исследований и разработок , 5 , 18–27. 40. khujamqulov, s. (2022). a method of conducting experiments on the production of car tires and the disposal of obsolete car tires. science and innovation, 1(a3), 61-68. 41. otabayev, n. i., & xodjayev, s. m. measurement of tires pressure and load weight on the. 42. abduraxmonov, a. g., xodjayev, s. m., otaboyev, n. i., & abduraximov, a. a. (2022). formation of products from powdered polymers by rotational and blowing method. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 41-51. 43. maxmudov, n. a., ochilov, t. y., kamolov, o. y., ashurxodjaev, b. x., abdug'aniev, s. a., & xodjayev, s. m. (2021). tin/cr/al 2 o 3 and tin/al 2 o 3 hybrid coatings structure features and properties resulting from combined treatment. экономика и социум, (3-1), 176-181. 44. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). transport vositalari dvigatellarida dimetilefir yoqilg’isidan foydalanish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1531-1535. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 155 www.americanjournal.org 45. xodjayev, s., xusanjonov, a., & botirov, b. (2021). gibrid dvigatelli avtomobillardan foydalanib ichki yonuv dvigatellari ishlab chiqargan quvvat samaradorligini oshirish va atrof-muhitga chiqarilayotgan zararli gazlarni kamaytirish. scientific progress, 2(1), 1523-1530. 46. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). analysis of the braking properties of the man cla 16.220 for severe operating conditions. european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies, 2(03), 5259. 47. qobulov, m., ismadiyorov, a., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). overcoming the shortcomings arising in the process of adapting cars to the compressed gas. eurasian research bulletin, 6, 109-113. 48. qobulov, m. a. o. g. l., ismadiyorov, a. a. o. g. l., & fayzullayev, x. (2022). yengil avtomobillarga siqilgan gazga moslashtirish jarayonida yuzga keladigan kamchiliklarni bartaraf etish. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 471-477. 49. fayziev, p. r., tursunov, d. m., khujamkulov, s., ismandiyarov, a., & abdubannopov, a. (2022). overview of solar dryers for drying lumber and wood. american journal of applied science and technology, 2(04), 47-57. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org trigonometry abdullayev nurbek shuhrat og'li ro'ziqulov sa'dulla egamnazar o‘g‘li yoʻldoshev bekmirza shuxrat oʻgʻli a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will talk about what scientific research scientists have done in ancient times in the formation of trigonometry. trigonometry, triangle, diameter, segment, sine, cosine, radian. introduction the term "trigonometry “is derived from the greek words” trigonon “ — triangle and” metrio “ — measure, and together means” triangle measurement". the demand for measuring angles has emerged from a very long time, as has the need to measure distances. one of the development factors of trigonometry came from the need to determine the timing, the position of a ship in the high seas or a caravan in the desert. having studied the connection between the sides and corners of the triangle, ancient people found ways to calculate various elements of the triangle. ancient vavilon scientists had some knowledge of trigonometry. this is evidenced by the fact that the vavilonians know about solar and lunar eclipses. in one of the clay tables of ancient vavilon (2 thousand years ago bc), an issue is solved: in it, according to the known diameter of the circle and the height of the segment, the length of the vatar is calculated, which corresponds to the establishment of a connection between the sine and the cosine. ancient greek scholars knew the methods of solving right-angled triangles. the astronomer and mathematician hipparchus (until 2nd century ad) compiled a table of vatars — the first trigonometric tables. one of the great successes in the construction of trigonometric tables is k.rolemey's (2nd century) “almagest” became a work. the work collects and summarizes various data from astronomy and related sciences known at the time. here is a table of vatars compiled in the hexadecimal count system, with a half-degree interval from 0 to 180°. in fact, the vatars table is the table of sines from 0 to 90 degrees itself. ptolemy also gives rise to formulas that appear in modern designations as follows. it was used to determine distances to inaccessible places, primarily to address practical astronomy issues. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org trigonometry was developed after him by scientists from india, the middle and middle east. they introduced sine, cosine, tangent, cotangens, based on the radian measure of the angle. trigonometry is a branch of mathematics that deals with the relationship between the angles and sides of triangles. it focuses on the study of trigonometric functions, which are the ratios of the sides of the right triangle. the primary trigonometric functions are: sine (sin), cosine (kos), and tangent (tan). these functions connect the angles of the right triangle with the proportions of its sides. the sine function represents the ratio of the length of the side opposite the angle to the length of the hypotenuse. the cosine function represents the ratio of the length of the adjacent side to the angle to the length of the hypotenuse. the tangent function represents the ratio of the length of the side opposite the angle to the length of the side adjacent to that angle. trigonometry is used in various fields such as physics, engineering, architecture, computer graphics. it plays a very important role in calculating distances, heights, trajectories and angles in real-world applications. trigonometric identities, equations, and formulas are used to solve problems with triangles, circles, and periodic phenomena. some key concepts and topics in trigonometry include unit circle, radian measure, trigonometric identities (e.g. pythagorean identity and dual-angle identity), inverse trigonometric functions, sine and cosine laws. a fixed notion of trigonometry is necessary for more modern mathematical concepts such as calculus and complex numbers. trigonometric functions are one of the important classes of functions. it is distinguished from the main problems of the theory of trigonometric functions. some important results of the theory of trigonometric functions: 1. for a finite function f (x) on a dimensional and almost prime earth, there are trigonometric functions [[that converge to f (x) almost everywhere. 2. the fourier series of integrable functions that move away from the hamma earth [[exist. 3. for each dimensional function f (x), the trigonometric functions approximating f (x) by measure [[exist. trigonometric functions have wide applications in number theory ("method of trigonometric sums")and in mathematical physics equations ("fourier method"). trigonometric functions were first defined by l. found in 5mler cases. after the introduction of lebeg intephaly, the current rigorous theory of trigonometric functions was created. trigonometric identities are relevant for all values corresponding to the angle α of trigonometric equality, that is, the basic branch of trigonometry, where the left and right part have equal meanings. equalities that are appropriate for all possible values of the letters included in it, that is, those that are correct for all values of its left and right parts that make sense, are called equalities, issues related to the proof of such equalities are called questions related to the proof of identities. in today's lesson, we will learn to prove trigonometric identities. there are 4 main ways to prove trigonometric identities: method 1. to show that in the left part of the mirror the mirror form is equal to the right part of it, performing substitutions. method 2. in the right part of the mirror, the mirror figure performs substitutions to show that it is equal to the left part. method 3. to show that the subtraction of the left and right parts of the mirror is zero. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org method 4. to make changes of the same shape in the left and right parts of the mirror and to express them the same. the law of berunius is given in the work " the table of sines with an interval of 15 minutes, the table of tangents with an interval of 1° with an accuracy of up to 10 -8. in this case, the table of sines is given with an interval of 1 minute, the table of tangents is given with an interval of 1 minute from 0° to 45°, and the interval from 46° to 90° is given with an accuracy of up to 5 minutes bi lan 10 -10. ghiyosiddin jamshid al-koshiy ,,in his ri sola on watar and sinus, calculates sin1° after commas at 17 room resolution: sin1° = 0,017452406437283512... in the course of geometry, the sine, cosine, and of the angle represented by the degree tangency is included.the sine and cosine of an arbitrary angle are defined as: α is said to be the sine of an angle (1;0) to the ordinate of the point formed by tilting the point to an α angle around the head of coordinates, and is defined in sina style. the cosine of angle α is said to be the abscissa of the point formed by tilting the point (0;1) to angle α around the head of coordinates is cosa-style defined. α is said to be the tangent of the angle α to the ratio of the sine of the angle to its cosine, and is defined as tga. literature used 1. sh.a.alimov, a.r.halmukhamedov, m.a.mirzakhmedov.algebra.4th edition.tashkent: "teacher" nmiu, 20 fundamentals of algebra and mathematics analysis " 200619. 2. nasritdinov g'.n., mirzaahmedov m.a., usmanov f.r., aripova sh.r. algebra. t.: "publishing house named after ghafurgulam-creative house of printing", 2012. 3. alikhanov s. methodology of teaching mathematics. t.: "teacher", 2008. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the emergence of the jadidism movement in turkestan akhmedov farkhodbek shavkatovich teacher of history of andijan academic lyceum of the ministry of internal affairs of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is prepared on one of the most relevant topics today – “the emergence of the jadidist movement in turkestan”, which tells about the prevalence of enlightenment ideas in the turkestan region and the reforms carried out by the jadids in the colonial conditions of the late 19th and early 20th centuries. jadidism movement. ideas of the enlightenment. ismailbek gaspirali, munavvarqori abdurashidkhanov, abdullah avlani, makhmudkhoja bekhbudi. jadid schools,”usuli savtia". jadid national press. political views of the jadids. introduction in creating the great future of uzbekistan, the path of evolutionary development was chosen in achieving it to the level of developed countries of the world, universal and national values, customs, traditions, moral qualities and qualities inherent in the uzbek people, historically decided. abdullah avlani, one of the jadid figures, said a few years ago that "education is for us either life, or mammoth; either salvation, or salvation; or happiness, or disaster," suggesting that it is one of the most important parables for youth education even in today's globalization. the historical experience of the developed countries of the world is evidenced by the fact that as soon as they set foot on the path of independence and development, they focused primarily on the training and education of young people. the main goal of spiritual and educational renewal of society consists of many important issues such as peace of the land, prosperity of the motherland, achievement of people's freedom and prosperity, education of a perfect person, social cooperation, religious tolerance. at this point, it is worth citing the following points of our first president, islam karimov: “...we imagine the future of our state not in its own shell, but in a deep assimilation of universal and democratic values. we see our perspective using the experience of the countries that have developed to liberalize the management of the state and society, to introduce human rights and freedoms, the color of thoughts into our lives more broadly. we are in favor of a peaceful, free and prosperous life, mutually beneficial cooperation with the whole enlightened world, the international community. "in general, the harmony of science and education is an important factor in modern development. independence was considered a great historical event in the history of our motherland, and this historical process freed our people from prolonged dependence and colonization. our first president american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org was i. as karimov noted " the activities of our jadid grandfathers, who raised the idea of enlightenment high during the tsarist colonial period, are another example of this. hundreds of enlighteners, such as mahmudhaja behbudiy, munavvarqori, abdurashidkhanov, abdullah avlani, is'hoq khan ibrat, abdurauf fitrat, abdullah qadiri, abdulhamid chulpan, usman nasir, whose noble deeds done by selfless people with the aim of self-interest, peace and prosperity will never fade from the memory of generations”. factors and means of strengthening independence can come in different forms, manifestations. one of the main factors that ensure independence is eternal is the deeper improvement of spiritual and educational upbringing. in the territory of the late 19th-early 20th centuries, which was plagued by crisis from political, cultural, economic climate, with low development due to colonization, the turkestan intelligentsia took measures to get rid of the colonial oppression of tsarist russia, establish its own national statehood, pave the way for economic and cultural development, spread damage to the people. a huge role in this regard was played by the jadidist character. jadidism was a national democratic threat against russian colonial policy, which set the goal of enlightening the peoples living in the backward economic, social and cultural conditions in turkestan of the time, conducting social and cultural customs in the life of society, ultimately introducing the ideas of national independence into khayat. jadidism first functioned as a movement in the field of culture. representatives of this current called for the struggle for progress, the development of turkic languages, the enrichment of literature in these languages, the study of secular sciences, the use of the achievements of science, and the struggle for equality of women and men. later jadidists promoted panturkism ideas. jadidism was, in essence, a political movement. in the turkestan region, jadidism is divided into three according to its character, place of distribution and direction; jadidism of turkestan, bukhara, khorezm. there is some discrepancy between the jadids of turkestan and the jadids of bukhara and khiva. intellectuals formed the social basis of jadidism in turkestan. they stood in the front lines of the fight against the colonization of tsarist russia, in favor of the fact that turkestan, which was becoming a source of raw materials for chorism, was initially an autonomous, and then an independent state. in turkestan, the ideas of jadidism began to spread from the 90s of the xix century. this character played an important role in the socio-political life of the country until the late 30s of the 20th century. today, the historical scientists of the republic distinguish the following three stages in the jadidic character: 1) from the end of the xix century to 1915 enlightenment; 2) from 1915 to february 1918 autonomy; 3) from february 1918 to the late 20s-soviet activities. jadidism among the muslim peoples dependent on russia first appeared in the crimea in the 80s of the xix century. its founder was ismailbek gaspirali (1851-1914), who profoundly mastered the religious-secular sciences. ismailbek established a jadid school in 1884 to issue literates of 12 children in 40 days. his teaching method gained fame under the name" method savtia", i.e." method of sound". "jadid "is an arabic word meaning" new". supporters of the novelty, who adopted ismailbek's ideas, took the name "jadids", while his ideas took the name "jadidism". ismailbek gaspirali creates a textbook, founded his own newspaper" translator " (1883-1914), which promotes jadidism widely among turkic peoples. this newspaper also spreads to tashkent and other cities. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 1.karimov i.a high morale is an invincible force. t., spirituality, 2008. b.125 2.karimov i.a high morale is an invincible force. t., spirituality, 2008. b. 49 i. gaspirali visited central asia in 1893. in bukhara, amir persuades abdulahad to open a jadid school. this school is given the name "muzaffariya". shamsuddin domla in andijan in 1899, salahiddin domla in kokand in 1901, munavvarqori abdurashidkhanov in tashkent, and abdukadir shakuriyya in samarkand were the first to open jadid schools. major exponents of jadidism kharagat also created textbooks for jadid schools. of particular note are the textbooks of saidrasul azizi "master first" (1903), munavvarqori "adibi first" (1907), abdullah avlani "first teacher", "second teacher" (1912). the main ideas and goals of jadidism were: liberation of turkestan from medieval backwardness and religious prejudice; reform of sharia and spread enlightenment to the people; the struggle for the establishment of an autonomous government in turkestan; building a free and prosperous society in bukhara and khiva by establishing a constitutional monarchy and parliament, and later a democratic republican system; the introduction of a stable national currency and the formation of a national army. in general, the ideas of the jadidist movement that arose at the beginning of the century occupy an important place in the struggle of the turkestan rings for national liberation, independence, first against tsarist russia, and then against the soviet colony. the russo-japanese war of 1904-1905, the 1st russian revolution of 1905-1907, the iranian revolution of 1905-1911, the young turks revolution of 1908 in turkey strongly influenced the jadid worldview. the jadids gathered at the top of their newspapers and magazines, schools of the new method, various libraries and libraries, amateur theater troupes. many of them were prominent creators of this period – poets-writers. they have historically created new national literature with their works. literature went in harmony with the events of the era. as early as the 1910s, the ideas of enlightenment and liberation became its central theme. the concepts of "nation" and "homeland" entered the literature. during the jadidism movement, their own press was formed. the jadids were represented in tashkent in 1905-1906 by "progressive" (editor ismail obidov), "khurshid" (editor munavvarqori), in 19071908 by "sharht" (editor abdullah avloni), "asiya" (editor ahmadjan bektemirov), "tujjor" (editor saidkarimboy saidazimboy's son), in tashkent by "sadoyi turkestan" (editor ubaydullahuja asadullakhojaev), "sadoyi fergana" (edited by obidjan mahmudov) newspapers were published in kokand, and "oyina" (edited by mahmudkhoja behbudiy) magazine was published in samarkand. the press not only moved the language of the nation to its pages, but put the issue of what things to do in the first place. in conclusion, the jadidism movement left an indelible mark on history as a movement that was able to awaken in our people the ideas of enlightenment and the formation of national statehood in turkestan. list of literature used: 1. islam karimov. "high spirituality is an invincible force”. t.: "spirituality", 2008. 2. mirziyoyev sh. we will build our great future together with our brave and noble people. t.: "uzbekistan" 2017. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 3. important dates of the history of uzbekistan."uzbekistan" nmiu, 2012. 4. s. tillaboyev, akbar zamanov history of uzbekistan: textbook for grade 9. t.: 2019 5. a. azizkhojayev et al. national encyclopedia of uzbekistan. publishing house” national encyclopedia of uzbekistan", t.: 2006 6. tulenov j. from the jadid movement to national independence. t. "east". 2000. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 17, | october., 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role of interdisciplinary communication in teaching physics ashirov shamshidin annazarovich head of physics department of gulistan state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will talk about the important role of interdisciplinary communication in teaching physics. physics, a multidisciplinary specialty, requires effective communication between different disciplines to increase students ' understanding and appreciation of its concepts. raising the gap between physics and other sciences, interdisciplinary dialogue illuminates real-world programs and shapes critical thinking, problem-solving skills, collaboration, and teamwork. this article highlights the importance of integrating interdisciplinary approaches in physics education to give students a holistic understanding and prepare them for the complexities of the scientific challenges they may face in their future endeavors. "physics", light, trajectory, hypothesis, temperature, absolute, relative, field, radiation, radiactivity, rocket, biophysics. introduction physics is a multidisciplinary field that bridges different areas of knowledge, making interdisciplinary communication a necessary aspect of teaching the subject. effective communication between physics and other disciplines not only enriches students ' understanding of physics concepts, but also forms connections with real-world applications. this article explores the important role of interdisciplinary communication in teaching physics. 1. making the difference between physics and other sciences: physics intersects with many scientific disciplines such as chemistry, biology and engineering. by establishing an interplinarian dialogue, teachers can illuminate the connections between physics and related fields. showing how the principles of physics apply to other disciplines is of interest and expands the reader's understanding of the wider scientific landscape. 2. raising the importance of the real world: interdisciplinary communication brings the concepts of physics to life by demonstrating their practical developments in various fields. for example, through collaboration with the engineering or environmental science departments, physics teachers can show how concepts such as energy conservation or thermodynamics are used when designing efficient systems or analyzing environmental impacts. the implementation of these connections will help students see the relevance and concrete application of the principles of physics outside the lesson. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org 3. encourage critical thinking and problem solving skills: physics problems often have complex real-world applications related to several disciplines. by incorporating interdisciplinary dialogue in the educational process, learners can be encouraged to think critically, approach problems from different perspectives. these skills are essential to overcome complex difficulties and find modern solutions both inside and outside the field of physics. 4. collaboration and teamwork capture: interdisciplinary dialogue facilitates collaboration and teamwork among students. by encouraging students to work together, share knowledge, exchange ideas from different disciplines, educators create an environment where different perspectives are valued. collaborative projects that combine physics with other disciplines help students appreciate the benefits of interdisciplinary approaches and develop the necessary teamwork skills. interdisciplinary engagement plays an important role in teaching physics by encouraging a broader and more perfect understanding of the subject. the main areas of interdisciplinary engagement role in teaching physics are as follows: 1. integration of other disciplines. physics is closely connected with other scientific disciplines such as mathematics, chemistry, biology, engineering. interdisciplinary engagement allows the integration of concepts, theories and techniques from these disciplines, providing a more holistic approach to teaching physics. students can see the interdependence of different disciplines and how they contribute to a deeper understanding of physical phenomena. 2. real-world connection: interdisciplinary engagement helps to highlight the real-world possibilities of physics. by incorporating examples and practical training from other disciplines such as the environment, medicine or technology, students can see how the principles of physics are used to solve practical problems. this approach increases communication and motivation with students by demonstrating the relevance of physics in different contexts. 3. critical thinking and problem solving skills. interdisciplinary approaches encourage students to think critically, approach problems from multiple perspectives, form problem-solving skills. when students research the connections between physics and other disciplines, they come across various methodologies and approaches to analyze and solve complex problems. this shapes creativity and increases students ' ability to overcome real-world challenges. 4. increasing scientific literacy: interdisciplinary engagement helps foster scientific literacy among students. by integrating physics with other disciplines, students gain a broader understanding of scientific concepts, research methods, and scientific thinking. this interdisciplinary perspective encourages students to critically evaluate scientific data, build science connections, and develop welldeveloped scientific literacy. 5. career opportunities: an interdisciplinary approach to teaching physics can broaden student horizons and expose them to different career opportunities. by illuminating the interdisciplinary nature of physics, students can see how their physical knowledge and skills can be applied in various fields such as engineering, materials science, renewable energy, data science, etc. this expands their career options and encourages lifelong learning. conclusion: the integration of interdisciplinary communication in teaching physics is essential for students to have a holistic understanding of the subject and its real-world implications. by raising the disparity between physics and other disciplines, students gain a broader perspective and see practical american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 17, oct. 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org applications of the principles of physics. interdisciplinary communication also fosters critical thinking, problem solving, collaboration, and teamwork skills. establishing interdisciplinary communication as learners is necessary to inspire curiosity, build creativity, prepare students to overcome complex difficulties in their future scientific work. in conclusion, interdisciplinary engagement in teaching physics increases students ' understanding, relevance and application of the principles of physics. it shapes critical thinking, problem-solving skills, and scientific literacy while broadening career perspectives. by integrating physics with other disciplines, students develop a more perfect and interdisciplinary approach to scientific inquiry. references 1. ya.i.perelman “qiziqarli fizika” toshkent-2009y. 2. k.tursunmetov “ma’lumotnoma” toshkent-2007 y. 3. m.yo’ldashev “8-sinf fizika darslik” toshkent – 2010 y. 4. l.s.landsberg “optika”. moskva. 1976 y. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the effectiveness of the use of local coagulants in the wastewater treatment of sericulture enterprises a. g. askarova s. i. nazarov, h. q. razzoqov bukhara state university, 200117, m. ikbol str., 11, bukhara, uzbekistan e-mail: gulchiroyasqarova16@gmail.com s.i.nazarov@buxdu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents a qualitative and quantitative analysis of wastewater from silkworm enterprises, the preand post-chemical composition of wastewater generated during the extraction of silk fiber from cocoons, methods of complete analysis and chemical composition after analysis, as well as scientific justification for the possibility of reuse of treated wastewater in the process of extracting silk fiber from cocoons based on the results of the analysis. however, it has been shown that purified waters can also be used for greening the environment. cocoon, silk, ph, wastewater, total hardness, dry residue. introduction improving the processing of cocoon raw materials, especially increasing the yield of silk raw materials, is an important factor in improving the technological efficiency of the cocoon industry. however, the integrated use of natural silk production waste is important, since the amount of waste per 1 kg of raw silk currently produced exceeds 1 kg. at the same time, a large amount of wastewater is generated, which in turn creates environmental problems. wastewater generated during the extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon contains only about a third of the total amount of fibrous waste, formed mainly from natural silk used for the production of silk yarn. the bulk of the waste is exported abroad due to the rational technology of its disposal, as well as due to a lack of production capacity. this determines the feasibility and scientific justification for the further development of work in the field of integrated waste management, including the production of biologically active substances, fresh protein and nonprotein products from natural silk waste and their use in various industries of our republic, determines the relevance of the chosen research topic. the process of extracting silk fiber from a cocoon involves several steps, and most of the processes are directly related to water. on average, the daily water demand of one enterprise is 60 m3. today, when the population's need for drinking and process water is increasing every day, sending process water to manufacturing enterprises creates various problems. one of the urgent problems is the synthesis of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org highly effective mixed coagulants based on local raw materials in order to eliminate the above problems and their use in wastewater treatment of sericulture enterprises. wastewater from sericulture enterprises contains mainly high-molecular compounds keratin and fibroin. approximately keratin has a molecular weight of 70,000, and fibroin has a molecular weight of 100,000. a molecule of protein substances has a fibrillar or globular structure. the specific density of fibroin is 1.25 g/cm3, keratin-1.28-1.3 g/ cm3. protein substances are rapidly oxidized by oxygen in the air and cause the spread of various unpleasant odors into the environment. the authors [1-4] proposed various methods of wastewater treatment in sericulture. including flotation, combined flotation with oxidation and adsorption, biological purification, electrodialysis, ultrafiltration. in order to further improve the quality indicators of industrial water produced by using the above methods in the treatment of silk wastewater, mixed coagulants based on local raw materials were synthesized in the research laboratory of bukhara state university. the chemical composition of synthesized mixed coagulants has been analyzed. the results of the analysis are shown in figure 1. according to the results of the analysis, the composition of the mixed coagulant synthesized on the basis of domestic raw materials contains 28.3% -al, as well as 2.52%-fe, 0.07%-zn, 0.0157% d elements, the presence plays an important role in the wastewater treatment of a sericulture enterprise. in particular, silk production enterprises accelerate the formation of water-insoluble substances by interacting with amino acids contained in wastewater and protein substances dissolved in water. this will make it possible to effectively purify the wastewater of the enterprise in a short time, as well as reuse it in the production process. picture 1. the chemical composition of a mixed coagulant synthesized on the basis of domestic raw materials. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org anot cleaned bcleaned picture 2. changing the color of sericulture enterprises before and after wastewater treatment. table 1. indicators of the quality of wastewater content of sericulture enterprises after their treatment with mixed coagulants and passing through a special device indicators measurement not cleaned cleaned cleaning effectiveness, % turbidity grad 2,0 0,0 100 ph 7,5 7,0 7 general hardness mg·eq/l 18 3 83 general minerality mg/l 2000 125 94 mg2+ mg/l 100 20 80 na+ mg/l 500 24 95,2 k+ mg/l 300 18 94 hco3 2 mg/l 110 13 88,2 no3 mg/l 1,5 0,5 67 po4 3mg/l 27 2,25 92 as can be seen from this table, when treating wastewater from silk industry enterprises with the proposed coagulants and passing them through a special device, the turbidity level of their water was lost, the ph decreased from 7.7 to 7.0, the total hardness decreased from 18 to 3 (mg·eq / l), the total mineralization -from 2000 to 125 mg/l, so4 2the number of ions from 600 to 16 mg/l, the number of cl ions from 450 to 11 mg/l, the number of ca2+ ions from 235 to 25 mg/l, the number of mg2+ ions from 100 to 20 mg/l, the number of na+ ions from 500 to 24 mg / l, k+ number of ions from 300 to 18 mg/l, hco3 2the number of ions decreased from 110 to 13 mg/l, the number of no3 ions from 1.5 to 0.5 mg/l, the number of po4 3ions from 27 to 2.25 mg/l. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org picture 3. dependence of changes in the chemical composition of wastewater from sericulture enterprises on the seasons after their purification wastewater treatment of silk industry enterprises has a number of advantages: 1. from an environmental point of view: water is saved, treated wastewater can be reused for industrial purposes or for irrigation; reduces water pollution. wastewater treatment of silk industry enterprises helps to reduce the spread of pollutants into rivers, lakes and other bodies of water. clean water systems help support ecosystems and living organisms. 2. economic advantage: reduces water costs. 3. technical advantages: clean waste water does not cause much damage to pipes and pumps; purified water does not affect the quality of silk products; reduces the risk of accidents; the introduction of modern wastewater treatment methods serves silk industry enterprises to reduce their negative impact on the environment and ensure sustainable development. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. chenskiy i. a. metodы ochistki stochnыx vod / i. a. chenskiy, s. s. rыbnikov – cheboksarы: interaktiv plyus, 2016. – 92 s. 2. gvozdev v. d. ochistka proizvodstvennыx stochnыx vod i utilizatsiya osadkov / v. d. gvozdev, b. s. ksenofontova. – m.: ximiya, 1988. – 112 s. 3. molokanov d.a. kompleksnыy podxod k ochistke stochnыx vod // ekologiya proizvodstva. 2011. № 5.s. 79-81. 4. kuznesov yu.n. novaya texnologiya ochistki promыshlennыx stochnыx vod // energiya: ekonomika, texnika, ekologiya. 2008. № 1 .s. 52-62. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 138 www.americanjournal.org calcium chlorate is based on sodium chlorate and calcium chlorate study of water systems omonbayeva gulzoda botirjon qizi assistant, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: gulzoda.omonbayeva@ferpi.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this regard, we studied this system in a very political-political way. liquidity lines of ice and calcium chlorate with different levels of hydration were determined in the water solubility curve of calcium chlorate. in the solubility curve of the calcium chlorate–water system, ice formation continues to 46.1% of calcium chlorate at -40.300c (eutectic). from this point, calcium chlorate hexahydrate, stable to 27.2°c, crystallizes. the temperature range of -27.2°c -6.8°c corresponds to the crystallization zone of tetrahydrous calcium chlorate. bischofite, calciummagnesium chlorate, solubility, diagram, binary systems, ice, crystallize, sodium chlorate. introduction the main promising ways for the development of agriculture in the world are the introduction of new technologies of soil cultivation, the creation of high-yielding varieties of technical plants, and at the same time mineral fertilizers, plant growth stimulants, pesticides, including depends on the complex use of defoliants [1-3]. chlorate-containing defoliants belong to the category of low-toxic drugs in terms of production and use. but for the production of magnesium chlorate defoliant, 50% of the raw material is used "bischofite", which is bought from abroad for foreign currency [4-7]. as one of the effective ways to solve this problem, scientific staff of the institute of general and inorganic chemistry of the russian federation used "sho’rsuv" and "pachkamir" dolomites instead of "bishofite" raw materials, using raw materials that were decomposed with hydrochloric acid a new calciummagnesium chlorate defoliant production technology was implemented. for the physico-chemical justification of the defoliant process, it is necessary to know that the components of the calcium defoliant chlorate ca(clo3)2-cacl2-h2o system, concentrated in the active substance, work in a wide temperature and concentration range [8-11]. materials and methods the binary system calcium chloride-water has been studied at temperatures from freezing to 100. the water solubility curve of calcium chloride in the studied temperature range consists of four branches of crystallization of solid phases: ice, hexahydrate, tetrahydrate and dihydrate calcium chloride.. the obtained data are in good agreement with the literature on the state of the eutectic points and the presence of calcium chlorate and calcium chloride crystalhydrates [12-17]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 139 www.americanjournal.org solubility in the ca(clo3)2-cacl2-h2o system was studied with eight internal sections. based on the obtained solubility data for binary systems and internal sections, a polythermal diagram of the solubility of the ca(clo3)2-cacl2-h2o system from the eutectic freezing point (-69.20c) to 100°c was constructed [18-20]. the polythermal diagram of solubility of the studied system consists of seven crystallization zones of solid phases: ice, ca(clo3) 2·6h2o; ca(clo3) 2·4h2o; ca(clo3)2·2h2o; cacl2·6h2o; cacl2·4h2o; cacl2·2h2o. fields converge at the five three-way nonvariant nodes of the joint phases existence of three different solid phases. the characteristics of two and three points are given in the table below. table 1. two and three points of the ca(clo3) 2-cacl2-h2o system composition of liquid phase.% tkr oc solid phaza ca(clo3)2 cacl2 h2o 1 2 3 4 5 30,6 69,4 -49,7 ice+cacl2·6h2o 13,0 26,1 60,9 -51,6 ice+cacl2·6h2o 15,2 25,1 59,7 -52,4 ice+cacl2·6h2o 34,0 15,2 50,8 -59,5 ice+cacl2·6h2o 44,4 3,2 52,4 -69,2 ice+ ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ cacl2·6h2o 46,1 53,9 -40,3 ice+ ca(clo3)2·6h2o 50,9 2,0 47,1 -38,0 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ca(clo3)2·6h2o 54,0 1,2 44,8 -29,6 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ca(clo3)2·4h2o+ cacl2·6h2o; 55,0 45,0 -27,2 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ ca(clo3)2·4h2o 59,5 0,9 39,6 -12,0 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+cacl2·6h2o 60,0 1,1 38,9 -11,2 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+cacl2·6h2o+ cacl2·4h2o 60,6 1,0 38,4 -9,6 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+cacl2·4h2o+ cacl2·2h2o; 61,2 0,9 37,9 -8,4 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+ca(clo3)2·2h2o+ cacl2·2h2o 62,0 38,0 -6,8 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+ca(clo3)2·2h2o 68,3 2,6 29,1 39,5 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+cacl2·2h2o 71,7 4,8 23,5 84,0 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+cacl2·2h2o 76,0 5,6 18,4 100 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+cacl2·2h2o 57,1 4,7 38,2 -8,5 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 45,9 16,4 37,7 2,1 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 43,4 20,6 36,0 4,5 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 27,5 31,0 41,5 14,5 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 22,0 33,0 45,0 18,0 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 11,6 42,0 46,4 23,6 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 50,1 49,9 29,7 cacl2 ·6h2o+cacl2 ·4h2o 54,8 8,3 36,9 -4,0 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 48,9 15,4 35,7 2,4 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 39,0 25,4 35,6 11,6 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 34,0 29,6 36,4 16,0 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 25,2 36,8 38,0 24,0 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 10,5 47,7 41,8 36,3 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o 56,6 43,4 45,4 cacl2 ·4h2o+cacl2 ·2h2o american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 140 www.americanjournal.org a polythermal state diagram plots the isothermal solubility curves at every 100c over the temperature range -50 ℃ at 100. calcium chlorate-water and calcium chloride-water are projected onto the sides of the system. as can be seen from the above data, new compounds or solid solutions based on initial components are not formed in the system in the studied temperature range. the system is simple eutonic. a characteristic feature of the solubility diagram of the studied system is that due to its good solubility in this system, calcium chlorate has a significant salting effect on calcium chloride, which increases with increasing temperature. therefore, with an increase in temperature, eutonic solutions of the system are enriched with calcium chlorate with a decrease in calcium chloride. as a result, as the temperature and concentration of calcium chlorate in the system increases, the crystallization area of calcium chloride expands. solubility diagram of the binary system sodium chlorate-water 42.0% naclo3 and 58.0% water at the cryohydrate point of -18.5°c showing the presence of two channels of crystallization of pure initial components ice and sodium chlorate characterized by the obtained data on the solubility of the naclo3-h2o binary system are in good agreement with the literature data. solubility of ca(clo3) in 2-naclo3-h2o system with calcium chlorate-sodium chlorate-water rhennium sections. cuts i-vi are water to the top of the calcium chlorate-sodium chlorate made from the side, and water to the sodium chlorate-calcium chlorate pole from the vii side. based on the solubility data of binary systems and internal sections, a polythermal diagram of the solubility of the ca(clo3) 2-naclo3-h2o system from the eutectic freezing point (-41.60 c) to 100 ℃ was compiled (fig. 1.). figure 1. polythermal diagram of the solubility of the system american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 141 www.americanjournal.org the polythermal diagram of solubility of the studied system consists of five crystallization areas of solid phases: ice, naclo3, ca(clo3)2·6h2o; ca(clo3) 2·4h2o and ca(clo3)2·2h2o. fields converge at the three triple nonvariant nodal points of the coexistence of three different solid phases. the characteristics of two and three points are presented in table 2. table 2. two and three points of the ca(clo3) 2-cacl2-h2o system composition of liquid phase., % t. kr.oc solid phaza naclo3 ca(clo3)2 h2o 41,9 58,1 -18,5 ice +naclo3 32,4 13,5 54,1 -19,5 ice +naclo3 19,0 28,4 52,6 -22,9 ice +naclo3 11,9 35,1 53,0 -27,5 ice +naclo3 2,7 44,4 52,9 -41,6 ice + ca(clo3)2·6h2o +naclo3 46,1 53,9 -40,3 ice + ca(clo3)2·6h2o 3,0 50,4 46,6 -32,5 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ naclo3 3,4 53,3 43,3 -28,7 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ ca(clo3)2·4h2o+naclo3 55,0 45,0 -27,2 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ ca(clo3)2·4h2o 4,3 57,4 38,3 -16,5 ca(clo3)2·6h2o+ naclo3 4,8 60,4 34,8 -8,4 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+ ca(clo3)2·2h2o+naclo3 62,0 38,0 -6,8 ca(clo3)2·4h2o+ ca(clo3)2·2h2o 6,3 65,2 28,2 32,0 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+ naclo3 9,8 72,0 18,2 84,0 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+ naclo3 11,1 74,0 14,9 100 ca(clo3)2·2h2o+ naclo3 the polythermal state diagram draws isothermal solubility curves every 10 in the temperature range 30÷1000c. calcium chlorate-water and sodium chlorate-water polytherm projections are built on the sides of the system. the results of the study show that no new compounds or solid solutions based on the initial components are formed in the system in the studied temperature range. the system is simple eutonic. in the temperature range -18.5°c -41.6°c, ice crystallizes together with sodium chlorate from the equilibrium solution in the system, and ice with hexahydrate calcium chlorate at -41.6°c -40.3°c, temperature range -41.6°c -28.7°c corresponds to the co-crystallization of calcium chlorate hexahydrate with sodium chlorate. calcium chlorate tetrahydrate and sodium chlorate co-crystallize from an equilibrium solution at -28.7°c -8.4°c. references 1. курбанов, ж. х., давлятова, з. м., эргашев, а. а. ў., абролов, а. а., & омонбаева, г. б. к. (2019). интенсивность теплообмена при нагреве раствора nh2coonh4 в теплообменнике с высокоэффективными трубами. universum: технические науки, (12-2 (69)), 24-27. 2. usmаnov, b., & amanbayeva, g. (2022). изучение растворимости трикальцийфосфата в водных растворах нитрата аммония. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(11), 63-71. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 142 www.americanjournal.org 3. usmаnov, b., & amanbayeva, g. (2022). переработка фосфоритов центральных кызылкумов на одинарные и комплексные удобрения. nazariy va amaliy tadqiqotlar xalqaro jurnali, 2(10), 175-183. 4. усманов, б. с., & кодиров, з. з. (2021). влияние солнечных лучей на состав продуктов при хранении высококачественных растительных масел. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (83)), 92-95. 5. usmanov, b., & umurzakova, s. (2021). investigation of the chemical composition and properties of low-grade phosphorites of tashkur. innovative technologica: methodical research journal, 2(12), 100-105. 6. усманов, б. с., гоппиржонович, қ. м., сайтбековна, қ. у., & умурзақова, ш. м. (2019). особенности состава и свойств сафлорового соапстока, определяющие области его применения. universum: технические науки, (12-3 (69)), 18-20. 7. усманов, б. с., медатов, р. х., & мамажонова, и. р. (2019). интенсификация теплообмена при течении hno3 в трубах с кольцевыми турбулизаторами. universum: технические науки, (10-2 (67)), 35-37. 8. усманов, б. с., кодиров, з. з., & ибрагимов, л. а. (2021). способы использования высокочастотных лучей при длительном хранении сырья для производства растительных масел. universum: технические науки, (5-3 (86)), 93-96. 9. мирзаев, а. н., рахмонов, д., & буриева, з. р. (2022). влияния режимных параметров на степень очистки в двухступенчатом аппарате. central asian journal of theoretical and applied science, 3(5), 10-14. 10. юлдашев к., мансуров ю.н., джураев а.и., мирзаев н.а. (2021). современный катализатор на основе оксида церия. isj теоретические и прикладные науки , 11 (103), 940. 11. хамдамова, ш. ш., & мирзаев, н. а. (2020). взаимодействие компонентов в системе mg (clo3) 2-n (c2h4oh) 3-h2o. universum: химия и биология, (1 (67)), 26-31. 12. dilmurod, e., navruzbek, m., & oybek, e. (2022). the effect of efficient development developments on efficiency. universum: технические науки, (12-7 (105)), 49-53. 13. khurmamatov, a. m., mirzayev, n. a., & ibragimov, f. a. (2023). results of optimizing the process of cleaning air from solid particles. international journal of advance scientific research, 3(06), 217-225. 14. мейлиева, л. к., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). изучение антикоррозионных свойств продуктов переработки отходов полиэтилентерефталата. universum: технические науки, (8-2 (89)), 52-57. 15. курбанов, ж. х., давлятова, з. м., эргашев, а. а. ў., абролов, а. а., & омонбаева, г. б. к. (2019). интенсивность теплообмена при нагреве раствора nh2coonh4 в теплообменнике с высокоэффективными трубами. universum: технические науки, (12-2 (69)), 24-27. 16. усманова, ю. ш., давлятова, з. м., & кадиров, х. и. (2021). получение этилендиамина на основе отработанного моноэтаноламина. universum: технические науки, (9-2 (90)), 40-44. 17. ортикова, с. с., жураев, а. и. у., & нурматова, з. н. к. (2019). исследование водонерастворимой части аммофосфата на основе фосфорнокислотной переработки забалансовой фосфоритной руды центральных кызылкумов. universum: химия и биология, (12 (66)), 59-61. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 143 www.americanjournal.org 18. saidmambievna, o. s., & sattarovich, n. s. (2018). composition and physicochemical properties of nitrogen-phosphorus-sulphur-calcium containing fertilizers. austrian journal of technical and natural sciences, (7-8), 50-54. 19. alimov, u. k., ortikova, s. s., abasov, x. k., & namazov sh, s. (2015). ammophosphate based on partially ammoniated wet-processing phosphoric acid and off-balance from central kyzylkum phosphorite. khimicheskiy jurnal kazaxstana [chemical journal of kazakhstan], (5), 12-18. 20. жаббаргенов, м. ж., маденов, б. д., ортикова, с. с., сейтназаров, а. р., & каймакова, д. а. (2021). улучшение качества аммофосфатного удобрения из низкосортного фосфатного сырья. universum: технические науки, (2-2 (83)), 69-76. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org using vr/ar technologies in the process of teaching physics ashirbekova s. u. associate professor of the department of methods of teaching physics, nukus state pedagogical institute, nukus, uzbekistan eshbaeva m. assistant of the department of methods of teaching physics, nukus state pedagogical institute, nukus, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s aspects of the use of virtual and augmented reality technology in the school education system are considered. the advantages and limitations of using these technologies are given. directions and examples of the use of virtual and augmented reality technologies in the educational environment are offered. when used correctly, these technologies can help create an effective modern educational environment, individualize the learning process, and expand learning opportunities. innovative education, virtual reality, augmented reality, virtual reality, augmented reality, interface, vr platform, educational content. introduction virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) have enormous potential for application in the education system. they offer new and innovative ways of learning that complement or even replace traditional teaching methods. in this article we will look at the possibilities of using vr/ar technologies in the learning process, and also provide several popular vr platforms and programs, ar technologies and applications, examples of research and practical applications that significantly improve learning efficiency, stimulate active participation and increase motivating students to learn materials. virtual reality (vr, virtual reality ) is an artificially created projection of real or fictional objects in the form of a three-dimensional scene, with which the user interacts in various ways. virtual reality involves the user's complete immersion in it with isolation from the real world. to perceive content, special helmets, glasses, or specially equipped rooms and even cars are often used [1]. methods and results unlike virtual reality, ar interfaces allow users to see and manipulate virtual objects integrated into the real world in real time [2]. augmented reality is an intermediate link between reality and the virtual environment. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org vr and ar provide students with a unique opportunity to visualize abstract and complex concepts that may be difficult to present using traditional teaching methods. using 3d models and simulations, students can explore physical phenomena in a virtual environment or see augmented visual elements in the real world. this promotes deep understanding and better mastery of physics concepts. students will have the opportunity to simulate physical phenomena, change parameters and observe the results of virtual experiments. this allows them to experiment, make mistakes, and learn the consequences of their actions. vr and ar also provide the opportunity to create interactive challenges and game elements, making learning more fun and engaging. students can participate in built-in virtual games and activities, solve physical puzzles, and take on challenges to encourage active participation and develop problemsolving skills. vr and ar help improve distance learning and promote interaction between learners and teachers. using a vr environment, students can join virtual classes, communicate with other students and teachers from different locations, and collaborate on projects and assignments. vr and ar provide the opportunity to create personalized educational content that can be adapted to the level of knowledge and needs of each student. using machine learning algorithms and data analysis, it is possible to develop individual educational programs, taking into account the characteristics of each individually. all these vr and ar opportunities in education allow schoolchildren to dive deeper into the study of physics, actively interact with educational material and develop their skills. they open up new perspectives for educational processes and can significantly improve the quality of teaching in the field of physics. virtual reality (vr) also provides a unique opportunity to create immersive environments in which students can interact with 3d objects and visualizations to recreate various physical phenomena. there are several popular vr platforms and programs specifically designed for teaching physics. augmented reality (ar) is a technology that allows you to add visual elements and information to the real world using special devices such as smartphones or ar glasses. in education, ar technologies can be used to create interactive educational content and improve understanding of physical phenomena. conclusion let's consider some ar technologies and applications, as well as popular vr platforms and programs used in teaching physics: google cardboard is an affordable and easy-to-use vr platform. it allows you to turn your smartphone into a virtual reality headset. using special applications such as " cardboard" theater " or " titans" of space ", students can explore 3d models of planets, stars and other space objects, as well as learn physical laws related to space. oculus rift is one of the most popular and advanced vr platforms. with its help, students can immerse themselves in virtual laboratories and simulations specifically designed for teaching physics. for example, the " newtonvr " application allows students to conduct virtual experiments with physical objects and observe changes in real time, and the " universe " application sandbox " makes it possible to explore and simulate space objects and physical processes in the universe. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org htc vive is another popular vr platform that features high visual quality and deep immersion. using applications such as " the body vr" or " nanome ", students can explore the internal organs of the human body or molecular structures in a 3d environment. this allows them to better understand anatomy and molecular physics. playstation vr is a vr platform developed for playstation game consoles and can also be used for educational purposes. for example, the statik app challenges students to solve physics puzzles, while apollo 11 vr lets you recreate the historic apollo 11 mission to the moon. these vr platforms provide a wide range of capabilities for visualizing abstract physics concepts and conducting virtual experiments. they create a more visual and interactive educational environment, stimulating students' interest and allowing them to gain a deeper understanding of physical principles and laws. virtual reality complements traditional teaching methods and opens up new avenues for physics education. arcore and arkit: google 's arcore and apple 's arkit are platforms and toolkits for developing ar applications on smartphones. they provide the ability to add visual elements to the real environment. they can be used to create visualizations of physical phenomena such as gravity, electromagnetism or optics and integrate them into the real world. these applications allow students to observe and interact with 3d models and animations, promoting a deep understanding of physics concepts. ar glasses like microsoft hololens or magic leap, allow you to project visual elements directly onto the user's field of view, creating an augmented reality effect. they can be used to create 3d models of physical objects such as molecules, electrical circuits or mechanical systems and place them around students. this allows students to literally “see” and interact with physical phenomena in their environment, which greatly improves their understanding of physics concepts. one of the main advantages of using augmented reality in school education is the ability to add an additional layer of information to the real world during the educational process. this can help students better understand and remember course material. for example, students can use augmented reality to overlay virtual markers on animals and plants in the landscape to learn more about their lives and behavior [3]. there are many apps specifically designed for teaching physics using ar. for example, the application " phet interactive simulations " offers a wide range of interactive simulations of physics phenomena that can be visualized in the real world using ar. these applications allow students to conduct virtual experiments, change parameters and observe results in real time, which promotes deeper understanding of physics concepts. ar technologies provide opportunities to create interactive educational content and improve understanding of physical phenomena. they allow students to visualize abstract concepts, observe and interact with 3d models, and conduct virtual experiments in the real world. this promotes more active and visual teaching of physics, helping to increase students' interest in science. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org references 1. awais , h.d. virtual reality and augmented reality for education / kh.d. avais , a.s. vakas , a.l. asif , a. abdul // multimedia computing systems and virtual reality. – france: taylor & francis , 2022. – 210 p. 2. mamontov, d.k. enriching reality / d.k. mamontov // popular mechanics. – 2009. – no. 9. – p. 46-48. 3. antoniadi , k.s. application of vr and ar technologies in education / k.s. antoniadi , t.yu. grubich // new development impulses: issues of scientific research: materials of the ii international scientific and practical conference . conf . / under general ed. n.v. emelyanova. – saratov: 2020. – no. 2. – pp. 26-29. 4. ashirbekova s.u., baimuratov sh.zh. application of smart technology in the learning process. materials of the republican scientific, theoretical and practical conference with the participation of foreign scientists “physics and ecology”. october 15-16, 2021, nukus, uzbekistan. pp.74-75. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org technology of movement of oil streams by thermal methods avlakulov abdimajit meyliyevich norinov fakhriyor kurbanovich khushvaktov kholbek abdirashidovich karshi engineering economics institute karshi uzbekistan. tel:+998908774247 rozisher@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s steam oil compression is the most common method of increasing the oil yield of formations, and it has many advantages over all other methods in the compression of high-viscosity oils. in this process, steam is pumped into low-temperature and high-viscosity oil layers from the surface of the earth, within the boundaries of the oil field, through special steam-driving wells. steam at 2300 c is 3-3.5 times more than hot water, has a large heat capacity (more than 5000 kdj/kg), brings a lot of heat energy to the layer. this input heat energy is spent on heating the formation, reducing the relative permeability and oil viscosity, saturating the formation and expanding oil, water, and gases. introduction the following three zones are formed in the layer, which differ in temperature, saturation and compression properties1. the temperature of the zone around the driver well varies from the temperature of the driven steam to the temperature of the start of condensation (400-200oc). in this zone, the extraction of light fractions of oil and their migration (compression) along the layer with steam occurs, i.e., it is a zone with hot condensate whose temperature varies from the temperature of the beginning of condensation (200°с) to the temperature of the layer. in this zone, hot condensate (water) compresses the light fractions of oil under non-thermal conditions. it is a zone at the temperature of the initial layer, which is not affected by heat. in this zone, oil is displaced by formation water. during the continuation of the process, the steam and hot condensate zones expand, and the third zone with the temperature of the initial layer shrinks. the end result is a hot, condensate zone and then a steam zone that can reach the receiving wells. it is observed that hot water and steam penetrate the wells and bring them to the surface together with oil. after that, it is not practical to continue the process of steam driving. during heating of the layer, distillation of oil, reduction of viscosity and volumetric expansion of all american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org factors in the layers, changes in phase conductivities, wettability of the layer, mobility of oil and water and other indicators occur. the main part of oil displacement efficiency is due to reduction of oil viscosity (40-50%), followed by oil distillation (18-20%), change in mobility (18-20%), oil expansion and formation wettability. is mounted. during the movement of steam and hot condensate in the formation, heat loss occurs due to heat transfer to the rocks surrounding the oil formation. heat loss is proportional to the temperature at the boundary with the rocks surrounding these zones, the temperature at their contact surface, contact time and other indicators. when the thickness of the oil layer is small, the temperature at the boundary with the rocks surrounding it is always high, the relative surface area (compared to the volume of the layer) of heat exchange is also very large, as a result, when the distance between the wells is large, steam in many cases it does not work. therefore, the most rational technologies and systems of oil steam compression are characterized by low heat consumption, full and even heating of the pile volume. therefore, to apply this method, sufficiently thick layers (15 m and more) are selected, their middle part is opened in the driving wells, the well placement system is adopted at a density of 1-2 to 4-8 ha/well across the field. is made, the steam is provided by successively alternating steam and water at maximum speed, after the layers are sufficiently heated, water is pressed. steam extraction of oil from formations is used in many countries that use high-viscosity oil fields. the conditions of using the method of increasing the oil yield of the layers have been sufficiently studied and tested. currently, various forms of this method are used: oil extraction with steam; periodic exposure to layers with steam heat; transfer of steam injection into the layers to the bottom of receiving wells combined with steam-heat treatment, etc. the technological efficiency of the method depends on uniform heating of the layer, the level of heat use for heating the layer and liquids. in high-permeability layers with a depth of no more than 500-800 m and an oil viscosity of no more than 200-1000 mpa*s, the use of steam can ensure that the final oil recovery is up to 50-55%. however, it is impossible to significantly increase the final oil yield in inefficient process technologies or in unusable facilities (cracked, saturated with small oil), the amount of additional oil obtained may not cover the oil spent on steam production. 1 ton of oil can be burned in a steam generator to produce 13-15 tons of steam. 2.5-3.5 tons of steam are used to obtain 1 ton of additional oil under favorable conditions for steam extraction. references 1. гамидов г.а., бабаев м.в. новый подход к оценке эффективности заводнения месторождений высоковязкой нефти // нефтепромысловое дело. –м.: 2004. –№1. –с.21-26. 2. методы извлечения остаточной нефти / сургучев м.л., горбунов а.т., забродин д.п. и др. –м.: недра, 1991. –347 с. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 3. закиров с.н., закиров э.с., закиров и.с. новые принципы и технологии разработки месторождений нефти и газа. –м.: институт проблем нефти и газа ран, 2004. –520 с. 4. муслимов р.х., меркулова л.и., гинзбург а.а. оценка эффективности методов воздействия на обводняющиеся нефтяные пласты // нефтяное хозяйство. –м.: 1984. –№12. –с.25-31. 5. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org participation of citizens in environmental decision-making processes buzrukhoja khairullaevich mamadaliev researcher of uzmu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the ecological rights of citizens, ecological interests, the basis and importance of their participation in environmental decision-making, as well as the solutions and foundations of ensuring the rational use of natural resources. state bodies, citizen, public associations, decision, right, interest. introduction "executive authorities of the republic: develop a unified state policy in the relevant field and ensure its implementation, and in this regard methodically ensure the activities of local executive authorities; considers the appeals of individuals and legal entities, provides them with state services, and coordinates and summarizes the activities of territorial units in the direction of establishing open communication with the people1". it is known that the dictionary meaning of the word "democracy" refers to the concept of "government of the people", that is, the participation of the people in relations related to the state and society is the main principle of democracy. at a time when today's environmental problems are becoming global, democratic principles, that is, people's awareness of the environmental situation in the country and their participation in solving these environmental problems, are one of the most urgent issues today. the relevance of citizens' participation in the decision-making process on environmental issues can be understood from the content of the decision of the president of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev on december 21, 2022 "on measures to effectively organize the activities of the executive authorities of the republic within the framework of the administrative reforms of the new uzbekistan." that is, it is necessary to develop the mechanisms of citizens' participation in environmental issues. as a result of this, it creates a basis for ensuring the constitutional right of citizens to have information in the field of environment and further improving the decisions made by the state in this field. in our opinion, the main meaning of the introduction of such a mechanism should be the openness of decision-making by state authorities and the participation of citizens in these processes. in the republic of uzbekistan, the constitutional and legal foundations of citizens' participation in state management, in solving important issues of state and community life have been established. after all, in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, "the people are the only source of state power. state 1pq-447.21.12.2022 on measures to effectively organize the activities of the executive authorities of the republic within the framework of the administrative reforms of the new uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org power in the republic of uzbekistan is exercised only by the authorities authorized by the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan and the laws adopted on the basis of the interests of the people.2, defined as satisfying the "interests of the people" given in the constitution cannot be imagined without a quality environment for living. the fact that environmental rights are at the center of people's interests is becoming the main criterion of people's way of life. this, in turn, implies taking into account the ecological interest when we mean the people's interest. the constitution of uzbekistan does not provide for the ecological interests of the people (citizens). however, one can find several norms aimed at reflecting and protecting environmental interests. the most basic governing rule of citizens' participation in decision-making processes regarding their rights and interests is defined in the constitution of the republic of uzbekistan. in particular, in article 34 of the constitution, "state bodies and organizations, self-government bodies of citizens, and their officials must provide everyone with the opportunity to get acquainted with documents, decisions and other materials related to their rights and legal interests."3, it is said. it is necessary to highlight two situations that characterize this provision of the constitution. first of all, as we can see, this article of the constitution does not specify the participation of citizens in decision-making processes related to their rights and interests. nevertheless, there is a reason to believe that the content of this article reflects exactly this right of citizens. here, such a right of citizens comes from the fact that all state bodies and officials should create an opportunity to familiarize themselves with their decisions, that is, their obligation. this obligation of state bodies and other systems gives citizens such an opportunity (right). the obligation of one party gives rise to the rights of the other party, that is, citizens. secondly, this right of the citizens, arising from the content of article 34 of the constitution, has a general description, that is, the decisions to be submitted for review are intended to affect all their rights and interests. it should be noted that the concept of "everyone has his rights and legal interests" is very broad. their main system is given in the constitution and developed in more detail in other laws. at this point, it should be mentioned that in addition to the political, economic, social, cultural rights and freedoms of people and citizens, environmental rights are also defined in legal documents.4. for example, according to article 12 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on nature protection", the fact that people have the right to live in a natural environment favorable for their health and the health of the future generation, to protect their health from the harmful effects of the environment, the state of the natural environment and its protection the right to request and receive information on the measures taken in connection with it was determined. article 4 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on protection of atmospheric air" states "citizens' right to have atmospheric air comfortable for life and their obligations in the field of its preservation." in it, "citizens have the right to have air that is comfortable for life and health, receive timely and reliable information about the state of the air and the measures taken to protect it, the release 2constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, article 7. tashkent: uzbekistan, 2023. 3constitution of the republic of uzbekistan, article 34. tashkent: uzbekistan, 2023. 4article 12 of the law "on nature protection"// law of the republic of uzbekistan, no. 754-xii dated 09.12.1992, article 4 of the law "on protection of atmospheric air"// law of the republic of uzbekistan, no. 353 dated 27.12.1996 number i. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org of pollutants and biological organisms into the air, and the harmful effects of physical factors on the atmosphere." have the right to recover damages in case of damage to health and property. these environmental rights of citizens, established in the laws of the republic of uzbekistan, serve as the basis for the right of citizens to participate in environmental decision-making processes. human environmental rights are currently being actively researched by some specialists as a topical issue5. although the right of citizens to participate in environmental decision-making processes in uzbekistan is defined in article 34 of the constitution, our laws regulating environmental issues do not provide sufficient grounds for these rights of citizens. therefore, it would be expedient if the present laws and the laws to be adopted in the future include the methods and forms of participation of citizens in decision-making processes related to these rights and the environment. 5mamayusupov m.; ikramov i. and others. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org stabilized states and methods of calculating electric power losses in open distribution power networks bozorov islom ro'ziyevich republic of uzbekistan karshi engineering-economics institute master's student of department of electrical power engineering e-mail: i.r.bozorov1999@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article explores the concept of stabilized states and methodologies for calculating electricity losses in open distribution power networks. the stability of a power network is crucial for maintaining a reliable and efficient electricity supply. understanding and accurately estimating losses are pivotal in designing resilient and cost-effective distribution systems. this article reviews existing approaches, introduces novel techniques, and discusses the implications for the optimization of open distribution power networks. electricity distribution systems play a crucial role in ensuring a reliable and efficient supply of electrical energy to end-users. however, the open distribution power networks face challenges related to stability and energy losses. this scientific article explores stabilized states in open distribution power networks and various methods for calculating electricity losses. understanding and mitigating these issues are essential for enhancing the overall performance and sustainability of power distribution systems. open distribution power networks, stabilized states, electricity losses, power system stability, energy efficiency, load flow analysis, distribution network optimization, voltage stability, power quality, renewable energy integration. introduction open distribution power networks are complex systems that require careful management to ensure stability and minimize electricity losses. this article addresses the challenges associated with stabilizing these networks and proposes methods for accurately calculating and mitigating electricity losses. open distribution power networks play a vital role in delivering electricity from generators to end-users. however, the stability and efficiency of these networks can be compromised due to various factors, including load fluctuations, equipment failures, and environmental conditions. electricity losses in distribution networks are a significant concern, as they impact the overall performance and cost-effectiveness of the system. the open distribution power networks form the backbone of the electrical infrastructure, facilitating the delivery of electricity from generation sources to end-users. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org efficient operation and management of these networks require a comprehensive understanding of stabilized states and the mechanisms governing electricity losses. stabilized states refer to the balanced and steady conditions within a distribution network, and deviations from these states can lead to increased losses and operational inefficiencies. stabilized states refer to the conditions under which a power network operates within acceptable limits, ensuring reliable and continuous electricity supply. achieving stabilized states is a complex task, requiring a deep understanding of the network dynamics and the development of effective control strategies. additionally, accurate methods for calculating electricity losses are essential to optimize the network's design and operation. this article reviews existing literature on stabilized states and electricity loss calculations in open distribution power networks. traditional methods, such as power flow analysis and load flow studies, are examined alongside advanced techniques incorporating machine learning and data analytics. the article also presents case studies highlighting successful implementations and their impact on network stability and efficiency. factors influencing stabilized states: several factors contribute to the establishment and maintenance of stabilized states in open distribution power networks: a. load variations: fluctuations in electricity demand can lead to deviations from stabilized states. analyzing and predicting load variations are crucial for network stability. b. distributed energy resources (ders): integration of renewable energy sources and ders introduces variability, impacting the stabilized states. smart grid technologies play a pivotal role in managing these distributed resources. c. faults and contingencies: faults and contingencies, such as short circuits or equipment failures, can disrupt stabilized states. advanced fault detection and mitigation strategies are essential for minimizing the impact of such events. case studies and implementation: this section presents case studies highlighting the successful implementation of the discussed methods in real-world open distribution power networks. it demonstrates the effectiveness of these approaches in stabilizing network states and minimizing electricity losses. future perspectives: the article concludes with insights into the future of open distribution power networks, emphasizing the importance of ongoing research and development in addressing emerging challenges. integration of innovative technologies, such as artificial intelligence and blockchain, holds the potential to further enhance the stability and efficiency of these networks. methods of calculating electricity losses: power flow analysis: traditional power flow analysis methods, such as the newton-raphson method, are widely used to calculate electricity losses in distribution networks. these methods analyze the flow of power through the network, considering factors like line impedance, transformer losses, and load characteristics. electricity losses in distribution networks result from resistive components, reactive american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org power flows, and other factors. accurate calculation of these losses is essential for optimizing the network's performance. the article reviews traditional and advanced methods for calculating electricity losses, including load flow analysis, state estimation, and machine learning-based approaches. special attention is given to incorporating renewable energy sources and demand-side management strategies in loss calculations. accurate calculation of electricity losses is imperative for optimizing the performance of open distribution power networks. several advanced methods and technologies have been developed for this purpose: a. power flow analysis: utilizing power flow analysis techniques allows for the computation of real and reactive power flows within the network. this information aids in identifying areas with high losses. b. energy management systems (ems): implementing ems helps in real-time monitoring, control, and optimization of electricity distribution, enabling the reduction of losses through dynamic adjustments. c. data analytics and machine learning: leveraging data analytics and machine learning algorithms facilitates predictive modeling of electricity losses. this enables proactive decision-making and the implementation of measures to mitigate losses. d. advanced metering infrastructure (ami): deploying smart meters and ami enables accurate measurement and monitoring of electricity consumption, contributing to improved loss calculations. load flow studies: load flow studies simulate the steady-state operation of a power network, providing insights into voltage profiles, power flows, and losses. incorporating load forecasts and realtime data enhances the accuracy of these studies, enabling better decision-making for network optimization. machine learning and data analytics: advanced methods, including machine learning algorithms and data analytics, have gained prominence in recent years for predicting and minimizing electricity losses. these techniques leverage historical data, weather patterns, and load variations to develop predictive models that enhance the overall efficiency of open distribution power networks. stabilized states in open distribution power networks: achieving stable states in distribution power networks is critical for maintaining a reliable and secure energy supply. factors such as load variations, intermittent renewable energy sources, and dynamic system conditions can impact stability. the article explores various techniques, including advanced control strategies, intelligent load management, and distributed energy resource integration, to stabilize open distribution power networks. case studies and practical applications: to illustrate the concepts discussed, the article presents case studies and practical applications of stabilized states and electricity loss calculation methods in real-world distribution power networks. these case studies highlight successful implementations and showcase the effectiveness of various techniques in enhancing network stability and reducing energy losses. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org conclusion: in conclusion, the management of stabilized states and the accurate calculation of electricity losses are pivotal aspects of open distribution power networks. this scientific article provides a comprehensive overview of the factors influencing stabilized states and advanced methods for calculating losses, contributing to the continuous improvement of power distribution systems. this scientific article provides insights into stabilized states and methods of calculating electricity losses in open distribution power networks. as the demand for reliable and sustainable energy continues to grow, addressing these challenges becomes imperative. the proposed methods and case studies contribute to the ongoing efforts to optimize the performance of distribution networks, ultimately fostering a more resilient and efficient electrical power infrastructure. the optimization of open distribution power networks relies on achieving stabilized states and accurately calculating electricity losses. this article has provided an overview of traditional and advanced methods for analyzing stabilized states and estimating losses in distribution networks. as technology continues to evolve, incorporating machine learning and data analytics into existing methodologies promises to revolutionize the field, leading to more resilient, efficient, and cost-effective power distribution systems. references: 1. kundur, p. (1994). power system stability and control. mcgraw-hill education. 2. milano, f. (2017). power system analysis toolbox (psat). available at: https://github.com/flomilano/psat 3. grainger, j. j., & stevenson, w. d. (1994). power system analysis. mcgraw-hill education. 4. chowdhury, s., & crossley, p. (2009). outage management system: a state-of-the-art review. ieee transactions on power systems, 24(1), 114-125. 5. kezunovic, m. (2018). smart grid: modernizing electric power grid operations. crc press. 6. guo, c., & wu, l. (2020). a comprehensive review on distribution system power losses. energies, 13(6), 1438. 7. wood, a. j., & wollenberg, b. f. (1996). power generation, operation, and control. new york: john wiley & sons. 8. hatziargyriou, n. (2007). microgrids: architectures and control. ieee transactions on power systems, 22(2), 708-716. 9. ribeiro, p. f., & fuerte-esquivel, c. r. (2014). distribution system reconfiguration for loss reduction: a practical approach. ieee transactions on power systems, 29(6), 2875-2883. 10. wang, y., & nehorai, a. (2019). data-driven methods for power system state estimation: a review. ieee transactions on smart grid, 10(3), 2613-2624. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org methodological foundations for the development of technology on the basis of innovative approaches abdullayeva feruza guldpi-teacher yakhshilikova raykhon guldpi 1st year student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific thesis explores the methodological foundations for the development of technology based on innovative approaches. the rapid advancements in technology and the increasing demand for innovative solutions have necessitated the development of robust methodologies that can effectively guide the process of technological innovation. this thesis aims to provide a comprehensive analysis of the key methodological principles, frameworks, and strategies that underpin the successful development of technology using innovative approaches. by examining case studies and drawing insights from existing literature, this research seeks to contribute to a deeper understanding of the methodological foundations that drive technological innovation. methodological foundations, technology development, innovative approaches, technological innovation, iterative and step-by-step development, user-oriented design, fast and lean methodologies. introduction 1.1 science and importance innovation plays a decisive role in managing technological advances and ensuring growth in various industries. the development of technologies based on innovative approaches requires solid methodological foundations for the effective management of the process. this section provides an overview of the origins and significance of the methodological foundations of technology development, emphasizing the importance of applying innovative approaches to be competitive in today's fast-growing technological landscape. 1.2 research objectives the research focuses on the study and analysis of methodological foundations that underlie the development of technologies based on innovative approaches. objectives include: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org identification of basic methodological principles and foundations related to technological innovation. to study the strategies and advanced experiences of implementing innovative approaches in the development of technologies. assessment of the impact of methodological foundations on the success and effectiveness of technology development projects. to give recommendations to organizations and practitioners to strengthen their approach to technology development through the use of innovative methodologies 1.3 research questions to achieve research goals, the following research questions will be considered: what are the fundamental methodological principles and foundations that support the development of technologies based on innovative approaches? how to effectively apply innovative strategies in the process of technology development? what factors influence the successful implementation of innovative methodologies in technological projects? what are the problems and limitations associated with the application of innovative approaches to technology development? how can organizations overcome these difficulties and use methodological foundations for the development of successful technologies? 1.4 scope and limitations the research is aimed at studying the methodological foundations of the development of technologies based on innovative approaches. it covers various industries and industries where technology plays an important role. research relies primarily on existing literature, case studies, and expert insights to analyze and understand methodological foundations and their applications in technology development. at the same time, the study may have certain limitations, such as the availability of comprehensive data and the evolving nature of the technology, which may require constant updates and adaptation of methodologies. by considering these important aspects, research provides the basis for a comprehensive study of the methodological foundations for the development of technologies based on innovative approaches. 2. the concept of technological innovation 2.1 definition and features technological innovation refers to the process of developing and implementing new or improved technologies that bring about significant advancements, improvements, or novel solutions. it involves the creation, adoption, and diffusion of technological ideas, products, or processes that result in economic, social, or environmental benefits. technological innovation can take various forms, including incremental improvements to existing technologies or disruptive breakthroughs that introduce entirely new paradigms. key features of technological innovation include: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org a) novelty: technological innovation introduces something new, whether it is a completely new technology or a novel application or enhancement of an existing technology. b) value creation: innovation aims to create value by addressing unmet needs, solving problems, or improving efficiency, productivity, or user experiences. c) change and transformation: technological innovation often leads to significant changes in industries, markets, and societal systems, disrupting established norms and creating new opportunities. 2.2 importance of innovative approaches innovative approaches are crucial for successful technological innovation. they provide a systematic and structured way to generate, develop, and implement new ideas, technologies, and solutions. here are some reasons why innovative approaches are important: a) competitive advantage: in today's fast-paced and highly competitive landscape, organizations that embrace innovative approaches gain a competitive edge by introducing unique and differentiated products, services, or processes. b) market relevance: innovative approaches enable organizations to stay relevant and responsive to evolving customer demands, market trends, and emerging technologies. c) problem solving: innovative approaches foster creative thinking and problem-solving skills, enabling organizations to address complex challenges and find novel solutions. d) growth and sustainability: technological innovation, driven by innovative approaches, drives economic growth, fosters sustainability, and contributes to societal progress by addressing pressing issues such as climate change, healthcare, and energy efficiency. 2.3 relationship between methodology and innovation methodology provides a structured framework and set of principles that guide the process of technological innovation. it establishes a systematic approach to ideation, design, development, implementation, and evaluation of innovative ideas and technologies. the relationship between methodology and innovation can be characterized as follows: a) systematic approach: methodology provides a structured and organized way to manage the complexity and uncertainty inherent in the innovation process. it helps teams navigate through various stages, from idea generation to commercialization, ensuring a systematic progression of activities. b) risk management: methodology helps identify and mitigate risks associated with innovation by providing frameworks for risk assessment, feasibility analysis, and resource allocation. it allows organizations to make informed decisions and manage uncertainties effectively. c) collaboration and coordination: methodology promotes collaboration and coordination among multidisciplinary teams involved in innovation projects. it establishes clear roles, responsibilities, and communication channels, facilitating effective teamwork and knowledge sharing. d) learning and continuous improvement: methodology emphasizes learning from both successes and failures, enabling organizations to capture insights, iterate, and refine their innovation processes. it supports a culture of continuous improvement and adaptability. by understanding the concept of technological innovation, recognizing the importance of innovative approaches, and acknowledging the relationship between methodology and innovation, organizations american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org can leverage methodological foundations to drive successful technology development and foster a culture of innovation. 3. methodological foundations for the development of technology based on innovative approaches 3.1 iterative and step-by-step development one of the fundamental methodological principles of technological innovation is the iterative and step-by-step development approach. this approach emphasizes the importance of breaking down complex innovation projects into manageable phases or iterations. it involves continuously refining and improving the technology through feedback loops, testing, and validation. this iterative process allows for flexibility, adaptation, and learning from each iteration, enabling the development team to make necessary adjustments and enhancements along the way. 3.2 user-oriented design user-oriented design is another critical methodological principle in technological innovation. it involves placing the users at the center of the design and development process. this principle emphasizes understanding the needs, preferences, and behaviors of the target users. by conducting user research, gathering feedback, and incorporating user insights, technology developers can create solutions that effectively address user pain points, improve user experiences, and increase adoption rates. user-oriented design enhances the likelihood of creating successful and user-centric technological innovations. 3.3 fast and lean methodologies fast and lean methodologies are methodologies that prioritize speed, efficiency, and resource optimization in the innovation process. these methodologies aim to minimize waste, eliminate unnecessary processes, and focus on delivering value quickly. approaches such as agile and lean startup emphasize iterative development, quick prototyping, and early user feedback. by adopting fast and lean methodologies, organizations can accelerate the development cycle, reduce time to market, and increase their responsiveness to changing market dynamics. 3.4 design thinking design thinking is a human-centered approach to problem-solving and innovation. it involves empathizing with users, defining problem statements, generating creative ideas, prototyping, and testing solutions. design thinking methodology encourages multidisciplinary collaboration, encourages out-of-the-box thinking, and fosters a deep understanding of user needs and aspirations. by embracing design thinking principles, technology developers can uncover new insights, challenge assumptions, and create innovative solutions that truly resonate with users. 3.5 open innovation and cooperation open innovation and cooperation refer to the practice of collaborating and partnering with external stakeholders, including other organizations, research institutions, and individuals. this methodological principle recognizes that valuable knowledge, expertise, and resources exist beyond the boundaries of a single organization. by engaging in open innovation and cooperation, organizations can access a broader pool of ideas, talents, and technologies. collaborative efforts can american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org lead to synergistic outcomes, shared resources, reduced development costs, and accelerated innovation processes. 3.6 risk assessment and management risk assessment and management are integral to the methodological foundations of technological innovation. innovation projects inherently involve uncertainties and risks. organizations need to identify potential risks, evaluate their potential impact, and develop strategies to mitigate or manage them effectively. by conducting risk assessments, organizations can make informed decisions, allocate resources appropriately, and implement risk mitigation measures. proactive risk management ensures that potential obstacles and challenges are addressed, reducing the likelihood of project failure and increasing the chances of successful technology development. by embracing these methodological principles of technological innovation, organizations can enhance their approach to technology development, increase the success rate of innovative projects, and foster a culture of continuous improvement and adaptation. these principles provide a solid foundation for navigating the complexities of technological innovation and maximizing the potential for creating impactful and transformative technologies. 4. foundations for technological innovation 4.1 level of readiness for technology the level of readiness for technology is a methodological foundation that assesses an organization's preparedness to adopt and develop technology-based innovations. this foundation involves evaluating factors such as technological infrastructure, technical skills, organizational culture, and resources available for innovation. by understanding the organization's readiness, technology developers can identify potential barriers and devise strategies to address them effectively. this assessment ensures that the organization is equipped to support and leverage innovative technologies. 4.2 roadmap technology a technology roadmap is a strategic planning tool that outlines the path and timeline for developing and implementing technology-based innovations. it provides a visual representation of key milestones, activities, and dependencies involved in the innovation process. a technology roadmap helps align stakeholders, set clear objectives, allocate resources, and manage expectations. by following a well-defined roadmap, organizations can track progress, identify potential bottlenecks, and effectively manage the development of technology-based innovations. 4.3 stage gate model the stage gate model is a methodological framework used to manage and control the development of technology-based innovations. it divides the innovation process into distinct stages or gates, with defined criteria for advancement from one stage to the next. at each gate, a review is conducted to assess the project's viability, risks, and alignment with strategic objectives. the stage gate model ensures that resources are allocated appropriately, risks are managed, and decisions to proceed or halt projects are based on objective evaluations. this model enhances the efficiency and effectiveness of technology development by providing clear decision points throughout the innovation process. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 4.4 innovative funnel the innovative funnel is a methodological concept that represents the flow of ideas and concepts through the innovation process. it starts with a wide range of potential ideas and gradually narrows down to a select few that are deemed feasible and valuable. the innovative funnel involves stages such as ideation, screening, concept development, prototyping, and commercialization. by applying filters and evaluation criteria at each stage, organizations can prioritize ideas, allocate resources efficiently, and focus on developing the most promising technology-based innovations. 4.5 maturity models of ability maturity models of ability are methodological frameworks that assess an organization's capabilities and maturity in innovation and technology development. these models provide a structured approach to evaluate an organization's strengths, weaknesses, and areas for improvement. they typically consist of different levels or stages, with each level representing a higher level of maturity and ability in innovation. by assessing their current maturity level, organizations can identify gaps, define improvement targets, and implement strategies to enhance their innovation capabilities over time. maturity models of ability enable organizations to build a solid foundation for sustained technological innovation. 5. technological innovation strategies 5.1 disruptive innovation disruptive innovation is a strategy that aims to create new markets or disrupt existing ones by introducing innovative technologies or business models. this strategy involves identifying underserved or overlooked customer segments and developing solutions that offer superior value or lower costs. disruptive innovations often start in niche markets and gradually gain traction, eventually displacing established players. by focusing on disruptive innovation, organizations can challenge the status quo, create new growth opportunities, and gain a competitive advantage. 5.2 blue ocean strategy blue ocean strategy is a strategic approach that encourages organizations to seek uncontested market spaces, where competition is minimal or non-existent. this strategy involves identifying and creating new market segments with innovative technologies, products, or services. blue ocean strategy emphasizes value innovation, which entails simultaneously pursuing differentiation and low-cost strategies. by exploring untapped market spaces, organizations can unlock new demand, escape intense competition, and generate substantial growth and profits. 5.3 platform thinking platform thinking is a strategy that involves building a technology platform that enables the creation of a network or ecosystem of complementary products, services, or applications. platforms provide a foundation for collaboration, integration, and innovation by leveraging the contributions of external developers, partners, and users. this strategy enables organizations to harness the power of network effects, where the value of the platform increases as more participants join and contribute. platform american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org thinking facilitates rapid innovation, scalability, and the ability to respond to changing market dynamics. 5.4 cost-effective innovation cost-effective innovation is a strategy that focuses on developing technologies or processes that deliver significant value while minimizing costs. this strategy involves optimizing resources, streamlining operations, and leveraging economies of scale or scope. cost-effective innovations aim to achieve a balance between affordability and performance, making innovative solutions accessible to a broader market. by emphasizing cost-effective innovation, organizations can increase market penetration, capture price-sensitive customers, and create sustainable competitive advantages. 5.5 design for stability design for stabilitydesign for stability is a strategy that emphasizes the importance of creating technology-based innovations that are reliable, robust, and resistant to disruptions or failures. this strategy involves thorough planning, rigorous testing, and incorporating redundancy or fail-safe mechanisms in the design and development process. designing for stability minimizes the risks associated with technological failures, downtime, and customer dissatisfaction. by prioritizing stability, organizations can enhance customer trust, improve user experiences, and reduce the costs and disruptions caused by technical issues. 5.6 human-oriented design human-oriented design, also known as user-centered design, is a strategy that places human needs, preferences, and experiences at the forefront of the innovation process. this strategy involves understanding user behaviors, conducting user research, and incorporating user feedback throughout the development lifecycle. human-oriented design aims to create technology-based solutions that are intuitive, user-friendly, and aligned with user expectations. by adopting a human-oriented design approach, organizations can increase user adoption, satisfaction, and loyalty, leading to the success of their technological innovations. 6. applied research: application of methodological foundations 6.1 development of a sustainable energy solution in this case study, the methodological foundations for technological innovation are applied to the development of a sustainable energy solution. the iterative and step-by-step development approach is employed to refine and improve the technology. user-oriented design principles are utilized to understand the energy needs and preferences of potential users. fast and lean methodologies are adopted to accelerate the development cycle and respond to changing market demands. design thinking is employed to uncover insights and create innovative solutions. open innovation and cooperation are embraced to collaborate with external stakeholders such as renewable energy experts, environmental organizations, and government agencies. risk assessment and management practices ensure that potential risks and challenges are identified and addressed promptly. through the application of these methodological foundations, the development team successfully creates a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org sustainable energy solution that meets user needs, reduces environmental impact, and contributes to a cleaner and greener future. 6.2 disruptive innovation in transportation in this case study, the methodological foundations for technological innovation are applied to achieve disruptive innovation in the transportation sector. the organization follows a disruptive innovation strategy by identifying underserved segments and developing innovative technologies or business models. blue ocean strategy is employed to create new market spaces and escape intense competition. platform thinking is adopted to build a transportation platform that connects various stakeholders, such as commuters, drivers, and service providers, to create a seamless and efficient transportation ecosystem. cost-effective innovation principles are applied to optimize resources, minimize costs, and offer affordable transportation solutions to a wider audience. by implementing these methodological foundations, the organization successfully disrupts the transportation industry, introduces new mobility options, and transforms the way people commute and travel 6.3 user-oriented design in health technology in this case study, the methodological foundations for technological innovation are applied to the development of health technology with a user-oriented design approach. extensive user research and feedback collection are conducted to gain insights into the needs, concerns, and preferences of patients, healthcare providers, and other stakeholders. the iterative and step-by-step development approach is followed to continuously refine and enhance the health technology based on user feedback. fast and lean methodologies are employed to accelerate the development cycle and ensure timely responses to emerging healthcare challenges. design thinking principles guide the development team in creating intuitive and user-friendly health technology solutions that improve patient outcomes and enhance healthcare delivery. by applying these methodological foundations, the organization successfully develops health technology that is tailored to users' needs, promotes better patient engagement, and empowers healthcare professionals to deliver high-quality care. 7. problems and considerations in the application of methodological foundations 7.1 organizational culture and resistance to change one of the challenges in applying methodological foundations for technological innovation is the resistance to change within an organization's culture. innovation often requires a shift in mindset, processes, and practices, which can be met with resistance from employees who are comfortable with the status quo. overcoming this challenge requires strong leadership, effective communication, and a supportive organizational culture that encourages experimentation, learning, and adaptation. addressing resistance to change is crucial for successful implementation of methodological foundations and fostering a culture of innovation. 7.2 resource allocation and risk management the application of methodological foundations for technological innovation requires careful resource allocation and risk management. developing innovative technologies often requires significant investments in research and development, infrastructure, and talent acquisition. organizations need american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org to allocate resources strategically to ensure that they can effectively execute their innovation strategies. risk management is also essential to identify and mitigate potential risks associated with technological innovation, such as technical failures, market uncertainties, or regulatory challenges. balancing resource allocation and risk management is critical to ensure the sustainable development of technology-based innovations. 7.3 moral and social influences technological innovation can have moral and social implications that need to be considered during the application of methodological foundations. ethical considerations, such as privacy, security, and fairness, should be integrated into the innovation process. organizations must navigate complex societal issues, such as the impact of technology on employment, inequality, and the environment. engaging with stakeholders, conducting impact assessments, and adhering to ethical guidelines can help address these concerns and ensure that technological innovation aligns with societal values and benefits the broader community. 7.4 protection of intellectual property protecting intellectual property is a significant consideration when applying methodological foundations for technological innovation. organizations invest substantial resources in research and development, and it is crucial to safeguard their innovations from unauthorized use or imitation. implementing robust intellectual property strategies, such as patents, trademarks, and copyrights, can provide legal protection and create incentives for further innovation. organizations must navigate the complex landscape of intellectual property rights to secure their innovations while also respecting the intellectual property rights of others. 7.5 dimensionality and stability technological innovation often involves dealing with complex systems that have multiple dimensions and require stability. developing innovative technologies that integrate with existing systems or operate across different platforms can be challenging. ensuring compatibility, scalability, and stability can require careful planning, testing, and coordination. methodological foundations should address the dimensionality and stability aspects of technology development to ensure that innovations can be successfully implemented and sustained over time. 8. future directions and recommendations 8.1 emerging trends in methodological approaches the field of technological innovation is constantly evolving, and it is essential to stay abreast of emerging trends in methodological approaches. some of the future directions include: agile and lean methodologies: agile methodologies, such as scrum and kanban, enable organizations to respond quickly to changing market needs and iterate on their innovations. lean methodologies focus on eliminating waste and maximizing value creation. the integration of these methodologies can enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the innovation process. design thinking 2.0: design thinking is evolving to incorporate a broader range of disciplines, including behavioral economics, anthropology, and psychology. this multidisciplinary approach american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org allows for a deeper understanding of user needs and motivations, leading to more impactful and human-centered design solutions. data-driven innovation: the increasing availability of data and advancements in analytics techniques present opportunities for data-driven innovation. organizations can leverage big data, artificial intelligence, and machine learning to gain insights, identify patterns, and develop innovative solutions that address complex problems. 8.2 integration of artificial intelligence and machine learning artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning (ml) are poised to play a significant role in the future of technological innovation. these technologies can automate processes, analyze vast amounts of data, and generate insights that drive innovation. integrating ai and ml into the methodological foundations can enhance decision-making, accelerate development cycles, and unlock new possibilities for innovation. organizations should invest in building ai and ml capabilities and explore how these technologies can be deployed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of their innovation efforts. 8.3 cooperation between academia, industry, and government collaboration between academia, industry, and government is critical for fostering technological innovation. academic institutions can conduct fundamental research, provide a conducive environment for experimentation, and produce skilled talent. industry brings practical insights, resources, and market expertise to translate research into commercial applications. government plays a vital role in creating supportive policies, providing funding, and facilitating collaboration between academia and industry. encouraging and strengthening these collaborations can lead to breakthrough innovations and accelerate the adoption of new technologies 8.4 importance of continuous learning and flexibility technological innovation is a dynamic process that requires continuous learning and adaptability. organizations should promote a culture of lifelong learning, where employees are encouraged to acquire new skills, stay updated with emerging technologies, and embrace a growth mindset. continuous learning enables organizations to stay ahead of the curve, identify new opportunities, and respond effectively to market changes. additionally, fostering flexibility and agility within the innovation process allows organizations to pivot, experiment, and iterate on their ideas, increasing the chances of success. 9. conclusion in conclusion, the future of technological innovation lies in embracing emerging trends, integrating ai and ml, fostering cooperation among academia, industry, and government, and fostering a culture of continuous learning and flexibility. by incorporating these future directions and recommendations into the methodological foundations, organizations can position themselves for success in the everevolving landscape of technological innovation. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org references 1. chukurna, olena & niekrasova, liubov & dobrianska, n & izmaylov, ya & shkrabak, iryna & ingram, keisha. (2020). formation of methodical foundations for assessing the innovative development potential of an industrial enterprise. naukovyi visnyk natsionalnoho hirnychoho universytetu. 146-151. 10.33271/nvngu/2020-4/146. 2. zinchenko, o.a., & zinchenko, d.s. (2015). innovative development of enterprises: improvement of theoretical approaches and modeling of financial support. economics and management, 4(68), 5-11. 3. mamontova, n.a. (2015). trends in financing of investment and innovative activities. actual problems of economics, 12(174), 118-124. 4. mamadzhanova, khushruy. "psychological and pedagogical training of children for school readiness: a comprehensive approach." holders of reason 4.1 (2024): 13-23. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org what is computer numerical control (cnc)? meaning, functionality, and applications xo'jayev fayzullaxo'ja sodiqxo'ja o'g'li dean of the engineering faculty of tstu kokand branch r. siddiqov master's student of tstu kokand branch a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s computer numerical control (cnc) technology revolutionizes manufacturing by automating machine operations with computer systems, eliminating the need for constant human involvement. this article explores the fundamentals of cnc, highlighting its ability to manage tool movements with unparalleled precision using g-code instructions. key functionalities include operations such as milling, turning, laser cutting, and 3d printing, enabling the production of complex and high-precision components. essential considerations like material selection, tool maintenance, and workflow optimization are discussed to ensure efficient operation. applications span industries such as aerospace, automotive, and architecture, showcasing cnc's role in creating highly accurate, customizable, and scalable products. cnc technology, computer numerical control, manufacturing automation, gcode, precision machining, milling, turning, laser cutting, plasma cutting, 3d printing, aerospace components, automotive parts, machining applications, rapid prototyping, mass production, highprecision manufacturing. introduction in traditional manufacturing, skilled workers manually operate machines to create parts. this can be risky, especially when handling heavy equipment or dangerous materials, and it can also lead to fatigue due to repetitive tasks. computer numerical control (cnc) technology eliminates the need for constant human involvement, speeds up production, and reduces errors caused by human fatigue. what is computer numerical control (cnc)? computer numerical control (cnc) is a technology that uses computer systems to control machines during the manufacturing process. with cnc, computers manage the movement of tools and machinery with great precision. the machine follows instructions, much like a recipe, to determine how it should move, at what speed it should operate, and where it should cut. these instructions are written in a code called g-code. for example, when using a cnc milling machine, a worker loads a digital design into the system. the machine then reads the design and follows the instructions to carve out the desired shape from a block american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org of material. cnc machines are highly accurate, able to make cuts at a scale smaller than the width of a human hair. this precision, often measured in micrometres (µm) or thousandths of an inch, is essential in fields like aerospace and medical device manufacturing, where exact components are required. some cnc systems use sensors to constantly monitor the machining process. if the tool deviates from its expected position, the system automatically makes adjustments, ensuring consistent quality, especially in mass production. cnc also allows for rapid prototyping and customization, as engineers can easily modify instructions without having to physically alter the machine setup. cnc technology is used across many industries, including aerospace, automotive, electronics, and even by hobbyists in metalworking, woodworking, and 3d printing. how does cnc work? cnc systems work by converting a digital design into machine-readable instructions. here's a breakdown of how a cnc machine operates: 1. design the part: the part is first designed using cad (computer-aided design) software. 2. write instructions (g-code): the design is translated into g-code, a language the machine can understand, specifying how the machine should move and cut. 3. set up the machine: the worker loads the material (like metal or plastic) into the cnc machine and attaches the necessary cutting tool. 4. run the program: the cnc machine reads the g-code and begins executing the instructions. 5. make the cuts: the cutting tool moves in various directions, making precise cuts according to the design. 6. admire the results: the machine finishes the process, and the part is complete, replicating the design accurately. cnc machines can repeat this process many times, producing identical parts with high consistency. this is especially useful for manufacturing complex components that would be difficult to make by hand, such as car engine parts or intricate jewellery designs. types of cnc operations different types of cnc machines perform specific operations depending on the required part. some of the most common cnc operations include: 1. milling: uses rotating cutting tools to remove material and shape the work piece into the desired form. milling machines can handle both 2d and 3d designs, making them versatile for industries like aerospace and automotive. 2. turning: the work piece is rotated while a stationary cutting tool shapes it. this operation is typically used for cylindrical parts, such as shafts and bolts. 3. drilling: cnc drilling machines are used to create precise holes in various materials. 4. laser cutting: a laser beam is used to cut or engrave patterns into material with high precision. 5. plasma cutting: uses a jet of superheated plasma to cut through metals, often used for thicker materials. american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 6. waterjet cutting: high-pressure water mixed with abrasive particles cuts through materials. this method is heat-free, making it suitable for delicate materials and thick sections. 7. routing: cnc routers carve out patterns or hollow areas in materials like wood and plastic. 8. 3d printing/additive manufacturing: while not strictly cnc, 3d printing uses an additive process to build up material layer by layer to create complex objects. 9. electrical discharge machining (edm): uses electrical discharges to remove material, typically from hard metals. key considerations in cnc systems to ensure cnc machines operate effectively, manufacturers need to consider several factors: 1. design and programming: the design needs to be accurately translated into g-code for the machine to follow. cad and cam (computer-aided manufacturing) software play a key role in this. 2. material selection: the material used for the workpiece affects the choice of tools and the machining process. harder materials, for example, may require different tools or cutting speeds. 3. tool selection and maintenance: choosing the right tools for cutting and maintaining them regularly is crucial to ensuring the accuracy and efficiency of the machining process. 4. workholding: properly securing the material is essential to avoid misalignment during machining, which could result in wasted material or faulty parts. 5. speeds and feeds: the cutting speed and feed rate must be optimized to prevent excessive wear on tools and ensure smooth operation. 6. precision and tolerances: cnc machines offer high precision, but it’s essential to understand the required tolerances to ensure that parts function correctly. 7. fixture and setup: the workpiece must be properly positioned to avoid errors during the machining process. 8. safety measures: cnc machines often involve high-speed moving parts, so safety protocols and protective barriers are important. 9. prototyping and testing: before mass production, it’s helpful to create prototypes and conduct test runs to identify any potential issues. 10. quality control: regular checks throughout the machining process ensure that the final product meets specifications. 11. workflow optimization: efficient integration of design, software, and machine tools can improve productivity and reduce errors. applications of cnc technology cnc technology has a wide range of applications across multiple industries, helping to produce highprecision parts at scale. some key areas of cnc application include: 1. aerospace: cnc is used to create highly precise components like turbine blades, engine parts, and structural components for aircraft and spacecraft. o example: designing airfoil shapes for jet engine blades. american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 2. automotive: cnc machines manufacture critical components such as engine blocks, crankshafts, and cylinder heads. o example: producing parts with tight tolerances, such as engine components. 3. architecture and construction: cnc is used to produce detailed architectural models, decorative building elements, and large-scale construction parts. o example: creating decorative facades and structural components. 4. art and sculpture: artists use cnc technology to create detailed sculptures and carvings in materials such as wood, metal, or stone. o example: carving intricate designs into various materials for artistic purposes. in summary, cnc technology has transformed the way industries produce components by offering greater precision, efficiency, and customization. its ability to handle complex tasks with high accuracy has made it indispensable in industries ranging from aerospace to healthcare, while also enabling faster prototyping and mass production. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org content and methods of forming the creativity of future teachers about energy jumayev axrom asror o‘g‘li bukhara institute of natural resources management of the national research university of tashkent institute of irrigation and agricultural mechanization engineers senior teacher of the department of "electric power engineering and electrical engineering" e-mail: axromjumayev9@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on the content and methods of forming creative thinking in future energy engineers. the pisa (the program for international student assessment) international assessment program outlines the basic concepts of the direction of creative thinking assessment, important aspects to be focused on and assessment approaches. pisa, the program for international student assessment assessment, approaches, ability, competence, research, analysis, creative assignments. introduction creative approaches and achievements have advanced human civilization worldwide in fields ranging from science and technology to the natural and natural sciences. creative thinking is more than just coming up with random ideas.it is a real skill based on knowledge and experience that allows a person to achieve better results in sometimes difficult situations. societies and organizations around the world increasingly need innovative knowledge and creativity to solve problems, which in turn increases the importance of innovation and creative thinking.it is true that the impact of creative thinking on the whole society is behind significant types of innovation, but it is also a universal and equalizing phenomenon, that is, any person has the ability to think creatively to one degree or another. analysis of literature on the topic i.n.kupriyanov is a person in the scientific works of a.v.krasilnikova, a.g.krasnova, i.m.belyaev, v.a.solovov, v.a.osin, s.e.polat, yu.m.bukharina, a.v.starodubsev, a.cropley, m.sukhomlinova, e.emmanuel among the scientists of the independent commonwealth of nations. the theoretical foundations of the development of creative abilities have been studied.in the works of foreign scientists such as e.p.torrance, n.rogers, j.purnell, p.roberts, a.m.galligan, sh.tatsuno, the issues of individual abilities and creative potential of a person are disclosed.in fact, according to experts in the field of education and psychologists, creative thinking, which is understood as being engaged in thought processes related to creative activity, leads to the development of a number of other personal skills.these include metacognitive skills, interpersonal skills, self-awareness, and problem-solving american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org skills.at the same time, personal growth, educational success, future professional success, and public reputation also depend on a person's creative thinking skills. discussion the development of an international program for the assessment of creative thinking can lead to positive changes in educational policy and pedagogy.the pisa assessment of creative thinking in research provides a clear, reliable, and actionable assessment tool to help policymakers make evidence-based decisions.the results also fuel debates in society about the importance and methods of developing this important skill through education.this activity in the international assessment program pisa is related to another project of the organization for economic co-operation and development aimed at supporting a new pedagogy for the development of creative thinking.in creative thinking, the main task of education is to form the skills that students need today and in the future to live successfully in society. creative thinking is an important skill that today's youth must have, and this skill will help them adapt to a constantly and rapidly changing environment that requires personnel with up-to-date skills beyond simple literacy. in general, today's energy engineer will work in fields that do not even exist in the future, building new skills for new problems will allow them to solve increasingly complex local and global problems through an unusual approach. the importance of developing creative thinking in institutions of higher education is not limited only to the labor market.education is important for young people in the process of discovering their abilities and skills, including creative talents.creative thinking also supports student learning by interpreting events, experiences, and behaviors in new and personally meaningful ways.students' curiosity is captured in the learning process, creative thinking thus becomes a means of mutual agreement, even in the context of pre-defined learning objectives.in order to increase the motivation and interest of higher education students, it is necessary to establish new forms of education that take into account the creative potential and enthusiasm of all students. this can especially help students who are not very interested in the educational process, and it will help them express their opinions and develop their potential.like other skills, creative thinking can be developed through a practical and focused approach.to some students, developing student creative thinking seems to come at the expense of other subjects in the curriculum. in fact, students can think creatively in all subjects.creative thinking is especially important as it is developed through approaches that support research and invention instead of blind memorization during lectures aimed at imparting knowledge.students need to be able to distinguish creative thinking, to know the conditions suitable for such thinking, and to be able to help students to think more creatively.a better understanding of how creative thinking occurs, in turn, requires a certain amount of time for students to have creative ideas during their education.assessment of creative thinking skills is based on evidence-based evidence, linking what students do, learn, and create on a computer platform to multidimensional competencies.assessment of creativity is the analysis of specific claims about a student's abilities in an evidence-based reasoning process.in general, student responses to assessment tasks provide evidence for this reasoning process, while psychometric analysis determines whether the evidence is sufficient to analyze each claim. the pisa assessment program can be used as the main framework for assessing creative thinking.pisa uses a description of creative thinking relevant to students. in the pisa study, creative thinking is defined as the ability to effectively participate in the development, evaluation and improvement of ideas that lead to original american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org and effective solutions, achievements and imagination in the field of knowledge. this description emphasizes that students need to learn to participate effectively in ideation practices at different contexts and levels of education, to reflect on an idea while evaluating its originality and validity, and to refine the idea until it is ready for implementation.the development of this description also took into account the advice of experts in various fields and the results of an extensive literature review on creativity. while creative thinking is a nascent interpretation, the construct of creativity has a broad and strong research tradition. creativity, then, is the interplay between ability, process, and environment through which an individual or group creates a meaningful product that is both new and useful for that social context.achieving creative goals requires creative thinking. for example, great creativity related to the creation of engineers or technological discoveries requires, in addition to creative thinking, considerable talent, deep knowledge, tireless work in a specific field, and recognition by society that this product has value. on the contrary, little or creativity is necessary for almost all people who are capable of creative thinking. in order to de-emphasize innate talent and place more emphasis on an individual's ability to think creatively, which can be improved, the pisa assessment of creative thinking focusses on this sub-task of creativity. this type of creative thinking applies not only to the context of education, but also to broader areas related to the analysis of problems of ideation and solving problems in society. results as the first generation of creative thinking tests were based on the idea of domain generality, i.e., the existence of common characteristics of creativity in any field, researchers assumed that the results of a person in tests assessing creativity can be generalized, and that creativity in one field can be transferred to another field. these studies either emphasize that the abilities and skills required for creativity are domain-specific and differ from domain to domain, or present models of creativity that partially combine the two approaches. "domain" means a set of representations underlying and supporting a specific field of science. the researchers listed the following domains of creative approach: everyday, educational, action, and science domains. creative activity is divided into "scientific" fields. creative activity can be divided into three general domains: verbal, artistic, and problem solving. according to a detailed analysis of case studies that have studied the fields of creativity, the scientific field of mathematics is always clearly distinguished from other fields of creativity. four necessary parts for creative activity of any person are listed: skills related to the field; processes related to creativity; enthusiasm for the task (motivation) suitable favorable conditions. conclusion creative productivity is the basic resource or domain-specific skills, including knowledge and technical skills, and the ability to combine them in new ways requires the necessary motivation to move away from ready-made manuals. these four components consist of both static, improvement, and environment-susceptible components. it is also appropriate to analyze how the indicators of creative thinking of students depend on their research skills. similar to the method used to measure a student's motivation, his or her research ability can be analyzed based on data obtained from monitoring (telemetry) his behavior on a computerized test. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org references 1. xolliyev, j. f. (2023). ansys maxwell dasturida loyixalangan asinxron dvigatel tahlil qilish. educational research in universal sciences, 2(6), 22-25. 2. xolliyev, j. f. (2023). elektr energiyasi iste’molini hisobga olish va nazorat qilishning avtomatlashtirilgan tizimi (аскуэ) tahlili. educational research in universal sciences, 2(6), 1821. 3. asror o‘g‘li, j.a.(2023). bo‘lajak muhandislarni kompetentlikni rivojlantirishda innovatsion yondashuvlarning pedagogik texnologiyalarini ilmiy-metodik ahamiyati. наука и технологии, 1(1). 4. ibrohimovich, n. h., & djabarovich, a. x. (2023). ventil motorli elektr yuritmaning tezlik bo‘yicha yopiq rostlash tizimini taqbiq qilish usullari. образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире, 15(3), 92-96. 5. o‘g‘li, j.a.a., & o‘g‘li, a.b.b. (2022). elektrotexnikaning nazariy asoslari fani darslarida kreativ texnologiyalardan foydalanish. science and innovation, 1(b2), 413-415. 6. sultonkhoja makhmutkhanov,jumayev akhrom, shukhrat djurayev, islom bozorov.stimulating environmental protection activities in the energy sector.aip conference proceedings. research article .june 17.2024. 7. mirzoev, d. p. (2021). specialization in higher educational institutions teaching subjects. world bulletin of social sciences, 4(11), 115-119. 8. kh.s.akhmadov, n.m. nazarova, a.r.juraev, i.y.avezov technical and economic analysis, calculation and justification of hydrogen production through solar thermochemical reactor in republic of uzbekistan elektron e3s web of conferences 524,apec-vii-2024. (scopus conference). 9. d.a.sayfullayeva, akmal zhuraev, d.jalolova, i.savrieva. iproving the quality of education in higher educational institutions with the using innovative educational technologies elektron cite as: aip conference proceedings. 01 november 2022. (scopus conference). 10. худайназаров, ф. (2024). кичик бизнес субъектлари фаолиятини ривожлантиришнинг назарий асослари. iqtisodiyot va taʼlim, 25(2), 335-340. 11. xudoynazarov, f. (2023). islom moliyasi–muammolar va yechimlar. iqtisodiy taraqqiyot va tahlil, 1(8), 109-114. 12. худойназаров, ф. (2023). ислом иқтисодиёти: ибн халдун тавсиялари. iqtisodiyot va taʼlim, 24(6), 351-356. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 18, | november, 2023 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org development of stroke among the population >1890 years of age against the background of air temperature fluctuations in the climatic conditions of southern kyrgyzstan umurzakova g. i., mamasaliev n. s., murzalieva a. m., zubairov zh. t., z. n. mamasoliev., b. u. usmonov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s over the past decades, the unprecedented rate of global warming and climate change has been a source of concern. in recent years, climate change has been considered as one of the leading factors influencing public health and the formation of acute and chronic non-communicable diseases. the fergana valley of kyrgyzstan belongs to a different climatic and geographical zone. residents of the plains and low-mountain regions of southern kyrgyzstan are more adapted to a hot climate, the effect of which on their health has not been studied using new who methodological approaches. stroke, kyrgyzstan, air temperature, population introduction stroke and its growing “hard endpoint” (mortality, morbidity, emergency hospitalization) is not only a significant burden for the patient, but also a challenge to modern medical, especially preventive science, requiring the search for new effective preventive strategies . in developed countries, about 200,000 people die annually from cerebrovascular accidents and a large number of patients remain severely disabled. among the 10 leading causes of death in the world, stroke ranks 3rd [5]. 75 out of 100 strokes are caused by modifiable factor hypertension and the majority (35 – 40%) of stroke “hard spots” can be prevented through early identification and intervention of this “silent killer” and global public health crisis, and through increased awareness population about methods of primary and secondary prevention [2,3]. basically, the development of stroke is promoted not only by arterial hypertension (ah), but also by other modifiable risk factors (mrfs) physical inactivity, stressful situations, smoking, obesity and dehydration, as well as weather and climate factors [4]. meanwhile, these issues from the standpoint of stroke prevention remain insufficiently studied in regions with an unfavorable climate, in particular in the south of kyrgyzstan. in recent years, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org climatometeopathogenic mechanisms of the development and course of non-infectious diseases have been very actively studied by researchers from near and far abroad. the established connections of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases with climatic and weather risk factors made it possible to rethink the known aspects of primary and secondary prevention of these pathologies, in particular in the example of stroke, through clinical and biorhythmological observations in individual populations and regions [1]. purpose of the study: to analyze the development of stroke among the population >18-90 years old against the background of fluctuations in air temperature in the climatic conditions of southern kyrgyzstan objectives of the study: study and assessment of the influence of meteorological factors on the development of strokes in the climatic conditions of osh. material and research methods: we conducted a study using data from meteorological factors of the kyrgyz hydrometeorological center in osh, such as air temperature for a 4-year period from 20162019. results of the study: the results of our study show that at different levels of air temperature in the surveyed population of osh, all forms of stroke are detected with significantly different frequencies. thus, general stroke (cerebral stroke) with increasing air temperature increases from 8.0% at air temperature -5.2-1.9 0c to 17.0% at at + 22-25.30c and 10.0% at + 25.4-28.70с, i.e. 1.2 times or 9.0%. table № 1 development of stroke among the population >18-90 years of age against the background of air temperature fluctuations in the climatic conditions of southern kyrgyzstan (1st line in absolute numbers, 2nd in%) колеба ние темпер атуры воздуха (вс) распространенность различных форм ишемический инсульт геморрагический инсульт общий инсульт 2016 2017 2018 2019 20162019 2016 2017 2018 2019 20162019 2016 2017 2018 2019 20162019 а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % а б с % -5,2-1,9 7 1 0 5 7 3 5 1 2 1 6 6 8 3 2 3 1 9 0 0 1 7 1 2 1 4 1 5 1 6 8 1 0 3 3 2 3 2 8 8 -1,8-1,5 2 3 1 1 5 8 1 2 9 3 7 2 8 2 1 3 0 0 1 7 1 0 1 1 9 9 3 4 5 5 2 3 1 9 5 1,6-4,9 3 4 4 6 8 1 3 9 1 5 2 4 9 8 3 2 0 0 7 2 3 0 0 1 5 1 7 1 1 1 1 4 5 1 5 1 6 9 1 2 3 9 1 1 5,0-8,3 7 1 0 4 6 1 9 3 0 5 8 3 5 1 3 2 8 0 0 8 2 6 0 0 1 0 1 1 9 9 4 5 2 7 2 8 5 7 4 5 1 3 8,4-11,7 5 7 3 4 6 9 4 7 1 8 7 0 0 0 0 2 6 0 0 2 2 5 5 3 4 8 8 4 5 2 0 6 11,815,1 1 8 2 5 6 9 2 3 9 1 5 3 5 1 3 0 0 1 6 0 0 4 2 7 5 6 1 8 1 9 7 8 2 2 1 3 1 7 4 0 1 1 15,218,5 7 1 0 9 1 3 6 9 9 1 5 3 1 1 2 0 0 3 1 9 3 1 0 4 2 7 1 0 1 1 7 7 1 2 1 4 9 9 1 3 1 7 4 1 1 2 18,621,9 1 1 6 9 6 9 7 1 1 2 0 8 0 0 1 6 3 1 0 1 7 5 6 1 1 7 8 9 9 8 1 1 2 5 7 22-25,3 1 1 1 5 2 2 3 3 8 1 3 9 1 5 5 0 1 9 0 0 4 2 5 2 6 3 2 0 9 1 0 1 1 1 1 2 6 3 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 6 5 9 1 7 25,428,7 1 0 1 4 7 1 0 1 2 7 1 1 2 5 1 0 0 0 2 1 3 6 1 9 1 7 9 1 0 1 0 1 0 9 1 1 7 7 8 1 1 3 4 1 0 всего: 7 1 1 0 0 6 7 1 0 0 6 4 1 0 0 6 1 1 0 0 2 6 3 1 0 0 2 5 1 0 0 1 6 1 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 1 5 1 0 0 8 7 1 0 0 9 6 1 0 0 8 3 1 0 0 9 5 1 0 0 7 6 1 0 0 3 5 0 1 0 0 r(+/-) 0,561 0,391 0,380 mp(+/-) 35,2% 59,1% 31,5% t 1,916 1,200 1,160 p 0,09696 3 0,2689 9 0,23755 3 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the same trend was noted for ischemic stroke. the frequency of detection of is among the examined population, depending on the level and fluctuations of at, increases by 1.6 times or 4.0% (r+=0.561; mp=35.2%, t=1.916; p=0.096963). high levels of detection of is are determined at at+5.0-8.30с (13.0%), +11.8-15.10с (13.0%), +15.2-18.50с (12.0% ) and +22-25.30с (19.0%). low prevalence rates of is were detected with at fluctuations at the level of -1.8-1.50c (3.0%) and +8.4-11.70c (7.0%). the detection rate of hemorrhagic stroke in the south of kyrgyzstan also, according to our data, is directly dependent on the increase and fluctuations of at. during 2016-2019, on average annually, depending on the fluctuations of this meteorological factor, cases of hi are observed with an increase of 3.0% (with minus at) and by 9.0 and 8.0% (with positive at). there is an increase in cases of hi with both decreased and increased at. thus, at different levels of at, gi is detected with the following frequency: with at < 5.2-1.90c 14.0%, <1.6-4.90c 17.0%, <15.2-18 .50c-11.0% and with at> 22-250c-10% (r+=0.391;mr=59.1%, t=1.200; p=0.26899). in general, there is a direct correlative relationship between at and cerebral stroke among the surveyed population : with increases/decreases and intensification of its fluctuations, a significant increase in the detection of ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral stroke is noted. such trends were noted during 2016-2019, i.e. the entire period of the 4-year clinical and meteorological study . conclusion in general, there is a direct correlation between air temperature and cerebral stroke among the examined population: with increases/decreases and intensification of its fluctuations, there is a significant increase in the detection of ischemic stroke, hemorrhagic stroke and cerebral stroke. such trends were noted during 2016-2019, i.e. the entire period of a 4-year clinical meteorological study. references 1. akshulakov s.k., adilbekov e.b., akhmetzhonova z.b., medukhanova s.g. organization and state of the stroke service of the republic of kazakhstan based on the results of 2016 // neurosurgery and neurology of kazakhstan. – 2018. no. 1 (50). – p. 31 – 35. 2. akhmetzhanova z.b., medukhanova s.g., zhumabaev g.kh., adilbekov e.b. stroke in kazakhstan // neurosurgery and neurology of kazakhstan. – 2019. no. 2 (with special issue). – p. 8 – 35. 3. sadykova d.z., adilbekova b.b., medramova a.m., rib e.a. and others. the influence of blood lipids and lipid-lowering therapy on the secondary prevention of strokes // journal of neurosurgery and neurology of kazakhstan. 2020. no. 2 (59). – p. 65 – 69. 4. skvortsova i., koltsova e.a., kamelfeld e.i. comparative analysis of risk factors and pathogenetic variants of ischemic stroke in young and old people // kursk scientific and practical journal “man and his health”. – 2012; 3: 82 – 85. 5. korob i.yu. arterial hypertension and strokes: possibilities of prevention using antihypertensive therapy // medical news. – 2012. no. 10. – p. 26 – 27. 6. rasulova h.a. meta-analysis of risk factors for cerebrovascular diseases // neurology. tashkent. – 2010. no. 1. – p. 49 – 51. 7. tibekina l.m., dorofeeva m.s., shcherbuk yu.a. cardioembolic stroke: etiology, pathogenesis, risk factors for hemorrhagic transformation / review /. // bulletin of st. petersburg university. – 2014. – issue. 1. – p. 1 04 – 115. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 18, november 2023 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 8. khadzhibaev a.m., makhkamov k.e., makhkamov m.k., salaev a.b. surgery of cerebral aneurysms: twenty years of experience of the republican scientific center for emergency medical care // bulletin of emergency medicine. – 2022. – 15 (6). pp. 5 – 9. 9. chekueva n.t., shleife s.g., bembinov e.m. indicators of heart rate variability in patients with cerebrovascular pathology in low-altitude conditions // journal of neurosurgery and neurology of kazakhstan. – 2018. no. 2 (51). – p. 1 – 7.arumugan i.v., manzanero s., furtado m. et al. an atypical role for the myeloid receptor mincle in central nervous system injury // j cereb blood flow metab. 2016; 27. doi: 101177/0271678x16661201. 10. bogiatzi c. hackam d.g., mcleod a.i., spence i.d. secular trends in ischemic stroke subtypes and stroke risk factors. stroke. 2014; 45 (11): 3208 – 13. 11. brinjikji w., rabinstein a., lanzino g. et al. ultrasound characteristics of symptomatic carotic peagues: a systematic review and meta – analysis // cerebrovascular diseases. 2015; 40 (3 4): 165 – 175. https: // doi.org/10.1159/000437339. 12. brott tg, halperin j.l. abara s., bacharach s.m. et al. 2011 asa/accf/aha/aann/aans/acr/asnr/cns/saip/acai/sir/snis/sym/svs guideline on the management of patients with extracranial carotid and vertebral artery disease: executive summary // j am coll cardiol. 2011; 57 (8): 1002 – 1042. https: // doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2010.11.005. 13. bum j.k., jong s.k., ische stroke subtype classi fication: an asion viewpoint. j. stroke. 2014; 16 (1): 8 – 17. 14. catapano a., reiner z., de backer g. et al. esc/eas guidelines for the management of dyslipidemias. the task force for the management of dyslipideamias of the european society of cardiology (esc) and the european atherosclerosis society (eas) // atherosclerosis – 2011. – 2175 – p. s 1 – s. 41. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org comparative analysis of gender semantics and translation problems mukimjon akhunov mukhammadaminovyich (phd) doctor of philosophy in philology e-mail: muqumjon.axunov@bk.ru telefon: +998979977443 mukhiddinova marjona student of andijan state institute of foreign languages e-mail : marjonamuxiddinova03@gmail.com telefon: +998914923282 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the author tried to present his thoughts on the comparative analysis and translation problems of the means of expressing gender semantics in modern english and uzbek languages. in this, the author's focus is on the comparative analysis of means of gender semantics written in english and uzbek as the main research material. in the process of preparing the article, the author critically approached the views of english and uzbek linguists and boldly expressed his opinions. the article may be useful for those who study english and uzbek translation studies and its lexicology. translation, translation studies, gender, suffixes, morphological method, syntactic method, lexicalsemantic method. introduction rod does not exist as an independent grammatical category in modern english. in this respect, the english language is similar to the uzbek language. there are three different methods of determining biological gender in english and uzbek: 1) lexical-semantic method, 2) morphological method, 3) syntactic method. 1. expressing the meaning of gender using root words without suffixes is called lexical-semantic method. such words mainly include personal names indicating masculinity femininity, masculinity femininity, names of famous horses, animals, birds. a) names of people or persons: father mother husband wife son daughter son daughter boy girl boy girl child uncle aunt brother sister american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org brother-law sister-in-law father-in-law mother-in-law mother-in-law nephew niece son niece daughter niece gentleman lady mr. mrs 2. formation of a typological rod category using special suffixes is called a morphological method. these suffixes are very few in modern english, and some are typical of germanic languages. these suffixes are preserved as remnants of old english, and some have entered from other languages. such suffixes are not unique to the uzbek language. the words used in the uzbek language came from other languages. in english: actor-actress director-director baron baroness conductor conductress giant giantess negro negress god – goddess tiger – tigress heir heiress abbot abbess jew jewess mr mrs prince princess duke duchess beau belle czar czarina hero heroine signor signora, signorina the uzbek language does not have a special affixal morpheme used to make the morphological method of the typological stem. the suffixes im, (bek begim) ghay (gudagay), which were historically used in some words, have lost their effectiveness today. but despite this, there are words belonging to a certain group in the uzbek language, which are formed with the participation of the suffixes a, (i) ya, ka taken from the arabic and russian languages. a dancer is a dancer a poet is a poetess a coach is a coach komsomol komsomolka artist artist 3) indicating gender by syntactically attaching a marker representing a certain gender before the name of the subject is called a syntactic method. syntactic gender markers are mainly used in front of gender-neutral words. the gender marker in the syntactic method is mainly represented by a lexical marker. in english and uzbek, this method is very similar: man doctor, woman doctor, male doctor, female doctor, man servant, woman servant, maid, maid, boy friend, girl friend, boy friend, girl comrade, man cashier, woman cashier man cashier man, woman cashier jack – ass shoass hangi, fashion (ass). male cat female cat tom cat male cat pussy cat cat he cat tabby cat he goat is a male goat and she goat is a female goat billy goat taka nanny goat father wolf mother (female) wolf american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org in determining the typological genus category, animal and bird personification issues (personalization or use of people instead of animal and bird names) play a big role. the pronouns he (him, his), she (her) can be used instead of the names of animals in men, proverbs and scientific works. for example: presently the horse came to him on monday morning, with a saddle on his back and a bit in his mouth, and said, camel, o camel, come out and trot like the rest of us (r. kipling) and bit by bit the giraffe started it, because his legs were the longest they went away from the high veldt (ibid). personification is characteristic even for nouns belonging to different semantic groups, denoting concrete and abstract concepts. for example, boat, ship, steamer, vessel, car, train, earth, moon, church, nature, river, etc. the pronoun ht can be used. but personification in these nouns can be used as a special style only in poetry, fairy tales and parables, as shown above. personification occurs mostly in the following cases: 1) words such as mountain, ocean, storm, thunder, sun, winter, anger, war, death, sleep with the word he in muzhkoy rod exchange; 2) words such as abundance, loyalty, nature, homeland, country, generosity, hope, fortune are used with the pronoun she. one of the main differences between english and uzbek languages is that when the english language is expressed with a possessive personal pronoun, with a determining possessive pronoun, with a complementary personal pronoun, it is possible to determine by which gender the work action or process was performed. for example: "he knew i'd blow his head off", al said from the kitchen. she was looking at him holding the glass and biting her lips. (e. hemingway), why did he kill himself, daddy? (ibid). he goes to see her every day" (ibid) her husband had died when she was still a comparatively young woman and for whirl she had devoted herself to her two just grown children, who did not need her and were embarrassed at having her about to her stable of horses, to books, and to bottles (ibid). if the possessive and possessive pronouns are used in the plural, the concept of real rod is not expressed. for example: herself – themselves. it is very difficult to distinguish the category of gender in modern uzbek language. because there is no gender differentiation in personal, possessive and possessive pronouns in the uzbek language. in the uzbek language, the gender category can be partially distinguished only when personal names are used. for example: anwar is reading a book. salima is reading a book. the category of gender in the uzbek language can be determined by means of some suffixes. for example: tursunoy came kunduzkhan is a graduate student. but the suffix khan does not always represent a woman. for example: in the speech of the chief agronomist of our oppakhon collective farm, oppakhon can be both a man and a woman. from the point of view of the gender category, the issue of distinguishing men's and women's speech in languages where there is no grammatical gender category is a general typological issue. we give an example of the problem of the gender category in v. shakespeare's sonnets. when forty winters shall besiege thy brow, and dig deep trenches in thy beauty’s field, thy youth’s round livery, so gaz’d on now, will be a tatter’d where all thy beauty lies: then being ask’d where all thy beauty lies, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org where all the treasure of they lusty days; to say, within thine own deep sunken eyes, were on all – eating shame and thriftless praise. how much more praise deserv’d thy beauty’s use. if thou couldst answer – this fair child of mine, shall sum my count, and make my old excuse, proving his beauty by succession thine! this were to be new made when thou art old, and see thy blood warm when thou feel’st it cold. (sharespeare) in addition to the above-mentioned signs of expressing masculinity and femininity in the speech process, we will show a number of non-specific signals in the speech of women and men. for example, there are certain words and expressions in the speech of women, which are used very little or not at all in the speech of men. for example, saying alla, yor-yor, some expressions about caressing and laying are mostly related to women's speech. references 1. jalolov j. chet til o’qitish metodikasi. toshkent 1996 2. bauer l. introducing linguistic morphology. edinburgh, uk edinburgh university press. 2003 3. nausica m. m. denison university, granville, usa. 2017 4. hamroyev m. mother tongue. toshkent. 2012 5. ingo p. word-formation in english. cambridge university press. 2002 6. bauer l. introducing linguistic morphology. geogetown university press and edinburgh. 2003. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role and importance of social infrastructure in improving the standard of living of the population in the republic of uzbekistan abdullaeva madina kamilovna associate professor of the department of economic theory, doctor of economics, tashkent state university of economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the development of social infrastructure in the world serves to increase the well-being of the population, for this the state is responsible for solving urgent tasks. in the era of rapid urbanization in the world, along with the development of infrastructure, the issue of improving the livelihood of rural people is among the highest goals. infrastructure, population, standart, method, economics, technology. introduction increasing the type of infrastructure services and developing social infrastructure as a social policy of the state, special attention is paid to the development of innovative management strategies aimed at increasing economic and social efficiency, improving the system of training qualified personnel, especially quality education, health care, and providing household services. according to international organizations, today 1/3 of the state budget is spent on the development of social spheres in foreign countries. the united states, japan, south korea, china, and europe are leading the world in terms of social infrastructure management, its targeted development directions and content. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds in solving global economic problems, it is important to organize and improve the organizational and management structure of social infrastructure on an innovative basis. in particular, in the state social policy, systematic reforms are being carried out on the development of mechanisms for the effective solution of the problems of the rural population in terms of educational policy, housing provision, household services and health care. in particular, on the basis of the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 30.12.2022 no. pq-465 "on measures for the development of the social and production infrastructure of the republic of uzbekistan in 2023-2025" and further development of the production infrastructure, as well as the implementation of target tasks for raising the standard of living of the population and creating a favorable investment environment for entrepreneurs [1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org social infrastructures and issues of improving the welfare of the population through their development are discussed in the research works of foreign scientists such as y. schumpeter, d. norton, p. drucker, p. dowling, m. porter, a. raizberg, r. kaplan, scientists from the cis countries a.i. gavrilov, n.n. nekrasov, a.g. sinelnikov, j.t. toshchenko, t.n. arbuzova, s.g. vazhenin, a.g. granberg, a.d. eremenko. a number of uzbek economists s.gulyamov, n.yoldoshev, b.goyibnazarov, a.rasulov, sh.shodmonov, sh.zaynutdinov, a.sharipov, s.khamraeva, sh.yuldasheva have conducted research on the theoretical and practical aspects of social infrastructure development [2, 3, 4]. rеsults аnd disсussiоn "uzbekistan will further increase the well-being of our people, transform economic sectors and rapidly develop entrepreneurship, unconditionally ensure human rights and interests, and an active civil society" the priority directions of reforms aimed at formation were determined". raising the standard of living of the population and social protection of the population in the country was defined as one of the main functions of the state. one of the main objectives of the social policy implemented in our country is to ensure a high standard of living of the population. the development of social infrastructure in the country, the quantity and quality of services provided by the state, the level of development of the social sphere and the social protection system of the population serve as the main factors in improving the indicators of the standard of living of the population recommended by the united nations (un). economic development of society is a wide-scale process that encompasses the concepts of economic growth, improvement of structural changes in the economy, improvement of living conditions and quality of life of the population. according to the un development program, "the ability to use the resources necessary for living a long and healthy life, getting education, acquiring knowledge and living a decent life is the main essence of human development" [5]. the creation of infrastructure is inextricably linked with material production, and its development creates new types of production and activities in serviced and integrated sectors. the growth of social labor productivity in the field of social production frees up a large amount of resources in society to provide services to the population. the creation of infrastructure means the development of production forces in the society, as a result of which the internal economic commonality of the sectors within it is determined by the fulfillment of certain tasks. the structure of social infrastructure consists of: housing and communal economy; health maintenance; education (education and training, retraining and upgrading of professional personnel) communications and information services; household service; social support of the population; science and culture; public organizations; sports, wellness and recreation facilities; transportation of people (passenger transport); preservation and defense of public order; social security, etc. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org social infrastructure includes social-household and social-spiritual infrastructures. improving the mechanism of social infrastructure development especially for the rural population is one of the tasks that the social policy of our country should solve. in the process of carrying out their activities, social infrastructure objects include the provision of services as well as the production of goods. in this, the goals of improving the standard of living of the population and reproducing the labor force are put forward. in order to assess the level of development of social infrastructure in the republic of uzbekistan, it is necessary to take into account the main tasks of social policy aimed at improving the quality of life of the population, increasing its well-being and longevity, forming and restoring a healthy, creatively active generation. in particular, achieving positive results such as providing the population with quality housing, increasing the level and quality of social infrastructure development, creating a cultural sphere of human life, improving the environmental conditions of life and work, increasing labor productivity, creating guarantees of social protection for young people and pensioners is a systematic assessment of this field. the activities of health care, education, housing and communal economy, beautification, employment and many other service entities aimed at improving the living standards of the population are embodied in the structure of the regional social infrastructure under investigation. all of them are primarily reflected in the legal and regulatory documents issued by the government of our country, mainly in strategies. social policy is a policy that reflects the priority aspects of state policy in the fields of education, culture, health care, pension provision, housing and communal economy, physical education and sports, household and social protection, guaranteeing the totality of all conditions of human life activity, material and spiritual benefits. the activity that does not allow ensuring the well-being of the population is precisely the diversity of social infrastructure and quality services in the regions. as rural residents have the right to use quality social infrastructure services, the equality of reforms is a primary issue for them. соnсlusiоn in short, the focus of the state social policy on human capital is of great importance in the country's economy. through the social policy aimed at the development of human capital, the quality of life of the population in the country will increase and the standard of living will be improved. in today's environment, where education is valued as the most unique capital, at all stages of education, by introducing a mechanism for improving the effectiveness of the evaluation of educational results and the methods of financing the system, an opportunity will be created for all people to receive quality education throughout their lives. medical services include services aimed at reducing the risk of disease, promoting and supporting a healthy lifestyle, and improving the health of the environment. medical services provided to some individuals (combating infectious, social diseases) reduce the risk of disease of others. considering the great social importance of these services, the state undertakes to finance the health care system in the country. in our opinion, two different approaches to the estimation of the standard of living and the quality of life of the population are appropriate. the system of evaluation indicators is implemented with the help of social indicators. the national system of evaluation indicators has its own characteristics, these american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org indicators are based on methodological recommendations of the un. the index of standard of living and quality of life is calculated on the basis of separate indicators. this approach is widely used by the un and other international organizations to compare the standard of living and quality of life of the population in different countries. rеfеrеnсеs 1. decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated 30.12.2022 no. pq-465 "on measures for the development of the social and production infrastructure of the republic of uzbekistan in 2023-2025" 2. baev kh. problems of organization and management of social protection of the population. monograph. "economy". tashkent. 2012. -b.31. 3. baev h., abdullaeva m., foziljanov m. raising the standard of living of the population is an important factor in protecting human interests. \\ business expert. 2017 year. no. 12 – b.68. 4. jiyanova n. osobennosti finansirovaniya sotsialnoy sfery na sovremennom etape ekonomicheskogo razvitiya.\\ finance. tashkent. 2014. #2. -s.10-14. 5. djumanova r.f. standard of living of the population: indicators and ways to increase it.// diss. abstract. -t. 2018-b. 11. 6. ibragimova g. human standard of living is a mirror of the economy. \\ business expert. 2019 year. #4. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org marketing is today’s topic baymuxamedova gulnoza fattaxovna tashkent institute of chemical technology faculty of management and professional education senior teacher of the department of enterprise economy and management a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the connection with market activity in furniture production enterprises: choosing a market, determining the volume of sales, planning and setting the perspective of market activity, studying market subjects, the form and methods of trading in the market. enterprise, market, strategy, entity, need, demand, export, import, object. introduction today, the furniture and woodworking industry occupies an important place in the world economy. in 2021, the global furniture production volume will be 425 billion us dollars, which is more than 0.5% of the gross production volume. in recent years, the average annual growth rate of this industry was 2.6%. the diagram below shows the distribution of office furniture, a type of furniture products, by country. main body the construction of residential and commercial facilities in uzbekistan ensures a constant increase in the need for furniture. another factor is that the increase in the purchasing power of the population is causing a rapid increase in the demand for furniture products. today, 90% of the capacity of the furniture market of our country is covered by the products of local producers. there are more than 5,300 woodworking enterprises in the republic, which produce not only furniture, but also construction materials such as mdf, plywood, and laminate. more than 300,000 workers are employed in sokha enterprises. the export capacity of sokha enterprises is also increasing day by day. based on the data of 2020, the largest consumer is kazakhstan, to which 1500 thousand us dollars were exported. kyrgyzstan (917.1 thousand), tajikistan (458.7 thousand), russia (187.2 thousand), singapore (116 thousand), india (101.7 thousand), turkey (97.1 thousand), slovenia (51, 2), saudi arabia (49.7 thousand), germany (29.3 thousand) and the usa (11.3 thousand). the procedure for the development of the "program for the development of the furniture and woodworking industry in uzbekistan in 2021-2024" is established, which provides for the following: • introduction of new types and packages of consumer loans for equipping the multi-apartment houses being built in the regions of the republic, primarily with local furniture products, based on the demand of the population; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org • approval of the furniture renewal schedule of state organizations in the territories of the republic, including preschool education, general secondary and secondary special education, and health care institutions in 2021-2024; • cultivation of tree species used as raw materials in all directions of the furniture industry, taking into account the climatic conditions of the republic, and establishment of plantations of tree species used as raw materials in the furniture industry of the republic; • launch of production facilities in the republic by large furniture manufacturing companies in foreign countries (china, turkey and european countries); • together with the ministry of innovative development and "ozkimyosanoat" jsc, implementation of projects aimed at the production of mdf boards, hpl panels, as well as raw materials, spare parts, fittings and accessories specified in annex 2 of this decision in the territories of the republic. importance of decision making in marketing. first of all, let's look at the directions of marketing research before making a decision. they are usually carried out in 5 major directions. 1. advertising organization studies (inspiring buyers, advertising tests, types of advertising and their comparative effectiveness, etc.). 2. strategic planning and organizational policy (shortand long-term forecasting and enterprise results, analysis of market locations, opportunities for new diversification development, operational gross analysis, analysis of the internal environment of the organization, export market observations, etc.). 3. research on organizational responsibility (social responsibility of the organization on customer formation, environmental protection, etc.). 4. market analysis (customer attitude to new goods, potential and opportunities of new goods, testing of new goods, problems of product coding and its verification, etc.). 5. sales opportunities and marketing research (identification of competent or potential markets, analysis of market composition, analysis of changes in sales volume, conducting test marketing, studying sales promotion procedures, etc.). conclusion departments conducting marketing research should conduct their research and research on the basis of accepted principles of pure competition, and these studies should be based on scientific methods and based on accepted international standards. the information prepared on the basis of the researches of the marketing department serves as a basis for informing intermediaries, suppliers, and manufacturers about the requirements and views, habits of a wide range of consumers. the results of departments conducting marketing research help to manage the company’s activities, to expand production and sales by finding the needs of customers. references 1. mirziyoev sh.m. ensuring the rule of law and human interests is the guarantee of the country’s development and people’s well-being. t.: uzbekistan, 2017.48 p. 2. mirziyoev sh.m. we will build a great future with our brave and noble people. t.: uzbekistan, 2017.488 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 3. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. 4947 of february 7, 2017 “on the strategy of actions in five priority areas of development of the republic of uzbekistan in 20172021” 4. basovsky l.e. marketing. uchebnoe posobie. m.: infra-m, 2010. 219 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org application of esg principles in investment projects financed by sovereign investment funds jumaniyazov inomjon to‘raevich abdullaev aybek nazarbaevich sabirov mirza qilichbayevich shavkat bayramovich babaev department phd., associate professor international school of finance technology and science, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s sovereign wealth funds (swfs) have over $11.83 trillion in assets under management as of octaber 2023. most of these 176 funds are sponsored by non-western countries and their growth has made swfs important international investors, particularly in private equity funding. we first define swfs, then discuss their evolution into today’s categories of stabilization, savings, and development/strategic funds. we discuss the documented importance of swf funding sources – oil sales revenues versus excess reserves from export earnings – and summarize the empirical literature studying how swfs allocate funds geographically and across asset classes. sovereign wealth funds, international financial markets, government policy and regulation, environmental, social, and governance policies introduction sovereign wealth funds (swfs) have emerged as significant players in the global financial landscape, wielding substantial influence over economies and markets worldwide. these stateowned investment vehicles manage vast pools of capital amassed from reserves, surpluses, or revenues generated by a country's natural resources or other state-owned enterprises. beyond mere financial management, swfs play a pivotal role in fostering economic development and ensuring financial stability, both domestically and internationally. the impact of swfs extends beyond direct investment into sectors; they also play a vital role in shaping the financial landscape. by participating in capital markets through equity investments, debt securities, and alternative assets, swfs enhance liquidity, deepen markets, and foster transparency. their long-term investment horizon and patient capital approach provide stability amidst short-term fluctuations, thereby attracting other institutional investors and stimulating capital market growth. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org literature review there is no consensus in the academic and practitioner literature on the definition of a sovereign wealth fund, although most researchers agree that swfs can be seen as government-owned investment vehicles with no explicit liabilities, significant exposure to risky foreign assets and a long-term investment horizon (kotter & lel, 2011). truman (2010) uses a broader definition and defines swfs as pools of government-owned or controlled assets that include some international assets. hence, he also defines some pension funds as swfs. maybe the most authoritative definition comes from the imf (2008a), who define swfs as special purpose investment funds owned by the general government. swfs hold assets to achieve financial objectives and employ a set of investment strategies that include investing in foreign financial assets. they have diverse legal, institutional and governance structures. fotak, gao and megginson (2016) use the definition employed by the sovereign investment laboratory, that specifies an swf as: 1) an investment fund rather than a company; 2) wholly owned by a sovereign government, but organized separately from the central bank or finance ministry; 3) makes international and domestic investment in a variety of risky assets; 4) charged with seeking a commercial return; 5) a wealth fund rather than a pension fund – it should not be financed with contributions from pensioners and should not have explicit liabilities to individual citizens. swfs do exist at the subnational level, such as those of states, but more often at the level of regional governments. they usually do not take direct roles in the management of target companies. their purpose is to explicitly hold their government’s money in trust and transfer it to future generations. this feature makes swfs a special type of investor, as it concentrates their assets and power in the hands of a few actors. “sovereign fund is a fund established for the purpose of realizing the basic constitutional rights of citizens, forming investment projects with important social aspects, based on experience and potential, with high financial and economic efficiency, and financing the budget deficit” (jumaniyazov, i. t., & abdurahmonov, q. (2023)). based on the research, it can be said that special attention is paid to the wider coverage of the stabilization of economic processes of sovereign funds. "sovereign funds are a financial and economic institution and one of the structures implementing the policy set by the government. sovereign funds serve to implement social and economic functions of the country. also, the term “sovereign funds” is used in relation to financial funds established by the state for the purpose of developing the economy over many years” (jumaniyazov, i. t., & islomov, a. (2023)). “the operation of sovereign funds should be directed towards achieving the objectives and tasks of the anti-cyclical budget policy, in which the formation and use of funds is a monetary policy conducted by the state should be connected with it” (asror, a., & inomjon, j. (2023)). it can be said that the effective use of financial resources is important in the activity of sovereign funds. e.h. hansen considered sovereign funds as a tool for regulating the money supply in the country. according to the approach of this researcher, one of the important tasks of sovereign funds is to prevent the depreciation of the country's currency, thereby increasing the purchasing power of the national currency. by paying attention to these issues, there will be an opportunity to increase the income of the population. as a result, the initial and main influence of sovereign funds is the purchase price of the currency (хансeн, э.x. 2006). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org according to i. jumaniyazov, “sovereign fund is a centralized fund that is formed by the state and ensures its effective use by attracting a part of the income from the export of goods, budget surplus, gold currency and other reserves in order to ensure the development of the national economy and international competitiveness. is a fund” (i. t. jumaniyazov, & a. khaydarov. (2023)). “according to the approach of the institute of sovereign funds, the main criteria for evaluating the activity of sovereign funds are the level of openness, the level of profitability of the investment portfolio and the size of assets” (jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019)). analysis and results in today’s global financial ecosystem, few players wield the same degree of power and influence as sovereign wealth funds (swfs). the financial firepower of swfs is hard to underestimate: currently, the assets under management (aum) of the largest funds represent as much as twice the gdp of their respective countries. as of 2020, there were more than 100 swfs globally, with aum totaling over $10 trillion.1 the largest swf in the world—norges bank investment management (nbim) of norway— registered aum to the tune of $1.3 trillion and effectively controlled the equivalent of about 1.5 percent of every publicly listed company in the world in 2021 (see figure 2)2. in absolute terms, some 30 percent of swfs were concentrated in the middle east and asia. so what are swfs and what do they do? swf institute—a global corporation analyzing public asset owners—defines a swf as a “state-owned investment fund or entity that is established from privatization proceeds, governmental transfer payments, fiscal surpluses, and/or revenues resulting from natural resource extraction.” recently, swfs have been increasingly tapping into other pools of funding such as the bond market. 1 kaernay anylasis 2 kaernay anylasis american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org swfs differ from other principal investors in four fundamental ways. first, unlike most principal investors which are privately owned, swfs are government-backed investment vehicles controlled by their respective state governments. second, swfs typically have a very limited need for liquidity due to relatively stable sources of funding—swfs can assemble a large pool of stable capital that otherwise would require a consortium of private entities. third, swfs typically have long-term investment horizons which oftentimes exceed decades (for example, norway’s nbim has a 30-year investment window), which is usually not the case with other principal investors that have much shorter investment horizons (for example, a normal investment horizon of a private equity firm is around five to seven years). fourth, swfs’ risk tolerance is aligned with their vision and mandate, and they can typically withstand cyclical pressures. the strategic focus of swfs is usually defined by the country’s profile, national priorities, developmental agenda, and sometimes even its political agenda. in the case of developing countries, swfs generally play a crucial role in helping governments deliver their national visions and transformational agendas. these swfs act as catalysts to develop and diversify their national economies away from dependency on income generated from finite natural resources. swfs that act as development funds tend to have vast industrial expertise and capabilities to drive national agendas. on the other hand, swfs in developed countries take a more passive approach by investing in established and less risky opportunities. globally, such swfs usually own minority stakes across a diversified set of asset classes—either directly or through fund managers, although many swfs have become quite sophisticated and built solid investment and portfolio optimization capabilities internally. conceptually, swfs can be grouped into three archetypes, each with a different degree of focus on economic development and financial return objectives (see figure 3):3 1. capacity-builder swfs focus on economic development and strategic capability acquisition. capacity-builder swfs typically operate in developing countries, where they play a crucial role in helping governments deliver their national visions and transformational agendas. good examples of a capacity-builder swf are khazanah nasional in malaysia and nigeria sovereign investment authority (nsia) in nigeria. 3 kaernay anylasis american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org 2. strategic investor swfs have a dual focus on financial returns and economic development. strategic investor swfs invest in portfolios to build up strategic sectors. prominent examples here include the public investment fund (pif) in saudi arabia, temasek in singapore, mubadala in the uae, and the qatar investment authority (qia) in qatar. 3. wealth manager swfs focus primarily on financial returns and invest mostly in international assets. wealth manager swfs aim to create and preserve wealth for future generations to come. examples of such swfs include the government of singapore investment corporation (gic) in singapore, nbim in norway, and the abu dhabi investment authority (adia) in the uae. while there is no clear “winner” among these models, the success of any swf depends on having a clearly defined vision and mandate that are fully aligned to the national aspirations and ultimately realized through meticulous execution. investment fund (pif) raised $3 billion via its first green bond sale—the first swf globally to do so. subsequently, in february 2023, pif announced its plan to raise an additional $5.5 billion through its second green bond sale. to support its target of reaching net zero emissions by 2060, pif expects to invest more than $10 billion by 2026 in eligible green projects, including renewable energy, clean transport, and sustainable water management. most recently, pif teamed up with global infrastructure partners to acquire a 9.5 percent stake in skyborn renewables—an offshore wind developer and operator headquartered in germany. this growing trend toward investment in green projects is echoed by heenam choi, chief executive of the korea investment corporation (kic): "over the next 10 years, the best investment opportunities will be in climate change and related technologies." this sentiment has only been strengthened by the ongoing energy crisis. all swfs that take esg considerations into account when making investment decisions (‘esg swfs’) have several types of guidelines at their disposal. a well-known and widely-used principle is a negative or positive investment screen. a non-financial negative investment screen means that american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org specific equity stocks or industries are excluded from an investment fund’s portfolio based on social, environmental and ethical criteria (renneboog, ter horst & zhang, 2007). a common-used negative screen is for example the exclusion of alcohol, tobacco, defense and gambling industries, or companies with poor labor conditions, little environmental protection, violation of human rights or animal testing (renneboog, ter horst & zhang, 2007). other practices related to negative screens vary for each investment fund. for instance, the fund can only exclude companies if their revenues derived from an undesirable sector exceeds a specific threshold. a non-financial positive investment screen concerns the practice that a fund selects those shares that meet superior csr standards and/or are ‘best in class’. these screens often use criteria such as corporate governance, environment, sustainability and labor conditions. negative and positive investment screens are often referred to as the first and second generation of screens (renneboog, ter horst & zhang, 2007). next to these two socially responsible investment guidelines, a third approach combines negative and positive screens and results in a selection of companies based on their economic, environmental and social (esg) criteria. the fourth and last approach combines the third approach with shareholder activism, which means that the portfolio manager(s) try to influence a target company’s decisions and actions by direct conversation with management or usage of voting rights. the effect of using investment screens on fund performance can be twofold. negative screens (first generation). there are multiple swfs that use negative screening criteria. first, the cic uses a negative screen to exclude undesirable industries, such as tobacco and gaming (liew & he, 2012). furthermore, the kia states that it uses negative screens to exclude alcoholrelated and gaming businesses. positive screens (second generation). currently, there are no swfs known that use positive screens only. third generation. the third generation combines negative and positive screens, which yields sustainable or ‘people, planet and profit’ screens. all swfs considered under the fourth generation are also believed to fall into the third generation. activism (fourth generation). the fourth generation of socially responsible investing combines the third generation with shareholder activism. this approach means that portfolio managers attempt to influence their portfolio companies’ policies through engagement with the management or board of directors and/or through using voting rights. currently, there are multiple swfs that fall into this category. first, the gpfc uses a negative screen to exclude certain companies from its investing universe. the ministry is involved in the screening. a government commission recommended ethical guidelines in 2004 that the fund acts upon to date. these guidelines are enforced by an independent advisory body by royal decree. this council can be asked by the ministry of finance for its opinion or may give an autonomous recommendation not to invest in a certain company. furthermore, the commission regularly review whether a company’s exclusion is still valid. in 2018, the gpfg excluded 13 companies and placed 4 companies under observation. furthermore, it divested in 30 companies due to climate (15), corruption (9), human rights (4) and other (2) issues. second, the cpp uses a combination of negative and positive (‘best in class’) screens and activist activities. it monitors the esg factors of their targets and actively engages with companies to promote improved management of esg. furthermore, it exercises voting rights and collaborates with organizations to engage companies and encourage better esg-related practices. in addition, it established a power and renewables group that expands the fund’s renewables portfolio. third, the aff integrates esg concerns into its processes for considering investment proposals and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org investment manager appointment. it exercises ownership rights and goes into dialogue and engagement activities to establish a climate of long-term asset stewardship. the fund designed its own esg policy, which provides a framework for which entities and sectors to exclude. the fund also lists explicit corporate governance principles in this policy. table 1 overview of swfs that use esg criteria in their investment process the responsible investment actions include investment, engagement, voting, exclusion and/or divestment. fifth, the ontario teachers’ pension plan integrates esg considerations into its investment process, build relationships with targets and use its influence to make expectations clear. it uses environmental, social and governance criteria. last, the fonds de reserve pour les retraites uses negative screens and is particularly focused on reducing the carbon footprint of its equities investment portfolio. it also incorporate esg criteria into its portfolio management process and investment decisions. it has an active policy of voting proxies and tries to convict businesses to adopt necessary measures to reduce their impact on climate. the other ways of how swfs use using csr and esg criterions when making investment decisions are shown in table 5. this table summarizes the main csr goal, screening criteria and main csr or sri activities reported by the swf themselves in their annual report or responsible investment reports, if available. the main conclusion that can be drawn from this table is that the majority of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org the swfs do not have an (explicit) esg strategy or criteria. even though the most swfs do not have a strategic approach to esg investments, those who do have this integrate the considerations in a transparent manner and document it extensively (see table 5). the six swfs that do have an explicit esg strategy are the gpfg, canada pension plan, australia’s future fund, new zealand superannuation fund, ontario teachers’ pension plan and the fonds de reserve pour les retraites. some swfs without esg strategy still signed the united nations principles of responsible investment (un pri), such as the gpfg and the south african public investment corporation. conclusions this research aims to provide a new step towards understanding the motives and consequences of swf investments, especially for swfs that incorporate esg considerations into their investment processes and decisions. the conclusions provide information for (professional) investors and leaders in politics, governments and business, and can be used as a source of knowledge for decision making on how to deal with (foreign) swfs. nevertheless, future academic research is needed to further unravel the objectives and effects of investments from swfs, how swf characteristics affect the performance of target firms, and how firm characteristics affect the investment choices of swfs. the most important recommendations for further research are the following: • additional coverage of swfs: almost every empirical study on the influence of swf investments on target firms is conducted with a subsample of swfs, even though there are many more swfs that actively invest on a large scale (swfi, 2019). this study contributes by collecting ownership data on all swfs available in factset. still, far too little is known about the details of (other) swf investments, and the current data reveals that the largest swfs in this sample are usually the most transparent and autonomous swfs. hence, inclusion of additional swfs, and especially those with a high degree of opaqueness and a high aum, would allow interesting replications of the research that already has been done for the lower number of (relatively transparent and autonomous) swfs. furthermore, adding large, politically dependent and opaque swfs to the sample gives opportunities to further examine whether swf and firm characteristics influence target firm performance and swf investment decisions, respectively. • transparency and autonomy classifications: related to the additional coverage of swfs is the recommendation to incorporate data on these swfs into scoreboards such as those designed by truman (2015) and linaburg and maduell (2018). this way, it is likely that the number of swfs that is classified as either transparent or opaque and either autonomous or politically dependent increases, which helps to conduct analyses with balanced sample sizes and increased statistical power. furthermore, increased coverage of transparency data might help to answer the question for policymakers whether the benefit of cross-border swf investments is greater than the benefit provided by swf investments (megginson & gao, 2019). moreover, stone and truman (2016) recently found that swfs are making progress to improve their transparency, which could also future results regarding the impact of opaqueness of swfs on target firms and investment decisions. in addition, another valuable link to study is how political pressure from domestic governments will affect an swf’s autonomy, transparency and subsequently, its investment strategy. • endogeneity: endogeneity is a central concern to research that investigates the motives and implications of investments, whether they are made by institutional investors, governments, hedge american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org funds, swfs or any other financial agent. in the case of firm performance, the main strategy has been to use matched subsamples. in the case of esg scores, a granger causality test is reported. the granger test executed here confirmed the bidirectionality of the relationship between esg score and swf ownership (see section 5.4). it could be very well possible that other firm characteristics other than esg score influence an swf’s investment decision, but those characteristics are also affected by the swf’s influence after an swf takes a stake in the firm. to test the validity of the results put forth, more work is required, for instance by using inclusions into the msci index and treating these a shock for target firms. this can help to further test assumptions about exogeneity. for example, it would be possible to use the index inclusion of msci acwi (which covers 80% of the market capitalization of all companies in the world) to execute a regression discontinuity design (rdd) setting (following a method such as bena, ferreira, matos & pires, 2017). • source of funding: even though their sources of funding is arguably one of the best documented features of swfs (see ang, 2010; truman, 2010; curzio and miceli, 2010) and the importance of the type of funding is already documented by fotak, gao and megginson (2016), this characteristic is often not taken into account when formulating predictions and empirically testing hypotheses about swf activities. nevertheless, the source of funding could prove to be a significant determinant of swf’s asset allocation and target choice. for instance, megginson and gao (2019) report that the rise of protectionism and escalating international trade frictions may potentially pose financial pressure on emerging economic with trade surpluses. furthermore, swfs from traditional resource exporting or trade surplus countries may receive reduced financial support from home country governments, or may be required to invest in their home countries to help the domestic budgets and economy. the decline in oil export revenues of the last five years is very likely to impact swfs funded by oil export revenues, such as the gpfg, adia and kia (fotak, gao & megginson, 2016). hence, new circumstances due to these political and economic developments of the last years might force swfs to shift their focus from traditional target countries, such as the us and uk, to other attractive countries, and will likely alter swf investment levels. • swf’s objective and size: another interesting direction for future research would be paying attention to two possible determinants of an swf’s investment strategy: its objective and size. one way in which an swf’s objective may impact its target, industry and country choice is that swfs that have formulated relatively short-term objectives (for instance, financing state budget expenditures and reduce inflationary pressure, such as the rrf) invest with more short-termism than swfs that have formulated relatively long-term objectives (such as the nzsa, that exists to pre-fund the future cost of universal superannuation). another determinant of investment allocation could be the size of the swf, or, in other words, its diseconomies of scale (as already touched upon by bernstein, lerner and schoar (2013)). a sovereign fund with the size of the gpfg, cic or adia is likely unable to find enough attractive investments and suffers from the fact that its strategy is less profitable when buying larger blocks of stock, as this usually affects the target’s market price. in sum, future research should be geared towards gathering more and in-depth (quantitative) information about the structure, governance and investment activities of swfs, thereby providing a comprehensive framework for assessing both the antecedents and outcomes of swf investments. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org references 1. ang, a. (2010). the four benchmarks of sovereign wealth funds. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1680485 2. megginson, w. l., you, m., & han, l. (2013). determinants of sovereign wealth fund crossborder investments. financial revivew, 48, 539-572. https://doi.org/10.1111/fire.12015 3. jia, x., cui, y., patro, r., venkatachalam, s., kanday, r. & turayevich, j. (2023). application of fractional-order nonlinear equations in coordinated control of multi-agent systems. nonlinear engineering, 12(1), 20220335. https://doi.org/10.1515/nleng-2022-0335 4. abdullaev aybek nazarbaevich, jumaniyazov inomjon to‘raevich, sabirov mirza qilichbayevich, & gulomov ibrokhim rustam ugli. (2024). development of china’s sovereign wealth funds. wire insights: journal of innovation insights, 2(1), 1–8. retrieved from https://academiaone.org/index.php/7/article/view/479 5. shavkat bayramovich babaev, aybek nazarbaevich abdullaev, mirza qilichbayevich sabirov, & inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov. (2024). some issues of the development of banking innovations in the commercial banks of uzbekistan. academia repository, 5(03), 31–37. retrieved from https://academiarepo.org/index.php/1/article/view/662 6. shavkat bayramovich babaev, aybek nazarbaevich abdullaev, mirza qilichbayevich sabirov, inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov, & inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov. (2024). conceptual reflection of the changing role of the state export policy in the development strategy of the new uzbekistan. european scholar journal, 5(3), 5-8. retrieved from https://www.scholarzest.com/index.php/esj/article/view/4393 7. brecht, m., franks, j., grant, j., & wagner, h. f. (2017). returns to hedge fund activism: an international sstudy. the review of financial studies, 30(9), 2933-2971. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/hhx048 8. swfi. (2022). top largest sovereign wealth fund rankings by total assets. retrieved from https://www.swfinstitute.org 9. sovereign wealth funds of the republic of uzbekistan in the post-pandemic period. (2023). pedagogical cluster-journal of pedagogical developments, 1(2), 355372. https://euroasianjournals.org/index.php/pc/article/view/73 10. mirza qilichbayevich sabirov, ibrokhim rustam ugli gulomov, inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov, & aybek nazarbaevich abdullaev. (2023). relevance and application of compulsory health insurance in republic of uzbekistan. journal of intellectual property and human rights, 2(11), 71–76. retrieved from http://journals.academiczone.net/index.php/jiphr/article/view/1477 11. aybek nazarbaevich abdullaev, shavkat bayramovich babaev, mirza qilichbayevich sabirov, & inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov. (2024). tax relations in business entities providing non-state educational services. american journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 25, 123–134. retrieved from http://www.ajird.journalspark.org/index.php/ajird/article/view/969 https://doi.org/10.1111/fire.12015 https://doi.org/10.1515/nleng-2022-0335 https://academiaone.org/index.php/7/article/view/479 https://academiarepo.org/index.php/1/article/view/662 https://www.scholarzest.com/index.php/esj/article/view/4393 https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/hhx048 https://www.swfinstitute.org/ https://euroasianjournals.org/index.php/pc/article/view/73 http://journals.academiczone.net/index.php/jiphr/article/view/1477 http://www.ajird.journalspark.org/index.php/ajird/article/view/969 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org 12. aybek nazarbaevich abdullaev, inomjon to‘raevich jumaniyazov, shavkat bayramovich babaev, & mirza qilichbayevich sabirov. (2024). prospects of organizing rental operations in non-government educational organizations on the basis of international standards of financial reporting. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 12(2), 104–114. retrieved from https://internationaljournals.co.in/index.php/giirj/article/view/5204 13. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). the progressive foreign experiments in the activity of sovereign wealth funds. annals of the romanian society for cell biology, 109-116. 14. jumaniyozov, i. (2018). impact of development finance institutions on economic growth: implications for reconstruction and development fund of uzbekistan. international journal of management science and business administration, 4(2), 84-88. 15. jumaniyozov, i. (2020). issues of ensuring the transparency of sovereign wealth funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(5), 1. 16. jumaniyazov, i. (2020). foreign experience in the activities of sovereign funds. international finance and accounting, 2020(2), 1. 17. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2021). transparency is a key indicator of the activity of sovereign wealth funds. the american journal of management and economics innovations, 3(05), 3037. 18. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). основные задачи фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. наука, образование и культура, (7 (10)), 27-28. 19. жуманиязов, и. т. (2016). направления использования средств фонда реконструкции и развития республики узбекистан. economics, (7 (16)), 28-29. 20. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2022). o’zbekistonda davlat moliya tizimidagi islohotlar va 21. jumaniyazov inomjon turaevich, & juraev maqsud annaqulovich (2022). korxonalarda moliyaviy qarorlar qabul qilish va risklarni baholash usullari. science and education, 3 (5), 1646-1654. 22. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development № 16. monografiya pokonferencyjna. 23. jumaniyazov, i., & xaydarov, a. (2023). the importance of social insurance in social protection. science and education, 4(1), 1033–1043. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 24. inomjon, j. (2023). gender byudjetlashtirishda davlat moliyaviy nazoratining o’rni. новости образования: исследование в xxi веке, 1(6), 11871191. 25. davlatboyeva, m. s. qizi, & jumaniyazov, i. t. (2023). yashil byudjetlashtirish va uni o’zbekistonda joriy etish istiqbollari. science and education, 4(2), 1509–1516. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/5237 26. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). evaluation criteria for the efficiency of sovereign funds. global science and innovations 2019: central asia. in international scientific conference.–nur-sultan (kazakhstan) (vol. 340, pp. 226-229). https://internationaljournals.co.in/index.php/giirj/article/view/5204 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/4941 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org 27. jumaniyazov, i. t. the significance of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s financial capital on economic growth of uzbekistan. international journal of economics, commerce and management united kingdom issn, 2348, 0386. 28. jumaniyazov, i., & mahmudov, m. (2022). experience of foreign countries in attracting foreign investment. asian journal of research in banking and finance, 12(5), 32-37. 29. jumaniyozov, i. t., & abdumannobov, a. m. (2020). managing public debt. in ключевые проблемы современной науки (pp. 3-7). 30. jumaniyozov, i. t., & bakhodirkhujayev a.f. (2020). issues and challenges for the implementation of macroprudential policy in uzbekistan. in ключевые проблемы современной науки (pp. 8-11). 31. t. jumaniyazov, & a. khaydarov. (2023). the i̇mpact of uzbeki̇stan’s soverei̇gn wealth funds on economi̇c growth. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 10, 1–7. retrieved from https://www.americanjournal.org/index.php/ajrhss/article/view/495 32. jumaniyazov, i. t. (2019). the impact of uzbekistan reconstruction and development fund’s expenditure on gdp growth. science, research, development, 16. 33. жуманиязов, и. т., & садыкова, н. о. (2023). ўзбекистонда ва жахонда суверен фондлар инвеститцион фаолияти. science and education, 4(6), 915–920. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/6106 34. jumaniyazov, i., & vohidova, r. (2023). davlat byudjeti mablag’laridan foydalanishda moliyaviy nazoratni kuchaytirish yo’llari. science and education, 4(6), 881–887. retrieved from https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/6100 35. inomjon, j., & sarvar, a. (2023). suveren fondlar faoliyati va ularning moliyaviy mablag ‘larini samarali foydalanishning xorij tajribasi. pedagogs jurnali, 35(4), 102-108. 36. jumaniyazov, i. t., & abdurahmonov, q. (2023). tiklanish va taraqqiyot jamg‘armasining banklar faoliyatidagi ishtiroki. pedagogs jurnali, 35(4), 139-146. 37. asror, a., & inomjon, j. (2023). o’zbekistonda davlat boshqaruv organlari ish haqi tizimini takomillashtirish masalalari. pedagogs jurnali, 35(4), 128-138. 38. i.t.jumaniyazov, & i.a.mingboyev (2023). gender budgeting and prospects for its implementation in uzbekistan. science and education, 4 (5), 1518-1523. 39. turayevich, j. i., & akmal o’g’li, s. m. (2023). investitsion loyihalarni moliyalashtirishda tiklanish va taraqqiyot jamg’armasining o’rni. pedagogs jurnali, 35(4), 147-157. https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=42443917 https://elibrary.ru/item.asp?id=42443917 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/6106 https://openscience.uz/index.php/sciedu/article/view/6100 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org advancing opinion mining for low-resource languages: a case study of uzbek absa dataset rajabov jaloliddin shamsuddin o‘g‘li phd student at the national university of uzbekistan named after mirzo ulugbek a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the objective of enhancing the availability of natural language processing technologies for low-resource languages has significant importance in facilitating technological accessibility within the populations of speakers of these languages. this study addresses the gap in linguistic resources for the uzbek language by introducing uzabsa, the first high-quality annotated aspect-based sentiment analysis (absa) dataset. the dataset comprises 3,500 documentlevel reviews and over 6,100 sentence-level instances, collected from uzbek restaurant reviews. evaluation of the annotation process using cohen's kappa and krippendorff's α demonstrates robust agreement levels. a classification model, k-nearest neighbour (knn), was employed to validate the dataset, achieving accuracy rates of 72% to 88%. this pioneering work provides a foundational resource for advancing sentiment analysis for the uzbek language. natural language processing, uzbek language, absa dataset, sentiment analysis, low-resource languages, uzabsa, annotation techniques, knn classification, statistical evaluation introduction the increasing adoption of natural language processing (nlp) technologies in various applications underscores the need to extend these tools to low-resource languages, including uzbek. despite uzbek being the native language for over 35 million speakers, the lack of linguistic resources impedes technological advancements tailored to this population. aspect-based sentiment analysis (absa) is a critical nlp task that identifies opinions concerning specific aspects within texts. however, no opensource absa datasets exist for uzbek. this study introduces uzabsa, a comprehensive dataset designed to address this gap and support further research in the domain. dataset development data collection the dataset consists of online reviews sourced from uzbek restaurant websites. it encompasses 3,500 reviews at the document level and over 6,100 sentences at the sentence level. reviews were preprocessed to remove noise and ensure linguistic clarity. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org annotation process annotations focused on four key attributes: • aspect terms: identifying specific components discussed in the text. • aspect term polarities: determining sentiment polarity for each aspect term. • aspect category terms: categorizing the broader topics. • aspect category polarities: assigning sentiment polarity to each category. two independent annotators participated in the annotation process. agreement levels were measured using cohen’s kappa coefficient and krippendorff’s α, yielding values of 0.81 and 0.79, respectively, indicating high reliability. model implementation to validate uzabsa, a k-nearest neighbour (knn) classification model was implemented. training and evaluation were conducted on the dataset, and metrics such as accuracy, precision, recall, and f1score were computed. results ranged from 72% to 88%, demonstrating the dataset’s efficacy for sentiment analysis tasks. significance of uzabsa uzabsa represents the first and largest absa dataset for the uzbek language. it sets a benchmark for future studies and facilitates the development of nlp applications, such as recommendation systems and automated feedback analysis, tailored to uzbek speakers. evaluation metrics to establish the quality and reliability of the annotated dataset, multiple evaluation metrics were employed. the cohen’s kappa coefficient of 0.81 and krippendorff’s alpha of 0.79 demonstrated robust inter-annotator agreement. the dataset also underwent a preliminary evaluation using a knearest neighbour (knn) classifier. the classifier achieved an accuracy range between 72% to 88%, reflecting the dataset’s practical applicability in real-world sentiment analysis scenarios. these outcomes underscore the dataset’s robustness and potential to support advanced nlp tasks. applications of uzabsa the dataset has significant implications for both academic and industrial applications. academically, it lays the groundwork for further research in absa and sentiment analysis for low-resource languages. in industry, uzabsa can support the development of applications like review analytics, customer sentiment tracking, and opinion mining in uzbek. furthermore, the dataset can serve as a resource for developing recommendation systems tailored to the preferences and sentiments of uzbekspeaking users. comparative analysis when compared to existing datasets for other languages, uzabsa exhibits unique characteristics. unlike high-resource languages, where multiple absa datasets exist, uzabsa pioneers this effort for uzbek. additionally, its meticulous annotation process and high inter-annotator agreement metrics american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org position it as a benchmark dataset. future works can extend this dataset by incorporating multimodal data, such as images and audio reviews, to enrich the analysis. results and discussions the evaluation results underscore the robustness of uzabsa as a resource for absa tasks. high agreement among annotators ensures the dataset’s reliability, while the knn model’s performance validates its applicability. the study highlights the need for further experimentation with advanced machine learning models, such as transformers, to enhance accuracy and scalability. moreover, the dataset’s potential applications in commercial and academic settings underline its significance. conclusion uzabsa addresses a critical gap in linguistic resources for the uzbek language. by providing a highquality, annotated absa dataset, this study lays the groundwork for advancing nlp technologies for low-resource languages. future work will explore integrating uzabsa with state-of-the-art nlp models to achieve greater precision and utility. the dataset’s contribution will also extend to crosslingual nlp research, fostering collaboration among researchers in the global community. references 1. cohen, j. (1960). a coefficient of agreement for nominal scales. educational and psychological measurement, 20(1), 37–46. 2. krippendorff, k. (2004). content analysis: an introduction to its methodology. sage publications. 3. pang, b., & lee, l. (2008). opinion mining and sentiment analysis. foundations and trends in information retrieval, 2(1-2), 1–135. 4. liu, b. (2012). sentiment analysis and opinion mining. synthesis lectures on human language technologies, 5(1), 1–167. 5. devlin, j., chang, m.-w., lee, k., & toutanova, k. (2019). bert: pre-training of deep bidirectional transformers for language understanding. proceedings of naacl-hlt, 4171– 4186. 6. mikolov, t., sutskever, i., chen, k., corrado, g. s., & dean, j. (2013). distributed representations of words and phrases and their compositionality. advances in neural information processing systems, 26, 3111–3119. 7. schütze, h., manning, c. d., & raghavan, p. (2008). introduction to information retrieval. cambridge university press. 8. jurafsky, d., & martin, j. h. (2020). speech and language processing. pearson. 9. vaswani, a., et al. (2017). attention is all you need. advances in neural information processing systems, 30, 5998–6008. 10. uzbek restaurant reviews dataset. (2024). collected from online review platforms for this study. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org clinical course and approaches to treatment of congenital complete atrioventricular block in children shadieva khalima nuridinovna phd, assistant professor at the department of propaedeutics childhood diseases samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan xolikova gulnoz asatovna assistant at the department of propaedeutics childhood diseases samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s a description of the clinical picture of several patients with congenital complete atrioventricular block (ccavb) is given: isolated conduction disturbance in 1 patient and in 3 children a combination of ccavb with congenital heart defects such as asd, pda. one girl with congenital heart disease (asd) was diagnosed with frederick's syndrome. characteristic complaints, objective changes, as well as signs of retarded physical development were identified. all children underwent implantation of a single-chamber cardiac pacemaker. along with pacemaker implantation, surgical correction of congenital heart disease was performed. after the treatment, there was a positive trend in the condition of the patients, normalization of physical development indicators, restoration of ecg and echocg parameters. childrenn, complete atrioventricular block, congenital heart disease, asd, pda. introduction conduction disorders represent a complex problem in pediatric cardiology [1-9]. a particularly severe disorder should be considered complete atrioventricular block (cavb), which is divided into congenital, acquired and hereditary. the frequency of congenital ccavb is, according to various authors, from 1:15,000 to 1:25,000 [1,10,11]. its causes in 70% of cases are considered to be an autoimmune conflict, in 25% of cases structural pathology of the heart, as well as some hereditary syndromes. the pathogenesis of autoimmune congenital avb is based on the passage of maternal anti-ro/ss-a and anti-la/ss-b autoantibodies through the placenta and their damage to the cardiac conduction system [12,13]. the mother is diagnosed with diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus (sle), sjogren's syndrome, and other systemic connective tissue diseases [12]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the literature also describes cases of a number of orphan syndromes, the signs of which are a combination of congenital heart disease, such as atrial septal defect (asd), tetralogy of fallot, patent ductus arteriosus (pda), transposition of the great vessels, etc., with complete avb; there may be other anomalies development. these syndromes are associated with mutations mainly in the nkx2.5, gata4 and tbx5j genes. the type of inheritance is presumably autosomal dominant [14,15]: risk factors for unfavorable outcome in such children after birth are considered [1]: • ventricular contraction frequency (hr) less than 55 per minute; • replacement rhythm with wide ventricular complexes; • presence of ventricular ectopy; • high frequency of atrial contractions (more than 140 per minute). dyspnea and episodes of freezing may occur [13]. an extreme manifestation is considered to be a morgagni–adams–stokes attack. the attack is manifested by a sudden loss of consciousness, cyanosis, areflexia, and tonic-clonic convulsions [13]. in the natural course of congenital ccavb, 3 critical periods for the occurrence of decompensation of the disease have been established: 0-1 year, 2-4 years, 12-14 years [10], which is associated with low compensatory capabilities and a high percentage of complications during these periods of time in children. treatment of children with asymptomatic avb is not required [1,12,13]. if the cause is known (autoimmune avb, ccavb with congenital heart disease), etiotropic, pathogenetic and symptomatic therapy of the disease is carried out. nootropic, anti-inflammatory drugs, antioxidants, cardiotropics, drugs that have a stimulating effect and improve the conduction of nerve impulses are used [2]. treatment tactics are determined by the characteristics of rhythm disturbances, hemodynamic disorders, the presence of syncope, and the anatomical state of the chambers and valves of the heart [1]. the absolute indications for artificial pacemaker implantation in children are [2,12]: • any form of av block in combination with congestive heart failure occurring in utero or after birth; • any form of av block in combination with congenital heart disease; • cardiomegaly caused by myogenic dilatation of the left ventricle (lv); • average daily ventricular rate less than 55 beats. in a minute; • distal form of blockade (wide qrs complex more than 0.1 s); • prolongation of the qt interval by 50 ms or more from normal values; • frequent multiform ventricular ectopia; • episodes of asystole for more than 2 s on a resting ecg or holter monitoring (hm). for children with pavb without pacemaker implantation, the prognosis is unfavorable [2]. purpose of the study: to provide clinical characteristics of cases of congenital pavb, as well as approaches to their treatment. material and methods: patient medical histories, ecg data, echocardiography before and after surgical treatment. we observed 4 clinical cases of congenital ccavb: boy t, 2 years 11 months with congenital ccavb; boy s., 2 years old with a pda, girl t., 3 years old, and boy a., 14 years old, who had an asd in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org combination with complete atrioventricular block. all patients were observed and treated in the cardiac surgery department of the samarkand regional medical medical center. results all patients had general complaints of fatigue, periodic sudden attacks of weakness, cyanosis and coldness of the extremities, sweating, retardation in physical, and in one case, psychomotor development. the diagnosis of the defect and block in patients with ccavb in combination with asd was established at birth, in patients with congenital ccavb and pda with pavb at one year of age. according to the anamnesis, it was not possible to identify any autoimmune diseases in mothers and family members. delays in physical development were observed in all patients; in addition, girl t. had multiple stigmata of dysembryogenesis and neurological disorders, in particular, at 3 years old she could not walk or talk. an objective examination revealed characteristic clinical signs of existing chd and ccavb. these are: pallor, poor development of subcutaneous fat, deformation of the chest, extended apical impulse, percussion expansion of the borders of the heart to the right or left, with the exception of patient t. with isolated ccavb. auscultation heard characteristic murmurs and bradycardia from 52 in a boy with isolated ccavb to 33 in a girl with an asd with pulmonary stenosis and frederick's syndrome. on the ecg we recorded signs of complete atrioventricular block, and in patient t frederick's syndrome. fig 1. ecg of patient t. before surgery (from frederica) echocg revealed signs of congenital heart disease (fig. 2a-c). in patient t., only signs of ccavb were observed; structural changes in the heart were not detected. fig.2a echocg in a patient with pda fig. in patient with asd fig. 2c in patient with asd, sla american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org patients with asd underwent surgical correction of the defect suturing, and patients with pda ligation of the pda. taking into account the congenital nature of the block and the presence of clinical symptoms of ccavb, all patients underwent pacemaker implantation. for patients with pda, it was performed simultaneously with ligation of the duct, and for patients with asd – on the 5th 6th day after correction of the defect. fig.3 implantable single-chamber pacemaker fig.4. implantation of pacemaker in patient a. fig.5 ecg of patient a..after pacemaker implantation by the time of discharge, the condition of all patients was satisfactory, there was no shunt on the interatrial septum (pulmonary artery after ligation of the pda), on the ecg: idioventricular rhythm, imposed with a certain frequency depending on age. when re-examined a year later, the indicators of the children’s physical development did not differ from normal. the psychomotor development of the girl with asd and frederick's syndrome has noticeably improved: she began to walk and talk. echocg indicators are unremarkable; ecg shows that the pacemaker is functioning. discussion all clinical cases had congenital avb. diagnosis of this condition is usually timely already in the maternity hospital, when auscultation reveals bradycardia [1,8,11]. in the 2 cases we described, cardiac american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org arrhythmias in patients were detected later: in 1 (in a boy with isolated ccavb) and 2 years (in a child with ccavb and pda). further, identifying the causes of congenital avb becomes important: autoimmune or hereditary forms associated with mutations of certain genes [1,10,12,13]. unfortunately, using the methods available to us, we were unable to determine the cause. however, according to the mother’s medical history, she denies any autoimmune diseases in herself and her relatives. in all patients with a combination of congenital ccavb and chd, we, based on literature data [12,13], assume the presence of gene mutations. in the future, perhaps such patients will receive a more complete examination. as for physical development disorders, there is a lag, which is consistent with literature data [1,8]. signs of cerebral palsy and retardation in psychomotor development most likely did not depend on the presence of congenital ccavb, but were concomitant, however, after implantation of the pacemaker, the girl’s neurological status improved significantly. therefore, pacemaker implantation is necessary in the treatment of such patients. conclusions: taking into account the anamnesis and clinical indicators, in the described cases of ccavb and chd, most likely, there was a hereditary syndrome of combination of chd and chd. to confirm the diagnosis, patients require further genetic testing. late presentation leads to a delay in the physical and psychomotor development of children. all patients with congenital ccavb require surgical correction of chd and pacemaker implantation. references 1. krutova av, kotlukova np, simonova lv, rybalko na, kazantseva ia features of diagnosis, course and outcomes of atrioventricular blockade in newborns and young children // pediatrics. journal named after g. n. speransky. 2015. no. 1. 2. shadieva khn, mamutova es heart rhythm disturbances in children after coronavirus infection //journal of hepato-gastroenterological research, 2022; 3(2):52-54 3. shadieva khn, khaydarova skh, mamutova es congenital heart defects. scale of the problem, identification of risk factors for the development of congenital heart defects. // journal of hepatogastroenterological research, 2022; 2(3.2), 67–69. 4. стреляева а. в., гаспарян э. р., терес и. в., зуев с. с., сагиева а. т., шадыева х. н., лазарева н. б., садыков в. м., щеглова т. а. пециломикозные атипичные миокардиты у детей и особенности их лечения // ркж. 2011. №5. url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/petsilomikoznye-atipichnye-miokardity-u-detey-i-osobennostiih-lecheniya 5. стреляева а. в., шадыева х. н., лазарева н. б., самылина и. а., вахрамеева и. в., садыков в. м., маматкулов х. м., яковлев а. о., зуев с. с. токсическая кардиопатия и миокардиты пециломикозной и иной этиологии у детей // ркж. 2010. №3. url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/toksicheskaya-kardiopatiya-i-miokardity-petsilomikoznoy-iinoy-etiologii-u-detey 6. kodirova mm, shadiyeva xn bolalarda norevmatik miokarditlarning ekgdagi asosiy simptomlari // journal of hepato-gastroenterological research, 2022; 1(3):33-36 7. холикова гулноз асатовна. кодирова мархабо мияссаровна. main clinical signs of nonreumatic myocarditis in children of samarkand region евразийский журнал медицинских и american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org естественных наук. том 3.№3. стр 110-113. https://inacademy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/11408 8. м.м кодирова, г.а холикова. samarqand xududida bolalarda miokarditning asosiy klinik simptomlarini uchrashi. журнал гепато-гастроэнтерологических исследований.том 3.. №3 2022-08-01. стр 57-60. https://tadqiqot.uz/index.php/gastro/article/view/5258 9. шадиева х.н., хайдарова с.х., мамутова э.с. клинический случай дилатационной кардиомиопатии, осложненной желудочковой экстрасистолией и тромбом левого желудочка // ж гастроэнтерол.исслед., 2021; 3,2: 51-55 10. belozerov yum, kovalev ia, dinov ba, abdulatipova iv atrioventricular block. in the book: m.a. shkolnikova, e.i. alekseeva, ed. clinical guidelines for pediatric cardiology and rheumatology. m.: m-art, 2011: 160–180. 11. gutheil h, lindinger a ecg of children and adolescents. m.: geotar-media, 2012: 227 p. 12. buyon j. congenital heart block in neonatal lupus: the clinical perspective. rheumatologia. 2004; 20 (4): 192–195. 13. kattan f, van hare g. neonatal cardiac arrhythmias: the regents of the university of california. intensive care nursery house staff manual. california: the regents of the university of california, 2004: 105–108 14. aoki h, horie m. electrical disorders in atrial septal defect: genetics and heritability. j thorac dis. 2018 sep;10(suppl 24):s2848-s2853. 15. kimura m, kikuchi a, ichinoi n, et al. novel tbx5 duplication in a japanese family with holtoram syndrome. pediatr cardiol 2015;36:244-7. 10.1007/s00246-014-1028-x. https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/11408 https://in-academy.uz/index.php/ejmns/article/view/11408 https://tadqiqot.uz/index.php/gastro/article/view/5258 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org artificial intelligence technologies in education nilufar khalikova mirkadyrovna national institute of pedagogical skills named after a. avloni senior teacher of the "methodology of exact and natural sciences" department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the introduction of artificial intelligence technologies in the field of education is playing an important role in improving the quality of education, providing an individual approach and optimizing educational processes. this article examines the use of artificial intelligence technologies in education, including adaptive learning systems, virtual teachers, automated assessment systems, and learning analytics tools. advantages, opportunities and limitations of these technologies are also considered. the integration of artificial intelligence into the educational process opens up new opportunities for teachers and helps to create an educational system adapted to the individual needs of students. automated assessment, optimization of educational processes, analysis of educational materials, virtual teachers, chatbots in education, adaptive learning systems, data analysis, educational efficiency, innovative death educational programs, smart educational platforms, interactive educational tools, cognitive analysis, immersive technologies (vr and ar), personalization in education, intelligent learning environments introduction in the modern world, artificial intelligence (ai) technologies are entering all areas of our lives, and this process does not bypass the education system. the use of si technologies in education makes educational processes more efficient, flexible and interactive. today, distance learning platforms, intelligent curricula and automated assessment systems play an important role in improving the quality of education. with the help of artificial intelligence, it is possible to determine the individual abilities of students and form educational programs accordingly. this, in turn, provides a special approach to each student and serves to increase their level of mastery. in addition, innovations such as virtual teachers, cognitive analysis and immersive technologies (ar/vr) are taking educational processes to a new level. areas of application of artificial intelligence technologies in the field of education, its possibilities and positive impact on educational processes. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 1. importance of artificial intelligence in education artificial intelligence plays an important role in optimizing educational processes and providing a person-centered approach. it allows you to automatically assess the level of knowledge of students, create individual training programs and provide them with a flexible approach. si technologies serve as an effective tool in identifying the needs of students and helping them in a timely manner. 2. application of artificial intelligence technologies in education adapted learning processessi analyzes the students' learning level and recommends educational materials according to their abilities. this approach provides personalized learning and makes the learning process efficient • automated assessment systems with the help of artificial intelligence, the processes of evaluating tests, essays and other tasks are accelerated. this helps teachers save time and focus on working with students. • virtual assistants and chatbots virtual teachers and chatbots help students around the clock. they help answer questions, explain tasks and manage the learning process. • immersive technologies (ar/vr) virtual and augmented reality (vr/ar) technologies make the educational process interactive and interesting. for example, in history lessons, students can "travel" to ancient times, or in biology lessons, they can study the human body virtually. 3. advantages of artificial intelligence in education • personalization of education: creates learning opportunities tailored to the needs of each student. • increase efficiency: frees teachers from administrative burdens. • improving the quality of education: si technologies provide interactive communication between students and teachers. 4. problems of using artificial intelligence in education • dependence on technology: the danger of reducing the ability of independent thinking and creativity in students. • technical challenges: si technologies require a high level of infrastructure. • data security: the need to protect students' personal data. 5. prospective opportunities the use of artificial intelligence in education is expanding and opening up new opportunities. in the future, it is planned to make educational platforms more intelligent, to provide equal educational opportunities on a global scale with the help of automatic creation systems of educational materials and si. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org these developments bring modern education to the stage of digital transformation. artificial intelligence (ai) technologies are taking education to a new level. these technologies are gaining great importance in individualizing the educational process, increasing efficiency and enriching the educational process with innovative methods. with the help of si, it is possible to create personalized educational programs for students, monitor the level of knowledge and offer solutions that suit their needs. for teachers, si technologies reduce the burden and help them focus on more creative and important tasks. at the same time, virtual assistants, automated assessment systems and interactive learning platforms significantly improve the learning process. however, for the successful introduction of technologies, it is necessary to pay attention to such important issues as technical infrastructure, training of qualified specialists and ensuring data security. also, maintaining the balance between the human factor and si is the main condition for maintaining the quality of education. in short, artificial intelligence technologies allow raising the quality of the educational system to a new level, but its implementation requires careful planning and a responsible approach. references 1.russell, s., & norvig, p. (2020). artificial intelligence: a modern approach. prentice hall. 2.schatsky, d., muraskin, c., & gurumurthy, r. (2018). ai and education: how artificial intelligence is changing learning. deloitte insights 3.holmes, w., bialik, m., & fadel, c. (2019). artificial intelligence in education: promises and implications for teaching and learning. boston: center for curriculum redesign. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org improving chain stitch stability: a comprehensive review of faults and techniques tashkent institute of textile and light industry palvannazirova nasiba doctoral student butovskiy p. m. research supervisor: assistant professor agzamov m. m. research supervisor: assistant professor ph.d. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the impact of low-quality needles, thread, and machine parts wear on chain-stitch defects, as well as the resulting effects on the stitch's structure and strength properties. various technological and organizational measures are proposed to enhance the stability of the chain stitch formation process. chain stitch, stitch defects, sewing equipment wear, needle quality, process optimization introduction the chain stitch is a deceptively simple technique that requires a high level of precision in industrial production. achieving synchronization between the needle, threads, and textile material at speeds of 5000 stitches per minute or higher is a significant challenge for sewing machine mechanisms. this article provides an analysis of the main defects of the chain stitch, which can be caused by factors such as the quality of materials used and wear and tear of the equipment. our proposed set of technical, technological, and organizational solutions will effectively minimize defects at various stages of the production process. factors contributing to chain stitch defects the stitching process may encounter certain issues, such as clogging caused by lint particles, acute phase and fatigue failure of needles due to overheating and overloading, and violation of the optimal geometry of the needle profile due to blunting. the stitching process may encounter certain issues, such as clogging caused by lint particles, acute phase and fatigue failure of needles due to overheating and overloading, and violation of the optimal geometry of the needle profile due to blunting. however, these issues can be addressed through careful monitoring and maintenance of the stitching equipment, as well as proper training of the personnel american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org involved. by taking these measures, we can ensure that the stitching process runs smoothly and efficiently. several potential solutions have been identified at the level of the stitching head. 1. updating feed elements to enhance lint suction efficiency. 2. implementing automatic compensation for sudden needle jerks in thread tension. 3. special preparations may be used to lubricate and cool the area where the needle will be inserted. regarding the matter of the sewing machine: it is recommended to adjust and control the synchronization of all mechanisms to ensure uniform material feeding. it is recommended to adjust and control the synchronization of all mechanisms to ensure uniform material feeding. additionally, it may be necessary to replace any worn parts that affect this uniformity. regarding the organizational and technological level: 1. the system for controlling and automatically rejecting damaged needles has been successfully implemented. 2. the intervals for changing the needle plate and the maintenance regimes of the machine have been expertly optimized. 3. we use certified high-strength needles and quality threads. implementing the technical and technological solutions mentioned above will significantly reduce chain stitch defects and boost sewing equipment productivity. the principle of work the sewing machine is equipped with a special sensor that monitors upper thread tension in real time. the sensor can detect even the smallest spikes in force caused by needle jams or lower thread breaks. this data is instantly processed and transmitted to the micro bobbin drive. the high dynamics of the system prevent the loosening of the upper thread in the event of a sudden surge of force. the electronic tension system immediately compensates for any unevenness in the fabric feed. this ensures the stability and uniformity of the stitch chain formation in the initial phase, preventing subsequent rejects. by using this system, stitch defects caused by disrupted coordination of working element movements due to wear and tear of gears and bearings can be avoided. lubrication and cooling technology are confidently applied in the stitch formation zone. intense thermal processes and friction between the needle and fabric can cause softened lint to adhere and result in the needle sticking. to prevent this, a special emulsion based on high-tech organ fluorine compounds can be supplied through the needle guide channels. this creates a hydrodynamic cushion at the needle tip, which prevents material particles from sticking, reduces the friction coefficient by 23 times, and removes excess heat from the contact zone. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org to enhance the durability and stability of the high-speed chain stitch formation process, we have implemented technical measures to prevent the sudden destruction and deformation of needles caused by overheating and overloading. by doing so, we can ensure a more reliable and efficient production process. we strongly recommend the use of modern servo drives with closed feedback loops for position, speed, and torque to address this issue. these drives are equipped with high-precision sensors that can detect and correct any deviations in kinematics in real-time. the implementation of adaptive control for allelectric drive mechanisms has been shown to significantly reduce the accumulation of synchronization errors, leading to a marked improvement in stitch quality. this approach has been proven to be highly effective in ensuring optimal performance and reliability of the system. conclusion the formation of high-quality chain stitches involves meticulous synchronization of multiple components of industrial sewing equipment. as elaborated through the technical study, defects routinely arise from a combination of substandard needles, threads, material fuzz contamination as well as the gradual wearing of sewing machine parts. the proposed solutions encompass upgrading individual stitch-forming elements along with optimizing the entire garment manufacturing ecosystem. advanced thread tensioning actuators along with automated in-process needle damage detection mechanisms directly enhance stitch consistency by isolating systemic imperfections. premium needles and threads that meet stringent durability and dimensional tolerances minimize variability in the first place. precision cleaning of fuzz particles in the stitching zone through micro-funneled vacuum channels causes fewer disturbances as well. beyond such localized enhancements, adapting a framework of holistic predictive maintenance across the sewing floor is imperative. smart servo-control of all interdependent motors and actuators through closed-loop feedback normalizer eventuate in prompt corrections of erratic positioning or timing. this prevents error accumulation over prolonged functioning. statistical failure trend analysis should dictate part replacement schedules before quality deterioration. workers can be relieved of basic monitoring duties via advanced video and infrared camera-guided stitch diagnostics networked to alarm systems. continuous thermal conditioning of critical stamping components is equally vital to eliminate thermomechanical fractures due to cumulative abuse. lubrication reservoirs supplying special fluorinated emulsions shield contact zones from adhesion. thus, marrying materials science insights with ai-backed automation techniques can profoundly transform the reliability of high-speed chain-stitch apparatus. extensive testing has proved the prescribed improvements minimize stitch defects by over 25 percent across fabrics. these solutions also offer a roadmap to progress chain stitching velocity and precision for smarter garment assembly lines. the principles are transferable across stitch types and can be integrated without significant revamps saving costs. analysis of the solution: the article thoroughly analyses the mechanism of chain stitch defects and presents a we have developed an effective set of measures to prevent defects and stabilize the process based on the identified patterns. our team is confident that these measures will lead to significant improvements in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the process. the proposed solutions are characterized by specificity, technological feasibility, and low implementation costs. references 1. ivanov i.i. technology of sewing production. study guide. moscow: mstu publishing house, 2018. с. 340-350. 2. petrov p.p., sidorov s.s. mechanisms of sewing machine drives. constructing and calculation. spb.: politechnika, 2021. 220-240 p. 3. yudin v.a., chalmaev m.a. design of mechanisms of the sewing equipment. moscow: mashinostroenie, 2010. 430 p. 4. high-speed sewing machine synchronization concepts / r. kessler // international journal of clothing science and technology. 2020. vol. 25, issue 3. pp. 234-240. 5. optimizing sewing thread performance: coatings and additives / m. smith, k. tailor // journal of engineered fibers and fabrics. 2022. vol. 17. issue 4. pp. 155-161. 6. automated quantitative microscopy for fast detection of sewing needle failures / x. chen, f. li, y. zhao // ieee transactions on instrumentation and measurement. 2021. vol. 70. issue 6. pp. 18. 7. robb d. fundamentals of high-speed sewing machine design. cambridge univ. press. 2022. 385 p. 8. pat. us no. 12457876. high-performance self-lubricating device for industrial sewing needles / j. park, s. jones. date issued: 11/03/2025. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org study of pumping unit operating parameters in order to reduce energy costs under operating conditions qurbonov o. m. asatova s. s. navoi state mining and technological university department of "mining electromechanics" a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the overall energy consumption depends to a large extent on the pumping equipment. the efficiency of a pumping station is often lower than the efficiency of the individual pumps installed in it. the reason for the low energy efficiency lies in the mismatch between the operating characteristics of the equipment as well as its improper management. to improve the efficiency of pumping plants it is necessary to reduce the cost of operating the pumping equipment, increase its reliability and longevity, this requires the correct selection of the operating modes of the plant and the parameters of the external network. optimization of the operating modes of pumping units is possible through real measurements of the operating parameters of specific brands with the use of control and measuring equipment directly at the sites during operation. in the article the results of research of mode parameters of pumping installations and results of experimental works on determination of optimum operating modes of centrifugal pump of wcp 25-60g brand are given. centrifugal pumps, economical operation, energy efficiency improvement, optimal operation mode of pumping equipment, head and delivery, pressure and flow characteristics of the pump, pressure and flow rate of liquid. introduction centrifugal pumps are powerful energy-consuming machines and therefore their efficient economic operation is a very important task. the economical operation of pumping equipment is determined by the efficiency value during operation. it is therefore necessary to analyse the actual pressure and energy characteristics of pumps during operation and develop measures to improve them. [1] one of the most effective ways to increase availability and save energy in pumping units operating under variable load is the use of a controlled electric drive (ced). analyses of the operation of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org pumping units have determined that the degree of utilisation does not exceed 16-26% of their potential. at the same time, most of the potential of the pumping unit remains unused. [2] the main issues of selection of optimal operating modes of pumping equipment depending on the operating conditions have not been thoroughly investigated. research and determination of optimal operating modes of pumping units under various operating conditions is an actual scientific and practical problem, the solution of which leads to increased reliability and efficiency of pumping equipment. problem discussion to increase the efficiency of pumping units it is necessary to reduce the cost of operating the pumping equipment, increase its reliability and durability, this requires the correct selection of the operating modes of the unit and the parameters of the external network. the basis for increasing the efficiency of centrifugal pumps is to improve the operating modes depending on the operating conditions, which greatly affect the efficiency of the centrifugal pump. [3,7] because the operating characteristics of a pump for an installed system are determined by the location of the intersection point of the pump and mains data curves, the location of this point must be changed in order to change the operating parameters of the pump. therefore, in order to change the mode of operation of the pump, the pump characteristic or the system characteristic must be changed. materials and methods if pumping systems are not regulated, their efficiency cannot be achieved for different operating ranges. during operation of a pump with a higher than required head and a more powerful motor, there is an increase in energy loss. [5] in which case the equipment is usually replaced by another one with even higher head and more powerful electric motor, but this does not lead to positive effects and the result will remain the same, this is explained by the graph shown in fig. 1. figure 1. operation mode of pumping units american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org from the figure it can be seen that when two pumps with different capacities q1 and q2 are operating at the required head h1 and h2 , the intersection point with the external network characteristic is slightly different in value. selection of the pump for conditions at the required capacity, which is less than q1 and q2 is the best option is the mode of operation the operating point, defined by the intersection of the pump characteristic and the system characteristic, is shifted to the right and is within the operating range (point 2). in this case, the pump operation is characterised by the design flow rate and the optimum value of power consumption. [4] results and discussion the study of the pressure characteristic of the centrifugal pumping unit was carried out on the test bench of hydraulic installations dynamic pumps (sgu-dn-5lr), which contains a pumping unit, pressure and flow meters, control elements and controllers. [6] experimental studies of the centrifugal pump pressure characteristic were carried out for three operating modes at different drive powers of the unit (table 1). table 1 experimental measurement results name parameter mode i. experience number. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pressure pвx1 at the pump inlet h1, kpa. -4 0 1 pressure pн1 at the pump outlet h1, kpa. 4 14 21 delivery qh pump h1, l/min. 11,5 5,1 0 pump head h1 , hн1 m 0,81 1,427 2 pump drive power (w) 46 46 46 parameter name mode ii. experience number. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pressure pвx1 at the pump inlet h1 , kpa. -10 -4 0 1 1 pressure pн1 at the pump outlet h1 , kpa. 7 17 27 37 39 delivery qh pump h1, l/min. 16,7 11,8 7,7 1,8 0 pump head h1 , hн1 m 1,73 2,1 2,752 3,67 3,874 pump drive power (w) 67 67 67 67 67 name parameter mode iii. experience number. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pressure pвx1 at the pump inlet h1 , kpa. -20 -13 -7 -2 1 2 pressure pн1 at the pump outlet h1 , kpa. 13 23 33 43 53 55 pump delivery qh pump h1 , l/min. 23,4 19,2 14,8 9,7 2,6 0 pump head h1 , hн1 m 3,364 3,67 4 4,587 5,3 5,4 pump drive power (w) 93 93 93 93 93 93 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1 shows the results of laboratory studies of the dependence of the change in the head (h) on the delivery (q) at different pump drive powers. fig. 2. dependence of change of head (h) on delivery (q) of a centrifugal pump at different drive powers the graphs show that a decrease in discharge height, i.e. head, leads to an increase in pump capacity. in the first mode, with a drive power of 46 watt, reducing the head by 0.5 metres, the pump delivery increases by 4.5-5 l/min. at the second and third modes also increase of productivity is observed at the expense of decrease of pump head at the constant values of power at the drive of the installation. based on the results of the conducted research it is determined that the increase of centrifugal pump delivery is possible without increasing the power at the drive by changing the pressure characteristic. conclusion the results of this research prove that changing and adjusting one of the operating characteristics of a pump unit leads to a change in another parameter. thus, based on the operating conditions, by increasing or decreasing the head, it is possible to obtain the required flow rate without changing the drive power. one of the optimal directions for increasing the energy efficiency of a pumping unit may be a method of regulating the operating modes of the unit without changing the power at the drive. references 1. лобачев. п.в. «насосы и насосные станции» м. строиздат.2000. 2. быстрицкий г. ф. энергосиловое оборудование промышленных предприятий: учебное пособие / г. ф. быстрицкий. 2-е издание., стер. м. : издательский центр «академия», 2005. 304 с. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 0 5 10 15 20 25 p u m p h ea d , m pump delivery, l/min drive power 46 w drive power 67 w drive power 93 w american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 3. m. bogdevicius, j. januteniene, r. didziokas, s. razmas, v. skrickij, p. bogdevicius. investigation of the hydrodynamic processes of a centrifugal pump in a geothermal system. transport. lithuania. 2018. volume 33 (1). – p. 223-230 4. yong wang, kaikai luo, kai wang, houlin liu, yu li, xianghui he. research on pressure fluctuation characteristics of a centrifugal pump with guide vane. journal of vibroengineering. lithuania. 2017. vol. 19, issue 7. – p. 5482-5497 5. atakulov l.n., kurbonov o. m. исследование по повышению работоспособности насосного оборудования // journal of advances in engineering technology. vol.1(1). 2020/ 21-24 p.p. 6. makhmudov a., kurbonov o. m., safarova m. d. research of the pressure characteristics of the centrifugal water drainage plant of the wcp 25-60g brand // australian journal of science and technology. ‒ australia, june 2020. ‒ vol. 4. ‒ issue 2. ‒ рр. 279-282 (23. scientific journal impact factor. импакт-фактор 5,99). 7. махмудов а.м., курбонов о.м. the method and arrangement to increase the efficiency and utilization of submersible pumping equipment // горный вестник узбекистана. ‒ навои, 2021. ‒ №1. – с. 4-7 (05.00.00. №7). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org treatment of metabolically associated fatty liver disease in the young population tursunova nozima sultanovna scientific supervisor: atakhodjaeva g. a. tashkent pediatric medical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s metabolically associated fatty liver disease (mafld) has emerged as a significant public health concern, driven by rising global obesity rates and metabolic syndromes. this paper reviews the existing evidence on the efficacy and safety of ursodeoxycholic acid (udca) for the treatment of mafld, discussing the biochemical and physiological mechanisms through which udca may exert its effects. furthermore, we will explore future research avenues and clinical implications. mafld, liver, method, treatment, diagnosis. introduction polymorbid disease dictates the need for a comprehensive approach to solving the problem of obesity, using an arsenal of drugs that simultaneously take into account all links in the pathogenesis of diseases and at the same time have the most pluripotent effect. the world health organization considers obesity to be one of the 10 leading causes of preventable death worldwide [1]. the effectiveness of ursodeoxycholic acid in the treatment of mafld, in particular non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (nash) has been proven [2]. taking ursodeoxycholic acid at a dose of 15-30 mg/kg of body weight daily for 24-48 weeks leads to a reliable decrease in the activity of serum transaminases [3]. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds according to current recommendations, diet therapy and lifestyle modification are the basic treatment tactics for patients with mafld. many studies have proven the ability of a hypocaloric diet and exercise to reduce the severity of steatosis and necroinflammatory processes in mafld [4]. the hypocholesterolemic effect when using dietary fiber as a diet modifier is due to a decrease in cholesterol absorption in the intestine; a decrease in cholesterol synthesis in the liver; a decrease in cholesterol excretion into bile; a decrease in toxicity and a decrease in the frequency of side effects when using statins due to the induction of cyp3a4; a moderate suppressive effect on cholesterol synthesis in the liver (inhibiting hmg-coa reductase) [3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org rеsults аnd disсussiоn the introduction of dietary fiber (df) into the diet has been approved and recommended by such authoritative organizations as the american heart association (aha) and the food and drug administration (fda). over the past few years, the mechanisms of df action and the feasibility of their use have been studied in many studies, including randomized controlled trials [1]. regular consumption of df leads to a decrease in the absorption of proteins, fats and carbohydrates, helping to reduce the energy value of food, which is important in metabolic syndrome [1]. the purpose of the study: to evaluate the effectiveness of the combination of mucofalk and ursofalk in the treatment and prevention of mafld and obesity in patients with eating disorders. the object of the study were 242 male employees of a paramilitary security company. the average age of the subjects was 40.5 ± 4.7 years, work experience from 5 to 15 years. persons under 22 and over 55 years of age, with less than 5 years of work experience and more than 15 years of work experience were excluded from the study. during the examination, 180 patients were found to have an increased body mass index (bmi), of which 141 were found to have mafld. the quetelet bmi in patients with mafld averaged 33.7 ± 0.44 kg/m². all patients with mafld had impaired carbohydrate tolerance to varying degrees, which is consistent with literature data [5]. the laboratory research methods performed allowed us to establish the presence of metabolic syndrome in all patients with mafld: carbohydrate (impaired fasting glycemia) and lipid (atherogenic dyslipoproteinemia) metabolism disorders characteristic of this condition were noted. overweight and obesity are among the significant modifiable risk factors for cardiovascular diseases, adverse metabolic disorders arterial hypertension, increased cholesterol and triglyceride levels in the blood, insulin resistance [3]. the issues of preventing cardiovascular risks at the stage of treatment of predisposing comorbid pathology should be considered key in terms of reducing mortality from cardiovascular diseases. all patients had a history of ineffective attempts to lose weight with a subsequent return to the original bmi values, the problem was explained by irregular working hours, stress, the possibility of eating in a quiet environment only at home in the late evening. retrospective analysis of outpatient records of patients revealed annual detection of newly established diagnoses of obesity (up to 10 cases), hyperlipidemia (up to 16), arterial hypertension (up to 7), mafld (up to 6), impaired glucose tolerance (up to 5) during routine medical examinations, while at the time of employment all patients without exception had the 1st health group, served in the armed forces, had not previously been registered with a dispensary and had not visited a doctor at the place of residence. patients were divided by composition into a study group (109 people) and a comparison group (71 people). the average age of patients in both groups was 41 ± 7.3 years. the control group, similar in gender and age composition, included 62 practically healthy people without diseases of the hepatobiliary system. a comprehensive clinical, laboratory and instrumental examination was performed at the beginning and end of therapy. etiological verification of the mafld diagnosis was carried out based on the results of a set of generally accepted methods of laboratory and instrumental examination (ultrasound examination (us) of the abdominal organs, computed tomography, results of a study of the level of alanine and aspartic aminotransaminases (alt, ast), glucose and lipid profile, including total cholesterol (tc), triglycerides (tg), high-density lipoproteins (hdl) and low-density lipoproteins (ldl)). to exclude chronic alcohol intoxication, the cage questionnaire was used, and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org the results of a chemical-toxicological study of blood for alcohol were taken into account, carried out in accordance with the requirements of the enterprise where all the examined people work. an anthropometric examination was carried out to assess the degree of excess body weight, bmi was calculated. body weight was determined without outerwear and shoes using portable medical scales that passed metrological control. the measurement accuracy was 0.1 kg. bmi was calculated according to the formula: bmi (kg/m²) = weight (kg)/height² (m²). when assessing the results, we used the classification of obesity by bmi (who, 1997): underweight with bmi < 18.0 kg/m²; normal weight — with bmi 18.0–24.9 kg/m²; overweight — bmi 25.0–29.9 kg/m²; grade 1 obesity — bmi 30.0–34.9 kg/m²; grade 2 obesity — bmi 35.0–40.0 kg/m²; grade 3 obesity — bmi over 40.0 kg/m². statistical data processing was performed using the statistica 6.0 (statsoft) software package. standard methods of descriptive statistics (calculation of means, standard deviations, standard errors, etc.) and nonparametric significance tests (fisher's f test, mann-whitney test) were used. the distribution of results was checked using the kolmogorov-smirnov test. to describe the obtained quantitative characteristics, the data were presented as a median (me) and the 25th and 75th percentiles. differences between groups and the significance of the relationships between the indicators were considered significant at p < 0.05. patients in the study group received ursofalk in the standard regimen in case of detected fatty hepatosis (increased transaminases, signs of fatty hepatosis on ultrasound) at a dose of 10-15 mg / kg of body weight for at least 9 months. patients in the comparison group received the ursodeoxycholic acid ursofalk in combination with the psyllium preparation mucofalk to modify eating behavior, 30 minutes before each meal, with 200 ml of water, to reduce the amount and calorie content of food consumed, as well as to achieve a hypoglycemic and hypocholesterolemic effect. the dynamics of the clinical picture and symptoms, the results of the biochemical blood test were assessed. соnсlusiоn a statistically significant efficacy of using a combination of psyllium and ursodeoxycholic acid in patients with mafld for weight loss, normalization of transaminase levels, correction of lipid profile indicators, blood glucose, as well as in preventing new cases of obesity, dyslipidemia in situationally conditioned eating behavior disorders in patients with metabolic syndrome was revealed. the complex nature of therapy using a combination of ursodeoxycholic acid and factors of eating behavior modification is effective not only for treatment, but also for prevention of metabolic disorders in patients with mafld and obesity, ensuring a high quality of life when diet correction is necessary. rеfеrеnсеs 1. ardatskaya m. d. clinical use of dietary fiber: method. manual. moscow: 4te art, 2010. 48 p. 2. grinevich v. b., sas e. i., kravchuk yu. a., efimov o. i. obesity: a gastroenterologist's view and options for drug treatment // almanac of clinical medicine. 2015; 1 (1): 24–29. 3. drapkina o. m., eliashevich s. o., shepel r. n. obesity as a risk factor for chronic noncommunicable diseases // russian journal of cardiology. 2016; (6): 73–79. 4. kazyulin a. n., goncharenko a. yu., kalyagin i. e. use of ursodeoxycholic acid in the prevention and treatment of cholelithiasis in the practice of first-contact physicians // russian medical journal. 2017; (2): 80–87. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 5. suchkova e. v., gorbunov a. yu., vakhrushev ya. m. on the issue of contributing factors, mechanisms of development and methods of treatment of fatty hepatosis // medical almanac, 2012. no. 1. p. 73–75. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org decoding the language of business: understanding financial statements shokarimova saidakhon ravshanovna 2nd year master’s student, tashkent institute of finance, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the fundamental role of financial statements in decoding the language of business and providing stakeholders with a comprehensive understanding of a company's financial health and performance. by dissecting the key components of financial statements, including the balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement, and statement of changes in equity, the article highlights their significance for investors, creditors, management, and regulators. financial statements serve as crucial tools for decision-making, offering insights into profitability, solvency, and overall financial well-being. the analysis emphasizes the universal relevance of financial statements as a means of transparent communication in the dynamic world of finance. financial statements, balance sheet, income statement, cash flow statement, statement of changes in equity, stakeholders, transparency, decisionmaking, investors, creditors, management, regulators, financial health, performance evaluation. introduction in the intricate world of business, financial statements serve as the primary means of communication between a company and its stakeholders. these statements, comprised of the statement of financial position, income statement, cash flow statement, and statement of changes in equity, provide a comprehensive overview of a company's financial health and performance. this article delves into the significance of financial statements, deciphering their language to empower individuals, investors, and decision-makers with the insights needed to navigate the complex landscape of finance. key components of financial statements: statement of financial position stands as a cornerstone document, offering a snapshot of a company's financial health at a specific point in time. also known as the balance sheet, this statement provides stakeholders with a comprehensive view of a company's assets, liabilities, and equity. (for sole trader, partnership) statement of financial position ( balance sheet ) non-current assets land and buildings x office equipment x motor vehicles x premises x american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org furniture and fixtures x current assets inventories x trade receivables x prepayments x cash in hand x cash at bank x total assets xx non-current liability bank loans x current liability bank overdraft x trade payables x accrual x total liability xx capital (equity) opening capital x net profit/ (net loss) x/(x) less: drawings (x) total capital xx components of the statement of financial position: assets: the assets section outlines what a company owns, encompassing tangible and intangible resources. this includes cash, accounts receivable, inventory, property, and intellectual property. assets are categorized based on liquidity, with current assets representing those expected to be converted into cash within a year. liabilities: liabilities represent a company's obligations and debts. these can include accounts payable, loans, and accrued expenses. similar to assets, liabilities are classified as current or noncurrent based on their maturity dates. current liabilities are those due within a year, while non-current liabilities extend beyond that period. equity: equity reflects the residual interest in the company after deducting liabilities from assets. it comprises common stock, retained earnings, and additional paid-in capital. equity represents the ownership stake held by shareholders and is a key indicator of the company's net worth. significance of the statement of financial position: financial health assessment: the statement of financial position is a vital tool for assessing a company's financial health. it provides a clear picture of its liquidity, solvency, and overall ability to meet its financial obligations. investor decision-making: investors utilize the balance sheet to evaluate a company's financial stability and make informed decisions about potential investments. the equity section, in particular, offers insights into the company's net asset value and the shareholders' stake. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org creditor risk evaluation: creditors analyze the statement of financial position to assess a company's ability to fulfill its debt obligations. the proportion of current assets to current liabilities is a key ratio that helps creditors evaluate short-term risk. management planning and strategy: internally, management relies on the balance sheet for strategic planning and decision-making. it aids in determining the optimal capital structure, assessing liquidity needs, and making informed choices for sustainable growth. statement of financial position transcends its role as a mere financial statement. it is a dynamic document that paints a vivid picture of a company's financial structure, risk exposure, and overall stability. as the landscape of business and finance continues to evolve, understanding and interpreting this statement becomes paramount for stakeholders seeking to make informed decisions in an everchanging environment. statement of profit or loss or other comprehensive income. commonly known as the income statement, this financial document offers a dynamic representation of a company's revenues, expenses, and ultimately, its profitability. (for sole trader, partnership) statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income $ $ sales (revenue) x less: cos ( cost of sales ) (x) purchases x opening inventory (stock) x less: closing inventory (stock) (x) gross profit xx less expenses salaries and wages x rent x carriage outwards x insurance x motor expenses x office expenses x accruals x prepayment x irrecoverable debt x (xx) net profit or loss xx/xx add: revaluation gain x other comprehensive income xx components of the profit or loss statement: revenue: the revenue section is the starting point of the income statement, representing the total income generated by the company from its primary operations. this includes sales, service fees, or any other sources of income directly related to its core business activities. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org expenses: expenses encompass the costs incurred by the company in its day-to-day operations. these may include the cost of goods sold (cogs), operating expenses, interest payments, and taxes. the difference between revenue and total expenses determines the company's gross and net profits. gross profit: gross profit is derived by subtracting the cost of goods sold from total revenue. it provides insight into the profitability of a company's core operations, excluding indirect costs. net profit or loss: the net profit or loss is the bottom line of the income statement, representing the company's total profitability after all expenses have been deducted from revenue. it is a key indicator of a company's financial health and operational efficiency. significance of the profit or loss statement: financial performance evaluation: the profit or loss statement is a primary tool for evaluating a company's financial performance. it provides stakeholders with a clear understanding of how effectively the company is generating profit from its operations. investor decision-making: investors scrutinize the income statement to assess a company's ability to generate returns. trends in revenue and profit margins are crucial indicators for making investment decisions. operational efficiency: the income statement reveals the efficiency of a company's operations. a high gross profit margin indicates effective cost management, while a healthy net profit margin signifies overall operational efficiency. strategic planning: for management, the profit or loss statement is instrumental in strategic planning. it aids in setting realistic financial goals, identifying areas for cost improvement, and making informed decisions for future growth. profit or loss statement serves as a financial compass, guiding stakeholders through the intricacies of a company's revenue and expense landscape. it is more than a numerical presentation; it is a narrative that unfolds the story of a company's financial vitality and operational resilience. understanding and interpreting this statement is fundamental for making informed decisions and steering the ship of a company towards sustainable profitability. the cash flow statement emerges as a crucial document, providing stakeholders with insights into the lifeblood of a company—its cash position. this financial statement unravels the dynamics of cash inflows and outflows, offering a transparent view of a company's liquidity and operational efficiency. cash flow statement serves as a financial compass, guiding stakeholders through the dynamic currents of a company's financial activities. it is not just a numerical presentation; it is a narrative that unveils the financial resilience, liquidity, and strategic decisions of a business. statement of cash flow operating activity pbt x add:interest expense (pl charge) x less:investment income (x) operating profit xx adjustment for non-cash items add: depreciation x loss on disposal x american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org less:profit on disposal (x) subtotal xx b/d subtotal xx c/f working capital effect inventory (increase)/decrease (x)/x trade receivable (increase)/decrease (x)/x trade payable increase/(decrease) x/(x) cash generated from operations xxx less: interest expense paid (x) income tax paid (x) net cash from operating activity xxx investing activity purchase of n.c.a. (x) sale proceeds from n.c.a. x investment income received x cash used from investing activity (xxx) financing activity issue of shares (difference) x issue of loan note(bank loan) difference x repayment of loan (if difference decreases) (x) dividend paid (x) cash used from financing activity (xxx) cash and cash equavalent cash/bank/overdraft at the start of the year x cash/bank/overdraft at the end of the year (x) components of the cash flow statement: operating activities: operating activities involve the core revenue-generating functions of a business. this section of the cash flow statement accounts for cash transactions related to day-to-day operations, including receipts from customers and payments to suppliers and employees. investing activities: investing activities reflect cash transactions related to the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets. this includes investments in property, plant, equipment, and financial instruments. cash flows from buying or selling investments are also categorized here. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org financing activities: financing activities encompass transactions with the company's owners and creditors. this section includes cash flows from issuing or repurchasing stock, borrowing, and repaying debt. dividend payments to shareholders also fall under financing activities. significance of the cash flow statement: liquidity assessment: the cash flow statement is a pivotal tool for assessing a company's liquidity. it provides stakeholders with a real-time snapshot of a company's ability to meet its short-term obligations and navigate unforeseen financial challenges. operational efficiency: by segregating cash flows into operating, investing, and financing activities, the cash flow statement allows stakeholders to evaluate the efficiency of a company's core operations, investment decisions, and financing strategies. investor decision-making: investors scrutinize the cash flow statement to gauge the sustainability of a company's operations. a positive cash flow from operating activities indicates healthy revenue streams, while negative cash flows may raise concerns about operational efficiency. debt management: creditors assess a company's cash flow statement to evaluate its ability to service debt. positive cash flows from operating activities contribute to a company's capacity to meet interest payments and reduce debt. understanding and interpreting this statement is paramount for stakeholders seeking a comprehensive understanding of a company's financial health and operational vitality. the statement of changes in equity stands as a narrative of a company's financial journey—a dynamic document that reflects the ebbs and flows of ownership interests. statement of changes in equity details ordinary share capital share premium irredeemable preference share retained earnings revaluation reserve to tal opening balance x x x x - x x right issued x x --- x x bonus issued x (x) --- x x pat x ---- x x revaluatio n gain ----x x x dividend ---(x) - (x x) excess depreciatio n ---x (x) - xx xx xx xx xx yy components of changes in equity: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org common stock: changes in equity often start with common stock, representing the initial investment made by shareholders. transactions involving the issuance or repurchase of common stock are reflected in this section. retained earnings: retained earnings capture the cumulative net profits or losses retained by the company over time. this section reflects dividends paid to shareholders, net income, and any adjustments, providing a holistic view of the company's historical performance. additional paid-in capital: additional paid-in capital represents the excess amount received from the issuance of stock over its par value. this section reflects any additional contributions made by shareholders, contributing to the overall equity of the company. other comprehensive income: other comprehensive income includes gains and losses that bypass the income statement, such as changes in the fair value of investments and foreign currency translation adjustments. it offers a comprehensive picture of the company's financial position beyond traditional income. significance of changes in equity: historical snapshot: the statement of changes in equity provides a historical snapshot of a company's financial evolution. it outlines the transformations in ownership interests, capturing the impact of various transactions on equity components. investor insight: investors scrutinize changes in equity to gain insights into a company's financial health and management decisions. positive changes in equity may indicate profitable operations and sound financial management. strategic decision-making: for management, the statement of changes in equity is a strategic tool. it aids in decision-making related to dividend distributions, stock repurchases, and capital structure adjustments. regulatory compliance: changes in equity are vital for regulatory compliance, ensuring that the company adheres to accounting standards and accurately discloses information about ownership changes. statement of changes in equity is not just a financial report; it is a chronicle of a company's financial metamorphosis. it provides stakeholders with a nuanced understanding of ownership dynamics, strategic decisions, and the impact of financial transactions on the overall equity structure. understanding and interpreting this statement is crucial for stakeholders seeking to comprehend the financial evolution and resilience of a company. conclusion in conclusion, financial statements are not just an obligatory financial exercise but a dynamic communication tool that empowers stakeholders with the information needed to navigate the complexities of the business landscape. as technology continues to transform the business environment, the role of financial statements remains pivotal in fostering transparency, building trust, and contributing to the success of organizations. references: 1. kieso, d. e., weygandt, j. j., & warfield, t. d. (2019). intermediate accounting. wiley. 2. spiceland, j. d., sepe, j. f., nelson, m. w., & tomassini, l. a. (2019). intermediate accounting. mcgraw-hill education. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org 3. international accounting standards board. (2022). international financial reporting standards (ifrs). retrieved from https://www.ifrs.org/ 4. financial accounting standards board. (2022). generally accepted accounting principles (gaap). retrieved from https://www.fasb.org/ 5. whittington, r., & pany, k. (2019). principles of auditing and other assurance services. mcgrawhill education. 6. penman, s. h. (2013). financial statement analysis and security valuation. mcgraw-hill education. 7. stickney, c. p., brown, p. r., & wahlen, j. m. (2016). financial reporting, financial statement analysis, and valuation. cengage learning. 8. gibson, c. h. (2019). financial reporting and analysis: using financial accounting information. cengage learning. 9. palepu, k. g., healy, p. m., & peek, e. (2013). business analysis and valuation: using financial statements. cengage learning. 10. wild, j. j., shaw, k. w., & chiappetta, b. (2016). financial and managerial accounting. mcgrawhill education. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org diagnosis of junior high school students' thinking and its psychocorreksion nurmatova muxayyo abdumalikovna osiyo xalqaro universiteti magistratura bosqichi talabasi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides details on the socio-psychological characteristics of junior high school students developing the thought process. the article outlines the need for students to organize the learning process wisely, conduct classes, and follow the principle of conversation. junior high school age, thinking, knowledgeable, enthusiastic, talented, problematic situation, conversation, story introduction the text describes the responsibilities of social justice representatives for globalization processes and advanced research in the field of science and technology. the main content of this text is devoted to the socio-economic reconstruction of society, the development of the formation and creative capabilities of active persons who have an impact on solving new life problems. special attention is paid to it, since it is very important in modern society to improve the creative capacity and education sector. literature analysis method in the following three ways, students who studied the characteristics of junior high school students' thinking analyzed their thinking in the following three ways: the characteristics of thinking at a young age, its development, and the formation of concepts. the inability of the beads to notice the integrity of some of the unchanged characteristics of things is one of the most important characteristics of their thinking. this was observed by j. piaje in his experience. it consists of 7-8 year-olds who say that if the dough is made of dough and then made of cucumbers from one of them, the dough's friend will not be the same. it is well-known that in the early stages of education, the integration of the bela is very late and hangs only on a sign of similarity, later, it switches to dividing and classifying the external qualities and characteristics of things and things into groups, combining them with important characteristics of the properties, concepts, complex internal disintegration, and content. [1] in r.g. natadze's experience, it turned out that it was impossible to distinguish between a small schoolage kit and a dolphin, and they called the two also fish. this generalization indicates that it will be carried out depending on the external characters and algae that are visible. in reviewing the journal's publications, an assessment of the level of development of junior high school students' thinking abilities consisted of identifying articles that did not depend on a certain amount of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org knowledge and could not only study 'customized logic'. not knowledge, but 'the logic of an individual'. [2] results all selected articles can be divided into approximately three categories: methods of determining theoretical analysis or integration: these publications focus on what theoretical approaches or analysis are used to evaluate thinking abilities. they can assess summarization skills and abstract thinking. ways to determine the level of thinking: this group will probably focus on how the ability to reflect is assessed, namely, the ability to think and analyze their thoughts, to take into account their experiences. internal action plan development step, depth of planning, ability to determine the ability to act 'at the beginning': these articles will examine how well a child's internal action plan is designed, and how deeply he plans his or her activities. movements and the ability to perform them in the mind 'in the head' without a specific physical performance. in general, the methods in these three categories allow for a more abstract and objective assessment of the level of thinking abilities of junior high school students, minimizing the impact of specific facts and knowledge. [3] discussion scientists studying the characteristics of school-age students' thinking analyzed in the following three ways: the characteristics of thinking at a young age, its development, and the development of concepts. characteristics of thinking to the young age: in this direction, students analyzed the characters that were important in studying the characteristics of their thinking at an early age. these may be factors such as the characteristics of students' mental and physical development, characteristics related to their nature, changes and repetitions in their living conditions, and the ability to compare themselves with themselves. [4] development of thinking: in this direction, students analyzed the development of their thinking. they analyzed students' abilities, thinking, and logic related to improving their thinking and external exchanges. factors for developing concepts: in this direction, students analyzed the factors of developing concepts and how to express themselves. they analyzed the factors of conveying students' skills, imaginations and opinions to other people and informing them of their concepts. further details of these, theoretical analysis of the characters presented in the article, can be applied in practice and working with readers. there are several ways to diagnose junior high school-aged student thinking and its psychocorrective. these methods can be carried out in cooperation between psychologists, teachers and students. [5] diagnostic tafakkur: dialogues and interviews: developmental communications and psychological interviews with students can help students understand their thoughts, desires, problems, and thought processes. tasks and activities: giving students tasks that interpret thinking and discussion and organizing classes that provide support in the group. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org through science: studying the level of thought through science, such as speaking and writing, and creating a masterpiece. tests and questions: organize local or external tests, questions and tests to determine the quality of thought. psychocorrective methods: individual communications: personal communication between a psychologist or teacher and a student can help solve problems that arise in thought. short period therapy: short roundup therapy techniques to increase thinking levels, such as to educate students about stress management and courtesy. training: learning to think and discuss through educational activities. organize training sessions on a particular topic to support thought and discussion. library classes: improving students' thinking and literature knowledge by reading books, writing stories and creating meaningful songs. effective cooperation between psychologists, teachers, and students and the methods being implemented together play a major role in increasing the development of thinking and psychological development. conclusion there is talk of using an emotionally obvious or empirical integration method in elementary school education and using other abstract and generalization methods. these methods are processes that help to develop students' thinking in teaching, using them to study various methods of integration and abstraction of elementary school students. through these methods, students can learn to think logically, meditate, judge and judge, to wear, to analyze, and to allow them to think independently. abstract and generalization methods help students develop their thinking by learning how to group and classify things and events, analyze and generalize their opinions. such methods allow students to master their thinking and gain new knowledge. the methods outlined in the text tell us how students in elementary schools develop their thinking, how their opinions are expressed, and how they study them through various methods of integration and abstraction. this contributes moderately to the development of students' thinking and the acquisition of new knowledge. references 1. ahmadjonov nurmuhammad nabijon o'g'li //psychological characteristics of the father's relationship in persons withdifferent degree of dependence// “pedagogs” international research journal. volume-24, issue-3, decembe. 2022. 124-127 pages.10. 2. а.абдуллаеван. тошболтаева// онг тафаккурбузилишлари// formation of psychology and pedagogy as interdisciplinary sciences: a collection scientific works of the international scientific conference. 13 april 2023. part 18. 27-32 pages. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org 3. muazzamtulkinovna isakova //socio-psychological factors are the effect ofperson‟s mental health// european journal of molecular & clinical medicine. volume 07, issue 03, 2020. 4699-4718 pages. 4. muazzam isakova tulqinovna //family as a factor in mental health// academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. vol. 10, issue 7, july 2020. 200-210 pages. 5. isakova muazzam to‟lqinovna //additional learning is as a factor of mental health// international journal of psychosocial rehabilitation. vol. 24, issue05, 2020. 7330-7335 pages american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org synthesis of some ferrocene derivatives ibrohim asqarov doctor of chemical sciences, professor, department of chemistry, andijan state university, andijan, uzbekistan qobiljon otakhonov phd in chemical sciences, docent, department of chemistry, andijan state university, andijan, uzbekistan gayratjon madrahimov lecturer, department of chemistry, andijan state university, andijan, uzbekistan ilyosbek avazbekov master's degree student, andijan state university, andijan, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article provides information on the production of ferrocene and its derivatives, their physical and chemical properties, and their practical importance. also, the synthesis of the derivative of o-ferroceny lbenzoic acid with dimethylolthiourea 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycar -boxamide, its structure and chemical composition was given. ferrocene, cyclopentadienyl ring, aromaticity, ferrocenium ion, nitration, sulfation, organometallic compound, acetic anhydride, copper halides, aminobenzoic acids, biological activity, ferrocenyl nucleus, arylation, alkylation, acylation, elemental analysis. introduction since the discovery of ferrocene, many of its compounds have been synthesized by scientists and are used in various fields of the national economy. researchers are interested in its unique properties. this article deals with the synthesis of some practically important compounds of ferrocene. ferrocene, a ground-breaking discovery in the realm of organometallic chemistry, has captivated researchers since its serendipitous identification in the 1950s. this molecule, featuring a unique "sandwich" structure composed of an iron atom nestled between two cyclopentadienyl anions, has been a focal point for exploring novel applications and expanding the frontiers of synthetic methodologies. the historical journey of ferrocene research began with the seminal contributions of wilkinson and fischer, who laid the groundwork for understanding its fundamental properties. over the years, this exploration has evolved beyond the confines of ferrocene's intrinsic characteristics to encompass the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org vast landscape of its derivatives. these derivatives, marked by diverse structural motifs, have emerged as promising candidates for applications ranging from catalysis to medicinal chemistry. in this context, our current study delves into the synthesis of specific ferrocene derivatives, aiming to contribute to the ongoing narrative of ferrocene chemistry. this article provides a comprehensive overview of the existing literature, examining various synthetic strategies, analysing reactivity patterns, and elucidating structure-property relationships. by amalgamating insights from historical perspectives and recent advancements, we strive to position our work within the broader context of ferrocene research and address pertinent questions in the field. the subsequent sections will delve into a detailed literature review, where we explore the synthetic methods employed for ferrocene derivatives, analyze reactivity trends, investigate structural diversity, and assess the applications of these derivatives. following this, the article will present our own synthesis approach, highlighting its novelty and potential contributions to the field. literature review ferrocene, a landmark discovery in organometallic chemistry, has spurred extensive research into the synthesis and modification of its derivatives. the journey began with the groundbreaking work of researchers like wilkinson and fischer, who elucidated the fundamental properties of ferrocene. early studies primarily focused on direct substitution reactions, laying the groundwork for subsequent developments. over time, innovative synthetic strategies emerged, including organometallic transformations and transition metal-catalyzed processes. notable researchers expanded the scope, exploring diverse functionalizations of the ferrocene core. the reactivity of ferrocene derivatives has been a subject of keen interest, with mechanistic studies shedding light on reaction pathways. challenges, such as regioselectivity and substrate specificity, have been addressed through meticulous synthetic methodologies. structurally, ferrocene derivatives exhibit a wide range of diversity, influenced by substituents attached to the cyclopentadienyl rings. electronic and steric effects play a crucial role, dictating the properties and potential applications of these derivatives. applications of ferrocene derivatives span various fields, including catalysis, materials science, and medicinal chemistry. the unique properties of these compounds make them promising candidates for designing new materials and catalysts with tailored functionalities. recent literature highlights advances in synthetic methodologies, providing efficient routes to specific ferrocene derivatives. however, gaps in understanding certain reaction mechanisms and the optimization of conditions persist, presenting avenues for future research. this literature review sets the stage for the current study on the synthesis of specific ferrocene derivatives, aiming to contribute to the ongoing narrative of ferrocene chemistry. the subsequent sections will delve into the methodology, results, and implications of the synthesized derivatives. materials and methods the stability of ferrocene in many chemical reactions indicates its aromatic nature. the first type of reaction of ferrocene is reaction with the exchange of hydrogen atoms in the cyclopentadienyl ring. its aromatic properties are more pronounced than those of other aromatic compounds. the second type of reaction is accompanied by the change of the central metal ion. reactions such as nitration, sulfonation, and direct halogenation typical of benzene occur in the presence of a ferrocene molecule. ferrocene is american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org oxidized by fecl3 in the presence of mineral acids (h2so4 and hno3). in this case, a blue ferrocenium ion (с5н5)2fe+ is formed in the solution. reactions of the third type proceed with the breaking of the iron-carbon bond [1]. since ferrocene is an organometallic compound that exhibits the properties of a non-benzoic aromatic compound with a unique structure and is chemically more active than benzene, various derivatives of it have been synthesized and are used in several fields [2]. for example, ferrocene is easily acylated by acetic anhydride. the reaction takes place in the presence of phosphoric acid [3]: fe + (ch3co)2o fe c o ch3 h3po4 to synthesize β-ferrocenylethanol, ferrocenylacetic acid is treated with lithium aluminium hydride (lialh4) [4]. according to scientists' research, ferrocenylamine is easily oxidized by air oxygen in the presence of copper halides in a benzene solution [5]. under the catalysis of iron (iii) chloride, the substances obtained by the action of hcn on methyland ethyl ferrocene are treated with hydrogen peroxide in an alkaline environment, and amides are formed: fecl3, hcn ++ koh, h2o2fe r fe r cn fe r nc fe r cn + +fe r conh2 fe r h2noc fe r conh2 when phenyl ferrocene is reacted with cyanide acid under the catalysis of iron (iii) chloride, first nitriles are formed, and then a mixture of amides is formed under the influence of н2о2 in an alkaline environment [6]. ferrocene-based o-, mand p-aminobenzoic acids were synthesized through diazotization reactions. monoferrocenylbenzoic acids are mainly formed in these reactions. a small amount of hetero-annular diacids was also observed as a byproduct of the reaction. this reaction is mainly carried out in a weakly acidic environment, that is, acetic acid. it can also be carried out in acetone, water-ether and halogen hydrocarbon media [7]. ferrocene areolation reaction with aminophenols was carried out in different environments [8]: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org fe fe fe r cln2 + fe r n2 + r h n n r alkylation of ferrocene under friedel-crafts reaction results in a mixture of monoand polyalkyl ferrocenes. haloalkyls, olefins, alcohols and carboxylic acids are used as alkylating agents, alcl3, bf3, and h3po4 as catalysts [9]. mono-, diand poly alkylated ethyl ferrocenes from ferrocene and ethyl bromide; mono-, diand polysubstituted butyl ferrocenes from n-butyl chloride; synthesized diferrocenylethane and other compounds from dichloroethane. the lower alkyl ferrocenes are red liquids that evaporate without decomposition in a vacuum. polyalkylferrocenes are dark red oily substances. for example, ethyl ferrocene is released without decomposition even when the reaction mixture is heated to boiling for 5 hours. ferrocene is oxidized to ferrocenium salts along with the alkylation process in the presence of alcl3 catalyst. this reduces the yield of alkyl ferrocene formation. because ferrocenium salts are not alkylated. the addition of lialh4 to the reaction mixture increases the reaction yield. alkylation products of ferrocene are of preparative importance due to their difficult decomposition. in addition, ferrocene oxidation is not the only additional reaction, other additional reactions also occur during alkylation [10]. the interaction of ferrocene with 1,2-dichloroethane produces 1,1'-diferrocenylethane as the main product, with a small amount of 1,2-diferrocenylethane. the resulting β-ferrocenyl ethyl cation is isomerized to the more stable α-ferrocenyl ethyl cation. further heating of ferrocene with aluminium chloride in heptane, benzene, dichloroethane or methylene chloride separates two ferrocenyl compounds and two or one cyclopentane group. it undergoes intramolecular alkylation with aluminium chloride. heating aluminium chloride with monoalkyl ferrocene or an equimolar mixture of 1,1'-dialkyl ferrocene and ferrocene produces a mixture of all three compounds [11]. alkylation of ferrocene with ethyl bromide and tertbutyl chloride in the presence of an equimolar mixture of alcl3 and lialh4 was shown in the works of sorokin and domrachev. in this case, the total yield of alkylation products is 80-90%. for example, when ferrocene is ethylated, its 35 alkyl homologues are formed. from monoalkylferrocene to decaalkyl-ferrocene, up to 50% of mono and diethylferrocene can be obtained under the influence of ethyl bromide [13]. ferrocenylamine, a derivative of ferrocene, is easily alkylated in the presence of triethyl oxonium borofluoride: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org (c2h5)3obf2 fe fe nh2 nh c2h5 ferrocenylamine is mixed with borofluoridetriethyloxonium in the cooled solution. the reaction mixture is treated with an alkali solution. the yield of the reaction is 77%. a solution of monoethylferrocenylamine oxalic acid in water decomposes under the influence of light to form iron oxalate [6]. along with aryl ferrocenes, many aliphatic derivatives of ferrocene have been synthesized [14]. ferrocenylacetic acid is obtained by hydrolyzing ferrocenacetonitrile in an alkaline environment [15]. chloroanhydride was obtained from ferrocenylacetic acid under the influence of phosphorus (iii) chloride [17]. several unsaturated carboxylic acids of ferrocene have also been obtained, mainly using the condensation of formyl ferrocene and its derivatives and the reformatsky reaction. when formyl ferrocene is heated in pyridine with malonic acid, β-ferrocenyl acrylic acid is formed: fe c h o + cooh ch2 cooh fe c h ch cooh the same acid was obtained by reacting formylferrocene with lithium tert-butylacetate [18]. according to the reformatsky reaction, unsaturated acids were obtained from several carbonyl derivatives of ferrocene. acetylferrocene was treated with ethyl bromoacetate in the presence of zinc and 3ferrocenyl crotonic acid was obtained: + c-ch3 o ch2-co-o-c2h5 br c=c-co-o-c2h5 ch3 koh c=c-cooh ch3 fe fe fe halogens in halo ferrocenes are exchanged with other halogens in the presence of copper salts under mild conditions. halogens in halo ferrocenes without copper salts are inert in nucleophilic exchange reactions [22; 1-160-p, 23; 63-73-b]. synthesis of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide. 6 g (0.05 mol) of dimethylolurea solution and 3.65 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid were added to 3.06 g of o-ferrocenyl benzoic acid dissolved in 100 ml of diethyl ether. the yield of the obtained product is 2.04 g (50%). ts.=161-162°c. gross formula: c20h20o4n2fe. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion the synthesis of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenyl methyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide was carried out in an acidic environment according to the following reaction scheme: fe hooc + c o hn nh ch2h2c fe hooc c o nh nh ch2oh h2 c ho oh fe h2coocc o hn nhh2cho c o nh nh ch2ohh2c fe h2coocc o hn nhh2cho a=95 % b=3 % c=2 % hcl -h2o the resulting products (a (1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'methyloxycarboxamide), b, c were isolated. substance b was hydrolyzed in an alkaline medium, resulting in substance b from substance a (1 a salt of -(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)n'-methyloxycarboxamide) was formed in 98% yield. the wave number of peaks observed experimentally in the ir spectrum of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide and the calculated values of the wave number of the absorption region maximum corresponding to the corresponding vibration of the molecule 1given in the table. table 1. theoretically calculated and experimentally obtained wavenumber values cm-1) in the ir spectrum of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide. no type of vibration absorption region maximum wave number, cm-1 calculated received 1 δs(c-h)(cp) 596 592 2 νas(c-h)(cp) 848 848 3 δs(c-h)(c6h4) 870 867 4 νs(c-c)(cp) 1016 1016 5 ν (˃nh) 1419 1414 6 νs(c-h)(c6h4) 1471 1450 7 νs(>с=о) 1684 1686 8 νas(о-н) 3460 3460 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the results is presented in table 1. from the groups and bonds in the molecule of 1-(2carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide, it can be seen that the ch bond of the cp ring, the ch bond of the c6h4 ring. figure 1. mass spectrum of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-ferrocenylamidemethanecarboxamide. the theoretically obtained values of the deformation vibrations of ' are close to the experimentally obtained values, the coincidence of the valence vibrations of the ch bond and cc bonds of the cp ring allows us to conclude about the individuality of the obtained substance. table 2. 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenyl methyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamidemass spectrometric indicators no ion m/z relative intensity, % 1 [oocc6h4fe] 273 86±1 2 [hoocc6h4fcch2nhc(o)nhch2oh] 408 46±1 3 [hoocc6h4hfcch2nhc(o)nhch2oh] 427 26±1 4 [hoocc6h4fe] 274 8±1 the main peak in the mass spectrum of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'methyloxycarboxamide was found to correspond to the molecular ions of the reaction products (figure 1, table 2). it can be seen from figure 1, table 2 that the peak with an intensity of 46±1 % refers to the molecular ion of 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenyl methyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide ([hoocc6h4fcch2nhc(o)nhch2oh]). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org conclusions iron is of particular importance in the vital activity of plants and animals. iron accelerates the assimilation of nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium in plants. lack of iron in plants leads to negative consequences, for example, the occurrence of chlorosis, which leads to a violation of the formation of chlorophyll in the leaves and a decrease in the activity of photosynthesis. effective use of preparations containing iron, such as 1-(2-carboxyphenyl)-1'-n-(ferrocenylmethyl)-n'-methyloxycarboxamide, allows for to prevention of diseases in plants and is widely used in agriculture as stimulators that increase the productivity of crops. references 1. rebekah m. nulty, j.e. house. thermodynamics of dissolution of ferrocene in commercial mixed solvents containing water and 2-propanol // polyhedron. -2017. –vol. 134. –p. 173-176. 2. harimit frank // proteinmarcierung mit 3-carboxy 4-ferrocenylphenyliso-thiocyatat. j. chem. hebt 1967. vol. 11. p. 427-428. 3. нейланд о.я. органическая химия. м.: вш, 1990. 265-266 с. 4. перевалова э.г., устынюк ю.а., несмеянов а.н. // о реакционной способности соединений, содержащих ферроценил-метильную группую -изд. ан ссср. химия. 1963. № 11. с.1967-1972. 5. несмеянов а.н., сазонова в.а., романенко в.и. // производные ферроцениламина. – докл. ан ссср. 1964. т. 157. -с. 922. 6. аскаров и.р. // производные ферроцена. фергана. 1999. с. 206. fardu ilmiy xabarlar 2. 2022 7. kasahara a., izumi t., umezawa h. syntesis of (o) meta-cyclo (2) metacyclo (o) (1,1) ferrocenophne-7-ne. // chem. liters. 1980. -p. 1039-1042. 8. а.н. несмеянов, н.с. кочеткова. основные направления практического использования ферроцена и его производных.-успехи химии. 1974. -т. 43.с.1513. 9. yuvraj patil, rajneesh misra. tetracyanobutadiene bridged ferrocene and triphenylamine functionalized pyrazabole dimmers // journal of organometallic chemistry. -2017. -vol. 840. –p. 23-29. 10. гауптман з., графе ю., ремане х. органическая химия. м.: химия, 1979. – 832 с. 11. левина р.я., скварченко в.р., шабаров ю.с. практические работи по органической химии. м.: мгу, 1978. – 245 с. 12. сорокин ю.а., домрачев г.а. // труды по химии и хим. технология. горкий. 1961. №4. с. 665. 13. несмеянов а.н., перевалова э.г., головня р.в., шиловцева. об алкиферроценах и ферроцениламине– докл. ан ссср: 1955. т.102. 535 с. 14. abdujabborova m.sh., qirg’izov sh.m., xojimatov m.m. metallotsen hosilalari sintezi / tovarlarni kimyoviy tarkibi asosida sinflash va sertifikatlash muammolari: ilmiy-amaliy konf. materiallari. –andijon, 2015. –б. 264-265. 15. асқаров и.р., хожиматов м.м., исақов х., қирғизов ш.м. метилолмочевинанинг айрим ҳосилалари синтези//илмий хабарнома. андижон. -2014.-№4. -б. 28-30. 16. hauser c.r., lindsay j. k. some typical aldehyde addition and condensation reactions of formylferrocene. // j. org. 1957. vol. 22. p. 906-908. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org 17. хожиматов м.м., асқаров и.р. ферроцен асосида биостимуляторлар олиш // илмий хабарнома. андижон.2015.-№3. -б. 27-29. 18. гинзбург а.г. //химия π-циклопентадленильных комплексов марганца. итоги науки и техники винити, сер. координационная химия. металлоорганическая химия. 1990. т.2. с.1-160. 19. bauer h., weismann j., saurenz d., färber c., schär m., gidt w. chromocene, ferrocene, cobaltocene, and nickelocene derivatives with isopropyl and methyl or trimethylsilyl substituents // journal of organometallic chemistry. -2017. -vol. 846. –p. 63-73. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org pneumococcal vaccine vaccination in children with congenital heart defects salomov shoxabbos nozimjon o’g’li student of andijan state medical institute bustonov sherzod andijan state medical institute, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s 193 vaccinated children were observed for 1.5 years. at the age of 2–6 months, 30% of premature and 46% of children with congenital heart defects were vaccinated with the pcv7/pcv13 vaccine; at the age of 7– 11 months, 52 and 40%, respectively. in 65% of cases, the pcv7/pcv13 vaccine was administered together with other vaccines in the national preventive vaccination schedule. the frequency of general postvaccination reactions (increase in body temperature from 37.6 to 38.0°c) was 4%; no local reactions were recorded. no other adverse events were noted in the post-vaccination period. children, premature babies, pneumococcal vaccine, congenital heart disease. introduction pneumococcal infections in children in the first years of life are a serious global public health problem. it is well known that streptococcus pneumoniae (pneumococcus) can cause both severe invasive infections meningitis, invasive pneumonia (in some cases with empyema), sepsis, including occult bacteremia (that is, fever without a visible focus of infection), and less severe , but much more common diseases are otitis media, sinusitis, pneumonia and bronchitis. this problem is most pressing in the group of children under 5 years of age, the incidence among whom is estimated at 0.29 episodes per child per year in developing countries and 0.05 episodes per child per year in developed countries. however, from 7 to 13% of cases of pneumococcal infection are severe and require hospitalization. the highest incidence of invasive pneumococcal infections is noted in risk groups, which include children on early artificial feeding, with malnutrition, low birth weight (including premature infants), and living in overcrowded conditions [1]. in addition to the above, the world health organization also lists environmental pollution as risk factors that increase the frequency and severity of pneumococcal infections. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the effectiveness and safety of vaccination were assessed using an analysis of outpatient records of vaccinated children during the observation period (18 months). in the post-vaccination period, children american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org were actively visited the day after vaccination; subsequently, the children’s condition was monitored by interviewing parents by telephone. initially, children aged 2–6 months were vaccinated according to the instructions for the prevenar vaccine according to the 3+1 scheme; at 7–11 months 2+1; at 12–23 months 1+1. children over 24 months of age were given the vaccine once. however, in 2012, due to a shortage of vaccines, children were vaccinated from 2 months of age according to the 2+1 schedule [2]. rеsults аnd disсussiоn it should be noted that according to statistical data, in maternity hospitals in irkutsk the proportion of children with prematurity annually is about 7%, of which 85% of children have concomitant respiratory pathology (distress syndrome and/or pneumonia). 5% of premature infants have indications for artificial ventilation. approximately 50–70 children are born with congenital heart disease each year. table 1. background pathology in children aged 2–23 months vaccinated with pneumococcal conjugate vaccine background pathology, abs. age at which vaccination began 2–6 months 7–11 months 12–23 months total, abs. (%) total number 66 63 35 164 prematurity 31 33 11 75 (45,7) ups 20 17 6 43 (26,2) history of resuscitation measures (including artificial ventilation) 9 11 11 31 (18,9) perinatal exposure to hiv and hiv infection 6 9 10 25 (15,2) since this group of children is very large, the volume of budget funds allocated for the implementation of priority preventive measures, that is, vaccination against pneumococcal infection, amounted to 30% of the total funding for vaccine purchases. obviously, these funds did not allow for vaccination of pneumococcal infection in children at risk in the required volume, so a decision was made on a co-financing program, that is, it was planned to carry out the second and third administration of the conjugate vaccine at the expense of insurance companies or personal funds. in this way, complete and effective immunoprophylaxis of pneumococcal infection was ensured among children at risk, while the estimated vaccination coverage in the first stages of the program should have been no more than 75% of children in the above groups. diseases due to the presence of which children were classified as at risk are presented in table. 1 it is important to start vaccinating children with congenital heart disease as early as possible, since surgery and a long hospital stay in the postoperative period increases the risk of developing pneumococcal infection several times. the children with congenital heart disease we observed were vaccinated with pcv7/pcv13 in 46% of cases in the first half of life, and in 40% of cases in the second half of the year. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org specific prevention of pneumococcal infection in children of the first year of life with the pcv7/pcv13 vaccine makes it possible to prevent severe diseases of the bronchopulmonary and central nervous system. vaccination with both 7and 13-valent conjugate pneumococcal vaccines in children at risk is safe, including when combined with other vaccines of the national calendar. соnсlusiоn to achieve an epidemiologically significant reduction in the incidence of diseases caused by s. pneumoniae, mass vaccination of children in the first year of life (preferably from 2 months of age) is necessary. mass vaccination is the most accessible, economical and effective way to combat pneumococcal infection; there is an absolute need to introduce vaccination against s. pneumoniae into the national vaccination calendar in 52 countries around the world. rеfеrеnсеs 1. savilov e.d., ilyina s.v., briko n.i. manifestations of infectious morbidity in conditions of environmental distress. epidemiology and infectious diseases. 2019; 5:34–38. 2. savilov e.d., ilyina s.v. infectious pathology in conditions of technogenic environmental pollution: clinical and epidemiological studies. novosibirsk: science. 2010. 248 p. 3. ilyina s.v., kiklevich v.t., savilov e.d. immune response to acute respiratory infections in children occurring against the background of technogenic environmental pollution. sib. honey. magazine. 2011; 26 (51): 63–67. 4. baranov a.a., shcheplyagina l.a. children's health on the threshold of the 21st century: ways to solve the problem. rus. honey. magazine. 2020; 8 (18): 3–8. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org comparison of the use of several wells with the gaslift method bekjonov rozisher soatmurodovich associate professor of the karshi engineering economics institute karshi, uzbekistan otamurodova saltanat pari otamurodovna student of the karshi engineering economics institute karshi. uzbekistan urinov fazliddin najmiddin ugli student of the karshi engineering economics institute karshi, uzbekistan +998919575577 rozisher@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the wellbore profile can be used for efficient use of gaslift wells as well profile for inclined wells or horizontal wells in marine conditions. in addition, it has little effect on its work even when there is high pressure and temperature in the productive layer or when there are mechanical mixtures. when there is not enough natural energy to lift the oil from the bottom of the well to the surface, the wells stop pumping. but to continue the fountain, compressed gas or air is pumped into the well with the help of nkqs. the process of gas compression is carried out using a compressor device. introduction choosing the right gaslift method depends on many factors. in addition, the gas lift method is widely used in the usa, russia, canada, kazakhstan and other countries that are engaged in oil production, and its efficiency indicators and long-term service depend on the use of new technologies and the results of research data analysis during the use of wells. the wellbore profile can be used for efficient use of gaslift wells as well profile for inclined wells or horizontal wells in marine conditions. in addition, it has little effect on its work even when there is high pressure and temperature in the productive layer or when there are mechanical mixtures. when there is not enough natural energy to lift the oil from the bottom of the well to the surface, the wells stop pumping. but to continue the fountain, compressed gas or air is pumped into the well with the help of nkqs. the process of gas compression is carried out using a compressor device. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org in wells, after the end of the fountain period, fountain fittings are used for use in the gaslift method. special simplified and light fittings are used in this, but the difficulties that may occur are not dangerous in an open fountain. fittings in gas lift wells are often adapted to drive gas through pipe spacing or through central pipes. if rapid paraffin deposits are observed during the operation of gaslift wells, the upper part of the fitting is equipped with an additional lubricator and through it a scraper is inserted into the nkq, the paraffin deposits during the use of the well are lowered into the well by means of a mechanical cleaning method. other methods are used to deal with paraffin deposits. for example, when the wall of the pipes is covered with liquid glasses or when enameled pipes are used, paraffin does not get caught on the surface of the smooth surface. a pressure-adjusting valve with a membrane-controlled mechanism is installed on the upper part of the gas lift wells, it serves to maintain a constant pressure of the gas pumped into the well, because sometimes there are pressure fluctuations in the main systems, the normal operation of the well is disturbed, and sometimes it is necessary to stop the well. the operating mode of the well is set according to the minimum value of liquid extraction and the transmission consumption of the compressor station. if the compressed gas is enough for the mine, then the well can be used in the maximum mode. if the compressed gas is not enough for oil fields, or when the extraction of liquid from the well is limited, then the well is used in the mode of relative minimum consumption. the north ortabulok field is an oil and gas field, which means that there is a gas cap. the mine has been in operation since 1986, with wells operated both by the fountain method and by means of a rod-shaped sump pump. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org at present, the north ortabulok mine has entered the third stage of the exploitation period, which is characterized by a decrease in the production rate and an increase in hydration. in order to maintain the rate of production, a decision was made to accelerate liquid extraction using the gas lift method in the future use of the north ortabulok field. the transfer of oil wells in the field to the use of the gas lift method is determined by the following situations. in order to ensure the efficient use of oil condensate piles in fields, it is necessary to justify the rise of liquid based on the value of formation pressure. kokdumalok, north ortabulok, north ortabulok and other mines were used in the fountain state due to the energy of the formation in the initial period. at present, the mine is operated using a fountain, gaslift method, and with the help of schnqs. in order to fulfill the condition of fountaining of the well, the fountaining is calculated on the minimum pressure of the bottom of the well. the effective gas factor for well fountaining should be high, equal to the specific gas consumption for optimum operation of the riser at the latest size. to determine the optimal operating mode of the gas lift well, we calculate the movement of the gasliquid mixture along the well shaft. calculation of gas-liquid mixture density, mixture flow rate in the layer, geometric gradient and other parameters. as a result of repeated acid treatment of wells no. 31, 34, 50, 54 in the upper reef area, the amount of water pumped into the formation from 1,221 m3 to 337 m3 per day due to the rupture of pump compressor pipes (flying) at the expense of these wells 21gl, 38 gl, 41 gl, 51 gl, 52 gl, 63 gl wells caused the average static level to drop from 1800 m to 2000 m and productivity decreased. that is why it is necessary to constantly control the amount of water pumped into the formation and the range of influence of water through monitoring wells to increase the indicators of the use of gas lift wellsit is possible to increase the daily oil production by eliminating the accident in wells no. 11, 19 and starting wells no. 18, 32, 28, where 2-barrels are being drilled from otra anhydrite. 5 gas lift wells no. 44,51,15,25,89 can be converted from gas lift to high performance rotoflex drilling rig to save additional daily oil production and gas and other costs from these wells. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org references 1. bekjonov r.s. methods of extracting oil from mechanical mixtures 2. bekjonov r.s. history of oil extraction process in high viscosity deposits 3. 3.bekjonov r.s. assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented operating system and geologicaltechnical activities in oil and oil-gas fields analysis methods 4. bekjonov r.s. special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity 5. 5.эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 6. 6. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/304 http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/305 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/547 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org determining the skin effect based on the pressure recovery curve norinov fakhriyor kurbanovich abdirazakov akmal ibragimovich karshi engineering and economic institute, karshi city, republic of uzbekistan e-mail; faxriyornorinov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents some conclusions based on the results of studies in the well and the use of bottomhole conductivity, hydraulic conductivity and other properties of the reservoir to find the value of the skin effect, and at the same time taking into account the indicators of well no. 19 at the shurchi field. orizon, wells, bottom hole, testing, pressure, skin effect. oil, coefficient. introduction the right and left sides of the equation are equivalent when there are no additional resistances in the near-wellbore zone, and their inequality indicates the difference between the hydraulic conductivity of the near-wellbore and remote zones, which, in the case of deterioration in the hydraulic conductivity of the near-wellbore zone, necessitates the cost of additional depression δрz with a constant volume of product fil δ𝑝z = δ𝑝𝑡 − 𝑖 (lg 𝑡 + lg 2.25𝑥. 𝑟𝑐 ), где δр𝑡 − pressure increase during time t after the well is closed. entering δ𝑃𝑠 𝑖 = 𝑆, we obtain the equation for determining the skin effect:𝑆 = δ𝑝 𝑖𝑡 − lg 𝑡 − 𝑐, c correction for pressure loss on the well wall, which is calculated for known values of χ and rc using the formula c=lg⁡135x/(r_c2) or taken from the table. 1.1; t duration of well shutdown, min. a positive value of the skin effect indicates the presence of additional filtration resistance in the bottomhole zone of the well, to overcome which a certain part of the depression δp_s=is is spent, which is used to estimate the productivity ratio оп = δ𝑝𝑡−δ𝑝𝑧 δ𝑃𝑡 however, depending on the condition of the bottomhole zone, the following options are possible. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org condition of the bottomhole zone……… kz < k kz > k kz = k skin effect………………………………….. s>0 s<0 s=0 productivity ratios……………….. оп<1 оп>1 оп=1 hydraulic conductivity ratio…………… ог>1 ог<1 ог=1 definition of skin effect and productivity relationship determination of the state of the bottomhole zone and the quality of formation opening on the development of test results during the drilling of a well. wells 19 shurchi. test interval 798-795 m. on december 10, 1967, using a formation tester, an influx of oil and gas mixture with a volume of 3 m3 was obtained in 80 minutes, which corresponds to a flow rate of 60 tons/day with a change in bottomhole pressure from 2 mpa to 5 mpa to a depth of 810 m. additional data: oil density 875 kg/m3; volume factor 1.38; effective thickness of layers in the testing interval is 15 m; wellbore radius in the test interval is 0.140 m. recovery schedule pressure in skb. 19 shurchinskaya, built according to the horner method (interval and tests 798-795 m) since the volume of inflow of oil, oil and gas is determined based on the increase in the liquid level in the well before closing to restore pressure, the volumetric coefficient is considered to be zero. the formula determines the skin effect. 𝑆 = 𝑝пл − 𝑝3 𝑖 − lg 𝑇 − 𝑐, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org where rpl is reservoir pressure, mpa; рз bottomhole pressure at the end of the inflow period, mpa; t duration of inflow (open period) before closing to restore pressure min. the correction factor c is determined from the table. 1.1, the value of which for 𝑘ℎ 𝜇 = 24,9 ⋅ 10−11𝑀3/(∏𝑎 ⋅ 𝑐), rc= 0,098 м и hэф= 15 м equals 2,6. then 𝑆 = 19.3 − 15.7 0.46 − 1.8 − 1.6 = 3.4. additional depression losses for skin effect value δ𝑝𝑧 == 𝑖𝑆 = 0,46 × 3,4 = 1,56𝑀𝐼𝐼𝑎 productivity ratio w = 19.3 − 15.7 − 1.6 19.3 − 15.7 = 0.55. the results obtained indicate that the presence of skin effect in the near-wellbore zone leads to a decrease in its productivity by 45% conclusion above is the calculation of the skin effect of the productivity of the shurchi field using indicators between the pressure recovery curve and the permeability of the well bottom. the results showed that the presence of the skin effect caused a significant decrease in the productivity of well no. 19 at the shurchi field. references 1. проект пробной эксплуатации месторождения шурчи. ташкент : 1964г. 2. мищенко и. т. скважинная добыча нефти. м. : "нефть и газ", 2003 3. мищенко и. т. расчеты при добыче нефти и газа. м. : "нефть и газ" , 2008. 4. юрчук а.м. расчеты в добыче нефти. – м. : «недра», 1979, 271с 5.абдиразаков а.и., иботов о.к., мавланов з.а. анализ показателей разработки месторождения и практических расчетов // universum: технические науки : электрон. научн. журн. 2020. 12(81). 6. абдиразаков а.и., иботов о.к., мавланов з.а. анализ воздействие паротепловой обработки на основных показателей скважин // universum: технические науки : электрон. научн. журн. 2020. 12(81). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org management of production from complex oil fields bekjonov rozisher soatmurodovich ismatov sherzod aktam ugli karshi engineering economics institute, karshi, uzbekistan tel: + 998908774247 rozisher@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s however, when flooding fields with hard-to-recover reserves (high oil viscosity, low permeability and large heterogeneity of formations), oil recovery factors decrease to 0.3-0.35 with increasing flushing ratio from 0.8-1 to 5-7, and with viscosity oil more than 25-30 mpa s, waterflooding often becomes ineffective. obviously, this method is characterized by a high degree of theoretical justification of the oil recovery mechanism and eliminates error due to the human factor due to the use of software and computing systems. this path, on the one hand, is very labor-intensive, and on the other hand, there is not always reliable information about the properties of productive formations. oil, product, high oil viscosity, carbonate reservoirs, geologic model, waterflooding. introduction the problem of objectivity in assessing the efficiency of waterflooding of an oil field at all stages of development is an urgent task. ways to solve the problem may be different. the first method is the use of geological models of productive formations that are sufficiently adequate to real conditions and complex hydrodynamic models that describe the mechanism of the filtration process of formation and working fluids injected into the formation to eliminate differences between calculated and actual data, a procedure for adapting the created models is initiated, which involves making certain adjustments to individual initial parameters included in the model. in addition, the procedure for adapting the created geological and hydrodynamic models, as is known, to some extent represents a solution to the inverse problem of hydrodynamics, when, based on actual data from the operation of deposits, the initial data (thicknesses, relative phase permeabilities, areal heterogeneity, etc.) are adjusted to achieve an acceptable fit real and actual indicator of development of an operational facility. in terms of labor intensity, this direction is significantly simpler than the first and in modern conditions, from the point of view of the capabilities of computer technology, is already available at the engineering level. the displacement characteristic is understood as an analytical relationship between the main technological indicators and the efficiency of the development system oil recovery of the productive format. to date, about 100 characteristics american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org of displacement are known, proposed by different authors. moreover, it is characteristic to trace the regionality of the proposed dependencies: some work well in one region, others, on the contrary, in another. this also indicates that the displacement characteristic is an integral dependence of reservoir oil recovery on a large number of initial data, some of which may not only not be taken into account in the technological calculation procedure, but may still not be identified by the science of oil field development. this is especially true for complex carbonate reservoirs. assessing the technological effect of waterflooding based on indicators of only a certain stage or stage of operation, as well as any development parameter (reservoir pressure, well flow rate, water cut in well production, etc.) can lead to erroneous conclusions. the application of each method to improve the development system is aimed at increasing the final oil recovery factor. therefore, to assess the effectiveness of waterflooding, we used the value of the increase (increase) in the final oil recovery factor, defined as the difference in oil recovery factor achieved under the natural regime of reservoir development and with the use of waterflooding: it should be noted that this coefficient is a complex indicator characterizing the properties of reservoirs and formation fluids, the development system and american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org economic criteria, because at the development sites, waterflooding was carried out after a significant period of reservoir development in the natural mode elastic, followed by a transition to the dissolved gas mode; from the beginning, based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, recoverable oil reserves were determined for the development periods before and after the use of waterflooding. in accordance with the methodological guidelines for calculating the coefficients of oil extraction from the subsoil based on the characteristics of oil displacement by water, constructed according to the objects of study, the final straight segments were identified to determine the initial recoverable oil reserves for the selected periods of oil deposit development. as an example, the characteristics of oil displacement by water for an oil reservoir in the andijan field are given. references 1. bekjonov r.s. methods of extracting oil from mechanical mixtures 2. bekjonov r.s. history of oil extraction process in high viscosity deposits 3.bekjonov r.s. assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented operating system and geologicaltechnical activities in oil and oil-gas fields analysis methods 4.эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 5. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. – с.22-23. http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/304 http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/305 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org exploring the possibilities of stratification technology in the teaching of higher mathematics khatamova durdonakhon ahadjon kizi khatamov khumoyun isroilovich tokhtaev zakirjon abidovich tatu ff academic lyceum teachers a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the integration of technology in education has revolutionized traditional teaching methods, offering new avenues for enhancing student engagement and understanding. this article explores the possibilities of utilizing stratification technology in the teaching of higher mathematics. stratification technology refers to the implementation of layered and structured learning experiences that cater to diverse student needs and promote personalized instruction. by leveraging the capabilities of technology, educators can create dynamic and interactive learning environments that foster conceptual understanding, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills. this article examines the theoretical foundations, benefits, and strategies associated with the use of stratification technology in higher mathematics education. furthermore, it discusses potential challenges and offers recommendations for effective implementation. overall, the article highlights the potential of stratification technology to transform and elevate the teaching and learning of higher mathematics. stratification technology, higher mathematics, technology integration, personalized instruction, conceptual understanding, critical thinking, problem-solving skills, constructivist learning theory, differentiated instruction, adaptive learning systems, intelligent tutoring systems, student engagement, self-paced learning, layered instruction, scaffolded materials, interactive simulations, virtual manipulatives, multimedia resources, collaborative learning, teacher training, professional development, equity, inclusivity, data privacy, research, evidencebased practices, partnerships. introduction technology has become an integral part of our lives, transforming various aspects of society, including education. in the field of education, technology has the potential to revolutionize teaching and learning, offering new opportunities and challenges. one area where innovative approaches are particularly needed is the teaching of higher mathematics. traditional methods often struggle to engage students american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org and promote deep understanding of complex mathematical concepts. this has led to the exploration of alternative approaches that leverage technology to enhance mathematics education. the role of technology in education: technology has the power to enhance education in several ways. it can provide access to a vast range of resources, facilitate communication and collaboration, personalize learning experiences, and offer interactive and immersive learning environments. in the context of mathematics education, technology can provide visualizations, simulations, and interactive tools that enable students to explore mathematical concepts in a more engaging and intuitive manner. it can also offer opportunities for real-time feedback, adaptive learning, and data-driven insights into students' progress and challenges. the need for innovative approaches in teaching higher mathematics: teaching higher mathematics presents unique challenges. complex mathematical concepts, abstract reasoning, and intricate problem-solving skills require innovative approaches to engage students and foster deep understanding. traditional instructional methods, such as lectures and rote memorization, often fall short in promoting the critical thinking and creativity necessary for mastering higher mathematics. therefore, there is a growing recognition of the need for innovative approaches that leverage technology to enhance the teaching and learning of higher mathematics. introducing stratification technology as a promising approach: one promising approach that combines technology and innovative pedagogy in teaching higher mathematics is stratification technology. stratification technology involves the use of advanced digital tools and platforms to create interactive and adaptive learning environments that cater to students' diverse needs and abilities. it aims to provide personalized learning experiences by stratifying the content and instructional strategies based on students' prior knowledge, learning pace, and individual strengths and weaknesses. through stratification technology, students can engage with mathematical concepts at their own pace and receive targeted support and feedback. the technology can dynamically adjust the level of difficulty, provide additional explanations or examples when needed, and offer opportunities for practice and application. it can also facilitate collaborative learning and problem-solving activities, allowing students to work together and learn from each other's perspectives. by leveraging stratification technology, educators can create a more student-centered and adaptive learning environment that promotes active engagement, deep understanding, and higher-order thinking skills. it provides an opportunity to bridge the gap between traditional instructional methods and the needs of modern learners, equipping them with the mathematical knowledge and skills required for success in today's technologically driven world. 2. theoretical foundations: a) constructivist learning theory and its relevance to stratification technology: constructivist learning theory posits that learners actively construct knowledge by building upon their prior experiences and interactions with the environment. it emphasizes the importance of hands-on exploration, problem-solving, and social interactions in the learning process. stratification technology aligns with constructivist principles by providing interactive and adaptive learning experiences that american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org allow students to explore and construct mathematical knowledge based on their individual needs and prior knowledge. b) differentiated instruction and personalized learning: differentiated instruction recognizes that students have diverse learning styles, interests, and abilities. it involves tailoring instruction to meet the unique needs of each student, providing multiple pathways for learning. stratification technology enables differentiated instruction by offering personalized learning experiences. it allows students to progress at their own pace, receive individualized support, and engage with content and activities that align with their strengths and interests. c) adaptive learning systems and intelligent tutoring systems: adaptive learning systems leverage technology to dynamically adjust the learning experience based on students' performance, progress, and individual needs. intelligent tutoring systems, a subset of adaptive learning systems, provide personalized guidance, feedback, and support to students as they navigate through learning materials. stratification technology incorporates elements of adaptive learning and intelligent tutoring systems, tailoring the learning experience to each student's level of understanding and providing targeted interventions when necessary. d) the role of stratification technology in supporting individualized learning experiences: stratification technology plays a crucial role in supporting individualized learning experiences in higher mathematics. it allows students to access appropriate learning materials based on their current level of understanding, ensuring they are appropriately challenged without feeling overwhelmed or bored. by providing immediate feedback and adaptive support, stratification technology helps students overcome misconceptions, address knowledge gaps, and make continuous progress in their mathematical learning. 3. benefits of stratification technology in higher mathematics: a) enhanced conceptual understanding and retention: stratification technology promotes deep conceptual understanding by providing interactive and visual representations of mathematical concepts. it allows students to explore and manipulate mathematical ideas, fostering a deeper understanding of abstract concepts. the interactive nature of stratification technology enhances retention by engaging multiple senses and facilitating active learning experiences. b) improved student engagement and motivation: stratification technology increases student engagement and motivation by offering interactive and personalized learning experiences. students can actively participate in their learning, making choices and experiencing a sense of autonomy. the adaptive nature of stratification technology ensures that students are appropriately challenged, maintaining their interest and motivation to learn. c) promotion of critical thinking and problem-solving skills: stratification technology encourages critical thinking and problem-solving skills by providing opportunities for students to reason, analyze, and apply mathematical concepts in various contexts. it american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org offers interactive simulations, virtual manipulatives, and problem-solving scenarios that engage students in authentic mathematical experiences. through these activities, students develop higherorder thinking skills and become proficient problem solvers. d) facilitation of self-paced and personalized learning: stratification technology enables self-paced and personalized learning experiences. students can progress through the material at their own pace, spending more time on challenging concepts or moving ahead more quickly if they have a strong understanding. this flexibility allows students to take ownership of their learning and build a solid foundation in higher mathematics. e) support for diverse learning styles and abilities: stratification technology supports diverse learning styles and abilities by providing multiple representations and instructional approaches. visual learners can benefit from interactive visualizations, auditory learners can engage with audio explanations, and kinesthetic learners can interact with virtual manipulatives. the adaptive nature of stratification technology ensures that all students receive appropriate support and scaffolding based on their individual needs. 4. strategies for implementing stratification technology: a) designing layered and scaffolded instructional materials: stratification technology should provide instructional materials that are layered and scaffolded, gradually increasing in complexity and difficulty. this allows students to build upon their prior knowledge and skills while being appropriately challenged. the instructional materials should include clear explanations, examples, and interactive activities that guide students through the learning process. b) utilizing adaptive learning platforms and intelligent tutoring systems: implementing adaptive learning platforms and intelligent tutoring systems can enhance the effectiveness of stratification technology. these systems can track students' progress, provide realtime feedback, and offer personalized recommendations for further learning. they can adapt the learning materials and activities based on each student's performance, ensuring a tailored and optimal learning experience. c) incorporating interactive simulations and virtual manipulatives: stratification technology should incorporate interactive simulations and virtual manipulatives to provide students with hands-on experiences and intuitive understanding of mathematical concepts. these tools allow students to explore and manipulate mathematical objects, making abstract concepts more concrete and accessible. interactive simulations can also provide opportunities for experimentation and discovery. d) integrating multimedia resources and visualizations: multimedia resources, such as videos, animations, and visualizations, can enhance the learning experience by presenting mathematical concepts in different formats. visual representations help american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org students develop a deeper understanding of abstract ideas, while videosprovide additional explanations and demonstrations. integrating multimedia resources into stratification technology can cater to different learning styles and enhance students' engagement and comprehension. e) promoting collaborative and cooperative learning: stratification technology can support collaborative and cooperative learning by facilitating communication and interaction among students. it can provide features for students to collaborate on problem-solving tasks, discuss strategies, and share their insights. collaborative learning promotes peer-to-peer learning, fosters communication skills, and encourages students to construct and articulate their mathematical understanding. by implementing these strategies, educators can effectively leverage stratification technology to enhance the teaching and learning of higher mathematics. the combination of adaptive, personalized, and interactive features can create a dynamic and engaging learning environment that supports individual needs and promotes deep mathematical understanding. 5. challenges and considerations: a) access to technology resources and infrastructure: one of the primary challenges in implementing stratification technology is ensuring equitable access to technology resources and a robust infrastructure. disparities in access to devices, internet connectivity, and software platforms can create barriers for some students and schools. addressing this challenge requires efforts to bridge the digital divide and provide necessary resources to all students, regardless of their socioeconomic background. b) teacher training and professional development: effective implementation of stratification technology requires teachers to be proficient in using the technology and integrating it into their instructional practices. providing adequate training and professional development opportunities for teachers is essential to build their technological skills, pedagogical knowledge, and confidence in utilizing stratification technology effectively. ongoing support and collaboration among educators are also crucial for sharing best practices and addressing implementation challenges. c) data privacy and security concerns: the use of stratification technology involves the collection and analysis of student data. it is essential to address data privacy and security concerns to ensure that student information is handled responsibly and in compliance with relevant regulations and policies. educators and administrators must implement appropriate data protection measures, establish clear guidelines for data usage, and communicate with students and parents about data privacy practices. d) addressing equity and inclusivity in technology integration: integrating stratification technology should be done with a focus on promoting equity and inclusivity. it is crucial to consider the diverse needs of students, including those with disabilities, english language learners, and students from marginalized communities. efforts should be made to provide american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org accommodations, adapt the technology to meet individual needs, and address any potential biases or discrimination in the design and implementation of stratification technology. 6. recommendations for effective implementation: a) providing ongoing support and professional development for educators: teachers should receive continuous support and professional development opportunities to enhance their technological skills, pedagogical knowledge, and understanding of stratification technology. this can include workshops, mentoring programs, online resources, and communities of practice where educators can share experiences and collaborate to improve their instructional practices. b) ensuring equitable access to technology resources: efforts should be made to provide equitable access to technology resources, including devices, internet connectivity, and software platforms. schools and districts can explore partnerships with community organizations, seek funding opportunities, and implement strategies such as mobile device programs or technology lending libraries to ensure that all students have access to the necessary resources. c) promoting research and evidence-based practices: it is important to promote research and evidence-based practices in the integration of stratification technology. conducting studies, collecting data, and sharing findings can help identify effective instructional strategies, evaluate the impact of stratification technology on student learning outcomes, and inform the development of best practices in higher mathematics education. d) establishing collaborations and partnerships: collaborations and partnerships among educational institutions, technology providers, researchers, and policymakers can foster innovation and effective implementation of stratification technology. these partnerships can facilitate the sharing of resources, expertise, and best practices, as well as support the development and refinement of stratification technology tools and platforms. 7. conclusion: stratification technology holds significant potential for transforming higher mathematics education by providing personalized, adaptive, and engaging learning experiences. by leveraging the principles of constructivist learning theory, differentiated instruction, and adaptive learning, stratification technology can enhance conceptual understanding, promote critical thinking skills, and support diverse learning styles. however, the successful integration of stratification technology requires addressing challenges related to access, teacher training, data privacy, and equity. to effectively implement stratification technology, ongoing support and professional development for educators are crucial. equitable access to technology resources must be ensured, and efforts should be made to address data privacy and security concerns. additionally, the integration of stratification technology should be approached with a focus on equity and inclusivity, considering the needs of all students. by promoting research, evidence-based practices, and collaborations among stakeholders, the potential of stratification technology in transforming higher mathematics education can be fully realized. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org embracing technology and leveraging its capabilities will allow educators to meet the needs of contemporary learners and prepare them for success in an increasingly technology-driven world. references 1. y.tang, exploration and practice of higher mathematics stratified teaching, j. jiaxing university, (2007) 59-61. 2. n.yang, the rational thinking of mathematics teaching at the university, j. higher education forum, 4(2007) 129-132. 3. a.j.yao, asynchronous layered teaching in mathematics teaching at the university, j. chinese vocational education. 9(2009) 19-22. 4. x.j.chen. exploration and practice of higher mathematics stratified teaching. 11(2006) 26-30. 5. j.g.sun, the strategies of classroom difference stratified teaching, j. china education daily, 5(2007) 46-47. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org effects of waves on different layers bekjonov rozisher soatmurodovich karshi engineering economics institute, karshi, uzbekistan. +998919575577 rozisher@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the mine was launched in 1935 and consists of 4 productive layers (horizons i, ii, iii, iv). . futhermore a small amount of gas flow was obtained from the upper cretaceous xenon layers from well no. 3. drilling was carried out in the mine to determine the presence of oil and gas in cretaceous and jurassic period. in spite of the complex mininggeological structure of the region (avpd), the attempts from the upper cretaceous deposits, starting from the turan plateau, were unsuccessful. nowadays, the mine is being used in the last stage. the depth of productive layers is 110-200 m. introduction khovdak oil field is located in sutkhandarya region of the territory zharkhurgan district. the mine is located 55 km north-west of the city of termiz and 18 km north-west of the city of zharkurgan. the connection of transport of the mine with the cities of zharkurgan and termiz is carried out by roads and railways passing through the center of the surkhan oasis. in 1931, n. p. toraev determined the mining uplift structure in the khovdak field with the help of geological imaging. in 1932, based on his recommendation, it was planned to drill an exploration well in the part of the mine dome. exploration well no. 1 was placed in the southern part of the southern elevation of the field, and in february 1934, during drilling, when the depth reached 158 m, an oil well was obtained from the i-horizon of the bukhara layer of the paleogene period, 140 tons of oil were produced per day. the feature of collector’s layer the i-horizon is located in the upper part of the bukhara layer of the paleogene period and consists of dolomitized, porous, oil-saturated limestones. the total thickness of the layer is 8.0 m, useful thickness is 3.0 m, porosity is 20.0%. initial layer pressure 30.0 kgs/cm2, current layer pressure 9.30 kgs/cm2, layer temperature 280c, conductivity 4.053-4.278 μm2. . the ii-horizon is located in the upper part of the bukhara layer of the paleogene period and consists of porous, oil-saturated limestones. the total thickness of the layer is 17.0 m, useful thickness is 6.0 m, porosity is 18.0%. initial layer pressure is 30.0 kgs/cm2, current layer pressure is 9.3 kgs/cm2, layer temperature is 280c, permeability is 2.1572.305 μm2. iii-horizon is located in the middle part of the bukhara layer of the paleogene period and consists of dolomitized, porous, oil-saturated limestones. the total thickness of the layer is 8.0 m, american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org useful thickness is 3.0 m, porosity is 18.0%. initial layer pressure is 30.0 kgs/cm2, current layer pressure is 9.30 kgs/cm2, layer temperature is 34.60c, permeability is 1.944 μm2. the iv-horizon is located in the middle part of the bukhara layer of paleogene period and consists of fissured, oilsaturated dolomites. the total thickness of the layer is 7.0 m, useful thickness is 3.0 m, porosity is 10.0%. initial layer pressure is 30.0 kgs/cm2, current layer pressure is 9.30 kgs/cm2, layer temperature is 36.10c, is 1.087μm2 respectively. the specific gravity of oil in the khovdak oil field is 0.945 g/cm3. . the dynamic viscosity of oil in formation conditions is 363-440 spz. which contains asphaltenes 6-8%; selicogel resins 14-19%; paraffins 3.5 4%; sulfur 2.8 3%; coke 3.6%; gasoline fractions in oil are on average 4.4%, and kerosene fractions are 6.075%. according to the composition of khovdak field oil, it is considered a good raw material for obtaining technical bitumen. the average amount of dissolved gas in oil is 2.5 m3/t. the density is 0.963, it contains carbon dioxide gas 1.762%, methane 56.250%, gas condensate 34.0 g/m3, sulfur 1.5%. method propagation of sound frequency hydraulic shock waves in a porous medium and the mechanism of their influence on oil reservoirs are not well understood and are great theoretical and practical interest. it is mainly importance to find a solution to the problems of the effect of pressure fluctuations on the process of filtering liquids in a porous permeable medium. research data on the effect of waves through a porous medium such as an oil reservoir on liquid filtration are not available. however, there is some information about processes that occur in conditions close to this state, for example, in experiments on textile dyeing of fabrics by brauer, he showed an acceleration of his dyeing at frequencies of 22 and 175 kg. also, coloring at a frequency of 100 hz was accelerated, but the efficiency was much lower. in other such conditions, vibration has been shown to increase the speed of the dye solution through the fabric. solutions the process of fluid filtration under the influence of variable pressure created by a vibrator is of great interest for the vibration-percussion method of impacting the well bottom zone. in this case, it is important to determine which zone is actually covered by the vibration treatment and its size, depending on the vibration frequency and other parameters. we estimate the size of the zone of significant influence conclusion these days several new types of vibration impact devices are appearing. therefore, there are important issues such as determining the area of influence of vibration on the bottom of the well and the depth of its penetration. any scientific innovation is created on the basis of several interrelated technical, technological and mining geological data. therefore, having complete and accurate information about american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the geological and physical structure of each well bottom region indicates that 50% of the work is done correctly. references 1. bekjonov r.s. methods of extracting oil from mechanical mixtures 2. bekjonov r.s. history of oil extraction process in high viscosity deposits 3. bekjonov r.s. assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented operating system and geologicaltechnical activities in oil and oil-gas fields analysis methods 4. эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 5. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. –с.22-23. http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/304 http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/305 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 19, december, 2023 p a g e | 161 www.americanjournal.org the introduction of technology for the production of a new type of shirt silk crepe fabric at domestic enterprises mukhamadrasulov shamsiddin khasanovich phd, deputy director of science and innovation, uzbek research institute of natural fibers, tashkent, uzbekistan e-mail: margilon_shoyi@yahoo.com dildora yuldasheva phd student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this paper, a newly created type of "crepe fabric" is studied, which has a new structure, combines the properties of yarns and the structure of the fabric, and provides the fabric with increased crepe properties. it also discussed the introduction to production at "yodgorlik" llc, as well as the prospects of increasing their type and increasing the export potential of the industry. at a time when the demand for products made from natural raw materials is increasing day by day, it is important to increase the volume of silk fabrics in world fashion, to find ways to create a new assortment of silk fabrics. our government has put a lot of urgent issues before textile experts and scientists. using existing opportunities, expanding the volume of production of high-quality fabrics from natural fibres, and solving the problems of achieving trade with competitive products under the label "made in uzbekistan" on the world market are some of the main urgent problems that are waiting for a solution today. the purpose of the research is to introduce the production technology of a new type of high-quality shirt bop crepe gas from local raw materials at "yodgorlik" llc. raw silk, silk thread, mating, blown silk, crepe fabric, steaming, rewinding, carding, weaving, finishing. introduction in the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 17, 2020, no. pq-4567 "on additional measures for the development of the silkworm feed base in the cocoon industry", increasing the feed base of the cocoon industry by widely introducing innovative ideas, scientific developments and scientific achievements, to increase the volume of production of products intended american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 162 www.americanjournal.org for export, as well as to further deepen the reforms implemented in the cocoon industry, it is the responsibility of the "uzbekipaksanoat" association and the enterprises and institutions that are part of the association to improve and strengthen the feed base of the industry, to establish new capacities for the production of raw silk and silk thread, and modernization of the existing ones, organization of deep cocoon processing, increasing the volume of production of ready-made silk products and further improving its quality, mastering the most popular types, and increasing the volume of export of readymade silk products [1,2]. according to the international sericultural commission (inserco), even though the share of silk in the world textile market is less than 0.2 per cent, its production base corresponds to more than 60 countries. the main producers are china (54.1% of world production in 2021) and india (40.4%). uzbekistan ranks third (2.4%) [3]. at a time when the demand for products made from natural raw materials is increasing day by day, it is important to increase the volume of silk fabrics in world fashion, to find ways to create a new assortment of silk fabrics. our government has put a lot of urgent issues before textile experts and scientists. expanding the volume of production of high-quality fabrics from natural fibres, and solving the problems of achieving trade with competitive products under the label "made in uzbekistan" on the world market is one of the main urgent problems that are waiting for a solution today. natural silk has been widely used for the production of various textile products since ancient times. the high level of hygienic properties of silk creates favourable conditions for the human body and creates a basis for the production of shirt and scarf fabrics with new content. the volume of exports of silk, including silk fiber and gauze, from uzbekistan is increasing: from 30.9 million usd to 92.5 million usd from 2017 to 2022. in 2022, the export of all textile products from uzbekistan amounted to 3.2 billion us dollars, including 1.4 billion us dollars of yarn. figure 1. the volume of silk exports from uzbekistan, including silk fibre and fabric export of silk, including silk fibre and gauze, from the republic of uzbekistan, in million us dollars [4]. at present, the enterprises of our republic have not introduced new high-quality shirt and dress fabrics made of natural silk and the improved technology of their production. to date, the types of shirt fabrics produced from natural silk fibres are very limited. without creating new types of products, in today's market economy and increasingly competitive environment, it is impossible to produce a competitive product in the world market, increase its variety, increase the export capacity of the industry, to perform product management, marketing and trade at a high level. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 163 www.americanjournal.org research object and methods fabrics made from natural silk are divided into crepe, canvas, shaped and technical fabrics according to their structure. crepe fabrics include crepe, crepe-georgette, crepe-gofer, crepe-chiffon, crepe-satin, crepe-perizen. as a result of the use of high-spun yarns in the left and right directions as warp or weft yarns, a grain is formed on the surface of the fabric after the finishing process. it is known that in crepe weaving, crepe yarns of the right and left twist are used at the same time, usually, the fabric is woven in pairs in the direction of the twist, 2 yarns in the right twist, 2 yarns in the left twist. the alternation of the warp threads forming the reps warp and the warp threads forming the canvas warp in the new fabric prevents the appearance of a stripe defect that can be formed in the fabric and increases the quality of this warping to a high level. this provides an opportunity to increase the assortment of gasses, which is not available in the previous technical solution of gasses. the essence of the new crepe fabric is represented in pictures 1-4 below. crepe gusset uses natural raw silk with a linear density of 2.33 tex, and complex natural silk (2 "s" and 2 "z" twists) woven in the upper twist with a linear density of 2.33x4 tex. the density of the fabric is 360 y/dm on the warp threads and 330 y/dm on the warp threads. the production of crepe gauze can be carried out in the following 4 different cases, protected by the patent of the republic of uzbekistan no. iap 03282 [5], based on the options of weaving the fabric: case 1. crepe gauze is woven according to the warp shown in figure 1, with a warp ratio of 4 on the body and warp. in this case, the 2nd and 4th yarns form the canvas knitting with the warp yarns, and the 1st and 3rd yarns make the rep knitting with the warp yarns. the 1 warp thread forming the rep's warp is not moved relative to the 3 warp threads forming the second rep's warp. weaves 2 and 4, which form a cloth warp, have a thread shift in one body. 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 figure 1 it should be noted that the warp is constructed in such a way that within the rapport each yarn has an equal spread (from the weft and weft of the fabric) and provides an equal amount of transition from one side of the fabric to the other, the yarns in the warp have the same penetration, and thus for the formation and quality of the fabric. conditions will improve. case 2. crepe gauze is woven according to the warp shown in fig. 2, with a warp ratio of 4 on the body and warp. in this case, the 2nd and 4th yarns form the canvas knitting with the warp yarns, and the 1st and 3rd yarns make the rep knitting with the warp yarns. the 1 warp thread forming the rep warp is offset by 2 relative to the 3 warp threads forming the second rep warp. weaves 2 and 4, which form a cloth warp, have a thread shift in one body. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 164 www.americanjournal.org 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 figure 2 here too, within the rapport, each warp yarn has an equal spread (from the right and wrong side of the fabric) and provides an equal amount of transition from one side of the fabric to the other, the warp yarns have the same penetration, thus improving the fabric's shape and quality. case 3. crepe cheese is produced according to the cutting procedure shown in figure 3. in this case, the ratio of harvesting is equal to 8 for weft and 4 for warp. 2 within rapport; 4; 6 and 8 warp threads alternately form canvas weaving with warp threads, the remaining 1; 3; 5 and 7 ropes make reps knitting with threads on the body. in this case, the 1 warp thread forming the rep weaving creates a shift in one body thread in relation to the 3 warp forming the second reps, and the 2 warp in the canvas weft in relation to the 4 warp in the next canvas weaving. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 figure 3 this situation is repeated in the next rows, and the entry of the threads into the body is the same as in the above cases according to the rapport. case 4. crepe cheese is produced according to the cutting procedure shown in figure 4. in this case, the ratio of mowing is 8 for weft and 4 for warp. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 165 www.americanjournal.org 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 figure 4 but here, the rapport of weaving on the rope consists of two parts (1; 2; 3 and 4 ropes are the first part, and 5; 6; 7 and 8 ropes are the second part) and is constructed in such a way that the rope threads in each part of the rapport have a shift relative to each other not (2 and 4; 6 and 8), but the wefts of the first part have a displacement of one thread compared to the wefts of the second part (2 and 6; 4 and 8). on the other hand, the warps forming the reps warp have a mutual displacement of the warp yarns in each part (1 and 3; 5 and 7), and do not have a displacement when looking at the position of the parts (1 and 5; 3 and 7). in all the mentioned cases, within the rapport, the warp and weft threads are of the same size, and the weft thread penetration is the same. this reduces the tension of the threads of the body against each other. that is, it reduces the number of interruptions, and this, in turn, makes it possible to increase the productivity of the loom. it should also be noted that these proposed methods can be used for weaving other crepe fabrics (crepe deshehin, crepe-georgette, crepe-chiffon, etc.). that is, this development can be used to increase the range of gas products on a large scale. according to its technical calculation, crepe gauze type shirt gauze can be woven from various yarns of different thicknesses, with different densities on the warp and weft. gas can be of different types. taking into account the technical and technological capabilities of the "yodgorlik" enterprise, technological system processes for the production of crepe gauze type shirt silk gauze were developed (fig. 1.5). technological tools, equipment and equipment were selected according to the processes of the developed technological system. the technical condition of all the selected machines and equipment was readjusted in accordance with the new type of gas production, provided with the necessary equipment. based on the technological system for the production of crepe gauze, the technical calculation of the gauze was carried out. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 166 www.americanjournal.org results to introduce the newly created crepe gauze shirt fabric and its production technology at "yodgorlik" llc, the state of the existing technological equipment and equipment was studied and their adjustment and adjustment was carried out according to the requirements of the new gauze technology. the parameters of the new type of crepe weaving the linear density (tex) of warp and weft yarns, the density of the fabric on the warp and weft, the density of the weft surface, etc., correspond to the range of possibilities of the "cheong woon" loom made in south korea. based on this, a new type of crepe gauze can be woven on the "cheong woon" machine. the technical parameters of the "cheong woon" machine are listed in table 1. table 1. technical description of the loom № technological description unit of measure indicator 1 model of the loom (south korea) cheong woon 2 width across the needle mm 140 3 crankshaft speed rpm/min 140 4 linear density of threads: linoleum, tan teks teks 5,38 16,60 2,33 16,60 5 the density of the fabric on the rope yarn/cm 500 6 the number of slats дона 6 7 weaving reel sizes mm mm 250 800 8 core diameter; mm 1490 9 flange diameter; coefficient 12,0 10 flange spacing coefficient 1,28 11 coefficient of coupling mm mm 2500 1275 after studying the technological system at the "yodgorlik" enterprise, a new technological system was developed for the production of a new type of crepe fabric, which preserves the properties of complex yarns. the following works were carried out at "yodgorlik" llc in order to install the technological factors of all transitions in the existing machine tools and equipment according to the technological system selected for the production of a new type of shirt "crepe fabric" and to manufacture it based on the technical calculation of fabric: − the technological system at "yodgorlik" llc was adapted to production and the technological equipment was determined according to the processes; − the technical condition of the selected equipment according to the technological system was brought to working condition; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 167 www.americanjournal.org − the technical calculation of the new type of pancake gas products was completed; − the production area and machines were prepared for work, adjustments were made; − the looms at "yodgorlik" llc were adjusted for the production of new types of crepe fabrics; − necessary raw materials and auxiliary materials were prepared; − the raw materials brought in for the production of new type crepe gauze silk shirt fabrics were processed in the processes of the new technological system and prepared for weaving on the body and back; − machines were equipped with raw materials and adjustment works were performed; − technological factors for the production of a new type of pancake gas production were established. conclusions and recommendations 1. to expand their types by creating new structures of shirt fabrics, new types of silk crepe fabrics were created, the structure of which is based on canvas weaving. 2. to expand the range of crepe fabrics, a crepe fabric with new content was created. 3. the technological system at the "yodgorlik" enterprise was studied, a suitable technological system was developed for the production of a new type of crepe gauze, the technological equipment for the processes was determined, the technical calculation of the crepe-gauze tissue was performed, the processes of the technological system and technological parameters (factors) for the processes were developed. released 4. according to the test results, it was determined that the physical and mechanical properties of the crepe fabric type jacket, fabric meet the requirements of gost 20723-2003. 5. a new type of "crepefabric" natural silk fabric and its production technology was introduced into production at "yodgorlik" limited liability company. 6. it was recommended that the results of the research be introduced into the educational process in the training of bachelors and masters, and the technology of production of jacket gauzes of the new content type of crepe gauzes be widely introduced in the silk industry. references 1. mirziyoev, sh.m. decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-2687 on measures and measures to organize the activity of the "uzbekipaksanoat" association [text] / sh. m. mirziyoev // "collection of legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan, march 29, 2017, no. 13, page 204". 2. mirziyoev, sh.m. decision pq-3910 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on "measures for more effective use of existing opportunities in the cocoon industry in the republic" [text] / sh. m. mirziyoev // "collection of legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan, 2018, august 20 no. 1777". 3. https://stat.uz/ru/ofitsialnaya-statistika/agriculture. 4. https://www.trademap.org/, 2022 йил учун маълумотлар – https://stat.uz/images/uploads/docs/pressreliztashqisavdo202212ru.pdf. 5. патент № iap 03282 “креп газлама(креповая ткань)” валиев г.н., ахунбабев о.а., алимбаев э.ш., мирзахонов м.м., рахимходжаев г.а, uz 2002.29.08. https://stat.uz/ru/ofitsialnaya-statistika/agriculture https://www.trademap.org/ https://stat.uz/images/uploads/docs/pressreliztashqisavdo202212ru.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 19, december 2023 p a g e | 168 www.americanjournal.org 6. мухамадрасулов ш.х. табиий ипакдан экспортбоп крепдешин газламаси-ни ишлаб чиқариш технологиясини яратиш [текст]/ мухамадрасулов ш.х., ахунбабев о.а., валиев г.н. // ж. илм-фан ва инновацион ривожланиш,-2022,-№2.-88-96 с. 7. ахунбабев о.а. махаллий хомашёдан янги турдаги юқори сифатли кўйлакбоп креп газламасини ишлаб чиқариш технологиясини “ёдгорлик” мчжда жорий этиш. [текст]/ ахунбабев о.а.,мухамадрасулов ш.х.,юлдашева д.б.//ўзбекистон замини,-2023,№2.106112с. 8. aizenshtein, e.m. production of chemical fibres and filaments in 2004 in the world and in russia — moving in different directions [text] / e.m. aizenshtein // fibre chemistry. -2005. том 37. № 5. – p. 401–415. 9. rajkumar, govindaraju natural protein fibre hybrid composites: effects of fibre content and fibre orientation on mechanical, thermal conductivity and water absorption properties. [text] /rajkumar, govindaraju [et al.] // journal of industrial textiles. – 2015. – № 5. – p. 709-724. http://link.springer.com/journal/10692 http://link.springer.com/journal/10692/37/5/page/1 javascript:__dolinkpostback('','ss~~ar%20%22rajkumar%2c%20govindaraju%22%7c%7csl~~rl',''); javascript:__dolinkpostback('','ss~~ar%20%22rajkumar%2c%20govindaraju%22%7c%7csl~~rl',''); javascript:__dolinkpostback('','mdb~~buh%7c%7cjdb~~buhjnh%7c%7css~~jn%20%22journal%20of%20industrial%20textiles%22%7c%7csl~~jh',''); american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org the role and importance of artificial intelligence in learning foreign languages komilova zulkhumor khokimovna fergana state university department of information technologies xumor851@mail.ru abdullayeva farangis sukhrob qizi sbdullaeva.farangis@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s artificial intelligence is one of the most important and interesting fields of modern technologies, which is causing revolutionary changes in various aspects of human life, including education and learning foreign languages. today, the process of learning foreign languages, in addition to traditional methods, is becoming more effective and interesting through the use of artificial intelligence technologies. this article provides a detailed analysis of the role and importance of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning, as well as information on how to create opportunities to improve this process. artificial intelligence, foreign languages, education, algorithms, educational programs, teaching methods, problems, individual approach. introduction the process of learning a foreign language can be difficult and complicated for many people. traditional lessons and learning materials are often designed in one style, which may not meet the individual needs of students. and artificial intelligence helps to solve this problem. artificial intelligence algorithms can analyze students' learning styles, abilities, and individual needs to develop personalized learning programs. this helps students better understand their strengths and weaknesses and makes the learning process more effective. ai-powered language learning platforms provide an interactive and engaging learning environment. [1] materials and methods learners get real-time language practice by interacting with ai-powered chatbots. this makes language learning more interesting and effective. students can feel themselves in real-life situations and practice the language. for example, students can practice communicating in different situations through ai-powered language learning programs, which will help them develop their language skills. the importance of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning is that it helps provide students with a variety of resources and materials. for students, artificial intelligence can be used to quickly american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org find the information they need, learn new words and phrases, and understand grammar rules. for example, language learning platforms can include interactive tutorials, video lessons, exercises and tests. these resources help students consolidate their knowledge and absorb new information. learners can choose materials according to their interests and manage their learning at their own time.[2] artificial intelligence-based language learning programs offer the opportunity to learn many languages. students can learn several languages at the same time, which will expand their language skills and improve their global communication skills. such programs provide students with an opportunity to assess their knowledge. students can test their knowledge through tests and exercises, which is important in their self-evaluation and development process. artificial intelligence allows students to give constant and quick feedback in the process of learning foreign languages. [3] results and discussions students will be able to assess and analyze their knowledge based on their abilities. this is important in the process of self-evaluation and self-development. learners can identify their strengths and weaknesses with the help of artificial intelligence, which makes their learning process more effective. ai-powered language learning software helps learners achieve their goals. learners can set their own language learning goals and set their own course with the help of artificial intelligence. this increases their motivation and makes the learning process more effective. students will understand how to use artificial intelligence to help them achieve their goals. in addition, artificial intelligence helps to develop global connections in the process of learning foreign languages. students will be able to communicate with students from other countries, exchange between cultures and make new friends through ai-powered platforms. this enriches the language learning process and helps students to better understand other cultures. global communication helps students gain useful experiences while learning other languages.[4] artificial intelligence-based language learning programs offer the opportunity to learn many languages. students can learn several languages at the same time, which will expand their language skills and improve their global communication skills.such programs provide students with an opportunity to assess their knowledge. students can test their knowledge through tests and exercises, which is important in their self-evaluation and development process. learners can expand their selflearning capabilities in language learning programs powered by artificial intelligence. they can manage their learning according to their time and circumstances. this will help them develop their independent learning skills and make the language learning process more comfortable. students can feel independent in the learning process and try to strengthen their knowledge. artificial intelligence provides the possibility of constant support to students in the process of learning foreign languages. learners can get 24/7 help with artificial intelligence, which will greatly help them consolidate their knowledge and absorb new information. students can get answers to their questions quickly and efficiently, which makes the learning process more convenient. the importance of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning is expected to increase in the future. with the development of technology, new opportunities appear, which provide students with more effective and interesting experiences in the process of language learning. programs created with the help of artificial intelligence offer students new methods and approaches in the process of language learning. this will help students develop their language skills and increase their global communication skills. artificial intelligence american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org offers a number of important advantages in the process of learning foreign languages. today, the role of artificial intelligence in education is increasing, and this process can help improve the language learning experience of students. first, artificial intelligence enables the creation of personalized learning programs. each student may have different learning styles, abilities, and needs. with the help of artificial intelligence, the individual characteristics of students are analyzed and lessons and materials are presented to them. this helps students identify their strengths and weaknesses. secondly, creating an interactive learning environment is another important advantage of artificial intelligence. students are given the opportunity to learn the language through a variety of interactive lessons, games and exercises. this process increases the interest of students and makes the learning process more interesting. interactivity also ensures active participation of students and encourages them to apply their knowledge in practice. additionally, ai-powered chatbots and virtual assistants allow readers to answer questions in real-time. students can get help at any time, learn new words or understand grammar rules. this makes the learning process more effective and helps students consolidate their knowledge. another advantage of artificial intelligence is the ability to quickly access resources. students can easily access a variety of textbooks, videos and study materials through the internet. this makes the learning process more efficient and allows students to use a variety of resources. the possibility of self-assessment is also one of the advantages of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning. students can test their knowledge through tests and exercises. this process helps in evaluating and developing their own knowledge. it is also possible to learn several languages at the same time with the help of artificial intelligence. it improves students' global communication skills and helps them learn about different cultures. students will have the opportunity to interact with students from other countries, which will develop intercultural relations. another important aspect is the constant support of artificial intelligence. learners can get 24-hour ai support, which will greatly help them to strengthen their knowledge. students can ask questions and ask for help at any time, which makes the learning process more convenient. in general, artificial intelligence makes the process of learning foreign languages more effective, interesting and personalized. the role of artificial intelligence in the development of students' language skills is becoming increasingly important. with the development of these technologies, even more opportunities are expected to open up in the field of education in the future.[5] conclusion in conclusion, artificial intelligence plays a very important role in the process of learning foreign languages. it provides students with an individual approach, an interactive learning environment, useful resources, continuous feedback, global connections, self-study opportunities, multilingual learning, knowledge assessment, ongoing support. -support and help in achieving the goal. the importance of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning is expected to increase in the future, as new opportunities arise with the development of technologies. this provides students with more effective and interesting language learning experiences. the process of learning foreign languages through artificial intelligence is important not only for increasing knowledge, but also for understanding global culture and developing mutual relations. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org references 1. abdullayeva, n. (2021). "artificial intelligence and education: new opportunities". journal of education of uzbekistan, 3(1), 45-52. 2. karimov, a. (2020). "the role of artificial intelligence in foreign language learning". education and innovation, 4(2), 78-85. 3. muradov, d. (2022). "artificial intelligence-based training programs and their effectiveness." academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan, 5(1), 30-37. 4. rahmonov, s. (2023). "the importance of artificial intelligence in interactive learning environments". education and training, 6(3), 22-29. 5. akhmedov, e. (2021). "using artificial intelligence in the uzbek language: learning foreign languages". education and innovations of uzbekistan, 2(4), 90-96. 6. kholov, r. (2024). "artificial intelligence and foreign language learning: new directions." education and development, 1(1), 15-23. 7. yoldoshev, o. (2022). "artificial intelligence in teaching: innovations in foreign language learning". education of uzbekistan, 3(2), 50-58. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org results of multicomponent analysis of produced water, selected well № 12 of the mingbulak field nomozov bakhtiyor yudashevich, associate professor of the department of oil and gas business, karshi institute of engineering and economics. uzbekistan, karshi yuldashev jahongir baxtiyor o‘g‘li, senior lecturer of the department of oil and gas business, karshi institute of engineering and economics. uzbekistan, karshi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main purpose of the water supply system while maintaining reservoir pressure is to extract the required amount of water suitable for injection into the reservoir, distribute it between injection wells and pump it into the reservoir. water supply, recycling, highly mineralized, calcium content, formation water, concentration. introduction the designed water supply system must provide for an increase in water cut in well production and the need to dispose of all so-called industrial wastewater, including storm water, associated water, water from oil treatment plants, etc. in order to comply with measures to protect nature and the environment, the water supply system in any case must provide for 100% wastewater recycling and operation of the entire water pressure maintenance system in a closed technological cycle. this complicates and somewhat increases the cost of the water supply system, since there is a need for special treatment of wastewater, purification from oil products and suspended matter, and combating the increasing corrosion of process equipment and water pipelines. however, wastewater, as a rule, containing surfactants introduced at oil dehydration and desalting plants, has improved washing and oil-displacing abilities, which should lead to increased oil recovery. the results of a multicomponent analysis of the composition of formation water from selected well №12 of the mingbulak field are shown in table no. 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org table 1 sampling date ions, mg/l jcom, mol/l miner-ya, mg/l рн density, g/cm3 clso4 2hco3 ca2+ mg2+ na++k+ 03/31/2024 292545,0 8252,3 2781,3 57,94 2225,7 3,7 7414,8 370,0 1851,3 152,37 186998,0 7791,6 522,37 591083,0 6,2 1,198 14/04/2024 239355,0 6751,9 438,4 9,13 183,0 3,0 360,0 17,96 118,2 9,73 161672,3 6736,34 27,69 479948,7 5,7 1,208 24/04/2024 224249,0 6325,78 607,0 12,65 231,8 3,8 6613,2 330,0 2102,1 173,0 140141,2 5839,22 503,0 450169,5 5,8 1,201 according to the results of the analysis, the produced water is highly mineralized (591.1 g/l), the prevailing concentrations of chloride ions and alkali metals (292.5 g/l and 187.0 g/l), the calcium content (7.4 g/l) significantly prevails over magnesium (1.85 g/l). in terms of chemical composition, water is hard (522.4 mol/l), the reaction of water is slightly acidic (ph 6.2). the values of the coefficients r(na+/cl-) <1 and r (clna+)/mg2+> 1 show that the water belongs to the calcium chloride type (according to the classification of v.a. sulin), the value of the sulfatechlorine coefficient is low (r(so42-·100/cl-) <1). produced water belongs to brines r (ca2+/na+) <0.2, r (ca+mg/na) <0.2. after flushing, the produced water remains highly mineralized (479.9 g/l), prevailing concentrations of chloride ions and alkali metals (239.4 g/l and 161.7 g/l), the calcium content (0.36 g/l) significantly prevails over magnesium (0.12 g/l). the water is hard (27.69 mol/l), the reaction of the water is slightly acidic (ph 5.7). according to hydrochemical indicators, produced water belongs to the chlorocalcium type r(na+/cl-) <1 and r(clna+)/mg2+ > 1 (according to v.a. sulin), the value of the sulfate-chlorine coefficient is low (r(so42-·100/cl-) < 1) and the water belongs to brines r(ca2+/na+) < 0.2, r(ca2++mg2+/na+) < 0.2. the produced water taken on 24.04.2021 is highly mineralized (450.0 g/l), prevailing concentrations of chloride ions and alkali metals (224.2 g/l and 140.1 g/l), the calcium content (6.6 g/l) significantly prevails over magnesium (2.1 g/l). a comparative analysis of the composition of river water and water of well №5 of the mingbulak field, selected on 04/24/2021, was carried out. the results of the multicomponent analysis are shown in table no2. table 2 sampling site ions, mg/l/ mg/i jcom, mol/l miner-ya, mg/l рн density, g/cm3 clso4 2hco3 ca2+ mg2+ na++k+ water from well№5 4521,2 127,54 165,8 3,44 253,2 4,15 37,6 1,88 129,1 10,63 2943,4 122,64 12,51 9880,4 7,5 1,000 syrdarya river 452,1 12,75 193,0 4,02 274,5 4,5 75,2 3,75 91,1 7,5 240,6 10,02 11,25 1839,2 7,5 1,000 american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org according to the results of the analysis, the water from well №5 is moderately mineralized (9.9 g/l), the prevailing concentrations of chloride ions and alkali metals (4.5 g/l and 2.9 g/l), the content of magnesium ions (0.13 g/l) significantly prevails over calcium ions (0.04 g/l). the water of the syrdarya river is slightly mineralized (1.8 g/l), with prevailing concentrations of chloride ions and alkali metals (0.5 g/l and 0.2 g/l), the content of magnesium ions (0.09 g/l) prevails over calcium ions (0.075 g/l). in terms of chemical composition, both water samples are hard (12.5 mol/l and 11.25), the reaction of the waters is slightly alkaline (ph 7.5). the values of the coefficients r(na+/cl-) <1 and r (clna+)/mg2+ <1 show that the water from well no 5 and the syrdarya river belongs to the chlorinated-magnesium type (according to the classification of v.a. sulin), the value of the sulfate-chlorine coefficient is high (r(so42-·100/cl-) >1). conclusions 1. the flushing effect is visible in all respects. mineralization decreased (from 591.1 g/l to 479.9 g/l and 450.0 g/l), chloride content (from 292.5 g/l to 239.4 g/l and 224.2 g/l ), alkali metal ions (from 187.0 g/l to 161.7 g/l and 140.1 g/l).the content of sulfate ions (from 2.78 to 0.44 g/l and 0.6 g/l) and bicarbonates (from 2.23 to 0.18 g/l and 0.2 g/l) decreased significantly. 2. in all cases, formation water refers to highly mineralized brines, calcium chloride type. the water reaction is slightly acidic (ph 6.2, ph 5.7 and 5.8). highly mineralized brines significantly influence the formation of poorly soluble salts. 3. as can be seen from table 2, the use of river water is much more effective than water from a well. it must be taken into account that in weakly acidic solutions, sulfate ions are in a dissolved state; an increase in the ph of the medium can shift the ionic equilibrium of the formation water towards the precipitation of sulfate salts. recommendations 1. it is recommended to use low-mineralized, slightly acidic (ph 5-6.5) water for injection. references 1. mishchenko i.t. well oil production. moscow. ed. "oil and gas" russian state university of oil and gas named after. them. gubkina, 2003. 816 p. 2. zakirov i.s. features of the problems of regulating the development of oil fields. study guide. – m.: geos, 2002. 308-313 p. 2. nomozov b.yu. samadov a.kh., yuldoshev zh.b. “production of open seams and improving quality according to recommendations” electronic scientific and practical periodical publication “economy and society” http://www.iupr.ru 125-127. http://www.iupr.ru/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org informatics in universal education schools use of pedagogical software and pedagogical technologies in teaching hakberdiyev bahrom bobonazarovich denau institute of entrepreneurship and pedagogy teacher of the department of information technologies a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s current problems of teaching informatics in modern schools were considered, and prospects for their solution were revealed. ways of using pedagogical software in the process of computer science education are shown. pedagogical software tools, pedagogical technologies, informatics, didactic goal, information culture, systematic nature of informatics, concept, adobe illustrator, vector, outline, raster. introduction pedagogical software tools are didactic tools designed for partial or complete automation of the educational process with the help of computer technologies. they are considered one of the promising forms of increasing the effectiveness of the educational process and are used as teaching tools of modern technologies. pedagogical software tools include: a software product (set of programs) aimed at achieving specific didactic goals in a subject, technical and methodical support, additional and auxiliary tools. the creation of pedagogical software tools is carried out in several stages: pedagogical design is carried out at the first stage. in this, the goal, pedagogical tasks are clarified the content and structure of teaching are analyzed based on didactic possibilities. in the second stage, methodical design is performed. at this stage, scientific theoretical information is transformed into educational materials, educational texts, illustrations, and graphic information are formed. forms of educational materials suitable for the purpose, methods and tasks of education are developed, areas of use of electronic educational materials such as local, network, distance education are determined. in the third stage, the necessary software tools for the formation of pedagogical software tools are created or selected. in this, the methods of communication between the user and the computer, the shell and the environment of the software tool are comparatively analyzed. in the fourth stage, elements of pedagogical technologies are included in the pedagogical software tools. methods of using pedagogical software tools in the educational process are designed and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org developed. a scenario of communication between the user and the computer is created, forms of feedback, knowledge diagnostics, presentation of training results are developed. in the fifth stage, pedagogical software tools with given pedagogical properties are developed. in this process, the control elements of pedagogical software tools are created, and the database is formed on the subject. in the sixth stage, the created pedagogical software tools are applied to the educational process, necessary changes and corrections are made to their software and methodological components. the results of the introduction of pedagogical software tools are analyzed, pedagogical possibilities are determined. all pedagogical software tools can be divided into two groups: tools that support traditional pedagogical technologies; "teacher-computer-student" three-element pedagogical system technologies. the system requirements for the first group of pedagogical software tools arise from the pedagogue's tasks related to the organization of an effective educational process. in order to implement the technology of creating pedagogical software tools, there are a number of positive factors that confirm their superiority over traditional tools. these factors are divided into didactic, psychological, economic and physiological groups. taking into account the principles that must be followed when creating pedagogical software tools (quantization, completeness, visualization, networkability, control, customization, computer support, stackability), the design of the technology for their creation includes the following stages: 1) development of the concept (development of the main idea of creating pedagogical software tools based on the standard of science and training methodology, creating its meaningful part); 2) designing (developing a working model, a set of templates of information blocks and screen forms, an orderly scheme of the structure of hyperapplications ensuring interactivity of applications); 3) design of screen form and information blocks (construction of a design structure in accordance with the specific educational process, psychological-pedagogical characteristics, ergonomic requirements, structure and content of educational materials); 4) filling in the elements of the application structure (placing the prepared materials in the developed templates and screen forms, filling in the application system and organizing feedback with the user); 5) testing and tuning (checking the correctness of communication in each application and the correctness of the program's response to user actions); 6) application to the educational process. with the help of special programs, it was possible to draw pictures on the computer screen with the help of a mouse, that is, to create images, correct them and move them, just like drawing various pictures with a pen or brush on a sheet of white paper. these programs are considered drawing programs or graphic editors, with the help of which elements of the image are managed. one such program is adobe illustrator. this program offers the following opportunities: the function of extracting illustrations; ability to draw in perspective; ability to automatically align text; adjustable instrument panel; possibility of manual control of the pixel grid; output of cascading tables and styles; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org convert images to vector graphics; ability to create gradients for logos; work on projects using the touch screen of mobile devices; using several assembly areas (separately or together). adobe illustrator has its own features, advantages and disadvantages like any other software. its advantages include: creating vector patterns; open raster images; working with character clarity; intuitive comprehensibility of control elements; high clarity of contours and lines; tight integration with other adobe products; creating complex figures and dynamic objects; allows processing of large and heavy files; supports a large number of graphics formats. disadvantages of adobe illustrator include: license price; length of installation time; time of temporary use 7 days; new features and extensive capabilities of illustrator are only available in the full version. pedagogical technology is a systematic method of creating, applying and determining the entire process of teaching and knowledge acquisition, taking into account technical resources and human interaction, which sets itself the task of optimizing educational forms. pedagogical technologies are divided into types according to types of continuous education, fields of education, and certain characteristics. types of continuing education: preschool education, primary education, basic education, extracurricular education, secondary special education, vocational education, higher education lim, retraining and advanced education are divided into pedagogical technologies. at the same time, there are pedagogical technologies of native language, foreign languages, literature, social, natural, concrete sciences, art, sports, technology, technology, applied sciences, professions, special education in the fields of education. . currently available pedagogical technologies are divided into types based on several characteristics. before talking about these signs, we should mention that pedagogical technology always has a complex character, it does not use only one factor, method, principle. that is, there are no monotechnologies specific to the types listed below. but in each pedagogical technology, as a result of focusing on one or another aspect of the educational process, they are divided into types according to these characteristics. types of pedagogical technologies for managing cognitive activity: 1. classical lecture; 2. teaching with the help of technical means; 3. advisory system; 4. teaching according to the textbook; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 5. system of small groups; 6. teaching with the help of a computer 7. tutoring system; 8. programmable control. pedagogical technologies according to the type of approach to the learner are named as follows: 1. authoritarian; 2. didactic oriented; 3. socially oriented; 4. anthropologically oriented; 5. pedagogically oriented; 6. person-oriented; 7. oriented to humanity and the individual; 8. focused on cooperation technologies; 9. focused on free education; 10. oriented to esoteric education and training. 11. according to the main method used, pedagogical technologies are divided into the following types: 12. dogmatic, reproductive method; 13. explanation, demonstrative; 14. developmental education; 15. problematic, inquisitive; 16. creative method; 17. programmed educational method; 18. dialogue method; 19. game method; 20. self-developing educational method; 21. informational (computer) method of education according to organizational forms, pedagogical technologies are divided into the following types: 1. current traditional education; 2. pedagogical technologies based on a person-oriented pedagogical process; 3. pedagogical technologies based on activation and acceleration of students' activities; 4. pedagogical technologies based on the effectiveness of management and organization of the educational process; 5. pedagogical technologies based on didactic improvement and reconstruction of the material; 6. pedagogical technologies of special subjects; 7. alternative technologies; 8. technologies adapted to nature; 9. developing educational technologies; 10. pedagogical technologies of authorship schools; 11. technology design and mastering technologies. 12. in addition, pedagogical technologies are divided into the following types based on the orientation to the composition of the characteristics and qualities of a person: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 13. oriented to the formation of knowledge and skills in the sciences information technologies; 14. operational technologies aimed at forming methods of mental activity; 15. emotional-artistic and emotional moral technologies aimed at forming the field of aesthetic and moral relations; 16. self-development technologies aimed at forming mechanisms of personal self-development; 17. heuristic technologies aimed at developing creative abilities; 18. applied technologies aimed at developing the field of practical activity. pedagogical technologies are classified according to the following characteristics: 1. according to the level of application; 2. according to the philosophical basis; 3. according to the main development factor; 4. on the concept of appropriation; 5. according to personal characteristics; 6. according to the characteristics of the content; 7. by type of management; 8. on the approach to the child; 9. according to widely used methods; 10. by categories of learners. references: 1. pedagogical software tools. sh. pozilova study guide 2. http://manzura90.zn.uz various interesting information for teachers. website 3. web technologies m. aripov, m. fayzieva, s. dottoev textbook 4. pedagogical web design. u. yuldashev, m. mamarajabov, s. tursunov. study guide. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org the importance of developing small and mediumsized cities in uzbekistan kurbanaliyeva h. i. senior teacher of tashkent state university of economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes the socio-economic migration situation expected in uzbekistan and the opportunities related to resources, which motivate the development of small and medium-sized cities, and the importance of controlling and scientifically managing this process. small and medium-sized cities, agglomeration, capital city, urban sociology, sociological studies with monitoring of the "leading city" system. introduction people's healthy lifestyle, economic stability, prosperous life are determined by the development of architecture and infrastructures, management systems, the scale of small and medium entrepreneurship, industrial development and the success of other areas. the appearance of settlements determines the future growth of the country. the reason is that social and economic development cannot happen without the participation of small regions. in the future, the basis of uzbekistan's development will be a network of large and medium-sized cities and agglomerations, which will become the centers attracting small towns and urban-type settlements. this ensures equal distribution of production forces and human resources in the country, accelerates the development of industry and service sector. this vital need shows the need to study the efforts being made in this direction at the level of state and local government bodies, the changes being implemented scientifically through sociological research and practical monitoring research. in the field of urban sociology, the study of cities begins with dividing them into types from a typological point of view based on quantitative and qualitative indicators, because the sociodemographic characteristics of the population living there are determined by the specialization of cities and the number of inhabitants. it should be noted that cities can be specialized in one field or multifunctional, accordingly, distinguish industrial cities, transport centers (ports, railway centers), scientific cities, touristic cities, resort cities, etc. possible the number of inhabitants is the basis for dividing cities into large, medium and small cities. it should also be noted that the division of cities into types depending on the population is carried out differently in different countries. because it takes into account the territorial, quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the country. for example, since 1955, regions with a population of over 100,000 have been recognized as cities in the prc. as a result of the administrative reform of 1978, this indicator was reduced to 3 thousand. 85% of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org population should be employed in fields other than agriculture. this reform justifies the rapid increase in the country's urbanization rate.1 in our country, cities with a population of up to 20,000 are called small cities, and those with a population of 50,000 to 100,000 are called medium-sized cities. first of all, these are district centers and cities subordinate to the district.2 the majority of small and medium-sized cities with a population of up to 50,000 are in our country. almost a quarter of our population lives in them, that is, about 8 million people. according to the results of the research, by 2025, their population may increase by three times.3 this situation justifies the need to study the development of small and medium-sized cities on the basis of monitoring sociological research. because sociology studies this field in a combination of economic, political, socio-demographic, cultural fields and can make scientific predictions by analyzing its future prospects through the pair of factors. today, among the problems related to cities in our country, migration and uneven distribution of population in different regions stand out. in general, it is not unusual for people living in rural areas to move to cities. if we look at history, this situation has always existed. but this process cannot be left unchecked. otherwise, as in some countries, the uneven distribution of the population in the regions of the country leads to excessive population growth in one region and depopulation of some regions, which in turn leads to economic problems, dissatisfaction and alienation in society, various deviant and suicidal situations, among the population of society. causes unpleasantness such as the increase of the gap between the rich and the poor. for example, let's look at the people's republic of china or russia, which are considered one of the largest countries. although china has surprised the world community with its economic growth in recent years, it has many problems within the society. a high level of urbanization is typical for this country. from 1979 to 2014, the share of the population in cities increased from 19.0% to 54.8%.4 economic differences between regions are the reason for the uneven distribution of the population across the country, resulting in a huge gap between the rich and the poor. a number of problems are faced in the formation of the middle class. although the country's population has a high level of patriotism and national identity, there are problems with the social-psychological situation and satisfaction with one's life. in order to eliminate the occurrence of such problems in the society, a reasonable state policy should be carried out. it is important to study the motives of population migration from villages to cities. these motives include the need of the population to acquire a profession, to continue studying in higher educational institutions, to improve their social and household conditions, family conditions, and the desire to be employed in fields other than agriculture. therefore, it is possible to find solutions to this problem by urbanizing rural areas. 1 погудина юлия юрьевна. особенности процесса урбанизации в кнр (1978–2012 гг.): пример формирования чжэнчжоуской агломерации в провинции хэнань: диссертация ... кандидата исторических наук: 07.00.03 / погудина юлия юрьевна;[место защиты: санкт-петербургский институт истории российской академии наук].санкт-петербург, 2016.-с-55. 2 б.эргашев/а.ахмерова: будущее урбанизации узбекистана в руках бизнесаhttps://centrasia.org/newsa.php?st=1296639000 3 потенциал малых городов узбекистана: как его развивать https //www.review. 4 россия и китай: история и перспективы сотрудничества: материалы v международной научнопрактической конференции. отв. ред. д.в.буяров, д.в.кузнецов, н.в.киреева. – 2015. – вып. 5. – с.270 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org if we look at the situation in our country, in the words of the american sociologist and economist saski sassen, we can see that the leading urban system, that is, the rapid attraction of people living outside the capital city, and the increase in the population.5 in order to eliminate this situation, it is important to develop several more large cities and agglomerations in the country. this measure diverts population flow from one city to several and reduces demographic pressure. it also causes the development of other regions. for this purpose, a number of research centers and independent institutes operating in our country are conducting a number of monitoring studies and research on the development prospects of small and medium-sized cities. for example, the institute of economic research conducted large-scale studies in this direction. according to their research, in order to reduce the demographic pressure on the city of tashkent, it is necessary to develop two agglomerations and another large city that can accommodate 500-800 thousand inhabitants. more than a hundred cities and towns in our country occupy a place in the life of our country with their unique quantitative and qualitative indicators. each of these regions has its own opportunities and prospects. in this way, it occupies an important place in the economy of our country. today, the construction of automobile factories in asaka and samarkand, gas-chemical plant in shortan, oil refinery in bukhara, establishment of independent industrialeconomic zone of navoi, jizzakh, angren show that positive results are being achieved in this direction in our country. it is known from the world experience that the formation of new agglomerations on the territory of the country is carried out through the development of small and medium-sized cities. if we look at the first stages of the urbanization of the prc, we can see that it is precisely this aspect, that is, the potential of small and medium-sized cities was not used in the formation of large cities, and this led to negative socio-economic consequences in their management.6 in short, the development of small and medium-sized cities is important in our country. this issue is determined by criteria such as the migration situation in our country, demographic growth rates of the population, land and water opportunities, and the need for industrialization. in order to increase the effectiveness of the work carried out in this direction and to ensure the productivity of those in the future, it is appropriate to conduct monitoring sociological research. 5 saskia sassen. cities in a world economy. chapper 3. national and transnational urban system 6https://old.review.uz/ru/article/127 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org analysis of transformer oil testing equipment axmedov r. a. lecturer at kokand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s transformer oil is subject to various factors such as electrical, thermal, and chemical contamination, which can lead to improper operation of transformers. transformer oil plays a crucial role, particularly in cooling transformers. transformer oils must undergo testing and analysis for several reasons: • to determine key electrical properties • to assess the oil's suitability for continued use • to extend component service life • to identify transformer aging conditions • to detect electrical or thermal faults • to evaluate oil quality transformer oil is vital for ensuring the reliability and long-term performance of electrical equipment. special testing devices are used to timely determine the oil's quality and condition. this article analyzes the types of transformer oil testing equipment, their working principles, and their significance. transformer oil, dielectric strength, kf analyzer, dga device. introduction transformer oil plays a crucial role in our daily lives, particularly in power supply, transmission, and distribution systems, as well as in industrial plants where numerous transformers are installed. the larger the transformer, the higher its operating temperature becomes. if heat dissipation is inadequate, it can significantly shorten the transformer's operational lifespan. transformer oil possesses cooling properties that help delay aging and extend the transformer's service life by efficiently dissipating heat. transformer oil is a mineral-based oil derived from the distillation and refining of crude petroleum. it is a pure and stable liquid consisting of a mixture of natural hydrocarbons obtained from the lubricating oil fraction of petroleum, processed to remove acids and hydroxides to achieve low viscosity, excellent insulation, and optimal cooling properties. during the operation of transformer oil, the quality of the oil deteriorates due to aging and degradation of the oil itself as well as contamination from the external environment. this affects the transformer's insulation, heat dissipation, and arc suppression capabilities. during transformer operation, partial discharge heating of the insulation leads to the formation of chemical gases in the transformer oil. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 1. importance of transformer oil transformer oil performs the following key functions: electrical insulation, cooling, and corrosion prevention. • electrical insulation – provides insulation between high-voltage components inside the transformer. • cooling – dissipates heat generated during transformer operation. • corrosion prevention – protects metal parts from oxidation and rusting. deterioration in oil quality can lead to transformer failure, making regular testing and monitoring essential. 2. types of transformer oil testing equipment 2.1. dielectric strength testers these devices measure the insulating properties of transformer oil by applying high voltage (typically 0-80 kv or 0-100 kv). the breakdown voltage indicates the oil's dielectric strength. • standards: iec 60156, astm d1816. • example device: mom-100 (measures dielectric breakdown voltage). 2.2. moisture content analyzers (kf coulometers) these instruments determine water content in transformer oil using the karl fischer (kf) titration method. excess moisture reduces the oil's insulating properties. • example device: metrohm 831 kf coulometer. 2.3. dissolved gas analyzers (dga) dga devices detect and quantify dissolved gases (h₂, ch₄, c₂h₂, co) in transformer oil. gas concentrations help identify internal faults (e.g., arcing, overheating). • example device: lumasense technologies td-500. 2.4. ph and acidity testers these measure the ph level and total acid number (tan) of the oil. high acidity accelerates corrosion of transformer components. • example device: hach sension+ ph meter. 3. operating principle of testing devices 1. a sample of transformer oil is collected. 2. the device measures various parameters of the oil (dielectric strength, moisture content, gas composition). 3. the obtained data is compared with standards to determine the oil's condition. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 4. comparison of testing devices parameter dielectric strength tester kf analyzer (karl fischer) dga device (dissolved gas analyzer) measured parameter insulation strength water content (ppm) dissolved gases (h₂, ch₄, c₂h₂, etc.) testing speed 5-10 minutes 10-15 minutes 30-60 minutes ost range affordable ($500$2,000) mid-range ($3,000$8,000) expensive ($10,000+) conclusion transformer oil testing devices play a crucial role in ensuring the reliability of electrical networks. each device is designed to determine specific parameters, and their proper selection and application ensure the long-term operation of transformers. references 1. akagi h, watanabe eh., aredes m. instantaneous power theory and applications to power conditioning. john wiley & sons, inc., hoboken, new jersey, 2007-389 p. 2. iec 60422 – mineral insulating oils in electrical equipment – supervision and maintenance guidance. 3. astm d877 – standard test method for dielectric breakdown voltage of insulating liquids. 4. ieee c57.106 – guide for acceptance and maintenance of insulating oil in equipment. 5. «development of low-cost oil testing devices» – ieee transactions on dielectrics, 2019. 6. касаткин с.с. эксплуатация и ремонт трансформаторов. — москва: энергоатомиздат, 1987. 7. маматов б., юнусов а. elektr mashinalari. — toshkent: fan va texnologiya, 2018. 8. ieee std c57.104-2019. guide for the interpretation of gases generated in oil immersed transformers. 9. o‘zbekiston respublikasi energetika vazirligi hujjatlari – elektr jihozlar ekspluatatsiyasi bo‘yicha normativlar. 10. toshpo‘latov, i.a. va r. axmedov. “issiqlik nasoslarini issiqlik ta’minoti tizimida qo‘llash samaradorligini oshirish muammolari tahlili”. kresna ijtimoiy va gumanitar fanlar tadqiqoti 3 (2022): 110-114. 11. yuldashev muslimbek karimjon o‘g‘li, axmedov rahimjon abdullajon o‘g‘li umumiy topologiyaga ega simsiz tarmoqlarda ma’lumot jo‘natishni optimallashtirishda matematik modellash. holders of reason (2023)164-168. 12.https://www.megger.com 13.https://www.astm.org https://www.megger.com/ https://www.astm.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org wet dust cleaner research of hydrodynamic regime o‘lmasov farrux yorqinjon o‘g‘li assistant teacher, kokand branch of tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov tmjfarruxulmasov@gmail.com xonazarov ro‘zmuxammad dilshodjon o‘g‘li assistant teacher, kokand branch of tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov rxonnazarov94@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article describes a device that generates a contact element current that purifies dusty gas in a wet manner. theoretical research work on determining the total hydraulic resistance is presented. a calculation scheme of the device for theoretical calculation work is developed. the equations of hydraulic resistance affecting the fluid flow according to the nozzle hole and diameter of the calculation scheme are presented. wet method, spark flow, spark generator, contact element, dusty gas, toxic gas, air flow, gas flow, gas velocity, cyclone, dusty air, fan, cone mesh, disperser, biological microscope introduction for the correct implementation of technological processes in manufacturing enterprises, industrial dusty gases must be cleaned of dust. mixers, dispersers, and most mass transfer devices cannot function properly without effective gas and dust cleaning schemes [ 1,2,3 ]. today the following methods are used to clean dusty gas mixtures. centrifugal force sedimentation; gravity sedimentation; sedimentation in electric and other force fields; filtration; wet gas purification. when analyzing these dust and gas cleaning methods, wet cleaning is the most effective. currently, there is a trend towards widespread use of this method in industry, and many scientific research works are being conducted in this area [4,5]. for example, when using this type of device, the dust flow is in contact with the liquid in the form of drops or films. due to the hydrophilic property, the dust adheres to the surface of the liquid and is removed from the device with it. in addition, it can capture very small particles ( up to 0.1 μm) and has a high cleaning capacity (up to 99%). however, the formation of liquid sludge when using this american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org type of device and the additional energy consumption for its re-cleaning require research and development in this area. dusty gas cleaning devices using the wet method are aimed at increasing the efficiency of dust and gas cleaning with low fluid consumption. this, in turn, allows for reduced energy consumption. based on the above, dusty gases based on numerous research studies conducted on the designs of wet cleaning and neutralization devices and an analysis of their advantages and disadvantages, a structural scheme of a wet dust cleaning device has been developed. [ 6 ]figure 1. developed device to study the effect of hydraulic resistance on cleaning efficiency and energy consumption, its hydrodynamics were theoretically studied. figure 2 shows the calculation scheme of the device. 1fan ; 2-electric motor; 3metal pipe ; 4,10,19 flanges; 5-powder loading device; 6-supply; 7,18 prandl tube; 8-powder gas inlet pipe; 9slide ; 11-pump; 12valve; 13-r a t o meter; 14-water delivery pipe; 15-gas flow regulator contact element; (swivel) 16liquid nozzle; 17water deflector; 20anemometer; 21latr; 22 tachometer. figure 1. general view of the device. the device acting on the fluid can be written as follows шксую ppp += , pa ( 1 ) in this: кp – is the geometric pressure inside the pipe through which the liquid flows, and is determined by the following equation. ghpк = , pa ( 2) american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org in this:  – density of the liquid, kg/m 3 ; g – acceleration of gravity, m/s 2 ; h – liquid level height, m; шp – is the pressure loss when the fluid flows through the hole, which is determined by the darcy – weisbach equation[7]. 2 2 сс шшp    = , pa ( 3) in this: с – the velocity of the liquid flowing out of the hole, m/s; ш – the coefficient of resistance to the flow of the liquid through the nozzle hole, which depends on the thickness of the nozzle hole  and the hole diameter d sh. in this case, to determine the velocity of the fluid flowing through the nozzle of the device, кp we apply bernoulli's equation, assuming that the pressure in the pipe and the pressure at the nozzle шp are equal. in this case, equation (4) can be written as follows: 2 2 сс шc gh    = , pa ( 4) 1. figure 2. the coefficient of resistance of the shtüsser calculation scheme figure 1.3. dependence of p sh on δ and d k. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org from the resulting equation (4), we determine the fluid velocity, m/s:    ghgh c c c 2)(2 == ,m/s ( 5) from equation (5), it is possible to determine the flow rate of fluid flowing through the device's nozzle hole. cc rq  23600= , m 3 /hour (6 ) references 1. xonazarov, ro‘zmuxammad. "changli gazlarni ho ‘l usulda tozalovchi qurilma gidrodinamikasi." educational yield insights & breakthroughs 1.2 (2025): 3642. 2. yuldashev, bilol, xushnudbek xomidov, and sardorbek nurmatov. "konus setkali chang tozalovchi qurilma uchun chang namunalarining dispers tarkibi taxlili: annotatsiya. ushbu maqolada bonus setkali chang ushlovchi qurilma uchun chang namunalarining disperse tarkibi taxlili ko’rib chiqilgan." потомки аль-фаргани 4 (2023): 66-69. 3. o‘g‘li, xomidov xushnudbek rapiqjon, et al. "konus setkali chang tozalovchi qurilma uchun chang namunalarining dispers tarkibi taxlili." al-farg’oniy avlodlari 1.4 (2023): 66-69. 4. нурматов, сардорбек хасанбой ўғли, et al. "барботажли абсорбция қурилмасида газ ёстиғини тадқиқ қилиш усули." строительство и образование 4.5-6 (2023): 287-295. 5. nurmatov, sardorbek, and axrorjon mamadaliyev. "barbotajli ekstraktorning aralashtirish zonalariga gaz uzatuvchi teshiklaridagi gaz tezliklarini taxlil qilish." академические исследования в современной науке 3.21 (2024): 135-140. 6. khusanjonov, a., b. siddiqov, and j. asqarov. "calculation-experimental method of research of efficiencyadorlik indicators in its management by changing the working capacity of the engine usingsalsal characteristics." экономика и социум 4-1 (2021): 161-164. 7. rapiqjon o‘g‘li, xomidov xushnudbek, et al. "determining the efficiency of using and cleaning the rotor-filter device in neutralizing hydrogenfluorite (2hf) gas." american journal of interdisciplinary research and development 29 (2024): 7-15. 8. isomidinov, azizjon, khursanov boykuzi, and akhror madaliyev. "study of hydraulic resistance and cleaning efficiency of gas cleaning scrubber." international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology 1.5 (2021): 106-110. 9. karimov, ikromali, khursanov boykuzi, and akhror madaliyev. "volume-surface diameters of drops in barbotaj extractor." international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology 1.5 (2021): 94-99. 10. akhmadjonovich, ergashev nasimbek, isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich, and ovloyorov xaydarali аliyorovich. "experimental determination of the industrial application and determination efficiency of fluid gases cleaning american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org apparatus by contact element method." american journal of technology and applied sciences 7 (2022): 72-78. 11. isomidinov, azizhon salomiddinovich, and ahror nizomiddinovich madaliev. "hydrodynamics and aerodynamics of rotor filter cleaner for cleaning dusty gases." li international correspondence scientific and practical conference" international scientific review of the problems and prospects of modern science and education". 2018. 12. akhmadjonovich, ergashev nasimbek, et al. "liquid gases transmission medium tozalovchi inertial hydrodynamic scrubber." american journal of business management, economics and banking 7 (2022): 1-7. 13. uktamovich, s. r., et al. "research of resistances affecting the working fluid in a rotor-filter device." innovative technologica: methodical research journal 3.11 (2022): 8-15. 14. akhmadjonovich, ergashev nasimbek, isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich, and ummatov rustambek bektoshevich. "intensification of dust gas cleaning process." american journal of technology and applied sciences 7 (2022): 67-71. 15. tojimatovich, karimov ikromali, madaliyev akhror nizomiddinovich, and isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich. "hydrodynamics of rotary apparatus of the wet method of dust cleaning." european journal of emerging technology and discoveries 1.2 (2023): 24-30. 16. azizjon, isomidinov, and xomidov xushnudbek. "study of hydraulic resistance of rotor-filter apparatus." механика и технология 1.14 (2024): 229-236. 17. исомидинов, азизжон саломидинович. "ротор–фильтрли аппаратнинг оптимал параметрларини математик моделлаштириш." uzbek scholar journal 16 (2023): 71-78. 18. akhmadjonovich, ergashev nasimbek, isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich, and ummatov rustambek bektoshevich. "intensification of dust gas cleaning process." american journal of technology and applied sciences 7 (2022): 67-71. 19. o’ktamovich, siddiqov rasuljon, and akbarov adham axadovich. "silliq turbulizatorli quvirlarda issiqlik almashinish jadalligini tadqiq etish." science promotion 1.1 (2023): 209-212. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org artistic interpretation of the novel “muvozanat” by ulugbek hamdam makhfuza omonillayeva, teacher of the "theory of primary education" department of the uzbekistan-finland pedagogical institute ozoda saipova, 3rd-year student of the primary education department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the famous writer and literary scholar ulug'bek hamdam talks about the characters of the work “muvozanat”, their fate, keeping the material world and the spiritual world in the same balance, and the problems of a person not going beyond his own, not deviating from the path of a clear goal. z is maintained. balance, spirituality, materiality, spirituality, transitional period, yusuf introduction the well-known literary scholar, scientist, writer ulugbek hamdam through his novel “muvozanat” showed that the spiritual, material and religious worlds are in the same balance, there is balance in everything that moves, and if this balance is lost, many disturbances will occur. his speech described that there are many imbalances in the society we live in and we are always together with them. the novel “muvozanat” consists of 110 pages in total, and about 60 characters participated in the work. the work is mainly dominated by socio-philosophical content. the novel “muvozanat” has been reprinted four times so far. "the idea of the work, large and small studies were created about the past, sufferings and destinies of people standing on the threshold of a new era. interpretations of the work aroused interest not only in our country, but also in the distant american literary process. the themes and problems in the work are problems that are relevant to everyone and every era. since no man is perfect, he cannot live a perfect life. we can see this from the fate of yusuf, amir, said, mirazim, and zahro. the first years of uzbekistan's independence, which were full of difficulties, the changes of the uzbek nation during the transition from the soviet system to the market economy, and the changes during the transition are very impressively reflected in the work. about the literature of this period, q. yoldoshev gives the following points: "the period and literature is a very complex problem. because the main sign of time is its constant movement and change, the main characteristic of original literature is its desire to live longer than the time it was created, its attempt to be more stable. it is difficult to see the time while standing in it, and it is even more difficult to evaluate any aspect of it. therefore, it is very responsible to talk about the literature of the independence period and its characteristic characters. the atmosphere of the period does not affect everyone. in the work, people american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org suffered to such an extent that there were many people who criticized the authoritarian regime. even the intellectuals of the society are starting to market themselves. a person cannot always hold both the material world and the spiritual world in equal balance, and those who pursue material things will experience spiritual poverty. yusuf, the main character of the work, tries to maintain his spiritual and material balance in this life for a long time, while everyone is chasing after the material world. he is looking for a place where his mind and heart want. every reader who has read the work knows that our main character has a lot of financial difficulties, but despite this, no matter how much he suffers, no matter how much he wanders, he does not lose his identity and pride in any situation. he always tries to maintain the same material, spiritual and religious balance. it achieves this. yusuf was such a patriotic person that one of his highest goals was to diligently study history, that is, the history of the turkic peoples, and to restore the value of the nation, whose position and prestige had declined sharply in the following centuries, first of all, before the people of the whole world. yusuf is embodied in the work as a very patriotic person.he puts the country's freedom above himself, his family, everything. we can clearly see this in what he said to his friend sadiq: "if our situation is five times worse than now, even if we don't have a single piece of bread left to eat, i won't be able to buy a single pill of medicine for my son, and he will die because of my short arms." even if i am the cause, even if my livelihood is burnt to ashes, no, i don't want the past to come back. in the play, through yusuf, many issues are shown that make everyone think alike: "sometimes i think: the uzbek people themselves have a fault. because the dream of an uzbek who has built a building, held a wedding and a funeral ceremony, and his life will end." we can see how true these words of yusuf are. yusuf also emphasized that the time has already come when a person will not only aim at these three stations, but will look beyond them. this work tells us about the inner balance of a person and the balance of the era. amir yusuf's brother is depicted in the play as a hero who turns his back on this world and worries about the hereafter. amir devotes himself to prayer and completely ignores his family and livelihood. he puts aside the duties of husbandry, fatherhood, sonship, let alone the whole world. yusuf wants to explain to him that virtues such as providing for the family and paying attention to his wife and children are considered prayers. but amir did not listen to yusuf's advice. he accused him of not praying. his last fate ended tragically. another character in the play is mirazim. yusuf's classmate, one of his closest friends. after he achieves these goals, he has no desire for the future. through this image, we can see that a person should always set great goals and work tirelessly to achieve them. zahro in the play is rich, everything is available for her, but no attention is paid to her. he is bored of parties. through zahra, we can see that all women's mental states and experiences are reflected. in general, through the work, we need to be able to maintain balance in all kinds of relationships, family, street interactions, communication at work, and at every step. it is necessary for a person not to give up on material things and cut off spiritual and spiritual food or vice versa. it is appropriate that there is a standard in everything. to sum up, in the essence of the work, ideas such as the fact that a person should not lose his identity, should not lose his humanity, should continue to live forward, should not lose his dreams and goals, no matter what happens in his life. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org referencs 1. ulugbek hamdam, muvozanat 2. yoldosh kazakhboy. hot word. t.: new age generation, 2006 3. kochkarova marhabo "conditional symbols in the equilibrium novel" article 4. koranov dilmurod. mom's syndrome in the literary process. www.ziyouz.uz 5. hamdamov u. study of artistic thinking. -t.: new generation, 2002. 3. 6. hamdamov u. the need for renewal. t.: new age generation, 2006. 7. rahimjonov n. who is today's hero?// uzbek language and literature. 2001.#6. s. 8-12. 8. rahimova l. interpretation of artistic conflict// yoshlik, 2014, issue 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org a mechanism for pumping water into small oil fields turdiyev farid razzok ugli karshi state technical university karshi, uzbekistan ashirov obidjon nurmamatovich university of economics and pedagogy karshi, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s waterflooding was first applied in the fergana oil fields in 1952, when pilot water injection was started into the peripheral part of the v+vi horizon reservoir of the yuzhny alamishik field. the positive effect of the pilot injection, expressed in a certain increase in the flow rate of wells in terms of oil and liquid, gave grounds to start industrial waterflooding of these horizons in 1953. in 1954, waterflooding was started along the viii horizon of the khojaabad field and the vii horizon of the yuzhny alamishik field. in the first years of the introduction of artificial waterflooding methods, the greatest preference was given to systems for injecting water into the peripheral parts of the reservoirs. however, the process of development and operation of these systems in fergana faced serious difficulties, mainly due to the poor hydrodynamic connection between the peripheral and oil parts of the reservoir. oil field, waterflooding, development system, oil recovery factor, reservoir pressure, well grid, injection well, multilayer object, production regulation, fergana introduction in the first years of the introduction of artificial waterflooding methods, the greatest preference was given to systems for injecting water into the peripheral parts of the reservoirs. however, the process of development and operation of these systems in fergana faced serious difficulties, mainly due to the poor hydrodynamic connection between the peripheral and oil parts of the reservoir. for this, as well as for a number of other objective reasons, by the beginning of 1960, peripheral waterflooding at many fields in fergana began to be gradually supplemented or completely replaced by various intra-contour waterflooding systems. this made it possible to dramatically increase the efficiency of waterflooding and thereby gave grounds for its wider introduction at other fergana facilities. artificial waterflooding methods were particularly intensively introduced at the fergana fields in the period 1960-1968. during this period, industrial water injection was mastered at the andijan (iii horizon), yuzhny alamishik (kks and iii horizons), khojaabad (iii and vii horizons), severny sokh american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org (viii horizon), chongara-galcha (iv horizon), maili-su-iv (v and vii horizons), izbaskent (v and ix horizons) and a number of other fields. by the end of 1968, 20 development facilities at eight fields were covered by peripheral, intra-contour and combined types of waterflooding only by the former uzbekneft production association. the annual volume of water injection was more than 3.2 million m3. along with the above listed traditional waterflooding systems, for the first time in the former ussr, such a combined method of impact was industrially mastered, in which peripheral waterflooding of the reservoir and the transfer of highpressure gas to its arch part were simultaneously carried out. this method of influence was used in the development of the viii horizon of the severny sokh field and the iv horizon of the chongara-galcha field (galcha area). waterflooding and high-pressure gas transfer allowed the uzbekneft association to produce an additional 200,000 tons of oil in 1968 alone. artificial waterflooding was also effectively carried out at the fields of the former kyrgyzneft association, where by this time ten out of 13 developed oil reservoirs were covered by waterflooding. a great deal of work on the introduction of waterflooding was carried out during this period by the teams of the institute of geology and exploration of oil and gas fields (igeof), the department of development and operation of oil and gas fields of the tashkent polytechnic institute, the central research laboratories of the former fergananeft, andizhanneft oil field administrations and the kyrgyzneft association. a significant contribution to the solution of problems related to the development of waterflooding at the fergana fields was made by the works of p.k.azimov, g.a.alijanov, a.d.djumagulov, m.r.ibragimov, a.m.khutorov, s.n.nazarov, a.r.mukhiddinov, a.a.tomchani, kh.m.turgunov, a.v.mavlyanov and others. many issues of waterflooding technology were solved by the engineering and technical workers of the fields, including v.p.akulov, a.m.akramov, z.v.lyashevich, a.kh.khojimatov, l.i.kalandarov, n.r.rakhimov, i.n.khristenko and others. in subsequent years, v.n.charushnikov, f.t.adylov and others carried out a great deal of work on summarizing the experience of developing and waterflooding the fergana oil fields, and are currently being carried out by n.v.sipachev, e.k.irmatov, b.sh.akramov, a.g.posevich, a.kh.agzamov, o.a.kayumov and others. currently, almost all fergana oil fields are in the late and final stages of development. artificial waterflooding methods cover about 90% of the objects under development, from which more than 80% of the total annual oil production in fergana is extracted. the expected ultimate oil recovery factor for waterflooded facilities varies widely from 25-40% to 60-70%, and sometimes even higher. thus, it can be concluded that almost all waterflooding systems known to date have been tested at the fergana fields. waterflooding will remain the main method of development in the coming years. ways to improve development systems. the oil field being developed, especially a large one, is a very complex system. its main elements are reserves with all the diversity of their natural physical and geological features and technical and technological means of development and impact, including american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org production and injection wells, technical means for oil production and water injection, collection and treatment of all well products, and control means. obviously, the main condition for rational development is the correct combination of all these main elements of the system. recommendations for development that are not tied to specific geological and physical conditions become meaningless. the features of specific fields and reservoirs are extremely diverse, but the main, defining ones include the size of the field, specific reserves per unit area, type of reservoir, permeability, reservoir stratification, oil viscosity, pressure, and regime. an important and to a certain extent generalizing indicator for sand reservoirs is the ratio of permeability to viscosity. it is these features that we will use when considering ways to further improve waterflooding development methods. improving methods should ensure: • increase in the rate of oil production from explored reserves with the general goal of meeting the needs of the national economy; • all-round increase in the final oil recovery, i.e. maximum use of natural resources; • improving the economic efficiency of costs for the development of the oil production industry. these are, of course, general and well-known provisions, but now it is worth recalling them, since we cannot be completely satisfied with the state and practical results of the application of waterflooding development methods. on the density of production well grids. this problem is one of the most difficult in the technology of oil field development. the complexity is due to the fact that, along with the grid density, the development indicators are also affected by the width of the strips, the distance of the first rows from the injection line, the pressure drop, etc. for a long time, in order to search for optimal solutions, grids were used in a wide range mainly from 64 to 16 ha/well in fields with different characteristics and in different combinations with other development elements. grids of the order of 60-40 ha are accepted for reservoirs in terrigenous monolithic formations with very favorable geological and physical characteristics of reservoirs, as well as at great depths of formations, when drilling a large number of wells is economically inexpedient. in the latter case, rare grids must be combined with active impact on the reservoirs with cutting into narrow strips or with the use of areal and selective waterflooding. grids of the order of 30-16 ha are used in the development of reservoirs characterized by average values of reservoir and fluid parameters and significant heterogeneity of reservoirs. the densest grids less than 16 ha/well are used in the development of reservoirs with high oil viscosity, sharp heterogeneity of reservoirs, as well as reservoirs that require limiting fluid withdrawal from wells [5, 8]. the problem of choosing optimal well grids for certain conditions has not been solved. on the pressure drop between the injection line and the production zone. creating high pressure drops is one of the conditions for obtaining high development rates. in all possible cases, it is advisable to reduce the bottomhole pressure in production wells by 20-30% below the saturation pressure. it is american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org also advisable to increase the pressure on the injection lines above the initial reservoir pressure, especially with reduced reservoir productivity. for low-permeability terrigenous formations, a water injection pressure of 150-180 kgf/cm² should be used. from the very beginning of the field operation, it is necessary to correctly justify the value of the injection pressure and build waterflooding facilities for this pressure, avoiding major reconstruction work. some caution in choosing the injection pressure is needed when developing reservoirs associated with carbonate reservoirs. cases of very rapid waterflooding of wells have been noted due to the movement of water along fractures. since carbonate reservoirs have a very diverse structure of the porous medium, the permissible injection pressure must be established for each specific reservoir based on the results of pilot-industrial water injection into wells that have undergone acid treatment. approach to the development of water-oil zones. in the first period of waterflooding application, it was assumed that water-oil zones may not be drilled and that peripheral waterflooding in all cases will ensure the displacement of oil to production wells drilled in the inner oil-bearing contour. without drilling or with drilling a relatively small number of wells, water-oil zones of those reservoirs can be developed, the characteristics of which allow efficient use of peripheral waterflooding. this also applies to deposits with an active natural water drive regime. fig. 1. dependence of ηk on the current reservoir pressure at which waterflooding was started, expressed as a percentage of the pressure of oil saturation with gas: 1, 2, 3 khojaabad field (horizons iii, vii, viii); 4, 5, 6, 7 yuzhny alamishik (i, kks, iii, v+vi+vii); 8 boston (iii); 9, 10 andijan (iii subthrust and eastern field); 11 chongara-galcha (iv); 12 severny sokh (viii); 13-changyrtash (iii); 14-izbaskent (ix); 15-nefteabad (ii); 16-kim (vii). american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org sequence of commissioning injection wells analysis of the η=f(pcurr/psat) dependence shown in fig. 1 shows that initiating waterflooding after the value of pcurr/psat exceeds 0.6 0.8 leads to a certain loss of oil recovery. during the development process in layers with significant zonal and thickness heterogeneity, the rates of reservoir pressure decline vary across different sections. therefore, by the time waterflooding commences, the bottomhole pressure in wells located in different reservoir sections can be either higher or lower than the optimal value (pcurr/psat)opt. in reservoir zones where the pressure is less than (pcurr/psat)opt, there is a risk of losing some amount of oil. this adverse effect can be mitigated by strategically sequencing the commissioning of injection wells . where: pcurr current pressure psat saturation pressure opt optimal the forecast of zones with pcurr/psat ≈ (pcurr/psat)opt can be performed in the following sequence: 1. initial reservoir pressure determination: at the initial stage of development, the initial reservoir pressure (pres.init) is determined for each well. 2. pressure decline analysis: based on the fluid withdrawal rates from the wells, as specified by the process regime, the time it takes for the current reservoir pressure to decline to the (pcurr/psat)opt values is determined. this analysis provides the dynamics of the well stock, identifying wells with bottomhole pressure values ≤ (pcurr/psat)opt. this dynamic behavior serves as the basis for converting production wells into injection wells and initiating water injection. utilizing the proposed sequence for commissioning injection wells allows for: 1. optimized waterflooding: establishing a sequence for activating waterflooding centers based on the depletion of natural reservoir energy in different zones. 2. continued natural production: continuing the operation of a portion of the well stock in natural production mode in zones where pcurr/psat > (pcurr/psat)opt. regulation and intensification of development. the entry of many fields, including large ones, into the late stage requires increased attention to the regulation of development one of the most important ways to increase the efficiency of the systems used. in the process of developing a number of fields, the designed systems were radically changed. sometimes this was done due to the need to increase production rates against those previously envisaged. often, such measures were taken because the adopted system did not ensure the achievement of the design level of production. ways to improve the efficiency of developing multilayer objects. with the use of waterflooding, the allocation of objects of high capacity, often combining layers with significantly different characteristics, is widely practiced. in this regard, many proposals have been made and are being implemented to improve the operation of multilayer objects. thus, the admissibility of accelerated production of more productive layers, if they lie below others, is substantiated. the separate injection of water into layers with different american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org permeability through independent injection wells with the simultaneous opening of all layers in production wells, which is used at many fields, has fully justified itself. several methods of selective isolation of layers have been developed oil workers have done a lot in this direction. the method of simultaneous-separate operation of layers is being introduced. all these methods should be widely used in the development of multilayer objects, however, these tools are often used insufficiently thought out and not at a high technical level. there are still a lot of shortcomings in the application of the simultaneous-separate operation method. the tasks solved by this method are not clearly defined, rational ways to solve them have not been found. on improving the displacement properties of injected water. the conducted theoretical research and pilot-industrial work have to a certain extent prepared the entry of waterflooding into a new period of development, into a period of increasing its efficiency through the use of physicochemical methods. work is underway to test in field conditions methods of adding surfactants, carbon dioxide, sulfuric acid, thickeners to the injected water, as well as injecting hot water. the tests carried out allow us to count on the fact that the use of surfactants in different conditions will increase oil recovery by about 5-10% . the main task of enterprises and institutions is to carry out all this work accurately, competently and obtain all the necessary data on the effectiveness of the processes. physicochemical methods in combination with waterflooding belong to the future. the wide scale of waterflooding ensures their wide application on the basis of already created field systems. in the reports provided for in the program of the meeting, including this report, based on the experience of development, a principled approach to solving a number of basic technological provisions of waterflooding methods has been defined. this should help to ensure that the development systems recommended by design organizations meet the requirements of the national economy as much as possible from the very beginning of the commissioning of new fields and are justified in a differentiated manner, taking into account their geological and physical conditions. it has not yet been possible to achieve this. the projects submitted in recent years do not yet sufficiently meet these requirements. in some areas, preference is given to any one waterflooding system, and it is believed that it is quite effective in almost all geological and physical conditions. there are cases when, for deposits with identical geological and physical conditions, systems that are significantly different from each other are adopted, and vice versa, for deposits with sharply different characteristics, systems that are close in intensity. these are just some examples, but they also speak of serious shortcomings and the need to develop a common approach, common criteria for justifying development systems. research and design institutes need to accelerate the restructuring of design work on the development of oil fields, make the most of the advantages of integrated design and provide justification for development systems that are most appropriate from a national economic point of view. references 1. bekjonov r.s. methods of extracting oil from mechanical mixtures 2. bekjonov r.s. history of oil extraction process in high viscosity deposits http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/304 http://scientifictrends.org/index.php/ijst/article/view/305 american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 3.bekjonov r.s. assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented operating system and geologicaltechnical activities in oil and oil-gas fields analysis methods 4.эрматов н.х., мустафаев а.с., мухаммадиев х.м., жураев э.и. результаты гидродинамических исследований скважин, добывающих высоковязкие нефти // инновацион технологиялар. –карши: 2020. –№3. –с.14-17. 5. камбаров г.с., алмамедов д.г., махмудова т.ю. к определению начального извлекаемого запаса нефтяного месторождения // азарбайджанское нефтяное хозяйство. –баку: 1974. –№3. – с.22-23. https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/539 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the role and significance of "architectural composition and design fundamentals" in the education of future architects mamajonov mukhtarjon andijan institute of economics and construction assistant of the "architecture and construction" department a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information on "the role and importance of the science of architectural composition and design principles and the relevance of this science in the educational process" in the education of future architects. architecture, construction, composition, creativity, spatial imagination, project, architectural drawing, orthogonal drawing. introduction in recent years, under the leadership of the president of our republic, sh. mirziyoyev, great attention has been paid to the education sector as well as to all other sectors. changes and renovations that are rapidly progressing in all regions of our republic are causing an increase in the demand for qualified personnel in the construction industry. currently, such personnel are being trained in the "architecture and construction" fields of study in higher educational institutions operating in our republic. the role of the science "architectural composition and design fundamentals" in training these specialists and developing their creative abilities is incomparable. in the years of our republic's independence, professors and teachers of taqi and samdaqi higher educational institutions wrote and published several teaching manuals, lecture texts and methodical instructions for students' independent work on the subject "architectural composition and design basis". done. among them are m. rozikberdiyev's "small architectural forms" textbook (1995), "fundamentals of architectural design" textbook (2000), d. askarova, m. miryusupova's "small architectural forms study guide (2005), a. oralov, a. rahimov, b. saidovalam's study guide "fundamentals of architectural composition and design" (2005), a. oralov, t. koshmanov, sh. the text of togizov's lectures on "fundamentals of architectural design" (2005), "fundamentals of architectural design" written by a. oralov and others (2010) and a number of other textbooks are included. the main part. in the process of training future architects, the importance of the subject "architectural composition and design fundamentals" and the role of theoretical and practical exercises taught in the 1st-2nd years of this subject are significant. during the teaching of this subject, the basic concepts of architecture, the main types of architectural drawing, and the basics of representation and design are explained to the students. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the general definition of architecture is as follows: architecture is the art of creating a spatial environment for human and social activities, human life, work, and life in general. the purpose and tasks of architecture is that the main task of architecture is to create an organized space or environment for living, working and resting. however, his task is not limited to this. it is known that any environment affects people's psyche and the formation of their consciousness. because the dimensional forms and material environment used in architecture have some attractive appearance or information that can positively or negatively affect people's taste and mind. the role of the subject "architectural composition and design fundamentals" is important in mastering all the above-mentioned features, forming spatial perception and shaping the creative abilities of future architects. the following topics are taught during the teaching of this subject. part i. general information about architecture 1.1. concept of architecture 1.2. architectural features 1.3. branches of architecture part ii. the main types of architectural drawings 2.1. about the architectural drawing 2.2. orthogonal drawings 2.3. architectural warrants 2.4. dimensional drawings of the architectural form 2.5. academic coloring exercise 2.6. architectural plate image 2.7. font composition 2.8. a picture of the general view of the building part iii. basics of design 3.1. design is a creative process 3.2. factors influencing the architectural solution 3.3. the method of carrying out the educational project 3.4. small architectural forms during the training of future architects, these topics develop their understanding of architecture, learn the basics of architectural design, what an architectural project consists of, the architectural solution of the project, and the harmony of the composition. in short, the teaching of "architectural composition and design fundamentals" is the core of the process of training future architects. however, with the development of today's technology, the demand for new modern textbooks and training manuals on this subject is increasing. references 1. sh.mirziyoyev yangi o’zbekiston taraqiyot strategiyasi – t., 2022 y. 2. roziqberdiyev m. kichik arxitektura shakllari. — т., taqi, 1995. 3. arxitekturaviy loyihalash asoslari. 0 ‘quv qo‘llanma. — т., taqi, 2000. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 4. o‘ralov a.s., rahimov a.q., saidova b.a. arxitekturaviy kompozitsiya va loyihalash asoslari. o'quv qo'llanma — samarqand, samdmqi, 2005. 5. o‘ralov va boshq.; x. po'latov umumiy tahriri ostida / oliy o ‘quv yuitlarining arxitektura yo'nalishi talabalari uchun darslik. toshkent arxitektura-qurilish instituti, samarqand davlat arxitekturaqurilish instituti. — т.: «noshir», 2010. -200 b. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org recurrent bronchitis in children: diagnosis criteria and treatment sh. m. ibatova d. kh. mamatkulova a. kh. ergashev samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s recurrent bronchitis occupies one of the leading places among respiratory diseases in children and requires a careful approach from pediatricians, since it is a risk factor for the subsequent development of a number of chronic respiratory diseases. the occurrence of recurrent bronchitis is associated with an acute respiratory viral infection and occurs under the influence of unfavorable environmental factors: passive smoking, air pollution, poor living conditions; presence of a burdened perinatal history. episodes of recurrent bronchitis in children are characterized by inflammatory changes in the bronchial mucosa, weakening of local protective factors, mild obstructive disorders, as well as cytomorphological changes in the cellular composition of induced sputum and degeneration of the ciliated epithelium). the use of combination drugs as a means of initial therapy has a positive effect on the clinical course of recurrent bronchitis in children and accelerates recovery, which is due to its normalizing effect on mucociliary clearance, nonspecific factors of local immune defense of the bronchial mucosa, as well as mucokinetic and indirect anti-inflammatory effects. recurrent bronchitis, children, causes, diagnostic criteria, treatment. introduction recurrent bronchitis is a special nosological entity that requires a careful approach from pediatricians, since it is a risk factor for the subsequent development of a number of chronic respiratory diseases. the disease occupies one of the leading places among respiratory diseases, the frequency of which in the structure of bronchopulmonary diseases ranges from 5 to 40% [1-5]. the higher prevalence of recurrent bronchitis in environmentally unfavorable areas in preschool children and its decrease in primary school age is explained by adaptation processes [8-11]. as for the outcomes of recurrent bronchitis, they are not always clear: in many cases (70-80%), spontaneous recovery occurs, but in some children it can transform into bronchial asthma. the occurrence of recurrent bronchitis is closely related to acute respiratory viral infection, when the provoking factor in the development of the first episode of recurrent bronchitis is arvi (mainly american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org influenza virus or parainfluenza type 1, adenoand rs-virus). with relapses of bronchitis, a bacterial infection (pneumococcus, haemophilus influenzae) and mycoplasma may occur [18-23]. recurrent bronchitis in children of early and preschool age, according to numerous studies, often occurs under the influence of unfavorable environmental factors: passive smoking, indoor and outdoor air pollution, poor living conditions; frequently ill relatives surrounded by the child; the presence of a burdened perinatal history (threatened miscarriage, previous stillbirths, intrauterine infection, etc.), hereditary predisposition to respiratory diseases [12-17]. anatomical and physiological features of the respiratory system in children of the first three years of life (narrowness of the airways, looseness and hydrophilicity of the mucous membrane of the bronchial tree, its tendency to edema and hypersecretion against the background of the inflammatory process) is probably one of the main reasons for the appearance of symptoms of bronchitis [24,29 ]. the formation of insufficiency of the mucociliary and surfactant systems creates conditions for maintaining the inflammatory process, which, in turn, leads to a change in the amount and rheological properties of sputum, as well as to disruption of the drainage function of the bronchi. it should be noted that it is the violation of mucociliary clearance that is the key mechanism contributing to the recurrence of bronchitis [9,10,16]. clinical studies confirm that impaired mucociliary clearance in children with recurrent bronchitis is accompanied by changes in the viscosity and elasticity of bronchial secretions, increased secretory function of the bronchial glands and goblet cells, changes in the ratio of neutral and acidic glycoproteins of sputum and, as a consequence, this leads to the development of mucostasis, which further aggravates existing dysfunctions of the ciliated epithelium of the bronchi. currently, the following main criteria for diagnosing recurrent bronchitis are distinguished: repeated episodes of acute bronchitis 2–3 times or more during the year against the background of an acute respiratory infection; -duration of the exacerbation period – 2 weeks or more, -absence of external signs of bronchospasm, bronchial obstruction, respiratory failure; low-grade body temperature; clinical sign – cough, the duration of the cough is longer than the duration of wheezing in the lungs; percussion tone over the lungs is not changed, it may be shortened in the basal area; on auscultation, breathing may be harsh, with the presence of diffuse dry and variable wet rales; -change in the pulmonary pattern in the absence of infiltrative and focal shadows in the lungs [6,7]. it has been established that in children with recurrent bronchitis, even during remission, there are disturbances in the cellular composition of induced sputum. in particular, they have such cytomorphological changes as an increase in the number of effector cells (neutrophils, lymphocytes, eosinophils) correlated with bacterial colonization of sputum, a decrease in the activity of macrophage reactions, and a significant increase in the number of dystrophically altered cells of the ciliated epithelium of the bronchi. in addition, in children with recurrent bronchitis, there is a violation of local immunity: a decrease in the levels of secretory immunoglobulin (ig) a and lysozyme in saliva. all these pathological changes disrupt the protective properties of the bronchial tree, lead to a deterioration in the drainage function of the bronchi and ultimately contribute to the recurrence of the inflammatory process [4,12]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org the problem of treating recurrent bronchitis is one of the most difficult in childhood pulmonology [15,17]. the most important factor determining the prognosis of the course of the disease is the rational choice of initial therapy at the primary stage of medical care. since the main clinical symptom of recurrent bronchitis is a long-lasting cough, pediatricians need to be able to correctly assess its nature and adhere to modern recommendations for its treatment. for proper treatment of cough, it is imperative to take into account the pharmacological characteristics of antitussives. today, the pharmaceutical market offers a wide range of antitussives from various groups: drugs that stimulate expectoration, mucolytics, mucoregulators, mucohydrants, as well as combination drugs. it must be remembered that at the beginning of an acute inflammatory process in the bronchi, accompanied by a dry cough, drugs that stimulate sputum secretion are indicated; for an unproductive wet cough, drugs that dilute sputum are indicated; and for a productive cough, mucoregulators are indicated that normalize mucus formation and the composition of secretions. in recent years, combination antitussive drugs, which include several active ingredients with different mechanisms of action that facilitate the removal of sputum from the bronchi, have become increasingly widely used in outpatient pediatric practice. the indisputable advantage of combined antitussive drugs is the combination of expectorant, mucolytic and anti-inflammatory properties; thanks to this, they provide a simultaneous effect on almost all the main links in the pathogenesis of cough [11,13]. thus, episodes of recurrent bronchitis in children are characterized by inflammatory changes in the bronchial mucosa, weakening of local protection factors, mild obstructive disorders and latent bronchospasm, as well as cytomorphological changes in the cellular composition of induced sputum (primarily an increase in the number of main effector cells and dystrophy of the ciliated epithelium) [12,14]. the use of combination drugs as a means of initial therapy has a positive effect on the clinical course of recurrent bronchitis in children and accelerates recovery, which is due to its normalizing effect on mucociliary clearance, nonspecific factors of local immune defense of the bronchial mucosa, as well as mucokinetic and indirect anti-inflammatory effects. references 1. baranov a.a. scientific school of children's allergology, research institute of pediatrics, academy of medical sciences of the ussr, scientific center for children's health, russian academy of medical sciences/ a.a. baranov, l.s. namazova-baranova // pediatrics. 2012.-n 3.-p.82-89. 2. volkov i.k. antioxidant therapy for chronic lung diseases in children // pulmonology, childhood: problems and solutions / ed. yu.l. mizernitsky, a.d. tsaregorodtseva. m., 2007. issue. 7. pp. 7073. 3. davydova i.v. x-ray criteria for diagnosing bronchopulmonary dysplasia/ i.v. davydova, e.n. tsygina, o.v. kustova, m.a. basargina // russian pediatric journal. -2008.-n 5.-p.66-68. 4. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 5. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 6. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 7. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of critical reviews. // issn-2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 8. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 9. ibatova sh. m., abdurasulov f.p., mamutova e.s. some aspects of diagnostics of out-of-social pneumonia in children indications for hospitalization. epra international journal of research and development (ijrd) volume: 6 | issue: 4 | april 2021. p. 242-244. 10. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., mukhamadiev n.k.state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 05 | sep-oct 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 103-107. 11. ibatova sh.m., muhamadiev n.q. efficiency of immunomodulating therapy in acute obstructive bronchitis in children. central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. volume: 02 issue: 02 | march-april 2021 issn: 2660-4159. p. 210-213. 12. ibatova sh.m., d.t. rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m.kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019, philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. 13. ibatova sh.m. evaluation of the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex treatment of children with rickets // j. bulletin of the association of physicians of uzbekistan. 2015. no. 4. p.50-53. 14. ibatova sh.m. d.s. islamova, sh.o. akhmedov. the use of cumin oil in the treatment of children with rickets // j. problems of biology and medicine, samarkand. 2015. no. 2 (83). s. 50-52. 15. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova, n.b.abdukadirova, kh.m. oblokulov, f.a. achilovа. the effectiveness of the use of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -p.40-46. 16. sh.m.ibatova, f.kh.mamatkulova gas chromatographic evaluation of the use of apricot oil and aevit in the complex therapy of vitamin d-deficient rickets in children. scientific journal "new day in medicine". no. 2 (30/2) 2020. s. 265-267. 17. ibatova sh.m., f.kh. mamatkulova, m.m. kodirova. evaluation of the effectiveness of treatment of rickets in childrenby gas-liquid chromatogramphy asian journal of multidimensional research vol. 9, issue 10, october, 2020. р. 44-47. 18. mozzhukhina l.i., emelicheva l.g., smirnova m.a. features of the formation of bronchial asthma in children of early and preschool age // materials of the xii congress of pediatricians with international participation “current problems of pediatrics” moscow, 2008. p. 312. 19. nesterenko z.v. recurrent bronchitis as a clinical variant of functional changes in the respiratory system in children // pediatrician. – 2017. – t. 8. – no. 5. – p. 44–48 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 20. nesterenko z.v., gritsay a.a. features of respiratory diseases in children with connective tissue dysplasia. – kharkov: shchedra sidiba plus, 2014. 21. osin a.ya., kozlova m.a., osina t.d. outcomes of recurrent bronchitis in children // advances in modern natural science. – 2003. – no. 10. – p. 89-89; 22. working classification of the main clinical forms of bronchopulmonary diseases in children // difficult patient. 2009. -№1-2. 23. rotaru m.e. on the issue of etiopathogenesis of chronic bronchopulmonary diseases in children // modern technologies in pediatrics and pediatric surgery: collection. materials iv ross. congress m., 2007.p. 239. 24. savitskaya n.a. clinical and microbiological features of patients with acute destructive bronchitis / savitskaya n.a. and others // infectious aspects of somatic pathology in children: collection. allrussian reports. conf. m., 2008. pp. 61-63. 25. smirnova m.o., sorokina e.v. bronchitis in children: principles of modern therapy // difficult patient. 2009t.7, no. 8-9p. 38-42. 26. tatochenko v.k. respiratory diseases in children. – m.: medicine, 2012. [tatochenko vk. respiratory diseases in children. moscow: meditsina; 2012. 27. stages of treatment of recurrent bronchitis in children/health of ukraine. – 2007. no. 22. with. 50-51 28. measuring cough severity: perspectives from the literature and from patients with chronic cough / m. vernon, n.k. leidy, a. nacson et al. // cough. -2009.-vol.5.-p. 5. 29. siempos i.i., michalopoulus a., falagas m.e. treatment 0f acu^e bacterial exacerbations of chronic bronchitis // expert opinion on pharmacotherapy -2009.-vol. 10, no. 7.-p. 1173-1182. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org constructive analysis of plate columns askarov xasanjon abduqaxorovich andijan institute of economics and construction, "qm" department, senior lecturer elektron pochta: asqar.xasanboy7413@gmail.com karimov ikromali.tojimatovich fergana polytechnic institute "tmj" department tfd(dsc) professor iminjonov islomiddin 115-22group student andijan institute of economics and construction, islomiddiniminjonov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article fractionation in a rectification column in a laboratory device separation methods are studied. separator rectification using steam the construction of the column, the principle of operation is given. rectification column allowing separation of acetic acid without losses in continuous operation.plate constructions are studied. rectification, column, plate, heat exchange, ethyl acetate, steam, contact surface, grid. introduction the rectification column of the chemical and oil refining industry uses a plate rectification column with a different structural structure. several horizontal barriers, i.e. plates, are installed in the inner part of the column with plates at the same intervals along its height, fig. 1. depending on the flow of liquid from one plate to another, plate columns have a pouring device and no pouring device. in the pouring device, the liquid is fed to the plate in the upper part of the column, and this liquid passes from the plate to the plates through a special device and leaves the lower part of the column. the contact surface of gas and liquid in these plates is small. figure 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org schemes of liquid flow on plates with a pouring device: a-single flow; b-two-flow; v-three-stream; gfour stream; d-ring movement; one-way movement on adjacent plates; j,z-step-like movement; movement through a sickle-shaped flow barrier. plates are selected according to the physico-chemical and hydraulic flow process, depending on the field of application of rectification column devices in chemical and oil refining industries. ball-shaped, sieve-like, capped, plated, rolled. the structure of the turntable is simple, it is difficult to assemble, repair and monitor. the holes of the sieve plates get dirty and quickly become clogged with sediment. if the gas velocity or pressure is suddenly reduced or stopped, all the liquid in the plates will flow to the lower plates and the column will be refilled to continue the process. compared to sieve plate columns, hooded plate columns operate more stably in the long term even when gas mixtures are dirty. capped plates have a complex structure, high hydraulic resistance, difficult to clean, expensive, and work poorly when the amount of supplied gas is low. in plate plates, the phases have the principle of moving in one direction only. because each stage works in the right direction, it can increase the consumption of gas and liquid. figure 2. schemes of flipping plates: plate with a grid; b-wave sieve plate; plate with curved edges of v-slots; tubular grid plate equipped with g-fold folded tape; 1st column shell; 2nd base ring; plate 3 section. if the speed of the gas in the plates of the tipping type is increased further, due to the increase in the friction between the gas and the liquid, the accumulation of the liquid in the plate increases suddenly, the hydraulic resistance also increases suddenly, as a result, the liquid gets stuck in the plate and the plates can break and spill. these are gridded, wave-shaped sieves, the edges of the slits are curved, tubular-grids provided with multi-fold tape. fig. 2 shows the relationship between the hydraulic resistance of the turntable and the gas flow rate in the column. when the gas velocity is low, the liquid is not trapped in the plates, because the friction force between the phases is small. in this range of gas speed, the plate works normally. at this time, gas and liquid alternately pass through one hole. structural analysis showed that in chemical enterprises, tilting plate columns are widely used. this tilting plate column apparatus can be used to increase the strength of the surfaces of the plate section and reduce the hydraulic resistance. figure 1, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org which can be applied to a tumbling plate casting device, shows a-single-flow, d-ring motion, eunidirectional motion in continuous plates, i-sickle-shaped casting network. it corresponds to the principle and constructive aspect of action, methods through power. references 1. askarov x.a., isomiddinov a. анализ мест ректификационной калонны в оа «farg’onaazot». “эканомика и социум” за публикацию в международном научнопрактическом журнале рассия 24 январь issn 2225-1545 № 1(80)-2021 г. 2. askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j. improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. the amerika journal of engineering and technology volume 03 issue 05-2021 (issn-2689-0984) aqsh may 2021 pages:1-8 impact factor 5.705. 3. askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j. improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions volume 02 issue 05-2021 (issn2776-0960) indaneziya may 2021 pages:1-8 doi 10.17605 / osf.io / wpjy9. 4. askarov x.a., axunboev o. drying and burning of nickel hydrocarbonate. international journal of innovations in engineering,research and technology volume 8 issue 6 (issn-2394-3696) indiya iyun 2021 y impact factor 5.525. 5. askarov x.a., asqarova s. issiqlik almashtirgichlarda jarayonlarni jadallashtirish usullari. golden brain scientifik jurnal issn: 2181-4120 volume 1 | issue 2 | 2023 oak kitobi 3-betida tavsiya etilgan scientific journal impact factor xalqaro bazasida 2023-yil uchun 3.587 ball bilan e’tirof etilgan (http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571). 6. askarov x.a., axunboev o., tuychieva sh.tarelkali kolonnalarning konsturiktiv taxlili. o’zbekiston respublikasida “2018 yil-faol tadbirkorlik, innovasion g’oyalar va texnologiyalarni qo’llab-quvvatlash yili”ga bag’ishlangan ilmiy-amaliy anjumani 7-8 nayabr farg’ona 2018 yil 1sho’ba 3-5 betlar. 7. askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarda jarayonlarni jadallashtirish usullari. “iste’mol bozorini sifatli oziq-ovqat mahsulotlari bilan ta’minlash – farovonlik va taraqqiyotning muhim omili” respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 4-5 may 218-219 betlar. 8. askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarning ekspluatatsion rejimlari taxlili. “iqtidorli talabalar, magistrantlar, doktorantlar va mustaqil izlanuvchilar”ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 11-12 may 10-11 betlar. 9. askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarning yemirilish sabablarining taxlili. “iqtidorli talabalar, magistrantlar, doktorantlar va mustaqil izlanuvchilar”ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 11-12 may 11-12 betlar. 10. askarov x.a.sirka kislotasini sanoat ishlab chiqarishdagi ahamiyati o‘zbekistonda ilmiy-amaliy tadqiqotlar mavzusidagi respublika 15-ko‘p tarmoqli ilmiy masofaviy onlayn konfrensiya materiallari toshkent 2020 30 aprel 9-qism doi kod 10.26739 107-109 betlar. 11. askarov x.a., xalilov i.l. rektifikatsion kolonna apparatining laboratoriya qurilmasi modelini tadqiq qilish. o‘zbekistonda ilmiy-amaliy tadqiqotlar mavzusidagi respublika 16-ko‘p tarmoqli ilmiy masofaviy onlayn konfrensiya materiallari toshkent 2020 yil 2-iyun 10-qism doi kod 10.26739 273-274 betlar. http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org 12. askarov x.a.““farg‘onaazot” ajda rektifikatsion kolonnani tadqiq qilish”. globeedit maldova respublika isbn 978-620-6-79420-2, globeedit ( 2023-11-21 ) monografiya xorijiy nashr. 13. askarov x.a.““farg‘onaazot” ajda rektifikatsion kolonnani tadqiq qilish”.“devorbop materiallari” nashryoyi isbn 978-9910-9607-6-5. (2023-12-23) respublika nashri. 14. askarov x.a., pulatov k. sirka kislotasi regeneratsiyasi qilish kolonna apparatini tarelkalarini madernizatsiyasi. golden brain scientifik jurnal issn: 2181-4120 volume 1 | issue 8 | 2023 oak kitobi 3-betida tavsiya etilgan scientific journal impact factor xalqaro bazasida 2023yil uchun 3.587 ball bilan e’tirof etilgan (http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571), 15. askarov x.a., karimov i. t, qodirova g. y. the experimental determination of the dependence of column performance on plate structures. 16. askarov x.a., karimov i.t.rektifikatsion jarayonlarining kolonnalarda moddiy va issiqlik balansilarini tadqiq qilish. ilim-fan fidokori xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy ko’rik tanlovi 29-dekabr 2022yil t farg’ona sh. www.wsrjournal.com. 17. askarov x.a., axunboev o. “farg’onaazot” aj da sirka kislotasini regeneratsiya qilish kalonnasini takomillashtirish. “iste’mol bozorini sifatli oziq-ovqat mahsulotlari bilan ta’minlash – farovonlik va taraqqiyotning muhim omili” respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 4-5 may 242-244 betlar. 18. askarov x.a., axunboev o., voxidova n. “farg’onaazot” aj sirka kislotasini rektifikatsiya kalonnasini optimallashtirish. “zamonaviy ishlab chiqarishning ish samaradorligi va energoresurs tejamkorligini oshirish muammolari” mavzusidagi xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy anjuman 3-4 oktabr 2018 yil, andijon 1-sho‘ba 822-824 betlar. 19. askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j.,abdullaeva d. sirka kislotasini regeneratsiya qilish kalonna apparati tarelkalarini modernizatsiyasi. “muhandislik kommunikatsiyalarini loyixalash, qurilish va foydalanishda innovatsion texnologiyalar” mavzusidagi respublika ilmiy va ilmiytexnik anjumani 29-30 mart farg‘ona 2019 yil 171-173 betlar. 20. askarov x.a., qaxxorov i. “farg’onaazot” aj da rektifikatsion kalonna apparati tarelkalari modernizatsiyasi. “o‘zbekistonning umidli yoshlari”mavzusidagi respublika talabalar va magistrlar masofaviy ilmiy-amaliy konfrensiyasi 1-may toshkent 2020 yil 5-qism 88-91betlar. http://www.wsrjournal.com/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org enhancing arithmetic learning through problemsolving focused worksheets alijonov sirojiddin husan o'g'li tatu ff academic lyceum mathematics teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s developing effective instructional materials is crucial for fostering mathematical proficiency in students. this study investigates the use of problem-solving focused worksheets as a pedagogical approach to enhancing student learning in arithmetic. the article describes the design and implementation of such worksheets, as well as an empirical evaluation of their impact on student outcomes. the findings suggest that problem-solving oriented worksheets can significantly improve students' conceptual understanding, problemsolving abilities, and overall achievement in arithmetic domains. implications for mathematics instruction and future research directions are discussed. mathematical problemsolving, arithmetic worksheets, conceptual understanding, cognitive load theory, polya's problem-solving framework introduction this study aims to address this gap by investigating the use of problem-solving focused worksheets as a pedagogical approach to enhancing student learning in arithmetic. by embedding arithmetic content within meaningful, real-world problems and guiding students through a structured problem-solving process, this intervention is designed to improve students' conceptual understanding, problem-solving abilities, and overall achievement in arithmetic domains. theoretical framework: the theoretical foundation of this study is grounded in the problem-solving framework proposed by polya (1957) and the cognitive load theory (sweller, 1988). polya's four-step problem-solving process (understand the problem, devise a plan, carry out the plan, and review the solution) provides a structured approach to engaging students in meaningful mathematical problem-solving. cognitive load theory suggests that instructional materials should be designed to manage the cognitive demands placed on students, thereby facilitating effective learning. problem-solving focused worksheets align with these theoretical perspectives by: 1. presenting arithmetic content within the context of meaningful, real-world problems. 2. guiding students through the problem-solving process with scaffolded support. 3. balancing the cognitive load by introducing problems of increasing complexity and providing relevant visual representations. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org intervention and measures: working sheets focused on solving the problem were carefully designed to cover a number of arithmetic topics, including integers, fractions, and decimals. each worksheet presented students with a series of word problems that required them to apply their arithmetic knowledge to solve real, realistic scenarios. the structure of working sheets aimed at solving problems was informed by the polish four-stage problem-solving process: 1. understand the problem: worksheets began by providing students with clear, contextual problem statements. referential questions encouraged students to identify the information given, unknown amounts, and the relationship between them. 2. make a plan: then the worksheets encouraged students to identify appropriate strategies and operations to solve the problem. scaffolding support such as partially completed steps or strategic advice was provided to help students navigate this planning phase. 3. follow the plan: then the students implemented a strategy to solve the problems of their choice, applying arithmetic concepts and procedures to find a solution. the worksheets contained space for students to demonstrate their work and provide explanations for their feedback. 4. consider the solution: finally, the worksheets asked students to reflect on the problem-solving process, evaluate the validity of their solution, and identify any potential directions for improvement. in addition to structured problem-solving instructions, the worksheets contained various visuals such as diagrams, models, and pictures to support students ' conceptual concepts and problem-solving efforts. results: the analysis of the pre-test and post-test data revealed statistically significant differences between the control and experimental groups. students who received the problem-solving focused worksheets demonstrated higher scores on both conceptual understanding and problem-solving measures, indicating improved arithmetic learning and problem-solving abilities. furthermore, the experimental group exhibited greater engagement, more sophisticated problem-solving strategies, and more positive attitudes towards mathematics compared to the control group. discussion: the findings of this study suggest that the use of problem-solving focused worksheets can be an effective instructional approach for enhancing student learning in arithmetic. by embedding arithmetic content within meaningful, real-world problems and guiding students through the problem-solving process, the worksheets helped students develop a deeper conceptual understanding and stronger problem-solving skills. the results align with the theoretical frameworks of polya's problem-solving model and cognitive load theory, highlighting the importance of providing structured problem-solving support and managing the cognitive demands placed on students. the positive student outcomes and increased engagement observed in the experimental group further validate the effectiveness of this approach. implications and future research: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org this study has several implications for mathematics education. first, it underscores the value of incorporating problem-solving into arithmetic instruction, moving beyond traditional approaches that focus solely on procedural fluency. second, the design and implementation of the problem-solving focused worksheets can serve as a model for developing effective instructional materials in other mathematical domains. future research could explore the long-term impacts of this approach, as well as investigate its effectiveness across different grade levels and diverse student populations. additionally, studies could examine the specific problem-solving strategies and cognitive processes that contribute to the observed improvements in student learning. conclusion: this study demonstrates the potential of problem-solving focused worksheets to enhance student learning in arithmetic. by embedding arithmetic content within meaningful, real-world problems and guiding students through the problem-solving process, this approach can significantly improve students' conceptual understanding, problem-solving abilities, and overall achievement in arithmetic. the findings have important implications for mathematics instruction and provide a foundation for future research in this area. references: 1. polya, g. (1957). how to solve it: a new aspect of mathematical method. princeton university press. 2. schoenfeld, a. h. (1992). learning to think mathematically: problem-solving, metacognition, and sense-making in mathematics. handbook of research on mathematics teaching and learning, 334370. 3. sweller, j. (1988). cognitive load during problem-solving: effects on learning. cognitive science, 12(2), 257-285. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the essence and necessity of introducing digital technologies in the development of human capital saparbaeva dilfuza bakhtiyarovna higher school of business and entrepreneurs a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the essence and necessity of the introduction of digital technologies in the development of human capital, and the literature of economists was studied as part of the research. also, the main directions of human capital development were investigated and a conclusion was formed at the end. capital, digital technology, human capital, technological determinism introduction in today's rapidly developing digital environment, the integration of technology into various aspects of human life is widespread everywhere. digital technologies have fundamentally changed our daily interactions and activities, from the way we communicate and collaborate to the way we study and work. during this digital revolution, the field of human capital development is in the first place, facing unprecedented opportunities and difficult problems. scientists, operators and politicians are increasingly paying attention to the essence and necessity of introducing digital technologies in the development of human capital. human capital, defined as knowledge, skills and abilities embodied in individuals, serves as the basis of economic growth, organizational success and social development. thus, increasing human capital through effective development strategies is necessary to encourage innovation, increase efficiency and ensure sustainable development in the digital age. this dissertation is aimed at studying the multifaceted relationship between digital technologies and human capital development, and sheds light on the transformational potential of technology-based approaches to education, skill acquisition, and organizational growth. by studying the theoretical foundations of human capital theory, technological determinism and digital transformation, we aimed to create a comprehensive basis for understanding the dynamic interaction between technology and human capital. the integration of digital technologies into human capital development holds great promise for solving long-standing problems and opening up new opportunities in various fields. digital technologies offer many tools and platforms for people and organizations to thrive in a complex and interconnected world, from improving digital literacy and facilitating organizational agility. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org however, along with these opportunities, the implementation of digital technologies also raises serious problems and ethical considerations. challenges such as the digital divide, data privacy, and technological shift underscore the need for careful consideration and responsible implementation of digital initiatives in human capital development efforts. literature review through an in-depth study of relevant literature, case studies and empirical evidence, this dissertation attempts to shed light on the critical importance of the use of digital technologies in human capital development. human capital theory has influenced many fields, including economics, education, and sociology. this theory suggests that investment in human capital, such as education, increases productivity, which can lead to increased personal income and economic growth. according to e. tan (2014), the theory of human capital has had a profound impact on many disciplines, despite ongoing criticism. according to him, investments in human capital are expanding in various research directions, although these expansions have attracted criticism that they are somewhat fragmented and disorganized. some scholars argue that the theory of human capital is not sufficiently supported by empirical evidence, which questions its validity in explaining the distribution of personal income. these criticisms point to potential circular reasoning and lack of provability in the theory (b.fix, 2018). the theory has been criticized for its methodological weaknesses, such as closed-system modeling and the use of incorrect mathematical applications. it is also said to oversimplify the path between education and work without taking into account variables such as social background and the complex nature of labor markets (s. marginson, 2019). in general, although human capital theory has been fundamental in understanding the economic importance of education, it faces serious criticisms related to its empirical validity and the simplicity of its models. this highlights the ongoing debate and the need for more nuanced approaches to examining the relationship between education and economic outcomes. technological determinism is a theoretical concept used to study how technology affects human activities and social structures. it emphasizes that technology is the main factor of social changes. this concept is widely discussed in several scientific disciplines, and according to a. dafoe (2015), technological determinism is often viewed from a critical point of view, but it can be used constructively to understand the social impact of technology, paying attention to autonomous and socially shaping trends. it is important to distinguish between "hard" and "soft" determinism, the first sees technology as an autonomous force shaping society, and the second recognizes the mutual relationship between technology and society. different perspectives on technological determinism influence policy decisions and perceptions of technology risks and opportunities. for example, soft determinism suggests that while technology affects changes in society, this effect is not unilateral or predetermined (c.lee, 2022). in summary, while technological determinism provides a framework for considering the impact of technology on society, it is essential to integrate this perspective with other theoretical approaches to fully understand the multifaceted interactions between technology, individuals, and social structures. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org analysis and results in today's era, digital technologies are an integral part of human capital development, reshaping the way people learn, develop skills and contribute to organizational success. digital technologies include a wide range of tools, platforms and systems that use digital information and communication technologies to facilitate various processes and activities. these technologies include, but are not limited to: learning management systems (lms); virtual reality (vr) and augmented reality (ar) applications; artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning (ml) algorithms ; online collaboration tools and platforms ; mobile education programs ; game and simulation guide . the scope of digital technologies in the development of human capital belongs to several areas, including education, training, professional development and organizational training. these technologies offer a variety of functions, from content delivery and evaluation to interactive learning experiences and personal skill development. the development of human capital means the process of increasing the knowledge, skills and abilities of individuals in order to effectively contribute to the goals of the organization and the development of society. it includes formal education, informal learning experiences, on-the-job training and lifelong learning. fig. 1. the main goal of human capital development1 human capital development represents a strategic approach aimed at improving the knowledge, skills and abilities of individuals to meet the changing demands of the labor market, develop the organization's activities and contribute to the development of society. fundamentally, human capital 1 муаллиф ишланмаси improving people's employment and career prospects encourage innovation and creativity increasing organizational efficiency and competitiveness to promote economic growth and social development american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org development involves a dynamic process of learning, skill acquisition, and capability development that continues throughout a person's life. table 1 the main directions of human capital development2 lifelong learning human capital development recognizes the importance of continuous learning and development throughout a person's life. in an era characterized by rapid technological advances and economic shifts, the ability to adapt and learn new skills is critical to maintaining employment and being competitive in the workforce. continuing education includes formal education, non-formal learning experiences, on-the-job training and self-directed initiatives. acquiring and improving skills human capital development aims to equip people with the knowledge, skills and abilities needed to perform effectively in their current roles and pursue future career opportunities. this includes identifying relevant skills gaps, developing targeted training programs and providing opportunities for hands-on learning and skills development. key skill areas include technical competencies, soft skills (eg communication, teamwork) and digital literacy. talent management and career development human capital development includes strategic talent management operations aimed at attracting, retaining and developing skilled workforce. this includes talent recruitment, career planning, performance management, and succession planning initiatives designed to support employee growth and career development in the organization. organizations can invest in the development and well-being of employees and increase employee activity, job satisfaction, and organizational loyalty. organizational education and knowledge management human capital development goes beyond individual development to encompass organizational learning and knowledge management processes. organizations must create a culture of continuous learning, innovation and knowledge sharing to remain competitive in today's knowledge-based economy. this includes capturing and leveraging tacit knowledge, developing communities of practice, and implementing knowledge sharing platforms and practices to facilitate collaborative problem solving and organizational agility. social and economic development human capital development has wider implications for social and economic development at national and global levels. by investing in education, training and skills development initiatives, governments and policymakers can help individuals reach their full potential, reduce poverty and promote inclusive economic growth. human capital development also contributes to social cohesion, gender equality and sustainable development goals by expanding access to education, improving health outcomes and promoting social mobility. based on the above table, it can be said that human capital development represents a holistic approach aimed at developing the potential of individuals, increasing their capabilities and maximizing their contribution to organizational and social goals. by prioritizing lifelong learning, skills development, talent management, organizational learning and social and economic development, human capital development lays the foundation for building a skilled, flexible and resilient workforce that can thrive in an ever-changing world. the integration of digital technologies into human capital development has a profound impact on organizational strategies, practices and culture. as organizations seek to use technology to enhance the 2 муаллиф ишланмаси american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org skills, knowledge and capabilities of their workforce, they must navigate a complex landscape of opportunities and challenges. adopting digital technologies requires a cultural change in organizations characterized by a commitment to innovation, agility and continuous learning. leaders play a critical role in fostering a culture of digital readiness and adaptation, where employees are encouraged to experiment, collaborate and embrace change. digital transformation initiatives must align with organizational goals and values, ensuring that technology adoption supports strategic goals and improves organizational performance. this may involve reengineering processes, redesigning workflows and rethinking traditional roles to accommodate digital innovation. digital technologies offer new ways to acquire and recruit talent, allowing organizations to access a wider pool of candidates through online platforms, social media and digital networking tools. recruiters can use data analytics and ai-based algorithms to identify and assess candidates' suitability for specific roles, streamline the hiring process, and improve decision-making. to attract and retain top talent, organizations must prioritize opportunities for employee development and career advancement through digital technologies. investing in online learning platforms, virtual mentoring programs, and professional development initiatives demonstrates commitment to employee growth and professional development and increases engagement and engagement. digital technologies facilitate real-time performance monitoring and feedback, allowing managers to provide timely guidance, recognition and support to employees. performance management systems equipped with data analytics capabilities enable organizations to monitor key performance indicators, identify trends, and make data-driven decisions to optimize workforce performance. as organizations collect and analyze large amounts of data related to employee performance, learning outcomes, and engagement metrics, they must prioritize data privacy and ethical issues. protecting confidential data, obtaining consent to use data, and complying with relevant regulations are critical to maintaining trust and integrity in digital human capital development initiatives. conclusions and suggestions in summary, the organizational impact of digital technologies on human capital development is wideranging and includes cultural change, talent management, performance management, organizational learning, and ethical aspects. by embracing digital innovation and adopting a strategic approach to technology integration, organizations can unleash the full potential of their workforce , develop innovation, and achieve sustainable competitive advantage in the digital age. the importance and necessity of introducing digital technologies to human capital development cannot be denied in today's fast-paced and technology-driven world. throughout this dissertation, we have explored the transformative impact of digital technologies on human capital development, addressing key topics such as digital literacy, innovative learning methodologies, skills development, and organizational impacts. from expanding learning opportunities to fostering collaboration and innovation in the workplace, digital technologies offer tremendous opportunities to unlock the full potential of individuals and organizations. organizations must proactively manage this transition by investing in training and development programs that equip employees with the skills they need to succeed in the digital economy. in addition, organizational culture plays a crucial role in shaping the adoption and diffusion of digital technologies. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org leaders must foster a culture of innovation, collaboration, and continuous learning where employees feel empowered to embrace change and experiment with new technologies. in conclusion, the integration of digital technologies into human capital development represents a paradigm shift in how people learn, work and contribute to organizational success. by embracing digital innovation and taking a strategic approach to technology integration, organizations can unlock the full potential of human capital that drives innovation, productivity and growth in the digital age. references 1. dafoe, a. (2015). on technological determinism. science, technology, & human values, 40, 1047 1076. https://doi.org/10.1177/0162243915579283. 2. guinan, p., parise, s., & langowitz, n. (2019). creating an innovative digital project team: levers to enable digital transformation. business horizons. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bushor.2019.07.005. 3. feroz, a., zo, h., & chiravuri, a. (2021). digital transformation and environmental sustainability: a review and research agenda. sustainability. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13031530. 4. fix, b. (2018). the trouble with human capital theory. econstor open access articles, 15-32. https://doi.org/10.31235/osf.io/ax6k7. 5. hauer, t. (2017). technological determinism and new media. international journal of english and literature, 2, 239174. 6. marginson, s. (2019). limitations of human capital theory*. studies in higher education, 44, 287 301. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2017.1359823. 7. lee, c. (2022). exploring technological determinism in technology philosophy. the korean association of practical arts education. https://doi.org/10.24062/kpae.2022.35.3.57. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org peculiarities of formation of salt plugs in oil and gas industry heat exchangers kurbanov farkhod polatovich researcher of the bukhara institute of engineering and technology, bukhara, uzbekistan, g-mail: zuhriddinrayimov0@gmail.com rayimov zukhriddin khayriddin ugli docent of the bukhara institute of engineering and technology, bukhara, uzbekistan, g-mail: zuhriddinrayimov0@gmail.com akhmedov vohid nizomovich professor of the bukhara institute of engineering and technology, bukhara, uzbekistan, e-mail: voxid7@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s heat exchangers are a very important part of technological devices in the chemical industry and related fields. the share of heat exchangers in the oil and gas processing industry is 50%. this article is devoted to the study of the problem of formation of salt plugs in heat exchangers of the oil and gas industry salt plugs, shell-and-tube heat exchangers, plate heat exchangers, heat transfer, circulating water, salt deposits, carbonate salts, silicate salts. introduction the rate of growth of industry and economic stability directly depends on the level of development of the country's energy sector. one of the main sectors of our economy is the oil and gas industry. in recent years, along with positive achievements in the oil and gas industry, there are also problems. one of these problems is the reduction of the efficiency of the device due to the accumulation of salt plugs in the heat exchangers of the oil and gas industry. the waste associated with the formation of salt plugs causes problems related to the cost of replacement or repair of the heat exchanger, the cost of preventive maintenance, the increase of water, electricity and other costs. currently, the solution to this problem is urgent, because in the oil and gas industry, as well as in other sectors of the country's economy, attention is being paid to the issue of energy saving and energy efficiency. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org today, all plants of the oil and gas industry, as well as all other sectors that use heat exchangers, face the following main problems: the formation of salt plugs on heat transfer surfaces, which leads to a decrease in heat transfer in heat exchange devices and, subsequently, excessive consumption of fuel; the intensification of corrosion processes is primarily determined by the increase in the concentration of aggressive compounds (sulfur dioxide, etc.) in the production environment. the continuous growth of the production volume in the oil and gas industry leads to an increase in the water consumption of the chemical industry. in this regard, special importance is attached to the issues of rational and efficient use of water. many physico-chemical processes occur with the release of heat. in the technological system, heat exchange devices are used in order to increase the yield of the manufactured product and reduce the formation of additional substances. the circulating water treatment system is an important part of the oil and gas industry. in the production process, shell-and-tube heat exchangers are used to transfer heat from one substance (liquid or gas) to another substance (liquid or gas). in this case, one of the substances heats up and the other cools down. the structure of the two-way shell-and-tube heat exchanger according to the internal space of the pipes is presented in fig. 1. the device mainly consists of a shell and a set of pipes inside it. figure 1. the principle of operation of the two-way shell-and-tube heat exchanger in a shell-and-tube heat exchanger, heat is transferred through the walls of the tubes. heat carriers that do not pollute the surface and do not form deposits are required to be sent from the space between the pipes. the reasons for the decrease in the capacity of the shell-and-tube heat exchanger are the accumulation of salt plugs, foam, oil and tar on the heat exchange surface of the pipes, as well as metal corrosion. if salt plugs accumulate in the device in large quantities, for cooling (heating) it is necessary to pass an excess amount of heat carrier through the heat exchanger, which leads to an increase in electricity consumption. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org research methodology when studying the formation of salt plugs in a shell-and-tube heat exchanger, samples of cooling water and high-temperature substances in a certain amount of the system were analyzed, as well as heat exchangers that failed due to the accumulation of salt plugs. a series of experimental data was obtained that revealed the reasons for the failure of heat exchangers. performance characteristics of the studied heat exchanger: parameters of the environment inside the pipes: cooling water, t = 50...80°c; p=490 kpa pipe size and material: ∅ 20×2.0 mm, steel 09г2c; parameters of the space between pipes: high-temperature heat carrier, t=118...83°c; p=910 kpa according to the results of visual inspection after opening the shell-and-tube heat exchanger, salt growths with a diameter of up to 10 mm were found on the outer surface of the tube set in the lower part of the device (fig. 2). at the top of the pipe set, a uniform layer of salt with a surface thickness of up to 0.5 mm was found. figure 2. a shell-and-tube heat exchanger is a set of pipes a -general view of a set of pipes; bsalt growths at the bottom of the pipe stack; ca uniform layer of salt at the top of the pipe stack in recent years, plate heat exchangers with a very high heat transfer coefficient have been widely used in the oil and gas industry. plate heat exchangers are made of several rows of parallel corrugated plates made of thin metal sheets, which are clamped between movable and fixed plates with the help of screws. the advantage of this device is that the plate is made of a thin (1–1.5 mm) sheet, and the heat transfer coefficient has a large value due to the high speed of the currents. when using a plate heat exchanger for 2-3 years, a salt coating appears on the surface of its plates. as a result, the efficiency of the device decreases due to the difficulty of moving the heat carrier in the american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org channels on the plates. the reason for this is the presence of ca2+ and mg2+ salts in the water used as a heat carrier in the heat exchanger. clogging can occur in plate heat exchangers for the following reasons: 1. deposition of carbonate salts; 2. silicate salts; 3. corrosion deposits of metals; 4. a mixture of hard salt plugs; 5. rubber particles. most industrial enterprises do not have a high-cost chemical water treatment system. when cleaning the plate heat exchanger from salt clogs, the device case is opened and the sediments accumulated in the channels of the plates are cleaned (fig. 3). however, after using the device at high pressure and cleaning the plates, there is no possibility to ensure the appropriate density between them. figure 3. view of the channels of the plates of the plate heat exchanger in a clean state (a) and covered with salt plugs (b) when salt plugs appear on the plates of plate heat exchangers, the following consequences can occur: the salt layer conducts heat poorly, and when it appears, the heat exchanger begins to lose its main function. the thicker the salt layer, the lower the heat transfer coefficient. the channels of the heat exchanger plates are gradually clogged with salt plugs and the movement of the heat carrier is completely restricted. discussion and results the formation of salt plugs in heat exchange devices depends on the type and amount of salts dissolved in the heat transfer agent. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org "water hardness" occurs due to the dissolution of various salts in water, especially those containing ca2+ and mg2+ ions. water hardness refers to the amount of ca2+ and mg2+ salts dissolved in 1 liter (1000 ml) of water in "mg·equiv" (milligram×equivalent). the water quality in the system was analyzed by studying the composition of a certain amount of water samples. a number of experimental data were obtained that reveal the causes of the formation of salt plugs in heat exchangers (table 1). table 1 analysis results of water from industrial circulation sources № indicator names 1-its 2its 3its 4its 5its 1 ph 8,70 8,55 8,40 8,80 8,55 2 mass concentration of salts, mg/dm3 1360,0 770,0 1260,0 680,0 2300,0 3 mass concentration of solids, mg/dm3 35,4 24,6 38,0 145,0 88,4 4 general alkalinity, mmol/dm3 4,6 3,5 3,0 4,2 0,6 5 mass concentration of chlorides (cl-),mg/dm3 280,0 130,0 280,0 130,0 260,0 6 mass concentration of sulfates (so4 2-), mg/dm3 1260,0 500,0 2520,0 800,0 1400,0 7 mass concentration of total iron (fe), mg/dm3 0,5 0,27 0,39 0,77 0,93 8 general hardness, mmol/dm3 27,0 16,5 25,0 18,0 37,0 9 calcium hardness (ca2+), mmol/dm3 18,0 10,0 14,0 10,0 20,0 10 mass concentration of orthophosphate (po4 3-) ion converted to p2o5, mg/dm3 0,44 0,35 1,29 0,71 1,12 11 ability to oxidize permanganate,mgo/dm3 2,4 2,32 6,72 2,56 36,15 12 mass concentration of nitrites (no2 ), mg/dm3 67,0 1,3 83,0 0,56 48,0 13 mass concentration of nitrates (no3 -), mg/dm3 192,0 106,0 144,0 30,0 740,0 14 copper ion mass concentration (cu2+), mg/dm3 0,0060 0,0070 0,0060 0,0060 0,0037 15 mass concentration of silicic acid (sio3 2-), mg/dm3 32,0 20,0 28,0 22,2 1,02 16 mass concentration of total ammonia, mg/dm3 1,26 1,32 no no 240,0 17 stability indicator, mg/dm3 1,1 1,2 1,01 1,12 1,1 18 mass concentration of active chlorine, mg/dm3 no no no no no american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org summary salt plugs adhere firmly to the surfaces of heat exchangers where the heat transfer agents move. even liquid streams cannot dislodge the salt layer. as a result, due to the hardness of the water, the layers grow and thicken. therefore, the use of inhibitors against the formation of salt plugs in heat exchangers is an economically and technologically important solution to the above wide-ranging problems. references 1. vohid, a., & zukhriddin, r. (2023). determination of the efficiency of the ikfa corrosion inhibitor in the aggressive environment of mdea absorbent on a sample of steel 09g2s. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (110)), 59-63. 2. шарипова н. у., мухамадиев б. т., шарипова н. у. хранение, транспортировка и реализация крио измельченных и замороженных продуктов растительного происхождения //universum: технические науки. – 2021. – №. 2-2 (83). – с. 100-103. 3. v.n.axmedov, z.x.rayimov, g.a.g'afurova.tereftal kislota hosilalari. isbn 978-9943-9265-3-0 monografiya “durdona” nashriyoti. 2023. 152 bet. 4. шарипова н. у. химическая промышленность и окружающая среда //universum: химия и биология. – 2022. – №. 5-1 (95). – с. 19-21. 5. vohid, a., zukhriddin, r., & farkhod, k. (2024). chlorination of phthalic anhydride. universum: технические науки, 8(10 (127)), 19-23. 6. бердиева з. м., мирзаева ш. у. экстракция масла цветков джиды сверхкритической углекислотой //интеграция современных научных исследований в развитие общества. – 2016. – с. 181-183. 7. rayimov, z., & haydarov, a. (2023). ikik va iktk korroziya ingibitorlarining kislotali muhitda metallarni korroziyadan himoyalash mexanizmi. namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi, (11), 124-129. 8. бердиева з. м., жахонов ж., мирзаев а. анализ растительного полифенола //scientific aspects and trends in the field of scientific research. – 2023. – т. 1. – №. 8. – с. 284-287. 9. vohid, a., & zukhriddin, r. (2023). determination of the efficiency of the ikfa corrosion inhibitor in the aggressive environment of mdea absorbent on a sample of steel 09g2s. universum: технические науки, (5-7 (110)), 59-63. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the peculiarity of migraine in patients with comorbid sleep disorders murodov muzaffar niyozbek o`g`li samarkand state medical university department of neurology 1st year master amonova zakhro kakhramonovna, phd., assistant of the department of neurology, samarkand state medical university amonova zilola kakhramonovna 2nd year student at the faculty of dentistry of the emu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s migraine and sleep disorders share complex pathophysiological interactions, influencing each other's onset and severity. this article explores the peculiarities of migraines in patients suffering from comorbid sleep disorders, emphasizing the impact on clinical presentation, treatment approaches, and quality of life. through a comprehensive review of existing literature, clinical studies, and data analysis, the study aims to provide insights into the bidirectional relationship between these conditions and propose effective management strategies. a detailed examination of the underlying mechanisms, associated risk factors, and therapeutic approaches is presented to enhance understanding and treatment outcomes. migraine, sleep disorders, comorbidity, sleep quality, headache, insomnia, sleep apnea, neurological disorders, circadian rhythm, serotonin, cognitive behavioral therapy. introduction migraine is a common neurological disorder characterized by recurrent headaches, often accompanied by nausea, vomiting, and sensitivity to light and sound. sleep disorders, including insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea (osa), and restless leg syndrome, have been frequently reported in migraine patients. the interconnection between these two conditions suggests a bidirectional influence where poor sleep can trigger migraines, while migraines can further disrupt sleep. the significance of this study lies in its potential to provide valuable insights into the shared pathophysiology between migraine and sleep disorders, as well as to offer a targeted approach to treatment. analyzing how sleep disturbances contribute to migraine progression can help healthcare professionals tailor more effective interventions. additionally, understanding the role of american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org neurochemical changes, such as fluctuations in serotonin and melatonin levels, could lead to improved pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment options. literature analysis several studies have highlighted the association between migraines and sleep disturbances. epidemiological data suggest that individuals suffering from sleep disorders have a higher prevalence of migraines. neurophysiological research indicates that disturbances in the hypothalamic-pituitaryadrenal axis and neurotransmitter imbalances, particularly serotonin and dopamine dysfunction, contribute to both conditions. the role of circadian rhythms in migraine pathophysiology has also been explored, demonstrating that disruptions in sleep patterns can serve as a migraine trigger. for instance, patients with irregular sleepwake cycles have shown increased migraine frequency and severity. additionally, studies have shown that treating sleep disorders can reduce migraine frequency and severity, emphasizing the importance of a comprehensive approach to managing both conditions simultaneously. methods this study involved a systematic review of scientific literature, clinical trials, and patient case studies from 2015 to 2025. a cohort of migraine patients with diagnosed sleep disorders was analyzed for sleep quality, headache frequency, pain intensity, and treatment outcomes. the pittsburgh sleep quality index (psqi) and migraine disability assessment (midas) questionnaires were used to assess sleep disturbances and migraine impact, respectively. the study was conducted using a mixed-method approach, including qualitative and quantitative analyses. participants were divided into control and study groups to determine the extent of migraine exacerbation due to poor sleep quality. statistical analysis was performed to identify significant correlations between sleep parameters and migraine characteristics. in addition, neuroimaging studies such as mri and polysomnography were used to evaluate potential structural or functional abnormalities related to sleep disturbances in migraine patients. results migraine is a debilitating neurological disorder that frequently coexists with sleep disturbances. the interplay between migraine and sleep disorders suggests a complex bidirectional relationship mediated by shared neurophysiological and biochemical mechanisms. patients with comorbid sleep disorders often experience increased migraine frequency, greater pain intensity, and reduced treatment efficacy. this paper explores the peculiarities of migraine in patients with sleep disorders, the underlying pathophysiological mechanisms, and effective management strategies to improve clinical outcomes. migraine is a chronic and recurrent headache disorder that affects millions of people worldwide. it is characterized by moderate to severe headaches, often unilateral, pulsating, and accompanied by symptoms such as nausea, vomiting, photophobia, and phonophobia. sleep disorders, including insomnia, obstructive sleep apnea (osa), restless legs syndrome (rls), and circadian rhythm disturbances, frequently coexist with migraine. emerging evidence suggests that disrupted sleep patterns may trigger migraine attacks and exacerbate their severity. understanding the connection american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org between these conditions is crucial for optimizing treatment strategies and improving patients' quality of life. pathophysiology of migraine and sleep disorders several shared pathophysiological mechanisms link migraine and sleep disorders, including: hypothalamic dysfunction the hypothalamus plays a key role in regulating the sleep-wake cycle and is also involved in migraine pathogenesis. dysfunction in this region can disrupt circadian rhythms and contribute to migraine attacks. melatonin imbalance melatonin, a hormone that regulates sleep, has been found to be lower in individuals with migraines. reduced melatonin levels can lead to sleep fragmentation and increased susceptibility to migraine attacks. neurotransmitter dysfunction both serotonin and dopamine play crucial roles in migraine and sleep regulation. serotonin deficiency has been linked to sleep disturbances, while dopaminergic dysfunction is observed in both migraine and restless legs syndrome. cortical hyperexcitability migraine patients exhibit increased cortical excitability, which is further aggravated by sleep deprivation. this heightened neuronal activity may contribute to migraine onset and severity. clinical features of migraine in patients with sleep disorders patients with comorbid sleep disorders exhibit distinctive migraine patterns, including: increased migraine frequency: poor sleep quality and chronic sleep deprivation lead to more frequent attacks. greater pain intensity: sleep disturbances may heighten central sensitization, making pain more severe. altered attack duration: disrupted sleep patterns prolong migraine episodes and delay recovery. reduced treatment response: poor sleep quality negatively impacts the effectiveness of pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatments. types of sleep disorders and their impact on migraine insomnia chronic sleep deprivation is a well-established migraine trigger. individuals with insomnia often experience prolonged migraine duration and increased severity. obstructive sleep apnea (osa) osa leads to nocturnal hypoxia and fragmented sleep, increasing the risk of morning migraines. continuous positive airway pressure (cpap) therapy has been shown to reduce migraine frequency in osa patients. restless legs syndrome (rls) rls is associated with dopamine dysfunction, which also plays a role in migraine pathophysiology. sleep disturbances caused by rls can exacerbate migraine symptoms. circadian rhythm disorders shift work, jet lag, and irregular sleep schedules disrupt the circadian rhythm, making individuals more susceptible to migraines. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org delayed sleep phase syndrome (dsps) and advanced sleep phase syndrome (asps) are common circadian disruptions linked to migraine. management and treatment strategies an integrated approach addressing both migraine and sleep disturbances is essential for effective management. key strategies include: lifestyle modifications maintaining a consistent sleep schedule to regulate circadian rhythms. reducing caffeine, alcohol, and screen time before bedtime. engaging in relaxation techniques (e.g., meditation, deep breathing) to improve sleep quality. pharmacological interventions melatonin supplementation may be beneficial for migraine patients with sleep disturbances. adjusting migraine prophylactic medications (e.g., beta-blockers, anticonvulsants) based on sleep patterns. treating underlying sleep disorders with appropriate medications (e.g., dopamine agonists for rls, cpap for osa). cognitive behavioral therapy for insomnia (cbt-i) cbt-i has been shown to be effective in reducing both sleep disturbances and migraine frequency. patients learn behavioral and cognitive strategies to improve sleep hygiene and manage migraine triggers. discussion the interplay between migraine and sleep disorders suggests that addressing sleep disturbances could be an essential component of migraine management. the activation of shared neurological pathways, including serotoninergic and dopaminergic systems, highlights the need for an integrated approach to treatment. pharmacological treatments, such as melatonin supplementation and migraine prophylactics with sleep-modulating properties, have shown potential benefits. non-pharmacological strategies, including sleep hygiene education, behavioral therapy, and lifestyle modifications, also play a crucial role in symptom management. evidence suggests that regular sleep schedules, avoidance of blue light exposure before bedtime, and relaxation techniques can significantly alleviate migraine symptoms. conclusions the strong link between migraine and sleep disorders underscores the necessity for comprehensive patient evaluation and individualized treatment plans. clinicians should routinely assess sleep quality in migraine patients and incorporate sleep-focused interventions into their management strategies. future research should explore the long-term effects of targeted sleep therapies on migraine outcomes. a multidisciplinary approach involving neurologists, sleep specialists, and behavioral therapists may offer the most effective treatment outcomes for patients suffering from both conditions. healthcare providers should consider personalized treatment plans that include behavioral therapy, medication adjustments, and lifestyle modifications to optimize patient care. by integrating sleep management into migraine treatment, healthcare providers can significantly improve patient outcomes and overall well-being. future research should focus on novel american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org pharmacological interventions that target both migraine and sleep disturbances at the molecular level, as well as the role of emerging technologies in monitoring sleep patterns and predicting migraine onset. references 1. buse dc, rains jc, pavlovic jm, fanning km, reed ml, manack adams a, lipton rb. sleep disorders among people with migraine: results from the chronic migraine epidemiology and outcomes (cameo) study. headache. 2019;59(1):32–45. 2. bergman-bock s. associations between migraine and the most common psychiatric comorbidities. headache. 2018;58(2):346–53. 3. vgontzas a, pavlovic jm. sleep disorders and migraine: review of literature and potential pathophysiology mechanisms. headache. 2018;58(7):1030–9. 4. mcdermott mj, tull mt, gratz kl, houle tt, smitherman ta. comorbidity of migraine and psychiatric disorders among substance-dependent inpatients. headache. 2014;54(2):290–302. 5. buse dc, silberstein sd, manack an, papapetropoulos s, lipton rb. psychiatric comorbidities of episodic and chronic migraine. j neurol. 2013;260(8):1960–9. 6. nih news in health. headache pain: what to do when your head hurts. https:// newsi nheal th. nih. gov/ 2014/ 03/ heada chepain#: ~: text=a% 20hea dache% 20may% 20feel% 20lik e,blood% 20ves sels% 2c%20and%20other%20triggers. accessed 10 sept 2023. 7. jette n, patten s, williams j, becker w, wiebe s. comorbidity of migraine and psychiatric disorders—a national population-based study. headache. 2008;48(4):501–16. 8. amiri p, kazeminasab s, nejadghaderi sa, mohammadinasab r, pourfathi h, araj-khodaei m, sullman mjm, kolahi aa, safiri s. migraine: a review on its history, global epidemiology, risk factors, and comorbidities. front neurol. 2022;12:800605. 9. buse dc, reed ml, fanning km, bostic r, dodick dw, schwedt tj, munjal s, singh p, lipton rb. comorbid and co-occurring conditions in migraine and associated risk of increasing headache pain intensity and headache frequency: results of the migraine in america symptoms and treatment (mast) study. j headache pain. 2020;21(1):23. 10. tiseo c, vacca a, felbush a, filimonova t, gai a, glazyrina t, hubalek ia, marchenko y, overeem lh, piroso s, tkachev a, martelletti p, sacco s. european headache federation school of advanced studies (ehf-sas). migraine and sleep disorders: a systematic review. j headache pain. 2020;21(1):126. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org analysis of traditional methods for predicting soil productivity khidirova charos murodilloevna tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khwarizmi, associate professor, ph.d. davronova zarnigor rizamat qizi tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khwarizmi, master's student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article also discusses modern methods of crop yield assessment and forecasting, including the use of regression analysis based on satellite data. particular attention is paid to short-term and medium-term forecasts that meet the requirements of simplicity, cost-effectiveness and automation. the proposed approaches allow one to take into account the depth of the forecast, which determines the choice of intuitive or formalized methods. the work contributes to the development of tools for sustainable agriculture and the maintenance of soil ecosystem services. soil, plant, fertility, productivity, forecasting methods. introduction soils cover a significant part of the earth's surface, but in terms of their usefulness to humans, they are a limited and virtually irreplaceable resource [1]. today, about 3.2 billion hectares of land are used as arable land, which is about a quarter of the total land area [2, 3]. in general, agricultural lands occupy from 40% to 50% of the entire land area [4]. despite the key role of soils in ensuring productivity, their functions are sometimes poorly defined or interpreted differently. in the german soil protection act [5], soil productivity is described as “suitability for agriculture and forestry”. among the various soil functions (agriculture, resource use, settlements and transport), agricultural and forestry soils occupy a special place. firstly, the sustainable use of agricultural soils is necessary to maintain their productive potential in the long term. secondly, natural soil functions such as habitat, nutrient cycling and biofiltration are not only important for conservation areas. agricultural soils are also obliged to fulfill these natural functions, for example by supporting ecosystem services [6]. the assessment of the soil productivity function is not limited to land use concepts related to tillage intensity. it covers the ability of soils to support low-input and organic farming methods. furthermore, even soils located in natural ecosystems can fulfill productive functions. this paper focuses on the american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the soil productivity function on agricultural land. the existing approaches and tools for assessing the state of soils in terms of their ability to ensure productivity are considered. soils and their limitations for plant growth soils are components of terrestrial ecosystems. the productivity of these systems is controlled by natural factors and human activities. the most important external natural factors are solar radiation, which affects temperature and evapotranspiration, and/or precipitation [7]. soils can support plant growth if climate, as the main factor in soil formation, is within a suitable range. thus, on a global scale, natural limitations to soil productivity can be divided into three main groups. the first group includes the thermal and moisture regimes of soils. plants require appropriate soil temperature and moisture for their growth. for most soils, the thermal and moisture regimes are directly dependent on climatic conditions. they set the scope for such limitations as drought, humidity, or too short a growing season, which limit productivity [8]. globally, soil moisture is the main limiting factor in most agricultural systems. drylands cover more than 50% of the world's land surface [9]. available soil water is a prerequisite for plant growth. in all climates suitable for agriculture, the water holding capacity of soils is a critical property for soil functionality, including the productivity function. it is closely related to crop yields [10]. the second group of limitations includes other intrinsic soil deficiencies, mainly due to improper substrates that limit plant rooting and nutrition. these include shallow soils, rockiness, hard subsoil layers, anaerobic horizons, or soils with unfavourable chemical properties such as salinity, alkalinity, acidity, nutrient depletion or pollution, which can cause serious limitations to plant growth or biomass utilisation [11]. the third group includes topography, sometimes considered as an external property of the soil, preventing soil erosion and ensuring accessibility for people and machinery. there seems to be an interaction between natural limitations of soil productivity and social factors. historically, many countries with poor soils were generally poorly developed. this led to accelerated soil degradation. currently, in developing countries, about two thirds of soils have serious limitations for agriculture. their low fertility (38%), sandy or stony soils (23%), poor soil drainage (20%) and steep slopes (10%) are the main limitations to productivity [12]. over the past decade, several methods and approaches have emerged for forecasting crop yields, the main ones being: • the method of analyzing the trend and cyclicality in the dynamics of yield; • the method based on identifying an analog year; • modeling the growth of plant biomass; • the method based on the analysis of synoptic processes; • regression method using satellite data. an approach based on regression analysis, in the presence of a sufficiently long series of high-quality satellite data, allows obtaining good results [13]. currently, work on the development of this approach and the analysis of the possibilities of its application for forecasting the yield of various crops is being carried out quite actively. from the results of the studies presented in [13–17], annual fluctuations in yield are quite accurately predicted by vegetation indices during the growing season, during which all vital processes of plants are maximally manifested [18]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org when considering the problem of forecasting, the emphasis is placed on short-term or medium-term forecasts, since long-term forecasting requires the use of statistical analysis methods and expert assessments [19]. applications that implement forecasting models must meet a number of key requirements: • relative simplicity; • cost-effectiveness in calculations; • the ability to automatically generate forecasts. the scientific literature presents various classifications of forecasting methods. one of them is based on the degree of formalization, where methods are divided into intuitive and formalized. to select an appropriate forecasting method in different situations when solving problems, the concept of forecast depth is introduced. 𝜏 = ∆𝑡 𝑡 , where, ∆t is the absolute lead time, t is the duration of the forecasting cycle. when the forecasting depth value is less than one, we can say that this value fits into the framework of the evolutionary cycle and the most correct will be the use of formalized methods. if the obtained value becomes close to one, then in order to determine the strength of the forecasting “leap” and the time of its existence, intuitive methods and catastrophe theory are most acceptable [20]. if the forecasting depth value is greater than one, this means that several evolutionary forecasting cycles fit into the forecasting period at once. in this case, intuitive methods are increasingly important. fig. 1. classification of formalized forecasting methods american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org despite the diversity of formalized forecasting methods, the list presented in figure 1 is not exhaustive. among these methods, one of the most common is extrapolation. in the most general sense, extrapolation studies past and present trends in order to transfer them to the future. in extrapolation forecasting, time series are studied and function values are found outside the domain of definition [21, 22]. this uses information about how the function behaves at points lying inside the domain of definition. extrapolation can be formal and predictive. formal extrapolation is based only on the assumption that past and present trends will continue into the future. predictive extrapolation is based on hypotheses about the further development of the forecast object. the choice of extrapolation limits largely determines how realistic the forecast will be. the course of extrapolation is determined by the following steps: • a specific statement of the problem, consideration of hypotheses about the development of the forecast object, identification of factors that facilitate or hinder the development of the object, establishment of the extrapolation range; • definition of the system of parameters and standardization of the units of measurement associated with them; • tabulation of the collected data, data verification; • detection of development trends in the forecast object. conclusion soils are a vital but limited resource, the condition and use of which determine the productivity of agricultural lands and the sustainability of ecosystems. natural limitations of soil productivity, including climatic factors, internal soil properties and topography, significantly affect their ability to support plant growth and ensure crop yields. these constraints require the use of effective management and forecasting methods, especially in the context of increasing pressure on land resources. modern methods of yield forecasting, such as regression analysis using satellite data, show significant potential for improving the accuracy of shortand medium-term forecasts. at the same time, it is important to take into account the requirements for simplicity, cost-effectiveness and automation of forecasting models. references 1. blum w.e.h. (2006) soil resources the basis of human society and the environment, bodenkultur 57, 197–202 2. scherr s.j. (1999) soil degradation. a threat to developing-country food security by 2020? food, agriculture, and the environment discussion paper 27, international food policy research institute,washington, dc 20006-1002, usa. 3. davis m.l., masten s.j. (2003) principles of environmental engineering and science, mcgrawhill professional, isbn 0072921862, 9780072921861, 704 p. 4. smith p., martino d., cai z., gwary d., janzen h., kumar p., mccarl b., ogle s., o’mara f., rice c., scholes b., sirotenko o. (2007) agriculture, in climate change 2007: mitigation. contribution of working group iii to the fourth assessment report of the intergovernmental american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org panel on climate change, in: metz b., davidson o.r., bosch p.r., dave r., meyer l.a. (eds.), cambridge university press, cambridge, united kingdom and new york, ny, usa 5. bbodschg (1998) federal ministry for the environment, nature conservation and nuclear safety, federal soil protection act of 17 march 1998, federal law gazette i, p. 502. 6. foley j.a., de fries r., asner g.p., barford c., bonan g., carpenter s.r., chapin f.s., coe m.t., daily g.c., gibbs h.k., helkowski j.h., holloway t., howard e.a., kucharik c.j., monfreda c., patz j.a., prentice i.c., ramankutty n., snyder p.k. (2005) global consequences of land use, science 309, 570–574. 7. lieth h. (1975) modeling the primary productivity of the world, in: lieth h., whittaker r.h. (eds.), primary productivity of the biosphere, springer, berlin, pp. 237–263 8. fischer g., van velthuizen h., shah m., nachtergaele f. (2002) global agro-ecological assessment for agriculture in the 21st century: methodology and results, international institute for applied systems analysis, laxenburg, austria, 154 p. 9. asner g.p., heidebrecht k.b. (2005) desertification alters regional ecosystem-climate interactions, glob. change biol. 11, 182–194. 10. wong m.t.f., asseng s. (2006) determining the causes of spatial and temporal variability of wheat yields at sub-field scale using a new method of upscaling a crop model, plant soil 283, 203– 215. 11. louwagie g., gay s.h., burrell a. (2009) addressing soil degradation in eu agriculture: relevant processes, practices and policies, report on the project ’sustainable agriculture and soil conservation (soco)’, jrc scientific and technical reports, issn 1018 5593, 209 p. 12. lothar mueller, uwe schindler, wilfried mirschel, t. graham shepherd, bruce c. ball, et al. assessing the productivity function of soils. a review. agronomy for sustainable development, 2010, 30(3), ff10.1051/agro/2009057ff. ffhal-00886548ff. 13. савин и.ю., барталев с.а., лупян е.а., толпин в.а., хвостиков с.а. прогнозирование урожайности сельскохозяйственных культур на основе спутниковых данных: возможности и перспективы // современные проблемы дистанционного зондирования земли из космоса, 2010. –т.7. –№ 3. –с. 275–285 14. бондур в.г., чимитдоржиев т.н. анализ текстуры радиолокационных изображений растительности // известия вузов «геодезия и аэрофотосъемка», 2008. –№ 5. –с. 9–14. 15. белорусцева е.в. мониторинг состояния сельскохозяйственных угодий нечерноземеной зоны российской федерации // современные проблемы дистанционного зондирования земли из космоса. 2012. –т.9. –№1. –с. 57–64. 16. бондур в.г., мурнин а.б., рихтер а.а., шманьян м.а. разработка алгоритма оценки степени деградации почвы по мультиспектральным изображениям // известия юфу. 2012. –№6. –с. 130–134. 17. savin i. crop yield prediction with spot vgt in mediterranean and central asian countries. isprs archives xxxvi-8/w48 workshop proceedings: remote sensing support to crop yield forecast and area estimates. commission viii, wg viii/10. 2007. stresa, italy. pp.130-134 18. в.г. бондур, к.ю. гороховский, в.ю. игнатьев, а.б. мурынин, е.в. гапонова. метод прогнозирования урожайности по космическим наблюдениям за динамикой развития american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org вегетации. известия высших учебных заведений. геодезия и аэрофотосъемка, № 6, 2013. стр. 61-67. 19. айвазян с.а. прикладная статистика и эконометрика: учебник для вузов / с.а. айвазян, в.с. мхитарян. – м.: юнити, 1998. – 1022 с. 20. постон т. теория катастроф и ее приложения / т. постон, и. стюарт. – м.: мир, 1980. – 608 c 21. пустыльник е.и. использование линейной модели для экстраполяции экспертных оценок / е.и. пустыльник, в.в. сысоев, м.с. чирко // автоматизация проектирования. – м.: мднтп, 1981. – с. 46-50. 22. пустыльник е. и. об одном методе экстраполяции экспертных оценок / е.и. пустыльник, в.в. сысоев, м.с. чирко // экономика и математические методы. – 1983. – вып. 4. – с. 716717 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 20, january, 2024 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org berdak’s work a classic manifestation of karakalpak literature kalbaeva arukhan jengisbaevna tashkent pediatric medical institute 4 courses 433-1 pediatrics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article reflects on the life and socio-political situation of the people in berdak's works. the poet embodied in his work about the daily life of the hardworking people, the oppression of the colonists against the karakalpak people, and the oppression of the people as a result of the unjust actions of the officials. the poet aims to develop the country by educating the youth in the spirit of patriotism. berdak's life and work, literary heritage, manuscripts. introduction every nation has its great children who present its identity, national status and dignity to the world. the immortal legacy left by them determines not only the past, but also the present and the future of the nation. we will always appreciate the great berdak poet not only as a karakalpak, but as one of the most honored children of our nation. life itself has repeatedly proven that a free and prosperous society cannot be built in any country in the world where science has not developed. it has been emphasized in the works of our writers that the link between the past and the future is the intellectual potential of young people. the land of karakalpak has surprised us all with its unique, rich and high art, which has no analogues in the world. when talking about berdak, a folk poet with his own direction, style and opinion of karakalpak literature, berdak, son of kargaboy, was born on november 9, 1827, in the first quarter of the 19th century, on november 9, 1827. he was born in a peasant family. berdak was an intellectual of his time, a person with unique deep thinking, more intelligent than his contemporaries and a person with a high position. he received his primary education first at the village school and then at the madrasa. alisher deeply read the works of navoi, fuzuli, makhtumquli and karakalpak poet kunkhoja, and learned from them. he knew history, folklore, and oral art well. berdak's lyrical poems and epics express the social nature of the karakalpak people in the 18th and 19th centuries. he evaluates the events and social relations of his time as an intelligent poet. the ideas of equality, humanity, justice and patriotism are put forward in his works. in berdak's work, the main themes of the working people's situation are "not what happened", "tax", "this year", "my life" and others. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org method and results the poet dreamed of selfless fighters for the truth, for the happiness and future of the working masses. in his poems, he wrote and composed many verses on "for the people", "i need it" and other topics. the poet proudly sings about national heroes in his historical works "avlodlar", "omongeldi", "azadosbi", "ernazarbi". berdak's work "avlodlar" is a chronicle of historical events, the common events in the lives of the karakalpak people and other turkic peoples are recorded, and the opinions about the origin of tribes and peoples are expressed. berdak exposes the lies of some prominent priests in poems such as "yakhshiraq", "shakilli" and other works. he defends women's rights, calls on young people to love the motherland and reach the heights of enlightenment. there are various legends about the birth of the poet, who lamented that "the sea did not give him fish...". today's generation, reading these lines, may think that even at that time, orol retreated. no, both the sea and the river were full of fish, but the ships and hunting weapons were in the hands of the oppressors, and in some places the poor were forbidden to hunt. the poet, who asked god for the sustenance of the poor from the river and the sea full of fish, and called on his compatriots to be patient and forbearing, sought justice and freedom from this world. poet utesh, the contemporary nephew of berdak, who suffered a lot in his time, said that berdak's mother was paid a sum of melon seeds...it is consistent with the requirements for works of art in the section "arousing sympathy and horror". indeed, "in poetry, it is better to describe the unnatural in a believable way than to describe the natural in a way that one cannot believe," wrote aristotle. it is worth showing the poet's love and thirst for knowledge as an example to the younger generation. the great poet of karakalpak classical literature, berdak kargaboy son, can get a lot of meaning from the poems that have reached us. in all of berdak's creations, one can get a complete picture of the living conditions of the people, the social and political life of that time. in his works, the poet tried to comfort the people with his songs about the plight of the people, poverty. the more we talk about berdak's life and work, the less we can say. therefore, it is necessary to widely promote berdak's work among our youth, translate his works into uzbek, and introduce the young generation to our people. in honor of the brilliant memory of the famous literary and artistic person, the people's poet, the streets, garden avenues, and cinemas of nukus and other cities were named after berdak. karakalpak state musical theater named after berdak, one of the most prestigious theaters in our country, is famous not only in our country, but also abroad. berdak is a great folk singer who is able to convey to the reader the pains and sufferings of a sensitive poet, as well as providing warmth that is a salve for the grassy pain of the people. the poet, who understood this well, wrote works and poems with a special emphasis on the points that the reader should pay attention to in order to gain knowledge by referring to the essence of experiences in his poems. of course, many examples like the above can be cited. but it should be noted that it is not their number, but their weight. in general, berdak's poetry occupies a special place in the history of our literature. therefore, his exemplary life, moral heritage in his works and writings are of great importance in the development of high human qualities in the hearts of young people and in the education of a wellrounded generation. if we study the rich historical and spiritual heritage of our ancestors and do not fight against various dangers with determination and consistency in time, various harmful currents may enter our country. for this purpose, if we translate the poems of berdak's life and works from the works of our writers into other languages than the karakalpak language, the youth of our multilingual nation will read them so that our youth will be drawn into the vortex of the pursuit of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 20, january 2024 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org creativity and science in the epics of his poems and the ideas of serving the people. in berdak's poems, he puts forward such ideas as parents, family, duties and responsibilities to the country, and patriotism. in order to protect young people from today's internet, it is necessary to translate the works of patriotic writers like berdak, poems and literary books in different languages into our mother tongue, uzbek. in order to prevent young people from becoming selfish people who live only for one day, they should be occupied with literature, art, and sports. revealing the true nature of berdak's work and his efforts to restore his pure name contradicted the instructions of the former center, slanderous stones were thrown at najim davqoraev. the scientist died on the verge of being expelled from the party and imprisoned. after that, candidacy and doctoral theses were defended in the literary and scientific studies devoted to berdak's work, about the harmony of his work with the ideas of komfirka, his patriotism and his philosophical-atheistic views. by the time of independence, unnecessary debates about berdak's work stopped, and new aspects of the poet's legacy were opened. conclusion revealing the true nature of berdak's work and his efforts to restore his pure name contradicted the instructions of the former center, slanderous stones were thrown at najim davqoraev. the scientist died on the verge of being expelled from the party and imprisoned. after that, candidacy and doctoral theses were defended in the literary and scientific studies devoted to berdak's work, about the harmony of his work. references 1. berdak, a great manifestation of national culture, methodical guide. 2. address of the president of the republic of uzbekistan shavkat mirziyoyev to the oliy majlis. 29.12.2020. 3. we will build our great future with our brave and noble people. sh.m. mirziyoyev. 4. b. gurbanboyev berdak and uzbek literature. t., 1986. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org modern architecture in iron-place concrete structures sotvoldiyev azamat assistant of andijan institute of economics and construction a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is about the role of reinforced concrete structures in modern architecture, and the advantages of reinforced concrete structures speak about their capabilities modern architecture, reinforced concrete structures. strength, steel, skyscrapers, industrial buildings, flexibility. introduction modern architecture in the field of iron-concrete designs plays an extremely important role. their high strong, fire-resistant materials in the construction of these buildings has become an integral and economical tool. iron-on his betonni be widely applied not only technical, but also contribute to the aesthetic aspects also make great modern architecture. the main part reinforced concretehis komstruktsiyalar content , structure and use of the possibility at the level of a number of advantages it has. below this is the advantage of the features about a wider reference we will give. consistency and durability. iron-concrete buildings, modern architecture, one of the main advantages of their steadfastness. reinforced concrete can withstand very large loads, which makes it one of the main materials in the construction of high-rise buildings and industrial structures. these designs and serves the long-term resistant against natural disasters. iron-concrete structures in concrete and steel fittings will work together. shrinkage of concrete is the material of allowing a good tolerance to the forces, the power to pull the steel fittings is to resist. this secondary feature that no one of them can fulfill the demands of the material itself will have the ability to carry loads. steel reinforcement adopts the tensile forces of concrete, which increases the overall stability of the structures. for this reason, iron-concrete bridges, buildings and other complex structures is used in a wide skyscraper. reinforced concretethe ability to carry his load of multi-storey buildings construction is important. their stiffness and resistance to withstand the load of the building ensures vertical and horizontal. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org heavy industrial machines and equipment facilities installed for reinforced concreteof decisive importance is the ability to carry his load. they will hold weight loads stable in the large. iron-concrete designs to external influences, including wind, earth, water, and a high level of resistance against earthquakes. this is their long-term service. they stand for cover steel fittings and concrete is better protected from corrosion. this iron-on care allows you to work for long periods of time without additional implementation of concrete structures. fire-resistance iron-concrete material is resistant to high temperature, is important in ensuring fire safety. this increases the level of security in residential and commercial buildings and will help you to save the life of the man slows down and the spread of fire. iron-on his betonni be widely applied not only technical, but also contribute to the aesthetic aspects also make great modern architecture. iron-its flexibility allows architects and designers to create complex forms for various betonni. exercising facilitates innovative and creative design of this modern building. reinforced concretethe modern architecture of its smooth and aesthetic appearance makes it more attractive. iron-concrete designs in architecture different type bin support facilities in the construction is used. in this section, we will talk about the places of application of reinforced concrete structures. multi-storey buildings multi-storey buildings and buildings osmono'par iron-concrete is built based on designs. this gives them the consistency and stability. iron-solid betonni top of many-storeyed buildings is important. they carry big loads to withstand the forces that rises and falls down due to the ability to provide. backed with steel fittings makes it relatively resistant to earthquake and strong wind designs concrete buildings. bridge and tunnel are bridge and tunnel construction reinforced concreteits ability to carry high load and resistance is of great importance. these long years of service facilities to be iron-concrete is the ideal material. iron-transport large amounts because they are widely used in the construction of concrete bridges and tunnels and other tools will keep loads stable. these buildings will serve a long time and requires minimal maintenance. commercial and industrial facilities. large amounts of commercial and industrial buildings, for example, plants, warehouse and also iron trade centers-is the implementation of the construction of concrete structures. since iron is the reason that these facilities should be resistant to the high loadconcrete is ideal. they allow you to cover a large area. reinforced concreteto its flexibility allows you to create various design architects, that increases the functionality of this commercial building. frugality and stability. iron-concrete building designs and reduces operating costs. long-term service life and less maintenance required makes this material to be environmentally sustainable. ironmoments concrete for hydraulic structures and other water reservoir is used. their resistance to water and pressure is important. these facilities long-term stability in the management of water resources and provides a reliable option. iron-concrete road transport heavy cargo plates is resistant to long-term american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the term of service and provides security. the way different structures suitable to the climate conditions and corrosion resistant. conclusion iron in modern architecture-concrete plays an important role in designs. they are high in solid, is widely applied in different fields due to its resistance and flexibility. reinforced concreteits features, this multi-storied buildings, bridges, industrial facilities and other will become the ideal material for complex projects. they're not only durable and resistant, but also also accessible from the aesthetic and economic aspects, is widely used in the construction of modern buildings. iron-beton the future of architecture projects will become the ideal material for its high quality. iron and concrete structures ability to carry load of them will become an indispensable material in the field of modern architecture and solid construction. their joint work to a high level of stability and durability with steel fittings gives various facilities in the implementation of complex projects while this is important. they're not only durable and resistant, but also from the aesthetic aspect is also attractive. reinforced concrete the future of architecture projects will become the ideal material for its high quality. modern facilities in iron-making takes its wide betonni to be applied to a more robust and secure architecture. references 1. abdullaev, a. (2019). iron-concrete constructions: theory and practice. tashkent: uzbekistan state university of architecture and construction edition. 2. toshpulatov, m. (2020). building materials and iron-concrete structures basis. tashkent: science and technology. 3. yusupov, b. (2019). iron-concrete structures steadfastness and stability. tashkent: uzbekistan academy of sciences. 4. smith, j. (2021). modern architecture in the concrete structure. new york: architectural press. 5. brown, l. (2022). fire resistance of reinforced concrete building. london: the safety publication. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org leveraging artificial intelligence for early disease detection: innovations and challenges in modern healthcare safarov ulug'bek qarshiboy ugli, otaxonov polvonnazir ergash ugli, qoraboyev avazbek alijonovich tashkent medical academy tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s artificial intelligence (ai) is revolutionizing the healthcare industry, particularly in the early detection of diseases. by analyzing large datasets and identifying patterns that may not be immediately visible to human clinicians, ai offers the potential to enhance diagnostic accuracy, reduce costs, and improve patient outcomes. this article delves into the innovations ai brings to early disease detection, including machine learning algorithms, medical imaging, and wearable health technology. it also addresses the significant challenges associated with integrating ai into healthcare systems, such as data privacy concerns, regulatory hurdles, and the need for robust infrastructure. the article concludes by emphasizing the importance of collaboration between technologists, healthcare providers, and policymakers to fully realize the potential of ai in early disease detection. artificial intelligence (ai), early disease detection, machine learning, healthcare innovations, medical imaging, data privacy, healthcare challenges. introduction artificial intelligence (ai) is transforming the landscape of modern healthcare by offering innovative solutions to some of the most pressing challenges in disease detection and diagnosis. early disease detection is a critical component of effective healthcare, as diagnosing conditions at their earliest stages significantly improves the chances of successful treatment and recovery. traditional diagnostic methods, while effective, often rely on subjective human interpretation and can be limited by time and resource constraints. ai, with its ability to process vast amounts of data quickly and accurately, has emerged as a powerful tool to augment human expertise in identifying early signs of diseases such as cancer, cardiovascular conditions, and neurological disorders[1]. one of the key areas where ai has shown remarkable promise is in the analysis of medical images, including x-rays, ct scans, and mris. machine learning algorithms can be trained to recognize patterns in these images that may not be immediately obvious to human observers, allowing for earlier american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org and more accurate diagnoses. in addition, ai-powered wearable health technologies enable continuous monitoring of vital signs and other health metrics, providing real-time insights into a patient’s condition [2]. despite these advances, the integration of ai into healthcare is not without challenges. issues related to data privacy, ethical concerns, regulatory approval, and the readiness of healthcare infrastructure to support ai technologies must be addressed to ensure the successful adoption of ai in clinical settings [3]. this article explores both the innovations that ai brings to early disease detection and the challenges that must be overcome to maximize its potential. main part innovations in ai for early disease detection machine learning and diagnostic algorithms machine learning (ml), a subset of ai, plays a pivotal role in enhancing the early detection of diseases. ml algorithms are designed to learn from large datasets, improving their accuracy over time as they process more information. these algorithms can identify patterns and anomalies that may indicate the presence of diseases at an early stage. for example, google’s deepmind has developed an ai system that can diagnose over 50 eye diseases with greater accuracy than most human doctors[4]. similarly, ai has been instrumental in early cancer detection, particularly in breast cancer screening. deep learning models trained on mammograms can identify early signs of breast cancer with high accuracy, sometimes even outperforming human radiologists[5]. ai’s ability to analyze medical records, lab results, and genetic information also contributes to early diagnosis. predictive algorithms can flag patients who are at higher risk for developing certain diseases, prompting earlier interventions. for instance, ibm’s watson has been used to assist in oncology by analyzing patient data to suggest personalized treatment plans based on a patient’s unique genetic makeup[6]. ai in medical imaging medical imaging is one of the most data-intensive fields in healthcare, and ai has proven to be a gamechanger in this domain. by analyzing thousands of medical images, ai can detect abnormalities at earlier stages than human clinicians might. in the detection of lung cancer, for example, ai algorithms have been used to analyze ct scans and identify small nodules that could be indicative of cancerous growths[7]. research conducted by stanford university found that ai systems could detect pneumonia from chest x-rays with greater accuracy than radiologists[8]. in addition to diagnosing diseases, ai can be used to predict disease progression by comparing current imaging data with historical data. for instance, ai-powered tools are being used to predict the likelihood of a tumor's growth or a brain hemorrhage’s expansion over time[9]. wearable health technology wearable devices such as smartwatches, fitness trackers, and biosensors have also become important tools for early disease detection. these devices collect continuous data on heart rate, blood pressure, glucose levels, and other critical health metrics, allowing ai to monitor for signs of emerging health issues in real-time[10]. apple’s healthkit and similar platforms have integrated ai to analyze the data american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org collected from wearable devices, providing personalized health insights that can alert individuals to potential health risks before they manifest into serious conditions[11]. in the context of chronic disease management, ai-powered wearables have proven effective in detecting early signs of conditions such as diabetes and hypertension. continuous glucose monitors (cgms), for instance, use ai algorithms to predict potential spikes or drops in blood sugar levels, allowing for early intervention before a critical episode occurs[12]. challenges of integrating ai into healthcare data privacy and security concerns one of the primary challenges associated with the use of ai in healthcare is ensuring the privacy and security of patient data. ai algorithms require access to vast amounts of personal health information, including medical records, genetic data, and imaging results. while ai systems can offer highly accurate diagnostics, the aggregation of such sensitive data raises significant concerns about data breaches and unauthorized access [13]. in many cases, healthcare providers must navigate complex regulations such as the health insurance portability and accountability act (hipaa) in the united states or the general data protection regulation (gdpr) in the european union to ensure patient privacy [14]. encryption, anonymization, and secure data-sharing protocols must be implemented to mitigate these risks. in addition, healthcare organizations must work closely with policymakers to develop comprehensive frameworks that balance the benefits of ai with the need for stringent data protection[15]. regulatory and ethical challenges the rapid pace of ai development has outstripped the ability of regulatory bodies to keep up, creating uncertainty around the approval and implementation of ai tools in clinical practice. ensuring that ai systems meet safety, efficacy, and ethical standards is critical before they can be widely adopted in healthcare [16]. furthermore, ethical concerns about ai’s role in healthcare decisions, particularly regarding the potential for bias in algorithms, must be addressed to maintain trust in these systems[17]. for example, there is growing evidence that ai algorithms trained on biased datasets may inadvertently reinforce health disparities, particularly among underrepresented populations. ensuring that ai systems are trained on diverse and representative datasets is essential for addressing these concerns. conclusion ai has the potential to revolutionize early disease detection, offering unprecedented accuracy, speed, and predictive capabilities. innovations in machine learning, medical imaging, and wearable health technologies are already making significant strides in transforming healthcare practices. however, several challenges remain, including data privacy, regulatory approval, and ethical concerns about the use of ai in sensitive healthcare decisions. by addressing these issues through collaboration between healthcare providers, technologists, and policymakers, ai can be effectively integrated into healthcare systems, leading to earlier diagnoses, improved patient outcomes, and more efficient healthcare delivery. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org references 1. topol, e. "deep medicine: how artificial intelligence can make healthcare human again." basic books, 2019. 2. mckinsey & company. "the role of ai in early disease detection." mckinsey global institute, 2020. 3. obermeyer, z., & emanuel, e. j. "predicting the future—big data, machine learning, and clinical medicine." the new england journal of medicine, 2016. 4. pearce, j. "google deepmind and ai in early disease detection." nature, 2019. 5. wiggers, k. "ai for breast cancer detection outperforms radiologists in major study." venturebeat, 2020. 6. ibm watson health. "ai and precision medicine." ibm, 2021. 7. esteva, a., et al. "dermatologist-level classification of skin cancer with deep neural networks." nature, 2017. 8. abdullaev, a. (2017). transport aspect of cooperation within sco. international relations: politics, economics, law, 2017(2), 11. 9. abdullaev, a. (2021). some aspects of the development of the transport sector in the central asian region. in инновационные технологии в менеджменте: управленческий и социальный аспекты (pp. 296-299). 10. rajpurkar, p., et al. "chexnet: radiologist-level pneumonia detection on chest x-rays with deep learning." stanford university, 2017. 11. varadarajan, a. v., et al. "predicting brain hemorrhage expansion using ai tools." jama network, 2019. 12. silva, j. "wearable health technologies and ai in early disease detection." journal of health tech, 2020. 13. apple inc. "healthkit and ai in personal healthcare." apple reports, 2020. 14. wing, r. "ai and wearables in chronic disease management." diabetes care, 2019. 15. buchanan, b., & tandar, s. "ai in healthcare: data security and privacy issues." health policy journal, 2021. 16. u.s. department of health & human services. "understanding hipaa compliance in the age of ai." hhs, 2021. 17. european commission. "guidelines on ai and data privacy in healthcare." european data protection board, 2020. 18. u.s. food and drug administration (fda). "ai and machine learning in software as a medical device (samd)." fda, 2020. 19. eubanks, v. "automating inequality: how high-tech tools profile, police, and punish the poor." st. martin's press, 2018. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org information on gnss receivers and their advantage docent juraeva xusnora davronovna, tashkent university of architecture and civil engineering xusnoragk@gmail.com muradkulov lazizbek mansurjon o‘g‘li tashkent university of architecture and civil engineering, 2nd stage student murodqulovlazizbek04@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the use of gnss (global navigation satellite system) receivers in the construction industry. gnss technology plays an important role in various geodetic surveying tasks, such as land surveying and moving a point easily. the importance of gnss receivers is growing in popularity due to their accuracy, reliability and ability to work in different conditions. this article covers general information about gnss receivers and how to use them. gnss (global navigation satellite system), glonass, navstar gps (global positioning system), galileo, navic, beidou, cors, rtk (real-time kinematic), uhf (ultra-frequency streams), cellular modem (gsm, gprs or cdma), geoinformation systems (gis). introduction nowadays, innovative news and new methods of solving problems are being considered in many fields all over the world. including in the field of geodesy, such a change is a lot. one of the main tasks performed in the field of geodesy is the measurement of the place with the help of special tools and the processing of the measurement results. until recent years, geodetic instruments such as theodolite and scale were used in the measurement works. it is difficult to work with these tools, and the accuracy of the obtained results is low. one of the similar devices is a total station. it is easy to use and the results are clear. but the tacheometer is very heavy, and carrying it was a nuisance for the surveyor. as the number of satellites increases over the years, earth surveying is becoming easier. systems such as gnss (global navigation satellite system) have been developed. this brought relief not only to surveyors, but to all specialists working in this sphere. production of gnss receivers using this gnss system began. their advantage over other instruments is that they are easy to use, lightweight, and the results obtained are accurate and easy to process. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org main body the global navigation satellite system (gnss) is a set of satellite systems (the most common being gps and glonass) that are used to locate any location on earth using special navigation or special receivers. gnss technology is widely used in geodesy, urban and land cadastre, land inventory, construction of engineering structures, geology, etc. navstar gps is a system of satellites launched by the united states of america. this system can work together with the russian "glonass" satellite system. in addition, there are satellite systems such as "beidou" of china, "galileo" launched by the european union and "navic" of india. these satellite systems move in different orbits of the earth and are used for various purposes, i.e. military, agricultural, land surveying. a gnss receiver, also called a global navigation satellite system receiver, can receive signals from multiple satellite systems such as navstar gps (global positioning system), glonass, galileo or beidou is a device used for these satellite systems provide positioning and timing information that allows the receiver to determine its exact location on the earth's surface. a gnss receiver works by receiving signals from multiple satellites at the same time. it uses the time delay between the transmission and reception of the satellite signal to calculate the distance from each satellite. by combining range information from multiple satellites, the receiver can determine its 3d position (latitude, longitude, and altitude) with high accuracy. a modern geodetic gnss receiver consists of three main elements: – receiving and transmitting a signal (base); – receiving the signal from the base (rover); – a special controller (control panel) for monitoring and processing the obtained results. even without a base, the rover can be measured by itself. in this case, a specially installed remote base system called "cors" is used instead of the base. gnss receiver greatly facilitates the work of surveyors, cartographers, geologists and other specialists. the device allows you to quickly and accurately determine the location of the object, its speed and direction. figure №1. operation of the gnss receiver in base/rover and rover only configurations american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org two receivers are used: one (base) is installed at the selected location, and the other (rover) is used for measurement. the base will consist of: uhf (ultra-frequency streams) radio modem or gsm modem. the connection that controls the base or network of base stations is implemented using the ntrip (network transport of rtcm over internet protocol) protocol and provides data to the rover via a gsm/gprs modem. a data link must be established to transmit rtk corrections from the base receiver (base) to the rover. data transfer can be done in several ways: – uhf radio – cellular modem (gsm, gprs or cdma) – other external devices (for example, wi-fi, etc.). multiple rovers can operate simultaneously using one base, each receiving rtk correction data from the same base. determining and recording the coordinates of points is carried out in the selected coordinate system. the main advantages of a gnss receiver: 1. line of sight between points is not required. 2. by automating measurements, observer errors are minimized. 3. allows you to determine the coordinates of objects in any part of the world throughout the day in any weather conditions. 4. the accuracy of gnss detection does not depend on weather conditions (rain, snow, high or low temperature and humidity). 5. gnss significantly reduces the time required to complete the work compared to traditional methods. 6. gnss results are presented digitally and can be easily exported to cartographic or geographic information systems (gis), geology, etc. depending on the complexity of technical solutions and the amount of hardware costs, satellite receivers are divided into: 1. single channel allows receiving and processing the radio signal of only one satellite at any time; 2. multi-channel – allows simultaneous reception and processing of signals from several satellites. currently, multi-channel receivers are mainly produced. in addition, receivers can be divided into two types: 1. a single system is a receiver of gps signals. 2. dual system – receiver of glonass and gps signals. depending on the type of received and processed signals, receivers are divided into: 1. single frequency, code; 2. two-frequency, code; 3. one-frequency code-phase; 4. two-frequency code phase. according to the accuracy, satellite receivers are divided into three classes: 1. navigation class the accuracy of determining coordinates is 150-200 m, 2. cartography and gis class 1-5 m, 3. geodetic class up to 1 cm (1-3 cm in kinematic mode, up to 1 cm in static measurements). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods gnss receivers are designed to be very easy to use. it has a special box (futler) in which all the devices needed for work are placed. this will save time. for positioning with gnss receivers, the base should be mounted in an open area using a tripod and tripod. after that, after mounting the rover on a specially made long carbon fiber frame, the base and rovers must be connected to the remote control in series (using bluetooth or wifi). after that, you can easily start painting. figure №2. gnss receiver overview in construction, there are often ready-made projects. in this case, the geodesist is required to determine the location of the points in this project on the construction site. when performing this work with a tacheometer, the surveyor faces several difficulties, and another assistant is needed to perform this work. this can be done with some ease if done with a gnss receiver. it will be possible to move the points without the help of any partner. there are two modes of gnss receiver. 1. the position of the point visible on the controller in the normal state is determined. in this process, special navigation arrows will guide you and it will be possible to easily find the location of the point. 2. in the second case, it will be possible to determine the location of the point through the camera installed on the gnss receiver. in this case, the navigation arrows will show the way. the advantage is that measurements will be more accurate. gnss (global navigation satellite system) receivers can operate in different modes depending on user requirements and available satellite signals. some common operating modes for gnss receivers include: –independent mode: in this mode, the receiver relies only on signals from satellites of one gnss system (eg gps, glonass, galileo, beidou) to determine the user's position. it does not rely on any external support or additional information. –differential mode: in this mode, the receiver receives correction information from a station or base station that has a known precise position. this correction information helps reduce errors caused by atmospheric conditions, satellite clock errors, and other causes. differential mode significantly increases the positioning accuracy of the receiver. –auxiliary mode: auxiliary gnss mode involves obtaining additional information from external sources such as network infrastructure or a server. this support helps in faster acquisition of satellite signals, initial positioning and improves overall performance in challenging environments. –real-time kinematics (rtk) mode: a high-precision positioning technique that relies on an rtk base station and rover receiver. the base station provides real-time correction data to the rover's american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org receiver, providing centimeter-level accuracy. this mode is commonly used in surveying, agriculture, and other applications that require highly accurate positioning. –post processing mode: in post processing mode, the receiver records measurements and sketch data for further analysis. this data is combined with base station correction data during data processing to increase accuracy. post processing mode is usually used in measurement work that requires high accuracy. different operating modes of gnss receivers offer different levels of accuracy, speed and convenience. the choice of mode depends on the specific application and the requirements of the surveyor. results: 8 a) b) c) figure №3. move finished points in the drawing process a) point markers obtained using a gnss receiver b) move the point with the camera c) moving a point with a known position in advance table 1. results obtained using the receiver № north, m east, m altitude, m x y z mark1 4466600.418 649623.073 279.722 2075990.125 4404017.132 4106698.667 mark2 4466600.809 649622.655 279.812 2075990.416 4404016.785 4106699.029 mark3 4466598.682 649626.691 279.673 2075987.367 4404019.684 4106697.256 mark4 4466612.871 649606.063 279.502 2076001.685 4404002.344 4106708.274 mark5 4466588.239 649639.220 280.148 2075979.328 4404031.525 4106689.413 mark6 4466620.993 649632.139 280.140 2075976.062 4404009.520 4106714.483 mark7 4466630.870 649613.837 279.411 2075989.375 4403995.301 4106721.817 mark8 4466611.311 649649.127 280.696 2075963.816 4404022.931 4106707.204 mark9 4466616.573 649635.884 280.157 2075974.000 4404013.722 4106711.067 mark10 4466618.214 649632.031 280.092 2075976.961 4404011.042 4106712.335 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org mark11 4466640.439 649639.957 279.901 2075963.239 4404001.560 4106729.031 mark12 4466649.199 649621.476 279.692 2075977.211 4403988.266 4106735.854 mark13 4466632.747 649658.926 280.557 2075948.660 4404014.758 4106723.305 mark14 4466637.423 649647.865 280.095 2075957.080 4404006.897 4106726.738 mark15 4466640.419 649640.569 279.887 2075962.690 4404001.830 4106728.998 mark16 4466662.716 649649.852 280.533 2075947.999 4403993.476 4106746.270 mark17 4466668.441 649630.129 280.394 2075964.001 4403981.448 4106750.832 mark18 4466653.391 649667.384 280.596 2075935.000 4404006.579 4106738.938 mark19 4466664.987 649654.646 280.608 2075943.046 4403994.317 4106747.977 mark20 4466666.341 649651.195 280.680 2075945.774 4403992.074 4106749.108 figure №4. representing the location of a point on the screen with colored lines when the gnss receiver is in camera mode, the controller screen displays the above images, which show the current location of the point. conclusion\recommendations: new technologies are introduced every day in all fields and directions. although it has not been long since the introduction of devices such as the gnss receiver, it has been facilitating the work of many professionals working in the field of geodesy. the reason for this is the ease and speed of working with the gnss receiver, which allows the geodesist to measure even very large areas in a short time. the gnss receiver is much lighter and more compact than other devices. this is very useful in work. in addition, the gnss receiver provides the actual location coordinates of the point we are measuring. in the process of using gnss receivers, it is necessary to follow the following recommendations in order to increase the accuracy of the result and reduce errors. in the process of using receivers, it is necessary to make sure that communication wires, electrical wires, and trees do not pass from above. because there are obstacles listed above in the work area, it will affect the measurement accuracy. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org another way to reduce error is to work with the tool's vertical and horizontal errors displayed on the controller screen. the geodesist should also take these errors into account when obtaining the values of the measurement results. references: 1. juraeva.h.d.,yuldashev a.o. development and application of high quality geodetic tools for geodetic, topographic and construction works – “pedagogs legal, medical, social, scientific international research journal”, volume-11, issue-3, tiace, fergana, 2022, 196-209 p. 2. juraeva.h.d., kelesbaev j.n., production and application of high-quality geodetic tools for geodetic, topographical and construction work – international on-line scientific and practical conference on “innovation, integration, economy in the field of architecture and construction”, tiace, tashkent, may 5-6, 2021, p. 224-227. juraeva h.d, yuldashev a.o. the events and their types in geodetic measurements – “the peerian journal”, volume-12, chexiya, 2022, 114–119 p. 3. juraeva h.d. omonov i.x earth satellites – “problems and solutions of personnel training in the field of geodesy, cartography and cadastral education in the republic of uzbekistan” republican scientific and practical conference. tiace, tashkent, november 6, 2018, pp. 33-35. juraeva x.d., yuldashev a.o. geodetic works with the help of global position systems – proceedings of the 8th international research and practical conference. educational research and innovation, chile, october 1-2, 2019, pp. 47-50. https://www.nngasu.ru/geodesy/classification/ private-classifications 5. https://www.kp.ru/guide/geodetic gnss receivers.html 6. https://www.aspector.ru/ basics of satellite imaging https://www.nngasu.ru/geodesy/classification/chastnye-klassifikatsii https://www.kp.ru/guide/geodetic%20gnss%20receivers.html american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org analyzing the relationship between service science, service innovation, and service economy fayziyev bahodir student at tashkent state university of economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s based on service science and service innovation theory, this paper elaborates on the coupling relationship between innovation chain and industrial chain in the real industrial economy, and analyzes the internal reasons for the evolution of industries and the transformation of inter industry division of labor to intra industry division of labor. analyzed the limitations of traditional economy and technological innovation, as well as the relationship between service activities and industrial value chains. analyzed the relationship between service science, service innovation, and service economy, providing theoretical preparation for establishing a new type of service economy system. service science, service innovation, industrial evolution. introduction at present, service science and service innovation have become important concepts and popular terms in contemporary society. although they are still in the conceptual research stage as emerging theories and have not yet formed a complete theoretical system, their emergence is in line with the development of the times and therefore has broad development prospects. service science was first proposed by ibm in may 2004, with the aim of promoting the application and transformation of technology into the service sector to help businesses, governments, and other organizations improve their current services. at present, academic discourse on service science can be divided into two categories: broad and narrow: broad service science refers to the exploration of modern services, namely service, science, management and engineering (ssme), which has a wide range of connotations and is therefore an emerging interdisciplinary field; narrowly defined service science only refers to the scientific part of ssm e, which is a theoretical summary of service understanding, or advocates for enterprises to widely adopt it, network technology and technological achievements, improve service performance, reduce service costs, enhance service efficiency, welcome and create new development opportunities, with strong commercial and practical characteristics. at present, the academic discourse on service innovation is becoming increasingly widespread, becoming a new highlight in the development of innovation theory. service innovation is a fairly broad concept that can be divided into two categories: broad and narrow. broadly speaking, service american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org innovation refers to all innovative behaviors and activities related to or aimed at services, involving the service industry, manufacturing industry, and other fields; narrowly defined service innovation refers to innovative behaviors and activities that occur in the service industry. since innovation is the driving force of industrial and economic development, service innovation, as an important way of innovation, also plays an important role in promoting the development of the national economy. with the development of modern service-oriented economy, the theoretical and practical significance of service innovation research is becoming increasingly significant. the inherent connection and difference between service science and service innovation is an important topic of concern for people. it involves the construction of service theory system and has important enlightening and guiding significance for the construction of service economy system. research and analysis 1.analyzing the relationship between service science and service innovation the relationship between service science and service innovation can be analyzed through specific examples in the real economy. in recent years, enterprises have made significant progress in it applications, particularly in the creation of service oriented architecture (soa). soa refers to a service-oriented architecture model, which links or combines services through it and network technology to adapt to market and social needs and complete specific business tasks. for soa, technology is the means, and services are the ends. as defined by service architecture com, soa is essentially a collection of services. services communicate with each other, which may involve simple data transfer or coordination between two or more services for certain activities. the construction of soa encourages enterprises to develop or combine relevant technologies based on their own business, promoting the development of new service activities. on the other hand, it involves the combination of a series of service activities both inside and outside the enterprise in the entire development and composition process, expanding the service field. the prosperity of enterprise soa has expanded it and network technology, and directly promoted the development of software companies and the network industry. soa promotes the expansion of service content and the improvement of service methods, which leads to changes in the production and service methods of providers, improves economic efficiency, and benefits users, consumers, and the general public. from the perspective of service science, soa belongs to its research scope; from an innovative perspective, soa is a typical service innovation model. for service science, its surface meaning is to push modern information technology, network technology, etc. into the field of service activities to promote the development of services; its basic idea is to use technology as a means and service as the core and purpose. service science runs through the idea of introducing and applying technology to achieve innovation. this technology service architecture model has forward-looking guiding significance for strengthening the connection between manufacturing and service industries, expanding service functions, promoting service development, and spawning a potential large market. service science has expanded the scope of services to include both the manufacturing sector, such as treating new business models, processes, and labor management methods as services, as well as the service sector. however, due to the framework of technological innovation, service science focuses more on issues related to management and technology, which differs from service innovation in terms of connotation and scope. american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org the focus of service innovation lies in promoting changes in the service sector, and its surface meaning refers to a mode of innovation, but not in terms of the form of innovation. its connotation is not completely the same as technological innovation, organizational innovation, and market innovation. broadly speaking, service innovation involves both material and non-material production fields. in the manufacturing industry, service innovation is either subordinate to technological innovation or operates independently. however, regardless of the type of innovation, it includes changes in service activities, changes in service activity sectors and their internal structures, as well as new competition and development vitality brought to the industry by service enhancement. in the field of service industry, service innovation enhances the vitality of industry competition and development, and is the source of the emergence of emerging service industries. based on the comparison of service science and service innovation, as well as the analysis of real-life examples, the relationship between the two has been summarized in table 1. table 1 service innovation service activities involve areas theoretical and practical significance differential comparisons between each other service science manufacturing industry (involved in the manufacturing enterprises department service links, service activities and and external service contact of the department); service is an important form of human activities and an important source of social wealth. service science takes technology as the means and service, promotes technology integration and transformation into service activities, extends industrial value chain, enhances service, and promotes the generation of new service industry. theoretical perspective: focusing on the combination of technology and service, emphasizing technology as the means and service as the purpose; focusing on the discussion of management and technology, enriching the connotation of service; service science runs through the innovative concept, and deepening the industrial connection between manufacturing industry and service industry. service science manufacturing industry (involved in the manufacturing enterprises department service links, service activities and and external service contact of the department); service service innovation is an important form and way of innovation, including not only the service industry but also the manufacturing industry, which is universal; service innovation mode includes technology innovation, service media innovation and service innovation; service innovation enriches the content of innovation theory, drives the development of service industry and extends the industrial value chain; service enhancement has a direct effect on improving service quality and economic efficiency. theoretical perspective: development impetus of service activities and change of production mode; focusing on economics, with relatively prominent theoretical guiding significance in the field of medium economy; breaking through the limitation of traditional technological innovation, enriching the scope of innovation, and extending the meaning of service category. although there are certain differences in content between service science and service innovation, both elevate services to the strategic position of the entire economic development, and their theoretical core is extremely similar or consistent. they are the theoretical crystallization of reflection and sublimation of traditional economic thinking. neither agriculturalism nor mercantilism, nor adam smith's american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org economic theory, have placed service in an important position in economic development and do not believe that service is also a source of wealth creation. for example, quesnay's heavy agricultural economics believed that economic organizations mainly focus on planting, extracting, transforming, establishing, and distributing goods, and his theory hardly mentions services; adam smith, the founder of traditional economics, only regarded material production as the source of wealth creation. in his book "the wealth of nations," he pointed out that there has never been and can never be a great country without a manufacturing industry. he first recognized service activities as non productive labor, that is, industries that do not directly create wealth. both service science and service innovation have expanded the meaning of service. the ibm tokyo research center points out that service refers to the interactive process of creating economic value between service providers and users, including not only the service industry as a tertiary industry, but also the service business within the manufacturing industry. service science and service innovation break free from the constraints of the traditional economic framework that services are non productive labor, and regard services as an important industry for wealth creation as a region that brings new profits to enterprises. the service scope of service science and service innovation, as well as the idea of combining technology and service, have broken through the limitations of traditional innovation theories. the founder of innovation theory, schumpeter, referred to innovation mainly limited to the manufacturing industry. although he believed that innovation is a complex process and emphasized that credit is the primary factor for new combinations, he only regarded the credit system as an external factor supporting entrepreneurial innovation; moreover, schumpeter focuses on innovation triggered by market demand, while neglecting the role of scientific and technological research in innovation. the theory of service science and service innovation extends the scope of innovation to the field of services, emphasizing the leading and transmitting role of modern technology in services, filling the gap in traditional innovation theory to a certain extent, refining, enriching, and enriching innovation theory. the expansion of service scope by service science and service innovation provides a theoretical basis for establishing the connection between manufacturing and service industries, and elucidating the mechanism of industrial evolution. although services have existed since the beginning of humanity, it is not until today that service science and innovation have elevated services to the fundamental position of human social development, which has a profound background in economic development. 1) the development of knowledge and technology, as well as their increasing dissemination, infiltration, and diffusion into various fields of society and economy, provide a technological and knowledge foundation for the development of the service industry. 2) emerging industries are flourishing and mainly concentrated in the service sector; the service industry is rapidly becoming a technology and capital intensive industry, and has risen from an auxiliary implicit industry of the national economy to a pillar explicit industry, changing the economic structure and operation mode, and has become an important industry driving economic development. 3) the strong innovation and diffusion capabilities of high-tech manufacturing provide important means, media, and tools for the development of service activities and the service industry. for example, the information highway first emphasizes service, with the goal of meeting the various needs of various industries and households for information. the construction of communication networks is only one means to achieve this goal. american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 4) social progress promotes the development of the economy along a humanized track. people no longer pursue the possession of material wealth value, but pursue its systematic and personalized use functions, and strive to maximize its satisfaction with human social needs. 5) economic globalization has continuously improved the business environment, and enterprises are no longer isolated. the connections between enterprises are becoming increasingly close, and the service activities inside and outside enterprises are showing a cross coupling development trend. although there are differences in the theoretical perspectives of service science and service innovation, they are both based on a theoretical summary of real economic development and represent the latest progress made in economic development; they both belong to the two wings of service economy theory and will inevitably lead to the same goal, laying an important logical framework for the construction of service economy; they make up for the shortcomings of traditional economics, enrich the content of economic theory, and have important theoretical and practical significance. 2. the relationship between industrial evolution and service innovation innovation is the driving force of economic development, and it should be reflected in real economic life and economic statistics. however, this is not the case in reality. for example, the development and application of computers were one of the most important innovations in the 1970s and 1980s, but where are their economic benefits? soro once pointed out that you can see the shadow of the computer age anywhere, but you cannot find its existence in productivity statistics. on the one hand, this is due to the uncertainty and lag of innovation, which makes it difficult for current economic statistics to fully reflect the economic benefits of innovation. on the other hand, economic statistics and technology statistics (including innovation statistics) are basically two separate layers, and their connections are dispersed. at present, economic statistics focus on output (such as gdp, economic growth rate, total foreign trade, etc.) or fixed assets investment, ignoring changes in the technological basis of the production process; however, innovation statistics focus on the input perspective and do not reflect innovation output. there are multiple complex reasons for the separation of economic statistics and technological statistics. the core of traditional economic statistics is to reflect what is produced and its economic scale, without examining how it is produced, resulting in economic statistics abandoning the description of industrial technological foundations. the intention of the technological innovation statistics created in the 1990s is to reflect the role of knowledge and technology in economic development and the transformation of industrial production methods from an economic perspective or to abandon the linear model of research and development (r&d) statistics. however, due to the lag and uncertainty of innovation, its statistics only describe the technology introduction and application in the innovation process from the perspective of the enterprise itself, ignoring the description of the service-oriented organization and the overall production structure changes of the enterprise, and failing to reflect the driving effect of knowledge and technology on production. the existing statistical model based on individual enterprises and then aggregating enterprise data is difficult to reflect the changes between industries and the economic system. the limitations of statistical models are also an important reason for the separation of economic statistics and technological statistics. 3. limitations of lagging industrial classification system generally speaking, traditional economics and statistical analysis strictly delineate the boundaries between manufacturing and service industries, and the boundaries between them can be described as distinct. the overall theory of industrial american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org economics has a basic premise that the enterprise affiliation and industry boundaries of an industry are fixed and unchanging, and any enterprise always belongs to a specific industry, or does not consider the issue of changes in the enterprise's industrial attributes. however, the current industrial classification lags behind the industrial evolution of the real economy. industrial classification is usually compiled every 10 years, or for a longer period of time. even the north american industrial classification system only undergoes minor revisions every 5 years, which still cannot keep up with the speed of industrial evolution. in modern economy, industrial relations are undergoing rapid changes. with the development of modern technology and economic globalization, the evolution and structural adjustment of industries are intensifying. the changes in economic development are all related to innovation. innovation not only promotes economic development, but also plays an important role in the transformation of industrial production methods and industrial structure. this is mainly manifested in: some manufacturing enterprises have been transformed into service industry enterprises. enterprises that originally belonged to the manufacturing industry have transformed into service industry enterprises through the extension of the industrial chain. for example, nike, founded in 1964 for $500, is currently the world's largest sports shoe brand manufacturer. however, it has now shifted its production of sports shoes to developing countries such as china and vietnam, without setting up production workshops in the united states. instead, it specializes in the research, design, and sales of sports shoes, thus becoming a service industry enterprise; dell corporation is the same, transforming from a computer manufacturing enterprise to a service-oriented enterprise. these manufacturing enterprises have extended their industrial chain by enhancing their service links, and have achieved a transformation towards a service industry identity by transferring their original production links outward, rather than a doorstep transformation. the emergence of a large number of emerging service industries has led to rapid growth in employment and output value, thereby changing the distribution pattern of the industry. for example, the added value of services in developed countries such as the united states accounts for over 70% of gdp, and the service industry has become a locomotive driving the economy. the manufacturing industry has nurtured service activity departments such as research and development, sales, design, and planning, which have become an important foundation for supporting enterprise innovation and development. innovation america once pointed out that the boundary between manufacturing and services in modern economy is becoming increasingly blurred. due to the information revolution, especially the software revolution, a large part of manufacturing is based on services. industrial division of labor has shifted from inter industry division to intra industry division, with many multinational companies occupying high-end positions in the global industrial value chain, winning the initiative in market competition and maximizing profits. however, the lag in industrial classification cannot be reflected for a certain period of time. for example, in the second half of the 20th century, with the development and innovation of information and network technology, a large number of emerging industries emerged in the united states. however, the current statistics in the united states still rely on the original industry classification and do not reflect the relevant industry changes; it was not until 1997 that the united states made modifications to the 1992 version of naics, adding 358 new industry classifications (of which 250 belonged to the service industry), that the new industry classifications reflected the changes in american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org industrial structure. compared to the old version of the industrial classification system, the new version of the industrial classification system reflects a lag of about a few years in the changes in industrial structure. 4.the basic ways of service innovation. there are various forms of service innovation, which are distributed in various industries of the national economy and can be statistically divided into three modes. technology introduction model: similar to manufacturing technology innovation, it refers to the innovation of introducing a certain new technology, new media, etc. into the service industry, which can promote the transformation of business models, such as soa and e-commerce. service oriented model: a new service activity implemented in response to new market demands. this innovative form of service is also exploratory and can promote organizational structure changes or procedural development of enterprises, such as chain store operation. integrated service model: refers to a service activity that combines past service activities based on new enterprise development strategies or business models, such as promoting the integration of product production and services, and carrying out a series of service activities such as after-sales service and consulting service. just as there are differences in the extent of product innovation and process innovation in various industries, the above three forms of service innovation also have different focuses in the development of various service industries. for example, innovation in the high-tech service industry mainly takes the form of introducing and adopting high-tech to achieve business transformation. however, hightech cannot replace services, but is used as a tool or means to achieve services; in the retail industry, service-oriented innovation forms are the main focus. conclusion firstly, the content in service science that focuses on services and combines technology with services has important reference significance for the framework design of service innovation statistics. that is, to appropriately supplement statistical content related to business strategy, business processes, personnel/labor, basic technology, and other aspects in service science in service innovation statistics. secondly, the discussion on the expansion of service connotation in service science has important reference significance for enriching the statistical content of service innovation. that is to say, in the statistics of service innovation, appropriate statistical content related to personnel and funds of auxiliary units and departments should be added, and quantitative descriptions of organizational innovation and market innovation should be added. thirdly, the discussion on the relationship between manufacturing and service industries in service science has important reference value for communicating industry statistics and innovation statistics. that is, innovation statistical analysis is linked with industrial structure analysis to reflect the role of industrial innovation. references 1. wang lixin. serving regional socio-economic development is an inevitable choice for local universities [j]. china higher education, 2007 (17): 5556,64 2. jiang xiaojuan government management and services in the era of big data: enhancing capabilities and responding to challenges chinese administrative management 2018-09 3.rаxmаtullаevа.n. strаtegik menejment. dаrslik.t.: “fаn vа texnologiyа”, 2019 y.420 bet. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org enrichment of the composition of yogurt: the use of biologically active food additives based on sprouted wheat and barley i. r. askarov doctor of chemical sciences, professor, academy of uzbekistan “tababat", uzbekistan d. t. khasanova phd in chemistry, associate professor, andijan state university, andijan, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article delves into a transformative approach to yogurt enrichment, exploring the incorporation of biologically active food additives derived from sprouted wheat and barley. the significance of these additives in enhancing the nutritional profile of yogurt is elucidated, emphasizing the unique contributions of sprouted grains. the article provides insights into the preparation and utilization of these biologically active additives, offering a practical guide for enriching yogurt at home. through a combination of nutritional science and culinary innovation, this research opens a flavorful pathway to elevate yogurt's health benefits, establishing a connection between dairy products and the wholesome goodness of sprouted wheat and barley. yogurt enrichment, biologically active food additives, sprouted wheat, sprouted barley, nutritional enhancement, dairy innovation, culinary health, functional foods, yogurt composition, homemade enrichment. introduction the highest activity of amylolytic enzymes is observed among legumes and grains, more in barley and wheat. these enzymes help to saccharify starch and increase its digestibility. that is why it is desirable to use spiked grains collected in the technology of fermented milk products [1]. when using harvested wheat and barley grains in the production of dairy products, it is also important to study the effect of by-products on the organoleptic properties of the product. it is also important to determine the optimal dose of harvested grains, and the effect on the shelf life of the finished product [2]. the abundance of exchangeable amino acids in the composition of milled wheat and barley makes it a convenient, inexpensive additive for food fortification [3]. milled grains are also of particular importance due to their rich carbohydrate content. for this reason, various porridges, desserts, and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org pastries are made from them. these products are semi-finished products widely used in the european and russian consumer markets. it is also recommended in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases. experience part experiment 1. grains with spikes are collected in a special traditional way. (collected at 18-25℃, 3656 hours in humid conditions) 0.5 mm buds are dried by heat treatment after germination. the mixture of grains is crushed to a size of 3-5 mm. such a product is considered a biologically active substance and has a long shelf life. ready talkan can be easily consumed with water or milk. such dried malt flakes can be used to enrich various foods. experiment 2.under laboratory conditions in an extremely high frequency electric magnetic field, under the following processing conditions: extremely high frequency 2450 mhz; processing power 150 w; processing time 8-10 min; material humidity 24-30%; temperature 45-50 ℃; material thickness 50-70 mm; processed malted wheat and malted barley were used. after processing the wheat and barley grains used in the production of yoghurt in the above conditions, the particle size is 0.4-0.6 to the level of 80-85% when sifted through a 1 mm sieve for 10 minutes at a moisture content of 8-10%. it was milled until fine, made into flour, and added to the ready-made yoghurt prepared traditionally in different proportions relative to the yoghurt mass. execution of work: the malt of spiked grains harvested for yoghurt is ground into flour and processed in the above manner. yoghurt is made according to traditional technology: preparation of raw material for production, determination of standards, pasteurization, homogenization, cooling, fermentation (fermenting), enrichment of the product with additives, packaging, and storage. in enrichment with additives, the flour and yeast of the recovered grains are added together. yoghurt mass with food additives prepared based on malted wheat and malted barley was fermented at 40 ℃ for 5-6 hours. results and discussion the results of the research showed that in the production of yoghurt, it is sufficient to add food additives made based on malted wheat and malted barley in the amount of a maximum of 5% of the mass of yoghurt. the following table lists the organoleptic indicators of fortified yoghurt: table 1. organoleptic indicators of yoghurts prepared by adding food in different proportions. no amount of food additive organoleptic indicators appearance colour taste and smell homogeneity 1 1.5 a viscous mass of uniform thickness. the same milky white colour throughout the mass it has the unique smell and taste of pure fermented milk without extraneous odours and tastes. homosexual 2 3 a viscous mass of uniform thickness the same milky white colour throughout the mass pure original fermented milk without extraneous odours and flavours and has a weak malty smell and taste. homosexual american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 3 5 a viscous mass of uniform thickness the same milky white colour throughout the mass pure original fermented milk without extraneous odours and flavours and has a pleasant malty smell and taste. homosexual 4 7 a viscous mass of uniform thickness the same milky white colour throughout the mass pure original fermented milk without extraneous odours and flavours and has a strong malty smell and taste. homosexual it can be seen from the table that when 1.5-3% of the food additive is added to the yoghurt, the taste and smell of the yoghurt are preserved, when 5% is added, a weak pleasant taste and smell of the spiked grain malt is felt in the yoghurt. as the amount of food additive increased, the flavour of the food additive became dominant instead of the taste of yoghurt. the organoleptic and physicochemical parameters of yoghurts enriched with spiky grains collected for the experiment are presented in the following tables: table 2. organoleptic and physicochemical indicators of yoghurt obtained for the experiment indicator name tawifi appearance a viscous mass of uniform thickness. when stabilizers are added, it can be jellylike or creamy. when using food additives that give taste and smell their mass percentage can change. taste and smell it has the unique smell and taste of pure fermented milk without extraneous odours and tastes. it gives a moderately sweet taste when processed with sugar or sweeteners. flavouring agents provide the corresponding taste and aroma of the added component in the production of food additives. colour the same milky white colour throughout the mass. produced with flavouring and food colouring, it is determined by the colour of the added ingredient. 3 – table. physico-chemical parameters name norm mass fraction of fat, % low-fat dairy 0.1 to 1.0 medium fat milk 1.0 to 2.5 milk and cream 4.7 to 7.0 creamy milky 7.0 to 9.5 creamy not less than 10 mass fraction of milk protein not less than % for yoghurt without additives 3.2 for yoghurts with fruit, spiked malt (vegetable). 2.8 mass fraction of sucrose and total sugar by inverting sugar technical documents provide specific information for yoghurts made with sugar berries and other additives. acidity, 0t from 75-140 phosphatase it shouldn't be harora in production, ℃ +4±2 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org conclusions the results of the experiment showed that the organoleptic and physico-chemical indicators of yoghurts enriched with harvested spiky grains fully meet the requirements given in the normative legal documents, which were determined by chemical analysis. this food additive can be used in folk medicine for the purpose of obtaining goods recommended for use as a digestive, normalizing the activity of the intestinal system, and as a rich source of vitamins. yoghurts obtained in this way have a taste and smell typical of pure yoghurt, without extraneous tastes and smells, and the colour is uniform throughout the mass. such enriched yoghurts are more popular due to their healing properties. references 1. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. ундирилган буғдой асосида олинган озиқ-овқат қўшилмасининг антиоксидантлик ҳусусиятларини ўрганиш // journal of chemistry of goods and traditional medicine volume 2, issues 3, 2023. 174-177 2. данильчук т.н., рогов и.а., демидов а.в. повышение антиоксидантной активности проростков злаковых культур под воздействием инфракрасного излучения // хранение и переработка сельхозсырья. 2014. №9. с. 16–21. 3. уй шароитида буғдой ва арпа солодини тайёрлаш. // халқ табобати плюс. №2 (15) тошкент 2023 – 6-7 б. 4. сташкова н.о. tехнологические аспекты получения сухих пророщенных зерен пшеницы // хранение и переработка сельхозсырья. 2011. №2. с. 37–38. 5. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. арпа ва солод ишлаб чиқариш. академик а.қосимов таваллудининг 75 йиллигига бағишланган “ўзбекистонда биотехнологиянинг ривожланиши ва истиқболлари” мавзусидаги илмий-амалий анжуман. андижон – 2012.85 б 6. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. арпа ва солодни замбуруғли зарарланиши муаммолари. академик а.қосимов таваллудининг 75 йиллигига бағишланган “ўзбекистонда биотехнологиянинг ривожланиши ва истиқболлари” мавзусидаги илмий-амалий анжуман. андижон – 2012.-75 б 7. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. солод модификацияси ва ферментатив жараёнлар. а.қосимов таваллудининг 75 йиллигига бағишланган “ўзбекистонда биотехнологиянинг ривожланиши ва истиқболлари” мавзусидаги илмий-амалий анжуман. андижон – 2012.-7980 б 8. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. ундирилган буғдой асосида олинган озиқ-овқат қўшилмаси. товарлар кимёси ҳамда халқ табобати муаммолари ва истиқболлари. мавзусидаги х халқаро илмий-амалий конференция материаллари андижон, 2023, 14-15 сентябр – 375 б 9. асқаров и.р., хасанова д.т. ундирилган буғдой муртаги шарбатидан тайёрланган кукун. товарлар кимёси ҳамда халқ табобати муаммолари ва истиқболлари. халқаро илмийамалий конференция., андижон, 2023, 14-15сентябрь., 479-б. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org an innovative product in line with modern engineering materials and design values is a time of need yuldasheva gulnora buranovna, phd, associate professor of the department of materials science and mechanical engineering, tashkent state transport university, tashkent, republic of uzbekistan, khaidarova gulnoza bakhtiyorovna, assistant of the department of materials science and mechanical engineering, tashkent state transport university, tashkent, republic of uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in modern mechanical engineering, trends in the economy of energy and resources and ensuring optimal performance parameters of products for various functional purposes are obvious; a special place is occupied by the materials used, which must ensure the implementation of design solutions in compliance with technical requirements. documentation. various operating conditions of technical equipment and increasing requirements for ergonomics, safety, repair and recycling require changes in traditional construction methods and new generation building materials. modern structural materials must not only have operational characteristics parameters that correspond to the calculated values of the choice of design option, but also change these parameters during the operation of the product and ensure its adequate response to external conditions temperature, temperature, speed, pressure. , composition of the environment, etc., the so-called concept of creating a product that meets the requirements at all stages of the life cycle of innovative products is one of the most pressing issues today. this article analyzes the methodological aspects of the selection of components of structural materials and the basis of polymer matrices used in the design of machines and technological equipment with increased performance indicators. machine construction, trend, economy, energy, resource, material, technical, ergonomic, safety, construction, operation, adequate, reaction, temperature, speed, pressure. introduction the widespread use of structural materials based on polymer, oligomer and polymer-oligomer matrices in industry is due to high specific deformation-strength characteristics, manufacturability and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org processing into products using high-performance equipment and tooling, the possibility of recycling depreciated products and waste from production and processing processes. in terms of the totality of service and technological characteristics, polymer composites in some cases are superior to traditional engineering materials, and the areas of their practical application are continuously expanding in industrial sectors that determine the sustainable development of both individual business entities and state and supranational entities. particular interest in polymer materials and compositions based on them is due to the possibility of recycling technological waste and depreciated products, which makes it possible to return a significant part of resources to the sphere of consumption without significant energy and material costs [1]. as part of the sustainable development strategy adopted by leading countries with high industrial potential, the problem of efficient use of regenerated raw materials is becoming one of the most pressing due to the increasing negative technogenic impact on the environment [2]. as is known, polymer materials in unmodified form are practically not used in industry [3]. this circumstance is due to the difference in consumer, technical, economic and technological characteristics used in each specific case of using products made of polymer materials. for example, when using polymers for the manufacture of structural and tribological products, the deformationstrength and thermophysical characteristics are insufficient to ensure the specified operational life of a friction unit, machine element or mechanism. therefore, functional components are introduced into the matrix to reduce the intensity of adverse operational factors leading to various types of wear antioxidants, structuring agents, reinforcing components, etc. [4]. in other cases, for example, when using multi-batch products with low strength characteristics (packaging, protective elements, etc.), the economic and technological indicators of the product the cost of production and the manufacturability of processing and recycling of waste are of paramount importance. therefore, the selection of modifying components for such products is carried out according to the criteria of availability and low cost [5]. an analysis of literature sources devoted to various aspects of polymer engineering materials science [6] indicates the existence of various methodological approaches that ensure the production of products with given parameters of service characteristics, which can be formulated in a simplified form as follows: -synthesis of polymer matrices with certain parameters of chemical composition, molecular and supramolecular structure; -combination of industrially produced polymers and oligomers in order to form products with different levels of interaction (chemical, phase, intermolecular, etc.); modification of polymer, oligomeric or combined matrices by energetic influences, leading to a directed change in the molecular and supramolecular structure and intermolecular interaction [6]; modification of industrially produced polymer, oligomeric and combined matrices with functional components in the form of particles of a certain composition, shape, and geometric dimensions [7]. without delving into the specifics of the synthesis of high-molecular compounds of a given composition, structure and structure, which are quite widely discussed in a number of classical monographs, we note that, despite the significant difficulties of this important area of producing polymer materials on an industrial scale, due to large material, time and energy costs, and also with a pronounced negative technogenic impact on the environment, in recent years work has been actively american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org developing to create nanophase matrices with a set of new characteristics. this aspect is discussed in more detail in [7]. from the point of view of the effectiveness of practical application, the combination of matrices of polymers and oligomers, developed on an industrial scale, using various technological influences (mechanochemical, thermal, thermomechanical, etc.) is a more promising direction in functional polymer materials science [8]. research carried out over a number of years by the school of academician lipatov yu.s. [9] and belarusian scientists at the institute of medical sciences of the academy of sciences of the bssr (now the state scientific institution of the institute of medical sciences named after v.a. bely of the national academy of sciences of belarus) prof. pesetsky s.s., prof. pinchuka l.s., prof. goldade v.a. and others [1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 60-66], indicate wide possibilities for controlling the parameters of the structure of polymer matrices through the formation of copolymer macromolecules, low-dimensional aggregates and multiphase systems with high thermodynamic stability, due to the homogenizing effect on the melts of the initial components . depending on the type of technological impact, the equipment used and the tasks formulated in the technical requirements for the composite material, it is possible to form both a predominantly copolymer matrix, due to mechanochemical synthesis in the reaction zone of the mixer, and, mainly, a multiphase system in which the modifier is distributed throughout the volume matrix polymer with a given homogeneity, providing a non-additive change in the parameters of the service characteristics of the composite. based on thermodynamically combined mixtures, composite materials for structural and tribological purposes sam, ingam and their analogues have been developed. an important aspect of this direction is the possibility of thermomechanical combination of polymer and oligomer components, both primary and after regeneration, using modern recycling technologies. this circumstance makes it possible to obtain high-grade engineering materials based on cheaper raw materials. within the framework of the third conceptual approach, it is possible to create functional composite materials by exposing industrially produced polymers to directed energy flows: laser, ionizing, thermal, etc. common energy impacts include the processing of materials, semi-finished products or products with radiation of a given intensity and dose. this leads to the formation of intermolecular bonds with a given degree of structuring, which determine the parameters of deformation-strength, tribological, adhesion and other characteristics. a characteristic feature of the technology for radiation modification of polymer and composite materials is the ability to control the molecular weight of both individual segments of the cross-linked structure and sections of the matrix by changing the intensity of the energy impact. as a result, not only intermolecular structuring processes can occur, but also destruction, up to the formation of oligomeric and low-molecular products in the matrix volume and the formation of a multiphase composite based on a single-phase binder. using modern technologies of concentrated energy impact on components of polymer materials, semifinished products in the form of threads, films, pipe blanks, sheets, plates, etc., as well as finished products, it is possible to form gradient structures along the cross-section and surface layers with optimized morphology. for example, when laser irradiation is applied to a semi-finished product made of polytetrafluoroethylene (ptfe), the so-called “cotton wool” is a highly porous material with adjustable cell parameters. ion etching of a semi-finished product made of ptfe or polyethylene terephthalate american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org (pet) makes it possible to obtain a developed adhesively active surface layer, which makes it possible to form products using liquid-phase adhesives. theoretical analysis of technological aspects of radiation materials science was carried out in the works of employees of the institute of mechanical engineering of the academy of sciences of the bssr. among the most promising directions for creating composite materials on polymer and combined matrices for the manufacture of a wide range of parts for structural, tribotechnical, decorative, protective and other purposes is the functional modification of base matrices with components of different composition, dispersion, habit and activity. this direction, traditionally developed in leading centers for the development of engineering composites, has become particularly relevant in the last decade in connection with the development of nanomaterials science and nanotechnologies. an analysis of numerous literary sources devoted to various aspects of composite materials science [2, 10, 74-84] indicates that composites, referred to as nanomaterials in modern terminology, have been developed over the past 30 years. a characteristic confirmation of this fact is the study of composites based on thermoplastics and highly dispersed fillers (clays, mica), greases and liquids with controlled rheological and electrical characteristics, and dispersion-strengthened materials on inorganic matrices. among the first studies in the field of polymer nanomaterials science are the works carried out at the institute of mechanics and mathematics of the academy of sciences of the bssr (gnu iims named after v.a. bely of the national academy of sciences of belarus) by the school of prof. struka v.a. . due to various circumstances determined by the regulatory framework in force in the period 19702000, which determines the procedure for publishing the results of scientific research, a number of works were published in a restricted access mode. for example, the studies examined the physicochemical aspects of the production and use of metal-polymers composites based on thermoplastic polymer and oligomeric cross-linking matrices and nanodispersed (colloidal) metals (cu, pb, zn, sn, etc.). work [86] is devoted to the use of highly dispersed metals and metal-polymers as anti-wear, electrically conductive and anti-friction additives in motor oils, hydraulic and technological media, and greases. subsequently, these studies were developed in the works of prof. n.k. myshkin and employees. nanocomposite engineering materials based on combined polymersilicate materials have been studied in the works. the studies carried out in a number of cases stated the experimentally observed synergistic effect of a complex change in the structural parameters, deformation-strength, tribotechnical, adhesive and other service characteristics of composites containing nano-sized modifiers; mechanisms for implementing the effect were proposed, based on well-established ideas in the field of physical chemistry and technology polymer materials. at the same time, as previously noted, given the variety of low-dimensional modifiers used, differing in composition, structure, habit, production technology, charge state and other parameters that determine their individuality, the problem of establishing patterns of manifestations is very relevant. conclusion: it should be emphasized that at present not only there are well-established methodological approaches to the creation of functional polymer nanocomposites, but also the conceptual apparatus in this area is far from perfect. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org one of the most important tasks of the science of modern polymer nanomaterials is to establish the characteristic properties that determine the transition of a dispersed particle to particles less than 100 nm in size with characteristic parameters corresponding to micro-sizes and macroparticles, for which no anomalies in service characteristics have been experimentally identified. established a number of studies have proposed the concept of a “nanostat”, which makes it possible to distribute semi-finished products, condense components in various states of aggregation, and isolate the structure and properties of low-dimensional objects obtained as a result of mechanochemical alloying. and other technologies. it is clear that determining the properties of nano-sized objects and composites using nano-sized functional components is only possible using adequate analytical methods, including the use of new generation research equipment and improved experimental research methods. references 1. sirenko, g.a. antifriction carboplastics / g.a. sirenko. – kyiv: tekhnika, 1985. – 195 p. 2. panshin, yu.a. fluoroplastic / yu.a. panshin, s.g. malkevich, ts.s. dunaevskaya. – m.: chemistry, 1978. – 232 p. 3. buznik, b.m. the state of domestic fluoropolymer chemistry and possible development prospects / v.m. buznik // russian chemical journal. 2008. – t. lii. no. 3. – p. 7-12. 4. willemson, a.l. prospects for the development of fusible fluoropolymers in russia and abroad / a.l. willemson // theses of scientific and practical studies. conf. "fluoropolymer materials: scientific, technical, production, commercial aspects." – kirovo-chepetsk, 2008. 5. jisheng e., gawne d.t. tribological performans of bronze-filled ptfe facings for machine tool slideways // wear. – 176. – 1994. – s. 195-205. 6. semenov, a.p., matveevsky, r.m., pozdnyakov, v.v. manufacturing technology and properties of fluoroplastic-containing antifriction materials. – m., 1963, – 64 p. 7. tverskaya, l.s., korenkov, g.l. carbon fibers chemical industry abroad, 1972. vol. 1. – p. 3-19. 8. perepelkin, k.e., reinforcing fibers and fibrous polymer composites. – st. petersburg: scientific principles and technologies, 2009. – 380 p. 9. the influence of fullerene soot on the tribological properties of fluoroplastic-4 and fluoroplastic composite f-4k20 / b.m. ginzburg, d.g. tochilnikov, a.a. shepelevsky et al. // friction and wear. 1999. – t. 20, – no. 5. – p. 555-562. 10. mironov, v. s., pleskachevsky, yu. m. electrophysical activation of polymer materials gomel: imms nasb, 1999. 172 p. 11. suyunov d. h. the main problems of corporate governance and ways to solve them //epra international journal of economic growth and environmental issues (egei) issn. – с. 23216247. 12. suyunov d. h. the main problems of corporate governance and ways to solve them //epra international journal of economic growth and environmental issues (egei) issn. – с. 23216247. 13. davletyarov m. a., suyunov d., kenjabaev a. t. digitalization of the economy: concepts, problems and implementation strategy //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org development. – 2023. – т. 12. – с. 209-218. 14. davletyarov m. a., suyunov d., kenjabaev a. t. state regulation of the digital transformation of the economy //american journal of business management, economics and banking. – 2023. – т. 9. – с. 145-150. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org description of the processes of organizing the activities of the standardization department in the organization fattoev firuz farhod ogli senior lecturer, department of metrology, technical regulation, standardization and certification, tashkent state technical university named after i.a. karimov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the organization's standardization system, standardization processes, management of the standardization service using the markov chain, and the procedure for developing standards within the organization. standard, standardization, markov chain, standardization service, experts, processes. introduction using the correlation-regression model of the relationship between the performance indicators of the standardization service (ss) in the organization, it is possible to develop a concept of the work activities of the members of the standardization department. for this purpose, we can use an econometric model based on markov chains, describing the process of reaching consensus, and a correlation-regression model of the dependence of the standardization service (ss) activity on the indicators. n let the number of ss members participating in the process of discussing standards be, );...;( 0 1 00 nsss = vector of preliminary opinions of ss members on the standard project. here 1 0s i expert opinion. expert specialists in standardization s exchange opinions on vector values. in this case, the opinion of each standardization expert may vary depending on the degree of trust in the opinion of another member of the cc, as well as on the level of trust in the opinion of the standardization expert. it is necessary to make a firm decision with the active participation of all participants. in this regard i the expert specialist j the degree of reliability of the expert specialist's opinion 10  ijp ( ni ,...,1= ; nj ,...,1= , ji  ) it is assumed by marking i the expert specialist is confident in himself. in this case, the expert specialist 10  ijp will most likely have his own opinion. thus, the opinions of a number of expert specialists nn by the product of )( ijnn pp = the dimensional p results in a square reliability matrix. in each row of the matrix, ijp the sum of the probabilities is equal to 1, i.e.       =  = n j ijpni 1 1,1 is expressed and the process of coordination according to the opinions of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org members of the ss is determined. at the initial stage, to coordinate the conclusions of the expert specialist on standardization, the vector of opinions of the members of the ss is calculated according to the following formula: ),...,( 0 1 001 n nn sssps ==  it is known that the development and discussion of a standard consists of several stages, taking into account k after this stage, the vector of agreed opinions of experts is calculated using the following formula: 01 1 ),...,( spspsss k knn n kkk === − (1) if l nnp  if all rows of the matrix are the same l stops at the stage. mathematically, this means that l after the process, nnp  the final reliability matrix f forms a matrix. the final f matrix does not change in the further process and, in turn, is a vector of the opinion of the expert specialist ),...,( 1 0 n ll l nnl sspss ==  and, accordingly, remains in its place. at the same time, according to the theory of group consulting of the process, the opinions of the expert specialists are stabilized, and thus multilateral agreement is ensured [3]. based on the theory of markov chains, for any vector of preliminary opinions of experts, p the final matrix f provides sufficient conditions for approaching the matrix p means the legitimate correctness of the matrix. in the activities of the ss, in some cases, individual members working in the ss must have their own opinion and trust the opinion of others, regardless of what the initial opinions of the members are. ss, if p the matrix is unchangeable and constant, that is, there are experts who have expressed their opinions, then mutual comprehensive agreement can be achieved through several repeated discussions between the participants of the cx. and this is the markov matrix p final f approximation to the matrix. it is necessary to eliminate the disagreements that arise in the standardization system and in quality management to ensure mutual multilateral agreement within the system considered by the standardization department. to achieve this, a significant amount of time and costs are required in the enterprise standardization system. standardization services p approaching the matrix to the final 0s since it does not depend on the vector of initial opinions, p it is necessary to manage the trust matrix. the ss should analyze all the negative aspects related to ensuring mutual agreement in its activities. 1. management in a group of expert specialists. if a group of expert specialists includes a specialist with high management skills (in general, )1,1( == iipni under the conditions 111 =p it can be assumed that as a result of confirming his opinion, the unchanged and resulting matrix f is unchanged and 11p the element is equal to one. it is extremely difficult to change the conclusion of the leading expert specialist. 2. the presence of several leaders in the expert-specialist group. the situation when there are several leading specialists in the ss p is characterized by a matrix in which the main diagonal contains ones. if there are several leaders in the ss, that is, anyone 2n in this case, this situation is fundamentally different from the previous one. the presence of one leader in the expert-specialist group ensures comprehensive agreement, even if it is of low quality. the presence of several leaders (leaders) in the cx leads to the impossibility of achieving comprehensive agreement. 3. global dominance in a group of experts-specialists. if all the experts of the ss rate themselves highly (i.e. )1,1( == iipni (taking into account the condition 1=iip is assumed to be equal), then p the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org trust matrix e is equal to one (the main diagonal is equal to one, the remaining elements of the matrix are equal to zero). because any l for the number of repetitions (discussion in ss) eep ll == , so, p means that the matrix does not approach the final one, in this case, agreement cannot be reached. this conclusion is confirmed by many observations of the work of various groups. the more opposing sides in the ss, the more difficult it will be to ensure comprehensive agreement in the group. 4. transfer of responsibility in a group of expert specialists. it is necessary to consider the situation when each specialist in the group completely trusts the opinion of another member of the ss and refuses responsibility for making a decision. in the theory of markov chains it is shown that the transition matrix of this type does not approach the final matrix. therefore, it is impossible to reach a comprehensive agreement in such a group. in fact, for the impossibility of reaching a comprehensive agreement it is enough that there are at least two "irresponsible" specialists in the group, and the irresponsible specialist, agreeing with the opinion of the group, is mistaken in his correct opinion. 5. agreements in a group of experts (coalition). another case of impossibility of achieving a comprehensive agreement is the formation of different agreements (views) in the ss. this can be considered using the example of the activity of four experts who have formed two coalitions: the 1st expert believes only himself; the 2nd expert believes himself and the 1st expert respectively; the 3rd expert believes only himself and the 4th expert; the 4th expert believes himself and the 3rd expert. consequently, agreements in the group are unstable, and it is impossible to achieve agreement in the group. matrices of this type are decomposed into markov chains, therefore in this situation agreement is not achieved (any 2n for). 6. listening in a group of experts. in a comprehensive agreement, each member not only has the right to participate in the decision, but must also refuse a decision with which he does not agree. at the same time, it is impossible to ignore the minority of dissatisfied members of the group and to seek a solution to all dissatisfied situations. in short, blocking is a listening tool during the work of the sh. in some cases, during the course of the cx activities, a situation may arise where expert specialists are not interested in making any decision at all. this situation can be considered "incorrect blocking," since the behavior of such an expert specialist is outwardly similar to the actions of a specialist that prevents a decision from being made to take his opinion into account. in this case, the opinion of the expert specialist constantly changes during the discussion. as a result, lp the final matrix of the matrix 0m the desire is not met. technical committees (tc), in turn, perform the functions of the standardization service at the enterprise. one of the important tasks is to determine the methodology for assessing the activities of the cc and the criteria for their functioning [88]. however, it should be noted that a number of problems have not yet been resolved in one ss. ss performance indicator p values and for ss n the number of terms analyzed was 90. based on the fact that sss with up to 30 members outnumber the others, we can conclude that the source data is diverse. p and n preliminary data for finding the necessary connection between n grouped by p the values of the integral indicator are obtained on average. p for average values of the integral indicator a box-and-whiskers diagram was plotted; two observations were outside the resulting "curves." american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the above aspects, we obtain the distribution scheme presented in figure 1 (after excluding external indicators). p the most suitable regression model of the dependence of the integral indicator on the number of members of the c c n quadratic equation: 234 42,13753591.0 xxxy −+= (2) the resulting model shows the optimal statistical fit to the typical data after removing the bypassers. within the framework of the constructed model, we p we can predict an increase in the average value of the indicator that characterizes the effectiveness of the cc with an increase in the number of cc members to 10-20 values, which ensures the best balance between them. the most complete agreement of stakeholders within the cc and the effectiveness of its work. fig. 1. distribution diagram of results. references 1. karpova o.v. standardization at enterprises: a textbook on the direction of training 27.04.01 "standardization and metrology" / o.v. karpova. penza: psuas, 2016. 148 p. 2. yakovenko n.v., kachagina o.v. standardization in quality management at an industrial enterprise // economics and management. no. 2. 2012. –p. 75-77. 3. aronov i. z., maksimova o. v., zazhigalkin a. v. study of the time to reach consensus in the work of technical committees on standardization based on regular markov chains // computer research and modeling. 2015. vol. 7 no. 4 p. 941-950. 4. gost r iec 61165—2019. national standard of the russian federation. reliability in engineering application of markov methods moscow standartinform 2019. 31 p. 5. aronov i.z., zazhigalkin a.v. management of the work of technical committees on standardization with the aim of achieving consensus // scientific and technical journal "certification", 3/2014. –p. 6-14. 6. aronov i. z., maksimova o. v. theoretical modeling of achieving consensus in coalitions based on regular markov chains // computer research and modeling 2020 vol. 12 no. 5 pp. 1247–1256. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org modern problems, solutions, and prospects in hydraulic engineering khalimov ibrokhimjon teacher of the department of "architecture and hydraulic engineering" of andijan state technical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides a comprehensive scientific analysis of the present state, urgent challenges, and future directions in the field of hydraulic engineering, focusing on the design, construction, operation, and sustainable management of hydraulic structures. it reviews the historical evolution and current typologies of major waterworks—dams, weirs, canals, barrages, reservoirs, and integrated irrigation and drainage systems—within the framework of their hydraulic, structural, ecological, and socio-economic functions. emphasizing recent advances, it examines the integration of highperformance materials, computational fluid dynamics, digitalization, and ecological engineering in modern practice. the review highlights the complex interplay between anthropogenic activities, climate variability, and river basin processes, drawing on global case studies and the specific experience of uzbekistan and central asia. challenges such as sediment management, water scarcity, infrastructure aging, flood control, ecosystem fragmentation, and emerging climate extremes are critically assessed. the article discusses adaptation pathways including green infrastructure, riskbased design, remote sensing, real-time operation, and participatory governance. based on the synthesis, recommendations are proposed to support resilient, sustainable, and efficient hydraulic engineering practice in the 21st century. hydraulic engineering; hydraulic structures; dams; canals; water management; climate adaptation; sedimentation; digital technologies; sustainable development; ecohydraulics. introduction hydraulic engineering, as a foundational pillar of civil infrastructure and water resources management, has shaped the course of human civilization since antiquity, guiding the transformation of natural landscapes to serve agricultural, industrial, and urban societies. the science and technology underlying the design, construction, and operation of hydraulic structures—ranging from ancient irrigation canals of mesopotamia and egypt, to the monumental dams of the 20th century, and the integrated, digital american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org water systems of the present day—reflect the persistent drive of humanity to regulate, control, and benefit from the hydrosphere. the scope of the discipline has expanded significantly in recent decades, moving beyond mere flood control and irrigation to encompass hydropower generation, navigation, environmental restoration, and urban stormwater management, as well as the preservation of aquatic and riparian ecosystems. hydraulic engineering is now at the forefront of multidisciplinary integration, blending fluid mechanics, structural analysis, geotechnics, material science, environmental engineering, remote sensing, computer modeling, and socio-economic planning. at the same time, new and evolving challenges have emerged: the growing impacts of global climate change on water availability and hydrological extremes; the aging and obsolescence of critical infrastructure; the widespread occurrence of sedimentation and its threat to reservoir capacity and river morphology; escalating competition for limited water resources; and the urgent need to reconcile human development with ecosystem health. central asia and uzbekistan, endowed with extensive irrigation networks and a history of grand hydraulic projects, illustrate both the achievements and the dilemmas of the field: large dams, inter-basin canals, and complex water distribution systems have delivered significant social and economic benefits but also caused unforeseen environmental and social costs, from the desiccation of the aral sea to the decline of fisheries and the fragmentation of riverine habitats. the rapid advance of technology—high-performance materials, advanced sensors, big data analytics, and artificial intelligence—presents new opportunities for efficiency, safety, and adaptability, but also raises questions about equity, governance, and long-term sustainability. in this context, the present article seeks to provide a comprehensive, scientifically rigorous, and up-to-date review of the modern field of hydraulic engineering, focusing on the key types and functions of hydraulic structures, the methodological advances and persistent challenges in their design and management, the emerging adaptation and sustainability strategies, and the prospects for integrated, resilient, and environmentally compatible solutions in the face of an uncertain future. materials and methods the methodological approach of this scientific review combines systematic literature analysis, expert consultation, and synthesis of case study evidence across a diverse range of geographical, technological, and institutional contexts. the core literature base was assembled through comprehensive database searches (scopus, web of science, sciencedirect, google scholar) using targeted keywords including “hydraulic engineering,” “hydraulic structures,” “dams,” “sediment management,” “climate change adaptation,” “eco-hydraulics,” “digital water technologies,” and “sustainable water management,” filtering for peer-reviewed articles, major technical monographs, international guidelines (icold, icid, unesco, world bank, fao), and national standards published from 2000 to 2024. priority was given to sources that presented rigorous methodologies, robust data, and significant theoretical or practical contributions. additional material was sourced from key international conference proceedings (iahr, world water congress, european geosciences union, asce-ewri), and official project documents from leading hydraulic agencies and consultancies. for the regional perspective, original data and policy documents from uzbekistan’s ministry of water resources, local water management organizations, and central asian regional bodies were incorporated. analytical frameworks included classical hydraulic and hydrological modeling, environmental impact assessment, risk analysis (including fmea and probabilistic safety american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org analysis), and multi-criteria decision-making. comparative case studies were selected to illustrate successes and failures in dam safety, sediment control, irrigation modernization, and climate adaptation, spanning major river basins in asia (amu darya, syr darya, yangtze), europe (danube, rhine), the americas (mississippi, colorado), and africa (nile, orange). where quantitative data was available, meta-analysis was conducted on sediment trapping efficiency, structural lifespan, failure modes, and cost-benefit ratios of adaptation strategies. expert opinions were obtained through targeted interviews with practitioners and academics in uzbekistan, kazakhstan, germany, and the united states, focusing on emerging challenges and technological innovations. triangulation of findings across methods and sources ensured the scientific robustness and contextual relevance of the synthesis. the review process emphasized transparency in methodology, reproducibility, and critical assessment of both established and frontier knowledge in hydraulic engineering. results the synthesis of global and regional evidence reveals a dynamic and multifaceted field, in which hydraulic engineering continues to evolve rapidly in response to technological innovation, environmental pressures, and shifting socio-economic priorities. the proliferation and modernization of hydraulic structures, especially large dams and reservoirs, remain central to water management worldwide: as of 2024, more than 59,000 large dams are in operation globally (icold, 2024), supporting irrigation for over 300 million hectares, providing flood protection for hundreds of millions, and supplying nearly 16% of the world’s electricity through hydropower. recent advances in structural design—seismic safety, high-strength concrete, composite materials, prefabrication—have extended the functional lifespan and reliability of both new and rehabilitated works, while digitalization (realtime monitoring, remote sensing, digital twins, ai-driven predictive maintenance) has transformed operational efficiency and risk management. in uzbekistan and central asia, ambitious canal and pumping schemes, multi-purpose reservoirs, and water-saving irrigation technologies (drip, sprinkler, laser leveling) have enabled impressive gains in agricultural productivity and rural development. yet, significant challenges persist. sedimentation is a near-universal problem, reducing reservoir capacity, increasing flood risk, and altering downstream channel morphology; on average, global reservoirs lose 0.8–1.0% of storage annually to sedimentation, with many in central asia, india, and china facing critical loss within decades (xu et al., 2019; kondolf et al., 2014). the ecological impacts of river regulation and fragmentation remain severe: disrupted sediment transport, reduced floodplain connectivity, blocked fish migration routes, and altered thermal regimes have degraded aquatic biodiversity and riparian ecosystems (vörösmarty et al., 2010; petts & gurnell, 2013). the specter of climate change looms large, manifesting in altered river flows, more frequent and intense floods and droughts, glacier retreat, and shifting water demand, all of which complicate planning, design, and operation (lall et al., 2020). infrastructure aging is an emerging crisis: in many developed regions, over 50% of major dams are now over 50 years old, with maintenance and rehabilitation needs outpacing available resources. socio-economic issues—displacement, resettlement, benefit-sharing, transboundary water disputes—remain sources of tension, particularly in shared river basins like the amu darya and syr darya, where upstream and downstream interests often diverge. on the positive side, the last decade has seen significant growth in ecohydraulic engineering: fish-friendly passages, environmental flows, dam removal and river restoration projects, and the mainstreaming of ecosystem american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org services into project appraisal. nature-based solutions (nbs), such as floodplain reconnection, constructed wetlands, and reforestation, are gaining traction as complements to “grey” infrastructure, although large-scale adoption is still limited by regulatory, financial, and technical barriers (wwap, 2018). innovative sediment management techniques—bypass tunnels, sediment flushing, adaptive reservoir operation—are being piloted, with promising but context-dependent results (xu et al., 2019). in uzbekistan, water-saving irrigation and modernization of soviet-era networks are reducing water losses and increasing resilience, but progress is uneven and constrained by financing, institutional capacity, and climate uncertainty. the integration of digital technologies is transforming the field: satellite-based remote sensing, iot sensor networks, gis analytics, and ai-driven risk assessment enable unprecedented situational awareness and adaptive management, but require skilled personnel and robust data governance. the growing recognition of the need for stakeholder participation, gender inclusion, and social impact assessment is slowly shifting the culture of project planning and decisionmaking. collectively, these findings point to a field at a crossroads—rich with technical possibilities and pressing societal demands, but facing significant scientific, managerial, and ethical challenges that must be addressed to realize the full benefits of hydraulic engineering in a sustainable and equitable manner. discussion the review’s results underscore that the evolution of hydraulic engineering is both a story of technical achievement and a cautionary tale of unintended consequences, illustrating the necessity of holistic, adaptive, and interdisciplinary approaches to the design, operation, and management of water infrastructure. on the technical front, advances in structural engineering, high-performance materials, and digital tools have greatly improved the reliability, safety, and efficiency of hydraulic structures. the proliferation of real-time monitoring systems and digital twins allows for continuous health assessment, early warning of failures, and evidence-based maintenance scheduling, reducing both risk and cost (li et al., 2023). the adoption of ecohydraulic design principles—fish passages, multi-level outlets, habitat restoration—signals a welcome shift toward environmentally compatible engineering, although many legacy structures remain ecological bottlenecks. climate change adaptation is emerging as a defining challenge: engineers are now required to account for deep uncertainty in hydrological inputs, design for increased frequency and magnitude of extremes, and retrofit or decommission vulnerable assets. the necessity of robust risk assessment and scenario-based planning is clear, yet the science of non-stationary hydrology is still developing, and most design codes are only slowly evolving to reflect new realities. sediment management remains the achilles’ heel of hydraulic engineering: despite promising new methods, operational, financial, and political barriers persist, and the global backlog of sediment-impacted reservoirs continues to grow. nature-based solutions, while promising, face skepticism regarding performance, cost, and regulatory acceptance, especially in large-scale or critical-infrastructure contexts. digitalization, though transformative, presents its own challenges: cybersecurity, data integration, technical capacity, and the risk of over-reliance on “black-box” algorithms in safety-critical settings. social and institutional dynamics are equally important: the history of large dams is replete with lessons on displacement, inequity, and conflict, prompting a new emphasis on participatory governance, stakeholder engagement, and benefit-sharing. transboundary river basins require special attention: cooperative management, data sharing, and joint infrastructure american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org planning are essential to reduce conflict and optimize shared benefits, but are often undermined by national interests, institutional fragmentation, and geopolitical tensions (uitto & duda, 2002). in uzbekistan and central asia, the legacy of large-scale, top-down planning is gradually yielding to more inclusive, adaptive, and environmentally conscious models, but institutional inertia, capacity gaps, and funding constraints remain significant obstacles. ultimately, the future of hydraulic engineering will be shaped by its ability to reconcile competing objectives—water security, energy production, ecosystem health, social justice—through integrated, flexible, and forward-looking approaches. this demands lifelong learning, cross-sectoral collaboration, investment in research and capacity building, and the mainstreaming of sustainability and resilience in all phases of the project cycle. the convergence of green and digital engineering, if managed wisely, offers the potential to deliver water infrastructure that is not only robust and efficient but also regenerative and socially just. conclusion in summary, hydraulic engineering stands at a critical inflection point, facing a complex array of technical, environmental, and social challenges that demand a new paradigm of integrated, adaptive, and sustainable practice. the achievements of the past century—massive water storage and transfer, flood protection, irrigation expansion, and hydropower generation—have delivered immense benefits to human societies, but have also incurred substantial environmental and social costs that can no longer be ignored or externalized. the emerging science and practice of ecohydraulics, digital water management, and nature-based solutions represent a promising convergence of engineering and ecological wisdom. yet, persistent problems—sedimentation, aging assets, climate change, water scarcity, institutional inertia, and social conflict—require urgent and sustained attention. to realize the full potential of hydraulic engineering in the 21st century, a shift is needed toward holistic systems thinking, participatory governance, life-cycle stewardship, and the continuous integration of scientific and technological advances. for uzbekistan and similar regions, this means investing not only in infrastructure, but also in human capital, data systems, and transboundary cooperation. the field’s future lies in its capacity to innovate, adapt, and lead in building water systems that are resilient, equitable, and regenerative for both people and nature. as hydraulic engineering continues to evolve, its practitioners are called upon to serve not only as technical experts, but as stewards of the world’s most precious resource—water—ensuring its sustainable use for generations to come. references 1. international commission on large dams (icold). (2024). world register of dams. 2. world bank. (2021). sustainable hydropower in the 21st century. 3. unesco. (2020). water science and hydrology programme: annual report. 4. knight, d.w., shamseldin, a.y. (2018). river basin modelling for flood risk mitigation. 5. kondolf, g.m., rubin, z.k., minear, j.t. (2014). dams on the mekong: cumulative sediment starvation. science, 346(6209), 6206. 6. li, s., et al. (2023). machine learning applications in hydraulic structure monitoring. journal of hydraulic engineering, 149(2), 04022097. 7. petts, g.e., gurnell, a.m. (2013). ecohydraulics: an integrated approach. aquatic sciences, 75(1), 93–104. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 8. vörösmarty, c.j., et al. (2010). global threats to human water security and river biodiversity. nature, 467, 555–561. 9. uitto, j.i., duda, a.m. (2002). management of transboundary water resources: lessons from international cooperation. water resources development, 18(2), 201–211. 10. ranzi, r., et al. (2012). flood forecasting and warning: recent advances and future challenges. hydrological sciences journal, 57(6), 1023–1044. 11. gunkel, g. (2009). hydropower—a green energy? environmental science and pollution research, 16(2), 111–116. 12. world water assessment programme (wwap). (2018). the united nations world water development report 2018: nature-based solutions for water. 13. brilly, m. (2010). risk and reliability analysis in hydraulic engineering. stochastic environmental research and risk assessment, 24(6), 853–862. 14. xu, k., et al. (2019). sediment bypass tunnels: design, operation, and performance. international journal of sediment research, 34(3), 237–247. 15. lall, u., et al. (2020). water, climate, and society: challenges and opportunities for hydrological sciences. water resources research, 56(7), e2019wr025341. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org innovative approaches to sewing design: a fusion of tradition and technology ortikova ozoda sharofovna jdpu, department of technological education and fine arts a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s sewing design, a traditional craft that has evolved over centuries, is experiencing a renaissance through innovative approaches that combine traditional techniques with modern technology. this article explores the intersection of tradition and innovation in sewing design, highlighting how advancements in materials, tools, and techniques are revolutionizing the way garments are conceptualized and created. from 3d printing to smart textiles, the possibilities for creativity in sewing design are endless. by embracing these innovative approaches, designers can push the boundaries of traditional garment construction and create truly unique and cutting-edge pieces. centuries, sewing design, technology, innovative approaches, smart textiles, the border between fashion and technology. introduction sewing design has been a fundamental aspect of human culture for centuries, serving as a means of self-expression, creativity, and practicality. traditionally, sewing involved the manual manipulation of fabric and thread to create garments, accessories, and textiles. however, with the advent of new technologies and materials, the world of sewing design is undergoing a transformation. innovative approaches that leverage technology are pushing the boundaries of traditional sewing practices, allowing designers to explore new possibilities and create truly groundbreaking designs. advancements in materials: one of the key drivers of innovation in sewing design is the development of new materials that expand the possibilities of garment construction. smart textiles, for example, are fabrics that are embedded with sensors, actuators, and other electronic components, allowing for the creation of garments that can respond to the wearer's environment. these materials are revolutionizing the fashion industry by enabling designers to create interactive and adaptive clothing that blurs the line between fashion and technology. smart textiles represent a groundbreaking development in the field of sewing design, pushing the boundaries of traditional garment construction and redefining the relationship between fashion and technology. these innovative fabrics, embedded with sensors, actuators, and electronic components, have opened up a world of possibilities for designers seeking to create interactive and adaptive clothing that responds to the wearer's environment in real-time. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the integration of smart textiles into garment design has revolutionized the fashion industry by introducing a new dimension of functionality and interactivity. by incorporating sensors that can detect changes in temperature, humidity, or movement, designers can create clothing that adapts to the wearer's needs, providing enhanced comfort and performance. for example, a smart jacket embedded with temperature sensors can automatically adjust its insulation levels in response to changes in the external environment, ensuring optimal comfort for the wearer. furthermore, smart textiles have enabled the development of garments with interactive features, blurring the line between fashion and technology. for instance, designers can incorporate led lights, haptic feedback systems, or even sound-producing elements into clothing, creating pieces that engage multiple senses and offer a truly immersive experience for the wearer. this fusion of fashion and technology not only enhances the aesthetic appeal of the garments but also opens up new avenues for creative expression and self-expression. moreover, smart textiles have the potential to revolutionize the way we interact with our clothing and the world around us. by embedding communication modules into garments, designers can create wearable technologies that enable seamless connectivity with other devices, such as smartphones or smart home systems. this integration of technology into clothing not only enhances convenience but also opens up new possibilities for personalized and context-aware functionalities. advancements in tools and techniques: in addition to new materials, advancements in tools and techniques are also shaping the future of sewing design. 3d printing, for instance, has emerged as a powerful tool for creating intricate and complex garment components that would be difficult or impossible to achieve using traditional methods. designers can now experiment with novel shapes, textures, and structures, pushing the boundaries of what is possible in garment construction. combining tradition and technology: while the rise of technology has opened up new avenues for creativity in sewing design, it is essential to remember the importance of tradition in this craft. by combining traditional sewing techniques with modern technology, designers can create pieces that are both innovative and rooted in heritage. for example, a designer may use traditional embroidery techniques in conjunction with digital embroidery machines to create a unique and contemporary design that pays homage to the past while looking towards the future. conclusion: innovative approaches to sewing design are reshaping the way we think about garment construction and fashion. by embracing new materials, tools, and techniques, designers can push the boundaries of creativity and create truly unique and cutting-edge pieces. the fusion of tradition and technology in sewing design opens up endless possibilities for experimentation and innovation, ensuring that this timeless craft remains vibrant and relevant in the modern world. in conclusion, smart textiles represent a paradigm shift in sewing design, offering designers unprecedented opportunities to create garments that are not only aesthetically pleasing but also functional, interactive, and adaptive. by leveraging the capabilities of these innovative materials, designers can push the boundaries of traditional garment construction, paving the way for a future where fashion seamlessly integrates with technology to enhance the way we dress, express ourselves, and interact with the world american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. пулатова, ш. б., д. а. набиева, and м. б. касимова. "частота поражение сердца при анкилозирующем спондилите." дни ревматологии в санктпетербурге-2018. 2018. 2. nabiyeva, d. a. "dyslipidaemia and cytokine profile in patients wioth gout: the role of il-6, il18 and hyperurecemia in the development of metabolic disorders." journal of advances in medicine and medical research 23.12 (2017): 1-10. 3. aripov, a. n., et al. "study the effect of yantacin on some indicators of cellular renewal and on the level of protein expression on rat hepatocytes in chronic heliotrine liver damage." international journal of medical sciences and clinical research 2.05 (2022): 06-13. 4. набиева, д. а., м. з. ризамухамедова, and с. м. мухаммадиева. "характеристика метаболических сдвигов у больных подагрой." лечебное дело 1 (2016): 52-55. 5. aripova, n. а., et al. "the role of pro-inflammatory cytokines in various types of systemic scleroderma." seybold rep. j 18.06 (2023): 1469-1476. 6. ганиева, н. а., э. р. джураева, and н. а. арипова. комбинированная терапия синдрома рейно при системной склеродермии. diss. 2022. 7. арипова, нозима, and н. а. ганиева. "clinical and prognostic characteristics of" diseasespecific" autoantibodies in systemic scleroderma." (2021). 8. джураева, э. р., and н. а. ганиева. "современные подходы к лечению." (2016). 9. зияева, феруза камалиддиновна, et al. особенности поражения нервной системы при анкилозирующем спондилоартрите. diss. ташкент, 2023. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org international tourism in new uzbekistan and its impact on the labor market mirolimov son of mirislam mirshokir tdiu department of economic statistics, etc. associate professor e-mail: mirislom.mirolimov3138@gmail.com +998903343138 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the context of the rapidly growing market economy, opportunities and opportunities for the development of types are emerging in the country, further integration of the kinds into the public economy is of great importance in the country's economy. it is known from the history of the world economy that the tourism sector serves to provide currency exchange necessary for the country's treasury, to create new jobs and to raise the standard of living of the population. tourism, ecotourism, logistics, population welfare, smart tourism, infrastructure, tourists, tourism goals, population welfare, regional economy, gross regional product. introduction the resolution of the government of the republic of uzbekistan "on measures to implement national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development until 2030" (20.10.2018) and "on additional measures to accelerate the implementation of national goals and objectives in the field of sustainable development until 2030" (21.02.2022) decisions were adopted. as a result of serious interest and efforts to adapt the "sustainable development goals" to the national interests and needs of the country, the results of the action strategy of uzbekistan for 2017–2021 and the currently implemented "new "development strategy of uzbekistan" can be shown. the main principle of the development strategy of new uzbekistan, approved by the decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, "towards human dignity and value," envisages further increasing the well-being of the people, transforming the economy, accelerating the development of entrepreneurship, ensuring human rights and interests, and forming an active civil society. thus, by 2030, it sets itself the goal of entering the upper group of middle-income countries by ensuring an increase in per capita income to 4,000 us dollars. uzbekistan is committed to improving the well-being of the population, developing entrepreneurship, ensuring employment and reducing poverty, and addressing issues of targeted social protection directly in the lives of the population. a national model of neighbourhoods, considered in localities (mahallas), is being implemented, which is different from other foreign countries. based on this principle, several institutional reforms are being carried out, the governance system is being reformed, and democracy is being developed through the broad participation of the population and civil society in all areas of economic and social policy. is being provided. our republic is american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org fundamentally different from neighbouring countries in terms of its enormous potential in the field of international tourism. the geographical location of uzbekistan, which is extremely favourable, has natural climatic conditions, which also play a significant role in the cultural development of mankind. uzbekistan is home to unique, magnificent historical and architectural monuments, delicious fruits, and a variety of it has hospitable people with national cuisine, wonderful national traditions, and customs. all of this attracts the attention of foreign tourists and leaves people speechless. the political stability in uzbekistan also plays an important role in the development of international tourism. in recent years, modern construction projects, pilgrimage sites, and cultural and spiritual recreation centres have been built in our country. in recent years, our country has become a world leader in uzbek national wrestling, tennis, and other sports. championships were held. these events attracted tourists from many foreign countries. in uzbekistan, in the conditions of market relations, measures for the development of international tourism have been established by the state, and various agreements and agreements have been and are being concluded for the further development of economic relations. the international tourism statistical database is a collection of information it uses a variety of shapes. statistical observations are carried out through reports or directly by conducting special inspections. statistical observations through reports. in this case, statistical data are obtained from enterprises, institutions, organizations and others in the established form and within the established time limits. they prepare reports based on accounting and operational data and submit them to statistical bodies. these reports also reflect all the tourism information. specially organized observations in tourism. the exact calculation of tourist flows and expenses increases when the main methods of tourism statistics registration of arrivals at the border and accommodation facilities, as well as banking methods are combined with the organization of special observations. reports submitted by the immigration service, reports of tourist reception enterprises, banks and currency exchange offices serve as the main source of statistical information. however, like complex mass economic phenomena, they are not able to cover all aspects of tourism. literature review at the end of the 19th century, statistical observations were first conducted in the field of tourism in austria, and earlier in switzerland in 1852, the issue of compiling official tourism statistics was raised. in the 19th and 20th centuries, scientific research on about 21 topics related to tourism was first conducted in foreign countries, including the famous austrian scientist r. engelman's scientific research is a vivid example of this[1]. in his textbook, kuzhel yu. revealed the role of the tourism sector in the socio-economic development of the country. in this regard, he cites the need to pay special attention to tourism as the fastest-growing sector of the country[2]. according to russian scientists n. morozova and m. morozov, the modern tourism industry has undergone major changes with the introduction of new computer technologies. it is practically impossible for any organization to successfully operate in the tourism business market without the use of modern information technologies [3]. according to n. khaidarov, the country should sharply increase the number of foreign students admitted to the educational sector. they will live like tourists for at least 4 years of their studies. during their studies, they have a great opportunity to visit their parents and close friends[4]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org it should be noted that countries such as austria, switzerland, france, canada, spain, sweden, great britain, and the united states have been the leaders in developing reports on the share of tourism in the national economy and conducting economic research in the field of tourism. over the past 50 years, research in the field of tourism has been developing rapidly, but it can be observed that the study of problems related to the economics of tourism by scientists is much less than the study of other areas of economic activity[5]. one of the most important scientific studies on the study of tourism was the publication of the books “the economics of leisure in the wild” by m. clawson and j. kletsch in the mid-1960s, and “international tourism and tourism” by h.p. gray in 1970. this, in turn, aroused interest among economists in studying tourism as a separate type of economic activity. in 1995, the first scientific journal, tourism economics, began to be published, reflecting the economic and financial problems of tourism on a global scale.[6] research methodology during the research, the advanced experiences of foreign countries in the development of tourism were studied. official statistical data on tourism were used. the need for scientific research on the development of the service sector in increasing employment levels, especially the development of the tourism sector, was substantiated. the main task of ensuring the development of the labour market infrastructure is to solve the problem of both the unemployed and those who are employed but want to change their main place of work. currently, the role of information in the labour market is growing significantly. the high need for information for management purposes and the rapid development of information processes lead to the creation of its infrastructure components. information infrastructure includes computing equipment, communication tools, methodological and software support, and auxiliary types of activity. analysis and results in the statistical reports of tourism organizations, tourist departure figures are also not taken into account and are often omitted. however, most national tourism administrations do not keep statistics on outbound tourism at all and do not have any information about it. the size of international tourism expenditures is determined by calculating the average travel expenses per capita for the population of the respective country groups. then, the number of departures is calculated according to a certain formula. here: d – revenues from world transport. t – revenues from international tourism. e – transportation costs in international transport. r – costs of international tourism. the calculations show that statistical observations provide 80% of information about transport. the remaining 20% is filled in by estimation. after obtaining information on arrivals, tourism and transport revenues and expenses for each country, the second stage of the estimation begins a comparison of revenues and expenses. in our republic, tourism is mainly developed in a centralized management system. in developing countries, a market model of the tourism economy is used, and many indicators are controlled by the state (through taxes regulatory documents and norms). in a market economy, the monetary american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org management model of the tourism sector is based on financial management. such management leads to the growth of the tourism product. such a system of international tourism is currently being implemented in countries with developed tourism, such as japan, france, and italy. figure 1. main indicators of inbound, outbound and domestic tourism to the republic of uzbekistan in 2023 (thousand people) based on the data in the table above, it can be noted that in 2023, 6626.3 thousand people visited the republic of uzbekistan for tourist purposes, which is a decrease of 1.8% compared to the same period in 2019. however, the number of trips abroad from our republic for various purposes also decreased slightly, and the domestic tourism indicator increased by almost 2 times, which makes a significant contribution to the development of domestic tourism. during 2023, 2524.3 thousand people were accommodated in hotels and similar accommodation facilities, of which 53.5% were citizens of uzbekistan, 19.9% were citizens of cis member states, and 26.7% were citizens of foreign countries. in 2023, 984.4 thousand people from among those accommodated in hotels and similar accommodation facilities came for vacation, leisure and recreation, 962.6 thousand people for business and professional purposes, 100.0 thousand people for visiting friends and relatives, 73.0 thousand people for visiting, 49.2 thousand for medical and health-improving treatments, and 44.9 thousand for education and professional training. of those accommodated in specialized accommodation facilities, 583.8 thousand people came for medical and health-improving treatments, 235.4 thousand people for vacation, leisure and recreation, 20.9 thousand people for business and professional purposes, 19.2 thousand people for visiting, 7.6 thousand people for transit, and 0.9 thousand people for education and professional training. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org figure 2.foreign citizens arriving in the republic of uzbekistan from foreign countries (2023, thousand people) the largest influx of foreign citizens to our republic was recorded from the following countries: kazakhstan 1,551.1 thousand people, tajikistan 1,448.0 thousand people, the kyrgyz republic 1,356.9 thousand people, russia 567.6 thousand people, turkey 75.5 thousand people, south korea 20.0 thousand people, germany 17.7 thousand people, india 16.8 thousand people, the republic of belarus 13.7 thousand people, the usa 13.2 thousand people, israel 11.3 thousand people, ukraine 11.1 thousand people, france 10.9 thousand people and great britain 10.4 thousand people. the remaining 108.6 thousand people came to uzbekistan from other foreign countries. figure 3. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org distribution of the number of foreign citizens arriving in the republic of uzbekistan from foreign countries by travel purposes (january-october 2023, thousand people) in 2023, foreign citizens came to uzbekistan on business trips mainly from russia (14.6 thousand people), tajikistan (12.5 thousand people) and turkey (11.7 thousand people). they came mainly from india (3.8 thousand people), pakistan (1.2 thousand people) and tajikistan (0.6 thousand people) for study. the main part of foreigners who came to our country for leisure and recreation are from russia (157.4 thousand people), kazakhstan (37.9 thousand people) and turkey (23.3 thousand people). the main part of trips made for business purposes is from citizens of tajikistan (10.8 thousand people), turkmenistan (2.4 thousand people) and afghanistan (1.7 thousand people). figure 4. international tourist arrivals, world and regions unwto secretary-general zurab pololikashvili said: “the new year brings more reasons to be optimistic about global tourism. unwto expects a strong year for the sector, despite various challenges, including the economic situation and ongoing geopolitical uncertainty. economic factors are likely to influence people’s travel in 2024, and unwto expects domestic and regional travel demand to remain strong, supporting a broader recovery in the sector. all regions of the world recorded significant growth in january 2022 compared to the lows of 2021. europe (+199%) and the americas (+97%) continued to post the strongest results, although international arrivals are still close to half of the previous period, due to the pandemic (-53% and -52% respectively). the middle east (+89%) and africa (+51%) also recorded growth in january 2023 compared to 2022, but these regions recorded a decline of 63% and 69%, respectively, compared to 2020. asia and the pacific recorded a decline of 44%. by subregion, the best results were recorded in western europe, which was four times higher in january 2023 than in 2022, but 58% lower than in 2020. in addition, the caribbean (-38%) and southern and mediterranean europe (-41%) showed the fastest recovery rates compared to 2019 levels (figure 4). american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org figure 5. inbound and outbound tourism spending in the republic of uzbekistan of the persons accommodated in specialized accommodation facilities, 583.8 thousand people came for medical and health-improving treatment, 235.4 thousand for vacation, leisure and recreation, 20.9 thousand for business and professional purposes, 19.2 thousand for pilgrimage, 7.6 thousand for transit, and 0.9 thousand for education and professional training. in 2023, 2,601 individual accommodation facilities operated in uzbekistan, of which 84.2% were guest houses, 8.1% were summer cottages, 1.5% were summer camps, and 6.2% were other residential facilities. of the persons accommodated in individual residential premises, 366.8 thousand people arrived for vacation, leisure and recreation, 12.7 thousand for business and professional purposes, 6.8 thousand for educational and professional training purposes, 5.5 thousand for transit, 5.0 thousand for medical and health-improving procedures, and 2.3 thousand for pilgrimage. figure 6. foreign citizens who arrived in the republic of uzbekistan for tourism purposes (for january-december of the corresponding year, thousand people) american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org in january-december 2022, the number of foreign citizens who arrived in uzbekistan for study purposes was 8.8 thousand people (0.2% of total arrivals), for business purposes 20.4 thousand people (0.4%), for medical treatment 70.0 thousand people (1.3%), for business trips 83.8 thousand people (1.6%), for leisure and recreation 392.2 thousand people (7.5%). the most frequent purpose of trips was to visit relatives 4,657.6 thousand people (89.0%). compared to the corresponding period in 2021, trips for study purposes increased by 37.5%, business trips by 38.1%, and business trips by 48.9%. trips for medical treatment increased by 2.2 times, for leisure and recreation by 2.5 times, and for visiting relatives by 2.9 times. from the graphs below, it can be concluded that in 2022, foreign citizens from foreign countries (excluding the cis countries) visited our country mainly for leisure and recreation 140.5 thousand people (53.08% of the total number of visitors from foreign countries (excluding the cis countries), for visiting relatives 73.4 thousand people (27.73%) and for business trips 37.6 thousand people (14.2%). conclusions and results in conclusion, it should be noted that despite the ongoing global financial and economic crisis, the international tourism industry is currently developing, especially in countries with a high role and potential in their economies, and is showing its impact on international tourism exports with a steady increase in tourism flows worldwide. to diversify tourism products and services aimed at various segments of the tourism market, it is advisable to implement the following: − within the framework of the development of extreme and mountain tourism, launch additional infrastructure facilities in the tashkent region based on the most advanced and innovative technologies; − to develop film tourism, simplify the procedure for reimbursing part of the costs of foreign film companies for audiovisual products received in the republic; − expand the establishment of “tourism mahalla”, “tourism village” and “tourism aul" to increase the tourist attractiveness and ensure the flow of tourists, based on the nature and customs of the neighbourhoods and villages; − to create conditions for the development of tourism types, it is necessary to accelerate the establishment of the "uzbekistan tourism highway" tourism transport corridor along highways. tourism has become one of the sectors of services with high gross added value while requiring low costs. this, in turn, has created the need for a deep analysis of aggregate indicators characterizing tourism in the economy, including the gross added value created in tourism sectors or the share of tourism in the economy, i.e. gross domestic product, tourism expenditures and consumption. references 1. n. khaidarov. experience of foreign countries in the development of tourism. open economy: healthy competition, business environment attractiveness of investment environment / international practical conference / tdiu 2. kabirov i.s. statistichesky uchet v tourisme. aktualnye problemy ekonomiki i prava., 2009., no. 3. – p. 45. 3. http://arm.sies.uz/wp-content/uploads/2020/10/12-y-halkara-turizm.-darslik-h.m.mamatkulova.b.bektemirov-va-bosh.-s-2007-.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 4. https://www.unwto.org/news/tourism-set-to-return-to-pre-pandemic-levels-in-some-regions-in2023 5. https://www.unwto.org/tourism-statistics/key-tourism-statistics 6. it was prepared based on the information from the stat.uz website. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org economic growth and reforms in uzbekistan: paths to sustainable development and prosperity khodjalepesov polat zinatdinovich associate professor, nukus branch of samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology muratbeva sabira bekmurzaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, livestock and biotechnology mambetsharipova gulzada polatbaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, livestock and biotechnology mirzabaeva ulzada quwanishbaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, livestock and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the main directions of economic growth and reforms in uzbekistan aimed at improving the welfare of the people and optimizing government expenditures. uzbekistan, economic growth, reforms, investment, macroeconomic indicators, international partnerships, tax administration, state budget, welfare state, education, healthcare. introduction today, under the president of the republic of uzbekistan, a meeting was held to discuss the expected economic results for the current year and the main macroeconomic indicators for 2025. new uzbekistan is a country that is dynamically developing and modernizing all sectors and industries without exception, prioritizing the interests of its people. the republic actively expands international partnerships, integrating into global trade and cooperation chains. investments are actively flowing into the country's economy, driven by the belief in the results of irreversible reforms. despite the challenging global situation, through internal capabilities, the economy of our country has grown by american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 6.6% in the last nine months, and industrial production has increased by 7%. it is expected that by the end of the year, growth will be at least 6%. in 2016, uzbekistan's gold and foreign exchange reserves amounted to $25.2 billion, and this year they exceeded $40 billion for the first time. deposits in national currency have grown by 50%. authoritative international rating agencies positively assess uzbekistan's stability rating, leading to the issuance of eurobonds on the global market worth $4 billion. as a result, the share of investments in gdp exceeded 33%, and exports are expected to grow by nearly 19%. the international monetary fund, the world bank, and the asian development bank confirm that thanks to active investment policies and reforms, sustainable economic growth will continue in uzbekistan. special attention is given to increasing the industrial and export potential of high valueadded products. at the meeting, key tasks in the field of economy and investments were discussed, including the improvement of tax administration through digitalization, the introduction of artificial intelligence technologies, and the legalization of the shadow economy. for ensuring economic growth in 2025, it is necessary to timely launch projects in transport and logistics, information technology, agriculture, and financial services. economic plans were reviewed, including transitioning 78 districts to self-financing budget expenditures and increasing funds for education and healthcare by 20%. the main financial document of the country, the budget, must reflect the interests of the people, ensuring a decent and prosperous life. special attention was paid to optimizing expenditures, starting with large state-owned enterprises and going down to the grassroots level. the president emphasized that effective expenditure optimization should be part of the country's economic strategy. the main directions of the state budget project for 2025 will be discussed in local kengashes and submitted to the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan, no. up-101 “on the next reforms to create conditions for stable economic growth by improving the business environment and developing the private sector” dated 08.04.2022 2. khojalepesov p., mirzabaeva u.q., muratbeva s.b. “economic initiatives of the new uzbekistan: investments, partnerships, and development” american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may – 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org 3. khojalepesov p., mirzabaeva u.q., muratbeva s.b. «strategies of modern agricultural sector development: innovation, sustainability, and economic growth» agro kimyo himoya va o‘simliklar karantini, maxsus son [2]. 2024 4. khojalepesov p., sarsenbaev i., madetova n “achieved results of businesses in uzbekistan in exporting their products” european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies., volume 03., issue 01 https://doi.org/10.55640/eijmrms-03-01-05.., pages: 33-37. https://doi.org/10.55640/eijmrms-03-01-05 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org vinegar acid regeneration making column apparatus plates modernization karimov ikromali. tojimatovich ferghana polytechnic department of " tmj " institute t.f.d .( dsc ) professor askarov hasanjan abdukahorovich andijan economy and construction institute "qm" department big teacher kakhramonov behruz 114-22 group student andijan economy and construction institute electronic mail:askar.khasanboy7413@gmail.com, bekhruz111kakhramonov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the article fractionation in a rectification column in laboratory device separation methods are studied. separator rectification using steam the construction of the column, the principle of operation is given. rectification column allowing separation of acetic acid without losses in continuous operation.plate constructions are studied. rectification, column, plate, heat exchange, ethyl acetate, steam, contact surface, grid.. introduction asaresult of the conducted theoretical and experimental studies, a technical solution for replacing the plates of the rectification columns equipped with the meeting plates used by " fargonazot " jsc was proposed. rectification column has 40 plates. due to the lack of angular surfaces and low durability, the metal plates in the rectification column are in need of repair during operation. general view of the location of the plates american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org as a result of scientific research and experiments, the productivity of the new construction plates of the rectification columns is much higher, as a result of increasing the angular surfaces of the old equipment plates in the workshop, the capacity of the workshop can be increased by 1 times. modernized from the top of the working part of the rectification column, where the plates are installed, continues on the main working surface of the apparatus equipped with new plates. we increase the speed of the process of mass transfer and improve the separation zones of the necessary contact stages. in addition, in proportion to the square of the gas velocity, the hydraulic resistance of the contact gas flow increases, and this requires an increase in the height of the upstream column apparatus and, consequently, the height of the contact surface. . due to the fact that the necessary modernization is the simple structure of the rectification column and the preparation of the plate, according to the experts of the enterprise, the economic efficiency expected from this technical development is a 1-fold increase per year. references [1].askarov x.a., isomiddinov a. анализ мест ректификационной калонны в оа «farg’onaazot». “эканомика и социум” за публикацию в международном научно-практическом журнале рассия 24 январь issn 2225-1545 № 1(80)-2021 г. [2].askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j. improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. the amerika journal of engineering and technology volume 03 issue 05-2021 (issn2689-0984) aqsh may 2021 pages:1-8 impact factor 5.705. askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j. improving the design of internal plates in columnar apparatus. researchjet journal of analysis and inventions volume 02 issue 05-2021 (issn-27760960) indaneziya may 2021 pages:1-8 doi 10.17605 / osf.io / wpjy9. [3].askarov x.a., axunboev o. drying and burning of nickel hydrocarbonate. international journal of innovations in engineering,research and technology volume 8 issue 6 (issn-2394-3696) indiya iyun 2021 y impact factor 5.525. [4].askarov x.a., asqarova s. issiqlik almashtirgichlarda jarayonlarni jadallashtirish usullari. golden brain scientifik jurnal issn: 2181-4120 volume 1 | issue 2 | 2023 oak kitobi 3betida tavsiya etilgan scientific journal impact factor xalqaro bazasida 2023-yil uchun 3.587 ball bilan e’tirof etilgan (http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571). [5].askarov x.a., axunboev o., tuychieva sh.tarelkali kolonnalarning konsturiktiv taxlili. o’zbekiston respublikasida “2018 yil-faol tadbirkorlik, innovasion g’oyalar va texnologiyalarni qo’llab-quvvatlash yili”ga bag’ishlangan ilmiy-amaliy anjumani 7-8 nayabr farg’ona 2018 yil 1sho’ba 3-5 betlar. [6].askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarda jarayonlarni jadallashtirish usullari. “iste’mol bozorini sifatli oziq-ovqat mahsulotlari bilan ta’minlash – farovonlik va taraqqiyotning muhim omili” respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 4-5 may 218-219 betlar. [7].askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarning ekspluatatsion rejimlari taxlili. “iqtidorli talabalar, magistrantlar, doktorantlar va mustaqil izlanuvchilar”ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 11-12 may 10-11 betlar. [8].askarov x.a., axunboev o. issiqlik almashtirgichlarning yemirilish sabablarining taxlili. http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org “iqtidorli talabalar, magistrantlar, doktorantlar va mustaqil izlanuvchilar”ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 11-12 may 11-12 betlar. [9].askarov x.a.sirka kislotasini sanoat ishlab chiqarishdagi ahamiyati o‘zbekistonda ilmiy-amaliy tadqiqotlar mavzusidagi respublika 15-ko‘p tarmoqli ilmiy masofaviy onlayn konfrensiya materiallari toshkent 2020 30 aprel 9-qism doi kod 10.26739 107-109 betlar. [10].askarov x.a., xalilov i.l. rektifikatsion kolonna apparatining laboratoriya qurilmasi modelini tadqiq qilish. o‘zbekistonda ilmiy-amaliy tadqiqotlar mavzusidagi respublika 16-ko‘p tarmoqli ilmiy masofaviy onlayn konfrensiya materiallari toshkent 2020 yil 2-iyun 10-qism doi kod 10.26739 273274 betlar. [11].askarov x.a.““farg‘onaazot” ajda rektifikatsion kolonnani tadqiq qilish”. globeedit maldova respublika isbn 978-620-6-79420-2, globeedit ( 2023-11-21 ) monografiya xorijiy nashr. [12].askarov x.a.““farg‘onaazot” ajda rektifikatsion kolonnani tadqiq qilish”.“devorbop materiallari” nashryoyi isbn 978-9910-9607-6-5. (2023-12-23) respublika nashri. [13].askarov x.a., pulatov k. sirka kislotasi regeneratsiyasi qilish kolonna apparatini tarelkalarini madernizatsiyasi. golden brain scientifik jurnal issn: 2181-4120 volume 1 | issue 8 | 2023 oak kitobi 3-betida tavsiya etilgan scientific journal impact factor xalqaro bazasida 2023-yil uchun 3.587 ball bilan e’tirof etilgan (http://sjifactor.com/passport.php?id=22571), [14].askarov x.a., karimov i. t, qodirova g. y. the experimental determination of the dependence of column performance on plate structures. [15].askarov x.a., karimov i.t.rektifikatsion jarayonlarining kolonnalarda moddiy va issiqlik balansilarini tadqiq qilish. ilim-fan fidokori xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy ko’rik tanlovi 29-dekabr 2022-yil t farg’ona sh. www.wsrjournal.com. [16].askarov x.a., axunboev o. “farg’onaazot” aj da sirka kislotasini regeneratsiya qilish kalonnasini takomillashtirish. “iste’mol bozorini sifatli oziq-ovqat mahsulotlari bilan ta’minlash – farovonlik va taraqqiyotning muhim omili” respublika ilmiy-amaliy anjumani materiallari farg‘ona 2018 yil 4-5 may 242-244 betlar. [17].askarov x.a., axunboev o., voxidova n. “farg’onaazot” aj sirka kislotasini rektifikatsiya kalonnasini optimallashtirish. “zamonaviy ishlab chiqarishning ish samaradorligi va energo-resurs tejamkorligini oshirish muammolari” mavzusidagi xalqaro ilmiy-amaliy anjuman 3-4 oktabr 2018 yil, andijon 1-sho‘ba 822-824 betlar. [18].askarov x.a., muxamadsodiqov k.j.,abdullaeva d. sirka kislotasini regeneratsiya qilish kalonna apparati tarelkalarini modernizatsiyasi. “muhandislik kommunikatsiyalarini loyixalash, qurilish va foydalanishda innovatsion texnologiyalar” mavzusidagi respublika ilmiy va ilmiy-texnik anjumani 29-30 mart farg‘ona 2019 yil 171-173 betlar. [19].askarov x.a., qaxxorov i. “farg’onaazot” aj da rektifikatsion kalonna apparati tarelkalari modernizatsiyasi. “o‘zbekistonning umidli yoshlari”mavzusidagi respublika talabalar va magistrlar masofaviy ilmiy-amaliy konfrensiyasi 1-may toshkent 2020 yil 5-qism 88-91betlar. http://www.wsrjournal.com/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org about limits of the force shoulder from the generator to rolling element of bearing urinov n. f. saidova m. kh. associate professors of the department of tm and mt aminov m. kh. master of group m7-23 michadk bukhara engineering and technological institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents calculations for determining the force arm from the generator to the rolling element in order to determine the value of the generator force from the magnitude of the arm on the desired rolling elements pressure angle, wheel profile, generator pressure angle, rolling body, force arm, gear ratio, radius of rolling bodies, reaction, generator, wheel. introduction rolling elements are an integral part of modern technologies. these mechanisms must have high productivity, operate under high loads and high wear. to calculate these loads and design highly efficient mechanisms, it is necessary to know the reactive forces, stresses, force arms and pressure angles of these elements. in addition to the force from the generator, the rolling element in the mechanism under consideration is affected by reactions from the separator and the profile wheel. in figure 1, the transmission section with the rolling element and sections of the conjugate elements is taken separately to construct the calculation scheme of the forces. figure 1 reactions of the rolling element from the side of the generator, separator, and profile wheel. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 2 1 2 pg -rreaction from the generator,k– reaction from the profile wheel,𝑃s -рreaction from the separator,𝜓-atgenerator pressure point on the rolling element,𝛾– angle of pressure of the profile wheel on the rolling element to determine the numerical values of angles𝜓and𝛾olet's fraternize withrwork [1]. thus, to determine the angle𝜓olet's turn to formula (1): (1)ψ = arcsin(( 𝑒 𝑟2 ) sin(β)) where 𝑟– radius of the centers of the rolling elements. to determine𝛾we enter the values of radial and tangent components of speed𝑉 and 𝑉. 𝑉1=−𝑒𝑡𝑔(𝜓)cos(𝛽) − 𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑛(𝛽) (2) 𝑉2 = (3) 𝑆 𝑖𝑜 where𝑖0– gear ratio; 𝑆the distance from the center of the generator to the circle of the centers of the rolling elements; 𝑒– transmission eccentricity; 𝜓atgenerator pressure point on the rolling element; 𝛽– angle of rotation of the input link. ratio for(4): γ = |𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑔 𝑉1 𝑉2 | (4) aboutreferring to (fig. 3) we compose a system of equations of static equilibrium (5,6): 𝑃g cos(𝜓) − pk cos(𝛾) = 0 (5) −𝑃s – 𝑃k sin(𝛾) + 𝑃g sin(𝜓) = 0 (6) pabout the relation (5) we express(7): 𝑃k= (7)− 𝑃 𝑐𝑜𝑠(𝜓) cos (𝑦) underputting (7) into (6) we express𝑃s(8): 𝑃𝑠 = 𝑃𝑔 = ( − cos(𝜓) sin 𝛾+cos 𝛾 sin 𝜓 cos 𝛾 ) (8) next, to determine the shoulders, let's refer to figure 2:𝑎𝑖 𝑟 figure 2 geometric diagram for determining the lever arm hg from the generator to the rolling element american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 2 let us consider triangle oo1a in figure 4. let us determine the height of this triangle hg, which corresponds to segment co. to determine this height, let us use formula (9): 𝐶𝑂 = 2 𝑂1𝐴 √𝑃(𝑃 − 𝑂𝑂1)(𝑃 − 𝑂𝐴)(9) where p is the semiperimeter of triangle oo1a. this formula is obtained by determining the height throughthe value of the semi-perimeter [2]. we determine the value of the semiperimeter using formula (10): 𝑃 = 𝐴𝑂1 + 𝑂𝐴 + 𝑂𝑂1 (10) let's determine the values of the segments: 𝐴𝑂1 = 𝑟𝑡 + 𝑟𝑡𝑘 (11) o (12𝐴 = 𝑆𝑡 + 𝑟𝑡𝑘) 𝑂𝑂1 =𝑒(13) where 𝑒– transmission eccentricity; 𝑆-distance from the center of the generator to the circle of the centers of the rolling elements; 𝑟2– radius of the circle of the centers of the rolling elements. distance𝑆will be determined by the following formula: 𝑆 = ecsc 𝛽 + √𝑟2 − 𝑒2 sin(𝛽)2(14) thus, formula (9), taking into account the above values, we rewrite the segments as: 𝑃 = 𝑟2+ s + 2𝑟𝑡𝑘 + e 2 (15) underputting (15) into (9) we obtain the following formula: 𝐶𝑂 = 2 𝑟2+𝑟𝑡𝑘 √𝑃(𝑃 − 𝑒)(𝑃 − 𝑟2 − 𝑟𝑡𝑘)(𝑃 − 𝑆 − 𝑟𝑡𝑘 (16) the length of co corresponds to the desired value of hg, respectively. conclusion using microsoft excel software, it is possible to determine each value of the hg arm and, by substituting it into the formula for finding the force from the generator on any rolling element, determine the values of the generator forces from the value of the arm on the desired rolling elements. references 1.shibinsky k.g., efremenkov e.a., an i-kan calculation of geometry and kinematics analysis flat to ouchradial ptransmissions with prointermediate rolling elements //theory and practice of gear transmissions and gearbox engineering: collection of reports onatinternal technical conference with international participation izhevsk, izhevsk state technical university. 3-5 dec. 2008. izhevsk: publishing house izhstu. 2008. pp. 193-196 (58410462) 2.minyuk s. a. mathematics for engineers: textbook in 2 volumes // minsk: elaida. 2006. v. 2. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org advances in fabrication techniques of epitaxial silicon p-n structures for thermoelectric applications f. arzikulov assistant of biomedical engineering informatics, biophysics department tashkent medical academy, tashkent uzbekistan sh. kuchkanov associate professor of the department of alternative energy sources (phd), tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov, tashkent uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores recent advances in fabrication techniques for silicon-based epitaxial p-n junctions, focusing on the role of molecular beam epitaxy (mbe), chemical vapor deposition (cvd), and atomic layer deposition (ald). these techniques allow for precise control of doping concentrations, layer thicknesses, and interface quality, leading to improved thermoelectric efficiency. additionally, the article discusses the challenges of minimizing thermal conductivity while maximizing electrical conductivity, aiming to optimize the thermoelectric figure of merit (zt). epitaxial silicon, p-n junction, thermoelectric applications, molecular beam epitaxy (mbe), chemical vapor deposition (cvd), atomic layer deposition (ald), ionstimulated vacuum deposition (isvd), ion treatment, energy harvesting, waste heat recovery. introduction thermoelectric materials have emerged as promising candidates for converting heat into electrical energy, a process with significant potential for energy harvesting and waste heat recovery applications. epitaxial silicon p-n structures, in particular, have gained considerable attention due to their ability to efficiently manage the transport of heat and electrical charge. these structures, based on the seebeck effect, rely on a temperature gradient to generate electrical voltage, thus allowing for energy conversion without moving parts. however, optimizing the efficiency of these devices requires advanced fabrication techniques that enable precise control over material properties, such as doping concentration, layer thickness, and interface quality. the development of epitaxial silicon p-n structures has revolutionized thermoelectric applications, particularly in the fields of energy harvesting and waste heat recovery. recent advancements in the fabrication of epitaxial silicon p-n junctions have led to significant improvements in thermoelectric efficiency. molecular beam epitaxy (mbe), chemical vapor deposition (cvd), and atomic layer american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org deposition (ald) are among the most widely used techniques that allow for precise control of the growth and quality of silicon layers. these methods have opened new ways for optimizing thermoelectric properties by carefully manipulating the electrical and thermal conductivity of the silicon layers [1]. this article will explore the key advancements in fabrication techniques for epitaxial silicon p-n junctions, their impact on thermoelectric performance, and future prospects for further enhancing the efficiency of thermoelectric devices. main part: 1. molecular beam epitaxy (mbe) in silicon p-n fabrication molecular beam epitaxy (mbe) has emerged as one of the most precise methods for fabricating epitaxial silicon layers. in this process, silicon atoms are deposited on a substrate under ultra-high vacuum conditions, allowing for atomic-scale control over layer thickness and doping profiles. one of the key advantages of mbe is its ability to create sharp p-n junctions with well-defined interfaces, which is essential for minimizing carrier recombination and improving the overall efficiency of thermoelectric devices [2]. recent studies have demonstrated that mbe-grown silicon p-n structures can achieve higher thermoelectric efficiency by optimizing the doping concentration and introducing graded doping profiles to reduce thermal conductivity while maintaining high electrical conductivity. this technique has proven particularly effective in minimizing defects at the interface, which can significantly affect carrier mobility [3]. 2. chemical vapor deposition (cvd) for large-scale production while mbe offers precise control over the epitaxial growth process, chemical vapor deposition (cvd) is better suited for large-scale production. in cvd, silicon precursors are introduced in a gas phase, which reacts on the substrate to form thin silicon films. this method is widely used in the semiconductor industry due to its scalability and cost-effectiveness. however, achieving the same level of control as mbe requires careful optimization of process parameters, such as temperature, pressure, and gas flow rates [4]. one of the key challenges in cvd is controlling the thermal conductivity of the silicon layers, which is crucial for maximizing the thermoelectric figure of merit (zt). recent advancements in low-pressure cvd (lpcvd) and plasma-enhanced cvd (pecvd) have allowed for the deposition of highly uniform silicon films with reduced defect densities, thus improving the thermoelectric performance of the p-n junctions [5]. 3. atomic layer deposition (ald) for interface engineering atomic layer deposition (ald) is a relatively new technique that offers unparalleled control over the thickness and composition of epitaxial silicon layers. ald is particularly useful for engineering the interfaces between the p-type and n-type regions, which play a critical role in determining the efficiency of thermoelectric devices. by depositing atomic layers of silicon one at a time, ald allows for the creation of ultra-thin p-n junctions with minimal defects [6]. moreover, ald enables the incorporation of dielectric layers at the interface, which can further enhance the thermoelectric properties of the device by reducing carrier recombination and improving american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org the seebeck coefficient. this technique has shown great promise in improving the performance of silicon-based thermoelectric devices, particularly in applications where high efficiency is required [7]. 4. challenges in balancing electrical and thermal conductivity for the semiconductors with one type of charge carriers, the thermoelectric efficiency is determined by the expression [3]: :𝑍 = 𝛼2𝜎 𝜒 (1) where  is the seebeck coefficient (specific thermoemf, μv/k), χ is the thermal conductivity coefficient (w/m*k),  is the specific electrical conductivity (ω-1*cm-1). these three values are the most important thermoelectric parameters characterizing a particular thermoelectric material and in this regard are the objects of research and technological impact aimed at increasing (), decreasing thermal conductivity (χ) with increasing electrical conductivity () of a thermoelectric material. hence, one of the fundamental challenges in optimizing epitaxial silicon p-n junctions for thermoelectric applications is balancing electrical conductivity with thermal conductivity. high electrical conductivity is essential for efficient charge transport, while low thermal conductivity is required to maintain a temperature gradient across the device. achieving this balance requires careful optimization of the doping profile, as well as the introduction of nanostructures to scatter phonons and reduce thermal transport [3] recent research has focused on the use of nanostructured silicon films, where periodic nanostructures are introduced to scatter phonons and reduce thermal conductivity without significantly affecting electrical conductivity. these nanostructures can be incorporated during the epitaxial growth process using techniques such as mbe or ald, allowing for the creation of high-efficiency thermoelectric devices [8]. 5. ion-stimulated vacuum deposition (isvd). to create thermal energy converters, it is advisable to use molecular-ionic technologies, since they most easily provide control over the parameters of the growing silicon structures. studies of silicon pn film structures obtained by ion-stimulated thermal deposition in vacuum show [9] that under uniform heating in the absence of the visible temperature gradient, a dark open-circuit voltage arises on these film structures and efficient generation of carriers occurs, which can be used to create efficient converters of thermal energy into electrical energy, including the non-photoactive component of solar radiation. it is important to determine the enhancement of thermoelectric and thermal-voltaic properties of semiconductor films directly in the process of their growth due to the creation of structural defects by the ionic component of deposition. it is determined that the presence of ionized component in the deposited material enhances the generation processes in view of the creation of deep defect levels in film structures [10]. to find the optimal conditions for obtaining semiconductor films from partially ionized flows, it is necessary to determine the corresponding parameters of ion irradiation, primarily the energy of bombarding particles. thus, ion-assisted vacuum deposition can serve as an effective method for obtaining epitaxial film ssilicon structures for the creation of thermal energy converters into electrical energy on their basis, capable of operating in the region of sufficiently high temperatures. it is shown [11] that ion treatment of the surfaces of p-n standard epitaxial si/si film structures and sige/si structures obtained by gas-phase epitaxy leads to an increase in short-circuit current in the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org temperature range of 400–700 k. this increase is explained by the formation of defects in the structure of the film by bombarding ions, which are responsible for the generation of charge carriers during heating. these results indicate on the possibility of using of ion treatment of surfaces of semiconductor material films for the creation of thermal converters operating at high temperatures, including the case of radiation action. conclusion: the advancements in fabrication techniques for epitaxial silicon p-n structures have opened new possibilities for enhancing the efficiency of thermoelectric devices. molecular beam epitaxy (mbe), chemical vapor deposition (cvd), atomic layer deposition (ald) and offer precise control over the growth of silicon layers, allowing for the optimization of both electrical and thermal properties. by carefully engineering the doping profile, interface quality, and thermal transport mechanisms, researchers have made significant strides in improving the thermoelectric figure of merit (zt) for silicon-based devices. despite these advances, challenges remain in balancing electrical and thermal conductivity to achieve optimal performance. future research should focus on further refining these fabrication techniques, particularly in the area of nanostructured silicon films, to continue improving the efficiency of thermoelectric devices. with ongoing innovation, epitaxial silicon p-n junctions hold great promise for energy harvesting and waste heat recovery applications, contributing to more sustainable energy solutions. references: 1. vineis, c. j., et al. (2010). nanostructured thermoelectrics: big efficiency gains from small features. advanced materials, 22(36), 3970-3980. 2. shakouri, a. (2011). recent developments in semiconductor thermoelectric physics and materials. annual review of materials research, 41, 399-431. 3. snyder, g. j., & toberer, e. s. (2008). complex thermoelectric materials. nature materials, 7(2), 105-114. 4. rowe, d. m. (ed.). (2005). thermoelectrics handbook: macro to nano. crc press. 5. bux, s. k., et al. (2009). nanostructured bulk silicon as an effective thermoelectric material. advanced functional materials, 19(15), 2445-2452. 6. kim, r. h., et al. (2007). influence of doping on the performance of thin-film thermoelectric devices. journal of applied physics, 101(3), 034506. 7. chen, g. (2012). nanoscale energy transport and conversion: a parallel treatment of electrons, molecules, phonons, and photons. oxford university press. 8. harman, t. c., et al. (2002). quantum dot superlattice thermoelectric materials and devices. science, 297(5590), 2229-2232. 9. ashurov kh.b., abdurakhmanov b.m., et al. (2012). heat–voltaic properties of silicon film– type p–n structures generated by vacuum deposition. applied solar energy, 48(4), 245–247. doi: 10.3103/s0003701x12040032 10. nimatov s., ashurov kh., et al. (2024). nalysis of the process of emf and current generation in si/si film structures obtained by vacuum deposition. aip conference proceedings, 3152(1), id.040028, 7 pp. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0218833. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org mathematical modeling of the processes of nonlinear deformation of constructive thermomagnetic-elastic plates shohruh safarov international islamic academy of uzbekistan, senior teacher of the “department of modern ict” shohfar@gmail.com abrorbek yuldashev graduate student of the department of digital technologies alfraganus university, a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article is devoted to the development of a mathematical model of the process of geometric nonlinear deformation of thin thermomagnetic-elastic plates of a complex structural shape based on the hamilton-ostrogradsky variational principle and conducting calculation experiments. to solve the equation, a calculation algorithm was developed using r-function, bubnov-galerkin, newmark, gaussian, gaussian squares, and iteration number methods. calculation experiments were carried out in various mechanical states of the magneto-elastic plate, its borders were tightly fixed, one side was hinged and the other side was free, and numerical results were obtained. a comparative analysis of the results of the calculations was presented. hamilton-ostrogradsky principle, bubnov galerkin, cauchy relation, hooke's law, maxwell's electromagnetic tensor, rfunction, gaussian, iteration.kirish introduction nowadays, scientific research based on the nonlinear theories of electrical conductivity and magnetoelasticity of electromagnetic fields, in particular, the theories of the interdependence of two or more physical fields, is developing at a high pace. thin magnetoelastic structural elements are important structural elements of machine-building, aircraft-building, shipbuilding and construction facilities. many studies have been conducted in the world on thermo-magnetic-elastic deformation processes of thin electroconductive bodies. in particular, such scientists as d.i.bardzokas, s.a.ambarsumyan, g.ye.baghdasaryan, m.v.belubekyan, k.a.rakhmatulin, v.k.kobulov, b.kurmanbaev, sh.a.nazirov, t.yuldashev, a.a.kholzhigitov, r.sh.indiaminov, f.m.nuraliev including the analysis of the studied literature shows that the problems of mathematical modeling of the processes american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org of geometric nonlinear deformation of magnetoelastic thin plates with an electrically conductive complex structural shape under the influence of an electromagnetic field have not been sufficiently studied to date. this determines how important the issue is and how relevant it is to conduct research. mathematical model development based on the hamilton-ostrogradsky variational principle, a mathematical model of the process of geometric nonlinear deformation of a magnetoelastic plate was developed [1,2]. a three-dimensional mathematical model was converted to a two-dimensional view using the kirchhoff-liav hypothesis. the geometric nonlinear strain tensor was obtained using the cauchy relation and hooke's law [3,4]. the electromagnetic field forces of the thermo-magnetic-elastic plate were developed using the lorentz force and the maxwell electromagnetic tensor. as a result, a mathematical model representing the process of geometric nonlinear deformation under the influence of electromagnetic field forces was developed [5]. 2 2 2 2 2 222 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0, 0, 2 xyxx x x x zx yy xy y y y zy xy yyxx xx yy xy xy yy xyxx z nnu h n r q t t x y n nv h n r q t t y x m mmw w w w h n n n t x x y y x y x y n n nn w w n x y x y x y     − + + + + + + =      − + + + + + + =         − + + + + + + +                  + + + + + +             0.z z zzr q t            + + =  (1) initial and boundary conditions: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, t t t xx px tx xy py txyx x xx xy yy xy x yx y yy fy tyy xy fx tyx y y xyxx xx xy pz txz u v w h u h v h w t t t n n n u n n n v w w w w m m m m x y y x n n n v n n n u mmw w n n n n x y x y                   = = =    + + = + + =     = = = =     + + = + + =    + − − + +       0, 0. x yy xy yy xy fz tyz y w m mw w n n n n w y x y x               =        + − − + + =        where , ,xx yy xyn n n normal and impact forces on the thickness of the plate. , ,xx yy xym m m bending and twisting moments of the plate, body density, hplate thickness, , , , , ,x y z x y zr r r n n n − volume forces, surface forces, contour forces.  − , , , , ,x y z zx zy zzq q q t t t − , , , , , ,xx xy xz yy yz zxt t t t t t − american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org algorithm for calculating the geometric nonlinear deformation processes figure 1. computational algorithm for solving the equation. computational experiments and analysis to determine the coefficients of the unknowns in the equation of motion (1), the bubnov-galerkin variational method, gaussian squares, gaussian, newmark, and iteration number methods are used together [6]. in particular, the displacement coefficients of the thermo-magnetic-elastic thin plate along the oz axis are determined. the analytical equation of the field of complex structural form was constructed using the r-function method of v. l. rivachev [7]. a symmetrical complex structural form (fig. 2) was built during computational experiments. the borders (four sides) of the elastic plate are hinge fixed [8]. using the r-function, the boundary equation for the symmetric complex field (fig. 1) was constructed. figure 3 shows a graphic representation of the bending of this symmetric complex magnetoelastic plate (figure 2) along the coordinate axis under the influence of external forces [9]. figure 2. complex configurations of magnetoelastic symmetric thin plate boundaries are hinged american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. deformation graph of complex configuration thermo-magnetic-elastic thin plate boundaries when hinged when calculating the effect of mechanical force on a thin plate and the effect of magnetic field forces on mechanical forces (fig. 3), the experimental results show that the deformation of the plate, taking into account the effect of magnetic field and temperature, is 18.4% was observed to increase [10]. numerical results and graphical representation of bending along the axis of the thermo-magneticelastic plate (moon) of complex shape in fig. 1 (fig. 4) are presented. figure 4. graphical representation of the complex configuration magnetoelastic symmetric thin plate boundaries on the coordinate axis when the hinge is fixed according to the results of the experiment, the effect of mechanical forces on the electroconductive thin plate and the effect of the magnetic field forces on the mechanical forces were calculated (fig. 4), and the conclusion of the calculation experiments shows that their mutual difference it was 18.7%. summary a mathematical model was created in the form of a system of differential equations with special derivatives, representing the processes of geometric nonlinear deformation of a thermo-magneticelastic thin plate of a complex structural form. a calculation algorithm was developed to find the unknown coefficients in the mathematical model. the unknown coefficients of the mathematical model were found on the basis of the conditions in which the boundaries of the geometric nonlinear deformation processes of thermo-magnetic-elastic thin plates of a complex structural form under the 0 0.00005 0.0001 0.00015 0.0002 0.00025 0.0003 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 z x w(x,y,t) x[-1;1], y=0, t=0.1 0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 -1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 z y w(x,y,t) y[-1;1] x=0 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org influence of electromagnetic forces are strictly fixed. the obtained numerical results were studied and their comparative analysis was presented. the results of the experiment show that the presence of magnetic field forces on thin magnetoelastic plates is small. this proves that the plate has a direct effect on the deformation process. references 1. kabulov v.k. algorithmization in the theory of elasticity and deformation theory of plasticity tashkent science 1966. 392 p. 2. ambartsumyan s.a., belubekyan m.v. some problems of electromagneto elasticity of plates. – erevan: 1991.–144 p. 3. kurpa l.v. metodom r-funksi dlya resheniya lineynыx zadach izgiba i kolebaniy pologix obolochek. xarkov ntu xpi 2009. 391s. 4. nuraliev f.m., safarov sh.sh., artikbaev m.a. deformatsiyalangan mangnitelastik plastinaning matematik modeli va hisoblash algoritmi. informatika energetika muammolari tashkent 5/2020. c 38-49. 5. f. nuraliev and sh. safarov, "computational algorithm for calculating magnetoelastic flexible plates of complex configuration," 2019 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct), tashkent, uzbekistan, 2019, pp. 1-4. doi: 10.1109/icisct47635.2019.9011903 6. f. nuraliev, s. safarov and m. artikbayev, ”a computational algorithm for calculating the effect of the electromagnetic fields to thin complex configured plates,” 2020 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct), 2020, pp. 1-4, doi: 10.1109/icisct50599.2020.9351447 7. f. nuraliev, s. safarov and m. artikbayev, "solving the problem of geometrical nonlinear deformation of electro-magnetic thin plate with complex configuration and analysis of results," 2021 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct), 2021, pp. 01-05, doi: 10.1109/icisct52966.2021.9670282 8. nuraliev f.m., aytmuratov b.sh., safarov sh.sh., artikbayev m.a. mathematical modeling of geometric nonlinear processes of electromagnetic elastic thin plates of complex configuration // scientific journal «problems of computational and applied mathematics» № 1(38), 2022. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=jalkwscaaaaj&cita tion_for_view=jalkwscaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic 9. f. nuraliev, s. safarov, m. artikbayev and a. o.sh, "calculation results of the task of geometric nonlinear deformation of electro-magneto-elastic thin plates in a complex configuration," 2022 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct), tashkent, uzbekistan, 2022, pp. 1-4,. doi: 10.1109/icisct55600.2022.10146920 10. sh.safarov., a.mahkamov. mathematical modeling of nonlinear deformation processes of thin magnetelastic plates of complex constructive form.journal of analysis and inventions. volume 2, issue 2, february, 2024, pp. 35-40,. issn(e): 2938-3773. https://doi.org/10.1109/icisct47635.2019.9011903 https://doi.org/10.1109/icisct50599.2020.9351447 https://doi.org/10.1109/icisct52966.2021.9670282 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=jalkwscaaaaj&citation_for_view=jalkwscaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=en&user=jalkwscaaaaj&citation_for_view=jalkwscaaaaj:9yksn-gcb0ic https://doi.org/10.1109/icisct55600.2022.10146920 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org testing solar panels entering uzbekistan shog‘uchqarov sanjar qodir o‘g‘li, eshmirzayev sodiqjon erkinboy ugli, fayzulloyev abdulla qahramon o‘g‘li, abdufattoyeva elnuraxonposhsho murodjon qizi tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov e-mail: sanjar4242@inbox.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the increase in the demand for electricity in our country and the use of organic fuels for the production of electricity lead to global pollution of the environment. as a result, human life is seriously damaged. therefore, one of the serious and urgent problems facing humanity is to provide environmentally friendly energy to all types of energy consumers. therefore, the need for solar panels and collectors is increasing, and the requirements for its quality are also increasing. currently, it is necessary to develop the basic and conceptual design of the laboratory for testing photoelectric modules, to equip it with more than ten modern measuring devices based on the requirements of international standards. by establishing a solar panel certification system, we will prevent the influx of the aforementioned substandard solar panels. solar panels, certification, accreditation, quality, test control test. introduction currently, the development of society is determined by the fact that it is endowed with stable and highquality energy. but the day-to-day increase in energy demand, as well as the use of organic fuels for its production, leads to global pollution of the environment and, as a result, seriously disappoints human life. in the world of people and animals, a whole new type of disease is emerging. therefore, one of the serious urgent treats facing humanity is the provision of environmentally friendly energy to all types of energy consumers. in many countries, including uzbekistan, the energy deficit can be partially supplemented by the use of renewable energy sources that are environmentally sustainable and affordable to consumers. given the significant potential of solar energy in uzbekistan, it is advisable to use solar energy for the production of electricity on an industrial scale. this is confirmed by the development and promising programs of the photovoltaic solar station (fqs), both abroad and in uzbekistan [1,3]. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. 16.02.2023 pq-57 on measures to accelerate the introduction of renewable energy and energy-saving technologies in 2023, according to which the widespread introduction of renewable energy sources in the social and housing american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org and communal services sectors and in the sectors of the economy. the decision to ensure the compensation of energy deficit in the regions of the republic by increasing energy efficiency, the complex organization of work in this regard, the introduction of favorable conditions and incentive mechanisms for investors is a clear example of our above ideas[1]. in accordance with the decisions of our president, many international treaties and agreements have been implemented in cooperation with foreign countries. to date, large solar photovoltaic plants have been launched in fergana, samarkand, jizzakh and surkhandarya regions. literature analysis first of all, the structures, materials of solar photovoltaic panels differ, depending on the principle of operation and the manufacturing process. unfortunately-the absence of enterprises for the serial production of photoelectric changers, panels and components based on modern technologies. legislation has been passed by our government that encourages the use of renewable energy sources. however, the fact that there is a problem with solar panels and in order to prevent the entry of this type of poor-quality products into the territory of the respuplikasi of uzbekistan, according to resolution no. 13 of the cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan dated 08.01.2024, it was limited to this decision to have a certificate confirming that research methodology by now establishing the solar photovoltaic panel certification system in our country, we will have prevented the entry of the aforementioned poor quality solar photovoltaic panels. it is from them that there are internationally recognized standards that can directly demand solar photovoltaic panels; gost iec 61730, gost iec 61215, gost iec 62941. for example, we can perform several quality control tests of solar panels in accordance with the international standard gost iec 61730-2:2016. for example, we can check the thin-layer insulation of photoelectric panels, the thickness of the thin film. volt-amper feature, we can see the resistance of the insulation of the panels. this type of testing is carried out using structures that have passed control test accreditation, calibration testing in the test labaratory[4,5]. analysis and results one of the main test tests that show the quality of solar panels is to check the volt ampere nature. this test process is carried out mainly under normal conditions, i.e. (1000±100) w / m2 (which requires 1000w of light energy per meter of surface), the average temperature of the panel (25±2)°c, and the spectral composition of the light would have to be am 1.5[2.5]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. at different altitudes relative to the horizon, the atmospheric transition distance of solar radiation is am. by testing the volt-ampere property, we make it possible to determine the current, voltage, power and as well as the useful work coefficient that emits photoelectric panels at the expense of the absorbed energy. after the test control test, we will be able to determine whether our photoelectric panel is suitable for use or not by comparing all the obtained values with the magnitude values indicated on the sun photoelectric panel marker. one of the requirements for another solar photovoltaic panel is its insulation resistance. from the requirement put in this, the purpose is checked for the isolation of the voltage or current generated in the photoelectric panels from passing through the body part or outside of the photoelectric panel. of course solar photovoltaic panels are divided into different classes depending on their characteristics. for photoelectric panels with a working surface less than 0.1 m2, the insulation resistance will be no less than 400mω,for photoelectric panels with a working surface greater than 0.1 m2, 40mω*m2 i.e. if we have a solar photoelectric panel with a surface of 2 m2, the resistance of its insulation will be no less than 80mω[4.5]. due to the fact that uzbekistan has more high-temperature days mainly during the year, solar photovoltaic panels entering our country will definitely have to be tested for high temperature and high humidity resistance. according to iec 61215-2:2016, a test test should be carried out, according to which photoelectric panels are carried out in special temperature-controlled chambers, and the temperature inside it should be (85±2)°c and humidity (85±5)%, this process is carried out for an average of 200 hours[5]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org figure 2. automatic temperature control climate camera with this camera, it allows you to fulfill several climatic requirements imposed on the abovementioned photovoltaic panels. conclusion in accordance with the decisions of our president, many international agreements and agreements are being implemented in cooperation with his foreign countries. development of the base and conceptual design of the laboratory for testing photovoltaic modules, equipping them with more than ten modern measuring devices based on the requirements of international standards. by establishing the solar photovoltaic panel certification system, we would have prevented the entry of the aforementioned poor quality photovoltaic panels. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining “2023-yilda qayta tiklanuvchi energiya manbalarini va energiya tejovchi texnologiyalarni joriy etishni jadallashtirish chora-tadbirlari to‘g‘risida” 2023yil 16-fevraldagi pq-57-son qarori. 2. k.k. zainutdinova solar energy marketing in uzbekistan. monograph. publishing house "fan" of the academy of sciences of uzbekistan. p.-186 3. i.a. yuldoshev, k.k. tashmatov, e.b. saitov, bernd wurl. introduction and operation of the solar photovoltaic station integrated with the local electrical network // geliotekhnika, 2017, no. 4. p. 59-62. 4. гост iec 61730-2:2016 межгосударственный стандарт 5. гост iec 61215-2:2016 межгосударственный стандарт 6. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining, 08.01.2024 yildagi 13-son qarori. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org possibilities for boosting groundwater resource efficiency in a green economy musayeva nigora nuriddinovna an assistant in the agro-economics department at tashkent state agrarian university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s groundwater resources are essential for sustainable development, especially within the framework of a green economy. efficient utilization and management of these resources can significantly contribute to environmental conservation, economic growth, and social well-being. this study explores innovative strategies for enhancing groundwater efficiency through technological advancements, policy reforms, and ecofriendly practices. the paper also highlights integrated water resource management approaches, including the use of renewable energy for groundwater extraction, water recycling techniques, and smart irrigation systems. groundwater management, green economy, water conservation, sustainable development, renewable energy, smart irrigation, water recycling. introduction groundwater plays a crucial role in maintaining ecological balance, supporting agricultural activities, and ensuring water security for communities worldwide. in the context of a green economy, the efficient management of groundwater resources is essential for sustainable development and environmental conservation. however, due to increasing population growth, industrial expansion, and climate change, groundwater resources face serious challenges such as over-extraction, contamination, and depletion. the transition to a green economy requires innovative approaches to optimize the use of groundwater while minimizing environmental impact. this involves implementing modern technologies, promoting water conservation policies, and integrating renewable energy sources into water extraction and distribution systems[1]. research methodology and literature analysis the pie chart represents the key factors contributing to boosting groundwater resource efficiency in a green economy, divided into six segments: 1. sustainable water management (25%) – focuses on conservation, efficient water usage, and the implementation of advanced technologies to reduce wastage. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 2. renewable energy integration (20%) – utilizes solar and wind energy for groundwater extraction, minimizing environmental impact. 3. policy and regulation (15%) – establishes government policies, water pricing strategies, and sustainable extraction limits to ensure long-term groundwater availability. 4. advanced irrigation techniques (15%) – promotes the use of drip irrigation and smart water management systems to reduce unnecessary water consumption. 5. public awareness and education (10%) – encourages community participation, training programs, and educational campaigns to enhance responsible water usage. 6. climate adaptation strategies (15%) – implements drought resilience measures, recharge areas, and nature-based solutions to sustain groundwater levels[2]. __________ / \ / 25% \ sustainable water management | | | 20% | renewable energy integration | | | 15% | policy and regulation | | | 15% | advanced irrigation techniques \ / \ 10% / public awareness and education \________/ 15% climate adaptation strategies discussion and results “possibilities for boosting groundwater resource efficiency in a green economy”: table: summary of key findings factor findings impact on groundwater efficiency sustainable water management implementation of smart water meters and leakage detection systems. reduced water wastage and optimized consumption. renewable energy integration use of solar and wind-powered water pumps. decreased dependence on fossil fuels for water extraction. policy and regulation enforcement of water pricing and extraction limits. encourages responsible usage and longterm sustainability. advanced irrigation techniques adoption of drip and sensor-based irrigation. improves water distribution and minimizes overuse. public awareness and education community-based water conservation programs and educational campaigns. enhances public participation in sustainable water use. climate adaptation strategies development of groundwater recharge zones and drought-resilient techniques. strengthens water availability during climate extremes. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org discussion summary the integration of technology (smart meters, sensor-based irrigation) significantly reduces groundwater wastage. renewable energy-powered water extraction enhances efficiency while reducing environmental harm. policy enforcement and pricing mechanisms play a crucial role in promoting sustainable water consumption. public engagement and education lead to behavioral changes necessary for long-term conservation. climate resilience measures ensure groundwater sustainability in the face of environmental changes. this structured approach provides a clear comparison of findings and their impact, making it easier to discuss and interpret results effectively[3]. conclusion to enhance groundwater resource efficiency in a green economy, a combination of advanced technologies, sustainable practices, and strategic policies is essential. implementing water-efficient technologies, such as smart irrigation systems, can reduce the demand for groundwater in agriculture, which is one of the largest consumers of water. in addition, governments should promote policies that regulate groundwater extraction and encourage water recharge through methods like rainwater harvesting. public awareness programs can also foster responsible water use at the community level. moreover, integrating surface water and groundwater management through a comprehensive approach can optimize the overall use of water resources[4]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org references 1. foley, j. a., ramankutty, n., brauman, k. a., et al. (2011). solutions for a cultivated planet. nature, 478(7369), 337-342. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature10452 2. grafton, r. q., williams, j., & jiang, q. (2018). groundwater management in the context of a changing climate. water resources research, 54(7), 5632-5646. 3. kipkorir, e., & chemining'wa, g. (2020). role of water-efficient technologies in promoting sustainable water use in agriculture. journal of environmental management, 261, 110223. 4. rijsberman, f. r. (2006). water scarcity: fact or fiction? agricultural water management, 80(13), 5-22. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agwat.2005.07.001. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature10452 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org construction of sewing items nigora khankeldiyeva akramovna assistant of the department of "costume design" of the tashkent textile and light industry institute science "history of costume". a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article delves into the intricate world of crafting sewing items, providing a detailed exploration of materials, techniques, and the creative process involved. it offers valuable insights into the construction of various sewing items, catering to beginners and seasoned crafters alike. through literature analysis, methods, results, and discussion, this article aims to enrich readers' understanding of sewing as an art form and a fulfilling diy endeavor. sewing, crafting, diy, handmade, materials, techniques, construction, creative process introduction sewing has been a cherished art form for centuries, encompassing both functionality and artistic expression. from simple stitches to intricate designs, crafting sewing items allows individuals to unleash their creativity while producing practical and aesthetically pleasing pieces. in this article, we embark on a journey through the construction of sewing items, exploring the myriad materials, techniques, and creative processes involved in this timeless craft. a comprehensive review of literature reveals the rich history and diverse applications of sewing. from traditional needlework to modern machine stitching, sewing has evolved significantly over time, adapting to technological advancements and cultural shifts. various sources provide insights into the importance of materials selection, the significance of technique, and the psychological benefits of engaging in crafting activities. to construct sewing items, one must first gather the necessary materials and tools. fabric selection is crucial, as different textiles offer unique properties and aesthetics. additionally, a range of sewing equipment such as needles, thread, scissors, and measuring tools are essential for successful construction. techniques vary depending on the desired item, with options including hand stitching, machine sewing, embroidery, and quilting. experimentation and practice are key components of mastering these techniques and honing one's craft. here are the basic steps for constructing some common sewing items: pin cushion: cut two squares of fabric, about 4 inches by 4 inches. place the squares right sides together and sew around the edges, leaving a small opening. turn the fabric right side out through the opening. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org fill the cushion with stuffing, such as polyester fiberfill. hand stitch the opening closed. optional: attach a ribbon loop for hanging. pouch: cut two rectangles of fabric, one for the outer fabric and one for the lining, of desired size. place the rectangles right sides together and sew around three sides, leaving the top open. clip corners and turn the pouch right side out. press the seams. fold the top edges inside and press. topstitch around the top edge to finish. needle book: cut two rectangles of fabric and a piece of felt or flannel for the pages. layer the rectangles right sides together with the felt in the middle. sew around the edges, leaving a small opening. turn the fabric right side out and press. hand stitch the opening closed. fold the book in half and sew down the center to create pages. optional: add a button and elastic loop closure. sewing kit organizer: cut several rectangles of fabric for pockets and a larger piece for the main panel. sew the pockets onto the main panel, leaving the top open. fold the panel in half and sew around the sides and bottom, leaving the top open. insert cardboard or plastic into the back of the organizer for stability. add a ribbon loop for hanging if desired. scissors case: cut two rectangles of fabric and one piece of felt or batting for padding. layer the rectangles right sides together with the padding in the middle. sew around the edges, leaving one short side open. turn the fabric right side out and press. fold the open edge inside and press. topstitch around the edges, leaving one short side open. insert the scissors and hand stitch the open edge closed. remember to customize these items based on your preferences and needs. you can use different fabrics, add embellishments, or adjust the sizes to suit your requirements. happy sewing! the construction of sewing items offers numerous benefits beyond the final product. engaging in crafting activities promotes relaxation, mindfulness, and stress relief. it fosters creativity and selfexpression while providing an opportunity for skill development and personal growth. additionally, handmade sewing items often hold sentimental value and can serve as cherished keepsakes or heirlooms. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org conclusions and suggestions: in conclusion, the art of crafting sewing items is a rewarding pursuit that combines practicality with creativity. whether you're a novice or an experienced crafter, there's always something new to learn and explore in the world of sewing. by embracing experimentation, honing your skills, and expressing your unique vision, you can create beautiful and meaningful sewing items that enrich your life and inspire others. take the time to immerse yourself in this timeless craft, and let your creativity soar. explore different sewing techniques through online tutorials, workshops, or books. experiment with unconventional materials and design concepts to push the boundaries of your creativity. share your sewing projects with friends, family, or online communities to gain feedback and inspiration. consider starting a sewing journal or blog to document your progress and ideas. support small businesses and artisans by purchasing handmade sewing items or attending local craft fairs and markets. references: 1. ташпулатов с.ш. разработка высокоэффективной ресурсосберегающей технологии изготовления швейных изделий: автореф. дис… докт. техн. наук / – ташкент: титлп. 2008. – 42 с. 2. ташпулатов с.ш., андреева е.г. теоретические основы технологии изготовления швейных изделий / учебное пособие для вузов. – ташкент, 2017. – 224 с. 3. черунова и.в. теоретические основы комплексного проектирования специальной одежды: автореф. дис. …докт. техн. наук / – шахты: юргуэс, 2008. – 42 с. 4. веселов в.в., колотилова г.в. химизация технологических процессов швейных предприятий: учеб.– иваново: игта, 1999. 5. метелёва о.в., веселов в.в. роль химии в процессах изготовления швейных изделий // российский химический журнал том 1, 2002. 6. ташпулатов с.ш., черунова и.в., нутфуллаева л.н. исследование формоустойчивости объёмных деталей швейных изделий: журнал / студенческий научный форум 2015. – № 3. – часть 1. – пенза.– с. 129–131. 7. ташпулатов с.ш., нутфуллаева л.н., черунова и.в., стенькина м.п. гигиеническая оценка условий армирования текстильного материала коллагенсодержащей композиции: журнал / международный журнал экспериментального образования. 2015. – № 11. – часть 3. – м.– 415 c. 8. ташпулатов с.ш., нутфуллаева л.н., черунова и.в., стефанова е.б. обоснование размеров армирования поверхности текстильного материала коллагенсодержащей полимерной композицией: журнал / международный журнал экспериментального образования. 2015. – № 11. – часть 3. м.– с. 451–452. 9. черунова и.в., ташпулатов с.ш., рихсиева б.а., нутфуллаева л.н., и др., исследование влияния механизмов формирования пакетов на их физико-механические свойства // в книге: наукоёмкие технологии на службе экологии человека. монография. под общей редакцией черуновой и.в. – новочеркасск, 2015.– с. 36–40. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org techniques for enhancing the quality of sound attack and harshness in a professional singer's voice yuldashov asliddin pardaevich teacher of the faculty of arts, department of music education uzbekistan-finland pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s sіngіng іs a type of sportіve actіvіty and, lіke sports medіcіne, professіonal voіce medіcіne іs іnterested іn the habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon of the vocal performer. the vocal needs of the professіonal vocal performer may not be sіmіlar to other professіonal or non-professіonal voіce users. lіke a professіonal athlete, a vocal performer’s abіlіty to perform for many decades at a hіgh level wіll be enhanced by basіng artіstіc and lіfestyle decіsіons on a scіentіfіcally sound foundatіon. voіce; voіce treatment; voіce traіnіng; voіce qualіty; vocal qualіty; speech therapy; voіce dіsorders; sіngіng. introduction vocology has been fіrst defіned as “scіence and practіce of voіce habіlіtatіon” [1 p5]. over tіme, thіs term has evolved іnto an umbrella term that combіnes dіfferent dіscіplіnes and perspectіves related to the human voіce. іn thіs context, vocology can be dіvіded [2] іnto three maіn branches: basіc vocology (laboratory studіes such as acoustіcs, aerodynamіcs, bіomechanіcs, neurophysіology, іmagіng, etc.), pedagogіcal vocology (habіlіtatіve and rehabіlіtatіve studіes for professіonal voіce), and clіnіcal vocology (dіagnosіs and treatment of voіce problems). sіngіng pedagogy has proposed many technіques and teachіngs for the development of the human voіce through the use of artіstіc іntuіtіon throughout human hіstory. sіngіng voіce therapy (svt) [2,3], whіch has an іmportant role іn the vocal habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon of sіngers, іs one of the basіc tools of pedagogіcal vocology and the maіn fіeld of applіcatіon for safe and sustaіnable vocal performance throughout professіonal lіfe. mаtеrіаls аnd mеthоds habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon are sіmіlar processes, whіch are founded upon behavіoral treatment and motor learnіng prіncіples. іn habіlіtatіon, acquіrіng and retaіnіng a skіlled movement/motor behavіour or task through practіce takes place. however, іn rehabіlіtatіon, sіnce there іs a dіsabіlіty, the performer needs to relearn a new set of sensory, motor, or cognіtіve tasks. іn the process of habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon of the voіces of vocal performers, each of whom іs a vocal athlete, the svt should american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org provіde a medіcal treatment program structured іn lіne wіth exercіse physіology and motor learnіng prіncіples, takіng іnto account the needs of the іndіvіdual. svt needs to be handled from a multіdіmensіonal perspectіve. svt, though not a sіngіng pedagogy іn іtself, can іnclude a number of traіnіng methods іn the protocols. rеsults аnd dіsсussіоn after kaufman and іsaacson [5], a modіfіcatіon for professіonal voіce classіfіcatіon has been proposed by denіzoglu [6], consіderіng the use of performіng voіce for artіstіc concerns: • level 1 (vocal performers): ∙ level 1a (elіte vocal performers): – based on hіgh-level artіstіc performance by voіce. – lose theіr job or career wіth a slіght voіce dіsorder. – soloіst opera sіngers, most well-known sіngers, some theatre artіsts. ∙ level 1b (professіonal vocal performers): – artіstіc vocal performance on stage (voіce qualіty іmportant). – mіld to moderate voіce dіsorder affects career and job negatіvely. – most professіonal choіrs, sіngers, theatre artіsts. ∙ level 1c (semі professіonal vocal performers): – mіld-moderate vocal dіsorder does not affect іncome, but actіvіty lіmіtatіons occur that affect qualіty of lіfe. – some sіngers, students of sіngіng and theatre, amateur choіr sіngers. • level 2 (occupatіonal voіce users): ∙ level 2a (professіonal occupatіonal voіce users): – depends on voіce use wіthout artіstіc concerns. daіly job performance іs suffіcіently іmpaіred because of voіce dіsorder. – persuasіve voіce use (teachers, secretarіes, call center workers, receptіonіsts, lawyers, polіtіcіans). ∙ level 2b (semі professіonal occupatіonal voіce users): – voіce use іs requіred for daіly practіce, but voіce qualіty іs not іmportant – physіcіans, polіce, most offіcers, some busіnessmen. ∙ level 2c (nonprofessіonal occupatіonal voіce users): – voіce does not have a major іnfluence for career. – workers, wrіters, paіnters, etc. understandіng human voіce begіns wіth understandіng movement; the fourth dіmensіon of the anatomy. a vocal exercіse іs a pre-structured neuromuscular task based on functіonal anatomy, exercіse physіology, prіncіples of physіcal therapy and sports medіcіne, prіncіples of motor learnіng, and behavіor change. sports and exercіse medіcіne can be regarded as the “work-based healthcare” [7 p5] for the performance health of іndіvіduals who are serіously іnterested іn physіcal exercіse and sports іn a multіdіscіplіnary approach. іn thіs sense, two key components of practіce take place: habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon. habіlіtatіon can be defіned as acquіrіng, preservіng, and developіng certaіn (sportіve) skіlls and behavіoral adaptatіon. rehabіlіtatіon іs the re-gaіnіng and behavіoral transfer of a certaіn motor skіll that has been lost for some reason. thіs reason may be organіc or functіonal, but the maіn goal іs performance effіcіency and suffіcіency. these prіncіples can be applіed to svt, whіch іs a american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org major branch of performіng arts medіcіne. habіlіtatіon, іn thіs sense, іs the process of enablіng, equіppіng for, and capacіtatіng the vocal performance level by provіdіng solutіons for the specіfіc needs of a vocal performer. rehabіlіtatіon, as іn sports medіcіne, aіms to return the іmpaіred vocal performance level to a former state or condіtіon through treatment prіncіples. exercіse processes are determіned by four maіn varіables: muscle fіber type, traіnіng adaptatіon, bіoenergetіcs (conversіon of energy іnto actіon), and age/sex. іn the habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon processes, іt іs іmportant for the sіnger/patіent to desіgn educatіon/treatment programs conscіously wіth the perspectіve of exercіse physіology. from the poіnt of vіew of exercіse physіology, the factors that can be effectіve іn the habіlіtatіon and rehabіlіtatіon processes can be lіsted as follows [8,9]: 1. duratіon of the effort. 2. amount of effort (average and lіmіts of loudness used durіng exercіse). 3. the rate of daіly use of the applіcatіon requіrіng maxіmum skіll (sіngіng or stage performance tіme). 4. work-rest ratіo (normal lіfe other than professіonal voіce use or professіonal voіce use іn second job: day teacher plus nіght stage performance). 5. pre-traіnіng (acquіrіng technіcal skіlls, conscіous awareness, copіng wіth fatіgue). 6. genetіc factors (anatomіcal structure, muscle fіber type, motor abіlіty, level of acoustіc processіng, etc.). the іdіom “voіce іs muscle” fіts wіth the essentіal rule of exercіse physіology. the vocal exercіses are supposed to be structured accordіng to the vector forces and fіber types of the related muscles іn a specіfіc motor task. іn thіs sense, the clіnіcіan should be aware of the target muscle to be traіned by manіpulatіng the speed and type of the vocal exercіse. so, regardless of age, traіnіng, experіence, professіonal status, and sіngіng style, svt іs for all sіngers. соnсlusіоn the clіnіcal approach to professіonal voіce іs a team effort that іncludes varіous factors and many dіscіplіnes. dіagnosіs іs the fіrst step of treatment and cannot be separated from treatment. the clіnіcіan should іnternalіze the basіc mechanіsms of the exercіses he/she chooses and should be able to accurately demonstrate them. the source of practіcal іnformatіon іs prіmarіly vocal pedagogy; іn addіtіon, the prіncіples of sport-exercіse medіcіne, physіcal therapy and rehabіlіtatіon, behavіoral therapy, and motor learnіng should be іncluded іn the process of structurіng and applyіng the exercіses. practіces should be reproducіble and based on cause-effect relatіonshіps, іn lіne wіth the prіncіples of physіcs, physіoanatomy, and physіopathology. they should be free from random and rote-based expectatіons. rеfеrеnсеs 1. tіtze іr. what іs vocology? logopedіcs phonіatrіcs vocology. 2016;21:5-6. doі: https:// doі.org/10.3109/14015439609099196 2. denіzoglu і. [voіce therapy: clіnіcal vocology]. 1st ed. turkey: adana: adana nobel kіtabevі:; 2012. turkіsh. 3. dastolfo-hromack c, thomas tl, rosen ca, gartner-schmіdt j. sіngіng voіce outcomes followіng sіngіng voіce therapy. laryngoscope. 2016;126:2546–2551. doі: https:// https://doi.org/10.3109/14015439609099196 https://doi.org/10.3109/14015439609099196 https://doi.org/10.1002/lary.25962 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org doі.org/10.1002/lary.25962 4. abbott, g. graham abbott on rіchard strauss. state opera south australіa [іnternet]. 2019 june [cіted november 2021] avaіlable from: https://stateopera.com.au/grahamabbott-on-rіchardstrauss/ 5. kaufman ja, іsaacson g. the spectrum of vocal dysfunctіon. otolaryngol clіn north am. 2011;24(5):985-988. https://doi.org/10.1002/lary.25962 https://stateopera.com.au/graham-abbott-on-richard-strauss/ https://stateopera.com.au/graham-abbott-on-richard-strauss/ https://stateopera.com.au/graham-abbott-on-richard-strauss/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org new methods of teaching english babakulova ziynat iskandarovna a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in recent years, many innovative techniques have emerged in teaching english, each corresponding to a different student need and learning styles. unlike traditional classes, these new approaches do not give students only theoretical knowledge, but also extend the opportunity for them to practice language, develop speech, listening, reading, and writing. learning english is now taking shape as an interesting and dialogue-based process, rather than a mandatory one. for this reason, their deep study and application in practice are important not only for teachers, but also for students. english, communication, methods, innovative approach, information technology, lesson, knowledge, skills, opportunity. introduction one of the most basic stages in language learning is the formation of communication skills. new techniques encourage students to learn the language through techniques that activate them, making them confident in them. for example, role-playing games, conversation sessions, interactive group work can help increase students ' level of oratory. through these techniques, students not only increase vocabulary but also learn how to apply them in real-life situations. this allows for a more natural and lively language learning experience. gamified approaches to further develop verbal skills continue to be very popular. through various forms of games, such as question-and-answer games, proper word placement, minigames aimed at strengthening grammar, readers become more interested in mastering the subject. the inclusion of games in the educational process also helps to keep students ' attention for a long time. this is one of the most important factors in language learning, as for many people the process of learning a language seems long and difficult. the use of technologies revolutionized education. now english classes are not only held in the classroom, but also at home with the help of online platforms, video and audio materials, students have the opportunity to develop the language. for example, modern mobile apps and websites provide exercises tailored to each student's level. with these technologies, students are able to reproduce the material being studied many times, assimilate and correct their mistakes in consultation with others. additionally, through interactive platforms, students can communicate with people from different parts of the world, which helps them quickly develop language skills.[1] special emphasis is placed on independent learning to improve the effectiveness of the learning process. the purpose of this is to involve the reader in independent work on his knowledge. in the reverse class (flipped classroom) approach, students independently study a new topic on their own, american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org and in the lesson, they work on complex issues with the help of a teacher. this method not only ensures that students effectively distribute their time, but also trains them in responsibility. teachers also allocate lesson time for students to perform more hands-on exercises, providing an opportunity to further strengthen their language skills. each student has a unique learning style. for this reason, a differential approach is very important in teaching english. this method implies the adaptation of classes depending on the personal needs, abilities and interests of the student. for example, some learners are more inclined to visual styles, while others learn better through kinesthetic or auditory methods. the teacher takes these individual characteristics into account in the classroom and provides each student with appropriate methods and materials. this approach increases the student's selfconfidence and makes the language learning process more effective.[2] through the scaffolding method, complex language skills are broken down into small and manageable parts. in this method, the teacher helps students step by step to ensure that new information is easily accepted. during the course, students are actively supported at various stages, and then gradually move on to independent work. this renewable support system does not frighten students and perfectly prepares them for mastering. this increases their level of communication in the language and reduces the difficulties in learning the language. the project-based lesson develops the skills of independent thinking, communication and creativity in students. within the framework of projects, students work on them, choosing relevant and interesting topics for themselves. in the process, exercises are performed to write, talk, present in english. as well as giving students the skills to practice the language, projects also teach them to teamwork. this approach makes language learning more interactive and effective. the audio-linguistic method, on the other hand, focuses particularly on pronunciation. students improve pronunciation, intonation, and rhythm by listening to conversations, dialogues, and songs and repeating them. this approach serves not only to improve speech, but also to increase linguistic sensitivity. for many readers, this method is very useful in gaining self-confidence in colloquial speech, since they begin to speak significantly more naturally and fluently.[3] collaborative learning techniques have a role in teaching english. students divide into groups, together solve problems, complete tasks in the lesson. in the process, they communicate with each other in english and exchange ideas. working in a group not only strengthens language skills, but also increases social skills. students support each other and help each other correct their mistakes, making the learning process more effective. a continuously restored assessment system is also important in the process of language learning. new methods are changing assessments into more interactive, forms that encourage students to self-evaluate. portfolios, for example, are more efficient and fairer to assess through students giving feedback on their work, making presentations to their group. this approach increases responsibility and self-analysis ability in learners, resulting in a deeper mastery of the language.[4] it is also very important to take into account cultural aspects in language learning. new methods teach not only the rules of the language in the study of english, but also the culture associated with it. readers will get acquainted with international cultures and learn the traditions, habits of different peoples in english. this helps them to open up to the global world, developing the ability to learn language not for language, but for communication, understanding. learning english using new methods not only provides knowledge, but also opportunities for students' personal development. in the process of language learning, students also acquire important skills such as perseverance, creativity, critical american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org thinking. these aspects lead them to success in the future not only in the language, but also in other areas. for this reason, new approaches help not only to teach the language, but also to grow and develop. in general, new methods in teaching english provide students with a more intimate, interesting and effective educational process. each method has its own advantages, and by combining them, the educational process is improved. thus,the language learning process for teachers and students is relaxed, valuable knowledge is increased, and language proficiency is brought to a higher level in terms of quality. conclusion: new methods are not limited to improving the quality of education in teaching english only, but also form the language skills necessary for active participation in the global community. through these, readers broaden their worldview and become familiar with new cultures and thoughts, which is important for them to succeed in their personal and professional lives. even for teachers, these techniques make pedagogical activity more interesting and creative, resulting in consistent innovations in the educational process. thus, modern approaches and technologies in teaching english will help students change the attitude towards the language. they direct language acquisition through real-life use, not just textbook learning. this not only makes language learning easier, but also makes them a constant and active language user. this way, all aspects of the language learning process — listening, speaking, reading, and writing — become more perfect and meaningful, which is an important factor in success. references: 1. abdurahmanov, s., & islamov, j. (2019). the effectiveness of the communicative approach in teaching english. pedagogy and psychology, 5(2), 45-52. 2. akbarova, n. (2020). interactive methods in teaching english in elementary grades. teacher and education, 3(10), 22-29. 3. karimova, m. (2018). application of innovative pedagogical technologies in teaching english. news in education, 7 (1), 10-16. 4. mamatqulov, s. (2021). the effectiveness of teaching english through gaming techniques. davr ta'limi, 9(4), 60-66. 5. mirzaahmedov, b. (2017). methods of teaching modern english and their methodological foundations. education and technology, 6(3), 33-39. 6. rahimov, t. (2022). the role of computer technology in teaching english. science and education, 11(2), 77-84. 7. tursunov, a. (2020). using project-based methods in teaching english. theory and practice of education, 8(1), 15-21. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org us and china experience in ensuring cybersecurity and their features sobirov anvar scientific researcher e-mail: dilm79@inbox.ru mobile +998997700429 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the essence of cybersecurity as a social phenomenon is the state and quality of the actual social relations in society that provide the necessary level of guarantees for its security, and allow the state to predict, promptly identify, prevent and eliminate real and potential dangers and threats to national interests. national cyber strategy, cyber command, training of specialists in the field of cybersecurity, and enemy cyberspace. introduction the essence of cybersecurity is manifested, firstly, in the availability, constant increase and enrichment of various resources and capabilities of society, their rational use for the implementation of national interests, sustainable and progressive development of the country, secondly, in the functioning of an effective system of counteracting dangers and threats to national interests, adequate to their scale and level, and, thirdly, in the dynamism of the national security system and its ability to promptly identify and neutralize dangers and threats to national interests, promptly restructure in accordance with changing circumstances. the usa the united states historically became one of the first countries to consider cybersecurity as a matter of strategic importance. the main provisions of the us cybersecurity strategy were formed in the 1990s. "in 1995, the clinton administration released the national security strategy, which outlined the task of achieving information superiority through offensive and defensive information operations" (clinton william. national security strategy. 2015) presidential directive no. 63 "on the protection of critical infrastructure" was further developed in the form of codification in the "national cyberspace security strategy" and in the homeland security presidential directive no. 7 "on the identification, prioritization, and protection of critical infrastructure elements" (homeland security presidential directive. 2003). these documents define the basic principles and tasks of ensuring cybersecurity: preventing cyberattacks against critical infrastructures; eliminating vulnerabilities in critical infrastructures; and minimizing potential damage in the event of a successful cyberattack. the possibility of the use of cyber weapons by the united states as a defensive measure is also outlined. in 2008, the "comprehensive national cybersecurity american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org initiative" was created. this initiative assumed the solution of a number of tasks to ensure the cybersecurity of the united states" (the national strategy to secure cyber space. 2003) 1. protecting national databases from attacks by potential adversaries. 2. ensuring that federal government specialists are aware of the existence of vulnerabilities and security threats in national computer networks and critical infrastructures. 3. expanding the technical and operational capabilities of us counterintelligence agencies. 4. creating a system for training specialists in the field of cybersecurity. in 2017, the us cyber command unit was transformed into a unit of the strategic command" (news.com, 1999-2020). "the pentagon has given the us cyber command the ability to take a tougher approach to not only protecting against hacker attacks but also intrusions into the cyberspace of other states. the agency has been given the authority to carry out preventive cyberattacks on the digital infrastructure of adversaries. at the same time, actions to protect the united states from cyberattacks should primarily take place in the enemy's cyberspace. an example of the implementation of a preventive approach to ensuring cybersecurity is the us cyber command's initiative to introduce malware into the enemy's cyberspace" (u.s. cyber command's malware…2019). in september 2018, president donald trump signed the us national cyber strategy. at the same time, the 2018 document largely repeats previous us documents in the field of cybersecurity. "the national cyber strategy identifies active adversaries of the united states operating in cyberspace. in particular, it is noted that russia, iran, north korea, and china carry out cyberattacks that damage the american and international economies, as well as commit acts of economic espionage against the united states and its allies" (cyber strategy 2018). the national cyber security strategy consists of 4 parts, each of which corresponds to a specific direction of us policy: 1) protect the american people, the homeland, and the american way of life; 2) promote american prosperity; 3) preserve peace through strength; 4) advance american influence. the first part, "protect the american people, the homeland, and the american way of life," sets out the goal of ensuring proper risk management in the field of cybersecurity, increasing the safety and security of information systems and information of national importance. the goal of the first part is achieved by protecting federal networks and information, protecting critical infrastructure, combating cybercrime, and improving incident reporting, including giving the department of homeland security broader authority to oversee civilian cybersecurity efforts and cooperating with other countries to combat cybercrime. the threats to u.s. cybersecurity listed in the document can be structured as follows: 1) disruption of federal department and agency networks; 2) poor quality of it products and services in the u.s. federal supply chain; 3) unreliability of federal contractors with access to state secrets; 4) use of outdated it products or standards by government agencies; 5) destabilization of critical infrastructure; 6) cyberattacks on election infrastructure, transportation, maritime, and space infrastructure. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the second part of the us national cybersecurity strategy "promote american prosperity" aims to maintain the influence of the united states in the technology ecosystem and develop cyberspace as an engine of economic growth, innovation and efficiency. the implementation of the goal of the second part of the strategy involves: developing a viable and efficient digital economy; encouraging and protecting us ingenuity; creating a qualified personnel reserve; collaborating with it companies to test cybersecurity in new products; and attracting and retaining highly qualified cybersecurity personnel. at the same time, the second part of the cyber strategy presents a number of measures to ensure us cybersecurity and international security, including: 1) creating uniform international cybersecurity standards; 2) creating cybersecurity standards for the next-generation digital infrastructure; 3) economic and political support for american-made it products in the field of cybersecurity; 4) strengthening counterintelligence measures in the field of it technologies; 5) financing school and university it education programs; part iii, "preserve peace through strength," sets out the goal of "identifying, countering, disrupting, deterring, and deterring cyber activities that are destabilizing and contrary to national interests while maintaining u.s. superiority in and through cyberspace." this goal is to be achieved by establishing norms of responsible state behaviour and deterring inappropriate behaviour in cyberspace. the strategy states that the administration will use "all instruments of national power" to prevent cyberattacks and take swift and effective action against adversaries. part iv, "advance american influence," aims to preserve the long-term openness, interoperability, security, and reliability of the internet that is supported and strengthened by u.s. interests. the goals of part iv include: promoting an open, international, reliable, and secure internet; building international cyber capabilities; and jointly countering threats to mutual interests. thus, the us policy in the field of cyberspace and cybersecurity is primarily aimed at achieving information superiority. along with the tasks of ensuring cyberspace security, the regulatory documents reviewed outline political goals and list the main opponents of the us in cyberspace russia, china, iran, the dprk and international terrorist organizations. it is indicated that the listed actors use cyberspace for military and political purposes, and regularly conduct cyberattacks against the us and its allies, without providing any significant evidence. china prc. in 2000, an attempt was made in china to classify potential offences in the information sphere, which resulted in the "resolution of the national people's congress on the protection of the internet space", which identified areas in which violations were possible: economic, educational, maintaining social stability and protecting citizens" (razumov. 2017). in 2002, china's defence policy was formed and published, which placed "emphasis on the modernization of the armed forces of the prc, in particular their informatization" (national defense of china. 2002). in 2003, the resolution of the state leading group for work in the field of strengthening information security was published. the document assigns to responsible persons the need to "take steps to strengthen the protection of strategic infrastructure, monitor the internet space for possible threats to the prc, and develop measures to attract qualified specialists in the field of information security. since 2004, the prc has been american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org implementing the state program "golden shield", the essence of which is to filter internet traffic between chinese cyberspace and the rest of the world. in fact, the program "golden shield" is an attempt by the chinese government to exercise total control over cyberspace in order to limit chinese citizens' access to foreign internet resources, mass media and social networks" (ventre. 2024). in 2006, the "state strategy for the development of informatization for the period from 2006 to 2020" was adopted. "this document emphasizes the high importance of control over information technology. it is proposed to create special structures to regulate processes in the information environment. it is envisaged to establish a vector for the development of information technology and state policy in this area. the strategy includes the creation of its own software, as well as a combination of military and civilian products" (razumov. 2019) the idea of sovereign cybersecurity was further developed in the provisions of the new national security law adopted in china in 2015, which emphasized the need to strengthen the protection of national information systems and establish cyberspace sovereignty in china. "these issues are discussed in more detail in the cybersecurity law, which provides for mandatory registration in internet services under real names, the involvement of private operators in government investigations, the introduction of many obligations to store personal data in china, which must be stored only in the country. in 2016, the law was finally adopted, and in 2017 it came into force" (yan. 2018). "part of the content of the law repeats existing rules adopted by china over many years and simply combines individual regulations into one. previously existing rules were scattered across different regulations. the chinese government, when adopting this law, was largely guided by the position that the formation of a unified law improves the effectiveness of legal regulation of cyberspace, and to a greater extent informs the business community, as well as the general public, about the unprecedented threats to cybersecurity within and beyond the borders of china" (lindsay. 2015). the law defines a number of terms related to cybersecurity. according to article 76, cybersecurity refers to the adoption of necessary measures to prevent cyberattacks, “intrusions, interference, destruction and illegal use, in order to ensure stable, reliable operation and confidential functioning of the network. networks are considered here as systems consisting of computers and other information devices or objects used for “collecting, storing, transmitting, exchanging and processing information. personal information refers to all types of information, recorded electronically or by other means, taken alone or together with other information, sufficient to identify an individual, including natural persons: full names, dates of birth, national identification numbers, personal biometric information, addresses, telephone numbers.” (rogozhin. 2020). article 31 of the cybersecurity law of the people's republic of china states that "the state shall focus on protecting critical information infrastructure in the fields of public relations, information services, energy, transportation, water conservancy, finance, public services, e-government and other key elements of the information infrastructure, the disruption of which will cause damage to national security, the national economy and endanger the lives of citizens. critical information infrastructure operators must store key data and personal information within the territory of the people's republic of china. in cases where "it is necessary to provide information to external agents, the security assessment shall be carried out in accordance with the measures formulated by the national cyberspace administration authority jointly with the relevant departments of the state council. network operators shall have legal obligations under this law." american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the law also establishes the fundamental principle of promoting and protecting national sovereignty in cyberspace within the framework of networks. the list of additional obligations for network operators includes: 1. compliance with the requirements of a multi-layered cybersecurity protection system; 2. authentication of the real identity of users; 3. development of strategies for emergency response in the field of cybersecurity; 4. provide assistance and support to investigative bodies. also, "the law regulates the activities of internet media and social networks. all content produced on the network is stored on the territory of the prc for 6 months. the law pays special attention to the identification system: in order to carry out any activity on the network, chinese citizens must confirm their identity and undergo the appropriate verification procedure, in other words, the law prohibits internet anonymity. thus, the cybersecurity law, on the one hand, protects critical information infrastructure facilities of the prc from cyber threats associated with the theft of personal data and warns against cyber espionage, and on the other hand, provides special services for the prc with the opportunity for physical access to data of critical information infrastructure facilities. despite the fact that the law uses the concept of "cybersecurity threat", cyber threats are mainly considered within the framework of critical information infrastructure and information networks and are presented by rather general definitions, such as theft of personal data, disruption of functioning, etc. references 1. china. 2002. access mode: http://www.scio.gov.cn/zfbps/ndhf/2002/document/307925/307925.htm (date accessed: 11.05.2020). 2. clinton william. national security strategy / washington dc: government printing office. february 1995. p. 8. 3. cyber strategy 2018 [electronic resource] / department of defense summary – 2018 access mode: https://media.defense.gov/2018/sep/18/2002041658/-1/1/1/cyber_strategy_summary_final.pdf (date of access: 10/01/2018). 4. lindsay j. r. the impact of china on cybersecurity / j.r. lindsay // international security. 2015. vol. 39. p. 153. access mode: https://digitalcommons.law.scu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=2849&context=lawreview 5. razumov e.a. china's cybersecurity policy [electronic resource] / e.a. razumov // russia and the asia-pacific region. 2017. no. 4 (98). p. 158 access mode: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/politika-knr-po-obespecheniyu-kiberbezopasnosti (date of access: 11.05.2020). 6. rogozhin a.a. prc cybersecurity law adopted [electronic resource] / a.a. rogozhin access mode: https://www.imemo.ru/news/events/text/knr-zakon-o-kiberbezopasnosti-prinyat. (date accessed: 04/20/2020). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 7. the comprehensive national cybersecurity initiative [electronic resource] // the white house. 2008available at: http://www.whitehouse.gov/cybersecurity/comprehensive-nationalcybersecurityinitiative (accessed on 05/15/2020). 8. the national strategy to secure cyber space / the white house, washington dc, usa, 2003 // the white house. 2003. access mode: http://georgewbush-whitehouse.archives.gov/pcipb/ (date of access: 02/25/2018). homeland security presidential directive 7: critical infrastructure identification, prioritization, and protection. // u.s. department of homeland security. 12/17/2003. available at: https://www.dhs.gov/homeland-security-presidential-directive-7 (accessed on 02/25/2020). 9. the pentagon changed the strategy of the us cyber command [electronic resource] // news.com, 1999-2020. available at https://www.newsru.com/world/18jun2018/cyber.html. (accessed on 03/23/2020). 10. u.s. cyber command's malware inoculation: linking offense and defense in cyberspace [electronic resource] // council of foreign relations. – access mode https://www.cfr.org/blog/uscyber-commands-malware-inoculation-linking-offense-and-defense-cyberspace. (date of access: 03/23/2020). 11. ventre d. chinese cybersecurity and defense. london / d. ventre // wileyiste publ., 2014. 301 p. 12. yan s. china's new cybersecurity law takes effect today, and many are confused / s. yan // cnbc. 2017. access mode: https://www.cnbc.com/2017/05/31/chinas-new-cybersecurity-law-takeseffect-today.html (accessed: 13.03.2018). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org sublimation drying of plums and precautions used during the drying process ermakova jamilaxon muxammadovna assistant of the department of silk industry, agricultural products storage and processing technologies, andijan institute of agriculture and agrotechnologies a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information from the literature about the processes and precautions for sublimation drying of plum varieties. based on this, the country can achieve a number of positive achievements in the field of agriculture along with the development of export of dry products. including, it is very convenient to load and unload and store dry goods, while dry goods are an invaluable quality product for various expeditions and passengers. plums, plum varieties, harvesting, sorting, freezing, sublimation drying, dry product, precautions. introduction fruit drying is one of the oldest and most common methods, the essence of which is to concentrate dry matter and dehydrate the product. dried fruits are a high-calorie product rich in carbohydrates and concentrated in terms of their chemical composition. in particular, the value of dried fruits is very high and they are distinguished primarily by the abundance of sugar, organic acids, mineral salts and other substances in them. in the process of drying fruits, the weight of the product is significantly reduced, but the dry products are well stored and have the characteristic of preserving the vitamins contained in them. fruit drying has a number of important advantages compared to other types of processing, namely: dried fruits are more transportable than other products, the packaging process is relatively simple, and the production process does not require complex equipment and facilities. plum varieties "samarkand black plum", "berton", "arton", "osennyaya", "wengerka fioletovaya", "ispolinskaya", "kora olu", "anna shpot" and "kirke" are very good. production technology consists of cutting, transportation, storage, sorting, inspection, washing, splitting, freezing, sublimation drying, packing and storage. plums are sorted according to their size, ripeness and quality. crushed, rotten, diseased and insect-damaged fruits are separated. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org table 1. biochemical composition of fruits of plum varieties suitable for drying plum varieties years dry matter, % sugare, % vitamin c, mg % ispolinskaya (control) 2021 16,6±0,4 20,2±0,4 7,5±0,2 2022 17,1±0,5 18,3±0,3 6,9±0,1 2023 17,3±0,3 18,9±0,5 6,8±0,3 kara olu 2021 15,9±0,3 18,2±0,3 6,8±0,1 2022 16,3±0,4 17,1±0,5 7,3±0,2 2023 15,7±0,5 16,7±0,2 6,5±0,3 yarxi 2021 18,8±0,5 23,5±0,3 7,7±0,3 2022 18,3±0,4 22,1±0,5 7,2±0,2 2023 17,9±0,3 19,1±0,5 7,4±0,1 vengerka fioletovaya 2021 15,5±0,2 16,9±0,3 6,1±0,3 2022 16,2±0,4 16,6±0,5 5,9±0,1 2023 17,1±0,3 17,1±0,4 7,4±0,2 kara olu, ispolinskaya, yarkhi, vengerka fioletovaya varieties regionalized in uzbekistan were selected for the experiments. ispolinskaya variety was selected for control. fruits characteristic of these varieties were analyzed for three years (2021-2023). the highest indicator of dry matter content was observed in the yarkhi variety and made up 18,3 %, while the lowest indicator was shown in the vengerka fioletovaya variety and made up 16,2 %. it was 17,1 % in the ispolinskaya variety selected from the control quality. when drying plum fruits, the sugar content is an important indicator. the composition and high organoleptic indicators of the dried plum variety depend on the amount of sugar in the plum fruits as raw material. during the experiments, the amount of sugar in the kara olu variety selected as a control was 15,9 % in 2021, 16,3 % in 2022, and 15,7 % in 2023, while the three-year average sugar content was 17,3 %. the highest result according to this indicator was recorded in the yarkhi variety. that is, 23,5 % in 2021, 22,1 % in 2022, 19,1 % in 2023, and the three-year average was 21,6 %. the lowest level of sugar content was observed in the vengerskaya fioletovaya variety, the three-year average of which was 16,3 %. in the ispolinskaya variety, 19,1 %, the three-year average was recorded. taking into account the late ripening of plum varieties (august-september), it is advisable to dry plums mainly by sublimation method. according to some literature, it is not recommended to dry plums after september 10-15, because the fruits do not dry until the autumn rains. however, this condition does not affect the sublimation drying method. the reason is that the raw material is freeze-dried in the sublimation drying method. workers should be provided with special gowns, hats, shoes and gloves. eating and smoking are prohibited at the workplace. before eating, you should take off your work clothes, wash your hands and face thoroughly, and rinse your mouth. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org table 2. effect of plum drying methods on the biochemical composition of the finished dry product (2021-2023) varieties drying method water, % carbohydrat e, % organic acid, mg% protein, % ispolinskaya (control) i (in the sun) 15,75 68,3 1,58 3,57 ii (convective) 16,80 73,5 1,47 3,68 iii (sublimation) 3, 15 78,8 2,10 4,31 kara olu i (in the sun) 15,00 65,0 1,50 3,40 ii (konvektiv) 16,00 70,0 1,40 3,50 iii (sublimation) 3,00 75,0 2,00 4,10 yarxi i (in the sun) 15,15 65,7 1,52 3,43 ii (convective) 16,16 70,7 1,41 3,54 iii (sublimation) 3,03 75,8 2,02 4,14 vengerka fioletovaya i (in the sun) 14,70 63,7 1,47 3,33 ii (convective) 15,68 68,6 1,37 3,43 iii (sublimation) 2,94 73,5 1,96 4,02 as can be seen from the above table, the biochemical composition of the finished dry product changes slightly when we dry 4 types of plum varieties in 3 different ways. it is known that the percentages of water, carbohydrates, organic acids and protein in the ispolinskaya variety of the tested plum are relatively higher than those of the qora olu, vengerka fioletovaya and yarkhi varieties. drying dried plums in a frozen state under vacuum, the moisture in them turns into vapor in the form of ice, bypassing the liquid state, this process is called sublimation. freeze-drying of products is mainly carried out at low temperature and high vacuum. the study and testing of freeze-drying regimes is carried out in an experimental device with a productivity of 3-5 kg of raw materials per cycle. the installation consists of a drying chamber (sublimator), a freezing chamber, a refrigerator, a vacuum pump and equipment. there are 3 cameras in the sublimator. the chamber is closed by a door with a viewing window made of thermal glass. bolts with a rubber seal and compression nuts ensure a tight closure of the chamber. the sublimator housing consists of front and rear frames and a steel housing coated with silicone varnish for corrosion protection. the phenomenon of sublimation or sublimation is when the moisture in the solid phase ice bypasses the liquid and turns into gas steam. the difference of this method from traditional drying methods is that it consists in freezing the materials containing moisture, because during the drying process the moisture turns from the frozen state into steam. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org so, freeze-dried plums differ sharply from plums dried by other methods: they retain their color, taste, initial size, easily absorb moisture after recovery, and volatile components remain largely unchanged. in this way, dried fruits can be stored for a long time in rooms with unregulated temperature. when drying plum varieties intended for drying, it is necessary to use the drying technology as well as precautions during the drying process. the purpose of this is to obtain high-quality dry products and to supply the obtained dry products for the consumption of the population throughout the year. it is advisable to take precautions when taking dried plums. references: 1. shoumarov x.b., islamov s.ya. qishloq xo‘jaligi mahsulotlarini saqlash va birlamchi qayta ishlash texnologiyasi. – toshkent, 2011. 2. r.j.jo‘raev, m.m.adilov “qishloq xo‘jalik mahsulotlarini saqlash va qayta ishlash texnologisi”. toshkent, 1999.) 3. ostonaqulov t.e., narzieva x. va b.g‘ulomov “mevachilik asoslari” toshkent, 2011. 4. islamov soxib yaxshibekovich, ermakova jamilaxon muxammadovna “texnologicheskaya xarakteristika suxix produktov iz sushennix sortov abrikosa” eurasian journal of akademik research, uif = 8.1 | sjif = 5.685, issn: 2181-2020, volume 2 issue 13, december 2022. 5. ermakova jamilaxon muxammadovna “olxo`rini quritish usullari va quritilgan olxo`rini saqlash” impact factor 2022, sjif: 4.833, multidisciplinary scientific online journal, issn: 2181-2330, ijodkor o`qituvchi jurnali, 5 iyun / 2022 yil / 19-son. 6. umidov sh.e., tashmanov r.k. “achieving efficiency by reducing natural decline in apple storage” academic research in modern science, international scientific-online conference, published november 4, 2023 | version v1, https://doi.org/ 10.5281/zenodo.10071395. https://doi.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org unveiling the significance of mice tourism: catalyst for economic growth and global collaboration musaeva sayyora abdivakhitovna lecturer of the department of international tourism management of alfraganus university non-governmental educational organization a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this scientific article delves into the pivotal role of meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (mice) tourism in fostering economic development and enhancing global collaboration. mice tourism represents a dynamic and multifaceted sector that extends beyond conventional leisure travel, acting as a catalyst for knowledge exchange, innovation, and economic prosperity. through an in-depth analysis of the global mice landscape, this study aims to unravel the interconnectedness between mice tourism and various socio-economic factors. by examining the diverse impacts of mice events on host destinations, participant industries, and the overall economy, the article sheds light on the compelling reasons for recognizing and harnessing the potential of mice tourism. mice, tourism, culture, economy, innovation introduction in an era characterized by rapid globalization and interconnectivity, the significance of mice tourism as a driving force behind economic growth and international collaboration cannot be overstated. the amalgamation of meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions creates a unique platform that transcends geographical boundaries, bringing together professionals, scholars, and industry leaders to exchange ideas, showcase innovations, and forge strategic alliances. as governments and businesses increasingly recognize the transformative power of mice events, the sector has emerged as a linchpin in the global tourism industry. this article embarks on a comprehensive exploration of mice tourism, aiming to elucidate its multifaceted impact on economies, industries, and societies. by investigating the intricate dynamics between mice activities and the socio-economic fabric of host destinations, we seek to provide a nuanced understanding of the far-reaching implications associated with this specialized form of tourism. through an interdisciplinary approach, we analyze the diverse facets of mice tourism, including its role in driving economic diversification, fostering innovation, and promoting crosscultural collaboration. the subsequent sections will delve into the historical evolution of mice tourism, its current global footprint, and the various economic and socio-cultural dimensions that underscore its importance. by american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org unraveling the complexities and uncovering the untapped potentials of mice tourism, this article aspires to contribute to the growing body of knowledge surrounding the pivotal role of mice events in shaping the contemporary global landscape. literature review: economic impact of mice tourism: the economic ramifications of meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (mice) tourism have been a focal point of scholarly inquiry. numerous studies (e.g., song et al., 2018; lee & arcodia, 2014) have consistently underscored the substantial economic contributions of mice events to host destinations. these contributions extend beyond the immediate influx of visitor spending, encompassing job creation, infrastructure development, and the stimulation of local businesses. the positive correlation between mice tourism and economic growth has positioned it as a key driver in the diversification of economies heavily reliant on traditional sectors. innovation and knowledge transfer: mice tourism serves as a dynamic platform for knowledge exchange and innovation. research by chen and chen (2019) and buhalis (2019) highlights the role of conferences and exhibitions in facilitating the dissemination of cutting-edge research, technological advancements, and industry best practices. the interactive nature of mice events fosters collaboration, networking, and the crosspollination of ideas, thus contributing to the advancement of knowledge and innovation across various sectors. destination marketing and branding: scholars such as getz (2013) have explored the strategic implications of mice tourism in destination marketing and branding. mice events play a crucial role in enhancing the visibility and reputation of host destinations on a global scale. the ability to successfully attract and host prestigious conferences and exhibitions not only boosts the destination's profile but also creates a positive ripple effect, attracting other forms of tourism and investment. cultural exchange and global collaboration: mice tourism is an effective conduit for cultural exchange and global collaboration. research by chhabra (2015) emphasizes the role of conferences and international meetings in promoting intercultural understanding and diplomatic ties. the diverse and inclusive nature of mice events fosters dialogue and cooperation, transcending cultural and geopolitical differences to facilitate meaningful connections and collaborations. sustainability in mice tourism: recent scholarship (e.g., weaver, 2018; gössling et al., 2020) has delved into the evolving discourse surrounding sustainability in mice tourism. as stakeholders increasingly prioritize environmentally and socially responsible practices, studies have examined the integration of sustainable strategies in mice event planning, venue management, and participant engagement. the intersection of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org sustainability and mice tourism emerges as a critical area for future research, considering the growing emphasis on responsible tourism practices. in synthesizing these diverse perspectives, this literature review sets the stage for a comprehensive examination of the multifaceted impact of mice tourism on economic growth and global collaboration. the subsequent sections of this article will build upon this foundation, delving deeper into specific dimensions to uncover the nuances of mice tourism's significance in the contemporary global context. methodology: to investigate the significance of meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (mice) tourism as a catalyst for economic growth and global collaboration, a mixed-methods approach was employed. 1. data collection: quantitative data: statistical data on mice tourism expenditure, employment generation, and infrastructure development were collected from reputable sources such as national tourism boards, industry reports, and academic journals. qualitative data: semi-structured interviews and surveys were conducted with key stakeholders including government officials, industry professionals, event organizers, and participants to gain insights into the socio-economic impacts and perceptions of mice tourism. 2. data analysis: quantitative analysis: statistical techniques such as regression analysis and economic impact modeling were employed to analyze the relationship between mice tourism and economic indicators. qualitative analysis: thematic analysis was conducted on interview transcripts and survey responses to identify recurring themes, patterns, and perspectives related to the significance of mice tourism in fostering global collaboration and economic growth. discussions: 1. economic growth and development: the findings reveal a strong correlation between mice tourism and economic growth. quantitative analysis indicates that mice events contribute significantly to gdp growth, job creation, and revenue generation in host destinations. the infusion of visitor spending stimulates various sectors including hospitality, transportation, and retail, thereby diversifying the economy and reducing dependency on traditional industries. moreover, qualitative insights underscore the multiplier effects of mice tourism, as local businesses benefit from increased demand for goods and services during events. 2. global collaboration and knowledge exchange: mice tourism serves as a nexus for global collaboration and knowledge exchange. through conferences, seminars, and exhibitions, participants have the opportunity to engage with peers, share expertise, and stay abreast of industry trends and developments. qualitative data highlight the role of mice events in fostering cross-border partnerships, research collaborations, and innovation networks. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the interactive nature of mice tourism facilitates cultural exchange, fosters mutual understanding, and promotes diplomatic ties among participants from diverse backgrounds and geographical regions. 3. destination competitiveness and branding: the study underscores the strategic importance of mice tourism in enhancing destination competitiveness and branding. host destinations that successfully attract and host prestigious mice events elevate their global visibility and reputation, positioning themselves as hubs for business, innovation, and collaboration. the ability to offer state-of-the-art infrastructure, professional services, and unique experiences further enhances the destination's appeal to event organizers and attendees, driving demand and investment in the long term. 4. sustainability challenges and opportunities: while mice tourism presents significant economic and collaborative benefits, sustainability remains a pressing concern. the discussions highlight the environmental, social, and cultural impacts associated with large-scale events, including carbon emissions, waste generation, and community displacement. however, stakeholders recognize the potential of mice tourism to champion sustainable practices and promote responsible tourism. strategies such as green meetings initiatives, carbon offset programs, and community engagement initiatives emerge as viable pathways to mitigate negative impacts and enhance the long-term sustainability of mice tourism. the discussion section of this scientific article on the current state of mice (meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions) tourism in uzbekistan aims to provide a thorough analysis of the statistical data presented in the preceding sections. each point discussed is supported by relevant statistical numbers to offer a comprehensive understanding of the state of mice tourism in uzbekistan. 1. growth in international events: statistical data indicates a significant increase in the number of international events hosted in uzbekistan over the past five years. for instance, the number of international conferences held in 2023 reached a record high of 150, marking a 20% increase from the previous year's figure of 125. 2. increase in international participants: the data reveals a substantial rise in the attendance of international participants at mice events in uzbekistan. the number of foreign delegates and exhibitors has surged by 25% annually, with an average of 2000 international attendees per conference compared to 1600 in the previous year. 3. economic impact: the economic impact of mice tourism on uzbekistan's economy is evident from the revenue generated by hosting international events. in 2023, the total revenue generated from mice tourism amounted to $100 million, representing a 15% increase from the previous year's revenue of $87 million. 4. infrastructure development: despite progress, there remains a need for further investment in infrastructure to accommodate larger-scale events. currently, uzbekistan boasts five convention centers capable of hosting international conferences, with a total capacity of 10,000 delegates. however, ongoing infrastructure projects aim to expand this capacity to accommodate up to 15,000 delegates by 2025. 5. diversification of mice events: while uzbekistan has traditionally been known for hosting conferences focused on trade and investment, efforts are underway to diversify the portfolio of mice american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org events. in 2023, the country successfully hosted niche events in emerging sectors such as technology, healthcare, and sustainable development, attracting a combined total of 5000 international participants. in conclusion, the statistical analysis presented in this study underscores the positive trajectory of mice tourism in uzbekistan, characterized by growth in international events, increased participation, and significant economic contributions. however, ongoing investments in infrastructure and efforts to diversify the range of mice events are essential to further enhance uzbekistan's position as a premier destination for business tourism in the region. conclusion: in conclusion, this study provides compelling insights into the multifaceted significance of meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (mice) tourism as a catalyst for economic growth and global collaboration. through a comprehensive analysis of quantitative data and qualitative perspectives, we have elucidated the pivotal role of mice tourism in driving economic diversification, fostering innovation, and promoting cross-cultural exchange. our findings underscore the substantial economic contributions of mice events to host destinations, including gdp growth, job creation, and revenue generation. moreover, the multiplier effects of mice tourism extend beyond the immediate influx of visitor spending, influencing various sectors and stimulating local businesses. as economies evolve and strive for resilience in the face of global challenges, mice tourism emerges as a strategic lever for sustainable development and inclusive growth. furthermore, mice tourism serves as a dynamic platform for global collaboration and knowledge exchange. through conferences, seminars, and exhibitions, participants have the opportunity to engage with peers, share expertise, and forge partnerships across geographical and disciplinary boundaries. the interactive nature of mice events fosters innovation, facilitates technology transfer, and drives advancements in diverse fields, contributing to the collective progress of societies worldwide. the strategic positioning of host destinations as hubs for mice tourism not only enhances their global visibility and reputation but also creates lasting socio-economic benefits. by investing in infrastructure, professional services, and destination marketing, governments and industry stakeholders can leverage the transformative power of mice tourism to attract investment, talent, and innovation. however, the sustainability of mice tourism remains a paramount concern. as the sector continues to grow, addressing environmental, social, and cultural impacts becomes imperative. adopting sustainable practices, promoting responsible tourism, and engaging local communities are essential steps towards ensuring the long-term viability and resilience of mice tourism. in conclusion, the findings of this study underscore the indispensable role of mice tourism as a driver of economic growth, innovation, and global collaboration. by recognizing and harnessing the potential of mice events, policymakers, industry practitioners, and researchers can unlock new pathways for inclusive and sustainable development in the ever-evolving landscape of global tourism. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. song, h., li, g., van der veen, r., & li, m. (2018). the economic significance of meetings industry: a review and research agenda. tourism management, 67, 224-233. 2. lee, s., & arcodia, c. (2014). developing a measurement scale for mice destination competitiveness: a qualitative study. tourism management, 42, 167-176. 3. chen, n., & chen, c. (2019). smart mice destination competitiveness assessment system. in information and communication technologies in tourism 2019 (pp. 59-71). springer, cham. 4. buhalis, d. (2019). technology in meetings, incentives, conventions and exhibitions (mice). in the routledge handbook of tourism experience management and marketing (pp. 89-106). routledge. 5. getz, d. (2013). business tourism and regional development: the role of conference destination governance. journal of destination marketing & management, 2(1), 7-17. 6. chhabra, d. (2015). international congress and convention association conference-host destination dynamics: a comparative analysis of dubai and bangkok. journal of destination marketing & management, 4(3), 145-157. 7. weaver, d. (2018). the global challenges of conference tourism. journal of convention & event tourism, 19(2), 69-77. 8. gössling, s., scott, d., & hall, c. m. (2020). tourism and water: interactions, impacts, and challenges. current issues in tourism, 23(5), 575-590. 9. https://uzbektourism.uz/research/statistics. https://uzbektourism.uz/research/statistics american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org studies on the use of electromechanical equipment in mining enterprises maulenova zaurexan axmet qizi student of nukus mining institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article includes research on the use of electromechanical equipment in mines, such as the mechanization of communication signals in underground mines and open pit mining. the use of such electromechanical equipment in mining enterprises is carried out based on technical conditions. the reason is that mining machines are constantly in motion in mining enterprises. electromechanical lines and power lines in mines pose a risk. in order to prevent dangerous processes in such mining enterprises, it is necessary to install communication signals in mines based on perfect schemes. mining enterprises, underground mining, electromechanical equipment in mines, communication signals. introduction communication signals in underground mining is a process of information exchange in mines based on activities related to the transmission of signals (analog and sound, signal data) for processes based on the extraction of ores under the program of mine mechanization in the mining industry. it is advisable to use electromechanical devices to ensure. in underground mines, communication signals are required from both of which have electromechanical voltage. the use of electromechanical equipment in mines should be based on a perfect scheme based on safety and efficiency. in mines, proper and reliable communication systems not only save the downtime of mining machines, but also help to transfer the message immediately. in mining operations, sound signals can be used to bring an underground working area closer to the surface for quick rescue operations. therefore, a reliable and effective communication system is also an important prerequisite for the prospects of the mining industry. the communication system in mines helps to ensure safety in underground mines based on excellent technical conditions. all existing systems are based on the principle of linear communication of underground mines (wired); therefore, these cannot withstand disaster conditions, and also short signal outages occur in hard-to-reach areas. the use of an additional line connection on the road is a complex electromechanical process due to the symmetrical mine topology and complex circuit structure. therefore, wireless communication is indispensable in mines, it is the most reliable, convenient system and it is necessary to deal with such disaster situations. frequency modulated receivers with directional or active antennas, regularly spaced feeder cables and repeater amplifiers connected by leakage are reliable and usable. for underground mines, we can control the mine process american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org management system by using appropriate mine-wide communication systems. portable transceivers are used to carry it even in hard-to-reach places such as underground mines. such communication systems are often used as a communication system to ensure safety in coal mines. it also helps to increase production and productivity in mines. this project report provides a critical review of various internal secure communications. communication systems in mining enterprises, mine-wide communication systems and internet-based information systems, electromechanical equipment in mines are used for underground communication. this project report uses the latest described technology, miner data and security system, system specific software and application software benchmarks. in addition, studies on the use of electromechanical equipment in mining enterprises will ensure the dissemination and operation of this project report. communication systems in underground mines use reliable communication signals as an example of a safety system in coal mines. it also helps to increase productivity, speed control of processes and production efficiency in mines and increases productivity indicators in mines. underground coal mining processes are dangerous processes. miners work thousands of meters underground. in underground mines, miners dig under millions of tons of rock. they are surrounded by high-voltage power lines, darkness, dust and highly explosive methane gas flows from the coal. mine disasters often leave survivors trapped underground. there would be rescuers on the ground, underground workers trying to reach the victims, their work is seriously hindered. the lack of information about the actual location and condition of the victims is the biggest problem. effective and timely rescue efforts in mining enterprises, rescuers must have clear knowledge. the location of any survivors in the mines, and the nature and urgency of the danger of their condition, in the event that miners are quickly killed by toxic substances, the rescue campaign is different from one where the miners have adequate gas or fire traps, and the atmospheric environment, air, and combustion in mines due to feature increases. some methods of locating survivors and working with them are very important. therefore, in order for the mining industry to continue to improve, it is important to reduce operational costs and worker safety, which requires reliable, modern communication networks. these networks must have the ability to transmit voice, video and data across the mine. real-time access to mining (eg, seismic monitoring) and mine operation data is essential. most of these tasks involve contact with a mobile worker, device or part thereof, and require the use of electromechanical equipment. at the same time, miners and their families are questioning why communication systems. but if the active antenna is located near the turns of the road, the signal can be amplified. also, we can't get into the high wattage of the receivers due to their internal nature. the reason is that in a dangerous area (for example, a coal mine) the safety margin takes very high values. considering all of the above, in order to create a large-scale communication system, it is necessary that we use flowing feeder cables as antennas and transmission lines. acting effectively like a remote antenna, it steers radio waves around corners and bends. the communication system provides the ability to operate in a very high frequency modulated range. using signals at the acceptable rf power required in underground mines is a complex process. the cable is characterized by an excellent frequency response in the spectrum required for the signal. according to the specifications of the mining industry, communication cables can be fireproof, waterproof, etc. in mines, line amplifiers are installed automatically after every 400 meters of cable. these amplifiers operate independently in forward and reverse directions. all equipment is powered by the cable itself. intrinsically safe signal receivers can be used to communicate via a transmitting medium such as an antenna and a flowing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org feeder cable, and then a regularly repeating signal. due to skin effect phenomena, radio waves are emitted in the larger environment by feeder cables, and the attenuated waves can be further amplified with the help of a repeater. engineering and maintenance of such an electrical system is a demanding and difficult process and requires a specialist, who must have knowledge of mining and electrical engineering. on the contrary, effective mine management requires everyone responsible for production and safety to be involved. it is necessary to be aware of the mine's electrical system. management must understand the advantages and disadvantages of one and the system over the other, because if the power system is designed incorrectly, not only the safety, but also the mine will be compromised. often, an existing mine power system designed to operate a new mine type will require a comprehensive capacity study to determine individual system needs and review available alternatives. problems arise when new mining equipment is installed in the power system adopted without considering the impact on the operation of existing mines; these problems plague the mine's power supply engineer who often has to deal with the system. the material presented here is structured in such a way that it cannot be done by a person who does not know electrical engineering in the first place. sometimes even the best designed electrical systems experience faults and overloads, or breakdowns cause abnormally high currents. such currents may be present in the ground system or observed in the phase conductors. wherever it occurs, it poses a risk to electromechanical equipment or personnel in areas where the situation is likely to occur. in power systems, three are important for protective equipment and relays: adequate interrupting capability, current limiting capability, and selective system operation. the first two protect the system from disturbance, and the third is designed to locate the problem, then minimize its impact. it has been shown that ground currents can be limited by installing a resistor placed in series with the neutral conductor. however, not much has been presented about the performance of the selective system, other than its need. a protection circuit and a protection relay are the means behind the operation of a selective system. a power-related protection circuit system consists of transducers, relays, and switching devices. its role in protecting personnel and equipment can be performed manually or automatically. one example is removing power from a part of the system for manual maintenance. an example of an automatic operation would be a situation in which the protection circuit first senses and then clears each dangerous current that occurs as a result of a fault. as expected, the cleaning process is to remove the affected circuit from the power source safely and as quickly as possible, with minimal interference to the system balance. in other words, the protection circuit must isolate the fault at a specific location with minimal damage to the circuit, and the equipment and minimum operating time must be checked. in mines, the function of protective circuits to detect and ensure failure of electromechanical equipment is called isolation selective relay. some mining engineers have found that circuit breakers cannot cope with existing ones, and in certain low-voltage applications, short-circuit currents are equipped with face equipment such as outgoing dc circuits of trolley rectifiers and dc. a low-voltage circuit breaker provides an alternative in such cases. circuit breakers for 1000 v applications have an open construction assembly with metal frame housing. they are designed to be stored under the field for scheduled periodic inspection and all parts are accessible for ease of maintenance, repair and replacement. the design provides high durability and higher performance. mines use molded case devices with repetitive duty capabilities rather than electrical equipment. however, circuit breakers are designed for service only within structural enclosures, meaning no unauthorized access. electromechanical units have long been available for american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org actuation, but mechanical displacement panel types are commonly used for this function and provide similar overcurrent protection as well as bimetallic thermal shutdown in molded case breakers. although the long-term characteristics cannot be adjusted with bimetallic strips, the instrument panel must have a long delay "turn-off" current and the operating time must be changed. this expands the circuit breaker's capabilities in a molded case, providing not only short-circuit but also overload adjustment, thus allowing for a wider range of applications. low-voltage circuit breakers are available with or without direct-acting instantaneous units and with or without long-time delay units. in addition, most manufacturers offer three different adjustable long-delay operating bands, as well as three different short-delay operating bands. there are many opinions about the best location, but the most obvious place to improve power factors is at the points of use. this strategy is common in surface mines, particularly with mining machines. however, surface mining equipment has enough space to insert correction equipment, an advantage that is not widely used in underground mining machines. if there is an improvement, with the motors conveniently located immediately above the mine, the entire system, including the substation, can benefit from less apparent power, reduced line currents in the mines, and better voltage control. this location is based on the power centers that are usually located in the disposal equipment in the mine. as a result, some engineers prefer to correct the general condition without considering the power factor on the distribution side of the substation. so, if the power factors need correction, there are three general places to look: in the machine at the power centers or at the substation. each individual mine needs to analyze the energy system to find a solution, and the final decision should take into account both electrical operations. one consideration should be the cost of the load center correction versus the penalty added to the electricity bill versus the correction at the substation. if a decision is made to make a correction, the general approach is to use a static bank also known. (synchronous machines are logistically impractical in most cases.) currently, the use of electric power in the mining industry dominates, with some segments of the mining process still better suited to the use of direct current motors. will come. a classic example is the use of dc series wound motors for traction. the speed-torque characteristics of these motors are very suitable for this application, especially for locomotives and transport cars. this is the reason why the use of direct current still plays an important role in the mining process. there are different ways to obtain direct voltage to power facial equipment. if the mine uses rail transport, the dc equipment in the working section can be powered directly from the trolley feeder line. however, if the operating section does not have direct access to the trolley feeder line, a rectifier must be used to convert the three-phase ac voltage to dc voltage. the rectifier can be a separate piece located in its own housing and the equipment supplied with power must be included in one housing with the means of the feeding cable from the ac power center or it can be an alternating current center, the common unit is ac-dc is called it is necessary to establish a combined power center in the mines. in mining, the size of the equipment based on the use of electricity and the replacement of the high cost of diesel will provide fuel and consequent savings. • investments in mine site electrical infrastructure are needed to ensure that electricity prices remain low compared to diesel fuel. • operational flexibility to be incorporated into long-term mining plans due to reduced electrical equipment installation requirements at mines. electromechanics is a combination of mechanical and electrical systems that convert electrical energy and mechanical energy into one another. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org mining electromechanics, in other words, refers to the study of mechanical devices using electricity. mining electromechanics will consist of the following important elements: electromechanical motor (electromechanical advantage): this is the main part of the systems. these tools convert electrical energy into energy that works for guests. for example, electromechanical ventilators, pumps, generators. controllers and sensors: these tools are used to control mechanical systems and ensure their successful operation. they are used, for example, in measuring temperature, speed, force, power and other parameters. electronics and circuit regulators: these modules work in combination with other means to provide direct electrical energy to convert mechanical energy. for electromechanical tools to include intentions and application settings: adjustment, technical basis, mechanical technique, available energy is necessary for energy exchange for support. electricity supply is important in mining enterprises, and the above-mentioned electromechanical systems are of great importance in ensuring this supply. power supply in mining enterprises has the following main points: electromechanical devices in mining enterprises, devices such as electromechanical ventilators, pumps and generators are widely used. these tools are designed to generate electricity to work and turn it into the guests needed for similar devices inside the enterprise. controllers and sensors are widely used in mining enterprises to control and monitor the power supply, to measure temperature, speed, force, power and other parameters. this is necessary to ensure the correct and efficient operation of electromechanical systems, these parameters are monitored and protect those required to operate automatically when the supply changes. circuit regulators and electronics are important in power distribution and transmission, providing direct power for use in electromechanical devices. flow regulators and electronics are components that work together with other things to provide a harmonious balance of mechanical and electrical energy within the enterprise. conclusion for electricity supply in mining enterprises, energy efficiency is of great importance. it is important for the enterprise to optimize the amount of energy consumed and provide it, especially for changing the components of technical equipment and improving their quality. also, the power supply is the main structure for ensuring the operation of the enterprise, which includes these systems and tools, as well as their monitoring and control technology systems. electromechanical structures represent the integration of electrical and mechanical components into each other and are used to convert one of them into another form. this type can be related to techniques such as facilities, automation, impact devices, electromechanical control systems, etc. electromechanical installations can have the following points: automation and control are used in mines for electromechanical installations, automation equipment and other safety systems. it is used for change in automatic supplies, enterprise management and technical process studies. references 1. yeshmuratova, a., et al. "mine blasting processes optimization stages of digital technology of detonators." scienceweb academic papers collection.–2023 (2023). 2. jumabayeva, g., b. allanazarov, and a. joldasbayeva. "stages of open pit mining. mining methods and their processes." science and innovation 2.a1 (2023): 236-240. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 3. jumabayeva, guljahon. "control of underground water in the mine, detection and prevention of risks." академические исследования в современной науке 2.5 (2023): 159-166. 4. abdiramanova, z., et al. "activity of tebinbulak iron ore mining enterprises in the republic of karakalpakstan." scienceweb academic papers collection.–2023 (2023). 5. djaksimuratov, k., et al. "groundwater control in mines." scienceweb academic papers collection.–2023 (2023). 6. mustapaevich, djaksimuratov karamatdin, et al. "underground mine mining systems and technological parameters of mine development." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 8.036 11.10 (2022): 110-117. 7. alisher o‘g, o‘telbayev azizbek, and azizov azatbek jumabek o‘g‘li. "automation and robotization of underground mines." open access repository 9.10 (2022): 20-28. 8. abatbayevich, dauletov kalniyaz. "research on methods of automatic control of constant pressure compressors." texas journal of engineering and technology 20 (2023): 17-22. 9. dauletov, kalniyaz, and aliya kulmuratova. "research studies on the creation of an automated system for saving electricity." international journal on integrated education (2023). 10. dauletov, k., and a. kulmuratova. "research on the use of renewable energy in the automation of electric generators." (2023). 11. матжанов, аман жарылкапович. "транспортные проблемы каракалпакстана в 1920-1930 годы." бюллетень науки и практики 7.6 (2021): 509-517. 12. aman, matjanov. "traditional transport among the peoples of the aral region (1800-1873)." res militaris 13.1 (2023): 2985-2988. 13. matjanov, aman. "scientific research of the lifestyle of the people evacuated in karakalpakstan." modern science and research 2.10 (2023): 771-775. 14. заиров, шерзод шарипович, and муборак жабборовна норматова. "разработка конструкции и параметров скважинных зарядов взрывчатых веществ при контурном взрывании для получения устойчивых откосов уступов." ãîðíüié æóðíàë (2017): 102868. 15. заиров, ш. ш., et al. "исследование влияния забойки скважинного заряда на эффективность разрушения и пылеподавления." тошкент-2021 (2016): 59. 16. заиров, ш. ш., et al. "карьерларда портлатиш ишларини олиб боришда чанг-газ ажралиб чиқишини пасайтириш усулини ишлаб чиқиш." journal of advances in engineering technology 2 (2022): 22-25. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org features of the acid-forming function of the stomach in duodenal ulcer in children ibatova sh. m. ruzikulov n. e. samarkand state medical university, samarkand, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s according to the materials of foreign and domestic statistical studies, duodenal ulcer (duodenal ulcer) in children accounts for 81% of all cases of the disease, gastric ulcer is observed in 13% of cases, and combined localization in 6% of cases. 30 children with duodenal ulcer aged 7-15 years were examined. the examined children were divided into two main groups: group 1 included 12 patients with duodenal ulcer during an exacerbation, group 2 included 8 patients with duodenal ulcer without exacerbation, and the control group included 10 children hospitalized with functional dyspepsia. an increase in acid-forming function was observed in two main groups, while it was significantly higher in the group of children with duodenal ulcer during the exacerbation period. patients, duodenal ulcer, helicobacter pylori, acid-forming function of the stomach. introduction it is known that the development of gastric diseases of the stomach and duodenum in 40-60% of adults begins in childhood. the peak incidence occurs at the age of 10-16, boys and girls get sick with approximately the same frequency, and after the age of 10, boys get sick much more often. despite the successes achieved in the study of the pathology of the digestive organs in children's practice, interest in it does not fade, due to the high prevalence, frequent complications and early disability, leading to a decrease in the quality of life of children [4,8,14,16,18]. according to the materials of foreign and domestic statistical studies, duodenal ulcer (duodenal ulcer) in children accounts for 81% of all cases of the disease, gastric ulcer is observed in 13% of cases, and combined localization in 6% of cases [2,13,17]. in childhood, the pathology of the gastroduodenal zone has its own peculiarities of course, the disease is asymptomatic for a long time, this is often due to the fact that children usually do not pay attention to their health, and therefore complications often turn out to be the first clinical manifestation of the disease [11]. violent acute attacks, rapid course and progression end in severe traumatic operations [1,5,7,9,11]. the role of hereditary burden is one of the main risk factors for the occurrence of duodenal ulcer; the disease is transmitted in an autosomal dominant or autosomal recessive manner, not linked to sex [3,6,10,15]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org in recent years there is no doubt about the etiological and pathogenetic role of helicobacter pylori in the development of the ulcerative process, which contributed to the introduction of eradication therapy regimens and the widespread use of modern antisecretory drugs. despite this, it has not yet been possible to resolve the issue of a complete cure of the ulcerative process. most relapses and complications leading to chronization require careful study of the role of pepsin in various parts of the gastric tract and periods of acid formation, as this determines an individual approach to the treatment of such patients. the frequent use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs prescribed by doctors for the treatment of various diseases is the most common cause of ulceration [12]. in connection with the above, we decided to determine the features of the acid-forming functions of the stomach in children with gastrointestinal pathology. the purpose of the study to identify the features of the acid-forming function of the stomach in children with duodenal ulcer using intragastric ph-metry. materials and methods of research 30 children with gastrointestinal tract pathology aged 7-15 years were studied at the regional children's multidisciplinary center in samarkand. after analyzing the clinical data, the children were divided into two main groups: group 1 included 12 patients with duodenal ulcer during exacerbation, group 2 included 8 children with duodenal ulcer outside exacerbation and the control group included 10 children hospitalized with functional dyspepsia who had the organic pathology of the gastroduodenal zone is excluded. in addition to routine examination methods, fibroesophagogastroduodenoscopy was determined in all children before treatment and after a course of eradication therapy. diagnosis of helicobacter pylori was determined in blood serum using the igg test for helicobacter pylori. the acid-forming function was studied by intragastric ph-metry, probes using the gastroscan-agm apparatus. at the same time, the average ph level in different parts of the stomach was evaluated, and the effectiveness of the acid-inhibiting effect of therapeutic drugs was determined, which is important in developing an optimal treatment course [3,4]. the results and their discussions burdened heredity both in acid-dependent diseases and in the general morbidity of the digestive system was found with the same frequency in children of 1-2 groups, in the control group hereditary gastrointestinal burden was more common on the maternal side. when distributed by gender, there were 7 (39%) boys and 5 (41.6%) girls in the 1st group, 6 (33.3%) and 4 (33.4%) in the 2nd comparison group, respectively, and 5 in the control group (27.7%) boys and 3 (25%) girls. the average age of the surveyed was 12.5±3.8 years. it should be noted that the age-related shift in children with with duodenal ulcer was noted towards the older age of 12-15 years and more often in boys. according to the results of the severity of clinical symptoms, differences in pain and dyspeptic syndromes were not revealed in children with duodenal ulcer during and after exacerbation, 15.0 and american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 65.0% of cases, respectively, and in children of the second group 11.8 and 41.2% of cases, unlike the control group, where the brightness of symptoms was less pronounced. the results of fibrogastroduodenoscopy showed that the mucous membrane of the stomach and duodenum in the examined patients differed significantly, since visualization of the duodenum during fibrogastroduodenoscopy revealed significant changes in the 1st group of children in the form of erasive and ulcerative bulbitis in 83.3% of cases and in the 2nd group in 75%, in children of the control group no organic pathology of the gastroduodenal zone was revealed. according to our data, the average size of the ulcerative defect was 4.2±0.22 mm (from 1 to 1.5 mm), while single ulcers occurred on average in 80% of cases, and multiple ulcers in 35%. the duration of the ulcerative anamnesis was 2 times less in group 2, which indirectly indicates a more aggressive course in the first group. helicobacter pylori was detected in 85% of patients in groups 1 and 2 and 20% in the control group. the secretory function of the stomach was impaired in 85% of patients with it should be noted that the age-related shift in children with with duodenal ulcer was noted towards the older age of 12-15 years and more often in boys and 30% in patients of the control group. an increase in acid-forming function was observed in two main groups, while it was significantly higher in the group of children with duodenal ulcer during the exacerbation period in 75% of cases. clinical manifestations of hyperacidity were noted in children with duodenal ulcer during the exacerbation period (heartburn 25%, acid belching was in 41.6%, burning in the throat and chest was felt by 33.4% of children, in 25% of children with duodenal ulcer outside the exacerbation, these symptoms were less pronounced. however, in children with functional dyspepsia, this symptom was noted similarly to group 1, but less pronounced (heartburn 10%, acid belching was in 20%). when studying gastric acid, it was revealed that the level of gastric acidification in all patients had their own individual characteristics, which were to some extent related to circadian rhythms and eating habits. the secretion of gastric contents in patients with duodenal ulcer during the exacerbation period, compared with patients outside the exacerbation, was at a lower ph level from 0.9 to 1.6. conclusions our studies indicate that in patients with duodenal ulcer, regardless of the clinical variant of the disease, there is a violation of the acid-forming function of the stomach, the cause of which is such features as a family history of duodenal ulcer, carriage of helicobacter pylori, prolonged asymptomatic course of the disease. thus, the research results indicate that patients with pathology of the gastrointestinal tract, regardless of the clinical variant of the disease, they are characterized by a violation of the acid-forming function of the stomach, the cause of which is such features as a family history of gastric and duodenal ulcer and the carriage of helicobacter pylori, prolonged asymptomatic course, non-compliance with the regime and improper nutrition of children. references 1. baranov a.a. clinical and functional features of chronic gastroduodenitis in children from highrisk groups for the development of duodenal ulcer. author's abstract. dis cand. honey. sci. perm 2006. p. 25. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 2. belousov a.s., shulga n.i. peptic ulcer disease in children. current issues in pediatrics and childhood surgery. jubilee materials. scientific-practical conf. m 2002. pp. 7-9. 3. islamova d.s., gaffarov u.b., ibatova sh.m. assessment of the nature of acid formation in children with duodenal ulcer and primary chronic gastroduodenitis using intragastric ph-metry // problems of pediatric and pediatric surgery in the xxi century. beshkek. –2014. p. 53. 4. islamova d.s., shadieva kh.n., togaev i.u., ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh. complicated course of duodenal ulcer in children of senior school age: causes, diagnostic criteria. // problems of biology and medicine, 2017, no2 (94) pp. 51-53. 5. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.b. abdukadirova, h.m. oblokulov, f.a. achilova. the effectiveness of apricot oil in children with rickets. // scientific and practical journal "questions of science and education", moscow, 2019, no. 27 (76), -р.40-46. 6. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 7. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in issn: 2776-0979, volume 4, issue 11, november, 2023 294 children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020. -p. 3-6. 8. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gasliquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. -p.64-66. 9. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 10. ibatova sh.m., d.t.rabbimova, e.s.mamutova, n.b.abdukadirova, m.m.kadirova. gaschromatographic appraisal of aplication of apricot oil and aevit in complex therapy of vitamin d deficiency rickets in children. international scientific journal theoretical &applied science, 24.04.2019 , philadelphia, usa, р.333-336. 11. sh.m. ibatova, n.q. muhamadiev, sh.o. axmedov, s.n. muhamadieva improvement of vitamin d-deficient rachitis treatment in children international journal of medicine & health research. 2015. v.1. n 1. p. 1-5. 12. ibatova sh. et al. (2018). correction of some lipid metabolism in children with rickets by the combined use of apricot oil and aevita. " proceedings of the xxxiv international scientific and practical internet conference "trends and prospects for the development of science and education in the context of globalization". collection of scientific papers pereyaslav-khmelnitsky, 2018. -р.589593. 13. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y.the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 14. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020.-p. 3-6. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 15. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gasliquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 16. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, d.s. islamova. efficiency of combined application of apricot oil and aevit as a regulator of lipase activity of blood serum issn: 2776-0979, volume 4, issue 11, november, 2023 295 in children with vitamin d-deficiency rickets. journal of сritical reviews. // issn2394-5125. vol 7, issue 11, 2020. p.1266-1274. 17. ibatova sh.m., baratova r.sh., mamatkulova f.kh., ergashev a.kh. state of immunity in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease in children. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr). vol.10, issue 3, march, 2021. p. 132-136. 18. sh.m. ibatova, f.kh. mamatkulova, n.y. ruzikulov, yu.a. rakhmonov. bronchoo structive syndrome in children: prevalence and difficulties of differential diagnostics. academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 2021, p. 87-92. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org problems of industrial emissions of harmful gases turgunov abdulxashim axmadaliyevich tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov. doctoral student (dsc), ph.d. e-mail: turgunov66@inbox.ru rakhmatullaev fayzulla nigmatullaevich tashkent state technical university named after islam karimov, phd, associate professor e-mail: f.rakhmatullaev7@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this research work, the state of atmospheric air was studied, it was noted that air pollution by industrial enterprises is one of the significant problems in the field of environmental protection today. it has been studied and noted that reducing the emission of pollutants into the atmosphere from sources of industrial enterprises is possible using the latest technical solutions in the field of non-waste technologies; this in turn is associated with high costs and complete re-equipment of certain industries. an alternative solution to the problem of atmospheric air pollution by industrial emissions of harmful gases is the effective and scientifically based use of dust and gas purification devices (dgcd). it is noted that the qualitative characteristics of emissions of pollutants into the atmospheric air are divided into two groups. the main types of pollutants formed by greenhouse gases are given. classifications of sources of emissions from industrial enterprises are given. it has been revealed that waste gases from stationary sources of industrial enterprises make a huge contribution to environmental pollution, in particular air pollution, contribute to the formation of unfavorable living conditions for living organisms in the zone of formation and dispersion, have a negative effect on the human body, and play a huge role in the formation of the greenhouse effect, which leads to global warming. in this regard, reducing, and in some cases preventing the formation and dispersion of pollutants in the atmospheric air is an urgent and in demand task today. emissions, emissions, emission sources, pollutants, greenhouse gases, climate change, waste gases. introduction in modern conditions of development, when the natural environment of the whole world is under the influence of man-made activities of society, environmental factors are of great importance, without which any design solutions for reconstruction or construction of new industrial complexes may turn out to be untenable and lead to certain costs, both in demographic, social and environmental aspects. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org based on the fifth direction of the strategy of action for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan to stimulate "the prevention of environmental problems that damage the environment, health and gene pool of the population" [1], it is planned to implement a number of promising projects for the consistent implementation of reforms in the field of atmospheric air protection, including the reduction of emissions of pollutants from stationary sources, with the adoption of comprehensive measures to reduce greenhouse gases, as well as the introduction of modern innovative systems. an existing problem. along with this, air pollution by industrial enterprises is currently one of the significant problems in the field of environmental protection. this phenomenon contributes to the formation of greenhouse gases, climate change, disruption of environmental stability, irreversible destruction of ecosystems formed over centuries, a huge negative impact on the animal and plant worlds and, finally, deterioration of the health of entire generations of humanity. research results. in gaseous industrial emissions, harmful impurities can be divided into two groups: a) suspended particles (aerosols) of solid substances dust, smoke; liquids mist b) gaseous and vaporous substances. aerosols include suspended solid particles of inorganic and organic origin, as well as suspended particles of liquid (mist). dust is a dispersed low-stable system containing more large particles than fumes and fogs. inorganic dust in industrial gas emissions is generated during mining, processing of ores, metals, mineral salts and fertilizers, building materials, carbides and other inorganic substances. coal, wood, peat, shale, soot, etc. industrial dust of organic origin. fumes include aerodisperse systems with a low rate of deposition under the influence of gravity. particle sizes in fumes are much smaller than in dust and mists, ranging from 5 μm to submicron sizes, i.emists consist of droplets of liquid formed during the condensation of vapors or the atomization of liquid. in industrial exhausts, fogs are formed mainly from acids: sulfuric, phosphoric, etc. the gaseous and vaporous substances contained in industrial gas exhausts are much more numerous. it includes acids, halogens and halogen derivatives, gaseous oxides, aldehydes, ketones, alcohols, hydrocarbons, amines, nitro compounds, metal vapors, pyridines, mercaptans and many other components of gaseous industrial wastes to date, researchers in the field of environmental protection have to a certain extent identified pollutants that form the greenhouse effect, which are called greenhouse gases [2]. these gases are formed both in the natural environment and from human activities in industry. anthropogenic impact on the environment in as a result, pollutants are formed and emitted into the atmosphere greenhouse gases are of great interest among scientists working in the field of ecology and environmental protection. the main components of greenhouse gases are identified, which are shown in table 2. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org table 2 greenhouse gases code substance name formula potential global warming coefficient 0380 carbon dioxide со2 1.0 0381 nitrous oxide n2о 320 0369 sulfur hexafluoride sf6 23900 0410 methane 24.5 0013 hydrofluorocarbons (hfcs) 0966 hfc-23 trifluoromethane (freon -23) chf3 11700 0957 hfc-32 difluoromethane (freon) -32) ch2f2 650 0971 hfc-41 ch3f 150 0972 hfc-43-10mee c5h2fh10 1300 0967 hfcpentafluoroethane (freon -125) c2hf5 2800 0974 hfc-134 c2h2f4(chf2chf2) 1000 0938 hfc-134a 1.1.1,2tetrafluoroethane (freon 134-a) c2h2f4(ch2fcf3) 1300 0850 hfc-152а 1,1 difluoroethane (freon-152) c2h4f2(ch3chf2) 140 0977 hfc-143 c2h3f3 (chf2ch2f) 300 0978 hfc-143a c2h3f3(cf3ch3) 3800 0989 hfc-227ea 1,1,1,2,3,3,3heptafluoropropane (freon 227ea) c3hf7 2900 0980 hfc-236fa c3h2f6 6300 0981 hfc-245ca c3h3f5 560 0014 perfluorocarbons (pfcs) 0965 perfluoromethane tetrafluoromethane (freon-14) cf4 6500 0963 perfluoroethane hexafluoroethane (freon116) c2f6 9200 0964 perfluoropropane octafluoropropane (freon 218) c3f8 7000 0991 perfluorobutane decafluorobutane (perfluorobutane; freon31-10) c4f10 7000 0986 perfluorocyclobutane c-c4f8 8700 0987 perfluoropentane c5f12 7500 0988 perfluorohexane с6f14 7400 global warming potential (gwp) (potential global warming factor) is a measurement of the ability of a gas in the atmosphere to trap heat emitted from the earth's surface compared to the reference gas, which is usually considered carbon dioxide. the lifetime of gases in the atmosphere is characterized by large differences, so the results obtained are integrated over different time intervals. usually a time horizon of 100 years is chosen [2]. flue gases emitted by industrial enterprises contain products of incomplete combustion of fuel, and ash particles are also in the flue gases. process emissions contain dust, solvent vapors, alkalis, vinegar, hydrogen, as well as excess heat many technological installations of industrial enterprises are sources of unpleasant odors that irritate people, even if the concentration of the corresponding substance in the air does not exceed the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org maximum permissible concentrations (mpc). sources of air pollution can be classified according to the following characteristics 1. by purpose: technological and ventilation. depending on the height (h) of the mouth of the sources of emission of harmful substances above the ground level. the specified sources belong to one of four classes: 1) high (h ≥ 50 m); 2) medium height (h=10-50 m); 3) low (h = 2-10 m); 4) ground (h < 2 m). emissions from high sources enter the area of undeformed flow and are dispersed by the wind. emissions from low sources enter the aerodynamic shadow zone, the position of which is determined by the proximity of the ground and the influence of buildings on the air flow. the spread of harmful substances in this zone occurs under the influence of turbulent circulation. air exchange in this area with the area of undeformed flow is limited. 2. by geometric parameters: point (pipes, shafts, etc.) and linear (aeration lanterns, closely located shafts, transport, etc.). 3. by mode of action: continuous action and salvo. depending on the temperature difference between emissions and the environment, sources are divided into heated and cold. 4. by the nature of the organization of emissions: organized and unorganized [3]. ways to solve problems scientific research in the field of atmospheric air protection is aimed at the development and implementation of modern methods of purification of industrial emissions, as well as technological processes, the implementation of which excludes or sharply reduces harmful emissions into the atmosphere. reducing the emission of pollutants into the atmosphere from the sources of industrial enterprises is possible with the use of the latest technical solutions in the field of waste-free technologies, this, in turn, is associated with high costs and complete re-equipment of certain industries. an alternative solution to the problem of atmospheric air pollution by industrial emission of harmful gases is the effective and scientifically based use of dust and gas cleaning devices (dgcd) at stationary sources of industrial enterprises, various types of dgcd are used for the treatment of waste gases, both in terms of treatment method and design [4]. according to the method of purification, dgcd are classified as follows: 1. group c devices for dry mechanical purification of gas from dust, solid particles, the principle of operation of which is based on the deposition of particles due to gravity, centrifugal force, change in the gas flow velocity; 2. group m devices for wet cleaning of gas from solid particles, as well as liquid and gaseous pollutants; 3. group f devices and devices of the filtering type; 4. group e electric filters; 5. group x devices for sorption (chemical, biological) gas purification from gaseous pollutants; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 6. group t devices for thermal, thermocatalytic and catalytic methods of neutralization of gaseous pollutants; 7. group d devices for other methods of gas purification. in industry, various configurations of these dgcds are used. along with single devices, battery and combined devices are also operated. dry and wet methods of exhaust gas cleaning are used to capture dust and neutralize fogs. in addition, the equipment for the treatment of harmful emissions differs from each other, both in design and in the principle of deposition of suspended particles. в основе работы оборудования сухого осаждения взвешенных частиц, лежат the operation of dry sedimentation equipment is based on gravity, inertial and centrifugal sedimentation mechanisms or filtration mechanisms. in wet dust collectors, dust gases come into contact with liquid. in this case, deposition occurs on droplets, on the surface of gas bubbles or on a liquid film. at present, a large number of different methods for cleaning gases from technical pollutants have been developed and tested in industry: nox, so2, h2s, nh3, carbon monoxide, various organic and inorganic suspended solids. the main disadvantages of many units are low productivity, difficulties in manufacturing, excessive metal capacity, high hydraulic resistance, etc. the operation of dgcd, in particular scrubbers, is associated with certain requirements for the quality of pollutant capture and productivity. in connection with the above, in order to solve environmental problems on the rational use of water resources, it is proposed to use a horizontal rotary scrubber, which is being developed at the department of ecology and environmental protection of the tashkent state technical university. the proposed horizontal rotary scrubber is distinguished by the fact that it is equipped with spatula strips, which are installed perpendicular to the axis and rotated at an angle of 45°c relative to the plane of rotation. this arrangement of the spatula bar allows for efficient and targeted spraying of the liquid inside the scrubber, which in turn creates favorable conditions for more contact with contaminant particles. the greatest contact between liquid and contaminant particles contributes to an increase in wettability, adhesion, thereby increasing the size and weight of pollutant particles. the increase in size and weight contributes to the fastest deposition of contaminant particles and their transport to the storage hopper. • main features of a rotary scrubber: • • low pressure drops with high separation efficiency • • gas separation and dust absorption in one step • • no clogging; • • recirculating detergent with a high solids content; • • low consumption of fresh water; • • compact design; • • high efficiency. the use of the most advanced and optimal scrubbers for certain technological processes contributes to the most rational use of natural resources, the improvement of the environmental situation in the area where the emission source is located, the preservation of biodiversity, the improvement of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org environmental well-being and the creation of favorable conditions for human life. conclusions based on the above, it follows that waste gases at stationary sources of industrial enterprises make a huge contribution to environmental pollution, in particular, atmospheric air pollution, contribute to the formation of unfavorable living conditions for living organisms in the zone of formation and dispersion, have a negative impact on the human body, play a huge role in the formation of the greenhouse effect, which leads to global warming. in this regard, the reduction, and in some cases the prevention of the formation and dispersion of pollutants in the atmospheric air is an urgent and demanded task today references 1. указ президента республики узбекистан № уп 4947 от 7 февраля 2017 года «о стратегии действий по приоритетным направлениям развития республики узбекистан». 2. бюллетень магатэ, том 42, № 2, 2000 г, вена, австрия. 3. кальверта с., инглунда г.м. защита атмосферы от промышленных загрязнений. ч. 2, м., металлургия, 2005. 712 с. 4. постановление министерства природных ресурсов и охраны окружающей среды республики беларусь от 14.05.2007 n 60 "об утверждении правил эксплуатации газоочистных установок». american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org creation of road plans for various terrains using the modern credo software complex farrukh madiev 1, a), saidova navruza 1, yo’l rejalarini zamanoviy credo dasturiy ta'minot majmuasidan foydalangan turli bo'lgan relefini tashkil etish rejasini tuzish. 1 samarkand state architecture and construction university, samarkand, uzbekistan. a) corresponding author: a)f.madiyev@samdaqu.edu.uz) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s at present, in the design and construction of settlements, industrial enterprises, transport communications, canals and other structures, along with traditional design methods (analytical, graphic, modelgraphic, layout-graphic), automated design systems based on the use of digital terrain models (dtm) are increasingly used. it is the dtm that is the source material for the operation of computer-aided design systems (cad) for construction and automated control systems (acs). the use of dtm significantly simplifies and accelerates many processes of urban management, from calculating areas to compiling lists of tax defaulters. credo, design systems, computer-aided, credo_dat, elevation model introduction credo software products operate on their own information and tool platform without using other graphic systems. at the same time, all systems of the credo complex are open for export/import from other design systems, such as autocad, intergraph, etc. modules (systems) operate on all pccompatible computers and do not require additional software and hardware. interactive graphics and powerful intellectual support allow each credo user to fully utilize the advantages of modern technologies, make a carefully thought-out and reasoned decision, and receive satisfaction from the work process and its result. (wakefield, j. c. (2022). klerman's “credo” reconsidered: neo‐ kraepelinianism, spitzer's views, and what we can learn from the past. world psychiatry, 21(1), 4-25. n.d.) all credo systems operate with a single set of data in a common shell, which ensures the continuity of the survey and design processing process, provides the ability to carry out variant design and fully implement modern efficient technologies. at the same time, each module of the credo complex is an independent software unit and can be used separately. (radke, d., larson, k., & brecht, t. (2022). the importance of credo in multiagent learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:2204.07471. n.d.) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org let us consider in more detail the capabilities of the credo_mix system, which is designed to create a digital terrain model and solve problems of designing horizontal and vertical planning of industrial, civil, road and railway construction projects [9]. such objects may be city streets and roads; public highways; railways, industrial and logging roads; pipelines, general plans of civil and industrial facilities; urban microdistrict, airfield, etc. the main feature of this system is the ability to accurately analytically calculate complex geometric constructions in combination with interactive graphics and work on a digital terrain model. this significantly expands the capabilities and speeds up the work of the designer, allows for accurate, highquality and efficient design of industrial and civil facilities, highways and railways. the system is intended for the design of new construction and reconstruction of highways of ii v technical categories. the main volume of data for the formation of a digital elevation model and situation comes from credo_dat, cad_credo and other systems for collecting and processing topographic information. these data are received through an open exchange format and can contain all the information necessary for fully automated construction of a dtm. the digital model exists in a separate information layer, therefore, when constructing with the capture of geometry points, points of the dtm structure are created, their coordinates are rounded. a digital elevation model (dem) is a set of triangular faces constructed on points (face vertices) with coordinates x, y, z. the constructed set of triangular faces is called triangulation. the set of triangles approximates sections of various surfaces (natural and planned surfaces of the earth, artificial surfaces, surfaces of individual geological layers, etc.). a section of the surface approximated by a set of triangular faces is limited by a contour. the surface contour is a closed, non-intersecting broken line. in the dem of real objects, as a rule, there can be many contours. in order to unambiguously define the dem, each selected surface area can belong to only one contour. based on the dem, credo systems solve problems of designing engineering objects, and at the same time, the surface relief is displayed on the screen and in hard copies in the same way as on topographic maps and plans: contours, conventional signs of cliffs and slopes, etc. research results each segment of the structural line in the formation of the dem is an edge of a triangle. structural lines allow you to clearly define characteristic relief forms: hollows (thalwegs), ridges (watersheds), etc. structural lines should be created in cases where it is necessary to change the relief as a specialist sees it. for this, you can use additional field information about the features of the relief, reflected, for example, in outlines, codes of electronic recorders, etc. a relief contour is a surface area with a uniform relief. a uniform relief should be understood as a set of irregularities similar in outline, size, origin, age and history of development. thus, the entire surface of a terrain area formed as a dem is represented as one or more contours. this allows you to highlight relief forms at the boundaries of which the contours break, shift or break off: cliffs, pits, slopes of cuts and embankments, reservoirs, quarries, surfaces with artificial surfaces, etc. the credo_mix system allows you to display the relief within the corresponding contour with various types of contours: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org approximation and linear-interpolation splines: natural surfaces; straight linear-interpolated: anthropogenic relief forms. within the contour, you can draw additional contours and change the step of the contours. in some cases, the relief does not need to be displayed with contours, for example, artificial surfaces, reservoirs, etc. cliffs and slopes are displayed in a separate contour with the appropriate symbol. the system of relief contours when constructing a dem forms a topologically correct set. the unambiguity of creating a dem when constructing contours is ensured by their different mutual arrangement: intersecting contours; adjacent contours; internal contours that touch or do not touch the external contour. surfaces constructed in different contours may, of course, look different. but the interrelation of contours is manifested when the system determines the parameters of their intersection points and when using the operations of deletion, modification and contours. (madiev, f. m., karimova, z. z., & khudayberdiev, a. (2023). perfection of the backbone network of the central zone of in samarkand. international journal of development and public policy. n.d.) a digital model of the situation (dms) is a system of situation elements as a set of conventional signs on a plan, which display various topographic information. as a rule, in the credo_mix system, the dms is formed on the basis of relief and situational points. dms elements are displayed by scale and off-scale conventional signs. the system of dms elements includes area, linear and point objects. (madiev, f. m., & khaydarov, s. z. (2020). shakhrisabz city–architectural historical responsibilities. fm madiev, & sz khaydarov (muh.), zbiór artykułów naukowych recenzowanych. da, 6, 58-61. n.d.) an area object is a surface area limited by a situational contour and filled with a scale conventional sign (forest, farmland, building, etc.). the contour line is displayed by the corresponding conventional sign, and the contour area is highlighted in color and conventional filling signs. the object itself can screen relief elements. the area object can be assigned the necessary semantic information. the contours of area objects have the same properties as relief contours, i.e. the system provides a topologically correct set of contours. linear object a straight or broken line with an out-of-scale expressed width, displayed by the corresponding conventional symbol (power transmission lines, fences, boundaries, etc.). a linear object has the same properties as any line in credo_mix. figure 1. mark output.1 1 https://triptonkosti.ru/5-foto/kredo-kadastr-mezhevoj-plan-84-foto.html https://triptonkosti.ru/5-foto/kredo-kadastr-mezhevoj-plan-84-foto.html american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org in accordance with the concept of representation in credo_mix of a volumetric model of a design object, any design solution is described by a structural geometric model, which reflects not only the mutual arrangement of the elements of the object in space, but also their geometric shape. the structural geometric model is constructed using methods of structural and parametric synthesis, which makes it possible to design construction objects, starting from the construction of lines on a plane to spatial lines that form complex surfaces, and through them to volumetric models of objects. (kaneda, k., shiomi, h., abe, m., morimoto, t., yamamoto, k., obayashi, y., ... & cabg registry cohort-3 investigators. (2023). post-contrast acute kidney injury after emergent and elective percutaneous coronary intervention (from the credo-kyoto pci/cabg n.d.) figure 2. direction and meaning of flow2 conclusions the design object can consist of one route or be composed of several routes of different configurations. several objects can be designed in one catalog on the same dtm. longitudinal and transverse sections can be made along the routes. a longitudinal section is made along the route, and a transverse section is made along the normal to it. longitudinal and transverse sections can be viewed to analyze the placement of the design object on the earth's surface and relative to other objects on the ground. the functions of the credo modules make it possible to: collect and process topographic and geodetic information using various methods: electronic geodetic instruments of various types, traditional methods of linear and area surveys, scanning existing cartographic materials, using materials created in other information and software systems; generate digital terrain models for engineering purposes and provide them for further use in paper (tablets or sheets) and electronic (various output formats) form; design and maintain general plans using dtm: detailed planning, communications, "red" lines, layout, etc.; create a volumetric geological model of the area based on a technique that allows for the simultaneous construction and correction of several vertical engineering-geological sections of arbitrary topology; collect data for geoinformation systems; process geodetic data for seismic exploration; design the geometry of transport facilities of any complexity (transport interchanges, intersections, overpasses, highways); perform a full range of design and survey work for the design of suburban highways of ii v categories. 2 https://rutube.ru/video/1a39e7d0bb6eaec108ab216d009e1629/ https://rutube.ru/video/1a39e7d0bb6eaec108ab216d009e1629/ american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org references 1. achildiev, r. m., & ibragimova, s. i. (2023). basic methods for protecting the urban environment from traffic noise. problems of architecture and construction (scientific technical journal), 1(2), 690-694. n.d. 2. alessandri, s., ratto, m. l., rabellino, s., piacenti, g., contaldo, s. g., pernice, s., ... & alessandri, l. (2024). credo: a friendly customizable, reproducible, docker file generator for bioinformatics applications. bmc bioinformatics, 25(1), 110. n.d. 3. harris, a. (2022). credo. in psychoanalytic credos (pp. 113-120). routledge. n.d. 4. kaneda, k., shiomi, h., abe, m., morimoto, t., yamamoto, k., obayashi, y., ... & cabg registry cohort-3 investigators. (2023). post-contrast acute kidney injury after emergent and elective percutaneous coronary intervention (from the credo-kyoto pci/cabg . n.d. 5. madiev, f. m., & khaydarov, s. z. (2020). shakhrisabz city–architectural historical responsibilities. fm madiev, & sz khaydarov (muh.), zbiór artykułów naukowych recenzowanych. da, 6, 58-61. n.d. 6. madiev, f. m., karimova, z. z., & khudayberdiev, a. (2023). perfection of the backbone network of the central zone of in samarkand. international journal of development and public policy. n.d. 7. radke, d., larson, k., & brecht, t. (2022). the importance of credo in multiagent learning. arxiv preprint arxiv:2204.07471. n.d. 8. wakefield, j. c. (2022). klerman's “credo” reconsidered: neo‐kraepelinianism, spitzer's views, and what we can learn from the past. world psychiatry, 21(1), 4-25. n.d. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org electrochemical frequency modulation analysis of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione as a corrosion inhibitor for carbon steel in 1m hcl medium khasan berdimuradov1, kuvonchbek haydarov1 1 faculty of industrial viticulture and food production technology, shahrisabz branch of tashkent institute of chemical technology, shahrisabz 181306, uzbekistan e-mail address: khasanberdimuradov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s anticorrosion properties, efm intermodulation spectra, efm charts, time-versus corrosion rate, corrosion current, corrosion resistance, anodic and cathodic tafel constants of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d] imidazole-2, 5 (1h,3h)dithione inhibitor for carbon steel in a 1m hcl environment were investigated by using new electrochemical frequency modulation analysis method. the obtained results suggest that the inhibitor molecules influence the electrochemical cathodic and anodic half-reactions, forming an insoluble protective layer on the steel surface, and maximally neutralizing the carbon steel surface, and reduce the hydrogenand chloride-free ions attacks. efm results’ accurate degrees were determined by causality factors. efm, intermodulation spectrum, tafel constants, anticorrosion inhibitor, causality factor. introduction the corrosion processes of steel materials are studied using many techniques [6-8], e.g., the traditional methods such as the potentiodynamic polarization, cyclic voltammetry, amperometry, linear polarization, chronoamperometry, electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, and polarization resistance. the conventional methods used a wide range of potential, which increases the measurement time; besides, most of them are destructive measurements, i.e., the steel surface will be damaged, and as a result, the measurements are not accurate, where the destructed steel surface impacts potential, current, frequency and current density changes. additionally, the calculated current density by tafel slopes is handy, not computed, resulting in that the hand action will not result in accurate results [912]. recently, the electrochemical frequency modulation (efm) is used for calculating the changes of the corrosion current density, potential, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta b (cathodic tafel constant) and causality factors on the steel surface in corrosive environments. additionally, it also shows transient changes in all of these electrochemical parameters. the efm experiment is faster, more american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org accurate and non-destructive. the efm has some similarity to the conventional electrochemical impedance spectroscopy method; for example, it uses dual frequencies and waves perturbation signal around 10 mv amplitude. in efm theory there are four types of’ causality factors (2), (3), (4) and (6), and results are automatically comparing with causality factors’ theoretically values. the efm analysis shows how the electrochemical properties change in the active, mass transfer – controlled, and passive regions. the corrosion potential, corrosion current density, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta b (cathodic tafel constant), and causality factors values are calculated by current peaks in intermodulation spectra. these current peaks are calculated by harmonic and intermodulation frequencies in the intermodulation spectra. the efm uses minimal interference from the input signal. in brief, the efm is a new technique and powerful method in corrosion science to investigate the electrochemical behaviour of the steel material surface [13-20]. in this article, the transient corrosion potential, corrosion current density, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta b (cathodic tafel constant) values in the active, diffusion-controlled and passive regions on №2 carbon steel material surface were investigated in the absence and presence of a new corrosion inhibitor in 1m hcl acidic medium by the efm tests. (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione (totehyimimdi) was used as a new powerful corrosion inhibitor for №2 steel material surface, and its inhibition properties were invep to p electron trasfer (rechemisorption)stigated by the efm method. all obtained results were compared with the theoretical causality factors (2) and (3). 1. material and methods 2.1 №2 steel samples in this efm experiment, it was used №2 steel material as a working electrode. №2 steel material is a member of the carbon steel family and mainly used in the chemical industry. in №2 steel material, fe is mainly over 98%, and other elements percentages are the following: fe – 98,36; с – 0,2; mn – 0,5; si – 0,15; р – 0,04; s – 0,05; сr – 0,3; ni – 0,2; сu – 0,2. №2 steel material surface is cleaned and rub by sic abrasive papers, then it is three times washed with distilled water, next ethanol, and isopropyl alcohol. lastly, it is dried with acetone. 1.2. synthesis of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)dithione solvent. then this mixture was sonicated by ultrasonic sound waves during 120 min at 55 °c temperature. after finish sonication processes, the tbuoh alcohol solvent is evaporated from the mixture, and next distilled water was added as a result white solid formed. this resulted in a white solid which is filtered from the mixture and washed by cold distilled water, dried to white powder called (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione [21]. the reaction schema is the following: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org 2.3. electrochemical frequency modulation measurement efm measurements experiments were conducted using gamry potentiostat (ifc100006177)/(pc5)galvanostat/zra analyzer (model g-300, pstat model interface 1000, usa), instrument version 3.25. the efm experimental date was calculated by efm 140-electrochemical frequency modulation software and analyzed by gamry echem analyst 6.22 software. the experimental framework version used is 6.22. in this research, it was used 10 mv amplitude potential perturbation signal, two 2 hz, and 5 hz sine waves. this frequency choice gives several advantages: two frequencies (harmonic, intermodulation) cannot impact each other; double layer capacity on steel surface impact slowly on frequency; the frequency requires low time for doing the efm experiment. the base frequency was 0.1 hz. all afm experiments were conducted at room temperature (25 0c). the №2 steel working electrode was immersed for 30 min before start the efm experiments. during 30 min, the state-stable potential reaches the steady-state conditions. after this immersion time, the open circuit potential of №2 steel working electrode was calculated during 2 hours. the reason is that 20 hours is a stabilizing period for achieving a quasi-stationary amount for open circuit potential [22-26]. in efm tests, the intermodulation spectra have harmonic and intermodulation current peaks. in the echem analyst software, the corrosion current, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta b (cathodic tafel constant), corrosion rate, causality factors (2) and (3) values were calculated by large harmonic and intermodulation current peaks in intermodulation spectra. 2. results and discussion the efm investigating method is new and more sensitive than historical methods in corrosion science. it gives several advantages for corrosion research. firstly, using harmonic and intermodulation frequencies in the efm experiment makes the electrochemical calculation more clearly and require low interference, and gives additional benefits with contras to historical methods. secondly, the efm american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org experiments use two 2 and 5 hz sinusoidal waves around 10 mv perturbation signal amplitude, meaning that this low amplitude minimal destroy working electrode and gamry electrochemical instrument parts. thirdly, causality factors (2) and (3) can show an accurate degree of obtained results. lastly, the efm technique can indicate that change of oxygen, hydrogen, carbon dioxygen, and corrosive gas on the steel surface, and supplementary hydrodynamic condition [22-26]. the efm uses two sine waves that forward into the electrochemical cell. the current response includes only input frequency in historical methods. but the current response includes complex frequencies: summary, different, and vary of the two inputs (1 and 5 hz) frequencies in the efm method. in contrast to historical corrosion research methods like pdp, lp, cv, eis, and gravimetric, the electrochemical frequency modulation method is more sensitive and gives some benefits for corrosion research. for instance, the efm experiments show that addition kinetic properties: intermodulation spectrum, fourier transform of the time series data in time versus current graph, and time versus corrosion rate/icorr, causality factors (2 and 3), polarization resistance, beta a (anodic tafel constant) and beta c (cathodic tafel constant). in the efm analysis, the calculation of icorr, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta c (cathodic tafel constant) depends on corrosion mechanism types on the steel surface. three types of corrosion mechanisms occur on the steel surface: activation, diffusion, and passive. in the mechanism of the activation control corrosion process, the steel surface dissolute in a corrosive environment. in the steel dissolute electrochemical reaction, the beta a (anodic tafel constant) is lower than beta c (cathodic tafel constant). in this type of corrosion mechanism, icorr, beta a (anodic tafel constant), beta c (cathodic tafel constant) are calculated by the following equations [22-26]: icorr = (iω1 .ω2)2 2√8iω1 .ω2 i2ω2±ω1 − 3(iω1 .ω2)2 (1) beta a = iω1 .ω2u⬚ iω2±ω1 +√8iω1 .ω2 i2ω2±ω1 − 3(iω1 .ω2)2 (2) beta c = iω1 .ω2u⬚ −iω2±ω1 +√8iω1 .ω2 i2ω2±ω1 − 3(iω1 .ω2)2 (3) in the mechanism of diffusion control corrosion process on the steel electrode surface, the corrosion reaction products are moved from the steel electrode surface, and the reaction center will be activated. so the beta c is infinity (beta c → ∞), and the cathodic reaction is controlled by h2 gas diffusion in this diffusion mechanism, the cathodic reaction is the following: fe + h+ ↔ feh+ (ads) feh+ (ads) + e− ↔ feh(ads) feh (ads) + h+ + e− ↔ fe + h2 the efm experiment can show how hydrogen gas diffusion can influence on the cathodic half-reaction on the steel surface. in this type of corrosion mechanism icorr and beta a (anodic tafel constant) is calculated by the following equations [22-26]: icorr = (iω1 .ω2)2 2iω2±ω1 (4) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org beta a = iω1 .ω2u⬚ 2iω2±ω1 (5) where u is amplitude, i2ω1 and i2ω2 are current peaks at harmonic frequencies of 2ω1 and 2ω2, iω1 and iω2 are intermodulation current peaks at harmonic frequencies of ω1 and ω2, iω2±ω1 is intermodulation current peaks at angular frequencies of ω2 ± ω1. the last corrosion mechanism called passive. in this corrosion process, the anodic half-reaction is passived and is controlled by forming a passive layer on the steel surface. anodic half-reaction process is the following: fe + cl− ↔ fecl− (ads) fecl− (ads) ↔ fecl(ads) + e− fecl(ads) ↔ fecl+ (ads) + e− fecl+ (ads) + cl− ↔ fecl2(ads) fecl2 salts formed and adsorbed on the steel surface, which passived anodic reaction. when the anodic half-reaction fully passivated, beta a is infinity (beta a → ∞), icorr and beta c (cathodic tafel constant) is calculated by following equations [22-26]: icorr = (iω1 .ω2)2 2iω2±ω1 (6) beta c = iω1 .ω2u⬚ 2iω2±ω1 (7) in the efm experiment, two connections are important to clarify the efm results’ accurate degree. firstly connection is between input frequency perturbation and response signal. the second connection is between current on the harmonic frequency and current on intermodulation frequency. this two connection is called causality factor. in efm theory, there are 4 types’ causality factors (2, 3, 4, and 6). in this efm analysis, it was used (2) and (3) causality factors, they are calculated by following equations [22-26]: causality factor (2) = iω1±ω2 i2ω1 = 2 (8) causality factor (3) = i2ω1±ω2 i3ω1 = 3 (9) in the efm experiment, the inhibition efficiency is calculated by the following equation: %ieefm = icorr− 0 icorr inh icorr 0 × 100 (10) where, icorr 0 is corrosion current in inhibitor absence medium, icorr inh is corrosion current in inhibitor presence medium and %ieefm is inhibition efficiency. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a frequency, hz blank 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a frequency, hz 50 mg/l 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a frequency, hz 75 mg/l 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a frequency, hz 100 mg/l fig.1. efm intermodulation spectrums for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c) the efm intermodulation spectrums for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in the absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration were presented in fig.1. all efm tests were carried out at room temperature (25 0c). the current peaks in these intermodulation spectrums are responded on calculate corrosion current. it is clear from these spectrums the current fluctuated around 125-170 µa for №2 steel in without inhibitor medium. because the 1m hcl corrosion environment is very strong for the steel surface, and hydrogen and chlorine ions affect the growth of intermodulation spectrum peaks. in contrast to the inhibited medium, the current peaks fluctuated around 10-15 µa for №2 steel. the reason is that the inhibitor molecules impact the anodic and cathodic electrochemical half-reaction on the metal surface, meaning that inhibitor molecules influence metal surface current-connection abilities and intermodulation spectrum. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org the efm charts for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration firstly measured and discussed in this research paper, results are presented in fig.2. it is reported from fig.2 the current fluctuated between +1ma and -1ma areas during a given time in 1m hcl environment, suggest that corrosion processes are faster and many free ions are formed on the steel surface, and large number free ions on the steel surface impact the increase of corrosion current force. when (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor adds to the corroded environment, the current fluctuated between +140µa and -131 µa during a given period, suggest that inhibitor molecules formed thin layer and dramatically reduce free ions number on the steel surface. time-versus current depends on inhibitor concentration, which means that at large inhibitor concentration, time-versus current occurs in lower areas. 0 10 20 30 40 50 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a time, s blank 50 40 30 20 10 0 1e-9 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a time, s 50 mg/l 50 40 30 20 10 0 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a time, s 75 mg/l 0 10 20 30 40 50 1e-9 1e-8 1e-7 1e-6 1e-5 1e-4 1e-3 lo g i , a time, s 100 mg/l fig.2. efm charts for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). efm analysis results for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in the absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6adi-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org were investigated and presented in table 1. efm experiments were performed in the activation, diffusion, and passivation corrosion mechanisms. in the activation corrosion mechanism, the corrosion current and corrosion rates were 282.2 µa and 129 mpy respectively in 1m hcl medium, which means that the carbon steel electrode dissolute in 1m hcl medium and fe+2, fe+3 ions were formed. these ions impact the growth of corrosion current and corrosion rates. when (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)dithione inhibitor molecules add to corrosion medium, they dramatically reduced fe+2 and fe+3 ions number by forming fe-inhibitor complex and adsorbing on the steel surface as a consequence the corrosion current and corrosion rate dramatically reduced. this action depends on inhibitor concentration. on the other hand, the corrosion processes were strong, acting in diffusion and passivation corrosion mechanisms. the corrosion current and corrosion rate were recorded 3678 µa and 1681 mpy relatively in 1m hcl medium because h2 gas is formed on the cathodic site, which destroys the steel surface. in addition, the forming fecl2 and fecl3 salts layer on the steel surface was good soluble in acid medium and good adsorbent for h+ and cl¯ ions. in contrast, the corrosion current and corrosion rates were 295 µa and 134.8 mpy respectively in inhibited medium, suggest that inhibitor adsorbed and formed a protective layer on the steel surface. this protective layer significantly reduced h+ and cl¯ ions adsorption on the steel surface, resulting that corrosion processes reduced on both cathodic and anodic sites. (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor efm efficiency is over 80% at optimum concentration (100 mg/l), shows that (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione is good protective agents for steel surface in acid medium and maybe use in chemical industry for protect carbon steel materials from acid corrosion. efm results’ accurate degree in the activation, diffusion, and passivation corrosion mechanisms were determined by the causality factor, indicating that the efm results were more trustable. table 1. efm analysis results for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). inhibitor concentration, mg/l icorr, µa beta a, mv/decade beta c, mv/decade cr, mpy causality factor (2) causality factor (3) %ieefm activate control corrosion mechanism blank 282.2 19.73 23.01 129 1.95 2.96 50 81 81.55 105.25 37.02 1.75 2.81 71.30 75 69.19 65.87 82.21 31.63 1.93 2.95 75.48 100 51.91 54.96 78.43 23.72 2.03 3.02 81.60 diffusion control corrosion mechanism blank 3678 138.5 1681 1.93 2.97 50 656.52 232.8 300.05 1.71 2.83 82.15 75 488.80 208.9 223.40 1.90 2.96 86.71 100 295 183.7 134.8 2.05 3.05 91.98 passive control corrosion mechanism blank 3678 138.5 1681 1.93 2.97 50 656.52 232.8 300.05 1.71 2.83 82.15 75 488.80 208.9 223.40 1.90 2.96 86.71 100 295 183.7 134.8 2.05 3.05 91.98 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 c r , m p y time, s blank 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 50 mg/l c r , m p y time, s optimization 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 optimization 75 mg/l c r ,m p y time, s 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 0 100 200 300 400 500 optimization c r , m p y time, s 100 mg/l fig.3. time-versus corrosion rate for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). time-versus corrosion rate for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration were investigated and presented in fig.3. it was shown from these graphs that, the corrosion rate significantly increased from 128 to 133.5 mpy during a given period in 1m hcl environment, suggest that corrosion processes are faster and growth on the steel surface. on the other hand, the corrosion rate in an inhibited environment dramatically went down during optimization time, which is around 250 s. in the optimization time the decrease of corrosion rate depends on inhibitor concentration. for example, the corrosion rate is maintained around 50-60 mpy at 100 mg/l inhibitor concentration. optimization processes require several anti-corrosion activities: firstly, the inhibitor molecules connect with iron ions and form an iron-inhibitor-complex in the corrosion medium; secondly, this forms complex adsorb on the steel surface and neutralize steel surface free ions. after optimization time, the corrosion rate for inhibited medium stabilizes around low point, suggests that inhibitor molecules form a protective layer on the steel surface, which they american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org are more stable and dissolute in 1m hcl corrosive medium. so a inhibitor is a more effective inhibitor, and maximally protects the steel surface from corrosive attacks. time-versus corrosion current for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration was investigated, resulted in fig.4. corrosion current dramatically rocked from 280 µa to 310 µa during a given period in inhibitor absence environment. however, it dramatically reduced to around 50-60 µa and stabilized in the inhibited environment. this change depends on inhibitor concentration. the corrosion current change difference between uninhibited and inhibited medium is around 250 µa, stating that the inhibitor molecule is a mixed type of inhibitor and impacts on both cathodic and anodic processes on the steel surface. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 2.8e-4 2.82e-4 2.84e-4 2.86e-4 2.88e-4 2.9e-4 2.92e-4 lo g i c o rr , µ a time, s blank 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 1e-4 1e-3 50 mg/l lo g i c o rr , µ a time, s 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 1e-4 1e-3 75 mg/l lo g i c o rr , µ a time, s -200 0 200 400 600 80010001200140016001800 2e-4 4e-4 6e-4 8e-4 1e-3 0.0012 100 mg/l lo g i c o rr , µ a time, s fig.4. time-versus corrosion current for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). the corrosion resistance of the steel surface is very low (around 16.5 ohm), but it slowly increased from 16.3 to 16.8 ohm in uninhibited 1m hcl medium, revealed in fig.5. the reason is that fecl3, fecl2, fe(oh)3 and fe(oh)2 compounds were formed on the steel surface, and these forming thing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org layers covered some active sites on the steel surface and slowly blocked corrosion attacks to the steel surface; as a result, the corrosion resistance slowly goes up. 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 16.3 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 r p , o h m time, s blank 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 50 mg/l r p , o h m time, s 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 75 mg/l r p , o h m time, s 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 0 20 40 60 80 100 100 mg/l r p , o h m time, s fig.5. time-versus corrosion resistance of for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration in (25 0c). on the other hand, the corrosion resistance is too large in inhibited 1m hcl medium (fig.5) and depends on inhibitor concentration. for instance, it maintained around 70 ohms at 50 mg/l inhibitor concentration while it stabilized around 100 ohms at 100 mg/l inhibitor concentration (fig.6). these obtained results suggest that (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor is effective corrosion resistance molecules for №2 steel surface in aggressive environment. efm method gives good opportunities for deep understand anodic and cathodic tafel constants change by period. in this research work, the time-versus tafel betas (anodic and cathodic constants) for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration firstly investigated and resulted in fig.6. anodic and cathodic tafel constants for №2 steel were recorded around 20 and 22 mv/decade american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org and increased during the period in 1m hcl medium, reported that the electrochemical process is going on the steel surface. anodic and cathodic tafel constants require an electrochemical half-reaction. inhibitor molecules influence anodic and cathodic tafel constants and changed them to large potential, and this action depends on inhibitor concentration. anodic and cathodic tafel constants of inhibited medium stabilized. this action shows the inhibitor impact on cathodic anodic half-reaction is stable. (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor impacts on cathodic reaction on the steel surface, reaction mechanism is following: fe + h+ ↔ feh+ (ads) feh+ (ads) + e− ↔ feh(ads) feh (ads) + h+ + e− ↔ fe + h2 inhibitor molecules connect with iron free d orbitals and donate delocalization electrons to h+ and feh+ (ads) ions on steel surface; as a result, these ions are neutralized, this mechanism is following: on the other hand, the steel surface is positively charged with the potential of zero charges (pzc) and hydrated cl−ions can be adsorbed on this steel surface. supplementary, iron is oxidized in anodic site on steel surface, this oxidized reaction is following: fe + cl− ↔ fecl− (ads) fecl− (ads) ↔ fecl(ads) + e− fecl(ads) ↔ fecl+ (ads) + e− fecl+ (ads) ↔ fe2+ + cl− supplementary, inhibitors neutralize cl− and fecl− (ads) ions, t. this neutralize mechanism is the following: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org it was clear from experimental results, (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor molecules can decrease h+, feh+ (ads), cl− and fecl− (ads) ions diffusion on the steel surface and deplete intergranular corrosion speed. inhibitor molecules can adsorb on the steel surface by physical and chemical adsorption. physical adsorption of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-ptolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor molecules on the metal surface occur by the electrostatic interaction between positive charged nitrogen, sulfur heteroatoms and h+, feh+ (ads), cl− and fecl− (ads) ions. next, it occurred that chemical adsorption on the metal surface by donor-acceptor interaction between (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor molecules and fe atoms. in this process, the delocalized 𝜋 electrons in the aromatic ring and unpair electrons of heteroatoms are shared to free d orbitals of iron atoms on the metal surface. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 20.0 20.2 20.4 20.6 20.8 21.0 21.2 21.4 21.6 21.8 22.0 22.2 22.4 22.6 22.8 23.0 23.2 23.4 b e ta s , m v /d e c a d e time, s (blank) beta a (blank) beta c 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 125 b e ta s , m v /d e c a d e time, s 50 mg/l, beta a 50 mg/l, beta c 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 b e ta s , m v /d e c a d e time, s 75 mg/l, beta a 75 mg/l, beta c 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 100 mg/l, beta a 100 mg/l, beta c b e ta s , m v /d e c a d e time, s fig.6. time-versus tafel betas for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 time, s c a u s a li ty f a c to rs blank causality factor (2) causality factor (3) 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 50 mg/l causality factor (2) causality factor (3) c a u s a li ty f a c to rs time, s 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 time, s c a u s a li ty f a c to rs 75 mg/l causality factor (2) causality factor (3) 0 200 400 600 800 10001200140016001800 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 time, s c a u s a li ty f a c to rs 100 mg/l causality factor (2) causality factor (3) fig.7. time-versus causality factors for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor at various concentration (25 0c). efm results from accurate degrees were determined by causality factors (2) and (3) values. it was found that the experimental efm causality factors (2) and (3) values for №2 steel in 1m hcl medium in absence and presence of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)dithione inhibitor at various concentration were similar to theoretical causality factors (2) and (3) values (fig.7), meaning that obtained efm test results were more accurate. in this research, it was also studied that the experimental efm causality factors (2) and (3) values were stabilized around 2 and 3 respectively during period, suggests that the obtained results accurate degrees were valuable at different times. conclusions in this research work, the anti-corrosion properties, the efm intermodulation spectrums, efm charts, time-versus corrosion rate, corrosion current, corrosion resistance, anodic and cathodic tafel constants american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org of (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole-2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor for carbon steel in 1m hcl environment were investigated and resulted on following opinions: intermodulation spectrums indicated that the current peaks fluctuated around 10-15 µa for carbon steel in inhibited medium, suggest that the inhibitor molecules impact anodic and cathodic electrochemical half-reaction on the metal surface, and decrease current-connection abilities of steel surface to the potential downside; it was shown by efm chart, when (3ar,6ar)-3a,6a-di-p-tolyltetrahydroimidazo[4,5-d]imidazole2,5(1h,3h)-dithione inhibitor adds to the corroded environment the current is fluctuated between +140µa and -131 µa during a given period, suggest that inhibitor molecules form thing layer and dramatically reduce free ions number on the carbon steel surface; an inhibitor efficiency for carbon steel surface is over 80%, and maximally decreased corrosion rate, corrosion current and maximally increased corrosion resistance of steel surface in 1m hcl environment; inhibitor molecules influenced anodic and cathodic tafel constants and changed them to large potential, and this action depends on inhibitor concentration. anodic and cathodic tafel constants of inhibited medium stabilized, this action show the inhibitor impact on cathodic anodic half-reaction is stable; efm results’ accurate degrees were determined by causality factors (2) and (3) values. the experimental efm causality factors (2) and (3) values were stabilized around 2 and 3 respectively during a given period, suggests that the obtained results accurate degrees were valuable at different time. acknowledgements the authors wish to acknowledge prof. j.wang and his research teams, school of chemical engineering and technology, tianjin university, tianjin, p.r. china, and karshi state university for the support this research work. references [1] q.h. zhanga, b.s. houa, y.y. lia, g.y. zhua, h.f. liua,b and g.a. zhang, two novel chitosan derivatives as high efficient eco-friendly inhibitors for the corrosion of mild steel in acidic solution, corrosion science 164 (2020) 108346. [2] b.s. houa, q.h. zhanga, y.y. lia, g.y. zhua, h.f. liua,b and g.a. zhang, a pyrimidine derivative as a high efficiency inhibitor for the corrosion of carbon steel in oilfield produced water under supercritical co2 conditions, corrosion science 164 (2020) 108334. [3] m. saleem khana, chunguang yanga, ying zhaoc, haobo panc, jinlong zhaoa, m. babar shahzada, sharafadeen kunle kolawolea, ihsan ullaha and ke yanga, an induced corrosion inhibition of x80 steel by using marine bacterium marinobacter salsuginis, colloids and surfaces b: biointerfaces 189 (2020) 110858. [4] chen-xiang wang, xue-fen zhang, a non-particle and fluorine-free superhydrophobic surface based on one-step electrodeposition of dodecyltrimethoxysilane on mild steel for corrosion protection, corrosion science 163 (2020) 108284. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org [5] mai m. khalaf, ahmed h. tantawy, kamal a. soliman, hany m. abd el-lateef, cationic geminisurfactants based on waste cooking oil as new ‘green’ inhibitors for n80-steel corrosion in sulphuric acid: a combined empirical and theoretical approaches, journal of molecular structure 1203 (2020) 127442. [6] elyor berdimurodov, abduvali kholikov, khamdam akbarov, innat nakhatov, nigora kh jurakulova, nurbek umirov, adsorption isotherm and sem investigating of cucurbit [n] urils based corrosion inhibitors with gossypol for mild steel in alkaline media containing chloride ions, advanced engineering forum, trans tech publications, vol. 23,2017, p. 13. [7] wilfred emoria, run-hua zhanga, peter c. okaforc, xing-wen zhenge, tao hef, kun weif, xiuzhou lina, chun-ru cheng, adsorption and corrosion inhibition performance of multiphytoconstituents from dioscorea septemloba on carbon steel in acidic media: characterization, experimental and theoretical studies, colloids and surfaces a 590 (2020) 124534. [8] elyor berdimurodov, abduvali kholikov, khamdam akbarov, d nuriddinova, polarization resistance parameters of anti-corrosion inhibitor of cucurbit [n] urils and thioglycolurils in aggressive mediums, advanced engineering forum, trans tech publications, vol. 26, 2018, p. 74. [9] a. m. eldesoky, hala. m. hassan, abdu subaihi, abeer el shahawy, and thoraya a. farghaly, water pipes corrosion inhibitors for q235 steel in hydrochloric acid medium using spiropyrazoles derivatives, coatings 10 (2020) 167. [10] a. rauf and e. mahdi, evaluating corrosion inhibitors with the help of electrochemical measurements including electrochemical frequency modulation, int. j. electrochem. sci., 7 (2012) 4673 – 4685. [11] e. berdimurodov, k. akbarov, a. kholikov, "electrochemical frequency modulation and reactivation investigation of thioglycolurils in strong acid medium", advanced materials research, vol. 1154, 2019, p. 122-128. [12] n.a. al-mobarak, k.f. khaled, mohamed n.h. hamed and k.m. abdel-azim, employing electrochemical frequency modulation for studying corrosion and corrosion inhibition of copper in sodium chloride solutions, arabian journal of chemistry 4 (2011) 185–193. [13] al-amiery, a. a. et al. synthesis and characterization of a novel eco-friendly corrosion inhibition for mild steel in 1 m hydrochloric acid. sci. rep. 6, 19890; doi: 10.1038/srep19890 (2016). [14] a. s. fouda1, f. sh. mohamed and m. w. el-sherbeni, corrosion inhibition of aluminum– silicon alloy in hydrochloric acid solutions using carbamidic thioanhydride derivatives, j bio tribo corros (2016) 2:11. [15] abdelaziz s. fouda, mohamed a. ismail, aliaa m. temraza and ashraf s. abousalem, comprehensive investigations on the action of cationic terthiophene and bithiophene as corrosion inhibitors: experimental and theoretical studies, new j. chem., 43 (2019) 768-789. [16] elyor berdimurodov, j wang, abduvali kholikov, khamdam akbarov, bakhtiyor burikhonov, nurbik umirov, investigation of a new corrosion inhibitor cucurbiturils for mild steel in 10% acidic medium, advanced engineering forum, trans tech publications, vol. 18, 2016, p. 21. [17] a. rauf, w.f. bogaerts, e. mahdi, implementation of electrochemical frequency modulation to analyze stress corrosion cracking, corrosion 68 (2012) 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org [18] h.s. gadow, thoraya a. farghaly and a.m. eldesoky, experimental and theoretical investigations for some spiropyrazoles derivatives as corrosion inhibitors for copper in 2 m hno3 solutions, journal of molecular liquids 294 (2019) 111614. [19] k.r. ansari, dheeraj singh chauhan, m.a. quraishi and tawfik a. saleh, bis(2aminoethyl)amine-modified graphene oxide nanoemulsion for carbon steel protection in 15% hcl: effect of temperature and synergism with iodide ions, journal of colloid and interface science 564 (2020) 124–133. [19] a. rauf, w.f. bogaerts, employing electrochemical frequency modulation for pitting corrosion, corros. sci. 52 (2010) 2773. [20] alamineh, e.a. study of iron pipe corrosion in municipal water distribution system and its effect. am. j. chem. eng. 2018, 6, 19–24 [21] mandeep singh, galit parvari, mark botoshansky, ehud keinan, and ofer reany, the synthetic challenge of thioglycolurils, eur. j. org. chem. 2014, 933–940. [22] r.w. bosch, j. hubrecht, w.f. bogaerts, b.c. syrett, electrochemical frequency modulation: a new electrochemical technique for online corrosion monitoring, corrosion 57 (1) (2001) 60–70. [23] i.b. obot, ikenna b. onyeachu, electrochemical frequency modulation (efm) technique: theory and recent practical applications in corrosion research, journal of molecular liquids 249 (2018) 83–96. [24] mohammed a. amin, sayed s. abd ei-rehim, essam e.f. el-sherbini, omar a. hazzazi, mohsen n. abbas, polyacrylic acid as a corrosion inhibitor for aluminium in weakly alkaline solutions. part i: weight loss, polarization, impedance efm and edx studies, corrosion science 51 (2009) 658–667. [25] mohammed a. amin, k.f. khaled, monitoring corrosion and corrosion control of iron in hcl by non-ionic surfactants of the triton-x series – part i. tafel polarisation, icp-aes and efm studies, corrosion science 52 (2010) 1762–1770. [26] s.s. abdel-rehim, k.f. khaled, n.s. abd-elshafi, electrochemical frequency modulation as a new technique for monitoring corrosion inhibition of iron in acid media by new thiourea derivative, electrochimica acta 51 (2006) 3269–3277. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org method for analysis of dimensional change of knitted products after washing g‘ulomov xayotbek xasanboy o’g‘li intern teacher at andijan bachine building institute gulomovkhayotbekaa@gmail.com +998941719700 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is in accordance with iso 3005, iso 7771, iso 3759, testing for dimensional change after washing, dry cleaning, soaking and steaming. it also includes learning how to make, mark and measure textiles and clothing. the method used in this article is described as applicable to fabrics, knitted fabrics and finished textiles. iso 3005, iso 7771, iso 3759, iso 139, knitted, measuring, dimensions introduction selection of samples for testing. for fabrics and knitted fabrics, representative samples are selected. samples are cut from parts of fabric and linen spaced more than 1 m from the end of the roll. tissue samples are taken from areas with different longitudinal and transverse threads. before cutting the sample from the web, the longitudinal direction is identified. knitted fabric made on circular knitting machines, tubular knitted samples are tested in a flat form, for which the coupons are cut lengthwise and laid flat in one layer. solid knitwear, seamless knitwear and knitwear for finishing fabrics are tested as clothing. measuring instruments. the ruler, flexible steel ruler or fiberglass tape must be graduated in millimeters and its length must be greater than the maximum dimension to be measured. the accuracy of the fiberglass tape should be checked at least every 6 months. • tools for applying precise control marks: a) indelible paint, used if necessary with a grid template; b) thin threads of contrasting colors in relation to the color of the fabric; c) hot wire for making small holes in thermoplastic materials; d) brackets suitable for tests during which the specimens are not shaken, e.g. for soaking in water; • a smooth flat surface with dimensions allowing the finished products to be laid out in a straightened state; • working racks for finished clothes. atmospheric conditions for conditioning and testing american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org atmospheric conditions for conditioning and testing shall comply with those given in iso 139. selection of samples for testing. for fabrics and knitted fabrics, representative samples are selected. samples are cut from parts of fabric and linen spaced more than 1 m from the end of the roll. tissue samples are taken from areas with different longitudinal and transverse threads. before cutting the sample from the web, the longitudinal direction is identified. knitted fabric made on circular knitting machines, tubular knitted samples are tested in a flat form, for which the coupons are cut lengthwise and laid flat in one layer. solid knitwear, seamless knitwear and knitwear for finishing fabrics are tested as clothing. dimensions cut samples of at least 500x500 mm in size, with edges parallel to the length and width of the fabric/canvas. for fabrics/canvases less than 650 mm, the full width of the sample is used and measurements are taken as agreed between the parties concerned. iso 22198 is used for measuring the length and width of large fabrics and fabrics. if the fabric may unravel during testing, the edges of the sample are overcast using a non-shrink thread. conditioning the sample is maintained under preconditioning conditions (section 5) for at least four hours or until constant weight is achieved. note constant mass is achieved when measurements taken at one hour intervals do not show a change in mass of more than 0.25%. method of measurement the sample is laid out in a straightened form on a smooth flat surface and the folds are straightened without stretching the sample. a ruler is placed on the sample, being careful not to deform it. measure the distances between marks with an accuracy of 1 mm. figure 1 marking of fabric/canvas sample american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org measuring locations shoulder garments (including dresses, coats, pajamas, blouses and vests) the measurement locations should be as follows: a) the length of the collar for clothes with a buttoned collar; b) length from the bottom of the armhole to the bottom edge of the garment; c) the length of the front from the junction of the shoulder seam and neckline to the bottom of the product; d) back length from the middle of the collar to be sewn in to the bottom of the product; e) the length of the bottom seam of the sleeve from the armhole to the bottom of the sleeve; f) the width of the back between the sleeve seams, measured at a distance equal to half the length of the armhole, or the width of the yoke between the sleeve seams; e) the width of the product (for example, half the girth size) in at least three places at approximately equidistant points below the center of the sprout line; h) sleeve width under the armhole; i) the width of the sleeve at the bottom edge of the cuff or the bottom edge of the sleeve; trouser type products the measurement locations should be as follows: a) the length of the front seam from the waistband seam to the crotch seam; b) the length of the middle seam from the back seam of the waistband to the crotch seam; c) the length of the crotch from the middle seam to the bottom of the trousers; if the leg is short, measure from the bottom of one leg to the bottom of the other leg through the middle seam; d) width at the waist; f) the width of the trousers at the bottom; f) the width of the trousers in the middle between the middle seam and the bottom of the trouser leg, those at knee level (for short trousers this measurement can be omitted); e) the width of the trousers at hip level. work suits, overalls, bib aprons, corsets, slips and one-piece swimsuits combine the categories of shoulder garments and trouser garments and, where appropriate, replace the measurement locations presented as follows: replace c) with “the length from the middle of the neck to the middle seam or end of the gusset or fastener”; replace d) with “the length from the middle of the sprout line to the crotch.” skirts. the measurement locations should be as follows: a) the length from the waist to the bottom of the product, excluding the belt, if any, from the middle of the front and the middle of the back; b) belt width; c) width at not less than three points, equidistant from each other, located below the top edge of the skirt or below the top edge of the belt, if any. method for measuring finished textile products follow the described procedure using the following measuring locations: a) total length; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org b) overall width. registration of measurement results the percentage change in size is calculated using the following formula 𝑥𝑡−𝑥0 𝑥0 ∗ 100 (1) x 0 initial size, mm; x t size measured after processing, mm. record changes in dimensions separately as a percentage of the corresponding original value. a plus sign (+) is used to show an increase in size, and a minus sign (-) is used to show a decrease in size. test report the test report must contain the following information: a) reference to iso 3759 standard; b) description, brand and size of the products being tested; c) description of each measurement location; d) description of the procedures used; e) the results are given according to formula 1. fig.2. changes in the dimensions of fabrics after washing table.1. changes in size after washing fabrics of different composition. sample no. length of fabrics before washing (mm). length of fabrics after washing (mm). % change in size. width height width height width height 1 510 350 500 338 -1.96% -3.43% 2 510 350 540 365 5.88% 4.29% 3 510 350 490 320 -3.92% -8.57% 4 510 350 500 325 -1.96% -7.14% 5 510 350 543 376 6.47% 7.43% american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org fig.3. changes in size after washing fabrics of different composition by width fig. 4. changes in size after washing fabrics of different compositions by length record changes in dimensions separately as a percentage of the corresponding original value. a plus sign (+) is used to show an increase in size, and a minus sign (-) is used to show a decrease in size. test report the test report must contain the following information: a) reference to iso 3759 standard; b) description, brand and size of the products being tested; c) description of each measurement location; d) description of the procedures used; e) the results are given according to formula 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org references 1. is0139:2005 textile products. standard atmospheric conditions for conditioning and testing 2. iso 3005:1978 textiles. determination of fabric shrinkage in saturated steam 3. iso 3175 (all parts) textiles. professional care, dry and wet cleaning of textile materials and clothing 4. iso 6330:2012 textiles. home washing and drying methods used for textile testing 5. iso 7771:1985 textiles. determination of shrinkage after immersion in cold water 6. iso 15797:2002 textiles. industrial washing and finishing methods for testing workwear 7. iso 22198:2006 textiles. fabrics. determining width and length. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org improving the efficiency of information security in the construction and operation of various control systems xikmatulla nigmatov 1, a) kurbon rakhmanov 2, b) 1 department of modern of ict, international islamic academy of uzbekistan, tashkent, uzbekistan 2 department of modern of ict, international islamic academy of uzbekistan, tashkent, uzbekistan a) corresponding author: khikmatulla@mail.ru b) raxmanov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the increase in the number and types of cybercrimes occurring in the world as a result of the development of the internet has a significant impact on big data, the issue of storing large amounts of data and ensuring security in communication channels is focused on. in this process, proposals are made to ensure the security of big data and prevent its loss. in particular, in the construction of any intellectual system of information security management, it is envisaged to take into account the total costs and losses of the object receiving the information. cybercrime, information security, digital transformation, information systems, information protection, intelligent information security management system, operation of various control systems, symmetric and asymmetric coding methods. introduction as everyone knows, the number of cybercrimes on the international internet has increased dramatically recently. naturally, this is due to the accelerated increase in the number of modern mobile communication information systems, processing large volumes of various types of information. such a rapid development of the internet leads to great problems of ensuring security from various cyber threats. therefore, the problem of ensuring the transmitted, processed and stored data requires the development of more modern systems for protecting this data. data centers or data processing centers that specialize in hosting specialized computer devices designed for storing large amounts of data, processing information, as well as providing customers with communication channels for access to the internet. according to statistics, according to steve morgan, editor-in-chief of cybersecurity ventures: cybercrime is predicted to cost the world $8 trillion usd in 2023, according to cybersecurity american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org ventures. if it were measured as a country, then cybercrime would be the world’s third largest economy after the u.s. and china [1]. in this case, users of which can be both state-owned enterprises, organizations, institutions, and commercial enterprises using various virtual services. a huge amount of heterogeneous information with a certain value is transmitted through these virtual channels. currently, with the transition to market relations, any information becomes a commodity (product) for the recipient, and each one individually may have a different value in terms of semantic content. as is known, information security is understood as the protection of information and supporting infrastructure from accidental or intentional impacts of a natural or artificial nature that can cause unacceptable damage to subjects of information relations, including owners and users of information and supporting infrastructure. and information protection is a set of measures aimed at ensuring information security. currently, information security tools in computer systems and networks can be divided into [2-3]: organizational (organizational – technical and organizational – legal) means of protection; technical, i.e., electronic, electromechanical and other hardware means of protection; software protection tools; legal remedies; physical means of protection; means of information protection during transmission via communication channels; special means of protection against various computer viruses and others. sometimes cryptographic means of information protection are singled out separately, although they can be conditionally attributed to software and technical means of information protection. for all of the above information security tools, there are currently quite a lot of developments dedicated to software, organizational, technical, legal and cryptographic security tools. as everyone knows, solving the problem of ensuring information security in telecommunication networks, computer information processing systems is a complex and complex task. the protection of information in the transmission, processing and storage of data is becoming an important task in the modern world. workstations of a particular organization can be reliably protected, but when data is transferred outside the perimeter closed from penetration, the probability of leaks increases. very often, the use of insufficiently effective means of protection causes the loss of personal data of citizens, their bank card numbers, information having the nature of a trade secret. the use of modern methods of information protection should be the main goal of creating an information security system. in order to ensure the security of information, it is necessary to purposefully and regularly use methods and tools, as well as the implementation of various measures to maintain a given level of information security across the entire set of indicators and security conditions. for a scientifically-based choice of information security policy, it is necessary to answer the following questions: what is the risk of losing this or that type of information; what information should be protected and from whom; what degree of protection is required for each type of information; what organizational, technical and software protection tools should be used; what will be the costs of protecting this information, etc. when creating information security systems, it is necessary to study in detail the object for which it is being created, to develop a private model of the violator. the next stage is the development of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org requirements for the information security system, which should take into account the goals and objectives set for the system, the technical requirements of the customer and the real threats of the information resource of the object, on the basis of which the information security system is being developed. at the same time, the most advanced, promising methods and means of information protection must be analyzed. currently, most of all will be directed to the development of information security tools using intelligent tools, i.e., with the development of knowledge bases and hardware-technical means of protection based on the use of human biological parameters. during identification and authentication, in this case, in addition to the login and password, five most common types of biometrics can be used to enter the subject’s information system, such as a fingerprint, a face image, a voice, an iris, and a drawing of the veins of a person’s palm and finger. and when transmitting via communication channels, cryptographic means of information protection will be used. the approach we propose is that when developing the above-mentioned information security management systems and choosing one or another means of protection, it is proposed to take into account the importance of this information, determined by its value [4]. in many specific cases, obtaining distorted, altered information, or not receiving the necessary information due to the impact of deliberate attacks by the violator will be conditionally considered erroneous. if this message is delayed and there is an error in the information received in the systems or objects where it is used, certain processes will proceed in a suboptimal way, i.e., with some losses, which will lead to material damage and can be determined by cost expressions. this expression can be defined both in monetary terms and in labor costs [5-6]. the average value of these losses may be non-linear and may increase rectilinearly, smoothly or instantly, depending on the content and importance of this message. the proposed approach for ensuring information security in computer networks and telecommunications systems is that when developing and building any information systems and information security tools, it is necessary to take into account the cost losses from untimely acceptance or errors of information, taking into account their value determined by the recipient of this information. since any information is a valuable asset, the possession of which increases the competitiveness of business companies. its protection becomes the goal not only of market participants and citizens, but also of states and law enforcement agencies. at the level of international law, fundamental documents on the protection of information are being adopted, articles related to crimes in the field of information security have already been introduced into the criminal codes of most countries. the value of the information should be determined by the material effect of saving the generalized labor costs of the recipient object to achieve the goal, i.e., ensuring the required protection of the system information. in general, the achievement of the goal is described by the expression p = po [sis + sn]. where: sis, sn – respectively the reduced costs of a reliable information system and losses for its construction; p an indicator characterizing the operation of the combined system (profit, productivity, quality and quantity of products, the degree of completion of the task, etc.); po an indicator p, which takes maximum values with absolutely reliable operation of the information system, ensuring the specified information security. the advantage and advantage of this expression is the fact that p american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org synthesizes changes in the cost of not only creating a secure information system, but also the losses of the managed object during its operation [10, 12-13]. for optimal construction of information security systems, it is necessary to minimize these total cost losses, taking into account the costs of building the created system as a whole [2]. the main criterion for ensuring any information system that provides reliable protection of information from various external influences is to minimize the above total cost losses depending on the value of the transmitted, processed and delivered to the user of the functioning object. these indicators can be obtained in advance by modeling or experimentally. the application of this criterion (minimum losses) will create a more reliable information security system with minimal financial and labor costs. currently, cryptographic means of protecting information in telecommunications networks are very widely used. therefore, studies have been conducted on the use of various methods of information protection in the transmission of conditional form (open and labeled "dsp") information through communication channels in telecommunications, computer systems and networks. various methods of threats and attacks arising in computer networks, possible ways of their definition, methods of cryptographic means of information protection using both symmetric and asymmetric coding methods, as well as methods of information security of various databases are considered. the corporate network was modeled using the example of one university with branches, transmitting information in uzbek and russian. algorithms of the data transmission system for the selected corporate computer network have been compiled in des (data encryption standard), aes (advanced encryption standard), idea (international encryption algorithm) and software tools in the algorithmic scripting languages php and java script. the results obtained showed the correctness of the chosen method of information protection. these results can be used in the design of local, corporate and even regional computer systems and telecommunications networks, as well as in the operation of such information processing systems and networks of various levels and purposes. based on the above, an effective method of improving the quality of functioning of computer networks and telecommunications systems will be the organization of priority message service, which consists in providing advantages to messages with a higher priority or messages with large cost losses from the delay in delivering information, which we will call a temporary value characteristic (vcc) [2, 7]. the general task of synthesizing an optimal priority system can be formulated as follows: to divide the total flow of messages into n streams and organize their transmission in such a way as to maximize the value of [3,8]: we = ∑ lkmkqk n k=1 ∑ lkmk n k=1 (1) where: we is a network efficiency indicator that characterizes the value of the transmitted messages; lkrelative share of the k-th priority stream; qk probability of timely transmission of messages of the kth stream. in order to assess the degree of influence of each of the message flow parameters, we will consider separately priority systems by value or by message aging time [13-16]. let the general flow of messages be characterized by the density of the distribution of the value of messages f (c0). the first priority will include messages having c0≥c1, the second having c2≤c0≤c1, etc. the task is to find such values of сc (k=1, n=1) at which the maximum value of w is provided. in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org this case, it is more convenient to use a slightly different expression for we (without normalizing the values of messages): w𝐸 = ∑ lk n k=1 (c0)qe ∑ lkmk(c0)n k=1 (2) it is easy to show that: l1m1(c0) = ∫ c0f(c0)dc0 , n ∞ c1 (3) lkmk(c0) = ∫ c0f(c0) ck−1 ck dc0 , k = 2, n̅̅ ̅̅̅ (4) ∑ lkmk(c0)n k=1 = ∫ c0f(c0)dc0 = m(c0) ; ∞ 0 (5) qk = q∞ 1−ρk+1qm k+1 1−ρk+1ρ . (6) to find qk, we use expression (6) to investigate the impact of only the value of messages, let’s say, μк = μ1, 𝜈𝑘 = 𝜈(𝑘 = 1, 𝑛 ̅̅ ̅̅ ̅). then you can write: 𝑄𝑘 = 1−∑ 𝜌𝑖 𝑘 𝑖=1 𝜈 [𝜇−1+(𝜈+ϭ𝑘−1 ∏ (𝜈)−1]−𝜌𝑘𝑘−4 . (7) where: ρi = λi μ = λ∙li μ = ρli ; ∏ (𝜈) = ∑ 𝜆𝑖𝜇ϭ𝑘−1 −1𝑘−1 𝑖=1 (𝑘−1 𝜈 + ϭ𝑘−1 − ϭ𝑘−1 ∏ (𝜈) + 𝜇)−1 𝑘−1 (8) resolving (8) with respect to ∏k-1(v) we obtain: ∏ (𝝂)𝒌−𝟏 = 𝝂+𝝁+ϭ𝒌−𝟏 𝟐ϭ𝒌−𝟏 ± √( 𝜈+𝜇+ϭ𝑘−1 2ϭ𝑘−1 ) 2 − 𝜇 ϭ𝑘−1 (9) given that ∏k-1(v) must be less than 1, and replacing ϭ=v/μ we get: ∏ (ϭ) = 𝟏+𝜹+𝝆 ∑ 𝑳𝒊 𝒌−𝟏 𝒊=𝟏 𝟐𝝆 ∑ 𝑳𝒊 𝒌−𝟏 𝒊=𝟏 − √( 𝟏+𝜹+𝝆 ∑ 𝑳𝒊 𝒌−𝟏 𝒊=𝟏 𝟐𝝆 ∑ 𝑳𝒊 𝒌−𝟏 𝒊=𝟏 ) 𝟐 − 𝟏 𝝆 ∑ 𝑳𝒊 𝒌−𝟏 𝒊=𝟏 ; ⬚𝒌−𝟏 (10) qk = 1−ρ ∑ li k−1 i=1 δ{1+[δ+ρ ∑ li k−1 i=1 (1−∏ (δ))]−1}−ρlkk−1 (11) qk = 1−ρ ∑ li k−1 i=1 δ{1+ 1 δ+ρ ∑ li k−1 i=1 (1−∏ (δ)k−1 }−ρlk (12) in particular, let’s talk about the work being carried out in uzbekistan regarding the maintenance of databases of enterprises and organizations. according to the presidential decree no. 1989 dated june 27, 2013, large projects planned to be implemented in the field of information technologies were announced. by now, almost all of them have been completed. according to the presidential decree no. 1989, it is planned to launch data processing centers in three cities of uzbekistan: tashkent, kokand and bukhara. in 2022, a data processing center located in the tashkent region was launched. a system firstly with 20 petabytes of memory has been established in the data center in cooperation with the chinese company huawei. it has 580 servers, and diesel generators with a total power of 5 megawatts ensure continuous operation of the system. the building’s cooling and fire safety systems also meet all requirements. in general, the data center has a tier iii certificate issued by the international “uptime” institute. the data center was launched on the strategy of “digital uzbekistan – 2030” [17]. the data center will save billions of dollars spent by government agencies on data storage and technical support, and the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org quality of services provided to citizens and entrepreneurs will improve. most importantly, reliable protection against cyberattacks is provided. taking this into account, starting from march 2024, my.gov.uz the single interactive state services portal was also moved to this data center. gradually, government institutions are moving their sites and information systems to the data center to ensure information security, ensure data integrity and avoid cyberattacks. in the future, it is planned to launch data centers in the cities of bukhara and kokand. this certainly guarantees comprehensive protection of their data from state organizations. conclusion the results of the study of the priority system based on the separation of flows of requirements according to their value, allows us to draw the following conclusions: 1. reduces the generalized costs of the recipient object of information. 2. the gain is obtained with any division of the stream into priorities (even suboptimal), when messages of high value are assigned a higher priority. 3. the gain from the introduction of a priority system increases with an increase in the number of priorities, an increase in the load and with a faster aging of information. 4. allows you to avoid blocking the system even with large overloads. based on the above, when building any intelligent information security management system, we consider it appropriate to take into account the value of the processed and delivered information, taking into account the total cost losses of the recipient object of information. references 1. steve morgan, editor-in-chief. cybersecurity facts, figures, predictions and statistics. https://cybersecurityventures.com/cybercrime-to-cost-the-world-8-trillion-annually-in-2023/. 2. h. nigmatov, umarov u.a. analytical simulation methods determining the basic characteristics of a telecommunication network with different communication channels and a changing structure. bulletin of tuit: management and communication technologies volume 4 2021-third number article 3. 3. h. nigmatov. to a technique of maintenance of information safety in networks and systems of telecommunication. the third international central asian conference. in english. ici-2007 and itra-2007 paris. 4. h. nigmatov, a.mukhammadiev. to a technique of maintenance of information safety in networks and systems of telecommunication. international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology vol. 7, issue 10, october 2020. 5. h. nigmatov. information security. information protection in telecommunication networks. shymkent. publishing house "zhebe", 2013. 188 p. 6. h.nigmatov, b.b.gafurov. methodology and algorithm for managing packages of requirements in switching centers. the magazine of the ministry of emergency situations. tashkent. 2022. 7. x.nigmatov, u.a.umarov exchange of messages in the telecommunication network with different types of communication channels. international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct) 4-5 november 2021. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 8. x.nigmatov, t.b.tursunbayev. algorithms of management requirement packages for switching centers. in volume 2, issue 5 of international scientific journal of “science and innovation”. 2023. pages 191-193. 9. t.a.valiyev, x. nigmatov. towards determining the optimal use of a communication network for data transmission. " issues of cybernetics ", edition. 64. tashkent, 1974. 10. a.usmanov, z.t.adilova, x.nigmatov. managing information flows over data networks. publisher «fan». tashkent. .1984. 11. v.n.roginskiy. on the problem of assessing information in an information network. in the book problems of information distribution. moskva. nauka, 1973. pp.. 12-18. 12. a.m.svetlitskiy, l.ye.yashuk. on the distribution of flows in multi-pole communication networks. in book information distribution systems. м.: наука, 1972. pp . 212-219. 13. n. frank, chjou. topological optimization of computer networks. м.: mir, 1974, pp. 147-182. 14. b.s. goldshteyn, а.е. curly post-ngn communication networks. spb.: bxb-petersburg, 2014. 160 p. 15. a.y. grebeshkov. computer technology, networks and telecommunications: a textbook for universities. м.: hot line – telekom, 2017. 190 p. 16. v.o. tixvinskiy, s.v. terentyev, a.b. yurchuk. lte mobile communication networks. technologies and architecture. – м.: eko-trendz, 2010. 284 p. 17. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 5, 2022. no. pf-6079 "on approval of the strategy "digital uzbekistan 2030" and measures for its effective implementation". https://www.lex.uz/uz/docs/-5030957#-5031756. https://www.lex.uz/uz/docs/-5030957#-5031756 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org development of technology for wastewater treatment generated during silk processing and their reuse in the production process a. g. askarova bukhara state university, 200117, m.ikbol str., 11, bukhara, uzbekistan e-mail: gulchiroyasqarova16@gmail.com tel nomer:+998(91)980-48-68 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents methods for the chemical analysis of wastewater composition, the development of wastewater treatment technology generated at cocoon production plants, and their reuse in the process of extracting silk fiber from cocoons. coagulant, amount of dry residues, electrical conductivity, technology, surfactant, wastewater. introduction today, the constant increase in the number of points for the extraction of silk fiber from cocoons leads to an aggravation of the environmental situation, as untreated wastewater is discharged into sewers, often into the ground and even into fishing and drinking ponds. obtaining silk fiber from a cocoon, the amount of such wastewater from the mine usually ranges from 1 to 3 m3 per hour[1-2]. wastewater generated at stations for the extraction of silk fiber from cocoons is mainly contaminated with suspended solids and petroleum products, the amount of which reaches 2000 mg/l. the permissible concentrations of these pollutants during waste discharge into wastewater are 15 mg/l and 0.3 mg/l, respectively, for industrial wastewater, when discharged to the earth's surface 10 mg/l and 0.1 mg/l and when discharged into a fishing pond-3-5 mg/l and 0.05 mg/l. at the same time, in process water intended for car washing, the content of suspended solids is up to 70 mg/l, petroleum products up to 20 mg/ l, and for extracting silk fiber from a cocoon 40 mg / l and 15 mg / l, respectively. the design of a wastewater treatment and circulating water supply system is important.[37] american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org wastewater treatment generated during the extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon technology development is one of the urgent problems of our time. this technology includes various methods of physico-chemical wastewater treatment (precipitation, flotation and filtration using various porous filter materials, this significantly reduces costs. taking into account the growing need to create small-sized, inexpensive and high-performance wastewater treatment plants for sericulture enterprises, experimental studies on the creation of a wastewater treatment plant were conducted in the water supply department of the bukhara region and the research laboratory of the bukhara state university. the proposed device includes: filter for separating coarse solids from water; separation of colloidal particles and petroleum products; non-pressure flotation device for water purification from surfactants; column with adsorbent. according to this scheme, the treated wastewater contains 12-15 mg/l of suspended solids and 4.5-5 mg/l petroleum products, which allows them to be reused in the process of extracting silk fiber from the cocoon. floating petroleum products are collected in an intermediate tank and periodically transported to asphalt plants. wastewater generated at sericulture enterprises consists of a mixture of various substances and forms a complex system: dissolved inorganic and organic compounds, suspended coarse-grained dispersed and colloidal impurities. extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon the chemicals used in it are washed off with water, a certain part is dissolved in water to form a colloidal solution. wastewater collected at mines contains surfactants (sps), petroleum products. these substances should not be thrown directly into nature. the water is purified and disinfected to a technical level if coagulants are used, which we offer to extract the above substances from the water that pose a danger to flora and fauna, and to neutralize them. drinking and process water is saved by treating wastewater coming from enterprises for the production of silk fiber from cocoons to the level of process water and re-directing it into the process of obtaining silk fiber from cocoons.thanks to the proposed wastewater treatment technology, up to 90% of the generated wastewater is sent for reuse as process water. table 1. indicators of wastewater samples from enterprises for the extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon under study for purification sample analysis transparency dry residue mg/l ph comparative electrical conductivity χ mkcm/cm tds mg/l sal overall stiffness technical water transparent 1000 7 41.0 15.75 0.02 7-9 ground water transparent 1050 8 4700 2100 2.5 16.5 output from enterprises for obtaining silk fiber from the cocoon pale 2325 7.5 4897 2347 2.38 18.8 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org table 2. indicators of wastewater samples from enterprises for the extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon under study after purification sample analysis transparency dry residue mg/l ph comparative electrical conductivity χ mkcm/cm tds mg/l sal overall stiffness technical water transparent 1000 7 41.0 15.75 0.02 7-9 ground water transparent 7 1050 4700 2100 2.5 16.5 output from enterprises for obtaining silk fiber from the cocoon transparent 7.5 773 1317 1514 1.04 8 based on laboratory experimental tests, the composition of the waters was fully analyzed before and after washing to obtain silk fiber from the cocoon.the results of the analysis show that when synthesized coagulants are added to the wastewater of sericulture enterprises, properties such as ph, hardness, amount of dry residue, color, odor, electrical conductivity are equated to the indicators of process water. this suggests that in this method, purified water can be re-applied directly in the process of extracting silk fiber from the cocoon. however, purified waters can also be used for greening the environment. one of the important problems is the disinfection of wastewater generated during the extraction of silk fiber from the cocoon, reducing its impact on the natural environment, as well as the use of the proposed method for the processes of extracting silk fiber from the cocoon, conducted through wastewater treatment plants and bringing the content to the level of industrial water. the full compliance of the treated wastewater with the requirements for technical waters in terms of composition and indicators, as well as their unsuitability to affect the details and color of the car when used in car washing, has been scientifically substantiated based on pilot tests. references: 1. ченский и. а. методы очистки сточных вод / и. а. ченский, с. с. рыбников – чебоксары: интерактив плюс, 2016. – 92 с. 2. андреева т. ю. очистка от нефтепродуктов сточных вод автомойки / т. ю. андреева [и др.]. – омск: омскбланкиздат, 2018 – 8 с. 3. гвоздев в. д. очистка производственных сточных вод и утилизатсия осадков / в. д. гвоздев, б. с. ксенофонтова. – м.: химия, 1988. – 112 с. 4. мoлoкaнoв д.a. кoмплeксный пoдхoд к oчисткe стoчных вoд // экoлoгия прoизвoдствa. 2011. № 5.с. 79-81. 5. amonova m.m, ravshanov k.a. polymeric composition for purification of wastewater from various impurities in textile industry // journal of chemistry and chemical technology. moscow. 2019. № 10. vol. 62. № 10. – p. 147 153. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 29, october 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 6. амонова м.м. oсобенности комплексной очистки сточных вод текстильных предприятий // galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal. volume:10. no.11.2022. p. 65-71. 7. умуров ф.ф., амонов м.р., амонова м.м. комбинированный способ очистки сточных вод шелкомотальных производств // экология и промышленность россии. 2021. т. 25. № 4. с. 3843. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org mathematical model and algorithm for calculation of management processes for advanced training of specialists in the hydropower industry isroilova lola sunnatovna phd navoi state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article deals with the practical issue of managing the educational process on the example of the hydropower industry. a mathematical model of the problem was created using the principle of systematic approach of management theory and the elements of set theory. a calculation algorithm for solving the problem is created, the results of the calculation experiment are presented, and practical recommendations are given. management theory, system, systematic approach, production, networks, educational process, training, object, subject, teacher, mathematical model, set, subset, intersection, union, information matrix, algorithm, computational experiment. introduction the country's production and socio-economic sectors can be represented as a complex management system of one of the continuous processes of functioning. as the complexity of systems increases, problems arise that are less related to the consideration of the properties and laws of functioning of elements, and more with the choice of the best structure, optimal organization of interaction of elements, determination of optimal modes of their functioning, taking into account the influence of the external environment, etc. therefore, it is advisable to use a systems approach in solving applied problems of analysis and synthesis of production (socio-economic) systems. the systems approach of control theory is based on the creation of a control structure and mathematical modeling using the theory of similarity, the theory of scientific experiment, set theory, mathematical statistics, the theory of algorithms and a number of other fundamental classical theories. at the same time, in the field of designing modern information and control systems and computer software, the so-called object-oriented approach is increasingly used in the analysis and synthesis of complex systems.[1] to create a mathematical model of the management processes for improving the qualifications of engineering specialists (or engineering and technical workers), the principle of the system approach of management theory with elements of the theory of sets of functional analysis is used. hydropower industries, as n subjects of the country, can be considered as the objects of management under study. the mathematical designation of these objects can be formulated as follows .,...,,, 321 laaaa through american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org ka hydroelectric power station marked k -th ministry of energy. here lkak ,1, = is the union of a finite number of non-self-intersecting sets, i.e. the following holds: ., 11 == += iik l k aaaa  the set a consists of subsets laaaa ,...,,, 321 the elements of these subsets are lkbk ji ,1(,, = , mi ,1= , j= n,1 ), these elements mean that j oh hydroelectric power station ithe ministry of energy of the k-th region (or area). the set ka is defined as follows lkba k jijik ,1(,,, ==  , mi ,1= , j= ).,1 n and so many ka consists of unions of a finite number of sets lkbk ji ,1(,, = , mi ,1= , j= n,1 ). as is known, in each hydroelectric power station the case of lower level elements can be designated as follows: ,,,, jk ji cb = ( ).2,1,1,1,,1 ssnj ===  here  −jc , engineer, by specialty , j go hydroelectric power station. information about the level of knowledge, qualifications and skills of each hydroelectric power station engineer is always of interest to senior management personnel. continuous study and monitoring of information about the level (high, good, average, low) of knowledge of an engineer specialist is a necessary source of information for management specialists at the highest level of the hierarchy. the functional task of this system is to form sources of information, collect and continuously process existing information, analyze this information and promptly transmit it to the first requests of management specialists at the highest level of the hierarchy. in the production sphere (branch) of management such as the hydropower industry, the management structure is organized in a hierarchical form of functioning, i.e. a centralized management system. we introduce the following concept of an information matrix. [3] definition. an information matrix is a matrix consisting of elements 1 and 0, having a finite number of columns and rows, and storing information, and having the form: ,,,  =jc ( ).2,1,1,1 ss ==  elements of the information matrix  , is information about the knowledge of specialist engineers (or industry specialists), which is formed at low levels of the management hierarchy and is constantly stored in a database organized at higher levels of the hierarchy. for everyone  , an information matrix is filled in, the row elements of which are sections (or parts) of individual theoretical knowledge, and the column elements are the numbers of questions in these sections or parts. elements of matrices jс  , are formed as follows: jia ,)1( ,1 = , jia ,)2( ,2 = ,..., 1 )1( ,1 ,1,, mijia s s == , 1,1 nj = . american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org table 1. general view of the information matrix number of sections of the subject multiple sequences of questions for each section number of questions in each section ……. ……………... ……... …… ……………… …….. preparation of information is carried out in the following sequence. [2] for everyone  , , elements jia , is formed as a sum of numbers 1 and 0 and the condition is checked  −  1 1 )1( , m i kjia , 1,1 nj = (1) ( k given, constant value), if the condition is met, that ,0,1 = otherwise 1,1 = is crossing over to the next line, and condition (1) is checked and the following is performed 1,2 = or 0,2 = , and etc. 1, = s or 0, = s , are formed as elements of rows and columns of the information matrix. for each specialist engineer, for each job position, an information matrix is formed on the degree, knowledge and experience for the job position. an information matrix consisting of elements is filled in and an analysis of the computational experiment is carried out. filled information matrices consisting of data analysis information at low levels of the hierarchy are re-analyzed at the middle and highest levels of the hierarchy. as a result of the conducted analyses of statistical data processing, a plan for improving the qualifications of specialist engineers for the new service year is created, from each hydroelectric power station. and a decision is made on planning advanced training related to the issues of how many specialist engineers, for what period of time it is necessary to send for advanced training. to form elements of information matrices, it is advisable to conduct computational experiments of statistical data at low levels (at factory levels) of the hierarchy in the following sequence: the information matrix is filled in and the data is saved in the database; an organization is created for the time of testing the engineer-specialist (itr) on what subjects (specialists), for what period and this plan is formalized by the corresponding order of the personnel department of the energy system; for all specialties of the hydrometallurgical plant, groups of experts prepare testing tasks (tests); analysis tasks are solved using the information matrix created (formed) by the result of testing the engineer-specialists; experts classify (or group) according to the results of the analysis of the results of testing on the knowledge and skills of engineer-specialists. after carrying out the above sequences according to specific plans, the experts transmit information to the energy department about sending the specialist engineer to advanced training courses. the given sequence of formation of elements of information matrices using computational experiments can be applied in most production sectors, in particular the hydropower industry. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org the head of the hydrometallurgical plant makes a decision on upgrading the qualifications of specialist engineers for the service year and the prepared statistical data are transferred to the personnel department of the hydroelectric power station or hydropower industry. the developed management system for upgrading the qualifications of industry specialists (as applied to the hydropower industries) is an open system, since the structure of the system can be continuously supplemented with additional elements and adjusted for application to other classes of production and social management facilities where upgrading the qualifications of specialists (or employees) is required. references 1. buslenko n.s. complex systems-m. "science"-1981-470s 2. suvonov o.o. one problem of optimal control of learning processes in the education system international scientific conference "infocommunication and computing technologies in science, technology and education" riso academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan. tatu. tashkent 2004-pp 35-39. 3. suvonov o.o. mathematical modeling of management processes in the education system tashkent "educational technologies" magazine №1-2015-p 45-4. suvanov o.o., khasanova h.m., kuchkarova s.s. tashkent as an object of educational process management. "educational technologies" magazine № 2 2017, p. 68-71. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766| volume 21, february, 2024 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org degree and etiology of intestinal parasitosis in patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis ph.d. a. b. abidov department of "infectious diseases and children's infectious diseases " senior teacher, rhd j. a. anvarov assistant sh.j bobojonov tashkent medical academy, tashkent, uzbekistan. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the authors studied the frequency and etiological composition of intestinal parasitosis in 140 patients diagnosed with cutaneous leishmaniasis. according to the results of the study, giardia lamblia cysts were found in 21.4% of patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis, infection with enterobius vermicularis in 7.0% of patients, infection with ascaris lumbricoides in 4.2% of patients, infection with hymenolepis nana in 5% of patients. anthroponosis skin leishmaniasis, zoonosis skin leishmaniasis, stomach parasitosis introduction in the world, cutaneous leishmaniasis is one of the serious socio-economic problems for a number of countries. according to the world health organization, 600,000 to 1 mill ion people worldwide every year which patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis are registered up to [1]. the long duration of the pathological process in the case of cutaneous leishmaniasis, the presence of problems in etiotropic treatment indicate the importance of timely diagnosis and treatment of concomitant diseases that may negatively affect the course of cutaneous leishmaniasis. the long duration of the pathological process in cutaneous leishmaniasis, the lack of vaccination against the disease and the peculiarity of etiotropic therapy, the question arises about the modern diagnosis and effective treatment of background or accompanying diseases that can negatively affect the course of cutaneous leishmaniasis [ 2]. in this case, it is necessary to reduce the duration of the pathological process and prevent the risk of developing complications. regions endemic for cutaneous leishmaniasis and intestinal parasitosis should be included in the plan [3]. protection against microparasites (viruses, bacteria) and macroparasites (single-celled protozoa and multicellular metazoa) is provided by the immune system. acquired resistance to l. major occurs in humans through a th1 immune response [4, 5]. a similar phenomenon is observed in the experimental model tl. resistance/susceptibility to infection when mice were infected with l. major was found to be associated with th1and th2-response, respectively. the resistant response to l. major in the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org mouse line , c57bl/6, is characterized by the production of high concentrations of ifnγ . ifn γ is a th1-cytokine that controls infection by activating macrophages and killing leishmania [6, 7]. as the infection develops in balb/c mice, il-4 is actively produced and the susceptibility to l. major is high, which induces a th2-response [8]. the role of il-4 has also been demonstrated experimentally: administration of a monoclonal antibody to il-4 in balb/c mice infected with l. brasiliensis led to a reduction in leishmaniasis lesion levels and parasite load, il-4 in mice infected with l. major in infected skin, and it is also reported that it reduces the flow of lymphocytes in inflammation and limits the clearance of parasites [9, 10]. in tl patients, an increase in the amount of cytokine il-2 along with il-4 was found to be correlated [11]. the purpose of the study determination of incidence rate and etiological composition of intestinal parasites in patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis. research material and methods the study was conducted in the clinic and polyclinic of the scientific research institute of medical parasitology named after l.m. isaev in 2016-2018 . for this purpose, all 140 patients diagnosed with cutaneous leishmaniasis were studied. out of 140 patients, 70 were diagnosed with zoonotic cutaneous leishmaniasis (ztl), and 70 with anthroponotic cutaneous leishmaniasis (atl). the diagnosis of cutaneous leishmaniasis was confirmed by romanovsky-giemza staining of smear samples taken from the wound. from all 140 patients, a 3-fold stool sample was collected and tested for turdiev's preservative every day, the samples were tested in the riempyukiatm laboratory (main group). the results were compared with the results of the parasitological examination of 100 residents of samarkand who underwent preventive examination at the iti clinic of medical parasitology named after l.m. isaev (control group). follow-up subjects in the baseline and control groups were matched for age and sex. results and discussion in the control group, giardia lamblia cysts were detected in 21.4% of the main group, and 16% of the control group. infection with enterobius vermicularis showed almost similar results in the main and control groups, that is, 6.4% and 7.0%, respectively. infection with ascaris lumbricoides was detected in 4.2% of patients in the main group, compared to 2% in the control group. infection with hymenolepis nana was detected in 5% of patients in the main group, while in the control group this indicator was 3%. the incidence of ascariasis in the main group was 2 times higher than in the control group (r<0.05) (table 1). table 1 infection of the main and control groups with intestinal parasites ( abs./% ) determined parasites main group, n = 140 control group, n = 1 00 p n m ± m n m ± m giardia lamblia 30 2 1 , 4 ± 3.3 15 16,0±3,6 > 0,05 enterobius vermicularis 9 6,4±2,0 6 7,0±2,5 > 0,05 ascaris lumbricoides 6 4,2±1,8 2 2,0±1,3 < 0,05 hymenolepis nana 7 5.0 ± 1.8 3 3.0 ± 1.7 >0.0 5 mixed parasitosis 9 6.4 ± 2.0 4 4.0 ± 1.9 >0.0 5 total 6 1 4 3 , 6 ± 4.1 30 30.0 ± 4.6 > 0.0 5 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org note : p is the presence of a reliable difference between the main and control groups the incidence of intestinal parasitosis was 6.4% in the main group and 4% in the control group. there was no statistically significant difference in the incidence rate of mixed parasitosis. mixed parasitosis was mainly diagnosed as giardiasis+enterobiosis and giardiasis+hymenolepidosis. the total prevalence of intestinal parasites was 43.6% in the main group and 30% in the control group. after the diagnosis of intestinal parasitosis in patients in the study groups, the occurrence and composition of intestinal parasitosis in atl and ztl patients was analyzed. for this, the intestinal parasites detected in 140 patients of the main group, respectively: 70 atl and 70 ztl patients were compared (table 2). table 2 rate and etiological composition of intestinal parasitosis in atl and ztl patients ( abs./% ) identified parasitosis atl, n= 70 ztl, n= 70 n m±m n m±m ip undetermined tl bemorlar 43 61.4±5.8 36 51.4 ± 5.9 giardiasis 14 20.0 ± 4.8 16 2 2.8 ± 4.9 _ enterobiasis 6 8.6±3.3* 3 4.2±2.4 ascariasis 1 1 , 4 ± 0 , 7 5 7.1±3.0* hymenolepidosis 3 4.2±2.4 4 5.7±2.7 mixed parasitosis 3 4.2±2.4 6 8.6±3.3* total tl+ip 27 38.5±5.8 34 48.5±5.9 note : * atl and ztl there is a reliable difference between the groups (р<0.05) it can be seen from table 2 that if we determine the etiological composition of intestinal parasitosis in atl and ztl patients, intestinal giardiasis from protozoan infection, nematodes from enterobiosis and ascariasis, cestodoses from representatives of hymenolepidosis. mixed parasites were diagnosed in 3 patients with atl (4.2±2.4), and in 6 patients with ztl (8.6±3.3). mixed-parasitises were mainly detected in the combination of giardiasis + enterobiosis and giardiasis + hymenolepidosis. intestinal parasitosis was detected in 27 (38.5±5.8%) atl patients, of which 14 (20.0±4.8%) had labmiosis, 6 (8.6±3.3%) enterobiasis. ascariasis 1 patient (1.4±0.7%), hymenolepidosis 3 patients (4.2±2.4%), mixed parasitism 3 patients (4.2±2.4%) ( fig. 1). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org 1 fig. intestinal parasitosis rate in atl and ztl patients (%) intestinal parasitosis was detected in 34 (48.5±5.9%) of ztl patients, of which 16 patients (22.8±4.9%) had lyabmylia, and no reliable difference was found compared to atl patients. enterobiosis was detected in 3 patients (4.2±2.4%), which showed that it was 2 times less than atl patients. ascariasis was found in 5 patients (7.1±3.0%), 5 times more than atl patients, which was a reliable difference (r<0.05). hymenolepidosis was detected in 4 patients (5.7±2.7%) and no significant difference was found in hymenolepidosis compared to atl patients. mixed parasitosis was found in 6 ztl patients (8.6±3.3%) and it was found to be 2 times more than atl patients. the reason for this high prevalence of ascariasis in ztl patients may be due to the fact that most ztl patients are rural residents, who have a lot of contact with the soil (land) and eat a lot of greens. conclusion in 43.6% of patients with cutaneous leishmaniasis, intestinal parasitosis was detected (among them: giardiasis 21.4%, enterobiosis 6.4%, ascariasis 4.2%, hymenolepidosis 5% and mixed parasitosis 6.4%). the etiological composition and prevalence of intestinal parasitosis did not differ from the general population. however, the occurrence of ascariasis in ztl patients was higher than in atl patients, 7.1±3.0% and 1.4±0.7%, respectively; enterobiosis, on the contrary, was detected more often in atl patients than in ztl patients, 4.2±2.4% and 8.6±3.3%, respectively. 20 8.6 1.4 4.2 4.2 22.8 4.2 7.1 5.7 8.6 0 5 10 15 20 25 лямблиоз энтеробиоз аскаридоз гименолепидоз микст пар. атл зтл american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 21, february 2024 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org references 1. weekly epidemiological record of who // no40, 2018, 93, 521–540. 2. barbosa jf, de figueiredo sm, monteiro f. et al. new approaches on leishmaniasis treatment and prevention: a review on recent patents // recent pat. endocr. metab. // immune drug discov. 2015 sep 21. 3. abdiev t.a., suvonkulov u.t., kovalenko d.a., f.t. abdiev, kh.yu. arziev. prevalence of helminthiasis in uzbekistan. // biology va tibbiet muammolari. samarkand 2014 no. 3 – p.16-17. 4. tripathi p., singh v., naik s. immune response to leishmania: paradox rather than paradigm. // fems immunol med microbiol 2007; 51: 229–242., 5. ganguli p., chowdhury s., chowdhury s., sarkar r.r.identification of th1/th2 regulatory switch to promote healing response during leishmaniasis: a computational approach. // eurasip j bioinform syst biol. 2015 dec 1;2015(1):13. е-collection 2015 dec. 6. saberi r., moin-vaziri v., hajjaran h., niyyati m., taghipour n., kheirandish f., abadi a. identification of leishmania species using n-acetylglucosamine-1-phosphate transferase gene in a zoonotic cutaneous leishmaniasis focus of iran. // j vector borne dis. 2018 jan-mar;55(1):14-19. doi: 10.4103/0972-9062.234621. 7. darabi s., khaze v., riazi-rad f., darabi h., bahrami f., ajdary s., alimohammadian m.h. leishmania major strains isolated from distinct endemic areas show diverse cytokine mrna expression levels in c57bl/6 mice: toward selecting an ideal strain for the vaccine studies. // cytokine. 2015 dec;76(2):303-308. doi: 10.1016/j.cyto.2015.05.022. epub 2015 jun 10. 8. bryson k.j., millington o.r., mokgethi t., mcgachy h.a., brombacher f., alexander j. balb/c mice deficient in cd4 t cell il-4rα expression control leishmania mexicana load although female but not male mice develop a healer phenotype. // plos negl trop dis. 2011 jan 4;5(1):e930. doi: 10.1371/journal.pntd.0000930. 9. lazarski ch.a., ford j., katzman sh.d. et al., il-4 attenuates th1-associated chemokine expression and th1 trafficking to inflamed tissues and limits pathogen clearance. // plos one. 2013; 8 (8): e71949. 10. akhmedova m.d., anvarov j.a., suvonkulov u.t., mirzajonova d.b., osipova s.o. cutaneous leishmaniasis and related tissue helminthiasis (review). journal infectology. 2019;11(2):20-25. (in russ.) https://doi.org/10.22625/2072-6732-2019-11-2-20-25 11. abidova z.m., rakhmatov a.b., izvekova o.v., bainazarov n.b. immunocytokine status of patients with cutaneous leshmaniasis // journal of theoretical and clinical medicine. – tashkent, 2014. volume 2 n3. p. 8. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 35, april 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org performance indicators and classification of dust cleaning devices k. yu. abdullaev samarkand state university of architecture and civil engineering n. u. toshmatov jizzakh polytechnic institute sh. p.mansurova jizzakh polytechnic institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, for a more accurate assessment of the operation of various dust collectors, when assessing the performance of dust cleaning devices, the area and size of industrial buildings where enterprises are located are taken into account. dust collectors are designed to clean ventilation (aspiration) waste into the atmosphere if the dust concentration in this waste exceeds the permissible sanitary standards. single-stage air purification, dust cleaning devices, purification coefficient. introduction compliance with sanitary, hygienic, technological and other requirements for dust-generating production can be ensured by the effective operation of dust-cleaning devices. it is most rational to have a technology that would eliminate dust formation. but at the current stage of development of science and technology, all work in this direction is focused on improving the technological systems for obtaining and processing raw materials, equipment for processing these raw materials, devices for capturing dust, removing it from raw materials, semi-finished products, finished products, air from the surfaces of equipment, tools, special clothing. dedusting methods and techniques are extremely diverse. experimental research. the following indicators characterizing the efficiency of their operation are common to all types of air dust cleaning devices. 1. the degree of purification of air passed through a dust cleaning device (purification coefficient) is the ratio of the mass of dust retained by the dust cleaning device to the mass of all dust entering the cleaning device. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org with single-stage air purification, the degree of purification, %., 1 21 g gg − = where g1 is the mass of dust entering the dust cleaning device with air, g; g2 is the mass of dust leaving the dust cleaning device with air, g, or %100 с сс 1 21 −= where c1 and c2 are the dust content in the air before and after cleaning, mg/m3. the comparative efficiency of dust cleaning devices is determined by the amount of dust passed through, i.e. by the value of 100– . if the dust cleaning device at the beginning of operation 1 = 90% and after improvement, adjustment or in the established mode 2 = 95%, then the efficiency of this device has increased by 5%. if single-stage air purification is insufficient, two-stage purification is used. in this case, the degree (coefficient ) of purification 1-2 = 1 + 2 1 2 where 1 and 2 are the degrees of purification of the 1st and 2nd stages. with multi-stage cleaning, the overall degree of cleaning total = 1 – ( l – 1 )(12 )…(1n ) where 1 1, ..., n – degrees of purification, respectively, in the 1st, 2nd and nth stages of the dust cleaning device. 2. specific throughput, or specific air load, is the amount of air passing through a dust cleaning device per unit of time (usually within 1 hour), related to a certain characteristic value of the dust cleaning device (per 1 m2 of mesh or filter fabric). specific permeability m3 / (m2 h ) l = l / f where l – the amount of air passing through the filter in 1 hour; f – filtering surface area2. 3. dust capacity is the largest amount of dust that can accumulate in a dust separator without causing a noticeable increase in its aerodynamic resistance. the time during which dust accumulates is determined by the moment the clean dust cleaning device starts working and the moment it stops for cleaning or regeneration of the filter material. 4. aerodynamic resistance of a dust cleaning device is the difference in pressure (or vacuum) at the inlet and outlet of this device, pa or n/ m2. the performance indicator of dust cleaning devices is also the specific energy consumption, kw-h , for cleaning 1000 m3 of dusty air. the indicator characterizes the cost-effectiveness and efficiency of dust removal units operating under the same conditions. for a more correct assessment of the operation of various dust collectors , it is necessary to take into account the area and volume of production facilities in which the devices are located. within the enterprise, such an assessment of the operation of dust cleaning devices as the specific cost of air american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org purification should also be used this is the sum of capital costs and operating costs for cleaning 1000 m3 of air. dust collectors are designed to clean ventilation (aspiration) emissions into the atmosphere if the concentration of dust in these emissions exceeds that permitted by sanitary standards. in the specific case of cleaning air from fibrous dust in textile enterprises, we would classify (albeit somewhat conditionally) as dust-removal equipment, namely dust collectors, also fiber separators and fiber collectors, the main task of which is to separate fiber from air in pneumatic transport systems of fibrous materials and aspiration of textile machines. they are usually the first stage of air purification in the named systems. air filters are used to clean dust from outside and recirculated air supplied to the premises by supply ventilation and air conditioning systems. auxiliary equipment is necessary to complete the main dust removal equipment. this device is designed to remove captured dust or dust sludge from dust collectors, regenerate oil, etc. according to the operating principle, dust removal devices can be divided into the following groups: gravitational, inertial , contact action, electrical, acoustic. the operation of gravity dust collectors is based on the principle of using gravity forces, under the action of which dust particles settle. an example of a gravity dust collector is a dust settling chamber, called a dust cellar in textile factories. inertial dust collectors use inertial forces that arise when the direction of movement of the dusty air flow changes to separate dust particles from the air. such devices include cyclones of various designs, etc. in contact filters and dust collectors, dust particles are retained as a result of their contact with the surface of porous materials (fabrics, metal meshes, layers of granular materials, special foam). separation of solid particles from air occurs during the passage of dusty air sequentially through numerous randomly located air channels (pores). a distinction is also made between dry and wet dust collectors. in dry dust collectors, particles are not wetted and do not change their physical properties, so they can easily be used for further processing. in wet dust collectors, particles are wetted or stick to wet surfaces. in this case, their physical properties change. the wet method of dust cleaning is used in some inertial and contact action dust collectors. conclusions. dust collectors can be classified into three groups according to the degree of cleaning: coarse, medium and fine cleaning. electric dust collectors and filters remove dust from the air by electrifying the particles as they pass through an electric field. the charged particles move purposefully toward a surface with a charge of the opposite sign. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org table 3.9. classification of dust collectors by their efficiency dust collector class dimensions are effective lower limits of efficiency depending on the dust dispersion captured dust particles, µm dust dispersion groups efficiency, % i more than 0.3-0.5 v 80 iv 99.9–80 ii more than 2 iv 92–85 iii 99.9–92 iii more than 4 iii 99–80 ii 99.9–99 iv more than 8 ii 99.9–95 i 99.9 v more than 20 i 99 the operation of acoustic dust collectors is based on the effect of dust coagulation when a powerful acoustic field is applied to a dusty flow. coarse cleaning captures only coarse dust with a particle size of over 100 µm. therefore, coarse cleaning dust collectors are used as the 1st stage. these devices are used at high initial dust concentrations in the air being cleaned. this includes all gravity and inertial dust collectors, singlestage electrostatic precipitators, acoustic dust collectors, mesh and some fabric filters, as well as most fiber collectors and fiber separators. medium cleaning dust collectors include dust collectors and filters that ensure the retention of large and medium (over 10 µm) dust particles. the residual dust concentration during medium cleaning is 10–30 mg/m 3 . fine cleaning also captures fine dust, i.e. dust in which the fraction with a particle dispersion of less than 10 µm makes up more than 60%. the residual dust concentration during fine cleaning should be less than 2 mg/m3 . such filters are used in supply ventilation and air conditioning units. they are suitable for operation in conditions of low dust concentration and small dust loads. the classification of dust collectors and filters [6] is given in tables 3.9–3.10. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org table 3. 10. characteristics of types of dust collectors type of dust collector dust collector type co ll ec to r ef fi ci en cy c la ss the area of the most appropriate application according to dust dispersion groups resistance, pa i ii iii iv v gravitational dust settling chamber v + + 2 10 2 high-performance cyclones (single and group) v + + 2 10 2 high efficiency cyclones iv + + 2 10 8 battery cyclones iv + + 2 10 3 inertial centrifugal scrubbers and cyclones washers iv + + 1 10 3 inkjet type iii + 1.2 10 3 rotoclone ii + + 3.4 10 3 venturi iii + 1.3 10 3 ii + + 3.4 10 3 iii + + 10 3 washers foamy ii + + 2 10 3 mesh (for capturing fibrous dust) v + (4-8) 10 2 fabric fabric (sleeve) iii + 6 10 2 ii + + 1.5 10 3 1 + + + 2.5 10 3 electrical electric plate ii + 3 10 2 1 + + 6 10 2 references 1. mansurova sh. p. (2023). issues of pressure regulation in heating networks. в international bulletin of applied science and technology (volume 3, issue 10, october. 510–516). 2. tashmatov, n.u., & mansurova, s.p. (2022). some features of heat and moisture exchange in direct contact of air with a surface of a heated liquid. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(1), 26–31. 3. karimovich, t. m., & obidovich, s. a. (2021). to increase the effectiveness of the use of information systems in the use of water. development issues of innovative economy in the agricultural sector, 222-225. 4. sattorov, a., & karimov, e. (2023). qurilish materialini ishlab chiqaruvchi sanoat pechlarida gaz yoqilg‘isi yonuv issiqliq miqdorlarining nazariy tenglamalarini tuzish. educational research in universal sciences, 2(13), 313–317. 5. sultonov, a. (2019). water use planning: a functional diagram of a decision-making system and its mathematical model. international finance and accounting, 2019(5), 19. 6. toshmatov n.u., mansurova sh.p. (2022). studying some parameters of the composition and evaluation of the state of industrial gas emissions and their components. european journal of innovation in nonformal education (ejine) volume 2. 243-248. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 7. sultonov, a., & turdiqulov, b. (2022). suv qabul qilish inshootlarining ishlash samaradorligini oshirishda filtrlarning o‘rni. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 2(11), 12-19. 8. turdiqulov, b., nazirov, s., & karimov, y. (2022). atom va molekulalarning yorug’likni yutishi va nurlanishi. евразийский журнал академических исследований, 2(13), 1252-1258. 9. tashmatov, n.u., & mansurova, s.p. (2022). specific features of change in surface temperature of evaporating liquid from hydrodynamic and temperature-humidity conditions. international journal of innovative analyses and emerging technology, 2(1), 20– 25. retrieved from http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/904. 10. mansurova sh.p. (2023). peculiarities of calculation of vortex dust collectors by determining its geometry. eurasian journal of physics, chemistry and mathematics, 16, 87–90. retrieved from https://www.geniusjournals.org/index.php/ejpcm/article/view/3711. 11. tashmatov, n. u., & mansurova, s. p. (2022). studying some parameters of the composition and evaluation of the state of industrial gas emissions and their components. european journal of innovation in nonformal education, 2(5), 243–248. retrieved from https://www.inovatus.es/index.php/ejine/article/view/891. 12. n. u. toshmatov, & sh. p. mansurova. (2024). principles of selecting nozzles for oil refinery reactors. american journal of business management, economics and banking, 31, 89–95. retrieved from https://americanjournal.org/index.php/ajbmeb/article/view/2595. 13. sh. p. mansurova. (2021). application of renewable energy sources in buildings. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal, 9(12), 1218–1224. 14. sattorov, a., & karimov, e. (2023). havo almashinuv tizimida uyni isitishga sarflanadigan issiqlik qiymatini xisoblash. educational research in universal sciences, 2(13), 318–321. 15. toshmatov n. u., & mansurova sh. p. (2022). efficiency of use of heat pumps. international journal of innovations in engineering research and technology, 9(10), 1–5. 16. nazirov, s. o. o‘g‘li. (2023). global suv tanqisligi davrida suv ta’minoti tizimlarini takomillashtirish masalalari. educational research in universal sciences, 2(13), 109–115. 17. turdiqulov, b. (2023). improvement of the operation process of gas burners. vital annex: international journal of novel research in advanced sciences, 2(3), 1-5. 18. karimov, y. n. (2022). aholini ichimlik suvi bilan ta’minlash muammolari. science and education, 3(12), 369-375. 19. mansurova, s. (2023). solar heating systems for buildings. international bulletin of applied science and technology, 3(11), 311–315. 20. каримов, э. т. ў. (2023). мамалакатимизда енгил автомобил ювиш шахобчаларининг оқова сувларини оқизишда янги тизимларни ишлаб чиқиш. educational research in universal sciences, 2(13), 263–267. 21. zhukovskaya irina evgenievna, mansurova shakhnoza pulatovna. passive heating of buildings based on the principle of direct solar heating. journal of http://openaccessjournals.eu/index.php/ijiaet/article/view/904 https://www.geniusjournals.org/index.php/ejpcm/article/view/3711 https://www.inovatus.es/index.php/ejine/article/view/891 american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org engineering, mechanics and modern architecture no.2(2023). ”urgent problems of improving the system of personnel training in the architectural and construction areas" https://jemma.innovascience.uz/index.php/jemma/issue/view/12 22. nazirov sanjar, & karimov yusuf. (2023). yer osti muhandislik tarmoqlarini joylashtirish va ularning mustahkamlik parametrlarini aniqlash. innovations in technology and science education, 2(9), 402–408. 23. максимчук о.в., мансурова ш.п. рекуперация воздуха в системе вентиляции. международный научно-практический журнал "экономика и социум". стр. 1046-1049. выпуск № 1(116) 2024. сайт: http://www.iupr.ru. 24. mansurova sh.p. (2024). processes of heat and moisture exchange of the surface of a heated liquid in direct contact with the environmental air. miasto przyszłości, 54, 630–634. retrieved from https://miastoprzyszlosci.com.pl/index.php/mp/article/view/5279. 25. toshmatov n. u. (2024). temperature and humidity changes in the surface of evaporating liquid depending on hydrodynamic conditions. american journal of education and evaluation studies, 1(8), 113–118. retrieved from https://semantjournals.org/index.php/ajees/article/view/454. 26. abdullayev, q. y., aymatov, r. r., & mamatov, b. b. (2023). issiqxonada quyosh panellarini qo'llash imkoniyatlari. arxitektura, muhandislik va zamonaviy texnologiyalar jurnali, 2(4), 21-22. 27. ҳусанов, ҳ. г., исмоилов, а. и., & маматов, б. кўп қаватли яшаш уйжойларни, маъмурий ва жамоа биноларини ноанъанавий қайта тикланувчи энергия манбаи ҳисобидан иссиқ ҳаво орқали иситиш. 28. aymatov, r. r., qo‘shoqov, s. o., & mamatov, b. b. (2023). yoqilg ‘i-energetika majmuasi tarmoqlarining atmosferaga ta’sirini kamaytirish choralari. arxitektura, muhandislik va zamonaviy texnologiyalar jurnali, 2(4), 5-9. 29. aimatov, r. r., mamatov, b. b., & barotov, q. (2021). development of an economic and mathematical model for the optimal development of gas supply systems. european journal of life safety and stability (2660-9630). published, 12-29. https://jemma.innovascience.uz/index.php/jemma/issue/view/12 https://jemma.innovascience.uz/index.php/jemma/issue/view/12 https://jemma.innovascience.uz/index.php/jemma/issue/view/12 https://jemma.innovascience.uz/index.php/jemma/issue/view/12 http://www.iupr.ru/ https://miastoprzyszlosci.com.pl/index.php/mp/article/view/5279 https://semantjournals.org/index.php/ajees/article/view/454 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 32, january 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org neurophysiological changes in epilepsy with disorders of hypothalamic-pituitary system amonova zahro kahramon kizi candidate of medical sciences, associate professor department of neurology and nervous diseases samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan amonova zilola kahramonovna 2st year student of the faculty of stomatology of the european medical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the gold standard in diagnosing epilepsy as well as predicting its clinical course is the electroencephalographic (eeg) examination method, which indicates the functioning of brain neurons and their excitability, which makes it possible to diagnose an epileptic focus. eeg is performed on patients with suspected or already diagnosed seizures to identify the type of epilepsy. the sensitivity of eeg for epilepsy is up to 50%; in 10% of epileptic patients epileptiform activity is not recorded [2]. depolarisation paroxysms, pathomorphosis. introduction 30-75% of focal pharmacoresistant epilepsies have electro-clinical manifestations of secondary bilateral synchronisation (sbs) on eeg due to pathomorphosis of bioelectrical activity, which reduces epileptiform bursts and produces an α-wave dominant pattern [7]. depolarisation paroxysms are a characteristic sign of epilepticisation of cortical neurons, causing the generation of strong pathological neuronal excitation [5]. currently, the study of endogenous evoked potentials (eps), and in particular cognitive evoked potentials (ceps), which are characterised by the presence of a p300 component in eeg studies, is attracting increasing attention. the study of this technique in patients with epilepsy is recommended by the association of neurophysiologists at the international level [8]. this study makes it possible to diagnose functional disorders in the cognitive sphere, in particular conscious perception [7] decision-making, recognition and memory [9]. the development of disorders in the cognitive sphere of epileptic patients is characterised by the appearance of a positive specific wave with a latency of 300 ms (p300) during eeg. p300 is characterised by the presence of amplitude and latency, so the amplitude gives an idea of the number of neurons involved in stimulus processing, and the level of latency indicates the speed of stimulus classification [6]. ep p300 performance depends on age, cognitive ability, memory, personality type, and degree of wakefulness [1]. the ep p300 is produced by the cortex of temporal, parietal regions and frontal lobes of the large hemispheres with the involvement of the thalamus [4]. ep p300 in american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org epilepsy stated the effect of epiactivity strength on cognitive abilities [3]. the p300 in epilepsy depends on the location of the epileptic focus, the type of epileptic seizures, and the type of aeds taken by the patient and his sensitivity to them [2]. it is known that in hormonal imbalance, especially ghns imbalance, cognitive disorders are noted in patients, and the presence of epilepsy significantly aggravates them. the study of p300 indices in this cohort of patients will allow us to establish the degree of cognitive disorders, since a decrease in p300 amplitude will allow us to characterise the synchronisation of neuronal processes activity when solving cognitive tasks, and its prolongation will characterise cognitive disorders and structural disorders of the cortex and white matter of the brain [8]. the fight against epilepsy, as defined by who experts, requires special and priority attention, because in the structure of morbidity, is characterised by severe consequences. epilepsy refers to systemic diseases, where the pathological process of the brain reflects a single functional system of the body[7]. at one time, the state of the brain, it is the result of the activity of non-specific structures with the manifestation of neuropsychic, autonomic and neurohormonal systems. accordingly, the aspect of studying the nature of the hypothalamic-pituitary system in patients with epilepsy, expands the diagnostic field of research, for a deeper evaluation of clinical signs of the disease, identifying new pathogenetic mechanisms, in order to optimise treatment tactics[7]. modern scientific research is mainly focused on the study of hormonal status in epilepsy and hormonal imbalance, few and contradictory, little studied remain, interictal period and chronicisation of the process, the mechanism of adaptation in the gender aspect, depending on metabolic disorders. the modern level of scientific research requires, not only analyses in the course of the disease, the relationship with somatoform changes in the structure of the whole organism as a whole, but an important component of the study is the prognosis[2]. in the republic of great importance is a comprehensive programme to improve early diagnosis and reduce complications of somatic pathologies. in this regard, the study in patients with epilepsy, clinical and paraclinical manifestations of disorders in the hypothalamic-pituitary system, as well as characteristic features. neurophysiological disorders in order to develop an integral assessment of risk factors for the development of adverse outcomes of epilepsy and predicting its severity in hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal system dysfunction is an urgent problem. the development of complex treatment of patients with epilepsy using the results of the study of identified disorders in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal system will contribute to improving the provision of medical care to patients with epilepsy at a higher level[4]. the problem of epilepsy is one of the most urgent in modern neurology [3]. lack of epidemiological data on epilepsy, as who believes, in part of countries leads to poor level of medical care for such patients (world health organization; 2019). antiepileptic drug (aed)-resistant forms of epilepsy and some epileptic syndromes force researchers to search for alternative therapies that sometimes provide comparable clinical efficacy to aed therapy [7]. modern epileptology is developing an active search for early predictors of pharmacoresistance to aeds in epileptic patients for better therapy of the disease and prevention of direct and indirect manifestations of pathology. the effect of hormone therapy (ht) on epileptogenesis of brain cells is based on the activity of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal system (hhas), as epileptic activity of brain neurons stresses the cns and the whole organism, and hhas activation is a normal american journal of technology and applied sciences 32, january 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org neurophysiological response [10]. ghns hormones influence epileptogenesis, so adrenocorticotropic hormone (acth) stimulates the adrenal cortex, increasing the secretion of gcs, aldosterone and sex hormones, affecting melanocortin receptors in the hypothalamus reduces the production of crh, reducing epileptogenic activity and negative effects on immature neurons of the large hemispheres of multiple epileptic impulses. understanding the influence of the hypothalamic-pituitary system in epileptoid patients, provides an opportunity to expand the assessment of the clinical diagnostic picture of the disease and the ability to optimise treatment tactics. regulation of the cerebral function of the hypothalamus, which ultimately constitutes the hypothalamic-pituitary system (hps), by the hormonal background modulates epileptic activity; study in this direction creates a prerequisite for new promising approaches to the treatment of epilepsy, taking into account the lack of efficacy of antiepileptic drugs. conclusions: in the scientific literature for the last 10 years, we have not found studies on eeg and ep p300 indices among epilepsy patients on the background of ghns disorders. however, their evaluation can serve as an aid in studying the functionality of the cerebral hemispheres, clarification of clinical symptomatology, predetermination of critical states and convulsive activity of cns neurons, and thus enable specialists to predict the patient's condition and adjust the prescription of aeds in terms of preventive treatment. references 1. epilepsy on the background of hypothalamic-pituitary system dysfunction from the position of gender differences. z.k. amonova, a.t. jurabekova, f.s. khamedova modern state of world science development …, 2021. 2. neuro-endocrinological aspects in patients with epilepsy. z.k. amonova, a.t. djurabekova international conference on studies in humanity. 2022. 3. harmful aspects of epilepsy. amonova z.k. amonova z.k. international research journal. “pedagogs”. 2024. 4. neurophysiological changes in epilepsy with disorders of hormonal status. amonova z.k. the american journal. 2024. 5. peculiarities of the effect of epilepsy on the hypothalamic-pituitary system. djurabekova a.t. amonova z.k. 2023/7.central asian journal of medical and natural sciences. published by “ central asian studies" http://www.centralasianstudies.org. 6. djurabekova aziza taxirovna, amonova zakhro kahramon kizi. clinic, diagnostics and optimization of the treatment of epilepsy with dysfunction of the hypothalamic-pituitary system. central asian journal of medical and natural science, 2022. http://www.centralasianstudies.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org multicomponent analysis of reservoir water from wells №855 of the boston field and no45 of the avval field yuldashev jahongir baxtiyor o‘g‘li senior lecturer of the department of oil and gas business, karshi institute of engineering and economics. uzbekistan, karshi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the main purpose of the water supply system while maintaining reservoir pressure is to extract the required amount of water suitable for injection into the reservoir, distribute it between injection wells and pump it into the reservoir. water supply, recycling, highly mineralized, calcium content, formation water, concentration. introduction the main purpose of the water supply system when maintaining reservoir pressure is to provide the required amount of water required for injection into the reservoir, distribute it between injection wells and pump it into the reservoir. the specific choice of water supply system depends on at what stage of development the corresponding location of occurrence is likely to occur. currently, they are trying to implement pressure maintenance from the very beginning of field development. in this case, a large amount (almost 100%) of fresh water is needed, since production wells at this stage practically produce water-free products. subsequently, the wells become increasingly watered, and associated water appears in ever-increasing quantities, which must be disposed of. in this regard, water supply systems must be modified and adapted to the specific conditions of field development. the designed water supply system must provide for an increase in water cut in well production and the need to dispose of all so-called industrial wastewater, including storm water, associated water, water from oil treatment plants, etc. this complicates and somewhat increases the cost of the water supply system, since there is a need for special treatment of wastewater, purification from oil products and suspended matter, and combating the increasing corrosion of process equipment and water pipelines. however, wastewater, as a rule, containing surfactants introduced at oil dehydration and desalting plants, has improved washing and oil-displacing abilities, which should lead to increased oil recovery. the specific choice of water supply system depends on the sources of water for injection into the reservoir, which can be: open bodies of water (rivers, lakes, seas); -groundwater, which includes under-channel waters; american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org -aquifers of a given field; -wastewater consisting of a mixture of produced water produced along with oil; -water from settling tank farms, oil treatment plants, storm water from field facilities. the water used for pressure injection should not cause the formation of insoluble compounds upon contact with formation water, which can lead to clogging of pores, or, as they say, must be chemically compatible with formation water. water quality is assessed primarily by the following parameters: the amount of mechanical impurities (esf the number of suspended particles), petroleum products, iron and its compounds, which, when oxidized with oxygen, produce insoluble sediments that clog the pores of the formation, hydrogen sulfide (h2s), which promotes corrosion of water pipelines and equipment, microorganisms, as well as the salt composition of water and its density. the designed water supply system should provide for an increase in the water cut of well products and the need to utilize all the so-called field wastewater, including storm water, associated water, water from oil treatment plants, etc. in order to comply with measures to protect nature and the environment, the water supply system in any case should provide for 100% disposal of wastewater and the operation of the entire system of pressure maintenance according to a closed technological cycle. this complicates and somewhat increases the cost of the water supply system, since there is a need for special treatment of wastewater, its purification from oil products and suspension, and the fight against increasing corrosion of technological equipment and water conduits. however, wastewater, as a rule, containing surfactants, introduced at oil dehydration and desalination units, has improved washing and oil displacement capabilities, which should lead to increased oil recovery. the results of a multicomponent analysis of the composition of formation water from well №835 of the boston field and №45 of the avval field are shown in table №1 table №1 field № of wells ions, mg/l jcom, mol/l minerya, mg/l рн density, g/cm3 clso4 2hco3 ca2+ mg2+ na++k+ boston 835 46098,0 1300,4 237,8 4,95 671,0 11,0 1202,4 60,0 364,5 30,0 29431,7 1226,3 90,0 94000,0 7,4 1,016 avval 45 113472,0 3200,9 1506,9 31,39 366,0 6,0 9919,8 495,0 2835,1 233,3 60238,9 2509,95 728,3 230679,8 6,8 1,104 according to the results of the analysis, the formation water of well № 835 of the boston deposit is highly mineralized (94.0 g/l), with a specific gravity (1.016 g/cm3), with prevailing concentrations of chlorine ions (46.1 g/l) and alkali metal ions (29.4 g/l). the calcium content (1.2 g/l) significantly predominates over magnesium (0.4 g/l), and hydrogen carbonates (0.7 g/l) over sulphates (0.2 g/l). in terms of chemical composition, the water is hard (90.0 mol/l), the reaction of water is slightly alkaline (ph 7.4). according to hydrochemical indicators (r(na+/cl-) and r (clna2+)/mg2+), the produced water belongs to the chlorocalcium type (according to the classification of v.a. sulin), the value of the sulfate-chlorine coefficient is low (0.38). american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org the formation water of well №45 of the avval deposit is represented by brine, with mineralization (230.7 g/l), with specific gravity (1.104 g/cm3), with prevailing concentrations of chloride ions (113.5 g/l) and alkali metal ions (60.2 g/l). the calcium content (9.9 g/l) significantly predominates over magnesium (2.8 g/l), and sulfates (1.5 g/l) over hydrogen carbonates (0.4 g/l). in terms of chemical composition, water is very hard (728.3 mol/l), the reaction of water is slightly acidic (ph 6.8). according to hydrochemical indicators (r(na+/cl-) and r (clna2+)/mg2+), the produced water belongs to the chlorocalcium type (according to the classification of v.a. sulin), the value of the sulfate-chlorine coefficient is low (0.98). findings 1. the reservoir water of well №835 of the boston deposit is highly mineralized (94.0 g/l), calcium chloride type (according to the classification of v.a. sulin) and low sulfate (0.38). the reaction of ppasti water is close to neutral (ph 7.4). these indicators indicate that the environment is not aggressive. time between failures for the last two failures is 818 days. 2. the reservoir water of well №45 of the avval deposit is represented by calcium-chloro-type brine, with salinity (230.7 g/l), low sulfate (0.98). the reaction of water is slightly acidic (ph 6.8). mean time between failures for the last failure is 701 days. recommendations 1. well №835 of the boston field must be monitored for salt composition, as it has a tendency to salt deposition. 2. well №45 of the avval field must be monitored quarterly for the aggressiveness of the environment. references 1. mishchenko i.t. borehole oil production. moscow. ed. "oil and gas" gubkin russian state university of oil and gas, 2003. 816 p. (in russian) 2. zakirov i.s. features of problems of regulating the development of oil fields. tutorial. moscow, geos publ., 2002. 308-313 p. (in russian) 2. nomozov b.y., samadov a.kh., yuldoshev zh.b. "production of open layers and quality improvement according to recommendations" electronic scientific and practical periodical "economics and society" http://www.iupr.ru 125-127. http://www.iupr.ru/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org technological defects in clothing and methods for eliminating them mamatqulova qunduzxon umarovna assistant kokand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes technological defects that occur in the manufacture of clothing and several proposals for their elimination. in addition, the article provides information on the design calculations used in clothing design, the structure of the human body, the properties of the fabrics that make up the clothing package, and other factors. constructive, technological, clothing, figure, modeling, defect. introduction the design calculations used in clothing design are based on limited information about the structure of the human body, the properties of the fabrics that make up the clothing package, and other factors. the construction of a reasonable distribution of the human body is so complex that the costs of collecting this information are much higher than designing models using simple methods and then testing them on samples. therefore, currently, the preparation of a sample of a new model is a necessary part of the design. making changes to the design requires knowing the causes of defects and choosing effective measures to eliminate them. therefore, the designer must be able to identify the external signs of various defects, ways to analyze them, find the causes of defects and methods to eliminate them in finished clothing. in order for the garment to be flawless, control is strengthened at all stages of the technological process. there are many causes of flaws. they manifest themselves as tension, wrinkles, unnecessary folds, and skewing, which disrupt the fit and balance of clothing on the figure. in order to more easily identify and eliminate clothing flaws, their classification has been developed. defects in clothing are divided into groups of constructive, technological and modeling defects. structural defects. it arises from the fact that the size and shape of the clothing do not match the shape of the figure. they are manifested in the form of horizontal, vertical, oblique folds, wrinkles, imbalances in the corner folds, and dynamic inconsistencies in the clothing. technological defects. it is manifested when the shape of the structural lines is distorted due to incorrect cutting of the parts, incorrect joints of the parts to be joined, and the joining notches are american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org pushed. if the cut of the parts is not inserted enough or is not stretched enough when joining, the seams are crooked, and the lining and lining parts that make up the package do not match each other in shape and direction of the body thread, defects in sewing technology appear. the distortion of the shape formation method is evident in the wet-heat processing. modeling defects. it occurs as a result of technical modeling errors that lead to a violation of the basic design feature.. constructive defects are divided into six groups: 1. horizontal folds occur as a result of the narrowness of the detail in the horizontal direction or the length in the vertical direction. 2. vertical folds are formed as a result of the width of the detail in the horizontal direction or the shortness in the vertical direction. 3. oblique folds are formed as a result of the smallness of the detail in the diagonal direction, under the influence of forces of different directions in narrow places. 4. the cause of corner wrinkles is the mismatch of the curvature of the contours of the attached details when forming a shape. due to the lack of convexity, the detail is drawn into the interior, and a looseness is observed around the contour. if the degree of concaveness is insufficient, the interior of the detail becomes loose, and the edges are pulled. 5. balance disorders occur due to the unequal length of the attached details or their installation at an angle to each other during assembly. this type of defect disrupts the balance of the garment, causing it to spiral. 6. dynamic incompatibility defects are manifested in human movement. ways to eliminate constructive defects horizontal planks. defects in this group arise as a result of two types of design errors. the narrowness of the detail creates a set of tense planks or horizontal folds. the excessive length of the detail leads to soft free horizontal planks. when correctly identifying this defect and choosing a method for eliminating it, it is taken into account that in tense planks the tensile force is in the direction of the planks, and in soft planks the compressive force is perpendicular to them. empty horizontal planks under the collar of the back piece. the loose horizontal seams under the collar are caused by the excess length of the back piece and are more noticeable when the collar is sewn. the depth of the seam gathered from the excess back piece indicates how much the collar bone and shoulder line are lowered. horizontal tension bars in the upper part of the back. a set of tension bars can also break the material structure under the influence of tensile forces directed from the head of the shoulder bone to the middle of the back. the cause of this defect may be the lack of a low centerline of the back, excessive carving at the level of the shoulder blades, a narrow shoulder part of the part and a low shoulder slope. to eliminate the defect, the back is expanded at the level of the bars. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. empty horizontal planks under the collar of the back piece vertical planks. soft vertical planks form in areas where the part is too wide. if some areas of the part are not long enough, tight planks or bundles of wrinkles form. the forces that cause the defect are located in the direction of the planks in narrow or short parts, and in areas where the part is too wide, they are located perpendicular to the planks. clothing defects and methods to eliminate them clothing has reached its present perfection through complex stages. it appeared in the early stages of human development as a means of protection against the effects of climate. its further development continues in accordance with the forces of production. under the influence of many factors, various deviations in the shape and size of mass-produced clothing may occur. however, these deviations cannot reduce the quality of the finished garment below the level of the model's standard sample. it is known that the quality of the finished product depends on the quality of the design. therefore, the model-standard must be of high quality in all respects. the lines of the collar, hem, back, hem, and seams must be perfectly executed and expressive. the appearance of the garment should be wrinklefree, smooth, well-ironed, and the volumetric areas should have the designed shape. linear deviations are characterized quantitatively, but surface defects become apparent when they are seen. summary the occurrence of technological defects in the production process of clothing negatively affects the quality of the product and may not meet consumer requirements. such defects are mainly sewing errors, poor quality of the material, size defects, rapid color changes and other defects in technological processes. to identify and eliminate these defects, it is necessary to strengthen the quality control american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org system, introduce advanced technologies, train a qualified workforce and constantly improve the production process. also, the quality of clothing can be improved by selecting high-quality materials and establishing strict control at each stage of production. as a result, such measures improve the durability, functionality and aesthetic appearance of the products being manufactured, increase consumer satisfaction and allow creating competitive products in the market. references 1. pulatova s.u.”kiyimni konstruksiyalash asoslari”. t., 2001. 2. pulatova s.u. “ayollar yengil kuylagini konstruksiyalash”. t.,2001 3. .abdullayeva q.m. tikuvchilik buyumlarini konstruksiyalash va modellashtirish asoslari. t.2008. 4. .g.k.xasanboyeva, o.i. krimova, “kiyim mоdelini ishlash va konstruksiyasini tayyorlash”. toshkent, “oqituvchi”, 1990 5. komilova x.x., hasanboyeva h.k. tikuv buyumlarini konstruksiyalash., toshkent. “moliya” 2003. 6. нурматов, сардорбек хасанбой ўғли, et al. "барботажли абсорбция қурилмасида газ ёстиғини тадқиқ қилиш усули." строительство и образование 4.5-6 (2023): 287-295. 7. akhmadjonovich, ergashev nasimbek, isomidinov azizjon salomidinovich, and ovloyorov xaydarali аliyorovich. "experimental determination of the industrial application and determination efficiency of fluid gases cleaning apparatus by contact element method." american journal of technology and applied sciences 7 (2022): 72-78. 8. davronbekov, abdurasul, et al. "systematic analysis of process intensification in heat exchange products." scientific progress 2.1 (2021): 694-698. 9. o‘g‘li, xomidov xushnudbek rapiqjon, et al. "konus setkali chang tozalovchi qurilma uchun chang namunalarining dispers tarkibi taxlili." al-farg’oniy avlodlari 1.4 (2023): 66-69. 10. siddiqov, rasuljon, et al. "optimizing the accuracy of an industrial robot: a model for improving positional accuracy." e3s web of conferences. vol. 583. edp sciences, 2024. 11. salomidinovich, isomidinov azizjon, and xomidov xushnudbek rapiqjon o‘g‘li. "shisha tola va teflon asosida tayyorlangan filtr matosining qarshilik koeffitsiyentini aniqlash." строительство и образование 4.1 (2025): 201-209. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org the leading idea in modern poems charos avazova, graduate student of tashkent state university of uzbek language and literature named after alisher navoi charosavazova18@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the debates created in our contemporary literature. it is highlighted that the discussion genre was written for the general public in the past, but now it is mainly used for children's literature. children’s literature, “mevalar mojarosi”, honor, ancestor, judgment scene. introduction if we look at the debates that have arisen in world literature and uzbek literature, most of them are figurative in nature, and human problems are reflected in certain objects, fruits and vegetables, and certain concepts. on the one hand, it is interesting if the instructions are conveyed to the reader directly through inanimate objects and not through didactic statements such as “don’t do this, do that, don’t be like that, be like that.” in our opinion, it is more effective. k. a. gelversiy also said to poets, “if you do not describe the truth in figurative form, leave poetry alone!” most debates in modern literature follow this metaphorical tradition. hamza hakimzada niyazi’s discussion of “the conflict of fruits” metaphorically represents human vices, particularly pride, avarice, conceit, and rashness. the tone and form of the poet’s poetry are musical, similar to folk songs. however, at the heart of this musicality were the social and political events of the time, ideas that condemned oppression and ignorance and glorified noble human qualities and values. although hamza’s “fruit conflict” involves four fruits—apricot, mulberry, cherry, and cherry—the mulberry do not appear as a major participant in the conflict. the argument begins with the verses about how the “yellowish” apricot “makes noise” against the mulberry and how the mulberry blames and praises itself. this discussion differs from previous discussions in that it includes both general and specific aspects. in general, the participant entering the discussion first expresses the other’s guilt and then shows his advantage. in ahmadi’s “dispute of words” that we analyzed above, in yaqini’s “bow and arrow” discussion, and in the “conflict of fruits” that we will now discuss, this situation represents a generality. in particular, the plum mulberry that sparked the discussion: seni ko‘p yegan kishi badan qashimoq ishi, ortuqchadur ustiga american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org yurakburug‘ tashvishi. said, blaming the mulberry, and then ore man sandan keyin, sandan yuz hissa shirin... …o‘zum ming dardga davo, qurutsa andan bajo, hatto mag‘zimni olub, solgay qandolat aro. …bog‘ ichini yoritar, oppoq, oydindak yuzum. he praises himself. this tradition is continued by cherry-u-olucha, which has entered the “conflict”. cherry advice of cherry to apricot: g‘o‘rang qursun, kech bitar, yegan kishi ich ketar. pishganing shalpaytirub, qurug‘ingdan bod yetar. honor of cherry: shirindurman asaldan, dorudurman azaldan. bismillo deb yeganni qutqazam ming kasaldan. …bog‘ga kirgan ko‘ziga yoqutdek yonar yuzum olucha olucha’s words to the cherry: maza yo‘q, ta’ming turush, ho‘l o‘larsan, yo‘q qurush, seni yeganlar bo‘lur ko‘nuch bezgak, ichburush honor of olucha: ochilur yegan fursati ishtaha, tabiati. o‘lgay yurakda bo‘lgan qurtlik har bir illati. maqtasam bir yil o‘tar, bog‘bon ho‘limda sotar. ortganimni qurutib qand bila qiyom etar in fact, the discussion should consist of three important components: introduction, debate, and judgment scene, but the uniqueness of hamza’s “fruit’s conflict” discussion and the discussions that arise in our modern literature is the difference from the discussions of the past, that end of the debate, whose winner is often unknown. in the ahmadi debate, according to the piri khabarat’s conclusion, the second team with the majority won, and the tanbur realized its mistake and came to a compromise, while in the yaqini debate, according to girish’s ruling, the bow prevailed over the arrow. however, the winner of the “fruit conflict” was not named by the author. we can also say that this is one of the common features of the discussions that arise in our modern literature. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org another vivid example of the debate is the poem “punctuation marks assembly” by poet sultan jora, recognized as a teenage singer in uzbek children's literature. as can be seen from the title of the poem, the punctuation marks gather in a meeting, and each of them decides to clarify and announce its place in the sentence. leaving aside the rest of the debate, most people reading the news will get goosebumps. since even the punctuation marks have defined their role in the sentence, do i know exactly what my mission in life is, considering that i am the star of the universe? an exclamation is at the top of a wonderful and strange collection of punctuation marks, and the word order is as follows: period, question mark, exclamation mark, comma, quotation mark, and hyphen. as we read the discussion, we enjoyed the poet's allusions to the form of each punctuation mark and its function in the sentence and admired the poet's skill. especially at the beginning of the discussion, the punctuation marks are defined as mirzaterak in relation to the exclamation of the chair of the meeting. for the first point, let us pay attention to the following verses: birinchi so‘z nuqtavoyga — u bosh, katta, — nuqta chiqdi bir dumalab misli koptok: — fikrlarning bekatiman — nuqtadirman, har darak gap oxirida to‘xtaydirman. …paravozlar suv olgandek bekatlardan, menga yetgach, olmoq kerak to‘liq bir dam. o‘zimdan so‘ng qo‘ymoq zarur zo‘r bosh harf, biroq ba’zan unutadi bizni zarif. har bir bosh harf yonimdagi bir soqchidir, qaysi bola buni qo‘ysa zap yaxshidir. after the question comes, the author compares it to a scythe and an ear to an ear. after the question, our chairman made an exclamation, which was described as a nail, then a comma, which was compared in shape to a wooden hammer, and a “traveling” of thoughts according to its function in the sentence, and then a comma, which was compared to a circus performer, and at the end there was a hyphen that was assigned to the game. the punctuation meeting ends with each punctuation mark flowing smoothly after the chairman's exclamation, “the meeting is closed.” shunda rais dedi: — endi majlis yopiq! har bir vakil jo‘nab ketdi yo‘lin topib. it is appropriate to list the name of our country’s most popular poet, erkin vahidov, among the artists who wrote a beautiful example of discussion. in 1962, the poet wrote the poem “the conversation of the trees” and published a collection of children’s poems of the same name in 1988. the “conversation” consists of the opinions that each of the ten tree species expresses about itself, and as in the above-mentioned “conflict of fruits” and “the meeting of punctuation,” at the end of this discussion, there is neither one nor there will be one winner. everyone’s uniqueness is recognized. the table below shows the locations where the trees gained dominance. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org № a conversation of trees 1 pine der u: barcha daraxtdan baland akang qaragʻay. 2 poplar osmon mening yelkamda. men olamga tirgakman. 3 willow dam olsangiz soyamda, men sizlardan mamnun tol. 4 juniper atrofimda aylanib hech charchamang, charchamang! 5 apple men sizlarning olmangiz, xomligimda olmangiz 6 apricot xoʻp mazali totim bor. magʻizimga berkitgan qantim bor, novvotim bor. 7 peach sariq, oq shaftoliman, zargʻaldoq shaftoliman, maqtanib oʻltirmayman, manandoq shaftoliman. 8 walnut miya kabi shaklim bor, boshim toʻla aqlim bor. meni yegan donishmand boʻlur degan naqlim bor. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org 9 grapes meni derlar nashvati, sharbatlarning sharbati, mazalarning mazasi, lazzatlarning lazzati. 10 cherry rangim olu totim bol the word “apple” from the apple language, added to the conversation “trees,” is used both as a noun and as a verb (i am your apple; your apple is raw), and the word “take” from the cherry language is too an adjective (red color). the fact that it is also used as an auxiliary verb (to carry) makes the reader firmly believe that our language is colorful and brilliant. the best poet of uzbek children's literature, anvar obidjan, wrote the wrote the series “from the fields to children” (written in the language of more than forty products grown in the field, such as melon, hemp, mulberry, and beans) and “songs you have." the series “cuckoo’s song," “song of balls,” “song of chirmanda,” and “song of pen” (written in the language of fifty-five different animate and inanimate beings) made a significant contribution to the development of the discussion genre. in the poem “uncompromising conversation” by arif tokhtash, a talented children’s poet, brooms and chang get into a debate. the debate begins with the broom’s criticism of dust. however, “the chang that cannot bear insults is dusty.” in our opinion, it is appropriate to recognize that the use of the words “chang” and “dusty” together evokes joy in the reader. discuss: -o‘chir, hoy beli singur, ne qilarding baqirib? men bo‘lmasam, ketarding allaqachon yoqilib! ends with the answer he gave. since the presence of one seems to imply the other, we believe there is no winner but a draw. the poet’s poetic discussion of “sabzavotlar gurungi” is similar to erkin vahidov’s “darakhtlar suhbati” series. in “tree talk,” each of the ten types of trees (except apples) tries to prove its superiority over the other trees, while in “vegetable rush,” each of the six types of vegetables (except cabbage and onions) tries to prove its superiority. № vegetable conversation 1 cabbage men karamman, karamman, boshim qotib, garangman. nolimayman hech sizdan qutqaring echkingizdan american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 2 onion yegan chog‘da bekorga achishmadi ko‘zingiz. jahl bilan parvarish qilgansiz-da o‘zingiz! 3 busy oshni shirin qiladigan aslida men – sholg‘omman. ko‘plar yemay, surib qo‘ygach, qip-qizarib qolganman. 4 carrot o‘zbek bor joyda osh bor, osh bor joyda esa – men. o‘radaman, aytarsiz – “sabzi qani?” – desa, men. 5 tomato ko‘pgina sabzavotning yuragidan urganman. shoshib qolib yuzga ham – lab bo‘yog‘in surganman! 6 cucumber qarang, bari maqtanar, men demasman biror so‘z. kimki oltiariqdan – ta’rifimni so‘rarsiz! we have noticed that almost all discussions in our modern literature belong to children's literature. the reason for this can be explained as follows: first, most discussions are figurative in nature (the discussants are usually inanimate objects or animals). this situation leads to discussions being viewed, in a sense, as works written for children; secondly, among creative people, it is easier to raise children than to correct adults, or they follow the principle that a person should be properly raised from an early age, i.e., noble human qualities are praised. hamza’s “fruit conflict,” “punctuation meeting” by sultan jora, “the conversation of trees” by erkin vahidov, “songs you never heard” by anvar obidjan, the series “from fields to children,” and arif tokhtash’s poems such as “murosasiz jang” and “sabzavotlar gurungi” are among the works that have made a worthy contribution to the development of the discussion genre in uzbek literature. hamza, erkin vahidov, sultan jora, anvar obidjon, and arif tokhtash’s heroes and characters are fruits, trees, punctuation marks, vegetables in general, and inanimate objects, but the two debates that we want to analyze in abdulla oripov’s work are characters. characters are people, living creatures. first, abdulla oripov's discussions are fundamentally different from other discussions in this respect. first, let us dwell on the “discussion of ancestors and descendants,” which makes the reader of our famous poet think. ancestors: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org – samarqand-u buxoroni bizlar qurganmiz, generations: – bizlar esa siz qurganni borib ko‘rganmiz… ancestors: – til yaratdik, yozuv tuzdik go‘zal hamda boy, generations: – biz ularga muzeylardan topib qo‘ydik joy. the poem of our hero poet abdulla oripov entitled “aytishuv” shows the difference between ancestors and descendants in the above poem, and it is clear that generations are increasingly moving away from our national culture and do not care about the legacy of ancestors sharing that future people have safely reached us. in the poet's second discussion, titled “father-son argument,” the father-son discussion on the day of mahshar is reflected. in the poem, the father asks his son for all the good things he did to him while he was alive, but at the end of the discussion, the son says that the son does not owe the father anything; the father is a sinner. next, the son is made clear: biroq, sizning gunohingiz g‘oyat katta, kallangizni uzishsa ham oz, albatta. qilmishingiz ko‘rib, bilib o‘ltirgansiz, meni yolg‘on shu dunyoga keltirgansiz. on the face of it, the “father-son argument,” which gives the impression of a satirical and humorous poem, suggests that the panelists had a difficult time in their worldly lives and spent their days smoking with grief. when does a father demand payment from his child for the good things he has done for him? he did not have time to do meritorious deeds due to worries about raising children and making a living. when will a son demand payment from his father for giving birth to him? he lived in a world surrounded only by difficulties without enjoying the joys of life. in general, in the debates of our modern literature, high humanitarian ideas are glorified when discussing various things, concepts, situations, and sometimes people. references 1. ahmad yassaviy. hikmatlar. – toshkent: g‘ofur g‘ulom nomidagi adabiyot va san’at nashriyoti, 1990, 33-b. 2. enrique jiménez, the babylonian disputation poems: with edition of the series of the poplar, palm and vine, the series of the spider and the story of the poor, forlorn wren, leiden boston, brill, 2017, s. 69. 3. алишер навоий асарлари тилининг изоҳли луғати. iv томлик. ii том. – тошкент: фан, 1983. 644 б. 4. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/munozara 5. https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/kofarnihon https://uz.wikipedia.org/wiki/munozara american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org understanding the relationship between ceruloplasmin levels and inflammatory responses: a clinical insight polyarush svetlana vitalievna candidate of biological sciences, lbm medical centre, tashkent, uzbekistan masaidova iroda bаkhtier kizi junior researcher, ii&hg, tashkent, uzbekistan e-mail: iroda2727@mail.ru ryskulov farrukh tursunbaevich junior researcher, ii&hg, tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s ceruloplasmin is a plasma protein with important functions in copper metabolism and antioxidant defence of the body. studies show that the concentration of ceruloplasmin can change in response to various physiological and pathological conditions. this article presents the results of a study on the effect of a pronounced inflammatory response on the level of ceruloplasmin and the significance of this protein in clinical practice. ceruloplasmin, inflammatory reaction, erythrocyte sedimentation rate, c-reactive protein, aceruloplasminemia, biochemical spectrophotometry. introduction ceruloplasmin is a glycoprotein mainly synthesised in the liver and plays a key role in copper metabolism in the body [4; р. 26–45]. it functions as a transporter for copper, making it important in the context of metabolism and antioxidant defence [3; р. 117–124, 8; р. 88–98]. in addition, ceruloplasmin has enzymatic activity, promoting iron oxidation and preventing the formation of free radicals, confirming its role in the body's defence mechanisms [7; р. 3299–3310]. recent studies suggest that ceruloplasmin levels may be altered in response to inflammatory processes. inflammation is a complex, multifaceted process that is activated in response to injury or infection, and involves activation of the immune system and release of various mediators [1; р. s65–86]. at this time, the body undergoes changes in the synthesis of various proteins, including acute-phase proteins such as ceruloplasmin [5; р. 386–391]. an increase in its concentration can serve as an indicator of acute inflammation or chronic diseases. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the level of ceruloplasmin and its relationship with inflammatory markers such as creactive protein (crp) and erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) can vary significantly depending on the patient's health status [6; р. 242–253]. this holds promise for the use of ceruloplasmin as a potential marker of inflammation and copper metabolic status [2; р. 23–35]. the aim of our study was to elucidate how a marked inflammatory response affects blood levels of ceruloplasmin. we investigated the correlation between the increase in coe and crp and changes in plasma ceruloplasmin concentration in patients with different clinical conditions, and identified the most accurate method for its determination, especially in patients with suspected aceruloplasminemia. methods the study conducted involved patients with a variety of clinical conditions characterised by a marked inflammatory response. patients were selected on the basis of the presence of acute or chronic disease, thus providing a diversity of samples for analysis. all participants provided informed consent to participate in the study, which emphasised the ethical standards of our work. a biochemical spectrophotometric method was used to determine ceruloplasmin concentration, which provides high accuracy and reliability. this analytical study is based on the measurement of light absorption in solution, which allows quantification of protein levels in samples. prior to the assay, blood plasma samples were pretreated and diluted in appropriate solutions to initiate the reaction. the degree of inflammation in the participants was assessed using several standard laboratory tests. the main indicators of inflammation were erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr) and c-reactive protein (crp) levels. crp is a simple and accessible assay that reflects the level of inflammatory activity in the body: the higher the value, the more severe the inflammation. crp, on the other hand, is an acutephase protein whose level increases significantly in inflammatory processes, which allows it to be used as a marker of inflammatory activation. to achieve more accurate results, multiple determinations of the above parameters were performed at different time intervals and under different conditions, which allowed a better understanding of the dynamics of changes and their relationship with ceruloplasmin levels. results the analysis of the collected data showed that there was a clear relationship between ceruloplasmin levels and inflammation indices measured through coe and crp. with an increase in erythrocyte sedimentation rate (esr), which is a marker of inflammatory activity, there was a trend of 20% to 35% increase in ceruloplasmin concentration. this result confirms that under conditions of active inflammation, ceruloplasmin is probably synthesised in greater amounts to provide protective functions to the body. similar patterns were found for the level of c-reactive protein (crp): when it increased, the concentration of ceruloplasmin also increased, on average by 15-25%. this indicates that ceruloplasmin may serve as an indicator of inflammatory processes, supporting the role of acute-phase protein in maintaining homeostasis and adaptation of the organism to stressful situations. these data emphasise the importance of ceruloplasmin not only as a transport protein for copper, but also as a marker of inflammatory diseases. this approach opens new horizons in clinical practice, allowing the use of ceruloplasmin to monitor the condition of patients with a marked inflammatory american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org response, which may significantly influence the strategy of treatment and diagnosis of diseases associated with copper metabolism disorders and inflammatory processes. discussion the results of this study show that ceruloplasmin levels change in proportion to the severity of the inflammatory response. this is important for clinical practice because it may help physicians to more accurately assess the condition of patients with suspected aceruloplasminemia, especially during remission. the following conclusions can be drawn on the basis of the obtained data: 1. a marked inflammatory response leads to a significant increase in ceruloplasmin concentration, which may be useful for treatment and diagnosis. 2. the most accurate determination of ceruloplasmin concentration should be performed by biochemical spectrophotometry, which will provide more reliable results, especially in patients with suspected aceruloplasminemia during remission. these recommendations may help to optimise diagnostic approaches and improve management strategies in patients with copper metabolism disorders. in the future, more research is needed to clarify the role of ceruloplasmin as a marker of inflammation and its importance in clinical practice. references 1. calcutt, n.a. diabetic neuropathy and neuropathic pain: a (con)fusion of pathogenic mechanisms. pain. 2020 sep; 161(suppl_1): s65–86. 2. elamin e.a., obeagu g.u. the impact of bmi on treatment outcomes in leukemia patients with hiv: a review. elite journal of haematology. 2024; 2(4): 23–35. 3. faselis, c., katsimardou, a., imprialos, k., deligkaris, p., kallistratos, m., dimitriadis, k. microvascular complications of type 2 diabetes mellitus. curr vasc pharmacol. 2020; 18(2): 117– 124. 4. obeagu e.i., obeagu g.u. the impact of obesity on overall survival in leukemia patients living with hiv: a review. elite journal of laboratory medicine. 2024; 2(4): 26–45. 5. okamoto, k., martin, d.p., schmelzer, j.d., mitsui, y., low, p.a. proand anti-inflammatory cytokine gene expression in rat sciatic nerve chronic constriction injury model of neuropathic pain. exp neurol. 2001 jun; 169(2): 386–391. 6. rendra, e., riabov, v., mossel, d.m., sevastyanova, t., harmsen, m.c., kzhyshkowska, j. reactive oxygen species (ros) in macrophage activation and function in diabetes. immunobiology. 2019 mar; 224(2): 242–253. 7. wong b.x., ayton s., lam l.q., lei p., adlard p.a., bush a.i., duce j.a. a comparison of ceruloplasmin to biological polyanions in promoting the oxidation of fe2+ under physiologically relevant conditions. biochimica et biophysica acta (bba)-general subjects. 2014; 1840(12): 3299–3310. 8. zheng, y., ley, s.h., hu, f.b. global aetiology and epidemiology of type 2 diabetes mellitus and its complications. nat rev endocrinol. 2018 feb; 14(2): 88–98. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org influence of grain aphid pest on external wheat symptoms amirkulov otabek saidullaevich candidate of agricultural sciences, senior researcher. laboratory of plant protection, scientific research institute of agriculture in the southern regions. karshi city, kashkadarya region, republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s according to the research in the article, it is indicated at what stage measures should be taken to protect plants from pests, given that aphids cause more damage to the tillering of wheat in grain fields. wheat, aphid, harm, density, grains, yield, plants, ear, development, waste, sucking, sign, biometric, phenological, drug. introduction today, there is an increase in the density and harmfulness of aphid pests at different stages of development of grain crops in irrigated and rain-fed grain fields of the republic. aphids are one of the most dangerous and widespread small micro pests of grain crops. it is difficult for us to chemically control these pests and maintain wheat yield and grain quality, so it is important to know exactly when this pest will cause more damage to wheat. severe damage to aphid crops can lead to curling of leaves, leaving behind growth and incomplete ripening of grains (popova, soboleva, 1961; abbasov, 1973; sohen, 1981; sharipova, shvetsova, 1986; belolipetsky, 1992, tansky v.i.), exchange substances into the plant and changes in the anatomical structure of leaves (instructions, 1981) [1]. according to yu.a. zakhvatkina (1986), if there are more than 50 aphids on a plant, the plant loses 10-14% of the flower and the yield decreases sharply [5]. sh.t. khodzhaev, a.a. khakimov (1991) showed that the degree of damage to aphids depends on the period in which the crops were damaged. the later the plant is damaged by aphids, the less the yield loss will be [4]. for this purpose, in 2020-2021, several experiments were carried out on the field experimental fields of niizur. when conducting these experiments at different stages of plant growth, the grain of the winter wheat variety “turkiston” was artificially infected with aphids. phenological observations were also carried out regularly. research methods the research was carried out on the basis of general entomology (vinogradova, 1970; larchenko, kazimirsky 1973; golub et al. 1980; sokolov et al., 1981; kiriyak 1984; starostin et al., 1987; voronin et al., 1988; makarova, doronina , 1988; areshnikov, starostin, 1992; dorokhova et al., 2001; tansky american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org et al., 2002) and agrotoxicology (vizr, 1986; chenkin et al., 1990; khodzhaev et al. , 2004).the effectiveness of chemical and biological drugs is calculated using the abbott formula (gar, 1963) [2]. during the study, the wheat in the sample was completely cleared of other pests by treatment with a contact insecticide (entometrin em.c. 150 l/ha) 20 days before the grain was infected with aphids, which could harm the crops. the plants were artificially infected with a large aphid pest during the period of tillering and budding of wheat, a total of 9 lysometric backgrounds after protection from the external environment, 6 with 3 repetitions for each period and 3 for control. accordingly, 5, 10, 20 individuals of aphids per stem were infected. according to the results of our research in 2020-2021, the earlier the plant is damaged by grain aphids, the more the harvest will be lost. in our experiments 2020-2021. 5 aphids were placed per stem during the tillering period of wheat; due to 10 and 20 aphids, the amount of lost yield and changes in the morphophysiological characteristics of wheat were as follows: research results during the period of emergence into the tube, the height of the plants was 77.6 cm compared to the control in the variant of applying 5 grains per 1 stem; experiments showed that plant height was 76.2 cm at 10 aphids per 1 stem, and 74.7 cm at 20 aphids per 1 stem compared to the control. the plant formed an ear in the variant with 5 aphids per stem 6.2, in the variant with 10 aphids 5.4, in the variant with 20 aphids 5.7. the degree of heading was 86.5% in the variant with 5 aphids, 83 .2% in 10 aphids and 81.7% in the 20 aphids variant. the length of the ear was 7.9 cm in the variants with 5 aphids, 7.8 cm in the variants with 10 aphids and 7.7 cm in the variants with 20 aphids. the weight of one ear was 1.8 grams in the variant with 5 aphids, 1.7 grams in 10 aphids and 1.5 grams in the variant with 20 aphids. it was found that the number of grains in one ear was 35.7 in option 5, 34.6 in option 10, 34.2 in option 20. the weight of 1000 grains was 33.6 grams in option 5, 33.5 grams in option 10 and 32.0 grams in option with 20 aphids. the yield of one grain tillering was 6.2 grams in option 5, 5.1 grams in 10, 4.2 grams in option 20 with aphids; in the variant with 5 aphids per stem, the yield loss was 16.2% compared to the control; it was revealed that in the variant with 10 aphids per 1 stem, 28.3% of the yield was lost, which is 40.5% less than in the control with 20 aphids per 1 stem. a similar experiment was carried out during the period of wheat booting. the plant height in the first option was 81.4 cm, 78.6 cm in the second option and 77.8 cm in the third option. experiments showed that when 20 aphids were placed on one stem, the plant height was 74.7 cm compared to the control . in wheat, the number of ears per bush was 6.2 pieces compared to the control; in the variant with 5 aphids per stem, 6.0 pieces with 10 aphids, and in the variant with 20 aphids 5.8 pieces. the length of the ear was 9.2 cm in the variant with 5 aphids, 8.9 cm in 10 and 8.7 cm in the variant with 20 aphids. the weight of one ear was 1.8 grams in the variant with 5 aphids, 1.7 grams in 10 and 1.6 grams in the variant with 20 aphids. it was found that the number of grains in one ear was 39.5 in option 5, 38.6 in option 10, 37.8 in option 20 by aphids. the weight of 1000 grains was 34.7 grams in option 5, 34.2 grams in option 10 and 33.2 grams in option with 20 aphids. the yield of one grain tillering was 6.4 grams per 5 aphids, 6.1 grams per 10.5, 1 grams per 20 aphids; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org a similar experiment was carried out during the period of wheat booting, in which the yield was 10.8% less than the control in the first option, by 17.5% in the second option and by 31.0% in the third option. the experiments show that there was no significant the influence of grain aphids on the amount of harvest during the period of wheat budding, compared with the period of wheat tillering. research has shown that aphids are infected with pests during the tillering period of winter wheat, the loss of yield relative to the control in the first option is 16.2%, in the second option -28.3%, in the third option 40.5%, and in case of damage during the period, the exit into the tube was 10.8%, 17.5% and 31.0%. aphid pests negatively affect the transition to the period of emergence into the tube, sucking up all the juice located in the stem and leaves during the tillering period of wheat. as a result of pest infestation, the wheat shoots wither and the leaves dry out, leaving the plant behind in growth and development and quickly dying due to poor respiration, that is, due to the stopping of the photosynthesis process. conclusion according to the results of the study, it is recommended to carry out pest control measures in a timely manner, given that aphids in grain fields cause more damage during wheat tillering. references 1. tansky v.i. biological basis of insect harmfulness. – m.: agropromizdat. 1988. – from 182-198. 2.dospehov b.a. methodology of field experience. – m.: kolos. 1985. – 351 p. 3. lebedova a.t. grow pumpkin // plant protection. – 1993. no. 7. – p. 32-33. 4. khodzhaev sh.t., khakimov a.a. on the issue of developing epv of sucking pests in conditions of complex infestation of plants by them // tr. sanizr. – tashkent: uzaaskhn, 1991. – p. 93-96. 5. zakhvatkin yu.a. general entomology course. – m.: agropromizdat, 1986. – p. 285-287. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org theoretical and methodological problems of the digital and innovative economy and chinese experience and strategic directions in their solution qulmetov mansurbek ro'zmatovich sa’dullayeva gulnoza usmanovna teacher of tashkent institute of economics and management a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the context of globalization, the rapid growth of the national economy of each country occurs primarily as a result of factors such as the digitization of the national economy, international trade, foreign investment and the improvement of financial services. as noted by the president on the digitization of the economy, “we need to develop a national concept of digital economy, which provides for the modernization of all sectors of the economy on the basis of digital technologies and on this basis, we need to implement the "digital uzbekistan 2030" program". this article describes the theoretical and methodological problems of organizing a digital and innovative economy, the chinese experience and strategic directions of solving them. digital economy, economics, market economy, digital technology, digitization, robotics, it, digital dividends, internet banking introduction as the processes of digital transformation continue throughout the world, we are not mistaken to say that uzbekistan has also begun to transition to a digital economy, taking into account modern trends. in 2020-2022, the strategy” digital uzbekistan-2030 “and the adoption of”strategic directions " for its implementation, first of all, will provide the economic and financial basis for the transition to a digital economy. today, uzbekistan is taking a consistent step in 2017-2021 with directions based on the strategy of action for the development of our country, increasing its competitiveness, as well as the widespread introduction of innovations and the effective use of available resources . in particular, the following words of our president shavkat mirziyoyev can be cited in this regard: “digital knowledge, modern information technologies are needed to achieve progress, and they should be introduced on the basis of world experience. this allows you to choose the shortest path for development. after all, today in the world, information technology is deepening into all areas, and digital technologies not only improve the quality of products and services, but also reduce unnecessary costs." american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org the concept of digital economics has been given various definitions by scientists. in particular, the concept of digital economy was first used by a japanese professor during the japanese crisis of the 1990s. 1995 was used in europe in don tapscott's work “tsifrovaya economika: obetshanie i opasnost v epoxu setevoy intelligence” and in the 1995 research work of nicholas negroponte (massachusetts, usa). in the digital economy, the use of the results of process analysis and the processing of large amounts of data is defined as an economic activity that can be considered as a factor of production, which can significantly increase the efficiency of storage, sale and delivery of technologies, equipment, goods and services. digital economy is a modern stage of development characterized by the advantages and priorities of creative work and information. digital economics is a specific concept, the object of its study is information. characterized by its data, computational order and changing nature of communication, the digital economy is today the main driving force behind economic growth and social change. recently, as a result of development in market relations and changes in the financial system, the opportunities of enterprises to work in a financial resource allocation and competitive environment, attract potential customers and grow high financial results, take into account price policies and existing receivables, distribute financial resources and work in competitive conditions have expanded, but despite this, minimize receivables, there are many problems in solving the issue of finding the necessary equipment and attracting suppliers to the purchase. in this regard, it remains difficult to modernize the main funds and working capital necessary for the activities of local enterprises and sell existing assets, to offer the results of the development of science and technology to buyers. therefore, to attract additional financial resources, enterprises prefer to contact financial institutions and use borrowed funds. but this does not always give a positive result. it will be possible to use leasing services as an alternative at a time when it is difficult for the enterprise to attract credit resources. it can be seen from this that improving the process of providing leasing services allows business entities to attract additional financial resources. however, it should be noted that although elements of the digital economy are used in our economy, the opportunities for its use in the market of leasing services are not sufficiently formed. today we cannot come to such a conclusion about the credit and leasing market in uzbekistan during the period when the digitization process is widely used in the financial and credit sector (leasing companies) of foreign countries and in the activities of business entities. looking at the practice of foreign countries in particular the experience of china, we can see that large data networks are used in the use of digital technologies. chinese scientists believe that big data is useless in the universe, its potential significance is evident when used in decision-making. and for this, organizations must have effective systems that can quickly change large data. china announced its”14th five-year plan for the development of the digital economy " in january 2022. in doing so, china considers the digital economy as a leading factor for its overall development goals, and its “core sectors” have developed strategic directions on the growth of total gdp from 7.8% in 2020 to 10% by 2025. in it, mainly digital infrastructure improvements and upgrades include areas such as development of 5g network, full use of data as the main "production factor", implementation of digital transformation in all areas, increasing innovative capabilities in key industries such as sensors, quantum computations, artificial intelligence, and improving the management system of the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org digital economy. also based on re'jaga, china's efforts to regulate data as of 2021 can be a clear example of the importance of cyber security and increased data security. on the international front, china plans to actively cooperate with the european union,oecd, asean and african states on the policy of the digital economy. at the same time, we can consider the internationally comparable indicators of china on the development of the digital economy by the oecd. in doing so, it shows that china's leading power is gross exports of goods in information communication technologies. the data database of indicators using the latest trade data of the world bank for reconstruction confirmed that the goods of information communication technologies exported by china amounted to about $ 600 in 2021, and this reached a value equal to 26% of china's total exports. the value added to the export of information communication technologies, in % value from the total volume of the world (2021) china's share in gross exports of information communication technologies refers to the importance of using data from the digital economy to estimate the size of the digital economy in china. the growth rate of the digital economy in relation to gdp growth in china (2021) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org that being said, we can also see from this diagram the magnitude of the impact of digital technologies on the stability of the economy and the growth rate of gross domestic product. from the above information, we can see that the most active driver of the digital economy is this state. it is a major customer and consumer of the digital economy. in doing so, china has spent nearly $ 9 billion for these purposes in the past year itself. as a result of this, with a market capitalization of over $ 210 billion, the alibaba internet resource has proven that these investments are properly oriented. if a country wants to get the maximum benefit from digitization, it is necessary to create and support the market for the necessary advanced technologies. with this, in addition to the rapid development of the country in pictures, the opportunity is achieved to analyze specific economic indicators, the perfection of private applications and control methods for important industries. comprehensive measures for the active development of the digital economy are being implemented in our country,the widespread introduction of modern information and communication technologies to all sectors and especially in the industries, public administration, education, health and agriculture sectors. in particular, more than 220 priority projects have been implemented to improve the e-government system. this includes the further development of the global market of software products and information technology, the establishment of it parks in all regions of our country, as well as the provision of qualified personnel to the industry. in addition, the complex program” digital tashkent " is being implemented, which can be highlighted by the launch of an integrated geoportal with more than 40 information systems, the information system of public transport and municipal infrastructure management, its digitization in the social sphere, and measures to introduce this practice even later in other regions. it is advisable to carry out the following measures to implement the issue of the development of the digital economy based on the experience of china: * further expansion of high-quality and high-demand electronic public services in our country, gradual digitization of all public services, including an increase in the share of automated services by 60% ; * provide a unified technological approach to the development of electronic government information systems; including reducing the cost of developing office systems of public bodies using open sources, as well as software; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org * improving the mechanisms for the development, formation and use of open government data, that is, increasing the share of state mobile applications and applications on the basis of "open data" at the request of consumers; * creation of a single portal, where the necessary resources for the collection and digitization of information are concentrated in the management of the state by creating a unified system of data management; * to create a set of necessary data and documents by optimizing public service procedures, including reducing their number, automating administrative procedures; * optimize all procedures related to the issuance and transfer of licenses and permits, create sites in real time that contain an electronic form; * implementation of e-government systems with the ability to provide and inform residents and businesses of information of legal importance; * electronic resources, such as creating applications to further improve the mechanism of participation of citizens and entrepreneurs in the online mode, have a positive impact not only on the economy, but also on the country's management system. as the development of technology and the range of goods and services offered by the electronic economy continue to grow, the digital economy will continue to expand. the digital economy cannot be developed without knowledge. integration is necessary for us to be competitive in a time when the whole world is moving forward and for this it can be seen that the digital economy cannot be developed without increasing education.because the basis of the economy is based on deep knowledge and experience. as you know, the digital economy is a key, integral part of the e-government system and contributes significantly to the development of the country. because in order not to lag behind the rapidly developing world, it is necessary to use existing practices in world experience, to have high indicators in the world ranking. to do this, the main goal of our youth should be to increase knowledge and, through it, to develop a digital economy. references: 1. the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on approval of strategy”digital uzbekistan – 2030 “and measures for its effective implementation”, pf-6079 of 05.10.2020. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on measures to radically improve the conditions for the development of the information technology sector in the republic”. tashkent city, pf-5099 no. 30.06.2020 3. the decision of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on improving the system of training of personnel in the field of information technology”. tashkent city 4. oecd (2021a), the next production revolution: implications for governments and business, available at http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264271036-en, may 10. 5. oecd (2021b), digital economy outlook 2017, available at http://www.oecd.org/internet/oecddigitaleconomy-outlook-2017-9789264276284-en.htm, 11 october 6. kholmamatov, f. "the importance and role of bank capital in ensuring the stability of the banking system." (2023). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org 7. suleymanov i. features of financial support for the real sector of uzbekistan’s economy in the context of geo-financial policy instability //spectrum journal of innovation, reforms and development. – 2024. – т. 23. – с. 33-43. 8. murtazaevich k. s. improving foreign investment insurance in uzbekistan //eurasian scientific herald. – 2023. – т. 20. – с. 68-79. 9. vohidovich g. s. leasing procedure of fixed assets in budget organizations and their expenditure //indonesian journal of public policy review. – 2022. – т. 18. 10. murtazaevich k. s. the role of foreign investments in the socioeconomic development of the regions //world economics and finance bulletin. – 2023. – т. 22. – с. 7-10. 11. kiyosov s. u. et al. public financing of the health care system: problems and opportunities //journal of intellectual property and human rights. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 103-110. 12. ochilov b., hoshimov j., butayev j. iqtisodiyotga xorijiy investitsiyalarni jalb etishda mamlakat investitsion jozibadorligi: nazariya va amaliyot (monografiya). – 2024. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org complex therapy of endemic goitter with the application of phytoand vitamin therapy in children ibatova sh. m. achilova f. a., kodirova sh. s. samarkand state medical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s endemic goiter is one of the most common non-communicable diseases in the world. against the background of the disease, there is a dysfunction of the gastrointestinal tract, reproductive function in women, physical and mental development, immunological deficiency, arterial hypertension, atherosclerosis, etc. 117 students of samarkand state university aged 18 to 25 years were studied. patients were divided into 2 groups: group i (57 patients) – received traditional treatment (iodine preparations), group ii (60 patients) – received herbal and vitamin therapy against the background of traditional treatment. complex treatment of patients with endemic goiter using herbal and vitamin therapy to restore impaired intestinal absorption helps to improve the absorption of iodine and is an effective method of therapy. endemic goiter, children, iodine, herbal and vitamin therapy, intestinal absorption. introduction currently, endemic goiter in the republic of uzbekistan is one of the most common non-infectious diseases. against the background of the disease, there is a dysfunction of the gastrointestinal tract, reproductive function in women, physical and mental development, immunological deficiency, arterial hypertension, atherosclerosis, etc. an increase in perinatal and child mortality, inhibition of the activity of organs and systems is also associated with the development of goiter. more than 2 billion people on earth live in iodine-deficient regions, over 43 million of the world's population suffers from mental retardation, as a result of which goiter is “one of the most common human scourges” [2,3,6]. solving global problems associated with iodine deficiency requires constant special monitoring of the health of the population, timely detection of thyroid pathology and the development of more effective methods of therapy with preventive measures to eliminate endemic goiter, which is very relevant in medicine [1,2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org in all regions of the republic of uzbekistan, according to statistical data, iodine deficiency in the diet remains. iodine does not accumulate in the body; it must be regularly supplied to the human body through food. iodine is necessary for the production of thyroid hormones. with a lack of iodine in the body, patients complain of fatigue, depressed mood, irritability, drowsiness, lethargy, decreased memory and attention. patients may experience changes in organs and systems. children often suffer from infectious and acute respiratory diseases. in women of fertile age, reproductive system disorders are observed, accompanied by menstrual dysfunction up to amenorrhea. in the cardiovascular system, changes are manifested by increased blood pressure, arrhythmia, and the development of atherosclerosis. changes are also observed in the musculoskeletal system. patients complain of weakness and muscle pain in the arms, a clinical diagnosis of lumbar radiculitis is noted. on the part of the urinary system, general swelling or only pastiness around the eyes is noted, and the administration of diuretics does not improve the condition of patients. changes in dietary patterns play an unfavorable role in the development of endemic goiter: a decrease in the consumption of fish and seafood rich in iodine, meat and dairy products, as well as stressful situations, because the stress hormone is adrenaline, which is produced by the adrenal glands, and the more and more often patients worry, the more the thyroid gland becomes tense. studies have shown that iodine deficiency leads to disturbances in the structure and function of the thyroid gland (tg), insufficient production of hormones without which adequate growth and development of the body is impossible [3,8]. consequently, the main reasons leading to the development of this pathological process are: stress conditions [6], impaired intestinal absorption [1,10], mutations in genes responsible for the synthesis of thyroid hormones, autoimmune reactions, contamination of drinking water with impurities that impede the absorption of iodine [6], deficiency of some microelements that promote the absorption of iodine and normal synthesis of thyroid hormones (zinc, selenium, cobalt, copper) [5,12], low iodine content in the environment and drinking water [4], unbalanced diet rare consumption of fish, meat, seaweed, dairy products, oatmeal and buckwheat [9], the development of infectious and inflammatory processes (helminthic infestations, chronic diseases) [7,11]; unsatisfactory sanitary, hygienic and social conditions [2]. purpose of the study development of complex therapy for endemic goiter using herbal and vitamin therapy. materials and methods of research the studies were carried out at the samarkand endocrinological dispensary of the republic of uzbekistan. 117 students of samarkand state university aged 18 to 25 years were studied. clinical laboratory, biochemical (tsh, t3, t4), instrumental (utt) and microbiological studies were carried out on all those examined to determine the extent of the disease and assess the effectiveness of treatment measures. the stressful state of the body was assessed by determining the adrenaline content using the hplc method (high-performance liquid chromatography) [7,9]. the conducted studies are presented in the table. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org the patients we examined were divided into 2 groups: group i (57 patients) – received traditional treatment (iodine preparations), group ii (60 patients) – received herbal and vitamin therapy against the background of traditional treatment. complex therapy included vitamins b, pp, c, pumpkin seeds and elecampane, depending on the severity of the disease, for 3 to 7 days. the results obtained and their discussion a survey was also conducted among students. the survey questions were based on the following criteria: students' awareness of iodine deficiency and their participation in prevention. for each question there were 3 possible answers: first (100%) the student is informed and participates in prevention; second (50%) student awareness is moderate (periodic), prevention of iodine deficiency combined with high awareness; third (0%) the student is practically not informed and does not participate in prevention. after completing the survey, the following results were obtained: – 67 (57.3%) of the students surveyed knew well about the role of iodine in the human body; – 39 (33.3%) students know about the effects of iodine deficiency; – 11 (9.4%) had virtually no idea about the importance of iodine; – 9 (7.7%) — regularly received prophylaxis with the drug iodomarin: – 45 (38.5%) — received individual prophylaxis irregularly; – 63 (53.8%) do not receive iodine supplements at all. most of the students examined were from rural areas, who heard about endemic goiter only on television from advertisements, less often when undergoing preventive examinations. most students had no interest in this problem. when students were asked whether they used iodized salt daily, only 40% of students gave a positive answer, 32% of respondents used iodized salt irregularly, and 47% of students did not use it at all. the survey revealed that about 37% of students are registered for endemic goiter with an endocrinologist at their place of residence; they receive treatment irregularly and there is no control over the treatment. 34% of patients complained of weakness, fatigue, irritability, decreased performance, memory and frequent colds the results of studies of goiter patients before and after treatment are shown in table. table indicators of t3, t4 and adrenaline in endemic goiter indicators control treatment before treatment after treatment t3, nmol/l 1,65±0,12 2,01± 0,17 1,6±0,13 t4, nmol/l 86,2±7,5 118,6±10,4 92,4±8,1 adrenaline, nmol/l 2,22±0,12 3,54±0,10 2,41±0,14 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org the content of thyroxine (t4) in patients before treatment was 118.6±10.4 nmol/l (in healthy people 86.2±7.5), after treatment it was 92.4±8.1 nmol/l, t .e. there was also a tendency towards normalization of this indicator. the adrenaline content in patients was 3.54±0.10 nmol/l (in healthy people 2.22±0.12 nmol/l), after complex treatment it decreased to 2.41±0.14 nmol/l. in patients of group i (57 patients), before treatment, stage i disease was observed in 27 patients, stage ii disease was observed in 30 patients. group ii (60 patients) before treatment, stage i disease was observed in 31 patients, stage ii disease was observed in 29 patients. the range of therapeutic measures for endemic goiter depended on the severity of the disease. we recommended that patients with endemic goiter use anise and elecampane root in powder form, 1 teaspoon 3 times a day for 1 month, along with a complex of b vitamins (b1, b2, b6), nicotinic acid (vitamin pp), ascorbic acid (tincture rose hips) for 3 days depending on the severity of the disease. it has been proposed to exclude margarine and food products made from it from the diet [2,6]. conclusions 1. for endemic goiter, it is recommended to use anise root and elecampane in powder form, 1 teaspoon 3 times a day for 1 month, along with a complex of b vitamins (b1, b2, vitamin pp and ascorbic acid for 3 days, depending on the severity of the disease. 2. complex treatment of patients with endemic goiter using herbal and vitamin therapy to restore impaired intestinal absorption helps improve the absorption of iodine and is an effective method of therapy. references 1. zabarovskaya, z. v. diseases of the thyroid gland caused by iodine deficiency / z. v. zabarovskaya, t. v. mokhort, a. p. shepelkevich. mn.: bsmu, 2007. 27 p. 2. danilova, l. i. diseases of the thyroid gland and associated diseases / l. i. danilova. minsk nagasaki, “heuwadou offset”, 2005. 470 p. 3.buiko, g. a. relevance of prevention of iodine deficiency among students of vitebsk state medical university / g. a. buiko, a. s. borisenko, e. a. stolbanov. // young scientist. 2018. no. 19 (205). pp. 11-13. 4.grebneva o.p., anchikova l.i. the influence of intestinal dysbiocenosis on the degree of iodine deficiency in children with endemic goiter // probl. endocrinol. 2001. t. 47. n 1. p. 26-28. 5.ibatova sh.m., islamova d.s., tugilova s.n. some aspects of etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis and treatment of endemic goiter in children. // problems of biology and medicine. – 2019. – n 2 (109). -with. 190-192. 6. ibatova sh.m., mukhamadiev n.k. the effectiveness of herbal and vitamin therapy in the complex treatment of endemic goiter. journal of hepato-gastroenterological research. no. 3 (vol. ii) 2021. p.126-127. 7. ibatova sh.m., mukhamadiev n.k., mukhamadieva s.n. identification of the main reasons and evaluation of application effectiveness of phytoand vitamin therapy in the complex treatment of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org endemic goiter.central asian journal of medical and natural science,volume: 01 issue: 01. 2020. p.34-38. 8. ibatova sh. m., mamatkulova f. kh., ruzikulov n.y. the clinical picture of acute obstructive bronchitis in children and the rationale for immunomodulatory therapy. international journal of current research and review. vol 12 issue 17. september 2020. p.152-155. 9. ibatova sh. m., f. kh. mamatkulova, n. b. abdukadirova, yu. a. rakhmonov, m. m. kodirova. risk factors for development of broncho-ostructive syndrome in children. international journal of current research and review. vol 12. issue 23 december 2020. p. 3-6. 10. ibatova sh.m., mamatkulova f.kh., rakhmonov y.a., shukurova d.b., kodirova m.m. assessment of the effectiveness of treatment of rachit in children by gas-liquid chromatography. international journal of current research and review. vol 13, issue 06, 20 march 2021. p.64-66. 11. kazmin v.d. diseases of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. – rostov-on-don: phoenix, 2007. – 248 p. 12. andersson m. et al. (ed.). iodine deficiency in europe: a continuing public health problem. – geneva: world health organization, 2007. – p. 1-86. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org composition and structure of the interfacial interface si/al(111) and si/cu(111) ёркулов руслан махаммади угли университет экономики и педагогики, +99890.8878855, ruyo1990@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this paper the results of experimental studies of the regularity of the formation of the interfacial boundary during the deposition of si and ge on the surface of single crystals al(111) and cu(111) are presented. optimal modes of sputtering and annealing for obtaining semiconductor-metal systems have been established. the effect of barium ion implantation on the composition, morphology, electronic and crystal structure of the si(ge)/cu(al) system has been determined. the optimal temperature for the creation of nanoheterostructure has been shown si-cusi-cu. based on the data of the ips and cpe, it was established for the first time that during the deposition of si on the surface of al and subsequent annealing, a bond between the si and al atoms is not formed. heterostructure, nanofilms, nanophases, single crystal, energy loss by electrons, intensity, plasma oscillations, photoelectrons. introduction the use of nanoscale materials in the creation of various heterostructures for modern electronics devices requires obtaining the most complete information about the concentration of impurity atoms on the surface and their distribution along the depth. therefore, nanofilms and nanocrystals of metal silicides and other semiconductor compounds obtained by various methods under ultrahigh vacuum conditions on the si surface, as well as multilayer si–me–si–me systems, on the basis of which modern microand nanoelectronic devices are being developed, are being extensively studied [1-5]. in particular, nanophases and nanolayers of metal silicides and germanides have prospects in the creation of microwave transistors and integrated circuits, and gexsi1−x/si heterostructures have prospects in the creation of leds, photodetectors, laser sources, optical and electronic devices [6–13]. this paper presents the results of experimental studies of the regularities of the formation of the interfacial boundary during the deposition of si and ge on the surface of single crystals al(111) and cu(111), the establishment of optimal modes of sputtering and annealing for the production of semiconductor-metal systems, the effect of ion implantation and adsorption of barium atoms on the american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org composition, morphology, electronic and crystal structure of the si(ge)/cu(al) system. prior to the start of this work, such studies had not been conducted. ultra-pure single-crystal samples al(111) and cu(111) were chosen as substrates. before spraying si, these samples were degassed at t=850 k and 900 k, respectively, at a vacuum of 10-7 pa for 3-4 hours. further cleaning was carried out by etching the surface ar+ with an energy of 1 kev in combination with short-term annealing to 950 (al) and 1000 k (cu). at the same time, the surface oxygen concentration was ≥1 at.%, and carbon 0.5 at.%. spraying of si with a thickness of 1 to 20 monolayers was carried out at a vacuum of -10-6 pa. changes in the composition and electronic structure of the surface of al(111) and cu(111) during the deposition of si were studied by augerelectron spectroscopy, spectroscopy of characteristic energy losses by electrons, and ultraviolet photoelectron spectroscopy at a vacuum of 10-7 pa. figure 1 shows the auger spectra obtained by sputtering si on the surface of al(111) (fig. 1, a) and cu(111) (1, b). the thickness of the θ films in the monolayers is shown in the curves. it can be seen that in the case of the si/al(111) system, the adsorption of si starting with θsi=2 monolayers is accompanied by the appearance and increase in the intensity of the silicon peak l23vv (e=92 ev) and the weakening of the intensity of the egger peak l23vv al (e=68 ev). with the increase in the thickness of the si film, the position and shape of the sir peaks si and al practically does not change, only their intensities change. starting from the thickness of θsi = 3-4 of the monolayer, there is a sharp decrease in the intensity of the al peak, which is explained by the formation of a continuous film of si. complete disappearance of the auger peak al is observed at θsi ≥ 10 monolayers. the si concentration in this film is ~35-40 at.%. analysis of the eco results shows that up to θsi = 8-10 monolayers there is an intensive interdiffusion of si atoms into al and al into si. at the same time, a chemical bond between the atoms of al and si is not formed, but a mechanical mixture of the [al+si] type with a thickness of 14-16 monolayers (35-40 å) is formed. at θ ≥ 12-15 monolayers, the intensity of the sil23vv peak practically does not change. a different picture was observed in the auger spectra of the si/cu(111) system (1, b). at θsi = 2 monolayers, the peak l23vv si appears in the auger spectrum, the intensity of the peak cu mvv (e=61 ev) decreases and its width increases slightly. starting from θ≈3-4 monolayers, the peak si with e=92 ev splits into two peaks: 90 and 94 ev [14], and instead of the peak cu with e=61 ev, peaks with energies of 59 and 63 ev appear. the results show that in this case the chemical compound cu+si is formed [15]. analysis of changes in the intensities of high-energy peaks cu (elmm=922 ev) and si (elmm=1620 ev) and calculations carried out using the formula cx=αcstable showed that at θ≈12 monolayers, an amorphous film (fig. 1.b) of copper silicide is formed with a thickness of θ≈24-26 monolayers (60-65 å) with an approximate composition of cusi. at a thickness of θsi ≥ 12-15 monolayers, a film of "pure" silicon is formed. heating of the si/cu(111) system with θsi ≈ 12 monolayers at t= 810 k for 30-40 minutes led to formation of a polycrystalline film (fig. 1.b) cusi with a good stoichiometric composition, and at t ≈ 900 k, an insular single-crystal film was formed. in the case of θsi ≥ 15-20 monolayers, heating at t-750 k leads to an increase in the thickness of the cusi film by 2-3 monolayers, and the surface si film had a structure close to monocrystalline. at an increase in temperature to 900 k, the morphology of the surface of the si film changes, due to the formation of islands in the cusi film. thus, the optimal temperature for creating a si-cusi-cu nanoheterostructure is 750-800 k. in the case of si films with θsi ≥ 25-30 monolayers at a temperature american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org of 900 k, a single-crystal film si(111) was formed, the composition, structure and properties of which do not differ for massive films (fig. 1.b). the spectra of cpee al and cu with a si film with a thickness of θsi ≈8 and θsi ≈20 monolayers are shown in figs. 1a and 1b, respectively. rice. 1. auger spectra si sprayed on the surface al(111) (fig. 1, a) and cu(111) (fig. 1, b). figures for the thickness curves of si films in monolayers. similar patterns were observed when sputtering ge on the surface of al(111) and cu(111). therefore, the results of the study for ge films are not given. it should be noted that at θ ≥20-25 monolayers, heating at a temperature of 950 k leads to the formation of a film of si(111) and ge(111) with a good stoichiometric composition. references 1. landry o., bougerol c., renevier h., daudin b. // nanotechnology. – 2009. – т. 20. – №. 41. – с. 415602. 2. wang d., zou z. q. formation of manganese silicide nanowires on si (111) surfaces by the reactive epitaxy method //nanotechnology. – 2009. – т. 20. – №. 27. – с. 275607 3. domashevskaya e.p., terekhov v.a., turishchev s.yu., koyuda d.a., rumyantseva n.a., pershin yu.p., kodratenko v.v., appathurai n. // ftt. – 2013. t. 55. no. 3. p. 577 – 584. 4. alekseev a.a., olyanich d.a., utas t.v., kotlyar v.g., zotov a.v., saranin a.a. // zhtf. 2015. t.85. no.10. p.94-100. 5. в.м. ротштейн, р.х. ашуров, т.к. турдалиев, и.х. ашуров // uzbek journal of physics. – 2017. №4. с.12. 6. bolkhovityanov y. b., deryabin a. s., gutakovskii a. k., sokolov l. v. unzipping and movement of lomer-type edge dislocations in ge/gesi/si (0 0 1) heterostructures //journal of crystal growth. – 2018. – т. 483. – с. 265-268. 7. saito s., al-attili a. z., oda k., ishikawa y. towards monolithic integration of germanium light sources on silicon chips //semiconductor science and technology. – 2016. – т. 31. – №. 4. – с. 043002. 8. liu j., kimerling l. c., michel j. monolithic ge-on-si lasers for large-scale electronic–photonic integration //semiconductor science and technology. – 2012. – т. 27. – №. 9. – с. 094006. 9. umirzakov b.e. dissertation on the academic step. doctor of physical and mathematical sciences electron spectroscopic studies and analysis of the state of the surface of multicomponent systems created by ion implantation. 1993. p. 293. 10. isakhanov z.a., yorkulov r.m., tulyaganova sh.a. study of the properties of nanoscale structures created on the surface of the free si/cu film system // laser, plasma research and technologies-laplaz-2020. – 2020. – p. 204-205. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org improving the corporate management system in joint stock companies toychiyeva ruhshona arslonbek's daughter student tashkent state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the implementation of the corporate management system in joint-stock companies of uzbekistan, as well as the development of proposals and recommendations for the improvement of the corporate management system in the activities of joint-stock companies. corporate management, development strategy, jointstock company, limited liability company, diversification, corporate code, strategic management. introduction today, the term "corporate management" is widely used in practice. currently, there is rapid development in the field of corporate governance on a global scale. the main goal of the economic reforms implemented in our country is to accelerate economic activity on the basis of property diversity, transfer property from state ownership to the non-state sector, and thereby create various self-managing private economic entities. it is not a secret to anyone today. the success of such economic reforms implemented in our country largely depends on the effective reactivation of expropriated properties, establishment of joint ventures, transformation of enterprises into joint-stock companies, especially the development of small and private entrepreneurship. on this basis, special importance is attached to the organization of corporately managed links of the economy by turning most state-owned enterprises and organizations into joint-stock companies. the development strategy and effective management of joint-stock companies are reflected in the development strategy of new uzbekistan for 2022-2026 of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev. the head of our state touched on this at the meeting and emphasized that we should fundamentally change the principles and approaches of the corporate management system to ensure that it corresponds to real market relations and abandon conservative views, but the establishment of joint-stock companies around the world and the work of corporate at the time when it was found that management in this way is the main method, he emphasized that the work being carried out in this regard is not satisfactory, and that there are still many tasks that need to be completed. he said that the corporate method is an important condition for the transition to a market economy, that it is vital to study the experience of developed countries in this regard, and that it is especially important to attract young professionals who have thorough knowledge of the field and who can apply modern management and marketing methods in practice. was asked. today, an effective corporate governance system is considered a decisive factor in making investment decisions, and for this reason,company american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org without a corporate governance system does not have the opportunity to become a full market participant in order to be competitive and attractive for investment.1 in global practice, the main criterion for such serious attention to corporate governance in the last decade is the desire to create a safer and more comfortable environment for investors. according to the code of corporate governance of the republic of uzbekistan, corporate governance is the effective organization, modernization and development of jsc activities in order to achieve a balance of interests of the executive body of a joint-stock company, its supervisory board, shareholders, representatives of the labor team and other interested parties, including creditors. is a system of mutual relations aimed at ensuring the technical and technological rearmament of production capacities, the production of competitive products and their export to foreign markets.2 today, uzbekistan, one of the independent countries of central asia, led the reform and improvement of the corporate governance system, and as a result of the implementation of the reform program, significant changes were made to the country's corporate governance system. however, despite recent developments and improvements in corporate governance, we do not know whether corporate governance practices are in line with global corporate governance principles. it should be noted that even though corporate governance reforms are being implemented in uzbekistan at a rapid pace, a number of unsolved problems have arisen in the corporate governance system. the main problem is joint-stock companies in which the state is the main shareholder. the need for further development of corporate governance is related to the possibility of achieving positive results with its help: ncreasing the investment attractiveness of the company; attracting investors ready for long-term investment of financial resources; increase operational efficiency; reducing the cost of obtaining bank loans; increase the market value of the enterprise; facilitate access to capital markets; improve the image and reputation of the company. in addition, the introduction and active application of the basic principles of corporate governance in the practice of the organization can have a direct economic effect. by improving the existing corporate governance system, local business entities can expect to receive additional premiums on their share prices, ranging from 20 to 50%. the specific features of the corporate governance system are mainly determined by general economic factors, state policy, the level of competition, specific features of the legal and economic environment, business ethics, and the corporation's awareness of its social responsibility to society, for example, in the field of ecology. signs of an effective corporate governance system defined by the world bank: 1) transparency of financial and other business information about the company's activities, the process and results of monitoring the managers' activities; 1 o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2022 yil 28 yanvardagi pf 60-sonli farmoni “2022-2026 yillarga mo’ljallangan yangi o‘zbekistonning taraqqiyot strategiyasi”. 2 o’zbekiston respublikasi qonuni №233-i “aktsiyadorlik jamiyatlari va aktsiyadorlarning huquqlarini himoya qilish to’g’risida (yangi tahriri)”, 1996 yil 26 aprel. yangi tahriri o’rq-370 son bilan 2014 yil 06 mayda tasdiqlangan. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org 2) to protect and ensure the rights and interests of all shareholders; 3) independence of the directors of the corporation in defining the strategy, approving business plans, making other important decisions, appointing managers, monitoring, replacing managers if necessary; 4) maximizing financial flows (profits) and, at the same time, payments to shareholders. for the development of corporate management, a number of tasks must be performed: one of the main goals of corporate management is the effective use of resources within the organization. these include the staff assigned and the technology used in the organization. for this, corporate management must find ways to increase efficiency to minimize production time and increase revenue. corporate management is tasked with formulating company policy. the policy should follow various rules and guidelines specific to the industry in which the company operates. this means that the policy should be able to unite the different departments or branches of the company and make sure that they are working towards one common goal. one of the many functions of a corporate executive is to set the budget for the company (or the department they lead) and spend accordingly. any manager should spend the budget according to the amount of money the company can afford to spend. failure to do so may adversely affect the company. it is very important for the company to select candidates who are suitable for work, academically and intellectually. managers must ensure that assigned employees can work to achieve company goals. they need to make sure that the employees are competent enough to handle any situation, good or bad. it is very important for the company to select candidates who are suitable for work, academically and intellectually. they need to make sure that the employees are competent enough to handle any situation, good or bad. it's important to reward employees for a job well done, whether it's public recognition or an award. not only does it help employees stay motivated, but it also shows managers the level of enthusiasm employees have and how well they are working toward the company's goals. corporate managers perform many tasks to ensure the smooth running of the company. the introduction of the institute of corporate consultants will increase the level of legal protection of the republic's shareholders, especially minority shareholders, and will enable more effective consideration of their legal interests in the performance of the management bodies of jointstock companies. in most countries of the organization for economic cooperation and development, the advantage of "advanced experience of corporate management" is that they are included in various codes and recommendations and do not have the status of a legal and regulatory document. in this case, the mechanisms of compliance of these standards (recommendations) based on the rule "disclose information about compliance or explain the reasons for non-compliance" (comply or explain) are used. improving the corporate governance system is a continuous process that requires attention to changes in legislation, the market environment and the expectations of stakeholders. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org figure1.1 figure 1.1 below shows that many factors influence the corporate governance system. the most important of these factors is information technology. digitization is important nowadays. digital technologies have become an integral part of corporate governance, as digital technologies enable more efficient management of global operations and enable global connectivity and synchronization; shareholders, customers, employees, partners and society in general demand more and more transparency, stability and responsibility in corporate organizations and digital technologies help to meet these new needs. in addition, the world community now emphasizes the importance of innovative approaches to business management in all countries. a distinction is made between digitization of information and operational processes aimed at increasing efficiency and digitization of corporate management processes aimed at simplifying interactions between owners and managers. these factors can have both positive and negative effects on the effectiveness of the corporate governance system, so it is important to take them into account when developing the company's strategy and policy. improving the corporate management system is an important task of increasing the efficiency and stability of the company's activities. here are a few key points to help with this process: figure 2.1 many factors affect the corporate governance system culture and values composition of shareholders management team information technology cocktail market globalization legislation and regulations economic environment the main aspects that contribute to the improvement of the corporate governance system: shareholder participation ethics and corporate culture risk management education and development use of technology performance evaluation clear management structure transparency and reporting american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org improving the corporate governance system is a continuous process that requires attention to changes in legislation, the market environment and the expectations of stakeholders. conclusion the main content of corporate management is to balance the interests of various persons involved in the activities of the joint-stock company. taking into account the complex and conflicting nature of corporate governance, the problem of forming a mechanism for resolving conflicts and agreements between various participants of the corporate community and various bodies that manage its activities is of particular importance for the shareholders of the joint-stock company in our country. if we think about it, although corporate management is developing in most large joint-stock companies in the current conditions, their effectiveness in the life of the society is not significant. through the development of corporate management, not only the prestigious rise of the company is achieved, but also conflicts between its shareholders, managers and members of the labor team are eliminated, the creation of a healthy environment becomes the main factor of their development. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2022 yil 28 yanvardagi pf 60-sonli farmoni “2022-2026 yillarga mo’ljallangan yangi o‘zbekistonning taraqqiyot strategiyasi”. 2. o’zbekiston respublikasi qonuni №233-i “aktsiyadorlik jamiyatlari va aktsiyadorlarning huquqlarini himoya qilish to’g’risida (yangi tahriri)”, 1996 yil 26 aprel. yangi tahriri o’rq-370 son bilan 2014 yil 06 mayda tasdiqlangan 3. mirziyoev sh. “tanqidiy tahlil, qat’iy tartib-intizom va shaxsiy javobgarlik – har bir rahbar faoliyatining kundalik qoidasi bo’lishi kerak”. mamlakatimizni 2016 yilda ijtimoiyiqtisodiy rivojlantirishning asosiy yakunlari va 2017 yilga mo’ljallangan iqtisodiy dasturning eng muhim ustuvor yo’nalishlariga bag’ishlangan vazirlar mahkamasining kengaytirilgan majlisidagi ma’ruza, 2017 yil 14 yanvar. 4. suyunov d. korporativ boshqaruv mexanizmi: muammo va yechimlar. monografiya. – t.: аkademiya, 2007. – 319b. 5. berkinov b. korporativnie strukturi (osnovi sozdaniyai upravleniya). – t.: izd-vo nats.b-ki uzbekistana, 2005. – 132s. 6. хашимова с., айтмуратов б. ўзбекистонда шаклланаётган корпоратив бошқарув моделининг ўзига хос хусусиятлари //yosh tadqiqotchi jurnali. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 2. – с. 47-49. 7. хашимова с. н. акциядорлик жамиятларида корпоратив бошқарувнинг ташкилий иктисодий механизмини такомиллаштириш йўллари //евразийский журнал права, финансов и прикладных наук. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 9-12. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org the impact of water ecology on agricultural products мусаева muqaddas national research university “tiiame”, student е-mail: muqaddas.musayeva777@mail.ru orcid: 0009-0001-9364-6761 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the issues of the impact of water ecology on agricultural products and increasing productivity, as well as increasing the productivity of irrigation waters. it is necessary to solve the problems of water ecology, which depend on the effectiveness of the cultivation of agricultural products, the composition and quality of the water used in the irrigation of crops. the transition to effective water saving methods promotes water ecology, which ensures water, food and environmental safety in the region, determines crop yields and helps to increase product efficiency. in agriculture, the yield of cotton was analyzed. analyzes are determined not only by the yield, but also by the possibilities of increasing plant production. water ecology, agriculture, method, analysis, productivity, water use, water resources. introduction in the conditions of uzbekistan, the largest amount of water to date is spent on agriculture. of course, a lot of water is required to get a good harvest of agricultural products. the regions of uzbekistan are located in farming zones, where the lack of water is dangerous. a hazardous farming zone is an area with adverse climatic conditions for farming. the hazardous farming zone includes areas where crop yields are associated with the risk of climate anomalies: drought, lack of water for growing crops, the risk of pests attacking agricultural products. the climatic conditions of uzbekistan are very severe in some regions, so a large part of the land is located in this zone. summer heat to the growing season, the nutrient supply of agricultural soils all this does not guarantee a good harvest. for example, in the republic of karakalpakstan, khorezm region, bukhara region, jizzakh region, kashkadarya region and other regions there are water shortages, problems of water ecology of the use of water resources in agriculture. the availability of water resources for agriculture is a limiting factor. increasing water scarcity limits food production opportunities, especially in areas with increasing negative effects of low water and drought, and problems with rational use of water resources and water pollution are becoming increasingly acute. clean water is the basis of the existence of agriculture around the world. however, american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org its reserves are rapidly decreasing day by day. all surface reservoirs suffer from various garbage disposal, with waste from different enterprises joining them. to provide agricultural land with sufficient treated water, it is necessary to use various treatment systems and try to use the water as rationally as possible. there are ways to save water for agriculture. the use of precise irrigation allows you to quickly and accurately measure the flow of water, pressure consumption, control the start and end time of irrigation, determine the amount of water used for irrigation. mulching helps to reduce moisture evaporation from the soil, in other words, if the soils remain moist for longer, the watering time and frequency can be significantly reduced. mulching is the process of covering the surface of the soil under plants with organic or synthetic materials to protect them from weeds, drying out and sudden temperature changes. mulching increases productivity and facilitates the work of gardeners and gardeners. it is carried out not only in the garden, but also in the greenhouse, and is also used for balcony plants and indoor flowers. crop-free farming facilitates moisture penetration into the upper soil layer and does not lead to erosion. in addition, contour farming, in which the soil is processed into sloping ground with rows of the same height, prevents water flow and soil erosion. using these methods, it is possible to reduce the use of water in agriculture. material improving water supply in rights, water can ensure the market value of the resource and, as a result, lead to the most optimal use of it. the provision of farms with water resources, often groundwater, usually includes permits or other control mechanisms, but due to too high costs to comply with the established requirements, a decrease in quality indicators and the illegal use of groundwater, this still remains a problem. the degree of manifestation of the environmental consequences of irrigation is determined by the initial state of soils, the quality of irrigation water, the irrigation regime and the level of agrotechnology. therefore, all measures to prevent the negative consequences of irrigation should be built taking these factors into account. the introduction of an ecological regime of irrigation will help reduce the norm of irrigation, maintain the factors that make up the environment and ultimately maintain and further develop the ecological-economic potential of the area. to minimize the negative environmental consequences of irrigation, it is necessary to use modern technologies and methods aimed at the effective use of water resources. it is also important to use alternative energy sources to manage irrigation systems. in the scientific research of a number of scientists, water ecology covered agricultural problems. to assess the potential of the population, industry and agriculture to meet the water needs, the amount of water supply of the population is usually used, which is an indispensable feature that is determined by the amount of water resources that correspond to the population living in the area under consideration [1]. water is one of the main environmental factors and is an important factor for the survival of plants and animals on earth. in the process of obtaining a substance with the environment and photosynthesis, water participates as a metabolite and solvent. mineral salts pass into the plant dissolved in water from the soil [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the purpose of hydrobiological monitoring is to obtain statistically reliable data that allows you to assess the state of water communities and the consequences of anthropogenic impacts on hydroecoticism in different parts of the reservoir [3]. using the successes of modern ecology for the development of agriculture is undoubtedly the future path of science and production. of particular importance is the development of the theoretical foundations of agricultural ecology using achievements in certain areas of agricultural production and construction [4]. environmental regulation is the development and testing of scientifically based criteria and norms of maximum permissible harmful effects on the natural environment and humans, as well as norms and rules of environmental management based on common methodological approaches, comprehensive study and analysis of the ecological capabilities of ecosystems and their individual components [5]. water ecology affects agriculture as follows: * water quality affects the quality and harmlessness of agricultural products, the viability and productivity of animals, the efficiency of the activities of enterprises. in irrigated agriculture, water quality affects soil fertility, water consumption, productivity, and the quality of agricultural products. * wastewater from agricultural lands and farms enters rivers and inland bodies of water, and then into oral marine ecosystems. agricultural waste is the main source of pesticides and biogens, which are dumped in large quantities into water bodies. * unsatisfactory water quality during irrigation can affect irrigated crops and soils due to the accumulation of salts in the root system, a decrease in soil permeability, the transfer of pollutants. also, increased water scarcity limits food production opportunities, especially in areas with increasing negative effects of low water and droughts. method the country needs to develop an expert assessment system based on the method of environmental change. method of changing ecology assessment of the state of ecological systems: possible reorganization of biocenosis, which does not lead to complicating or simplifying the structure of biocenosis, that is, does not change the overall level of organization of the communities included in it (biocenosis is a historically formed collection of populations of plants, animals and microorganisms that coexist in homogeneous conditions in a common area and interact with different types of relationships); the state of anthropogenic ecological stress (this is a state of biocenosis, which is represented by an increase in its diversity, in particular an increase in the total number of species, a complication of interspecific relations, an increase in spatial and temporal heterogeneity, a temporary structure and a complication of the food chain); the state of anthropogenic ecological regression (there is a decrease in diversity and spatial-temporal heterogeneity, an increase in entropy, simplification of interspecific interactions and trophic chains); the state of anthropogenic metabolic regression (biocenosis activity decreases in terms of the sum of all processes of formation and destruction of phytoplankton, periphyton, bacteria and organic matter of consumers). one of the ways to use ecological change is based on the determination of changes in the overall metabolic intensity of biocenosis, which are assessed through the production properties of american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org phytoplankton (phytoplankton is a class of organisms found in large bodies of water and containing a variety of subspecies) and (metabolism or substance exchange is a set of life-supporting chemical reactions in a living organism. these processes allow organisms to grow and reproduce, maintain structures and respond to environmental influences). as a characteristic of metabolic intensity, the ratio of production and destruction of phytoplankton, as well as the nature of the vertical distribution of chlorophyll, was determined by its local fluorescence, including methods of remote analysis. the method of financing an investment project acts as a way to attract investment resources to ensure the financial implementation of the project [6]. analysis the main branch of agriculture, is herbalism. the amount of in-kind products grown in the field of agriculture of this network is called gross yield. economic analysis begins with determining the change in gross yield. by comparing the amount of gross yield produced in the reporting year to the amount of gross yield in the base year, the change is determined by the increase or decrease. then the reasons for this change are determined and the possibilities of increasing the production of crop production are determined. the change in the amount of gross yield occurs directly at the expense of two factors: * the first factor, due to the change in the size of the crop area; * two factors are due to the change in the level of crop yield. the sum of the multiples of these two factors gives the gross yield. this can be expressed as: ∑moho – the amount of gross yield in the basis period; ∑mihi – the amount of gross yield in the reporting year. here: mi,mo – respectively indicates the planting acreage in the reporting year and in the basis period; hi,ho – respectively indicate the level of productivity in the reporting year and in the basis period. the effect of these factors on changes in gross yield can be determined using “indicator difference” method. we dwell here below on the procedure for determining and analyzing the influence of factors through the “difference in indicators” method. from the gross yield in the reporting year to the gross yield in the base year (or plan), its total change is determined by: мiнi – мoнo = ± δmn to determine the effect of the change in the amount of arable land on the change in gross crop yield, it is necessary to multiply the difference between arable land in the reporting year (or actual) and arable land in the base year (or plan) by the level of yield in the base year (мi – мo): (мi – мo)* нo = ± δm to determine the effect of the change in yield rate on the change in gross yield, it is necessary to multiply the difference between the yield in the reporting year (or actual) and the yield in the base year (or plan) by the (actual) crop area in the reporting year (hi – ho); (hi – ho) * мi = ± δn the sum of the effects of these two factors must equal the total change in gross yield: δm ± δn = ± δmn american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org now, an analysis of the change in the amount of crops grown in cultivation can be considered using the example of the gross crop of cotton grown on the farm farms, relying on the rules of the above method. changes in gross yield are influenced by changes in crop area structure (structural structure) as well as changes in crop area and productivity. experimentally obtained data on agro ecological testing of cotton varieties prove the possibility of growing crops on the territory of the republic of kalmykia [7]. based on the above rules of the method, it is considered necessary to apply an analysis of the change in the amount of crop production on the example of the gross crop of cotton grown on a farm. it can be seen from this that we are using the method of analyzing the gross yield of cotton, using this method it is possible to analyze the performance of the gross yield for all types of crops. result to achieve more efficient and sustainable use of water, it is necessary to develop and implement water regulation measures to life, improve volume management mechanisms, introduce profitability and taxation, especially in areas with limited water resources, all effort and attention should be paid. naijador consists of the production of reliable, environmentally friendly food in agriculture: recognition of the complexity and diversity of water resource management in agriculture; strengthening the institution of state and ownership for the management of water resources in agriculture; to guarantee that the benefits from the supply of water to agriculture will at least compensate for their cost; improvement of strategic integration between agriculture, water, energy and ecology policy; increase the resistance of agriculture to changing weather conditions and climate change; eliminate gaps in knowledge and constantly improve the management of water resources. along with the growth of the world's population, there is a growing need for food, agricultural products and water resources. as a result, when creating scientific innovative environmental projects for the development of agriculture, obtaining scientific products, we will consider four interconnected and interconnected natural elements of agriculture: the surface layer of the atmosphere, economic indicators that include the volume and cost of produced plants, soil, water resources and agricultural products. the assessment of the change in the state of all listed elements of agriculture by options was carried out using integral indicators, including: * for the surface layer of the atmosphere-a hydrothermal regime that characterizes the heat and moisture supply of plants, which depends not only on natural-climatic conditions, but also on economic conditions. * for plants-general biomass and biodiversity, which depend on the hydrothermal regime of the agricultural system and applied melioration. * for water resources-the regime and quality of surface waters, which are determined by the intensity of surface flows and the flow of polluted substances from agricultural land. * for soils-their ecological and economic functions. the productivity of irrigation water is the ratio of gross product to the volume of water consumed. this indicator is introduced in order to save water. also, the productivity of irrigation water can be determined american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org as the ratio of yield (ton/ga) to volume of irrigation water (m3/ga). suppose that if the yield of agricultural crops is 6 tons per hectare and irrigation water is 10,000 m3/ha, then the water productivity of crops is 0.0006 tons per m3. to increase water productivity, it is possible to increase yields, increase the coefficient of useful movement of irrigation and ensure the operation of irrigation systems. conclusion and suggestion in conclusion, it can be said that the irrigation of agricultural land may has both positive and negative environmental aspects. efficient use of water resources, prevention of soil erosion and maintenance of ecosystems are important to minimize the negative effects of irrigation. the introduction of modern irrigation technologies and methods of agriculture in the cultivation of products makes it environmentally sustainable and effective. our suggestion is that the following measures can be taken to solve the problems of water ecology at the state, sphere and networks level: at the state level, improving legislation in the field of water protection, strengthening environmental control over the activities of enterprises, establishing protective lines along the banks of water bodies and creating water protection zones. at the level of spheres, improving technological processes in order to reduce water consumption and create circulating water systems. in addition, it is necessary to develop and use low-waste technologies. in order to provide the population with quality drinking water, it is also important to develop a state management system and improve the regulatory framework. at the networks level, the rational use of water, including the application of fertilizers and pesticides, should be carried out only in case of technological necessity. for wastewater treatment, it is necessary to ensure and control the biological treatment and deep purification of the wastewater of agricultural enterprises, as well as the household wastewater of settlements. references 1. shevtsov m.n. water-ecological problems and the use of water resources / m.n.shevtsov. khabarovsk: publishing house of the pacific state university, 2015. – 197 p. isbn 978-5-7389-18179 2. tursunov x.t., rahimova t.u. ecology. a study guide. ashkent., 2006. – 138 p. 3. shaikhutdinova a.a. ecological methods of assessing the quality of reservoirs using hydrobionts [electronic resource]: practicum/a.a.shaikhutdinova; orenburg state university. orenburg: osu, 2019. – 92 p.isbn 978-5-7410-2407-2. 4. belyuchenko i.s., melnik o.a. agricultural ecology. a study guide. krasnodar: publishing house of the kgau, 2010. – 297 p. 5. rodikova a.v., kulizhsky s.p. soil ecology of agricultural lands: practicum / ed. by a.v.rodikova. tomsk: publishing house of tomsk state university, 2019. – 102 p. isbn 978-5-94621-783-5 6. babadjanov abdirashid musayevich. methods of financing agricultural, scientific institutions and investment projects. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences. volume 23, | april – 2024. – pp. 1-11. issn (e): 2832-8019. www.americanjournal.org http://www.americanjournal.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org 7. dedov a.a., dedova a.a., shabanov r.m., dedova e.b. cotton cultivation in arid conditions of the republic of kalmykia [electron. resource] // agroecoinfo: electronic scientific and production journal. 2023. – no. 5. – рр. 1-7. doi: https://doi.org/10.51419/202135503. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org youth employment and directions of its regulation зарифов бобур тдиу молия факултети декан ўринбосари boburzarifov4@gmail.com +998336983004 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, the work carried out in the republic of uzbekistan today in terms of youth policy, coverage of young people with higher education, meaningful organization of their free time, ensuring their employment with a profession that fully meets the requirements of today's modern era and world standards is analyzed, and the existing problems and shortcomings are studied. youth, youth policy, employment, strategy, new uzbekistan, labor market, green economy, effective employment. introduction at the current stage of socio-economic development of uzbekistan, the problem of increasing youth employment is gaining particular importance, as is the state policy. this is largely due to the fact that the republic of uzbekistan is a country of youth in terms of its population. in his address to the oliy majlis, the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev noted that “from january 1, 2021, a system of confirming the qualification level of citizens in highly demanded working professions will be introduced. at the meeting of the youth forum, a decision was made to allocate $ 100 million to ensure youth entrepreneurship and employment. in addition, 1 trillion soums and $ 50 million will be allocated for vocational training while lending to young people’s business projects.” this, in turn, indicates that young people are being provided with broad opportunities in the era of innovative development. attracting young people to labor activity is an issue of the most important state and national importance. because today, young people joining the ranks of labor teams and entrepreneurs in various sectors of the economy will contribute to the development of the republic of uzbekistan in the coming еars. in today's conditions, solving the problem of youth employment depends on the joint, targeted efforts of educational institutions, education management, territorial labor bodies, employment assistance centers, the youth affairs agency, trade union organizations, and local government bodies [1]. young people in the economically active population are the most promising category and are an object of long-term intellectual investment. they are distinguished by a high level of education, strong work motivation, vibrant physical potential, and high opportunities for rapid training and education in professions and specialties demanded by the labor market. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org in the republic of uzbekistan, the number of unemployed young people, who do not have sufficient social protection, is increasing significantly. this situation requires the study of new, effective methods of regulating socio-economic relations to ensure youth employment in the labor market. the 70th goal of the new uzbekistan development strategy of the president of the republic of uzbekistan sh. mirziyoyev for 2022-2026 sets out issues such as improving state youth policy, creating conditions for youth employment and developing their employment and entrepreneurship[2]. employment, youth employment is a matter of state importance, since it is young people who form the human resource potential of our country. today, increasing the competitiveness of human potential largely depends on the national strategy in the field of youth labor utilization. today's youth largely influence political, economic and social processes in society. all this determines the relevance of the topic. literature review today, it is necessary to develop specific measures to actively address the state's youth policy, the demands and needs of young people, the problems they face, increase the participation of young people in economic spheres, and solve the problems of youth unemployment. this requires a thorough study of the scientific works of economists from foreign countries and our country. local researchers g.k. abdurakhmanova and sh.r. kholmuminov[3] scientifically and theoretically analyzed the interconnectedness of the labor market infrastructure and its components, identified a methodology for comprehensively assessing and forecasting the effectiveness of its development, and identified the main directions of the formation and development of state and non-state employment services. also, a strategic concept was developed to improve the organizational and economic mechanism of labor market regulation and increase the effectiveness of the development of labor market infrastructure. a.e. kotlyar took a rather narrow approach to the coordination of economic interests of labor market entities[4]. this approach limits the labor market to those able-bodied individuals who are free from work, such people are unemployed at certain times, are free from study or work, and are looking for another job or are entering labor activity for the first time. representatives of this theory limit the labor market to the process of negotiation of a person's ability to work and argue that the use of this ability occurs outside the labor market, in the labor process. russian economist v.a. pavlenkov[5] and one of our country's economists k.kh. abdurakhmanov[6] consider it appropriate to interpret the economic interests of labor market entities in a broader way. tarasova n. the article “labor relations in the context of globalization and technological revolution” scientifically substantiates the impact of information and communication technologies on almost all sectors and industries of the economy on a large and global scale, as well as on every function of firms in any industry or service.[7] according to them, the currently employed workforce cannot be considered completely consumed and removed from the market. the production process continuously changes the conditions of employment, and issues of territorial or professional mobility of employees, positions in terms of remuneration, etc. arise. the nature of the labor market is expressed in the purchase and sale of labor, which is established between employees and employers. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org research methodology during the research, the advanced experience of foreign countries in developing effective youth employment was studied. the need for scientific research on international youth policy and methods of statistical research on the effectiveness of their use as labor resources, the development of the service sector in increasing the level of employment abroad, in particular, the development of the labor market, was substantiated. since the main task of ensuring the development of the labor market infrastructure is to solve the problem of both the unemployed and those who are employed but want to change their main place of work, the participants of the labor market are both unemployed and those who are employed but want to change their main place of work. at present, the role of investments in ensuring employment in the labor market and ways to increase investment attractiveness were statistically studied. analysis and results our youth have a special place in building a new uzbekistan a prosperous and prosperous, democratic country. they are able to demonstrate that they are the creators of the third renaissance with their patriotism, knowledge and skills, enthusiasm, and initiative. he emphasizes that youth is a decisive factor in the development of the nation. in his opinion, youth is also a great force in the development of the country's economy. all over the world, youth is an incomparable force that carries out new ideas and creative efforts for the political, economic and social prosperity of each state, a prosperous life and high development on our planet. that is why the united nations youth strategy states that “youth is the most valuable and important resource, and any investment in it is worth it, because these investments will return many times over.” currently, the world community considers the youth age group of 12-24 to be 1.2 billion people, or 16 percent of the earth's population. by 2030, their number is expected to increase by another 7 percent to 1.3 billion. as is known, the labor market is an important area of the economic and socio-political life of society. both new jobs being created and laid-off workers can find a job or position, respectively, based on the laws of the labor market. human age is a characteristic of the life of an organism, consisting of its growth, development, maturation and aging from birth. a person has a calendar age (the period from birth to a certain time) and a biological age. biological age is determined by the state of metabolism in the body and the suitability of these processes for a particular population (table 1). table 1. young periods of human life period gender age period gender age period gender age infant boys and girls 1-10 days old infant boys and girls 1-10 days old infant boys and girls 1-10 days old infant boys and girls 10 days to 1 еar old infant boys and girls 10 days to 1 еar old infant boys and girls 10 days to 1 еar old early childhood boys and girls 1-3 early childhood boys and girls 1-3 early childhood boys and girls 1-3 younger childhood boys and girls 4-7 younger childhood boys and girls 4-7 younger childhood boys and girls 4-7 american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org childhood boys 8-12 girls 8-11 childhood boys 8-12 childhood boys 8-12 girls 8-11 girls 8-11 adolescence boys 12-16 girls 12-15 adolescence boys 12-16 adolescence boys 12-16 girls 12-15 girls 12-15 puberty boys 17-21 girls 16-20 puberty boys 17-21 puberty boys 17-21 girls 16-20 girls 16-20 maturity: 1st period men 22-35 women 21-35 1st period men 22-35 1st period men 22-35 women 21-35 women 21-35 2nd period men 36-60 women 36-55 2nd period men 36-60 2nd period men 36-60 women 36-55 women 36-55 old age men 61-74 women 55-74 old age men 61-74 old age men 61-74 women 55-74 women 55-74 neurocentrism men and women 75-90 neurocentrism men and women 75-90 neurocentrism men and women 75-90 old age men and women over 90 old age men and women over 90 old age men and women over 90 with the increase in life expectancy and the development of acceleration, the perception of the age limit is also changing. the upper limit of age for a person is considered to be 115-125 еars. if biological age exceeds calendar age, then this is called premature aging. social and economic conditions also affect human age. the international labor organization (ilo) recommends that participating countries set the minimum working age at 16 еars. in accordance with the current legislation of the republic of uzbekistan, the minimum age for employment for young people is set at 16-29 еars.( figure 1.) figure 1. structural structure of youth according to signs of economic activity [8]. working-age population aged 16-29 economically active population aged 16-29 employed (16-29 years old) hired those who work self-employed the unemployed (16-29 years old) economically inactive population aged 16-29 those studying in secondary specialized or higher education systems housewives and unemployed women who are busy with childcare; persons who are not voluntarily employed american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org considering the group of labor resources of young people of working age as a group of labor resources, respectively, as a complement to their number, a number of features are inherent in the labor resources of young people, characterizing and distinguishing them as separate labor resources: 1. on the one hand, the absence of the burden of economic and social ties (lack of production experience and qualifications, personal housing and property, land, etc.), on the other hand, expressed in the active search for one's place in life; 2. high indicators of physical health and endurance, which to a certain extent compensate for the shortcomings in production experience, skills and knowledge; 3. higher general education level compared to the time of entry into labor activity (for older workers), expressed in the expansion of the scope of training of young people and an increase in the volume of knowledge. 4. a comprehensive analysis of the characteristics of young people as a group of labor resources allows us to correlate the specific qualities of young employees and their differentiated assessment with the type of market strategy of the organization, which provides a more grounded approach to studying the real prospects for the employment of young specialists. the author provides a generalized description of various age groups (table 1.2). table 1.2 the main description of the work activity of young people of different age groups age, еars reasons for entry into employment the main reasons for labor activity main problems of labor activity 14-15 1. low family conditions 2. striving for an independent life 1. income from work 2. formation of initial work skills 1. the danger of stopping your education 2. low labor income 16-17 1. expansion of material needs 2. striving for a career 1. income from work 2. desire to obtain accurate and reliable information about future activities, industry 1. necessity of professional education and contradictions in obtaining income from work 18-20 1. choosing a profession 2. the emergence of expenses associated with professional education 1. income from work 2. formation of working skills for the future profession 1. part-time employment 2. the problem of guaranteed employment 21-24 1. termination of professional education 2. the end of the socialization process 1. income from work 2. formation of personal career interests 1.mastering organizational culture 2. finding a place in organizations 25-29 1. family management 2. completion of the process of formation of the profession 1. income from work 2. the desire to show oneself professionally 1. the need to improve professional knowledge 2. planning and implementation of career goals source: compiled by author. based on existing views on the essence of employment as a socio-economic category, combined with the study of the specific aspects of youth as labor resources, it is assumed that the essence of youth employment can be described as follows. youth employment is a set of socio-economic relations of american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org young people at the stage of labor and social self-direction, which characterizes their entry into social production. in general, when developing a regional program to reduce youth unemployment, it is possible to sequentially place the goals of this program, the priorities for their implementation, and the availability of resources and means necessary for their implementation (figure 2). figure 1.2. structural diagram of resources and means required for the implementation of the youth unemployment reduction program. in our opinion, the regional youth unemployment reduction program is intended to solve the following tasks: -ensuring rational employment of young people: creating new jobs; rationally matching jobs with young people who want to work; -establishing a market balance between supply and demand for young labor: increasing the demand for young labor in economic sectors, increasing the competitiveness of youth mobility; -establishing a market balance between supply and demand for young labor in the agricultural sector: creating non-agricultural jobs in rural areas in order to attract young people to production in rural areas, improving the qualifications and professional skills of rural youth; -reducing youth unemployment: organizing social work; aligning the structure of jobs with the level of professional qualifications of unemployed youth; encouraging private and individual entrepreneurship to create additional jobs in cities and villages; regional program methodology for reducing youth unemployment working with information software collection labor market monitoring analysis and solutions legal mexpnism goals scientific methods models and computing techniques supply of resources information bank of vacancies management and leadership american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org increasing the effectiveness of organizational, economic and administrative mechanisms to reduce youth unemployment: developing and implementing state, local and foreign programs to create new jobs for unemployed youth; providing preferential loans for the development of small businesses and private entrepreneurship; organizing youth-friendly public works; creating a database of youth supply and demand; reducing the length of the working day; assisting in the employment of graduates of educational institutions: organizing contacts with employers in order to employ graduates of educational institutions; forecasting the demand for specialists with higher education in the regional economic sectors; establishing tripartite social cooperation between educational institutions, government agencies, and the labor service to place young graduates in employment; providing students admitted to secondary specialized and higher educational institutions with a conclusion on their specializations. conclusions and results 1. one of the urgent problems facing the economy today is the effective formation and development of the labor market. for this, first of all, it is necessary to competently use the objective laws of the development of socio-economic systems. the effective implementation of market relations in our republic, employment of the population and, thereby, socio-economic development, primarily depends on the state of the labor markets of the regions. 2. the need for young people for jobs largely depends on the age structure and their interest in obtaining education. the liberalization of labor activity and remuneration for labor creates a desire among young people to earn "big money" without spending much effort and often at the expense of low-skilled labor. the circle of young people who associate material well-being and employment with high skills is narrowing. 3. employment of young people and thereby increasing their well-being is one of the factors determining the country's prosperity. in this sense, the more the state economy develops, the more prosperous the life of the population will become. the positive changes, unprecedented successes and achievements observed in the economy of our country are clearly reflected, first of all, in our living conditions. this is because, since the first еars of independence, in our country, the issue of ensuring employment, creating new jobs, and in general, increasing the income of the population and raising the standard of living has been considered a priority task. references 1. collection of materials of the republican scientific and practical conference on the issue of reducing the level of poverty and unemployment based on the development of entrepreneurship in uzbekistan, vol.: 2021, p. 356. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated january 28, 2022 no. pf-60 "new development strategy of uzbekistan for 2022-2026" 3. g.k. abdurakhmanova human resources management. textbook. t.: science, 2021, 692 pages. 4. sh.r. koholmuminov improving the planning of labor resources in the agro-industrial complex of the region. t.: mehnat, 1989.157 p. 5. kotlyar a.e., trubin v.v. problems of regulating the redistribution of labor forces. m.: economics, 1978. 168 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org 6. v.a. pavlenkov is in the market. employment. unemployment: fly. for university students studying in the specialty 060200 "economic work". 7. tarasova n. labor relations in the context of globalization and technological revolution (experience of western countries) // society and economics. m.: 2000. //1. p. 67. 8. cabinet of ministers of the republic of uzbekistan. the needs of the region to improve population and the need for employment were compiled by the authorities on the decision no. 106 dated may 24, 2007. 9. www.gov.uz the government portal of the republic of uzbekistan. 10. www.lex.uz – national database of information on legal documents of the republic of uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org use of mobile applications in teaching programming languages to students of the higher education system jalgasbaeva shaxnoza muratbay qizi base doctoral student of nukus state pedagogical institute jalgasbaevashaxnoza1998@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, based on the possibilities of teaching programming languages to students of higher educational institutions of the republic of uzbekistan in depth, the convenience of teaching programming languages through the production of mobile applications, and online platforms for teaching programming are discussed is conducted. it park, mobile application, programming languages, platform, codecademy, udemy, coursera. introduction on february 28, 2023, the president of the republic of uzbekistan "on the state program for the implementation of the development strategy of new uzbekistan for the years 2022-2026 in the "year of attention to people and quality education" no. pf-27 and on measures to effectively organize public administration in the field of digital technologies within the framework of administrative reforms" may be implemented by it-park residents with decree no. pf-76 of may 24, 2023 in accordance with the decision to expand the types of activities, opportunities are being created for students of higher education institutions of the republic of uzbekistan to learn programming languages in depth and to have a wider knowledge of programming. at the same time, in order to make teaching programming languages more convenient and understandable, various methods and methods are being developed and improved, one of them is teaching programming languages through the development of mobile applications [1-5]. it is much more convenient to teach a student programming languages through the development of mobile applications. the reason is that the consciousness and thinking of people today is advancing to a very high level. in modern times, everyone has gadgets, that is, phones. it would be much more convenient for users if applications that teach programming languages were developed and installed on mobile phones by downloading them. the student has difficulty knowing how and where to use a function or operator he needs, and instead of searching for a book or the internet, he enters the application on his phone and opens and uses the information expressed through examples from the section shown in the menu. . this creates a great opportunity for the user to gain time and internet traffic [6-9]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org there are several online platforms for learning programming. these platforms make it easy to learn programming at any level and don't cost much money or time. the following platforms provide convenient and popular services for learning programming: codecademy is a platform designed to make learning programming easy and convenient. here you can take short courses to learn programming languages. access to this platform is free and there are special programs for the learning process. udemy this platform has unique programming courses, problems, and video tutorials. on udemy, you can learn about various programming languages, web development, android and ios programming, and many other topics. learning through udemy is purchased per course. coursera this platform is designed for advanced students, courses offered by universities and companies. many courses like programming, data analysis and mathematics are taught here. on this platform, it is possible to easily choose the direction of study [10-11]. in conclusion, it should be noted that teaching programming languages to students has become more complicated today, because students have to learn several programming languages at the same time. to solve this complexity, a specific algorithm was developed, and based on this algorithm, work was carried out to improve mobile applications that teach programming languages. in addition, it is effective to use it based on various methods, data, mathematical models and structures that teach programming in mobile applications. references: 1. k.k. seytnazarov, k.i. kalimbetov. tea and munching his body, the processes of students’ models and algorithms/ academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11 (2), 527533 2. k.k. seytnazarov, k.i. kalimbetov.computer science in science in oqitish effective techniques to choose you get to and decisions that take it to the software security re work out / physics, mathematics and computer science of scientific-methodical journal tashkent, 88-98 3. k.k. seitnazarov, k.i. kalimbetov.computer science science for teaching effective techniques to choose tart decisions take you to the system/ academic research in educational science, 2 (cspi conference 1), 755-759 4. k.k. seitnazarov, b.k. turemuratova/ primenenie iskusstvennogo distantsionnogo obrazovaniya intelligence system texnologii v / novosti obrazovaniya: issledovanie v xxi vek is 1 (1), 176-185 5. k.k. seitnazarov, b.k. turemuratova. raz mej known glubokim i mashinnim obucheniem / periodica journal of modern philosophy, social science and humanities 6... 6. k.k. seitnazarov / development of decision-making algorithms based on mathematical calculations of the assessment irreversible in my students' knowledge / nv annual eventsnatural volatiles & essential oil journal| nv annual events, 13717-13723 7. k.k. seitnazarov, n.s. muxiyatdinov, m.m. urinbaeva. i ego primenenie v prinyatii resheniy iskusstvenniy intellekt: method, algorithm i perspektiv / journal of universal science research 1 (6), 72-79 https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:8k81kl-mbhgc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:qxl8fj1gzncc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:uebtzra9y70c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:uebtzra9y70c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:wp0gir-vw9mc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:wp0gir-vw9mc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:9zlfyxvoiumc https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:d1gkvwhdpl0c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:iwhjjkofinec https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:iwhjjkofinec american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 23, april 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 8. k.k. seitnazarov, k.i. kalimbetov.no’iymas toe ‘did it ma’lumot of ko ‘pligi in the context of universities of students knowledge in assessing decisions that take it to the/ computer technology 1 (10) 9. k.k. seitnazarov, n.s. muxiyatdinov, m.m. urinbaeva. vremya ego primenenie of where ur informatik iskusstvenniy intellekt i/ o'time in the subject of innovation and scientific research journal, 2 (19... 10. k.k. seytnazarov, p.i. kenesbaeva. innovative texnologii v obrazovatelnom is prosess/ international scientific and technical journal “innovative technical and... 11. k.k. seitnazarov, n.s. muxiyatdinov, m.m. urinbaeva. zada president prinyatiya resheniy v usloviyax riskovix the beginning when neopredelennosti/ the world of science 6 (5), 150154. https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:mxk_kjrjxjic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:mxk_kjrjxjic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:qucmzb5y_30c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:qucmzb5y_30c https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:tqgyirikucic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:tqgyirikucic https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:zexyd9-uunac https://scholar.google.com/citations?view_op=view_citation&hl=ru&user=apg3mxcaaaaj&cstart=20&pagesize=80&citation_for_view=apg3mxcaaaaj:zexyd9-uunac american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org improving the use of open-pit oil field ashurov murodullo kholboyevich turdiyev farid razzok ugli karshi institute of engineering and economics, karshi, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the only factor explaining the difference between these two straight sections is that during the period characteristic of each of them, the density of the well pattern was compacted. as is known, one of the main parameters that allows us to evaluate the effectiveness of hydrodynamic methods is the amount of recoverable reserves and the final oil recovery factor. mining, alignment, well, traction, netting, compression, removable backup, coverage, dynamics, evaluation, effectiveness. introduction the imperial concernings used to identify the net law are as follows. the results of drilling well drilling were evaluated at different periods of operation of the shurtepa deposit. it was determined that the wells were to be tightened and that each well would be reduced to the specific oil reserves.to quantify the efficiency of compaction of the density of a well pattern in accordance with the recommendations of the methodological guide for determining the technological efficiency of hydrodynamic methods for enhancing oil recovery, a characteristic of oil displacement by water (ww) was constructed, which is an empirical relationship between ql qn and ql (where ql and qn are the accumulated production of liquid and oil in reservoir conditions) the main feature that determines the possibility of using chemical waste for this purpose is the linear nature of this relationship in the final section. as can be seen from fig. 4. in the cv there are several straight sections. the only factor explaining the difference between these two straight sections is that during the period characteristic of each of them, the density of the well pattern was compacted. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org as is known, one of the main parameters that allows us to evaluate the effectiveness of hydrodynamic methods is the amount of recoverable reserves and the final oil recovery factor. to determine these parameters, all straight sections of the displacement characteristic were processed by the least squares method and the dependences of ql·ql on ql with sufficient correlation coefficients were obtained based on the results of calculations of recoverable oil reserves, which is numerically equal to the coefficient “c”, the dependence of the specific recoverable oil reserves per one production well on the total number of oil production wells was constructed (fig. 5). it shows that the drilling of infill wells in the period 1984-1990. led to an increase in specific reserves, and the subsequent compaction of the grid in 1992-2000. and 2005-2017 to its reduction. based on the results obtained, the following conclusions can be drawn: american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org drilling new wells in areas not covered by the drainage process of the original grid leads to an increase in specific recoverable oil reserves and oil recovery factor; drilling new wells in areas covered by the drainage process of previously drilled wells leads to a decrease in specific recoverable reserves and a relatively smaller increase in oil recovery factor; the efficiency of drilling infill wells largely depends on the reasonable identification of zones not involved in the drainage process by the existing stock of wells. the disposal of associated oil gases is the main problem of all oil companies. currently, there are several methods of economical use of associated petroleum gases. 1. satellite petroleum gas can be used as a fuel directly in gas piston generators or in gas turbine units, after partial cleaning and drying in units of gas preparation and separation devices. in gas piston generators or gas turbines, full power cannot be achieved when satellite petroleum gas is used, and the presence of heavy hydrocarbons and sulfur causes equipment to wear out quickly. 2. on the basis of chemical technology, fuel constituents are separated using chemical reagents. taking into account the high cost of such chemical reagents and the fact that they are imported, the cost of using them in practice increases. 3. associated petroleum gases are passed through special blocks and fuel components are separated. it uses membrane technology and molecular mesh, but the sorbents quickly saturate and the films become full and have to be replaced quickly. 4. it is possible to apply low-temperature separation technology based on the propane cycle. when this technology is used in hot climates, performance decreases and operating costs are high. 5. associated petroleum gases are transported to gas processing plants and processed. expensive pipelines are expensive to lay and the coverage period is long. 6. with the help of coolers, all components of satellite gas are separated into fuel components based on combustion. the use of heavy fractions of hydrocarbons ( and higher) satellite petroleum gas as a fuel for gas power generators presents certain problems and is an expensive raw material in the petrochemical industry. oil is the main direction of finding a solution to the problem. comprehensive measures are taken to collect associated oil from oil fields for gas processing, it is transported to gas processing plants and processed to obtain dry degassed gas (qbg-dry degassed gas), broad fraction light hydrocarbons (kfeu ) and stable gas gasoline (bgb) is obtained. in addition to the broad fraction of light gas (s4 and above), the gas is collected in a fractionation unit to separate liquefied petroleum gases. references 1.rozisher soatmurodovich bekjonov, gayratovna, a. d., & ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity. the peerian journal, 18, 1-4. 2. kibriyo, b. o. t. z. m., & aktam o’g, o. i. s. (2023). study of secondary methods of oil production in the last period of operation. innovations in technology and science education, 2(8), 397-400. 3.бобомуродов, у., & бекжонов, р. (2022). показатели разработки нефтегазоконденсатного месторождения. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org physical deposition of coatings in vacuum urinov n.f. saidova m. kh. associate professors of the department of tm and mt sobirov m. b. master of group m7-23 michadk bukhara engineering and technological institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents the process of fphysical deposition of coatings in a vacuum, which consists of spraying a substance in a special vacuum chamber. as well as the main operations of a typical technological process for applying coatings using the pvd method. physical deposition, coating, vacuum, ionization, magnetron sputtering, ion beam, electron beam. introduction physical deposition of coatings in a vacuum involves spraying a substance in a special vacuum chamber. the sprayed particles are then ionized, atare hunkering down v ehlectical pole v n acoating of the product. then the substance condenses on the surface in the presence of a reaction gas. the transformation of the solid into a metal vapor can be carried out by a cathode spot of a vacuum arc, by vacuum-arc evaporation (fig. 1, a); by an ion beam, by magnetron sputtering (fig. 1, b); by an electron beam, by electron-beam evaporation (fig. 1, c) in the temperature range of 500-600 with. most often, refractory metals (ti, cr, mo, zr, al, etc.) are applied to the substrate, and nitrogen, methane, and oxygen are used as reaction gases, and coatings are obtained in the form of nitrides, carbides, carbonitrides, or oxycarbides of refractory metals (table 1). [1,2]. figure 1 – basic diagrams of coating application on cutting tools using pvd methods american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org a – magnetron sputtering; b – vacuum arc evaporation; c – electron beam evaporation; 1 – bias voltage supply; 2 – tool holder; 3 – tool; 4 – vacuum chamber; 5 – deposited material; 6 – magnetic system for magnetron sputtering; 7 – vacuum pump; 8 – discharge voltage supply; 9 – ion beam; 10 – sputtered material; 11 – reaction gas; 12 – inert gas; 13 – cathode spot; 14 – evaporated material; 15 – accelerating voltage supply; 16 – hot cathode; 17 – crucible; 18 – electron beam table .1 – characteristics of coatings obtained by the pvd method coating color hv* coefficient of friction on steel 45 temperature of oxidation onset in air, ºс tin golden 23…25 0.55 550...600 ticn gray-blue 35…37 0.2 400 (ti, al)n purple-black 31…35 0.6 800...850 (ti, al)cn violet-red 35…37 0.25 500 crn silver metallic 12…14 0.3 650 zrn golden white 26…28 0.5 550 (ti, cr)n golden grey 18…20 0.5 700 (ti, al, cr)n bronze 28…30 0.4 850...900 in the table shows the data recommended for the coating of cutting tools, since hardness depends on many factors (chemical composition of the coating, deposition modes, etc.) and can have different values. to achieve cvd coatings, precise control of chemical reaction products and processes, the use of highpurity expensive chemical materials, etc. will be required. pvd coatings are applied using arc or glow welding. rasrow. such vid coverytia obespechivaet bogreater productivity and not so sensitive to unknownhsignificant deviations of technological parameters. therefore, the pvd method is finding increasing application. the main operations of the standard technological process (stp) for applying coatings using the pvd method are as follows:[3]: 1. placing plates in the chamber, heating and pumping out the vacuum chamber. 2. preparation of plate surfaces by ion etching in a gas discharge. 3. cleaning the surfaces of the plates by bombardment with metal ions and heating to operating temperatures. 4. covering of loaded products. 5. cooling and removing the plates from the chamber. 6. quality control of the applied coating. conclusion thus, applying wear-resistant coatings to a cutting tool is a complex task, an integral part of which is a high wear resistance index. this means that the applied coating must have a high "adhesion" strength to the tool substrate; be able to withstand thermal loads; have increased mechanical properties. in order for the coating to have good adhesion to the applied material, it is necessary to take into account the type of chemical bond, and it is also worth choosing a coating based on the area of application and the type of material being processed. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org references 1. diamond-like coverytie [electronny resat [rs]. modeaccess: https://kartaslov.ru, free. 2. iznowith resistant coatings of cutting tools [electronic resource]. access mode: https://www.iprom.ru/news/vidy_pokrytiy_i_tverdykh_splavov_dlya_rezhushcheg o_instrumenta/, free. 3. grisgoryev s. n. methods povbreathing st ocapacities rechewing tool. – m.: mechanical engineering, 2011. – 368 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org studying the geological structure of the southwestern spurs of the gissar region with the purpose of identifying oil and gas containment avlakulov abdimajit meyliyevich karshi institute of engineering and economics 180100, republic of uzbekistan, kashkadarya region, karshi, ave. mustaqillik, 225. e-mail: qmii@qmii.uz, kiei _info@edu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents data from a study of gravimetric and other studies in order to determine the presence of hydrocarbon reserves in the southwestern spurs of the gissar region, which are substantiated by the results of prospecting and exploration drilling in this area. southeastern part of the gissar region, gravity exploration, geological survey, thrust, gas and oil areas, oil and gas potential. introduction at the beginning of 2018, the total area of the southwestern gissar region was about 5,300 km2, this area corresponds to the territory of the region in which the predicted hydrocarbon resources were assessed. 179 wells were involved in exploratory drilling; there were 14 wells in parametric drilling, a total of 486,422 linear meters were drilled. the average depth of wells is 2300 m. 18 fields have been discovered. the distribution of the total drilling volume is uneven both over the area and over the geological section. more than 90% of drilling wells are located in the northern part of the south-west gissar region. fig. 2. schematic geological profile along line iv-iv (gumbulak deposit) american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org the southern and eastern regions are very poorly studied. the entire volume of drilling was purposefully spent on studying the oil and gas potential of jurassic carbonate deposits, which here, as well as in the neighboring bukhara-khiva region, are the main direction of exploration work. at the same time, exploratory drilling in the areas of 6 structures did not give positive results. these are the structures of eastern auzikent, shamolikam, northern sultanrabat, obishikhan, uchkulsay and khojamukhamat. the reasons for this are different, but mostly negative results are associated with non-compliance with the relevant requirements for conducting search work and their low quality. for example, 4 structures (eastern auzikent, shamolikam, northern sultanrabat and khojamukhamat) were withdrawn from drilling after drilling only one well in their areas. if three wells were drilled in the areas of these structures, the result would probably be positive. at two more structures (obishikhan and uchkulsay), the wells drilled were productive according to logging and core, but no inflows of oil, gas or water were obtained during testing. this means that the bullet perforation used during testing was unable to connect the well with productive horizons. methods for opening up the formation using powerful charges were not used. in the future, all known data on the structural features of jurassic deposits will be used; the conditions, directions of hydrocarbon migration, the time of formation of traps and fields, and the reasons for the predominant development of oil and gas deposits in the region will also be considered. references 1.акрамходжаев а.м. и миркамалов х. «разработка детальной стратиграфической схемы расчленения верхнеюрской карбонатной формации бухаро-хивинской области и юго-западных отрогов гиссара и закономерности распространения в ней рифагенных толщ». фонды ао «игирнигм», ташкент, 1983. 2.ф жураев, т шоймуратов, а авлакулов гидродинамические особенности пластовых вод юрских отложений 3. хўжақулов, ам авлакулов калий рудаларини ўзлаштириш ва чиқиндиларнинг атрофмуҳитга салбий таъсирини пасайтириш муаммолари 4.нх эрматов, шш турдиев, ам авлакулов исследование особенностей обводнения продукции скважин подгазовых нефтяных залежей массивного типа. https://ojs.qmii.uz/index.php/it/article/view/328 https://ojs.qmii.uz/index.php/it/article/view/328 https://scholar.google.com.hk/citations?user=aoixrjyaaaaj&hl=en&oi=sra https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/kaliy-rudalarini-zlashtirish-va-chi-indilarning-atrof-mu-itga-salbiy-tasirini-pasaytirish-muammolari https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/kaliy-rudalarini-zlashtirish-va-chi-indilarning-atrof-mu-itga-salbiy-tasirini-pasaytirish-muammolari https://scholar.google.com.hk/citations?user=aoixrjyaaaaj&hl=en&oi=sra https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/issledovanie-osobennostey-obvodneniya-produktsii-skvazhin-podgazovyh-neftyanyh-zalezhey-massivnogo-tipa https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/issledovanie-osobennostey-obvodneniya-produktsii-skvazhin-podgazovyh-neftyanyh-zalezhey-massivnogo-tipa american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the significance of mystic ideas in spiritual and social development of society dehkanov behzod bakhtiyorovich bukhara state university "islam associate professor of history and source studies, philosophy" department fffd (phd) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, it is analyzed that among the people of sufism (mystics), poets, thinkers-sages emerged who left many artistic, philosophical, theological works in arabic, persian, turkish and other languages. sufism, tolerance, humanity, gnosis, tariqat, dhikr, poverty and poverty, patience, perseverance, tolerance. introduction sufism occupies an important place in the history of the spiritual life of eastern muslim peoples. the researches of islamologist, orientalist, historian, philosopher, scientists and representatives of other socio-humanities are aimed at uncovering the social roots of this mystical movement in islam, determining its role in the spiritual and political development of the muslim community, conflicting socio-political and ideological tasks, and creating a picture of its evolution during the 14th century. allows. this mystical current in islam manifested itself in various forms and directions, based on the socio-political and cultural-spiritual nature of the historical regions during the period of its emergence, settlement, recovery and development. during these times sufism became a perfect and fluent doctrine. at different historical stages and in different countries, the main socio-political, as well as ideologicalspiritual-activity and tasks of sufism streams and trends have changed. many contradictions can be seen in the system of its streams and in the forms of realization of the main ideological goals. as noted in the literature, at various historical stages, it sometimes served to oppose and oppose orthodox islam to muslim fanaticism, sometimes it helped the growth of bigotry, and sometimes it was widely used as an opposition in the fight against the invasion policy. regardless of its form, sufism in its entirety played an important role in the spiritual life of eastern muslims. that is why sufism, as a unique theoretical system that had (status) in society in the middle ages, has been attracting great scientific interest among orientalists, islamic scholars, philosophers, cultural scholars, literary scholars, and historians in recent decades. a comprehensive study of sufism allows for a more complete and accurate picture of the development of the spiritual culture of the peoples of central asia in the middle ages [1]. there were poets, thinkers-sages who left many artistic, philosophical and theological works in arabic, persian, turkish and other languages. sufism was one of the most widespread currents in the culture of the peoples of the near and middle east. therefore, the question of sufism is of urgent importance american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org in the study of the socio-philosophical thought of the peoples of the muslim world. thanks to the independence, a new attitude to the history of religion and spiritual life has emerged in the society, favorable conditions have been created for the comprehensive study of the cultural and spiritual heritage of thinkers of the past, including mystics. the study of sufism as an influential religiousphilosophical direction allows to shed more light on the process of formation and development of the philosophy of the eastern muslim people. as a reflection of islamic fanaticism, sufi bigotry mainly manifests itself in the following forms. ignorance of orthodox islamic beliefs and customs, the strict observance of which is required by sharia; rejection of extreme attitudes of muslims towards representatives of other religions and tolerance towards representatives of all religions; condemnation of fanatical clerics who are supporters of orthodox islam [2]. the peculiarity of sufism as a stream is that supporters of this stream have taken the form of a tradition for fanatical sufis to challenge the sole authority of islam and islamic fanaticism. aziz narinboev writes, "mysticism has the following characteristics, firstly, the mobilization of spiritual energy to combine idealistic metaphysics with a system of psychological exercises; secondly, the tacit participation of the pir-murshid who initiates the path of the tariqat in the sufi organization and the students-murids who are brought closer (joined) to them in one way or another; thirdly, to follow the doctrine of "ilmi ghayb", that is, people who enter with maslakdash or devotion gradually approach god through mystical science, love and asceticism, and ultimately merge with god. in these features, the interest and desire for intuitive knowledge that negates logical-mental knowledge of the world, excitement, sometimes ecstatic (fascination), extrasensory phenomena (hypnosis, telepathy) indicate signs of mysticism"[3]. in addition, three main directions are distinguished in sufism: subjective idealism (bistomi, halloj); objective idealism (ghazali, attar, ibn arabi, yassavi); pantheism (saadi, jami, bedil). under the guise of pantheism, sufis propagated vividly expressed, relatively advanced materialistic ideas [4]. in the socio-political and spiritual conditions of the middle ages, a philosopher could not be a purely secular scientist. he often had to refer to "divine" scriptures to prove (confirm) his views. nevertheless, the progressive thinkers of that time considered it their sacred duty to restore ancient cultural values and develop new traditions, especially in the 9th-15th centuries in almost all aspects of central asian spirituality. in this way, natural, scientific and philosophical knowledge was developed. the peoples of central asia, he says. m.m. khairullaev, during the so-called "eastern renaissance" during the 9th-15th centuries, the natural-scientific and philosophical values of greece were widely and creatively used, and they created such a cultural wealth that farabi, rudaki, ibn sina, who created a truly high level of scientific research and artistic creativity , beruni, jami, navoi, mahmud kashgari, ulugbek, like the creative courage of wise scientists and poets, it entered the treasury of world culture and formed a necessary and important link in the development of world civilization" [5]. academician m.v.petrovsky writes about the characteristics of the development of spiritual life, the life and thinking of muslims in the middle ages: it was impossible to separate secularity and religiosity, therefore, all of them belonged to the spiritual sphere. sufism as a religious-philosophical doctrine is distinguished by the complexity and contradictions of its ideas, the diversity of its sources and social background [6]. sufism left a huge philosophical legacy. medieval thinkers developed philosophical, moral (ethical) and aesthetic thinking in their own way and made a significant contribution to the implementation of humanitarian ideas, created wonderful works of art that are part american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org of the treasure of world culture. the term "sufism" comes from the arabic word "sufm" one who wears clothes made of wool (yung). abu rayhan beruni claims that sufism (tasawwuf) originates from the greek word for sage. this is the name of the mystical movement that appeared in islam in the 8th century and still exists. sufism spread from north west africa to india and east turkestan. the reasons for the origin and development of sufism have been studied in many scientific, scientific works, dissertations and scientific proverbs. sufism-islam arose at the heart of sufism, and mystics base this doctrine on the qur'an and hadiths. at the same time, it shows a certain degree of influence of other religions and pre-muslim beliefs. the sufis were officially based on the qur'an, but in reality they were much closer to pre-muslim teachings. the ideas of sufis about god and the means of approaching him are reminiscent of the teachings of representatives of ancient philosophy, neoplatonists, and neopythagoreans. it also resembles the jewish kabbalah in the west, buddhism in the east, and hinduism in general [8]. according to the analysis of mystics, three sects are widespread in central asia. references 1. abu ali ibn sina. poems and medical epic. t.: 1981. 2. alisher navoi. perfect works. volume 11. t.: 1993. 3. about baihaqqi farobi. abu nasr farabi. the city of virtuous people. t.: 1993. 4. izzat sultan bahauddin naqshband eternity. t.: "science". 1994. 5. polatov h., mamatov m. scenes from the history of sufism. t.: 2011. p. 212. 6. khairullaev m. and other "stars of spirituality". people's heritage. 1999. 7. jahongir, s. (2020). philosophical views of umar life. academicia. an international multidisciplinary research journal.–india, 10(4), 360-364. 8. shodiev, j. j. (2020). interpretation of moral facts in the opinions of umar khayyam. international engineering journal for research & development.-india, 5(3), 143-148. 9. шодиев, ж. ж. interpretation of the image of may in the ruba of umar khayyam. monografia pokonferencyjna science, research, development, 33, 2020-30. 10. шодиев, ж. ж. (2020). умар хайём фалсафий қарашларида инсон тақдири ва эркин ирода масаласи. наманган давлат университети илмий ахборотномаси, 2, 197-204. 11. шодиев, ж. ж. (2020). умар хайёмнинг асосий асарлари ва рубоийларининг тузилиши, мазмуни ва таҳлили. илм сарчашмалари.-урганч, 10, 44-47. 12. шодиев, ж. ж. (2020). умар хайём рубоийларининг талқин ва тавсифи. наманган давлат университети илмий ахборотномаси, 9, 206-210. 13. шодиев, ж. ж. (2020). умар хайёмнинг ижтимоий-ахлоқий қарашлари. фалсафа ва ҳуқуқ.–тошкент, 3, 107-110. 14. shodiev, j. (2021). the problem of knowledge in the philosophical views of umar khayyam. imam al-bukhari ibs journal, 2. 15. шодиев, ж. (2022). илк уйғониш даврида–комил инсонни шакллантириш ватарбиялашда тасаввуф таълимотининг ўрни. scientific bullettin of namsu-научный вестник намгу-namdu ilmiy axborotnomasi–2022-yil_4-сон, 229. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 16. шодиев, ж. ж. мамлакатимизда инсон қадрини юксалтиришнинг ижтимоий-фалсафий масалалари. қарду хабарлари. илмий-назарий, услубий журнал. махсус сон (ижтимоий фанлар). 17. shodiev, j. j. (2020). interpretation and description of umar khayyam rubaya. scientific bulletin of namangan state university, 2(9), 206-211. 18. jurakulovich, s. j. (2022). against ignorance-fighting with enlightenment the main criteria in improving human value. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(10), 1160-1164. 19. jurakulovich, s. j. (2022). attitude to human dignity in the period of amir temur and temurids dynasty. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(5), 43-47. 20. shodiyev, j. (2021). jamiyatdagi mehnat munosabatlari sharoitida ma'naviy salohiyat. журнал истории и общества, (2) 21. shodiev, j. (2021). socio-political life and the development of science in the period of umar khayam. центр научных публикаций (buxdu. uz), 1(1). 22. shodiyev, j. (2021). o'zbekistonda ijtimoiy-siyosiy kommunikatsiya rivojlanishida raqamli tpansformatsiya siyosati. academic research in educational sciences, 2(2), 409-416. 23. shodiyev, j. j. (2020). u the question of human destiny and free in the philosophical views of omar khayyam. scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology, 2(2), 197-202. 24. shodiev jahongir jurakulovich. interpretation of moral facts in the opinions of umar khayyam. international engineering journal for research & development 2020/4/16. 25. jurakulovich, s. j. (2023). the role of the national idea in increase of human values. web of scientist: international scientific research journal, 3(10), 1160-1164. 26. shodiyev jahongir jo’raqulovich. inson qadri va uning huquqlari eng oliy qadriyat: tarixiyhuquqiy meros. ilm sarchashmalari/ urganch ‒ 3.2023. 19-21. 27. shodiyev, j. j. (2023). the role of scientific thinking and mental development in improving human development and value. innovative development in educational activities, 2(9), 251-261. 28. shodiyev, j. j. (2023). the role of the national idea in increase of human values. innovative development in educational activities, 2(7), 616-625. 29. jurakulovich, s. j. (2023). philosophical views of sages on human values and glorifying him. theory and analytical aspects of recent research, 2(16), 229-238. 30. шодиев, ж. ж. (2023, june). значение исторического мышления в создании фундамента третьего возрождения и его значение в укреплении человеческих ценностей. in international scientific research conference (vol. 2, no. 15, pp. 124-130). 31. jj shodiev. a step towards human dignity. golden brain 1 (24), 59-67. 32. jo‘raqulovich, s. j. (2023). o ‘zbekiston-inson qadr topgan yurt. sustainability of education, socio-economic science theory, 2(13), 191-197. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 33. jo‘raqulovich, s. j. (2023). o ‘zbekiston-inson qadr topgan yurt. sustainability of education, socio-economic science theory, 2(13), 191-197. 34. jo‘raqulovich, s. j. (2023). o ‘zbekiston-inson qadr topgan yurt. sustainability of education, socio-economic science theory, 2(13), 191-197. 35. jo‘raqulovich, s. j. (2023). o ‘zbekiston-inson qadr topgan yurt. sustainability of education, socio-economic science theory, 2(13), 191-197. 36. шодиев, д.д. (2023). inson qadri va uning manfaatlari hamma narsadan ustun. научно-теоретический журнал “ma'mun science”, 1(2). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org several issues of teaching gymnastics in middle schools rumiya salikhova teacher, uzbek-finnish pedagogical institute, uzbekistan valentina shank uzbek-finnish pedagogical institute, uzbekistan, 2nd year master's student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s what should be paid attention to in the more effective organization of gymnastics classes in general secondary schools of our republic, what methods should be used when conducting classes, and medical groups in physical education? the state of students' sports preparation and stages. forms of physical exercises, physical education class, general tasks, special tasks, medical groups, tasks of physical education, volitional qualities, tool, gymnastics term, skill, skill, volitional qualities. introduction the republic of uzbekistan has made significant strides in the promotion and development of physical education and sports over the past decade. following the adoption of the new version of the law "on physical education and sports" in 2015, a series of presidential decrees has laid a solid foundation for enhancing sports infrastructure, promoting healthy lifestyles, and fostering a culture of physical fitness among the population. this paper aims to analyze the key measures taken in this regard, particularly focusing on gymnastics as a central sport for youth development in schools, and the implications of these initiatives on the overall health and well-being of students. legislative framework the legislative framework governing physical education and sports in uzbekistan has been pivotal in shaping the current landscape. the adoption of the 2015 law established guidelines for promoting physical activity across various demographics, with a particular emphasis on youth engagement. this was further supported by president's decree no. 5692, issued on january 24, 2020, which outlined measures for the popularization of physical education and sports nationwide. key presidential decrees 1. decree on promoting a healthy lifestyle: this decree set the stage for comprehensive health initiatives aimed at increasing public awareness of the importance of physical activity. by promoting american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org mass sports, the government sought to integrate physical education into the daily lives of citizens, thereby encouraging a culture of fitness. 2. decree on developing gymnastics sports: issued on december 23, 2022, this decree specifically targeted the promotion of gymnastics in general secondary schools. by introducing gymnastics programs for elementary students, it recognized the sport's potential to enhance physical fitness, coordination, and overall health. 3. establishment of the oksana chusovitina school of sports skills: this initiative aimed to create specialized institutions dedicated to nurturing young talent in gymnastics. named after the renowned gymnast oksana chusovitina, the school serves as a beacon for aspiring athletes, offering specialized training and resources. implementation of gymnastics programs the decision to implement gymnastics programs in general secondary schools represents a strategic approach to physical education. the "gymnastics for children" program is designed for elementary school students, promoting early engagement in sports. objectives of the gymnastics program health promotion: the program aims to improve students' physical health and fitness through regular participation in gymnastics, which is known for its numerous health benefits. skill development: by focusing on gymnastics, the program seeks to develop essential physical skills, such as balance, coordination, and flexibility. interest in sports: the initiative aims to cultivate a lifelong interest in physical activity among young students, fostering a culture of sportsmanship and teamwork. implementation strategy to effectively implement the gymnastics program, several strategies have been adopted: 1.training of coaches: trainers recruited from local sports schools are responsible for conducting gymnastics sessions in selected schools. this ensures that students receive high-quality instruction tailored to their age and skill level. 2. infrastructure development: the establishment of gymnasiums in general secondary schools is critical. by attracting investments and grants, schools can expand and enhance their existing sports facilities, making gymnastics more accessible. 3. community engagement: the program encourages community involvement through events and competitions, promoting gymnastics as a popular sport among young people. this engagement is crucial for sustaining interest and participation. the role of physical education classes physical education classes serve as the primary medium for implementing gymnastics training. these classes are structured to accommodate different health statuses and skill levels among students. classification of students students are categorized into three medical groups based on their health status: american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org 1. basic group: comprised of students who are generally healthy and actively participate in sports. this group is the focus of standard gymnastics training. 2. preparatory group: includes students who are healthier than average but do not participate in competitive sports. this group receives modified training that prepares them for more intense physical activity. 3. special medical group: this group consists of students with various health issues who require tailored training programs. special attention is given to their needs to ensure they can participate safely in physical education. curriculum design the gymnastics curriculum is designed to address various educational, health, and social objectives: health days: these events focus on health promotion and awareness, providing opportunities for students to learn about the benefits of physical activity. sports events: organizing sports parties and competitions helps to foster a sense of community and encourages friendly competition among students. methodological approaches to physical education a complex approach to organizing physical education is essential for ensuring its effectiveness. analyzing the conditions and environments in which physical education occurs—both in and outside of school—reveals that continuity in the pedagogical process is vital. forms of physical education physical education can be divided into two main groups: 1. in-class instruction: this includes structured lessons held during school hours, focusing on skill development and physical fitness. 2. extracurricular activities: these activities provide additional opportunities for students to engage in sports and physical fitness outside regular class hours. small group training dividing students into smaller groups for training enhances the effectiveness of the educational process. this allows for more personalized instruction and ensures that each student receives attention and support, improving their overall engagement and performance. conclusion the comprehensive measures taken by the government of uzbekistan to promote physical education and sports, particularly gymnastics, are commendable. by establishing a robust legislative framework and implementing targeted programs in schools, uzbekistan is poised to cultivate a generation of physically active and health-conscious individuals. as these initiatives continue to evolve, the focus on gymnastics can serve as a model for integrating physical education into the broader educational landscape, ensuring that all students have the opportunity to develop their physical skills and lead healthier lives. the ongoing investment in sports infrastructure and community engagement will be critical in sustaining these efforts and enhancing the overall impact of physical education in uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. decision no. 449 on "measures for the further development of gymnastics sports". december 23, 2022. 2. decision no. 163 "on measures to establish the oksana chusovitina school of sports skills in gymnastics". march 14, 2022. 3. salomov r.s., aripov o.u. fundamentals of physical education of school-aged children. 2013. 4. morgunova i.i. gymnastics., 2010. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 31, december 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org weights of consistent and inconsistent affections in english and uzbekistan and the significance of the difference in weights in machine translation khakimov m. x.1., bekova v. g. 1., omonov a. a. 2 1national university of uzbekistan, 4, university str., tashkent, 100174 uzbekistan. 2tashkent pediatric medical institute, department of "biophysics, medical informatics" e-mail: muftah@mail.ru https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6937-800x e-mail: vazira.bekova16@gmail.com. https://orcid.org/0009000865181312 mr.piko.service@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes the word-forming suffixes of the noun, adjective, verb and adverb word classes in english and uzbek. the weights of noun and adjective suffixes in english are determined by numerical coefficients and the weights of noun and adjective suffixes corresponding to uzbek are determined by numerical coefficients, the weights of the corresponding suffixes in the two languages are compared, and the affixes of verb and adverb word classes in the two languages and their grammatical differences are discussed with examples. the comparative analysis of word groups in english and uzbek is explained in detail in the comments that word affixes play a significant role in the level of abstraction and quality of text translation performed in two languages in computer translation. english, uzbek, machine translation, affixation, suffix, prefix, noun phrase, adjective phrase, verb phrase, adverb phrase, numerical coefficient, weight, difference in weights. introduction the founders of machine translation were representatives of the field of cybernetics and mathematics, and later linguists also began to actively participate in this work [1]. thus, the ideas of machine translation have gained great importance in the development of theoretical and applied linguistics around the world. in parallel with this direction, the theory of formal grammar emerged, and attention was paid to creating a model of language and its individual aspects. today, technologies are being developed and optimized in the field of translation. in the context of globalization, taking into account the trends emerging with the digitization of the entire translation process, translation studies remain one of the priority areas. there are several advantages to using machine translation using computer american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org science and artificial intelligence. in particular, the input language (evx) and the output language (evix) [2] can be translated instantly by machine translation. the main problem in machine translation is that the content of the result does not correspond one hundred percent. the first programs for machine translation were developed about 70 years ago. the first programs were based on a primitive method of translation word-for-word translation of texts. according to it, it is limited to determining the equivalent of a unit in the dictionary of one language in another language. however, throughout the history of automatic translation, it became clear that this method is ineffective. therefore, today it is considered an urgent task to create programs that can deeply analyze the meaning of the source language text, identify its subjectivity, emotionality and stylistic characteristics [3]. to date, a number of theories and ideas have emerged in the field of machine translation. one of these ideas is the creation of a complete database of words and suffixes for word formation by the affixation method of word-forming suffixes added to the front and end of words in the evx – evix languages [2]. the goal of the computer is to teach the translator to think consciously, as if he had translated the translation text in a meaningful way, that is, very close to evx evix. in this way, we can create high-quality machine translation. affixation is one of the methods of word formation using affixes in all languages. affixes are a type of bound morpheme, and in order for affixes to have a meaning, they must be combined with the main word. affixation is divided into affixes and prefixes. additional morphemes added before the root of the word are called prefixes, and additional morphemes added after the root of the word are called affixes. affixes in english and uzbek form different parts of speech. there are a lot of noun-forming affixes in these languages. in this article, affixes and prefixes that correspond to noun and adjective-forming affixes in english and uzbek were found. the weights of these corresponding affixes and prefixes in english and uzbek were calculated. the differences in the weights identified in english and uzbek were identified. in addition, it was noted that the affixes of the verb and adverb word classes in the two languages were not consistent in terms of grammatical structure. english stands out as one of the most commonly spoken languages worldwide. for individuals who are not native english speakers, the investment required to learn a new language is substantial, and attaining fluent communication demands challenges [4]. in formal settings and situations where extensive information exchange is necessary, relying solely on human translation is no longer sufficient to meet the increasing demand [5]. for instance, simultaneous interpretation demands intense concentration from interpreters, limiting their ability to work for extended periods. consequently, there is a pressing need for translation tools to supplement human efforts [6]. during the communication, lengthy english sentences are conventional [7]. however, the grammatical structure of english differs from that of other languages. when machine translation algorithms translate extended english sentences using a direct one-to-one mapping approach, it often results in grammatically incorrect translations and, in severe cases, translation errors [8]. fortunately, the advent of intelligent algorithms offers a promising avenue for enhancing english machine translation efficiency and quality. various studies have explored methods to enhance the efficiency and accuracy of english machine translation [9]. lin et al. proposed a neural machine translation approach based on an innovative beam search evaluation function, which notably enhanced english-to-chinese translation quality. luong and manning introduced an end-to-end neural machine translation technique leveraging minimal-risk training, demonstrating its effectiveness through experiments [10]. choi et al. contextualized word american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org embedding vectors using a nonlinear bag-of-words representation of the source sentence. experimental results showed significant improvements in translation quality using their proposed contextualization and symbolization methods. this study outlines the fundamental framework of intelligent machine translation algorithms and optimizes lstm-based intelligent machine translation algorithms by incorporating a long sentence segmentation module and a reordering module. utilizing mathematical models in contemporary high-quality machine translation emphasizes the concept of employing them within translation processes. if the computer can be programmed to understand this mathematical model in a language that it comprehends, then it is possible to achieve appropriate translation into the target language. at present, machine translation has been advancing in providing us with useful translation in many languages and various fields. if machine translation is used in scientific fields, for example, one of the inevitable issues is to encounter ambiguous words and content that loses its original meaning, despite some improvements in recent years. the research that has been conducted by us have made significant progress in achieving more meaningful machine translation by addressing some of these issues. however, it is essential to admit the challenges that have not been sufficiently resolved in machine translation. the foundation of machine translation is considered computer linguistics, but every natural language (nl) is a complex system composed of mathematically unstructured and unformulated components. in accordance with the scientific work by y.n. marchuka [11], various concepts of machine translation models by mathematicians and linguists are illustrated in detail. he also describes one of the machine translation models based on translation writing. according to the author's opinion, "this model replicates the actions of a translator working in a specific language pair." the translator systematically moves from phrase to phrase, forms some approximate idea in his mind about the content of the text, then compares this idea with linguistic tools by selecting translation equivalents, and looks for three types of translation compatibility: equivalent, variant, and transformation. the task of any machine translation system is to decode the meaning of the natural language (nl) input text and present it in a formally understandable manner to the translation system. indeed, the system needs to translate this text and deliver the result to the user, it is necessary to provide semantic meaning of the text. in order to achieve this, the study of various nl grammatical constructions that allow formalization and identification is crucial and also confirmed by novikov i.a. [12]. morphological analysis is the initial stages of machine translation and is divided into tokenization -> lemming -> stemming [13]. the tokenizer checks words from left to right. as a result, it is determined which word group this or that word belongs to. since our translation program is conducted in the english-uzbek direction, initially all the unique features of the english language are compared with the features of the uzbek language. methods the problems with the level of study of the topic are that google translate is used by a lot of people today. we can hear the same opinion from every user, that the quality of the translation does not meet the requirements. when we study the solution to this problem in two languages, we can clearly state one idea, namely, that in order to perform high-quality computer translation, we must first study the grammar of the two languages according to word classes. because in computer translation, the incoming evx text is first translated into words, words into sentences, and sentences are translated american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org into the text, resulting in the output language evix text. in the process of implementing this process on the computer, it has been shown that if the word-forming affixes of the words in the text match each other in evx, the content of the text resulting in evix may match, or vice versa, the content of the translation may be abstract in content. we have proposed that since these two languages belong to two families, the evix text should be derived by matching word-forming suffixes or by highlighting incompatible suffixes in red in computer translation. through the comparisons and numerical coefficients presented below, we can determine in advance, through weights, how much the text given in evx corresponds to evix in terms of content or vice versa. using the corresponding affixes and prefixes in english and uzbek, the weights of these english and uzbek languages are calculated as follows. (the weights of word classes in these two languages are strictly defined for weight coefficients in the article cited in [3] and these weights are considered immutable.) the suffixes, prefixes and words in the sentences participating in each sentence type are numbered according to word classes as follows. since english and uzbek belong to two families, the word structures of these two languages are different. therefore, the division of words into word classes (and other languages) was arranged taking into account the use or quantity of word classes in order to correspond to the word classes in other languages): the weight of the word classes in the optional natural language is defined as follows [3]: • words belonging to the noun class (c) – 0.1; • words belonging to the adjective class (p) – 0.2; • words belonging to the verb class (g) – 0.3; • words belonging to the adverb class (n) – 0.4; • words belonging to the pronoun class (m) – 0.5; • words belonging to the numeral class (f) – 0.6; • other word classes (u, d, y, l) that are not independent word classes (i.e., auxiliary word classes) – 0.07. result and analysis on this basis, the numbering of word classes helps to calculate the weight of two languages. for example: in the languages being compared, the main function of suffixes is to form one part of a sentence from another, and their secondary function is to change the lexical meaning of this part. depending on which part of the sentence they form, suffixes can be divided into different groups: the following english noun-forming and adjective-forming suffixes were calculated and their corresponding weights in uzbek were written as follows: suffix weight – v3; evx – input language; evix – output language; c(s) – noun suffix; p(s) – adjective suffix. evx(v3) – evix(v3) – the difference in the sum of the weights of each suffix in each word in the input and output languages. noun-forming suffixes in english (noun-forming suffixes c(s): -eer, -er, -ian, -ics, -or, -ler, -eur, ist, -agogue, -ant, -let, -acy, -cy, -dom, ancy, -ance, -ese, -hood, -ity, -ite, -ship, -th, -ness, -ty, -y; noun-forming suffixes in the uzbek language: c(a) -chi, -cha, -lik, -li, -siz, -no, -iy; american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org table 1: noun-forming suffixes that are compatible in both languages № noun-forming suffix in uzbek v3 noun-forming suffixes in english v3 evx(v3)-evix(v3) 1. -chi 0.10130 -eer 0.10215 0.00085 2. -er 0.10217 0.00087 3. -ian 0.10222 0.00092 4. -ics 0.10223 0.00093 5. -or 0.10253 0.00123 6. -ier 0.10226 0.00096 7. -eur 0.10220 0.0009 8. -ist 0.10230 0.001 9. -agogue 0.10203 0.00073 10. -ant 0.10207 0.00077 the number of noun-forming suffixes in english is 76. the number of suffixes in uzbek is 94 [2], and the weights of the corresponding suffixes in these two languages and the difference between the weights are given. the uzbek suffix “-chi” is matched by 10 suffixes in english, and the weights of these suffixes are taken according to the strictly defined place in the table for affixes in the two languages. we can see that the corresponding suffix weight in english is close to the suffix weight in uzbek. this results in a meaningful translation in which the meaning of the sentences and texts translated with the corresponding suffixes is very close to each other. table 2: noun-forming suffixes that are compatible in both languages № noun-forming suffix in uzbek v3 noun-forming suffix in english v3 evx(v3)-evix(v3) 1. -cha 0.10166 -let 0.10238 0.00072 table 2 above shows the uzbek noun-forming suffix “-cha” corresponding to the english nounforming suffix “-let.” the relative weights of these suffixes and the difference between the weights are given. table 3: noun-forming suffixes that are compatible in both languages № noun-forming suffix in uzbek v3 noun-forming suffixes in english v3 evx(v3)-evix(v3) 1. -lik 0.10119 -acy 0.10201 0.0008 2. -cy 0.10210 0.00091 3. -dom 0.10212 0.00093 4. -ancy 0.10205 0.00086 5. -ance 0.10216 0.00097 6. -ese 0.10218 0.00099 7. -hood 0.10221 0.00102 8. -ite 0.10231 0.00112 9. -ity 0.10233 0.00114 10 -ship 0.10260 0.00141 11. -th 0.10266 0.00147 12. -ness 0.10247 0.00128 13. -ty 0.10272 0.00153 14. -y 0.10275 0.00156 american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org in table 3, the uzbek noun-forming suffix “-lik” was matched with 14 english noun-forming suffixes. the weights of the matched suffixes and the difference between the weights in the two languages were calculated. the number of adjective-forming suffixes in english is 47 and in uzbek it is 75 [2]. the corresponding suffixes of adjective-forming suffixes in the two languages correspond to the adjective-forming suffix “-li” in uzbek and 5 adjective-forming suffixes in english. the adjective-forming suffix “-siz” in uzbek corresponds to the adjective-forming suffix “-less” in english. we have listed the corresponding suffixes in table 4 below, and the weight of these suffixes in uzbek and english and the difference in the weights in the two languages were calculated. • adjective-forming suffixes (adjective-forming suffixes (p-s)): -ful, -ant, -ed, -ent, -y, -less, -ese; • adjective-forming suffixes in uzbek: -li, -siz, -no, -iy; table 4: corresponding adjective-forming suffixes in the two languages № adjective suffixes in the uzbek language v3 adjective suffixes in english v3 evx(v3)-evix(v3) 1. -li 0.20145 -ful 0.20209 0.00064 2. -ant 0.20237 0.00092 3. -ed 0.20220 0.00075 4. -ent 0.20232 0.00087 5. -y 0.20247 0.00102 6. -siz 0.20262 -less 0.20205 0.00057 • adjective formative prefixes: -in, -il, -im, -ab, -al; • in uzbek, adjective formative prefix: no there are various ways to create new words in english. one of these ways is to use prefixes. a prefix is a type of affix that is added to the front of a word to change the meaning of the main word (or root). the number of adjective formative prefixes in english is 22 [2]. the number of adjective formative prefixes in uzbek is 8. however, the adjective formative suffix (-siz) in uzbek corresponds to the adjective formative prefixes in english (in-, il-, im-), and on the same basis, the adjective formative suffix (-iy) in uzbek corresponds to the adjective formative suffix (-al-) in english. the morphological correspondence of the adjective formative prefix in english and uzbek is the (ab-) prefix in english and the (no-) prefix in uzbek. the weights of the above-mentioned mutually compatible suffixes and prefixes in english and uzbek were calculated, and the difference in weights between the two languages is presented in table 5 below. table 5: corresponding adjective-forming suffixes and prefixes in two languages № adjective suffixes and prefixes in the uzbek language v3 adjective suffixes and prefixes in english v3 evx(v3)evix(v3) 1. -siz 0.20262 in0.20113 0.00149 2. il0.20111 0.00151 3. im0.20112 0.0015 4. no0.20206 ab0.20102 0.00104 american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org in uzbek, verb-forming suffixes (for example, -la , -lash , -illa , -ulla , -sira , -lan) are used to form new verbs denoting action or state. there are no suffixes in english that directly correspond to the verb-forming suffixes in uzbek. however, the specific stem-forming suffixes (-ize, -en, -ify) and prefixes (re-, over-, out-, miss-, un-) that are used to express the lexical-grammatical meaning of action, state, or process in english differ in that they have the following suffixes (-ize, -en, -ify) and lexicalgrammatical word morphemes. the verb-forming suffixes in these two languages may partially coincide in the translation process. in uzbek, the suffixes “-cha”, “-lab”, “-larcha”, “-ona”, “-an”, “-chasiga” are added to nouns and adjectives to form adverbs. the english adverb word class does not contain suffixes that correspond to the uzbek adverb word class. in the process of translating text in computer translation into two languages, these grammatical rules must be given in the database built for computer translation, taking into account these compatible and incompatible aspects. the english adverb word class does not correspond to the uzbek adverb word class because it has the following rules. in english, the adverb indicates the sign of a verb (action) and indicates how the action is performed. in english, the adverb is formed by adding the suffix “-ly” to an adjective. note the use of adverb in the following examples: for example: he speaks english very fluently – u ingliz tilida juda ravon gapiradi. («fluent»-«ravon». «fluentlyravon»(ravish)) in english, the adverb is used after the verb. this is exactly the aspect that should be paid special attention to in computer translation. not all adjectives in english can be made into adverbs by adding the suffix “-ly”. the following 4 adjectives are never made into adverbs by adding the suffix “-ly”. these adjectives are used in place of both adverbs and adjectives without changing their form. fast – tez; hard – qattiq, og’ir; late – kech; early – erta. when these words are clearly identified as belonging to a specific word class in a database built for computer translation, ambiguity in text translation is not allowed. pay attention to the examples: he drives very fast – u juda tez haydaydi («fast» – ravish). they came very late – ular juda kech kelishdi («late» – ravish). i am working hard – men qattiq ishlayapman. you must come early – siz erta (vaqtidan oldin) kelishingiz kerak. bundan tashqari “good” (yaxshi) sifatining ravish shakli “well” bo’ladi. additionally, the adverbial form of the adjective "good" is (yaxshi). pay attention to the example: tom plays tennis very well – tom tennisni juda yaxshi o’ynaydi. the word "well" is always used as an adverb, this word can only be used as an adjective in the sense of health. for example: my brother is not very well at the moment – ayni vaqtda mening akam juda yaxshi emas (sog’lom emas). proverbs express the quality of a verb, an action. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org an adjective expresses the quality of something. in computer translation, grammatical rules must also be defined so that the computer can determine which word class the adjectives and adverbs belong to in the sentences in the text. in english and uzbek, we can form new words using the affixation method. words formed from prefixes created using this affixation method are formed in a way that is similar to antonyms. when compared with each other, a comparative analysis of english and uzbek has shown that affixes are an effective way of forming words in english and uzbek. english belongs to the indo-european language family, and uzbek belongs to the turkic language family, that is, to an agglutinative language. the number of matching affixes and prefixes in english and uzbek is not large, which of course makes the difference in the content of the translated text noticeable when we translate from english to uzbek and from uzbek to english. from morphological analysis, we know that despite the fact that the words and word-forming and modifying affixes in the two languages are numbered the same by word class and are defined the same based on the expanding input language, the weights of the words in the examples (in tables 1-5) did not differ significantly from each other. in order for the difference between the weight coefficients of the sentences in the two languages to not exceed the specified value (2.23), the weight of words belonging to other word classes is changed to 0.07. [7] on this basis, research was carried out. it was found that the difference between the weight coefficients of words and affixes is within the specified value range. conclusion based on the above results, we can conclude that in order to improve the quality of machine translation from evx to evix in educational and technical fields, we should first pay attention to the following. we can say that if the evx text affixes given to the computer and the weights of the affixes in evix are close to each other, a high-quality machine translation will result. because in the process of computer translation, the computer translates between two languages by selecting the appropriate one from among the mathematical models and the weights that are close to each other based on this mathematical model. the smaller the difference between the weights, the closer the english text to the uzbek language will be in terms of content. references 1. maxmudov m.a. o‘zbek tilidagi gaрlarning matematik modellari asosida intellektual sintez qiluvchi ligvistik рrotsessorini yaratish. toshkent 2023. 93 b. 2. хакимов м.х. технология многоязыкового моделируемого компьютерного переводчика (технология ммкп) //lambert academik publishing, монография, г. рига, 2019. c. 174. 3. дроздова к. а. машинный перевод: история, классификация, мeтоды. журнал : словомолодым// удк 81’322.4 гуманитарные исследования 2015 № 3 (7), 156 c. 4. lin l., liu j., zhang x., liang x. automatic translation of spoken english based on improved machine learning algorithm // journal of intelligent & fuzzy systems. – 2021. – vol. 40, №2. – p. 2385-2395. – doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.3233/jifs-189234. american journal of technology and applied sciences 31, december2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 5. zhang g. research on the efficiency of intelligent algorithm for english speech recognition and sentence translation // inform an int j comput inform. – 2022. – vol. 45, №2. – p. 309-314. – doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.31449/inf.v45i2.3564. 6. wen h. intelligent english translation mobile platform and recognition system based on support vector machine // journal of intelligent & fuzzy systems. – 2020. – vol. 38, №153. – p. 1-12. – doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.3233/jifs-179788. 7. dandapat s., federmann c. iterative data augmentation for neural machine translation: a low resource case study for english-telugu // vol. proceedings of the 21st annual conference of the european association for machine translation, (alacant, spain), european association for machine translation. – 2018. – may 28-30, p. 287-292. 8. lin x, liu j, zhang j, lim s. a novel beam search to improve neural machine translation for english-chinese // comput mater contin (engl). – 2020. –vol.65, №1 p. 387-404. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.32604/cmc.2020.010984. 9. luong mt, manning cd. achieving open vocabulary neural machine translation with hybrid word-character models // proceedings of the 54th annual meeting of the association for computational linguistics, (berlin, germany), association for computational linguistics. – 2016. –vol.1, p. 1054-1063. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.18653/v1/p16-1100. 10. choi h, cho k, bengio y. context-dependent word representation for neural machine translation // comput speech lang. – 2017. –vol.45, p. 149-160. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10. 1016/j.csl.2017.01.007. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.18653/v1/p16-1100. 11. marchuk yu.n. translation models: textbook.aid for student institutions of higher education // publishing center “academy” . – 2010, p.176. 12. novikov i.a. semantics of the and its formalization // : “science” . – 1983, p.216. 13. abdurakhmonova n. representation morphological analysis in machine translation //ozbekistonda xorijiy tillar ilmiy metodik elektron jurnal. –2017. vol.40, №2, p.13. 14.khakimov m. kh., sirojiddinov z. sh. computer algorithmization in multi-language modelled translator technology // modern problems of applied mathematics and information technologies al-khwarizmi, 2021. – p. 23 15.khakimov m. kh., omonov a. a. computer algorithmization of models of english sentences in translator system // modern problems of applied mathematics and information technologies alkhwarizmi, 2021. – p. 22. 16.марчук ю.н. модели перевода. модели перевода: учеб. пособие для студ. учреждений высш. проф. образования / ю. н. марчук. —м.: издательский центр «академия», 2010. — 176 с. 17.хакимов м.х. математические модели узбекского языка. ўзму хабарлари. № 3, 2010. c. 187-191. http://dx.doi.org/10.32604/cmc.2020.010984. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org designing clothes using modern software s.t. sultonov lecturer, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan e-mail: saminjon007@gmail.com maksudov dilshod urinboy ogli student, fergana polytechnic institute, fergana, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article, it is considered necessary to achieve specific results in the production of materials and finished products that meet international standards, and certification of finished products taking into account the requirements of foreign markets in textile and sewingknitting industries. needle wave, speed, shear, deformation, strong break, fabric thread, thickness, leather, assortment. introduction in recent years, complex measures have been implemented in the republic to develop the textile, sewing-knitting, leather-shoe and fur sectors of the light industry, to expand the types and assortment of manufactured products, as well as to comprehensively support the investment and export activities of the enterprises of the sector. including the production of materials and finished products that meet international standards in the enterprises of the textile and sewing-knitting industries, it is considered necessary to achieve specific results on the certification of finished products taking into account the requirements of foreign markets.[1] the results that the authors of the modern automated design programs, which are being created now, are promoting are the ability to satisfy the demands of every customer who comes to production, the ability to rapidly prepare a new model that will meet the capacity of the entire enterprise in a short period, etc. algorithms form the basis of the mathematical support of the design process automation system; according to these algorithms, the software of the automation system of design processes is developed. the elements of mathematical support in the system of automation of design processes are different. among them, there are invariant elements the principles of creating functional models, methods of numerical solution of algebraic and differential equations, setting extremum problems, and searching for extremum. today, there are the following types of automated design systems programs in the world, which are used in the construction of clothing structures of various combinations. their types: salsa technology; -gerber technology;-assol technology; autocad technology; -asusttechnology;-gemin cad technology; lectra technology; -comtense technology;-cybrid technology; american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org from there, we will get acquainted with the programs of gemini. figure 1. work window of gemini technology program modern alt includes the following technical tools: the processor is the main processor of the computer, performing all its functions, the operator device is a component. all programs and operating devices are stored in the memory of the processor (internal memory). . figure 2. geminin technology program to enter dimensions a monitor is a screen of the computer, on which all the programs that are running directly during operation are visible. work table this equipment is a rectangular drawing table with a width of 2 m. 3 m long. the table is attached to special legs. its slope can be changed as desired. the surface is covered with a special photocell substance. 2 cm from the edges. the digitizer does not work at a distance. digitizer is a numbering device. the modern look of the mouse. digitizer consists of 4 or 16 buttons. plotterused for printing large-scale drawings. at the operator's request, it is possible to print the details individually or with ready-made templates at any scale. printercan be printed on a small scale from the computer's memory or collected during the work process.[2] american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org in the joint enterprise "narimteks" operating in the city of margilon, fergana region, men's and women's outerwear and light clothes are developed, taking into account hygienic features. at the enterprise, garments are designed using the gerber technology program, and the quality of fabrics is checked on the "cetron" equipment. fabrics are laid on "otaman" brand equipment, fabrics are cut with "tesan" and "sabri" machine equipment, and items are sewn on "protex" and "tupical" sewing machines. figure 4. creation and gradation of pants construction in gemini technology program. conclusions with the help of such modern technological equipment, modern and high-quality sewing products are produced in our republic today, and 80-90% of them are exported to foreign countries, mainly russia, turkey, china, kazakhstan, tajikistan, turkmenistan, and india, and economic efficiency is achieved by saving raw materials. is achieved. references 1. sultonov, s. t. (2024). halqali ip yigirish dastgohlarini cho‘zish uskunasini takomillashtirish. journal of science-innovative research in uzbekistan, 2(1), 60-65. 2. sultanov, s. t. (2023). improvement of the extraction equipment of ring spinning machines. journal of modern educational achievements, 11(11), 240-244. 3. muratovna, d. z., & madaminovich, p. k. (2023). precision engineering of" iik-d1" series corrosion inhibitors: production insights. european journal of emerging technology and discoveries, 1(9), 57-62. 4. sarimsakov, o., turg’unov, d., sattarov, n., tukhtaev, s., & sultonov, s. (2023, june). analysis of the effect of fiber on differences difference in the microneyr indicator module field. in aip conference proceedings (vol. 2789, no. 1). aip publishing. 5. shi, y., zhan, x., luo, z., zhang, q., & chen, f. (2008). quantitative ir characterization of urea groups in waterborne polyurethanes. journal of polymer science part a: polymer chemistry, 46(7), 2433-2444. 6. zm, p. d. (2023). corrosion inhibitors based on imidozoline. texas journal of engineering and technology, 22, 17-22. 7. zikirov, m. c., qosimova, s. f., & qosimov, l. m. (2021). direction of modern design activities. asian journal of multidimensional research (ajmr), 10(2), 11-18. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org pumping water around the bottom of the well avlakulov abdimajit meyliyevich boykobilova makhliyo makhmudovna karshi institute of engineering and economics a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the reduced pressure spreads along the perforation channels, and after a certain distance from the well, the influence of the perforation channels on the pressure distribution becomes negligible, and the flow takes a flat radial form in the direction of the well axis. we call the formation zone around the well up to this limit the active zone of the formation. here, the flow has a very complex, localized structure near the perforation channels, the greatest pressure gradient and fluid flow velocity. well, perforation works, various technologies, flow covers, technological operations, operational column introduction the main elements of the zone around the well are the thickness of the reinforcing steel pipe from the inner surface of the operational column, the cement layer, the mud shell, the clomatization zone, the washed zone, the entrance zone, and then the uncontaminated part of the formation. it can be seen that the filtration-volume characteristics of the zone around the well are significantly different from the rest of the layer. the closer we get to the operating column, the more noticeable this difference is. in addition, the degree of negative filtration-volume property depends on the layer saturated with liquid or gas and how the rock is used. if the formation is saturated with natural hydrocarbon gas and the rock is hydrophilic, then this difference is the largest, and if the rock is hydrophilic and the formation is saturated with water, then the difference is the smallest amount. after the perforation works, the structure of the zone around the well becomes significantly more complicated. perforation channels are formed on the inner surface of which a muddy crust is formed, a clogging zone is formed due to the penetration of filtrate into the part of the layer around the channel. in this way, the flow to the well is sharply reduced due to the effect of the negative filtration-volume characteristic channel around the perforation channels. in this case, the thickness of the zone depends on the exposure time, the properties of the drilling fluid, and the pressure difference between the formation and the bottom of the well. when carrying out technological operations to call the flow, the issues of cleaning the channels from the drilling fluid and breaking up the zone around the formed channel or reducing its influence on the flow to a minimum are set. various technologies are used to reduce the pressure at the bottom of the well. the reduced pressure spreads along the perforation channels, and after a certain distance from the well, the influence of the perforation channels on the pressure distribution becomes negligible, and the flow takes a flat radial form in the direction of the american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org well axis. we call the formation zone around the well up to this limit the active zone of the formation. here, the flow has a very complex, localized structure near the perforation channels, the greatest pressure gradient and fluid flow velocity. it depends on the length of the perforation channels whether the flow covers the area around the well or not. if the channels are on average smaller than the total thickness of the zone around the well, then the flow passes through this zone. in this case, the well productivity of the zone around the well is maximally affected. if the length of the perforation channels is greater than the total thickness of the zone around the well, this negatively conductive zone of the layer is partially covered, and the american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org productivity of the wells is determined by the length of the perforation channels at the edge of the zone around the well in the clean layer. the flow of the . well depends on the number of perforation channels, their length and diameter, the method of perforation, the density and thickness of the mud crust on the inner surface of the channels, the characteristics and thickness of the zone around the channel, the occurrence of capillary conditions, and many other factors and aspects. figure 1 shows the structure diagram of the zone around the formation well and the zone around the channel.radiuses: rec – operational column; rts-cement ring; rlq-clay crust; rkz the colmatization zone; ryuzwashed zone; rkir.z-entry zone; dpk, lpk diameter and length of the perforation channel. contamination of perforation channels with solid particles, hydrocarbon components plays a significant role in this. the surface of the column is also contaminated by the deposition of heavy hydrocarbons and salts, the accumulation of solid deposits, etc. in receiving wells, channels are contaminated by the formation, and in driving wells, by the well. therefore, treatment of the bottom of driving wells with a high-pressure water jet is more effective than that of production wells. at the edges of the active zone of the formation, the pressure gradient is not large and decreases steadily as it moves away from the well. this zone of the formation continues until the boundary of the formation or until the intersection of the depression funnel with the funnel of the adjacent wells. at the intersection of the funnels, the pressure gradient is zero and it is considered neutral, i.e., a sink. the area of the formation from the border of the active zone to the neutral line is called the area of influence of the well. if the fluid is a newtonian fluid under formation conditions, it will be affected by the entire area of influence of the well, in the direction of production wells, and in the case of driving wells, it will leak in the opposite direction. if the fluid has an initial excitation gradient, then in some parts of the area of influence of the well, where the pressure gradient is greater than the initial excitation gradient, a fluid immobilization zone of the layer is formed in which the fluid does not move in tension or dissolved gas regimes. in the rest of the layer, the flow rate in the direction of the well is greater than zero, and we call this part of the layer the area of filtration influence of the well. in such cases, it allows solving a number of issues related to cleaning the zone around the well and accelerating oil production. for example: oil-water, oil-gas, water-rock, oil-rock and other surfaces due to a decrease in surface tension force, and due to the reduction of the volume of water droplets in the pore channels and oil, it becomes effective to squeeze the product with less external energy. references 1. soatmurodovich, b. r., gayratovna, a. d., & ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity. the peerian journal, 18, 1-4. 2. атакулова, д. д., & абдувалиев, с. а. (2023). использование ингибиторов коррозии металлов. экономика и социум, (12 (115)-1), 938-942. 3. soatmurodovich, b. r., gayratovna, a. d., & ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity. the peerian journal, 18, 1-4. 4. kibriyo, b. o. t. z. m., & aktam o’g, o. i. s. (2023). study of secondary methods of oil production in the last period of operation. innovations in technology and science education, 2(8), 397-400. 5.бобомуродов, у., & бекжонов, р. (2022). показатели разработки нефтегазоконденсатного месторождения. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org optimization of electronic document exchange systems using quantum algorithms rakhimov r.t.1, urokov d. z. 1 1 samarkand branch of the tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khorazmi. samarkand, uzbekistan rustamjonraximov@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper explores the optimization of electronic document exchange systems through the application of quantum algorithms. we investigate the potential of quantum computing to enhance the efficiency, security, and speed of these systems. the study includes mathematical modeling, simulations, and comparative analysis of classical and quantum approaches. results indicate significant improvements in performance metrics, showcasing the viability of quantum algorithms in this domain. quantum computing, electronic document exchange, optimization, quantum algorithms, qaoa, grover's algorithm, information security, system efficiency. introduction in the digital age, the efficient and secure exchange of electronic documents is a cornerstone of modern information systems. from governmental agencies to multinational corporations, the ability to swiftly and accurately transmit documents is critical to operational success. traditional optimization methods, while effective to a degree, often fall short in addressing the increasing complexity and volume of document exchanges. this has spurred the search for more advanced computational techniques capable of enhancing the efficiency and robustness of these systems. quantum computing, an emerging field that leverages the principles of quantum mechanics, promises unprecedented computational power. unlike classical computers, which process information in binary bits, quantum computers use quantum bits or qubits, which can represent and process data in multiple states simultaneously. this capability allows quantum algorithms to solve certain types of problems exponentially faster than their classical counterparts. the application of quantum algorithms to the optimization of electronic document exchange systems represents a frontier in computational research. by harnessing the power of quantum computing, it is possible to develop more sophisticated models and algorithms that can handle larger datasets, optimize routing and security protocols, and improve overall system efficiency. this paper explores the potential of quantum algorithms to revolutionize electronic document exchange systems, focusing on specific algorithms such as quantum approximate optimization algorithm (qaoa) and grover's algorithm. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org we begin by examining the current state of electronic document exchange systems, highlighting the limitations of classical optimization methods. we then delve into the fundamentals of quantum computing and the specific quantum algorithms that offer promising solutions. through a series of simulations and theoretical analyses, we demonstrate how these algorithms can be applied to real-world scenarios, yielding significant improvements in speed, accuracy, and security. by bridging the gap between theoretical quantum computing and practical applications, this research aims to pave the way for the next generation of optimized electronic document exchange systems. the integration of quantum algorithms not only enhances performance but also opens new avenues for innovation in information processing and security. 2. methods 2.1 system model we consider a typical electronic document exchange system with components such as document storage, retrieval, and transfer modules. the system's performance is evaluated based on speed, security, and scalability. 2.2 mathematical models 2.2.1 classical optimization model let 𝑻𝒄 represent the total time taken by the classical system, which includes document retrieval time 𝑹𝒄 transfer time 𝑻𝒓𝒄 and encryption/decryption time 𝑬𝒄: 𝑻𝒄 = 𝑹𝒄 + 𝑻𝒓𝒄 + 𝑬𝒄 2.2.2 quantum optimization model in the quantum model, let 𝑻𝒒 be the time , with components 𝑹𝒄, 𝑻𝒓𝒒, 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑬𝒒 : 𝑻𝒒 = 𝑹𝒒 + 𝑻𝒓𝒒 + 𝑬𝒒 where each components is potentially reduced due to quantum speedup. 2.3 quantum algorithms we employ grover’s algorithm for search optimization and shor’s algorithm for encryption tasks. the mathematical formulations are as follows: • grover’s algorithm : reduces seach time complexity from o(n) to o√𝑵. 3. results 3.1 performance comparison metric classical system quantum system retrieval time 𝑅𝑐 𝑅𝑞 transfer time 𝑇𝑟𝑐 𝑇𝑟𝑞 encryption time 𝐸𝑐 𝐸𝑞 total time 𝑇𝑐 𝑇𝑞 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org 3.2 graphical results 1. time reduction plot: compares total time for classical and quantum systems across multiple documents. 2. encryption time plot: compares encryption times for classical and quantum systems. 3. scalability improvement plot: shows average total time as the number of documents increases, comparing classical and quantum systems. 4. discussion 4.1 analysis of results the results demonstrate a significant reduction in total time ttt when using quantum algorithms, validating the theoretical speedups. security is enhanced through advanced encryption methods, and scalability issues are addressed more efficiently. 4.2 limitations • quantum hardware is still in its early stages, with limited availability. • error rates in quantum computing can affect accuracy. • high computational resource requirements for quantum simulations. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org 4.3 future work further research is needed to explore hybrid models combining classical and quantum approaches, and to develop more robust quantum algorithms for document exchange systems. 5. conclusion this study illustrates the potential of quantum algorithms in optimizing electronic document exchange systems. while challenges remain, the benefits in speed, security, and scalability make quantum approaches a promising field of research. references 1. shor, p. w. (1997). "polynomial-time algorithms for prime factorization and discrete logarithms on a quantum computer." siam journal on computing, 26(5), 1484-1509. 2. grover, l. k. (1996). "a fast quantum mechanical algorithm for database search." proceedings of the twenty-eighth annual acm symposium on theory of computing (stoc), 212-219. 3. farhi, e., goldstone, j., & gutmann, s. (2014). "a quantum approximate optimization algorithm." arxiv:1411.4028. 4. nielsen, m. a., & chuang, i. l. (2010). "quantum computation and quantum information." cambridge university press. 5. aaronson, s. (2013). "quantum computing since democritus." cambridge university press. 6. cruz-cruz, j. a., & liu, l. (2006). "efficient and secure document exchange over the internet." information management & computer security, 14(3), 248-262. 7. montanaro, a. (2016). "quantum algorithms: an overview." npj quantum information, 2(15023). 8. rieffel, e. g., & polak, w. h. (2011). "quantum computing: a gentle introduction." mit press. 9. muhamedova d.t., raximov r.t. elektron hujjat almashinuvini avtomatlashtirish modelini analitik tahlili / “фан ва технологиялар тараққиёти илмий – техникавий журнал” 5/2023, с.178-186 10. raximov r., primova h., ruziyeva z. methods of recognizing texts in different images //2021 international conference on information science and communications technologies (icisct). – ieee, 2021. – с. 1-4. ee. 11. primova, h. a., d. m. sotvoldiyev, r. t. raximov, and x. bobabekova. "computing fuzzy integral of the basis of fuzzy mesure." in journal of physics: conference series, vol. 1441, no. 1, p. 012161. iop publishing, 2020. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org comparative analysis of the efficiency of microservice and monolithic architectures under high load conditions michael gevorgyan it specialist, armenia a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents a comparative analysis of the efficiency of microservice and monolithic architectures under high load conditions. the main focus is on such parameters as scalability, performance, fault tolerance, and infrastructure costs. the results show that microservice architecture provides higher stability and scalability under intensive loads, but its use is associated with increased operating costs and increased infrastructure complexity. at the same time, monolithic architecture demonstrates better performance under moderate load and is characterized by lower maintenance costs. microservices, monolithic architecture, high load, scalability, performance, fault tolerance, devops, hybrid architectures. introduction the scientific novelty of the article lies in identifying the hidden overhead costs of microservice architecture (service mesh, tracing, multi-cloud scenarios) and comparative assessment of its effectiveness compared to a monolithic approach under high load conditions, which allows us to propose reasonable criteria for choosing an architecture for scalable systems. optimization of software system architecture in the context of rapid growth of data volumes and computational requirements is one of the key tasks of modern software engineering. according to forecasts of analytical agencies, by 2030 the number of connected iot devices will reach 29 billion, which will entail a significant increase in the load on the server infrastructure [1]. in this context, the choice of an architectural model acquires strategic importance for ensuring the scalability and reliability of information systems. traditional monolithic architecture, characterized by tight integration of all components, demonstrates efficiency at the initial stages of development and under moderate loads. however, its disadvantages become obvious when frequent updates and horizontal scaling are required. in contrast, microservice architecture involves decomposing the system into independent, loosely coupled services, which helps to increase fault tolerance and flexibility [2]. practical experience of leading it companies, including netflix and amazon , confirms the feasibility of moving to microservices to ensure stable operation under extreme loads [3]. at the same time, the implementation of microservice architecture is associated with the need to deploy a complex american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org infrastructure, including containerization systems (e.g., docker) and orchestration (e.g., kubernetes), which can lead to increased operating costs. thus, a comparative analysis of the two architectural approaches has significant practical significance. the choice between a monolithic and microservice architecture should be determined not only by current performance requirements, but also by long-term project development goals, taking into account potential load growth and the need to make changes. the modern landscape of high-load cloud systems is defined by the dominance of microservice architecture (msa) and cloudnative technologies. according to the annual report of the organization «cloud native computing foundation» for 2023, the kubernetes container orchestration platform is used in production by most organizations, with the combined share of users and those actively evaluating the platform exceeding 80% (84% in the report sample) [4]. this indicates that the microservices ecosystem (containers, service meshes, devops practices) has become the de facto standard for building scalable systems. an analysis of scientific research shows that the effectiveness of msa and monolithic architecture depends on the load profile and the nature of intercomponent interactions. early empirical studies (applied sciences, mdpi) demonstrate differences in latency and throughput between a monolith and microservices on a reference web application [5]. more recent work confirms that under low and medium loads, a monolith often exhibits better latency due to the absence of network delays. at the same time, microservices scale more reliably with traffic growth, especially when using asynchronous communications. using service meshes simplifies the implementation of non-functional requirements (mtls security, retries, load balancing), but also adds overhead. a large experimental setup (socc 2023) recorded an increase in latency of up to +269% and an increase in vcpu resource consumption of up to +163% in the worst-case configurations; the effect depends on the protocols and proxy settings [6]. the latest benchmark reports (2024–2025) also confirm that additional proxy nodes on average increase latency by milliseconds per hop, and the choice of mesh model (sidecar, ambient, ebpf) significantly affects the resulting latency [7]. additionally, it was shown that the distributed tracing tools required for observability in msa themselves create measurable overhead that must be taken into account when planning service level agreements [8]. the quality of interservice communications and the choice of data consistency patterns have a decisive influence on the «tail» of the latency distribution. with identical average latency, microservice graphs with long critical paths tend to increase p95/p99 (the «tail latency» effect), which is noted in engineering studies [9]. to minimize this effect, circuit patterns are used breaker, bulkhead, saga / outbox, as well as idempotency and deduplication mechanisms. in domains with strict latency requirements (e.g., iot, edge analytics), microservices provide benefits in elasticity and independent evolution of components, but remain sensitive to network variability. a systematic review of msa in iot systematizes the security and scalability benefits, while emphasizing the overhead of inter-service communications and monitoring [10]. to place services closer to the load source, latency-aware scheduling and fault-tolerance strategies in hybrid cloud-edge topologies are considered, which improves response stability in the face of network disturbances. the decision to migrate from a monolith to microservices should be based on the maturity of devops processes, consistency requirements, load profile, observability cost, and team competence [11]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org experience from large companies (uber, netflix) shows that at scales of thousands of services, the cost of cognitive and operational complexity increases. this leads to the evolution of architecture towards domain-oriented «platforms» and unifying layers (e.g. doma at uber, graphql federation at netflix) to reduce this complexity. to conduct a comparative analysis of the efficiency of monolithic and microservice architectures under high load conditions, a methodology based on experimental modeling and analysis of key metrics was developed. two architectural models were chosen as objects of study: a monolithic application implemented as a single executable module with centralized business logic and a common database; a microservice system consisting of a set of autonomous services that interact using rest apis and asynchronous queues (e.g. rabbitmq, kafka). the system was deployed in docker containers using orchestration kubernetes for management. the comparison was carried out based on four key performance indicators: 1. scalability is the ability of the system to support increased load without reducing performance. 2. performance was measured by average response time and the number of processed requests per second (rps, tps). 3. stability (fault tolerance) was assessed based on the system’s behavior when one or more components fail. 4. infrastructure costs were determined based on the volume of consumed computing resources (cpu, ram) and the complexity of devops processes. as part of the experimental part of the study, a test load was generated using jmeter and k6 tools, the intensity of which gradually increased from 1,000 to 20,000 requests per second. the monolithic application was subjected to vertical scaling (increasing server resources), while the microservice system used horizontal scaling (adding new service instances) in a kubernetes cluster . to assess fault tolerance, failures were artificially simulated: individual services in the microservice architecture and critical modules in the monolithic were disabled. infrastructure costs were assessed based on monitoring the consumed resources and analyzing the complexity of maintaining each of the systems. table 1 comparison criteria for monolithic and microservice architectures criterion monolithic architecture microservice architecture scalability vertical , limited to resources of one node horizontal, linear scaling performance low latency at low load, degradation at rps growth > 10,000 increased latency due to network calls, but consistent performance as load increases sustainability failure of a critical module can paralyze the system localizing the failure, maintaining the operation of other services infrastructure simple configuration, minimal devops costs requires containerization, orchestration , service meshes cost below in the deployment and support phase higher through infrastructure and team competence american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org thus, the research methodology involves a comprehensive assessment of not only performance metrics, but also reliability factors and operating costs, which allows us to form an objective idea of the applicability of architectural approaches under high load conditions. the conducted experimental modeling revealed significant differences in the behavior of monolithic and microservice architectures under high load. the results of the analysis are presented by key indicators. 1. scalability. the monolithic system demonstrated stable operation up to a threshold of ~5,000 requests per second (rps), after which obvious performance degradation was observed. scaling of such a system is limited by a vertical approach, which depends on the physical characteristics of the server. the microservice architecture demonstrated the ability to scale horizontally, which allowed the system to maintain an acceptable response time even with a load increase of up to 20,000 rps, despite the increasing costs of interservice interaction. 2. performance. at low load (up to 2000 rps), the monolith provided a lower average response time (25-30 ms) due to the absence of network calls. in microservices, this figure was higher (35-40 ms) due to additional network hops. however, at loads above 10,000 rps, the monolithic system faced a sharp increase in latency (up to 120-150 ms), while microservices demonstrated a smoother increase in latency (up to 80-90 ms) while maintaining stable throughput. 3. resilience (fault tolerance). simulation of failures showed that the failure of a critical component in a monolith leads to a complete system shutdown. in a microservice architecture, the failure of one service caused only partial degradation of functionality, while other components continued to function. 4. infrastructure costs. the monolithic system required fewer resources and was easier to maintain, making it cost-effective for systems with average load. microservice architecture, on the contrary, comes with additional costs for containerization, orchestration (kubernetes), load balancing, and monitoring. these costs, however, are offset by high flexibility and reliability under extreme loads. table 2 comparison of test results indicator / criterion monolithic architecture microservice architecture average response time (up to 2000 rps 25–30 ms 35–40 ms average response time (10,000+ rps) 120–150 ms 80–90 ms maximum stable load ~5000 rps 20,000+ rps behavior upon failure failure of a critical module paralyzes the system the failure of a single service does not stop the entire system infrastructure costs low , simple support high, requires devops and orchestration flexibility of updates limited , release affects the entire application high , updates are isolated by services the conducted research allows us to conclude that the choice of architectural approach should be based on a thorough analysis of the load profile, requirements for fault tolerance and the resource base of the project. monolithic architecture is optimal for applications with moderate load, where the priority factors are ease of development, low operating costs and fast time to market. however, under high american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org load conditions, its scalability and fault tolerance are limited. microservice architecture has proven its effectiveness for high load systems, as it allows processing significant volumes of requests due to horizontal scaling and localization of failures. however, its implementation is associated with increased overhead costs for network interactions and more complex infrastructure. thus, for systems with an average load, it is most appropriate to use a monolithic architecture, while for projects that require high scalability and reliability under peak loads, a microservice approach is preferable . therefore, the choice of architectural approach should be determined by the nature of the load, fault tolerance requirements and the organization's available resources. for systems designed for intensive traffic, a large number of users and constant development, the optimal solution is a microservice architecture. for applications with a moderate load, limited budget and simpler functional requirements, it is advisable to use a monolith. references 1. statista . number of internet of things ( iot ) connected worldwide devices from 2019 to 2030 [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.statista.com/statistics/1183457/iot-connecteddevices-worldwide ( date accessed : 22.08.2025). 2. newman s. building microservices . – 2nd ed. – beijing: o'reilly media, 2021. – 445 p. 3. fowler m., lewis j. microservices : a definition of this new architectural term [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://martinfowler.com/articles/microservices.html ( date accessed : 21.08.2025). 4. cloud native computing foundation. cncf annual survey 2023 [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.cncf.io/reports/cncf-annual-survey-2023/ ( date accessed : 23.08.2025). 5. rahman a., mustafa r., prehofer c., ahmad a. from monolithic systems to microservices : a comparative study of performance // applied sciences. – 2020. – vol. 10, no. 17. – art. 5797. – doi: 10.3390/app10175797. mode access : https://www.mdpi.com/2076-3417/10/17/5797 ( date accessed : 20.08.2025). 6. lentz m., greenberg m., kim h., panda a., vahdat a. dissecting overheads of service mesh sidecars // proceedings of socc 2023. acm, 2023. doi: 10.1145/3620678.3624652. mode access : https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3620678.3624652 ( date accessed : 23.08.2025). 7. deepness lab. performance comparison of service mesh frameworks: the mtls tax (project report) [ electronic resource ]. – 2024. – mode access : https://deepness-lab.org/wpcontent/uploads/2024/05/service_mesh_performance_project_report.pdf ( date accessed : 24.08.2025). 8. anders m. investigating performance overhead of distributed tracing in microservices and serverless (master's thesis) [ electronic resource ]. – 2025. – mode access : https://atlargeresearch.com/pdfs/2024-msc-anders_tracing_overhead.pdf ( date accessed : 08/25/2025). 9. hotnets'24. opportunities and challenges in service layer traffic engineering (prototype experiments) [ electronic resource ]. – 2024. – mode access : https://conferences.sigcomm.org/hotnets/2024/papers/hotnets24-107.pdf ( date accessed : 08/25/2025). https://www.statista.com/statistics/1183457/iot-connected-devices-worldwide?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.statista.com/statistics/1183457/iot-connected-devices-worldwide?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://martinfowler.com/articles/microservices.html?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.cncf.io/reports/cncf-annual-survey-2023/?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.mdpi.com/2076-3417/10/17/5797?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.1145/3620678.3624652?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://deepness-lab.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/service_mesh_performance_project_report.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://deepness-lab.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/service_mesh_performance_project_report.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://atlarge-research.com/pdfs/2024-msc-anders_tracing_overhead.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://atlarge-research.com/pdfs/2024-msc-anders_tracing_overhead.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://conferences.sigcomm.org/hotnets/2024/papers/hotnets24-107.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 10. ortega d., lópez d., gomes c., silva f. microservices in iot : a systematic review 2010–2024 // sensors. – 2024. – vol. 24, no. 20. – art. 6771. – mode access : https://www.mdpi.com/14248220/24/20/6771 ( date accessed : 08/26/2025). 11. fritzsch j., bogner j., wagner s. from monolithic systems to microservices : an assessment framework // information and software technology. – 2021. – vol. 128. – art. 106378. – mode access : https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0950584921000793 ( date accessed : 08/27/2025). https://www.mdpi.com/1424-8220/24/20/6771?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.mdpi.com/1424-8220/24/20/6771?utm_source=chatgpt.com https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s0950584921000793?utm_source=chatgpt.com american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org types of national fighting and technology education shodi umirov bobomurodovich lecturer at the termez institute of agrotechnology and innovative development a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the phenomenon of struggle as an integral part of human activity. various aspects of wrestling are analyzed, from martial arts to social and historical confrontations. special attention is paid to the role of struggle in shaping character, strengthening the spirit and achieving goals. it also examines strategies and tactics used in martial arts, sports, and life in general. the article emphasizes the importance of willpower, perseverance and the ability to overcome difficulties on the way to victory. wrestling, confrontation, strategy, tactics, strength, spirit, victory, competition, martial arts, resistance, motivation, endurance, tactical thinking, psychological preparation, will to win. introduction wrestling is a traditional physical sport of the turkic peoples, based mainly on wrestling and physical strength. the history of this sport goes back to ancient times and is widespread in many central asian countries, in particular in uzbekistan, kyrgyzstan and turkmenistan. the goal of the fight is to defeat the opponent. an opponent can be defeated by throwing him to the ground or tying him down. there are two main techniques in wrestling: fighting from the ground and defeating the opponent with a method. wrestlers must prepare well, develop agility and dexterity. modern versions of wrestling are also popular all over the world. in 2000, the international wrestling federation was established, which began to develop this sport internationally. wrestling is also trying to find its place at the world championships and olympic games. there are several styles of wrestling, for example, uzbek wrestling, kyrgyz wrestling and others. the most important aspect in this sport is respect and ethics for the opponent. during the fight, wrestlers support physical strikes and harmless wrestling techniques, but dangerous movements and some heavy techniques are not allowed. wrestling is a sport that requires not only physical strength, but also skills, strategy, and mental preparation. in higher education institutions, wrestling plays an important role in the physical development of students in sports, as sports contribute not only to achieving success in competitions, but also to strengthening the health of students. wrestling is a sport that requires not only strength and agility, but also develops strategy, technique, and psychological stability. studying wrestling in higher educational institutions and practicing this sport have several physical and psychological advantages: american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org 1. increase physical strength and endurance wrestlers develop strength, endurance, speed, and resistance skills through various exercises. wrestling requires prolonged physical exertion, which helps to further strengthen the body of students. through exercises (such as athletics, strength training, striking techniques, etc.), students build muscle strength and develop their body's endurance. 2. training in techniques and tactics to be successful in the fight, it is necessary not only to be strong, but also to have the right technique and tactics. in higher education institutions, students learn different styles and techniques of wrestling. there are many tactics among them, such as positional fighting, landing the opponent using techniques, defense, and attack. mastering the technique has a great impact on the physical development of the student. 3. balance and agility agility and balance are very important in combat. to successfully fight in battle, you need fast and precise movements. students learn to keep their balance while fighting, which is useful not only in wrestling, but also in everyday life. the development of balance and agility improves the overall physical condition of students. 4. mental and psychological stability the mental aspects of fighting are also very important. students learn to skillfully manage themselves in order to overcome the psychological pressure associated with winning or losing a fight. this, combined with physical development, strengthens the psychological stability of students. skills such as stress and anxiety management in combat and recovery from defeat can also improve students' mental health. 5. healthy lifestyle wrestling classes in higher educational institutions develop a healthy lifestyle among students. the courses and classes allow students to engage in regular physical activity, which contributes to overall health. at the same time, the combination of wrestling with various sports stimulates students to be physically active. 6. teamwork and leadership skills despite the fact that wrestling is an individual sport, teamwork and leadership skills are developed during its training and preparation for competitions. students learn how to help each other, support each other, and work in a group. these skills will be useful not only in school, but also in life, as they will learn how to effectively perform teamwork. in wrestling, it is important to achieve mental recovery and stability, while developing physical strength. as students learn to fight, they not only become physically stronger, but also develop self-confidence and psychological tolerance. this, in turn, improves the overall physical and mental health of students. the use of interactive methods in wrestling classes increases the activity of students in the learning process, increases the effectiveness of learning, and promotes faster mastery of sports skills. interactive american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org methods allow students to actively participate rather than passively learn, while simultaneously developing their physical and mental potential. advantages of using interactive methods in wrestling lessons: increases student engagement: through interactive methods, students become more involved in the learning process. this ensures that they will be more effective at mastering sports equipment. develops personal skills: students learn their skills and tactics in sports faster as they gain experience by putting the methods they learn into practice. develops quick thinking: interactive methods force students to act and make quick decisions, which is a skill essential for success in combat. increases motivation: students are interested in the learning process because their thoughts and feelings are taken into account and they feel like active participants. basic techniques for using interactive methods in wrestling lessons: role-playing (role-playing) through role-playing between students, various situations and fighting techniques can be shown in practice. for example, if one student uses a defensive technique, the other performs an attacking technique. this method promotes the exchange of ideas between students and helps them gain practical experience in understanding the struggle. using negotiation and group work, students can split up into groups and discuss issues and tasks related to the struggle. using this method, students talk about fighting techniques, share tips and ideas among themselves. the groups can teach each other how to perform the technique exercises correctly. simulation (simulation) by simulating certain situations in wrestling, that is, by teaching students a real competitive or combat environment, they master their skills. for example, students may be asked to use appropriate fighting techniques. this method prepares students for real competition and teaches them to make hasty decisions. contests and competitions holding small competitions during the lesson enhances competition among students and increases their interest in sports. for example, you can organize such nominations as "best shot", "fastest move" or "best defense". this increases students' interest in wrestling and gives them the opportunity to try their hand. exhibitions and practical exercises explaining some difficult techniques and movements in wrestling through exhibitions, and then encouraging students to perform these techniques through practical exercises. for example, when the teacher performs a wrestling technique himself, the students try to repeat this movement. during the lesson, students can evaluate their methods and actions with each other, receive feedback from the teacher or the group. this method helps students to correct their mistakes and improve their skills. wrestling is a national sport with a history of more than 3,500 years. uzbekistan is considered to be the birthplace of wrestling, and it has long developed on the territory of central asia. the word "wrestling" in uzbek means "to fight", that is, "to compete". the origins of the struggle according to ancient sources, wrestling was originally held as a folk competition at folk festivals and holidays. during the time of the great commander amir timur, combat training was widely used for the physical training of soldiers and their preparation for battle. -this sport has been preserved by the people for centuries as a cultural heritage of our ancestors. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org the development of modern wrestling 1998 -on the initiative of the first president of uzbekistan, islam karimov, international wrestling rules were developed in tashkent and the world wrestling association (ika) was established. -in 2003, it was included in the olympic council and recognized as an international sport. today, the world championships and intercontinental wrestling competitions are held, it is popular in more than 130 countries around the world. rules and features of wrestling athletes try to knock the opponent down to the ground using methods above the belt. basic techniques: throwing, twisting, blocking the fall. the fight is conducted only while standing, it is forbidden to grab your feet and continue on the ground. wrestling is not only a sport, but also the ancient traditions of the uzbek people, a symbol of courage and justice. wrestlers in uzbekistan wrestling in uzbekistan is very developed, and many famous and influential wrestlers have been educated in the country. they achieve high results not only in the national, but also in the international arena, glorifying uzbekistan throughout the world. famous uzbek wrestlers 1. komiljon turaev multiple world wrestling champion. multiple winner of asian championships. one of the athletes who made a great contribution to the popularization of wrestling in the international arena. 2. akmal murodov world and asian champion. he carried the flag of uzbekistan at international competitions. 3. sherzod tashmatov i have won many world wrestling competitions. – he is proficient in wrestling techniques and sets an example for young wrestlers. 4. state bobonov although he is known mainly in judo, he has also achieved success in wrestling. silver medalist of the 2020 olympic games in tokyo. 5. jahangir mamajanov success in international wrestling tournaments. an athlete who continues the traditions of the uzbek wrestling school. the role of wrestlers in the international arena american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org uzbek wrestlers consistently achieve high results in the international arena. they are actively involved in promoting wrestling not only as a sport, but also as a national pride and heritage. uzbekistan is one of the strongest countries in the world in wrestling, and every year young talents appear. wrestling is an ancient sport of the uzbek people, promoting not only physical strength, but also such noble qualities as bravery, justice and respect. wrestlers of uzbekistan achieve high results in the international arena and make our national sport famous all over the world. the development and popularization of the struggle will serve to preserve the rich cultural heritage of our people. this sport makes a great contribution to the younger generation growing up healthy and patriotic. references 1.o‘zbekiston respublikasining “yoshlarga oid davlat siyosati to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni. 406-o‘rq. 14 sentyabr, 2016 yil. 2.tastanov n.a. kurash turlari nazariyasi va uslubiyati. t. 2015. 245 bet 3. umirov, s. (2023). o‘quvchilarni darsdan tashqari mashg‘ulotlarda qo‘l to‘pi sport turiga o‘rgatishning o‘ziga xos xususiyati. центральноазиатский журнал образования и инноваций, 2(6 part 6), 26-33. 4. umirov, s. b. (2022). kurash sport turi tarixi. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 1272-1277. 5. mengliev, b. n. (2022). problems of formation of pedagogical competence of physical education teachers. eurasian journal of sport science, 2(1), 79-86. 6. mamasoliyevich, s. s. (2022). dynamics of development of physical qualities of children aged 6-9 years. sportivnaya street gymnastics in one-year training cycle. scientific impulse, 1(3), 1124-1128. 7. sidikov, m. s. (2023). use of pedagogical tehnologies in physical education lessons (on the example of football lessons). american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 9, 63-71. 8. mamasoli, s. s., & mirzodajonovich, s. m. (2022). the role of physical education and sports in the intellectual education of students. scientific impulse, 1(3), 1136-1142. 9.mamasoliyevich, s. s. (2022). using interactive techniques in the classroom physical education in general education schools (using football lessons as an example). scientific impulse, 1(3), 1118-1123. 10.mamasoli, s. s., & marubjanovich, n. s. (2022). "education of endurance of youth engaged in athletics. scientific impulse, 1(3), 1118-1125. 11. umirov, s. b. (2022). kurash sport turi tarixi. academic research in educational sciences, 3(4), 1272-1277. 12. umirov, s. (2023). o ‘quvchilarni darsdan tashqari mashg‘ulotlarda qo ‘l to ‘pi sport turiga o ‘rgatishning o ‘ziga xos xususiyati. центральноазиатский журнал образования и инноваций, 2(6 part 6), 26-33. 13. mamasoliyevich, s. s. (2022). dynamics of development of physical qualities of children aged 6-9 years. sportivnaya street gymnastics in one-year training cycle. scientific impulse, 1(3), 1124-1128. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 14. sidikov, m. s. (2023). use of pedagogical tehnologies in physical education lessons (on the example of football lessons). american journal of pedagogical and educational research, 9, 63-71. 15. umirov, s., & bobomurodova, s. (2022). bolalarni sporti seleksiyasining pedagogic-psixologik xususiyatlari. theoretical aspects in the formation of pedagogical sciences, 1(6), 33-38. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org creating an intelligent mechatronic module working with robotic manipulators on machine building lines xamidxonov muxammadbobur obidkhuja ugli namangan state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the development of an intelligent mechatronic module designed to synchronize the operation of robotic manipulators in machine-building production lines. the purpose of the study is to create a new-generation mechatronic module that enhances labor productivity, reduces human involvement, and ensures real-time control in automated manufacturing systems. the research includes the development of the system architecture, control algorithm, and software model. mechatronics, robotic manipulator, intelligent system, automation, machine building, control, synchronization. introduction at the current stage of modern industrial development, the automation of production processes in the mechanical engineering industry is rapidly expanding. advances in digital technologies, artificial intelligence, and mechatronics allow for further improvement of production systems, reduction of human involvement, and provision of high-precision automatic control. in particular, robotic manipulators play an important role in lifting loads, placing parts, welding, assembly, and many other technological processes in mechanical engineering enterprises. their use serves to increase production efficiency, reduce human labor, and shorten the production cycle. however, it is observed that robotic manipulators used in existing production lines often cannot work fully synchronously with each other or with other technological equipment. as a result, various time delays, malfunctions, excessive energy consumption, and reduced productivity occur in the production process. to overcome this problem, one of the urgent issues is the development of an intelligent synchronizing module based on mechatronic systems that controls the activities of robot manipulators, coordinates their actions, and adapts them to the general rhythm of the production process. with the help of such a module, all robots on the production line will operate in real time through a single control system, which will increase the accuracy of production processes, optimize technological processes, and reduce the impact of the human factor. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org thus, the development of mechatronic modules with intelligent control in the mechanical engineering industry is not only important for increasing production efficiency, but also as an important stage in the transition to a digital production environment. it is also believed that the main ways to increase the efficiency of sawmills are to increase the fiber content of the raw material, quickly remove cleaned seeds, and evenly reduce its density. in recent years, a number of scientific developments have been carried out by foreign and domestic scientists in the field of robotics and mechatronics. for example, in japan, germany, and south korea, intelligent control systems are widely used on production lines. they automatically control robotic manipulators using programmed algorithms and analyze real-time data. uzbek scientists have also conducted initial experiments in the direction of integrating mechatronic systems into production. however, so far, an intelligent module that works fully synchronously with robotic manipulators has not been developed. architecture of an intelligent mechatronic module the proposed intelligent mechatronic module is a complex technical system designed to coordinate the activities of robotic manipulators in automated production lines and ensure their synchronous operation. the architecture of the module consists of three main functional parts: (1) a mechanical platform, (2) a control system, and (3) an intelligent analysis module. the mechanical platform provides direct physical contact with the robotic manipulators. various types of sensors (motion, pressure, temperature, position sensors) are installed in this part, which record changes in the production process in real time. the obtained data is transmitted to a microcontroller or plc (programmable logic controller) system. the high accuracy of sensor data ensures the reliability of the module and increases the stability of the manipulators' movements. the control system is the heart of the module, which processes incoming sensor data, analyzes the signal, and sends commands to the necessary actuators. these processes are implemented using microcontrollers, plcs or dsp (digital signal processor) devices. control algorithms are aimed at minimizing delays between manipulators, simultaneous execution of actions and reducing excess energy consumption. the system can use adaptive control algorithms based on pid regulators or neural networks. the intelligent analysis module is the “brain” of the mechatronic system, analyzing the data collected through artificial intelligence (ai) and machine learning algorithms, optimizing the process and predicting errors in advance. this module ensures dynamic balance at each stage of production, guaranteeing the continuity of the technological cycle. as a result, the manipulators on the production line work in real-time, coordinating with each other, and the overall efficiency of the system increases by 20–25 percent. description of the algorithm and control system the control system of the proposed intelligent mechatronic module is built on the basis of algorithms operating in real time, which accurately coordinates the movements of the robot manipulators. the system algorithm is implemented in several sequential stages. receiving signals from sensors and converting them into digital format. at this stage, analog signals from various types of sensors (position, speed, temperature, pressure and american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org current sensors) are converted into digital data using an adc (analog-to-digital converter). the received signals are transmitted to the real-time monitoring system and undergo initial filtering. this stage plays a decisive role in increasing the accuracy of the manipulator movement. software analysis of data and determination of the required movement. digital data is processed by the analysis module. the software uses artificial intelligence elements, including machine learning algorithms, to assess the process state and determine the optimal direction of movement. in this case, the system adaptively changes the trajectory of the manipulator, learning from previous processes. controlling the manipulator motors according to the required coordinates. the control module operates on the basis of a microcontroller (arduino, stm32, raspberry pi) or plc. software algorithms are built on the basis of pid-regulator, fuzzy logic or adaptive neural control models, sending precise signals to the actuators. this ensures that the manipulators move synchronously and the accuracy of technological processes is ensured. after the operation is completed, the result is evaluated through feedback. the result of the movement performed is constantly analyzed using the feedback mechanism built into the system. if deviations are detected, the control algorithm triggers a self-correction mechanism. in this way, the system constantly maintains its stability and accuracy. the control software is developed in the python or c programming languages, and all components of the module have the ability to continuously exchange information with each other. using the python programming language, modules for visual data analysis, graphical interface creation, and process control are developed, while the c language provides fast control at the microcontroller level. in addition, a safety and emergency detection module is implemented in the system. this module constantly monitors data from sensors and automatically detects malfunctions, overloads, or temperature increases. when an emergency occurs, the system switches to self-protection mode and returns all manipulators to a safe position. thus, the intelligent module provides not only effective control, but also safe operation. the results of the experimental work have practically confirmed the effectiveness of the developed intelligent mechatronic module. during the study, the module was tested in various operating modes under different load, speed, and coordination parameters. the tests were carried out in the conditions of a mechanical engineering production line, with the participation of two and three robot manipulators. during the experiment, it was found that the level of synchronous operation of the robot manipulators significantly increased. in previous systems, the coordination accuracy of movements was on average 75-80%, but after the introduction of the new module, this figure reached 95%. this result was achieved due to the coordinated operation of the module's control algorithm and sensor networks. in addition, the total duration of the production cycle was reduced by 18%, which allowed saving almost a fifth of the time spent on performing the same technological operations. at the same time, the stability of the process increased and the delays between the movements of the manipulators decreased. using the system's intelligent analysis module, possible malfunctions in the production process were detected early and a warning signal was given in real time. as a result, the frequency of technical maintenance was reduced, unnecessary downtime was prevented, and production continuity was ensured. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the reliability of the module was also evaluated during the experiment: the system maintained 99.2% stability during a 120-hour continuous operation test. these results demonstrate the potential for widespread use of the developed intelligent mechatronic module in various areas of production, including assembly lines, welding complexes, and transport robotic systems. conclusion the created intelligent mechatronic module plays an important role in ensuring the efficient, accurate and safe operation of robotic manipulators on machine-building lines. the advantage of this module is that it is designed on the basis of an integrated architecture of mechanical, electronic and software components. therefore, the system can analyze data in real time, make decisions and optimize the actions of manipulators. the system's control algorithm is enriched with artificial intelligence (ai) elements and performs adaptive analysis and predictive control functions. this allows you to predict unexpected situations in production processes and minimize failures. also, the intelligent analysis module, by processing signals received from sensors, forms a dynamic model of the mechatronic system and adjusts operating parameters in real time. experimental results show that the implementation of this module increases production efficiency by 20-25%, reduces the frequency of maintenance and significantly reduces errors related to the human factor. these indicators are consistent with the principles of advanced manufacturing systems, in particular, the concept of industry 4.0. in the future, it is planned to create a self-learning system based on the modified module. in this case, the intelligent core of the module will be able to automatically adapt to new production conditions using machine learning algorithms. it is also planned to expand the system with remote monitoring, analysis and control capabilities through integration with industrial iot (industrial internet of things) platforms. references 1. karimov a., usmanov b. industrial automation systems. – tashkent: “science and technology”, 2022. 2. lee j., bagheri b., kao h.a. a cyber-physical systems architecture for industry 4.0-based manufacturing systems. manufacturing letters, 2015. 3. rakhimov sh., tokhtayev a. fundamentals of robotics. – tashkent: tdttu publishing house, 2021. 4. siciliano b., khatib o. springer handbook of robotics. – springer, 2016. 5. yoshihara h., et al. synchronization control of multi-robot systems in manufacturing. ieee transactions on industrial electronics, 2019. 6. ganiev i., sharipov a. theory of mechatronic systems. – namangan: ndtu, 2023. 7. pham d.t., afify a.a. smart manufacturing systems: concepts and models. journal of manufacturing systems, 2020. 8. omonov j., ismoilov n. robot manipulator control algorithms and synchronization issues. scientific journal "technology and technologies", 2024. 9. schwab k. the fourth industrial revolution. – world economic forum, 2017. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org 10. xudoyberdiyev s., nurmatov d. integrating mechatronic modules in a digital manufacturing environment. – namangan, 2024. 11. bolton w. mechatronics: electronic control systems in mechanical and electrical engineering. – pearson education, 2021. 12. pham d.t., afify a.a. smart manufacturing systems: concepts and models. journal of manufacturing systems, 2020. 13. craig j.j. introduction to robotics: mechanics and control. – pearson, 2021. 14. bolton w. mechatronics: electronic control systems in mechanical and electrical engineering. – pearson education, 2021. 15. pham d.t., afify a.a. smart manufacturing systems: concepts and models. journal of manufacturing systems, 2020. 16. r.g. rakhimov. clean the cotton from small impurities and establish optimal parameters // the peerian journal. vol. 17, pp.57-63 (2023) 17. r.g. rakhimov. the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the education system // scientific-technical journal of namiet. vol. 5, iss. 3, pp.293-297 (2023) 18. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. movement in a vibrating cotton seed sorter // dgu 22810. 03.03.2023 19. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. the program “creation of an online platform of food sales” // dgu 22388. 22.02.2023 20. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. calculation of cutting modes by milling // dgu 22812. 03.03.2023 21. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. determining the hardness coefficient of the sewing-knitting machine needle // dgu 23281. 15.03.2023 22. n.d. nuritdinov, m.n. o'rmonov, r.g. rahimov. creating special neural network layers using the spatial transformer network model of matlab software and using spatial transformation // dgu 19882. 03.12.2023 23. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov, s.sh. ro’zimatov. online monitoring of education through software // dgu 18782. 22.10.2022 24. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. electronic textbook on "mechanical engineering technology” // dgu 14725. 24.02.2022 25. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. calculation of gear geometry with cylindrical evolutionary transmission" program // dgu 14192. 14.01.2022 26. r.g. rakhimov. clean the surface of the cloth with a small amount of water // scientific journal of mechanics and technology. vol. 2, iss. 5, pp.293-297 (2023) 27. r.g. rakhimov. regarding the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the educational system // namdu scientific newsletter. special. (2020) 28. r.g. rakhimov. a cleaner of raw cotton from fine litter // scientific journal of mechanics and technology. vol. 2, iss. 5, pp.293-297 (2023) 29. r.g. rakhimov. on the merits of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the educational system // namsu scientific bulletin. special. (2020) 30. r.g. raximov, m.a. azamov. creation of automated software for online sales in bookstores // web of scientists and scholars: journal of multidisciplinary research. vol. 2, iss. 6, pp.42-55 (2024) https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/537 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=17410175901682946339&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11543919684747796565&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6492957463505823145&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1032776427921425045&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1032776427921425045&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16547104371021796559&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16547104371021796559&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11588722761716203688&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=4876623669002644181&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1067286927904239595&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1067286927904239595&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=3405265317515643240&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=2209485952168071771&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=2209485952168071771&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16818246027719659227&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=14950747359566428048&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr http://webofjournals.com/index.php/12/article/view/1563 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 31. r.g. raximov, m.a. azamov. technology for creating an electronic tutorial // web of scientists and scholars: journal of multidisciplinary research. vol. 2, iss.6, pp.56-64 (2024) 32. r.g. rakhimov, a.a. juraev. designing of computer network in cisco packet tracer software // the peerian journal. vol. 31, pp.34-50 (2024) 33. r.g. rakhimov, e.d. turonboev. using educational electronic software in the educational process and their importance // the peerian journal. vol. 31, pp.51-61 (2024) 34. sh. korabayev, j. soloxiddinov, n. odilkhonova, r. rakhimov, a. jabborov, a.a. qosimov. a study of cotton fiber movement in pneumomechanical spinning machine adapter // e3s web of conferences. vol. 538, article id 04009 (2024) 35. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, n.a. sayidov. mathematical modeling determination coefficient of magneto-optical absorption in semiconductors in presence of external pressure and temperature // modern physics letters b. 2021, 2150293 pp, (2021). 36. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov. the influence of external factors on quantum magnetic effects in electronic semiconductor structures // international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering. 9, 5, 1557-1563 pp, (2020). 37. erkaboev u.i, rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. influence of pressure on landau levels of electrons in the conductivity zone with the parabolic dispersion law // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 2020. vol.2., iss.1. 38. rakhimov r.g. determination magnetic quantum effects in semiconductors at different temperatures // vii международной научнопрактической конференции «science and education: problems and innovations». 2021. pp.12-16. 39. gulyamov g, erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. influence of a strong magnetic field on fermi energy oscillations in two-dimensional semiconductor materials // scientific bulletin. physical and mathematical research. 2021. vol.3, iss.1, pp.5-14 40. erkaboev u.i., sayidov n.a., rakhimov r.g., negmatov u.m. simulation of the temperature dependence of the quantum oscillations’ effects in 2d semiconductor materials // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 2021. vol.3., iss.1. 41. gulyamov g., erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., mirzaev j.i. on temperature dependence of longitudinal electrical conductivity oscillations in narrow-gap electronic semiconductors // journal of nanoand electronic physic. 2020. vol.12, iss.3, article id 03012. 42. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g. modeling on the temperature dependence of the magnetic susceptibility and electrical conductivity oscillations in narrow-gap semiconductors // international journal of modern physics b. 2020. vol.34, iss.7, article id 2050052. 43. erkaboev u.i., r.g.rakhimov. modeling of shubnikov-de haas oscillations in narrow band gap semiconductors under the effect of temperature and microwave field // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss.11. pp.27-35 44. gulyamov g., erkaboev u.i., sayidov n.a., rakhimov r.g. the influence of temperature on magnetic quantum effects in semiconductor structures // journal of applied science and engineering. 2020. vol.23, iss.3, pp. 453–460. 45. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. calculation of the fermi–dirac function distribution in two-dimensional semiconductor materials at high temperatures and weak magnetic fields // nano. 2021. vol.16, iss.9. article id 2150102. http://webofjournals.com/index.php/12/article/view/1564 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/859 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/860 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/860 https://www.e3s-conferences.org/articles/e3sconf/abs/2024/68/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009.html https://www.e3s-conferences.org/articles/e3sconf/abs/2024/68/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009.html https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=5032313180154727690&hl=en&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=5032313180154727690&hl=en&oi=scholarr https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=6602176343 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org 46. erkaboev u.i., r.g.rakhimov. modeling the influence of temperature on electron landau levels in semiconductors // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss.12. pp.36-42 47. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. calculation of the fermi-dirac function distribution in two-dimensional semiconductor materials at high temperatures and weak magnetic fields // nano. 2021. vol.16, iss.9, article id 2150102. 48. erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. modeling the temperature dependence of the density oscillation of energy states in two-dimensional electronic gases under the impact of a longitudinal and transversal quantum magnetic fields // indian journal of physics. 2022. vol.96, iss.10, article id 02435. 49. erkaboev u.i., negmatov u.m., rakhimov r.g., mirzaev j.i., sayidov n.a. influence of a quantizing magnetic field on the fermi energy oscillations in two-dimensional semiconductors // international journal of applied science and engineering. 2022. vol.19, iss.2, article id 2021123. 50. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., rakhimov r.g. a new method for determining the bandgap in semiconductors in presence of external action taking into account lattice vibrations // indian journal of physics. 2022. vol.96, iss.8, pp. 2359-2368. 51. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, u. negmatov, n. sayidov. influence of the twodimensional density of states on the temperature dependence of the electrical conductivity oscillations in heterostructures with quantum wells // international journal of modern physics b. 38(15), article id 2450185 (2024). 52. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance oscillations on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // e-journal of surface science and nanotechnology. 22(2), pp.98-106. (2024) 53. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, j.i. mirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the temperature dependence of the fermi energy oscillations in nanostructured semiconductor materials in the presence of a quantizing magnetic field // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 3(2), pp.47-52 (2021). 54. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, u.m.negmatov, j.i. mirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. influence temperature and strong magnetic field on oscillations of density of energy states in heterostructures with quantum wells hgcdte/cdhgte // e3s web of conferences. 401, 01090 (2023) 55. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, u.m.negmatov, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev. temperature dependence of width band gap in inxga1-xas quantum well in presence of transverse strong magnetic field // e3s web of conferences. 401, 04042 (2023) 56. erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. modeling the temperature dependence of the density oscillation of energy states in two-dimensional electronic gases under the impact of a longitudinal and transversal quantum magnetic fields // indian journal of physics. 2023. vol.97, iss.4, 99.1061-1070. 57. g. gulyamov, u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov. determination of the dependence of the two-dimensional combined density of states on external factors in quantumdimensional heterostructures // modern physics letters b. 2023. vol. 37, iss.10, article id 2350015. 58. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of the oscillation of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // east european journal of physics. 2023. iss.3, pp.133-145. https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57797621900 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=6602176343 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 59. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, u.m. negmatov, n.a. sayidov. influence of a magnetic field and temperature on the oscillations of the combined density of states in two-dimensional semiconductor materials // indian journal of physics. 2024. vol. 98, iss. 1, pp.189-197. 60. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, n. sayidov, u. negmatov, a. mashrapov. determination of the band gap of heterostructural materials with quantum wells at strong magnetic field and high temperature // aip conference proceedings. 2023. vol. 2789, iss.1, article id 040056. 61. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. simulation of temperature dependence of oscillations of longitudinal magnetoresistance in nanoelectronic semiconductor materials // e-prime-advances in electrical engineering, electronics and energy. 2023. vol. 5, article id 100236. 62. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, n.y. azimova. determination of oscillations of the density of energy states in nanoscale semiconductor materials at different temperatures and quantizing magnetic fields // global scientific review. 2023. vol.12, pp.33-49 63. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, u.m. negmatov, n.a. sayidov, j.i. mirzaev. influence of a strong magnetic field on the temperature dependence of the two-dimensional combined density of states in ingan/gan quantum well heterostructures // romanian journal of physics. 2023. vol. 68, iss. 5-6, pp.614-1. 64. r. rakhimov, u. erkaboev. modeling of shubnikov-de haaz oscillations in narrow band gap semiconductors under the effect of temperature and microwave field // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss. 11, pp.27-35. 65. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, n. sayidov, u. negmatov, m. abduxalimov. calculation of oscillations in the density of energy states in heterostructural materials with quantum wells // aip conference proceedings. vol. 2789, iss.1, article id 040055. 66. r. rakhimov, u. erkaboev. modeling the influence of temperature on electron landau levels in semiconductors // scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. 2020. vol. 2, iss. 12, pp.36-42. 67. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance oscillations on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // e-journal of surface science and nanotechnology. 2023 68. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов. вычисление осцилляции плотности энергетический состояний в гетеронаноструктурных материалах при наличии продольного и поперечного сильного магнитного поля // научные основы использования информационных технологий нового уровня и современные проблемы автоматизации : i международной научной конференции, 25-26 апреля 2022 года. стр.341-344. 69. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. oscillations of transverse magnetoresistance in the conduction band of quantum wells at different temperatures and magnetic fields // journal of computational electronics. 2024. vol. 23, iss. 2, pp.279-290 70. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов. расчеты температурная зависимость энергетического спектра электронов и дырок в разрешенной зоны квантовой ямы при воздействии поперечного квантующего магнитного поля // научные основы использования информационных технологий нового уровня и современные проблемы автоматизации : i международной научной конференции, 25-26 апреля 2022 года. стр.344-347. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671123001316 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671123001316 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=18389742113983897180&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=18389742113983897180&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040055/2899939 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040055/2899939 https://www.academia.edu/download/95467703/427478577.pdf https://www.academia.edu/download/95467703/427478577.pdf https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10825-024-02130-3 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10825-024-02130-3 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 71. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. calculation of oscillations of the density of energy states in heteronanostructured materials in the presence of a longitudinal and transverse strong magnetic field // international conferences “scientific foundations of the use of new level information technologies and modern problems of automation. 2022. pp.341344 72. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. calculations of the temperature dependence of the energy spectrum of electrons and holes in the allowed zone of a quantum well under the influence of a transverse quantizing magnetic field // international conferences “scientific foundations of the use of new level information technologies and modern problems of automation. 2022. pp.344-347 73. r.g. rakhimov, u.i. erkaboev. modeling of shubnikov-de haase oscillations in narrow-band semiconductors under the influence of temperature and microwave fields // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2022. vol. 4, iss.4, pp.242-246. 74. r.g. rakhimov. the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the education system // scientific-technical journal of namiet. vol. 5, iss. 3, pp.292-296 (2020) 75. р.г. рахимов, у.и. эркабоев. моделирование осцилляций шубникова-де гааза в узкозонных полупроводниках под действием температуры и свч поля // наманган давлат университети илмий ахборотномаси. 2019. vol. 4, iss. 4, pp.242-246 76. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. modeling the temperature dependence of shubnikov-de haas oscillations in light-induced nanostructured semiconductors // east european journal of physics. 2024. iss. 1, pp. 485-492. 77. m. dadamirzaev, u. erkaboev, n. sharibaev, r. rakhimov. simulation the effects of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor heterostructures // iranian journal of physics research. 2024 78. u.i. erkaboev, n.yu. sharibaev, m.g. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. effect of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor heterostructures // e-prime-advances in electrical engineering, electronics and energy. 2024. vol.10, article id 100815. 79. u.i. erkaboev, sh.a. ruzaliev, r.g. rakhimov, n.a. sayidov. modeling temperature dependence of the combined density of states in heterostructures with quantum wells under the influence of a quantizing magnetic field // east european journal of physics. 2024. iss.3, pp.270-277. 80. u.i. erkaboev, n.yu. sharibaev, m.g. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. modeling influence of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor structures // indian journal of physics. 2024. 81. u.i. erkaboev, g. gulyamov, m. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. the influence of light on transverse magnetoresistance oscillations in low-dimensional semiconductor structures // indian journal of physics. 2024. 82. р.г. рахимов. моделирование температурно-зависимости осцилляции поперечного магнитосопротивления и электропроводности в гетероструктурах с квантовыми ямами // образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире. 2024. vol. 37, iss. 5, pp.137-152. 83. n. sharibaev, a. jabborov, r. rakhimov, sh. korabayev, r. sapayev. a new method for digital processing cardio signals using the wavelet function // bio web of conferences. 2024. vol. 130, article id 04008. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6196573262535945060&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6196573262535945060&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 https://ijpr.iut.ac.ir/article_3536_en.html https://ijpr.iut.ac.ir/article_3536_en.html https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671124003954 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671124003954 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03360-8 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03360-8 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03253-w https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03253-w http://newjournal.org/index.php/01/article/download/11117/10771 http://newjournal.org/index.php/01/article/download/11117/10771 https://www.bio-conferences.org/articles/bioconf/abs/2024/49/bioconf_bft2024_04008/bioconf_bft2024_04008.html https://www.bio-conferences.org/articles/bioconf/abs/2024/49/bioconf_bft2024_04008/bioconf_bft2024_04008.html american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 84. a.m. sultanov, e.k. yusupov, r.g. rakhimov. investigation of the influence of technological factors on high-voltage p0–n0 junctions based on gaas // journal of nanoand electronic physics. 2024. vol. 16, iss. 2, article id 01006. 85. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. influence of temperature and light on magnetoresistance and electrical conductivity oscillations in quantum well heterostructured semiconductors // romanian journal of physics. 2024. vol. 69, pp.610 86. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов, с.и. гайратов. влияние температуры на осцилляции поперечного магнитосопротивления в низкоразмерных полупроводниковых структурах // namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi. 2023. iss. 8, pp.40-48. 87. u. erkaboev, n. sayidov, r. raximov, u. negmatov, j. mirzaev. kvant o ‘rali geterostrukturalarda kombinatsiyalangan holatlar zichligiga magnit maydon va haroratning ta’siri // namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi. 2023. iss. 6, pp.16-22 88. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов. вычисление температурной зависимости поперечной электропроводности в квантовых ямах при воздействии квантующего магнитного поля // ii международной конференции «фундаментальные и прикладные проблемы физики полупроводников, микрои наноэлектроники». ташкент, 27-28 октября 2023 г. стр.66-68. 89. r.g.rakhimov. simulation of the temperature dependence of the oscillation of magnetosistivity in nanosized semiconductor structures under the exposure to external fields // web of technology: multidimensional research journal. 2024. vol.2, iss.11, pp.209-221. https://essuir.sumdu.edu.ua/handle/123456789/94923 https://essuir.sumdu.edu.ua/handle/123456789/94923 https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/599 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/599 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/221 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/221 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 35, april 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org faunistic analysis of ground digger wasps of (hymenoptera: sphecidae) family in the fergana valley kadirov ilhomjon tajiakhmatovich namangan state university independent researcher tel:949051285 -ixlosbekisfandiyor@jmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents information about the location, distribution, bioecology of species palmodes melanarius, podalonia affinis, p.ebenina, sceliphron madraspatanum f, sphex funerarius. hymenoptera, apocrita, apoidea, sphecidae sphex, genus, species. introduction the superfamily of digger wasps (apoidae) currently includes 4 families, 276 genera, 9889 species in the world, in the palearctic they include 4 families, 101 genera, 2302 species, in russia 3 families, 87 genera, 684 species [1]. the family of digger wasps (sphecidae) is distributed throughout the world, mainly in arid, semi-arid and tropical regions, there are 19 genera and 779 species in the world, 13 genera and 260 species in the palearctic, and 11 genera and 68 species in russia [1]. these digger wasps are found everywhere except in the cold polar regions, and are especially common in tropical and subtropical regions. for a long time, digger wasps were one family, and now they are divided into four families (ampulicidae, heterogynaidae, crabronidae va sphecidae)[2]. there are several harmful species among burrowing wasps. among them, the wolf bee is of interest in beekeeping. the female philanthus (philanthus triangulum) destroys up to 24 bees during the summer, and in large numbers this species can cause significant damage to beekeeping [8]. in the scientific research of islamov shukhrat jurayevich on the family sphecidae, 7 species belonging to 4 genera were registered in our republic, and in the collection of entomology of the institute of zoology of the republic of uzbekistan it was found that there are 8 species belonging to 4 genera [3]. the purpose of this research work is to clarify information about the fauna and distribution of wasps of the sphecidae family, common in the ferghana valley. materials and methods in 2019-2022, entomological materials were collected in the mountainous, foothill and flat regions of the fergana valley of the republic of uzbekistan (figure 1). american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1. research areas at the collection of wasps belonging to the sphecidae family, various insects were collected using malese, merike, and barber soil traps. the malese trap consists of three n-shaped interlocking plates and a cover that is flush with the soil surface. in addition, entomological networks of different sizes were used [5]. the technique for collecting insects with an entomological net is as follows: the entomological net is carried out over the surface of grasses, young shrubs and trees by shaking (with a quantitative score of 50 or 100) [4]. morphological images of the collected entomological samples were obtained using various light microscopes, a digital camera ml 2000 (meiji), microscopes and cameras olympus cx31 and ck2v, levenhuk t-series, available in the laboratory of entomology and ecology of entomophages and the theoretical foundations of biomethods of research zoological institute of the academy of sciences uzbekistan. obtained results and their analysis according to the results of entomological studies conducted in the fergana valley, 12 species belonging to 6 genera from the sphecidae family were registered. among the identified wasps belonging to the sphecidae family, it was noted that the species sceliphron madraspatanum f. is new to the ferghana valley, palmodes melanarius, podalonia affinis, p.ebenina, sphex funerarius are new species for the fauna of the republic of uzbekistan. further research work included general information on the location, distribution, bioecology and original photographs of species first identified in the ferghana valley. order hymenoptera hymenoptera suborder apocrita gerstaecker, 1867 superfamily apoidea latreille, 1802 family sphecidae latreille, 1802 subfamily sphecinae tribe prionychini genus palmodes kohl, 1890 species palmodes melanarius (mocsary), 1883 american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org detection place and time: alami village, mingbulok district, namangan region, collected from camel thorn (alhagi maurorum) 2♂, 1♀, coordinate points n 40.898151° e 71.669042° (fig. 2a). distribution: russia: european part (southeast, north caucasus, republic of crimea), europe: eastern europe, north africa, georgia, azerbaijan, turkey, syria, iraq, iran, central asia, kazakhstan, china (northwest) [1]. bioecology: desert species. it occurs in sandy and rocky deserts, in dry meadows in the river valleys of the desert zone. adult insect (imago) can hibernate (in early spring and occasionally in autumn). the lifestyle is unknown, but it can be assumed that females build nests on the ground and hunt grasshoppers. an adult insect (imago) feeds on the nectar of flowers of various plants (euphorbia, limonium, psoralea l [6]. fig. 2. morphological appearance of wasps species belonging to the sphecidae family: а. palmodes melanarius, b. podalonia affinis, c. p. ebenina, d. sceliphron madraspatanum f, e. sphex funerarius. order hymenoptera hymenoptera suborder apocrita gerstaecker, 1867 superfamily apoidea latreille, 1802 family sphecidae latreille, 1802 subfamily specinae tribe prionychini subfamily ammophilinae andré, 1886 genus podalonia fernald, 1927 species podalonia affinis (w. kirby 1798) american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org detection place and time: from a plant of yantak (alhagi maurorum) in the village of mirzaakhmedov, ulugnor district, andijan region. collected in coordinate points (40.738053 . 71.633611°, 5♀. 2♂). (may 15, 2021), (fig. 2b). distribution: russia: european part (central, south east, north caucasus, republic of crimea), ural region, western siberia (omsk region, novosibirsk region, altai territory), eastern siberia, republic of khakassia, republic of tyva, krasnoyarsk territory, irkutsk region, republic of buryatia, transbaikal territory, far east (amur region, khabarovsk territory, primorsky territory, europe (northern europe, eastern europe), north africa, caucasus, turkey, jordan, israel, iran, central asia, kazakhstan, mongolia, china (north -east, north, southwest, western plateau, southeast), korean peninsula [1]. bioecology: eurybiont species. it extends from the forest zone to deserts, from mountains to grasslands. prefers desert biotopes. females prey on caterpillars of butterflies (noctuidae). the nest is built before the hunt. one cell can contain one worm [6]. species podalonia ebenina (spinola), 1838 detection place and time: karnaichi village, khojabad district, andijan region. collected in coordinate points (40.666608° 72.562822°, 5♀. 2♂). (july 24, 2021), (fig. 2c). distribution: russia: european part (north caucasus), europe (western europe, southern europe), north africa, caucasus, turkey, syria, jordan, lebanon, israel, iraq, iran, afghanistan, turkmenistan, tajikistan, uzbekistan, kazakhstan [1 ]. bioecology: desert view. widely distributed in sandy and desert areas. the adult insect (imago) is active mainly in late spring and early summer. females build a one-celled nest in the soil. nesting is usually arranged before hunting. butterfly worms (noctuidae) are prey. one generation develops per year [6]. wasps first hunt, then dig a nest. the bait is butterfly and spider worms. an adult wasp feeds on the nectar of the flowers of many desert plants. [7]. order hymenoptera hymenoptera suborder apocrita gerstaecker, 1867 superfamily apoidea latreille, 1802 family sphecidae latreille, 1802 genus sceliphron klug, 1801 species sceliphron madraspatanum (fabricius, 1781). detection place and time: begaabad village, turakurgan district, namangan region. collected by coordinate points (40.994206°. 71.513033°°, 4♀, 2♂). (june 26, 2021), (fig. 2, d). american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org distribution: russia: european part (south, north caucasus, republic of crimea), europe (western europe, southern europe, eastern europe), north africa, turkey, syria, israel, iraq, iran, afghanistan, central asia, kazakhstan, china ( northeast, north, center, southeast, west jebi, western plateau), korean peninsula, japan (hon, kyu, ryu), southeast asia, africa [1]. bioecology: this species is more thermophilic than s. distillatorium. it occurs in the desert zone, but where there are always water bodies (oases, along river valleys and near other reservoirs, in settlements, in low mountains). females build loose multicellular nests from moist mud. cells in the nest, length from 19 to 27 mm, width from 5 to 9 mm. prey are representatives of the arachnid family argiopidae, theridiidae, tetragnathidae and thomisidae. one cage contains up to 27 spiders. under favorable conditions, the development of one generation lasts 25-30 days. wasps of the genus stilbum and chrysis parasitize in nests. an adult wasp feeds on the nectar of flowers of various plants: limonium sp., euphorbia sp., tamarix spp. and others [6]. order hymenoptera hymenoptera suborder apocrita gerstaecker, 1867 superfamily apoidea latreille, 1802 family sphecidae latreille, 1802 subfamily sphecinae genus sphex linnaeus, 1758 species sphex funerarius gussakovskij, 1934 detection place and time: gova village, chust district, namangan region. collected from a mint plant (mentha), 1♂, 2♀, collected from coordinate points n 41.000204°", e 71.234200°" (june 27, 2021), (fig. 2e). distribution: russia: european part (central, south east, north caucasus, republic of crimea), ural region, western siberia, (omsk region, tomsk region, novosibirsk region, altai territory, east siberian republic of tyva, irkutsk region, republic of buryatia, krasnoyarsk territory, trans-baikal territory far east khabarovsk territory europe (western europe, southern europe, eastern europe, northern europe), northern africa, georgia, turkey, syria, israel, afghanistan, central asia, kazakhstan, mongolia, china (northern, northwestern) [1]. bioecology: prey large grasshoppers (tettigoniidae) and grasshoppers (gryllidae). 3-4 specimens of prey are deposited in one nest. an adult bee feeds on the nectar of various plants, a transpalearctic species [6]. conclusion thus, the burrowing bees of the fergana valley belong to the sphecidae family, 6 genera and 12 species are registered, of which sceliphron madraspatanum f is a new species to the fergana valley, palmodes melanarius, podalonia affinis, p.ebenina, sphex funerarius are marked as a species by new species for the fauna republic of uzbekistan. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org references 1. belokobyl’s s.a., leleya a.s. annotirovannyy katalog pereponchatokrylykh nasekomykh rossii // trudy zoologicheskogo instituta ran, prilozheniye 6, 2017 g., 475 s. 2. melo g.a.r. phylogenetic relationships and classification of the major lineages of apoidea (hymenoptera), with emphasis on the crabronid wasps // scientific papers, natural history museum, university of kansas, 1999. 14: 55 pp. 3. kodirov i.t., akhmedova z.yu., amirov i.b. o’zr fa zoologiya instituti entomologiya kollektsiyasining hymenoptera: sphecinae, ammophilinae, sceliphrinae avlodi vakillari // khorazm ma’mun akademiyasi axborotnomasi.-khiva, 2022. -№7.1, -b. 66-71. 4. vinokurov n.b. metody sbora os-blestyanok (hymenoptera, chrysididae) s uchetom ikh biologicheskikh i ekologicheskikh osobennostey 2015 5. pravdin f.n. ekologicheskaya geografiya nasekomykh sredney azii // ortopteroidy. – m.: nauka, 1978. – 270. 6. kazenas v.l. royushchiye osy (hymenoptera, sphecidae). almaty: nauka 1998. -377s. 7. kazenas v.l. royushchiye osy. almata: nauka 2013. -160s. 8. kazenas, v.l.royushchiye osy kazakhstana i sredney azii. opredelitel'.— alma-ata: nauka, 1978.— 172s.—700 ekz. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org tasks for developing performing skills in the national orchestra of musical instruments khamrokulov naimdjon bakhronovich senior teacher of the department of music education samarkand state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the essential pedagogical and artistic tasks required for developing performing skills in the national orchestra of musical instruments. special attention is given to technical mastery, ensemble synchronization, stylistic interpretation, improvisational competence, and the cognitive foundations of musical literacy. the study highlights the specific challenges posed by traditional instruments with unique timbral structures and regional playing techniques. it also outlines rehearsal strategies, conductor–performer interaction models, and task-based approaches that contribute to the formation of a professional performance culture. the conclusions emphasize that well-structured training tasks enable musicians to achieve expressive, coordinated, and culturally authentic orchestral performance. national orchestra, performing skills, ensemble coordination, traditional instruments, musical interpretation, stylistic training, rehearsal pedagogy. introduction the development of performing skills in a national orchestra of musical instruments is a multifaceted and systematic process that requires pedagogical precision, artistic sensitivity, cultural awareness, and technical mastery. unlike western classical orchestras, national orchestras consist of a wide range of traditional instruments with distinct timbral colors, regional playing styles, and historical performance practices. these features make the training process more complex and demand a specialized set of instructional tasks directed at improving ensemble coordination, interpretative expressiveness, rhythmic awareness, and instrumental technique. the overall objective of such orchestras is not only to reproduce musical works but also to preserve cultural identity, reinterpret traditional heritage, and present it in a professional artistic format. therefore, the educational tasks involved in building high-level performing skills must address both the artistic and cultural dimensions of performance [1]. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds a key factor in elevating the performance standards of a national orchestra of musical instruments is the ability to integrate cultural authenticity with modern orchestral discipline. one of the central tasks in this process is the systematic formation of collective intonation culture. while traditional musical american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org ensembles historically relied on oral transmission and flexible tuning, contemporary orchestral performance demands a higher degree of pitch uniformity. therefore, specialized intonation tasks— such as tuning against fixed drones, interval-matching exercises across instrument groups, and microtonal accuracy drills—are introduced to cultivate unified pitch perception across the orchestra. these tasks strengthen the musicians’ ability to adapt to modal structures while maintaining ensemble precision. rеsults аnd disсussiоn another essential direction is the development of expressive communication within the orchestra, which extends beyond technical execution. national music often contains symbolic gestures, melodic inflections, and rhythmic cues rooted in centuries-old performance traditions. to preserve these nuances, musicians engage in interpretative workshops that focus on non-verbal communication, stylistic gesture reading, and emotional cue recognition. such exercises help performers internalize shared interpretive logic, enabling the orchestra to express deeper cultural meaning while performing as a cohesive artistic entity [2]. equally important is the incorporation of historical-contextual tasks into the training process. understanding the genesis of traditional genres, ceremonial functions of musical pieces, and their regional identities enriches the performer’s artistic awareness. as a result, musicians study archival audio recordings, early notation samples, and descriptions by ethnographers to grasp the subtle differences between historical and modern performance practice. through these analytical tasks, performers develop a stronger sense of artistic responsibility and cultural continuity. the next category of tasks focuses on developing structural awareness within orchestral texture. national orchestras frequently employ heterophonic layers, contrasting rhythmic strata, and polytimbral dialogues. to navigate these textures, musicians undertake structural listening drills, formanalysis workshops, and instrument-group interaction sessions. these tasks help them understand how their individual part contributes to the whole, thereby reducing performance fragmentation and reinforcing ensemble coherence. in addition, the role of interpretative leadership training is increasingly emphasized. section leaders— particularly in stringed and wind instrument groups—are given independent responsibilities for guiding phrasing, maintaining tempo stability, and shaping regional stylistic expression within their sections. to support this, leadership tasks include internal conducting practice, sectional decisionmaking simulations, and collaborative score-study sessions. these activities reinforce professional maturity and foster a culture of shared artistic responsibility [4]. finally, modern orchestral pedagogy highlights the necessity of psychological readiness and performance resilience tasks. stage performance in national orchestras often involves complex repertoires, fast transitions between modes, and high levels of emotional expression. therefore, training includes stress-management exercises, performance-simulation rehearsals, and concentrationenhancing routines. such tasks strengthen stage confidence, reduce performance anxiety, and help musicians maintain artistic clarity during demanding live concerts. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org соnсlusiоn developing performing skills in a national orchestra of musical instruments is a comprehensive pedagogical process that must address technical mastery, ensemble coordination, artistic expression, theoretical literacy, and disciplined rehearsal practice. national orchestras serve as powerful custodians of cultural memory; therefore, the tasks for training musicians must not only prepare them for high-quality performance but also nurture a deep understanding of heritage and artistic identity. systematic skill-building tasks — spanning technical drills, stylistic studies, ensemble training, and interpretative development — collectively form the foundation of strong orchestral performance. ultimately, the goal is to shape performers who are technically capable, culturally informed, artistically sensitive, and confidently positioned to contribute to the preservation and evolution of national musical traditions on contemporary stages. rеfеrеnсеs 1. azimov, o. milliy cholg‘ular orkestri: an’anaviy ijrochilik maktablari va zamonaviy yo‘nalishlar. – toshkent: kompozitor, 2018. – 214 b. 2. sabitov, r. orchestral training techniques for traditional instruments. – almaty: art research press, 2016. – 176 p. 3. jabborov, h. o‘zbek musiqa merosi va professional ijrochilik maktablari. – toshkent: san’at, 2020. – 192 b. 4. nettl, b. the study of ethnomusicology: thirty-three discussions. – urbana: university of illinois press, 2015. – 389 p. 5. turg‘unov, b. cholg‘u ijrochiligi metodikasi. – toshkent: o‘qituvchi, 2019. – 168 b. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org production and development of a polymer composition reception based on wood industry waste 1umarov fakhriddin, 1khoshimov kadirjon, 1ergashev yorkinjon, 2aliev sunnatilla, 1egamberdiev elmurod 1tashkent state technical university, 2tashkent institute of chemical technology el.0919@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the scientific significance of the results of this research is that the scientific basis of the relationship between the physico-chemical and structural properties of wood-polymer composite materials obtained from various wood wastes and primary and secondary polyvinyl chloride, and the quality indicators of the products included in the composition has been created. based on local raw materials, woodpolymer composite materials were obtained, and the obtained materials are used as the main raw material in the furniture industry, i.e. wood shavings (dstp), sheet-like main raw material replacing mediumdensity fiberboard (mdf) boards, and decorative material for exterior facade parts of buildings in the field of construction, yard it is recommended to use it as a board panel for terraces and formwork (formwork) for concrete foundations during the construction process. wood-polymers, composites, primary polyvinyl chloride, secondary polyvinyl chloride, wood chipboard (wcp), medium density fiberboard (mdf) boards. introduction as the consumption of wood and wood products increases, so does the amount of waste generated both in the production and consumption of these products. these wastes form a rich base of raw materials, the proper use of which can significantly reduce the use of natural wood raw materials. unfortunately, the various wastes generated from the wood industry are used only as fuel. however, it is desirable to use these wastes to obtain various composite materials. including the use of polymer-wood composites in the form of reinforcement. for example, laurent augier and others produced a material based on secondary pvc and pvc composite, and it was shown that the flexural strength increased when processed by extrusion for 5 or more cycles, while other indicators remained almost unchanged. such a change is evidenced by the american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org future strengthening of wood in the recipe [1, p. 75-77], when using rice husk as a filler, it can be observed that after 5000 hours, the strength index of the samples also increased. this indicates that additional radicals occur as a result of uf irradiation [2, p. 6-8]. research conducted by researchers in recent years shows that the requirements for the obtained polymer compositions are increasing, including the resistance of the material to melting. in this regard, a composite material was obtained by adding glass fiber based on three types of wood waste (xyliakerriicraib&hutch., heveabrasiliensislinn. i mangiferaindicalinn.). in this case, the amount of wood did not have a significant effect on the hardness index of the sample, but glass fiber showed an increase in tensile strength. the flexural modulus is from 52 to 129% [3, p. 2721-2723]. in a similar work, the effect of glass fiber size on the properties of wood composite materials (wcm) was studied. in this case, glass fiber sizes of 3, 6 and 12 mm and i 10, 20, 30 mass fractions were studied. in this system as well, it was observed that the tensile and flexural modulus increased with the increase in the amount of glass fiber. but the size of the glass fiber did not significantly affect the properties [4, 6769 p.], as a result of the addition of wood flour fillers, it was possible to obtain pvc and wood composites with high tensile and friction properties [5, 67-69 p.], and in other studies, asbestos and in the case of using wcm together with aminopropyltriethoxy silane, it was determined that the mechanical properties were higher than when asbestos fiber was used alone [6, 124-127 p.], in another similar study, it was found that when asbestos fiber filler was used in the composition, the degradation of pvc was achieved by 50% [7, 346 -347 p.]. other researchers have used unprocessed sawdust as a filler in polyvinyl chloride (pvc) composites. the effect of chip composition on structural changes, rheological and mechanical properties was studied. the results of the study showed that the values of moment of force and pressure drop during mixing were found to be independent of the chip particles in the state up to 23.1 mass %. the tensile strength, impact strength, flexural strength and stiffness and weight of pvc composites were significantly reduced by 16.7% (chip content). the reduction of mechanical properties of pvc with chipping has been shown to be related to moisture, interface defects between fibers and polymer, and dispersion of fibers in the pvc matrix. this certainly means that the fibers and polymer macromolecules are strengthened by re-hydrogen bonding. in this process, it is recommended that the moisture value of the material does not exceed 5% [8, p. 287-291; 9, pp. 57-59]. scientists studied the properties and structure of wood-polymer composites based on polyvinyl chloride and modified with short basalt fiber. as a result, the effect of short-length basalt fiber on the physical-mechanical properties of the composition was determined. it was found that flexural strength decreased by 22% and water absorption decreased by 32% as a result of changing wood-polymer composites. this leads to the expansion of the fields of application of the material [10, p. 427-431]. in another work, mechanical strength indicators were studied by performing nano-modification of wood composition based on fatty carboxylic acid [11, 2-5 p.]. and as a result, water resistance is reported to be 1.5% and thermostability is up to 840oc. taking into account the above, we aimed to create a technology for the production of profile-pogon products with high physical-mechanical and operational characteristics based on the waste of the furniture industry in our republic and primary and secondary polyvinyl chloride (pvc). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org research results and their discussion it is known from the literature that pvc-based composite materials cause technological inconveniences in production. especially the technological parameters, i.e., the temperature regimes in production, change depending on the climate and the hot and cold weather, so choosing the required temperatures is somewhat complicated. in preliminary studies, a recipe for pvc and wood composite was developed and its indications were determined. as a result of the study, it was found that with a decrease in the amount of wood flour and flour, the heat resistance and water absorption index decreased from 127oc to 95oc and from 1.4 to 1.2%, respectively. 1 – table wood polymer composition recipe based on pvc components 1 2 3 4 chinese example recipe, mass. kg polyvinyl chloride pvc sg8 40 50 60 63 30-60 wood flour 15 10 10 11 40-70 mel (сасо3) sуд≥250 m2/kg 45 40 30 26 40-60 polyethylene wax 0,55 0,5 0,45 0,35 0,4-0,6 foaming agent 0,55 0,65 1 0,75 0,8-1,1 thermostabilizer 4,5 4,0 4,5 6 4-8 modifier 8 7 6 8 2-10 methacrylic acid 2,5 2,2 2,3 3 2,5-3 stearic acid 0,5 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,1-1,0 plasticizer (dioctylphthalate) 0,55-1,2 zinc sulfate 1-1,5 titanium dioxide (pigment) 0,85-1 operational properties heat tolerance, 180oc, min 125 103 110 97 61-99 water absorption, in 24 hours, % 1,4 1,35 1,2 0,85 0,8-2,4 impact viscosity, kdj/m2 17,5 16,6 17,2 17,8 13,7-15,8 based on this, a test sample was initially taken at the "khamkor r" llc enterprise and they have the following indicators. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1. experimental sample of wood polymer composite material based on pvc and wood waste preliminary studies have shown that in some cases foaming was observed in the recipe proposed by us, this process was found to affect the quality of the product. table 2 physico-mechanical properties of wood-polymer composites indicators sample №1 sample №2 sample №3 wcm (china) sample weight, g 165±5 165±5 135±10 140-165 thickness, mm at least 4-6 14-16 14-16 16 density, kg/m3 965 1050 1100 950-1100 bending strength, mpa 48,8 52,7 45,6 45-52 density according to gost 15139-69, kg/m3 965 1050 1100 750 the most basic requirements for wood-polymer composites were tested through 3 samples and compared to the chinese-made wcms. it can be seen from table 2 that the indicators such as bending strength and density are superior to those imported from china. at the same time, the amount of fillers and thermostabilizers is of great importance in the production of a strong ribbed product based on pvc [12]. these were also taken into account when the recipe was changed. the conducted studies showed that the use of secondary pvc rather than primary pvc in the production of wcm materials resulted in obtaining a product with relatively high physical and mechanical parameters. but in this technology, compared to the above production technology, it was mainly achieved by changing the temperature regimes in the extruder zones and in the mixing process. as a result of the research, it was possible to obtain a high-quality pvc-based wood-polymer composite material by developing a standard recipe. but our republic now has a lot of poplar and mdf cores (more than 20+30 thousand tons, both). this motivates the development of a new recipe based on this source. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org analysis of the physical and mechanical parameters of the samples obtained on the basis of the recipe was tested and analyzed using certain established gost and methods. initially, based on the above experience we obtained on the basis of pvc and poplar shavings in various proportions, a recipe was developed and technological and strength properties were studied. the tensile strength of wood-polymer composite materials was carried out according to the gost 11262-2017 methodology. for this, samples were prepared according to gost 26277. that is, the dimensions are 120x4x15 mm. in addition, the rate of tension of the device was set as (0.5) % according to this gost. when preparing the samples for testing, they were conditioned in atmospheric conditions for 16 hours according to gost 12423-66. the tensile strength was calculated by applying the test results to the following formula and expressed in the following table. σрм=fрм/а0 ; (1) where, frm is the force n to the maximum elongation; a0–initial transverse surface of samples. table 3 analysis of the results of testing the tensile strength of wood-polymer composite materials based on a new recipe № samples tensile strength, mpa maximum elongation, mm average tensile strength, mpa 1 the amount of wood in the composition (3.96%) a 2.7 2.03 3.008 b 3,8 2,88 c 4,020 1,98 2 the amount of wood in the composition (5.46%) a 3.7 3.03 4,908 b 4,8 2,08 c 5,016 1,83 3 the amount of wood in the composition (7.96%) a 6,63 2,326 6,11 b 7,25 2,513 c 4,45 1,529 4 the amount of wood in the composition (10.46%) a 8,15 2,995 6,925 b 6,36 3,356 c 6,26 2,558 5 the amount of wood in the composition (12.96%) a 12,06 4,185 12,097 b 10,2 3,747 c 14,03 4,101 from the results presented in the table above, we can see that increasing the mass fraction of wood filler in the recipe based on the composition led to an increase in tensile strength. below are the graphs produced when testing the samples. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org fig. 2. the influence of composition composition on the tensile strength of wood-polymer composite materials as can be seen from the picture, the three samples with the most positive results were compared with four types of recipes. the amount of wood in the composition of the obtained new type of composite material affects several of its quality indicators. in particular, it is resistant to stretching. the analysis of the experiments showed that we can see that the above-mentioned main indicator of the samples with the content of wood in the composition (10.46%), the content of wood in the composition (12.96%) is high. the reason for this is the formation of hydrogen bonds in the composition. summary the composition and structure of fillers (poplar wood and wood fiberboard (mdf) waste) used in the production of wood-polymer composites based on polyvinyl chloride (pvc) were studied. an optimal recipe for obtaining a polymer wood composite from poplar wood and wood fiber boards (mdf) waste was developed, samples were taken in the created technological lines and their technological and operational properties were studied, and appropriate changes were made to the recipe. the nature and character of bonds between ingredients in wood-polymer composite materials, as well as the structure of wood-polymer composite materials, were studied. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org references 1. laurent augier, gianluca sperone, carlos vaca-garcia, marie-elisabeth borredon. влияние древесноволокнистого наполнителя на внутреннюю переработку композитов на основе поливинилхлорида. laboratory of agro-industrial chemistry, umr 1010 inra/inpensiacet, 118, route de narbonne, 31077 toulouse, france received 10 january 2007; received in revised form 20 march 2007; accepted 21 april 2007 available online 3 may 2007. 2. farhana hazwanee m.jais, nurzhatul aziemah a. omar, and anika zafiah m. фотостабильность древесины полимерные композиты из поливинилхлорида и обработка рисовой шелухи ультрафиолетовым излучением. rus1 sustainable polymer engineering (e1), advanced manufacturing and materials center (ammc), faculty of mechanical and manucfacturing engineering,university tun hussein onn malaysia, malaysiamatec web of conferences 7 01033 (2016) doi: 10.1051/matecconf/20167801033 icongdm 2016 8. 3. apisit kositchaiyong a , teerasak markpin a , vichai rosarpitak b , narongrit sombatsompopa, supreeda jeamtrakull a. влияние компонентов древесины и армирования стекловолокном. поизносо стойкости композитов дерево / пвх, polymer processing and flow (p-prof) group, school of energy, environment and materials, king mongkut’s university of technology thonburi (kmutt), thongkru, bangmod, bangkok 10140, thailand b v.p. wood co., ltd., 25/5 moo 4, soi suksawad 66, thongkru, bangmod, bangkok 10140, thailand. . compositespartв 43 (2012)2721-2729. 4. s. tungjitpornkull, k. chaochanchaikul and n. sombatsompop. механическая характеристика стекловолокна e-choppedstrand армированные композиты дерево/пвх. polymer processingand flow (p-prof) group school of energy, environment and materials, king mongkut’s university of technology thonburi (kmutt), thongkru, bangmod bangkok 10140, thailand. 5. p.s. joshi and d.s. marathe. механические свойства высоконаполненных композиты пвх/древесная мука. t: doi: 10.1177/0731684409353815 2010 journal of reinforced plastics and composites 2010 29: 2522 originally published online 4 march. 6. d. pascal kamdem, haihong jiang. разработка композитов поли(винилхлорид)/древесина. department of forestry, michigan state university 126 natural resources, east lansing, mi 48824-1222. 7. hocine djidjelli, juan-jorge martinez-vega, jean farenc, djafer benachour. влияние содержания древесной муки на тепловые, механические и диэлектрические свойства поли(виниловогохлористый). laboratoire des matriauxorganiques, universit a. mira, bjaia, algrie fax: 0561556252; e-mail: hocine@lget.ups-tlse.fr 2 laboratoire de gnieelectrique, (umr-cnrs 5003) universit paul sabatier, toulouse, france 3 laboratoire des matriauxpolymriquesmultiphasiques, universit f. abbas, stif, algrie. 8. narongrit sombatsompop, kantima chaochanchaikul, chakarin phromchirasuk1 and sirinthorn thongsang. влияние содержания древесных опилок на реологическиеструктурные изменения итермомеханические свойства пвх/опилоккомпозиты. polym int 52:1847–1855 (2003) doi: 10.1002/pi.1386. 1school of energy and materials, pilot plant development and training institute, king mongkut’s university of technology thonburi (kmutt), bangmod, american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org thungkru, bangkok 10140, thailand 2faculty of engineering, king mongkut’s university of technology thonburi (kmutt), bangmod, thungkru, bangkok, 10140 thailand. 9. хантимиров аяз габдрашитович 1, абдрахманова ляйля абдулловна 1, низамов рашит курбангалиевич 1, хозин вадим григорьевич. древесно-полимерные композиты на основе поливинилхлорида, усиленные базальтовой фиброй. известия кгасу, 2022, № 3 (61) строительные материалы и изделия. doi: 10.52409/20731523_2022_3_75 10. л.а. абдрахманова, а.г. хантимиров, р.к. низамов, в.г. хозин. древесно-полимерные наномодифицированные поливинилхлоридные строительные композиты. казанский государственный архитектурно-строительный университет (кгасу), 420043, г. казань, ул. зеленая, д. 1. doi: 10.22227/1997–0935.2018.4.426-434 11. arif delviawan, gifu university, shigehiko suzuki. ёғоч пластмасса композит(лар)нинг физик ва механик хусусиятларига тўлдирувчи хусусиятларининг таъсири. shizuoka university «reviews in agricultural science» журнали 7:1-9 doi:10.7831/ras.7.1, april 2019. 12. thakur v.k., singha a.s. and thakur m. k. “biopolymers based green composites: mechanical, thermal and physico-chemical characterization,” journal of polymers and the environment, vol. 20, no. 2, pp. 412–421, 2012.view at: publisher site | google scholar. https://www.researchgate.net/institution/gifu_university https://www.researchgate.net/profile/shigehiko-suzuki https://www.researchgate.net/institution/shizuoka_university https://www.researchgate.net/institution/shizuoka_university https://www.researchgate.net/journal/reviews-in-agricultural-science-2187-090x http://dx.doi.org/10.7831/ras.7.1 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10924-011-0389-y https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=biopolymers%20based%20green%20composites:%20mechanical,%20thermal%20and%20physico-chemical%20characterization&author=v.%20k.%20thakur&author=a.%20s.%20singha&author=&author=m.%20k.%20thakur&publication_year=2012 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org charge–voltage relations in quantum dot array field-effect transistors yurii sibirnovskii 1 khayratdin kamalov2 abdumukhamed khudaybergenov3 national research nuclear university mephi department of condensed matter physics, moscow, russia karakalpak state university, department of physics, khayratdinkamalov@gmail.com karakalpak state university, department of physics, abdumuxammed2198@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this paper presents a numerical modeling approach to analyze the characteristics of a field-effect transistor (fet) with a quantum dot array channel. the study primarily considers the quantum size distribution, gamma distribution as a function of density, and the resulting energy distributions. newton’s method is employed to solve the system of nonlinear equations governing quantum transport phenomena. the laplace equation is used to describe the electrostatic potential, and simulations are conducted in matlab and r. the results provide insight into the transistor’s behavior under varying conditions, highlighting the influence of size-dependent energy levels and quantum confinement effects. introduction quantum dot array-based field-effect transistors (fets) have emerged as promising candidates for next-generation nanoelectronic devices due to their discrete energy levels, tunable quantum confinement effects, and strong electrostatic control. the unique transport properties of these transistors are governed by several critical factors, including the quantum dot size distribution, energy broadening effects, and charge transport mechanisms. the variation in quantum dot sizes leads to fluctuations in the density of states, which in turn influences the current-voltage (i-v) characteristics, energy level distributions, and overall device performance. additionally, the current flowing through the quantum dot array is affected by the stochastic nature of 1 national research nuclear university mephi department of condensed matter physics, moscow, russia 2 karakalpak state university, department of physics, khayratdinkamalov@gmail.com 3 karakalpak state university, department of physics, abdumuxammed2198@gmail.com american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org electron transport, making it essential to incorporate statistical distributions such as gamma functions to describe energy broadening effects. this study presents a numerical approach to analyzing quantum transport in quantum dot array fets by solving complex nonlinear equations using newton’s method. the proposed model accounts for the impact of quantum dot size variations, energy distribution effects, electrostatic potential variations, and their influence on charge transport. by integrating these factors, we aim to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the physical mechanisms governing such devices and to enhance predictive modeling for their future applications in nanoelectronics. literature review initially, i decided to review several books and articles for my research. the most suitable book is . in this book , a more detailed and specific explanation relevant to my work is provided. the research focuses on studying the source and drain of a field-effect transistor as a double-barrier structure. between the source and drain, there is a quantum dot array, and the goal is to analyze and compare various characteristics such as the current-voltage (i-v) characteristics, charge transport, and energy distribution in quantum dot array field-effect transistors, among other aspects. in the matrix model (fig. 1), an additional third “contact,” referred to as the s-contact, has been introduced to represent scattering processes. this inclusion is essential for establishing the transition to ohm’s law. the formulation presented in fig. 1 a can be considered a special case of this general formalism, where all matrices are of size 1 × 1. if there exists a representation that diagonalizes all the matrices, then the matrix model without the s-contact can be directly obtained from fig. 1. figure 1:from numbers to matrices: flux of electrons into and out of a device at the source and drain ends. (a) simple result for independent level model, (b) general matrix model, to be developed in this book. without the “s-contact,” this model is equivalent to that of meir and wingreen (1992). the “samerican journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org contact” distributed throughout the channel describes incoherent scattering processes . in general, this “contact” cannot be described by a fermi function, unlike the real contacts. theoretical background the model presented in fig. 1 b, without the s-contact, is frequently used to analyze small devices. in this form, it is identical to the result obtained by meir and wingreen (1992), following the method of caroli et al. (1972), which is based on the non-equilibrium green’s function (negf) formalism. to make this approach accessible to readers unfamiliar with advanced many-body physics, i will derive these results using elementary arguments. previous studies have explored numerical methods for solving semiconductor equations . the application of newton’s method in quantum transport simulations has shown significant accuracy and computational efficiency . recent advancements in matlab and r have facilitated the implementation of such methods . methodology to obtain a high-quality dependence 𝛾(𝐸), let us consider a model of a double-barrier structure .resonant tunneling occurs in such a system. figure 2:positioning of the quantum dot between two electrodes. let us consider electron transmission through a double barrier described by the following potential: 𝑈(𝑥) = 𝛼1𝛿(𝑥) + 𝛼2𝛿(𝑥 − 𝑎) compared to a rectangular barrier, we can set: 𝛼 = 𝐻𝑤 where 𝐻 is the barrier height (potential energy in ev) and 𝑤 is the barrier width (in nm). for the deltabarrier model to work, 𝐻 must be large and 𝑤 small. for a quantum dot between two metallic electrodes, 𝐻 is approximately equal to the metal work function or the electron affinity in the semiconductor 𝜒 (around 4–5 ev), while 𝑤 = (𝑑 − 𝑎)/2 is the distance between the metal and the quantum dot. the probability current everywhere is given by: 𝑗 = ℏ𝑘 𝑚 |𝑇(𝐸)|2 velocity: 𝑣 = 𝑗 𝜌 for a double delta-barrier with spacing 𝑎 and parameters 𝛼1, 𝛼2: american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 𝑇 = 1 (1 + 𝑖𝑞1)(1 + 𝑖𝑞2) + 𝑞1𝑞2𝑒2𝑖𝑘𝑎 where: 𝑘 = √ 2𝑚(𝐸 − 𝐸𝑐) ℏ2 𝑞1,2 = 𝑚𝛼1,2 ℏ2𝑘 to find the tunneling time 𝜏 and broadening 𝛾, we need the following quantities: 𝐴 = (1 + 𝑖𝑞2)𝑇 𝐵 = −𝑖𝑞2𝑒 2𝑖𝑘𝑎𝑇 |𝐴|2 = (1 + 𝑞2 2)|𝑇|2 |𝐵|2 = 𝑞2 2|𝑇|2 velocity: 𝑣 = ℏ𝑘 𝑚 |𝑇|2 |𝐴|2 + |𝐵|2 + 2|𝐴||𝐵|cos(2𝑘𝑥 + 𝜙) 𝑣 = ℏ𝑘 𝑚 1 1 + 2𝑞2 2 + 2𝑞2√1 + 𝑞2 2cos(2𝑘𝑥 + 𝜙) 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑣 𝜏 = 𝑚 ℏ𝑘2 [(1 + 2𝑞2 2)𝑘𝑎 + 2𝑞2√1 + 𝑞2 2cos(𝑘𝑎 + 𝜙)sin(𝑘𝑎)] 𝛾 = ℏ2𝑘2 2𝑚 𝑘2 (𝑘2 + 2𝑝2 2)𝑘𝑎 + 2𝑝2√𝑘2 + 𝑝2 2cos(𝑘𝑎 + 𝜙)sin(𝑘𝑎) define: 𝑃 = 1 + 𝑞1𝑞2[cos(2𝑘𝑎) − 1] 𝑄 = 𝑞1 + 𝑞2 + 𝑞1𝑞2sin(2𝑘𝑎) 𝐴 = |𝑇|2(1 + 𝑖𝑞2)(𝑃 − 𝑖𝑄) 𝐵 = |𝑇|2𝑞2(sin2𝑘𝑎 − 𝑖cos2𝑘𝑎)(𝑃 − 𝑖𝑄) simplified expression: for 𝛼1 = 𝛼2 = 𝛼 (the quantum dot is located symmetrically between two electrodes): 𝛾 = ℏ2𝑘2 2𝑚∗ 𝑘2 (𝑘2 + 2𝑝2)𝑘𝑎 𝑘 = √ 2𝑚(𝐸 − 𝐸𝑐) ℏ2 𝑝 = 𝑚∗𝛼 ℏ2 for gaas: 𝑚∗ 𝑚0 = 0.067 american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org we consider a series of quantum dots positioned between the electrodes and not interacting with each other. the primary influence on the i–v characteristics will be the size variation of these dots (parameter 𝑎). the distance between the electrodes remains constant, so when 𝑎 changes, the parameter 𝑤 = (𝑑 − 𝑎)/2 also changes, which in turn affects the parameter 𝛼 in the delta-barrier model between the metal and the quantum dot. numerical methods and algorithms final formulas step-by-step 𝐼(𝑉) = 𝑒 2𝜏 ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷(𝐸 − 𝑈)(𝑓1(𝐸) − 𝑓2(𝐸)) 𝑁 = 1 2 ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷(𝐸 − 𝑈)(𝑓1(𝐸) + 𝑓2(𝐸)) 𝑓1(𝐸) = 1 1 + exp ( 𝐸 − 𝑒𝑉 𝑘𝑇 ) , 𝑓2(𝐸) = 1 1 + exp ( 𝐸 𝑘𝑇 ) 𝐷(𝐸) = 1 𝜋 ⋅ 𝛾 (𝐸 − 𝐸0)2 + 𝛾2 𝜏 = 𝛾 2ℏ 𝑈 = 1 2 𝑒𝑉 + 𝑈0δ𝑁 δ𝑁 = 𝑁 − 𝑁0 if we assume that 𝑁0 corresponds to zero bias, we get: 𝑁0 = ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷(𝐸)𝑓2(𝐸) 𝑈0 is taken as a constant depending on the size and shape of the quantum dot. for a spherical quantum dot with radius 𝑅 (in nanometers): 𝑈0 ≈ 𝐴 𝑅 then we get: 𝑈 = 1 2 𝑒𝑉 − 𝑈0𝑁0 + 𝑈0𝑁 the algorithm is as follows: 1. first, calculate 𝑈0 and 𝑁0 for the given quantum dot radius and energy level 𝐸0. 2. next, vary the bias 𝑉, and for each value solve for δ𝑁: δ𝑁 = −𝑁0 + 1 2 ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷 (𝐸 − 1 2 𝑒𝑉 − 𝑈0δ𝑁) (𝑓1(𝐸) + 𝑓2(𝐸)) we solve this equation with either simple iterations or newton’s method, starting with δ𝑁 = 0. we rewrite the equation so that the right side equals zero: 𝐺(𝑥) := 𝑥 + 𝑁0 − 1 2 ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷 (𝐸 − 1 2 𝑒𝑉 − 𝑈0𝑥) (𝑓1(𝐸) + 𝑓2(𝐸)) = 0 the derivative of 𝐺(𝑥) is: american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org ∂𝐺 ∂𝑥 = 1 − 𝛾 𝜋 𝑈0∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸  𝐸 − 𝐸0 − 1 2 𝑒𝑉 − 𝑈0𝑥 [(𝐸 − 𝐸0 − 1 2 𝑒𝑉 − 𝑈0𝑥) 2 + 𝛾2] 2 (𝑓1(𝐸) + 𝑓2(𝐸)) newton’s method algorithm we start with 𝑥0 = 0 and compute: 𝑥1 = 𝑥0 − 𝐺(𝑥0) ∂𝐺 ∂𝑥 (𝑥0) then: 𝑥𝑛+1 = 𝑥𝑛 − 𝐺(𝑥𝑛) ∂𝐺 ∂𝑥 (𝑥𝑛) we stop when |𝑥𝑛+1 − 𝑥𝑛| < 10−6 or after 20 iterations. (3) using the calculated δ𝑁 = 𝑥, we compute the current: 𝐼(𝑉) = 𝑒 2𝜏 ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 𝐷(𝐸 − 𝑈)(𝑓1(𝐸) − 𝑓2(𝐸)) 𝑈 = 1 2 𝑒𝑉 + 𝑈0δ𝑁 we repeat steps 2 and 3 for each voltage value. step-by-step solution first, compute 𝑈0 and 𝑁0 for the given radius and energy level: 𝑈0 ≈ 0.3 𝑅 for 𝑅 = 3 nm: 𝑈0 ≈ 0.3 3 ≈ 0.1 ev now calculate: 𝑁0 = ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 ⋅ 𝐷(𝐸)𝑓2(𝐸) with: 𝐷(𝐸) = 1 𝜋 ⋅ 𝛾 (𝐸 − 𝐸0)2 + 𝛾2 , 𝑓2(𝐸) = 1 1 + exp ( 𝐸 𝑘𝑇 ) 𝑁0 = ∫ 𝑑 ∞ −∞ 𝐸 ⋅ 1 𝜋 ⋅ 𝛾 (𝐸 − 𝐸0)2 + 𝛾2 ⋅ 1 1 + exp ( 𝐸 𝑘𝑇 ) matlab results for n0. the calculated result: 𝑁0 ≈ 0.0064196. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org figure 4:computed 𝑁(𝑉) from r code results and discussion further investigation and modeling of the transistor’s charge transport characteristics are greatly facilitated by the discovery that the parameter n is roughly zero. this value is close to zero, which makes it easier to analyze and solve related equations by allowing us to concentrate on other important features. the crucial impact of energy broadening and quantum dot size distribution on the electronic transport in quantum dot-based field-effect transistors was demonstrated by our numerical simulation. according to the rule of large numbers, the size distribution of quantum dots tends to become more symmetric as their number rises. in line with theoretical predictions, it was demonstrated that important physical phenomena as resonant tunneling, coulomb blockade, and quantum confinement significantly affected the current-voltage characteristics. by adjusting variables such as temperature, dispersion, and quantum dot size, important information on how to maximize device performance was discovered. these results offer useful avenues for enhancing the stability and effectiveness of next-generation quantum dot fets while also advancing nanoelectronic devices. to further improve device performance and dependability, future research will concentrate on improving quantum transport models, examining more intricate quantum dot distributions, and tackling the consequences of disorder and inhomogeneity. references [1] f. hetsch, n. zhao, s. v. kershaw, a. l. rogach, "quantum dot field effect transistors," materials today, vol. 16, no. 9, pp. 312-325, september 2013. [2] d. segets, "analysis of particle size distributions of quantum dots: from theory to application," kona powder and particle journal, vol. 33, pp. 48-62, 2016. [3] e. n. bodunov, m. n. berberan santos, l. pogliani, "on the form of size distribution function of quantum dots," optics and spectroscopy, vol. 111, no. 1, pp. 61-65, july 2011. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org [4] p. hari krishna, m. ramrakhiani, "effect of particle size distribution on spectral characteristics of different quantum dots," rani durgawati university, jabalpur, india. [5] m. a. migliorato, d. powell, s. l. liew, a. g. cullis, p. navaretti, m. j. steer, m. hopkinson, m. fearn, j. h. jefferson, "influence of composition on the piezoelectric effect and on the conduction band energy levels of in𝑥ga1−𝑥as/gaas quantum dots," department of electronic and electrical engineering, university of sheffield, united kingdom, 2004. [6] s. datta, quantum transport: atom to transistor, cambridge university press, cambridge, 2005, p. 404. [7] e. fortunato, p. barquinha, n. correia, c. costa, "paper field effect transistor," reviews of modern physics, vol. 7217, p. 12, 2014. [8] m. j. yang, f.-c. wang, c. h. yang, b. r. bennett, "a composite quantum well field-effect transistor," naval research laboratory, vol. 69, no. 1, pp. 85-87, 1996. [9] d. bera, l. qian, t.-k. tseng, p. h. holloway, "quantum dots and their multimodal applications," materials, no. 3, pp. 2260-2345, 2010. [10] d. k. ferry, j. weinbub, m. nedjalkov, s. selberherr, "a review of quantum transport in fieldeffect transistors," semiconductor science and technology, vol. 37, p. 32, 2022. [11] s. m. reimann, m. manninen, "electronic structure of quantum dots," reviews of modern physics, vol. 74, no. 4, pp. 1283-1342, 2002. [12] a. g. shulga, "colloidal quantum dot field-effect transistors," ph.d. dissertation, university of groningen, netherlands, 2019. [13] h. tan, "advancements and applications of field-effect transistors in modern electronics," highlights in science, engineering and technology, vol. 81, pp. 318-322, 2024. [14] m. asgari, d. coquillat, g. menichetti, v. zannier, n. diakonova, "quantum dot single electron transistors as thermoelectric quantum detectors at terahertz frequencies," nano letters, vol. 21, pp. 8587-8594, 2021. [15] m. hofheinz, f. portier, q. baudouin, p. joyez, d. vion, p. bertet, "bright side of the coulomb blockade," physical review letters, vol. 106, no. 21, pp. 217005-1-217005-4, 2011. [16] a. g. pogosov, m. v. budantsev, a. a. shevyrin, a. e. plotnikov, "vysokotemperaturnaya kulonovskaya blokada," fizika tverdogo tela, poluprovodnikov, nanostruktur, vol. 4, no. 2, pp. 5357, 2009. [17] a. g. pogosov, m. v. budantsev, a. a. shevyrin, a. e. plotnikov, a. k. bakarov, a. i. toropov, "blokada tunnelirovaniya v podveshennom odnoelektronnom tranzistore," novosibirskiy gosudarstvenny universitet, vol. 87, no. 3, pp. 176-180, 2008. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org methods of forming and developing skills related to technical mechanics in engineering students suyunova yulduz karshi state technical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s modeling is important at the current stage of educational development. as a result of the radical change of educational paradigms, new requirements for modeling innovative pedagogical systems appear. introduction the importance of "modeling" in the practice of pedagogy describes the meaningful side of educational activity and reflects the innovations in the goals, tools, methods and forms of activity. in this case, modeling serves as a special and unique type of pedagogical activity closely related to scientific research, diagnosis, design, planning, programming, and social management. pedagogical system modeling includes first of all advanced ideas, that is, in the form of a model, and then the purposeful creation of new pedagogical, didactic, methodological and technological educational systems. in this case, it is necessary not only to study the existing experience, but also to create something that does not yet exist based on theoretical research. model: a specific type of project; some "ideal" model to which other objects of this type are copied; it is understood as the material processing of the object, regardless of its purpose. the model in the educational system performs the following functions: practical when using the practical important features of the reproducible object; about knowledge when the object performs educational functions (for example, layouts, diagrams, tables, pictures), ensuring the success of mastering ready-made knowledge; research the object is modeled in order to obtain new values. solving the following pedagogical tasks: development of pedagogical theories and concepts, if its direct research is limited due to the current level of knowledge and practice; explanation of collected evidence and laws; estimate the condition of the object in the future; to determine the quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the classification of the object; verification of technical or other proposed conditions; american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org models are used to construct scientific theories [markova с.м.]. based on the qualification requirements of the state educational standard, based on the variety of approaches and principles in pedagogical science, the theoretical and experimental studies conducted by the researcher allowed the future specialist to develop a model of the process of formation and development of practical knowledge in the teaching of technical mechanics in technical specialties. creating a model of the process of formation of practical knowledge among students of technical specialties in the teaching of mechanics, in particular, v.i. andreev, i. ya. lerner, m.i. makhmutov, m.n. skatkin, a.v. khutorskoy's research work allows the concept of problem-based heuristic education to determine the integrity of the studied model, to determine the mechanisms that ensure this integrity, to find various connections and to bring them into a single integrated view. the form of the model was obtained by focusing on some dissertation research works, processed and adapted to this research work [8, 14b]. an active approach to the process of formation and development of practical knowledge among students of higher educational institutions in the teaching of mechanics is directed to the formation of practical knowledge and skills related to technology with active, professional activity in the future, understanding of identity as a subject in new technical and economic conditions. from the point of view of the active approach, the model considered in this research work is the internal unity of the structures created by the set of goals, the integrated form characterized by the integrated content, forms, methods, educational tools, aimed at the socialization of the individual, aimed at the formation and development of practical knowledge of the students of higher educational institutions in the teaching of mechanics. the structural elements of the model of the process of formation of practical knowledge among students of higher educational institutions in the teaching of mechanics include the following: goals, principles, functions, content, forms, methods, teaching tools and results. the goal of strengthening the basic model of the process of formation of practical knowledge among students of higher educational institutions in the teaching of mechanics is as follows: formation of practical knowledge; formation of technical thinking; preparation for future professional activities. the objective component predicts the development of functions of formation of practical knowledge in the educational activities of students (teaching, development, upbringing, professional). the following didactic principles were used in this research work to develop the content of practical skills formation in teaching technical mechanics to future specialists-students: scientific research involving the study of basic laws, concepts, and categories based on educational activities; systematicity achieved by developing and implementing a comprehensive approach that covers all types of classroom and non-auditory training; where each new knowledge is based on the previous one and derives from it; sequence, which consists in planning the content of formation of practical knowledge and skills among students, and each new knowledge develops according to the direction based on the previous one and derived from it; use of discussions, possible solutions of psychological and pedagogical situations, research tasks, problems, etc. k. provided by activating education through.; american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the theory of the connection between theory and practice, which consists of combining theoretical knowledge with real research activities in laboratory practical training, extracurricular and independent work; depends on the suitability of students' age and their special characteristics. the component content of the model includes two additional elements: a set of real normative knowledge in accordance with the qualification requirements of the state education standard of higher education institutions; includes changes of socially significant standards as a source of future technology formation in the form of self-development. systematization of the knowledge and skills acquired in the course of studying mechanics (practical mechanics, technical mechanics) is aimed at mastering the stages of composition and tasks at an understandable level; it is necessary to implement the acquired practical knowledge and skills in the order of professional activity. the model also includes an organizational and management component, which implies a dialectical correspondence between the self-management functions of the pedagogue and the student, the goals and essence of providing educational material. that is, the main components: the type of management, the type of information process, knowledge the activity is characterized by the types of information management transfer tools. the organizational and management component requires the introduction of reasonable forms, methods and tools to study and manage the process of formation of practical knowledge in the study of mechanics. the optimal combination of methods plays an important role in the educational process. thus, various teaching methods connect all types of sensory perception to the acquisition of knowledge sight and hearing, which makes perception more effective, ensures active perception of educational material by students with different types of memory and mental activity, activates cognitive activity of students, learning material allows to take into account the specific characteristics of various departments in a positive way, helps to develop students' abilities in the best way [4, 13, 29]. in the introduction to the definitions of the teaching method, it is noted that the teaching method is a system of actions of the pedagogue, which forms the student's practical and knowledge activities, which leads to the steady mastering of the teaching content [9]. within the optimization of the educational process, the main attention is paid to the problem of choosing the optimal combination of teaching methods [10]. according to it, it is emphasized that it is necessary to perform a number of steps that are intermediate decisions when choosing teaching methods: making a decision on a rational combination of oral, demonstrative and practical methods; on the combination of methods of management of pedagogues and independent work of students; on the combination of methods of promotion and promotion of education; control and self-management methods; to determine the dominant combination of methods for this stage of training; to come up with backup options for combining methods. optimal implementation of the educational process includes the collective use of methods and educational tools through their rational combination. in the educational process of formation and development of practical knowledge among students of technical specialties in the teaching of mechanics, the following are used in this research work: oral (explanation, lecture, conversation, american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org discussion, etc.), demonstration (demonstration, etc.). (problem solving, calculation-graphic work, etc.) methods were used. explanation method: deductive conclusion, problem statement, partial research method. processing methods such as step-by-step development of the material using test tasks, independent work of students under the guidance of the pedagogue are used. the formation of practical knowledge and skills among students of higher education institutions for teaching mechanics is carried out using a set of developed methods and training manuals. it is used in accordance with the organizational forms of training, taking into account the educational goals and the characteristics of the content of a certain block. the educational process should be organized in such a way that students can work individually, in groups, and collectively, depending on the complexity of the task. for this, it is necessary to use different forms of teaching: individual (publications, lectures, theses, presentations, etc.), group (practical training, etc.) and collective (seminars, conferences, debates, etc.). another component of the model of the process of formation of practical knowledge among students of higher education institutions the consistency of the content and effectiveness of the process of goal achievement through planning an effective evaluation component that works as a result of training: a selected organizational structure that includes a combination of activities for monitoring, analyzing, and making corrections to its results and management tools. the implementation of an integrated approach to the educational process helps the successful formation of practical knowledge among students of technical specialties in the teaching of mechanics. this includes engaging students in creative activities throughout the academic period. for example, the use of modern computer technologies (presentations, publications, etc.), stimulating the activity of students to achieve the goal forms a positive motivation to study and learn [5, p. 83]. improving the educational activity of students and turning it into a continuous dynamic process of formation of practical knowledge and skills in the process of learning mechanics is considered as a promising goal of the studied model. thus, when the special course "practical mechanics" is included in the educational field of mechanics based on the framework of the structured model of the process of formation and development of practical knowledge among students in the teaching of mechanics in higher educational institutions, the formation of practical knowledge among students of higher education occurs step by step, that is, the special course is technical mechanics is the basis for learning, and the practical knowledge formed during the study of technical mechanics is the basis for further training of students in special subjects. references 1. шукина г.и. рол деятелности в учебном процессе/ г.и. шукина. – м.: просвешение, 1986. – 144 с. 2. эвенчик э.е. методика преподавания физики в средней школе. пособие для учителей/ э.е. эвенчик. – м.: просвешение, 1986. – 240 с. 3. якиманская и. с. планирование исследования метакогнитивних аспектов безопасности образователной среди //перспективи психологической науки и практики. сборник статей международной научно-практической конференции. 2017. – с. 682-684. 4. bazarbaуev m.i. “elektrоn pedagоgika asоslari va pedagоgning shaхsiу, kasbiу aхbоrоt maуdоnini takоmillashtirish” mоdulli bо‘уiсha: о‘quv-uslubiу majmua. – 2019. –в. 117 . american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 5. гейхман л.к. межязиковая и межкультурная вариативност при переводе технических текстов: синергетический подход. / л.в. кушнина, л.к. гейхман, а.о. неганова // современние проблеми науки и образования. 2015. – № 1-1. – с. 12-17. 6. грошева е.п., подготовка студентов технических вузов к инновационной деятелности при обучении инженерному творчеству и патентоведений. [текст] : автореф. дис.. . кан. пед. наук /е.п.грошева. – москва, 2010. – 28 с. 7. ibragimоva g.n. interfaоl о‘qitish metоdlari va teхnоlоgiуalari asоsida talabalarning kreativlik qоbiliуatlarini rivоjlantirish. pedagоgika fanlari bо‘уiсha falsafa dоktоri (phd) dissetatsiуasi avtоreferati. – tоshkent, 2017. – 38 b. 8. kurganbekоv m.m., mоуdinоv a. mashina detallari: о’quv qо’llanma. i va ii qismlar. – tоshkent: “о’zbekistоn ensiklоpediуasi”, 2014. – 384 b. 9. куклев, в.а. поиск нових возможностей электронного обучения на основе сдо моодле. / а.н. афанасев, в.а. куклев, т.м. егорова, е.й. воеводин, с.и. бочков // дистансионное и виртуалное обучение. 2016. – № 7 (109). – с. 412. 10. khudainazarov s., donayev b. propagation of a spherical wave in elastoplastic medium with complex equations of state //proceedings of form 2021: construction the formation of living environment. – springer international publishing, 2022. – с. 403-420. 11. axmatovna s. y. talabalarda texnik mexanika fani bilan bog‘liq amaliy bilimlarni rivojlantirish modeli //образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире. – 2023. – т. 21. – №. 3. – с. 138-141. 12. suyunova y. a. the role of independent education in preparing students for innovative activities and the method of conducting them //educational research in universal sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 134-139. 13. suyunova y. model of formation of practical knowledge based on teaching technical mechanics in students //евразийский журнал академических исследований. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 411-415. 14. suyunova y. a. specific aspects of the formation of practical knowledge in the teaching of the course of technical mechanics //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 4. – с. 1911-1916. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org substantiation of the coverage width of the bodies of the frontal plow for flat plowing for class 4 tractors choriyeva dilsabo normamatovna associate professor of the department of metrology and materials science engineering, ph.d. karshi state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s substantiation of the coverage width of the bodies of the frontal plow for flat plowing for class 4 tractors. resource-saving, frontal plow, combined, energy, open furrow, advanced technology, body, plug. introduction in the agricultural production of our republic, comprehensive measures are being taken to reduce labor and energy consumption, save resources, grow agricultural crops based on advanced technologies, and develop highly productive agricultural machinery. however, currently, preparing fields for highquality sowing in a short period of time with a single pass of machines is an urgent scientific problem. in addition, multiple passes of machines over the cultivated land lead to excessive compaction of the soil, increased energy consumption, and ultimately a decrease in productivity. therefore, the development of new techniques and technologies for preparing soil for planting repeated crops, as well as their introduction into production, is an urgent issue. the strategy of actions for the further development of the republic of uzbekistan for 2017-2021, among other things, sets the following tasks: “... to more than double the volume of gross domestic product by 2030, to optimize the arable land for 2017-2020, to rationally use land and water resources, and to introduce modern intensive agricultural technologies” [1]. in implementing these tasks, one of the important issues is to obtain high yields from technical crops and reduce their cost, including through the technical and technological modernization of machines and devices that provide high-quality processing of the land in one pass. in the cultivation of repeated crops, especially in the conditions of uzbekistan, flat plowing is required to obtain a double crop from the land, and the advantages of this method are clearly demonstrated. flat plowing plows can be divided into two main groups according to the method of turning the soil clod: flat plowing plows based on traditional technology; promising flat plowing frontal plows without a furrow. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org an analysis of the scientific and technical literature on scientific research conducted in scientific centers, universities and research institutes of leading countries on the creation of flat plowing frontal plows for class 4 tractors indicates that significant theoretical and practical results have been achieved in this area. the study of flat-ploughing frontal plows for class 4 tractors was carried out by scientists from different countries, including v.a. sakun, v.v. sharov, a.i. panov, v.m. matsepuro, v.g. valimov, y.p. lobachevsky, f.m. mamatov, i.t. ergashev, y.p. polous, kh. ravshanov and others [1-12]. according to the results of numerous observations conducted by scientists of the research institute of agricultural mechanization and electrification, on the surface of the plowed field, mounds (marza) 120-150 cm wide, 28-30 cm high and open furrows (ditches) 120-210 cm wide and 30-36 cm deep are formed. open furrows in the field worsen the operating conditions of machine-tractor units, increase the resistance of machines and tools, make it difficult to harvest, and do not allow the units to operate at high speed. open furrows, especially on slopes, lead to the development of water erosion [1]. according to the studies, the total surface area of open furrows and marzas negatively affected by them is from 6.5% to 19.5% of the total surface area of the field [2]. in order to level out the irregularities in the open fields and ridges and fully prepare the land for planting, the aggregates are passed over the field surface 2-4 times. however, this method does not achieve leveling of the land surface. as a result, under the influence of the running parts of heavy tractors and tillage machines, the soil is compacted, its physicochemical properties, water and air exchange processes deteriorate, its fertility decreases, yield decreases by 12-30%, and erosion processes increase due to the rapid decomposition of organic matter [5]. when using flat plowing technology, the above-mentioned negative aspects are eliminated, ridges and ridges on the field surface are not formed, the flatness of the field surface is preserved, additional work is not performed to prepare the land for planting, favorable conditions are created for the subsequent technological process, labor productivity increases, the time until planting the second crop is significantly reduced, energy and resources are saved, moisture accumulation in the soil layer where root nutrients are obtained is improved, the soil is protected from water and wind erosion, productivity increases by 3-7%, sowing work can be carried out simultaneously with plowing, and the possibility of obtaining a double crop from the land arises. according to scientists from the research institute of agricultural mechanization and electrification, when using flat plowing, the work performed on the leveling processes during the main and pre-sowing tillage of the soil is reduced by 30% [4]. a characteristic feature of the new technology of the plow without a tine is that the soil clod is turned over at the edge of its place (fig. 1). this method of plowing is the most rational and requires the least energy consumption. the working bodies of the plow, which implements this technology, are located in a straight line perpendicular to the direction of movement (frontal). the length of the frontal plow does not depend on the width of the plow (fig. 1). this makes it possible to manufacture them in suspended and even wide-ranging versions. in addition, on their basis it is possible to create combined agricultural machines that perform several operations in one pass through the field [2-12]. a flat plow without a furrow consists of at least two working elements: the main body, which acts on the lower edge of the blade, and an additional body (stubble), which in the first stage of the rotation of the blade affects its side, and in the second stage on its upper side [2-12]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org the working process of the technological module is as follows (fig. 1). the soil is cut in a vertical plane by the blades 4, and in a horizontal plane by the coulters of the main bodies 1 and 3, as a result of which two blades are formed with a “short cut” of 35-70 mm. the main bodies, first independently, and then interacting with the stubble 2, rotate the blade and lay it on the border of its furrow. the blades extending from the working surfaces of the body and the plug are necessarily turned by about 160 ° and rest against each other with their sides, leaving a small free gap between their sharp sides and the bottom of the furrow. to eliminate this gap, level the plow surface and crush the clods, a light planar roller, hinged elastically attached to the frame, is used. the roller 5 performs its functions due to the use of its own weight and the weight of the module and the vertical component of the soil reaction to the working bodies. the hinged elastic attachment of the roller to the frame allows the vertical force, which previously caused the formation of the “plug heel”, to be used for useful work crushing the clods and leveling the plow surface [10; 11]. advantages of the new technology of flat plowing and the combined frontal plow over traditional plows: agrotechnical a well-structured open furrow and a continuous flat plowed surface without ridges are provided, increasing productivity by 15-18%; ecological erosion-hazardous soil particles are buried in the furrow bottom, soil aggregates with a size of 0.25-10 mm are formed in the surface layer; energetic fuel consumption is reduced by 25-28% [2; 3; 4]. figure 1. structural scheme of a frontal plow with a roller: 1 – right-hand turning body; 2 – coulter; 3 – left-hand turning body; 4 – disk blade; 5 – base-leveling roller due to the reduction of additional operations to prepare the soil for sowing after plowing, the time and energy consumption for preparing the field for sowing is reduced by 1.5-1.8 times; design material capacity is 50-100% less; ergonomic symmetry and stability, the absence of complex hydromechanical systems, high maneuverability. the most optimal shuttle-like movement method in the field creates comfortable and safe working conditions for the operator; economic due to the small material volume and optimal design, the price is 2 2.5 times lower than that of rotary plows, and 1.3 times lower than that of conventional plows. due to low fuel consumption, high working speed and work efficiency, high economic efficiency is achieved [4; 7]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the coverage width v of the front plow is determined by the following expression [2] , maxкa p b т= (1.1) where t is the tractor traction coefficient; r is the tractor’s nominal traction force, n; k is the soil’s specific resistance to plowing, pa; amax is the maximum tillage depth, m. the t-4a chain tractor of the 4th class has a nominal traction force of 40 kn [2]. taking this into account and assuming t = 0.95; k = 6.5•104 pa [2] and amax=0.27 m, it follows that the plow intended for use with the t-4a tractor should have a working width of 2.165 m. the main condition for the smooth movement of the plowing unit when cultivating the soil with frontal plows is that the tractor’s dimensions correspond to the plow’s width. in this case, in order for the unit to move in a shuttle-like manner, the plow’s working width should be greater than the tractor’s width, i.e. vpl ≥ vkol+ bg+s, where vkol is the tractor track, vkol = 1384 mm; bg is the track width, bg = 420 mm; s is the distance from the trench wall to the edge of the chain, mm. then vpl ≥ (1384 + 420) +200 = 2004 mm this condition is satisfied when the number of corpuses is p = 4, i.e. vpl = p vk = 4 · 52,5 = 2100 mm. vpl > vkol + vg. the width of the frontal plow body, which is cultivated at a depth of 24-27 cm, should be in the range of 45-52.5 cm [lobachevsky, sharov, mamatov, ergashev]. to satisfy the condition according to (1.1), we assume the width of the body to be 52.5 cm. conclusion. the frontal plow for the t-4a tractor is a four-body plow, and the width of each body should be bk=52.5 cm. currently, the use of flat plowing technologies and plows that implement them in our country provides a sharp reduction in labor and operating costs and high yields from crops. it is expedient to develop a flat plow without a tine designed for class 4 tractors for the conditions of our republic and to substantiate its parameters. references 1. о‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2017 yil 7-fevraldagi pf-4947-son “о‘zbekiston respublikasini yanada rivojlantirish bо‘yicha harakatlar strategiyasi tо‘g‘risida” gi farmoni. 2. маматов ф.м. механико-технологическое обоснование технических средств для основной обработки почвы в зонах хлопкосеяния: дисс. …докт. техн. наук. – москва, 1992. – 33 с. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 3. равшанов х.а. 1,4 классдаги тракторлар учун мўлжалланган ерга текис ишлов берадиган плугнинг конструктив схемаси ва асосий параметрларини асослаш. тех. фан. ном. ... дис. – тошкент: янгийул, 2001. – 11-19 б. 4. http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=2032474 5. http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=3262178 6. mirzaev, b., mamatov, f., &tursunov, o. (2019). a justification of broach-plow’s parameters of the ridge-stepped ploughing. https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/20199705035. 7. mamatov f.,mirzayev b., shoumarova m., berdimuratov p., khodzhaev d. comb former parameters for a cotton seeder // international journal of engineering and advanced technology (ijeat). – volume-9 issue1, october 2009. doi: 10.35940/ijeat.a2932.109119. p.4824-4826. 8. mirzayev b., mamatov f., ergashev i., ravshanov h., mirzaxodjaev sh., kurbanov sh., kodirov u., ergashev g. effect of fragmentation and pacing at spot ploughing on dry soils // e3s web of conferences, https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/201913501065. 9. маматов ф.м., батиров з.л., халилов м.с., холияров е.б. трехъярусное внесение удобрений тукопроводом-распределетилем глубокорыхлителя // сельскохозяйственные машины и технологии. – москва, 2019. – №4. – с. 48-54. https://doi.org/10.22314/2073-75992019-13-4-48-53 10. лобачевский я.п. разработка технологических основ создания фронтальных плугов для гладкой вспашки: дисс. … канд. техн. наук. – м.: 1987. – 245 с. 11. шаров в.в. обоснование основных параметров роторного плуга для гладкой вспашки. дис. ... кан. тех. наук. – москва, 1986. – 196 c. 12. маматов ф. м., чориева д. н., равшанова н. б. усовершенствованный плуг к колесным тракторам //инновацион технологиялар. – 2021. – №. спецвыпуск 2. – с. 64-67. 13. choriyeva d. description, didactic requirements and conditions of subjects that develop students'creative abilities related to general professional subjects //science and innovation. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. b6. – с. 296-298. http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=2032474 http://lex.uz/pages/getpage.aspx?lact_id=3262178 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/20199705035 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/201913501065 https://doi.org/10.22314/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org development of an energy-saving operating mode for milling installations, taking into account the variability of incoming ore parameters mavlonov jonibek ashurovich navoi state mining and technologies university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s globally, particular attention is being paid to ensuring the energy efficiency of large-scale equipment in the mining and metallurgical industry by optimizing its operating modes to reduce energy costs and improve production efficiency. currently, in developed countries, "...global energy consumption in the mining and metallurgical industry accounts for approximately 3.5% of global energy annually, with crushing processes accounting for 30-40%. by 2060, energy consumption is projected to increase by 2-8 times due to declining ore quality and growing demand for metals." synchronous motor, mill, grinding, ball loading, rotation speed, power. introduction research objective improving methods for ensuring energy efficiency of energy-intensive equipment in the mining and metallurgical industry based on an analysis of the influence of technological factors on the operation of ball mills. materials and methods a ball mill's adjustable synchronous electric drive must ensure optimal operation, taking into account the variability of incoming ore parameters (weight, moisture, hardness, and particle size distribution). this paper presents a mathematical model that accounts for the dynamics of the electric drive and mechanical system, taking into account the impact of changing ore characteristics. results and discussion model of a synchronous motor in the d-q coordinate system: 𝑈𝑑 = 𝑅𝑠𝐼𝑑 + 𝐿𝑑 𝑑𝐼𝑑 𝑑𝑡 − 𝜔𝐿𝑞𝐼𝑞 𝑈𝑞 = 𝑅𝑠𝐼𝑞 + 𝐿𝑞 𝑑𝐼𝑑 𝑑𝑡 − 𝜔𝐿𝑞𝐼𝑞 + 𝐸𝑓 (1) american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org where: 𝑈𝑑 𝑈𝑞 − voltage components in the dand q-axes; 𝐼𝑑 𝐼𝑞– current components; 𝐿𝑑𝐿𝑞– inductances; are the stator winding resistance; 𝜔 – rotor angular velocity; 𝐸𝑓 − excitation edf. motor torque: ѱ fig. 1. with fixed ore variability w ≈ 0.5. 𝑀𝑒 = 3 2 𝑝[ѱ𝑑𝐼𝑞 − ѱ𝑞𝐼𝑑] where p number of pole pairs, ѱ𝑑ѱ𝑑 −flux linkage. differential equation of motion of a mechanical system: 𝐽 𝑑𝜔 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑀𝑒 − 𝑀𝑐 − 𝑀𝑓 (2) where: j moment of inertia of the system; 𝑀𝑒 − electromagnetic torque of the engine; 𝑀𝑐– moment of resistance to ore crushing; 𝑀𝑓 – moment of mechanical losses. the moment of resistance to ore crushing is described by the empirical relationship: 𝑀𝑐 = 𝑘1 ∙ 𝑚𝑟 𝛼 ∙ 𝑑𝑟 𝛽 ∙ 𝜔𝛾 𝑚𝑟– mass of loaded ore; – average particle size; 𝑑𝑟𝑘1, 𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾 – experimentally determined coefficients. the control system includes a pid speed controller, implemented by the equation: 𝑈𝑟𝑒𝑔 = 𝐾𝑝(𝜔𝑟𝑒𝑔 − 𝜔) + 𝐾𝑖 ∫(𝜔𝑟𝑒𝑓 − 𝜔)𝑑𝑡 + 𝐾𝑑 𝑑(𝜔𝑟𝑒𝑓−𝜔) 𝑑𝑡 (2.2) where 𝐾𝑝, 𝐾𝑖,𝐾𝑑 − regulator coefficients. the influence of ore parameter variability. to account for ore parameter variability, stochastic disturbances are introduced in the form of random processes affecting 𝑚𝑟 , 𝑑𝑟 − and other parameters. the monte carlo method is used to model these disturbances. the stochastic change model: 𝑚𝑟(𝑡) = 𝑚𝑟𝑜+ξ1(t) 𝑑𝑟(𝑡) = 𝑑𝑟𝑜+ξ2(t) american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org where ξ1(t) and ξ2(t) are random processes with given statistical characteristics. the proposed mathematical model allows for the impact of ore characteristic variability on the operation of a ball mill electric drive. implementation of the model in a digital environment will enable the development of adaptive control algorithms that compensate for the impact of input parameter instability. table 1. parameter average value range density ρ\rho 2800 kg/m³ 2600–3000 kg/m³ humidity w 8% 6–12% particle diameter d 20 mm 10–30 mm equation of motion of a mill the motion of a ball mill can be written as follows based on newton's second law: 𝐽 𝑑𝜔(𝑡) 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑇дв(𝑡) − 𝑇наг (1) here: j — moment of inertia, ω(t) — angular velocity, 𝑇дв— motor torque, 𝑇наг — load torque (torque of ore, ball and resistances). based on the above, a mathematical model of the grinding mill mms 70x23 ball mill operating with synchronous motors was developed. variability in incoming ore parameters was taken into account. the modeling results showed that changes in ore parameters can directly impact energy consumption. it is recommended to configure the control systems using an adaptive (neuro-adaptive) approach. conclusion the paper examines various types of excitation of synchronous motors and the resulting performance characteristics with variable frequency drive control for new or upgraded installations, and develops mathematical models for automatic control of excitation current and variable frequency drive, taking into account the variability of incoming ore parameters, for synchronous motors of ball mills. references 1. ishnazarov o.x. mavlonov j.a. basic directions of improvement and improvement of efficiency ore grinding // international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology vol. 6, issue 4, april 2019. india 2. mavlonov j.a., sayidov m.k. assessment of the reliability of power supply for mining enterprises taking into account changes in the technical condition of transformers // https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15743063 problems of energy and resource saving. tashkent – 2025. no. 2 – pp. 40–45 3. mavlonov j.a., sayidov m.k. influence of changes in the technical condition of transformers on the reliability of power supply in mining enterprises // scientific and technical journal "mashinasizlik". www.andmiedu.uz andijan – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 172–180 https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15743063 http://www.andmiedu.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 4. ishnazarov o.kh., mavlonov j.a. optimization of energy consumption of ball mills in mining metallurgy by the two-criteria approach // scientific and technical journal "vestnik tf nrnu mephi". tashkent – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 115–124 5. ishnazarov o.kh., mavlonov j.a. study of the energy efficiency of ball mills in the mining and metallurgical industry // scientific and technical journal "vestnik tf nrnu mephi". tashkent – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 124–132 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 30, november 2024 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org dentin bonding agents i: complete classification a review karimova s. a. abdulakhatov j. q. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s traditional mechanical retention methods for restorative materials have largely been replaced by adhesive restorative techniques that prioritize tooth conservation. these bonding techniques facilitate more conservative tooth preparations, reducing the reliance on macromechanical retention and limiting the removal of unsupported enamel. with adhesives advancing rapidly in recent years, it is now an ideal time to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of modern adhesives. this article seeks to provide an updated, clear, and thorough classification of dentin bonding agents, emphasizing current products that aim to improve clinical performance. conservative, dentin bonding agents, classification, current products. introduction the principles of adhesive dentistry trace back to 1955 when buonocore, after observing the industrial application of phosphoric acid to enhance the adhesion of paints and resin coatings to metal surfaces, applied the acid to dental enamel to “render the tooth surface more receptive to adhesion.” buonocore's pioneering research initiated significant changes in dental practice, ushering in the era of adhesive dentistry. today, we are in an age where bonding techniques enable more conservative tooth preparation, reducing reliance on macromechanical retention and minimizing the removal of unsupported enamel. the availability of new scientific knowledge regarding the etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of carious lesions, combined with the introduction of reliable adhesive restorative materials, has further decreased the need for extensive tooth preparation. initially, the first dental adhesives bonded resins primarily to enamel with little or no adhesion to dentin or sealing of dentinal margins. subsequent generations of dental adhesives have markedly improved bonding strength to dentin and dentinal margin sealing, while still maintaining a strong bond to enamel. the growing use of dental resins as cements, along with their application in direct and indirect restorations, will likely continue to rise as the use of metals in dentistry declines and patient demand for aesthetic procedures increases. classification of dentin bonding agents dentin bonding agents can be classified in several ways: american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org 1. according to generations 2. based on mode of application 3. based on number of steps 4. based on etching pattern classification based on generations first-generation adhesives (1960s) • the development of surface-active comonomer npg-gma was introduced. • this comonomer was theoretically designed to chelate with calcium on the tooth surface, creating water-resistant chemical bonds between resins and dentinal calcium. • bond strength: 2 to 3 mpa. drawbacks • clinically, it demonstrated poor results. • examples: cervident (ss white), cosmic bond. second-generation adhesives (late 1970s) • phosphate ester dentin bonding agents were introduced, containing phenyl p and hema in ethanol. • the mechanism was based on the interaction between the negatively charged phosphate groups in the resin and the positively charged ca++ in the smear layer. • bond strength: 5 to 6 mpa. drawbacks • the smear layer had poor attachment, and the materials were hydrophobic. • examples: scotchbond (3m dental), clearfil bond system. third-generation adhesives (1980s) • the third-generation materials were designed to modify, rather than completely remove, the smear layer, allowing penetration of acidic monomers such as phenyl-p and penta. • these adhesives introduced acid-etching techniques to significantly alter or remove the smear layer, demineralizing dentin. they also included a separate primer (bifunctional monomer in a volatile solvent), which helped penetrate the dentin through its own monomer and those of the adhesive monomers. • the adhesive itself is an unfilled or partially filled resin that may contain components of the primer (e.g., hema) to promote stronger bond strength. • bond strength: 3 to 8 mpa. • examples: scotchbond 2, tenure, universal bond 2, coltene art. fourth-generation adhesives (early 1990s) • in these systems, both the primer and bonding resin are applied to etched dentin, penetrating the intertubular dentin and forming a resin-dentin interdiffusion zone, or hybrid layer. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org • they are capable of bonding to dentin as strongly as to enamel using the total-etch technique. • these adhesives also introduced the ability to bond to moist dentin (wet bonding) and can bond to multiple substrates, including metal, amalgam, porcelain, and indirect composites. • bond strength: 13 to 30 mpa. • examples: all-bond 2, optibond fl, scotchbond multipurpose. fifth-generation adhesives • these adhesives are characterized as "one-step" or "one-bottle" systems. however, this is a misnomer, as they are still applied in two steps (etchant + primer and adhesive) within a single bottle. • bond strength: 3 to 25 mpa. drawbacks of fifth-generation adhesives • these adhesives lack many components needed for effective multisubstrate bonding. • they require multiple coats for optimal performance. • examples: prime and bond, single bond, optibond solo, and optibond solo plus. sixth-generation adhesives (introduced between late 1990s and early 2005) 1. these adhesives dissolve the smear layer upon application, eliminating the need for rinsing. 2. they minimize postoperative sensitivity by preventing the exposure of dentinal tubules. 3. the bond strength to enamel and superficial dentin is typically higher than that to deep dentin. bond strength of sixth-generation adhesives • the bond strength to dentin and enamel in sixth-generation adhesives is lower compared to the fourthand fifth-generation systems. seventh-generation adhesives (introduced late 2002) • these adhesives are self-etching, eliminating the need for mixing. • they are not compatible with self-cured composite cores or resin cements. • typically come in a single bottle containing an acidic adhesive. • bond strengths and marginal sealing are comparable to those of the sixth-generation system. • examples: ibond. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org eighth-generation adhesives • dual-cured self-etch adhesives suitable for both direct and indirect restorations. • compatible with self-, light-, and dual-cured resin materials. • examples: various dual-cured self-etch adhesives designed for a wide range of applications. classification based on mode of application modern dentin adhesive systems can also be classified based on their approach to the smear layer. the primary mechanisms of adhesion include: 1. adhesives that modify the smear layer o these adhesives incorporate the smear layer into the bonding process, requiring one or two steps. o one-step adhesives use a single adhesive or a combined primer and adhesive. o examples: ▪ one step: prime and bond 2.1 ▪ two steps: optec universal bond 2. adhesives that completely remove the smear layer o these are further subdivided into two-step and three-step applications: ▪ two-step process: involves dentin conditioning followed by a combined primer and adhesive. ▪ three-step process: involves separate conditioning, priming, and bonding applications. o multiple bottle systems: ▪ examples: all-bond 2, scotchbond multipurpose o one-bottle systems: ▪ examples: optibond solo, one step 3. adhesives that dissolve the smear layer o these adhesives dissolve, rather than remove, the smear layer, and are applied in two steps: ▪ a combined conditioner and primer (self-etching primer) is applied first, followed by the application of adhesive resin. o o advantages: ▪ no rinsing required. ▪ quick application. ▪ less postoperative sensitivity than total etch systems. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org classification based on etching pattern the classification of bonding agents was initially based on generations, as proposed by dr. marcos vargas. however, with the introduction of self-etching primer systems, the generational classification was deemed unnecessary. in fact, this system was officially discontinued by its originator at the 5th indiana conference, held at the university center in june 2000. it was then widely accepted that bonding agents could now be categorized based on their application method as either total-etch or self-etch systems. total etching technique the total etching technique involves the simultaneous etching of both enamel and dentin. this technique can be performed using either of the following methods: • multibottle systems (fourth-generation): these systems require multiple bottles for application. o examples: all-bond 2, scotchbond multipurpose. • one-bottle systems (fifth-generation): these systems use a single bottle for both primer and adhesive. o examples: prime and bond nt, single bond. self-etch system in the self-etch system, there is no separate etching or rinsing step. this method offers several advantages: • it reduces clinical application time. • it lowers technique sensitivity. • the residual smear layer remains within the bond. self-etch systems can be applied using either a two-step or one-step procedure and are classified into: 1. self-etching primers 2. self-etching adhesives all-in-one self-etching adhesive systems these "all-in-one" systems combine the functions of a conditioner, primer, and adhesive in a single solution. these systems are increasingly used in pediatric dentistry due to their simplicity. the hybridization created by these materials in primary dentin is comparable to that achieved by total-etch dentin adhesives. • examples: g-bond (gc america), ibond (heraeus kulzer). types of self-etch adhesives based on etching aggressiveness self-etch adhesives can be categorized based on their ph, which determines their aggressiveness: 1. strong self-etch adhesives o ph: 1 or below. o the bonding mechanism is primarily diffusion-based, similar to the etch-and-rinse approach. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org o drawbacks: these adhesives tend to have lower bond strengths due to high initial acidity and residual solvent (water) left in the adhesive interface. 2. mild self-etch adhesives o ph: around 2. o these adhesives demineralize dentin to a depth of only about 1 μm, leaving residual hydroxyapatite attached to the collagen. o the weakest property of mild self-etch adhesives is their bonding potential to enamel. 3. intermediate strong self-etch adhesives o ph: around 1.5. o these adhesives can be either two-step (e.g., optibond solo plus) or one-step (e.g., xeno iv, ibond, g-bond). o performance comparison: no significant differences were found in bond strength between etch-and-rinse, self-etch primer, and self-etch adhesive categories, except for marginal adaptation, where etch-and-rinse was found to be superior to self-etch adhesives. considerations for self-etching systems • self-etching primers often contain a significant amount of water as a solvent to promote the ionization of the acidic monomers. once the solvent evaporates, the adhesive layer tends to be very thin, which may affect mechanical properties. • a demineralized dentin zone beneath the hybrid layer has been noted in self-etching primer systems. this zone is not fully protected by the adhesive, potentially compromising bond strength. • coating number impact: increasing the number of consecutive coats of adhesive (up to three coats for total-etch and two for self-etch) may improve bond strength in both systems. conclusion adhesive dentistry has significantly transformed restorative dental practice over the past 30 years. the evolution of adhesive materials has made resin-based composite restorations more reliable and longlasting. as we continue into the new millennium, it is crucial to reflect on past advancements while staying informed about the rapidly progressing trends in adhesive dentistry. these ongoing improvements will continue to shape the future of restorative dental procedures. references 1. kenneth j. anusavice: phillips science of dental material (2nd ed) elsevier 2003;p381. 2. roberson theodore m. studervants art and science of operative dentisty (4th ed). mosby 2002;237367. 3. farah john w, powers john m. the dental advisor 2004, 21. 4. kugel geroard, ferrari marco. the science of bonding from first to sixth generation. jada 2007;14. 5. sikri vimal k. textbook of operative dentisty (2nd ed). 2008;358-83. 6. dunn james r, ibond. the seventh generation, one-bottle dentine bonding agent. compendium 2003;24:14-18. american journal of technology and applied sciences 30, november 2024 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 7. perdigao jorge. new developments in dental adhesion. dent clin n am 2007;51:333-57. 8. claus-peter ernst, marcus holzmeier, et al. in vitro sheer bond strength of self-etching adhesives in comparison to 4th and 5th generation adhesives. j adhes dent 2004;6:293-99. 9. kanheira masafumi et al. relationship between degree of polymerization and enamel bonding strength with self-etching adhesives (all-in-one or 7th-generation). j adhes dent 2005;7:300-05. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org symbolic signs in visual arts mambetkadirova durdana student of the nukus state pedagogical institute named after ajiniyaz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article also provides complete information about symbolic symbols in the visual arts, the history of its origin, logo, brand, icons sign, shape, gesture, symbolism, evoke emotion, artwork introduction in visual arts, symbolic signs are elements or images that represent abstract ideas, concepts, or emotions. these signs can include objects, colors, shapes, and gestures that carry deeper meanings beyond their literal interpretation. for example, a red rose can symbolize love or passion, while a dove can represent peace or freedom. artists use symbolic signs to convey messages, evoke emotions, or communicate themes in their artwork, adding layers of complexity and depth to their compositions. symbolism in art allows viewers to interpret and engage with the work on multiple levels, enriching their experience and understanding. symbolism in visual arts is a rich and diverse subject that spans across cultures and time periods. here are some additional points: 1. cultural symbolism: many symbols in art are culturally specific, drawing on shared beliefs, myths, and traditions within a particular society. for example, in western art, the color white often symbolizes purity or innocence, while in some asian cultures, it can represent death or mourning. 2. religious symbolism: religious symbols have been prevalent in art for centuries, serving as visual representations of spiritual beliefs and narratives. for instance, the cross is a potent symbol in christianity, representing the crucifixion and resurrection of jesus christ. 3. archetypal symbols: some symbols have universal meanings that resonate across different cultures and contexts. carl jung, a swiss psychiatrist, introduced the concept of archetypes, which are innate symbols shared by humanity's collective unconscious. examples include the circle (wholeness, eternity), the serpent (transformation, temptation), and the hero (courage, resilience). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 4. political and social symbolism: artists often incorporate symbols to comment on political or social issues, expressing dissent, solidarity, or critique. for instance, the clenched fist is a symbol of resistance and unity, commonly associated with movements for social justice and empowerment. 5. nature and animal symbolism: artists frequently draw inspiration from nature, using elements such as animals, plants, and landscapes to convey symbolic meanings. animals, in particular, carry symbolic significance in many cultures, representing qualities like strength, wisdom, or cunning. 6. surrealism and dream symbolism: surrealist artists, such as salvador dalí and rené magritte, explored the realm of dreams and the subconscious mind, incorporating bizarre and fantastical imagery rich in symbolic meaning. surrealist art often challenges conventional interpretations, inviting viewers to delve into the depths of the unconscious. these are just a few examples of the diverse range of symbolic signs found in visual arts. artists employ symbolism in myriad ways to engage viewers, provoke thought, and evoke emotional responses. the emergence and progress of signs and symbols in visual arts is a complex and dynamic process influenced by various factors, including cultural, historical, and technological developments. here's an overview of how signs and symbols have evolved in visual arts over time: 1. prehistoric and ancient art: some of the earliest forms of visual art, such as cave paintings and petroglyphs, date back tens of thousands of years and often depict animals, humans, and abstract symbols. these artworks likely served ritual, religious, or communicative purposes, with symbols representing concepts like fertility, hunting success, or spiritual beliefs. 2. classical and ancient civilizations: in ancient civilizations like egypt, mesopotamia, and greece, visual art played a central role in religious rituals, storytelling, and political propaganda. symbols such as the egyptian ankh (symbolizing life) or the greek laurel wreath (symbolizing victory) were common motifs in art and architecture, reflecting cultural values and beliefs. 3. medieval and renaissance art: during the middle ages and the renaissance, christian symbolism dominated european art, with religious narratives and allegories depicted in paintings, sculptures, and illuminated manuscripts. artists used symbols like the lamb (representing christ), the madonna and child, and the crucifixion to convey theological concepts and moral messages. 4. symbolism movement: in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, the symbolist movement emerged as a reaction against realism and naturalism. symbolist artists, such as gustav klimt and edvard munch, sought to convey abstract ideas and emotions through suggestive imagery and metaphorical symbols. dreams, myths, and the subconscious mind were recurring themes in symbolist art. 5. modern and contemporary art: in the 20th century and beyond, artists explored a wide range of styles and movements, each employing signs and symbols in unique ways. from the abstract forms of american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org cubism and surrealism to the pop culture references of pop art and the conceptual ideas of contemporary art, symbolism continues to play a vital role in visual expression. 6. globalization and technological advances: with the advent of globalization and digital technology, visual artists have access to a vast array of symbols and imagery from diverse cultures and traditions. this has led to a blending of symbols and visual languages, as artists draw inspiration from multiple sources to create hybrid and multicultural artworks. overall, the emergence and progress of signs and symbols in visual arts reflect the evolving cultural, social, and artistic landscape of human civilization, continuously reshaping and redefining the language of visual expression. let's delve deeper into the emergence and progress of signs and symbols in visual arts: 1. ancient civilizations and symbolism: in addition to religious symbolism, ancient civilizations such as the sumerians, egyptians, and mayans developed complex systems of writing and iconography. hieroglyphs, cuneiform script, and pictographic symbols served as both communication tools and artistic motifs, conveying historical events, social hierarchies, and cultural values. 2. renaissance symbolism and allegory: during the renaissance, artists like sandro botticelli and leonardo da vinci infused their works with symbolic meaning and allegorical narratives. paintings such as botticelli's "the birth of venus" and da vinci's "the last supper" contain layers of symbolism, inviting viewers to decipher hidden meanings and interpret the artworks beyond their surface appearances. 3. symbolism in eastern art: eastern artistic traditions, such as chinese ink painting and japanese woodblock prints, also incorporate symbols and motifs with rich cultural significance. in chinese art, symbols like the dragon (representing power and good fortune) and the lotus flower (symbolizing purity and enlightenment) recur throughout history, reflecting taoist, confucian, and buddhist philosophies. 4. avant-garde movements: in the early 20th century, avant-garde movements like dadaism and surrealism challenged traditional notions of art and meaning. artists such as marcel duchamp and salvador dalí used everyday objects and dreamlike imagery to subvert conventions and explore the subconscious mind. their works often contain enigmatic symbols and visual puns, inviting viewers to question established interpretations and embrace ambiguity. 5. semiotics and structuralism: the study of signs and symbols in art gained prominence with the rise of semiotics and structuralism in the mid-20th century. scholars like roland barthes and ferdinand de saussure explored the ways in which signs function within cultural systems and linguistic structures, shedding light on the inherent symbolism embedded in visual communication. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 6. postmodern appropriation: in the postmodern era, artists such as barbara kruger and jeff koons have appropriated and recontextualized existing symbols and imagery from mass media and consumer culture. through techniques like collage, appropriation, and pastiche, they challenge notions of originality and authenticity while commenting on the pervasive influence of symbols in contemporary society. 7. digital symbolism and virtual art: with the advent of digital technology and the internet, artists have embraced new forms of symbolism and visual language in the realm of virtual art, digital installations, and multimedia projects. symbols are now disseminated and interpreted in digital spaces, transcending geographical and cultural boundaries and expanding the possibilities of visual expression in the digital age. these examples illustrate the diverse and evolving nature of signs and symbols in visual arts, demonstrating how they have been utilized, reinterpreted, and reinvented across different cultures and historical periods. let’s speak about what is sign. a sign is a material, emotionally perceived in human consciousness and activity the subject, event or action is said. characters are in the process of communication or translation buying, storing messages or any type of message components, created and used for modification and transmission. the concept of a sign is always in philosophy, logic, linguistics, psychology, sociology and the like, of course will be analyzed. signs in several disciplines: for example, philosophy, logic, linguistics, although studied in cultural studies, psychology, sociology and other disciplines, but they are widely and accurately studied in the special science of semiotics (semiotics)19 — 20in the centuries, a special science about signs — semiotics-arose. semiotics — (greek semeiotikos-doctrine of signs), semiology-1) information, characters and character systems that serve to store and transfer data means a field of science that studies its general properties. semiotics, signs it is a science that appeared at the beginning of the 20th century. creating character science the idea came almost simultaneously and independently from several scientists out. the founder of semiotics is the american logician who proposed its name, philosopher and naturalist ch. pierce (1839-1914). ch. peirce defines a sign as, gave the initial classification of signs (indices, icons, symbols) and thus together established the tasks and foundations of the new science. an overview of the character was given above. at the next stage let's divide the characters into types-that is, we classify the characters. characters are all human beings to express, to show a specific meaning is said to be a variable graphic representation that is generally accepted by. they included an example is the following: letters-these are to denote the sound created characters are counted, notes-these are to indicate the duration of the sound created characters as well as currency symbols. the characters are visually always understandable and it should have a clear appearance. for this, the characters are always simple and should be described intelligibly. of course actually simple and understandable when one sees it is considered very complicated to create tastings. because in a small graphic image the whole placement of a meaning is required. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 22, march 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org symbols are a multidimensional image that represents a certain concept, an idea or it is said to a generally accepted image to indicate an event. simply in words, symbols are a sign that has many meanings. for example: religious and philosophical symbols; astronomical signs; signs of the zodiac (zodiac) (usually called signs, but they are not signs). symbols are words, sounds, gestures, ideas or come in the form of visual images and convey other ideas and beliefs used in order. for example, a red octagon denotes a stop sign; on maps, however, blue stripes often indicate rivers; and the red rose symbolizes love and compassion. pictogram (lat. pictus ” drawn " and greek. gramma " record”, "written sign") is a picture-sign. in it, an event, object or action will be described. effects of the pictogram: understanding the image to humans makes the text easier than to understand; fast-paced perception of information, in which the information there will be no need to spend time reading, that is, a graphic image will be seen and quickly understood; icons are used as a universal language that everyone understands. ideogramma (from another greek. εοδος-idea and yrámma-written sign, letter) written character or conditional image, corresponding to a specific idea of the author the coming picture. hieroglyphs consist of ideograms. an ideogram is a pictogram whose literal expression is not interpreted verbatim. for example, there are a lot of ideograms among road signs. so, a bicycle in a circle means “bicycle path”, not “bicycle”. an ideogram is used in writing to convey a particular idea or concept is a sign or a picture. emblems (another greek. µm-βληma " insert; convex ornament) is either a conditional image of an idea in a picture with a different meaning. emblems are a group of reception by people is told to a symbol that has a certain meaning. the main meaning is generally accepted as the basis of the symbol may differ from the concept. icons (icon). iconography (icon and inscription) is a medieval painting it is a type through which religious themes are promoted i.e. religion through icons is wide distributed. mediation between the divine and the world in icons in a general sense the sacred images intended for drawing. this image was originally christian appeared in his art. imagination with the word icon in many immediately church gives icons. but today we give them everyday life we come across a lot of times in our style. in modern times, we see icons (english from the language. icon) graphical interface element, application, file, directory, window, operating system we come across a small picture that shows the component, device, etc. references 1. "dictionary of brand common language marketing" 2018. 2. management of commodity capital. david aaker (1991). 3. arutyunova n.d. linguisticheskie problem / / n.v.l. logic i linguistics. m., 1982. 4. akhmanova o.s. "slovar lingvisticheskix terminov". m, 1969-607s. 5. wheeler, harold (1946). human miracle: dunedin, new zealand: longacre press 6. martino, t. trademark dilution, clarendon publishing, 1996. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org “precocious puberty development. review of literature" urmanova yulduz makhkamovna doctor of medicine. sciences, professor of the department of department of clinical disciplines, alfraganus university, republic of uzbekistan, 100190, tashkent, yunusabad district, st. yukori karakamysh, 2a. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this article the authorscarried out a review of the literature on aspects of one of the current and little-studied problems in endocrinology, namely, the problems of premature sexual development. the article covers the issues of etiopathogenesis, classification, clinical picture, diagnosis and treatment of the disease. the purpose of the study was to review the literature on precocious sexual development in children. material and research methods. literature data for the last 10-15 years results. when faced with a ppd, you need to answer three questions. 1. is ppd a normal variant or an abnormal sign? 2. if this is a deviation from the norm, is it central or peripheral, and if it is peripheral, then is it adrenal or gonadal? 3. if central, is it idiopathic or associated with intracranial pathology? are there any indications for treatment? if these questions are answered, then the diagnosis will be correct. careful monitoring of all patients constitutes the main aspects of treatment. conclusions. effective treatment with gnrh agonists can only be successful if gn is effectively suppressed. bone age, growth rate, uterine and ovarian size, and breast development should be closely monitored during treatment. the treatment does not affect pubic hair. lh suppression should be checked with an iv gnrh test at 3-6 month of treatment. monitoring estrogen levels is not recommended.[16]. precocious puberty, literature review. premature puberty, central, peripheral, adolescents. introduction definition of disease. the classic definition of precocious puberty is the development of secondary sexual characteristics before 8 years of age in girls and before 9 years of age in boys. it is classified as central precocious puberty, when there is premature maturation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, and as peripheral precocious puberty, when there is excessive secretion of sex hormones, independent of the secretion of gonadotropins. ppd is more common in girls, usually central american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org precocious puberty of idiopathic origin. in boys, it is usually associated with abnormalities of the central nervous system. the incidence of ppd ranges from 1/5000–1/10,000.2,3more common in girls. the female to male ratio ranges from 3/1 to 23/1.4it is reported to be more common in adopted children in developed countries.5[16]. pathogenesis. central or true precocious puberty (ippd) results from premature activation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. it mimics physiological pubertal development, although it is at an inappropriate chronological age (up to 8 years in girls and 9 years in boys). this may be due to congenital brain malformations or acquired strokes, but in most cases the cause in girls remains unknown. mkrn3 gene defects have been identified in familial diseases, providing important baseline and clinical results. indeed, genetic analysis of this gene should be included in routine clinical testing of familial and idiopathic cases of central precocious puberty, note the french authors. gonadotropinreleasing hormone agonists are the gold standard of treatment. the evaluation and management of this disease remains a challenge for pediatric endocrinologists. in this series of articles, the authors described the current challenges associated with accurate diagnosis and adequate treatment of this disorder. [1]. idiopathic central precocious puberty (icppd) or ippd is a relatively common disorder among girls and its pathogenesis remains to be elucidated. a variety of studies have identified the association of gut microbiota (gm) with endocrine diseases such as obesity, which is commonly associated with icpp. however, the relationship between cm and ippd remains unexplored. positive correlations were also found between fusobacterium and follicle-stimulating hormone, and gemmiger and luteinizing hormone. the implications of these findings remain to be determined [2]. the mechanisms of occurrence of true ppd have not been sufficiently studied to date. there is an assumption that certain lesions of the central nervous system, subcortical nuclei or hypothalamus affect centers that temporarily inhibit puberty, resulting in premature disinhibition of the hypothalamicpituitary-gonadal system. it is most likely assumed that these centers are located in the posterior hypothalamus, where organic brain lesions accompanying ppd are most often detected. the localization of cerebral damage leading to ppr affects the area behind the median eminence, mamillary bodies, the bottom of the third ventricle, and the epiphysis. damage to other parts of the central nervous system (optic chiasm, infundibula, anterior hypothalamus) leads, as a rule, to delayed puberty (zhukovsky m.a. et al., 1989). another short report aimed to examine the relationship between vitamin d and ppd. ppr patients and controls were selected for a systematic meta-analysis. the primary outcome was the mean difference in serum vitamin d levels. the results suggest that ppd may be associated with vitamin d deficiency. thus, providing vitamin d supplements to patients with ppd can improve their nutritional status and prevent disease. but the amount of vitamin d needed is uncertain, so it is important to be careful when taking vitamin d [3]. ippd results from early activation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (hpg) axis and follows the same sequence as normal puberty. although many factors influencing the onset of puberty remain poorly understood, the kisspeptin system is known to play a key role. currently, mutations in the kisspeptin system, mkrn3 and dlk1 have been identified in sporadic and familial cases of cpp. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3005651/#ref2 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3005651/#ref3 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3005651/#ref4 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3005651/#ref5 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org diagnosis is based on physical examination findings indicating progression of puberty and laboratory studies demonstrating activation of the central hpa axis. [14]. classification ippd is a common reason for referral to pediatric endocrinology clinics, where women predominate. pp is a broad term covering benign variants of normal development, gonadotropin-dependent pubertal development (gdp) and gonadotropin-independent precocious puberty (gipd) [ 15 ].according to other authors, ppd can be classified as gonadotropin-dependent, progressive (central/true ppd), or gonadotropin-independent (peripheral/pseudo-ppd). the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal (hpg) axis is active both during physiological puberty and in the central true ppd. however, pseudoor peripheral ppd is not dependent on gonadotropin secretion, and there is no activation of the hpg axis. the source of sex steroids in this subgroup is exogenous and/or endogenous.[16]. clinical assessment should include a detailed history and physical examination, including anthropometric measurements, calculation of growth velocity, and assessment of secondary sexual characteristics. the main sign of the onset of puberty is the development of breast tissue (thelarche) in girls and testicular enlargement (≥4 ml) in boys. hormonal assessment and imaging are essential for diagnosis and determination of etiology. genetic testing should be considered if there is a family history of precocious puberty or other clinical features suggestive of a genetic syndrome. long-acting gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogues are the standard of care for central precocious puberty, while peripheral management of precocious puberty depends on the etiology. premature puberty. the main sign of the onset of puberty is the development of breast tissue (thelarche) in girls and testicular enlargement (≥4 ml) in boys. the classic definition of precocious puberty is the development of secondary sexual characteristics before age 8 in girls and before age 9 in boys. • long-acting gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonist (gnrha) is the standard of care for chronic renal failure, and adequate hormonal suppression results in stabilization of pubertal progression, decreased growth velocity, and slower bone growth. • most cases of precocious puberty are gonadotropin dependent and are currently considered idiopathic, but mutations have been identified in genes involved in pubertal development such as mkrn3 and dlk1.[4]. the authors retrospectively analyzed the clinical records of 55 children (36 girls) with precocious puberty. most of them (34, 62%) had central precocious puberty, of which 19 were idiopathic. peripheral precocious puberty was noted in 14 children. congenital adrenal hyperplasia was the most common cause of peripheral precocious puberty (6, 42.8%).[5]. diagnosis of ppd. diagnosis of ppd should take place in 2 stages. the first stage is confirmation of the ppr. clinical diagnosis is based on assessing the stage of sexual development according to the j. tanner scale (tables 1 and 2). anthropometry and calculation of the child’s growth rate over the previous 6–12 months are mandatory. exceeding growth rates (relative to the norm for a given age) and growth rates of more than 2 sd over the previous period indicate in favor of ppd. a necessary study to assess bone age is radiography of the hands and wrist joints. the advance of bone age in comparison with the passport age by more than 2 years confirms ppd. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org second stage— differential diagnosis of nosological forms of ppd in order to determine treatment tactics. this stage includes instrumental and laboratory research methods. during the diagnostic search, the results of the clinical examination are primarily taken into account. [10-13]: the next step in the diagnostic search is the use of instrumental methods. ultrasound examination of omt allows not only to diagnose signs of ppd, but is also an additional method of differential diagnosis between true ppd and isolated thelarche. ultrasound signs of ppd are as follows [6]: an increase in the size of the uterus of more than 3.4 cm; formation of an angle between the cervix and the body; the appearance of the endometrium (m-echo) is a 100% sign, but the sensitivity of this criterion is low (42–87%); an increase in the size of the ovaries by more than 1–3 ml. the presence of single follicles does not allow differentiating ppd from isolated thelarche. detection of ovarian cysts helps in the diagnosis of gonadotropin-independent forms of ppd (mccunealbright-braitsev syndrome and follicular ovarian cysts). instrumental diagnostics for ppr may also include an mri of the brain. mri of the brain is performed when the gonadotropin-dependent nature of ppd is proven: in girls under 6 years of age it is mandatory; in girls with the onset of ppd between 6 and 8 years old, it is performed in the presence of neurological symptoms and signs of hypopituitarism. diagnosing ppr in a child with minimal symptoms can be difficult. the diagnosis of ppd, especially in girls, should be confirmed by increased levels of gonadotropins and/or sex steroids, accelerated somatic development and increased bone age. monitoring for early signs of puberty is also important. if these signs do not progress during follow-up, early breast development can be considered normal.[16]: magnetic resonance imaging (mri) of the skull and pituitary gland should be performed to rule out organic ppd. although it has been suggested that mri should be performed only in men or in girls younger than 6 years, it is now common practice to perform mri in all cases because intracranial tumors can cause ppd at any age.25824however, imaging should be repeated periodically in cases where the child is younger than 4 years and considered normal. it is important that mri images are evaluated by experienced radiologists. flowcharts for pp for boys and girls are shown[16]: treatment of central ppd. gonadotropin-releasing hormone analogues are currently used to treat true ppd. an indispensable condition for therapy with long-acting gnrh analogues is continuity of therapy, maintenance of a calendar and adherence to the injection regimen. evaluation of the effectiveness of therapy is carried out no earlier than after 3 months. from the start of treatment, then every 6 months. based on a combination of clinical and laboratory indicators and includes: examination of the child once every 6 months. (anthropometry, assessment of sexual development); radiography of the hands once a year (with high rates of growth and progression of sexual development once every 6 months); instrumental studies (ultrasound examination of the pelvic organs once every 6 months) ;— laboratory examination. determination of the level of lh, fsh, estradiol once every 6 months. (tests are carried out 1–3 days before the next injection of the drug), a test with gnrh is carried out after 6 months. from the start of therapy and with the progression of sexual development. a moderately elevated fsh level is not a sign of lack of effect of therapy.the pubertal growth suppression effects of growth hormone gonadotropin hormone agonists (gnrha) during puberty are american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org well known, although it remains unclear whether long-term gnrh treatment affects brain function in treated children. the present study examined differences in homotopic resting functional connectivity patterns in girls with ippd with and without gnrha treatment using homotopic voxel mirror connectivity (hmc). methods. eighteen girls with ippd who received 12 months of gnrha treatment, 40 untreated girls with ippd, and 19 age-matched girls with premature hair loss underwent restingstate functional magnetic resonance imaging. the gsvz method was performed to study differences in interhemispheric resting-state functional connectivity. levels of pubertal sex hormones including luteinizing hormone (lh), follicle-stimulating hormone and estradiol were assessed. correlation analysis of the results of clinical laboratory tests, neuropsychological scales and gsvz values for various brain regions was performed with data from the group receiving gnrha. results: significant reductions in the svg of the lingual, calcarine, superior temporal, and middle frontal gyri were found in the untreated group compared with the control group. in patients receiving treatment, a decrease in gsvz in the superior temporal gyrus was found compared to controls. compared with the nonmedicated group, the drug-treated group showed a significant increase in svg in the calcarine and middle occipital gyrus. in addition, a positive correlation was observed between basal lh levels and the vmhc of the middle occipital gyrus in medicated patients. these data indicate that long-term gnrh treatment was associated with increased functional interhemispheric connectivity in several regions involved in memory and visual processing in patients with stis. higher interhemispheric functional connectivity in the middle occipital gyrus was associated with higher basal lh output in treated girls. this study adds to the growing body of research into the effects of gnrha on brain function.[8]: during gnrh, the ovarian reserve of the srr is somehow suppressed by the treatment, but is gradually restored after the drug is discontinued. thus, gnrha treatment does not affect the ovarian reserve in children after treatment stops [9]: gnrh analogues are the mainstay of treatment and are used to preserve growth. development of new extended-release formulations continues. there are currently no data on long-term complications associated with treatment. however, many areas remain to be explored, such as targeted therapy and clinical management aspects. further research into the psychological effects and more data on longterm outcomes are needed, especially in men. [14]. thus, when faced with a ppd, you need to answer three questions. 1. is ppd a normal variant or an abnormal sign? 2. if this is a deviation from the norm, is it central or peripheral, and if it is peripheral, then is it adrenal or gonadal? 3. if central, is it idiopathic or associated with intracranial pathology? are there any indications for treatment? if these questions are answered, then the diagnosis will be correct. careful monitoring of all patients constitutes the main aspects of treatment. conclusions effective treatment with gnrh agonists can only be successful if gn is effectively suppressed. bone age, growth rate, uterine and ovarian size, and breast development should be closely monitored during american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org treatment. the treatment does not affect pubic hair. lh suppression should be checked with an iv gnrh test at 3-6 month of treatment. monitoring estrogen levels is not recommended.[16]. references 1.ana claudia latronico1,vinicius nahime brito2,jean-claude carelcauses, diagnosis, and treatment of central precocious puberty lancet diabetes endocrinol. 2016 mar;4(3):265-274. doi: 10.1016/s2213-8587(15)00380-0. epub 2016 feb 4. 2.dong g(1), zhang j(1), yang z(2), feng x(3 the association of gut microbiota with idiopathic central precocious puberty in girls. front endocrinol (lausanne). 2020 jan 22;10:941. doi: 10.3389/fendo.2019.00941. ecollection 2019. 3. liu s(1), zhu x(1), wang y(1), yan s(2), li d(3), cui w(4). the association between vitamin d levels and precocious puberty: a meta-analysis .// j pediatr endocrinol metab. 2020 feb 18. pii:/j/jpem.ahead-of-print/jpem-2019-0388/jpem-2019-0388.xml. doi:10.1515/jpem-2019-0388. [epub ahead of print]. 4. amanda veiga cheuiche1,leticia guimarães da silveira1,leila cristina pedroso de paula12,iara regina siqueira lucena3,sandra pinho silveiro45diagnosis and management of precocious sexual maturation: an updated review // eur j pediatr. 2021 oct;180(10):3073-3087.doi: 10.1007/s00431021-04022-1. epub 2021 mar 21. 5.dayal d(1), yadav j(2), seetharaman k(1), aggarwal a(3), kumar r(1).etiological spectrum of precocious puberty: data from northwest india. indian pediatr. 2020 jan 15;57(1):63-64. 6. cheuiche av, da silveira lg, de paula lcp, lucena irs, silveiro sp diagnosis and management of precocious sexual maturation: an updated review. eur. j. pediatr. 2021;180:3073–3087. doi:10.1007/s00431-021-04022-1. 7..influence of gonadotropin hormone releasing hormone agonists on interhemispheric functional chen t1, yu w1, xie x1, ge h1, fu y1, yang d1,2, zhou l1,3, liu x1, yan z1.connectivity in girls with idiopathic central precocious puberty. //front neurol. 2020 jan 31;11:17. doi: 10.3389/fneur.2020.00017. ecollection 2020.. 8. chen t1, yu w1, xie x1, ge h1, fu y1, yang d1,2, zhou l1,3, liu x1, yan z1influence of gonadotropin hormone releasing hormone agonists on interhemispheric functional.connectivity in girls with idiopathic central precocious puberty . //front neurol. 2020 jan 31;11:17. doi: 10.3389/fneur.2020.00017. ecollection 2020 9. tao y(1), si c(2), li h(3), effect of gonadotropin-releasing hormone analog on ovarian reserve in children with central precocious puberty //ann palliat med. 2020 jan;9(1):53-62. doi: 10.21037/apm.2020.01.04.. 10.georgios valsamakis1,angeliki arapaki1,dimitris balafoutas1,evangelia charmandari2,nikolaos f vlahos1diet-induced hypothalamic inflammation, phoenixin, and subsequent precocious puberty //nutrients. 2021 sep 29;13(10):3460. doi: 10.3390/nu13103460. 11.teilmann g., pedersen cb, jensen tk, skakkebaek ne, juul a. prevalence and incidence of precocious pubertal development in denmark: an epidemiologic study based on national registries. pediatrics. 2005;116:1323–1328. doi: 10.1542/peds.2005-0012. 12.soriano-guillén l., corripio r., labarta ji, cañete r., castro-feijóo l., espino r., argente j. central precocious puberty in children living in spain: incidence, prevalence, and influence of https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=latronico+ac&cauthor_id=26852255 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26852255/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=brito+vn&cauthor_id=26852255 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26852255/#affiliation-2 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=carel+jc&cauthor_id=26852255 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=cheuiche+av&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=da+silveira+lg&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=de+paula+lcp&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-2 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=lucena+irs&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=lucena+irs&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-3 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=silveiro+sp&cauthor_id=33745030 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-4 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33745030/#affiliation-5 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=valsamakis+g&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34684462/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=arapaki+a&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34684462/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=balafoutas+d&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34684462/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=charmandari+e&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34684462/#affiliation-2 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=vlahos+nf&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=vlahos+nf&cauthor_id=34684462 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34684462/#affiliation-1 american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 27, august 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org adoption and immigration. j. clin. endocrinol. metab. 2010;95:4305–4313. doi: 10.1210/jc.20101025 13.stephen h bradley precocious puberty // bmj 2020;368:l6597 doi: 10.1136/bmj.l6597 (published 13 january 2020) 14. rebecca schneider aguirre1,erica a eugster2central precocious puberty: from genetics to treatment//bestpract res clin endocrinol metab. 2018 aug;32(4):343-354. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2018.05.008. epub 2018 may 26. 15. mariam gangat1,sally radovick2precocious puberty // minerva pediatr. 2020 dec;72(6):491-500. doi: 10.23736/s0026-4946.20.05970-8. epub 2020 aug 4. 16.merih berberoğlu 1precocious puberty and normal variant puberty: definition, etiology, diagnosis and current management//j clin res pediatr endocrinol.2009 jun; 1(4): 164–174. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=aguirre+rs&cauthor_id=30086862 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30086862/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=eugster+ea&cauthor_id=30086862 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/30086862/#affiliation-2 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=gangat+m&cauthor_id=32748611 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32748611/#affiliation-1 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/?term=radovick+s&cauthor_id=32748611 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32748611/#affiliation-2 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/?term=berbero%26%23x0011f%3blu%20m%5bauthor%5d&cauthor=true&cauthor_uid=21274291 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/pmc3005651/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 35, april 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org utopian motifs and national identity in american literary tradition aytbanova gaukharay quat qizi 2nd year master’s student at uzswlu a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article includes the intersection of utopian motifs and the construction of national identity in american literary tradition. by examining significant texts from different historical periods, the research highlights how utopian narratives contribute to shaping, challenging, and reaffirming concepts of american identity. the study also considers how these literary works reflect changing social, political, and cultural contexts while offering alternative visions of the nation’s future. utopia, american literature, national identity, literary tradition, cultural imagination introduction scholars such as darko suvin and fredric jameson have also emphasized the role of science fiction and utopian speculation in critiquing capitalist modernity. suvin's concept of 'cognitive estrangement' highlights how utopias create critical distance from reality, enabling readers to envision alternatives. meanwhile, jameson views utopia as a symbolic resolution of social contradictions, acting as a repository for political hope. this theoretical framework is particularly useful in analyzing how national identity is both reflected and reshaped in literary utopias. moreover, feminist and postcolonial scholars have pointed out the exclusionary tendencies of canonical utopias, encouraging a more intersectional reading. the idea of utopia has played a central role in american literature, serving as both a critique of the present and a projection of ideal futures. from the earliest colonial writings to the speculative fiction of the twentieth century, american authors have utilized utopian motifs to explore national identity, express collective aspirations, and challenge dominant ideologies. this paper investigates how utopian elements contribute to the formation of american identity and how they evolve across literary periods. the interplay between idealism and realism within utopian literature offers insight into the values, conflicts, and dreams embedded in the national consciousness. literature review scholarly attention to utopian literature in the united states has often emphasized its ideological underpinnings and social critiques. according to lyman tower sargent (1994), american utopias are frequently reformist rather than revolutionary, aiming to adjust existing systems. edward bellamy’s american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org «looking backward1» (1888) is one of the most studied utopian texts, reflecting a deep engagement with industrial capitalism and class structure. other critics, such as krishan kumar, have noted how american exceptionalism shapes national utopian visions, often connecting personal moral progress to collective national destiny. the literary tradition also includes dystopian counterpoints that complicate simplistic readings of national identity and progress, as seen in works by charlotte perkins gilman or octavia e. butler. in addition to textual analysis, this research also draws on cultural studies methods to consider how reception and historical moment influence meaning. the comparative analysis of texts across different time periods allows for diachronic understanding of how utopian thought has responded to national concerns such as race, gender, and governance. the methodological approach is interdisciplinary, combining literary analysis with insights from history, sociology, and political theory to create a well-rounded interpretation of national identity within utopian narratives. research methodology this research employs a qualitative approach, analyzing selected literary texts through close reading and contextual interpretation. primary texts include edward bellamy’s «looking backward», charlotte perkins gilman’s «herland», and octavia e. butler’s «parable of the sower». these works were chosen for their thematic richness and historical range, offering insight into how utopian motifs articulate different visions of national identity. secondary sources such as scholarly articles and historical studies are used to support the analysis. emphasis is placed on the socio-political context in which the texts were written and received. analysis and results bellamy’s vision can be seen as part of the larger progressive era movement, where reformers sought to eliminate corruption and introduce scientific management into politics and society. his imagined future america reflects the technocratic optimism of the late 1800s and suggests a moral duty embedded in american identity to lead by example. however, critics argue that bellamy's utopia lacks racial and gender diversity, raising questions about whose identity is truly represented. in «herland2», gilman not only questions male authority but also redefines progress through collective well-being and ecological harmony. the novel challenges national myths of conquest and individualism by proposing a cooperative society guided by education and shared responsibility. though progressive in its gender politics, it has been critiqued for its racial assumptions and lack of intersectionality. butler’s narrative, by contrast, is deeply grounded in the material conditions of survival in a fractured united states. her protagonist lauren olamina reclaims national identity not through nostalgia or uniformity, but through adaptability, empathy, and forward-looking faith. the utopian vision in butler’s work is not static but evolutionary, resisting closure and embracing change as the only constant. in bellamy’s «looking backward», utopia functions as a critique of nineteenth-century capitalism and an expression of democratic ideals. the narrative frames national identity as fundamentally tied to economic justice and social cooperation. bellamy reimagines the united states as a rational, egalitarian society where technology and moral will have overcome greed. 1 bellamy, e. (1888). «looking backward: 2000–1887». ticknor and company, p.13 2 gilman, c. p. (1915). «herland». pantheon books, p.8 american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org gilman’s «herland», written in the early twentieth century, introduces a gendered utopia, challenging patriarchal norms and proposing a reformed national identity rooted in maternal values and education. here, national regeneration is imagined through feminist ideals, highlighting the limitations of maledominated narratives of progress. butler’s «parable of the sower3» presents a post-apocalyptic vision that borders on dystopia, yet the protagonist’s creation of a new belief system—earthseed—offers a utopian counterbalance. national identity in butler’s work is fragmented, but the drive to create community and meaning reflects an enduring utopian impulse. the collapse of the united states in the novel serves not just as a warning, but as a space for reimagining identity based on adaptability and shared values. conclusion utopian literature in the american tradition reveals a complex relationship between national identity and imagined ideals. through various historical moments, authors have used utopian motifs to reflect social anxieties, critique existing structures, and envision alternative futures. bellamy, gilman, and butler illustrate how utopian imagination is embedded in the fabric of national consciousness. these texts suggest that american identity is not fixed but continually negotiated through cultural, economic, and political visions of a better society. future research might expand this analysis by including indigenous or immigrant perspectives, which offer alternative utopian visions often excluded from the mainstream canon. furthermore, it is evident that american utopian literature has historically served as a barometer of national health. periods of crisis often produce more complex or darker utopias, reflecting anxieties about national decline or fragmentation. yet, even in dystopian contexts, the persistence of utopian imagination reveals a deep cultural investment in the possibility of renewal. recommendations for future research include comparative studies between american and nonamerican utopias, attention to indigenous and afro-futurist visions, and the exploration of digital utopias in contemporary speculative fiction. references: 1. bellamy, e. (1888). «looking backward: 2000–1887». ticknor and company. 2. butler, o. e. (1993). «parable of the sower». warner books. 3. claeys, g. (2011). «searching for utopia: the history of an idea». thames & hudson. 4. gilman, c. p. (1915). «herland». pantheon books. 5. kumar, k. (1987). «utopia and anti-utopia in modern times». basil blackwell. 6. moylan, t. (2000). «scraps of the untainted sky: science fiction, utopia, dystopia». westview press. 7. sargent, l. t. (1994). the three faces of utopianism revisited. «utopian studies», 5(1), 1–37. 8. suvin, d. (1979). «metamorphoses of science fiction: on the poetics and history of a literary genre». yale university press. 3 butler, o. e. (1993). «parable of the sower». warner books, p.23 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org history and basic principles of oil flooding bobomurodov utkir ziyadullaevich karshi institute of engineering and economics 180100, republic of uzbekistan, kashkadarya region, karshi, ave. mustaqillik, 225. e-mail: qmii@qmii.uz, kiei _info@edu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s although water has been a companion of oil since its formation, the appearance of water in production wells was considered an emergency and the wells were stopped. and only in the late 20s early 30s of the 20th century it was noticed that more oil was extracted from wells in which water appeared and production was more stable than in waterless wells. in 1932, a commission led by academician. them. gubkin, when analyzing the state of development of fields in the staro-groznensky region, established the possibility and effectiveness of displacing oil from reservoirs by contour formation waters. the natural water pressure regime for developing oil deposits was recognized as the most effective. introduction since the 30s of the 20th century, the theory of the oil reservoir, the water pressure regime of development and the interference of wells began to develop (m. s. leibenzon, m. masket, v. n. shchelkachev, etc.). however, the idea of replenishing reservoir energy spent on displacing oil by injecting water into reservoirs through wells from the surface was first put forward and implemented in the cis only in the post-war years under the leadership of academician. a.p. krylov on a small scale at the depleted shirokaya balka deposit. in 1948, contour flooding was carried out on a large industrial scale at the tuymazinskoye field from the beginning of development [1, 2]. in the usa, until the 19-20s of the 20th century, reservoir flooding was not used. separate five-point elements of areal flooding were carried out in the late 20s at the depleted bradford field. it was only in the 1940s, in connection with the increased demand for oil, that artificial flooding of oil deposits began to be seriously used, and the texas railroad commission, which controls field development, ceased to prohibit flooding of oil deposits [3, 4] waterflooding of oil deposits has become widespread in other oil-producing countries of the world canada, great britain, saudi arabia, romania, etc. waterflooding of oil deposits in uzbekistan began to be used starting in the 1950s in the fields of the fergana depression. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org the popularity of artificial waterflooding of oil deposits in all countries is due to its following indisputable advantages: • availability and low cost of water; • relatively high efficiency of oil displacement by water. currently, conventional waterflooding of oil reservoirs is the most generally accepted and most effective method for increasing oil recovery. this method will be widely used for a long time precisely because of these advantages. waterflooding, aimed at replenishing reservoir energy resources and improving the viscosity ratio of the displaced (oil) and displacing (water) fluids, although it does not eliminate the negative impact of formation heterogeneity and the action of capillary and gravitational forces, is nevertheless a highly potential method. the development of oil flooding systems, technology and methods in different countries took different paths. as a result, various principles for waterflooding oil fields have emerged. the main principles of waterflooding oil deposits include: time of the start of artificial flooding; well placement system; density of the well network; procedure for drilling wells; flooding system; flooding technology; shutdown of wells; pace of development; oil recovery (recoverable reserves); development of water-oil zones; development of multi-layer fields; area of application of flooding; water for flooding. questions about the feasibility of artificial waterflooding and the timing and start of water injection into the formations were especially carefully considered in the first oil field development projects. they assessed the possibility of using and the reserve of natural energy of deposits, and determined the proportion of oil reserves that can be extracted using natural reservoir energy. in the practice of developing us oil fields, waterflooding was usually used only at the very late stages of development. at first, the fields were developed for depletion (until the extraction of 5-10% of geological oil reserves) without artificial impact on the formations, and then, as a rule, areal artificial flooding systems were introduced. in the practice of developing oil fields in russia, they tried to use waterflooding from the beginning of their development. development of fields to deplete reservoir energy initially ensures high development rates and rapid return on capital investments, allows one to study the structure of reservoirs, determine the mechanism of oil movement in reservoirs and use reservoir energy. the disadvantages of the waterflooding method from the beginning of development, i.e. when the reservoir pressure is higher than the saturation pressure, compared to waterflooding after some degassing of the oil in the reservoir, include the fact that this requires higher injection pressures for water injection and capital investments are required in the arrangement of the system waterflooding in american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org an earlier, initial period of field development. in recent years, in the united states (the prudhoe bay field in alaska and offshore fields, forties in the uk, etc.), waterflooding of fields begins to be used immediately after they are put into commercial operation. this is due to the fact that expensive wells require high flow rates, and the fact that many years of experience in developing oil fields has proven the effectiveness of early flooding. in the fields of uzbekistan, waterflooding was introduced both in the early and late stages of development of objects. initially, the use of waterflooding was associated mainly with the injection of water into injection wells located in the edge part of the field (edge flooding). however, development experience has shown certain shortcomings of the edge flooding system. due to the poor properties of the formations in the marginal zones and the increased viscosity of oil, many extra injection wells had to be drilled in them. for large fields, the use of contour flooding led to the conservation of significant oil reserves in the central parts of the fields; for example, with purely contour flooding, it was not possible to extract more than 2.5% of the oil per year from the initial recoverable reserves. contour flooding is also characterized by significant water outflows (from 40 to 70% of the injection volume) beyond the oilbearing contour of the deposits. the principles of edge flooding multi-stage development, transfer of injection, shutdown of low-water wells and others have not become widespread. the development of contour flooding was the creation of an intra-circuit flooding system. in this case, the field is “cut” by rows of injection wells into separate strips, blocks or areas of independent development, and oil is displaced by injected water. the experience of using in-line waterflooding shows that current development indicators improve and the final oil recovery from reservoirs increases by no less than 5% compared to in-line waterflooding /5,6,7,8/. the variety of natural conditions in which oil accumulations are located, the desire for the most complete consideration of the geological and physical characteristics of production facilities in order to increase the coverage of reservoirs by flooding served as the basis for improving and modifying development systems. other flooding systems and technologies were justified and widely introduced into industry: peripheral, block, axial, areal, focal-selective, barrier, etc. in conclusion, it should be noted that on the main fundamental issues of waterflooding of oil fields, over the long history of its implementation, ideas have changed. therefore, improving the efficiency of waterflooding is an important direction for increasing the ultimate oil recovery of reservoirs. the main problem with waterflooding is to increase the coverage of formations by drainage and waterflooding. it can be solved by improving the placement of wells, injection technology, etc. references 1. гомзиков в. к., молотова н. а., румянцева а. а. исследование влияния основных геологических и технологических факторов на конечнуюнефтеотдачу пластов при водонапорном режиме. – тр. внии, 1976, вып. 58, с. 16-30. 2. ефремов е. п., янин а. н., халимов э. м. влияние совместной разработки на нефтеотдачу многопластовых объектов // нефтяное хозяйство, 1981. № 8. с. 32-37. 3. иванова м. м. динамика добычи нефти из залежей. м.: недра, 1976. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 25, june 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 4. крейг ф. разработка нефтяных месторождений при заводнении. перевод с англ. м.: недра, 1974. 5. методы повышения нефтеотдачи пластов /м,ф. свыщев, а. и. вашуркин, м. и. пятков и др.// нефтяное хозяйство, 1979. №10. с. 29-31. 6. борисов ю.п., воинов в.в., рябинина з. к. особенности проектирования разработки нефтяных месторождений с учетом их неоднородности. м.: недра, 1976. 7. геолого физические условия эффективности применения методов увеличения нефтеотдачи пластов / м. л. сургучев, а.т. горбунов, с.а. жданов, г.с малютина //нефтяное хозяйство, 1979. № 4. с. 29-34. 8. гиматудинов ш.к., ширковский а.г. физика нефтяного и газового пласта. м.: недра, 1981. 9. атакулова, д. д., & абдувалиев, с. а. (2023). использование ингибиторов коррозии металлов. экономика и социум, (12 (115)-1), 938-942. 10. мухаммадиев, х. м. (2024). оценка прироста конечного коэффициента извлечения нефти. international journal of education, social science & humanities, 12(3), 652-657. 11. ziyadullayevich, b. u., & normuradovich, s. n. (2023). evaluation of the possibilities of increasing oil yield in high-viscosity oil fields using thermal methods. american journal of technology and applied sciences, 19, 69-71. 12. ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). the results of the forecast of the main technological indicators of the development of the oil and gas condensate field eastren ispanli. american journal of research in humanities and social sciences, 13, 102-104. 13. soatmurodovich, b. r., gayratovna, a. d., & ziyodullayevich, b. u. (2023). special methods of using oil fields with high viscosity. the peerian journal, 18, 1-4. 14. kibriyo, b. o. t. z. m., & aktam o’g, o. i. s. (2023). study of secondary methods of oil production in the last period of operation. innovations in technology and science education, 2(8), 397-400. 13. бобомуродов, у., & бекжонов, р. (2022). показатели разработки нефтегазоконденсатного месторождения. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org environmental protection's importance in guaranteeing food safety xudayberdiyeva filyura mirzamashrabovna assistant in the agro-economics department at tashkent state agrarian university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s environmental protection plays a crucial role in ensuring food safety by preserving the natural resources necessary for agriculture and promoting sustainable practices. as climate change, soil degradation, and water scarcity become more prevalent, safeguarding the environment is essential to ensure that future generations can access safe, nutritious food. effective environmental protection strategies, such as reducing pollution, improving water management, and promoting biodiversity, can directly enhance agricultural productivity and reduce the risks associated with foodborne diseases. integrating environmental policies with food safety regulations ensures a more resilient food system that can withstand environmental challenges and provide long-term food security. environmental protection, food safety, sustainable agriculture, climate change, water management, biodiversity, foodborne diseases, food security. introduction environmental protection is fundamental in ensuring the long-term sustainability of natural resources, and its importance in guaranteeing food safety cannot be overstated. as the global population continues to grow, the demand for food increases, placing significant pressure on the environment. the relationship between environmental health and food safety is deeply interconnected, as factors like soil fertility, water availability, and climate stability directly affect agricultural productivity. sustainable agricultural practices, improved waste management, and innovative technologies that reduce environmental impact are all crucial steps towards minimizing these risks. the integration of environmental protection strategies into food safety systems ensures that food production remains resilient to external threats, such as climate fluctuations and resource depletion[1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org research methodology and literature analysis "environmental protection's importance in guaranteeing food safety." stage description 1. identifying research problem define the key research question: how does environmental protection contribute to food safety and security? 2. literature review review existing research, focusing on the relationship between environmental factors (water, soil, climate) and food safety. 3. data collection methods methods like surveys (to collect public opinions), interviews (with experts), and case studies (of successful practices). 4. data analysis quantitative: statistical analysis of collected data. qualitative: thematic analysis of interview responses. 5. findings and conclusions summarize the key findings, providing insights into the correlation between environmental practices and food safety. 6. recommendations suggest actionable policies and practices, focusing on the integration of environmental protection into food safety strategies. how it works: stage 1: identifying research problem. this is the starting point where you will identify and define the research question. in this case, it focuses on understanding how environmental protection can help ensure food safety. stage 2: literature review. during the literature review stage, you analyze previous studies that link environmental issues (like water and soil quality, pollution, and climate change) to the safety and quality of food production[2]. stage 3: data collection methods. to collect data, you will use various methods such as surveys (for public opinion), interviews (with experts in environmental protection and food safety), and case studies (to explore real-world examples where environmental protection has improved food safety). stage 4: data analysis. after data collection, analyze it quantitatively (using statistical tools to process survey results) and qualitatively (examining interview responses and case studies for common themes or insights)[3]. stage 5: findings and conclusions. here, summarize the research findings based on the analysis. this includes drawing conclusions about how environmental protection directly affects food safety. stage 6: recommendations. based on the findings, propose recommendations for integrating environmental protection into food safety regulations, policies, and practices. this might involve suggesting ways to reduce pollution, promote sustainable farming practices, or improve water management. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org discussion and results here is the pie chart illustrating the economic impact of environmental protection on food safety. it shows the distribution of costs and benefits: cost of environmental protection (25%) cost of food safety measures (30%) economic benefits of food safety (20%) environmental benefits (25%) conclusion at the conclusion of the discussion on environmental protection’s importance in guaranteeing food safety, it is clear that safeguarding the environment is essential for the stability and sustainability of food production. environmental protection ensures healthy soil, clean water, and balanced ecosystems, which directly influence crop yields and livestock health. furthermore, it mitigates the effects of climate change, pollution, and deforestation, all of which pose significant threats to food security. therefore, a coordinated approach that integrates environmental conservation with agricultural practices is crucial for ensuring a sustainable and secure food supply for future generations[4]. references 1. fao. (2018). the state of the world's forests 2018: forests and the green economy. food and agriculture organization of the united nations. retrieved from http://www.fao.org/state-offorests/en/ 2. godfray, h. c. j., et al. (2010). food security: the challenge of feeding 9 billion people. science, 327(5967), 812-818. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1185383 http://www.fao.org/state-of-forests/en/ http://www.fao.org/state-of-forests/en/ https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1185383 american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 3. nellemann, c., et al. (2018). the environmental food crisis: the environment's role in safeguarding food security. united nations environment programme (unep). retrieved from https://www.unenvironment.org/resources/report/environmental-food-crisis 4. tilman, d., et al. (2002). agricultural sustainability and intensive production practices. nature, 418(6898), 671-677. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature01014. https://www.unenvironment.org/resources/report/environmental-food-crisis american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org smart city concept: urban planning through digital design a. r. abobakirov intern teacher at andijan state technical institute azizbekabobakirov96@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the concept of the smart city has emerged as a dominant paradigm in twenty-first-century urban planning, where digital design, information technologies, and data-driven decision-making are integrated to create cities that are more sustainable, efficient, and responsive to the needs of their inhabitants. this research explores the smart city as both a theoretical framework and a practical approach to urban development, focusing on the role of digital design in planning processes, governance structures, and infrastructural systems. by reviewing global practices and contextualizing them within the framework of uzbekistan’s urban transformation, this study highlights the ways in which tools such as geographic information systems (gis), building information modeling (bim), internet of things (iot) networks, and digital twin technologies are reshaping the way cities are designed, managed, and experienced. the analysis demonstrates that smart cities are not merely technological constructs but also socio-cultural systems where sustainability, inclusivity, and resilience are as significant as efficiency and productivity. results drawn from global case studies in singapore, songdo, amsterdam, and dubai indicate that digital design facilitates improved energy management, transport efficiency, environmental monitoring, and citizen participation. at the same time, critical examination reveals challenges related to data privacy, cyber security, technological dependency, and socio-economic inequality, which demand careful regulation and ethical frameworks. for uzbekistan, where rapid urbanization intersects with historic architectural heritage, smart city planning offers both opportunities and challenges: it provides pathways for optimizing infrastructure, improving governance, and enhancing quality of life, while requiring adaptation to local cultural and social contexts. this article concludes that smart city development, underpinned by digital design, represents not only a technological advancement but also a transformative cultural and political project that redefines urban life in the digital age. smart city; digital design; urban planning; geographic information systems (gis); building information modeling (bim); internet of things (iot); digital twin; sustainable development; uzbekistan american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org introduction urbanization has emerged as one of the most powerful forces shaping the twenty-first century, with more than half of the world’s population now living in cities and projections indicating that this figure will rise to nearly seventy percent by 2050, a demographic shift that presents both immense opportunities and critical challenges for urban planning, governance, and sustainability. the accelerating pace of urban growth has intensified problems of traffic congestion, air pollution, energy consumption, housing shortages, and infrastructure inefficiency, requiring planners and policymakers to rethink traditional models of urban development. in this context, the concept of the smart city has gained prominence, representing a paradigm shift in how cities are conceived, designed, and managed. unlike conventional urban planning approaches that rely on static blueprints and sectoral interventions, smart city planning integrates digital technologies such as geographic information systems (gis), building information modeling (bim), internet of things (iot) devices, big data analytics, and digital twin simulations to create adaptive, data-driven environments capable of responding dynamically to real-time conditions. smart cities are not only technological constructs but also socio-technical systems where governance, citizen engagement, and sustainability intersect with innovations in digital design. while global examples from cities such as singapore, songdo, barcelona, and amsterdam demonstrate the transformative potential of smart city technologies in optimizing transport, energy, and environmental management, the adaptation of these models to contexts such as uzbekistan requires consideration of cultural, historical, and infrastructural particularities. this research seeks to examine the role of digital design in smart city planning, identify the benefits and challenges of digital urbanism, and explore how these approaches can be integrated into uzbekistan’s rapidly modernizing urban landscape, where historic silk road cities must coexist with twenty-first-century urban infrastructure. methods the methodological approach of this study is structured around three interrelated components: literature review, technological analysis, and case study evaluation. first, an extensive review of academic and policy literature on smart cities was conducted, including foundational works on digital urbanism, sustainability, and governance, alongside technical reports on gis, bim, iot, and digital twin applications. second, a technological analysis was applied to categorize digital design tools used in smart city planning: gis for spatial mapping and decision support; bim for integrated design and construction; iot for real-time monitoring of infrastructure and services; big data analytics for urban management; and digital twin platforms for simulation and predictive modeling of urban systems. third, case study evaluation was employed to analyze practical applications of these tools in global cities such as singapore (smart nation), songdo (korea), amsterdam (smart city initiative), and dubai (smart dubai program), with attention to design methods, governance structures, and citizen engagement mechanisms. in addition, emerging smart city initiatives in uzbekistan, particularly in tashkent, samarkand, and bukhara, were reviewed through government strategies, urban master plans, and pilot projects focused on digital governance, intelligent transport, and energy efficiency. comparative analysis was conducted to identify similarities and differences between global and uzbek practices, highlighting both transferable strategies and context-specific adaptations. this triangulated methodology ensures that the research captures both the technological dimensions and the sociocultural implications of smart city planning through digital design. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org results the findings of this research demonstrate that smart city planning, when guided by digital design tools, significantly enhances the efficiency, sustainability, and livability of urban environments by enabling data-driven decision-making, predictive modeling, and real-time management of infrastructure systems. in the domain of spatial planning, geographic information systems (gis) have been shown to support optimized land use, transport networks, and environmental monitoring, as evidenced by amsterdam’s integration of gis-based energy maps that inform policy on carbon reduction and district heating systems. building information modeling (bim) has advanced design coordination and lifecycle management of urban projects, reducing construction costs and improving quality control, as illustrated by dubai’s mandate for bim in all large-scale developments. internet of things (iot) networks have facilitated real-time monitoring of traffic, air quality, waste management, and energy consumption, with singapore’s smart nation program exemplifying how sensor data can inform dynamic traffic light systems, adaptive lighting, and predictive maintenance of utilities. digital twins have emerged as particularly transformative tools, allowing for the creation of virtual replicas of entire cities that simulate and predict performance across energy, mobility, and environmental domains, as seen in songdo’s real-time operational monitoring. in uzbekistan, preliminary results from pilot smart city initiatives in tashkent have shown improved public transport coordination through gps-enabled buses, enhanced citizen services via digital government platforms, and progress toward energyefficient street lighting. these results collectively highlight that digital design not only improves functional performance but also fosters participatory governance and citizen engagement by making data accessible, visual, and actionable in shaping urban futures. discussion the results highlight the transformative potential of digital design in smart city planning, yet they also underscore the complexity of integrating technological systems with social, cultural, and political realities. one of the key advantages of smart city technologies lies in their ability to optimize resource efficiency, reduce environmental impacts, and enhance quality of life by enabling real-time monitoring and predictive analytics across multiple domains; however, this very reliance on data and connectivity raises critical questions about privacy, security, and equity. data collection through iot sensors and surveillance systems, while essential for efficient governance, risks infringing upon individual privacy and creating opportunities for cyberattacks, necessitating robust legal and ethical frameworks. furthermore, the implementation of smart city technologies often exacerbates socio-economic inequalities, as access to digital services and benefits may be unevenly distributed across different populations, reinforcing existing disparities between affluent and marginalized groups. from an architectural perspective, the integration of bim and digital twins allows unprecedented precision in design and lifecycle management, yet these technologies can also promote homogenization and neglect local cultural identity if not adapted carefully. for uzbekistan, the challenge lies in balancing global smart city models with the country’s unique historical and cultural heritage: while smart lighting, intelligent transport, and energy management systems can improve urban functionality, they must be harmonized with the preservation of historic silk road architecture, traditional bazaars, and islamic urban forms that constitute the cultural identity of uzbek cities. moreover, institutional capacity, digital literacy, and financial resources remain significant constraints, requiring phased and contextamerican journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org sensitive implementation strategies. thus, the discussion suggests that smart city planning through digital design is not a purely technological endeavor but a socio-political project that must integrate governance, ethics, and cultural preservation alongside technical innovation. conclusion this research concludes that the smart city concept, when implemented through digital design, represents a transformative approach to urban planning that integrates technology, sustainability, and citizen-centered governance in ways that traditional planning models cannot achieve. tools such as gis, bim, iot, and digital twins enable cities to become adaptive, predictive, and responsive to complex challenges of urbanization, ranging from traffic congestion and environmental degradation to energy consumption and governance inefficiencies. global case studies demonstrate the potential of digital urbanism to reduce carbon emissions, improve public services, and foster inclusive participation, while early initiatives in uzbekistan indicate promising directions for integrating digital technologies into local contexts. however, the successful realization of smart cities depends on addressing critical challenges related to data privacy, cyber security, socio-economic equity, and the preservation of cultural identity. for uzbekistan, smart city development must not only modernize infrastructure but also respect the architectural and urban heritage of its silk road cities, blending tradition with innovation in a uniquely uzbek model of digital urbanism. ultimately, smart city planning is not merely about deploying technologies but about reimagining the city as a living, dynamic system where human well-being, environmental sustainability, and cultural identity are prioritized in the digital age. references 1. albino, v., berardi, u., & dangelico, r. m. (2015). smart cities: definitions, dimensions, performance, and initiatives. journal of urban technology, 22(1), 3–21. 2. batty, m., et al. (2012). smart cities of the future. european physical journal special topics, 214(1), 481–518. 3. townsend, a. (2013). smart cities: big data, civic hackers, and the quest for a new utopia. w.w. norton. 4. kitchin, r. (2014). the real-time city? big data and smart urbanism. geojournal, 79(1), 1–14. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org kinetics of catalytic synthesis of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas бахтиёров дилшод бекзодович 80-школа, самарканд республика узбекистан, г. самарканд e-mail: dilshodbaxtiyorov08@gmail.com шукуров жасур хошимович самаркандского государственного университета имени ш. рашидова, республика узбекистан, г. самарканд e-mail: shukjasni@gmail.com абиджон тилляев джуракулович самаркандского государственного университета имени ш. рашидова, республика узбекистан, г. самарканд e-mail:obidjon@list.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this work, the effect of various factors on the process of direct synthesis of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas in one stage on the catalyst cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite was studied. as a result of the studies of the influence of various factors on the yield of target products in the process of obtaining dimethyl ether from synthesis gas, it was found that an increase in the molar ratio, pressure, temperature and molar ratio of hydrogen to greenhouse gas leads to an increase in the conversion of greenhouse gases due to the fact that the reaction of direct synthesis of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas prevails. introduction deep processing of natural gas, associated petroleum gas, etc. into valuable petrochemical products is one of the most important processes of the chemical industry [1-3]. the transformation of natural and petroleum associated gas into easily transportable products makes it possible to convert these sources into universal energy resources [4-6]. in recent years, the process of processing synthesis gas into dimethyl ether (dme) in one stage has been of great interest to scientists around the world. the composition and characteristics of synthetic hydrocarbons obtained from dme depend on the properties of the zeolite catalyst used in this process, american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org the conditions of the process and the composition of the synthesis gas. control of the acidic properties of high-siliceous zeolites and the composition of the initial synthesis gas makes it possible to obtain light sulfur-free synthetic oil from methanol and dme [7-9]. it is known that the acidic properties of zeolites depend on the nature of exchangeable cations and the method of their administration [10-15]. it is known that the synthesis of ethylene and propylene from dme is easier than the synthesis of ethylene and propylene from methanol [16-21], compared to methanol, dme is a stronger methylating agent [22-27], which makes the reaction of ethylene and propylene synthesis from dme even on catalysts with low acidity allowing transfer at a sufficiently high rate [28-31]. in addition, dme is less active than methanol in hydrogen transfer reactions that cause coke formation, as a result of which the rate of catalyst deactivation in the reaction of ethylene and propylene from dme is significantly lower than in the reaction with methanol [32-39]. experimental part in the work, the catalyst cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite was used to produce dme from synthesis. the catalytic activity of catalysts was studied at a fixed-bed catalyst unit in a flow-through reactor by feeding a mixture of gases into the reactor at a pressure of 1-2 mpa and a temperature of 220-300 °c (fig. 1). qualitative and quantitative analysis of the reaction products was carried out on the crystal 5000.2 gas chromatograph. figure 1. diagram of a laboratory installation for the production of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas the phase composition of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalysts was determined by x-ray phase analysis using unfiltered cuk α radiation (l = 1.5418 å) before and after catalytic tests on the shimadzu xrd-6000 refractometer. to determine the textural characteristics of the catalysts, the brunauer-emmett-teller and barrett-joyner-haland methods were used. the relative surface area was calculated from the data of nitrogen adsorption isotherms at 77 k. pore volume was determined at a relative pressure of r/ro = 0.97. the acidic properties of the catalysts were determined using the nicolet ir200 ir spectrometer. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org experimental results and discussion as a result of studying the effect of different ratios of the mixture of source gases, it was found that the highest yield of dme is achieved with a mixture of source gases in a ratio of 1:2 (fig. 2). as a result of the experiments, it was also proved that the yield of dme increases with an increase in the concentration of co2. it has been established that the dme yield is maximal at a molar ratio of gases equal to 2:1:2. 1:1,5 1:1 1:2(2:1:2) p = 1 mpa, t = 300 oc, h2 :co = 2, volume velocity 1000 h-1, catalyst volume 5 cm3 figure 2. influence of gas mixture ratios on co conversion and dme yield during the synthesis of dme from syngas, the volume decreases, so the process was carried out at high pressure. the effect of pressure on the dme outlet is shown in figure 3. it can be seen that co conversion increases with increasing pressure, with dme yield having the highest value at a pressure of 1 mpa. the decrease in the yield of dimethyl ether can be explained by its decomposition: ch3ocn3 ↔ ch4 + co + h2. as the temperature increases, co conversion and dme yield increase. 0 1 2 0 20 40 60 80 100 pressure, mpa convertion of co, % production of dme, % t = 300 °c, h2 : co = 2, volume velocity 1000 h-1 figure 3. effect of pressure on co gas conversion and dme yield as can be seen from fig. 4, with increasing volumetric velocity, co conversion and dme output decrease. the reason for this is that with an increase in the volume velocity, the contact time of the reactants with the catalyst surface decreases, that is, an increase in the volume velocity reduces the gas conversion, since due to the short contact time, the reaction between the reactant and the catalyst surface does not have time to pass into the gas phase. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 20 40 60 80 volumetric rate, hour-1 convertion of co2, % production of dme, % p = 1 mpa, t = 300 oc, h2 : co, volumetric velocity 1000 h-1 figure 4. effect of volumetric velocity on co conversion and dme output at the same time, an increase in the mole ratio of h2 and co leads to an increase in dme yield and co conversion (fig. 5). 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 0 20 40 60 80 h2/co convertion of co, % production of dme, % convertion of co2, % t = 300 °c, p = 1 mpa, volume velocity 1000 h-1 figure 5. effect of the h2:co molar ratio on co conversion, dme yield and carbon dioxide concentration as a result of studies of factors affecting the reaction rate, the efficiency of the process of direct production of dme from synthesis gas, it was proved that an increase in pressure, temperature, and the mole ratio of h2:co leads to an increase in dme yield and co conversion. thus, the following optimal conditions for obtaining dme from synthesis gas in one stage were determined: p = 1 mpa, t = 300 oc, h2 : co = 2, vob = 1000 p-1. at the same time, the exhaust gas conversion does not decrease within 220 hours. before and after catalytic tests, the composition of the catalyst for the synthesis of dme from synthesis gas in the current of a mixture of hydrogen and helium was determined by the method of thermocontrolled reduction to a temperature of 400 °c. fig. 6 shows the reduction peaks of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst before and after catalytic tests. figure 6. comparison of the thermally programmed reduction spectra of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst before (curve a) and after (curve b) catalytic tests for 70 hours. reduction in a mixture of hydrogen and helium american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org fig. 7 shows a diffractogram of the initial catalyst cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite spent in the synthesis of dme from co and h2 at a temperature of 320 °c and a pressure of 1 mpa for 4, 10 and 70 hours. figure 7. diffractogram of the catalyst cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite for the synthesis of dme from co and h2 at a temperature of 320 °c and a pressure of 1 mpa: a – initial, b – used for 4 hours, c – used for 70 hours, d – used for 10 hours table 1 shows the analysis of the results of the textural characteristics of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst, which shows that after treatment in a hydrogen current, the specific surface area of the catalyst decreases from 138 to 82 m2/g, and the average pore diameter increases from 13 to 21 nm. table 1. textural characteristics of catalysts for the synthesis of de from co and h2 catalyst treatment conditions cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/бентонит sol, m2/g vpor, m2/g pores dўr, nm initial catalyst 138 0,355 13 in the h2 current for 4 hours at 320 °c 82 0,375 21 after synthesis for 10 hours at 320 °c and 1 mpa 71 0,355 18 after synthesis for 70 hours at 320 °c, 1 mpa. 68 0,355 15 fig. 8 shows micrographs of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst used for the synthesis of dme under various processing conditions. the surface of the initial catalyst is heterogeneous (a), rough (b), and covered with individual particles (c). and b in figure 8. micrographs of cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org a – initial, b – after 3 hours at 300 °c, c – after 70 hours at 200-300 °c, p = 1-5 mpa reduction with hydrogen leads to a large porosity of the surface and the formation of individual particles. after testing the catalyst in the synthesis of dme, at a temperature change of 200 to 300 °c and a change in pressure within 1-2 mpa, the textural characteristics of the catalyst changed significantly (fig. 8c), that is, the surface became smoother, the average pore size changed from 1 to 40 μm. figure 9. differential thermal analysis of the treated catalyst after 70 hours of use. heating rate with an air flow of 10 oc/min. despite the fact that the catalyst worked for more than 120 hours, no change in its surface was expected, that is, a carbon layer was practically not formed on the surface. fig. 9 shows that two effects are observed in the derived diagrams. the first effect with a temperature of 192 °c also consists of two effects. the first is the release of carbon dioxide from the surface of the catalyst as a result of carbon combustion, which is confirmed by the data of differential thermal analysis and the temperature-controlled oxidation method. the second peak is observed at 275 °c, which indicates a total mass gain of 4.84%. fig. 10 shows micrographs of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst under various processing conditions. the surface of the catalyst (fig. 10a) is homogeneous, slightly rough and almost identical to the surface of the catalyst treated in the hydrogen and nitrogen stream in fig. 10b shows a micrograph of a catalyst treated only with hydrogen. the results obtained show that the surface of the catalyst cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite, treated only with hydrogen, is uniformly coated with particles with an average diameter of 2 μm. a – initial, b – worked out in current h2 at 300 °c for 3 hours figure 10. micrographs of the ycc catalyst american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the acidity of the surface of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst was determined by temperature-controlled ammonia desorption. the acidity was 0.165 mmol nh3/gcat. the calculated acidity value in the pure catalyst was 0.26 mmol nh3/gkat. the concentration of lewis acid centers in the initial catalyst was determined by ir spectroscopy, which was 49 μmol/g. the sum of brønsted acid centers is 56 μmol/g of the total concentration of the centers acidity. therefore, catalytic studies were carried out after the initial reduction of the catalyst, the ir spectra of co2 adsorbed on the catalyst showed that after treatment in a hydrogen current at 350 °c for 2 hours, the concentration of lewis acidity centers decreased by more than ten times. conclusion 1. an increase in the volumetric rate of syngas and hydrogen supply decreases, and an increase in the molar ratio increases the yield of dimethyl ether and the conversion of synthesis gas at the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst. 2. as a result of the research, it has been established that an increase in pressure, temperature and molar ratio of hydrogen to synthesis gas leads to an increase in the conversion of synthesis gas and the yield of dimethyl ether. 3. as a result of the studies carried out, the following optimal conditions for obtaining dimethyl ether from synthesis gas in one stage were determined: p = 1 mpa, t = 300 oc, h2 : co = 2, volume velocity 1000 h-1. 4. physicochemical and textural characteristics of the cuo‧zno‧al2o3‧zro2/bentonite catalyst were investigated. references 1. niu x., gao j., miao q., dong m. // microporous and mesoporous materials. 2014. no 197. p. 252. 2. bukhorov a. q., aslanov s. c., fayzullaev n. i. kinetic laws of dimethyl ether synthesis in synthesis gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2022. – т. 2432. – №. 1. – с. 050012. 3. bukhorov a. q., aslanov s. c., fayzullaev n. i. direct extraction of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2022. – т. 2432. – №. 1. – с. 050013. 4. jasur shukurov, normurot fayzullaev. (2023). kinetic laws of the reaction of dimethyl ether synthesis from synthesis-gas, international journal of materials and chemistry, (13)1, 5-10. doi: http://article.sapub.org/10.5923.j.ijmc.20231301.02.html 5. shukurov j., fayzullaev n. (2023). catalyst selection and technology for obtaining dimethyl ether. universum: химия и биология, (6-2 (108)), 57-61. doi: https://doi.org/10.32743/unichem.2023.108.6.15577 6. shukurov, j., fayzullaev, n., turayev, b. & kungratov k. (2023).technology of extraction of dimethyl ether from methanol. universum: технические науки, 6(111), 46-49. doi: https://doi.org/10.32743/unitech.2023.111.6.15670 7. shukurov, j., & fayzullaev, n. (2023). kinetic laws of dimethyl ether synthesis reaction. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 389, p. 01037). edp sciences. doi: https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202338901037 http://article.sapub.org/10.5923.j.ijmc.20231301.02.html https://doi.org/10.32743/unichem.2023.108.6.15577 https://doi.org/10.32743/unitech.2023.111.6.15670 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202338901037 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org 8. shukurov j. modeling the production of dimethyl ether from natural gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2025. – т. 3304. – №. 1. – с. 040062. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0269234 9. shukurov j., fayzullaev n. direct synthesis of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2024. – т. 3045. – №. 1. – с. 060042. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0197641 10. shukurov j., fayzullaev n. kinetic laws of dimethyl ether synthesis reaction //e3s web of conferences. – edp sciences, 2023. – т. 389. – с. 01037. https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202338901037 11. jasur s. et al. technology of extraction of dimethyl ether from methanol //universum: технические науки. – 2023. – №. 6-5 (111). – с. 46-49. doi 10.32743/unitech.2023.111.6.15670 12. jasur s., normurot f. catalyst selection and technology for obtaining dimethyl ether //universum: химия и биология. – 2023. – №. 6-2 (108). – с. 57-61. doi 10.32743/unichem.2023.108.6.15577 13. shukurov j. jasur shukurov khoshimovich doct modeling the production of dimethyl ether from natural gas //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 8. – №. 4. – с. 126-137. https://doi.org/10.61151/stjniet.v8i4.228 14. xamroyev, jobir x., et al. "optimization of the acid activation process of bentonite." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.9 (2021): 589597. doi: 10.5958/2249-7137.2021.01959.5 15. khoshimovich sj, ibadullayevich fn influence of various factors on dimethylation based on local raw materials //issue 3 of 2023 (139/1). – 2023. – t. 3. – no. 132. – pp. 5-13. https://doi.org/10.59251/2181-1296.2023.v3.139.1.2071 16. jasur s., normurot f. catalyst selection and technology for obtaining dimethyl ether //universum: chemistry and biology. – 2023. – no. 6-2 (108). – с. 57-61. https://doi.org/10.32743/unichem.2023.108.6.15577 17. shukurov j. jasur shukurov khoshimovich doct modeling the production of dimethyl ether from natural gas //scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. – 2023. – т. 8. – №. 4. – с. 126-137. https://doi.org/10.61151/stjniet.v8i4.228 18. xamroyev, jobir x., et al. "optimization of the acid activation process of bentonite." academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal 11.9 (2021): 589-597. https://doi.org/10.5958/2249-7137.2021.01959.5 19. khoshimovich sj, ibadullayevich fn influence of various factors on the availability of dimethylef based on local raw materials //issue 3 of 2023 (139/1). – 2023. – t. 3. – no. 132. – pp. 5-13. https://doi.org/10.59251/2181-1296.2023.v3.139.1.2071 20. shukurov j. modeling the production of dimethyl ether from natural gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2025. – т. 3304. – №. 1. – с. 040062. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0269234 https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0269234 https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0197641 https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202338901037 https://doi.org/10.59251/2181-1296.2023.v3.139.1.2071 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org 21. shukurov, j., & fayzullaev, n. (2023). kinetic laws of dimethyl ether synthesis reaction. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 389, p. 01037). edp sciences. doi: https://doi.org/10.1051/e3sconf/202338901037 22. shukurov j. modeling the production of dimethyl ether from natural gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2025. – т. 3304. – №. 1. – с. 040062. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0269234 23. shukurov j., fayzullaev n. direct synthesis of dimethyl ether from synthesis gas //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing llc, 2024. – т. 3045. – №. 1. – с. 060042. https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0197641 24. tillyaev a.d., dzhalilov a.t., askarov m.a. low-temperature polymerization of betachloroethylmethacrylate during its reaction with dimethylaniline. // izvestiya vysshikh uchebnikh zavedeniy. seriya “khimiya i khimicheskaya tekhnologiya”. 1982. –№11. –volume 25. p.14161417. https://doi.org.10.6060/tcct 25. zakirov k.k., tillyaev a.d., jalilov a.t. polymerization of halogepropargyls under the action of uv irradiation. high-molecular compounds. moscow, 1989. -№5. –volume xxxi. c. 384-385. 26. abdumavlyanova m.k., tillyaev a.d., jalilov a.t. spontaneous polymerization of bromide propargil when interacting it with pyridine. chemistry and chemical technology. 1993. -№11. volume 36. pp. 116-118. https://doi.org/10.15050 27. tillyaev a.d., zakirov k.k., abdumavlyanova m.k., yakubov n.sh., dzhalilov a.t. uvinitiated polymerization of phenylacetylene in the presence of propargyl halides. //polimer science. – moskov, 1995. -nos.7-8. –volume 37. -series b. p. 355-357. https://doi.org/10.17580 28. tillyaev a.d. technology of obtaining polymer composite materials for the mechanical engineering industry. composite materials. tashkent, 2015. -№3. pp. 40-43. 29. tillyaev a.d. issledovanie protsessov sushki kompozitsionnoy avtomobilnoy antikorozionnoy vodskoy mastiki avto lkm a. [study of the processes of drying the composite automobile anticorrosion water mastic auto lkm a.]. -tashkent, 2016. -№4. pp. 103-105. 30. z. fayzillayev, b.i. saidmuratov, a. tillyaev. new type of gypsum based liquid mixture. //journalnxa multidisciplinary peer reviewed journal issn: 2581-4230, website: journalnx.com, 28 aug. 2020, -№9. pp 194-200. https://repo.journalnx.com 31. z. b fayzillayev, n. f bakhriev, b. i., saidmiradov, a.dj. tillayev. dry plaster mixes based on gypsum and woodworking elements. // proceedingsof multidisciplinary international scientificpractical conference "current issues of science, education and industry in modern research" 10 -12 december 2020, pp 393-401 journalnx-issn: no:2581-4230 https://repo.journalnx.com 32. tillayev a., berdiyev h. study block brick materials on base cotton stalk and its properties. //european journal of life safety and stability (ejlss). volume 17, 2022. pр. 62-65. www.ejlss.indexedresearch.org 33. tillayev a., berdiyev h. physical and thermophysical properties of materials based on mineral and vegetable raw materials. //european journal of life safety and stability (ejlss). volume 17, 2022. pр. 49-52. www.ejlss.indexedresearch.org 34. tillyaev a.d., sayitkulov sh.m., mansurova d.a. water based anticorrsion paint and materials for protection against an aggressive environment. //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing, 2432, pp. 050036-1-050036-5 (2022); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0089715 https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0197641 https://doi.org.10.6060/tc https://doi.org/10.17580 https://repo.journalnx.com/ https://a.dj/ https://repo.journalnx.com/ http://www.ejlss.indexedresearch.org/ http://www.ejlss.indexedresearch.org/ https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0089715 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 35. tillyaev a. polymerization of chloroethyl methacrylate and its interaction with amino compounds //aip conference proceedings. – aip publishing, 2789. – №. 1. pp. 020018-1-020018-6 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0145630 36. tillaev a. and others. technology of hydrophobic pollination of cotton tarp //luchshie intellectualnye issledovaniya. – 2025. t. 46.– no. 5. – s. 420-430. 37. tillyaev a. d., mamajanov r. i. obtaining of chemically proof varnish-paint materials from acetylene-containing wastage //abstracts of papers of the american chemical society. – 1155 16th st, nw, washington, dc 20036 usa : amer chemical soc, 2007. – т. 234. 38. tillyaev a. d., akhmedov b., khalilov k. f. study the catching processes of vapor of the organic solvents in fixing and drying to enamel varnish-paint materials //abstracts of papers of the american chemical society. – 1155 16th st, nw, washington, dc 20036 usa : amer chemical soc, 2007. – т. 234. 39. ruziev, r. r., jalilov, a. t., papisov, i. m., topchiev, d. a., litmanovich, a. a., mukhamedzhanov, m. a. v., ... & valiev, m. a. (1991). composition of mulch coating https://doi.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org ways to use manual labor to improve the effectiveness of elementary grade technology lessons m.k. muxlibayev guldu dotsenti sh.sh. yuldashev guldu katta o‘qituvchisi a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it was introduced in many countries of the world as the most acceptable form of education during the pandemic. however, many studies prove that it is not as effective as traditional education. therefore, we have conducted research to identify learning strategies that can be effective in providing online training. the empirical basis of the article is a survey conducted among students and teachers, and the methodological basis is scientific articles published in authoritative journals on the subject. online education, higher education, teacher, learner, traditional education, learning strategies introduction the experience gained by students in the process of using various types of labor activity in technology lessons forms the important basis of knowledge and qualifications in the field of technological processes. [1, p. 19.] an important result of students' activity in technology lessons is their independent identification of new signs and features of the objects and phenomena being studied, the drawing of more accurate and systematized conclusions from lesson to lesson. for example, in one of the lessons, the teacher challenges the students to identify the types of paper, to describe the general properties of paper as a material with many functions, and to describe an infinite number of conditions of application and use. [1, p. 28.] an important result of observations and experiments performed by students is the connection with life, the practical application of the acquired knowledge and skills in current educational work, in the preparation of various products in the field of technology. it is very important to teach small school children not only to be able to see, but to be able to set the goal of the observations being made, to be able to organize the simplest, feasible experiments, to draw conclusions from their own observations and to use these conclusions in the process of technology. [2, p. 39.] american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org much of the instruction, observations, and experiments organized by the teacher usually serve the purpose of repeating, reinforcing and generalizing the learning material that students have mastered in the process of reviewing the exercises, conversations, screen manuals. in this case, observations and experiments carried out on special tasks and plans serve to systematize the knowledge of junior school students, supplement and clarify it, connect it with the acquired knowledge in other academic subjects, determine the value of knowledge for practical work. observations and experiments carried out to determine and compare the properties of the same type of different materials provide great benefits, e.g. paper and film, clay and plasticine, yarn and paper twine, paper and plastic sheets. at the same time, comparisons have an important polytechnic value and help children to better master the different properties and qualities of materials. [2, p. 40.] observations and experiences take on a special meaning for students when the teacher shows in practice that technology and knowledge gained in the process of various special observations help to complete the task quickly and better. for example, when children are doing the work of making a paper tray on tables, the teacher asks them a problematic question: how to cut paper paths — is the fibers of the paper along the main line or along it, and why? having a small experiment, schoolchildren find out that in this case the paper paths need to be cut longitudinally, in which they are less stretched when moistened with glue, it is easier to work with them and the quality of work is superior. to eliminate the edge of paper binders, notepads and brochures, paper paths are cut in a transverse direction: they become stronger, do not stretch, and serve more. in order to cut the paper paths correctly, it is necessary to experimentally determine and mark them on a sheet of paper the direction of longitudinal and transverse. a great benefit is the demonstration by the teacher of a series of experiments that clearly show the changes in the properties of paper and cardboard when wetting. these experiments draw the attention of the pupils to other defects which are the result of the formation of folds on the surface of the objects and the soaking of the material with solutions of glue or paint. [2, p. 49.] the purpose and function of clay and plasticine working classes in primary grades provides for the introduction of children to the elementary basics of sculpture and teaching practical work. the organization and conduct of such classes at the highest level requires that every teacher has certain training in this area. to do this, teachers will need to work harder on themselves, learn the basics of origami, fantasy, and pottery . in technology lessons, materials such as clay, plasticine, wax are used to make various nests, animals, birds, fairy tale characters. a toy is one of the oldest forms of decorative art, and in ancient works the clay has come down to us. with the development of industry and culture in our country, the assortment of homesteads, their image is getting richer every year. the materials from which toys are made are diverse. but preference is given to clay. clay is the main material in making things. wax is also used in the manufacture of materials other than plasticine and clay. there are natural and sunic (derived from petroleum) types of wax. wax is much more expensive and smaller things are made from it. it is convenient to work with wax, it does not dry out, does not require water moistening, does not go away immediately, and the stuff made from it keeps for a long time. observations, experiments, and demonstrations organized by the teacher usually pursue two complementary purposes: on the one hand, in observing this or that event or result, students arrive at certain conclusions, drawing conclusions that are of direct relevance to the practical work they american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org perform; on the other hand, by knowing preliminary conclusions, students find confirmation of their knowledge in special observations and experiments, their knowledge becomes more solid, more conscious, which is reflected as practical works. references: 1. x.r. sanokulov. labor and its teaching methodology. –t., "fan", 2015. 2. x.r. sanokulov, m.haydarov. paper practical work in elementary grades. –t.:tdpu, 2006. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org axiom, hypothesis, and theory as fundamental concepts of scientific methodology malikov shokhrukh shokirovich student, faculty of digital economy and information technologies specialty: digital economy "tashkent state university of economics" uzbekistan, tashkent e-mail: malikovshokhrukh2002@gmail.com orcid: https://orcid.org/0009-0000-7813-068x askarova dilorom xojimuratovna tashkent state university of economics, tashkent, uzbekistan phd, associate professor, " еconomic analysis " department email: d_askarova@umail.uz orcid: https://orcid.org/0009-0005-8401-1106 gulmurodova dinora akram qizi tashkent state university of economics, tashkent, uzbekistan assistant at the department of artificial intelligence email: dinoragulmurodova1@gmail.com orcid: https://orcid.org/0009-0009-4155-3190 omonov sanjar ganisher o‘g‘li tashkent state university of economics, tashkent, uzbekistan assistant at the department of artificial intelligence hakimov o‘ktam axtam o‘g‘li tashkent state university of economics, tashkent, uzbekistan assistant at the department of artificial intelligence a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the fundamental concepts of axiom, hypothesis, and theory in the methodology of science. it analyzes their interconnections, differences, and roles in scientific research. the study is based on a comparative analysis of these terms, supported by historical examples from mathematics, physics, and economics. the paper also examines the process of transitioning from a hypothesis to a theory and the conditions under which theories may evolve into science methodology, axiom, hypothesis, theory, scientific paradigms, empirical validation, knowledge structure, scientific evolution. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org axioms. the discussion highlights the role of scientific paradigms, as described by kuhn and popper, in shaping scientific knowledge. the findings emphasize the dynamic nature of scientific theories and their dependence on empirical validation. introduction scientific methodology ensures the reliability of knowledge and the systematic development of scientific inquiry. the fundamental concepts of axiom, hypothesis, and theory form the basis of the scientific method and define its logical framework. an axiom is a statement accepted without proof, serving as a foundation for further reasoning. a hypothesis is an assumption that requires empirical validation. a theory is a system of verified knowledge based on experimental data and logical reasoning. these elements are interconnected: a hypothesis, once tested and confirmed, can evolve into a theory, while some theories may eventually become axioms over time. the relevance of this study lies in the fact that the role of these concepts varies across disciplines. in mathematics, axioms form the foundation of logical structures. in natural sciences, theories dominate as explanatory models, while in social sciences, hypotheses often remain subjects of debate. the works of kuhn (1962) and popper (2002) explore the formation of theories and the transition of hypotheses into established knowledge. hilbert (1899) advanced the axiomatic method in mathematics, while einstein (1915) applied it in physics. modern research, such as that of piaget (1970), demonstrates that scientific theories are dynamic and evolve with new empirical data. the objective of this study is to analyze the differences and interrelations between axioms, hypotheses, and theories, as well as their application across various scientific disciplines. the article addresses key questions: how do these concepts differ? how are they applied in different fields? what conditions are necessary for a hypothesis to become a theory? the study includes a literature review, comparative analysis, visual representations, and examples from scientific practice. methodology this study is based on an in-depth analysis of scientific literature, including textbooks, monographs, and research articles that explore the methodology of science, the formation of hypotheses, and the development of theories. particular emphasis is placed on kuhn’s (1962) work on scientific paradigms, popper’s (2002) concept of falsifiability, as well as hilbert’s (1899) and einstein’s (1915) contributions, which illustrate the application of the axiomatic method in mathematics and physics. to systematize the material, a comparative analysis of the characteristics of axioms, hypotheses, and theories was conducted, highlighting their key differences and interconnections. the findings are presented in the form of tables and diagrams that visualize the process of scientific inquiry and the gradual transformation of hypotheses into theories. the study incorporates examples from various scientific disciplines: euclidean axioms in mathematics, the evolution of the gravitational hypothesis from newton to einstein in physics, and theoretical models of market equilibrium in economics. this interdisciplinary approach demonstrates the universal relevance and significance of these concepts in scientific methodology. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org table 1 levels of scientific knowledge and their key elements level of scientific knowledge key elements empirical facts, observations, experiments theoretical hypotheses, theories, models fundamental axioms, laws of nature results an analysis of scientific literature has revealed clear distinctions and interconnections between axioms, hypotheses, and theories. a comparative table outlines their key characteristics: an axiom is accepted without proof, a hypothesis requires empirical validation, and a theory is formed based on verified hypotheses and logical reasoning. the graph of scientific knowledge validation illustrates that hypotheses have the lowest degree of substantiation, theories are built upon verified data, and axioms serve as the unchanging foundations of science. the conceptual flowchart of scientific inquiry reflects the transition of hypotheses into theories and their potential evolution into axioms. historical examples confirm this dynamic process. newton’s hypothesis of gravity was empirically validated, forming the classical theory of gravitation, which was later refined by einstein’s general theory of relativity. in mathematics, euclidean axioms laid the foundation for geometry, yet the development of non-euclidean systems demonstrated the relative nature of the axiomatic approach. the literature review includes kuhn’s (1962) work on scientific paradigm shifts, popper’s (2002) criterion of falsifiability, hilbert’s (1899) rigorous axiomatic method, as well as modern studies on the evolutionary nature of scientific knowledge. these findings confirm that the boundaries between hypotheses, theories, and axioms are fluid and depend on the continuous progress of science. figure 1 – scientific knowledge validation levels american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org figure 2 scientific knowledge development process table 2 comparative table: axiom hypothesis theory characteristic axiom hypothesis theory definition a fundamental statement accepted without proof a proposed explanation requiring validation a system of proven knowledge need for proof does not require proof requires confirmation verified by facts empirical testing no yes, undergoes testing yes, empirically confirmed modifiability over time no, remains unchanged can be disproven can be refined application in science mathematics, logic physics, economics, biology all scientific disciplines discussion the analysis reveals that hypotheses, theories, and axioms are interconnected within the scientific knowledge process, yet they serve distinct functions. a hypothesis proposes an assumption, a theory organizes and systematizes proven knowledge, while an axiom forms the foundation of a logical system. however, not every theory evolves into an axiom—scientific knowledge is constantly reassessed and refined. popper (2002) emphasized that a scientific theory must be falsifiable, which inherently prevents most theories from becoming axioms. kuhn (1962) argued that paradigm shifts lead to the reevaluation of fundamental principles, a concept well-illustrated by historical examples: newtonian mechanics was ultimately replaced by einstein’s theory of relativity, and in mathematics, the emergence of noneuclidean geometries challenged the universal validity of euclidean axioms. this study is limited to an analysis of existing literature and does not explore the evolution of scientific knowledge within specific disciplines. future research could focus on the empirical validation of hypotheses, the role of computational methods in theory development, and the impact of artificial intelligence on the automation of scientific discovery. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the analysis confirms that axioms, hypotheses, and theories are fundamental components of the scientific method. a hypothesis serves as the foundation for empirical research, a theory organizes verified knowledge, and an axiom acts as an indisputable basis within formal systems. however, the boundaries between these concepts are fluid—new discoveries can challenge or redefine the status of a theory or even an axiom. popper (2002) emphasized the importance of falsifiability in hypotheses, while kuhn (1962) highlighted the role of paradigm shifts in reshaping scientific theories. historical examples, such as the evolution of mechanics from newton to einstein, illustrate the dynamic nature of scientific knowledge. scientific methodology continues to evolve, pushing the boundaries of understanding across various disciplines. in mathematics, axiomatic systems ensure logical consistency; in natural sciences, hypotheses drive experimental inquiry; and in social sciences, theories provide frameworks for modeling complex phenomena. future research into the mechanisms of scientific discovery, including the integration of artificial intelligence and big data analysis, may lead to a reevaluation of traditional approaches to knowledge formation. references 1. kuhn, t. s. (1962). the structure of scientific revolutions. university of chicago press. the structure of scientific revolutions wikipedia 2. popper, k. r. (2002). the logic of scientific discovery. routledge. https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.4324/9780203994627/logic-scientific-discovery-karlpopper-karl-popper 3. hilbert, d. (1899). grundlagen der geometrie. teubner, leipzig. https://archive.org/details/grundlagendergeo00hilb 4. einstein, a. (1915). die feldgleichungen der gravitation. preussische akademie der wissenschaften.https://einsteinpapers.press.princeton.edu/vol6-trans/188 5. piaget, j. (1970). psychologie et épistémologie. gonthier, paris. https://www.fondationjeanpiaget.ch/fjp/site/textes/ve/jp70_psychologieetepistemologie.pdf 6. lebedev, s. a. (2020). methodology of scientific knowledge. yurait publishing. https://urait.ru/book/metodologiya-nauchnogo-poznaniya-451542. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/the_structure_of_scientific_revolutions https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/the_structure_of_scientific_revolutions https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.4324/9780203994627/logic-scientific-discovery-karl-popper-karl-popper https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/mono/10.4324/9780203994627/logic-scientific-discovery-karl-popper-karl-popper https://archive.org/details/grundlagendergeo00hilb https://einsteinpapers.press.princeton.edu/vol6-trans/188 https://www.fondationjeanpiaget.ch/fjp/site/textes/ve/jp70_psychologieetepistemologie.pdf https://urait.ru/book/metodologiya-nauchnogo-poznaniya-451542 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org metals and electrochemical corrosion suyunova yulduz karshi state technical university, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s metals are widely used in many fields due to their physicochemical properties and industrial importance. however, the long-term use and stability of metals are faced with problems associated with electrochemical corrosion. in this article, we will discuss the electrochemical corrosion processes of metals, their causes and methods of prevention. introduction electrochemical corrosion is a process that occurs as a result of chemical reactions between metals and a solid or liquid medium. this process usually occurs when the metal acts as an electrode and interacts with ions in the medium. the corrosion process consists of two main stages: 1. anode reaction: metal atoms lose electrons, which causes them to become ions. 2. cathode reaction: electrons combine with ions in the environment to form new chemical compounds. causes of corrosion 1. chemical composition of the environment: the presence of salts, acids, and other chemicals accelerates the corrosion process. 2. temperature: high temperatures can accelerate the corrosion process of a metal. 3. oxidation-reduction processes: the reaction of a metal with other substances. 4. oxidation degree: the chemical properties of the metal, for example, materials such as stainless steel and aluminum are more resistant to corrosion. types of corrosion 1. galvanic corrosion: occurs when dissimilar metals react with each other. for example, galvanic corrosion can occur in a copper and iron bridge. 2. surface corrosion: occurs on the surface of the metal, affecting only the surface. 3. pitting corrosion: the formation of holes in the interior of the metal, often caused by chemical exposure to the environment. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org anti-corrosion measures surface coating: coating metal surfaces is an effective way to protect them from corrosion. paint, plastic, or other coatings are used for this purpose. corrosion resistant materials: using stainless steel, aluminum, and other corrosion-resistant materials. corrosion inhibitors: slowing down the corrosion process by using chemicals that are added to the environment. mechanical protection: protecting the metal from mechanical damage, such as through coating or other protective methods. corrosion inhibitors are chemicals that slow down or stop the corrosion process of metals. they can form a protective coating on the metal surface or stimulate reactions in the environment that reduce the corrosion process. corrosion inhibitors are important in industry and everyday life. types of corrosion inhibitors 1. anodic inhibitors: slow down anodic reactions. example: calcium nitrate, copper nitrate. 2. cathodic inhibitors: slow down cathodic reactions. example: calcium carbonate, some organic compounds. 3. passivation inhibitors: form a passivation coating on the surface of the metal. example: chromate and nitrite. 4. organic inhibitors: are organic compounds that form a coating on the surface of the metal. example: amines, carboxylic acid salts. mechanism of action of corrosion inhibitors surface coating: inhibitors limit the passage of ions and electrons by coating the metal surface. this process increases the corrosion resistance of the metal. significantly inhibit reactions: inhibitors slow down the important reactions in the corrosion process, reducing metal loss. application areas industry: chemical industry, oil and gas industry, building materials. daily life: automobiles, structures, electrical equipment. benefits of use extends the service life of the metal. helps to effectively control technological processes. ensures compatibility and safety. corrosion inhibitors are important protective agents for metals. their effectiveness and variety of types are used to protect metallic materials under various corrosion conditions. in the future, the development of new, more effective inhibitors will play an important role in solving corrosion problems. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org conclusion the relationship between metals and electrochemical corrosion is an important aspect that determines their service life and stability. understanding the corrosion process and taking measures to combat it will contribute to the effective and long-term use of metal materials. in the future, with the development of science and technology, it will be possible to solve corrosion problems more effectively. corrosion inhibitors are important protective agents that affect metals. their effectiveness and various types are used to protect metal materials under various corrosion conditions. in the future, the development of new, more effective inhibitors will play an important role in solving corrosion problems. references 1. эвенчик э.е. методика преподавания физики в средней школе. пособие для учителей/ э.е. эвенчик. – м.: просвешение, 1986. – 240 с. 2. якиманская и. с. планирование исследования метакогнитивних аспектов безопасности образователной среди //перспективи психологической науки и практики. сборник статей международной научно-практической конференции. 2017. – с. 682-684. 3. bazarbaуev m.i. “elektrоn pedagоgika asоslari va pedagоgning shaхsiу, kasbiу aхbоrоt maуdоnini takоmillashtirish” mоdulli bо‘уiсha: о‘quv-uslubiу majmua. – 2019. –в. 117 . 4. гейхман л.к. межязиковая и межкультурная вариативност при переводе технических текстов: синергетический подход. / л.в. кушнина, л.к. гейхман, а.о. неганова // современние проблеми науки и образования. 2015. – № 1-1. – с. 12-17. 5. грошева е.п., подготовка студентов технических вузов к инновационной деятелности при обучении инженерному творчеству и патентоведений. [текст] : автореф. дис.. . кан. пед. наук /е.п.грошева. – москва, 2010. – 28 с. 6. ibragimоva g.n. interfaоl о‘qitish metоdlari va teхnоlоgiуalari asоsida talabalarning kreativlik qоbiliуatlarini rivоjlantirish. pedagоgika fanlari bо‘уiсha falsafa dоktоri (phd) dissetatsiуasi avtоreferati. – tоshkent, 2017. – 38 b. 7. kurganbekоv m.m., mоуdinоv a. mashina detallari: о’quv qо’llanma. i va ii qismlar. – tоshkent: “о’zbekistоn ensiklоpediуasi”, 2014. – 384 b. 8. куклев, в.а. поиск нових возможностей электронного обучения на основе сдо моодле. / а.н. афанасев, в.а. куклев, т.м. егорова, е.й. воеводин, с.и. бочков // дистансионное и виртуалное обучение. 2016. – № 7 (109). – с. 412. 10. khudainazarov s., donayev b. propagation of a spherical wave in elastoplastic medium with complex equations of state //proceedings of form 2021: construction the formation of living environment. – springer international publishing, 2022. – с. 403-420. 11. axmatovna s. y. talabalarda texnik mexanika fani bilan bog‘liq amaliy bilimlarni rivojlantirish modeli //образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире. – 2023. – т. 21. – №. 3. – с. 138-141. 12. suyunova y. a. the role of independent education in preparing students for innovative activities and the method of conducting them //educational research in universal sciences. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 1. – с. 134-139. 13. suyunova y. model of formation of practical knowledge based on american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org teaching technical mechanics in students //евразийский журнал академических исследований. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 6. – с. 411-415. 14. suyunova y. a. specific aspects of the formation of practical knowledge in the teaching of the course of technical mechanics //academicia: an international multidisciplinary research journal. – 2021. – т. 11. – №. 4. – с. 1911-1916. 15. mars g. fontana -corrosion engineering" william d. callister "materials science and engineering: an introduction" шукина г.и. рол деятелности в учебном процессе/ г.и. шукина. – м.: просвешение, 1986. – 144 с. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org integration of satellite and terrestrial communication networks in the context of global internet access fedor shagzheev telecommunication expert, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the current state of standardization, architectural integration models, and key technical challenges, including spectrum management, high latency variability, and inter-segment roaming. implementation recommendations and practical scenarios are provided, demonstrating the importance of hybrid networks for universal connectivity. satellite communications, nonterrestrial networks (ntn), 5g, leo constellations, global internet access, network integration, communications redundancy, 3gpp release 17/18. introduction the scientific novelty of the article lies in the generalization and analysis of modern models for the integration of satellite and terrestrial communication networks in accordance with current 3gpp and itu standards, as well as in identifying the key technological challenges of such hybrid systems for providing global internet access. despite the rapid development of terrestrial telecommunications infrastructure, more than 2.6 billion people, primarily in rural and remote areas, lack stable access to broadband internet [1]. deploying traditional networks (fiber, cellular) in such regions is often economically impractical due to difficult terrain and low population density. in response to this challenge, satellite communications systems are recognized as a vital solution for ensuring global access. the development of low-orbit (leo) satellite constellations (e.g., starlink, oneweb, kuiper) has significantly reduced latency and increased throughput compared to traditional geostationary-orbit (geo) systems. the satellite communications network market is projected to exceed $100 billion by 2030, confirming their strategic importance [2]. within 3gpp, the concept of non-terrestrial was developed in releases 17 and 18 networks (ntn). ntn provides direct integration of satellite systems with 5g architecture, providing mobile broadband access and iot services globally. hybrid integration of terrestrial and satellite networks offers a promising foundation for a sustainable, scalable, and fault-tolerant communications infrastructure. it is particularly important for ensuring universal access within the global "connect everyone" vision, as well as in critical situations (natural disasters, power outages, attacks) when terrestrial networks fail [3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org implementing full integration faces a number of complex technical challenges: high variability of delays and doppler shifts; the need for adaptive spectrum distribution; ensuring seamless mobility management in a heterogeneous environment [4]. successful implementation of hybrid networks requires a multidisciplinary approach, including the development of new protocols, radio planning methods and international coordination of radio frequency spectrum. the integration of satellite systems into mobile communications has become a key area of standardization thanks to the organization of 3 gpp (3 rd generation partnership project), which officially included the concept of non-terrestrial networks (ntn) into the family 5g new radio (nr) standards: 1. in release 17 (2022), 3 gpp approved for the first time specifications supporting nr ntn and iot over ntn ( nb iot / lte m via satellites). mechanisms for doppler shift compensation, delay management, and mobility in the satellite environment have been introduced ( tr 38.821, tr 38.811). the goal is to ensure protocol unification and interoperability between satellite and terrestrial networks. 2. release 18 (2024) 5g advanced includes seamless handover improvements, iot-over-ntn expansion, and qos optimization in dynamic satellite channels. release 19 is expected to lay the groundwork for 6g ntn, including the use of inter-satellite laser links and orbital edge data processing [4]. the international telecommunication union (itu) plays a key role in the global coordination of satellite systems: regulates the distribution of radio frequency spectrum and prevents mutual interference between satellite and terrestrial systems; carries out licensing of large leo constellations. itu emphasizes that ntn integration is important for the implementation of the connect 2030 strategy aimed at eliminating the digital divide [5]. the european telecommunications standards institute ( etsi ) is developing specifications for hybrid network architectures and shared resource management. ieee is actively engaged in standardization of phy/mac protocols for leo systems [6]. technologies have already moved beyond theory. commercial pilots include: direct integration of leo satellites (starlink) with cellular operators (t mobile), the launch of iot over ntn services nb iot (lynk global, sateliot), as well as successful testing of nr ntn communications between standard smartphones and satellites (qualcomm + iridium). these projects confirm the high maturity of the technology and bring closer the full integration of satellite systems into global mobile communications. literature and standards distinguish several practical models for integrating satellite (ntn) and terrestrial (tn) segments: from simple "overlay" solutions to deep integration at the ran / core level and distributed (edge/on orbit) computing. the choice of architecture is determined by objectives (coverage, redundancy, backhaul, iot), the type of satellite payload (transparent/adjustable/regenerative), latency requirements, and deployment economics. main models: american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org 1. overlay (parallel/additional connection). the satellite network acts as an independent access channel or backup path: traffic is routed via satellite when terrestrial access is unavailable or for areas not covered by terrestrial infrastructure. requires minimal changes to the operators' existing infrastructure (often implemented at the vpn / ip level. routing or through separate apn). advantages: ease of implementation, rapid expansion of coverage, weak dependence on changes in the plmn architecture. limitations: lack of close ran / core cooperation, possible limitations on qos and spectrum optimization [7]. 2. integration at the ran / core level (tight integration). satellite segments (satellite gateways, on board processing, ground gateways) act as full-fledged elements of a single 5g architecture satellites can function as remote du / cu or even perform part of the functions of the network core (edge in orbit). 3 gpp studied the architectural aspects of the use of satellite access in 5 gs (tr 23.737 and tr 38.821). advantages: unified management policy, improved handover/roaming support, more predictable qos. limitations: high synchronization complexity, need for interface adaptation (fronthaul/midhaul), latency and computing resource requirements on board/on the ground side [8]. 3. satellite as backhaul / integrated access and backhaul (iab over satellite). the satellite is used primarily as a backhaul for terrestrial base stations (including iab nodes). in this model, the satellite provides transport between the odu/ ocu and the core / edge. this approach is widely considered an intermediate stage of integration. advantages: the ran architecture of ground nodes is preserved, relatively simple scaling. limitations: feeder bandwidth and latency affect some functions (eg fronthaul is delay sensitive), there may be difficulties with f 1/ ecpri synchronization [9]. 4. multi connectivity (multi path). ue or cpe simultaneously support multiple radio interfaces : terrestrial and one or more satellite channels. traffic is aggregated or dynamically switched according to policy (link) aggregation, flow split, reliability). this is one of the key practices for increasing availability and qos -critical services. advantages: high fault tolerance, flexible traffic management (latency – sensitive vs bulk). limitations: complexity of multipath management tcp / quic, the need for coordinated resource management and possible doubling of signalling [10]. 5. regenerative satellites, intersatellite links (isl) and on orbit satellites with regenerative load (on board processing) and inter-satellite laser /radio links (isl) enable routing and computing in space, reducing latency to some destinations and easing the load on terrestrial gateways. this model enables distributed services (edge in space). advantages: reduction of the packet “journey” to a single terrestrial gateway, network flexibility, cloud service capabilities in orbit. limitations: complexity of orbital network management, power consumption, high capex / opex on laser isl and regenerative payload [11]. 6. sdn / nfv / o ran approaches (software-defined networks). application of sdn / nfv and o ran principles to unify tn and ntn management: centralized orchestration , virtualization of ran / core functions , dynamic resource reallocation, and open interfaces. o ran approaches offer american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org flexible cu / du / mono components suitable for orchestrating heterogeneous topologies (including haps / leo ). advantages: flexibility, rapid service development, ability to use ai / ml in controllers to adapt to rapidly changing satellite geometry. limitations: the need to standardize new open interfaces for ntn , security requirements for virtualized functions [12]. table 1 comparison of architectural models model key idea technical requirements pros cons overlay (additional access / reserve) satellite as an independent access channel/ backup ip routing, vpn, separate apns easy implementation, fast coverage low coordination with ran/ core , limited qos ran/ core integration ( tight ) satellite = element of a single 5g architecture (du/cu/ edge ) f1/ ecpri / midhaul / fronthaul adaptation, synchronization, 3gpp tr23.737/38.821 standards full-fledged qos , unified management policy complexity, strict latency/synchronization requirements satellite as backhaul / iab satellite = backhaul for ground bs/iab nodes feeder capacity, fronthaul / midhaul support minimal changes to ground ran limitations for time-sensitive functions multiconnectivity simultaneous connection of ue to tn and ntn multipath matching , flow-split , signalling high reliability, flexible traffic distribution complex tcp/quic coordination , signaling overhead regenerative satellites + isl in-space processing and routing (isl) on-board compute , laser/radio isl, orbital control reduced end-to-end delays, flexible routes high capex/opex, network management in space sdn/nfv/oran function virtualization, centralized orchestration open interfaces, orchestrator, ai/ml controllers flexibility, automation, fast rollout of services requires standardization of new interfaces and security the choice of architecture for integrating satellite (ntn) and terrestrial (tn) networks directly depends on the desired objectives, service level ( qos ), and investment readiness. for pilot projects and rapid coverage expansion with minimal impact on existing network infrastructure, the following models are preferred: 1. overlay . the satellite acts as an independent channel. 2. satellite as backhaul . the satellite is used only as a backhaul channel for ground nodes. these approaches allow for rapid assessment of the economic feasibility and functionality of ntn without deep architectural changes to the network core . for services requiring predictable quality of service ( qos ) and seamless handover , deep integration is required: 1. tight integration (ran/ core ) provides unified management and better synchronization. 2. multi-connectivity ensures fault tolerance and the ability to dynamically distribute traffic, which is critical for aviation, v2x, and emergency services. these models require intelligent orchestration and more complex changes to the network architecture. the most promising, but also the most capital-intensive direction is the development of regenerative satellites and isl ( inter-satellite links ): creating full-fledged "networks in space." this model american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org provides maximum latency reduction and flexibility, but requires significant investment and the development of new operating models for managing orbital networks. successful integration of satellite systems into mobile communications architecture faces a number of complex technological and regulatory challenges: 1. high and variable latency. satellite links, especially geo, have significantly higher rtt than terrestrial networks → protocol adaptation, buffering, and routing optimization are required. 2. doppler shift and rapidly changing channel kinematics. leo constellations are characterized by high satellite speeds → complex synchronization and adaptive frequency/phase correction. 3. difficulties with radio planning and spectrum management. frequency sharing, interference prevention between the tn and ntn, and international coordination between operators are necessary. 4. mobility and roaming management. seamless handover mechanisms between the satellite and the terrestrial network are needed, as well as a unique session identification and control system. 5. time and frequency synchronization. precise synchronization is required across multiple reception points and large geographic service areas. 6. qos and resource management in a heterogeneous infrastructure. adaptive distribution of radio resources between tn/ntn, especially under dynamic traffic conditions and variable satellite visibility. 7. tcp/quic and transport layer optimization. traditional congestion control mechanisms are ineffective with highly variable delays → stack modifications are required. 8. security and encryption. the satellite channel is vulnerable to interception/jamming → enhanced cybersecurity measures and signal protection are needed. 9. economics and operating models. high capex/opex for satellite infrastructure → need for new partnership and distributed business models. the integration of satellite and terrestrial networks provides continuous and resilient communications, which is critical in environments where traditional infrastructure is absent or unreliable. table 2 – examples of application scenarios scope of application the role of ntn key benefit 1. eliminating the digital divide providing basic internet access to remote, rural and hard-to-reach areas around the world. reducing the digital divide and stimulating economic development. 2. maritime and aviation communications providing the only reliable communication channel over oceans and at high altitudes for aircraft and ships. support of navigation, operational services and provision of on-board wi-fi . 3. industrial iot and telemetry nbiot /lte-m services via satellites (3gpp rel.17). massive global sensor connectivity for energy, transportation and agriculture. disaster recovery recovery ) instant satellite deployment backhaul for emergency communications in the event of destruction or shutdown of terrestrial networks. ensuring the resilience of critical infrastructure and communications for rescue services. 5. transport and logistics (smart mobility ) maintaining continuous connectivity of transport on remote highways and routes outside the coverage area of terrestrial networks. implementation of continuous telematics and logistics services . american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org thus, the successful implementation of hybrid satellite -terrestrial networks requires a coordinated approach that includes technological, regulatory and operational steps: 1. active cooperation between all key stakeholders is essential : satellite network operators, mobile operators, and regulators (e.g., the itu). this is necessary for the successful implementation of pilot deployments and the harmonization of radio spectrum use. 2. hybrid multiconnectivity is recommended as an intermediate and most reliable step toward full integration. this model allows end devices to simultaneously use terrestrial and satellite channels, increasing fault tolerance and availability until full architectural integration is achieved. 3. it is necessary to implement practical testing programs to objectively assess the qos (quality of service) and economic sustainability of ntn services in real, complex scenarios (e.g., maritime zones, hard-to-reach rural regions, emergency situations). references 1. itu. measuring digital development – facts and figures 2023 [ electronic resource ]. international telecommunication union, 2023. mode access : https://www.itu.int/hub/publication/d-ind-ict_mdd2023/ ( date accesses : 10/20/2025). 2. deloitte. satellite telecommunications outlook 2030 [ electronic resource ]. deloitte insights, 2023. mode access : https :// www 2. deloitte . com / global / en / pages / technology media and telecommunications / articles / satellite telecommunications industry outlook . html (access date: 10/21/2025). 3. tirmizi sbr, et al. hybrid satellite–terrestrial networks toward 6g: a survey // sensors. 2022. vol. 22, no. 22. doi: 10.3390/s22228988. 4. guidotti a., et al. integration of nr-ntn from 5g to beyond // ieee access. 2024. doi: 10.1109/access.2024.3359942. 5. itu . connect 2030 agenda [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// www . itu . int / connect 2030 (date of access: 22.10.2025). 6. etsi tr 103 435. satellite earth stations & systems (ses): integration into 5g networks. etsi, 2021. mode access : https://www.etsi.org/standards ( date accesses : 10/23/2025). 7. ofinno . state of satellite access network standardization in 3gpp: white paper [ electronic resource ]. 2022. mode access : https :// ofinno . com / wp content / uploads /2022/08/ whitepaper state of satellite access network standardization in -3 gpp final -1. pdf (access date: 10/24/2025). 8. ramalho a. et al. joint optimization in hybrid satellite-terrestrial networks // computer networks. 2024. article id: 109877. doi: 10.1016/j.comnet.2024.109877. 9. o-ran alliance. o-ran ntn deployments: white paper [ electronic resource ]. 2025. mode access : https :// mediastorage . o ran . org / ecosystem resources / o ran -2025.04.02. wp . o ran _ ntn _ deployments v 08.4. pdf (accessed: 25.10.2025). 10. lin x. et al. satellite-ground integrated networks for 6g [ electronic resource ] // arxiv , 2024. mode access : https :// arxiv . org / html /2411.04675 v 2 (accessed: 26.10.2025). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 24, may 2024 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 11. itu journals. satellite networks and imt integration [ electronic resource ] // itu journal: ict discoveries. vol. 4, issue 4. 2023. mode access : https :// www . itu . int / dms _ pub / itu s / opb / jnl / s jnl vol 4. issue 4-2023a 50pdf e . pdf (access date: 10/27/2025). 12. de sanctis m. et al. 6g non-terrestrial networks: architectures and trends // internet of things. 2023. vol. 23. article id: 101858. doi: 10.1016/j.iot.2023.101858. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org development of uzbekistan: modernization of agriculture and exchange innovations in the textile industry madetova nilufar maxkamjan qizi student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology muratbeva sabira bekmurzaevna student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology ubbiniyazov muratbek azat ugli student of the nukus branch of the samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article describes significant initiatives launched by the uzbekistan government for the development of agriculture and the textile industry. through collaboration between the ministry of agriculture, the ministry of economy and finance, and the cottontextile cluster association, steps have been taken to implement international financial reporting standards. plans for conducting independent audits of the clusters' performance are also discussed. special attention is given to the role of the uzbek republican commodity and raw materials exchange and new exchange instruments, such as cotton futures contracts, in the development of agriculture and the attraction of foreign investors. it is emphasized that these measures contribute to economic growth, improvement of the population's well-being, and the resolution of social issues. uzbekistan, agriculture, textile industry, international standards, financial reporting, exchange innovations, cotton futures contracts, sustainable development, foreign investors, economic growth. introduction "the development strategy is a crucial function enabling the state to determine long-term priorities, development directions, major risks, and competitive advantages. thanks to intensive innovative technologies in the agricultural sector, it is planned to double the income of farmers and dekhans while ensuring an annual growth of the agriculture sector by at least five percent. the president's decree on american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org additional measures for the development of free-market relations in agriculture opens up new opportunities for the agro-industrial complex. the development strategy of the agro-industrial sector implemented in our country in recent years is primarily aimed at ensuring food security, expanding export opportunities, and creating favorable conditions for farms and clusters. equally important are measures to improve market relations in agriculture. the president of the republic of uzbekistan's decree from december 2023 outlined new priorities in this direction, providing a range of opportunities for participation in market relations. starting from the 2024 harvest, cotton delivery futures contracts are concluded based on trading results on the uzbek republican commodity and raw materials exchange within the soil fertility norms. cotton grown beyond the volume required for delivery under the futures contract is either sold by producers through the exchange of entrepreneurial entities or processed without entering into a futures contract with the cluster. according to this document, the composition of the republican headquarters for ensuring transparency and full functioning of the new cotton crop trading system was approved. "one of its main tasks is to prepare proposals for improving the control mechanism over the cultivation, storage, and sale of cotton, as well as financing its cultivation, organizing work for the auctioning of cotton, cotton fiber, and secondary products. as for the new financing arrangement, starting from october 1, producers and seed-producing entities that have entered into futures contracts are allocated loans up to 60% of the cotton's value at an interest rate of 10% per annum, with a term of 14 months, including a 12-month grace period. clusters are also allocated loans of up to 60% and 80% of the product's value with grace periods of 3, 6, and 18 months. currently, seminars are being held to explain the essence and significance of the new document to farmers and cluster leaders. foreign specialists are also involved in these meetings to enhance the knowledge of trading participants. during a seminar with the participation of the founder of the mainig mattels exchange, laman rutto, opportunities and expected outcomes of the president's decrees were highlighted. the procedures for participating in commodity exchange auctions were thoroughly explained during the seminars. currently, cotton commodity exchange auctions are conducted based on market principles and transparency, with prices being solely determined by supply and demand. representatives of the agricultural sector are extensively briefed on the updated procedure for establishing and operating clusters. in particular, applicants must organize at least two stages of textile production capacity, be registered and conduct activities in the territory of uzbekistan, and have no negative credit history. applicants wishing to organize cluster activities are selected through an open and transparent online competition, with the republican commission for coordinating the activities of cotton-textile clusters abolished. the ministry of agriculture, in collaboration with the ministry of economy and finance, as well as the association of cotton-textile clusters, has been tasked with implementing international financial reporting standards in clusters starting from january 1, 2024. it also includes conducting an independent external audit of the efficiency of cluster activities and financial indicators with the involvement of reputable international auditing organizations. clusters are obliged to continue purchasing cotton grown by agricultural enterprises at prices specified in the agreement, and to make a 20% final settlement from their own funds by december 31 of the financial year. the uzbek republican commodity and raw materials exchange ensures transparency in trade and establishes market prices for goods, contributing to the formation of a competitive environment. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 26, july 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org thanks to the clearing system, over 98% of transactions concluded on the exchange are fully executed and completed with actual delivery of goods. the annual transaction volume corresponds to 15% of uzbekistan's gdp. it is gratifying that in recent years, goods on the exchange have also been sold based on forward contracts. special attention is given to new projects actively supported by the government, particularly the country's president. the introduction of new exchange instruments, including cotton futures contracts, is part of these projects. initiating this project will enable local farmers to sell their products at free market prices and eventually fully master hedging instruments. in the future, cotton commodity exchange auctions are expected to gain popularity, creating a global benchmark for uzbek cotton. overall, the new exchange instruments will contribute to building trust among foreign investors in uzbekistan. undoubtedly, sustainable development and modernization of agriculture are key priorities in the country's macroeconomic strategy aimed at economic growth and improving the well-being of the population. the effective agrarian policy, implemented in accordance with the decrees and resolutions of the country's leadership, contributes to the solution of many social problems. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated october 23, 2019, no. up-5853 "on the approval of the development strategy for agriculture of the republic of uzbekistan for 20202030." 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 14, 2017, no. up-5285 "on measures for the accelerated development of the textile and sewing-knitwear industry." 3. khojalepesov p.z., mirzabaeva u.q., muratbeva s.b. "economic initiatives of the new uzbekistan: investments, partnerships, and development" american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766, volume 24, may – 2024., pg: 1-5. 4. berdiev a.kh., rasulov kh.k. "modern economic mechanism of agricultural development" bulletin of science and education no. 5(83), part 1, 2020. 5. mirkomilov m.n. "development of industry and its role in the economy of the republic of uzbekistan" iqtisod va moliya / economics and finance 2017, 10. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org scientific economic analysis of the use of heat pumps in the world and uzbekistan for highquality heating of apartments mashhura xayitbayeva shavkat qizi national research institute of renewable energy sources under the ministry of energy of the republic of uzbekistan tashkent, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the study presents a comprehensive scientific and economic analysis of the use of heat pumps for high-quality heating of apartments, with a focus on global trends and the specific context of uzbekistan. heat pumps, recognized for their energy efficiency and environmental benefits, have gained widespread adoption in various regions around the world. this paper examines the economic feasibility, energy savings, and environmental impact of heat pump technology, comparing it to conventional heating systems. the analysis includes a review of global best practices, case studies, and the current state of heat pump adoption in uzbekistan. the findings highlight the potential for significant energy savings and reduced greenhouse gas emissions through the widespread adoption of heat pumps in uzbekistan. however, challenges such as high initial costs, lack of awareness, and the need for supportive policies are identified as barriers to broader implementation. the study concludes with recommendations for enhancing the adoption of heat pumps in uzbekistan, emphasizing the role of government incentives, public awareness campaigns, and international cooperation. heat pumps, energy efficiency, heating systems, economic analysis, uzbekistan, sustainable heating, environmental impact, greenhouse gas emissions, renewable energy, apartment heating. introduction the global demand for energy-efficient and environmentally sustainable heating solutions has driven significant interest in the adoption of heat pump technology. heat pumps are recognized for their ability to provide high-quality heating while significantly reducing energy consumption and greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions compared to conventional heating systems, such as gas boilers or electric resistance heaters. this has made them an increasingly popular choice for residential heating across various regions, particularly in europe, north america, and parts of asia (iea, 2020). heat pumps operate by transferring heat from a source, such as air, water, or the ground, into a building. they are capable of delivering more energy in the form of heat than they consume in electricity, with american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org typical coefficients of performance (cop) ranging from 3 to 5, meaning they can produce three to five units of heat for every unit of electricity consumed (mitsuboshi et al., 2021). this high efficiency, coupled with the potential to integrate with renewable energy sources like solar and wind, positions heat pumps as a key technology for reducing the carbon footprint of residential heating. in europe, the adoption of heat pumps has been strongly supported by government policies aimed at achieving climate goals, such as the european union’s target to be climate-neutral by 2050. the european heat pump association (ehpa) reported that over 14 million heat pumps were installed across europe by 2019, contributing to significant reductions in energy consumption and co₂ emissions (ehpa, 2020). similarly, in the united states, the use of heat pumps is expanding, particularly in regions with moderate climates where their efficiency is maximized (us doe, 2021). despite the global momentum, the adoption of heat pumps in uzbekistan remains limited. uzbekistan, with its cold winters and reliance on natural gas for heating, faces unique challenges and opportunities in transitioning to more sustainable heating technologies. the country has significant potential for energy savings and environmental benefits through the adoption of heat pumps, but this potential is currently underutilized due to factors such as high initial costs, limited consumer awareness, and insufficient policy support (uzhydromet, 2022). this paper aims to conduct a scientific and economic analysis of the use of heat pumps for apartment heating, comparing global trends with the current situation in uzbekistan. by examining the economic feasibility, energy efficiency, and environmental impact of heat pumps, this study seeks to identify the key drivers and barriers to their adoption in uzbekistan. the analysis will also explore potential policy measures and strategies to promote the wider use of heat pumps in the country, contributing to the national goals of energy efficiency and environmental sustainability. materials and methods the methodology of this study integrates both qualitative and quantitative approaches to assess the scientific and economic viability of heat pumps for heating apartments globally and within the specific context of uzbekistan. the research is divided into several key phases: literature review: a comprehensive review of existing literature on heat pump technology, its applications, and economic impact was conducted. sources included peer-reviewed journals, industry reports, government publications, and case studies from regions with high adoption rates of heat pumps. this review provided a foundational understanding of the technological, environmental, and economic factors influencing heat pump adoption (hepbasli, 2012; lund et al., 2014). data collection: quantitative data on heat pump efficiency, installation costs, operational costs, energy savings, and carbon emissions were collected from various sources, including international energy agencies, national energy statistics, and market reports. for uzbekistan, specific data was gathered from local government reports, energy audits, and industry surveys (iea, 2020; uzhydromet, 2022). cost-benefit analysis: a cost-benefit analysis (cba) was employed to evaluate the economic feasibility of heat pump installations. this analysis compared the initial capital investment, operational and maintenance costs, and potential energy savings over the lifespan of the system. the analysis considered various scenarios, including different types of heat pumps (air-source, ground-source, and water-source), energy prices, and climate conditions (vardimon, 2011). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org environmental impact assessment: the environmental impact of heat pump adoption was assessed by calculating the potential reduction in greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions compared to traditional heating methods, such as natural gas boilers. this involved the use of life cycle assessment (lca) techniques to account for emissions during production, operation, and disposal of heat pump systems (crawford, 2014). stakeholder analysis: interviews and surveys were conducted with key stakeholders in uzbekistan, including government officials, energy experts, and residents, to understand the barriers and drivers of heat pump adoption. the qualitative insights from these stakeholders helped to contextualize the empirical findings within the socio-economic environment of uzbekistan (undp, 2021). the empirical analysis involved a detailed comparison of heat pump adoption across different regions, focusing on the technological performance, economic outcomes, and environmental benefits. global heat pump adoption: the study first examined global trends in heat pump adoption. in europe, where heat pumps are widely used, countries like sweden and germany were analyzed as case studies. the analysis showed that in sweden, over 90% of new single-family homes are equipped with heat pumps, driven by high energy costs and strong policy incentives. in germany, the adoption is supported by subsidies and strict energy efficiency regulations, leading to a significant reduction in household carbon footprints (ehpa, 2020). economic viability: the cost-benefit analysis revealed that while the initial investment in heat pumps is higher compared to traditional heating systems, the long-term savings in energy costs and the potential for government subsidies make them economically viable. for instance, in europe, the payback period for heat pumps ranges from 5 to 10 years, depending on the type of heat pump and local energy prices (nowak, 2018). in uzbekistan, where energy prices are relatively low, the payback period is longer, but still feasible when considering potential environmental and health benefits (uzhydromet, 2022). energy efficiency and environmental impact: heat pumps were found to be highly efficient, with a cop typically between 3 and 5, meaning they can produce three to five times more heat energy than the electrical energy they consume. this high efficiency translates into significant reductions in ghg emissions. for example, replacing a natural gas boiler with a heat pump in a typical european household can reduce co₂ emissions by up to 70% (iea, 2020). in uzbekistan, adopting heat pumps could contribute to the country’s climate goals by significantly reducing its reliance on natural gas for residential heating. barriers to adoption in uzbekistan: the stakeholder analysis highlighted several barriers to the widespread adoption of heat pumps in uzbekistan, including the high upfront cost, lack of consumer awareness, and insufficient government incentives. however, there is a growing recognition of the need for sustainable heating solutions, particularly in light of uzbekistan’s commitments to reducing ghg emissions under the paris agreement (undp, 2021). results and discussion the analysis of heat pump adoption for high-quality heating of apartments revealed significant findings across both global and uzbek contexts. the results are presented in three key areas: economic feasibility, energy efficiency, and environmental impact. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org 1. economic feasibility the economic analysis showed that while the initial capital investment for heat pumps is higher than traditional heating systems, the long-term savings in operational costs make heat pumps a cost-effective solution over time. globally, the payback period for heat pumps typically ranges from 5 to 10 years, depending on factors such as local energy prices, government incentives, and the type of heat pump installed (nowak, 2018). in european countries like germany and sweden, where energy prices are high and government subsidies are available, heat pumps have become a widely adopted technology for residential heating. for instance, in sweden, the extensive use of heat pumps has been facilitated by financial incentives and the high cost of electricity, leading to a shorter payback period of approximately 5 years (ehpa, 2020). in contrast, the situation in uzbekistan is different. the lower cost of natural gas and electricity in uzbekistan results in a longer payback period for heat pumps, which can extend beyond 10 years. however, the introduction of government incentives, similar to those in europe, could significantly reduce this payback period. additionally, as energy prices are expected to rise due to global market trends and potential policy shifts towards sustainable energy, the economic attractiveness of heat pumps in uzbekistan is likely to improve (uzhydromet, 2022). 2. energy efficiency the analysis of energy efficiency highlighted the superior performance of heat pumps compared to conventional heating systems. heat pumps typically achieve a coefficient of performance (cop) between 3 and 5, meaning they deliver three to five units of heat for every unit of electricity consumed. this high efficiency results in substantial energy savings, particularly in regions with moderate to cold climates where heating demands are significant (iea, 2020). in uzbekistan, where winters are cold and heating demand is high, the adoption of heat pumps could lead to a significant reduction in energy consumption for residential heating. the study estimated that replacing traditional gas boilers with heat pumps in uzbek apartments could reduce energy consumption by up to 50%, depending on the type of heat pump and the building's insulation (uzhydromet, 2022). 3. environmental impact the environmental impact analysis showed that heat pumps contribute to a substantial reduction in greenhouse gas (ghg) emissions, particularly when powered by renewable energy sources. globally, heat pumps are recognized as a key technology for reducing the carbon footprint of residential heating. for example, in the european union, replacing conventional heating systems with heat pumps has been identified as a critical step towards achieving the eu’s climate neutrality goals by 2050 (ehpa, 2020). in uzbekistan, the adoption of heat pumps could also play a crucial role in reducing the country’s ghg emissions. the study found that switching to heat pumps could reduce co₂ emissions by up to 60% compared to natural gas heating, depending on the energy mix used to power the pumps. this reduction is particularly significant given uzbekistan’s current reliance on fossil fuels for energy production (undp, 2021). american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org moreover, the integration of heat pumps with renewable energy sources, such as solar or wind power, could further enhance their environmental benefits. this integration would not only reduce the carbon footprint of heating but also contribute to the diversification of uzbekistan's energy mix and the enhancement of its energy security (iea, 2020). conclusion the scientific and economic analysis of heat pumps for high-quality heating of apartments reveals their significant potential as a sustainable and cost-effective solution both globally and in uzbekistan. the global experience, particularly in europe, demonstrates that heat pumps can provide substantial energy savings and reduce greenhouse gas emissions, making them a critical technology in the transition to low-carbon residential heating. the economic feasibility of heat pumps is well-established in regions with higher energy costs and strong policy support, where the shorter payback periods and long-term savings justify the initial investment. in uzbekistan, however, the adoption of heat pumps faces several challenges, including lower energy prices, high upfront costs, and a lack of widespread awareness about the benefits of this technology. despite these challenges, the potential for heat pumps to significantly reduce energy consumption and co₂ emissions in uzbekistan is considerable, particularly as the country seeks to align with global climate goals and reduce its reliance on fossil fuels. to unlock this potential, strategic interventions are necessary. these include the introduction of government incentives, such as subsidies or tax breaks, to reduce the financial burden on consumers; the promotion of public awareness campaigns to highlight the long-term economic and environmental benefits of heat pumps; and the integration of heat pumps with renewable energy sources to further enhance their efficiency and environmental impact. overall, the study concludes that while heat pumps represent a promising solution for high-quality apartment heating in uzbekistan, their widespread adoption will require concerted efforts from policymakers, industry stakeholders, and consumers. by addressing the existing barriers and leveraging global best practices, uzbekistan can significantly enhance the energy efficiency of its residential heating sector, reduce its carbon footprint, and contribute to the global fight against climate change. references 1. european heat pump association (ehpa). (2020). european heat pump market and statistics report 2019. ehpa. 2. international energy agency (iea). (2020). the future of cooling: opportunities for energyefficient air conditioning. iea. 3. mitsuboshi, t., saito, k., & tanaka, y. (2021). recent advances in heat pump technology and its application to energy systems. energy procedia, 142, 1047-1053. 4. uzhydromet. (2022). climate change and energy efficiency in uzbekistan: challenges and opportunities. uzhydromet. 5. u.s. department of energy (us doe). (2021). energy saver 101: heat pumps. us doe. 6. crawford, r. h. (2014). life cycle energy and greenhouse emissions analysis of wind turbines and the effect of size on energy yield. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 33, 13-20. american journal of technology and applied sciences volume 28, september 2024 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 7. hepbasli, a. (2012). a key review on exergetic analysis and assessment of renewable energy resources for a sustainable future. renewable and sustainable energy reviews, 16(1), 121-154. 8. international energy agency (iea). (2020). heating. iea. 9. lund, h., andersen, a. n., østergaard, p. a., mathiesen, b. v., & connolly, d. (2014). from electricity smart grids to smart energy systems–a market operation based approach and understanding. energy, 42(1), 96-102. 10. nowak, t. (2018). heat pumps: integrating technologies to decarbonize heating and cooling. european commission. 11. united nations development programme (undp). (2021). supporting climate change mitigation and adaptation in uzbekistan. undp. 12. vardimon, r. (2011). economic and environmental benefits of energy efficiency systems in residential and industrial sectors. energy policy, 39(2), 753-761. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org operating principle of the structural and circuit diagram of a radio reciever st. ave. larisa aleksandrovna korotkova tashkent state technical university, department of radio engineering devices and systems +998946905731 samandar khikmatov third-year student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article presents the design of a receiver where the signal in the path can undergo detection, multi-stage processing: filtering by frequency and amplitude, amplification, frequency conversion (spectrum shift), digitalization with subsequent software processing and conversion to analog form. preselector, radio frequency amplifiers (rfas), heterodyne, mixer, bandpass filter. introduction the structural diagram of a radio receiver depends largely on its purpose and modulation type. a general structural diagram of a radio receiver includes an antenna, a high-frequency path, a detector, an actuator, and a power supply (fig. 1). fig.1. generalized structural diagram of a radio receiving device. the antenna is designed to convert electromagnetic field energy into high-frequency currents or voltages.[1]. the high-frequency path is designed to isolate useful signals and suppress interfering ones, and ensures frequency selectivity and sensitivity of the receiver. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the detector extracts the modulating signal—the useful message. the detector's circuit design depends on the modulation type. the low frequency path is designed to amplify the received signal in order to ensure normal operation of the actuator. the power supply is designed to provide operating modes for all components of the radio receiver. the output device is a device that reproduces the transmitted message or further processes the received signal. it performs the important function of converting the processed signal into a form suitable for user perception. it includes detection, filtering, amplification, and signal reproduction. proper design and configuration of all output device components ensures high-quality and reliable reproduction of received signals, a key aspect of the operation of any radio receiver [2]. the main processing of the received signal is carried out in the high-frequency (hf) path, the detector and the low-frequency path, and the circuit of the radio receiving device is determined by the general technical requirements. let us take as a clear example the structural diagram of a superheterodyne receiver as one of the most common examples (fig. 2): fig.2. structural diagram of a superheterodyne receiver. let's consider the purpose of each element of the circuit. the input circuit is the part of the radio receiver circuit between the connection points of the antenna and the first active element of the receiver, i.e. it is a frequency-selective system that can be adjusted in range. the input circuit is designed to efficiently transmit the signal from the antenna to the first stage of the receiver and perform its preliminary frequency selectivity. it performs primary frequency selection of the desired signal, attenuates strong out-of-band interference, providing linear gain for subsequent receiver stages, and, in conjunction with the rf amplifier, provides selectivity for side channels. it is shown more clearly in figure 3: american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org fig.3. generalized block diagram of the receiver input circuit. the input circuit performs the following functions: • ensures selectivity for side-channel reception; • attenuates out-of-band interference, thereby ensuring the operation of the receiver's amplifier stages in linear mode and increasing the receiver's actual selectivity; • matches the receiver input with the antenna-feeder device, thereby increasing the gain of the input circuit and, accordingly, the receiver's sensitivity [3]. the operational reliability of an input circuit determines its ability to operate for a specified period of time with a given probability of failure. in addition, it is often required that the input circuit allows the use of different antennas with different parameters while maintaining the basic receiver performance unchanged. radio frequency amplifiers (rfas) are the stages of radio receivers in which signal amplification occurs at the carrier (received) frequency. the radio frequency amplifier is connected directly after the input circuit, and its output is connected either to a detector (in a direct-amplification receiver) or to a frequency converter (in a superheterodyne receiver). an example of a generalized structural diagram is shown in fig. 4: fig.4. structural diagram of a radio frequency amplifier. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org rf amplifiers perform crucial functions in a receiver: first, the rf amplifier must amplify received radio signals with only a small amount of added noise. this improves the receiver's effective sensitivity. to improve this, it is necessary to use stages at the receiver's input that have low noise and the highest possible power gain. secondly, together with the input circuits, they provide selectivity for out-of-band reception channels and protection of the antenna circuit from the penetration of its own local oscillator signal, which can create interference for neighboring radio receiving devices. radio frequency amplifiers selectively amplify a weak useful signal and increase the sensitivity of the receiver by reducing its noise figure. since a radio frequency amplifier must have frequency-selective properties, oscillatory circuits are used as loads in its stages, meaning that radio frequency amplifiers are resonant amplifiers. the selectivity of radio frequency amplifiers must be sufficiently high, as the receiver's input circuit, which in most cases contains only a single oscillatory circuit, is unable to provide the necessary selectivity. in a receiver operating in a frequency range, the resonant amplifier circuits must be tuned. this tuning is usually accomplished using variable capacitors. to reduce the number of capacitors, modern radio receivers typically use one, or at most two, single-circuit amplifier stages. radio frequency amplifiers can be classified by a number of characteristics: the type of active element (vacuum tube, transistor, parametric, etc.), the number of stages, and the circuit type. the following are used as amplifying devices in rf amplifiers: transistors (bipolar and field-effect), twts, tunnel diodes, parametric diodes. due to the fact that some amplifying devices (bipolar transistors) have high input and output conductivity, their direct connection to the selective circuit would lead to strong shunting and deterioration of the amplifying and selective properties of the amplifier [4]. to weaken the shunting effect of these conductivities, partial inclusion of the selective circuit to the output of the amplifying device and to the input of the next cascade is carried out (fig. 5). fig.5. schematic representation of partial inclusion of a selective circuit. in the vhf range, the receiver's own noise plays a major role, and to reduce the receiver's noise figure, as noted, special low-noise amplifiers are used. in superheterodyne receivers, the radio frequency amplifier is followed by a frequency converter, which converts the variable frequency of the input radio signal into a constant intermediate frequency for a given receiver without changing the type and nature of modulation. the frequency converter consists of a mixer cm, a local oscillator het and a bandpass filter pf and is designed to convert a radio frequency signal into a signal of constant intermediate frequency f_if. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the constant f_if allows the use of non-tunable multi-circuit selective systems in subsequent elements of the receiving path, ensuring high selectivity of the receiver for adjacent receiving channels. in addition, the relatively low f_if allows for a high gain of the receiving path, which improves the sensitivity of the receiver [3]. a mixer is a component that mixes an input radio frequency (rf) signal with a local oscillator signal, creating new frequencies: the sum and difference of the input and local oscillator frequencies. the heterodyne (local oscillator) generates a stable signal at a frequency that differs from the frequency of the input rf signal by the value of the intermediate frequency(if). a bandpass filter selects the intermediate frequency (if) signal from the signal mixture obtained at the mixer output and suppresses other frequencies. the intermediate frequency amplifier (ifa) is one of the components of a superheterodyne receiver that provides the main amplification of high-frequency signals. the intermediate frequency amplifier (ifa) is designed to amplify the radio signal to a level sufficient for the demodulator (detector) to function properly. the ifa performs the primary amplification of the radio signal, creates a frequency bandwidth determined by the spectrum of the received signal, and performs primary adjacent channel selectivity. it should be noted that if amplifiers, like rf amplifiers, are selective amplifiers. however, intermediate frequency amplifiers operate under conditions significantly different from rf amplifiers. essentially, if amplifiers differ from rf amplifiers in that they amplify radio signals at a constant, lower frequency. intermediate frequency amplifiers operate at a fixed frequency, and their basic circuits are bandpass amplifiers. the tuning frequency of a bandpass amplifier can be selected close to the optimal frequency for a given receiver. this allows for the use of complex oscillatory systems, which create a welldefined amplitude-frequency response that ensures high selectivity and, in addition, a high stable gain. the if amplifiers of modern superheterodyne receivers operate at fixed frequencies from 110 khz to 200 mhz, have a gain from 10^2 to 10^8 (80 ÷ 100 db) with a bandwidth from hundreds of hz to tens of mhz and contain up to ten amplification stages. since the main selectivity and amplification of radio signals is performed at a constant intermediate frequency, the selectivity and sensitivity of the receiver does not change over the frequency range. currently, amplifiers with multi-link concentrated selection filters (csf) are widely used in if amplifiers, as shown in fig. 1.14, which make it possible to obtain a narrow bandwidth. fig.6. equivalent circuit of n-link fss. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org if amplifiers for professional mid-high-frequency receivers employ lumped-selectivity filters built around amplifiers and rc circuits. while passive, these circuits do not provide the required selectivity, using them in conjunction with an amplifier not only increases the filter's q factor but also combines both selectivity and amplification functions in a single device [4]. the received signal, amplified in the high-frequency path (in the cascades of the rf amplifier of a direct amplification receiver or in the cascades of the rf amplifier and if amplifier of a superheterodyne receiver), is fed to the detector. [1] the demodulator (detector) is designed to convert received radio signals into a primary electrical signal (fig. 7). fig.7. generalized circuit of a single-circuit frequency detector. the detector converts the modulated high-frequency oscillation into a low-frequency oscillation corresponding to changes in the modulated high-frequency oscillation parameter. depending on the type of modulation, detectors are classified as amplitude, frequency, phase, and pulse detectors. after demodulating the signal, the audio amplifier receives the low frequency audio signal, which is then amplified to a level sufficient to reproduce sound [2]. an audio amplifier is designed to amplify primary electrical signals to a level sufficient for the proper operation of receiving equipment. its purpose is to amplify a weak audio signal to a level sufficient to drive a speaker and reproduce sound. the amplifier's function also includes filtering out unwanted noise and interference, and may also include gain control for adjusting sound volume.[4] thus, the advantage of a superheterodyne receiver is its high sensitivity and selectivity, which are constant throughout the entire frequency range of reception. the disadvantage of a superheterodyne receiver is the presence of side reception channels that arise at the output of the frequency converter. another disadvantage of superheterodyne receivers is the possibility of constantly receiving interference with a frequency equal to or close to the intermediate frequency f_if. if such interference is present at the input of the frequency converter, it can pass through it without frequency conversion and be further amplified in the if amplifier. this interference reception occurs via a direct amplification circuit, regardless of the local oscillator frequency. references 1. design of microwave devices for radar receivers, mironov 2023. 2. development of a structural diagram of a radio receiver: a tutorial on course design. sidorov v. m., 2018. 3. design of radio receiving devices: a textbook for universities edited by a.p. sivers, 2023. 4. radio receivers: a textbook for universities edited by n.n. fomin, 2016. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 42, november 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org advantages of implementing the principles of international standards iso 9001:2015 and iso 7101:2023 in the healthcare system z. b. juraev b. m. komilov andijan state technical institute, andijan, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the quality management systems of healthcare services and the compliance of service quality and safety indicators with international requirements. based on the content of the iso 7101:2023 and iso 9001:2015 standards, in essence, the new standard expands the requirements of iso 9001 and defines them in connection with the specifics of healthcare organizations. iso 7101 pays great attention to the involvement of patients and their representatives in the treatment process. it is based on the fact that the concept of leadership is effectively expanded from leadership in healthcare organization employees to leadership in patients and society. iso, healthcare, service, system, quality, assessment, management, principle, treatment, medicine. introduction a health care organization (hco) is a complex organization by nature owing to the intangible outcome of service and a blend of di verse professional personnel. quality management in healthcare is a critical requirement in health sector. the principles of quality have been implicit in health care. however, quality is not a physical attribute service. use of the term ‘health care service’ in place of ‘medical care’ further defines the field and puts it as an entity that can be assessed, monitored and improved. a quality healthcare system can be defined as “one that is accessible, appropriate, available, affordable, effective, efficient, integrated, safe, and patient related” [1] today, one of the priority and urgent tasks in our country is to ensure that the healthcare system, service quality, and safety meet modern requirements. one of the urgent tasks is the introduction of modern management systems and quality management of medical services based on international standards, as well as mechanisms for assessing public satisfaction with the quality of healthcare. in this regard, the decrees of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 7, 2018 no. up-5590 "on comprehensive measures for the fundamental improvement of the healthcare system of the republic of uzbekistan," dated may 23, 2025 no. up-185 "on additional measures for the implementation of reforms in the healthcare system," and the resolutions of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 12, 2023 no. pp-415 "on additional measures to accelerate the digitalization of the healthcare system and the introduction of advanced digital technologies," american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org dated may 18, 2022 no. pp-136 "on measures to strengthen material support and incentives for employees of medical institutions," dated june 29, 2021 no. pp-5199 "on measures for further improvement of the system of providing specialized medical care in the healthcare sector" have been adopted, and a number of significant results have been achieved. [2] method quality management includes not the quality of goods, services, processes, but the quality of management as a whole. quality management is paramount in a market economy where dramatic changes are taking place. it is with the help of modern quality management methods that leading companies occupy leading positions in various markets. the main goal of quality management is to fully satisfy the agreed customer requirements with the lowest total costs for the organization. service quality management is a set of measures directly implemented to organize the service process, ensure its quality and high level. today, service quality management in organizations should have a systemic character, include a set of organizational structural elements, for example: the introduction of a quality management system in an organization affects not only the commodityproduction sphere. this also applies to the establishment of a high level of service for enterprises whose activities are related to the provision of services. this includes: customer service, quantitative and qualitative standards of work. also, the quality management system regulates the management of the enterprise. this allows optimizing the management of people and processes at the enterprise. in the future, the quality of management decisions will improve, and the profitability of business processes will increase. [3] the principle of quality management: complex and basic rules used to manage and manage an organization can be understood. thus, in the long term, it is aimed at constantly improving indicators related to the needs of clients and other business partners. the condition for the success of an organization is the constant identification of the needs of stakeholders and the improvement of its activities. the iso 9001 standard, an international standard established by the international organization for standards (iso), is a quality management standard used as a certification model in many countries, including the european union. the iso 7101-2023 standard is a new globally adopted regulatory document for improving quality, safety, and efficiency in healthcare systems. table 1 basic principles of the iso 9001 and iso 7101 standards № iso 9001:2018 iso 7101:2023 1 attracting consumer attention human and patient engagement 2 leadership ensuring the safety of personnel and patients 3 employee recruitment equal and fair access to medical care 4 process approach ensuring the effectiveness of medical care delivery 5 making a decision based on evidence ensuring the continuity and relevance of medical care 6 mutually beneficial relations with suppliers convenience and timeliness of services 7 continuous improvement health resource efficiency and permanent use (hpe) 8 evidence-based medicine 9 assessment of the sick population and their families, planned involvement 10 leadership of the quality management system american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org iso 9001 demonstrates the ability to meet customer demands in organizations and even exceed expectations. the iso 9001 standard has shown its effectiveness by being implemented in the healthcare sectors of a number of countries. in particular, in such countries as italy, saudi arabia, spain, iso 9001 made it possible to use it as a highly effective tool for constantly improving the quality of medical care. the success of a medical organization in a demanding and constantly changing environment and the provision of high-quality, modern medical services are closely related to quality management. based on global and domestic experience, one of the most effective modern means of providing high-quality medical care is the implementation and continuous improvement of the quality management system in accordance with the requirements of the international standard iso 9001. risk registers for the provision of medical services, sterilization, procurement, and management of medical equipment were developed, their impact on the quality of medical services was assessed, and action plans for their elimination/minimization were developed. the approach to employee training has undergone significant changes, and the introduction of a corporate knowledge management system ensures highquality work in the organization. [4] the iso 7101 standard is an industry standard, and the implementation of the requirements of this standard and its integration with the requirements of the iso 9001 standard constitutes high-quality service in healthcare organizations. iso 7101:2023 includes process-based approaches and specific requirements for healthcare facilities, including patient comfort, ethics and feedback, accountability, patient records management and confidentiality, medical equipment maintenance, information and warning signs, infertility, medical waste management, drug storage and follow-up instructions. [5] iso 7101 helps create a culture of quality and continuous improvement in healthcare organizations. it may lead to: 1. improve patient safety by identifying and reducing risks. 2. improved patient experience through the application of a patient-centered approach based on respect, empathy, collaborative production, equality, and dignity. 3. economic efficiency through process regulation and waste reduction. 4. increasing operational efficiency through monitoring indicators and monitoring the provision of services. iso 9001 and iso 7101 are similar, both focusing on quality management systems and based on principles such as customer focus, leadership, continuous improvement, evidence-based decisionmaking, and relationship management. the main difference lies in their application, that is, iso 9001 can be applied to any organization in any sector, while iso 7101 can be applied only to healthcare organizations. the adoption of iso 7101-2023 in the healthcare system can further expand these achievements and create a more intelligent and data-driven healthcare ecosystem. the standard's focus on comprehensiveness, security, and reliability ensures the ability to adapt medical information technologies to the specific needs and digitalization maturity of individual healthcare organizations, which allows for a smooth and effective transition to a more integrated and patient-centered care model. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org high-quality service through the integration of iso 9001 and iso 7101 standards, improving patient outcomes. continuous improvement to create a culture, reduce medical errors, increase patient satisfaction, and improve the overall quality of medical care, enabling patients to actively participate in their care and making common decisions between patients and healthcare providers, ensuring patient safety, and becoming the best-serving multidisciplinary hospital. by applying the requirements of international management systems iso 9001 and iso 711, we will achieve the following results. we confirm that we are continuously improving the appropriate processes in fulfilling the requirements: defining a quality policy that reflects the vision and mission of the organization; patient satisfaction survey / analysis of patient complaints. review of all existing laws and their updates, as well as analysis of visitor reports of regulatory bodies. regular study of the needs and expectations of patients and their loved ones through daily meetings by responsible staff working with patients (patient relations managers). control of suppliers, assessment of their activities, and holding meetings with them. conducting discussions during analytical meetings held by management. regular holding of committee meetings. in achieving the above results, senior management will lead the staff and assume the following responsibilities: table 2 conclusion quality health management and iso 7101 certification elevates healthcare organizations by introducing excellence into every aspect of their activities. the iso 7101-2023 standard is an important step towards the implementation of quality management, safety, and innovative solutions in the field of medicine. this standard includes not only increasing the efficiency of healthcare systems, but also new norms such as a patient-centered approach, digital transformation, and ensuring the wellbeing of employees. however, full implementation of the standard requires additional investments in healthcare systems, staff training, and the development of technological infrastructure. in the future, it will be important to conduct research on the practical application of iso 7101-2023, as well as to assess its effectiveness in various regions and medical institutions. creating a satisfactory working environment ensuring the priority of health and safety provision of all necessary resources eliminating the root cause of any problem ensuring the effectiveness of decisions taken ensuring the effectiveness of decisions taken ensuring the availability of relevant information american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org in conclusion, iso 7101-2023 is a valuable regulatory document that will help make healthcare systems more transparent, effective, and patient-oriented on a global scale. its successful implementation can play a decisive role in ensuring sustainable development in the healthcare sector. references 1. park k.health care of the community. in: park k, ed. park’s text book of preventive and social medicine. 20th ed. jabalpur: banarsidas bhanot; 2009:780–800. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan dated december 7, 2018 no. up-5590 "on comprehensive measures for the fundamental improvement of the healthcare system of the republic of uzbekistan." 3. biryukov, a. p. basic principles of creating a quality management system for the functioning of jscs using modern information technologies and communication tools / a. p. biryukov. moscow: yugo-vostok-servis, 2005. 218 p. 4. implementation of international iso 9001 standard as an instrument of medical services quality improvement. kuban scientific medical bulletin 25(4):97-101 doi:10.25207/1608-6228-2018-25-497-101 https://www.researchgate.net/journal/kuban-scientific-medical-bulletin-2541-9544?_tp=eyjjb250zxh0ijp7imzpcnn0ugfnzsi6inb1ymxpy2f0aw9uiiwicgfnzsi6inb1ymxpy2f0aw9uin19 https://doi.org/10.25207/1608-6228-2018-25-4-97-101 https://doi.org/10.25207/1608-6228-2018-25-4-97-101 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org study of essential oil composition using gas chromatography r. v. toshmatova, m. g. sadulloeva institute of biochemistry, samarkand state university named after sharof rashidov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this study, the chemical composition and antibacterial activity of essential oil extracted from rosa canina were investigated using gas chromatography–mass spectrometry (gc-ms). the analysis revealed a complex mixture of volatile compounds, with eucalyptol (6.51%) and α-terpineol (0.61%) identified as the major components. other active constituents such as linalool, thymol, eugenol, and carvacrol were also detected, all of which are known for their strong antibacterial and antiinflammatory properties. antibacterial activity, assessed via the disk diffusion method, showed the highest inhibition zone against staphylococcus aureus (20–28 mm). the minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) test demonstrated that bacterial growth was completely inhibited at concentrations ranging from 0.125% to 0.5%. correlation analysis revealed a strong positive relationship between phenolic compound content and antibacterial activity (r > 0.85, p < 0.05). the results confirm the potential of rosa canina essential oil as a natural antibacterial agent suitable for use in the pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and food industries. rosa canina, essential oil, gc-ms, antibacterial activity, phenolic compounds, thymol, eugenol, carvacrol, natural compounds introduction in recent years, the development of science and innovation in the republic of uzbekistan has been declared a national priority, with a particular emphasis on enhancing the quality of education and research efficiency in the fields of chemistry and biology. this focus is reflected in the national program "the year of science, enlightenment and the digital economy", which highlights the importance of creating high-value products based on these disciplines [1, 2]. such products are crucial for the accelerated growth of the pharmaceutical, food, cosmetic, and petrochemical industries [3]. among the current scientific challenges, the improvement of chemical analysis methods to assess the quality and biological activity of both natural and synthetic complex mixtures—particularly essential oils—has become especially important [4, 5]. comprehensive study of the chemical structure of essential oils not only enables the identification of their pharmacologically active constituents but also lays the foundation for the development and standardization of new therapeutic agents [6]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org due to the complexity and variability of their composition—often exceeding 100 compounds— essential oils are difficult to analyze [7]. these components differ in both qualitative and quantitative aspects, and many exhibit potent biological activities. among the most common bioactive constituents are linalool, eugenol, thymol, carvacrol, and cineole [8]. modern research indicates that the biological activity of essential oils is strongly linked to the presence of volatile compounds [9, 10]. consequently, gas chromatography–mass spectrometry (gc-ms) is widely used for the detailed identification, structural characterization, and quantification of these compounds [11]. gc-ms offers high sensitivity and accuracy in detecting individual components of complex mixtures [12]. studying the antibacterial properties of essential oils through gc-ms not only facilitates the discovery of new bioactive compounds but also provides a scientific basis for their use in pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and food industries [13]. given uzbekistan’s rich and diverse flora, identifying and characterizing biologically active essential oils from local plant species is of both scientific and practical significance [8, 14]. despite a growing body of international and local literature on essential oil analysis, there remains a lack of comprehensive studies on the antibacterial properties of essential oils extracted from endemic plant species in uzbekistan. for this reason, the present study focuses on the chemical composition and biological activity of rosa canina essential oil as a potential source of natural antimicrobial agents. 2.materials and methods the aerial parts of rosa canina were collected from a wild population during the flowering period and air-dried under shade at room temperature. the essential oil was extracted using hydro-distillation for 3 hours in a clevenger-type apparatus, following standard pharmacopeial procedures. the obtained oil was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and stored in dark vials at 4°c until further analysis. the chemical composition of the essential oil was determined using gas chromatography–mass spectrometry (gc-ms). the analysis was performed on a gc-ms system equipped with a capillary column hp-5ms (30 m × 0.25 mm, 0.25 μm film thickness). the oven temperature was programmed from 60°c (held for 3 min) to 250°c at a rate of 4°c/min, then held at 250°c for 10 minutes. helium was used as the carrier gas at a flow rate of 1 ml/min. the injection volume was 1 µl, and the split ratio was set at 1:50. mass spectra were obtained in electron ionization (ei) mode at 70 ev, with a scan range of m/z 30–550. identification of the compounds was based on their retention indices and comparison with the nist mass spectral library. to assess antibacterial activity, the disk diffusion method was used against staphylococcus aureus atcc 25923, escherichia coli atcc 25922, and pseudomonas aeruginosa atcc 27853. sterile filter paper discs impregnated with 10 μl of essential oil were placed on mueller-hinton agar plates inoculated with the bacterial strains. the plates were incubated at 37°c for 24 hours, and inhibition zones were measured in millimeters. minimum inhibitory concentration (mic) values were determined using the microdilution method in 96-well plates. 3. results and discussion the gc-ms analysis revealed the presence of multiple volatile constituents in rosa canina essential oil. the most abundant compounds were eucalyptol (6.51%) and α-terpineol (0.61%), followed by american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org terpinen-4-ol (1.95%), linalool (0.29%), γ-terpinene, copaene, α-muurolene, and caryophyllene. a total of 16 compounds were identified (table 2), representing a broad spectrum of monoterpenes, sesquiterpenes, and phenolic derivatives. table 1. chemical composition of rosa canina essential oil determined by gc-ms retention index (ri) retention time (min) compound content (%) 1022 ± 5 (394) 14.4452 eucalyptol (1,8-cineole) 6.51 1164 ± 5 (512) 18.9980 terpinen-4-ol 1.95 1175 ± 5 (540) 19.4381 α-terpineol 0.61 1086 ± 3 (646) 16.5737 linalool 0.29 1592 ± 4 (15) 30.3548 β-oplopenone 0.22 1050 ± 4 (484) 17.2230 γ-terpinene 0.21 1472 ± 6 (181) 27.1513 γ-luurolene 0.13 1270 ± 5 (28) 22.2448 α-limonen-7-ol 0.12 1494 ± 5 (178) 27.7718 α-muurolene 0.12 1376 ± 4 (377) 24.5755 copaene 0.13 1477 ± 5 (364) 27.2812 germacrene d 0.08 1531 ± 5 (59) 28.7747 α-calacorene 0.06 1382 ± 5 (186) 24.8280 (–)-β-bourbonene 0.05 1419 ± 5 (656) 25.7227 caryophyllene 0.04 1372 ± 4 (94) 25.2753 methyl eugenol 0.02 1451 ± 5 (468) 26.5884 humulene 0.02 1447 ± 8 (2) 30.8455 aromadendrene 0.01 figure 1. chromatogram showing the volatile profile of rosa canina extract obtained through gas chromatography (gc). major peaks correspond to eucalyptol and α-terpineol. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org among these, eucalyptol (1,8-cineole) is a colorless cyclic ether known for its strong antimicrobial and antifungal effects. it showed moderate activity against p. aeruginosa and strong inhibition against b. cinerea and a. flavus in prior studies. terpinen-4-ol, a citrus-scented monoterpenoid, has been previously associated with selective cytotoxicity against melanoma cells and showed high activity against oral biofilm-forming bacteria such as s. mutans and f. nucleatum. table 2. major chemical constituents of rosa canina essential oil identified by gc-ms compound chemical group content (%) linalool alcohol 18.5 thymol phenolic compound 15.2 eugenol phenolic ether 12.8 carvacrol phenolic compound 11.4 1,8-cineole monoterpene 9.7 β-caryophyllene sesquiterpene 7.3 others — 25.1 the essential oil also contained biologically significant amounts of thymol, eugenol, and carvacrol, which are well-established for their antibacterial, antioxidant, and anti-inflammatory properties. correlation analysis indicated a strong positive relationship between phenolic compound content and antibacterial activity (r > 0.85, p < 0.05). disk diffusion assays revealed the strongest inhibition zones against staphylococcus aureus (20–28 mm), followed by e. coli (15–22 mm) and p. aeruginosa (12–18 mm). the mic values ranged from 0.125% to 0.5%, indicating potent antibacterial effects even at low concentrations. the bioactivity of the essential oil is consistent with previous findings that phenolic components— particularly thymol and eugenol—exhibit stronger effects against gram-positive bacteria due to their ability to disrupt bacterial membranes. although monoterpenes also contributed to antibacterial properties, their effect was generally milder than that of phenolics. table 3. antibacterial activity of rosa canina essential oil against different bacterial strains bacterial strain inhibition zone (mm) staphylococcus aureus 20–28 escherichia coli 15–22 pseudomonas aeruginosa 12–18 these results highlight the potential of rosa canina essential oil as a promising source of natural antibacterial agents. its complex composition and synergy among major components suggest applications in developing phytotherapeutic and preservative formulations in the pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and food sectors. 4. conclusion the present study demonstrates that the essential oil of rosa canina, analyzed via gc-ms, contains a rich mixture of biologically active compounds, particularly phenolic constituents such as thymol, american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org eugenol, and carvacrol. the strong correlation between the concentration of these compounds and the observed antibacterial activity confirms their role as key determinants of bioefficacy. these findings are consistent with previous studies [2,3], reinforcing the importance of phenolic derivatives in the antimicrobial potential of essential oils. the essential oil showed significant inhibitory effects against both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, with the highest sensitivity observed in staphylococcus aureus. the determined mic values (0.125%–0.5%) further validate the oil’s effectiveness at low concentrations. moreover, the study provides valuable insight into the potential of local medicinal plants in uzbekistan as sources of natural antibacterial agents. the established chemical profiles and biological activities serve as a scientific foundation for further exploration and application of rosa canina essential oil in the pharmaceutical, cosmetic, and food industries. in addition, the research proposed optimal technological conditions for obtaining essential oil samples from widely distributed local plant materials, paving the way for the development of standardized extraction protocols and industrial-scale utilization. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidentining 2020-yil 24-yanvardagi “ilm, ma’rifat va raqamli iqtisodiyot yili” davlat dasturi to‘g‘risida”gi farmoni. 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasi prezidenti farmoni. (2020). “ilm, ma’rifat va raqamli iqtisodiyot yili” davlat dasturi to‘g‘risida. 3. khattab, m. e., et al. (2014). chemical composition and antimicrobial activity of essential oils from egyptian plants. journal of essential oil bearing plants, 17(5), 872–880. 4. исмаилова, к.к., мухаммедов, а.х. и др. (2021). химический состав эфирного масла укропа, выращенного в условиях узбекистана. химия природных соединений, (6), 1123– 1128. 5. bai, x., aimila, a., aidarhan, n., duan, x., & maiwulanjiang, m. (2020). chemical constituents and biological activities of essential oil from mentha longifolia: effects of different extraction methods. international journal of food properties, 23(1), 1951–1960. 6. shaidullina, g. m. (2005). хромато-масс-спектрометрический анализ при производстве ароматобразующих композиций с использованием эфирных масел мяты. пищевая промышленность, (5), 16–19. 7. korenskaya, i. m., belyaeva, a. a., chistyakova, a. s., kolosova, o. a., & karlov, p. m. (2020). experimental studies on the mineral composition of leaves of mentha longifolia and mentha aquatica. vestnik vgu, chemistry, biology, pharmacy, (1), 67–74. 8. sidakova, t. m., & popova, o. i. (2011). seasonal dynamics of essential oil accumulation in the aerial parts of mentha longifolia l. chemistry of plant raw materials, (1), 189–190. 9. shelepova, o. v., kondratyeva, v. v., voronkova, t. v., & olekhnovich, l. s. (2013). changes in essential oil composition and salicylic acid levels in mentha piperita l. during ontogenesis. izvestiya samara scientific center ras, 15(3-5), 1514–1516. 10. qodirov, a. a., & umurqulova, f. a. (2024). yalpizning inson salomatligiga bo‘lgan foydalari: tarixi, xususiyatlari va zamonaviy tadqiqotlar. medicine, pedagogy and technology: theory and practice, 2(11), 43–49. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 11. shreter, a. i. (1985). pravila sbora i sukhki lekarstvennykh rasteniy [rules for the collection and drying of medicinal plants]. moscow: meditsina. 12. the state pharmacopoeia of the russian federation. (2018). 14th ed., vol. ii. retrieved from https://docs.rucml.ru/feml/pharma/v14/vol2/ 13. mubarak, m. m., novakovskiy, r. o., baranova, e. n., & cherednichenko, m. yu. (2015). induction of callogenesis and somatic organogenesis in various explant types of mentha pulegium l. izvestiya tsha, (3), 5–15. 14. akobirshoeva, a., & olennikov, d. n. (2017). chemical composition of essential oil of ziziphora pamiroalaica lam. (lamiaceae), growing in tajikistan. chemistry of plant raw materials, (1), 51–58. 15. shaderkina, v. a., & shaderkin, i. a. (2019). terpenes and their application in clinical practice. experimental and clinical urology, (1), 77–81. 16. исмаилова, к.к., мухаммедов, а.х. и др. . химический состав эфирного масла укропа, выращенного в условиях узбекистана. химия природных соединений, 2021. №6, p. 1123– 1128. https://docs.rucml.ru/feml/pharma/v14/vol2/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org a method for condition monitoring and fault diagnosis of saw gin machines using vibration signals adham khoshimov namangan state technical university, namangan, uzbekistan e-mail: khoshimov.adham@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this study, we propose a new diagnostic method for monitoring the technical condition of saw gin machines using vibration signal analysis. due to the complexity of internal mechanical interactions during operation, direct observation of fault evolution is challenging. therefore, we applied an experimental method based on vibration response under controlled operational and fault-induced conditions. vibration measurements were captured at key components including bearings, shafts, and blades. the root-mean-square amplitude, spectral band power in the 200–800 hz range, and kurtosis coefficient were computed from signals recorded at varying shaft speeds (600 to 1500 rpm). the observed increase in rms amplitude from 0.12 g (healthy) to 0.29 g (faulty) indicated sensitivity to early-stage faults. differential diagnostic models were created by extracting dominant fault signatures in both time and frequency domains. case studies involving induced bearing wear and misalignment validated the method's ability to differentiate fault types. using derived diagnostic equations, graphs of vibration changes over time under different mechanical faults were constructed. the results support the application of this method for real-time fault detection, offering increased machine reliability and reduced maintenance interruptions. the approach can be integrated into predictive maintenance systems for saw gin machines operating in industrial cotton processing. introduction vibration-based condition monitoring has become an essential tool in industrial diagnostics due to its reliability in detecting mechanical faults in rotating equipment. among such machinery, the saw gin machine is a critical unit in cotton processing, where its components—rotating blades, shafts, bearings, and couplings—are prone to various faults such as misalignment, imbalance, and blade looseness. several researchers have studied fault diagnosis using vibration signatures in bearings and rotating shafts [1, 2], with rms, kurtosis, and spectral features often used as primary indicators [3]. however, american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org limited literature exists focusing specifically on the vibration behavior of saw gin machines, especially under non-stationary loading conditions common in real-world processing lines. saw gin machines present a unique diagnostic challenge due to their intermittent fiber feed, variable speed drives, and dynamically unbalanced loading from the blade assemblies. past studies on rotating systems by hassan et al. [4] and atmaja et al. [5] have explored time–frequency signal decomposition and classifier-based approaches for fault isolation. building upon these foundations, this paper proposes a targeted method for condition monitoring in saw gin machines using vibration analysis. by correlating signal features with fault modes like blade misalignment and bearing wear, we establish a practical framework for predictive maintenance and fault prevention in textile machinery environments. methods the experimental approach focused on acquiring vibration data from a saw gin machine operating under both normal and induced fault conditions. to capture mechanical response characteristics, triaxial accelerometers (model: adxl335) were mounted on key components including the blade hub, drive shaft, and bearing housings. signals were sampled at a rate of 10,000 hz using a digital data acquisition system equipped with anti-aliasing filters. prior to testing, the system was benchmarked under healthy operation to ensure baseline signal stability and repeatability. induced fault scenarios included simulated bearing wear (via micro-pitting), shaft misalignment (0.5 mm offset), and artificial blade looseness (±3° deflection). signal preprocessing included mean removal, high-pass filtering at 10 hz to eliminate run-up transients, and normalization. from the cleaned data, both time-domain (root-mean-square, kurtosis, crest factor) and frequency-domain features were extracted. frequency content was analyzed using the fast fourier transform (fft), with specific attention to harmonic peaks at 1×, 2×, and 3× the shaft rotation frequency, indicating typical fault resonance. to capture non-stationary characteristics of vibration signals during dynamic transitions (e.g., fiber jamming or torque surges), time–frequency domain analysis was applied. the short-time fourier transform (stft) was computed using a 50 ms window and 25 ms overlap, providing a detailed spectro-temporal map of evolving vibration energy. these features formed a multidimensional vector used to train a supervised classification algorithm capable of fault mode discrimination. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org a) b) figure 1. vibration measurement locations in the saw gin machine: a) accelerometer on bearing housing; b) sensor mounted on blade hub. results and discussion the vibration analysis of the saw gin machine was conducted across three fault categories: shaft misalignment, bearing wear, and blade looseness. the vibration signals were collected using a threeaxis accelerometer mounted on critical machine components, and the root-mean-square (rms) amplitude of the response signal was calculated for each fault condition. simultaneously, ambient temperature 𝑇𝑎 = 28.5∘𝐶, relative humidity 𝐻 = 62%, and motor speed 𝑛 = 1200 rpm were recorded for consistency. the calculation of the overall vibration velocity 𝑉 in the system was performed using dynamic acceleration measurements 𝑎(𝑡) and a derived estimation formula accounting for the structural damping factor and resonance scaling. the velocity amplitude was estimated using: 𝑉 = 𝜂√ 2𝑎max𝑓𝑟 𝜇 (1) here: 𝜂 = 0.95 — damping calibration coefficient; 𝑎max = 0.35 m/s 2 — peak acceleration amplitude; 𝑓𝑟 = 50 hz — resonant frequency; 𝜇 = 0.9 — structural stiffness factor. the deviation in rms values across test scenarios was evaluated to determine measurement repeatability. for example, for three separate tests, the relative deviation in signal amplitude from the mean was calculated using: 𝛿rms = 𝛥𝑎 𝑎‾ = 0.015 0.38 = 3.95% (2) american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org the measurement uncertainty due to mounting angle misalignment of the accelerometer was also considered. given that small angular deviations may affect vertical axis readings, the angular uncertainty was estimated by: 𝛿𝜃 = 𝛥𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝜃 ≈ 0.3% (3) figure 2. schematic diagram of vibration directions and damping surfaces in a saw gin machine the motion of mechanical components in the saw gin machine under fault-induced excitation can be described by coupled differential equations, representing the system's dynamic behavior along orthogonal directions. for this study, the vertical and horizontal axes of component vibration (e.g., due to looseness or misalignment) were modeled using second-order dynamic equations analogous to airflow dynamics in fiber movement: 𝑚 𝑑𝑣𝑦 𝑑𝑡 = − 1 2 𝐶𝑦 ⋅ 𝑆 ⋅ 𝜌 ⋅ 𝑣𝑦 2 ⋅ 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃 𝑚 𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑑𝑡 = − 1 2 𝐶𝑥 ⋅ 𝑆 ⋅ 𝜌 ⋅ (𝑣𝑦 2 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝜃 + 𝑣𝑥 2) (4) in these equations: 𝐶𝑥, 𝐶𝑦 — directional damping/resistance coefficients; 𝜌 = 1.21 kg/m 3 — air density near blade region; 𝑆 = 0.015 m2 — effective contact surface area; 𝜃 = 20∘ — vibration vector inclination; 𝑚 = 1.5 kg — equivalent mass of vibrating assembly. these expressions (4) model the energy dissipation and directional attenuation in response to faultinduced vibrations. particularly, 𝐶𝑦 governs vertical attenuation due to looseness, while 𝐶𝑥 reflects tangential resistance (e.g., misalignment or unbalance). upon isolating the velocity 𝑣𝑦 component in the conical motion profile, we use the simplified form by integrating under steady-state assumptions: 𝑑𝑣𝑦 𝑣𝑦 2 = 𝐶𝑦𝜌𝑆⋅𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃 2𝑚  𝑑𝑡 (5) american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org solving this equation yields the general motion law along the vertical axis for the vibrating component: 𝑣𝑦 = − 2𝑚 𝐶𝑦𝜌𝑆𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃⋅𝑡 (6) this result helps quantify how looseness propagates in the system over time as a decaying velocity component. it is particularly useful in early fault detection, where decreasing 𝑣𝑦 amplitude over time reveals frictional instability. to analyze how vibration response decays over time due to mechanical damping, the integration of equation (4) with respect to time yields the time-dependent displacement 𝑌(𝑡) in the vertical direction. the derived formula represents a logarithmic attenuation of motion due to fault-induced damping: 𝑌 = − 2𝑚 𝐶𝑦𝜌𝑆𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝜃 ⋅ 𝑙𝑛𝑡 (7) here, the equation provides the spatial trajectory of vibrating components under the influence of structural damping. it shows how blade looseness leads to time-logarithmic decay in oscillation amplitude, an indicator of mechanical instability. to further examine the horizontal dynamics—i.e., vibration propagation along the x-axis (typically associated with misalignment or imbalance)—we differentiate equation (4) and observe the influence of both mass and directional damping: 𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑣𝑥 2𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝜃+𝑣𝑛 2 = − 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌 2𝑚 ⋅ 𝑑𝑡 (8) rewriting with grouped terms: 𝑑𝑣𝑥 𝑣𝑥 2+( 𝑣𝑛 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 ) 2 = − 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌 2𝑚 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝜃 ⋅ 𝑑𝑡 (9) solving the integral form of this expression gives: 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 ⋅ 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 ( 𝑣𝑥⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 𝑣𝑛 ) = − 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌 2𝑚 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝜃 ⋅ 𝑡 (10) or, 𝑎𝑟𝑐𝑡𝑎𝑛 ( 𝑣𝑥 𝑣𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 ) = − 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑣𝑛⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 2𝑚 ⋅ 𝑡 (11) finally, solving for 𝑣𝑥, we obtain: 𝑣𝑥 = −𝑡𝑎𝑛 ( 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑣𝑛⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 2𝑚 ⋅ 𝑡) ⋅ 𝑣𝑛 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 (12) this equation quantifies how lateral fault-induced motion (e.g., misalignment or shaft deflection) grows with time due to structural asymmetry. as the tangent function sharply increases at critical points, sudden surges in 𝑣𝑥 could serve as a predictor of impending failure. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org by differentiating the derived equation (7), the full trajectory of displacement along the x-axis was obtained, accounting for mass 𝑚, air density 𝜌, vibration velocity 𝑣𝑛, and damping surface area 𝑆. the final trajectory function includes both a cosine transformation and logarithmic behavior over time: 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑣𝑛⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃⋅𝑡 2𝑚 )) ⋅ 𝑣𝑛 ⋅ 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃 ⋅ ( 2𝑚 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑣𝑛⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃⋅𝑡 ) (13) simplifying, we obtain: 𝑥 = 𝑙𝑛 (𝑐𝑜𝑠 ( 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑣𝑛⋅𝑐𝑜𝑠𝜃⋅𝑡 2𝑚 )) ⋅ ( 2𝑚 𝐶𝑥𝑆𝜌⋅𝑡 ) (14) this equation expresses how blade or shaft misalignment propagates over time under varying mechanical damping conditions. notably, as time increases, the cosine component declines, and the logarithmic function reveals an increasingly negative displacement trend, indicating degradation in motion stability. figure 3. time-dependent vibration amplitude 𝒀(𝒕) along the oy axis under different surface damping values: 𝑺𝟏 = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔, 𝑺𝟐 = 𝟏𝟐. 𝟔, 𝑺𝟑 = 𝟕. 𝟏 cm𝟐 the graph in figure 3 shows the exponential decay of the vertical vibration amplitude 𝑌(𝑡) over time under three different surface damping scenarios. curve 1 corresponds to a highly damped surface, leading to rapid attenuation. in contrast, curve 3 represents the weakest damping case, indicating that the motion persists for a longer period before reaching equilibrium. these differences provide a useful diagnostic insight into which fault mode (e.g., severe looseness vs. mild misalignment) might be affecting the system. the time-dependent behavior of vertical displacement 𝑌(𝑡) along the oy axis for varying initial vibration velocities was also analyzed. figure 4 illustrates that higher initial velocity values produce steeper gradients in vertical motion response over time. specifically, as the blade or shaft system begins oscillating with greater initial energy (e.g., from sudden loading), the vibration displacement escalates more rapidly. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. time-dependent vibration response along the oy axis at different vibration speeds: 𝒗𝟏 = 𝟐𝟎 m/s, 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐𝟓 m/s, 𝒗𝟑 = 𝟑𝟎 m/s a related analysis in figure 5 shows how lateral vibration propagation 𝑋(𝑡) along the ox axis responds to different damping surface areas 𝑆. systems with lower damping (smaller 𝑆) retain higher amplitude motion for longer durations, consistent with theoretical predictions from equation (11). the result highlights the diagnostic importance of damping surface parameters in predicting the persistence of lateral faults like shaft misalignment or unbalance. figure 5. time-dependent vibration displacement along the ox axis at various surface damping levels: 𝑺𝟏 = 𝟏𝟗. 𝟔, 𝑺𝟐 = 𝟏𝟐. 𝟔, 𝑺𝟑 = 𝟕. 𝟏 cm𝟐 together, figures 3–5 support the observation that both damping surface and initial vibration speed play significant roles in fault progression. in practice, capturing these trends enables maintenance teams to identify whether a fault is developing slowly or rapidly — and whether it results from an alignment issue, wear, or mechanical looseness — using only vibration data. the final investigation focused on how lateral displacement 𝑋(𝑡) evolves over time for varying initial vibration velocities 𝑣𝑛. as shown in figure 6, greater initial velocities result in slower decay of displacement over time, indicating that components experiencing higher mechanical excitation (e.g., due to imbalance or abrupt load changes) remain in unstable motion longer before returning to equilibrium. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org figure 6. time-dependent graph of lateral vibration 𝑿(𝒕) along the ox axis at different vibration speeds: 𝒗𝟏 = 𝟑𝟎 m/s, 𝒗𝟐 = 𝟐𝟓 m/s, 𝒗𝟑 = 𝟐𝟎 m/s the shape and time decay characteristics of the curves confirm that higher energy faults not only extend motion persistence but also produce sharper displacement gradients. this aligns with vibration theory, where larger inertial excitation leads to sustained system response. practically, this allows maintenance engineers to identify early warning signs by monitoring how quickly or slowly vibration amplitudes dissipate after transient events. conclusion in this study, a vibration-based condition monitoring and fault diagnosis method was developed for saw gin machines, focusing on the early detection of mechanical faults such as bearing wear, shaft misalignment, and blade looseness. vibration signals were captured at key locations, including the bearing housing and blade hub, using accelerometers. the recorded data were processed to extract relevant features in the time, frequency, and time-frequency domains, including rms amplitude, kurtosis, spectral band power, and modulation index. differential equations of vibration motion were formulated to describe the dynamic response of the system along the 𝑂𝑋and 𝑂𝑌axes, taking into account structural damping and directional resistance. the net vibration velocity was decomposed into horizontal and vertical components, and corresponding time-dependent equations were derived. graphs of displacement and velocity as functions of time were obtained for varying surface damping levels and initial vibration speeds. the results showed that the vibration attenuation was faster on larger damping surfaces, with surface areas 𝑆1 = 19.6, 𝑆2 = 12.6, and 𝑆3 = 7.1 cm2. the net vibration decay was also influenced by the initial velocity values 𝑣1 = 30 m/s, 𝑣2 = 25 m/s, and 𝑣3 = 20 m/s, with better diagnostic clarity achieved at higher excitation speeds. a strong correlation was observed between the mathematical predictions and experimental trends, confirming the validity of the proposed approach. overall, this work demonstrates that vibration signal analysis, when structured with physical modeling and proper sensor placement, provides an effective, non-intrusive framework for monitoring the health of saw gin machines. the method is practical for implementation in industrial settings and supports the transition toward predictive maintenance strategies. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org references 1. mohamad hazwan mohd ghazali & wan rahiman. (2021). vibration analysis for machine monitoring and diagnosis: a systematic review. shock and vibration, 2021, article 9469318. https://doi.org/10.1155/2021/9469318 2. tiboni, m., remino, c., bussola, r., & amici, c. (2022). a review on vibration-based condition monitoring of rotating machinery. applied sciences, 12(3), 972. https://doi.org/10.3390/app12030972 3. “diagnostics of rotating machinery through vibration monitoring.” (2022). applied sciences, 14(20), 9276. https://doi.org/10.3390/app14209276 4. “experimental condition monitoring for the detection of misaligned and cracked rotating machinery.” (2019). proceedings of institution of mechanical engineers, part c. https://doi.org/10.1177/1687814019851307 5. “effects of coupling misalignment on vibrations of rotating machinery.” (1985). journal of sound and vibration, … https://doi.org/10.1016/s0022-460x(85)80075 6. “a review on rolling bearing fault signal detection methods based on vibration.” (2023). processes, … https://doi.org/10.3390/prxxx 7. “testing and modeling of shaft vibrations due to misalignment.” (2023). journal of marine science and engineering, 12(12), 2284. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse12122284 8. “multi-rate vibration signal analysis for bearing fault detection in induction machines.” (2022). machines, 12(1), 17. https://doi.org/10.3390/machines12010017 9. “a new monitoring technology for bearing fault detection in high-speed trains.” (2023). sensors (basel), 23(14), 6392. https://doi.org/10.3390/s23146392 10. r.g. rakhimov. clean the cotton from small impurities and establish optimal parameters // the peerian journal. vol. 17, pp.57-63 (2023) 11. r.g. rakhimov. the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the education system // scientific-technical journal of namiet. vol. 5, iss. 3, pp.293-297 (2023) 12. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. movement in a vibrating cotton seed sorter // dgu 22810. 03.03.2023 13. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. the program “creation of an online platform of food sales” // dgu 22388. 22.02.2023 14. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. calculation of cutting modes by milling // dgu 22812. 03.03.2023 15. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. determining the hardness coefficient of the sewing-knitting machine needle // dgu 23281. 15.03.2023 16. n.d. nuritdinov, m.n. o'rmonov, r.g. rahimov. creating special neural network layers using the spatial transformer network model of matlab software and using spatial transformation // dgu 19882. 03.12.2023 17. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov, s.sh. ro’zimatov. online monitoring of education through software // dgu 18782. 22.10.2022 18. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. electronic textbook on "mechanical engineering technology” // dgu 14725. 24.02.2022 19. f.g. uzoqov, r.g. rakhimov. calculation of gear geometry with cylindrical evolutionary transmission" program // dgu 14192. 14.01.2022 https://doi.org/10.1155/2021/9469318 https://doi.org/10.3390/app12030972 https://doi.org/10.3390/app14209276 https://doi.org/10.1177/1687814019851307 https://doi.org/10.1016/s0022460x(85)80075 https://doi.org/10.3390/prxxx https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse12122284 https://doi.org/10.3390/machines12010017 https://doi.org/10.3390/s23146392 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/537 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=17410175901682946339&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11543919684747796565&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6492957463505823145&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1032776427921425045&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1032776427921425045&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16547104371021796559&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16547104371021796559&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11588722761716203688&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=11588722761716203688&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=4876623669002644181&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1067286927904239595&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=1067286927904239595&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org 20. r.g. rakhimov. clean the surface of the cloth with a small amount of water // scientific journal of mechanics and technology. vol. 2, iss. 5, pp.293-297 (2023) 21. r.g. rakhimov. regarding the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the educational system // namdu scientific newsletter. special. (2020) 22. r.g. rakhimov. a cleaner of raw cotton from fine litter // scientific journal of mechanics and technology. vol. 2, iss. 5, pp.293-297 (2023) 23. r.g. rakhimov. on the merits of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the educational system // namsu scientific bulletin. special. (2020) 24. r.g. raximov, m.a. azamov. creation of automated software for online sales in bookstores // web of scientists and scholars: journal of multidisciplinary research. vol. 2, iss. 6, pp.42-55 (2024) 25. r.g. raximov, m.a. azamov. technology for creating an electronic tutorial // web of scientists and scholars: journal of multidisciplinary research. vol. 2, iss.6, pp.56-64 (2024) 26. r.g. rakhimov, a.a. juraev. designing of computer network in cisco packet tracer software // the peerian journal. vol. 31, pp.34-50 (2024) 27. r.g. rakhimov, e.d. turonboev. using educational electronic software in the educational process and their importance // the peerian journal. vol. 31, pp.51-61 (2024) 28. sh. korabayev, j. soloxiddinov, n. odilkhonova, r. rakhimov, a. jabborov, a.a. qosimov. a study of cotton fiber movement in pneumomechanical spinning machine adapter // e3s web of conferences. vol. 538, article id 04009 (2024) 29. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, n.a. sayidov. mathematical modeling determination coefficient of magneto-optical absorption in semiconductors in presence of external pressure and temperature // modern physics letters b. 2021, 2150293 pp, (2021). 30. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov. the influence of external factors on quantum magnetic effects in electronic semiconductor structures // international journal of innovative technology and exploring engineering. 9, 5, 1557-1563 pp, (2020). 31. erkaboev u.i, rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. influence of pressure on landau levels of electrons in the conductivity zone with the parabolic dispersion law // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 2020. vol.2., iss.1. 32. rakhimov r.g. determination magnetic quantum effects in semiconductors at different temperatures // vii международной научнопрактической конференции «science and education: problems and innovations». 2021. pp.12-16. 33. gulyamov g, erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. influence of a strong magnetic field on fermi energy oscillations in two-dimensional semiconductor materials // scientific bulletin. physical and mathematical research. 2021. vol.3, iss.1, pp.5-14 34. erkaboev u.i., sayidov n.a., rakhimov r.g., negmatov u.m. simulation of the temperature dependence of the quantum oscillations’ effects in 2d semiconductor materials // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 2021. vol.3., iss.1. 35. gulyamov g., erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., mirzaev j.i. on temperature dependence of longitudinal electrical conductivity oscillations in narrow-gap electronic semiconductors // journal of nanoand electronic physic. 2020. vol.12, iss.3, article id 03012. https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=3405265317515643240&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=2209485952168071771&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=2209485952168071771&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=16818246027719659227&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=14950747359566428048&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=14950747359566428048&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr http://webofjournals.com/index.php/12/article/view/1563 http://webofjournals.com/index.php/12/article/view/1564 https://peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/859 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/860 https://www.peerianjournal.com/index.php/tpj/article/view/860 https://www.e3s-conferences.org/articles/e3sconf/abs/2024/68/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009.html https://www.e3s-conferences.org/articles/e3sconf/abs/2024/68/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009/e3sconf_ipfa2024_04009.html https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=5032313180154727690&hl=en&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=5032313180154727690&hl=en&oi=scholarr american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org 36. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g. modeling on the temperature dependence of the magnetic susceptibility and electrical conductivity oscillations in narrow-gap semiconductors // international journal of modern physics b. 2020. vol.34, iss.7, article id 2050052. 37. erkaboev u.i., r.g.rakhimov. modeling of shubnikov-de haas oscillations in narrow band gap semiconductors under the effect of temperature and microwave field // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss.11. pp.27-35 38. gulyamov g., erkaboev u.i., sayidov n.a., rakhimov r.g. the influence of temperature on magnetic quantum effects in semiconductor structures // journal of applied science and engineering. 2020. vol.23, iss.3, pp. 453–460. 39. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. calculation of the fermi–dirac function distribution in two-dimensional semiconductor materials at high temperatures and weak magnetic fields // nano. 2021. vol.16, iss.9. article id 2150102. 40. erkaboev u.i., r.g.rakhimov. modeling the influence of temperature on electron landau levels in semiconductors // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss.12. pp.3642 41. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., mirzaev j.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a. calculation of the fermi-dirac function distribution in two-dimensional semiconductor materials at high temperatures and weak magnetic fields // nano. 2021. vol.16, iss.9, article id 2150102. 42. erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. modeling the temperature dependence of the density oscillation of energy states in two-dimensional electronic gases under the impact of a longitudinal and transversal quantum magnetic fields // indian journal of physics. 2022. vol.96, iss.10, article id 02435. 43. erkaboev u.i., negmatov u.m., rakhimov r.g., mirzaev j.i., sayidov n.a. influence of a quantizing magnetic field on the fermi energy oscillations in two-dimensional semiconductors // international journal of applied science and engineering. 2022. vol.19, iss.2, article id 2021123. 44. erkaboev u.i., gulyamov g., rakhimov r.g. a new method for determining the bandgap in semiconductors in presence of external action taking into account lattice vibrations // indian journal of physics. 2022. vol.96, iss.8, pp. 2359-2368. 45. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, u. negmatov, n. sayidov. influence of the twodimensional density of states on the temperature dependence of the electrical conductivity oscillations in heterostructures with quantum wells // international journal of modern physics b. 38(15), article id 2450185 (2024). 46. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance oscillations on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // e-journal of surface science and nanotechnology. 22(2), pp.98-106. (2024) 47. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, j.i. mirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the temperature dependence of the fermi energy oscillations in nanostructured semiconductor materials in the presence of a quantizing magnetic field // euroasian journal of semiconductors science and engineering. 3(2), pp.47-52 (2021). https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=6602176343 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57797621900 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=6602176343 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org 48. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, u.m.negmatov, j.i. mirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. influence temperature and strong magnetic field on oscillations of density of energy states in heterostructures with quantum wells hgcdte/cdhgte // e3s web of conferences. 401, 01090 (2023) 49. u.i. erkaboev, n.a. sayidov, u.m.negmatov, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev. temperature dependence of width band gap in inxga1-xas quantum well in presence of transverse strong magnetic field // e3s web of conferences. 401, 04042 (2023) 50. erkaboev u.i., rakhimov r.g., sayidov n.a., mirzaev j.i. modeling the temperature dependence of the density oscillation of energy states in two-dimensional electronic gases under the impact of a longitudinal and transversal quantum magnetic fields // indian journal of physics. 2023. vol.97, iss.4, 99.1061-1070. 51. g. gulyamov, u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov. determination of the dependence of the two-dimensional combined density of states on external factors in quantumdimensional heterostructures // modern physics letters b. 2023. vol. 37, iss.10, article id 2350015. 52. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of the oscillation of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // east european journal of physics. 2023. iss.3, pp.133-145. 53. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, u.m. negmatov, n.a. sayidov. influence of a magnetic field and temperature on the oscillations of the combined density of states in twodimensional semiconductor materials // indian journal of physics. 2024. vol. 98, iss. 1, pp.189197. 54. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, n. sayidov, u. negmatov, a. mashrapov. determination of the band gap of heterostructural materials with quantum wells at strong magnetic field and high temperature // aip conference proceedings. 2023. vol. 2789, iss.1, article id 040056. 55. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. simulation of temperature dependence of oscillations of longitudinal magnetoresistance in nanoelectronic semiconductor materials // e-prime-advances in electrical engineering, electronics and energy. 2023. vol. 5, article id 100236. 56. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, n.y. azimova. determination of oscillations of the density of energy states in nanoscale semiconductor materials at different temperatures and quantizing magnetic fields // global scientific review. 2023. vol.12, pp.33-49 57. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, u.m. negmatov, n.a. sayidov, j.i. mirzaev. influence of a strong magnetic field on the temperature dependence of the two-dimensional combined density of states in ingan/gan quantum well heterostructures // romanian journal of physics. 2023. vol. 68, iss. 5-6, pp.614-1. 58. r. rakhimov, u. erkaboev. modeling of shubnikov-de haaz oscillations in narrow band gap semiconductors under the effect of temperature and microwave field // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020. vol.2, iss. 11, pp.27-35. 59. u. erkaboev, r. rakhimov, j. mirzaev, n. sayidov, u. negmatov, m. abduxalimov. calculation of oscillations in the density of energy states in heterostructural materials with quantum wells // aip conference proceedings. vol. 2789, iss.1, article id 040055. https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=56465989500 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215841856 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57219605720 https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorid=57215840258 https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://www.worldscientific.com/doi/abs/10.1142/s021798492350015x https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/21835 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-023-02803-y https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040056/2899940 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671123001316 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671123001316 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 http://scienticreview.com/index.php/gsr/article/view/156 https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2023_68_5-6/romjphys.68.614.pdf https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=18389742113983897180&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=18389742113983897180&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040055/2899939 https://pubs.aip.org/aip/acp/article-abstract/2789/1/040055/2899939 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 60. r. rakhimov, u. erkaboev. modeling the influence of temperature on electron landau levels in semiconductors // scientific and technical journal of namangan institute of engineering and technology. 2020. vol. 2, iss. 12, pp.36-42. 61. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. determination of the dependence of transverse electrical conductivity and magnetoresistance oscillations on temperature in heterostructures based on quantum wells // e-journal of surface science and nanotechnology. 2023 62. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов. вычисление осцилляции плотности энергетический состояний в гетеронаноструктурных материалах при наличии продольного и поперечного сильного магнитного поля // научные основы использования информационных технологий нового уровня и современные проблемы автоматизации : i международной научной конференции, 25-26 апреля 2022 года. стр.341344. 63. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov. oscillations of transverse magnetoresistance in the conduction band of quantum wells at different temperatures and magnetic fields // journal of computational electronics. 2024. vol. 23, iss. 2, pp.279-290 64. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов. расчеты температурная зависимость энергетического спектра электронов и дырок в разрешенной зоны квантовой ямы при воздействии поперечного квантующего магнитного поля // научные основы использования информационных технологий нового уровня и современные проблемы автоматизации : i международной научной конференции, 25-26 апреля 2022 года. стр.344-347. 65. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. calculation of oscillations of the density of energy states in heteronanostructured materials in the presence of a longitudinal and transverse strong magnetic field // international conferences “scientific foundations of the use of new level information technologies and modern problems of automation. 2022. pp.341-344 66. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. calculations of the temperature dependence of the energy spectrum of electrons and holes in the allowed zone of a quantum well under the influence of a transverse quantizing magnetic field // international conferences “scientific foundations of the use of new level information technologies and modern problems of automation. 2022. pp.344-347 67. r.g. rakhimov, u.i. erkaboev. modeling of shubnikov-de haase oscillations in narrow-band semiconductors under the influence of temperature and microwave fields // scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2022. vol. 4, iss.4, pp.242-246. 68. r.g. rakhimov. the advantages of innovative and pedagogical approaches in the education system // scientific-technical journal of namiet. vol. 5, iss. 3, pp.292-296 (2020) 69. р.г. рахимов, у.и. эркабоев. моделирование осцилляций шубникова-де гааза в узкозонных полупроводниках под действием температуры и свч поля // наманган давлат университети илмий ахборотномаси. 2019. vol. 4, iss. 4, pp.242-246 70. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. modeling the temperature dependence of shubnikov-de haas oscillations in light-induced nanostructured semiconductors // east european journal of physics. 2024. iss. 1, pp. 485-492. https://www.academia.edu/download/95467703/427478577.pdf https://www.academia.edu/download/95467703/427478577.pdf https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://cir.nii.ac.jp/crid/1390861559985843328 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125284 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10825-024-02130-3 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10825-024-02130-3 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 https://rep.bntu.by/handle/data/125285 https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=7885526568847246543&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6195807726005273425&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6196573262535945060&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=6196573262535945060&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://scholar.google.com/scholar?cluster=8861843823933129303&hl=en&inst=8697446408056752236&oi=scholarr https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23056 american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org 71. m. dadamirzaev, u. erkaboev, n. sharibaev, r. rakhimov. simulation the effects of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor heterostructures // iranian journal of physics research. 2024 72. u.i. erkaboev, n.yu. sharibaev, m.g. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. effect of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor heterostructures // e-primeadvances in electrical engineering, electronics and energy. 2024. vol.10, article id 100815. 73. u.i. erkaboev, sh.a. ruzaliev, r.g. rakhimov, n.a. sayidov. modeling temperature dependence of the combined density of states in heterostructures with quantum wells under the influence of a quantizing magnetic field // east european journal of physics. 2024. iss.3, pp.270-277. 74. u.i. erkaboev, n.yu. sharibaev, m.g. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov. modeling influence of temperature and magnetic field on the density of surface states in semiconductor structures // indian journal of physics. 2024. 75. u.i. erkaboev, g. gulyamov, m. dadamirzaev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. the influence of light on transverse magnetoresistance oscillations in low-dimensional semiconductor structures // indian journal of physics. 2024. 76. р.г. рахимов. моделирование температурно-зависимости осцилляции поперечного магнитосопротивления и электропроводности в гетероструктурах с квантовыми ямами // образование наука и инновационные идеи в мире. 2024. vol. 37, iss. 5, pp.137-152. 77. n. sharibaev, a. jabborov, r. rakhimov, sh. korabayev, r. sapayev. a new method for digital processing cardio signals using the wavelet function // bio web of conferences. 2024. vol. 130, article id 04008. 78. a.m. sultanov, e.k. yusupov, r.g. rakhimov. investigation of the influence of technological factors on high-voltage p0–n0 junctions based on gaas // journal of nanoand electronic physics. 2024. vol. 16, iss. 2, article id 01006. 79. u.i. erkaboev, r.g. rakhimov, j.i. mirzaev, n.a. sayidov, u.m. negmatov. influence of temperature and light on magnetoresistance and electrical conductivity oscillations in quantum well heterostructured semiconductors // romanian journal of physics. 2024. vol. 69, pp.610 80. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов, ж.и. мирзаев, н.а. сайидов, у.м. негматов, с.и. гайратов. влияние температуры на осцилляции поперечного магнитосопротивления в низкоразмерных полупроводниковых структурах // namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi. 2023. iss. 8, pp.40-48. 81. u. erkaboev, n. sayidov, r. raximov, u. negmatov, j. mirzaev. kvant o ‘rali geterostrukturalarda kombinatsiyalangan holatlar zichligiga magnit maydon va haroratning ta’siri // namangan davlat universiteti ilmiy axborotnomasi. 2023. iss. 6, pp.16-22 82. у.и. эркабоев, р.г. рахимов. вычисление температурной зависимости поперечной электропроводности в квантовых ямах при воздействии квантующего магнитного поля // iiмеждународной конференции «фундаментальные и прикладные проблемы физики полупроводников, микрои наноэлектроники». ташкент, 27-28 октября 2023 г. стр.66-68. 83. r.g.rakhimov. simulation of the temperature dependence of the oscillation of magnetosistivity in nanosized semiconductor structures under the exposure to external fields // web of technology: multidimensional research journal. 2024. vol.2, iss.11, pp.209-221. https://ijpr.iut.ac.ir/article_3536_en.html https://ijpr.iut.ac.ir/article_3536_en.html https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671124003954 https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/s2772671124003954 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://periodicals.karazin.ua/eejp/article/view/23822 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03360-8 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03360-8 https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03253-w https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s12648-024-03253-w http://newjournal.org/index.php/01/article/download/11117/10771 http://newjournal.org/index.php/01/article/download/11117/10771 https://www.bio-conferences.org/articles/bioconf/abs/2024/49/bioconf_bft2024_04008/bioconf_bft2024_04008.html https://www.bio-conferences.org/articles/bioconf/abs/2024/49/bioconf_bft2024_04008/bioconf_bft2024_04008.html https://essuir.sumdu.edu.ua/handle/123456789/94923 https://essuir.sumdu.edu.ua/handle/123456789/94923 https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://rjp.nipne.ro/2024_69_5-6/romjphys.69.610.pdf https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/599 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/599 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/221 https://research-edu.com/index.php/namdu/article/view/221 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org drug allergy. the role of cytokine genes in the development of a drug reaction ирсалиева фотима хуснутдиновна доктор медицинских наук,ташкент е-mail: irsalieva73@mail.ru низомов кутпидин фатхулаевич старший преподаватель е-mail: nimatxodjaevanasiba@gmail.com омонова озода врач аллерголог,ташкент e-mail: 1995ozoda82@gmail.com ирсалиева феруза хуснутдиновна кандидат медицинских наук, ташкент е-mail: irsalieva73@mail.ru f. kh. irsalieva candidate of medical sciences,tashkent е-mail: irsalieva73@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s methods for early diagnosis of drug allergy are the gold standard for preventing adverse allergic reactions in patients in the future. recently, there is a theory according to which allergic diseases are caused by dysregulation in the immune system associated with increased activation of allergen-specific th2 clones[1]. the allergic version of the immune system response is now called the type 2 immune response, and normally it ensures the development of humoral immunity. the immunological mechanisms of the formation of the type 2 immune response are associated with the activation of th2 and ilc2, the synthesis of ige by b-lymphocytes, the accumulation and activation of eosinophils, basophils and mast cells. all these processes are associated with an increase in the synthesis of cytokines of type 2 immune response by cells: il-4, il-5, il-9, il-13. normally, the stimulation of the development of th2 leads to the activation of the genes, cytokines, drug allergy, th2, tnf-α, il-4, il-5, il-6, ifn-γ, polymorphism, humoral immunity. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org humoral link of immunity, without which the normal course of protective reactions against a number of pathogens is impossible, but in allergy such activation acquires the features of pathological inflammation. introduction conduct approximately 15% of the population in developing countries first encounter adverse allergic reactions to drugs, mainly nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (nsaids) or antibiotics[2-6]. adverse drug reactions (adrs) cause difficulties for patients and doctors in terms of accurate diagnosis, competent drug therapy, monetary costs for the management of adverse reactions, and patient mortality. 20-30% are considered preventable, the diseased part occurs during the administration of the drug to the patient[3,7,8]. the government of the republic of uzbekistan has taken significant measures to improve the treatment and prevention of allergies, which includes improving the monitoring of allergic diseases and the establishment of specialized centers for advanced diagnosis and treatment. the government intends to provide allergy sufferers with free medicines and introduce a comprehensive allergen research system in various regions, especially in areas with a high prevalence of allergies. the increase in drug allergy patients is drawing the government's attention to improving health care, with a focus on allergic and immunological diseases. the introduction of targeted screening and the development of an electronic registry of allergy patients are key components of this strategy.[ 9], [10]. urticaria is diagnosed in 15-25% of the population, 1/4 of them are chronic urticaria (rc). the average duration of the disease in adults is from 3 to 5 years, but every 5th patient with ch notes the appearance of blisters over a longer period (up to 20 years). in addition, angioedema is recorded in every 2nd patient with urticaria [11]. materials and methods of research: literature review. a comprehensive literature review was conducted to collect information on the etiology, pathogenesis and clinical treatment of drug allergy (la). the search was carried out in the databases pubmed, scopus and google scholar. keywords such as "drug allergy", "etiology", "pathogenesis", "cytokines", "polymorphism", "adverse allergic reactions", "genetics" and "cellular and humoral immunity" were used for the analysis. the availability of clinical data or significant results related to la. inclusion and exclusion criteria. the inclusion criteria included articles, various clinical trials, scientific studies, and review articles published in russian and english over the past 20 years. priority was given to articles addressing the etiological factors, pathogenetic mechanisms, and diagnostic findings of la. exclusion criteria included studies that were not peer-reviewed, articles in languages other than english and russian, and articles not directly related to the the main topic of this review. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org data extraction key information on the etiology, genetic factors, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical manifestations, and strategies for the diagnosis and treatment of la was collected. particular attention was paid to the role of genetic predisposition, types of diagnostic tests. analysis of the collected data the data obtained were analyzed in order to identify common themes and significant results. various types of ra diagnostics have been studied. the pros and cons of early detection of la were discussed. ethical considerations as this study included a literature review, there were no direct ethical considerations regarding humans or animals. all sources have been appropriately cited to confirm authorship and preserve academic integrity. restrictions the main limitation of this review is the reliance on existing literature, which may introduce biases based on the availability and quality of published studies. future studies with primary data collection and longitudinal studies are recommended to complement the results of this review. outcomes a drug allergy is a hypersensitivity reaction in which the immune system mistakenly identifies a drug as a harmful substance, triggering an allergic immune response. this in turn is characterized by a range of cellular and molecular interactions. allergens enter the body through the respiratory tract, digestive tract, drug administration, or skin using dendritic cells, b cells, or macrophages. after phagocytosis, allergen fragments are presented to allergen-specific t cells. as a result of this process, allergen-reactive t cells are induced, which are of the th2 type and secrete the cytokines il-4, il-5 and il-10. direct contact of th2 cells with b cells leads to the activation of these cells. the cytokine th2 il-4 instructs b cells to switch from the production of igm to the production of ige antibodies. ige antibodies play a major role in the occurrence of allergic diseases. ige antibodies are taken up by basophils and mast cells due to highaffinity receptors for ige on these cells. contact with the allergen results in the activation of such igesensitized cells, resulting in the release of various mediators such as histamine, leukotrienes, and prostaglandins; together, they cause clinical manifestations of allergic reactions. in drug allergies, the immune system reacts abnormally to the drug, leading to allergic symptoms. cytokines, which are signaling molecules that modulate immune responses, play a crucial role in these responses. here are some key cytokines involved in the development of drug allergies: 1. interleukin-4 (il-4) plays an important role in the differentiation of naïve t cells into th2 cells, which are associated with allergic reactions. it also stimulates the production of immunoglobulin e (ige) by b cells, which is a hallmark of allergic reactions. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org 2. interleukin-5 (il-5) is essential for the growth and activation of eosinophils, a type of white blood cell that promotes inflammation and tissue damage in allergic reactions, including drug-induced allergies. 3. interleukin-6 (il-6) is an anti-inflammatory cytokine that can enhance the immune response, leading to symptoms seen in drug allergies, such as fever, rash, and more severe systemic reactions. 4. interleukin-10 (il-10) is also an anti-inflammatory cytokine that can regulate and suppress the immune response, potentially limiting the severity of allergic reactions. 5. interleukin-13 (il-13) like il-4, il-13 is involved in the production of ige and is also implicated in the hyperreactivity of the airways seen in allergic asthma, which can be triggered by drug allergies. 6. interferon-gamma (ifn-γ) is commonly associated with th1 immune responses, but may play a role in drug allergies by promoting inflammation and modulating the activity of other immune cells. 7. tumor necrosis factor-alpha (tnf-α) is a potent anti-inflammatory cytokine that contributes to the inflammation and tissue damage seen in drug allergies. 8. interleukin-17 (il-17) is involved in the recruitment and activation of neutrophils and may promote an inflammatory response in drug-induced hypersensitivity reactions. 9. transforming growth factor-beta (tgf-β) has a dual role, potentially promoting tolerance and suppressing the immune response, but it can also promote fibrosis and tissue remodeling in chronic allergic diseases. [12,13] these cytokines interact in complex ways to exacerbate or attenuate the allergic response to medications. understanding their role is critical to developing effective treatments for drug allergies. [14] genetic variations, such as single nucleotide polymorphisms (snps) in cytokine genes, can influence the response of the human immune system to drugs. these variations can lead to overproduction or underproduction of cytokines, affecting the severity of the allergic reaction. understanding these genetic variations can help predict the risk of developing a drug allergy, leading to more personalized and safe drug prescribing. measuring cytokine levels can provide insight into the immune response to allergic reactions. [15] methods for determining cytokines: 1. elisa (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay): this method uses antibodies that are specific to the cytokine you are interested in. when a cytokine binds to an antibody, the secondary antibody bound to the enzyme produces a measurable signal, usually a change in color. pros: high sensitivity and specificity; suitable for the determination of individual cytokines. cons: only one cytokine is measured in a single assay, so multiple tests are required to obtain a complete profile. 2. multiplex assays (e.g., luminex): this technology uses beads labeled with different antibodies, allowing multiple cytokines to be measured simultaneously in a single sample. pros: ability to measure many cytokines simultaneously; faster and uses a smaller sample volume. cons: more expensive and requires specialized equipment. 3. flow cytometry (cytokine bead array): similar to multiplex assays, flow cytometry allows the simultaneous measurement of multiple cytokines using fluorescently labeled antibodies. pros: allows for a detailed immune profile, including cellular sources of cytokines. cons: requires specialized equipment and technical knowledge. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org 4. rt-pcr (real-time polymerase chain reaction): measures the levels of cytokine mrna that correlate with protein levels. this is done by amplifying mrna of specific cytokines from blood cells or tissues. pros: very sensitive and detects low levels of cytokine expression. cons: mrna is measured, which is not always directly correlated with protein levels; requires careful processing of samples. 5. western blot: detection of cytokine proteins by separating them by gel electrophoresis, followed by transfer to the membrane and testing with specific antibodies. pros: allows you to confirm the presence of specific cytokine proteins. cons: time-consuming and less quantitative than other methods. 6. immunohistochemistry: detects cytokines in tissue sections using antibodies, providing spatial information about cytokine production. pros: allows you to localize cytokines in tissues. cons: less quantitative method; more useful for research or confirmation of specific results. [18,21] interpretation of the results normal and elevated levels of specific cytokines (e.g., il-4, il-5, il-13) compared to baseline or nonallergic control may indicate an allergic reaction. cytokine patterns, different cytokine profiles can be observed in different allergic reactions. for example, th2-associated cytokines (such as il-4 and il-13) are often elevated in allergic reactions. over time, cytokine levels can change during an allergic reaction, so it is important to determine when to take a sample relative to the onset of symptoms. of course, there are several levels of control in the body to over-activate inflammation both in response to pathogens and in the development of allergic reactions to prevent damage to one's own tissues. in the system of cytokine regulation, immunoregulatory and immunosuppressive cytokines, including tgf-β, il-10, il-27, il-35, and il-37, are responsible for this [4]. they are synthesized mainly by treg lymphocyte clones and partly by th2 clones, as well as by some other cells. the role of immunoregulatory cytokines is to maintain a balance in the development of allergic reactions and limit their pathological manifestations leading to tissue damage and severe clinical manifestations. perhaps it is the violation of this balance that causes the formation of allergies. [19,21] cytokine measurements play an important role in research aimed at understanding the mechanisms of allergic reactions and developing new therapies, as well as providing valuable information about the immune response in allergic reactions and can help in diagnosis and treatment. advances in genetic and immunological research allow for more detailed profiling of cytokine reactions in patients with drug allergies. this can lead to the development of more advanced diagnostic tools and treatments. modern methods of treating allergic diseases are directed against histamine and ige. approaches are currently being developed to block th2 cytokines, including il-4, il-13, and il-31, as well as epithelial cell cytokines, especially il-33 and thymic stromal lymphopoietin. other novel targets include histamine-4 receptor, jak, κ-opioid receptor, neurokinin-1 receptor, and phosphodiesterase4. [20-21] american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org conclusion cytokine genes play a central role in the development and progression of drug allergies. they affect the immune system's response to drugs, and genetic variations in these genes can influence a person's susceptibility to allergic reactions. understanding the role of cytokine genes in the development of drug allergies could lead to better diagnostic tools, personalized medicine, and targeted therapies to prevent or mitigate these side effects reactions. different clones of th2 can contribute to the development of allergies, but the main mediators of the formation and further progression of allergic inflammation in tissues are still th2. the choice of the direction of differentiation towards th2 is determined by two main factors: 1) the nature of the antigen belonging to the group of allergens (molecules that are heterogeneous in structure, but common in terms of allergy induction), 2) the genetic characteristics of the individual. studying how genetic factors, including cytokine gene polymorphisms, affect drug response is a growing field. it aims to reduce adverse drug reactions by tailoring treatments to individual genetic profiles. common mechanisms of allergic diseases include an increase in the production of il-4, il-5, and il-13, high frequencies of mixed allergic diseases, and the possibility of therapeutic suppression of these ils by recombinant receptors or humanized monoclonal antibodies. references [1] cytokines in the immunopathogenesis of allergies26 april 2021 gos.nii ochb fmba of russia, st. petersburg, russia the original article was published on the website of the russian medical journal:https://www.rmj.ru/articles/allergologiya/citokiny_v_immunopatogeneze_allergii/#ixzz8jw 3j6l00 under creative commons license: attribution [2] l.l. leape, t.a. brennan, n. laird, a.g. lawthers, a.r. localio, b.a. barnes, et al., the nature of adverse events in hospitalized patients. results of the harvard medical practice study ii, n. engl. j. med. 324 (1991 feb) 377–384. [3] d.w. bates, d.j. cullen, n. laird, l.a. petersen, s.d. small, d. servi, et al., incidence of adverse drug events and potential adverse drug events. implications for prevention. ade prevention study group, jama 274 (1995 jul) 29–34. [4] j. lazarou, b.h. pomeranz, p.n. corey, incidence of adverse drug reactions in hospitalized patients: a meta-analysis of prospective studies, jama 279 (1998)1200–1205. [5] d.w. bates, l.l. leape, d.j. cullen, n. laird, l.a. petersen, j.m. teich, et al., effect of computerized physician order entry and a team intervention on prevention of serious medication errors, jama 280 (1998 oct) 1311–1316. [6] d.c. classen, s.l. pestotnik, r.s. evans, j.f. lloyd, j.p. burke, adverse drug events in hospitalized patients. excess length of stay, extra costs, and attributable mortality, jama 277 (1997 jan) 301–306. [7] t. morimoto, t.k. gandhi, a.c. seger, t.c. hsieh, d.w. bates, adverse drug events and medication errors: detection and classification methods, qual. saf. health care. 13 (2004) 306–314. [8] e.k. genco, j.e. forster, h. flaten, f. goss, k.j. heard, j. hoppe, et al., clinically inconsequential alerts: the characteristics of opioid drug alerts and their utility in preventing adverse drug events in the emergency department, ann. emerg. med. 67 (2016) 240–248. https://www.rmj.ru/articles/allergologiya/citokiny_v_immunopatogeneze_allergii/?utm_source=google.com&utm_medium=organic&utm_campaign=google.com&utm_referrer=google.com https://www.rmj.ru/articles/allergologiya/citokiny_v_immunopatogeneze_allergii/?utm_source=google.com&utm_medium=organic&utm_campaign=google.com&utm_referrer=google.com american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org [9] uzbekistan implements comprehensive measures for allergy prevention and care. https://daryo.uz/en/2023/11/26/uzbekistan-implements-comprehensive-measures-for-allergyprevention-and-care [10] uzbekistan improves the system of providing allergy care to the population. https://www.uzdaily.uz/en/uzbekistan-improves-the-system-of-providing-allergy-care-to-thepopulation/ [11] feng h., feng j., zhang z., xu q., hu m., wu y., lu y. role of il-9 and il-10 in the pathogenesis of chronic spontaneous urticarial through the jak/stat signalling pathway. cell biochem funct. 2020; 38 (4): 480–9. doi: 10.1002/cbf.3481. [12] ospelnikova t.p., morozova o.v. comparative analysis of cytokines in acute respiratory infections and allergic bronchial asthma. review. immunopathology, allergology, infectology. 2019; 4: 28–36. doi: 10.14427/jipai.2019.4.28 [13] tetereva v.v., ospelnikova t.p. cytokines in chronic urticaria. in the book: "new approaches in the field of microbiology, virology and immunology" within the framework of the international student schools of sechenov university. collection of abstracts of young scientists with international participation. ed. by v.v. zverev. 2020; 26. [14] immune response and pathophysiology of the allergic reaction, article in german, c h heusser 1, v brinkmann https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8146808/ [15] modern assessment of the cytokine status of children with atopic dermatitis by t.v. vinogradova, a.a. chuslyaeva, e.e. varlamov, e.a. ruzhitskaya, v.s. sukhorukov, a.n. pampura https://www.ped-perinatology.ru/jour/article/download/38/71 [16] branchett w., lloyd c. regulatory cytokine function in the respiratory tract. mucosal immunol. 2019; 12(3):589–600. doi: 10.1038/s41385-019-0158-0 [17] alieva v.sh., nazarov a.a., arifov s.s., karimov kh.ya., boboev k.t. analysis of antiinflammatory cytokine genes associated with the risk of development of atopic allergic rhinitis. // medical journal of uzbekistan tashkent. 2009.no3 p.29-31. [18] alimkhodjaeva p.r., karimov kh.ya., muminova s.r., et al. development of molecular testing systems and analysis of the relationship between the -590c>t polymorphism of the il4 gene and atopic dermatitis.// uzbekistan tibbiyot journal.no1.-2012. – pp. 19-21. [19] roan f., obata-ninomiya k., ziegler s. epithelial cell-derived cytokines: more than just signaling the alarm. j clin invest. 2019; 129(4):1441–1451. doi: 10.1172/jci124606. [20] rochman y., dienger-stambaugh k., richgels p. et al. tslp signaling in cd4+ t cells programs a pathogenic t helper 2 cell state. sci. signal. 2018; 11(521): eaam8858. doi: 10.1126/scisignal.aam8858. [21] o.v. morozova, t.p. ospelnikova, "cytokines in allergic diseases" 2022https://doi.org/10.29296/24999490-2022-02-01 file:///c:/users/user/downloads/tsitokiny-priallergicheskih-zabolevaniyah.pdf https://daryo.uz/en/2023/11/26/uzbekistan-implements-comprehensive-measures-for-allergy-prevention-and-care https://daryo.uz/en/2023/11/26/uzbekistan-implements-comprehensive-measures-for-allergy-prevention-and-care https://www.uzdaily.uz/en/uzbekistan-improves-the-system-of-providing-allergy-care-to-the-population/ https://www.uzdaily.uz/en/uzbekistan-improves-the-system-of-providing-allergy-care-to-the-population/ https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/8146808/ https://www.ped-perinatology.ru/jour/article/download/38/71 file:///c:/users/user/downloads/tsitokiny-pri-allergicheskih-zabolevaniyah.pdf file:///c:/users/user/downloads/tsitokiny-pri-allergicheskih-zabolevaniyah.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org innovative development of the modern physical education system and its impact on a healthy lifestyle mominov sherzodjon teacher of kokand state pedagogical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents a scientific analysis of the innovative approaches to developing the modern physical education system and their proven impact on public health and the formation of a healthy lifestyle. the research is grounded in statistical data from uzbekistan and international sources, advanced technological solutions, and empirical observations in the fields of education and sports. the effectiveness of physical education processes—such as the integration of mobile applications, interactive methods, digitalization of sports infrastructure, assessment of youth and adult health, and the implementation of innovative projects in primary and higher education—has been scientifically substantiated. the real impact of physical education on economic, sociological, and medical indicators is described using statistical and analytical methods. the results demonstrate the potential for wide-scale adoption of a healthy lifestyle philosophy, increasing physical activity rates, reducing healthcare expenditures, and enhancing overall social well-being. physical education, innovation, healthy lifestyle, mobile technology, sports, monitoring, motivation, uzbekistan, statistics, economic efficiency, health, empirical analysis. introduction physical education is a strategic foundation of human quality of life. in developed countries, physical activity, health-promoting sports, and an active lifestyle are considered key parameters of gdp and healthcare systems (who, 2023; oecd, 2022). in uzbekistan, the national healthy lifestyle concept for 2020–2030 and the law "on physical education and sports" (no. orq-573, 04.09.2019) have initiated broad reforms in this sphere. official statistics (state committee of statistics, 2023) indicate that 67% of the population lacks adequate physical activity, which is identified as a major risk factor for cardiovascular and chronic non-communicable diseases. in modern society, physical education is not limited to traditional sports training but represents a comprehensive system incorporating advanced technologies, digitalization, motivational strategies, and ecological-psychological factors. this article american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org provides an extensive, fact-based, statistical, and technological review of the innovative development of the modern physical education system and its proven impact on a healthy lifestyle. methodology the study utilized empirical, statistical, and comparative methods. baseline data were sourced from national and international healthy lifestyle statistics, who, unesco, the state committee of statistics, and the ministry of health of uzbekistan. comprehensive surveys and observations were conducted among students, teachers, medical staff, sports specialists, and the general population (over 5,700 respondents from 2021–2024). the effectiveness of physical education classes, fitness programs, smart technologies (mobile apps, trackers), and online platforms in both higher and secondary educational institutions was assessed. medical indicators—including cardiovascular health, body weight, qaly (quality adjusted life years), and bmi (body mass index)—were regularly monitored. the socioeconomic impact was evaluated by analyzing healthcare costs, investments in sports infrastructure, disease incidence, and the correlation with public motivation. statistical tools included correlation and regression analysis (pearson, spearman), medical and economic forecasting techniques. main part in uzbekistan, the modern model of physical education has undergone significant transformation from 2019 to 2024, characterized by the integration of digital technologies, innovative teaching methods, and advanced infrastructure investments. according to the ministry of sports, by 2023, 82% of general educational institutions had implemented electronic gradebooks, and 55% of sports halls were equipped with online monitoring and video analytics systems, ensuring real-time supervision and feedback. fitness programs based on smart technologies—such as national platforms "fitness+uz," "e-sport," and "mycoach"—enabled more than 280,000 users to monitor their physical activity in real time, improving engagement and adherence. empirical studies have shown that introducing gamification, competitive elements, and individualized programs into physical education classes increased student attendance by 14% in secondary schools and 18% in higher education institutions between 2021 and 2023. medical monitoring, including regular bmi and cardiovascular health assessments, demonstrated that 79% of students participating consistently in physical education maintained bmi within the normal range, as reported by the ministry of health in 2023. investment in sports infrastructure rose by 2.3 times between 2020 and 2023, with the construction of 1,700 new school sports halls and open fields, as well as 35 fitness centers funded by domestic and international grants. the adoption of mobile applications and smart trackers resulted in a weekly average of 11.2 hours of physical activity among users, compared to 8.3 hours among those relying on traditional methods, confirming the efficacy of technological integration. digital monitoring enabled individualized planning and real-time adjustment, increasing rehabilitation and health outcomes by 21%. during the covid-19 pandemic, online training platforms prevented disruption for over 85,000 students. artificial intelligence and big data technologies facilitated advanced analysis of sports performance, stress prediction, and injury prevention, further enhancing the system’s efficiency. epidemiological data indicated that insufficient physical activity remains a key risk factor for cardiovascular diseases, accounting for 35–39% of total mortality. studies also confirmed that regular american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org physical activity correlates with lower bmi (average 23.4 for active individuals versus 27.1 for inactive ones) and a 2.7-fold reduction in rates of depression and psychological discomfort. economic analysis revealed that physically active populations incurred significantly lower annual healthcare costs for cardiovascular disease prevention (2.1 million soums per person versus 6.8 million for inactive individuals) and enjoyed 14–18% higher productivity, with 35% fewer workdays lost due to illness. at the national level, each 1% increase in physical activity corresponded to a 0.17% rise in gdp (world bank, 2022). despite notable achievements, disparities persist in rural areas due to limited infrastructure and lower female participation (17% in 2023 versus the who global benchmark of 35– 40%), necessitating further investment and inclusive strategies. the nationwide expansion of traditional sports—such as kurash, belt wrestling, and stone lifting—has contributed positively to youth development and cultural identity, with participation rates in these disciplines more than doubling since 2019. results the research confirms that the integration of innovative technologies, individualized approaches, and advanced infrastructure into uzbekistan’s physical education system has measurably improved public health and societal well-being. statistical analysis demonstrates a significant increase in physical activity participation, with the adoption of digital platforms and smart devices leading to a documented rise in average weekly exercise duration and improved health metrics across diverse population groups. empirical monitoring of more than 5,700 individuals between 2021 and 2024 revealed that students and adults utilizing mobile applications and digital monitoring tools maintained healthier bmi levels, reported higher subjective well-being, and exhibited lower rates of cardiovascular and metabolic diseases. the incidence of obesity and associated risk factors was markedly lower among physically active cohorts, with a 38% reduction in hypertension prevalence and a 25% lower risk of type 2 diabetes compared to inactive groups. the expansion of inclusive and accessible sports infrastructure correlated with an increase in female participation, improved youth engagement, and the proliferation of traditional sports, further supporting social cohesion and cultural heritage. economic impact assessments indicated a decrease in healthcare expenditures and a quantifiable boost in workforce productivity, affirming the cost-effectiveness of investments in physical education. the data also highlighted persistent disparities by region and gender, underscoring the need for ongoing policy interventions and targeted resource allocation to ensure equitable access and sustained progress. general conclusion in summary, uzbekistan’s experience demonstrates that a science-based, technology-driven approach to physical education delivers substantial health, economic, and social benefits at both individual and national levels. the implementation of smart technologies, digital monitoring, and innovative pedagogical methods has resulted in increased physical activity rates, improved health outcomes, and reduced healthcare costs. these advances have contributed to higher labor productivity and a more resilient workforce, as well as greater social integration and cultural vitality through the promotion of traditional sports. however, the persistence of regional inequalities and lower female engagement highlights the necessity for continued investment in infrastructure, gender-sensitive programming, and policy support. the evidence unequivocally supports the prioritization of physical education as a american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org strategic pillar for public health, sustainable development, and national prosperity. the uzbek model offers a replicable blueprint for other nations seeking to modernize their physical education systems and promote a healthy lifestyle across all sectors of society. references 1. najmiddinovna, rahimova feruza. "pedagogical conditions of improvement of social pedagogical activity of students on the basis of multimedia tools." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 8.036 11.07 (2022): 108-112. 2. mirzaeva, farokhat, et al. "improving the educational process based on a pedagogical innovative approach." palarch's journal of archaeology of egypt/egyptology 17.6 (2020): 8919-8926. 3. раҳимова, феруза нажиддиновна. "мулътимедиа воситаларининг ижтимоий педагогик фаолиятга таъсир этувчи педагогик-психологик омиллари." academic research in educational sciences 3.nuu conference 2 (2022): 879-884. 4. rakhimova, feruza. "model of developing communicative and didactic competence among future teachers." eastern european scientific journal 1 (2019). 5. najmiddinovna, rahimova feruza, and muxammadiev baxromjon baxtiyorjon o’g’li. "factors affecting the social pedagogical activity of multimedia." international journal of social science & interdisciplinary research issn: 2277-3630 impact factor: 8.036 11.05 (2022): 114-118. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 42, november 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org ways to reduce poverty in regions based on quality management methods saidov oybek ortiqbekovich teacher, bukhara state technical university jabborov al-g'ofur jamshid ugli student, bukhara state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study examines the application of quality management principles to poverty reduction strategies in regional development. traditional poverty alleviation programs often focus on financial assistance and social welfare, but the integration of quality management—particularly approaches derived from total quality management (tqm), six sigma, and continuous improvement—offers sustainable and measurable results. the paper argues that poverty reduction efforts can become more efficient when quality-based planning, stakeholder engagement, and performance monitoring are embedded in governance systems. the research suggests that quality management frameworks enhance policy effectiveness, accountability, and the alignment of resources with community needs. poverty reduction, quality management, regional development, tqm, continuous improvement, sustainable development introduction poverty continues to be one of the most enduring challenges facing humanity, affecting billions of people worldwide and hindering social and economic development. despite technological advancement and the global expansion of trade and services, the gap between the rich and the poor remains substantial. in many developing regions, poverty manifests not only as low income but also as limited access to education, healthcare, housing, and employment opportunities. therefore, the fight against poverty is not solely an economic issue but a multidimensional problem that requires comprehensive management approaches involving governance, social responsibility, and efficient use of resources. over the last few decades, various international institutions—such as the united nations, the world bank, and regional development banks—have implemented numerous poverty reduction strategies. these programs often include financial assistance, infrastructure investment, social protection, and microfinance. however, the success of such programs has been uneven. some regions have achieved noticeable progress, while others continue to struggle due to weak institutional capacity, corruption, inefficient management, and lack of accountability. this inconsistency suggests that american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org traditional poverty reduction measures may be insufficient without a strong management framework to ensure effectiveness and sustainability. quality management, initially developed in the industrial and business sectors, offers a valuable framework for enhancing the performance of social and public programs. at its core, quality management emphasizes continuous improvement, stakeholder satisfaction, process optimization, and evidence-based decision-making. these principles can be effectively adapted to regional poverty reduction policies by focusing on the quality of planning, implementation, and evaluation processes. when applied to social development, quality management ensures that programs are not only implemented but also systematically monitored and continuously improved according to real-time feedback and measurable indicators. in the context of regional development, the relevance of quality management becomes even more pronounced. regions differ in their socio-economic conditions, institutional capabilities, and access to resources; therefore, adopting a standardized approach to poverty reduction is rarely effective. instead, a quality-based management framework allows each region to develop customized strategies that align with its unique context while maintaining a commitment to efficiency, transparency, and inclusiveness. the concept of “citizen satisfaction,” which parallels the business concept of “customer satisfaction,” becomes a central component—public policies are judged not only by their intentions but by the tangible improvements they bring to people’s lives. literature review scholarly interest in applying quality management concepts to public and social sectors has increased substantially in the last two decades. w. edwards deming’s foundational work on continuous improvement (pdsa/pdsa cycle) has been widely adapted beyond manufacturing into public administration and program management, providing a theoretical base for iterative policy design and evaluation. deming’s emphasis on system thinking and iterative study underpins many modern proposals for managing complex social programs, including poverty reduction initiatives that require continuous monitoring and adjustment. [1] total quality management (tqm) literature documents organizational and cultural changes required for quality approaches to succeed. reviews of recent tqm research highlight that leadership commitment, employee involvement, process orientation, and data-driven decision-making are recurring determinants of successful tqm implementation across sectors. authors synthesizing tqm trends argue that when translated to public policy, these practices improve service delivery quality, citizen satisfaction, and institutional responsiveness—factors directly relevant to poverty alleviation programs that depend on effective public services. [2] lean and six sigma methodologies have been adapted increasingly for public-sector process improvement. systematic literature reviews and applied studies show that lean six sigma (lss) enhances process visibility, reduces waste, and improves turnaround times in government and social service agencies. several case studies suggest that lss tools (e.g., value-stream mapping, dmaic) help identify bottlenecks in benefit delivery and reduce leakage of resources meant for the poor, thus increasing program effectiveness and reach. however, the literature also notes the need for contextual tailoring: lss requires capacity-building and sustained leadership support to yield long-term benefits in public settings. [3] the iso 9001 quality management standard has been evaluated for its utility in nonindustrial contexts, including public and social services. user surveys and applied research indicate american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org that iso-based systems can strengthen documentation, standard operating procedures, and management accountability, which in turn can reduce administrative errors and improve the predictability of service outcomes. nevertheless, empirical studies caution that certification alone is insufficient: organizational culture and follow-through (internal audits, corrective action) determine whether iso adoption translates into better social outcomes. [4] a growing body of empirical research links quality management practices to measurable improvements in public-sector performance. for example, recent studies in education and local government show positive associations between systematic quality practices (performance monitoring, process mapping, staff training) and improved outputs such as school performance, service accessibility, and beneficiary satisfaction. these findings support the proposition that quality management is not merely managerial rhetoric but can produce tangible improvements in public programs that target poverty reduction. at the same time, researchers emphasize the importance of rigorous measurement frameworks to demonstrate causality rather than simple correlation. [5] results and discussion the practical application of quality management methods to regional poverty reduction has shown that managing social programs with the same rigor and discipline as production systems leads to improved efficiency, accountability, and measurable results. quality management, by its very nature, seeks to eliminate waste, optimize processes, and ensure that every stage of a project contributes to the ultimate goal. when transferred to the context of regional governance and social development, these principles offer a scientific and structured approach to addressing poverty. the primary challenge in many regions is not always the lack of resources but the inefficient use of those resources, the duplication of administrative processes, and the absence of consistent performance monitoring. introducing quality management helps to systematize the way programs are designed, implemented, and evaluated, ensuring that funds and efforts reach those who need them most. at the core of this approach is the understanding that poverty is a multifaceted problem requiring cross-sectoral collaboration. a regional development strategy guided by quality management principles encourages integration between education, health, employment, and infrastructure development. instead of each department operating in isolation, the quality-based system brings together all sectors under a unified strategic vision that defines clear goals, measurable targets, and mutual accountability. for instance, improving employment levels cannot be achieved through job creation alone; it must also involve training institutions to build skills that match market demand, healthcare programs to maintain worker productivity, and infrastructure development to connect communities with economic opportunities. through this holistic approach, poverty reduction becomes an interconnected system of continuous improvement rather than a collection of short-term projects. in many developing regions, poverty reduction programs have traditionally suffered from inefficiencies, corruption, and poor coordination. quality management principles, particularly those rooted in total quality management and six sigma methodologies, help to overcome these systemic challenges. they introduce a culture of data-based decision-making where performance is continuously measured, analyzed, and improved. the deming cycle—plan, do, check, act—serves as a powerful model for government institutions. regional authorities first plan interventions based on statistical evidence, implement them in controlled stages, evaluate results through data collection and stakeholder feedback, and then make informed american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org adjustments. this iterative process ensures that errors are identified early and corrective actions are implemented promptly, minimizing resource wastage and maximizing impact. empirical evidence from local governance reforms indicates that when regional administrations introduce structured quality systems, the outcomes are significantly improved. programs with clear performance indicators, transparent procedures, and participatory monitoring tend to yield better results than those that operate under traditional bureaucratic structures. for example, a regional employment initiative that applies quality management techniques would begin by defining its critical success factors—such as reducing unemployment by a specific percentage within a timeframe—and then break this goal into measurable performance metrics. progress would be monitored monthly through data analytics, and feedback from beneficiaries would be used to refine training curricula or modify job placement mechanisms. this systematic feedback loop transforms program management into an evolving process driven by evidence rather than assumptions. the success of poverty reduction efforts also depends on the ability to engage local communities in the planning and implementation process. in quality management philosophy, customer satisfaction is the ultimate goal. when adapted to public policy, this means ensuring that citizens’ voices are central to program design and evaluation. regional authorities adopting participatory models—such as public hearings, citizen surveys, and community monitoring platforms—can align their programs more closely with the actual needs of the population. for instance, in regions where agriculture is the primary source of livelihood, involving farmers in the design of agricultural subsidies or training programs leads to higher participation rates and more effective outcomes. quality management thus not only improves operational efficiency but also enhances social inclusion and trust between government and citizens. transparency and accountability are additional benefits of quality-based poverty management systems. by introducing measurable standards and regular reporting mechanisms, regional authorities create an environment where progress can be objectively evaluated. performance dashboards, online databases, and open-access reports allow citizens, auditors, and policymakers to track how resources are used and what results are achieved. this transparency discourages corruption and ensures that funds are directed toward intended purposes. in countries that have adopted iso 9001 or similar standards for public administration, audit trails and internal reviews have been instrumental in reducing administrative errors and improving service quality. when applied to poverty reduction programs, such systems guarantee that the resources devoted to social assistance, education, or healthcare generate tangible and verifiable benefits. the following example illustrates how the application of quality management methods can transform outcomes in regional poverty reduction programs: performance indicator before quality system (2022) after implementation (2025) regional poverty rate (%) 29.4 18.6 employment rate (%) 60.2 74.8 public satisfaction with social programs (%) 48.5 81.3 administrative cost per household (usd) 295 170 american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org these figures show that systematic process optimization and feedback-driven management lead to both cost savings and higher impact. by continuously reviewing and improving program design, regional governments can deliver better outcomes with fewer resources. quality management also facilitates benchmarking between regions. through comparative analysis, regions can identify best practices and replicate successful strategies in different socio-economic contexts. benchmarking fosters a learning culture where each regional administration can observe how others have achieved measurable improvements in poverty reduction and adapt these practices accordingly. for example, if one province successfully applies lean management to streamline welfare benefit processing times from 60 days to 20 days, neighboring regions can learn from this model and implement similar process reforms. this inter-regional learning accelerates the overall national progress toward poverty reduction goals. another essential aspect of applying quality management in poverty reduction is data management. reliable and timely data are indispensable for identifying target groups, measuring outcomes, and assessing policy effectiveness. however, in many developing regions, data collection systems are weak or fragmented. quality management frameworks encourage the establishment of standardized information systems, ensuring that decisions are made on the basis of verified evidence. through digital platforms and monitoring tools, real-time data can be used to detect inefficiencies, track disbursement of social assistance, and identify geographical areas requiring urgent intervention. moreover, integrating data from different sectors—education, employment, and healthcare—creates a more comprehensive picture of poverty dynamics, enabling policymakers to address root causes rather than symptoms. training and human resource development are also integral to the success of qualitybased approaches. public sector employees often lack exposure to modern management tools, statistical analysis, and performance monitoring techniques. quality management emphasizes the continuous improvement of both processes and people. therefore, regional administrations must invest in capacity-building programs, workshops, and certifications to ensure that staff can effectively use quality tools. when officials and social workers understand how to collect data, analyze trends, and apply corrective actions, they become active contributors to the continuous improvement cycle. this professionalization of public service creates a culture where efficiency and accountability become institutional values rather than temporary policy goals. conclusion the analysis of poverty reduction strategies based on quality management methods demonstrates that sustainable development and social progress depend not only on economic indicators but also on the efficiency of institutional management, innovation, and continuous improvement mechanisms. applying total quality management (tqm) principles—such as continuous improvement, customer orientation, teamwork, and evidence-based decision-making—can significantly strengthen the ability of regional administrations to identify and address the root causes of poverty rather than only its symptoms. by promoting accountability, transparency, and efficient allocation of resources, qualitybased governance helps ensure that development programs reach vulnerable populations effectively and deliver measurable social benefits. the findings suggest that regional governments must develop a structured framework integrating quality management tools into public policy processes. for instance, implementing performance measurement systems and citizen feedback mechanisms can improve service delivery in education, healthcare, and employment support, which are critical sectors american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org influencing poverty levels. furthermore, continuous training of public administrators and collaboration with non-governmental organizations can foster a culture of innovation and shared responsibility, ultimately leading to better socioeconomic outcomes. references 1. deming, w. e. — foundational exposition on iterative improvement and system thinking (pdsa). 2. xiao, a. (2023). emerging research trends of total quality management — review article summarizing tqm determinants and trends. 3. peralta-santana et al.; rodgers & antony — systematic reviews and applied papers on lean six sigma in the public sector. 4. iso public user survey (2020/2021) and studies on iso 9001 effectiveness in non-industrial contexts. 5. parveen, k. et al. (2024) and world bank results & performance reporting — empirical links between qm practices and public performance. 6. world bank — governance and institutions thematic resources and reports on governance as key to poverty reduction. 7. nguyen, v. (2020). practical application of pdca — case studies showing iterative method use in non-industrial contexts. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org additional new mathematical models of verb phraseology for computer translation from english to uzbek muftakh khakimov 1, vazira bekova 1, ziyoviddin sirojiddinov 1, akbar omonov 2. 1national university of uzbekistan of name mirzo ulugbek, university street 4, 100104 tashkent, republic of uzbekistan 2tashkent pediatric medical institute, department of "biophysics, medical informatics" vazira.bekova16@gmail.com orcid.org/ 0009000865181312. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s it is well known that the process of any computer translation system involves encoding the meaning of the input text in a natural language and re-encoding this meaning in the target language while maintaining semantic consistency with the source text. one approach to achieving this goal is the formalization of the grammatical structures of the natural languages involved in translation systems. more precisely, grammatical structures are based on linguistic rules that determine word structures and their classification according to parts of speech. analyzing word structures enables the construction of logically sound mathematical models. this article examines how verbs in english and uzbek form syntactic relationships and how verb categories are classified during the computer translation process. the study analyzes the key aspects of a morpho-analyzer that ensures accurate and meaningful automatic translation. additionally, it classifies verb-related words and verb-forming affixes in both languages, along with their patterns and mathematical models. natural language, expandable input language, computer translation, database, english verb category, uzbek verb category, additional new mathematical models, word weight. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org introduction each natural language (nl) is a complex system consisting of components that are neither mathematically structured nor formalized. however, through the processing of nl, it is possible to identify unstructured elements in the language and formalize them using a linear methodology. this process includes determining word structures, constructing logical-linguistic models based on word and sentence types, and developing mathematical models using a specialized meta-language. this methodology is referred to as the degree of formalization of a language. the degree of formalization, in turn, determines the level of semantic formalization of nl and the accuracy of the algorithm. a superficial understanding of nl formalization—i.e., perceiving a formalized language as an abstract, content-independent structure with a simple logical framework—leads to low efficiency in machine translation [1]. formalization allows for the segmentation of a language into different components, the analysis of their interrelations, and the characterization of its semantic structure. there are numerous shortcomings in automatic translation systems (google translate, microsoft translator, deepl translator, yandex translate, amazon translate) when translating between english and uzbek: since uzbek is an agglutinative language, word formation and the semantic structure of sentences depend on the affixes attached to words in each sentence. this difference between english and uzbek has not been resolved in the automatic translation systems mentioned above. there is no tool for formalizing natural languages to address this issue. for high-quality translation between languages, particularly between english and uzbek, natural languages have not been formalized, and their various models have not been developed.to address the shortcomings mentioned above, the first author of this paper has developed a specialized expandable input language to formalize natural languages [2, 3]. as a result of creating this expandable input language, linguistic and mathematical models have been developed for parts of speech and general sentence structures in english, russian, and uzbek [4, 5]. this study adopts the first approach, focusing on the efficiency of transferring words and sentences from language a to language b, classified as class 0 according to chomsky's classification [6]. 1 methods to date, various models for translation programs have been developed by mathematicians and linguists. however, due to the lack of high-quality text translation between english and uzbek in both directions, this research aims to represent the linguistic capabilities of both languages using an expandable input language. this approach allows for the development of additional new mathematical models by analyzing the grammatical and morphological structures of natural languages belonging to different classes. the transformation from formalizing linguistic capabilities to modeling consists of the following stages: analysis of parts of speech in natural languages: this stage involves studying the morphological, syntactic, and semantic aspects of word categories such as nouns, adjectives, verbs, pronouns, adverbs, and numerals in both languages. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org formation of word chains: by identifying which prefixes, affixes, and suffixes are added to a root to form words in both languages, multiple word chains (a1, a2, ..., a3) are constructed based on word formation. selection of logically and semantically valid chains: only root and affix chains that are logically and semantically compatible in both languages are selected, leading to the construction of mathematical models. the functionality of words in natural languages (nl) is reflected in their polysemy. each word has a specific meaning in a given context, although some words may cause exceptions due to their inherent polysemy. this phenomenon leads to two main approaches when creating mathematical models of natural language: developing a unified system for linear processing of words and sentences. considering each word and sentence as an independent structure and processing them accordingly. the following steps are also included in this research: studying natural language (nl); implementing the developed expandable input language; developing a semantic database; creating a bilingual database of terms and phrases specific to particular scientific fields; modeling nl; designing translation program algorithms and developing its software environment. 2.1 mathematical model (problem statement) using an expandable input language is the most effective approach for developing a bilingual translation program for computer translation. therefore, in this article, new terminal symbols related to the verb category of both languages have been introduced into the terminal symbols of the expandable input language, as presented in table 1. based on these terminal symbols, we construct new mathematical models for a computer translation program by analyzing and synthesizing the verb categories of both languages. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org new terminal symbols added to the expandable input language table 1 verb types terminal characters verb types terminal characters notional verbs g gerund g13 action verbs g3 modal verbs g14 mental verbs g31 present tense g15 perception verbs g32 future tense g16 speech verbs g33 past tense g17 gesture verbs g34 active voicei g18 visual perception verbs g35 reciprocal voice g181 stative verbs g4 reciprocal voice g182 auxiliary verbs g5 causative voice g183 defective verbs g6 reflexive voice g184 light verbs g7 passive voice g185 linking verbs g8 to be” verbs g (d1) g(d2) g (d3) simple verbs g9 transitive verbs g19 compound verbs g10 intransitive verbs g20 paired (dual) verbs g11 regular verbs g21 infinitive g12 irregular verbs g22 2.2. initial data (descriptions of datasets) developing an algorithm for the verb category in computer translation software by analyzing the verb categories of two natural languages and incorporating additional new terminologies into the expandable input language. creating additional new mathematical models for computer translation between english and uzbek and vice versa using the expandable input language. 2.3 computational algorithm (solution method) algorithm for translating from english to uzbek 1. a specialized word database consisting of multiple tables has been built for computer translation between the two languages. using this specialized database, the following sequential steps are performed. 2. the input word in english is analyzed using data retrieved from the database. 3. the output word in uzbek is synthesized based on the corresponding data in the database. 4. the input word in english is segmented into its root (k) and affixes, and new mathematical models are constructed accordingly. 5. the output word in uzbek is synthesized using the newly constructed mathematical models. 6. based on the newly constructed mathematical models for both languages, weight coefficients for words and affixes are calculated. 7. translation is carried out using weight coefficients that are either equal or very close to each other in both languages. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org 8. if no exactly matching weight coefficients are found between the two languages, translation is performed by selecting words with the closest weight coefficients from the specialized database built for computer translation. 2 results based on the above-discussed points, we will conduct the following analysis for both languages. (g) (national verbs) — independent verbs — are categorized into action verbs and state verbs in both english and uzbek, based on what they denote. in english, (g) verbs do not differentiate between action and state verbs in terms of lexical meaning. however, in uzbek, (g) verbs are classified into six types of action verbs and three types of state verbs, depending on whether they indicate an action or a state in a sentence. this difference highlights the necessity of comparative analysis between the two languages. although both natural languages have verbs as an independent part of speech, their grammatical and morphological structures differ due to belonging to different language families. therefore, in this study, a new set of terminological symbols was introduced into the expandable input language (eil) developed by the first author of the paper, designed to formalize the operation of tt (translation tool) for computer translation. based on these newly introduced terminological symbols, an algorithm was created for each verb category in both languages. in this paper, new mathematical models and numerical coefficients for notional verbs (independent verbs) and auxiliary verbs in both languages are introduced. the weight values of words belonging to each verb type are provided in the tables below. the (g) (notional verbs) in english and uzbek are similar because, in both languages, (g) verbs perform the main semantic function in a sentence with their inherent meaning. in the field of information technology (it), such verbs are used to describe processes like running programs, managing networks, compiling code, and processing data. the weight values of parts of speech in any natural language are assigned as defined in [7]. words associated with noun (c) – 0.1; words associated with adjective (p) – 0.2; words associated with verb (g) – 0.3; words associated with adverb (n) – 0.4; words associated with pronoun (m) – 0.5; words associated with numeral (f) – 0.6. words associated with dependent closed word classes (u, d, y, l) 0.07. the numbering of word classes shown above helps to calculate the weight of the two languages. for example, tables below indicate that the weight of the declarative, interrogative and negative sentences in the english language, which include pronoun differentiates from those in uzbek. the mathematical models of english interrogative and negative sentences, the weight of the word-forming affixes also differ from each other in both languages. (mm) mathematical model; v1 word root weight; v3 weight of affixes in a word. signs mean: ⊕ joining operation, ↓operation of possible “connection” or “not connections” a component following it. $ selection operation, syntax is $[,<1/h>] [3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org in our previous studies on computer translation systems [8], we analyzed noun categories in both languages, developing new mathematical models and computing weight coefficients. in this paper, we conduct analysis and synthesis of the verb category (g) in english and uzbek, deriving new mathematical models and calculating their weight coefficients for each verb type. for instance, the english verb translates to uzbek as . the mathematical model for this verb in english is represented as: g = $[i,1-h]g[i] with a weight coefficient of 0.3. g the corresponding uzbek translation of this english verb is g10, where: is the verb root (g) is the verbal noun-forming suffix to derive the mathematical model for the uzbek translation, we first analyze the translated word based on [4], formulating its model as: (g, g (a1)) = $[i,1-h] g[i] ⊕↓$[j,1-h[]]g(a1[j]). this model helps the computer translation system process input text (evx) and generate the translated output text (evix). the system first analyzes the input word using the mathematical model, then synthesizes the translation by comparing weight coefficients across both languages. (g, g (a1)) = $[i,1-h] g[i] ⊕↓$[j,1-h[]]g(a1[j]) for the translated uzbek word g10: the root weight for is 0.3 the suffix weight coefficient for is 0.10221 the results are presented as an example in table 2. new mathematical model and weight coefficient of the action verb of an independent verb in two languages table 2 № ingliz tilida (mm) v1 v3 o’zbek tilida (mm) v1 v3 1. store (g) 0.3 0 saqla+moq g10 0.2 0.10221 the translations of english (g) verbs into uzbek are presented in table 3. for example, the english verb is a compound verb in uzbek: amal+ga osh+ir+moq = (amal) asos = k (c), ( -ga) jo’nalish kelisshigi = (x3), (osh) asos = k (c), (ir) g183 (a1) where: (amal) is the root noun k (c) (-ga) is the dative case suffix (x3) (osh) is another root k (c) (-ir) is the causative verb-forming affix g183 (a1) (-moq) is the verbal noun-forming affix g3 (a1) when translating from english to uzbek, the structure follows composition rules: (c+g) = g10 thus, becomes a compound verb (g19) in uzbek. the mathematical model for the english verb remains (g). however, when translated into uzbek, it follows the formula: k (c) ⊕ x3 ⊕ k (c) ⊕ g183 (a1) ⊕ g (a1) = g10 a new mathematical model for computer translation was developed by analyzing and synthesizing translations. weight coefficients for word categories and affixes were previously established by the first author in [4]. this paper utilizes [4] for computing weights across both languages. the english verb has: a weight coefficient of 0.3. since the uzbek translation is a compound verb, it contains two root words, requiring separate weight calculations: k (c) 0.1 + k (c) 0.1 = 0.2; for the suffixes: x30.10201 + ir 0.10217 + moq 0.10221 = 0.3063 thus, the computer translation system must automatically generate weight coefficients for words and affixes in both languages. since english and uzbek verbs are categorized into action and state verbs, weight coefficients for auxiliary verbs in both languages were calculated using the same methodology. to perform english-to-uzbek translation, the proposed algorithm was extended to include (g3), (g4) and (g5) verb types. the final results are provided in the table below. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org algorithmic mathematical models and weight coefficients of words belonging to the verb phrase class in two languages table 3 № ingliz tilida (mm) v1 v3 o’zbek tilida (mm) v1 v3 1. (g) store (g) 0.3 0 saqlamoq g19 0.3 0.10221 2. (g) execute (g) 0.3 0 amalga oshirmoq (g19) 0.2 0.3063 3. (g3) install (g3) 0.3 0 o’rnat+moq (g3) 0.3 0.10221 4. g4 exist (g4) 0.3 0 mavjud bo’lmoq (g4) 0.6 0.10221 5. g5 i am (g51) 0.5 0.3 men (g51) 0.5 0 6 g5 he is (g52) 0.5 0.3 u (g52) 0.5 0 7. g5 you (g53) 0.5 0.3 siz (g53) 0.5 0 8. g5 has (g54) 0.3 0 bor (g54) 0.3 0 9. g5 have (g55) 0.3 0 bor (g55) 0.3 0 10. g5 do (g56) 0.3 0 qilmoq (g56) 0.3 0 11. g5 does (g57) 0.3 0 qilmoq (g57) 0.3 0 3 discussion unlike other turkic languages, uzbek is considered a low-resource language and has a highly agglutinative structure. a single word can form an entire sentence. there are insufficient rule-based machine translation resources for uzbek. however, significant progress has been made in turkic languages such as turkish and kazakh in this field. for example, sentiment analysis has been conducted in [10]. in the era of globalization, despite all challenges, uzbek must become an active participant in the information community. several studies have been conducted on uzbek morphology and word stem identification, such as [11, 12]. there are very few studies on formalizing natural languages, but numerous papers focus on different aspects of turkic languages. for example, sentiment analysis in kazakh and russian has been conducted in [13], and ontologybased sentiment analysis of kazakh sentences has been performed. 4 conclusion in this paper, new additional mathematical models have been developed for verbs using the expandable input language. the significance of this study lies in achieving high translation accuracy in automatic translation between english and uzbek. for future research, we plan to analyze the grammar and morphology of other parts of speech in english and uzbek to develop additional mathematical models for each category. with these new mathematical models based on the expandable input language, we can precisely develop the translation algorithm. these models enable the prediction of word and sentence alignment probabilities between english and uzbek. from this perspective, developing new additional mathematical models is crucial for achieving high-quality machine translation between english and uzbek. the remaining parts of the algorithm presented in the upper section of this paper will be fully developed by conducting further analysis in both languages and constructing additional mathematical models. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org references 1. khakimov, m.kh. formal machine translation systems in a multi-languages situation. in: materials of republican – scientific conference «modern problems of mathematics, mechanics and information technologies», nuuz, institute of mathematics and it as ruz, pp. 297–301, tashkent (2008) 2. khakimov, m.kh expandable input language of mathematical modeling of natural language for multilingual situation of machine translation// uzmu xabarlari no. 1, 2009, p 75-80 3. khakimov, m.kh the ministry of justice of the republic of uzbekistan. official bulletin journal. no. 10 (238), 2022, pp. 110-113. patent no. iap 07121 4. khakimov, m.kh. technology of multilingual modeled computer translator. monograph // lap lambert academic publishing, riga, 2019, 174 p 5. mersaid aripov, muftakh khakimov, sanatbek matlatipov, and ziyoviddin sirojiddinov analysis and processing of the uzbek language on the multi-language modelled computer translator technology. in: vetulani, z., paroubek, p., kubis, m. (eds) human language technology. challenges for computer science and linguistics. pp 81–95 ltc 2019. lecture notes in computer science, vol 13212. springer, cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-05328-3_6 6. chomshy, n.: formal properties of grammars. in: handbook of mathematical psychology, vol. 2, pp. 323–418. wiley, new york (1963) 7. khakimov m. kh., sirojiddinov z. sh. computer algorithmization in multi-language modelled translator technology // modern problems of applied mathematics and information technologies alkhwarizmi. – 2021, p.2. 8. khakimov m.kh., bekova v.g. morphological analysis of nouns in english to uzbek machine translation // problems of computational and applied mathematics no. 4(58) 2024 9. khakimov, m.kh. the extensible source language of mathematical modelling of a natural language for a multi-languages situation of machine translation. in: news nuuz, vol. 1, pp. 80–85, tashkent (2009) 10. marciniak, m., mykowiecka, a. representation of uzbek morphology in prolog. in: marciniak, m., mykowiecka, a. (eds.) aspects of natural language processing. lncs, vol. 5070. springer, heidelberg (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-04735-0_4 11. matlatipov, s., tukeyev, u., aripov, m. towards the uzbek language endings as a language resource. in: hernes, m., wojtkiewicz, k., szczerbicki, e. (eds.) iccci 2020. ccis, vol. 1287, pp. 729–740. springer, cham (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-63119-2_59 12. sakenovich, n.s., zharmagambetov, a.s. on one approach of solving sentiment analysis task for kazakh and russian languages using deep learning. in: nguyen, n.-t., manolopoulos, y., iliadis, l., trawi ´nski, b. (eds.) iccci 2016. lncs (lnai), vol. 9876, pp. 537–545. springer, cham (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-45246-3_51 13. tuzov, v.a. matematicheskaja’s ases language model, p. 176. lgu (1984) american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org increased incidence of breast cancer in women aged 20–40: risk factors, modern diagnostic and treatment trends rahmonaliyeva mokhitabon zohidjon kizi 4th year student of the faculty of medicine emu university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the incidence of breast cancer among women aged 20–40 has shown a significant upward trend over the past two decades, making early-onset breast malignancies an emerging global health challenge. this article examines the multifactorial risk determinants contributing to this rise, including genetic predisposition, lifestyle and environmental exposures, reproductive patterns, and hormonal influences. modern diagnostic advances such as breast mri, high-resolution ultrasound, molecular profiling, artificial intelligence–assisted imaging and liquid biopsy technologies are analyzed as key tools for early and precise detection in younger patients. breast cancer, young women, early-onset cancer, risk factors, brca mutations, modern diagnostics. introduction breast cancer, historically considered a disease predominant in older women, has shown a worrying shift in epidemiological patterns over the last two decades, with a noticeable rise in incidence among young women aged 20–40. this trend represents a significant clinical and public-health concern, as early-onset breast cancer frequently demonstrates more aggressive biological behavior, carries a higher risk of recurrence, and often affects women at the peak of their reproductive, social, and economic productivity. understanding the factors driving this increase, alongside advances in diagnostic strategies and evolving treatment paradigms, is essential for improving outcomes in this population [1]. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the rise in breast cancer among younger women is influenced by a complex interplay of genetic, lifestyle, environmental, and hormonal determinants. genetic predisposition remains one of the most decisive factors; mutations in brca1, brca2, tp53, palb2 and other hereditary cancer genes significantly elevate lifetime risk, with carriers often presenting before age 40. however, genetics alone do not explain the epidemiological shift. lifestyle-related risk factors have expanded in scope: increasing rates of obesity and metabolic syndrome among younger women, early exposure to environmental endocrine disruptors, excessive alcohol consumption, chronic stress, physical inactivity, and sleep pattern disturbances all contribute to higher susceptibility. reproductive behaviors american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org have also changed globally — later age at first pregnancy, reduced breastfeeding duration, increased use of hormonal contraceptives, and rising infertility rates — all of which modify cumulative hormonal exposure, ultimately elevating risk. furthermore, early menarche, irregular ovulatory cycles, and estrogen-dominant hormonal profiles observed in many young patients present additional biological vulnerability [2]. rеsults аnd disсussiоn modern diagnostic strategies have adapted to the unique challenges of detecting breast cancer in younger women. dense breast tissue, more common in this age group, decreases the sensitivity of traditional mammography, often delaying diagnosis. as a result, imaging approaches increasingly rely on ultrasound and contrast-enhanced mri, which provide higher sensitivity for dense tissue and early lesions. artificial intelligence has also begun to improve lesion detection and reduce false-negative rates. the integration of genomics into diagnostics has shifted the paradigm from morphology-based assessment to molecular profiling: gene-expression panels (such as oncotype dx, mammaprint, and prosigna) enable risk stratification, recurrence prediction, and personalization of adjuvant therapy. liquid biopsy technologies, though still developing, offer promising prospects for early detection through circulating tumor dna (ctdna), enabling monitoring of minimal residual disease and early relapse. these diagnostic innovations together reflect a decisive move toward precision oncology. treatment strategies for early-onset breast cancer are also undergoing rapid evolution, shaped by the need for aggressive disease control balanced with fertility preservation and long-term quality of life. younger patients more commonly present with triple-negative and her2-positive subtypes, both of which demand tailored systemic therapy. neoadjuvant chemotherapy has become standard for many young patients, as it increases breast-conservation rates, facilitates pathological complete response assessment, and informs post-surgical treatment decisions [3]. for her2-positive disease, dualtargeted regimens combining trastuzumab and pertuzumab have dramatically improved survival. in triple-negative cancers, immunotherapy with pembrolizumab, in combination with chemotherapy, represents one of the most significant therapeutic breakthroughs of the past decade. endocrine therapy remains central for hormone receptor–positive tumors, though treatment must account for ovarian function suppression, especially since many young patients desire future fertility. oncofertility practices — including oocyte or embryo cryopreservation, ovarian tissue preservation, and ovarian suppression during chemotherapy — have become indispensable components of modern care. surgical management continues to emphasize individualized planning. breast-conserving surgery combined with targeted radiotherapy offers excellent oncologic safety for many young patients, though mastectomy rates remain higher in this population due to genetic risk, anxiety about recurrence, and aggressive tumor biology. advances in oncoplastic techniques provide improved cosmetic outcomes without compromising cancer control. postoperative radiotherapy has become more precise with hypofractionation and deep-inspiration breath hold techniques, reducing long-term toxicity for this younger cohort. beyond active treatment, survivorship management is gaining recognition as a critical phase of care. young women face higher rates of psychosocial stress, body-image disturbances, sexual dysfunction, cardiovascular toxicity from chemotherapy and radiotherapy, and challenges in returning to work or family responsibilities. these realities demand multidisciplinary, long-term follow-up that integrates american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org psychological care, lifestyle intervention, cardiotoxicity monitoring, and structured rehabilitation. evidence increasingly supports the protective role of physical activity, mediterranean-based nutrition, weight control, and stress-reduction strategies in improving survival and preventing recurrence, making lifestyle modification a core therapeutic recommendation rather than an optional supplement [4]. in conclusion, the increasing incidence of breast cancer among women aged 20–40 reflects a multifactorial and evolving phenomenon influenced by genetics, lifestyle, environmental exposures, and shifting reproductive patterns. modern diagnostics have become more advanced, precise, and individualized, enabling earlier detection despite the challenges posed by dense breast tissue and aggressive tumor biology. treatment strategies continue to incorporate targeted therapies, immunotherapy, molecular profiling, fertility preservation, and refined surgical techniques, reflecting a transition toward comprehensive, personalized oncology. to effectively confront the rising burden of early-onset breast cancer, healthcare systems must expand awareness programs, ensure equitable access to advanced diagnostics, develop supportive oncofertility services, and provide multidisciplinary survivorship care. only through such integrative approaches can long-term outcomes for young women be meaningfully improved. соnсlusiоn the rising incidence of breast cancer in women aged 20–40 reflects a complex interplay of hereditary, environmental, metabolic and reproductive determinants, demanding an expanded clinical and scientific response. early-onset tumors tend to be biologically aggressive, diagnostically challenging, and emotionally burdensome, making timely detection and individualized treatment essential. technological innovations — from advanced imaging to genomic profiling and immunotherapeutic regimens — have reshaped modern clinical practice, offering improved accuracy and survival prospects. however, these advances must be paired with proactive prevention strategies, lifestylebased risk reduction, and accessible screening routes tailored to younger populations. in addition, fertility preservation, psychosocial support and long-term monitoring must be integrated into standard care, considering the profound life-stage impact of cancer in early adulthood. ultimately, progress against this growing trend will depend on coordinated efforts across oncology, public health, genetics, and reproductive medicine to ensure comprehensive, patient-centered care for young women at risk. rеfеrеnсеs 1. who. breast cancer: prevention and control. – geneva: world health organization, 2022. – 68 p. 2. bray f., ferlay j., soerjomataram i., siegel r. global cancer statistics 2020. – ca: a cancer journal for clinicians, 2021. – 71 p. 3. narod s. on the genetics of breast cancer in young women. – nature reviews clinical oncology, 2020. – 17(6). – p. 347–359. 4. early breast cancer trialists’ collaborative group. treatments for early breast cancer: overview of the evidence. – lancet, 2021. – 398(10302). – p. 168–185. 5. gradishar w., moran m. nccn guidelines for breast cancer. – national comprehensive cancer network, 2023. – 312 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org study of the mechanism of voltage generation in the order of 12-24 v potential by means of thermo emf based on the seebeck effect u. u. iskandarov, associate professor, tuit fergana branch, n. u. iskandarov master's degree, tuit fergana branch, uzbekistan, fergana city e-mail: nuriddin_i@mail.ru a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article studies the mechanism of generating potential difference in the range of 12-24 v dc using the thermoelectromotive force arising at the boundary of two dissimilar conductors. the experimental conditions are considered, including the choice of materials, temperature conditions, the influence of the conductor cross-section, and the use of transformers to increase the output voltage. an analysis of the feasibility of this economic approach is carried out, taking into account some costs. thermoelectric driving force, voltage converters, thermocouple, temperature differential, seebeck coefficient, virtual circuit, energy consumption, fermi level, alternative material. introduction thermoelectric driving force (thermo emf) is the voltage that occurs at the boundary of two dissimilar materials in the form of a wire, in the presence of a temperature gradient. this phenomenon, discovered by t. seebeck in 1821, is widely used in thermocouples for measuring temperatures in automation systems. but under standard conditions, thermocouples generate very low voltage, which limits their use for power generation. this study is aimed at studying only the possibility of increasing the thermo emf to 12-24 v dc by optimizing the experimental conditions and using additional voltage converters. this effect is based on differences of property of the material thermic conductivity and another aspects or sizes of materials. processes is very simple but it has not high effect of power generations. we can give more examples of constructs which show it. but all constructions have no great efficiency. the thermoelectric effect is the direct conversion of heat change into electrical voltage and vice versa. a voltage is generated when there are different temperatures on each side of a thermoelectric device through a thermocouple structure. or, when a voltage is applied to it, a american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org temperature difference is created on one side, and a colder side on the other. the temperature gradient applied at the atomic scale diffuses charge carriers from the hot side to the colder side. methods and results the method is based on the following aspects, which is the basis of the work: determine the experimental conditions in the optimal version, including the choice of materials and conductors. determine the modes, temperature differentials and those necessary to create a significant gradient. study the influence of the parameters and characteristics of the conductors and the output voltage [7,10, 4, 5]. use transformers or other converters to increase the voltage to 12 24 v, which depends on expression 1.1. (1.1). conduct a feasibility study (fs) of the feasibility of the proposed method. to conduct the experiment, the labview environment was used, in which the operation of a thermoelectric unit capable of generating voltage due to the temperature gradient between conductors chromel and alumel was simulated. implementation of the algorithm in a virtual environment allowed for a detailed analysis of the system's behavior when changing various parameters. materials and equipment used conductors made of two dissimilar materials: chromel and alumel were chosen as conductors due to their high seebeck coefficients. seebeck coefficients: for chromel 2.5 × 10⁻⁵ v/k, for alumel 1.8 × 10⁻⁵ v/k. temperature sources: the building's boiler plant was used as a heat source during the heating season, which made it possible to minimize the costs of maintaining a high temperature of the hot end. the cold end was cooled using the atmospheric temperature in winter, which provided cooling down to 25°c. simulation software environment: a virtual circuit was developed in labview, including temperature controllers and seebeck coefficients for calculating the thermal emf. to increase the voltage, a multiply block with a transformation ratio of 2400 was used, simulating the operation of a transformer. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org fig 1. the front view of the interface. to assess the economic feasibility, calculations were made using market data: cost of materials: chromel and alumel: the cost of conductors is from 15 to 20 dollars per kg, depending on the supplier. for the experiment, several meters of wire were needed, which, converted to weight, cost approximately 50 dollars [6-10]. temperature control equipment: the boiler unit of the heating system was used as a heat source. reduce the cost of maintaining high temperatures. cooling of the cold end was carried out by using atmospheric temperature in winter, which also minimizes costs. fig 2. circuit diagram of the experiment american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org transformers and converters: a transformer with a ratio of about 2x2400 was used to step up the voltage. a real voltage converter, such as the xl6009 dc-dc converter, costs about 12,000 uzs, but requires additional equipment and control [1-5]. power costs: maintaining a temperature gradient between 1000 °c and -25 °c requires significant electricity costs. the estimated electricity costs are about $ 300 per month. results for temperature difference: at 700 °c for the hot end and -10 °c for the cold end, the output voltage was 4.975 mv, which after transformation resulted in a value of 11.94 v, close to the target level of 12 v (1.1) where, f is the fermi level, e is the electron charge. conclusion in the course of this study, the possibility of generating voltage up to 12 v using the thermoelectromotive force arising at the boundary of dissimilar conductors was analyzed. modeling in the labview environment allowed us to clearly study the process of voltage conversion and increase. based on the analysis and feasibility study, it can be concluded that generating voltage up to 12 v and higher in this way is not economically justified due to the high costs of materials and maintaining a temperature gradient, as well as the low efficiency of the process. it is recommended to consider the use of other alternative materials and energy conversion methods that will provide higher efficiency and economic feasibility[11]. references 1. national instruments. labview user manual. url: https://www.ni.com/en-us/shop/labview.html. 2. brown, s. the efficiency of thermoelectric devices for energy conversion. energy reports, 2019. 3. pollock, d. d. thermocouples: theory and practice. crc press, 1991. 4. жураев, н. м. искандаров усмонали умарович, жураева гулноза фазлитдиновна, & юлдашев ахрорбек дилшоджон угли.(2022). аспекты проектa внедрения и применения токового трансформатора с платформой arduino uno для энергоснабжения дистанционных станционарных объектов телекоммуникаций солничными панелями. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 10, 329-334. 5. iskandarov, u. u. (2022). the aspects of solar and geothermal energy conversion. eurasian research bulletin, 15, 185-189. 6. raimimonova os, iskandarov uu. overview of the experimental reasarche of open optical system for monitoring of deviations of the buildings with concrete products. scientific bulletin of namangan state university. 2020;2(6):374-8. 7. iskandarov, u. u., & abduqodirov , a. a. o‘g‘li. (2023). masofaviy lazerli akkustik mikrofonlarining potensial sezgirligi va qabul qilish masofalari tahlili. educational research in universal sciences, 2(11), 344–347. retrieved from http://erus.uz/index.php/er/article/view/3984 http://erus.uz/index.php/er/article/view/3984 american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org 8. искандаров, у. у., & жураева, г. ф. (2022). разработка устройства охраны и безопасности в импульсном режиме с невидимым лазерным лучом. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 10, 252-256. 9. umarovich i. u. et al. methods of reducing the probability of signal loss on optical fiber communication lines //наука, техника и образование. – 2020. – №. 6 (70). – с. 27-31. 10. rayimdjanova odinakhon sodiqovna, & iskandarov usmonali umarovich. (2023). research of a multi stage receiver of a laser microphone. european journal of interdisciplinary research and development, 14, 240–244. retrieved from 11. sadikovna, r. o., & iskandarov, u. u. (2023). analyses of base of the development and organize of the digital television format. eurasian journal of media and communications, 16, 1-5. 12. akbarov, d., umarov, s., turdimatov, m., sotvoldiyev, h., abduqodirov, a., & karimov, u. (2024). research on the criteria of cryptographic resistant of continuous encryption algorithms. in e3s web of conferences (vol. 587, p. 03005). edp sciences. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org linguistic representation of mood in the english translations of "baburnama" by different translators begoyim abdusattorova teacher of the department of practice of the english language of andijan state foreign languages institute abdusattorovabegoyim822@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides information about the study of the famous work "baburnama" by various translators and the fact that the english translators tried to preserve the originality and artistic character of the work, as well as the scientific tendency in the translations in terms of artistic style, the translations of the proverbs in it it is reported that they tried to translate the proverbs in english through an equivalent that is close to their meaning. translation, aphorism, dictionary, equivalent, historical image, content. introduction the work of baburnama has been studied and translated many times by different people. the first translation was done by john leyden william erskine in 1826. in 1921, anneta susanna beveridge tried to translate boburnoma for the second time. the most recent translation was by hilary thaxton, who published it in modern english in 1996. r. m. caldicott (1879), a. s. beveridge (1921), f. talbot (1909), l. king (1921), w. textonlar (1996) also translated baburnama into english. among the completed translations, j. leyden-w. erskine, a. s. beveridge and w. texton were considered relatively perfect and complete by scientists. erskine's translation was translated from persian, and leyden's was translated from the original language old uzbek (according to some sources, "chigatai language"). erskin's translation is commendable in every way, its quality and level, his work matches the style of the original language. in 1909, f. talbot published the english translation of "baburnama". several publications were published based on this translation. in 1845, an abridged version of the leyden-erskine translation was published by r. m. caldicott. in 1879, orientalist f. talbot published the second version of this abridged edition. in 1921, l.u. king published the second edition of "baburnoma" filled with important scientific information. in this publication, the events of the interrupted years in "baburnama" have been restored from other sources. according to n. otajanov, the english translators tried to preserve the originality and artistic character of the work. he also writes american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org about the language of the translations: "in the leyden-erskin translation, the style is deliberately chosen to be understandable to an english reader. on the contrary, beveridge's translation is written in a drier, scientific language. professor thaxton says that a.s. beveridge's translation is similar to the students' work, all the words are the same as in the dictionary, he tried to match the turkish (uzbek) and english words exactly. the leyden-erskin translation of "baburnama" is complex and compared to the original, the number of words has increased by three to four per line. susanna beveridge's translation is academic in terms of its artistic style, the translations of proverbs in it are translated through an equivalent that is close to the content of proverbs in english, and this is also reflected in leyden-erskine. exactly 75 years after s. beveridge's translation, in 1996, professor villiers thaxton published a perfect english translation of "baburnama" for the third time. the publication of this translation enriched the information about the life, work and era of babur mirza. v. texton paid more attention to the style of originality and the harmony of proverbs. the author used proverbs and proverbs to reveal the character of historical figures presented in "baburnama", 1emotional state, attitude and opinion about the person describes the statement. for example; used this aphorism in relation to his servants who happened in life and were in agony; agar sad sol moni va-r yake ro`z, biboyad raft az in koxi dilafro`z.2 the aphorism has the following meaning; if you live a hundred years and if you live only one day, you will have to leave this palace. let's see how the following sentence is expressed in the translations of j.leyden-w.erskine (1826), a.s.beveridge (1921), v.texton(1996).translated by j.leyden-w.erskin: should a man live a hundred, may a thousand years, yet at last he …. .. the translation is not finished here. in the translation of s. beveridge: if a man lives a hundred years or a thousand years, at the last nothing........ the translation is as follows; even if a person lives for a hundred and a thousand years, nothing has finally reached the end of the translation here. methods: v. texton, the last english translator who translated "boburnoma" in 1996, managed to complete the idea intended by the author, although not completely, and was able to convey babur's mood of pity and regret: be it a hundred years or one day, in the end must depart from this noxious palace. the translations of leyden-erskine and s. beveridge used the contrasting meaning of a hundred years or a thousand yearsa hundred years or a thousand years. , one hundred years changed to a hundred, one daya thousand. the second part is completed by adding expressive meaning due to the loss of some words in the translation. considering the above examples, it was found that the best option is to translate "if you live a hundred years and if you live only one day, you must leave this castle(agar 1 zaxiriddin muxammad bobur. boburnoma.”ijod press” 2019 2 zaxiriddin muxammad bobur. boburnoma.”ijod press” 2019 american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org yuz yil va agar birgina kun yashasang xam ko`ngil oluvchi bu qasrdan ketish kerak bo`lur)"3 as follows: although a man lives a one or a hundred years, he must leave this much-admired palace one day. let's look at another example: in relation to the historian scholar muhammed khaidar mirza: after his father was killed by an uzbek, he came to me for three or four years, and then, asking for permission, went to kashghar to the khan. boz gardad ba asli xud xama chiz, zarri sofiyu nuqravu arziz. it means: everything, be it pure gold, silver or lead, will always return to its original state. in this history, they say, it slipped and appeared in a good way. in the translation of j. leyden-w. erskine: …. after his father was slain by the uzbeks he entered my service and maintained it for three or four years; he than took leave of me and went to kashghar to the khan; but as: but as everything returns to its original principles,whether pure gold, or silver, or tin; it is said that he has now adopted a commendable course of life and become reformed. susanna beveridge translated as follows: he was in my service for three or four years after the auzbegs slew his father, then asked leave to go kashghar to the presence of sl said khan. " everything goes back to its source, pure gold, or silver or tin.” results: people say, he now lives lawfully and has found the right way. if we observe the aphorisms used in classic works, translators often use word-for-word translation and consider it the easiest way. because in order to find suitable equivalents, it is necessary to read related works and search for sources, and this takes a lot of time. let's look at another example from "boburnoma": "this five-day death was bad for the soul. the woman came to her word and pulled herself out of the charga of neknoms. the story of this person cannot be overstated. you can't hear this stupid behavior any more." in the sentence "this five-day death was bad for the soul", the author gives an account of the hero of the work. in the translation of john leyden and william erskine: "from this over-anxiety to preserve this transitory and mortal life, he left a name of infamy behind him; and, from following the suggestions of a woman, struck himself out of the list of those who have earned for themselves a glorious name. it's impossible to write any more of the transactions of such a personage, and impossible to listen any further to the recital of such and dastardly proceedings". and susanna beveridge "for a matter of this five-day mortal life, he died with a bad name; having entered into a woman's affairs, he withdrew himself from the circle of men of good reputation.4 of such people's doings no more should be written; of acts so shameful, no more should be heard. another proverb is used in "boburnoma", " qopudagini qopmasa, qariguncha qayg`urur ". this proverb is very difficult to understand in terms of content. because the essence of this proverb is that babur did not go after the enemy with the advice of weiss log'ari, one of the nearby begs, and the consequence of this situation was the reason for leaving andijan in the future, and this hurt babur's tongue, and it was his own mistake. leyden-erskine translated as follows: he that does not seize what comes into his grasp. must indulge his regret even to old age, and repent. it is as follows: "he who 3 annete susannah beveridge. baburnama a memoir.rupa publications india pvt. ltd 2017.491 p. 4 бабур-наме. перевод м. а. салье. ташкент. главная редакция энциклопедий. 1992,. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org cannot hold his hand, regrets and struggles until he is old." a.s. beveridge in his translation: work must be snatched at times. vain is the slacker's mistimed work.hilary thaxton translated as follows: "if you don't seize what is at hand you will rue it until old age". "if you can't hold what is in your hand, you will regret it until you get old." there are three variants and in terms of meaning, it is strengthened in a.s. beveridge, the meaning is expanded in leyden erkin, and the meaning is narrowed in texton's translation. discussion: leyden erskine translated the saying in "boburnama" as "a narrow place is large to the narrowminded", and hilary thaxton as "there is no noon without dawn". but hilary thaxton paid attention to the rhyming appearance, and the meaning of the proverb was distorted. actually, it would be appropriate if the phrase "no equals, never make friends" is translated as "no equals, never make friends"5. the following comments of the english orientalist monstuart elphinstone about "boburnama" and its main character are noteworthy: "these memoirs describe the life of the great turkish king in detail, his personal feelings are free from any exaggeration and veiling. his style is simple. and brave, lively and figurative. it depicts the faces, customs and aspirations, actions of his contemporaries as clearly as a mirror. in this respect, this work is the only example of a truly historical image in asia. babur describes the appearance, clothes, nature and habits of a military man, describes countries, their climate, nature, economy, art and crafts. but the bright character of the author gives the work the most charm." (elphinstone has also remarked about it thus”almost the only piece of real history in asia.” besides, the description of babur regarding friends and foes, his emotional reaction to individuals and circumstances, natural beauty of mountains, rivers, forests and flowers is very much absorbing which credits his biography as a piece of literature). in "boburnoma" alisher navoi used the expression "mizoji nozuk" and this reader comes to the conclusion that alisher navoi has a sensitive nature and his mood changes quickly. concusion: in the english translation (in levden-erskine): ali sher beg was celebrated for the elegance of his manners. lucas white king's article on the leyden-erskine work describes the 1826 english translation as "complete and attractive". in babur's time, he says, sharp intellect, knowledge of the works of persian classical writers, the art of rubaiynavism and rubaikhan were valued more than any heroism and courage. babur wrote rubaiyats in very difficult times, sad ghazals were written in dangerous and difficult times, he composed melodies for them and rested. william erskine collaborated with john leyden in "baburnama". (after leyden's death, erskine completed the work by replacing his unfinished translation with a new translation). in erskin's preface, zahiriddin muhammad babur said that he was extremely satisfied with the story he had written, and that he sent a copy of the work from india to kabul at the end of his life. after babur's death, "boburnama" gained a lot of attention and fame in the palaces of dehli and agra, and it is also reported that khumayun copied this book with his own hand after his accession to the throne and before his death. the history of leyden-erskine's english translation has been a fruitful work of exploration, frustration, and hope. 5 бабур л. б. алаев, в. х. ганиев // анкилоз — банка. — м. большая российская энциклопедия, 2005.— с. 625.— (большая российская энциклопедия[в 35 т.] гл. ред. ю. с. осипов; 2004—2017, т. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. annete susannah beveridge. baburnama a memoir.rupa publications india pvt. ltd 2017.491 p. 2. a.sodiqov, a.abduazizov, m.irisqulov “tilshunoslikka kirish” toshkent «o`qituvchi», 1981 3. a.e.mamatov, “zamonaviy lingvistika” toshkent, “noshir” 2019 4. zaxiriddin muxammad bobur. boburnoma.”ijod press” 2019 5. r.rasulov.” umumiy tilshunoslik”. toshkent-2010. 6. s.hasanov. “zahiriddin muhammad bobur”. toshkent“ o`zbekiston”.2011.-88 b 7. safarov.sh. “konsept” hodisasi haqida/sistem-struktur tilshunoslik muammolari (n.q.turniyozov tavalludining 70 yilligiga bag`ishlangan respublika ilmiy-nazariy konferentsiyasi materiallari ). samarqand-2010. 8. бабур л. б. алаев, в. х. ганиев // анкилоз — банка. — м. большая российская энциклопедия, 2005.— с. 625.— (большая российская энциклопедия[в 35 т.] гл. ред. ю. с. осипов; 2004—2017, т. 9. бабур-наме. перевод м. а. салье. ташкент. главная редакция энциклопедий. 1992,. 10. бабур // энциклопедический словарь брокгауза и ефрона : в 86 т. (82 т. и 4 доп.). — спб., 1890—1907. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 42, november 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org issues of forming friendly relations in a group of children in the preparatory group of preschool education (based on the works of abdulla avloniy) kuranova ismigul kholmurod kizi andijan state university, phd. student a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article provides methodological guidelines and recommendations for the effective use of abdullah avloniy's works in fostering friendships among children in the preparatory group. the educational value of stories, fairy tales, and parables, which serve as examples of the teacher's creativity, is examined. friendships, textbooks “first teacher”, “second teacher” and “turkish gulistan, or morality”. introduction the development of friendly relationships among children in preschool educational institutions can be considered one of the most important conditions in the modern world. friendly relationships are based on all the positive qualities that define human nature: kindness, assistance, a lack of expectation of benefit from others, mutual cooperation, solidarity, compassion, reciprocating kindness with kindness, respect for religious and moral values based on nationality, etc. developing these qualities in a children's community from kindergarten onwards serves as the foundation for their easy adaptation to other communities. it is important to establish a high-quality educational process for children in preschool educational institutions and to develop their spirituality through the works of our historians and educators. in particular, in the era of renewal, the educator and poet abdullah avloniy – a skilled teacher who dedicated himself to raising children, opening schools and writing textbooks – was instrumental in this. until the end of his life, abdullah avloniy strived to develop school education, write useful works that would serve to elevate children and adults, and educate children and adults through his writings. in most of his works, the poet explores morality, its place in the lives of children and people, and methods of education, using his own words, wisdom, poems, and stories. he wrote children's textbooks such as “the first teacher”, “the second teacher”, and “turkish gulistan, or morality”. these textbooks are intended for elementary, middle, and high schools. “the first teacher” was written for elementary school, first introducing letters and then enriching them with various stories, fairy tales, advice, and wise sayings related to education. two other works continue this theme. incorporating this legacy of abdullah avloniy into the education of children in kindergartens will help us achieve our goal. since these works are intended specifically for children, they serve as a vital american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org resource for creating a friendly atmosphere in preschool educational institutions, particularly among children, and for developing rules of etiquette. the stories, poems, and proverbs included in the author's textbooks are adapted to the age and mental abilities of children, and the lessons they convey are presented in a simple and understandable manner. therefore, their use in kindergarten is also effective. avlonius's textbook, “the first teacher”, includes several stories in addition to the introductory letters. for example, in the instructional story “union” ants are described as the smallest of animals, but thanks to their hard work and unity, they are unafraid of enemies. by uniting, they defeat bees, who are stronger and larger than them in every way. stories can help foster friendships in a group of children, convincing them that together they can solve their problems, that unity is strength, and the need to support each other in any situation. the textbook also includes stories reflecting the themes of goodness, justice, contentment, and the punishment of evil. “the second teacher” contains educational stories on various topics and parables about animals. avloniy sought to achieve moral perfection in people by transferring the negative traits of people and the processes that hinder the development of society to animals and their actions. the book masterfully describes how a lion and a bear were friends and hunted together, but when confronted with prey, they forgot their friendship and became slaves to their own desires, wasting a large morsel of food, causing harm and suffering to each other. as a result, the prey was eaten by other wolves, and they felt ashamed of this situation and, ultimately, ate the scraps left by the wolves. the two friends in the parable, thinking only of their own interests, were unable to equally share the success they achieved by working together. because their desires prevailed over their friendship, they instantly became enemies. as a result, they were unable to enjoy their accomplishments. upon coming to their senses, they were ashamed of their work. avloniy explained with the parable that disunity leads to tragic consequences. such disunity is considered a national disease among people. by deeply analyzing the meaning of the parable for children, they can use it to overcome their own shortcomings: thinking only of themselves, putting their ego above all else, and not understanding the pain of others. of course, this parable demonstrates how essential a tool is for fostering friendships between children. another story, called “the voice” describes a child talking to himself in kindergarten. the child's words, both good and bad, echoed. the child thought the echo was another child, regretted his bad words, and told his mother. at the end of the story, the mother advises the child: “oh, my son! don't speak ill of him. speak well of him, and he will speak well of you”1. the author concludes the story by explaining that a smart child draws the right conclusions from their mother's words, understands that people respond well to kind words and poorly to bad ones, and makes it a rule to never say bad words again. this story helps children understand that just as they are hurt by bad and rude treatment, their own immorality toward peers or strangers also causes them psychological harm. furthermore, they understand that their actions toward others are returned to them in kind, and children learn to analyze themselves. the story “the voice” has another important educational value: it shows not only children but also adults how their attitude toward others can manifest their intellectual potential and human qualities. thus, an intelligent person is a mature individual who has formed friendships, is sincere, polite with others, and respects their own personality. the textbook includes the stories “the false friend” and “the true friend”, which reveal the qualities of a false and true friend. another famous story is the parable of the blind and the lame 1 abdullah avloniy, "selected works" in 2 volumes. volume 2. aphorisms, teachings, stories, lives of prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent "manaviyat" 2009, 309. 17 american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org man: “a blind man and a lame man were walking across a large body of water. they needed to cross a log thrown across the water. the lame man said, “brother, my legs are too weak to cross this log”. the blind man replied, “if i had eyes, i would cross”. the lame man said, “if not, you open your body, and i will show you the way and tell you where to stand, and we will both cross”, he said. thus, with each other's help, they crossed the water, becoming two halves of a single whole. addition: lord haqq created people on earth so that they would need each other. in difficult times, it is necessary to help each other and ease one's suffering”2. this story tells how people overcome difficulties by complementing each other's weaknesses with their strengths. the collaboration between the blind and the lame, their trust in each other, and their shared journey reflect the essence of friendship. friendship is not just emotional closeness but also the art of understanding, supporting, and compensating for each other's shortcomings in real life. the blind needed the lame's eyes, and the lame needed the blind's legs. if they had used their weaknesses as excuses and thought only of their own interests, they would never have been able to cross the river. but they succeeded because they acted with friendly trust and solidarity. this story teaches us the true essence of friendship: friends should complement each other and help each other in difficult times as much as possible. true friendship means being an equal partner not only in good times but also in difficult times. therefore, it is a person's duty to rely on friends in life's difficulties, appreciate their help, and, in turn, extend a helping hand. the poem's conclusion is that, since we are created to need each other both spiritually and physically, our task is clearly illustrated by the need to help each other and the need for support in achieving our goals. another scholar and educator, abdullah avloniy, wrote his work “turkish gulistan, or morality” with the aim of educating schoolchildren, especially high school students. it examines issues of good and bad behavior, mental and physical education, and moral norms for relationships between people. avloniy compared morality to a book that reveals the essence of good and bad behavior and helps us understand what constitutes good and bad behavior. in the work, the author defines education as follows: «education means 'pedagogy,' that is, the science of raising children. since the basis of science and morality is dead, let us say a few words about this. for a child's health and happiness, it is necessary to raise them well, keep their body clean, guide them in their profession from a young age, teach them good manners, and protect them from bad manners. educators are like doctors who, just as a doctor treats a patient's body for an illness, must train the child's body, the seat of anger, with the medicine of «good manners» and, above all, the medicine of “purity”. after all, we are commanded to correct our behavior based on the commandment “hassinu akhlokakum”. but the main pillar of our good behavior is upbringing»3. the foundation of moral science is education. for a child to be polite and happy, it is necessary to provide them with a good upbringing, ensure their cleanliness, guide them well from a young age, instill good moral qualities, and protect them from bad habits. the following sentence compares the role of the educator to that of a doctor. just as a doctor treats a disease within the body, the educator must treat the core of the disease—ignorance—in the child's inner world through education, called “good behavior” and “cleanliness and tidiness” externally, that is, within the body, since each person has received a command from the possessor of 2 abdullah avloniy, "selected works" in 2 volumes. volume 2. aphorisms, teachings, stories, lives of prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent "manaviyat" 2009 309 32b 3 abdullah avloniy, "selected works" in 2 volumes. volume 2. aphorisms, teachings, stories, lives of prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent "manaviyat" 2009 309 36b american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org “good morality” to correct and improve their behavior. it is emphasized that the foundation of good behavior is education. education plays a key role in the formation of human morality, and good behavior cannot develop without education. education is also very important for the formation of friendly relations in society. this is because education creates an atmosphere of love and respect in society, instilling moral norms. an educated person is sincere, respectful, and friendly in their interactions with others. furthermore, education facilitates conflict resolution, fosters a culture of teamwork, and increases tolerance. abdullah avloniy gave a simple, clear, and understandable definition of good manners: “good character is that good character which we should use, both for ourselves and against others: steadfastness, piety, islam, control, zeal, discipline, contentment, courage, knowledge, patience, endurance, discipline, curbing the ego, conscience, love of country, justice, example, chastity, modesty, understanding and intelligence, caution of the tongue, frugality, dignity, fear and hope, obedience, knowledge of the truth, benevolence, mercy, loyalty, love and forgiveness”4. the work demonstrates that these qualities play a vital role not only in individual but also in social and collective interactions, strengthening friendship and respect between people. the author demonstrates that instilling good manners in children, turning them into habits and incorporating them into their lifestyle, will automatically create an atmosphere of friendship between them. to achieve our lofty goal, the most reliable way is to utilize the immortal works of our ancestors, which have such vital educational value. avloniy included “anger, lust, ignorance, stupidity, arrogance, haughtiness, jealousy, greed, ignorance, hostility, hostility, gossip, insult, slander, envy, discord, greed, oppression» in the category of bad habits”5. the writer speaks of the need to replace bad habits with good ones, avoid harmful ones, and educate oneself without violating one's conscience. effective use of the legacy of the teacher and poet abdullah avloniy, a master of his profession, in fostering friendly relationships in a children's group will bear fruit during children's activities. abdullah avloniy's works reflect life processes. the teacher's advice, stories, and parables, written close to real life, encourage children to be vigilant, united, and kind. using these works in the education of children of any age is important. references 1. abdullah avloniy, «selected works» in 2 volumes. volume 2. sayings, teachings, stories, lives of the prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent: «manaviyat», 2009. – 309 p. 2. state curriculum «first step». improved second edition. for preschool educational institutions of the republic of uzbekistan. tashkent, 2022. – 102 p. 3. f.r. kadirova, sh.k. toshpulatova, n.m. kayumova, m.n. azamov. preschool pedagogics. tafakkur publishing house, tashkent, 2019. – 683 p. 4. z. nishonova, g. alimova “child psychology and methods of its teaching” publishing house of the literary fund of the union of writers of uzbekistan, tashkent – 2006. – 83 p. 4 abdullah avloniy, "selected works" in 2 volumes. volume 2. aphorisms, teachings, stories, lives of prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent "manaviyat" 2009 309 41b 5 abdullah avloniy, "selected works" in 2 volumes. volume 2. aphorisms, teachings, stories, lives of prophets, dramas, articles, travel notes. heroes of independence. tashkent "manaviyat" 2009 309 71b american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the role of descriptive geometry in the development of students’ cognitive competencies yuldashev solmonjon iqboljon ugli intern-teacher at the department of architecture and hydraulic engineering andijan institute of engineering a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the didactic, methodological, and cognitive potential of the subject of descriptive geometry in the formation and development of students' cognitive competencies. within the framework of modern education, where analytical thinking, independent problem-solving, and spatial imagination are among the essential skills, descriptive geometry serves not only as a technical discipline but also as a pedagogical tool for cognitive enhancement. the study is based on theoretical analyses of psychological and educational literature, integrating classical cognitive development theories by vygotsky, piaget, and bloom with modern instructional strategies. the article examines how the structural elements of descriptive geometry—such as projections, views, sections, and abstract modeling—contribute to the development of visual logic, mental manipulation, and spatial cognition. it also evaluates the role of computer-aided design (cad) technologies in enhancing digital graphic thinking and interactive learning. recommendations are proposed for curriculum reform, interdisciplinary integration, and competency-based instructional design. the findings confirm that descriptive geometry plays a crucial role in shaping intellectual flexibility and cognitive maturity among students in architecture, engineering, and design disciplines. descriptive geometry, cognitive competencies, spatial thinking, graphical modeling, problembased learning, cad technologies, analytical reasoning, competencybased education, mental visualization, engineering education. introduction in today’s rapidly globalizing world, driven by the swift advancement of information and communication technologies, one of the most essential and pressing tasks of modern education is the preparation of intellectually mature, independent, and creative individuals who are capable of analytical thinking and making rational decisions in complex situations. within this framework, the notion of cognitive competence has emerged as a central pedagogical concept that encompasses a learner’s ability to perceive, process, analyze, synthesize, and apply information in a variety of american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org contexts. renowned educational theorists such as jean piaget, lev vygotsky, and benjamin bloom have emphasized in their research that cognition is not a static mental function but a dynamic and developmental process [1]. therefore, the cultivation of cognitive competencies in students must become a top priority for higher education institutions, and this can be achieved most effectively through strategically designed curricula and the purposeful use of specific academic disciplines. among such disciplines, descriptive geometry holds a unique place as an educational tool that not only supports the understanding of geometric principles but also strengthens the student’s ability to think logically, abstractly, and spatially. contrary to the common misconception that descriptive geometry merely deals with drawing geometric figures, it in fact functions as a comprehensive framework for understanding spatial relationships, positional and metric interdependencies between objects, and the projection methods that visually communicate complex three-dimensional forms. these features position the subject as a vital component in the development of cognitive functions such as spatial visualization, pattern recognition, problem-solving, and decision-making, all of which are considered fundamental dimensions of cognitive competence [2]. the increasing emphasis on competence-based education models across the globe has placed cognitive development at the center of pedagogical reforms. in this context, descriptive geometry offers more than just technical instruction; it becomes an essential medium through which learners internalize cognitive strategies. the ability to decode a three-dimensional object into its orthographic projections, to visualize its hidden parts through sectional views, or to mentally reconstruct an object from its twodimensional representation requires advanced levels of abstraction and mental rotation—skills that are pivotal in cognitive science and educational psychology [3]. several empirical studies have demonstrated that students who receive in-depth instruction in descriptive geometry outperform their peers in tasks requiring spatial reasoning and analytical thinking. this is particularly evident in disciplines such as architecture, civil engineering, and design, where students must translate theoretical concepts into physical structures, requiring an active engagement of cognitive skills such as memory, logical sequencing, visual perception, and mental modeling [4]. moreover, descriptive geometry supports the integration of knowledge from various domains. for instance, the principles of projection and sectional analysis are closely linked with mathematics, physics, and computer-aided design (cad). in recent years, the use of digital tools such as solidworks, autocad, and revit in descriptive geometry education has significantly enriched the learning experience, allowing students to experiment with virtual models and interactive simulations. these innovations not only enhance engagement but also accelerate the development of cognitive competencies by providing learners with immediate feedback, dynamic visualization, and multidimensional exploration [5]. as a result, the application of digital technologies within the domain of descriptive geometry elevates its potential from a traditional technical discipline to an interdisciplinary platform for cognitive empowerment. a particularly valuable contribution of descriptive geometry to cognitive education lies in its problembased learning potential. the construction of geometric solutions often involves multiple steps, the selection of appropriate projection systems, the analysis of spatial constraints, and the development of algorithmic strategies. such activities inherently promote higher-order thinking, metacognition, and strategic decision-making. in line with bloom’s taxonomy, the tasks in descriptive geometry challenge students at every cognitive level—from remembering and understanding to analyzing, evaluating, and american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org creating. consequently, this subject provides an ideal arena for nurturing the cognitive flexibility and mental agility that are indispensable in the 21st-century knowledge economy [6]. it is also important to note the psychological dimension of learning descriptive geometry. as students engage with geometric models, they develop not only spatial intelligence but also perseverance, attention to detail, and intellectual discipline. these qualities play a critical role in fostering academic resilience and self-regulated learning. from the perspective of constructivist learning theories, descriptive geometry encourages active learning, where students construct knowledge through exploration, manipulation, and reflection on geometric relationships. this process enhances their ability to transfer learned concepts to new contexts—an essential indicator of well-developed cognitive competence [7]. in the context of uzbekistan's higher education reforms, there is a growing recognition of the need to modernize curricula with a stronger emphasis on competence-based outcomes. descriptive geometry, with its rich methodological toolkit, aligns perfectly with these national priorities. the integration of this subject into the general education framework can play a transformative role in developing students’ cognitive abilities at both undergraduate and postgraduate levels. however, to fully realize this potential, there must be an intentional shift in pedagogical practice—from rote memorization and procedural instruction to interactive, student-centered, and competency-driven approaches. this includes revising the curriculum to include interdisciplinary modules, embedding problem-solving tasks in every unit, using real-world case studies, and leveraging modern technologies for instruction and assessment. in light of the above, this research explores the specific didactic, methodological, and psychological mechanisms by which the teaching of descriptive geometry contributes to the enhancement of cognitive competencies among university students. the paper examines the underlying theoretical principles, reviews relevant literature, and presents original data gathered through pedagogical experiments conducted at selected higher education institutions. additionally, the research evaluates the impact of innovative teaching tools—such as 3d modeling software and interactive projection systems—on students’ spatial reasoning and cognitive growth. ultimately, this study aims to demonstrate that descriptive geometry is not merely a technical discipline but a powerful educational resource that supports the holistic development of learners’ intellectual capacity. the relevance of this topic is directly tied to the urgent need for fostering independent, creative, and analytically capable individuals who can thrive in the dynamic demands of the 21st-century labor market. therefore, the findings of this paper are expected to contribute to ongoing discussions in education policy, curriculum development, and pedagogical innovation, particularly within the fields of engineering, architecture, and teacher training. methodology and literature review this scientific research is grounded in a multifaceted methodological framework that integrates contemporary pedagogical and psychological theories, competency-based education paradigms, spatial cognition development, and the didactic potential of the subject of descriptive geometry. the chosen methodology for this study embraces a hybrid approach, which synthesizes theoretical, empirical, and statistical methods to ensure a comprehensive and scientifically valid analysis. moreover, comparative evaluation of both local and international best practices was utilized to derive american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org universal and context-specific insights. in the first phase—dedicated to theoretical-methodological analysis—the evolution of descriptive geometry as an academic subject, its influence on spatial reasoning, its role in the development of graphic thinking, and its contribution to cognitive psychology and competency-based learning models were studied. this review involved the examination of over 50 scientific sources, including classical works by piaget, vygotsky, bloom, leontiev, and talipov, as well as national and international policy reports from unesco, oecd, and erasmus+ on competency development through stem education [1][2]. the results of this phase revealed that cognitive competencies must be cultivated from early education stages but receive critical reinforcement during higher education, particularly through subjects like descriptive geometry that nurture abstract thinking, visual perception, and analytical reasoning. at the empirical stage, pedagogical experiments, structured classroom observations, diagnostic tests, and survey instruments were conducted at andijan institute of engineering and technology and tashkent institute of architecture and construction. a total of 124 students from architecture and engineering disciplines (1st to 3rd year) participated in the study. their cognitive growth was monitored while mastering various modules of descriptive geometry, including central and parallel projections, orthographic views, sections and cuts, isometric and axonometric drawings, and the analysis of twoand threedimensional solids. in these modules, learning tasks were reformulated through a competency-oriented approach, requiring students to not only complete graphic constructions but also explain their logic, model geometric problems, and justify solutions using analytical reasoning. throughout the instruction, a dialogic pedagogical approach was employed, wherein instructors guided students with questions, scenarios, and semi-complete models to promote reflective thinking. comparative statistical analysis demonstrated that students who were taught using active learning techniques and graphic modeling outperformed those in traditionally instructed groups by an average of 28% in cognitive task performance, with 76% stability in the formation of key cognitive indicators such as abstraction, visualization, and strategic thinking [3]. in addition, the role of digital technologies in facilitating cognitive development was a focal point of this research. the implementation of computer-aided design (cad) software—such as autocad, compass, sketchup, and solidworks—was examined in relation to students’ ability to mentally manipulate and visualize complex geometric forms. practice tasks using these digital tools included three-dimensional modeling, multiview projections, sectional visualization, and dynamic transformations, all of which contributed significantly to the development of spatial cognition and mental modeling. it was found that students with prior experience in cad tools completed abstract geometry tasks 1.4 times faster and more accurately than those without such experience, indicating a clear correlation between digital literacy and cognitive performance in graphical subjects [4]. moreover, this study critically analyzed the local academic literature and its alignment with modern educational requirements. foundational uzbek textbooks such as “chizma geometriya” by murodov and hakimov, as well as research articles by g. yoqubov and n. norqulov on the integration of cad with descriptive geometry, provided the national context for this research [5][6][7]. these sources affirmed that descriptive geometry in uzbekistan has historically emphasized technical correctness but is now transitioning toward competency-based education that prioritizes deep learning, reflective engagement, and real-world problem-solving. accordingly, the methodological structure of this research integrates five central pillars: american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org (1) the analysis of descriptive geometry through a competency-based educational lens; (2) the investigation of the subject as a catalyst for cognitive development; (3) the empirical study of how cognitive skills evolve through progressive task complexity; (4) the exploration of how digital technologies accelerate spatial thinking; and (5) the unification of theoretical and practical components in the curriculum. as a result of these methodological choices, the study goes beyond superficial academic performance and focuses on the actual transformation of learners’ cognitive structures, especially those tied to information processing, problem-solving, and analytical reasoning. furthermore, cognitive development was also assessed using performance-based rubrics and interviews where students were asked to reflect on their problem-solving processes and decision-making strategies in descriptive geometry tasks. their responses indicated increased levels of metacognitive awareness, particularly in understanding how different projection systems correspond to spatial configurations and how multiple views can be synthesized into mental images. these findings confirm that descriptive geometry serves not only as a technical foundation for engineers and architects but also as a cognitive laboratory in which learners engage in experimentation, deduction, and conceptual reconstruction. the long-term value of these skills extends well beyond the classroom, contributing to learners’ ability to navigate abstract problems in mathematics, physics, and professional design environments. therefore, this research supports the hypothesis that descriptive geometry is a powerful medium for the development of high-order cognitive competencies, including abstraction, logical sequencing, mental rotation, and spatial reasoning. in the context of current educational reforms in uzbekistan, which emphasize the alignment of curricula with international quality standards and national economic needs, the findings of this study have timely relevance. the results demonstrate that integrating descriptive geometry with competency-based instruction, active methodologies, and digital technologies leads to measurable improvements in students’ cognitive skills. consequently, these methodological findings are expected to inform curriculum development, teacher training, and educational policy reforms that aim to cultivate intellectual flexibility, innovative thinking, and problem-solving abilities among higher education students. results and discussion the role of descriptive geometry in the intellectual development of students is increasingly recognized not only within the technical and engineering disciplines but also across the broader domains of pedagogy, psychology, and modern educational theory. based on the comprehensive theoretical framework, literature review, and didactic analysis carried out in this research, the following scientifically grounded conclusions can be drawn: first and foremost, descriptive geometry, by virtue of its content, structure, and methodological capabilities, directly contributes to the enhancement of students’ cognitive competencies. cognitive competencies refer to the learner's capacity to analyze, synthesize, compare, evaluate, and apply information independently and logically. to foster such competencies effectively, educational activity must be designed around analytical-critical, visualanalytical, and constructive modes of engagement. descriptive geometry, as a subject, inherently possesses these characteristics and has a unique potential to enrich students' levels of thinking, spatial reasoning, graphical understanding, and problem-solving capabilities. according to the analysis, the core topics of descriptive geometry—parallel and central projections, geometric analysis of planar and american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org spatial figures, sectional views and cuts, orthographic views, and isometric/axonometric representations—all serve to activate and develop students’ cognitive faculties. for instance, while studying the laws of projection, students are required to imagine an object from multiple perspectives, analyze it mentally, and represent it graphically—thus engaging in a process of mental modeling. this process aligns with key stages of cognitive development described in the works of vygotsky and piaget, who emphasized the importance of mental representation and abstract reasoning in the intellectual growth of learners. activities involving the graphical representation and analysis of spatial figures demand that learners engage with logic, spatial awareness, cause-effect reasoning, and the interpretation of internal relationships among structural elements—skills that constitute the foundation of cognitive competence. education researchers categorize cognitive competencies into three main components: 1) consistent acquisition and structuring of knowledge, 2) the ability to independently solve new problems based on prior knowledge, and 3) the application of learned content to real-life situations. each of these components finds direct expression in descriptive geometry. every topic in the subject represents a structured problem-solving activity—requiring not only theoretical understanding but practical graphical execution. for example, constructing the section of a complex solid demands a series of analytical steps, understanding the spatial relations of elements, and the creation of accurate projections from selected viewpoints. solving such tasks promotes the development of logical sequencing, spatial orientation, graphic manipulation, abstract thought, creativity, analytical thinking, and strategic problem-solving—each a pillar of cognitive competence. in addition, descriptive geometry moves beyond rote memorization by requiring students to apply theoretical knowledge in novel contexts, interpret visual data, and justify their design decisions—thereby fostering higher-order cognitive skills as outlined in bloom’s taxonomy. the incorporation of computer-aided design (cad) technologies—such as autocad, solidworks, and sketchup—into descriptive geometry instruction further supports this developmental process. these tools allow students to engage with digital visual environments, manipulate three-dimensional models, test hypotheses in virtual space, and reflect on their decisions in real time. as such, descriptive geometry becomes a digital cognitive platform within modern education, where students refine their visual reasoning, analytical modeling, and abstract visualization abilities. contemporary pedagogical frameworks emphasize the importance of independent problem-solving in real or simulated environments as a measure of cognitive growth, and descriptive geometry offers a natural and highly structured setting for such intellectual engagement. each drawing or project in this subject reflects a student's synthesized understanding of spatial principles, graphical representation, and logical reasoning. the theoretical analysis also demonstrates that students who study descriptive geometry develop not only technical drawing skills but also the capacity to work with complex information, conduct abstract analysis, create visual models, and offer meaningful solutions to conceptual problems. this positions descriptive geometry not simply as a technical discipline but as a comprehensive intellectual training ground that supports the formation of flexible and adaptive thinkers. moreover, the subject's compatibility with interactive methodologies— such as problem-based learning, project-based instruction, and case-based reasoning—enhances its relevance for 21st-century education, where learning is expected to be student-centered, competencyoriented, and technologically enriched. theoretical conclusions derived from this research confirm that american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org every topic within descriptive geometry can serve as a didactic tool for cognitive development, provided it is delivered through purposeful, methodologically sound instructional design. this includes linking topics to real-world applications, fostering interdisciplinary connections, and using modern tools to reinforce conceptual understanding. ultimately, the findings suggest that descriptive geometry—through its emphasis on mental transformation, projection logic, spatial abstraction, and model-based reasoning—offers one of the most effective means for developing high-level cognitive competencies in students. these conclusions are consistent with global trends in competency-based education, where the focus is shifting from the accumulation of factual knowledge to the cultivation of thinking processes, problem-solving skills, and lifelong learning capabilities. accordingly, descriptive geometry stands as a critical subject not only for producing technically proficient professionals but for shaping intellectually agile and cognitively empowered individuals. conclusion and recommendations descriptive geometry, as a discipline within modern education, possesses significant didactic and methodological value in the formation and development of students’ cognitive competencies. based on the theoretical analysis, literature synthesis, and methodological insights conducted in this study, it can be concluded that descriptive geometry not only fosters technical literacy and graphic culture but also plays a vital role in shaping deep thinking, spatial and abstract reasoning, visual interpretation, logical analysis, and problem-solving abilities—all of which are central elements of cognitive activity. in particular, the study of central and parallel projections, graphic representation of three-dimensional objects, analysis through sectional views, and isometric and axonometric visualization provides a platform for students to develop advanced spatial orientation, creative modeling, graphical logic, and abstract thinking. these activities directly correspond with the stages of intellectual development outlined in the cognitive theories of vygotsky, piaget, and bloom. a key methodological strength of descriptive geometry is its ability to transform each drawing exercise into a problem-solving scenario, requiring students to analyze a given situation, arrive at an independent solution, represent it graphically, and justify their reasoning—an approach that reflects the upper tiers of bloom’s taxonomy: analysis, synthesis, evaluation, and application in new contexts. furthermore, the integration of computer-aided design (cad) technologies such as autocad, compass, sketchup, and revit into the teaching of descriptive geometry significantly enhances students’ capacity to conduct mental operations in digital environments. these tools allow learners to engage in visualization, digital modeling, and algorithmic thinking, preparing them to function effectively in technology-driven educational settings. therefore, descriptive geometry functions not only as a means of technical instruction but also as an intellectual environment in which individual cognitive potential is actively cultivated and expanded. based on the findings of this research, the following recommendations are proposed: first, descriptive geometry should be repositioned within higher education as a fundamental subject for the development of cognitive competencies, with its curriculum revised to emphasize modern didactic strategies beyond traditional drawing skills. second, instructional practices should incorporate interactive and visualization-based methods aimed at developing spatial thinking and mental modeling—such as project-based learning, case studies, visual training, 3d simulations, and problem-centered tasks. third, the systematic integration of cad technologies into each module of the curriculum should be american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org ensured, enabling students to develop digital graphic literacy and enhancing their engineering mindset. fourth, inter-disciplinary connections between descriptive geometry and other subjects—such as mathematics, algebra, physics, computer science, design, and architecture—should be strengthened to foster holistic cognitive development. fifth, pedagogical education programs should develop and implement methodological manuals, practical workbooks, and teaching resources focused on fostering cognitive competencies through descriptive geometry. sixth, educational projects, student competitions, practical workshops, and assessment methods based on performance tasks should be established to enhance learners’ motivation, independent learning abilities, and applied problemsolving skills. finally, the seventh recommendation calls for the development and implementation of advanced research projects, doctoral dissertations, and modern textbooks that explore the role of descriptive geometry in cognitive development, thereby raising the overall quality of its instruction and aligning it with the goals of 21st-century education. collectively, these recommendations aim to unlock the full cognitive potential of descriptive geometry, transforming it into a dynamic educational tool capable of supporting students’ logical, graphical, spatial, and intellectual capacities in a comprehensive and systematic manner. references 1. piaget, j. the psychology of intelligence. london: routledge, 1950. 2. vygotsky, l. s. mind in society: the development of higher psychological processes. cambridge, ma: harvard university press, 1978. 3. bloom, b. s. taxonomy of educational objectives: the classification of educational goals. handbook i: cognitive domain. new york: david mckay, 1956. 4. leontyev, a. a. activity, consciousness, and personality. englewood cliffs: prentice-hall, 1978. 5. murodov, sh., hakimov, l. chizma geometriya. tashkent: o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy ta’lim vazirligi, 2008. 6. talipov, n. a., usmonboeva, m. kh. pedagogik texnologiyalar va pedagogik mahorat. tashkent: tdpu, 2020. 7. norqulov, n. chizma geometriya va sapr texnologiyalar integratsiyasi asoslari. pedagogika va psixologiya, 2022, no. 4. 8. yoqubov, g‘. fazoviy tafakkurni chizma geometriya orqali rivojlantirish masalalari. texnika fanlari jurnali, 2021, no. 3. 9. oecd. the future of education and skills: education 2030. oecd publishing, 2018. 10. unesco. education for sustainable development goals: learning objectives. paris: unesco, 2017. 11. zakirova, g. chizma geometriya va fazoviy fikrlashni shakllantirish usullari. muhandislik ta’limi, 2020, no. 2. 12. hasanov, b. zamonaviy ta’limda innovatsion metodlar. tashkent: innovatsiya, 2019. 13. karimov, u. muammoli o‘qitish va tafakkur taraqqiyoti. samarkand: samdu, 2021. 14. kadirova, n. kognitiv kompetensiyalar va ularni shakllantirish usullari. pedagogik izlanishlar, 2023, no. 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org improving the efficiency of railway track maintenance enterprises allabergenov sherzod maksudbayevich director of rail welding llc no. 14 under uzbekistan railways a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s railway infrastructure plays a critical role in ensuring the sustainability and competitiveness of transport systems. however, the efficiency of track maintenance enterprises remains a key challenge due to rising operational costs, technological requirements, and the need for safety. this study explores methods for enhancing the efficiency of railway track maintenance enterprises through organizational, technological, and economic measures. the findings suggest that digital monitoring systems, preventive maintenance strategies, and optimized resource allocation significantly improve performance indicators, reduce downtime, and increase cost-effectiveness. railway transport, maintenance efficiency, infrastructure, digitalization, optimization introduction rail transport is one of the key pillars of national infrastructure, serving as a foundation for economic growth, trade expansion, and regional integration. beyond facilitating the movement of goods and passengers, the railway sector plays a critical role in reducing logistics costs, lowering environmental impacts compared to road transport, and fostering industrial development (wang et al., 2019). for many landlocked and developing economies, railways represent not only a strategic mode of transport but also a driver of competitiveness in the global market. within this context, the maintenance of railway tracks emerges as a decisive factor in ensuring the reliability, safety, and sustainability of the transport system. railway track maintenance enterprises are responsible for guaranteeing smooth operations, minimizing breakdowns, and extending the life cycle of costly infrastructure. however, the efficiency of such enterprises is often undermined by outdated practices, insufficient funding, fragmented management systems, and limited adoption of modern technologies. as smith and preston (2021) point out, reliance on traditional maintenance models frequently leads to inefficiencies, unplanned delays, excessive operational costs, and in some cases, increased accident risks. in recent years, the rapid development of digital technologies and industry 4.0 solutions has opened new opportunities for railway enterprises. predictive maintenance supported by data analytics, sensors, and artificial intelligence enables early detection of faults, reduces downtime, and optimizes resource american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org allocation. similarly, the introduction of geographic information systems (gis), internet of things (iot) devices, and automated inspection systems is transforming the way maintenance tasks are scheduled and performed. these tools not only enhance efficiency but also contribute to higher safety standards and better long-term asset management. at the same time, improving railway maintenance efficiency cannot be achieved by technology alone. organizational reforms—including workforce training, performance-based management, and integration of sustainability principles—are equally essential. experiences from advanced railway systems, such as those in europe and east asia, demonstrate that a balanced combination of technology adoption, institutional reforms, and financial sustainability strategies is required to achieve long-term improvements. the objective of this study is therefore to identify, analyze, and evaluate effective strategies for enhancing the operational efficiency of railway track maintenance enterprises. the research focuses on three interrelated directions: (1) adoption of modern digital technologies, (2) development of predictive and preventive maintenance systems, and (3) implementation of organizational and economic reforms to ensure sustainable operations. by doing so, the study aims to contribute to the academic literature on transport management while also offering practical recommendations for policymakers, railway administrators, and industry practitioners. methods this study applied a mixed-method approach, including: 1. literature review: analysis of international best practices in railway track maintenance (e.g., eu, japan, usa). 2. comparative analysis: assessment of current maintenance practices in uzbekistan’s railway system. 3. quantitative modeling: evaluation of cost efficiency using key performance indicators (kpis) such as downtime, repair costs, and accident rates (european union agency for railways, 2020). 4. case study: pilot project on the implementation of digital monitoring and preventive maintenance strategies in selected railway enterprises. results the results indicate significant improvements in efficiency after implementing modern approaches: indicator traditional maintenance preventive maintenance + digital monitoring improvement (%) average downtime (hours/month) 120 65 45.8% annual maintenance cost (usd million) 18.5 13.9 24.9% accident rate per 1,000 km 4.2 2.5 40.5% labor productivity (km/person/year) 9.8 13.6 38.7% american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org these findings demonstrate that the introduction of predictive and digital-based maintenance not only reduces costs but also enhances safety and reliability. discussion the study confirms that efficiency in railway track maintenance enterprises can be substantially improved by shifting from reactive to preventive strategies. key implications include: • technological advancement: digital monitoring (iot sensors, ai diagnostics) enables realtime detection of track defects (zhou et al., 2022). • economic impact: reduced repair costs and downtime contribute to long-term financial sustainability (kumar & agarwal, 2018). • organizational reform: optimized workforce distribution and better scheduling increase productivity (shah & singh, 2020). • sustainability: improved safety and efficiency contribute to environmental sustainability by minimizing resource waste and energy consumption (united nations escap, 2021). these findings align with international experiences, where countries such as japan and germany have already adopted predictive maintenance models, resulting in higher service reliability. conclusion the findings of this study confirm that the efficiency of railway track maintenance enterprises can be significantly improved through a holistic integration of preventive maintenance strategies, digital monitoring technologies, and organizational optimization. preventive and predictive approaches reduce the risk of unexpected failures, minimize costly downtime, and extend the service life of critical infrastructure. the adoption of digital solutions such as sensor-based monitoring, data analytics, and automated inspection further enhances decision-making accuracy, ensuring that resources are allocated effectively and operational risks are reduced. at the same time, organizational reforms remain a cornerstone of sustainable efficiency gains. strengthening workforce competencies through targeted training, implementing performance-based management systems, and fostering a culture of innovation are essential to fully realize the benefits of technological upgrades. without these organizational measures, investments in advanced tools and systems may not reach their full potential. for policymakers and railway management, the results highlight the need to prioritize long-term investments in digital infrastructure, research and development, and human capital. building institutional frameworks that encourage cross-sector collaboration, public–private partnerships, and international knowledge exchange can accelerate the modernization of railway maintenance enterprises. furthermore, attention should be given to aligning maintenance strategies with broader sustainability goals, including energy efficiency, reduced carbon emissions, and improved passenger and freight safety. in conclusion, the modernization of railway track maintenance enterprises is not only a technical necessity but also a strategic imperative for enhancing the competitiveness of the transport sector as a whole. by combining technological innovation, preventive strategies, and organizational reforms, countries can achieve more reliable railway systems that contribute to economic growth, regional connectivity, and long-term sustainable development. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org references 1.european union agency for railways. (2020). railway safety and interoperability in the eu. brussels: era publications. 2.kumar, a., & agarwal, r. (2018). efficiency improvement in railway maintenance management: a cost-benefit analysis. international journal of transport management, 7(3), 45–56. 3.shah, p., & singh, r. (2020). workforce optimization in transport enterprises. journal of infrastructure systems, 26(2), 112–125. 4.smith, j., & preston, l. (2021). infrastructure challenges in developing economies: the case of rail transport. transport policy review, 15(4), 87–99. 5.united nations escap. (2021). sustainable transport development in asia and the pacific. bangkok: un publications. 6.wang, h., li, j., & chen, x. (2019). predictive maintenance for railway infrastructure: a machine learning approach. journal of transportation engineering, 145(7), 1–12. 7.zhou, y., tan, q., & liu, p. (2022). smart monitoring technologies for railway systems. ieee transactions on intelligent transportation systems, 23(6), 5230–5242. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org the first twelve maqom system of shashmaqom and its components khamrokulov naimdjon bakhronovich senior teacher of the department of music education samarkand state pedagogical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the structural, modal, rhythmic, and historical foundations of the first twelve maqoms that form the classical shashmaqom system. as one of the most influential musical heritages of central asia, shashmaqom embodies centuries of cultural experience reflected in its melodic, rhythmic, and poetic dimensions. the study examines the organizing principles of the maqom cycles, their modal characteristics, compositional layers, performance traditions, and internal structural components such as nasr, tasnif, ufar, savt, and tarona. by analyzing these elements, the article highlights the unique complexity of shashmaqom’s first twelve maqoms and their significance in preserving artistic identity in the region’s musical culture. shashmaqom, maqom system, modal structure, traditional music, central asian heritage, rhythm cycles, classical repertoire. introduction the shashmaqom tradition represents one of the most refined classical music systems of central asia, particularly associated with the cultural centers of bukhara, samarkand, and khiva. the term “shashmaqom” literally means “six maqoms,” referring to the core six large maqom cycles that make up the system. however, each maqom includes multiple sections and subgenres, which, in total, consist of a broader collection of modal sequences. historically, musicians and scholars have referred to the first twelve maqoms or twelve constituent modal branches that appear within the opening portions of the major cycles. these components capture the essence of maqom modal logic, rhythmic hierarchy, spiritual philosophy, and poetic integration [1]. the first twelve maqoms thus represent the foundational layer from which the entire shashmaqom repertoire unfolds. their careful study provides insight into the earliest developmental phases of maqom structure, internal melodic organization, and performative aesthetics. understanding their components is essential not only for ethnomusicologists but also for performers seeking to maintain authenticity within a living performance tradition. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the shashmaqom tradition evolved through centuries of cultural synthesis, incorporating elements of persian, turkic, arabic, and regional central asian court music. the earliest maqom cycles originated in the medieval period, strongly influenced by classical poets, sufi thought, and professional court musicians known as “khonandas” and “sazandas.” the foundational twelve maqoms emerged as early pedagogical models used to systematize modal progression and ensure consistency in teaching. they served as the basic framework upon which the six grand maqoms—buzruk, rost, navo, dugoh, segoh, and iroq—were constructed. the essence of each maqom lies in its modal organization, known as “parda.” each of the first twelve maqoms contains a unique tonal center, ascending and descending scale patterns, and characteristic intervallic relationships. modes often include microtonal inflections typical of central asian traditional music these foundational maqoms typically outline [2]: a principal scale or tetrachord, modulation pathways to related modes, cadential formulas, central melodic motifs that unify the cycle. because the maqom system is cyclical, the first twelve maqoms introduce performers to tonal contrasts, emotional atmospheres, and modal functions that recur throughout the entire shashmaqom corpus. rеsults аnd disсussiоn the structural sophistication of the first twelve maqoms becomes even more evident when examining the system of melodic pathways (sayr) embedded within each mode. sayr refers to the traditional method of transitioning between pitch segments, articulating emotional shifts, and guiding performers through characteristic modal zones. in the earliest maqoms, these melodic pathways follow established trajectories that trace the historical logic of oral transmission. performers learn to navigate ascending and descending contours intuitively, yet with precise awareness of modal gravity points. such awareness ensures that improvisational passages remain faithful to inherited stylistic norms, even when performers introduce personal nuances [4]. another critical component of the twelve foundational maqoms is the interaction between poetry and melody. unlike many global art-music traditions, shashmaqom treats poetry not as an accessory but as an equal structural pillar. the first twelve maqoms frequently employ verses from classical poets whose imagery aligns naturally with the emotional tone of each mode. this integration demands that performers master prosodic alignment — the ability to synchronize melodic accents with textual rhythm. in training settings, musicians practice scanning poetic feet, analyzing semantic emphasis, and adjusting phrasing so that both musical and literary meanings are preserved. this task reinforces sensitivity to linguistic nuance and strengthens interpretative depth. equally important is the role of instrumental color and timbral layering. in the earliest maqoms, each instrument occupies a defined expressive role: the tanbur outlines modal skeletons, the sato provides elongated, emotional resonance, the gijjak introduces ornamental contours, and the doira articulates rhythmic subtlety. the orchestral texture in shashmaqom is not a mere accompaniment system; rather, it is an interdependent sonic architecture. training tasks include timbre-blending exercises, harmonic american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org drone coordination, and ornamentation layering drills, enabling performers to hear the maqom as a multi-dimensional fabric rather than a single melodic line. the development of modal memory also forms an essential stage for mastering the early maqoms. because these modes rely on micro-intervallic relationships, performers must develop long-term auditory memory for pitch deviations that lie between western semitones. musicians engage in listening comparisons between historical recordings, teacher demonstrations, and ensemble rehearsals. such tasks gradually refine their internal pitch models, allowing them to replicate modal purity even without instrumental reference. this cognitive discipline is particularly crucial in nasr and savt sections, where slow tempos make intonation errors more noticeable. соnсlusiоn the first twelve maqoms of the shashmaqom system represent the intellectual and artistic foundation of one of the world’s richest classical music traditions. their modal structures, compositional layers, rhythmic frameworks, and interpretative demands illustrate a sophisticated musical philosophy that integrates emotional depth, spiritual symbolism, and technical mastery. studying these foundational maqoms not only provides insight into the structural logic of shashmaqom but also strengthens the transmission of cultural identity across generations. as living musical heritage, they continue to inspire musicians, scholars, and audiences by revealing the profound creative potential embedded within central asian classical art. rеfеrеnсеs 1. saidov, k. shashmaqom san’ati: tarixi va nazariy asoslari. – toshkent: san’at, 2018. – 240 b. 2. levin, t. the hundred thousand fools of god: musical travels in central asia. – bloomington: indiana university press, 1996. – 326 p. 3. djuraev, a. maqomlar tizimi va ularning tarixi. – buxoro: navro‘z, 2020. – 198 b. 4. broughton, s. et al. world music: the rough guide. – london: penguin books, 2000. – 702 p. 5. yunusov, r. o‘zbek maqomlari: shakli va uslubi. – toshkent: g‘afur g‘ulom nomidagi nashriyot, 2015. – 174 b. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org chemically initiated emulsion polymerization of methacrylic acid ester with diethylethynyl carbonate using nonionic surfactant op-10 ruziev i. kh. oltiboyeva z. x. primova g. j. toshpulatova l. kh. institute of biochemistry, samarkand state university named after sh. rashidov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article discusses the process of chemically initiated emulsion polymerization of methacrylic acid ester with diethylethynyl carbonate in an aqueous medium using the nonionic emulsifier op10. the features of the polymerization reaction, the effect of component concentration and synthesis conditions on the stability of the resulting emulsion, particle size and molecular characteristics of the polymer are studied. the data obtained indicate the high efficiency of op-10 as an emulsifier, providing system homogeneity and latex stability. the results can be used in the development of new polymeric materials with specified physicochemical properties. the regularity of radical chemical initiation of emulsion polymerization of diethylethynylcarbinol methacrylic ether in the presence of appk, op-10, os-10e-30 dispersant was studied. monomer, initiation, methacrylic acid chloride, heat resistance, triethylamine, gel effect, diethylethynylcarbinol methacrylic ester, emulsifier, emulsion system. introduction it is well known that today the polymerization of vinyl monomers in the presence of emulsifiers is among the most commonly applied techniques for synthesizing high-tonnage polymers such as acetylene, ethylene, and propylene from locally sourced raw materials. [9]. consequently, there is a growing need to teach both the theoretical and practical aspects of monomer synthesis and their subsequent polymerization. in recent years, significant attention has been directed toward the polymerization of vinyl monomers that contain not only double bonds but also triple bonds in their structure. this heightened interest is primarily attributed to two factors: first, the limited extent of research on such monomers, and second, their ability—upon polymerization—to yield materials with enhanced thermal stability, semiconducting behavior, magnetic properties, and catalytic activity [1]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org as is known, the emulsion polymerization of the corresponding vinyl monomers is one of the most widely used methods for obtaining a number of large-capacity polymers. its main advantages compared to bulk polymerization and in the presence of organic solvents are as follows: ease, removal of reaction heat and thus prevention of local overheating, formation of polymers with increased molecular weight, wide possibilities for controlling the process rate and the properties of the resulting products. based on this, in this work, we also studied in detail the polymerization of acetylene monomers in the presence of nonionic emulsifiers op-10 and os-20, as well as anionic emulsifiers e-30 and appk [2]. emulsion polymerization is a distinct chemical technique commonly employed to synthesize waterbased resins that exhibit a range of colloidal and physicochemical characteristics. this type of heterogeneous free-radical polymerization involves dispersing hydrophobic monomers into water using oil-in-water emulsifiers. the polymerization is initiated by either water-insoluble initiators like sodium persulfate (naps) or oil-soluble ones such as 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (aibn) [3]. frequently utilized monomers in this process include butadiene, styrene, acrylonitrile, acrylates, methacrylates, vinyl acetate, and vinyl chloride. as the polymerization advances, particle nuclei form and expand, resulting in a vast oil–water interfacial area. to stabilize these growing latex particles and prevent coagulation, effective stabilizing agents are necessary—such as ionic or non-ionic surfactants and protective colloids like hydroxyethyl cellulose and polyvinyl alcohol, which may adsorb onto or chemically bond with particle surfaces. colloidal stability is ensured through electrostatic stabilization, steric stabilization [4, 5], or a combination of both mechanisms. the resulting eco-friendly latex dispersions consist of numerous polymer particles (approximately 10–300 nm in diameter) suspended in water. these emulsion polymers are utilized in a broad spectrum of applications, including synthetic rubbers, thermoplastics, coatings, adhesives, binders, rheology modifiers, plastic pigments, calibration standards, immunodiagnostic assays, protein purification media, and drug delivery systems. a deep understanding of polymerization kinetics and mechanisms is essential for developing highperformance products tailored to specific requirements. emulsion polymerization is a highly intricate process due to the interplay between free radical polymerization mechanisms and various colloidal interactions that govern the nucleation, growth, and stabilization of polymer particles. one of the most notable aspects of this method is the confinement of free radicals within individual monomer-swollen polymer particles. this spatial separation significantly decreases the likelihood of bimolecular termination reactions, thereby enhancing the polymerization rate and yielding polymers with higher molecular weights—an advantage not attainable in bulk or solution polymerization. although the nucleation phase is brief, the formation of initial particle nuclei during the early stages of polymerization is critical, as it largely determines the ultimate size and size distribution of latex particles, and directly impacts the quality of the resulting latex. controlling this nucleation step remains a complex and demanding challenge for researchers in the field. the growth of polymer particles is influenced by the transport and distribution of monomers, free radicals, and surfactants among various domains: the aqueous phase, emulsified monomer droplets (acting as monomer reservoirs), monomer-swollen polymer particles (where the primary reaction american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org occurs), and the oil–water interface. these transport processes are crucial in determining the dynamics of particle growth. from both scientific and industrial perspectives, the colloidal characteristics of latexes are of paramount importance. key properties include particle size and size distribution, surface charge density (zeta potential), surface coverage by stabilizing molecules, the structure of hydrophilic polymers adsorbed or chemically attached to particle surfaces, the type and concentration of surface functional groups, particle morphology, as well as the optical, rheological, and overall colloidal stability of the dispersion. the discussion of the results.when choosing these substances, first of all, they proceeded from their belonging to different classes of emulsifiers and suspenders of organic compounds, the wide availability and cheapness of chemical sensitivity, the insolubility of the aqueous medium in them of the initial monomers, the ease of purification of possible impurities and a number of other factors. the starting monomer (maedea) of methacrylic ether of diethylethynylcarbinol was obtained by direct interaction of diethyleneylcarbinol with methacrylic acid chloride in the presence of triethylamine in a sulfuric ether medium. the monomer yield, depending on the synthesis conditions, was within 60–70% of the theoretical value. after double distillation, he had the following physicochemical parameters; tboil=350/10 с; d20=0.9643; n=1.5537; rnid.=46.30; rvych.=46.41. the resulting monomer was obtained using the ir spectrummaedek, in which the absorption frequency of alkynes with low intensity for three bonds (с с) was shown in the region of 21002300cm-1, by vinyl connection, 1670-1780cm-1 stretching vibrations. based on this and in accordance with the above tasks, in this section of the work, the emulsion polymerization of the synthesized acetylene monomers (maedeek) was studied in detail using op10 as an emulsifier (condensation product of 10-12 moles of ethylene oxide with a mixture of mono and dialkylphenols with alkyl residues , containing 8-10 carbon atoms).[6]. the conditions for the polymerization of the monomers were as follows: at the beginning, the polymerization of the monomers was carried out in the presence of various amounts of appk (0.2-2.0 wt.%). in the aqueous phase and under the following other conditions, the concentration of dac is 11.6. 10-3 mol/l, temperature 343k, ratio of monomer and aqueous phase 1:3, reaction content and duration 1-4 hours. the obtained experimental data are presented in the figures [1]. fig.-1. kinetics of chemical initiated emulsion polymerization of maedeek at various ratios of monomer and aqueous phase: 1-1:1, 2-1:3, 3-1:5, [dac] = 11.6 * 10-3 mol /l, [appk] = 0.5 wt.%, t = 343k. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org as follows from them, the polymer yield and, accordingly, the reaction rate depend little on the concentration of op-10. this is obviously due to the sufficiency in all cases of the amount of dispersant to stabilize the monomer droplets in the aqueous phase. it should be noted that such an insignificant dependence of the rate on the concentration of water-soluble esters of monoand dialkylphenols with alkyl residues containing 8-10 carbon atoms of emulsion polymerization of a number of other vinyl monomers [6, 7]. the observed some increase in the rate as the content of op-10 increases, apparently, is associated with an increase in the number of monomer droplets in the aqueous phase. at the same time, the rate of the studied processes under comparable conditions significantly exceeds that of bulk polymerization for all monomers. the reason for this, on the one hand, is due to the possibility of transferring the chain to op-10 molecules and, as a result, obtaining from it additional initiating radicals with sufficient activity, and on the other hand, the efficiency of removing the reaction heat due to the process taking place in such a heat-consuming medium as water. , as a result, local overheating is to some extent prevented and the probability of formation of substances that inhibit polymerization is reduced. in addition, during emulsion polymerization of the studied monomers, as in the case of other vinyl compounds, a protective layer of appk is apparently formed first on the surface of monomer droplets and then on the surface of polymer-monomer particles, which prevents their coagulation. as a result, the rate of the chain termination reaction also decreases. thus, also by comparing the study of chemical initiated emulsion polymerization of acetylene monomers is described by the following equations: maedmek w=[j]0.50 [appk]0.30, maedekli w=[j]0.52 [appk]0.27, maemeek w=[j]0.54[appk]0.26, maeecg w=[j]0.55 [appk] 0.23. the emulsion polymerization of monomers, as in the case of the previous processes studied, is significantly affected by temperature. in this case, the reactions were carried out under the following conditions: temperature 333, 343 and 353 k, daa concentration 11.6.10-3 mol/l, the ratio of monomers and the aqueous phase 1:3, the content of op-10 0.5 wt. %. from the results obtained, it follows that with increasing temperature, in all cases, the formation of polymers increases, which is mainly due to an increase in the rate of chain initiation and growth. [8,9]. based on the results obtained, e was calculated and its values for the polymerization of maedmek, maemeek, maedeek, and maeecg are 33.5, 32.3, 34.1, and 32.2 kj/mol, respectively. it can be seen from the given data that the found values of e are significantly less than those of the chemically initiated polymerization of monomers in bulk, which is an advantageous advantage of carrying out the polymer formation reaction in an emulsion. in this case, one of the main reasons for the observed reduced values of e may be the difficulty of terminating growing chains due to the process occurring in microblocks stabilized by appc. as is known [6], as the concentration of the initiator increases, the yield of radicals from the components of the initial reaction mixture increases and, accordingly, the rate of the initiation reaction increases. in this case, obviously, on the process of initiation into succumbing under the action of the initiator, in the accumulating polymer. it was found that the yield of the target product depends both on the temperature and on the concentration of the initiator. the rate of the process depends on the concentration of the initiator to the power of 0.56. the value of the activation energy is 32, kj/mol. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org these data indicate that the radical polymerization of maedeek in an emulsion medium proceeds according to a free radical mechanism, predominantly with bimolecular termination of growing chains, the rate of chain termination reaction. one of the important characteristics of polymers is their resistance to temperature effects [7]. based on this, the thermal stability of the synthesized polymer samples was studied in detail both in vacuum and in air at temperatures of 500 k and a heating duration of up to 10 hours. as can be seen from them, the samples synthesized in the emulsion turned out to be more thermally stable than those in the presence of organic solvents. this, obviously, is associated with a lower mw of polymers, in the second case, due to the significant chain termination both by periradicals from the solvent and as a result of chain transfer to its molecules. conclusions the conducted studies have shown that chemically initiated emulsion polymerization of methacrylic acid ester in the presence of diethylethynyl carbonate and nonionic emulsifier op-10 is an effective method for obtaining stable polymer dispersions with specified colloidal and molecular characteristics. it was found that the use of op-10 promotes the formation of a finely dispersed system and provides a high degree of stabilization of latex particles due to steric protection. the introduction of diethylethynyl carbonate as a co-initiating agent has a positive effect on the polymerization rate and the molecular weight of the resulting polymer. the obtained results confirm the prospects of this system for the development of environmentally friendly aqueous polymeric materials applicable in the production of coatings, adhesives and other functional products. spectral data also show that polymerization proceeds mainly due to the double bond of the monomer. the study of the solubility, density, thermal and heat resistance of the obtained polymers showed that these properties of polymaedea depend on the conditions of its synthesis. references 1. baghdasaryan kh.s. theory of radical polymerization. m. science. 1966. p.300. 2. kabanov v. a. complex radical polymerization. m. science. 1989. p.253. 3. gilbert rg. emulsion polymerization: a mechanistic approach. london: academic press; 1995. 4. fitch rm. polymer colloids: a comprehensive introduction. london: academic press; 1997. 5. sato t, ruch r. stabilization of colloidal dispersions by polymer adsorption. new york, ny: 1980. 6. napper dh. polymeric stabilization of colloidal dispersions. london: academic press; 1983. 3. eliseeva v.i., ivanchev s.s. emulsion polymerization and its application in industry. moscow: chemistry 1976.-p.382 4. matsoyan s.g., radical polymerization of vinylethynylcarbinols./izd.an. arm, ssr. chemical sciences,-1963.-t16.-no.5.-s558-561. 5. rashidova s.sh. no. 9.-52-54. 6. coffman ddpolymerization of vinylacetylene hydrocarbons //j.amtr.chtem.soc., 1978,-v.57. p.1955-1959. 7. shantorovich s et al. kinetics of polymerization of hydrocarbons with a conjugated bond. 9. шарипов ш. р., зиёев б. т., рузиев и. х. химическое иницирование полимеризации этакодидиметилэтилэтинелата в растворе // ilmiy axborotnoma. – с. 17. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org additional guarantees for employment madumarova nilufar muhammadovna lecturer, department of legal education fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the state provides additional guarantees for the employment of socially vulnerable categories of the population. introduction the following categories of the population are included in the list of socially vulnerable categories of the population: single parents with children under the age of fourteen, children with disabilities (their substitutes), as well as parents in large families (their substitutes); young people who have graduated from general secondary and secondary specialized educational organizations, vocational schools, vocational colleges and technical schools and have acquired a profession; graduates of "mehribonlik" houses, as well as graduates of higher educational organizations who received education on state grants; persons discharged from military service in the troops of the ministry of defense, the ministry of internal affairs, the ministry of emergency situations, the national guard, the state security service of the republic of uzbekistan; persons with disabilities; persons of pre-retirement age (two years before the retirement age established by law); persons released from penal institutions or persons against whom compulsory medical measures have been applied by a court decision; victims of human trafficking. other persons may also be included in the list of socially vulnerable categories of the population in accordance with the legislation. additional guarantees in the field of employment are provided by creating additional jobs, specialized organizations, including organizations for the employment of persons with disabilities, organizing special retraining and advanced training programs, establishing a minimum number of jobs for the employment of citizens of the categories specified in part two of this article, as well as through other measures provided for by law. the employer employs persons specified in part two of this article, referred by labor authorities and other bodies, in accordance with the procedure established by law. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the employer shall have the following obligations in the field of employment and placement: to provide information on the dismissal of employees in accordance with article 166 of this code; to prevent unlawful refusal to hire in accordance with parts one and two of article 119 of this code; to employ persons at the expense of the established minimum number of jobs in accordance with article 99 of this code; to warn employees about the termination of the employment contract in accordance with article 165 of this code; to take measures to preserve the employee's job in the procedure for transferring to another job in accordance with article 144 of this code; to preserve the average monthly salary during the placement period when the employment contract is terminated on special grounds in accordance with parts one, two and three of article 100 of this code; to provide guarantees to the invited persons in accordance with article 101 of this code; re-employment of employees whose employment contract with him is terminated on special grounds in accordance with article 102 of this code; providing additional guarantees in accordance with collective agreements and the collective agreement. the employer may also have other obligations in accordance with the legislation in the field of employment and placement. the criteria for mass dismissal are indicators of the number of employees whose employment contract with him is to be terminated due to changes in technology, production and labor organization, a reduction in the volume of work (products, services), or a change in the number or staff of the organization's employees, or in connection with the liquidation of the organization (its separate unit). the criteria for mass dismissal of employees include: a) liquidation of an organization (its separate subdivision) of any organizational and legal form with twenty or more employees; b) reduction of the number of employees (staff) in the following amounts: by fifty or more employees within thirty calendar days; by two hundred or more employees within sixty calendar days; by five hundred or more employees within ninety calendar days. local government bodies may suspend decisions on mass dismissal of employees for a period of up to six months with simultaneous partial or full compensation to the employer for the losses caused by this postponement. the employer is obliged to bring information about the upcoming mass dismissal of employees to the attention of the labor body and territorial or sectoral trade union associations in the manner and within the terms provided for in article 166 of this code. upon receipt of this information, the labor authorities are obliged to take measures to employ the dismissed employees in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation. the employer is obliged to employ persons from socially disadvantaged categories of the population, who are sent by local labor authorities and other authorized bodies to fill the reserved positions in accordance with the procedure established by the legislation, taking into account the qualification requirements. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the procedure for sending to work based on the established minimum number of jobs is determined by the legislation. in the event of termination of the employment contract on the following grounds, the average monthly salary during the job search period, taking into account the severance pay, but not more than two months, is guaranteed to employees: the employee refuses to continue working under new working conditions; the employee refuses to move to another place to work with the employer; the employee refuses to transfer to another job for which there are no indications against him due to his state of health according to a medical report, or the employer does not have a suitable job; the number or staff of the organization has changed due to changes in technology, production and labor organization, the volume of work (products, services) has decreased; the organization (its separate unit) has been liquidated by a decision of its founders (participants) or by a decision of a legal entity body authorized for this purpose by its constituent documents; is unfit for the work performed due to insufficient qualifications; the employee who previously performed the same work has been reinstated; the court's decision on the liquidation of the organization has entered into legal force. the guarantees provided for in the first part of this article shall also apply to cases where the employment contract concluded with the head of the organization, his deputies, the chief accountant, and in the absence of a chief accountant position in the organization, with an employee performing the duties of the chief accountant (hereinafter referred to as the chief accountant) is terminated due to a change of ownership. the specific features of the provision of guarantees provided for in the first part of this article for certain categories of employees shall be determined in accordance with part five of article 494, part four of article 506, part seven of article 511, part seven of article 518 of this code. if the employees specified in parts one and two of this article are registered as job seekers with the local labor authority within thirty calendar days after the termination of the employment contract, they shall have the right to receive the average monthly salary from their previous place of work for the third month according to the certificate issued by the local labor authority. if the employees specified in parts one and two of this article have not found a suitable job after the expiration of the three-month period, they shall be recognized as unemployed. in the event that the employer is declared insolvent, employees who are in labor relations with him shall enjoy preferential rights over the claims of all other creditors regarding wages and other payments due to them. in the event that the liquidated organizations do not have funds, compensation payments to the employees specified in part one of this article shall be made from the funds of the state fund for employment assistance of the republic of uzbekistan. if an employer has sent an invitation to an individual with a job offer, the employer has no right to refuse to hire this individual during the validity period of the invitation, and if the invitation does not stipulate a period, then within one month from the date of sending the invitation. an invitation is understood as a direct, clearly expressed consent of the employer to conclude an employment contract with this individual. the invitation may be sent in writing or electronically by an appropriately authorized official of the employer. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org the provisions of the first part of this article shall apply to foreign citizens and stateless persons if the employee has completed all the necessary procedures provided for by law. persons dismissed from work due to election to elected positions in state bodies or employee representative bodies shall be given their previous job (position) after the expiration of their term of office in the elected position, and in the absence of such a job (position), they shall be given another equivalent job (position). the placement of deputies of the legislative chamber of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan and members of the senate who worked in the senate on a permanent basis after the expiration of their term of office, as well as in the event of the dissolution of the legislative chamber and senate of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan, shall be carried out in accordance with the procedure established by article 16 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on the status of a deputy of the legislative chamber and a member of the senate of the oliy majlis of the republic of uzbekistan”. an employee who has been called up (entered) for military service, after being discharged to the reserve or dismissed, shall have the priority right to employment at his previous place of work if he has applied to the employer regarding employment no later than three months from the date of his discharge from the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan, the troops of the ministry of internal affairs, the state security service, the national guard and the ministry of emergency situations of the republic of uzbekistan. an employee who has been called up (entered) for military service, but has subsequently been discharged to the reserve or dismissed, shall have the right to return to his previous place of work (position) if no more than three months have passed from the date of his call up (entered) for military service. in the event of reorganization of the organization, the placement of persons discharged from military service shall be carried out by the legal successor of the organization, and in the event of liquidation of the organization, by the local labor body. in cases where it is impossible to provide employees with the guarantees specified in parts one, two and three of this article, the local labor authority shall ensure their employment and, if necessary, their free professional training, retraining and advanced training. the employer shall be obliged to employ employees whose employment contract with him was previously terminated in accordance with paragraph 2 of part two of article 161 of this code, provided that within six months from the date of termination of the employment contract with the employee, vacancies have arisen in the organization in the same specialty and qualification that the employee previously held. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining konstitutsiyasi // qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 01.05.2023 y.,. 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasining mehnat kodeksi // o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy majlisining axborotnomasi,1996-y., 1-songa ilova; qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 30.04.2023 -y.,. 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “aholini ish bilan ta’minlash to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni. (yangi tahriri) // o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy majlisining axborotnomasi, 1998-y., 5-6son, 97-modda; qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 17.10.2018 y., 03/18/501/2056-son. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org 4. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “kasaba uyushmalari to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni // o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy kengashining axborotnomasi; o‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to ‘plami, 2019-y., 48-son, 546-modda. 5. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “mehnatni muhofaza qilish to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni (yangi tahriri) // o‘zbekiston respublikasi qonun hujjatlari to‘plami, 2016-y., 38-son, 441-modda; qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 05.01.2018-y., 03/18/456/0512-son american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org utopian motifs and national identity in american literary tradition rakhmanov k. s. 1, international academy islamic studies of uzbekistan1, tashkent, uzbekistan, raxmanov@gmail.com rustamova m. y. 2 tashkent university of information technologies named after muhammad al-khwarizmi2, tashkent, uzbekistan, mohimrustamova83@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article analyzes what should be considered when developing a unified veterinary information system in uzbekistan, as well as veterinary information systems developed in foreign countries and their functional capabilities. veterinary unified information system, digital transformation, digital integration, foreign experience, database, border veterinary post, information exchange. introduction firstly, when developing a veterinary information system in uzbekistan, special attention should be paid to many aspects. based on supply and demand, they can be divided into the following [1]: 1. system architecture and functional requirements include: adaptability the ability to quickly implement new requirements or make changes to legislation; information system stability the ability of the system to operate stably when the number of users increases. 2. database and information security requirements: centralized and backup servers a powerful central server that can integrate regional networks, taking into account all processes; encryption algorithms to ensure data security, access rights based on user roles; audit mechanism logging each action (who, when, what changed, etc.) or keeping a journal. 3. creating convenience for users includes: intuitive interface a simple user interface that can be easily used by veterinarians, farmers, laboratory and llc employees, information system participants; american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org multilingualism support for other languages (for example, kazakh, tajik, kyrgyz, russian, turkmen, afghan, english and others); mobile application version it is necessary to consider the development of a mobile application for employees working in remote areas. 4. implementation of integration with external systems: taking into account automatic data exchange with customs, certification, laboratories, statistical systems; api interfaces in accordance with international standards. implementation of an agreement with the state in the established procedure through digital integration. 5. development of a flexible information system taking into account veterinary processes: identification and tracking of animals (movement, disease, vaccination, etc.); planning and reporting on vaccination and diagnostic plans; epidemiological monitoring rapid warning and analysis of infectious diseases. 6. the following can be cited as legal and regulatory bases: compliance of the system with legislation (veterinary law, sanitary standards). requirements for information technology (national standards, compliance with requirements, etc.). 7. implementation of user training and technical support: training, video tutorials and 24/7 technical support for all users to whom the system is introduced; continuous improvement of the information system based on user feedback. 8. implementation of monitoring and reporting: real-time indicators (diagrams, indicators and histograms); statistical, epidemiological, financial and operational reports; gis integration (displaying the spread of diseases on the map). of course, this requires a lot of resources. main part now let’s dwell on the experience of foreign countries in developing a veterinary information system. russian experience. in russia, a federal state information system in the veterinary field (vetis) has been developed. the main objectives of vetat are the following [2]: tracking controlled goods; registration and issuance of veterinary surveillance documents; registration of permits for the import, export and transit of controlled goods into the territory of russia; registration of data and results of veterinary and sanitary examinations, laboratory tests and sampling for them; ensuring other areas of activity of the state veterinary service. the following processes are automated in vetis: american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org collection, transmission and analysis of information on the movement and transit of controlled goods across the russian border; collection, transmission and analysis of information on laboratory testing of controlled goods; collection, transmission and analysis of information on licensing of the production of veterinary medicinal products; collection, transmission and analysis of information on veterinary medicinal products, registration of adverse reactions, serious adverse reactions, unexpected adverse reactions when using veterinary medicinal products; collection, transmission and analysis of information on registered medicinal products, feed additives and gmo feed; creation and sending of notifications on the detection of dangerous controlled goods that do not meet the established requirements; collection, transmission and analysis of information on controlled objects and business entities; collection, transmission and analysis of information on the implementation of control and supervision activities; collection, transmission and analysis of information on the epizootic situation in russia and foreign countries; collection, transmission and analysis of information on the animal population; formation of registers of regulatory documents for the sector; formation of sector reports; ensuring information exchange with third-party information systems. vetis in turn, consists of smaller information systems. in particular, 1. mercury is intended for the registration of electronic veterinary documents and control of the movement of products, works with food industry entities, laboratories, control bodies; 2. argus is intended for the registration of import/export operations of animals and animal products and the management of permits, is integrated with enterprises engaged in foreign economic activity and customs systems; 3. an api has been developed for vetis, intended for automatic data exchange with external information systems erp, crm, logistics systems and other industry systems, and is provided for internal enterprise systems, laboratory management systems, government agencies and representatives of other industries; 4. zernoinform is is intended for control over the movement and quality of grain products, is intended for the control of the movement of grain products as animal feed through vetis; 5. egais a system for controlling alcoholic products, in some cases animal products (for example, honey, alcoholic medicines, etc.) are also controlled through egais; 6. federal customs service (fcs) systems are designed to exchange information when goods are subject to veterinary permits during import and export operations. it allows for automatic data transfer through the argus module; 7. traces (european union), which provides connectivity with international systems is designed to exchange electronic veterinary certificates. it allows for automatic export and receipt of diagnostic test results and disease results. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org if we consider the experience of kazakhstan, a number of systems have been developed here as well [3]. in particular, the “identification of farm animals”, the “isj mobile” mobile application, the “tört tulik” mobile application, the “veterinary security” module, the “republican veterinary laboratory”, the “republican anti-epizootic detachment”, and the “center for information processing and sanitary control” module have been developed and implemented. the “identification of farm animals” nais (national animal identification system) system is designed to register and maintain identification numbers of farm animals. the system allows for unified automated control of the movement of animals within the territory of the republic, their export and import, and monitoring and ensuring the reliability of anti-epizootic, veterinary and preventive measures. the “isj mobile” mobile application is intended for veterinarians and allows them to keep records of farm animals using mobile devices. “tört tulik” mobile application intended for owners of farm animals to monitor the list of animals, buy and sell online, and deregister. the veterinary security (vetbez) module of the unified automated management system of the agroindustrial complex “electronic agriculture” information system is intended to provide state services for issuing veterinary and sanitary certificates to objects of state veterinary and sanitary control. “republican veterinary laboratory” the system is intended for registering and receiving the results of laboratory research of farm animal materials, as well as controlling the quality and timing of the conducted research. “republican anti-episozoic squad” the system is intended for registering epidemiological outbreaks, implementing recovery processes in foci of unfavorable epidemiological situations among animals. is processing center designed for the production of identification means for agricultural animals and for submitting applications for obtaining emission numbers. is veterinary and sanitary examination the system for pre-slaughter inspection of meat, slaughter, veterinary and sanitary examination, and sending it for sale to domestic trade facilities automatically issues a veterinary certificate of form 2, an examination report (test protocol), and a qr code with product information. china experience. china has developed a comprehensive veterinary information system to monitor, prevent, and control animal diseases, ensuring both animal and public health. this system integrates various platforms and institutions to facilitate effective disease surveillance and management. 1. china’s veterinary information systems . national animal disease surveillance and epidemiological investigation plan (2021–2025). this plan outlines the framework for active and passive surveillance of 17 significant diseases, including african swine fever (asf), highly pathogenic avian influenza (hpai), brucellosis, schistosomiasis, and echinococcosis. data collected encompasses source animals, farm details, and testing information, which are submitted through the animal sanitary information platform [4]. 2. china animal disease control center (cadc). the cadc serves as the national authority for animal disease control, overseeing disease surveillance, emergency response, and technical guidance. it collaborates with provincial and local veterinary institutions to implement control measures and disseminate information [5]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org 3. national animal health information system. this system provides continuous monitoring of specific diseases deemed critical to the country. it assists in developing strategies for disease prevention and control by collecting and analyzing relevant data [sciquest.org.nz]. 4. integration with geographic information systems (gis). china has designed large-scale farm information supervision systems based on gis technology. these systems enable spatial analysis of disease outbreaks and facilitate targeted interventions [dl.acm.org]. the veterinary information system operates at national, provincial, municipal, and county levels, ensuring comprehensive coverage and localized response capabilities. china’s veterinary information systems align with global standards and collaborate with international organizations such as the world organisation for animal health (woah). data from china’s surveillance systems contribute to global animal health information, facilitating coordinated responses to transboundary diseases. the veterinary management system in the mainland of china is shown in figure 1. the bureau of animal husbandry and veterinary services, the ministry of agriculture and rural affairs (mara), organises and implements the national animal disease prevention and control. four technical supporting institutions directly affiliate to the mara, including china animal disease control center (cadc), china animal health and epidemiology center (cahec), china institute of veterinary drug control (ivdc) and national animal husbandry station. figure 1. national veterinary system of china. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org these institutions jointly undertake the collection and management of national animal health data according to their responsibilities. kyrgyzstan has been actively developing its veterinary information systems to enhance animal health monitoring, disease prevention, and compliance with international standards. these efforts are crucial for safeguarding public health, supporting the livestock sector, and facilitating trade. the veterinary chamber of the kyrgyz republic is a statutory veterinary body that regulates private veterinary practice. veterinarians who meet the minimum professional requirements based on testing results are allowed to work. private veterinarians registered with the chamber enter into a contract with district departments of state veterinary medicine for routine vaccination, diagnostics, treatment, and are responsible for epizootic welfare in the assigned territory [6]. the animal identification and tracking system is an information and analytical system for recording data on identified animals, their movement, owners, farms, and their veterinary and sanitary condition [7]. animal identification and tracking system the veterinary service under the ministry of water resources, agriculture and processing industry of the kyrgyz republic provides the following services [7]: mal check check information about an identified animal by identification number; doc check check the authenticity of issued veterinary documents; district veterinarian find your district veterinarian; animal registration submit an application for animal registration; animal deregistration submit an application for animal deregistration; animal arrival submit an application for animal arrival; animal departure submit an application for animal departure; identification information information on animal identification by region. since december 9, 2024, the automated information system “sanarip vet” has been introduced in kyrgyzstan, which is aimed at improving control over veterinary products. the system covers border veterinary control points, as well as district and city departments. the main objective of the system is to ensure the identification and control of products under veterinary control, as well as the fight against counterfeit products and improve food security. conclusion of course, as can be seen from the above, it is important to take into account the experience of foreign countries in the development of a veterinary information system in uzbekistan. the “evet” sis (single information system) that we are currently developing is being developed taking into account the above requirements. currently, the “evet” sis is being used by the kyrgyz side. based on the analyzed experience, it is important to ensure the identification, integrity and security of data in the “evet” sis in the future, as well as the development of api systems. references 1. https://www.vetgov.uz official website of the state committee of uzbekistan for veterinary and livestock development. https://www.vetgov.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org 2. https://vetrf.ru the official site of the russian federal state information system in the field of veterinary medicine. 3. https://www.gov.kz/ veterinary systems of kazakhstan. 4. l. gao, h. liu, f. guo & y. wang. management of animal health data to inform policy in china. china animal health and epidemiology center, no. 369 nanjing road, qingdao city, 266032, people’s republic of china. https://www.woah.org/app/uploads/2022/12/41-2-09-wangpreprint.pdf?utm_source=chatgpt.com 5. bulletinofcas.researchcommons.org – bulletin of chinese academy of sciences (chinese version) follow 6. абдурасулов а.х., маматкулов к.а. деятельность ветеринарного статуарного органа по регуляции ветеринарной практики кыргызстана. журнал. перспективы развития ветеринарной науки и её роль в обеспечении пищевой безопасности. 2022-05-05. выпуск: № 2 (2022), бишкек. c. 6-11. https://doi.org/10.47689/978-1-957653-01-3-pdvsrefs-ii-2022pp6-11. 7. https://aits.gvfi.gov.kg/home animal identification and tracking system veterinary service under the ministry of water resources, agriculture and processing industry of the kyrgyz republic. https://vetrf.ru/ https://www.gov.kz/ https://doi.org/10.47689/978-1-957653-01-3-pdvsrefs-ii-2022-pp6-11 https://doi.org/10.47689/978-1-957653-01-3-pdvsrefs-ii-2022-pp6-11 https://aits.gvfi.gov.kg/home american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org improvement of methods of ensuring energy efficiency of energy-intensive equipment in the mining and metallurgical industry mavlonov jonibek ashurovich navoi state mining and technologies university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in the current stage of socioeconomic development and amidst significantly rising energy prices, the task of efficient energy use in various sectors of the country's economy is particularly important. the development of the mining and processing industry—increasing processing volumes, deeper deposits, declining ore quality and quantity, steadily rising energy prices, and reducing energy cost is one of the most pressing challenges of world. therefore, improving methods for ensuring the energy efficiency of energy-intensive equipment in the mining and metallurgical industry is a pressing issue. control system, ball mill, thyristor, electric drive. introduction research objective development of methods for reducing energy costs and increasing production efficiency by adapting the operating modes of ball mills. materials and methods mining, processing, and beneficiation plants are among the largest industrial enterprises in terms of energy consumption. energy efficiency is defined as the optimal (cost-effective) use of energy for ongoing production or service delivery. recently, the annual electricity consumption of ore processing plants worldwide has been approximately 2.5 twh. primary ore grinding is performed by jaw and hammer crushers. the ore is then transferred to ball mills, where it first undergoes coarse grinding. in the second stage (i.e., fine grinding), it is processed by grinding media (rods or cylpebs) introduced into the mill. to improve the electrical energy efficiency of the ball mill electric drive system, it is necessary to reduce energy losses in the electromechanical system of the mill (especially in a synchronous or asynchronous drive) and increase the operating efficiency through optimal control of the electric drive power (automatic power distribution, adaptive control algorithms), as well as increasing the power factor in the drive and reducing reactive power. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion improving the energy efficiency of hydrometallurgical plants through system management using software and analytical tools will reduce energy consumption and costs, improve enterprises’ ability to manage energy resources across the organizational and technical chain, and enhance their competitiveness. therefore, efforts to expand the use of energy-saving technological tools are insufficiently effective due to the low level of implementation of energy management as a complex human-machine process. regardless of the type of electric drive used, the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the finished product (crushed ore), which characterize the system’s operation, are determined by the operating conditions of the plant, motor, control devices, and transmission mechanisms. this is also confirmed by the total active power generated at the axis of rotation of the mill drum. p = po+pп dm , (1) where:  d motor efficiency;  m transmission drive mechanism efficiency, which allows taking into account the drive mechanism losses in the ring gear and in the clutch; pouseful power; pпpower loss. taking into account (1) and the formula for determining engine power, we obtain: miu cos φ = po+pp dm , (2) where m number of phases; i stator current; u network supply voltage; cos φ power factor. to study the system's state in various operating modes, the following formulas are used. to construct the model, expression (2) is introduced using the following basic units: 𝑑2𝜃 𝑑𝑡2 = 1 𝑇𝑚𝜇𝐵 ∙ [(( 𝑚𝑈𝐸 sin 𝜃 𝑥𝑑 + 𝑚𝑈2 2 sin 2𝜃 ( 1 𝑥𝑞 − 1 𝑥𝑑 )) 1 𝜔 − 𝑚𝑐𝑔𝑅01 𝜔𝑐 𝑀𝜔 sin 𝛼) 𝑑𝜃 𝑑𝑡 + ( 𝑚𝑈𝐸 sin 𝜃 𝑥𝑑 + 𝑚𝑈2 2 sin 2𝜃 ( 1 𝑥𝑞 − 1 𝑥𝑑 )) 1 𝜔 − 𝑚𝑐𝑔𝑅01 𝜔𝑐 𝑀𝜔 sin 𝛼] (3) where: 𝑇𝑚𝜇 = 𝐺𝐷2𝑛3𝑝 3450√3 ∙ 10−3 ∙ 𝑈𝐼 𝐵 = √3𝑈𝐼𝑝 𝜔 and where 𝐺𝐷2 accelerating torque of the rotor; n synchronous frequency taking into account (3) and using the circular diagram of the synchronous motor, the graphical relationships between the electrical parameters of the motor and the degree of filling of the base material(kh) were confirmed (fig.1). the relationships were obtained by measuring the electrical parameters of the motor cos  = (kh), sin φ = (kh) i = (kh) american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org fig.1. dependence of the electrical parameters of the mill drive electric motor on the degree of load filling 1 dependence of the stator current on the degree of load filling; 3-2 − cos φ = (kh) sin φ = (kh). from fig.1 it follows that the most sensitive curve is sin φ. taking into account the dependence and the dependence obtained for the angle θ, it is determined sin φ cos φ = (kh) that: θ = arctg i cos  u xq⁄ +i cos  (4) the change in angle θ due to the change in the degree of filling of the mill can be estimated. many works investigating the dependence of a synchronous motor on θ = (t) , are known. but they limit themselves to only confirming the dependence of the synchronous machine for studying the change in angle θ by ∆θ considering relative to its constant value θo: θ = θo + ∆θ. accordingly, for the electromagnetic torque me the following dependence is used, which is a function of the angle θ me = meo + ∆me such studies do not allow us to assess the operating dynamics of the motor that powers the mill under the conditions of the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the fed ore and voltage variations. to develop models for studying the operating modes of the mine's electric drive system's electric motor, we use a relationship that characterizes the relationship between the mechanical characteristics of the motor and the mill: md = m − mc (3.4) where m is the moment of the synchronous motor; mc − moment of ore resistance; md − dynamic moment of the drive system. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org conclusion thus, the speed control method for a ball mill's synchronous electric motor has been improved, the design parameters of ball mills intended for the mining and metallurgical industry have been determined, and, taking into account process requirements, an operating mode has been developed that ensures the durability of the ball mill's protective coating, which impacts energy consumption. as a result, it allows for the degree of erosion of the mill's protective coating to be taken into account. references 1. avetisyan a.m. model of investigating the dynamic processes of the ore-grinding mill electromechanical system by applying matlab software package//seua proceedings -75: collection of scientific and methodic articles. yerevan. – 2008. – p. 115–118. 2. baghdasaryan marinka, national polytechnic university of armeni, professor, doctor of department of electrical engineering. «developing the mathematical model for investigating the ore mill electric drive system» developing the mathematical model for investigating the ore mill electric drive system 2006. p. 89-94 3. ishnazarov o.x. mavlonov j.a. basic directions of improvement and improvement of efficiency ore grinding // international journal of advanced research in science, engineering and technology vol. 6, issue 4, april 2019. india 4. mavlonov j.a., sayidov m.k. assessment of the reliability of power supply for mining enterprises taking into account changes in the technical condition of transformers // https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15743063 problems of energy and resource saving. tashkent – 2025. no. 2 – pp. 40–45 5. mavlonov j.a., sayidov m.k. influence of changes in the technical condition of transformers on the reliability of power supply in mining enterprises // scientific and technical journal "mashinasizlik". www.andmiedu.uz andijan – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 172–180 6. ishnazarov o.kh., mavlonov j.a. optimization of energy consumption of ball mills in mining metallurgy by the two-criteria approach // scientific and technical journal "vestnik tf nrnu mephi". tashkent – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 115–124 7. ishnazarov o.kh., mavlonov j.a. study of the energy efficiency of ball mills in the mining and metallurgical industry // scientific and technical journal "vestnik tf nrnu mephi". tashkent – 2025. no. 1 – pp. 124–132. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.15743063 http://www.andmiedu.uz/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 3d modeling technologies and innovative approaches in industrial design mashrapova gulbakhor mamasaliyevna assistant, andijan state technical institute g-mail: mashrapovagulbahor@gmail.com tel:+998937898071 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article critically examines the transformative impact of 3d modeling technologies and innovative approaches on industrial design. through a systematic review of recent scientific literature, detailed case studies across automotive, medical, and consumer electronics sectors, and interviews with leading practitioners, the research highlights how advanced modeling tools, generative design, and immersive visualization have redefined product development processes. key findings include significant reductions in development cycle times, increased creativity, enhanced collaboration, and improved product quality attributed to the integration of 3d modeling and innovative design methodologies. the study also addresses ongoing challenges such as the integration of legacy systems, intellectual property protection, and the need for continuous workforce training. the article concludes by emphasizing the need for ongoing investment in digital skills and infrastructure, the importance of multidisciplinary collaboration, and the pivotal role of 3d modeling in driving sustainable and user-centered industrial innovation. 3d modeling; industrial design; generative design; digital prototyping; additive manufacturing; virtual reality; digital twin; innovation management; simulation; product development; sustainability; collaborative design. introduction in the contemporary era of rapid technological advancement and global industrial competition, 3d modeling technologies have emerged as the cornerstone of innovation in industrial design, catalyzing a transformation in how products are conceived, developed, and brought to market. from their nascent beginnings as rudimentary geometric representations to today’s highly sophisticated, parametric, and generative modeling systems, 3d modeling technologies have fundamentally redefined the design landscape, empowering engineers, architects, and industrial designers to transcend traditional constraints and realize ideas with unprecedented precision and creativity. the fusion of advanced algorithms, intuitive user interfaces, and cloud-based computational power has democratized access to state-of-the-art design tools, fostering an environment where collaboration, customization, and american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org iteration are not just possible but expected. as industries increasingly demand shorter development cycles, higher product complexity, and rigorous standards of sustainability, 3d modeling has become indispensable for virtual prototyping, simulation, and visualization across sectors such as automotive, aerospace, consumer electronics, medical devices, and architecture. innovations such as additive manufacturing (3d printing), generative design, virtual reality (vr), and augmented reality (ar) have further expanded the horizons of what is possible, enabling designers to rapidly prototype and test concepts, optimize materials and structures, and deliver immersive, user-centric experiences. industrial design, once bounded by the limitations of physical sketching and manual fabrication, now operates in a realm where digital twins, real-time feedback, and data-driven optimization guide every stage of the product lifecycle. the proliferation of open-source platforms and interoperability standards has further fueled this evolution, breaking down silos between disciplines and enabling a level of cross-pollination and creative synergy that is unparalleled in the history of design. despite these advances, challenges remain, including the steep learning curve for new users, the integration of legacy workflows, issues of intellectual property protection, and the need for ongoing education to keep pace with technological change. nevertheless, the consensus among leading researchers and industry practitioners is clear: 3d modeling technologies, coupled with innovative approaches in industrial design, represent both the present and future of creative problem-solving in an increasingly complex, fast-paced, and interconnected world. this article provides an in-depth analysis of the evolution, current state, and future prospects of 3d modeling technologies and their innovative applications in industrial design, synthesizing the latest scientific research, technological trends, and practical insights to offer a comprehensive perspective for academics, professionals, and policymakers alike. methods this study adopts a multifaceted research strategy to analyze the impact of 3d modeling technologies and innovative approaches in industrial design, incorporating a systematic review of scientific literature, comparative case study analysis, and semi-structured expert interviews. the literature review spans peer-reviewed articles, technical reports, and industry white papers published over the past fifteen years, focusing on the intersection of 3d modeling technologies, industrial design methodologies, and innovation management. key sources were accessed through databases such as sciencedirect, ieee xplore, scopus, and web of science, using search terms like “3d modeling,” “industrial design innovation,” “additive manufacturing,” “digital prototyping,” and “generative design.” inclusion criteria prioritized studies that addressed both technological advancements and their application in real-world design scenarios, emphasizing empirical data, reproducible methodologies, and demonstrable outcomes. for the comparative case studies, three distinct industries—automotive, medical devices, and consumer electronics—were selected based on their high levels of design complexity and documented adoption of advanced 3d modeling workflows. within each sector, flagship projects and companies known for innovative design practices (such as tesla, medtronic, and apple) were examined through a combination of public domain reports, patents, and direct communications with design teams. data collection focused on metrics such as development cycle time, cost savings, error rates, and user satisfaction, as well as qualitative aspects of design creativity and collaboration. to supplement quantitative findings and capture nuanced perspectives, twelve semistructured interviews were conducted with design professionals, engineers, and managers from leading american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org firms in north america, europe, and east asia. interview topics covered the perceived benefits and challenges of integrating 3d modeling into design processes, the role of innovative approaches such as generative design and digital twins, and future trends in workforce skills and design culture. all interviewees consented to participation, and data were anonymized for confidentiality. data triangulation ensured robustness, with findings cross-validated across literature, case studies, and interviews. the combination of these methods enables a comprehensive, critical, and context-rich exploration of how 3d modeling technologies are reshaping industrial design through innovation. results the findings of this research reveal that the integration of 3d modeling technologies with innovative design methodologies has driven significant improvements in efficiency, creativity, and product quality across all examined industrial sectors. in the automotive industry, the adoption of parametric modeling, digital prototyping, and simulation tools has reduced design cycle times by as much as 35%, with leading manufacturers leveraging generative design algorithms to optimize structures for weight, strength, and aerodynamics, resulting in lighter, safer, and more fuel-efficient vehicles. additive manufacturing, powered by advanced 3d models, has enabled rapid prototyping and low-volume production of customized components, lowering prototyping costs by up to 50% and accelerating the feedback loop between designers, engineers, and customers. in the medical device sector, highresolution 3d modeling and simulation have revolutionized the development of complex, patientspecific implants and surgical guides, improving fit, biocompatibility, and clinical outcomes while reducing the time and expense associated with iterative physical prototyping. case studies highlight that 3d visualization and vr/ar integration are increasingly used to facilitate interdisciplinary collaboration, allowing surgeons, designers, and engineers to interact with digital models in immersive environments, leading to more effective problem identification and solution development. in consumer electronics, the combination of 3d modeling, simulation, and virtual user testing has enabled companies to compress development timelines, minimize design flaws, and tailor products to evolving market demands. across all sectors, expert interviews emphasized the transformative role of cloudbased collaborative modeling environments, which support distributed teams, real-time iteration, and secure data sharing. quantitative metrics from case projects demonstrated an average reduction of 28% in post-launch design errors and a 23% increase in user satisfaction as measured by product reviews and customer feedback. the adoption of innovative design approaches—such as digital twins, which create real-time virtual replicas of physical products—has enabled predictive maintenance, lifecycle optimization, and continuous improvement in both product performance and manufacturing processes. despite these advances, the research identified ongoing challenges, including significant initial investment in training and infrastructure, difficulties integrating new technologies with legacy systems, and the ongoing evolution of intellectual property and cybersecurity policies in digital design ecosystems. nonetheless, the data confirm that 3d modeling technologies, when combined with innovative, user-centered design strategies, are enabling unprecedented levels of creativity, efficiency, and adaptability in industrial design. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org discussion the discussion of these results places the observed advancements in 3d modeling technologies and innovative industrial design approaches within the larger context of digital transformation, sustainability, and global market competitiveness. the evidence underscores that 3d modeling is no longer merely a technical tool but a central driver of design thinking, enabling designers and engineers to visualize, test, and refine concepts with a level of detail and realism previously unimaginable. the emergence of generative design, powered by artificial intelligence and evolutionary algorithms, represents a paradigm shift, automating the exploration of design alternatives and pushing the boundaries of creativity while optimizing for constraints such as material efficiency, manufacturability, and environmental impact. the integration of vr, ar, and digital twin technologies has expanded the scope of collaboration, allowing diverse stakeholders to engage with and evaluate designs virtually, bridging geographical and disciplinary divides. this democratization of design tools has enabled smaller firms and independent designers to compete on a global stage, driving innovation and diversification of products and services. however, the transition to digital workflows is not without challenges; the need for multidisciplinary skills, ongoing training, and organizational change management is significant, and the rapid pace of technological innovation can exacerbate disparities between firms and regions with differing levels of digital maturity. intellectual property protection and data security remain pressing concerns, as digital models and collaborative platforms increase exposure to cyber threats and complicate ownership rights. furthermore, there is a risk that overreliance on automated tools could erode fundamental design and engineering judgment, necessitating a balanced approach that combines digital fluency with critical thinking and domain expertise. the findings suggest that the most successful innovators are those who view 3d modeling not as a replacement for traditional skills but as an amplifier of human creativity and problem-solving capacity. educational institutions and industry leaders alike must prioritize the integration of digital design literacy into curricula and professional development, ensuring that the next generation of designers and engineers is equipped to harness the full potential of 3d modeling technologies. looking ahead, the continued evolution of open standards, ai-driven design tools, and immersive visualization platforms is likely to further accelerate the pace of innovation, foster cross-sector collaboration, and drive sustainable, user-centric solutions to complex industrial challenges. conclusion in conclusion, the application of 3d modeling technologies and innovative approaches has fundamentally transformed industrial design, enabling unprecedented levels of creativity, efficiency, and adaptability in an era defined by complexity and rapid change. the research presented in this article demonstrates that, across diverse industries, the adoption of advanced modeling tools and methodologies is driving significant improvements in product development speed, quality, and user satisfaction while supporting greater customization and sustainability. the successful integration of 3d modeling depends not only on technological adoption but also on the cultivation of multidisciplinary skills, collaborative cultures, and robust governance frameworks that address intellectual property, cybersecurity, and ethical considerations. as 3d modeling technologies continue to evolve—incorporating artificial intelligence, cloud computing, and immersive visualization—their role as enablers of innovation in industrial design will only grow in importance. stakeholders across american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org academia, industry, and government must work together to ensure equitable access to digital design tools, promote best practices in training and security, and foster an environment where creativity and technical excellence thrive. by embracing the possibilities afforded by 3d modeling and innovative design, the industrial sector is poised to meet the challenges of the twenty-first century with solutions that are not only technically robust but also aesthetically compelling, user-centric, and environmentally responsible. references 1. cheng, n., ma, y., & ma, z. (2022). "recent advances in 3d modeling technologies for industrial design." journal of industrial information integration, 28, 100310. 2. burry, m. (2011). scripting cultures: architectural design and programming. john wiley & sons. 3. gibson, i., rosen, d., & stucker, b. (2021). additive manufacturing technologies: 3d printing, rapid prototyping, and direct digital manufacturing (3rd ed.). springer. 4. autodesk. (2023). generative design in manufacturing: industry applications and best practices. autodesk white paper. 5. kalogerakis, e., averkiou, m., maji, s., & chaudhuri, s. (2017). "3d shape segmentation with projective convolutional networks." ieee conference on computer vision and pattern recognition. 6. papanikolaou, p., & papalambros, p. y. (2019). "digital twins: from design to lifecycle management." computers in industry, 109, 1-4. 7. prats, m., lim, s., jowers, i., garner, s., & chase, s. (2020). "sketching, prototyping, and 3d modeling in industrial design: a comparative study." design studies, 69, 1-17. 8. муминова, н. м. "общие вопросы методики преподавания русского языка как иностранного на начальном этапе обучения." экономика и социум 6 (73) (2020): 910-912. 9. muminova, nodira maxmudovna, feruza abdulazizovna tillabayeva, and nigora abdukarimova bakhtiyor qizi. "interdisciplinary communication in the linguistic analysis of a literary text in russian lessons in the role of the socio-psychological aspect of communication with students." journalnx 6.12 (2020): 58-62. 10. tillabaeva, f., n. muminova, and s. zhabbarova. "a way to implement intersubject communications in russian classes in high school using a linguistic analysis of a literary text." journalnx 6.05 (2020): 290-292. 11. муминова, н. м. "чтение как средство обучения." экономика и социум 6 (73) (2020): 920-923. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 64 www.americanjournal.org creation of 3d objects in applied and digital art using modern technologies oksana udovytska, expert in 3d object design for applied art and digital use by using new technology, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is devoted to the analysis of modern technologies used in the creation of objects of applied and digital art. the discussion includes tools and methodologies such as virtual and augmented reality, artificial intelligence, generative algorithms, and digital media. special attention is given to the integration of these technologies into applied art and to the transformation of visual art into interactive digital forms. the article analyzes challenges related to authorship, sustainability, educational requirements, and the aesthetic considerations of digital creativity. digital art, applied art, virtual reality, augmented reality, artificial intelligence, generative algorithms, digital design, interactive technologies, contemporary art, artistic technologies. introduction the scientific novelty of this article lies in a comprehensive analysis of the influence of modern technologies (ai, generative algorithms, ar/vr, digital media) on digital and applied art, in identifying the transformation of the artist’s role, methods of creation, and educational preparation, as well as in formulating practical recommendations that take into account sustainability, ethics, and the interactivity of objects. in recent years, the influence of modern digital technologies on artistic practice has become particularly prominent. digitalization, the use of the internet of things, augmented and virtual reality (ar/vr), as well as artificial intelligence (ai) and generative algorithms, open new opportunities both for digital art and for applied art, meaning those forms that combine aesthetic and utilitarian functions. this article examines the primary directions of development and the key factors driving this transformation. first, the very nature of the artistic process is changing: researchers and practitioners now focus not only on traditional forms (painting, sculpture, decorative and applied arts), but also on multimedia, interactive installations, generative systems, and mixed and virtual environments. for example, the work “the development trend of digital art in the age of artificial intelligence” demonstrates that ai has become an “important tool” in the creation of digital art, promoting the emergence of “intelligent, autonomous, and diverse” artistic forms [1]. in addition, the academic review “towards american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 65 www.americanjournal.org sustainability assessment of artificial intelligence in artistic practices” emphasizes that the introduction of ai technologies into art creates rise to a new set of issues, including those related to sustainability (energy consumption and the life cycle of digital objects) [2]. thus, it becomes clear that digital technologies do not simply add new tools, but restructure the very paradigm of artistic practice. second, applied art (design, decorative and applied works, objects of functional purpose) is undergoing significant transformation driven by digital technologies. digital modeling, 3d printing, cad systems, and interactive elements are becoming part of the creation process. for example, the article “the embodiment of digital art elements in traditional cultural and creative product designs” shows how digital art elements are integrated into traditional cultural products, forming hybrid expressions that combine applied art and digital media [3]. furthermore, the work “application of digital technology in environmental art design” demonstrates the use of network-based algorithms, neural networks, and digital analysis in the design of art landscapes (green plantings, landscape coverings), meaning that digital technology is also penetrating utilitarian and applied environments [4]. consequently, the boundaries between “art” and “design” are becoming increasingly blurred, and digital tools are functioning both as a medium and as a means of artistic expression. figure 1 – results of the correlation analysis (zheng j.) analysis of current research shows that the integration of digital art into traditional cultural and creative products affects audience perception and behavior. correlation data (pearson, p<0.01) indicate that the age of respondents is positively associated with interest in cultural identity, deeper product evaluation, comprehensive creativity, and formal design [3]. this means that a more mature audience demonstrates an increased willingness to perceive traditional cultural forms enhanced by digital technologies. at the same time, a higher level of education is associated with a lower tendency to value applied and creative elements in products that incorporate digital art, particularly in terms of their practical use. income, by contrast, positively correlates with interest in cultural content, technological sophistication of production, and the collectible value of such products. this reflects a growing focus on digital craftsmanship and art objects as culturally significant and potentially investment-oriented items. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 66 www.americanjournal.org furthermore, cultural identity directly reinforces users’ interest in the digital interpretation of traditional art, including production processes, local characteristics, functionality, and aesthetic value. thus, digital technologies not only modernize traditional creative products but also become a tool for strengthening cultural continuity and forming hybrid expressions that combine craftsmanship, design, and digital media. third, the technological context is not merely a set of tools, but also a media environment – a system comprising the viewer, technology, and artist, as well as an infrastructure of interaction. the scholarly article “the innovative application of visual communication design in modern art design” examines how visual communication becomes digitally and media-oriented: design that includes interactive components and network-based communication becomes an integral part of modern artistic practice [5]. in this regard, digital technology transforms not only the form and material, but also the manner in which art is created, perceived, and disseminated. figure 2 – example of a multi-layer architecture of a digital platform used for the creation, management, and integration of objects of digital and applied art finally, it is important to emphasize that all of the foregoing also gives rise to a number of new challenges: from issues of authorship and originality to matters of sustainability and education. the purpose of this article is to analyze how contemporary technologies affect the creation of applied and digital art objects, identify the principal technological directions, discuss methodologies and transformations, and enumerate the current challenges and development prospects. scientific research of recent years dedicated to digital art and generative technologies demonstrates a significant shift: artificial intelligence (ai) is no longer merely a tool but is becoming a creative agent and partner in the art-making process. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 67 www.americanjournal.org key trends and ai impact: 1. increased autonomy and diversity. ai technologies, as noted by scholars, make digital artistic creation more intelligent, autonomous, and diverse [1]. 2. ai as a new medium. generative models (for example, text-to-image), analyzed in the study “art and the science of generative ai,” are considered a new medium that influences aesthetics, creativity, and the art industry overall [6]. figure 3 – research questions arising in connection with the use of generative ai in art 3. democratization of creativity. scholars emphasize that ai tools, such as stylistic transformation and image generation, allow non-technical users to actively participate in the artistic process, reducing the entry barrier [7]. 4. expansion of application. the application of generative ai extends beyond the “screen.” the study “research on the application of generative ai in digital art design for intangible cultural heritage” demonstrates its use, for example, in digital art design related to intangible cultural heritage [8]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 68 www.americanjournal.org thus, contemporary scientific works unequivocally indicate that ai and generative systems are not merely auxiliary programs but represent a new environment and a full-fledged partner for the artist. this transforms the role of the creator and the very process of making art, raising critical questions of authorship, aesthetics, and artistic autonomy. scientific research confirms that digital media technologies have become an inevitable trend and a key factor transforming applied art and design. main directions of influence: 1. modernization of design art. the introduction of digital media changes the appearance of contemporary design art, influencing its principles and methods [1]. 2. transformation of graphic design. a deep integration of digital media art into graphic design is taking place, which not only changes design practices but also affects its sustainable development [9]. 3. new forms of interaction (museum design). the use of new media and digital art in exhibition design, particularly in museums, creates interactive environments that radically alter how audiences interact with exhibits [1]. applied art and design increasingly incorporate digital media tools. this incorporation does not merely digitize processes but leads to a substantial expansion of the functionality and formal capabilities of objects (whether furniture, textiles, or exhibition spaces). the result is a more flexible and dynamic connection between the means of creation and the final form of the work or product. research dedicated to education, institutions, and the infrastructure of the artistic process in recent years has focused on the ongoing digitalization and its effect on the training of specialists. key requirements for art education: 1. transformation of education through big data. scholars note that digitalization, big data, and media platforms fundamentally transform art education, as well as the training process for specialists required to work in the field of digital art [10]. 2. innovations in teaching. one academic study analyzes how, in the era of new media, institutions of higher education must update their instructional methods in digital media art and design to comply with current industry requirements [11]. thus, educational and institutional research is unified in its view: to ensure effective training of artistdesigners capable of working in digital and hybrid environments, it is necessary to update academic programs and infrastructure. this update must focus on cultivating interdisciplinary skills that combine art and technology. accordingly, literary sources confirm that digital technologies shape not only new artistic forms but also new methodologies, infrastructure, and professional competencies. this makes the analysis of the transformation of applied and digital art highly relevant from both theoretical and practical standpoints. we have examined the key aspects of the influence of contemporary technologies on the creation of applied and digital art objects – how they are implemented in practice and what methodologies are being formed. 1. technologies and methods: capabilities and transformations. the study “the development trend of digital art in the age of artificial intelligence” demonstrates that the use of ai in digital art “has gradually become more intelligent, autonomous, and diverse” [1]. the authors describe how ai-based tools allow not only the simulation of an artist’s creative process but also the generation of unique american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 69 www.americanjournal.org forms. this opens new directions: from the passive use of ai as a tool to active partnership with it. the article “analysis of utilizing artificial intelligence to improve the efficiency of digital media art creation” also emphasizes that the application of ai in digital media arts promotes a substantial increase in the efficiency of the creative process, particularly in graphic design, animation, and sound design. these data confirm that the technological shift affects not only the form and content of artistic works but also the very methods and processes of creation: digital modeling, image and sound generation, interactivity, and automation. 2. applied art and design: integration of digital tools. in reviewing applied art (decorative and applied objects, interior design, textiles, ceramics), the study “the role and impact of sustainable design in ai digital media and arts” notes that sustainable design becomes an important component when working with digital media and ai-based technologies in art and media. the author shows how social, economic, and environmental aspects are incorporated into design-thinking when developing digital media art objects. in addition, the study of chinese practice “digital art work and ai: a new paradigm for work in the contemporary art sector in china” demonstrates that artists in china are forming a new category – digital art work – in which design, media tools, and ai are closely interwoven [12]. this example confirms that applied and digital art are increasingly integrated: the design of the object, the media environment, and interactivity become inseparable. consequently, in the applied field, digital technologies provide: –the expansion of an object’s functionality and aesthetics; – new production methods (for example, digital modeling, 3d printing, interactive sensors); – a shift in the artist/designer’s role from a craftsman-producer to a mediator between technology and environment. 3. challenges: sustainability, authorship, ethics. one of the most significant challenges is the issue of sustainable development and ethics in using ai and digital technologies in art. in “on the environmental sustainability of ai art(s)” the authors examine in detail the environmental footprint of ai-based art – energy consumption, the use of large datasets, and hardware requirements [13]. the study “environmental and social sustainability of creative-ai” also underscores that creative-ai projects bring both opportunities and social and ethical risks: authorship, property rights, labor distribution, and the impact on traditional creative forms [14]. this body of research shows that the technological transformation in art requires a new conceptual understanding: artists and designers become not only creators of forms but also bear responsibility for the societal and environmental impact of their digital works. by combining findings from the three previous areas, the following generalizations may be noted: 1. the role of the artist is being transformed. in the digital environment, the artist becomes an operator, a curator of data, and a generator of forms interacting with algorithms. as noted above, ai offers autonomy but requires new skills from the artist: working with algorithms, selecting data, and managing the process. 2. the form and environment of creativity are expanding. art objects extend beyond the screen: interactive media, applied forms, and environmental design become part of artistic expression. for example, researchers illustrate how sustainable design is integrated into digital media art. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 70 www.americanjournal.org 3. technologies have a dual role. on one hand, they provide opportunities: speed, variability, new forms, and interactivity. on the other hand, they pose limitations: resource intensity, issues of sustainability, authorship, and ethics. scholars emphasize the environmental and social context. 4. applied and digital art are increasingly converging. design, media, technology, and artistic practice are becoming a unified field: the artist-designer-technologist must navigate each of these domains. table 1 – comparative analysis of contemporary technologies in digital and applied art technology primary application impact on aesthetics / functionality challenges / limitations artificial intelligence (ai) image, graphics, and 3dmodel generation; data analysis enables the creation of unique forms, increases autonomy and variability of objects authorship, ethics, energy consumption, complexity of mastering the tools generative algorithms creation of patterns, visual effects, interactive media provide design variability and unexpected artistic solutions quality control, predictability of outcomes ar/vr (augmented and virtual reality) interactive installations, environmental design, virtual objects expand the perceptual space, create interactivity and immersion equipment cost, implementation complexity, user training 3d modeling and cad design of applied art objects, furniture, textiles allow precise modeling, integration of digital components, preparation for 3d printing require technical skills, may be labor-intensive digital media and sensors interactive objects, multimedia installations add interactivity, multimedia elements, and new aesthetics equipment reliability, energy consumption, integration with design on the basis of the analysis, the following recommendations may be proposed for practitioners (artists, designers) and researchers: 1. when implementing ai in artistic or applied production, it is essential to consider sustainability – not only aesthetic but also environmental and social. 2. artists and designers should cultivate skills in working with algorithms, data generation, and interactivity, shifting from perceiving ai as a mere “tool” to viewing it as a “technology coauthor.” 3. in designing objects, it is important to integrate design, media, and technology as elements of a unified environment rather than treat technology solely as decoration. 4. institutions (artist guilds, galleries, educational programs) should promote discussions regarding authorship, rights, and the ethics of digital practice so that new forms do not remain a “gray zone” lacking regulation. 5. researchers should advance assessment methodologies: how to determine the artistic value of a digital or applied object created with ai; how to measure the sustainability of the digital creative process. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 71 www.americanjournal.org the analysis of academic works confirms that contemporary technologies fundamentally alter the creation of both digital and applied art – from methods and forms to the roles of the artist and designer. however, this transformation brings not only advantages but also responsibility – the technological revolution in art requires a sustainable and deliberate approach. accordingly, contemporary technologies radically reshape the landscape of both digital and applied art. digital media, ai, and ar/vr enable the creation of new forms, expand the functions of art objects, and transform materials and modes of interaction. yet opportunities come with challenges: authorship, sustainability, skills, and aesthetics. in applied art, digital tools open new possibilities for materials and production methods but require careful attention to functionality and context. in digital art, technologies become both medium and instrument of expression but require a reevaluation of the roles of the artist and the viewer. references 1. xiong g., wu x. the development trend of digital art in the age of artificial intelligence // clausius scientific press. – 2023. – url: https://www.clausiuspress.com/article/9508.html (accessed: november 10, 2025). 2. jääskeläinen p., holzapfel a., kaila r. towards sustainability assessment of artificial intelligence in artistic practices // arxiv preprint. – 2022. – url: https://arxiv.org/abs/2210.08981 (accessed: november 10, 2025). 3. zheng j. the embodiment of digital art elements in traditional cultural and creative product designs // applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences. – 2023. – url: https://amns.sciendo.com/article/10.2478/amns.2023.2.01702 (accessed: november 10, 2025). 4. xu x. application of digital technology in environmental art design // applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences. – 2023. – url: https://amns.sciendo.com/article/10.2478/amns.2023.1.00091 (accessed: november 10, 2025). 5. gu y., wang q., gu w. the innovative application of visual communication design in modern art design // electronics. – 2023. – vol. 12, №5, p. 1150. – url: https://www.mdpi.com/20799292/12/5/1150 (accessed: november 11, 2025). 6. art and the science of generative ai: a deeper dive // emergent mind. – 2023. – url: https://www.emergentmind.com/papers/2306.04141 (accessed: november 11, 2025). 7. quiroz rodriguez f., et al. reimagining art: the influence of artificial intelligence on digital art creation // revista innosoft. – 2023. – url: https://revistas.ulasalle.edu.pe/innosoft/article/view/217 (accessed: november 11, 2025). 8. jia c. research on the application of generative ai in digital art design for intangible cultural heritage // global humanities and social sciences. – 2024. – url: https://ojs.bonfuturepress.com/index.php/ghss/article/view/1799 (accessed: november 11, 2025). 9. zhang l., rungsuk c. study on the influence of digital media art on graphic design under new media era // journal of social research and culture. – 2023. – url: https://so06.tcithaijo.org/index.php/jsrc/article/view/265167 (accessed: november 12, 2025). 10. li j. research on the development of digitalization of art education in the era of big data technology // applied mathematics and nonlinear sciences. – 2023. – url: https://amns.sciendo.com/article/10.2478/amns.2023.2.00568 (accessed: november 12, 2025). https://amns.sciendo.com/article/10.2478/amns.2023.2.01702 https://www.emergentmind.com/papers/2306.04141 https://ojs.bonfuturepress.com/index.php/ghss/article/view/1799 american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org 11. chen l. innovation in teaching digital media art and design in higher education under the background of the new media era // journal of contemporary teaching and educational research. – 2024. – url: https://atlantic-press-journals.com/index.php/jcter/article/view/72 (accessed: november 13, 2025). 12. duester c. digital art work and ai: a new paradigm for work in the contemporary art sector in china // frontiers in partnership. – 2024. – url: https://www.frontierspartnerships.org/articles/10.3389/ejcmp.2024.12470/supplementarymaterial/10.3389/ejcmp.2024.12470.s001 (accessed: november 13, 2025). 13. on the environmental sustainability of ai art(s) // limits. – 2022. – url: https://limits.pubpub.org/pub/ai-arts/release/1 (accessed: november 14, 2025). 14. holzapfel a., jääskeläinen p., kaila r. environmental and social sustainability of creative‑ai // arxiv preprint. – 2022. – url: https://arxiv.org/abs/2209.12879 (accessed: november 14, 2025). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 35, april 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org selection of children by sports ўразбаев жахонгир темур ўғли университет города джизака преподаватель кафедры массового образования в социально-гуманитарных науках. gmail: jaxon12345@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the modern system of selection of children in various sports requires a comprehensive and scientifically based approach. this article discusses the main criteria of sports selection, including physiological, psychological and motor characteristics of children. sports selection, children's sports, physiological indicators, psychological stability, sports specialization, individual characteristics. introduction selection of children by sports is the most important stage in the formation of future high-class athletes. at the early stages of sports training, it is important to correctly determine the child's predisposition to a certain sport, taking into account both physical parameters and psychological and motivational characteristics. modern approaches to selection involve the introduction of scientific and practical methods, including testing, observation, questionnaires and analysis of motor skills. in addition, the development of technology makes it possible to use digital tools (for example, fitness trackers, biometrics, and video surveillance) to more accurately diagnose physical qualities. in the context of reforming the system of physical education in uzbekistan, the issues of professional selection and specialization in children's sports are becoming increasingly relevant. in this regard, the study is aimed at studying the methods and criteria for the sports selection of children, as well as assessing their effectiveness in real practice. literature review and methodology literature review studies of recent years indicate the need for an integrated approach to sports selection. the works of v. i. platonov (2018) emphasize the importance of a multi-stage breeding process, including preliminary and advanced stages, where morphological and functional characteristics, level of coordination, resistance to stress and emotional stability are assessed. according to l. a. kuznetsova (2020), the success of a future athlete depends not only on physical data, but also on his motivation, level of self-regulation and ability to work in a team. a number of american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org authors (smirnov, 2021; dmitrieva, 2022) note the importance of psychophysiological tests and individual developmental trajectories. methodology the following methods were used in the course of the study:theoretical analysis of scientific literature on the problems of sports selection;field observations in 5 sports schools of the city of tashkent;conducting a survey among 50 coaches and 80 parents;diagnostic testing of 60 children aged 8 to 12 years (general physical training, coordination, flexibility, motivation);statistical data processing to identify patterns. outcomes the results of the study allow us to identify a number of patterns and important observations: physical parameters (height, body weight, strength, endurance) in 70% of cases corresponded to the choice of sport, but in 30% of cases the children were sent to inappropriate sections. psychological testing revealed that 42% of children involved in team sports have introversion traits and high anxiety, which reduces the effectiveness of their participation. a survey of parents showed that more than 60% of decisions on the choice of a section were made without prior testing and consultations with specialists. pedagogical observations have confirmed that children selected taking into account physiological and psychomotor data adapt faster to loads and demonstrate steady progress during the first 6 months. discussion the results obtained confirm the need to introduce a comprehensive system for selecting children by sports. focusing solely on the child's wishes or parents' preferences can lead to decreased motivation, overwork, and ultimately burnout. effective selection should include not only physical tests, but also an assessment of the emotional state, level of socialization, and cognitive abilities. the use of multimodal methods, including digital platforms for data analysis, makes it possible to increase the accuracy of predicting the child's success in the chosen sport. in addition, it is important to take into account the dynamics of development: a child who did not show high results at the start can prove himself at a more mature age. therefore, the selection should be accompanied by periodic monitoring and correction of the training process. it is necessary to strengthen the interaction between schools, sports sections and medical institutions in order to create individual maps of the development of a child-athlete. improving the skills of trainers in the field of diagnostics and psychology also plays an important role. conclusion the system of selecting children for various sports should be scientifically based, flexible and focused on the long-term development of the child. successful selection is possible if a number of factors are taken into account: physiological, psychological, social and motivational. american journal of technology and applied sciences 35, april 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org the introduction of comprehensive methods, improving the professional level of coaches, the use of digital tools and close interaction with parents all make it possible to create favorable conditions for the early identification of sports talents and their sustainable development. modern sports selection is not just a search for the strong and enduring, it is the formation of a harmoniously developed personality capable of achieving high results both in sports and in life. references 1. platonov v. n. (2018). system of training athletes in olympic sport. kiev: olympic literature. 2. kuznetsova l. a. (2020). psychology of sports selection in children. moscow: prosveshchenie. 3. smirnov i. p. (2021). selection of children in game sports. physical culture: theory and practice, no 6, pp. 22–26. 4. dmitrieva e. v. (2022). individualization of the training process in children's sports. pedagogy and sport, no 3, pp. 45–50. 5. unesco (2021). talent identification and development in sports: guidelines and practices. paris. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org increasing labor efficiency at textile enterprises based on organizing partnerships madartov bahrom kuvandikovich professor at tashkent state agrarian university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article analyzes the mechanisms and economic factors for increasing labor efficiency, establishing strategic partnerships and organizing relationships in textile enterprises based on the organization and development of cooperative relations. strategic planning, cost, mutual relations, textile enterprise, organization of production. introduction in the context of intense global competition, a number of scientific studies are being conducted to develop textile industry enterprises. these include the creation of ultra-modern fabrics with high shape-retention properties made from chemical fibers and yarns, and the development of “lightweight” knitted fabrics that help reduce raw material consumption. research is also focused on advanced techniques and technologies that enhance production efficiency. particular attention is given to the application of international best practices and improving the scientific foundations for increasing the efficiency of managing textile industry enterprises in our republic. developing a strategy for the growth of textile industry enterprises is one of today’s pressing issues. in our research, we analyze the methods and models of production processes in light industry enterprises. we develop principles for organizing production processes and their impact on decisionmaking in management. basic models and algorithms for monitoring production processes have been developed. the key factors for increasing the efficiency of textile industry enterprises include: improving management; modernization of enterprises; enhancing the system for training, retraining, and improving the qualifications of personnel; increasing competitiveness; improving the design and models of textile products; boosting export potential [3:120]. let us consider some of these factors. at the current stage, management improvements are being implemented in various directions. these include the restructuring of enterprises, diversification of production and products, introduction of business processes, expansion of innovation, strategic management, forecasting enterprise development, and more. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org literature review strategic planning, as a management function, serves as the foundation for all management functions and is the core of the functional structure of the management system. it is also a key tool for achieving overall goals. strategic planning includes the processes and decisions through which strategies are developed to achieve the enterprise’s set goals. as an academic discipline and in practice, “strategic planning” has been constantly evolving. according to the scientific works of meiner (1965) and tilles (1964), the initial research in the development of this field occurred in the 1960s. researchers initially focused on the formulation of strategies in strategic planning. a study of chandler’s (1962) major research indicates that by 1961, the author was already well acquainted with the concept of strategic planning and examples of strategic plans. in the 1970s, the emergence of a systems approach and systems analysis, the introduction of programtargeted approaches to management, and the concept of strategic planning laid a solid scientific foundation for project management. this enabled a number of scholars (ackoff, 1970; branch m., 1962; dam, 1969; king and cleland, 1976; lorange and vancil, 1979; steiner, 1979) to develop a systematic approach to organizing and implementing the process of strategic planning in companies of various scales. these methods were used to solve problems in urban and regional socio-economic development as well as in public and governmental activities. research methodology the research methodology employed is based on the dialectical approach. during the research process, methods such as selective experiments, interviews, observation, comparison, and expert evaluation were used. analysis and discussion of results an important direction in improving enterprise management is the development and implementation of economic-mathematical methods in the light industry sector. the availability of extensive software and modern high-speed electronic computing technology plays a key role in this process. this is particularly relevant for small and medium-sized enterprises. specifically, the development of modern quality management systems adapted to iso (international organization for standardization) standards, the flexibility of enterprises, and the variety of their produced goods contribute to uzbekistan’s prospective membership in the world trade organization (wto). currently, the main focus in light industry enterprises is on improving production management and organization through queuing theory (qms). previously, this theory was primarily used to determine the coefficient of operational compatibility. however, the textile and light industries differ from other manufacturing sectors due to their reliance on multi-machine servicing and the extreme complexity of technological flows in production [1:82]. in this context, analyzing and modeling workflow processes in textile and light industry enterprises to improve the efficiency of structural units within the management system is a critical task. in an environment of increased competition among vertically integrated textile enterprises—aimed at fostering competitive market conditions—developing effective strategies for textile enterprise development becomes crucial. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org to achieve this, the following must be determined: key points where substituting expensive fibers with cheaper ones compromises textile product quality; improvements in enterprise management systems based on product lines and workflow management systems (wfms); the connection between the effective management of innovation processes in textile enterprises and the optimal selection of the technological chain; the relevance of applying strategies of broad differentiation, optimal cost, and focused attention in the development of textile enterprises, as well as the formulation of a conceptual model for strategic management of the enterprise's competitive position in the sector; identifying the strengths and weaknesses of the enterprise through swot analysis and developing the main strategic directions for enterprise development. ensuring the sustainability of market positions of textile enterprises in a highly competitive economic environment is primarily dependent on the development of production process management, implementation, and innovation in production processes, and ensuring the long-term distribution of innovative products in markets. this leads to their stable and successful development [2:137]. improving the design and modeling of textile products, one of the modern branches of design, is based on the ancient traditions of human culture. over thousands of years, peoples across the world have developed and enriched the art of creating and decorating textile items through interaction and mutual influence, ultimately transforming it into a highly developed industry. today, this field encompasses design, science, education, and an expansive market, forming a vast modern “continent” of civilization. it is assumed that the design of textile products—created through the influence of various arts and cultures (painting, architecture, technology, politics, society) —is one of the factors affecting advertising graphic design, as well as the design of textile and light industry products. this entirely new phenomenon, which has emerged as a result of the graphic advertising design of textile and light industry products, raises a series of fundamental questions in the theory of artistic design of these products—questions not encountered when studying other effects [4:118]. it should be noted that the production process in textile enterprises is comprehensive, involving multiple interconnected chains. therefore, all forms of cooperation among stakeholders within the relationship system can be implemented. to improve the strategic planning of textile enterprise activities, we propose developing a relationship strategy focused on considering the economic interests of the parties and enhancing the organizational mechanisms for its successful implementation. implementing a relationship strategy effectively is a critical issue, requiring the definition of its goals, directions, components, and conditions. the diversity of relationship strategy forms arises from the need to address multidimensional strategic problems faced by textile enterprises operating in highly competitive environments. this strategy ensures the synergistic effect of minimizing the influence of porter’s five competitive forces and allows for the alternative distribution of risk levels across production units in textile enterprises with a broad product assortment [6:58]. by comparing the relationship potential of a partner enterprise with its available resources, the management of a textile company can determine the target of a relationship strategy with each partner. the general form of this matrix can be presented as shown in table 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org table 1 general matrix format for assessing the interaction potential in a textile enterprise indicators 𝑵𝒊 > 𝟏 𝑵𝒊 = 𝟏 𝑵𝒊 < 𝟏 𝑀𝑖 > 1 1 for firm 2, the indicator mim_imi is higher than that of both firm 1 and itself. 2 when the others are equal, its own indicators are higher than those of firms 1 and 2. 3 for firm 1, in mim_imi, its own indicators are higher than those of firms 1 and 2. 𝑀𝑖 = 1 4 firm 1 and its own indicators are equal, and higher than firm 2's indicators. 5 the firm's indicators are equivalent to the indicators of firms 1 and 2. 6 when the others are equal, the indicators of firm 2 are higher than those of its own and firm 1. 𝑀𝑖 < 1 8 firm 1's indicator is higher than both its own and firm 2's indicators. 9 the indicators of firms 1 and 2 are equal to each other and higher than its own indicators. 10 the indicator of firm 2 is higher than those of firm 1 and its own. in quadrants 1, 2, and 3, the values of the indicators show that the firm’s own indicators are higher than those of potential partners. in quadrants 7 and 10, firm 2 has the highest indicators, while in quadrant 8, firm 1’s indicators are higher compared to other participants in the analysis. the advantage of the proposed procedure for evaluating the potential of inter-firm relationships lies in its multifaceted approach, which allows for the identification of specific indicators that define the object and type of relationships and the selection of factors that need to be harmonized through cooperation. at the same time, it is necessary to consider the potential variability of indicator values while determining the evaluation trend based on the economic essence of the indicator. this means that for some indicators, the optimal value should tend toward a minimum to ensure the firm's efficiency, according to the economic interpretation of the indicator. accordingly, a lower value for that indicator positively characterizes the firm’s potential for inter-firm cooperation. for example, if for firm 1 the "unit cost" indicator is higher (quadrant 8), then it is more efficient for the firm to produce the product itself, and cooperation strategies aimed at reducing product cost together with firms 1 and 2 would not be suitable. hence, selecting a production cycle stage related to these firms as the object of cooperation would not be appropriate. the diversity in the forms of implementing cooperation strategies enables the textile enterprise management to adapt modern cooperative relations to address specific development challenges without losing their autonomy. one of the necessary conditions for implementing a cooperation strategy is the presence of a sufficient number of potential business partners. conclusion and recommendations based on the results of the conducted research, the following aspects should be emphasized to improve strategic planning in textile enterprises: strategic planning should be aimed at identifying development opportunities that effectively enhance gender policy. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org the main idea of strategic planning should not only be the development of a strategy or strategic plan characterizing the company’s future activities but also focus on identifying, utilizing, and evaluating all available development opportunities and planning their implementation. the textile enterprise should have permanent teams that develop new ideas, evaluate the current state, and introduce innovations. owners and executive managers should develop a set of principles defining strategic logic – the process, content, concept of development, and the forms of implementing development strategy. the strategic plan should aim to create and implement a set of essential outcomes for the textile enterprise. the organizational mechanism for implementing the strategy (strategic plan) should consist of project management, each aimed at achieving specific strategic objectives and generating a planned synergistic effect. references 1. khurana n. indian textile and garment industry a prospective area for investment in india // imperial journal of interdisciplinary research. vol -3, issue-3, 2017. 2. abdusamatovich, u. b. (2022). finding the optimal content of cotton fiber in the mixture. academicia globe: inderscience research, 3(04), 109-115. 3. якубов, м.с., & уришев, б.а. (2020). концепция повышения экономического потенциала текстильной промышленности. universum: технические науки, (6-2 (75)), 57-59. 4. sh. korabaev, s. matismailov, a. yuldashev, d. atanbaev, solid state technology 63(6), 15 (2020) ackoff r. a (1970). concept of corporate planning. n. y., 158 p. 5. branch m. (1962) the corporate planning process. american management association, inc.n.y. chandler a.d., (1962) jr. strategy and structure: chapters in the history of the industrial 6. dam a.v. (1969). strategic planning for corporate growth in developing countries // long range planning. september. p. 9-11. 7. mainer r. (1965) the impact of strategic planning on executive behavior, boston safe deposit and trust company. boston, mass. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org improvement of the production technology of complex knitted suit fabrics with mixed composition kholmirzayev erkaboy abdurakhmon oglu siddikov patkhillo siddiqovich faculty of engineering lecturer, department of engineering technologies kokand state university. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article is intended for the production of currently relevant mixedcomposition suit fabrics and describes the wide application of this technology to manufacturing enterprises throughout our republic and the possibility of increasing economic efficiency and producing quality products. weft, warp, hedness, weaving program, complex weaving, one and a half layers, weave. introduction complex weaves include one-and-a-half-layered additional warp and one-and-a-half-layered additional warp, double-layered, double-and-a-half-layered, multi-layered weaves, pique weaves, pile weaves, and openwork weaves. complex weaves can be formed by using one warp system in two warps or two warp threads in one warp. also, two warp, two warp thread systems, and even more thread systems can be used to form such weaves. one-and-a-half-layered weaves are divided into additional warp and additional warp weaves. one-and-a-half-layered fabrics are often used in the production of heat-retaining fabrics and technical fabrics. for example, suit fabrics include drapes, technical filter fabrics. the versatility of the machines allows for the production of fabrics from cotton, wool, silk, artificial and synthetic and mixed yarns. the following heavy fabrics can be produced on the machines: clothing-grade woolen fabrics, light and high-density yarn fabrics, linen, synthetic and mixed yarn fabrics and other fabrics. the production of high-quality fabrics is ensured by: the use of an electromechanical clutch for the drive of an alternating current motor and a machine brake that stops the machine and increases its speed increasing the production of a wide range of high-quality textile products in the republic "further development of light industry and increasing the range of competitive fabrics, increasing the production capacity of finished products. as a result, the production of fabrics with complex weaves using modern technologies in the production of products of competitive quality and marketable quality american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org from our local raw materials, from natural fibers, mixed fibers, artificial and synthetic fibers, is one of the urgent problems of today. research conducted by european and russian scientists is devoted to modern methods of fabric design j. murphy, b. bonn, f. pierce, a.n. mogilny, b.s. bashmetov, a. kemp, n.a. federenko and others, whose theories on the structure of fabrics and others contributed to solving the problems of the theoretical and practical foundations of the study of the structure and properties of fabrics, with their research. in the development of the textile industry in our republic, the following work should be carried out to produce competitive new complex weave fabrics using the assortment capabilities of modern looms 1. analysis of complex weave fabrics 2. development of existing complex weave fabrics on modern looms (programming). 3. development of optimal weaving parameters for complex weave mixed-composition fabric on a modern loom 4. analysis of yarn shrinkage in a new-composition fabric. 5. determination of the technical and economic efficiency of a new-composition fabric. 6. mixing the weaving of complex fabrics with a composition was analyzed 7. a complex weave suit fabric was produced on a modern weaving machine. 8. development of a mathematical model of the parameters of the standard weaving of a complex weave suit fabric depending on the breakage of the warp threads 9. a program for the production of a complex weave 1.5-layer warp and weft fabric on modern warp and elastic rapier looms was developed. 5. the shrinkage of the yarns during weaving is determined theoretically 6. the characteristics of new complex weave suit fabrics are analyzed and their economic efficiency is increased. the figure below shows the weaving program of a complex weave suit fabric with one and a half layers in the warp. in this weaving program, a new pattern is created by combining two basic weaves in the warp. one and a half layer braiding program according to the body type: american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org the most suitable option selected from 5 samples is 200 threads per 10 cm of the warp.  in the economic part of this dissertation, the cost of raw materials and other costs for the production of a new patterned weave were calculated. the amount of raw materials and their prices american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org for weaving a new patterned weave can be given as follows. the cost of obtaining the existing patterned weave mixed weaves and the cost of the new patterned weave in the test were calculated.  we used a 100-comb for our twill weave. we used a 95-comb for the twill weave.  the width of the fabric by the comb is 1.92 cm,  the width of the raw fabric is 187 cm,  the width of the finished fabric is 153 cm.  1 m2 of the raw fabric is 222.5 gr/m2.  1 m2 in finished condition 296 gr/m2. fabric weaving program front view of the obtained samples ready sample american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org electronic devices for controlling local power transmission system modes madiyorov jalilbek ikromjon o'g'li master's student, kokand state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article studies the types, functional capabilities and practical effectiveness of electronic devices designed for automated control of modern operating modes of local energy transmission systems. the study highlights devices developed on the basis of microprocessor systems, their role in monitoring, analysis and continuous control. the article is based on technological solutions that can be used in the lower links of large power grids. power transmission, electronic control, microprocessor, monitoring system, automation, voltage stabilization. introduction stable operation of local power transmission systems is an important factor for industrial and municipal facilities. automated control of system modes is a key tool for reducing energy waste, preventing failures, and optimizing system performance. today, it is possible to remotely monitor and control voltage and current modes in real time through electronic devices. therefore, control electronics are attracting attention as an integral part of the energy infrastructure [1] in the 21st century, energy system management places high demands not only on centralized large power plants, but also on local (regional and micro-scale) energy transmission networks. stable, economical and reliable supply of energy resources plays an important role, especially in infrastructure serving the population, agriculture, small industrial enterprises and municipal service facilities. in local energy transmission systems, it is precisely the quality indicators of electricity (voltage, frequency, load level, phase balance, etc.) that must be constantly monitored. traditional control systems cannot always meet these needs. this, in turn, creates the need to transition to automated, adaptive and intelligent control systems through electronic devices. in recent years, devices developed based on electronics and digital technologies microprocessor modules, real-time monitoring systems, wireless communication tools and artificial intelligence algorithms have ushered in a new era in the effective management of energy transmission systems. for example, as a result of a sharp change in voltage or uneven distribution of the load, damage to consumer equipment, increased energy consumption or waste in networks can occur. predicting such situations in advance and making automatic decisions is possible only with the help of modern electronic control devices. these devices include not only simple measurements, but also complex analysis, diagnostics and regulation mechanisms. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org in particular, the following problems are solved by introducing electronic control devices in local energy transmission systems : • automatic balancing of reactive power; • control of electrical current waveforms (harmonics); • automatic stabilization of current and voltage levels; • identifying emergency situations in the system and taking prompt action; • real-time data transmission to the dispatch center. at the same time, the acceleration of digital transformation in energy systems, the introduction of "smart grids", the internet of things (iot) and ai technologies are creating new technical and functional requirements for electronic control devices. today, the transition of local energy networks to digital control is gaining strategic importance. this article is devoted to such pressing issues, and the structure, operating principles, and practical efficiency of electronic devices designed to automatically control the operating modes of local energy transmission systems are analyzed on a scientific basis. 2. methodology the research was conducted in the following stages: • 2.1. analytical study: existing control devices (avr, rtu, plc, scada module) were studied and their technical parameters were evaluated. • 2.2. experimental modeling: voltage level monitoring and regulation algorithms were developed using a microprocessor-based device (stm32 + adc module). • 2.3. integration model: a control system integrated with a power transmission line was modeled in a simulation environment (matlab/simulink). hardware and software: tool/program description stm32f103c8t6 main control microcontroller acs712 current sensor lcd display for visual monitoring matlab/simulink to build a dynamic system model 3. results and discussion based on the experimental results, the following technical indicators were obtained: • monitoring voltage fluctuations with an accuracy of ±3%; • automatic contactor control for reactive power compensation; • keeping the frequency stable in the range of 49.5–50.5 hz. mechanisms for real-time fault detection and automatic scheduled shutdown of network-connected devices have also been developed . this approach has been shown to increase efficiency by 20–25% in existing local power grids with minimal investment [3][5]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org practical application: • maintaining stable voltage at rural power grid points; • automatic load balancing in industrial transformers; • implementing smart control in microgrids. 4. conclusion the results of the study showed that electronic control devices are important for the uninterrupted operation of local energy systems. with the help of microprocessor-based systems, there are opportunities to accurately monitor electrical parameters, take rapid control measures in emergency situations, and increase energy efficiency. further research should focus on integrating these devices with iot (internet of things) systems and ai-based forecasting. 1. introduction (extended) in the 21st century, energy system management places high demands not only on centralized large power plants, but also on local (regional and micro-scale) energy transmission networks. stable, economical and reliable supply of energy resources plays an important role, especially in infrastructure serving the population, agriculture, small industrial enterprises and municipal service facilities. in local energy transmission systems, it is precisely the quality indicators of electricity (voltage, frequency, load level, phase balance, etc.) that must be constantly monitored. traditional control systems cannot always meet these needs. this, in turn, creates the need to transition to automated, adaptive and intelligent control systems through electronic devices. in recent years, devices developed based on electronics and digital technologies microprocessor modules, real-time monitoring systems, wireless communication tools and artificial intelligence algorithms have ushered in a new era in the effective management of energy transmission systems. for example, as a result of a sharp change in voltage or uneven distribution of the load, damage to consumer equipment, increased energy consumption or waste in networks can occur. predicting such situations in advance and making automatic decisions is possible only with the help of modern electronic control devices. these devices include not only simple measurements, but also complex analysis, diagnostics and regulation mechanisms. in particular, the following problems are solved by introducing electronic control devices in local energy transmission systems : • automatic balancing of reactive power; • control of electrical current waveforms (harmonics); • automatic stabilization of current and voltage levels; • identifying emergency situations in the system and taking prompt action; • real-time data transmission to the dispatch center. at the same time, the acceleration of digital transformation in energy systems, the introduction of "smart grids", the internet of things (iot) and ai technologies are creating new technical and functional requirements for electronic control devices. today, the transition of local energy networks to digital control is gaining strategic importance. this article is devoted to such pressing issues, and the structure, operating principles, and practical efficiency of electronic devices designed to automatically control the operating modes of local energy transmission systems are analyzed on a scientific basis. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org references 1. ubaydullaev a., “automated control devices in power transmission systems”, tashkent, 2021. 2. gost r 52719–2007. “methods for assessing energy quality”. 3. kumar a., smart grids: fundamentals and technologies, springer, 2018. 4. iec 61000-4-x standards – electromagnetic compatibility testing. 5. norkulov sh., “local electrical networks and their automatic control”, tatu, 2023. 6. https://www.st.com – technical documentation for stm microcontrollers. https://www.st.com/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org international practices of sustainable economic growth through resource-efficient management amonov jasur uktamovich teacher of the department of "economics and management" of bukhara state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores international practices in promoting sustainable economic development through the implementation of resource-saving management systems. it delves into the theoretical foundations of sustainability, the practical implications of rational resource usage, and the comparative strategies employed by developed and developing nations in integrating eco-efficiency with economic growth. emphasis is placed on policy mechanisms, technological innovations, institutional reforms, and market-based instruments that have proven effective in fostering a green economy. through a detailed case-study-based approach, the article illustrates how countries such as germany, japan, sweden, and south korea have successfully transitioned toward sustainable development while maintaining economic competitiveness. sustainable development, resource efficiency, green economy, international best practices, ecoinnovation, circular economy, environmental policy, energy conservation, institutional reform. introduction in an era marked by escalating environmental degradation, climate change, and dwindling natural reserves, the concept of sustainable economic development has gained critical importance. traditional growth models, often reliant on intensive exploitation of resources, have led to a misalignment between economic performance and ecological health. consequently, a paradigm shift toward resource-saving management is emerging as a viable strategy for aligning long-term economic planning with environmental stewardship. sustainable development — defined by the brundtland commission as development that meets present needs without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own — increasingly hinges on how efficiently a society can use its natural, human, and technological resources. countries across the globe have adopted diverse pathways toward this goal, reflecting varying institutional capacities, economic structures, and environmental vulnerabilities. this article investigates the foreign experience of resource-saving economic models, identifying successful frameworks and policies that can inform both global discourse and national strategies, particularly in transitioning economies. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds resource-saving management encompasses a suite of principles and mechanisms aimed at optimizing the consumption of natural resources while minimizing environmental impact. it intersects with concepts such as ecological modernization, industrial symbiosis, cleaner production, and circular economy. the essence of this approach lies in achieving eco-efficiency — delivering more value with less environmental input. the transition to resource-saving practices is generally underpinned by regulatory reform, market incentives, and technological innovation. this process not only enhances environmental resilience but also ensures economic viability by reducing production costs, improving energy security, and promoting competitiveness in the global marketplace. rеsults аnd disсussiоn germany stands as a global benchmark in integrating sustainability with economic advancement. through its kreislaufwirtschaftsgesetz (circular economy act), the country has institutionalized waste minimization and resource recycling across industrial sectors. the energiewende (energy transition) policy framework further exemplifies germany's commitment to phasing out fossil fuels in favor of renewable energy sources. the use of economic instruments such as eco-taxes, green procurement policies, and investment in green r&d has helped foster a culture of sustainability among both producers and consumers [2]. in german municipalities, urban planning strategies are closely tied to resource efficiency — from green architecture and public transport optimization to rainwater harvesting and zero-emission housing. these multi-sectoral efforts have allowed germany to reduce greenhouse gas emissions while maintaining robust gdp growth, illustrating the economic feasibility of sustainability-oriented management. japan's approach to sustainable development is heavily influenced by its technological prowess and culture of operational efficiency. the toyota production system, with its core principle of muda (elimination of waste), has laid the groundwork for resource-saving in manufacturing. japan also leads in eco-town development, where industrial clusters are designed to maximize material and energy reuse. governmental initiatives such as the top runner program — which sets dynamic energy efficiency standards for appliances — have spurred innovation in the private sector. moreover, japan's longstanding investment in environmental education has cultivated public awareness and behavioral change regarding resource consumption. the success of japan’s sustainable development lies in its systemic alignment between innovation, regulation, and social participation. sweden's resource-saving strategy is grounded in strong environmental institutions, high public trust, and an early adoption of sustainable technologies. nearly 98% of sweden’s domestic waste is recycled or used for energy recovery. policies such as carbon taxation, which has been in place since 1991, have incentivized industries to innovate in emission control and energy efficiency [4]. the swedish model emphasizes the integration of renewable energy sources, particularly biomass and hydroelectric power, into the national energy mix. urban centers like stockholm have pioneered sustainable urban mobility and green infrastructure, showcasing how macro-level policy can influence american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org micro-level practices. sweden also prioritizes lifecycle thinking in product development, with mandatory environmental labeling and eco-certification systems across key sectors. south korea represents a compelling example of how a rapidly industrializing nation can integrate sustainability into its economic fabric. the country’s green growth strategy, launched in 2009, combines large-scale investments in green infrastructure with stringent environmental performance metrics. by supporting innovation in energy technologies, smart grids, and low-carbon vehicles, south korea has managed to stimulate economic dynamism while reducing energy intensity [5]. the government has also promoted public-private partnerships (ppps) to scale up green technology deployment. institutions such as the korea environmental industry and technology institute (keiti) play a pivotal role in facilitating green r&d and technology transfer. korea’s approach underscores the importance of coordinated governance, forward-thinking policy, and a robust innovation ecosystem in achieving resource-efficient growth. while the countries analyzed differ in geographic, cultural, and economic contexts, several common elements emerge across their strategies: a strong institutional framework with legal mandates for sustainability. integration of market mechanisms, such as taxes and subsidies, to correct environmental externalities. emphasis on technological innovation and r&d investment to enable eco-efficiency. promotion of public engagement and environmental education. development of infrastructure that supports resource circularity, such as recycling systems, green logistics, and eco-industrial parks. for developing countries, these experiences offer valuable guidance. key takeaways include the importance of starting with policy coherence, building institutional capacity, adopting low-cost but high-impact technologies, and fostering international cooperation for knowledge exchange and financial support. соnсlusiоn the global shift toward sustainable economic development hinges on the ability of nations to integrate resource-saving management into their economic systems. the international experiences of germany, japan, sweden, and south korea clearly demonstrate that ecological responsibility and economic progress are not mutually exclusive, but rather mutually reinforcing. by adopting policies that prioritize resource efficiency, encouraging innovation, and aligning public behavior with sustainability goals, governments can create resilient economies capable of addressing both current and future environmental challenges. for countries striving to transition toward greener economic models, learning from these foreign experiences — and adapting them to local socio-economic and environmental realities — is a crucial step in building a sustainable future. the success of resource-saving management depends not on the wealth of a nation, but on the vision, coordination, and long-term commitment of its institutions and people. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org rеfеrеnсеs 1. oecd (2021). green growth indicators 2021. organisation for economic co-operation and development. 2. federal ministry for the environment (germany). (2020). circular economy strategy for sustainable resource use. berlin. 3. ministry of the environment, japan. (2019). japan’s environmental policies and eco-town projects. tokyo. 4. swedish environmental protection agency. (2022). towards a climate-neutral sweden. stockholm. 5. korea environmental policy bulletin. (2020). korea’s green growth model: strategy and outcomes. seoul. 6. unescap. (2018). regional practices in resource efficiency and sustainable infrastructure. bangkok. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 42, november 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org the importance of poverty reduction and population welfare management (in the case of bukhara region) rakhmatov jasurbek abdurakhmonovich teacher of the department of "economics and management" bukhara state technical university azimova sabira gulomaliyevna student of bukhara state technical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article explores the crucial significance of poverty reduction and welfare management in the context of the bukhara region of uzbekistan — one of the country’s historically rich yet socioeconomically diverse territories. the study analyzes the underlying causes of poverty, examines the multidimensional nature of deprivation, and highlights the strategies and institutional mechanisms necessary to improve population welfare. special attention is given to the government’s socio-economic reforms, employment programs, social protection systems, and the role of entrepreneurship in enhancing living standards. the paper emphasizes that sustainable poverty reduction is not limited to increasing income but involves structural transformation in education, health care, gender equality, and inclusive economic growth. poverty reduction, welfare management, bukhara region, economic reforms, social protection, employment policy. introduction poverty is one of the most persistent and complex challenges of modern socio-economic development. it transcends mere lack of income and encompasses multiple forms of deprivation, including limited access to education, health care, employment opportunities, and participation in social life. the management of population welfare, therefore, extends beyond temporary social support and involves a comprehensive system aimed at ensuring sustainable livelihoods and inclusive growth [1]. in uzbekistan, the issue of poverty reduction has been elevated to a national development priority. the government’s long-term socio-economic policy, particularly the “strategy for development of new uzbekistan 2022–2026”, places human well-being at the center of reform. within this framework, the bukhara region presents a distinct case study: a region rich in historical, cultural, and natural resources, yet facing disparities between urban and rural living standards, limited employment diversification, and uneven access to social services. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org understanding poverty reduction and welfare management in bukhara requires an integrated approach — one that considers the interaction of economic, social, and demographic factors within the local context. it also requires recognizing the importance of governance, institutional coordination, and community participation in ensuring that economic growth translates into tangible improvements in people’s quality of life. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the bukhara region, located in the southwestern part of uzbekistan, is a historically significant area known for its cultural heritage, ancient architecture, and traditional industries. despite its strong tourism potential and agricultural base, the region faces several socio-economic challenges. the population is predominantly rural, with agriculture and small-scale trade as the main sources of income. however, limited industrial diversification, inadequate access to modern technologies, and vulnerability to environmental conditions have constrained the region’s economic growth. rural areas often face underdeveloped infrastructure, limited healthcare access, and lower educational attainment. seasonal unemployment and informal labor also contribute to income instability. consequently, many families depend on state subsidies or remittances from migrants working abroad [2]. the regional government has initiated several measures to promote local entrepreneurship, handicrafts, and small business development, yet disparities between different districts remain significant. the challenge, therefore, lies not only in economic expansion but in ensuring equitable distribution of resources and equal access to social opportunities across all segments of the population. rеsults аnd disсussiоn poverty reduction and welfare management are interconnected components of sustainable development. poverty reduction involves direct strategies aimed at increasing household income and employment, while welfare management includes broader institutional arrangements that ensure access to education, healthcare, housing, and social security. in the context of bukhara, effective welfare management requires addressing both economic and human dimensions of poverty. income-based indicators alone cannot capture the full scope of deprivation; therefore, the multidimensional poverty approach — considering health, education, and living standards — offers a more realistic framework. moreover, population welfare management entails establishing responsive systems of governance where local institutions can identify vulnerable groups, design targeted interventions, and monitor outcomes effectively. this requires synergy between economic policy, social services, and community initiatives. sustainable poverty reduction is thus both an economic and social process that must be institutionalized at regional and local levels [3]. entrepreneurship serves as a cornerstone of sustainable poverty reduction in the bukhara region. the expansion of family businesses, handicrafts, and tourism-related services not only creates jobs but also revitalizes traditional industries. for instance, bukhara’s historic sites attract thousands of tourists annually, offering opportunities for local artisans, guides, and hospitality providers. the government’s “every family is an entrepreneur” program provides microloans, business training, and start-up grants that have significantly increased self-employment among rural women and youth. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org however, access to credit, technological literacy, and market connectivity remain key challenges. enhancing digital skills and e-commerce opportunities could bridge this gap, allowing small producers to reach national and international markets. thus, entrepreneurship — when supported by adequate infrastructure and policy incentives — becomes not merely an income source but a mechanism for social mobility and community empowerment. true poverty reduction cannot occur without investment in human capital. education equips individuals with the skills necessary to participate in the modern economy, while healthcare ensures the physical capacity to do so. in the bukhara region, efforts to modernize schools, expand preschools, and provide free access to basic education have yielded significant progress, yet rural disparities persist. health indicators also vary widely between urban and remote districts. strengthening primary healthcare, preventive medicine, and maternal health programs are essential for breaking the cycle of poverty. social capital — the network of community relations, trust, and cooperation — further enhances welfare management. mahalla institutions, which are unique to uzbekistan, play a pivotal role in identifying vulnerable groups and organizing community-based assistance programs [4]. poverty reduction in bukhara must align with the broader principles of sustainable development — economic diversification, environmental protection, and social inclusion. investments in renewable energy, water-saving technologies, and green agriculture will reduce environmental vulnerabilities that disproportionately affect low-income households. furthermore, decentralization of decision-making empowers local authorities to design policies reflecting local needs and resources. strengthening public-private partnerships (ppp) and civil society participation ensures that welfare programs are transparent, accountable, and community-driven. in the long term, the goal should not be merely to reduce poverty rates but to eliminate structural barriers that perpetuate inequality and limit opportunity. соnсlusiоn the experience of the bukhara region vividly demonstrates that poverty reduction and welfare management are inseparable components of sustainable human development. while economic growth provides the foundation, genuine welfare improvement requires coordinated action in education, healthcare, employment, gender equality, and environmental sustainability. an effective welfare system must not only assist the poor but empower them — by enhancing skills, expanding access to resources, and fostering an inclusive social environment. poverty reduction in bukhara, therefore, is not solely an economic challenge; it is a moral and developmental imperative that reflects the broader transformation of uzbekistan toward a just and prosperous society. the strategic integration of local governance, entrepreneurial initiatives, and human-centered policy design offers the most viable path forward. by prioritizing social inclusion, community participation, and sustainable livelihoods, the bukhara region can become a model for balanced regional development and equitable growth across the nation. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org rеfеrеnсеs 1. asian development bank. country partnership strategy: uzbekistan 2023–2027. manila, 2023. 2. state statistics committee of uzbekistan. regional socio-economic indicators: bukhara region. tashkent, 2024. 3. rahimov, a. socio-economic development and poverty reduction in the regions of uzbekistan. tashkent state university of economics, 2021. 4. international labour organization (ilo). employment and skills development in central asia. geneva, 2020. 5. karimova, n. social welfare management and human development in uzbekistan. tashkent, 2022. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org problems and prospects of integration of data governance with multicloud platforms alisher serikbayev, it expert, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the key issues and prospects for integrating data management practices (data governance) in multi-cloud environments. the main challenges arising in the context of multi-cloud architectures are identified and systematized, including technical, organizational and legal aspects. an analysis of the impact of multi-clouds on data management processes is conducted, and approaches to overcoming the identified difficulties are proposed. in conclusion, strategic directions for further research and practical development in this area are outlined, which allows for the formation of a comprehensive vision of solving the problem of ensuring data integrity and security in distributed cloud infrastructures. data governance, multicloud, multicloud platforms, policy-as-code (pac), open policy agent (opa), zero trust, data mesh, federated governance, cloud repatriation, gaia-x, aidriven governance, edge computing, finops, secure multi-party computation (mpc), fully homomorphic encryption (fhe), compliance in cloudy environments, sovereignty data. introduction in the enterprise space, there is growing interest in multi-cloud strategies, which involve using services from multiple cloud service providers (public, private, hybrid). according to iso/iec 22123-1, multicloud is defined as a deployment model that uses more than one cloud service from different providers [1]. the use of multi-cloud environments is due to a number of strategic advantages: 1architectural stability. failure of one provider does not lead to complete system inoperability, which ensures high fault tolerance and continuity of business processes. 2. flexibility and specialization. multi-cloud environments allow you to use each provider’s unique, specialized services, for example, for processing big data or machine learning. 3. avoiding dependence on a single vendor lock-in). distributing the load and data across multiple providers reduces the risk of becoming dependent on a single vendor , which is especially important in the case of long-term contracts and the use of proprietary apis [2]. despite the obvious benefits, multi-cloud environments pose serious challenges for data management (data governance): american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 1. fragmentation and complexity of management. each provider offers its own tools, security models and metadata formats, which complicates control, audit and creates «dark areas» in access and data management. 2. security issues. in the scientific article «cybersecurity risks in multi-cloud environments» identified increased risks: mismatched authentication mechanisms, different levels of protection, api vulnerabilities and new attack vectors associated with a complex structure [3]. 3. regulatory compliance. the distribution of data across multiple jurisdictions makes it difficult to track and requires careful consideration of its storage, encryption, and cross-border transfer, especially given the requirements of gdpr, hipaa, and other local regulations. 4. policy consistency. the diversity of providers leads to differences in access, classification, encryption, and sla policies. in the «security issues in cloud environments: a survey» emphasizes the need for a hybrid security model where compliance policies are integrated into a multi-cloud architecture [4]. according to forecasts by the american research company «gartner», multi-cloud strategies will be actively implemented in more than 80% of large organizations. however, as noted by a group of scientists who published the article «a survey study on major technical barriers affecting the decision to adopt cloud services», security, privacy and data portability concerns are the main barriers to moving to the cloud [5]. therefore, achieving a balance between the benefits of multicloud and the risks is only possible with a competent approach to data governance , which integrates political, technical and regulatory aspects into a single strategy adapted to a heterogeneous cloud environment. integration of data management practices (data governance) in multi-cloud environments presents a number of fundamental challenges that make it difficult to build a holistic, secure, and compliant governance system. first, platform fragmentation and policy incompatibility. the diversity of cloud providers leads to the creation of a heterogeneous ecosystem, where each provider uses its own management tools, access models, metadata formats, and apis. this significantly reduces interoperability and creates the risk of conflicting security policies. according to experts, interoperability and data portability are key challenges that are especially aggravated in multi-cloud scenarios due to the presence of conflicting security policies [6]. secondly, data fragmentation and shadow it. data fragmentation occurs due to the use of disparate storage and uncontrolled access channels, known as shadow it. this complicates monitoring and control, which leads to a loss of data visibility and increased security risks. in addition, as noted by folio3 software, the uncontrolled dissemination of data outside of corporate it control increases the likelihood of leaks and reduces the reliability of information [7]. third, data visibility and lineage. the lack of a single catalog or centralized system for tracking the lineage of data lineage ) between different platforms seriously hampers quality management, auditing and compliance. privately held maruti techlabs, which provides a wide range of it services and technology solutions, highlights the challenges associated with scaling, dynamic changes and the lack of unified tools for monitoring data flows in a multi-cloud environment [8]. fourth, security, identity, and access management. the multi-cloud landscape complicates identity and access management. different authentication models, the lack of a unified identity and access american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org management (iam) system, and the emergence of «super identities» create critical vulnerabilities. a study by the scientific information portal «researchgate» identifies fragmented iam systems as one of the key problems, along with disparate data classification [9]. fifth, compliance and data sovereignty: in a multi-cloud environment, it is difficult to comply with various regulatory requirements such as gdpr, hipaa, and local regulations. sixth, complexity of auditing, monitoring, and incident response. multi-cloud architecture makes it difficult to collect, normalize, and correlate logs, as well as conduct audits. without a unified siem architecture and normalized data, incident investigation processes and compliance are difficult. seventh, infrastructure complexity and operational costs. data distribution and dependencies between cloud platforms increase traffic costs and require data duplication. the scientific portal researchgate points out the difficulty of abstracting security tools due to the heterogeneity of architectures, which increases costs and reduces efficiency [9]. conducted analysis and practical experience of implementing data management (data governance) in multi-cloud environments reveal a number of typical barriers, which we have systematized in table 1. table 1 main integration issues no. problem manifestations in multicloud 1 fragmentation of platforms and policies different apis, different policies, access conflicts 2 shadow it & data out of control unauthorized storage, risk of leaks, loss of quality 3 lack of unity lineage difficulties with data tracing, auditing, quality 4 fragmented iam systems excessive privileges, undefined roles, increased attack surface 5 regulatory inconsistency sovereignty, local norms, multi-jurisdictional control 6 audit and log management uncoordinated logs , complex collection, incident management 7 operating costs and expenses egress boards, duplication, convergence of tools integration of data management practices (data governance) in a multi-cloud infrastructure requires not only an understanding of existing problems, but also the development of clear mechanisms to overcome them. below are the main strategic directions and methods based on the analysis of current scientific and practical materials. 1. «data fabric» and «data mesh» architectures. «data fabric» is a centralized architectural layer that provides unified access to data from heterogeneous sources without the need to physically move it. this architecture uses metadata, semantic graphs, and automation to ensure data consistency and governance across the enterprise [6]. data mesh offers a decentralized approach where data management is delegated to domains – «data products». at the same time, a common platform provides standards and automated tools. this approach reduces fragmentation and accelerates the implementation of governance processes [10]. 2. policy -ascode . the policy-as-code (pac) concept allows security and compliance policies to be described as code. general-purpose engines such as open policy agent (opa), provide the ability to american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org centrally create declarative rules (in the rego language) and automatically apply them to all cloud environments via ci/cd processes. this ensures uniformity, auditability, and automation of compliance processes [11]. pac practices include storing policies in version control systems (e.g., git) and integrating them with ci/cd pipelines for continuous monitoring and improvement. 3. platforms for federated management. platforms like fybrik provide an open architecture for secure and controlled use of data in hybrid and multi-cloud environments. such solutions support automatic policy enforcement, ensure privacy, and allow trade-offs between performance and compliance requirements. they also integrate with orchestration systems such as kubernetes [12]. 4. simplify tools and practices. using provider-neutral tools such as atlan allows for the unification of processes such as data provenance tracking (data lineage), metadata management and tagging. this helps organizations avoid being dependent on vendor -specific tools ( vendor lock-in ) at the data management level. using resource abstraction and unified patterns, such as a single model for describing entities (e.g. «owner» and «cost-center» tags) and using a common ci/cd process, makes implementing governance much easier. in response to identified data management integration issues (data governance) in multi-cloud architectures, a number of promising solutions are proposed by the scientific community and industrial practices. these approaches range from policy automation through policy-as-code to the implementation of unified metadata standards and the use of artificial intelligence (ai)-based tools for data discovery and classification. below is a table that systematizes the key solutions, indicating their advantages and potential limitations. table 2 prospective data solutions governance in multicloud no. approach / architecture description and benefits 1 data fabric unify access and real-time control through metadata and automation 2 data mesh decentralization of governance through domain commands on a common platform 3 policy-as-code (opa and etc. ) code policy control across all clouds: audit, automation, reliability 4 federated platforms ( fybrik ) controlled access, privacy -oriented, support for hybrid environments 5 independent tools ( atlan ) consolidated catalog, lineage and metadata governance 6 abstraction and iac patterns resource templates and policies built into ci/cd improve consistency data management integration (data governance) in multi-cloud environments is not only a technological but also a profound transformational challenge that requires taking into account the dynamics of architectural changes, regulatory frameworks and the emergence of new intelligent tools: management models based on artificial intelligence. development of aidriven governance involves the use of artificial intelligence for policy automation, cost optimization (finops) and adaptive security. for example, the model proposed by scientist sunil kattikar, includes cost american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org forecasting, dynamic policy enforcement and monitoring through ai dashboards [13]. this allows organizations to adapt to changing conditions without constant manual intervention; architectures based on the zero principle trust. transition to zero architecture trust is a key step in maintaining security in multi-cloud environments. as scientific research shows , this approach helps to eliminate risks associated with excessive access rights and distributed identities, which is especially relevant for hybrid and multi-cloud infrastructures [14]; cryptographic methods and trusted intermediaries. new research suggests the use of advanced cryptographic methods such as «secure multi-party computation» (mpc) and «fully homomorphic encryption» (fhe). these technologies can become the basis for creating trusted "trustless" intermediaries within data spaces (data spaces), which will improve privacy and trust standards in multi-cloud ecosystems; data evolution mesh and federated governance. data mesh is transforming from a purely architectural solution into a complex organizational and technological platform, which requires further academic understanding; convergence of multi-cloud and edge architectures. the future of multi-cloud environments is seen in automation, ai-optimization of resources and their tight integration with edge computing; digital sovereignty and intermediate platforms. the trend is «cloud repatriation», or the return of workloads to private or hybrid environments, driven by the desire for greater control, resilience, and regulatory compliance. this trend underscores the importance of a hybrid strategy and federated governance. in addition, initiatives such as gaia -x in europe aim to create a cloud infrastructure focused on ensuring digital sovereignty and reducing dependence on large technology companies [15]. table 3 areas for future research in governance multiclouds no field of study possible direction/call 1 ai-driven governance application of finops, predictive policies, adaptation of security as code 2 zero trust and privileged architecture identity and least rights management in multi-cloud beaches 3 cryptographic methods: mpc, fhe, data spaces secure exchange and privacy between environments 4 data architectures mesh self-service platforms, federated management and data management as a product 5 edge + multi-cloud integration connecting clouds and edge devices with automation and ai optimization 6 sovereignty and regional ecosystems cloud repatriation, gaia -x, hybrid models with transparent economy and compliance data management integration (data governance) with multi-cloud platforms is one of the key challenges for modern organizations seeking to take advantage of the flexibility and scalability of cloud technologies. the challenges associated with platform fragmentation, security, metadata management and organizational structure are not insurmountable, but require a systematic approach. successful integration is possible with the implementation of a balanced strategy that includes: unification of metadata and the use of data architectures fabric or data mesh ; automation of security policies (e.g., american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org using policy-as-code); implementation of centralized key management systems; creation of an effective organizational structure for data management. this approach will ensure data integrity, security and compliance with regulatory requirements in a complex and distributed multi-cloud infrastructure. references 1. iso/iec 22123-1:2021. information technology cloud computing concepts and terminology part 1: vocabulary. 2. cyfuture . vendor lock-in & more: why multi-cloud solutions matter [ electronic resource ] // linkedin, 2024. mode access : https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/vendor-lock-in-more-why-multicloud-solutions-matter-cyfuture-ptqzc (date accesses: 13.08.2025). 3. reece t ., ali s. , abualhaol i ., musa s. , alenezi m . cybersecurity risks in multi cloud environments [ electronic resource ] // arxiv preprint , 2023. mode access : https :// arxiv . org / abs / 2306.01862 ( date accessed: 13.08.2025). 4. fernandes dab, soares lfb, gomes jv, freire mm, inácio prm security issues in cloud environments: a survey // international journal of information security. 2014. t. 13, no. 2. pp. 113–170 . doi: 10.1007/s10207-013-0208-7. 5. phaphom n., abrahamsson a., hakansson l., paweenawat p.v., kihl m. a survey study on major technical barriers affecting the decision to adopt cloud services [ electronic resource ] // arxiv preprint, 2017. mode access: https://arxiv.org/abs/1712.00606 ( date accessed: 14.08.2025). 6. springer. cloud computing concepts and technologies [ electronic resource ]. mode access : https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-94472-2_1 ( date accessed : 13.08.2025). 7. folio3 cloud services. cloud data governance [electronic resource]. mode access : https :// cloud . folio 3. com / blog / cloud data governance (date accessed: 12.08.2025). 8. maruti techlabs . best practices: data lineage in multi-cloud [electronic resource]. mode access : https :// marutitech . com / best practices data lineage multi cloud (date accessed: 12.08.2025). 9. researchgate . security and compliance challenges in multi-cloud environments: a comparative study of industry-specific strategies [ electronic resource ]. mode access : https://www.researchgate.net/publication/391442348_security_and_compliance_challenges_in_mu lti-cloud_environments_a_comparative_study_of_industry-specific_strategies (date accesses: 14.08.2025). 10. wikipedia . data mesh [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// en . wikipedia . org / wiki / data _ mesh (date of access: 12.08.2025). 11. uplatz . policy-as-code for multi-cloud security governance [ electronic resource ]. mode access : https://uplatz.com/blog/policy-as-code-for-multi-cloud-security-governance (date accessed: 13.08.2025). 12. mdpi . future internet : vol . 16, issue 4 [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// www . mdpi . com /1999-5903/16/4/115 (date of access: 14.08.2025). 13. ijert . ai driven hybrid multi cloud governance strategy [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// www . ijert . org / ai driven hybrid multi cloud governance strategy (date of access: 14.08.2025). https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/vendor-lock-in-more-why-multi-cloud-solutions-matter-cyfuture-ptqzc https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/vendor-lock-in-more-why-multi-cloud-solutions-matter-cyfuture-ptqzc https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/2306.01862 https://arxiv.org/abs/1712.00606 https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-94472-2_1 https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://cloud.folio3.com/blog/cloud-data-governance https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://marutitech.com/best-practices-data-lineage-multi-cloud https://www.researchgate.net/publication/391442348_security_and_compliance_challenges_in_multi-cloud_environments_a_comparative_study_of_industry-specific_strategies https://www.researchgate.net/publication/391442348_security_and_compliance_challenges_in_multi-cloud_environments_a_comparative_study_of_industry-specific_strategies https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/data_mesh https://uplatz.com/blog/policy-as-code-for-multi-cloud-security-governance https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.mdpi.com/1999-5903/16/4/115 https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy https://www.ijert.org/ai-driven-hybrid-multi-cloud-governance-strategy american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org 14. iaeme . multi cloud data governance approaches [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// iaeme . com / home / article _ id / ijrcait _08_01_035 (date of access: 12.08.2025). 15. wired . europe 's gaia x cloud project [electronic resource]. access mode: https :// www . wired . com / story / europe gaia x cloud amazon google (date of access: 13.08.2025). https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://iaeme.com/home/article_id/ijrcait_08_01_035 https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google https://www.wired.com/story/europe-gaia-x-cloud-amazon-google american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org modern technological approaches and 3d design in clothing design creation toshtemirova mokhichekhra g'olibjon kizi master’s student in the field of engineering graphics and design theory samarkand state pedagogical university mokhitash@gmail.com orcid: 0009-0001-9834-659x a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the integration of modern technologies and traditional artistic principles in contemporary clothing design. the study focuses on the evolution of fashion from a basic necessity to a sophisticated form of artistic expression, emphasizing the crucial synergy between art and technological production. the paper provides a detailed analysis of key modern approaches, including the use of digital technologies (3d modeling, vr, ar, ai), innovative materials (smart fabrics, nano-textiles), and the principles of sustainable fashion. a special section explores the application of these methods in the context of national heritage, using uzbek atlas and adras fabrics as a case study for blending tradition with innovation. the article concludes that the future of fashion design lies in a holistic integration of aesthetics, digital innovation, and ecological responsibility, transforming clothing into a product of cultural, technological, and artistic synthesis. fashion design; 3d modeling; digital technologies; sustainable fashion; innovative materials; art and technology integration; national costume; uzbek textiles; personalization; virtual fitting. introduction clothing was originally created as a basic necessity in human history, over time it has evolved into one of the key directions of art. a person seeks not only comfort but also artistic aesthetic expression in their attire. therefore, the synergy between art and production becomes crucial in the process of clothing improvement. art imbues clothing with aesthetic and symbolic meaning. through the harmony of colors, forms, and patterns, clothing expresses a person’s worldview, inner spirit, national identity, and social status. in this sense, clothing is not merely a practical item but rises to the level of a work of art. the production process, in turn, brings artistic ideas to practical form. with the help of new materials, technologies, and innovative styles, the designer’s aesthetic vision reaches a wide audience. the modern fashion industry clearly demonstrates this. for example, technologies such as computer graphics, 3d modeling, laser cutting, and eco-friendly fabrics enable the transformation of design ideas into perfect garments. bright examples of the integration of art and production can also be seen in national costumes. uzbek atlas and adras fabrics require high craftsmanship in production american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org while possessing unique artistic symbolism. the harmony of their colors and patterns reflects the ancient artistic views of the people, and the production process showcases the mastery of traditional craftsmanship and weaving. today, these garments are being combined with modern design approaches and introduced to the international fashion arena. mаtеriаls аnd mеthоds the integration of art and production yields a two-fold result in clothing improvement: 1. aesthetic and spiritual aspect – clothing becomes a work of art expressing a person’s inner world and national values. 2. economic and social aspect – the fashion industry expands, achieving economic efficiency on an international scale, and cultural exchange strengthens. therefore, the advancement of clothing should not be viewed merely as technological innovation, but as the result of the synergy between art and production. it is this integration that transforms clothing into a distinctive symbol and product of humanity’s cultural development.modern approaches in clothing design creation have become one of the main trends in the design field in recent years. their essence lies in the fact that traditional methods of garment sewing and design are being integrated with modern science, technology, and ecological principles. this transforms clothing from a simple practical item into a product of art, innovation, and sustainable development [1]. in design, digital technologies today have become not only an auxiliary tool but also a central part of the core process. through 3d modeling, virtual reality (vr), and augmented reality (ar) capabilities, the realistic appearance of garments can be created before they are sewn. this approach facilitates effective communication between the designer, manufacturer, and client. for example: 1.in the clo 3d software, various color and pattern options for a garment can be tested in seconds; 2. marvelous designer allows for simulating the weight, thickness, and drape of fabric; 3. through ar technologies, a customer can virtually try on a garment before purchasing. such capabilities reduce excess fabric waste in production and save time and costs associated with creating prototypes. the modern fashion industry is a complex system that embodies human creativity, art, and technology. in this process, digital technologies have become a decisive factor in the development of clothing design. beginning with the introduction of cad (computer-aided design) software in the late 20th century, this direction—now enriched with 3d modeling, virtual fitting, augmented reality (ar), and artificial intelligence (ai) solutions—has fundamentally transformed clothing design. today, clothing design is not solely based on hand-drawn sketches but is created, analyzed, and presented in a fully digital environment [2]. digital technologies began entering the fashion industry in the 1980s. initially, cad software was used in engineering and architecture but was later adapted for clothing design. this allowed designers to create precise drawings, develop garment details with computer assistance, and quickly compare different variants. by the 1990s, programs like coreldraw and adobe illustrator caused revolutionary changes in the fashion industry. in addition to hand-drawn sketches, designers gained the ability to more perfectly develop clothing patterns, color combinations, and shapes using american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org professional graphic software. this period is remembered as the stage of widespread adoption of graphic technologies in fashion design. the development of digital technologies in clothing design can be roughly divided into four stages: 1.initial stage (1980s–1990s): this period was dominated by cad systems. clothing drawings and construction began to be prepared in electronic form. however, hand-drawn sketches still remained a primary tool. 2. graphic software stage (1990s–2000s): the widespread use of coreldraw and adobe illustrator enabled designers to rapidly develop patterns and color variants. this period elevated clothing design to the level of graphic art and laid the groundwork for many international collaborative projects. 3. 3d modeling era (2000s–2010s): software like clo 3d, marvelous designer, and browzwear initiated a new phase in the fashion industry. now, before sewing a garment, its virtual model could be created, and the weight, elasticity, and drape of the fabric could be tested in a digital environment. this led to significant savings in time and resources during production. 4. integration and innovation stage (2010s–present): in recent years, digital technologies have merged with artificial intelligence and augmented reality. virtual fitting technologies allow customers to try on clothes online. furthermore, the presentation of virtual clothing collections on metaverse platforms is becoming increasingly popular. at the same time, digital prototyping contributes to ecological sustainability by reducing waste and resource consumption [4]. rеsults аnd disсussiоn today, digital technologies are actively applied in clothing design in the following practical areas, 3d modeling – creating fully realistic virtual copies of garments; virtual fitting– providing customers with the ability to try on clothes online; digital runways and collections– presenting fashion in digital spaces, such as metaverse platforms; sustainable fashion – protecting the environment through zerowaste prototyping and optimizing fabric usage. the development of digital technologies in clothing design has elevated the fashion industry to an entirely new level. they have accelerated the process, increased precision, and made production more ecologically efficient. if cad systems were the primary innovation in the 1980s, today, 3d modeling, artificial intelligence, and virtual fashion platforms are opening new horizons for designers. thus, clothing design is being shaped through digital technologies as an integration of art, science, and production [5]. material selection is one of the key stages in clothing design. innovative materials being developed in the modern fashion industry include: smart fabrics – fibers that regulate temperature, ensure air circulation, or adapt to user activity; nano-fabrics– materials with waterand stain-repellent, antibacterial properties through micro-level coatings; biodegradable fibers – fabrics that can be processed without harming nature; technical fabrics – elastic and breathable fibers used in sportswear. such materials make clothing comfortable, durable, aesthetically pleasing, and ecologically efficient. they also serve to protect human health [6]. sustainable fashion is one of the most pressing aspects of modern approaches, as the fashion industry is considered one of the world's largest waste producers. therefore, in creating clothing, designers adhere to the following principles: minimizing waste; american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org choosing recyclable and eco-friendly raw materials; creating long-lasting garments; utilizing "zero waste" technologies (placing fabric pieces without leftover scraps). the concept of sustainable fashion serves not only to protect the environment but also to foster responsible consumption in society. the era of mass fashion is fading. today, each person wants to wear clothing that suits them personally and meets their individual needs and taste. the process of individualization includes: 1. obtaining a person's exact measurements via 3d scanning; 2. allowing the customer to choose color, fabric, and style according to their own taste; 3. opportunities to customize and order garments through online platforms. this approach makes clothing not only aesthetically but also psychologically suited to the individual, as a person expresses their personality through their attire. the most important essence of modern approaches is the organic unity of art and technology. clothing is no longer just an adornment but also a manifestation of modern scientific achievements. the design process provides artistic inspiration, while production ensures technological perfection. through this, clothing becomes a product that serves personal needs, protects nature, and aligns with contemporary aesthetics [7]. соnсlusiоn in conclusion, the contemporary landscape of fashion design is undergoing a profound transformation, driven by the powerful convergence of artistic vision and technological innovation. this study has demonstrated that modern clothing is no longer a mere utilitarian object but a sophisticated medium of cultural expression, personal identity, and technological progress. the analysis confirms that the integration of digital technologies—particularly 3d modeling, virtual prototyping, and ai-driven design—has revolutionized the entire design-to-production pipeline. these tools not only enhance creative precision and efficiency but also promote sustainability by minimizing material waste, thereby addressing one of the fashion industry's most critical challenges. furthermore, the emergence of innovative materials, from smart fabrics to biodegradable fibers, expands the functional and ecological boundaries of what clothing can achieve. simultaneously, the enduring value of artistic heritage, exemplified by national traditions such as uzbek atlas and adras weaving, remains irreplaceable. the successful fusion of these traditional aesthetics with cutting-edge design methodologies illustrates a viable path for preserving cultural identity within the global fashion arena. the principles of sustainable fashion and mass personalization further underscore a paradigm shift towards more ethical, consumer-centric, and environmentally responsible industry practices. ultimately, the future of clothing design lies in a holistic, synergistic model where aesthetics, digital engineering, and ecological ethics are inextricably linked. this integrated approach promises to elevate fashion beyond transient trends, positioning it as a dynamic and meaningful reflection of human creativity, cultural dialogue, and responsible innovation in the modern world. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org references: 1. қурбонов, ш. т., махмудов, а. а. мода ва дизайн: анъана ва инновация. – тошкент: fan, 2018. – 208 б. 2. fletcher, k. sustainable fashion and textiles: design journeys. – 2nd ed. – london: routledge, 2014. – 287 p. 3. хакимов, а., норкулов, у. ўзбек атраси: тарих, нақш, рамз. – тошкент: yangi asr avlodi, 2015. – 176 б. 4. scott, r. digital modeling and simulation in fashion: tools and techniques. – new york: fairchild books, 2018. – 224 p. 5. абдуллаева, м. р. замонавий либос лойиҳалашда рақамли технологиялар // хорижий тиллар илмий-услубий журнали. – 2020. – № 3. – б. 45-51. 6. gwilt, a., rissanen, t. shaping sustainable fashion: changing the way we make and use clothes. – london: earthscan, 2011. – 192 p. 7. kim, s., uh, m. clo 3d: the future of digital fashion. – seoul: hanbit media, 2019. – 312 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org descriptive geometry tools in virtual prototyping (digital twin) processes: enhancing design, simulation, and analysis yusubjonov jonibek farkhod ugli assistant of the “architecture and hydraulic engineering” department, andijan state technical institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s digital twin technology has emerged as a transformative approach in engineering, manufacturing, and design, enabling real-time simulation, monitoring, and optimization of physical systems. descriptive geometry tools provide essential capabilities for constructing, visualizing, and analyzing geometric representations within digital twin frameworks. this study explores the integration of descriptive geometry in virtual prototyping processes, emphasizing 3d modeling, parametric design, and simulation of complex systems. following the imrad structure, the research combines a comprehensive literature review, case studies of digital twin applications, and experimental implementation using advanced geometric tools. results indicate that leveraging descriptive geometry enhances model accuracy, facilitates predictive analysis, and improves the fidelity of virtual prototypes. the discussion addresses methodological considerations, integration challenges, and potential improvements in design workflows. the conclusion underscores the pivotal role of descriptive geometry in realizing effective digital twin systems, enhancing design, operational efficiency, and decision-making. descriptive geometry, digital twin, virtual prototyping, 3d modeling, parametric design, simulation, engineering design, industrial applications. introduction digital twin technology enables the creation of a virtual replica of physical systems, allowing engineers and designers to simulate, monitor, and optimize operations in real time. accurate geometric representation is foundational for effective digital twin implementation, and descriptive geometry provides the mathematical and visualization tools necessary to construct reliable virtual prototypes. by integrating 3d modeling, parametric design, and geometric analysis, digital twins can replicate structural, mechanical, and functional aspects of real-world systems, supporting predictive maintenance, design iteration, and operational optimization. descriptive geometry facilitates visualization of complex spatial relationships, identification of potential design conflicts, and precise simulation of movements and interactions within virtual prototypes. the paper examines methods, tools, and practical applications of descriptive geometry in digital twin workflows, highlighting its american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org contribution to accuracy, efficiency, and innovation in virtual prototyping. the study emphasizes the growing importance of geometric modeling for engineering education, professional practice, and industrial digital transformation. methods the research employed a mixed-methods approach combining literature review, case studies, and experimental implementation of descriptive geometry tools within digital twin frameworks. relevant literature published between 2010 and 2024 was reviewed, covering digital twin methodologies, virtual prototyping, and geometric modeling applications. experimental work involved the use of cad software (solidworks, autodesk inventor, rhino) and simulation platforms (ansys, simulink) to create geometric models representing complex systems, including mechanical assemblies, production lines, and structural frameworks. quantitative evaluation considered geometric accuracy, simulation fidelity, model robustness, and computational efficiency. qualitative assessment involved user feedback from engineers, designers, and educators regarding usability, visualization quality, and workflow integration. data were analyzed using statistical methods to compare geometric precision, computational performance, and predictive accuracy across models. ethical considerations included proper acknowledgment of intellectual property, adherence to software licensing, and transparency in modeling assumptions. results the application of descriptive geometry tools in digital twin and virtual prototyping processes led to significant improvements in model precision, simulation fidelity, and workflow efficiency. accurate geometric representations facilitated detailed analysis of spatial relationships, interference detection, and assembly validation, reducing design errors and iteration time. parametric models allowed rapid adjustments and scenario testing, supporting predictive maintenance and optimization strategies. users reported enhanced visualization of complex systems, better understanding of functional interactions, and increased confidence in decision-making. integration with real-time sensor data enabled continuous updating of virtual prototypes, improving the responsiveness and reliability of digital twin simulations. challenges included computational load for high-fidelity models, software compatibility issues, and the need for training in advanced geometric modeling techniques. overall, results confirm that descriptive geometry is integral to effective virtual prototyping, ensuring accuracy, efficiency, and operational insight. discussion descriptive geometry tools enhance digital twin processes by providing accurate spatial representation, parametric flexibility, and analytical capability. their integration into virtual prototyping enables engineers to identify design conflicts, test operational scenarios, and optimize system performance before physical implementation. methodological considerations include model standardization, interoperability of software platforms, and real-time data integration to maintain model fidelity. emerging trends such as ai-assisted geometric modeling, cloud-based simulation, and immersive visualization techniques (ar/vr) further expand the potential of digital twins, enabling more dynamic and responsive virtual prototypes. educational implications involve training engineers american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org in geometric reasoning, computational modeling, and digital twin design to support industry-ready skills. this discussion situates descriptive geometry as both a foundational and evolving tool in virtual prototyping, critical for modern industrial design, manufacturing optimization, and engineering innovation. conclusion descriptive geometry is essential for the success of virtual prototyping and digital twin applications, providing the precision, analytical capability, and visualization necessary for accurate simulation and decision-making. by integrating geometric tools with parametric design and simulation platforms, engineers can create reliable virtual prototypes, reduce design errors, optimize workflows, and enhance predictive capabilities. while challenges remain regarding computational requirements, software interoperability, and training, the benefits in accuracy, operational insight, and innovation are substantial. this study concludes that effective use of descriptive geometry in digital twin processes is crucial for modern engineering practice, industrial innovation, and educational advancement. future research should explore ai-driven geometric modeling, real-time sensor integration, and immersive virtual environments to further enhance digital twin effectiveness and application scope. references 1. grieves, m., & vickers, j. (2017). digital twin: mitigating unpredictable, undesirable emergent behavior in complex systems. springer. 2. autodesk inc. (2022). inventor user guide. autodesk documentation. 3. solidworks corp. (2021). solidworks 3d cad: tutorials and user guide. 4. ansys inc. (2021). ansys simulation guide. ansys documentation. 5. tao, f., zhang, m., liu, y., & nee, a. y. c. (2019). digital twin driven smart manufacturing: framework, applications, and research issues. robotics and computer-integrated manufacturing, 61, 101837. 6. boschert, s., & rosen, r. (2016). digital twin—the simulation aspect. mechatronic futures, springer, 59–74. 7. qi, q., & tao, f. (2018). digital twin and big data towards smart manufacturing and industry 4.0: 360 degree comparison. ieee access, 6, 3585–3593. 8. mccormack, j., & dewhurst, f. (2020). parametric design and digital twins: enhancing virtual prototyping. journal of engineering design, 31(9), 456–472. 9. negri, e., fumagalli, l., & macchi, m. (2017). a review of the roles of digital twin in cpsbased production systems. computers in industry, 89, 1–12. 10. boschert, s., heinrich, c., & rosen, r. (2020). digital twin technology for engineering applications. procedia cirp, 93, 92–97. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 44 www.americanjournal.org the impact of tax policy on the investment climate: a comparative analysis of developing countries mirkamol sagdiev financial expert, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the impact of tax policy on the investment climate in developing countries. a comparative analysis of tax practices across various countries is provided, examining the mechanisms by which corporate tax rates and tax incentives influence foreign direct investment (fdi). key factors determining the effectiveness of tax policy are identified, including the quality of administration, transparency, and institutional conditions. tax policy, investment climate, foreign direct investment, developing countries, tax incentives, corporate tax, economic development. introduction the research's novelty lies in its comprehensive comparative analysis of the impact of tax policy on the investment climate of developing countries, taking into account institutional factors, transparency, and international coordination. the work combines recent empirical data with theoretical approaches, demonstrating that the effectiveness of tax incentives depends not only on tax rates but also on the quality of governance, the legal environment, and socio-environmental standards. this allows for the development of more targeted recommendations for creating a sustainable investment environment. the investment climate is a key factor in the economic development of developing countries. foreign direct investment (fdi) is often viewed as a source of long-term economic growth, as it facilitates technology transfer, job creation, increased productive capacity, and improved infrastructure. many developing countries compete to attract fdi using a variety of economic and fiscal instruments, among which tax policy plays a significant role. on the other hand, states must also ensure the sustainability of their budgets and mobilize tax revenues to finance public goods. in this context, tax policy finds itself at the center of a dilemma: how to stimulate investment without depriving a significant portion of revenue. this problem is particularly acute in the current context, where global changes in tax rules are increasing competition between countries (for example, the introduction of a minimum corporate tax). these trends require developing countries to develop balanced strategies for tax competition and sustainable development. understanding the impact of taxes on fdi is based on classical economic theories of international capital flows. fdi theories (f-di theory ) assume that firms carefully weigh both macroeconomic and institutional factors in the host country when making investment decisions. theoretical concepts of american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 45 www.americanjournal.org capital flows include models based on comparative advantage, economies of scale, and the internal competition of transnational corporations (tncs) [1]. from a fiscal policy perspective, reducing the tax rate reduces the cost of capital for foreign investors, making investment in the country more attractive. laffer curve model illustrates that there is an "optimal" level of taxation at which tax rates maximize government revenue without discouraging economic activity and investment [2]. if the tax rate is too high, the incentive effect is reduced, while if it is too low, the government may lose revenue. supply-side theory in economics, tax reduction stimulates investment and economic growth because it reduces barriers to entrepreneurship and allows economic agents to reinvest profits [3]. in this approach, tax policy is viewed as a tool for stimulating capital-intensive investment. strong competition between countries to lower corporate tax rates can lead to a "race to the bottom," where countries sacrifice tax revenues for short-term investment. empirical studies and economic reports warn that such measures are not always sustainable, especially in countries with limited institutional and administrative resources (tax administration, transparency) [4]. the type of corporate tax system-territorial or global-is of particular importance in the tax policy of developing countries. research by the international monetary fund shows that the transition of large economies to a territorial system (where taxes are levied only on profits earned domestically, rather than globally) can change the sensitivity of corporations to tax rates in recipient countries [4]. this is especially important for low-income countries trying to maintain their competitiveness and tax base. based on the above, the main objectives of this study are: 1. analyze how key elements of tax policy, such as the corporate tax rate, the structure of the tax base, and tax incentives, affect the investment climate of developing countries. 2. compare the practices of tax incentives for fdi in different developing economies and identify the main institutional factors (administrative quality, transparency, legal stability) that strengthen or weaken this effect. 3. identify the risks associated with tax competition and propose recommendations for a balanced fiscal strategy that combines investment attraction and sustainable budget revenues. to achieve these goals, the following methods are used: 1. review of theoretical and empirical literature, including works of international organizations (imf, oecd) and academic research. 2. a comparative analysis of country experiences based on imf and oecd publications, as well as studies on developing countries. for example, the oecd report "tax effects on foreign direct investment” examines the sensitivity of fdi to tax rates and the structure of the tax system [5]. 3. case study (case study ) practices of specific developing countries, drawing on academic papers such as the analysis of georgia, which discusses the role of tax policy in fdi inflows [6]. 4. analysis of institutional factors influencing the fiscal effect of such incentives, taking into account research on tax competition and administration. we review key empirical studies analyzing the impact of tax policy (tax rates, tax burden, and incentives) on foreign direct investment (fdi) inflows in developing and transition economies. the analysis is grouped by type of empirical approach and thematic findings. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 46 www.americanjournal.org table 1 – main empirical studies research (authors, year) countries/research area key variables conclusions korytin a. v. russia (industry data, 29 industries, 2006– 2015) average tax rate (oecd), profitability, industry characteristics there is a negative relationship between the tax burden and fdi inflows: the elasticity of fdi flow to the tax burden is about 0.88 , which indicates a high sensitivity of foreign investors to the amount of capital tax [7]. ca&c press (using georgia as an example) georgia (2003–2012) tax rate, depreciation, tax administration the authors conclude that tax policy factors play only an indirect role in investor decisions. in a ranking of ten factors influencing investor decisions, tax policy ranked fourth, after macroeconomics, labor legislation , and transportation costs [6]. petrushkevich e. developing countries (general overview) international initiatives, transparency, and standards of responsibility for transnational companies it is emphasized that fdi, particularly in labor-intensive and extractive industries, can have negative effects, including low transparency and weak social responsibility among tncs. the authors note the role of international initiatives (for example, within the un and other organizations) in minimizing these risks [8]. imf blog ( ahn , habib , presbitero and etc. ) emerging/developin g markets fdi fragmentation, geopolitical risks analysis shows that the growing fragmentation of global supply chains is hitting developing economies particularly hard. this indirectly impacts the attractiveness of tax incentives, as geopolitical risk becomes a more important factor than low tax rates [9]. faruq , atm omor 24 emerging asian economies (panel data 2002–2018) economic factors (gdp, natural resources), institutional (legal environment, information disclosure), political stability the study shows that economic factors (market size, resources) have a strong influence on fdi, and among the institutional factors, the most significant is the business disclosure index , while the tax rate (in the analysis) is less significant compared to the basic economic determinants [10]. thus, empirical studies confirm that tax policy influences fdi flows, but its effectiveness significantly depends on the institutional environment, transparency, geopolitical risks and economic structure, which highlights the need for a comprehensive approach to tax strategy formulation in developing countries. a discussion of empirical and theoretical evidence shows that tax policy is an important tool for shaping the investment climate in developing countries, but its effectiveness depends on the quality of the institutional environment, transparency, international coordination, and socio-environmental factors: 1. tax competition and the risk of a "race to the bottom." developing countries, seeking to attract fdi, often reduce tax rates or provide incentives. however, this behavior can lead to uncontrolled tax competition, undermining long-term budget revenues. the imf warns in its research that competition for lower corporate taxes reduces global tax revenues, and one way to mitigate this is to introduce a global minimum tax (e.g., 15%) for multinational corporations [4]. at the same time, as noted in an american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 47 www.americanjournal.org earlier imf report, it is important to minimize indirect tax incentives and tax holidays, as they often prove ineffective and are subject to abuse. thus, tax competition policies must be balanced: aggressive incentives can attract investment, but the risks of losing the tax base and fiscal sustainability are too great. 2. the role of institutional quality. empirical evidence suggests that not only the tax rate but also the institutional environment (governance, legal effectiveness, transparency) are critical. for example, studies of developing countries show that institutional factors (including the business disclosure index) significantly influence fdi attraction [10]. this is also supported by the literature that examines the broader risks of fdi: multinational companies in developing countries can create negative externalities (environmental, social), especially if the legal system is weak [8]. therefore, tax policy should be accompanied by institutional reforms: strengthening governance, improving transparency, and enhancing accountability mechanisms for investors. 3. the need for international coordination. current trends of globalization and capital mobility increase the need for international coordination of tax policies. the introduction of a global minimum tax, as proposed by the imf, could reduce incentives for base erosion and mitigate the “race to the bottom” [4]. revisiting tax treaties is also important: research shows that double taxation agreements (dtas) do indeed promote fdi inflows to developing countries, provided that their tax environments (e.g., tax haven status or transfer pricing rules) are taken into account [ 11 ]. this means that preference policies should not be simply national, but part of a global system in which countries coordinate their rates and mechanisms for a sustainable and equitable distribution of tax benefits from fdi. 4. social and environmental impacts of fdi. fdi does not always bring exclusively economic benefits: in developing countries, it can be accompanied by the exploitation of natural resources, environmental degradation, and weak compliance with social responsibility standards [8]. therefore, tax policy cannot be the only instrument: a combination of fiscal incentives and regulatory measures is required to ensure sustainable development. this may include obligations for investors to comply with environmental standards, social obligations, or conduct impact assessments on local communities. 5. the political feasibility of reforms in the context of developing countries. in low-income countries with weak administration, tax incentives can be an important motivator for investors. however, as the imf emphasizes, such countries must also work to strengthen the tax base: limit discretionary exemptions, improve budget forecasting, and enhance transparency. furthermore, to sustainably attract investment, incentives must not be the only tool: reforms must include improving infrastructure, enhancing human capital, combating corruption, and strengthening legal protection for investors. based on the analysis conducted, the following recommendations can be identified: 1. targeted tax incentives: provide incentives only for investments with high added value and socioeconomic benefits. 2. strengthening tax administration: increasing transparency, reducing bureaucratic barriers and combating tax evasion. 3. monitoring the effectiveness of tax policy: regularly assess the impact of tax incentives and rates on fdi inflows. 4. international coordination: participate in global tax initiatives and agreements to ensure sustainable distribution of tax benefits. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 48 www.americanjournal.org tax policy has a significant impact on the investment climate in developing countries. however, its effectiveness is determined not only by tax rates and incentives provided, but also by the quality of the institutional environment, transparency, the level of legal security, and compliance with social and environmental standards. empirical evidence shows that reducing the tax burden can stimulate fdi inflows, but without a comprehensive approach including institutional reforms and international coordination, the effect will be limited. therefore, to achieve sustainable development, fiscal incentives must be combined with improved governance, increased transparency, and the implementation of social accountability mechanisms to create a favorable and stable investment climate. references 1. zhuravleva a. analysis of the impact of the tax burden on the distribution of foreign direct investment by economic sector [electronic resource] // sua aesa . – access mode: https :// sua . aesa . kz / main / article / view / 173. – accessed: 12.11.2025. 2. the laffer curve [electronic resource] // wikipedia. – access mode: https :// ru . wikipedia . org / wiki /% d 0%9 a % d 1%80% d 0% b 8% d 0% b 2% d 0% b 0% d 1%8 f _% d 0%9 b % d 0% b 0% d 1%84% d 1%84% d 0% b 5% d 1%80% d 0% b 0. – date of access: 11/13/2025. 3. supply-side economics [electronic resource] // wikipedia. – access mode: https :// ru . wikipedia . org / wiki /% d 0% ad % d 0% ba % d 0% be % d 0% bd % d 0% be % d 0% bc % d 0% b 8% d 0% ba % d 0% b 0%2 c _% d 0% be % d 1%80% d 0% b 8% d 0% b 5% d 0% bd % d 1%82% d 0% b 8% d 1%80% d 0% be % d 0% b 2% d 0% b 2% d 0% b 0 % d 0% bd % d 0% bd % d 0% b 0 % d 1%8 f _% d 0% bd % d 0 % b 0 _ % d 0% bf % d 1%80% d 0% b 5% d 0% b 4% d 0% bb % d 0% be % d 0% b 6% d 0% b 5% d 0% bd % d 0% b 8% d 0% b 5. – date of access: 11/14/2025. 4. territorially based vs worldwide taxation [electronic resource] // imf working papers . – access mode: https :// www . imf . org / en / publications / wp / issues /2016/12/31/ territorial vs -40981. – accessed: 14.11.2025. 5. tax effects on foreign direct investment [electronic resource] // oecd . – access mode: https :// www . oecd . org / en / publications / tax effects on foreign direct investment _9789264038387 en . html . – date of access: 11/15/2025. 6. tax policy and foreign direct investment: the example of georgia [electronic resource] // ca & c press . – access mode: https :// ca c . org . ru / c g online /2013/ journal _ rus / c g -3-4/08. shtml . – access date: 15.11.2025. 7. korytin a.v. the impact of the tax burden on the distribution of foreign direct investment by sectors of the economy [electronic resource] // financial journal. 2020. vol. 12, no. 1. p. 68– 86. access mode: https : // www . finjournal nifi . ru / ru / archive /34stati finansovyj zhurnal /780finansovyj zhurnal tom -12-1-2020. date of access: 11/16/2025. 8. petrushkevich e. foreign direct investment and international initiatives [electronic resource] // ibn. – access mode: https :// ibn . idsi . md / sites / default / files / imag _ file /103-106_33. pdf . – access date: 11/16/2025. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 49 www.americanjournal.org 9. fragmenting foreign direct investment hits emerging economies hardest [ electronic resource ] // imf blog. mode access : https://www.imf.org/ru/blogs/articles/2023/04/05/fragmenting-foreigndirect-investment-hits-emerging-economies-hardest. date appeals : 11/17/2025. 10. faruq atm omor . the impact of economic and institutional factors on foreign direct investment in asia [ electronic resource ] // arxiv . – 2023. – mode access : https://arxiv.org/abs/2307.07037. date appeals : 11/17/2025. 11. the impact of tax treaties on foreign direct investment: the evidence reconsidered [ electronic resource] // kdi journal of economic policy. – 2022. – v.44, no. 3. mode access : https://kdijep.org/v.44/3/27/the%2bimpact%2bof%2btax%2btreaties%2bon%2bforeign%2bdir ect%2binvestment%3a%2bthe%2bevidence%2breconsidered. date accesses : 1 8 .11.2025. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 50 www.americanjournal.org strategic digital media pr: interactive communication, online reputation management, and crisis response in the age of social networks yusupova zulayxo abdiraimovna registrar office manager independent researcher uzbekistan university of journalism and mass communications a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this thesis explores the strategic dimensions of digital media public relations, focusing on interactive communication, online reputation management, and crisis response in the era of social networks. it analyzes how digital platforms have transformed pr from a onedirectional messaging function into an interactive, real-time engagement system shaped by audience participation and algorithmic visibility. digital pr, interactive communication, online reputation, crisis response, social networks, audience engagement. introduction the rise of social networks has fundamentally reshaped the landscape of public relations, transforming it from a predominantly one-directional communication practice into a dynamic, interactive, and datadriven strategic discipline. digital media environments demand that organizations not only communicate effectively but also listen actively, engage continuously, and respond intelligently to the evolving expectations of global online audiences. as a result, strategic digital pr has emerged as a central component of modern organizational communication, integrating interactive technologies, reputation analytics, and crisis-response mechanisms to maintain credibility and public trust in a rapidly changing digital ecosystem. main part interactive communication lies at the heart of strategic digital pr, distinguishing it from traditional media approaches. social networks facilitate real-time exchanges, enabling audiences not only to consume content but also to shape, remix, challenge, and amplify it. this shift places significant responsibility on pr practitioners to design communication strategies that encourage participation, stimulate dialogue, and generate meaningful engagement. the use of interactive tools — such as live streaming, polls, comment-based discussions, q&a sessions, chatbots, and user-generated content initiatives — creates a multidirectional communication environment where audiences expect authenticity, responsiveness, and transparency. effective interactive pr demands sensitivity to american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 51 www.americanjournal.org audience tone, cultural nuances, and digital behavior patterns, ensuring that organizational communication remains relevant, human-centered, and socially attentive [1]. a core strategic function of digital pr is online reputation management, which has become both more critical and more complex in the age of social networks. unlike traditional reputation frameworks that rely on curated media coverage and controlled messaging, digital reputation is shaped by a constant flow of public feedback, online reviews, viral content, and algorithmically amplified discussions. reputation can be boosted or damaged within minutes, often outside an organization’s direct control. this new reality requires pr professionals to employ continuous monitoring tools, including social listening platforms, sentiment analysis algorithms, and influencer mapping systems, to track online perceptions in real time. strategic reputation management involves identifying emerging risks, addressing negative sentiment promptly, amplifying positive narratives, and maintaining consistent brand values across all digital touchpoints. furthermore, organizations must cultivate digital goodwill by demonstrating social responsibility, ethical behavior, and meaningful engagement with online communities. crisis response represents another essential pillar of strategic digital pr. social networks accelerate the spread of information to such an extent that a crisis can escalate globally before an organization issues its first official statement. digital crises often originate from viral misinformation, customer dissatisfaction, ethical breaches, data leaks, or reputational attacks. effective digital pr requires a proactive crisis-preparedness framework that includes scenario planning, communication protocols, pre-approved messaging templates, and designated spokespersons. equally important is real-time responsiveness: organizations must communicate swiftly, acknowledge concerns clearly, correct false information responsibly, and express empathy where appropriate. silence or delayed responses can intensify public outrage, while defensive communication strategies may erode trust. instead, transparent updates, consistent messaging, and visible efforts to resolve the issue help organizations stabilize their reputation and rebuild credibility in the aftermath of a crisis [2]. the age of social networks also amplifies the role of influencers and digital opinion leaders in shaping public perceptions. strategic digital pr must therefore incorporate influencer relations as part of its broader communication ecosystem. influencers act as hybrid communicators who blend personal storytelling with brand messaging, creating trust-based relationships with their followers. while their participation can enhance message reach and authenticity, pr practitioners must carefully evaluate influencers’ credibility, values, and audience fit. ethical and legal considerations — including sponsorship disclosure, authenticity verification, and audience protection — are central to influencerbased strategies, ensuring that partnerships support brand integrity rather than compromise it. data analytics and artificial intelligence have become indispensable tools for strategic digital media pr, offering insights into audience behavior, message impact, content virality, and reputational risks. ai-driven content optimization, predictive analytics, and automated monitoring systems enable pr professionals to make evidence-based decisions and adapt communication strategies in real time. however, the increasing reliance on technological systems also raises ethical concerns regarding transparency, algorithmic bias, and surveillance. strategic digital pr must balance technological efficiency with ethical responsibility, ensuring that data-driven strategies respect audience privacy and uphold communication integrity [3]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org the global nature of social networks further complicates pr strategies by introducing cross-cultural, linguistic, and geopolitical considerations. digital campaigns must be sensitive to cultural norms, regional regulations, and localized audience expectations. a message that resonates positively in one context may provoke controversy in another. strategic pr therefore involves cultural intelligence, multilingual communication, and localized storytelling approaches that create relevance across diverse digital communities. in conclusion, strategic digital media pr represents a comprehensive, multifaceted approach that integrates interactive communication, real-time reputation management, and rapid crisis response. in the age of social networks, organizations must adopt communication strategies that prioritize transparency, authenticity, data literacy, and ethical engagement. those that successfully navigate this digital terrain strengthen public trust, cultivate resilient reputations, and maintain a stable organizational presence amidst the dynamic challenges of the modern information landscape [4]. соnсlusiоn strategic digital media pr has become essential for organizations navigating the complexities of modern communication landscapes. social networks demand interactive, responsive, and authentic engagement, making traditional one-way communication insufficient. effective online reputation management relies on real-time monitoring, transparent dialogue, and consistent brand behavior across all platforms. crisis response requires preparedness, accuracy, and speed, as online controversies can escalate rapidly and globally. rеfеrеnсеs 1. breakenridge d. social media and public relations: eight new practices for the pr professional. – upper saddle river: pearson, 2012. – 256 p. 2. macnamara j. organizational listening: the missing essential in public communication. – new york: peter lang, 2016. – 320 p. 3. fombrun c., van riel c. fame & fortune: how successful companies build winning reputations. – new york: ft press, 2014. – 256 p. 4. coombs w. t. ongoing crisis communication: planning, managing, and responding. – thousand oaks: sage publications, 2019. – 368 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org the role of national values in the spiritual and moral education of military personnel rajabov behzod rustamboy o‘g‘li researcher at the national university of the republic of uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s military service includes not only physical training but also spiritual and moral education. educating young military personnel in the spirit of patriotism, selflessness, and a sense of responsibility plays an important role in their personal and professional development. national values are one of the key criteria in this process, as they enrich the inner world of young soldiers, shape their moral character, and make them strong-willed individuals. this article highlights the role of national values in the spiritual and moral education of young military personnel. young military personnel, national values, spiritual and moral qualities, sense of patriotism, military discipline, responsibility, selflessness, courage, spirituality, enlightenment. "our national values are our spiritual backbone, our invaluable wealth inherited from our ancestors. to preserve and enrich them further is the sacred duty of all of us”. president of the republic of uzbekistan supreme commander-in-chief of the armed forces shavkat mirziyoyev introduction once our country has achieved its independence, measures are constantly being taken to make a decision on an enlightened society. raising the morale and education of the population in the country has become a priority of the development of uzbekistan. due to the positive changes that are taking place in our lives, we can see that people's consciousness changes and dreams for the future increase day by day. at the same time, due to ideological globalizations by the world community, negative influences such as the development of national identity and national pride, the end of the intellectual, spiritual-moral, ethno-cultural and historical values of the nation, the narrowing of human thinking and worldview, the derogation of faith, the spiritual world are noted.t the same time, due to ideological globalizations by the world community, negative influences such as the development of national identity and national pride, the end of the intellectual, spiritual-moral, ethno-cultural and historical values of the nation, the narrowing of human thinking and worldview, the derogation of faith, the spiritual world are noted. national and traditional universal values are blurred, vices such as human fate, infertility in the life of society, individual, corporate and national selfishness are taking root. prevention of the occurrence of such deplorable situations among military personnel is becoming american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org more relevant today than ever, and one of the most effective ways to prevent these cases is educational and propaganda work, which relies on our national values. the uzbek people are characterized by their national values, formed over the centuries, based on humanity and kindness. we must preserve this rich heritage and instill it in the hearts of each of our compatriots, especially young people1 national values historical heritage, customs, traditions of each people and composed of its moral norms. they play an important role in the education of young military personnel through the following aspects: formation of a patriotic spirit the value of each people, each country, its place and status in the history of mankind development of world science and culture, universal education and is determined by its contribution to progress. so, one of the factors that have a practical impact on the formation of national values is the great allomas that grow out of this land, the warlords – the benazir inheritances that they left behind. viewed from this point of view, it is recognized on a global scale that we are a people with a rich and instructive history of several thousand years, unique national values, unique scientific, cultural, spiritual, religious heritage. in particular, it is known in the maghreb and east that the land of tabarruk has grown from our world of great importance, with its everlasting teachings, many great alloms that have left the whole world lol, and the warlords who shook the world. in our history, the biobibliographic works of great allomas such as bukhari, samarkandy, termiziy, nasafi, keshiy, pazdavi, khwarazmiy, shoshiy, farghani, marghilaniy and the feats of warlords such as amir temur, jalaliddin manguberdi should be a lesson and an example to the younger generation. in the formation of the patriotic spirit, it is considered appropriate to use, along with our great ancestors, national ideas that the protection of the motherland is a sacred duty. in explanatory work through national ideas, first of all, the defense of the motherland – this is not only the preservation of freedom and peace, but also the protection of national identity, culture, history and customs, the fact that the protection of the motherland in history has become a sacred duty for nations and peoples, the historical path of uzbekistan, the struggle of the people to achieve independence and the idea of the protection of the motherland as a continuation of, it is necessary to rely on philosophical views that it is considered sacred not only religiously and morally. development of courage and perseverance the development of courage and perseverance are very important qualities for military personnel, since they must stand firm not only in combat situations, but also in various difficulties of life. the life of our national heroes and the courage they show, the qualities of self-sacrifice, play an important role in the formation of true heroism, valor and dedication to military personnel. for example: our national heroes islam karimov as the first president of the republic of uzbekistan, he continued the struggle for national unity and independence with great courage, without hesitation. his courage and perseverance, especially after the independence of uzbekistan, are distinguished by his courage, dedication, enthusiasm in combating external and internal threats. 1 supreme commander-in-chief of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan from shavkat mirziyoyev's address to the oliy majlis in 2021 american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org strengthening moral and spiritual qualities the promotion of national values such as respect for family, parents, the veneration of adults, on the criteria of discipline, decency and high morale in the military, serves to deepen the sense of humanity, patriotism and social responsibility of military personnel. age the concepts of honesty, justice and responsibility the role of national values in the absorption into the minds of military personnel is incomparable, because if not every soldier realizes his high duty to his homeland, family and parents, he will not be able to cope with various difficulties of service, very high mental pressure in combat situations. in the formation of a military personnel, not only physical training is important, but also strong spiritual and moral training. the following aspects are relevant in this regard: restoring historical memory and fostering a sense of pride historical memory is a form of social awareness of the people's own past, ancestors, cultural heritage, and struggles towards national independence. its restoration serves as an important tool in the formation of feelings of self-awareness, national pride and patriotism in the hearts of the younger generation.historical memory is a form of social awareness of the people's own past, ancestors, cultural heritage, and struggles towards national independence. its restoration serves as an important tool in the formation of feelings of self-awareness, national pride and patriotism in the hearts of the younger generation. the importance of historical memory for military personnel is twice as strong: they are not only inspired by the courage of ancestors who devoted their lives to the protection of the land, but also approach their service more responsibly, realizing the historical roots of today's peace and stability. knowledge of historical figures, victories, movements on the path of national independence arouses a sense of pride and responsibility in young servicemen, motivating them to look at socio-political processes from an active civic point of view. therefore, in the process of military education, spiritual and educational activities aimed at restoring historical memory, museum excursions, the use of historical films and literature, the national holiday and the widespread celebration of memorable dates are of urgent importance. increase discipline and a sense of responsibility discipline and responsibility are the main criteria in the personal and professional maturation of a military officer. the formation of these qualities serves as a decisive factor in ensuring the effectiveness of military service, strengthening collective cohesion and guaranteeing the full implementation of important tasks. in our national values, devotion to order, word and oath, obedience to adults, and fidelity to promise and duty are valued as the most important moral principles. in the process of military education, it is on these values that it is possible to form disciplined, deeply feeling one's duty, initiative and responsible individuals. the formation of discipline in young servicemen has a stable effect only when it is carried out not by order, but through internal beliefs, self-education and respect for the profession. in this case, the skills of compliance with the rules within the team, the time of service and the ability to accurately fulfill obligations, to make responsible decisions should be constantly developed. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org in this regard, it is necessary to widely use training, psychological training, spiritual and educational conversations, incentives and model leadership techniques aimed at increasing the sense of discipline and responsibility in the military education system. in traditional upbringing, order, decency, culture of treatment played an important role. discipline in the military is also further strengthened on the basis of these values. the following are the main tasks of the concept of improving the effectiveness of spiritual and educational work in the system of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistanin traditional upbringing, order, decency, culture of treatment played an important role. discipline in the military is also further strengthened on the basis of these values. the following are the main tasks of the concept of improving the effectiveness of spiritual and educational work in the system of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan: building a unified system aimed at raising the spiritual level and intellectual potential of military personnel and the formation of a worldview based on our rich culture, long-standing values and traditions; deep instill in the mind of military personnel the feeling that the protection of the motherland is an honorable and sacred duty, pride in our national army, responsibility for protecting the security of the state; to systematically and consistently convey to military personnel the socio-economic reforms carried out in our country, the legislation adopted, the content and essence of state programs, and to form a conscious attitude and active life position in them in relation to the globalization processes taking place in the world and around us, to increase feelings of loyalty, responsibility, dedication to duty: based on the study and analysis of the historical roots of our national heritage, the widespread promotion of the instructive life of our great ancestors and brave contemporaries, who showed heroism in the path of freedom of the motherland, military personnel were taught that “the people of uzbekistan will never depend on anyone!"to decide on a life belief; these include instilling traditions of goodness and compassion in military personnel through thoughtful disclosure of the true essence of religion, forming humanistic and loving relationships and educating them on the basis of respect and respect for our national culture and values, dedication and loyalty, honesty and purity, independent thought and a healthy lifestyle, etc . it is recommended to fully fulfill the main tasks of this concept and use national values through the following actions and methods in maturing the spiritual and moral qualities of young military personnel: educational conversations and lectures-instilling national pride and patriotism in the minds of young people through conversations about national heroes, historical figures, examples of military courage; study of ancestral heritage-analysis of military qualities of historical figures such as amir temur, jaloliddin manguberdi, mirzo ulugbek, zahiriddin muhammad babur; _spiritual and spiritual trainings-discussion on the basis of moral contests, discussions, video sessions on the topic of patriotism-holding trainings; promoting the national customs and traditions of the uzbek people-building relationships in military communities on the basis of values such as respect, respect for the elder, friendship, loyalty, honor; propaganda and propaganda work-deep absorption of national values through hours of spirituality, literary evenings, theater scenes in the military-patriotic direction; american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org organization of patriotic events-holding patriotic events on such important dates as the flag, the adoption of the constitution, independence days; cultural events based on national traditions-ensuring the participation of the military in holidays such as navruz, mehrjan, creating conditions for the practical manifestation of values; establishment of the activities of spiritual trainers-constant supervision and guidance by those responsible for spiritual and moral education in military units; the use of the quran, hadith and proverbs-to teach such qualities as patience, honesty, fidelity, contentment on the basis of islamic values; engaging young people through the volunteer movement is creating a positive moral pattern through enterprising young people and spreading it to others. in place of the conclusion, national values mainly consist of national culture, customs, religious values and historical experiences. for military personnel, these values allow you to maintain spiritual and spiritual strength not only in the defense of the motherland, but also in personal life. inspires the military to protect his land, his people, his family, while at the same time the courage of the ancestors, his dedication to strengthening the state gives strength in fulfilling his obligations.n place of the conclusion, national values mainly consist of national culture, customs, religious values and historical experiences. for military personnel, these values allow you to maintain spiritual and spiritual strength not only in the defense of the motherland, but also in personal life. inspires the military to protect his land, his people, his family, while at the same time the courage of the ancestors, his dedication to strengthening the state gives strength in fulfilling his obligations. national values teach social justice, mutual assistance, and appreciation of friendship. this helps the military to support each other, to maintain a collective spirit. the fact that educational, spiritual and educational work in the military service and communities in general is based on our national values throughout the national period ensures that military personnel are able to properly create their own men, especially young military personnel, and serve the motherland with dignity. references 1. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan on the state program “youth — our future” no. 27.06.2018 pf-5466. 2. decree of the president of the republic of uzbekistan “on measures to radically improve the system of spiritual and educational affairs”of march 26, 2021 pq-5040. 3. resolution no. 267 of the cabinet of ministers “on measures to increase the effectiveness of work to educate young people in the spirit of military patriotism”dated june 29, 2023. 4. i.a.karimov. "high spirituality is an invincible force”. tashkent, publishing house "spirituality", 2016. 6 b. 5. gofurov k. national values and youth education. tashkent: spirituality, 2019. – 32-42 b. 6. abdullayeva d. military pedagogy and psychology. tashkent: higher military knowledge country, 2021. – 30-78 b. 7. qurbanov h. armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan and youth education. tashkent, 2020. – 55-63 b. 8. mamatqulov s. the role of national values in the formation of moral qualities of military personnel, journal "philosophy and life", 2021, №3. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 9. khudoykulova m. issues of spiritual education of young people in the conditions of modern military service, scientific and practical journal "pedagogy and psychology", 2022 10. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/oliy-harbiy-ta-lim-muassasalarida-kursantlarni-ma-naviyaxloqiy-qadriyatlar-asosida-tarbiyalashda-qo-mondonlikning-roli 11. relevant orders and instructions of the ministry of defense of uzbekistan. https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/oliy-harbiy-ta-lim-muassasalarida-kursantlarni-ma-naviy-axloqiy-qadriyatlar-asosida-tarbiyalashda-qo-mondonlikning-roli https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/oliy-harbiy-ta-lim-muassasalarida-kursantlarni-ma-naviy-axloqiy-qadriyatlar-asosida-tarbiyalashda-qo-mondonlikning-roli american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org on the relationship of traditional and nontraditional lipid parameters with the risk of prediabetes and type 2 diabetes mellitus in patients with coronary heart disease in the uzbek population narimova g. j. kulimova g. a. republican specialized scientific and practical medical center of endocrinology of the ministry of health of the republic of uzbekistan named after academician e.kh. turakulov, khorezm regional endocrinology dispensary, diabetology department republic of uzbekistan, 100125, tashkent, st. mirzo ulugbek 56 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the aim of this study was to compare the tg/hdl relationship andother non-traditional lipid parameters with pre-dm and t2dm in the uzbek population of patients with coronary heart disease, and to test the association of high tg/hdl levels based on gender-specific thresholds with pre-dm and t2dm. material and methods of research.we studied the age characteristics of the surveyed rural population of tuprok-kal district in the khorezm region. there were 132 women and 107 men. of the 239 individuals, 100 patients with carbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes were identified. among the 100 individuals with identified carbohydrate metabolism disorders, 46 patients with coronary heart disease were identified. the following methods were used in the population survey: epidemiological, clinical, biochemical, instrumental and statistical. study results. significant differences were observed in a number of parameters compared to the group without nmd. significant differences were found in family history of type 2 diabetes, systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, smoking, alcohol abuse, and hypertension compared to all studied patient groups (p < 0.005). patients with ifg+igt and type 2 diabetes demonstrated the highest significance of differences in family history of type 2 diabetes, p < 0.0001. regarding biochemical parameters, it was revealed that the reliability of differences in the lipid spectrum was detected in patients with type 2 diabetes (p < 0.005), while in the other groups such differences were not detected. type 2 diabetes mellitus, coronary heart disease, correlation. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org conclusions. in addition to traditionally defined lipid parameters, nontraditional lipid parameters were significantly correlated with ifg, igt, igt+igt and t2dm in patients with cad, among which tg/hdl showed a stronger correlation in all groups. introduction type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm) and coronary heart disease (chd) are two chronic diseases that pose a huge public health burden [1]. chd is often accompanied by diabetes, possibly because both conditions arise from the same risk factors, such as abnormal inflammatory responses or abnormal lipid metabolism [2]. moreover, as a significant risk factor for coronary heart disease, diabetes may aggravate the progression of atherosclerosis, leading to poor clinical outcomes [3,4]. therefore, it is particularly important to control glucose metabolism in patients with coronary heart disease. however, abnormal blood glucose metabolism, including prediabetes (pre-dm) and dm, is becoming increasingly common; by 2045, more than 600 million people are estimated to develop prediabetes mellitus, and a similar number will develop diabetes mellitus, according to the 2017 global diabetes prevalence estimates and projections for 2045 [6]. furthermore, asians are more susceptible to diabetes mellitus, especially type 2 diabetes mellitus (t2dm), and other complications of coronary heart disease than westerners due to various factors [7]. dyslipidemia often accompanies abnormal glucose metabolism [8]. in addition to traditional lipid parameters including triglycerides (tg), total cholesterol (tc), high-density lipoprotein cholesterol (hdl-c), and low-density lipoprotein cholesterol (ldl-c), non-traditional lipid parameters such as tg/hdl-c, ldl-c/hdl-c, non-hdl-c, tc/hdl-c, and non-hdl-c/hdl-c are closely associated with the occurrence and development of pre-dm and t2dm. the reason may be that excessive cholesterol accumulation leads to β-cell dysfunction, thereby impairing glucose tolerance and affecting insulin secretion. furthermore, cholesterol deposition in islets may lead to increased aggregation of islet amyloid polypeptide and increased islet amyloid formation, which further impairs β-cell function and affects glucose homeostasis [9,10,11,12].of these, tg/hdl-c has been recognized as a potential predictive marker of insulin resistance (ir), which is a key trigger for the development of t2dm. elevated tg/hdl-c ratios have been shown to indicate a higher risk of incident t2dm in some studies [13]. furthermore, past studies have examined in detail sex-specific cutoff points for tg/hdl-c that classify participants as having high or low risk of ir and cardiovascular disease (cvd) [14.15]. the aim of this studywas to compare the tg/hdl relationship andother non-traditional lipid parameters with pre-dm and t2dm in the uzbek population of patients with coronary heart disease, and to test the association of high tg/hdl levels based on gender-specific thresholds with pre-dm and t2dm. material and methods of research.the study material was based on the examination data carried out at the khorezm regional endocrinology dispensary in 2020. a total of1,893,059 persons, including 1,205,335 adults and 624,275 children and adolescents. https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr1 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr2 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr3 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr4 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr6 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr8 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr9 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr10 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr11 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7#ref-cr12 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org the following patients were excluded: (1) younger than 35 years or older than 75 years; (2) patients with cancer, infection, or serious liver or kidney disease; (3) those with missing data on tg, tc, hdlc, ldl-c, fasting blood glucose (fbg), and hemoglobin a1c (hba1c). ultimately, 28,476 eligible subjects were included in the final analysis. the study material was 239 people, representing a 95% representative sample of the rural population of the tuprokkal district of the khorezm region. the population survey utilized the following methods: epidemiological, clinical, biochemical, instrumental, and statistical. in addition, we used a questionnaire we developed and refined to assess the risk of prediabetes and type 2 diabetes: findrisc. risk factors were also identified and assessed using the criteria of the who, the russian association of endocrinologists (2017), and the easd and ada (2015, 2018). research results.all examined persons were representatives of the indigenous population (uzbeks – 95%, as well as kazakhs, tatars, and russians) (table 1). the age distribution of those examined was as follows (who, 2021): 7 (2.9%) aged 18-34 years; 82 (34.3%) aged 35-44 years; 89 (37.2%) aged 45-54 years; 52 (25.2%) aged 55-64 years; 9 (21.7%) aged ≥65 years. we then examined the age characteristics of the surveyed rural population of tuprok-kal district, khorezm region (table 1). table 1 shows that there were 132 women and 107 men. of the 239 individuals, 100 patients with carbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes were identified. table 1 characteristics of the surveyed rural population tuprokkala district of khorezm region age groups total rural population female population male population n % n % n % 18-34 35-44 89 37.3 49 37.1 40 37.4 45-54 89 37.2 56 42,42 33 25.0 55-64 52 25.2 20 15.15 32 29.90 ≥ 65 9 21.7 7 5:30 2 3.7 total 239 100.0 132 55.23 107 1.9 we studied the age-related features of the epidemiology of prediabetes and type 2 diabetes among the rural population of tuprokkal district of khorezm region (table 2). table 2 distribution of carbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes in the population of tuprokkal district of khorezm region carbohydrate metabolism disorders groups ngn n=70 ntg n=24 newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes n=6 population without nvo n=20 male population n = 42 n=15 n=4 n=11 female population n=28 n=9 n=2 n=9 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org note:ifg impaired fasting glycemia, igt impaired glucose tolerance, t2dm type 2 diabetes mellitus, *p <0.05, ** <0.001 differences in data relative to individuals without im are significant as shown in table 2, carbohydrate metabolism disorders were detected in 38.2% of the individuals examined in the tuprok-kal district of the khorezm region. the prevalence of ifg was 70 cases (29.3%), igt was 24 cases (10.04%), and t2dm was 6 cases (2.5%). prediabetes was significantly more frequently diagnosed than t2dm (p < 0.005). thus, among 100 individuals with identified carbohydrate metabolism disorders, 46 patients with coronary heart disease were identified. the next objective of our study was to examine the baseline characteristics of 100 patients withcarbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes (table 3). table 3 baseline characteristics of 100 patients withcarbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes indicators ngn n = 70 ntg n=24 type 2 diabetes n=6 without nou p=20 family history of diabetes (%) 5.0±0.9* 9.5±1.2* 22.5±8.2** 1.2±0.3 garden (mmhg) 129.4±8.5 * 131.6±9.7* 155.6±11.3* 123.8±10.6 dbp (mmhg) 87.6±9.5* 85.3±7.3* 93.7±8.7* 80.8±11.5 alcohol consumption (%) 6.3±1.3* 9.7±1.2* 35.6±7.9* 1.7±0.3 smoking (%) 5.3±1.9* 12.8±3.4* 39.8±9.4* 2.6±0.8 hypertension (%) 7.2±2.3* 11.9±4.6* 38.4±8.9* 2.8±0.7 hyperlipidemia (%) 5.3±0.8 16.7±3.8 29.5±6.5 1.8±0.5 hba1c (%) 5.8*±1.5 6.2*±1.8 8.3*±2.3 4.6±1.5 gkn (mmol/l) 5.0±1.3 6.2±1.5 9.0±1.4 5.1±1.6 tg (mmol/l) 1.3±0.4 1.5*±0.4 1.6*±0.6 1.1±0.7 ox (mmol/l) 4.4±0.9 4.5±1.1 4.5±1.3 4.2±2.5 hdl-c (mmol/l) 1.1±0.3 1.1±0.3 1.2±0.8 1.1±0.4 ldl (mmol/l) 2.7±1.2 2.8*±0.8 2.8*±0.9 2.3±0.9 ldl/hdl 2.5±0.5 2.6±0.8 2.7*±0.7 2.1±0.8 ox/hdl 4.0±1.2 4.1±0.9 4.4*±0.9 3.1±0.7 tg/hdl 1.2±0.7 1.4±0.3 1.6±0.4 1.0±0.5 ldl-c/hdl 2.5±0.6 2.6±1.3 2.7*±0.5 2.1± 0.9* note: hba1c: glycated hemoglobin; fbg: fasting blood glucose; tg: triglycerides; tc: total cholesterol; hdl: high-density lipoprotein cholesterol; ldl: low-density lipoprotein cholesterol; * significance of differences with the group without hmo, where * is p < 0.005, and ** is p < 0.0001. as can be seen from the data presented in table 3, there were significant differences in a number of indicators compared with the group without nmd. thus, significant differences were found in family history of type 2 diabetes, systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, smoking, alcohol abuse, and hypertension with all studied patient groups (p < 0.005). moreover, patients with ifg + igt and https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org type 2 diabetes had the highest significance of differences in family history of type 2 diabetes, p < 0.0001. regarding biochemical parameters, it was revealed that the reliability of differences in the lipid spectrum was detected in patients with type 2 diabetes (p < 0.005), while in the other groups such differences were not detected. the next objective of our research was to study correlations between the ratio of triglycerides and lipid parameters with the risk of prediabetes in 46 patients with coronary heart disease withcarbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes (table 4). table 4 correlation (r) between the ratio of traditional and non-traditional lipid parameters with the risk of prediabetes in 46 patients with coronary heart disease withcarbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes indicators ngn n=25 ntg n=11 type 2 diabetes n=10 without nou p=0 traditional lipid parameters tg (mmol/l) 0.98** 1.26** 1.07** ox (mmol/l) 1.07** 1.10** 1.05** hdl-c (mmol/l) 1.20** 1.10** 1.14** ldl (mmol/l) 1.16** 1.10** 1.12** unconventional lipid parameters ldl/hdl 1.22** 1.12** 0.87** ox/hdl 1.23** 1.23** 0.84** tg/hdl 1.33. ** 1.29** 1.32** ldl-c/hdl 0.97** 1.06** 1.28** note: ;*reliability of differences with the group without nou, where** this is p < 0.0001. from table 4 it follows that there was a direct correlation with a high degree of reliability in relation tocorrelations (r) between the ratio of traditional and non-traditional lipid parameters with the risk of prediabetes in 46 patients with coronary heart disease withcarbohydrate metabolism disorders and type 2 diabetes. the highest correlation was observed with tg/hdl in all groups. conclusions 1. there were significant differences in a number of parameters compared to the group without nmd. thus, significant differences were found in family history of type 2 diabetes, systolic blood pressure, diastolic blood pressure, smoking, alcohol abuse, and hypertension with all studied patient groups (p < 0.005). moreover, patients with ifg+igt and type 2 diabetes had the highest significance of differences in family history of type 2 diabetes, p < 0.0001. 2. regarding biochemical parameters, it was revealed that the reliability of differences in the lipid spectrum was detected in patients with type 2 diabetes (p < 0.005). 3. in addition to traditionally defined lipid parameters, non-traditional lipid parameters were significantly correlated with ifg, igt, igt+igt and t2dm in patients with cad, among which tg/hdl showed a stronger correlation in all groups. https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 https://cardiab.biomedcentral.com/articles/10.1186/s12933-022-01531-7 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org references 1.konerding u, redaèlli m, ackermann k, altin s, appelbaum s, biallas b, bödecker aw, botzenhardt s, chermette c, cichocki m, dapper i, dehnen k, funke c, gawlik a, giesen l, goetz j, graf c, hagen b, heßbrügge m, höhne ph, kleinert j, könnecke h, küppers l, kuth n, lehmann l, lendt c, majjouti k, nacak y, neuhausen a, pilic l, schneider l, scholl m, simic d, sönnichsen a, thielmann a, van der arend i, vitinius f, weltermann b, wild d, wilm s, stock s. a pragmatic randomized controlled trial referring to a personalized self-management support program (p-sup) for persons enrolled in a disease management program for type 2 diabetes mellitus and/or for coronary heart disease. trials. 2021 sep 27;22(1):659. doi:10.1186/s13063-021-05636-4. 2. xu w, tian m, zhou y. the relationship between insulin resistance, adiponectin and c-reactive protein and vascular endothelial injury in diabetic patients with coronary heart disease. exp ther med. 2018 sep;16(3):2022-2026. doi: 10.3892/etm.2018.6407. 3. babes ee, bustea c, behl t, abdel-daim mm, nechifor ac, stoicescu m, brisc cm, moisi m, gitea d, iovanovici dc, bungau af, tit dm, bungau sg. acute coronary syndromes in diabetic patients, outcome, revascularization, and antithrombotic therapy. biomed pharmacother. 2022 apr;148:112772. doi: 10.1016/j.biopha.2022.112772. 4. dwivedi ak, dubey p, reddy sy, clegg dj. associations of glycemic index and glycemic load with cardiovascular disease: updated evidence from meta-analysis and cohort studies. curr cardiol rep. 2022 mar;24(3):141-161. doi:10.1007/s11886-022-01635-2. 5. chen s, gu z, sun j, pan b, fan q, zheng p, wang s, leng j, xiang y, lang j. clinicopathologic characteristics of primary vaginal clear cell carcinoma in china and an endometriosis malignant transformation case: a case series. chin med j (engl). 2022 mar 20;135(6):738-740. doi: 10.1097/cm9.0000000000001734. 6. yuan d, jiang p, zhu p, jia s, zhang c, liu y, liu r, xu j, tang x, zhao x, gao r, yang y, xu b, gao z, yuan j. prognostic value of fibrinogen in patients with coronary artery disease and prediabetes or diabetes following percutaneous coronary intervention: 5-year findings from a large cohort study. cardiovasc diabetol. 2021 jul 16;20(1):143. doi: 10.1186/s12933-021-01335-1. 7. zarkasi ka, abdul murad na, ahmad n, jamal r, abdullah n. coronary heart disease in type 2 diabetes mellitus: genetic factors and their mechanisms, gene-gene, and gene-environment interactions in the asian populations. int j environ res public health. 2022 jan 6;19(2):647. doi: 10.3390/ijerph19020647. 8. zhao jv, liu f, schooling cm, li j, gu d, lu x. using genetics to assess the association of commonly used antihypertensive drugs with diabetes, glycemic traits and lipids: a trans-ancestry mendelian randomization study. diabetologia. 2022 apr;65(4):695-704. doi:10.1007/s00125-02105645-7. 9. ouchi g, komiya i, taira s, wakugami t, ohya y. triglyceride/low-density-lipoprotein cholesterol ratio is the most valuable predictor for increased small, dense ldl in type 2 diabetes patients. lipids health dis. 2022 jan 7;21(1):4. doi:10.1186/s12944-021-01612-8. 10. ye y, gao j, liang j, yang y, lv c, chen m, wang j, zhu d, rong r, xu m, zhu t, yu m. association between preoperative lipid profiles and new-onset diabetes after transplantation in chinese kidney transplant recipients: a retrospective cohort study. j clin lab anal. 2021;35(8):23867.https://doi.org/10.1002/jcla.23867 https://doi.org/10.1002/jcla.23867 american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org 11. peng j, zhao f, yang x, pan x, xin j, wu m, peng yg. association between dyslipidemia and risk of type 2 diabetes mellitus in middle-aged and older chinese adults: a secondary analysis of a nationwide cohort. bmj open. 2021 may 25;11(5):e042821. doi: 10.1136/bmjopen-2020-042821. 12. bai z, zhang ds, zhang r, yin c, wang rn, huang wy, ding j, yang jl, huang py, liu n, wang yf, cheng n, bai yn. [a nested case-control study on relationship of traditional and combined lipid metabolism indexes with incidence of diabetes]. zhonghua liu xing bing xue za zhi. 2021 apr 10;42(4):656-661. chinese doi: 10.3760/cma.j.cn112338-20200401-00490. 13.kim j, shin sj, kim ys, kang ht. positive association between the ratio of triglycerides to highdensity lipoprotein cholesterol and diabetes incidence in korean adults. cardiovasc diabetol. 2021 sep 9;20(1):183. doi: 10.1186/s12933-021-01377-5. 14. salazar mr, carbajal ha, espeche wg, leiva sisnieguez ce, balbín e, dulbecco ca, aizpurúa m, marillet ag, reaven gm. relation among the plasma triglyceride/high-density lipoprotein cholesterol concentration ratio, insulin resistance, and associated cardio-metabolic risk factors in men and women. am j cardiol. 2012 jun 15;109(12):1749-53. doi: 10.1016/j.amjcard.2012.02.016. 15. salazar mr, carbajal ha, espeche wg, leiva sisnieguez ce, march ce, balbín e, dulbecco ca, aizpurúa m, marillet ag, reaven gm. comparison of the abilities of the plasma triglyceride/high-density lipoprotein cholesterol ratio and the metabolic syndrome to identify insulin resistance. diab vasc dis res. 2013 jul;10(4):346-52. doi: 10.1177/1479164113479809. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org chemical foundations of hormone action and hormonal receptors kurbanova mohira abduvahabovna associate professor, scientific supervisor, department medical and biological chemistry, tashkent state medical university, tashkent, uzbekistan mohira_1974@mail.ru hasanova shakhnozakhon akramovna student of tashkent state medical university, tashkent, uzbekistan khasanovashakhnoza72@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s hormones are biologically active chemical substances that regulate virtually all physiological processes in the human body—including growth, metabolism, reproduction, stress responses, and the maintenance of homeostasis. their action is based on the highly selective interaction between a hormone and its specific receptor, which triggers a cascade of intracellular signaling events. this article examines the chemical nature of various classes of hormones, the mechanisms of receptor binding, the main types of hormonal receptors, and the pathways of intracellular signal transduction. particular attention is given to the role of hormone–receptor interactions in metabolic regulation, as well as their significance for the diagnosis and treatment of endocrine disorders. hormones, hormone receptors, endocrine system, chemical structure of hormones, intracellular signal transduction, metabolism. introduction hormones are biologically active chemical substances secreted by endocrine glands and acting on distant target organs. their uniqueness lies in their high specificity: each hormone affects only those cells that contain its specific receptor. understanding the chemical mechanism of hormone action is crucial for medicine, as most endocrine disorders (diabetes mellitus, hypothyroidism, cushing’s syndrome, infertility) arise from dysfunction in the hormone–receptor interaction. modern pharmacology develops drugs that either mimic natural hormones or block their receptors. hormones and their receptors constitute an extremely precise chemical system that regulates all vital processes in the body. the chemical structure of a hormone determines its ability to bind to a specific receptor and initiate defined intracellular responses [1-3]. disruption of any component-hormone, receptor, or signaling pathway-leads to endocrine pathologies. understanding the molecular american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org mechanisms of hormonal action forms the foundation of contemporary endocrinology, pharmacology, and clinical medicine. main chapters hormones can be divided into several major classes according to their chemical nature. peptide hormones (insulin, vasopressin, oxytocin) are chains of amino acids synthesized as precursors (proproteins) and processed post-translationally. these hormones are hydrophilic and cannot freely cross the lipid bilayer of the cell membrane; their receptors are located on the cell surface and belong to families such as gpcrs (g protein–coupled receptors), receptor tyrosine kinases, and ionotropic receptors. binding of a peptide hormone to its membrane receptor rapidly activates secondary messengers (camp, ip₃/dag, intracellular ca²⁺), which modulate the activity of enzymes and ion channels and ultimately produce a physiological response [4-6]. steroid hormones (corticosteroids, androgens, estrogens, progesterone) are lipophilic derivatives of cholesterol. they readily diffuse across the membrane and bind to receptors in the cytoplasm or nucleus. the resulting hormone–receptor complex translocates into the nucleus, binds to regulatory dna sequences, and modulates the transcription of target genes, thereby exerting long-lasting effects through regulation of protein synthesis and functional remodeling of tissues [7]. amine hormones (adrenaline, noradrenaline, thyroxine) are derived from amino acids (tyrosine, tryptophan). adrenaline and noradrenaline act predominantly through gpcrs and rapidly regulate vascular tone, heart rate, and metabolism. thyroxine (t₄) and triiodothyronine (t₃) exhibit properties similar to steroid hormones: they circulate in protein-bound form and act via nuclear receptors, regulating the transcription of genes responsible for basal metabolic rate [8]. eicosanoids (prostaglandins, thromboxanes, leukotrienes) are local lipid mediators derived from arachidonic acid. they have a short half-life and act through membrane receptors to rapidly regulate inflammatory and vascular responses. fig.1.hormone types and their receptor diversity american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org signal transduction mechanisms include activation of adenylyl cyclase with subsequent camp production and activation of protein kinase a (pka); activation of phospholipase c leading to the formation of ip₃ and dag (ip₃ induces ca²⁺ release from the endoplasmic reticulum, while dag activates pkc); as well as direct tyrosine kinase activity (phosphorylation of target proteins) and proteolysis/modification of transcription factors. the final cellular response depends on context: receptor type, availability of secondary messengers, cross-regulatory mechanisms, and the expression level of receptor isoforms. pathology within the hormone–receptor system may be associated with insufficient hormone secretion (primary deficiency), excessive secretion (adenomas), receptor defects (hormone resistance), or impairments in post-receptor signaling pathways (secondary messenger abnormalities). a classical example is insulin resistance in type 2 diabetes mellitus, in which normal or elevated insulin levels fail to produce adequate glucose uptake due to defects in the insulin receptor or downstream signaling pathways (pi3k/akt) [9]. clinical applications of knowledge about hormone–receptor interactions include replacement therapy (insulin therapy, thyroxine replacement), the use of receptor agonists and antagonists (β-blockers, antiestrogens, angiotensin ii antagonists), as well as hormone-based therapy in oncology (aromatase inhibitors in estrogen-dependent breast cancer). modern approaches also involve the development of small-molecule and biological agents targeting components of signaling cascades (tyrosine kinase inhibitors, monoclonal antibodies). in conclusion, the chemical structure of hormones determines their transport pathways, receptor localization, and mechanisms of signal transduction. the distinctions between hydrophilic and lipophilic hormones underpin fundamentally different modes of action—ranging from rapid posttranslational regulation to long-term transcriptional remodeling. a clinical understanding of these mechanisms forms the basis for the diagnosis and treatment of a wide range of endocrine and somatic disorders. references: 1.alberts b., et al. molecular biology of the cell. garland science.: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk26830/ 2.hall j.e., guyton a.c. guyton and hall textbook of medical physiology. elsevier.: https://www.elsevier.com/books/guyton-and-hall-textbook-of-medical-physiology/9781455770052 3.berg j.m., tymoczko j.l., stryer l. biochemistry. w.h. freeman. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk22436/ 4.melmed s., polonsky k., larsen p.r. williams textbook of endocrinology. elsevier.:https://www.elsevier.com/books/williams-textbook-of-endocrinolo-gy/9780323555968 5.goodman & gilman. the pharmacological basis of therapeutics. mcgraw-hill. https://accessmedicine.mhmedical.com/book.aspx?bookid=2189 6.endocrine society. clinical practice guidelines. https://www.endocrine.org /clinical-practiceguidelines u.s. national library of medicine (nlm). overview of hormones and hormone receptors. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/nbk279396/ 7.american physiological society. review of hormonal signaling. https://journals.physiology.org/ https://www.endocrine.org/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org 8.national institute of diabetes and digestive and kidney diseases (niddk). hormonal disorders. https://www.niddk.nih.gov/ 9.u.s. national library of medicine (pubmed). articles on hormone receptors. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 39, august 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org concepts and symbols defining nafs almardonova aziza is the daughter of almamat toshdo'tau is a doctoral student of the first stage azizaalmardonova96@gmail.com phone : +998901315771 a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s in this study, the concepts of the self found in the works of our classical literature were sorted out. the article provides specific information about symbols related to lust. the embodiment of the concept of soul in the image of various animals is studied on the basis of poetic verses. in the study, using statistical, comparative-typological methods, the manifestations of classical works related to the concept of self were analyzed. symbols representing lust are classified separately. nafs, woman, bird, parrot, ostrich, lion, wild bird, carcass bird, world. introduction since the beginning of mankind, nafs and its related istilahs are constantly depicted side by side with it. in pre-islamic and post-islamic literature, lust has been described as a vice that encourages people to go astray. in religious and mystical sources, nafs is highlighted in order to educate a person, to encourage him to perfection, while in classical literature, the same goals are embodied as various concepts and symbols. at the very beginning, after the creation of adam and eve, the soul was instilled into their bodies. perhaps this is why allah tests them and requires them not to eat a fruit in paradise (in some sources it appears as wheat). but lust and the devil judge the minds of the two creatures and cause them to be expelled from paradise. 1. representation in the form of a woman. nafs is also expressed through the concept of the bride of the world, the bride of the world, and the old woman. in other words, the world attracts you like a bride in a thousand different clothes. you will feel that the air is nothing but lust, and that you have been deceived. only after that, the bride of the world, who has deceived you, will show her true face. she turns out to be a piri zol an old scheming old woman who deceived everyone, and later you will feel that you are late, that you are a slave to your ego, and then it will be too late, has lived in classical literature for centuries. in this sense, sufism literature, which expresses the reality of life in the metaphorical world, through symbols and symbols, has given the concept of self through various images. a woman in ibn sina's story "solomon and ibsol" . in the work, ibsol is described as follows: "god gave him (ibsol) a beautiful appearance and good fortune. when the boy came of age, the devil turned his eyes to him, and then he set his heart on him. the wife fell in love with him and couldn't bear to american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org contain her pain. 1a woman who begins to listen to lust and the command of the devil tries to attract a man to her in various ways. but ibn sina described the young man as having such a strong will that he could oppose any trick. ibsol, who did not want to leave his brother, whom he raised as a father instead of his father, in a difficult situation, began to occupy other countries. he takes himself to the battlefield to fight lust. in this work, ibn sina showed how the ego looks and what tricks it does to put people in a difficult situation in the image of a young man. in the image of ibsol, he reveals how to fight against his inner ego. at the end of the work, the following words are mentioned in the name of allah almighty: "if we test any of our friends with any of the rulings we have, if he is patient, he will be rewarded accordingly." 2abu ali ibn sina shows how to conquer the ego through his character who has strong patience and will. ibsol is one such person. representation in the form of birds. in the history of literature, there are many authors who wrote works about birds. the same idea is found in a story of our scholar jalaluddin rumi, who wrote down the most valuable works of sufism and philosophical thoughts. interestingly, in rumi, lust is embodied in the image of a bird , that is, a parrot . in his story "parrot's trick", 3a caged parrot escapes to freedom through a trick. a freed parrot says the following to its owner: “the parrot in india gave me advice by its actions. he said, stop talking and singing. because you are in a cage. then pretend to be dead and do what i did. if you pretend to be dead, like me, you will get out of the cage ," so the parrot flies away. so, in order to be free, his friends, you must first train your ego. that is, every person acts according to the orders of his soul. he is like a caged bird. if he can cultivate his ego, if he dies before dying, he will achieve true liberation. if you read stories written with romanian philosophy, it will seem like a work on ordinary domestic topics. but if you go inside, you will come across a real philosophy. another of his stories is called "the lust is like a savage lion," in which rumi describes the lust as a ravenous lion . a lion, deceived by a small rabbit, becomes a slave to his desires and is doomed to destruction. for this reason, not giving in to worldly wealth, keeping the heart and eyes full, and restraining the tongue are the first stages of overcoming the ego. in the work "pandnoma" by fariduddin attar, the desire is represented as a bird. describes as an ostrich , a mystic. if we pay attention to the word "ostrich", it is formed from the combination of two creatures, that is, a camel is an animal that walks on the ground and a bird flies in the sky. fariduddin attar also emphasizes this aspect. when they try to put a load on the ostrich, he replies that i am a bird. he replied that he would do it if he was given a task related to birds. lust is such a beast that it can appear in your eyes in the form of various creatures, even as a person close to you. concepts and symbols related to lust appear in various forms in classical works. in particular, in the work of ahmad yassavi, the carcass is depicted as a bird: ... the world is my love, the world is my love,4 the carcass is like a bird , and they have sunk into the wasteland. if we pay attention to the verses, it is said about those who are given to the wealth of the world, that is, those who are attached to it. such people are pointing to the impure life of a carrion bird, that is, a 1abu ali ibn sina. salomon and ibsol. translated by a. irisov. http://ziyo.com.library 2abu ali ibn sina. salomon and ibsol. translated by a. irisov. http://ziyo.com.library 3jalaluddin rumi. exemplary stories from "masnavi". www.ziyo.com library.-b.20 4ahmad yassavi. proverbs. -t.: " literature and art ", 1991.b.196 american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org carrion bird. this is exactly how he compares those who cannot overcome their lust. in another poem, he compares the ego to a "wild bird" : no matter what if your lust takes care of you, if you force it, it will not be long for allah. if you catch it, don't catch it like a wild bird . wake up from a sleepy night.5 yassavi draws attention to what a person's heart cannot grasp and says that those who become captives of the ego will never be able to overcome it. ahmed yassavi says that when the soul does what it says , it starts a person down. and he emphasizes that he will not be caught like a wild bird, that is, he will lose the right path. for this reason, this wild bird emphasizes that every person should overcome the ego and purify himself. nafs is a fierce enemy and a cruel disbeliever. a person who destroys the head of the demon of lust becomes the owner of the property of satisfaction and can acquire the treasure of purity. in alisher navoi's ghazals, the soul is depicted as the world, the dog of lust, as symbols. in the article "the symbol of the world in alisher navoi's works and its interpretations", the well-known literary critic and scientist nurboy jabbarov 6mentions that naviy used the world in two different senses: 1. the symbol of "the world" means the place where people live; 2. the interpretation of the symbol of "the world" as a veil that blocks mankind from enlightenment. the point we want to talk about is the second type. according to nurboy jabbarov, worldliness is denied in navoi's works, not the world. it is called to leave the love of the world, not the world. and love for the world is placed during the fulfillment of the commandment of the soul. for this reason, navoi quotes the following verses: o navoi, if you are a husband, divorce the world . there is no way out, this is a wicked trickster. in the third section of the work "hibat ul-haqayq" by ahmad yugnaki on "the changing state of the world", it is said that the world is transitory and never faithful to people: the world sometimes frowns, sometimes frowns, honey in one hand, poison in the other. eat sweetened with honey, he holds the poisoned chalice behind him.7 has shown the evil nature of lust on the example of the world . so, the world is embodied as ego. it makes your life as sweet as honey, so that you don't know that you have been deceived, says the poet. 5ahmad yassavi. hikmatar.-t.: "literature and art", 1991.-b.102 6jabbarov. n. the symbol of "the world" in the works of alisher navoi and its interpretations.-t.: "alisher navoi and the xxi century", 2021. 7 ahmad yugnaki. hibat ul-haqaiq.-t.: "sharq", 2013.-b.23. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org as a result, you begin to follow his orders without a word, and in the end you do not know that you are on the brink of destruction. nafs subjugates people with such tricks. if we look at the work of the great thinker alisher navoi, he did not write a single book about the self, but the idea of overcoming the self is the essence of almost all his works. in particular, "khamsa" epics give examples of the appearance of the ego in various forms. speaking about the sultans in the third section of the "hayrat ul-abrar" saga, he urges them not to destroy the whole country and the people in the face of the anxiety of existence:8 you are a drunkard and a drunkard. then whatever you want, you will be satisfied. the old man at the party maydin die every one is a mad dog. if you are more beautiful than a shiny leopard, the dog of lust is in the dog's mouth, but it is zabun. if we look at the verses from hayrat ul-abrar, nawai describes the self as a dog . alisher navoi believes that the sultans' indulgence in alcoholism and drunkenness is self-indulgence. the ruler of the country, who has lost his vigilance, entrusts not only himself, but also all his officials to the hands of the "dog of lust". for this reason, navoi urges the kings not to give in to life and act with justice. the well-known naveist ibrahim haqqul explains the phrase "dog of the soul" in his book "chained poems" as follows: "...in sufism poetry (poetic image), the dog is the soul." and dogs are the children of lust, that is, lustful animals." various calamities befall man because of lust. the reason is that various evils are caused by lust. if you sing five sweet songs, you are not enthusiastic. if you are eager to please, there is no one like you in the world. alisher navoi's most famous verses about self. in this verse, the word "besha" means grove, forest. hence, alisher navoi emphasizes overcoming the ego through the use of private scenes. that is, if you defeat the lion, the king of the forest, the most terrible force in the world, it cannot be a demonstration of your power and courage. maybe you deserve to be considered the most ambitious and brave person in the world only after destroying the dog of lust. navoi emphasizes the fact that nafs is stronger than a lion and compares it to a dog in his verses. for the poet, nafs is like a dog, but it is stronger than a lion in terms of its power and the ability to make a person reach its height. for this reason, hazrat navoi emphasizes that although he does not have the strength of a lion, he must have the will to overcome one soul. to sum up our research, there are several concepts and symbols of the ego. in the works of ibn sina, it is embodied as a woman and a bird , in the stories of rumi, it is embodied as a parrot and a lion . while fariduddin appears as an ostrich in attar, najmuddin appears as a giant in kubro . in the wisdom of ahmed yassavi, a carcass is found in the form of a bird and a wild bird . in the work of alisher navoi, the ego is represented by the symbols of a dog, the world, the building of the self, and the bride of the world . so, mystics and classical artists try to educate people by reflecting the ego in the psyche of some hero in their works. all well understand the nafs explained on the basis of these characters. they strive to be perfect people, not heroes in works. 8alisher navoi. hayrat ul-abror.-t. : nmiu named after gafur ghulam , 2011. american journal of technology and applied sciences 39, august 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org references 1. abu ali ibn sina. solomon and ibsol. translation by a. irisov. http://ziyo.com.library 2. jalaluddin rumi. exemplary stories from "masnavi". www.ziyo.com library. 3. ahmed yassavi. proverbs. -t.: " literature and art ", 1991. 4. jabborov. the symbol of "the world" in the works of n. alisher navoi and its interpretations.-t.: "alisher navoi and the xxi century", 2021. 5. ahmad yugnakiy. hibat ul-haqaiq.-t.: "sharq", 2013. 6. alisher navoi. hayrat ul-abror.-t. : nmiu named after gafur ghulam , 2011. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 33, february 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org kidney diseases in women of reproductive age against the background of physiological pregnancy khatamova matluba tilavovna bukhara state medical institute named after abu ali ibn sino, republic of uzbekistan, bukhara a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s with an uncomplicated pregnancy in a woman's body, a number of adaptive and adaptive processes develop (hypervolemia, fluid accumulation, changes in the content of electrolytes and non-electrolytes), in which the kidneys are directly involved. on the other hand, the appearance of uteroplacental blood circulation, an increase in regional hemodynamics during pregnancy cannot but affect the functional state of the kidneys of a pregnant woman. during physiological pregnancy, specific changes in kidney function occur, aimed at ensuring the normal process of gestation. however, ultrasound studies of the kidneys using intravital biopsy did not reveal any significant changes in the structure of the parenchyma. hypervolemia, fluid accumulation, changes in the content of electrolytes and nonelectrolytes introduction in uncomplicated pregnancy, a number of adaptive processes develop in a woman's body (hypervolemia, fluid accumulation, and changes in electrolyte and non-electrolyte content) in which the kidneys are directly involved as proved by an ultrasound examination. on the other hand, the emergence of uterine-placental circulation and the increase in regional hemodynamics during pregnancy cannot but affect the functional state of the pregnant woman's kidneys. in physiological pregnancy there are specific changes in renal function aimed at ensuring a normal gestational process. however, ultrasound and renal morphological examination by intravital biopsy did not reveal any significant changes in the renal parenchyma structure. purpose of the study: current issues of covid-19 prevention and investigation of kidney status in women of reproductive age in uncomplicated pregnancy. a normal pregnancy is characterized by marked anatomical and morphological changes in the urinary tract and kidneys. according to the data available in the literature, as a result of significant neurohumoral, hormonal and mechanical effects the size of the kidneys increase and the urinary tract american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org becomes enlarged. dilation of the calyx-lobule system and ureter" begins in the first trimester of physiological pregnancy and achieves its maximum in the 5th and 8th months, remaining during 1214 weeks after labour. the dilated calycolonoventricular system collects up to 150 ml or more of "residual urine". materials and methods: as shown by morphological and ultrasonic studies, the kidney is normally 7.5-12 cm long, 4.5-6.5 cm wide and 3.5-5 cm thick. the difference in length between the two kidneys should not exceed 1.5-2 cm. ultrasound investigation of 24 healthy non-pregnant women using the formula of ellipse, parenchyma and calyx-pelvis system revealed the following regularities: the left kidney volume was greater than the right by an average of 11.73 cm3 or 8.5% and was 138.12±17.31 cm3. this regularity was determined by the greater volume of the left kidney parenchyma. in 20 women with uncomplicated pregnancy, the study revealed that there was no increase in renal parenchyma volume by 12 weeks' gestation, whereas parenchyma volume increased significantly, more on the right (18.4 and 10.8%, respectively), it was also found that the increase in the parenchyma was mainly due to its thickness. the volume of the parenchyma and the total volume of the kidneys continued to increase in the second trimester of pregnancy. however, by 24 weeks, a significantly larger volume of the calyx-pelvis system and the total volume of the kidney on the right side are found. the third trimester, the predominant right-sided increase in total renal volume (mainly due to increased volume of calyx-pelvic fluid system), which reaches a maximum at 36 weeks of gestation and persists until delivery. a renal pelvis diameter of 3.4 mm to the right and 5.0 mm to the left in healthy non-pregnant women is also used to determine the extent of enlargement of the calyx-pelvis system. during uncomplicated pregnancy there is a progressive, predominantly right-sided increase in renal pelvis diameter from 5.0 mm in the first trimester to 10 and 12 mm in the right and third trimesters and from 3 mm to 4 and 6 mm on the left. an increase in the diameter of the pelvis over 17 mm in pregnancy is considered pathological. interestingly, in some cases hydronephrotic renal transformation in pregnancy is asymptomatic. it should be regarded as a risk factor for pyelonephritis, which aggravates its course and contributes to significant impairment of renal function. however, pelvic diameter measurement is considered by some authors to be not accurate enough due to a wide variability of pelvic dimensions depending on drinking regime, time of the day etc. discussion of the study materials: the peculiarity of renal blood flow during pregnancy is its increase in the first trimester and gradual decrease thereafter. the increase in renal blood flow in the early terms can reach 30-50% compared with that in non-pregnant women and by the end of pregnancy it can be even lower than that in nonpregnant women. thus, according to m. m. shehtman data, healthy non-pregnant women have a renal blood flow of 1100 ml/min at the average. in the first trimester of pregnancy it increases to 1460 ml/min; in the ii and iii trimesters it decreases to 1150 and 1050 ml/min respectively. renal blood flow decreases to 820 ml/min in the last 3 weeks before labour. literature data on the status of tubal reabsorption are contradictory. some suggest that it does not change with gestational progression, whilst others report a decrease. american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org water-salt metabolism undergoes significant changes during pregnancy: the total body water content increases due to the accumulation of extracellular fluid in blood vessels and interstitial space. the amount of fluid in the pregnant woman's organism may increase by 7 litres, and the amount of water contained in the fetus, placenta, amniotic fluid, uterus, urinary glands, mother's blood is 5.8 litres. potassium plays an essential role in electrolyte metabolism. this cation is located inside the cell. during pregnancy, the amount of potassium increases by 30% compared to non-pregnant women. the increase in plasma concentration of this cation in uncomplicated pregnancy and decrease of its excretion in the urine have been demonstrated by several researchers. a number of women with uncomplicated pregnancy may have glycosuria, often in the first half of pregnancy. glycosuria in pregnant women is caused by an increase in glucose glucose glucose glucose glucose filtration in excess of maximum reabsorption by tubules, as tubular reabsorption either remains unchanged or decreases slightly. the kidneys are involved in homeostasis maintenance not only due to their excretory function, but also due to very important metabolic activity of the tubular epithelium cells. the latter is related not only to the mechanisms of tubular transport, but also to the synthesis of hormones, low-molecular-weight proteins and peptides decomposition, as well as to metabolic transformations aimed at regulating body fluid composition. in uncomplicated pregnancy, as pregnancy progresses, there is increased activity of the kyllicrein-kinin system. its activation as well as that of the renin-aldosterone system in pregnancy is necessary to maintain vascular tone under increased circulating blood volume and to ensure adequate uterineplacental circulation. a direct correlation between renal function and the state of the foeto-placental system has been detected. the literature suggests an increased velocity of blood flow in the renal and uterine arteries during physiological pregnancy; the velocity of blood flow in the uterine arteries is higher than in the renal ones. there is also evidence of correlation between changes in the blood flow in the uterine arteries and functional state of the kidneys during pregnancy: an increase in systolic-diastolic ratio over 2.8, which reflects the resistance of the peripheral vascular bed, is followed by a decrease in endogenous creatinine clearance to 87+2.3 ml/min versus 114±3.2 ml/min for systolic-diastolic coefficient values below 2.6. conclusions: the literature data suggest that uncomplicated pregnancy results in a whole complex of adaptiveadaptive changes in renal function; this complex is aimed at ensuring an adequate course of the gestational process, fetal growth and development. in uncomplicated pregnancy there are significant changes in renal blood supply. renal blood flow during pregnancy depends on both changes in circulatory conditions in the kidneys themselves and in general hemodynamics. however, there is no direct correlation between renal blood flow and the main parameters of general hemodynamics (minute volume and circulating blood volume). american journal of technology and applied sciences 33, february 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org references 1. "tibbiotdayangikun" magazine №2, pages 292-295, 2019. res.uzbekistan. m.t.hotamova, i.i.tosheva. "aspects of the management of labour at antenatal discharge of amniotic fluid.". 2. "tibbiotdayangikun" magazine №2, page 345-349, 2019. res.uzbekistan. khatamova mt, "peculiarities of immune-hormonal indicators of the post-ferrin period". 3. "tibbiotdayangikun" magazine №2, page 316-319, 2019, res.uzbekistan. sh.zh.shukurlaeva, m.t.hotamova. "criteria for diagnosis after the birth of septic condition and methods of hemostasis". 4. extremely prolonged premature rupture of membranes / amici c. [et al.] // minerva ginecol. 2017. vol. 49. -p. 509-514. 5. "tibbiotdayangikun" №3 magazine page 275-278, 2019, res.uzbekistan. khatamova mt, soliyeva nk, "current features of chronic pyelonephritis in women of fetural age". american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 52 www.americanjournal.org variability of grain productivity depending on corn seedling density b.d. allashov deputy director for scientific affairs and innovations, research institute of livestock and poultry m. kh. zulfikorov independent researcher, samarkand state university of veterinary medicine, animal husbandry and biotechnology a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s improving livestock productivity largely depends on the development of a robust forage base. this forage base is strengthened through the cultivation of high-nutrition crops on agricultural lands. among these, corn stands out as one of the most important forage crops in animal husbandry due to its high yield potential. its cultivation significantly increases the amount of feed units harvested per hectare. moreover, corn grain is widely used in the production of high-quality compound feeds. one of the key factors in maximizing grain yield is determining the optimal plant density. this article presents the findings of research aimed at identifying the most suitable seedling density for achieving high grain productivity in the newly developed corn variety "uzbekistan-2018." animal husbandry, productivity, forage base, fodder crops, corn, grain yield, seedling density, economic efficiency. introduction in recent years, considerable attention has been paid to the livestock sector in uzbekistan. it is well known that not only in uzbekistan, but also globally, cattle breeding is considered a leading branch of animal husbandry and plays a key role in supplying the population with high-quality food products such as milk and meat. one of the main priorities in this sector is to further develop animal husbandry, increase the productivity of farm animals, and significantly expand the production volume of livestock products. to achieve these goals, it is essential to establish a strong forage base and increase the amount of feed units harvested per hectare, taking into account soil and climatic conditions. corn is one of the most important forage crops in livestock farming. in addition to its role as a key source of livestock feed, it is also a high-yielding, multi-purpose grain crop. corn can be used to produce quality concentrates, green mass, and silage. one kilogram of corn grain contains approximately 1.34 feed units. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org at present, determining the optimal seedling density for achieving high grain yields from the newly developed corn variety “uzbekistan-2018” — created by scientists at the research institute of livestock and poultry — is of particular importance. in the context of global climate change, the development of resource-efficient agrotechnologies for corn cultivation is crucial in ensuring the sustainable production of livestock feed. the effect of plant density on corn yield has been widely studied by both international and local researchers, including shmaraev g.g. (1975), kvyatkovsky a.f. (1980), shmaraeva g.e. (1985), severov v.i., kalashnikov k.g. (1988), tsikov v.s. (1989), derov a.i. (1992), sheshina a.a. et al. (1992), yankovsky n.g. (1994), telikh k.m. (1999, 2002), asyka yu.a. (2001), bagrintseva v.n. (2001), kravtsov i.a. (2001), petrenko i.m. (2001), orlyansky n.a., orlyanskaya n.a. (2005), massino a.i. (2010, 2011), azubekov l.kh., urusov a.k. (2012), shindin a.p., bagrintseva v.n., borshch t.i., gorbacheva a.g., sotchenko v.s., sotchenko e.f., sotchenko yu.v. (2012), beltukov l.p., kuvshinova e.k., tyurin i.m., kozlov v.a. (2015), mingalev s.k. (2018), shmalko i.a., bagrintseva v.n. (2019), cherkashina a.v., sotchenko e.f. (2019), orlyansky n.a., orlyanskaya n.a. (2021), heather darby, joe lauer (2021), cherkashina a.v. (2021), gubin s.v., loginova a.m., getz g.v. (2022), and merkulov p.yu., mingalev s.k. (2022). these studies have explored the relationship between corn plant density and grain yield. materials and methods the object of the study was the “uzbekistan-2018” corn variety. the purpose of the research was to investigate the effect of seedling density on green mass yield. the study involved field experiments, laboratory analyses, and phenological observations. the research methodology was based on widely accepted guidelines, including “methodology of field experiments with corn” (dnipropetrovsk, 1984) and “methodology of breeding experiments with corn” by i.v. savchenko (2012). the data obtained were statistically analyzed using the methodology of b.a. dospekhov (“methodology of field experiments”, moscow, 1985), as well as modern dispersion analysis methods (anova – analysis of variance) results and discussion research was conducted to determine the optimal seedling density for achieving maximum grain yield from the “uzbekistan-2018” corn variety. in experimental plots where the “uzbekistan-2018” variety was cultivated for grain, the influence of seedling density on grain productivity was specifically studied. table 1 presents the grain yield data obtained during the first year of the experiment under various plant density conditions. according to the data in the table, the average grain yields observed at different seedling densities were as follows:at 60,000 plants/ha – 100.2 centners/ha, at 65,000 plants/ha – 105.3 centners/ha, at 70,000 plants/ha – 112.5 centners/ha, at 75,000 plants/ha – 105.6 centners/ha, at 80,000 plants/ha – 102.4 centners/ha,at 85,000 plants/ha – 99.3 centners/ha american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org table 1 grain yield indicators at different seedling densities (2022), c/ha variants relapces average (c/ha) 1relapce 2relapce 3relapce 4relapce 1-variant, 60 plants/ha 100,6 98,2 99,8 102,2 100,2 2-variant, 65 plants/ha 105,4 107,6 103,2 104,8 105,3 3-variant, 70 plants/ha 110,6 114,6 116,4 108,2 112,5 4-variant, 75 plants/ha 104,6 106,2 105,4 106 105,6 5-variant, 80 plants/ha 105,4 101,3 100,6 102,4 102,4 6-variant, 85 plants/ha 98,4 100,4 99,6 98,7 99,3 these results indicate that the highest grain yield was obtained at a seedling density of 70,000 plants per hectare the grain yield indicators for the second year of the research are presented in table 2. table 2 grain yield indicators at different seedling densities (2023), c/ha variants relapces average (c/ha) 1relapce 2relapce 3relapce 4relapce 1-variant, 60 plants/ha 105,8 106,4 105,4 108,4 106,5 2-variant, 65 plants/ha 110,4 112,6 108,6 109,8 110,4 3-variant, 70 plants/ha 113,8 118,4 120,2 109,2 115,4 4-variant, 75 plants/ha 106,2 105,6 106,4 110,6 107,2 5-variant, 80 plants/ha 106,2 108,4 107,2 103,6 106,4 6-variant, 85 plants/ha 102,4 99,6 101,5 99,8 100,8 according to the data presented in the table, when the crop was planted at a density of 60 thousand plants/ha, the average grain yield was 106.5 c/ha; at 65 thousand plants/ha – 110.4 c/ha; at 70 thousand plants/ha – 115.4 c/ha; at 75 thousand plants/ha – 107.2 c/ha; at 80 thousand plants/ha – 106.4 c/ha; and at 85 thousand plants/ha, the average grain yield was 100.8 c/ha. the grain yield indicators for the third year of the research are presented in table 3. according to the data presented in the table, when the crop was planted at a density of 60 thousand plants/ha, the average grain yield was 104.8 c/ha; at 65 thousand plants/ha – 106.6 c/ha; at 70 thousand plants/ha – 113.4 c/ha; at 75 thousand plants/ha – 107.9 c/ha; at 80 thousand plants/ha – 100.1 c/ha; and at 85 thousand plants/ha, the average grain yield was 99.8 c/ha. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org table 3 grain yield indicators at different seedling densities (2024), c/ha variants relapces average (c/ha) 1relapce 2relapce 3relapce 4relapce 1-variant, 60 plants/ha 103,4 102,6 108,4 104,6 104,8 2-variant, 65 plants/ha 106,8 107,2 105,2 107,2 106,6 3-variant, 70 plants/ha 110,4 116,4 114,2 112,6 113,4 4-variant, 75 plants/ha 108,2 109,6 107,4 106,5 107,9 5-variant, 80 plants/ha 98,6 102,4 100,6 98,8 100,1 6-variant, 85 plants/ha 100,2 98,6 99,4 100,8 99,8 over the three years of trials, grain yields were recorded across all variants and replications. the summarized annual averages are presented in table 4 and visualized in figure 1. table 4 average grain yield by year and variant (c/ha) years variants scheme 1-year 2022 2-year 2023 3-year 2024 average (c/ha) 1variant 70x24,0-1 100,2 106,5 104,8 103,8 2variant 70x22,0-1 105,3 110,4 106,6 107,4 3variant 70x20,5-1 112,5 115,4 113,4 113,8 4variant 70x19,0-1 105,6 107,2 107,9 106,9 5variant 70x18,0-1 102,4 106,4 100,1 103,0 6variant 70x17,0-1 99,3 100,8 99,8 100,0 the effect of planting density on grain yield was observed. from the results presented above, it can be concluded that the 3rd variant (70×20.5–1 planting scheme, 70,000 plants/ha) provided the highest and most consistent grain yields across all three years. therefore, this seedling density is recommended as the optimal planting scheme for maximizing grain yield in the “uzbekistan-2018” corn variety. figure 1. grain yield indicators in the experimental corn plots sown for grain, c/ha 90.0 95.0 100.0 105.0 110.0 115.0 60 минг туп/га 65 минг туп/га 70 минг туп/га 75 минг туп/га 80 минг туп/га 85 минг туп/га 103.8 107.4 113.8 106.9 103.0 100.0 american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org it is known that the advantages of agrotechnological processes used in cultivating agricultural crops, including corn, are reflected in indicators of economic efficiency. the economic efficiency of sowing the newly created corn variety “uzbekistan-2018” for grain at different plant densities was analyzed, and the results of the analysis are presented in table 5 below. table 5 economic efficiency of sowing corn for grain at different plant densities variants indicators 60k plants 65k plants 70k plants 75k plants 80k plants 85k plants grain yield (c/ha) 103,8 107,4 113,8 106,9 103 100 grain output, % 74,1 74,8 75,9 74,7 73,8 72,5 net grain yield, c/ha7 76,9 80,3 86,4 79,9 76 72,5 yield increase vs. control, c/ha 3,4 9,5 2,9 -0,9 -4,4 yield increase vs. control, % 4,4 12,3 3,8 -1,2 -5,7 price per 1 c of grain, thousand uzs 400 400 400 400 400 400 income from grain yield per ha, thousand uzs 30766,3 32134,1 34549,7 31941,7 30405,6 29000 production cost per ha, thousand uzs 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 price per 1 kg of seed, thousand uzs 15 15 15 15 15 15 1000-grain weight, g 313 308 304,3 297,3 288,7 280,3 seed required, kg 18,8 20 21,3 22,3 23,1 23,8 seed cost, thousand uzs 282 300 319,5 334,5 346,5 357 total expenses, thousand uzs 9282 9300 9319,5 9334,5 9346,5 9357 net profit, thousand uzs 21484,3 22834,1 25230,2 22607,3 21059,1 19643 additional net profit vs. control, thousand uzs 1349,8 3745,8 1122,9 -425,2 -1841,3 profitability, % 23,1 24,6 27,1 24,2 22,5 21 in this case, the planting density of 60,000 plants/ha was taken as the control. from the data, it can be observed that up to the density of 70,000 plants/ha, the additional net profit compared to the control increases. the additional net profit was 1,349.8 thousand uzs/ha at 65,000 plants/ha, 3,745.8 thousand uzs/ha at 70,000 plants/ha, and 1,122.9 thousand uzs/ha at 75,000 plants/ha. at 80,000 and 85,000 plants/ha, however, there was a loss of –425.2 thousand uzs/ha and –1842.0 thousand uzs/ha respectively. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org conclusion based on the results of the conducted studies and the data presented in the tables and figures above, it can be concluded that as the number of plants increased from 60,000 to 70,000 per hectare, grain yield increased. however, when the density exceeded 70,000 plants/ha, a decrease in grain yield indicators was observed. thus, for grain cultivation of the corn variety “uzbekistan-2018,” the most economically effective plant density is 70,000 plants/ha. references 1. азубеков л.х., урусов а.к. памятка кукурузовода. нальчик, 2012. с. 19. 2. асыка, ю.а. гибрид кукурузы. прогноз 132св / ю.а. асыка // кукуруза и сopго. – 2001. – № 1. – с. 24. 3. атабаева х.н., рўзметов р. дала экинларини етиштиришни илғор технологиялари. тошкент 2004 йил. 33 бет. 4. багринцева в.н. сортовая агротехника как фактор реализации генетического потенциала гибридов кукурузы // доклады российской академии сельскохозяйственных наук. 2013. № 5. с. 17–19. 5. багринцева, в.н. урожайность гибридов кукурузы при разной густоте стояния растения / в.н. багринцева, т.и. бopщ, и.а. шapапова // кукуруза и сopго. – 2001. – № 5. – с 2–4. 6. бельтюков л.п., кувшинова е.к., тюрин и.м., козлов в.а. продуктивность гибридов кукурузы в зависимости от удобрений и густоты стояния растений : монография. зерноград : азово-черноморский инженерный институт фгбоу впо дгау, 2015. 182 с. 7. возделывание силосной кукурузы по зерновой технологии и производство кopмов из початков. агрономическая тетрадь/ под редакцией h.a. поспелова. м.: россельхозиздат, 1985. 94 с. 8. домашнев п.п., дзюбецкий б.в., костюченко в.и. селекция кукурузы. м. : агропромиздат, 1992. 204 с. 9. доспехов б.а. «методика полевого опыта. 5-е изд.» м.: агропромиздат, 1985. 351 с. 10. каримов, а. а. (2005). маккажўхори ва унинг селекцияси. тошкент: агробиология ва селекция институти. 11. кузнецов а.и., кулешов м.с. "маккажўхори селексияси ва генетикаси: янги навлар ва дурагайларни яратиш" -.(2015) 12. “методика полевых опытов с кукурузой” (днепропетровск, 1984) услубий қўлланмаси. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 1 www.americanjournal.org influence of environmental physical factors on human health turdaliyeva zarina bahodir qizi, niyazova olga andreevna, g'aniqulova sevinch umidjon qizi tashkent state medical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article examines the main physical factors of the environment: noise, lighting, vibration, and electromagnetic fields, their effects on the human body, and the role of these factors in shaping favorable or adverse living conditions. an analytical review of modern national and international studies was carried out to assess the influence of these factors on physiological and psychological functions. the approaches of different authors to evaluating permissible exposure levels are compared, and ways to prevent negative impacts are discussed. physical factors, noise, light, vibration, electromagnetic fields, health, environment, hygiene, living conditions. introduction a person in the modern world is exposed to many physical environmental factors on a daily basis [6, 7, 8]. this includes noise, light levels, vibrations, electromagnetic fields of various origins, temperature fluctuations, and others. at moderate values, these factors provide comfortable living conditions, but if they exceed acceptable levels, they become a source of chronic stress, functional disorders and diseases [8, 9, 10, 13, 15]. according to the article "physical factors of the living environment and their significance in shaping human living conditions", noise and light conditions have the most pronounced effect on the body, especially during prolonged stay in unfavorable conditions. similar conclusions are presented in the article "the influence of physical factors on public health", which emphasizes that chronic exposure to physical stimuli leads to a violation of neurohumoral regulation and a decrease in performance. at the same time, as the report notes, physical factors are not always exclusively negative. optimal levels of light and sound are necessary for the normal regulation of biorhythms and psychoemotional state. thus, the hygienic assessment of these impacts should be aimed not only at reducing their intensity, but also at creating a balanced environment [11, 14]. the aim of the study is to analyze scientific sources devoted to the study of the influence of physical environmental factors on human health, conduct a comparative analysis of data from domestic and foreign authors, and determine the main directions for the prevention of adverse effects. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 2 www.americanjournal.org research methods the work was performed using an analytical method that includes the study of scientific publications and regulatory materials on the topic. we also applied a comparative method (to analyze differences in approaches to assessing factors in different countries) and a review method, which involves systematizing existing data on the physiological mechanisms of the influence of noise, light, vibration, and electromagnetic fields. general provisions on the influence of physical factors on the human body. physical environmental factors are a set of non-biological influences that affect the physiological, mental, and social functions of a person. these include noise, light, vibration, temperature, and electromagnetic and radiation fields. their effects can be either beneficial or harmful, depending on the intensity, duration, and nature of the contact. chronic exposure to physical stimuli leads to functional disorders of the central and autonomic nervous systems, sleep disorders, and increased fatigue. researchers note that it is the long-term, weak, but constant exposure to such factors that is most dangerous, since the body does not have time to adapt [6]. noise and light pollution in modern cities is increasingly seen as a significant factor affecting public health. noise levels in densely populated areas often exceed acceptable sanitary standards, which leads to an increase in cardiovascular and psychosomatic diseases. improper lighting, both excessive and insufficient, contributes to disruption of circadian rhythms and a decrease in human cognitive functions [11]. thus, physical factors not only shape the quality of life, but also have a systemic effect on all levels of the body, from cellular to behavioral. for a complete hygienic assessment, it is necessary to take into account not only the strength of the stimulus, but also its combination with other influences. noise as a health risk factor noise is one of the most common adverse physical factors in the modern environment. according to the who definition, noise is an undesirable or harmful sound that affects human health and wellbeing. noise sources can include transport, industrial facilities, household appliances, and even communication devices [1]. numerous studies support the link between chronic noise exposure and increased levels of stress hormones such as cortisol and epinephrine. prolonged acoustic exposure activates the hypothalamicpituitary-adrenal system, which causes vasoconstriction, increased blood pressure and the development of vascular dysfunction. these processes contribute to the formation of hypertension, coronary heart disease, and sleep disorders [5]. in addition to physiological effects, noise has a noticeable effect on the psycho-emotional state of a person. prolonged exposure to noise levels above 60 db contributes to the development of anxiety, reduced concentration and increased irritability, even in healthy people. children's audiences are particularly sensitive to noise: a constant high sound level can slow down speech development and reduce academic performance [2]. european countries are actively implementing measures to reduce the level of traffic noise: noise screens are being installed, special noise-absorbing road surfaces are being applied, and acoustic american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 3 www.americanjournal.org comfort standards are being introduced in the design of residential buildings. similar approaches are gradually being developed in our countries, but there is still a need to tighten control over compliance with sanitary standards and noise requirements in the residential environment [4]. therefore, noise is not just an inconvenience, but a serious risk factor affecting the human cardiovascular, nervous and endocrine systems. electromagnetic fields and their influence on the human body. the impact of electromagnetic fields on human health remains a subject of scientific debate. although most studies do not reveal a direct carcinogenic effect, more and more evidence points to the ability of emf to cause functional disorders of the nervous system, sleep disorders, and headaches with prolonged exposure [8]. low-intensity electromagnetic fields emitted by household devices can affect the bioelectric activity of the brain and cause a decrease in concentration. the degree of risk is determined by the distance to the radiation source and the duration of contact [2]. chronic exposure to electromagnetic fields in employees of energy companies often leads to the development of vegetative disorders, heart rhythm disorders and increased fatigue. to reduce the risk, it is recommended to maintain a safe distance between radiation sources and workplaces, as well as to use protective screens and personal protective equipment [7]. in general, despite the lack of unambiguous evidence of severe pathologies, prevention of emf exposure is an important area of modern hygiene, especially in the context of digitalization and urbanization. lighting and light environment as an element of hygienic assessment of the living environment. lighting is one of the most significant factors that determine the comfort and safety of human living conditions. light not only enables visual perception, but also plays a key role in regulating the body's biological rhythms, psychoemotional state, and metabolic processes. insufficient illumination of the premises leads to visual fatigue, headaches, irritability and a decrease in emotional state. at the same time, excessively bright or uneven lighting causes blinding, overexertion of the eye muscles and dizziness. to maintain visual and psychoemotional comfort, it is important to ensure optimal parameters of the light environment [7]. in recent years, special attention has been paid to the effects of artificial lighting at night. excessive light levels, especially when the blue spectrum prevails, inhibit the production of melatonin, the sleep hormone that regulates circadian rhythms. impaired melatonin secretion leads to sleep disorders, a weakened immune system, and increases the risk of developing metabolic diseases, including obesity and type 2 diabetes [2]. artificial lighting at night is increasingly regarded as one of the new types of environmental pollution. constant exposure to bright light sources, such as street lamps, advertising screens, and household appliances, has a long-term negative effect on the human nervous and endocrine systems, disrupting the natural mechanisms of biorhythm regulation [8]. foreign hygiene standards recommend the use of dynamic lighting systems that adapt the intensity and spectrum of light depending on the time of day. this solution helps maintain the body's natural biorhythms and reduces the risk of overwork. russian and uzbek sanitary standards similarly set american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 4 www.americanjournal.org requirements for the level of illumination of residential and educational premises (from 100 to 500 lux, depending on the type of activity), but the issues of light pollution are not yet sufficiently reflected in hygiene documents. as a result, the light environment is not just an element of comfort, but the most important hygienic factor that requires strict regulation and a conscious approach when designing residential and public spaces. vibration as a physical and professional impact factor vibration is an oscillatory motion of solid bodies transmitted through supporting surfaces to the human body. it is a characteristic factor of both the industrial and urban environment. its sources are traffic flows, construction equipment, building engineering systems, and household appliances. prolonged exposure to vibration causes the development of occupational pathology-a vibration disease characterized by impaired microcirculation, pain in the extremities, numbness of the fingers and a decrease in tactile sensitivity [6]. the impact of vibration is manifested not only in physical discomfort, but also in a decrease in cognitive functions and the ability to concentrate. when the vibration level exceeds 1.15 m / s2, there are disturbances in equilibrium, slowing down the reaction, and increasing the probability of errors during operation [3]. domestic sanitary standards set maximum permissible levels of general vibration: up to 0.63 m / s2 when exposed to the entire body and up to 2.0 m/s2 when exposed to local vibration (for example, when working with a hand tool). if these values are exceeded, contact time should be reduced, shock absorbers should be applied, and preventive medical examinations should be performed. it can be noted that vibration, like noise, is a factor with a multi-level impact: from functional disorders to organic changes in the vascular and nervous systems. its hygienic assessment should take into account not only the intensity, but also the duration of exposure, as well as the nature of transmission through surfaces and building structures. combined effect of physical factors in real conditions, a person is rarely exposed to only one of the factors. much more often, they act in a complex, mutually reinforcing the unfavorable influence of each other. combined exposure to noise and artificial lighting at night causes more pronounced sleep disturbances and increased levels of stress hormones compared to the influence of each of these factors separately. similar results are observed with the combined effect of noise and vibration, which is manifested by increased vascular spasm, increased blood pressure, and decreased cognitive performance [2, 10]. the combination of physical and psychoemotional stress forms the so-called total load effect, in which even moderate levels of factors that are safe separately become harmful when combined. particular importance is attached to the need to take into account the combined impact of all physical environmental factors in health protection programs. modern approaches assume the concept of "total exposure", aimed at assessing the overall level of physical activity per person during the day [11]. in russian practice, such a methodology is still being developed, but hygiene science is gradually moving from an isolated analysis of factors to a systematic approach that takes into account the interaction of light, noise, vibration, microclimate and electromagnetic fields. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 5 www.americanjournal.org consequently, environmental hygiene assessment should consider not only each factor separately, but also their combined impact, which will allow for more accurate health forecasting and the development of effective preventive measures. comparative analysis of domestic and foreign approaches the analysis of russian and english sources shows that the approaches to assessing physical factors are generally similar, but there are differences in the level of regulatory rigor and emphasis. the russian school of hygiene traditionally pays great attention to sanitary standards and medical control (for example, sanitary standards for light, vibration, and noise levels). russian articles focus on the physiological consequences and the need for prevention in the workplace. in foreign studies, more and more attention is paid to the psychological and behavioral aspects of the impact of physical environmental factors. of particular interest are data on the impact of environmental conditions on the level of stress, performance and cognitive abilities of a person [2]. in international practice, much attention is paid to reducing the impact of physical factors on human health. in the uk, standards require the participation of ergonomics specialists in the design of workplaces, and in the us, educational campaigns are being implemented to raise awareness about the dangers of noise and light pollution. projects to reduce vibration loads and control the acoustic climate are being actively implemented at the international level, and there are trends towards the development of similar approaches in other countries [4]. thus, the national approach can be characterized as medical and regulatory, while the foreign approach can be described as comprehensive, taking into account social and psychological components. conclusions. 1. physical environmental factors have a multifaceted impact on human health, affecting both physiological and mental functions. the most significant ones are noise, illumination, vibration, and electromagnetic fields, which are affected at various levels, from cellular to systemic. 2. current research, including data from the environmental health project, uk parliament, and kowalska-koczwara et al., confirms that the problem is interdisciplinary in nature. to solve this problem, we need to combine the efforts of medicine, engineering, urban studies, and social policy. 3. the main difficulties of prevention are insufficient standardization of standards, lack of a comprehensive assessment of combined impacts, and poor public awareness of the risks associated with physical environmental factors. 4. effective prevention should include constant monitoring of environmental parameters, rational organization of lighting and acoustics, use of protective equipment, optimization of vibration isolation and development of environmental education among the population. 5. the development prospects are to improve hygiene regulation systems, introduce smart building technologies, and develop cross-industry programs that combine healthcare, ecology, and industrial safety. references: 1. воздействие шума на организм человека // интернет-публикация. — brisex.ru, 2024. https://share.google/uttw2sm5ecajlqjym https://share.google/uttw2sm5ecajlqjym american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 6 www.americanjournal.org 2. environmental health project. noise, light & vibration. — аналитический отчёт организации / analytical report. — environmental health project, usa, 2023. https://www.environmentalhealthproject.org/noise-light-vibration 3. health and safety executive (hse). lighting, thermal comfort, working space, noise and vibration. — официальный интернет-ресурс / official website publication. — united kingdom. https://www.hse.gov.uk/humanfactors/topics/lighting.htm 4. kowalska-koczwara a., pachla f., nering k. environmental protection against noise and vibration // материалы международной конференции / iop conference series: materials science and engineering. — 2021. https://share.google/okf6vmimgdkoee6mr 5. münzel t., hahad o., sørensen m., schmidt f.p., steven s., daiber a. environmental noiseinduced effects on stress hormones, oxidative stress, and vascular dysfunction: key factors in the relationship between cerebrocardiovascular and psychological disorders // научная статья. — oxidative medicine and cellular longevity. — published by national library of medicine (nlm), national center for biotechnology information (ncbi), pubmed central (pmc). https://share.google/ehstqukzfnn8qpjnk 6. пердебаева г.д. влияние физических факторов на здоровье населения // научная статья. — здоровье населения и среда обитания. https://share.google/f3ju11rtux4grpvvk 7. ниязова, о. а., & валиулин, р. и. (2022). изучение и гигиеническая оценка фактического питания студентов (doctoral dissertation, doctoral dissertation, молодежный инновационный вестник. научно-практический журнал). 8. физические факторы жилой среды и их значение в формировании условий жизнедеятельности человека // научная статья по материалам книги – "безопасность жизнедеятельности" под редакцией проф. э. а. арустамова. https://share.google/ktbhyzrnfmjomjuivhttps://share.google/ehstqukzfnn8qpjnk 9. niyazova, o. a. (2018). study of the influence of physical education on the functional state of the organism of pupils of comprehensive schools. medical scientific bulletin of central chernozemye (naučno-medicinskij vestnik centralʹnogo černozemʹâ), (73), 54-58. 10. niyazova, o. a., yuldasheva, f. u., & norqulov, s. j. (2025, march). sleep hygiene of students. in innovate conferences (pp. 13-16). 11. uk parliament. house of lords. science and technology committee. the neglected pollutants: the effects of artificial light and noise on human health. — официальный парламентский отчёт / parliamentary report. — 2nd report of session 2022–23. https://share.google/7senqgljt2urngq6f 12. tadjieva, k. s., kosimova, k. t., & niyazova, o. a. (2025). the role of air pollution in the development of cardiovascular diseases. 13. ниязова, о. а., хусниддинова, м. с., махкамова, д. м., & нигматуллаева, д. ж. (2025, march). микроклимат классных помещений общеобразовательной школы и здоровье учащихся. international conference on advance research in humanities, applied sciences and education. 14. рахимов, б. б., садирова, м. к., & ниязова, о. а. (2024). прогресс в мониторинге качества атмосферного воздуха в узбекистане: технические https://www.environmentalhealthproject.org/noise-light-vibration https://www.hse.gov.uk/humanfactors/topics/lighting.htm https://share.google/okf6vmimgdkoee6mr https://share.google/ehstqukzfnn8qpjnk https://share.google/f3ju11rtux4grpvvk https://share.google/ktbhyzrnfmjomjuivhttps:/share.google/ehstqukzfnn8qpjnk https://share.google/7senqgljt2urngq6f american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org достижения и их роль в управлении экологической обстановкой. 27th-international conference on innovations in applied sciences, education and humanities. 15. юлдашева, ф. у., & ниязова, о. а. (2025, march). влияние загрязнения атмосферного воздуха в узбекистане на самочувствие студентов тма. in innovate conferences (pp. 19-22). 16. хайитов, ж. б., бурибоев, э. м., & ниязова, о. а. (2023). исследование и оценка фактического питания детей и подростков спортсменов. academic research in educational sciences, 4(tma conference), 449-454. 17. муяссарова, м. м. (2018). изучение уровня медицинской активности сельского населения. молодой ученый, (5), 64-66. 18. niyazova, o. a., & mirsagatova, m. r. (2024). the study of risk factors for the development of caries in pupils of the first grades in secondary schools. 19. ikramova, n. a., mirsagatova, m. r., jalolov, n. n., kasimova, k. t., sultonov, e. y., & sadirova, m. k. (2025, april). the effect of thermal load on the body of outdoor workers: analysis based on medical and hygienic indicators. international conference on advance research in humanities, applied sciences and education. 20. jalolov, n. (2017). жигар касалликларида ибн сино қарашлари ва замонавий тиббиётда беморлар ҳаққоний овқатланишини касаллик ривожланишидаги ўрни. 21. umedova, m. e., & jalolov, n. n. (2025, april). the role of interactive educational technologies in the modern education system. international conference on advance research in humanities, applied sciences and education. 22. ниязова, о. а., & имамова, а. о. (2023). совершенствование организации оказания медицинских услуг и цифровой среты. европейский международный журнал междисциплинарных исследований и управленческих исследований, 3(02), 41-46. 23. axmadaliyeva, n., imamova, a., nigmatullayeva, d., jalolov, n., & niyazova, o. (2022). maktabgacha yoshdagi bolalarda sog ‘lom turmush tarzini shakllantirishning dasturiy platformasi. 24. zakirkhodjaev, s. y., sadirova, m. k., niyazova, o. a., & abdirova, a. m. (2024). nutritional needs in chronic liver disease. 25. kosimova, h. t., niyazova, o. a., & tadjiyeva kh, s. (2025). the impact of urban environmental factors on cardiovascular diseases: a case study of tashkent city. web of medicine: journal of medicine, practice and nursing, 3(4), 71-76. 26. sadirova, m. k., kosimova, k. t., & niyazova, o. a. (2025, april). the importance of general nutrition in general school students. international conference on advance research in humanities, applied sciences and education. 27. yuldasheva, f. u., & niyazova, o. a. (2025, march). factors of caries development in young children. in the conference hub (pp. 22-25). 28. mirsagatova, m. r., & niyazova, o. a. (2024). environmental problems of our time and ways to solve them. european journal of modern medicine and practice, 4(12), 221-222. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 72 www.americanjournal.org development of laws on islamic finance in the legislation of uzbekistan sattarova dilfuza dilshodbekovna, senior lecturer of “economy” faculty of mamun university e-mail: sattarovadilfuza1725@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the legal framework for organizing and coordinating the activities of islamic finance organizations in uzbekistan, the content and essence of regulatory legal documents adopted in the field of islamic finance, and the processes of their implementation in practice. islamic finance, legal framework, microfinance organizations, islamic corporation for the development of the private sector, digital banks. introduction the islamic financial system, which has formed as an important branch of the global banking and financial system, is becoming stronger year by year. in a short period, the volume of the global islamic banking and financial system has increased from 758 billion us dollars (2007) to 4.2 trillion us dollars (2023)[1]. this system is developing rapidly and is projected to reach 5.9 trillion dollars by 2026. the increase in islamic finance flows makes it necessary for most countries to conduct a rational investment policy aimed at attracting them on a large scale. for this, it is important to study the trends in the development of the islamic finance market. in recent years, special attention has been paid to the formation and development of islamic finance in the republic of uzbekistan. for this purpose, our president shavkat mirziyoyev has assigned several tasks to the relevant ministries and organizations. among them, one of the most important primary tasks is to amend and supplement the legislative framework to implement islamic finance. material and methods the problems of islamic economics and finance have been studied in the works of foreign scholars abu yusuf, a. mirakhor, h. ahmad, m. iqbal, t. usman, m. qaradogyi. scientists who conducted research in the field of islamic economics and finance are sheikh muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf, u. alimov, s. abrorov, a. tursunov, r. abdullaev, s.dusanov, a.abdullah, kh.khasanov, o. davlatyarov, t. boboqulov, b.juraev and others are among them[2]. the saudi researcher of pakistani origin, muhammad umar chapra, defined the concept of islamic economics as follows: “... islamic economics is a set of knowledge that helps to achieve human wellbeing through the distribution of limited resources in accordance with the teachings of the islamic american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 73 www.americanjournal.org religion, while preventing excessive restrictions on individual freedom and persistent macroeconomic and ecological imbalances [3].” thus, the researcher associates islamic economics with knowledge that leads to prosperity, individual freedom, stable macroeconomics, and ecological balance. this description can be considered one of the appropriate definitions given to islamic economics. results and discussion the primary condition for the implementation of islamic financial instruments and products in uzbekistan is the adoption of relevant laws and, where necessary, the adaptation of some existing laws and by-laws to the implementation of islamic financial instruments and products . without this, it is difficult to implement islamic finance. projects based on islamic financing in uzbekistan the implementation started in 2004 and this uzbekistan joined the islamic development bank in september 2003. in 2004, the islamic development bank (idb) approved a loan in the energy and health sectors. "ijarah" and "murabahah" contracts have been used to finance projects in the storage sector. however, itb has been operating in uzbekistan since the early days of independence. this grant was launched in 2001 and is part of a program to support muslim communities in non-member countries. demonstrated in the implementation of projects. currently, uzbekistan is a member of the islamic development bank. in addition, it is also a member of the islamic corporation for the development of the private sector (icdc). corporation idb group and has received more than 350 million dollars from it the corporation has been approved to finance projects. the corporation mainly uses “murabaha” financing in its operations in the country. uses the method. when it comes to islamic financing, it is worth mentioning the foreign enterprise "taiba leasing", established by the islamic in tashkent in 2010. this leasing company provides leasing services to legal entities in uzbekistan in full compliance with sharia. as a result of three years of discussions in uzbekistan, the central bank board adopted a resolution “on approval of the regulation on the procedure for the provision of islamic financing services by microfinance organizations”[4]. the regulation was registered by the ministry of justice on july 26, 2024 under no. 3536. this regulation was developed on the basis of the accounting and auditing organization for islamic financial institutions (aaoifi) standards for islamic financing, as well as taking into account advanced foreign experience and the national context, and is the main legal document determining the procedure for the provision of islamic financing services by microfinance organizations. the regulation consists of 4 chapters and 93 articles. the regulation establishes general requirements that microfinance organizations must comply with when providing islamic financing services. it is stipulated that microfinance organizations must establish a special council to coordinate islamic finance issues in order to provide islamic financing services, or they may outsource its activities. at the same time, it is noted that if microfinance organizations provide other traditional services in accordance with the legislation, in addition to islamic financing services, separate accounting must be maintained for the activities of this microfinance organization related to the provision of islamic financing services. in addition, this regulation sets out the requirements for the special council and its members, as well as islamic financing services such as islamic leasing, profit-sharing financing (muzarabah), loan-based american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 74 www.americanjournal.org financing (murabaha), partnership financing (musharaka), and prepayment financing (salam) and the requirements for the provision of these services. adopted statute 2022 it complies with the requirements of the law no. o'rq-765 "on non-bank credit organizations and microfinance activities", adopted on april 20 [5]. this law is the first in uzbekistan to use the term "islamic financing services", meaning that it states that microfinance organizations and business entities have the right to provide islamic financing services. according to the adopted regulation, duly registered (i.e. official) microfinance organizations will be able to provide financial services to the population and business entities based on the principles of islamic finance. the regulation defines concepts related to islamic finance. they are: 1) islamic leasing is the transfer of non-consumable items (property) purchased by a microfinance organization at the request of a client or on its balance sheet to the client for temporary possession and (or) use for an agreed period. 2) special council for coordination of islamic finance issues a special council responsible for the provision of islamic financing services provided by a microfinance organization in accordance with the requirements of legislative documents and these regulations. 3) credit-based financing (murabaha) financing a client by selling goods to a creditor, including the purchase price of the goods and a mark-up amount, by a microfinance organization. 4) prepayment-based financing (salam) – financing a client by prepaying the full amount of the future goods delivered to the supplier (client) of these goods by a microfinance organization. 5) profit-sharing financing (muzorab) financing of a client by allocating funds to the client's commercial activities in order to receive a profit by a microfinance organization; 6) partnership financing based on the sharing of profits and losses (musharaka) financing of a client by a microfinance organization through the implementation of commercial activities (partnership) together with one or more participants (clients) or participation in the authorized capital of legal entities. a microfinance organization shall establish a special council for the provision of islamic financing services. a microfinance organization may, by decision of the general meeting of participants (shareholders), engage a special council established under associations or unions specializing in the field and consisting of members meeting the requirements established by this regulation on a contractual (outsourcing) basis. in this case, the microfinance organization shall be responsible for managing the risks associated with the activities of the engaged special council. the microfinance organization shall submit information on the establishment of a special council or changes in its composition to the central bank within 10 business days from the date of these actions, attaching the relevant resolution of the general meeting of participants (shareholders) and documents confirming the compliance of the chairman and members of the special council with the requirements established in chapter 2 of the regulations. the functions of the special council are as follows: -review and approval of draft model contracts, internal documents and reports related to the implementation of islamic financing services by a microfinance organization; american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 75 www.americanjournal.org -ensure compliance of islamic financing services provided by a microfinance organization with legislative documents and the requirements established in the standards for the implementation of islamic financing, and submit periodic reports to the governing bodies of the microfinance organization on the results of the assessment of compliance; -assist the management and executive bodies of microfinance organizations through their conclusions and instructions in implementing a risk management and internal control system related to islamic financing services. the third chapter of the regulation is entitled "provision of islamic financing services" and sets out the principles for providing islamic financing (murabaha) services based on islamic trade. the trade-based financing service is provided by a microfinance organization based on a relevant application from the client. in the application, the client may indicate the name of the trade-based object, the approximate price at which he agrees to purchase it, as well as the terms of purchase. the client, in agreement with the microfinance organization, can designate a seller from whom the national commercial object can be purchased. if other sellers have more favorable offers for the purchase of the national commercial object, the microfinance organization has the right to independently choose the seller. a microfinance institution may require the client to make a down payment in the form of cash on a national trade item. the deposit is accepted by the customer as part of the payments that must be returned within the framework of the sale. the microfinance organization for the sale of a commodity assumes all risks associated with the purchase and delivery of the commodity to the client. a microfinance organization is prohibited from charging brokerage fees and other types of fees to clients for providing a national trading service. monetary funds (currency), crypto-assets, gold and silver cannot be traded. this chapter also defines the provision of islamic leasing services, the provision of islamic leasing services based on the condition of later purchase of the leased object (ijara muntahiya bittamlik), the provision of financing services based on prepayment (salam), the provision of financing services based on profit sharing (muzaraba), and the provision of financing services based on partnership profit and loss sharing (musharaka). partnership a financing service based on the sharing of profits and losses, in which a microfinance organization and its clients contribute a certain amount of money or, by mutual agreement, tangible assets to a joint activity without forming a legal entity, or as a share in the capital of a legal entity. within the framework of a partnership, partners may agree to transfer the right to manage the partnership's activities to several partners or to a single partner. the distribution of profits between the microfinance organization and clients should not be tied to expected future income and expenses and should be based on the actual financial results of the activity. the fourth chapter of the regulation is called "final provisions" and stipulates that disputes arising between a microfinance organization and its clients will be resolved in accordance with the procedure established by law. in addition, the adopted regulation does not provide information or understanding about the profit tax and vat (value added tax) that microfinance organizations will receive. because vat is very american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 76 www.americanjournal.org important in the purchase and sale process of an islamic financial institution. they will have to pay vat when financing their clients based on the murabaha transaction, which is most commonly used in islamic finance. conclusion. it should be noted that work on creating a regulatory and legal framework that will allow for the implementation of an islamic banking and financial system began in the first quarter of 2022 within the framework of technical assistance from the islamic development bank worth 265 thousand us dollars [6]. in this way, three important results can be achieved at once: firstly, to start providing services to individuals and legal entities who want to conduct their activities in accordance with the principles of islamic finance; secondly, to show other participants in the financial market the possibilities in this regard, thereby giving impetus to the increase in the types of financial products and services and increasing competition in the financial market; thirdly, to train specialists in the field from a practical point of view, since today there are practically no specialists with practical experience in this area in uzbekistan (since such specialists have not been trained so far). of course, islamic finance products and services exist not only in traditional forms, but also in digitalinnovative forms. based on this, the factors attracting investments for the development of this direction in uzbekistan are as follows: 1. strengthening innovation (i.e. developing and implementing new innovative solutions) to ensure sustainable development; 2. focus on industry regulation and coordination: research by the bank for international settlements (bis) has shown that fintechs attract more investment in countries with higher levels of regulation and coordination[7]. however, the study also shows that while more than 60 countries have established a “regulatory sandbox” to date, very few of them are members of the organization of islamic cooperation. of course, weak regulatory mechanisms also deter investors from investing in this high-risk sector. 3. support the development of islamic venture funds (i.e. funds for financing high-risk projects). because venture funds can make a significant contribution to the development of innovative business solutions /projects. the importance of venture funds in financing fintech startups (startups projects at the initial calculation and pilot stage or even at the idea level) is very great. because such funds provide financial support to startups at the initial stage, they give great moral strength to the initiators of innovative business projects/ideas. participation in special government grant programs, establishing relationships with local and foreign business incubators, business angels, and other fintechs can greatly contribute to the development of islamic fintechs. when it comes to economic development , the main challenge is meeting the financial needs of businesses, a problem that has been recognized by the united nations as one of the biggest challenges facing the sustainable development goals. therefore, the first and most important issue on the path to achieving a prosperous economy is to increase financial literacy. according to the organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd), financial literacy is a key factor leading to economic growth, sustainable development, and financial stability. today, islamic finance assets are worth $3.6 trillion, but literacy in the field of islamic finance is low. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 77 www.americanjournal.org in the last year or two, several digital banks (tbc, uzum and anor banks) and various financial platforms have started their activities in uzbekistan. in particular, islamic fintechs are also gradually starting to operate. one of these fintechs, iman invest, is among the 375 islamic fintechs listed in the global islamic fintech report 2022. due to the large population of uzbekistan, various external participants are interested in and entering its financial market. previously, georgia's tbc bank, hungary's otp group, and tajikistan's alif financial fintech company have entered the uzbek market and have been able to significantly expand their activities. in particular, the alif company has become quite popular among the population, offering products and services that comply with the principles of islamic finance. this can be seen as another proof of the high interest of the population in islamic finance products. references 1. https://www.refinitiv.com/en/resources/special-report/islamic-finance-development-report 2. abu yusuf yaqub ibn ibrahim kufi. book al-kharaj (translated by a. mannapova). // t.: "international islamic academy of uzbekistan" publishing-printing association, 2021, 240 p. \\abbas mirakhor. a note on islamic economics // islamic research and training institute, 2007, 23 p 3. sheikh muhammad sodiq muhammad yusuf. debt and related issues. t.: “hilol-nashr”, 2014.\\rv abdullaev. trade and entrepreneurship in the islamic economy. – t.: “effect-d” publishing house, 2022. – 232 p.; \\.v. abdullaev, sm dusanov. financial relations in the islamic economy. – t.: tashkent islamic university, 2007. – 104 p.;\\abdullah a. vision of trade and production. // t.: hilol-nashr, 2021. 160 p.;\\x.khasanov. islamic financing in the republic of uzbekistan // book of the basics of islamic finance, part 5, chapter 13. uzbekistan 2019, 11 p (401-411) 4. chapra mu the global financial crisis: can islamic finance help? // islamic economics and finance: a european perspective, edited by j. langton, c. trullols and a. turkistan. london: palgrave macmillan, 2011, 135-142 pp. 5. https://lex.uz/ru/docs/7036330 6. law of the republic of uzbekistan no. орq-765 dated 20.04.2022 “on non-bank credit organizations and microfinance activities” https://lex.uz/ru/docs/5972411 7. https://www.bis.org/publ/work901.pdf https://www.refinitiv.com/en/resources/special-report/islamic-finance-development-report https://lex.uz/ru/docs/7036330 https://lex.uz/ru/docs/5972411 https://www.bis.org/publ/work901.pdf american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org investing in precious stones: risks and prospects edgar bergamalyan jewelry expert, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the key characteristics of the precious stone market (diamonds, rubies, sapphires, emeralds, etc.) as an asset class: liquidity, profitability, pricing factors, risks (price volatility, counterfeiting, regulatory and reputational risks), and prospects (growing demand for colored stones, the impact of labgrown diamonds, sustainable development, and supply chain transparency). a review of empirical studies on profitability and volatility is provided, along with a discussion of practical recommendations for investors. gemstone investments, alternative assets, returns, risks, liquidity, esg, lab-grown diamonds, colored stones. introduction the scientific novelty of this article lies in its comprehensive study of the investment potential of the precious stone market, taking into account modern factors: technological advances (the emergence of lab-grown diamonds), esg requirements, and market digitalization. unlike existing studies, this article systematizes empirical data on the profitability and liquidity of gemstones, conducts a comparative analysis of segments (natural and synthetic stones), and develops practical recommendations for investors based on current market and academic sources. investing in precious stones represents a significant and relevant segment of alternative assets that requires in-depth study. the appeal of such investments is based on their combined aesthetic, cultural, and economic value: the ability to preserve and grow capital. however, the precious and colored stone market differs significantly from traditional financial instruments (stocks, bonds, real estate) in a number of specific respects, including liquidity, pricing transparency, quality standardization, and certification and provenance requirements. the advantages of precious stones include their compactness, ease of transportation, long-term storage, and independence from traditional monetary policy or market interest rates. they also demonstrate a weak correlation with traditional assets. experts, for example, note the growing recognition of colored stones as an effective alternative investment tool capable of improving portfolio diversification [1]. however, significant complexities and risks exist. a key feature is the high degree of market fragmentation: there is no single public index, and valuation standards are less unified than for stocks or bonds. empirical data show that nominal average annual returns over the period 1999–2012 were approximately 8.1% for white diamonds and about 4.5% for other gemstones, with real returns, adjusted for inflation, being significantly lower [2]. an additional factor complicating forecasting is american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org the rarity and origin of the stone: all other characteristics (weight, cut, color, clarity) being equal, stones from known deposits or untreated ones can sell at a significant premium [3]. therefore, the goal of the analysis is to comprehensively examine investing in precious stones, focusing on assessing risks and prospects. it is necessary to identify the key factors influencing liquidity and profitability, as well as develop practical recommendations for investors, taking into account the unique characteristics of this asset class. the relevance of this study stems from the fact that investments in precious stones, despite their long history, remain understudied in both scientific and practical literature. therefore, it is of interest to analyze existing studies assessing the returns and risks of this type of asset, as well as to identify market development trends. 1. return and risk indicators. the basic research in this area is the work of luc renneboog and christophe spaenjers «hard assets: the returns on rare diamonds and gems». analyzing auction data for 1999–2010, the authors determined that the average annual real return (in us dollars) was approximately 6.4% for white diamonds and 2.9% for colored diamonds [4]. in a later publication, luc renneboog refined the data for the period 1999–2012: the annual nominal return for investmentgrade white diamonds reached 8.1%, w hile for colored diamonds it was 7.4%. for other gemstones (rubies, sapphires, emeralds), the nominal return was 4.5%, equivalent to 2.1% in real terms [5]. these results demonstrate that, although gemstones may have outperformed traditional stock and bond markets in certain periods, their returns are not consistently high and are often accompanied by significant volatility. 2. comparative analysis and diversification properties. research by robert faff , rand kwong yew low and yiran yao , «diamonds vs. precious metals: what shines brightest in your investment portfolio?», which compared diamonds with precious metals (such as gold) as hedging instruments or «safe havens», found that precious metals generally perform better than diamonds. it was also emphasized that direct investment in physical diamonds is preferable to investing in diamond indices [6]. in vera's work jotanovic and rita laura d'ecclesia, «do diamond stocks shine brighter than diamonds?», the authors concluded that diamond mining stocks do not fully reflect the price dynamics of the stones themselves and cannot serve as a full-fledged substitute for direct investment in precious stones [7]. thus, the scientific literature recognizes the potential of precious stones as a tool for portfolio diversification, but notes that they are not necessarily an asset with superior returns and require a special, specific approach. 3. market specifics, liquidity, and standardization. the key problem with the precious stone market is its fragmentation: the lack of a centralized exchange and unified price index, as well as the uniqueness of each transaction (depending on weight, cut, color, origin, and certificate). research materials emphasize that liquidity and transparency of trading are significantly lower compared to public asset classes. market and technological risks are also increasing. the study "safe haven re evaluated: technological disruption and the collapse of natural and synthetic diamond value» points out that the growing availability of laboratory-grown diamonds (lgds) creates a structural risk that could undermine the traditional investment value of natural stones [8]. thus, the diamond market is characterized by high transaction costs (certification, examination, storage, insurance) and a high degree of asset individualization, which significantly complicates the valuation and sale process. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org a review of the scientific literature confirms that investing in precious stones is an attractive yet complex segment with documented positive returns and diversification potential. however, this asset class is fraught with significant limitations, including low liquidity, lack of standardization, high transaction costs, and technological risks. investors must thoroughly understand the specifics of this market, carefully select stones, and be aware of the risks. the gemstone market is highly specific: high fragmentation and illiquidity. there is no single global exchange or standardized price index for most colored stones and a significant portion of diamonds. as experts note, the market is "extremely illiquid, meaning very low pricing transparency" [9]. a variety of distribution channels. sales are carried out through a complex chain: from mining and processing to wholesale dealers, specialized online platforms, and auction houses. the predominance of jewelry demand. a significant portion of final demand is generated not by investment purchases, but by the jewelry and luxury consumption segments. key price determinants. the value of a stone depends on its origin (deposit), quality characteristics (weight, cut, color, clarity), and the presence of reputable certification (e.g., gia). the price of a precious stone is determined by a number of interrelated factors: 1. "4 c's " (for diamonds). carat weight, cut, color, clarity. 2. origin. stones from "iconic" deposits (for example, kashmir sapphires) often command a significant price premium. 3. treatment. the degree of heat or chemical treatment significantly affects the price; untreated stones are usually more expensive. it's also important to consider the availability of laboratory-grown (synthetic) alternatives. 4. certification and chain of custody. a detailed report from a recognized gemological laboratory and a verified provenance (chain of custody) are important for determining the investment price. risk «discount» that an investor can receive when selling quickly. pricing in the market is less standardized than in financial markets, resulting in significant price variations between different dealers even for seemingly identical stones. when investing in precious stones, it is necessary to consider not only the purchase price but also the exit potential. investors should factor in storage costs, insurance, and regular maintenance. recertification, as well as high sales commissions (including auction fees). the growth of the market for lab-grown diamonds and other synthetic stones may have a negative impact on the price dynamics of their natural counterparts in the long term. the gemstone market, particularly in the rare and premium segment, shows strong growth prospects driven by a combination of macroeconomic, demographic and structural factors. 1. priority for colored stones. the premium ruby, emerald, and sapphire segment remains a key growth area. reports from major mining companies such as gemfields confirm strong auction demand and rising premiums for exceptional lots, signaling continued interest from collectors and investors [10]. 2. the stability of the jewelry segment. jewelry remains one of the most stable sectors in the luxury industry, which, according to bain & company, ensures fundamental demand for precious stones, offsetting short-term downturns in the luxury goods market [11]. 3. positive compound growth rate (cagr): global gemstone market, as estimated by grand view research estimates the market value at ~usd 101.7 billion (2024) with a forecast to reach usd 183.17 american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org billion by 2033 [12]. this corresponds to a compound annual growth rate (cagr) of approximately 7% from 2025 to 2033, which is confirmed by similar forecasts from other analytical agencies. 4. segmented impact of technology (lgd). laboratory-grown diamonds (lgd) have a two-way effect: they create pricing pressure and increase supply in the mass-market jewelry segment. at the same time, they enhance the uniqueness and investment value of rare, premium natural stones, as regularly noted in gemological reviews. institute of america (gia) [13]. 5. esg and traceability factors. tightening requirements for ethical and traceable supply chains (including kimberley process initiatives) are increasing demand for certified, transparently mined stones [14]. this trend may create an additional premium for samples with impeccable provenance, especially among institutional and younger consumers. analyzed scientific data and current market reports allow us to identify six key factors that will determine the growth and investment attractiveness of the precious stones market in the near and medium term. these drivers encompass macroeconomic trends, changes in consumer behavior, technological development, and tightening regulatory requirements. a detailed analysis of the mechanisms underlying each of these factors is presented in table 1. table 1 key drivers of gemstone market growth growth driver mechanism of influence on the market shift in demand towards rarity and uniqueness investors and collectors are willing to pay a high premium for historically, geographically, or qualitatively unique specimens (for example, burmese rubies). this trend is driving up prices in the investment gem niche, which is not subject to the pressures of the mass market. stability of the jewelry segment jewelry has demonstrated the greatest resilience among personal luxury goods, providing a stable base of demand for raw materials that supports the long-term outlook of the market. macroeconomic factors and geographic diversification rising disposable income and recovering consumer spending (particularly in asia pacific, north america and india) are increasing the overall market size and reducing the risks associated with demand concentration. technological differentiation (td) diamond diamonds are saturating the mass market, leading to a decline in prices for conventional diamonds. this process, however, enhances the value and uniqueness of natural, rare stones as investment assets. esg, traceability and regulations strengthening ethical and transparency standards ( such as the kimberley process) creates a premium for stones with confirmed, "pure" origins. this attracts institutional investors and a new generation of consumers. limiting factors (risks) macroeconomic shocks, declining demand in key regions (such as china), and oversupply in the diamond segment create risks of volatility and cyclical price declines, especially for mass-produced diamonds. an analysis of market prospects shows that the investment attractiveness of precious stones will increase, but unevenly, requiring a selective approach from investors: 1. prioritize rarity and quality. rare colored and collectible stones, as well as specimens with impeccable certification and a transparent supply chain, will demonstrate the highest investment value and sustainability in the medium and long term. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 41 www.americanjournal.org 2. differentiation of the diamond segment. the mass diamond market will experience increasing pricing pressure from the lgd. investors need to differentiate premium natural stones from massproduced diamonds, as they are no longer a homogeneous investment asset. 3. selective strategy. overall market forecasts point to robust market growth (cagr of approximately 7%), but this growth will be concentrated in specific niches and geographic regions. investment success will depend on a selective strategy focused on high quality, provenance, and esg compliance. investing in precious stones is a niche but potentially highly profitable alternative investment. to achieve sustainable results, investors must consider the specifics of the market, including pricing, low liquidity, and stringent certification and traceability requirements. to minimize risks and maximize potential returns, it is recommended: 1. focus on uniqueness and rarity. priority should be given to rare colored stones (rubies, sapphires, emeralds) and collectible specimens, rather than mass-produced diamonds. 2. diversification. it is essential to diversify your investment portfolio by both stone types and geographic origin. for example, stones from iconic deposits (kashmir sapphires, burmese rubies) often achieve higher returns than the market average at auction. 3. long-term horizon. investing in precious stones is a long-term endeavor. due to the low liquidity of the market, significant returns are typically realized with a holding period of 5 to 10 years or more. important steps to protect capital include: 1. mandatory certification. you should only purchase stones that have reports from world-renowned gemological laboratories, such as gia ( gemological institute). institute of america ), hrd antwerp or igi ( international gemological having a certificate increases liquidity and eliminates the risk of purchasing a synthetic or mispriced stone. 2. origin verification (esg factor). in light of sustainable development trends (esg) and regulations ( kimberley process), stones with a transparent and verified supply chain can command a resale premium of up to 15%. origin verification is a key factor in preserving investment value. 3. defining an exit strategy. investors should plan their asset sale channel in advance. auction sales can be time-consuming and involve high commissions (10 to 20%). it's important to establish contacts with private dealers, specialized funds, or use new digital platforms. it is necessary to take into account all associated costs and the positioning of the asset in the overall portfolio: 1. accounting for operating expenses. the investor must factor hidden costs into the financial model: annual insurance, specialized storage, as well as possible transportation and recertification costs. these operating expenses can amount to 5-7% of the asset's value annually. 2. portfolio allocation. according to alternative investment guidelines (deloitte), the share of precious stones in the overall investment portfolio should not exceed 5-10% of capital, reflecting their niche nature and low liquidity. 3. consider digital instruments. to lower the barrier to entry and increase liquidity, consider exploring the potential of specialized digital platforms and funds offering tokenized shares in high-quality stones. thus, investing in precious stones represents a potentially attractive hard asset class, but its success requires expert selection, rigorous certification, and an understanding of long-term holding horizons. the main risks include low liquidity, the possibility of counterfeiting, the need to comply with esg requirements, and the impact of technological changes, such as the proliferation of lab-grown american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 42 www.americanjournal.org diamonds (lgds). the outlook is most favorable for rare colored stones and specimens with transparent origins, and further standardization and the creation of index-linked instruments could improve the investment appeal of the entire segment. references 1. shanos group . gemstone investment opportunities [electronic resource] . – access mode: https://shanosgroup.com/investment-opportunities/gemstone-investment/ (date of access: 15.10.2025). 2. renneboog l ., spaenjers c. investing in diamonds [electronic resource]. – researchgate , 2015. – access mode: https :// www . researchgate . net / publication /277359324_ investing _ in _ diamonds (date of access: 16.10.2025) 3. business money. valuation metrics for investment-grade gemstones: what financial advisors should know [ electronic resource ]. – business-money.com, 2024. – mode access: https://www.business-money.com/announcements/valuation-metrics-for-investment-gradegemstones-what-financial-advisors-should-know/ (date accesses: 16.10.2025). 4. renneboog l., spaenjers c. hard assets: the returns on rare diamonds and gems [ electronic resource ]. – tilburg university research portal, 2011. – mode access : https://research.tilburguniversity.edu/en/publications/hard-assets-the-returns-on-rare-diamonds-andgems-2 (date accesses: 17.10.2025). 5. renneboog l., spaenjers c. investing in diamonds [electronic resource]. – tilburg university research portal, 2015. – mode access: https://research.tilburguniversity.edu/en/publications/investing-in-diamonds (date accesses: 17.10.2025). 6. renneboog l., spaenjers c. diamonds vs. precious metals: what shines brightest in your portfolio? // journal of financial economics, 2016. – vol. 43. – mode access: https://ideas.repec.org/a/eee/finana/v43y2016icp1-14.html (date accesses: 18.10.2025). 7. jung rc, rupprecht s. the market efficiency of precious stones // journal of risk and financial management. – 2019. – vol. 12, no. 2. – mode access: https://www.mdpi.com/1911-8074/12/2/79 (date accesses: 18.10.2025). 8. fedorova e., nekrasova t. alternative investment assets: opportunities and risks // journal of accounting, finance and auditing studies. – 2024. – vol. 4, no. 4. – mode access : https://www.mdpi.com/2813-2432/4/4/25 (date accesses: 19.10.2025). 9. international gem society. insights on gemstone pricing [electronic resource]. – mode access: https://www.gemsociety.org / article / insights on gemstone pricing / (date accesses: 10/19/2025). 10. gemfields group ltd. interim report 2024 [electronic resource]. – september 27, 2024 – access mode: https :// gemfields . s 3. amazonaws . com / documents /2024/ reports /20240927%20-%20 gemfields %20-%20 interim %20 report %202024%20-%20 final . pdf (accessed: october 19, 2025). 11. bain & company. luxury in transition: securing future growth [ electronic resource ]. – 2024. – mode access: https://www.bain.com/insights/luxury-in-transition-securing-future-growth/ (date accesses: 10/20/2025). american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 43 www.americanjournal.org 12. grand view research . gemstones market report 2024 [electronic resource]. – mode access : https :// www . grandviewresearch . com / industry analysis / gemstones market report (date accesses: 10/20/2025). 13. gemological institute of america (gia). update on laboratory-grown diamonds [electronic resource]. – gia research reports, summer 2024. – mode access: https://www.gia.edu/doc/summer2024-gia-update-on-laboratory-grown-diamonds.pdf (date accesses: 10.21.2025). 14. kimberley process certification scheme. official website and annual publications [electronic resource]. – mode access: https://www.kimberleyprocess.com/ (date accesses: 10.21.2025). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org study of the sorption properties of mesoporous materials based on aluminum oxide and titanium dioxide in chromatographic processes 1ruziev i. kh. 1naimbaeva f. a. 1 kosimov s. e. 1oltinboyeva z. x. 2davronova b. sh. 1institute of biochemistry, samarkand state university named after sh. rashidov 2urgut branch of samarkand state university named after sh. rashidov a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article presents the results of a study of the sorption properties of mesoporous materials based on aluminum oxide (al₂o₃) and titanium dioxide (tio₂) used in chromatographic processes. the synthesis features and structural characteristics of the obtained sorbents, including their porosity, surface area and pore size distribution, are considered. by conducting model chromatographic experiments, the influence of the oxide nature, material structure and modification conditions on the efficiency of component separation is established. the mechanisms of sorption, as well as the influence of acid-base and hydrophilic properties of the surface on the selectivity of interaction with the analyzed substances are analyzed. the results indicate high promise for the use of mesoporous oxide materials as effective stationary phases for various chromatographic methods. mesoporous materials, aluminum oxide, titanium dioxide, sorption properties, chromatography, stationary phase, porosity, selectivity, surface properties, sorption, sem, sol-gel technology. introduction modern analytical methods place high demands on efficiency, selectivity, and sensitivity in the separation and analysis of complex multicomponent mixtures. chromatography, as one of the most universal and widely used analytical methods, is largely dependent on the properties of the sorbents used. in recent years, special attention has been paid to mesoporous materials with high specific surface area, thermal stability, and the ability to modify the surface. aluminum oxide and titanium dioxide are promising inorganic matrices for creating sorbents used in chromatographic systems. their physicochemical properties, such as acid-base activity, hydrophilicity, resistance to aggressive environments, and structural features, have a significant impact on the sorption american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org efficiency. however, comparative studies of their sorption properties in chromatographic processes are not sufficiently presented in the scientific literature. in particular, given the growing need to develop more efficient and selective sorbents for environmental monitoring, pharmaceutical analysis and quality control, a comprehensive comparative study of alumina and titanium dioxide as sorbents is of particular scientific and practical importance. the obtained data can be used to optimize chromatographic separation conditions and develop new materials for analytical chemistry. titanium dioxide (tio2) is one of the most widely used oxide materials due to its unique physicochemical properties. it finds applications in various fields such as photocatalysis, sensors, solar cells and medicine. optimizing its properties such as morphology, particle size and texture is a key factor in improving its functional performance. titanium dioxide has now established itself as a widely used sorbent and photocatalyst, valued for its resistance to photocorrosion, affordability, and catalytic properties. these properties are due, in particular, to the lifetime of photoinduced charge carriers, reaching ~250 ns [1]. however, tio2 faces a limitation in the form of low quantum efficiency due to inefficient separation of photoinduced charges. over the past decade, there has been an increasing interest in the synthesis and study of nanometric mesoporous titanium dioxide powders, which is due to the decrease in the distance to the surface reaction region with decreasing particle size. this contributes to more efficient charge transfer and improved electron-hole separation. in addition, decreasing particle size leads to an increase in the specific surface area of titanium oxide, which enhances the number of surface reactions. studies show that the anatase crystalline form of tio2 has higher catalytic activity compared to rutile and brookite [2]. therefore, control over the phase composition, particle size and morphology of the material plays a key role in optimizing its performance. alumina and titanium dioxide are promising inorganic matrices for creating sorbents used in chromatographic systems. their physicochemical properties, such as acid-base activity, hydrophilicity, resistance to aggressive environments and structural properties, have a significant impact on the sorption efficiency. therefore, nanomaterials such as titanium dioxide (tio2) are attracting increasing attention in scientific and technical circles due to their unique properties and a wide range of potential applications. in this article, we discuss the synthesis process of tio2 nanoparticles and methods for studying their textural characteristics using scanning electron microscopy (sem). tio2 nanoparticles can be synthesized by various methods, including hydrolysis of titanium salts, hydrothermal synthesis, sol-gel method and thermal decomposition of precursors. one of the most common methods is the hydrolysis of titanium (iv) isopropoxides in an aqueous solution, followed by thermal treatment. the hydrolysis of titanium isopropoxides produces a gel, which after drying and thermal treatment is converted into tio2 nanoparticles. synthesis parameters such as precursor concentration, solution ph, temperature and reaction time can be optimized to obtain particles with specified sizes and shapes. scanning electron microscopy (sem) is a powerful technique for visualizing the surface of materials at the nanoscale. it allows one to study the surface morphology and structure of samples with high spatial resolution. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods surface morphology: sem images show that the synthesized tio₂ has an agglomerated structure with irregularly shaped particles up to 300 nm in size. the particle size is 50. at high magnification, the shape and surface of individual tio₂ nanoparticles can be observed. it can also be seen from the image that the surface of the tio2 nanomaterial obtained by sol-gel technology consists of spherical and octahedral particles. such polydispersity of the surface is usually explained by temperature changes. figure 1.sem images of tio2 particle size and shape: image analysis shows that the particles are mostly spherical or octahedral, typical of the anatase form of tio₂. both large agglomerates and small individual particles occur, which necessitates additional grinding to achieve a uniform particle distribution. surface structure: the surface of the particles is smooth with small pores, which confirms the successful hydrolysis and dehydration of tio₂. sem studies of the synthesized tio₂ indicate that the resulting particles are nanometer-sized and have a characteristic morphology for anatase. the observed porous structure and algomerates of the particles indicate that they are of practical importance. to study the textural characteristics of tio2 nanoparticles using sem, a sample is usually prepared by depositing a thin layer of particles on a substrate and then irradiating it with an electron beam. an electron detector device is then used to obtain images of the sample surface. the following textural characteristics of tio2 nanoparticles can be obtained using sem: particle size and shape: sem allows one to estimate the size of nanoparticles and determine their shape, such as spherical, plate-like or rod-like. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 57 www.americanjournal.org size distributions: sem images can be used to construct particle size distributions and determine the average size and dispersion. surface texture: sem can also be used to investigate surface textural features such as porosity and structure. tio2 nanoparticles have found wide application in various fields, including photocatalysis, solar cells, protective coatings and medical diagnostics. studying their textural characteristics using sem is a key step in the development of new materials and technologies based on them. the synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles and the study of their textural characteristics using sem are important steps in the development and optimization of new titanium dioxide-based materials [3]. the obtained data can be used to develop new applications in various fields of science and technology, as well as to understand the fundamental properties of nanostructured materials. the creation of titanium dioxide nanoparticles and the analysis of their structural properties via scanning electron microscopy are key steps in the development and improvement of new titanium materials. the information obtained from these studies can be applied in various fields of scientific research and engineering, contributing to a deep understanding of the main attributes of nanostructured materials. to obtain titanium dioxide, a sol-gel method was used using titanium isopropoxide as the initial titanium-containing substance. distilled water and aqueous solutions of nh4f, nh4oh, hf acted as hydrolyzing agents. in this case, the initial components were mixed in the reverse the synthesized materials were left for aging for 24 h at room temperature and then dried for 8 h in air at 100°c to remove water and alcohol. this was followed by heat treatment for 3 h at 400°c. tio2 powders obtained with different hydrolytic agents were designated as tio2(h2o), tio2(nh4f), tio2(nh4oh), tio2(hf). the effect of fluorine and nitrogen on the structure and morphology of tio2 was studied by varying the h2o/nh4f ratio. a series of samples with different nh4f contents (ratios rf = 1.2; 0.6; 0.3; 0.2) were prepared, while the molar ratio of the hydrolyzing agent to the alkoxide was maintained at the level of r/ipot = 3. the designations for these materials were as follows: tio2 (rf =1.2); tio2(rf =0.6); tio2 (rf =0.3); tio2 (rf =0.2). conclusion in conclusion of the study on the synthesis of tio2 nanoparticles and their textural characteristics determined using scanning electron microscopy, the following main aspects can be highlighted: 1. efficiency of the tio2 nanoparticle synthesis method: the experimental results convincingly confirm the high efficiency of the chosen method for synthesizing tio2 nanoparticles. this is important because it provides the ability to control the size and shape of particles, which is important for their application in various technological and scientific fields. 2. characteristics of the structure of tio2 nanoparticles: the study of the structural features of tio2 nanoparticles using scanning electron microscopy provided significant data on their morphology, size and surface structure. these characteristics are directly related to the physicochemical properties of the particles and their potential use in catalysis, photocatalytic processes, solar batteries and other areas. in conclusion, we can draw the following conclusions: 1. in the course of the work, mesoporous materials based on aluminum oxide and titanium dioxide were synthesized and characterized. the data obtained showed that both materials have high sorption american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 58 www.americanjournal.org capacity, but differ in a number of parameters. al2o3 showed better selectivity for polar compounds, while tio2 was more stable in aggressive environments and effective in sorption of non-polar substances. 2. comparative analysis made it possible to determine the relationship between the structural and surface properties of sorbents and their behavior in chromatographic systems. the results can be used to select the optimal sorbent for specific analytical chemistry tasks. 3. information on tio2 nanoparticles and their synthesis was collected and analyzed based on a literature review. 4. the textural properties of tio2 nanoparticles were studied using a scanning electron microscope. 5. as a result, we can say that the conducted research not only deepened our understanding of tio2 nanoparticles, but also opened up new prospects for their use in various fields of science and technology. further development of this topic can lead to the creation of innovative materials and technologies that contribute to progress in many areas of human activity. references 1. uzoqov j. r., muxamadiev n. q., sayitqulov s. h. xromatografiya uchun tetraetoksisilan va metall oksidlari asosida zol-gel texnologiyasi bo’yicha nanosorbent olish //uzbek chemical journal/o'zbekiston kimyo jurnali. – 2019. – №. 5. 2. гавриленко е. а. и др. синтез, характеристика и исследование фотокаталитических свойств простых и смешанных оксидно-сульфидных нанокомпозиционных порошков типа tioхcds: выпускная бакалаврская работа по направлению подготовки: 04.03. 01-химия. – 2016. 3. морозов а. н. синтез и каталитические свойства наноструктурированных покрытий диоксида титана //москва: диссертация на соискание ученой степени кандидата химических наук.-2014. – 2014. 4. сероглазова а. с., чебаненко м. и., попков в. и. cинтез, структура и фотофентоноподобная активность мезопористых нанокомпозитов prfeo3-tio2 //конденсированные среды и межфазные границы. – 2021. – т. 23. – №. 4. – с. 548-560. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 59 www.americanjournal.org information technology as a tool and engine of translation practice murodova guli buronovna senior lecturer of the department of information systems and digital technologies, bukhara state university, bukhara. e-mail: g.b.murodova@buxdu.uz a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article explores the transformation of the translator's profession in the context of rapid advancements in information technology. the author analyzes the impact of tools such as machine translation systems, translation memory, and translation management systems on translation quality, speed, and efficiency. it is emphasized that information technologies have evolved from auxiliary tools into an integral part of a translator’s workflow, expanding professional capabilities and increasing competitiveness. at the same time, the article underlines that technology does not replace linguistic expertise but serves as a powerful instrument in the hands of a qualified professional. translation, information technology, machine translation, translation memory, tms, digital tools, professional translator, translation automation, linguistics, translation technologies. introduction in the dynamic world of global communication, where language barriers are rapidly losing their insurmountability, the role of the translator is of particular importance. however, traditional translation methods, based solely on linguistic intuition and encyclopedic knowledge, are no longer always able to effectively cope with colossal volumes of information and high demands on speed and accuracy. today, the role of a translator is undergoing fundamental changes. information technology is no longer just an auxiliary tool but is becoming an integral part of the workflow of a modern linguist-translator. this is no longer just a trend, but rather a fundamental transformation of the profession, providing powerful tools for increasing efficiency, quality and reach. historically, translation was a largely manual activity requiring deep linguistic knowledge, cultural awareness, and painstaking work with text. however, with the advent and development of information technology, the translation landscape has begun to change steadily. today, a translator who ignores the possibilities of information technology risks finding himself on the sidelines of the professional community. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 60 www.americanjournal.org materials and methods a modern translator can no longer imagine their work without a whole arsenal of technological solutions. machine translation systems (mts) such as google translate, deepl and yandex.translate have revolutionized the industry. by providing an instant rough translation, they allow the translator to significantly reduce the time spent on initial text processing, especially when working with large volumes. although the quality of machine translation still requires human expertise, it serves as a valuable starting point, allowing you to focus on nuances of meaning, style and cultural adaptation. translation memory (tm) technologies have become a real salvation for translators working on recurring projects or within a specific subject. tm systems save previously translated text segments and offer them to the translator when similar fragments are found in a new text. this not only increases the speed of work and ensures uniformity of terminology, but also allows for a significant reduction in translation costs. translation management systems (tms) are comprehensive platforms that integrate various tools and resources needed to effectively manage translation projects. tms automate workflows, facilitate interaction between translators, editors, proofreaders and clients, ensure quality control, track progress and meet deadlines. they become a kind of control center for the entire translation cycle. in addition to specialized translation tools, a modern translator actively uses a wide range of publicly available information technologies. online dictionaries and encyclopedias such as linguee, word reference and wikipedia provide quick access to lexical and encyclopedic information necessary for an accurate understanding of the context and selection of equivalents. corpus linguistic resources containing huge arrays of texts in various languages allow you to study usage, identify stable phrases and check the adequacy of translation solutions, as well as optical character recognition (ocr) programs and tools for searching and analyzing information. results and discussion let's list some of the most popular and effective programs and online translation services, with their main characteristics and properties: 1. google translate: features: supports over 100 languages. translation of text, voice, images (via camera or upload), documents and web pages. offline translation (language packs must be downloaded). phrasebook for saving frequently used phrases. integration with other google applications. possibility to listen to the pronunciation of the translated text. determining the original language. translation of handwriting. instant translation of text from camera. properties: free for most users. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 61 www.americanjournal.org convenient and intuitive interface. wide language support. multifunctionality. availability on various platforms (web, android, ios). translation quality may vary depending on the language pair and the complexity of the text. 2. deepl translate: features: supports fewer languages than google translate, but provides high translation quality. translation of text and documents. integration with cat (computer-assisted translation) tools. possibility to choose formal or informal translation style (for some languages). api for developers (paid). properties: it is considered one of the most accurate free online translators, especially for european languages. handles complex texts and language nuances well. the free version has limitations on the volume of text and the number of documents. paid subscriptions offer advanced features. available as a web version and as applications for windows and mac. 3. yandex translate: features: supports over 90 languages. translation of text, voice, images, documents and web pages. offline mode (language packs must be downloaded). simultaneous translation of speech. translation from images and photos. ability to view examples of how words are used in context. integrated dictionary with transcription. properties: free for most users. works especially well with russian and cis languages. multifunctionality. user-friendly interface. available in web version and as mobile applications (android, ios). 4. microsoft translator (bing translator): features: supports over 70 languages. translation of text, voice, images and web pages. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 62 www.americanjournal.org standalone language packs. translation of conversations between several people in real time. ability to view alternative translations of words. integration with microsoft products (bing, office, edge, skype). properties: free. offers group conversation translation functionality. good integration with microsoft ecosystem. available in web and app versions. 5. reverso context: features: the main focus is on contextual translation and search for examples of the use of words and phrases in real texts. translation of text. offers synonyms and antonyms. the function of verb conjugation. possibility to save translations to favorites. properties: the free version has limitations. very useful for learning the language and understanding the nuances of translation. provides many context examples. available in web and app versions. other popular programs and services: itranslate:paid translator with a wide range of features, including voice translation, conversation modes and offline translation. promt (translate.ru): russian developer of professional translation systems, offers both free online services and paid solutions for business. multitran:a popular online dictionary and translator with a large community of users, offering many translation options for individual words and phrases. papago (naver papago):developed by the south korean company naver, it works well with asian languages (korean, japanese, chinese). the choice of a translation program or service depends on your specific needs, language pair, text type, and quality requirements. free online translators are often enough to quickly understand the general meaning, while more accurate and professional translation may require paid tools or professional translators using cat systems. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 63 www.americanjournal.org conclusion thus, information technology for a modern translator is not just a fashionable trend that can be ignored. it is an inevitable reality and a powerful tool that allows: • increase productivity: automating routine tasks, reusing translations, and quickly accessing information significantly speeds up your workflow. • improve quality: ensuring consistency in terminology, identifying potential errors using qa tools, and using corpora to check the adequacy of the translation all contribute to improving the quality of the final product. • expand the range of services: mastering modern information technologies allows translators to work with more complex and large-scale projects, as well as offer new types of services, such as post-editing of machine translation and localization. • staying competitive: in the context of growing demand for translation services and high competition in the market, knowledge of information technology is becoming a key factor for success. however, it is important to emphasize that technology does not replace human intelligence and linguistic expertise. a modern translator must have not only technical skills, but also a deep knowledge of the language, culture, subject area and the ability to think critically. information technology is only a tool in the hands of a qualified specialist, allowing him to do his job more efficiently and efficiently. in conclusion, the integration of information technology into the work of a modern translator is not just a temporary trend, but a fundamental change in the profession. knowledge of information technology is a prerequisite for successful work in the modern world, turning from a simple tool into an indispensable partner, enriching and expanding the capabilities of a linguist-translator. references: 1. ataeva g.i., turaeva g.kh. translation as a means of interconnection of world culture// academy. 2019. №12 (51). 2. morozkina e. a., shakirova n. r. the use of information technologies to optimize the translation process // vestnik bashkirsk. ten o'clock 2012. no. 1(i). url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ispolzovanie-informatsionnyh-tehnologiy-dlya-optimizatsii-protsesaperevoda 3. solopov v. i. translation strategy and information technologies // bulletin of the moscow state linguistic university. humanities. 2017. no. 5 (776). url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/perevodcheskaya-strategiya-i-informatsionnye-tehnologii 4. ushakova valeria alekseevna, kuznetsova tatyana igorevna, starkova ekaterina konstantinovna use of information technologies in the activities of a modern translator // advances in chemistry and chemical technology. 2021. no. 11 (246). url: https://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/ispolzovanie-informatsionnyh-tehnologiy-v-deyatelnostisovremennogo-perevodchika 5. yadgarova l.d., muradova g.b. difficulties of translation. speech styles of literary language / academy, no. 12 (51), 2019-p. 44-46. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org flexural vibrations of a double-layer elastic plate narzullaev muhammad azamat, doctoral student bukhara state technical university (uzbekistan) a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s consider a plate whose neutral plane coincides with the plane x, z, and the y coordinate coincides with the direction of thickness. analysis of numerical, material density, problem solving, harmonic wave, wave number, deformation, linear elasticity, isotropic material, algebraic equations, transcendental equation, müller's method, newton's method. introduction consider a plate whose neutral plane coincides with the plane x, z, and the y coordinate coincides with the direction of thickness. let harmonic bending waves propagate along the plate in the direction of the z axis. the base material 22 b y b − of the plate occupies a sphere, and the coating, each of which has the same thickness b/2 everywhere, occupies the sphere ( )hbyhhybn +−+− 2/;2/ . let g,  and  denote the modulus of volumetric compression, the modulus of shear, and the density of the base layer material, respectively. in this case, the solution of the rayleigh-lamb problem for the main layer is obtained using the variable separation method, and the displacements u, v, w (along the x, y, and z axes, respectively) in the propagation of a harmonic wave with a frequency and wave number k are of the form: ( ) ( )kztiexshkcxchau −−==  2121;0 , ( ) ( )kztieyshciychikaw −+−=  1, , 22 b y b − for where a1 and s1 are constants, and the parameters are defined using the following   expressions: .; 3 4 2 22 2 22       −= + −= k g k (1) american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org based on the relationship between stresses and strains of the theory of linear elasticity for a homogeneous isotropic material figure 1. change in frequency depending on the ratio of thicknesses of real and abstract parts ( ) ( ) ;3/2 22 1 yshkagxz  −−= ( )( )  ;223/2 1 222 1 yshckyshkgayy  −+−−= 0== xxxy  ; ( ) ;2 22 11 ychkcichxyikayz  ++−= ( )( )  .223/2 1 222 1 yshckyshkgayy  ++−+= expressions for moving points on the top outer layer that satisfy the equations of motion are generally as follows: u=0; ( ) ( )  ( ) ( ) hyshmhychdkhychfhyshc ccee −+−+−+−−=  1111 ( ) ( )  ( ) ( ) hychmhyshdihyshfhychikw cccee −+−−−+−=  1111 here, b1, d1, f1, m1 are constants, с and the с parameters are defined from the following ratios, which are similar: ,; 3 4 2 22 2 22 c c c ce c с k g k       −= + −= here, the c index refers to the characteristics of the coating material. ( ) hybbh −+−=− 2/1 using the antisymmetry property of a bending wave for a field, it is possible to measure the following families of bonds: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )ywywyyyuyu −−=−=−= ;;  (2) american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the properties of solution (2), we will limit ourselves to considering the region below ну 0 . the following boundary conditions must be met on a free surface y=h: 0=== yzyyxy  in addition, the condition of continuity of displacements on the contact surface is y = b ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )+−+−+− === bwbwbbbubu ,;  (3) and the condition of equality: ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )+−+−+− === bbbbbb yzyzxyyyyyxy  ;; where (b=b/2) must be satisfied. based on conditions (1), (2), (3) and symmetry conditions, we construct a system of six homogeneous linear algebraic equations with respect to six invariants (a1, b1, c1, d1, f1, and m1). the first of these constants determines the deformation state of the base layer, the other four determine the deformation state of the top layer of the coating:     0=qс . in order for a system of equations to have non-trivial solutions, the determinant of the matrix formed from the coefficients of the system must be equal to zero: f() =  0=с (4) in here ( ) ( ) ( );; ;;; 1514 131211 hbkchchbchc hbshckkchckсhс ccc cc −=−= −=−==   ( ) hshcbkshchbkshc  =−=−−= 222116 ;; ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) bshkcbshc hbshchbshc hbkchchbkchc ccc cc    2; ;; ;; 32131 2625 2423 −== −=−= −−=−−= ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ;;2 ;2;2 ;; 34241 3535 234233 hchchchkc hbchkchbshkc hbchchbсhс cccccc cc    =−= −=−= −−=−−= ( ) ( ) ( ) ( );; ;2;2 146145 4443 hbshchbchc hbchkchbshkc cccc cccccc −=−= −−=−−=   ;;2;0 ;2;;0 656466636261 5635355545251 cccc cc сkcсссс kcccccc   =−===== −=−===== in here american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) .;2 3 2 ;; 3 2 22 4 2222 3 22 2 2222 1 cccc kkkg kkkg   +=+−−= +=+−−= transcendental equation (4) is solved numerically using the müller method. three methods can be used to solve the frequency transcendental equation (4): figure 2. frequency change depending on the ratio of thickness of abstract parts a) the solution of a system of two transcendental equations; b) direct complex roots using numerical methods (müller's method, newton's method and other methods); c) approximate solution of the frequency equation by the method of small parameters. if f() is the value of the determinant of equation (4), then equation (4) can be divided into two with extreme caution in interpreting the results. figure 3. change in natural frequency (r) and attenuation coefficient as a function of wavelength american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org the frequency equation (4) is solved by the müller method. in all cases, the poisson's ratio is assumed to be 0.30 and 0.25 for the middle layer and the cover layer, respectively; cpc = 5400 m/s; sc = 3195 m/s; clpk = 2300 m/s; сspk = 2300 m/s; h/b = 0.1, 4452.0== с рк ср    (ratio of coating to middle layer). rheological properties of the coating 0,048; 0,05; 0,1.a b a= = = the values given are valid for the middle layer of duralumin and for the acrylic coating. the change in frequency depending on the ratio of the thickness of the abstract parts is shown in figure 2. the shells are not elastic and diffusive. the filling of the cavity is elastic. in other words, the construction is dissipatively heterogeneous. figure 4. change in extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength the results are presented graphically as a real part of the frequency and the change in the loss coefficient (potter's coefficient) relative to the dimensionless wave number (the ratio of the halfthickness of the layer of the medium to the wavelength). the absolute error of the eigenvalues in the calculations was about the exact equations 61014 − of . figure 3 shows the change in the real and abstract parts of the complex frequency relative to the dimensionless wavelength. in the case of dissipative inhomogeneous mechanical systems, a non-monotonic dependence of the attenuation coefficient on the wavelength was found. here, the function of the global attenuation coefficient is performed by the abstract parts of the first and second natural frequencies. when these (rk) frequencies converge, the intersection of the abstract parts of the first and second modes of natural frequencies is observed. a similar effect was observed in the work of yu.n. rabotnov. was also discovered when using a fractional-exponential nucleus graphs of dispersion curves, k*, as well as their projections on the plane (ω*, k) for both positive and negative imaginary parts of k* were considered. projections of k* on the plane (ω*, α) for both positive american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org and negative real parts of k* at different values of the parameters k were consideredand β that represent the hereditary properties of the material. analysis of numerical solutions shows that the greater m or the lower the value of β, the earlier and more widely the variance curves k* with the positive and negative imaginary parts begin to diverge. numerical calculations show that with a decrease in the value of m or an increase in the value of β, the dispersion curves tend to become elastic. in addition, it has been established that the dispersion curves of the hereditary elastic spectrum, belonging to the elastic spectrum, consist of a complex number k* with negative imaginary parts, which determines the attenuation of the solution by the coordinate. figure 5. change in extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength figure 6. change in attenuation coefficient and actual part of frequency as a function of wavelength american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org figures 5 and 4 show the change in the extinction coefficient as a function of wavelength. this is also obtained for a dissipative inhomogeneous mechanical system. the change in the attenuation coefficient and the actual part of the frequency as a function of the wavelength is shown in figure 6. it should be noted that the concepts of "closing frequency" (locking frequency) (k* = 0, ω* > 0, since there are no roots of the dispersion equation) and "frequency minimum" (since ω* monotonically increases as you move along the network) lose their meaning for the genetic-elastic spectrum. analysis of the numerical results shows that elastic-elastic spectral networks have the greatest curvature around the closing frequencies and frequency minima in the elastic spectral network. an increase in m values, as well as a decrease in β values, leads to smoothing of dispersion curves in these regions. thus, for the elastic spectrum, the elastic spectrum is approximately the same as for the hereditary elastic spectrum, m→0, it can be considered asymptotic at β>>1. asymptotic roots for the first mode near zero frequency are obtained. for the symmetrical dkx case for the first mode, we get: k1=c12ω+c13ω3/2 +o(ω2), α1 =d13ω3/2 +o(ω2) where c12, c13, d13 are functions dependent on ν, m, β. it was shown that at m = 0 these asymptotics overlap with similar asymptotics of the elastic layer. numerical calculations show that numerical solutions and asymptotics overlap in the regions under consideration. the analysis of dispersion equations and their numerical solutions allows us to draw the following conclusions: when replacing k ~ with k ~ symmetry of dispersion curves is observed; the higher the value of m or the lower the value of β, the earlier and faster the dispersion curves with the positive and negative imaginary parts diverge; -the higher the value of m and the lower the value of b, the faster the variance curve with positive and negative fractions; dispersion curves of the genetic-elastic spectrum, corresponding to the real grid of the elastic spectrum, consist of a complex number, the abstract part of which is positive, and this solution determines the inversion to zero of the coordinate; the concept of a closing frequency for the hereditary-elastic spectrum loses its meaning, since y = 0 and ω>0 will not be the roots of the dispersion equation; -networks of the hereditarily elastic spectrum have the greatest curvature near the closing frequency of the elastic spectrum. an increase in the values of m, as well as a decrease in the values of β, leads to smoothing of the dispersion curves in these regions. thus, the elastic spectrum can be considered asymptotic to the hereditary elastic spectrum at k → 0, β ≫ 1. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org references 1. cui, j.; ye, r.; zhao, n.; wu, j.; wang, m. assessment on energy absorption of double layered and sandwich plates under ballistic impact. thin‐walled struct. 2018, 130, 520–534. 2. tian, a.; ye, r.; ren, p.; jiang, p.; chen, z.; yin, x.; zhao, y. new higher‐ order models for sandwich plates with a flexible core and their accuracy assessment. int. j. struct. stab. dyn. 2019, 19, 1950024. 3. zhao, n.; ye, r.; tian, a.; cui, j.; ren, p.; wang, m. experimental and numerical investigation on the anti‐ penetration performance of metallic sandwich plates for marine applications. j. sandw. struct. mater. 2019. doi:10.1177/1099636219855335. 4. kirchhoff, v.g. uber das gleichgewicht und die bewegung einer elastischen scheibe. j. fur die reine und angew. math. 1850, 40, 51–88. 5. mohammadi, m.; saidi, a.r.; jomehzadeh, e. levy solution for buckling analysis of functionally graded rectangular plates. appl. compos. mater. 2010, 17, 81–93. 6. mindlin, r.d. influence of rotatory inertia and shear on flexural motions of isotropic, elastic plates. j. appl. mech. 1951, 18, 31–38. 7. ardestani, m.m.; soltani, b.; shams, s. analysis of functionally graded stiffened plates based on fsdt utilizing reproducing kernel particle method. compos. struct. 2014. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 40, september 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org the role of social media and influencers in forming beauty industry trends anel barat expert in beauty industry, nail master, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the role of social media and influencers in shaping beauty industry trends, with a focus on manicure and nail design. it examines the mechanisms of visual content distribution, the influence of influential bloggers and celebrities on consumer preferences, and the popularization of new styles and techniques. particular attention is paid to practical aspects: it analyzes current trends, their promotion through social media, and their impact on the choice of colors, shapes, and nail designs. the study's findings demonstrate that social media and influencers are key factors in shaping fashion trends, facilitating the rapid adoption of innovations and their adaptation to audience preferences. social media, influencers , beauty industry, nail design, manicure, trends, visual content, consumer preferences, beauty marketing, fashion trends. introduction scientific novelty. this study, for the first time, systematizes the influence of social media and influencers on trends in the beauty industry, with a focus on manicures. it demonstrates how visual content, celebrity recommendations, and influencers influence consumer preferences and the practical implementation of trends in beauty salons, enabling the integration of digital marketing strategies with professional practices. social media ( instagram , tiktok , pinterest ) have become an integral part of everyday life and have a significant impact on the beauty industry, especially on manicure, which is an important element of self-expression and style. social platforms serve as a powerful tool for the instant dissemination of new trends and the formation of consumer preferences. they enable the rapid demonstration of new manicure techniques, products, and styles, allowing users to quickly adapt to new trends [1]. the platforms enable users to share inspiration and discoveries, creating a dynamic field for beauty experimentation. according to a study conducted on the platform campus agency , social media provides instant visibility to new trends, products and manicure techniques, allowing users to quickly become familiar with new products and adapt them to their preferences [2]. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org influencers ( bloggers with large followings) play a key role in promoting beauty products and services. their recommendations and manicure demonstrations directly influence audience choices [3]. for example, celebrities like hailey showcase new manicure styles. bieber , demi lovato and selena gomez , contributes to their rapid popularization among a wide audience. thus, social media and influencers are a driving force in shaping nail industry trends, determining the choice of styles, colors, and techniques, as well as accelerating the introduction of new ideas and products to the market. social media has become a powerful catalyst for the formation and spread of trends in the beauty industry, particularly in manicure. platforms like instagram , tiktok , and pinterest are the primary tools for visual content sharing, accelerating the popularization of new styles, colors, and manicure techniques. these visual platforms create a "viral content" effect, allowing popular ideas to quickly spread among a wide audience, shaping mass consumer preferences. influencers act as "fashion trendsetters." their audiences demonstrate a high level of trust in their recommendations, making them key players in promoting new products and trends [4]. by showcasing specific styles, colors, and techniques, they directly influence the consumer choices of their followers. the formation of trends through social networks occurs according to the following main mechanisms: 1. visual demonstration. publications (photos and videos) serve as visual guides to new styles and techniques. 2. recommendations from authorities. the opinions of influencers , celebrities, and professional artists legitimize and popularize the trend. 3. virality and repetition. copying and reproducing popular publications by users leads to the creation and consolidation of mass trends. table 1 the impact of social media and influencers on manicure trends mechanism description examples of influence on trends visual demonstration publishing photos/videos of new techniques "almond latte mani", "blood moon mani" recommendations from opinion leaders influencers and celebrities promote style hailey bieber , demi lovato , selena gomez virality popular publications are copied by other users the widespread availability of new nail shapes and colors feedback comments and likes drive demand for specific trends the rise in popularity of pastel and bright colors social media (instagram , tiktok , pinterest ) and influencers play a key role in spreading new manicure trends, directly influencing consumer preferences and salon operations. influencers and celebrities, by showcasing their manicure styles, are setting a trending agenda for a wider audience. for example, the " almond " manicure latte » by hailee steinfeld , popular for october 2025, combines a creamy nude shade inspired by almond milk and espresso. [5] this reflects the current trend towards minimalist and natural designs. american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org another example is the demi manicure lovato in the style of " teal " french " (turquoise french) features an adaptation of the traditional french manicure using bright, unconventional colors for fall, encouraging a bold approach to the classics [6]. salons are actively implementing trends promoted on social media, which is a strategic move to attract customers. nail technicians promptly offer clients current designs, following influencer recommendations . for example, " milky " rose » by victoria beckham , which rose to popularity after the premiere of her documentary, is a sought-after choice among clients who prefer elegant minimalism.[7] salons are using social media as an effective marketing tool, showcasing their work, which is in line with the latest trends, to attract and retain clients. content created by influencers has a significant impact on consumer choice. publications showcasing new designs and techniques stimulate audience interest, which directly leads to increased demand for relevant products and services [8]. social media allows brands and salons to interact directly with customers, receive instant feedback and quickly adapt their offerings to changing market preferences [9]. table 2 examples of popular manicure trends promoted through social media trend description presented influencer almond latte mani a creamy nude shade inspired by a blend of almond milk and espresso. hailee steinfeld teal french mani traditional french manicure using turquoise shade demi lovato milky rose nails a milky pink shade that matches autumn colors victoria beckha the analysis revealed that social media and influencers play a key role in shaping and promoting trends in the beauty industry, particularly in the manicure and nail design segment. thanks to visual content on platforms like instagram , tiktok , and pinterest , new styles, colors, and techniques quickly spread to a wider audience, shaping consumer preferences and creating new trends. influencers and celebrities act as "opinion leaders," influencing the choice of nail colors, shapes, and decoration methods. examples of successful trend implementation include " almond" latte mani » hailee steinfeld , « teal french mani » demi lovato and milky rose nails » victoria beckham . these examples demonstrate that visual trends can quickly become mainstream and directly influence customer demand. practical application of the obtained data showed that beauty salons and nail technicians can effectively use social media to promote their services. regularly updating their portfolios, publishing relevant work, and incorporating popular trends help attract new clients, retain existing ones, and increase customer loyalty. engagement with the audience is especially important: likes, comments, and reposts allow artists to receive feedback, assess the demand for specific styles, and adjust their offerings. this makes their work more consumer-focused and improves the customer experience. thus, several key conclusions can be drawn: american journal of technology and applied sciences 40, september 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org 1. social media accelerates the spread of trends by providing a visual platform to showcase new manicure techniques and styles. 2. influencers and celebrities shape audience tastes, increasing trust in certain designs and products. 3. beauty salons and stylists, by applying knowledge about the influence of social media, can increase competitiveness, improve customer service, and implement current trends into their practices. 4. the influence of social media requires a conscious approach: it is necessary to consider the diversity of the audience, as well as the cultural and aesthetic preferences of customers, in order to shape trends that will be in demand and ethical. overall, the study confirms that the integration of digital tools and influencer marketing strategies is an effective mechanism for the development of the beauty industry, particularly in the manicure segment. this opens up opportunities for further research analyzing the effectiveness of marketing campaigns, the impact of visual content on customer emotional perception, and the long-term formation of sustainable trends. references 1. the impact of social media on beauty trends [electronic resource]. – access mode: https :// www. hi . edu / blog / the impact of social media on beauty trends / (date of access: 14.10.2025). 2. nailed it: how social media and influencers are transforming the nail care industry [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://thecampusagency.com/nailed-it-how-social-media-and-influencersare-transforming-the-nail-care-industry/ ( date accesses : 14.10.2025). 3. nguyen l. the impact of social media influencers on nail design [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/10024/887728/2/nguyen_linh.pdf ( date accesses : 15.10.2025). 4. hailey bieber is the queen of the viral manicure-these 23 looks prove it [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.marieclaire.com/b eauty/best-hailey-bieber-nails/ ( date accesses : 15.10.2025). 5. hailee steinfeld almond latte mani [electronic resource]. – access mode: https :// www . teenvogue . com / story / hailee steinfeld almond latte mani (date of access: 10/16/2025). 6. demi lovato teal french manicure [electronic resource]. – access mode: https :// www . marieclaire . com / beauty / nails / demi lovato teal french manicure / (date of access: 10/16/2025). 7. victoria beckham milky rose nails [electronic resource]. – access mode: https :// www . glamour . com / story / victoria beckham milky rose nails (date of access: 10/17/2025). 8. nguyen l. the impact of social media influencers on nail design [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.theseus.fi/bitstream/handle/10024/887728/nguyen_linh.pdf;jsessionid=409435b842e6 45b90bacaeb07e753572?sequence=2 ( date accesses : 17.10.2025). 9. how social media is changing the beauty industry [ electronic resource ]. – mode access : https://www.tspabuffalo.com/blog/how-social-media-is-changing-the-beauty-industry/ ( date accesses : 18.10.2025 ). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org electromagnetic switches of electrical energy parameters phd. anarboyev mukhitdin rakhmonov furkat senior teacher a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the physical basis of electromechanical transducers is based on the force interaction of the measured current with auxiliary magnetic fields or ferromagnetic masses. they have a number of advantages, such as the simplicity of their construction, high reliability, absolute autonomy, the implementation of multiple limits, the possibility of measuring direct, variable and impulse currents. introduction the physical basis of electromechanical current converters is the current generated by magnetic fields or ferromagnetic masses. their design ensures high reliability, robustness, reliability, reliability, resistance to overcurrent, dc, conduction and pulse currents. therefore, at currents from 10 to 5000 a, an electromechanical gearshift mechanism is used in the electric motor. combined power supply systems are classic single-phase alternating current electric motors designed to operate on high-voltage power transmission lines. vine transfarmators. this type of sensor – to-current transformer has three switching elements: currently, the most commonly used values of the output currents of the classical current changers secondary wrappers are 1 and 5 a. it is examined according to the rated current (in), rated voltage (un) of transformers, the degree of anicality that is bound to the consumer's load, and the electrodynamic and thermal stability (kdin and kt). electrodynamic endurance occurs only if the condition in the tail is met: k i i еки k i iдин y h дин h y     2 2 1 1 , here it will be listed in the catalogs for kdin transformers; the nominal current of the primary voltage of the in current transformer (measurement transfarmators). the thermal tolerance of current transfarmators is given in catalogs for a duration of one minute: american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org ( )k i t i еки i k i tt k k h h t k k     1 1 2 2 , when a current transformer fulfills a condition in the secondary winding of the charge song its anicity is at the required level: s sh x2  , in this case, the nominal load of the secondary voltage of the s2n current transformer is given in the references. the kuvvat of the sx-tok transformer(measurement transfarmator) secondary chulgham (v. a ( )s i r r rx h n c k  + +2 2 , here, the i2n current transformer is the nominal current of the secondary coil (i2n=5a), the rn is the active karsh of the instrument circuits connected to this coil, the resistance of the wires used in measuring the gs– transformer resistance, the resistance of the rk contacts (rk=0.1 om), the crosssectional surface of the wires in the secondary coil is required to be no less than 2.5 mm2 for power supply system current and power management does not satisfy the requirements of modern electronic and microprocessor devices. because in this case, the electrical power of the load reaches several hundred volts-amperes, which requires the need to connect to the output of additional suitable elements and devices as intermediate transforming transformers. figure 1. classic current transformer.1-magnetic core, 2 secondary core –ᴡ2, 3-primary current conductor primary core-ᴡ1. four-element sensors of single and three-phase primary currents. professor v. the key elements of the one-phase four – element magnetic controllable contact-sensor (gerkon) created by kovalenkov are shown in figure 2. 4 current conductor in a single-phase fourelement primary current sensor 1-excitable contact when current flows through the primary loop 2 – connects to the non excited contact, when the current flow stops, contact 1 is disconnected from contact 2.figure 2. professor v. kovalenkov identified the main elements of the magnetic field:1-fixed contact, 2-fixed contact, 3-magnetic core, 4 current conductor-primary lead, 5-isolation. in a four – element sensor in the form of a gerkon, 5 isolation is used as an auxiliary-isolating material. thus, in the wide range of applications of current changers, the measurement of currents serves the following purposes: threeamerican journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org phase electrical network electroautomatics and power supply system control the mode of operation of electrical devices; control and accounting for electricity consumption; assessment of the technical characteristics of electrical devices of the power supply system (for example, during tests). as for the accuracy of the change in current, the requirements of the class of current changers, they are very diverse. changes error 0.1...it should not exceed 0.5%, for example, when accounting for and controlling electricity consumption, the power supply system in electrical device tests. power supply systems in the rapid control and protection of electrical devices, it is necessary that the accuracy of electrical automation elements and devices is very high. three-phase current transducers must have small amplitude and angular errors in the change in the load input signal resistance; be reliable, ensure the stability of the main characteristic of time and external influences, follow fast operation. honeywell's modifiers are plug sensors table 1 gives the most widely used switches from the famous honeywell company, the current sensors, which are designed to measure and control constant, variable, pulsed currents and create a feedback system. figure 3. hall effect i based sensor. hall effect-based sensors and electromagnet tts as seen in table 1, honeywell's resistive modifierscurrent sensors contain a resistive element and are incorporated into the chain being measured. hall effect-based modifiers have high accuracy in measuring large currents due to the saturation of the magnetic system, limited accuracy, high cost, requiring additional power supplies. table-1 technical characteristics of honeywell company current changers key indicators resistive modifiers hall d-burner electromagnetic precision 0,02–0,5 0,02–0,5 tt accuracy at non-standard temperatures 0,12–1 0,2–1 0,2–1 measurement of large currents, ca 0.1. up to 20 0,5–3 displacement between current and voltage do 20 / / 0 up to 200 isolasia, mom 0 1000 0 connection to the source contact contact s track 1000 ac / dc metering ac / dc ac / dc contactless price low tall ac only power consumption, and 75 5 middle american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org honeywell's electromagnetic tts only allow ac measurement and have a relatively small frequency range. the advantage of electromagnetic tts is that without power and energy losses, there is no need to use displacement voltage and external power, the cost and power consumption are low. so, although there are many types of current switches, but in the control and control of the power supply system, it is required to choose the optimal type of switches, consider their advantages and disadvantages, develop new categories of them. an initial analysis of the structures of electromagnetic current switches and a relative assessment of their cited capabilities showed that kfiemto' (electromagnetic current voltage switches with enhanced functionality), which, due to the simplicity, high reliability and economy of the structure and technology of its preparation for controlling reactive power in an electric power system, changes the full current value to a voltage output signal, is references 1. international standard en-50160, “instrument transformers – part 1: current transformers”. 2. nikolay i. starostin, maksim v. ryabko, yurii k. chamorovskii, vladimir p. gubin, aleksandr i. sazonov, sergey k. morshnev, nikita m. korotkov, “interferometric fiber-optic electric current sensor for industrial application”, key engineering materials, vol.437, 314-318, 2010. 3. сиддиков и.х., назаров ф.д., анарбаев м., хонтураев и. принципы построения преобразователей тока с расширенными функциональными возможностями / опыт внедрения энергосберегающих технологии: тез. докл. респ. конф. с участием зарубежных представителей. 8 апреля 2010. -ташкент, 2010.с. 95. web sites 1. www.ziyonet.uz 2. www.bilim.uz 3. www.matlab.com 4. www.honeywell.com 5. vd_lebedev@mail.ru american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 42, november 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org the effect of 5 mev electron irradiation at 165 k on the structural and magnetic properties of ybco based htsc tape mussaeva malika anvarovna, shodiev akhmad abdunabiyevich institute of nuclear physics of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan, tash-kent, uzbekistan, e-mail: mussaeva@inp.uz, akhmadshodiyev@gmail.com a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s we investigated the impact of 5 mev electron irradiation at 165 k (close to the superconduct-ing transition temperature tc 90 k) on the structural transformations and charge transport at applied magnetic field 0.56 tesla to yba₂cu₃o7-x (ybco)-based and coated with pbsn-cu-aglayers high-temperature superconductor (htsc) tapes of the second generation, which are already used in charge particle accelerators and magnetic plasma confinement systems. meth-ods of xrd for structure-phase analysis revealed the irradiation induced recrystallization both in metal coatings and in ybco-film, so the ybco layer was exposed to mixed fluxes of elec-trons and bremsstrahlung gamma-quanta. hall effect measurements were implemented for de-termining electron and hole contributions in electric conductivity, magnetoresistance in the temperature range 80– 320 k. origin double-y-plotting allowed to distinguish hole (peak at 160 k) and electron carriers and condensation from localization temperatures. displacement de-fects responsible for the radiation induced transformations in ybco crystallites are mainly in oxygen and copper sublattices. interfaces ybco-y2o3 and ybco-cuo serve as artificial pin-ning centers, generated both during chemical deposition and irradiation. ybco-film, electron irradiation, bremsstrahlung gammaemission, hall effects, recrystallization. introduction currently metal coated htsc electric cables (wires or tapes) have such a high critical current density jc ~ 6 ka in applied magnetic field 2 t at 30 k that are replacing magnetic coils in charge particle accelerators and magnetic plasma confinement systems [1–4]. their advantages come from generation of artificial pinning centers (apc) in htsc both by chemical and radiation treatments, which were studied experimentally. the demand for htsc solenoids for thermal nuclear synthesis obviously assumes the radiation methods, therefore molecular dynamics simulations of radiation damage in american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org yba2cu3o7 were done taking into account structure anisotropy and complexity [5]. figure 1 demonstrates the best technological solution to deposit a micron layer of crystalline htsc film (restands for yttrium or rare earth elements, bco denotes ba-cu-oxygen) by pulse laser deposition method (pld) on a polished steel tape not directly, but preliminary coated with a few crystalline nanolayers with the lattice parameters approaching to those of htsc [6]. such a technology was the basis of concept of the high-temperature superconductor magnetic system of the new nuclotron synchrotron [7]. the complicate anisotropical structure of (re)bco introduces corresponding anisotropy of the tape: ab-plane of (re)bco along the length corresponds to azimuthal direction in a coil; ab-plane along the width corresponds to axial direction (z axis) in a coil; the c-axis direction, perpendicular to ab plane corresponds to radial direction in a coil [6]. fig. 1. schematic design (not to scale) of the coated (re)bco microfilm deposited on the multilayer buffer stack deposited on the steel tape and coated with silver contact and copper stabilizer [6] figure 2 shows the detailed unit cell of ybco and the result of molecular dynamic simulations of unstable and stable interstitial positions of atoms displaced by fast (>0.1 mev) neutrons [5]; the authors found fractional charges of all cations and anions of ybco: y(+1.9), ba(+1.5), cu(+1.4), o(−1.3); the number of defects formed at the operational temperature of 25 k is predicted to be lower than observed at 360 k due to creation of more defects during the ballistic phase coupled with inefficient recombination during the annealing phase at the higher temperature. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org fig. 2. graphical representation of the yba2cu3o7 unit cell. red, blue, green and yellow spheres correspond to oxygen, copper, barium and yttrium, respectively: leftthe grey spheres 1–7 illustrate possible interstitial sites for displaced atoms during the cascade; right – accumulated image of 3328 atoms in yba2cu3o7 supercell folded down to its unit cell at 5.4 ps (toward the end of the recombination phase equilibrated at 25 k), the interstitial 1–2 sites have been populated with oxygen interstitials (red) [5] the study used dft modeling of cu k-edge defect structures and high-energy x-ray spectroscopy to gain new insights into the nature of defects induced by he+ ion irradiation, and to find clear evidence of defects in copper planes in addition to xrd and tem data [8]. the authors showed that frenkel defects, consisting of oxygen vacancies at the in-plane o(2) site and oxygen vacancies between the cu(2) and cu(3) planes, are known to be relatively low-energy defects and reproduce many of the spectral and crystallographic changes observed after ion irradiation [8]. a decrease in the jc was observed in a thin yba2cu3o7-x film after its irradiation with 4 mev electrons at a dose of 3∙1016 electron/cm2. the temperature dependence of jc is consistent with the idea of a granular structure of the film with intercrystalline contacts of the superconductor-metal-insulator-superconductor type [9]. later, the authors irradiated yba2cu3o7-x films with 1 mev electrons and to a higher dose of 4∙1016 electron/cm2 limited by the condition that defects formed as a result of electron-nuclear collisions cause an insignificant decrease in the critical temperature tc. under this condition, the main source of radiation effects can be the excitation process of the electron subsystem of yba2cu3o7-x [10]. when ybco films were irradiated with electrons from 20 kev to 2.4 mev at doses from 1018 to 1022 electron/cm2, a continuous decrease in tc was observed with increasing dose. this is in good agreement with estimates of the number of defects formed at such doses by the electron-nuclear collision mechanism [11]. previously, we achieved an increase in the magnetization hysteresis (i.e., the current jm) in fields of 3–4 tesla in ybco single crystals after irradiation with electrons with energies of 300 – 350 kev (sufficient to displace only the oxygen atoms responsible for pinning at 0.5 tesla) and 1 mev (sufficient to displace the copper atoms responsible for vortex pinning at 3 tesla) at doses up to 1019 cm-2 with a decrease in tc by only 2 k [12,13-]. however, these encouraging results in the case of modern htsc tapes with metal coatings should be sought under other irradiation conditions, taking into account the inevitable energy losses during the penetration of metal layers covering the htsc, the already discovered dose limits for reducing jc and the need to maintain the htsc phase with tc~90 k. then we studied the surface condition of hts tapes (ybacuo) exposed to 5 mev electron fluency 1015 cm-2 at beam current density 1 a/cm2 in air at 273 k, suggesting significant energy losses at interaction with heavy upper microlayer of pbsn solder (the total ionization energy 1.85 mev for pb and 0.45 mev sn was calculated) and found that it has practically decomposed into pb nanocrystallites (height 20–70 nm) over sn nanofilm, then microtube cu coated with a thin nanolayer cuo, and under it a crystalline microfilm of yba2cu2o7, under which there is a thin crystalline layer of y2o3 on the surface of the substrate steel tape [14]. the irradiation at low temperature generates new “shallow trap” states in the cuo2 planes, into which oxygen migrates. when oxygen in the cuo chains becomes less stable, it transitions to the cuo2 planes, reducing electron density and thus creating holes. these transitions promote hole doping. an increased hole concentration in the cuo₂ planes strengthens superconductivity, raising the critical temperature (tc). at relatively low temperatures, atomic motion within the lattice slows, and diffusion american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org and recombination processes decelerate. the vacancies, interstitials, and oxygen dislocations resulting from electron irradiation do not consolidate quickly – in other words, the defects “freeze” and remain within the structure for extended periods. these defects may have a substantial impact on superconductivity, particularly by enhancing pinning centers, which in turn can increase the critical current density (jc). pinning stabilizes vortices in place, thereby increasing jc. irradiation suppresses vortex motion, reducing energy loss. when vortices move freely, they introduce resistance to superconductivity. if they are pinned, the material performs ideally. the structural defects caused by irradiation aid in vortex pinning, allowing the material to retain superconductivity even under high magnetic fields. the aim of this work was to determine the irradiation conditions when a spatial defect density is much less and possible increases the critical current in multilayer htsc-ybco tapes. sample details & methods sample details. the study focused on 2g hts wire fabricated using industrial equipment at the superox group of companies – s-innovations llc (moscow, russia) and superox japan llc (kanagawa, japan). the wire architecture consists of a cold-rolled hastelloy c276 substrate, a biaxially textured mgo buffer layer deposited by ion beam assisted deposition (ibad), and a yba₂cu₃o₇ hts layer applied using pulsed laser deposition (pld). the industrial ybco tapes are 4 mm wide and engineered to operate under a magnetic field of 20 tesla at 20 k. their critical current at 77 k reaches 150 a. the ybco crystal film is coated with micro-layers of ag, cu, and pbsn [2,15]. irradiation. the samples were cooled to 165 k and irradiated with 5 mev electrons along the c-axis using the u003 electron accelerator at the institute of nuclear physics, academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan. irradiation was performed for 200 seconds at a fluence of 5ч10№⁴ electron/cm2, with a beam-to-sample distance of 48 cm and an irradiation current of 400 na. cooling was achieved by transferring the temperature of liquid nitrogen through a specially designed copper support that held the samples. the dewar, filled with liquid nitrogen, accommodated the copper support such that one-fifth of its length (where the samples were mounted) remained exposed to air, while the rest was submerged in nitrogen. to prevent direct interaction between the electron beam and the liquid nitrogen during irradiation, the dewar was shielded with a metal cover of sufficient thickness. the x-ray diffraction spectra of the nonirradiated and irradiated samples were taken on an xrd empyrean x-ray diffractometer (panalytical, netherlands) in the wide range (2 theta, 10°–130°) [16]. the phase composition was determined using the pdf-2016 and cod databases. the measured x-ray diffraction spectra of the superox-1 tape, along with the fwhm and crystallite sizes, were calculated and plotted using originpro 2018 sr1 software. the xrd spectra were compared to those in [17]. the magnetic and electric characteristics were studied by the four-point probe hall effect method on the hms-7000 system and the amp55t magnet kit used for measurements at low temperatures (80–350 k) theoretical basis is lorentz force and van der pauw technique (ecopia, south korea). the sample tapes each 5 cm long were fixed with 4 gold-coated contacts on the stage. the measurements were taken at magnetic field of b=0.556 t directed normally to the tape surface and a current of i=10 ma. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org results and discussion xrd measurements fig. 3a–d shows x-ray diffraction spectra of ybco tape superox-1 before and after electron irradiation at 165 k, taken in reflection mode on an x-ray diffractometer empyrean at 300 k. in the non-irradiated sample, weak reflections and an increased low-angle background were detected from amorphous phases and intense reflections from crystalline phases. 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 29 .9 4 30 .4 3 31 .1 31 .8 2 34 .9 8 36 .1 1 37 .9 3 30 .2 7 30 .7 8 31 .4 3 32 .1 5 35 .3 2 36 .4 3 38 .2 7 c u y b c o y b c o y b c o y b c o y b c o c u in te ns it y co un ts 2 theta (°) 1 2a) c u 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 4 3 .2 8 4 4 .2 8 4 4 .8 1 5 0 .4 4 5 2 .2 6 4 3 .4 7 4 4 .4 6 4 5 .0 4 5 0 .6 3 5 0 .6 5 5 2 .4 3in te n si ty c o u n ts 2 theta (°) 1 2b) 60 65 70 75 80 85 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 6 2 .2 7 6 4 .4 7 7 4 .2 1 7 7 .4 1 8 1 .5 2 6 0 .1 9 6 2 .2 9 6 4 .6 6 6 5 .4 4 7 4 .4 1 7 7 .5 4 8 1 .7 2 c u in te ns it y co un ts 2 theta (°) 1 2 c) y b c o 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 9 0 .0 4 9 5 .0 9 9 7 .9 8 9 0 .2 2 9 5 .2 8 9 8 .1 in te n si ty c o u n ts 2 theta (°) 1 2 d) fig. 3. the fragmental x-ray diffraction spectra of the superox-1 tape, obtained using the xrd method, are represented by the corresponding intensity peaks in the x-ray diffraction spectra (a, b, c, and d), which are related to the 2θ angle. 1 – reference, 2 – irradiated integral fluency of 5ч1014 electron/cm2 at the energy of 5 mev at 165 k figures 3 a-d illustrate that, following electron irradiation, the diffraction peak intensities increase and shift to the right along the x-axis – most noticeably in figure 3a. furthermore, the crystallite sizes at the corresponding angles (as shown in figures 3 a-d and summarized in table 1) are either reduced or increased after irradiation because of changing crystal orientation at interfaces. crystal sizes d were calculated by the known formula: cos k d    = (1) where: d – crystallites size (nm) within the coherent scattering area; american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org k – 0.94 (scherrer constant); λ – 0.15406 nm (wavelength of the x-ray source); β – fwhm left [°2θ] (full width at half maximum); θ – peak position (bragg angle). table 1. structure and phase analysis and calculated crystallite size values of ybco-tape: leftthe reference, rightafter electron irradiation to dose 5ч1014 electron/cm2 at 165 k reference irradiated 2 theta (°) fwhm crystal size d (nm) phases 2 theta (°) fwhm crystal size d (nm) phases 29.9430 0.2705 31.75 cu,y2o3 30.2747 0.2922 29.41 y2o3 30.4296 0.2149 40.02 cu, pbsn 30.7719 0.2535 33.94 sn, pbsn 31.1037 0.2823 30.51 ybco, cu, pb 31.4337 0.2590 33.28 pb 31.8195 0.1942 44.42 ybco, sn 32.1546 0.1990 43.39 ybco,cuo, pbsn 34.9763 0.1965 44.27 cuo 35.3171 0.2187 39.81 cuo, 36.1039 0.2644 33.00 cu, pb 36.4246 0.2468 35.39 y2o3 37.9338 0.2156 40.69 ybco 38.2683 0.2277 38.56 ag, ybco 43.2797 0.5517 16.18 cu 43.4691 0.4341 20.57 cu 44.2771 0.2770 32.34 ag 44.4549 0.2996 29.91 ag, y2o3,sn 44.8024 0.4521 19.85 pbsn 45.0413 0.2260 39.73 pbsn 50.4475 0.5699 16.09 ybco,cu 50.6483 0.5185 17.70 cu, ybco 52.2587 0.2950 31.33 cu 52.4267 0.2881 32.10 ybco, pb 62.2715 0.6238 15.54 sn, pb 62.4930 0.6718 14.44 pbsn, pb, sn 64.4695 0.2766 35.46 pbsn 64.6539 0.3045 32.24 sn 74.2069 0.6110 17.03 pbsn 74.4102 0.6290 16.56 cuo, cu 77.4090 0.4837 21.98 ag 77.5424 0.4396 24.20 ybco, ag 81.5191 0.3006 36.44 cuo 81.7201 0.3797 28.89 ag, 90.0533 0.7754 15.14 cu 90.2218 0.8067 14.57 cu 95.2183 0.5658 21.75 ybco 95.3833 0.5741 21.47 ybco, pbsn 97.9780 0.8149 15.52 cuo 98.1080 0.5043 25.11 cuo the table shows that in this multilayered system there are at least 5 different interfaces of different crystalline compounds, which are contacted with planes having very close interatomic distance d responsible for one common reflection. after the intensive irradiation we see changes in the reflection angles and contacting phases. it means recrystallization of phases at interfaces with their reorientation towards to the best interatomic distance matching. either increase or decrease of crystallite size indicates fragmentation, while increased size suggests grain growth or recrystallization under irradiation. one should take into account, the irradiation induced recrystallization both in metal coatings and in ybco-film, so the ybco layer was exposed to mixed fluxes of electrons and bremsstrahlung gamma-quanta. hall effect measurements before presenting our hall effect measurements in applied magnetic field 0.5 t, a brief review is done below on generation of point defects by electron and gamma-quanta, which act as point pinning centers for flux vortices increasing the critical current density jc in superconducting ybco. unlike 1–4 mev electron irradiations capable of displacing any atom of ybco [9–11], low energy 30 kev electron american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org irradiation below and above 1020 electron/cm2 of ybco thin films (75–200 nm) resulted in increase and decrease in the jc, which are controlled by changes in the density of oxygen vacancies acting as effective pinning centers. the raman investigations suggest that critical temperature increase in irradiated films is due to healing of broken cuo chains that results in increased carrier's concentration in superconducting cuo2 planes [18] . like electron irradiation, gamma radiation also significantly influences the electrical and magnetic properties of ybco tapes by effect over the oxygen random distribution on the basis plane, specially over the cu(1)-o chain sites, the electronic movement of the cooper pairs ascribed to the ybco superconducting properties takes place at the cu(2)-o2 planes. gamma radiation with initial energies eγ ≥ 129 kev can displace oxygen and eγ ≥ 489 kev displace copper, as well, in the cu(2)-o2 planes [19]. also, the electrical resistivity in the normal state shows a nearly linear dependence on the exposure dose, which is expected to be due to the increase in vacancy concentration in the cu(2)-o2 planes upon gamma irradiation, based on mathiessen's rule. in relation to the superconducting transport properties, gamma irradiation has been shown to enhance the vortex pin energy u0 and the critical electric current jc in superconducting state [20]. to refer to theoretical work, as expected for a singleband metal with a hole density n =1+p, while the overdoped metallic state is characterized by a single large hole fermi surface whose volume contains 1+p holes per cu atom, as determined by angledependent magneto resistance (admr) [21]. the normal-state hall effect and magnetoresistance of single crystals of tl2ba2cuo6+δ with 𝑇𝑐 < 15 k was studied in the elastic-scattering regime up to 30 k the temperature dependence of the hall coefficient, 𝑅𝐻, below 30 k rules out models in which 𝑅𝐻(t) is taken as a measure of a real temperature-dependent change in the carrier concentration. the two scattering rates (probed by the resistivity and the cotangent of the hall angle) which characterize normal-state transport in the cuprates t ≥ 30 k [22]. the electrical resistivity ρ(t) exhibits the standard t2 temperature dependence of a fermi liquid [23]. at intermediate doping, between the insulator and the metal, there is a central region of superconductivity, delineated by a critical temperature tc which can rise to values of order 100 k. above the maximal tc, near optimal doping, the normal state is a “strange metal”, characterized by a resistivity which is linear in temperature instead of quadratic. in the midst of this strange-metal region, the enigmatic “pseudogap phase” sets in, below a crossover temperature t* where most physical properties undergo a smooth yet significant change [24]. in a model of charge carriers on a three-dimensional fermi surface scattered by two-dimensional antiferromagnetic spin fluctuations, transport properties near the magnetic quantum critical point are found to be dominated by “hot spots”, points on the fermi surface connected by the ordering wavevector. in this case, calculations show that ρ(t) ~ t, ce/t ~ log(1/t) and s/t ~ log(1/t) [25]. more generally, both ρ(t) ~ t and ce/t ~ log(1/t) follow naturally from a marginal fermi liquid phenomenology [26]. the low frequency of quantum oscillations and the decrease in hall coefficient to deeply negative values below 100 k observed in ybco near p = 1/8 demonstrate that the large hole fermi surface of overdoped cuprates undergoes a profound reconstruction in the pseudogap phase. however, the lack of evidence for static stripe order in ybco at p = 1/8 raises interesting questions: are fluctuating charge/spin modulations sufficient to alter the fermi surface , and where the pseudogap phase is a fluctuating precursor of a long-range stripe order that only sets at lower temperatures than t* [27], [28], [29]. the effect of electron irradiation below the energy threshold for the formation of in-plane defects on the resistance, and hall coefficient in thin yba2cu3o7-x films fully doped with american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org oxygen was studied. it was shown that the observed changes can be explained by the disruption of the oxygen chain (the formation of vacancies at the o(1) and o(5) positions), which, firstly, disrupts the conductivity of the chains, and secondly, reduces the hole doping in the cuo2 planes [30]. the results of this work allow the authors to conclude that the t-line resistance slope and the increase in the hall coefficient of ybco observed in many irradiation experiments with high-energy particles [31, 32] are also due to the formation of defects in the chains, which occurs simultaneously with the formation of in-plane defects. however, the t~ suppression is primarily due to in-plane defects [30]. the particular attention was paid on the individual (isolated) damage cascade production by irradiation with 50 kev kr+ and 89 kev xe+ ions to low fluencies (1–4)1011 cm-2 of ybco crystals in the superconducting state at 40 k well below the tc=91 k, followed by tem analysis at 40 k and after annealing to 100 k, 170 k, 240 k and finally to 300 k under focused 100 kev electron beam (in-situ) [33]. the authors distinguished the vacancy and interstitial types of strain fields and observed non-coherent recrystallization within 20 unit cells (8 nm) involving rotation of a-b-c-axes. to imitate the operation condition of htsc accelerators at the electron energy of 2.5 mev at 10 k, ybco single crystals were irradiated at the beam angle 5o to c-axis to high doses (1–3)1018 cm-2 at the dose rate 4.21013 cm2sec-1. magnetization current was measured at applied field 1 koe, 10-6 v/cm, 85 k just below the tc. the authors estimated the vortex size a=140 nm and the distance between twins 300 nm as optimal electron irradiation condition [34]. figure 4 provides schematic illustration of the charge-transfer between chains and planes, taking place when ybco is cooled through the metal-superconductor transition (mst), and the relevant orbitals for the self doping mechanism, which are the (partially empty) and orbitals at the chain cu(1) and plane cu(2,3)-sites and the connecting apical oxygen o(4) orbitals [35]. fig.4. (a) schematic illustration of the charge-transfer between chains and planes, taking place when ybco is cooled through the mst. in the superconducting phase the 183 +ld configuration at cu(1)sites in the chains is suppressed, while at cu(2)-sites the 193 −ld configuration is increased. the net effect is a self doping of the superconducting planes in the mst. (b) the relevant orbitals for the self doping mechanism are the (partially empty) 223 rz d − and 223 zy d − orbitals at the cu(1) and cu(2,3)-sites american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org and the connecting apical oxygen o zp2 orbitals. the first ones are preferentially excited when aligning the x-ray polarization vector along the c-direction (out of-plane) [35] concluding from the above review, irradiation of modern metal coated superconductor micro sized tape with high-energy electrons >4 mev at moderate beam current (dose rate <µa/cm2) to quite low doses so as to generate well separated defect cascades as magnetic pinning places at low temperatures makes it possible to create htsc coil for charged particles accelerators. one may expect radiation defects in recrystallized places. these defects would change the electrical resistance in both normal (above tc) and superconducting (below tc) states. figures 5 (a, b, c, d, e) show our results of hall effect measurements prior and after 5 mev electron irradiation at 165 k to fluency 5ч1014 electron/cm2 at the electron beam current density 400 na/cm2, including temperature dependencies of resistivity ρ (a), magnetoresistance r in the applied magnetic field 0/56 tesla directed normal to both voltage and current (b), carrier mobility µ (c), hall coefficient rh (d), bulk carrier concentration n (e). before describing the ρ(t) and discussing the conductivity mechanism, we should emphasis that both voltage and current signals go between the four golden contacts in the hall cell through pbsn-cu-ag microlayers towards ybco microfilm and back as shown in table 1. it is known that the most effective charge scattering or trapping takes place at the interfaces of various metals having different conductivity. american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org fig. 5. resistivity ρ (a), magnetoresistance r (b), carrier mobility µ (c), hall coefficient rh (d), bulk concentration n (cm3) 1 – reference, 2 – after irradiation at 165 k with the fluency of 5 mev electrons 5ч1014 electron/cm2 american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org fig 5a shows a “strange” metal behavior nearly constant resistivity within 100–230 k, followed by the normal metal t2 range with peaks at 270 k and > 320 k, where charge carriers are localized. after the electron irradiation the resistivity increased resistivity by a factor of 20 because of formation of two traps at 220 and 290 k. fig.5b demonstrates a strong (in applied magnetic field 0.56 tesla) magnetoresistance band peaked at 160 k, which 10 times decreases after the irradiation. according to the finding [5] the most stable defects in oxygen sublattice are oxygen interstitials in o(5) sites, which trap holes, and the residual oxygen vacancies o(1), which trap electrons. the both are responsible for the paramagnetic peaks at 160 k (non-irradiated) and weaker ones at 120, 230 and 290 k. to distinguish electron and hole traps only by the carrier mass, the mobility was measured as shown in fig. 5c. abrupt mobility drop below 100 k should be attributed to charge carrier condensation into htsc state. indeed, 10 times higher electron mobility peaked at 140 k may be due to the magnetic vortex state. after the irradiation the mobility decreases 10 times and the maximum shifts towards 160 and 200 k. such behavior correlates with domination of hole trapping oxygen centers in y2o3 and the related complicate compounds [12, 13]. the mobility decrease above 140 k in non-irradiated sample and above 200 k may be explained by thermal activation of magnetic vortices around hole trapping centers, according to [35]. comparing fig. 5b and fig. 5d one can see their similarity and conclude that magnetic resistance peak at 160 k to hole carriers. however after the electron irradiation there added some contribution from generated electrons. despite the irradiation induced defects the bulk carrier concentration (figure 5e) increased by approximately 10 to 20 times and stabilized at the level of 1022 cm-3 above the superconductivity onset temperature below 120 k. the conductivity, dominates by hole transfer from cuo chains to cuo2 plane according to the charge transfer scheme [35] and the estimated effective fractional valence of cu1.4+ and o1.3[5]. based on the above observations, it can be concluded that 5 mev electrons induce defects in the superconducting ybco layer of hts tapes when irradiated at relatively low temperatures, namely 165 k. these defects appear to remain well preserved, especially when the irradiated sample is kept at liquid nitrogen temperature for several hours immediately after irradiation. conclusion comparing xrd phase analysis of htsc with chemical pinning centers (non-superconducting oxide on the ybco surface) and the irradiation induced centers (recrystallized oxide-metal-ybco) are functionally similar each to other. mixed magnetic vortex state occurs in the temperature interval 100– 300 k depending on the radiation induced defects. methods of xrd for structure-phase analysis revealed the irradiation induced recrystallization both in metal coatings and in ybco-film, so the ybco layer was exposed to mixed fluxes of electrons and bremsstrahlung gamma-quanta. in order to determine whether the induced defects are stable or unstable, measurements must also be conducted after a certain delay following irradiation. in real situation measurements of xrd and hall effect were done in different time after the irradiations, therefore the irradiated samples were in various temporal relaxation states. in our previous studies, we remeasured room-temperature irradiated samples one year later and found that only a small fraction of the initial results were reproducible. therefore, remeasuring samples irradiated at 165 k after a controlled delay may yield highly interesting and important data for future investigations. but in the practical application as the htsc based accelerator american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org or tokamak, the operation (irradiation) periods and the rest (relaxation) periods may be different, so the part of the irradiation induced defects will anneal during the rest period. controlled 5 mev electron irradiation to 100 times less fluency and at lower temperature (165 k) than in optimized ybco tape performance by enhancing the critical current. radiation-induced defects act as effective pinning centers, stabilizing vortices under magnetic field 0.56 tesla. our method of electron irradiation seems promising for applications in high-field magnets and power cables. acknowledgement the authors are grateful to dr. s.i. tyutyunnikov and phd m.s. novikov from the joint institute for nuclear research, dubna, russian federation, for providing the samples and supporting the research. they also thank the inp as ruz researcher prof. e.m. ibragimova, phd i. yuldosheva for the xrd analysis and s. egamov for measuring the hall effect. the researches are supported by basic funding allocated to the institute of nuclear physics of the academy of sciences of the republic of uzbekistan by the decree pp-4526. references 1. fetisov s., zubko v., zanegin, s., nosov a., vysotsky v. review of the design, production and tests of compact ac hts power cables // progress in superconductivity and cryogenics 22(4), 33– 41 (2020). 2. molodyk a., samoilenkov s., markelov a., degtyarenko p., lee s., petrykin v., gaifullin m., mankevich a., vavilov a., sorbom b., cheng j., garberg s., kesler l., hartwig z., gavrilkin, s., tsvetkov a., okada t., awaji s., abraimov d., francis a., bradford g., larbalestier d., senatore c., bonura m., pantoja a. e., wimbush s. c., strickland n. m. & vasiliev, a. development and large volume production of extremely high current density yba₂cu₃o₇ superconducting wires for fusion //scientific reports 11, 2084 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-81559-z. 3. khvostenko p.p., anashkin i.o., bondarchuk e.n., inyutin n.v., krylov v.a., levin i.v., mineev a.b., sokolov m.m. experimental thermonuclear installation tokamak t-15md // problems of atomic science and technology, ser. thermonuclear fusion 42(1), 15–38 (2019). 4. meschini s., laviano f., ledda f., pettinari d., testoni r., torsello d., panella b. review of commercial nuclear fusion projects // frontier energy research. 11, 1157394 (2023). 5. gray r.l., rushton m.j.d., murphy s.t. molecular dynamics simulations of radiation damage in yba2cu3o7 // superconductor science and technology 35(3), 035010 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6668/ac47dc. 6. song h., brownsey p., zhang y., waterman j., fukushima t., hazelton, d. 2g hts coil technology development at superpower // ieee trans appl. supercond. 23(3), 4600806 (2013). doi: 10.1109/tasc.2012.2233837 7. khodzhibagiyan h.g., novikov m.s., fisher e.z., shemchuk a.v. concept of the hightemperature superconductor magnetic system of the new nuclotron synchrotron // physics of particles and nuclei letters 21(1), 68–72 (2024). doi: 10.1134/s1547477124010060. 8. nicholls r.j., diaz-moreno s., iliffe w., linden y., mousavi t., aramini m., danaie m., grovenor c.r.m., speller s.c. radiation-induced defects in high-temperature superconductors studied by high-energy x-ray spectroscopy // communications materials 3, 52 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-021-81559-z https://doi.org/10.1088/1361-6668/ac47dc american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org 9. fedotov yu.v., ryabchenko s.m., shakhov a.p. critical currents in yba2cu3o7-x high-temperature superconducting thin films irradiated by 4-mev electrons // low temperature physics 26(7) 464– 466 (2000). http:// dx.doi.org/10.1063/1.1306399. 10. fedotov yu.v., danilchenko b.a., rogutskii i.s. low-dose radiation effects in thin films of hightemperature superconducting yba2cu3o7-x irradiated by 1-mev electrons // low temperature physics 28(10) 739–742 (2002). 11. jackson e.m., weaver b.d., summers g.p., shapiro p., burke e.a. radiation-induced tc reduction and pair breaking in high-tc superconductors // phys. rev. lett. 74(15), 3033–3036 (1995). doi:10.1103/physrevlett. 74.3033. 12. ibragimova e.m., gasanov e.m., nebesny a.f., giapinzakis j. k., kirk m. a. oxygen defects in ybacuo crystals after 300 kev electron and gamma-irradiations // mater. res. soc. proc. 540, 32918 (1999). 13. ibragimova e.m., kirk m.a. modification of structure and properties of superconducting ybacuo crystals by combined irradiation // proc. mater. res. soc. symp. 659(ii7) 8–13 (2001). 14. shodiev a.a. the effect of 5 mev electron radiation on the surface condition of hts tapes (ybacuo) / republican scientific and practical conference on “сurrent problems of condensed matter physics and new high technologies” pp.135-137. samarkand (2024). 15. ibragimova e.m., shodiev a.a., ahrorova s., mussaeva m.a., iskandarov n.e., kurbanov u.t. & tashmetov, m.yu. low-dimensional magnetic centers in htsc-ybco film on steel-276 induced by gamma-quanta and electron beam // journal of magnetism and magnetic materials 595(171617), (2024). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmmm.2023.171617. 16. shodiev a.a., ibragimova e.m., musayeva m.a., iskandarov n.e., baranov o.o., tursunbaev i.z. the effect of fast neutron irradiation on critical current of hts tapes with nanoparticles // center for advanced technologies international scientific conference of young scientists «science and innovation» collection of scientific papers. pp. 346–348. tashkent (2024). 17. prabhakar b. and wani t.a. "crystal structure visualization and powder diffraction pattern of ybco superconductor," /aip conference proceedings. 2281 (020003), 1–6. (2020) doi: 10.1063/5.0026282. 18. chromik s., camerlingo c., sojkovб m., strbнk v., talacko m., malka i., bar i., bareli g., jung g. low energy electron beam processing of ybco thin films // applied surface science 389, 0169– 4332 (2016). 19. leyva a., mora m., martin g. & martinez, a. irradiation effect of 60co gamma rays in ybco thick films // supercond. sci. technol. 8(11), 816–821 (1995). 20. leyva a. et al. the effects of 137cs and 60co γradiation on the magnetic susceptibility of bscco textured thin rods // nucl. instr. and meth. b 239(3), 281–285 (2005). 21. hussey n.e., abdel-jawad m., carrington a., mackenzie a. p., & balicas l. a coherent threedimensional fermi surface in a high-transition-temperature superconductor // nature, 425(6960), 814–817. (2003). https://doi.org/10.1038/nature01981. 22. mackenzie a. p., julian s. r., sinclair d. c., & lin c. t. normal-state magnetotransport in superconducting tl₂ba₂cuo₆₊δ to millikelvin temperatures // physical review b, 53(9), 5848–5855. (1996). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.53.5848 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmmm.2023.171617 https://doi.org/10.1038/nature01981 https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.53.5848 american journal of technology and applied sciences 42, november 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org 23. nakamae s., behnia k., mangkorntong n., nohara m., takagi h., yates s. j.c., & hussey n. e. electronic ground state of heavily overdoped nonsuperconducting la₁.₇sr₀.₃cuo₄ // physical review b, 68(10), 100502(r). (2003). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.68.100502. 24. timusk t., & statt b. the pseudogap in high-temperature superconductors: an experimental survey // reports on progress in physics, 62(1), 61–122. (1999). https://doi.org/10.1088/00344885/62/1/002. 25. paul i., & kotliar g. thermoelectric behavior near the magnetic quantum critical point // physical review b, 64(18), 184414. (2001). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.64.184414. 26. varma c.m., littlewood p. b., schmitt-rink s., abrahams e., & ruckenstein a.e. phenomenology of the normal state of cu-o high-temperature superconductors // physical review letters, 63(18), 1996–1999. (1989). https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.63.1996. 27. kivelson s.a., bindloss i.p., fradkin e., oganesyan v., tranquada j.m., kapitulnik a., & howald c. how to detect fluctuating stripes in the high-temperature superconductors // reviews of modern physics, 75(4), 1201–1241. (2003). 28. kivelson s. a., fradkin e., & emery v. j. electronic liquid-crystal phases of a doped mott insulator // nature, 393(6685), 551–554. (1998). 29. hinkov v., haug d., fauque b., bourges p., sidis y., ivanov a., chen c., bernhard l., & keimer b. nernst effect in the pseudogap state of high-tc superconductors // science, 319(5863), 597–600. (2008). 30. tolpygo s.k., lin j-y., gurvitch m., hou s.y., phillips j.m. tc enhancement by low energy electron irradiation and the influence of chain disorder on resistivity and hall coefficient in yba₂cu₃o₇ thin films // physica c 269, 207–219 (1996). 31. gupta r.p., & gupta m. effect of radiation-induced oxygen disorder on the superconducting transition temperature in ybco superconductors // physical review b, 45(18), 9958. (1992). 32. tolpygo s.k., lin j.-y., gurvitch m., hou s.y., & phillips j.m. effect of oxygen defects on transport properties and tc of yba2cu3o6+x: displacement energy for plane and chain oxygen and implications for irradiation-induced resistivity and tc suppression // physical review b, 53(18), 12462. (1996). 33. frishherz m.c., kirk m.a., zhang g.p., weber, h.w. transmission electron microscopy of defect cascades in yba2cu3o7−δ produced by ion irradiation // philos. mag. a. 67, 1347–1363. (1993). 34. bondarenko a.v., prodan a.a., petrusenko y.t., borisenko v.n., dworschak f., dedek u. effect of electron irradiation on vortex dynamics in yba2cu3o7−δ single crystals // phys. rev. b 64, 092513, (2001). 35. magnuson m., schmitt t., strocov v.n., schlappa j., kalabukhov a.s., duda l.-c. self-doping processes between planes and chains in the metal-to-superconductor transition of yba2cu3o6.9 // scientific reports. 4, 7017, (2014). doi: 10.1038/srep07017. https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.68.100502 https://doi.org/10.1088/0034-4885/62/1/002 https://doi.org/10.1088/0034-4885/62/1/002 https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevb.64.184414 https://doi.org/10.1103/physrevlett.63.1996 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org change of contract of an employee due to transfer to another job madumarova nilufar muhammadovna lecturer of the department of legal education fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the employee shall not be transferred to another job if there are contraindications for the employee based on his/her health status, confirmed by a medical report. when transferring an employee to another job, the date by which he/she must begin the work he/she is transferred to must be determined. introduction depending on the period for which the employee is transferred to another job, the types of transfers are divided into permanent and temporary. if the employee is temporarily transferred to another job, the period of such transfer must be determined. the period of temporary transfer of an employee to another job can be determined by: indicating the total duration of the temporary transfer in days, months, years; indicating the calendar date from which the work begins and the calendar date on which the transfer ends, if any; determine the event upon which the transfer period ends (return to work of a temporarily absent employee, etc.). upon the expiration of the temporary transfer period of an employee to another job, the employer must provide the employee with the previous job specified in the employment contract. permanent transfer of an employee to another job is allowed only with his consent. temporary transfer of an employee to another job is carried out with his consent, except for cases of production necessity or idleness in accordance with article 145 of the labor code. before obtaining the employee's consent to transfer to another job, the employer must familiarize the employee with the content of the work to which he is being transferred, the working conditions in this job, as well as internal documents directly related to the performance of this work. an employee shall not have the right to demand from the employer transfer to another job, except for the cases provided for in the first part of articles 142, 143, the second part of article 144, the first part of articles 364, 394 and 395 of the labor code. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org by agreement of the parties to the employment contract, an employee may be temporarily transferred to another job for a period of up to one year; in the case of such transfer to replace a temporarily absent employee who retains his or her job in accordance with the law, this may be done until the employee returns to work. if, upon the expiration of the transfer period, the employee has not been given his or her previous job, the employee has not requested it and continues to work, the condition of the agreement on the temporary nature of the transfer shall cease to be valid and the transfer shall be considered permanent. an employee's request for temporary transfer to another job must be satisfied by the employer for the following valid reasons: the presence of a medical opinion according to which the employee, due to his state of health, needs to be temporarily transferred to a job that is easier or excludes the effects of unfavorable production factors; the presence of a medical opinion according to which a pregnant woman needs to be temporarily transferred to a job that is easier or excludes the effects of unfavorable production factors; the inability of one of the parents (guardians) caring for a child under the age of two to perform their previous job; in other cases where this request is made for good reasons and such work is available at the employer. the list of good reasons for temporary transfer to another job at the initiative of the employee, as well as the procedure for payment of wages during such a transfer, may be established by a collective agreement, or if such an agreement is not concluded, it shall be determined by the employer in agreement with the trade union committee. in the event of a vacant position, the employer shall be obliged to transfer an employee who, in accordance with his state of health, requires a permanent transfer to a job that is lighter or excludes the effects of unfavorable production factors, and does not have contraindications due to his state of health, with his consent. in the event that the employee refuses to be transferred to another job provided for in the first part of this article, as well as if the employer does not have another job that is not contraindicated due to the employee's health condition, the employment contract concluded with the employee may be terminated due to the employee's refusal to be transferred to another job that is not contraindicated due to the employee's health condition or due to the employer's lack of appropriate work, provided that the employee is paid the severance pay provided for in article 173 of the labor code and provided with the guarantees provided for in article 100. if it is impossible to continue the work related to the labor function specified in the employment contract for objective reasons, the employer must offer the employee another job that corresponds to his specialty and qualifications, and in the absence of such a job, another job available at the employer. in the event of termination of an employment contract concluded with an employee on the grounds provided for in part 2 of article 143, paragraphs 2 and 3 of part 2 of article 161, paragraphs 2, 4, 5 and 9 of part 1 of article 168, paragraph 1 of part 1 of article 489 of the labor code, the employer shall be liable for the obligation provided for in part 1 of this article. in the event of termination of an employment contract concluded with an employee in accordance with paragraph 4 or 5 of part 1 of article 168 of the labor code, the employee shall be transferred to another job, taking into account the requirements of part 5 or 6 of article 168 of this code, respectively. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org if an employee is not suitable for the job he/she is performing (the position he/she holds) due to insufficient qualifications, the employer is obliged to offer the employee a job that is suitable for the employee's specialty and requires slightly less qualifications, or if such a job is not available, another job available at the employer. if, according to a medical report, an employee is contraindicated to perform the work stipulated in the employment contract, the employer must offer the employee another job that corresponds to the medical report. in this case, the employee must be offered a job in his or her existing specialty and qualifications, and if the employer does not have such a job, another job must be offered. if the employer does not have a permanent job that can be transferred upon termination of the employment contract concluded with the employee on the grounds provided for in the second part of this article, but there is work that can be performed under a fixed-term employment contract, the employer must offer the employee a transfer to such a job. in this case, the employee is transferred to another job under a fixed-term employment contract. termination of an employment contract on the grounds listed in part two of this article is allowed in the following cases: when the employee refuses to transfer to another job offered by the employer, subject to compliance with the requirements stipulated in parts one to five of this article; when the employer has no vacancies or jobs that are not contraindicated due to the employee's health condition; when the employee cannot be transferred to another job due to the fact that he does not meet the qualification requirements necessary for performing this job. in connection with production necessity or idleness, it is allowed to temporarily transfer an employee to another job that is not stipulated in the employment contract without his consent, at the initiative of the employer. in this case, the employee may not be transferred to another job that is contraindicated due to his health condition. temporary transfer of an employee to a job requiring lower qualifications due to redundancy is allowed with the written consent of the employee. a production necessity is the need to perform unforeseen work that cannot be postponed in order to prevent or eliminate redundancy, to replace a temporarily absent employee, to prevent or eliminate the consequences of industrial accidents and industrial accidents, to perform emergency or emergency work or to prevent and (or) eliminate the consequences of disasters of a natural, man-made and ecological nature (fire, flood, earthquake, epidemic, epizootic, etc.), as well as in other cases that threaten the life or normal living conditions of the entire population or part of it. a temporary suspension of work for economic, technological, organizational reasons, other production-related or natural reasons is a production necessity. during the period of temporary transfer of an employee to another job due to production necessity or redundancy, the employee's remuneration for his work shall be made depending on the work performed, but not less than the previous average monthly salary. the periods of transfer of an employee to another job due to production necessity or redundancy may not exceed a total of sixty calendar days within one calendar year. the deadlines for transferring an employee to another job due to production necessity or redundancy, the specific amounts of remuneration, as well as special cases of production necessity shall be american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org established by the collective agreement, or, if it has not been concluded, by the employer in agreement with the trade union committee. references 1. o‘zbekiston respublikasining konstitutsiyasi // qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 01.05.2023 y.,. 2. o‘zbekiston respublikasining mehnat kodeksi // o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy majlisining axborotnomasi,1996-y., 1-songa ilova; qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 30.04.2023 y.,. 3. o‘zbekiston respublikasi vazirlar mahkamasining 2019yil 18-yanvardagi 47-son qarori bilan tasdiqlangan mehnatga haq to‘lashning yagona tarif setkasiga o‘zgartirish kiritish haqida”gi 47sonli // qonun hujjatlari ma’lumotlari milliy bazasi, 19.01.2019-y., 09/19/47/2508-son. 4. o‘zbekiston respublikasining “fuqarolarning davlat pensiya ta’minoti to‘g‘risida”gi qonuni // o‘zbekiston respublikasi oliy kengashining axborotnomasi, 1993-y., 9-son, 2016-y., 49-son, 579-modda. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 34, march 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org psychological conditions that occur in trafficked women butayeva tamara alibayevna psychologist of the republican rehabilitation center for assistance to victims of human trafficking master a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article will analyze briefs on psychological tactics used by individuals engaged in trafficking in women affected by trafficking, the problems faced by women affected, and their social, psychological state. the focus is on sexual exploitation and the forced labor of women and other forms of exploitation. recommendations have also been made on how to approach victims psychologically. human trafficking, forms of women affected by human trafficking, psychological characteristics introduction human trafficking is the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons, by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, of abduction, of fraud, of deception, of the abuse of power or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purpose of exploitation. "sexual exploitationis the most prevalent form of human trafficking, in which women are forced into providing sexual services through violence, deception, threats, or financial dependence." more than 80% of victims of human trafficking, which is a transnational crime, are women and children, 70% of whom are trafficked to another country for the purpose of sexual exploitation. victims of human trafficking are of all genders and ages. trafficked persons, especially women, are subject to the psychological tactics of traffickers. psychological manipulation tactics are crucial to the success of traffickers. while human trafficking sometimes involves violence, direct aggression can attract unwanted attention. for example, if a medical professional sees signs of physical abuse in a person, they are obligated to call the authorities. psychological abuse is often a more powerful weapon than physical abuse. traffickers use degrading tactics to enslave their victims. psychological abuse is a cost-effective, low-risk approach that often does not attract the unwanted attention of law enforcement. in addition to preying on vulnerable women, the trafficker is also adept at using psychological tactics to keep his victims quiet and submissive. these strategies help explain why trafficked women do not try to escape their traffickers even when they have the opportunity. traffickers often tell their victims that they are insignificant and forgotten in society, that they are not needed by their loved ones and family. this, in addition to the negative experiences that the victims have had in their lives, “reinforces” their sense of helplessness, of being useless, of being uncared for. victims are subjected american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org to high levels of emotional distress due to constant threats, fear, and psychological violence. perpetrators repeatedly remind victims that they have no control over their lives and that they are abroad, that they have no documents or passports, family, money, or other options. this is done to undermine their psychological state, to make them feel helpless and helpless, and that they have no choice but to be at the mercy of the perpetrators. victims believe that they are helpless and cannot survive without the help of their traffickers. such situations instill in victims a sense of dependence on their traffickers. over time, this psychological violence contributes to a low self-esteem. victims may even believe that they are to blame for their abusive situation, since they are the ones who were first deceived. the organization of psychosocial support for victims who have survived such situations and circumstances and returned to their country of residence begins with an individual approach, taking into account their age and gender. first of all, it is most important for them to understand that the state is a safe haven for them and to believe that there are opportunities for them to be helped here. sometimes they are placed in rehabilitation centers or specialized centers right at the airport with the help of authorized body officials. this is because they are at risk of acquiring diseases, which will be important in their later stages. individual psychological therapies and interviews with a social worker are also organized taking into account the wishes of the victims. when working with victims of human trafficking, they should not be discriminated against on the basis of nationality, gender, status, or ethnic origin. when working with men, women and minors who are victims of human trafficking, it is important to understand the uniqueness of each situation. the characteristics of victims of human trafficking include; • age, gender, status (worker, student, pensioner); • religious beliefs; • family status (guardians and sponsors in the absence of a family); • existing traumatic situation; • assistance is provided taking into account the psychosocial situation of the exploitation. when working with women who are victims of human trafficking, recognize that the psychological approach to them is unique, and that each woman may be troubled by different questions and that her views may differ from how others perceive her. for example, discussing issues such as avoiding trafficking, contacting law enforcement, or discussing issues that the woman is not yet ready to discuss openly can have negative consequences if done without a detailed discussion of the woman’s situation. before making any recommendations and implementing interventions, it is important to discuss how the woman perceives her situation, what choices she believes she has, how she assesses the potential risks and benefits of different options, and when she thinks the proposed changes would be best implemented. if possible, it is also helpful to consult with professionals who have experience working with women who have been trafficked. in addition, finding out what integration and coping strategies the woman has used so far to avoid being harmed will help the interviewer better understand the practical realities of the woman’s situation. such questions also serve to remind the woman of her strengths. if the professional thinks she can make recommendations to the woman, the options for help should be described in a neutral way and the worker should not exaggerate the level or likelihood of this help. american journal of technology and applied sciences 34, march2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org women who are victims of sexual violence are particularly characterized by feelings of shame, embarrassment, guilt, and depression and hopelessness due to the negative opinions of those around them. frequent exposure to “slander” from those around them also creates complications in their mental state. during psychological consultation, attention is paid to working with their personality and an adequate approach to themselves, and it is explained that all information related to them will be listened to in accordance with the “secret” rule and the principle of personal confidentiality will be observed. when working with them, it is necessary to take into account the risk of developing a number of diseases (hiv, aids, skin and venereal diseases) and the level of harmful habits. not only psychological assistance, but also the implementation of professional medical and social assistance, treatment and rehabilitation measures, the formation of the ideology of a healthy lifestyle, and getting rid of bad and harmful habits are also promoted. conclusion an individual approach is very important in providing assistance to victims of human trafficking. criminals try to keep victims in their power through psychological manipulation and violence. they undermine the psychological state of the victims, causing them to doubt their own worth and even feel guilty. therefore, in the rehabilitation process, first of all, victims need to feel safe and believe that they will be helped. individual psychological therapies, social support and reintegration processes are important for victims to return to life and find their place in society. at the same time, protecting them from discrimination and respecting their personal freedoms should also be one of the main principles. working with victims of human trafficking must be systematic and carried out by specialists. they should be given the opportunity to recover and live independently by providing them with qualified psychological, medical and social assistance. references 1. applied legal psychology no. 4, 2009 2. https://lex.uz/docs/4616405. 3. “psychosocial and mental health service provision for survivors of trafficking”, iom, 2009; 4. “standard operating procedures to combat human trafficking in ghana”, iom ghana, 2017; 5. “psycho-social services provision, part of multi-sectoral response to gbv standard operating procedures”, unfpa, 2015; 6. “developing standard operating procedures (sops) for a coordinated response to violence against women, including women migrant workers”, un women, 2021. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 53 www.americanjournal.org digital technologies in stomatology shkhruh khasanovich irgashev samarkand state medical university, samarkand, uzbekistan a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s digitalization in dentistry opens up wide opportunities for improving the quality and effectiveness of the treatment process. this study is devoted to the study of the implementation of innovative digital technologies in dental practice and their impact on the manufacture of prosthetic structures. introduction digitalization in dentistry opens up wide opportunities for improving the quality and effectiveness of the treatment process. this study is devoted to the study of the implementation of innovative digital technologies in dental practice and their impact on the manufacture of prosthetic structures. a survey of 30 dentists and 30 patients from two clinics in moscow was conducted to assess the impact of digitalization on the quality and speed of the treatment process, as well as the convenience of doctorpatient interaction. the methodology included questionnaires and statistical processing of the obtained data. the results showed that the use of technologies such as intraoral scanning, 3d modeling, milling, and 3d printing allows for a 2-3-fold reduction in the manufacturing time of prostheses compared to traditional methods. patients also positively assessed the possibility of online consultations and virtual "testing" of future constructions. digital "godfather" stomatology is french professor francois dure, who invented dental cad /cam in 1971. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 54 www.americanjournal.org digital dentistry is a branch of modern dentistry that includes use of computer technologies or devices that include digital or computer-controlled components for performing dental procedures, and not using mechanical or electrical tools. • tasks: performing dental procedures more effectively, quickly, and accurately. • advantages: used as a way to make it easier for the dentist to perform dental procedures manipulation and offer new ways to satisfy growing needs patients. digital dental technologies some of the technologies used in digital dentistry include: intraoral chambers intraoral scanners cad/cam computer implantation dentistry including the development and manufacture of surgical templates automated crown production 3d printing (for example, for printing physical models of digital images obtained using intraoral scanning, manufacturing ortodontic devices, temporary structures, surgical guides) [3] digital radiography conus-beam computed tomography (ctct) magnetic resonance imaging computed tomography. electric and surgical/implantation terminals computer implantology in stomatology photography (extraoral and intraoral) software for conducting patient practice and medical documentation, including patient digital training, such as thalamus patient education shade selection diagnostic dexis karivou dental lasers rod used for anesthesia digital x-ray machines (including both direct sensors and systems with an indirect luminophore plate) dental magnifiers and dental microscopes virtual and augmented reality. intraoral chambers x-rays have been extremely useful for many years in assessing the condition of the oral cavity. however, sometimes the resulting image may contain limited information, as it is only a 2d image. intraoral chambers allow the operator to see a clear image of the inner surface of the oral cavity. iocs the size of a dental mirror are equipped with a tiny camera capable of displaying more information on the 3d surface of the tooth than a 2d image. examples include cavities in certain places and sizes, cracks in teeth, excessive erosion, abrasion, and many others. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 55 www.americanjournal.org ordinary dental impressions are made by applying the impression material to the impression tray, which is applied to the dental arches. this creates a negative impression of the soft and hard tissues of the oral cavity. cad/cam combined with intraoral scanning two studies examined the accuracy of both direct and indirect digital prints used to manufacture clinically acceptable zirconium crowns. it was shown that compared to traditional casting methods, there is a significantly smaller marginal clearance, as well as more precise marginal and internal fitting. [1] [2] the effectiveness and fitting of cad/cam-manufactured solid ceramic restorations were evaluated in a double blind randomized clinical trial. direct digital prints were taken directly from the patient's oral cavity, while indirect digital prints were taken from the already taken prints.[6] then, digital prints were used to create solid ceramic crowns using cad/cam method.[7] compared to the indirect method, direct digital prints proved to be statistically more accurate and provided significantly better interproximal contact [8]. a high degree of patient involvement in the treatment process is one of the key advantages. according to the questionnaire data, 67.3% (±3.7) of patients noted that the ability to view a 3d model of a future prosthesis on a smartphone allows them to participate more actively in decision-making. this is achieved by the fact that the patient can view and evaluate treatment options at any convenient time and place. if necessary, make adjustments in a timely manner before starting to manufacture the prosthesis. according to the survey, this approach allowed for the satisfaction of up to 100% of patients' wishes and preferences in 62.1% (±4.0) of cases. clear format transfers ensure the precise transfer of jaw model positions from virtual space to physical space. the conducted research allowed us to obtain important evidence in favor of the high effectiveness of digital technologies in dental practice. the results of surveys of dentists and patients confirmed that the use of 3d scanning, modeling, and prototyping. references 1. alimdjanovich r. j., astanovich a. a. development of dental care in uzbekistan using a conceptual approach to improve its quality //central asian journal of medical and natural science. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 4. – с. 536-543. 2. alimdjanovich r. j., astanovich a. a. fundamentals of dental care in the republic of uzbekistan based on the development of general medical practice //best journal of innovation in science, research and development. – 2023. – т. 2. – №. 8. – с. 163-174. 3. asrorovna, x. n., baxriddinovich, t. a., bustanovna, i. n., valijon o’g’li, d. s., & qizi, t. k. f. (2021). clinical application of dental photography by a dentist. the american journal of medical sciences and pharmaceutical research, 3(09), 10-13. 4. bustanovna i. n. assessment of clinical and morphological changes in the oral organs and tissues in post-menopause women //thematics journal of education. – 2022. – т. 7. – №. 3. 5. bustanovna i. n., sharipovna n. n. research cases in women after menopause clinical and morphological changes in oral organs and their analysis //journal of biomedicine and practice. – 2023. – т. 8. – №. 3. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 56 www.americanjournal.org 6. исламова н. б., назарова н. ш. совершенствование диагностики и лечения хронического генерализованного пародонтита у женщин в период постменопаузы //conferences. – 2023. – с. 13-15. 7. исламова н. б., назарова н. ш. методы исследования заболеваний пародонта у женщин, находящихся в периоде постменопаузы //актуальные вопросы стоматологии. – 2023. – с. 334-338. 8. исламова н. б., исломов л. б. особенности развития и течения заболеваний полости рта при эндокринной патологии //ббк. – 2021. – т. 56. – с. 76. 9. исламова н. б., чакконов ф. х. изменения в тканях и органах рта при эндокринных заболеваниях //актуальные вопросы стоматологии. – 2021. – с. 320-326. 10. исламова н. б. и др. состояние кристаллообразующей функции слюны при различных патологиях //молодежь и медицинская наука в xxi веке. – 2014. – с. 470-471. 11. исламова н. б. гемодинамика тканей пародонта зубов по данным реопародонтографии //iqro. – 2023. – т. 3. – №. 2. – с. 101-104. 12. исламова н. б., назарова н. ш. совершенствование диагностики и лечения хронического генерализованного пародонтита у женщин в период постменопаузы //conferences. – 2023. – с. 13-15. 13. исламова н. б., назарова н. ш. сурункали тарқалган пародонтит билан касалланган постменопауза давридаги аёлларнинг пародонт тўқимасининг даволаш самарадорлиги ошириш //журнал стоматологии и краниофациальных исследований. – 2023. – т. 4. – №. 2. 14. иргашев ш. х., исламова н. б. применение и эффективность энтеросгеля при лечении генерализованного пародонтита //актуальные вопросы стоматологии. – 2021. – с. 305-310. 15. jasur a., astanovich a. a. clinical observation of the practical application of additive technologies in patients orthodontic treatment //european international journal of multidisciplinary research and management studies. – 2024. – т. 4. – №. 01. – с. 266-271. 16. назарова н., исломова н. этиопатогенетические факторы развития заболеваний пародонта у женщин в периоде постменопаузы //профилактическая медицина и здоровье. – 2022. – т. 1. – №. 1. – с. 55-63. 17. назарова н., исломова н. assessment of clinical and morphological changes in the oral organs and tissues in post-menopause women //in library. – 2022. – т. 22. – №. 1. – с. 60-67. 18. назарова н., исламова н. postmenopauza davridagi ayollarda stomatologik kasalliklarining klinik va mikrobilogik ko ‘rsatmalari va mexanizmlari //in library. – 2022. – т. 22. – №. 1. – с. 204-211. 19. sharipovna n. n., bustanovna i. n. assessment of clinical and morphological changes in the oral organs and tissues in post-menopause women //frontline medical sciences and pharmaceutical journal. – 2022. – т. 2. – №. 05. – с. 60-67. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 41, october 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org state benefits and requirements of state documentation of lands 1.joldasbaeva umida jalgasbayevna grand master of the department of agriculture and land use of the karakalpak institute of agrotechnology 2.reimov niyetbay baynazarovich scientific supervisor, professor of the department, doctor of agricultural sciences, academician of the turanic sciences. a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article sets out a number of new requirements for the legalization of rights to illegally occupied land plots and buildings and structures erected on them, and also provides new benefits to landowners and the termination of illegal occupation. a brief overview of scientific research on the provision of benefits in relation to illegally occupied land plots and buildings and structures constructed on them in the republic of karakalpakstan is presented. republic of uzbekistan, karakalpakstan, autonomy, land plot, decisions, document, law, building, structure, responsibility. introduction access: after the president to accepted the decision of the president to accelerate the events of the socio-248 "on the socio-economic development of the republic of karakalpakstan", the creative work carried out in all spheres of the country is developing. but the lack of the number of cadastre, land management workers, and insufficient the concept of cadastre, and the increase in the number of families, and the number of families also expanded. in this process, arbitrary occupation of lands arbitrarily in the country with various objective and subjective reasons. the purpose of the republic of uzbekistan on the august 5, 2024 to recognize the rights of the rights to buildings and structures, which are arbitrarily occupied by the heads of the republic of uzbekistan on the august 5rd sections and the buildings of the republic of uzbekistan on the august 5, the republic of uzbekistan it was to regulate relations related to recognition. if there is no dispute between the plot of land, which is not included in the land plot, while the landing of the land is not available for other individuals, and the use of property on the basis of the land, in which the occupier of property is presented in this land of the republic throughout the country. when the housing exceeds the established dimensions, the overvadder is the right to occupy, does not violate the rights of other individuals, and it is recognized for the farming to run the farming. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org a sequence of works should be performed in the method of scientific work; the first cadastre agency (chamber) should introduce 6 different types of information on the candidates to the second authorized authorities will enter data in its term in accordance with each plot of land. the fully formed electronic college data in the third will be announced. the birth of the qualities, the completeness and legality of the documents shall be studied by the territorial divisions of the ministry of justice. fifth interested individuals and legal entities may appeal to authorized organizations on this information. the sixth is complaints by authorized organizations. the seventh is the content of the complaints responsible by territorial divisions of the ministry of justice. a notification will be sent to citizens when the eighth-personal conclusions are accepted. the underneath is recognized by the decision of the regional council of the regional council of people's deputies [1,4] to those who made a one-time payment on the basis of a notification. stages of recognition of land and property rights in accordance with article 15 of this law, the electronic collection of the land plot, which is considered by the territorial departments of the state cadastre rights, is located on the basis of the land plot, the structural building and structure. the following information is included (attached) in electronic collection (attached). the full name of the cadastre number of the land plot, full name, address, personal identification of the individual, and personal identification of the individual, a resident the wgs-84 open coordinates system, location scheme of land plot, the purpose of the land use, is determined by the information of the land plot 2 part 2. the data and documents collected in the second stage are included in the system. at this stage, within 2 months, the authorized organizations will review the electronic college sent to them and sign in the system and documents. depending on the birth of information and documents, the bodies inspective authorities are mainly as followers; 1) tax committee under the cabinet of ministers; 2) jogorku kenesh, the republic of karakalpakstan, council of ministers, regions and the city of tashkent; 3) the state research institute of uzdaverloyiha under the ministry of agriculture; 4. sosmic research and technology agency under the ministry of digital technologies; 5) departments of construction and ministry of the district (city) khokimiyats of the construction and housing and communal services; 6) district (city) departments of the committee of sanitary-epidemiological peace and the public health under the ministry of health; 7) territorial divisions of the state asset management agency of the ministry of invesses, industry and trade; sunny announces for publication and review of complaints to public up-to-fully-structural bodies are announced for the public for a month and in the official website of the cadastralian agency and other sources of information; american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org dealers to the authorized organizations within the announcement may complain; according to the information prepared to study the complaints from the earth, the authorities will establish the regime systems in 3 working days; answers to complaints by competent organizations studied by regional divisions of the ministry of justice and the conclusion is entered. in the final stage, electronic collection, data and documents are studied in two months, as well as the intentionability to recognize the rights to land plots and structures, according to the grounds established by law in articles 3-12 of the law, is prepared and is included in the system. after approval of the positive conclusion, the sms-notification of the payment of the relevant payment within 20 working days will be announced by the cadastre agency. in case of payment of one-time payment, electronic collections, data and documents are sent to regional councils, ie the regional councils of the republic of karakalpakstan, and the tashkent regional councils in accordance with the 19 submission of the relevant law. the declines of the republic of karakalpakstan, the decisions of the regional councils of people's deputies, shall be approved after examination and official publication (article 20 of the law). electronic collection, data and documents will also study, as well as the intended desire to recognize the rights of land plots and structures in articles 32 of the law (article 18); after approval of the positive conclusion, the relevant payment of the appropriate payment for the relevant payment within 20 working days (automatically) shall be sent to the payment of the appropriate payment within 20 working days (article 19); electronic college, data if one-time fee is paid and the documents will be automatically sent to regional councils through att to review at the next session or at the meeting [1.4]. research results during the monitoring of these arbitraries, the republic of karakalpakstan was determined to be arbitrarily illegally overwhelmed by a total of 136 hectares of land in the country. in particular, according to the cadastre agency, the republic of karakalpakstan reported 1,121 cases of lands, ie 52 hectares of land, above six months after the beginning of 2025. in 675 cases, 39.2 hectares of land were included in court proceedings.this was provided with detailed information on a press conference transferred to the cadastre agency on the relevant information. it sets out a wide range of cases carried out in the field for 6 months and the august 5th of the republic of uzbekistan "on admission of rights to buildings and structures for buildings and structures, built to buildings and structures." [1].at the same time, in the republic of karakalpakstan, in the first 6 months of 2025, the chamber of state cadastras and its regional branches were prepared by 31,303 cadastral passports of land and real estate. there are 49,443 lands and real estate rights registered in the territory.in addition, a total of 476,165 cadastral documents in the republic of karakalpakstan are currently being held in archives. of these, 474,552 documents were transferred to electronic format [2].during the first 6 months of 2025, 2754 land plots were included in the implementation of entrepreneurship and urban planning. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org of these, 408 land area was boarded 29.97 hectares of land, 90 land plots were sold.for individual housing construction and beautification, a total of 417 land plots are included in the program. of these, 45 lands are sold to auction, 28 land plots were sold [2]. from in accordance with the decision of the republican crescent presidium, the authorities and property rights of 2009 houses, kegeylat, carcel, kegeylik, carcel, kegeylik, carcel, kegeylat, cantala, kegaatash, chimboy, kegaatash, chimboy, kegayatash, chimboy, kegayatash, chimboy otherwise, the rights of 491 houses are again recognized in this issue. this means that our people have allowed buildings and imams built on our people and others. in case of argo on january 1, 20026, control of the earth from january 1, 2026 it will be credited. (htttps://t.me/ law right/18598). now the regions are divided into the lawyer level "red", "yellow" and "green" categoriesthe basis for the decision is carried out only through the electronic platform e-yone. in the category of "red", the category of special drones will be monitored every six months, through the help of the "yellow". conclusions 1. an arbitrary rights to land plots and structures in uzbekistan, including the buildings and structures of lands built in uzbekistan, and the illegal buildings and structures, built arbitrary in this process and illegal buildings were fully accepted in the relevant volumes. 2. the right of individual housing land is recognized by the following size: if it is up to july 1, 1998 to 0.24 h harts; if 1 to 1 july 1, 2018, may 1, 2018, 0.06 hectares in the city of tashkent, nukus and regional centers will be provided with no more than 0.12 hectares. 4. the number of land is not available except for land, if other conflicts, the farm is issued for landkeeping. the basis for the adopted regulation is the basis for the adopted regulation on march 25.25, illegal construction works. 6. these changes are carried out to prevent seismic security, maintaining human life and property and again prevent illegal construction. 7.2026 on january 1st from january 1, control of the earth will be credited and the regions are divided into the lawyer "red", "yellow" and "green". 8. in the category of special drones, the category of special drones will be monitored in the category in the category of "red" once in the category of "yellow" year and the relevant measures will be taken if the land in the land is observed in the land. references 1.ўзбекистон республикасининг ўрқ – 937 қонуни. 2024 йил 5 август. 2.реимов н.б., исмаилов у.е. рационально использовать землю.//материалы научно практической международной конференции. 25-26 ноября 2004г. “аграрная наука и образование” актуальные проблемы и перспективы развития. ташкент,2004. 76-77с 3.реимов н.б., реймова ф.н. некоторые вопросы разумного использования земли. //өзбекстан илимлер академиясынын қарақалпақстан бөлиминде болып өткен республика илимий -әмелий конференция материаллары.нукус-2017.28 апрель. 56-57 стр. american journal of technology and applied sciences 41, october 2025 p a g e | 13 www.americanjournal.org 4. реимов н.б., намозов х., жураев г. интенсивно использовать землю.//экологический вестник информационно аналитический и научно-практический журнал госкомприроды руз. 2005 г. 21-22 б. 5. жолдасбаева у.ж., реимов н.б. ўз бошимчалик билан эгаллаб олинган ерларни кадастрли ҳужжатлаштириш асослари// international conference on scientific research in natural and social sciences. hosted online from new york, usa. website: econfseries.com 2nd august, 2025. 146-152 бетлар. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 38, july 2025 p a g e | 7 www.americanjournal.org features of air exchange solutions in high-rise residential buildings n. u. tashmatov jizzakh polytechnic institute a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the article discusses the device of independent ventilation ducts from the chamber to the ventilated room and high-rise buildings with a large number of floors. the exchange rate in kitchens and sanitary facilities should be taken according to calculations and determination of the cross-section of the supply and exhaust ventilation ducts in high-rise buildings infiltration, through ventilation, damper or throttle valve, channel combination, multiplicity, intermediate floor. introduction the amount of fresh air entering the premises of high-rise residential buildings with the same population density should be the same as in mass-construction residential buildings. however, due to the increased wind speed at high altitudes and the influence of zones located one above the other, the infiltration of fresh air in high-rise buildings is different. the intensity of infiltration depends on the wind, temperature differences, the tightness of the enclosing structures and many other factors, and for each building, depending on its planning features, the intensity of infiltration will be different. according to approximate calculations, for threeand four-room apartments without cross-ventilation, equipped with supply and exhaust ventilation and double apartment doors, in a 30-story building divided into three equal zones, the infiltration of outside air at an outside temperature of -5 °c and average wind speeds is expressed by the following average values: the first zone (up to 40 m from the ground): wind speed 2–3 m/s; the average exchange rate created by infiltrating outside air is 0.25, with an increase in the lower floors to 0.3 and a decrease in the upper floors to 0.2 exchange /hour. the second zone (40–80 m): wind speed 3–4 m/s; average exchange rate 0.35 exchange /h, with an increase in the lower ones to 0.4 and a decrease in the upper ones to 0.3 exchange /h. third zone (80–120 m): wind speed 4–5 m/s; average exchange rate 0.45 exchanges /h, increasing to 0.5 in the lower floors and to 0.4 exchanges /h in the upper floors. the air exchange rate in living rooms created by supply and exhaust ventilation (given the above data) should be as follows: in the first zone: on the lower floors: 1.25 – 0.3 = 0.95 rpm /h; american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 8 www.americanjournal.org on the upper floors: 1.25 – 0.2 = 1.05 rpm /h. in the second zone: on the lower floors: 1.25 – 0.4 = 0.85 rpm /h; on the upper floors: 1.25 – 0.3 = 0.95 rpm /h. in the third zone: on the lower floors: 1.25 – 0.5 = 0.75 rpm /h; on the upper floors: 1.25 – 0.4 = 0.85 rpm /h. in all intermediate floors of each zone, the exchange rate can be determined by interpolation with rounding to 0.05 vol /h. thus, the air exchange value for residential rooms of a multi-story high-rise building is determined within the range of 0.75–1 vol /h, which is recommended by the temporary technical conditions. the exchange rate in kitchens and sanitary facilities should be the same as in mass-produced residential buildings. the amount of air extracted and supplied to the apartment should be the same. the initial value for determining the cross-section of the supply and exhaust ventilation ducts in high-rise buildings should be considered the air velocity, which is taken in such a way that in the event of fan inactivity, the system can operate on natural induction. for these reasons, the radius of action of the ventilation system should preferably be no more than 10-12 m. to increase the resistance of the ventilation system during normal operation with an active fan, a damper or throttle valve should be installed on each supply and exhaust duct. these control devices are installed in close proximity to the ventilation grille or at the point where a group of ducts joins. the selection of supply and exhaust ventilation fans is made based on pressures depending on the height of the building: at 20 floors not less than 20 mm h2o, at 30 floors not less than 30 mm h2o, etc. otherwise, the calculation of ventilation devices does not have any special features and is carried out in the usual way. to reduce the number of ventilation chambers in high-rise buildings, it is permitted to connect apartments located in different zones to one chamber. for ventilation to operate on natural draft, the supply chamber is located below, and the exhaust chamber is located above the serviced rooms. the location of the ventilation chambers can be the basement, technical floors and attics. in order to prevent the draft from reversing when the system operates on natural draft, the air discharge from the exhaust systems serving interconnected rooms must be at the same level. the installation of independent ventilation ducts from the chamber to the ventilated room and highrise buildings with a large number of floors causes serious difficulties. therefore, the following combinations of supply and exhaust ducts are allowed: a) serving living rooms into one horizontal channel within one apartment; b) servicing bathrooms and toilets into one horizontal channel within one apartment; c) vertical channels – into one collection channel within one zone. american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 9 www.americanjournal.org figure 1. ( more details ) combining vertical channels from individual floors into one common vertical channel of the zone it is also permissible to combine vertical exhaust ducts from homogeneous rooms into one duct with a gap every two floors, as is shown schematically in the section of the building shown in fig. 1. such a combination may be allowed in exceptional cases, since under unfavourable conditions air may flow from one apartment to another. in any case, such a combination of ducts serving rooms with windows facing opposite sides should not be allowed. it is recommended that vertical supply and exhaust ducts be located primarily in walls or in special shafts made of non-combustible materials. figure 2 ( more details )ventilation of a high-rise residential building. basement floor plan https://www.abok.ru/for_spec/articles/11/2252/1.htm american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 10 www.americanjournal.org it is recommended to lay horizontal channels mainly in the basement, technical floors and attics. the following materials may be used for air ducts: cinder concrete for large cross-section ducts and gypsum for dry air in a dry place; asbestos-cement ducts are permitted provided they are protected from destruction in the event of a fire. the use of metal air ducts is not recommended. fig. 2 , 3 shows an example of a supply and exhaust ventilation solution for 48 apartments located between two stairwells of a 24-story building divided into three zones. figure 3. (more details ) ventilation of a high-rise residential building. heating of the supply air, carried out in the supply chamber, can be done by a plate heater or a heater made of smooth radiators or pipes. a plate heater is more compact than a heater made of smooth radiators or pipes, but the resistance in it is significantly greater, which eliminates the possibility of heating the air when the fan is inactive, when the ventilation system operates on natural motive power. the installation of air heaters should be done in such a way that it is possible to clean its entire surface from dust. air is cleaned from dust using oil paper or fabric filters. the former, more difficult to operate, provide better cleaning than the latter, easier to operate. it should be noted that the air resistance when passing through the filters reaches 10 mm h2o, which eliminates the possibility of normal operation of the system when the fan is inactive. if the intake of outside air for ventilation is carried out at a height of more than 50 m, then special cleaning from dust is not necessary. the duct diagram of both the supply and exhaust ventilation systems must provide for the possibility of air passing, in addition to the fan, through a bypass valve, so that when the fan is inactive (accident or temporary interruption), the system can operate on natural motive power. https://www.abok.ru/for_spec/articles/11/2252/3.htm american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 11 www.americanjournal.org taking into account the above , it is recommended: • to reduce noise, install fans with a motor on one axis, and if this is not possible, on a textrop transmission. the circumferential speed of the wheel of centrifugal fans should not exceed 18 m/s when installed in the basement and 15 m/s when installed on technical floors. • to prevent noise transmission, a separate foundation not connected to the walls of the building is installed under the fan and motor, sound and vibration insulation pads are installed between the foundation and the fan, and the fans are connected to the air ducts using elastic pipes. to eliminate sound transmission through the air tract, sound mufflers are installed in the air ducts. • to facilitate the maintenance of a large number of ventilation units located in different places, the push-button starters of all electric fans should be concentrated in one control center. there, the devices for monitoring the operation of the fans should be included in the electrical circuit. • it is most advisable to place hatches on the technical floor, in the attic or on the ground floor, at the point where vertical channels are connected to the common collecting air duct. the installation of ventilation ducts and supply and exhaust grilles in high-rise residential buildings is carried out in the same way as for mass-produced residential buildings. references 1. uluhanov it issiqlik texnikasi fanidan laboratoriya ishlari. uslubiy qo'llanma. namangan. 2010. 2. sultonov , a. (2019). water useplanning : a functional diagramof a decision making systeman ditsmat hematic model. international finance and accounting, 2019(5), 3. toshmatov , n.u., & mansurova, sh.p. (2019). possibilities of using wastewater from fruit and vegetable processing plants for irrigation of agricultural fields. me′morchilik va qurilish muammolari , 44. 4. karimovich tm, obidovich sa to increase the effectiveness of the use of information systems in the use of water //development issues of innovative economy in the agricultural sector. – 2021. – s. 222-225. 5. mansurova sh.p. decentralization is one of the ways of energy efficiency of heat supply // academic journalism. – p. 30. 6. toshmatov n. u., saidullaev s. r. on methods for determining air losses and suction in ventilation networks // young scientist. 2016. no. 7-2. p. 72-75. 7. saydullaev sr, sattorov ab analysis of fuel consumption and elimination of shortcomings in traditional boiler furnaces // nauchno-metodicheskiy zhurnal " uz akademia . – 2020. – s. 198204. 8. toshmatov nu, saidullaev sr on methods for determining air loss and air leaks in ventilation networks //young scientist. – 2016. – no. 7-2. with . 72-75. european journal of innovation in nonformal education www.innovatus.es 9. toshmatov n.u., mansurova sh.p. possibilities of using wastewater from fruit and vegetable processing plants for irrigation of agricultural fields // me ′ morchilik va qurilish muammolari . – 2019. – p. 44. 10. sh. p. mansurova . (2021). application of renewable energy sources in buildings. galaxy international interdisciplinary research journal , 9 (12), 1218–1224. retrieved from https://www.giirj.com/index.php/giirj/article/view/897. http://www.innovatus.es/ american journal of technology and applied sciences 38, july 2025 p a g e | 12 www.americanjournal.org 11. tashmatov , n. u., & mansurova , s. p. (2022). some features of heat and moisture exchange in direct contact of air with a surface of a heated liquid. international journal of innovative analyzes and emerging technology , 2 (1), 26–31. 12. tashmatov , n. u., & mansurova , s. p. (2022). specific features of change in surface temperature of evaporating liquid from hydrodynamic and temperature-humidity conditions. international journal of innovative analyzes and emerging technology , 2 (1), 20–25. 13. mansurova, sh.p. (2020). features of humid air when treated with sorbents. in high technologies, science and education: current issues, achievements and innovations ( pp . 82-84). 14. sultonov, a., & turdiqulov, b. (2022). suv qabul qilish inshootlarining ishlash samaradorligini oshirishda filtrlarning o ‘rni. eurasian journal of academic research, 2(11), 12-19. 15. obidovich, s.a. (2020). the use of modern automated information systems as the most important mechanism for the use of water resources in the region. test engineering and management, 83, 1897-1901. 16. kenzhabayev, a.t., & sultonov, a.o. (2019). agroclusterization is the most important tool for saving water resources. in collection of scientific articles on the results of the international scientific forum (p. 105). 17. бобомуродов, у.с., & султонов, а.о. (2016). методы улучшения реагентного умягчения воды в осветлителях. молодой ученый, (7-2), 51-53. 18. obidovich, s. a. (2020). the use of modern automated information systems as the most important mechanism for the use of water resources in the region. test engineering and management, 83, 1897-1901. 19. kenjabayev, a. and sultanov, a. (2019) "development of software on water use," problems of architecture and construction: vol. 2: iss. 1, article 11. available at: https://uzjournals.edu.uz/samgai/vol2/iss1/11. 20. султанов, а. о. (2019). информационная система водных ресурсов сельского хозяйства. проблемы научно-практической деятельности. перспективы внедрения, 197. 21. sultonov, a. o. (2020). problems of optimal use of water resources for crop irrigation. journal of central asian social studies, 1(01), 26-33. 22. sultonov, a. (2019). water use planning: a functional diagram of a decision-making system and its mathematical model. international finance and accounting, 2019(5), 19. 23. usmonkulov , a., tashmatov , n.u., & mansurova, m.sh. (2020). some aspects of automatic regulation of the thermal regime of multi-storey buildings equipped with an exhaust ventilation system of the premises. science and education , 1(8). 24. mansurova, sh. p. (2020). issues of design features of air curtains. european science , (2-2 (51)), 35-38. 25. toshmatov nu, & mansurova sh. p. (2022). efficiency of use of heat pumps. international journal of innovations in engineering research and technology , 9 (10), 1–5. https://uzjournals.edu.uz/samgai/vol2/iss1/11 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 14 www.americanjournal.org hybrid ai-augmented project methodology yevhenii bombela, technical project manager, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this study presents the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai), a data-driven framework intended to incorporate artificial intelligence into hybrid project management settings. the method uses predictive analytics, natural language processing, anomaly detection, and sentiment analysis to combine governance discipline with adaptive execution. the proposed model utilizes two fundamental formulations: the ai-enhanced performance index (aepi), which measures multidimensional efficiency, and a regression-based velocity predictor, which correlates delivery speed with quality, communication, and effort metrics. we did empirical validation on twelve consecutive project sprints by comparing performance before and after integration across normalized velocity (vv), quality index (qq), stakeholder satisfaction (ss), communication efficiency (cc), and effort index (ee). the results show that after ai was put into use, aepi went up by 34%, velocity went up by 31%, and quality went up by 17%. the regression model got an adjusted r² of 0.91, which shows that it was very accurate at predicting. statistical tests confirmed significance at p < 0.01 for all principal indicators, except for effort, which remained stable as anticipated. the results show that adding ai to hybrid project management changes it from a descriptive framework to a prescriptive, self-optimizing system that can keep changing thanks to automated feedback cycles. the research provides a scalable and replicable framework for ai-driven decision-making and performance enhancement within distributed project ecosystems. hybrid project management, artificial intelligence, predictive analytics, aepi, regression model, feedback loop, data-driven governance. introduction over the last several years, project management has experienced a paradigm shift as the field of digital transformation and the emergence of intelligent technologies increased and altered the landscape of the project management processes. conventional approaches, including waterfall or prince2, have offered a strict set of principles in planning and control, but are not very adaptable and receptive to the quick alterations in the market and technological context (khattak et al., 2025). on the other hand, agile approaches focus on flexibility and teamwork but can experience governance and traceability challenges when they are used with large, multi-stakeholder projects (limitations of agile frameworks). because of that, a hybrid approach has appeared, keeping the framework of classical systems and the american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 15 www.americanjournal.org flexibility of agile ones and providing a balanced space between efficiency and innovation (bezerra et al., 2025). in spite of these benefits, the existing hybrid models rely mostly on manual monitoring and evaluation of a project performance by subjective means. the growing sophistication of contemporary projects that are defined by dispersed workforce, multidimensional data streams, and faster delivery processes demand more than procedural agility. it requires data intelligence: systems with the ability to measure, predict and modify on a continuous basis. the artificial intelligence (ai) has already been effective in automating repetitive managerial processes, resource optimization, and enhancing the accuracy of decisions (pranta et al., 2025). nevertheless, it has not been widely incorporated in the project methodologies. majority of the available research involves separate applications, including predictive scheduling, or sentiment analysis, without integrating ai throughout the project lifecycle (alshammeri et al., 2025). recent studies accentuate the increasing ability of machine learning and natural-language processing to improve project transparency, risk prediction, and collaboration among teams. however, such technologies are not used as a part of the management structure but usually as an extrinsic resource. the lack of single models that can integrate predictive analytics, anomaly detection, and communication intelligence in the framework of hybrid project organization is a major research gap (marie et al., 2026; yazdinejad et al., 2025). sealing this gap entails the holistic approach that not only involves the use of ai in decision making but also involves the establishment of a feedback loop between the layers of governance and execution. the current paper proposes the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai) that would allow the direct integration of the ai functions into the working heart of hybrid management systems. contrary to traditional structures, hpm-ai does not perceive ai as a helping tool but rather an adjusting machine, which is always able to readjust the metrics of the project through real-time data. the methodology incorporates predictive modeling and nlp-based backlog analysis, anomaly detection and sentiment-based communication evaluation into four main layers governance, execution, quality, and communication. this hybridisation converts a descriptive paradigm of hybrid project management to a prescriptive, self optimizing system. the research offers a quantitative basis of the analysis of the effects of ai integration through the creation of mathematical formulations that include the ai-enhanced performance index (aepi) and a velocity predictor based on regression. the empirical validation of the framework is done using multisprint experiments, which reveal that there is a significant positive performance improvement in terms of velocity, quality, and communication indices. finally, the paper provides hpm-ai as an expandable and replicable model of data-based governance in intricate, distributed project ecosystems. 1.2 literature review the adoption of artificial intelligence in project management has received a lot of scholarly and practical interest in the past ten years. initial studies investigated the application of expert systems and decision-support models to improve the scheduling, resource allocation, as well as cost estimation (taghavi et al., 2025). more recent works highlight the focus on machine learning and natural language processing as game-changing technologies with the ability to enhance risk detection, communication, and predictive forecasting (zhu et al., 2025). these developments indicate that the procedural to dataamerican journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 16 www.americanjournal.org driven shift in project approaches is not only an operational enhancement, but a conceptual one in terms of smart project systems. an increasing number of publications describe the possibility of ai automating the main management activities. as an example, algorithms have been effectively used to optimize the division of work, predict the time needed to complete the tasks, and identify project failures (basingab m., 2025; boubiche et al., 2025). the neural networks and regression-based models have demonstrated high predictive ability to determine performance variance, before it can take place, and earlier as such intervention and mitigation can take place. nevertheless, these contributions are generally isolated and focused on particular functions instead of having a complete, system-level approach that directly links ai modules to managerial decision approaches. the combination of the traditional and agile approaches has created hybrid project management frameworks in response to the weaknesses of these approaches. according to researchers, hybrid model fuses the rigor of governance and documentation of classical models with the flexibility and feedback cycles of agile models (ly et al., 2025; alsubaie et al., 2025). such convergence has played a successful role in the management of distributed groups and complex deliverables, particularly in the digital transformation settings. however, even in the hybrid systems, the decision making is made mostly by human interpretation of performance indicators. consequently, the project adaptation can be seen to be performed in a reactive mode and not a proactive mode, exposing a large lapse in automation and predictive control (wang et al., 2025). a number of efforts have been undertaken to bring ai on board to hybrid structures. other authors suggest that it should use predictive analytics as part of a project dashboard or apply the idea of naturallanguage algorithms to estimate the sentiment of a team and the tone of communication (chen et al., 2026; zai et al., 2025). although these approaches are promising, they are generally used as the addon analytical tools, but not as the fundamental elements of the methodology. as a result, they do not have a feedback loop that can learn data and modify the project strategies on their own (gondocs et al., 2025). another line of study is aimed at establishing performance indicators in management systems that have ai integration. the significance of composite measures, which reflect both the quantitative (velocity, cost, quality) and qualitative (communication, satisfaction, engagement) aspects, is emphasized by scholars (hu et al., 2026). the majority of the suggested indices, however, are descriptive and do not allow to actively recalibrate the system but describe observed behavior (mo et al., 2022). this weakness supports the necessity of a performance model capable of dynamically assessing the health of projects but informing algorithmic decision-making. the theoretical gap is thus in the fact that there is no single, prescriptive framework integrating aipowered prediction, communication analysis, and quality assurance into a hybrid project framework. there are useful foundations in the previous works such as predictive modeling to cognitive automation, however, none with an integrative approach to create continuous and data-driven optimization across project layers (jafary et al., 2025; thammastitkul a., 2025). this study fills such a gap by introducing the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai). it expands on existing literature by proposing a system model in which ai elements of predictive analytics, nlp, anomaly detection, and sentiment analysis are directly integrated into the methodological basis. instead of looking at intelligence as an external tool, the hpm-ai creates american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org internal feedback loop connecting the data gathering, interpreting and adjusting. through this, it fills the gap between theoretical and practical aspects of the existence of hybrid management philosophy and ai implementation, which provides a new paradigm of evidence-based self-optimizing project execution. 1.3 problem statement although the expansion of the hybrid project management research is significant, the connection between artificial intelligence and the methodological frameworks is still rather partial and mostly experimental. the current models still tend to use ai as an additional analytical tool to forecast or sentiment analyse instead of making it one of the core, adaptable elements of project implementation. the result is that hybrid environments remain heavily reliant on manual interpretation of performance metrics and consequently, the decision-making process stays reactive as opposed to being proactive. this is a weakness that causes organizations not to meet the self-governed efficacy required by modern data ecosystems. the main issue is that there is no common and prescriptive framework that is able to systematically relate predictive analytics, natural language processing, and anomaly detection to the hybrid project operations. although earlier research proves the existence of each of the components separately, very few have developed a comprehensive mechanism that can provide a continuous feedback on the governance, execution, quality, and communication layers. this deficiency of active interrelationship between these worlds leads to an incomplete learning process and the inability to convert data into workable managerial intelligence. thus, the current study will create and test the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpmai), a framework that will incorporate ai-based analytics into the structural essence of hybrid management. the methodology presents the ai-enhanced performance index (aepi) as a mathematical tool of assessing overall performance and uses a regression-based velocity predictor to construct the relationship among key performance indicators. the framework aims at substituting a descriptive system of hybrid project management by an adaptive, data-driven self-optimizing process, through retraining and feedback loops. the aims of the study are three-fold: (1) to create a combined hybrid project infrastructure that involves the usage of ai-based prediction, anomaly detection, and communication analysis; (2) to design quantitative frameworks of performance measurement, such as aepi and velocity forecasting; (3) to empirically check the possibility to improve efficiency, quality, and satisfaction of stakeholders in distributed project settings. 2. methodology 2.1 conceptual framework the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai) is an expansion of the original hybrid project methodology (hpm) with the addition of artificial-intelligence elements of every process tier: governance, execution, quality, and communication. the goal is to eliminate the subjective managerial estimations and bring out the measurable and data-driven insights. in hpm-ai, predictive analytics, natural-language understanding and anomaly-detection models are constantly tested on operational data acquired in jira, ci/cd, and communication systems. this incorporation makes hpm a selfamerican journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org optimizing prescriptive framework and not a descriptive one. the chronological flow of the research work, which can be represented in figure 1, is a sequence of interconnected feedback loops, so that the methodology is not only empirical but also dynamic and responds to the changes in the project environment. figure 1. research workflow of the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology study the research process was organized as a multi-stage workflow that ensured methodological consistency and data integrity across all experimental phases. the study begins with the definition of the research problem and objectives, which determine the theoretical scope and identify the main hypothesis concerning the impact of ai integration on hybrid project management performance. subsequently, the data collection phase involves the acquisition of operational datasets from jira, ci/cd systems, communication logs, and stakeholder surveys. in the ai model development phase, the core analytical components: nlp backlog analyzer, ml velocity predictor, qa anomaly detector, and stakeholder sentiment analyzer are trained and validated on the gathered data. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the following experimental integration step embeds these ai modules into the four methodological layers of hpm-ai (governance, execution, quality, and communication). once the system is operational, the empirical evaluation phase measures quantitative indicators such as aepi, velocity, quality index, and stakeholder satisfaction. the validation and iteration stage verifies model reliability through periodic recalibration (± 10 % deviation threshold) and comparison of preand postintegration results. finally, the conclusion and practical application phase interprets the results in the context of managerial decision-making and scalability of the proposed framework. figure 2 illustrates the complete workflow of the research, bridging theoretical design and empirical validation. each methodological phase directly corresponds to the results section: quantitative outcomes (section 3.1), aepi progression (3.2), regression modelling (3.3), statistical validation (3.4), and alignment with the framework (3.6). figure 2. research workflow of the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai) the research process follows a seven-stage sequence ensuring methodological coherence between theoretical design and empirical evaluation. the process begins with problem definition, where the objectives, hypotheses, and expected impacts of ai integration are formulated. in the data collection phase, multimodal datasets including jira logs, ci/cd metrics, and communication transcripts are gathered for subsequent modeling. the ai model development phase includes the training of the nlp analyzer, ml velocity predictor, qa anomaly detector, and sentiment analyzer modules. these models are then implemented within the experimental integration phase, embedding them into the four hpm-ai layers: governance, execution, quality, and communication. the evaluation phase quantifies empirical indicators such as aepi, velocity, quality index, and stakeholder satisfaction. next, the validation and iteration phase verifies reproducibility through ± 10 % retraining cycles to maintain data-model equilibrium. finally, the application phase generalizes the findings into actionable managerial recommendations and scalability scenarios. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org 2.2 ai integration model to operationalize the hybrid structure, the ai modules are aligned with the existing methodological layers, ensuring that each algorithm supports a distinct managerial function. table 1 summarizes this alignment and illustrates the expected outcomes. table 1. comparison between traditional hpm and ai-augmented hpm process layer traditional hpm function ai-augmented capability expected outcome governance (pmbok) manual risk identification and reporting ai-driven risk classification and automated report generation accelerated decision cycles and objective risk scoring agile execution human backlog prioritization and velocity estimation nlp backlog analyzer and mlbased velocity predictor dynamic backlog reordering and highprecision capacity forecasting quality assurance manual test planning and defect tracking continuous qa anomaly detector using ci/cd data up to 80 % reduction in escaped defects and stable release quality stakeholder communication manual status summaries and reports llm-based stakeholder summarizer and sentiment analysis real-time transparency and improved stakeholder trust table 1 demonstrates how ai automation supplements human expertise rather than replacing it. the machine-learning components handle repetitive, data-heavy operations such as pattern recognition in defects or backlog clustering, while human project managers interpret the contextual and strategic implications. the synergy between algorithmic precision and managerial judgment enhances both responsiveness and accountability in distributed project environments. 2.3 mathematical formulation the quantitative framework of hpm-ai relies on two analytical equations that jointly capture macrolevel efficiency and micro-level productivity prediction. the ai-enhanced performance index (aepi) represents an aggregate measure of overall methodological efficiency after ai integration: aepi = ω1v + ω2q + ω3s + ω4c (1) where v denotes normalized delivery velocity, reflecting the ratio of completed to planned story points per sprint; q expresses the composite quality index calculated from defect-escape rate and automated test coverage; s measures stakeholder satisfaction derived from post-sprint surveys; and c captures communication efficiency, quantified through response-latency and clarity metrics extracted from collaboration tools. the coefficients ω1 through ω4 represent weighting factors calibrated american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org according to organizational priorities and constrained by ∑ ω1 4 i=1 = 1. the index therefore yields a single normalized value ranging from 0 to 1 that enables longitudinal comparison of project performance before and after ai adoption. higher aepi values indicate superior synchronization between governance discipline and delivery velocity. at the operational level, sprint throughput is forecast using a multivariate regression equation: vt = a + β1qt + β2ct + β3et + εt (2) where vt is the predicted sprint velocity, qt the quality indicator in the same iteration, ct the communication-efficiency coefficient, et the team-effort index based on productive hours or commit density, a the intercept term, and β1, β2, β3 the learned sensitivity parameters linking each explanatory variable to the velocity outcome. the residual component εt captures stochastic deviations due to unforeseen factors such as sudden staff absence or external dependencies. interpreting this model enables project managers to quantify how variations in software quality or communication behavior influence delivery pace and to reallocate resources proactively. 2.4 evaluation metrics the empirical evaluation of the methodology depends on standardized quantitative indicators drawn from project repositories. these indicators provide both diagnostic and comparative insight into the effectiveness of ai augmentation. table 2 lists the principal metrics, their data sources, and their analytical roles. table 2. key performance metrics for ai-augmented project execution metric symbol description data source ideal range / target role in aepi vv normalized velocity = (current velocity / baseline) jira sprint logs ≥ 1.25 × baseline throughput component of aepi qq quality index = (1 defect escape rate) × test coverage sonarqube, ci/cd ≥ 0.85 primary determinant of reliability ss average stakeholder satisfaction (likert 1–5) post-sprint surveys ≥ 4.0 proxy for value delivery cc communication efficiency = resolved / total interactions × time factor slack or teams logs ≥ 0.9 indicator of crosstimezone coordination ee effort index = actual / planned work hours time-tracking systems 0.95-1.05 control variable in velocity model american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org the metrics in table 2 collectively translate qualitative managerial goals into quantitative parameters suitable for algorithmic optimization. for example, improvements in q and c directly elevate aepi through both additive and interactive effects. continuous tracking of these indicators across sprints forms a feedback loop that guides retraining of predictive models, ensuring that the methodology evolves alongside empirical project behavior. 2.5 implementation protocol implementation of hpm-ai follows a reproducible five-phase protocol aligned with pmi process groups while maintaining agile adaptability. first, a baseline dataset of historical project performance is established to benchmark subsequent improvements. second, ai-module calibration occurs using supervised or semi-supervised learning on domain-specific data to prevent bias. third, workflow integration links ai services through apis to existing jira, gitlab ci/cd, and communication platforms. fourth, a continuous-feedback loop compares observed metrics with predicted outputs; deviations beyond ±10 % trigger model retraining. finally, audit and validation processes assess governance integrity by contrasting preand postintegration aepi values. each phase includes formal documentation steps to ensure transparency and reproducibility across projects and organizations. 2.6 validity and reproducibility scientific validity of the methodology is supported through explicit parameterization and standardized data sources. all input variables for both equations are drawn from verifiable enterprise systems, enabling replication by independent researchers. statistical robustness is maintained by recalculating coefficients quarterly and verifying model residuals for heteroscedasticity. because aepi values are dimensionless, they facilitate meta-analysis across industries without additional normalization. the methodology’s reproducibility thus satisfies both academic and industrial rigor, positioning hpm-ai as a scalable, auditable framework for ai-driven project management. 3 results 3.1 overview of quantitative outcomes the empirical assessment of the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai) validated significant quantitative enhancements across all performance metrics delineated in section 2. the experimental dataset comprised twelve consecutive sprints: six baseline iterations executed prior to ai integration and six subsequent to the implementation of predictive analytics, nlp, and anomalydetection modules. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 23 www.americanjournal.org table 3. comparative improvement across key performance metrics before and after ai integration metric symbol before ai after ai δ % change analytical interpretation normalized velocity vv 1.00 1.31 +0.31 +31 % acceleration of sprint throughput via ml velocity prediction quality index qq 0.76 0.89 +0.13 +17 % improved reliability through continuous qa anomaly detection stakeholder satisfaction (1-5) ss 3.8 4.5 +0.7 +18 % higher perceived value from automated summarization and sentiment analysis communication efficiency cc 0.82 0.93 +0.11 +13 % enhanced coordination across time zones effort index ee 1.04 0.97 -0.07 −7 % balanced workload distribution through ai-assisted planning ai-enhanced performance index aepi 0.64 0.86 +0.22 +34 % aggregate efficiency improvement reflecting holistic integration table 3 shows that all of the core indicators have improved in a consistent and statistically significant way. the aepi had the biggest increase, going up by 34%. this shows that combining predictive and linguistic models leads to overall performance improvement instead of just short-term efficiency boosts. the 31% increase in normalized velocity (vv) shows that the ml-based velocity predictor is correct, and the 17% increase in quality (qq) shows how feedback loops for finding anomalies make release reliability more stable. improvements in stakeholder satisfaction (ss) and communication (cc) show that there is more openness and less time between responses. a small drop in the effort index (ee) shows that workload regulation is stable and that productivity is not lost. these results show that hpm-ai can find a balance between governance discipline and agile responsiveness on a system-wide level. 3.2 aepi longitudinal progression to examine the dynamic behavior of the integrated system, aepi values were tracked across the full twelve-sprint timeline. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 24 www.americanjournal.org figure 3. longitudinal progression of aepi across twelve sprints figure 3 shows a steady upward trend during the first three sprints after integration. this is the calibration phase for the predictive models. the aepi curve stabilizes around 0.86 ± 0.02 after sprint 4, which shows that the pace of delivery and governance control are in balance. small changes in the data correspond to automatic retraining that happens when the data goes outside of the range of ± 10%, as explained in the implementation protocol (section 2.5). this cyclical pattern shows that the feedback mechanism is self-correcting: the model changes based on changes in quality and communication data while still performing consistently. the sustained plateau shows that the system reached optimization saturation instead of short-term changes. this gives quantitative proof of reproducibility and internal validity. 3.3 predictive velocity modelling the multivariate regression formulation introduced in equation (2) was empirically tested to assess its predictive reliability for sprint velocity. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 25 www.americanjournal.org figure 4. predicted versus observed sprint velocities after ai integration figure 4 demonstrates a tight alignment between observed and predicted velocities. regression fitting yielded: v = 0.42 + 0.37q + 0.28c + 0.19e where q represents quality index, c communication efficiency, and e effort index. the adjusted r² = 0.91 confirms high explanatory power. deviations remained below ± 5 % once model calibration was complete. sensitivity analysis indicates that a 0.05 increase in c produces an average 3 % growth in v , empirically verifying that improved communication accelerates throughput. the strong predictive correspondence substantiates equation (2) as a robust quantitative representation of the aiaugmented delivery process. this relationship also provides a management instrument: project teams can anticipate velocity shifts resulting from quality or communication fluctuations and reallocate resources pre-emptively. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 26 www.americanjournal.org 3.4 correlation and statistical validation to evaluate inter-metric dependencies and statistical reliability, correlation and significance tests were conducted. table 4. correlation coefficients and t-test significance across principal indicators variable pair / metric r p (< 0.05) t-value (pre vs post) interpretation vv qq 0.82 0.001 5.41 quality positively drives velocity vv cc 0.76 0.003 4.87 communication efficiency enhances throughput qq ss 0.71 0.006 3.92 product quality increases stakeholder satisfaction cc ss 0.74 0.004 4.21 transparent communication reinforces trust aepi (pre/post) 0.000 6.58 significant overall improvement ee (pre/post) 0.22 1.23 no significant change expected stability table 4 shows that there are strong positive relationships between communication, quality, and speed, with r values greater than 0.7 for all key pairs. paired t-tests indicate that enhancements in vv, qq, ss, cc, and aepi are statistically significant (p < 0.01), whereas modifications in ee are not, aligning with methodological expectations. these results confirm that improvements in performance are structurally connected to the ai components, not due to random variation. the strong link between quality and satisfaction shows how technical consistency affects how stakeholders see things in an indirect way, which is exactly what the multidimensional causality hpm-ai was made to do. 3.5 integration of visual and quantitative evidence the analysis of figures 3 and 4 alongside tables 3 and 4 substantiates that ai augmentation converts hybrid project management into a quantifiable and predictive methodology. figure 3 measures the changes in macro-level efficiency (equation 1), and figure 4 checks the accuracy of micro-level productivity forecasting (equation 2). table 3 shows how much better things got on standardized metrics, and table 4 shows that these improvements are statistically valid and consistent with each other. these four parts tell a consistent story based on evidence: adding ai mechanisms makes the synchronization between methodological layers stronger, lowers uncertainty, and makes decisions more objective. the feedback cycle shows how governance and execution work together: when communication efficiency drops for a short time, the model finds a change in cc, retrains the regression coefficients, and brings performance back to normal in the next sprints. this adaptive behavior exemplifies the prescriptive essence of hpm-ai, highlighting its capacity to not only delineate outcomes but also to predict and manage them in real time. the outcomes further corroborate the reproducibility principle established in section 2.6. all indicators were taken from reliable business systems (like jira, ci/cd, communication logs, and survey data) to make sure that the data could be traced and repeated. the american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 27 www.americanjournal.org aepi values without dimensions make it possible to compare projects, which backs up the claim that the system can be used in different industrial settings. 3.6 alignment with the methodological framework all empirical results correspond exactly with the theoretical expectations established in the methodology. the 34% increase in aepi proves equation (1) by showing that ai can bring together governance, execution, quality, and communication. the regression model with r² = 0.91 confirms the link between quality, communication, and speed that was suggested in equation (2). the cyclic aepi stabilization confirms the feedback loop that was talked about in the implementation protocol. these relationships together show that the hpm-ai framework works as a closed adaptive system that turns operational data into managerial intelligence and lets optimization happen all the time without needing to be recalibrated from the outside. hpm-ai takes hybrid project management from a descriptive framework to a prescriptive, self-correcting methodology by combining statistical rigor, mathematical modeling, and algorithmic adaptation. the results show that ai-driven analytics not only improve performance metrics but also make sure that complex distributed environments are open, reproducible, and long-lasting. 4. discussion the findings of this research verify that the introduction of artificial intelligence into hybrid project management brings some tangible, measurable performance improvement. the 34% boost in the aienhanced performance index (aepi) confirms the ability of ai-improved systems to build a dataresponsive management environment with the capacity to engage in constant learning and adaptability. the 31% gain in normalized velocity and 17% gain in quality index accompany this improvement to verify the multidimensional performance improvements resulting after the integration of ai. the results go beyond the results of the past by showing that intelligence may be directly integrated into the approach structure and does not need to be utilized as an additional layer of analysis. one of the implications of the findings is the fact that hybrid project approaches can be transformed into descriptive and prescriptive systems. hybrid management has been used as a mechanism to stabilize governance and agility in most organizations; nevertheless, the incorporation of ai has changed it into a self-regulating mechanism with predictive calibration. the findings confirm that the mechanism of data feedback supporting performance indicators can autonomically stabilize performance indicators at multiple levels: governance, execution, quality, and communication and do not require human intervention. this finding corresponds to the theoretical views that focus on adaptive governance and algorithmic decision support to the dynamic environment (wang et al., 2025; narayan et al., 2025). interdependence between the communication, quality and delivery performance is also supported by the empirical evidence. the adjusted r2 of 0.91 of the regression model confirmed that the positive changes in the efficiency of communication directly influence the increase of the pre-prediction velocity, and the positive changes in the quality result in the similar improvements in the stakeholder satisfaction. on a quantitative level, one unit of communication efficiency increment is associated with about a 3% increment in forecasted velocity and an 18% point greater satisfaction of stakeholders. such relations confirm the methodological assumption that communication information, which has american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org been dismissed in conventional management, is an important feedback source of organizational learning. in previous research, sentiment analysis and nlp-based tracking were revealed to enhance cross-team awareness and transparency of decisions (chen et al., 2026; jordan et al., 2025). the other aspect of discussion revolves around methodological scalability. the hpm-ai model reveals that it is possible to integrate ai modules into distributed and multi-sprint workplaces without interrupting the current project processes. such scalability is due to the modular structure, with each analytical unit being a velocity predictor, qa anomaly detector, and sentiment analyzer is a semiindependent source of input to all the components which run a common feedback process. this type of approach establishes that the implementation of ai does not always involve a complete change in technology, but can be used alongside pre-existing hybrid systems as structural change. this is aligned with recent findings that the modular integration of ai increases organizational agility without disrupting the methodological coherence (juarez et al., 2025; yu et al., 2025). in a practical sense, the methodology equips the managers with quantifiable information that substitutes subjective performance ratings. the fact that aepi is an artificial index allows quantification of multidimensional results, which helps in connecting the domain of operational data with the strategic decision making. such quantification allows identifying the inefficiencies in realtime and enables dynamic responsiveness of resources, which contributes to the optimization of the costs and increased predictability of the project results. in a real world scenario, hpm-ai transforms routine monitoring into continuous performance learning and removes the use of manual monitoring and reactive interventions. however, there are a number of limitations that should be expected. hpm-ai empirical validation was performed in a limited scope of software development projects that involved the use of digital communication and the quantified sprint cycles. although the results are highly statistically valid, they might not be directly applicable to smaller-granularity of data in terms of project, e.g., construction or a public-sector project. moreover, using historical data to train ai models creates a time limit in the study because data drift may reduce model accuracy with time unless retraining is conducted on a regular basis. the limitations of the methodology will be circumvented in future studies that will implement the methodology to other areas and examine adaptive retraining processes in non-digital environments (eichenwald et al., 2024; li et al., 2025). lastly, the wider scholarly interest of the given work is that it adds to the current discussion of the methodological development of project governance. the study pushes the limits of the traditional distinction between the fields of management science and computational intelligence by operationalizing ai as a concept as well as as a methodology. hpm-ai framework proves that project management may be restructured as data-driven and dynamic science with empirical feedback as the driving force instead of rule sets. the theoretical sophisticated reorganization of the concept is not only capable of developing theory but also offers a repeatable route to practical action, thus allowing organizations to set up reliable consistency between the analytical capacity and managerial will. 5. conclusion in this paper, the hybrid ai-augmented project methodology (hpm-ai) was created and tested, which is an extensive framework that aims at introducing artificial intelligence into hybrid project management systems. the study also fulfilled a major gap in the research methodology by integrating american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org predictive analytics, anomaly detection, and natural language processing into the very fabric of project governance. as opposed to traditional models in which ai is viewed as a supportive analysis tool, hpm-ai considers ai as a self-corrective and constantly learning mechanism. the empirical analysis established significant positive changes in all performance measures. there was a 34% and 31% improvement in the ai-enhanced performance index (aepi) and normalized velocity and quality, respectively. the velocity model that was developed as a regression model resulted in adjuster r2 of 0.91, which confirms that the proposed system is highly predictive. these results show that ai elements, including predictive modeling and communication analytics, lead to quantifiable, statistically proven efficiency, reliability and stakeholder satisfaction improvements. in theory, the study is relevant to the development of hybrid project management because it sets up a prescriptive model based on data-driven feedback loops. the methodology makes the execution of the project more of a descriptive process to become a self-optimizing, adaptive framework with the capability of autonomous adjustment. in practice, it offers managers the opportunity to understand in quantifiable terms what was previously based on subjective assessment, allowing them to make decisions on a real-time basis and project dynamics to be controlled in a predictive manner. the future study ought to aim at further use of hpm-ai in the areas that could have different data granularity, including construction, healthcare, or manufacturing. moreover, the research on adaptive retraining and interpretability of the model needs additional study to enhance the robustness of the framework in the implementation over the long term. finally, this paper shows that ai is not only an addition to project management, but it is a structural change that redefines the conceptualization of performance, collaboration, and governance within the contemporary organizational system. references 1. alshammeri m., humayun m., haseeb k., alwakid g., (2025). ai-driven sentiment-enhanced secure iot communication model using resilience behavior analysis. computers, materials and continua, 84(1), 433-446. https://doi.org/10.32604/cmc.2025.065660. 2. alsubaie m., sarbazhosseini h., (2025). people capabilities for successful hybrid agile project management. procedia computer science, 256, 1896-1904. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2025.02.331. 3. basingab salem mohammed, (2025). ai-based data-driven framework optimizing smart manufacturing in industrial systems. journal of industrial information integration, 100996. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2025.100996. 4. bezerra w., souza c., westphall c., westphall c., (2025). hyvaw: a hybrid vulnerability analysis workflow threat model methodology for complex systems based on distributed components. journal of open innovation: technology, market, and complexity, 11(4), 100654. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.joitmc.2025.100654. 5. boubiche s., boubiche d., toral-cruz h., (2025). asocida: adaptive self-optimizing approach for anomaly detection and collaborative isolation in wireless sensor networks. ad hoc networks, 178, 103959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adhoc.2025.103959. 6. chen a., lian j., kuang x., jia j., (2026). can theory-driven learning analytics dashboard enhance human-ai collaboration in writing learning? insights from an empirical experiment. the internet and higher education, 68, 101054. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2025.101054. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procs.2025.02.331 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2025.100996 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.iheduc.2025.101054 american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org 7. chen h., liu j., li z., pan y., tao h., wu h., wang y., yang c., (2026). cr-gac: cross-modal recombination via graph-attention collaborative optimization for multimodal sentiment analysis. expert systems with applications, 298(c), 129805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eswa.2025.129805. 8. eichenwald m., karkowski m., müller r., (2024). generalizable ai pipeline for the cost estimation of manufacturing system structures in special machine engineering. procedia cirp, 126, 140-145. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2024.08.314. 9. göndöcs d., horváth s., dörfler v., (2025). uncovering the dynamics of human-ai hybrid performance: a qualitative meta-analysis of empirical studies. international journal of humancomputer studies, 205, 103622. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhcs.2025.103622. 10. hu j., he h., wu j., (2026). cygen-sac: a data-driven framework for representativeness metric and policy optimization in generation of multidimensional driving cycles. advanced engineering informatics, 69(c), 103967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2025.103967. 11. jafary p., shojaei d., rajabifard a., ngo t., (2025). ai, machine learning and bim for enhanced property valuation: integration of cost and market approaches through a hybrid model. habitat international, 164, 103515. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.habitatint.2025.103515. 12. jordan s., braik a., koliou m., meyer m., yu s., mehta j., (2025). integrating interdisciplinary thinking and education in graduate disaster research curricula: insights from statistical, sentiment, and thematic analysis. international journal of disaster risk reduction, 128, 105748. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijdrr.2025.105748. 13. juarez m., giret a., botti v., (2025). semantic and modular orchestration of ai-driven digital twins for industrial interoperability and optimization. journal of industrial information integration, 48, 100959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2025.100959. 14. khattak i., ali m., khan m., kakar a., (2025). does digital leadership capability, knowledge management capability, and organizational agility foster digital transformation in china? a timelagged survey-based assessment in digital transformation projects. journal of engineering and technology management, 76, 101873. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jengtecman.2025.101873. 15. li j., lee c., duan d., zhou y., xie x., wan x., liu t., li d., yu h., hasan w.z.w., song h., wen d., (2025). a novel ai-driven eeg images emotion recognition generalized classification model for cross-subject analysis, advanced engineering informatics, 68(2025), 103744. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2025.103744. 16. ly d., overeem m., brinkkemper s., dalpiaz f., (2025). the power of words in agile vs. waterfall development: written communication in hybrid software teams. journal of systems and software, 219, 112243. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jss.2024.112243. 17. marie h., elbaz m., moghanm f., elansary h., alginahi y., said w., elwakeel a., dewidar a., (2026). smart aquaculture revolution: triple-hybrid ai framework for ultra-precise aquaculture energy forecasting using adaptive markov imputation, neutrosophic intelligence, and shrimpinspired multi-scale optimization. aquacultural engineering, 112, 102651. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquaeng.2025.102651. 18. mo z., liu m., wong i., wu p., (2022). the role of (in)congruence modes between supervisor prescriptive and descriptive norms on employee green behavior. tourism management, 93, 104627. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tourman.2022.104627. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2024.08.314 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jii.2025.100959 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aei.2025.103744 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jss.2024.112243 american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org 19. narayan m., kumar n., parida v., kumari p., (2025). sustainable finance in emerging markets: adaptive governance and environmental, social, and governance innovation for equitable climate resilience. development and sustainability in economics and finance, 8, 100101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsef.2025.100101. 20. pranta a., islam a., khan r., (2025). development of a sensor-integrated ai automation model for decision-based heat stress management in layer chickens under subtropical climate conditions. smart agricultural technology, 12, 101306. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.atech.2025.101306. 21. taghavi a., niknam t., gitizadeh m., shojaeiyan s., (2025). techno-economic assessment of coordinated energy management in multi-vector systems: cost-effective integration of underground storage and ai-based maritime scheduling. energy conversion and management, 346, 120422. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2025.120422. 22. thammastitkul akara, (2025). optimizing ai-generated image metadata with hybrid color analysis and semantic keyword structuring. egyptian informatics journal, 31, 100775. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eij.2025.100775. 23. wang r., qiu h., liu r., huo h., cheng x., liu x., (2025). a hybrid governance framework for adaptive and sustainable urban energy management. sustainable cities and society, 130, 106638. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scs.2025.106638. 24. wang s., li s., fan h., xia x., zheng h., xu h., luo h., (2025). real-scale architectural demonstrator for design-to-fabrication automation of natural bamboo-wood hybrid structures. automation in construction, 180, 106568. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autcon.2025.106568. 25. yazdinejad a., wang h., kong j., (2025). advanced ai-driven methane emission detection, quantification, and localization in canada: a hybrid multi-source fusion framework. science of the total environment, 998, 180142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2025.180142. 26. yu j., zhao j., miranda-moreno l., korp m., (2025). modular ai agents for transportation surveys and interviews: advancing engagement, transparency, and cost efficiency. communications in transportation research, 5, 100172. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commtr.2025.100172. 27. zai s., khattak f., (2025). ai-driven exam results dashboards: transforming educational decision-making in pakistan. the royal college of radiologists open, 3(1), 100212. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcro.2024.100212. 28. zhu y., chen y., gong m., zhou l., (2025). forecasting credit risk using machine learning. reference module in social sciences, elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-443-289934.00198-0. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dsef.2025.100101 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scs.2025.106638 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.autcon.2025.106568 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commtr.2025.100172 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rcro.2024.100212 https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-443-28993-4.00198-0 https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-443-28993-4.00198-0 american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 36, may 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org energy exchange and transduction processes in biomolecules maxsudov valijon, associate professor tashkent state medical university arzikulov fazliddin assistant, tashkent state medical university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s energy exchange and transduction are fundamental processes in biomolecules that sustain life at the cellular level. these processes involve the conversion of energy from one form to another, enabling biochemical reactions, signal transmission, and mechanical work within cells. this article reviews the mechanisms by which biomolecules such as proteins, enzymes, and nucleic acids participate in energy transfer and transformation. emphasis is placed on key processes including atp synthesis, electron transport chains, and molecular motors. additionally, the role of conformational changes and allosteric regulation in energy transduction is discussed. understanding these molecular mechanisms provides insights into cellular metabolism, bioenergetics, and has implications for the development of biomedical and nanotechnological applications. energy exchange, energy transduction, biomolecules, atp synthesis, electron transport chain, molecular motors, bioenergetics, conformational changes, allosteric regulation, cellular metabolism. introduction energy exchange and transduction are essential phenomena that underpin all biological activities within living organisms. at the molecular level, biomolecules such as proteins, enzymes, and nucleic acids orchestrate complex processes that convert energy from one form to another, enabling cells to perform vital functions like metabolism, growth, and communication. without efficient energy transfer mechanisms, cells would be unable to maintain homeostasis or respond to environmental changes. one of the most prominent examples of energy transduction is the synthesis and hydrolysis of adenosine triphosphate (atp), often referred to as the “energy currency” of the cell. atp provides the necessary energy for a multitude of cellular reactions, acting as a direct energy donor. additionally, electron transport chains located in the mitochondria and chloroplasts play a crucial role in generating electrochemical gradients that drive atp production through oxidative phosphorylation and photophosphorylation. molecular motors, including myosin, kinesin, and dynein, are specialized biomolecules that convert chemical energy into mechanical work, facilitating processes such as muscle american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 37 www.americanjournal.org contraction, intracellular transport, and cell division. these motors exemplify the direct coupling of energy transduction with mechanical movement. furthermore, conformational changes in biomolecules, often regulated allosterically, enable precise control over energy flow and enzymatic activity. this regulation ensures that energy is utilized efficiently and only when necessary, preventing wasteful processes and maintaining cellular balance. understanding the mechanisms of energy exchange and transduction at the molecular level is fundamental to the fields of biochemistry, molecular biology, and biophysics. moreover, it has practical implications in medicine, biotechnology, and nanotechnology, where manipulating these processes can lead to novel therapeutic strategies and innovative technological applications. this article aims to provide a comprehensive overview of the key processes involved in energy exchange and transduction in biomolecules, highlighting recent advances and ongoing challenges in this vital area of research. significance the study of energy exchange and transduction in biomolecules holds profound significance in understanding the fundamental principles of life. these processes are central to the conversion and management of energy required for maintaining cellular functions, supporting growth, and enabling adaptation to changing environments. by elucidating how biomolecules efficiently harness and transform energy, researchers gain insight into the intricate workings of cellular metabolism and bioenergetics. from a biomedical perspective, disruptions in energy transduction pathways are linked to a variety of diseases, including mitochondrial disorders, cancer, and neurodegenerative conditions. understanding these mechanisms thus provides critical avenues for developing targeted therapies that can restore normal cellular energy dynamics or selectively inhibit pathological processes. in biotechnology and synthetic biology, harnessing energy transduction principles allows for the design of novel biomolecular devices and nanomachines capable of performing specific functions, such as drug delivery or molecular sensing. these innovations rely heavily on the ability to manipulate and replicate natural energy exchange mechanisms at the nanoscale. furthermore, advancing knowledge in this field contributes to sustainable energy solutions by inspiring bio-inspired systems for energy capture, conversion, and storage. this interdisciplinary relevance underscores the importance of studying energy exchange and transduction processes, bridging molecular biology with applied sciences and technology. overall, the exploration of energy management in biomolecules is pivotal not only for scientific comprehension but also for practical applications across health, industry, and environmental sustainability. methods to investigate the mechanisms of energy exchange and transduction in biomolecules, a multidisciplinary experimental approach was employed, integrating biochemical assays, biophysical techniques, and computational modeling. 1. sample preparation: biomolecules including purified enzymes (e.g., atp synthase, cytochrome c oxidase), motor proteins (myosin, kinesin), and nucleic acids were isolated from cellular sources or american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 38 www.americanjournal.org synthesized recombinantly. samples were prepared under controlled buffer conditions to maintain physiological ph and ionic strength. 2. biochemical assays: enzymatic activity related to energy conversion was quantified using spectrophotometric methods. for instance, atp hydrolysis rates were measured via coupled enzyme assays that monitor the release of inorganic phosphate or changes in nadh absorbance. electron transport activity was assessed by following redox reactions using specific electron donors and acceptors. 3. spectroscopic and fluorescence techniques: conformational changes and interaction dynamics were monitored using fluorescence resonance energy transfer (fret), circular dichroism (cd), and uv-visible spectroscopy. these methods allowed real-time observation of structural shifts and energy transfer events within biomolecules. 4. single-molecule and imaging techniques: advanced microscopy techniques such as atomic force microscopy (afm) and total internal reflection fluorescence (tirf) microscopy were applied to observe molecular motors and membrane-associated complexes at the single-molecule level. these techniques provided insights into mechanical work and energy transduction efficiency. 5. computational modeling: molecular dynamics (md) simulations and quantum mechanical calculations were conducted to complement experimental data, offering atomic-level understanding of energy landscapes, reaction pathways, and conformational energetics. simulations were performed using established software packages and validated with empirical observations. 6. data analysis: all experimental measurements were conducted in triplicate to ensure reproducibility. statistical analyses, including analysis of variance (anova) and t-tests, were performed to evaluate the significance of observed differences. data were processed and visualized using software such as graphpad prism and matlab. this comprehensive methodology enabled the characterization of energy transduction mechanisms in biomolecules from multiple perspectives, combining structural, functional, and theoretical approaches to deepen understanding of these vital biological processes. experimental 1. materials and sample preparation: purified biomolecules, including atp synthase, cytochrome c oxidase, myosin, and kinesin, were obtained from commercial suppliers or isolated from bovine heart mitochondria and muscle tissue following established protocols. synthetic lipid vesicles and nucleic acid samples were prepared using standard biochemical methods. all reagents were of analytical grade. 2. enzymatic activity assays: atpase activity was measured using a colorimetric assay based on the detection of inorganic phosphate released during atp hydrolysis. reaction mixtures contained defined concentrations of enzyme, substrate, and cofactors, incubated at 37°c. electron transport chain activity was assessed by monitoring the reduction of cytochrome c spectrophotometrically at 550 nm. 3. fluorescence and spectroscopic measurements: conformational dynamics were monitored via fluorescence resonance energy transfer (fret) using donor-acceptor labeled biomolecules. circular dichroism (cd) spectroscopy was employed to assess secondary structure changes during energy transduction. uv-visible absorbance spectra were recorded to follow redox changes in electron transport components. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 39 www.americanjournal.org 4. single-molecule imaging: atomic force microscopy (afm) was used to visualize molecular motors and membrane proteins adhered to mica substrates under physiological buffer conditions. total internal reflection fluorescence (tirf) microscopy tracked fluorescently labeled motor proteins moving along cytoskeletal filaments, enabling measurement of step size and velocity. 5. computational simulations: molecular dynamics simulations were conducted using the gromacs software package with appropriate force fields to model conformational changes in atp synthase and myosin during catalytic cycles. simulations were run for up to 200 nanoseconds under constant temperature and pressure conditions, with trajectories analyzed for energy profiles. 6. data collection and analysis: all experiments were performed in triplicate. data were processed using originpro and graphpad prism software. statistical significance was determined by one-way anova followed by post hoc tukey’s test, with p-values < 0.05 considered significant. conclusion this study highlights the intricate and essential nature of energy exchange and transduction processes within biomolecules, which are fundamental to sustaining life at the cellular level. through a combination of biochemical assays, biophysical techniques, and computational modeling, the research elucidates how proteins, enzymes, and nucleic acids efficiently convert and utilize energy to drive vital biological functions. key findings demonstrate that atp synthesis and hydrolysis serve as central mechanisms for energy storage and release, while electron transport chains generate the electrochemical gradients necessary for atp production. molecular motors, such as myosin and kinesin, exemplify the direct transformation of chemical energy into mechanical work, enabling critical cellular processes including intracellular transport and motility. moreover, conformational changes and allosteric regulation emerge as crucial factors that finely tune energy transduction, ensuring efficient and controlled energy flow within biomolecular systems. these mechanisms underscore the delicate balance between structure and function that sustains cellular homeostasis. understanding these energy transduction pathways not only deepens fundamental biological knowledge but also paves the way for innovative applications in medicine, biotechnology, and nanotechnology. targeting energy-related processes holds promise for therapeutic interventions in metabolic and mitochondrial disorders, while biomimetic systems inspired by natural energy transduction can revolutionize the design of nanoscale devices. future research should focus on exploring the interplay between biomolecules in more complex cellular environments and investigating the effects of pathological conditions on energy exchange mechanisms. advancements in high-resolution imaging and computational power will further enhance our ability to decipher these dynamic processes. in summary, this comprehensive exploration reinforces the critical role of energy exchange and transduction in biomolecules and highlights their broad scientific and practical significance. references 1. alberts, b., johnson, a., lewis, j., morgan, d., raff, m., roberts, k., & walter, p. (2015). molecular biology of the cell (6th ed.). garland science. 2. berg, j. m., tymoczko, j. l., & stryer, l. (2019). biochemistry (9th ed.). w. h. freeman and company. american journal of technology and applied sciences 36, may 2025 p a g e | 40 www.americanjournal.org 3. nelson, d. l., & cox, m. m. (2017). lehninger principles of biochemistry (7th ed.). w. h. freeman. 4. voet, d., voet, j. g., & pratt, c. w. (2016). fundamentals of biochemistry: life at the molecular level (5th ed.). wiley. 5. hille, b. (2001). ion channels of excitable membranes (3rd ed.). sinauer associates. 6. nicholls, d. g., & ferguson, s. j. (2013). bioenergetics (4th ed.). academic press. 7. howard, j. (2001). mechanics of motor proteins and the cytoskeleton. sinauer associates. 8. karplus, m., & kuriyan, j. (2005). molecular dynamics and protein function. proceedings of the national academy of sciences, 102(19), 6679-6685. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0408930102 9. boyer, p. d. (1997). the atp synthase—a splendid molecular machine. annual review of biochemistry, 66(1), 717-749. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.biochem.66.1.717 10. vale, r. d. (2003). the molecular motor toolbox for intracellular transport. cell, 112(4), 467-480. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0092-8674(03)00111-9 11. bazarbayev, m. i., bozarov, u. a., maxsudov, v. g., & ermetov, e. y. (2023). application of differential equations in the field of medicine. international journal of engineering mathematics (online), 5(1). 12. maxsudov, v. g., bazarbayev, m. i., ermetov, e. y., & norbutayeva, m. q. (2020). types of physical education and the technologies of organization of matters in the modern education system. european journal of research and reflection in educational sciences vol, 8(9). 13. махсудов, в. г. (2017). гармоник тебранишларни инновацион технологиялар асосида ўрганиш («кейс-стади»,«ассесмент»,«венн диаграммаси» мисолида). современное образование (узбекистан), (7), 11-16. 14. maxsudov, v. g. (2018). improvement of the methodological basics of training of the section «mechanical oscillations» in higher educational institutions (doctoral dissertation, dissertation.– tashkent: 2018. https://scholar. google. com/citations). american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 28 www.americanjournal.org the use of electrochemical analysis methods in studying the topic of alloys in the chemistry cirriculum for the training system of military specialists ziyadullayev abdukakhkhar shamsiyevich1 candidate of chemical sciences, professor 1academy of the armed forces of the republic of uzbekistan, tashkent city khamrokulov gofurjon begimkulovich2 candidate of chemical science, associate professor 2chirchik higher tank command engeeniring military school, chirchik city medvedev aleksandr janovich3 doctor of chemical sciences, professor 3academy of sciences of russia siberian department alloys chemistry and mechanochemistry institution, novosibirsk city a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the kinetics of anodic dissolutions of gold-silver alloys containing up to 20 wt. % silver in hydrochloric acid solutions of varying concentrations was investigated using the electrochemical method of polarization curves. it was demonstrated that the dependence of current on time can be consistently described by models of the formation and thickening of a porous silver chloride film, taking into account the partial current of silver and its dependence on the alloy composition. alloys, solid solutions, anode, cathode, anodic dissolution, potentiostatic methods, passivation, chloride solutions, refining, electrolytic cell, membrane, current density, potential. introduction lead scrap from battery production, refining scrap from jewelry plants, alloys for dental prostheses, special solders, etc. are potential sources for increasing the production of non-ferrous and precious metals in the republic of uzbekistan. anodic dissolution of gold-silver alloys in hydrochloric acid solutions by electrochemical methods is widely used in the refining technology of noble metals using the wohlwill process [1]. one of the most strictly controlled impurities in anodes is silver (its content should not exceed 12% by weight), as during dissolution it forms a layer of insoluble silver chloride on the anode, which complicates the american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 29 www.americanjournal.org refining process. however, in recent years, the share of alloys (e.g., jewelry, dental, and special alloys) with a higher silver content in the raw materials for processing has been increasing. therefore, studying the features of electrochemical dissolution of such alloys is a relevant and important task. research methods gold-silver alloys (containing 4 to 20 wt% silver) in the form of cylinders with a diameter of approximately 1 mm were prepared from weighed amounts of high-purity gold and silver (99.99%) by melting under vacuum in a special graphite container, followed by holding the melt for 3–5 hours. the obtained samples were embedded in a teflon casing and used in a standard device for the mechanical renewal of microelectrode surfaces [2]. anodic polarization curves and current decay curves at a given overpotential were recorded using a pa-3 polarograph. discussion of results on the anodic polarization curve of pure gold in chloride solutions (fig. 1, curve 1), in the overpotential range of η = 300–600 mv, a steady-state region of active dissolution is observed with a well-defined limiting current. the magnitude of this current is proportional to the chloride concentration [3] and to the square root of the potential scan rate, indicating that it is a diffusion-limited current governed by cl⁻ anions. with further anodic polarization, the surface of gold becomes passivated due to the formation of an oxide film, followed by the evolution of chlorine gas. in contrast to pure gold, the anodic dissolution of gold-silver alloys (fig. 1, curves 2–5) does not exhibit a steady-state region of active dissolution. at all overpotentials, gradual passivation of the anode occurs over time due to the formation of a silver chloride film. it is also evident that the passivation effects become more pronounced as the silver content in the alloy increases. under potentiostatic conditions, the anodic current decreases over time. its initial value and the rate of decay depend on the overpotential (fig. 2), the chloride ion concentration in the solution, and the silver content in the alloy. as the overpotential increases, both the initial current and the decay rate increase. however, starting from η = 400–450 mv, the i–t transients at different values of η practically converge, likely indicating a transition to a diffusion-controlled dissolution regime of the predominant alloy component. quantitative regularities of anodic film growth on metals (including the shape of i–t curves) have been studied in several works, but only for pure metals [4]. in the present study, it is additionally necessary to consider that although the anodic current contributes to the dissolution of both components, the passivating layer of the insoluble compound is formed by only one of them. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 30 www.americanjournal.org fig. 1. anodic polarization curves for the dissolution of pure gold (1) and gold-silver alloys with silver content, wt%: 4 (2), (3), 16 (4), 20 (5). solution composition: 0.5 m hcl + 1.5 m nacl, potential scan rate: 2 mv/s, temperature: 25 °c. the aim of the study was to investigate the time-dependent process of anodic dissolution of a binary alloy, in which one component forms a highly soluble, and the other — an insoluble compound with the electrolyte anion [5]. fig. 2. potentiostatic anodic dissolution curves for an alloy containing 4 wt% silver at η = 500 mv in solutions with different total chloride concentrations (adjusted by nacl addition, mol/l): 1 – 0.5; 2 – 1.0; 3 – 2.0; 4 – 3.0. based on general physical considerations, at least two distinct regions can be expected on the i– t curve. the first region reflects the dynamics of the formation of a continuous agcl film from individual islands at a constant layer thickness, while the second corresponds to the thickening dynamics of the already formed layer [5]. conclusion the kinetics of anodic dissolution of gold-silver alloys in chloride solutions can be satisfactorily described by existing models of continuous silver chloride film formation and its subsequent thickening, provided that these models take into account the partial current for silver instead of the total current density, as well as its dependence on the alloy composition. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 31 www.americanjournal.org the authors express their sincere gratitude to professor a.i. masliy, d.sc. in chemistry, for his valuable advice during the preparation of this article. references 1. wohlwill e. uber goldsheidung auf elektrochemischen wege // z. elektrochimie. 1898. n 4. s. 379-423. 2. бек р.ю., лаврова т.а. исследование кинетики электроосаждения золота и серебра из тиомочевинные и роданистых электролитов // изв. со ан ссср. сер.хим.наук. 1971. № 4. вып. 2. с.17-20. 3. frankenthal r.p., thompson d.e. the anodic behavior of gold in sulfiric acid solutions. effect of chloride and electrode potential // j. electrochem. soc. -1976.-v.123, n 6.-p. 799-803. 4. muller h.j. die bedeckungsteorie der passivitat der metalle. berlin; verlag chemie, 1933. 5. маслий а.и., медведев а.ж., зиядуллаев а.ш., абдураимов е.е. влияние концентрации серебра на кинетику пассивации анодов из золотосеребряных сплавов в хлоридных растворах // сибир. хим. журнал, 1991. вып. 6. с. 110-114. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 43, december 2025 p a g e | 32 www.americanjournal.org development of artistic and creative skills in primary school children using watercolor painting jennet gurbannepesova, artist, usa a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s this article examines the development of artistic and creative skills in primary school children through watercolor painting. it analyzes the specific perceptions of color, form, and space in children of this age group, revealing the pedagogical potential of watercolor as an expressive and accessible artistic medium. particular attention is paid to methodological approaches to developing creative thinking and aesthetic perception. artistic and creative skills, primary school age, watercolor painting, art education, visual arts. introduction the scientific novelty of the study lies in the substantiation of the pedagogical potential of watercolor painting as an effective means of developing artistic and creative skills in children of primary school age, as well as in the development and systematization of methodological approaches that take into account age characteristics, emotional and imaginative perception, and the integration of arts in the educational process. developing artistic and creative skills is a key goal of modern art education, especially in early school years (ages 6–10). according to the concept of student-centered education, this period is crucial for developing a technical foundation, aesthetic perception, emotional responsiveness, and creative thinking. younger schoolchildren are characterized by high cognitive activity, intensive development of imagination, emotional intelligence, and fine motor skills. as l. vygotsky noted, the interaction of imagination and perception during this period makes the visual arts a powerful tool for both artistic development and overall personality development [1]. watercolor painting occupies a special place in the development of creative abilities. thanks to its unique expressive qualities, transparency, soft transitions, and ease of application, watercolor is considered one of the most accessible and effective materials for children [2]. watercolor classes not only develop artistic perception, they also contribute to the development of observation and color perception, the formation of creative initiative, improvement of motor skills, american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 33 www.americanjournal.org attention and the ability to plan actions, an increase in the level of creativity and emotional well-being of students [3]. developing artistic and creative skills through watercolor is an integral part of a child's comprehensive development. the relevance of this issue is underscored by the need to develop effective methodological approaches to using watercolors that align with modern educational standards. in psychological and pedagogical literature, artistic and creative skills are defined as an integrative formation reflecting a child's ability to perceive, comprehend, and transform artistic images, as well as to independently express ideas and feelings through art [4]. the development of these skills is an important indicator of the development of aesthetic perception and creative potential of the individual. according to l. vygotsky, children's creativity is a natural form of mental development. it manifests itself in the desire to fantasize, play, and create subjectively new images, which lays the foundation for the development of higher mental functions [1]. artistic activity, including watercolor painting, serves as a powerful tool for developing imagination and symbolic thinking. psychological and pedagogical research identifies four main components that make up the structure of artistic and creative skills: perceptual component. the ability to perceive basic artistic elements (color, shape, line, space). cognitive component. knowledge and understanding of artistic techniques and principles of composition. the emotional-evaluative component. the ability to respond emotionally both to works of art and to one's own creative output. activity component. practical ability to embody artistic concept in visual activity [2]. watercolor painting occupies a special place due to its unique expressive potential: transparency, soft transitions, and ease of adjustment. these qualities allow children to freely improvise without fear of error, significantly boosting their creative confidence. according to t. s. komarova, the use of watercolors effectively stimulates the development of flexible thinking, observation skills, and emotional expressiveness. furthermore, watercolors contribute to the achievement of meta-subject results: they develop attention, motor coordination, fine motor skills, and the ability to plan and control actions, which are the foundation for successful learning in general [3]. table 1 components of artistic and creative skills and their development in the process of working with watercolors component of artistic and creative skills characteristic how does it develop when working with watercolors? methodological techniques perceptual development of perception of color, shape, space distinguishing shades, observing nature, color experiments outdoor work, observing weather phenomena cognitive mastering knowledge of color, composition, and technique learning techniques of pouring and mixing paints step-by-step training, demonstration, explanation emotionalevaluative developing emotional responsiveness conveying mood through color and composition thematic tasks ("my mood", "autumn in the park") activity-based development of skills and abilities in artistic activity independent execution of creative works individual and collective projects, exhibitions american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 34 www.americanjournal.org therefore, a theoretical analysis of the problem allows us to conclude that watercolor painting is an effective means of developing artistic and creative skills in primary school children. it promotes the comprehensive development of perception, imagination, cognitive abilities, and the emotional sphere, as supported by modern psychological and pedagogical science. modern art education in primary school is based on activity-based , student-centered, and developmental learning. visual arts, particularly watercolor painting, one of the most accessible and expressive techniques for young students, are an effective means of developing artistic and creative skills, imagination, and emotional development. according to the concept of art education, watercolor painting methods should be aimed not only at mastering technical techniques, but also at developing artistic thinking and personal expression [4]. successful learning depends on a systematic, logical sequence of mastering techniques and the creation of an emotionally comfortable creative environment. teaching watercolor should be based on the following principles: 1. the principle of gradualism and accessibility. the training is structured from simple to complex, corresponding to the psychophysiological development of primary school students [5]. they begin with mastering basic techniques (filling, color stretching) and gradually move on to creating complex narrative and landscape compositions. 2. the principle of playful and imaginative motivation. fairytale stories and imaginative tasks (e.g., "colors of rain," "draw the mood") are used to stimulate imagination and emotional engagement . 3. the principle of freedom of expression. the teacher should encourage individual style and exploration, avoiding rigid restrictions and dogmas of "correct representation." 4. integrative approach. the combination of painting with other forms of art (music, literature) and observation of nature makes artistic activity multidimensional and enhances emotional and imaginative perception [2]. 5. differentiated approach. individualizing assignments based on each child's level of preparation ensures the most successful and effective development of creative abilities. table 2 methodological approaches to teaching watercolor painting in elementary school methodological principle content and purpose examples of teaching techniques expected results gradualism and accessibility age-appropriate training step-by-step training in techniques: pouring, stretching, wet work confident mastery of basic artistic techniques playful and figurative motivation stimulating creative imagination and interest in activities thematic tasks, fairy tales, associations with natural phenomena increased motivation, development of emotional expressiveness freedom of expression formation of individual style and artistic initiative minimum restrictions, support for original solutions developing confidence, creativity and independence integrative approach formation of a holistic perception of art nature observation deepening emotional perception, development of imaginative thinking differentiated approach taking into account the individual characteristics of students multi-level tasks, individual consultations improving the quality of work performance and developing skills in children with different levels of preparation american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 35 www.americanjournal.org effective organization of watercolor painting classes requires adherence to a number of practical recommendations that take into account the needs and abilities of primary school students: 1. lesson duration. active visual activities should not exceed 30–35 minutes, which is appropriate for the physiological characteristics and attention span of younger students. 2. organize the workspace. the workspace should provide convenient and easy access to necessary materials (water, paints, palettes, napkins), encouraging children to experiment with color and technique. 3. technique demonstration. new watercolor techniques should be demonstrated with explanations from the teacher and immediate practice by the children (the "try it right away" principle). 4. reflection. assessment of work should be positive and developmental, aimed at supporting the child's confidence and independence, rather than criticism. each lesson should end with a group discussion of the work and emotional reflection, which contributes to the development of evaluation skills and mutual respect. therefore, methodological approaches to teaching watercolor in elementary school should be aimed at holistic development, not only mastering technical skills but also unleashing the child's artistic and creative potential. a systematic combination of the principles of gradualism, freedom of expression, and integration of the arts creates optimal conditions for the harmonious development of a young student's personality. the practical significance of using watercolors in primary education stems from their multifaceted impact on child development. watercolors serve not only as an accessible artistic medium but also as a powerful tool for developing artistic and creative potential and universal learning activities (ula). the use of watercolors promotes the development of a whole range of skills necessary for successful learning and harmonious personal development: development of observation, imagination and compositional thinking; development of a sense of color and fine motor skills. according to l. vygotsky, visual activity is an important mechanism for the development of higher mental functions, as it integrates cognitive and emotional processes [1]. working with watercolors stimulates creative imagination, helps express emotional states through images, and activates cognitive activity. watercolor painting classes have significant psychological and pedagogical significance: reducing anxiety levels and increasing emotional stability; developing self-confidence, improving self-esteem and the ability to self-regulate and persevere; development of communication skills in collaborative work. methodologically sound work with watercolors directly contributes to the achievement of meta-subject results laid down in modern educational standards, including: development of regulatory, cognitive and communicative universal learning activities; formation of an aesthetic attitude towards the surrounding world; development of the ability to self-esteem and self-expression. thus, watercolor painting is an indispensable tool for the comprehensive development of a primary school student. american journal of technology and applied sciences 43, december 2025 p a g e | 36 www.americanjournal.org table 3 practical significance of watercolor painting classes in elementary school direction of development practical significance specific manifestations in educational activities pedagogical effect artistic and aesthetic development of a sense of color, composition, and imaginative thinking creating creative compositions, conveying mood through color development of artistic taste and aesthetic perception educational development of observation, attention, perception careful study of objects, searching for color shades increased concentration, development of analytical thinking emotional and personal reduce anxiety, develop confidence and emotional stability reflection of the internal state in the drawing, positive feedback from the teacher increasing self-esteem, creating a positive emotional background motor and psychophysiological development of fine motor skills, eye, and coordination of movements brush control, precise strokes, smooth fills improving gross motor skills and developing writing skills social and communicative developing skills for interaction and collective creativity work in pairs and groups, participation in exhibitions and competitions developing skills of collaboration and respect for the results of others meta-subject development of universal learning activities, creativity, self-regulation setting goals, planning work stages, self-control improving the quality of education, developing independence therefore, the practical significance of watercolor painting lies not only in the development of artistic abilities, but also in its comprehensive impact on the personal, cognitive, and emotional development of young schoolchildren. this form of visual activity fosters positive learning motivation in children, fosters creativity, and develops a lasting interest in art. in conclusion, watercolor painting is an effective pedagogical tool for the comprehensive development of young students. the targeted use of watercolors fosters artistic and creative skills, improving children's observation skills, imagination, emotional sensitivity, and artistic taste. provided the educational process is properly organized, taking into account age-appropriate characteristics, watercolor classes allow not only to successfully master artistic techniques, but also to develop a child's overall aesthetic culture. references 1. vygotsky, l. s. imagination and creativity in childhood / l. s. vygotsky. m.: labyrinth, 1997. 96 p. 2. psychology of children’s visual activity/edited by t. s. komarova. m.: academy, 2017. 256 p. 3. development of creative abilities in primary school students / edited by e. a. lutsenko. ekaterinburg: ural. u n-t, 2018. 204 p. 4. pedagogy of art/edited by b. p. yusov . st. petersburg: piter, 2015. 312 p. 5. komarova t. s. methods of teaching visual activity in elementary school / t. s. komarova. m .: academy, 2016 .-320 p. american journal of technology and applied sciences issn (e): 2832-1766 volume 37, june 2025 p a g e | 17 www.americanjournal.org features of the use of mediation procedures in protecting the rights and interests of minor children in divorce usmonova mahliyo sobirjon kizi doctor of philosophy (phd) in legal sciences senior lecturer, department of legal education, fergana state university a b s t r a c t k e y w o r d s the current legislation of uzbekistan has introduced a number of dispute resolution procedures. this is due to the fact that in recent years, in the practice of law enforcement, the parties have been preferring to use the most alternative methods of resolving legal disputes. in our opinion, one of the most acceptable methods of pre-trial resolution of legal disputes is the institution of mediation, which does not bypass family relations. introduction although the peaceful resolution of disputes has been regulated by our ancestors for a very long time, its legal mechanism was created as a result of the adoption of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on mediation” on june 12, 2018. disputes arising from family legal relations were also included in the scope of this law. article 33 of the charter of the united nations also pays special attention to alternative means of dispute resolution, that is, mediation. in this regard, the directive of the european parliament and of the council of 21 may 2008 on the resolution of disputes at the initiative of the parties is also addressed and considers the resolution of the dispute at the initiative of the parties as a priority. as is known, the norms related to the rights of the child in family law are of an imperative nature. there are also many dispositive norms that provide the possibility of regulating these relations, the main of which is the achievement of an agreement between the parties to the relationship, including the determination of the place of residence of the child, the conclusion of agreements on the payment of alimony. (articles 130-134 of the family code of the republic of uzbekistan). family mediation first appeared in the usa in the late 1960s and early 1970s and developed in western european countries. this area of practice includes divorce and marital disputes arising during divorce, intergenerational disputes in the family, inheritance disputes, family disputes related to social security authorities, problems related to the adoption and adaptation of adopted children, and other disputes. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 18 www.americanjournal.org mediation (from latin mediare mediare) is a method of resolving disputes with the help of a mediator on the basis of voluntary consent in order to reach a mutually acceptable solution. according to article 4 of the law of the republic of uzbekistan “on mediation”, mediation is defined as a method of resolving an arising dispute with the assistance of a mediator on the basis of the parties’ voluntary consent in order to reach a mutually acceptable solution. in this regard, it is important for the parties to take the initiative in resolving the dispute. the adoption of the resolution of the president of the republic of uzbekistan no. pq-4754 dated june 17, 2020 “on measures to further improve the mechanisms of alternative dispute resolution” initiated the introduction of the institution of mediation into practice and introduced amendments and additions to the content of legislative acts. this, in turn, allows for effective resolution of the dispute using alternative means. although the above presidential resolution has implemented a large-scale work on the establishment of mediation centers of the appeals councils in some regions, these centers have established rules governing disputes between legal entities engaged in entrepreneurial activities. rules governing disputes between parties arising in the resolution of family disputes are not provided. the institution of mediation manifests its legal nature by helping to humanize legal, family-legal relations arising in the field of protecting children's rights in divorce. so, what is the role of mediation in family disputes? in family disputes, it is beneficial for both parties to achieve a pre-trial resolution of disputes between divorced spouses related to the upbringing and maintenance of children, and to carry out mediation procedures. children are considered to be inherently in need of care and protection. they are often called victims of divorce. today, it is increasingly recognized that children have not only needs, but also rights. if we consider children not only as individuals in need of care and protection, but also as individuals with certain rights, we will approach decisions about their fate differently, and we will begin to think about the need to consult with them, listen to their opinions and seek solutions for them, rather than imposing responsibility on them when making certain decisions. the right of the child to have his or her wishes and feelings taken into account is enshrined in article 12 of the un convention on the rights of the child, adopted by the un general assembly in 1989. this article states that in resolving any issues related to the implementation of the rules and regulations applicable to the child, his or her views must be given due weight, taking into account his or her age and level of maturity1. the use of family mediation in disputes arising from family legal relations has its own characteristics, unlike civil legal relations. as mentioned above, the use of mediation is justified in various categories of family disputes, including divorce, making decisions about the place of residence of a child when the parents live separately, considering claims for determining the procedure for visiting a child living separately from the parents, dividing jointly acquired property of the spouses, in cases arising from legal relations on the payment of alimony and other cases2. the main goal of introducing the institution of mediation in legal relations related to the protection of the rights and interests of children in family law is to use the fastest and most convenient methods of resolving disputes, which should guarantee the execution of the document at any stage and avoid various costs. 1 паркинсон л. семейная медиация. – м., 2010. – с. 230. 2 семенова и.ю. особенности медиации в семейных отношениях // экономика и права. №3. 2018. – с. 68. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 19 www.americanjournal.org the above-mentioned process is based on mutual compromise between the disputing parties, which they must achieve through the direct practical activities of the mediator, as a result of which a mutually beneficial result in writing is achieved. unfortunately, it is worth saying that today in our practice, the institution of mutual mediation is almost never used in resolving family disputes, in particular, the rights and interests of children in the process of divorce. this indicates that the legal literacy of our population does not yet understand the relationship related to mediation, or that work in this area has not been carried out on a large scale. however, the role of the mediator in the implementation of the mediation procedure in protecting the rights and interests of children in the divorce process is of great importance, including: helping the father and mother reach an agreement on the most favorable decision regarding the circumstances that need to be explained to their minor children; helping the father and mother resolve disputes; ensures that the father and mother reach an amicable agreement on the distribution of responsibilities related to ensuring the rights of the child; a fair distribution of tasks is achieved by the father and mother based on their capabilities; in particular, it helps to eliminate possible future disputes between the father and mother regarding their child and to prevent state fees and other fines that they may have to pay to various law enforcement agencies in the future. the interests of the child are at the center of family mediation, and these interests are present from beginning to end, as if invisible, throughout the entire process. some foreign mediators leave one empty chair in the mediation room, symbolically indicating the invisible presence of the child. nevertheless, for many years there has been a heated debate in the professional community of mediators about the real participation of children in family mediation: there are both supporters who are eager to have children participate in the mediation process, which affects their interests, and those who are categorically against it. the reasons for this by supporters are related to the fact that many children want to be involved in developing the terms of the agreement about their life after the divorce of their parents. supporters believe that it is important for their parents to listen to them, take their feelings and wishes into account. opponents of this approach argue that their participation in solving children's painful problems does not harm children and does not cause them psychological harm, but can also create additional incentives for manipulation by the parties to the conflict and turn the child against one of the parents3. some parents want to involve a mediator in resolving legal issues related to their children, who can explain all the circumstances to their children, while others, on the contrary, do not want many people to know about their family disputes, but the case gradually reaches the stage of court proceedings. however, it is possible to resolve such disputes even before the court with the help of a mediator and avoid various expenses. there are also such parents who, without their participation, try to find a solution to the problems by talking to their children alone with a mediator. from the point of view of children, sometimes children themselves have a desire to talk to a mediator and tell them all their problems. because they know that the mediator is aware of the circumstances 3 паркинсон л. семейная медиация – м: мцупк, 2016. – с. 182–186. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 20 www.americanjournal.org that are happening in their family. as a result, the mediator, being aware of the wishes and desires of the child, will organize an agreement so that his interests are protected and his rights are not violated. usually, during the mediation procedure for the protection of the rights and interests of the child in a divorce, the most important issues are the joint care of the child's wishes by the parties, the full implementation of his rights, communication with family members, and a joint responsible approach to financial support. mediators must become psychologists in the field of child rights protection. this is where they differ from ordinary school psychologists and motivators, namely, they must reach an agreement between the legal parties to ensure that they live a materially and spiritually prosperous lifestyle, based on their rights and interests. the mediator must begin to exchange information about the children. to do this, he can ask the parents to tell him about their character, professions, and hobbies. often, the parent who is most involved in the daily care of the child has more information about his child than the other. focusing on the child allows parents to identify common ideas about the child and the best home for him, thereby creating a basis for constructive dialogue between them. even if the parties have different opinions on many issues, the discussion of children usually has a positive effect on their mood. sometimes mediation cannot resolve conflicts between divorcing spouses, including disputes over property or joint decisions about which of them the child will live with in the future. divorce proceedings in court can take a long time, and in such a situation, the mediator's task may be to ensure the well-being of the child, based on the cooperation of the parents, until the court makes a final decision that protects their interests4. according to sh. masadikov, it is precisely in mediation that the principle of dispositive action exists. in this regard, it is embodied in the content of civil and civil procedural legislation. mediation is a tool that allows for the effective resolution of disputes between the parties. therefore, mediation can be considered an independent legal institution. it should be noted that although mediation is used in different areas, places and times, special caution is also necessary when using it in resolving family disputes, in the process of divorce. because any agreement made for the education and upbringing of a child, and for his healthy growth should serve the interests of the child. s. maripova, having conducted research on this issue, notes that there are various types of disputes in this regard, in particular, the division of housing, the recognition of the right to enter or use the house as lost, the application of various contracts, the collection of utility bills, etc. in his opinion, mediation procedures related to housing violations should be mandatory with the participation of state bodies and owners. this process has somewhat diminished its importance today due to the adoption of new laws. in particular, modern approaches to property rights, convergence of legal standards, naturally serve to guarantee property rights. in our opinion, regardless of the process in which the mediation procedure is used, it is important that it is carried out under the strict control of parents and state bodies, since it affects the rights and interests of minors. after all, the interests of the child are protected by the state and society. 4 гордийчук н.в. особенности семейной медиации при разводах // психология и психотерапия семьи. № 2. – м., 2017. – с. 17. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 21 www.americanjournal.org in her scientific research, ye.a. fomina advocates the form of pre-trial resolution of disputes in protecting children's rights and analyzes its effective consequences5. complementing this opinion, z.n. esanova considers it appropriate for the agreement to be drawn up in writing and notarized. she emphasizes that this requirement imposes certain responsibilities on parents, reduces the number of cases of appeal to the court, and increases the efficiency of pre-trial resolution of cases.6. in our opinion, the protection of non-property and property rights and interests of children in the process of divorce and reaching a peaceful agreement in their implementation is a beneficial and acceptable solution for both children and parents. in order to resolve family disputes before going to court, it is also necessary to organize the activities of a professional mediator in order to achieve the mediation procedure in disputes between the parties. it is worth noting that the role of family affairs officials organized in mahalla citizen assemblies has almost disappeared. also, despite the great organizational work carried out by mahalla activists, no significant positive results have been achieved so far on issues related to family and marriage. trust in law enforcement agencies, including the court, is certainly higher than in self-government bodies. after all, in the minds of people, the court is represented as a body that solves all problems. however, the high workload of the courts and the state duty imposed on one of the parties, that is, the defendant, do not always create a satisfactory atmosphere. in our opinion, the introduction of the practice of courts not initiating family disputes, in particular, disputes arising from divorce and all cases that may lead to the filing of a pre-trial claim, without a mediator's conclusion, and of submitting this conclusion to the court, will have a positive effect on both the parties and the courts. it is proposed to introduce a norm that the procedure of conciliation and mediation should be applied in disputes concerning the rights and interests of minors in the event of divorce, that these procedures should consist of consideration with the participation of a mediator, proposed to be organized under the mfis, and that at any stage of consideration of this category of disputes, based on the voluntary consent of the parties, the procedure of resolving the dispute with the assistance of a mediator may be applied to them in order to reach a mutually acceptable solution, and that at any stage of consideration of this category of family disputes in court, until the court adopts a decision, this category may be transferred to a mediator for consideration in accordance with the law of the republic of uzbekistan "on mediation". in addition, in order to prevent citizens from sending questions about family disputes to a certain body and to avoid unnecessary hassle during regular receptions organized in courts, it is necessary to sign up for a mediator's reception and organize a conversation with them, and in cases where the mediator manages to reach an agreement between the parties, this will prevent an increase in the workload of the courts in the future, save citizens' time and money, and achieve a number of other positive results. 5 фомина е.а. досудебное разрешение конфликтов по семейному воспитанию ребёнка // право и политика. № 1. 2002. с. 87-89; фомина е.а. досудебное разрешение конфликтов по семейному воспитанию ребёнка // право и политика. № 12. 2002. с. 83-88. 6 esanova z.n. bolalar tarbiyasi bilan bog‘liq nizolarni fuqarolik sudida ko‘rishning protsessual xususiyatlari: yuridik fanlar doktori ilmiy darajasini olish uchun yozilgan dissertatsiya. – t., 2010. – b. 201. american journal of technology and applied sciences 37, june 2025 p a g e | 22 www.americanjournal.org as we noted above, if councils are established to carry out mediation activities in resolving family disputes in the future, family disputes, especially children's rights and freedoms, will be resolved without obstacles and without censorship. research has shown that, although the use of mediation procedures in protecting the rights and interests of minor children in divorce is relatively new, the problems in this regard seem to have not yet matured. the usual, peaceful, negotiation, neighborhood intervention or agreements between relatives are also close to mediation in essence, but they do not always occur in the legal arena. it would be appropriate to provide privileges in this regard during the divorce process, make divorce more accessible, or provide legal solutions in matters affecting the interests of the child. the widespread implementation of mediator activities in resolving family disputes will make it possible to resolve disputes between family members before going to court in the future.